"id","word","lang","note" 346862379310518272,k,en,"

k

, the anubandha k; for uses of which, v. infra; cf.
Sadd 1095 [Index formantium] s.v. k.

" 346862378899476480,ka,en,"

k-a

, m. [k + a], the uṇādi suffix a; kaṇḍyādīhi
~o. kaṇḍi ghaṭi... ice evamādīhi dhātūhi ~o hoti...:
kaṇḍo, ghaṇṭo, Kacc-v ad Kacc 665 (= Rūp 657) ≠
Sadd 871,24; khāda ama gama ice etesaṁ dhātūnaṁ
khanda-andha-gandhâdesā honti ~o ca: khando, an-
dho, gandho, Kacc-v ad Kacc 666 ≠ Sadd 871,28; ~e
kate, Rūp-v 274,28 ad Rūp 657.

" 346862374847778816,ka,en,"

⁴

ka

, m.,1. the (suffix) ka added to pronominal
stems and indeclinables (- the Pāninian suffix akac;
cf. Pāṇ V 3 71); 2.a. the taddhita suffix ka added to
nouns in the sense of contempt, unacquaintedness,
likeness, affection, littleness, disgust, and in the
sense of the word itself (= saṅṅā of Mogg; v. infra);
cf. Pāṇ V 3 70-87 and V 4 28-33; F. EDGERTON, The
Specifying Suffix ka, in S. K. Belvalkar Fel. Vol.
1957; b. the taddhita suffix ka (added to numerals in
the sense of a plurality; v. infra); — 1. sabbato ~o.
sabbato sabbanāmato ka-kārâgamo hoti vā:
sabbako, Kacc 178 and Kacc-v ad loc. ≠ Sadd 661,30;
— 2.a. hīḷanânukampa-khuddaka-kucchita-sakat-
thesu ~o. tattha hīḷanatthe: muṇḍako ... anukam-
patthe: puttako ... khuddakatthe: gāmako ... kuc-
chitatthe: uddhumātakaṁ ... sakatthe: hīnako, Sadd
803,17; nindâñṅāt'-appa-paṭibhāga-rassa-dayā-
sañṅāsu ~o: ... nindāyaṁ: muṇḍako, samaṇako;
annate: kassâyaṁ asso ti assako ... appatthe:
telakaṁ, ghatakaṁ; paṭibhāgatthe: hatthī viya
hatthiko, assako ... rasse: mānusako ... dayāyaṁ:
puttako ... sañṅāyaṁ: moro viya morako, Mogg-v
ad Mogg IV 41; — 2.b. dvâdito ~o anekatthe ca,
Kacc 394; — °-ppaccaya, m., 1. the samāsanta
suffix ka (= the Pāninian suffix kap; cf. Pāṇ V 4 151
foll); 2. the taddhita suffix ka (applied after nume-
rals in the sense of a plurality); — 3. the uṇādi suf-
fix ka; — 1. nadiṁhā ca ~o hoti samāsante: bahavo
kantiyo yassa so bahukantiko, Kacc-v ad Kacc 340 ≠
Sadd 775,6; tehi ~o. tehi samāsantagatehi nāmehi
a-paccayo ~o ca parā honti: ... anatītasatthukaṁ pā-
vacanaṁ (= Sp 4,21), Sadd 774,30; — 2. dvi ice evam
ādito ~o hoti anekatthe ... : satassa dvikaṁ dvi-
sataṁ (so read; Ee om.), Kacc 394 and Kacc-v ad loc.
≠ Sadd 801,5; — 3. i hi kā ... ~o ... etehi ~o hoti: ...
kā iti saddaṁ karotī ti kāko, Mogg VII 14 and
Mogg-v ad loc.[[side 2]]

" 346862301632008192,ka,en,"

⁶

ka

, m. [cf. ⁵ka], the pronominal stem ka; kissa ~o
sabbāsu. sabbāsu vibhattisu kissa ~o hoti: ~o · ke,
kā, kayo, kaṁ, kāni, kenêccādi, Mogg-v ad Mogg II
204 (""in all case forms [the pronominal stem] ka is
substituted for [the pronominal stem] ki"").

" 346862301694922752,ka,en,"

⁷

ka

, m(f)n. [cf. ⁵ka; sa. ka], in lex. and gramm. lit.
~ (m.) is used in the sense of Brahma, wind, and
body; for similar usages in sa., cf. PW s.v. 2. ka; —
(m.) used in ""etymology"" of kakudha (q.v.); ~o vuc-
cati Brahma, vāto ca sarīrañ ca ... ""~o vuccati vāto,
tassa yo kujjhati vātarogāpanayanavasena tan nivā-
reti, tasmā so rukkho ka-kudho ti vuccatī"" ti ācariyā,
Sadd 239,6; — used in interpretation of karajakāya
(q.v.), which certain indigenous pa. scholars derived
from ~a + raja; karajakāyo ti ettha tu ko vuccati
sarīraṁ, tattha pavatto rajo ka-rajo ... ""rāgo rajo na ca
pana reṇu vuccatī"" (= Nidd I 505,20) ti evaṁ vuttarā-
garajaphalattā sarīravācakena kasaddena visesetvā
... karajo ti vuccati, Sadd 239,14; — in lex. and
gramm. lit. ~ (n.) is used in the sense of water, head,
and pleasure; toyaṁ ambu dakañ ca ~aṁ, Abh 661;
ettha ~aṁ vuccati udakaṁ sīsaṁ sukhañ ca, Sadd
237,26 (cf. Sadd 281,16, q.v. infra); -an ti hi sukhaṁ,
Sadd 238,6 (cf. Nirukta II 14); uṇhakāle -am icchanti,
Sadd 281,23;24; dakaṁ ~aṁ salilaṁ, 408,17; — used in
""etymology"" of kantāra (q.v.) = a place for crossing
at which one takes water (kaṁ) + (tāra); kantāre =
nirudake īriṇe. -an tārenti nayanti etthā ti hi
kantāro. udakaṁ gahetvā taritabbaṭṭhānaṁ, Vv-a
334,25; kantāro ti ~aṁ vuccati udakaṁ, tena taritabbo
atikkamitabbo ti kan-tāro nirudakappadeso, Sadd
237,28; — used in ""etymology"" of kandara (q.v.) = [a
mountain region in which] the water (kaṁ) has
made a ravine (√dṛ); kandaraṁ nāma -an ti (so read;
Ee kanti-) laddhanāmena udakena dārito
udakabhinno pabbatapadeso, Mp II 357,26; Sadd 238,2;
— used in ""etymology"" of karuṇā = (ka) pleasure +
(√rudh) hindering, preventing, i.e., disregarding
one's own pleasure; -am iti sukhaṁ; taṁ rundhatī ti
karuṇā, Sv-pṭ I 3,2 (ad Sv 1,1) ≠ Sadd 582,18; ~aṁ
rundhatī ti karuṇā; ettha ka-saddo sukhatthavācako,
Sadd 873,22 (ad sutta 1322); — °-sadda, m., 1. the
word ka (m.) used in the sense of body; 2. the word
ka (n.) used in the sense of pleasure; — 1. evaṁ
vuttarāgarajaphalattā sarīravācakena ~ena visesetvā
... karajo ti vuccati, Sadd 239,14; — 2. ettha ~o
sukhatthavācako, Sadd 873,22.[[side 5]]

" 346862374881333248,ka,en,"

⁵

ka

, mf(~ā)n(~iṁ). [cf. sa. kas, kā, kiṁ], interroga-
tive pronoun: 1. who, which, what; often used in a
pregnant sense: what sort of, what kind of (= kīdisa;
cf. Nidd I 472,7; used adjectivally and substantially;
the inflection of ~ is based upon the pronominal
stems ka and ki resulting in a series of variants of
individual caseforms; cf., e.g., (gen.) ~assa : ~issa;
(abl.) ~asmā, ~amhā : ~ismā; (loc.) ~asmiṁ, ~amhi:
~ismiṁ, ~imhi; v. GEIGER § 111; Mittelindisch § 379;
— for a complete paradigm recording canonical and
post-canonical case forms of ~a (m.), cf. Sadd
278,20-22; ~ā (f.) 279,11-12; ~iṁ (n.) 279,5-6; — for the
adverbial usage of ~iṁ, v. s.v.; for the usage of ~iṁ
in cpd.s and for the usage of the pronominal stems
kad-/kā- in cpd.s v. s.vv. kiṁ, kad, and kā (cf. ku-);
— for idiomatic uses of ~: 2.a. (instr.) ~ena
(whereby, hence): why ?; b. (gen.) ~issa: why; for
what reason ?; this usage is presumably idiomatic
for ~issa hetu [< hetoḥ or hetau], q.v. infra; it would
seem to be restricted to Vin and Mil (v. infra); c.
(abl.) ~asmā (because of what, hence): why ?
(common; contrasts with ~ismā which is never used
in this sense); d. (loc. [= nimittasaptamī]): for the
sake of what; on what ground: why ? (rare); 3.a.: ~o
pana vāda: what sort of talk; hence: why talk about
(with instr. or gen.); b.(i) m. nom. sg. ~o + attha
(with instr.): what is the purpose/use of; cf. sa.
usage; b.(ii) n. nom. sg. kiṁ constructed with a
noun in the instr.: what is the purpose/use of A, i.e.,
what is the use of, what purpose does it serve that ...
(cf. sa. usage); ct.s interpret this usage of ~iṁ as a
negation (= paṭikkhepavacana) equivalent to alaṁ;
v. infra; with instr. + dat./gen. of pers.: what is the
use of A to B, hence (according to the context): what
does B have to do with A, what purpose does A
serve B, what does B gain from A; or simply: why
should B bother about A ?; c.(i): ~o/~e ca ... ~o/~e
ca: on the one hand, what sort (of person, etc., is A),
on the other hand, what sort (of person, etc., is B);
this idiom is used in statements about persons or
the like, when they are considered incompatible;
Trenckner suggests tentatively the derivation ko <
*kva, referring to the usage of sa. kva ... kva (q.v.);
however, the syntactical pattern of the examples in
which ko ca occurs would seem to exclude such der-
ivation; cf. the ""Eastern"" m. nom. sg. forms ke ca
and the m. nom. pl. forms kā ca in the examples
quoted infra sub 3.c.(i), q.v.; c.(ii) ~o ca used as a
conjunction constructed with the future; this usage
would seem to be a specialized usage of3.c.(i),
q.v.; 4. ko ca ko ca (distributive usage): who is each
one individually I in particular; only recorded in
Mil; — ~ is often found in composition with the
interrogative particles su, nu + kho, and the particle
pana [< sa. punar; cf. CDIAL 2575], which cliticise on
the pronoun; — sandhi forms: (i) ~o + vowel > ~v
+ vowel (in some cases with lengthening of the fol-
lowing vowel, when it is not followed by geminate
consonants); cf. Mittelindisch § 267-268; K.R.
Norman, An Aspect of External Sandhi in Pāli,
Buddhist Studies (Bukkyō Kenkyū) Vol. XVII 1988:
89-95; — exeg. lit.: ~v āyaṁ abalabalo viya, Vin III
181,6 (= ~o ayaṁ, Sp 622,16); akāmakaraṇīyasmiṁ ~v
idha (so probably read with Be; Ee kuv' idha) pāpena
lippati, Ja V 237,14* (= ~o idha, 237,23'); imassa ~v
attho ti, A III 362,21 (= imassa bhāsitassa ~o attho,
Mp III 382,17; ~v attho jīvitena me, Vv 830 (= ~o attho
[v.l. k' attho], Vv-a 212,20); (ii) ~iṁ + vowel > ~y +
lengthening of the following vowel, when it is not
followed by geminate consonants (v. infra); ~e +
vowel > ~y + lengthening of the vowel before gemi-
nate consonants; cf. Mittelindisch § 267-268; K.R.
Norman, An Aspect of External Sandhi in Pāli,
Buddhist Studies (Bukkyō Kenkyū) Vol. XVII 1988:
89-95; — exeg. lit.: ky āhaṁ karissāmī, Vin IV 162,1
(= ~iṁ ahaṁ karissāmi, Sp 881,9); ~y āhaṁ devānaṁ
akaraṁ, Ja III 206,21 (= ~iṁ nāma ahaṁ akariṁ,
206,23'); ~y āssa (v.l. ~y assa) vyappathayo assu, Sn
961 (= kīdisāni tassa vacanāni assu, Pj II 572,18; cf.
Nidd I 472,7: ~y āssa); — gramm. lit.: lopo. nig-
gahītassa lopo hoti vā kvaci: ~y āhaṁ < ~iṁ ahaṁ
(cf. Vin III 162,1, q.v. supra); ~y āhaṁ devānaṁ
akaraṁ (= Ja III 206,21), Mogg-v ad Mogg I 39; te-me-
pabbatyādīnam esa yo vinā yekārena: ... ty āhaṁ
evaṁ vadeyyaṁ (= M I 13,1); adhigato kho my āyaṁ
dhammo (= Vin I 4,33) ... ~y āhaṁ (?; cf. supra); ~y
āssa vyappathayo assu (= Sn 961), Sadd 615,9 (sutta
43; ""[in some cases] y is substituted for the e of te,
me, and pabbate, etc., except in the case of [the rela-
tive pronoun] ye [= m. nom. pl.]""); — Rem.a.:
there are no recorded ex.s of the derivation ~y āhaṁ
< ~e ahaṁ as presupposed by Sadd; — b.: although
it is possible that the abovementioned sandhi forms
represent nonhistorical backformations, the fact that
Buddhaghosa and other ct.s comment upon some of
them would indicate that they antedate the ct.s; —
(iii) kiṁ + sa/su (< su < *svid) > kissa/kissu
(rare); — exeg. lit.: tattha ~issā ti ~im assa (= variant
of assu; on which, cf. CPD s.v. assu), Pv-a 199,14 (ad
Pv 458); ~issâbhilepanaṁ brūsī ti ~iṁ assa lokasssa
abhilepanaṁ vadesi, Pj II 586,1 (ad Sn 1032); —
gramm. lit. on the inflection of ~: (i) on the formal
difference between m. sg. nom. in o and e [= Māga-
dhism]): rūpaviseso p' ettha veditabbo: ""~e gan-
dhabbe ca rakkhase nāge kimpurise ca mānuse ...
me bhattā bhavissati"" (= Ja VI 265,5); ""~e ca chave
Pāṭikaputte, ~ā ca Tathāgatānaṁ arahantānaṁ Sam-
māsambuddhānaṁ āsādanā"" ti (= D III 24,22) pāḷi-
dassanato. yasmā pana ""~e gandhabbe ca rakkhase
nāge"" ti ādisu pāḷisu ~e ti paccattavacanaṁ ekāran-
tam pi dissati, tasmā ~e ti rūpabhedo c' ettha fteyyo,
Sadd 278,25; 651,3 (ad sutta 277]; — (ii) on f. nom. pl.
~āyo: ettha pana ~āyo ti padassa atthibhāve ""kayo
amoghā gacchantī (= Ja VI 26,14) ti nidassanaṁ daṭ-
ṭhabbaṁ. idaṁ itthiliṅgaṁ, Sadd 279,13-14); — (iii)
on the interpretation of ~assā (= f. abl. sg.): ~assâ-
haṁ ~ena hāyāmī (= Vin III 132,27) ti ettha ~assā ti
pañcamiyā rūpaṁ, (~assā ti) pañcamiyā rūpe diṭṭhe
yeva sabbassā katarissā ti ādīni pañcamiyā rūpāni
pāḷiyaṁ anāgatāni pi diṭṭhāni yeva nāma, Sadd
217,24; — 1. used substantially: (m. nom. sg.) ~o
sū 'dha taratī oghaṁ, Sn 173; ~o hi nātho paro siyā,
Dhp 160; ~o nu hāso, Dhp 146 (cf. ms. B^a kin nu hāso;
P-Dhp 232; G-Dhp 143, Uv I 4, and Mvu III 376,12*
read ko nu) au. Ja V 11,25; ~o nu kho bhante hetu ~o
paccayo yena ... ,Vin III 8,1 (""what is the reason why
..."") ≠ D II 160,10 ≠ M I 25,9; ~o hi bhante vaṇṇâra-
hassa vaṇṇaṁ na karissatī ti, M I 387,4 (""who would
not praise the one who is worthy of praise""); (f.
nom. sg.) āturānaṁ hi ~ā niddā sallaviddhāna
ruppataṁ, Sn 331; ~ā tuyhaṁ rati bhavissati, Thī 372;
~ā usuyyā vijānatan ti, Vin I 43,28; ~ā nu tvaṁ idha
tiṭṭhasī ti, Pv 95 (""who are you standing here"" ?); ~ā
nu seyyasī, Ja V 394,28*; (m. acc. sg.) ~aṁ khettajinaṁ
vadanti buddha, Sn 523; ~aṁ 'si tvaṁ āvuso uddissa
pabbajito, Vin I 8,14 = 40,1 = M I 170,36; (f. acc. sg.)
cūḷāsītisahassāni sabbā Jīvasanāmikā etamh' āḷāha-
ne daḍḍhā tāsaṁ -am anusocasi, Thī 51; (n. acc. sg.)
samādhiñ ca virādhenti, ~iṁ su raṭṭhaṁcariyā karis-
sati, Th 37; ~im upādāya ~im abhinivissa evam diṭ-
ṭhi upajjati, S III 202,4; ~im icchasī, Ja V 476,27*;
(mfn. instr. sg.) ~ena 'ssu nivuto loko, Sn 1032;
~ena ādittaṁ, Vin I 34,21,29; ~ena, Vin I 73,29; (mfn.
abl. sg.) ~ismā (Ee so; Ee confirmed by northern
Thai ms.s against sgh. ms.s ~issā; cf. O. v. HINÜBER,
Sprachgeschichte, AWL 1988 no. 8: 20 foll.) na pari-
muccatī ti, S I 37,22*; ~issā (so read with Sgh. ms.s;
reading confirmed by northern Thai ms.s against the
reading ~ismā of Burmese ms.s followed by Ee)
bhīyo na vijjati, S I 39,3; (mfn. dat./gen. sg.) ~assa
brāhmaṇa tvaṁ bhīto, Thī 237; ~ass' indriyāni sam-
anthaṁ gatāni, Th 205; ~assa nu kho ahaṁ paṭha-
maṁ dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ, Vin I 7,13 = D II 40,4 = M
I 169,31; (n. dat./gen. sg.) ~issa loko upādāya, Sn 168
(kissa loko ti upayogatthe sāmivacanaṁ, kiṁ upā-
dāya loko ti saṁkhaṁ gacchatī ti ayaṁ hi ettha
adhippāyo, Pj II 210,26-28) = S I 41,3; ~issa phalaṁ
nam' etan ti, Ja II 104,22; so 'haṁ ~issa nu bhāyissaṁ
(so read; Ee ~issânu-; cf. Mittelindisch § 379), VI
302,12*; (mfn. loc. sg.) ~ismiṁ loko samuppanno,
Sn 168; ~imhi tattha manaṁ nivesaye, Thī 391 = 392;
~imhi nu kho ahaṁ paṭigaṇheyyaṁ manthañ ca
madhupiṇḍikañ cā ti, Vin I 4,15 (""in which ..."");
~imhi nu kho ahaṁ paṁsukūlaṁ parimaddeyyan ti,
Vin I 28,31 (""on what ..."") ≠ 29,18; 28,35; atha ~ismiṁ
pana vo Vāseṭṭha viggaho, D I 237,7; ~imhi nu kho
sati jarāmaraṇaṁ hoti, D II 31,5 = S II 5,17 = S II 10,9;
cetanaṁ pana gahapati Nigaṇṭho Nātaputto ~ismiṁ
paññāpeti, M I 377,8 (""to what householder does Nā-
taputta the Jain ascribe intention""); (m. nom. pl.) ~e
nu kho te Ānanda Pāṭaligāme nagaraṁ māpentī ti,
Vin I 228,37; ~e pan' ete Ānanda uccāsaddā mahā-
saddā kevaṭṭā maṅñe macchaṁ vilopā ti, Ud 24,26;
~e nu bhoto pasaṁsiyā, Ja III 311,20*; ~e nu tumhe, V
136,25*; (m. gen. pl.) ~esan nu ajja ārāme daharā
vuddhā ca acchare, Ja VI 45,30*; ~esaṁ diva ca ratto ca
sadā puññaṁ pavaḍḍhati, S I 33,16*; (mfn. loc. pl.)
~esu 'dha araṇā loke ... ~e 'dha icchaṁ parijānanti, S
I 44,26*; ~esu na mānaṁ kayirātha, ~esu assa (sgh.
ms. kesvassa) sagāravo, S I 178,22* au. Th-a II 181,4*
(reading kesu vāssa); — used adjectivally: (m. acc.
sg.) ~am attham abhisandhāya ... imaṁ dukkhaṁ
titikkhasi, Ja II 386,4*; ~aṁ kālaṁ atthi, ~aṁ kālaṁ
n' atthī ti, Kv 262,32; (mfn. instr. sg.) saṁkhārā
vibhavissanti: tattha atha ~ena nu vaṇṇena agāran te
na vijjatī ti, Ja III 73,17*; ~en' attanā gacchati brahma-
lokaṁ, Sn 508; (f. instr. sg.) ~āya nu 'ttha bhikkhave
etarahi kathāya sannisinnā, D I 2,24 = II 1,16 = M I
514,20 = II 2,17 = III 8,25 = 88,27 = 119,5 = Ud 11,11;
(mfn. gen. sg.) ~issa nu kho me idaṁ kammassa
phalaṁ, ~issa kammassa vipāko, It 15,16; (m. abl.
sg.) evam eva kho mahārāja yasmā ~asmā (w.r. for
tasmā ?; cf. ms. B and two northern Thai ms.) ce pi
kulā agarismā anagāriyam pabbajito hoti, S I 99,22;
(mfn. loc. sg.) ~ismiṁ vatthusmiṁ, Vin V 1,6;
~asmin nu raṭṭhe tava jātibhūmi, Ja V 476,27*; -amhi
(v.l. ~im-) kale tayā dhīra patthitā bodhi-m-uttamā,
Bv I 75; Vv 207 = 294 = 659 = 664; ~asmiṁ padese, Pv
552; ~imhi kālamhi paggāho ~imhi kale viniggaho,
Nidd I 508,13,14; (n. acc. pl.) ~āni kammāni brūhayaṁ
naro, Sn 324; ~āni kammāni, Ja IV 197,12*; (m. instr.
pl.) so ... ~ehi anusayehi gaccheyya ratto ti vā
duṭṭho ti vā mūḷho, Nidd I 81,4 = Nidd I 111,20
(kappeyya) = Nidd I 317,5 (veddheyya); — 2.a.
Rohiṇi dāni pucchāmi ~ena te samaṇā piyā, Thī 272;
~en' ambo kaṭukapphalo ti, Ja II 106,2*; ~ena t'
etādiso vaṇṇo ~ena te idha-m-ijjhati uppajjanti ca te
bhogā ye keci manaso piyā, Vv 2 = 9 = Pv 1977 105;
— 2.b. ~issa tvaṁ āvuso evaṁ ciraṁ akāsi, Vin I
96,20; ~issâyaṁ darika rodah ti, 208,12; II 55,22; ~issa
tvaṁ Sāriputta idha nisinno ti, 160,34; III 135,28 =
135,32; IV 79,28; 114,12; ~issa pana tvaṁ Nanda an-
abhirato brahmacariyaṁ carasi, Ud 22,12; Ud 59,29;
(cf. O. v. HINÜBER, Schrifl. AWL 1989 no. 11: 52 no.
109); Mil 47,21; 48,3; 65,17; 99,13; cf. taṁ ~issa hetu, D I
18,17 = 14,4 = II 14,30 = III 29,17 = M I 31,1 = 178,17 =
310,19 -S II 24,24 = IE 153,7 = V 10,23 = A I 8,5 = 32,16 =
III 181,11 = It 91,5 = Mil 101,4; — 2. c. ~asmā na ekaṁ
samaṇā vadanti, Sn 883 (~asmā ti ~asmā kiṁkaraṇā
... kiṁnidānā + Nidd I 291,23); ~asmā na paridevesi
evarūpe mahabbhaye, Th 706; Th 44; ~asmā na san-
tappasi sokakāle, Ja III 153,15* qu. Nidd I 436,15; Vin I
350,2; Vṁ III 148,31; ~asmā ... Bhagavatā avyākatan ti,
D I 188,32; D II 282,22; D III 114,15; D III 136,18; ~asmā
pan' ayye assāsapassāsā kāyasaṅkhāro, M I 301,22 = S
IV 293,20; M I 431,23; M II 159,30; M III 154,16; ~asmā c'
etam bhikkhave mayā anakkhātaṁ, S V 438,6,15; A III
181,7; 226,8,12,15; ~asmā nu kāyā anadhivaraṁ
upāgamī ti, Vv 138; — 2.d. ~imh' eso mahato
ghoso, ~ā nu game va kīḷiyā, Ja VI 56,22*; ~ismiṁ me
Sivayo kuddhā ... ~asmā pabbājayanti man ti,
492,34*; — 3.a. ~o pana vādo kāyena vācāya anu-
vidhīyanāsu, M I 43,27 (yā pan' etā kāyena vācāya
anuvidhīyanā ... tattha vādo yeva ~o, Ps I 191,11); ~o
pana vādo sattahi ratanehi catuhi ca iddhīhī ti, III
177,12; ~o pana vādo pañcahi nīvaraṇehi, S V 127,27;
~o pana vādo ye nam bahulīkaronti, A I 10,22 (ye
pana idaṁ mettacittaṁ bahulaṁ āsevanti ... te
amoghaṁ raṭṭhapiṇḍaṁ paribhuñjantī ti ettha vat-
tabbam eva ~iṁ, Mp I 72,9) = 38,21 (ye naṁ
paṭhamajjhānaṁ bahulīkaronti ... tesu vattabbam
eva n' atthi, Mp II 41,15); A I 43,10; ~o pana vādo pade-
sarajjassa, It 15,14 (""why talk of a limited kingdom
?""); — 3.b.(i) ~o attho supitena vo, Sn 331; uṭṭhehi
Kaṇha, kiṁ sesi, ~o attho supinena te, Ja IV 84,22* =
Pv 207; ~v attho jīvitena me, Vv 830; — 3.b.(ii)
~ena lokasmi ~iṁ siyā, Th 986 = Th 987; ~iṁ pana vo
kumārā itthiyā, Vin I 23,14; -in nu me buddhena, Vin
III 27,14 (cf. 27,12: alaṁ me buddhena; = ~iṁ mayhaṁ
kiccaṁ ~iṁ karaṇīyaṁ ~iṁ sādhetabban ti attho, Sp
250,27); ~iṁ pana tayā ... adātukāmena pavāritena
yaṁ tvaṁ pavāretvā na desi, Vṁ III 211,11 = IV 102,24;
~iṁ pan' imehi khuddânukkhuddakehi sikkhāpa-
dehi uddiṭṭhehi, IV 143,6; Vakkali ~iṁ te imina
pūtikāyena diṭṭhena, S III 120,27; alan ti
paṭikkhepavacanaṁ. ~iṁ imina ti attho, Mp IV 103,6
(ad A IV 188,1); ~iṁ te dārūhi, Ja V 250,3; ~iṁ tum-
hākaṁ imassa sīsacchedanena, Mil 110,25; 156,20; ~iṁ
pana mayhaṁ tayā gatena vā agatena vā, Dhp-a IV
61,5; — 3.c.(i) ~e ca muṇḍakā ... ~ā ca tevijjānaṁ
brāhmaṇānaṁ sākacchā, D I 103,16; ~o câhaṁ bho
Gotama sācariyako, ~ā ca anuttarā vijjā-
caraṇasampadā, D I 102,13-14; ~o câhaṁ ~o Sīho mi-
garājā, III 24,3 (Sv 828,12-18); ~e ca chave sigāle ~e
pana sīhanāde, 24,19 (cf. III 25,3 foll); ~o câhaṁ
bhante ~o ca ariyassa vinaye ... vohārasamucchedo,
M I 367,26; mayaṁ hi ... pubbe evaṁ jānāma: ~e ca
muṇḍakā ... ~e ca dhammassa aññātāro (so read), M
II 177,7; ~e ca muṇḍakā samaṇakā ~e ca, S I 184,12; A
III 349,7 = 351,17-18; ~o câhaṁ ~e ca (v.l. ~o [sic!]), Sv
283,21; ~o câhaṁ ~o ca hatthināgo, Mp V 68,5 (ad A V
202,24); — 3.c.(ii) ~o câhaṁ bho ~o ca samanassa
Gotamassa paññāveyyattiyaṁ jānissāmi, M I 175,23
(""what sort of person am I that I ...""; = kena
kāraṇena, Ps II 196,9-12); ~o câhaṁ, bho, ~o ca
samanassa Gotamassa paññāveyyattiyaṁ jānissāmi,
II 209,1 = A III 237,6 (= ~ena kāraṇena jānissāmī ti, Mp
III 312,19); ~o câhaṁ, bho, ~o ca samaṇaṁ Gotamaṁ
pasaṁsissāmi, M II 209,6 = A III 237,10 (= kena
kāraṇena pasaṁsissāmi, Mp III 313,8); api c', Ānanda,
~e ca aññatitthiyaparibbājakā bālā avyattā ~e ca Ta-
thāgatassa mahākammavibhaṅgaṁ jānissanti, M III
209,10; — 4. satta te janā ti. ~o ca ~o ca mahārājā ti,
Mil 115,11,18 (""who is each one individually ?""); ~o
ca ~o ca bhante ti, Mil 291,3.

" 346862373551738880,ka,en,"

ka

, m., the group (vagga) of consonants denoted
ka (= the phonemes or letters k, kh, g, gh, ṅ); only re-
corded in cpd., q.v. infra; cf. kakāra-vagga, q.v.; —
°âdi, mfn. [ka + ādi], beginning with the group of
consonants denoted ka; ~ī mantā vaggā, Sadd 606,8 ≠
Kacc-v ad Kacc 7; Mogg-v ad Mogg I 7.

" 346862379776086016,ka,en,"

ka

, m. (in some cases - is without explicit gen-
der; v. infra), 1. the letter or phoneme k; the ninth or
eleventh letter of the pa. alphabet according to the
schools of Kacc and Mogg, respectively; for the con-
troversy over the number of phonemes of the pa., cf.
akkhara, q.v.; 2. the consonant (vyaṅjana) k; 3. the
guttural (kaṇṭhaja) voiceless (aghosa) stop k; 4. the
sound ka; — 1. a ... ~a ... aṁ iti akkharā honti,
Kacc-v ad Kacc 2; Mogg I 1; Sadd 604,19; ~o khe ca.
byañjanantassa dhātussa ~o hoti kha-paccaye pare:
titikkhati, bubhukkhati, Kacc 475 and Kacc-v ad loc.
≠ Sadd 827,21; kissa ~a ve ca. kiṁ ice etassa ~o hoti
va-ppaccaye pare: kva gato 'si devānaṁpiya-Tissa ?,
Kacc 227 and Kacc-v ad loc. (""the phoneme k is sub-
stituted for [the stem] kiṁ [of ⁵ka] before va [of the
word kva]"" ≠ Sadd 675,18; — °-gâdesa, m. [ga +
ādesa], the substitution of the letters or phonemes k
and g; sacajānaṁ dhātūnaṁ antānaṁ cajānaṁ ~ā
honti yathāsaṅkhyaṁ ṇânubandhe paccaye pare: ...
oko ... cāgo, Kacc-v ad Kacc 642 = Sadd 864,27; —
°-tta, n., [abstr. from ¹ka], the letter or phoneme k
(= ¹ka; cf. ka-kāratta, q.v.); ke ~añ ca, Sadd 687,24
(""and [the letter ṁ of the word saṁ] becomes k be-
fore [the suffix] ka""); — 2. ṭhapetvā aṭṭha sare sesā
akkharā ... ~a ... aṁ iti byañjanā nāma honti, Kacc-v
ad Kacc 6; Sadd 605,31; — °âdi, mfn. [ka + ādi], be-
ginning with the letter or phoneme k; ~ayo vyañ-
janā, Mogg I 6; — 3. aghosā nāma: ~a ... sa iti,
Kacc-v ad Kacc 9; Sadd 608,4; — 4. (used in ""etymol-
ogy"" of kakaca, q.v.) ~a iti kacati pāṭayati kakaco,
Abh-ṭ 354,19 (ad Abh 528).

" 346862245231202304,kā,en,"

kā

, f. of ⁵ka, q.v.; Kacc-v 237.

" 346862245134733312,kā,en,"

kā

, ²ind. [cf. kāpuppha, kāpurisa, kālavaṇa, qq.v.;
kad, kiṁ, ku; AiGr II. 1 § 34d)], prefix used as first
member of cpd.s with a pejorative or diminutive mean-
ing, cf. Pāṇ VI 3 105-106; — gramm. lit.: ~ appatthe-
su, Kacc 338 ≠ Mogg III 116; treated as a substitute
morpheme for ku: ku ice etassa ~ hoti appatthe, Sadd
774,9 ≠ Kacc-v 338; ku ice etassa kucchitatthe kvaci
~ hoti, Sadd 774,11; Kacc-v 338.

" 346862245172482048,kā,en,"

kā

, [cf. sa-Dhātup], the verbal root kā; — lex. lit.: ~
sadde, Dhātup 392 = Dhātum 626.

" 346862177333809152,kabaḷa,en,"

kabaḷa

, m., [ed.s mostly unetymologically kabala; cf.
LÜDERS, Phil. Ind. 559; Amg. kavala; sa. kavala; BHS
kavaḍa; Geiger § 46.1; Mittelindisch § 183; EWA-1
s.v.; CDIAL 2960; DED 1222], a morsel, mouthful (sol-
id. or liquid); — lex. lit.: ālopo ~o, Abh 466; — nâti-
mahanto ~o kātabbo, Vin II 214,17 = IV 194,17 (=
mayūraṇḍaṁ atimahantaṁ kukkuṭaṇḍaṁ atikhud-
dakaṁ tesaṁ vemajjhappamāṇo, Sp 893,14 = Kkh
150,16) ≠ 194,15,18; Vin IV 194,14 foll. = V 30,30; anā-
haṭe ~e mukhadvāraṁ, II 214,18 = IV 194,34 foll. = V
30,33 = 45,22; devatā ~e ~e ojaṁ pakkhipanti, Ja I
68,31; nâlaṁ ~aṁ padātave, 190,3* (190,70; paṅca pi
janā ~e vaḍḍhetvā mukhe pakkhipitvā, IV 67,25;
gaṇhāhi nāga ~aṁ, 93,1*; taṁ sabbaṁ ... ekaṁ ~aṁ
viya katvā, 183,3; kuñjaro ... ~aṁ na bhuñjati, Dhp
324; carimo ālopo carimaṁ ~aṁ, It 18,24 (= tass' eva
[scil. ālopassa] vevacanaṁ, It-a I 88,6) qu. Ja III
409,24' and Cp-a 62,6; yathā vā pana mahārāja ~o
mukhena gahito, Mil 180,19; yathā ... rañño sūdo ...
~e ~e sūpaṁ ākirati, 231,28; 400,25; ekam pi ~aṁ ud-
dharitvā, Sp 817,29; ~aṁ avacchinditvā avacchin-
ditvā, 893,24 (ad Vin IV 195,34: kabaḷāvacchedakaṁ)
= Kkh 150,29; ekato ekaṁ ~aṁ omadditvā mukhe
pakkhipitvā, Sp 1385,14; mahante mahante ~e (Be so;
Ee kakkhaḷe) karoti, Sv 837,19; attano mukhappamā-
ṇen' eva ~aṁ karonti, 732,26 ≠ Ps V 57,20 ≠ Spk I
88,16; ~o āhāro ti kabalaṁ katvā ajjhoharitabbako ā-
hāro, Ps I 207,35 (ad M I 48,5) = Spk II 23,22 (ad S II
11,24); ~aṁ katvā ajjhoharitabbavatthupadaṭṭhāno,
Abhidh-av 69,20; tayo kabale aggahesiṁ, Dhp-a II
65,18,22; ~aṁ ekâlopamattaṁ bhojanaṁ, Pv-a 70,19
(ad Pv 101); 39,12; attano pamāṇena ~e ukkhitte, e-
kadivasaṁ hatthī na gaṇhi ~āni, Mhv XIX 74; — ci-
tā ti iṭṭhakāyo ~ena niddhamanavasena chinditvā
katā ti attho, Vjb 525,23 (ad Vin II 159,34); — ifc. eka-°
(Ps III 258,3 = Mp II 73,26); kaṭuka-° (Ja I 190,8');
bhatta-° (Ja-pṭ ad Ja I 486,23); sa-°'(Vin IV 195,4 foll).

" 346862177921011712,kabaḷachedakaṃ,en,"

kabaḷa-chedakaṁ

, ²ind. [abs.; cf. GEIGER 1994 §
215; BHS kavaḍachedakam; v. BHSD s.v.; kabaḷâ-
vacchedakaṁ, q.v.], dividing (the food) into smaller
pieces; yo piṇḍukkhepakaṁ bhikkhu ~aṁ pi vā ...
bhuñjeyya dukkaṭaṁ, Vin-vn 1920.

" 346862177610633216,kabaḷaggaha,en,"

kabaḷa-ggaha

, n. [cf. sa. kavalagraha], a particular
weight; yaṁ pāṇitalaṁ -an ti pi vuccati, vuttañ hi
Madhukose pāṇirakkho picu cā pi suvaṇṇakam u-
dumbaraṁ piḷārapadakaṁ pāṇitalaṁ taṁ ~an ti,
Sv-nṭ I 423,18-21.

" 346862178680180736,kabaḷantaraya,en,"

kabaḷ'-antaraya

, m., interrupting (somebody's eating)
a mouthful; cf. khīrantarāya, rati-antarāya at Sv
355,11,12; describing the alms-begging habits of a certain
type of ascetics: dvīsu bhuñjamānesu ekasmiṁ uṭṭhā-
ya dente na gaṇhāti. kasmā ? ~o (Be ekassa ~o; so read
?) hotī ti, Sv 355,9 (ad D I 166,6: dvinnaṁ bhuñjamā-
nānaṁ); = kabaḷassa antarāyo [so read with Be], Sv-pṭ
I 462,19; ~o ti ālopassa antarāyo, Sv-nṭ II 355,9) = Ps II
44,15 (ad M I 77,33) = Mp II 384,25 (ad A I 295,13; Mp-ṭ
II 219,26) = Pp-a 231,28 (Ee na; ad Pp 55,12) = Nidd-a I
430,26 (ad Nidd I 416,17).[[side 192]]

" 346862179183497216,kabaḷavacchedakaṃ,en,"

kabaḷâvacchedakaṁ

, ²ind. [abs.; kabaḷa + ava°; cf.
Geiger 1994 § 215; kabaḷachedakaṁ, q.v.], dividing or
having divided (the food) into morsels, mouthfuls; na
~aṁ bhuñjitabbaṁ, Vin II 214,21; na ~aṁ bhuñjissā-
mī ti sikkhā karaṇīyā, IV 196,1 foll. (= kabalaṁ avac-
chinditvā avacchinditvā, Sp 893,24 = Kkh 150,29);
~aṁ ... bhuñjantassa, Vin V 31,4 ≠ 45,29.

" 346862179217051648,kabaḷāvacchedakaṃ,en,"

kabaḷâvacchedakaṁ

" 346862178944421888,kabaḷavagga,en,"

kabaḷa-vagga

, m.; title of Vinaya IV 19'4,33-197,16;
~o pañcamo, Vin IV 197,16; V 31,9.

" 346862179804254208,kabaḷikā,en,"

kabaḷikā

, f. [cf. sa. kavalikā: compress], a kind of pla-
ster made from sattu; ct. and Vmv so; BD IV: 279 and
Vin. Texts II 58 n. 4 wrongly ""compress""; ~āya attho
hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave -an ti, Vin I 205,35 (= va-
ṇamukhe sattupiṇḍaṁ pakkhipituṁ, Sp 1092,5; ~ā
ti upanāhabhesajjaṁ, Vmv II 186,15).

" 346862157310201856,kabaḷiṃkāra,en,"

kabaḷiṁ-kāra

, mfn. [kabala + kāra; cm-formation; v.
A. Thumb-A. Hauschild, Handbuch d. Skt. 1,2 1959 §
653, L. Renou, Gr. skt.: 150 foll. § 116; also written °ḷī°
(mostly Be); cf. BHS kavalīkārâhāra; v. BHSD s.v.],
made into morsels; used only in combination with āhāra:
physical nutriment; one of the four āhāra; — lex. lit.: ka-
baliṁkarīyatī ti ~o, As 330,3 qu. Vism-mhṭ 104,5 foll.
- Abhidh-av-nṭ 272,5; karīyatī ti kāro kabaḷo kāro ti
~o, Maṇis II 134,25; — cattāro āhārā: ~o āhāro oḷāriko
vā sukhumo vā, phasso ... manosañcetanā ... ñā-
ṇaṁ, D III 228,3; cattāro 'me ... āhārā bhūtānaṁ vā
sattānaṁ vā ṭhitiyā ... ~o āhāro ... phasso +, M I 48,5
(kabalaṁ katvā ajjhoharitabbako āhāro. odanakum-
māsâdivatthukāya ojāy' etaṁ adhivacanaṁ, Ps I
207,35 foll. cf. Dhs 646) = S II 11,24 (Spk II 23,22 foll);
kathaṁ ... ~o āhāro daṭṭhabbo, S II 98,8; ~e ... āhāre
pariññate pañcakamaguṇiko rago pariṅñato hoti,
99,8 (Spk II 109,23-110,10); ~e ce ... āhāre atthi rāgo,
101,10 foll. (qu. Kv 142,32 foll. = Nidd I 25,15 = Nett
57,9); atthi rūpaṁ ~o āhāro atthi rūpaṁ na ~ āhāro,
Dhs 585 (=127,6); Vibh 13,15; taṁ na ~o āhāro yan
taṁ rūpaṁ bāhiraṁ, taṁ atthi ~o āhāro, atthi no ~o
āhāro, Dhs 586 (=130,14 foll.) = Vibh 13,15 foll.; rūpas-
sa aniccatā ~o āhāro, Dhs 596; katamaṁ taṁ rūpaṁ
~o āhāro? odano ..., 646 = 740 (explained in detail);
taṁ rūpaṁ na ~ āhāro, 741; cittasamuṭṭhānā ... ~o ā-
hāro, 1195 = 1518; upādā ... ~o āhāro, 1209 = 1532; it-
thindriyaṁ ... ~o āhāro, Vibh 2,17 foll. - 72,32; ~o ā-
hāro kāmadhātupariyāpanno, 409,24; ~o āhāro na rū-
padhātupariyāpanno, Vibh 410,14; ~o āhāro arūpa-
dhātupariyāpanno, 411,6; ~o āhāro pariyāpanno,
411,30; ~o āhāro abhiññeyyo pariññeyyo na pahātab-
bo na bhāvetabbo na sacchikātabbo, 427,25; ~o āhāro
anārammaṇo, 429,10; ~o āhāro na vattabbo sukhāya
vedanāya sampayutto ti pi dukkhāya vedanāya
sampayutto ti pi adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya
sampayutto ti pi, 432,14; ~o āhāro nevavipākanavi-
pākadhammadhammo, 433,20; ~o āhāro imassa kā-
yassa āhārapaccayena paccayo, Tikap 5,25 qu. Vism
538,30; 616,12; ~o āhāro ti catusantatisamuṭṭhāne rū-
pe ojā āhāro nāma ... ~o, Tikap-a 48,19-20; sabhāvena
pana sukhumarūpapariyāpannattā ~o āhāro sukhu-
mo va hoti, Ps I 208,4; ~o āhāro dvinnaṁ rūpasanta-
tīnaṁ paccayo hoti, 210,17 = As 342,23; cakkhāyata-
naṁ ... ~o āhāro, Mp V 92,17 = Spk III 271,2; ~o āhāro
... vatthuvasena kabalīkātabbattā ~o, Paṭis-a 109,29
foll.; rūpakāyassa ~o āhāro, As 153,25; ime hi sampa-
yuttakadhammānaṁ ~o viya rūpakāyassa upat-
thambhakavasena paccayā honti, 153,17; ojālakkhaṇo
~o āhāro, As 332,2 = Vism 450,3 = Abhidh-av 69,18;
asitapītakhāyitasāyitappabhedo ~o āhāro, Vism
341,20; āhāro nāma ~o āhāro, 616,7; ~e āhāre asu-
bhesu santivipallāso, Nett 115,29; ~o āhāro asubhe
subhan ti vipallāso, Nett 117,14; āhāratā ti ~o āhāro,
Abidh-av, 69,10.

" 346862174406184960,kabaḷiṃkārabhakkha,en,"

kabaḷiṁ-kāra-bhakkha

, mfn., feeding on physical
food; atthi kho bho añño attā dibbo rūpī kāmāvaca-
ro ~o, Vibh 383,34 (kabaḷiṁkārâhāraṁ bhakkhayatī
ti ~o, Vibh-a 510,2); kabaliṅkāraṁ bhakkhayatī ti
~o, Sv 120,20 (ad D I 34,15); te ~ā, Spk-pṭ I 42,23 (ad
Spk I 15,3).

" 346862175924523008,kabaḷiṃkārahāra,en,"

kabaḷiṁ-kārâhāra

, m. [kāra + āh°; cf. BHS kavalī-
kārâhāra; v. BHSD s.v.], physical food; — lex. lit.: āhāro
°âdisu, Abh 856; — visesapaccayo hi kabaḷīkārâhā-
rabhakkhānaṁ sattānaṁ rūpakāyassa ~o, Ps I 209,9
= Spk II 25,14; ~o ojaṭṭhamakarūpāni āharati, Ps I
209,16; Spk II 109,26; Vism 341,9; kammajanito pi hi a-
yaṁ kayo ~ena upatthaddho, Ps I 210,8; As 153,17; ~e
nikantipariyādānatthaṁ, Ps I 211,18; asitapītâdibhe-
de ~e gamanapaṭikkūlâdīni nava paṭikūlāni, Mp II
77,25 ≠ Vism 342,1; Nidd-a I 152,29; ~o upādārūpaṁ
ekasmiñ ca upādārūpe diṭṭhe tevīsati upādārūpāni
pākaṭāni hontī ti, Mp II 173,12; ~aṁ ārabbhā pi c' et-
tha vivādo na kātabbo, V 25,6; ~o hi upādiṇṇako pi
atthi anupādiṇṇako pi, Spk II 24,29; attūpaladdhi-
sammohaṁ anuppādetvā ~o na jānāti catummahā-
bhūtikakāyaṁ vaḍḍhemī ti, kayo na jānāti ~o maṁ
vaḍḍhetī ti, 107,29; pañcakāmaguṇikarāgassa hi ~o
mūlaṁ, 110,34; yā visesapaccayatā ~o ca ime ca tayo
dhamma āhārā, As 153,22; ~o pi ṭhānaṁ patvā aṭṭha
rūpāni samuṭṭhāpeti, Vibh-a 24,35 foll.; dve va rūpāni
rūpaṁ samuṭṭhāpenti tejodhātu ca ~o ca, 25,19; ~aṁ
pi yuttakāle labhantass' eva jīvitaṁ pavattati, Vism
236,9; so catubbidho ~o phassāhāro manosañcetanā-
hāro viññāṇāhāro, 341,7; ~aṁ sevanto, Mil 245,11; ~o
asubhe subhan ti vipallāso, Peṭ 246,9; ~e hi nikantiṁ
katvā, Ps I 210,30; ~assa asubhasabhāvattā asubhasa-
muṭṭhānattā cā ti, Nett-pṭ 112,1; — ifc. anupâdiṇṇa-
ka-°; upâdiṇṇaka-°; — °-mukhena, ²ind. by means of
physical nutriment; instr. adv.; ettāvatā nena ~ena sap-
paccayassa nāmarūpassa yathāvato diṭṭhattā kaba-
liṅkārâhāro ṅātapariññāya pariṅñāto hoti, Spk II
110,2; — in long cpd. °-phassa-cetanā-viññānâhāra-
vasa (Abhidh-av 135,11); cakkhu-sota-ghāna-jivhā-
kāya-rūpa-sadda-gandha-rasa-itthi-purisa-jīvitin-
driya-~-hadaya-vatthu (Abhidh-av 74,10); jīvitindri-
ya-~-ārammana-pure-jāta (Abhidh-av 135,23).[[side 193]]

" 346862175941300224,kabaḷiṃkārāhāra,en,"

kabaḷiṁ-kārâhāra

" 346862181595222016,kabaḷiṃkārahārabhakkha,en,"

kabaḷiṁ-kārâhāra-bhakkha

, mfn., feeding on phy-
sical food; atthi kho bho añño attā dibbo rūpī kāmā-
vacaro ~o, D I 34,15 (= kabaliṁkāraṁ bhakkhayati,
Sv 120,20); ~o (Ee so; Be kabalīkārabhakkho, q.v),
Vibh 383,34; attānaṁ ... rūpiṁ cātummahābhūti-
kaṁ -an ti, D I 186,2; 195,24; so bhikkhu atikkamm'
eva ~ānaṁ devānaṁ sahavyataṁ aññataraṁ mano-
mayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno, A III 192,17 (= kāmāvaca-
radevānaṁ, Mp III 298,10) ≠ V 336,22 foll. (Mp V
81,25 = kabaḷīkārâhārupajīvīnaṁ, Mp-ṭ III 357,19);
Mp II 170,30; visesapaccayo hi ~ānaṁ sattānaṁ rū-
pakāyassa kabaḷīkārâhāro, Ps I 209,9 = Spk II 25,14 =
As 153,24; te ~ā, Sp-ṭ III 205,5.

" 346862181611999232,kabaḷiṃkārāhārabhakkha,en,"

kabaḷiṁ-kārâhāra-bhakkha

" 346862180068495360,kabaḷiṃkārahāraniddesa,en,"

kabaḷiṁ-kārâhāra-niddesa

, m., title of Dhamma-
saṅgani 646; ~e, As 330,3.

" 346862180097855488,kabaḷiṃkārāhāraniddesa,en,"

kabaḷiṁ-kārâhāra-niddesa

, m., title of Dhamma-
saṅgani 646; ~e, As 330,3.

" 346862181012213760,kabaḷiṃkārahārapaccaya,en,"

kabaḷiṁ-kārâhāra-paccaya

, m., the basis which is
physical food; āhārabhūtā ~e saṅgahaṁ gacchati,
Tikap-a 299,4; 58,10.

" 346862181033185280,kabaḷiṃkārāhārapaccaya,en,"

kabaḷiṁ-kārâhāra-paccaya

, m., the basis which is
physical food; āhārabhūtā ~e saṅgahaṁ gacchati,
Tikap-a 299,4; 58,10.

" 346862181297426432,kabaḷiṃkārahārapariññā,en,"

kabaḷiṁ-kārâhāra-pariññā

, f, the fully-understand-
ing of the physical nutriment (Ñm); ~ā anāgāmitaṁ
pāpetī ti, Ps-pṭ I 314,9; asubhasaññā ~āya pariban-
dhakilesā kāmupādānaṁ kāmayogo, Nett-a 139,25;
Nett-ṭ 216,22; — °-mukhena, ²ind. (instr. adv.), by
means of the fully-understanding of the physical nutri-
ment (Ñm); ~, Vism 347,11.

" 346862181314203648,kabaḷiṃkārāhārapariññā,en,"

kabaḷiṁ-kārâhāra-pariññā

" 346862181909794816,kabaḷiṃkārahārasamuṭṭhāna,en,"

kabaḷiṁ-kārâhāra-samuṭṭhāna

, mfn., having its o-
rigin in physical food; āhārasamuṭṭhānan ti ~aṁ,
Tikap-a 250,33.

" 346862181947543552,kabaḷiṃkārāhārasamuṭṭhāna,en,"

kabaḷiṁ-kārâhāra-samuṭṭhāna

, mfn., having its o-
rigin in physical food; āhārasamuṭṭhānan ti ~aṁ,
Tikap-a 250,33.

" 346862182215979008,kabaḷiṃkaraharasevana,en,"

kabaḷiṁ-karâhara-sevana

, n., yearning for physical
food; ekādasavidhāya kāmadhātuyā sattā rūpūpagā
~ato, Pj II 507,18.

" 346862182232756224,kabaḷiṃkarāharasevana,en,"

kabaḷiṁ-karâhara-sevana

, n., yearning for physical
food; ekādasavidhāya kāmadhātuyā sattā rūpūpagā
~ato, Pj II 507,18.

" 346862178302693376,kabaḷiṃkārahārupajīvin,en,"

kabaḷiṁ-kārâhār'-ûpajīvi(n)

, mfn., living or feed-
ing on physical food; ye keci ~ino devā, Sv 114,3 (ad
D I 19,14) = Mp-ṭ II 346,27; ye ~ino gabbhaseyyaka-
sattā, Vism 560,3 = Vibh-a 171,3; kabaḷīkārâhāra-
bhakkhānan ti~īnaṁ, Mp-ṭ III 357,19 (ad Mp V 81,25
ad A V 336,22).
kabaḷiṁ-kārâhār'-ûpajīvin

" 346862178327859200,kabaḷiṃkārāhārūpajīvin,en,"

kabaḷiṁ-kārâhār'-ûpajīvi(n)

" 346862183142920192,kabaḷiṃkārahārupanibaddha,en,"

kabaḷiṁ-kārâhār'-[ū/u]panibaddha

, mfn., dependent
on solid food; ~aṁ (Ee °bandhaṁ) jīvitaṁ, Ps II 225,6
= Nidd I 43,12 (Ee kavaliṅ°) (= asitapītâdikabaḷīkāra-
āhārena upanibaddhaṁ, Nidd-a I 152,29).

" 346862183176474624,kabaḷiṃkārāhārūpanibaddha,en,"

kabaḷiṁ-kārâhār'-[ū/u]panibaddha

, mfn., dependent
on solid food; ~aṁ (Ee °bandhaṁ) jīvitaṁ, Ps II 225,6
= Nidd I 43,12 (Ee kavaliṅ°) (= asitapītâdikabaḷīkāra-
āhārena upanibaddhaṁ, Nidd-a I 152,29).

" 346862173449883648,kabaḷiṃkarīyati,en,"

kabaḷiṁ-karīyati

, pr. 3 sg. [pass, of kabaliṁkaroti,
q.v.], to be made into morsels; used only in cts. to explain
kabaḷiṁkāra, q.v.; ~iṁkarīyatī ti kabaliṁkāro, āha-
rīyatī ti āhāro. ~iṁkatvā ajjhoharīyatī ti attho, As
330,3 qu. Vism-mhṭ II 104,5 foll. = Abhidh-av-nṭ 272,4
(w.r. kabalaṁ).

" 346862180743778304,kabaḷiṃkaroti,en,"

kabaḷiṁ-karoti

, pr. 3 sg. [cf. kabaliṁkāra, q.v.], to
form into morsels; used only in cts. to explain kabaliṁ-
kāra, q.v.; ~katvā, As 330,4; kabaḷiṁkāro ... ~katvā
āharitabbavatthupadaṭṭhāno, As 332,4 = Vism 450,4
(Ee w.r. kabalaṁ°); Tikap-a 48,20-23; Abhidh-av 69,20.

" 346862175693836288,kabaḷiṃkātabba,en,"

kabaḷiṁ-kātabba

, mfn. [ger. < kabaliṁkaroti], to
be made into morsels; — °-tta, n. [abstr. of prec.]; vat-
thuvasena ~ā kabalīkāro, Nidd-a II 88,9 (Ee w.r. ka-
balaṁ kattabatā] = Paṭis-a 109,30.

" 346862349191221248,kabandha,en,"

[

kabandha

, reading of Be for kavandha, q.v.]

" 346862348952145920,kabara,en,"

kabara

, mfn. [cf. sa. kavara, kabara, karbara, kamba-
ra, karbura; EWA-1 karbara; CDIAL 2882], mottled,
dappled, multi-coloured; nānāvaṇṇo ahosi, kāḷo pi hoti
seto pi suvaṇṇavaṇṇo pi ~o pi, Ja V 390,11; ~aṁ ma-
hājivhaṁ (Se kavaramahājivhaṁ) nīharitvā, Spk I
182,2 (ad S I 118,25); — reading of BeCe for EeSe kapila at
Ps III 12,12 (ad M I 343,36) = Pp-a 233,32; — ifc. kāḷa-°
(= kukkusa,Ja VI 540,6').[[side 191]]

" 346862176159404032,kabarabhūta,en,"

kabara-bhūta

, mfn., dappled; ~āni akkhīni, Spk-ṭ I
246,9 (ad Spk I 215,18).

" 346862175152771072,kabaracchāya,en,"

kabara-cchāya

, mfn., (bhvr.) casting a dappled sha-
dow; seyyathā pi Sāriputta rukkho visame bhūmi-
bhāge jāto tanupattapalāso ~o, M I 75,14 (= viralac-
chāyo, Ps II 38,34) (opp. bahalapattapalāso sandac-
chāyo, M I 75,27 = ghanacchāyo, Ps II 39,6); eka-
smiṁ ~e rukkhamūle nisīdi, Ja IV 152,15 ≠ 152,19 ≠
Dhp-a I 357,7,11.

" 346862174888529920,kabaracittaphalika,en,"

kabara-citta-phalika

, n., cat's-eye ?; used in gloss on
masāragalla; cf. kabaramaṇi, q.v.; masāragallam pa-
na -an ti pavadanti, Ud-a 302,31 (ad Ud 54,11).

" 346862348335583232,kabaragāvī,en,"

kabara-gāvī

, f, a dappled cow; thero āgantvā oloke-
si jālāya pahaṭapahaṭaṭṭhānaṁ ~iyā viya sarīravaṇ-
ṇaṁ ahosi, Dhp-a I 71,5.

" 346862172791377920,kabaragorūpa,en,"

kabara-go-rūpa

, n., a dappled cow; passatha bho i-
maṁ sarīraṁ tattha tattha viddhastacammaṁ ~aṁ
viya asuciṁ duggandhaṁ paṭikkūlaṁ, Dhp-a I 99,24.

" 346862348801150976,kabarakabara,en,"

kabara-kabara

, mfn., quite dappled; (used of a sha-
dow); rājā nigrodhamūlam patvā rathe nisinno pat-
tānaṁ chiddatāya chāyaṁ ~aṁ disvā, Ja I 419,8; —
°-vaṇṇa, mfn., (bhvr.) having quite dappled colour; ug-
gahanimittañ c' ettha ~aṁ (so read with Be; Ee kaba-
raṁ kabaravaṇṇaṁ) hutvā upaṭṭhāti, paṭibhāgani-
mittaṁ pana ussadavasena upaṭṭhāti, Vism 190,16
(= yebhuyyena sabalavaṇṇaṁ ... rattasetanīlavaṇ-
ṇesu ussadassa vaṇṇassa vasena, Vm-mhṭ I 212,24).

" 346862348465606656,kabarakkhi,en,"

kabar'-akkhi

, n. [kabara + akkhi], multi-coloured
eyes; ~īni ummīletvā, Spk I 215,20 (ad S I 149,12; =
byādhibalena paribhinnavaṇṇatāya kabarabhūtāni
akkhīni, Spk-ṭ I 246,9) = Mp V 60,7 (so read with v.l;
Ee om); — reading at Sv 823,9 for which Sv-pṭ III 9,1
reads kampanakkhi, q.v.

" 346862348671127552,kabarakucchi,en,"

kabara-kucchi

, mfn., (bhvr.) having a spotted or
patchy belly; so yakkho ... ~ī nīlahatthapādo hutvā,
Ja I 273,18.

" 346862348557881344,kabarakuṭṭha,en,"

kabara-kuṭṭha

, n., a kind of spotted leprosy; setan ti
setakuṭṭhena setaṁ ~ena citraṁ (Be vicitraṁ) pabhin-
nena kaṇḍūyanakilāsakuṭṭhena kilāsinaṁ vedanā-
mattaṁ kadalipaṇṇe nipannaṁ addasa, Ja V 69,17*.

" 346862174167109632,kabaramahājivhā,en,"

[

kabara-mahā-jivhā

, reading of Be for kabaraṁ ma-
hājivhaṁ at Spk I 182,2]

" 346862176432033792,kabaramaṇi,en,"

kabara-maṇi

, m., cat's-eye ?; syn. masāragalla, on
which, cf. BHSD s.v. musāra; — lex. lit.: masāragallaṁ
~i, Abh 492; — masāragallamuttāhī ti ~īhi, Vv-a
304,7 (ad Vv 1129); — °-maya, mfn., wrought with
cat's-eye; lohitaṅkamaṇimayāhi saddhiṁ ~ā, Vv-a
167,20 (ad Vv 656).

" 346862176851464192,kabaramissaka,en,"

[

kabara-missaka

, reading of Be for CeEeSe kacava-
ramissaka, q.v.]

" 346862173684764672,kabaravaccha,en,"

kabara-vaccha

, m., a spotted calf; ekasmiñ ca game
balisādhakā asikosatthāya ekaṁ taruṇaṁ ~aṁ mā-
retvā, Ja V 106,3.

" 346862177107316736,kabaravaṇṇa,en,"

kabara-vaṇṇa

, mfn., (bhvr.) having a dappled colour;
sama ti rattavaṇṇā ... sunakhā sabalā cā ti ~ā ca se-
takāḷapītavaṇṇā, evaṁ pañcavaṇṇehi sunakhe das-
seti, Ja VI 107,2' (ad 106,21*); cf. kabarakabaravaṇṇa,
q.v.; — °-maṇi, m., a cat's-eye; masāragallamayā ~īhi
katā, Ap-a 105,29 (ad Ap 2,8).

" 346862180374679552,kabba,en,"

kabba

, n. [cf. Amg. kavva; sa. kāvya; CDIAL 3110;
scdry < kavi; cf. Pāṇ VI 124; cf. kabya, kavya, kāvi-
ya, kāveyya, qq.v.], poem, poetry, song; — gramm. lit.:
(on the ""etymology"" and derivation of ~) manoharatā-
ya avassaṁ kuyyati paṇḍitehī ti ~aṁ kāviyaṁ kā-
veyyaṁ, aññatra pana kavīnaṁ idan ti ~an ti tad-
dhitavasena attho gahetabbo, Sadd 321,17; ~aṁ kā-
viyaṁ, 922,20; — tassā rūpasampattiñ ca cāturiyavi-
lāse ca kavīhi gītabandhanena bandhāpetvā tāni ~ā-
ni Mithilāyaṁ gāyāpetvā, Ja VI 410,15; ~aṁ karotha,
410,25; kavi ~aṁ cintento tena ~ena matto sayati,
Spk I 176,19 (ad S I 110,21); ~an ti vuttaṁ hoti ~an ti
ca kavinā vuttan ti attho, Spk-pṭ II 191,12 (ad Spk II
229,9 ad S II 267,11); — ifc. damiḷa-° (~-rūpa, Vmv I
117,22); — °-nāṭaka-nikkhitta-netta-citta, mfn., (bhvr.)
whose eyes and mind are inclined towards, or occupied
with poetry and dance, or dramatic performance; ~ā kavi-
janā yaṁ kiñci racayant' etaṁ na vimhayakaraṁ pa-
raṁ, Subodh 6.

" 346862182828347392,kabbacitta,en,"

kabba-citta

, v. kavya-citta (Ap 498,8), q.v.

" 346862184841613312,kabbakāra,en,"

kabba-kāra

, m., a poet; rājā nipuṇe ~e pakkosāpe-
tvā bahuṁ dhanaṁ datvā, Ja VI 410,23.[[side 194]]

" 346862168156672000,kabbakāra,en,"

kabbâkāra

, mfn., one who impersonates poetry; para-
vādamathananayadassanatthaṁ damiḷakabbarūpe-
na kārento ... bahuṁ viparītatthanayaṁ ~assa kavi-
no upadisitvā, Vmv I 117,28.

" 346862168173449216,kabbākāra,en,"

kabbâkāra

, mfn., one who impersonates poetry; para-
vādamathananayadassanatthaṁ damiḷakabbarūpe-
na kārento ... bahuṁ viparītatthanayaṁ ~assa kavi-
no upadisitvā, Vmv I 117,28.

" 346862185101660160,kabbakāraka,en,"

kabba-kāraka

, m., a poet; kavijjanā ~ā, Subodh-ṭ 6;
— °âdi, mfn., poets and others; chandañ ca vuttiñ ca
rakkhanto pi hi bhagavā na ~ayo viya savyāpāratā-
vasena rakkhati, Sadd 843,14.

" 346862183935643648,kabbakaraṇa,en,"

kabba-karaṇa

, n., the act of composing poetry; kiñcid
eva disvā tappaṭibhāgaṁ karissāmī ti evaṁ ṭhānup-
pattikapaṭibhānavasena vā jīvikatthāya ~aṁ, Sv
95,30 (ad D I 11,10; = yaṁ kiñci parena kataṁ kabbaṁ
nāṭakaṁ vā disvā taṁsadisam eva aññaṁ attano
ṭhānuppattikapaṭibhānena karaṇavasena paṭibhā-
nakavi veditabbo, Sv-pṭ I 168,9; cf. Mp III 211,9-13);
yathā kavi kabbaṁ cintento tena ~ena matto sayati,
Spk I 176,20 (ad S I 110,21; = kabbakiriyāpasutatādi-
vasena matto kabbaṁ katvā, Spk-pṭ I 209,15); kāvey-
yamattā ti kāveyyena ~ena mattā mānitā, 286,28 (ad S
I 196,10*) = Th-a III 198,3 (ad Th 1253); — °-sippa, n.,
the craft of composing poetry; cintākaviādīnaṁ catun-
naṁ kavīnaṁ ~aṁ, Ud-a 205,19 (ad Ud 32,3).

" 346862167116484608,kabbaracanā,en,"

kabba-racanā

, f., poetical composition; yathārahaṁ
sattānaṁ anusāsanaṭṭhena sāsanaṁ, na ~ā (BeCeSe
so; Ee kabbavacanā, v.l. pubbavacana), Ud-a 28,26 =
It-a I 34,14 (Ee sabbaracanā; Ce na pubbaracanā; Be
na ~ā); ayaṁ pana vyāse padamālānayo visesato
~āyaṁ kavīnaṁ upakārāya saṁvattati, Sadd 249,29;
kavīnaṁ ~āyaṁ alaṁkasaddo bhūsanavisesaṁ va-
dati, 434,19.

" 346862167342977024,kabbavacanā,en,"

[

kabba-vacanā

, f., v.l. for kabbaracanā, q.v.]

" 346862167787573248,kabbavitta,en,"

[

kabba-vitta

, mfn., v.l. of Be for kavyacitta at Ap
498,8, q.v.}

" 346862102129938432,kabbisaṃ,en,"

[kabbisaṁ,

w.r. at Sp 607,19 for kibbisaṁ]

" 346862183453298688,kabupelanda,en,"

Kabupelanda

, m.; Npr.; a village in Sri Lanka; v.
PPN s.v.; — °-gāma, m., the village K.; ekā pesakāra-
dhītā abhirūpā ... ~ato nikkhamitvā, Vibh-a 294,10 =
Ps III 247,13 (reading Kupuveṇa°; cf. v.II.); — °-vihāra,
m., the monastery K.; thero anupubbena ... ~aṁ (v.ll.
Kampu°, Kapu°) nāma gato, Vibh-a 294,7 = Ps III
247,10 (reading Kupuveṇa°).

" 346862370041106432,kaca,en,"

kaca

, m. [ts.], hair (of the head); — ifc. rucira-°
(~-kalāpa, Dāṭh IV 51).

" 346862370728972288,kaca,en,"

³√

kac(a)

, the verbal root ³kac [cf. sa-Dhātup I 181
+ 182]; ~a bandhane, Sadd 338,2.

" 346862370699612160,kaca,en,"

²√

kac(a)

, the verbal root ²kac [cf. sa. √kañc:
sa-Dhātup I 182]; ~a dittiyaṁ (= Dhātum 767). kac-
ceti kaccayati, Kacco, Sadd 529,28; ~a dityaṁ,
Dhātum 630.²√kaca

" 346862542993231872,kāca,en,"

kāca

, m. [ts.; v. BHSD s.v.], variant of kāja, q.v. ~o
... sikkāyaṁ, Abh 919.

" 346862527558193152,kāca,en,"

kāca

, m. [ts.], a disease of the eyes, cataract (v. J. Jol-
ly, Medicin § 82); ~o ... nayanâmaye, Abh 919; —
ifc. timira-° (Spk I 180,14; III 41,1).

" 346862542041124864,kāca,en,"

⁴

kāca

, m. (?) [deriv. uncertain, cf. BHSD s.v. akāca,
CDIAL 3008: *kāca- ""black""], impurity, blackness?; ā-
gukiriyā hi upaghātakaraṇato ~o ti vuccati, Pj II
410,24 (ad Sn 476: akāco); — ifc.: a-°; nik-° (Sv 668,10);
sa-° (Pj II 410,21).

" 346862526236987392,kāca,en,"

kāca

, m. [ts.; EWA-2 s.v. kācá-], silicious earth; —
lex. lit.: ~o ... mattikābhede, Abh 919; kaṁso ca ~o ca
tipu ca, Khuddas-ṭ 290,3; — kaṁsa-° (Vin I 198,24*).

" 346862539180609536,kācajāta,en,"

kāca-jāta

, mfn., glass-like; āmaṁ pattan ti ~aṁ
mattikābhājanaṁ, reading of Be at Pj II 392,8 (cf. v.h).

" 346862370754138112,kacaka,en,"

kacaka

, m. [ts.], a kind of mushroom; Cone-
Gombrich, Ves.-Trsl.: 99 no. 7: possibly Abrus preca-
torius; — ifc. dāsīma-° (Ja VI 536,4,21; so probably
read with Ce; Ee dāsimakañcaka; Be -kaṅjaka; the
readings kaṅc-/kaṅj- are probably due to nasaliza-
tion of a [on which, v. Mittelindisch § 113] and thus
not genuine).

" 346862541751717888,kācakāra,en,"

kāca-kāra

, m. [cf. CDIAL 3092 *kāccakāra], glass-
maker; ~ehi pacitvā kato, Sp-ṭ II 320,22.

" 346862538245279744,kācamaṇi,en,"

kāca-maṇi

, m., [ts.], crystal, quartz; pacitvā kato ~i
yev' eko vaṭṭati, Sp 543,21; maṇī ti ~ pi, Sv-pṭ II
361,23; — °-vanna, mfn., having the colour of crystal;
~ehi pattehi sañchanno, Bv-a 207,11 (Ee marakata-
maṇi°).

" 346862536135544832,kācamaya,en,"

kāca-maya

, mfn., 1. made from silicious earth; for this
use of °maya, cf. Pāṇ IV 3 143; 2. made with semi-pre-
cious stones (for kācamha-maya, q.v. ?); 1. na ~o pat-
to dhāretabbo, Vin II 112,24 (= kācamattikāmayo,
Vin-vn-ṭ 336,21, cf. Sp 1203,8); — 2. na ~ā pādukāyo
dhāretabbā, Vin I 190,26.

" 346862535724503040,kācamha,en,"

kācamha

, m. [kāca + amha, cf. s.v. amha(n), q.v.],
semi-precious stone; ~e, Mhv LXXVIII 23; — °-kācam-
ha-maya, mfn., made of semi-precious stones; kācamha
ca mayā (so read [split cpd.]; cf. Sadd 202 n. e; Ee kā-
cambhamayā) khurā, Ja VI 268,17* (= rattamaṇima-
yā, 268,20') = 271,12*.

" 346862538740207616,kācanā,en,"

kācanā

, f. [vb. n. of *kāceti (scil. dīpeti, Buddhaghosa
no doubt assuming *kaca dīptau, cf. sa-Dhātup VI 8-9,
H.S.); CPD s.v. ukkāceti considers deriv. from ³kāca],
(self-)exaltation; in series of syn.s for lāpanā: etaṁ ku-
laṁ maṁ yeva jānāti, sace ettha deyyadhammo up-
pajjati, mayhaṁ yeva detī ti evaṁ ukkhipitvā ~ā
ukkācanā, uddīpanā, Vism 27,21 qu. Vibh-a 482,5,
Nidd-a 420,1.

" 346862539998498816,kācaṅgulīyavalayappabhuti,en,"

kāc'-aṅgulīya-valaya-ppabhuti

, mfn., rings, bang-
les made of glass and the like; ~iṁ bhaṇḍam ādiya,
Mhv LXVI 134.

" 346862370779303936,kacati,en,"

kacati

, pr. 3 sg. [< ³kac(a), q.v.], to bind; kaca
bandhane: ~ati, Sadd 338,2.

" 346862370804469760,kacavara,en,"

kacavara

, m. [cf. Amg. kayavara, kayāra; sa. kac-
cara; CDIAL 2615], 1.a. refuse, rubbish; dirt; b.
([fig.] with √khip: to throw dirt upon (something),
hence: to smear, to defame (something; with loc.); 2.
scraps, leavings (only recorded in cpd. kacavaramis-
saka, q.v. infra); — lex. lit.: ~o kalāpo saṁkāro ka-
sambu, Abh 224; — exeg.: saṁkāraṁ nāma ~aṁ vuc-
cati, Vin IV 266,3; api ca ~o pi pilotikā ti vuccati, Ps
II 119,24 (ad M I 141,21: chinnapilotiko) = Spk II 49,1;
— 1.a. ~aṁ chaḍḍento sitthaṁ chaḍḍiyyati, Vin IV
196,35; sa ... tassa gehassa kaṇṇakaṇṇehi bahuṁ ~aṁ
saṁkaḍḍhitvā ... sodhanakāle ārakkhitthiyā upari
chaḍḍesi, Ja I 292,10; putto ~aṁ saṁkaḍḍhitvā jhā-
pesi, III 163,1; kaṇḍappamāṇaṁ chiddaṁ katvā upari
paṁsuṅ ca ~aṅ ca pakkhipitvā, V 49,5; Mil 2,28; 3,2;
Vism 70,17; ~aṁ hatthehi gahetvā bahi chaḍḍe-
tabbaṁ, Sp 773,30; ~aṁ ubhato apabbūhitvā (so read
for Ee apabbahitvā; v. CPD s.v.) taṁ thānaṁ ramaṇī-
yaṁ akāsi, Ps II 302,19 ≠ Spk I 348,18; sace ~o acchaḍ-
ḍito hoti taṁ chaḍḍeti, Ps III 135,20; manussā taṁ
disvā ... ~aṁ gahetvā paṁsuṁ gahetvā matthake
okirantā leḍḍūhi paharanti, Dhp-a II 266,6; — 1.b.
Ariṭṭhena viya na tumhehi mayhaṁ sāsane kalalaṁ
vā ~o vā pakkhipitabbo ti evaṁ Bhagavā ... Ariṭ-
ṭhaṁ yeva niggaṇhāti, Ps II 109,31 ≠ 113,9; — ifc.
ucchiṭṭhâsuci-mala-° (Sp 88,2; Thūp 199,15;
citta-° (~-saṅkhāta, Sp 584,29); chārikā-tiṇa-°
(°âdi, Ps III 210,3); paṇṇa-° (Ps I 120,20); mālā-° (Ps
II 165,33; ~ntara, Dhp-a III 476,12); milāta-mālā-°
(Sp 8,26; Sv 7,10); sañjāta-° (Spk-pṭ II 334,12); sama-
ṇa-° (Ps II 119,25; Spk II 49,2;10).

" 346862371303591936,kacavarabhāva,en,"

kacavara-bhāva

, m., being like dirt; tattha ce-
tokhilā ti cittassa thaddhabhāvā, ~ā, khāṇukabhāvā,
Ps II 68,4 (ad M I 101,6) ≠ II 69,3 (ad M I 101,26).

" 346862371358117888,kacavarabhūta,en,"

kacavara-bhūta

, mfn., filthy, hence: (fig.) de-
filed; kāraṇḍavan niddhamatha kasambuṅ ca ava-
kassatha taṁ ~aṁ puggalaṁ kacavaraṁ iva anapek-
khā niddhamatha, Pj II 311,23; kacavarajāto ti abbhan-
taraṁ sañjātakacavaro ~o vā, Spk-pt II 334,12 (ad Spk
III 42,21).

" 346862370900938752,kacavarachaḍḍana,en,"

kacavara-chaḍḍana

, n.; throwing out rubbish;
tattha paribhaṇḍakaranaṁ ... ~aṁ vālikāsamakira-
ṇan ti evamādinā nayasatena nayasahassena paṭivij-
jhati, Ps-pṭ III 62,12.

" 346862370926104576,kacavarachaḍḍanaka,en,"

kacavara-chaḍḍanaka

, n., a rubbish bin; muṭ-
ṭhisammujjaniṁ vā ~aṁ vā bahi khipitvā tasmiṁ
agate āvuso imaṁ kena chaḍḍitan ti vadanti, Ja I
161,21 ≠ Sp 744,26; mañcapīṭhe ... sammujjaniyaṁ ~e
... etesu sabbaṁ mālākammâdi vaṇṇamaṭṭakam-
maṁ vaṭṭati, 293,16.

" 346862260850790400,kacavarachaḍḍanakāla,en,"

kacavara-chaḍḍana-kāla

, m., the time for
throwing out rubbish; ~e pana kacavaraniyāmen'
eva haritvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipituṁ vaṭṭatī ti
Mahāpaccariyaṁ vuttaṁ, Sp 545,17.

" 346862370989019136,kacavarachaḍḍanapacchi,en,"

kacavara-chaḍḍana-pacchi

, f., a basket for
throwing out rubbish: rubbish bin; ~im pi sodhetvā
yeva pavesenti, Ja I 290,30.

" 346862370141769728,kacavarachaḍḍanapuññakamma,en,"

kacavara-chaḍḍana-puñña-kamma

, n.,
merit (acquired) from throwing out rubbish;
iminâhaṁ ~ena yāvâhaṁ nibbānaṁ pāpuṇāmi ...
mahātejo bhaveyyan ti, Mil 3,6.

" 346862370959659008,kacavarachaḍḍanaṭṭhāna,en,"

kacavara-chaḍḍana-ṭṭhāna

, n., a place where
rubbish is thrown out: rubbish heap; manussānaṁ
~e pi vaṭṭati, Sp 925,3.[[side 21]]

" 346862371018379264,kacavarachaḍḍanī,en,"

kacavara-chaḍḍanī

, f., a rubbish bin; sammuj-
janiṅ [so read with Ce; Ee -maj-] c' eva ~iṅ ca ādāya
gantvā therassa pariveṇaṁ sammajjitvā, Dhp-a III
7,19.

" 346862370162741248,kacavarachaḍḍikā,en,"

kacavara-chaḍḍikā

, f., a cleaning woman; ~ā
dāsī raṅño hatthaṁ adāsi, Dhp-a IV 210,21; ~āya dā-
siyādethāti, 218,1.

" 346862370829635584,kacavaraggi,en,"

kacavar'-aggi

, m., fire from rubbish; saṅkārag-
gī ti kacavaraṁ saṅkaddhitvā jālāpito ~i, Vibh-a 70,8
(ad Vibh 83,36).

" 346862371064516608,kacavarajāta,en,"

kacavara-jāta

, mfn., filthy, hence: (fig.) defiled;
kasambujāto ti rāgâdīhi kilesehi ~o, Spk III 42,21 (ad
S IV 181,1; ~o ti abbhantaraṁ sañjātakacavaro
kacavarabhūto vā, Spk-pṭ II 334,11).

" 346862370087243776,kacavarakhāṇukabhāva,en,"

kacavara-khāṇuka-bhāva

, m., the property of
being like dirt and being like a stump; cittassa thad-
dhabhāvo āsappanaparisappanavasena pavattiyā ~o
ca, Ps-pṭ II 53,29; 54,1; ~o hi cetokhīlo, Sv-ṭ II 17,2.

" 346862371433615360,kacavaramissaka,en,"

kacavara-missaka

, n., a meal of scraps and
leavings; ucchepake va te rata ti... ~aṁ saṅgharitvā
paribhuṅjantī ti attho, Ps III 240,7 (ad M II 7,31).

" 346862371119042560,kacavaraniyāma,en,"

kacavara-niyāma

, m., way of (disposal of)
rubbish; kacavarachaḍḍanakāle pana ~en' eva haritvā
ekamantaṁ nikkhipituṁ vaṭṭatī ti Mahāpaccariyaṁ
vuttaṁ, Sp 545,18.

" 346862371140014080,kacavarapariyāya,en,"

kacavara-pariyāya

, m., synonym for dirt; khi-
lasaddo (Be khīla-) thaddhabhāvavacano ~o ca hotī
ti āha cittathaddhabhāvaṁ (so read with Sp 584,29; Be
-bhāva-) cittakacavarasaṅkhātaṁ paṭighakhilan (Be
-khīl-) ti, Sp-ṭ II 347,23 (ad Sp 584,29).

" 346862371576221696,kacavararāsi,en,"

kacavara-rāsi

, m., rubbish heap; saṁkāradhā-
nasmin ti saṁkāraṭṭhānasmiṁ ~imhī ti attho,
Dhp-a I 445,15 (ad Dhp 58).

" 346862371093876736,kacavarattha,en,"

kacavar'-attha

, mfn., (bhvr.) having the mean-
ing of dirt; ~o papañcattho, Ud-a 372,29 (ad Ud 77,13).

" 346862371693662208,kacca,en,"

Kacca

, mfn. [< *Kātya; cf. sa. Kātya; Pāṇ IV 1 105],
of the Kacca lineage; gotra name; = Kac-
cāna/Kaccāyana, qq.v.;— gramm. lit.: kac(a) ditti-
yaṁ; kacceti kaccayati, ~o. ettha ~o ti rūpasampatti-
yā kacceti dippati virocatī ti ~o, Sadd 529,28; ~o ti
purutano isi, Nett-a Be 11,22; — °âdi, mfn.; ~ito
ṇānaṇāyanā, Sadd 784,6 (sutta 754); — ~-gotta-
gana, m., the group of families belonging the
Kacca gotra, etc.; ~ato ṇānaṇāyanapaccayā honti tassa
apaccam ice etasmiṁ atthe: ~assa apaccaṁ Kaccāno,
evaṁ Kaccāyano, Sadd 784,6.

" 346862371668496384,kacca,en,"

kacca

, abs. [< kṛtya], = katvā; (describing the use
of the absolutive) apare dhan ti ~a patito daṇḍo ti
udāharanti, Sadd 312,20 (""other [scholars] illustrate
[the use of the absolutive] by [the following exam-
ple: the arrow hit [its target] with a thud"") = 851,29
(with reading katvā for kacca).

" 346862371949514752,kaccāna,en,"

⁵

Kaccāna

, m.; Npr.; the grammarian Kaccāna; =
³Kaccāyana, q.v.; paccuppannavibhattiyo tidhā ka-
tvāna ādimhi ~ena udīritā, Sadd 54,28*.

" 346862371743993856,kaccāna,en,"

Kaccāna

, m. [cf. ²Kacca, Kaccāyana, Kātiyāna,
qq.v.], belonging to the Kacca lineage; gotra name of
one of the Buddha's principal disciples Mahākac-
cāna who is famous for his ability to explicate in
detail the Buddha's utterances; cf. PPN s.v.; —
gramm. lit.: tasmā vacchâdito gottagaṇato ṇāyana-
ṇāya paccayā honti vā tassâpaccaṁ ice etasmiṁ
atthe. vacchassa apaccaṁ, putto: ... Kaccāyano, ~o,
Kacc-v ad Kacc 347 ≠ Sadd 784,6; Mogg-v IV 35; —
exeg.: Mahākaccānenā ti Kacco ti purutano isi,
Nett-a Be 11,22; — kiṁ pana tvaṁ, ~a, evaṁ vadasi,
M II 40,9 foll.; Kv 66,6; Ap 464,19; Ap 465,4; Ps II 273,30
(ad M I 229,32: nāmagottaṁ); Ps III 319,17 (ad M II
84,4); Ps V 68,2 (ad M III 253,11); Spk II 138,18 (ad S II
153,26: Kaccāyano); Dhp-a IV 89,18 = Ja II 381,22 (with
v.l. Kaccāyana); — ifc. Mahā-° (M II 83,16; Mp I
204,23; ~-uppala-vaṇṇâdi, Pj II 5,3; ~-thera, Mp I 207,9;
Ap-a Be II 53,14.

" 346862371974680576,kaccāna,en,"

⁶

Kaccāna

, m.; gotra name of the thera Sambula;
v. PPN s.v. Sambula-Kaccāna Thera; — ifc. Sam-
bula-° (Th-a II 59,9).

" 346862371903377408,kaccāna,en,"

⁴

Kaccāna

, m.; gotra name of the paribbājaka
Sabhiya; he may be identical with ³Kaccāna; v. PPN
s.v. 3. Sabhiya; ekam samayam āyasmā Sabhiyo ~o
Ñātike viharati Giñjakāvasathe, S IV 401,13 foll.

" 346862371764965376,kaccāna,en,"

Kaccāna

, m.; gotra name of the sugar dealer
Belaṭṭha; v. PPN s.v. Belattha-Kaccāna; tena kho pana
samayena Belaṭṭho ~o Rājagahā Andhakavindaṁ ad-
dhānamaggapaṭipanno hoti, Vin I 224,7 foll.; Sp
1095,10 (ad Vin I 225,17).

" 346862371874017280,kaccāna,en,"

Kaccāna

, m.; gotra name of a paribbājaka who is
mentioned in Anuruddha sutta; v. PPN s.v. 3. Sa-
bhiya; M III 148,22.

" 346862372050178048,kaccānā,en,"

Kaccānā

, f., Npr.; a princess, daughter of Devada-
hasakka; v. PPN s.v. 1. Kaccānā; Devadahe Devada-
hasakko nāmāsi bhūpati, Añjano câtha Kaccānā
āsuṁ tassa sutā duve, Mhv II 17; (Mhv-ṭ 135,18); —
°âbhiseka, m., the consecration of Kaccānā; Sīha-
hanussa tū ti ettha tusaddo ~aṁ niddisati, Mhv-ṭ
135,24.

" 346862372004040704,kaccānabrāhmaṇa,en,"

Kaccāna-brāhmaṇa

, m., the brahmin Kaccāna;
= ¹Kaccāna, q.v.; deva añṅo dasabalaṁ ānetuṁ sam-
attho n' atthi, ācariyo ~o (v.l. Kaccāyano br°) 'va
samattho, taṁ pahiṇathā ti, Mp I 206,11.

" 346862371043545088,kaccānagotta,en,"

Kaccāna-gotta

, m(fn).; of the Kaccāna gotra; 1.
used of ¹Kaccāna, q.v.; = Mahākaccāna; 2. used of
one of the principal characters of Kaccāni Jātaka; —
1. atha kho āyasmā ~o yena Bhagavā ten' upasaṅ-
kami, sammukhā me taṁ āvuso Channa Bhagavato
sutaṁ sammukhā ca paṭiggahitaṁ -am bhikkhum
ovadantassa, S III 134,29 = II 17,1 (with reading Kaccā-
yana); — 2. tattha sa Kātiyānī ti bhikkhave sa ~ā, Ja
IE 428,1' (ad 427,25*).[[side 22]]

" 346862371551055872,kaccānagottatā,en,"

Kaccāna-gottatā

, f. [abstr.], the property of be-
longing to the Kaccāna gotra; Sambulo ti laddha-
nāmo ~āya Sambulakaccāno ti paññāyittha, Th-a II
59,9 (ad Th 189-190).

" 346862371387478016,kaccānapeyyāla,en,"

Kaccāna-peyyāla

, m.; Npr.; title of a sutta
ascribed to Mahākaccāyana at Mp I 209,12; it is prob-
ably identical with a part of M III 192,2-199,17 (=
Mahākaccānabhaddekarattasutta) recording a dis-
course attributed to Mahākaccāna, in which he ex-
plains one of the Buddha's utterances; the pervasive
use of peyyāla in this text may have given rise to
the title ~; according to PPN (v. s.v. Kaccāna Pey-
yāla) ~ is identical with Kaccānasutta (q.v.), which
is clearly wrong; attha satthā aparabhāge Jetavane
viharanto Madhupiṇḍikasuttantaṁ ~aṁ (v.l. -āya-
na-) Pārāyanasuttan ti ime tayo suttante aṭṭhuppat-
tiṁ katvā theraṁ ... aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapesī ti, Mp I
209,12.

" 346862371332952064,kaccānasutta,en,"

Kaccāna-sutta

, n.; Npr.; title of the Buddha's
famous discourse to Kaccāna on sammādiṭṭhi re-
corded at S II 16,34-17,30 qu. S III 134,30 foll. Vism
519,17 (v. infra); cintento tepiṭakaṁ Buddhavacanaṁ
vicinitvā ~aṁ addasa, Spk II 319,1; — °-virodha,
m., a contradiction with the Kaccānasutta; tathā ~o,
Vism 519,17 (quoting S II 17,10-11)

" 346862371408449536,kaccānatthera,en,"

Kaccāna-tthera

, m.; Npr.; an arahant; v. PPN
s.v.; padumuttaranāthassā ti ādikaṁ āyasmato ~assa
Apadānaṁ, Ap-a Be II 53,15 (ad Ap 463).

" 346862372029206528,kaccānavagga,en,"

Kaccāna-vagga

, m.; title of Ap 463,19-488,27; =
vagga 528.

" 346862371467169792,kaccānī,en,"

Kaccānī

, f. [cf. Kātiyānī]; Npr.; gotra name of the
old woman whose story is told in the Kaccānijātaka,
q.v.; odātavatthā suci allakesā ~i kiṁ kumbhim
apassayitvā piṭṭhā tilā dhovasi taṇḍulāni, Ja III
425,18* (tattha ~ī ti taṁ ālapati, 425,21'); 426,5*; 427,16.

" 346862371211317248,kaccānijātaka,en,"

Kaccāni-jātaka

, n.; title of Ja III 422,3-428,7; = Jā-
taka 417.

" 346862372259893248,kaccāyana,en,"

⁴

Kaccāyana

, n.; Npr.; title of the Pāli grammar
ascribed to ³Kaccāyana; nanu ~e ganthe kālo vutto
catubbidho, Sadd 50,16*; 57,27; ~asmiṁ ... dissati,
Sadd 269,5; — ifc. Kātanta-° (Sadd 56,9; 57,33);
Cūḷa-nirutti-Niruttipiṭaka-° (Sadd 158,1);
Porāṇa-° (Kacc-vaṇṇ 323,11); — °-Cūḷa-nirutti-
naya, m., the paradigm of the (grammars) Kac-
cāyana and Cūḷanirutti; Sadd 154,27; — °-nissaya-
pakarana, n., title of a nissaya on Kacc; the author
of ~ is not known; ~ is quoted in Kaccāyanasutta-
niddesa, q.v.; cf. Kacc-vaṇṇ 64,29 referring to a
porāṇamahānissaya on Kaccāyanapakaraṇa; vuttaṁ
~e pi, Chap 187,14; — °vhaya, mfn., (the treatise)
called Kaccāyana; Sadd 51,14; 53,27;); — °âdi, mfn.;
Sadd 138,17; 146,30.

" 346862372171812864,kaccāyana,en,"

Kaccāyana

, m.; Npr.; = ¹Kaccāna, q.v.; gotra
name of one of the Buddha's principal disciples Ma-
hākaccāna who is famous for his ability to explicate
in detail the Buddha's utterances; cf. PPN s.v.; —
gramm. lit.: tasmā vacchâdito gottagaṇato ṇāyana-
ṇāya paccayā honti vā tassâpaccaṁ ice etasmiṁ
atthe. vacchassa apaccaṁ, putto: ... ~o, Kaccāno,
Kacc-v ad Kacc 347 ≠ Sadd 784,6; Mogg-v IV 35; —
dvayanissito khv āyaṁ ~a loko yebhuyyena
atthitañ ceva natthitañ ca, S II 17,8 foll. = III 134,30
foll. (with reading Kaccāna); evam vutte āyasmā
saddho ~o (v.l. -ccān-) Bhagavantam etad avoca, S II
153,26; saṅkhittena mayā vuttaṁ vitthārena pakā-
sayaṁ parisaṁ man ca toseti yathā ~o ayaṁ, Ap
464,8; Mahā Moggallāno ... Mahā ~o thero +, Kv
89,18,26; Kv 269,25,33; imaṁ mayā saṅkhittena ud-
desaṁ uddiṭṭhaṁ vitthārena avibhattaṁ dhamma-
paṭiggāhakā bhikkhū uggahetvā Ānandaṁ vā ~aṁ
vā upasaṅkamitvā pucchissanti, Spk II 65,16,19; so
gottavasena ~o ti paññāyittha, Th-a II 207,6; — ifc.
Mahā-° (Mil 291,13; 367,19).

" 346862372238921728,kaccāyana,en,"

Kaccāyana

, m., the grammarian Kaccāyana;
name of a 7th or 8th (?) century Pāli grammarian; the
Theravāda Buddhist tradition identifies him with
*Kaccā(ya)na, q.v.; cf. Ap-a 491,19-20 which attributes
three works to him viz. Kaccāyanappakaraṇa, Mahā-
niruttippakaraṇa, and Nettippakaraṇa, to which Gv
59,11-13 adds Cullanirutti (elsewhere attributed to
Yamakamahāthera; cf., e.g., Sadd 137,30), Peṭakopa-
desa, and Vaṇṇanīti; atthadvayaṁ pakāsetuṁ ganthe
Kaccāyanavhaye thero ~o 'nuttakāle ti padaṁ abravi,
Sadd 51,15*.

" 346862372217950208,kaccāyana,en,"

Kaccāyana

, m. [cf. Kātiyāna, q.v.]; gotra name
of the ascetic Pakudha/Kakudha, on whom, cf. A. L.
Basham: HDĀ: 90-93; Pūraṇo Kassapo Makkhali Go-
sālo ... Pakudho ~o (v.l. -ccān-) ... te pañhe
pucchati, Sn 92,2 (Pakudho ti nāmaṁ, ~o ti gottaṁ,
Pj II 423,8) ≠ M I 198,11 (Pakudho ti tassa nāmaṁ. ~o
ti gottaṁ. iti nāmagottaṁ saṁsandetvā Pakudho ~o
ti vuccati, Ps II 233,33); Kakudho ~o, S I 68,21 (~o ti,
Pakudhassa gottaṁ, Spk I 130,18).

" 346862371274231808,kaccāyanabheda,en,"

Kaccāyana-bheda

, m., An Analysis of Kac-
cāyana; Npr.; title of a 14th century Pāli grammar at-
tributed to the Burmese thera Mahāyasa; cf. Piṭ-sm §
402; PLB: 36 foll.; GEIGER 47; Gv 64,10 ascribes ~ to ""a
certain teacher,"" but at Gv 74,1-3 ~ is attributed to
Dhammānanda; — °-nava-ṭīkā, f.; a ṭīkā on Kac-
cāyanabheda attributed to the Burmese thera Vijaya-
pura; cf. Piṭ-sm § 404; — °-porāṇa-ṭīkā, f.; a ṭīkā
on Kaccāyanabheda ascribed to Ariyālaṁkāra; the
title of the work is Sāratthavikāsinī; cf. Piṭ-sm § 403;
PLB: 55; GEIGER 47; — °-mahā-ṭīkā, f.; a ṭīkā on
Kaccāyanabheda ascribed to Uttamasikkha; Geiger
47.

" 346862369151913984,kaccāyanacariya,en,"

Kaccāyanâcariya

, m. [Kaccāyana + ācariya], the
teacher ³Kaccāyana; ~ena pi pāḷinayaṁ nissāya ""dvi-
pade tulyâdhikaraṇe"" [= Kacc 326] ti paccattabahu-
vacanapadaṁ vuttaṁ, Sadd 127,12; — °-mata, n.,
the point of view of the teacher Kaccāyana; sa
pāḷinayānukūlā aṭṭhakathānayânukūlā ~aṁ gahetvā
padanipphattijanakassa garuno ca matānukūlā, Sadd
211,29.

" 346862369164496896,kaccāyanācariya,en,"

Kaccāyanâcariya

" 346862372289253376,kaccāyanagotta,en,"

Kaccāyana-gotta

, mfn., belonging to the ¹Kac-
cāyana gotra; ukkaṭṭhaṁ nāma gottaṁ Gotamagot-
taṁ Moggallānagottaṁ ~aṁ Vāsiṭṭhagottaṁ, Vin IV
6,27; atha kho āyasmā ~o (v.l. -ccān-) yena Bhagavā
ten' upasaṅkami, S II 17,1 foll.; — °-niddiṭṭha,
mfn., explained by (the āyasmat) of the ¹Kaccāyana
gotra; ~ā ti pi pāṭho, Nett-a Be 11,25 (ad Nett 1,9:
Mahākaccānena niddiṭṭhā).[[side 23]]

" 346862372314419200,kaccāyanappakarana,en,"

Kaccāyana-ppakarana

, n., the (grammatical)
treatise ⁴Kaccāyana; Sadd 56,1; 57,11; — °-Rūpa-
siddhi-gantha, m., the (grammatical) treatises
Kaccāyana and Rūpasiddhi; ~esu pana rājena rājehi
rājebhi rājesū ti padāni vuttāni, Cūḷanirutti-Nirutti-
piṭakesu tāni nâgatāni, Sadd 153,31.

" 346862372335390720,kaccāyanarūpadīpanī,en,"

Kaccāyana-rūpa-dīpanī

, f.; title of grammati-
cal treatise by Ñāṇakitti (15th cent.), cf. NTP: 41.

" 346862369332269056,kaccāyanasāra,en,"

Kaccāyana-sāra

, m., The Essence of Kac-
cayana's Grammar; Npr.; title of a grammatical
compendium based upon Kacc; it is attributed to the
Burmese thera Mahāyasa; cf. Piṭ-sm § 398; PLB: 36;
Geiger 47; — °-porāṇa-ṭīkā, f.; a 14th century (?)
tīkā on Kaccāyanasāra attributed to the Burmese
thera Sirisaddhammavilāsa; the work is entitled
Sammohavināsinī; cf. PLB: 36-37; PGB: 100; Piṭ-sm §
399.

" 346862368061394944,kaccāyanasāranavaṭīkā,en,"

Kaccāyana-sāra-nava-ṭīkā

, f.; a ṭīkā on Kac-
cāyanasāra ascribed to the Burmese thera Vijayapura;
Piṭ-sm § 400.

" 346862367818125312,kaccāyanasāravivaraṇa,en,"

Kaccāyana-sāra-vivaraṇa

, n., Explanation of
Kaccāyanasāra; Npr.; title of a ct. on Kaccāyanasāra
mentioned at Gv 75,21; it' author is not known.

" 346862369072222208,kaccāyanasārayojanā,en,"

Kaccāyana-sāra-yojanā

, f., An Exegesis of
Kaccāyanasāra; Npr.; title of a ct. on Kaccāyanasāra
attributed to the thera Vijayapura; Piṭ-sm § 401.

" 346862369097388032,kaccāyanasuttaniddesa,en,"

Kaccāyana-sutta-niddesa

, m., Exposition of
the Aphorisms of Kaccayana's Grammar; Npr. ( =
Chap); title of an important 12th century commenta-
ry on Kaccayana's grammar attributed to the Burme-
se thera Chappaṭa (= Saddhammajotipāla); the work
contains numerous quotations from Pāli grammars
and ct.s on ⁴Kaccāyana that are no longer extant; ~ is
undoubtedly one of the most important sources for
the history of post-Kaccāyana pa. gramm. lit.; cf. Gv
74,17-19; PGB: 89; PLB: 17; PGL: 23.

" 346862372385722368,kaccāyanavaṇṇanā,en,"

Kaccāyana-vaṇṇanā

, f., Explanation of Kac-
cayana's Grammar""; Npr.; title of a 16th century
commentary on Kaccayana's grammar attributed to
the Burmese thera Mahājitāvin; cf. Piṭ-sm § 382.

" 346862371618164736,kaccāyanavutti,en,"

Kaccāyana-vutti

, f.; title of Kacc-v; ~ is only
recorded in cpd.; ~ is ascribed to a certain Saṅgha-
nandi (cf. Saddhamma-s IX 18: Kaccāyano kato yogo
Saṅghanandi pavuttikā); Kacc-v is commonly re-
ferred to in gramm. lit. as vutti; on Kacc-v, cf. PGL:
21 foll.; — °-anusāra, m., conformity to Kacc-v;
~ena yogavibhāgaṁ katvā, Kacc-vaṇṇ, 37,34; —
°-vaṇṇanā, f.; the explanation of Kacc-v; = Nyāsa
= Mukhamattadīpanī (Mmd), the oldest extant ct. on
Kacc and Kacc-v; vuttaṁ ~āyaṁ, Mogg-p 6,30 (cf.
Mogg-pd 18,31).

" 346862371718828032,kaccayati,en,"

kaccayati

, pr. 3. sg. [< ²kac(a)], to shine; kac(a)
dittiyaṁ; kacceti ~ati, Kacco, Sadd 529,28.

" 346862369286131712,kacceti,en,"

kacceti

, pr. 3 sg. [cf. kaccayati, q.v.], to shine;
kaca dittiyaṁ; ~eti kaccayati ... ettha Kacco ti
rūpasampattiyā ~eti dippati virocatī ti Kacco, Sadd
529,28.

" 346862369361629184,kaccha,en,"

⁴

kaccha

, m. [probably a variant of gaccha <
*gakṣa; v. CDIAL 3949], 1. a tree; a shrub; only re-
corded ifc.; 2. a creeper (only recorded in lex. lit.);
— 1. — ifc. taruṇa-rukkha-° (~-pariyāya-nāma,
Pj I 192,15); [nānā-vidha-° (°âruyhamānā; reading
at Spk III 31,24 [with v.l. ga-] for BeCe nānāvidhā
gacchā vuyhamānā, which read)]; — 2. lex. lit.: ~o
vutto latāya ca, Abh 813.

" 346862368757649408,kaccha,en,"

kaccha

, m. and n. [cf. sa. kakṣa; CDIAL 2589],
wood, jungle; cf. Karl Hoffmann, Indoiranistik
vol. II 975 181-194; yathâpi pāvako brahme accimālī
yasassimā jalamāno caraṁ ~e analo kaṇhavattanī, Ja
V 63,18* (jalamāno caraṁ ~e [v.l. ga-] ti kacchasaṁ-
khāte [v.l. ga-] mahāvane jalanto carati, 64,9'); -an ti
nirārakkhaṁ araññaṁ, Mp IV 39,24 (ad A IV 74,1
[with reading ga-; v.l. ka-]); — °-saṁkhāta, mfn.,
designated (by the generic term) jungle; ~e (v.l. ga-)
mahāvane jalanto carati, Ja V 64,9' (ad Ja V 63,18*, q.v.
supra).

" 346862368036229120,kaccha,en,"

kaccha

, mfn. [< *kāccha; secdry < ¹kaccha (cf. sa.
kāccha; Pan IV 2 133) or < ²kaccha ?], grown in the
meadow (ct. so) or grown in the wood ? (opp. to ro-
pima = cultivated); na tāvâhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharis-
sāmi yāva na taṁ kaṇḍaṁ jānāmi yen' amhi viddho
yadi vā ~aṁ yadi vā ropiman ti, M I 429,25 (= pabba-
takaccha-nadīkacchâdisu jātaṁ, Ps III 142,15).

" 346862369311297536,kaccha,en,"

kaccha

, m. and n. [ts.; cf. sa. kakṣa; v. CDIAL
2618], marshy land, meadow (according to the ct.s
and lex. lit. [v. infra] ~ either denotes the meadow
along a river bank or a high meadow; cf. Karl
Hoffmann, Indoiranistik vol. II 975 181-194); — lex.
lit.: anūpo salilappāyo ~aṁ pumanapuṁsake, Abh
187; — exeg.: ~e ti dve ~ā nadīkaccho pabbatakaccho
ca, idha ~o nadīkaccho, Pj II 33,28 (ad Sn 20, q.v. in-
fra); — ~e rūḷhatiṇe caranti gāvo, Sn 20; carāmi ~āni
vanāni câhaṁ, Ja V 23,23* (~ānī ti pabbatassā ti,
23,26'); te hi sotthiṁ gamissanti, ~e vâmakase magā,
S I 52,5* (~e vā ti, ~e viya. ~o hi pabbatakaccho pi
nadīkaccho pi, Spk I 109,19); — ifc. nadī-° (Pj II
33,29; ~-pabbata-kaccha; vitata-~°, Ja V 422,29); pab-
bata-° (Pj II 33,29); parūḷha-° (Ja VI 100,5*) —
°-vitata, mfn., (bhvr.) having the meadow over-
grown (with something; with instr.); ~e ti etehi su-
manâdīhi vitata-nadīkaccha-pabbatakacche (v.l.
ga-), Ja V 422,28' (ad 420,7** [in varṇaka]).

" 346862369382600704,kaccha,en,"

⁵

kaccha

, mfn. and n. [< *kathya; cf. sa. kathya; pa.
alaṁsākaccha; sākacchā], 1. (mfn.) fit for conversa-
tion; 2. (n.) scholarly discourse, e.g., the Aṭṭhaka-
thās (= satthavacana; Sadd so; v. infra); — 1.
kathāsampayogena bhikkhave puggalo veditabbo
yadi vā ~o yadi vā akaccho ti, A I 197,19 (~o ti
kathetuṁ yutto; akaccho ti kathetuṁ na yutto, Mp II
308,23); — ifc. a-°; — °âkaccha, mfn. [kaccha +
akaccha], fit and not fit for conversation; yā ayaṁ
~esu puggalesu kacchena saddhiṁ mantanā, sa pi
etadatthā yeva, Mp II 312,20 (ad A I 198,33); — 2.
catubbidham pi yaṁ vākyaṁ ... gajjaṁ pajjañ ca
geyyañ ca ~añ cā ti tad Iraye: ... taṁ sumedhasā aṭ-
ṭhakathâdikaṁ satthavacanaṁ ~aṁ abravuṁ, Sadd
610,4; tattha Ñāṇodayaṁ nāma katvā pakaraṇaṁ tadā
Dhammasaṅgaṇiyâkāsi ~aṁ so Atthasāliniṁ, Mhv
XXXVII 225.[[side 25]]

" 346862369428738048,kaccha,en,"

⁶

kacch[ā/a]

, m., f., and n. [cf. Amg. kakkhā; sa.
kakṣ[ā/a]; EWA-2 s.v. kakṣa-¹; CDIAL 2588], a. armpit;
b. the side of the body below the armpit (i.e. upa-
kaccha/-ka, qq.v.; CPD not quite to the point); c.
(used metonymically): hair in the armpit; — lex.
lit.: bāhumūlaṁ tu ~o, Abh 264; ~o bāhumūlamhi
parūḷhakacchanakhalome, Abh-ṭ 511,19 (ad Abh 813);
— a. yassa na ~ehi sedā mucceyyuṁ, M I 227,24 =
233,29; tassa mayhaṁ Aggivessana ... ~ehi sedā
muccanti, 242,25 = 242,30; It 76,15 ≠ Ps IV 170,8; kesesu
jaṭaṁ bandhitvā ~e jallam adhārayi, Ja VI 578,25*
(ubhohi ~ehi jallikaṁ dhāreti, 578,31'); — b. tassa
sokaparetassa vīṇā ~ā abhassatha, Sn 449 (vīṇā ~ato
patitā, Pj II 393,29; ""the vīnā fell from under his arm"")
= S I 122,23* (cf. Spk I 184,33 [ad S I 122,14: beluva-
paṇḍuvīṇaṁ ādāya]: ādāyā ti, ~e ṭhapetvā) = Dhp
256,6; atha kho Yaso kulaputto ... addasa... aññissā
~e vīṇaṁ ... aññissā ~e ālambaraṁ, Vin I 15,10; tha-
naṁ dasseti ~aṁ dasseti, Ja V 434,5 (~an ti upakac-
chakaṁ, 437,10 = Dhp-a IV 197,9; abhikkhaṇaṁ
tiṭṭhati dvāramūle thanāni ~āni ca dassayantī, Ja V
435,14*; — c. ubho ~ā parūḷhā, Ps III 61,8; — ifc.
parūḷha-° (~-nakha-loma, S I 78,3 [so read; Ee
-ruḷh-]; ~-nakha-loma, Abh-ṭ 511,19); rūḷha-° (Ja III
315,2*; VI 488,1* [vaḍḍhitakacchaloma, Ja-pṭ]).⁶kacchā

" 346862369470681088,kaccha,en,"

⁷

kacch[ā/a]

, m. and f. [cf. Amg. kaccha/kacchā; sa.
kakṣa (ra.) and kakṣyā (f.); CDIAL 2592], 1. a loin-
cloth; hem of a garment; with √bandh: to tuck the
loincloth into the waist-band; to tuck up the hem of
a dhoti or the like; girth; the region of the girth,
hence: 2.a. girdle; only recorded in lex. lit., q.v. in-
fra; the region of the girdle, hence: b. waist; hip;
loins; only recorded in cpd., q.v. infra; c. girth (of an
elephant); with √bandh: to harness an elephant; 3.
forearm; 4 the inner apartment of a palace; only
recorded in cpd. kacchantara, q.v.; — gramm. lit.: ~ā,
Kacc-v ad Kacc 640; — 1. lex. lit.: kacchabandhane
... matā ~ā, Abh 813 (kacchabandhanaṁ adhom-
barassa daḷhabandhanaṁ, Abh-ṭ 511,19); — saṁvelli-
yaṁ nivāsentī ti mallakammakarâdayo viya ~aṁ
bandhitvā nivāsenti, Vin II 319,30 (Sp 1212,15); saṁ-
vellin ti ~aṁ bandhitvā kumbhaṁ dhovatī ti, Ja V
306,8'; Piṅguttaro pi bhatiṁ karonto ~aṁ bandhitvā
kuddālena maggaṁ tacchati, VI 348,13; ath' aññataro
puriso ... gāḷhaṁ ~aṁ bandhitvā pakkhanditvā ta-
reyya, Mil 36,7; ~aṁ bandhitvā ... ṭhito evam āha, Ps
III 63,2; masimakkhitaṁ yeva ekaṁ kāsāvaṁ ~aṁ
pīḷetvā nivatthaṁ, Ps 249,19 (ad M II 11,20); ~aṁ ban-
dhitvā ... pakkameyya, IV 86,26; ~aṁ bandhāpetvā
yathāruciṁ kīḷāpeti, Spk II 237,1; rājā ... ~aṁ
bandhitvā rājaṅgaṇe javamāno na sobhati, Dhp-a I
389,19; II 130,14; — 2.a. lex. lit.: mekhalāyaṁ matā
~ā, Abh 813; — 2.b. ifc. piṭṭhi-° (Ja VI 404,26); —
2.c. lex. lit.: ~ā, Abh 365 (in description of the
accessories of an elephant); hatthīnaṁ majjhabandhe
... matā ~ā, Abh 813 (majjhabandhe urobandhane,
Abh-ṭ 511,19); — seyyathā pi bhagini puriso hatthiṁ
datvā ~e sajjeyya evam eva kho tvaṁ bhagini bhaga-
vato maṁsaṁ datvā mayi antaravāsakaṁ na sajjesī
ti, Vin III 208,31; ~aṁ nāgānaṁ bandhatha, Ja IV
395,17* = VI 21,20*; ~āya baddhamānāya kuñcaṁ nada-
ti vāraṇo, 581,19* (581,33'); — ifc. suvaṇṇa-° (Ja V
258,27*; VI 47,22*; Vv 192); — 3. lex. lit.: pakoṭṭhe ...
matā ~ā, Abh 813 (pakoṭṭho kapparassâdhobhāgo,
Abh-ṭ 511,19); — antarāmagge maggā okkammā ma-
hantaṁ gacchaṁ anuparigantvā purimassa hatthena
pacchimassa ~aṁ gaṇhāpetvā, Ps III 425,20 (ad M II
170,16: paramparāsaṁsattā); so khandhe pi hatthe pi
~āya pi gahetvā nikkaḍḍhiyamāno uṭṭhātum pi na
icchati, Dhp-a IV 178,10.

" 346862369441320960,kacchā,en,"

⁶

kacch[ā/a]

" 346862366069100544,kacchā,en,"

[

kacchā

, w.r. for kacch[ū/u] (q.v.) in cpd. thulla-° at
Vṁ 1296,5]

" 346862369483264000,kacchā,en,"

⁷

kacch[ā/a]

" 346862365909716992,kacchabandhana,en,"

kaccha-bandhana

, n., loincloth; only recorded
in lex. lit.: ~e ... matā kacchā, Abh 813 (~aṁ adhom-
barassa daḷhabandhanaṁ, Abh-ṭ 511,19).

" 346862368493408256,kacchaka,en,"

Kacchaka

, m., the kacchaka tree; a kind of fig-
tree (= Cedrela toona); = aṭṭhikacchaka (q.v.) accord-
ing to ct., q.v. infra; khandhabījaṁ nāma assattho ni-
grodho pilakkho udumbaro ~o kapiṭhano, Vin IV
35,5; seyyathīdaṁ assattho nigrodho pilakkho
udumbaro ~o kapitthako, S V 96,13; sace rukkho hoti,
so pi assattho vā nigrodho vā ~o vā kapitthako vā
... kālo vā seto ti vavatthapetabbo, Vism 183,13; Sv I
81,19; ~o ti, aṭṭhikacchako, Spk III 151,29 (ad S V 96,13);
— ifc. aṭṭhi-° (Spk III 151,29); kāḷa-° (~âdigandha,
As 81,28); garu-°; — °-paṇṇa-rasa-vaṇṇa, mfn.,
(bhvr.) having the colour of the juice from the leaves
of the kacchaka tree; sarīrabbhantare ekapattapūrap-
pamāṇaṁ semhaṁ vaṇṇato setaṁ ~an ti
vavatthapeti, Pj I 61,21; — °-rukkha, m., the kac-
chaka tree; paṇṇasālāya ca pacchato papātaṭṭhāne
eko ~o atthi, Vibh-a 476,8.

" 346862369617481728,kacchakadaha,en,"

[

kacchakadaha

, reading at Spk III 187,32 and
Vibh-a 352,28 for kaccha-karaka, q.v.]

" 346862369508429824,kacchakagaṅgā,en,"

Kacchaka-gaṅgā

, f.; Npr.; a tributary of the Ma-
hāgaṅgā (q.v.); — °-tīra, m., the bank of Kaccha-
gaṅgā; ~e Nandigāmavihārañ ca, Mhv-ṭ 648,7 (ad
Mhv XXXV 58).

" 346862368652791808,kacchakantara,en,"

[

kacchakantara

, reading of Be for kacchakaraka,
q.v.]

" 346862368791203840,kacchakaraka,en,"

kaccha-karaka

, m. [< ⁷kacch[ā/a] (q.v.) + karaka], a
waterpot fastened to the belt; -to (v.l. kacchakanta-
rato) udakena pattaṁ dhovitvā udakagaṇḍūsaṁ ka-
roti, Sv 190,10 (kacchakantarato ti upakacchakanta-
rato. upakacche laggitakamaṇḍulato ti vuttaṁ hoti,
Sv-ṭ II 88,12) = Ps I 258,23 (Be kacchakantarato) = Spk
III 187,32 (with reading kacchakadahato; Be kaccha-
kantarato) = Vibh-a 352,28 (with reading kacchakada-
hato; v.l. kacchakarandato) = Pj II 56,26 (with reading
~ā).[[side 26]]

" 346862368174641152,kacchakaraṇḍa,en,"

[

kacchakaraṇḍa

, v.l. at Vibh-a 352,28 for kaccha-
karaka, q.v.]

" 346862369533595648,kacchakatittha,en,"

Kacchaka-tittha

, m.; Npr.; a ford on the Mahā-
gaṅgā; v. PPN s.v.; ekaṁ samayaṁ ~ena saṭṭhipāsā-
ṇatthambhasakaṭāni agamaṁsu, Mp II 216,7 = Ss
106,6; ~e Kapisīsaṁ catumāsena aggahi, Mhv XXV
12; X 58 (Mhv-ṭ 289,28); — °-samīpa, m., the
vicinity of Kacchatittha; ~e, Mhv-ṭ 505,15 (ad Mhv
XXVII 42).

" 346862365792276480,kacchaloma,en,"

kaccha-loma

, n. [cf. sa. kakṣaloman], the hair in
the armpit; — parūḷha-° (Mil 163,23).

" 346862368866701312,kacchantara,en,"

kacch'-antara

, m. [⁷kacch[ā/a] (q.v.) + antara; cf. sa.
kakṣântara], 1. the private apartment of a king; 2.
the interior of the waistcloth; — lex. lit. (ad 1.):
asabbavisayaṭṭhānaṁ rañftaṁ ~aṁ mataṁ, Abh 215
(kacchassa pakoṭṭhassa antaraṁ abbhantaraṁ ~aṁ,
Abh-ṭ 157,19); — 1. nivesā ti nivesanāni, ~ānī ti
attho, Vv-a 50,6 (ad Vv 64); — 2. ketakīpaṇṇaṁ ~e
olambenti, Cp-a 268,32 (""they let ketakī leaves hang
down underneath the waistcloth"").

" 346862368329830400,kacchapa,en,"

kacchapa

, m. [ts.; cf. sa. kaśyapa; EWA-2 s.v.
kaśyápa; CDIAL 2619], tortoise or turtle; ~ denotes
both the hard-shelled tortoise and the soft-shelled
turtle; cf. the terms aṭṭhi-° and aṭṭhikummo (v. in-
fra), which denote tortoises with hard carapaces;
syn. kumma, q.v.; — lex. lit.: kummo tu ~o, Abh
674; — exeg.: kumman ti ~aṁ, Ps II 128,11 (ad M I
143,2); kummo vā ti, ~o viya, Spk I 36,29; ~ā ... mahā-
samuddato nikkhamitvā, samuddatīre vālikantare
aṇḍaṁ ṭhapetvā ... mahāsamuddam eva otaranti,
Spk II 30,18; kummo ti aṭṭhikummo. ~o ti tass' eva
vevacanaṁ, Spk III 29,16 (ad S IV 177,31); — iṅgha
vaddhamayaṁ pāsaṁ chinda dantehi ~a, Ja II 153,17*;
~o pāvisī vāriṁ, 155,1*; avadhī vata attānaṁ ~o vyā-
haraṁ giraṁ, 177,5*; kumbhīlā makarā ... ca ~ā, VI
278,3*; tatthajātakaṁ ... macchaṁ vā ~aṁ vā ... they-
yacitto āmasati, Vin III 49,7; macchā ~ā suṁsumārā,
M III 168,21; api nu so kāṇo ~o ... amusmim ekac-
chiggaḷe yuge gīvaṁ paveseyya, V 455,29; ~ena, Ja II
154,7; ~assa, IV 293,8; Ap 15,11; 363,7; Nidd I 90,1; Cp-a
116,7; — ifc. aṭṭhi-° (~-kula, Spk II 206,22); āvāṭa-°;
kāṇa-° (Thī 500; Ja IV 294,14; ~ôpama, Mil 204,12;
~ôpamâdi, As 60,18); maccha-° (Ud-a 302,17; Sp
330,10; 331,32; ~-kumbhīla-makarâdi, Spk III 31,27;
~-paripantha, Cp-a 31,12; ~-bhakkha, Ps II 180,16; Ud-a
78,19 [with w.r. ~-bhatta; cf. v.l.]; It-a II 66,37; ~-maṇ-
ḍūkâdi-bheda, Sp 259,5; ~-vyāvidha, Ja VI 530,15*;
mahā-° (Ja IV 294,10); suvaṇṇa-° (~-sadisa, Spk III
215,13; ~-santhara, Sp 1221,16; hattha-° (~-ka Ja III
505,2; Mp I 269,9 [""putting the hands together so as to
form a tortoise shell""; the suffix ka qualifies the
compound as a whole]); — in long cpd. at Spk I
159,26.

" 346862368413716480,kacchapagirivihāra,en,"

Kacchapa-giri-vihāra

, m.; Npr.; another name
for the Issarasamaṇavihāra; v. PPN s.vv.; Issara-
samaṇasaṅkhāte ~e (v.l. Kacchapavihāre) so
Vasabho yeva uposathāgāraṁ kāresī ti, Mhv-ṭ 652,24
(ad Mhv XXXV 87).

" 346862367507746816,kacchapajātaka,en,"

Kacchapa-jātaka

, n.; Npr.; 1. title of Ja II 79,7-
81,28 (= jātaka 178); 2. title of Ja II 175,17-178,3 (= jā-
taka 215); 3. title of Ja II 359,1-361,13 (= jātaka 273); v.
PPN s.v. 1-3 Kacchapa-jātaka.

" 346862368585682944,kacchapalakkhaṇa,en,"

kacchapa-lakkhaṇa

, n., a turtle mark (accord-
ing to the ct. ~ refers to a kind of divination on the
basis of the appearance of a turtle on a fresco or the
like; cf. kaṇṇikālakkhaṇa, q.v.); yathā vā pan' eke
bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā ... evarūpāya tiracchāna-
vijjāya micchājīvena jīvikaṁ kappenti, seyya-
thîdaṁ, maṇilakkhaṇaṁ ... ~aṁ, D I 9,23 (godhālak-
khaṇasadisam eva, Sv I 94,27) = 67,33; lakkhaṇapāṭha-
kā lakkhaṇaṁ ādisanti, maṇilakkhaṇaṁ ... ~aṁ mi-
galakkhaṇaṁ in vā, Nidd I 382,2 (Nidd-a I 415,30).

" 346862369026084864,kacchapalobha,en,"

kacchapa-lobha

, m., the desire for the turtle; te
pi ~ena tena saddhiṁ yeva patitvā udakapuṇṇāya
kucchiyā kilantā nikkhamitvā ... ukkā vijjhāpitā, Ja
W 294,18.

" 346862365553201152,kacchapaloma,en,"

kacchapa-loma

, n., tortoise hair (used of some-
thing unreal; cf. sa. śaśaśṛṅga); yadā ~ānaṁ pavāro
tividho siyā hemantikaṁ pāpuraṇaṁ atha nūna tadā
siyā, Ja III 477,16*; — °-maya, mfn., made of tor-
toise hair; tattha tividho ti eko ~ena pupphena eko
tūlena eko ubhayenā ti evaṁ tippakāro, Ja III 478,7'
(ad 477,16*).[[side 27]]

" 346862369000919040,kacchapamaccha,en,"

kacchapa-maccha

, m. [in this cpd. the word
maccha is used as a. classifier, cf. Ap-a 213,17: ete sab-
be macchajātikā (ad Ap 15,13-14)], turtle; tattha kum-
bhīlamacchā makaramacchā ca suṁsumārā caṇḍa-
macchā ca ~ā ca, Ap-a 213,10 (ad Ap 15,11: kumbhīla
makarā c' ettha suṁsumārā ca kacchapa; cf. Ap-a
213,16-18).

" 346862368975753216,kacchapaṇḍa,en,"

kacchap'-aṇḍa

, n. [kacchapa + aṇḍa], a turtle
egg; so Sāvatthiṁ gacchanto Aciravatiyā ~āni (so
read with v.l.; Ee -pa-aṇḍā-) disvā tāni ādāya Sā-
vatthiṁ gantvā ekasmiṁ gehe pacāpetvā ... ku-
mārikāya pi ekaṁ aṇḍaṁ adāsi, Dhp-a III 449,27; gij-
jhapotakā viya āhārasañcetanāya tāni ~āni manosañ-
cetanābhārena yāpentī ti, Spk-pṭ II 33,14.

" 346862367868456960,kacchaparajan,en,"

kacchapa-raja(n)

, m., turtle king; etassa tho-
kaṁ vissamanatthāya gantvā ~assa kathehī ti, Ja IV
292,15.kacchapa-rajan

" 346862368438882304,kacchapayoni,en,"

kacchapa-yoni

, f., the womb of a turtle; so kira
Atthadassino Bhagavato kale ~iyaṁ nibbatto Vina-
tāya nāma nadiyā vasati, Th-a I 60,29.

" 346862365674835968,kacchapinī,en,"

kacchapinī

, f., a female turtle; yā tā santi maka-
raniyo pi suṁsumāriniyo pi ~iyo pi moriniyo pi
kapotiniyo pi kin nu tā kakkhaḷāni pāsāṇāni sak-
kharāyo ca khādantī ti, Mil 67,13.

" 346862365700001792,kacchapiya,en,"

kacchapiya

, n. [< *kācchapa + -(i)ya; abstr. of
kacchapa], the property of being a turtle; macchā hi
attano macchiyā kacchapo ~ā ti, It-a II 121,32.

" 346862365720973312,kacchapuṭa,en,"

kaccha-puṭa

, m. [cf. sa. kakṣāpuṭa; Buddh. sa.
kacchapuṭa; v. GM III 2.71,1; Ja-pṭ ad kaccha-puṭa-
vāṇija, q.v.], a loincloth pocket; mayhaṁ nattāya
~aṁ (v.l. -paṭ-) pilandhanaṁ dethā ti, Ap-a I 21,29;
122,2; — Rem.: the context and the parallel narra-
tive at Ja I 111,5 foll. would suggest that the reading
~aṁ pilandhanaṁ which is supported by BeCe is to
be interpreted as a cpd. (= split-cpd. ?).

" 346862365825830912,kacchapuṭapilandhana,en,"

kaccha-puṭa-pilandhana

, n., an ornament
carried in a loincloth pocket; Bodhisatto ... ~aṁ (v.l.
-paṭ-) kumārikāya hatthe pilandhāpetvā agamāsi,
Ap-a I 22,5.

" 346862365863579648,kacchapuṭavānija,en,"

kaccha-puṭa-vānija

, m. [cf. kacchapuṭa, q.v.;
cf. Ja-pṭ, q.v. infra], a pedlar carrying his goods in
pockets in a loin cloth; atīte ito pañcame kappe
Bodhisatto Serivaraṭṭhe Serivo nāma ~o ahosi, Ja I
111,6 (kacchapaṭavāṇijo [sic] ti pasibbakaṁ gahetvā
vāṇijakammaṁ karoti, Ja-ṭ); It-a I 98,2; — ifc. lola-°
(Ja I 111,7).

" 346862366111043584,kacchāsīsa,en,"

kacchā-sīsa

, n., [cf. ⁷kacch[ā/a]], the heading or ca-
tegory of ""girdle""; ~ena (Be kaccha-, which probably
read) hi sabbaṁ hatthiyuttaṁ vadati, Vv-a 104,11.

" 346862367168008192,kacchati,en,"

(

kacchati)

, pr. 3 sg. pass. [< *kathyate; cf. sa.
kathyate; pa. kathīyati, q.v.], being told; — forms:
part. ~amāna; — āṇañjapaṭisaṁyuttāya ca pana ka-
thāya ~amānāya na sussūsati na sotaṁ odahati, M II
253,21 foll.; assaddho bhikkhave saddhākathāya
~amānāya abhisajjati kuppati... kopaṅ ca dosañ ca
appaccayañ ca pātukaroti, A III 181,9 foll. (~amānāyā
ti kathīyamānāya, Mp III 293,11).

" 346862367998480384,kacchatittha,en,"

Kaccha-tittha

, = Kacchakatittha, q.v.

" 346862366039740416,kacchavāla,en,"

Kaccha-vāla

, m.; Npr.; a monastery in Ceylon;
~aṁ sa kāresi ārāmaṁ Paṁsukūlinaṁ, Mhv XLIX
80.

" 346862365398011904,kacchāvana,en,"

kacchā-vana

, n., a thicket, a bush; only recorded
ifc: rūḷha-° (Ja VI 100,5*; cf. IF 88 1983: 309).

" 346862366140403712,kacchu,en,"

kacch[ū/u]

, f. [ts.; Amg. kacchū], 1. a kacch[ū/u] itch; an
itching skin disease, the exact nature of which is
difficult to determine; according to ct. and gramm.
lit. = kaṇḍu, (q.v.) and daddu, respectively; 2. the
plant Carpopogon pruriens; only recorded in cpd.s
(v. infra); — lex. lit.: pāmaṁ, vitacchikā ~u, Abh 327
(tikaṁ ~uyaṁ, Abh-ṭ 226,25); — gramm. lit.: daddū
ti ~ū, Sadd 472,20; — exeg.: kaṇḍū ti ~u, Sp 884,21 (ad
Vin IV 171,33); — 1. imasmiṁ kāye vividhā ābādhā
uppajjanti, seyyathīdaṁ cakkhurogo sotarogo ...
daddu kaṇḍu ~u rakhasā vitacchikā, A V 110,6 ≠
Nidd I 13,5 = 361,6 = 468,5; sabbaṁ aham pi jānāmi
paṁsunā maṁ tvam okiri aññañ ca kho taṁ
pucchāmi kena khajjasi ~uyā, Pv 142 (= kacchuro-
gena khādiyasi... ti attho, Pv-a 86,15); sace pi 'ssa ~u
vā pīḷakā vā honti, Sp 967,34; — ifc. kapi-° (Abh
582; Pv 143; ~-phala, Pv-a 86,21); thulla-° (Vin I 296,5
[Ee w.r.] = IV 172,16; ~âbādha, Vin I 295,31; 296,1; Mp-ṭ
II 90,19 ad Mp II 191,11); lohita-° (~ûpavādita, Ja VI
449,14*); — in long cpd.s at Sp 269,24; Mp II 191,11;
Vism 345,27; Spk I 311,22.kacchū

" 346862366152986624,kacchū,en,"

kacch[ū/u]

" 346862366173958144,kacchucuṇṇa,en,"

kacchu-cuṇṇa

, m., itching powder (made from
the fruit of Carpopogon pruriens ?); assā sayane ...
~āni ṭhapāpesi ... sa ... sayane nipajji, tatrâpi 'ssā
~ehi khādiyamānāya kharatarā vedanā uppajji,
Dhp-a III 297,12,15.

" 346862366203318272,kacchugatta,en,"

kacchu-gatta

, mfn., (bhvr.) having the limbs
(covered) with kacch[ū/u] itch; kacchugatto vā kaṇḍu-
gatto vā daddugatto vā godhāgatto vā, yassa godhā
viya gatto cuṇṇāni patanti, Sp 1030,3 (describing the
parisadūsaka mentioned at Vin I 91,13).

" 346862366249455616,kacchuparikiṇṇa,en,"

kacchu-parikiṇṇa

, mfn., covered with kacch[ū/u]
itch; kiso lūkho dhamanīsanthatagatto ālasiyâbhi-
bhūto ~o ahosi, Dhp-a I 299,4,7.

" 346862365427372032,kacchuphala,en,"

kacchu-phala

, n., the fruit of Carpopogon pru-
riens; — ifc. mahā-° (Dhp-a III 297,9).

" 346862365582561280,kacchupilakadi,en,"

kacchu-pilakâdi

, mfn. [piḷaka + ādi], kacch[ū/u]
itch and boils, etc.;— °-parikiṇṇa-sarīra, mfn.,
(bhvr.) having the body covered with kacch[ū/u] itch
and boils, etc.; te evaṁ nippabhā hutvā ~ā
paramapārijuññappattā yena Buddho ... sannipāto
... tena gantvā antaravīthiyam pi siṅghāṭake pi ...
ṭhatvā paridevanti, Ps II 3,32; —
°-rahit'-aṅga-paccaṅga, mfn. [rahita + aṅga],
(bhvr.) having every single limb free of kacch[ū/u] itch
and boils, etc.; akakkasaṅgo ti ~o, Ja V 207,7' (ad
204,15*).

" 346862365595144192,kacchupilakādi,en,"

kacchu-pilakâdi

" 346862366274621440,kacchuroga,en,"

kacchu-roga

, m., the kacch[ū/u] itch disease; khaj-
jasi kacchuyā ti ~ena khādiyasi bādhiyasī ti attho,
Pv-a 86,15 (ad Pv 142); — °âbhādha, m. [roga +
ābādha], suffering from the kacch[ū/u] itch disease; añ-
ñatarassa bhikkhuno ~o hoti, tassa vinā mallakā na
phāsu hoti, Vin II 106,19.

" 346862366358507520,kacchusākhā,en,"

kacchu-sākhā

, f., a branch of Carpopogon pru-
riens; tassa kāsāvāni kaṇḍuvasāṭā (v.l. kaṇḍuva
[itch] -sākā; Be kaṇṭaka-sākhā [prickly boughs]; cf.
Dhp-a III 297,14) viya ~ā viya ca sarīraṁ khādituṁ
āraddhāni, Spk II 176,21 (ad S II 217,21).

" 346862369193857024,kacci,en,"

kacci

, ²ind. [< *kaccid; cf. sa. kaccid < *kad + cid],
interrogative particle expressing either supposition
or doubt, hence: 1. I/we wonder if ...; I/we suppose
that ..., maybe, perhaps (comparatively rare); or a
wish, hence: 2. I/we hope that ...; with the nega-
tions na/no: I/we hope that ...not ...; (frequent); ~
is found in sentence initial position and is invariab-
ly constructed either with a verb in the pr. or the
aor., or with a pp.; this reflects the rule recorded in
Pāṇ III 3 153: kāmapravedane 'kacciti: [a verb in the
pot. is used] to express a wish, except when [the
expression] kaccit is used [in construction with it];
cf. the verse qu. in the Kāśikā ad loc.: kaccij jīvati te
mātā kaccij jīvati te pita, etc.; Am-k III 4 14: kaccit
kāmapravedane; kacci occurs in composition with
the interrogative particles nu (sometimes followed
by the emphatic particle kho or su (< *svid), q.v.
infra;— sandhi forms: (i) kacci > kacc' before
vowel (v. infra); (ii) kacci + nu > kaccin nu (<
*kaccid + nu); found in verse and thus probably m.c.
(cf., e.g., Ja II 133,21*, q.v. infra); (iii) kacci + a- >
kaccâ- (v. infra), with elision of -i and lengthening
of a; 4. the reading ~iṁ su (v.l. ~i ssu) at Sn 1045 (v.
infra sub 2.), with nasalization of i, is probably m.c.;
the same applies to the v.l ~i ssu; — exeg.: ~i sū
(sic.) ti saṁsayapucchā, vimatipucchā dveḷhaka-
pucchā, anekaṁsapucchā ""evaṁ nu kho, na nu kho,
kiṁ nu kho, kathaṁ nu kho"" ti ~i su, Nidd II Be 54,8
(ad Sn 1045, q.v. infra); ~ī ti pucchanatthe nipāto, Ps
II 238,28 (ad M I 206,9); — gramm. lit.: ~i ... puccha-
natthe: ~i bhikkhave khamanīyaṁ, ~i yāpanīyaṁ (=
Vin I 158,20), Sadd 896,3; — 1. ~i nu tvaṁ āvuso
amataṁ adhigato, Vin I 41,2; ~i tvaṁ āvuso Sudinno
anabhirato brahmacariyaṁ carasī ti, III 19,26; tesaṁ
kukkuccaṁ ahosi: ~i nu kho mayaṁ pārājikaṁ
āpattiṁ āpannā ti, 79,15; ~i kosohitaṁ bhoto
vatthaguyhaṁ ... ~i jivhā narassikā. ~i pahūtajivho
'si, M II 143,10*; ~i te, bhante, bhikkhū sammad eva
aññaṁ vyākaṁsu udāhu sant' etth' ekacce bhikkhū
adhimānena aññaṁ vyākaṁsū ti, 252,15; ~i bho
purato kantāre mahāmegho abhippavaṭṭo (cf. CPD
s.v. abhippavaṭṭha), D II 343,20 (""I suppose, Sir, that,
in the wilderness ahead, there has been a great
rainfalll""); ~i nu kho ettha mayaṁ gahaṇatthāya
kumbhīlo nipanno, Ja I 279,10; — 2. ~i mano
supaṇihito, Sn 154 (~I ti pucchā, Pj II 200,31) qu. Mp I
239,28; ~i adinnaṁ nâdiyati, Sn 156; ~i musā na
bhaṇati, 158; ~i na rajjati kāmesu, 160; 162; 335; 354;
~iṁ su (cf. the reading at Pj II 589,19: ~i ssu) te Bha-
gavā yaññapathe appamattā atāru jātiñ ca jārañ ca
mārisa, 1045 (Nidd II Be 1960 54,8, q.v. supra) ≠ 1079;
~i no vatthapasuto, ~i no bhūsanârato, ~i sīlama-
yaṁ gandhaṁ tvaṁ vāsi n' etarā pajā, Th 28 (~ī ti
pucchāyaṁ nipāto, Th-a I 92); ~i bhikkhu khamanī-
yaṁ, ~i yāpanīyaṁ, Vin I 59,10 = II 11,30; ~i Sāriputta
bhattaṁ iddhaṁ ahosī ti, 212,27; ~i mam samma
Jīvaka na vañcesi. ~i maṁ ... na palambhesi. ~i
maṁ ... na paccatthikānaṁ desi, D I 50,2; ~i samma
sārathi kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā abhiramittha, II
22,24; ~i te tāta aggi na (so read with Tr. transcript
and v.l.; Eeom. na) nibbuto ti, 341,11 (""I hope that
you did not let the fire go out""); ~i no tvaṁ bhaṇe
ummatto, ~i veceto, 347,21 (""we certainly hope that
you are not out of your mind, that you are not
insane""); ~i vo Vāseṭṭha brāhmaṇā na akkosanti na
paribhāsantī ti, III 81,3; ~i te bhikkhave bhikkhū
abhiratā brahmacariye ti, M I 463,4; ~i te kuṭikā n'
atthi ... ~i mutto 'si bandhanā, S I 8,2*; ~âhaṁ ...
evaṁ vyākaramāno vuttavādī c' eva Bhagavato ho-
mi, IV 326,14; ~i me taṁ bhante Bhagavato sussutaṁ
suggahītaṁ sumanasikataṁ sûpadhāritan ti, A IV
370,9; ~i te dāraka khamanīyaṁ, ~i yāpanīyaṁ, ~i na
kiñci dukkhan ti, Ud 17,25 ≠ 40,15; 59,4 (Ud-a 311,27);
-in nu tāta te mātā na aññam upasevatī ti, Ja II
133,21*; sutaṁ m' etaṁ ...: kāme bhuñjati Hārito, ~'
etaṁ vacanaṁ tucchaṁ, ~i suddho irīyasī ti, III
498,27*; Cp 255; 257.[[side 24]]

" 346862369219022848,kaccikāra,en,"

Kaccikāra

, m., the tree Caesalpina digyna; ~ā ti
ekā rukkhajāti, Ja V 422,23' (ad 420,4); ~ā, VI 535,23* (~ā
ti evaṁnāmarukkhā, 535,23'; — in long cpd. in
varṇaka at Ja V 420,4**.

" 346862371597193216,kaci,en,"

√

kac(i)

, the verbal root kañc [sa-Dhātup I 181 +
182; cf. ²⁺³√kac(a)]; ~i... dittiyaṁ, Dhātum 58.√kaci

" 346862534629789696,kācin,en,"

kāci(n)

, mfn., ifc. only; — a-°.
kācin

" 346862371647524864,kacinī,en,"

[

kacinī

, doubtful reading of uncertain meaning
at Vjb 320,15 (ad Sp 836,19) in gloss on tintiṇika
(tamarind)]

" 346862251694624768,kad,en,"

kad

, n. [ts.; cf. kadanna, kadasana, kaduṇha, kacci
(< kad cid), kadariya, qq.v.; Ai.Gr. 11,1 § 34 c)], the
interrogative pronoun ka (q.v.); like kiṁ, ku, and kā
(qq.v.) ~ is used as first member of cpd.s with a pejora-
tive or diminutive meaning; gramm. lit. treats ~ as a
substitute morpheme for ku: kussa kad. ku ice etassa
tappurisabahubbīhisu pare sare ~ad hoti, Sadd
774,5 ≠ Kacc-v ad Kacc 337; Mogg III 115.

" 346862251778510848,kada,en,"

kad(a)

, [cf. sa-Dhātup I 70, 71, 72], the verbal root
kad, ~a avhāne rodane ca, Sadd 384,7.²kada

" 346862251736567808,kada,en,"

kada

, n. [< kad + a], artificial thematic form of kad,
q.v.; only in gramm. lit.: ~aṁ kussa. ku ice etassa
tappurise ~aṁ hoti sare pare, Kacc-v ad Kacc 337.

" 346862246393024512,kadā,en,"

kadā

, ²ind. [ts.; < ⁵ka + dā; cf. Ai.Gr. III § 258 c) α
1); cf. pa. kudā, q.v.], interrogative adverb of time with a
locatival sense: at what time, when; when the implied
time reference is future, ~ is optionally constructed with
a finite verb in the present or the future; cf. Pāṇ III 3 5;
Sadd 813,3 foll. q.v. infra sub kadā-karahi; ~ is rarely
constructed with pot. or ger.; ~ is often followed by the
particles ssu, nu or nu kho, and pana; v. infra; —
gramm. lit.: kiṁ sabba añña eka ya ku ice etehi dā
dācanaṁ ice ete paccayā honti kale sattamyatthe:
~ā, Kacc-v ad Kacc 259 ≠ Sadd 682,7; ~ā + ... ice ete
kālasattamiyā, 894,28; Mogg IV 118; — lex. lit.: ~ā
kudācanañ câtha tadāni ca tadā sama, Abh 1161; —
(~ā + pr., fut., pot., pp.) mahāvane ~âhaṁ viharissā-
mi katakicco, Th 541; ~ā te diṭṭhaṁ, ... ~ā te sutaṁ,
Vin I 172,18,27; ~ā imassa sippassa anto paññāyissatī
ti, 270,10; ~ā kamma khīyanti, II 181,5; ~ā te adhiga-
taṁ, III 92,10; āyācati nāma ~ā te mātā pasīdissati,
129,12 foll.; IV 248,26; ~ā saṁyuḷhā pana te Pañcasi-
kha imā gāthā, D II 267,19; M I 386,33; ~âhaṁ Nan-
dam passeyyaṁ, S II 281,18*; ~ā gacchāma māṇavā
ti, Ja II 212,25; niraye paccamānānaṁ ~ā anto bha-
vissatī ti, III 47,9* = Pv 802 ≠ Ap 355,8; ~ā kuhiṁ vā
ahu saṅgamo no, Ja IV 98,12*; ~ā kira āgantvā, V
111,15,19; ~âhaṁ ... pabbajissāmi, VI 46,22* foll.
(51,18'); ~āhaṁ gehā nikkhamma pavisissāmi kāna-
naṁ, Cp 282; ~âhaṁ aparipūraṁ vā sīlakkhandhaṁ
paripūreyyaṁ, Nidd I 376,18 foll.; ~ā paṭṭhāya bhan-
te sarathā ti, Sv 530,22,28 (""from what time""); ~âhaṁ
pāsādaṁ ... dassāmi, Dhp-a I 416,16* foll.; ~âhaṁ
sappurisānaṁ dassanaṁ upasaṁkame, Dīp VI 32;
— (~ā + nu and fut.) ~ā nu 'haṁ pabbatakandarāsu
...vihassaṁ, Th 1091 foll.; — (~ā + nu kho + pr., pot.,
ger.) ~ā nu kho so ayogulo lahutaro vā hoti mudu-
taro vā kammaññataro vā, D II 335,5; ~ā nu kho
bhikkhū gaṇetabbā ti, Vin I 117,22; 137,23; Ja VI
46,18; ~ā nu kho aham pi ... pabbajeyyaṁ, Sp 55,7;
~ā nu kho imaṁ dhammakammikā abhabbaṭṭhā-
naṁ pāpetvā nīharissati, Ps I 145,15; — (~ā + ssu +
fut.) ~ā ssu maṁ tambanakhā ... nārī upaññissati, Ja
V 215,14* foll.; taṁ ~ā ssu bhavissati, VI 46,22* foll.;
49,13* foll.; ~ā ssu nam' ahaṁ tad āyatanaṁ upa-
sampajja viharissāmi, M III 218,28; — (~ā + pana +
pr., fut., and pp) ~ā pana nesaṁ pahānaṁ hotī ti,
Vism 165,20; ~ā pana bhante mūlāni otiṇṇāni nāma
bhavissantī ti, Sp 102,10; ~ā pana bhante tāya pat-
thanā patthitā ti, Dhp-a I 417,14; — kadā-karahi,
(the words) kadā and karahi; (in discussion of the
optional construction of kadā/karahi with pr. or fut.)
matantare ~īnaṁ yoge vā ... vā ti kiṁ: kadā bhante
gamissati, karahi gamissati, Sadd 813,3.[[side 148]]

" 346862246443356160,kadāci,en,"

kadāci

, ²ind. [< kadā + ci; cf. sa. kadācid], indefinite
adv. of time: 1.a.(i) at some time; (ii) at some time or an-
other; (iii) sometimes; also kadāci ... kadāci; (iv) once
upon a time; b. kadāci + pot.: perhaps, may be; c.(i) ka-
dāci + na, and (ii) kadāci + mā: at no time whatsoever,
never; 2.a kadāci + kadāci: from time to time, every
now and then; b. yadā + kadāci: whenever; 3. kadāci +
karahaci: at some time or other, at times; 4. used as a
substitute form for the locative of the indefinite pronoun
¹koci, q.v.; — sandhi forms: kadāci + eva > kadāci-d-
eva (only recorded in late pa.): ~i-d-eva hotī ti, Ps II
240,32; ~i-d-eva bhaveyya, Vv-a 213,30 (ad Vv 836);
— lex. lit.: ~i jātu, Abh 1146; — 1.a.(i) ~i niyamānā-
ya ñātisaṅghena me tadā, Ap 518,13 = 521,22; —
1.a.(ii) tadā sa me ~i āmisaṁ deti dhammaṁ deseti
c' ekadā, Ap 507,2; ~i so narādicco dhammaṁ dese-
ti, 546,9; — 1.a.(iii) so ~i pubbantato aparantaṁ gac-
chati ~i aparantato pubbantaṁ, Ja I 98,11,12; ~i so
tasissati, Cp 228; ~i bhikkhuniṁ vīro lūkhacīvara-
dhārikaṁ ṭhapento, Ap 564,27; ete hi ~i uppajjanti,
Vism 463,17; ~i eko ~i bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto, Pj II
132,2,4 = Spk I 244,6,7; ~i pabbajati, ~i vibhamati, Ps
I 146,2; Spk I 70,3,4; (on the time reference of the abs.
suffix) ~i samāne ca, Sadd 851,14 foll.; — 1.a.(iv) ~i
uyyānapathe jarāhataṁ tathāturaṁ kālakataṁ ca
saṁyamiṁ, Dāṭh I 30; — 1.b. ~i kocid eva antarāyo
bhaveyya ti, Ja VI 74,11; ~i imehi ānītā mama na
rucceyya, 364,2; 440,29; 445,27'; mahāpañño paṇḍito
~i saccaṁ bhaveyya ti, 455,19; app' eva nāmāyaṁ
pabbajito ~i sāraṁ jāneyyā ti, Mil 10,34; Pj II 582,20;
— 1.c.(i) na hi socati bhikkhu ~i maggajino samma
paṭipanno, Th 1221 ≠ S I 187,29*; na hi jīvite ālayaṁ
kubbamāno sūro kayirā sūrakiccaṁ ~ī, Ja II 336,22*;
vilepanaṁ yassa gandho na ~i chijjatī, III 289,11*
foll.; vaṇṇaṁ na ~i bhāsati, V 434,24*; A I 126,2* =
127,29*; pāpakammo na muccati duggatiyā ~ī ti, Vv
1250; purimā pi ca pacchimā pi ca aññamaññaṁ na
~i addasaṁsū ti, Nidd I 44,1 = 119,6; evam esa na ~i
karotī ti, Vism 201,18; Ud-a 374,12; — 1.c.(ii) mā me
~i pāpiccho, Th 987 ≠ Ap 30,19 (Sāriputta) = Mil
396,20* (ascribing the verse to Sāriputta); mā c' assu
mittesu ~i dūbhī, Ja VI 310,1*; Mhv XXV 113; — 2.a.
evam assā ~i ~i nāmaṁ parivattati, Ja IV 120,2;
itarāni ~i ~i honti, Vism 31,22; 34,13,14; 342,22; ~i ~i
vakkaṁ karonti, Ja I 216,18'; ~i ~i uppajjanti, Ps I
163,9 = As 238,32; — 2.b. gramm. lit.: yadā ~i iti kāla-
sattamiyaṁ anavasesapariyādānavacanaṁ, Sadd
894,29; — yadā ~i manujesu brahme samāgamo sap-
purisena hoti, Ja IV 98,21*; — 3. hoti kho so, bhik-
khave, samayo yaṁ ~i karahaci dīghassa addhuno
accayena ayaṁ loko saṁvaṭṭati, D I 17,18 = III 28,22
≠ 84,26,32; te ~i karahaci udānaṁ udānenti, 218,23 =
A III 202,12; M I 146,12 (~ī ti kismicid eva kale, kara-
haci ti tass' eva vevacanaṁ, Ps II 148,10); 453,22,32
(~i karahaci ti bahukāle vītivattetvā pi nivattetvā,
Ps III 170,7); A I 178,35 (Mp II 284,29 = Ps II 148,11,
q.v. supra); 179,13; II 186,34; ~i karahaci loke uppaj-
janti, IV 227,22*; Ud 91,32 qu. Ud-a 428,2; kim pana te
mahārāja ~i karahaci saṅgāmagatassa kaṇḍappa-
hāro hotī ti, Mil 73,27; 76,1; 204,10; Spk III 153,2;
Dhp-a III 362,13; — 4. ~i kale katthaci ṭhāne, Ap-a
237,27.

" 346862246573379584,kadācibhūmi,en,"

[

kadācibhūmi

, w.r. at Peṭ 229,18,29 for katāv[ī/i]bhū-
mi, q.v.]

" 346862246518853632,kadācidassana,en,"

kadāci-dassana

, n., observing occasionally (as oppos-
ed to constantly [niccaṁ]), hence: amazement; used by
Sadd to define the meaning of the verbal root citt(a); cf.
Wg. § 35: 63 (adbhutadarśana); citta cittakaraṇe, ~e
pi, Sadd 541,7.

" 346862246703403008,kadacuppattika,en,"

kadac'-uppattika

, mfn. [< kadāci (q.v.) + upp°],
arising, taking place, occasionally; tañ ca pana akāli-
kaṁ ~aṁ, Mil 114,7 ≠ 115,3.

" 346862246766317568,kadādesa,en,"

kad-ādesa

, m. [cf. kad, q.v.], the substitution of (the
pronominal stem) kad; kuss' uttarapadatthe vattamā-
nassa sarādo uttarapade ~o hoti: kadannaṁ,
Mogg-v ad Mogg III 115.

" 346862356283789312,kaḍakkuḍa,en,"

Kaḍakkuḍa

, m.; Npr.; Gajabahu's general who
was captured and sent to Parakkamabāhu I; v. PPN
s.v.; ~aṁ, Mhv LXXII 272; LXXII 39; LXXV 181; —
°-mahā-yodha, m., the great warrior Kaḍakkuḍa;
raṇabhūmiyaṁ ~aṁ aññe yodhe ca aggahuṁ, Mhv
LXX 143.

" 346862253280071680,kadala,en,"

kadala

, n. [ts.; cf. kandala, q.v.], the plantain fruit,
i.e., a kind of banana; paṭe alaṁ iti: paṭalaṁ; evaṁ: ...
~aṁ, Kacc-v ad Kacc 667 = Sadd 872,10.

" 346862251501686784,kadaleradussa,en,"

kadal'-era-dussa

, n., clothing made from plantain
leaves, and eraka grass; ~esu akkadusse ca, Vin-vn
597.

" 346862251447160832,kadalerakakkadussa,en,"

kadal'-erak'-akka-dussa

, n., clothing made from
plantain leaves, eraka grass, and akka; ~e ... câpi duk-
kaṭaṁ, Khuddas III 27.

" 346862253561090048,kadali,en,"

kadali

, cpd. form of ¹kadalī and ²kadalī, qq.v.

" 346862250608300032,kadalī,en,"

kadalī

or kandalī, f. [ts.; for the variant kandalī
(q.v.), cf. Amg. kaṁdalī; CDIAL 2712], 1. the plantain
(= Musa sapientum, a species of banana plant) and its
fruit; cf. R. SYED, Die Flora Altindiens in Literatur und
Kunst, München 1990: 162 foll.; used as a symbol of
substancelessness; 2. a kadalī standard (i.e., a plantain
used as a standard; ~ and puṇṇaghaṭas, etc., are used to
decorate a ceremonial road; cf. kadalikkhandaṭhapana,
kadalipuṇṇaghaṭa°, puṇṇaghaṭa-~-dhaja-paṭāka,
qq.v.); — gramm. lit.: (illustrating the use of locative)
~īsu gaje rakkhanti, Kacc 314 = Mogg II 37; — lex.
lit.: ketuddhajo paṭākā ca ~ī ketanaṁ py atha, Abh
397; 589; migabhede paṭākāyaṁ moce ca ~i 'tthi-
yaṁ, 987; — 1. phalaṁ ve ~iṁ hanti, Vin II 188,21* =
S I 154,3* = II 241,30* = A II 73,17* = Dhp-a III 156,22*;
~ino sāraṁ anvesaṁ nâdhigacchati, Ja VI 442,11*
(442,21'); cīnakā mocā ~ī +, V 405,27*; setapaṇṇi ...
~iyo (-ḷ-) +, VI 535,17; 590,17*; ~ī veḷu assatārī atta-
jena haññati, Mil 166,26; ~iṁ va asārakaṁ, Cp 251
(Cp-a 190,15); tath' eva titthiyā ... rittā va sārena ~ī
yathā, Ap 24,5; ~iyā pana aphalitāya khāṇu ~ī pana
phalitā yāva nīlapaṇṇī tāva bhūtaggāmen' eva saṅ-
gahītā, Sp 764,4; ~iyaṁ sāragavesanaṁ viya ca ritta-
ko tucchako va hoti, Ps III 95,19; 190,12; — ifc. aṭ-
ṭhi-°; chinna-suvaṇṇa-° (Ja VI 566,14'); in long cpd.s
puṇṇa-ghaṭa-~-dhaja-paṭāka (Spk I 243,15); māyā-
marīci-supin'anta-alāta-cakka-gandhabba-nagara-
pheṇa-~-ādi (Vism 633,5); — 2. ~iyo c' eva ... patiṭ-
ṭhāpenti, Ja I 11,22; ~iyo bandhāpetvā dhaje paggaṇ-
hāpesi, VI 412,6; gehadvāre puṇṇaghaṭe ca ~iyo ca
ṭhapāpetvā, Sv 972,10; ~iyo ca dhaje ca ussāpetvā,
Ps II 195,1 = Spk III 120,3; Ps III 19,22; Vv-a 31,27;
Ud-a 410,22; mālagghiyaṁ toraṇañ ca ~ī, Dīp VI 65;
VII 5.[[side 147]]¹kadalī

" 346862250755100672,kadalī,en,"

⁴

kadalī

, f., [cf. Amg. kaṁdalī], a kind of bulbous
root; only recorded in cpd. kadalīkanda, q.v. infra.

" 346862250704769024,kadalī,en,"

kadalī

, f. [cf. kandala, kandalī, qq.v], a particular
kind of jasmine; the bud of a ~ has the shape and
whiteness of teeth which are sometimes compared to the
buds of ~; cf. the cpd.s kadalimakulasadisavaṇṇa,
~-saṇthāṇa, and kandalamakulavaṇṇa, qq.v.; accord-
ing to the ct.s ~ = sattalī (cf. sa. saptalā); for the role of
the jasmine in Indian Lit., cf. R. SYED, Die Flora Alt-
indiens in Literatur und Kunst, München 1990: s.v.
kunda, p. 216-19; kadambā ~ī (v.l. kand°) tattha
pupphanti mama assame, Ap 362,18.

" 346862250658631680,kadali/ī]n,en,"

kadal[i/ī](n)

" 346862253837914112,kadalidhajapaññāṇa,en,"

kadali-dhaja-paññāṇa

, mfn., whose sign is banners
consisting of plantains; cf. kadalikkhandaṭhapana,
q.v.; ~o ābhujīparivāraṇo eso padissati rammo Isi-
siṅgassa assamo, Ja V 195,19* (tattha kadalisaṅkhātā
dhajā paṅñānaṁ assā ti ~o, 195,23').

" 346862250998370304,kadalīduma,en,"

kadalī-duma

, m., a plantain plant; bandhitvā ~e,
Mhv LXLVIII 41.

" 346862253724667904,kadalidussa,en,"

kadali-dussa

, n., cloth made from the (leaves of the)
plantain; erakadussaṁ, ~aṁ, veḷudussan ti evaṁ ā-
dīni akkapiyacīvarāni, Sv 1010,8 (Sv-pṭ III 293,2) =
Mp III 46,15 = Nidd-a II 119,33; — in long cpd. akka-
dussa-~-eraka-dussa (Sp 1135,4).

" 346862253506564096,kadaligabbhasadisa,en,"

kadali-gabbha-sadisa

, mfn. [cf. sa. kadalīgarbha;
Maitr. Up. IV 2], (of the same colour) as the pith of the
plantain (or the pulp of its fruit ?); buddhapacceka-
buddhakhīṇâsavānaṁ ~āni cīvarāni dadeyya,
Dhp-a IV 74,19.

" 346862250851569664,kadalīgāma,en,"

Kadalī-gāma

, m.; Npr.; an important village on the
road north of Samantakūṭa; cf. PPN s.v.; — °-magga,
m., the road past K.; ~e ... sālāyo cāpi kāriya, Mhv
LX 66.

" 346862253615616000,kadalikanda,en,"

kadali-kanda

, m. [cf. sa. kadalī°], the kadalī root;
kandā ~o (Ee kadalī°) + ... ti evam ādayo tesu tesu
janapadesu pakati, Sp 834,2 qu. Pālim 95,14.

" 346862250805432320,kadalīkaṇṇī,en,"

kadalī-kaṇṇī

, f. [cf. kadaliphalakaṇṇikā, q.v.], a
cluster of plantains (i.e., bananas); Padumuttaramahā-
muṇiṁ mahantaṁ ~iṁ gahetvā upagañch' ahaṁ,
Ap 81,22 (cf. Ap-a 351,25: kadaliphalakaṇṇikaṁ upa-
nesi).

" 346862253670141952,kadalikkhandha,en,"

kadali-kkhandha

, m., the trunk of the plantain; a
symbol of substancelessness; cf. ¹kadalī, q.v.; so tattha
passeyya mahantaṁ ~aṁ ujuṁ navaṁ akukkucca-
kajātaṁ (so read with CPD s.v. akukkuccaka°), M I
233,17 = S III 141,27 = IV 167,31; kiñhi siyā bhikkhave
~e sāro, S III 142,2; ~o asāro nissāro sārâpagato,
Nidd I 410,4; ~o viya saṅkhārā, Vism 479,17 =
Vibh-a 32,22; kadalino ti yathā ~assa nissārattā sā-
ratthiko puriso anvesanto pi tato sāraṁ nâdhigac-
chati, Ja VI 442,21' (ad 442, ll*); yathā ca ~o bahuvaṭ-
ṭisamodhāno hoti, Spk II 323,4 foll. = Vibh-a 34,20
foll.; imaṁ vedattayaṁ nāma ~o viya bahi maṭṭaṁ
anto nissāraṁ, Mp I 109,12; yath' eva hi ~ato kiñci
gahetvā na sakkā gopānasiādīnaṁ atthāya upane-
tuṁ, Spk II 323,1 = Vibh-a 34,17; Ap-a 230,18 foll.; —
keci pana -amhi (v.l. kadali°) kaṇṭake vā tāḷahīrâ-
dīni vā pavesetvā tattha pupphāni vijjhitvā ṭhapen-
ti, Sp 618,21; — -ṭhapana, n., putting up trunks of
plantains; used as decorations alongside a ceremonial
road; cf. kadalipuṇṇaghaṭa°, q.v.; only recorded in
cpd.: okirana-puppha-vikiṇṇa-puṇṇaghaṭa-ṭhapa-
na-~âdi (Ps III 304,12); — °-patta-vatti-vinibhuñ-
jaka, mfn., separating the enclosing leaves of the
plantain from its trunk; ~o (v.l. °bhujj°) viya rittamuṭ-
ṭhiviniveṭhako viya, Vibh-a 217,32 = Paṭis-a 174,20 =
Nidd-a I 46,17; for the implications of ~, cf., e.g., M I
233,15 foll.; — °-sadisa, mfn., like the trunk of the
plantain; saṅkhārā pi asārakaṭṭhena ~ā, Spk II 322,27;
323,12 = Vibh-a 34,16; — ifc. kañcana-° (Ja VI 13,7');
— °-ūru, mfn., having thighs like plantain trunks; vā-
mûrū ti vāmâkārena saṇṭhita-ūru, ~ū (so read with
Be; Ee °sadisā ū°) ti vā attho, Sv 702,25 (ad D II
266,9); ~u c' eva samuggatasadisathanā ca, Vv-a
280,13; — °-sama, mfn., like the trunk of the plantain;
~aṁ idan ti, Spk I 274,14* = Pj II 397,28*; — °-samā-
na-ūru, mfn., having thighs like plantain trunks; used of
a woman; vāmurun ti ~uṁ mama sūle nisinnabhā-
vaṁ vadeyyāsi, Ja II 443,21' (ad 443,11*).

" 346862254404145152,kadalimakulasadisavaṇṇa,en,"

kadali-makula-sadisa-vaṇṇa

, mfn. [cf. ³kadalī,
q.v.; v. next.], having the same colour as the bud of the
kadalī jasmine; pattalimakulavaṇṇasadisā ti ~ā (Ce
kan°), Thī-a 211,14 (ad Thī 260; on the reading pattali°
for sattali°, cf. K. R. NORMAN, EV II no. ad loc.)

" 346862254588694528,kadalimakulasadisavaṇṇasaṇṭhāna,en,"

[

kadali-makula-sadisa-vaṇṇa-saṇṭhāna

, mfn.,
having the same colour and shape as the bud of the
kadalī jasmine; reading of Be for kadalimakula-
sadisavaṇṇa at Thī-a 211,14]

" 346862254643220480,kadalimiga,en,"

kadal[ī/i]-miga

, m. [cf. ²kadalī, q.v.], the kadalī deer;
~ā (-Ī-; Be kadali°) bahucitra biḷārā sasakaṇṇakā, Ja
VI 277,25*; V 406,8* ≠ VI 564,20*; makkaṭo kāḷasīho
ca sarabho ~o, Sp 1089,3*; — in long cpd. at Ja V
416,20.kadalī-miga

" 346862254659997696,kadalīmiga,en,"

kadal[ī/i]-miga

" 346862516502007808,kādalimiga,en,"

kādalimiga

, v. ka°.

" 346862254534168576,kadalimigacamma,en,"

kadali-miga-camma

, n., the hide of the kadalī deer;
kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇo ti -an nāma atthi,
tena kataṁ pavarapaccattharaṇaṁ, Sp 1086,20,23 (ad
Vin I 192,9,18) = Sv 87,21,23 ≠ Spk II 325,9 (ad S III
144,34); — °-paccattharaṇa-tthata, mfn., covered with
a rug made from the hide of the Kadalī deer; kadalimi-
gasañchannā ti ~ā, Pv-a 157,23 (ad Pv 353); — °-ma-
ya, mfn., made from the hide of the kadalī deer; kadali-
migapavarapaccattharaṇo ti ~ena uttamapaccattha-
raṇena atthato, Ps II 39,16 (ad M I 76,8) ≠ Spk II 325,9
(ad S III 144,34) ≠ Mp II 226,1 (ad A I 137,10).

" 346862254819381248,kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇa,en,"

k[ā/a]dali-miga-pavara-paccattharaṇa

, n. and m. and
mfn., 1. (n. and m.) an excellent rug made of (the hide of)
the Kadalī deer; 2. (mfn.) (spread or covered) with an ex-
cellent rug (made of the hide) of the Kadalī deer; —
exeg.; ~o ti kadalimigacamman nāma atthi, tena ka-
taṁ pavarapaccattharaṇaṁ. uttamapaccattharaṇan
ti attho. taṁ kira setavatthassa upari kadalimiga-
cammaṁ pattharitvā sibbetvā karonti, Sp 1086,20,23
(ad Vin I 192,9,18, q.v. infra); — 1. chabbaggiyā bhik-
khū uccāsayanamahāsayanāni dhārenti seyyathî-
daṁ: āsandiṁ, pallaṅkaṁ ... ~aṁ +, Vin I 192,9,18 -
II 163,25 = D I 7,10 (Sv 87,21 = Sp 1086,20,23) ≠ S III
144,34 (Spk II 325,7 = Sp 1086,20,23) = A I 181,23; — 2.
tatr' assa pallaṅko ... ~o sauttaracchado, M I 76,8 (=
kadalimigacammamayena uttamapaccattharaṇena
atthato, Ps II 39,16) = A I 137,10 (Mp II 226,1 [v.ll.
kād°, kadd°] = Ps II 39,16) = III 50,9 = IV 394,1; ~e
(v.l. kādali°) +, A IV 94,20 (with v.l. kād°) = 231,25; —
Rem.: the v.l. kād° would seem to indicate that ~ is a
scdry deriv. from kādalimiga (< kadalimiga) + pava-
ra°; cf. the ct.s explanation tena kataṁ (scil. kadali-
migacammena); thus it cannot be excluded that the cor-
rect reading is kādalimiga°.kādali-miga-pavara-paccattharaṇa

" 346862254836158464,kādalimigapavarapaccattharaṇa,en,"

k[ā/a]dali-miga-pavara-paccattharaṇa

" 346862250323087360,kadalimigasañchanna,en,"

kadali-miga-sañchanna

, mfn. [cf. prec], covered
with a rug made of the hide of the Kadalī deer; pallaṅkā
... ~ā (v.l. kadalī°, kādali°, kadaliya°) sajjā goṇaka-
santhatā, Pv 353 (= kadalimigacammapaccatthara-
ṇatthatā, Pv-a 157,23).

" 346862250390196224,kadalimigasevita,en,"

kadal[ī/i]-miga-sevita

, mfn., frequented by the kadalī
deer; eṇeyyapasadâkiṇṇaṁ nāgasaṁsevitaṁ vanaṁ
nānālatāhi sañchannaṁ ~aṁ, Ja VI 539,26*.kadalī-miga-sevita

" 346862250406973440,kadalīmigasevita,en,"

kadal[ī/i]-miga-sevita

, mfn., frequented by the kadalī
deer; eṇeyyapasadâkiṇṇaṁ nāgasaṁsevitaṁ vanaṁ
nānālatāhi sañchannaṁ ~aṁ, Ja VI 539,26*.kadalī-miga-sevita

" 346862253888245760,kadalinālikeraādi,en,"

kadali-nālikera-ādi

, mfn., plantains (i.e., bananas),
coconuts, etc.; yaṁ ~īnaṁ (read °nāḷi° with v.l.) tattha
jātakaphalāni āmasantassa dukkaṭaṁ vuttaṁ, Sp
312,23.

" 346862103270789120,kadalīnivāta,en,"

Kadalīnivāta

, is the correct form of the place name, neither Kadalyādi° nor Kadallâdi°, q.v.; cf. Geiger, Cūlavaṁsa-trsl. I: 74 n. 3.

" 346862253938577408,kadalipaṇṇa,en,"

kadali-paṇṇa

, m., a plantain leaf; vāsatthaṁ ~ehi
pidahitvā, Ps III 19,13 (ad M I 354,6) = Spk III 45,29;
~ehi ca pilotikāhi ca mukhāni bandhāpetvā, Dhp-a
I 436,16; — °-pihita-mukha, mfn., having the opening
covered by plantain leaves; udakacāṭiyo ... ~ā uṭṭha-
hiṁsu, Bv-a 149,16.

" 346862253389123584,kadalipatta,en,"

kadali-patta

, n., a plantain leaf (used as a plate); ~e-
su nikkhipitvā, Ja V 4,6*; svāssudaṁ ~esu seti mac-
cho va visagilito, A V 171,1 (Mp V 59,9,15); Spk I
218,14 = Mp V 59,15; ~ehi nesaṁ mukhāni bandhā-
petvā, Ps III 67,19; 68,12; ~aṁ chinditvā, Dhp-a I
59,22; — °âdi, mfn.; Sp 1244,1.

" 346862251111616512,kadalīpatta,en,"

Kadalī-patta

, n.; Npr.; a village in Rohaṇa; v. PPN
s.v.; — °-savhaya, mfn., called K.; ~e game ... sake
yodhe kārāpetvā, Mhv LXXIV 48.

" 346862103237234688,kadalīpattasavhaya,en,"

Kadalī-patta-savhaya,

Mhv LXXIV 48 read LXXV 48.

" 346862254244761600,kadaliphala,en,"

kadali-phala

, n., plantains, i.e., bananas; cocapā-
nan ti aṭṭhikehi ~ehi katapānaṁ, Sp 1102,9 (ad Vin I
146,16); pañca ~āni, Sp 1408,20; — ifc. panasa-° (~ā-
di, Sv-pṭ III 140,27); sa-° (~âdi, Dhp-a I 63,2); — °âdi,
mfn.; ~īni sabbaphalāni, Sp 479,2.[[side 146]]

" 346862251216474112,kadalīphaladāyaka,en,"

Kadalī-phala-dāyaka

, m.; Npr.; an arahant who
may be identical with Cūlaka thera; v. PPN s.v.; his A-
padāna is found at Ap 297,5-15 (= Ap 384); āyasmā
~o (v.l. Kadali°) thero imā gāthāyo abhāsitthā ti, Ap
297,14.

" 346862254349619200,kadaliphalakaṇṇikā,en,"

kadali-phala-kaṇṇikā

, f., a cluster of plantains, i.e.,
bananas; mahantaṁ ~aṁ upanesi, Th-a I 65,10 =
Ap-a 351,25.

" 346862254295093248,kadaliphalaṃ,en,"

[²

kadali-phalaṁ

, w.r. at Ja V 37,29 (reading hatthi-
dantappaināṇaṁ ~aṁ kadalivanaṁ), for ivhich read
hatthidantappamāṇaphalaṁ kadalivanaṁ with
BeCe]

" 346862253988909056,kadalipuṇṇaghaṭadhajapaṭākadi,en,"

kadali-puṇṇa-ghaṭa-dhaja-paṭākâdi

, mfn. [paṭāka
+ ādi], plantains, vases filled (with flowers ?), banners,
and flags, etc.; used as decorations alongside a ceremonial
road; cf. kadalikkhandaṭhapana, q.v.; ~īhi alaṁkārā-
petvā, Ja I 52,12; vicitto ti ~īhi vicitto, VI 592,18'.

" 346862254009880576,kadalipuṇṇaghaṭadhajapaṭākādi,en,"

kadali-puṇṇa-ghaṭa-dhaja-paṭākâdi

" 346862254118932480,kadalipuṇṇaghaṭagandhadhūpapupphadi,en,"

kadali-puṇṇa-ghaṭa-gandha-dhūpa-pupphâdi

,
mfn. [puppha + ādi], plantains, vases filled (with
flowers ?), incense, and flowers, etc.; cf. prec.; nagaravī-
thiyo ... ~īhi supaṭimaṇḍitā kāretvā, Ps V 41,4.

" 346862254135709696,kadalipuṇṇaghaṭagandhadhūpapupphādi,en,"

kadali-puṇṇa-ghaṭa-gandha-dhūpa-pupphâdi

,
mfn. [puppha + ādi], plantains, vases filled (with
flowers ?), incense, and flowers, etc.; cf. prec.; nagaravī-
thiyo ... ~īhi supaṭimaṇḍitā kāretvā, Ps V 41,4.

" 346862251161948160,kadalīpuṇṇakuṭaddhaja,en,"

kadalī-puṇṇa-kuṭa-ddhaja

, m., plantains, vases
filled (with flowers) and banners; cf. kadalipuṇṇagha-
ṭa°, q.v.; vīthisammajjanaṁ katvā ~ā dhūmacuṇṇañ
ca mālañ ca sakkāraṁ katvā, Ap 600,1.

" 346862250557968384,kadalisaṅkhāta,en,"

kadali-saṅkhāta

, mfn., called plantain; ~ā dhajā, Ja
V 195,23' (ad 195,19*).

" 346862251317137408,kadalīsenagāma,en,"

Kadalī-sena-gāma

, m.; Npr.; = Kadalīgāma, ac-
cording to Cv-Trsl. II 174 no. 3; Mhv LXXXVI 41.

" 346862250897707008,kadalītaru,en,"

kadalī-taru

, m., the plantain tree; in cpd. sujāta—
mālikā (Dāṭh V 49).

" 346862250952232960,kadalītorana,en,"

kadalī-torana

, n., an archway consisting of plantains;
cf. kadalikkhandaṭhapana, q.v.; ~aṁ bandhāpetvā,
Mhbv 169,7; ~aṁ ussāpetvā, Thūp 223,4; — in long
cpd. suvaṇṇa-ghaṭa-~-māl'-agghikâdi (Thūp
240,33).

" 346862250461499392,kadalivana,en,"

kadali-vana

, n., a forest of plantains; hatthidantap-
pamāṇaphalaṁ (so read) ~aṁ, Ja V 38,1; caṁkama-
koṭiyaṁ tesu tesu ṭhānesu nānāpupphagacche ~āni
ca dassetvā, VI 520,5 ≠ Cp-a 89,7; — °âdi, mfn.; ~īni
ca dassetvā, Cp-a 89,7 ≠ Ja VI 520,5; — °-majjhena,
²ind., through a forest of plantains; adv. instr.; ~ena
(kadaḷi°) ... gacchante, Spk I 344,22.

" 346862251262611456,kadalīvāṭa,en,"

Kadalī-vāṭa

, m.; Npr.; one of the Vanni kings of Cey-
lon; v. PPN s.v.; ~aṁ + iccādisīhale Vannirāje ca a-
panodiya, Mhv XC 33.

" 346862246275584000,kadalladinivātaka,en,"

Kadall'-âdi-nivātaka

, n., = prec.; rājā ... ~e yujjhi-
tvā, Mhv XLIV 6.

" 346862246292361216,kadallādinivātaka,en,"

Kadall'-âdi-nivātaka

, n., = prec.; rājā ... ~e yujjhi-
tvā, Mhv XLIV 6.

" 346862251371663360,kadalupama,en,"

kadalûpama

, mfn. t¹kadalī (q.v.) + upama], like the
plantain; pheṇapiṇḍûpamam rūpaṁ vedanā bubbu-
ḷupamā marīcikûpamā saññā saṅkhārā ~ā, S III
142,30* qu. Vibh-a 32,26; dhi-r-atthu saṅkhataṁ lo-
kaṁ asāraṁ ~aṁ māyāmarīcisadisaṁ ittaraṁ ana-
vaṭṭhitaṁ, Ap 534,13.

" 346862251388440576,kadalūpama,en,"

kadalûpama

" 346862251593961472,kadalyādinivāta,en,"

Kadaly-ādi-nivāta

, n. [kadalī +]; Npr.; a locality in
Ceylon, on which, cf. PPN s.v. ~amhi saṅgāmo ... a-
hu, Mhv XLVIII 50.

" 346862251929505792,kadamba,en,"

kadamba

, m. [cf. sa. kadambam (n.); EWA-1 s.v.],
a multitude; only recorded in lex. and gramm. lit.; —
lex. lit.: ~o tu dume caye, Abh 1092; — gramm. lit.:
sañcayo rāsi + ... ~o vaggo karo ghaṭā ice evamāda-
yo pariyāyā, Sadd 495,27; sañgho gaṇo samūho ...
~o visaro ghaṭā, 536,14.

" 346862251552018432,kadamba,en,"

Kadamba

, m.; Npr.; a river; = Malwatte-oya flow-
ing by the ruins of Anurādhapura; v. W. Geiger,
Mhv Trsl. p. 58 n.; v. PPN s.v.; bandhāpesi Kadam-
baṁ ca nadiṁ pabbatamajjhato Pattapāsāṇavāpiṁ
ca, Mhv XLI 61; — ifc. uddha-° (Mhv, Appendix B:
18); jīvamāna-° (Mhv, Appendix B: 18); — °-nadī, f.;
Npr.; the river K.; Anurādhapuravāsino ~iṁ (so read;
Ee Kalambu°; v.l. Kaḷamba°) na uttaranti, Sp 474,5;
~iyā tīre ... otari, Mhbv 120,17; 134,12; ~iy' antike,
Mhv XV 10; XXXIV 78 (Mhv-ṭ 635,29); LI 130; Mhv-ṭ
411,11; — ~-tīra, m., the bank of the river K.; yath' eva
hi ~ato Rājamātuvihāradvārena Thūpârāmaṁ gan-
tabbaṁ hoti, Spk I 222,22 (ad S I 157,31); — ifc. ma-
ta-° (Mhv, Appendix B: 18).[[side 144]]

" 346862251979837440,kadamba,en,"

⁴

Kadamba

, m.; Npr.; a mountain near Himalaya;
Himavantassa' avidūre ~o nāma pabbato, Ap
382,25.

" 346862251879174144,kadamba,en,"

kadamba

, m. [ts.; EWA-1], the tree Nauclea cadam-
ba (and various plants); cf. R. Syed, Die Flora Altindi-
ens in Literatur und Kunst, München 1990: 149 foll.; —
lex. lit.: ~o piyako nīpo, Abh 561 (tikaṁ ~e, kaṁ vā-
taṁ dametī ti ~o, Abh-ṭ ad loc.); ~o tu dume caye,
1092; — gramm. lit.: (in ""etymology"") kadatissa amuk
kadanti etena dvārâdīnī ti ~o rukkho, Mogg-v ad
Mogg VII 122; — ath' ettha udakantasmiṁ rukkhā
tiṭṭhanti brāhmaṇa ~ā ... kovilārā ca pupphitā, Ja VI
535,7* (535,23'; kukutthakā ... ~ā suvasālikā, Ja VI
539,10* (~ā ti mahākadambā, 540,5'); uddālakā ca
kuṇajā ~ā vakuḷā, Ap 16,7; ~aṁ pupphitaṁ disvā,
178,16; 362,18; pāṭali simbali ... ~o kapparukkho ca
sisīsena bhavati sattaman ti, Vism 206,24* = Mp II
35,4qu. As 299,3*; — ifc. mahā-° (Ja VI 540,5').

" 346862509501714432,kādamba,en,"

kādamba

, m. [ts.], a kind of goose, prob. the barhead-
ed goose, cf. K. N. DAVE, Birds in Sanskrit Literature,
1985: 438 foll.; usually in lists; — lex. lit.: Abh 644; —
kāraṇḍavehi ~ehi kokilehi añṅehi ca dijehi abhinā-
ditaṁ, Vv-a 163,27; — in long cpd. at Ja V 420,8.

" 346862252306993152,kadambagona,en,"

Kadamba-gona

, m.; Npr.; name of a vihāra built by
Aggabodhi V in Mahāthala; v. PPN s.v.; — °-nāma-
ka, mfn., called K.; Mahāthale ca so katvā ~aṁ, Mhv
XLVIII 3.

" 346862252025974784,kadambaka,en,"

kadambaka

, n. [< kadamba (q.v.) + ka], a multi-
tude; only gramm. lit.: rāsi puñjo samavāyo pūgo jā-
taṁ ~aṁ, Abh 630 (Abh-ṭ ad loc.).

" 346862252139220992,kadambaka,en,"

kadambaka

, = kadamba, q.v.; — ifc. jiṇṇa-
tthambha-° (Mhv LXXXVIII 94).

" 346862252080500736,kadambaka,en,"

Kadambaka

, m.; = ³Kadamba; ~assa sāmantā na-
garaṁ Abhayapuraṁ, Dīp XVII 12; — °ôkāsa, m.,
the open space by the river Kadambaka; nagaraṁ ~e
nadīto āsi māpitaṁ, Dīp XV 39.

" 346862507719135232,kādambaka,en,"

kādambaka

, mfn., made of (wood from) the ¹kadam-
ba tree; ~o, Ja V 320,17', cf. next.

" 346862252248272896,kadambakapupphappamāṇa,en,"

kadambaka-puppha-ppamāṇa

, mfn., having the
size of the kadamba flower; reading of Be for Ee kutum-
baka°; avasesāni ~āni ahesuṁ, Ap-a 65,9.

" 346862252365713408,kadambapuppha,en,"

kadamba-puppha

, n. [cf. sa. kadambapuṣpā], a
kadamba flower; ~aṁ paggayha Vipassim abhipūja-
yiṁ, Ap 287,30; ~āni gahetvā pūjesi, Th-a I 230,2;
Dhp-a I 309,2.

" 346862252424433664,kadambapupphaādārivallī,en,"

kadamba-puppha-ādāri-vallī

, f., the creeper Bata-
tus paniculata and the ādārī creeper; thūpaṭṭhānaṁ ta-
dā hi taṁ ~īhi vitataṁ ahu, Mhv XVII 31 (= kadam-
bapupphavallīhi ca ādārivallīhi ca, Mhv-ṭ 378,25).

" 346862252487348224,kadambapupphavallī,en,"

kadamba-puppha-vallī

, f., the creeper Batatus pani-
culata (?); ct. so; cf. sa. kṣīravallī = kṣīrakanda; ~īhi
samantā parivāritaṁ, Mhv XXV 48 (~ī ti khīravallī
vuccati, Mhv-ṭ 378,27).

" 346862252776755200,kadambapupphī,en,"

kadamba-pupphī

, f. [cf. sa. kadambapuṣpī], the
name of various plants (?); Bhes 5:105 (= siṅguru-koḷa,
sn); Bhes 5:19 (= muḍamahanin jātavī peyi, sn).

" 346862252659314688,kadambapupphiya,en,"

Kadamba-pupphiya

, m.; Npr.; a thera; v. PPN s.v.;
his apadāna at Ap 287',26 foll.; — °-tthera, m., the the-
ra K.; Ap 288,5.

" 346862252546068480,kadambapupphiya,en,"

kadamba-pupphiya

, m.; Npr.; a thera, perhaps i-
dentical with Saṁgharakkhita; v. PPN s.v.; his apadā-
na at Ap 178,13 foll. qu. Th-a I 230,16 foll.; — °-tthera,
m., the thera K.; Ap 178,24; ~assa apadānaṁ, Ap-a
448,30.

" 346862252890001408,kadambarukkha,en,"

kadamba-rukkha

, m., a kadamba tree; yathā ca i-
masmiṁ dīpe jamburukkho kappaṭṭhāyī, tathā A-
paragoyāne ~o, Mp I 34,27; As 298,29; — °-maya,
mfn., made of (wood from) the kadamba tree; kādam-
bako ti ~o, Ja V 320,17'.

" 346862516913049600,kādambaya,en,"

kādambaya

, mfn., = prec.; ~o kājo (Ee -c-), Ja V
320,15* (= kadambarukkhamayo, 320,17').

" 346862103254011904,kadambin,en,"

kadambi(n),

mfn., characterized by the kadamba-tree (in uddāna); ~ī, Ap 181,6* (referring to ¹Kadambapupphiya, q.v.); ~ī, 289,24* (referring to ²Kadambapupphiya, q.v.).

" 346862251828842496,kadanna,en,"

kad-anna

, n. and mfn. [ts.; cf. kad, q.v.], 1. (n.) bad
food or little food; 2. (mfn.) eating bad food or little food;
only recorded in gramm. lit.; — 1. jigucchaṁ annaṁ
~aṁ, Kacc-v ad Kacc 337 = Sadd 774,6; 752,20; — 2.
kucchitaṁ annaṁ etassa ti ~o, Sadd 774,6.

" 346862252940333056,kadara,en,"

kadara

, mfn., miserable; — lex. lit.: somavakko tu
kadaro, Abh 567 (īsaṁ khuddakaṁ dalam etassa
~o, Abh-ṭ ad loc.); — ~e appasmiṁ jīvite dve māse
kāraṁ katvāna, Ja II 136,5* (= amhākaṁ jīvitaṁ nā-
ma ~añ c' eva thaddhaṁ lūkhaṁ kasiraṁ appañ ca
mandaṁ parittaṁ, 136,9').

" 346862252994859008,kadariya,en,"

kadariya

, n. and mfn. [< kad (q.v) + ariya; cf. sa.
kadarya; EWA-2 ká-¹], 1. (n.) niggardliness, stingi-
ness; 2. (mfn.) niggardly, stingy;— lex. lit. (ad 2):
khuddo ~o thaddhamaccharī kapaṇo py atha, Abh
739 (parânupabhogena atthasañcayasīlattā kucchito
ariyo atthapati ~o, adāyakattā kucchitaṁ ṭhānaṁ a-
ratī ti vā ~o, Abh-ṭ ad loc.); — exeg. (ad 1. and 2.): ~ā
ti idaṁ maccharino ti padass' eva vevacanaṁ. mu-
dukam pi hi macchariyaṁ macchariyante va vucca-
ti, thaddhaṁ pana ~aṁ nāma, Spk I 90,21,23 (ad S I
34,8*); ~o vuccati anariyo, tassa bhāvo ~aṁ, thad-
dhamacchariyass' etaṁ nāmaṁ, As 376,1 = Nidd-a I
113,16 (ad Nidd I 37,11); (~ā ti pare dente paṭisedha-
kā thaddhamaccharino, 107,11' (ad Ja VI 106,29*); ~o
ti thaddhamaccharī, yo pare paresaṁ dente aññe vā
puññaṁ karonte vāreti, Pj II 181,11 (ad Sn 133); kuc-
chito ariyo ~o. yassa dhammassa vasena so ~o ti
vuccati, so dhammo kadariyatā macchariyaṁ, Sv-pṭ
III 173,5 (ad Sv 948,4: sukadariyatā); — 1. kodhaṁ
~aṁ jaheyya bhikkhu, Sn 362; yaṁ evarūpaṁ mac-
chariyaṁ ... vevicchaṁ ~aṁ kaṭakañcukatā aggahi-
tattaṁ cittassa idaṁ vuccati macchariyaṁ, Dhs
1122 = Nidd I 37,11 = Pp 19,14 = Vibh 357,29; jine
~aṁ dānena, Ja II 4,17* (4,21') = Dhp 223; Vessantaro
mahārāja rājā ... ~aṁ dānena jināti, Mil 117,13; — 2.
rosako ~o (v.l. °īyo) ca pāpiccho maccharī saṭho ahi-
riko anottāpī, Sn 133; 663; ye kec' ime maccharino
~ā paribhāsakā samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṁ, Ja V 391,1* ≠
VI 106,29* ≠ S I 34,8*,13*; assaddho hoti maccharī, ~o
pāpasaṅkappo, 96,4,17* = As 376,5* = Nidd-a I
113,19*; ubho ca honti dussīlā ~ā (v.l. kadarī) pari-
bhāsakā, A II 59,1*,3*,7* (= thaddhamaccharino, Mp
III 95,2) = 60,34 foll.; IV 79,14 foll. (= thaddhamaccha-
riyo, Mp IV 40,21); na ve ~ā devalokaṁ vajanti, Dhp
177 (= thaddhamaccharino, Dhp-a III 189,1); pāpo
~o yakkho, Cp 215 (= thaddhamaccharī, Cp-a
162,20); natthikadiṭṭhi ~o pāpadhammo ucchedavā-
dī ca tadā ahosiṁ, Vv 1245; bhariyā mam' esā ... a-
dāyikā maccharinī ~ā, Pv 56 (Pv-a 45,14,16); assad-
dho maccharī c' āsiṁ ~o paribhāsako, Pv 233 (=
thaddhamaccharī, Pv-a 102,12); api ca mahārāja aka-
taññussa ~assa Devadattassa, Mil 181,19; — °-thad-
dha-macchariya-bhāva, m., (dv.) the property of being
niggardly, parsimonious, and selfish; only recorded ifc.
suṭṭhu-° (Sv 948,4).

" 346862253057773568,kadariyakamma,en,"

kadariya-kamma

, n., a niggardly act; adānadāna-
paṭisedhanâdibhedassa ~assa paccayā, Pj I 207,27
(ad Khp VII 2) ≠ Pv-a 25,10.[[side 145]]

" 346862253162631168,kadariyarūpa,en,"

kadariya-rūpa

, mfn., having a niggardly nature; sa-
ce tuvaṁ assaddho bhavissasi ~o vippaṭipannacitto
ten' eva mam na lacchasi dassanāya, Pv 574 qu.
Pv-a 236,8*.

" 346862253112299520,kadariyatā,en,"

kadariyatā

, f. [abstr], niggardliness, stinginess; —
exeg.: ~āya mudukaṁ macchariyaṁ, Sv-pṭ II 291,1;
~ā macchariyaṁ, III 173,5 (ad Sv 948,4: sukadariya-
tā); — kodho mosavajjaṁ nikatā ca dobho ~ā atimā-
no usuyyā, D II 243,2* (= thaddhamacchariyalak-
khaṇā ~ā [so read; Ee °lakkhaṇa kad°], Sv 665,26);
ratto rāgavasena apacitiṁ na karoti ... pāpo ~āya,
Mil 180,31; idāni tassā tam eva ~aṁ dassento, Pv-a
45,17 (ad Pv 56); — ifc. su-° (D III 184,20,28; Sv 948,4).

" 346862253221351424,kadariyātapana,en,"

kadariyā-tapana

, mfn. [< kadariya + tapana with
metrical lenghtening; cf. CPD I: 31* s.v. rhythm.
length.], tormenting those who are niggardly; ~ā ghorā
accimantā, Ja V 266,17* (~ā [v.l. °tā] ti sabbe p' ete
kadariyānaṁ tapanā [v.l. °tā], 272,12') qu. (with a few
v.l.) Nidd I 405,5 [Ee °ā tap°] = sabbe pi te ussadehi
saddhiṁ aṭṭha mahānirayā kadariya; niccaṁ tapan-
tī ti kadariya tapanā, Nidd-a I 425,14,15); — Rem.:
although Nidd-a would seem to interpret ~ as two
words, ~ must be a cpd. as shown by Ja V 272,12'.

" 346862246342692864,kadasana,en,"

kad-asana

, n. [cf. kad, q.v.; sa. kadaśana; v. pW-N
s.v.], 1. (n.) bad (or little food); 2. (mfn.) having bad (or
little food); only recorded in gramm. lit.; — 1. jiguc-
chaṁ asanaṁ ~aṁ, Kacc-v ad Kacc 337 = Sadd
774,6; — 2. kucchitaṁ annaṁ etassā ti kadanno, e-
vaṁ ~o, Sadd 774,6; Mogg-v ad Mogg III 115.

" 346862247097667584,kadda,en,"

kadd(a)

, [cf. sa-Dhātup I 60], the verbal root kadd;
~a kucchite sadde, Sadd 377,6.[[side 149]]kadda

" 346862247231885312,kaddama,en,"

kaddama

, m. [cf. sa. kardama; CDIAL 2867 +
2869; EWA-2 s.v. kardama-], mud, (clay ?); slime; dirt;
— gramm. lit.: (on the derivation of ~) kadda kucchite
sadde: ... ~o, Sadd 377,6; — lex. lit.: jambālo kalalaṁ
paṅko, cikkhallaṁ ~o py atha, Abh 663 (~e ... kada
maddo, amo, Abh-ṭ ad loc.); — exeg.: paṅko vuccati
~o, Nidd I 203,3 (ad Sn 845); — aññatarassa bhik-
khuno mocanâdhippāyassa ~aṁ aṅgajātaṁ pave-
sentassa asuci mucci, Vin III 118,37; yathā pokkha-
raṇīsu ambujaṁ ... na ~o na rajo na vāri limpati, Ja
III 320,19*; punappunaṁ paradāraṁ vivajjeyya dho-
tapādo va ~aṁ, VI 240,26*; tasmiṁ (scil. maṇi)
udake pakkhittamatte saṅkhasevālapaṇakaṁ vi-
gaccheyya ~o ca sannisīdeyya, Mil 35,17 (cf. As
119,11; ZDMG 138 1988: 167) idha ~e osāreti, Sp
328,25; deve vassante ~o hoti, 456,19; yānaṁ ~e lag-
gati, 850,26; tasmiṁ hi kale ... -am pi maddanti,
1089,21; ~e kumudam yathā, Ap 27,22; paṅko
paṇako (so read with Pv 440) cā ti ~o vā udakac-
chikkhalo vā na vijjati, Pv-a 189,3; keci ~ena limpan-
ti, 215,15; avītarāgo ti ~e sūrako viya kāmapaṅke ni-
muggo va hotu, Cp-a 206,29 (ad Cp-a 205,21); sacca-
vacanaṁ payojetukāmo kālavaṇṇaṁ ~aṁ dvidhā
vyūhitvā, 238,9; —ifc. a-°; apeta-°; udaka-°; ud-
dha-°; kalala-° (Mil 324,28; Vism 591,20; ~-rajojalla,
Mil 258,3); kāma-° (Nidd II 189,11); khura-cchinna-°
(Sp 756,18); gandha-missaka-° (Ps-pṭ III 105,2);
gambhīra-° (Ps II 193,17); jala-° (Mil 361,13); nik-°
(Sv-pṭ I 353,2); paṅka-sevāla-paṇaka-° (As 119,11
foll); byapagata-kilesa-mala-° (Mil 324,31); vāpi-°
(Ja I 113,8); sa-° (S II 269,18; Sp 334,29; Ps II 233,19); —
°âdi, mfn.; sace ~âdīni patvā upāhanā omuñcitvā,
Sp 945,14; — in long cpd.s at Mil 324,27; Spk I 298,18;
III 195,16.

" 346862247294799872,kaddama,en,"

kaddama

, mfn. [either < sa. kardama (mfn.), cf.
Kāśikā ad Pāṇ IV 2 (1+) 2, or kardama (mfn.);
PrMoSū 59 (JAs 1913: 517): kardamo; PrMoSū(Mū)
58 and PrMoSu(Ma-L) 48 read kardamaṁ], mud-
coloured (used of the colour of a cīvara); dubbaṇṇaka-
raṇaṁ ādātabbaṁ nīlaṁ vā ~aṁ vā kāḷasāmaṁ vā,
Vin IV 120,23** (~o nāma odako vuccati, 120,30); —
Rem.: the term odaka in the above Vinaya passages
means ""coloured by (being put into muddy) water,""
hence = ""mud-coloured""; not recorded in CPD s.v. ²o-
daka.

" 346862248041385984,kaddamabahula,en,"

kaddama-bahula

, mfn., full of mud or dirt; ~aṁ
sakkharabahulaṁ kālamattikaṁ tambamattikaṁ ti
paṭhavikathaṁ kathesuṁ, Dhp-a I 333,9.

" 346862248091717632,kaddamabbhantara,en,"

kaddam'-abbhantara

, m., the interior of the mud;
~ato hatthidāṭhā viya gacchantī ti, Ap-a 215,20
(""from within the mud"").

" 346862248460816384,kaddamabhāva,en,"

kaddamâbhāva

, m. [kad° + abhāva], absence of
mud or dirt; sa c' assa anāvilatā ~ena hotī ti, Sv-pṭ I
353,2 (ad Sv 226,17) = Sv-nṭ II 162,6 = Ps-pṭ II 239,9.

" 346862248481787904,kaddamābhāva,en,"

kaddamâbhāva

, m. [kad° + abhāva], absence of
mud or dirt; sa c' assa anāvilatā ~ena hotī ti, Sv-pṭ I
353,2 (ad Sv 226,17) = Sv-nṭ II 162,6 = Ps-pṭ II 239,9.

" 346862248142049280,kaddamabhūta,en,"

kaddama-bhūta

, mfn. [cf. kaddamībhūta, q.v.], dir-
ty; kalalībhūto ti ~o, Spk III 175,5 (ad S V 123,33).

" 346862247739396096,kaddamadaha,en,"

Kaddama-daha

, m.; Npr.; lake Kaddama; name of a
lake where Mahākaccāyana is supposed to have stayed;
v. PPN s.v,; — °-tīra, m., the bank of lake Kaddama;
Mahākaccāyano Varaṇāyaṁ viharati ~e, A I 65,33.

" 346862247672287232,kaddamagahana,en,"

kaddama-gahana

, n. [cf. kalalagahana, q.v.], a thick
layer of mud; tasmim pi sare macchā ~aṁ pavisitvā
tasmiṁ tasmiṁ ṭhāne nilīyiṁsu, Cp-a 237,10.

" 346862247546458112,kaddamagandhika,en,"

kaddama-gandhika

, mfn., stinking of dirt; sace pi
naṁ anukhaṇe vāri ~aṁ, Ja V 233,13* (234,5')

" 346862247609372672,kaddamagandhiya,en,"

kaddama-gandhiya

, mfn., = variant of prec.; vāri
~aṁ, Ja V 234,5' (ad 233,13* ).

" 346862247424823296,kaddamakalala,en,"

kaddama-kalala

, n., (dv.) mud and slime; yathā pi
udake jātā kumudā ... upalimpanti toyena ~ena ca,
Ap 27,20.

" 346862247479349248,kaddamakumudabīja,en,"

kaddama-kumuda-bīja

, n., the seeds of the kadda-
ma and the kumuda plants ?; identification not pos-
sible; for various possibilities, cf. sa. kardama and ku-
muda; Himavantapadesato kulūpagatāpasehi ~aṁ
(v.l. kudrusakumudabijāni) āharāpesi, Ja VI 390,7.

" 346862248284655616,kaddamalimpanakārena,en,"

kaddama-limpanâkārena

, ²ind. [limpana + ākā-
ra], due to being smeared with dirt; adv. instr.; rajova-
jallan (Be rajojallan) ti ~ena (Be kaddamalep°) sarīre
sannicitarajo, Dhp-a III 77,22 (ad Dhp 142).

" 346862248297238528,kaddamalimpanākārena,en,"

kaddama-limpanâkārena

, ²ind. [limpana + ākā-
ra], due to being smeared with dirt; adv. instr.; rajova-
jallan (Be rajojallan) ti ~ena (Be kaddamalep°) sarīre
sannicitarajo, Dhp-a III 77,22 (ad Dhp 142).

" 346862248548896768,kaddamalulita,en,"

kaddamâlulita

, mfn. [kaddama + āluḷita], polluted
by mud or dirt; āvile ti ~e (v.l. -ḷulite; -lulite), Ja II
101,3' (ad 101,1*).

" 346862248561479680,kaddamālulita,en,"

kaddamâlulita

, mfn. [kaddama + āluḷita], polluted
by mud or dirt; āvile ti ~e (v.l. -ḷulite; -lulite), Ja II
101,3' (ad 101,1*).

" 346862248188186624,kaddamamakkhita,en,"

kaddama-makkhita

, mfn., soiled by mud or dirt;
sattho addasa purisaṁ ... ~ehi cakkehi, D II 343,14;
~ehi cakkehi paṭipathaṁ agamāsi, Ja I 100,4; bhisa-
muḷālāni khādantā ~ā, 100,19; haṭahaṭakeso ... ~ehi
pādehi yena Bhagavā ten' upasaṅkami, S I 115,8;
cīvarānaṁ ... ~aṁ ... kaṇṇaṁ gahetvā, Sp 1392,32;
— °-sarīra, mfn., having the body soiled by mud;
reading of Be for kalalamakkhitasarīra at Ja VI 179,27.

" 346862248234323968,kaddamamissa,en,"

kaddama-missa

, mfn., mixed with mud or dirt:
muddy or polluted; — exeg.: kaddamodakānī ti ~āni
udakāni, Sp-ṭ III 360,27 (ad Sp 1152,11); — āvilānī ti
tehi paṭhamataraṁ otaritvā pivantehi ālulitattā
āvilāni ~āni pānīyāni pivati, Ud-a 250,20 (ad Ud
41,28) = Sp 1152,11 (reading kaddamodakāni for
~āni).[[side 150]]

" 346862247798116352,kaddamantara,en,"

kaddam'-antara

, m. [cf. kaddamabbhantara, q.v.],
the interior of the mud; ~ato nīhariyamānā, Nidd-a
I 64,12.

" 346862247844253696,kaddamapaṃsumissaka,en,"

kaddama-paṁsu-missaka

, mfn., mixed with dirt
and dust; anekadvāraṁ ~am udakaṁ siñcitvā, Cp-a
141,27.

" 346862247894585344,kaddamaparikhā,en,"

kaddama-parikhā

, f., a moat filled with mud (as a
defence): a quagmire moat ?); one of three kinds of moats;
opp. udakaparikhā, sukkhaparikhā; ukkiṇṇantara-
parikhan ti idaṁ dvādasayojanikaṁ Surundhana-
puraṁ antarantarā udakaparikhānaṁ ~ānaṁ suk-
khaparikhānañ ca ukkiṇṇattā ukkiṇṇantarapari-
khaṁ, Ja IV 106,21' (ad 106,16*); tathā anupākāra-
dvāraṭṭālake antaraṭṭālake udakaparikhaṁ ~aṁ
sukkhaparikhan ti tisso parikhā kāresi, VI 390,3.

" 346862247944916992,kaddamapaviṭṭha,en,"

kaddama-paviṭṭha

, mfn., sticking in the mud; saj-
janti tattha pāṇino ~o (v.l. kaddame ca pav°) hatthī
viyāti, Pj II 113,28.

" 346862248347570176,kaddamasevālapanakadi,en,"

kaddama-sevāla-panakâdi

, mfn.; v. next; °-dosa-
rahita-salila, mfn., (bhvr.) having water that is free of
foul matter like mud (or dirt), (the water weed) Blyxa oc-
tandra(or Vallisneria octandra ?; cf. CDIAL 12493),
and algae (?); ~āyā ti attho, Ud-a 26,30 (ad Ud 1,7:
Nerañjarāya).

" 346862248364347392,kaddamasevālapanakādi,en,"

kaddama-sevāla-panakâdi

" 346862248410484736,kaddamasevālavirahitatta,en,"

kaddama-sevāla-virahita-tta

, n. [abstr.; cf. prec.],
the fact of being free of mud (or dirt) and (the water
weed) Blyxa octandra (or Vallisneria octandra ?); ~ā
niddosajalāyā ti attho, Vjb 392,28.

" 346862248662142976,kaddamavilatā,en,"

kaddamâvilatā

, f. [kaddama + āvilatā; abstr.], the
fact of being polluted by mud or dirt; udakaṁ hi sabhā-
vato setavaṇṇaṁ, bhūmivasena ~āya ca aññâdisaṁ
hoti, Ud-a 403,2.

" 346862248678920192,kaddamāvilatā,en,"

kaddamâvilatā

, f. [kaddama + āvilatā; abstr.], the
fact of being polluted by mud or dirt; udakaṁ hi sabhā-
vato setavaṇṇaṁ, bhūmivasena ~āya ca aññâdisaṁ
hoti, Ud-a 403,2.

" 346862248876052480,kaddameyya,en,"

Kaddameyya

, m., (gotra name) a descendant of
Kaddama; ~o, Kacc-v ad Kacc 348.

" 346862248775389184,kaddamībhūta,en,"

kaddamī-bhūta

, mfn., dirty, filthy; īkārâgamaṁ
yathā: ... ~aṁ, Sadd 875,4.

" 346862248725057536,kaddamīkata,en,"

kaddamī-kata

, mfn., turned into dirt, filth; disvāna
lokavattantaṁ khajjantaṁ ~aṁ, Ja VI 59,18* (kilese-
hi khajjantaṁ tehi ca ~aṁ lokaṁ disvā, 59,23').

" 346862248926384128,kaddamodaka,en,"

kaddamôdaka

, n. [kad° + udaka], muddy, dirty or
filthy water; chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo
~ena osiñcanti app' eva nāma amheṣu sārajjeyyun
ti, Vin II 262,2 (Sp 1292,13) qu. Sp 1404,4; so hi taṁ
-am iva acchaṁ udakaṁ malinam eva karoti, Vism
127,31; āvilānī ti tehi paṭhamataraṁ otaritvā pivan-
tehi ālulitāni ~āni pivati, Sp 1152,11 (ad Vin I 353,37;
= kaddamamissāni udakāni, Sp-ṭ III 360,27) = Ud-a
250,20 (reading kaddamamissāni for ~āni); — °âlu-
ḷita, mfn., polluted by filthy water; ~aṁ, Vism 259,9 =
Vibh-a 242,16 ≠ Th-a II 244,2.

" 346862248817332224,kaddamupari,en,"

kaddamûpari

, ²ind. [kad° + upari], above the (pre-
cipitated) impurities; ~ udakaṁ viya, cittaṁ pasan-
naṁ hoti, Vism. 591,26.

" 346862248829915136,kaddamūpari,en,"

kaddamûpari

, ²ind. [kad° + upari], above the (pre-
cipitated) impurities; ~ udakaṁ viya, cittaṁ pasan-
naṁ hoti, Vism. 591,26.

" 346862247160582144,kaddati,en,"

kaddati

, pr. 3 sg. [cf. sa. kardati], to make an unplea-
sant sound; cf. prec.; only recorded in gramm. lit.: ~ati,
kaddamo, Sadd 377,6.

" 346862358456438784,kaḍḍhana,en,"

kaḍḍhana

, n. [verb, noun from kaḍḍhati, q.v.; cf.
Amg. kaḍḍhaṇa; sa. karṣaṇa], 1. pulling, dragging
away; dragging along, hence: 2. winning over; — 1.
naṅguṭṭhe gahetvā āviṅjanaṁ ~aṁ, Cp-a 125,22; —
in long cpd. at Mil 231,20; — 2. mahādayassâpi
jinassa ~aṁ vihāya, Mhv XII 55 (= parikaḍḍhanaṁ,
Mhv-ṭ 320,4); — ifc. pari-° (Mhv-ṭ 320,4); —
°âkāra, m., manner of dragging away; tesaṁ pana
ussāhajananatthaṁ anākaḍḍhantena ~aṁ dassentena
viya agge gahetuṁ vaṭṭati, Sp 765,31; — °-bhaya,
m., fear of dragging away; mayaṁ ... kumārikānaṁ
heṭhetvā viheṭhetvā ~ena (so read with v.l.; Ee
kathana-) na dema, Dhp-a I 191,10.

" 346862357575634944,kaḍḍhanaka,en,"

kaḍḍhanaka

, mfn. [< kaḍḍhana (q.v.) + ka], pul-
ling, dragging; tasmiṁ ohārento heṭṭhā ~o vāḷa-
maccho vā udakarakkhaso vā āvaṭṭo vā, Ja V 260,31'.

" 346862340571926528,kaḍḍhāpeti,en,"

kaḍḍhāpeti

, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of kaḍḍhati, q.v.], to
cause to drag off; — forms: fut. 1 sg. ~essāmi; abs.
~etvā; — so taṁ santajjetvā ... idāni taṁ viniccha-
yaṁ gantvā ~essāmī ti nikkhami, Ja II 182,10; isīnaṁ
sisani bhindapetva ... ~etva ... Sunakhamahaniraye
nibbatti, V 145,1'.[[side 54]]

" 346862104709435392,kaḍḍhati,en,"

kaḍḍhati,

cf. Mittelindisch § 493.

" 346862358431272960,kaḍḍhati,en,"

kaḍḍhati

, pr. 3 sg. [verb form derived from the
pp. *kaḍḍha < *kaṭṭha < *√kṛṣ; cf. Amg. kaḍḍhai;
BHSD s.v. kaṭṭati; CDIAL 2660; hardly correct: H.
LÜDERS, Beobachtungen §§ 159-165], a.(i) to draw;
to drag; to pull (with acc.); (ii) (with lekham) to
draw (lines or figures); to scratch; b. to drag
(something) about (with one; with acc.); c. to pull
at (something; with acc.); d. to draw out, to stretch;
e. to withdraw; f.(i) to drag off; (ii). to drag
(somebody or something) off to (something; with
acc); g. to tear (something) out of (something), to
rip (with acc.); —forms: pr. 1 sg. ~āmi; 3. sg. ~ati;
3 pl. -anti; part. ~anta; ~amāna; pot. 3 sg. ~eyya; 3 pl.
~eyyuṁ; aor. 3 sg. ~i; 3 pl. ~iṁsu; inf. ~ituṁ; abs.
~itvā; pp. ~ita (q.v.); — a.(i) bodhisatto
khaggaṁ ~itvā pahari, Ja I 273,28; so ... khurappaṁ
sandahitvā ~i, IV 336,24; kāḷasuttaṁ ~ati, 344,5;
~antassâpi es' eva nayo, Sp 325,24; yato kutoci ~anto,
328,9; 328,25; 333,22; sākhâdṁi ~antānam pi... es' eva
nayo, 757,19; 850,28; ākaḍḍheyyā ti attano abhi-
mukhaṁ ~eyya, Ps II 271,31 (ad M I 228,30); Mhv
XXIII 7; — a.(ii) ekaṁ lekhaṁ ~i, Ja I 78,17 foll.;
vāṇijo ... pātipiṭṭhiyā sūciyā lekhaṁ ~itvā, 111,25;
bhūmiyaṁ vā bhittiyaṁ vā lekhaṁ ~ati (v.l. ~eti),
123,24; kattaradaṇḍena tiriyaṁ lekhaṁ ~i, VI 56,2; —
b. gahite parikkhāraṁ ~āmī ti ~entena gantabbaṁ,
Sp 542,4; — c. yassa te ~amānassa hatthā daṇḍo na
muccatī ti, Ja I 490,7* (490,11'); eken' antena coro ~ati,
Sp 348,19; koci sūkaro pāsaṁ pādena ~itvā, 382,29;
383,5; — d. yathā hi cammakāro cammaṁ ... ito c'
ito ca samaṅchati ~ati, Sp 884,15; aṅcanto ti... ~anto,
Sv 764,17; — e. tattha udakaṁ ~itvā ~itvā sabbato-
bhāgena uggacchati, Ja IV 141,14; — f.(i) naṁ ...
kiṁ akkosasī ti ~itvā, Ja I 225,29; dārakaṁ ... ~ituṁ
sakkontiyā eva putto ti āha, tā ubho pi ~iṁsu, VI
337,3,4'; taṁ dhure gahetvā ~ato ... pārājikaṁ, Sp
335,19; atha naṁ yottehi bandhitvā -anti, Ps II 59,7
(ad M I 87,15: erakavattikaṁ); ~antā (v.l. ~ento)
saṅkārakūṭe chaḍḍesuṁ, III 71,11; 113,2; — f.(ii)
taṁ matamanussaṁ pāde gahetvā ~antā ... imaṁ
bhājetvā dehī ti āhaṁsu, Ja I 265,22; upakaḍḍheyyun
ti... tan taṁ nirayaṁ ~eyyuṁ, Ps III 430,17 (ad M II
188,13); — g. dakkhasi tattha rāja kākolasaṅghehi pi
~amānaṁ (Be vikassamānaṁ) taṁ khajjamānaṁ
niraye vasantaṁ, Ja VI 246,26* (= ākaḍḍhiyamānaṁ,
246,31'); maṁsapesiṁ nakhehi ~itvā pāteyyuṁ, Ps
III 44,5 (ad M I 364,30); — Rem.: there are two
instances in the Ja where the context would require a
passive form; v. supra sub e. and g.

" 346862358477410304,kaḍḍhayati,en,"

[

kaḍḍhayati

, reading of Be at Ja IV 416,9 (ad la Ee
IV 416,17*) for Ce galati (Ee om.)]
[kaḍḍnayitvā] (abs. of kaḍḍhayati, q.v.);
reading of Be for Ee kaḍḍhitvā a t Ja VI 337,2 ]

" 346862340806807552,kaḍḍheti,en,"

kaḍḍheti

, pr. 3 sg. [- kaḍḍhati, q.v.; for verbal
forms in -e-, cf. Geiger § 139.2], a. to drag out; b. to
drag (something) about (with one); — forms: part.
~enta; abs. ~etvā; — a. atha naṁ sūkaraṁ pādesu
gahetvā ~entā, Ja I 197,11; pāde gahetvā ~etvā araññe
khipissati, IV 221,9; taṁ ~ento vā ukkhipanto vā
phuṭṭhokāsaṁ atikkāmeti pārājikaṁ, Sp 335,16; —
b. ~entena gantabbaṁ, Sp 542,4.

" 346862340651618304,kaḍḍhita,en,"

kaḍḍhita

, mfn. [pp. of kaḍḍhati, q.v.; cf. Amg.
kaḍḍhita/kaḍḍhiya], dragged off; yottena g[ULÆSELIG ->OHP]le ban-
dhitvā ~o, Ps III 51,9 (ad M I 371,7).

" 346862340731310080,kaḍḍhiyati,en,"

kaḍḍhiyati

, pr. 3 sg. pass. [< kaḍḍhati, q.v.], to
be dragged off; —forms: part. ~iyamāna; yassa ...
~iyamānassa hatthato daṇḍo na muccati, Ja I 490,11';
dārako ~iyamāno ... viravi, VI 337,4'.

" 346862248976715776,kaddūragāma,en,"

Kaddūra-gāma

, m.; Npr.; a village near Ālisāra; v.
PPN s.v.; -amhi duggaṁ gaṇhiya, Mhv LXX 165.

" 346862235852738560,kaddūravaḍḍhamāna,en,"

Kaddūra-vaḍḍhamāna

, m.?; Npr.; name of a tank;
v. PPN s.v.;— °-taḷāka, n., the tank called K.; ~ato,
Mhv LXXIX 56; — ~-ga, mfn., reaching the tank called
K.; ~aṁ, Mhv LXXIX 55.

" 346862246829232128,kadi,en,"

kad(i)

, [cf. kalandati, kalindati); sa-Dhātup I 70-
72; Sadd 384,7 no. b.], the verbal root ¹kad(); ~i ...
~avhāne rodane ca, Sadd 381,4.¹kadi

" 346862246900535296,kadi,en,"

kad(i)

, [cf. sa-Dhātup I 809-811], the verbal root
²kad(i); ~i velambe, Sadd 384,6; v. ¹kandati, q.v.

" 346862358246723584,kaḍi,en,"

√

kaḍ(i)

, the verbal root kaṇḍ [sa-Dhātup X 44];
khaḍi ~i chede, Sadd 533,15.√kaḍi

" 346862358401912832,kaḍiliya,en,"

Kaḍiliya

, m.; Npr.; a Dravidian chief who was
defeated by the forces of Parakkamabāhu I at Kuṇḍa-
yaṅkoṭṭa; v. PPN s.v.; — °-rāyaro, m., the chief
Kaḍiliya; ~o, Mhv LXXVI 177.

" 346862246971838464,kadukkha,en,"

[

kadukkha

, w.r. at Vv-a 316,23 (reading maraṇan
ti kadukkhaṁ) for which read maraṇantikaṁ duk-
khaṁ with Be]

" 346862247038947328,kaduṇha,en,"

kad-uṇha

, n. and mfn. [cf. kad, q.v.; sa. kaduṣṇa], 1.
(n.) slight warmth, lukewarmness; 2. (mfn.) lukewarm;
only recorded in gramm. lit.; — 1. īsakaṁ uṇhaṁ
~aṁ, Mogg-v ad Mogg III 13; — 2. ~o, Pay II 108.

" 346862296502374400,kafañjali,en,"

kaf-añjal[ī/i]

, mfn. [kata + añjali; cf. sa. kṛtâñjali],
having joined the hollowed palms (in reverence or in or-
der to solicit a favour); jano sabbo vedajāto ~i, Sn
1023 = Nidd II 6,2 (v.l. °ī); ~i yācati Sumedhaṁ, Thī
482; ~ī namassanti dasasahassī sadevakā, Ja I 17,7*
= Bv II 71 = III 18 = XXV 27; rājaputto ~ī paggayha,
Ja V 35,3*; devavaro ~i, 395,3* (= namassamānāhi
devatāhi paggahitañjali, 395,7'); saṁviggamānaso
~ī vedajāto idaṁ vacanam abraviṁ, Cp 60; Brahma
ca lokādhipatī Sahampatī ~ī anadhivaraṁ ayācatha,
Bv I 1 (= katañjaliko; añjalipuṭaṁ sirasi katvā ti at-
tho, Bv-a 12,10); vedajāto ~ī Buddhaseṭṭhaṁ namas-
sāmi, Ap 65,27 (~ī sirasi ṭhapita-añjalipuṭo, Ap-a
337,15); 150,15; Kkh 1,9* (Kkh-pṭ 121,31); — ifc. su-°
(Ap 562,13).[[side 93]]kaf-añjalī

" 346862296519151616,kafañjalī,en,"

kaf-añjal[ī/i]

" 346862371928543232,kaga,en,"

ka-ga

, m., the letters or phonemes k and g; ~ā
cajānaṁ, Kacc 625 ≠ Sadd 859,26 (sutta 1229).

" 346862373300080640,kagatta,en,"

ka-ga-tta

, n. [abstr.; = ka-ga, q.v. ], the letters or
phonemes k and g; na ~aṅ cajā nvusmiṁ, Kacc 620 ≠
Sadd 859,11 (sutta 1224); Sadd 859,26 (sutta 1229).

" 346862238771974144,kahaṃ,en,"

kahaṁ

, ²ind. [sa. ka- and kuha, Sadd Index; EWA-2
s.v. k[ū/u]ha; cf. kattha, q.v.], interr. adv. of place with loc.
sense: 1. where; used either: 1.a.(i) at the beginning of a
sentence, or a.(ii) in postcanonical language in non-ini-
tial position; — in idiomatic use ~ is often followed by
different particles; the exact shades of meaning cannot be
determined: b. nu (mostly in metrical texts), c. nu kho,
d. etarahi, e. nu kho etarahi, f. pana, g. pana ... eta-
rahi, h. kira (rare), i. nāma (rare), j. preceded by atha
(rare); 2. with vb. of movement: where to; — 1. lex. lit.:
kuttha kattha ~, Abh 1160; — gramm. lit.: kiṁsaddā
sattamyantā hiṁ-haṁ nipaccante, kissa ku-kā ca: ...
~, Mogg IV 104; kiṁsaddassa thaṁhaṁpaccayesu
... ka iti rūpaṁ hoti ... ~, Sadd 675,21-23; 890,31;
894,13; — exeg.: ~ nu kho bho ti katarasmiṁ āvāse
..., Ps II 273,1 (ad M I 229,19); ko nu kho ti ~ nu kho,
Ps III 411,17 (ad M II 155,11); ~ ti kattha, nū ti saṁ-
saye, kho ti padapūraṇe, kasmiṁ nu kho padese ti
attho, Ud-a 86,22 (ad Ud 7,18); ~ panā ti kattha pana,
Ps IV 66,35 (ad M II 265,6); — 1.a.(i) ~ bhante Upa-
nando, Vin I 214,2; ~ āyasmā Revato, II 299,30; ~ Pa-
tipūjikā, Dhp-a I 365,8; ~ bhikkhave Ānando, Ja III
23,8; ~ Lata, kiṁ karoti Lata, Vv-a 135,14; ~ bhagavā,
Ps III 350,19; ~ bho purisa imassa nagarassa nagara-
sāmī, S IV 194,14; ~ sa, Ja I 296,7; ~ so idāni, II 142,15;
~ so puriso, Dhp-a III 194,16; ~ āvuso mahāthero, Ps
IV 40,3; ~ vo tāta rājā, Dhp-a I 193,15; ~ me āvuso cī-
varapaṭiviso, Vin I 263,19; ~ pupphāni, Dhp-a II
43,12; ""°piḷandhanaṁ gahitan"" ti pucchi, ""āma de-
vā"" ti, ""~"" ti, ""kilesavasena me vaṇṇadāsiyā din-
naṁ,"" Ja I 384,30; ~ satthāraṁ ṭhapetvā āgat' attha,
Spk I 292,12; ~ satthā vasati, Ps V 45,11; Th-a III
94,29; — ~ayye ayyā Sundarīnandā, ~ ayye ayyā
Sundarīnandā, Vin IV 212,13; ~ Vattabakanigrodhat-
thero, ~ Vattabaka-nigrodhatthero, Vibh-a 451,17; ~
deva ~ deva, Spk II 237,14; gantvā gantvā kandati: ~
ekaputtaka, ~ ekaputtakā ti, M II 106,7; ure paṭipiṁ-
seyyum ~ ekaputtaka ~ ekaputtakā ti, S II 98,27 qu.
Pj I 214,8 = Pv-a 18,14; ~ bho cakkhuṁ ~ bho cak-
khun ti vippalapantā, Ps II 124,3; — mahesakkhehi
vā sattehi esito + ...: ~ Buddho, ~ bhagavā, ~ deva-
devo, ~ narâsabho ti mahesī ti, Nidd I 343,20-22 ≠ Ps
I 88,5 foll. = Spk II 102,13 foll. qu. Ud-a 112,11-13; sace
tvaṁ pabbajito ~ te lābukaṁ ~ dumakaṭacchuko (so
read, v. s.v. kaṭacchuka, ifc.) ~ yaññasuttakan ti,
Dhp-a II 59,5 foll.; ~ saṁghabhattaṁ ~ nimantanaṁ,
Ja IV 70,3; — 1.a.(ii) mahāassarohassa ~ gehan ti, Ja
III 9,22, cf. ~ samma mahāassarohanassa gehan ti,
10,9; itthannāmā itthannāmā ca ~, Dhp-a III 101,10;
Ja I 297,4; tumhākaṁ rājā ~, Pv-a 74,24; Ap-a 257,38;
sa pana ~, Dhp-a III 296,22; idāni ~, Ja I 237,14; tāta
ay an te ~ laddhan ti, 195,21; mahārāja ~ devī, III
20,26; āvuso ~ bhikkhaṁ gahetvā ihâgato 'si, Vv-a
75,10 (v.l kathaṁ); Mittavindaka tvaṁ ettakaṁ kā-
laṁ ~ vasi, Ja I 241,3; nivāso ~ gahito, 457,1; katara-
gāmavāsiko si, - vā te mātāpitaro, 235,13; — 1.b. ~
nu ucchuṁ vadhuke avākiri, Vv 296; ~ nu sa nib-
battā, Ja I 206,1; ~ nu sattudamano, V 305,14*; — 1.e.
~ nu kho bhikkhave Sāriputta, ~ Mahāmoggallāno,
~ Mahākassapo, ... + ~ Ānando, ~ nu kho te bhik-
khave therā sāvakā gatā, A III 299,19-23 ≠ V 134,6-9; ~
nu kho so bhagavā, Ap 320,7; ~ nu kho me ācariyo
Sāmuddikamahānāgatthero, Sv 559,3; ~ nu kho
buddhakārakadhammā, kiṁ uddhaṁ ..., Ja I 19,33
qu. Bv-a 103,32; ~ nu kho me yasadāyako sahāyo, V
316,25; dārako na paññāyati, ~ nu kho so, III 301,16;
337,10; surāmūlaṁ nikhīṇaṁ, ~ nu kho labhissāma,
I 268,20; Bhaddā nu kho ~ nibbattā, Vv-a 149,29 (so
read with Be); — 1.d. ~ etarahi satthā, Dhp-a II
213,15; ~ so etarahi Ja I 189,28; — 1.e. ~ nu kho etara-
hi pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū viharanti, Vin I 8,5 qu.
Bv-a 18,26; ~ nu kho bhagavā etarahi viharati, S I
144,20 qu. Th-a III 175,20 = Ap-a 246,20; ~ nu kho
bho etarahi so bhagavaṁ viharati, D I 89,21 ≠ Vin I
247,36 = Ud 7,18 (Ud-a 86,22); S IV 288,6; pita no na
paññāyati ~ nu kho etarahi, Ja I 78,30 qu. Ap-a 83,27;
~ nu kho so etarahi nisinno ~ ṭhito, Ja I 156,24; —
1.f. ~ pana tumhe bhikkhave rājā addasā ti, Vin IV
112,16; ~ pana tvaṁ nisinno, Dhp-a I 38,13; ~ pana
so, 436,21; Thī-a (1998) 181,9; ~ pana satthā, Ja I,
87,22; Th-a III 226,5; ~ pan' assa ṭhāne gehan ti,
Dhp-a IV 188,4; — 1.g. ~ pan' āvuso etarahi so Ma-
hābrahmā, D I 220,29; ~ pana bhante etarahi satthā,
Ja I 348,9; ~ pana tāta Sudinna etarahi vasati, Vin III
18,8; ~ pana bho Udena etarahi so bhavaṁ Gotamo
viharati, M II 162,22; Sn 106,20; Pj I 161,28; — 1.h. ""~
kira samma satthā vasatī"" ti. ""Veḷuvane,"" Mp I
159,25; — 1.i. kiṁ kathesi, ~ nāma tayā dve puṇṇa-
candā uggacchantā diṭṭhapubbā, Ps V 217,16-18; —
1.j. atha ~ taṁ na passissāma, Ja II 213,8; — 2. ~ ga-
missatha, Vin I 119,14; ~ tvaṁ gahapati gacchasi,
242,23; ~ gacchasi, Dhp-a II 244,12 (v.l. kuhiṁ); ~ ay-
yā gacchanti, Dhp-a I 291,6; ~ yāsi, Ja I 273,19; na jā-
nāma ~ gatā, 296,8; amma ettakaṁ kālam ~ gatāsi,
291,7; upakāraṁ pahāya ~ gamissati, Dhp-a II
167,16; maṁ ohāya ~ ... gato 'si, Pv-a 93,7; imāni sa-
kaṭāni ādāya ~ gacchatha, Ja I 101,1.[[side 357]]

" 346862238830694400,kahaṃkahaṃ,en,"

kahaṁ-kahaṁ

, ²ind., [Amg. kahakahakaha, cf.
W.B. BOLLÉE, Bhadrabāhu Bṛhatkalpaniryukti, Vol.
III 1998: 65 s.v.], onomatop. of laughter; ha, ha; yathā
lokiyamanussā udaraṁ paharantā ""~"" ti hasanti, na
evaṁ buddha, Mp III 305,3 (hāsasaddassa anukara-
ṇaṁ etaṁ, Mp-ṭ III 54,18).

" 346862100368330752,kahaṃkahaṃ,en,"

kahaṁ-kahaṁ,

Mp III 305,3 = Ps III 279,9.

" 346862238893608960,kahāpana,en,"

kahāpana

, mn. [Amg. kāhāvaṇa, BHS kahāpaṇa,
sa. kārṣāpaṇa, EWA-2, CDIAL 3080], money, a parti-
cular (square, punchmarked) coin, cf. GEIGER, Culture §
76; B. C LAW, Buddhistic Studies 1931: 383-449; As
(Ne 1942) Introduction: XXII; for evidence on the use of
k. in Ceylon, v. S. PARANAVITANA, Inscr. of Ceylon
Vol. I 1970: xcviii (inscr. n. 791); cf. s.v. kaṁsa 4., q.v.;
— lex. lit.: ~o 'nitthi kathyate karisāpaṇo, Abh 481;
— exeg.: rajataṁ nāma ~o lohamāsako + ..., Vin III
238,2 (yaṁ kiñci vohāragamanīyaṁ kahāpaṇâdi a-
dhippetaṁ ... ~o suvaṇṇamayo vā rūpiyamayo vā
pākatiko vā, Sp 689,25-28), cf. Mūlas XI 2; Ps II 210,17
= Spk III 304,17; Th-a III 85,31; rūpiyaṁ nāma sat-
thuvaṇṇo ~o lohamāsako + ..., Vin III 240,1; vīsati-
māsako ~o, tasmā pañcamāsako pādo, etena lak-
khaṇena sabbajanapadesu ~assa catuttho bhāgo pā-
do ... so ca kho porāṇassa nīlakahāpaṇassa vasena,
na itaresaṁ Rudradāmakâdīnaṁ, Sp 297,22-26 (~o
kiñcikāle ūnavīsatimāsako hoti, kiñcikāle atirekavī-
satimāsako. tasmā tassa ~assa catutthabhāgo pañca-
māsako viya atirekapañcamāsako vā ūnapañcamā-
sako vā pādo ti veditabbaṁ, Vjb 124,2-5); Utt-vin-ṭ
409,4*-13* (ad Utt-vin 7) qu. Sp-y Se I 288,15-289,11
(ascribes the verses to Vācissara), cf. D. C. SIRCAR,
Studies in Indian Coins, 1968: 97-101; O. v. HINÜBER,
JPTS XXVI 2000: 132; hiraññaṁ vuccati ~o, Nidd I
11,5; Thī-a (1998) 208,25; rajataṁ vuccati ~o, As
318,22; rajatamāso suvaṇṇamāso tambamāso ca ~o
hoti, Vjb 124,7 (ad Sp 297,22 foll); nikkhassa ~aṁ a-
dhikaṁ, Sadd 730,1; — ~ena bhante kiṁ āhariyyatū
ti. pariccatto me āvuso ~o, Vin III 237,21 (instr. pretii,
cf. Kasussyntax § 124); āpaṇikassa gharā ~assa telaṁ
āharitvā, IV 248,19 (gen. pretii, cf. Kasussyntax § 219);
manussānaṁ ... ekaṁ ~aṁ uppādentānaṁ pāsāṇa-
to maṁsaṁ uppāṭanakālo viya, Ja II 283,4; ekaṁ sā-
laṁ kareyyāma, ekekaṁ ~aṁ āharathā ti āha, te sa-
hassadārakā tathā akaṁsu, VI 332,20; ekekam pi
~aṁ vayaṁ karontassa pana khīyat' eva, Dhp-a II
25,12; ekekaṁ ~aṁ rājaṅgaṇe khipiṁsu, Ja IV 323,7;
heraññikassa anāpucchitvā ekaṁ ~aṁ gahetvā, I
369,15; heraññaphalakato dve divase ekekaṁ ~aṁ
gaṇhi, II 426,22 ≠ III 100,10; ~e gaṇhitvā, Mp II
333,21; rukkhamūle ~e ṭhapetvā, Ja III 350,7; tassā
hatthe ~e ṭhapayiṁsu, 287,17; imaṁ dhanaṁ khā-
dissāmī ti ~ ekaṁ ~aṁ mukhena ḍaṁsitvā, I 478,16;
tassa manussassa uttarasāṭakañ ca ~añ ca datvā, II
247,2; tena hi mūlena gaṇhathā ti, ~ena no dethā ti,
III 126,25 (instr. pretii, cf. Kasussyntax § 124); sakala-
jambudīpavāsīnaṁ ~aṁ dentassā pi ayaṁ thavikā
paripuṇṇā va hotu, Dhp-a III 370,8; yathā ~aṁ den-
to ""~aso detī"" ti loke vuccati, Pj I 214,29, cf. Kāś ad
Pāṇ V 4 43; yo dve ~e deti, so attano ~aṁ nāseti, Sv
935,25; bahū ~e nīharāpetvā, Ja II 413,13; ~ehi suraṁ
pivantā, 417,4 (instr. pretii, cf. Kasussyntax § 124); ma-
yā ete ~ā laddhā, 425,22; ~e valañjesi, III 342,12; II
286,26; — asukakkhette bhāgo kuhiṁ, asukakkhette
~aṁ kuhin ti, Spk III 40,7; hatthagate ~e, Ja I 113,1;
cakkhūsu uppāṭitesu ~ehi kiṁ karissāmī ti, II
305,21; n'atthi me tava ~ehi attho, 380,25; ... paṁsu-
kīḷaṁ kīḷanti. tatth' ekassa hatthe ~o paṭihaññi, As
280,22; musāvādo ... appasāvajjo, tato ... ~assa (i.e.,
atthāya), Vibh-a 383,18; pabhaṅguṇan ti ... ~aṁ ka-
pālakhaṇḍabhāvaṁ, Dhp-a III 71,7; na mayhaṁ
chaḍḍitakā ~ā, dullabhā ~ā, Ps II 15,18; ummattako
udāhu ~ānaṁ ṭhapanokāsaṁ na labhasi, Dhp-a II
198,1 ""are you mad, or do you have more money than
you have room to put it?;"" — sums of money mentioned:
dethâvuso saṁghassa -am pi aḍḍham pi pādam pi
māsakarūpam pi, Vin II 294,23 qu. Sp 33,7, cf. Ja I
340,31; kammaṭṭhanena anāpajja akusalaṁ divasaṁ
~aṁ nibbiseyya ... dve ... tayo ... +,A V 84,3 foll.;
... + dasa ~e pañca ~e ekaṁ -am aḍḍhaṁ pādaṁ
māsakaṁ kākaṇikaṁ datvā, Dhp-a III 108,10 = Vv-a
77,15; Ja III 448,14; Cp-a 153,31, cf. Pj II 186,5; hatthato
iṇaṁ gahito ... kassaci hatthato ekaṁ ~aṁ, kassaci
dve ... , Spk I 240,8; dve ~āni bhatiṁ katvā, Ja I
195,4; bodhisattassa devasikaṁ dve tayo ~e deti,
479,26; nāvikassa aṭṭha ~e datvā, 112,19; aṭṭhāhi ~ehi
sabbaparivārasampannaṁ tāvakālikaṁ rathaṁ ga-
hetvā, 121,25; ucchuyantakammaṁ katvā chahi mā-
sehi dvādasa ~e labhitvā ""alaṁ ... dhītu mocanat-
thāyā"" ti, Mp II 61,22 foll.; dāruvikkayena soḷasa ~e
cāṭiādīni ca pañca bhājanāni labhi. so catuvīsatiyā
~esu jātesu ..., Ja I 121,9; ekasata-dvisatâdivasena
attano balânurūpena ~e pahi-ṇiṁsu, II 287,2; ~āni
dvādasa sahassāni ca dāpayi, Mhv XXX 14; satasa-
hassasatasahassaṁ ~e ṭhapāpesi, Ja II 20,17; — fines:
yo akkosanto bhaṇati tassa mayaṁ ~aṁ daṇḍaṁ
dhārema, Mil 171,19; tassa mayaṁ akkhamamāne
~aṁ harāpema, 193,8; aṭṭha ~e daṇḍāpessāmi, Ja I
483,21; soḷasavatthukahetu solas' eva ~e gaṇhanto
daṇḍaṁ sadisaṁ katadosarūpaṁ, III 442,20'; —
counterfeit and genuine money: heraññiko hatthena
parivattetvā parivattetvā cak-khunā ~aṁ olokento
„ayaṁ kūṭo, ayaṁ cheko,"" Vism 437,13 = Mp II 72,2
= Vibh-a 115,27 qu. Paṭis-a 163,18; Vism 515,20 qu.
Paṭis-a 512,9; kūṭakahāpaṇañ ca ~o ti datvā, Ja IV
12,19'; — ifc. akappiya-° (~âdi, Sp 563,6); aṭṭha-°; aḍ-
ḍha-° ; andu-° ; upaḍḍha-° (Pj II 186,5); eka-°; kāḷa-°
(Spk I 68,4; Dhp-a III 254,10); kūṭa-° (Ja IV 12,19'; As
204,3); catu-saṭṭhi-° (Spk III 246,2); cāṭi-° (Sv-pṭ II
316,30); dittha-° (Dhp-a IV 104,24); nīla-° (Sp 297,25;
Vjb 123,29); paññasa-° (Sp 672,10 so read with Be);
battiṁsa-° (Ps II 349,19); baddha-° (Sp 696,9); māsa-°
(Spk III 246,1); yotta-° (Spk III 245,33 = Ps II 349,18);
laddha-° (Ja VI 430,19; Ud-a 261,27); laddhabba-°
(Sv-pṭ II 319,30); sa-° (Pj II 171,21); sīsa-° (Ja I 7,33);
soḷasa-° (Spk III 246,2; ~paribbaya, Dhp-a III 104,21;
Vv-a 75,6).[[side 358]]

" 346862100343164928,kahāpaṇa,en,"

kahāpaṇa,

puthulacaturassaṁ etaṁ … ~o eso, As 280,25 foll.; — cf. H. Falk, Archäologische Mitteilungen aus Iran und Turan XL 2008: 143foll.; ZDMG CLI 2001: 468.

" 346862239472422912,kahāpaṇabhaṇḍa,en,"

[

kahāpaṇa-bhaṇḍa

, n., Burmese reading at Dhp-a
III 190,8 f or kahāpaṇa-bhaṇḍikā, q.v.]

" 346862239946379264,kahāpaṇabhaṇḍikā,en,"

kahāpaṇa-bhaṇḍikā

, f, a pile of money; ~aṁ dāpesi,
Dhp-a III 190,8; ~āya sadisaṁ ekaṁ sakkhārabhaṇ-
ḍikaṁ katvā, Ja II 424,4; ~aṁ gahetvā Vv-a 234,1.

" 346862240000905216,kahāpanabhāva,en,"

kahāpana-bhāva

, m., the being money; pañcasata-
bhaṇḍikaṁ ... mocetvā ... ~aṁ ṅatvā, Mp II 300,17.

" 346862239292067840,kahāpaṇacatukka,en,"

kahāpaṇa-catukka

, n., a unit of four kahāpaṇas;
-an tu kaṁso nāma pavuccati, Vin-vn 2122, cf. Sp
919,2.

" 346862239631806464,kahāpaṇadassana,en,"

kahāpaṇa-dassana

, n., examining money; saññā ...
dārakassa ~aṁ viya hoti ... viññāṇaṁ gāmikapuri-
sassa ~aṁ ... paññā heraññikassa ~aṁ, Vism 437,17-
23 (Vism-mhṭ II 75,16 foll.) qu. Ps II 344,17-22 = Spk II
294,13-18; Paṭis-a 577,19; ~assa abhāvo, As-mṭ 133,28;
— ifc. heraññaka-° (~sadisa, Ps-pṭ II 265,21); — °-sa-
disa, mfn., like examining money; (saññā, Ps II 344,17)
dārakassa ~ā vuttā, Ps-pṭ II 265,17.

" 346862239346593792,kahāpaṇaḍḍhakahāpaṇa,en,"

kahāpaṇ'-aḍḍha-kahāpaṇa

, mn., a kahāpaṇa and
half a kahāpaṇa; ~ānaṁ atthāya, Ja I 340,33.

" 346862239405314048,kahāpaṇaḍḍhapādamāsakarūpadi,en,"

kahāpaṇ'-aḍḍha-pāda-māsaka-rūpâdi

, n., kahā-
paṇas, half kahāpaṇas, pādas, māsakas, and other
coins; ~ādīni, Ja I 340,31, cf. Vin II 294,23.

" 346862239417896960,kahāpaṇaḍḍhapādamāsakarūpādi,en,"

kahāpaṇ'-aḍḍha-pāda-māsaka-rūpâdi

, n., kahā-
paṇas, half kahāpaṇas, pādas, māsakas, and other
coins; ~ādīni, Ja I 340,31, cf. Vin II 294,23.

" 346862239199793152,kahāpaṇagabbha,en,"

kahāpaṇa-gabbha

, m., treasury, safe; corā pi ~am
tucchaṁ katvā, Dhp-a IV 104,26; — °-dvāra, n., door
to the treasury, safe; corā pi antogehe ... ~aṁ viva-
riṁsu, Dhp-a IV 104,20.

" 346862542359891968,kahāpanaghanaka,en,"

kahāpan'-aghanaka

, mfn., having the value of a ka-
hāpaṇa; anāmaṭṭhapiṇḍapāto ... ~o, Sp 472,26 qu.
Pālim 13,5; ~o migapotako, Sv 80,8 = Ps II 210,13 =
Spk III 306,20 = Mp III 194,9 = Pg-a 241,5 = Dhp-a II
132,8 (cf. Ja IV 12,29'; Sp 295,27 foll); ~ehi pupphehi
pūjaṁ karoti, Mp I 450,5; ekassa bhikkhussa ~aṁ
katvā, Ja VI 117,28 (i.e., salākabhatta); — ifc. aṭṭha-°
(Vism 306,28); ūna-°; eka-nīla-° (Vjb 124,9); ekeka-°
(Vibh-a 448,19); dasa-° (Vin IV 256,31; Kkh 171,28);
dvi-° (Ja IV 12,28'); nīla-° (Vjb 124,13); saṭṭhi-° (Vibh-a
449,5); soḷasa-° (Vin IV 256,1; Sp 919,3; Kkh 171,13).

" 346862360029302784,kahāpaṇaka,en,"

kahāpaṇaka

, mn., punishment by dismemberment;
-am pi karonti, M I 87,16 (sakalasarīraṁ tiṇhāhi va-
sīhi koṭito paṭṭhāya kahāpaṇamattaṁ kahāpaṇa-
mattaṁ pātentā koṭṭenti, Ps II 59,21 foll. [kahāpaṇa-
mattaso chindanakammakāraṇaṁ, Ps-pṭ II 44,6] =
Mp II 90,3 foll. = Nidd-a I 279,3 foll.) ≠ A I 48,4 (Mp II
90,3 foll.) = II 122,19; = Nidd I 154,14 (Nidd-a I 279,3
foll); Mil 197,10 = 290,17 = 358,3.

" 346862238939746304,kahāpaṇaka,en,"

kahāpaṇaka

, mfn., worth a kahāpaṇa, cf. kahāpa-
ṇika, q.v.; — ifc. bahu-° (Dhp-a II 197,11).

" 346862238985883648,kahāpaṇakāraṇā,en,"

kahāpaṇa-kāraṇā

, ²ind., because of money; satthā ~
uposathikabhāvaṁ aññāsi, Dhp-a III 191,5.

" 346862239090741248,kahāpaṇakoṭi,en,"

kahāpaṇa-koṭi

, f., a crore of kahāpaṇas; ~iyā ~iṁ
paṭipādetvā santharitvā, Sp 1220,24 foll. (so read with
Be; Ee ~ī); divasaparibbayāya eko ~o nigacchati sā-
yaṁ ekaṁ sakaṭaṁ pavisati, Sv 586,32 (so read; cf.
Sv-pṭ II 232,20); dasannaṁ vā ~īnaṁ piṇḍapāto, Spk
I 59,17; — °-santhāra, m., covering (the ground) with a
crore of kahāpaṇas; ~ena kiṇitvā, Ja I 94,23 qu. Ap-a
99,3, cf. kahāpaṇasanthara, q.v.

" 346862239027826688,kahāpaṇakumbha,en,"

kahāpaṇa-kumbha

, m., a certain amount of money,
cf. kahāpaṇammaṇa, q.v.; divasaparibbayo eko ~o
nigacchati, sāyaṁ ekaṁ sakaṭaṁ pavisati, Sv 536,32
(Ee w.r. °tumbo); yesaṁ ... ~o valañjatthaya geham-
ajjhe rāsiṁ katvā ṭhapito te gahapatimahāsālā, Spk I
137,20 = Pg-a 228,19.

" 346862240151900160,kahāpaṇamālā,en,"

kahāpaṇa-mālā

, f, a string of kahāpaṇas; hirañña-
missā ti ~āya missetvā katā, Sp 534,3 (i.e., veṇi, Vin
III 121,9).

" 346862240198037504,kahāpaṇamāsaka,en,"

kahāpaṇa-māsaka

, m., kahāpaṇas and māsakas;
jātarūparajatabhaṇḍesu ~esu ca ekaṁ gaṇhato ... e-
kā āpatti, Sp 690,24; — °-bhaṇḍika, f., a pile of kahā-
paṇas and māsakas; paṇṇavikkayaladdhaṁ ~aṁ nī-
haritvā, Ja IV 449,4; pupphâdi vikkiya laddhaṁ
~aṁ, Cp-a 192,21.

" 346862240357421056,kahāpanamāsakasaṅkhepa,en,"

kahāpana-māsaka-saṅkhepa

, mfn., comprising ka-
hāpaṇas and māsakas; yañ ca ~aṁ yañ ca kahāpaṇâ-
divohārûpagaṁ, Vjb 264,28.

" 346862240051236864,kahāpaṇamatta,en,"

kahāpaṇa-matta

, mfn., 1. having the value of only
one kahāpaṇa; 2. having the size of a kahāpaṇa, cf.
¹kahāpaṇaka, q.v.; — 1. elakassa maṁsaṁ ~aṁ ag-
ghati, Sp 296,1; — 2. sakalasarīraṁ ~aṁ ~aṁ pāten-
tā koṭṭenti, Ps II 58,21 foll. = Mp II 90,4 = Nidd-a I
279,3 foll.

" 346862240105762816,kahāpaṇamatthake,en,"

kahāpaṇa-matthake

, ²ind., on top of, following (a
rain of) money; ~ dibbâbharaṇavassaṁ, Ja VI 135,11.

" 346862239526948864,kahāpaṇammaṇa,en,"

kahāpaṇ'-ammaṇa

, m., a certain amount of money,
cf. s.vv. ammaṇa, kahāpaṇakumbha, qq.v.; divasapa-
ribbayāya pañca ~āni nigacchanti sāyaṁ kumbho
pavisati, Sv 586,34 (so read; kumbho pana dasamma-
ṇo, Sv-pṭ II 232,20), cf. Vv-a 264,23; — ifc. pañca-° (Ja
I 33,16, cf. Bv-a 149,31).

" 346862240428724224,kahāpaṇamuṭṭhi,en,"

kahāpaṇa-muṭṭhi

, f., a handful of money; tatiye di-
vase ~iṁ aggahesi, Ja I 368,18; ~iṁ ādāya, V 458,20.

" 346862239677943808,kahāpaṇaparikkhaka,en,"

kahāpaṇa-parikkhaka

, m., cashier; vaṇṇajjhakan ti
~aṁ, Sp-pṭ I 427,1 = Vmv I 88,29 (ad Sp 175,16).

" 346862239782801408,kahāpaṇaparivattakahattha,en,"

kahāpaṇa-parivattaka-hattha

, m., a hand that turns
money (for inspection); heraññikassa ~o viya, Moh
165,22.

" 346862544205385728,kahāpaṇapasibbaka,en,"

kahāpaṇa-pasibbaka

, n., money-bag; ~aṁ mocetvā
pātesi, Dhp-a I 198,19.

" 346862239245930496,kahāpaṇapaṭirūpaka,en,"

kahāpaṇa-paṭirūpaka

, mfn., resembling a kāhapa-
ṇa; kūṭo ti ~o tambakaṁsādimayo, Vism-mhṭ II
75,19 = Ps-pṭ II 265,11.

" 346862239833133056,kahāpaṇapuñja,en,"

kahāpaṇa-puñja

, m., a pile of money; ~assa ca su-
vaṇṇapuñjassa ca dassento, Ps III 299,18 (i.e., ~aṁ +
assa); Sp-pṭ II 10,8.[[side 359]]

" 346862239900241920,kahāpaṇapūra,en,"

kahāpaṇa-pūra

, mfn., filling with money; ~āni pañ-
ca sakaṭasatāni adāsi, Dhp-a I 395,10; ~aṁ lohapā-
tiṁ dassāmi, Ja IV 108,4, on -pūra cf. J. Sakamoto-
Goto, WZKS XXVIII 1984: 62 n. 56a.

" 346862241045286912,kahāpaṇaraha,en,"

kahāpaṇâraha

, mfn. [°ṇa + arah°], deserving a ka-
hāpaṇa; yo ~assa aṭṭhaṁ deti, so parassa aṭṭhaṁ nā-
seti, Sv 935,23.

" 346862241062064128,kahāpaṇāraha,en,"

kahāpaṇâraha

, mfn. [°ṇa + arah°], deserving a ka-
hāpaṇa; yo ~assa aṭṭhaṁ deti, so parassa aṭṭhaṁ nā-
seti, Sv 935,23.

" 346862240495833088,kahāpaṇarajatasuvaṇṇakaṃsapattharapari
pūra,en,"

kahāpaṇa-rajata-suvaṇṇa-kaṁsa-patthara-pari-
pūra

, mfn., full of kahāpaṇas, silver, gold, and metal-
ware; Sāgalaṁ .. .~aṁ, Mil 2,10.

" 346862240550359040,kahāpaṇarāsi,en,"

kahāpaṇa-rāsi

, m., a heap of money; heraññikapha-
lake ṭhapitaṁ ~aṁ, Vism 437,9 ≠ Ps II 344,3 = Spk II
293,30; imissā pitucittaṁ gaṇhissāmī ti tasmiṁ yeva
ṭhāne ~imhi ṭhapetvā abhisekaṁ akāsi, Mp I 349,1
qu. Thī-a (1998) 179,10; dārikaṁ ~imhi ṭhapetvā su-
vaṇṇarajatakalasehi nahāpetvā, Pv-a 62,4; nisinnaṭ-
ṭhānâdisu ~iṁ ṭhapetvā, Dhp-a III 130,15.

" 346862240994955264,kahāpaṇasahassa,en,"

kahāpaṇa-sahassa

, n., one thousand kahāpaṇas; ka-
hāpaṇasataṁ ~aṁ nibbisamāno, A V 84,17; ~aṁ sī-
mamāḷake vippakiritvā, Vism 312,24-28; ~ena vā nib-
battito yāgo pi sahassayāgo, Spk I 59,15; handa ~aṁ
gaṇhā ti. nâhaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ vikkiṇāmi, Mp I 188,12;
cattāro hatthī cattāro asse cattāri ~ani + ... sabbaca-
tukkaṁ nam' assa dāpesi, Dhp-a III 3,13; aṭṭh' aṭṭha
hatthī ca asse ca + ... aṭṭha ~āni datvā ... + ... sab-
baṭṭhakaṁ nāma dānaṁ adāsi, II 45,1; āgatâgatā-
naṁ gahitabhājanāni pūretvā adāsi thavi-kāya ~aṁ
ahosi yeva, III 374,3 qu. Paṭis-a 685,24; mahallaka-
brāhmaṇo dhanabhikkhaṁ caritvā ~aṁ labhitvā, Ja
III 342,10; nivāsantare ~aṁ aṁguliyā ca muddikā,
III 416,3; ekadivasam eva ~aṁ sahassagghaṇake ca
parikkhāre labhi, IV 458,6; II 423,22; bhattakaroṭiyā
saddhiṁ ~aṁ pasibbake katvā, V 290,4; catunnaṁ
~ānaṁ bhāgyaṁ, 484,20; devasikaṁ pañca pañca
~āni pariccaji, VI 97,2; tassa ~aṁ daṇḍaṁ kāresi,
Dhp-a I 439,2; imassa hatthe ~aṁ, Ud-a 289,13; ~aṁ
puttadārassa datvā, Pv-a 154,2; tassā ~aṁ datvā,
161,25; maggaparibbayatthaṁ nītaṁ ~añ ca, Thī-a
(1998) 220,12; — ifc. pañcadasa-° (Paṭis-a 671,35); —
°gghaṇaka, mfn., having the value of one thousand ka-
hāpaṇas; — ifc. navuti-° (Ja VI 404,1).[[side 360]]

" 346862240831377408,kahāpaṇasakaṭa,en,"

kahāpaṇa-sakaṭa

, mn., a certain amount of money;
cf. kahāpanammaṇa, q.v.; divasaparibbayāya ekaṁ
~aṁ nigacchati, sāyaṁ dve pavisanti, Sv 586,29
(dvikumbhaṁ sakaṭaṁ, Sv-pṭ II 232,20).

" 346862240252563456,kahāpaṇasaṅkhāta,en,"

kahāpaṇa-saṅkhāta

, mfn., called money; ~aṁ hi-
raññaṁ, Pj II 323,8 = 513,11.

" 346862240890097664,kahāpaṇasanthara,en,"

kahāpaṇa-santhara

, m, spreading kahāpaṇas; Su-
datto ... vīsatikarīsa-ppamānaṁ bhūmiṁ ~ena kiṇi-
tvā, Sp 1221,17.

" 346862510978109440,kahāpaṇasata,en,"

kahāpaṇa-sata

, n., one hundred kahāpaṇas; devasi-
kaṁ ~aṁ ~aṁ niccabhikkhaṁ, S I 82,6 (Spk I 153,3);
~aṁ kahāpaṇasahassaṁ nibbisamāno, A V 84,17;
~ena pi bandhanaṁ nigacchati, A I 251,10; cīvarena
ca tīhi ~ehi ca bhesajjacaṅgoṭakaṁ pūretvā, Sp
471,27 qu. Pālim 11,7; ~aṁ ācariyassa pādamūle ṭha-
petvā, Pj I 198,22; ~aṁ te dassāmi, Dhp-a III 189,24;
gosatena c' eva ~ena ca saddhiṁ bhariyaṁ labhitvā
kuṭumbaṁ saṇṭhapesi, Dhp-a II 235,12; ~aṁ kaniṭ-
ṭhassa hatthe datvā, III 239,3; nagare bherivādena
~aṁ laddhaṁ, Ja I 284,5'; bhikkhācariyāya ~aṁ la-
bhitvā, VI 521,9; hatthagatāni ~āni paṅcasataggha-
nakañ ca bhaṇḍaṁ, I 112,17; mayhaṁ dve ~āni at-
thi, 425,24; kaṁsasatā duve ti dve ~āni, 426,11' (ad Ja
I 426,8*); iṇavasena gahitena ~ena bhaṇḍaṁ gahe-
tvā, Pv-a 273,26; yāva ~aṁ kahāpaṇasahassaṁ de-
thā ti, Cp-a 153,32; — °-sahassa, n., one hundred thou-
sand kahāpaṇas; — ifc. ābhata-° (~-matta, Mp I
333,17); pañca-° (Bv-a 149,31, cf. Ja I 33,16).

" 346862239581474816,kahāpaṇatthaṃ,en,"

kahāpaṇ'-atthaṁ

, ²ind., for the sake of money; ~ na
nikkhameyyun ti, Ps III 64,14.

" 346862240600690688,kahāpaṇavassa,en,"

kahāpaṇa-vassa

, n., rain in the form of money; na
~ena titti kāmesu vijjati, Dhp 186 = Ja II 313,18*
(Dhp-a III 240,16 foll. ≠ 313,28' foll.) qu. Thī-a (1998)
261,33, Ras I 8:9; ~aṁ, Ja V 135,11, cf. Ps III 64,13.

" 346862240651022336,kahāpaṇavibhāgajānana,en,"

kahāpaṇa-vibhāga-jānana

, n., skill in classifying
money; yathā heraññikassa cakkhunā disvā ~e kara-
ṇantaraṁ bahukāraṁ yad idaṁ hattho, Sv-pṭ I 448,8.

" 346862240772657152,kahāpaṇavuṭṭhi,en,"

kahāpaṇa-vuṭṭhi

, f., rain in the form of money; ~iṁ,
Ps III 64,13, cf. Ja V 135,11.

" 346862241171116032,kahāpaṇika,en,"

kahāpaṇika

, mfn. [sa. kārṣāpaṇika], worth one ka-
hāpaṇa, bought with one k, cf. Pāṇ V 1 25 vārt. 2; —
gramm. lit.: kumbhaṁ arahatī ti kumbhiko evaṁ do-
ṇiko aṭṭhamāsiko ~o, Rūp 375 (Be 1976 225,13); —
ifc. catu-° (Sp 919,2 = Kkh 171,13).

" 346862241116590080,kahāpaṇika,en,"

kahāpaṇika

, v. l. and Burmese reading for °ṇaka, q.v.

" 346862245021487104,kahāpanuṭṭhapana,en,"

kahāpan'-uṭṭhapana

, n., producing money; dhañ-
ñuṭṭhāpane c' assa payoge pi dukkaṭaṁ, na ~e viya,
Vmv I 331,26 (ad Sp 681,3).

" 346862543567851520,kāja,en,"

kāja

, m. [sa. kāca, prakr. kāya, kāva, (kāuḍṛ)], a pin-
go; a ~ is made of a wooden pole (v. °daṇḍaka) to be
carried on the shoulder; a rope (v. °sikkā) is fastened to
each end (v. °koṭi), any type of container being attached
to it; used by (non-Buddhist) ascetics to carry their
belongings (v. khāri°); — lex. lit.: vyābhaṅgī tv itthi-
yaṁ ~o, Abh 525; — gramm. lit.: kāco ~o, Sadd
922,16; — vyābhaṅgin ti ~aṁ, Th-a II 264,28 (Ee -c-;
ad Th 263); tāpasaparikkhārabhāritaṁ ~aṁ, Ap-a
222,15 (ad Ap khāriṁ); ~enā ti yāgubhattatelaphāṇi-
tamacchamaṁsa-~esu yena kenaci ~ena. kācenā ti
pi pāṭho, Ps IV 202,7 (ad M III 148,14); ekâbaddhe ~e,
Sp 688,11; vidho ti ~o [Ee °co], tasmā khāribhāritaṁ
~aṁ ādāya ... ye pana khārivividhan ti paṭhanti te
khārī ti ~assā nāmaṁ vividhan ti bahuṁ, Sv 269,2-3
(Ee -c-); ajinaṁ ... jaṭāmaṇḍalaṁ bandhitvā ~aṁ
aṁse katvā kattaradaṇḍaṁ ādāya, Ja VI 21,10; dhaṅ-
ñaṁ āhareyya ~ehi pi piṭakehi pi ucchaṅgehi pi aṅ-
jalīhi pi, A IV 163,26 (Ee -c-); makkhikānaṁ ~ena vā
piṭakena vā hāriyamānānaṁ, M III 148,14; tiṇahāra-
ko ... ~añ ca tiṇabandhanarajjuñ ca ... chaḍḍetvā,
Ja III 129,26; kādambayo ~o, V 320,15* (Ee -o); no u-
bho ... ~e ubhayato ṭhite, 345,10* (Ee -c-); tulā ca ~e
ca datvā, 49,4 (Ee -c-); uṇhôdakassa ~aṁ purisena
gahāpetvā, S I 175,7 qu. Dhp-a IV 232,18; Anotattô-
dakaṁ ~aṁ, Dīp XII 3 (container for the contents; ""a
man's load of water,"" OLDENBERG, Dīṇ-trsl.) qu. Sp
75,19* (split cpd., cf. s.v. Anotattodaka, q.v.); ~e aṭṭha,
Mhv V 24; — frequent phrases: (i) instr. + verbs mean-
ing ""to take,"" ""to carry"" (with): pahūtaṁ pānaṁ ...
~ehi gahāpetvā, Vin I 245,26; ~ena bhattaṁ haranto
pi sace ~aṁ onamitvā deti vaṭṭati, Sp 844,22; yaṁ
hoti kūlapaluggaṁ vā mūsikukkuro vā taṁ ~ena ā-
haritvā, bhājanaṁ karitvā, M II 51,26 (so read with
BeSe; CeEe kamena); (brāhmaṇo) mige vadhitvā
maṁsaṁ ~ena haritvā vikkiṇanto jīvikaṁ kappeti,
Ja VI 170,5; vanamūla-phalaṁ ... sāyaṁ ~ena ādāya
assamaṁ upasaṅkami, IV 471,12*; bhājanāni dhova-
ti ~ena āharati, V 297,1 (Ee -c-); ~ena gahetvā, II
434,16; rāsiṁ katvā piṭakesu pakkhipitvā ~en' ādā-
ya, Th-a II 262,24 (Ee -c-); Ja I 154,25; Spk I 290,12; Mp
II 284,26; Ps IV 191,10 = Mp I 307,12; Pv-a 168,22;
Ap-a 364,30; (ii) loc. + verbs meaning ""to attach:"" ~e ā-
ropayitvāna bhojaputtā hariṁsu mam, Cp 236 (eke-
kaṁ ~aṁ ... attano khandhaṁ āropetvā, Cp-a
178,1); ~e katvā, Cp-a 168,28 (Ja V 23,8 [Ee -c-]); dve
tiṇakalāpe bandhitvā ~e laggetvā, Ja III 130,7; (iii)
acc.: mige ... ghāṭetvā ~aṁ pūretvā, Ps IV 61,3; Ja III
325,17; IV 201,5 (Ee -c-); V 346,1; — Rem.: The San-
skritism (?) ³kāca is favoured by the Sgh., ~ by the
Burm. tradition [cf. Ja II 269 n. 10; V 13 n. 4]; both are
considered as variants by the textual tradition. — For
representations of ~ in Indian art cf. O. v. Hinüber,
Sprachentwicklung und Kulturgeschichte. AWL 1992
Nr. 6: 40 n. 38; 53. — ifc. antarā-°; ubhato-°; ekato-°;
khāri-° (Vin I 33,6; Sp 972,11; Ja VI 500,6*); bhatta-°
(Ja V 293,13).[[side 365]]

" 346862540812193792,kājabhatta,en,"

kāja-bhatta

, n., food brought on a carrying pole; —
exeg.: -an ti kājehi ānītaṁ bhattaṁ, Sp-ṭ II 51,7; —
~aṁ bhuñjamāno, Sp 239,13 = Vibh-a 327,29; ~aṁ
haranto, Vin-vn 1418 (cf. Sp 844,22); ~aṁ abhiha-
reyyuṁ, Ps III 137,11; mātāpitūhi pesitaṁ ~aṁ
bhuñjitvā, IV 11,4.

" 346862541445533696,kājadaṇḍaka,en,"

kāja-daṇḍaka

, m., the pole of a carrying pole; ~e
olaggitvā, Sv 41,6; ~aṁ pavesetvā, Spk III 201,10 (Ee
misprints kājā-); ~e olaggetabbā sikkā, Spk-ṭ II
470,16; — ifc. puthula-° (Spk III 72,3).

" 346862534973722624,kājahāraka,en,"

kāja-hāraka

, m. [*kācahāra, CDIAL 3011], one who
carries things on a carrying pole; Annabhāro pure ā-
siṁ daḷiddo ~o, Dhp-a IV 128,1* (Ee so; v.l. tiṇa°); cf.
Th 910 (ghāsahārako).

" 346862103363063808,kājahattha,en,"

kāja-hattha

, mfn., having a carrying pole in the hand;
~ā, Spk III 72,3 (ad S IV 201,3: vyābhaṅgihatthā).

" 346862529080725504,kājakamaṇḍalu,en,"

kāja-kamaṇḍalu

, n., dv., carrying pole and waterpot;
ajinacammaṁ ekaṁsaṁ katvā ~uṁ ādāya, Ja II
269,15 (Ee -c-); ~uṁ aggahesi, Mp I 347,15 (Ee -c-) qu.
Thī-a (1998) 178,16.

" 346862542678659072,kājakoṭi,en,"

kāja-koṭi

, f., the tip of a carrying pole; tīsu ṭhānesu
vaṅkaṁ kājaṁ ādāya ekissā ~iyā kuṇḍikaṁ ... o-
lambetvā, Ja I 9,17'; ~iyaṁ ṭhapitamattam eva hoti
pārājikaṁ, Sp 359,28 ≠ 688,12; ~iyā paharitvā, Ja V
200,27; ~iyā (Ee °ca°) va pothetvā, III 525,1; ~iyaṁ
laggetvā, V 164,10 qu. Cp-a 177,15.

" 346862366413033472,kajañgala,en,"

Kajañgal[ā/a]

, (m. ? [cf. v.II)) f. and n. [cf. BHSD s.v.
Kacaṅgalā]; Npr.; a township forming the eastern
boundary of the Majjhimadesa; v. PPN s.v.; (f.) ekaṁ
samayaṁ Bhagavā ~āyaṁ viharati Mukheluvane, M
III 298,1 (Ps V 106,30); mahāvihāre navakammiko
hotu ~āyaṁ ālokasandhiṁ divasā karotu, Ja IV
310,14* = Cp-a 206,4; (n.) puratthimāya disāya ~aṁ
nāma nigamo, Vin I 197,21 = Ps II 200,13 = Mp I 97,22 =
Ap-a 53,26; puratthimaya disaya ~aṁ (v.ll.
Gajaṅgalo, -o) nāma nigamo ti ādinā nayena Vinaye
vutto va, Ps IV 172,16 = Sv 429,21 = Ja I 49,8 ≠ Mp II
36,23; Pj I 132,26; Ja III 226,17*; 226,23*; -an nāma
brāhmaṇagāmo, Mil 8,11.[[side 28]]Kajañgalā

" 346862366425616384,kajañgalā,en,"

Kajañgal[ā/a]

" 346862365934882816,kajañgalā,en,"

Kajañgalā

, m. pl., the inhabitants of Kajaṅgal[ā/a];
atha kho sambahula ~ā (CeEe so; Be -alakā) upāsakā
yena ā (CeEe so; Be -alikā) bhikkhunī ten' upasaṅ-
kamiṁsu, A V 54,22 (~ā [CeEe so; Be -alakā] ti Kajaṅ-
galavāsṁo, Mp V 25,17).

" 346862366480142336,kajañgalabrāhmaṇagāma,en,"

Kajañgala-brāhmaṇa-gāma

, m., the Brahmin
village Kajaṅgal[ā/a]; tena kho pana samayena āyasmā
Rohaṇo ... Vattaniye senāsane antarahito ~assa pu-
rato pāturahosi, Mil 10,30.

" 346862366459170816,kajaṅgalakā,en,"

[

Kajaṅgalakā

, m(fn). pl. (< Kajaṅgal[ā/a] + aka; cf.
Kajaṅgalika, q.v.); reading of Be at A V 54,22 and Mp
V 25,17 for CeEe Kajaṅgalā; the reading of Be is prob-
ably a learned attempt at distinguishing grammatic-
ally, according to the context, between male and fe-
male inhabitants of Kajaṅgal[ā/a]]

" 346862366534668288,kajangalavasin,en,"

Kajangala-vasi(n)

, mfn., living in Kajaṅgal[ā/a];
Kajaṅgalā [CeEe so; Be -alakā] ti ~ino, Mp V 25,17 (ad
A V 54,22).Kajangala-vasin

" 346862366580805632,kajaṅgalikā,en,"

[

Kajaṅgalikā

, (m)f(n). pl. (< Kajaṅgal[ā/a] + ika; cf.
Kajaṅgalaka, q.v.); reading of Be at A V 54,22,23 and
Mp V 25,17 for CeEe Kajaṅgalā; the reading of Be is
probably a learned attempt at distinguishing gram-
matically, according to the context, between male
and female inhabitants of Kajaṅgal[ā/a]]

" 346862539612622848,kājaragāma,en,"

Kājara-gāma

, m., Npr.; name of a town in South Cey-
lon, modern Kataragama, cf. GEIGER, Culture § 5 (p. 7),
158; ~e, Mhv XIX 54; ~ke, 62; XLV 45; rohaṇamaṇ-
ḍale -amhi, LVII 2; Mhbv 161,19; rohaṇajanapad-
amhi ~e, Sp I 100,17 qu. Mhv-ṭ 407,24. — Rem.: Spel-
ling varies: Kāc°, Kāj°, Kād°, cf. Khattaragāma, Jinak
87,32 (Jinak-trsl. 122 n. 2): H. Bechert, WZKSO XII-
XIII 1968-9: 37 foll.

" 346862537691631616,kājarapakka,en,"

kājara-pakka

, m., a ripe kājara fruit; ambapakkaṁ
khāditukāmo puriso āharitvā hatthe ṭhapita-~aṁ
disvā viya, Sv 143,19.

" 346862536647249920,kājasata,en,"

kāja-sata

, n., hundred(s) of carrying poles; pañcahi
~ehi susaṁkhatassa, Sp 1101,26 ≠ Ps III 399,17 ≠ Pj II
446,15 (Ee -c-); aḍḍhateyyāni ~āni ānetvā saṅghassa
detha, Spk III 24,22.

" 346862535334432768,kājasikkā,en,"

kāja-sikkā

, f., rope attached to a carrying pole; ~ā vi-
ya uḍḍito, Spk III 201,11.

" 346862364101971968,kajja,en,"

kajj(a)

, the verbal root kajj [< *karj; cf. kajjati;
√khajj; sa-Dhātup I 246]; ~a vyathane. vyathanaṁ
hiṁsā, Sadd 345,9; ~a byasane, Abh-ṭ 213,16.kajja

" 346862366706634752,kajjala,en,"

kajjala

, n. [ts.; cf. CDIAL 2622; EWA-1 s.v.],
lamp-black; used as collyrium for the eyes; — lex.
lit.: añjanaṁ tu ~aṁ, Abh 306 (kajja byasane. kajjati
rogan ti ~aṁ, Abh-ṭ 203,16); — masī ti ~aṁ, Ud-a
433,5 (ad Ud 93,5).

" 346862366605971456,kajjati,en,"

kajjati

, pr. 3 sg. [sa. karjati; cf. kajj(a), q.v.], to
dispell; to torment; to kill;— gramm. lit.: kajja
vyathane. vyathanaṁ = hiṁsā. ~ati, Sadd 345,9; —
lex. lit.: (in ""etymology"" of kajjala, q.v.) ~ati rogan ti
kajjalaṁ, Abh-ṭ 213,16 (ad Abh 306).

" 346862366740189184,kajjopakkamaka,en,"

kajjopakkamaka

, m., a kind of gem; indanīlo
mahānīlo jotiraso veḷuriyo ... vajiro ~o +, Mil 118,22.

" 346862376382894080,kaka,en,"

√

kak(a)

, the verbal root kak [cf. kakati, q.v.;
sa-Dhātup I 90]; ~a loliye. lalabhāvo = loliyaṁ ...:
kakati, kāko, kākī, Sadd 325,29.√kaka√kak

" 346862245424140288,kāka,en,"

kāka

, m. [ts.; EWA-2 s.v.], a crow; — lex. lit.: Abh
638; — gramm. lit.: kakati (q.v.) ~o kākī, Sadd 325,29;
— exeg.: dasahi asaddhammehi samannāgato ~o,
dhaṁsī pagabbho tintiṇo mahagghaso, luddo akā-
ruṇiko dubbalo oravitā muṭṭhassati necayiko, A V
149,17; Ja III 127,6; — syn.s: ~o tv ariṭṭho dhaṅko ca
balipuṭṭho ca vāyaso Abh 638 ≠ Sadd 325,30 (bali-
bhojī); ariṭṭho ~e, Abh 822; — ~ is used as a gloss of
dhaṅka (and its v.l. vaṅka, cf. S. H. LEVITT, JIABS
16,1. 1993: 56-89): Pj II 303,24 (ad Sn 270) ≠ Spk I
304,12 (ad S I 207,29*); Ja III 313,15' (ad 313,10*); IV
71,28' (ad 71,18*); V 107,10' (ad 107,9*); Pv-a 198,11 (ad
Pv 454); Nidd-a 292,6; exchanged with vāyasa: caṇḍo
~o sakhā mayhaṁ, Ja II 365,6* ≠ II 363,18* (vāyaso);
Ap-a 488,16 (ad Ap 419,27); — ~ is an important cha-
racter in several Jātakas, cf. no.s 140, 202, 292, 389 (v.
Kākajātaka), and the subject of four riddle-verses at Ja
II 174,6*-9*, cf. °-guyha, °-peyya, qq.v.; as a standard
image of darkness, cf. °gīva, °sīsa, qq.v.; receiver of ritu-
al food, cf. °bhatta; — in explanation of lokakkhāyikā
or lokâyata: ~o seto aṭṭhīnaṁ setattā, Sp 1214,20 = Sv
91,1 = Spk III 295,24 = Mp V 47,1 qu. Ud-a 205,22,
Nidd-a 394,22 ≠ Ps III 223,16; — ~aṁ vā kulalaṁ vā,
Sv 392,25 (ad tīradassiṁ sakuṇaṁ, D I 222,25); sāsa-
naṁ pesetuṁ ~aṁ āmantento, Ja II 443,8; dūraṁ ga-
taṁ vippavutthaṁ piyapuggalaṁ yaṁ āgantvā nilī-
naṁ disvā sace itthannāmo āgacchati vassa ~ā ti vā
vassantañ ñeva vā sutvā yathā ~o vassati itthannā-
mo āgamissatī ti evaṁ vadantā, 174,20' (ad II 174,8*;
cf. ]a-trsl. E. B. COWELL II: 122 n. 1); ~ is the enemy of
the owl, cf. kākôlūka (q.v): kin nu kho ... ime ~ā ko-
siyaṁ paripātenti, Ja II 208,12; 351,17; yadā ~ā ulūkā
ca mantayeyyuṁ rahogatā, III 477,28*; ~ā ulūkaṁ va
raho labhitvā, VI 211,29*; Bv 80,27*; — ~o vā selam
āsajja, S I 124,8* = Sn 448; tasmā tesaṁ vasā n' atthi
~ān' asmāka(ṁ) ñātinaṁ, Ja I 486,11*; III 298,1* foll.;
~añ [ca] passa lakuṭikaṁ, 177,14*; nikkhittabhatto
(Ee nikkhitto) viya ~o, As 405,31; ātapatāpane kimī
~ehi khajjante, Ap 583,14 (so read) = Thī-a (1998)
72,19*; ~ehi tilapāṇake khādamāne disvā, Mp I
178,15; assa iddhi antarahitā, chinnapakkho ~o viya
ahosi, Ps III 247,17 = Vibh-a 294,14; — negative conno-
tations prevail: adassanena morassa ... ~aṁ ... apū-
jesuṁ maṁsena ca phalena ca, Ja III 128,2*; cakka-
vāko ... ~aṁ garahi, 524,4, cf. 523,11*-14*; — greedy
and impudent: ~o lobhâbhibhūto, Ja II 362,17; ~o
macchamaṁsaluddho, III 225,3; bhattakārako vege-
na gantvā ~aṁ gahetvā, 225,22; ~ā ca gijjhā ca bakā
kulalasenakā, bhakkhayanti divārattiṁ macche u-
panisīdiya, Cp 324; — vantabhattakhādakaṁ ~aṁ,
Ja II 439,25'; ~assa vā sunakhassa vā datvā, Dhp-a
III 323,9; — short-sighted: mâhaṁ ~o va dummedho
kāmānaṁ vasam annagā, Ja V 258,7*; ~o viya bāla-
puthujjano, 257,8'; odanasitthaṭṭhāne ~o viya ... sa-
yam eva passati, VI 358,4; — anujānāmi ... yattha
~ā vā kulalā vā na ūhadanti (read ūhanati, cf. s.v. ū-
hanati, Rem) tattha senâsanaṁ nikkhipituṁ, Vin IV
40,1; daṇḍaṁ nūna gahetvāna ~e soṇe ca vāraye, Ja
I 146,30* qu. Ap-a 507,12*; leḍḍuṁ gahetvā ~o (read
~e with Be Ce, Se) viya ... imaṁ palāpessāmi, Ja VI
399,4; ekasatarājāno leḍḍunā ~o viya palāpitā, 428,7;
Udāyi issāso hoti, ~ā c' assa amanāpā honti, so ~e
vijjhitvā, Vin IV 124,15; ~ā viya ... pakkamiṁsu, Spk
I 228,17; ~o manusse hiṁsati, Ja III 521,13'; ~ehi
samparikiṇṇaṁ, Vin I 269,19; nidhiṁ ~assa nāsaya,
Ja I 332,1*-2* ≠ Cp 329 (collective sg.; = °saṅgha,
332,8'); patte vā bhattaṁ bhuṅjantānaṁ ~ānaṁ ni-
vāranavasena hatthaṁ vā leḍḍuṁ vā daṇḍaṁ vā
uggirati, Ps II 315,8; — connected with tortures in dif-
ferent hells (v. kākola): ~ā gijjhā ca khādanti, Sn 201;
gijjhā pi ~ā pi ... anupatitvā pāsuḷantarikāhi vitu-
denti, Vin III 105,16 (Sp 507,14); sarīraṁ sīvathikāya
chaḍḍitaṁ ~ehi vā + ... vividhehi vā pāṇakajātehi
khajjamānaṁ, D II 295,22 = M I 58,17; taṁ ~ā vā khā-
danti, gijjhā vā +, S V 370,3; ~ā sīse nilīyitvā kaṇa-
yaggasadisehi tuṇḍehi akkhīni vijjhanti, Ja I 500,13;
VI 246,26*; kayo ... chedanabhedanûpago ~ehi gij-
jhehi kulalehi sādhāraṇo, Kv 136,34 = 271,33; — tit-
thiyānaṁ pana Bāverujātake ~assa viya lābhasak-
kāro parihāyittha, Ps II 3,10; tadā lolabhikkhu ~o a-
hosi, Ja II 365,21 = III 227,12, etc.; tadā ~o Nigaṇṭho
Nātaputto ahosi, III 128,16; ~o tadā Devadatto ahosi,
III 298,21*; — ifc. udaka-°; chinna-pakkha-° (Pj II
223,9; Th-a III 104,26); jala-° (Ap-a 536,26*); tittha-°
(Ps I 75,23); disā-° (Mp III 385,19; Ja III 126,17); duṭ-
ṭha-° (Ja I 243,29); bandha-° (Pp-a 198,12); bhatta-
nikkhitta-° (Ps I 290,8; Spk II 302,13; It-a II 114,12);
mahallaka-° (Ja VI 522,25); yakkha-° (Sp 507,14; Spk
II 217,13); lola-° (Ja II 361,24; III 313,20; IV 70,11); va-
na-° (Ja III 247,14'; VI 560,24'; samudda-° (Ja II
442,6); sūra-° (Dhp-a III 352,7; Ps III 168,1); sesa-° (Ja
II 436,9).[[side 361]]

" 346862248125272064,kāka,en,"

Kāka

, m.; Npr.; a slave of King Caṇḍapajjota and
being one of his five conveyances; ~o nāma dāso +, Vin
I 277,31 ≠ Dhp-a I 196,6; Sadd 250,17-19; v. PPN s.v.

" 346862267674923008,kākā,en,"

kākā

, ²ind. [ts.], onomat. for the cawing of the crow; ~
ti vassati, Vin II 17,17; (kāko) ~ ti vassanto, Ja III
127,24; IV 72,9.

" 346862545979576320,kākabhatta,en,"

kāka-bhatta

, n., food for crows (as a propitiatory of-
fering); manussā ~aṁ vā dātuṁ yakkhanāgabali-
kammaṁ vā kātuṁ nâsakkhiṁsu, Ja II 149,5.

" 346862523003179008,kākabhidhāna,en,"

kākâbhidhāna

, n., [°ka + abhi°], a word for crow;
imāni ~āni, Sadd 325,31.

" 346862523032539136,kākābhidhāna,en,"

kākâbhidhāna

, n., [°ka + abhi°], a word for crow;
imāni ~āni, Sadd 325,31.

" 346862374478680064,kakaca,en,"

kakaca

, m. [cf. sa. krakaca; krakara; DED 1061;
CDIAL 3570], 1. name of a thorny plant (= Capparis
aphylla); only recorded in lex. lit.; 2. a saw; ~ would
seem to denote either a compass saw or a two-
handed saw (= ubhatodaṇḍaka; v. infra); syn.s khura
and kharo (qq.v.); — 1. lex, lit.: ~o, Abh 280 (kaca
bandhane; dvittaṁ: ~o, Abh-ṭ 386,20); — 2. lex. lit.:
kharo ca ~o 'nitthī, Abh 528 (ka iti kacati pāṭayati
~o, Abh-ṭ 354,19); — ubhatodaṇḍakena ... ~ena corā
ocarakā aṅgamaṅgāni okanteyyuṁ, M I 129,15 =
186,12 qu. Vism 298,12; seyyathā pi rukkho ... tam
enaṁ puriso ~ena chindeyya, Paṭis I 171,8 (~ena =
hatthakakacena, Paṭis-a 478,23) qu. Vism 281,26; ~aṁ
gahetvā āgato 'mhi ... tena hi dante ~ena kantitvā
ādāya gacchā ti, Ja I 321,9,10; kharo vuccati ~o, II
230,22' (ad 230,16*); ~aṁ āharāpetvā imaṁ sūlaṁ
cammasamaṁ chindāpehī ti, IV 30,11 qu. Cp-a 244,20;
khuran ti ~aṁ, V 52,9' (ad 52,1*); VI 261,22' (ad 261,15*);
Ps II 102,7; ~ena aṅgesu okkantiyamānesu, Ps III
41,15; Sp 347,12; ayapattan ti ~aṁ adhippetaṁ, Sv-pṭ II
53,4 (ad Sv 450,11); ~enā ti khuddakena kharapattena,
Sp-ṭ II 214,25 (ad Sp 423,2 = Paṭis I 171,8); — ifc.
khara-° (Ja I 321,3); hattha-° (Paṭis-a 478,23).

" 346862376479363072,kakacadanta,en,"

kakaca-danta

, m., a saw tooth; na agate vā gate
vā ~e manasikaroti, na āgatā vā gatā vā ~ā aviditā
honti... yathā ~ā evaṁ assāsapassāsā, Paṭis I 171,10;
~esu pupphāvaḷikaṁ kīlituṁ icchasi, Ps II 21,25; —
ifc. phuṭṭha-° (Paṭis I 171,8); — °-gati, f., the
movement of the saw teeth (through the wood);
tathā ca sati ~i duviññeyyā ti, Sp-ṭ II 214,24 (ad Sp
423,1); — °-panti, f., a row of saw teeth; amhākaṁ
ācariyo ... ~iyaṁ kīḷamāno viya ... anayavyasanaṁ
pāpuṇissati, Sv 37,14; sa pi kho bālā ~iyaṁ pupphā-
valikīḷaṁ kilitukāmā viya, Ud-a 258,20; — °-sadi-
sa, mfn., like saw teeth; tesaṁ antarantarā ~ā dve ta-
yo kaṇṭakā honti, Vism 254,28; so vātâtapena sukkho
~o hoti dukkhasamphasso, Mp II 225,13 (ad A I
136,32).

" 346862372536717312,kakacakhaṇḍa,en,"

kakaca-khaṇḍa

, n., a fragment or bit of a saw;
dantaṁ te dassāmi, sace dantakappanatthāya ~aṁ
atthī ti, Ja I 321,9.

" 346862376433225728,kakacakoṭi,en,"

kakaca-koṭi

, f., the tip or end of a saw; tena hi
samma mama soṇḍaṁ ukkhipitvā ~iyaṁ (Ee so; Be
~iṁ) gaṇhāpehi, Ja V 52,25.

" 346862248913801216,kākacchati,en,"

(kākacchati)

, pr. 3 sg., to snore; — forms: pr. part.
~anta; ~amāna; — exeg.: ~amānā ti nāsāya kākasad-
daṁ viya niratthakasaddaṁ muñcamānā, Sp 744,16
(ad Vin IV 15,30); ~amānā ti kākasaddaṁ karontā
dante khadantā, Mp III 350,18 (ad A III 299,13); ~a-
mānā ti ghurughurupassāsavasena vissaraṁ karon-
tā, Vism-mhṭ I 368,16; — navakā bhikkhū ... ~amā-
nā seyyaṁ kappenti, Vin IV 15,30; bhikkhū navā ...
~amānā supiṁsu, A III 299,13; ghurughurupassāsā
~amānā dante khadantā nipajjiṁsu, Ja I 160,28 ≠ Sv
I 42,27; ~antiyo, Ja I 61,24 qu. Ap-a 66,20; ~amānā
dukkhaṁ supanti, Vism 311,27 = Mp V 82,11 qu.
Paṭis-a 604,7; ~amāno niddaṁ okkami, Ja I 318,2; VI
57,31; Mil 85,22.

" 346862376798130176,kakacokantaka,en,"

kakacôkantaka

, mfn. [kakaca + okantaka],
being amputated with a saw; ~esu pi manussesu ap-
padussanaṁ nibbikāraṁ, Ps-pṭ II 172,21.

" 346862376835878912,kakacokkantana,en,"

kakacôkkantana

, n. [kakaca + okkantana], am-
putating with a saw; ~aṁ adhivāsayamānassa bhik-
khuno guṇaṁ anussaramāno pi anussarati yeva, Ps
E 227,11.

" 346862376726827008,kakacupamā,en,"

kakacûpamā

" 346862376751992832,kakacūpamā,en,"

kakacûpamā

" 346862250687991808,kākadīpa,en,"

Kāka-dīpa

, mn.; Npr.; an island; ~e samotiṇṇā,
Mhv LXXVI 57.

" 346862240713936896,kākaghaṭa,en,"

kāka-ghaṭa

, m., a flock of crows; ~ā, Ja III 247,14' (ad
247,10*: kākasaṅghā).

" 346862248800555008,kākagīvā,en,"

kāka-gīvā

, f, a crow's neck; ~ā viya indanīlamaṇi
viya ca kāḷavaṇṇena sīsena, Sv 625,24 = Ps IV 226,5.

" 346862248863469568,kākaguyha,en,"

kāka-guyha

, mfn. [cf. Pāṇ II 1 33, kākapeyya, q.v.],
concealable by a crow, i.e., newly sprouted; according to
ct. ~ is used to describe any kind of freshly sprouted
grain like barley; yavan ti desanāsīsamattaṁ. idha
pana sabbam pi jātaṁ uggataṁ sampannaṁ taruṇa-
sassaṁ adhippetaṁ. taṁ hi yadā antopaviṭṭhakā-
kaṁ paṭicchādetuṁ sakkoti tadā guyhatī ti guy-
haṁ, kiṁ gūhati (Be guyhati) kākaṁ iti kākassa
guyhaṁ kākaguyhan ti taṁ vadamānā kākena guy-
havacanassa kāraṇabhūtena guyhan ti vadanti, Ja II
174,16' (ad II 174,7*: jātaṁ yavaṁ yena ca guyham ā-
hu); — Rem.: Ja-trsl. E. B. COWELL ad loc. refers incor-
rectly to kākaguhās = tilāḥ, cf. Mahā-bh II 98,20 (ad
Pāṇ III 2 5 vārt. 2), Ai.Gr III.2: 71; Nyāsa ad Pāṇ loc.
cit. interprets kākāguhāḥ as kākebhyo gūhitavyāḥ.

" 346862248955744256,kākajaṅghā,en,"

kāka-jaṅghā

, f. [ts.], name of a plant (Leea arguata or
hirta); madhurā ~ā tu vātapittavaṇâpahā, Bhes 5:97;
5:100.

" 346862249006075904,kākajātaka,en,"

Kāka-jātaka

, n.; Npr.; 1. title of jātaka no. 140 (Ja I
484,10-486,28); 2. title of Jātaka no. 146 (Ja I
497,1-499,6); ~aṁ vitthāretvā, Dhp-a III 423,6; 3. title
of jātaka no. 395 (Ja III 314,15-316,8); v. PPN s.v. 1-3
Kāka-jātaka; — Rem.: Kāka-ja 2. is named Kākasama-
tha-ja or Samuddakāka-ja (so also Be) in the SE-Asian
tradition, cf. G. MARTINI, BEFEO LI 1963: 82; Kāka-ja
3. is named Pārāvata-ja in Be, cf. Ja III 316 n. 7, and
Maṇi-ja in Se, cf. G. Martini, BEFEO LI 1963: 82, 86.

" 346862249056407552,kākajāti,en,"

kāka-jāti

, f., the lineage of a crow; used contemptu-
ously, cf. omāna, q.v.; ~i viya te jāti, Vibh-a 488,13 qu.
Nidd-a I 208,21.

" 346862248326598656,kākakaṅka,en,"

kāka-kaṅka

, m. pl., crows and herons (?); ~âdīhi,
Sv-pṭ II 391,13.

" 346862248519536640,kākakapotadibheda,en,"

kāka-kapotâdi-bheda

, mfn., of the kind such as
crows and pigeons; kukkuṭīggahaṇena sabbā pi ~ā
pakkhijāti saṅgahitā, Sp 259,12.

" 346862248532119552,kākakapotādibheda,en,"

kāka-kapotâdi-bheda

, mfn., of the kind such as
crows and pigeons; kukkuṭīggahaṇena sabbā pi ~ā
pakkhijāti saṅgahitā, Sp 259,12.

" 346862248754417664,kakakkhi,en,"

kak'-akkhi

, mfn., having eyes like a crow's, i.e., cross
eyed (ct. so); kāṇo viya ~ī viya hoti +, Sv 937,17 (ad D
III 167,18; ~ī ti kekarakkho, Sv-pṭ III 156,7).
kāka-gaṇa, m., a flock of crows; ~aṁ, Ja I 332,11' qu.
Cp-a 239,5; caramānaṁ ~aṁ, Ja VI 456,1.

" 346862248595034112,kākakulala,en,"

kāka-kulala

, m. pl., crows and hawks; ~ā vā añṅe vā
sakuntā, Sp 772,18; ~âdīnaṁ bhattaṁ, Ps II 132,9 =
280,27; chaḍḍitakaḷebarabhūtam pi c' etaṁ °âdayo
patthayanti, III 302,11; ye ca aññe pi °âdayo kuṇapa-
bhakkhā pāṇayo, Pj II 250,21; — °-gijjhâdi, mfn.,
crows, hawks, vultures, etc.; ~īhi anupariyāyamāno,
Bv-a 210,35; — in long cpd. (Sp 375,2).

" 346862248712474624,kākakulāvaka,en,"

kāka-kulāvaka

, n., a crow's nest; ekasmiṁ ~e kāḷa-
kokilā attano aṇḍakaṁ nikkhipitvā, Ja III 102,18; ~e,
294,10 ≠ VI 345,22.

" 346862268291485696,kākalaya,en,"

Kākâlaya

, Npr.; name of a village in Ceylon; game
°-vhasmiṁ, Mhv LXXXIII 16.

" 346862268308262912,kākālaya,en,"

Kākâlaya

, Npr.; name of a village in Ceylon; game
°-vhasmiṁ, Mhv LXXXIII 16.

" 346862551096627200,kākali,en,"

kākal[ī/i]

, f. [ts.], a soft low-pitched sound; kale ~ī su-
khume, Abh 137, cf. Amar VI: 1; — °-sadisa-madhura-
viruta, mfn., sweetly sounding like a kākalī sound; ~āhi
kokilavadhūhi upagīyamāne ... pa vane, Bv-a 179,24.
kākalī

" 346862551105015808,kākalī,en,"

kākal[ī/i]

" 346862543278444544,kākamacchaka,en,"

kāka-macchaka

, m., a kind offish; Ja V 405,33*.

" 346862255649853440,kākamācī,en,"

kākamācī

, f. [ts.], the plant Solanum indicum or ni-
grum; Bhes 5:105; 8:4; 10:85.

" 346862540300488704,kākamaṃsa,en,"

kāka-maṁsa

, n., crow's meat; ~aṁ pacāpetvā, Ja II
174,1; ~aṁ v.l. for Ee vāyasamaṁsaṁ at III 296,9; —
°-bhāva, m. [abstr.], having the nature of crow's meat;
~aṁ ñatvā, Ja II 174,3.

" 346862255704379392,kākamāsaka,en,"

kāka-m-āsaka

, m(fn). [-m- hiatus bridger: Mittelin-
disch § 272], eating like a crow; one of five types of glut-
tons mentioned at As 404,21; — exeg.: (in pseudo etymo-
logy < āmasati, q.v.) ~o nāma yathā kākehi āmasi-
tuṁ sakkā hoti evaṁ yāva mukhadvārā āhāreti,
404,27 qu. Vism-mhṭ I 59,29, Nidd-a 345,20; — in long
cpd. (Sv 780,28 = Spk III 166,34 [kākāmas°] qu. Vibh-a
273,4).

" 346862256673263616,kākamukhasaṇṭhāna,en,"

kāka-mukha-saṇṭhāna

, mfn., having the shape of a
crow's beak; antovaṅkaṁ ~aṁ, Ps III 35,14 qu. Pj II
437,23.

" 346862250054651904,kākaṇa,en,"

kākaṇa

, n., a small coin (= one fourth of a pana);
adento ~aṁ ca, Saddh 514; see next.

" 346862252759977984,kākanda,en,"

Kākanda

, m.; Npr.; name of a rishi; v. Kākandī, cf.
O. H. PIND, JPTS XIII 1989: 72-73; yathā ~assa isino
nivāsaṭṭhāne māpitā nāgarī Kākandī, Ps-pṭ I 140,15
qu. Mp-ṭ Ee I 52,7; Pj II 300,16.

" 346862250176286720,kākaṇḍaka,en,"

Kākaṇḍaka

, m.; Npr.; a brahmin, father of Yasa The-
ra (PPN s.v); ~assa brāhmaṇassa putto Yasat-thero,
Kv-a 2,14; — °'-atra-ja, m., Kākaṇḍaka's son; Mhv IV
49; — °-dij'-atra-ja, m., the son of the brahmin K.;
Mhv IV 12; — °-putta, m., = prec.; the usual designa-
tion of Yasa Thera; āyasmā Yaso ~o Vajjīsu cārikaṁ
caramāno, Vin II 294,9 = Sp 33,16; Dīp V 23; Sv
525,33 = Mp IV 19,2; Mhbv 96,7; ~ena Yasattherena,
Th-a II 123,7; — °-suta, m., = prec.; Mhv IV 57.[[side 362]]

" 346862252818698240,kākandī,en,"

Kākandī

, f. [ts., Amg. Kākaṁdī; cf. prec.]; Npr.;
name of a town; v. PPN, PrktPN, s.v.; — gramm. lit.:
Mogg-v IV 18; — ~ī, Ps I 59,28 qu. Ud-a 55,15, Pj I
110,15, Paṭis-a 532,18, Mp-ṭ Ee 152,7; Pj II 300,16.

" 346862250235006976,kākaṇḍī,en,"

Kākaṇḍī

, reading of Be at Pj II 300,15 f or Kākandī, q.v.

" 346862250369224704,kākaṇḍola,en,"

kākaṇḍola

, m. [cf. sa. kākāṇḍolā], a plant; °-atta-
guttānaṁ phalaṁ, Bhes 5:13.

" 346862250788655104,kākaneru,en,"

Kākaneru

, m.; Npr.; name of a mountain; Sudassano
Nisabho ~u, Ja VI 204,14*.

" 346862250117566464,kākaṇikā,en,"

kākaṇikā

, f. [sa. kākiṇī, kākaṇī, cf. EWA-2 Vol. III
s.v. kākiṇī; GEIGER § 17.2 b; BHSD s.v. kākaṇī; pa.
kākaṇa, kākiṇikā, qq.v.], = prec.; often used fig., espe-
cially in cpd.s; — ~āya phāṇitaṁ gahetvā, Ja I 120,20
= Mp I 218,14; naṭṭhaṁ ~aṁ vā māsakaṁ vā pariye-
santo, Ps III 388,12; ~aṁ pi vyayaṁ akatvā, Pj I
185,4; dve ~āyo detha, 186,2 ≠ Cp-a 153,30 (dve ~e
[sic]); attano santakā ~ā pi parassa duppariccajā, Sv
304,20; Ps II 123,28; °âdīni datvā, Ja I 419,2; Dhp-a III
108,12; Vv-a 77,15; Cp-a 153,28; — °'-agghanaka,
mfn., worth a k; ~aṁ, Ja VI 346,7; — °(a)-matta, n.
and mfn.; 1. (n.) merely a k.; 2. (mfn.) of the amount of a
k.; — 1. -am pi bhogānaṁ vayo na bhaveyya, Sv
212,22 = Ps II 318,1; Mp IV 128,18; ~assa atthāya,
Vibh-a 383,16; yāva -am pi avasiṭṭhaṁ, Sp 727,18;
dhanaṁ tāva ... amhākaṁ dhanaṁ upādāya ~aṁ,
Dhp-a I 391,18; — 2. nesaṁ ~o pi pariyanto nâvasis-
sati, Ps II 317,22 (""they will have no outstanding debts
not even of the amount of a k.""); rājadāyo nāma ~o na
vaṭṭati, Ja VI 346,8.

" 346862250834792448,kākanīḷa,en,"

kāka-nīḷa

, mn., a crow's nest; kâyaṁ balākā rucirā
~asmi acchati, Ja II 365,5* (= kākakulāvake kākaniḍ-
ḍhasmin ti pi pāṭho, 365,13').

" 346862252701257728,kākanivārananiyama,en,"

kāka-nivārana-niyama

, m., according to the rule of
the chasing away crows (in the definition of gāmûpacā-
ra, cf. Sp 299,14-19: O. v. HINÜBER, WZKS XL 1996:
106 foll.); suttantikā pana ~ena khittassā ti vadanti
(scil. leḍḍussa), Vism 72,7.

" 346862252923555840,kākannāḍuvāsin,en,"

Kākannāḍu-vāsi(n)

, mfn., living in K. (a district in
South India); ~ī, Mhv LXXVI 262.
Kākannāḍu-vāsin

" 346862374793252864,kakaṇṭa,en,"

kakaṇṭa

, m. [deriv. uncertain; cf. sa. kṛkalāśa;
CDIAL 3418; EWA-1 s.v. kṛkalāśa], = kakaṇṭaka, q.v.;
godhākulaṁ ~o va kaliṁ pāpeti attānan ti, Ja I
488,22*.

" 346862374294130688,kakaṇṭaka,en,"

kakaṇṭaka

, m. [kakaṇṭa (q.v.) + ka], (the Indian)
chameleon (Chamaeleo zeylanicus); ~ā nāma nīca-
jātikā, tehi saddhiṁ vissāso na kattabbo, Ja I 487,13
foll.; nâyaṁ pure uṇṇamati toraṇagge ~o, VI 346,20*
foll.; avipariṇāmadhammo ti ... ~o viya nānappakā-
rataṁ na āpajjati, Ps I 71,12 (ad M I 8,26); ~o ti kāma-
rūpī, Ja-ṭ (ad I 442,21); — ifc. kāḷa-° (~âdi, Pj 465,2).

" 346862376894599168,kakaṇṭakajātaka,en,"

Kakaṇṭaka-jātaka

, n.; title of Ja VI 345,28-347,6.

" 346862375015550976,kakaṇṭakanimitta,en,"

kakaṇṭaka-nimitta

, n., the characteristics of a
chameleon; devaputto ~aṁ vadanto viya, Vv-a
258,22.

" 346862376923959296,kakaṇṭakapañho,en,"

Kakaṇṭaka-pañho

, m., the Chameleon's ques-
tion; title of Ja VI 345,29-347,6; ~o niṭṭhito, 347,6.

" 346862376949125120,kakaṇṭakarūpa,en,"

kakaṇṭaka-rūpa

, n., the colour of a chameleon;
rattaduṭṭhâdikālesu ~aṁ viya uddarūpaṁ viya ca
vaṇṇavikāraṁ āpajjamānaṁ, Vism-mhṭ II 170,25 (ad
Vism 481,13) = Vibh-mṭ 34,13 (ad Vibh-a 45,10).

" 346862377024622592,kakaṇṭakavagga,en,"

Kakaṇṭaka-vagga

, m.; title of Ja I 487,1-511,19;
~o parmarasamo, 511,19.

" 346862374654840832,kakaṇṭakavesa,en,"

kakaṇṭaka-vesa

, m., the appearance of a
chameleon; vaḍḍhakīnaṁ āgatavelāya ~aṁ gahetvā
... khandhamatthakena nikkhamitvā sīsaṁ
kampayamāno nipajji, Ja I 442,21 (cf. sīsaṁ cālento
nipajji, VI 346,17).

" 346862549418905600,kākapada,en,"

kāka-pada

, n. [ts.], crow's foot; ~aṁ viya hīrahīra-
so phaleyya, Spk I 174,4 (ad S I 107,3*); — °âkāra,
mfn. [°pada + ā°], having the shape of a crow's foot;
~ena aṅgapaccaṅgesu satthena hanitvā, Vism 179,10
qu. As 197,35, Paṭis-a 236,1; āvudhehi chindantā viya
vibhajja ~ena koṭṭhāse katvā, Ja V 274,5'.

" 346862546369646592,kākapakkha,en,"

kāka-pakkha

, m. [sa. kākapakṣa], ""crow's wing;"" a
side-lock of hair left on the side of the head (the temples)
of a boy after ritual shaving (a brahmanical practice); —
lex. lit.: saṁyatā kesā ~o, Abh 257; — °-karaṇa, n.,
the act of making ""crow's wings;"" ~aṁ, Sv-pṭ I 423,7.

" 346862250641854464,kākapaññā,en,"

kāka-paññā

, f, intelligence of a crow; giddhā ce na
vamissanti ~āya te vidū, Ja V 255,24* (~āya te samā-
napaññā, 256,30').

" 346862253036802048,kākapaṭṭanaka,en,"

kāka-paṭṭanaka

, n., a miserable (fisherman's) port
full of crows; suññaṁ antepuraṁ sabbaṁ ~aṁ yathā,
Ja VI 456,4* (macchānaṁ gandhehi āgatehi kākehi
samākiṇṇo samuddatīre chaḍḍitagāmako, 456,5 ').

" 346862255528218624,kākapeta,en,"

kāka-peta

, n., ghost in the shape of a crow; cf. ahipe-
ta, q.v.; ~aṁ ... paccamānaṁ disvā, Dhp-a II 64,22.

" 346862255586938880,kākapeyya,en,"

kāka-peyya

, mfn. [cf. sa. kākapeya, Kāś ad Pan II 1
33, Cāndra-vy II 2 16; prakr. kāyapejja, v. Dāśavaikā-
lika 7.38, cf. Th. Oberlies, BEIVII/VIII, 1989-90:161
(puṇṇā nadī dīsai kāyapejjā, Āvaśyakacūrṇi I 464,10*;
kākaguyha, q.v.], drinkable to a crow; i.e., completely
full, brim-full; M. DESHPANDE, JOIB XXIII 1973/74:
155-163; — exeg.: yattha katthaci tīre ṭhitena kākena
sakkā pātun ti ~ā, Sv II 402,24; Spk II 129,28-30; Ud-a
424,8; ~ā ti mukhavaṭṭiyaṁ nisīditvā kākena gīvaṁ
anāmetvā va pātabbā, Mp III 235,25 ≠ Ps IV 145,24;
yadā pi nadī tīre ṭhatvā gīvaṁ pasāretvā kākena pā-
tuṁ sakkā hoti tadā naṁ ~ā ti vadanti, Ja II 174,10'
foll. (ad 174,6*: puṇṇaṁ nadiṁ yena ca peyyam ā-
hu); — in formula (2+5+4): Gaṅgā nadī pūrā hoti
samatitthikā ~ā, Vin I 230,12 = D II 89,14 = Ud 90,3;
M I 435,10; Aciravatī nadī pūrā udakassa samatitthi-
kā (so read) ~ā, D I 244,14; pokkharaṇī ... puṇṇā u-
dakassa samatitthikā (so read) ~ā, S II 134,11 ≠ A III
28,7; udakamaṇiko ... pūro udakassa samatitthiko (so
read) ~o, A III 27,28; — ~ā (so read) sandamānā pi na-
dī mama pāpakammena udakena rittā tucchā vāḷu-
kamattā, Pv-a 202,29; — ifc. samatitthi-° (Ap 204,23).

" 346862250499248128,kākapotaka,en,"

kāka-potaka

, m., the young of a crow; ~ā nikkhantā,
Ja III 431,4.

" 346862377192394752,kakāra,en,"

ka-kāra

, m., 1. the letter or phoneme k (cf. ¹ka);
2. the suffix ka (used in a pejorative sense; cf. ⁴ka
2.a., q.v.); — 1. gramm. lit.: akkharato kāro (≠ Kacc
606): ... ~o kha-karo ice adi ca, Sadd 857,32 (sutta
1208); ~o, Rūp-v Ce 1897 278,24 (ad Rūp 668 = Kacc
606); ~assa ca da-kāro hoti: ""sadatthapasuto siyā"" (=
Dhp 166), Kacc-v ad Kacc 35; Mogg-v ad Mogg V 53;
— yaṁ pana suttantikatherā da-kāro ta-kāraṁ
āpajjati... ya-kāro ~aṁ āpajjati... ti vadanti, taṁ na
vaṭṭati, tasmā vinayadharena n' eva da-kāro ta-kāro
kātabbo ... na ~o ya-kāro, Sp 1400,29 (cf. StII 13-14
1987: 106); anuppattasadattho ti anuppatto sad-
atthaṁ. sakatthan ti vuttaṁ hoti. ~assâyaṁ da-kāro
kato. sadattho ti... sakattho vuccati, Ps I 43,8 (ad M I
4,24); — °-tta, n. [abstr.], the letter or phoneme k (=
ka-kāra 1., q.v.); saṁ-saddassa niggahītaṁ atthi-
atthavati ka-paccaye pare ~aṁ āpajjati: ... saṁ assa
Bhagavato atthi so Bhagavā Sakko (sakko < saṁ +
ka), Sadd 687,25 (ad Sadd 687,24 = sutta 528, q.v. supra
sub ²ka 1.); — in long cpd. (dv.) na-kāra-ma-kāra—
ra-kāra (Kacc-v ad Kacc 619); — 2. muṇḍake
samanake ti ettha ~o garahāyan ti āha nindantā ji-
gucchantā vadantī ti, Sv-pṭ III 47,6 (ad Sv 862,6).

" 346862374591926272,kakāradi,en,"

ka-kārâdi

, mfn. [ka-kāra + ādi], beginning with
the letter or phoneme k; sesā akkharā ~ayo nig-
gahītantā byañjanā nāma honti, Kacc-v ad Kacc 6;
Kacc-v ad Kacc 7; Mogg-v ad Mogg I 6; Sadd 605,30;
~isu a-kāro uccāraṇattho, Sadd 606,2 (""ofk, etc., the a
[joined to k, etc.] serves the purpose of articulating
[k]"").

" 346862374604509184,kakārādi,en,"

ka-kārâdi

" 346862377309835264,kakāragakāradesa,en,"

ka-kāra-ga-kārâdesa

, m. [ga-kāra + ādesa], the
substitution of the letters or phonemes k and g; caja
ice etesaṁ dhātvantānaṁ ~ā honti ṇânubandhe pac-
caye pare: pāko; yogo, Kacc-v ad Kacc 625 = Sadd
859,26.

" 346862377335001088,kakāragakārādesa,en,"

ka-kāra-ga-kārâdesa

" 346862377276280832,kakāragakāratta,en,"

ka-kāra-ga-kāra-tta

, n., the letters or phone-
mes k and g; cakārajakārā ~aṁ nâpajjante ṇvuppac-
caye pare, pācako; yājako, Kacc-v ad Kacc 620 ≠ Sadd
859,11.

" 346862377435664384,kakāragama,en,"

ka-kārâgama

, m. [ka-kāra + āgama], 1. inser-
tion of the letter or phoneme k; 2. the suffix ka
(added to pronominal stems and indeclinables; =
the Pāninian suffix akac; cf. ³ka, q.v.); — 1. (used in
explanation of akkulo pakkulo) ākulo ti ādi-attho
(so read with Be) ākāro. tassa ca ~aṁ katvā rassattaṁ
kataṁ, Ud-a 68,1 (ad Ud 5,5); — 2. sabbato ~o. sab-
bato sabbanāmato ~o hoti vā: sabbako, Kacc 178 and
Kacc-v ad loc. ≠ Sadd 661,30; — °-vasa, m.; ~ena
aññāni pi asabbanāmikarūpāni bhavanti ...: asuko
asukā ... amuko amukā, Sadd 278,10,18.

" 346862377456635904,kakārāgama,en,"

ka-kārâgama

" 346862259055628288,kākarājan,en,"

kāka-rāja(n)

, m., king of the crows; Bārāṇassaṁ ...
~ā nivāsiko, Ja II 435,14*; 1486,27.
kāka-rājan

" 346862377360166912,kakārantadhāturūpa,en,"

ka-kāranta-dhātu-rūpa

, n. [ka-kāra + anta], a
(verbal) root form ending in the letter or phoneme
k; imāni ~āni, Sadd 326,14.

" 346862377553104896,kakāranukaḍḍhanattha,en,"

ka-kārânukaḍḍhan'-attha'

, mfn. [ka-kāra +
anukaḍḍhana + attha], (bhvr.) having the purpose of
referring back to the letter or phoneme k; ca-saddag-
gahaṇaṁ ~aṁ, Kacc-v ad Kacc 229.[[side 9]]

" 346862377561493504,kakārānukaḍḍhanattha,en,"

ka-kārânukaḍḍhan'-attha'

, mfn. [ka-kāra +
anukaḍḍhana + attha], (bhvr.) having the purpose of
referring back to the letter or phoneme k; ca-saddag-
gahaṇaṁ ~aṁ, Kacc-v ad Kacc 229.[[side 9]]

" 346862377397915648,kakāravagga,en,"

ka-kāra-vagga

, m., the group of consonants
denoted ka (= the phonemes or letters k, kh, g, gh, ṅ;
cf. ²ka); cf. Kacc-v ad Kacc 7; only recorded ifc.:
a-vaṇṇa-° (~-ha-kāra, Sadd 608,28).

" 346862547472748544,kākarika,en,"

kākarika

, m., alternate form of kākārika, q.v.

" 346862267855278080,kākārika,en,"

kākārika

, m., enemy of the crow, owl; ~o, Sadd 922,1.

" 346862259177263104,kākarutañāṇa,en,"

kāka-ruta-ñāṇa

, n., knowledge of (how to interpret)
the crow's cry; ~aṁ, Sv 193,31 (ad D I 9,9: vāyasa-vijjā).

" 346862533732208640,kākasadda,en,"

kāka-sadda

, m., the sound ""kāka,""or: the sound of a
crow, cf. kākacchati, q.v.; kākacchamānā ti nāsāya
~aṁ viya niratthakaṁ muñcamānā, Sp 744,16; Mp
III 350,18.

" 346862266823479296,kākasadisa,en,"

kāka-sadisa

, mfn., similar to a crow; ahiriko nāma
pagabbho ~o hutvā, Dhp-a III 351,19; — °-rūpa,
mfn., having the shape of a crow; dhaṅkarūpā ti kāḷa-
vaṇṇattā eva ~ā, Th-a II 28,8 (ad Th 151).

" 346862266274025472,kākasahassa,en,"

kāka-sahassa

, n. pl., thousands of crows; asītiyā
~ānaṁ ... kākarājā, Ja II 433,19.

" 346862266194333696,kākasaṅgha,en,"

kāka-saṅgha

, m., a flock of crows; kākolā ~ā ca, Ja
III 247,10*; gijjhā ca ~ā ca aññe ca nānappakārā sa-
kuṇā, Ja V 274,4'; VI 246,31'; ~aṁ, Mil 403,17; ~assa,
Ja I 332,8 = Cp-a 239,2; kākolagaṇā ti ~ā, Vv-a 227,16.

" 346862267305824256,kākasenā,en,"

kāka-senā

, f., an army of crows; Pañcālaṁ vāhayis-
sāmi ~aṁ va leḍḍunā, Ja VI 443,17*; ~ā, II 208,8; ta-
santi titthiyā ... ~ā va vibbhantā, Ap 28,20; — °-pati,
m., general of an army of crows; ~i kākānaṁ saññaṁ
detvā, Ja II 434,18.

" 346862264994762752,kākasīsa,en,"

kāka-sīsa

, m. and mfn. [cf. BHSD s.v. kāka-śiras], 1.
(n.) crow's head; 2. (mfn.) crow-headed, i.e., of dark co-
lour (hence alternation between the readings ~ and kā-
ḷasīsa); used of Valāhaka, the horse of Mahāsudassa-
na; — 1. bahutarāni pi ~āni chaḍḍetabbāni honti, Ja
II 351,22; — 2. sabbaseto ~o (v.l. kāḷa°) muñjakeso ...
Valāhako nāma assarājā, D II 174,26 (kākagīvā viya
indanīlamaṇi viya ca kāḷavaṇṇena sīsena samannā-
gatattā ~o, Sv 625,24 = Ps IV 226,5) ≠ Pj I 172,26.

" 346862267599425536,kākassara,en,"

kāka-ssara

, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) a crow's voice; 2.
(mfn.) having a voice like a crow; — 1. ~o viya te saro,
Vibh-a 488,15 qu. Nidd-a I 208,22; — 2. aññe chinnas-
sarā pi ... ~ā pi honti, Sv 450,31 (= kākassa viya
amanuññassaratāya ~ā pi, Sv-pṭ II 53,11) = Ps II
35,15 = III 382,14 = Mp IV 148,6 qu. Nidd-a II 439,1.

" 346862532511666176,kākassaraka,en,"

kāka-ssaraka

, mfn., having a voice like a crow; āyas-
mā Udāyi saṅghassa pāṭimokkhuddesako hoti ~o,
Vin I 115,17.

" 346862266970279936,kākasunakha,en,"

kāka-sunakha

, m. pl., crows and dogs; ~ā parivāre-
tvā, Paṭis-a 680,5; — °âdīnaṁ dehi, Spk II 109,5; Ps
III 449,5; — °-sūkarâdi, mfn., crows, dogs, pigs and the
like; ~īnaṁ paṭikkamāpanatthāya, Ps III 338,27.

" 346862267058360320,kākasūra,en,"

kāka-sūra

, m. [Buddh. sa. kākaśūra, cf. SWTF s.v.],
a crow-like hero, i.e., a coward; — gramm. lit.: kāko vi-
ya sūro ayan ti ~o ti, idha adhippāyantaram pi bha-
vati: kākato sūro ~o ti, imasmiṁ pan' atthe pañca-
mītappuriso bhavati, Sadd 762,15-16; — ahirīkena
~ena dhaṁsinā, Dhp 244 (Dhp-a III 352,7 foll), cf.
PDhp l64, Uv XXVII 3.

" 346862250742517760,kākatālīya,en,"

kāka-tālīya

, mfn. [ts.], in the manner of the crow and
the Palmyra fruit, i.e., suddenly, unexpectedly; cf. G. A.
JACOB: A Handful of Popular Maxims, Vol. I 1911: 17;
M. BLOOMFIELD, AJPh XL 1919: 12ff., 27ff., — lex. lit.:
asambhāvitasampattaṁ -am uccate, Abh 740.

" 346862377053982720,kakati,en,"

kakati

, pr. 3 sg. [cf. kak(a), q.v.; sa. kakate;
EWA-1 s.v. kakate], to be unsteady, fickle (only re-
corded in lex. and gramm. lit.); — lex. lit. (used in
""etymology"" of kakkaṭaka, q.v.): ~atī ti kakkaṭako,
Abh-ṭ 445,20 (ad Abh 675); — gramm. lit. (used to
explain the derivation of kāka, q.v.): kaka loliye. lo-
labhāvo loliyaṁ ... : ~ati, kāko, kākī, Sadd 325,29.

" 346862268010467328,kākāti,en,"

Kākāti

, f; Npr.; name of the chief queen of the Bodhi-
satta in one of his reincarnations, v. PPN s.v.; Ja III
90,25; 91,15*; V 424,26*; — °-jātaka, n.; Npr.; title of]a
no. 327 (Ja III 90,14-92,17); ~aṁ, Ja III 97,17; — ~-vaṇ-
ṇanā, f., commentary on the ~; ~āyaṁ, Ja V 428,30', cf.
Kuṇāla-ja 137, O. v. Hinüber, Jātaka-Sammlung,
AWL 1998, Nr. 7: 89; — Rem.: The South East Asian
tradition has Kākavatī instead of Kākāti, cf. G. MARTI-
NI, BEFEO LI 1963: 85.

" 346862537163149312,kākatidāyin,en,"

kākâtidāyi(n)

, mfn. [°ka + ati° (q.v.)], (a dilapidated
house) through which crows can fly; ekaṁ agārakaṁ o-
luggaviluggaṁ ~iṁ, M I 450,35 (= yattha kiñcid eva
bhuñjissāmā ti anto nisinnakāle visuṁ dvārakiccaṁ
nāma n' atthi, tato tato kākā pavisitvā paricārenti
[so read; BeEe °vār°] ... palāyanakāle ca yathā sam-
mukhaṭṭhānen' eva nikkhamitvā palāyanti, Ps III
167,26; ito c' ito kākehi atipātavasena uḍḍetabbaṁ,
Ps-pṭ II 76,7) qu. Sv-pṭ I 301,13.
kākâtidāyin

" 346862537188315136,kākātidāyin,en,"

kākâtidāyi(n)

" 346862250297921536,kākatinduka,en,"

kāka-tinduka

, m. [ts.], a kind of ebony (Diospyros
tomentosā); Abh 560.

" 346862250591522816,kākatittā,en,"

kāka-tittā

, f. [cf. sa. kākatiktā], the plant Abrus pre-
catorius; Bhes 8:42; — °-rasa, m.; 8:40.

" 346862250444722176,kākatuṇḍa,en,"

kāka-tuṇḍa

, n. some sort of instrument (? meaning
unclear); ~ena pahaṭapiṭṭhamuṭṭhi viya viddhaṁ-
seyya, Spk II 198,5 (scil. Sinerupabbata).

" 346862248267878400,kākaūhadana,en,"

kāka-ūhadana

, mfn., soiled by the droppings of a
crow; ~aṁ vā kaddamamakkhitaṁ vā (scil. cīva-
raṁ), Sp 1392,32 (so read, Ee w.r. kāka-uhanaṁ), Sp
IV 236 (~ena ūhadanaṁ, Vjb 577,22).

" 346862541143543808,kākavaliya,en,"

Kākavaliya

, m.; Npr.; a rich banker; v. PPN s.v.;
Bimbisārarañño ... vijite pañca amitabhogā nāma a-
hesuṁ Jotiyo Jaṭilo Meṇḍako Puṇṇako ~o, Mp I
405,22 qu. Dhp-a I 385,7; Vism 403,36 (Ee w.r. °valli°);
— °-Puṇṇaka-seṭṭhi(n), m., the bankers K. and P; ~ī-
naṁ, Mp II 211,1; — °-vatthu, n., the story of K.; ~u-
smiñ ca, Vism 403,34 (Ee w.r. -valli-), (Vism-mhṭ II
31,16); — °-seṭṭhi(n), m., the banker K; Mp I 83,27.

" 346862259223400448,kākavaṇṇa,en,"

Kāka-vaṇṇa

, m.; Npr.; a king of Rohaṇa; ~ssa atra-
jo, Dīp XIX 21; ~o mahīpati, Mhv XXII 22; XXIII 16;
— °-tissa, m.; id., cf. GEIGER, Culture § 157; Mhv XV
171; — °-mahā-rāja(n), m., the great King Kākavaṇṇa-
tissa; ~ā, Mp II 64,13, cf. Mp-ṭ Ee I 74,20 foll.; °-rā-
ja(n), m., King Kākavaṇṇatissa; ~raṅṅo, Mhv-ṭ 448,17.

" 346862265875566592,kākavasā,en,"

kāka-vasā

, f., crow's fat; Ja I 485,13 (as a remedy used
to cure elephants suffering from burns); — °-tela, n., oil
coming from crow's fat (pṭ ad Ja I 485,13).

" 346862266043338752,kākavassa,en,"

kāka-vassa

, n. [= kāka-vassita], the crow's cry; ~aṁ
vassitukāmo, Vin II 17,15.

" 346862102264156160,kākavassita,en,"

kāka-vassita

, n., = prec.; Sp 1158,15.

" 346862259277926400,kākavata,en,"

kāka-vata

, n., ""acting like a crow"" (an ascetic prac-
tice); hatthivataṁ (Ee °vatt°) + ... ~aṁ +, Nidd I 92,26.

" 346862265711988736,kākavatījātaka,en,"

Kākavatī(jātaka)

, Be, Se for Kākāti, q.v.
Kākavatījātaka

" 346862265070260224,kākavatika,en,"

kāka-vatika

, m(fri.), practising the ""crow-practice;""
(samaṇabrāhmaṇā) hatthivatikā (Ee °vatt°) vā honti
+ ...~ā (Ee °vatt°) vā honti +, Nidd I 89,19.

" 346862102016692224,kākayodha,en,"

kāka-yodha

, m., crows as warriors; ~ehi saddhiṁ,
Ja II 434,10.

" 346862258992713728,kākayoni,en,"

kāka-yoni

, f., the existence as a crow; ~iyaṁ ... nib-
battati, Ps III 149,4; Ja I 497,29 = Dhp-a III 422,17; Ja I
484,15.[[side 363]]

" 346862373220388864,kakha,en,"

√

kakha

" 346862373249748992,kakhati,en,"

kakhati

, pr. 3 sg. [cf. kakh(a), q.v.; sa. kakhati; v.
EWA-1 s.v. kakhati], to laugh (only recorded in
gramm. lit.); ~ hasane: kakhati, Sadd 330,16.

" 346862374818418688,kaki,en,"

√

kaki

" 346862266626347008,kākī,en,"

kākī

, f. [ts.], a female crow, — gramm. lit.: Sadd
325,30, v.s.v. kāka; — eko kāko attano bhariyaṁ ~iṁ
ādāya, Ja I 497,33; II 149,7; ~ī taṁ kokilaṇḍakaṁ pa-
ṭijaggi, III 102,19 foll.; ekā ~ī kulāvakaṁ katvā aṇḍa-
kāni nikkhipi, 431,4; ekassa suvaṇṇarājahaṁsassa
gocarabhūmiyaṁ ~iyā saddhiṁ saṁvāso, Ja II 39,9;
tassā ... caramānāya ... māritāya ~iyā roditvā (Ce
[SHB] so; Ee kākā hutvā roditvā), Dhp-a III 423,1; —
°-sadisa, mfn., similar to a female crow; ~aṁ attānaṁ
amaññi, Dhp-a III 116,2.

" 346862268379566080,kākiṇikā,en,"

kākiṇikā

, f., alternate form of kākaṇikā, q.v.[[side 364]]

" 346862378240970752,kakka,en,"

kakka

, n. [cf. Amg. kakka; sa. kalka; DED 1092;
EWA-1 s.v. kalka; CDIAL 2939; kakku, q.v.], 1. a
kind of paste made from ground āmalaka (q.v.),
which is used as a kind of shampoo; = nhānapiṇḍa,
nahānacuṇṇa; v. infra; 2. a kind of make-up made
from clay mixed with herbs (cf. Sv-pṭ I 165,15: osa-
dhehi abhisaṅkhataṁ [ad Sv 88,29: mattikakakkaṁ])
or consisting of a paste made from mustard seeds,
sesamum seeds or turmeric; only recorded ifc.; v. in-
fra; — 1. lex. lit.: ~e nahānacuṇṇe, Abh-ṭ 540,19 (ad
Abh 927: ~e); — ~aṅ ca paṭicca mattikaṅ ca paṭicca
udakaṅ ca paṭicca purisassa ca tajjaṁ vāyāmaṁ
paṭicca, evaṁ ... upakkiliṭṭhassa sīsassa ... pariyo-
dapanā hoti, A I 207,13 (~an ti āmalakakakkaṁ, Mp II
322,16); ~an ti nhānapiṇḍaṁ adhippetaṁ, nhāyitvā
adhikaṁ ~aṁ ettha gaṇhantī ti Adhikakkaṁ, Ps-pṭ I
281,18; — ifc. Adhi-° (M I 39,13); āmalaka-°; — 2.
tila-° (Vin I 205,33,34; Ja VI 232,24'; Sv 88,29); mat-
tika-° (Ja VI 232,23'; Sv 88,28; yoga-~, Sv-pṭ I 165,15);
sāsapa-° (Ja VI 232,22'; Sv 88,29); haliddi-° (Sv
88,30).

" 346862378287108096,kakka,en,"

[³

kakka

, w.r. at Vv-a 111,25 for kakketana, q.v.]

" 346862377741848576,kakka,en,"

kakka

, m(fn). [< *karka; cf. sa. karka], 1. white;
white colour; 2. a white horse; (only recorded in
gramm. lit.); — 1. ~o = vaṇṇaviseso, Mogg-v (ad
Mogg VII 14); — 2. ~o = seto asso, Mogg-p Ce 1931
219,14 (ad Mogg IV 40).

" 346862378693955584,kakkana,en,"

kakkana

, n. [secdry < kakka, q.v.; cf. sa. kalkana
(only recorded in the sense of meanness, wicked-
ness)], rubbing bathing paste (on to the body; with
loc.; only recorded in gramm. lit.); maca muci ~e:
~aṁ saiīre ubbaṭṭanaṁ, Sadd 338,3.

" 346862376684883968,kakkandhu,en,"

kakkandhu

, n. [cf. sa. karkandhu (n.)], the fruit
of the jujube tree (Zizyphus jujuba); ~u badarī kolī
kolaṁ kulavam ice api phenilaṁ badaraṅ cā ti,
nāmaṁ rukkhassa koliyā ti, Sadd 375,18 (cf. Am-k II
436).

" 346862376529694720,kakkara,en,"

kakkara

, m. [cf. sa. krakara, krakana, kṛkara,
kṛkaṇa; v. EWA-1 s.v. kṛkara; EWA-2 s.v. kakkaṭa;
DED 908], partridge (Perdix Sylvatica ?) or jungle
cock; ath' eko sakuṇaluddako ekaṁ dīpakakak-
karaṁ ādāya ... araññe ~e bandhanto ... purāṇakak-
karaṁ bandhituṁ ārabhi, Ja II 161,13; ~o taṁ lajjāpe-
tukāmo mānusiṁ vācaṁ nicchāretvā ... āha, 161,17;
162,8'; — ifc. dīpaka-° (II 161,12); purāna-° (Ja II
161,14; 162,1*).

" 346862102805221376,kakkarajātaka,en,"

Kakkara-jātaka

, n.; title of la II 160,23-162,10.

" 346862378756870144,kakkarapatta,en,"

Kakkara-patta

, n., a market town (hap. leg.;
reading uncertain); ekaṁ samayaṁ Bhagavā Koḷiye-
su viharati. (so punctuate; cf. parallel instance at D
III 6,5; for syntax, cf. H. LÜDERS, Kleine Schriften:
325; Kasussyntax § 8) ~aṁ (v.ll. -pattiṁ; -sattaṁ;
-mattaṁ; -pattarana; -pattatta) nāma Koḷiyānaṁ
nigamo, A IV 281,6.[[side 12]]

" 346862378727510016,kakkaratā,en,"

kakkaratā

, f. [abstr. < *kakkara ? (not recorded in
pa.); cf. prakr. kakkara; sa. karkara; v. EWA-1 s.v. kar-
kara; CDIAL 2819], roughness (like the roughness of
a lotus stalk) ?; ct. so; ~ only occurs together with
kakkariya (q.v.) and other words defining fraudu-
lence; the context, however, would indicate that ~
means ""deceitfulness""; perhaps contaminated with
kakka; cf. sa. kalka: deceit, sin; sa. kaṅkara, kaccara;
idh' ekacco saṭho hoti parisaṭho: yaṁ tattha saṭhaṁ
saṭhatā, sāṭheyyaṁ, ~ā (so read with v.l.; Ee -itā),
kakkariyaṁ ... idaṁ vuccati sāṭheyyaṁ, Nidd I
395,11 (~ā ti padumanāḷassa viya aparāmasanak-
khamo pharusabhāvo, Nidd-a 420,22) = Pp 19,19 =
23,20 = Vibh 358,9 (Vibh-a 494,6 = Nidd-a 420,22).

" 346862321492037632,kakkāreti,en,"

(

kakkāreti)

, pr. 3 sg. [< *khāṭ-kāreti; cf. Kāś ad
Pan I 4 62 and sa. khāṭ-karoti; cf. the variant kakkhā-
reti, q.v.; CDIAL 3859], to clear the throat, to expec-
torate, to hawk; — forms: abs. ~etvā; — dadhivāha-
no ... ambaphalaṁ khādanto mukhe paviṭṭhaṁ
ambayūsaṁ nimbakasaṭaṁ viya ajjhoharituṁ asak-
konto ~etvā (v. l. takkhād-) nuṭṭhubhi, Ja II 105,23.[[side 13]]

" 346862378844950528,kakkarī,en,"

kakkarī

, f. [cf. pa. kakkaṭī, q.v.; sa. karkaṭī;
CDIAL 2817; Madras-T s.v. kakkari], snake cucum-
ber; kakri-melon (Madras-T so; = Cucumis melo var.
utilissimus); ~ī (so read with Be; Ee -kārī), Abh 597
(~ī ... kakkaṭī [so read; Be -ṭi] pi, dvayaṁ kum-
bhaṇḍe, Abh-ṭ 399,7); cf. Am-k II 4 156.

" 346862322557390848,kakkārika,en,"

[

kakkārika

, reading at Vv 441 (with v.l. kak-
kāruka) and Ps-pṭ II 14,5 (with v.l. kakkāruka [ad Ps
II 17,25]) and v.l. at Ps II 17,25 for kakkāruka, q.v.]

" 346862375707611136,kakkariya,en,"

kakkariya

, n. [< *kārkarya ?; no recorded sa.
parallel; cf. sa. kārkaśya; pa. kakkaratā, q.v.], rough-
ness (like the roughness of a lotus stalk) ?; ct. so; cf.
kakkaratā, q.v.; idh' ekacco saṭho hoti parisaṭho:
yaṁ tattha saṭhaṁ saṭhatā, sāṭheyyaṁ, kakkaratā (so
read with v. l.; Ee -itā), ~aṁ ... idaṁ vuccati sāṭhey-
yaṁ, Nidd I 395,11 (kakkaratā ti padumanāḷassa viya
aparāmasanakkhamo pharusabhāvo; -an ti pi tass'
eva vevacanaṁ, Nidd-a 420,23) = Pp 19,19 = 23,20 =
Vibh 358,9 (Nidd-a 420,23 Vibh-a 494,6 = Nidd-a
420,23).

" 346862378874310656,kakkaru,en,"

[¹

kakkaru

, n., v.l. of¹kakkaru, q.v.]

" 346862378933030912,kakkaru,en,"

[²

kakkaru

, w.r. at Ja VI 536,14* and 536,28' for BeCe
²kakkāru, q.v.]

" 346862322758717440,kakkāru,en,"

kakkāru

, m. [< *karkāru; cf. sa. karkāru; cf. kak-
kāruka; CDIAL 2823; BHSD s.vv. karkarava and kar-
kārava], the fruit of the ash gourd (= Beninkasa ceri-
fera or Beninkasa hispida); — °-jāta, n., kind of ash
gourd; tīṇi ~āni (so read with BeCe; Ee -aru-) tasmiṁ
sarasi brāhmaṇa kumbhamattāni c' ekāni muraja-
mattāni tā ubho ti, Ja VI 536,14* (~ānī [BeCe so; Ee
-aru-] ti valliphalāni, 536,28').

" 346862322687414272,kakkāru,en,"

kakkāru

, n. [cf. sa. kakkaru; v. pW-N s.v.; BHSD
s.vv. karkarava and karkārava], a particular flower;
tāvatiṁsabhavanato pi cattāro devaputtā kakkārūni
(v.ll. -āruni; -aru; kattaru corr. to kakkaru) nāma dib-
bapupphāni, Ja III 87,6; kāyena yo nāvahare vācāya na
musā bhaṇe ... sa ve ~um (v.ll. kattarūm; -arum)
arahati, Jam 87,25*.

" 346862322880352256,kakkārujātaka,en,"

Kakkāru-jātaka

, n. [< kakkaru, q.v.]; title of Ja
III 86,16-90,13.

" 346862322821632000,kakkāruka,en,"

kakkāruka

, n. [< *karkāru + ka; cf. kakkārika; sa.
karkāru; karkāruka; CDIAL 2823], the fruit of the Ash
gourd (= Beninkasa cerifera or Beninkasa hispida);
-an ti khuddak'-eḷālukaṁ tipusan ti vadanti, Vv-a
147,20 (ad Vv 441 [with reading -ika-; v.l. -uka-]);
phāṇitaṁ ... ucchukhaṇḍakaṁ ... timbarūsakaṁ ...
~aṁ (Be -ika-), Ps II 17,25.

" 346862323073290240,kakkārumālā,en,"

kakkāru-mālā

, f. [cf. kakkaru, q.v.], a garland
of Kakkaru flowers; reading of Be at Ap 286,13 for
kakkāru-puppha, q.v.) ~aṁ paggayha buddhassa
abhiropayiṁ, Ap Be 1330,15.

" 346862323006181376,kakkārupūjaka,en,"

Kakkāru-pūjaka

, m. [< kakkaru, q.v.]; Npr.; a
thera; v. PPN s.v.; itthaṁ ... āyasmā ~o thero imā
gāthāyo abhāsitthā ti, Ap 177,23; — °-thera, m., the
thera Kakkārupūjaka; ~assa apadānaṁ samattaṁ, Ap
177,24.

" 346862322947461120,kakkārupuppha,en,"

kakkāru-puppha

, n. [cf.¹kakkaru, q.v.], the
Kakkaru flower; Yāmā devā ... ~aṁ (so read with Ce
1930; Ee kekkhāru-; Be -mālaṁ, v.ll. gokkharu-
mālaṁ; bhokkarūmālaṁ) paggayha Buddhassa
abhiropayiṁ, Ap 286,13; — ifc. dibba-° (Ap-a
448,11).

" 346862378958196736,kakkasa,en,"

kakkasa

, mfn. [cf. Amg. kakkasa; sa. karkaśa;
CDIAL 2822; EWA-1 s.v. karkaśa], a. hard, rough,
coarse (only recorded in cpd., q.v. infra); b. unpleas-
ant, harsh, mean; foul; c. flawed (used of gems and
the character of human beings); — b. gramm. lit.:
kibbisaṁ karotī ti ~o = pharuso, Mogg-v ad Mogg
VII 218; — lex. lit.: ~o sāhasâppiye, Abh 985; —
pharusāvāco kho pana hoti, yā sa vācā aṇḍakā ~ā pa-
rakaṭukā parâbhisajjanī kodhasāmantā asamādhi-
saṁvattanikā, tathārūpiṁ vācaṁ bhāsitā hoti, M I
286,36 (~ā ti pūtikā. sa yathā nāma pūtirukkho ~o
hoti paggharitacuṇṇo evaṁ ~ā hoti, sotaṁ ghaṁ-
samānā viya pa visa ti, tena vuttaṁ ~ā ti, Ps II 331,11 =
As 396,20,21,22) = III 48,11 = A V 265,7 = 283,23 = 293,13 =
Dhs 1343 = Vibh 360,9; — ifc. a-°; — maccha-
pitta-sevālâdi-° (~-rahita, Ja V 406,24'); — c.
Kāmadadassâpi mahārāja maṇiratanassa ekadesaṁ
~aṁ uppajjati... evam eva kho mahārāja ye te Jina-
sāsane pabbajitvā hīnāy' āvattanti ~ā te Jinasāsane
papaṭikā, Mil 252,15; (I. B. HORNER, Mil-Trsl.: rough).

" 346862371240677376,kakkasakiṇṇa,en,"

kakkasâkiṇṇa

, mfn. [kakkasa + ākiṇṇa], (dv.)
coarse and matted, entangled; (in uddāna) lohitaṁ,
~aṁ, kharaṁ, Vin III 130,16.

" 346862371253260288,kakkasākiṇṇa,en,"

kakkasâkiṇṇa

, mfn. [kakkasa + ākiṇṇa], (dv.)
coarse and matted, entangled; (in uddāna) lohitaṁ,
~aṁ, kharaṁ, Vin III 130,16.

" 346862379100803072,kakkasaloma,en,"

kakkasa-loma

, n., coarse hair (used in sexual
innuendo); ~aṁ kho te bhaginī ti, Vin III 130,25
(""you have coarse hair sister ! ""; -an ti rassalomehi
bahulomaṁ, Sp 550,4).

" 346862372465414144,kakkasiya,en,"

kakkasiya

, n. [< *kārkaśya; cf. kakkassa, q.v.],
roughness; ~aṁ: pharusabhāvo, Sadd 460,14 (ad sutta
1049).

" 346862372515745792,kakkassa,en,"

kakkassa

, n. [< *kārkaśya; cf. kakkasiya, q.v.; sa.
kārkaśya], roughness; kaḷa made ~e ca. -am, kakka-
siyaṁ: pharusabhāvo, Sadd 460,14 (sutta 1049); — in
cpd. sārambha-° (~-kasāva-muccha, Sn 328 [v.l.
kakkasa]).

" 346862372494774272,kakkasuppannatta,en,"

kakkas'-uppanna-tta

, n. [abstr. < kakkasa +
uppannatta], the fact of (the jewel) having become
flawed or defective; na ca tattha ~ā maṇiratanaṁ
hīḷitaṁ nāma hoti, yaṁ tattha parisuddhaṁ maṇira-
tanassa taṁ janassa hāsakaraṁ hoti, Mil 252,11.

" 346862378329051136,kakkaṭa,en,"

kakkaṭa

, m. [< *karkaṭa; cp. sa. karkaṭa; CDIAL
2816; EWA-1 s.v. karkaṭa; ~ is sometimes recorded
as v.l. of kakkaṭaka, q.v.], 1. a crab; 2. a kind of
hook (only recorded in cpd., q.v. infra s.v. kakkaṭa-
yantaka; cf. Buddh. sa. karkaṭaka); — lex. lit.:
dvayaṁ ~e, Abh-ṭ 445,20 (ad Abh 675, q.v. s.v. kak-
kaṭaka); so passasanto mahatā phaṇena ... ~aṁ ajjha-
patto, Ja III 296,4* (tattha ~am ajjhapatto ti ~aṁ sam-
patto, 296,5'); bako ~am iva, I 224,4' (ad 223,27*); ~o
viya akkhīni nīharitvā na kodhavasena pekkhitā
ahosi, Sv 937,3.

" 346862374940053504,kakkaṭa,en,"

Kakkaṭa

, m.; Npr.; a lay disciple from Ñātika
(cf. the variant Nādika; v. O. v. HINÜBER, Schrift,
AWL 1989 no. 11: 49); probably identical with ²Kaku-
dha; v. PPN s.v. 2. Kakkaṭa; ~o (v.l. -uṭo) nāma bhan-
te Ñātike upāsako kālakato tassa kā gati ko abhi-
samparāyo, S V 358,19 = D II 92,4 (with reading Kaku-
dha; v.l. Kukkuṭo); ~o, S V 358,26 (v.l. -uṭo).

" 346862376064126976,kakkaṭa,en,"

⁴

Kakkaṭa

, m.; Npr.; a monk who stayed with the
Buddha in Vesāli; v. PPN s.v. 1. Kakkaṭa; ekaṁ sam-
ayaṁ Bhagavā Vesāliyaṁ viharati ... āyasmatā ca
~ena ... aññehi ca ... therehi sāvakehi saddhiṁ, A V
133,14.

" 346862377909620736,kakkaṭa,en,"

kakkaṭa

, m. [cf. CDIAL 2585], a kind of large
deer (ct. so); ~ā (v.ll. kakuṭā; kaṇṭakā) katamāyā, Ja
VI 538,1* (= mahāmiga, 538,21').

" 346862378375188480,kakkaṭaka,en,"

kakkaṭaka

, m. [¹kakkaṭa + ka; sa. karkaṭaka], =
¹kakkaṭa (q.v.); — lex. lit.: ~o kuḷīro ca, Abh 675
(dvayaṁ kakkaṭe. kakati ti ~o, Abh-ṭ 445,20); — sey-
yathā pi bhante gāmassa vā nigamassa vā avidūre
pokkharaṇī, tatr' assa ~o, M I 234,8 = S I 123,20; M I
234,12 = S I 123,23; M I 234,16 = S I 123,27; eko pan' ettha
~o avasiṭṭho, Ja I 222,20; ārādhe nikatippañño bako
~ām ivā ti, 223,27* (bako -am iva, 224,4'); alacchinno
viya ~o (v.l. kakaṇṭako) chinnavisāṇo viya ca usa-
bho ahosi, 505,9; tena gahitarajjukoṭiyā baddha-
daṇḍako ekassa ~assa (v.l. -ṭassa) bilamajjhaṁ
pāpuṇi, 376,17; tasmiṁ kho pana sobbhe eko suvaṇ-
ṇavaṇṇo ~o paṭivasati abhirūpo pāsādiko, 293,25;
jalajesu macchā kacchapā ~ā, 335,3; kuḷīrakā ti ~ā,
540,4'; dvāre ~o ṭhito, Vv 910; nikkhantakkhi vā
yassa ~ass' eva akkhitārakā nikkhantā honti, Sp
1028,28 (ad Vin I 91,13: parisadūsakaṁ); mama imissā
diṭṭhakālato paṭṭhāya ~assa (v.l. -ṭassa) viya akkhīni
nikkhamiṁsū ti, Dhp-a III 299,2; yadā ... ~ā
udakasamīpe dvāraṁ pidahitvā thalasamīpadvārena
valaṅjenti, tadā suvuṭṭhikā bhavissati, Pj II 27,9; —
ifc. kañcana-° (Ja III 295,7); Suvaṇṇa-° (~-jātaka;
title of Ja III 293,6-298,26).[[side 11]]

" 346862378203222016,kakkaṭakacchi,en,"

kakkaṭak'-acchi

, n. [kakkaṭaka + acchi (< *akṣi;
CDIAL 43)], = kakkaṭakkhi, q.v.; kāyabandhanassa
sobhanatthaṁ tahim tahiṁ duguṇaṁ suttaṁ koṭ-
ṭenti ~īni (v.l. -ṭacchīni) uṭṭhāpenti na vaṭṭati, Sp
291,21.

" 346862375485313024,kakkaṭakajātaka,en,"

Kakkaṭaka-jātaka

, n.; title of Ja II 341,1-345,2.

" 346862376160595968,kakkaṭakamaggadi,en,"

kakkaṭaka-maggâdi

, mfn. [magga + ādi], a
crab's burrow or the like; yathā hi nadiyā āvaraṇaṁ
bandhitvā mahāmātikâbhimukhe udake kate uda-
kaṁ gantvā ubhosu tīresu kedāre pūretvā atirekaṁ
~īhi palāyitvā puṇṇanadim eva otarati, As 269,27;
270,4.

" 346862376185761792,kakkaṭakamaggādi,en,"

kakkaṭaka-maggâdi

" 346862378454880256,kakkaṭakanaḷa,en,"

kakkaṭaka-naḷa

" 346862378496823296,kakkaṭakarasa,en,"

kakkaṭaka-rasa

, m., crab curry; so khettapālo
~aṁ (v.l. kakkaṭabhattañ) sampādetvā bhattañ ca pa-
citvā thokaṁ vissamitvā bhuñjissāmī ti, Vv-a 244,2;
— °-dāna, n., giving crab curry; ~ena ayaṁ mahā-
sampatti laddhā ti, Vv-a 245,32; — °-dāyaka-
vimāna, n., the mansion of the donator of crab
curry; uccam idaṁ maṇithūṇaṁ vimānan ti ~aṁ,
Vv-a 243,21; — °-bhatta, n., boiled rice with crab
curry; nisinno theraṁ disvā pattaṁ gahetvā
kuṭikāya nisīdāpetvā ~aṁ adāsi, Vv-a 244,5; —
°-bhojana, n., a meal consisting of crab curry; ath'
assa Bhagavā ~aṁ sappāyan ti ṅatvā āha, Vv-a 243,27.

" 346862378425520128,kakkaṭakkhi,en,"

kakkaṭ'-akkhi

, n. [¹kakkaṭa + akkhi], a crab's
eye (a particular kind of design, as on a hut or a belt,
which is forbidden to a monk); tattha agghiyāhaya-
muggarâdīni dassenti ~īni ukkiranti sabbaṁ na
vaṭṭati, Sp 290,23 (Vjb 122,21); ~īni vā tattha uṭṭhāpe-
tun na vaṭṭati, Vin-vn 3052.

" 346862375770525696,kakkatana,en,"

[

kakkatana

, w.r. at Ud-a 103,26 for kakketana
(q.v.), which read with v.l.]

" 346862378538766336,kakkaṭavijjhanasūlasadisa,en,"

kakkaṭa-vijjhana-sūla-sadisa

, mfn., like a
spear for catching crabs; passatha bho amhākaṁ
ayyāya mukhaṁ ~an ti ādīni vadantiyo keḷiṁ
akaṁsu, Sv 716,33 (kakkaṭakaṁ gaṇhituṁ tassa bila-
pariyantassa vijjhanasūcisadisaṁ, Sv-pṭ II 321,1).

" 346862376122847232,kakkaṭayantaka,en,"

kakkaṭa-yantaka

, n. [cf.¹kakkaṭa 2.], a kind of
grapnel; cf. sa. karkaṭakarajju, for which v. Bhāsa,
Avimāraka, act III verse 11, and act III 13.4); so tato
gavakkhamhi ḍasāpetvā rattiṁ ~aṁ āruyha ... pā-
visi, Mhv IX 17 (~an ti bhittâdisu pi allīyanakaṁ
katvā kataṁ ayomayakakkaṭayantakaṁ, Mhv-ṭ
277,21); — ifc. ayo-maya-° (Mhv-ṭ 277,22, q.v. su-
pra).

" 346862371840462848,kakkaṭī,en,"

kakkaṭī

, f. [cf. Amg. kakkaḍī; sa. karkaṭī; CDIAL
2817], snake cucumber (Cucumis melo var. utilissi-
mus); kakkarī ... ~ī (so read; Be -i) pi, dvayaṁ
kumbhaṇḍe, Abh-ṭ 399,7 (ad Abh 597).

" 346862321911468032,kakketana,en,"

kakketana

, m. [cf. Amg. kakkeyaṇa; sa. kar-
ketaṇa; v. EWA-1 s.v.], chrysoberyl (classified as
one of the 24 kinds of gems); vajiro mahānīlo inda-
nīlo ... phussarāgo ~o (so read with v.l.; Ee kakka-)
... muttā sankho añjanamūlo rājāvaṭṭo amatabbāka
piyako brāhmaṇī cā ti catu-vīsati maṇī nāma, Ud-a
103,26; — in long cpd. at Vv-a 111,25 (puppharāga—
pulakâdimaṇiratana [so read with Be; Ee phussarā-
gakakke ratanaphuḷhakâdimaṇiratana]).

" 346862322125377536,kakkhaḷa,en,"

kakkhaḷa

, mfn. [cf. Amg. kakkhaḍa; BHS kak-
khaṭa; v. BHSD s.v.; ~ is sometimes spelled kak-
khala; cf. infra], a. (of matter) solid, dense; b.(i)
hard; hence: (fig.) (ii) (defining adhikarana, q.v.)
difficult; contentious; (iii) serious, acute, severe,
painful; (iv) (of action or speech) harsh, rude; (v)
obdurate; (vi) terrible, awful, dangerous; (vii)
brutal, violent, savage, cruel; frequent syn.s pharusa,
thadda, khara (v. infra); — lex. lit.: kurūraṁ kaṭhi-
naṁ daḷhaṁ niṭṭhuraṁ ~aṁ bhave, Abh 714; — a.
(used adverbially) tattha yāni tāni rukkhāni daḷhāni
sāravantāni, tāni kuṭhāripāsena ākoṭitāni ~aṁ paṭi-
nadanti, A IV 171,8 (""they reverberate solidly""; opp.
daddaraṁ); — b.(i) katamā ... ajjhattikā paṭhavī
dhātu: yaṁ ajjhattaṁ paccattaṁ ~aṁ kharigataṁ
upādiṇṇaṁ, M I 185,16 (~an ti thaddaṁ, Ps II 222,27) =
421,27 = III 240,21 ≠ Vibh 82,8; ~aṁ mudukaṁ saṇhaṁ
pharusaṁ sukhasamphassaṁ dukkhasamphassaṁ
garukaṁ lahukaṁ, Dhs 648 ≠ Kv 378,5; ~an ti
thaddhaṁ ... kakkhaḷalakkhaṇā hi pathavīdhātu,
Vism 349,25; kin nu tā ~āni pāsāṇāni sakkharāyo ca
khādanti, Mil 67,14; 67,29; 68,11; rattiṁ thīnaṁ ~aṁ
(-1-) hutvā tiṭṭhati, Dhp-a IV 104,11; ~an ti thaddaṁ,
As 332,22; — b.(ii) idaṁ kho adhikaraṇaṁ ~aṅ ca
vālaṅ ca, Vin II 299,12; uppannaṁ dāni idaṁ adhi-
karaṇaṁ, taṁ na cirass' eva ~aṁ (-1-; o.v. -ḷ-) bhavis-
sati, Sp 53,10; — b.(iii) rājāno nāma ~ā, Ja IV 419,2 =
427,17; ime kilesā nāma ~ā, vāḷā, pajahitabbā, na
gahetabbā, Ps I 140,3; idaṁ pana cittaṁ sadarathaṁ
garukaṁ bhāriyaṁ ~aṁ thaddhaṁ akammaññaṁ
gilānaṁ vaṅkaṁ kuṭilaṁ, As 250,12; — b.(iv) pha-
rusenā ti pharusena ~ena, Nidd I 397,14 (ad Sn 932);
pharusena ~ena paṭibhaṇantaṁ na ppaṭibhaṇeyya,
498,9; na vata no evarūpo ~o diṭṭhapubbo, Dhp-a II
95,20; kharā ti ~ā (-1-), pharusakāya vacīkammantā,
Cp-a 177,21 (ad Cp 235); — b.(v) ayaṁ ~o pharuso
jīvitantarāyaṁ vā brahmacariyantarāyaṁ vā karis-
satī ti nâroceti, Vin IV 128,18 ≠ 217,31 (~ā); api ca de-
varāja mayā tādiso ~o dhammakathāya palobhetvā
mudukato, Ja VI 313,1; 549,14'; lakkhaṇakusalatāya
ayaṁ puriso visamajjhāsayo ~o pharuso akataññū
bhavissati, Vv-a 138,7; pubbe hi so asaddho ~o bhik-
khunānaṁ akkosakārako ... ahosi, Pv-a 243,19; —
b.(vi) kasmā hatthe vidhūnathā ti ca vutte ~ā ma-
hārāja supinā ti, Ja I 335,9; 336,1; so kira ... vi-
sakaṇṭakaṁ (i.e., a kind of sweet) gaṇhathā ti ...
sutvā gāmikā visaṁ nāma ~aṁ, yo taṁ khādati so
marati, kaṇṭako pi vijjhitvā māreti ubho p' ete ~ā ...
ti gehadvārāni thakesuṁ, As 203,35; 204,8; api ca kho
so yakkho ~o (-1-) pharuso mātāpitūnam pi abhivā-
danādīni na karoti, Spk I 320,1; so pana yakkho
ānubhāvasampanno ~o (-1-) pharuso tattha ca sanni-
hito, Ud-a 64,7; — b.(vii) idāni mayā ~ena pharu-
sena sāhasikena bhavitabban ti tathārūpo va ahosi,
Ja I 187,13; paresaṁ lohitamaṁsakhādakehi pana
~ehi pharusehi yakkhehi tava guṇā ñātā, 266,29; tassa
duṭṭhakumāro nāma putto ahosi ~o pharuso pahaṭā-
sīvisopamo, 323,5; II 17,8; 204,1; tasmiñ ca kale rāja-
kule posāvanikavyaggho atthi ~o (-1-) pharuso, III
134,20; 146,5; āvuso Bodhirājakumāro ... aho ~o (-1-)
pharuso sāhasiko, 158,6; āvuso Devadatto ~o pha-
ruso sāhasiko, 174,8; imissā nadiyā suṁsumāro ~o,
221,12; IV 162,10; ahaṁ tādisaṁ ~aṁ (-1-) luddaṁ
lohitapāṇiṁ dhammakathāya mudukaṁ katvā
mama pādesu pātesiṁ, V 345,24; luddo ti ~o, dāruṇo,
sāhasiko, Ps II 329,20 ≠ III 11,21; dakkhiṇatīre
manussā ~ā (v.l. -1-) dāruṇā, Ps III 119,11 (ad M I
404,31) = Spk II 340,14 (ad S III 208,29); — ifc. a-°.

" 346862321039052800,kakkhaḷabhāva,en,"

kakkhaḷa-bhāva

, m. [cf. kakkhaḷatta, kak-
khaḷatā, qq. v.], a. the property of being hard, hard-
ness; b. hardness, cruelty; — a. yaṁ kakkhaḷaṁ
kharagataṁ kakkhaḷattaṁ ~o ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā
... idan taṁ rūpaṁ pathavīdhātu, Dhs 692 ≠ Vibh
82,9; — °-sāmañña, n., identity with respect to the
property of being hard; sati pi ~e, Ps-pṭ II 167,4; —
°-siddha, mfn., endowed with the property of
being hard; api ca ~o sahajātadhammānaṁ ādhāra-
bhāvo patiṭṭhābhāvo, Mp-ṭ II 145,15; — °âdi, mfn.;
pathavī-ādīnaṁ ~i, Spk-pṭ II 327,20; —
âpādanâdi, mfn. [kakkhaḷabhāva + āpādana +
ādi], causing (someone or something) to attain the
property of being hard, etc.; pathavī-ādīnaṁ kak-
khaḷabhāvâdi, taṁsamaṅgino puggalassa ~inā
vikāruppādanato visavegavikārato sadisatā vedi-
tabbā, Spk-pṭ II 327,20; — b. dīpiko ... na me ~aṁ
jānātī ti cintetvā ... āha, Ja III 480,10; — °ttha, m.,
the purpose of being hard, cruel; vaḷattaya ti paṇi-
leḍḍudaṇḍâdīhi paharaṇavasena ~āya, Mp II 101,18
(ad A 154,6).[[side 15]]

" 346862320166637568,kakkhaḷacāra,en,"

kakkhaḷa-cāra

, mfn., (bhvr.) behaving rudely;
~o c' assā na lūkhasabhāvo, Mp-ṭ II 219,9.

" 346862320720285696,kakkhaḷadhutta,en,"

kakkhaḷa-dhutta

, m., a ruffian; ath' eko ~o āha,
Ja I 268,21.

" 346862373065199616,kakkhaḷadibhāva,en,"

kakkhaḷâdi-bhāva

, m. [kakkhaḷa + ādi], the
property of being hard, etc.; tassa balaṁ ~añ ca nis-
sāya khīlasaṅkamanâdikiriyāniṭhānato paṭhamam
eva sāmikā dhuraṁ nikkhipanti, Vmv I 183,23.

" 346862373081976832,kakkhaḷādibhāva,en,"

kakkhaḷâdi-bhāva

, m. [kakkhaḷa + ādi], the
property of being hard, etc.; tassa balaṁ ~añ ca nis-
sāya khīlasaṅkamanâdikiriyāniṭhānato paṭhamam
eva sāmikā dhuraṁ nikkhipanti, Vmv I 183,23.

" 346862320640593920,kakkhaḷadukkhuppada,en,"

kakkhaḷa-dukkh'-uppada

, m. [dukkha + up-
pāda], the onset of severe suffering; vaṇamukhapac-
cayā tassa purisassa ~o, Ps I 213,23.

" 346862320095334400,kakkhaḷagacchalatā,en,"

kakkhaḷa-gaccha-latā

, f., (dv.) tough shrubs
and creepers; na tattha kaṇṭakikā ~ā honti, Mp-ṭ III
291,10.

" 346862372939370496,kakkhaḷahadaya,en,"

kakkhaḷa-hadaya

, mfn., (bhvr.) hard-hearted;
kodhena mānena ca thaddhamānasā ~ā, Th-a III 86,16.

" 346862322251206656,kakkhaḷakamma,en,"

kakkhaḷa-kamma

, m. and n., an atrocious
deed, atrocity; mā evarūpaṁ ~aṁ kari, Ja III 481,19;
bhante mayā dīgharattaṁ ~aṁ kataṁ, Dhp-a II
207,5,20; māgavikâdayo vā ~ā, Ps II 64,24.[[side 14]]

" 346862322314121216,kakkhaḷakammanta,en,"

kakkhaḷa-kammanta

, m. [kamma + anta], =
kakkhaḷakamma, q.v. supra; tattha ākiṇṇakammanto
ti ~o dāruṇakammanto, Ja III 309,5' (ad 309,4*); ~o ti
attho, Spk I 298,14 (ad S I 204,34).

" 346862322398007296,kakkhaḷakara,en,"

[

kakkhaḷakara

, reading at Ps III 138,3 for kak-
khaḷatara, which read with v.l.]

" 346862322192486400,kakkhaḷakathā,en,"

kakkhaḷa-kathā

, f., harsh talk; ~āya naṁ putta-
sokaṁ jahāpessāmi, Ja VI 561,31 = Cp-a 93,16.

" 346862322490281984,kakkhaḷakharakaṭukavedana,en,"

kakkhaḷa-khara-kaṭuka-vedana

, n., a pain-
ful, annoying, and sharp feeling; yadi tiracchānaga-
tena Bodhisattena ~aṁ vediyamānena luddakena ni-
vatthaṁ kāsāvaṁ pūjitaṁ, Mil 222,8.

" 346862320036614144,kakkhaḷakharatā,en,"

kakkhaḷa-kharatā

, f. [abstr.], (dv.) hardness
and roughness; so pana ... pathavīdhātuyā ~ā hotī ti
āha, Vibh-anuṭ 52,16.

" 346862321236185088,kakkhaḷalakkhana,en,"

kakkhaḷa-lakkhana

, mfn., characterised as
hard; ekassa tāva: pathavīdhātu ~ā ti ādinā nayena
dhātuyo pariggaṇhantassa paṭhamâbhinipāto phas-
so, Vism 591,33; 592,1; paṭhavīdhātu ~ā, As 336,4 = It-a
II 186,10; As 336,17; Spk III 286,17; yasmiṁ nibbāne
yassaṁ asaṅkhatadhātūyaṁ n' eva ~ā paṭhavidhātu
atthi, Ud-a 391,2 (ad Ud 80,10).

" 346862320812560384,kakkhaḷapathavī,en,"

[

kakkhaḷa-pathavī

, f., the earth element in its
capacity as hard; reading of Be at Bv-a 29,7,10 for lak-
khaṇapaṭhavī, which read with CeEe]

" 346862320942583808,kakkhaḷaphusanadi,en,"

kakkhaḷa-phusanâdi

, mfn. [phusana + ādi],
hard to the touch, etc.;— °-lakkhaṇa, mfn.,
characterised by being hard to the touch, etc.; sabhā-
vadhammānaṁ ~assa aññathābhāvo lakkhaṇañña-
thattaṁ, Spk-pṭ II 533,10; — ~âdi, mfn. [lakkhaṇa +
ādi]; sabbato ti sabbasmā ~ito aniccâdito cā ti sab-
bâkārato jānitvā, It-a I 54,35; — °-sabhāva, m., the
property of being hard to the touch, etc.; na hi ~e
ayaṁ nayo labbhati, Sv-pṭ I 499,29; — °-sarūpa, n.,
the nature of being hard to the touch, etc.; na hi sa-
bhāvadhammānaṁ ~ato saddena vacanīyabhāvaṁ
bhajati, As-anuṭ 195,16.

" 346862320967749632,kakkhaḷaphusanādi,en,"

kakkhaḷa-phusanâdi

" 346862321177464832,kakkhaḷarajan,en,"

kakkhaḷa-raja(n)

, m., a cruel king; pacchā
~ūrtaṁ kale etaṁ uppannaṁ, Ja IV 192,25.kakkhaḷa-rajan

" 346862321429123072,kakkhaḷasadda,en,"

kakkhaḷa-sadda

, m., a harsh or rude word
(used of the exclamation re, q.v.); kakkharassarenā ti
~ena, Mp in 216,6 (ad A II 241,3).

" 346862372910010368,kakkhaḷasuṃsumāranadī,en,"

kakkhaḷa-suṁsumāra-nadī

, f., a river with
savage crocodiles; ekasmiṁ Kāsigāme aṅñatarassa
kulagharassa pacchimabhāge ~ī atthi, Ja III 510,22.

" 346862320426684416,kakkhaḷatā,en,"

kakkhaḷatā

, f. [abstr.; cf. kakkhaḷatta], a. hard-
ness; roughness; b. difficulty; contention; cf. kak-
khaḷa b.(ii), q.v.; a. yā amudatā amaddavatā ~ā
kathinatā, ... ayaṁ vuccati amaddavo, Vibh 359,33;
verī vā pana kenacid eva kāraṇena baddhaveraṁ
veriṁ disvā attano ~āya dāruṇatāya yaṁ taṁ tassa
anayavyasanaṁ kareyya, Dhp-a I 324,14 = Ud-a 243,31;
bhūmiyaṁ nippajjāpetvā attano ~āya kaṇṭakâcitā
kāḷavettalatā koṭiyaṁ gahetvā ākaḍḍhituṁ ārabh-
iṁsu, Ja V 167,29' = Cp-a 179,2; — b. sace mayaṁ
imāhi āpattīhi aññamaṅṅaṁ kāreyyāma siyā pi taṁ
adhikaraṇaṁ ~āya vāḷattāya bhedāya saṁvatteyya,
Vin II 86,37 (Sp 1193,30) = Sp 1411,12.

" 346862320355381248,kakkhaḷatara,en,"

kakkhaḷatara

, mfn. [kakkhaḷa + tara = compar.
of kakkhaḷa], more painful; garahuppattito ~ā (so
read with v.l.; Ee -karā) pīḷā nāma n' atthī ti, Ps III
138,3.

" 346862320497987584,kakkhaḷatikhiṇakhārakaṭuka,en,"

kakkhaḷa-tikhiṇa-khāra-kaṭuka

, mfn., (dv.)
painful, pungent, caustic, and sharp; yathā mahārāja
kusalo bhisakko sallakatto ... vaṇaṁ vūpasamento
vaṇamukhaṁ ~ena bhesajjena anulimpati paripacca-
nāya, Mil 112,5.

" 346862320577679360,kakkhaḷatta,en,"

kakkhaḷatta

, n. [abstr.; cf. kakkhaḷatā], a. hard-
ness; roughness; b. difficulty; contention; cf. kak-
khaḷa b.(ii), q.v.; a. exeg.: kakkhalassa bhāvo ~aṁ,
Vibh-a 55,26; — yaṁ kakkhaḷaṁ kharagataṁ ~aṁ
kakkhaḷabhāvo ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā ... idan taṁ
rūpaṁ pathavīdhātu, Dhs 692 ≠ Vibh 82,8; —
°-lakkhaṇa, mfn., characterised by hardness,
roughness; paṭhavidhātuyā ~aṁ, Ud-a 129,16; patha-
vīdhātu ~ā, patiṭṭhānarasā, sampaṭicchanapaccupaṭ-
ṭhānā, Vism 365,31 = As 332,14; — °âdi-bheda, m.,
attributes such as hardness, roughness; attano ~aṁ
sarasalakkhaṇaṁ paṭicchādetvā bālajanaṁ vaṅcenti,
As 299,29; — b. evam eva yaṁ adhikaraṇaṁ
mūlânumūlaṁ gantvā vûpasamiyamānaṁ ~āya vā-
ḷattāya bhedāya saṁvattati, Ps IV 50,6.

" 346862320225357824,kakkhaḷattha,en,"

kakkhaḷ'-attha

, m. [kakkhaḷa + aṭṭha], the
sense of hardness; thaddhaṭṭhena ~ena pharusaṭ-
ṭhena ekalakkhaṇā paṭhavīdhātu yeva, Ps II 223,26.

" 346862321366208512,kakkhaḷavisa,en,"

kakkhaḷa-visa

, m., a strong poison; ghoraviso
ti ~o duttikicchaviso, Spk-pṭ II 325,9.

" 346862321299099648,kakkhaḷaviṭṭhi,en,"

Kakkhaḷa-viṭṭhi

, f.; Npr.; a village given by
Jeṭṭhatissa III to the Veḷuvanavihāra; gāmaṁ ~iṁ ca
adā Veḷuvanassa so, Mhv XLIV 99.

" 346862373111336960,kakkhaḷiya/kakkhaliya,en,"

kakkhaḷiya/kakkhaliya

, n. [< *kākkhalya;
abstr. from kakkhaḷa, q.v.], obduracy; yo thambho
thambhanā thambhitattaṁ ~aṁ (-l-) phāruliyaṁ
ujucittatā amudutā: ayaṁ vuccati thambo, Vibh
350,31 (kakkhaḷassa puggalassa bhāvo ~aṁ [-l-],
Vibh-a 469,14).kakkhaḷiya

" 346862373140697088,kakkhaḷopapada,en,"

Kakkhaḷôpapada

, n. [Kakkhaḷa + upapada], the
surname Kakkhaḷa; ten' assa kammunā nāmaṁ ~aṁ
ahu, Mhv XXXVI 122.

" 346862372364750848,kakkhu,en,"

[

kakkhu

, v.l. at A IV 404,22 for kukku, q.v.]

" 346862373195223040,kakkhulo,en,"

[

kakkhulo

, w.r. at Ud-a 64,14 for kakkhala]

" 346862321571729408,kakkika,en,"

kakkika

, m(fn). [cf. sa. kārkīka; ²kakka; Pāṇ V 3
110], resembling a white horse; ~o = seto asso; tena
sadiso = ~o Mogg-p Ce 1931 219,14 (ad Mogg IV 40).

" 346862320875474944,kakklialapharusa,en,"

kakkliala-pharusa

, mfn. (dv.), brutal and cruel;
ācariya evarūpaṁ ~aṁ bahunnaṁ sattānaṁ vināsa-
kammaṁ mā karī ti, Ja III 429,14; — °-kamma, m.,
a brutal and cruel deed; luddakammo ti ~o, Ja VI
132,14'; — °-bhāva, m., the property of being
brutal and cruel; tadā Khaṇḍahāḷassa ~aṁ jānanto pi
ajjhupekkhitvā dhammena samena aṭṭassa
vinicchayo, Cp-a 62,28; — °-sāhasika-bhāva, m.,
the property of being brutal, cruel, and violent;
ācariyo aṅgavijjânubhāvena tassa ~aṁ ñatvā, tāta,
tvaṁ kakkhaḷo pharuso sāhasiko, Ja II 200,11.

" 346862322049880064,kakkola,en,"

[

kakkola

, m. and n. (?) [cf. sa. kakkola = sa.
karkoṭa ?; v. CDIAL 2586], bdellium; perfume made
from the berries of the kakkola plant; only recorded
in pa. in the variant takkola, q.v.; cf., however, the
reading kakkula at Vjb 319,21]

" 346862321978576896,kakkoṭaka,en,"

kakkoṭaka

, m. [cf. the variant takkoṭaka, q.v.], a
kind of worm; tattha ~ā gaṇḍuppādakā + ti ... niva-
santi, Pj I 58,5 = Vism 258,30 (with reading takk-) = Ss
148,13 (with reading takk-).

" 346862321643032576,kakku,en,"

kakku

, m. [cf. kakka, q.v.; CDIAL 2939],
make-up; sāsapa-~-loṇa-~-mattika-~-tila-~-haliddi-
~ū mukhacuṇṇako ti imehi pañcahi ~ūhi upanise-
vitaṁ, Ja V 302,29' (ad 302,1*, q.v. infra); — ifc. tila-°
(in long cpd. at Ja V 302,28'); mattika-° (in long
cpd. at Ja V 302,28'); loṇa-° (in long cpd. at Ja V
302,28'); sāsapa-° (in long cpd. at Ja V 302,28');
haliddi-° (in long cpd. at Ja V 302,28'); —
°ûpanisevita, mfn. [kakku (or kakka ?) + upani-
sevita], made up; tan nūna ~aṁ mukhaṁ ... ṭhassati
khattiyehi, Ja V 302,1*.

" 346862321768861696,kakkula,en,"

[

kakkula

, reading at Vjb 319,21 for kakkola ?,
q.v.]

" 346862321710141440,kakkuṭa,en,"

[

Kakkuṭa

, m.; Npr.; v.l. for ²Kakkaṭa at S V 358,19]

" 346862268627030016,kākodumbarikā,en,"

kākôdumbarikā

, f. [ts.], the opposite-leaved fig-tree
(Ficus oppositifolia); Abh 572.

" 346862523913342976,kākola,en,"

kākola

, m. [ts.; EWA-2 s.v. kāka; also °ḷa], a raven;
ct.s sometimes identify ~ with kāka (q.v.), cf. J. L. Fitz-
gerald JAOS CXVIII 1998: 261; — lex. lit.: ~o vana-
kāko, Abh 639; — exeg.: ~ā vanakākā, Ja III 247,14';
VI 560,24'; ~ā kākasaṅghā ca, III 247,10*; dhaṅkā ...
gijjhā ~ā ca ... khādanti naraṁ kibbisakārinaṁ, V
270,9*; Loka-p 113,7*; ime nu maccā kiṁ akaṁsu pa-
pain, yay' ime jane ~ā adenti, Ja VI 106,26*; 560,2*;
— °-gaṇa, m., a flock of ravens; sama sabalā ~ā ca so-
ṇā, Sn 675 (= kaṇhakākagaṇā, Pj II 482,15); ~ā sam-
ecca saṅgamma khādanti vipphandamānaṁ, Vv
871 (= kākasaṅgha, Vv-a 227,16); — °-niraya, m.,
name of a hell, cf. Kirf.-Kosm. 162, 165); ~aṁ vanne-
tvā, Ja VI 247,1; — °-saṅgha, m., a flock of ravens; ~ā,
Ja V 268,16* ≠ VI 106,22* (= lohatuṇḍā kākagaṇā,
107,8'); ~ehi pi kaḍḍhamānaṁ (read vikassa°, Mit-
telindisch-2 § 459) taṁ khajjamānaṁ niraye vasan-
taṁ, 246,26* (= lohatuṇḍehi ~ehi, 246,31').

" 346862544540930048,kākolī,en,"

kākolī

, f., a variety of plant; ~ī dve, Bhes 10:17.

" 346862543865647104,kākolūka,en,"

kākôlūka

, n. sg. and m. pl. [°ka + ul°], (dv.) owls
and crows, M. BLOOMFIELD, AJPh XL 1919: 2 foll.; —
gramm. lit.: kāko ca ulūko ca ~aṁ, evaṁ vividhavi-
ruddhatthe, Kacc-v 324, cf. Pan II 4 9, Kāś ad loc.;
Mogg-v III 19; Sadd 750,26; — exeg.: ~-ahinakulâda-
yo viya aññamaññaṁ jātisamudāgataverā, Sv-pṭ II
306,1; — (m. pl.) ~ānaṁ viya ... kappaṭṭhitikaṁ ve-
raṁ, Dhp-a I 50,13; ~esu, Mhbv 15,7; — °-kalaha, n.,
the fighting of owls and crows; ~aṁ arabbha, Ja II
351,17.

" 346862545270738944,kākopamā,en,"

kākôpamā

, f. [°ka + upa°], the simile of the crow
(perh. an allusion to the young crow, offspring of a crow
and a hen, Vin I 17,15 foll); gahapatinā ~āya apasādi-
to, Dhp-a II 75,15.

" 346862544868085760,kakoravasadda,en,"

kak'-orava-sadda

, m., the sound of cawing; assosi
kho Bhagavā ... uccāsaddaṁ mahāsaddaṁ ~aṁ,
Vin I 239,24 (= kākānaṁ oravasaddaṁ, Sp 1098,8) =
IV 82,11 (Sp 821,8).

" 346862377595047936,kaku,en,"

kaku

, f. [< *kakud; cf. sa. kakud; kakubh; pa. ka-
kudha, q.v.; EWA-2 s.v. kakubh; CDIAL 2580], top,
peak; only recorded in lex. lit. and ifc.; — lex lit.:
vaho ca khandhadeso kakudho ~u vuccate, Abh 497;
— ifc. cala-° (Nidd I 77,16 [so read with Nidd-a
292,5 ad loc.]; Ja III 380,19); calamāna-° (Nidd-a
292,5); sata-° (S I 100,16; so read with v.l. and Be).

" 346862377783791616,kakuda,en,"

[

kakuda

, reading of Abh 497 for Ee kakudha; cf.
sa. kakuda]

" 346862530355793920,kākuḍḍepaka,en,"

kāk'-uḍḍepaka

, m(fn). (cf. uḍḍepeti, q.v.], crow-
scarer, cf. M. SCHELLER, MSS LII 1991: 172 n. 3; anu-
jānāmi ... ūnapannarasavassaṁ dārakaṁ ~aṁ pab-
bājetuṁ, Vin I 79,20 (= yo vāmahatthena leḍḍuṁ ga-
hetvā nisinno sakkoti āgatâgate kāke uḍḍāpetvā
purato nikkhittaṁ bhattaṁ bhuñjituṁ, ayaṁ ~o nā-
ma, Sp 1003,21-24).

" 346862377817346048,kakudha,en,"

kakudha

, m. and n. [cf. Amg. kakuha; sa. kakud;
kakubh; CDIAL 2580; 2583-84; v. EWA-2 s.vv.
kakúbh, kakup], top, peak, hence: 1. a bull's hump;
2. one of a king's five regalia scil. khaggo, chattaṁ,
uṇhīsaṁ, pādukā, vālavījanī; cf. H. SCHARFE, The
State in Indian Tradition, in HdB d. O. II 3.2.1989: 68
no. 450; 3. the name of a tree (= Terminalia arjuna);
— lex. lit.: (ad 1., 2. and 3.) vaho ca khandhadeso
'tha ~o kaku vuccate, Abh 497 (cf. Am-k II 9 63);
ajjuno ~o bhave, Abh 562; rājaliṅgôsabhaṅgesu ruk-
khe ca ~o, Abh 879; — 1. gunnaṁ antare jeṭṭhakassa
piṭṭhiyaṁ ~aṁ hoti, Ja II 225,1; — 2. nikkhippa
paṅca ~āni Kāsīnaṁ ratthavaḍḍhano vāḷavījaniṁ
uṇhīsaṁ khaggaṁ chattam upāhanaṁ, Ja V 264,23*;
— 3. atha kho ~e adhivatthā devatā bhagavato ce-
tasā cetoparivitakkaṁ aññāya sākhaṁ onamesi, Vin
I 28,36 (ajjunarukkhe adhivatthā devatā, Sp 972,4) =
29,24; na-y-imassa ~assa pubbe sākhā onatā, 29,10; ud-
dhālakā somarukkhā agarubhalliyo bahū puttajīvā
ca ~ā asanā c' ettha pupphitā, Ja VI 530,4*; bodhi tassa
bhagavato ~o ti pavuccati, Bv XIV 21; nissajja pāsā-
davare Vipassiṁ addasaṁ jinaṁ ~aṁ vilasantaṁ va
sabbaññūtam anāsavaṁ, Ap 157,25; 193,17; 240,3; 259,2;
410,12; 518,3; — ifc. inda-sāla-° (~-âdi, Sp 765,16);
cala(k)-° (~-mahā-usabha-samīpa, Spk I 322,2);
mahā-° (~-samīpa, Mp II 315,21); sīsa-° (Ja VI
340,2',6'); — °-karañja-piyaṅgu-paṇasa, m.,
(dv.) Terminalia arjuna, Pongamia glabra, Panicum
italicum (= panic), and Artocarpus integrifolia ( =
breadfruit tree); — °âdi, mfn.; tattha ~īnaṁ khāṇu
uddhaṁ vaḍḍhati, so bhūtagāmena saṅgahīto, Sp
763,31 (ad Vin IV 34,35: paṅca bījajātāni); — in long
cpd. in varṇaka at Ja V 420,4**.

" 346862377842511872,kakudha,en,"

Kakudha

, m.; Npr.; one of the Buddha's lay dis-
ciples who died in Nādika; v. PPN s.v. 1. Kakudha;
~o nāma bhante upāsako Nādike kālakato, tassa kā
gati ko abhisamparāyo, D II 92,4; ~o Ānanda upāsa-
ko ... opapātiko tatthaparinibbāyī anāvattidhammo
tasmā lokā, D II 92,22.

" 346862377867677696,kakudha,en,"

⁵

Kakudha

, m.; Npr.; a bird at the time of Padu-
muttara Buddha; v. PPN s.v. 5. Kakudha; ~o (v.ll.
kukkuṭṭho; kukuttho) nāma nāmena tatthâsiṁ
sakuṇo, Ap 180,16.

" 346862377947369472,kakudha,en,"

⁶

ka-kudha

, mfn., ""angry with the wind""; used in
gramm. lit. in ""etymology"" of kakudha (cf. ⁶ka): ka-
kudharukkho ti ettha pana ko vuccati vāto, tassa yo
kujjhati vātarogâpanayanavasena tan nivāreti, tasmā
so rukkho ~o ti vuccatī ti ācariyā, Sadd 239,14.

" 346862375158157312,kakudha,en,"

Kakudha

, m.; Npr.; an attendant of Mahāmog-
galāna; v. PPN s.v. 3. Kakudha; ~o nāma Koḷiyaputto
āyasmato Mahāmoggallānassa upaṭṭhāko adhunā
kālaṁkato añṅataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upa-
panno, Vin B 185,22 = A III 122,22 = 123,11.

" 346862104629743616,kakudha,en,"

⁹Kakudha,

m., Npr.; a pond in Anurādhapura near the Mahāthūpa named after the Buddha Kakusandha; v. PPN s.v. ⁷Kakudha; °-vhā ahū vāpi, Mhv XV 53, cf. 57; — °‑pāli, f., the boundary of the pond K., part of the sīmā in Anurādhapura; ~iṁ, Mhbv 135,8; 136,8*; — °vāpi, f., the pond K.; ~iyā, Mhv-ṭ 611,23 ad Mhv XXXIII 22.

" 346862375619530752,kakudha,en,"

⁴

Kakudha

, m.; Npr.; a deva; a reborn form of
²Kakudha, q.v.; v. PPN s.v. 2. Kakudha; atha kho ~o
devaputto yenâyasmā Mahāmoggallāno ten' upa-
saṁkami, Vin II 185,28,35 = A III 122,28 foll.; atha kho
~o (v.l. kukkuṭo) devaputto ... yena Bhagavā ten'
upasaṅkami, S I 54,9 (= Kolanagare Mahāmoggalā-
nattherassa upaṭṭhākaputto, Spk I 112,23).

" 346862374977802240,kakudhabhaṇḍa,en,"

kakudha-bhaṇḍa

, n., regalia (cf. kakudha 2.,
q.v.); — lex. lit.: khaggo ca chattaṁ uṇhīsaṁ pā-
dukā vālabījanī ime ~āni bhavanti pañca rājunaṁ,
Abh 358; — ifc. rāja-° (Ja IV 151,27; sapaṅca-~, V
289,23'; sesa-~-hattha, 153,17).

" 346862375309152256,kakudhaphala,en,"

kakudha-phala

, n., the kakudha fruit, i.e., the
fruit of the tree Terminalia arjuna (used as a kind of
pearl); — °-pākatika, mfn., the kakudha fruit
(pearl) and the natural (pearl); hayagajarathâmalakā
... ~ā ice etā aṭṭhajātiyo muttā samuddā uggantvā
tire vaṭṭi viya ṭṭhitā, Mhv XI 14; — °-muttā, f., the
kakudha fruit pearl, i.e., a pearl in the form of the
fruit of the Terminalia arjuna; tambapaṇṇiyaṁ aṭṭha
muttā uppajjiṁsu, hayamuttā gajamuttā ... ~ā pāka-
tikamuttā ti, Sp 75,4 (~ā ti kakudharukkhaphalâkārā
... muttā, Sp-ṭ I 162,4).[[side 10]]

" 346862377230143488,kakudharukkha,en,"

kakudha-rukkha

, m. [cf. kakudha 3., q.v.], the
tree Terminalia arjuna; — gramm. lit.: (in ""etymol-
ogy"" of kakudha, for which v. ⁶ka and ²ka-kudha) ~o
ti, Sadd 239,12; — so kira Vesālinagaradvāre ekaṁ
-am āruyha, Dhp-a IV 153,1; aṭṭha ~e disvā ... ~ā
nāma maṭṭasākhā honti, Mp III 153,13; paṭipāṭiyā
ṭhitā aṭṭha ~ā viya aṭṭha samāpattiyo, 153,26; —
°-phalâkāra, mfn. [phala + ākāra], (bhvr.) having
the form of the fruit of the tree Terminalia arjuna;
kakudhaphalamuttā ti ~ā ... muttā, Sp-ṭ I 162,4 (ad
Sp 75,4).

" 346862377494384640,kakudhasobbhadi,en,"

kakudha-sobbhâdi

, mfn. [sobbha + ādi], a pit
in a kakudha (= Terminalia arjuna) tree or the like;
~ayo honti rukkhato patitehi pupphehi sañchanno-
dakā, sace puppharaso na paññāyati paṭiggahaṇa-
kiccaṁ n' atthi, Sp 853,28.

" 346862377515356160,kakudhasobbhādi,en,"

kakudha-sobbhâdi

" 346862378039644160,kakudhavagga,en,"

Kakudha-vagga

, m.; title of the tenth chapter
of the Pañcaka Nipāta of Aṅguttara Nikāya = A III
118,23-126,30.

" 346862374910693376,kakusandha,en,"

Kakusandha

, m. [cf. BHS Kraku(c)chanda, q.v.
in BHSD s.v.]; Npr.; name of the 22nd Buddha of the
24 Buddhas before Śākyamuni; cf. PPN s.v.; ~assa ...
Aggidatto nāma brāhmaṇo pita ahosi, D II 7,11; ko
pana bhante hetu ko paccayo yena bhagavato ca
~assa bhagavato ca ... ciraṭṭhikaṁ ahosi, Vin III 8,36;
tena kho pana ... samayena ~o ... loke uppanno
hoti, M I 333,9 = S II 191,6; Vessabhussa aparena ... ~o
nāma nāmena appameyyo durāsado, Ja I 42,30*; Spk II
160,12; — ifc. Vipassi-° (Pj II 408,10); — °-Koṇā-
gamana, m., (dv.) Kakusandha and Koṇāgamana;
~o ca Kassapo ten' añjasena agamāsi Gotamo, Th
490; — °-jinâgamana, n. [jina + āgamana], the
coming of the conqueror Kakusandha; ~aṁ dassetvā
idāni Koṇāgamanasatthussā pi āgamanaṁ dassetuṁ
... āha, Mhv-ṭ 352,21 (ad Mhv XV 91); — °-buddha-
kāla, m., the time of the Buddha Kakusandha; ~ato
paṭṭhāya, Mhv-ṭ 347,26 (ad Mhv XV 55); — °âdi,
mfn.; evaṁgottā ti Vipassi-ādayo Koṇḍaññagottā,
~âdayo Kassapagottâ ti, Ps IV 167,24 (ad M III 118,17);
Dhp-a IV 46,15; Mhv-ṭ 345,9; — in long cpd. at Pj II
351,12.

" 346862376986873856,kakuṭa,en,"

kakuṭa

, m., a pigeon; only recorded in lex. lit.
and cpd.s, q.v. infra; — lex. lit.: ~o ca pārāvato (so
read for Ee and Be pārevaṭo; cf. sa. pārāvata/pārāpata;
Ud-a infra), Abh 636; — °-pāda, mfn., (bhvr.) with
feet like a pigeon; ~ānī ti rattavaṇṇatāya pārāpatapā-
dasadisāni pādāni Dhp-a I 118,27; paṅcasatā ... ~ā
(v.ll. kukkuṭapādīniyo; kukkuṭapādaniyo)
devaccharâpi ... nisīdiṁsu, Ja II 93,5'; — °-pādinī,
(m)f(n)., having feet like a pigeon; pañcamattāni
accharāsatāni Sakkassa devānaṁ indassa
upaṭṭhānaṁ āgatāni honti ~inī [Be ~ānī] ti, Ud 22,26
foll. (~ānī [sic] ti rattavaṇṇatāya pārāpatapādasa-
disapādāni, Ud-a 172,8 = Dhp-a 118,27); Mil 169,27;
~iniyo, Dhp-a I 423,15; ~inīnaṁ, Dhp-a I 119,12; Mp I
318,2.

" 346862268434092032,kākuṭṭepaka,en,"

[

kāk'-uṭṭepaka

, w.r. of EeBe for kāk'-uḍḍepaka, q.v.]

" 346862374625480704,kakuṭṭhā,en,"

Kakuṭṭhā

, f.; Npr.; a river (= Kakouthis of Me-
gasthenes [cf. Arrian, Indische Geschichte, Munich
1985: 1093]) near Kusinārā, in which the Buddha, ac-
cording to Buddhist tradition, bathed and from
which he drank the water shortly before his parinib-
bāna in Kusinārā; v. PPN s.v.; ayaṁ ... ~ā nadī
avidūre acchodikā + ... ramaṇīyā. ettha Bhagavā
pānīyaṅ ca pivissati, gattāni sītaṁkarissati, D II
128,28 = Ud 84,14 (with reading Kuku-).

" 346862377699905536,kakutthaka,en,"

[

kakutthaka

, v. s.v. kukutthaka]

" 346862101098139648,kala,en,"

kala,

m., an indistinct, sweet sound; — lex. lit.: rave … madhure ~o, Abh 137 (ct. kalyate); — gram. lit.: musā ~o, Mogg VI 183; musatismā ~o hoti. musati etenâti musalo ayoggo, Mogg-v VII 183; — kalaho ti … ~assa vā hananato kalaho, Ud-a 340,22; kokilānaṁ ~ena, Mhv LXXIII 101.

" 346862356925517824,kala,en,"

kal(a)

, [cf. sa-Dhātup I 526], the verbal root ²kal; ~
saṁkhāne, Dhātup 613 = Sadd 437,20; Dhātum 856.

" 346862356959072256,kala,en,"

kal(a)

, [cf. sa-Dhātup X 64], the verbal root ¹kal;
— gramm. lit.: ~ ... khepe, Sadd 564,7; Dhātum 399;
— in ""etymology"" of kāla: khipati ... sattānaṁ jīvi-
tam ... ~ vikkhepe, Vjb 5,26 (cf. Sadd 564,9 foll). ¹kala

" 346862330300076032,kalā,en,"

kalā

, f. [ts.; EWA-2 s.v.], 1. part, fraction; a sixteenth
part (of the moon); 2. a trick, artifice (rare); — 1. lex. lit.:
~ā soḷasamo bhāgo, Abh 53; ~ā kale bhāge candassa
soḷase, Abh 874; — ekataṇḍulâdīhi pi ~āya yūsa-
pasatanā pi kāyassa yāpanaṁ ahosi, Sv 449,31 = Ps
III 381,5; pannarase puṇṇamāsiyaṁ sabbāhi ~āhi
paripuṇṇo cando, Thī-a (1998) 10,5; cando
kaṇhapakkhato sukkapakkhaṁ upagacchanto ~āhi
vaḍḍhamāno hutvā niccanavo hoti, Spk-pṭ II 158,3;
— a. in canonical stereotype: sataṁ hatthī + ... ekassa
padavītihārassa ~aṁ nâgghanti soḷasin ti, Vin II
156,5* = S I 211,16*; 19,14* foll.; ye keci tāraka-
rūpānaṁ pabhā sabbā tā candimappabhāya ~aṁ
nâgghanti soḷasiṁ, III 156,22 = V 44,18 ≠ A V 22,12;
tevijjassa brāhmaṇānaṁ tevijjo ~aṁ nâgghati soḷa-
siṁ, S V 256,15 = A I 166,4 (= koṭṭhāsaṁ, Mp II
265,27) ≠ V 235,34 = 251,23; rajjaṁ ... aṭṭhaṅgasaman-
nāgatassa uposathassa ekaṁ ~aṁ nâgghanti soḷa-
siṁ, I 213,5 (ekarattuposathassa soḷasiyā ~āya yaṁ
vipākaphalaṁ taṁ yeva tato bahutaraṁ hoti, Mp II
328,8,10) ≠ IV 252,9 ≠ 255,6* = 262,16*; anavajjasu-
khass' etaṁ ~aṁ nâgghati soḷasin ti, II 70,11*; yañ ca
kāmasukhaṁ loke yañ c' idaṁ diviyaṁ sukhaṁ
taṇhakkhayasukhass' ete ~aṁ nâgghanti soḷasiṁ,
Ud 11,23* qu. Nett 165,3*; Dhp 70; Th 1171; Vv 190
foll.; Vv 720 foll.; Ap 133,7; lokanāthaṁ ṭhapetvāna,
ye c' aññe atthi pāṇino paṅṅāya Sāriputtassa ~aṁ
nâgghanti solasiṁ, Vism 234,2* qu. Paṭis-a 648,25*,
Nidd-a 300,24* (Paṭis-a, Nidd-a qu. from the (old?)
Aṭṭhakathā); Mp IV 187,18*; te tava sīlamhi ~āyo pi
na yujjare, Ap 92,8; — b. with anubhavati (q.v.): aṭ-
ṭhaṅgupetassa uposathassa -am pi te nânubhavanti
soḷasiṁ candappabhā tāragaṇā va sabbe, A I 215,16*
≠ IV 151,9* (Mp IV 71,5); — c. with upeti (q.v. sub
2.a.): na sahassimaṁ ~aṁ upeti +, S II 133,18 foll.;
gaṇanam pi saṅkham pi ~am pi kalabhāgam pi na
upenti, Mil 106,16 qu. as ekaccharakkhaṇe pavatti-
tassa cittassa saṁkham pi na upenti ~am pi na
upenti +, Spk II 100,3 = Mp I 59,24; Sākiyānī jana-
padakalyāṇī imesaṁ pañcannaṁ accharāsatānaṁ
upanidhāya saṅkham pi na upeti ~am pi na upeti +,
Dhp-a I 119,8; — 2. chahi ~āh' atibhoti bhāgineyyo,
Ja I 163,6* (= koṭṭhāsehi, 163,19' foll.) qu. Mp I 258,19*
(Mp-ṭ II 225,4 qu. Ja I 163,19').

" 346862355428151296,kalabha,en,"

kalabha

, m. [cf. sa. karabha, EWA-2 (Vol. III) s.v.],
young elephant; — ifc. hatthi-° (A IV 435,2; Sp
1152,15; Mp IV 203,5; Dhp-a IV 30,1).

" 346862353804955648,kalabhāga,en,"

kala-bhāga

, m. [kalā + bh°; on kal[ā/a]-, cf. OLZ
LXXXI 1976: 499], = kalā 1.; — exeg.: -an ti kalāya pi
bhāgaṁ. ekaṁ soḷasakoṭṭhāse katvā tato
ekakoṭṭhāsaṁ gahetvā soḷasadhā nīhaṭe tattha yo
ekeko koṭṭhāso so ~o, Ud-a 172,31, cf. Spk I 314,11
foll.; — Himavantaṁ pabbatarājānaṁ upanidhāya
saṅkham pi na upeti, ~am pi na upeti upanidhim pi
na upeti, M III 166,13 = 177,19; S II 263,20; vāhasatā-
naṁ ... vihīnaṁ aḍḍhacūlañ ca vāhā
vīhisattamaṇāni dve ca tumbā ekaccharakkhaṇe
pavattitassa cittassa saṁkham pi na upenti kalam
pi na upenti ~am pi na upentī ti, Mp I 59,25 = Spk II
103,3, cf. Mil 102,12, 106,16; appamattakāni dve vā
tīṇi vā udakaphusitāni ubbhatāni saṅkham pi na
upenti, upanidham pi na upenti, ~am pi na upenti,
S V 461,7 foll.; Sākiyānī janapadakalyāṇī imesaṁ
pañcannaṁ accharāsatānaṁ upanidhāya saṅkhyam
pi na upeti, ~am pi na upeti +, Ud 23,1 qu. Dhp-a I
119,9; mahāsamudde udakaṁ ... mama sappim
upādāya ~aṁ na hessati, Ap 343,12; kiṅci ap-
pamattakam pi -am pi dukkhassa na janāti, Sp
204,26; ahaṁ imissā -am (v.l. soḷasabh°) pi na upe-
mi, Dhp-a IV 58,1.[[side 316]]

" 346862101064585216,kalabhāga,en,"

kala-bhāga,

OLZ LXXXI 1976 read OLZ LXXI 1976.

" 346862328081289216,kalābu,en,"

Kalābu

, m. [cf. BHSD s.v. Kalabha]; Npr.; name of a
wicked king of Benares and previous incarnation of
Devadatta; his story is told in Khantivādijātaka; v.
PPN s.v.; cf. O. v. HINÜBER, Jātaka-Sammlung, AWL
1998 Nr. 7: 133 foll.; atīte Bārāṇasiyaṁ ~u nāma
Kāsirājā rajjaṁ kāresi, Ja III 38,13; ~u vīcim upapajja
paccati, Ja V 144,5* (~u avīciṁ, 145,28'); Kāsiraññā ti
~unā Kāsirājena, Vism-mhṭ I 359,16; tadā ~u
Kāsirājā Devadatto ahosi ... Khantivādatāpaso
aham eva, Ja III 43,12; Mil 201,21.

" 346862328018374656,kalābuka,en,"

kalābuka

, n. [cf. kalāpaka ?], a kind of belt consist-
ing of a collection of strands; chabbaggiyā bhikkhū
uccâvacāni kāyabandhanāni dhārenti: ~aṁ +, Vin II
136,7 (= bahurajjukaṁ, Sp 1211,20); 144,34*; Vṁ-vn
3056 (ubhayakoṭiyaṁ ekato abaddhā bahū rajjuyo,
tathā baddhā ~aṁ nāma hoti, Vin-vn-ṭ II 357,10).

" 346862314164588544,kalābukāsikarājan,en,"

Kalābu-kāsika-rāja(n)

, m., King K. of Kāsī; ~ā
Khantivāditāpase aparajjhitvā paṭhaviṁ paviṭṭho,
Ja V 135,22. Kalābu-kāsika-rājan

" 346862327884156928,kalāburājabhūta,en,"

Kalābu-rāja-bhūta

, mfn., being King K.; Khantivā-
dibhute attani aparajjhitva ~assa tassa paṭhaviṁ
paviṭṭhabhāvaṁ dīpetuṁ Khantivādijātakaṁ ... ka-
thesi, Dhp-a I 149,6.

" 346862327942877184,kalaburajan,en,"

Kalabu-raja(n)

, m., King K.; ~ā surāmadamatto
nāṭakaparivuṭo, Ja III 40,2; vitthārato ... ~añño vat-
thu Khantivādijātake kathitam eva, V 145,29'.

" 346862100997476352,kalāda,en,"

kalāda,

m., goldsmith; + kulāle ca ~e ca +, Mhv LXXXVIIII 105.

" 346862356397035520,kaladi,en,"

kalad(i)

, the verbal root kalad; cf. sa-Dhātup I 72; ~
avhāne, Sadd 381,4. kaladi

" 346862353536520192,kalaha,en,"

kalaha

, m., quarrel; verbal and bodily fighting (ct.s
so); — lex. lit.: viggaho ~e kāye, Abh 1046; — exeg.:
~o ti ekena ākārena ~o pi vivādo pi tañ ñeva ...
aparena ākārena vivādo vuccati ~assa pubbabhāgo
... katamo ~o āgārikā randhapasutā kāyena vācāya
~aṁ karonti ... ayaṁ ~o, Nidd I 255,7 foll. (ad Sn
862); ~o ti kāyakalaho pi vācākalaho pi purimo
purimo virodho viggaho pacchimo pacchimo vi-
vādo, Sv 500,9 (ad D II 59,9) ≠ Vibh-a 513,11 (ad Vibh
390,16); Ps III 207,10; Mp IV 190,18 (ad A IV 401,1);
bhaṇḍanaṁ vuccati ~assa pubbabhāgo, Mp II 144,7;
Ps II 393,23; hatthaparāmāsâdivasena vītikkamo ~o
nāma, Mp II 357,9; Paṭis-a 120,5; matthakappattaṁ
~aṁ, Ps II 75,20 (cf. II 393,26); Sp-ṭ I 173,13; — kuto
pahūtā ~ā vivādā, Sn 862 foll.; alam, bhikkhu, mā
bhaṇḍanaṁ mā ~aṁ mā viggahaṁ mā vivādan ti,
Vin I 171,14 foll.; bhavissati saṅghassa tatonidānaṁ
bhaṇḍanaṁ ~o +, 339,3; yasmiṁ ... vatthusmiṁ
ahosi saṅghassa bhaṇḍanaṁ ~o viggaho vivādo
saṅghabhedo +, 357,8 foll.; IV 37,24; ~aṁ janassa
panudi, D III 173,1*; etena bhaṇḍanena ~ena vigga-
hena paññāyissāmā ti, M III 153,15 foll.; vācaṁ
pahāya -am, S I 66,12*; tā (scil. gāthāyo) ...
sadaṇḍâvacarā sasatthâvacarā (so read with Ee 1998 I
482,23) iti bhaṇḍanaṁ iti viggaho iti ~o, S I 224,9,12;
tehi saddhiṁ ~aṁ katvā, Ja I 257,19; mā ~aṁ
akattha, IV 442,10*; kathaṁ vaḍḍhetvā ~aṁ
akaṁsu, I 404,29; Mp I 414,12; aññamaññaṁ ~aṁ
vaḍḍhayiṁsu, III 486,25 = Dhp-a I 54,14; aññamañ-
ñaṁ paharitvā ... ~aṁ vaḍḍhayiṁsu, Sv 673,4 qu.
Dhp-a III 255,5; aññamaññaṁ ~aṁ karonti, II 417,5
≠ III 478,5; tesaṁ dvinnaṁ caṇḍānaṁ ~aṁ pas-
sissāma, Ja II 30,14; ahinakulā niccakālaṁ ...~aṁ ka-
ronti, 53,6; ko ~aṁ udīraye, V 394,15;* ~o vattatī, Cp
217; kiṁ nissāya vo ~o, Sv 374,7; alaṁ imina ~ena,
607,35; ~e assādo nāma n' atthi, 674,12; ~o vā kolā-
halam eva bhavissati, Ps III 109,8; bhaginiyā sad-
dhiṁ bhariyāya ~aṁ karontiyā, Mp I 168,11; pitarā
saddhiṁ ~aṁ karoti, Vibh-a 478,10,12; ñātisuhajjā-
naṁ nāma ~o pi hoti vivādo pi hoti, Dhp-a I 440,1;
medhagānaṁ ~ānaṁ vūpasamāya, 65,21; ~aṁ vig-
gahaṁ vivādaṁ āpajjati, Vibh-a 507,5; ~o na bha-
veyya no, Mhv XXIV 55; — ifc. a-°; udaka-°; kā-
ya-° (Sv 500,9; Paṭis-a 120,4; Vibh-a 513,12); cumba-
ṭa-° (Mp IV 132,8); cumbaṭaka-° (Mp I 313,8); jāta-°
(Mp II 327,7); ñāti-° (~-vūpasamana-vatthu, Dhp-a
III 254,2); bhaṇḍana-° (~-viggaha-vivāda, A V 77,14
foll.; Dhp-a I 55,13); mahā-° (Ja IV 88,8; Sv 574,13; Mp
II 168,26); vācā-° (Sv 500,9; Paṭis-a 120,4); sañjāta-°
(Mp I 144,9).

" 346862352940929024,kalahabhaṇḍana,en,"

kalaha-bhaṇḍana

, n., quarrel and contention; °-va-
sena desanā āraddhā, Ps II 394,29; Mp III 209,4 (ad A
II 215,16); aññamaññaṁ °âdīni karonto, Mp III
323,24.

" 346862352882208768,kalahabhaṇḍanadhamma,en,"

kalaha-bhaṇḍana-dhamma

, m., the thing which is
quarrel and contention; ~aṁ, Ps IV 32,1.

" 346862318044319744,kalahabhaṇḍanappasuta,en,"

kalaha-bhaṇḍana-ppasuta

, mfn., addicted to quar-
rel and contention; te sabbe ... paṭiviruddhā niccaṁ
~ā viharanti, Ps II 11,5.

" 346862350478872576,kalahabhirata,en,"

kalahâbhirata

, mfn., addicted to quarrel; ~o
bhikkhu, Sn 276; bālā sīlesu asamāhitā unnaḷā vi-
carissanti ~ā magā, Th 958 (~e ... abhiratā, Th-a IE 86,8).[[side 320]]

" 346862350516621312,kalahābhirata,en,"

kalahâbhirata

, mfn., addicted to quarrel; ~o
bhikkhu, Sn 276; bālā sīlesu asamāhitā unnaḷā vi-
carissanti ~ā magā, Th 958 (~e ... abhiratā, Th-a IE 86,8).[[side 320]]

" 346862350382403584,kalahabhirati,en,"

kalahâbhirati

, f., addiction to quarrel; bhikkhūnaṁ
~iyā sakatthavināsaṁ disvā, Th-a I 58,18.

" 346862350407569408,kalahābhirati,en,"

kalahâbhirati

, f., addiction to quarrel; bhikkhūnaṁ
~iyā sakatthavināsaṁ disvā, Th-a I 58,18.

" 346862350709559296,kalahadibhaya,en,"

kalahâdi-bhaya

, m., fear of quarrel or the like; ~ena,
Vjb 466,7; ~ā dukkhitā jātā, Ap-a 571,22.

" 346862350730530816,kalahādibhaya,en,"

kalahâdi-bhaya

, m., fear of quarrel or the like; ~ena,
Vjb 466,7; ~ā dukkhitā jātā, Ap-a 571,22.

" 346862352114651136,kalahajāta,en,"

kalaha-jāta

, mfn., quarreling; — exeg.: hatthaparā-
masâdivasena matthakaṁ patto kalaho jāto etesan
ti ~ā, Ps II 393,26 (ad M I 320,29); ~ā = jātakalahā, Mp
II 357,7 (ad A I 243,13); — in formula (5+5+5):
bhikkhu ... bhaṇḍanajātā ~ā vivādâpannā añ-
ñamaññaṁ ananulomikaṁ kāyakammaṁ vacīkam-
maṁ upadaṁsenti, Vin I 341,2 foll.; bhikkhu ...
bhaṇḍanajata ~a + ... mukhasathhi vitudanta viha-
ranti, Vin II 84,21 = Vin II 261,1 = D III 117,7 (Sv
905,12 foll.) = 118,13 foll. = 210,2 foll. ≠ M I 398,9; bhik-
khūnaṁ ... ~ānaṁ ... viharatam, Vin II 86,32 foll. =
M II 250,2 foll.; Vin IV 12,15 qu. Ja III 149,14; kathaṁ
hi nāma ... bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṁ ... ~ānaṁ + ...
upassutiṁ tiṭṭhissanti, Vin IV 150,12 foll.; M I 320,29
foll. = III 152,27 foll.; S IV 225,6; Ud 67,22 foll.; Rā-
jagahe dve pūgā ... ~ā vivādâpannā aññamaññaṁ
pāṇihi pi upakkamanti +, Ud 71,16; — in augmented
formula (5+, 5+5+5): tassa (scil. Nātaputtassa) kāla-
kiriyāya bhinnā nigaṇṭhā dvedhikajātā ... ~ā +, D
III 117',6 foll. = 210,2 foll. = M II 243,20 foll.[[side 319]]

" 346862353293250560,kalahakāla,en,"

kalaha-kāla

, m., the period of quarreling; kiñcāpi hi
te ~e kalahaṁ karonti, Sv 934,34; bhikkhūnaṁ ~e,
Spk II 304,2, cf. M I 320,29.

" 346862318627328000,kalahakāraka,en,"

kalaha-kāraka

, m(f)n. [cf. kalahakārikā, q.v.], quar-
relsome; bhikkhu ... kusalo ca sahitâsahitassa, no ca
~o, A IV 196,6 foll.; ~o kalahappasuto, Nidd I 36,7;
na ... ~ānaṁ vasanôkāso īdiso hoti, Sv 191,1 = Ps I
259,8 qu. Vibh-a 353,12; yattha surāsoṇḍadhuttâda-
yo ~ā ... n' atthi taṁ vīthiṁ paṭipajjati, Sv 191,10 =
Ps I 259,18 = Spk III 188,29 qu. Vibh-a 353,22, Pj II
57,25, Ap-a 147,9; Vin-vn 1099; — in formula:
6+6+6+, 5+8: aññe bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārakā ~ā vi-
vādakārakā bhassakārakā saṅghe adhikaraṇakāra-
kā vassaṁ upagacchiṁsu, Vin I 175,8 foll.; bhikkhu
bhaṇḍanakārako hoti ~o +, 328,26 foll.; Upanando
Sakyaputto bhaṇḍanakārako ~o +, II 168,5; A III
252,13; ~aṁ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, Vin
IV 45,26; — in augmented formula: ubho ~ā methu-
nakā ti vuccanti + ... ubho vādino methunakā vuc-
canti, ubho sallāpakā methunakā vuccanti, Nidd I
139,13; 163,12 = 290,8; 379,24.

" 346862352626356224,kalahakārakapuggala,en,"

kalaha-kāraka-puggala

, m., a person who starts a
quarrel; saṅgho ~aṁ kalahe ca bhede bhayaṁ das-
setvā khantiyā janeti, Vjb 509,4; — °-vacana, n., a
statement causing quarrel; yaṁ vacanaṁ samagge pi
vagge avayavabhūte karoti bhindati, taṁ ~aṁ, Sp-ṭ
II 263,3; — °-kāraka-vācā, f., = prec.; yā vācā samag-
ge pi satte vagge karoti bhindati taṁ ~aṁ (Be °kā-
raṇaṁ vāc°) bhāsitā hoti, Ps II 331,8 (ad M I 286,35).

" 346862353465217024,kalahakaraṇa,en,"

kalaha-karaṇa

, n., causing a quarrel; Spk-pṭ I 110,17,
q.v. infra; yugaggahena ~ena na āsādetabbā, Ap-a
221,28; — °-bhāva, m. [abstr.], the being cause of quar-
rel; diṭṭho ... tena amhākaṁ ~o (Be °kār°), Sv 673,32
= Spk I 69,9 (= kalahakaraṇassa atthibhāvo, Spk-pṭ I
110,17) qu. Ja V 413,33', cf. Kuṇāl-ja 3,14.

" 346862353498771456,kalahakāraṇa,en,"

kalaha-kāraṇa

, n., cause of quarrel; ~e avijjamāne,
Ja III 151,20'; ubhinnaṁ ~aṁ sutvā, VI 336,7.

" 346862352198537216,kalahakāraṇā,en,"

kalaha-kāraṇā

, ²ind., because of a quarrel; mā tum-
hākaṁ ~ mayaṁ anassumha (Be nassimha, which
read?), Pj II 191,5.

" 346862352546664448,kalahakaraṇabhāra,en,"

[

kalaha-karaṇa-bhāra

, w.r. at Spk I 69,9 for °bhā-
va, q.v. supra]

" 346862353414885376,kalahakārikā,en,"

kalaha-kārikā

, (m)f(n). [cf. kalahakāraka, q.v.],
quarrelsome; — in formula: 6+6+6+, 5+8 (cf. kala-
hakāraka): Caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī bhaṇḍanakārikā
hoti ~ā +, Vin IV 230,29 = 309,26; ~aṁ ... nikkaḍḍha-
ti vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, 293,20.

" 346862353196781568,kalahanagara,en,"

Kalaha-nagara

, n.; Npr.; name of a village in Sri
Lanka, cf. Mhv-trsl.: 71 n. 1; ~aṁ nāma gamo, Mhv
X 42.

" 346862350587924480,kalahāni,en,"

kalahān[ī/i]

, f., starting a quarrel; cf. Th. Oberlies, KZ
CVIII 1995: 129; ~i, Ja V 16,19* (cf. mānâtimānā ti
mānakārikā, sesapadesu pi es' eva nayo, 19,5', i.e.,
~i etc.). kalahānī

" 346862350625673216,kalahānī,en,"

kalahān[ī/i]

, f., starting a quarrel; cf. Th. Oberlies, KZ
CVIII 1995: 129; ~i, Ja V 16,19* (cf. mānâtimānā ti
mānakārikā, sesapadesu pi es' eva nayo, 19,5', i.e.,
~i etc.). kalahānī

" 346862352496332800,kalahaṅkaro,en,"

[

kalahaṅ-karo

, w.r. at Ja IV 45,5 for which read ka-
lahaṅ karoti]

" 346862353154838528,kalahapacchedanatthaṃ,en,"

[

kalaha-pacchedan'-atthaṁ

, w.r. at Sv 705,21 = Ps
II 301,24 for kalahôpacchedana°, q.v.]

" 346862352999649280,kalahappasuta,en,"

kalaha-ppasuta

, mfn., addicted to quarrel; kala-
hakārako ~o, Nidd I 36,7 (Nidd-a I 10,31) = Nidd II
204,1 = Be 277,3; bālasahāyatāya ime bhikkhū ~ā,
Ps-pṭ III 350,1 (ad Ps IV 206,4) qu. Sp-ṭ III 352,7.

" 346862353096118272,kalahappavaḍḍhanaakiccakārin,en,"

kalaha-ppavaḍḍhana-akicca-kāri(n)

, mfn., in-
creasing quarrel and acting wrongly; ~iṁ sahitānaṁ
bhedajananiṁ n' abhaṇī, D III 172,21* (cf. Sadd 1168
8.7.1,14). kalaha-ppavaḍḍhana-akicca-kārin

" 346862353045786624,kalahappavaḍḍhanī,en,"

kalaha-ppavaḍḍhanī

, f., increase of quarrel; cha ...
ādīnavā surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānânuyoge:
sandiṭṭhikā dhanañjāni, ~ī +, D III 182,30 (= vācāka-
lahassa c' eva hatthaparāmāsâdikalahassa ca vaḍ-
ḍhaṇī, Sv 946,13) qu. As 380,7.

" 346862350885720064,kalahasadda,en,"

kalaha-sadda

, m., noise from quarrel; ~aṁ sutvā, Ja
VI 336,38; ~o pi uppajjeyya, Sv 630,1.

" 346862350969606144,kalahasaṅkhāta,en,"

kalaha-saṅkhāta

, mfn., in other words quarrel; ime
... ~ā medhagā sammanti, Dhp-a I 66,7 (ad Dhp 6).

" 346862350814416896,kalahasīla,en,"

kalaha-sīla

, mfn., quarrelsome by nature; ayaṁ
sukhasīlo ayaṁ dukkhasīlo ayaṁ ~o, Paṭis-a 219,9.

" 346862353234530304,kalahaṭṭhāna,en,"

kalaha-ṭṭhāna

, n., the place of quarrel; puttānaṁ
~aṁ na gacchissāma, Mhv XXIV 11.

" 346862351862992896,kalahavaḍḍhana,en,"

kalaha-vaḍḍhana

, mfn., increasing quarrel; ~aṁ
kathaṁ udīresi, Ja V 394,3 (ad 393,19*).

" 346862351816855552,kalahavatthu,en,"

kalaha-vatthu

, n., the paragraph on quarrel (= Vin
III 144,12-16); ~usmiṁ, Sp 560,33.
kalaha-viggaha-jāta, mfn., involved in quarrel and
dispute; bahū sattā ~ā anayavyasanaṁ āpajjanti, Sp
87,15 (Sp-ṭ I 173,12).

" 346862351749746688,kalahaviggahavivāda,en,"

kalaha-viggaha-vivāda

, m., quarrel, dispute, and
dissent; te ... -am āpannā (Be °vivādâp°) aññam-
aññaṁ pāṇīhi pi upakkamanti, M I 86,23 = 92,22 qu.
Nidd I 408,28 (reading °vivādâp°); bhaṇḍanāni c'
eva ~ā vattanti (Be pa°), Ja II 387,18; — ifc. daṇḍâdā-
na-satthâdāna-° (A IV 400,28; Vism 326,7);
bhaṇḍana-° (~-sīla, Mil 396,14); — °-virodhâbhi-
bhūta, mfn., overpowered by quarrel, dispute, dissent,
and opposition; kodhâghātabahulaṁ ~aṁ lokam u-
pagacchantena, Mil 394,23.

" 346862351653277696,kalahaviggahavivādapanna,en,"

kalaha-viggaha-vivādâpanna

, mfn. [°da + āp°],
involved in quarrel, dispute, and dissent; Nidd I 408,28
= Nidd II 127,14 (om. viggaha) = Be 263,16.

" 346862351674249216,kalahaviggahavivādāpanna,en,"

kalaha-viggaha-vivādâpanna

, mfn. [°da + āp°],
involved in quarrel, dispute, and dissent; Nidd I 408,28
= Nidd II 127,14 (om. viggaha) = Be 263,16.

" 346862351489699840,kalahavivādasīsena,en,"

kalaha-vivāda-sīsena

, ²ind., under the heading of
quarrel and dissent; ~ ... sabbe te dhamma vuttā, Pj II
551,19 (ad Sn 863) qu. Nidd-a 352,8.

" 346862351397425152,kalahavivādasutta,en,"

Kalaha-vivāda-sutta

, n., the sutta on quarrel and
dissent; title of Aṭṭhakavagga n. 11, Sn 862-877; rāga-
caritānaṁ devānaṁ Sammāparibbājaniyasuttaṁ
kathessāmi, dosacaritānaṁ ~aṁ, +, Sv 682,19; Pj II
551,1; Sv-pṭ II 300,10; cf. JPTS XXIII 1997: 41; — °-de-
sanā, f, exposition of the sutta on quarrel and dissent;
~āya pariyosāne nikkhamitvā, Thī-a (1998) 3,31; —
~-pariyosāna, n., the conclusion of the exposition of the
sutta on quarrel and dissent; ~e nikkhamitvā, Thī-a
(1998) 136,4; — °-niddesa, m.; exposition of the sutta
on quarrel and dissent; title of Nidd 255,2-284,26; ~e,
Nidd-a 351,2.

" 346862315460628480,kalahavivādasuttanta,en,"

Kalaha-vivāda-suttanta

, n., = prec.; Mahārāhulo-
vāde, Mahāmañgalasuttante + ... ~e +, Mil 349,24.

" 346862351317733376,kalahavivādasuttapariyosāna,en,"

Kalaha-vivāda-sutta-pariyosāna

, n., the conclusion
of the sutta on quarrel and dissent; ~e nikkhamitvā
pabbaji, Mp I 341,7.

" 346862351561003008,kalahavivādavaṇṇanā,en,"

Kalaha-vivāda-vaṇṇanā

, f.; title of Nidd-a 351,2-
359,14; ~ā niṭṭhitā, Nidd-a 359,13.

" 346862351221264384,kalahavupasamanatthaṃ,en,"

kalaha-vûpasaman'-atthaṁ

, ²ind., in order to com-
pose a quarrel; ~ tīṇi jātakāni kathessāmi, Sv 673,21 =
Spk I 68,30 qu. Ja V 412,21; imaṁ dhammadesanaṁ
Satthā ... ~ ñātake ārabbha kathesi, Dhp-a III 254,4.

" 346862351242235904,kalahavūpasamanatthaṃ,en,"

kalaha-vûpasaman'-atthaṁ

" 346862351124795392,kalahavupasamanatthaya,en,"

kalaha-vupasaman'-atthaya

, ²ind. = prec.; ~, Sv
674,26.

" 346862322356064256,kalahavupasamanavatthu,en,"

kalaha-vûpasamana-vatthu

, n., the story about
composing the quarrel (of the Sakyas and the Koliyas);
ñātakānaṁ ~u, Dhp-a III 257,10.

" 346862322377035776,kalahavūpasamanavatthu,en,"

kalaha-vûpasamana-vatthu

, n., the story about
composing the quarrel (of the Sakyas and the Koliyas);
ñātakānaṁ ~u, Dhp-a III 257,10.

" 346862352064319488,kalahayināḍu,en,"

Kalahayi-nāḍu

, m., the district of K. in South India;
~umhi, Mhv LVXXVI 261.

" 346862100800344064,kalāhiti,en,"

kalāhiti,

erroneously assumed by ct. at Ja I 163,26’ to be fut. 3 sg. of kalāyati, cf. kalā 2., q.v.

" 346862330367184896,kalahopacchedanatthaṃ,en,"

kalahôpacchedan'-atthaṁ

, ²ind., in order to prevent a
quarrel; ubhinnaṁ ~ (Ce so) attano santakaṁ karoti,
Sv 705,21 = Ps II 301,24 (Ee w.r. kalahap°).

" 346862330417516544,kalahupacchedanatthaṃ,en,"

kalah'-upacchedan'-atthaṁ

, reading of Be for Ce
kalahôpacch°, q.v.

" 346862317863964672,kalaka,en,"

kalaka

, m.; variant of kālaka, q.v.; qu. (mattābhe-
davasena) at Sadd 921,3.

" 346862100963921920,kalakacchagāma,en,"

Kalakaccha-gāma,

m. [v.l. Be Kāḷa°], Npr.; a village in Ceylon; Kalyāṇiṁ gantvā Nāgamahāvihāre ~e, Ps V 102,20.

" 346862356887769088,kalakalabahala,en,"

kala-kala-bahala

, mfn. [cf. sa. kalakala, EWA-2
(Vol. III) s.v.], full of noise; ~ena anekasatasahassa-
pattikajanena sobhitāya ... senāya parivuto, Mhbv
23,13; — °-mukhara, mfn., noisy; candôdayena jala-
nidhim iva -am mahantam ussavam paṭidinam pa-
vaḍḍhento, Mhbv 18,14; — °-sadda, m., noise; seṭṭhi-
dhītā mahājanassa ~ena (Be kolāhala°) sīhapañ-
jaraṁ ugghāṭetvā, Mp I 369,24.

" 346862354455072768,kalala,en,"

kalala

, m. [ts.; cf. EWA-2 (Vol. III) s.v.; CDIAL
2954], the embryo shortly after conception, cf. L.
SCHMITHAUSEN, Ālayavijñāna 1987: 629a (index); —
exeg.: tīhi jātiuṇṇaṁsūhi katasuttagge saṇṭhitatela-
binduppamāṇaṁ ~aṁ hoti ... tasmā ~ā sattāhac-
cayena maṁsadhovana-udakavaṇṇaṁ abbudaṁ
nāma hoti, Spk I 300,22-301,4 (ad S I 206,11*) qu. Sp-ṭ
11 252,25 (ascribed to the Saṁyuttabhāṇakas); jāti-
uṇṇāya ekena aṁsunā uddhaṭasappimaṇḍappamā-
ṇaṁ -an ti, Vism 552,23, cf. Vibh-a 21,31 foll. qu. Sp-ṭ
II 252,22 foll. (ascribed to the Khuddakabhāṇakas); —
paṭhamaṁ ~aṁ hoti ~ā hoti abbudaṁ +, S I 206,11*
qu. Kv 494,27*, Vism 476,31*, Ja IV 496,25*, cf. Aṣṭāṅ-
gahṛdaya 1.1.37,49; aṅñā eva ~assa mātā, aññā ab-
budassa mātā +, Mil 40,11; tilatelassa yathā bindu
sappimaṇḍo anāvilo evaṁ vaṇṇapaṭibhāgaṁ ~aṁ
sampavuccatī ti, Spk I 300,28* qu. Vibh-a 22,4*,
Paṭis-a 32,27; bhikkhunī utunī samānā saṇṭhite ~e
ruhire pacchinnavege ṭhapitāya dhātuyā taṁ sam-
bhavaṁ gahetvā tasmiṁ ~e pakkhipi, Mil 125,3 foll.
(E. Nolot, Mil-trsl. ""placenta"").

" 346862354559930368,kalala,en,"

kalala

, n. [dec.], 1. mud; dirt; used metaphorically,
e.g., ~aṁ pakkhipati, to throw dirt upon (smth, with
loc); 2. swamp; 3. paste (ifc. only); — 1. lex. lit.: jambā-
10 ~aṁ paṅko +, Abh 663; — vākacīraṅ ca cam-
makaṁ ~e pattharitvāna, Bv II 51 qu. Ja I 13,28*, As
32,28 (Ee om.); Bv II 53 qu. Ja I 12,30*, Pj II 49,18, Ap-a
15,4; ajinajaṭâvākacīrāni kāḷavaṇṇe ~e pattharitvā,
Ja I 12,32 qu. Bv-a 88,17, Thūp 140,24; satthimo at-
tānaṁ setuṁ katvā ~e attharitvā, Dhp-a I 83,19; —
kākā ~aṁ pavisitvā ṭhite macche khādanti, Ja I
332,7' qu. Cp-a 238,33; ahaṁ ~e laggo, Ja II 26,20; ~e
vaṭṭitvā, 417,5; ~aṁ jahituṁ na sakkosi, III 393,16; u-
dakaṁ apassanto ~aṁ viyūhitvā anukhaṇeyya, V
234,4'; kudrūsakumudabījaṁ (so read with Be) pok-
kharaṇitīre ~e ropetvā, VI 401,6 foll.; suparikam-
mante ... ~e bījaṁ nipatitvā khippaṁ saṁvirūhati,
Mil 125,1; 255,19; tā (scil. upakāriyo) tattena ~ena
sittā addâvalepanā nāma honti, Ps II 58,4; yathā ...
~aṁ evaṁ lābhasakkārasiloko daṭṭhabbo, Mil 324,32;
mama sāsane na ~aṁ vā kacavaraṁ vā pakkhipi-
tabbaṁ, Ps II 108,34; 113,9; piṇḍapātaṁ chaḍḍetvā
~assa pūretvā adāsi, Spk II 185,22 foll. - Mp I 168,17
foll. qu. Th-a III 125,21; pādesu ~aṁ mā laggi, Mp I
233,12; asukaṭṭhāne nāma ~aṁ atthi, Dhp-a III 394,2;
hatthī ... ~e laggitvā uttarituṁ nâsakkhi, IV 25,12
foll.; mā ime manussā ~aṁ akkamiṁsu, Pv-a 215,16;
~e vaṭṭadukkhe nimujjamānā, Spk-pṭ I 313,28; ~e,
cikkhallakaddame, Bv-a 89,34; — 2. sobbho vā pa-
pāto vā rukkho vā vatī vā ~aṁ vā, Vism 186,26; —
ifc. asuci-°; eka-° (Ja V 308,8); kaddama-°; kilesa-°
(Paṭis-a 411,26); gandha-° (Sp 100,8; ~-pūra, Sp
94,12); gūtha-° (Vibh-a 11,25); tela-° (Ja II 155,23);
tel'-añjana-° (Vism 684,16); niddhamana-° (Mp II
258,9); su-° (Mil 255,15); sukkha-° (~-paṭala, Sv
868,35).

" 346862353947561984,kalalabhāva,en,"

kalala-bhāva

, m. [cf. ¹kalala], the being an embryo;
satto ~ena patiṭṭhāti, Ja IV 496,22'; rūpam pi ~e pi
bhijjati abbudâdibhāve pi, Spk II 321,31 qu. Vibh-a
33,20.

" 346862354153082880,kalaladdagata,en,"

kalal'-adda-gata

, mfn., turned into a morass; bhu-
saṁpaṅkaṁ ~aṁ mahiṁ anumānena jānanti, Mil
346,26*.

" 346862242630733824,kalaladibhāva,en,"

kalalâdi-bhāva

, m., the being an embryo, etc.; tassa
aṇuissarâdayo ~ena sarīraṁ saṇṭhapentā indriyāni
sampādenti, Vism 544,20 = Vibh-a 150,9; paṭisan-
dhiviññāṇe asati api nu kho suddhaṁ avasesaṁ
nāmarūpaṁ antomātukucchismiṁ ~ena samucci-
taṁ missībhūtaṁ hutvā pavattissatha, Sv 502,9;
~aṁ, Ja IV 496,30' foll.

" 346862242643316736,kalalādibhāva,en,"

kalalâdi-bhāva

" 346862242693648384,kalaladikāla,en,"

kalalâdi-kāla

, m., the time during which the embryo
is called ""kalala"", and so on; cf. kalalakāla, q.v.;
~aṁ atikkamitvā sañjātaaṅgapaccaṅgaahīnindriya-
bhāvaṁ upagataṁ yeva passati, Sv 436,8 (ad D II
14,1) = Ps IV 181,11.

" 346862242714619904,kalalādikāla,en,"

kalalâdi-kāla

" 346862354241163264,kalalagahana,en,"

kalala-gahana

, n. [cf. kaddamagahana, q.v.], a
thick layer of mud; macchakacchapā ~aṁ pavisiṁsu,
Ja I 331,13 = Cp-a 237,10; ~e sukkhapadaraṁ atthar-
itvā, Ja V 46,27; udake parikkhīṇe ~e, Cp-a 240,27; —
in enumeration of eighteen types of gahanas: ghana-
vanagahanaṁ + ... ~aṁ +, Ja V 46,21.

" 346862353335193600,kalalagata,en,"

kalala-gata

, mfn., fallen into the mud; yathā ~o pu-
riso, Mil 325,1.

" 346862242903363584,kalalahallika,en,"

Kalalahallika

, n.; Npr.; a village and tank near Āḷi-
sāra; v. PPN s.v.; ~aṁ, Mhv LXVIII 48.

" 346862354006282240,kalalakaddama,en,"

kalala-kaddama

, m. [syn. cpd., cf. kaddama-
kalala, kalandakāḷaka qq.v.], mud; ~aṁ sannisīdati,
udakaṁ acchaṁ hoti, Vism 591,20 (= tanukad-
damaṁ, Vism-mhṭ II 355,22); yath[ā/a] vā ... puriso
kiliṭṭhamalinakalalakaddamadese patito vāyāmena
taṁ ~aṁ apavāhetvā, Mil 324,28; — ifc. apagata-°
(Mp II 236,18 foll).[[side 317]]

" 346862353729458176,kalalakaddamapūrita,en,"

kalala-kaddama-pūrita

, mfn., filled with mud;
khuddakanāvā ... ~ā hontu, Mp II 237,4.

" 346862354346020864,kalalakaddamarajojalla,en,"

kalala-kaddama-rajo-jalla

, n., mud and dirt; yathā
... udakaṁ subahalam pi ~aṁ apaneti, Mil 258,3.

" 346862354291494912,kalalakāla,en,"

kalala-kāla

, m., the period during which the embryo
is a ""kalala"" (q.v.); ~e pi cavati marati +, Nidd I
120,2 (= kalalaṁ nāma paṭisandhikkhaṇe tīhi jāti-
uṇṇaṁsūhi katasuttagge ṭhitatelabinduppamāṇaṁ
acchaṁ vippasannaṁ kalalaṁ hoti, Nidd-a 247,14);
~e pi hi sattā maranti +, Vism 236,18 = Spk I 40,26 ≠
Sp 438,2 (ad Vin III 73,10) qu. Kkh 40,32; kimatthāya
... ayaṁ rakkhā, nanu paṭisandhikkhaṇe ~ato paṭ-
ṭhāya, Sv 434,24 = Ps IV 179,12.

" 346862243062747136,kalalalepa,en,"

kalala-lepa

, m., mud plaster; sace pi ~o hoti alepo
eva, Sp 568,24 (= kenaci silesena katalepo, Sp-ṭ II
334,17); — ifc. kata-tamba-mattikâdi-° (Vmv II
276,2).

" 346862321341042688,kalalamakkhita,en,"

kalala-makkhita

, mfn. soiled by mud; ~ehi pādehi,
Dhp-a III 61,17; — °-pāda, mfn., with the feet soiled by
mud; ~o, Dhp-a III 61,18.

" 346862243272462336,kalalamatta,en,"

kalala-matta

, n., merely an embryo shortly after
conception; rūpam pi ādito ~aṁ hutvā, Spk II 321,25
qu. Vibh-a 33,14; — °-bhāva, m. [abstr. of prec.]; an-
tamaso ~aṁ upādāya taruṇā, Ps III 309,5.

" 346862352349532160,kalalamatta,en,"

kalala-matta

, n., nothing but mud; Jetavanapok-
kharaṇiyaṁ ... ~am eva avasiṭṭhaṁ, Ja I 330,7.

" 346862243213742080,kalalamissaka,en,"

kalala-missaka

, mfn., polluted by mud; gogaṇo ...
~aṁ udakaṁ pivati, Ps II 260,30 = Mp V 91,11.

" 346862354098556928,kalalapiṭṭha,en,"

kalala-piṭṭha

, n., surface of the mud; tāpasaṁ ~e
nipannaṁ, Ja I 15,13; Thūp 150,25; ~e nipatitvā
osīditvā uggantuṁ asakkonto, Ja II 26,16; V 308,9.

" 346862353637183488,kalalapuṇṇa,en,"

kalala-puṇṇa

, mfn., filled with mud; pattaṁ ~an
taṁ adāsiṁ tassa tādino, Ap 581,17.

" 346862322532225024,kalalapūra,en,"

kalala-pūra

, mfn., = prec.; ~ā doṇiyo ṭhapetvā,
Mp II 238,26.

" 346862243159216128,kalalarūpa,en,"

kalala-rūpa

, n., the form of the embryo shortly after
conception; itthipurisāṇaṁ ~aṁ +, Sp 437,25, cf.
²kalala, exeg.; aparipuṇṇâyatanaṁ ~aṁ vatvā,
Vism-mhṭ II 337,22 (ad Vism 578,29).

" 346862242957889536,kalalasaṅkhāta,en,"

kalala-saṅkhāta

, mfn., in other words the embryo, cf.
²kalala; tasmiṁ khaṇe pātubhūtā ~ā rūpasantati
parittā hoti, Vibh-a 21,21 qu. Sp-ṭ II 252,15.

" 346862243113078784,kalalavappa,en,"

kalala-vappa

, n., sowing in mud or wet soil; dve
vappāni ~añ ca paṁsuvappañ ca, Spk I 242,19 qu. Pj
II 137,13.

" 346862243008221184,kalalavassa,en,"

kalala-vassa

, m., mud shower, cf. O. v. HINÜBER,
Jātaka-Sammlung, AWL 1998 Nr. 7: 133, 135; imassa
raṅño vijite ... navamaṁ ~aṁ (vassi), Ps III 88,5 (=
tanukakaddamapaṭalakaddamaṁ, Ps-pṭ III 35,21);
tato ~aṁ samuṭṭhāpesi. taṁ kalalaṁ (Be °vassaṁ)
dhūmayantaṁ ... dibbagandhaṁ hutvā nipati, Spk
I 323,26 qu. Ja I 73,20, Pj II 224,28, Ap-a 78,20.

" 346862242534264832,kalalībhūta,en,"

kalalī-bhūta

, mfn., muddy; seyyathā ... udakara-
hado āvilo luḷito ~o, A I 9 (= kaddamībhūto, Mp I
57,11) ≠ S V 123,33 = A III 233,10 (Mp III 311,19); alu-
lito ti na ~o, Nidd II 375,30 (ad Nidd 353,18); uda-
kaṁ hatthīhi ca assehi ca ... khubhitaṁ bhaveyya
āvilaṁ lulitaṁ ~aṁ, Mil 35,6 qu. As 119,21; — ifc.
kilesa-° (Paṭis-a 411,25).

" 346862242576207872,kalalīkata,en,"

kalalī-kata

, mfn., turned into mud; sammūḷharūpo
va jano ahosi ... ~o va, Vv 1251 (= kalalaṁ viya ka-
to ... āvilo ti adhippāyo, Vv-a 343,21).

" 346862352685076480,kalama,en,"

kalama

, m., kind of rice; Bhes 5:2,4 (kalamaha hāl,
sn).

" 346862355335876608,kalamba,en,"

Kalamba

, m. [cf. Kāḷāvaka, q.v.]; Npr.; an elephant,
cf. ²Uposatha; S. COLLINS, JIPh XXI 1993: 364;
Gocari ~o (Be Kaḷāpo) + ... ete nāgānaṁ uttamā, Sv
573,16*; yaṁ dasannaṁ gocarisaṅkhātānaṁ pa-
katihatthīnaṁ balaṁ taṁ ekassa ~assā (Be Kaḷāpas-
sa) ti, 573,20.

" 346862354752868352,kalamba,en,"

kalamba

, n., radish; na takkaḷā santi ... na ~āni
tāta, Ja IV 46,8* (= tālakandā, 46,12'); khaṇantī ālūni
ca ~āni ca, VI 578,27' (ad 578,17*); nâbhijānāmi ~assa
(v.l. kad°) idaṁ phalaṁ, Ap 393,22,24; — ifc. ālu-°.

" 346862355382013952,kalamba,en,"

kalamba

, m. [ts.; cf. EWA-2 (Vol. III) s.v. kadam-
ba-¹], = kadamba; ~ā kandalī ... pupphanti mama
assame, Ap 362,18.

" 346862355050663936,kalambadāyaka,en,"

Kalamba-dāyaka

, m.; Npr.; an arahat; v. PPN s.v.;
āyasmā ~o (v.l. Kad°) thero, Ap 393,28.

" 346862355302322176,kalambaka,en,"

kalambaka

, n. [ts.; cf. ²kalamba, q.v.], a species of
kadamba tree and its flower; ~ehi sañchanno Muca-
lindo nāma so saro, Ja VI 534,30* (535,2'); Mahāpac-
cariyaṁ ... ~ena (Ee °ḷ°) aḍḍhacandakena na ca
saddhiṁ aṭṭha pupphavikatiyo vuttā, Sp 620,12 foll.;
— ifc. nīca-° (Ja VI 536,22').

" 346862355260379136,kalambakavihāra,en,"

Kalambaka-vihāra

, m.; Npr.; a monastery built by
King Saddhātissa; v. PPN s.v.; ~aṁ (kārayi), Mhv
XXXIII 8.

" 346862355008720896,kalambanadītīra,en,"

Kalamba-nadī-tīra

, m., the bank of the river Kalam-
ba (a river near Anurādhapura, v. PPN s.v. Kalam-
ba); yath' eva hi ~ato rājamātuvihāradvārena thū-
pârāmaṁ gantabbaṁ hoti, Sv 572,36; ~aṁ (v.l.
Kad°) sampatto asso, Ps III 159,15 = Spk I 34,5.

" 346862354908057600,kalambarukkha,en,"

kalamba-rukkha

, m., = ²kalamba; tasmiṁ ... sare
ekasmiṁ dīpake ~o atthi, Ja IV 290,13.

" 346862355105189888,kalambatitthavihāra,en,"

Kalamba-tittha-vihāra

, m., reading of Be for Ee
Galamba°, q.v.

" 346862352416641024,kalambu,en,"

Kalambu

, m.; Npr.; a pond in Sri Lanka; Sīhaḷadīpe
~umhi jātassare, Sās 42,29.

" 346862354845143040,kalambuka,en,"

kalambuk[ā/a]

, m. and f. [ts.; cf. BHSD s.v., EWA-2
(Vol. III) s.v. kaḍamba], the creeper convolvulus repens
?; — lex. lit.: ~o, Abh 598; — seyyathā pi nāma ~ā,
D III 87,20 (= nāḷikā, Sv 869,1; = nāḷivalli, Sv-pṭ III
57,17). kalambukā

" 346862354857725952,kalambukā,en,"

kalambuk[ā/a]

" 346862354782228480,kalambutittha,en,"

Kalambu-tittha

, m., Npr.; the seaport of Colombo
(?), cf. Kolambatittha, q.v.; Rāmadūtābhirūḷhā nāvā
... ~aṁ pattā, Taw Sein-Ko, Preliminary Study of the
Kalyani Inscription 1893: 47,41.

" 346862354601873408,kalambutitthavihāra,en,"

[

Kalambu-tittha-vihāra

, reading of Be for Ee Ga-
lambhu° q.v.]

" 346862356346703872,kalanda,en,"

[

kalanda

, ifc. sīsa-° (Mil 292,7, read °kavandha,
q.v.)][[side 315]]

" 346862355935662080,kalanda,en,"

Kalanda

, m.; Npr.; 1. a monastery in Sri Lanka built
by king Mahāsena; 2. a monastery in Sri Lanka built by
the Uparāja Aggabodhi; — 1. ~aṁ (so read with
Mhv-ṭ) brāhmaṇagāmake, Mhv XXXVII 41 (Mhv-ṭ
684,22; 685,17); — 2. ārame dve kāresi ~aṁ +, Mhv
XLVIII 70.

" 346862354203414528,kalandabrāhmaṇagāmaka,en,"

[

Kalanda-brāhmaṇa-gāmaka

, w.r. at Mhv XXXVII
41, cf. Kalanda, q.v.]

" 346862355826610176,kalandagāma,en,"

Kalanda-gāma

, m., variant of Kalandakagāma, q.v.

" 346862356191514624,kalandaka,en,"

kalandaka

, m. [ts.; cf. EWA-2 (Vol. III), BHSD
s.v.], squirrel; — gramm. lit.: kalandati ~o, Sadd
381,5 (< kalad(i), q.v.); — exeg. (in ""etymology"" of
Kalandakanivāpa, q.v.): ~ā ti ... kāḷakānaṁ
nāmaṁ, Sv 941,20 = Ps II 135,10 = Sp 575,3 (etaṁ
nam°) qu. Ud-a 60,13 ≠ Pj II 419,15; rukkhasunakhā
nāma ~ā ti pi vadanti, Sp-ṭ II 85,15 (ad Sp 259,14);
— ~ā ukkusā ca senakā +, Ap 347,15; yathā ... ~o
paṭisattumhi opatante naṅguṭṭhaṁ pappoṭhetvā
mahantaṁ katvā ... naṅguṭṭhaguḷena paṭisattuṁ
paṭibāhati, Mil 368,13.

" 346862101081362432,kaḷandaka,en,"

kaḷandaka

misplaced after kalāya-yūsa.

" 346862327418589184,kaḷandaka,en,"

kaḷandaka

, n. (?) [cf. BHSD s.v. kalandaka], spread,
cover for a seat; — ifc. mudu-citta-° (Ja VI 224,6*,
224,25' [Be muducittakasanthata]).

" 346862356153765888,kalandakadanta,en,"

kalandaka-danta

, m., squirrel tooth; yassa ... dan-
tantare ~o viya sukhumadanto hoti, taṁ pabbāje-
tuṁ vaṭṭati, Sp 1029,27 qu. Pālim 143,20.

" 346862355155521536,kalandakagāma,en,"

Kalandaka-gāma

, m.; Npr.; a village near Vesāli,
the birthplace of Sudinna Kalandakaputta (q.v.); also
written Kalanda°, cf. Sp 202,7; Vesāliyā avidūre ~o
(Be kalanda°) nāma hoti, Vin III 11,34; 12,32 (Be ka-
landa°); Sudinno ... ~aṁ (Be kalanda°) piṇḍāya pā-
visi, 15,24.

" 346862353595240448,kalandakāḷaka,en,"

kalanda-kāḷaka

, m. [syn. cpd., cf. kalalakaddama,
q.v.], squirrel; cf. kalandaka, q.v.; ~ā bahū, Ap-a
536,16*.

" 346862356107628544,kalandakanivāpa,en,"

Kalandaka-nivāpa

, m. [v. BHSD s.v.]; Npr.; an area
north of Rājagaha near or in the Veḷuvana where the
Buddha often dwelt (identical with present-day Karaṇ-
ḍa tank ?); cf. PPN s.v.; — exeg.: kalandakānaṁ ...
ettha nivāpaṁ adaṁsu tena ~o ti vuccati, Sv 941,9 =
Ps II 134,33 foll. = Sp 575,26 foll. qu. Ud-a 60,2 foll. Pj
II 419,15 foll.; — Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuva-
ne ~e, Sn 91,15 = D III 180,4 = M I 145,14 = S I 52,19 =
Ud 4,11; 28,10; Vin I 137,4 = II 105,4 = III 104,29; Rāja-
gahe viharāmi Veḷuvane ~e, D II 116,26; Ānando
Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane ~e aciraparinibbute
Bhagavati, M III 7,14; Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane
~e ti ādi suttantesu viya, Bv-a 5,22.

" 346862354048225280,kalandakaputta,en,"

Kalandaka-putta

, m.; Npr.; patron, of Sudinna, cf.
PPN s.v. 2. Sudinna Kalandakaputta; also written
Kalanda°, q.v.; Sudinno nāma ~o (Be kalandapu°)
seṭṭhiputto hoti, Vin III 11,35,36; addasā ... ~o (Be
kalandapu°) Bhagavantaṁ ... dhammaṁ desen-
tarṇ, 12,3 foll.; mātāpitaro ... ~aṁ etad avocurṇ:
tvaṁ kho 'si ... amhākaṁ ekaputtako, 13,2 foll.;
alattha ... ~o (Be kalandapu°) Bhagavato santike
pabbajjaṁ +, 15,1 foll.; nirabbudo ... bhikkhusaṅgho
nirādīnavo ... ~ena (Be kalandapu°) abbudaṁ
uppāditam, 18,35; Sudinnaṁ ~aṁ (v.l. kalandaput°)
ārabbhā ti, Sp 14,2 = Sv 12,7.

" 346862356053102592,kalandakarūpa,en,"

kalandaka-rūpa

, n., the shape of a squirrel; kāḷaka-
vesena ti ~ena, Sv-pṭ III 163,9 (ad Sv 941,13) qu. Sp-ṭ
II 342,16 (ad Sp 576,1).

" 346862355981799424,kalandakavaṇṇa,en,"

kalandaka-vaṇṇa

, m., the colour of a squirrel; anta-
maso ~ena (so read) pi carati yeva, Spk I 133,25.

" 346862355881136128,kalandakavesa,en,"

kalandaka-vesa

, m. [cf. kalandakarūpa, q.v.], the
shape of a squirrel; in ""etymology"" of Kalandakanivā-
pa, q.v.; ~ena gantvā, Ud-a 60,9, cf. Pj II 419,22 (kā-
ḷakavesena; cf. next).

" 346862354492821504,kalandakayoni,en,"

kalandaka-yoni

, f, the womb of a squirrel; mahāpu-
riso ~iyaṁ nibbatti, Sv 919,30.

" 346862355725946880,kalandanāmaka,en,"

Kalanda-nāmaka

, mfn., named K.; tasmiṁ game
(scil. Kalandagāma, q.v.) aññe pi ~ā manussā atthi,
Sp 202,10.

" 346862355684003840,kalandaputta,en,"

Kalanda-putta

, m., variant of Kalandaka°, q.v.;
Sudinnaṁ ~aṁ ārabbhā ti, Vin II 286,24; V 1,23,24;
Sudinnassa ~assa aparādhe pārājikaṁ paññāpento,
M III 70,19 foll.

" 346862355541397504,kalandaseṭṭhi,en,"

Kalanda-seṭṭhi

, m., the merchant of K., father of Su-
dinna Kalandakaputta (q.v.); gāmavasena laddha-
nāmassa ... ~ino putto, Sp 202,9.

" 346862353918201856,kalandavha,en,"

Kalanda-vha

, mfn., named K.; a vihāra built by
King Mahādāṭhikamahānāga; cf. PPN s.v. Kalan-
davihāra; Kālāyanakaṇṇikamhi Maṇināgapabbata-
vhayaṁ vihāraṁ ca ~aṁ kāresi, Mhv XXXIV 89.

" 346862355579146240,kalandavihāra,en,"

Kalanda-vihāra

, m., = Kalanda 1.; ~aṁ, Mhv-ṭ
685,17.

" 346862356682248192,kalaṇḍuka,en,"

Kalaṇḍuka

, m.; Npr.; a servant of the Treasurer of
Benares, cf. next; Bārāṇasīseṭṭhino dāso ~o nāma a-
hosi, Ja I 458,17 foll.; pipa khīraṁ ~a, 459,11*.

" 346862356585779200,kalaṇḍukajātaka,en,"

Kalaṇḍuka-jātaka

, n.; title of ḷātaka no. 127 = Ja I
458,14 - 459,30; v. PPN s.v.

" 346862356845826048,kalaṅka,en,"

kalaṅka

, m. and n. [ts.; cf. EWA-2 (Vol. III) s.v.],
spot, blemish; — lex. lit.: ~o lañchanaṁ +, Abh 55;
1089; — mayhaṁ bhante sīle aṇumattam pi ~aṁ n'
atthī ti, Dhp-a III 53,17.

" 346862356778717184,kalaṅkajjhāna,en,"

[

kalaṅka-jjhāna

, °jjhāyati, °jjhāyi(n), w.r. at Peṭ
152,2,19 for khaluṅka°, cf. Peṭ-trsl. §§ 613 n. 1, 616 n. 1]

" 346862356728385536,kalaṅkapagatalaya,en,"

kalaṅkâpagatâlaya

, n. [°gata + āla°], spotless re-
sort; Laṅkādīpass' alaṅkāraṁ ~aṁ, Nāmar-p 1854.

" 346862356740968448,kalaṅkāpagatālaya,en,"

kalaṅkâpagatâlaya

, n. [°gata + āla°], spotless re-
sort; Laṅkādīpass' alaṅkāraṁ ~aṁ, Nāmar-p 1854.

" 346862330220384256,kalāpa,en,"

kalāpa

, m. [ts.; EWA-2 s.v.; CDIAL 2931], 1.a. bun-
dle; sheaf (e.g., of grass or the like); b. group, collection
(of physical phenomena); 2. peacock's tail; 3. tress; 4.
quiver; — 1.a. saro diddho ~aṁ va alittam
upalimpati, Ja IV 435,26* (ācariyo visadiddho saro
sesaṁ ~aṁ viya limpati, 436,10') = VI 236,2*
(halāhalavisalitto saro sarakalāpe khitto sabbaṁ
taṁ visena alittam pi sarakalāpaṁ limpati visadid-
dham eva karoti, 236,12') ≠ It 68,5* (saro visena
duṭṭho [Be diddho] litto ... sarasamūhasaṅkhātaṁ
sarakalāpaṁ attanā phuṭṭhaṁ alittam (Ee w.r. āl°)
pi upalimpati, It-a II 62,30); ekapaden' eva ~aṁ viya
puṭakaṁ viya ekato katvā sabbā devatā niddisati,
Sv 692,9 (""he designates all the gods by one word only,
grouping them together as if in a bag or a bundle""); gu-
ṇe kathetuṁ asakkonto avasese guṇe saṁkhipitvā
~aṁ viya puṭakabaddhaṁ (so read with Se; Ce [SHB]
Ee w.r. muṭaka°; Be suttaka°) viya ca katvā, Ps III
395,14; kullo nāma nittharaṇatthāya ~aṁ katvā bad-
dho, II 109,10 (veḷunāḷâdīhi °-vasena baddho, Ps-pṭ
II 88,28); dārūnaṁ ~aṁ ukkhipitvā, III 249,22 qu.
Vibh-a 296,1; kasmā uṭṭhāya samuṭṭhāya ~e band-
hitvā sukkhatiṇakaṭṭhānaṁ pacchiyaṁ pūretvā,
Spk II 82,12; saṭṭhiṁ saṭṭhiṁ veḷuṁ gahetvā majjhe
ayasalākaṁ pakkhipitvā saṭṭhi ~e ussāpetvā, Dhp-a
I 338,17; — in ""etymology"" of Ajakalāpaka (q.v.): aje
~e katvā (so read), Ud-a 64,1; — ifc. apanaddha-°;
ucchu-°; usīra-°; eka-°; kumuda-nāla-° (Ps I 185,23);
kusuma-° (Thūp 149,37); kesa-° (Dhp-a III 53,2; Pv-a
46,23); jaṭā-° (Ps III 311,25); tiṇa-° (S IV 290,22; Ja I
158,9; Vism 394,1,3; Mp I 219,7; Dhp-a III 124,16);
dāru-° (Vibh-a 296,7); dāru-ukkā-° (Sv 723,25; Ps I
277,20); naḷa° (Ja I 25,25); nīl'-uppala-° (Mp I 20,24;
Dhp-a III 185,2); bhisâdi-° (Vism 361,1 foll.; Vibh-a
66,24 foll); mālā-° (Ps III 312,5); yava-° (Ap 282,15;
Mil 33,3,5); rūpa-° (Ps-pṭ II 194,17); veḷu-° (Pv-a
272,3); sabba-° (Dhp-a I 339,2); sara-° (Ja VI 236,12';
Mil 418,7; Mp III 269,9); sūci-° (As 334,13); — 1.b.
vacanatthato, ~ato, cuṇṇato + ... imehi pi ākārehi
dhātuyo manasikātabbā, Vism 364,18 foll.; catun-
naṁ ~ānaṁ vasena tiṁsa ca nava ca paṭisand-
hiviñṅāṇena saha rūpāni uppajjanti, Vism 553,1 qu.
Vibh-a 161,29; kathaṁ ~ato sammasati ti, Vism
626,10 (""by groups""); pañcakkhandhadhammānaṁ
ekekakkhandhalakkhaṇe saṅkhipitvā °-vasena
rāsiṁ katvā, Paṭis-a 19,31; yasmiṁ ~e bhūtānaṁ
paricchedo, Sv-pṭ I 136,13 = Ps-pṭ I 104,8 qu. Mp-ṭ I
131,12; ekasmiṅ ca ~e vattamāne eva añṅassa nirod-
ho, aṅñassa c' uppatti hoti, As-mṭ 139,19; ekassa
~assa uppādâdayo ekekā va honti, As-mṭ 157,13; —
ifc. aṭṭha-dhamma-° (Vism 364,35); dasa-dhamma-°
(Vism 365,2); — 2. lex. lit.: ~o piñcham, Abh 635; —
bhumiyaṁ ṭhitamoro dvinnaṁ pādānaṁ ~assa ca
vasena tīṇi ṭhānāni labhati, Sp 323,24, cf. Vin-vn 77;
— ifc. mora-piñja-° (Thūp 168,17); — 3. yāva-
mekhalā ~ā olambanti, Pv-a 46,25; — 4. dhanuṁ
~añ (Ee dhanuk°) ca nikkhipitvā, Ja IV 438,17*; —
ifc. dhanu-° (Vin II 192,4 foll.; M I 86,36; A III 94,1
foll.; Mp III 269,9); sannaddha-dhanu-° (Sv 812,3;
Pv-a 154,26).[[side 321]]

" 346862100917784576,kalāpa,en,"

¹kalāpa, 4.

ifc. dhanu-hattha-° (Ja II 77,23*, cf. Th. Oberlies, BEI VII/VIII 1989/1990: 160 n. 7).

" 346862100896813056,kalāpa,en,"

²Kalāpa,

m., Npr.; title of a Buddhist Sanskrit grammar (= Kātanta, q.v.) ascribed to Śarvavarman, cf. H. Scharfe, Grammatical Literature 1977: 162; veyyākaraṇâti Canda-Pāṇinīya°-°âdibyākaraṇe chekā, Ap-a 220,2, cf. Ap-a Introduction, p. XVII.

" 346862100880035840,kaḷāpa,en,"

Kaḷāpa

misplaced after kalandaka.

" 346862327359868928,kaḷāpa,en,"

Kaḷāpa

, v. Kalamba.

" 346862329549295616,kalāpabaddha,en,"

kalāpa-baddha

, mfn., 1. tied into a bunch (of flow-
ers); 2. clustered; — 1. ~āni pupphāni, Sp 329,18;
hatthakavasena khuddakaṁ katvā baddhaṁ ~aṁ,
Sp-ṭ II 141,2 (ad Sp 330,1); — 2. saṇḍasaṇḍā ti
ekekasmiṁ ṭhāne ~ā (Ee °ndh°) viya gumbagumbā
hutvā, Sv 869,35 (ad D II 90,15: saṇḍasaṇḍā sāliyo).

" 346862328475553792,kalāpabandhanarasa,en,"

kalāpâbandhana-rasa

, mfn. [°pa + ā°], whose func-
tion consists in binding together the collection (of phe-
nomena); āpodhātu ... ~ā, Nāmar-p 497.

" 346862328492331008,kalāpābandhanarasa,en,"

kalāpâbandhana-rasa

, mfn. [°pa + ā°], whose func-
tion consists in binding together the collection (of phe-
nomena); āpodhātu ... ~ā, Nāmar-p 497.

" 346862329494769664,kalāpabhāva,en,"

kalāpa-bhāva

, m. [abstr.], the being a group; rūpa-
koṭṭhāsā ti ... ~en' eva pavattanato rūpakalāpā,
Ps-pṭ II 194,17 (ad Ps II 261,27) ≠ As-mṭ 139,10.

" 346862328622354432,kalāpadhiṭṭhānarasa,en,"

kalāpâdhiṭṭhāna-rasa

, mfn., having support of the
collections (of phenomena) as its function; paṭhavidhā-
tu ... ~ā, Nāmar-p 476.

" 346862328639131648,kalāpādhiṭṭhānarasa,en,"

kalāpâdhiṭṭhāna-rasa

, mfn., having support of the
collections (of phenomena) as its function; paṭhavidhā-
tu ... ~ā, Nāmar-p 476.

" 346862329901617152,kalapagga,en,"

kalap'-agga

, n., 1. the best in terms of (bamboo) bun-
dles; 2. the tip of a peacok's tail; — 1. veṇikaraṇe
veṇaggaṁ kalāpâdīsu ~aṁ + ... aggadānaṁ adāsi,
Sv 588,16 (veṇiyo ekato katvā rāsikaraṇaṁ kalāpo.
tattha aggadānaṁ ~aṁ, Sv-pṭ II 234,3) = Ps II 188,4
= Mp I 143,11 (veṇiyo purisabhāvavasena ban-
dhitvā kalāpakaraṇe ~aṁ, Mp-ṭ I 166,7) qu. Dhp-a I
98,15, Th-a III 1,24, Ap-a 296,15; — 2. ~ena phuṭ-
ṭhôkāsaṁ mukhatuṇḍakaṁ atikkāmeti pārājikaṁ,
Sp 323,10 foll. (~enā ti piṅchakalāpassa aggaṁ, Sp-ṭ
II 139,9),cf. Vin-vn 71.

" 346862319059341312,kalāpaggāha,en,"

kalāpa-ggāha

, m., collecting the totality (of smth.);
ekappahārena ~aṁ karitvā suttaṁ bandhiṁsu, Mil
272,16; sakalatebhūmakadhamme ~ena gahetvā, Spk
III 56,24.

" 346862100833898496,kalāpaka,en,"

kalāpaka,

ifc. guḷika‑ ° (Sp 1200,2, cf. kata-guḷika‑°, q.v.).

" 346862330140692480,kalāpaka,en,"

kalāpaka

, n., bundle; — ifc. muttādāma-° (Mhv
XXX 67); veṇu-° (Ja I 239,29).

" 346862329985503232,kalāpakalāpa,en,"

kalāpa-kalāpa

, n., sheaf upon sheaf; ~aṁ katvā,
Spk III 140,21.

" 346862330069389312,kalāpakathā,en,"

kalāpa-kathā

, f., discourse on the groups; title of the
20th chapter of Paramatthavinicchaya; rūpavibhāge
~ā niṭṭhitā, Pm-vn 796.

" 346862311073386496,kalāpakuṭilajaṭā,en,"

[

kalāpa-kuṭila-jaṭā

, reading of Be at Bv-a 89,30 for
CeEe kapilā kuṭilā jaṭā, which read]

" 346862313543831552,kalapantarabhinna,en,"

kalap'-antara-bhinna

, mfn., separate from the other
groups; ~añ ca, Nāmar-p 517.

" 346862329792565248,kalāpantarabhūta,en,"

kalāp'-antara-bhūta

, mfn., being a different group;
vijjamāne pi ~ānaṁ ~ehi asamphuṭṭhabhāve, Sv-pṭ
I 136,9 = Ps-pṭ I 104,5 qu. Mp-ṭ I 131,9.

" 346862329851285504,kalapantaragata,en,"

kalap'-antara-gata

, mfn., included in a different
group; ~e pathavīādike samānalakkhaṇatāya agga-
hetvā, Vism-mhṭ II 318,16 (ad Vism 559,7).

" 346862329662541824,kalāpantararūpa,en,"

kalāp'-antara-rūpa

, n., physical matter of other
groups; taṁ (scil. itthindriyaṁ) jīvitêndriyaṁ viya
... ~ānañ ca indriya-atthi-avigatapaccayo ti na vut-
taṁ, As-mṭ 151,1 (ad As 321,21).

" 346862329603821568,kalapantaravutti,en,"

kalap'-antara-vutti

, mfn., subsisting on the various
groups; pañcāpi jīvitârakkhā rūpâdiparivāritā
dhītarā va kumārā va ~ino, Pm-vn 670, cf. Nāmar-p
508 (read dhītā for ṭhitā).

" 346862328546856960,kalāpanupālaka,en,"

kalāpânupālaka

, mfn., guarding, preserving the col-
lection (of phenomena); yathā ekekassa kalāpassa
jīvitendriyaṁ ~aṁ upādāyarūpan ti vuccati, evaṁ
kalāpuppādâdisabhāvā jātiādayo uppādāyarūpāni
ce' eva vuccanti, As-mṭ 157,15.

" 346862328567828480,kalāpānupālaka,en,"

kalāpânupālaka

" 346862329368940544,kalāparāsirūpa,en,"

kalāpa-rāsi-rūpa

, n., physical matter in terms of col-
lection of groups; ~āni... vibhāvaye, Pm-vn 789.

" 346862328693657600,kalāpasahassa,en,"

kalāpa-sahassa

, n., a thousand groups; ekasmiñ ca
kale anekāni ~āni uppajjanti pavattanti ca, As-mṭ 139,18.

" 346862328995647488,kalāpasammasana,en,"

kalāpa-sammasana

, n., comprehension by groups;
cf. Ñm Vism-trsl. 704 n. 1; vitiṇṇakaṅkho °-vasena
tilakkhaṇaṁ āropetvā, Vism 287,11 qu. Sp 431,12,
Paṭis-a 501,20, cf. Sv-pṭ II 381,2; maggâmaggaṅāṇa-
dassanavisuddhiṁ sampādetukāmena ~e tāva
yogo kātabbo, Vism 606,17; ~ato ... paṭṭhāya, 607,7;
~ena ""ahaṁ mama"" ti samūhassa ... pahānaṁ,
694,5 ≠ As 352,2 qu. Paṭis-a 448,9; °âdīhi ñāṇehi,
Paṭis-a 31,33; °-vasen' eva, As 208,31; °-vasena ārad-
dhavipassako yogâvacaro, Paṭis-a 698,18; —
°-udaya-bbay'-ânupassanā, f., contemplation of the
arising and passing away (of phenomena) by way of
comprehension by groups; ~ā kasmā na vuttā ti,
Paṭis-a 103,14; — °-ñāṇa, n., knowledge of comprehen-
sion by groups; sammasane ñāṇan ti samma
āmasane anumajjane pekkhaṇe ṅāṇaṁ ~an ti,
Paṭis-a 20,2; ekekasmiṁ khandhe tilakkhaṇaṁ āro-
petvā aniccato dukkhato anattato vipassantassa
~aṁ (so read) uppajjati, Paṭis-a 20,11; — °-ñāṇa-nid-
desa, m., exposition of knowledge of comprehension by
groups; ~e, Paṭis-a 699,20; — °-paccayā, ²ind., by way
of comprehension by groups; ~ pāmojjaṁ gahetabbaṁ,
Paṭis-a 302,31; — °-saṅkhāta, mfn., in other words
comprehension by groups; ~āya nayavipassanāya tāva
yogo karaṇīyo, Vism 606,8.

" 346862328915955712,kalāpasammasanadianulomapariyosāna,en,"

kalāpa-sammasanâdi-anuloma-pariyosāna

, mfn.,
beginning with the comprehension by groups and ter-
minating in the direct order (of the 42 terms aniccato,
dukkhato + mentioned, e.g., at Nidd I 53,7 foll. cf.
It-a 53,22 foll.); ~ā (so read) tīraṇapariññā, Ps I 29,26;
maggâmaggapaṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhiyo ~ā
vā paññā tīraṇapariññā, It-a I 53,27.

" 346862328936927232,kalāpasammasanādianulomapariyosāna,en,"

kalāpa-sammasanâdi-anuloma-pariyosāna

" 346862328840458240,kalāpasammasanadikkamena,en,"

kalāpa-sammasanâdi-kkamena

, ²ind. [°ādi +
kama], in the order of comprehension by groups and the
rest; ~ samma aviparītaṁ pañcakkhandhadham-
maṁ aniccâdito vipassanti, It-a I 169,33; ~ pañca-
maṁ visuddhiṁ adhigantvā, Th-a I 18,8; ~ vipas-
sanaṁ vaḍḍhetvā, Vism-mhṭ II 22,4;
kammaṭṭhānaṁ matthakaṁ pāpetuṁ na sakkoti,
Ps-pṭ II 194,28.

" 346862328853041152,kalāpasammasanādikkamena,en,"

kalāpa-sammasanâdi-kkamena

" 346862328764960768,kalāpasammasanavasāna,en,"

kalāpa-sammasanâvasāna

, n., termination of com-
prehension by groups; ~e udayabbayânupassanāya
pavattamanaya, As-mṭ 112,11 qu. Vism-mhṭ II
475,25.[[side 322]]

" 346862328781737984,kalāpasammasanāvasāna,en,"

kalāpa-sammasanâvasāna

, n., termination of com-
prehension by groups; ~e udayabbayânupassanāya
pavattamanaya, As-mṭ 112,11 qu. Vism-mhṭ II
475,25.[[side 322]]

" 346862329196974080,kalāpasañchanna,en,"

kalāpa-sañchanna

, mfn., (a dancing peacock) cov-
ered by (its) tail; barihinan (v.l. °īnan) ti ~aṁ, Ja VI
498,6' (ad 497,14*; picchakalāpena yuttaṁ, Ja-pṭ ad
loc.

" 346862329247305728,kalāpasaṅgaha,en,"

kalāpa-saṅgaha

, m., summary of the groups; ākāsa-
lakkhaṇāni c' ettha sabbakalāpesu vijjamānāni pi
~e vohārâbhāvā na gaṇīyanti, Moh 72,20.

" 346862329045979136,kalāpasannaddha,en,"

kalāpa-sannaddha

, mfn., armed with a quiver; yuvā
~o, Ja 322,7* (= sannaddhasaratuṇhīro, 322,29').

" 346862100208947200,kalāpasannaddha,en,"

kalāpa-sannaddha,

Ja V 322,7* = VI 217,31*.

" 346862329146642432,kalāpasantānamūla,en,"

kalāpa-santāna-mūla

, n., condition of the continuity
of the groups; santatisīsānī ti ~āni, Vism-mhṭ II
318,12 (ad Vism 559,2).

" 346862329297637376,kalāpavipassanā,en,"

kalāpa-vipassanā

, f., insight into the groups; ~aṁ
dassento, Ps IV 90,20.

" 346862329423466496,kalāpayama,en,"

kalāpa-yama

, m., pair of groups; nāmaṁ ~ato kha-
ṇato kamato pi ca ... passe, Sacc 323.

" 346862328131620864,kalāpetvā,en,"

[

kalāpetvā

, w.r. at Ud-a 64,1 for which read kalāpe
katvā]

" 346862328249061376,kalāpī,en,"

kalāpī

, f. [ts.], sheaf, bundle; — ifc. tiṇa-° (Mp II
347,8); naḷa-° (S II 114,17 foll.; Vism 560,26); yava-° (S
IV 201,1 foll).

" 346862328404250624,kalāpin,en,"

kalāpi(n)

, mfn. [ts.; cf. EWA-2 s.v.], 1. wearing a
quiver with arrows; 2. peacock; — 1. kadâhaṁ
(unmetr.) dhanu(g)gahe ... sure cāpahatthe ~ine
pahāya pabbajissāmi, Ja VI 49,2* ≠ 50,24*; — 2. lex.
lit.: moro + ... ~ī +, Abh 634. kalāpin

" 346862328303587328,kalāpiyasata,en,"

kalāpiya-sata

, n., a bundle of one hundred sheafs;
yathā nāma paññāsa tiṇakalāpiyo ukkhipituṁ a-
sakkontassa ~aṁ bandhitvā sīse ṭhapeyya, Mp II
347,9.

" 346862353771401216,kalappacullaka,en,"

Kalappacullaka

°, Kalabbacūḷaka Burmese read-
ings at Ja III 463,13, V 135,15 for Lambacūḷaka°; v.
PPN s.v.
Kalappacullaka°

" 346862328181952512,kalāpuppādadisabhāva,en,"

kalāp'-uppādâdi-sabhāva

, mfn., whose essential
nature consists in the production etc. of the collections
(of phenomena); cf. kalāpânupālaka, q.v.

" 346862328194535424,kalāpuppādādisabhāva,en,"

kalāp'-uppādâdi-sabhāva

, mfn., whose essential
nature consists in the production etc. of the collections
(of phenomena); cf. kalāpânupālaka, q.v.

" 346862327288565760,kaḷara,en,"

kaḷ[ā/a]ra

, mfn. [cf. sa. kaḍāra, karāla; EWA-2 s.vv.],
with protruding teeth; ct.s sometimes interpret mistak-
enly; cf. H. LÜDERS, Kleine Schriften, 1973: 89 foll.;
kaḷāratā, q.v.; sattajaṭo luddo ~o purisâdako, Ja V
91,3*; ~o bhagganāsako, VI 548,27* (= sūkaradāṭhehi
samannāgato [Be °āhi viya nikkhantadantehi],
549,13'); bhīrudassanā piṅgalâsi ~âsi na taṁ maññā-
mi mānusin ti, Pv 168 (= kaḷāradantā, Pv-a 90,10).
kaḷāra

" 346862327305342976,kaḷāra,en,"

kaḷ[ā/a]ra

" 346862326906884096,kaḷāradanta,en,"

kaḷāra-danta

, mfn.; with protruding teeth; v. s.v. ka-
ḷāra; — °-tā, f. [abstr.], the having protruding teeth; v.
s.v. Kaḷārajanaka.

" 346862327099822080,kaḷārajanaka,en,"

Kaḷāra-janaka

, m. [cf. sa. Karālajanaka; v. S. Sø-
rensen, An Index to the Names in the Mhbh s.v. Karā-
lajanaka]; Npr.; the son of Nimi; — exeg.: tassa nā-
maṁ kaḷāradantatāya ~ ti vutto, Ps III 318,17 (ad M
II 82,16); — Nimissa ... raṅño ~o nama putto ahosi,
M II 82,16; Dīp III 37; Sv 851,32; °âdayo, Mhv II 10;
— °-pariyosāna, mfn., ending with K.; ~ānaṁ aneka-
satasahassānaṁ rājūnaṁ aparabhāge Okkāko nāma
rājā ahosi, Sv-pṭ I 393,14; — °âhva, mfn., called K.;
suto eko ~o, Ext. Mhv II 53.[[side 323]]

" 346862327162736640,kaḷārakhattiya,en,"

Kaḷāra-khattiya

, m.; Npr.; a bhikkhu; v. PPN s.v.;
~o bhikkhu yenâyasmā Sāriputto ten' upasaṅkami,
S II 50,14 foll. (dantā ... assa kaḷārā visamasaṇṭhānā,
tasmā Kaḷāro ti vuccati, Spk II 61,28).

" 346862319533297664,kaḷārakhattiyavagga,en,"

Kaḷāra-khattiya-vagga

, m.; title of S II 47,9-68,2;
~assa paṭhame, Spk II 60,7.

" 346862327229845504,kaḷārakkhikaḷāradanta,en,"

kaḷār'-akkhi-kaḷāra-danta

, mfn., with protruding
eyes and teeth; ~ā ti evaṁ tesaṁ attabhāvaṁ upane-
tvā, Sv 968,32.

" 346862326776860672,kaḷāramaṭṭhuka,en,"

Kaḷāra-maṭṭhuka

, v. Kandaramasuka.

" 346862326839775232,kaḷārapiṅgala,en,"

kaḷāra-piṅgala

, mfn., with protruding teeth and yel-
low eyes; jāro te ~o, Ja IV 246,18 foll. (cf. 245,17: piṅ-
galo nikkhantadāṭho); piṅgalā ti ~ā, Spk I 239,30 (ad
S I 170,29; = nikkhantapiṅgalakkhikā, ~ā ti vā rat-
tagattā [sic!] ca piṅgalacakkhukā, Spk-pṭ I 264,24).

" 346862326961410048,kaḷāratā,en,"

kaḷāra-tā

, f. [abstr.], irregularity; ct. mistakenly so, cf.
kaḷāra, q.v.; uccākāḷārikā ti ... kaḷārikā (Be kāḷ°) ca
dantānaṁ ~āya. tāsaṁ ... eko danto unnato hoti,
eko onato. ubho pi ca viralā honti na āsannā, Ps II
198,35 (ad M I 178,24; = viralatāya, Ps-pṭ II 146,22).

" 346862326709751808,kalārika,en,"

kalārika

, mfn., with protruding teeth; cf. kaḷāratā,
q.v.

" 346862100817121280,kaḷārika,en,"

kaḷārika,

ifc. uccā-°.

" 346862242441990144,kalasa,en,"

kalasa

, m. [cf. sa. kalaśa; EWA-2 s.v.], water-pot,
pitcher; udakaṁ ~e āsiñcitvā, M III 141,18 foll.; 143,20
foll.; ~aṁ ādāya, Ja I 453,16; ~ā (Be kalikā, v. s.v.) va
payodharā, Ap 575,17 qu. Thī-a (1998) 84,3 (reading
kalikā with Be); — ifc. uda-°; mūla-° (Ja I 31,14');
mora-piñja-° (Ja I 38,21); suvaṇṇa-° (As 14,20).

" 346862352253063168,kalasakārasutthanī,en,"

kalasâkāra-sutthanī

, (m)f(n)., with beatiful breasts
in the shape of jars; ~ī (Be w.r. kalilâkārasutthanī), Ap
548,7 qu. Thī-a (1998) 128,7.[[side 318]]

" 346862352269840384,kalasākārasutthanī,en,"

kalasâkāra-sutthanī

, (m)f(n)., with beatiful breasts
in the shape of jars; ~ī (Be w.r. kalilâkārasutthanī), Ap
548,7 qu. Thī-a (1998) 128,7.[[side 318]]

" 346862242395852800,kalasapuravasin,en,"

Kalasa-pura-vasi(n)

, mfn., an inhabitant of K., the
city in which ¹²Ānanda flourished; cf. O. v. HINÜBER,
Handbook of Pāli Lit. 1996: § 368; Ānandâcariyo ...
~ī, Vjb 36,18. Kalasa-pura-vasin

" 346862101026836480,kalasī,en,"

kalasī,

f. = kalasa, q.v.; — ifc. suvaṇṇa-°.

" 346862353666543616,kalasigāma,en,"

Kalasi-gāma

, m.; Npr.; the birthplace of Milinda; cf.
PPN s.v.; cf. G. FUSSMAN, JAs CCLXXXI 1993: 80
foll.; atthi... ~o nāma. tatthâhaṁ jāto, Mil 83,1 foll.

" 346862356493504512,kalati,en,"

kalati

, pr. 3 sg. [ts.; cf. ²kal(a), q.v.; BHSD s.v. kala-
yati], to count; ~ati, Sadd 437,20.

" 346862354710925312,kalatta,en,"

kalatta

, n. [cf. sa. kalatra; cf. EWA-2 (Vol. III) s.v],
wife; Kacc-v 658; Mogg VII 81 (= bhariyā); Abh 237;
Sadd 870,22.

" 346862242488127488,kalaviṅka,en,"

kalaviṅka

, m. [ts.; cf. karaviṅka, q.v.], sparrow; ~o
tu cāṭako, Abh 643.

" 346862327833825280,kalāya,en,"

kalāya

, m. [ts.; cf. EWA-2 (Vol. III) s.v.; Amg. kalā-
va, cf. BHSD s.v.], pea; hatthato eko ~o bhūmiyaṁ
pati, Ja II 74,28 foll.; ekaṁ ~aṁ patitaṁ gavessati,
75,12*.

" 346862327649275904,kalāyamatta,en,"

kalāya-matta

, mfn., of the size of a pea; Kokāliyassa
... sāsapamattīhi pīḷakāhi sabbo kayo phuṭo ahosi
... muggamattiyo hutvā ~iyo ahesuṁ +, Sn 124,26
(= caṇakamattiyo, Pj II 475,20) = S I 150,27 = A V
170,20 (= caṇakamattiyo, Mp V 59,10); tā (scil. pīḷa-
kā) anupubbena muggamattā ~ā + ... hutvā, Dhp-a
I 319,9.

" 346862327586361344,kalāyamattakāla,en,"

kalāya-matta-kāla

, m., the time of reaching the size
of pea; ~ato paṭṭhāya khādāpeti c' eva pātāpeti ca, Ja
III 370,17.

" 346862327531835392,kalāyamuṭṭhi,en,"

kalāya-muṭṭhi

, f., a handful of peas; ~iṁ avakiriya,
Ja II 75,11* (= varakamuṭṭhiṁ, kāḷarājamāsamuṭṭhin
ti pi vadanti, 75,16'); — °-jātaka, n.; title of ja no. 176;
Ja II 74,2-76,12; v. PPN s.v.

" 346862327779299328,kalāyati,en,"

kalāyati

, pr. 3 sg. [den. < kalā 2.], to deceive, trick;
chahi kāraṇehi ... ~issati luddakaṁ vañcessati, Ja
I 163,27'.

" 346862327473115136,kalāyayūsa,en,"

kalāya-yūsa

, n., pea soup; thokaṁ thokaṁ āhāraṁ
āhāreyyaṁ pasataṁ pasataṁ yadi vā muggayūsaṁ
... yadi vā ~aṁ +, M I 245,19 foll.; — °-pasata-matta,
n., a mere drop of pea soup; mahāpadhānaṁ padahan-
tassa ekataṇḍulâdīhi pi ~ā pi kāyassa yāpanaṁ
ahosi, Sv 449,31.

" 346862325258522624,kaḷebara,en,"

kaḷebara

, m. and n. [cf. sa. kalevara-, EWA-2 (Vol.
III) s.v., BHSD s.v. kaḍevara; CDIAL ADD 2656;
Amg. kalevara; alternative spellings: kale°, °vara, ka-
levara], 1. body; 2. corpse, carcass; — lex. lit.: tanu
kaḷevaraṁ, Abh 151; — 1. khandhānaṁ bhedo ~as-
sa nikkhepo, D II 305,17 (= attabhāvassa, Sv 799,2) =
M I 49,25 (Ps I 217,5 foll.) = S II 3,3 (Spk II 13,11 foll.)
qu. Nidd I 124,2 (ad Sn 803; Nidd-a I 252,15 foll),
Paṭis I 38,4 (Paṭis-a 153,23 foll), Vibh 99,23 (Vibh-a
100,31 foll); imasmiṁ yeva byāmamatte ~e, A II
48,32 (= attabhāve, Mp III 88,21) ≠ S I 62,20 (Spk I
117,25) qu. Vism 204,19, Sp 118,5, Sv-pṭ II 147,22 -
Ps-pṭ I 111,22 = Spk-pṭ I 176,8; Spk III 265,19 =
Vibh-a 223,17 ≠ Vism 241,13 qu. Ud-a 69,2, Pj I 39,3;
47,12,27* = Pj II 247,12,15* (ad Sn 195);
kuṇapapūramhi susānavaḍḍhane bheda-
nadhamme ~e, Thī 380 (= kāyasaññite asucikaḷeba-
re, Thī-a [1998] 237,13); vikūlaṁ maṁsasoṇita-
palittaṁ kimikulâlayaṁ sakuṇabhattaṁ ~aṁ, 467;
470; khayato vayato c' āpi sammasanto ~aṁ, Ap
375,29; parinibbātum icchāmi vihāyêmaṁ ~aṁ,
532,15; āsīvisâlayasame rogâvāse ~e nibbiṇṇā, 534,7;
imasmiṁ ~e bhusamuṭṭhi viya vippakirante, Cp-a
131,8; dhātumatto ~o, Nāmar-p 89,10; — ifc. asuci-°
(Thī-a 254,18); mata-° (Ps I 149,30); — b. exeg.: kuṇa-
penā ti yena kenaci hatthiassâdīnaṁ ~ena, Mp IV
107,15 (ad A IV 201,18) qu. Ud-a 299,33 (ad Ud 53,19);
— parisussati khippam idaṁ ~aṁ, Ja II 437,15* qu.
Vism 49,14; tehi matakehi saddhiṁ idam pi me
~aṁ ekaṁ bhavissati, Ja III 96,3; māretvā maṁsaṁ
ādāya ~āni Gaṅgāya pavāhetvā, III 160,7; tassa ~aṁ
ākāse khipitvā, 180,24; ekaṁ ~aṁ maṅcake nipajjā-
petvā, 511,20; V 459,21; ~aṁ pabbatantare chaḍ-
ḍetvā, VI 302,30; ~aṁ susāne chaḍḍetvā, Thī-a
(1998) 259,8; ~añ ca me gayha citakaṁ abhiropa-
yuṁ, Ap 427,22; citakāya ḍayhamānānaṁ ~ānaṁ
vasā telañ ca, Pv-a 80,9 (ad Pv 118); tassa ~aṁ susā-
naṁ netuṁ n' ādaṁsu, Ps-pṭ III 205,17; ~am me pa-
titaṁ devaloke ramām' ahaṁ, Ap 106,2 = 421,10; vi-
rattāse ~e aṭṭhāsi, 609,9; punappunaṁ ~aṁ nikkhi-
pamānā bhūmiṁ, Sp 1298,5 (so read); gaṇikāya ~aṁ
paṭikkūlato manasikātuṁ upagato, Th-a II 134,27;
matakāye ~e, Nāmar-p 67,6; devā antaradhāpenti
tena khittaṁ ~aṁ, Mhv XXIII 10 (-v-); so ~aṁ
aggīhi uttāsetvāna, Mhv XXXVI 81 (-v-); — ifc.
itthi-° (Be so, cf. thī-°); chaḍḍita-° (Cp-a 269,18, so
read, Ee w.r.: chav'-aṭṭhika-°); chinna-sīsa-dhama-
ni-° (Vism 358,9 qu. Vibh-a 62,10; Pj I 57,2); thī-°
(Th-a II 135,15); pūti-° (Thī-a [1998] 258,28); vicchid-
daka-° (Nāmar-p 66,34); [sopāna-° reading of the
Burmese tradition for °-kaliṅgara, q.v.]; hatthi-° (Ja V
256,8'.[[side 326]]

" 346862322024714240,kaḷebaranikkhepa,en,"

kaḷebara-nikkhepa

, m., the laying the body down;
ekavokārabhāve pi ~o n' atthi, Spk-pṭ II 14,28; —
°-rahita, mfn., without laying the body down; bhij-
janasabhāve ~e opapātikattabhāve, It-a 84,18.

" 346862325203996672,kalerukkha,en,"

kalerukkha

, m., reading of Be at Ja VI 536,11* for
kaṭerukkha°, q.v.

" 346862312965017600,kaleti,en,"

kaleti

, pr. 3 sg. [sa. kalayati; cf. ¹kal(a), kalita,
qq.v.], to impell, urge on; ~eti satte khepetī ti kālo,
Ud-a 119,23.

" 346862291888640000,kalhāra,en,"

kalhāra

, = kallahāra, q.v.; uppalaṁ ... ~aṁ +, Bhes
10:82.

" 346862326583922688,kali,en,"

kali

, m., dirt; ayaṁ kāḷakaṇṇī bhavissati, imassa
sarīre ~iṁ pavāhetvā, Ja V 134,7 foll. cf. Ps III 61,10
foll.; yehi me akkhīhi kāḷakaṇṇī diṭṭho tāni dhotāni
~i pavāhito, Ps III 61,15; ~iṁ pavāhessāma, Ja IV
367,5'; — °-pavāha-kamma, n., the action of washing
off dirt; ~aṁ (Ee w.r. kalim pa°) kāressāmā ti, Ja IV
367,2'; cf. malaṁ pavāhetvā, VI 204,5'.

" 346862326651031552,kali,en,"

kali

, m. [ts.; cf. EWA-2 s.v; H. W. Wessler, Zeit
und Geschichte im Viṣṇupurāṇa 1995: 395 foll.], 1. the
losing throw at dice; opp. kaṭa; v. s.v. ⁵kaṭa; cf. H.
LÜDERS, Phil. Ind.: 106 foll.; H. FALK, Bruderschaft
und Würfelspiel, 1986: 108 foll.; 2. fault, offence (ct.s
so); 3. destruction (ct. so, uncertain); 4. worst (of its
kind); only ifc. cf., e.g., sa. rājakali; — exeg.: kalī ti hi
anattho vuccati, kalī ti ... parājayo. kalī ti ... ko-
dhamānâdikilesajāti, Ps-pṭ III 211,20 foll.; kalīyati
khalīyati appahīyati sāsanaṁ etenā ti ~i, jūtaparā-
jayo, III 354,16; — 1. lex. lit.: ~i parājaye, Abh 1106;
— eko akkhadhutto āgatâgataṁ ~iṁ gilati, D II
348,20 foll. (āgatâgataṁ parājayaguḷaṁ gilati, Sv
812,22), cf. Ja I 380,9* foll. for this use of gilati; bhadro
... assâjānīyo ... yathā ~iiṇ, evaṁ patodassa ajjho-
haraṇaṁ samanupassati, A V 324,18; ~ī hi dhīrānaṁ
... bhavanti vedajjhagatān' ..., Ja VI 206,1* (i.e., the
Vedas become kali to those who study them, cf. L. Als-
dorf, Kl. Schr. III 1998: 810); ~im ... gaṇhāmi asip-
po dhuttako yathā, 228,18* (yathā ... asikkhito ak-
khadhutto parājayabhāvaṁ ganhāti, 229,4'); pubbe
~ī duggahito va, 234,8* (parāyagāho duggahito va,
234,20'; rājā ~iṁ vicinaṁ aggahesi, 282,17*; ubhay-
attha bālo ~im aggahesi, 357,5* (ubhayattha parā-
jayam eva gaṇhāti, 357,1 l'); paresaṁ hi so vajjāni
opuṇāti yathā bhusaṁ attano ... chādeti ~iṁ va
kitavā saṭho, Dhp 252 (cf. G-Dhp 272); sabbena pi
sakena dhanena c' eva attanā ca saddhiṁ yo parā-
jayo so appamattako va kalī ti, Mp III 3,13 (ad A II
3,29*); — 2. yo nindiyaṁ pasaṁsati taṁ vā nindati
yo pasaṁsiyo vicināti mukhena so ~iṁ ~inā tena
sukhaṁ na vindati, Sn 658 foll. (= aparādhaṁ, Pj II
477,20) = S I 149,21* foll. = A II 3,25* foll. (Mp III 3,8) =
V 174,6* foll. (= tena aparadhena sukhaṁ na vindati,
Mp V 61,1) = V 171,16* foll. qu. Nett 132,24* foll.
Sv-pṭ I 64,13 (K. R. Norman, The Group of Discours-
es, 1992 on Sn 658 foll); taṁ ahaṁ n' eva jānāmi na
na jānāmī ti vadeyyaṁ taṁ mama assa ~i, A II 25,12
(mayhaṁ doso bhaveyyā ti, Mp III 39,13); n' atthi
rāgasamo aggi n' atthi dosasamo ~i Dhp 202 (cf.
251) (dosena samo aparādho pi n' atthi, Dhp-a III
261,11); abbūḷhaṁ aghagataṁ (so read, cf. s.v. agha-
gata and EV I ad loc.) vijitaṁ ekañ ce ossajjeyya kalī
va siyā, Th 321; yo ... sammaggatesu puggalesu cit-
taṁ padūseyya ayaṁ cittapadoso va tato ~ito
mahantataro ~i, Mp III 3,16 (""mind defiling is a much
graver fault than the losing throw at dice""; ad A II 3,31*)
= Mp V 61,8 (ad A V 174,11*); — °-nāsana, mfn., erad-
icating faults; sadā janānaṁ ~assa ... jinasāsanassa,
Bv-a 2,1*; — 3. godhākulaṁ kakaṇṭo va ~iṁ pāpeti
attanaṁ [so read m.c., cf. s.v. atta(n) 2(c)], Ja I 488,22*
(~i vuccati vināso ... pāḷiyaṁ pana phalaṁ pāpetī ti
likhanti, 488,27'); — 4. ifc. kāya-° (Thī 458; 501);
citta-° (Th 214; 356); dosa-° (Dhp-a III 261,1);
purisanta-° (Sn 664); mala-khīla-° (~-kilesa, D III
179,10*).

" 346862321680781312,kalībhavati,en,"

kalībhavati

, pr. 3 sg. [< kalā + √bhū], to break up;
asampadānen' itarītarassa bālassa mittāni ~ati, Ja I
467,29* (= malināni [Be kalīni] kālakaṇṇikasadisāni
honti, bhijjantī ti attho, 468,50.

" 346862246376247296,kalicitta,en,"

kali-citta

, n., polluted mind; ambho citta ~a (cf.
Geiger § 78.5; Ai.Gr. III § 46c) kāḷakaṇṇiṁ ahaṁ
kathayāmi, Th-a II 79,12.

" 346862246162337792,kalidevatā,en,"

Kali-devatā

, f.; Npr.; name of the goddess Jyeṣṭhā,
the elder sister of Śrī; Siridevatā ~ā (v.l. Kāli°) Sivā
Vasudevā +, tesaṁ tesaṁ rahassaṁ tesu tesu
gaṇesu yeva carati, Mil 191,6.

" 346862246120394752,kalidevī,en,"

Kali-devī

, f., = prec.; Jeṭṭhabbatiko ti Kalidevīva-
taniyutto. ~ī kira Sirīdeviyā jeṭṭhā, tasmā tassā vata
dharo Jeṭṭhabbatiko ti vuccati. taṁ pana vataṁ
samādiyitvā pūrento sakalasarīre masiṁ mak-
khetvā kākapattāni muṭṭhiyaṁ katvā ~iṁ phalake
likhāpetvā taṁ kājakoṭṭiyaṁ bandhitvā thomento
vicaranti, Sp-ṭ II 355,7 foll. (ad Sp 596,12); — °-vata-
niyutta, mfn., devoted to the religious observances of
prec.; v . supra.

" 346862246212669440,kalidi,en,"

kalid(i)

, the verbal root kalid, cf. sa-Dhātup I 15,73;
~ paridevane, Sadd 381,6.
kalidi

" 346862326416150528,kaliggaha,en,"

kali-ggaha

, m., 1. getting the losing throw at dice; 2.
defeat (ct.s so); — 1. exeg.: kali = jūtaparājayo. so eva
gahasadistāya ~o ti vutto, Ps-pṭ III 354,17; — seyy-
athā pi... akkhadhutto paṭhamen' eva ~ena puttam
pi jīyetha dāram pi jīyetha +, M III 170,8,10,13 (=
parājayena, Ps IV 214,3); ~o ... kaṭaggaho, Ja VI
209,2'; — 2. imassa ... purisapuggalassa ubhayattha
~o, M I 403,11 (= parājayagāho, Ps III 117,15) =
406,15 = 409,1; ubhayattha ~o andhassa hata-
cakkhuno, A I 129,26* (= aparaddhagāho parā-
jayagāho hoti +, Mp II 200,24 foll).

" 346862314315583488,kalikā,en,"

kalikā

, f. [ts.], a bud; ~ā korako +, Abh 544; kalikā
(Ee kalasā, v. s.v. kalasa) va payodharā, Ap 575,17
qu. Thī-a (1998) 84,3; — °âkāra-sutthanī, f., with
beautiful breasts in the shape of buds; w.r. of Be for Ee
kalasâkārasutthanī, q.v.

" 346862326474870784,kalikāla,en,"

Kalikāla

, m.; Npr.; a Dravidian chief; °-rāyaro, Mhv
LXXVI 214-15.

" 346862326529396736,kalikāla,en,"

kali-kāla

, m. [ts.; cf.. Kaliyuga, q.v.], the Kali age;
~e parihīṇâyukasattānaṁ satibuddhiparihāniṁ dis-
vā, Mhv-ṭ 623,10.

" 346862245860347904,kalila,en,"

kalila

, n. [ts.], thickect; = gahana (Mogg VII 189);
~e (sic!) alakaladvayaṁ, Dhātum ad 398 foll.

" 346862245784850432,kalila,en,"

kalila

, = ^1,2kalala, qq.v.; Sadd 922,14 (vaṇṇabhe-
do 'yaṁ, 33).

" 346862326047051776,kaḷimbha,en,"

kaḷimbha

, n., = kaḷimbhaka, q.v.; in uddāna: ~aṁ,
Vin II 143,19*.

" 346862320011448320,kaḷimbha,en,"

Kaḷimbha

, m.; Npr.; a thera; v. PPN s.v.; kūṭâgāra-
sālāyaṁ ... therehi sāvakehi saddhiṁ āyasmatā ca
Calena ... āyasmatā ca ~ena +, A V 133,15 foll.

" 346862325992525824,kaḷimbhaka,en,"

kaḷimbha-ka

, n. [perhaps related to prakr. kaliṁba,
v. CDIAL 3186], a bamboo measure ?; ~ is used to
assure that the distance between the stiches on a cīvara
are of equal length; suttantarikāyo visamā honti. anu-
jānāmi ... -an ti, Vin II 116,21 (pamāṇasaññā-
karaṇaṁ yaṁ kiñci tālapaṇṇâdiṁ, Sp 1206,23).

" 346862246019731456,kalindati,en,"

kalindati

, pr. 3 sg. [< kalid(i), q.v.], to lament, weep;
~ati, Sadd 381,6.

" 346862326294515712,kaliṅga,en,"

Kaliṅga

, m. pl. only [ts.; Asok Kaliṁgā; cf. Kāliṅga,
q.v.; v. S. SØRENSEN, An Index to the Names in the
Mhbh, s.v. Kaliṅga (°āḥ)]; Npr.; a land and its people;
mentioned as the third of the seventeen mahājanapadas
enumerated at Nidd II 37,3 = Be 150,11; om. from the
corresponding list at A I 212,35 foll.; v. PPN s.v. 2.
Kāliṅga; — lex. lit.: Kurū +... ~ā +, Abh 184; — Dan-
tapuraṁ ~ānaṁ (so read with v.l. m.c; Ee Kā°), D II
235,19* qu. Sv 662,5* (Kā°); jayo ~anaṁ asayhasā-
hinaṁ, Ja III 6,25*; Karaṇḍu nāma ~ānaṁ ... ete
raṭṭhāni hitvāna, 381,15* (Karaṇḍu ... ~ānaṁ jana-
padassa rājā, 381,24'); ciṇṇā ~ā (so read with Mss. B^df
m.c.; Ee Kā°), 541,18* (Kāliṅgaraṭṭhaṁ cinnaṁ,
542,60; ahu ... ~esu Jūjako nāma brāhmaṇo, VI
521,21*; Aṅgā ca Magadhā ca ~ā +, Nidd II 37,3 = Be
150,11; — Rem.: the Burmese tradition retains Ka° as
opposed to the Sinh. tradition which with a few excep-
tions reads Kā°.[[side 324]]

" 346862100779372544,kaliṅga,en,"

Kaliṅga,

cf. M. Brandtner, Kaliṅga und seine Hauptstadt in frühgeschichtlicher Zeit 2000: 181foll.

" 346862326235795456,kaliṅgara,en,"

kaliṅgara

, m. and n. [cf. sa. kaḍaṅgara; EWA-2
(Vol. III) s.v.], a log, wooden (executioner's) block; —
lex. lit.: ~o, Abh 453; — (m.) balavaṁ bandhanaṁ
daḷhaṁ bandhanaṁ + ... thūlo ~o, M I 449,16 foll. (=
gale baddhaṁ [so read] mahākaṭṭhaṁ viya hoti, Ps
III 166,8); (in uddāna) ~o, S II 272,26*; — (n.) in simi-
les: aciraṁ vat' ayaṁ kayo ... niratthaṁ va ~aṁ,
Dhp 41 (= nirupakāraṁ niratthakaṁ kaṭṭhakhaṇ-
ḍaṁ viya, Dhp-a I 321,2) ≠ Thī 468; tena ten' eva
vajasi yena sūlaṁ ~aṁ, Th 213 (sūlasaṅkhātā bhavā
kaliṅgarasaṅkhātā adhikuṭṭanakā [so read with BeCe,
Ee °kuttaṇa-nāma-kāma°] kāmaguṇā ca tena ten'
eva ... vajasi, Th-a II 79,13); tassā me sāmiko ativiya
caṇḍo pharuso gahitagahiten' eva kaṭṭhena vā ~ena
vā sīsaṁ chindati, Dhp-a III 315,6; kaṭṭhassa tuvaṁ
maññe, ~assa tuvaṁ maññe iccevamādi, Kacc-v 279
(cf. Pāṇ II 3:17) qu. Sadd 697,4; — ifc. kaṭṭha-°; sopā-
na-° (Vin II 128,7).

" 346862320619622400,kaliṅgaraghaṭikā,en,"

kaliṅgara-ghaṭikā

, f. [cf. kaliṅgarûpadhāna, q.v.],
a wooden block; sayanakāle ... ~aṁ upadhānaṁ
katvā sayanti, Spk II 229,19.

" 346862246556602368,kalingarajan,en,"

Kalinga-raja(n)

, m. [cf. Kāliṅga°], the king of K;
tassa (so read) kira ~aṅṅo, Sp 511,17 (Burmese reading
for tassa kira raṅṅo).
Kalinga-rajan

" 346862326177075200,kaliṅgarakhaṇḍa,en,"

kaliṅgara-khaṇḍa

, n. [cf. kaṭṭhakhaṇḍa, q.v.], a
splinter; so read for °kaṇḍa; imaṁ acittaṁ (Be °akaṁ)
~am pi tāva (Ee om. tāva) tava guṇaṁ jānāti, Ja III
273,19.

" 346862246745346048,kaliṅgarasadisa,en,"

kaliṅgara-sadisa

, mfn., like a wooden block; kayo
pathavīdhātuppakopena tāva thaddho hoti ~o, Pj II
458,2.

" 346862525003862016,kaliṅgarasaṅkhāta,en,"

kaliṅgara-saṅkhāta

, mfn., in other words a wooden
block; ~ā adhikuṭṭanakā kāmaguṇā, Th-a II 79,13.

" 346862246611128320,kaliṅgarasuttavaṇṇanā,en,"

Kaliṅgara-sutta-vaṇṇanā

, f.; title of Spk-pṭ II
191,20-192,7 (ad S II 267,27-268,19); ~ā niṭṭhitā, 192,8.

" 346862326109966336,kaliṅgaraṭṭha,en,"

Kaliṅga-raṭṭha

, n. [cf. Kāliṅga°, q.v.], the kingdom
of K; ~aṁ (Ce Kā°) gacchāmi, Ja VI 574,3; ~ato, Ext
Mhv XXX 239.

" 346862246481104896,kaliṅgarupadhāna,en,"

kaliṅgarûpadhāna

, mfn. [°gara + upa°], using a log
as pillow; ~ā ... etarahi Licchavī viharanti appamattā
ātāpino upāsanasmim, S II 267,32 foll. (= kaliṅgara-
ghaṭikaṁ [v.l. °taṁ] sīsûpadhānaṅ c' eva pādûpad-
hānaṅ ca katvā, Spk II 229,19; kaliṅgaraṁ vuccati
khuddakadārukhaṇḍaṁ, tam upadhānaṁ etesan ti
~ā, Spk-pṭ II 191,20); 268,9 qu. Mil 366,6; ~ānaṁ Māro
ārammaṇaṁ na labhati, Spk II 230,24.

" 346862246497882112,kaliṅgarūpadhāna,en,"

kaliṅgarûpadhāna

" 346862246426578944,kaliṅguka,en,"

kaliṅguka

, m. [cf. sa. kaliṅgaka], laurus camphora;
kappurā ca ~ā (so read with Be, Ee °gu ca), Ja VI
537,25*.

" 346862245973594112,kaliphalapūrita,en,"

kali-phala-pūrita

, mfn., filled with impure fruits;
pāṭha qu. at Ps-pṭ II 74,4 for kuphala°, q.v.

" 346862325849919488,kaḷīra,en,"

kaḷīra

or kalīra, m. [cf. sa. karīra, EWA-2; CDIAL
2804; Amg karīra], 1. shoot (primarily used of bamboo
shoots); 2. a plant (capparis aphylla ?), cf. kaḷīra-pup-
pha, q.v.; — lex. lit.: ~o matthako bhave, Abh 549;
— exeg.: matthakā veṇukaḷīro naḷakaḷīro + ... sat-
tannaṁ dhaññānaṁ ~ā, Sp 834,21; 834,25; Vin-vn
1333 foll.; — paṭhamuggato hosi yathā ~o, Ja III
394,6* (= siniddhachavitaruṇakaḷīro, 394,13');
muṇḍasamaṇakaṁ ... khaggena ... ~aṁ viya
koṭṭetvā, Spk I 227,10,13*; dantā ~ā viya chijjiṁsu,
Ja V 52,27; pubbe me asi silāthambhaṁ vā khadi-
rakhāṇuṁ vā ~aṁ viya chindati, Dhp-a II 249,10;
yathā ~o susu vaḍḍhitaggo, Th 72 (aṅkuro idha
pana vaṁsaṅkuro adhippeto, Th-a I 172,1); isīkaṁ
pavāheyyā ti ~aṁ luñceyya, Paṭis-a 666,13 (ad Paṭis
II 211,2); veḷugumbasmiṁ taruṇakā ~ā (Be
kalīrakā) asattā alaggā + ..., Nidd II 58,16 = Be
242,26; — ifc. ucchu-°; khajjūrika-° (Pj I 49,22 [v.l.
sindi-°, q.v.]); taruṇa-° (Ja III 394,15); taru-
ṇa-vaṁsa-° (Ja III 179,26); naḷa-° (Sp 834,20); na-
va-vaṁsa-° (Ja VI 26,6*); padi-° (? Vjb 320,1); ba-
hu-paṇṇa-phala-° (Sp 822,30; Kkh 105,17); mac-
cha-maṁsa-° (Ps III 164,1); mūlaka-° (Sp 834,20);
vaṁs[ā/a]-° (Sn 38; Ap 8,23; Ja I 74,5; Mil 201,23); ve-
ṇu-° (Sp 834,20); satāvari-° (Sp 834,21); sabba-° (Sp
479,3); sāsapa-° (Sp 834,21); siniddha-chavi-taru-
ṇa-° (Ja III 394,13'); sindi-° (~-saṇṭhāna, Vism
254,13 qu. Vibh-a 237,14).
kaḷīra

" 346862321747890176,kaḷīracchejja,en,"

kaḷīra-cchejja

, n., the cutting off like a shoot (?); v.
Mil-trs1.s T.W. Rhys Davids, LB. Horner; É.
NOLOT: some kind of torture); sīsaṁ ~aṁ chedāpey-
yāma, Mil 193,12,17.

" 346862325770227712,kaḷīragga,en,"

kaḷīr'-agga

, n., top shoot; — lex. lit.: mūlaṁ pattaṁ
kalīraggaṁ + ti sākaṁ dasavidhaṁ mataṁ, Abh
593.

" 346862320208580608,kaḷīraka,en,"

kaḷīra-ka

, m., = prec.; ~ā, Nidd II 58,16 = Be 242,26
(Ee kaḷīrā, q.v.).

" 346862325694730240,kaḷīrapanasadi,en,"

kaḷīra-panasâdi

, n. [°asa + ā°], bamboo shoots,
bread-fruits, etc.; ~īhi missetvā maṁsaṁ pacanti, Sp
827,23; — ifc. vaṁsa-° (Kkh 107,2).

" 346862325711507456,kaḷīrapanasādi,en,"

kaḷīra-panasâdi

, n. [°asa + ā°], bamboo shoots,
bread-fruits, etc.; ~īhi missetvā maṁsaṁ pacanti, Sp
827,23; — ifc. vaṁsa-° (Kkh 107,2).

" 346862312251985920,kaḷīrapuppha,en,"

kaḷīra-puppha

, n., the flower of the plant capparis
aphylla; ~aṁ, Sp 836,10 (Ee w.r. karīra°).

" 346862325564706816,kaḷīrasaṅkhāta,en,"

kaḷīra-saṅkhāta

, mfn., in other words a shoot;
°erakakadalīnaṁ ~ā matthakā, Sp 834,19.

" 346862312310706176,kaḷīrasūpa,en,"

kaḷīra-sūpa

, n., broth made with bamboo shoots;
~aṁ gaṇhatha panasabyañjanaṁ gaṇhathā ti va-
danti, Sp 827,24 (cf. kaḷīrapanasâdi, q.v.); Kkh 107,3.

" 346862325510180864,kaḷīrasūpaka,en,"

kaḷīra-sūpa-ka

, n., = prec.; ~aṁ, Vin-vn 1288.

" 346862245717741568,kalisaṃkhātamahaparādhasadisa,en,"

kali-saṁkhāta-mahâparādha-sadisa

, mfn., like an
awful crime, in other words ""kali""; iṇasadisaṁ dha-
najānisadisaṁ ~añ ca katvā, Mp V 80,6 (ad A V
324,17).

" 346862245734518784,kalisaṃkhātamahāparādhasadisa,en,"

kali-saṁkhāta-mahâparādha-sadisa

, mfn., like an
awful crime, in other words ""kali""; iṇasadisaṁ dha-
najānisadisaṁ ~añ ca katvā, Mp V 80,6 (ad A V
324,17).

" 346862245638049792,kalisāsana,en,"

kali-sāsana

, n., fault finding, i.e., the act of finding
faults with others in order to make them publicly known;
~aṁ āropeti āpatti dukkaṭassa, Vin IV 93,35 foll.
(kalī ti kodho, tassa sāsanaṁ āropeti, Sp 856,3); na
... āyasmato avaṇṇaṁ pakāsanatthāya na ~aṁ
āropanatthāya, Sp 219,2; Bhagavā tesaṁ ajānana-
bhāvaṁ jānanto ve kevalaṁ ~aṁ āropetukāmo
pucchati, Ps IV 2,2 (= parājayaṁ. kalī ti hi anattho
vuccati, kali ti sasati vippharati ti ~aṁ, parajayo.
kalī ti vā kodhamānâdikilesajāti, tāya ... ayuttavā-
ditā ~aṁ, Ps-pṭ III 211,20 foll).[[side 325]]

" 346862245554163712,kalisāsanaropana,en,"

kali-sāsana-ropana

, n., m.c for kalisāsanâropana,
v. next; ~e, Vin-vn 1544.

" 346862245474471936,kalisāsanaropana,en,"

kali-sāsanâropana

, n. [°na + ār°], instigating fault
finding; ubhinnam pi ~e (so read) dukkaṭam eva,
Kkh 115,18.

" 346862245491249152,kalisāsanāropana,en,"

kali-sāsanâropana

, n. [°na + ār°], instigating fault
finding; ubhinnam pi ~e (so read) dukkaṭam eva,
Kkh 115,18.

" 346862246330109952,kalita,en,"

kalita

, mfn. [pp. < kaleti, q.v.], impelled, urged on; —
ifc. sīta-vāta-° (Th 22).

" 346862246263001088,kalitabba,en,"

kalitabba

, mfn. [< ²kal(a), q.v.], to be counted; ~aṁ
saṅkhyātabban ti ... kalyaṁ, Kacc-v 634; kālo ti
""ettako atikkanto"" ti ādina ~o, Sadd 437,21.

" 346862325912834048,kalīyati,en,"

kalīyati

, pr. 3 sg. pass. [√¹kal(a)?]; in etymology of
¹kali: ~ati khalīyati apah[ī/i]yati (so read; Be app°)
sāsanaṁ etenā ti kali, Ps-pṭ III 354,16.

" 346862245919068160,kaliyuga,en,"

kali-yuga

, m. [ts.; cf. kalikāla, q.v.], the kali age;
kappakasāya ~e, Buddhuppādo aho mahaccha-
riyaṁ, Sv-pṭ I 61,13* = Ps-pṭ I 43,5* = Spk-pṭ I 39,25*
qu. Mp-ṭ I 51,19*; ~e, Sās 44,34*.

" 346862310536515584,kalla,en,"

⁴

kalla

, n. [sa. kālya, EWA-1 s.v. kālyam; CDIAL
3104; SWTF s.vv. kālyam, kalya 2; Amg. kalla], 1.
early morning; 2. time; — 1. lex. lit.: pabhātaṁ ca vib-
hātaṁ ca paccūso ~aṁ, Abh 68; 983 (Abh-ṭ 556,13);
— 2. ifc. apatta-° (Vjb 509,21); patta-° (Vin III 150,36
with Sp 569,10; Sv 5,26); [pattha-° (Sp 1400,4), exam-
ple of wrong pronunciation].

" 346862310779785216,kalla,en,"

kalla

, mfn. [cf. sa. kalya ; EWA-1 ¹kalyaḥ; SWTF
s.v. kalya 1, a-c; CDIAL 2948; Amg. kalla; cf. ¹kalya,
q.v.], 1. healthy; 2. fit, adaptable; 3. dexterous, bright; —
lex. lit.: kallo nirāmayo, Abh 331; ~aṁ ... nirogasaj-
jadakkhesu tīsu taṁ, 983 ( = sajje saṅgate ādhāre pi
ca ""sajjutto sannaddhe saṅgate pi ce"" ti Nānattha-
saṅgahe ... yutte pi ~aṁ, Abh-ṭ 556,13-15); — 1. kāy-
acittaṁ ~aṁ jātaṁ, Vv-a 244,11; ~ā hontū ti, Bhes
1:2; ~o brahmamuhuttasmiṁ rakkhāy' uṭṭhāya
āyuno, Bhes 3:2 (modelled on: svastho [rakṣārtham
āyuṣaḥ], Aṣṭāṅgahṛdaya, Sū 2.1a); — 2. exeg.: ~o
yutto, Spk II 31,8 (ad S II 13,9 foll); cittaṁ ... ~aṁ
katvā jhānaṁ samāpajjituṁ na sakkoti, Spk II
352,27 (ad S III 264,2); 353,2 (ad S III 265,27 foll);
kallaṁ kātuṁ sakkoti, Mp III 354,24 (ad A III 311,29;
= cittaṁ samatthaṁ kātuṁ, Mp-ṭ III 101,7); — no
kallo pañho ti ... kallo pañho ... kallaṁ
veyyākaraṇaṁ, S II 13,9 foll.; 60,34 foll.; kallaṁ nu te
taṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ, III 112,6 = 118,36; — used in
impersonal constructions with inf. + instr. of pers. or a
verb, noun in the dat., cf. Kasussyntax § 170; SWTF
s.v. kalyam 1; kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ, Vin
I 14,9 - M I 138,13 (= yuttaṁ, Ps II 113,18) = S III
104,11 = IV 63,30 qu. Mp II 102,16; Paṭis-a 60,28; ~aṁ
... tena tad abhinandituṁ, D II 69,28 (- yuttaṁ, Sv
512,10); ~aṁ ... tesu pasīdituṁ, S IV 345,8 foll.; -an
... tad abhinanditun ti, Mil 25,16; pubbe ce ...
pavāraṇāya vatthuṁ paññāyati, pacchā puggalo,
kallaṁ vacanāya, Vin I 174,37; ~aṁ ... tass' etaṁ
vacanāya, D I 157,26 (= yuttaṁ nu kho etaṁ
vacanāya, Sv 320,1); ~aṁ vacanāya dukkaraṁ
sāmaññaṁ dukkaraṁ brahmaññan ti, 168,22 (Sv
358,10); M II 241,10; S III 84,21; A I 144,10 (yuttaṁ vat-
tuṁ, Mp II 235,21) = IV 402,2 (Mp IV 191,4); āyas-
mantānaṁ Nigaṇṭhānaṁ na ~aṁ assa veyyākara-
ṇāya, M III 215,14 (= na yuttaṁ, Ps III 2,10); — 3.
kallo 'si bhante Nāgasena, Mil 32,10 (in the old part of
Mil only: Mil 1-89); — ifc. a-°; paṭisallāna-° (Spk III
1,19); samādhi-vimutti-° (Spk III 1,17).

" 346862310662344704,kalla,en,"

kalla

, n., health; ~aṁ paccayo, Peṭ 202,15; ~aṁ
sañjātaṁ assā ti kallitaṁ, Mp-ṭ III 101,4 (ad Mp III
354,23).

" 346862310603624448,kalla,en,"

kalla

, mfn. = ³kalya, q.v.

" 346862310930780160,kalla,en,"

kall(a)

, the verbal root kail (v. kallati); — gramm. lit.:
1. kalla saddane, Dhātum 401; kalla sadde, Mogg VII
194; — 2. kalla asadde, asaddo nissaddo, Sadd 437,23
(cf. kalla avyakte śabde, sa-Dhātup I 527).

kalla

" 346862309588602880,kallacitta,en,"

kalla-citta

, mfn. [cf. kalya-citta; SWTF s.v. kalya-
citta], having an adaptable, healthy mind; ~aṁ mudu-
cittaṁ vinīvaraṇacittaṁ udaggacittaṁ pasannacit-
taṁ, Vin I 225,36 (formula: 4+4+7; 5+5) = D I 110,4 ≠
II 41,13 (= kammaniyacitte ... kammakkhamacitte
... ārogacitte ... kāmacchandavigamena ārogacitte,
Sv-pṭ II 91,14) = M I 380,1 (= ārogacittaṁ, Ps III 92,8)
= A I 186,16 (= ārogacittaṁ, Mp IV 101,25) = Ud 49,9
(= kāmacchandavigamena ārogacittaṁ, Ud-a
283,7) qu. Vv-a 286,9, Paṭis-a 232,20 (reading
kalya-°), Ap-a 545,20; niccaṁ kallasarīrā ~ā ca
honti, Sv 741,9 = Ps I 227,27 qu. Mp-ṭ III 310,7; su-
pasannā ~ā muducittā honti, Sv 360,18; ~añ ca
maṁ ñatvā, Vv 839 (= kammanīyacittaṁ ... bhā-
vanākammayogyacittaṁ, Vv-a 214,16); apagata-
sokaṁ ~aṁ viditvā, Pv-a 38,23; — °âdi-bhāva, m.
[abstr.], the having a healthy mind, etc.; ~aṁ
ñatvā,Vv-a 53,24.

" 346862309529882624,kallacittatā,en,"

kalla-citta-tā

, f. [abstr. of prec], the having an adapt-
able, healthy mind; ~aṁ ñatvā, Ja II 12,16; Th-a III
175,5 qu. Ap-a 256,6; ~ā ārogacittatā, Sv-pṭ I 439,18;
— Rem.: Be reads ~aṁ, Ja II 12,22 for EeCe (SHB) cit-
takalyataṁ.

" 346862306837139456,kallacodanāya,en,"

[

kalla-codanāya

, w.r. for kallaṁ codanāya at Sp
1079,9]

" 346862309727014912,kallagāma,en,"

Kallagāma

, m. [cf. Kālakagāma, q.v.]; Npr.; a vil-
lage in Sri lanka, in which the Maṇḍalârāmakavihāra,
q.v., is located; so (i.e., Malayadevatthera) ... ~ato
Maṇḍalârāmakamahāvihāre uddesañ ca gaṇhāti,
Mp I 38,14,16.

" 346862309647323136,kallagāmajanapada,en,"

Kallagāma-janapada

, m., the district of Kallagāma,
q.v.; ~e (v.l. Galla-) Maṇḍalârāmakavihāraṁ pavi-
siṁsu, Mp I 92,21 qu. Sp-ṭ III 91,19.

" 346862307751497728,kallahāra,en,"

kallahāra

, m. [cf. kalhāra, q.v.; cf. sa. kahlāra, kal-
hāra; EWA-2 (Vol. III) s.v. kahlāra; CDIAL 2986;
Amg. kalhāra], the white lotus (nymphea alba, cf. W.
RAU, Asiatica, Festschr. F. WELLER 1954: 507, n. 24);
— lex. lit.: sogandhikaṁ ~aṁ, Abh 688; — ... + sat-
tapattakaṁ ~aṁ kuvalayaṁ +... nāgā pūjenti te,
Dīp XVI 19; — ifc. kamala-kuvalaya-° (Bv-a 253,38
[Ee w.r. -bh-]; — °-vana, n., a thick growth of white
lotuses; yojanavitthataṁ suddhaṁ ~aṁ taṁ uda-
kaṁ parikkhipitvā ṭhitaṁ ... nīluppalavanaṁ +, Ja
V 37,15; — °-âdi, (Sp-ṭ I 257,21; Ja V 37,21).

" 346862310490378240,kallaka,en,"

kallaka

, mfn. [cf. kalyaka, q.v.], healthy, well; ~o
Vin-vn-ṭ I 240,11; — ifc. a-°.

" 346862309861232640,kallakāleṇa,en,"

Kallakā-leṇa

, n. [sometimes written °-lena by mis-
take]; Npr.; a monastery in Sri lanka built by King Sad-
dhātissa (1st c. BC); cf. PPN s.v.; vihāraṁ kārāpayati
~a-uttamaṁ, Dīp XX 2 (v.ll. gallakā-, kallahā-); ~aṁ
ca kārayi, Mhv XXXIII 7 (v.ll Kallakalleṇaṁ, kālāle-
na) (Kallakalleṇaṁ, Mhv-ṭ 608,17).

" 346862310364549120,kallakamahāvihāra,en,"

Kallaka-mahāvihāra

, m.; Npr.; a monastery in
Bhokkantagāma, q.v.; ~e (Be Kallamahā°) Āsīviso-
pamasuttaṁ sutvā, Dhp-a IV 51,9.

" 346862309932535808,kallakāya,en,"

kalla-kāya

, mfn. [cf. ¹kalla], with the body in-
vigorated; te bhikkhū gattāni sītikaritvā ~ā , Vin I
291,16 foll. (= pītisomanassehi phuṭasarīrā, Sp-ṭ III
340,17; akilantakāyā, Vmv II 199,1).

" 346862306891665408,kallakkanāmaveḷāra,en,"

Kallakka-nāma-veḷāra

, [cf. DED 5545: Tam. vēḷir
""petty chief""?]; Npr.; a Dravidian chieftain at the time
of Parakkamabāhu I. (1153-1186); cf. PPN s.v.; ~o,
Mhv LXXVII 40; ~aṁ aññe ca damiḷe bahū māre-
tvā, 50.[[side 337]]

" 346862309806706688,kallakusala,en,"

[

kalla-kusala

, w.r. for kallitakusala, q.v.]

" 346862308972040192,kallamahāvihāra,en,"

Kalla-mahā-vihāra

, = Kallaka-mahā-vihāra, q.v.

" 346862307566948352,kallāna,en,"

kallāna

, n. [cf. kalyāṇa, q.v.], the good; — gramm.
lit.: bhadi ~e sokiye ca. ~aṁ kalyānaṁ, Sadd 381,16.

" 346862307692777472,kallāṇa,en,"

kallāṇa

, mfn. [cf. kalyāṇa, q.v.], good; — gramm.
lit.: kalyāṇaṁ ... ~o, Kacc-v 635.

" 346862308921708544,kallara,en,"

Kallara

, m.; Npr.; a South Indian tribe, cf. W. GEI-
GER, Cv-trsl. II p. 76 n. 2; — °-ddhaji(n), mfn., identi-
fied by the standard of the ~ tribe; ~inī ... senā, Mhv
LXXVI 259; — °-senā, f., troops of the ~ tribe; ~ā,
Mhv LXXVI 246.

" 346862308850405376,kallarūpa,en,"

kalla-rūpa

, mfn., [for the value ofsuff. -rūpa, cf. kal-
ya°, kalyāṇa°, qq.v.], truly ready; idāniṁ utusap-
pāyalābhena suṭṭhu ~o (Ee w.r. sukalla°) kam-
manīyasabhāvo tvaṁ nīvāraṇehi ... (so read with Be),
Th-a II 78,2 (ad Th 212); — ifc. su-° (Th 212).

" 346862308095430656,kallasadda,en,"

kalla-sadda

, m., the word ""kalla""; ettha ~o (Ee
kalya-, v.l. sinh. kalla°) kammaññattho, Paṭis-a 232,21.

" 346862308019933184,kallasamaya,en,"

kalla-samaya

, m., the suitable time; sappāyavelā
sarīracittānaṁ ~o, Vism-mhṭ I 121,6 ad Vism 101,12.

" 346862307885715456,kallasarīra,en,"

kalla-sarīra

, mfn., having an invigorated body, heal-
thy; niccaṁ ~ā kallacittā ca honti, Sv 741,9 = Ps I
227,26 qu. Mp-ṭ III 310,7; ~aṁ (Ee w.r kisa°) balapat-
taṁ, Spk III 56,15; ~aṁ nissāya, Ps-pṭ III 325,27; ~o
ekavāraṁ nimmisanaṁ karoti, Sadd 605,19; gijjhā
vūpasantāya vātavuṭṭhiyā ~ā hutvā, Ja II 51,1.[[side 338]]

" 346862307822800896,kallasarīratā,en,"

kalla-sarīra-tā

, f. [abstr. of prec.]; — ifc. a-° (Vv-a
243,25).

" 346862309332750336,kallatā,en,"

kalla-tā

, f. [abstr.; cf. kalyatā, q.v.], 1. health; 2.
adaptability, readiness; — 1. karajakāye ~aṁ patte,
Th-a II 77,5; Bhes 2:56 (= nīrogibhāvaya, sn); — 2. sa-
mādhissa ~āya kusalo samādhicittaṁ bhāsetuṁ
(EeBe w.r. hā°, cf. Spk II 353,2) kallaṁ kātuṁ sakko-
ti, Mp III 354,23 (ad A III 311,29); kāyacittānaṁ ~āya
samāhito, Th-a I 83,15; ~aṁ āvahantaṁ, Sv-pṭ II
420,3 = Ps-pṭ III 389,1 - Spk-pṭ II 438,1 qu. Mp-ṭ I
259,24 (reading -ly-; ad Mp II 67,2); — ifc. a-°; citta-°
(Sv 681,27; Sv-pṭ II 299,11); citta-sarīra-° (Sv 741,10 =
Ps I 227,27).

" 346862309257252864,kallatākusala,en,"

[

kallatā-kusala

, w.r. for kallitakusala, q.v.]

" 346862307625668608,kallatākusalatā,en,"

kallatā-kusala-tā

, = kallita-kusalatā, q.v. s.v. kalli-
takusala.

" 346862309144006656,kallatapādana,en,"

kallatâpādana

, n. [kallatā + āp°], the causing (the
body) to be healthy; kāyassa °-vasena cittassa kalla-
taṁ āvahantaṁ, Sv-pṭ II 420,3 = Ps-pṭ III 388,27 =
Spk-pṭ II 437,31 qu. Mp-ṭ I 259,23 (reading -ly-; ad Mp
II 67,2).

" 346862309185949696,kallatāpādana,en,"

kallatâpādana

" 346862307302707200,kallatāparicita,en,"

kallatā-paricita

, mfn., accustomed to being adaptable,
ready, cf. M. H. F. JAYASURIYA, Añjali. Fel. Vol. O. H.
de ALWIS WIJESEKERA, 1970: 51; differently Ñm, Nett-
trsl. § 155; ~aṁ cittaṁ, Nett 26,35 foll.

" 346862309097869312,kallati,en,"

kallati

, [< √kall(a), q.v.; sa. kallate], to make a noise;
— gramm. lit.: ~ati, Sadd 437,23; vātavegena samud-
dato ~ati nadatl ti kallolo, Mogg VII 194.

" 346862309034954752,kallatta,en,"

kalla-tta

, n. [abstr.], adaptability, readiness; utuvase-
na vā kāyacittānaṁ ~ā sappāyaṁ, Spk-pṭ I 299,15.
[kallantakosalla, w.r. for kallitakosalla, q.v.]
kalla-bhāva, m. [abstr. of ²kalla], the being healthy;
— ifc. a-° (Spk-pṭ I 216,26).

" 346862309471162368,kallaṭṭhika,en,"

kall'-aṭṭhika

, mfn., searching for well-being; ~ā ye
passanti buddhaseṭṭha tuvaṁ mune, Ap 381,14 (Be
°-tthikā).

" 346862308552609792,kallavacana,en,"

kalla-vacana

, n., the word ""kalla""; kalyatā ... kam-
maññatāpariyāyattā ~assa, Paṭis-a I 232,18 (Ee kalya-,
v.l. sinh. kalla°).

" 346862308430974976,kallavālagāma,en,"

Kallavāla-gāma

, m. - Kallavālagāmaka, q.v.

" 346862308221259776,kallavāḷamuttagāma,en,"

Kallavāḷa-mutta-gāma

, m., = Kallavālagāma(ka),
q.v.; Mahāmoggallāno Magadhesu ~e pacalāyamā-
no nisinno hoti, A IV 85,15 foll.

" 346862306958774272,kallavāḷaputtagāma,en,"

Kallavāḷa-putta-gāma

, m., Burmese reading for
°mutta°, cf. next.

" 346862308334505984,kallavālḷagāmaka,en,"

Kallavāl(ḷ)a-gāmaka

, m. [cf. prec. and Kalla vāla-
muttagāma, qq.v.]; Npr.; a village in Magadha; cf.
PPN s.v. Kallavāla; Mahāmoggallāno ... Magadha-
raṭṭhe ~aṁ upanissāya samaṇadhammaṁ karonto,
Mp I 160,27 qu. Dhp-a I 96,1 = Th-a III 95,16 (°gāma-
ke, qu. Ap-a 211,36) = 162,18 ≠ Sv-pṭ III 228,22 =
Ap-a 239,3.
Kallavāḷa-gāmaka

" 346862308498083840,kallavant,en,"

[

kallavan(t)

, mfn., = kallita, q.v.; kallavârammaṇa,
S III 278,20* (in uddāna in Burmese Mss.)]
[kallavant

" 346862308145762304,kallaviggaha,en,"

kalla-viggaha

, mfn., having a healthy, beautiful body
(cf. sinh. kal ""beautiful, pleasant"": H. Smith, JAs 1950:
197 § 17.3); kallaviggaho, Subodh 294 (= manuñño,
Subodh-nṭ 284,19).

" 346862307512422400,kallikacitta,en,"

[

kallika-citta

, w.r. for kallita°, q.v.]

" 346862307441119232,kallita,en,"

kallita

, n. [< ¹kalla q.v.], the being adaptable,
healthy, bright; kallaṁ sañjātaṁ assā ti ~aṁ, tasmiṁ
~e kallitabhāve kusalo kallitakusalo, Spk-pṭ II 279,7
(ad Spk II 353,2) qu. Mp-ṭ III 101,4 (ad Mp III 354,23);
— °ârammaṇa, n. (dv.) kallita and ārammaṇa, ref. to S
III 275,1-276,8; ~eṇa (v.l. kallavâ°), S III 278,20*
(uddāna).

" 346862307067826176,kallitabhāva,en,"

kallita-bhāva

, m. [abstr.], the being adaptable, healthy,
bright; ~e kusalo kallitakusalo, Spk-pṭ II 279,8 (ad Spk
II 353,2) qu. Mp-ṭ III 101,4 (ad Mp III 354,23).

" 346862307130740736,kallitacitta,en,"

kallita-citta

, mfn., having an adaptable, healthy,
bright mind; ~aṁ maṁ ñatvāna, Ap 549,13 (Ee Se
w.r. kallika°) qu. Thī-a (1998) 129,19.

" 346862307181072384,kallitakosalla,en,"

kallita-kosalla

, n. [cf. prec], skillfulness in (making
the mind) adaptable, healthy, bright; (health, Ñm,
Peṭ-trsl.); yaṅ ca gocarakosallaṁ yaṅ ca ~aṁ pac-
cayo, Peṭ 202,14 (w.r.: Ee kallantakosallaṁ; Be kal-
laṁ tam kosallaṁ), cf. A III 311,29; ~e ṭhitaṁ jhā-
naṁ, Peṭ 146,14; — °-tta, n., abstr. of prec.; ~aṁ (Ee
w.r °ataṁ) cittassa vitakko, Peṭ 142,26.

" 346862307013300224,kallitākosalla,en,"

[

kallitā-kosalla

, w.r. for kallita°, q.v.]

" 346862307369816064,kallitakusala,en,"

kallita-kusala

, mfn., skillful in (making the mind)
adaptable, healthy, bright; samādhismiṁ ~o, S III
265,28 (so read, Ee w.r. kallaku-°); 270,7 foll. (= cittaṁ
pabhāsetvā kallaṁ kātuṁ akusalo, Spk II 353,2, cf.
s.v. kallita, q.v); 273,29 foll.; samādhissa ~o hoti, A
III 311,29 (Ee w.r. kallita°; CeSe kallatā°) (= samā-
dhissa kallatāya kusalo samādhicittaṁ bhāsetuṁ
kallaṁ kātuṁ sakkoti, Mp III 354,23, cf. s.v. kallatā,
q.v.) = IV 34,7 qu. as: samādhissa kalyatākusalatā,
Paṭis I 49,1 (Be -lla-; = samādhissa agilānabhāvaka-
raṇe chekabhāvo samādhissa kalyatākusalatā ... a-
thavā ... cittaparidamanena samādhissa kamañña-
bhāvakaraṇe kusalabhāvo, Paṭis-a I 232,15-29); —
Rem.: the meaning ""bright"" [cf. (pa)bhāseti, Spk; Mp]
originated perhaps under the influence of⁴kalla.

" 346862292215795712,kallola,en,"

kallola

, m. [ts.; EWA-2 (Vol. III) s.v. kallola; Amg.
kallola; CDIAL 2955], large wave; — gramm. lit.: vā-
tavegena samuddato kallati nadatī ti ~o mahāvīci,
Mogg VII 194; — lex. lit.: ullolo tu ca ~o mahāvīcīsu
kathyate, Abh 662; — °âvaṭa-gakkara-susa-rukkha-
~-ūmi-āvaraṇa°, Mil 197,19 (thus Se); — ifc. sam-
ullola-° (Mhv LXXXI 21).

" 346862292127715328,kallolamālā,en,"

kallola-mālā

, f., surf; — ifc. santa-° (Dāṭh IV 44 =
Ce IV 47).

" 346862292039634944,kallolamāli,en,"

kallola-māli

, f., = prec.; yathā ~iyaṁ vinā vela na
sobhati, Ras I 1:8.

" 346862291959943168,kallolamalin,en,"

kallola-mali(n)

, mfn., in the surf; vāhinī ... kallo-
lamālinī, Mhv LXXII 255; — °-ūmi, f., a wave break-
ing in the surf; ~i va, Mhv C 34.
kallola-malin

" 346862325107527680,kaḷopi,en,"

kaḷop[ī/i]

, f. [also (mis?)spelt khaḷopi; BHSD s.v.
kalopī], (bamboo, cf. Spk-pṭ II 479,20) basket, pot, cf.
W. B. BOLLÉE, ZDMG CXXI 1971: 75 foll.; — lex. lit.:
khaḷopy ukkhali, Abh 456; — exeg.: ~ī ti ukkhali
pacchi vā, Sv 355,3 (ad D I 166,5) = Ps II 44,8 (ad M I
77,31) = Mp III 384,16 (ad A I 295,10) qu. Pug-a 231,23
(Ee khaḷ°), Nidd-a 430,20 (ad Nidd I 416,17); — ~iyā
kummāsaṁ gahetvā, M II 52,31 (= pacchito, Ps III
286,7); na tesaṁ koṭṭhe openti (so read, cf. Sadd
1293 s.v. opeti) na kumbhe na kaḷopiyaṁ (so read
with Be), Ja V 252,19* (= pacchiyaṁ, 253,11'), cf. ...
na kumbhī na ~iyaṁ, S I 236,17* (= pacchiyaṁ, Spk
I 353,21), ... kumbhiṁ na k(h)aḷopiyaṁ, Thī 283 (=
pacchiyaṁ, Thī-a [1998] 208,22), cf. Mvu III 453,3*;
— ifc. kumbhi-° (Sv 355,3); — °-mukha, n., opening
of a pot; ~ā patigaṇhāti, D I 166,4 (Sv 355,2 foll.) = M
I 77,31 = A I 295,11 qu. Nidd I 416,15, Pug 55,9 (Ee
khaḷ°); ~âdisu nilīnā makkhikā uppatitvā, Sv
355,21; — °-hattha, mfn., with a (bamboo) basket, pot
in hand; caṇḍālakumārako ... ~o , A IV 376,11 (=
pacchihattho ukkhalihattho vā, Mp V 172,9 = vilī-
vamayabhājanahattho, Mp-ṭ III 285,21); caṇḍālaput-
to ... ~o, Spk III 223,12* (kh-) (= vilīvamayabhājana-
hattho, Spk-pṭ II 479,20).
kaḷopī

" 346862325124304896,kaḷopī,en,"

kaḷop[ī/i]

" 346862325044613120,kaḷopika,en,"

kaḷopi-k[ā/a]

, f. or n. ?, = prec.; — ifc. uluṅka-° (—âdi,
Pj II 186,24).

" 346862325061390336,kaḷopikā,en,"

kaḷopi-k[ā/a]

, f. or n. ?, = prec.; — ifc. uluṅka-° (—âdi,
Pj II 186,24).

" 346862324998475776,kaḷopikā,en,"

[

kaḷopikā

, w.r. for khaṭopikā, q.v.]

" 346862308791685120,kaḷu,en,"

kaḷu

, reading of Be for Ee khaḷu (q.v.) at Ja IV 391,28.

" 346862325455654912,kalunā,en,"

kalunā

, f, = karuṇā, q.v.; old eastern form preserved
in Be, cf. Mittelindisch § 205; ~aṁ paridevayi, Ja VI
551,26* qu. Sadd 623,5; Ja VI 466,27; 498,18* foll.;
513,15*.

" 346862325405323264,kalusa,en,"

kalusa

, n. [sa. kaluṣa], pollution; ~aṁ tv āvile, Abh
1106.

" 346862100729040896,kalusa,en,"

kalusa,

ifc. a-° (Mp-ṭ II 56,15).

" 346862325329825792,kalusabhāva,en,"

kalusa-bhāva

, m. [abstr.], the being polluted; tīhi
dhammehi cittassa ~o (Be kālusiya° sic), Sv 275,19.

" 346862324826509312,kalya,en,"

kalya

, mfn. [ger. of kalati, q.v.], to be counted; —
gramm. lit.: kalitabbaṁ saṅkhyātabban ti ... ~aṁ,
Kacc-v 634; kala saṁkhyāne ... kallaṁ ~aṁ, Sadd
861,26.

" 346862324889423872,kalya,en,"

kalya

, n. [cf. ¹kalla, q.v.; on variation -11- : -ly-, cf.
Mittelindisch § 259; Sadd 861,25], health; kālaṁ kha-
mati ti hi ~aṁ, arogatā, tassaṁ niyutto kalyako,
Mp-ṭ II 10,16 foll. (ad Mp I 33,20).

" 346862321273933824,kalya,en,"

kalya

, mfn. [ts.; cf. kalla, q.v.; EWA-1 s.v kalyaḥ¹;
CDIAL 2948; Amg. kalla], pleased; fit; āpātha-
gamanañ ca bhojanapariṇāmautubhojanavisesaus-
sāhâdīhi ~aṁ, As-mṭ 70,4; — ifc. a-°.

" 346862324344164352,kalyabhāva,en,"

kalya-bhāva

, m. [abstr.] = kalyatā, q.v.

" 346862324658737152,kalyacitta,en,"

kalya-citta

, mfn. = kallacitta, q.v.

" 346862324746817536,kalyaka,en,"

kalya-ka

, mfn. = kallaka, q.v.; ... arogatā, tassaṁ
niyutto ~o, Mp-ṭ II 10,16 foll. (ad Mp I 33,20); — ifc.
a-° (Paṭis-a 232,11, cf. Vin III 62,20).

" 346862323920539648,kalyāṇa,en,"

kalyāṇa

, mfn., 1. good, virtuous; kind, friendly; 2.a.
pleasant, agreeable; b. enchanting; syn.s sundara,
ariyaka; opp. papa; — 1. exeg.: ekacco pāṇâtipātā
paṭivirato + ... ayaṁ vuccati ... ~o, A II 223,1 foll. ≠
Pp 40,13; ~aṁ sundaraṁ ativiya paṇītaṁ, Sp 580,11;
— kiṁ pan' ime aññaṁ kiñci ~aṁ (i.e. the date)
jānissantī ti, Vin I 117,9 foll.; mā maṁ āyasmanto
kiñci avacuttha ~aṁ vā pāpakaṁ vā, III 178,6** foll.;
~ena manasā (so read with ct.; Ee kalyāṇama°)
anukampanto D III 191,19 (= ~ena cetasā, Sv 957,31)
= A III 77,2 (= sundarena cittena, Mp III 261,21); ~aṁ
vaṭṭaṁ nihitaṁ, M II 75,27 foll.; sīlaṁ ca yassa ~aṁ
ariyakan taṁ pasaṁsitaṁ, S I 232,24* = A II 57,9* =
Th 507 = Ap 604,1 qu. Peṭ 71,2*; ~aṁ ... bho sakkhi
attānaṁ atimaññasi, A I 149,29* (= sundaraṁ, Mp II
244,17, cf. A. K. COOMARASWAMY, Harvard Journal of
Asiatic Studies IV 1939: 134 foll.); desessāmi ... ~añ
ca ~ena kalyāṇatarañ ca, A II 223,10 foll.; yaṁ kam-
maṁ karissāmi ~aṁ vā pāpakaṁ vā tassa dāyādo
bhavissāmi, III 72,3 foll. = V 88,10, cf. Th 144; ~aṁ
yadi vā pāpaṁ na hi kammaṁ panassati, Ja VI
239,8*; ko ... hetu ko paccayo ~assa kammassa kiri-
yāya +, A V 87,7 foll.; sīlaṁ kir' eva ~aṁ, Ja I 371,11*
(= sundarataraṁ, 371,14') = II 429,27* = III 100,12*;
khipitaṁ nāma ekassa ~aṁ hoti ekassa pāpakaṁ, I
457.30, cf. 458,3 foll.; pāpassa lāmakassa dhammassa
paṭipakkhabhūto ~o anavajjadhammo pi atthi, I 4,7
qu. Bv-a 70,3 ≠ Ap-a 4,22; etad ariyassa ~aṁ yaṁ
tvaṁ ... bhāsasi, Ja IV 425,8* (= uttamavacanaṁ,
425,12'); so ce attho ca dhammo ca ~o na ca (so read)
pāpako, V 237,15* foll.; mitte bhajassu ~e, Sn 338 =
Dhp 375 qu. Ps 380,4* ≠ Dhp 78 ≠ Th 249; mittaṁ ...
~aṁ ... taṁ samanassa paṭirūpaṁ, Th 588; udakaṁ
nāma ~e pāpake jane samaṁ pharati, Bv II 158 qu.
Ja I 24,22*, As 32,28* (Ee om.), Ap-a 27,10*; ubho ~ā
daḷhabhattikā, Dīp XI 25; kāresi ... bahu puññaṁ ~e
Buddhasāsane, XXII 25; bhaddakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ ~ī
paripucchā, S V 16,2 foll. = A II 177,29 foll.; patimhi
~ī ... ahosiṁ, Vv 309; — andho puthujjano eko ~'
eko puthujjano, Sv 59,8* = Ps I 21,9* = Spk II 98,3* =
Mp I 62,24* qu. As 349,20*, Nidd-a I 273,14*, Paṭis-a
205,10*, cf. kalyāṇaputhujjana, q.v.; — in canonical
stereotype ~o kittisaddo abbhuggacchati: a. defining
one of five ānisaṁsā at Vin I 228,4 = D II 86,7 = Ud
87,12 qu. Vism 9,16, It-a II 61,11, Sv-pṭ I 81,19 ≠ A III
253,21, cf. I 58,9 = III 255,25 qu. Vin V 132,11; — b.
samaṇaṁ khalu ... Gotamaṁ evaṁ + ... abbhugga-
to, D I 116,4 = M II 167,15 ≠ Vin I 35,24 = Sn 103,7 = D
I 49,16 = 236,12 = M I 285,8 = S V 352,21 = A I 180,21 ≠
D II 317,8 ≠ A III 58,16 ≠ Ja I 509,21; — c. idaṁ me
dānaṁ dadato +, D III 258,14 ≠ A IV 236,7; Vede-
hikāya ... gahapatāniyā evaṁ + abbhuggato, M I
125,5 foll.; Gotamassa vādaṁ āropehi evaṁ te ~o ...
abbhuggañchi, 392,16 = S IV 323,13; — ifc. ekanta-°
(It-a II 125,20); parama-° (Cp-a 284,13); — 2.a. ~iyā pi
vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya
atthassa viññāpaniyā, Vin I 197,1 (Sp-ṭ III 301,21 qu.
Ud-a 312,27, v. next) ≠ Ud 59 (sithiladhanitādīnaṁ
yathāvidhānavacanena parimaṇḍalapadabyañjana-
puṇṇāya poriyā vācāya samannāgato, Ud-a 312,27,
cf. Sp 790,21); vācaṁ muñceyya ~iṁ (Be ~aṁ), S I
44,6*; ~im eva muñceyya, Ja I 375,4* foll. (=
catudosavinimuttaṁ [so read] ~iṁ sundaraṁ ...
vācaṁ, 375,7'); ~ī vata te vācā savanīyā, Vv 986 (=
sundarā sobhanā, Vv-a 262,19); — ifc. ādi-°; nāga-
nāsûru-° (Ja VI 457,1*); pariyosāna-° (D I 62,30; M I
179,7; S I 105,30; A I 130,13; Vin I 21,5; Vism 148,17);
majjhe-° (D I 62,30 etc., cf. prec.); sabb'-aṅga-° (D II
266,14* foll.; Pv 443); — 2.b. ~ī ... āvaṭṭanī māyā, M I
383,32foll.; A II 194,1.

" 346862324067340288,kalyāṇa,en,"

kalyāṇa

, n. [ts.; EWA-2 s.v.; Asok kal(l)āṇa,
ka(y)yāna; Amg kallāṇa], 1. the good; 2. good deed;
syn.s kusala, puṅña; opp. papa; — 1. pāpā nivāreti
~e niveseti +, D III 187,18 (puññaṁ karohi + ... e-
vaṁ ~e niyojeti, Sv 950,27) qu. Nidd-a II 114,13, Ap-a
159,19 ≠ D III 189,12 qu. It-a II 161,25, Pj I 137,23, cf. Ja
V 123,31'; ~e abhinivissatha, Cp 82; abhittharetha
~e, Dhp 116 = Ja IV 490,27*; ~e patiṭṭhāpanena, Th-a
II 225,16 (Be °apatiṭṭh°) — 2. exeg.: ~aṁ vuccati
puññakammaṁ, Mp III 161,7 (ad A II 174,15); —
kataṁ tayā ~aṁ, Vin III 72,7; pāpakaṁ pi 'ssa anu-
jānāti ~aṁ pi 'ssa anujānāti +, D III 186,13; ~aṁ
karomi kāyena vācāya manasā, M III 179,27 foll. = A
I 138,32 foll.; kareyya ~aṁ nicayaṁ samparāyikaṁ,
S I 72,20* = 93,11* qu. Nett 175,12; so karitvāna ~aṁ
pujjo hoti +, A III 78,15*; akataṁ me -an ti pi tappati
+, It 25,3 foll. (It-a I 102,17); ādi sīlaṁ patiṭṭhā ...
~ānaṁ, Th 612; esa mayhaṁ kiṁ ~aṁ karissati, Ja
III 68,1; sa ~e dhitiṁ katvā, V 113,8*; katā me ~ā
anekarūpā, 490,27* foll. (= kalyāṇakammā, 492,23');
paṭhamaṁ maṁ ~e patiṭṭhāpetvā, 507,12; ~aṁ vo
kataṁ, VI 158,5 = Spk I 263,27 (Ee ve); alam eva
kātuṁ ~aṁ, Pv 33 (= yaṁ kiñci ~aṁ kusalaṁ
puṅṅaṁ kātuṁ yuttam eva patirūpam eva, Pv-a
122,24); kammaṁ karitvāna ~aṁ Buddhavaṇṇitaṁ,
Nett 143,8*; tassā (scil. jarā) pure āgamanā va ~aṁ
karothā ti, Ps IV 232,15 foll. = Mp II 229,14 foll. qu.
Sp-ṭ I 152,7 foll.; ~aṁ akattha, Spk II 189,13 = Mp I
173,2 qu. Pv-a 75,21; — in formula (3+3+4): akataṁ
vata me ~aṁ akataṁ kusalaṁ akataṁ bhīruttāṇaṁ,
M III 165,4 = A II 174,19 foll. qu. Nett 179,12, As
383,29, It-a II 177,22 ≠ Cp-a 294,11; — ifc. akata-°;
sabba-° (Sv 660,32).[[side 327]]

" 346862323996037120,kalyāṇa,en,"

kalyāṇa

, n., beauty; chavikalyāṇaṁ + ... vayakal-
yāṇan (Be vayo°) ti imehi parta paṅcahi ~ehi saman-
nāgatattā paṅcakalyāṇasamannāgatā, Ja I 394,10';
pañcavidhena (cf. ifc.) ~ena samannāgatā, VI 457,18;
Ud-a 170,16; Th-a III 47,15; Sp-ṭ III 248,9; — ifc.
aṭṭhi-°; chavi-° (Ja I 394,9'); nakha-° (Ud-a 170,14);
nahāru-° (Ja I 394,10'); pañca-° (Thī-a [1998] 268,7;
~-samannāgata, Ja I 394,11'; Ud-a 170,11); maṁsa-°
(Ja I 394,10'); vaya-° (Ja I 394,10').

" 346862100687097856,kalyāṇa,en,"

kalyāṇa,

cf. G.-J. Pinault, BSL XCVIII 2003: 123–161.

" 346862100674514944,kalyāṇa,en,"

³kalyāṇa,

ifc. a-°.

" 346862323866013696,kalyāṇa,en,"

Kalyāṇa

, m.; Npr.; a king of the Mahāsammata race;
v. PPN s.v.; Vararojassa ~o (nāma putto ahosi),
~assa Varakalyāṇo +, Sv 258,12 = Pj II 35,2 ≠ Ja II
311,10 ≠ III 454,15; ~o, Sv-pṭ I 393,1*; Ras 31,37 (I 8).

" 346862319315193856,kalyāṇabhariya,en,"

kalyāṇa-bhariya

, mfn. having a beautiful wife; kal-
yāṇā bhariyā yassa so 'yaṁ ~o, Kacc-v 333.

" 346862319378108416,kalyāṇabhattatissa,en,"

Kalyāṇa-bhatta-tissa

, m.; Npr.; bhikkhūnaṁ telul-
lopakaṁ nāma bhattaṁ adāsi. tato tassa ~o ti nā-
maṁ ahosi, Ras (ed. J. MATSUMURA, 1992) 101,10 (=
Ras VI 6), cf. 205 (Appendix IV) s.v.

" 346862312608501760,kalyāṇabhattika,en,"

kalyāṇa-bhattika

, m(fn)., who serves a fine meal; ~o
gahapati saṁghassa catukkabhattaṁ deti nicca-
bhattaṁ, Vin II 77,11 foll. = III 160,28 foll. (kalyāṇaṁ
sundaraṁ ativiya paṇītaṁ bhattam assā ti ~o, Sp
580,10); ~assa gahapatino, Th-a I 45,5.

" 346862319264862208,kalyāṇabhāva,en,"

kalyāṇa-bhāva

, m. [abstr.] and mfn., 1. (m.) the be-
ing virtuous; 2. having a beautiful nature; — 1. ~o c'
assa kalyāṇaguṇavisayatāyā ti, Sp-ṭ I 215,12; — 2. ~'
amha dijesu sammatā, Ja III 521,11* (scil. cakkavāka;
521,22').

" 346862314009399296,kalyāṇabhijātika,en,"

kalyāṇâbhijātika

, mfn., belonging to a good class of
beings; Tathāgato ~o yaṁ etarahi evarūpā anāsavā
sukhā vedānā vedeti, M II 227,16.

" 346862314026176512,kalyāṇābhijātika,en,"

kalyāṇâbhijātika

, mfn., belonging to a good class of
beings; Tathāgato ~o yaṁ etarahi evarūpā anāsavā
sukhā vedānā vedeti, M II 227,16.

" 346862314730819584,kalyāṇacāragocara,en,"

kalyāṇâcāra-gocara

, mfn., of perfect conduct and asso-
ciation (with other individuals); cf. ācāragocarasampan-
na, q.v.; ~o, Nāmar-p 1029.

" 346862314751791104,kalyāṇācāragocara,en,"

kalyāṇâcāra-gocara

, mfn., of perfect conduct and asso-
ciation (with other individuals); cf. ācāragocarasampan-
na, q.v.; ~o, Nāmar-p 1029.

" 346862322599333888,kalyāṇacarita,en,"

kalyāṇa-carita

, mfn., of good behaviour; sattā kalyā-
ṇâsayā ~ā kalyāṇâdhimuttikā +, Vibh 341,32.

" 346862315909419008,kalyāṇacaritakara,en,"

kalyāṇa-caritâkara

, mfn., having the attributes of
good behaviour; devadhammasamiddho 'smi ~o, Nā-
mar-p 1191.

" 346862315922001920,kalyāṇacaritākara,en,"

kalyāṇa-caritâkara

, mfn., having the attributes of
good behaviour; devadhammasamiddho 'smi ~o, Nā-
mar-p 1191.

" 346862322234429440,kalyāṇacchanda,en,"

kalyāṇa-cchanda

, mfn., of good intentions; ekac-
chandā ti ye ete Ajitamāṇavena ~ena ekajjhāsayā,
Nidd-a II 8,18 (ad Sn 1039).

" 346862322297344000,kalyāṇacitta,en,"

kalyāṇa-citta

, n., friendly thought, disposition; ~e
uppanne dātuṁ ārabhanti, Sp 810,28.

" 346862310729453568,kalyāṇadassana,en,"

kalyāṇa-dassana

, mfn., handsome; ~o bhikkhu, Sn
556 = M II 146,23 (Ee om) = Th 821; apāpadassanā ti
~ā piyadhammā, Ja III 414,6' (ad 413,22*); ~e, IV
111,10'; mā ... paridevesi Sama ~a, VI 81,10* ≠ 90,17*
foll.; ~o, VI 86,15.*

" 346862315859087360,kalyāṇadhamma,en,"

kalyāṇa-dhamma

, mfn., of good, virtuous character;
opp. pāpadhamma, cf. W. GEIGER, Kleine Schriften,
1973: 129; — exeg.: ~o ti sucidhammo, Ps V 76,8; ~o
ti sundaradhammo, Mp II 148,7 (ad A I 74,14) = Ja II
65,9' qu. It-a II 57,6; ~an ti anavajjadhammaṁ, Mp
III 210,5 (ad A II 224,29); ~ā ti sundarasabhāvā, Ud-a
260,15 (ad Ud 44,22) ≠ 268,13 (ad Ud 46,5); Pp-a 222,4;
~o ti dasakusalakammapathavasena sundaradham-
mo, Vism-mhṭ II 10,7 (ad Vism 378,12); kalyāṇā sati-
paṭṭhānâdibodhipakkhiyadhammā etassā ti ~o, It-a
II 125,18; — ~o ti yadā ... loke samaññaṁ anupā-
puṇāti, Ja II 64,1* foll.; ~o ti āhu bhikkhuṁ, It 97,13*;
munī ti naṁ Vajjisu voharanti jānanti taṁ yakkha-
bhūtā anejaṁ ~aṁ, Pv 550 (= sundarasīlâdiguṇaṁ
tassā ti Pv-a 230,27); ekacco puggalo pāṇâtipātā
paṭivirato hoti +, ayaṁ vuccati puggalo ~o, Pp
40,32; — ~ occurs almost exclusively in formulas: a.
(5+5+5): kalyāṇasīlo ... bhikkhu ~o kalyāṇapañño
imasmiṁ dhammavinaye, It 96,12 foll. (It-a II 125,18
foll); — b. with sīlava(n)t (3+5 etc): ""aham asmi
sīlavā ~o ime pan' añṅe bhikkhu dussīlā pāpa-
dhammā,"" M I 193,18 foll. = 200,35; kumbhakāro
ekabhattiko brahmacārī sīlavā ~o, II 51,22 qu. Dhp-a
I 380,16; Mil 224,3; Citto gahapati sīlavā ~o, S IV
303,18 qu. Vism 378,12, Paṭis-a 50,32; virato
pāṇâtipātā + ... ekabhattiko brahmacārī sīlavā ~o,
M II 89,5 foll. ≠ 101,16; pāṇâtipātā paṭivirato + ...
surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti
sīlavā hoti ~o +, A I 226,11 qu. Dhp-a I 421,17 (Ee ~e-
na!) ≠ A II 60,11 foll. ≠ It 63,12 foll.; eko anajjhāyako
anupanīto sīlavā ~o, M II 154,13 foll.; dāyako hoti sī-
lavā ~o, III 256,20 foll. = A II 81,3 foll.; asuko ... u-
bhatobhāgavimutto + ... asuko sīlavā ~o +, 74,3 foll.
≠ IV 215,11; ekacco puggalo sīlavā hoti ~o evarūpo
bhikkhave puggalo sevitabbo +, I 127,19; ekacco
puggalo sīlavā hoti ~o so aññaṁ sīlavantaṁ ~aṁ
sevati +, Pp 26,33; navo ce pi bhikkhu hoti sīlavā ~o
idam assa suvaṇṇatāya vadāmi, A I 248,8 foll.;
bhikkhu sīlavā ~o parisasobhano, bhikkhunī
sīlavatī ~ā parisasobhanā +, II 225,36 foll. cf. Vin V
126,20 foll.; ekacco puggalo sīlavā hoti ~o parisā ca
khv assa hoti sīlavatī ~ā, A II 92,7 = 110,24 (cf. 91,29
foll. 110,16 foll.) = Pp 53,17, cf. 53,3 foll.; kulaṁ hoti
aputtakaṁ bahusâpateyyaṁ saddhaṁ pasannaṁ
sīlavantaṁ ~aṁ tapanissitaṁ, Mil 129,15; pagga-
hetabbayutte ~e puggale ukkhipitvā, Mp I 134,27; so
saputtadāro sīlavā ~o dānasaṁvibhāgarato ahosi,
Dhp-a I 129,18; sīlavā purisapuggalo ~o ti viṅñū-
naṁ pāsaṁso hoti, Cp-a 294,14 = Sv-pṭ I 99,8; — (4 +
5 etc.): ime ... samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino
... + sīlavanto +, Vin III 43,6 foll. ≠ 44,21 = 72,27 = Ud
44,22 foll.; bhikkhu sīlavante ~e, Vin III 69,2 (= utta-
madhamme seṭṭhadhamme, Sp 400,19); bhikkhu
sīlavanto ~ā ti, III 88,10 = IV 24,16; mādisaṁ sīlavan-
taṁ ~aṁ brahmacāriṁ, III 133,14** (~o nāma: tena
ca sīlena tena ca brahmacariyena ~o hoti, 133,31; Sp
552,5; Kkh 38,10); passāmi samaṇabrāhmaṇe
sīlavante ~e jīvitukāme ... dukkhapaṭikūle, D II
330,8 foll. (= ten' eva sīlena sundaradhamme, Sv
810,15); Mil 196,9; imesaṁ ... bhikkhūnaṁ sīlavantā-
naṁ ~ānaṁ, M I 334,4 foll. qu. Sv 443,2; lābhā ... me
... yassa me sabrahmacārino sīlavanto ~ā (so read
with Ee 1998), S I 119,12 foll.; bhūtapubbaṁ ...
sambahula isayo sīlavanto ~ā, 226,12 foll.; yaṁ ...
kiñci kule deyyadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ appaṭivib-
hattaṁ bhavissati sīlavantehi ~ehī ti, IV 304,15 ≠ V
352,7 = 397,12 qu. Nett 137,25 ≠ A IV 211,2 = 214,21;
vihāresu bahussute sīlavante ~e nivāseyya, Sv-pṭ I
434,22.[[side 330]]

" 346862321072607232,kalyāṇadhamma,en,"

kalyāṇa-dhamma

, m. pl., good, virtuous character-
istics; sabbe pi ~e paripūrenti, Vism 325,32 ≠ It-a I
90,16; ~esu niyojanena bahûpakāro, Sv 996,32 = Mp
IV 29,11; pubbuṭṭhāyikâdīhi pañcahi ~ehi samannā-
gatā, Ja III 406,12'; mātā ~ānaṁ Khama nāma
mahiddhikā, Nāmar-p 1317; — ifc. dānâdi-sabba-°
(Vism 325,16); — reading of Be at Th-a II 213,30 for Ee
kalyāṇakamma, q.v.

" 346862321013886976,kalyāṇadhammajātaka,en,"

Kalyāṇa-dhamma-jātaka

, n.; title of jātaka no. 171
= Ja II 63,7-65,23; ~aṁ, II 65,22.

" 346862320787394560,kalyāṇadhammasamāgama,en,"

kalyāṇa-dhamma-samāgama

, m., associating with
(people) of good nature; ~ena andhaputhujjanabhā-
vaṁ atikkamma, Paṭis-a 205,11.

" 346862315791978496,kalyāṇadhammasamāyoga,en,"

kalyāṇa-dhamma-samāyoga

, m., = prec.; pahīna-
pāpadhammassa ~o sampannarūpo hoti, Vibh-a
333,12 qu. Nidd-a 450,29 ≠ Vism-mhṭ I 41,7.

" 346862315536125952,kalyāṇadhammatā,en,"

kalyāṇa-dhamma-tā

, f., 1. the good law; 2. the being
of good, virtuous character; — 1. bahu 'ssa janatā ariye
ñāye patiṭṭhāpitā yadidaṁ ~ā +, A II 36,5 foll.; 37,4;
Bhagavā ... bahuno janassa ariye ñāye patiṭṭhāpitā
yadidaṁ ~āya +, V 66,8 foll.; — 2. sīlâcārasam-
pattiyā ~āya manāpo, Ud-a 119,22.

" 346862320921612288,kalyāṇadhammatara,en,"

kalyāṇa-dhamma-tara

, mfn., of more virtuous char-
acter; ekacco attanā ca pāṇâtipātā paṭivirato hoti +
... ayaṁ vuccati ... kalyāṇadhammena ~o, A II
224,25 foll. cf. 224,19 foll. ≠ Pp 40,37, cf. 40,33 foll.

" 346862320858697728,kalyāṇadhammavagga,en,"

Kalyāṇa-dhamma-vagga

, m.; title of the third vag-
ga of the Dukanipāta = Jātaka no. 171-179 = Ja II
63,5-86,23; ~o tatiyo, Ja II 86,23.

" 346862320695119872,kalyāṇadhammuppādika,en,"

kalyāṇa-dhamm'-uppādika

, mfn., generating good,
virtuous characteristics; — ifc. sabba-° (Spk I 333,12
qu. Pj II 236,30).

" 346862314533687296,kalyāṇadhimuttika,en,"

kalyāṇâdhimutti-ka

, mfn., applying oneself to what
is good; ~ā ~ehi saddhiṁ saṁsandanti samenti, S II
154,22 foll (= kalyāṇajjhāsayā, Spk II 139,17) qu. Sv
44,9 ≠ It 70,4 foll. (kalyāṇe nekkhammâdike adhi-
mutti etesan ti ~ā, It-a II 65,22); ye te sattā
kalyāṇâsayā kalyāṇacaritā ~ā apparajakkhā
tikkhindriyā (5+6+7,+5+4) ime te sattā svākārā,
Vibh 341,32; uḷārajjhāsayo ~o aham etaṁ Buddha-
vaṁsaṁ ... Buddhadhammataṁ paripālessāmi,
Cp-a 285,17.

" 346862314550464512,kalyāṇādhimuttika,en,"

kalyāṇâdhimutti-ka

" 346862314399469568,kalyāṇadhimuttitā,en,"

kalyāṇâdhimutti-tā

, f. [abstr.], the applying oneself
to what is good; sammāvimutti nāma ~ā phalavimut-
ti ca, Paṭis-a 337,4.

" 346862314416246784,kalyāṇādhimuttitā,en,"

kalyāṇâdhimutti-tā

, f. [abstr.], the applying oneself
to what is good; sammāvimutti nāma ~ā phalavimut-
ti ca, Paṭis-a 337,4.

" 346862314638544896,kalyāṇadhippāya,en,"

kalyāṇâdhippāya

, mfn., of good intentions; dārakā-
naṁ mātāpitaro ""sabbe p' ime dārakā samānaccha-
ndā ~ā"" ti anujāniṁsu, Vin I 78,1 = IV 129,21.

" 346862314659516416,kalyāṇādhippāya,en,"

kalyāṇâdhippāya

, mfn., of good intentions; dārakā-
naṁ mātāpitaro ""sabbe p' ime dārakā samānaccha-
ndā ~ā"" ti anujāniṁsu, Vin I 78,1 = IV 129,21.

" 346862321408151552,kalyāṇadiṭṭhadhammupakkama,en,"

kalyāṇa-diṭṭha-dhamm'-upakkama

, mfn., whose
actions in this existence are good, virtuous (for upakka-
ma = payoga, cf. Ps IV 4,18); addhā ... Tathāgato ~o,
M II 227,18 (cf. diṭṭhadhammupakkama).

" 346862321215213568,kalyāṇadiṭṭhi,en,"

kalyāṇa-diṭṭhi

, f, proper, right view; ""yathādiṭṭhissa
ca"" (ad Dhs 8,7) anurūpadiṭṭhissa ~issa, As 54,15.

" 346862313598357504,kalyāṇaguṇa,en,"

kalyāṇa-guṇa

, mfn., of excellent nature; tassâsi ~o
Kalyāṇo nāma atrajo, Sv-pṭ I 393,1*.

" 346862322922295296,kalyāṇaguṇabhūsita,en,"

kalyāṇa-guṇa-bhūsita

, mfn., adorned with excellent
qualities; sampattim abhivedenti ... ā, Nāmar-p
1378.

" 346862322800660480,kalyāṇaguṇasamannāgata,en,"

kalyāṇa-guṇa-samannāgata

, mfn., in possession of
excellent qualities; kalyāṇo ti ... ~o seṭṭho ti vuttaṁ
hoti, Sv 146,3 (ad D I 49,16; = kalyāṇehi guṇehi yut-
to, Sv-pṭ I 277,10) = Ps II 328,1 = Mp II 286,24 (ad A I
180,21) = Sp 112,2 (ad Vin III 1,10) qu. Pj II 441,3 (ad
Sn 103,7); ~o hutvā, Ja V 124,27'.[[side 329]]

" 346862322863575040,kalyāṇaguṇayoga,en,"

kalyāṇa-guṇa-yoga

, m., connection with excellent
qualities; ~ato kalyāṇā ti Sv-pṭ III 343,8 qu. Mp-ṭ III
308,5.

" 346862322465116160,kalyāṇairiyāpatha,en,"

kalyāṇa-iriyāpatha

, mfn., of right comportment;
pāsādikena vattena ~o, Th 432 (= sampannairiyā-
patho, Th-a II 183,20).

" 346862316702142464,kalyāṇajana,en,"

kalyāṇa-jana

, m., good person; udakaṁ nāma pā-
pajanassā pi ~assā pi sītibhāvaṁ ekasadisaṁ katvā
pharati, Ja I 24,13 qu. Bv-a 112,3, Ap-a 26,33; — ifc.
a-° (Sv 167,6*).

" 346862322167320576,kalyāṇajātika,en,"

kalyāṇa-jātika

, mfn., good-natured; kalyāṇarūpo ti
~o, Ja III 82,27'.

" 346862318149177344,kalyāṇajavanikkama,en,"

kalyāṇa-java-nikkama

, mfn., walking straight a-
head at good speed; dhorayho balasampanno ~o tam
eva bhāre yuñjanti, A I 162,14* (= kalyāṇena ujunā
javena gantā, Mp II 258,23) = III 214,4*.

" 346862317922684928,kalyāṇajjhāsaya,en,"

kalyāṇ'-ajjhāsaya

, mfn., of good aspiration; kalyā-
ṇâdhimuttikā ti ~ā, Spk II 139,17 (ad S II 154,22) qu.
Vibh-a 457,13 (ad Vibh 341,32); paṇītâdhimuttikā ti
~ā, Paṭis-a 401,27; parisuddhapayogā ~ā ... puggalā,
Vism-mhṭ I 227,2; ... āhaṭā khīrâdivisiṭṭhôpamā (so
read with BeCe, cf. S II 158,12) ~ānaṁ ~assa (Be ajjhā°)
sarikkhabhāvadassanatthaṁ, Spk II 141,34; ~ena h'
ete ārādhetabbā, Dhp-a I 9,6; ~ena vasitabbaṁ, I
69,16.

" 346862323677270016,kalyāṇaka,en,"

Kalyāṇa-ka

, m.; = Kalyāṇa, q.v.; ~ā duve, Mhv II 2
(Mhv-ṭ 124,25).

" 346862323735990272,kalyāṇaka,en,"

kalyāṇa-ka

, mfn., good; ~o nāma anusayo n' atthi,
Vibh-a 461,16; puthujjanakalyāṇakassā ti puthujjane-
su ~assa, Vism-mhṭ I 35,15 (ad Vism 14,6) ≠ Paṭis-a
205,14 (ad Paṭis 42,28); — ifc. puthu-jjana-° (Vism
14,7; Paṭis-a 205,14).

" 346862323056513024,kalyāṇakāma,en,"

kalyāṇa-kāma

, mfn. [cf. BHSD s.v], wanting (the cī-
vara) to be pleasant, cf. prec.; bhavissanti ... bhikkhū
anāgatam addhānaṁ cīvare ~ā, A III 108,24 (= sun-
darakāmā, Mp III 272,20).

" 346862323484332032,kalyaṇakamma,en,"

kalyaṇa-kamma

, mfn., of good, virtuous action (cf.
³kamma, q.v.); ~ānaṁ ṭhānāni viditāni, Ja VI 124,27*;
~assa saggakathaṁ katheti ""imaṁ sutvā adhimutto
marissatī"" ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa, Vin III 78,11;
bhikkhu maraṇâdhippāyo ~assa saggakathaṁ ka-
thesi, 85,20; ~ā kalyāṇaṁ kammānaṁ vipākaṁ paṭi-
saṁvedentī ti, M II 80,8.

" 346862323534663680,kalyāṇakamma,en,"

kalyāṇa-kamma

, n., good, virtuous action or kam-
ma (cf. ³kamma, q.v.); pubbe vâssa taṁ kataṁ hoti
~aṁ sukhavedanīyaṁ pacchā vâssa taṁ kataṁ, M
III 214,19 foll. qu. Vism-mhṭ II 378,9 foll.; Mahāpan-
thakassa antarākataṁ ~aṁ (Be °dhammaṁ) na
kathīyati, Th-a II 213,30; devadhītaro attano attano
~aṁ kathentu, Ja II 254,27 foll.; kiṁ ... bhaddakaṁ
~aṁ akāsi, III 413,15'; saggasampāpake sātaphale ~e
abhirato, VI 235,14'; — mahantaṁ dānâdimayaṁ
~aṁ katvā, Mp I 139,17; Cp-a 291,25 = Sv-pṭ I 95,24;
nānappakāraṁ ~aṁ katvā, Mp I 165,6; yathābalaṁ
~aṁ katvā, 202,24; pamādam āgamma ~aṁ akatvā,
Ja II 156,28; ~aṁ nāma ajj' eva kattabban ti, IV
481,23; mayā ... anuppanne Buddhe ~aṁ kataṁ,
Dhp-a I 426,13 qu. Ud-a 199,20; — yāvajīvaṁ ~aṁ
katvā, Mp I 155,15; 298,9 = Th-a I 35,3; yāvatâyukaṁ
~aṁ katvā, Ap-a 272,26; — ~assa sīsaṁ ukkhipitvā
devalokaṁ gacchati, Ja VI 235,13'; ~assa balena
kumbhadāsiyā kucchimhi nibbatto 'smi, 228,34';
~assa phalena devaloke nibbattissati, 235,17'; imas-
sa ~assa nissandena, Mp I 255,28; katena ~ena ajja-
m-eva vipāko dinno, Dhp-a III 3,19 foll.; ~aṁ vipā-
kaṁ dātuṁ na sakko, Vibh-a 444,14 foll.; ~aṁ
payogavipattipaṭibāḷhaṁ na vipaccati nāma, Mp II
220,29 foll.; — ekaccassa bahūni ~āni honti, Vibh-a
443,14 foll.; kiṁ aññaṁ sakaṁ nāma aññatra ~ato,
Nett-a 258,6 (ad Nett 175,7); — ettakaṁ tasmiṁ
attabhāve ~aṁ, Mp I 195,26; 305,4; dinnena dānena
+ ... katena ~ena ekasmiṁ attabhāve samosaritvā
vipākaṁ dātuṁ, Sp-ṭ III 310,16; — kata-°.

" 346862323236868096,kalyāṇakammadussaka,en,"

kalyāṇa-kamma-dussaka

, mfn., reviling a good,
virtuous deed; ~e (Be °dūsa°), Ja V 114,25' (ad 113,1*).

" 346862317234819072,kalyāṇakammakaraṇakāla,en,"

kalyāṇa-kamma-karaṇa-kāla

, m., the time of doing
a good, virtuous action; pubbe ~e, Mp I 319,3.

" 346862323299782656,kalyāṇakammakārin,en,"

kalyāṇa-kamma-kāri(n)

, mfn., = kalyāṇakāri(n), q.v.
kalyāṇa-kamma-kārin

" 346862323178147840,kalyāṇakammanirata,en,"

kalyāṇa-kamma-nirata

, mfn., delighting in good,
virtuous deeds; ~ehi haṭûpahāre Nāgajjunavhayavi-
hāravare (Ee Nāgānana°) vasanto, Moh 359,27*.

" 346862312667222016,kalyāṇakammayūhanakkhaṇa,en,"

kalyāṇa-kammâyūhana-kkhaṇa

, m. [cf. kammâ-
yūhana, q.v.], the moment of accumulating good kam-
ma; ayaṁ me ~o, Mp I 224,12 (= kalyāṇakammû-
pacayassa okāso, Mp-ṭ II 205,7).

" 346862312696582144,kalyāṇakammāyūhanakkhaṇa,en,"

kalyāṇa-kammâyūhana-kkhaṇa

, m. [cf. kammâ-
yūhana, q.v.], the moment of accumulating good kam-
ma; ayaṁ me ~o, Mp I 224,12 (= kalyāṇakammû-
pacayassa okāso, Mp-ṭ II 205,7).

" 346862323115233280,kalyāṇakamyatā,en,"

kalyāṇa-kamya-tā

, f. [cf kalyāṇakāma, q.v.; Buddh.
sa. kalyāṇakāmatā, cf. SWTF s.v.], wanting (the cīva-
ra) to be pleasant; cīvaracetāpanena evarūpaṁ vā
evarūpaṁ vā cīvaraṁ cetāpetvā acchādehī ti ~aṁ
upādāya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ, Vin III 216,17** (=
sādhatthiko mahagghatthiko, 217,5; sundarakā-
mataṁ visiṭṭhakāmataṁ cittena gahetvā, Sp 671,13
qu. Kkh 66,17); — °-hetu, ²ind., because of wanting (the
cīvara) to be pleasant; ~ āpajjati vikappanaṁ cīvare
... yo tassa ... nissaggiyaṁ bhave, Vin-vn 643
(Vin-vn-ṭ I 304,1).

" 346862100636766208,kalyāṇakārin,en,"

kalyāṇa-kāri(n),

303a line 48foll. read 303b line 1foll.

" 346862310221942784,kalyāṇakārin,en,"

kalyāṇa-kāri(n)

, mfn., doing a good deed, cf. s.v.
karoti 1.b.(ii) 303a line 48 foll.; yāni karoti puriso tāni
attani passati ~i (so read m.c; BeEe °ī) kalyāṇaṁ +, Ja
II 202,6* (kalyāṇakammakārī kalyāṇaṁ phalam
anubhoti, 202,11') = III 158,28* (°i) qu. Peṭ 46,15* (°ī);
yādisaṁ vapate bījaṁ tādisaṁ harate phalaṁ ~i
(BeEe °ī) kalyāṇaṁ +, S I 227,28* qu. Nett 184,13* (°ī),
Ps IV 124,4*, Mp II 16,18* (°ī), Vibh-a 438,15* (°ī); ~ī...
puggalo ... na tappati, As 390,8; ~ī kalyāṇaṁ ...
anubhoti, Sv-pṭ III 276,17* qu. Sp-ṭ II 63,13*; — ifc.
evaṁ-° (Ja VI 182,19*).
kalyāṇa-kārin

" 346862323589189632,kalyāṇakaṭṭha,en,"

kalyāṇa-k'-aṭṭha

, mfn., the sense of being perfect (?);
~ena, It-a II 126,6 (read kalyāṇataṭṭhena ?).

" 346862322993598464,kalyāṇakusala,en,"

kalyāṇa-kusala

, reading of Be for Ee kallita-kusala,
q.v.

" 346862310272274432,kalyāṇakusalavimutta,en,"

kalyāṇa-kusala-vimutta

, mfn., apart from what is
good and wholesome; kalyāṇam eva kusalam eva va-
dāmi na -an ti, Spk III 287,30 (ad S V 374,27; Spk-pṭ
II 534,4).

" 346862323786321920,kalyāṇaṃ,en,"

kalyāṇaṁ

, ²ind., very good, well; — ye te māṇavakā
... Gotamaṁ abhivādissanti + ... tesaṁ taṁ bhavis-
sati dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyā ti. ~ vuccati brāh-
maṇā ti, D I 110,34; ayyassa Isidattassa ussukkaṁ
karissāmi + ... ~ vuccati gahapatī ti, S IV 288,14 (F. L.
WOODWORD S-trsl. interprets ~ vuccati as a polite
refusal with reference to acceptance always being by
silence; = catūhi paccayehi paṭijaggissāmī ti vacanaṁ
niddosaṁ anavajjaṁ vuccati tayā, Spk III 92,7) =
291,7; ~ vata maṁ bhavaṁ ... anusāsati, Ja VI 58,5*;
~ esā kathetī ti, Mp I 413,10 = Dhp-a I 401,22; te ""~
tumhehi vuttan"" ti sabbe pi ekacittā hutvā, Mp I
256,23; ~ brāhmaṇa, Spk I 263,2; ~ Devadatto āha,
Dhp-a I 142,2; sādhu devi ~ te kathitan ti, III 185,6.[[side 328]]

" 346862319193559040,kalyāṇamanasā,en,"

[

kalyāṇa-manasā

, w.r. at D III 191,20 for kalyāṇena
manasā, which read with v.l. and Sv 957,31; cf. Buddh.
sa. kalyāṇamanas, v. SWTF s.v.]

" 346862319122255872,kalyāṇamitta,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitta

, m. and mfn. [cf. BHSD s.v.; S. COL-
LINS, JPTS XI 1987: 51-72], 1. (m.) a good (spiritual)
friend; ~ is commonly described as a spiritual guide who
leads his friend towards the attainment of arahatta; 2.
(mfn.) having a good (spiritual) friend; — 1. exeg.: tatr'
idaṁ kalyāṇamittalakkhaṇaṁ: saddhāsampanno
hoti sīlasampanno + ... samādhisampanno paññā-
sampanno, Ud-a 222,4 ≠ Cp-a 287,33; sīlâdīhi adhikā
~ā nāma, Pj II 341,22; — [ā/a]raññaken' ... bhikkhunā
saṅghagatena saṅghe viharantena suvacena bhav-
itabbaṁ ~ena, M I 470,25 foll.; mamaṁ hi ~aṁ
āgamma jātidhammā sattā jātiyā parimuccanti, S I
88,21 = V 3,4 foll. qu. Vism 98,11, Ps II 379,22, Spk-pṭ
II 203,12, It-a I 66,23, Pj I 18,21, Vjb 6,17; ~e
anusareyyāsi, A V 336,10 foll.; ~o daḷhabhatti (°ī
m.c.)ca hoti, Ja V 146,22* qu. As 350,3* foll. Paṭis-a
447,21* foll.; gate -amhi andhakāraṁ va khāyati, Th
1034 (= kalyāṇamittabhūte Dhammasenāpatimhi,
Th-a III 119,35); ~aṁ ācariyaṁ viharitabbaṁ, Mil
373,24; so ... tathārūpaṁ ~aṁ labhati, Peṭ 208,16;
sattahi ... aṅgehi samannāgataṁ ~aṁ ... yāvajīvaṁ
na vijahitabbaṁ, Nett 164,17 (cf. A IV 32,1 foll);
dasakathāvatthuguṇasamannāgato ~o, Vism 19,18;
kammaṭṭhānadāyakaṁ ~aṁ upasaṅkamitvā, 89,27
qu. Mp II 76,25, As 168,8; Abhidh-av 90,4; Th-a II
44,11; sakalo ariyamaggo ... ~aṁ nissāya labbhati,
Spk I 159,19; añño ... kulaputto ... ~aṁ Buddhaṁ
vā Buddhasāvakaṁ vā nissayaṁ labhitvā, Ja II
23,6'; ~e nissāya assutaṁ suṇāti, sutaṁ pariyo-
dāpeti +, Ud-a 225,33 = It-a II 129,28 ≠ Nidd-a 338,26;
~aṁ upanissāya, Cp-a 288,18; tumhe ... ~aṁ labit-
tha nāma, Mp I 254,3; ~aṁ nissāya arahattaṁ
pāpuṇāti, Vibh-a 453,21; mahanto tena ~o laddho,
Dhp-a II 208,4; ~aṁ paccayaṁ (Be °mittapac°) lab-
hitvā appamatto ahosi, Dhp-a III 170,6; ~o hutvā,
Cp-a 103,7; ~ato (Be w.r. °ko), Vin-vn 3155; — in for-
mula: (5+6,+ 3+5): sappāyakārī hoti ... pariṇatabhojī
ca hoti, sīlavā ca ~o ca, A III 145,19; — in uddāna:
~aṁ, S V 32,21; — ifc. a-° (It-a II 67,11 [so read]); — 2.
exeg.: kalyāṇamittatāya samannāgato puggalo ~o,
Pp 24,21; ~o ti kalyāṇehi mittehi samannāgato, Th-a
III 7,3; sīlâdiguṇasampannā assa mittā ~o, Sv
1046,32 (ad D III 267,12; v. infra) = Mp V 5,22 (ad A V
341,7) ≠ Ps I 189,33, Ud-a 221,26; — ~o pu-
risapuggalo ti āvuso aparihānaṁ etaṁ, A V 124,17
foll.; ~o samano bhabbo asaddhiyaṁ pahātuṁ,
148,38; ~o yo sappaṭisso sagāravo ... pāpuṇe ... sab-
basaṁyojanakkhayaṁ, It 10,16* (cf. 10,13); akko-
dhano 'nupanāhī ... ~o so bhikkhu, Th 505; ~o me-
dhāvī, 682; — in formulas: a. (5+6+7): bhikkhu ~o
hoti kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko. yam p'
āvuso bhikkhu ~o hoti + ... ayam pi dhammo nā-
thakaraṇo, D III 267,12 (cf. 266,27 foll. 290,13 foll) ≠ A
V 23,28 foll.; rājā ... Pasenadi Kosalo ~o +, S I 83,28;
~ass' etaṁ ... bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṁ kalyāṇa-
sahāyassa kalyāṇasampavaṅkassa ariyaṁ aṭṭhaṅgi-
kaṁ maggaṁ bhāvessati +, 88,1 foll. = V 2,18 foll. an.
Ps II 379,11 foll. ≠ A IV 352,24 foll. ≠ 357,31 = Ud 36,31
foll. qu. Thī-a (1998) 171,21; bhikkhu ~o + ... ~e
sevamāno +, A III 422,17; IV 357,5 foll. = Ud 36,4 foll.;
A V 338,16; — atha kho naṁ kalyāṇo kittisaddo
abbhuggacchati: ~o purisapuggalo kalyāṇasahāyo
kalyāṇasampavaṅko, I 127,24 = Pp 37,10; — b.
(4+4+4, +5+6+7) na itthidhutto na surādhutto na
akkhadhutto ~o kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅ-
ko, A IV 284,1 = 288,8; — c. (5+5+5, +3+5): attanā ca
dhammagāravo hoti ... saṅghagāravo hoti... sik-
khāgaravo hoti ... suvaco hoti ... ~o hoti, A III
424,22 foll.; extended version (5+5+5+6, +3+5) adding
samādhigāravo at IV 30,20, cf. 29,24 foll.[[side 332]]

" 346862318430195712,kalyāṇamittabahulatā,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitta-bahula-tā

, f. [abstr.], plenty of good
(spiritual) friends; ~āya ovādakesu viṅṅāpakesu ...
vijjamānesu, Th-a III 84,8.

" 346862318358892544,kalyāṇamittabhūta,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitta-bhūta

, mfn., being a good spiritual
friend; ~e Dhammasenāpatimhi, Th-a III 119,35 (ad
Th 1034); — ifc. a-° (Th-a II 208,7).[[side 333]]

" 346862317062852608,kalyāṇamittadivagga,en,"

Kalyāṇa-mittâdi-vagga

, m.; title of A I 14,1-15,22;
~o aṭṭhamo, 15,22; — °-vaṇṇanā, f.; ct. on prec.; title of
Mp-ṭ III 116,7-117,22; ~ā niṭṭhitā, 117,22.

" 346862317079629824,kalyāṇamittādivagga,en,"

Kalyāṇa-mittâdi-vagga

, m.; title of A I 14,1-15,22;
~o aṭṭhamo, 15,22; — °-vaṇṇanā, f.; ct. on prec.; title of
Mp-ṭ III 116,7-117,22; ~ā niṭṭhitā, 117,22.

" 346862318862209024,kalyāṇamittaguna,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitta-guna

, m., the virtue of a good (spiri-
tual) friend; ~e sevato, Spk-pṭ I 189,2.

" 346862317985599488,kalyāṇamittalakkhaṇa,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitta-lakkhaṇa

, n., the definition of a good
(spiritual) friend; tatr' idaṁ ~aṁ: idha kalyāṇamitto
saddhāsampanno hoti sīlasampanno +, Ud-a 222,3
= Cp-a 287,32.

" 346862318291783680,kalyāṇamittamūlaka,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitta-mūlaka

, mfn., relying upon a good
(spiritual) friend; cattāro maggā + ... cha abhiññā
sabbaṁ -am eva hoti, Spk I 157,17.

" 346862318686048256,kalyāṇamittanissaya,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitta-nissaya

, m., reliance on a good (spiri-
tual) friend; sabbaṁ idaṁ ucchedavādino ~ena
sammattaniyāmokkamane khippavirāgatādassanat-
thaṁ āgataṁ, Ps-pṭ III 101,4.

" 346862316890886144,kalyāṇamittanubhāva,en,"

kalyāṇa-mittânubhāva

, m., the authority of a good
(spiritual) friend; upaḍḍhaṁ attano ānubhāvena hoti
upaḍḍhaṁ ~enā ti cintetvā, Ps II 379,3 (itaro ... u-
paḍḍhabhāgo yaṁ nissāya brahmacariyaṁ vussati.
tassa kalyāṇamittassa upadesânubhāvena hoti, Ps-pṭ
II 298,17).

" 346862316903469056,kalyāṇamittānubhāva,en,"

kalyāṇa-mittânubhāva

" 346862318556024832,kalyāṇamittapada,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitta-pada

, n., the word ""kalyāṇamitta"";
kalyāṇo assa atthī ti tassa atthitāmattaṁ ~ena vut-
taṁ, Sv-pṭ III 343,11 qu. Mp-ṭ III 308,8.

" 346862318493110272,kalyāṇamittapayirupāsanā,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitta-payirupāsanā

, f., attendance to
(one's) good (spiritual) friend; sokâdi-anatthapaṭibā-
hanatthaṁ ~āyaṁ tā niyojento, Th-a II 236,5.

" 346862318098845696,kalyāṇamittarahita,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitta-rahita

, mfn., without a good (spirit-
ual) friend; ~aṁ ayonisomanasikārabahulaṁ andha-
bālajanaṁ abhibhavitvā, Th-a III 77,32; na ... ~assa
kāci sampatti nāma atthi, Spk-pṭ II 162,4.

" 346862317444534272,kalyāṇamittasampadā,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitta-sampadā

, f., = prec. q.v.; ~ā dassitā,
It-a II 91,3.

" 346862317398396928,kalyāṇamittasampanna,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitta-sampanna

, mfn., having acquired a
good friend; mittavatan ti ~ānaṁ, Ja V 353,24' foll.

" 346862317490671616,kalyāṇamittasampatti,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitta-sampatti

, f, acquisition of a good
(spiritual) friend; ~iṁ dasseti, Th-a II 149,24.

" 346862317729746944,kalyāṇamittasaṃsagga,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitta-saṁsagga

, m., association with a
good (spiritual) friend; ~ena pahīnabhayo vigatalo-
mahaṁso hutvā, Ja V 262,28; ~ato sādhutaraṁ pā-
pamittasaṁsaggato vā pāpataraṁ nāma n' atthi,
507,16; ubhayalokatthasādhakañ ca ~aṁ pasaṁsan-
tena Bhagavatā, Pj I 126,16 = II 300,29 (Ee om); pac-
chā ~ena yoniso ummujjanto na ppamajjati, Th-a
III 59,20; ~e ādaraṁ uppādeti, Ud-a 222,2 qu. Mp-ṭ
III 270,17; — ifc. a-° (Pj I 126,15 = II 300,29 [Ee om.];
Th-a III 6,8).

" 346862317671026688,kalyāṇamittasaṅkhāta,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitta-saṅkhāta

, mfn., in other words a
good (spiritual) friend; ~aṁ brahmacariyavāsassa ba-
lavasannissayaṁ, Ps-pṭ II 298,14 (ad Ps II 378,33).

" 346862317620695040,kalyāṇamittasannissaya,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitta-sannissaya

, m., dependence upon a
good (spiritual) friend; sakalam ... maggabrahmaca-
riyaṁ ~ena labbhati, Spk III 118,21; ~ena yonisoma-
nasikārabahulo ... samathavipassanāsu yuttappa-
yutto, It-a I 16,20; ~ena laddhasaṁvego sāsane pab-
bajitvā, Th-a I 97,31; itthī sīlâcārasampannā ~ena sā-
sane abhippasannā, Pv-a 186,23; ~en' eva sesaṁ ca-
tubbidhaṁ ijjhati, Ud-a 234,23 qu. Mp-ṭ III 281,26;
mahâbhinīhārāya ~o hetu, Cp-a 287,31.

" 346862310419075072,kalyāṇamittasannissita,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitta-sannissita

, mfn., depending upon a
good (spiritual) friend; ~o, Cp-a 285,34.

" 346862317180293120,kalyāṇamittasevā,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitta-sevā

, f., associating with good (spiri-
tual) friends; paṭhamaṁ paññā āgatā pacchā vīriyañ
ca ~ā, Mp II 190,2 (Be °sevanā); brahmacariyassa
upakārabhūtāya ~āya niyojetvā, Pj II 342,7; adhic-
caladdhāya (so read; cf. s.v.) ~āya amatam adhigac-
chi, Thī-a (1998) 173,12.

" 346862317293539328,kalyāṇamittasevana,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitta-sevana

, n. [for f., cf. next], associat-
ing with good (spiritual) friends; — pāpamittaparivaj-
janaṁ ~añ ca ādīnavânisaṁsehi saddhiṁ dassento,
It-a II 62,6; °âdi Buddhesu sagāravatā, Th-a II 252,15;
dhammañāṇena bhavitabbaṁ: uddese paripuc-
chāya ... ~e, Mil 408,5; — ifc. a-° (It-a II 63,9).

" 346862317134155776,kalyāṇamittasevin,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitta-sevi(n)

, mfn., associating with good
(spiritual) friends; pāpamitte pahāya ~ino (so read) va
homā ti, Ja IV 54,17'; paṇḍito bhavituṁ asakkonto
pi ~ī guṇakittiṁ labhati, 436,14'.
kalyāṇa-mitta-sevin

" 346862318757351424,kalyāṇamittatā,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitta-tā

, f. [abstr.], the property of having a
good (spiritual) friend; cf. S. COLLINS, JPTS XI 1987: 56
foll.; — exeg.: ye te puggalā saddhā sīlavanto + ... yā
tesaṁ sevanā + ... ayaṁ vuccati ~ā, Dhs 228,28 = Pp
24,19, cf. A IV 282,9 foll.; kalyāṇā mittā assā ti
kalyāṇamitto tassa bhāvo ~ā, Mp I 81,6; Thī-a (1998)
171,15; — sovacassatā ca ~ā ca, ime dve dhamma
visesabhāgiyā, D III 274,6 ≠ A I 83,30; pāpamittassa
purisapuggalassa ~ā hoti parikkamanāya, M I 44,24;
bhikkhuno ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa
uppādāya etaṁ pubbaṅgamaṁ etaṁ pub-
banimittaṁ yadidaṁ ~ā, S V 30,2 foll. ≠ 78,21; ~ā ...
mahato atthāya saṁvattati, A I 16,15 foll. cf. Ps II
379,29; na kammârāmatā + ... sovacassatā ~ā ime ...
cha aparihāniyā dhamma, A III 310,17 ≠ 423,27; cha
dhamma kāmacchandassa pahānāya saṁvattanti:
asubhanimittassa uggaho + ... ~ā +, Sv 778,13 foll. =
Ps I 282,1 foll. = Spk III 165,23 foll. = Mp I 46,32 foll.
qu. Vibh-a 270,24 foll. It-a I 43,17 foll.; pāpamittatāya
pahānāya ~ā bhāvetabbā +, A III 449,2; ~ā sīlānaṁ
āhāro +, V 136,22; na aññaṁ ekaṅgam pi samanu-
passāmi evaṁ bahûpakāraṁ yatha-y-idaṁ ... ~ā, It
10,13; ~ā muninā lokaṁ ādissa vaṇṇitā, Thī 213; ~ā
(so read with Be) jhānassa upanisā (so read with Be) +,
Peṭ 149,1; kusalassa ~ā paccayo (so read; Ee w.r.
°tapaccayo), 214,10; dovacassatā pāpamittatā
saṅkilesāya sovacassatā ~ā visuddhiyā, Sv 1057,27;
imā paṅca nibbedhabhāgiyā saṅñā ~ā sīlasaṁvaro
+, Ud-a 221,19; ~âdayo pañcadhammā, Ps V 98,24 =
Spk II 392,23 (= sīlasaṁvaro abhisallekhakathā
vīriyârambho nibbedhikā paññā ... ime paṅca
dhamma, Ps-pṭ II 429,3 = Spk-pṭ II 309,25); — in for-
mula (6+7+8): ~ā kalyāṇasahāyatā kalyāṇasam-
pavaṅkatā, S I 87,32 foll. = V 2,18 foll. qu. Ps II 379,11
foll. Ud-a 222,34 ≠ A IV 352,24 foll. ≠ 357,31 = Ud
36,31 foll. qu. Thī-a (1998) 171,21; — a-° (As 247,11); —
°-saṅkhāta, mfn., in other words the property of having
a good (spiritual) friend; ayaṁ (scil. dhammo) ~o (so
read), Ud-a 222,24.

" 346862310083530752,kalyāṇamittatappaccaya,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitta-ta-ppaccaya

, m., the condition of
having a good (spiritual) freind; sâvasesadohitā
anekapūjā ca ~ā (v.ll °mittā yo, °mittatā yo) dham-
ma, Peṭ 16,5 (so read?; cf. next).

" 346862318807683072,kalyāṇamittatappaccayo,en,"

[

kalyāṇa-mitta-ta-ppaccayo

, w.r. of Ee at Peṭ 214,10
for which read kalyāṇamittatā paccayo with Be]

" 346862318988038144,kalyāṇamittaupanissaya,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitta-upanissaya

, m., = kalyāṇamitt[ū/u]pa-
nissaya, q.v.

" 346862308724576256,kalyāṇamittavantatā,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitta-vanta-tā

, f. [abstr.], the having a good
(spiritual) friend; tassa (scil. kalyāṇamitto) bhāvo
kalyāṇamittatā ~ā, Thī-a (1998) 171,18 = Ps-pṭ II
298,25.

" 346862317801050112,kalyāṇamittavidhi,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitta-vidhi

, f., instruction concerning a
good (spiritual) friend; muccanavidhiṁ ... ~inā das-
setuṁ, Thī-a (1998) 172,1.

" 346862316815388672,kalyāṇamittupanissaya,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitt[ū/u]panissaya

, m., the support constituted
by a good (spiritual) friend; ~aṁ dasseti. mahā hi esa
~o, Ps II 378,33 foll.; ~assa mahantabhāvañ ca das-
setvā, III 126,6; ~aṁ (Ee °mittaupa°) dassetvā, Mp II
190,7; — ifc. balava-° (Mp II 218,9); — °-sampanna,
mfn. having acquired a good (spiritual) friend as sup-
port; ~o bhikkhu, Ja II 23,13'.
kalyāṇa-mittūpanissaya

" 346862316832165888,kalyāṇamittūpanissaya,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitt[ū/u]panissaya

" 346862311484428288,kalyāṇamittupasevanā,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitt[ū/u]pasevanā

, f., associating with a good
(spiritual) friend; pāpûpasevanāya dosaṁ ~āya ca
guṇaṁ dassentī, Ja VI 235,29.

" 346862311497011200,kalyāṇamittūpasevanā,en,"

kalyāṇa-mitt[ū/u]pasevanā

, f., associating with a good
(spiritual) friend; pāpûpasevanāya dosaṁ ~āya ca
guṇaṁ dassentī, Ja VI 235,29.

" 346862322733551616,kalyāṇaṅgatā,en,"

kalyāṇ'-aṅga-tā

, f., the having beautiful limbs; ~āya
kalyāṇī, Sv-pṭ II 314,2.

" 346862314105868288,kalyāṇanissita,en,"

kalyāṇa-nissita

, mfn., relying on what is good; yathā
tath' eva lokassa sabbe ~ā anantarāyā ijjhantu sī-
ghaṁ sīghaṁ manorathā, Vism 712,7*.

" 346862320552513536,kalyāṇantara,en,"

kalyāṇ'-antara

, n., a different (kind of) good kamma
(v. ³kamma); bahulâsannapubbakatesu balâbalaṁ
vā jānitabbaṁ, pāpato pāpantaraṁ kalyāṇañ ca kal-
yāṇato ca ~aṁ, Vism-mhṭ II 377,19 qu. Mp-ṭ II 102,15.

" 346862314240086016,kalyāṇanusaya,en,"

kalyāṇânusaya

, mfn., of good (latent) disposition;
svākāraniddese (i.e., Vibh 341,31-33) yasmā kalyāṇ-
ako nāma anusayo n' atthi tasmā ~ā ti na vuttaṁ,
Vibh-a 461,17; ~o ti vacanamattasāmaññena vā
paṭijānāti, Kv-a 40,26.[[side 335]]

" 346862314269446144,kalyāṇānusaya,en,"

kalyāṇânusaya

" 346862316383375360,kalyāṇapakatika,en,"

kalyāṇa-pakati-ka

, mfn., of good nature; svākāre ti
sundarâkāre ~e vivaṭṭajjhāsaye, Vism-mhṭ I 241,3
(ad Vism 205,16).

" 346862320477016064,kalyāṇapañña,en,"

kalyāṇa-pañña

, mfn. [cf. kalyāṇadhamma, kalyā-
ṇasīla, qq.v.], of perfect insight; ~o so bhikkhu, Th 53
(= sundarapañṅo, Th-a II 212,9); — in formula
(5+5+5): kalyāṇasīlo ... bhikkhu kalyāṇadhammo
~o, It 96,13 foll. (maggaphalapaṅñāvasen' eva ~o,
It-a II 125,19 foll).

" 346862320401518592,kalyāṇapaññā,en,"

kalyāṇa-paññā

, f., perfect knowledge; paññākiccas-
sa matthakappattiyā aggaphale paññā ~ā nāma, It-a
II 125,32.

" 346862319814316032,kalyāṇapāpa,en,"

kalyāṇa-pāpa

, n., good and evil (actions); ~assa
ayaṁ vipāko, Pv 67 foll.[[side 331]]

" 346862313929707520,kalyāṇapāpaka,en,"

kalyāṇa-pāpaka

, mfn., 1. beautiful or ugly ; 2. good
and evil; — 1. yathā ... ādicco ... pāṇīnaṁ pavi-
daṁseti rūpaṁ ~aṁ, Ja V 326,30*, cf. Mil 390,17* foll.;
sūriyo ~e dasseti, Mil 390,11 (or under 1.1); — 2. yo
me ayaṁ attā ... ~ānaṁ kammānaṁ vipākaṁ pa-
ṭisaṁvedeti, M I 8,24 qu. Paṭis 419,1 ≠ M I 258,17 ≠
Vibh 382,28; issaro ... sace kappeti ... kammaṁ
~aṁ, Ja V 238,11*; n' atthi dhammacaritassa phalaṁ
~aṁ, VI 225,21*; ~āni kammāni upalabbhanti, Kv
45,6 foll.; kalaho vattatī bhesmā ~assa ca Cp 70 (=
kalyāṇassa ca pāpakassa ca, Cp-a 163,29); anusāsāmi
kiriye ~e, 82 (= kusale c' eva akusale ca, Cp-a 102,30).

" 346862319717847040,kalyāṇapāpasaya,en,"

kalyāṇa-pāpâsaya

, mfn., having good or bad inclina-
tions; āsayajānanâdinā yehi indriyehi yehi paro-
parehi sattā °âdikā honti, tesaṁ pajānanaṁ vibhā-
veti, Nett-pṭ 96,14 ≠ Ps II 23,16.

" 346862319734624256,kalyāṇapāpāsaya,en,"

kalyāṇa-pāpâsaya

, mfn., having good or bad inclina-
tions; āsayajānanâdinā yehi indriyehi yehi paro-
parehi sattā °âdikā honti, tesaṁ pajānanaṁ vibhā-
veti, Nett-pṭ 96,14 ≠ Ps II 23,16.

" 346862319944339456,kalyāṇapasaṃsa,en,"

kalyāṇa-pasaṁsa

, n., extolling the good; pesalānaṁ
bhikkhūnaṁ anuggahaṁ pāpagarahitaṁ ~aṁ, Kv-a
200,20.

" 346862320078557184,kalyāṇapaṭibhāna,en,"

kalyāṇa-paṭibhāna

, mfn., of excellent imagination
(in conversation); cf. J. BRAARVIG, JIABS VIII,1 1985:
23; jhāyī satimā ~o gatimā dhitimā matimā +, D III
107,3 (= vākkaraṇasampanno c' eva hoti paṭibhāna-
sampanno, Sv 893,16; sundarapaṭibhāno sa ... assa
paṭibhānasampadā vacanacāturiyasahitā va icchitā,
Sv-pṭ III 97,23); — in formula (3+3+3: 4+4+7; cf. O. v.
HINÜBER, Untersuchungen, AWL 1994 Nr. 5: 38;
Rāṣṭrap-trsl.. J. ENSINK 1952: 1 n. 7): paṇḍito viyatto
(so read; BeCeEe byatto) medhāvī, bahussuto cittaka-
thī ~o, Vin II 299,16 = D II 317,9 foll. -MH 83,21 = A
III 58,17 (vyat°) foll. ≠ S IV 375,2; paṇḍito + ... ~o +,
Mil 22,21; enlarged version: paṇḍito + ... ~o suttan-
tiko ti vā + ... khalupacchābhattiko +, Nidd I 147,19
(= sundarapañño, Nidd-a 273,26); — °-va(n)t, mfn.,
having an excellent imagination (in conversation);
sīlavā guṇasampanno ~ā, Cp 249 (- taṁtaṁiti-
kattabbasādhanena upāyakosallasaṅkhātena ca
sundarena paṭibhāṇena samannāgato, Cp-a 186,20).

" 346862320141471744,kalyāṇapaṭipadā,en,"

kalyāṇa-paṭipadā

, f., = prec.; rājānaṁ ... dāne
uposathakamme dasasu kusalakammapathesū ti
imāya ~āya patiṭṭhāpesi, Ja III 342,4.

" 346862320258912256,kalyāṇapaṭipatti,en,"

kalyāṇa-paṭipatti

, f., excellent practice; imaṁ ~iṁ
paṭipajjathā ti, Cp-a 103,5 (ad Cp 82).

" 346862319650738176,kalyāṇapīti,en,"

kalyāṇa-pīti

, mfn., of perfect bliss; ~i vikkhambha-
ye tāni parissayāni Sn 969 (buddhânusativasena up-
pajjati pīti pāmujjaṁ ~i, Nidd I 492,3; kalyāṇāya pī-
tiyā samannāgato Pj II 573,19 qu. Nidd-a I 458,7).

" 346862319478771712,kalyāṇapuggala,en,"

kalyāṇa-puggala

, m., a good individual; ~eh' eva
sabbiriyāpathesu saha ayati pavattati na vinā tehi
kalyāṇasahāyo, Ud-a 221,29 foll. qu. Mp-ṭ III 270,13 ≠
Ps-pṭ II 298,26.

" 346862319428440064,kalyāṇaputhujjana,en,"

kalyāṇa-puthuj-jana

, m., a good (i.e., a cultivated)
ordinary person; only post-canonical; opp. andha-
puthujjana, q.v.; yassa khandhadhātu-āyatanâdisu
uggahaparipucchāsavanadhāraṇapaccavekkhanāni
n' atthi ayaṁ andhaputhujjano yassa tāni atthi so
~o, Sv 59,11 qu. Paṭis-a 266,9 ≠ Sp-ṭ I 45,24; anusota-
gāmī andhaputhujjano paṭisotagāmī ~o, Nett-a
248,7; yo pi ~o anulomappaṭipadāya paripūrakārī
sīlasampanno indriyesu guttadvāro + ... so pi vuc-
cati ... sekho ti, Ps I 40,26 qu. It-a I 61,8, Sp-ṭ II 54,3;
akatapāpā katapuññā ~ena saddhiṁ satta sekhā,
Ud-a 269,29 = It-a II 35,13; ~ato paṭṭhāya hi satta
sekkhā tisso sikkhā pūrenti nāma, Sv-pṭ III 331,3
qu. Mp-ṭ III 88,8; porāṇagaṇṭhipadesu ... puthuj-
jano ~o sekkho arahā ti cattāro puggale dassetvā,
Vjb 520,3 foll. qu. Sp-ṭ III 379,17 foll. cf. Ps I 21,9*;
bhikkhuno ti ~assa sekkhassa vā, Pj II 534,14, cf.
Nidd-a 255,28; sesake paṭipaṇṇake ti arahante ṭha-
petvā ~ehi saddhiṁ sese sekkhapuggale, Bv-a
189,27 (ad Bv X 31); sikkhanasīlatāya ~o pi sekha-
padena saṅgahito, Nett-a 77,12 foll.; °-âdayo yāva a-
rahā tāva ... + ... vimuttiñānadassanena samannā-
gatattā bhadro bhikkhū ti saṅkhyaṁ gacchati,
Vibh-a 329,8; sugatan ti sammāpaṭipannaṁ ~ena
saddhiṁ aṭṭhavidhaṁ ariyapuggalaṁ, It-a II 163,20;
~ato paṭṭhāya sabbaso sappurisā nāma, Spk-pṭ II
407,17; ettakā ... sotâpannā + ... ettakā āraddhavi-
passakā ~ā, Pj II 502,26; imā pañca paññā ~ehi sād-
hāraṇā, Paṭis-a 643,15; ~ā pi yebhuyyena satthari
niccalasaddhā eva honti, Vism-mhṭ I 227,17 qu. Sp-ṭ
I 228,8; nanu ca ~o pi ""yathânusiṭṭhaṁ paṭipajjatī""
ti vuccati, Sv-pṭ I 358,5 = Ps-pṭ I 232,18 qu. Mp-ṭ II
17,20, Sp-ṭ I 414,13; kalyāṇadhammā ~ā vipassanaṁ
ussukkāpentā honti, Spk-pṭ II 335,8; — °-bhāva, m.
[abstr. of prec], the being a good (i.e., a cultivated) or-
dinary person; assa -am pi paṭikkhipati, Ud-a 83,5
qu. Sp-ṭ III 207,28; ~e ṭhitānaṁ puthujjanakalyāṇa-
kānaṁ kalyāṇaputhujjanānan ti, Paṭis-a 205,12; —
°-sekha, m., a person undergoing training such as a
good (i.e., a cultivated) ordinary person; so ... ~ā viya
na virajjati, Pj II 534,28 qu. Nidd-a 258,16.

" 346862316756668416,kalyāṇarūpa,en,"

kalyāṇa-rūpa

, mfn. [for the value of stiff, -rūpa, cf.
karuṇāyamāna°, kalyarūpa, qq.v.], 1. very good; 2.
very handsome; — 1. ~o vat' ayaṁ (so read with Be)
catuppado, Ja III 82,23* (= kalyāṇajātiko, 82,27');
mudūhi bāhāhi palissajanto ~o ramayaṁ upaṭṭhahi,
V 204,18*.

" 346862315385131008,kalyāṇasadda,en,"

Kalyāṇa-sadda

, m., the word K. (Npr.); ~añ ca Va-
rakalyāṇasaddañ ca niddisati, Mhv-ṭ 124,25; —
Vara-° (v. supra).

" 346862311920635904,kalyāṇasadda,en,"

kalyāṇa-sadda

, m., 1. good reputation; 2. the word
""kalyāṇa""; — 1. uppanno ~o nāma na antaradhāpe-
tuṁ vaṭṭati, Ja II 64,24; — 2. desanâkāro hi idha
~ena gahito, Ps-pṭ II 430,7.

" 346862315313827840,kalyāṇasahāya,en,"

kalyāṇa-sahāya

, mfn., having a good comrade; cf. S.
COLLINS, JPTS XI 1987: 64 foll.; — exeg.: te v' assa
ṭhānanisajjanâdisu saha ayanato sahāyā ti ~o, Sv
1046,34 (ad D III 267,13) ≠ Ud-a 221,31 (ad Ud 36,32);
~o ti sucisahāyo Mp II 198,25 (ad A I 127,24); cf. kal-
yāṇamitta 2. formula a., q.v.; — °-tā, [abstr.], the hav-
ing a good comrade; for references, cf. kalyāṇamittatā
(in formula), q.v.

" 346862308384837632,kalyāṇasampavaṅka,en,"

kalyāṇa-sampavaṅka

, mfn., having a good compan-
ion; cf. S. COLLINS, JPTS XI 1987: 64 foll.; — exeg.: cit-
tena c' eva kāyena ca kalyāṇamittesu eva sam-
pavaṅko onato ti ~o, Sv 1046,35 (ad D III 267,13); ~o
ti kalyāṇesu sucipuggalesu sampavaṅko tanninna-
tapponatappabbhāramanaso, Mp II 198,27 (ad A I
127,24) ≠ Ud-a (ad Ud 36,31); — for references, cf. kal-
yānamitta 2. (in formula a.) q.v; — °-tā, f. [abstr.], the
having a good companion; for references, cf. kalyāṇa-
mittatā (in formula), q.v.

" 346862316018470912,kalyāṇasaṃsagga,en,"

kalyāṇa-saṁsagga

, m., association with good people;
~âbhāvena ādito asādhū hutvāpi pacchā ~ena sā-
dhū honti, Th-a II 104,29.

" 346862315666149376,kalyāṇasaṅgatika,en,"

kalyāṇa-saṅgatika

, mfn., being in contact with
something pleasant; Tathāgato ... ~o yaṁ etarahi eva-
rūpā anāsavā sukhā vedanā vedeti, M II 227,14.

" 346862315968139264,kalyāṇasaṅkappa,en,"

kalyāṇa-saṅkappa

, mfn., of right decisions; ~ā sid-
dhiṁ gacchantu pāṇinaṁ, Abhidh-a 137,29 qu. Upas
357,16; in nigamana: ~ā pappontu amataṁ padaṁ,
Sp-ṭ III 496,24*.

" 346862315607429120,kalyāṇasaññita,en,"

kalyāṇa-saññita

, mfn., described as ""good""; sun-
daraṭṭhena ~assa puthujjanassa, Paṭis-a 642,33 qu.
Mp-ṭ I 277,20.

" 346862313736769536,kalyāṇasaya,en,"

kalyāṇâsaya

, mfn. [°ṇa + ās°], of good disposition;
~ā, Vibh 341,32; v. s.v. kalyāṇâdhimuttika.

" 346862313753546752,kalyāṇāsaya,en,"

kalyāṇâsaya

, mfn. [°ṇa + ās°], of good disposition;
~ā, Vibh 341,32; v. s.v. kalyāṇâdhimuttika.

" 346862314873425920,kalyāṇasevana,en,"

kalyāṇa-sevana

, w.r. at Peṭ 149,8 for karuṇā°, q.v.

" 346862315242524672,kalyāṇasīla,en,"

kalyāṇa-sīla

, n. and mfn., 1. (n.) right conduct; 2.
(mfn.) of right conduct; — 1. ~aṁ nāma ariyasāvakas-
sa ariyakantasīlaṁ vuccati, Spk I 350,29 (ad S I
232,24*) qu. Mp-ṭ III 21,6; apare ... bhaṇanti sotâpan-
nasakadāgāmīnaṁ maggaphalasīlaṁ ~aṁ nāma,
It-a II 125,26; — 2. yassa kāyena vācāya manasā n'
atthi dukkaṭaṁ taṁ ve ~o ti, It 97,9*, cf. 96,12 foll. (=
sundarasīlo pasatthasīlo paripuṇṇasīlo, It-a II 125,10);
akkodhano 'nupanāhī ... ~o so bhikkhu, Th 504 (=
sundarasīlo suvisuddhasīlo, Th-a II 212,4); upasanto
... ~o medhāvī dukkhass' antakaro siyā, 1007; ~ehi
bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ samānabhāvûpagatasīlo viha-
rati, Sp 1317,26; keci ... ""catupārisuddhisīlavasena
~o +"" vadanti, It-a II 125,22; — °-tā, f. [abstr.], the
being of right conduct; hirottappaggahaṇena ... ducca-
ritâbhāvassa hetuṁ dassento ~aṁ hetuto vibhāveti,
It-a II 130,34.

" 346862314923757568,kalyāṇasukhabahula,en,"

kalyāṇa-sukha-bahula

, mfn., full of what is good
and pleasant; tasmiṁ ... kappe yebhuyyena sattā ~ā
honti, Bv-a 191,26.

" 346862321814999040,kalyāṇatā,en,"

kalyāṇa-tā

, f. [abstr.], the being perfect, cf.
³kalyāṇa, q.v.; sabbâkāraparipuṇṇassa maggasīlassa
phalasīlassa ca vasena ~ā veditabbā, It-a II 125,14;
dhammassa ~ā niyyānikatāya, Sv-pṭ I 307,24 qu. Sp-ṭ
I 324,1; desetabbadhammassa ~ā dassitā, Ps-pṭ II
430,8; na kevalaṁ sīlassa ~ā va vibhāvitā, Vism-mhṭ
118,20.

" 346862310012227584,kalyāṇatā,en,"

kalyāṇa-tā

, f. [abstr.], beauty, cf. ²kalyāṇa, q.v.; —
ifc. aṭṭhi-° (Ja I 394,17'); chavi-° (Ja I 394,13); nakha-°
(Ud-a 170,22); nahāru- (Ja I 394,16'); maṁsa-° (Ja I
394,15'); vaya-° (Ja I 394,19'); sarīra-° (Mp II 40,17).

" 346862321546563584,kalyāṇatākusala,en,"

kalyāṇa-tā-kusala

, mfn., expert in good-ness; yo
evaṁ jānāti (cf. Nett 20,10 foll.) ayaṁ vuccati
atthakusalo ... ~o phalatākusalo +, Nett 20,19 (=
yuttatākusalo catunayakovido ... desanāyuttikusa-
lo vā, Nett 217,29 = Nett-a ad loc).

" 346862321475260416,kalyāṇatālakkhaṇa,en,"

kalyāṇa-tā-lakkhaṇa

, n., the characteristic of good-
ness; tatra ti tasmiṁ ~anaṁ vibhavane, Vism-mhṭ I
171,21 (ad Vism 147,21).

" 346862321957605376,kalyāṇatara,en,"

kalyāṇa-tara

, mfn. [comp. of kalyāṇa, q.v., cf. kalyā-
ṇitara], better; ekacco pāṇâtipātā paṭiviratto + ... a-
yaṁ vuccati kalyāṇena ~o, A II 223,7 (cf. 222,23 foll)
≠ Pp 40,13; kalyāṇo kalyāṇena ~o, Pp 5,33; — ifc.
visiṭṭha-° (Vv-a 135,9).

" 346862317343870976,kalyāṇatittha,en,"

kalyāṇa-tittha

, mfn., with beautiful fords; ~aṁ supi-
vaṁ (so read, H. Smith; BeCe sucimaṁ) sītûdakaṁ
... rahadûpamam mahārājaṁ ko me Vessantaraṁ
vidū, Ja VI 526,16*.

" 346862322100211712,kalyāṇaṭṭha,en,"

kalyāṇ'-aṭṭha

, m., the sense of good; ~ena bhadda-
kan ti vuccati, Spk-pṭ I 128,4 (ad Spk I 92,10).

" 346862316156882944,kalyāṇavāca,en,"

kalyāṇa-vāca

, mfn., having a pleasant voice; — exeg.:
~o ti sithiladhanitâdīnaṁ yathāvidhānavacanena
parimaṇḍalapadabyañjanāya poriyā vācāya sam-
anāgato +, Sp 790,21 (ad Vin IV 51,31; cf. O. v.
HINÜBER, Selected Papers 1994: 220) qu. Ud-a 312,27;
kalyāṇā sundarā parimaṇḍalapadabyañjanā vācā as-
sā ti ~o. kalyāṇaṁ madhuraṁ vākkaraṇaṁ assā ti
~o, Sv 282,20 (ad D I 114,8); — for ~ in formula, v. s.v.
kalyāṇavākkaraṇa.

" 346862316110745600,kalyāṇavācā,en,"

kalyāṇa-vācā

, f., a pleasant voice; vācā pi khīṇâsa-
vassa ~ā va, Mp III 274,14; ~āya visajjanam, Ja I 375,9'.

" 346862316588896256,kalyāṇavagga,en,"

Kalyāṇa-vagga

, m.; title of Kv 45,6-55,26; ~o paṭha-
mo, Kv 55,26 (purisakārânuyogo niṭṭhito ~o ti pi e-
tass' eva nāmaṁ, Kv-a 32,32).

" 346862316198825984,kalyāṇavākkaraṇa,en,"

kalyāṇa-vāk-karaṇa

, mfn., speaking, reciting plea-
santly; Ambaṭṭho māṇavo bahussuto ca ... ~o ca ...
paṇḍito ca +, D I 93,21; 122,16; M II 168,30; etadag-
gaṁ ... mama sāvakānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ ~ānaṁ (scil.
aggo) yadidaṁ Soṇo Kuṭikaṇṇo, A I 24,13 (Mp I
237,11 foll.) qu. Ud-a 313,6; ~o ... Soṇo abhāsi sad-
dhammaṁ, Th 368 (= sundaravacīkaraṇo lakkha-
nasampannavacanakkamo, Th-a II 156,27); dhammat-
thadesanāpaṭivedhakusalo ... citrakathī ~o +, Mil
21,19; anāgate ... sāsane ~ānaṁ aggo bhavissati,
Th-a II 154,14; — in formula (5+7): dve bhātikā honti
brāhmaṇajātikā kalyāṇavācā ~ā, Vin II 139,2 (= ma-
dhurasaddā, Sp 1214,16); kalyāṇavāco hoti ~o, IV
51,31 (= madhussaro, mātugāmo hi sarasampattira-
to, Sp 790,24) ≠ A IV 279,29; Soṇadaṇḍo kalyāṇavāco
... ~o poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya ane-
lagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā, D I 114,8 foll. (kalyā-
ṇaṁ madhuraṁ vākkaraṇaṁ assā ti ~o, Sv 282,20) ≠
132,3 = M I 67,4 (Ps III 418,28 = Sv 282,20); A III 114,5;
IV 328,25 foll.; — ifc. a-° (D I 94,1); — °-tā, f. [abstv.],
the speaking, reciting pleasantly; ~ā, A I 38,16 (= vaca-
nakiriyāya madhurabhāvo, Mp II 40,15); vaṇṇapok-
kharatā ~ā +, Spk II 210,23.[[side 334]]

" 346862316433707008,kalyāṇavarakalyāṇā,en,"

Kalyāṇa-Varakalyāṇā

, m. pl. [cf. Kalyāṇa, q.v.],
Npr.; K. and V.; ~ā, Dīp III 4; ~ā, Mhv-ṭ 124,26.

" 346862316534370304,kalyāṇavatī,en,"

Kalyāṇa-vatī

, f., Npr.; name of the chief queen of Kit-
tinissaṅka (12th c. A.D., cf. GEIGER, Culture §§ 18, 29, 139);
~iyā Kittinissaṅkaggamahesiyā rajjaṁ kārā-
payi, Mhv LXXX 34.

" 346862316484038656,kalyāṇavatta,en,"

kalyāṇa-vatta

, n. [sometimes misspelled °vaṭṭa],
good, virtuous practice; ""pavattati ... taṁ mayā ma-
nussaloke nihitaṁ ~an"" ti, Ps III 312,16; ~aṁ ko
samucchindati +, 318,21 (cf. kalyāṇaṁ vattaṁ, M II
82,23); Cp-a 57,26; yāva ahaṁ āgacchāmi tāva imas-
miṁ ~e mā pamajji, Mp II 61,20.

" 346862316064608256,kalyāṇavihāravāsin,en,"

Kalyāṇa-vihāra-vāsi(n)

, mfn., = Kalyāṇīvihāravā-
si(n), q.v.
Kalyāṇa-vihāra-vāsin

" 346862311668977664,kalyāṇī,en,"

kalyāṇī

, (m)f(n). [cf. kalyāṇa, q.v.], 1. beautiful
(woman); 2. (f.) a beauty; 3. title of S II 235,8-15; — 1.
vande te pitaraṁ ... yena jātâsi ~i (Be °ī), D II
265,17* (~i [so read] sabbaṅgasobhane (Be °ā), Sv
701,15; Sv-pṭ II 314,2) = 268,14*; taṁ udāvatta (cf. s.v.)
~ī palissaji susobhanā, Ja V 158,7*; surattapādā ~ī
suvaṇṇamaṇimekhalā, VI 456,23* (= chavimaṁsa-
kesanhāruaṭṭhīnaṁ vasena pañcavidhena
kalyāṇena samannāgatā, 457,17'); ~i theri saṅghassa
sobhane, Thī 332; oropayassu ~i, Ja III 437,17* = Ap
562,17; Ap 604,8; — 2. janapadakalyāṇī ti janapa-
damhi ~ī uttamā chasarīradosarahitā
pañcakalyāṇasamannāgatā +, Spk III 227,19 qu. Ja I
394,6', Ud-a 170,10; — ifc. jana-pada-° (D I 193,5; M
II 33,7; S II 235,10; Ud 22,15); — 3. ~ī, S II 239,21* (in
uddāna).

" 346862311564120064,kalyāṇī,en,"

Kalyāṇī

, f.; Npr.; the Kälani [sic -> OHP?]river in Śrī Laṅkā and
the district around its mouth; cf. GEIGER, Culture §5 p.
7; PPN s.v.; parato ~iṁ orato Nāgadīpan ti, Ja II
128,16; ~iṁ gantvā (so read with v.l) tattha cātuddase
heṭṭhāpāsāde kathesi, Ps V 102,20; ~iyaṁ pahaṭa-
ghaṇḍi Nāgadīpe osarati, Spk II 230,19 (~iyaṁ pa-
vattaghaṇḍisaddo tathā Nāgadīpe, Spk-pṭ II 192,2);
tiṁsamattā bhikkhū ~aṁ mahācetiyaṁ vanditvā,
Vibh-a 295,30; Maṇiakkhiko ~iyaṁ nāgarājā yud-
dhaṁ kātum tahiṁ gato, Mhv I 63; ~iyaṁ hi (so
read) yeva ekadese vasi, Mhv-ṭ 431,11.[[side 336]]

" 346862311421513728,kalyāṇīāgamana,en,"

Kalyāṇī-āgamana

, n., the visit to K.; cf. GEIGER,
Culture §§ 168, 200; title of Mhv I 71-84; ~aṁ niṭ-
ṭhitaṁ, Mhv 11,10.

" 346862313195704320,kalyāṇicetiyaṭṭhāna,en,"

Kalyāṇi-cetiya-ṭṭhāna

, n. [cf. Kalyāṇīcetiyaṭṭhāna,
q.v.], the place of the Kalyāṇī shrine; the spot where the
Buddha preached to Maṇi-akkhika and his followers,
cf. PPN s.v.; ~e (Be °ṇiyacet°) nirodhasamāpattiṁ
samāpajjitvā, Sp 89,19; ~e kate, Mhv I 75.

" 346862311354404864,kalyāṇīcetiyaṭṭhāna,en,"

Kalyāṇī-cetiya-ṭṭhāna

, n. [cf. Kalyāṇicetiyaṭṭhāna,
q.v.], the place of the K. shrine; (Bhagavā) Dīgha-
vāpicetiyaṭṭhāne ... ~e ca Mahābodhiṭṭhāne ca + ...
sasāvako nisīditvā, Sp-ṭ I 176,12.

" 346862312839188480,kalyāṇidesa,en,"

Kalyāṇi-desa

, m., the region of Kalyāṇī, q.v.; agā
~aṁ ... Maṇiakkhikanivesanaṁ, Mhv I 74; ~ato yā-
va Silacetiyaṭṭhanaṁ agate devagaṇe, Mhv-ṭ 117,3;
~e, Ext Mhv XV 183.

" 346862313267007488,kalyāṇigāma,en,"

Kalyāṇi-gāma

, m.; Npr.; the village Kalyāṇī, q.v.; cf.
GEIGER, Culture § 7 p. 10; § 57: (called nagara/nagarī
since the 13th c. A.D., cf. Kalyāṇinagara); PPN s.v.; on
the location of K., cf. S. Paranavitana, Inscr. of Sri
lanka Vol. I 1970: cxxviii; ~e (Ee °ṇa°) piṇḍāya carato
Mahātissattherassa visabhāgarūpadassanena up-
pannakilesajātaṁ, Vism 689,10 (Rohaṇe kira
abhirūpāṇaṁ itthīnaṁ upattiṭṭhānatāya so gamo
tathā vuccati, Vism-mhṭ II 502,23) qu. Pj II 6,29; cf.
gāmaṁ Kalyāṇināmakaṁ, Mhv LXXII 151.

" 346862313325727744,kalyāṇigaňgā,en,"

Kalyāṇi-gaňgā

, f.; Npr.; the river Kalyāṇī, q.v.; cf.
Sinh. Kālaṇigaṅga; Geiger, Culture § 5 p. 7; ~āya
mukhadvāravāsī sāmuddiko nāgarājo, Mhv-ṭ
108,30.

" 346862313149566976,kalyāṇijanapada,en,"

Kalyāṇi-janapada

, n., the district of K.; kārentassa
rajjaṁ ramme ~e, Ext Mhv XXII 63.

" 346862313673854976,kalyāṇika,en,"

Kalyāṇika

, mfn., situated in the Kalyāṇī (q.v.) re-
gion; ~e gaṅgāmukhe nāgo ahū, Dīp II 42; cf. S. PA-
RANAVITANA, īnsct. of Sri lanka Vol. I 1970 n. 577:
Kalaṇika-Tiśaha = pa. Kalyāṇika-Tissassa.

" 346862313413808128,kalyāṇikavhaya,en,"

Kalyāṇika-vhaya

, mfn., (the monastery) called K.;
Abhayagirivihāre + ... tathā ~e ... aṭṭhasu thūpesu
chattakammaṁ akārayi, Mhv XXXVI 34.

" 346862313468334080,kalyāṇikavihāra,en,"

Kalyāṇika-vihāra

, m. [cf. Kalyāṇiyavihāra]; Npr.;
the Kalyāṇī vihāra, a monastery attached to the Kalyā-
ṇicetiya, q.v.; GEIGER, Culture § 89 foll.; v. PPN s.v.;
Dhammaguttatthero ... taṁ ... -amhi bhikkhūnaṁ
saṁvibhājiya, Mhv XXXII 51; kāresi posathâlayaṁ
~e, XXXVI 17; — °-vāsi-bhāṇaka-dahara-bhikkhu,
m., the young monk, a bhāṇaka living in K.; ~aṁ (so
read for °kalyāṇavi°) Pj II 70,16, cf. Mp I 23,11.

" 346862312126156800,kalyāṇimahācetiya,en,"

Kalyāṇi-mahā-cetiya

, n., the great shrine in Kalyā-
ṇī, cf. ²Kalyāṇī, q.v.; tiṁsamattā bhikkhū ~aṁ
vanditvā, Ps III 249,15, cf. Vibh-a 295,30.

" 346862100657737728,kalyāṇin,en,"

kalyāṇi(n),

mfn. = kalyāṇa, q.v.; ~ī, Ja V 124,23** (ct. kalyāṇa-guṇa-samannāgato, q.v.).

" 346862311304073216,kalyāṇīnadīmukhadvāra,en,"

Kalyāṇī-nadī-mukha-dvāra

, n., the entrance of the
river K.; ~e (so read) nimujjitvā, Ps IV 97,13; —
°-vāsi(n), mfn., living at the entrance of the river K.; ~ī
kevaṭṭo, Mp III 109,15 = Ps V 76,13 (reading °iko; Ee
°āṇa°; Be °vāsikevaṭ°).

" 346862312759496704,kalyāṇinagaruttama,en,"

Kalyāṇi-nagar'-uttama

, m. [cf. Kalyāṇigāma], K.
the best among towns; ~e, Mhv LXXXV 64; cf. CX 5.

" 346862312545587200,kalyāṇināma,en,"

Kalyāṇi-nāma

, mfn., v. Kalyāṇiyamahāvihāra.

" 346862312478478336,kalyāṇināmaka,en,"

Kalyāṇi-nāmaka

, mfn., v. Kalyāṇigāma.

" 346862312423952384,kalyānināmanagarī,en,"

Kalyāni-nāma-nagarī

, f, the town named K.; ~ī,
Mhv CX 5.

" 346862312189071360,kalyāṇippakaraṇa,en,"

Kalyāṇi-ppakaraṇa

, n.; title mentioned in the
Kalyāṇīsīmā (q.v.) inscr., cf. PLC: 257.

" 346862311996133376,kalyāṇirājan,en,"

Kalyāṇi-rāja(n)

, m., King (Tissa) of Kalyāṇī, q.v.; cf.
Geiger, Culture § 157; PPN s.v. Kalyāṇi-Tissa; sad-
dhāsampannā dhītā ~ino, Mhv XXII 12 (Mhv-ṭ 431,2
foll).
Kalyāṇi-rājan

" 346862311761252352,kalyāṇisammukha,en,"

Kalyāṇi-sammukha

, mfn., falling into the sea at
Kalyāṇī, q.v.; anuppatto Gangaṁ ~aṁ, Dīp II 53
(""he reached the Gaṅgā where it falls into the sea at Kal-
yāṇī"")-

" 346862311161466880,kalyāṇīsīmā,en,"

Kalyāṇī-sīmā

, f., Npr.; important sīmā in Pegu,
Burma, named after the river Kalyāṇī (q.v.) in Sri lan-
ka; ~ was established in the 15th c., cf. Taw Sein-Ko,
A Preliminary Study of the Kalyani Inscriptions of
Dhammacheti, 1476 A.D. Bombay 1893; PLB: 38; the
text of this inscr. is called Kalyāṇippakaraṇa, q.v.;
imissā pana sīmāya Kalyāṇīgaṅgāya sajjitāyaṁ
udakukkhepasīmāyam upasampannehi bhikkhūhi
sammatattā ~ā ti nāmaṁ akāsi, 54,35 foll.; ~āyam
upasampadāpesi, ibid. 58,30; ~āyaṁ pana Sīhaladī-
pato abhinavasikkhaṁ gahetvā nivattantehi gara-
havivādamattam pi alabhantehi Dhammacetiya-
rañño vicinitvā gahitehi cuddasahi bhikkhūhi katan
ti pāsāṇalekhāyaṁ āgataṁ, Pālim-nṭ 1360,20 foll.

" 346862313023737856,kalyāṇitarā,en,"

kalyāṇi-tarā

, (m)f(n). [comp. < kalyāṇī, q.v., cf. kal-
yāṇatara], more beautiful (woman); rūpasampattiyā
visiṭṭhā ... ~ā sundaratarā ... visiṭṭhakalyāṇatarâsi
rūpato ti ca paṭhanti,Vv-a 135,8-10 (ad Vv 315); — ifc.
visiṭṭha-° (Vv 315).

" 346862312893714432,kalyāṇitissarajan,en,"

Kalyāṇi-tissa-raja(n)

, m., King K. and King Tissa;
the name ~ is made up by the author of Sīh who mis-
understands Mhv XXII 12 foll. cf. Kalyāṇirāja(n), q.v.;
~ūnaṁ ekā dhītā, Sīh XLVIII 8.
Kalyāṇi-tissa-rajan

" 346862311232770048,kalyāṇīvihāra,en,"

Kalyāṇī-vihāra

, m. [cf. Kalyāṇiyamahāvihāra,
q.v.], the K. vihāra; eko mahallako ... ~aṁ (Ee °īv°)
āgato, Ps II 145,2; — °-vāsi(n), living in the K.; ~iṁ
daharabhikkhuṁ disvā, Nidd-a II 111,26.

" 346862311866109952,kalyāṇivisaya,en,"

Kalyāṇi-visaya

, m., the region of K.; dhītā tu Piya-
tissassa ~e vare, Ext Mhv XXII 36.

" 346862312054853632,kalyāṇiyamahāvihāra,en,"

Kalyāṇiya-mahā-vihāra

, m. [cf. Kalyāṇīvihāra,
q.v.], - Kalyāṇikavihāra, q.v.; ~e kira Godattatthero
dvaṅgulakāle bhattaṁ gahetvā Ps I 122,20; ~ato kir'
eko daharo ... Kāḷadīghavāpigāmadvāravihāraṁ
gantvā, Mp I 23,11; ~e, Mp-ṭ III 263,8, cf. Pj II 70,16;
vihāre Kalyāṇināmasmiṁ, Mhv LXXXI 59.

" 346862308275785728,kalyāṇiyavihāra,en,"

Kalyāṇiya-vihāra

, m. = prec.; paṭhavī ... ~e ca
Piṇḍapātiyattherassa ... suttapariyosāne akampit-
tha, Sv 131,16.

" 346862310997889024,kalyāṇupanissaya,en,"

kalyāṇûpanissaya

, m. [°āṇa + upa°], basis for the
good; °-vasena sabbe ... Bhagavato santike pabbaj-
jañ ca upasampadaṁ labhiṁsu, Sp 397,15 (= pab-
bājāya upanissayavasena, Sp-ṭ II 178,27) = Spk III
267,3.

" 346862311018860544,kalyāṇūpanissaya,en,"

kalyāṇûpanissaya

" 346862324277055488,kalyarūpa,en,"

kalya-rūpa

, mfn., [for the value of suff. -rūpa cf. ka-
taññu°, kata°, kalyāṇarūpa, qq.v.], truly pleased, glad;
kiṁ devasaṁgho atiriva ~o, Sn 680 (= tuṭṭharūpo,
Pj II 484,19); 683; — ifc. a-°.

" 346862319885619200,kalyasadda,en,"

kalya-sadda

, m. = kallasadda, q.v.

" 346862324587433984,kalyatā,en,"

kalya-tā

, f. [abstr., cf. kallatā, q.v.], 1. health; 2.
adaptablity, readiness; — in meanings 1. and 2.: exeg.:
agilānabhāvo arogabhāvo ~ā ... athavā ~ā (Be
kall°) ti kammaññatā, Paṭis-a I 232,11-18 (ad kalya-
tākusalatā, q.v.); — janeti bhiyyo Usabhassa ~aṁ,
Th 110 (= kalyabhāvaṁ, cittassa kammaññataṁ
bhāvanāyogyataṁ, Th-a I 232,28); — ifc. a-°; citta-°
(Ja II 12,22; cf. kallacittatā, q.v.).

" 346862324486770688,kalyatākusalatā,en,"

kalyatā-kusala-tā

, f. = kallitakusalatā, q.v.

" 346862324402884608,kalyatapādana,en,"

kalyatâpādana

, n. = kallatâpādana, q.v.

" 346862324419661824,kalyatāpādana,en,"

kalyatâpādana

, n. = kallatâpādana, q.v.

" 346862324209946624,kalyavacana,en,"

kalya-vacana

, n. = kallavacana, q.v.

" 346862556645691392,kalyavacanassa,en,"

kalyavacanassa

, yā cittassa akalyatā akammañṅatā
ti, Paṭis-a 232,18.

" 346862427733757952,kām´andha,en,"

kām´-andha,

mfn., blinded by desire; ~ā jālapacchannā, Th 297 (andhā … kilesakāmehi … vatthukāmesu … andhī-katā, Th-a II 125,29 foll.) = Ud 76,5* (vatthukāmesu kilesakāmena, Ud-a 367,7) qu. Peṭ 24,2* = Nett 36,10* (ct. kilesakāmena andhā) = Ap-a 323,29*.

" 346862428090273792,kām´andubandhanabaddha,en,"

kām´-andu-bandhana-baddha,

mfn., bound by the fetter, which is desire; ~ā, D I 246,3 (Ee wr. kāma-anub°, cf. s.v. andubandhana, q.v.).

" 346862386965123072,kām´assāda,en,"

kām´-assāda,

m., enjoyment of sensual pleasures; ~o nāma kāmaguṇassādo, Sv-pṭ I 474,16 ad Sv 367,4 = Ps III 221,17; — °‑yutta, mfn., combined with the enjoyment of sensual pleasures; kāmûpasaṁhitānîti ~āni, Sv 311,24 (Sv-pṭ I 442,16);— °‑vasena, ²ind., by enjoying sensual pleasures; ~ kathetuṁ na vaṭṭati, Sv 90,32 = Ps III 222,12 = Spk III 294,17 qu. Nidd-a I 393,24; iṭṭhārammaṇaṁ āpāthagataṁ ~ assādayanto, Sv 784,16; Ps I 77,7; Mp III 395,22; rūpataṇhā … rūpârammaṇaṁ ~ assādayamānā pavattati, Vism 567,32 qu. Vibh-a 179,26; ~ n’eva kathā tiracchānakathā, Sv 89,28 = Ps III 222,7 = Spk II 294,13 qu. Nidd-a I 393,19; — °‑vimukha, mfn., turning away from the enjoyment of sensual pleasures; ~assa gehato nikkhantassa, Cp-a 270,33; — °‑saṁyutta, mfn., = °yutta, q.v.; °âkāradassanakā abhinayā, Spk III 103,4 (so read; ~ānaṁ siṅgārahassa-abbhutarasānaṁ … dassanakā abhinayā, Spk-pṭ II 379,18 foll.); — °âbhinandin, mfn., delighting in the enjoyment of sensual pleasures; ~ino, Pv 747 (kāmaguṇesu assādavasena abhinandanasīlā, Pv-a 260,7).

" 346862356996820992,kām´esanā,en,"

kām´-esanā,

f. [Buddh. sa. kāmaiṣaṇā, cf. SWTF q.v.], quest for sensual pleasures; tayo esanā: ~ā bhavesanā brahmacariyesanā, D III 216,12 (kāmesu kāmacchando … ~ā … kāmagavesanarāgo ~ā nāma, Sv 989,30; Sv-pṭ III 246,27) = S V 54,15 (kāmānaṁ esanā gavesanā magganā patthanā, Spk III 136,20) = It 48,3 (kāmānaṁ esanā kāmasaṅkhātā vā esanā ~ā, It-a II 16,29) = Vibh 366,20 (kāmagavesanarāgo, Vibh-a 495,26) qu. Peṭ 252,11; katamā ~ā: yo kāmesu kāmacchando + …, Vibh 366,22; ~ā pahīnā, A II 41,17 (anāgāmimaggena pahīnā, Mp III 81,3); Vessantarassa ~ā pahīnā, Mil 116,29; nekkhammûpavicāro paripuṇṇo ~aṁ pajahati °-ppahānaṁ, Peṭ 252,22 foll. (so read); kāmâdisukhedhitassa attano °âdayo na bhavissanti, Ud-a 212,3 (so Ee, Ce; modernised text: °sukhehi samappitassa tassa attano °âdayo, Ud-a Be 191,8); sotânugatehi dhammehi ~āya samathamaggo, Peṭ 233,25 (so read with Peṭ-trsl. §1024 n. 1).

" 346862362017402880,kām´inda,en,"

Kām´-inda,

m., Npr.; minister of the King of Videha; ~o, Ja VI 387,24*; ~aṁ, 441,19*; ~a, 368,20, (reading of Be, Se for Ee, Ce Kāvinda, on -m-/-v- cf. Mittelindisch § 208foll.)

" 346862362671714304,kām´itthi,en,"

kām´-itthi,

f., woman as object of sexual pleasures; — exeg.: ~iyo ti kāmavatthubhūtā itthiyo, Ja V 491,30´; — … + rase ca ~iyo câbhivadanti yaññā, Vin I 36,18* (Sp 972,26, Ee w.r. atthiyo) qu. Ja I 83,16*, VI 220,14*, Bv-a 20,19*, cf. Mvu III 444,14*; ~iyo … labhasi, Ja V 490,25*.

" 346862355474288640,kām´odhi,en,"

kām´-odhi,

m., a division, part of sensual desires; paññāya kantanto yaṁ yaṁ odhiṁ kāmānaṁ cajati, tena ten’assa ~inā rahitaṁ, Ja IV 174,17´.

" 346862356548030464,kām´ogha,en,"

kām´-ogha,

m., flood of sensual desires; — exeg.: pañcasu kāmaguṇesu chandarāgo ~o … aṭṭhasu lobhasahagatesu cittuppādesu uppajjati, Spk I 17,28–31; vaṭṭasmiṁ oghe hi osīdāpetîti ~o, Nidd-a I 17,24 (Ee w.r. ogheti); pañcakāmaguṇikarāgo avasīdanatthena ~o, Paṭis-a 81,7; kāyo ~assa vatthu +, Sv-pṭ II 365,16; — cattāro oghā: ~o bhavogho diṭṭhogho avijjogho, D III 230,11 (pañcakāmaguṇiko rāgo, Sv 1023,29; Sv-pṭ III 314,11) qu. S IV 257,23 = Th-a III 5,24; mahā udakaṇṇavo … catunnam oghānam adhivacanaṁ: ~assa +, S IV 175,12; … + kāmajjhosānaṁ ~o kāmayogo +, Nidd I 2,10 qu. Kv 91,18; ~aṁ + … tareyya, Nidd I 19,30; arahā ~aṁ tiṇṇo +, Nidd I 115,8; appaṇihitavimokkhaṁ paṭipanno ~aṁ + tareyya, Nidd-a I 81,20; Nett 119,6; ~añ ca utiṇṇo bhavati, 83,28; 115,15; °-vasena tareyya, bhavoghavasena uttareyya diṭṭhoghavasena patareyya, Nidd-a I 81,25; anāgāmimaggena ~aṁ arahattamaggena bhavoghaṁ + … tareyyaṁ, Nidd-a II 30,6; ~aṁ uttarati kāmayogena visaṁyujjati +, Vism 480,2 qu. Vibh-a 35,17; ~añ ca uttiṇṇo bhavati rāgasallena ca visallo bhavati +, Nett 83,23; āsavavepullā oghavepullaṁ … kāmâsavena ~o +… ~ena rāgasallo, bhavoghena dosasallo diṭṭhoghena mānasallo avijjoghena mohasallo, Nett 116,24–29; Peṭ 245,16; yo ca ~o yo ca bhavogho ime taṇhācaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā, Nett 115,15; kāmûpādānaṁ kāmogho, Peṭ 246,10 (read with Be kāmayogo, q.v.); — °‑taraṇa, n., crossing the flood of sensual desires; viriyena dukkham accetîti ~aṁ anāgāmimaggaṁ anāgāmiñ ca pakāseti, Spk I 331,8 qu. Pj II 234,22; — [°‑tiṇṇassa, Nidd I 160,15 read with Be °‑oghaṁ ti° (?), cf. oghatiṇṇo, Dhp 370]; — °-vatthu, n., object of the flood of sensual desires; sakadāgāmimaggena anatītaṁ ~uṁ kāmoghasaññitañ ca kāmadukkham acceti, Spk I 331,6 (kāmaguṇehi saddhiṁ sabbo kāmabhavo, Spk-pṭ I 324,27) qu. Pj II 234,20; — °-vūḷha, mfn., being carried away by the flood of sensual desire; tesaṁ ~ānaṁ kāme aparijānataṁ, A III 69,9* (kāmoghena vūḷhānaṁ kaḍḍhitānaṁ, Mp III 258,26); — °‑saññita, mfn., called flood of sensual desires, cf. kāmoghavatthu, q.v. for ref.

" 346862358011842560,kām´ummattaka,en,"

kām´-ummattaka,

mfn., mad because of sensual desire; aṭṭha puggalā ummattakasaññaṁ labhanti: ~o + …, Ja III 242,31´.

" 346862359626649600,kām´ū̆pabhoga,en,"

kām´-ū̆pabhoga,

n., enjoyment of sensual pleasures: ~aṁ jigucchitvā, Th-a I 175,14; iṭṭhā manāpiyā ~ā, Thī-a 261,10; ~o, 215,20; ~ehi aggabhāvaṁ pattānaṁ … devānaṁ, Vv-a 79,32.

" 346862358343192576,kām´upādāna,en,"

kām´-upādāna,

n. [Buddh. sa. kāmopādāna, cf. SWTF s.v.], grasping sensual pleasures, attachment to, substratum which is sensual desire; — exeg.: kāmâsavo ~aṁ, Peṭ 94,18; ~ena kāmehi saṁyujjati, ayaṁ vuccati kāmayogo, Nett 116,5; vatthusaṅkhātaṁ kāmaṁ upādiyatîti ~aṁ. kāmo ca so upādānañ câti ~aṁ … daḷhattho … upasaddo, Vism 569,3 foll. qu. As 385,3 foll. (ad Dhs 1214) ≠ Ps I 218,15 foll. = Spk II 14,14 foll.; taṇhāya daḷhabhāvo ~aṁ, Vism 559,30; ~an ti kāmaggahaṇaṁ, Spk III 137,5; — katamaṁ ~aṁ: yo kāmesu kāmacchando + … kāmajjhosānaṁ, Dhs 1214 qu. Vism 69,18 foll.; cattāri upādānāni: ~aṁ, diṭṭhu°, sīlabbatu°, attavādu° (XXV.), D III 230,21 (kāmo ti rāgo, so yeva gahaṇatthena upādānan ti ~aṁ, Sv 1024,7) ≠ M I 51,1 (Ps I 218,15); S V 59,18 qu. Vibh 375,7; katame kilesakāmā: … + kāmogho kāmayogo ~aṁ, Nidd I 2,10; Vv-a 11,24; vipallāso ~aṁ kāmayogo + … , Peṭ 246,10 (Ee w.r. kāmogho); 224,25; paralokanirapekkhassa ~an ti evaṁ paṭhamaṁ attavādupādānaṁ, Vibh-a 181,17; ~aṁ vā + … upādāne asati … bhavo paññāyetha?, D II 58,1; so avijjāvirāgā vijjuppādā n’eva ~aṁ upādiyati, M I 67,33; ~aṁ viya kāmâsavo pi aggamaggavajjho, It-a II 19,16; (pahīyati) ~aṁ pacchā arahattamaggavajjhattā, Vism 570,18; taṇhāniggahena dve upādānāni pahiyyanti ~añ ca sīlabbatupādānañ ca, Nett 47,31; muccati ~ā, Paṭis II 47,1; ~ena taṇhāya pariyādinnacittaṁ, Nidd-a I 159,18; ~ena ca anupādāno, Nett 83,21; purimassa ~assa kāmataṇhā … paccayo, Vibh-a 183,1; cattāri ñāṇāni ~ato muccanti, Paṭis-a 560,35; yañ ca ~aṁ yañ ca bhavupādānaṁ, ime taṇhācaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā, Nett 115,1; °-vasena kāyaduccaritāni karoti, Vism 574,2; ~aṁ apāyagamanīyaṁ, Ud-a214,4; ~assa pariññaṁ paññāpenti, M I 66,11 (Ps II 12,16); rūpârūparāgo pi ~e patati, Vism 685,22 ≠ Abhidh-av 131,17; — ifc. pahīna-°; — °-paccayā, ²ind., because of sensual desire; ~ kāyena ducaritaṁ carati … ~ mettaṁ bhāveti, Vism 199,23–33 (Vism-mhṭ I 222,18) = Sp 113,19–28 (kāmupādānahetu kammaṁ katvā kāmabhave eva nibbattîtivādīnāṁ vādo paṭikhitto, Vjb 38,8); ~ dve kāmabhavā, Vism 572,34 qu. Vibh-a 185,7; — °‑rahita, mfn., free from attachment to sensual pleasures; anupādāno ti ~o, Ja V 251,19´; — °-vat, mfn., possessed by attachment to sensual pleasures; ~vā … kotūhalamaṅgalâdibahulo, Vibh-a 182,26 (Ee w.r. ~aṁ vā).

" 346862360629088256,kām´ū̆padhi,en,"

kām´-ū̆padhi,

m., clinging due to sensual pleasures; upadhismin ti ~ismiṁ, Ps IV 56,5; cattāro upadhī ~i khandhupadhi, kilesupadhi, abhisaṅkhārupadhi, Spk I 31,24 qu. Mp-ṭ III 172,8; ~ī narassa nandanā, Pj II 45,5.

" 346862359827976192,kām´ū̆papanna,en,"

kām´-ū̆papanna,

mfn., provided with sensual pleasures; — ifc. sabba-° (Ja V 289,20*).

" 346862359995748352,kām´ū̆papatti,en,"

kām´-ū̆papatti,

f. [Buddh. sa. kāmopapatti, cf. SWTF q.v.], rebirth in sensual pleasures; tisso ~iyo, D III 218,10 (kāmûpasevanā kāmapaṭilābhā vā, Sv 1000,25; Sv-pṭ III 270,13) ≠ It 94,9 (It-a II 121,21 qu. Sv 1000,25).

" 346862358959755264,kām´ū̆pasamana,en,"

kām´-ū̆pasamana,

n., calming sensual desire; ~to, Cp-a 323,35 ≠ Sv-pṭ I 124,4.

" 346862359282716672,kām´ū̆pasaṃhita,en,"

kām´-ū̆pasaṁhita,

mfn. [Buddh. sa. kāmopasaṁhita, cf. SWTF s.v.], connected to sensual pleasures; ~aṁ dukkhaṁ … ~aṁ sukhaṁ, A III 207,17 foll. (kāmanissitaṁ duvidhe kāme ārabbha uppajjanakaṁ, Mp III 303,4); ~ena sukhena, Ps V 31,1; pañc’ ime kāmaguṇā … cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā (saddā, gandhā +) iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā ~ā rajanīyā, D I 245,18 formula 2+2+3+4+6(+4) = M I 85,22 (ārammaṇaṁ katvā uppajjamānena kāmena upasaṁhitā, Ps II 56,12) = S IV 36,4 (Spk II 366,15 = Ps II 56,12) = A III 411,5 qu. Nidd I 24,23 = Nett 155,24 = Kv 210,6; M I 504,2; dibbāni … rūpāni passāmi piyarūpāni ~āni rajanīyāni, no ca kho dibbāni saddāni suṇāmi … ~āni +, D I 153,3 (kāmassādayuttāni, Sv 311,24; Sv-pṭ I 442,16); dibbānaṁ rūpānaṁ ~ānaṁ dassanāya piyarūpānaṁ ~ānaṁ rajanīyānaṁ, D I 153,3; manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā + … ~ā +, S IV 37,5; gāthā abhāsi buddhûpasaṁhitā dhammûpasaṁhitā arahatûpasaṁhitā ~ā, D II 265,15; bahuṁ ~aṁ … abhāsatha, Ja IV 470,15* (kāmanissitaṁ, 472,2´); kammaṁ … hi sukharajanīyabhāvato ~aṁ kāmetabban ti kamanīyaṁ, Vv-a 127,12; ~ānaṁ vitakkānaṁ, Sp 218,17; ~aṁ vitakkaṁ, M III 136,21 (thus Be, Ce 1946, Ce 1960; Ee, Se w.r. [?] kāyû°, cf. M-trsl. [Ñm/ Bodhi] 995 with n. 1177); — °‑bhāva, m., the being connected to sensual pleasures; ārammaṇassa ~ena, Nidd-a I 110,23.

" 346862358657765376,kām´ū̆pasevanā,en,"

kām´-ū̆pasevanā,

f., devotion to sensual pleasures; °âdīsu savipākesu ādīnavaṁ apassanto, Vism 531,31 qu. Vibh-a 146,13 = Nidd-a I 223,34; kāmûpapattîti ~ā kāmapaṭilābhā vā, Sv 1000,25; Sv-pṭ III 270,13.

" 346862160367849472,kama,en,"

kama

, m. [sa. krama], 1. order, sequence, series; 2.
used adverbially in the instr.: gradually, little by little,
step by step; — 1. lex. lit.: anupubbupame ~o, Abh
429; — exeg.: ~ato ti ettha pana tividhā ~o: uppattik-
kamo pahānakkamo desanākkamo ca, Vism 570,8 =
Vibh-a 182,9; idha uppattikkamo pahānakkamo pa-
ṭipattikamo bhūmikkamo desanākkamo ti bahuvi-
dho ~o, Vism 476,29 = Vibh-a 29,25; 47,6 foll.; 86,32
foll.; ~ato ti ayam pi desanākkamo va, Ps I 108,19,20
(""in this order""); atthato lakkhaṇâdīhi ~ato ca vinic-
chayo anūnâdhikato c' eva viññātabbo vibhāvinā,
82,28* = 84,19 ≠ Vism 59,24; — imam ... ~aṁ dassen-
to, Ps I 236,26; rājaputtūpamāya pi ayaṁ ~o vibhā-
vetabbo, II 220,21; pacchā saddârammaṇaṁ hoti, a-
yaṁ ~o hoti, As 106,20; ko tāsaṁ ~o ti, Cp-a 278,6;
ten' eva ~ena pacchā pi saṅgītāni visesato vinayâ-
bhidhammapiṭakānī ti, Vmv I 16,26 (""in the same or-
der ...""); — gaṇheyya kappiyena ~ena, Khuddas
XXXVII 4; Vmv I 236,17 (ad Sp 471,30 reading kamm°;
corr. kam° ?); — used of the order of terms in a para-
digm: cittāni citte ti ~o veditabbo, Sadd 226,14;
138,27; 100,28; — ifc. kappiya-(k)°; — 2. ~ena vissāsi-
ko jāto, Ja IV 202,17; ~ena sindhavasahasse Mātali-
saṅgāhake Vejayantarathe ca pākaṭe jāte, Ja VI
103,18; so ... ~ena sīhapañjarummāre ṭhitvā, 419,17';
~ena (v.l. anukkamena) arahatte patte, Sp 406,23; e-
vaṁ añño pi añño pī ti ~ena tāpasā bahukā honti,
Sv 269,24; ~ena devamanussesu sampattiṁ anubha-
vamāno, Ps III 406,4 = Pj II 455,26; Spk II 291,24; pari-
nibbute pana tathāgate ~ena antaradhāyanti (scil.
mahāpurisalakkhaṇas), Pj II 448,26; khayadhammā
ti ~ena khayasabhāvā, Nidd-a I 202,4 (ad Nidd I
73,2); kiṁ pan' idaṁ ñāṇaṁ ... sakiṁ yeva sabba-
smiṁ visaye pavattati udāhu ~enā ti, It-a I 140,30
foll.; ~ena ... saddo brahmalokaṁ samāruhi, Mhv
XIV 38; — ifc. attha-vaṇnanā-°; anusandhi-°; anu-
sandhi-yojanā-°; abbhuta-°; uppatti-°; kriyā-pada-°
(Sadd 13,28); catu-° (Ap 50,9; Ap-a 301,6); desanā-°
(Vism 570,9 foll. = Vibh-a 182,10 foll.; Cp-a 278,6);
dhītu-° (Ja VI 307,25*; 308,11'); pahāna-° (Vism 570,8
foll. = Vibh-a 182,9 foll); pāṭha-° (Sadd 129,3); pāḷi-°
(Bv-a intr. v. 4); yathā-° (As 210,23; Ps I 178,5; Mp II
230,2; Ps I 248,24); sannipāta-° (Spk I 73,27); sāsana-°
(Vibh-mṭ 50,4).

" 346862102197047296,kama,en,"

kama,

ifc. upajjhāya-ggahaṇa-° (Vjb 434,9).

" 346862504078479360,kama,en,"

Kama

, m., desire personified; vadhaṁ carimha te ~a
anaṇā dāni te mayaṁ, Th 138 (Th-a II 16,4); Kāmas-
sa vā Mārassa yathākāmakaraṇīyo, Th-a III 88,29 (ad
Th 971); addasaṁ ~a te mūlaṁ, saṁkappā ~a jāyasi;
na taṁ saṁkappayissāmi evaṁ ~a na hohisi, Ja III
450,3* qu. Nidd I 2,12* foll. cf. Mvu III 190,3*.

" 346862504414023680,kāma,en,"

kāma

, m. [ts., cf. BHSD, SWTF, Encyclop. of Bud-
dhism VI, 1 1996 s.v.; Hôb. s.v. ai], 1. (mostly in sg.)
wish, desire, pleasure; 2. (in pl.) the objects of sensual
pleasure viz. rūpa, sadda, gandha, rasa, phoṭṭhabba,
cf. kāmaguṇa, q.v. on ~āni cf. Mittelindisch-2 § 315;
— gramm. lit.: kamu icchākantisu. kāmeti kāmayati
~o kanti +. ettha ca ~o ti rūpâdivisayaṁ kāmetī ti
~o, kāmīyatī ti vā ~o kilesakāmavatthukāmavasen'
etaṁ daṭṭhabbaṁ, kileso hi tebhūmakavaṭṭasaṁ-
khātañ ca vatthu ~o ti vuccati, Sadd 556,24 foll.; ka-
manaṭṭhena ~ā nāma, Mp III 407,7; — lex. lit. avigga-
ho to ~o ca manosu madano , Abh 42; — exeg.: a.
definitions: katame ~ā? chando ~o rāgo ~o chanda-
rāgo ~o saṅkappo ~o saṅkapparāgo ~o, ime vuc-
canti ~ā, Vibh 256,35 foll. (on formula ""vivicc' eva
~ehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi,"" q.v. infra) qu. Sp
141,26, cf. saṅkapparāgo purisassa ~o, S I 22,25 foll. =
A III 411,14 qu. Kv 370,20, It-a II 41,2; uddānato dve
~ā: vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca. katame vatthukā-
mā? manāpikā rūpā manāpikā saddā + ... yaṁ kiñ-
ci rajanīyaṁ vatthu vatthukāmā. katame kilesakā-
mā? chando ~o rāgo ~o + ... ime vuccanti kilesakā-
mā, Nidd I 1,9-2,11; uddānato dve ~ā vatthukāmo
ca kilesakāmo ca. tattha kilesakāmo atthato chanda-
rāgo va, vatthukāmo tebhūmakavaṭṭaṁ, As 62,1-3;
~ā dvidhā: vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca, Peṭ 153,22;
pane' ev' āyatanā ~ā, Kv 369,21 foll. (Kv-a 108,3: view
of the Pubbaseliyas); ~o icchā, Sadd 485,5; — b. kinds
of ~: ye ca ... hīnā ~ā ye ca majjhimā ~ā ye ca paṇītā
~ā, sabbe ~ā tv eva saṅkhaṁ gacchati, A III 5,28 foll.;
atītā ~ā, bahiddhā ~ā hīnā ~ā majjhimā ~ā paṇītā[[side 369]]
~ā āpāyikā ~ā mānusikā ~ā dibbā ~ā +, Nidd I 1,17
foll.; S V 315,3 foll.; atītesu me ... ~esu kāmacchando
pahīno anāgatesu me ~esu kāmacchando vigato, S
V 315,3 foll.; kin nu kho ~ānaṁ aggan ti ... rūpā ~ā-
naṁ aggan ti +, S I 79,29 foll. ~ehi kāmasukhaṁ kā-
masukhā kāmaggasukhaṁ tattha aggaṁ akkhāyatī
ti, M II 43,8 foll.; — c. the cause etc. of ~: katamo ...
~ānaṁ nidānasambhavo. phasso ... ~ānaṁ nidāna-
sambhavo. katamā ... ~ānaṁ vemattatā. añño ... ~o
rūpesu, añño ~o saddesu + ... ayaṁ vuccati ~ānaṁ
vemattatā. katamo ... ~ānaṁ vipāko yaṁ ... kāma-
yamāno tajjaṁ tajjaṁ attabhāvaṁ + ... ayaṁ vucca-
ti ... ~ānaṁ vipāko. katamo ... kāmanirodho. phas-
sanirodho ... kāmanirodho +, A III 411,19 foll.; (duvi-
dho pi kāmapatthanaṁ nissāya uppannattā ~ānaṁ
vipāko, Mp III 407,16 foll) — 1. na te ~ā yāni citrāni
loke, saṅkapparāgo purisassa ~o, S I 22,24* foll. (vat-
thukāmaṁ parikkhipitvā kilesakāmo ~o to vutto,
Spk I 63,4) qu. It-a II 41,2*; bhīruyā nūna me kāmo,
Ja III 419,1*; ~ena me Ummadantiṁ paṭicca, V 222,2*
(patthanāya, 226,2'); indriyānaṁ ~ena vasaṁ ...
gacchati, III 464,16* (ct. kilesakāmavasena); yo ve ic-
chati ~ena, V 328,1* (yo eko icchati taṁ vadāmi ~e-
na [so read with Ce, Se; Ee w.r. ~aṁ] Nandaṁ, 328,9'
foll); ~ena āharitvā, M II 51,26 read kājena, q.v.; ~āna
~ā, Ja III 466,1* (ct. vatthukāmapatthanāya) ""because
of desire for objects of sensual pleasure,"" cf. kāmakāma,
q.v.; — ~aṁ karohi te tayā muñca vā te hanassu vā,
Ja V 310,23* (= icchaṁ ruciṁ, 310,31'; yathāsukhaṁ
karohi ~aṁ, 219,18* (attano icchaṁ pūrehi, 224,20'),
cf. karoti 10.b.(x), q.v.; sadā ~e vidhentu me, VI
230,21* ""they should always fulfill my wishes;"" dāse no
dehi yassa honti tava ~ā, 138,17* (ct. dātukāmo);
yassa tvaṁ bhatako rañño ~aṁ tass' eva papaya, V
365,9*; sace te ūnaṁ ~ehi ahaṁ paripūrayāmi te, D
II 243,21* foll. cf. Mvu III 215,13*; nimantayī ca ~ehi,
Ja IV 356,25*; naccagītassa sikkhitā ... ~e taṁ rama-
yissanti, VI 25,20*; ~aṁ tassa pavedaya, IV 225,26*""
""communicate your wish to him""; ~aṁ bhutvā yathā-
sukhaṁ, Ap 547,23 qu. Thī-a (1998) 127,21*; ~aṁ kā-
mayamānassa, Sn 766 (cf. Sn-trsl. II; F. Enomoto,
SWTF Beiheft 2. 1989: 35; manāpiyarūpa-āditebhū-
makadhammasaṁkhātaṁ vatthukāmaṁ, Pj II 512,25;
cf. Mhbh XIII 94.30) = Ja IV 172,9* (vatthukāmam pi
kilesakāmam pi, 173,4'); kāmayamāno ti ~aṁ kāma-
yamāno, Mp III 407,10 (ad A III 411,23); — na ~e hañ-
ñate kvaci, Ja II 178,21* (~e patiṭṭhito ~ena nīyamā-
no ...athavā kāme ti hetuvacane bhummaṁ, kāma-
hetu, 179,5 foll); ~esu va haññare bajjhare, IV 312,27*
foll. (kāmahetu ~e nissāya, 313,3'), for the use of the
loc. cf. Kasussyntax § 307; mā vo ~ā haniṁsu, V
191,17* (ct. vatthukāmakilesakāmā); n'atthi ~e asa-
diso, VI 421,13* (ct. ~asmiṁ hi cittam eva pamāṇaṁ
na pana jāti); — pātukarī mantaṁ ~asā ... mamaṁ,
181,28* (attano icchāya, 182,6'); ~asā dhammacārinī,
IV 320,5* (ekanten' eva, 321,3'); mayhaṁ ~āhi,
285,17* (ct. ~ena), cf. pūjito mayhaṁ ~ehi, VI 172,19*
(ct. mama santakehi ~ehi); tava ~āhi, V 294,17 (so Ee,
Ce, Se; MS. Bd ~ena; cf. tava ~ehi, Mvu II 481,5*: T.
R. Chopra, The Kuśa-Jātaka. 1966: 110 n. 12), on ~āhi
cf. Mittelindisch-2 § 303; — 2. ~ā diṭṭhā honti, S IV
188,6; — on the evil of the objects of sensual pleasure (ā-
dīnava, assāda, bhaya, etc.): ~ānaṁ samudayaṁ ca
atthagamaṁ ca assādaṁ ca ādīnavaṁ ca nissara-
ṇaṁ ca yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, A II 11,20 foll.; ko ...
~ānaṁ assādo ko ādīnavo kiṁ nissaraṇan ti, M I
85,12; 87,33 foll.; kulaputto yena sippaṭṭhānena jīvī-
kaṁ kappeti + ... ayam pi ... ~ānaṁ ādīnavo san-
diṭṭhiko dukkhakkhandho kāmahetu +, M I 85,36;
~esu kho pan' assa ādīnavo na yathābhūtaṁ sam-
mappaññāya sudiṭṭho hoti, A III 428,11 foll.; ~esu ...
me ādīnavo adiṭṭho, IV 439,29 foll.; ciraṁ diṭṭho me
... ~esu ādīnavo +, Ud 59,30; ~esu ādīnavaṁ adda-
siṁsu, D II 274,3* (Sv 709,9); ~esu ādīnavaṁ passa,
Thī 485; ~esv ādīnavaṁ disvā, Th 458 (savatthukā-
mesu kilesakāmesu, Th-a II 192,35); Bhagavā ... ~ā-
naṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṁkilesaṁ nekkhamme ā-
nisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi, D I 110,2; II 41,11; appassādā ~ā
bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo, M I 91,26 foll. (cf.
131,24 foll.) qu. Sv 473,1, Ps III 91,24, Mp IV 101,16,
Ud-a 282,25, Th-a I 204,26, Nett-a 106,6, cf. Vism
124,25, Cp-a 211,30; Vin II 26,22 foll. = M I 132,15 foll.
qu. Nidd II 91,8 foll. = Be 282,15 ≠ A III 97,1 foll. cf Ja
V 210,7' foll.; ime pañca kāmaguṇe paṭicca uppajjati
sukhaṁ somanassaṁ ayaṁ ~ānaṁ assādo, M I
85,29, cf. 85,23 foll. s.v. kāmaguṇa, q.v.; ~ānaṁ appas-
sādataṁ dasseti, Ja III 396,15' foll.; ettha appasādā
~ā ti-ādīni suttāni āharitvā, 500,25' (i.e. M I 91,26
foll); anantâdīnavā ~ā bahudukkhā mahāvisā, Thī
358; appassādā dukhā ~ā iti viññāya paṇḍito, Dhp
186 = Ja II 313,19* (314,3') ≠ IV 118,16*, cf. mahassādā
sukhā ~ā, 118,8*; dukkhā ~ā ... na sukhā ~ā, Th 93;
dukkhā hi ~ā kaṭukā mahabbhayā, 1122 (Th-a III
156,30); pajahāti chandaṁ dukkhesu ~esu mahab-
bhayesu, Ja V 148,25*; ~ato jāyatī soko ~ato jāyatī
bhayaṁ, Dhp 216; kiṁ maṁ ~esu yuñjatha jānātha
maṁ pabbajitaṁ ~esu bhayadassiniṁ, Thī 345-46;
348; — andhakaraṇe ~e bahudukkhe mahāvise, Ja
III 500,22*; visaṁ ~ā samohitā, 201,10* (rūpâdayo
pañca vatthukāmā, 201,23'); dhir-atthu subahū ~e
duggandhe bahukaṇṭake, Ja IV 117,27* ≠ II 519,13*;
dhir-atthu ~ā asucī duggandhā bahukaṇṭakā, Thī
225; — attachment to and enjoyment of the objects of
sensual pleasure: yo ca nesaṁ ~esu kāmacchando kā-
masneho +, M I 241,4 ≠ S IV 188,21 qu. It-a II 176,33
foll.; Nidd I 262,9 foll.; ~e abhipatthayanti, M II
72,28*; ekacco saṁsaṭṭho viharati ~ehi, saṁsaṭṭho a-
kusalehi dhammehi, D II 214,10 foll.; puthū visattā
~esu, Sn 272 (Pj II 304,21-26) = S I 207,35* (vatthukā-
mesu, Spk I 304,20); kulaputto so ca hoti abhijjhālu[[side 370]]
~esu tibbasārāgo vyāpannacitto +, S III 93,14 ≠ A II
30,14 (vatthukāmesu, Mp III 62,1) ≠ It 90,1 qu. Thī-a
(1998) 271,1; keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā abhijjhālū
~esu tibbasārāgā, M I 17,32 foll.; sace dhāvati te cit-
taṁ ~esu ca bhavesu ca, Th 446 (pañca kāmaguṇesu
chandarāgavasena, Th-a II 187,20); yaṁ ~ā hi citrā
madhurā manoramā virūparūpena mathenti cittaṁ,
Sn 50 (vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca. tattha vatthu-
kāmā manāpiyarūpâdayo dhamma, kilesakāmā
sabbe pi rāgappabhedā. idha vatthukāmā adhippe-
tā, Pj II 99,20 foll.) = Th 787 (Th-a III 40,32 foll. = Pj II
99,20 foll.; cf. Th 1112) = M II 74,5; ~ā cittapamāthino,
Thī 358; ~esu tibbaṁ kurutaṁ apekkhaṁ, Ja IV
309,3* (= vatthukāmakilesakāmesu, 309,5'); — appa-
kā te sattā ... ye uḷāre uḷāre bhoge labhitvā na c' eva
majjanti ... na ca ~esu gedhaṁ āpajjanti +, S I 73,30
foll.; ~esu vinaya gedhaṁ, Sn 1098 ≠ Khp 9,3; ~esu
gedham āyuto, Ap 57,15; ~esu giddhā pasutā pa-
mūḷhā, Sn 674; Ja VI 245,11*; ye idha ~esu asaññatā
janā rasesu giddhā, Sn 243; ahañ ca giddho ~esu, Ja
V 254,30*; 255,3* foll.; na ... ~esu giddho, D III 107,4
(= vatthukāmakilesakāmesu agiddho, Sv 893,28);
giddhā ~esu mucchitā, S I 74,10*; taṁ maṁ ~ehi
sampannaṁ rattaṁ ~esu mucchitaṁ, Ja III 432,22*;
ratte ~esu mucchite, It 92,11* (vatthukāmesu kāma-
patabyatāvasena, It-a II 117,33); manussā yebhuyye-
na ~esu ativelaṁ sattā rattā giddhā gathitā +, Ud
75,9 foll.; ~esu gathitā pajā, Sn 823, cf. upadhīsu janā
gadhitāse, Th 1216; Ja V 10,15*; — ekacco ~esu avi-
gatarāgo hoti +, S III 11,15 foll.; aññatr' eva ~ehi añ-
ñatra kāmasaññāya aññatra kāmavitakkehi ~e paṭi-
sevissatī ti, M I 133,21 foll.; ye keci ~esu asaññātā ja-
nā avītarāgā ... kāmabhogino, A II 6,7 foll.; bhikkhu
~e (Be °esu) avītarāgo hoti, D III 238,14 foll. (~e ti
vatthukāme pi kilesakāme pi, Sv 1031,11; kāmagid-
dho puggalo vatthukāme viya kilesakāme pi assā-
deti abhinandati, Sv-pṭ III 324,3 foll.) = M I 101,29
foll.; 114,3; so aññe satte passāmi ~esu avītarāge kā-
mataṇhāhi khajjamāne kāmapariḷāhena pariḍayha-
māne ~e paṭisevante, M I 504,32 foll.; 505,36 foll.; ye-
bhūyyena ... sattā ~esu palāḷitā, A III 5,24 (vatthu-
kāmakilesakāmesu ... abhiratā, Mp III 223,23 foll);
— eko ...devo te va ~e ajjhāvasi, D II 272,15 (tatth'
eva āvāsiko ahosi, Sv 708,11); ~e-m-ajjhāvasanto ~e
paribhuñjanto, M III 129,33 (so read; Ce 1944, Ce 1960:
~am ajjhā°; Be = Ee: kāmamajjhe vasanto) ≠ A I 68,4
(Ce 1915 v. l. ~e-m-ajjhā°, Be ~am ajjhā°; ct. ~e-m-aj-
jhāvasatī ti duvidhe pi ~e ghare gharasāmiko viya
vasati adhivasati, Mp II 141,5, so Ee, Ce 1922, Ce
[SHB] 1923 with v.l ~aṁ ajjhā° ""Ma;"" Be ~am aj-
jhā°); jāto ~āni bhuñjati, S I 132,26* = Thī 190; ~e
bhuñjatī, Thī 295 qu. Sadd 471,22; bhuñja ~e ramas-
su ca, Ja VI 399,8*; 461,28*; nanu nāma ~ā paribhuñ-
jitabbā, yadā jiṇṇā bhavissanti tadā brahmacariyaṁ
carissatha, Vin I 293,22 = IV 278,7; ~e paribhuñjanto
puññani karonto abhiramassu, Vin III 13,29 (sc. Ya-
so) (attano puttadhārehi saddhiṁ bhoge bhuñjanto,
Sp 205,15) = M II 57,1 (sc. Raṭṭhapāla) (Ps III 292,20 =
Sp 205,15); na ~e paribhuñjeyyāsi, M I 91,22; 463,19;
~e ca paribhuñjatu Ja VI 491,20*; Th 461; Ja IV
371,16*; Pv 32; bhuñja ~e yathā pure, Thī 295; ~e
bhuñjati Hārito, Ja III 498,26*; ~e bhuñjeyyaṁ, IV
470,28; Cp 95; bhuñja ~e amānuse, Ja IV 356,28* = VI
127,27*; — na kahāpaṇavassena titti ~esu vijjati, Dhp
186 = Ja II 313,18* (ct. vatthukāmakilesakāmesu) qu.
Thī-a (1998) 261,34; atittaṁ yeva ~esu Antako kuru-
te vasaṁ, Dhp 48; ~ehi lokamhi na h' atthi titti, M II
73,3* - Th 778; na so ~ehi tappati, Ja IV 172,26*; —
objects of sensual pleasure are heavenly (dibba) or earth-
ly (mānusaka): rāgaṁ vinayetha mānusesu dibbesu
~esu cā pi bhikkhu, Sn 361; itthi hutvā svajja pumo
'mhi devo dibbehi ~ehi samaṅgībhūto, D II 273,18*;
Th 535; Vv 923; 1287; vantā mahesinā ~ā ye dibbā
ye ca mānusā, Thī 350; bhuttā ... me mānusikā ~ā
samayo dibbe ~e pariyesituṁ, D III 60,1 = M II 75,19
foll. = 77,10 = 81,19; bhuñja mānusake ~e, S I 9,7; mā-
nusakehi ... ~ehi dibbā ~ā abhikkantatarā ca paṇī-
tatarā, V 409,23 foll.; sabbe ~ā samucchinnā ye dibbā
ye ca mānusā, Thī 47; ~ā vā kāmasaññā vā brahma-
loke na vijjati, Ja IV 469,9*; — impermanence of the
objects of sensual pleasure; sabbe ~ā aniccā dukkhā vi-
pariṇāmadhammā ti, A II 177,1; aniccā ... ~ā tucchā
musā moghadhammā (Be mosa°), M II 261,26 = A V
84,24 (reading mosa°), cf. tucchā ~ā appassādā bahu-
vighātā, Thī 450 (mānusakā ~ā, Thī-a [1998] 257,12);
ye ca diṭṭhadhammikā ~ā ye ca samparāyikā ~ā +
... ubhayaṁ etaṁ aniccaṁ, M II 263,2 foll.; na santi
~ā manujesu niccā, S I 22,17*; diṭṭhā mayā dhamma-
dharā upāsakā ~ā aniccā ti bhāsamānā, Th 187; an-
iccā addhuvā ~ā yesu mando pamucchito, S I (1998)
426,9* (samucch° S I [1884] 198,11); ~ā ... aniccā duk-
khā vipariṇāmadhammā tesaṁ vipariṇāmaññathā-
bhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassu-
pāyāsā, D I 36,32-34 (heretical view); kālikā ~ā vuttā
Bhagavatā, 9,11 foll.; 117,29; — inappropriateness of en-
joying the objects of sensual pleasure: na ... Bhagavā
~esu sukhallikânuyogayutto, D III 113,19 (= vatthu-
kāmesu, Sv 896,27); yo câyaṁ ~esu kāmasukhallikâ-
nuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko anariyo anattha-
saṁhito, S IV 330,29 = V 421,4 (Ee w.r. ~esu ~esu
kha°) = Paṭis II 147,7 (on the formula cf. O.v.Hinuber:
Untersuchungen zur Mündlichkeit, AWL 1994, Nr. 5:
11, 17); — abhabbo khīnâsavo bhikkhu (sc. arahaṁ,
133,10) ... sannidhikārakaṁ ~e paribhuñjituṁ sey-
yathā pi pubbe agāriyabhūto, D III 133,19 (vatthukā-
me ca kilesakāme ca, Sv 913,7 foll.) = M I 523,9 = A
IV 370,8 foll. (Ee w.r. sannidhikārake), qu. as abhabbo
... hīnāyâvattitvā ~e paribhuñjituṁ seyyathā pi
pubbe agārikabhūto, Vin I 17,7; — renunciation of the
objects of sensual pleasure: Bhagavatā ... ~ānaṁ pahā-[[side 371]]
naṁ akkhātaṁ, Vin III 20,6 (Sp 218,12); ~ānaṁ pahā-
nam eva sukhan ti viditvā, Ja V 149,21'; yo na lippati
~esu, Sn 625 = Dhp 401 ≠ S I 212,16* = A I 138,4*
(vatthukāmesu ca kilesakāmesu ca taṇhādiṭṭhilepe-
hi, Mp III 226,19); ~e aparijātānaṁ ... ye ca ~e pariñ-
ñāya caranti akutobhayā, A III 69,9* foll.; samano ā-
vuso Gotamo ~ānaṁ pariññaṁ paññāpeti, M I 84,10
foll. (~ānaṁ pahānaṁ samatikkamaṁ ... tathāgato
~ānaṁ pariññaṁ anāgāmimaggena paññāpeti, Ps II
54,23 foll), cf. N. Tatia, IT XI 1983: 294-299; nâhaṁ
bhabbo etarahi ~āni paṭisevituṁ, A III 75,13* (duvi-
dhe pi ~e paṭisevituṁ, Mp II 243,2); ~esu asaññatā,
A II 19,22* (vatthukāmesu kilesakāmehi asaṁyatā,
Mp III 22,23); vippamutto ca ~ehi, Sn 483; yasmiṁ
~ā na vasanti... vimokkho tassa nâparo, 1094; bhik-
khuno ~aṁ (so read with Sv 1031,33; Ee ~e, Be ~esu)
manasikaroto ~esu cittaṁ na ppasīdati + ... tassa
taṁ cittaṁ sugataṁ subhāvitaṁ ... visaṁyuttaṁ
~ehi, D III 239,1-240,2 = 278,22 (not printed in Ee) = A
III 245,7-12 (kāmâbhimukhaṁ cittaṁ pesentassa, Mp
III 321,6); katamā ca ... nava anupubbavihārasamā-
pattiyo? yattha ~ā nirujjhanti, ye ca ~e nirodhetvā
nirodhetvā viharanti, addhā te āyasmanto nicchātā
nibbutā tiṇṇā pāragatā tadaṅgenā ti vadāmi, A IV
410,28 foll.; ~ānaṁ yeva nibbidāya virāgāya niro-
dhāya paṭipanno, A I 64,11 (duvidhānam pi ~ānaṁ,
Mp III 134,23); mâhaṁ ~ehi saṁgacchiṁ yesu tā-
ṇaṁ na vijjati, Thī 351; ~esu ratiṁ so nâdhigacchati,
Ja II 313,20*; ~ehi vijigucchatha, IV 469,10*; yaṁ yaṁ
cajati ~ānaṁ, 173,1* (odhiṁ ~ānaṁ, 174,16'); ~e caji-
tvāna, S I (1998) 450,15* (duvidhe ~e, Spk I 308,4) qu.
Th-a I 122,17* (nekkhammajjhāsayena vatthukāme
pahāya, tañ ca kilesakāmassa tadaṅgappahānavase-
na veditabbaṁ. pabbajjā hi kāmapariccāgo, Th-a I
122,21 foll); sabbe pariccaje ~e, It 94,19* (dibbâdibhe-
de sabbe pi ~e vatthukāme ca kilesakāme ca, It-a II
122,30); kacci na rajjati ~esu, Sn 160 foll.; ~aṁ bahuṁ
passatu appakaṁ vā na hi tena suddhiṁ kusalā va-
danti, 909; tassa ce kāmayānassa chandajātassa jan-
tuno te ~ā parihāyanti, sallaviddho va ruppati, 767
qu. Vism 576,31; ~esu adhipannānaṁ dissate byasa-
naṁ bahuṁ, Thī 345; ~ehi anatthikā vigatamohā,
484; amatamhi vijjamāne kin tava ~ehi ye pariḷāhā,
504 foll.; ~esu analaṅkatā, S I 15,21*; so n' eva tāva
anāvaṭṭī ~esu hoti, M I 91,28 foll.; anikīḷitāvino ~esu,
S I 117,25 (Spk II 35,6); IV 110,27; ~esu appaṭibaddha-
cittā, Thī 12; mā ~e abhinandi, 485; ~esu kāmachan-
daṁ virājetvā idh' upapannā, D II 51,18; kuto pan'
assa uppajjissati ~esu kāmacchando, M I 433,10; ~e-
su so jantu kathaṁ nameyya, S I 117,4*; ~esu chan-
daṁ paṭighaṁ vinodaye, Vism 152,10* (qu. from po-
rāṇā); ~esu nâbhigijjheyya, Sn 1039; ~esu asaṅga-
mānaso, Th 1119; sabbesu ~esu yo vītarāgo, 1071;
bāhirake ~esu vītarāge, M III 255,8 foll (Ps V 71,8)
qu. Ps I 187,6; Sunetto nāma satthā ... titthakaro ~e-
su vītarāgo, A III 371,17; 373,19*; IV 103,25; vītarāgat-
tā ~e na sevati khayā rāgassā ti, M I 319,4 foll.; pu-
thujjano ~esu vītarāgo saha dhammâbhisamayā an-
āgāmiphale saṇṭhātī ti, Kv 112,19; ~e vītarāgo hoti
vigatachando vigatapemo vigatapipāso vigatapari-
ḷāho vigatataṇho, M I 103,5 (formula 4+5+5+6+7+5) ≠
S III 11,17 foll. ≠ A II 175,3 (~esu); for negative formula,
cf. s.v. avigata; — yo ... ~esu chandarāgavinayo +, i-
daṁ ~anāṁ nissaraṇaṁ, M I 87,31; ~ānam etaṁ nis-
saraṇaṁ yadidaṁ nekkhammaṁ, III 275,14 = It 61,3
(kilesakāmānañ c' eva vatthukāmānañ ca. athavā
kilesakāmato hi nissaraṇā vatthukāmehi pi nissara-
ṇā yeva honti, It-a II 40,26 foll.) = Paṭis I 26,29 = II
244,24 qu. Vism 139,30, As 164,25, Sp 142,21; ~ānaṁ
nissaraṇaṁ nekkhammaṁ vuttaṁ Bhagavatā, Kv
380,2; ~ehi nekkhammarataṁ muttaṁ selā va kañ-
canaṁ, Th 691 = A III 346,17*; ~ehi visaṁyuttaṁ
akathaṅkathiṁ viharantaṁ ... brāhmaṇaṁ, M I
108,30; ye ca kāmapaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighatā
pariḷāhā, mutto so tehi ... idaṁ akkhātaṁ ~ānaṁ
nissaraṇaṁ, D III 240,4 ≠ A III 245,15; ~esu nâpekha-
te cittaṁ, Sn 435; ~esu anapekhinaṁ, 166 ≠ S I 16,7*;
II 281,21*; It 40,2*; taṁ brūmi upasanto ti ~esu ana-
pekhinaṁ, Sn 857; ~esu ... anapekkho vihareyyāsi,
S I 281,16; sa ve bhikkhu sukhaṁ seti ~esu anapek-
khavā, Th 600 = Ja I 141,25*; rittassa munino carato
~esu anapekhino +, Sn 823; ~ehi ritto apurakkharā-
no, Sn 844 = S III 9,22; 11,17 foll.; ~ehi aritto hoti, S III
11,18 foll.; — sace jahātha ~āni yattha satto puthujja-
no, D II 246,4*, cf. A III 311,18*; piyā vata maṁ ~ā ja-
hissanti, piye câhaṁ ~e jahissāmi, A II 174,4; ~e hi-
tvā agihā caranti, Sn 497; ~aṁ ~esu damassu, Thī
509; rājatapo karissāmi pahāya ~e, Ja III 519,15*; sab-
be ~ā pahīnā me, Th 254; — dissociation from the
objects of sensual pleasure by meditation (jhāna), cf. a-
bove exeg. a: vivicc' eva ~ehī ti, ~ehi viviccitvā, vinā
hutvā apakkamitvā, yo panâyam ettha evakāro (so
read, Ee misprints eva kāro), so niyamattho ti vedi-
tabbo. yasmā ca niyamattho, tasmā tasmiṁ paṭha-
majjhānaṁ upasampajja viharaṇasamaye avijjamā-
nānam pi ~ānaṁ tassa paṭhamassa jhānassa paṭi-
pakkhabhāvaṁ kāmapariccāgen' eva c' assa adhi-
gamaṁ dīpeti, Vism 139,13 foll. (ad Paṭis I 41,35) = As
164,11 foll. = Sp 142,5 foll. commenting on the frequent
formula: vivicc' eva ~ehi vivicca akusalehi dhamme-
hi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ pa-
ṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, Vin III 4,6
(Sp 141,25) ≠ D I 73,23 ≠ M I 21,34 ≠ Dhs 31,3 ≠ Paṭis I
41,35 qu. Vism 139,7; D II 186,14; paṭhamajjhāne ~ā
nirujjhanti, Mp IV 194,1 (ad A IV 410,28); vivekaṁ
Anuruddhā ~ehi vivekaṁ akusalehi dhammehi pī-
tisukhaṁ nâdhigacchati aññaṁ vā tato santataraṁ,
M I 463,32; — ayaṁ attā vivicc' eva ~ehi vivicca a-
kusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ viveka-
jaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja vi-[[side 372]]
harati. ettāvatā ... ayaṁ attā paramadiṭṭhadhamma-
nibbānaṁ patto hotī ti, D I 37,1-4 (heretical view); —
~esu micchācāra: prohibition of illicit sexual inter-
cource in the third precept in the five sīlas and in the ten
sikkhāpadas (cf. abrahmacariya, q.v., and ~esu brah-
macariyavā, Sn 1041), cf. O. v. Hinüber: Das Pātimok-
khasutta. AWL 1999 Mr. 6: 24 foll.; Buddh. sa.: kāma-
mithyācāra, cf. SWTF s.v., Abhidh-k-bh IV 74; for
types of women with whom sexual intercourse is prohib-
ited cf. s.v. itthi (dasa itthiyo, II 285a); Vyut 9455-
9463; Abhidh-k-bh(P) 244,13 foll. with Abhidh-k-bh
(VP) Vol. III: 157,1 foll.; Bhagavā ... pāṇâtipātā vera-
maṇiyā dhammaṁ deseti ... ~esu micchācārā vera-
maṇiyā dhammaṁ deseti +, D III 195,8; Mahāsudas-
sano evam āha ""pāṇo na hantabbo ... ~esu micchā
na caritabbā +,"" D II 173,29; III 62,18; S IV 250,11; A I
226,9 foll.; Bhagavā anekapariyāyena ~esu micchā-
cāraṁ garahati vigarahati, S II 321,4, cf. 320,16; pañ-
ca sikkhāpadāni pāṇâtipātā veramaṇī + ... ~esu
micchācārā veramaṇī +, D III 235,2 (~esu micchācā-
ro ti ettha pana ~esū ti methunasamācāresu methu-
navatthūsu vā. micchācāro ti ekantanindito lāmakâ-
cāro, Sv 1048,24 foll. = Ps I 199,11 foll. = Spk II 145,19
foll. = As 98,13 foll), cf. A III 212,2, S II 167,7; pañca
sīlāni ... ~esu micchācārassa pahāṇaṁ sīlaṁ, vera-
maṇī sīlaṁ, cetanā sīlaṁ, saṁvaro sīlaṁ, avītikka-
mo sīlaṁ+, Paṭis I 46,32 qu. Vism 49,30; katamāni cat-
tāri duccaritāni: pāṇâtipāto adinnâdānaṁ ~esu mic-
chācāro musāvādo, 376,19; Vibh 383,19; ~esu mic-
chācāro ... adhammo, ~esu micchācārā veramaṇī
dhammo, A V 258,3 foll.; 260,29 foll.; ~esu micchācā-
ram p' ahaṁ ... tividhaṁ vadāmi: lobhahetukam pi
dosahetukam pi mohahetukam pi, V 261,23; — atta-
nā ca ~esu micchācārī hoti, parañ ca ~esu micchācā-
re samādapeti, ~esu micchācāre samanuñño, A V
305,16 foll.; attanā ca ~esu micchācārā paṭivirato ho-
ti, parañ ca ~esu micchācārā veramaṇiyā samāda-
peti, ~esu micchācārā veramaṇiyā ca vaṇṇaṁ bhā-
sati, S V 354,24; A II 99,9; ~esu micchācārassa ...
vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, A V 307,1; sahâpi dukkhena sahâpi
domanassena ~esu micchācārī hoti +, M I 313,7;
~esu micchācārī ~esu micchācārapaccayā diṭṭha-
dhammikam pi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati, S II 69,1; V
388,5; ~esu micchācāraṁ pahāya, A V 266,27; 295,10;
~esu micchācāro ... orimaṁ tīraṁ, ~esu micchācārā
veramaṇī pārimaṁ tīraṁ, A V 252,17 foll.; ~esu mic-
chācāraṁ câhaṁ (scil. Bhagavaṁ)... pajānāmi, ~esu
micchācārassa ca vipākaṁ, yathāpaṭipanno ca ~esu
micchācārī kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṁ
duggatiṁ vṁipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati, S IV
342,18; ahaṁ ... ~esu kāmacchandaṁ virājetvā kā-
yassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṁ brahmalokaṁ
uppanno, V 233,15; ~esu micchācārassa kho pāpako
vipāko diṭṭhe c' eva dhamme abhisamparāyañ cā ti,
A V 250,25; ~esu micchācāro ... nirayasaṁvattaniko
+, yo sabbalahuso ~esu micchācārassa vipāko ma-
nussabhūtassa sapattaverasaṁvattaniko hoti, IV
247,16; tayo ... nerayikā ...evaṁdiṭṭhi n' atthi ~esu
doso ti, so ~esu pātavyataṁ āpajjati, I 266,4 (kilesa-
kāmena vatthukāme sevantassa, Mp II 369,4); II 5,15
(kilesakāmehi vatthukāme paṭisevati, Mp III 4,20);
M I 305,20 (Ps II 371,22); ye ~e patisevanti nirayan te
upapajjare, Ja IV 118,17*; — yo koci ~esu micchā ca-
rati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko, S IV 317,29; (view of
Nigaṇṭha Nātaputta); — ~ in similes: amittā vadhā-
kā ~ā aggikhandhûpamā dukhā, Thī 351; aṭṭhikaṅ-
kalûpamā ~ā vuttā Bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahu-
pāyāsā ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo ti, M I 364,23 ≠ 364,35
(maṁsapesûpamā) ≠ 365,12 (tiṇukkûpamā) ≠ 365,26
(aṅgārakāsûpamā, cf. khīnâsavassa bhikkhuno aṅ-
gārakāsûpamā ~ā yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya
sandiṭṭhā honti, D III 283,22 = A IV 224,16 ≠ S IV
89,4) ≠ M I 365,33 (supinakûpamā) ≠ 366,39 (yācita-
kûpamā) ≠ 367,3 (rukkhaphalûpamā); cf. M I 130,26
foll., A III 97,1 foll.; ukkopamā hi ~ā dahanti ye te na
muñcanti, Thī 507; paṁko ca ~ā palipā ca ~ā bha-
yañ ca m' etaṁ timūlaṁ pavuttaṁ, Ja III 241,4*
(paññāvanto pi sattā tesu ~esu sakiṁ laggakālato
paṭṭhāya te ~e padāletvā sīghaṁ ... pabbajjaṁ gan-
tuṁ na sakkonti, III 241,15'-17') qu. Pj II 130,19*,
Sadd 497,15, cf. bhayaṁ dukkhaṁ rogo gaṇḍaṁ
saṅgo paṅko ca ubhayaṁ ete ~ā pavuccanti, A III
311,17* = IV 290,12* (Mp IV 139,16-19); cf. III 310,28
foll. kāmapaṅkasatta, q.v.; sattisūlûpamā ~ā, S I
128,26* = Thī 58 (Thī-a [1998] 63,21) = 141; yo ~e pa-
rivajjeti sappass' eva padā siro, Sn 768; ~ā sappasi-
rûpamā, Thī 353; — akattu-° (Vin IV 67,26); akathe-
tu-° (Mp II 267,31); akamma-°; akātu-°; a-°; akāre-
tu-° (Sv 600,3); akkositu-° (Spk I 217,29 ≠ Pj II
474,31); agantu-° (Dhp-a I 397,11); aggi-° (Mil 96,14);
acchādetu-° (Vin III 215,23); ajjhāvasitu-° (Ja I 284,17
[Be so. Ee āvas°]); ajjhetu-° (Ap 369,14); aññātu-°; aṭ-
ṭīyitu-° (Nett 34,6); atikkamitu-° (Ja I 71,28); atemi-
tu-° (Ja VI 586,33); atta-°; att'-attha-°; attha-°; attha-
ritu-° (Vin V 176,25); adassana-°; adātu-°; adhigan-
tu-°; adhigama-° (Mil 411,5); adhiṭṭhātu-° (Pj I 250,9
foll); ana-°; anakkositu-° (Kkh 83,17); anattha-°;
anabbhakkhātu-°; anavaññatti-°; anahā-yitu-° (Mil
246,28); anāgantu-° (Dhp-a III 366,14); anārocetu-°
(Sv 716,27); anuddisitu-° (Ud-a 296,28); anupagan-
tu-° (Vin I 138,28); anubhavitu-° (Mil 140,7); anu-
bujjhitu-° (Nidd I 481,28); anuyuñjitu-° (Mp II
101,22); anusāsitu-° (Dhp-a III 142,3); anussaritu-°
(Vism 412,18); anoloketu-° (As 309,13); anovaditu-°;
apakkamitu-° (Mp I 148,12); apagantu-° (Sp 247,10);
apaloketu-° (Sv 564,29); appasadda-°; apassitu-° (Ps
II 90,31); aphāsu-°; abhikkamitu-° (Vin I 27,29); a-
bhinimminitu-° (Vism 394,27); abhiyātu-°; abhi-
vuddhi-°; abhisiñcitu-° (reading of Be for abhisiñci-
tvā at Ja IV 105,3); abhuñjitu-° (Vin IV 191,8); amari-[[side 373]]
tu-°; amuñcitu-° (reading of Be for na muñcitu° at Mil
206,25; Vism 106,21); ayogakkhema-°; avaṇṇa-°; ava-
situ-° (Ja I 21,7); asa-° (cf. s.v. kāmakāma); asāvetu-°
(Vin III 28,3); assāsetu-° (Sv 6,30); aha-° (Thī-a [1998]
265,24); ahita-°; āgantu-° (Ja V 200,17'; Dhp-a III
366,13); ācaritu-° (Vin IV 93,27); ācikkhitu-° (Vibh-a
333,15); ājānitu-° (Sv 739,27); ādātu-° (Vin II 247,7); ā-
diyitu-° (Vin II 301,23); ādhātu-° (A IV 42,8); ānetu-°
(Ja VI 416,22'; Dhp-a I 113,6); āyu-°; ārabhitu-°; ārā-
dhetu-° (Ja VI 38,14; Vism 59,15); ārogya-° ; ārocetu-°
(M I 503,4; Sv 677,6); āropetu-°; ārohitu-°; āvasitu-°;
āharitu-° (Vism 28,18 = Vibh-a 484,13); ukkhipitu-°
(Dhp-a III 485,4); uggaṇhitu-° (Vibh-a 224,10); ug-
ghāṭetu-° (Vin IV 37,2); ujjāletu-°; uṭṭhātu-° (Ps II
254,4; Spk III 9,18); uttaritu-° (Vin I 28*5,26); uddisā-
petu-° (Vin I 47,29); uddharitu-°; upakappanaka-°
(Dhp-a III 240,23); upakkamitu-° (Ps II 420,26); upa-
gantu-° (Vin I 152,1; A V 334,30); upaṭṭhahitu-°
(Dhp-a I 339,22); upaṭṭhātu-° (Sp 173,25; Ja III 322,3);
upadahitu-° (Vin IV 149,29); upasaṅkamitu-° (D II
270,7; S I 210,33; Sv 435,27); upasampajjitu-° (Vin I
146,30; Sp 1069,14 foll); upasampādetu-° (Mp I
240,19); uppajjitu-°; uppatitu-° (Vism 142,14 = As
115,4); uppādetu-° (S I 104,5 foll.; Ud 5,3; Ja V 362,11;
Mil 329,5); ussāpetu-°; okiritu-°; otaritu-°; oropitu-°
(Dhp-a III 46,9); oloketu-°; osiñcitu-°; kattu-°; ka-
thā-°; kathāpetu-°; kathetu-°; kalyāṇa-°; kātu-°; kā-
rāpetu-° (Vin II 146,24); kāretu-° (Vin II 123,2); kiṇi-
tu-° (As 225,16); kitti-° (Spk I 259,34; Mil 358,15); ki-
lesa-° (Nidd I 1,10); kīḷitu-° (Vin IV 93,26; Ja II 322,7);
kopetu-° (Vin IV 153,31); khamāpetu-° (Ja I 508,24);
khādāpetu-° (Ja I 281,30); khāditu-° (Ja I 222,21; Sv
143,18); khuṁsetu-° (Vin IV 7,24); khema-° (Sv
936,8); gaṇhitu-° (Sv 301,23; Ja V 362,8 foll); gantu-°
(Vin I 152,6; D II 89,16); garahitu-° (Sp 739,13); gahe-
tu-° (Vism 245,19; Sv 254,5); gāyitu-° (Vjb 522,7); ge-
laññâpanayana-° (Vism 321,12 = As 196,4); ghasi-
tu-° (Ja V 24,8'); ghātetu-° (Vin IV 225,27; Mp I
442,24); caṅkamitu-° (Vism 384,23); cajitu-° (Sp
249,10); catta-° (Nidd I 159,17); caritu-° (Sv 241,20);
cavitu-° (Vin III 24,25); cāvetu-° (D III 56,16 foll.; Sv
842,38); cira-ṭṭhiti-° (Vism 321,13 = As 196,5); cetāpe-
tu-° (Vin III 217,23); codetu-° (D III 236,32; Vin II
248,16 foll); chādetu-° (Vin IV 128,4); chinditu-° (Sv
432,10; Ud-a 53,10); jahitu-° (Sp 248,34); jānāpetu-°
(Sv 1061,17; As 374,29); jānitu-° (Vism 409,29; Ja I
340,34); jīvitu-° (M II 261,6 = Ja I 393,24 ≠ Vism
297,11); jhāyitu-° (Th 1066); ñātu-° (Vv-a 170,14; Mil
329,4); ñāpetu-° (Sv 619,34; As 324,33); ṭhātu-° (Vism
138,23; Sv 44,23); daṁsitu-° (Vism 28,28 = Vibh-a
484,23); tappitu-° (Vin IV 116,13); taritu-° (D I 244,15;
A II 200,20); tāretu-° (Ap 306,16); temitu-° (Vism
396,3; Ja VI 586,32); dakkhitu-° (Vin I 179,13; Vism
326,21 foll); daṭṭhu-° (Sn 685; Vin IV 104,16; Ja VI
20,27*; Mil 329,5); dametu-° (Vism 269,1; Ud-a 64,12);
dassana-° (D I 150,28 ≠ A V 65,15 = Vin I 247,37; Mp I
126,20); dassetu-° (Mil 34,10; Sv 306,28); dātu-° (M II
109,32; Vin II 215,16; Sv 82,11); dibba-° (M I 505,24 [Be
so, Ee dibbā k°]; Ja V 164,22 [Be so, Ee dibbe k°); dū-
setu-° (Vin IV 212,7); desetu-° (Sv 405,28; Spk II
312,6); dosetu-° (Vism 300,28); dhana-° (Ja V 330,20*
foll); dhamma-° (Sn 92; D III 267,26 foll.; A V 24,18);
dhāretu-° (Mil 329,4); dhovitu-° (Mp I 447,2; Dhp-a
IV 135,4); naccitu-° (Ja I 293,19); nadāpetu-° (Spk II
171,1; Dhp-a II 179,1); namassitu-° (Ps III 346,2); na-
hāyitu-° (Vin I 47,8; Spk I 259,5); nāsetu-° (Spk II
84,16; Dhp-a I 268,12); nikkhamitu-° (Ja I 62,2; Mil
58,11; Vibh-a 154,18); niggaṇhitu-° (Spk II 300,27;
Dhp-a I 441,9); niddisitu-° (It-a II 130,24); nipajjitu-°
(Spk III 9,20); nibbattitu-° (Ja IV 318,27; Dhp-a I
131,18); nibbāpetu-° (S V 114,5 qu. Vism 133,12); ni-
mantetu-° (Vin II 15,32); nimujjitu-° (D II 325,10;
Ps-pṭ II 315,6); nivattitu-° (Sn 80,8; Vin II 156,1); nisī-
ditu-° (Vin IV 93,27; Sv 846,4); nissaritu-° (Vism
651,18); pakāsetu-° (Sv 410,10; Ud-a 193,11); pakka-
mitu-° (Vism 327,11); pakkhanditu-° (Sv 995,13;
Vibh-a 471,12); pakkhipitu-° (Ja I 69,21); pacitu-° (Sp
766,25; Dhp-a II 17,16); pajahitu-° (Vism 13,35; It-a I
42,32); paṭibujjhitu-° (Nidd I 481,28); patiṭṭhātu-°
(Vism 48,25); pattu-° (Vism 286,30; Ps I 41,15); pada-
hitu-° (Ja I 67,2); padāletu-° (Sv 37,14); padhaṁsitu-°
(reading of Be for vidhaṁsitu° at Sp 739,12); pabbaji-
tu-° (Sv 457,6; Ja I 156,12; Cp-a 199,10); pabbājetu-°
(Ja I 91,12; Sp 1011,12 foll); payojitu-° (Sv 96,17); pa-
ramattha-° (Ja V 20,3*); parāmasitu-° (Vism 398,15);
paricarāpetu-° (Ja I 285,24); pariṇāmetu-° (D I 92,17);
parinibbātu-° (Vibh-a 521,31); paripucchitu-° (Vin I
47,30); paribhinditu-° (Mp I 349,5; Thī-a [1998]
185,13); paribhuñjitu-° (Sv 301,26; Sp 705,33); pari-
muccitu-° (Mil 149,28); pariyesitu-° (Nett 34,15); pa-
riharitu-° (Vism 14,1; Cp-a 271,12); palāpetu-° (Sp
383,30 so read); palāyitu-° (Mp V 9,21; Ja III 297,24);
pavisitu-° (Vin I 46,12; M I 237,9; Ps II 164,25); pave-
/

" 346862100309610496,kāma,en,"

kāma,

cf. kāmasā, q.v.; — ifc. accanta‑°; anu‑°; apanetu‑° (Pv-a 161,8); a-paribhutta‑°; apahattu‑° (Pj II 74,1 qu. Nidd-a II 114,17); a-vaḍḍhi‑°; āhuti-yiṭṭhu‑°; itthi‑°; ukkaḍḍhitu‑° (cf. ukkaḍḍhati, q.v.); upasaṁharitu‑° (Nidd-a II 114,16 qu. Ap-a 159,22, cf. upa-hattu‑°, q.v.); upahattu‑° (Pj II 73,29 ≠ Nidd-a II 114,16 = Ap-a 159,22 [reading upasaṁharitu‑° = v.l. in Pj II]); ubbandhitu‑° (Vv-a 207,25); evaṁ‑°; dhītu‑°; nik‑°; patitu‑°; māna‑°; vaccha‑°; vaḍḍhi‑° (Ja III 229,22´, MS. Bd vuḍhita‑°, Be vuḍḍhi‑°, cf. Mittelindisch § 126).

" 346862502690164736,kāmaanubandhanabaddha,en,"

kāma-anubandhana-baddha

, mfn., tied because of
addiction to the objects of sensual pleasure; pañca kā-
maguṇe gathitā +.. .paribhuñjantā ~ā +, D I 246,3.

" 346862413422792704,kāmabaḷisa,en,"

kāma-baḷisa,

mn., hook of desire; + kāmakilese ~e kāmapariḷāhe + Nidd II 189,11 = Be 221,2.

" 346862417189277696,kāmabandhana,en,"

kāma-bandhana,

n., fetter of desire; dālayiṁ ~aṁ, Ap 424,6; ~ā taṇhābandhanā mutto, Ja VI 128,6´; pañcahi kāmaguṇehîti … pañcahi ~ehi vā, Spk I 30,10; Ud-a 333,29; gihibandhanānîti ~āni, Pj II 91,23 qu. Ap-a 171,27; — °‑baddha, mfn., bound by the fetter of desire; devatā … ~ā, S I 133,17.

" 346862416811790336,kāmabandhoghatārin,en,"

kāma-bandhôgha-tārin,

mfn., crossing the flood which is the fetter of desire; ~inaṁ … gati, Ud 93,25* (Ud-a 435,23) = Ap 543,17 qu. Sv 463,17* = Thī-a 154,23*.

" 346862416199421952,kāmabhava,en,"

kāma-bhava,

m. [ts., cf. SWTF s.v.; BHSD s.v. tri-bhava], existence, becoming (in the sphere of) sensual pleasures, cf. EncBu s.v.; — exeg.: kāmo eva bhavo ~o … kāmasaṅkhāto bhavo, Vism-mhṭ II 331,18; ~o kāmadhātuyaṁ uppattibhavo, Mp 334,17; — definition: ~o kāmadhātu, Sv 987,30 (cf. Vibh 86,10 foll.); Nidd-a I 159,28; ~o pañca upādiṇṇakkhandhā, Vism 572,10; ~o ti kammabhavo ca uppattibhavo (so read) ca, Ps I 218,1 (ad M I 50,22); ~e kammabhave, ~e punabbhave, Nidd I 48,23 (kammavaṭṭe … kāmadhātuyā, Nidd-a I 158,26–28); 109,15 foll.; ~o ti kāmabhavûpagaṁ kammam pi kammâbhinibbattā upādiṇṇakkhandhā pîti ubhayaṁ ekato katvā ~o, Ps III 347,21–23; heṭṭhā Avīcipariyantaṁ (read Avīciṁ pari°, cf. s.v. Avīci-pariyanta, q.v.) katvā upari Paranimmitavasavattideve antokaritvā ~o, Sv 498,20 (cf. kāmadhātu, definition, q.v.); ~e kāmâvacare, Nidd-a I 159,29; catunnaṁ apāyānaṁ, manussānaṁ, channaṁ (so read) devalokānañ ca vasena okāsato ekādasavidho ~o, Moh 107,26; °âdayo nava bhavā, Sp 116,4; ekādasavidho ~o, Vism-mhṭ II 115,5; — tayo bhavā ~o rūpabhavo arūpabhavo, D III 216,10 = S II 3,12 (kammabhavo [so read] ca uppattibhavo ca, Spk II 14,4); A III 444,18; Peṭ 116,24; katamo uppattibhavo? ~o +, Vibh 137,8; kāmadhātuvepakkañ ca … kammaṁ nâbhavissa … ~o paññāyetha, A I 223,20 (kāmadhātuyaṁ uppattibhavo, Mp II 334,17); ~assa ca rūpabhavassa ca antare n’ atthi antarābhavo, Kv 361,29; ~e ca avijjā ~e saṅkhārānaṁ paccayo, Sp 112,27; orambhāgiyānan ti heṭṭhābhāgiyānaṁ, ~e yeva paṭisandhigāhāpakānan ti, Sv 543,12 = Spk III 281,9; orambhāgiyānan ti … oraṁ vuccati kāmadhātu … orambhāgabhūtena ~ena satte saṁyojenti, It-a II 169,23–31; ajjhattan ti ~o. bahiddhâti rūpârūpabhavo, Mp II 130,1 (ad A I 63,2); idhâti ~o, huran ti arūpabhavo, Ud-a 94,10; itthattaṁ ~am icc’ eva attho, Thī-a 156,14; kāmupādanapaccayā dve ~ā, Vism 573,1 (kāmakammabhavo kāmûppattibhavo, Vism-mhṭ II 333,15) qu. Vibh-a 185,7; tīsu ~esu, Thī-a 229,11; ~ato Akaniṭṭhesu nibbattitvā, Sv 1030,10; anāgāmimaggo ~ato … vuṭṭhāti, As 236,4; Moh 35,20; ~ehi nikkhamaṇacittuppādo nekkhammapāramitā, Cp-a 280,24; ~asmiñ hi sakalaṁ saḷāyatanaṁ pavattati, Vibh-a 204,27; ~ena … sabbabhavato vimuttiṁ saṁsārasuddhiṁ kathayiṁsu … diṭṭhadhammanibbānavādino, Ud-a 211,26; — akiñcanaṁ ~e asattaṁ, Vin I 36,26* (tīsu bhavesu alaggatāya, yaṁ ~aṁ yaññā vadanti, tasmiṁ pi, Sp 973,6) = Sn 176 (duvidhe kāme tividhe ca bhave alagganena, Pj II 215,19; kāme ca bhave ca, Nidd-a II 35,13 (i.e. interpreted as “sensual pleasures and existence”); — ifc. kammupapatti‑°; vigata-°-°vibhavataṇha; sugati-°; — °‑tika, m., the group of three items referring to kāmabhava; ~o vipākavaṭṭavasena vibhatto, Nidd-a I 43,16; — °‑nibbattaka, mfn., producing an existence in (the sphere of) sensual pleasures; ~aṁ kammaṁ, Vism 572,34 qu. Vibh-a 185,4; — °‑parikkhīṇa, mfn., having exhausted the existence (in the sphere of) sensual pleasures; ~aṁ tam ahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ, M II 121,17* (text not printed in Ee; khīṇakāmaṁ khīṇabhavaṁ, Ps III 440,15) = Sn 639 (parikkhīṇakāmañ c’eva parikkhīṇabhavañ ca, Pj II 469,23) = Dhp 415 (kāmā°, m.c.: cf. Dhp-trsl. [Norman]); Dhp-a IV 198,15 = Pj II 469,23), cf. kamabhokaparikṣiṇa, KDhp 20 and sarvabhava°, KDhp 33, kāmâsravavisaṁyuktaṁ, Uv XXXIII 35; — Rem.: Cts. explain as “having exhausted sensual pleasures and existence”, but cf. the hesitation in the explanantion of nandībhavaparikkhīṇaṁ, M II 121,12* = Sn 637 = Dhp 413: parikkhīṇanandiṁ parikkhīṇabhavaṁ, Ps III 439,22, but tīsu bhavesu parikkhīṇataṇhaṁ, Pj II 469,14 (cf. 215,1) = Dhp-a IV 192,8–9. — °‑pariyāpanna, mfn., consisting of the existence (in the sphere of) sensual pleasures; ~assa, Vism 575,16 qu. Vibh-a 187,26; — °‑rūpa, n., matter in the existence (in the sphere of) sensual pleasures; ~aṁ, Ps V 78,28 (kāmabhūmipariyāpannaṁ sabbaṁ rūpakkhandhaṁ, Ps-pṭ III 417,19); — °ûpaga, mfn., leading to the existence (in the sphere of) sensual pleasures; atthi ~aṁ kamman ti? āmantā, Kv 362,33; ~am eva hi kammaṁ atthi, ~ā eva ca sattā, Kv-a 107,24; ~aṁ kammaṁ kammabhavo, Vism 573,15 qu. Vibh-a 185,20 = Sv-pṭ II 126,14 (read kammabhavo); kammabhavo nāma ~aṁ kammam eva, Ps I 218,2; manosañcetanâhāro (so read) ~aṁ kammaṁ kāmabhavaṁ āharati, Ps I 209,27 = Spk II 25,32; ~ānaṁ saṁkhārānaṁ, It-a II 169,28; — °ûp(a)patti-bhava, m., rebirth-process in the existence (in the sphere of) sensual pleasures; saggo nāma ~o, Spk-pṭ I 192,26.

" 346862415599636480,kāmabhāva,en,"

kāma-bhāva,

m., being “sensual pleasures”; kilesakāmass’ eva … ~aṁ, Kv-a 108,5; kāmaguṇānaṁ ~o ca āmisabhāvo ca, Ps-pṭ III 24,22; Spk-pṭ I 106,18; ~assa, It-a I 40,14 w. r., read °bhavassa.

" 346862415910014976,kāmabhavika,en,"

kāma-bhavika,

mfn., belonging to the existence, becoming (in the sphere of) sensual pleasures; paripuṇṇâyatanānaṁ ~ānañ ca, Moh 145,24.

" 346862170975244288,kamabheda,en,"

kama-bheda

, m., breaking the order (of something);
— exeg.: aññamaññānantaraṁ avatvā avigatānanta-
raṁ sampayuttassa vacanaṁ ~o, Ppk-anuṭ 140,12;
— Ppk-mṭ 103,16; sikkhāpadānaṁ ~o pakāsetabbo,
Kkh-ṭ 11,3.

" 346862382171033600,kāmabhibhu,en,"

kāmâbhibhu,

mfn., overcoming sensual pleasures; buddho … ~ū, D II 274,19* (Sv 709,26).

" 346862382179422208,kāmābhibhu,en,"

kāmâbhibhu,

mfn., overcoming sensual pleasures; buddho … ~ū, D II 274,19* (Sv 709,26).

" 346862368929615872,kāmabhimukha,en,"

kāmâbhimukha,

mfn., directed towards sensual pleasures; ~aṁ cittaṁ, Sv 1031,35 = Mp III 321,8; ~aṁ dhammasaññāvimukhaṁ kaññaṁ, Pv-a 3,19.

" 346862368942198784,kāmābhimukha,en,"

kāmâbhimukha,

mfn., directed towards sensual pleasures; ~aṁ cittaṁ, Sv 1031,35 = Mp III 321,8; ~aṁ dhammasaññāvimukhaṁ kaññaṁ, Pv-a 3,19.

" 346862381478973440,kāmabhirata,en,"

kāmâbhirata

, mfn., finding delight in sensual pleasures; yadi ~o bhavissati, na saddhāpabbijto, Ja VI 158,24; — °‑tta, n., abstr.; ~ā taṁ kathaṁ paṭicchinditvā, Ja V 254,26.

" 346862381487362048,kāmābhirata,en,"

kāmâbhirata

, mfn., finding delight in sensual pleasures; yadi ~o bhavissati, na saddhāpabbijto, Ja VI 158,24; — °‑tta, n., abstr.; ~ā taṁ kathaṁ paṭicchinditvā, Ja V 254,26.

" 346862381160206336,kāmabhirati,en,"

kāmâbhirati,

f., delight in sensual pleasures; me ~i pavaḍḍhati, Thī-a 237,29.

" 346862381172789248,kāmābhirati,en,"

kāmâbhirati,

f., delight in sensual pleasures; me ~i pavaḍḍhati, Thī-a 237,29.

" 346862380820467712,kāmabhisammanto,en,"

[kāmâbhisammanto,

w.r. at Ja VI 420,29* for kāmāhi sammatto, cf. s.v. abhisammatta, q.v., cf. Mittelindisch § 303].

" 346862380828856320,kāmābhisammanto,en,"

[kāmâbhisammanto,

w.r. at Ja VI 420,29* for kāmāhi sammatto, cf. s.v. abhisammatta, q.v., cf. Mittelindisch § 303].

" 346862414047744000,kāmabhoga,en,"

kāma-bhoga,

m. [ts., sa. only pl.], enjoyment of sensual pleasures; mahīpatissa ~ā … yadi ca jahati sabbaṁ ~aṁ, D III 164,1–3*; sārarattā ~esu, S I 74,29*; kulaputtassa ~ā honti, A II 69,13; ~esu paṇḍito … pariccaje kāme, It 94,18*; bhuñjāhi ~e, Thī 464; na hi m’atthi chando idha ~e, Ja II 65,8* (kilesakāmavatthukāmaparibhoge, 65,16´); ~o na dessiyo, Cp 263; nimantayiṁsu ~ehi ñātayo, Cp 285 (Cp-a 211,27); ~aṁ nimminanti, Sv 1001,6 qu. It-a II 122,9 etc.; ~ena saṁsārasuddhiṁ nâdhigacchiṁ, Th-a III 68,29 (ad Th 893); ~e, Nidd II Be 37,1 (reading for kāmagedhe, q.v.); — ifc. sabba‑°; — °‑gharâvāsa, m., enjoying sensual pleasures and being a housholder; ~aṁ … jigucchantā, Cp-a 207,20.

" 346862413708005376,kāmabhogin,en,"

kāma-bhogin,

mfn., enjoying sensual pleasures, i.e. being a householder, cf. Abhidh-k-trsl. (L. de La Vallée Poussin) II: 8 n. 1, III: 69 n. 2; — exeg.: kāme bhuñjatîti ~ī puriso, Sadd 870,17; — definition: ~ino kāme bhuñjanakasattā, Mp III 376,13 (ad A III 351,27); ~inâti vatthukāme ca kilesakāme ca paribhuñjantena, Mp III 101,2 (ad A II 69,9); ~ino ti °‑Anāthapiṇḍikādayo, … ~iniyo ti Khujjuttarādayo, Sv 910,34–36; — ten types of ~in: S IV 331,11–337,11 ≠ A V 176,16–182,15, cf. PĀSĀDIKA, JIABS XXIII 2000: 147–154; gihī odātavasanā ~ino … gihiniyo odātavasanā ~iniyo, D III 125,2–4; M I 491,9 foll.; A IV 281,11; gihiniyo ~iniyo, Vin IV 260,3 (Sp 910,34–36); yuvā yuvatin ti … ~ī ~iniṁ, Vin III 128,38 (Ce, Be, Se; Ee w.r. kāmabogo °iṁ); gihī ~ī kāmârāmā kāmaratā kāmasammuditā, A IV 438,19 (4+4+4+6); aggataṁ vajati ~inaṁ, D III 155,14* (so read); aggaṁ Mandhātā ~inaṁ, A II 17,22* (Mp III 20,21) qu. Thī-a 261,22; Thī 486 (cf. Thī Appendix II: 247); avītarāgā idha ~ino, A II 6,8*; alaso gihī ~ī na sādhu, Ja III 105,23* = VI 375,28*; cattāri … sukhāni adhigamanīyāni gihinā ~inā, A II 69,9 (Mp III 101,2); vaḍḍhi pi … dukkhā lokasmiṁ ~ino, A III 352,5; ~ī vāmena passena senti, A II 244,32; ratī uttamā ~inaṁ, Ja IV 107,19*; tayā gihinā ~inā puttasambādhasamayaṁ ajjhāvasantena, S I 78,20 = A III 391,13 qu. Ud 65,25 (Ee w.r. °bhojinā; Ud-a 332,3); ñātayo ~o kāmajjhāsayā, Cp-a 210,23; ~ī ayaṁ isi, Ap 299,25; gihī agārikā ~ino, Mil 350,25; satthā pi te hessati ~ī, Spk I 63,21* qu. Pj II 540,11*; bhaddikā gatîti ~ino te va rūpadhātu arūpadhātu manussā, Peṭ 176,8 (Ee w.r. bhati for gati, cf. Peṭ-trsl. 708/1); in uddāna: ~ī, A V 210,3* (ad A V 176,16–182,10); — °i‑satta, n., a being who enjoys sensual pleasures; ~ānaṁ ratisu, Ja IV 107,23´ (so read); — °i‑seyya, m(fn)., lying down like those who enjoy sensual pleasures, i. e. on the left side (cf. tathāgata-seyya, peta-seyya, sīha-seyya, q.v., cf. A.-M. Quagliotti, in: C. Bautze-Picron [ed.], The Indian Night 2009: 374 foll.); ~ā, A II 244,3 qu. Ps II 316,23 etc.

" 346862413133385728,kāmabhojinā,en,"

[kāma-bhojinā,

w.r. at Ud 65,25 for kāmabhoginā]

" 346862415272480768,kāmabhū,en,"

kāma-bhū,

m., Npr.; name of a monk mentioned only in Saḷāyatanasaṁyutta and called thera only at a very late date in Sv-nṭ I 341,26; āyasmā Ānando āyasmā ca ~ū Kosambiyaṁ … Ghositārāme, S IV 165,14; ~ū Macchikāsaṇḍe, 291,13; 293,2; ~ussa bhāsitaṁ, 295,23; in uddāna: 172,13* (ad 165,14–166,14); IV 304,24* (ad IV 291,13–295,30); — [°‑sutta, n., modern title in Be of S IV 165,14–166,14] — Rem.: The unusual name most likely developed from *Kāma-han, cf. vatra-bhū < sa. vṛtra-han, O. von Hinüber, ZDMG CXXVIII 1978: 330 = Selected Papers: 97.

" 346862414634946560,kāmabhūmaka,en,"

kāma-bhūmaka,

mfn., belonging to the realm of sensual pleasures; parittabhūmako ti ~o. mahābhūmako ti mahaggatabhūmako, Vism-mhṭ II 330,18 (ad Vism 571,23).

" 346862414341345280,kāmabhūmi,en,"

kāma-bhūmi,

f., the realm of sensual pleasures (syn. kāmâvacara, q.v.); ~iyaṁ sattasaṅkhātāya, Ps-pṭ I 84,5 (ad sattasaṅkhātāya pajāya, Ps I 33,35); mahaggatabhūmito heṭṭhā, ~iyan ti attho, Mp-ṭ Be II 187,28 (ad heṭṭhābhāgiyānaṁ, Mp II 349,15); — °‑pariyāpanna, mfn., comprised in the realm of sensual pleasures; kāmabhave saṅkhārānan ti ~ānaṁ saṅkhārānaṁ, Vism-mhṭ I 221,26 (ad Vism 199,1).

" 346862462982688768,kāmacāgin,en,"

kāma-cāgi(n)

, mfn., renouncing sensual pleasure; su-
tvā dhīrānaṁ nigghosaṁ jhāyīnaṁ kāmacāginaṁ,
Sn 719 (Pj II 499,23).
kāma-cāgin

" 346862462571646976,kāmacāra,en,"

kāma-cāra

, m. [ts.], 1. following one's own desire; 2.
freedom to move at will; — 1. vattamānuppannatāva-
sena asamuppanno yo koci ~o, Sv-pṭ 479,11; ~aṁ
(Ee w.r. kāmā°) caraṇaṭṭhena (Be caraṭṭh°) mārassa
gocaro ti māragocaro, Nidd-a I 457,25; — ifc. asamup-
panna-° (Sv 371,34); — 2. ahañ ca te ~aṁ dadāmī, Ja
IV 261,17* (tuyhaṁ ~aṁ abhayaṁ dadāmi, 261,19')-

" 346862461736980480,kāmacchanda,en,"

kāma-cchanda

, m. [cf. BHSD, SWTF s.v.], desire for
the objects of sensual pleasure; — exeg.: katame akusa-
lā dhamma? ~o byāpado +, Vibh 256,40; katamāni
pane' orambhāgiyāni saṁyojanāni? sakkāyadiṭṭhi
vicikicchā sīlabbataparāmāso ~o vyāpādo, Vibh
377,7; ~aṁ kho ahaṁ ... Bhagavatā orambhāgiyaṁ
saṁyojanaṁ desitaṁ dhāremi. byāpādaṁ ..., M I
432,21; S V 61,9; bhāvanāya satta saṁyojanāni pahī-
yanti ~o byāpādo +, Nett 14,29; 15,3; katamo ~o? yo
pañcasu kāmaguṇesu chandarāgo, Peṭ 136,25; kata-
mo vevacano? ~o chandarāgo pemaṁ nikantī ti ve-
vacanaṁ, 162,9; ~o ti kāmesu chando, kāmo ca so
chando cā ti pi ~o, kāmarāgo, Th-a I 175,27 foll.; ~o
kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṁ, Peṭ 159,14;
samādhi ~assa paṭipakkho ... ti Peṭake vuttaṁ (ref.
untraced cf. HPL § 171), Vism 141,11 = As 165,30 = Sp
143,27, cf. katamo ~o kāmo ti ādinā nayena Vibhaṅ-
ge jhānapaṭipakkhato visuṁ vutto, Vism 141,1 foll.
= As 165,20; cha ... dhamme pahāya bhabbo paṭha-
maṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharituṁ ... ~aṁ vyā-
padaṁ +, A III 428,17, cf. 428,10 foll.; kilesakāmapak-
khe ... chando ti ca rāgo ti ca evam ādīhi anekabhe-
do ~o yeva kāmo ti adhippeto, Vism 140,30 = As
165,18 = Sp 143,16 qu. Paṭis-a 180,32, Nidd-a I 27,2; —
idha ... bhikkhu santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ ~aṁ ""atthi me
ajjhattaṁ ~o"" ti pajānāti +, D II 300,10 foll. = M I
60,11 foll. = A I 272,16 foll. qu. Vibh 199,11 foll.; kathañ
c' âvuso bhikkhu pañcaṅgavippahīno hoti? idhâvu-
so bhikkhuno ~o pahīno hoti +, D III 269,15 = M I
294,36; ~o pahīno hoti, vyāpādo ... thīnamiddaṁ, S
I 99,27 (arahattamaggena ~o pahīno hoti anāgāmi-
maggena byāpādo, arahattamaggen' eva thīnamid-
daṁ, Spk I 165,31 foll.) ≠ A I 161,32; ~o ca byāpādo
thīnamiddhañ ca bhikkhuno uddhaccaṁ vicikicchā
ca sabbaso na vijjati, Th 74; nâhaṁ ... aññaṁ eka-
dhammaṁ pi samanupassāmi yena anuppanno vā
~o n' uppajjati uppanno vā ~o pahīyati yathayidaṁ
... asubhanimittaṁ, A I 4,9 foll. (asamudācāravasena
c' eva ananubhūtârammaṇavasena cā ti dvīh' eva
kāraṇehi anuppanno, Mp I 35,9); cf. Peṭ 65,7 foll.; S V
84,3 foll. ≠ I 3,3; ~assa tāva asubhanimitte yonisoma-
nasikārena pahānaṁ hoti, subhanimitte ayonisoma-
nasikāro uppatti, It-a II 178,1 foll.; cha dhamma ~as-
sa pahānāya saṁvattanti: asubhanimittassa uggaho
+, Spk III 165,21 foll.; kuto pan' assa uppajjissati kā-
mesu ~o, M I 433,10; kāmadhātuṁ paṭicca uppajjati
kāmasañṅā + ... kāmasaṅkappaṁ paṭicca uppajjati
~o ~aṁ paṭicca uppajjati kāmapariḷāho + S II 151,18;
kāmesu ~o kāmasneho + M I 241,4 (kilesakāmo va
chandakaraṇavasena chando, Ps II 287,19 foll.) ≠ S IV
188,21; ko ca ... anāhāro anuppannassa vā ~assa up-
pādāya uppannassa vā ~assa bhiyyobhāvāya ve-
pullāya? atthi ... asubhanimittaṁ, V 105,16 foll. cf.
It-a I 43,29 foll.; ~o ... cittassa upakkileso +, S V 92,26
(cf. 92,6 foll.) qu. As 380,20, cf. A III 16,23; ~o ... āvara-
ṇo nīvaraṇo cetaso upakkileso paññāya dubbalīka-
raṇā, S V 94,19 ≠ 96,22 qu. As 382,23, cf. A III 63,13; aj-
jhattaṁ ~aṁ ... pajānāti, A I 272,15 (kāmacchanda-
nīvaraṇaṁ, Mp II 371,14); yad api ... ajjhattaṁ ~o
tad api nīvaraṇaṁ yad api bahiddhā ~o tad api nī-
varaṇaṁ -S V 110,4; Paṭis I 163,7; kāmesu ~aṁ vi-
rājetvā, D II 51,18 foll.; imesaṁ pañcannaṁ indriyā-
naṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā kāmesu ~aṁ virājetvā
kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ brahmalo-
kaṁ upapanno, S V 233,15; nekkhammena ~aṁ
samma samucchindati, Paṭis I 101,19 ≠ II 230,17; nek-
khammaṁ paṭiladdhassa ~o na upaṭṭhāti, I 103,36 ≠
II 230,25; tena ca nekkhammena ariyā niyyanti. ~o
niyyānâvaraṇaṁ tena ca ~ena nivutattā nikkham-
maṁ ariyānaṁ niyyānaṁ na pajānāti, I 163,15 foll.;
nekkhammena ... ~o vikkhambhito c' eva suñño +
... idaṁ vikkhambhanasuññaṁ, II 179,28 foll.; ~o nā-
nattaṁ nekkhammaṁ ekattaṁ, I 103,1 (vikkhepasa-
bhāvato nānârammaṇattā ca nānāsabhāvo, Paṭis-a I
332,5); ~o samādhissa paripantho nekkhammaṁ sa-
mādhissa upakāraṁ, 162,12; nekkhamena ~aṁ hirī-
yati, II 169,13 (Paṭis-a 623,9).[[side 382]]

" 346862102528397312,kāmacchanda,en,"

kāma-cchanda,

cf. kāmasineha, q.v.

" 346862456385048576,kāmacchandabhāva,en,"

kāma-cchanda-bhāva

, m., the state of being desire
for the objects of sensual pleasure; sabbesam pi tebhū-
makadhammā-naṁ kāmanīyaṭṭhena kāmabhāvato
bhavarāgassa pi ~assa icchitattā tasmā kāmacchan-
do nīvaraṇappatto ti, Sv-pṭ III 318,23.

" 346862447941914624,kāmacchandabhāva,en,"

kāma-cchandâbhāva

, m., absence of desire for the
objects of sensual pleasure; visuddhacittā ti ~ato vi-
suddhacittā, Paṭis-a 694,10 (ad Paṭis II 228,15).

" 346862447950303232,kāmacchandābhāva,en,"

kāma-cchandâbhāva

, m., absence of desire for the
objects of sensual pleasure; visuddhacittā ti ~ato vi-
suddhacittā, Paṭis-a 694,10 (ad Paṭis II 228,15).

" 346862447644119040,kāmacchandabhibhūta,en,"

kāma-cchandâbhibhūta

, mfn., overpowered by de-
sire for the objects of sensual pleasure; nānāvisayappa-
lobhitaṁ cittaṁ na ekattārammaṇe samādhiyati ~aṁ
vā taṁ na kāmadhātuppahānāya paṭipadaṁ, Vism
146,11 qu. Nidd-a I 131,1, Sp-ṭ II 174,5.

" 346862447652507648,kāmacchandābhibhūta,en,"

kāma-cchandâbhibhūta

" 346862455961423872,kāmacchandabhūta,en,"

kāma-cchanda-bhūta

, mfn., the being desire for the
objects of sensual pleasure; tasmin ti yathāniddhārite
~e tadārammaṇabhūte ca duvidhe pi subhanimitte
Spk-pṭ II 415,25 (ad Spk III 139,26).

" 346862456854810624,kāmacchandabyāpāda,en,"

kāma-cchanda-byāpāda

, m., the malevolence which
is the desire for the objects of sensual pleasure; ~ā anā-
gāmimag-gena pahīyanti, As 384,28; anāgāmino nā-
ma ~ā pahīrtā honti, Spk-pṭ I 246,12.

" 346862454514388992,kāmacchandadiapagama,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-apagama

, m., the disappearance of
desire for the objects of sensual pleasure, etc.; suddha-
mānasan ti imina ~ena muducittataṁ udaggacitta-
tañ ca dasseti, Vv-a 214,21 (ad Vv 839).

" 346862454526971904,kāmacchandādiapagama,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-apagama

, m., the disappearance of
desire for the objects of sensual pleasure, etc.; suddha-
mānasan ti imina ~ena muducittataṁ udaggacitta-
tañ ca dasseti, Vv-a 214,21 (ad Vv 839).

" 346862449258926080,kāmacchandadibyāpādavirahitatta,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-byāpāda-virahita-tta

, n. [abstr.],
the state of being without the malevolence which is desire
for the objects of sensual pleasure, etc.; abyāpajjaṁ su-
khaṁ lokan ti ~ā abyāpajjaṁ niddukkhaṁ, It-a I
79,5 (ad It 16,5*).

" 346862449271508992,kāmacchandādibyāpādavirahitatta,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-byāpāda-virahita-tta

" 346862452274630656,kāmacchandadichandanidāna,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-chanda-nidāna

, n., cause of the
desire for the objects of sensual pleasure, etc.; chandâdi-
nidānānī ti ~āni, Pj II 551,30 qu. Nidd-a I 352,28.

" 346862452283019264,kāmacchandādichandanidāna,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-chanda-nidāna

, n., cause of the
desire for the objects of sensual pleasure, etc.; chandâdi-
nidānānī ti ~āni, Pj II 551,30 qu. Nidd-a I 352,28.

" 346862359530180608,kāmacchandadicittamala,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-citta-mala

, m., impurity of the
mind which is desire for the objects of sensual pleasure,
etc.; cittavisuddhī ti vipassanāya ... paguṇā aṭṭha
samāpattiyo. tā hi ~aṁ visodhenti, Paṭis-a 127,28.

" 346862359542763520,kāmacchandādicittamala,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-citta-mala

, m., impurity of the
mind which is desire for the objects of sensual pleasure,
etc.; cittavisuddhī ti vipassanāya ... paguṇā aṭṭha
samāpattiyo. tā hi ~aṁ visodhenti, Paṭis-a 127,28.

" 346862454233370624,kāmacchandadiiṇa,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-iṇa

, n., the debt which is desire for
the objects of sensual pleasure, etc.; sāsane pabbajitena
~aṁ pahāya (Be pahānāya) anaṇena hutvā, Thī-a
(1998) 8,28.

" 346862454241759232,kāmacchandādiiṇa,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-iṇa

, n., the debt which is desire for
the objects of sensual pleasure, etc.; sāsane pabbajitena
~aṁ pahāya (Be pahānāya) anaṇena hutvā, Thī-a
(1998) 8,28.

" 346862453906214912,kāmacchandadiiṇapagama,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-iṇâpagama

, m. [iṇa + apa°], dis-
appearence of the debt which is desire for the objects of
sensual pleasure, etc.; ~ena aṇaṇā, Thī-a (1998) 228,32.

" 346862453922992128,kāmacchandādiiṇāpagama,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-iṇâpagama

, m. [iṇa + apa°], dis-
appearence of the debt which is desire for the objects of
sensual pleasure, etc.; ~ena aṇaṇā, Thī-a (1998) 228,32.

" 346862453243514880,kāmacchandadika,en,"

kāma-cchandâdika

, mfn., desire for the objects of
sensual pleasure, etc.; pañca nīvaraṇe hitvā ti ~e pañ-
ca nīvaraṇe pahāya, Th-a II 47,9 (ad Th 171); ~e pac-
canīkadhamme sameti ti samatho, Vism-mhṭ II
521,29 (ad Vism 702,34); ~ehi vimuccatī ti vimokkho,
Paṭis-a 49,14.

" 346862453251903488,kāmacchandādika,en,"

kāma-cchandâdika

" 346862452886999040,kāmacchandadikilesadaratha,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-kilesa-daratha

, m., distress that is
due to the passions which is desire for the objects of sen-
sual pleasure, etc.; darathapaṭippassaddhī ti ~assa
paṭipassambhanaṁ Spk-pṭ I 65,26 (ad Spk II 54,5).

" 346862452903776256,kāmacchandādikilesadaratha,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-kilesa-daratha

, m., distress that is
due to the passions which is desire for the objects of sen-
sual pleasure, etc.; darathapaṭippassaddhī ti ~assa
paṭipassambhanaṁ Spk-pṭ I 65,26 (ad Spk II 54,5).

" 346862451939086336,kāmacchandadināma,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-nāma

, n., the name ""desire for the
objects of sensual pleasure,"" etc.; uppajjamānā sa taṇhā
sabbā pi na ~aṁ na labhatī ti, As-mṭ, 170,12 qu.
Ps-pṭ I 153,18, Spk-pṭ I 45,27.

" 346862451951669248,kāmacchandādināma,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-nāma

, n., the name ""desire for the
objects of sensual pleasure,"" etc.; uppajjamānā sa taṇhā
sabbā pi na ~aṁ na labhatī ti, As-mṭ, 170,12 qu.
Ps-pṭ I 153,18, Spk-pṭ I 45,27.

" 346862451603542016,kāmacchandadinīvaranadhammā,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-nīvarana-dhammā

, m. pl., prop-
erties constituted by the obstacles which are desire for the
objects of sensual pleasure, etc.; dhammānan ti ~ānaṁ,
Vism-mhṭ I 176,26 (ad Vism 151,24).

" 346862451616124928,kāmacchandādinīvaranadhammā,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-nīvarana-dhammā

, m. pl., prop-
erties constituted by the obstacles which are desire for the
objects of sensual pleasure, etc.; dhammānan ti ~ānaṁ,
Vism-mhṭ I 176,26 (ad Vism 151,24).

" 346862451280580608,kāmacchandadinīvaraṇappahāna,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-nīvaraṇa-ppahāna

, n., rejection
of the obstacles which are desire for the objects of sensual
pleasure, etc.; nekkhammasaṅkappâdibahulassa ~aṁ
sukaran ti, Nett-a 176,6; evaṁ ~ena, Vism-mhṭ I 78,17
= Sv-pṭ I 133,24 = Ps-pṭ I 102,11 qu. Mp-ṭ I 128,27.

" 346862451293163520,kāmacchandādinīvaraṇappahāna,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-nīvaraṇa-ppahāna

" 346862453570670592,kāmacchandadioḷārikaṅgappahāna,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-oḷārik'-aṅga-ppahāna

, n., sup-
pression of the crude factors which is desire for the ob-
jects of sensual pleasure, etc.; atha vā °-vasena sukhu-
mā ca ... saccā ca saññā, Sv 372,11 (Sv-pṭ 480,13).

" 346862453583253504,kāmacchandādioḷārikaṅgappahāna,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-oḷārik'-aṅga-ppahāna

, n., sup-
pression of the crude factors which is desire for the ob-
jects of sensual pleasure, etc.; atha vā °-vasena sukhu-
mā ca ... saccā ca saññā, Sv 372,11 (Sv-pṭ 480,13).

" 346862450299113472,kāmacchandadipada,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-pada

, m., the words ""the desire for
the objects of sensual pleasure,"" etc.; etthā pi yathāvutte-
su ~esu pi niravasesa saddo yojetabbo, Nett-a 68,29.

" 346862450315890688,kāmacchandādipada,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-pada

, m., the words ""the desire for
the objects of sensual pleasure,"" etc.; etthā pi yathāvutte-
su ~esu pi niravasesa saddo yojetabbo, Nett-a 68,29.

" 346862450986979328,kāmacchandadipañcaṅga,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-pañc'-aṅga

, n., the five factors
which are the desire for the objects of sensual pleasure,
etc.; (i.e., kāmacchanda, vyāpāda, uddhacca, kuk-
kucca, vicikicchā, cf. A V 30,9); pañcaṅgavippahīno
ti ~āni vividhehi upāyehi pajahitvā, Nidd-a I 87,29.

" 346862450999562240,kāmacchandādipañcaṅga,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-pañc'-aṅga

" 346862450684989440,kāmacchandadipaṭipakkhavigama,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-paṭipakkha-vigama

, m., disap-
pearence of the opponent which is the desire for the ob-
jects of sensual pleasure, etc.; adhikataṁ ceto abhiceto.
mahaggatacittaṁ tassa pana adhikatā ~ena visiṭṭha-
bhāvappatti, Ps-pṭ III 17,26.

" 346862450693378048,kāmacchandādipaṭipakkhavigama,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-paṭipakkha-vigama

" 346862449896460288,kāmacchandadippahāna,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-ppahāna

, n., suppression of desire
for the objects of sensual pleasure, etc.; cittavivaṭṭe ñā-
ṇan ti °-vasena cittassa vivaṭṭane ñāṇaṁ, Paṭis-a
49,4 (ad Paṭis I 2,24); ~ena ca taṁ lakkhīyati, Sv-pṭ I
133,18 = Ps-pṭ I 102,5 qu. Mp-ṭ I 128,21 (ad Mp III
154,20).

" 346862449904848896,kāmacchandādippahāna,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-ppahāna

" 346862417524822016,kāmacchandadippahānahetuka,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-ppahāna-hetuka

, mfn., caused by
the suppression of desire for the objects of sensual plea-
sure, etc.; pahāyā ti vā pahānahetu pahānalakkha-
ṇaṁ vā. hetulakkhaṇattho hi ayaṁ yasaddo (Be pa-
hāyasaddo) ~aṁ gato ti ettha vuttaṁ gamanaṁ a-
vabodho, Sv-pṭ I 133,17 = Ps-pṭ I 102,4 qu. Mp-ṭ I
128,21.[[side 384]]

" 346862417537404928,kāmacchandādippahānahetuka,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-ppahāna-hetuka

" 346862449573498880,kāmacchandadippahānakkama,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-ppahāna-kkama

, m., the order of
suppression of desire for the objects of sensual pleasure,
etc.; mohe ādīnavaṁ tappaṭipakkhato mohappahā-
ne ānisaṁsañ ca paccavekkhitvā ~en' eva pubbabhā-
ge tadaṅgâdivasena mohaṁ pajahantā, It-a I 49,8.

" 346862449594470400,kāmacchandādippahānakkama,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-ppahāna-kkama

" 346862267746226176,kāmacchandadisaṃkilesadhamma,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-saṁkilesa-dhamma

, m. proper-
ties that are constituted by the passions which are desire
for the objects of sensual pleasure, etc.; yo koci dham-
mo ~ehi (Ee °kilesa°) nibbattetabbo atthato (so read
with BeCe; Ee anattho) sabbo so mohahetuko, It-a I
49,6; dānasīlâdipuññakiriyāyaṁ ayogyatā. atthato
~ā, Vism-mhṭ II 145,11 (ad Vism 466,3).

" 346862267775586304,kāmacchandādisaṃkilesadhamma,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-saṁkilesa-dhamma

" 346862448239710208,kāmacchandadisamucchindana,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-samucchindana

, n., elimination
of desire for the objects of sensual pleasure, etc.; samā-
dhismiṁ aparipūrakāritāya nirodhaṁ samāpajji-
tuṁ na sakkonti. ~ena hi samādhismiṁ paripūrakā-
ritā na jhānâdhigamamattena Vism-mhṭ II 521,15.

" 346862448256487424,kāmacchandādisamucchindana,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-samucchindana

" 346862448621391872,kāmacchandadisaṃvaraṇamūlaka,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-saṁvaraṇa-mūlaka

, mfn., stem-
ming from the obstruction of the the desire for the objects
of sensual pleasure, etc.; sīlassa visodhanā imina va
nayena sesāni pi ~āni ca indriyāni veditabbāni, Pa-
ṭis-a 545,25.

" 346862448633974784,kāmacchandādisaṃvaraṇamūlaka,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-saṁvaraṇa-mūlaka

" 346862448931770368,kāmacchandadivigama,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-vigama

, m., disappearance of de-
sire for the objects of sensual pleasure, etc.; ~ena vinīva-
raṇacittaṁ, Ud-a 283,3 foll. = Ps-pṭ III 39,2 foll. qu.
Sp-ṭ III 195,7 foll. ≠ Sv-pṭ II 91,20 foll.

" 346862448944353280,kāmacchandādivigama,en,"

kāma-cchandâdi-vigama

" 346862461334327296,kāmacchandaiṇa,en,"

kāma-cchanda-iṇa

, n., the debt which is desire for the
objects of sensual pleasure; ~assa abhāvato aṇaṇo ti ve-
ditabbo, Sv 471,6 = Ps II 179,8 = Sp 962,30, cf. Sv 213,3.

" 346862101345603584,kāmacchandānaṃ,en,"

kāma-cchandānaṁ,

reading of Ee at A I 134,10* for kāmasaññānaṁ, cf. kāmasaññā, q.v.

" 346862460889731072,kāmacchandanīvaraṇa,en,"

kāma-cchanda-nīvaraṇa

, n., the obstacle which is
the desire for the objects of sensual pleasure; — exeg.:
kāmacchando eva nīvaraṇaṁ ~aṁ, Nidd-a 62,12; yo
kāmesu kāmachando + ... ~aṁ ime vuccanti kilesa-
kāmā, Nidd I 2,10; yo pañcasu kāmaguṇesu chanda-
rāgo + ... idaṁ vuccati ~aṁ, Dhs 204,21 ≠ Peṭ 136,28;
~aṁ byāpādanīvaraṇaṁ thīnamiddhanīvaraṇaṁ +
... ime kho ... pañca nīvaraṇā ariyassa vinaye āva-
raṇā ti pi vuccanti +, D I 246,17; pañca dhamma pa-
hātabbā pañca nīvaraṇāni ~aṁ byāpādanīvaraṇaṁ
+, III 278,9; M II 203,2; S V 60,25; A III 65,5; Vibh
378,8; Paṭis-a I 117,17; — caṅgavaran ti ... pañcann'
etaṁ nīvaraṇānaṁ adhivacanaṁ ~assa +, M I
144,21; ~aṁ ... andhakaraṇaṁ acakkhukaraṇaṁ añ-
ñāṇakaraṇaṁ paññānirodhikaṁ +, S V 97,16; ~aṁ
pahīnaṁ ucchinnamūlaṁ tālāvatthukatam anabhā-
vaṁkatā āyatiṁ anuppādadhammaṁ, 327,28; atthi
arahato rāgo kāmarāgo + ... -an? ti, Kv 164,2 foll.; ā-
ha Bhagavā: arūpe (v. s.v. āruppa) ~aṁ paṭicca thī-
namiddhanīvaraṇaṁ ... avijjānīvaraṇaṁ uppajjati,
Th-a I 175,32 qu. Dukap Be III 300,18; — ifc. appahī-
na-° (Sv 213,7 so read).

" 346862460608712704,kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṭṭha,en,"

kāma-cchanda-nīvaraṇ'-aṭṭha

, m., the sense of the
obstacle which is the desire for the objects of sensuous
pleasure; kāmacchanda-ṁ-saṁvaraṭṭhenā (read kā-
macchandasaṁ° q.v.) ti ~ena taṁ nekkhammaṁ sī-
lavisuddhi nāmā ti attho Paṭis-a 701,24.

" 346862458830327808,kāmacchandapamukha,en,"

kāma-cchanda-pamukha

, mfn., headed by desire for
the objects of sensual pleasure; ~āni ca orambhāgiya-
saṁyoja-nāni gahitānī ti, Spk-pṭ I 151,19.

" 346862458280873984,kāmacchandapariyuṭṭhita,en,"

kāma-cchanda-pariyuṭṭhita

, mfn., overwhelmed by
desire for the objects of sensual pleasure; ~ānaṁ, Cp-a
313,1.[[side 383]]

" 346862459321061376,kāmacchandapaṭihāraka,en,"

kāma-cchanda-paṭihāraka

, mfn., counteracting the
desire for the objects of sensual pleasure; ye tena nek-
khammena samannāgatā ti evaṁ ~ena tena nek-
khammena ye puggalā paṭilābhavasena samannā-
gatā, Paṭis-a 694,8.

" 346862460214448128,kāmacchandapaṭipakkhatta,en,"

kāma-cchanda-paṭipakkha-tta

, n., the state of being
the opponent of the desire for the objects of sensual plea-
sure; kāmâsavā vimutto hotī ti samādhissa ~ā vut-
taṁ, Paṭis-a 588,10 ≠ Sp-ṭ I 76,26 (ad Sp 22,22) qu.
Vmv I 20,25.

" 346862459790823424,kāmacchandapaṭivinodana,en,"

kāma-cchanda-paṭivinodana

, n., neutralisation of
desire for the objects of sensual pleasure; kāmacchan-
dapariyuṭṭhitānaṁ ~āya vāyamati, Cp-a 313,1.

" 346862457823694848,kāmacchandappahāna,en,"

kāma-cchanda-(p)pahāna

, n., suppressing the desire
for the objects of sensual pleasure; Bhagavā āṇaṇyam i-
va -am āha, Ps II 320,16.
kāma-cchanda-ppahāna

" 346862457341349888,kāmacchandappahānakittana,en,"

kāma-cchanda-ppahāna-kittana

, n., eulogizing the
suppression of the desire for the objects of sensual plea-
sure; imina ~ena paṭighasaññāpaṭivinayakittanena
ca anāgāmimaggaṁ katheti, Spk-pṭ II 518,10 (ad Spk
III 264,2).

" 346862454837350400,kāmacchandasaṃvaraṭṭha,en,"

kāma-cchanda-saṁvar'-aṭṭha

, m., the sense of re-
straint from the desire for the objects of sensual pleasure;
nekkhamme pañcindriyāni ~ena (Be so; Ee °aṁ
saṁvar°) sīlavisuddhi pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ ādi-
visodhanā, Paṭis II 23,17.

" 346862455223226368,kāmacchandavigama,en,"

kāma-cchanda-vigama

, m., disappearance of the de-
sire for the objects of sensual pleasure; atha vā kallacit-
tan ti ~ena arogacittaṁ, Ud-a 283,7 ≠ Sv-pṭ II 91,24.

" 346862455579742208,kāmacchandavikkhambhana,en,"

kāma-cchanda-vikkhambhana

, n., eliminating the
desire for the objects of sensual pleasure; nekkhamma-
vasenā ti ādīsu ~assa nekkhammasaṅkappassa alo-
bhapadhānassa vā tathāpavattakusalacittuppādassa
vasena, Vism-mhṭ II 522,2 (ad Vism 703,1).

" 346862168819372032,kamaccuta,en,"

kama-ccuta

, mfn., (t.t. poet.) out of meaningful se-
quence (of words); padatthakkamato muttaṁ, ka-
maccutam idaṁ yathā, Subodh 55 (padānaṁ at-
thakkamato muttaṁ gaḷitaṁ -am idan ti vidhīyate,
Subodh-pṭ ad loc).

" 346862462135439360,kāmacitta,en,"

kāma-citta

, n., thoughts of sensual pleasure; sace
sakkosi taṁ (Be, Se tvam) me ~aṁ nissāya uppan-
naṁ byādhiṁ (Be inserts tikicchituṁ) tikicchā (Be,
Se °āhī) ti, Ja II 214,6.

" 346862438689280000,kāmada,en,"

kāmada

, m.; Npr.; a devaputta; cf. PPN s.v.; ~o
devaputto Bhagavantaṁ etad avoca S I 48,9 foll.
(Spk I 105,21-106,22); duggame visame vā pi ariyā
gacchanti ~a anariyā visame magge papatanti a-
vaṁsirā, S I 48,24* qu. Nett 148,14*; — °-sutta-vaṇ-
ṇanā, f.; title of Spk-pṭ I 145,2-146,21; ~ā niṭṭhitā,
146,27.

" 346862438345347072,kāmada,en,"

kāma-da

, m., fulfiller of desires; dubhato vanavikā-
se yadā dakkhisi ~[ā/a] (so read) vane vāḷamigâkiṇṇe na
rajjassa sarissasi, Ja VI 497,4* (= mayhaṁ sabbakā-
mada, 498,30, cf. L. Alsdorf, WZKSO I 1957: 29 =
Kleine Schriften 1974: 298; so pāvisi brahâraññaṁ
yattha assosi ~aṁ, 525,29*; tañ ca te desam akkhis-
saṁ yattha sammati ~o, 528,15*; — sabba-° (Ja VI
498,3).[[side 386]]

" 346862438022385664,kāmadada,en,"

kāma-dada

, mfn., fulfilling desires; yassa atthāya
gacchāma Kambojaṁ dhanahārakā ayaṁ ~o yak-
kho imaṁ yakkhaṁ nayāmase, Pv 257 (= icchitic-
chitadāyako, Pv-a 113,24); 275 = 277 (idāni mayhaṁ
hattho kapparukkho viya ~o icchiticchitadāyī,
121,17 = Ps-pṭ II 33,24) qu. Sv 178,6*,8*, Ps II 42,10*,12*
(Ps-pṭ 33,24 = Vv-a 121,17), It-a I 108,10*,12*; pāṇiṁ
~aṁ disvā, Pv 280 (yatra hi nāma parakatapuññâ-
numodanapubbakena dānapatinivesanamaggâcik-
khanamattena ayaṁ hattho ~o diṭṭho, Pv-a 122,29
foll.); yakkhassa hi ~e madhurâdirasasampannāni
vividhāni khādanīyabhojanīyāni hatthe vissajjante,
Pv-a 119,16; ~assā pi ... maṇiratanassa, Mil 252,10;
243,32; yathā ... maṇiratanaṁ ~aṁ evam eva kho ...
nibbānaṁ ~aṁ, 321,7 foll.

" 346862427117195264,kāmadadahattha,en,"

kāma-dada-hattha

, mfn., with a hand fulfilling de-
sires; ~o yakkho, Pv-a 112,31.

" 346862437623926784,kāmadaratha,en,"

kāma-daratha

, m., distress due to desire; paridaha-
nato pariḷāho ~o na vedayati, Sv-pṭ III 325,14.

" 346862437246439424,kāmadāyin,en,"

kāma-dāyi(n)

, mfn., fulfilling desires; pajāpati ~ī
suvaṇṇavaṇṇā me pajā hotū ti ādīsu diṭṭhigatika-
parikappite, Ps-pṭ I 83,28.
kāma-dāyin

" 346862427414990848,kāmadeva,en,"

kāma-deva

, m., [= kāmāvacaradeva, q.v.], gods in
the realm of sensual pleasure; Brahma ti Mahābrahmā
Indabrahmaggahaṇena aññesaṁ ~ānaṁ brahmā-
nañ ca (Ee om.) āgamanaṁ vuttam evā ti Th-a II
265,6; n' evâyaṁ puṇṇacando na ca ~o (Be so, Ee Kā-
mo) n' âpi dasasatanayano na c' âpi Brahma, Bv-a
285,20; appatarā hi sattā ye devesu jāyanti tañ ca
kho ~esu, Spk-pṭ II 187,13 (ad Spk II 223,15).

" 346862100422856704,kāmadeva,en,"

kāma-deva,

Māro … ~o: Māro Kandappo ca Ratipati Kāmo, Sadd 431,17–21.

" 346862100116672512,kāmadevaloka,en,"

kāma-deva-loka,

cf. kāma-sagga, q.v.

" 346862435782627328,kāmadevaloka,en,"

kāma-deva-loka

, m., the world of the God(s) in the
realm of sensual pleasure; kaṁ nu sa disataṁ gatā ti
chasu ~esu uppajjanavasena kaṁ nāma disaṁ gatā,
Vv-a 102,1 (ad Vv 185); devaloke ti ~e, Vism-mhṭ II
51,8 (ad Vism 416,1); tatthā ti ~e, Ps-pṭ III 165,13 (ad
Ps III 360,22); ~e tāva n' uppajjati brahmacariyavā-
sassa aṭṭhānabhāvato tathā anacchariyabhāvato,
Mp-ṭ I 123,7 (ad Mp I 97,17).

" 346862433865830400,kāmadhātu,en,"

kāma-dhātu,

f. [ts., BHSD s.vv. kāmadhātu, dhātu (4); SWTF s.v.; Abhidh-k(VP) I: 132, II: 6foll.], 1. disposition towards the elements of sensual plesure; 2. sphere, world of sensual pleasure; — exeg.: kāmarāgasaṅkhātena kāmena yuttā dhātu ~u, kāmasaṅkhātā vā dhatu ~u, Paṭis-a 87,17 foll. (ad Paṭis I 7,34) = Nidd-a I 44,14 foll.; ~u kāmarāgassa padaṭṭhānaṁ, Peṭ 89,18; pañc’ eva kāmaguṇā ~ū ti, Kv 366,27–369,18 (Kv-a 106,21–107,27); aṭṭhakathāyam pana ~ū ti kāmabhave pañcakkhandhā labbhanti, Nidd-a I 44,10; — definition: kāmapaṭisaṁyutto takko vitakko … micchāsaṅkappo ayaṁ vuccati ~u. heṭṭhato Avīcinirayaṁ pariyantaṁ karitvā … ayaṁ vuccati ~u, Vibh 86,8–14 (kilesakāmaṁ sandhāya kāmapaṭisaṁyuttā dhātu ~u, kāmavitakass’ etaṁ nāmaṁ. vatthukāmaṁ sandhāya kāmo yeva dhātu, kāmâvacaraddhammānam etaṁ nāmaṁ, Vibh-a 74,11–14) qu. Vism 486,23 foll., Spk II 136,2 foll.; Nidd-a I 43,23 foll.; Moh 127,13 foll., Vibh 404,6–405,10; 411,37–418,4; Avīcito … uddhaṁ vā āruppaṁ adho ~uṁ tiriyaṁ rūpadhātuṁ, Pj I 249,14; — 1. tisso akusaladhātuyo: ~u, vyāpādadhātu, vihiṁsādhatu, D III 215,15 (Sv 986,37 qu. Vibh 86,8; ~u hīnajjhāsayehi kāmetabbadhātubhāvato kilesakāmassa ārammaṇasabhāvattā Sv-pṭ III 242,25 (opposite: nekkhamma-°, avyāpāda-, avihiṁsa-dhātu, D III 215,17 foll.; ~uyā nikkhamitukāmatā … nekkhammacchando, Peṭ 155,20); Nett 97,17; cf. D III 275,14; A III 447,12; cha-y-imā dhātuyo ~u nekkhama-, vyāpāda-, avyāpāda-, vihesā-, avihesā-, M III 62,35 (pañca kāmvacarakkhandhā ~u nāma, Ps IV 106,1); Vibh 86,4; ~uṁ … paṭicca uppajjati kāmasaññā, S II 151,16 (kāmavitakko pi ~u kāmâvacarā dhammā pi, Spk II 135,32); ~uyā kāmī puggalo?, Kv 25,26; ~uṁ upaccagaṁ, Th 181; ~um atikkantā, Ap 585,13 = 593,1; yogâvacaro … ~uṁ samatikkamat, Peṭ 115,20; — 2. aparā pi tisso dhātuyo: ~u, rūpadhātu, arūpadhātu, D III 215,19 (Sv 987,30 qu. Vibh 86,10 foll.; kāmabhavo uttarapadalopena suññataṭṭhena dhātu cā ti ~u, Sv-pṭ III 243,15); idhā ti ~u, hurâti rūpadhātu arūpadhātu. idhâti ~u rūpadhātu, hurâti arūpadhātu, Nidd I 109,25 foll.; ~uṁ, 60,22; katame tayo dhammā abhiññeyyā? tisso dhātuyo ~u rūpadhātu, arūpadhātu, D III 275,23; Ps I 7,34; ~uyā sattā jāyanti +, Kv 368,19; ~uyā cutassa ~uṁ upapajjantassa (so read) kati anusayā +, Yam I 374,18; 268,9; imehi tīhi sotehi tividhadhātuyaṁ uppajjati ~uyaṁ, rūpadhātuyaṁ arūpadhātuyaṁ, Peṭ 228,12 (so read with Be); agiddho kule + … ~uyā +, Nidd I 54,1; anissito … kulaṁ + … ~uṁ +, 133,18; 190,17; na piheti … kulaṁ + … ~uṁ +, 227,16; kāmabhavo ti ~uyaṁ uppattibhavo, Mp III 334,17 (ad A I 223,20); — Rem.: On the 11 divisions of ~u cf. R. Kloetzli, Buddhist Cosmology 1983: 33 with n. 3, cf., kāmaloka, q.v.; — °‑(g)gahaṇa, n., reference to kāma-dhātu; ~ena, Spk II 136,11 = Vibh-a 75,34; — °‑tikka, m., the group of three items ref. to kāmadhātu; ~e, Sv-pṭ III 242,28 ref. to D III 215,15 (Sv 987,9); ~o kammavaṭṭavasena vibhatto, Nidd-a I 43,16; — °‑nānatta, n., the different types of kāmadhātu; ~aṁ, Kv-a 107,6; — °‑paṭisaṁyutta, mfn., related to the sphere of sensual pleasure; ~o rāgo sārāgo + … ayaṁ vuccati kāmataṇhā, Vibh 365,24; — °‑pariyāpanna, mfn., included in the “sphere of sensual pleasure”; pañcannaṁ khandhānaṁ kati ~ā, kati na ~ā, Vibh 409,3 (~ā kāmadhātubhajanaṭṭhena pariyāpannā tannissitā tadantogadhā kāmadhātu tv eva saṅkhaṁ gatā, Vibh-a 518,5 foll.); kāmarāgo ~o, Kv 541,5; ~o, Moh 225,32; — °‑purakkhata, mfn., concentrated on the sphere of sensual pleasure; ~o, Th 378 (kāmasugatiṁ ārabbha uppannataṇho, Th-a II 162,9); — °‑ppahāna, n., abandoning the disposition towards the element of sensual pleasure; taṁ na ~āya paṭipadaṁ paṭipajjati, Vism 146,12 (kāmadhātuyā … samatik-kamāya, Vism-mhṭ I 170,11) qu. Nidd-a I 131,2; — °‑bhajana, n., participating in the sphere of sensual pleasure; °(´)-aṭṭhena pariyāpannā … kāmadhātu, Vibh-a 518,5; — °‑bhava-dassan´-atthaṁ, ²ind., in order to demonstrate the existence in the sphere of sensual pleasure; kāmaguṇā bhavo ti ādi bhavassa ~ vuttaṁ, Kv-a 107,20; — °‑vepakka, mfn., ripening, bearing fruit in the sphere of sensual pleasure; ~añ … kammaṁ, A I 223,19 (kāma-dhātuyā kāmānaṁ vipaccanakaṁ, Mp II 334,15); — °‑saṅkhāta, mfn., called sphere of sensual pleasure; ~aṁ kāmabhavûpagam eva hi kammaṁ atthi, Kv-a 107,23; ~aṁ lokaṁ, It-a I 45,17; — °‑samatikkama, m(fn)., going beyond the sphere of sensual pleasure; ~ā gati, Ja V 454,5* (~ena yā gati, 455,29´); ~o, Th-a I 15,4; ~‑gati-saṁkhāta, mfn., called birth going beyond the sphere of sensual pleasure; ~o rūpadhātusambhavo, Ja V 455,30´; — °‑samatikkamana, n., going beyond the sphere of sensual pleasure; rāgavirāgā cetovimutti ~aṁ, Nett 82,22; ~to, Vism 139,28 = Sp 142,19 = As 164,22; — ~‑tā, f. the going beyond the sphere of sensual pleasure; akusalehi dhammehi cittacetasikasahagatā ~ā, Peṭ 147,24; — ~(´)‑upāya, m., means to go beyond the sphere of sensual pleasure; ~o, Vism 5,22; — °‑sambhūta, mfn., being born in the world of sensual pleasure; ye dhammā kāmabhave ~ānañ ca sattānaṁ uppajjanti, Vibh-a 517,25.

" 346862385102852096,kāmadhikaraṇaṃ,en,"

kāmâdhikaraṇaṁ,

²ind., on account of sensual pleasures (in syn.-formula with kāmanidānaṁ, q.v.); — gramm. lit.: bhāvanapuṁsakaṁ, Ps II 57,26 qu. Nidd‑a II 131,34; — exeg.: kāmakāraṇā, Spk I 139,21; kāme adhikaraṇaṁ katvā, Ps II 57,27; mūlaṭṭhena kāmā nidānam assa, Ps II 57,3; — gahaṭṭhā ~ … pabbajitā dhammâdhikaraṇaṁ, Pj II 548,4 = Nidd-a I 313,18.

" 346862385115435008,kāmādhikaraṇaṃ,en,"

kāmâdhikaraṇaṁ,

" 346862384750530560,kāmadhimutta,en,"

kāmâdhimutta,

mfn., inclined towards sensual pleasures; — exeg.: santānavasen’ eva kāme adhimutto laggo, Paṭis-a 398,9; — ~ānaṁ … Licchavīnaṁ, A III 168,27 (vatthukāmakilesakāmesu, Mp III 289,25); agāriyo pi ekacco … ~o … ekacco … nekkhammâdhimutto, Ps III 277,16; Paṭis I 123,19 qu. Vibh-a 460,5, cf. kāmagaruka, q.v.; ~o esa, na saddhāya pabbajito, Ja VI 159,6; ~ānaṁ pavattiṁ jigucchantī, Thī-a 28,10; ~ā … isayo, Ja IV 306,30 (w.r. in Be; read with Ee kāmā vimuttā); — °-tā, f., abstr.; attano ~aṁ sallakkhessasi, Ps III 276,19 (so read); attano ~aṁ pakāsento, Ja V 254,27 (Ee °adhivimu°, w.r.).

" 346862384763113472,kāmādhimutta,en,"

kāmâdhimutta,

" 346862385388064768,kāmadhipati,en,"

kāmâdhipati,

m. [cf. Buddh. sa. kāmâdhipatyasaṁpad, SWTF q.v.], lord of sensual pleasures, epith. of Māra; adhipatîti ~i, Spk-pṭ I 201,23 ad Spk I 169,12.

" 346862385400647680,kāmādhipati,en,"

kāmâdhipati,

m. [cf. Buddh. sa. kāmâdhipatyasaṁpad, SWTF q.v.], lord of sensual pleasures, epith. of Māra; adhipatîti ~i, Spk-pṭ I 201,23 ad Spk I 169,12.

" 346862433333153792,kāmadhūma,en,"

kāma-dhūma,

m., smoke, which is desire; ~ena pahaṭakālato paṭṭhāya guṇavināsappattiyā, Ja III 242,1´.

" 346862385731997696,kāmadīnava,en,"

kāmâdīnava,

m., danger from sensual pleasures; ~ena tajjetvā nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi, Sv 473,7 = Ps III 92,6 = Mp IV 101,23 qu. Ud-a 282,32; — °‑dassana, n., seeing danger from sensual pleasures; ~assa paṭipakkhabhūtaṁ sammohatamaṁ, Cp-a 194,27; — °‑paccavekkhaṇa, n., contemplation on the dangers from sensual pleasures; cittaṁ … ~ena saṁvegapattaṁ, Cp-a 211,13; °âdīhi kāmacchandaṁ na suṭṭhu vikkhambhetvā, Vism 151,26 (asubhamanasikāranekkhammânisaṁsapaccavekkhaṇâdīni, Vism-mhṭ I 176,29); — °‑paṭisaṁyutta, mfn., connetced to the dangers from sensual pleasures; ~āya ca dhammiyā kathāya, Cp-a 226,17; ~ā aṭṭha (sc. gāthā), Ja IV 175,3´.

" 346862385740386304,kāmādīnava,en,"

kāmâdīnava,

" 346862421714931712,kāmadiṭṭhi,en,"

kāma-diṭṭhi

, f., wrong views about the objects of de-
sire; na ... sa tassa adhigatā diṭṭhi kāmarāgo viya ~i
yena kāmadhātuyā pariyāpannā siyā, Kv-mṭ 103,3;
— °-(a)jjhosāna, n., attachment to wrong views about
the objects of desire; na vivadati vivādahetukānaṁ
~aṁ maggen' eva samugghātitattā, Ps-pṭ II 59,6 (ad
Ps II 74,11-12).

" 346862435417722880,kāmadosajigucchana,en,"

kāma-dosa-jigucchana

, n., disgust of desire and hatr-
ed; suvisuddhasīlûpanissayo ~ena, Spk-pṭ II 223,25.

" 346862426169282560,kāmadosappahāna,en,"

kāma-dosa-ppahāna

, n., annihilating desire and
hatred; — ifc. anavasesa-° (It-a I 34,3).

" 346862416488828928,kāmadosappahānayugalasiddhi,en,"

kāma-dosa-ppahāna-yugala-siddhi

, f., realisation
of the pair of annihilations viz. of desire and of hatred;
dānajjhānayugalena ~i, Cp-a 322,10 = Sv-pṭ I 122,2.

" 346862434595639296,kāmadosasamugghātakara,en,"

kāma-dosa-samugghāta-kara

, mfn., annihilating
desire and hatred; ~aṁ, Sacc 133.

" 346862434981515264,kāmadosatanūkara,en,"

kāma-dosa-tanū-kara

, mfn., diminishing the desire
and hatred; ~aṁ, Sacc 133.

" 346862436504047616,kāmaduha,en,"

kāma-duha

, mfn., fulfilling desires; sasatthuto kā-
maduh'ajja yakkhā ti, Ja V 33,20* (= pemavaḍ-ḍha-
no, 33,26' qu. Cp-a 173,4* (= kāmavaḍḍhano, 173,9);
ayaṁ te yūpo ~o parattha bhavissati, Ja VI 211,9*.

" 346862436139143168,kāmaduhā,en,"

kāma-duhā

, f., cow of plenty; sa dakkhiṇā ~ā tav'
ap ti Ja IV 20,13* (= sabbakāmadāyikā, 20,16') qu.
Cp-a 32,30* (33,1 = prec).

" 346862436889923584,kāmadukkha,en,"

kāma-dukkha

, n., the discomfort which is desire; sa-
kadāgāmimaggena anatītaṁ kāmoghavatthuṁ kā-
moghasaññitañ ca ~am acceti, Spk I 331,7 (kāmanaṭ-
ṭhena kāmo ca so dukkho cā ti ~aṁ, Spk-pṭ I 324,29)
qu. Pj II 234,21; taṁ ... ~aṁ itarehi dukkhehi duk-
khataran ti, Ja IV 118,28' (ad 118,19*).

" 346862168601268224,kamagananā,en,"

kama-gananā

, f., counting in (unbroken) series; ac-
chiddakavasenā ti acchiddakagaṇanāvasena ~aṁ
muñcitvā ... ~ā hi antarantarā vicchijja pavattiyā
pacchindikā, Sv-pṭ III 99,8,10 (ad Sv 894,26).

" 346862494259613696,kāmagaru,en,"

kāma-garu

, mfn., attaching importance to the objects
of sensual pleasure; agāriyo pi ekacco ~u (so read; Be
°uko) kāmâdhimutto, Ps III 277,14 foll. (saha vatthu-
kāmena kilesakāmo garu garukātabbo etassā ti ~u,
Ps-pṭ III 133,3), cf. next.

" 346862494075064320,kāmagaruka,en,"

kāma-garuka

, mfn., = prec.; yathābhūtaṁ vā ñā-
ṇaṁ kāmaṁ sevantañ ñeva jānāti ayaṁ puggalo ~o
kāmâsayo kāmâdhimutto ti +, Paṭis I 123,19 (pubbe
āsevitavasena kilesakāmo garu assā ti ~o, Paṭis-a
398,8) qu. Vibh-a 460,5, Vism-mhṭ I 240,1, Ps-pṭ II
23,26.

" 346862493492056064,kāmagathāvaṇṇanā,en,"

Kāma-gathā-vaṇṇanā

, f., ""Commentary on the Vers-
es on Desire;"" 1. title of Pj II 98,26-99,32; 2. title of Ap-a
177,6-178,7.

" 346862493882126336,kāmagavesaka,en,"

kāma-gavesaka

, mfn., searching for objects of sensu-
al pleasure; ~ānaṁ aramaṇaṭṭhānam eva vītarāgā-
naṁ ramaṇaṭṭhānaṁ, Dhp-a II 202,1; yattha ... kā-
magavesako jano na ramati, 202,10 ≠ Th-a III 101,22.

" 346862493315895296,kāmagavesanarāga,en,"

kāma-gavesana-rāga

, m., desire consisting in search-
ing for objects of sensual pleasure; ~o kāmesanā nāma,
Sv 989,31; Vibh-a 495,26.

" 346862493143928832,kamagavesin,en,"

kama-gavesi(n)

, mfn. [Buddh. sa. kāmagaveṣin,
SWTF], = kāmagavesaka, q.v.; vītarāgā ramissanti na
te ~ino, Dhp 99 (= yasmā te ~ino na hontī ti, Dhp-a
II 202 (reading of Be, Ee om., cf. Th-a next]) = Th 992
(= yasmā te vītarāgā ~ino na hontī ti, Th-a III 101,25)
qu. Ps II 250,14*.
kama-gavesin

" 346862467223130112,kāmagedha,en,"

kāma-gedha

, m. [Buddh. sa. kāmagredha, SWTF
s.v.], lust after the objects of sensual pleasure; yo kāme-
su kāmacchando + ... ~o + ... ime vuccanti kilesa-
kāmā, Nidd II Be 37,1 (not in Ee); ~e (v.l, Be °bhoge)
anapekkhā vasanti, Ap 369,4; issariyamado ~o,
Spk-pṭ I 199,12 (ad Spk I 166,32); attani suṭṭhu mat-
taṁ madappattaṁ °-vasena laggaṁ pamattaṁ vā
katvā, Thī-a (1998) 213,2.

" 346862466854031360,kāmagedhapariyuṭṭhita,en,"

kāma-gedha-pariyuṭṭhita

, mfn., overcome by the
lust after the objects of sensual pleasure; raññaṁ khatti-
yānaṁ ... ~ānaṁ janapadatthāvariyappattānaṁ
mahantaṁ pathavimaṇḍalaṁ abhivijiya, S I 100,29
(= kāmesu gedhena pariyuṭṭhitānaṁ abhibhūtā-
naṁ, Spk I 166,32).

" 346862466455572480,kāmagehasitatta,en,"

kāma-geha-sita-tta

, n., the state of being connected
with worldly life which is constituted by sensual plea-
sure; chandarāganiddese ~ā ""chandarāgā gehasitā
dhamma"" ti saṅgahato vatvā, Vibh-a 507,7.

" 346862100133449728,kāmagga,en,"

kāmagga,

n., the highest of sensual pleasures; ~āni, Ja V 122,33, w.r. for kāmasagga, q.v., cf. also kāmamagga, q.v.

" 346862464811405312,kāmaggahaṇa,en,"

kāma-ggahaṇa

, n., 1. acquiring the objects of sensual
pleasure; 2. the use of the word ""kāma;"" — 1. kāmûpā-
dānan ti ~aṁ, Spk III 137,4 (kāmanavasena upādiya-
nato kāmûpādānaṁ tenâha ~an, Spk-pṭ II 412,23), cf.
Spk II 14,14 foll.; — 2. idha ~ena visesato vatthukā-
mā gahitā ti kāmâdiggahaṇaṁ kataṁ, Ps-pṭ II 43,1.

" 346862466052919296,kamaggapatta,en,"

kam'-agga-patta

, mfn., having realised the highest of
sensual pleasures; ~ānaṁ yam āhu 'nuttaraṁ, Vv 139
(= kāmûpabhogehi aggabhāvaṁ pattānaṁ Paranim-
mitavasavattīnaṁ devānaṁ,Vv-a 79,31).

" 346862465197281280,kamaggasukha,en,"

kam'-agga-sukha

, n., happiness caused by the high-
est of sensual pleasures; iti kāmehi kāmasukhaṁ kā-
masukhā ~aṁ tattha aggam akkhāyatī ti M II 43,5 (=
nibbānaṁ adhippetaṁ, Ps III 277,21; = kāmetabba-
vatthūhi aggabhūtaṁ sukhaṁ, Ps-pṭ III 133,19).

" 346862465620905984,kamaggavasin,en,"

kam'-agga-vasi(n)

, mfn., living in the highest of sen-
sual pleasures; ahaṁ ... ~iyo (v.l. kāmarāga°) utta-
marūpadharā ... mama ... santike ṭhitā devadhītā
pi na icchiṁ, Mp I 437,7.
kam'-agga-vasin

" 346862464371003392,kāmaghātin,en,"

kāma-ghāti(n)

, mfn., destroying sensual pleasure;
tasmiṁ kāme idaṁ cittaṁ sadâvacaratī ti ca kāmâ-
vacaram ice evaṁ kathitaṁ ~inā, Abhid-av 3,12.
kāma-ghātin

" 346862463968350208,kāmaghosanā,en,"

kāma-ghosanā

, f., recommending sensual pleasure;
yaṁ yaṁ hiraññasuvaṇṇâdi yassa yassa hatthaga-
taṁ taṁ taṁ tassa tass' eva hotū ti evaṁ ~ā sasaṅ-
gāmaghosanā nāma, Th-a III 78,7.

" 346862492728692736,kāmagiddha,en,"

kāma-giddha

, mfn., lusting after the objects of sens-
ous pleasure; tuvaṁ ... Cūlanīyassa dhītaraṁ ~o na
jānāsi maccho va maraṇam attano Ja VI 416,15* =
437,25*; so ... ~o (Ee °jjho) lolamaccho jālakucchim
eva paviṭṭho, I 210,27; aññāṇatāya ~o hutvā, II
232,25; yūthapati makkaṭīhi saddhiṁ ~o hutvā, III
432,18; ~ā ... mohamūḷhā janā paralokaṁ ... na vin-
danti, VI 245,14'; ativiya ~o, 416,5; ~aṁ kāme rak-
khantaṁ, Pj II 513,17 qu. Nidd-a I 55,25 ≠ Nett-a 44,5;
~o puggalo vatthukāme viya kilesakāme pi assāde-
ti, Sv-pṭ III 324,3; atikkamma jinovādaṁ bālā dug-
gatibhāgino ~ā durācārā +, Nāmar-p 1015; — °-tā,f.
[abstr.], the state of lusting after the objects of sensual
pleasure; ~āya hīnâdhimuttiko, Spk-pṭ II 159,1.

" 346862492984545280,kamagiddhimat,en,"

kama-giddhima(t)

, mfn., - prec.; codito brāhmaṇi-
yā brāhmaṇo ~ā aghaṁ taṁ paṭisevittha vane, Ja VI
525,25*.
kama-giddhimat

" 346862100225724416,kāmagiddhin,en,"

kāmagiddhi(n),

mfn. = kāmagiddha, q.v.; ~inī, Mhv VI 3; ~ino, Ja V 255,23* (reading in Ce, Se for Ee, Be kāmabhogino).

" 346862492208599040,kāmaguṇa,en,"

kāma-guṇa

, m. and n. (mostly) pl. [ts.; Buddh. sa. kā-
maguṇa, cf. SWTF s.v.], the (five) strands of sensual
pleasure, (cf. Sn-trsl. II ad 50-51), i.e. the five objects of
sensual pleasure viz. rūpa, sadda, gandha, rasa, poṭ-
ṭhabba, cf. kāma, q.v. s.v.; — exeg.: definitions of ~:
pane' ime ~ā ... cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā
manāpā + ... sotaviññeyyā saddā ... ghānaviññey-
yā gandhā ... jivhāviññeyyā rasa ... kāyaviññeyyā
phoṭṭhabbā, D I 245,15 foll. (kāmayitabbaṭṭhena kā-
mā, bandhanaṭṭhena guṇā ... bandhanaṭṭho guṇaṭ-
ṭho. idhâpi es' eva adhippeto, Sv 403,8-16 = Ps II
55,31 foll. ad M I 85,22) = A III 411,4 foll. (Mp III
406,23) etc.; pane' ime ... ~ā vuttā mayā: ... cakkhu-
viññeyyā rūpā +, S V 22,12, cf. rūpā saddā rasa gan-
dhā phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā pañca ~ā ete itthirū-
pasmi dissare, Th 455 ≠ A III 69,7*; — pane' eva ~ā
kāmadhātū ti Kv 366,27 foll.; cf. s.v. kāma, exeg.; —
the evil of the strands of sensual pleasure: kāyaduc-
carite vā + ... pañcasu vā ~esu cittassa vossaggo +
... ayaṁ vuccati pamādo, Vibh 350,23; pañca ~ā
kāmarāgassa padaṭṭhānaṁ + Peṭ 89,10 ≠ Nett 28,3;
~ānaṁ kilesâbhibhūte satte, It-a II 170,9; — attach-
ment to and enjoyment of objects of sensual pleasure:
tava me nayanāni dakkhiya bhiyyo ~o pavaḍḍhati,
Thī 382; kiṁkāraṇā sātiyā vuccanti pañca ~ā? ye-
bhuyyena devamanussā pañca ~e icchanti, Nidd I
233,13 foll.; pañca ~āni upaṭṭhāpesi, D II 21,8; na uḷā-
resu pañcasu ~esu bhogāya cittaṁ namati, A IV
392,26 (rūpavatiyo itthiyo disvā ""yakkhiniyo maññe
etā khāditukāmā, kiṁ etāhi,"" Mp IV 180,5); ~esu
chandarāgo ... appahīno, M III 114,23 (Ps IV 163,4
foll.); tattha pañcasu ~esu chandarāgo kāmogho
nāma, Spk I 17,26 ad S I 1,15; pañca ~ā nam' ete ...
paribhogakāle ramaṇīyā, Ja I 367,29; gāmavāsaṁ
gacchāma. tatra hi rūpâdayo ~ā sulabhā, Ja IV 221,3;
imaṁ pītiṁ vadāmi yâyaṁ pīti pañca ~e paṭicca, M
II 204,1; yā ... ime pañca ~e paṭicca uppajjati pīti a-
yaṁ vuccati ... sāmisā pīti, S IV 235,33; yaṁ ... ime
pañca ~e paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṁ somanassaṁ,
ayaṁ kāmānaṁ assādo, M I 85,23 foll. (cf. M I 85,29
s.v. kāma, q.v.) qu. Kv 210,4; M I 173,21 foll.; 398,17
foll.; III 233,15 foll.; S IV 225,14 foll.; ime ... pañca ~e
tevijjā brāhmaṇā gathitā mucchitā ajjhāpannā (Be
ajjho-°, v. s.v.) +, D I 245,24; imehi ... pañcahi ~ehi
... gathito mucchito ajjhopanno +, M II 203,15; eta-
gedhā ... devamanussā yadidaṁ pañca ~ā, III 134,6;
puthujjanā puthupañcasu ~esu rattā giddhā gathitā
mucchitā ajjhosannā + ... ti puthujjanā, As 349,10;
puthujjanassa ~e laggass' eva, Ja V 257,11'; pañca ~ā
loke sammohā pātayiṁsu maṁ, Th 252; kiṁkāraṇā
mohanā vuccanti pañca ~ā? yebhuyyena deva-
manussā pañcasu ~esu muyhanti +; Nidd I 26,15
foll.; in frequent stereotype: Yasassa kulaputtassa pañ-
cahi ~ehi samappitassa samaṅgībhūtassa paricāra-
yamānassa, Vin I 15,5; III 72,10; dhammatā esā ...
yadā bodhisatto mātu kucchiṁ okkanto hoti lābhinī
bodhisattamātā hoti pañcannaṁ ~ānaṁ sa pañcahi
~ehi samappitā + ...paricāreti, D II 13,10 (Ee w.r. pa-
rivāreti); M III 121,11 (Ee w.r. parivāreti); D I 60,13;
yāva mayaṁ dve vā tīṇī vā rattindivāni dibbehi
pañcahi (so read) ~ehi samappitā + ... paricārema, D
II 327,20; M I 266,17; ahaṁ ... pubbe agāriyabhūto
samano pañcahi ~ehi samappito samaṅgībhūto pa-
ricāresiṁ, 504,19 foll.; bhūtapubbaṁ ... aññatarā ...
devatā Nandanavane accharāsaṅghaparivutā dib-
behi pañcahi (so read) ~ehi samappitā + ... paricāri-
yamānā, S I 5,24, cf. V 342,10; Ud 66,9 (kāmakoṭṭhā-
sehi kāmabandhanehi vā, Ud-a 333,29); Mil 49,5; e-
kacco samano vā brāhmaṇo vā evaṁvādī hoti ... :
yato ... ayaṁ attā pañcahi ~ehi samappito +... pari-
cāreti, ettāvatā ... ayaṁ attā paramadiṭṭhadhamma-
nibbānaṁ paññāpenti, D I 36,25 foll. (heretical view);
— strands of sensual pleasure are heavenly (dibba) and
earthly (mānusaka): duvidhā ~ā mānusakā c' eva
dibbā ca. mānusakā Mandhātukāmaguṇasadisā daṭ-
ṭhabbā, dibbā paranimmitavasavattidevarājassa kā-
maguṇasadisā, Sv 121,15 foll., dibbehi ... pañcahi
~ehi parihāyati, S IV 202,16; dibbehi ~ehi abhiram-
itvā, Ja IV 465,15; dibbehi ca ~ehi pariciṇṇo, V
175,20; — impermanence of the strands of sensual plea-
sure: paññavā ~e avekkhati aniccato dukkhato ro-
gato ca, Ja V 148,22* (kāmakoṭṭhāse hutvā abhāvaṭ-
ṭhena aniccato, 149,17'); — renunciation of the strands
of sensual pleasure: ko ca ... bhikkhuno agocaro para-
visayo? yadidaṁ pañca ~ā, S V 147,20 qu. Nidd I
474,12, Sv 847,22, Ja II 60,6; pañca ~ā loke mano-
chaṭṭhā paveditā, ettha (scil. ~ā) chandaṁ virājetvā
evaṁ dukkhā pamuccati, Sn 171 = Dhp = S I 16,11*
qu. Kv 367,19*; imesaṁ ... pañcannaṁ ~ānaṁ pahā-
nāya ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo bhāvetabbo, S V 22,19,
cf. A III 411,27 foll.; pahīnā kho me pañca ~ā, M III
295,14 (Ps V 106,12); pajaha pañca ~e, I 145,1; tapo va
seyyo ~ehi, Ja III 519,14*; bodhisattass' eva sato etad
ahosi ye me pañca ~ā cetaso samphuṭṭhapubbā atītā
niruddhā vipariṇatā, S IV 97,19 foll.; yassa ... gāmaṇi
jātarūparajataṁ kappati pañca pi tassa ~ā kappanti.
yassa pañca ~ā kappanti ekaṁsen' etaṁ gāmaṇi
dhāreyyāsi asamaṇadhammo +, S I 326,29 foll. - Vin
II 297,24 foll.; — in similes: pane' ime ~ā ariyassa
vinaye andū ti pi vuccanti bandhanan ti pi vuccan-
ti, D I 245,15, cf. pañca ~ā ... loke bandhanaṁ, Mil
288,2; api ca kho ... n' ete (scil. rūpā etc.) kāmā ~ā
nam' ete ariyassa vinaye vuccanti, A III 411,9 qu. Kv
370,18 (Ee w.r.); ime kho brāhmaṇā pañca ~ā ariyas-
sa vinaye loko ti vuccati, A IV 430,12; pane' ime ...
~ā sambādho vutto Bhagavatā, 449,13; yathā ... ku-
ṇapaṁ evaṁ pañca ~ā daṭṭhabbā, Mil 324,14; vanaṁ
nāma pañca ~ā, Nett 81,29; — ifc. pañca-° (Ja II
231,19'; yathicchita-° (~samaṅgi(n), Vv-a 241,13);
sampanna-° (Ps III 360,16).[[side 378]]

" 346862492380565504,kāmaguṇaajjhattikabāhira,en,"

kāma-guṇa-ajjhattika-bāhira

, mfn., inner and out-
er strands of sensual pleasure; ~āni āyatanāni, Spk-pṭ
II 305,23 (ad Spk 388,3).

" 346862487573893120,kāmaguṇabandhana,en,"

kāma-guṇa-bandhana

, n. (pl.), the fetters that are
the strands of sensual pleasure; purimakāni gihikāle ā-
baddhāni gihibandhanāni ~āni pamuñca vissajjehi,
Th-a II 176,4.

" 346862487234154496,kāmaguṇabhāra,en,"

kāma-guṇa-bhāra

, m., the burden that is the strands
of sensual pleasure; khandhabhāro kilesabhāro abhi-
saṅkhārabhāro ~o ti ime ohitā bhārā etesan ti ohita-
bhārā, Spk I 138,5 (ad S I 71,16); pannabhāro ti oropi-
tabhāro. khandhabhāraṁ kilesabhāraṁ ~añ ca oro-
petvā, Mp II 259,2 (ad A I 162,21*).

" 346862473963376640,kāmaguṇabhāva,en,"

kāma-guṇâbhāva

, m. [°a + abh°], absence of the
strands of sensual pleasure; taṁ (scil. nibbānaṁ) hi lo-
kena ~ā dukkhan ti upanijjhāyitaṁ, Pj II 509,13.

" 346862473971765248,kāmaguṇābhāva,en,"

kāma-guṇâbhāva

, m. [°a + abh°], absence of the
strands of sensual pleasure; taṁ (scil. nibbānaṁ) hi lo-
kena ~ā dukkhan ti upanijjhāyitaṁ, Pj II 509,13.

" 346862473657192448,kāmaguṇabhirati,en,"

kāma-guṇâbhirati

, f., delight in the strands of sensu-
al pleasure; aham assa cittaṁ gaṇhanto ~iṁ vaṇṇa-
yissāmīti, Ja VI 222,31'.

" 346862473669775360,kāmaguṇābhirati,en,"

kāma-guṇâbhirati

, f., delight in the strands of sensu-
al pleasure; aham assa cittaṁ gaṇhanto ~iṁ vaṇṇa-
yissāmīti, Ja VI 222,31'.

" 346862486365933568,kāmaguṇabhoga,en,"

kāma-guṇa-bhoga

, m., the enjoyment of the strands
of sensual pleasure; visayabhūte kāmaguṇe rato kile-
samārassa visayabhūtena ~ena saṁsārasuddhi hotī
ti evaṁ-diṭṭhiko ahutvā ti, Th-a II 68,31.

" 346862490556043264,kāmaguṇadassanamukhena,en,"

kāma-guṇa-dassana-mukhena

, ²ind., by way of il-
lustrating the strands of sensual pleasure; ""pane' ime
Mahā-nāma kāmaguṇā ti-ādinā"" kāmasukhallikâ-
nuyo-gaṁ ~ ... dassetvā, Ps-pṭ II 47,20.

" 346862474290532352,kāmaguṇadhigamahetu,en,"

kāma-guṇâdhigama-hetu

, ²ind., for the sake of ob-
taining the strands of sensual pleasure; ~ pi pāṇâtipātâ-
di-asuddhapayogo hoti ti, As-mṭ 101,9 qu. Vism-mhṭ
I 165,9, Sp-ṭ I 357,9.

" 346862474298920960,kāmaguṇādhigamahetu,en,"

kāma-guṇâdhigama-hetu

, ²ind., for the sake of ob-
taining the strands of sensual pleasure; ~ pi pāṇâtipātâ-
di-asuddhapayogo hoti ti, As-mṭ 101,9 qu. Vism-mhṭ
I 165,9, Sp-ṭ I 357,9.

" 346862475037118464,kāmaguṇadibheda,en,"

kāma-guṇâdi-bheda

, mfn., divided into the strands
of sensual pleasure, etc.; matto samano ~esu vatthūsu
pamajjati, Ps I 107,32 qu. Nidd-a I 64,26.

" 346862475053895680,kāmaguṇādibheda,en,"

kāma-guṇâdi-bheda

, mfn., divided into the strands
of sensual pleasure, etc.; matto samano ~esu vatthūsu
pamajjati, Ps I 107,32 qu. Nidd-a I 64,26.

" 346862475448160256,kāmaguṇadika,en,"

kāma-guṇâdika

, mfn., the strands of sensual plea-
sure, etc.; hīnâdhimuttikā ti hīne ~e adhimutti ete-
san ti, It-a II 65,20 (ad It 70,7).

" 346862475460743168,kāmaguṇādika,en,"

kāma-guṇâdika

, mfn., the strands of sensual plea-
sure, etc.; hīnâdhimuttikā ti hīne ~e adhimutti ete-
san ti, It-a II 65,20 (ad It 70,7).

" 346862491680116736,kāmagunagaruka,en,"

kāma-guna-garuka

, mfn., addicted to the strands of
sensual pleasure; — ifc. pañca-° (Nidd-a II 70,10).

" 346862491327795200,kāmagunaggahaṇa,en,"

kāma-guna-ggahaṇa

, n., the use of (the term) ""strands
of sensual pleasure;"" ~ena hettha rūpabhāvasāmañ-
ñena pañca vatthūni gahitān' eva, Spk-pṭ I 99,6.

" 346862491499761664,kāmagunagiddha,en,"

kāma-guna-giddha

, mfn., lusting for the strands of
sensual pleasure; ~ānaṁ (Ee °e giddh°) ... upari va-
saṁ vatteti, Ps II 162,13; bālaputhujjanassa ~assa pā-
paparāyaṇassa, Ja V 257,13'; kiṁ karissati tassa vive-
kakathā ~assā ti, Pj II 515,27; — pañca-° (Ja IV
310,29').

" 346862491151634432,kāmaguṇajāta,en,"

kāma-guṇa-jāta

, n., kind of strands of sensual plea-
sure; — ifc. pañca-° (Mp V 26,12).

" 346862492040826880,kāmaguṇakāraṇā,en,"

kāma-guṇa-kāraṇā

, ²ind., because of the strands of
sensual pleasure; kasmā ukkaṇṭhito 'sī ti vutte ~ ti
āha, Ja II 227,6.

" 346862491860471808,kāmagunakathā,en,"

Kāma-guna-kathā

, f, Discourse on the Strands of
Sensuous Desire; title of Kv 366,27-369,18; idāni ~ā nā-
ma hoti, Kv-a 106,21; ~āyaṁ vuttanayena veditab-
baṁ, Kv-a 107,28; — ~-vaṇṇanā, f..; title of Kv-a
106,21-107,27.

" 346862472851886080,kāmaguṇalaya,en,"

kāma-guṇâlaya

, m. attachment to the strands of sen-
sual pleasure; — exeg.: kāmaguṇā eva āliyanti ettha
sattā ti ~ā, Vism-mhṭ I 347,18; — yasmā ca tad eva ā-
gamma tassā cāgâdayo honti, ~esu c' ettha eko pi ā-
layo n' atthi, tasmā cāgo paṭinissaggo ... anālayo ti
vuccati, Vism 507,25 (~esū ti potthakesu likhanti °â-
dīsū ti pana pāṭho, Vism-mhṭ II 205,16) qu. Sp-ṭ III
178,18 ≠ Paṭis-a 161,1; — pañca-° (Vism 293,25; Sp
218,3).

" 346862472872857600,kāmaguṇālaya,en,"

kāma-guṇâlaya

" 346862472033996800,kāmaguṇalayabhirata,en,"

kāma-guṇâlayâbhirata

, mfn. [°laya + abhi°], fond
of attachment to the strands of sensual pleasure; — ifc.
pañca-° (Dhp-a I 289,10).

" 346862472046579712,kāmaguṇālayābhirata,en,"

kāma-guṇâlayâbhirata

, mfn. [°laya + abhi°], fond
of attachment to the strands of sensual pleasure; — ifc.
pañca-° (Dhp-a I 289,10).

" 346862481857056768,kāmaguṇaloka,en,"

kāma-guṇa-loka

, m., the world, which possesses the
strands of sensual pleasure; abhibhuyya lokan ti ~aṁ
abhibhavitvā, Ps IV 58,17 ad M II 262,9 (v.l. and Be
kāmalokaṁ; Ce = Ee).

" 346862485422215168,kāmaguṇamatta,en,"

kāma-guṇa-matta

, n., merely the strands of sensual
pleasure; ~e bhavo ti vohāro n' atthi, Kv-a 107,20 (ad
Kv 367,33); 107,22 (ad Kv 367,32).

" 346862473258733568,kāmaguṇamisa,en,"

kāma-guṇâmisa

, m., the lure which is the strands of
sensual pleasure; yaṁ upekkhaṁ ... sabbena sabbaṁ
aparisesā lokâmisasaṅkhātā pañca ~ā (Ee pañca°)
nirujjhanti, Ps III 43,19 foll. (= kāmaguṇe chandarā-
gā, Ps-pṭ III 23,23).

" 346862473271316480,kāmaguṇāmisa,en,"

kāma-guṇâmisa

" 346862490375688192,kāmagunanidāna,en,"

kāma-guna-nidāna

, mfn., caused by the strands of
sensual pleasure; dukkhaṁ taṇhānidānaṁ taṇhā ~ā,
Spk-pṭ I 214,25.

" 346862490216304640,kāmagunanissita,en,"

kāma-guna-nissita

, mfn., depending upon the strands
of sensual pleasure; nânubhaviṁ nânubhavissāmi nâ-
nubhavāmī ti vitakkayato uppannaṁ ~aṁ doma-
nassaṁ, Sv 726,6 qu. Mp-ṭ (1999) III 63,3; ~ā upek-
khā na sevitabbā, Sv 731,14; gehasitānī ti ~āni, Ps V
22,11; Vibh-a 508,15 (ad Vibh 349,5); gehasitan ti ~aṁ
ādinā ti imina sotaviññeyyānaṁ saddānan ti,
Vism-mhṭ I 381,14; gehasitan ti -am, Sv-pṭ II 333,6;
lokâmisapaṭisaṁyuttānan ti ~ānaṁ, Spk-pṭ II 361,5;
— ifc. uppanna-° (reading of Be at Spk III 83,2, cf.
next); vutta-° (Spk III 83,2); — °-domanassa, n., de-
jection depending upon the strands of sensual pleasure;
~āni cha gehasitasomanassāni, Spk III 83,20.[[side 379]]

" 346862474634465280,kāmaguṇanuloma,en,"

kāma-guṇânuloma

, mfn. [ °a + anu°], in accordance
with the strands of sensual pleasure; ~ā kāmaguṇapaṭi-
saṁyuttā, Ps-pṭ II 248,1 (ad Ps IV 52,7).

" 346862474647048192,kāmaguṇānuloma,en,"

kāma-guṇânuloma

, mfn. [ °a + anu°], in accordance
with the strands of sensual pleasure; ~ā kāmaguṇapaṭi-
saṁyuttā, Ps-pṭ II 248,1 (ad Ps IV 52,7).

" 346862490040143872,kāmaguṇapaccavekkhanā,en,"

kāma-guṇa-paccavekkhanā

, f., contemplating the
strands of sensual pleasure; etāsu ... paccavekkhaṇāsū
ti etāsu °âdīsu dvādasasu paccavekkhaṇāsu, Ps-pṭ
III 438,22 (ad Ps V 106,22).

" 346862489494884352,kāmaguṇaparibhogarasa,en,"

kāma-guṇa-paribhoga-rasa

, m., the consisting in
enjoyment of the strands of sensual pleasure; rasena ra-
saṁ saṁsanditvā ti anavajjena paccayaparibhuñ-ja-
narasena sāvajjaṁ ~aṁ samānetvā, Ps-pṭ II 83,10 (ad
Ps II 103,10).

" 346862489192894464,kāmaguṇapariyesanussukka,en,"

kāma-guṇa-pariyesan'-ussukka

, mfn., indulging
in the pursuit of the strands of sensual pleasure; tumhe
~ā hutvā viharatha, Dhp-a III 256,14.

" 346862488886710272,kāmaguṇapāsa,en,"

kāma-guṇa-pāsa

, m. (pl). the fetters that are the
strands of sensual pleasure; kilesamāro ... satte ~ehi
nibandhati, Spk-pṭ I 204,2.

" 346862489834622976,kāmaguṇapaṭisaṃyutta,en,"

kāma-guṇa-paṭisaṁyutta

, mfn., based upon the
strands of sensual pleasure; tappaṭisaṁyutto ti ~o kā-
maguṇârammaṇo, Kv-a 107,9; kāmaguṇasabhāgā ti
kāmaguṇânulomā ~ā, Ps-pṭ III 248,2 (ad Ps IV 52,7);
— ifc. pañca-° (Nidd I 3,1 [Be °saññ°]).

" 346862487896854528,kāmaguṇappahāna,en,"

kāma-guṇa-ppahāna

, n., rejecting the strands of sen-
sual pleasure; ~aṁ nāma tappaṭibaddhacchandarā-
gappahānaṁ, Ps-pṭ III 437,26.

" 346862359324659712,kāmaguṇapuppha,en,"

kāma-guṇa-puppha

, n. (pl.), the flowers that are the
strands of sensual pleasure; mālākāro n[ā/a]nāpupphāni
viya attabhāvapaṭibaddhāni c' eva upakaraṇapaṭi-
baddhāni ca ~āni ocinantam eva, Dhp-a I 366,7.

" 346862472428261376,kāmagunarammaṇa,en,"

kāma-gunârammaṇa

, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) an object
which is a strand of sensual pleasure; 2. (mfn.) grounded
in the strands of sensual pleasure; — 1. kammaṭṭhā-
naṁ manasi-karonto nisīdati ath' assa ~e cittaṁ
vikkhipati, Spk III 259,9; — 2. tappaṭisaṁyutto ti kā-
maguṇa-paṭisaṁyutto ~o ti attho, Kv-a 107,9; puri-
mo visayavasena niyamitattā ~o va lobho daṭṭhab-
bo, Sv-pṭ I 479,12; pañca kāmaguṇâmisā ti ca ~ā
chandarāgā, Ps III 43,20.

" 346862472457621504,kāmagunārammaṇa,en,"

kāma-gunârammaṇa

" 346862483178262528,kāmaguṇarasa,en,"

kāma-guṇa-rasa

, m., the essence of the strands of
sensual pleasure; — ifc. dibba-° (Ja V 171,14').

" 346862359379185664,kāmaguṇarati,en,"

kāma-guṇa-rati

, f, pleasure of the strands of sensual
desire; tāsu itthīsu kāyavacīkhiḍḍā ca paṇihitā ohitā
ṭhapitā ~i ca patiṭṭhitā, Ja V 368,24'; maggaratiyā
phalaratiyā ca ramāmi ~iyā kīḷāmi, Vv-a 216,6 (ad Vv
848); sattesu ~iyā kilesaratiyā ramantesu, Th-a I 180,5
(ad Tha 76); ~iyā parihīno, Ja VI 229,21'; ~ī ti kāma-
guṇasannissayo assādo, Spk-pṭ I 126,16 (ad Spk I
91,3); — dibba-° (Ja VI 258,21'); pañca-° (Spk I 91,3).

" 346862480208695296,kāmaguṇasabhāga,en,"

kāma-guṇa-sabhāga

, mfn., similar to the strands of
sensual pleasure; tappatirūpī ti ~ā, Ps IV 52,7 (= kā-
maguṇânulomā kāmaguṇapaṭisaṁyuttā, Ps-pṭ III
248,1).

" 346862480963670016,kāmaguṇasadisa,en,"

kāma-guṇa-sadisa

, mfn., similar to the strands of
sensual pleasure; mānusakā Mandhātukāmaguṇasa-
disā daṭṭhabbā. dibbā Paranimmitavasavattidevarā-
jassa ~ā ti, Sv 121,17 = Vibh-a 506,18 qu. Ps-pṭ I 89,12
≠ Sp-ṭ I 148,14; — °-tā, f. [abstr.], the state of being sim-
ilar to the strands of sensual pleasure; aniṭṭhā pañca
kāmaguṇā ti taṁ rūpâdibhāvasāmañṅato ~āya taṁ-
sadisesu tabbohārena vuttaṁ, Vism-mhṭ II 157,24.

" 346862479696990208,kāmaguṇasamannāgata,en,"

kāma-guṇa-samannāgata

, mfn., provided with the
strands of sensual pleasure; — ifc. uḷāra-° (Ps-pṭ III
165,11).

" 346862478077988864,kāmaguṇasambādha,en,"

kāma-guṇa-sambādha

, n., the distress which is the
strands of sensual pleasure; nīvaraṇasambādhaṁ ~an
ti dve sambādhā, Spk I 106,24; ~e pi ime kāmaguṇā
mādisānaṁ kiṁ karissantī ti, Spk-pṭ I 147,5; ~o ana-
vasaro, 146,25.

" 346862485921337344,kāmaguṇasaṃhita,en,"

kāma-guṇa-saṁhita

, mfn., relating to the strands of
sensual pleasure; ~āni rūpâdīni paṭisevanto kāmasu-
khaṁ paribhuñjati, Thī-a (1998) 162,19.

" 346862479348862976,kāmaguṇasamiddhi,en,"

kāma-guṇa-samiddhi

, f., prosperity in strands of
sensual pleasure; sabhayassā pi pisācanagarassa ~iyā
sukhavipallāsahetubhāvo viya, Vism-mhṭ II 265,30.

" 346862486776975360,kāmaguṇasaṃkappana,en,"

kāma-guṇa-saṁkappana

, n., thinking about the
strands of sensual pleasure; — ifc. pañca-° (Spk III
107,17).

" 346862484931481600,kāmaguṇasaṃkhāta,en,"

kāma-guṇa-saṁkhāta

, mfn., in other words the
strands of sensual pleasure; ~añ ca paṅkaṁ panujja, Pj
II 433,7; dibbā (scil. kāmā) ~ā +, Spk I 171,20; ~aṁ
paṭhamaṁ kilesasenaṁ, Spk-pṭ I 220,19 (ad Spk I
187,6) qu. Mp-ṭ III 321,17; bandhanâbaddhā ti ~ena
bandhanena baddhā, Nett-a 100,22 (ad Nett 36,11*);
kāmarāgen' avassutā ti ~esu vatthukāmesu daḷha-
tarâbhinivesitāya bahalena chandarāgena tintacittā,
Thī-a (1998) 75,17.

" 346862478430310400,kāmaguṇasampadā,en,"

kāma-guṇa-sampadā

, f., attainment of the strands of
sensual pleasure; bhogā ti ... upabhogaparibhogavat-
thubhūtā dibbarūpasaddagandharasaphoṭṭhabba-
bhedā ~ā, Vv-a 17,12.

" 346862478954598400,kāmaguṇasampatti,en,"

kāma-guṇa-sampatti

, f., attainment of the strands of
sensual pleasure; uttamaṁ dhanaṁ nissāya ~iṁ pā-
puṇissāma, Dhp-a I 257,22; evarūpaṁ kāmaguṇa-
sampattiṁ pahāya, Ja IV 360,8'. — °-rahita, mfn.,
without the attainment of the strands of sensual plea-
sure; ~o daḷiddo dullabhaghāsacchādano, Spk I 32,4.

" 346862482272292864,kāmaguṇasannissaya,en,"

kāma-guṇa-sannissaya

, mfn., dependent upon the
strands of sensual pleasure; kāmaguṇaratī ti ~o assā-
do, Spk-pṭ I 126,16 (ad Spk I 91,3).[[side 380]]

" 346862483744493568,kāmaguṇasaññita,en,"

kāma-guṇa-saññita

, mfn., denoted by strands of sen-
sual pleasure; vatthusaṅkhātaṁ kāman ti ~aṁ rūpâ-
di-ārammaṇam āha, Vism-mhṭ II 326,27 (ad Vism
569,3).

" 346862482725277696,kāmaguṇasantappitatā,en,"

kāma-guṇa-santappita-tā

, f. [abstr.], the being
pleased with the strands of sensual pleasure; ayoniso
ummujjitvā ~āya saṁsāradukkhavūpasamaṁ byā-
kāsi paṭhamavādī, Sv-pṭ I 231,9.

" 346862477205573632,kāmaguṇasita,en,"

kāma-guṇa-sita

, mfn., dependent upon the strands of
sensual pleasure; byāpādavihiṁsāsaṅkappâdayo pi
~ā evā ti, Ps-pṭ III 315,10, (i.e. [sara]saṁkappa, M III
89,30).

" 346862475930505216,kāmaguṇassāda,en,"

kāma-guṇ'-assāda

, m., enjoyment of the strands of
sensual pleasure; kāmassādo nāma ~o, Sv-pṭ I 474,16;
— °-pasuta, mfn. addicted to the enjoyment of the
strands of sensual pleasure; na ... ~assa purisassa dā-
nâdivasena savipphārikā kusaluppatti sambhavati,
Mp-ṭ I (1996) 72,5.

" 346862477687918592,kāmaguṇasukha,en,"

kāma-guṇa-sukha

, n., satisfaction of the strands of
sensual pleasure; ahaṁ ito paṭṭhāya ~am (Ee, Ce kā-
masukh°) eva anubhavissāmi, Ja VI 230,6; bāhiras-
sādan ti °-vasena bāhirassādaṁ, Mp II 378,10 (ad A I
280,2).

" 346862476748394496,kāmaguṇasukhuppādana,en,"

kāma-guṇa-sukh'-uppādana

, n., causing satisfac-
tion of the strands of sensual pleasure; rajjaṁ ... imas-
miṁ yeva attabhāve ~ato akālikaṁ, Ja III 394,18'.

" 346862476337352704,kāmaguṇasuttavaṇṇanā,en,"

Kāma-guṇa-sutta-vaṇṇanā

, f.; Explanation of the
sutta on the strands of sensual pleasure (S V 60,12-21, cf.
62,14*); title of Spk-pṭ II 308,2-23; cf. PPN s.v. Kāma-
guṇasutta; ~ā niṭṭhitā, Spk-pṭ II 308,24.

" 346862490723815424,kāmāguṇataṇhā,en,"

kāmā-guṇa-taṇhā

, f., craving for the strands of sen-
sual pleasure; — ifc. pañca-° (Ps IV 26,2).

" 346862490904170496,kāmaguṇatthāna,en,"

kāma-guṇa-tthāna

, n., the place of the strands of sen-
sual pleasure; maggañāṇagginā daḍḍhaṁ ~aṁ ani-
vattamāno, Pj II 115,15 qu. Nidd-a II 140,19.

" 346862492544143360,kāmaguṇaupadhi,en,"

kāma-guṇa-upadhi

, f., the impediment (clinging,
fetter?) which is the strands of sensual pleasure; upa-
dhiṁ viditvā ti ~iṁ, Spk I 181,19 (ad S I 117,5*), cf.
s.v. upadhi, q.v.; = kāmaguṇasaṅkhātaṁ vidhiṁ,
Spk-pṭ I 214,30).

" 346862481374711808,kamagunavat,en,"

kama-guna-va(t)

, mfn., possessing of the strands of
sensual pleasure; kāmalokan ti kāmaguṇasaṅkhātaṁ
saṅkhāralokaṁ yattha vā loke ~antaṁ lokaṁ, Ps-pṭ
III 252,26 (ad Ps IV 58,17: kāmaguṇalokaṁ, q.v.).
kama-guna-vat

" 346862471165775872,kāmaguṇavaṭṭa,en,"

kāma-guṇâvaṭṭa

, n., the whirlpool which is the strands
of sensual pleasure; — ifc. pañca-° (Ps III 177,6).

" 346862471182553088,kāmaguṇāvaṭṭa,en,"

kāma-guṇâvaṭṭa

, n., the whirlpool which is the strands
of sensual pleasure; — ifc. pañca-° (Ps III 177,6).

" 346862480594571264,kāmaguṇavippayoga,en,"

kāma-guṇa-vippayoga

, m., separation from the
strands of sensual pleasure; so paṅcakāmaguṇagiddho
~ena mahāvināsaṁ pāpuṇātī ti, Ja IV 310,29'.

" 346862488215621632,kāmaguṇavisabhāga,en,"

kāma-guṇa-visabhāga

, mfn., different from the
strands of sensual pleasure; ~ā vā rūpâdayo ""kāmagu-
ṇā"" ti vuttā asive sivo ti vohāro viya, Vism-mhṭ II
157,25.

" 346862471555846144,kāmaguṇika,en,"

kāma-guṇika

, mfn., devoted to , characterised by, the
strands of sensual pleasure; kassako vāṇijo + ... ~o ti
maṁ dhārehī ti evaṁ gihivevacanena sikkhāpac-
cakkhānaṁ Sp 253,21; ~o rāgo Spk-pṭ II 113,14; —
pañca-° (Vism 346,12).

" 346862103115599872,kāmaguṇikacitta,en,"

kāma-guṇika-citta

, n., thought devoted to the strands
of pleasure; — ifc. pañca-° (Sv 709,8).

" 346862469529997312,kāmaguṇikalobha,en,"

kāma-guṇika-lobha

, m., desire directed toward the
strands of pleasure; — ifc. pañca-° (Nidd-a 279,22).

" 346862470293360640,kāmaguṇikarāga,en,"

kāma-guṇika-rāga

, m., - prec. tassa (scil. lobhassa)
rūpataṇhā ti arūpataṇhā ti visesavacanaṁ, yathā ~o
rūparāgo arūparāgo ti dasseti, Sv-pṭ III 245,2; —
pañca-° (Sv 390,2).

" 346862469915873280,kāmaguṇikarāgakkhayatthāya,en,"

kāma-guṇika-rāga-kkhayâtthāya

, ²ind., in order to
annihilate the passion directed toward the strands of
pleasure; — ifc. pañca-° (Mp II 134,28).[[side 381]]

" 346862469932650496,kāmaguṇikarāgakkhayātthāya,en,"

kāma-guṇika-rāga-kkhayâtthāya

, ²ind., in order to
annihilate the passion directed toward the strands of
pleasure; — ifc. pañca-° (Mp II 134,28).[[side 381]]

" 346862470737956864,kāmaguṇikataṇhā,en,"

kāma-guṇika-taṇhā

, f, thirst directed toward the
strands of pleasure; — ifc. pañca-° (Mp II 42,16).

" 346862467986493440,kāmaguṇopadhi,en,"

kāma-guṇôpadhi

, = kāmaguṇûpadhi; yathā ca
puttā gāvo evaṁ pañca ~ī (Ee pañca°) pi (Ee w.r. hi),
Spk I 32,20 (pañca ~ī pi naraṁ socentī ti, Spk-pṭ I
76,22).

" 346862467575451648,kāmaguṇopasaṃhita,en,"

kāma-guṇôpasaṁhita

, mfn., - kāma-guṇûpasaṁ-
hita; kāmapaṭisaṁyutto ti kāmarāga-sampayutto ā-
rammaṇakaraṇena vā ~o, Vism-mhṭ II 178,21 (ad
Vism 486,23).

" 346862468775022592,kāmaguṇupadhi,en,"

kāma-guṇûpadhi

, m., clinging, fetter constituted by
the strands of sensual pleasure; visesato ~īsu chando
apanetabbo ti dassento, Th-a III 190,14 (ad Th 1216);
upadhīsū ti ~īsu, Nett-a 224,11 (ad Nett 130,18*); jāti-
dhammā h' ete ... upadhayo ti ete ~ayo nāma honti,
Sv-pṭ II 342,1.

" 346862468795994112,kāmaguṇūpadhi,en,"

kāma-guṇûpadhi

" 346862469165092864,kāmaguṇupaga,en,"

kāma-guṇûpaga

, mfn., pertaining to the strands of
sensual pleasure; atthi ~aṁ kamman ti Kv 367,32 foll.
(kāmûpagaṁ kamman ti ādi sabbaṁ kāmaguṇa-
mattassa na kāmadhātubhāvadassanatthaṁ, Kv-a
107,22).

" 346862469181870080,kāmaguṇūpaga,en,"

kāma-guṇûpaga

" 346862468368175104,kāmaguṇupasaṃhita,en,"

kāma-guṇûpasaṁhita

, mfn. [°guṇa + upa°], con-
nected with the strands of sensual pleasure; na bodhisat-
tamātu purisesu mānasaṁ uppajjati ~aṁ, D II 13,5 =
M III 121,4 qu. Vism 15,25 (= kāmakoṭṭhāsesu as-
sādûpasaṁhitaṁ kāmassādagadhitaṁ, Vism-mhṭ I
37,10); pañcannaṁ kāmaguṇānan ti pubbe ~an ti pu-
ri-sâdhippāyavasena vatthupaṭikkhepo kathito, Sv
435,30 = Ps IV 180,28; ~aṁ ananucchavikaṁ kathesi,
Sv 704,32; visabhāgasaddo ~o gītasaddo ti vadanti.
kevalo pi itthisaddo visabhāgasaddo, Vism-mhṭ I
139,21 (ad Vism 120,5); pubbe ~aṁ cittaṁ nûppajjatī
ti vuttaṁ, Sv-pṭ II 34,1 = Ps-pṭ III 337,23.

" 346862468380758016,kāmaguṇūpasaṃhita,en,"

kāma-guṇûpasaṁhita

" 346862386654744576,kāmahetu,en,"

kāma-hetu,

²ind. [Buddh. sa. kāmahetoḥ, cf. SWTF, q.v.], on account of sensual pleasures (in syn.-formula with kāmanidānaṁ, q.v); — gramm. lit.: ~un ti vā bhāvanapuṁsakaniddeso, Ps-pṭ II 42,14 ad ~ ti kāmapaccayā, Ps II 57,24, qu. Nidd-a II 131,32; — exeg.: kāmamūlakaṁ, Spk I 139,20; paccayaṭṭhena kāmā assa hetu, Ps II 57,2 qu. Nidd-a II 131,13; — mayaṁ ~ kāmanidānaṁ dukkhā … vedanā vediyāma, M I 305,33; taṁ adassaṁ ~ū vitunnaṁ, Ja III 380,20* (ct. phalahetu); kiṁ ~ paribhāsase maṁ, V 486,12*.

" 346862386344366080,kāmahetuka,en,"

kāma-hetuka,

mfn., caused by sensual pleasures; — exeg.: kāmapaccayā āsavā nāma ~ā cattāro āsavā, Sv 1032,14 = Mp III 321,24; — kammaṁ kaṭukaṁ ~aṁ, Ja III 519,1* (ct. ~aṁ pāpaṁ); vadhissāmi attānaṁ ~aṁ, V 220,17* (224,36´); duggatigamanaṁ maggaṁ ~aṁ, Thī 355 (kāmopabhogahetukaṁ, Thī-a 227,14).

" 346862447048527872,kāmajāla,en,"

kāma-jāla

, m., the net of desire; na taṁ pāpe niyo-
jessaṁ ~a (Se °aṁ) sarīraja, Th 355 (~ā ti kāmassa
jālabhūtaṁ, Th-a II 151,17), cf. EV I; mama puttā ta-
ruṇahaṁsā jālaṁ viya ~aṁ chinditvā, Ja IV 484,27'.

" 346862359458877440,kāmajātaka,en,"

Kāma-jātaka

, n.; title of Jātaka no. 467 (= Ja IV
167,1-175,25); vatthu paccuppannañ ca atītañ ca dvā-
dasakanipāte ~ e, Ja II 212,14.

" 346862446708789248,kāmajjhāsaya,en,"

kām'-ajjhāsaya

, mfn., attached to the objects of sen-
sual pleasure; mātāpituādayo ñātayo kāmabhogino
~ā, Cp-a 211,19.

" 346862446385827840,kāmajjhosāna,en,"

kām'-ajjhosāna

, n. [cf. Buddh. sa. kāmādhyavasā-
na, Abhidh-k-bh I 21; SWTF s.v.], attachment to the
objects of sensual pleasure; yo kāmesu kāmarāgo kā-
manandī + ... ~aṁ kāmataṇhā ... ayaṁ vuccati ...
kāmayogo, A II 10,23 ≠ 11,25 ≠ Dhs 195,12 (gilitvā pa-
riniṭṭhāpanaṭṭhena, As 370,23) = Vibh 364,16 ≠ Dhs
204,20 qu. It-a II 176,35 = Nidd I 2,9 ≠ Dhs 212,12 qu.
Vism 569,20 (Vism-mhṭ II 328,12), Ps-pṭ I 319,27 ≠
Nidd I 4,14 (Nidd-a I 17,23) = 507,8; ~ena taṇhāya pā-
titaṁ, Nidd-a I 159,17.

" 346862168383164416,kamaka,en,"

kamaka

, m. [sa. kramaka; cf. Pāṇ IV 2 61], one who
studies or is familiar with the krama pāṭha; only gramm.
lit.: tam adhīte taṁ jānāti ka-ṇikā ca ... ~o, padako,
Mogg IV 15.

" 346862500156805120,kāmakaddama,en,"

kāma-kaddama

, m. [cf. kāmakalala, q.v.], the mire
of desire; kāmapaṅko ~o kāmakileso kāmapalipo kā-
mapalibodho, Nidd I 429,29 (ad Sn 945) ≠ II 189,11 =
Be 221,2 (ad Sn 1145); ~e, Pj II 606,11 (ad Sn 1145) qu.
Nidd-a II 93,25; mahāpalipe ti mahante ~e (so read
with BeCe, Ee mahākām°), Paṭis-a 413,25 (ad Paṭis I
128,31).

" 346862500442017792,kāmakalala,en,"

kāma-kalala

, m. [cf. kāmakaddama, q.v], the mire
of desire; gūthakalale nimuggagāmasūkaro (Be ni-
muggo g°) viya ~e nimujjitvā, Ja III 393,15.

" 346862501750640640,kāmakalalamagga,en,"

kāma-kalala-magga

, m., the path constituted by the
mire of desire; palipathan ti ~aṁ, Nidd-a II 133,20.

" 346862497128517632,kāmakāma,en,"

kāma-kāma

, m., desire for the objects of sensual plea-
sure; na ~ā alikaṁ bhaṇanti, Sn 239 (= kāme kāma-
yantā musā na bhaṇanti, Pj II 284,9); na ~ā na bhayā
na dosā vācaṁ musā pabbajitā bhaṇanti, Ja V 165,18*
(= vatthukāmena, 167,16'); na ~ā lapayanti santo,
Dhp 83 (= kāme kāmayantā kāmahetu kāmakāraṇā,
Dhp-a II 156,15; cf. Dhp-trsl. 1997 ad loc.); — w.r. at
Thī 506 for which read kāmesu hi asakāmā vadha-
bandhadukhāni anubhonti with Be, cf. [aha], q.v.;
Thī Appendix II ad loc.; EV II; Thī-a (1998) 265,24).

" 346862501461233664,kāmakāmavaṇṇakāmasuddhināma,en,"

Kāma-Kāmavaṇṇa-Kāmasuddhi-nāma

, mfn.,
called Kama, Kāmavaṇṇa, and Kāmasuddhi; ~ā tayo
pāsāda-m-uttamā, Bv XXIV 16.

" 346862499452162048,kāmakāmin,en,"

kāma-kāmi(n)

, mf(°mī)n. [ts.], enjoying the objects
of sensual pleasure; assatā bhogino ~i, Ja III 154,4* (~ī
ti cora-rājānaṁ ālapati +, Ja III 154,12' qu. Nidd I
124,9; 436,18*); asmiṁ ca loke modati ~ī, IV 296,20*
(~ī ti sāmikaṁ ālapati. so hi kāme kāmanato ~ī,
297,10'); sa nâjjhagā ~inī, V 5 444,28* (= kāme pattha-
yamānā, 444,30'); gantvā sakaṁ madiraṁ ~i, 480,2*
(~ī ti ālapanaṁ etaṁ, 480,8'); 490,6*; devalokasmiṁ
modanti ~ino, A I 153,3* (= kāme kāmayamānā, Mp
III 95,11) ≠ A II 59,15*; saggaṁ gatā tattha modanti
~ino, It 19,18* (= sabbakāmasamaṅgino modanti,
It-a I 89,4) ≠ 112,12* (= yathicchitavatthunipphattito
~ino kāmavanto hutvā, It-a II 164,7); upapanno tidi-
vesu ~ī, Vv 53; yahiṁ yahiṁ gacchati puññakammo
tahiṁ tahiṁ modati ~ī, 1249 (= yathicchitakāmagu-
ṇasamaṅgī, Vv-a 241,13); bhātaro mayhaṁ mātā ca
modanti ~ino, Th 242; (attano yathākāmino vatthu-
kāmasamaṅgino hutvā modanti, Th-a II 96,34); tu-
vaṁ hohisi ~ī, Pv 9; bhattaṁ ... bhuñjāmi ~inī ane-
karasabyañjanaṁ, Pv 109 (Pv-a 73,4); pāsāde rami-
tvā ~ino, 401 (= yathicchitesu kāma-guṇesu yathā-
kāmaṁ paribhogavanto, Pv-a 176,20); ~i 'haṁ, Ap
280,22 (Ee w.r., cf. Ap 454,24); ye + ... kāme abhijap-
panti te ~ino rāgarāgino saññāsaññino, Nidd II 76,12
= Be 142,3 = Nidd II 181,24 = Be II 203,10; — ifc. a-°.
kāma-kāmin

" 346862505059946496,kāmakamma,en,"

kāma-kamma

, n., kamma of the sensuous sphere; jā-
nane ~assa parittârammaṇaṁ siyā, Abhid-av 111,23
(= kāmâvacārakammassa, Abhid-av-nṭ II 292,25).

" 346862359433711616,kāmakammabhava,en,"

kāma-kamma-bhava

, m., (dv.), cf. kāmabhava,
kammabhava, qq.v.; dve kāmabhavā ti ~o kāmûpa-
pattibhavo ti dve kāmabhavā, Vism-mhṭ II 332,14
(ad Vism 573,1); tiṇṇam pi kammabhavānan ti °âdī-
naṁ tiṇṇam pi kammabhavānaṁ, Sv-pṭ II 126,17;
bhavā sabbe samūhatā ti °âdayo sabbe bhavā samug-
ghāṭitā kilesānaṁ jhāpitattā, Th-a I 91,20 (ad Th 67).

" 346862502966988800,kāmakammadibheda,en,"

kāma-kammâdi-bheda

, m., the division (of kam-
ma) into kamma of the sensuous sphere, etc.; chabbi-
dho~ato +, Vism-mhṭ II 256,3 (ad Vism 528,27); ~assa
sakalassā pi bhavassa pāraṁ nibbānaṁ gatattā bha-
vassa pāraguṁ, Th-a I 111,2 (ad Th 38).

" 346862502979571712,kāmakammādibheda,en,"

kāma-kammâdi-bheda

" 346862504745373696,kāmakammakilesa,en,"

kāma-kamma-kilesa

, m., (dv.), cf. kāmakilesa, kam-
makilesa, qq.v.; ~ānaṁ pahānaṁ assādo, Peṭ 152,10.

" 346862501117300736,kāmakaṇḍaka,en,"

[

kāma-kaṇḍaka

, w.r. of Be for kāmakaṇtaka, q.v.]

" 346862502404952064,kāmakaṇṭaka,en,"

kāma-kaṇṭaka

, m., the sting of desire; — exeg.: san-
tānaṁ vijjhanato ~o laddhanāmo, Ud-a 178,32 foll.
(ad Ud 24,16); — yassa ...maddito ~o, Ud 24,16 qu.
Dhp-a I 121,8); yassa jito ~o, 27,17 (= kusalapakkha-
vijjhanaṭṭhena kaṇṭakabhūto kilesakāmo, Ud-a
187,21); ~ehi ariyamaggasammāpaṭipatti na upaki-
lissatī ti, Ps-pṭ II 83,17 (ad Ps II 103,17).

" 346862100263473152,kāmakārikā,en,"

kāma-kārikā

, f. [abstr. = kāmakāritā, q.v.], °‑vasena, Moh 276,33; — ifc. issariya-°.

" 346862100246695936,kāmakārin,en,"

[kāma-kāri(n),

mfn., ~ī, Ap 182, 19 w.r. in Ee for kāmakāmī, which read with Be; — ifc. a‑° (Peṭ 140,11)]

" 346862499120812032,kāmakārin,en,"

kāma-kārin

, mfn., acting according to one's will;
modām' ahaṁ ~ī, Ap 182,19 (Ee w.r. [?], probably read
with Be kāmakāmī, q.v.).

" 346862499758346240,kāmakāritā,en,"

kāma-kāritā

, f. [abstr. < kāmakāra, on abstr. -itā, cf.
C. CAILLAT, IF LXXVIII 1973: 248; cf. BHS kāmakāri-
katā], the state of the acting according to one's will; ~ā
visavitā (Be w.r. vissa°), Sv-pṭ II 266,2 (ad Sv 641,18,
cf. As 109,33); vasitā ~ā visavitā (Be w.r. viss°), As-mṭ
86,22 (ad As loc. cit.).

" 346862359408545792,kāmakāriya,en,"

kāma-kāriya

, mfn., acting wilfully; vipannasīlo
dummedho pākaṭo ~o, Th 971 (= bhinnasaṁvaratā-
ya yathicchitakārako, Th-a III 88,28); 975; — ifc a-°.

" 346862500785950720,kāmakathā,en,"

kāma-kathā

, f., discourse on desire; title of Kv
369,21-370,27; ~ā, 370,28; idāni ~ā nāma hoti, Kv-a
108,2; — °-vaṇṇaṇā, f., ""Explanation of Discourse on
Desire;"" title of Kv-a 108,2-8; ~ā niṭṭhitā, 108,9.

" 346862494423191552,kāmakhiḍḍārati,en,"

kāma-khiḍḍā-rati

, f, enjoying the pleasure of the ob-
jects of sensual desire; paṅcaṅgikena turiyena vajja-
mānena ~iyā ramāma, Thī-a (1998) 131,28 (ad Thī
139); bhuñjāhi kāmaratiyo ti ~iyo anubhava, Thī-a
(1998) 162,21.

" 346862498126761984,kāmakicca,en,"

kāma-kicca

, n., act of desire; keci ... therā ""hasita-
mattena, olokitamattena, āliṅgitamattena ca tesaṁ
~aṁ ijjhatī"" ti vadanti, Sv 1001,12 (ad D III 218,16; cf.
Abhid-k III 69: dvandvâliṅganapāṇyāptihasitekṣita-
maithunāḥ) qu. It-a II 122,15 (+ hatthagahanamatte-
na) (ad It 94,10); Sv-pṭ III 270,28 foll.

" 346862496839110656,kāmakīḷā,en,"

kāma-kīḷā

, f, the play which is (erotic) pleasure; yā
kāmesu ~ā taṁ akīḷitapubbā aparibhuttakāmā ti,
Spk II 395,6 (ad S I 117,25); khiḍḍaratiyā ~āya anat-
thakārakānaṁ kilesānāṁ vasaṁ āgataṁ maṁ vidi-
tvā, Ja VI 473,19'; ~ā pi davantogādhā, Vism-mhṭ I
58,14 (ad Vism 32,11).

" 346862497774440448,kāmakilesa,en,"

kāma-kilesa

, m., the defilement which is sensual plea-
sure; v. kāmakaddama.

" 346862497476644864,kāmakilesajaya,en,"

kāma-kilesa-jaya

, mfn., defeating the the defilement
of sensual pleasure; sīlapaññāṇahetu paṭipakkhajayo
~o hotī ti, Th-a I 169,22.

" 346862495459184640,kāmakilesapipāsāvupasama,en,"

kāma-kilesa-pipāsā-vûpasama

, m., quenching the
thirst consisting in the defilement of sensual pleasure;
sattānaṁ ~āya pānaṁ deti, Cp-a 306,15.

" 346862495480156160,kāmakilesapipāsāvūpasama,en,"

kāma-kilesa-pipāsā-vûpasama

, m., quenching the
thirst consisting in the defilement of sensual pleasure;
sattānaṁ ~āya pānaṁ deti, Cp-a 306,15.

" 346862495933140992,kāmakiriyā,en,"

kāma-kiriyā

, f, action (performed) for the sake of an
object of sensual pleasure; hiraññaṁ assa ~ā atthu, Ja
V 371,1' (ad 370,27*).

" 346862495178166272,kāmakkhaya,en,"

kāma-kkhaya

, m., annihilating sensual pleasure; e-
kaṁsena te paṇḍitā ~āya kāmakkhepanatthaṁ dā-
nāni denti, Nidd-a I 433,19.[[side 377]]

" 346862493710159872,kāmakkhepanatthaṃ,en,"

kāma-kkhepan'-atthaṁ

, ²ind., for the sake of reject-
ing sensual pleasure; v. prec.

" 346862495006199808,kāmaklesavasīkata,en,"

kāma-klesa-vasīkata

, mfn., subjugated by the defile-
ment which is sensual pleasure; apare parābhūtā ~ā,
Nāmar-p 1355.

" 346862494590963712,kāmaklesavināsarta,en,"

kāma-klesa-vināsarta

, mfn., eradicating the defile-
ment which is sensual pleasure; satthārā kasiṇaṁ ...
~aṁ ... bhāsitaṁ, Nāmar-p 1099.

" 346862496516149248,kāmakodhadika,en,"

kāma-kodhâdika

, mfn., desire, wrath, etc.; ~assa
abbhantarassa, paṭirājabhūtassa bāhirassa ca ariga-
ṇassa vijayi, Sv-pṭ II 43,24 qu. Mp-ṭ III 184,6.

" 346862496528732160,kāmakodhādika,en,"

kāma-kodhâdika

, mfn., desire, wrath, etc.; ~assa
abbhantarassa, paṭirājabhūtassa bāhirassa ca ariga-
ṇassa vijayi, Sv-pṭ II 43,24 qu. Mp-ṭ III 184,6.

" 346862495702454272,kāmakopapahīna,en,"

kāma-kopa-pahīna

, mfn., free from sensual pleasure
and anger; ~ā ye santacittā ... caranti loke asitā, Th
671 (= ariyamaggena sabbaso pahīnânurodhaviro-
dhā, Th-a II 280,17).

" 346862496209965056,kāmakoṭṭhāsa,en,"

kāma-koṭṭhāsa

, m., the part which constitutes an ob-
ject of sensual pleasure; common gloss on kāmaguṇa,
q.v.; manāpiya-rūpa-sadda-gandha-rasa-phoṭṭhab-
basaṅkhātehi pañcakāmaguṇehi ~ehi vā, Spk I 30,10
(aññamaññaṁ asaṁkiṇṇasabhāvatāya ~ehi, Spk-pṭ
I 74,17); kāmaguṇehī ti ~ehi kāmabandhanehi vā,
Ud-a 333,29 (ad Ud 66,9); tassa vatthubhūto ~o pi u-
parato va hotī Ja III 382,8'.

" 346862494834233344,kāmakriya,en,"

kāma-kriya

, m. (sic), acting out of desire; nava ~ā pi
ca, Abhidh-av 40,28; ~assa, Abhidh-av 46,8 (~ā ti ja-
vanakiccavasena hasanassa āvajjanakiccavasena
voṭṭhabbanassa javanakiccavasena mahākiriyassa ā-
rammaṇam hoti, Abhidh-av-pṭ 65,10); ~ā sahetū ca,
Nāmar-p 270.

" 346862139287277568,kamala,en,"

kamala

, f., a metre: 4x ˘ ˘ - ˘ - - , ˘ ˘ - ˘ - - ; ~ā ti ñeyyā
sayasehi yo ce, Vutt 86 (cf. Sadd 8.3.1,6); 4x ˘ ˘ - ˘ ˘ |
˘ ˘ - | ˘ ˘ ˘ ˘ I - ˘ ˘ I ˘ ˘ - , Vutt-ṭ 3,92 (cf. Sadd 8.7.1,22;
Jinâl, Appendix).

" 346862112208850944,kamala,en,"

kamala

, n. [ts.; cf. EWA-1 s.v.; CDIAL 2764, DED
1894], the kamala lotus and its flower; - Nelumbo nu-
cifera, on which, cf. R. SYED: Die Flora Altindiens in Lite-
ratur und Kunst, München 1990: 631-35; — gramm. lit.
Mogg VII 182; lex lit.: kaṁ (Abh 661 < ⁷ka) ~aṁ khī-
ram pi, Abh-ṭ ad Abh 661; taken as syn.s in lex lit.: sa-
roruha, satapatta, aravinda, vārija, paduma, paṅ-
keruha, naḷina, pokkhara, muḷālapuppha, bhisapup-
pha, kusesaya, Abh 684-685; — ~aṁ ~en' eva maṇi-
bandhaṁ vidhāya, Samantak 150; — ifc. dibba-°
(Vv-a 43,3); ratta-° (Vv-a 191,11); in long cpd. kumu-
da-kuvalaya-~-sara-sahassa-sañchādita (Mhbv 3,2);
puṇḍarīka-~-uppala-gabbha-sambhūta (Ja I 146,8);
hema-maya-~-māla-dhāri(n) (Vv-a 36,2); sumadhu-
ra-°-madhu-pāna-matta-madhukaravirutâpahāsi-
ni-lakkhaṇa (Sv-pṭ II 313,12).

" 346862402689568768,kāmalābhabhijappin,en,"

kāma-lābhâbhijappin,

mfn., using magic spells to fulfil one’s desire; bandhanaṁ dukkhaṁ ~inaṁ, A III 353,24* (kāmalābhaṁ patthayataṁ, Mp III 377,7).

" 346862402710540288,kāmalābhābhijappin,en,"

kāma-lābhâbhijappin,

mfn., using magic spells to fulfil one’s desire; bandhanaṁ dukkhaṁ ~inaṁ, A III 353,24* (kāmalābhaṁ patthayataṁ, Mp III 377,7).

" 346862402270138368,kāmalābhin,en,"

kāma-lābhin,

mfn., fulfilling one’s desire; nikāmalābhîti ~ī icchitalābhī, Ps IV 158,19 = Mp II 293,20 (Be atikāma°), cf. Ps I 161,19; — ifc. ni‑°; yathā‑°.

" 346862172539719680,kamaladala,en,"

kamala-dala

, n., a kamala lotus leaf; alobho ... ~e
jalabindu (BeSe so; Ee kamaladalabindu) viya apa-
riggaharaso, As 127,19 = Vism 465,8 = Mp-ṭ III 280,5;
~e jalabindu viya sabbattha alaggabhāvo, Ud-a
232,27 ≠ Abhidh-av 19,21; yathā ~e jalabindu allīyi-
tvā ṭhitam pi te na lippanti jalabindunā va ~aṁ,
Th-a II 279,6 foll. (ad Th 665); pupphehi abhikiṇṇaṁ
~ehi abhikiṇṇaṁ, Vv-a 38,15 (ad Vv 38, pupphâbhi-
kiṇṇaṁ); — in long cpd. khuddaka-mahanta-~-saṅ-
khāta, Ps-pṭ III 304,23.

" 346862173005287424,kamaladalabindu,en,"

[

kamala-dala-bindu

, reading of Ee at As 127,19 for
kamaladale jalabindu; v. supra s.v. kamaladala]

" 346862134950367232,kamaladalasadisa,en,"

kamala-dala-sadisa

, mfn., similar to kamala lotus-
petals; — °-nayana, mfn., having eyes like kamala lo-
tus-petals; (voc. sg.) ~e, Vv-a 35,20 (ad Vv 32: padma-
pattakkhī); in long cpd. °-mudu-lohita-naya-jivhatā
(It-a II 56,24).

" 346862173219196928,kamaladalavattivaṭṭaṅguli,en,"

kamala-dala-vatti-vaṭṭ'-aṅguli

, mfn., having fingers
rounded like a rolled up kamala lotus leaf; atha sa taṁ
sālasākhaṁ tambatuṅganakhujjalena ~inā ... karena
aggahesi, Bv-a 275,4.

" 346862164226609152,kamalakomala,en,"

kamala-komala

, mfn., delicate as a kamala lotus;
cakkaṅkusadhajākiṇṇe pāde ~e pasārehi, Ap 532,17
(qu. Thī-a 146,25); — °-kara, mfn., (bhvr.) having hands
as delicate as a lotus; kappapādapapallavapāṭalapāda-
talo ~o, Mhbv 2,30.

" 346862171205931008,kamalakuvalaya,en,"

kamala-kuvalaya

, m., the kamala lotus and blue
water-lily; — ifc. supupphita-° (Spk II 196,34; Mp I
181,20); — °âdi, mfn.; ~īnaṁ, Pv-a 77,20.

" 346862171419840512,kamalakuvalayapuṇḍarīkasaṇḍamaṇḍita,en,"

kamala-kuvalaya-puṇḍarīka-saṇḍa-maṇḍita

,
mfn., beautified by multitudes of kamala lotuses, blue wa-
ter-lilies and puṇḍarīka lotuses; ~aṁ vimalatalākaṁ
disvā, Bv-a 70,26.

" 346862171885408256,kamalakuvalayasamalaṅkata,en,"

kamala-kuvalaya-samalaṅkata

, mfn., decorated with
kamala lotuses and blue water-lilies; ~e rurusīhavyag-
ghagajagavayamahiṁsapasadavividhamigagaṇa vi-
car ite paramaramaṇīye, Bv-a 142,13 (so Be; EeCe om.).

" 346862171646332928,kamalakuvalayasañchanna,en,"

kamala-kuvalaya-sañchanna

, mfn., covered with
kamala lotuses and blue water-lilies; tāvad eva petā-
naṁ ~ā pokkharaṇiyo nibbattiṁsu, Pv-a 23,6.

" 346862172103512064,kamalakuvalayujjala,en,"

kamala-kuvalay'-ujjala

, mfn., beautified by kamala
lotuses and blue water-lilies; dvīsu dantesu c' assa ~ā
ramaṇīyā dve pokkharaṇiyo pāturahesuṁ, Vv-a
181,22; — °-vimala-sādhu-rasa-salila, mfn., (bhvr.)
having clean and sweet water beautified by kamala lo-
tuses and blue water-lilies; ~āya pokkharaṇiyā, Sv
50,3 (= kamalasaṅkhātehi padumapuṇḍarīkasetup-
palarattuppalehi c' eva kuvalayasaṅkhātena nīlup-
palena ca ujjalavimalasādhurasasalilavatiyā, Sv-nṭ I
213,15foll.) = Ps I 15,2.

" 346862394791694336,kāmalālasa,en,"

kāma-lālasa,

mfn., having an ardent desire for sensual pleasures; disvā maṁ ~aṁ, Ap 574,15 qu. Thī-a 82,17.

" 346862130798006272,kamalamakulakāra,en,"

kamala-makulâkāra

, m. [makula + ā°], the shape
or appearance of a kamala lotus bud; ubho hatthe ~e-
na saṅgate katvā añjaliṁ paggahetvā, Th-a II 203,2
(ad Th 481: saṁharitvāna pāṇiyo); ubho hatthe ~e
katvā; Ps-pṭ II 203,22.

" 346862130818977792,kamalamakulākāra,en,"

kamala-makulâkāra

" 346862124330389504,kamalamakulasadisa,en,"

kamala-makula-sadisa

, mfn., similar to the hud of a
kamala lotus; katapañjalikā ~aṁ añjaliṁ sirasi ka-
tvā, Bv-a 38,3 (ad Bv I 21).

" 346862137190125568,kamalamaladharin,en,"

kamala-mala-dhari(n)

, mfn., wearing a garland of
kamala lotuses; only recorded ifc.; — ifc. hema-maya-°
(Vv-a 36,2).
kamala-mala-dharin

" 346862140440711168,kamalananalocana,en,"

kamalânana-locana

, mfn. [k° + ān°], (bhvr.) with
face and eyes like a kamala lotus; hemavaṇṇaṁ mahā-
bāhuṁ ~aṁ, Ap 481,26 (cf. Th-a II 160,32).

" 346862140453294080,kamalānanalocana,en,"

kamalânana-locana

, mfn. [k° + ān°], (bhvr.) with
face and eyes like a kamala lotus; hemavaṇṇaṁ mahā-
bāhuṁ ~aṁ, Ap 481,26 (cf. Th-a II 160,32).

" 346862135810199552,kamalapādukā,en,"

kamala-pādukā

, f., a kamala-sandal (cf. BD IV 252
n. 4; trsl. at loc. cit. imprecise); uncertain; according to
the ct. - usīrapādukā, q.v.; monks are not allowed to
wear sandals; cf. DBMT s.v. pādukā; — Bhaddiyā
bhikkhū ... ~aṁ karonti pi karāpenti pi, Vin I 190,4
(= kamalavaṇṇaṁ [EeSe so; BeCe kamalatiṇaṁ] nā-
ma tiṇaṁ [EeSe so; BeCe om.] atthi, tena katapādukā
usīrapādukā ti pi vadanti, Sp 1085,16) qu. Dhp-a III
451,18; na ~ā (dhāretabbā), Vin I 190,23.[[side 197]]

" 346862119343362048,kamalapattakkha,en,"

kamala-patt'-akkha

, mfn., having eyes like kamala
lotus petals; vīro ~o sasaṅkavimalānano, Ap 463,22; so
'yaṁ ~o sīhaṁso kanakattaco, 471,22 (cf. Th-a I 44,34).

" 346862403213856768,kāmalāpin,en,"

kāma-lāpin,

mfn., talking freely; laṭukikā … sakuṇikā sake kulāvake ~inī hoti, D I 91,25 (yadicchakabhāṇinī, Sv 257,12) “the quail talks freely in his home” (proverb?).

" 346862136531619840,kamalapuñjavaṇṇa,en,"

kamala-puñja-vaṇṇa

, mfn., having the colour of a
heap of kamala lotuses; — ifc. ratta-° (mukhaṁ ~aṁ
[em. PTSD; EeSe rattakambala°], Ja I 149,19).

" 346862141090828288,kamalasanasūnu,en,"

Kamalâsana-sūnu

, m.; Npr.; [k° + ās°], son of Ka-
malāsana, i.e., a brahmin; in a list of synonyms at Sadd
357,13; — °-kula, n., the family of the son of Kamalāsa-
na; sakalalokapūjite ~e, Mhbv 2,7.

" 346862141111799808,kamalāsanasūnu,en,"

Kamalâsana-sūnu

" 346862139828342784,kamalasaṇḍa,en,"

kamala-saṇḍa

, m., a thick growth of kamala lotuses;
vāḷagahākulo iva ~o, Nidd-a I 7,22 = Vjb 3,17; padu-
magumban ti ~aṁ, Ps-pṭ I 287,20 (ad Ps I 185,8); vi-
buddho ~o; Sadd 391,1.

" 346862142202318848,kamalāsarisa,en,"

kamalā-sarisa

, mfn., similar to (the flower of) a ka-
mala creeper (?); ct. so; ~ itthiyo (v.l. kamalāsiripitti-
so), Ja V 159,29* (= kamala vuccati nāripupphalatā
[BeCe so; Ee nārī phullatāya] tāsaṁ [Ee om.] puppha-
sadisā itthiyo, 160,5').

" 346862172325810176,kamalatiṇa,en,"

kamala-tiṇa

, w.r. (?) at BeCe for kamalavaṇṇa, q.v.

" 346862138804932608,kamalavana,en,"

kamala-vana

, n., a thick growth of kamala lotuses;
tassa kamanīyabhāvena suphullaṁ ~aṁ ivā ti, Bv-a
48,33 (ad Bv I 44).

" 346862593450708992,kamalavanavikasanakara,en,"

kamala-vana-vikasana-kara

, mfn., causing a thick
growth of kamala lotuses to bloom; bodhisattaṁ ...
~aṁ ... addasa, Bv-a 7,12.

" 346862137710219264,kamalavaṇṇa,en,"

kamala-vaṇṇa

, m., having the colour of the kamala
lotus; reading of EeSe at Sp 1085,16 for BeCe kamalati-
ṇa, q.v.; cf. kamalapādukā, q.v.

" 346862379813834752,kāmalaya,en,"

kāmâlaya,

m., attachment to sensual pleasures; ~e asattaṁ, S I 33,3* (pañcakāmaguṇâlaye alaggaṁ, Spk I 85,10) = Sn 177 (taṇhādiṭṭhivasena duvidho ālayo, tattha asattaṁ, Pj II 216,2), read m. c. kāmălaye (or kāmabhave??), Pj II 683, cf. Sn-trsl. (Norman) ad 177; natthi c’ettha ~o vā diṭṭhâlayo vâti nibbānaṁ, Spk II 264,20; °-taṇhâlayehi sattā ramanti, Sv 463,21 = Ps II 175,2 = Spk I 196,5; °âdikā sabbe pi ālayā samugghātiyanti, It-a II 106,35.

" 346862379826417664,kāmālaya,en,"

kāmâlaya,

" 346862102113161216,kamalinīkāmuka,en,"

kamalinī-kāmuka,

m., the sun (as the lover of lotuses); ~e atthaṁ upayāte, Mhbv 3,29.

" 346862133272645632,kamalinīkāmuka,en,"

kamalinī-kāmuka

, mfn., the lover of the kamala lo-
tus (used fig. of the sun); aruṇataradhāmadhāriṇi raṁ-
simālini ~e (v.l. kamalinisāmike) attham upayāte,
Mhbv 3,29.

" 346862145188663296,kamallikā,en,"

[

kamallikā

, f.; ghost-word created by wrong division
of words at Sp 854,1: pāṭalicampakamallikā > campa-
kamallikā; ~āsu dinnāsu abbohāro ti vaṭṭati, Vin-vn
1521 (= pāṭalikusumâdīhi pi saha kaṇḍakamallikā-
su [?], Vin-vn-ṭ I 505,10)]

" 346862144794398720,kamalobhāsa,en,"

kamalôbhāsa

, mfn. [kamala + o°], having the appear-
ance of a kamala lotus; — ifc. suphulla-° (Saddh 325).

" 346862144391745536,kamalodarasappabha,en,"

kamalôdara-sappabha

, mfn. [k° + udara; cf. sa. ka-
malagarbhâbha], like the kamala lotus-cup; passath'
etaṁ dijuttamaṁ vinataṁ pādamūle me ~aṁ, Ap
479,23 qu. Th-a Ce 130,18 (cf. Th-a I 32,19).

" 346862400852463616,kāmaloka,en,"

kāma-loka,

m., the world of desire, cf. M. Nihom, JPTS XX 1994: 163–170; — exeg.: ~an ti kāmaguṇasaṅkhātaṁ saṅkhāralokaṁ, yattha vā loke kāmaguṇavantaṁ lokaṁ, Ps-pṭ II 252,25; ekādasavidhe ~e, Ud-a 108,17, cf. kāmadhātu, (Rem.), kāmasukha, q.v.; — ~ito vītarāgānaṁ, Peṭ 198,15 (so read with, Peṭ-trsl. [Ñm], Ee w.r.); imaṁ lokan ti ~aṁ, It-a I 76,3; anāgāmîti … ~aṁ anāgamanasīlo, Ud-a 306,9 ≠ It-a II 123,28; kāmadhātupurakkhato ti … ~aṁ purakkhatvā, Th-a II 162,10; bhagavatā ca ~e ṭhatvā “sakid eva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā” ti, Sv-pṭ II 181,20 = Spk-pṭ II 531,4; ojāya … yāpenti pāṇino ~amhi, Nāmar-p 528; … kukkuccañ ca hadayavatthuṁ nissāya ~e eva uppajjanti, Moh 53,29; ~aṁ, Ps IV 58,17 (thus Be for kāmaguṇaloka, q.v.); — °‑samatikkamana, n., going beyond the world of desire; ~ato kāmâvacarapuññam eva icchanti, It-a II 79,15.

" 346862108463337472,kamaluppala,en,"

kamal'-uppala

, n., dv., kamala and uppala lotuses;
— °âdi, mfn.; ~īni ekasmiṁ kale vikasanti, Ps II
293,10; — in long cpd. anekavaṇṇa-~-sañchanna, (Ja
V 169,3); āluva-kaseru-~-puṇḍarīka-kuvalaya-kan-
da-pāṭali-mūlâdibheda (Sp 762,2).

" 346862142823075840,kamaluppaladala,en,"

kamal'-uppala-dala

, n., the petals of a kamala lotus;
— in long cpd. ~-sadisa-mudu-lohita-tanu-jivhatā
(Pj I 34,15).

" 346862143955537920,kamaluppalapuṇḍarīkapatimaṇḍita,en,"

kamal'-uppala-puṇḍarīka-patimaṇḍita

, mfn., beau-
tified by kamala, uppala, and puṇḍarīka lotuses; — ifc.
vikasita-° (Sp 43,19; [~-saraṁ, w.r. of Ce and Sv 40,7 for
~aṁ iva saraṁ, which read with Be].

" 346862503675826176,kāmaṃ,en,"

kāmaṁ

, ²ind. [ts.; like sa. ~ occurs in sentence initial
position], 1. at will, as one wants (= yathāruciṁ, ct.s
so); mostly used as emphasizing adv.: 2.a. definitely, cer-
tainly, of course, naturally; according to ct.s = ekaṁse-
na (frequent, cf. Ai. Synt. 185, Sa.-Synt § 399); b.(i) ~
+ ca, = prec.; (ii) ~ + ca ... + na: by no means; c. ~ +
imp. (rarely opt): just (= ekaṁsena, tāva [rare]); 3. ~ +
ca, although (in prodosis sometimes constructed with a-
pi, in apodosis with pana, cf. sa. usage, for which cf.
PW, pW s.v. kāmam); — lex. lit.: ~ yadyapisaddat-
the ekaṁsatthe ca dissati, Abh 1196; — 1. ~ yahiṁ
icchasi tena gaccha, Ja II 228,6* (""go where you want
to go;"" ekaṁsena, 228,10'); cf. yenakāmaṁgama, er-
roneously printed as three words in most ed., cf. s.v. kā-
maṁgama); ~ karassu rūpāni, S I 120,15* = Th 46 (=
yathāruciṁ, Th-a I 126,24; evarūpe puggale ~ appa-
nā sampajjati, Vism 297,25; — 2.a. ~ patāmi nirayaṁ
uddhapādo avaṁsiro, Ja I 233,9* (= ekaṁsen' eva,
233,9') qu. Dhp-a I 447,7*; ettha ~ Bhagavato sabbe
pi kilesā khīṇā, Sv 286,9 (ad D I 115,29); ettha ~ c' esa
cetento va (Ee ca) na ceteti, Sv 373,21 (ad D I 184,22);
tattha ~ soṇasigālâdayo pi gacchantā gacchāmā ti
jānanti, Ps I 250,29; ~ saddhûpanisaṁ sīlaṁ, Spk-pṭ
I 269,14; — 2.b.(i) ~ ca pucchāma tam eva gantvā Ja
VI 283,31*; ~ ca te (scil. paṇḍitā) upadhiparikkhayā-
ya dadanti dānaṁ apunabbhavāya, Nidd I 424,27*
foll (= ekaṁsena, Nidd-a I 433,19); ~ ca pubbâcari-
yâsabhehi (vaṇṇito), Sp 1,24* (= ekantena yathiccha-
kañ ca, Sp-ṭ I 17,10); yathā ca bhavaniddese tath' eva
~ ca saṅkhāraniddese pi puññâbhisaṅkhārâdayo va
vuttā, Vibh-a 184,20; ~ ca puriso ti pi puggalo ti pi
vutte satto yeva vutto, 497,14; ~ c' etaṁ Revatīpaṭi-
baddhāya kathāya yebhuyyabhāvato Revatīvimā-
nan ti voharīyati, Vv-a 229,8; — 2.b.(ii) ~ c' etā pa-
ṭhamajjhānâdīni samāpannassâpi na santi, Vism
329,31 = As 202,2 qu. Nidd-a II 62,9; — 2.c. ~ dāni i-
masmiṁ kāye pāṇisamphassā pi kamantu, M I
186,16 = 189,30; ~ kho pana mā 'hu paro loko, 403,6 =
409,33; ~ cajāma asuresu pāṇaṁ, S I 224,27* = Ja I
203,10* (= ekaṁsen' eva, 203,16'); ~ taco nhāru ca aṭ-
ṭhi ca avasissatu (śloka-rhythm, cf. s.v. avasissati), M
I 481,1 = S II 28,35 = A I 50,15 qu. Nidd I 66,26, Ja I
71,24, Sv 803,22, Spk III 125,36, As 146,22, Pj II 391,17;
~ pisācā vinadantu, III 147,1* foll.; ~ ruppatu vā mā
vā 369,10* (|= ekaṁsena, 38,12' qu. Ps II 383,27*, cf. ~
maññatu vā mā vā, S I 223,26*; ~ pesehi kuñjaraṁ
dantiṁ, Ja IV 233,22*; ~ gharaṁ gacchatu pāpa-
dhammo, 261,3* = 15*; ~ sumukhā pakkama, 424,17*
(= ekaṁsena, 424,27') = V 359,25*; ~ appossuko bha-
va, 8,16* (= ekaṁsen' eva, 9,5'); - chindantu satta-
dhā, 296,16*; ~ janapado māsi raṭṭhañ câpi vinassa-
tu, 491,5* ~ maṁ Sivayo sabbe pabbājentu hanantu
vā, 493,13* foll.; no tadā ... brāhmaṇo ~ vikkiṇātu
hanātu vā, 548,25*; ~ bhijjatu 'yaṁ kayo, Th 312a (=
yathākāmaṁ ekaṁsato vā, Th-a II 133,23) = Vv 162a
= Cp 172a; ~ kāmesu kāmaṁ damassu, Thī 509 (=
tāva, ""just,"" Thī-a [1998] 266,5); ~ tasmim pi vissase,
Ja I 309,25* (= ekaṁsena, 309,30'); ~ gharaṁ uttama-
pañña gacche, VI 311,31* (= ekaṁsena, 312,6'); ~
khādatu maṁ vyaggho, Sv 748,27* = Ps I 234,13*; —
3. ~ c' ete vitakkavicārā dutiyajjhāne yeva vūpasan-
tā, imassa pana jhānassa maggaparidīpanatthaṁ
vaṇṇabhaṇanatthaṁ c' etaṁ vuttaṁ, Vism 159,28=
As 171,31 = Sp 150,8; ~ c' âyaṁ gatisaddo ... bhava-
bhede vaṭṭati... idha pana niṭṭhāyaṁ vaṭṭatī ti vedi-
tabbo, Sv 249,14 = Ps III 364,20 qu. PJ II 449,1; ~ c' et-
tha yassa kāyasaṅkhāte loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ
pahīnaṁ, tassa vedanâdi-lokesu pi taṁ pahīnam
eva, nānāpuggalavasena pana + ... Sv 761,20 = Ps I
246,20 = Vibh-a 222,5 qu. Paṭis-a 178,19; ~ c' etaṁ
saṅkhārapaccayā viñṅānan ti etthā pi vuttaṁ, hetu-
phalavisesadassanattham pana aṅgapuṇṇatthaṁ ca
puna idha gahitaṁ, Vibh-a 201,27; ~ c' esa ""dasāha-
paramaṁ atireka-cīvaraṁ dhāretabban"" ti imina va
siddho, atthuppattivasena pana + ... -Sp 728,28 qu.
Kkh 80,28; ~ c' ettha gilānassā pi saṅgho yeva anuc-
chavikaṁ senâsanaṁ deti, gilāno pana ""apaloketvā
saṅghena adinnasenâsano pi na pīḷetabbo anukam-
pitabbo"" ti, Sp 780,20; ~ c' esa saṅghamajjhe pi vasi-
tuṁ ayutto va asaṅghasobhanattā, ovādânusāsanip-
paṭibaddhattā pana + ..., Mp III 282,15; ~ c' esa at-
tho vācāya saññato ti imina va siddho, mūsavādino
pana + ...Ja V 147,3'; ~ c' âyam attho gāthāsu vutto
yeva, pākaṭakaraṇatthaṁ pana puna pi +... ~ Th-a I
2,12; atha vā ~ c' ekantasukhasamappitānaṁ devā-
naṁ dukkhajarārogā na sambhavanti, tadanativat-
tasabhāvatāya pana te pi aghāvino ti ... vuttā, Ud-a
121,6; ~ c' ettha lakkhaṇadvayam eva pāḷiyaṁ āga-
taṁ, ""yaṁ dukkhaṁ tad anattā"" ti pana vacanato
dukkhalakkhaṇena anattalakkhaṇam pi dassitam evā
ti, It-a II 64,23; ~ c' esa uḷārajjhāsayatāya puttake da-
dāti, mātā pana + ... Cp-a 91,14; ~ ca aññe pi suṇan-
ti, na pana sutvā kattabbakiccaṁ karonti, Pj I 183,22
= Pj II 278 (not printed in Ee); — ifc. yattha-° (Th 77 =
Dhp 326); yathā-° (Ja IV 278,10*); yena-° (M I 135,13;
S V 149,2; Ja II 28,12*; Th 571); — Rem.: kāmaṁ
maññe assā vahantu vā mā vā, A IV 189,5; 190,4 read
with Be kām'aññe ""may the other horses pull or not.""[[side 375]]

" 346862411518578688,kāmamadamatta,en,"

kāma-mada-matta,

mfn., = prec.; ~aṁ, Ja VI 498,8´.

" 346862412835590144,kāmamagga,en,"

[kāma-magga,

m., — ifc. sabba‑° (Ja V 67,5´) read with Ms. Cks kām´agge (?); Ce (SHB) cha ca kāmasagge; Ms. Bd, Be sabbakāma-sagge; Se 1922 °‑magge, cf. kāmasagga, q.v.]

" 346862410549694464,kāmamajjhe,en,"

[kāma-majjhe,

w.r. at M III 129,33; A I 68,4, cf. s.v. kāma, p. 370a, q.v.]

" 346862412516823040,kāmamatisaṃyutta,en,"

[kāma-mati-saṁyutta,

Pv-a 151,19 w.r. in Ee for °‑paṭisaṁyutta, q.v.]

" 346862411807985664,kāmamatta,en,"

kāma-matta,

mfn., intoxicated by sensual pleasures; rajjaṁ na vicāreti, ~o … jāto, Ja VI 231,12´.

" 346862411216588800,kāmamaya,en,"

kāma-maya,

mfn., consisting in sensual pleasures; ~aṁ sukhaṁ, Th 669.

" 346862410876850176,kāmamayika,en,"

kāma-mayika,

mfn., = prec.; ~aṁ dukkhañ ca, Th 669 (vatthukāmamayaṁ, kāmaguṇe paṭicca uppannaṁ, Th-a II 279,32).

" 346862380472340480,kāmamisa,en,"

kāmâmisa,

n., food for sensual pleasures; ~en’eva sāmisā vedanā, Spk III 79,16; ~e laggacitto gedhaṁ āpanno, Pv-a 106,8 (so read); — ifc. vaṭṭa‑°; — °‑paṭisaṁyutta, mfn., provided with food for sensual pleasures; ~ā vedanā, Spk III 79,10 (reading in Be for Ee kāmanissitā), cf. Vibh-a 268,1 foll.; — °‑vaṭṭāmisa, n., food for sensual pleasures and for the circle of rebirth; jhāyanto ~ehi asammissatāya nirāmisaṁ, Th-a I 192,27; — ‑~lokâmisa, n., ~ and for the world; ariyo ~ānaṁ abhāvā nirāmiso, Sv 1060,2 = Mp III 231,20 = Vibh-a 421,2 qu. Moh 194,31; Th-a I 72,14.

" 346862380484923392,kāmāmisa,en,"

kāmâmisa,

" 346862503319310336,kāmaṃkara,en,"

kāma(ṁ)-kara

, mfn., fulfilling the desires (of smbdy,
with gen.); ahaṁ ca te ~o bhavāmī, Ja IV 261,5* (= ic-
chākaro, 261,8'); ~o (Be kāmaṁ°) hi (cf. ²abhaya,
q.v.) te dātuṁ, S I 227,22* (= icchitakaro, Spk I 347,1);
Cp 305; ~o hiraññ' assa yāvanto eva icchati, Ja V
370,27* (= hiraññaṁ assa kāmakiriyā atthu, 371,1')
read ~aṁ hiraññ' assa yāvantaṁ (?): eastern ~e
changed into ~o instead of correct ~aṁ, cf. also Ja V 370
n. 10) ""(give to the hunter ...) gold fulfilling his wishes
as much as he likes;"" cf. s.v. karoti 10.b(x).[[side 276]]
kāmaṁ-kara

" 346862498743324672,kāmaṃkāra,en,"

kāma(ṁ)-kāra

, m., wilfull action; na ~o hi puthujja-
nānāṁ, Sn 351 = Th 1271; °-vasena (Be kāmaṁ°) kiñ-
ci pi na karaṇīyā ti, Sv-pṭ II 161,24; ~o (Be kāmaṁ°),
161,25; — °-sādhana, n., a means of realisation of
(sbdy's) wilfull action; ayoniso manasikārânupātacit-
taṁ Mārassa ~aṁ, Th-a II 151,20.

" 346862410134458368,kāmamucchā,en,"

kāma-mucchā,

f. [Buddh. sa. kāmamūrcchā, SWTF s. v.], delusion by sensual pleasures; only in fomula: kāmacchando (q.v.) + … ~ā kāmapipāsā kāmapariḷāho (q.v. for references, CPD III: 382a33), M I 241,5 (4+4+4+5+6).

" 346862102167687168,kamana,en,"

kamana, 1.

kamanā … harantī ñeva, Ja V 155,21* (ct. haranti, 156,16´), cf. Th. Oberlies, HS CVIII 1995: 129, where harantī (m.c.) is (erroneously?) taken as pr. part.

" 346862169796644864,kamana,en,"

kamana

, n. [verb, noun < kamati, q.v.], 1. walk, gait;
2. the action of stepping, walking, moving on, proceed-
ing; 3. the action of effecting (something; with loc.; cf.
kamati 3.b. q.v. s.v. kamati); — 1. (n. nom. pl.) pādā
te suppatiṭṭhitā, ~ā (v.l. gam° = Be) kamanīyā te ha-
rantī ñeva (BeCe haranti yeva) me mano, Ja V
155,21* (""Your graceful gait ...""; ~ā [v.l. gam°] ti gac-
chamānā, Ja V 156,15'); — Rem.: ct. construes ~ as an
adjective, which evidently is wrong; — 2. pubbe ~aṁ
upādāya kamanasattisabbhāvena tattha laddhavasi-
bhāvatāya vā evaṁ vuccati, Pj II 215,25; ye te visud-
dhidevā arahanto, tesaṁ pathe chasattavihāre ~enā
p' etaṁ vuttaṁ, 215,28; — 3. (in ""etymology"" of kan-
ta, q.v.) kāmanīyato manasmiṁ ca -to pavisanato
kantassa , It-a I 75,10 = Mp-ṭ III 182,5.

" 346862432888557568,kāmana,en,"

kāmana,

mn., the act of wishing, desiring; — lex. lit.: ~o kāmī kāmuko, Abh 730; — tassa taṁ ~aṁ sampati sapariḷāhatāya, Th-a I 204,34 (so read with Be, Ee w.r.); ~to, Vibh-a 107,5; °-vasena, As 370,18; — °(´)-aṭṭha, m., the meaning “desire”; ~ena, Th-a I 76,1; — [°‑sīla, mfn., full of sensual pleasure; tattha ~o, Pv-a 16,10 (thus Be for Ee tattha gamanasīlo, cf. kamana°, Lai Hin MS. no. 66 [AD 1514]; gamana°, MS. Museum/National Archives Chiang Mai [AD 1524]; ramana°, Ce [SHB]: read gamana°, cf. Ja VI 297,18´ etc., cf. s.v. kāya-(p)pacalana, q.v.)].

" 346862170010554368,kamanakiriyā,en,"

kamana-kiriyā

, f., the action of stepping, walking,
moving on; abhikkamantī ti ettha abhisaddo ~āya
vuḍḍhibhāvaṁ atirekataṁ dīpeti, Sp-ṭ I 71,25 (ad Sp
20,2) = Sv-pṭ I 27,20 ≠ Sv-nṭ I 94,1.

" 346862384456929280,kāmānākkoṭṭa,en,"

Kāmānākkoṭṭa,

mn., NPr.; a fortress in South India; — °‑vāsika, m., inhabitants of ~; vase katvā … ~e, Mhv LXXVI 180.

" 346862432313937920,kāmanandī,en,"

kāma-nandī,

f., delight in the objects of sensual pleasure; kāmesu kāmacchando kāmarāgo ~ī + … kāmajjhosānaṁ kāmogho +, for ref. cf. s.v. kām´-ajjhosāna, q.v.

" 346862170509676544,kamanasatti,en,"

kamana-satti

, f, the power of moving on, proceeding;
catubbidhe ... magge bhāvanāsaṁkhātāya ~iyā ka-
mitapubbaṁ, Pj II 216,10; — °-sabbhāva, mfn., hav-
ing the nature of the power of moving on, proceeding;
pubbe kamanaṁ upādāya ~ena tattha laddhavasi-
bhāvatāya vā evaṁ vuccati, Pj II 215,25.

" 346862170232852480,kamanaṭṭha,en,"

kaman'-aṭṭha

, m., the sense of effecting; ~ena kāmo
(so read with v.l.; Ee °ā) nāma, Mp III 407,7; kilesakāmā
kamanīyaṭṭhena c' eva ~ena ca kāmā, Kv-a 106,25
foll.; kāmabhavassa ~ena kāmabhavabhāvo sabbe pi
kāmâvacarā khandhâdayo kāmabhavo, Ppk-mṭ 88,8;
— °-tā, f. [abstr.], = prec.; tesam (scil. kusalâkusalak-
khandhâdi) ... ālambanatthikatālakkhaṇassa kattu-
kamyatāchandassa vasena siyā ~ā, Ppk-anuṭ 124,11.

" 346862445513412608,kāmaṇḍā,en,"

Kāmaṇḍā

, f; Npr.; a village; cf. PPN s.v.; Udāyī ~ā-
yaṁ viharati Todeyyassa ... ambavane, S IV 121,18.

" 346862162431447040,kamaṇḍalu,en,"

kamaṇḍalu

, m. and n. [ts.; cf. EWA-2 s.v.; Amg. ka-
maṇḍalu], the water-pot of a brahmin or ascetic; in post-
canonical texts superseded by the syn. kuṇḍikā, q.v.; cf.
O. v. HINÜBER, Sprachentwicklung und Kulturgeschich-
te, AWL 1992, Nr. 6: 55-58; — lex. lit. ~u tu kuṇḍikā,
Abh 443; karīyatī ti karako ~u, Mogg VII 18; — brāh-
maṇo ... dakkhiṇahatthena ~uṁ gahetvāna, S I
167,29 = Sn 80,4; Ja IV 362,15*; 372,9*; VI 525,28* =
542,22*; Pj II 544,13; ādā (= ādāya, cf. CPD s.v.) ~uṁ,
Ja VI 86,17* (= ghaṭaṁ, 86,20'); tena bhinnā ~ū, Ja II
73,13* (= kuṇḍikā, 73,15'); ~uṁ ṭhapetvā, vākacīrañ
ca kuṇḍikaṁ, Ap 392,22; udakassa ca ~uṁ, Ja VI
570,9* (to confirm a gift); Cp-a 92,6; Sāriputto ... the-
rassa attano ~uto udakaṁ datvā, Sp 975,13; (brāhma-
ṇo) cetiyaṅgaṇaṁ ... ~uto udakena paripphositvā,
Pj I 200,5 = Dhp-a III 448,3; — ifc. sa-° (Spk III 104,6).

" 346862579664031744,kamaṇḍaludaka,en,"

kamaṇḍalûdaka

, n. [kamaṇḍalu + u°], water from a
water-pot; mayā ... ~ena bhūmi paripphositā, Pj I
200,21 = Dhp III 448,15; vāmapādakaṁ ~ena dhovi-
tvā, Pj II 582,15.

" 346862579680808960,kamaṇḍalūdaka,en,"

kamaṇḍalûdaka

, n. [kamaṇḍalu + u°], water from a
water-pot; mayā ... ~ena bhūmi paripphositā, Pj I
200,21 = Dhp III 448,15; vāmapādakaṁ ~ena dhovi-
tvā, Pj II 582,15.

" 346862169058447360,kamaṇḍaludhara,en,"

kamaṇḍalu-dhara

, mfn., - prec.; (brāhmaṇa) ~ā
sabbe ajinuttaravāsino, Ap 348,1 ≠ 420,1; tāpaso ...
~o, 426,4; 456,3.

" 346862169347854336,kamaṇḍaludhārin,en,"

kamaṇḍalu-dhārin

, mfn., = prec.; kamaṇḍalukā ti
~ino, Mp V 74,23.

" 346862167569469440,kamaṇḍaluka,en,"

kamaṇḍaluka

, mfn., carrying a water-pot; brāhma-
ṇā ... ~ā sevāla-mālakā +, A V 263,8 (= kamaṇḍalu-
dhārino, Mp V 74,23) = S IV 312,6 (= sakamaṇḍalu-
no, Spk III 104,6; reading in both places kā°).

" 346862445807013888,kāmaṇḍaluka,en,"

kāmaṇḍaluka

, v. kamaṇḍaluka.

" 346862463444062208,kāmaṅgama,en,"

kāmaṅ-gama

, mfn. [BHS kāmaṁgama], walking at
one's will; — ifc. yena-° (D I 72,24 foll. = M I 275,33
foll.; II 216,19).

" 346862431345053696,kāmanidānaṃ,en,"

kāma-nidānaṁ,

²ind., on account of sensual pleasures; kāmahetu ~ kāmâdhikaraṇaṁ sampajānamusā bhāsante, S I 74,19 (kāmapaccayā … sabbāni h’etāni aññamaññavevacanān’ eva, Spk I 139,20; kāmanimittaṁ, Spk-ṭ I 178,7): syn.-formula 4+5+6 as recognized by ct.; M I 306,1; dukkhakkhando kāmahetu ~ kāmâdhikaraṇaṁ kāmānam eva hetu, I 85,37 = 86,27 (mūlaṭṭhena kāmā nidānam assâti ~o. liṅgavipallāsena pana ~an ti vutto, Ps II 57,3; bhāvanapuṁsakaṁ. kāme nidānaṁ katvā 57,24 [vatthu-kāmā, Ps-pṭ II 43,1] qu. Nidd II-a 131,14.32) qu. Ja V 367,32 = Nidd-II 122,26 foll. = Be 263,11 etc.; Cp-a 232,16.

" 346862430879485952,kāmaniddesa,en,"

Kāma-niddesa,

m., title of Nidd 1–22; ~e, Ps-pṭ II 54,8; cf. Kāmasuttaniddesa, q.v.

" 346862431806427136,kāmanikkhanta,en,"

kāma-nikkhanta,

mfn., renouncing because of desire; nekkhamaṁ ~aṁ, Nāmar-p 986 (kāmato nikkhantaṁ ~aṁ, Pay IV 10 [Be 1981 140,23]).

" 346862430246146048,kāmanimantanā,en,"

kāma-nimantanā,

f., invitation to make love; (gaṇikā) theraṁ ~āya nimantesi, Th-a II 194,6.

" 346862429818327040,kāmanimittaṃ,en,"

kāma-nimittaṁ,

²ind., on account of desire; ~ brahmacariyavā, Pj II 588,18 qu. Nidd II-a 10,19; ~añ hi sattā sugatiyā ca (so read) hatthacchedâdiṁ (so read) … pāpuṇanti, Ja I 155,1; Thī-a 265,20; (kāmahetu +), cf. kāmanidānaṁ, q.v.

" 346862429453422592,kāmanirodha,en,"

kāma-nirodha,

m., cessation of desire; phassanirodho … ~o, A III 411,27 (brahmacariyasaṁkhāto maggo va ~o, Mp III 407,22); — °‑gāmini-paṭipadā, f., way leading towards the cessation of desire; ~ā, A III 412,8.

" 346862359572123648,kāmanissaraṇa,en,"

kāma-nissaraṇa,

n., escape from desire; ~aṁ ñatvā, It 61,9* (It-a 41,27, cf. kilesakāmato hi nissaraṇā vatthukāmehi pi nissaraṇaṁ yeva hoti, na aññathā, It-a II 40,27 so read); ~e … upāyabhūte nekkhamme, Vism 124,26 (Vism-mhṭ I 144,25); nekkhamme ti pabbajjâdike ~e, Th-a II 271,2 (Ee misprint kama-).

" 346862423929524224,kāmanissita,en,"

kāma-nissita

, mfn., resting on desire; — exeg.: kāmûpasaṁhitan ti ~aṁ, Mp III 303,5; kāmasahagatâti ~ā, Mp IV 194,10; — ~āni … vatthāni, ~āni (thus Be; Ee kāmanīyāni) gihibyañjanabhaṇḍāni, Mil 11,17; kāmûpasaṁhitan ti ~aṁ gītaṁ pavattayamānā, Ja IV 472,2´ (thus Be; Ce, Ee om. gītaṁ); ~aṁ cetasikadukkhaṁ, Ja III 465,8´.

" 346862428778139648,kāmanīta,en,"

kāma-nīta,

ifc., (mis)guided by desire; tikiccha maṁ … ~aṁ, Ja II 214,11* (ct. vatthukāmehi ca kilesakāmehi ca nītaṁ hataṁ pahataṁ) qu. Sadd 126,20; ~assa, 215,3* (ct. kāmavasikassa); — °‑jātaka, n., title of Jātaka no. 228 = Ja II 212,11–216,6; ~assa saṁvaṇṇanāyaṁ, Sadd 126,20; — °‑brāhmaṇa, m., Npr.; a brahmin; ~aṁ nāma ārabbha, Ja II 212,13, cf. Ja IV 167,1 foll. qu. Pj II 511,1 foll.

" 346862151920521216,kamanīya,en,"

kamanīya

, mfn. [ts.], pleasing, attractive; ~ is often
found in formula with rajanīya, madanīya, bandhanī-
ya, and mucchanīya; cf. gramm. lit.; — gramm. lit.: tad
assa ṭṭhānaṁ ice etasmiṁ atthe īyappaccayo hoti.
madanassa ṭhānaṁ: madanīyaṁ ... evaṁ rajanīyaṁ,
~aṁ; Kacc-v ad Kacc 358 (cf. Kv 401,31, q.v. infra); Rūp
366; — exeg: kantā ti ~ā, Ps II 56,10 (ad M I 85,24) = Spk
II 366,14 = Mp III 406,28; ~ā ti kāmetabbā, Ps-pṭ II
41,21 (ad M I 85,24); kāmetabbatāya ~o, Spk III 66,20
(ad S IV 196,28 foll.)) ~o ti kāmetabbayutto, Mp IV
130,27; ~ā ti kantā kāmetabbayuttakā, Ja V 156,15' (ad
155,21*); — (2+4+4+4) tāsaṁ ... tālapantīnaṁ vāteri-
tānaṁ saddo ahosi vaggu ca rajanīyo ca ~o ca mada-
nīyo ca, D II 171,23 (Sv 616,29); 183,14 ≠ A IV 263,23
(adding pemanīya to the formula) foll.; — (4+4+4+4+4)
kissa nu kho eso saddo evaṁ rajanīyo evaṁ ~o evaṁ
madanīyo evaṁ bandhanīyo evaṁ mucchanīyo ti, D
II 337,16 = S IV 196,28; — santîdha (also possible santi
ca) ~āni, I 22,18* (= rūpâdīni iṭṭhârammaṇāni, Spk I
62,20); nâhaṁ ... aññaṁ ekarūpaṁ pi samanupassā-
mi evaṁ rajanīyaṁ evaṁ ~aṁ +, A III 68,10; aṭṭhan-
gasamannāgatena savaṇīyena ~ena brahmassarena
... madhuradhammakathaṁ kathesi, Ja I 96,2 = Bv-a
57,15; amataṁ rāgaṭṭhānīyaṁ rajanīyaṁ ~aṁ mada-
nīyaṁ bandhanīyaṁ mucchanīyan ti, Kv 401,31 foll.
≠ 222,15 foll.; kāmanissitāni ...vatthāni ~āni gihi-
byañjanāni, Mil 11,17; Sv 618,20 (Sv-pṭ II 250,28) = Ps
IV 216,10; It-a I 75,10 = Mp-ṭ III 182,4; — °ṭṭha, m., the
sense of attractive, lovely; vatthukāmā ~ena kāmā,
Kv-a 106,25 foll.; — °-bhāva, m. [abstr.], the being love-
ly; tassa ~ena suphullaṁ kamalavanaṁ ivā ti, Bv-a
48,33 (ad Bv I 44); — °-rūpa, mfn., having a lovely, at-
tractive appearence; abhikkantavaṇṇo ti ativiya ~o,
Sv-pṭ II 278,16 (ad Sv 647,19).[[side 196]]

" 346862102146715648,kamanīya,en,"

kamanīya,

should be placed before kama-ppavatta.

" 346862428459372544,kāmanīya,en,"

kāmanīya,

mfn., occasional Burmese and Siamese reading for kamanīya, q.v.; ~ā, Ja V 155,21* (Be, Se; Ee kam°, so read); °(´)‑atthena, Nidd I 2,4 (Nidd I-a I 17,5) read kam°.

" 346862554888278016,kamaññakāya,en,"

kamañña-kāya

, mfn., (bhvr.) having an adaptable body;
— ifc. a-° (Vism 146,15); lahu-mudu-° (Vism 384,36).

" 346862557308391424,kamaññatālakkhaṇa,en,"

kamaññatā-lakkhaṇa

, mfn., characterized by adap-
tability; — ifc. a-° (As 255,20).

" 346862381860655104,kāmanubandhana,en,"

[kāmânubandhana,

w.r. at D I 246,3 for kāmandubandhana, q.v.].

" 346862381877432320,kāmānubandhana,en,"

[kāmânubandhana,

w.r. at D I 246,3 for kāmandubandhana, q.v.].

" 346862383467073536,kāmanubhāvavasagatam,en,"

[kāmânubhāvavasagatam,

w.r. at Vism 77,26* for kāmânurāga-°, q.v.].

" 346862383479656448,kāmānubhāvavasagatam,en,"

[kāmânubhāvavasagatam,

w.r. at Vism 77,26* for kāmânurāga-°, q.v.].

" 346862384125579264,kāmanugata,en,"

kāmânugata,

mfn., affected by sensual pleasures; — ifc. accanta-°.

" 346862384138162176,kāmānugata,en,"

kāmânugata,

mfn., affected by sensual pleasures; — ifc. accanta-°.

" 346862383802617856,kāmanupakkhanda,en,"

kāmânupakkhanda,

mfn., entering into sensual pleasures; tassa ~ānaṁ saññāmanasikārānaṁ vasena sā paṭhamajjhānapaññā hāyati, Vibh-a 418,20 qu. Sv‑pṭ III 363,5 ≠ Abhidh-av-nṭ II 261,18.

" 346862383815200768,kāmānupakkhanda,en,"

kāmânupakkhanda,

mfn., entering into sensual pleasures; tassa ~ānaṁ saññāmanasikārānaṁ vasena sā paṭhamajjhānapaññā hāyati, Vibh-a 418,20 qu. Sv‑pṭ III 363,5 ≠ Abhidh-av-nṭ II 261,18.

" 346862382850510848,kāmanurāga,en,"

kāmânurāga,

m., affection for sensual pleasures; °‑vasagata, mfn. overpowered by ~; ~am … cittaṁ, Vism 77,26* (Vism-sn [1890] 278,16* = [1949] I 188,4*, cf. Vism 77,19; Be w.r. °ânubhāva°).

" 346862382863093760,kāmānurāga,en,"

kāmânurāga,

" 346862382519160832,kāmanusārin,en,"

kāmânusārin,

mfn., following sensual pleasures; rañño ~ino, Ja V 117,9* (attano kammam eva anussarati, 119,23´ (so Ee, Ce; kāmaṁ, Be, Se).

" 346862382531743744,kāmānusārin,en,"

kāmânusārin,

mfn., following sensual pleasures; rañño ~ino, Ja V 117,9* (attano kammam eva anussarati, 119,23´ (so Ee, Ce; kāmaṁ, Be, Se).

" 346862404585394176,kāmapaccanīk´aṭṭhena,en,"

kāma-paccanīk´-aṭṭhena,

²ind., in the sense of, in the capacity of an enemy of desire; ~ nekkhammavitakko, Ps II 83,17; ~ … nekkhammasaṅkappo, Ps V 65,17 = Spk III 124,32 (~enâti kāmānaṁ ujuvipaccanīkabhāvena, Spk-ṭ II 400,18), cf. kāmarāgassa ujupaccanīkabhāvato, Nett-a 205,1.

" 346862426769068032,kāmapaccayā,en,"

kāma-paccayā,

²ind., because of desire; ~ā uppajjanti āsavā, D III 240,2 = A III 245,8 (kāmahetukā cattāro āsavā, Sv 1032,9 = Mp III 321,24); kāmahetûti ~ā, Ps II 57,24 qu. Nidd II-131,32; kāmanidānan ti ~ā, Spk I 139,21.

" 346862423438790656,kāmapadaghāta,en,"

kāma-pada-ghāta,

mn., destroying the basis of desire; ~aṁ kāmavūpasamaṁ karonto, Ps V 65,18 (~an ti yathā kāmo padaṁ patiṭṭhaṁ na labhati, Ps-pṭ II 406,9) = Spk III 124,34 (kāmassa uppattikāraṇassa ghāto samugghāto, Spk-pṭ II 400,21).

" 346862418279796736,kāmapāla,en,"

kāma-pāla,

m., providing sensual pleasure; hitânukampī dhātā vidhātā c’ asi ~o, Ja V 221,30* (icchitapatthitānaṁ kāmānaṁ pālanato, 226,1´).

" 346862419676499968,kāmapalibodha,en,"

kāma-palibodha

, m., obstruction (caused by) desire; ~o, Nidd I 429,30 (Be w.r. [?] °rodho); ~e, Nidd II 189,12 = Be 221,2.

" 346862412118364160,kāmapalipa,en,"

kāma-palipa,

m., mire of desire; kāmapaṅko … ~o, Nidd I 429,30 (Nidd-a I 434,20).

" 346862425854709760,kāmapaṃka,en,"

kāma-paṁka

, m. [ts., SWTF s.v.], the mire of desire; ~o duraccayo, Sn 945 (kāmakaddamo, Nidd I 429,29, cf. s.v. kāmakaddama); ~e vyasanno, Ja IV 399,8*; ~e nimuggo, V 256,33´; ~ena sattā, Thī 354 (so read with Be, Se, cf. EV II); ~ato, Ja IV 486,15´; ~amhi sīdatha, VI 505,4*; sosāpito ~o, Mbv 3,23; — °-sattā, w.r. in Ee at Thī 354, cf. above.

" 346862422629289984,kāmaparibhoga,en,"

kāma-paribhoga,

m., enjoyment of sensual pleasures; ~o, Sv-pṭ III 311,16; ~e, Moh 216,3; — °‑garu-gamana-kāla, m., the time difficult to go forth (i.e. become a monk) because of the enjoyment of sensual pleasures; ~o … daharayobbanakālo, Spk-pṭ I 83,15, cf. A I 68,8–12; — °‑cetanā, f., thinking of the enjoyment of sensual pleasures; ~āya, Spk III 54,8; — °(´)‑icchā, f., wish to enjoy sensual pleasures; na … jighacchādubbalyaparetassa ~ā sambhavati, Spk-pṭ II 113,17 (ad Spk II 110,35).

" 346862418825056256,kāmapāricariyā,en,"

kāma-pāricariyā,

f., attending to sensual pleasure; methunadhammasaṅkhātena kāmena pāricariyā ~ā, Sp 551,17 qu. Kkh(2) 62,17; parassa bhikkhuno ~āya vaṇṇabhaṇane dukkaṭaṁ, Vjb 189,22; — °‑yācana, n., asking for attention to sensual pleasure; ~aṁ, Vmv I 267,11.

" 346862423036137472,kāmapariccāga,en,"

kāma-pariccāga,

m., giving up of desire; ~en’eva, Vism 139,18 qu. Sp 141,9 = As 164,12 etc.; pabbajjā h’ettha ~o adhippeto, Th-a I 122,23; ~aṁ katvā taṁ nissaraṇatthaṁ pabbajitā, Vjb 401,28.

" 346862420133679104,kāmapariḷāha,en,"

kāma-pariḷāha,

m. [Buddh. sa. kāmaparidāgha, cf. BHSD, SWTF s.v.], fever of desire, cf. kāmarāgapariḷāha, q.v.; — exeg.: ~ānan ti pañcakāmaguṇikarāgavasena uppannaparilāhānaṁ, Sp 218,17; — kāmacchando (q.v.) + … ~o, M I 241,5 (4+4+4+5+6) etc., cf. Abhidh-k (1975) 308,3; Dhs 1097 (4+4+4+4 : 5+5+5 : 4+5) (As 370,22 qu. Vism-mhṭ II 328,11) = Vibh 364,16 = Nidd I 2,9 qu. Vism 569,19 = Vibh-a 181,22 = Moh 96,6; itthiṁ anussarantassa ~o uppajji, Dhp-a II 5,11; ~aṁ paṭicca uppajjati kāmapariyesanā, S II 151,20; ~ena pariḍayhamāno kāmapariyesanāya ussuko ñassati, M III 130,20; A I 68,10 (duvidhānaṁ kāmānaṁ pariyesanatthaṁ, Mp II 141,9); Nidd-a I 109,31; ~e vaḍḍhante, Dhp-a II 2,19 (so read with Be); ~aṁ vūpasamo akkhāto, Vin III 20,8 (Sp 218,17); kāmataṇhaṁ parihāya ~aṁ paṭivinodetvā, M I 504,30 nikkhantaṁ ~ehi, Sv-pṭ II 91,10; — °‑vūpasamana, n., calming the fever of desire; ~ato, Cp-a 323,35 ≠ Sv-pṭ I 124,5; — °âbhibhūta, mfn., overcome by the fever of desire; ~ā, Spk I 40,7; — °ûpasamana, n., = °vū°, q.v.; ~ato, Sv-pṭ I 124,5 ≠ Cp-a 323,35.

" 346862420494389248,kāmapariyesanā,en,"

kāma-pariyesanā,

f., the searching for sensual pleasures; cf. s.v. kāmapariḷāha, q.v.

" 346862421148700672,kāmapariyesat,en,"

kāma-pariyesat,

mfn., searching for sensual pleasures; kāmagiddhaṁ kāmarattaṁ ~antañ ca … maddanti, Nidd I-a I 56,1 (so read with Be = v.l. in Ee).

" 346862422172110848,kāmapariyuṭṭhāna,en,"

kāma-pariyuṭṭhāna,

n., outburst of desire; pāpamittapaccayo ~aṁ, Peṭ 231,7.

" 346862419303206912,kāmapasuta,en,"

kāma-pasuta,

mfn., intent on sensual pleasures; ~ā, Nidd I 35,22 ad Sn 774 cf. Nidd-a I 109,22.

" 346862425175232512,kāmapaṭibāhana,en,"

kāma-paṭibāhana,

n., warding off of desire; ~ena, Ps IV 63,12.

" 346862414957907968,kāmapaṭilābha,en,"

kāma-paṭilābha,

m., obtaining sensual pleasures; ~ā, Sv 1000,25 (Sv-pṭ III 270,15) qu. It-a II 121,21 (ad It 94,9).

" 346862426454495232,kāmapaṭipakkha,en,"

kāma-paṭipakkha,

mfn., having desire as enemy; kusalā hi dhammā ~ā, Vism-mhṭ I 78,10; ~aṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ paripūretîti vuttaṁ, Nett-a 205,2.

" 346862424856465408,kāmapaṭisaṃyutta,en,"

kāma-paṭisaṁyutta,

mfn. [Buddh. sa. kāmapratisaṁ-yukta, cf. SWTF s.v.], connected with (the realm of) desire; ~o takko, Vibh 86,8 qu. Vism 486,23 (kāmarāgasampayutto ārammaṇakaraṇena vā kāmaguṇopasaṁhito, Vism-mhṭ II 178,21); ~ā saññā, Vibh 363,11 (so read); — °‑kathā, f., love-story (?); gehassitakathâti ~ā, Ps-pṭ III 108,17; duṭṭhullavacanaṁ ~ā, Spk-ṭ I 283,22 (ad Spk I 270,17); — °-gītā, f., love-song; ~aṁ gāyanto, Pv-a 151,19 (Ee w.r. kāmamati°).

" 346862424567058432,kāmapaṭisandhisukhin,en,"

kāma-paṭisandhi-sukhin

, mfn., happy by means of the rebirth (in the realm of) sensual pleasures; ~ino, M III 230,27 (Ps V 31,1) qu. Paṭis-a I 38,16.

" 346862424239902720,kāmapatthanā,en,"

kāma-patthanā,

f., search of sensual pleasure; ~aṁ nissāya uppannattā, Mp III 407,17; ~āya udāharaṇaṁ, Th-a III 39,6.

" 346862417864560640,kāmapipāsā,en,"

kāma-pipāsā,

f., thirst, desire for sensual pleasures (syn. kāma-taṇhā, q.v.); kāmasaññānaṁ pariññā akkhātā, ~ānaṁ paṭivinayo …, kāmavitakkānaṁ samugghāto …, kāmapariḷāhānaṁ vūpasamo …, Vin III 20,7 (kāmesu pātabyatānaṁ kāme vā pātu-m-icchānaṁ, Sp 218,16 [so read with Be]); kāmacchando (q.v.) + … ~ā, kāmapariḷāho (q.v.), M I 241,5 (4+4+4+5+6) (pipāsākaraṇavasena, Ps II 287,21); yasmā ca taṁ (sc. madanimmadanaṁ) āgamma sabbā pi ~ā vinayaṁ abbhatthaṁ yāti, tasmā pipāsavinayo, Vism 293,23 (kāmānaṁ pātukamyatā, kāmataṇhā, Vism-mhṭ I 347,17); katamā kāmesanā? … kāmacchando + … ~ā +, It-a II 17,1; ~āya taṇhânugataṁ, Nidd-a I 159,15.

" 346862170736168960,kamappavatta,en,"

kama-ppavatta

, mfn., occurring in order; ~ā visesā
eva, As-mṭ 61,5.

" 346862161672278016,kamappavatti,en,"

kama-ppavatti

, f., occurrence in order; samānak-
khaṇapavattīsu sattasu pi sambojjhaṅgesu vācāya
~ito paṭipāṭiyā vattabbesu, Ps-pṭ I 176,1; ~iyā, Sv-nṭ
I 382,29.

" 346862406120509440,kāmarāga,en,"

kāma-rāga,

m. [ts., cf. SWTF s.v.], passion for sensual pleasures; — exeg.: kāmesu rāgo ~o, kāmo eva vā rāgo ti ~o, Paṭis-a 118,11; — kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca ~assa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ na-ppajānāti, M I 434,1 = S IV 121,21 (tividhaṁ ~assa nissaraṇaṁ: vikkhambhana°, tadaṅga°, samuccheda-nissaraṇaṁ, Spk III 174,10) = A III 230,20 (Mp III 310,16 = Spk); ~aṁ … antaraṁ karitvā, M III 14,4; pajahanti ~aṁ, Vv 904 (Vv-a 242,30); Th 18 (cf. EV I); Ja III 450,24*; sakadāgāmissa ~o pahīno?, Kv 80,32; Ja V 149,32*; ~aṁ virājetvā, A III 373,6* = Sn 139 = Ja III 501,15* qu. Kv 114,17*; ~aṁ vā rūparāgaṁ vā arūparāgaṁ vā, A III 422,15; Nidd I 100,23; ~ena aṭṭito, Th 157; Ja VI 524,16*; ~ena adittā, Thī 89; ~ena ḍayhāmi, Th 1223; ~en’ avassutā, Thī 68; ~ena viddho, Ps II 144,6; atīto aṇusahagato ~o?, Kv 133,5; Nidd I 508,1; ~o kāmadhātupariyāpanno?, Kv 541,5; — ifc. appahīna‑°; asamucchinna‑°; uppanna‑°; oḷārika‑°; khīṇa‑°; tanu‑°; sañjāta‑°; samucchinna‑°; — °‑ṭṭhānīya, mfn., providing the opportunity for passion for sensual pleasures; ~ānaṁ … dhammānaṁ, S V 84,2 (kāmarāgassa kāraṇabhūtānaṁ ārammaṇadhammānaṁ, Spk III 149,2), cf. W. Geiger, Pāli Dhamma 1920: 103 § III 2b = Kl. Schr. 1973: 202; — [°‑nissaraṇaṁ, w.r. at Mp III 310,15, read kāmarāgassa ni°]; — °‑paṭigha, mn. [cf. BHSD s.v. pratigha, q.v.], passion for sensual pleasures and repugnance; apāyagamanīyā ca ~ā, Vism 684,26; pahīyanti ~ā anāgāmimaggena, As 377,1 qu. Nidd-a II 140,31; ~ānaṁ ekakkhaṇe anuppattito, Yam-a 92,6; Moh 307,7; — ~‑saṁyojana, n. [cf. BHSD s.v. pratigha, q.v.], the bonds ‘passion for sensual pleasures and repugnance’; ~āni oḷāriko kāmarāgânusayo paṭighânusayo ti … cattāro kilese, As 235,9 foll., cf. Vibh-a 460,24; As 376,25; — ~‑dvaya, n., the pair ~; ~assa oḷārikassa sakadāgāmimaggena … anuppādo, Sv 785,10, cf. Moh 309,14; ~‑va(t), mfn., provided with ~; ~antesu iṭṭhâniṭṭhârammaṇadhammesu, Vibh-a 460,22; — ~ânusaya, m., (latent) disposition towards ~; ~ā tatiyañāṇavajjhā, Vism 685,25 (aṇusahagatā … oḷārikānaṁ pana dutiyañāṇavajjhatā, Vism-mhṭ II 498,15, cf. Nidd-a I 102,30 foll.); — °‑paṭipakkha, mfn., opposed to the passion for sensual pleasures; ~ato, Vism 139,29 (kilesakāmassa paccatthikabhāvato, Vism-mhṭ I 163,27); qu. Sp 142,20; — °‑pariyuṭṭhāna, n. [cf. SWTF s.v. kāmarāgaparyavasthāna, q.v.], obsession, besetting by passion for sensual pleasures (Ñm), one of the seven “besettings”; ~aṁ, Vibh 383,6 (kāmarāgo va pariyuṭṭhānaṁ, Vibh-a 509,25); Kv 91,17; ~assa padaṭṭhānaṁ, Peṭ 159,13; —°‑pariyuṭṭhita, mfn., obsessed, pervaded by passion for sensual pleasures, cf. s. v. kāmarāga, kāmarāgânusaya, q.v.; ~enâti kāmarāgagahitena, Spk III 174,8; — °‑pariḷāha, m. [cf. kāmapariḷāha, q.v.], the fire of passion for sensual pleasures; ~ena pariḍahyamāno, Sp 517,10; tava kāraṇā uppannaṁ mama ~aṁ nibbāpehi, Sv 701, 28 (declaration of love); pariḷāhâti ~ā, Sv 1032,11 (so read with Be) = Mp III 322,1; — ifc. vūpasanta‑°; — °‑pareta, mfn., affected with passion for sensual pleasures, cf. s. v. kāmarāga, q.v.; ~enâti kāmarāgânugatena, Spk III 174,9; — °‑(p)pahāna, n. [Buddh. sa. kāmarāgaprahāṇa, cf. SWTF s.v.], abandonment of passion for sensual pleasures; ~āya, S I 13,7* = Th 39 qu. Peṭ 48,23* = Nett 146,5*; anusatiṭṭhānaṁ … ~āya saṁvattati, A III 323,28 (so Be and Mp; Ee = Ce 1915 ~assa pahānāya) (pañcakāmaguṇikassa rāgassa pahānatthāya, Mp III 358,9); ~aṁ, Pet 152,8 (so read with Peṭ-trsl. [Ñm] § 614 n. 1); — °‑ratta, mfn., impassioned with passion for sensual pleasures; ~âyaṁ, A III 311,13 (~o ayaṁ, Mp III 353,16); IV 289,28; — °‑vacana, mfn., expressing “passion for sensual pleasures”; lobhasaddo … ~o, It-a I 42,6; — °‑vasaṅgata, mfn., being in the power of the passion for sensual pleasures; ~o Ap 32,19; — °‑vinodana, n., dispelling the passion for sensual pleasures; ~aṁ, Vism 29,19; — °‑vimohita, mfn., deluded by passion for sensual pleasures; ~ā, Ap 549,21 qu. Thī-a 130,1; — °‑vinivesa, m., adherence to passion of sensual pleasures; ~vinibandha-paligedha-pariyuṭṭhānâjjhosānahetu, A I 66,10 (Be °âbhinivesa, cf. Mittelindisch § 191) (… kāmarāgo, tassa vinivesâdihetu, kāmarāgena abhiniviṭṭhattā, Mp II 139,16); — °‑vyāpāda, m. [ts., cf. SWTF s.v.], passion for sensual pleasures and ill will; ~ānaṁ patanūbhāvāya, Dhs 362 (As 238,27, Ce [SHB], Be, Ne tanū°, w.r. [?]); Kv 113,32; Vism 676,31; ~e … pajahati, Peṭ 135,12; Moh 267,21; idaṁ tanuttañ ca ~aṁ sakadāgāmiphalañ ca, Peṭ 185,17 (so read with Be and Peṭ-trsl. [Ñm]); Mil 391,18; — °‑saṁyojana, n., the fetter which is passion for sensual pleasures; — exeg.: ~aṁ bhavarāgasaṁyojanaṁ, As 387,5; — sakadāgamissa oḷārikā … anāgāmissa aṇusahagatā ~ā, Nidd I 27,15–18; 70,8 qu. Vism 682,1; ~aṁ paṭighasaññojanaṁ … + na … diṭṭhiyo, Paṭis I 142,9; Sv 784,11; kāmacchando, kāmarāgo … + idaṁ vuccati ~aṁ, Dhs 1114; satta saṁyojanāni: ~aṁ +, Vibh 383,11; dasa saṁyojanāni ~aṁ paṭigha°-°macchariyasaṁyojanaṁ avijjāsaṁyojanaṁ, Ps I 43,13; It-a I 166,3; Vibh 391,20; — °‑saṅkappa, m., intention directed towards passion for sensual pleasures; ~assa uppannabhāvaṁ, Ja I 501,10; —°‑samuccheda, m., destruction of passion for sensual pleasures; ~aṁ bahumaññanto, Th-a II 127,13; — °ânugata, cf. °-pareta, q.v.; — °ânusaya, m. [Buddh. sa. kāmarāgānuśaya, cf. SWTF s.v.], disposition towards the passion for sensual pleasures;— exeg.: kāmarāgo ca so appahīnaṭṭhena anusayo câti ~o, Vibh-a 460,12; thāmagato kāmarāgo ~o, Paṭis-a 118,4; kāmarāgo ca so appahīnaṭṭhena anusayo câti ~o, Moh 301,29; kāmarāgo yeva anusayo ~o, Abhidh-s-mhṭ 169,18; — satta anusayā ~o paṭighânusayo .… +, D III 254,3 = S V 60,7 (thāmagataṭṭhānena kāmarago va anusayo, Spk III 137,10, cf. Vism 684,12), cf. Abhidh-k-trsl. (de La Vallée Poussin) IV 1925: 9; añño ~o aññaṁ kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhānaṁ, Kv 499,8; ~o anārammaṇo?, 406,4; ~o ahetuko?, 446,22; kattha ~o anuseti, Yam I 268,9 qu. Moh 302,16; ~o hi kāmadhātuyā dvīsu vedanāsu anuseti, Yam-a 96,13; — ~‑ṭṭhāna, n., the place of the disposition towards the passion for sensual pleasures; ~e paṭighânusayo uppajjati, Yam-a 96,4; — °âbhāva, m., absence of passion for sensual pleasures; ~ato na rāgarāgī, Pj II 528,24 = Nidd-a I 236,18; khīṇâsavānaṁ pana anāgāmīnañ ca sabbaso ~ena sukkadhātuvikāram pi nâpajjati, Vmv I 253,9; — °âbhinivesa, cf. °-vinivesa, q.v.; — °(´)‑uppatti, f., arising of passion for sensual pleasures; abhinandato … balavato kāmarāgassa paccayabhūtā ~i, Sv-pṭ II 407,4 ad Sv 784,16 = Ps-pṭ I 379,13; — °(´)‑eka‑ṭṭha, mfn., conjoined with passion for sensual pleasures; ~aṁ kāmâvacarasattānam eva vattati, Vibh-a 496,1.

" 346862396041596928,kāmarajas,en,"

kāma-raja(s),

n., dirt, stain of sensual pleasures; mā taṁ ~o avāhari, S I 197,18* (kāmarāgarajo, Spk I 288,14); ~ena virajaṁ, Dhp-a IV 142,10 (so Be, Ce [1956]; Ee, Ce [1898] kāmena); ~assa antopatitakālato paṭṭhāya, Ja III 241,28´.

" 346862380145184768,kāmarāma,en,"

kāmârāma,

mfn., delighting in sensual pleasures; ~ā, A IV 438,19 in syn.-formula with kāmabhogin, q.v.

" 346862380153573376,kāmārāma,en,"

kāmârāma,

mfn., delighting in sensual pleasures; ~ā, A IV 438,19 in syn.-formula with kāmabhogin, q.v.

" 346862406988730368,kāmarasa,en,"

kāma-rasa,

m., the taste of sensual pleasures; ~aṁ ñatvā, Ja IV 470,27*, cf. II 329,15; palobhehi ~aṁ jānāpehi, IV 450,9; jhānasukhasaṁkhātaṁ ~aṁ āharituṁ asamattho, III 170,5´; — ifc. sabba-°; — °âhara, mfn., providing the taste of sensual pleasures; ad ~ā, Ja V 450,20* (sabbesaṁ kāmarasānaṁ āharaṇakā, 451,13´); — ifc. sabba-°.

" 346862399581589504,kāmarata,en,"

kāma-rata,

mfn., indulging in sensual pleasures; gihī kāmabhogī kāmârāmā ~ā kāmasamuditā, A IV 438,19 (4+4+4+6); kāme giddhā ~ā, Ja V 255,3*.

" 346862383144112128,kāmarati,en,"

kāma-rati,

f., delight in sensual pleasures; yaṁ tvaṁ ~iṁ brūsi arati mayhaṁ sā ahū, S I 128,27* = Thī 58 = Ap 556,26 etc.; bhuñjāhi ~iyo, Thī 57 (vatthukāmakilesakāmasannissitā khiḍḍāratiyo, Thī-a 63,9); 190 (kāmakhiḍḍāratiyo, Thī-a 162,22); ~iyo jalitā kuthitā kampitā santāpitā, 504 (3+3+3+4); rūpâdīsu ārammaṇesu ~i, Ja III 295,14´; ratisu methunaṁ ~i nāma uttamarati, IV 107,24´ (so read Ee w.r. rati sumethunaṁ); so maccho … aññaṁ macchiṁ ~iyā gato, I 211,15´, cf. II 178,25´; tvaṁ maṁ vacanen’eva santappesi, na ~iyā, III 253,8; tāpasakumāraṁ ~iyā palobhetvā, IV 221,1; ~iyā ramāma, 329,27´; ~im eva anubhavissāma, VI 229,24; manāpikaṁ ~iṁ … ohāya, Mil 362,12; ~iṁ kātuṁ na vaṭṭati, Dhp-a III 112,18; — °‑kīlā, f., enjoying the pleasures of love; mātugāmaṁ gahetvā araññe ~aṁ kīḷanto, Ja II 379,19 (so v.l. Ms. B, Be; Ee, Ce [SHB], Se rati°); sattâhikā … ~ā hoti, tato vītarāgā, Sv-pṭ III 204,6; — °‑carita, n., living in the delight in sensual pleasures; anariyesu (Be adds: aparisuddhesu) kāmaguṇesu ~āni ācarati, Ja V 455,15´; — °‑dāyaka, mfn., giving delight in sensual pleasures; ~āni rūpâdīni ārammaṇāni, Ja III 396,19´; — °‑nissita, mfn., inclined towards delight in sensual pleasures; ~ā hutvā puna gehaṁ gatā, Dhp-a II 160,3; — °‑matta, mfn., intoxicated by the delight in sensual pleasures, cf. next; — °‑para, mfn., indulging only the delight in sensual pleasures; ~o, Ja VI 230,8 (Ms. Bd, Be: °-matto, cf. prec.); — °‑santhava, n. [ts., Buddh. sa.], aquaintance with the delight in sensual pleasures, cf. J. Brough on KDhp 129; … anuyuñjetha mā ~aṁ, S I 25,26* = M II 105,19* (Ps III 343,17) = Dhp 27 (vatthukāmakilesakāmesu ratisaṅkhātaṁ taṇhāsanthavaṁ, Dhp-a I 258,5 foll.) = Th 884 (Th-a III 63,17), cf. KDhp 129, PDhp 26, Uv IV 12; — °‑sannissita, mfn., based on delight in sensual pleasures; kiccaṁ ~aṁ, Th-a III 25,15.

" 346862407387189248,kāmaratta,en,"

kāma-ratta,

mfn., intoxicated by sensual pleasures; atha taṁ kāmagiddhaṁ ~aṁ kāmapariyesantañ ca, Nidd-a I 55,25 foll. (4+4+7; so Be, Ce [SHB]; Ee w.r. kāme rakkhantaṁ, cf. kāmapariyesat, q.v.).

" 346862403746533376,kāmarūpa,en,"

kāma-rūpa,

n. [ts., cf. SWTF s.v.], shape assumed at will; urago … jalajo (sc. kāmarūpī, q.v.) jale eva ~aṁ labhati na thale, Pj II 13,22 qu. Sp-ṭ III 18,15; ~e, Sacc 223; yadā ~e jāyati, tadā hadayavatthuṁ nissāya jāyati, iti tasmā savatthukaṁ nāma jātaṁ, Abhidh-av-pṭ I 8,8; — ifc. atta‑°; attha‑° (Th-a I 53,15); — °‑gati, f., rebirth in a shape assumed at will; ~iṁ gatā, Vibh 426,7* qu. Moh 229,20*; — °(´)‑agga‑bhūmika‑tta, n., the state of having attained the highest level of assuming a shape at will; ~ā kāmarūpârūpaggabhūmikattā ca, Sv-pṭ III 324,17; — °‑dhara, mfn., having a shape at will; kāmavaṇṇinîti ~ā yathicchitarūpadhārinī, Vv-a 80,6; — °‑niyāmita, mfn., leading towards a shape assumed at will; kammaṁ … ~aṁ, Nāmar-p 455; — °‑pariññā-vādin, mfn., talking with an understanding changing at will; yathā aññe savipallāsā ~ino jānantâpi vipallāsavasena jānanti, na evaṁ bhagavā, Ps-pṭ I 182,15; — °‑bhava, m., existence, in which a shape at will is assumed; oraṁ ~o pāram arūpabhavo, Pj II 13,10 qu. Sp-ṭ III 18,6; — °~‑dvaya, n., the pair existence, in which a shape at will is assumed, and material existence; ~e, Abhidh-av 743; Nāmar-p 744; — °‑bhūmi, f., the sphere of shapes assumed at will; na hi āruppe ~īsu viya vipāko rūpassa paccayo hoti, Vism-mhṭ II 282,3; — °â-rūpa, n., shape assumed and not assumed at will; jalajā thalajâti … ~ānaṁ vasena dviguṇitā, Spk III 8,1 (Ee °rūpa-akāma°); — ~‑dhamma, m., state of ~; yāvatikā sabhāvadhammānaṁ ~ānaṁ pavatti, Bv-a 104,27; — ~‑bhava, m., existence in ~; ~esu sabbaṁ taṇham apanessāmi, Mil 248,8; ~esu adhigataphalā tayo sakadāgāmino, Pj I 182,22 = Pj II 277 (text not in Ee); tiṇṇam pi ~ānaṁ paccayo hoti, Vibh-a 187,7 = Vism 574,32; upapattibhavo … pabhedato ~ā tayo, Moh 143,29; — ~-bhūmi, f., sphere of ~; ~īsu Vism-mhṭ I 110,12 ad Vism 85,27; — ~‑bheda, m., division into ~; ~ato duvidhaṁ, Vism 552,1 qu. Vibh-a 160,27; dhammo … ~ato tividho accantasukhâvahanato, Vjb 11,25; — ~‑loka, m., the world of ~; ~assa nātho padhāno ti lokanātho, Ap-a 322,19; — °âvacara-sucarita, n., good conduct in the realm of the shape assumed at will; ~e, It-a I 74,3 (so read with Be); — °(´)‑itā, f., ability to assume a shape at will; Māro … attano ~āya dasabalassa sarikkhakaṁ rūpaṁ māpetvā, Mp I 397,18; — °(´)‑in, mfn., assuming a shape at will; varuṇo ~ī vikubbāmi, Ap 376 (yathicchitakāmanimmānasīlo, Ap-a 239,25, so read with Be); urago … ~ī duvidho jalajo thalajo ca, Pj II 13,26 qu. Sp-ṭ III 18,14; Erāvaṇo nāma devaputto ~ī dibbe vimāne vasati, Pj II 368,25; kakaṇṭako ti ~ī, Ja-pṭ ad Ja I 442,21; — ifc. a‑°.

" 346862389922107392,kāmasā,en,"

kāmasā,

²ind. [instr. sg. of kāma, q.v., cf. Mittelindisch § 298], at will; ~ dhammacārinī, Ja IV 320,5* (ct. ekanten’eva); ajjhabhāseyya … ~, V 351,4* (ct. attano ruciyā); VI 181,28* (ct. attano icchāya); 182,14* (ct. attano ruciyā); — ifc. a-°.

" 346862102096384000,kamasabbaññu,en,"

kama-sabbaññu,

mfn., gaining omniscience step by step; sabbaññûti ca: ~ū, sakiṁsabbaññū, satatasabbaññū, sattisabbaññū, ñātasabbaññū, Nidd-a I 386,24 = Paṭis-a I 58,16; — °-tā, f., abstr. of prec.; Nidd-a I 386,26 = Paṭis-a I 58,19.

" 346862395211124736,kāmasagga,en,"

kāma-sagga,

m., heaven of sensual pleasures (i.e. the (six) heavens of kāmâvacaradevas, q.v., cf. kāmadevaloka, q.v.), cf. R. Kloetzli, Buddhist Cosmology 1983: 33 “kāmadeva”; — exeg.: chasu kāmâvacaradevesu, Mp-ṭ Be III 20,18 ad Mp III 254,9; — chasu ~esu nibbattadevatā, Mp I 276,11; Cp-a 227,10; chasu ~esu anulomapaṭilomato dibbasampattiṁ anubhavitvā, Th-a II 113,19; devaloke chasu ~esu, Ap-a 304,9; tisso pi kulasampadā cha ~āni nava brahmaloke patvā, Spk I 97,22 ≠ 135,15; tīsu kulasampadāsu chasu ~esu sukhaṁ, Ja V 124,16´; tīṇi kulaggāni cha ~āni na upeti, 122,34 (so read with Be; Ee, Ce kāmaggāni, w.r., cf. kāmamagga, q.v.); cha ~e brahmalokasampattiyo, I 105,29; ovādakārā … tisso kulasampattiyo ca cha ~e vīsati brahmaloke … patvā, II 130,2; anukkamena pañcasu ~esu uppajjitvā, Thī-a 272,31; pañcame ~e, Vv-a 102,17; eko koṭṭhāso brahmaloke nibbatti, eko chasu ~esu, eko … manussaloke, Ja IV 490,16; VI 29,28; — ifc. sabba‑° (Ja V 67,5´, cf. kāmamagga, q.v.); — °(´)‑issariya, n., kingship in the heaven of sensual pleasures, ifc. only; — ifc. cha‑° (Ja V 487,13, Ee w.r. kāmagg°).

" 346862390224097280,kāmasahagata,en,"

kāma-sahagata,

mfn., accompanied by desire; paṭhamajjhānassa lābhiṁ ~ā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, Paṭis 35,32 (sahagatasaddassa ārammaṇattho adhippeto, vatthukāmakilesakāmârammaṇâti attho, Paṭis-a 139,7) qu. Sv 1059,8 (Sv-pṭ III 363,2); Vibh 330,20 (Vibh-a 418,19) qu. Vism 88,21 (kāmârammaṇā kāmasaññāhi vā vokiṇṇā, Vism-mhṭ I 114,13); S IV 263,16 (pañcanīvaraṇasahagatā, Spk III 87,25) ≠ A IV 415,15 (kāmanissitā, Mp IV 194,10); vatthukāme paṭicca kilesakāmavasena uppajjanato ~aṁ sukhaṁ, Ud-a 108,3.

" 346862390727413760,kāmasalla,en,"

kāma-salla,

mn., arrow that is desire; sallaviddho (Sn 767) … ~ena ca sokasallena ca viddho, Nidd I 5,20.

" 346862391784378368,kāmasambādha,en,"

kāma-sambādha,

mn., obstruction by desire; ~assa hi abhāvamatten’eva paṭhamajjhānaṁ okāsâdhigamo, Mp IV 205,18.

" 346862395651526656,kāmasaṃhita,en,"

kāma-saṁhita,

mfn., connected to sensual pleasure; mānasaṁ ~aṁ, Mil 391,8*.

" 346862391276867584,kāmasammudita,en,"

kāma-sammudita,

mfn., pleased by sensual pleasures, only in formula, cf. kāmabhogin, q.v.; ~ā, A IV 438,19.

" 346862392447078400,kāmasampatti,en,"

kāma-sampatti,

f., fulfilment of sensual pleasure; divā kāsāyāni dhāreti, jaṭā ca bandhati, rattiṁ ~iṁ anubhavati, Ps III 399,12 qu. Sp-ṭ III 329,13 ≠ Pj II 440,27.

" 346862396465221632,kāmasaṃyojana,en,"

kāma-saṁyojana,

n., bonds of desire; sabbaso ~ānaṁ anadhiṭṭhānā, M II 235,31 (pañcakāmaguṇataṇhānaṁ nissaṭṭhatā, Ps IV 26,2); ~aṁ vā upādiyamāno, 237,19; ~e checchaṁ, Ja VI 51,17* (ct. ~aṁ); — °‑ghaṭana, n., tying bonds of desire; °atthaṁ, Dhp-a I² 104,10 (= I 123,19); — °‑bandhana, n., connection and bond by desire; ~āni … chetvā, D II 274,5* (so read with Be and Sv 709,24; Ee bhetvā) (kāmasaṁyojanāni ca kāmabandhanāni ca, Sv 709,9); — °âtiga, mfn., overcoming connections to sensual pleasure; <vimuttā> ~ā, A III 373,5* (vimuttā spurious?, cf. Mp III 387,22) qu. Kv 114,22* (Ee w.r.).

" 346862393873141760,kāmasaṅgasatta,en,"

kāma-saṅgâsatta,

mfn., clinging to desire by bonds; kāmesu sattā ~ā, Ud 75,20* (~ā … vatthukāmesu rāgasaṅgena c’eva diṭṭhimānadosavijjāsaṅgehi ca sattā āsattā, Ud-a 366,1, so read) qu. Peṭ 10,6*, 153,11*.

" 346862393902501888,kāmasaṅgāsatta,en,"

kāma-saṅgâsatta,

" 346862394355486720,kāmasaṅkappa,en,"

kāma-saṅkappa,

m., idea, thought influenced by desire; — exeg.: ~enâti kāmapaṭisaṁyuttena vitakkena, Nidd-a I 274,14; pāpavitakkan ti ~aṁ, Spk-pṭ I 283,5 ad Spk I 269,25; — tayo akusalā saṅkappā: ~o vyāpāda°, vihiṁsā°, D III 215,7; M II 27,25; kāmasaññaṁ paṭicca uppajjati ~o, ~aṁ paṭicca uppajjati kāmacchando, S II 151,12; micchāsaṁkappo ~o +, M III 73,2; It-a II 88,36; anāvilasaṅkappo … bhikkhuno ~o pahīno +, D III 270,15; Paṭis-a 694,11; ~ena … phuṭṭho, Nidd I 149,24; atthato pana kāmavitakkâdīnañ ca ~añ ca nānākaraṇaṁ natthi, Sv 986,27 ≠ It-a II 93,11; Sv 1063,4; saṅkappānan ti °âdīnaṁ, Spk I 36,28; °âdivasena dūsitamanovitakkā, Pv-a 226,8; °âdayo nava mahāvitakkā, Vism-mhṭ I 36,12 ad Vism 14,32; — °‑bahula, mfn., full of thoughts influenced by desire; bhikkhu asantuṭṭho … ~o ca viharati, A III 145,27; Vin V 132,22.

" 346862393403379712,kāmasaññā,en,"

kāma-saññā,

f., perception of sensual pleasures; — exeg.: kāmapaṭisampayuttā saññā ~ā, Sv 986,30 qu. Nidd-a I 173,33; Th-a III 120,29; ~ā aṭṭhalobhasahagatacittasahajātā, Ps III 270,12; ~âti mānusake kāme ārabbha uppannasaññā, Ps IV 57,17; — tisso akusalasaññā ~ā, vyāpāda°, vihiṁsā°, D III 215,11 qu. Nett 126,3; Nidd I 56,5; ~ā (vyāpāda°, vihiṁsā°) … itosamuṭṭhānā akusalasaṅkappā, M II 27,30; ~ā nānattasaññā, Vibh 369,32; kāmadhātuṁ … paṭicca uppajjati ~ā, ~aṁ paṭicca … kāmasaṅkappo, S II 151,12 (Spk II 136,17); ~ā hi piye manāpe satte vā saṅkhāre vā vitakkentassa uppajjati, Nidd-a I 173,17; rūpasampattiṁ disvā ~ā uppādentiyā, Th-a III 116,15; diṭṭhadhammikā ~ā … samparāyikā ~ā ubhayam etam Māradheyyaṁ Mārass’ esa visayo, M II 262,1; ~āya pahānāya nekkhammasaññā bhāvetabbā, A III 446,4; Kv 491,33; purimā ~ā … nirujjhati, D I 182,19 (paṭhamajjhānasamaṅgino, Sv 372,4); Paṭis-a 137,29; nâbhijānāmi ~aṁ uppannapubbaṁ, M III 125,18; Th 1039; kāmānaṁ pahānaṁ … ~ānaṁ pariññā +, Vin III 20,7 ≠ 111,32; pahānaṁ ~ānaṁ, A I 134,10* (so read with v.l., Ce 1915, Be; Ee kāmacchandānaṁ) ≠ Sn 1106 (Udayapañhe [Sn 1106] … kāmacchandānan ti āgataṁ … Aṅguttarabhāṇakehi ~ānan ti āropitaṁ. tattha vyañjanaṁ nānaṁ attho pana eko yeva, Mp II 208,10 foll., cf. Sn 214 n. 9 “°macha°, m.c.”!); aññatra kāmehi aññatra ~āya aññatra kammavitakkehi kāme paṭisevissati, M I 133,16; viratto ~āya, S I 53,21* (°‑gahaṇena pañc’ orambhagiyasaṁyojanāni … gahitā … ~āya vā kāmabhavo … gahito, Spk I 110,26–111,3, cf. Sagāthavagge pana ~āsûti pi pāṭho, Pj II 214,30) = Sn 175 (Pj II 214,27); kāmā vā ~ā vā brahmaloke na vijjati, Ja IV 469,9*; ~āya + … satto, visatto, āsatto +, Nidd I 93,11; Rem.: On a wrong emendation of ~ā at S I 126,23* cf. Th. Oberlies, IIJ XXXVIII 1995: 117, cf. S-trsl. (Geiger) I 196 n. 1; — ifc. uppanna‑° (Nidd-a I 466,14); vigata‑°; — °âsaya, m., basis of the perception of sensual pleasures; kāmavitakkānaṁ ~o, Nidd I 501,20 (Nidd-a I 466,13).

" 346862364953415680,kāmasava,en,"

kāmâsava,

m. [cf. ²āsava, BHSD āsrava, q.v.], evil influence from sensual pleasures, cf. L. Alsdorf, Études Jaina 1965: 4 foll.; — exeg.: kāmesu āsavo … atthato … kāmarāgo rūpâdiabhirati, It-a II 19,1; yo kāmesu kāmacchando + … kāmajjhosānaṁ, ayaṁ vuccati ~o, Vibh 373,3; Moh 95,12 foll.; ~o avijjâsavena āsavo c’eva āsavasampayutto ca, Dhs 1109; — tayo āsavā: ~o bhavâsavo avijjâsavo, D III 216,9 (pañcakāmaguṇiko rāgo, Sv 989,23 = Ps I 67,27) = A III 414,11 qu. Vibh 364,11; It 49,8; cattāro ~ā: ~o bhavâsavo diṭṭhâsavo avijjâsavo, Dhs 1096 (As 369,22 = Sv 989,23); Mp III 79,1; ~aṁ paṭicca diṭṭhâsavo, avijjâsavo, Moh 95,20 qu. Paṭṭh; rūpakāyo ~assa bhavâsavassa ca padaṭṭhānaṁ, Peṭ 94,10; ye assu darathā ~aṁ paṭicca +, M III 108,23 (Ps IV 154,6); y’assa … dhamme manasikaroto anuppanno vā ~o uppajjati, uppanno vā pavaḍḍhati, M I 6,27; aladdhaṁ cīvarâdiṁ patthayato laddhaṁ vā assādayato ~assa uppatti, Ps I 77,27; sītena phuṭṭhassa uṇhaṁ patthayato ~o uppajjati, Mp III 397,10; avikkhepo samādhi ~ena anāsavo, Paṭis II 99,25; Vism 480,3; Paṭis-a 588,10; Nett 83,23; ~ā pi cittaṁ vimuccittha, Vin III 5,31 (~ato, Sp 168,14) ≠ D I 84,8 (~ato, Sv 225,13) = M III 108,18 = Kv 242,34; D II 81,26; ~o tatiyañāṇavajjho, Vism 685,16 = Abhidh-av 131,10; ~o pi aggamaggavajjho, It-a II 19,16; sakadāgāmimaggena oḷāriko ~o khīyati, Paṭis I 96,11; ~o … bhavâsavo … taṇhācaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā, Nett 115,12; ~ena taṇhânusaṭaṁ, Nidd-a I 159,16; ~ā ca bhavâsavā ca rāgavasena ekato katvā, As 371,29; — °-niddesa, m., title of Dhs 1097; ~e, Moh 95,30; — °-bhavâsava, m., evil influence from sensual pleasures and evil influence from becoming; ettha pana ~ā sahajātâdivasena avijjāya paccayā, Ps I 223,34 (kāmarāgabhavarāgā ~âti, Ps-pṭ I 326,26 foll.); — °‑rahita, mfn., free from evil influence from sensual pleasures; anāsave ti ~e, Ja III 411,25´; — °‑samudaya, mfn., having the origin in evil influences; soko ~o, Vism 576,29 qu. Vibh-a 189,13.

" 346862364970192896,kāmāsava,en,"

kāmâsava,

" 346862364605288448,kāmasāvajjita,en,"

kāmâsā-vajjita,

mfn., having given up the hope for sensual pleasures; Kapiladhīrassa ~assa, Ap 583,12 (Be kāmehi vajjitassa) qu. Thī-a 72,15 (Be, Ee kāmehi vajitassa).

" 346862364617871360,kāmāsāvajjita,en,"

kāmâsā-vajjita,

mfn., having given up the hope for sensual pleasures; Kapiladhīrassa ~assa, Ap 583,12 (Be kāmehi vajjitassa) qu. Thī-a 72,15 (Be, Ee kāmehi vajitassa).

" 346862365641281536,kāmasaya,en,"

kāmâsaya,

mfn., disposed towards sensual pleasures; puggalo kāmagaruko ~o kāmâdhimutto, Paṭis I 123,19 (kāmo āsaye santāne assa, Paṭis-a 398,8) qu. Vibh-a 460,5, cf. kāmagaruka, q.v.; ayaṁ ~o na nekkhammâdiāsayo, Ud-a 141,14 = It-a I 129,5.

" 346862365653864448,kāmāsaya,en,"

kāmâsaya,

" 346862387892064256,kāmaseṭṭha,en,"

Kāma-seṭṭha,

m. [cf. BHSD Kāmaśreṣṭha, q.v.], Npr.; name of a yakkha, follower of the four yakkha kings, cf. R. N. Misra, Yaksha Cult and Iconography 1979: 57; ~o, D II 258,20* = III 204,25*.

" 346862387522965504,kāmasevanā̆,en,"

kāma-sevanā̆,

fn., practice of sensual pleasures; ~aṁ nāma sukhaṁ, Ja III 464,23; etissā ~āya attamano, II 180,8´; — °‑samaya, m., moment of practice of sensual pleasures; ~e kālaṁ katvā … niraye nibbattanti, Ja III 465,3´.

" 346862377653768192,kāmasevin,en,"

kāma-sevin,

mfn., practising sensual pleasures; ~ino hi apāye anupagamma sagge nibbattanti, Ja IV 118,11´.

" 346862389615923200,kāmasineha,en,"

kāma-sineha,

m. [Buddh. sa. kāmasneha, cf. SWTF s.v.], sticking, adhering to sensual pleasure, cf. K. Hoffmann, Indoiranistik 1976: 450; kāmesu kāmacchando kāmarāgo + … ~o + kāmajjhosānaṁ, only in this formula in canonical Pāli, for ref. cf. kāmajjhosāna. q.v., cf. kāma 1., CPD III 369b49; Abhidh-k-trsl. (La Vallée Poussin) IV: 77; — sinehaṭṭhena ~o, As 370,21; laggâti ~ena allīnā, Nidd-a I 109,31; kāmataṇhāvasena ~vasena, 27,13.

" 346862387237752832,kāmasneha,en,"

kāma-sneha,

cf. kāmasineha, q.v.

" 346862388567347200,kāmasugati,en,"

kāma-sugati,

f., happiness from sensual pleasures; ~iṁ ārabbha uppannataṇhā, Th-a II 162,9; kāmataṇhāsahacaritā sugati ~i, Abhidh-s-mhṭ 124,13; °âdike tividhe sampattibhave, Vism-mhṭ II 452,2; ~ito ṭhapetvā, Moh 35,14; devamanussavasena sattavidhāya ~iyaṁ, Abhidh-s-mhṭ 127,16; ~imhi (!), Nāmar-p 449; ~ito cutā … ~iyaṁ … arūpasaññato cutā, Pm-vn 202 foll.; — °‑paṭisandhi, m., rebirth in happiness from sensual pleasures; nava ~iyo, Abhidh-s 23,13; — °‑bhūmi, f., sphere of happiness from sensual pleasures; ~i, Abhidh-s 124,13.

" 346862389309739008,kāmasukha,en,"

kāma-sukha,

n., happiness from sensual pleasures; — exeg.: ~an ti kāme ārabbha uppajjanakasukhaṁ, Mp II 152,26; ~an ti vatthukāmasukhaṁ, Pj II 112,1; sātarūpenâti ~ena, Mp IV 139,20; kāmaguṇe paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṁ … idaṁ ~aṁ, M I 454,13 = A IV 415,12 qu. Nidd II 121,5 (Be 279,24); dve ’māni sukhāni … ~añ ca nekkhammasukhañ ca, A I 80,19; Ja V 428,20; Kv 209,7; kāmehi ~aṁ ~ā kāmaggasukhaṁ, M II 43,4; ~aṁ mīḷhasukhaṁ + … sadukkho eso dhammo +, M III 236,12; — mīḷhasukhena ~ena cittaṁ ramayitvā, Sp 510,17 = Spk II 220,26; na ~aṁ anuyuñjeyya hīnaṁ gammaṁ +, M III 230,23 qu. Paṭis-a 39,2; khiḍḍaṁ ratiṁ ~añ ca loke … anapekkhamāno, Sn 59 (Pj II 112,5); anapekkhino ~aṁ pahāya, S I 77,19* = Dhp 346 = Ja II 140,22* (ct. 141,16´) qu. Nett 34,21*; Ud 11,22* (°devaloke chabbidhakāmasaggasukhan ti yaṁ ekādasavidhe kāmaloke uppajjantaṁ ~aṁ, Ud-a 108,18) qu. Nett 165,2* = Peṭ 55,19*; ~aṁ rajjasukhaṁ ārabbha udānam udānesi, Dhp-a II 126,5, cf. Ap-a 502,35; ~am attakilamathan ti ime ca ante anupagacchanto, Vism 203,26 qu. Sp 117,12; dukkhāya vedanāya phuṭṭho samāno ~am abhinandati … na … pajānāti … puthujjano aññatra ~ā dukkhāya vedanāya nissaraṇaṁ, S IV 208,21 foll.; samaṇabrāhmaṇā … ~aṁ anudhāvanti, Sv 897,5; khīnāsavâpi maññe ~aṁ sādiyanti, Dhp-a II 51,2 ≠ IV 166,13 (Be ~aṁ); ~am eva anubhavissāmi, Ja VI 230,6 (Be kāmaguṇasukhaṁ, q.v.); avijahanto ~aṁ, Vism 56,28*; ~ā dullabhā loke, Thī 483; — °‑giddha-tā, f., the craving for the happiness from sensual pleasures, cf. kāmagiddha, q.v.; ~āya … ucchedaṁ gaṇhāti, Sv 120,7 (Ee °gijjhatāya; Sv-pṭ I 227,13) = Vibh-a 505,19; — °‑pariccāga, m., renunciation of the happiness from sensual pleasures; vatthukāmehi vivekavacanato yeva ~o, Vism 140,20 qu. Sp 142,7 = As 165,9; — °‑sadisa, mfn., like the happiness from sensual pleasures; ~aṁ nāma sukhaṁ natthi, Ja IV 118,6; Dhp-a III 249,12; — °‑samaṅgin, mfn., participating in the happiness from sensual pleasures; turiyena paricariyamānassa ~ino issarajanassa, Th-a II 169,23 (so read); — °ânuyoga, m., pursuit of happiness from sensual pleasures (older syn. °sukhallikânu°, q.v.); alobhena ca anuññātānaṁ paṭisevanamukhena pavattaṁ ~aṁ … dhunāti, Vism 81,18 qu. Mp I 162,25; °‑vasena kāmabhavesu … giddhā, Th-a I 155,9; ~o khiḍḍāratiniddânuyogo, Th-a II 176,10; I 14,28, cf. As 128,30; — °(´)ûpabhoga, mfn., enjoying the happiness from sensual pleasures; gihibhogâti ~to, It-a II 115,4 (Be °sambho°); — ~âraha, mfn. deserving ~; devaloke ~am eva hi ariyapuggalaṁ, It-a II 79,33.

" 346862388928057344,kāmasukhallikanuyoga,en,"

kāma-sukhallikânuyoga,

m. [ts., Buddh. sa. kāmasukhalikānuyoga, cf. SWTF s.v.; cf. BHSD sukhallikā, q.v.], pursuit of happiness from sensual pleasures, cf. O. v. Hinüber, Untersuchungen zur Mündlichkeit. AWL 1994 Nr. 5: 11, 17, younger syn. °sukhānu°, q.v.; — exeg.: ~o ti. ettha kāmesûti vatthukāmo adhippeto, dutiyo kilesakāmo taṁsampayuttasukhaṁ ettha kāmasukhaṁ … allīyanaṁ nāma tadabhinandanā. anuyogo nāma bhavantare tadanuyogapatthanā, Vjb 402,3–6; taṁsahacarite (sc. kāmataṇhā) kāme sukhe vā ārammaṇabhūte allīnā pavattatîti kāmasukhallikā taṇhā, tassā kāmasukhallikāya anu anu yogo ~o, Vmv I 42,1 foll.; — kāmesu ~o hīno gammo pothujjaniko, Vin I 10,12 (2+2+5) = S IV 330,29 = V 421,4 (Ee w.r.) (vatthukāmesu kilesakāmasukhassa anuyogo, Spk III 297,9) qu. Paṭis II 147,12 (Paṭis-a 610,32 qu. Spk); na … bhagavā kāmesu ~am anuyutto hīnaṁ +, D III 113,20 (so read, Ee w.r.) (vatthukāmesu kāmasukhânuyogaṁ, Sv 896,27; kāmasukhe allīnā hutvā anuyuñjanaṁ, Sv-pṭ III 102,10); ~o eko anto, attakilamathânuyogo eko anto, Ps I 104,15; Ud-a 351,23; attakilamathânuyogo ~o ca rogo … gaṇḍo … sallo, Nett 110,11–18; vipassanāyānena ~aṁ samathayānena attakilamathânuyogan ti antadvayaṁ parivajjetvā, Vibh-a 121,13; sīlena ca °‑saṅkhātassa antassa vajjanaṁ, Vism 5,17; ito bahiddhā te pabbajitā taṇhācaritā ~am anuyuttā viharanti, Peṭ 241,22 ≠ Nett 110,3 (kāmesu pātabyataṁ, Nett-a [= Nett 236,14]); ~assa pahānaṁ, Vism 32,12; ~o … kāmabhogīnaṁ dassanatthaṁ gahito, Spk III 108,22; — °‑anta, m. [edd. °-yoga-anta], the extreme “pursuit of happiness from sensual pleasures”; alobhena ~assa parivajjanaṁ hoti, As 128,30 (Be om. parivajjanaṁ hoti) qu. Vism-mhṭ I 136,4, cf. Th-a I 14,28 (°sukhānu°); — °‑vivajjanûpāya, mn., method to avoid the pursuit of happiness from sensual pleasures; vatthukāmappahānato ~aṁ, Paṭis-a 534,12; — ~-dassana, n., seeing ~; vatthukāmapahānato ~aṁ, Sp 109,29 = Ps I 12,29 = Mp I 16,5 qu. Pj I 113,14; — °‑saññin, mfn., perceiving the pursuit of happiness from sensual pleasures; ~ī, Ps III 323,13; — °(´)‑assāda, m., enjoyment of the pursuit of happiness from sensual pleasures; °-saṅkhātā rūparasā +, Sp 132,19 = Mp IV 78,13.

" 346862388944834560,kāmasukhallikānuyoga,en,"

kāma-sukhallikânuyoga,

" 346862388235997184,kāmasutta,en,"

Kāma-sutta,

m., title of Sn 766–771; ~aṁ, Pj II 511,3; Nidd-a I 10,24; 11,2; Ja IV 168,13; Ud-a 312,17; — °‑niddesa, m., title of Nidd I 1–22; ~o, Nidd I 22,8, cf. Kāma-niddesa, q.v.; — ~‑vaṇṇanā, f., title of Nidd-a I 11–91.

" 346862100754206720,kāmatā,en,"

kāma-tā,

f., abstr., wish, desire, ifc. only; kātuṁ ~āya, Spk-pṭ I 209,9 (w.r. for kātu-k‑°, q.v.); — ifc. a‑°; akattu‑° (Vjb 317,23); akathetu‑° (Sv 264,5); akātu‑° (Ja IV 253,25); akujjhitu‑° (Nidd-a II 148,18, w.r., cf. kujjhitu‑°, Pj II 126,11 = Ap-a 199,12); agantuka‑° (Ja VI 18,2 [so read with Ce, Be, Se; Ee w.r. āg°; text is part of the prose, not of the ct.!]); ajjhoharitu‑° (Sp 832,26); aññātu‑°; atikkamitu‑° (Vjb 359,26); atidassana‑° (Sv 599,7); attha‑°; adassana‑° (Mil 281,10); adātu‑°; anajjhoharitu‑° (Vmv I 158,12); anattha‑°; ananussaritu‑° (Sv 913,27); anāpajjitu‑° (As 207,6 [Be an-av°]); anāpanna‑° (Vjb 363,5); anupagantu‑° (Sp-ṭ I 434,20); anubhāvitu‑° (Ps II 297,32); antokattu‑° (Vjb 453,16); apanetu‑° (Vism-mhṭ I 379,19); apaharitu‑° (Sp-ṭ III 93,25); appavesetu‑° (Vmv I 160,5); aphāsu‑° (Kkh[2] 329,22); aphusitu‑° (Ps-pṭ II 301,5); abhi‑° (Paṭis-a 656,5); abhidassana‑° (Sp-ṭ III 446,26); amaritu‑° (Pj II 493,12); amuñcitu‑° (As 352,8, cf. °‑kamyatā, q.v.); ayasa‑° (Kkh[2] 155,19); alimpitu‑° (Sp-ṭ II 336,27); avaṇṇa‑° (Kkh[2] 169,19); avattu‑° (Mp-ṭ II 133,25); avicāretu‑° (Sp 676,3); avivaṇṇetu‑° (As-mṭ 23,15); asamāpajjitu‑° (Vism 336,18); asamūhanitu‑° (Sv-pṭ II 239,5); asaritu‑° (Sp-ṭ II 50,14); asikkhitu‑° (Sp-ṭ III 89,23); ahitâpanayana‑° (Vv-a 58,17); [āgantuka‑° (w.r. in Ee for a-gantuka‑°, q.v.)]; itthi‑° (at´‑°, Bhes I 98); uk-kaṁsetu‑° (Spk III 29,30); uccāretu‑° (Vjb 336,21); uppabbājitu‑° (Vjb 95,21); ek´-antahita‑° (Pj II 73,7); omasitu‑°; kattu‑°; kathetu‑° (Sp-ṭ II 195,24, cf. °kamyatā, q.v.); kappetu‑°; kātu‑° (Sp 311,25); kāretu‑°; kīḷitu‑°; kujjhitu‑°; kopetu‑°; khāditu‑°; khī̆y(y)itu‑°; gaṇhitu‑°; gantu‑°; gahāpetu‑°; gahetu‑°; caritu‑°; cavitu‑°; cira-ṭṭhiti‑°; codetu‑°; chādetu‑°; jānitu‑°; jīvitu‑°; ñātu‑°; ṭhapetu‑°; thometu‑°; daṭṭhu‑°; dassetu‑°; dātu‑°; dukkha‑°; dukkhâpanayana‑°; desetu‑°; nikkhamitu‑°; nigū̆hetu‑°; niṭṭhāpetu‑°, niddāyitu‑°; niyojitu‑°; nivattitu‑°; nīharitu‑°; nhāyitu‑°; pakkamitu‑°; pakkositu‑°; paggaṇhitu‑°; paññāpetu‑°; paṭiggahetu‑°; paṭicchādetu‑°; para-dukkhâpanayana‑°; parânuggaha‑°; paricāra‑°; parinibbātu‑°; paribhuñjitu‑°; parivattetu‑°; pariharitu‑°; pa-lāpetu‑°; paviveka‑°; pavisitu‑°; pasaṁsitu‑°; paharitu‑°; pātetu‑°; pâpetu‑°; piya‑°; pivitu‑°; pucchitu‑°; puñña‑°; puñña-phala‑°; phusitu‑°; bodhetu‑°; byākātu‑°; byāharitu‑°; bhaṇāpetu‑°; bhaṇitu‑°; bhiṁsāpetu‑°; bhuñjitu‑°; bheda‑°; bhojāpetu‑°; bhottu‑°; maṅgala‑°; manussa‑°; maritu‑°; māretu‑°; muccitu‑°; mocetu‑°; yasa‑°; rosetu‑°; lābha‑°; vañcetu‑°; vaḍḍhetu‑°; vattu‑°; vambhetu‑°; vavatthā̆petu‑°; vasāpetu‑°; vāda‑°; vikopetu‑°; vijjhitu‑°; vināsetu‑°; vibbhamitu‑°; viveka‑°; viheṭhetu‑°; vīmaṁsitu‑°; vuṭṭhāpetu‑°; vuddhi‑°; saṁvasitu‑°; saṁvidahitu‑°; sagga‑°; samādahitu‑°; samāpajjitu‑°; sikkhā‑°; sīlâdi-vuddhi‑°; sukha‑°; sevetu‑°; sotu‑°; hita‑°.

" 346862445169479680,kāmataṇhā,en,"

kāma-taṇhā

, f. [cf. kāmatasiṇā, q.v., Buddh. sa. kā-
matṛṣṇā, Abhidh-k-bh(VP) Vol. IV: 29 n. 2; SWTF
s.v.], thirst, desire for sensual pleasure; — exeg.: tisso
taṇhā ~ā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā, D III 216,1 foll.;
S V 58,1; IV 257,6; It 50,9; Nāmar-p 126; katame tayo
dhamma pahātabbā tisso taṇhā ~ā bhavataṇhā vi-
bhavataṇhā, D III 275,5 ≠ A III 445,4; kāmadhātupa-
ṭisaṁyutto rāgo sārāgo cittassa sārāgo ayaṁ vuccati
~ā, Vibh 365,14 qu. Paṭis-a 116,26; kāme taṇhā ti ~ā
paṅcakāmaguṇikarāgass' etaṁ nāmaṁ, Sv 800,5 =
Vibh-a 111,17 qu. Paṭis-a 158,19; Spk II 264,11; As
366,9; Sv-pṭ II 130,7; Nidd-a I 41,14; ~ā ti pañcakāma-
guṇikarāgavasena uppannā rūpâditaṇhā, Sv 500,15;
988,3 foll. ≠ It-a II 19,23 qu. Paṭis-a 116,29 (aṭṭhakathā-
yaṁ); ~ā katamā kāmâvacaradhammârammaṇā
taṇhā, Vism-mhṭ II 120,2; pañcakāmaguṇikarāgato
añño pi kāmâvacaradhammavisayo lobho Abhi-
dhamme (scil. Vibh 365,14 foll.) ~ā ti āgato, Sv-pṭ III
244,22 (ad Sv 988,14); taṇhâyanaṭṭhena ~ā, As 370,21
qu. Nidd-a I 7,21; Vism-mhṭ II 328,10; — ~aṁ pahāya
kāmapariḷāhaṁ paṭivinodetvā, M I 504,30 ≠ 508,19;
aññe satte passāmi kāmesu avītarāge ~āhi khajja-
māne, 504,33; 508,6 foll.; taṇhā ponobbhavikā nandī-
rāgasahagatā tatratatrâbhinandinī seyyathîdaṁ ~ā
bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā, D II 308,4 = M I 48,37 = S
II 26,3 qu. Paṭis I 39,34, Vibh 101,24, Kv 487,20; Nett
72,23, Vism 498,17; taṇhā va hi ... nâbhavissa sabbe-
na sabbaṁ sabbathā sabbaṁ kassaci kimhici seyya-
thîdaṁ ~ā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā, D II 61,27; ~ā
samūhatā, Thī 140 = S I 131,12*; yo rāgo + ... ~ā + ...
ayaṁ vuccati lobho, Dhs 189 = Vibh 362,1 = Nidd I
8,24 = Nidd II 153,2 = Be 27,18; ~ā bhavataṇhā vibha-
vataṇhā asaṅkhatā ti na hevaṁ vattabbe, Kv 323,15;
bhiyyo taṇhā pavaḍḍhatī (= Dhp 349) ti ~ā, Peṭ
60,14; kilesakāmā ~ā ~āya yuttā bhavanti, 154,1; ~ā
... esā samuddo viya duppurā, Ja II 311,2; bhiyyoso-
mattāya ~ā uppajji, 312,24; ~ā bhavataṇhā vibhava-
taṇhā ti imā paṭiccasamuppādaniddese āvibhavis-
santi, Vism 506,20; tāsu ... taṇhāsu ekekā taṇhā pa-
vattiākārato ~ā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā ti evaṁ
tividhā matā, 567,30 = Vibh-a 179,24; sa (scil. rūpa-
taṇhā) kāmarāgabhāvena rūpaṁ assādentī pavatta-
mānā ~ā, Ps I 219,18 qu. Nidd-a I 161,18; ~āyā ti pañ-
cakāmaguṇikalobhena, 279,22; Saṅgītipariyāyena pa-
na Abhidhammapariyāyena ca aparā pi tisso taṇhā
~ā rūpataṇhā arūpataṇhā, Paṭis-a 117,4; ayaṁ pana
aparo nayo rūpârammaṇā yeva ~ā bhavataṇhā vi-
bhavataṇhā ti tisso taṇhā honti, Paṭis-a 427,24; — in
formulas: a. yo kāmesu kāmacchando ... ~ā +, cf. kā-
macchanda, q.v.; b. yo kāmesu kāmarāgo kāmanan-
dī ... ~a, cf. kamajjhosana, q.v.; — appatta-° (Ja IV
173,16'; rūpa-taṇhâdi-° (Ja IV 173,12'.[[side 385]]

" 346862441235222528,kāmataṇhābhāva,en,"

kāma-taṇhā-bhāva

, m., the being thirst for the ob-
jects of sensual pleasure; kañci taṇhaṁ kāmataṇhā-
bhāvena gahetvā, Vism-mhṭ II 120,5; — °-sāmañña,
n., the general feature of being thirst for the objects of
sensual pleasure; ~ena ekajjhaṁ katvā, Vism-mhṭ II
196,15.

" 346862441520435200,kāmataṇhābhavataṇhāvibhavataṇhāpipāsā
vinayana,en,"

kāma-taṇhā-bhava-taṇhā-vibhava-taṇhā-pipāsā-
vinayana

, mfn., quenching the thirst consisting of thirst
for the objects of sensual pleasure, thirst for becoming,
and thirst for non-existence; evameva kho ... nibbā-
naṁ ~aṁ, Mil 318,26.

" 346862444548722688,kāmataṇhadiapekkhā,en,"

kāma-taṇhâdi-apekkhā

, f, relation to thirst for the
objects of sensual pleasure, etc.; taṇhā ti vuccamānaṁ
~āya sāmaññam pi samānaṁ saccâpekkhāya viseso
hoti, Nett-pṭ 33,8.

" 346862444565499904,kāmataṇhādiapekkhā,en,"

kāma-taṇhâdi-apekkhā

, f, relation to thirst for the
objects of sensual pleasure, etc.; taṇhā ti vuccamānaṁ
~āya sāmaññam pi samānaṁ saccâpekkhāya viseso
hoti, Nett-pṭ 33,8.

" 346862443282042880,kāmataṇhadibhāva,en,"

kāmataṇhâdi-bhāva

, m., the being thirst for the ob-
jects of sensual pleasure, etc.; tasmā dhammataṇhā pi
~ato na abyākatā ti, Kv-mṭ 100,13 (ad Kv-a 146,1).

" 346862443294625792,kāmataṇhādibhāva,en,"

kāmataṇhâdi-bhāva

, m., the being thirst for the ob-
jects of sensual pleasure, etc.; tasmā dhammataṇhā pi
~ato na abyākatā ti, Kv-mṭ 100,13 (ad Kv-a 146,1).

" 346862359488237568,kāmataṇhadibheda,en,"

kāmataṇhâdi-bheda

, mfn., = kāmataṇhâdipabhe-
da; ~aṁ anāmasitvā, Vism-mhṭ II 203,25; sabbaṁ
taṇhan ti ~aṁ sabbaṁ taṇhāsotaṁ aggamaggena
visosetvā sukkhāpetvā, Th-a II 216,27; ~ā taṇhā dī-
gharattaṁ appahīnaṭṭhena anusayitā taṇhā nāma,
Th-a II 202,1 ≠ Pj II 350,28; ayaṁ ~ā taṇhā vaṭṭassa
mūlabhūtā, Nett-a 58,14 (ad Nett 8,33); sa (scil. rūpa-
taṇhā) eva ~ena anekabhedattā rāsaṭṭhena kayo ti
Paṭis-a 118,6.

" 346862359500820480,kāmataṇhādibheda,en,"

kāmataṇhâdi-bheda

" 346862444238344192,kāmataṇhadika,en,"

kāma-taṇhâdika

, mfn., craving for the objects of sen-
sual pleasure, etc.; ~aṁ taṇhaṁ abbuyha, Th-a III
126,5; ~āya tāya taṇhāya nibbattā ti tammayā pu-
thujjanā, Ps-pṭ III 287,1.

" 346862444246732800,kāmataṇhādika,en,"

kāma-taṇhâdika

, mfn., craving for the objects of sen-
sual pleasure, etc.; ~aṁ taṇhaṁ abbuyha, Th-a III
126,5; ~āya tāya taṇhāya nibbattā ti tammayā pu-
thujjanā, Ps-pṭ III 287,1.

" 346862443911188480,kāmataṇhadinivattanatthaṃ,en,"

kāmataṇhâdi-nivattan'-atthaṁ

, ²ind., in order to
suppress the thirst for the objects of sensual pleasure,
etc.; ~ bhavataṇhāyā ti vuttaṁ, Nett-a 106,27.

" 346862443923771392,kāmataṇhādinivattanatthaṃ,en,"

kāmataṇhâdi-nivattan'-atthaṁ

, ²ind., in order to
suppress the thirst for the objects of sensual pleasure,
etc.; ~ bhavataṇhāyā ti vuttaṁ, Nett-a 106,27.

" 346862443605004288,kāmatanhadipabheda,en,"

kāmatanhâdi-pabheda

, mfn., classified as thirst for
the objects of sensual pleasure, etc.; tattha taṇhaṁ paja-
heyyā ti ~aṁ sabbaṁ taṇhaṁ ariyamaggena anava-
sesato samucchindeyya, Th-a II 253,37.

" 346862443617587200,kāmatanhādipabheda,en,"

kāmatanhâdi-pabheda

, mfn., classified as thirst for
the objects of sensual pleasure, etc.; tattha taṇhaṁ paja-
heyyā ti ~aṁ sabbaṁ taṇhaṁ ariyamaggena anava-
sesato samucchindeyya, Th-a II 253,37.

" 346862439872073728,kāmataṇhāhetuka,en,"

kāma-taṇhā-hetuka

, mfn., caused by thirst for the
objects of sensual pleasure; kāmabhavo ti vuttaṁ ~ato
kāmataṇhāya ārammaṇabhāvato, Ps-pṭ I 318,16 (ad
Ps I 218,9); — °-kamma-nibbatta, mfn., created by
kamma that is caused by thirst for the objects of sensual
pleasure; kāmâvacarajavanâvasāne ti kāmâvacaraja-
vanass' eva avasāne, na hi taṁ ~aṁ mahaggatânut-
tarajavanaṁ anubandhati,Vism-mhṭ II 133,17 (ad
Vism 459,30).

" 346862444875878400,kāmataṇhākicca,en,"

kāma-taṇhā-kicca

, n., the action of thirsting for the
objects of sensual pleasure; — ifc. sappītika-° (Spk-pṭ I
76,2).

" 346862442728394752,kāmataṇhānibbatta,en,"

kāma-taṇhā-nibbatta

, mfn., carried out due to thirst
for the objects of sensual pleasure; ~ena kammunā ma-
haggatalokuttarânubhavanavipāko na hoti, As-mṭ
132,7.

" 346862442430599168,kāmataṇhāpaccayasaṅkhārahetuka,en,"

kāma-taṇhā-paccaya-saṅkhāra-hetuka

, mfn.,
caused by the formations that are conditioned by the
thirst for the objects of sensual pleasure; Nett-a 87,12.

" 346862442099249152,kāmataṇhāparikkhāramūlaka,en,"

kāma-taṇhā-parikkhāra-mūlaka

, mf(ikā)n., having
as its cause the accessories of the craving for the objects
of sensual pleasure; sabbo nibbidûpacāro ~o, Nett
24,22 (= kāmataṇhāya parikkhārabhūtavatthukāma-
hetuko, Nett-a 87,12); anabhiratisaṅkhātā nibbidā
~ā, Nett-a 87,17.

" 346862441814036480,kāmataṇhāpavatti,en,"

kāma-taṇhā-pavatti

, f, the rise of thirst for the ob-
jects of sensual pleasure; ""kāme paribhuñjissāmī"" ti i-
minā ~im āha, Vism-mhṭ I 222,13 (ad Vism 199,23)
qu. Spṭ 1220,14 (ad Sp 113,19).

" 346862440228589568,kāmataṇhāsaṅkhāramūlaka,en,"

kāma-taṇhā-saṅkhāra-mūlaka

, mfn., originating
from the formations that are due to the thirst for the
objects of sensual pleasure; sabbo dukkhûpacāro ~o,
Nett 24,22 (= kāmataṇhāpaccayasaṅkhārahetuko,
Nett-a, 87,12.

" 346862440606076928,kāmatanhāsaṅkhāta,en,"

kāma-tanhā-saṅkhāta

, mfn., in other words thirst
for the objects of sensual pleasure; ~e kāme vindati, Ja
IV 173,11'.

" 346862440908066816,kāmataṇhavijjadinirodha,en,"

kāmataṇhâvijjâdi-nirodha

, m., the annihilation of
ignorance which is thirst for the objects of sensual plea-
sure, etc.; yaṁ nimittaṁ yaṁ āgamma ~ā vedanā-
nirodho tesaṁ ayaṁ nirodho nibbānaṁ, Spk-pṭ II
353,10.

" 346862440924844032,kāmataṇhāvijjādinirodha,en,"

kāmataṇhâvijjâdi-nirodha

" 346862278001299456,kāmataṇhāvisaya,en,"

kāma-taṇhā-visaya

, m., the domain of thirst for the
objects of sensual pleasure; kāmâvacaradhammā kata-
me ~ā ti, Vism-mhṭ II 120,3; — °-tā,f. [abstr. of prec],
the being the domain of thirst for the objects of sensual
pleasure; ettha hi ~ā kāmâvacarabhāvassa kāraṇaṁ
vuttā, Vism-mhṭ II 119,23.

" 346862101043613696,kāmatanta,en,"

kāma-tanta,

n., knowledge of sexual matters(?), cf. Kāmatantra, title of a work on magic: T. Goudriaan/S. Gupta, Hindu Tantric and Śākta Literature (HIL II,2) 1981: 122foll.; … + hatthisikkhā ~aṁ assalakkhaṇaṁ purāṇaṁ, Sadd 504,18.

" 346862439494586368,kāmatasiṇā,en,"

kāma-tasiṇā

, f., = kāmataṇhā, q.v.; tisso imā ...
taṇhā ...: ~ā bhavatasiṇā vibhavatasiṇā, S V 58,14.

" 346862166881603584,kamati,en,"

kamati

, pr. 3 sg. [sa. kramati], 1.a. to go, walk, step,
tread (on something; with acc. and loc.); b. to go (some-
where; with acc) c. to travel (in something on some-
thing; with loc. and instr.); to go into something, hence:
2.a. to penetrate (something; with loc.); b. to comprehend
(something; with loc.); — 3.a. to be effective, to have ef-
fect; used absolutely; b. to have effect (upon something;
with loc.); — forms: pr. 2 sg. ~asi, 3 sg. ati, 2 pl., 3 pl.
-anti; pot. 1 sg. ~eyyaṁ, 3 sg. eyya; imp. 3 pl. ~antu;
part. ~anta, ~amāna; — gramm. lit.: on the semantics
of kamati: n' assa kāye aggi vā visaṁ vā satthaṁ vā
~atī (A IV 150,16) ti ādisu apadavikkhepattho pi ga-
hetabbo, Sadd 411,26; Rūp 488; — 1.a. (with acc) sa-
jotibhūtā paṭhaviṁ -anti, Ja VI 107,14* (~antī ti ak-
kamanti, 107,28'); sandhāvamānaṁ taṁ rathesu yut-
taṁ sajotibhūtaṁ paṭhaviṁ ~antaṁ, 248,30* (= ak-
kamānaṁ, 249,4'); — (with loc.) taṁ passatha ... dib-
be pathe ~amānaṁ mahesiṁ, Sn 176 (dibbe pathe
~amānan ti aṭṭhasamāpattibhede dibbe pathe samā-
pajjanavasena caṁkamantaṁ. tattha, kiñcāpi na tā-
ya velāya Bhagavā dibbe pathe -ati, api ca kho
pubbe kamanaṁ upādāya kamanasattisabbhāvena
tattha laddhavasibhāvatāya vā evaṁ vuccati, Pj II
215,22); Sn 177 = S I 33,5* (~amānan ti Bhagavā ma-
hābodhimaṇḍe yeva ariyamaggena gato, Spk I
85,10); — 1.b. saggañ ca -ati ṭṭhānaṁ (so read; Ee ṭh°)
kammaṁ katvāna bhaddakan ti, A II 65,20* (= sag-
gaṭṭhānaṁ upagacchati, Mp III 97,23) = saggañ ca
-ati (v.l. gamati) ṭṭhānaṁ (v.l. ṭhānaṁ) kammaṁ
katvāna bhaddakan ti, Pv 3 (= devalokaṁ ~ati [v.l.
gamati] uppajjanavasena uppajjati, Pv-a 9,5); — 1.e.
ākāse pi pallaṅkena ~ati seyyathā pi pakkhī saku-
ṇo, D I 212,26 = M I 69,16 = II 18,15 ≠ I 34,17 (~eyyaṁ)
= 494,30 = A III 17,12 ≠ S II 212,24; so chinnavātaṁ
~asī aghamhi, Ja V 14,24* (= pavattasi, 15,7'); — ~a-
thā (sic!) ti nisīdituṁ vā gantuṁ vā sakkothā, Spk II
126,25 (ad S II 126,25: ākāse pi pallaṅkena khamasi
[read kamasi ?] seyyathā pi pakkhisakuṇo); — 2.a.
nâssa kāye aggi vā visaṁ vā satthaṁ vā ~ati, A IV
150,16 (= na pavisati, Mp V 83,10) = V 342,8 qu. Mil
198,8 foll. Paṭis-a 604,21,22; Sadd 411,26; kāye visaṁ
na ~ati, Ap 89,22; atīte kāye visaṁ ~eyya, satthaṁ
~eyya, aggi ~eyyā ti, Kv 137,1; 272,4 foll.; 517,33,34; —
2.b. suladdhaṁ te gahapati yassa te gambhīre bud-
dhavacane paññācakkhu ~atī ti, S IV 283,19 (= vaha-
ti, pavattatī ti, Spk III 91,14) = 292,32; gambhīresu
kho pan' assa ṭhānaṭṭhānesu paññācakkhuṁ na ~a-
ti, A II 144,9,19 (= nâvagāhati na ppavattati), Mp III
135,18); — 3.a. na mantayogā na kasāvayogā na osa-
dhā brahmacārī -anti, Ja V 198,27* (199,1,2'); — 3.b.
atth' āvuso attabhāvapaṭilābho yasmiṁ attabhāva-
paṭilābhe attasaṁcetanā yeva ~ati no parasaṁceta-
nā, D III 231,18 foll. = A II 159,8 foll. (= vahati, pavat-
tati, Mp III 147,9); tathābhūto kho ayaṁ kayo yathā-
bhūtasmiṁ kāye pāṇisamphassā pi -anti +, M I
186,9 foll (~antī ti pavattanti, Ps II 227,3) = 189,22
foll.; kāmaṁ dāni imasmiṁ kāye pāṇisamphassā pi
~antu, 186,17 foll. = 189,30 foll.[[side 195]]

" 346862378152890368,kāmatitto,en,"

[kāmâtitto,

unnecessary emendation m.c., cf. atitta, q.v. (because the āryā-metre was not reckognized?), cf. Thī 487, p. 247].

" 346862378169667584,kāmātitto,en,"

[kāmâtitto,

unnecessary emendation m.c., cf. atitta, q.v. (because the āryā-metre was not reckognized?), cf. Thī 487, p. 247].

" 346862169578541056,kamattaya,en,"

kama-ttaya

, n., the three orders (scil. uppattikkamo,
pahānakkamo, and desanākkamo; defined at Vism
570,8 foll); ettāvatā purimena ~ena yaṁ paṭhamaṁ
desetabbaṁ, Kkh-pṭ 12,9.

" 346862439125487616,kamattha,en,"

kam'-attha

, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) the meaning of ""ob-
ject of sensual pleasure;"" 2. (mfn), fond of the objects of
sensual pleasure; — 1. (mfn.) evaṁ sabbattha ~aṁ vi-
ditvā, As 370,20 qu. Nidd-a I 17,20 ≠ Vism-mhṭ II
328,9 ≠ Mp-ṭ I 73,7; — 2. n' eva ~ā na davatthā na ra-
tatthā, pajatthā va brāhmaṇassa brāhmaṇī hoti, A
III 226,18 = 227,21 ≠ 228,17 = 229,14.

" 346862165979828224,kamatthaṃ,en,"

kam-atthaṁ

, ²ind., why; adv. acc.; -an ti kimat-
thaṁ kena kāraṇenā ti pucchati kaṁ vā atthaṁ
sampassamānā ti pi attho, Ja III 398,19' (ad 398,14*; so
read; Ee kam atthaṁ).

" 346862446092226560,kāmaṭṭhāna,en,"

kāma-ṭṭhāna

, n., place of sensual pleasures; idaṁ kā-
maṭṭhānaṁ kāmabhavaṁ paṭisandhivasena puna
nâgamissasi, Thī-a (1998) 156,13.

" 346862386033987584,kāmatura,en,"

kāmâtura,

mfn. [ts.], lovesick; ~assa hi sukhaṁ … natthi, Ja III 170,6´.

" 346862386050764800,kāmātura,en,"

kāmâtura,

mfn. [ts.], lovesick; ~assa hi sukhaṁ … natthi, Ja III 170,6´.

" 346862373027450880,kāmavacar´attabhāva,en,"

kāmâvacar´-atta-bhāva

, m., existence in the sphere of sensual pleasures; nesaṁ so paritto ~o dhāretuṁ nâsakkhi, Sv 708,1; ~en’ eva arahattappatti, Pp-a 253,25; ~ena maggaphalāni adhigacchiṁsu, Sv-pṭ II 319,15.

" 346862373040033792,kāmāvacar´attabhāva,en,"

kāmâvacar´-atta-bhāva

" 346862366006185984,kāmavacar´issara,en,"

kāmâvacar´-issara,

m., lord of the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~ena Mārena, Ja I 231,20; — ifc. cha-° — °‑tta, n., abstr.; Māro ~ā adhipati, Nidd-a I 457,20.

" 346862366014574592,kāmāvacar´issara,en,"

kāmâvacar´-issara,

m., lord of the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~ena Mārena, Ja I 231,20; — ifc. cha-° — °‑tta, n., abstr.; Māro ~ā adhipati, Nidd-a I 457,20.

" 346862379390210048,kāmavacara,en,"

kāmâvacara,

n. [ts., cf. BHSD, q.v.], sphere of sensual pleasures, syn. kāmadhātu, q.v., cf. Kirf.-Kosm. 207; — exeg.: kāmabhave ti ~e, Nidd-a I 158,20; — sukhabhūmiyaṁ ~e … sukhaṁ vedanaṁ, Dhs 984 (As 346,30); chahi ~ehi saddhiṁ chabbīsati devalokā … chasu ~esu tiṇṇaṁ sucaritānaṁ vipāken’ eva nibbatti, Ps II 333,17–21; ~e dasa bhavaṅgacittāni, rūpâvacare pañca, Vism 615,12; ~ā cavantānaṁ na-itthīnaṁ ~aṁ upapajjantānaṁ, Yam II 161,12 foll.; anāgate ~e nibbattissāmi, Vism 434,15 qu. As 415,5; bodhisatto … ~esu na Māro hoti, Pj II 50,9 qu. Ap-a 141,23; mettāya hi upacāraṁ ~e paṭisandhiṁ deti, Ja II 402,22´; āyuparikkhayā ~e nibbatti, Ps I 164,3; maraṇacakkena chinno ~e yeva nibbatti, Ja VI 99,13´ (Ee, Ce °rake); 101,38´; ~e pacchimabhavikānaṁ, Yam II 188,14; sotāpannasakadāgāmino … sayaṁ ~e vasanti, Mp II 132,10; idha ~e attabhāvaṁ vihāya, Moh 256,31; — ifc. na-° (Paṭṭh).

" 346862379004334080,kāmavacara,en,"

kāmâvacara,

mfn. [ts., cf. SWTF, q.v.], belonging to the sphere, realm of sensual pleasures; — exeg.: so duvidho kāmo (sc. vatthu°, kilesa°) pavattivasena yasmiṁ padese avacarati so padeso kāmo ettha avacaratîti ~o, Paṭis-a 296,7 foll.; As 62,7; ~e yeva paṭisandhivasena vipākaṁ avacārentîti ~ā, Vibh-a 144,3; heṭṭhato Avīcinirayaṁ pariyantaṁ karitvā uparito Paranimmitavasavattideve anto karitvā yaṁ etasmiṁ antare etthâvacarā … khandhadhātu āyatanā rūpā … viññāṇaṁ ime dhammā ~ā, Dhs 1280 (cittaṁ imasmiṁ ekādasapadesasaṅkhāte kāme avacaratîti ~aṁ, As 62,16; catunnaṁ apāyānaṁ, manussānaṁ, channaṁ devalokānañ ca vasena okāsato ekādasavidho, Moh 107,25, cf. Vibh 86,8–14 on kāmadhātu, q.v.), cf. Mp III 148,22; ~o (sc. adhipati) kusalâkusalakiriyavasena tividho, Tikap-a 32,1; rūpâvacarā arūpâvacarā … na ~ā, Dhs 1281; Nidd-a I 16,25 ≠ Paṭis-a I 296,8; katamaṁ ~aṁ? … dvādasâkusalacittāni, Abh-s 1,14–27; — añño attā dibbo rūpī ~o +, D I 34,15 (Sv 120,19) qu. Vibh 383,35; asubhapubbabhāge ~o … mettāpubbabhāge ~o … karuṇāpubbabhāge ~o hoti, Sv 986,14–22 qu. It-a II 93,33 foll.; catubbidhena vedanākhandho … ~o, Vibh 15,8 (saññākhandho, 28,13; saṅkhārakkhandho, 39,25; viññāṇakkhandho, 54,5; rūpakkhandho, 69,22); Kv 516,20; rūpakkhandho ~o, cattāro khandhā catubhūmakā, Spk II 270,20; dasâyatanāni ~āni, Vibh-a 51,9; ~assa kusalassa kammassa katattā … vipākaṁ, Dhs 431 (As 262,2) = Vibh 173,25 qu. Vism 545,21; 555,36; pamāṇakataṁ kammaṁ nāma ~aṁ appamāṇakataṁ kammaṁ rūpâvacaraṁ, Sv 405,8; katame dhammā ~ā … sabbo ~assa vipāko, Dhs 1584; ~ā dhammā rūpâvacarā dhammā, Paṭis I 101,16; sabbe (sc. kāmā) pi ~ā dhammā … rūpâvacarā dhammā, Nidd I 2,2 (Nidd-a I 16,26); ~aṁ dhammaṁ paṭicca ~o dhammo uppajjati, Paṭṭh Be IV 127,4; ~o dhammo ~assa dhammassa hetupaccayena paccayo, Paṭṭh Be IV 132,25; ~o phasso, Nidd I 222,5 (catupaññāsakāmâvacarasahajāto, Nidd-a I 333,34); ~e dhamme kusalato vavattheti, Paṭis I 84,28; ~aṁ kusalaṁ cittaṁ uppannaṁ, Dhs 147; Vibh 290,15 (Be ~e, cf. Vibh-a 385,3); yassa cittassa anantarā ~ānaṁ pacchimacittaṁ uppajjissati, Yam I 236,29; aṭṭhahi ~ehi abhiññācittena câti navahi cittehi, As 323,29; Sp 244,23; lokuttaro … vipākârammaṇâdhipati ~ato ñāṇasampayuttakusalakiriyānaṁ … ārammaṇâdhipatipaccayo, Tikap-a 33,7; pāṇâtipātacetanā … ~ā va, Cp-a 158,32; pañcasu dvāresu vedanā ~ā va, Spk III 82,24; te aññattha avacarantā pi ~ā yeva, Paṭis-a I 296,23 = As 62,23; nekkhammavitakko … asubhapubbabhāge ~o, Sv 986,14 qu. It-a II 93,33; paññā … ~āya pi aparipūrayamānāya, Dhp-a I 309,10; ~ānaṁ, Yam 232,5 (~e uppannasattānaṁ, Yam-a 82,15); — ifc. a-° (Vibh-a 154,13).

" 346862379016916992,kāmāvacara,en,"

kāmâvacara,

" 346862379406987264,kāmāvacara,en,"

kāmâvacara,

" 346862378635235328,kāmavacaraaṭṭhamahācitta,en,"

kāmâvacara-aṭṭhamahācitta,

n., title of Dhs 121–159, cf. kāmâvacarakusalaniddesa, q.v.; aṭṭhamaṁ ~āni. dutiyaṁ bhāṇavāraṁ, Dhs 30,31.

" 346862378652012544,kāmāvacaraaṭṭhamahācitta,en,"

kāmâvacara-aṭṭhamahācitta,

n., title of Dhs 121–159, cf. kāmâvacarakusalaniddesa, q.v.; aṭṭhamaṁ ~āni. dutiyaṁ bhāṇavāraṁ, Dhs 30,31.

" 346862371177762816,kāmavacarabhāvanā,en,"

kāmâvacara-bhāvanā,

f., development (of meritorious elements) belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~ā … bhāvanā na vuttā, Paṭis-a 130,19; ~ā vutto ’yaṁ lokiyo maggo, Nāmar-p 1774.

" 346862371190345728,kāmāvacarabhāvanā,en,"

kāmâvacara-bhāvanā,

f., development (of meritorious elements) belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~ā … bhāvanā na vuttā, Paṭis-a 130,19; ~ā vutto ’yaṁ lokiyo maggo, Nāmar-p 1774.

" 346862370863190016,kāmavacarabhūmi,en,"

kāmâvacara-bhūmi,

f., the sphere, realm belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~iyaṁ, Pp-a 253,25; Moh 256,26; chârammaṇāni labbhanti ~iyaṁ, Abhidh-av 300; — °‑saṁkhāta, mfn., called level of the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~aṁ petattaṁ, Ja VI 99,16´ (so read with Be; Ee, Ce petaṁ te).

" 346862370875772928,kāmāvacarabhūmi,en,"

kāmâvacara-bhūmi,

" 346862374105387008,kāmavacaracetanā,en,"

kāmâvacara-cetanā,

f., will belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~ā paṭhamajjhānacetanāya ghaṭitā, Ps III 105,7.

" 346862374117969920,kāmāvacaracetanā,en,"

kāmâvacara-cetanā,

f., will belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~ā paṭhamajjhānacetanāya ghaṭitā, Ps III 105,7.

" 346862374411571200,kāmavacaracitta,en,"

kāmâvacara-citta,

n., thinking, intention belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; abhisamayo … na ~ena ca ñāṇena ca abhisameti, Paṭis II 215,9; sute satthake sadde pacchā ~ena atthaṁ jānāti, Paṭis-a 353,15; abhicetasikānaṁ ~āni atikhamitvā, Sv 897,11; ~ena parikammaṁ katvā … vehāsaṁ abbhuggantvā, Ps III 76,13; Sv 683,15; ~aṁ parittaṁ … tassa paṭikkhepena mahaggataṁ, Ps IV 58,20; ~aṁ pana cittaṁ nāma taṁ upādāya rūpâvacaraṁ adhicittaṁ, Mp II 346,4; anukkamena sabbaṁ ~aṁ … pajānāti, Vism 409,27 (catupaṇṇāsavidhaṁ ~aṁ, Vism-mhṭ II 42,7); — °-kathā, f., title of Nāmar-s 9–12; ~ā niṭṭhitā, Nāmar-s 12,7; — °-cetasika, mfn., intention and mental state belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~ānaṁ pahānañ ca, Vism 331,11 qu. As 203,15 (Ee w.r. pahānā) = Paṭis-a 557,15; — °-jāna-kāla, m., time of producing intentions belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; paresaṁ ~e parittārammaṇaṁ, Vism 431,5 qu. As 414,1; Vibh-a 372,29; — °-samaṅgin, mfn., accompanied by intentions belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; cetopariyañāṇena ~issa cittaṁ jānāti, Paṭṭh Be IV 133,19.

" 346862374428348416,kāmāvacaracitta,en,"

kāmâvacara-citta,

" 346862369579732992,kāmavacaracuti,en,"

kāmâvacara-cuti,

f., leaving the rebirth in the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~iyā rūpâvacaracutityā vā … āruppapaṭisandhi, Vism 553,14 qu. Vibh-a 162,19.

" 346862369588121600,kāmāvacaracuti,en,"

kāmâvacara-cuti,

f., leaving the rebirth in the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~iyā rūpâvacaracutityā vā … āruppapaṭisandhi, Vism 553,14 qu. Vibh-a 162,19.

" 346862372436054016,kāmavacaradehin,en,"

kāmâvacara-dehin,

mfn., having a body in the sphere of sensual pleasures; sattavīsati rūpāni ~ino, Abhidh-av 759.

" 346862372444442624,kāmāvacaradehin,en,"

kāmâvacara-dehin,

mfn., having a body in the sphere of sensual pleasures; sattavīsati rūpāni ~ino, Abhidh-av 759.

" 346862372729655296,kāmavacaradeva,en,"

kāmâvacara-deva,

m. [cf. arūpâvacaradeva, q.v.; cf. BHSD s.v. deva, kāmāvacara, q.v.], gods of the sphere of sensual pleasure; — exeg.: kāmâvacarā ca uparidevā ca ~ā, Spk-pṭ I 65,19 ad Spk I 23,8; pitaro ti saṁkhaṁ gatā brahmāno ca saddhiṁ ~ehi …… iddhimanto jāneyyuṁ, Ja V 7,6´ (so read with Ce, Be, cf. Sadd 459,17; 798,22; Ee w.r.); pitaro ti brahmagaṇadevâti upapattidevavasena cha ~ā, 115,10´ (so read, cf. upapattideva, q.v., Be, Ce uppatti°; Ee w.r.); It-a II 75,29–33; cf. kāmâvacarānaṁ devānaṁ, Vibh 413,31; — ~ato upari pana cattāro ariyā tiṭṭhanti, Ps III 196,21; Cātumahārājikâdīsu ~esu, Sv 913,14; cha ~ā tesu hi kesañci kāyo nīlo + … saññā pana nesaṁ dvihetukâpi tihetukâpi, Sv 509,19 foll. = Mp IV 25,25 qu. Paṭis-a 111,13; ~ā tesam pi kālena sukhaṁ hoti kālena dukkhaṁ, Vism 415,18 qu. Mp II 193,18; ~ā pañcakāmaguṇaratiyā kīḷanti, Paṭis-a 570,26; ~ā muttasirā +, Pj I 120,20 (i.e. kappakolāhala, q.v.) qu. Ja I 47,24 = Ap-a 52,10 = Bv-a 272,10; kabaḷiṁkārâhārabhakkhānan ti ~ānaṁ, Mp V 81,25 (cf. kabaḷiṁkārâhārabhakkha, q.v.); aṭṭhahi sahetukamahāvipākehi ~esu c’eva manussesu ca puññavantānaṁ paṭisandhi, Vism 548,12 (Ee devesu, w.r.) qu. Vibh-a 155,30; As 266,19; kāyassa bhedā manussaloke vā tīsu mahākulesu vā chasu vā ~esu vā + … uppajjati, Ps I 168,30; tiṭṭhanti ~esu sotāpannā sakadāgāmino ca, Ps III 196,16; amhākaṁ paccayadāyakā ~esu nibbattā, Pj II 197,19; cha ~ā vāmapasse kanakamayena, Vism 392,18 (sc. sopānena otaranti); — °-kāya, m., body of a god in the sphere of sensual pleasures; saggakāyaṁ (Th 259) … saggagatisaṅkhātaṁ ~aṁ, Th-a II 107,15; — °-ghaṭā, f., group of gods of the sphere of sensual pleasures; devanikāyan ti chasu ~āsu aññataraṁ devaghaṭaṁ, Mp II 134,4; — °-tā, f., divinity in the sphere of sensual pleasures; dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu ~ā brahmadevatā ca, Pv-a 138,24; bhummadeve ādiṁ katvā sabbe pi ~ā, Ja IV 75,24´ (Be °devā); ~ā … petā ti vuccanti, VI 99,17´; — °‑loka, m., the world of the gods of the sphere of sensual pleasure; cha ~ā atthi, Spk I 29,22; ~e pana ekasmim pi chaphassâyatanapaññattiyā abhāvo nāma natthi, Spk II 400,12; dutiyavāre ~e nibbatto, Mp I 155,16 ≠ Th-a III 93,15; ~e tesaṁ nibbattabhāvaṁ ñatvā, Ud-a 81,28; saggamhi … ~e aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi abhibhavitvā, It-a I 71,17; ~e uppajji, Pj II 58,26 qu. Ap-a 147,33; bodhisatto ~e Dhammo nāma devaputto hutvā … Devadatto adhammo, Ja IV 100,22 ≠ Cp-a 162,26; ākāsaṭṭhakavimānāni ca vināsento cha ~e vināsetvā, Vism 421,12 qu. Paṭis-a 374,7; brahmaloke … aniṭṭharūpâdayo natthi, tathā ~e pi, Vism 557,19 qu. Vibh-a 167,2 (keci pana: devaloke aniṭṭhaṁ nāma parikappanavasena, sabhāvato pana tatthuppannam iṭṭham evâti vadanti, Vibh-anuṭ 127,1 foll.); kāmā … ~e ca samiddhā, Vism 573,37; devaputto ~esu anulomapaṭilomena dibbasampattiṁ anubhavitvā, Pj II 421,9; — ifc. cha-° (Sv 174,20).

" 346862372742238208,kāmāvacaradeva,en,"

kāmâvacara-deva,

" 346862372134064128,kāmavacaradhamma,en,"

kāmâvacara-dhamma,

m., element belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; kāmadhātu ~ānam etaṁ nāmaṁ, Vibh-a 74,13; Spk II 136,1; kāmâvacarā dhammā ~esu pariyāpannā, Nidd-a I 16,17 ≠ As 61,35, cf. Dhs 1280; kāmānan ti … sabbesaṁ ~ānaṁ, It-a II 41,16; manoviññāṇan ti hi saṅkhyaṁ gatehi ~ehi ~ā eva tāva kehici viññeyyā, As 369,9; sace pana ~e sammasati, paṭhamajjhānako … vipassanāniyamo, As 228,31; paṭhamajjhānadhammā ~ā eva vā, Nett-a 89,17; ~e ārabbha pavattā paññā parittā, Vism 439,26; dukkhasaccaṁ ~e ārabbha uppannaṁ parittârammaṇaṁ, Vibh-a 124,12; Vibh-a 43,17; ~ā hi appânubhāvatāya parittā, Moh 83,37; As 44,32; iṭṭhârammaṇe … kāmarāgânusayo anuseti … idha ~o yeva adhippeto, Paṭis-a 401,5; — ifc. avasesa-°; — °‑pariyāpanna, mfn., comprised in the elements belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~ato vā lāmakaṭṭhena sokhyaṁ parittaṁ, Pj II 113,30 qu. Ap-a 189,14.

" 346862372146647040,kāmāvacaradhamma,en,"

kāmâvacara-dhamma,

" 346862366308175872,kāmavacaradhipati,en,"

kāmâvacarâdhipati,

m., dominant factor belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~i, Paṭṭh-a 32,18; Paṭṭh Be IV 134,19.

" 346862366324953088,kāmāvacarādhipati,en,"

kāmâvacarâdhipati,

m., dominant factor belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~i, Paṭṭh-a 32,18; Paṭṭh Be IV 134,19.

" 346862369898500096,kāmavacaraduka,en,"

kāmâvacara-duka,

n., title of Paṭṭh Be IV 127–141; ~aṁ niṭṭhitaṁ, Paṭṭh Be IV 141,11.

" 346862369911083008,kāmāvacaraduka,en,"

kāmâvacara-duka,

n., title of Paṭṭh Be IV 127–141; ~aṁ niṭṭhitaṁ, Paṭṭh Be IV 141,11.

" 346862374751309824,kāmavacaragotta,en,"

kāmâvacara-gotta,

n., lineage of the sphere of the sensual pleasures, syn. of parittagotta; ~am abhibhavati mahaggatagottañ ca bhāveti, Sadd 86,23, cf. Vism 138,3–5 (Vism-mhṭ I 161,24–30), cf. D. Seyfort Ruegg, Buddhist Studies in Honour of I. B. Horner 1974: 199–210.

" 346862374763892736,kāmāvacaragotta,en,"

kāmâvacara-gotta,

" 346862366643720192,kāmavacarahetu,en,"

kāmâvacara-hetu,

m., cause operating in the sphere of sensual pleasures; nava ~ū (sc. dhammā); Dhs 1053; 1063.

" 346862366656303104,kāmāvacarahetu,en,"

kāmâvacara-hetu,

m., cause operating in the sphere of sensual pleasures; nava ~ū (sc. dhammā); Dhs 1053; 1063.

" 346862373774036992,kāmavacarajavana,en,"

kāmâvacara-javana,

n., impulse belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; pitaraṁ … ~am eva anubandhati, na aññaṁ mahaggataṁ anuttaraṁ vā, Vibh-a 154,20 (sc. tadārammaṇaṁ, cf. Vibh-a 153,11); — °-paññā, f., understanding of the impulses belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; tāsaṁ āpattīnaṁ … ~ā, Moh 113,3; — °âvasāna, n., the end of the impulse belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~e, Vism 459,30 (Vism-mhṭ II 133,17).

" 346862373786619904,kāmāvacarajavana,en,"

kāmâvacara-javana,

" 346862377125285888,kāmavacaraka,en,"

kāmâvacaraka,

(mf)n., (belonging to the) sphere of sensual pleasures; ~e yeva nibbatti, Ja VI 99,13´ cf. ¹kāmâvacara; sukhaṁ ~ikaṁ, Saddh 254.

" 346862377146257408,kāmāvacaraka,en,"

kāmâvacaraka,

(mf)n., (belonging to the) sphere of sensual pleasures; ~e yeva nibbatti, Ja VI 99,13´ cf. ¹kāmâvacara; sukhaṁ ~ikaṁ, Saddh 254.

" 346862376626163712,kāmavacarakamma,en,"

kāmâvacara-kamma,

n., action in, belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; na vā ~aṁ … sadisam assa aññaṁ lokiyaṁ kammaṁ atthîti atulaṁ, Sv 557,13 = Spk III 254,11 = Mp IV 152,4 = Ud-a 329,5; taṁ ~aṁ tasmiṁ rūpâvacarakamme na ohīyati na tiṭṭhati, Sv 406,13 (Sv-pṭ I 526,4) = Ps III 450,17 = Spk III 105,33 foll.; It-a I 92,9; ārammaṇantikavasena … kataṁ parittaṁ ~aṁ, Ja II 62,14´, cf. Dhs 1403, Ps III 540,11 foll.; ~añ ca yadā kadāci vipākaṁ deti, As 289,7; ~assa katattā rūpaṁ kāmâvacaraṁ, Kv 538,35 (Kv-a 162,20); ~ena jātaṁ rūpaṁ kāmâvacaraṁ, Moh 274,25; — °-jānana-kāla, m., time of producing action belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~e parittārammaṇaṁ, Vism 434,36 = As 414,23.

" 346862376642940928,kāmāvacarakamma,en,"

kāmâvacara-kamma,

" 346862375997018112,kāmavacarakiriyā,en,"

kāmâvacara-kiriyā,

f., performing actions in the sphere of sensual pleasures; amoho kiriyahetu ~ato, Dhs 1424 (thus Be always for Ee kāmâvacarassa hetu); ~aṁ ahetukaṁ tividhaṁ, Vism 457,8; ~ā ahetukā sahetukā duvidhā, Moh 50,1; dasa ~ā, Vibh-a 38,23; sahetukiriyānañ ca vasena ekādasavidhaṁ ~aṁ, Paṭis-a 301,22, cf. Vism 457,12; purimā ~ā pacchimāya ~āya … paccayo, Vibh-a 409,21;— °(a)-citta, n., thinking, intention towards performing actions in the sphere of sensual pleasures; dvattiṁs’eva hi āpattisamuṭṭhāpakacittāni: … dasa ~āni, Sp 271,8 (hasituppādavoṭṭhabbanehi saddhiṁ aṭṭha mahākiriyacittāni, Sp-ṭ I 98,4); — °(a)-paññā, f., understanding the performance of actions in the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~ā … atthajāpikā paññā, Vibh-a 409,18.34; — °(a)-vedanā, f., sensation due to, of performing actions in the sphere of sensual pleasures; tīsu kiriyāsu ~ā oḷārikā, Vibh-a 17,32; — °(a)-saññā, f. perception of performing actions in the sphere of sensual pleasures; ekādasa ~ā, Vism 330,25 qu. As 202,31 = Paṭis-a 132,33 (Ee w.r. °cara-vipāka-kiri°).

" 346862376022183936,kāmāvacarakiriyā,en,"

kāmâvacara-kiriyā,

" 346862375116214272,kāmavacarakkhandha,en,"

kāmâvacara-kkhandha,

m., aggregates belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~esu appahīnânusayitānaṁ kilesānaṁ ~ā eva vatthu, Vism 688,5 qu. Paṭis-a 171,33 = Pj II 5,5; pañca ~ā kāmadhātu nāma, Ps IV 105,28; — °ânussaraṇa-kāla, m., time of recollecting the aggregates belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~e parittârammaṇaṁ hoti, Vism 433,9 qu. As 414,15; Vibh-a 373,3.

" 346862375128797184,kāmāvacarakkhandha,en,"

kāmâvacara-kkhandha,

" 346862375565004800,kāmavacarakusala,en,"

kāmâvacara-kusala,

n., what is profitable, meritorious belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; — exeg.: kāmâvacaraṁ kusalaṁ cittaṁ … ~aṁ, As 54,35, cf. cittāni … kāmâvacare ca kusalāni aṭṭha, Moh 52,5; — katame dhammā parittā? ~aṁ +, Dhs 1403; ~ato cattāro upekkhāsahagatā cittuppādā, Dhs 1373; 1577; tisso paṭisambhidā ~ato … uppajjanti, Vibh 303,7 (Vibh-a 392,30) qu. Sp 494,23; aṭṭhannaṁ ~ānaṁ ānubhāvena sattā nibbattanti, Vism 457,22; ~e paññā, Vibh 330,6 (Vibh-a 417,21); ~aṁ duhetukam pi tihetukam pi … ~aṁ c’ettha adhipatinā sahâpi uppajjati vinâpi, As 213,4–10; aṭṭhavidhaṁ ~aṁ, Vism 453,21; viratiyo pana ~esu lokuttaresu câti soḷasasu, Moh 52,34; dvattiṁs’eva hi āpattisamuṭṭhāpakacittāni: aṭṭha ~āni, Sp 271,8; ~ā oḷarikā, rūpâvacarā sukhumā, Vism 475,30; ~ā hi oḷārikā, kāmâvacaravipākā sukhumā, Vibh-a 15,36; ~aṁ … pāṇātipātā veramaṇī-ādikaṁ, Moh 23,3; ~ato aṭṭhannaṁ … ti vīsatiyā kāyasañcetanānam … adhivacanaṁ, Ps I 222,31; Mp III 144,11; ~ato catuhîti aṭṭhahi cittehi hasati, Ps III 279,13; — °-citta, n., meritorious thinking, intention belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; — exeg.: kāmâvacarāni kusalacittāni câti ~āni, Abhidh-s-mhṭ 68,30 ad imāni aṭṭha pi ~āni, Abhidh-s 2,27; — aṭṭhavidhaṁ ~aṁ cittaṁ, Ps III 270,13; Dhp-a I² 29,8 (I¹ 35,16); ~aṁ imasmiṁ yev’ attabhāve vipākaṁ deti, As 162,4 (Be kāmâvacaraṁ kusalaṁ); ~ānaṁ aññataren’ eva cinteti, As 159,27; 157,17; Vism 439,4; ~āni sammāsambuddho mahātulāya tulayamāno, As 161,16, cf. Moh 27,5; — ~-pavatti, f., appearance of meritorious intention in the sphere of sensual pleasures; niraye pi nāma ~i, Vv-a 20,1; — ~‑sampayutta, mfn., accompanied by meritorious intention in the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~ā virati, Pj I 24,32; — °‑cetanā, f., meritorious volition in the sphere of sensual pleasures; kāyadvāre pavattā aṭṭha ~ā kāyasaṅkhāro, Ps III 105,1; II 364,27; Spk III 94,4; Paṭis-a 357,25; kāyadvārato pavattā aṭṭha ~ā, Vism 530,33 qu. Vibh-a 144,31; Moh 143,10; ~ānaṁ … pavatti, It-a II 26,18; — °‑niddesa, m., title of As 155,33–162,23 on Dhs 146–159, cf. kāmâvacara-aṭṭhamahācitta, q.v.; ~e, As 163,37; — °‑viññāṇa, n., meritorious knowledge in the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~ena, Vism 467,16; — °-vipāka, m., meritorious result in the sphere of sensual pleasures; ekūnavīsati ~ato ekādasa … vipākacittāni, As 325,22; ~ānaṁ soḷasannaṁ, Paṭis-a 301,19; — ~-kathā, f., title of As 267,6–288,34 on Dhs 498; — ~-saññā, f., perception of the meritorious result of the sphere of sensual pleasures; ekādasa ~ā, Vism 330,24 qu. As 202,30 = Paṭis-a 133,1, cf. kāmâvacaravipāke paññā, Vibh-a 409,26; — °âvyākata, n., the indeterminate of the profitable in the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~e paññā kāmâvacarā paññā, Vibh 324,5.

" 346862375581782016,kāmāvacarakusala,en,"

kāmâvacara-kusala,

" 346862370204684288,kāmavacaraloka,en,"

kāmâvacara-loka,

m., the world belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; imaṁ lokaṁ … ~aṁ, Sv 543,36 (Sv-pṭ II 182,17) = Spk III 282,1; anāgāmimaggo ~aṁ tarati, Paṭis-a 621,1; orambhāgiyānan ti (sc. saṁyojanānaṁ) ~e uppattipaccayānan ti, Ps I 163,35 ad M I 34,8; — ifc. cha‑°.

" 346862370217267200,kāmāvacaraloka,en,"

kāmâvacara-loka,

" 346862370544422912,kāmavacaramettā,en,"

kāmâvacara-mettā,

f., benevolence in the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~aṁ bhāventā, Ja VI 73,10 (Be bhāvetvā); Cp-a 258,26.

" 346862370552811520,kāmāvacaramettā,en,"

kāmâvacara-mettā,

f., benevolence in the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~aṁ bhāventā, Ja VI 73,10 (Be bhāvetvā); Cp-a 258,26.

" 346862360280961024,kāmavacaraniddesa,en,"

kāmâvacara-niddesa,

m., title of Dhs 1280 foll.; ~e, As 387,14; 388,4.

" 346862360293543936,kāmāvacaraniddesa,en,"

kāmâvacara-niddesa,

m., title of Dhs 1280 foll.; ~e, As 387,14; 388,4.

" 346862371802714112,kāmavacarapaṭisandhi,en,"

kāmâvacara-paṭisandhi,

f., rebirth in the sphere of sensual pleasures; āruppacutiyā … ~i, Vism 553,13 qu. Vibh-a 162,18; Ud-a 99,5; dasa ~iyo, Moh 18 (Ee om. dasa); — °‑ka, mfn., being reborn in the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~o arahā, Moh 256,25.

" 346862371815297024,kāmāvacarapaṭisandhi,en,"

kāmâvacara-paṭisandhi,

" 346862371517501440,kāmavacarapuñña,en,"

kāmâvacara-puñña,

n., merit (leading to a rebirth) in the sphere of sensual pleasures; te devā … ~am eva icchanti, It-a II 80,16; rūpâvacarapuññassa vipākamahantataṁ … ~assâpi, It-a I 76,29; ~assa vipākā honti soḷasa, Abhidh-av 10,13*; 10,34* (kāmasugatiyaṁ tihetukapaṭisandhiṁ datvā … evam ~am asamānaphalaṁ, Abhidh-av-pṭ I 14,17); Vism 545,18 qu. Vibh-a 151,10.

" 346862371530084352,kāmāvacarapuñña,en,"

kāmâvacara-puñña,

" 346862368615043072,kāmavacarasagga,en,"

[kāmâvacara-sagga,

reading of Be at Ja IV 318,25 for kāmasagga, q.v.]

" 346862368627625984,kāmāvacarasagga,en,"

[kāmâvacara-sagga,

reading of Be at Ja IV 318,25 for kāmasagga, q.v.]

" 346862367293837312,kāmavacarasampatti,en,"

kāmâvacara-sampatti,

f., fulfilment in the sphere of sensual pleasures; cha ~iyo anubhavitvā, Ap-a 389,2; — ifc. cha-°; — °‑bhava, m., existence in fulfilment in the sphere of sensual pleasures; ayaṁ attā nāma ~e … sukhī hoti, Vism 574,33 (Vism-mhṭ II 333,17) qu. Vibh-a 187,8.

" 346862367310614528,kāmāvacarasampatti,en,"

kāmâvacara-sampatti,

" 346862368292081664,kāmavacarasaññā,en,"

kāmâvacara-saññā,

f., perception belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; cavanakāle … rūpakāyo antaradhāyati, ~ā uppajjati, Mp V 24,13; Vibh-a 521,7; ~āya niruddhakāle, As 360,21.

" 346862368304664576,kāmāvacarasaññā,en,"

kāmâvacara-saññā,

f., perception belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; cavanakāle … rūpakāyo antaradhāyati, ~ā uppajjati, Mp V 24,13; Vibh-a 521,7; ~āya niruddhakāle, As 360,21.

" 346862367956537344,kāmavacarasaññita,en,"

kāmâvacara-saññita,

mfn., designated “belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures”; kammaṁ ~aṁ tihetukaṁ duhetukañ ca, Abhidh-av 380.

" 346862367964925952,kāmāvacarasaññita,en,"

kāmâvacara-saññita,

mfn., designated “belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures”; kammaṁ ~aṁ tihetukaṁ duhetukañ ca, Abhidh-av 380.

" 346862367633575936,kāmavacarasatta,en,"

kāmâvacara-satta,

m., a being belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~ānaṁ kāmâvacarajavanâvasāne, Vism 459,29; ~ānaṁ … lobhasampayuttajavanâvasāne, 547,8 qu. Vibh-a 153,6; ~o rūpâvacaro, Sv-pṭ II 209,24; iddhiyā rūpadhātugatānaṁ ~ānañ ca, Vibh-mṭ 231,18 ad Vibh-a 517,25; kāmarāgekaṭṭhaṁ ~ānam eva pavattati, Vibh-a 496,1 (Ee vattati); ~ehi seṭṭhaṭṭhena tathā tathā brūhitaguṇatāya, It-a I 76,18.

" 346862367646158848,kāmāvacarasatta,en,"

kāmâvacara-satta,

" 346862366949904384,kāmavacarasugati,en,"

kāmâvacara-sugati,

f., happiness belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~iyaṁ … ṭhitassa, Vism 548,28 qu. Vibh-a 157,11; ~iyaṁ yeva nibbattanti, Paṭis-a 302,1; ~iyaṁ bhavabhogasampattiṁ, Abhidh-av 4,22; — °‑paṭisandhi, f., rebirth in happiness belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; lobhakileso anāgate ~iyā paccayo, Paṭis-a 271,6.

" 346862366966681600,kāmāvacarasugati,en,"

kāmâvacara-sugati,

" 346862373367189504,kāmavacaraṭṭha,en,"

kāmâvacara-ṭṭha,

mfn., belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~ena, As 161,10; Moh 27,6 (Ee °ttena, w.r.).

" 346862373388161024,kāmāvacaraṭṭha,en,"

kāmâvacara-ṭṭha,

mfn., belonging to the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~ena, As 161,10; Moh 27,6 (Ee °ttena, w.r.).

" 346862369248382976,kāmavacaravipāka,en,"

kāmâvacara-vipāka,

m., result, consequence realized in the sphere of sensual pleasures; sabbo ~o + … ime dhammā parittârammaṇā, As 154,32 qu. Dhs 1406 (kāmâvacarassa vipāko); ekantaparittârammaṇā hi ~ā, Vism 471,37 (Ee ekatta°, w.r.) qu. As 266,2; ~ā … ahetukā … sahetukā +, Vibh-a 17,21; Moh 44,13; Abhidh-av 26,15; kāmâvacarakusalā hi oḷārikā ~ā sukhumā, Vibh-a 15,36; ekādasānaṁ ~ānaṁ, Vibh-a 38,35; ~aṁ attano kusalena sadisaṁ, As 289,3, cf. Paṭis-a 301,19; ~e vipāke paññā, Vibh-a 409,25; °-saṅkhātaṁ paṭisandhibījaṁ natthi, Vibh-a 154,7; — ifc. ñāṇa-sampayutta-°; tihetuka-°; sahetuka-°; — °‑citta, n., intention, thought leading to consequences in the sphere of senual pleasures; aṭṭha sahetukāni ~āni, Vism 454,5 qu. Vibh-a 150,30; Abhidh-av-nṭ I 352,11; — °‑vajja, mfn., without a result realized in the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~ānaṁ pañcannaṁ rāsīnaṁ, Paṭṭh-a 29,29; — °‑vedanā, f., sensation realized in the sphere of sensual pleasures; manodvāre … pavattānaṁ ~ānaṁ, Vism 567,15 qu. Sv-pṭ 131,11; catubbidhe vipāke ~ā oḷārikā, Vibh-a 17,18; — °‑ârammaṇa, n., base of the result realized in the sphere of sensual pleasures; ~aṁ kāmâvacararūpâvacarakusalassa + … imesaṁ channaṁ rāsīnaṁ ārammaṇapaccayo, Paṭṭh-a 30,5.

" 346862369260965888,kāmāvacaravipāka,en,"

kāmâvacara-vipāka,

" 346862408016334848,kāmavaḍḍhana,en,"

kāma-vaḍḍhana,

mfn., granting increase of pleasure; kāmaduho ti ~o, Cp-a 173,9.

" 346862401833930752,kāmavalli,en,"

kāma-valli,

f., love-vines, cf. Vv-a-trsl. (Masefield): 241 n. 111; nānāsantānakā hi ~iyo , Vv-a 164,3.

" 346862406577688576,kāmavaṇṇin,en,"

kāma-vaṇṇin,

mfn., assuming any shape at will; accharā ~inī, Vv 139 (kāmarūpadharā, Vv-a 80,5) qu. Ps II 18,2*; Ja V 154,29* (Ee w.r. nāma vaṇṇinī); Ap 591,19; accharā ~inī ham asmi, Vv 330 qu. Ja II 255,23* = III 409,12*; VI 238,24*; accharā ~iyo, Vv 613 qu. Ja II 256,22* (f. pl., so read m.c. for ~iniyo anal. to hatthiyo, m., cf. Mittelindisch § 355); — °‑itā, f., abstr.; Vv-a 219,12.

" 346862405130653696,kāmavant,en,"

kāma-va(n)t,

mfn., desirous; kāmakāmino ~anto, It-a II 64,7.

" 346862404165963776,kāmavara,en,"

kāma-vara,

mfn., granting wishes; — ifc. asesa‑°.

" 346862399896162304,kāmavasika,en,"

kāma-vasika,

mfn., overpowered by desire; kāmanītassa … ti … ~assa puggalassa, Ja II 215,10´; ~ānaṁ puthujjanānaṁ, Nett-ṭ 182,25.

" 346862365314125824,kāmavaṭṭa,en,"

kāmâvaṭṭa,

m., seduction; itthiyo … ~ena āvaṭṭanato āvaṭṭanī, Ja II 330,17´.

" 346862365326708736,kāmāvaṭṭa,en,"

kāmâvaṭṭa,

m., seduction; itthiyo … ~ena āvaṭṭanato āvaṭṭanī, Ja II 330,17´.

" 346862400491753472,kāmavaṭṭaṃ,en,"

[kāmavaṭṭaṁ,

Ud-a 366,4, w.r. for kammavaṭṭa, q.v.]

" 346862405646553088,kāmavatthu,en,"

kāma-vatthu,

n., object of desire; aṅgārakapallaṁ viya ekaṁ ~u, Ps III 217,20 (Ee w.r. etaṁ) (°‑pariḷāhahetuto, Ps-pṭ II 106,2); — °‑bhūta, mfn., being the object of desire; kāmitthiyo ti ~ā itthiyo, Ja V 491,30´.

" 346862396930789376,kāmavedanā,en,"

kāma-vedanā,

f., feeling of sensual pleasure; ~aṁ … na vedayati, Sv 1032,12 = Mp III 322,2.

" 346862397488631808,kāmavega,en,"

kāma-vega,

m., impulse of desire; ~ena giddho, Ja VI 268,29* (so Ee,Ce; rāga-°, Be, Se).

" 346862400177180672,kāmavilāpajātaka,en,"

Kāma-vilāpa-jātaka,

n., title of Jātaka no. 297 = Ja II 443,1–444,16, cf. O.v.Hinüber, Jātaka-Sammlung 1998: 33; ~aṁ, Ja II 443,15.

" 346862401162842112,kāmavipāka,en,"

[kāma-vipāka,

w.r. for kamma°, q.v.]

" 346862398621093888,kāmavisūka,en,"

kāma-visūka,

m., wriggling of sense-desire, Ud-a-trsl. (Masefield); ~o aggañāṇadaṇḍena … anavasesato mathito, Ud-a 178,33 (so read with Be; Ee, Ce [SHB] maggañāṇadaṇḍena … pahīno, w.r., cf. Ud-a-trsl. 463 n. 224, 225) “churned … by means of the stick that is the topmost knowledge” (Masefield).

" 346862401498386432,kāmavitakka,en,"

kāma-vitakka,

m. [Buddh. sa. kāmavitarka, cf. BHSD, SWTF s.v.], thought guided by desire; — exeg.: ~ānan ti kāmupasaṁhitānaṁ vitakkānaṁ, Sp 218,16; kāmapaṭisampayutto vitakko ~o, Sv 986,3; It-a II 92,32; kāme ārabbha uppanno vitakko ~o, Mp II 62,16; kāmadhātu ~ass’ etaṁ nāmaṁ, Vibh-a 74,12 qu. Nett-a 164,9; ~o … kāmâsavo, Ps I 82,9; tayo akusalavitakkā ~o vyāpāda°, vihiṁsā°, D III 215,3; Ud 35,20; It 82,12; Sp 218,25; °âdayo tayo pāpavitakkā, Ud-a 236,27; Vibh-a 118,17; pāpake akusale dhamme ti te yeva °âdayo sabbe pi vā nava mahāvitakke, Mp III 399,20 (enumerated: It-a II 89,7–11); Pj II 303,21 (ref. to Pj II 21,1, cf. s.v. Abhayasutta, q.v.); — sanidānaṁ … uppajjati ~o, S II 151,9; rāgaṁ paṭicca uppajjate ~o, ~aṁ paṭicca uppajjate rāgajo pariḷāho, Peṭ 250,29; nâbhijānāmi ~aṁ uppannapubbaṁ, M III 124,18; katame … āsavā vinodanā pahātabbā: … uppannaṁ ~aṁ nâdhivāseti +, M I 11,11 (iti pâyaṁ vitakko akusalo … + ~e ādīnavaṁ paccavekkhitvā, Ps I 81,17–20 = Mp III 399,1) qu. Vism 7,23; uppannaṁ ~aṁ nâdhivāseti … ti paṭikkhepapaññatti, Peṭ 97,13; katamaṁ … pahānapadhānaṁ: … uppannaṁ ~aṁ nâdhivāseti +, D III 226,13 = A II 16,21; Peṭ 72,22; A V 110,15; ~assa pahānāya nekkhammavitakko bhāvetabbo, A III 446,23; Vibh-a 117,36 foll. qu. Paṭis-a I 165,6; ~ānaṁ samugghāto, Vin III 20,8; yogâvacaro … ~assa padaghātanatthaṁ, Vibh-a 118,5 qu. Paṭis-a I 166,10; āsāṭikaṁ sāṭetā … uppannaṁ ~aṁ adhivāseti, A V 348,18–24 (only Be replaces sāṭetā by hāretā); M I 220,33; katamā … samā paṭipadā: … ~aṁ nâdhivāseti, A II 153,4; katame tayo dhamme bahulī-m-akaṁsu (pajahiṁsu)? ~aṁ, vyāpādavitakkaṁ, vihiṁsāvitakkaṁ, A I 275,21–36 foll. (Be bahulam ak°); ~aṁ bahulam akāsi, tassa taṁ ~āya cittaṁ namati, M I 115,24 foll.; cha … dhamme … ~aṁ … kāmasaññaṁ …+, A III 428,31; ~aṁ vitakkentassa asuci muci, Vin III 116,28 (gehasitakāmavitakkaṁ, Sp 530,15); Sp 529,25; akusale vitakke vitakketi seyyathīdaṁ ~aṁ +, S I 203,8 (Spk I 297,13) ≠ S V 417,27 qu. Mil 379,15; pabbajito samāno ~aṁ vā vitakkeyyaṁ +, A I 148,19; aḍḍharattasamaye ~aṁ vitakkayiṁsu, Ja III 375,20; yo ~aṁ … vitakketi tassa añño codako natthi, so attanā va attānaṁ codetvā, Sp 952,18 = Mp II 23,10; Ja V 133,7; Mahāsudassano … udānaṁ udānesi: tiṭṭha ~a … ettāvatā ~a, D II 186,9 foll. (~a tayā [Ee w.r. tayo] ettāvatā nivattitabbaṁ, ito paraṁ tuyhaṁ abhūmi, Sv 632,16); Cp-a 44,27; vuddho (bālo) … ~ehi (na) khajjati, A I 68,5.11; Mil 310,26; Jayaseno rājakumāro … ~ehi khajjamāno, M III 129,33 ≠ A I 68,11; sampattiṁ assādayato ~o udapādi, Mp IV 165,19; tikkhapaññattāya … ~aṁ nâdhivāseti, uppannaṁ ~aṁ nâdhivāseti … ti tikkhapaññā, Paṭis II 201,2 ≠ Ps IV 85,12 = Spk I 122,4 qu. Th-a III 106,38; Nidd-a I 232,8; uppannaṁ nâdhivāsetîti ayaṁ viriyasaṁvaro, Ps I 23,3 = Spk II 253,17 = As 351,27 qu. It-a I 111,11 = Pj II 8,18 = Paṭis-a I 15,10; yena ~aṁ vāreti idaṁ santindriyaṁ, Nett 19,4; yassa °âdayo uppajjanti, Dhp-a III 242,5, cf. Mp III 23,13; ito dāni te paṭṭhāya ~aṁ vā + cintitakāle jānissāmi, Ja I 63,23 qu. Ap-a 69,17; dāyako dānaṁ datvā ~aṁ vitakketi … hoti puññaṁ, Kv 344,7; 439,17; niddâbhibhūtassa puna paṭibujjhato ~ā pātubhavanti, Sv 205,18 (so Be; Ee pāpavi°, cf. Ps II 142,23) qu. Pj I 299,18; ~ānaṁ kāmasaññâsayo, Nidd I 501,25 (Nidd-a I 466,13); — ifc. [aṭṭha‑° (It-a II 89,11 w.r., read ti aṭṭha, ~ena with Be)]; gehasita‑°; — °‑paṭipakkha, m., opponent of thought guided by desire; ~o hi nekkhammavitakko, Sv-pṭ III 241,7; Ps-pṭ II 68,5; — °‑parivāra, mfn., accompanied by thoughts guided by desire; °âdiparivārena kammunā nibbatto vitakkacitto, Vism 104,17; —°‑bahula, mfn., full of thoughts guided by desire; yo ~o puggalo kalyāṇamittassa vasena … taṁ vitakkaṁ vikkhambheti, It-a II 172,20; 175,5; — °‑vaḍḍhana, n., increasing the thoughts guided by desire; takkavaḍḍhanaṁ … ~aṁ Nidd II 151,29 (Be 125,23) = Pj II 596,16; — °‑vinodana, n., dispelling thoughts guided by desire; ~aṁ adhivāsanaviriyañ ca viriyapāramī, Cp-a 180,30; 271,1; — ~°âdhippāya-tā, f., the intention of dispelling thoughts guided by desire; nekkhammavitakko sambhāro ~ā, Peṭ 148,10 (so read); — °‑vokiṇṇa-tta, n., the scattering the thoughts guided by desire; ~ā, Spk III 259,15; — °‑sampayutta, mfn., pervaded by thoughts guided by desire; mano … °âdisampayutto, Sv 389,19 = Mp II 268,17 (Be °saṁyutta) qu. Paṭis-a 692,22; — ~‑rāga-dhota, mfn., washed by passion, which is pervaded by thoughts guided by desire; ~ena, Ja II 276,3´ “by the arrow of defilement (kilesakaṇḍena, 276,9´), which is washed by … and sharpened on the whetstone which is reflection by the help of water which is passion (rāgodakena vitakkapāsāṇe nisitena, 276,4´)”; — °âbhibhūta, mfn., overpowered by thoughts guided by desire; ~e pañcasate bhikkhū, Ja III 397,7.

" 346862398973415424,kāmaviveka,en,"

kāma-viveka,

m., separation from sensual pleasure; (paṭhamajjhānapaññā) ~ena pattabbatā kilesanibbidāya saṁvattati, Vibh-a 417,31 ≠ Moh 193,15; ~assa ca jhānâdhigamûpāyatā, Vism-mhṭ I 163,15 ad Vism 139,13.

" 346862399262822400,kāmavivitta,en,"

kāma-vivitta,

mfn., separated from sensual pleasure; °‑ante uppanno vā nekkhammasaṅkappo, Ps V 65,19 (Ps-pṭ III 406,12) = Spk III 125,1 (Ee w.r. kāme cintente; kāmehi vivittaṁ, Spk-pṭ II 401,22).

" 346862398054862848,kāmavūpasama,en,"

kāma-vūpasama,

m., cessation of desire; ~aṁ karonto uppanno nekkhamasaṅkappo, Spk III 124,34 = Ps V 65,18.

" 346862409413038080,kāmayamānasabhāva,en,"

kāmayamāna-sabhāva,

mfn., desiring by nature; attakāmarūpâti attano hitaṁ ~ā hutvā, Ps II 236,21.

" 346862409077493760,kāmayāna,en,"

kāma-yāna,

mfn., having sensual pleasures as a vehic; expl. the part. pr. kāmayāna, cf. s.v. kāmayati, q.v.; kāmayānassâti kāmayamānassa, kāmo vā yānaṁ etassâti kāmayāno, tassa kāmavasena yāyamānassâti, Vism-mhṭ II 335,13 foll. (ad Vism 576,30*) ≠ Vibh-mṭ 125,2; atha vā yāyati gacchatîti yāno, kāmena yāno kāmayāno, Nett-ṭ 56,17 foll.

" 346862409811496960,kāmayati,en,"

kāmayati

, pr. 3 sg. [sa. kāmayate; cf. kāmayitabba, kāmeti, kāmīyati, q.v.], to desire, to love; — forms: pr. 1 sg. ~āmi, 2 sg. ~asi, 3 sg. ~ati; aor. 1 sg. akāmayiṁ, 3 sg. akāmayi; pr. part. ~anta, ~amāma, ~ayāna, cf. Oberlies, Pāli § 91; — gramm. lit.: kamu icchākantesu, Sadd 556,22; kama icchāyaṁ, Dhātup 603; kamu icchāya kantimhi, Dhātum 843; — yo kāme na ~ayati dukkhaṁ so na ~ayati Eraka, Th 93 (read kāmeti m. c. in b, cf. EV I); kāmaṁ ~ayamānassa, Sn 766 (icchamānassa sādiyamānassa patthayamānassa pihayamānassa abhijappamānassa, Nidd I 2,15 foll. [5+6+6+6+7]; icchamānassa, Pj II 512,26) = Ja IV 172,7* (ct. patthayamānassa) qu. Peṭ 45,24*, Nett 5,22*, Vism 378,6*, cf. Mhbh XIII 94,30; tassa ce ~ayānassa, Sn 767 (kāme icchamānassa kāmena vā āyāyamānassa, Pj II 512,32, cf. Sn-trsl. [Norman]) qu. Peṭ 9,7*, Nett 6,1*, Vism 576,30* (Vism-mhṭ II 335,13 foll., cf. kāmayāna, q.v.), cf. tasya cet kāmayānasya, Abhidh-k (1975) 9,14*; ~ayamāno tajjaṁ tajjaṁ attabhāvaṁ, A III 411,23 (kāmaṁ ~ayamāno, Mp III 407,10); ambho kāme ~yamāna, Ja III 154,12 (voc.) qu. Nidd-a I 252,32; yo kāme ~ati so dukkhaṁ ~ati, Th-a I 204,18; kāme ~ayantā, Dh-p II 156,16; Pj II 284,9; — dhītaraṁ ~ayāmi, Ja VI 307,9*; dhītaraṁ ~ayāno, 325,32* (ct. ~ayamāno); tayo giriṁ antaraṁ ~ayāmi, II 214,8*; accharaṁ ~ayanto, V 468,17*; sace … na ~ayāsi, 220,20*, m.c., cf. Norman, Coll. Pap. VII: 109, 114 (na kāmesîti attho, 225,3´); ahaṁ khujjam akāmayiṁ, II 226,12*; sā pi Vacchaṁ akāmayi, Ja VI 422,5* (~esi, 422,21´); nivesanāni ~ayamāno, Pj II 258,19; jīvituṁ ~ayatîti jīvitukāmo, Nidd-a I 37,22; — Rem.: jānapadesu ca mucchati ~ayati, M III 116,4 (Ee w.r., Be mucchaṁ nikāmayati so read; mucchaṁ nikāmayatîti mucchanataṇhaṁ pattheti pavatteti, Ps IV 165,4).

" 346862408347684864,kāmayitabb´atthena,en,"

kāmayitabb´-atthena,

²ind. [cf. kāmetabba, q.v.], because they must be desired; kāmaguṇâti ~ kāmā Sv 403,8 (kāmanīyabhāvena, Sv-pṭ I 521,24) = Ps II 55,32 = Mp III 406,23 qu. Nidd-a II 130,10.

" 346862408670646272,kāmayitar,en,"

kāmayita(r),

m., one who wishes, desires; ~tā, Abh 730 (kamu icchāyaṁ, curâdi ritu, Abh-ṭ).

" 346862407705956352,kāmayoga,en,"

kāma-yoga,

m. [ts., cf. SWTF s.v.], the attachment to, bond of ‘sensual pleasures’, cf. bhava-yoga, diṭṭhi-yoga, avijjā-yoga, q.v.; — exeg.: kāmupādānena kāmehi saṁyujjati … ~o, Nett 116,5; Peṭ 246,15 (Ee w.r. kāmôgho); ~o … pañcakāmaguṇiko rāgo … kāmesu vā yojetîti ~o, Mp III 13,21–25; — ~ena saṁyuttā … sattā gacchanti saṁsāraṁ, A II 12,18* foll. = It 95,14* foll.; … + kāmataṇhā sânuseti ayaṁ … ~o, A II 10,24 (Mp III 13,21–25); ~o, D III 230,13 (Sv 1023,32); cattāro dhammā hānabhāgiyā … + ~o, 276,23; cattāro dhammā visesabhāgiyā … + ~o, 276,26 (asubhajjhānaṁ ~o … anāgāmimaggo …~o, Sv 1023,28 foll., cf. It-a II 123,21; Sv 1059,6–16; Sv-pṭ III 362,32); katame kilesakāmā … ~o, Nidd I 28,30; atthi arahato ~o?, Kv 91,18; 164,2; ajjhattikarūpaṁ asubhato passanto ~ena visaṁyujjati, Vism 480,3 qu. Vibh-a 35,18; Nett 83,21; ~o sārambhanaṁ, Kv 406,11; Paṭis-a 548,36; atikkamitabbo ~o tatiyamaggena, Ud‑a 160,14; sabbe °âdayo saṁyogā, Dhp-a IV 140,15; Pj II 428,20; — °‑yutta, mfn., occupied by the attachment to sensual pleasures; ~o … āgāmī, It 95,9 (It-a II 123,8, cf. Mp III 13,21 foll.); — °‑visaṁyutta, mfn., freed from the attachment to sensual pleasures; ~o … anāgāmī; It 95,10 (It-a II 123,21); — °‑visaṁyoga, m. [ts., cf. SWTF s.v.], freedom from the attachment to sensual pleasures; … + kāmataṇhā sa nânuseti ayaṁ … ~o, A II 11,26 (kāmayogato visaṁyojanakāraṇaṁ, Mp III 15,6); D III 230,15.

" 346862392950394880,kāmayutta,en,"

kāma-yutta,

mfn., occupied by sensual pleasures; dukkhaṁ … anubhohisi ~o, Thī 510 (Thī-a 266,12) read °yuto m.c., cf. EV II.

" 346862261685456896,kamba,en,"

kamb(a)

, the root kamb; ~a saṁvaraṇe, Dhātup
200 = Dhātum 286.
kamba

" 346862261626736640,kambala,en,"

kambala

, m. and n. [deriv. uncertain; EWA-2 s.v.;
cf. ²kambala, q.v.], a woollen cloth or blanket; according
to ct.s and lex. lit. ~ is made from sheep's wool (eḷakalo-
ma) or the like, or from hair of animals (migaloma);
particularly fine woollen cloth or blankets were imported
from Swat; cf. Ja IV 352,15*, q.v. infra; — lex. lit.: kho-
maṁ ... ~o ca vā, Abh 291 (vāsaddo kambalasad-
dassa napuṁsakattaṁ samuccinoti, Abh-ṭ); —
gramm. lit.: (on the indigenous derivation of ~) paṭe a-
laṁ iti paṭalaṁ; evaṁ ... ~aṁ, Kacc 667 qu. Sadd
872,13; — eḷakalomāni pana apakkhipitvā -am eva
catuguṇaṁ vā pañcaguṇaṁ vā pakkhipitvā katā pi
uṇṇabhisīsaṅkhyam eva gacchati, 1218,15; ~ā loma-
suttehi katā, Ap-a 106,4 (ad Ap 2,10); — heṭṭhā udare
~aṁ, Ja VI 488,22 (of an elephant); — Kāsikarājā Jīva-
kassakomārabhaccassa aḍḍhakāsikaṁ ~aṁ pāhesi
upaḍḍhakāsinaṁ khamamānaṁ, Vin I 281,18 foll.;
saṅghassa senāsanaparikkhāriko mahaggho ~o up-
panno hoti, II 174,19; aññatarā itthi navarattaṁ ~aṁ
pārutā hoti, III 130,18 foll.; rājā Pasenadi Kosalo sīta-
kāle mahagghaṁ ~aṁ pārupitvā, IV 255,6; sītakāle
nāma ~aṁ pārupituṁ vaṭṭati, Dhp-a II 89,3 foll.; kiṁ
idan ti puṭṭhakāle ca ekaṁ no mahagghaṁ ~aṁ
vikkiṇantānaṁ kāyako n' atthi, IV 217,24; kim ag-
ghanako ~o ti pucchitvā, 217,28; mahagghāni ~āni
bhummattharaṇāni attharāpesi, Thūp 218,19; — kā-
sikāni ca vatthāni uddiyāne ca ~e, Ja IV 352,15* (=
uddiyā nāma ~ā atthi, 353,10'; cf. CPD s.v. uddiyā-
na); — muddikañ ca ~añ ca khaggañ ca, 232,1 (rega-
lia; cf. 230,16); — nānāsayanavicittā saṇhākāsikasan-
thatā ~ā +, Ap 2,10; tūlikā ... ~e ca labhāmi vividhe
ahaṁ, Ap 314,12; niyāmarattiṁ deve vassante ~aṁ
pārupitvā nisīdi, Ps III 324,10; atisundarā ime ~ā a-
haṁ sahāyassa ne pesissāmī ti, V 35,15 foll.; so kim
me imina ~ena imasmiṁ pūtikāye upanītenā ti, Mp
I 167,15 foll.; ath' assa aṅguliyā ~o laggo ti nīharituṁ
ārabhiṁsu, Dhp-a II 86,18 foll.; antepure mama dve
~āni āharāpeyyāthā ti, III 3,3 foll.; sa kuladattiyaṁ
~aṁ pārupamānā viya gantvā, 181,6; heṭṭhā udare
~aṁ satasahassaṁ, Cp-a 82,2; — °âdi, mfn.; bhum-
mattharaṇapaccattharaṇanivasanaparupanani pan'
ettha uṇhaviriyāni ~īni vaṭṭanti, Sv 454,30 = Ps III
214,15; ~īnaṁ vaṇṇaṁ viya, Sv 752,8 = Spk III 178,16;
~īhi veṭhetvā, Sp 1248,27 (ad Vin II 174,27); — ifc. at-
tharaṇa-° (Cp-a 82,5 [v.l. atthata°]); anaggha-° (Ps V
35,14); kata-° (Sp 272,18,19; Sv 356,27); kesa-° (Vin III
34,29; D I 167,3; Sp 272,18; Sv 144,6 foll.; Ps II 233,25;
~-vāḷakambalâdi, Sv 752,11); koseyya-° (Ap 272,28);
khara-° (Vin III 130,25,32); dinna-° (Dhp-a II 90,19);
pañca-° (~-sata, Dhp-a II 90,4); paṇḍu-° (Sn 689; Sv
10,25; Spk I 125,13; III 50,15; Bv XXIV 5; Vism 216,35;
agghanika-~-vāṇija, Sv 752,9; ~ûpamā, Sv 752,23;
~-parivāra, Spk III 119,11; ~-silā, Sv 482,18; 716,7;
Spk I 354,12; Sv 698,11; Ud-a 244,32; ~-silā-tala, Vism
391,3; satasahassagghanaka-~-vāṇija, Ps I 237,15);
pārutaratta-° (Mp I 167,13); pitu-pārupana-° (Dhp-a
I 168,6); ratta-° (Sv 752,13; Ps II 248,17; Spk I 125,13,14;
II 184,21; Dhp-a I 164,6; Thūp 150,4; 230,9; Ud-a
411,10; Sv 680,2; PED unnecessarily emends ~aṁ, Ja I
119,21 foll. > rattakammala]; ~-paṭala, Spk II 120,3;
Sv 800,21; Ps III 370,17; ~-parikhitta, As 14,7; Sv 39,31;
973,10; ~-pākāraparikkhitta, 40,18); vāḷa-° (Vin III
34,29; Sp 272,19; D I 167,3; Sv 357,4; 1010,6; sukhu-
ma-° (Ja IV 230,16); seta-° (Spk II 325,5); — °-kojava-
santhatâdi, mfn., woollen blankets, fleecy covers, rugs,
etc.; kaṭabhaṇḍan ti kataṁ bhaṇḍaṁ ~i yaṁ kiñci
antamaso suttakena baddhamattam pi, Sp 689,1 (ad
Vin III 236,31); — °-muddika, n., the woollen blanket
and the ring; te ~aṁ sañjānitvā dvāraṁ vivaritvā raj-
je abhisiñciṁsu, Dhp-a I 169,11; — °âdi, mfn.; ~īnaṁ
vaṇṇaṁ viya, Ps I 237,14.[[side 201]]

" 346862261488324608,kambala,en,"

Kambala

, m.; Npr.; name of a nāga (or class of nā-
gas); cf. Kambal'-Assatara, q.v.; — lex. lit.: ~o 'ssata-
ro merupāde nāgā 'tha dhammam, Abh 652 (~o ca
assataro cā ti ime dve nāgakulā merupāde vasanti,
Abh-ṭ ad loc).

" 346862261542850560,kambala,en,"

kambala

, m(fn). and n. [sa. kāmbala, scdry from
¹ kambala, q.v.], a woollen cīvara; one of the six types of
cīvaras monks are allowed to use; v. DBMT s.v.; —
Rem.: the occurrence of ~ in a list of scdry deriv.s like
sāṇa < saṇa [cf. sa. śāṇa: (mfn.) made of hemp, (m.n.) a
hempen garment, < śaṇa: hemp] indicates that kambala
in this case is to be derived < kāmbala: ""made of wool"";
cf. ²kappāsika, q.v.; sa. kāmbala not recorded in this
meaning; — lex. lit.: koseyyaṁ kimijaṁ romamayaṁ
tu ~aṁ bhave, Abh 298 (= migalomamayaṁ, Abh-ṭ
ad loc.); — exeg.: kappāsiyan ti kappāsato nibbataṁ
... -an ti eḷakalomasuttaṁ, Sp 724,31 (""made of wool-
len threads""; ad Vin III 256,32, q.v. infra; Vmv I
310,25); channaṁ aññataraṁ cīvaran ti khomaṁ
kappāsikaṁ koseyyaṁ ~aṁ sāṇaṁ bhaṅgan ti ime-
saṁ channaṁ aññataraṁ, Sp 639,8 (ad Vin III
196,20); — (the six types of cīvaras) anujānāmi bhik-
khave cha cīvarāni khomaṁ kappāsikaṁ koseyyaṁ
~aṁ sāṇaṁ bhaṅgan ti, Vin I 281,35; cha cīvarāni:
khomaṁ kappāsikaṁ koseyyaṁ ~aṁ sāṇaṁ bhaṅ-
gan ti, Nidd I 372,11 = 495,14; khomaṁ kappāsikaṁ
koseyyaṁ ~aṁ sāṇaṁ bhaṅgaṁ, Vin III 256,32 (~an
ti eḷakalomasuttaṁ, Sp 724,31); ~an ti eḷakâdīnaṁ,
Vmv I 310,25; atirekalābho khomaṁ kappāsikaṁ
koseyyaṁ ~aṁ sāṇāṁ bhaṅgaṁ, Vin I 58,17 = 96,7;
Khudd III 1; khomaṁ kappāsakoseyyaṁ sāṇaṁ
bhaṅgañ ca ~aṁ cīvaraṁ chabbidhaṁ vuttaṁ jātito
pana kappiyaṁ, Vin-vn 551.

" 346862260674629632,kambalabheṇḍuka,en,"

[

kambala-bheṇḍuka

, w.r., e.g., at Cp-a 70,4 for
°-geṇḍuka, q.v.]

" 346862261005979648,kambalacora,en,"

kambala-cora

, m., a (wool) blanket thief; kāmindo
(cf. Ja VI 369,11 Kāvindo) ~o, Ja Be VI 213,4 (Ee om. at
VI 370,6 foll).

" 346862260896927744,kambaladāyakatissa,en,"

Kambala-dāyaka-Tissa

, m.; Npr.; a monk who was
later known as Vanavāsī-Tissa; v. PPN s.v.; ~o, Sv-nṭ
II 204,7; — °-tthera, m., the thera K°; ~o ti nāmaṁ a-
kaṁsu, Dhp-a II 90,17.

" 346862261073088512,kambalageṇḍuka,en,"

kambala-geṇḍuka

, m. [often misspelled °-bheṇḍu°;
cf. EWA-1 s.v. geṇḍu; CDIAL 4248], a ball made of
wool; rañño ... akkhīni ... āvāṭabhāvaṁ appatvā ~e-
na (v.l.l. °heṇḍu°, °gaṇḍu°) viya uggatena maṁsa-
piṇḍena pūretvā, Ja IV 408,10 ≠ Cp-a 70,4 (°bheṇ-
ḍu°); — ṭhapita-ratta-° (Cp-a 144,14); ratta-° (~-sadi-
sā, Sv 446,10).

" 346862261417021440,kambalaka,en,"

kambalaka

, m. [ts.; kambala (q.v.) + ka], a kind of
wollen garment; — ifc. khara-° (Vin III 130,26,33).

" 346862261345718272,kambalakañcuka,en,"

kambala-kañcuka

, m., a woollen encasement; cf. kañ-
cuk[ā/a] 2.b., q.v.; yojanikaṁ suvaṇṇacetiyaṁ ~ena pa-
rikkhipitvā, Spk II 187,11 - Mp I 170,22 = Th-a III
126,29 ≠ Ap-a I 257,5; — ifc. ratta-° (Ud-a 411,13).

" 346862261190529024,kambalakhaṇḍa,en,"

kambala-khaṇḍa

, n., a piece of woollen cloth; — ifc.
ṭhapita-ratta-° (Vism 172,3).

" 346862261253443584,kambalakūṭagāra,en,"

kambala-kūṭâgāra

, m., a gabled house made from
woollen blankets (?); BURLINGAME wrongly ""funeral
pyre""; ~aṁ āropetvā, Dhp-a 69,21 ≠ Pj II 533,10.

" 346862261274415104,kambalakūṭāgāra,en,"

kambala-kūṭâgāra

, m., a gabled house made from
woollen blankets (?); BURLINGAME wrongly ""funeral
pyre""; ~aṁ āropetvā, Dhp-a 69,21 ≠ Pj II 533,10.

" 346862576421834752,kambalamaddanamatta,en,"

kambala-maddana-matta

, n., the mere act of steep-
ing a woollen cloth; na ~ena atthataṁ hoti kaṭhinaṁ,
Vin I 254,34 (= ekavāraṁ yeva rajane pakkhittena
dantavaṇṇena paṇḍupalāsavaṇṇena vā, Sp 1111,2).

" 346862576761573376,kambalamaya,en,"

kambala-maya

, mfn., made of, consisting of a wool-
len blanket; bhummattharaṇaṁ ... ~aṁ, Mp II 238,14.[[side 202]]

" 346862331709362176,kambalanujānanadikathā,en,"

kambalânujānanâdi-kathā

, f. [k° + anujānana +
ā°], title of Vin 1281,17-282,6; cf. Be III 393,13.

" 346862331730333696,kambalānujānanādikathā,en,"

kambalânujānanâdi-kathā

, f. [k° + anujānana +
ā°], title of Vin 1281,17-282,6; cf. Be III 393,13.

" 346862260750127104,kambalapādukā,en,"

kambala-pādukā

, f, a kind of sandal made from wool;
according to the Vinaya monks are not allowed to wear
sandals; cf. DBMT s.v. pādukā; Bhaddiyā bhikkhū ...
~aṁ karonti pi kārāpenti pi, Vin I 190,5 qu. Dhp-a III
451,20; na ~ā dhāretabbā, Vin I 190,24 (~ā ti uṇṇāhi
katapādukā, Sp 1085,18) qu. Pālim 455,29.

" 346862260825624576,kambalapariyonaddha,en,"

kambala-pariyonaddha

, mfn., covered with a wool-
len blanket; tassa rattamaṇivaṇṇaṁ ~aṁ senāpati-
chattaṁ adaṁsu, Mp IV 93,16.

" 346862538702458880,kambalaratana,en,"

kambala-ratana

, n., a precious woollen cloth or blan-
ket; ath' assa ~aṁ mahagghaṁ ānayiṁsu, Ja IV
138,13; so nakhena karaṇḍakaṁ vivaritvā anto ~aṁ
disvā, Ps V 36,3.

" 346862579341070336,kambalasadda,en,"

kambala-sadda

, m., the word kambala; vāsaddo ~as-
sa napuṁsakattaṁ samuccinoti, Abh-ṭ (ad Abh 291).

" 346862578493820928,kambalasahassa,en,"

kambala-sahassa

, n., a thousand woollen blankets;
~aṁ labhitvā, Dhp-a II 90,16 foll.; — °-bhāva, m.
[abstr.], the fact of there being a thousand woollen blan-
kets; evaṁ nāmakaraṇadivase dinnakambalo satta-
vassikakāle ca ~aṁ pāpuṇi, Dhp-a II 90,19.

" 346862578141499392,kambalasata,en,"

kambala-sata

, n. pl., one hundred woollen blankets;
pañca ~āni pasāretvā, Dhp-a II 89,16 foll.

" 346862331814219776,kambalassatara,en,"

Kambal'-Assatara

, m. pl.; Npr.; (dv.) The Kambala
(nāga or nāgas) and the Assatara (nāga or nāgas); cf.
CPD and PPN s.v. Assatara; Abh 652, q.v. s.v. Kamba-
la; ~ā āgu, D II 258,18* (= Kambalo ca Assataro ca, Sv
688,19) qu. Sadd 841,5; ~ā uṭṭhentu, Ja VI 165,4* (~ā
nāma tassa mātipakkhikā Sinerupāde vasanakā nā-
gā te ca uṭṭhahantu, 165,6'); ~ā pana nāgasenāpatino,
Spk II 350,2,6; Ss 230,24; — °âdi, mfn.; heṭṭhā Gaṅ-
gānivāsino ~ayo nāgā pūjam akaṁsu, Pj I 163,20.

" 346862578921639936,kambalasukhuma,en,"

kambala-sukhuma

, mfn., a fine woollen cloth or
blanket; caturāsītivatthakoṭisahassāni ahesuṁ kho-
masukhūmanaṁ ... ~ānaṁ, D II 188,9 ≠ S III 145,27
≠ A IV 394,4; data ca ahosi sukhumānaṁ mudukā-
naṁ attharaṇānaṁ pāpuraṇānaṁ khomasukhumā-
naṁ ... ~ānaṁ, D III 159,12 foll.; khomasukhume vā
... ~e vā, Mil 105,29.

" 346862331868745728,kambalasutta,en,"

kambala-sutta

, n., a woollen thread; ~aṁ vaṭṭetvā,
Ja VI 340,13; — °-koṭi, f., the end of a woollen thread;
~iyaṁ gahetvā ḍasitvā kaḍḍhantā ekena passena
nīhariṁsu, Ja VI 340,16.

" 346862260955648000,kambalatthika,en,"

kambala-'tthika

, mfn. [k° + atthika], being in need
of woollen blankets; ~ā mayā saddhiṁ āgacchantū ti,
Dhp-a II 89,6.

" 346862577797566464,kambalavānija,en,"

kambala-vānija

, m., a dealer in woollen blankets; —
°âdi, mfn.; tesan bhikkhūnaṁ ussāhajananatthaṁ
vaṇṇaṁ abhāsi ~ayo kambalâdīnaṁ vaṇṇaṁ viya,
Sv 752,8 - Ps I 237,14 = Spk III 178,16.

" 346862577449439232,kambalavaṇṇamaṃsa,en,"

kambala-vaṇṇa-maṁsa

, mfn., flesh having the co-
lour of wool; dutiyavāre ~aṁ (Be °vaṇṇaṁ maṁ°)
chijji, Ja V 359,6.

" 346862577134866432,kambalayānasadisa,en,"

kambala-yāna-sadisa

, mfn., like a woollen pouch (?);
mātukucchi ~ā (v. l. kambalasadisā), Vibh-a 156,29.

" 346862331646447616,kambalin,en,"

kambali(n)

, mfn.; only recorded ifc.; — ifc. kesa-° (Pj
II 423,7; cf. CPD s.v. ²Ajita).
kambalin

" 346862331558367232,kambalīya,en,"

kambalīya

or o.v. °iyya, n., a woollen blanket or gar-
ment; — Rem.: ~ is not related to sa. kambalīya (mfn.):
fit for a woollen blanket; v. PW s.v.; — ifc. koseyya-°
(Pv 111; Pv-a 77,1; Ap 308,15; 387,7; 443,9).

" 346862580955877376,kambhoja,en,"

Kambhoja

, mfn. [< *Kambhoja, S.E.-Asian spelling;
v. ⁴Kamboja], coming from ⁴Kamboja; — °-kula, mfn.,
of a family from ⁴K.; Ratanapuranagare mallakamme
aticheko eko ~o atthi, Sās 87,15; — °-malla, m., a
wrestler from ⁴K; saṅghamallo ~assa ... dakkhiṇa-
hatthamuṭṭhinā kapāle pahāraṁ adāsi, Sās 88,2 foll.

" 346862330664980480,kamboja,en,"

Kamboja

, m. (?); Npr.; name of a village of immi-
grants from ¹Kamboja (q.v.) in the Rohaṇa district of
Ceylon; on which, cf. Inscriptions of Ceylon I 1970, In-
troduction: xc; — °-gāma, m., the village of ³K; Tam-
bapaṇṇidīpe Rohaṇajanapade ~e Māleyyatthero pa-
ṭivasati, Sīh 8,2,3 (cf. JPTS XVIII 1993:19,8).

" 346862330774032384,kamboja,en,"

Kamboja

, m. sg. or pl. [sa. Kamboja or Kāmboja
(v. Sørensen, An Index to the Names in The Mahā-
bhārata s.v. Kāmboja), Asok Kaṁboja, Kaṁboya; cf.
Pāṇ IV 1 175 and gaṇapāṭha ad Pāṇ IV 2 133; EWA-2
s.v.], Npr.; a land and its people belonging to the uttarā-
patha; one of the sixteen or seventeen mahājanapadas
enumerated at A I 212,35 foll. and Nidd II Be 150,11
foll. respectively; v. PPN s.v. Kamboja; cf. R. SCHMITT,
Festschrift Karl Horst Schmidt, 1994: 185; in pa.
Kamboja is described as the breeding place of horses (as-
sānan āyatanaṁ), its inhabitants being renowned as
horse breeders (cf. kambojaka and the examples quoted
sub 1. and 2.); they are sometimes mentioned together
with the Yonas; cf. pa. Yona-° (q.v. infra) and Asok Yo-
nakaṁboja, °kaṁboya; in the pa. canon ~ is only men-
tioned in M (in the cpd. Yona-°), A, Nidd, and Pv; cf.,
however, the Ja references mentioned s.v. kambojaka,
q.v.; — Rem.: the use, in pa., of the sg. to denote the
land of K. is noticable; cf. Pāṇ IV 2 81; — lex. lit.: Vaṅ-
gā Videhā Kamboja, Abh 185; — yo imesaṁ soḷa-
sannaṁ mahājanapadānaṁ ... rajjaṁ kareyya, sey-
yathîdaṁ Aṅgânaṁ Magadhānaṁ ... ~ānaṁ, A I
213,4 = IV 252,8 = 256,20 = 260,1; — in gloss on the va-
rious meanings of āyatana: (nom. pl.) ~ā assānaṁ āya-
tanan ti ādīni viya sañjati, Vism 332,17 = Paṭis-a
557,29; (nom. sg.) ~o (v.l. °jā; BeCe °jo) assānaṁ āya-
tanaṁ gunnaṁ Dakkhiṇāpatho ti sañjātiyaṁ vatta-
ti, Sv 124,32 (~o ti evaṁnāmakaṁ raṭṭhaṁ, Sv-nṭ I
461,15) ≠ Mp II 272,22; — (acc. sg.) ko nu bhante hetu
... yena mātugāmo ... na ~aṁ (so read; Ee kamm°)
gacchati A II 82,33 (na ~aṁ gacchatī ti bhogasaṁha-
raṇaṭṭhāya Kambojaraṭṭhaṁ na gacchati, Mp III
110,23); yassa atthāya gacchāma ~aṁ dhanakārakā,
Pv 257 (~an ti Kambojaraṭṭhaṁ, Pv-a 113,22) qu.
Pv-a 113,17; ~aṁ, 113,12,29; — (abl. sg.) Aṅgā ca Ma-
gadhā ca ... Avantiyā ca Yonā ca ~ā ca, Nidd II Be
150,14 (ad Sn 1103: janapadehi saṅgatā); — ifc. Yo-
na-° (M II 149,4); — in long cpd. Aṅga-Magadha-Yo-
naka-~-Assaka-Avanti-raṭṭha, Sv 637,9; — °âdi; ra-
jassâyatanan ti ~ayo viya assâdīnaṁ rāgâdirajassa
uppattideso, Pj II 381,20.

" 346862330618843136,kamboja,en,"

⁴

Kamboja

, m., Npr.; the western part of Siam; ete
-am uddissa pesitā, Mhv LXXVI 21; — °-Khemāva-
ra-Haribhuñja-Ayuddhayâdi, mfn. [Ayuddhaya +
ādi], K., Khemāvara, Haribhuñja, Ayuddhaya, etc.;
Mahārakkhitathero Yonakaraṭṭhaṁ (i.e. northern Thai-
land) gantvā ~īsu anekâdīsu raṭṭhesu sāsanaṁ patiṭ-
ṭhāpesi, Sās 49,9; — °-raṭṭha, n., the kingdom of ⁴K.;
~ato Sirīhaṁsvā nāma bhinnakulo āgantvā, Sās
100,11; — °-rāja(n), m., the king of ⁴K.; on Chapata's
return to Burma from Sīhaladīpa: ~añṅo puttabhūte-
na Tāmalindatherena ... saddhiṁ nāvāya paccāgac-
chi, Sās 40,32; — °-visaya, m., the state of⁴K; Laṅkâ-
dhipatinā ~aṁ pati saṁpesitaṁ rājakañṅaṁ pasay-
hâvahariṁsu ca, Mhv LXXVI 35.

" 346862330719506432,kamboja,en,"

Kamboja

, mfn. [< kāmboja; cf. Pāṇ IV 2 133; kam-
bojaka, q.v.], born in or coming from kamboja; only
recorded in gramm. lit.: (on the derivation of ~ and
Kambojaka, q.v.) janapadanāmesu ... sabbattha ba-
huvacanam eva bhavati, yathā Aṅgesu jāto ... Aṅ-
go, Aṅgako vā, Māgadho, Māgadhako vā ... ~o,
Kambojako vā +, Rūp-v 153,25 (ad Rūp 362).

" 346862330564317184,kambojaka,en,"

kambojaka

, mfn. [< kāmboja + ka; cf. Pan IV 2
134; BHSD s.v. kambojaka, kābojaka], 1. born in or
bread in kamboja, q.v.; 2. an inhabitant of kamboja;
— gramm. lit.: (on the derivation of ~ and ²Kamboja,
q.v.) Kambojo, ~o vā +, Rūp-v 153,25 (ad Rūp 362);
cf. ²Kamboja, q.v.; — 1. yojentu ve rājarathe sucitte
~e assatare sudante, Ja IV 464,4* (= kambojakaraṭ-
ṭhasambhave, 464,7'); — 2. tā ... purisassa vittaṁ
saṇhāhi vācāhi nayanti-m-etaṁ ~ā jalajenêva as-
saṁ, Ja V 445,20* (ct. at 446,27' foll); ete ... dhamma
anariyarūpā ~ānaṁ vitathā bahunnan ti, VI 208,30*
(ct. at VI 210,27' foll); — °-raṭṭha-vāsi(n), mfn., an in-
habitant of the kingdom of kamboja; ~ino (Be Kambo-
jaraṭṭha°) kira ... aṭavito asse gaṇhitukāmā honti, Ja
V 446,28'; — °-raṭṭha-sambhava, mfn., coming from or
bread in the kingdom of kamboja; susikkhite ~e assa-
tare yojentu, Ja IV 464,7' (ad 464,4*).

" 346862580012158976,kambojaraṭṭha,en,"

Kamboja-raṭṭha

, n., the kingdom of ¹Kamboja; Yo-
naraṭṭhaṁ vā ~aṁ vā gantvā, Ps III 409,17 (ad M II
149,6); bhogasaṁharaṇaṭṭhāya ~aṁ na gacchati, Mp
III 110,23 (ad A II 82,33, q.v. s.v. kamboja); Kambo-
jan ti ~aṁ, Pv-a 113,22 (ad Pv 257); — °-vāsi(n), mfn.,
an inhabitant of the kingdom of kamboja; ~īnam, Ja
VI 210,28' (ad 208,30*, v. kambojaka 2.).

" 346862580645498880,kambojigumba,en,"

kamboji-gumba

, m. [< sa. kāmbojī + g°], a thick
growth of the plant Cassia tora ?; uncertain; used in
gloss on eḷagalāgumba, q.v.; — Rem.: sa. kāmbojī de-
notes a variety of plants among which Glycine debilis; v.
pW s.v.; — eḷagalāgumbe ti ~e (v.ll. kammoja°, tam-
pogumpe), Ja III 223,6'.[[side 204]]

" 346862331474481152,kambu,en,"

kambu

, m. [ts.; cf. BHS kambuka, v. BHSD s.v. ;
CDIAL 2775, EWA-1 s.v.], 1. a conch, a shell; 2. a
shell-bracelet; ct.s often interpret ~ as a golden bracelet;
3. gold; — lex. lit.: — 1-3. atha ~u ma to saṅkhe, su-
vanne valaye pi ca, Abh 967; suvaṇṇaṁ ... hari ~u,
487; saṅkho tu ~u 'nitthiyaṁ, 676; — gramm. lit.:
kamba ti saṁvaraṁ karotī ti ~ = valayo saṅkho ca,
Mogg-v ad Mogg VII 2; — 1. ifc. āroha-° (v. CPD s.v.;
cf. kambugīva, q.v.); sutti-° (Bhes 5:76); saṇha-° (Thī
262 [so read; v. EV II n. ad loc.]); — 2. v. lex. lit. supra;
ifc. suppaṭimutta-° (Ja IV 18,13*,18* qu. Mogg-p
122,11); — 3. exeg.: suvannaṁ ... ~un ti vuccati, Ja IV
130,14' (ad 130,12*); atha vā ~ū ti suvaṇṇaṁ, Vv-a
167,8 (ad Vv 655); — so buddho ... yathā ~u evaṁ
raṁsīhi maṇḍito, Bv XXIV 25 (= suvaṇṇanekkhaṁ,
Bv-a 262,10).

" 346862331361234944,kambugallaka,en,"

Kambugallaka

, reading at Mhv-ṭ 618,9, 619,29, and
622,4 for Hambugallaka, q.v.

" 346862331285737472,kambugīva,en,"

kambu-gīva

, mfn. [sa. kambugrīva; cf. BHSD s.v.
(= the name of a demon)], having a neck like a conch
shell, i.e., having folds in the neck like the spirals of a
conch shell; according to lex. lit. and ct.s ~ means either
1. having a neck like a golden ¹āliṅga (a kind of drum; v.
CPD s.v.) or 2. having a neck marked with three lines; cf.
MW s.v. kambu: three lines or marks in the neck (indi-
cative of good fortune); — lex. lit.: ~ā tu yā gīvā su-
vannâliṅgasannibhā, aṅkitā tīhi lekhāhi ~ā 'tha vā
matā, Abh 263 (kambu vuccati suvaṇṇaṁ, kambu-
mayena āliṅgena sannibhā gīvā ~ā, Abh-ṭ); cf. Ja V
155,28*; — ~o mahābāhu Rāmo rajjam akārayī ti, Ja
IV 130,12* (= suvaṇṇâliṅgasadisagīvo [so read with
v.l.; Ee °aliṅg°], suvannaṁ hi kambun ti vuccati,
130,14'); cf. V 156,27'; ib. 207,20 = ādāsatala !); ~ā ku-
hiṁ gatā, Ap 575,15 qu. Thī-a 85,11.

" 346862331411566592,kambukāyuradhara,en,"

kambu-kāyura-dhara

, mfn., wearing shell-bracelets;
according to the ct.s ~ means either wearing golden
bracelets or ornaments or wearing shell-bracelets; — ~ā,
Ja IV 465,27* (= suvaṇṇâbharaṇadharā, 466,16'); ~ā,
VI 171,5* (= suvaṇṇâlaṅkāradharā, 171,13'); ~e kaṅ-
canâveḷabhūsite, Vv 655 (= suvaṇṇamayaparihara-
kadhare suvaṇṇamayakāyuradhare vā, Vv-a 167,4
foll.); ~ā (Be °keyūra°), 1021 (= suvaṇṇamayakāyu-
radhare, Vv-a 280,11) = Vv-a 273,5*; ~ā (v.l. °keyū-
ra°) kañcanāveḷabhūsitā, Pv 352 (= saṅkhavalayakā-
yuravibhūsitā, Pv-a 157,20) = Pv 499 (kāyūrī ti keyū-
rī bāhâlaṅkārapaṭimaṇḍito ti attho, Pv-a 211,9).

" 346862331025690624,kambupariharaka,en,"

kambu-pariharaka

, n., a shell bracelet; -an ti ca
hatthâlaṅkāraviseso vuccati ... atha vā kambu ti su-
vaṇṇaṁ, Vv-a 167,6 (ad Vv 655).

" 346862330891472896,kambusambuka,en,"

kambu-sambuka

, m. [cf. kambu; sa. ś[ā/a]mbuka,
EWA-1 s.v.], a kind of mollusk; in cpd. kuḷīra-~-sutti-
kumma (Bhes 5:81).

" 346862330832752640,kambussa,en,"

kambussa

, n., a shell bracelet; according to ct. ~ =
gold; cf. kambu and v. infra; — exeg.: ~aṁ vuccati su-
vaṇṇaṁ, Ja V 261,4' (ad 260,1*, q.v. infra); — °-hat-
tha, mfn., (bhvr.) with the forearm adorned by shell
bracelets; ct.: with the forearm adorned by golden orna-
ments; tattha ~āyo yathā Sakkaṁ va accharā tā naṁ
tattha ramessanti, Ja V 260,1* (= ~aṁ vuccati suvaṇ-
ṇaṁ, suvaṇṇâbharaṇabhūsitahatthāyo ti, 261,4').

" 346862331155714048,kambutalabhāsa,en,"

kambu-talâbhāsa

, mfn. [tala + ābhāsa], like the base,
i.e., spiral part, of a conch or shell; dīghā ~ā gīvā eṇey-
yakā yathā, Ja V 155,28* (= suvaṇṇâliṅgatalasanni-
bhā, 156,27'; — suvaṇṇa-° (Ja V 204,20*; 207,9').

" 346862331176685568,kambutalābhāsa,en,"

kambu-talâbhāsa

" 346862330954387456,kambuvimaṭṭhadhārinī,en,"

kambu-vimaṭṭha-dhārinī

, (m)f(n)., wearing (orna-
ments made of) polished shells; according to ct. kambu =
gold; kā sukkadāṭhā paṭimuttakuṇḍalā cittaṅgadā
~ī, Ja V 400,12* (= karaṇapariniṭṭhānena vimaṭṭhasu-
vannâlaṁkāradhārinī, 400,19').[[side 203]]

" 346862357730824192,kāmetabba,en,"

kāmetabba,

cf. kāmitabba, q.v.

" 346862357420445696,kāmeti,en,"

kāmeti,

pr. 3 sg. [cf. kāmayati, q.v.], to desire, to love; — forms: pr. 1 sg. ~emi, pr. 2 sg. ~ esi and ~ehi (?); pot. 3 sg. ~ eyya; aor. 3 sg. ~esi; — yā … janapadakalyāṇī taṁ icchāmi taṁ ~emi … tvaṁ icchasi ~esi, D I 193,6 foll. = M II 33,7 foll.; akāmaṁ rāja ~ehi … icchasi, Ja V 295,15*(so Ce, Se; Be ~esi, so read?), cf. akāmaṁ rāja kāmesi, Mvu III 16,19*, cf. T. R. Chopra, Kuśa-Jātaka 1966: 112 n. 16, Oberlies, Pāli § 46: 217 n. 3; suvo va suviṁ ~eyya, Ja VI 421,3* (ct. asamānajātikānaṁ saṁvāso … kīdiso); sace tvaṁ taṁ na ~esi, V 225,3´; sā taṁ ~esi VI 422,21´ (expl. akāmayi); — mostly used in explanations: kilesakāmo c’ettha ~etîti, itaro (sc. vatthukāmo) pana kāmīyatîti kāmo, As 62,4; kilesakāmo ~etîti kāmo, vatthukāmo kāmīyatîti kāmo, Paṭis-a I 296,6; Nidd-a I 12,1 foll.; kāmāvacaran ti ettha vatthukāmo kilesakāmo dve kāmā. tesu vatthukāmo visesato pañcakāmaguṇā kāmīyantîti kilesakāmo taṇhā ~etîti, Vism-mhṭ II 115,3 foll. (ad Vism 452,31); parakāminîti paraṁ ~eti abhikaṅkhati, Sv 704,21; mānakāmassâti mānaṁ ~entassa icchantassa, Spk I 26,13; anatthaṁ ~enti icchantîti anatthakāmā, Vibh-a 106,31; akusalakāmâti … kammaṁ akusalaṁ ~entîti akammakāmā, Pv-a 174,30; attham eva ~eti icchatîti atthakāmo, Ud-a 206,10; ~eti icchati pattheti, Spk II 174,15; na ~eti na pattheti na piheti, Mp II 353,27; icchati ~eti Ap-a 285,5.

" 346862364261355520,kāmika,en,"

[kāmika,

ifc. a-° (cf. akāmita, q.v.)]

" 346862361371480064,kāmilā,en,"

kāmilā,

f., jaundice, cf. G. J. Meulenbeld, A History of Indian Medical Literature IIA 2000: 20 n. 208; ~āyan tāmalakī, Bhes X 134 (kāmalayehi, Bhes-sn) “feather foil in anaemic jaundice,” Bhes-trsl. (Liyanaratne); Bhes II 83.

" 346862362319392768,kāmin,en,"

kāmin,

mfn. [ts., cf. SWTF, q.v.], amorous, longing for; — lex. lit.: kāmano ~ī kāmuko, Abh 730; lalanā bhīru ~inī, Abh 231; — yaṁ yaṁ ~ī kāmayati, Ja VI 421,12* (Ms. Bd, Be, Se yo yaṁ kāme); kāmadhātuyā ~ī puggalo, Kv 25,26; sampannakāmassa pi ~ino, Spk I 42,29; rūpasantati ~inaṁ … yāvajīvaṁ pavattati, Nāmar-p 605; uṭṭhahant’ aṭṭha ~isu, 265; viyogaṁ patin’eva ~inī, Bv-a 288,27*; — ~ī kaññaṁ, Pv-a 16,9 (w.r. in Ee for kāmitabbaṁ, q.v.); — ifc. akāma-°; atta-°; attha-°; arahatta-phala-°; kāma-°; nik-°; para-°; puñña-°; [māna-° (S I 5,13* uddāna)]; [yathā-° (Th-a II 96,34 read with Be yathākāmitavatthu)]; saṁvāsa-°; Sabba-°.

" 346862363871285248,kāmiñjita,en,"

kāmiñjita,

n., disturbance by sensual pleasures; taṇhiñjitaṁ + … + kilesiñjitaṁ, ~aṁ, Nidd II 106,24 = Be 41,9 (kilesakāmehi iñjitaṁ phanditaṁ, kammiñjitan ti pi pāṭho, Nidd-a II 10,12).

" 346862363397328896,kāmita,en,"

kāmita,

mfn., desired; ~o dayito putto, Cp 248 (patthito, Cp-a 186,16); attanā vā ~ā icchitâti attakāmā, Sp 551,19; kantānan ti ~ānaṁ, Ps V 22,14; tayā ~ehi icchitehi vatthūhi, Vv-a 122,22; Thī-a 240,35; ~aṁ vatthuṁ, Ja IV 173,6´ (Be °tavatthu); — ifc. a-°; icchita-°; — °-kāma, m., desired sensual pleasures; Tambena ~ā, Ja III 189,20´; — °‑vatthu, n., desired object; parehi ~ūnaṁ, Pv-a 119,11, cf. Ja III 189,20´; — ifc. yathā-° (cf. kāmin, q.v.).

" 346862363070173184,kāmitabba,en,"

kāmitabba, °-etabba,

mfn., desirable; ~an ti kamanīyaṁ, Vv-a 127,13 (-e-); kāmaṁ ~aṁ, Pv-a 16,9 (so read with Be, Ce, Ms. Museum/National Archives Chiang Mai [16^th century], Lai Hin Ms. no. 67 [ca. AD 1500] for Ee kāmī kaññaṁ); It-a II 89,5 (-e-); — °‑kāma, m., desirable sensual pleasures; ~ehi, Pv-a 73,5; — °-tā, f., abstr.; ~āya kamanīyo, Spk III 66,20 (-e-); ~āya kammaṁ, Vv-a 127,11; — °-yutta(ka), mfn., provided with desirability; kamanīyo ti ~o, Mp IV 130,27 (-e-); kamanīyâti kantā ~kā, Ja V 156,16´.

" 346862145608093696,kamitar,en,"

kamita(r)

, m., a lascivious person; only lex. lit.: kā-
mayitā tu ~ā, Abh 730.
kamitar

" 346862361711218688,kāmiyyati,en,"

kāmiyyati, ~īyati,

[pass. < kāmayati, q.v.], only in explanation of kāma, for ref. cf. kāmeti, q.v.

" 346862102037663744,kamma,en,"

⁴kamma,

ifc. pavāha‑° (Ja IV 367,2´).

" 346862102058635264,kamma,en,"

³kamma,

on kamma : cetanā, cf. R. F. Gombrich, Ast/EAs XLVIII 1994: 1081foll.; for literature on kamma: A. Bayer, The Theory of Karman in the Abhidharmasamuccaya 2010.

" 346862581266255872,kamma,en,"

kamma

, n. [Amg. kamma, sa. karman; cf. ¹kam-
maṭṭhāna, kammanta, kammâyatana, qq.v.], 1. the
making; mostly ifc. e.g., añjalikamma, anāvikamma,
ujjukamma, daḷhīkamma, ruhiruppādakamma, qq.v.
sub ifc.; 2.a.(i) (manual) work, e.g., farm work, construc-
tion work (= navakamma) or the like, cf. the expression
kammaṁ karoti: to perform manual work, to work; in
idiomatic expressions ~e upaneti, cf. upaneti 1.; ~āya
upeti, cf. upeti 3.; contrasts with (ii) (spiritual) work,
e.g., meditation work (yogakamma) (post-canonical like
²kammaṭṭhāna [q.v.]) or study (ganthakamma); cf.
the expression kammaṁ karoti + loc. rei: to meditate,
concentrate on something; b. practice (rare); only in the
expression kammaṁ karoti + dat. of the thing prac-
ticed: to practice something; c. task, e.g., agricultural
tasks or the like; cf. the expression kammaṁ karoti: to
perform one's task; d.(i) occupation, business, job, as op-
posed to any given craft (sippa), cf. kammâyatana; the
pa. canon defines agriculture (kasi), trade (vāṇijjā), and
cattle breeding (gorakkhā) as superior occupations
(ukkaṭṭha), contrasting them with lowly (hīna) jobs
such as working in a store room (koṭṭhakakamma), and
sweeping flowers (pupphachaḍḍakakamma) or the
like; v. exeg. infra; cf. the expressions ~aṁ karoti, pac-
ceti, payojeti: to engage in business, to attend to one's
business, to perform one's job; in idiomatic expressions:
(ii) kena ~ena āgacchati: what brings him here; (iii) ~
+ instr. and gen. of pers.: to be in need of; (iv) ~ + loc.
and gen. of pers.: to have business with something; (v)
attano ~ena: on one's own; e. theft (= corakamma, cf.
katakamma, q.v.); f. fighting (cf. kammassāda, q.v.);
3. the thing or things produced as a result of work (rare),
v. kammanta 2.; — Rem.: all cpd.s are listed at the
end of the article irrespective of their meanings; — for
the declension of ~, cf. Geiger § 19.2, 94; Mittelindisch
§ 348-352; gramm. lit.: ~a ice evamantassa ca a-u-ā-
desā honti vā nāmhi vibhattimhi: ~anā ~unā +,
Kacc and Kacc-v 160 ≠ Sadd 658,26; Rūp 197; kam-
mâdito smino ni hoti vā: ~ani ~aṁ ~e, Mogg-v II 81;
kammâdito nāvacanassa eno vā hoti: ~ena ~anā,
Mogg, Mogg-v II 82; puma-kamma-thām'-addhā-
naṁ vā sa-smāsu ca ... ~uno ~assa, ~unā ~asmā,
~unā ~anā, Mogg-v II 198 ≠ Sadd 658,17; — 1. ghus-
satī ti ghoso, karīyatī ti ~aṁ, ghoso va ~aṁ ghosa-
kammaṁ, As 324,34; — in exeg. of ārambha, q.v.; —.
in derivation of action nouns in ya, also combined with
abstract suffix tā (i.e., bhāva): bhisakkassa ~aṁ tena
anuññātattā ti bhesajjaṁ, Vism 34,26; tassa paribha-
ṭassa ~aṁ pāribhatyaṁ. pāribhatyassa bhāvo pārib-
hatyatā ti, 28,3; padakkhiṇaggāhitāya sukhaṁ vaco
asmin ti suvaco, suvacassa ~aṁ sovacassaṁ, sova-
cassassa bhāvo sovacassatā, Pj I 148,26; — 2.a.(i) sa-
ce ~aṁ vā nikkhipati āsanā vā vuṭṭhāti ... dātukā-
mā viyā ti ṭhātabbaṁ, Vin II 216,7; atisītan ti ~aṁ na
karoti, ati-uṇhan ti +, atisāyan ti +, ... atidhāto 'smī
ti +, D III 184,4 foll.; idhâvuso bhikkhunā ~aṁ kat-
tabbaṁ hoti, 255,8 foll. (= cīvaravicāraṇâdikammaṁ,
Sv 1043,33) = A IV 332,3 foll. (Mp IV 157,3 ≠ Sv supra)
= 334,3 foll.; ~aṁ bahukaṁ na kāraye, Th 494 (= ma-
hantaṁ navakammaṁ na paṭṭhapeyya, Th-a II 208,1)
= 1072-3 (= kammârāmo hutvā bahuṁ nāma ~aṁ
na kāraye, na adhitiṭṭhahe, Th-a III 140,25 foll); ~āya
nikkhamanf âhaṁ, Ja III 411,7* (= kattabbassa kic-
cassa karaṇatthāya nikkhanto, 411,18'); yaṁ kiñci cī-
vare kattabbaṁ chedanaghaṭṭanavicāraṇasibbanâ-
dikaṁ ~aṁ, I 220,18; — atha ne vaḍḍhakī āha ayyā
... gaṇhatha kaṇṇikaṁ evaṁ sante amhākaṁ ~aṁ
niṭṭhaṁ gamissatī ti, 201,20; ṭhite (scil. goṇe) disvā
rasmiyā bandhitvā patodena vijjhanto ānetvā yoje-
tvā, puna ~aṁ karoti, Vism 284,30; -an ti navakam-
maṁ, 94,6 (on 90,1*); sabbaṁ ... taṁ ~aṁ (scil. nava-
kamma, cīvarakamma, etc.) ṭhapetvā, Sv 524,34;
Jambudīpavāsikānaṁ aññaṁ ~aṁ n' atthi, 629,25;
divasaṁ ~aṁ katvā, 711,9 foll.; yo ... vihāraṁ gan-
tvā attano ~aṁ karoti ayaṁ attano subharo, Ps I 97,5;
antarāmagge jhāmakkhette ~aṁ katvā, III 249,17 foll.;
manussā ~aṁ karontā deve vassante tattha (scil.
thāṇe) sāṭake ṭhapetvā ~am karonti, 287,5,6 qu. Ss
257,35; ekato va ~aṁ katvā, V 93,22; yathā raññā
dinnaṁ pamāṇapaṇṇaṁ vācetvā vācetvā ~aṁ (v. l.
taṁ kammaṁ) karonti taṁ ~aṁ yena kenaci tathā
kāritam pi raññā kāritan t' eva vuccati, Mp I 123,31
foll.; idañ c' idañ ca ~aṁ karothā ti kammantaṁ
vicāretvā, III 246,25; vimukhā ~aṁ karonti ti pāto
kiñci na labhāma khudāpatipīḷitā ~aṁ kātuṁ na
sakkomā ti ~aṁ vissajjetvā nisīdanti, 331,10 foll. (ad
A III 260,8); ~e niṭṭhite pariyosānappattā nāma hon-
ti ti niṭṭhitakammapariyosānā, 383,19; ahaṁ ... i-
massa rañño ~aṁ karonto ettakaṁ nāma dhanaṁ
dhāremi, Cp-a 97,17; — mahārukkhaṁ tacchako vā-
siyā tacchetvā ~e upaneti, 315,12 (same idiom used of
spiritual work ibid. 14); upakilesehi upakiliṭṭhaṁ jāta-
rūpaṁ na c' eva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaṁ ...
na ca samma upeti ~āya, S V 92,5 foll. = A I 254,4 =
III 16,7; — 2.a.(ii) catusu Brahmavihāresu ~aṁ kā-
tabbam eva, Ja II 61,13 (""one should meditate on the
four Brahmavihāras""); ye ye (scil. the meditation sub-
jects of kāyagatāsati) upaṭṭhahanti, tesu tesu tāva
~aṁ kātabbaṁ, Vism 245,14; vipassanāya ~aṁ ka-
ronto, Sv 180,2; yonisomanasikāre ~aṁ kurumānā
... nisīdiṁsu, 598,3; yonisomanasikāre ~aṁ ārabha-
ti, 643,22; 728,16; Mp II 33,18; V 40,11; — Buddhava-
canaṁ uggaṇhitvā ... yonisomanasikāre ~aṁ ka-
ronto arahattaṁ pāpuṇi, Ja I 116,5; yonisomanasikā-[[side 205]]
re ~aṁ karonto na cirass' eva arahattaṁ pāpuṇi,
Mp I 203,6; ~aṁ katvā pañca abhiññā nibbattessati
vipassanāya ~aṁ katvā arahattaṁ pāpuṇissati, Ps
III 202,13; samathavipassanāsu ~aṁ kātuṁ nipake-
na arahattaṁ pāpuṇissāmī ti, It-a II 167,29; — anic-
caṁ dukkhaṁ anattā ti vipassanāya ~aṁ karon-
tassa, Sv 1018,34; ekaccassa ... vipassanāya ~aṁ ka-
rontassa kileso okāsaṁ na labhati, Mp I 43,22; satta-
su vā anupassanāsu aṭṭhārasasu vā mahāvipassanā-
su ~aṁ karonto viharati, 31,10; samathapaṭipatti-
yaṁ pi vā upekkhako hutvā vipassanāyam eva
~aṁ karonto, It-a II 91,18; — so kammaṭṭhāne ~aṁ
karonto anāgāmiphale patiṭṭhāya ... avihesu nib-
batto, Ps II 190,35; te ... catusu kammaṭṭhānesu ~aṁ
karontā vipassanaṁ vaḍḍhetvā sabbâsave khepetvā
arahatte patiṭṭhahiṁsu, 420,17; — ācariyassa santike
uggaṇhitvā (scil. kammaṭṭhānaṁ) vācāya punappu-
naṁ parivattento yogâvacaro ~aṁ karoti, Sv 801,36
foll.; dvīsu saccesu ariyasantike pariyattiṁ uggahe-
tvā ~aṁ karoti, 1020,22 foll.; yoge ~aṁ kātabbaṁ,
1039,18; ekībhāvamattena ... ~aṁ na nippajjatī ti ka-
siṇaparikammaṁ katvā, 1061,30 foll.; — b. sukusalo
dhanuggaho vālavedhāya ~aṁ kurumāno yasmiṁ
vāre vālaṁ vijjhati, tasmiṁ vāre akkantapadānañ ca
dhanudaṇḍassa ca jiyāya ca sarassa ca ākāraṁ pa-
riggaṇheyya, Vism 150,10; — c. yo c' idha ~aṁ ku-
rute pamāya thāmabalaṁ attani saṁviditvā, Ja III
114,11* (= yo attano pamāṇena ~aṁ kurute ti attho
... yaṁ kiñci ~aṁ kurumāno attano thāmañ ca ba-
lañ ca ñatvā, 114,26'-115,2' (ad 114,14*); — on agricul-
tural tasks: na ~ā khīyanti, na ~ānaṁ anto paññāya-
ti, Vin II 181,4,5 foll.; manussā idāni no khettaṁ pa-
risukkhaṁ kedāre pāyetvā karissāma tasmiṁ pāyi-
te bījaṁ vapitvā bīje vutte vatiṁ katvā vatiyā katā-
ya niḍḍāyitvā lāyitvā madditvā ti evaṁ taṁ taṁ
~aṁ apadisantā yeva temāsaṁ vītināmesuṁ, Ja I
215,22; — sippakammaṁ ... tiṇṇaṁ vedānaṁ ugga-
haṇaṁ tiṇṇaṁ piṭakānaṁ uggahaṇaṁ antamaso
kasanavapanâdīni upādāya taṁ taṁ ~aṁ katvā,
Vism 384,2-5; manussā pi sudaṁ antarā magge ka-
santā ca vapantā ca maddantā ca ~āni ca karontā,
Sv 189,17; sakammapasutā ti kasivaṇijjâdisu sakesu
~esu uyyuttā vyāvaṭā, 297,3 (ad D I 135,24); pessā ti
ye pubbam eva dhanaṁ gahetvā ~aṁ karonti, 300,29
foll. (ad D I 141,30); daṇḍatajjitā nāma daṇḍayaṭṭhi-
muggarâdīni gahetvā ~aṁ karotha karothā ti evaṁ
tajjitā, 301,2; itthipurisabalavadubbalānaṁ anurū-
pam eva ~aṁ dassetvā, 301,11; attano ~āni akaron-
to, 302,24 foll.; sesā (scil. dhātiyo) pi tesu tesu ~esu
kusalā saṭṭhi saṭṭhi yeva, 452,21; manussā appossuk-
kā sakāni ~āni karontā rājakosaṁ vaḍḍhenti, 520,16;
tasmiṁ ~e niyutta-amaccānaṁ, 673,12; te ""amhā-
kaṁ nāma etaṁ kamman"" ti nikkhamitvā, Mp I
176,9; — in description of the various high (ucca) and
low (avaca) tasks, cf. infra sub e.(i) exeg.: uccāni ~āni
nāma cīvarassa karaṇaṁ rajanaṁ cetiye sudhākam-
maṁ +, Mp V 6,12 (ad A V 24,11) = Sv 1047,10 (read-
ing uccakam° which read, cf. uccakamma s.v.); —
raṅño maṅgalahatthī... Rohaṇaṁ yeva āgaṅchi tas-
sa ~āni kātave, Mhv XXXV 29 (rajjapaṭilābhattâdi-
atthasādhakāni ~āni karonto; katthaci tassa ~āni ke-
tavā ti likhanti, Mhv-ṭ 643,19); — d.(i) exeg.: ~aṁ nā-
ma: dve ~āni, hīnañ ca ~aṁ ukkaṭṭhañ ca ~aṁ. hī-
naṁ nāma ~aṁ koṭṭhakakammaṁ pupphachaḍḍa-
kakammaṁ tesu tesu vā pana janapadesu oññātaṁ
... acittikataṁ, etaṁ hīnaṁ nāma ~aṁ. ukkaṭṭhaṁ
nāma ~aṁ kasi vāṇijjā gorakkhā tesu tesu vā pana
janapadesu anoññātaṁ ... cittikataṁ, etaṁ ukkaṭ-
ṭhaṁ nāma ~aṁ, Vin IV 6,31 foll. (explicating IV 6,7,
q.v. infra); duvidhaṁ ~aṁ hīnañ ca ukkaṭṭhañ ca.
tattha hīnaṁ nāma vaḍḍhakīkammaṁ puppha-
chaḍḍakakamman ti evam ādi. ukkaṭṭhaṁ nāma
kasi, vaṇijjā, gorakkhan ti evam ādi, Vibh-a 410,12
(ad Vibh 324,34: kammâyatanesu); cf. the analogous
description of sippa ""craft"" (ukkaṭṭhaṁ and hīnaṁ) at
Sv 930,12 (ad D III 156,7); — chabbaggiyā bhikkhū ...
pesale bhikkhū omasanti jātiyā pi nāmena pi gotte-
na pi ~ena pi + ... khuṁsenti vambhenti, Vin IV
4,31; 6,7; hīnaṁ ~aṁ mamaṁ āsi, ahosiṁ puppha-
chaḍḍako, Th 620 (jātiyā c' eva ~anā ca hīḷito, Th-a
II 264,17; — sakkaccaṁ vācetā ahosi sippaṁ vā vij-
jaṁ vā caraṇaṁ vā ~aṁ vā, D III 156,8 (= kammas-
sakatājānanapaññā, Sv 930,19); sippesu vijjācaraṇe-
su ~asu (v.l. kammesu) kathaṁ vijāneyya lahū ti ic-
chati, 156,23*; ekena bhoge bhuñjeyya, dvīhi ~aṁ
payojaye, 188,20* (cf. K. Matsuda, ""New Sanskrit
Fragments of the Madhyama-āgama"" from the C. BEN-
DALL manuscripts in the National Archives Collection,
Kathmandu, IBK XLIV 2, 1996:115,1*; = dvīhi koṭṭhā-
sehi kasivaṇijjâdikammaṁ payojeyya, Sv 951,34) au.
Sv 232,29* = Ps I 133,32* = Mp II 110,27*; assaddho
hoti (scil. upāsako), dussīlo hoti, kotuhalamaṅgaliko
hoti, maṅgalaṁ pacceti no ~aṁ, A III 206,9 (= maṅ-
galaṁ oloketi ~aṁ na oloketi, Mp III 302,23) au. Sv
235,19 foll., Ps I 136,16 foll., and Mp II 114,1 foll.; —
ahaṁ ~e suvyāvaṭo, Ja III 315,2* (= ahaṁ tasmiṁ
rājakamme suvy[ā/a]vaṭo, 315,4'); tumhe seṭṭhiṁ (scil.
Anāthapiṇḍika) tathā ovadatha yathā attano ~aṁ
karoti, I 227,27; ~aṁ vijjañ ca dakkheyyaṁ vivāhaṁ
sīlamaddavaṁ ete ca yase hāpetvā, III 468,5* (= ka-
sikammâdibhedaṁ ājīvasādhakakiccaṁ, 468,14'); a-
dhippāyaphalaṁ eke asmiṁ lokasmi devate payo-
jayanti ~āni, VI 36,16* (= kasivaṇijjâdīni ~āni, 36,27');
yo tvaṁ evaṁgate oghe appameyye mahaṇṇave
dhammavāyāmasampanno ~anā nâvasīdasi, 37,7*
(attano purisakārakammena na sīdasi, 37,1 o'); ya-
thāpi ibbhā dhanadhaññahetu ~āni kārenti puthū
... tath' eva ajja ~āni kārenti puthū, 214,14*,19* (=
kasigorakkhâdīni ~āni, 217,13'); — kiṁ ~aṁ kiñ ca
porisaṁ kāya vā pana vijjāya bhaveyyaṁ ajarâmaro[[side 206]]
ti; na vijjate so padeso ~aṁ vijjā ca porisaṁ yattha
gantvā, Vv 985-986; kiṁ nāma so kiñca karoti ~aṁ,
1265 (= kasivāṇijjâdīsu kīdisaṁ ~aṁ karoti, Vv-a
348,31); ayaṁ Pañcasikho mayā (i.e. Sakka) ~ena pe-
sito attano ~aṁ karoti, Sv 704,31 foll.; kiccaṁ nesaṁ
karissāmī ti ahaṁ attano ~aṁ ṭhapetvā, 952,34 (""hav-
ing set aside my own business""); agārassa hitaṁ kasi-
gorakkhâdi ~aṁ ettha n' atthī ti, Ps I 111,17; sattā
āhāratthāya muddāgaṇanâdīni ~āni karontā, 210,32;
pesakārakammaṁ uggaṇhitvā pesakārehi saddhiṁ
sālāya ~aṁ karoti, III 248,12; kiṅci ~aṁ atthi ... ti
vatvā palāyi (scil. dhutto), Sv 401,29 (""I have some
business to attend to""); — d.(ii) kena nu kho ~ena ā-
gato, Ja III 283,6; kumāro ... ""kena ~ena āgatattha
tātā"" ti āha, Mp I 172,3; — d.(iii) sace matugāmo
divasaṁ vā pucchati (cf. Vin I 117,2-11) ... paṅhaṁ
vā pucchati, tathārūpaṁ vā pan' assa pabbajitehi
~aṁ hoti, Sv 583,11; imina amhākaṁ kiṅci ~aṁ at-
thi, 719,36; mayhaṁ puttassa Buddhabhāvena ~aṁ
n' atthi, Ja I 57,7; amhākaṁ aṅṅena ~aṁ n' atthi i-
maṅ ṅ' eva dethā ti, 211,26; Mp II 299,30 foll.; Ja IV
480,2; suriye uṭṭhite ukkāya ~aṁ n' atthī ti, Vism
428,23; mahāparisāya ~aṁ n' atthi, Mp I 206,15; —
āvuso tava macchakhādanena ~aṁ n' atthi āpattiṁ
kira 'si āpanno ti (""you have no business eating fish""),
Mp II 311,15 foll.; — d.(iv) thero cintesi ""kiṁ may-
haṁ mahallakakāle rājagehe -an"" ti Mp II 247,6; —
d.(v) Bodhisatto attano ~ena araññaṁ paviṭṭho, Sv
631,5 foll.; tvaṁ attano ~ena āgantvā attano ~en' eva
gamissasi, 779,19,24 foll. ≠ 796,4 foll.; — e. accāsanne
~aṁ karoti, na ca nidhānakusalo hoti, A IV 339,17
foll. (Mp IV 158,25); sutvāna corā isino subhāsitaṁ
nikkhippa satthāni ca āvudhāni ca tamhā ca ~ā vi-
ramiṁsu eke, Th 724 (= tato corakammato, Th-a II
18,3); katakammā (scil. corā) ~assa nipphannattā
sattānaṁ galalohitaṁ gahetvā devatānaṁ baliṁ ka-
ronti akatakammā evaṁ no ~aṁ nipphajjissatī ti,
Mp III 271,9; — f. in description of an elephant in bat-
tle: seyyathā pi ... nāgo ... saṅgāmâvacaro, so saṅ-
gāmagato purimehi pi pādehi ~aṁ karoti pacchi-
mehi pi pādehi ~aṁ karoti, M I 414,32 foll. (Ps III
127,20 foll); — 3. ācariyā va sañjānanti ~aṁ sukata-
dukkataṁ, Ja III 284,2* (= tassa tassa hi sippassa
ācariyā va tasmiṁ tasmiṁ sippe sukatadukkataṁ
~aṁ jānanti, 284,9'); — ifc. a-°; agghāpanaka-° (Ja I
124,20 foll); agghāpaniya-°; accāyika-° (Sv 402,28);
añjali-°; Ja I 219,11; Ps I 132,34; Mp IV 77,17; 134,22);
añña-° (Ap 269,18); adhikāra-°; anāvi-°; aniyatâṇat-
ti-° (Kv-a 142,17); anuttāni-°; anupakkama-° (in long
cpd. at Mp II 228,16); anusāvana-° (Sp 1401,1; Vmv II
307,9); anussarita-° (Vism 601,21); anokāsa-° (Vin V
184,15); anta-°; antarā-°; apaccakkha-°; apacāyana-°;
abahulī-° (Vibh 372,2; Mp I 74,10); abhivādanâdi-°;
abhivādanâdi-kula-samudācāra-° (Mp IV 80,5); a-
bhisecana-°; ayo-° (~-katadvāra, Mhv XXV 28); ava-
ca-°; aviheṭhana-° (Sv 936,27); asimāla-°; āgamana-°
(Mp II 249,10); ārogya-karaṇa-° (Sv 936,31); āvi-°; iṭ-
ṭhakā-°; issāsa-° (Mp IV 138,3); ukkaṭṭha-° (Vibh-a
411,5 foll); ukkāra-sodhana-° (Th-a II 262,14); ucca-°
(Sv 1047,10); uccāra-° (Sv 201,22 foll); uccāra-passā-
va-°; ucchu-yanta-°; ujju-°; ujjhāna-°; uttāni-°; upa-
kāra-° (Mp I 330,27); upaṭṭhāna-° (Ps II 56,23); odāta-
kasiṇa-°; kaṭṭha-° (~-silākammâdi-vasa, Ps III 17,3);
kata-sudhā-° (Sv 274,23; As 72,33); kalaha-° (Sadd
353,26); kasi-° (Ap 385,30; Ja II 165,12; ~âdi, Vism
396,6; ~-pahāna, Sv-pṭ I 372,17); kasi-gorakkhâdi-°
(Sv 110,26; Ps I 211,34; Nidd-a I 198,22); kasi-gorak-
khâdi-kuṭumba-posana-° (Ps I 180,8); kasi-vaṇijjâ-
di-° (Sv 181,8; Mp III 187,21); kuṭi-° (Sp 571,11,14);
kuddāla-° (Ja V 68,5); kumbha-kā'ra-° (Vin III 41,27;
Sp 287,21; Ja VI 372,21 foll.; 374,11); koṭṭhaka-° (Vin
IV 6,31; Sp 739,2; pāsāṇa-~, Sp-ṭ III 3,20); khāra-° (Sp
1094,7); khuddaka-° (in long cpd. at Sv 1047,13 = Mp
V 6,15); gantha-° (Mp I 30,23; ~-karaṇa, Mp I 38,21);
gandha-vilepana-mālā-pilandhanâdi-° (Mp III
122,2); gamana-° (Dhp-a II 81,18 foll); gahaṭṭha-° (Pj
II 169,29); gāma-° (Ja I 199,10; ~-karaṇa-ṭṭhāna, Sv
710,27; Dhp-a I 266,1); gihī-° (~-paṭisaṁyutta, Sp
624,3); goghāta° (Ja VI 227,19'); goghātaka-° (Ja VI
235,8'); gorakkha-° (Mūla-s I 7); ghosa-° (Dhs 143,38;
152,28; 165,3; As 324,34); cakkhu-° (Kv 463,4 foll); cit-
ta-° (Vism 306,18; Sp 571,9; Sv 94,21; 972,1; Mp II
238,12; ~-kaṭṭha-kammâdi, Pj I 169,3; ~-kata, Sp
1236,29; cīvara-° (Vin IV 151,22; M III 110,6; Ps IV
157,18; Sv 424,31; Mp I 168,6; IV 17,25; Ja I 118,20;
220,22; Vv-a 250,14; ~-kāla, Sp 290,26; ~âdi, Mp III
339,10); culla-° (~-vidhāta, Bhes 1:9); cora-ghāta-°
(Mp II 217,15); cora-ghātaka-° (Ss 135,23); chatta-°
(Mhv XXXII 1; XXXIII 5); jaggana-° (Sp 1406,24); jī-
vana-° (Ps II 56,23); tacchaka-° (Sp 739,2; Sp-ṭ III
3,20); tacchana-° (As 112,1); tapo-° (S I 103,15; 109,10;
Ap 351,22; 388,3; Sv 164,20; Ja IV 179,24'); tappa-° (Sv
354,12); taru-citta-° (~âdi, Vism 535,25); tittha-nāvā-°
(Mp I 224,7); tila-° (~-paṇṇa-kammâdi, Sp 800,18);
tunna-° (Ja VI 366,17; Vism 122,27; Pv-a 161,20); tha-
la-° (Ja VI 162,22); thūpa-° (Mhv XXX 21); dabba-
sambhāra-° (Sv 714,11); daḷhī-° (Vin I 290,16; Vism
122,27; Sp 1128,27; Sv 74,25; Ps I 19,8 foll.; Mp III
188,23; Vibh 357,13; As 138,23; Abh 790; ~-ttha, Dhp-a
I 221,4; ~-niyojana, Sv 171,27; Ps I 19,17; dāru-° (Ap
174,2; Th-a I 212,15*; ~-hatthi-majjha, A III 421,2);
diṭṭha-° (Bhes 2:94); dūta-° (Ja VI 162,18; Sp 480,10;
Sv 78,28; Spk II 403,6; III 109,15; Mp III 192,12; IV
105,12); devat'-ujjhāpana-° (Ja V 94,14); dev'-ujjha-
na-° (Ja IV 288,1); dhamma-ghosaka-° (Dhp-a III
81,12; 82,14); dvāra-vivaraṇa-° (Sv 253,2; Mp V 28,23);
dhātāharaṇa-° (Mhv XXXI 4); dhura-vahana-° (Mp
II 258,25); natthu-° (Vin I 272,11; D I 12,8; 69,27; Sv
98,15; Dhp-a I 12,3); naḷakāra-° (Ps III 248,8 qu. Ss
299,21); nava-° (Vin II 119,12 159,26; S IV 132,19 foll.;
Sv 524,32; Ps II 91,21; Spk I 264,23; Mp I 31,17; IV
17,26; Ja I 92,22; V 118,15; Mhv 158; Ap 251,19 foll.;
Vism 94,6; 119,16; Ap 513,21; ~-karaṇa, Pj II 262,23;
~-vasa, Mp I 44,19; ~-sālâdika, Sp 1066,11; ~âdi,
Vism 90,8; ~-pasuta, Th-a III 140,34; ~-âdhiṭṭhānâ-
dika, Th-a III 140,32; ~-âdhiṭṭhāyaka, Sp, 49,7; nā-
ma-° (Vin V 176,2; Sp 1370,27; Dhs 226,23,28,33; As
391,17; Sv 918,21; Abhidh-av 83,7); nesāda-° (Ap-a
398,13); pakkamana-° (Ja V 360,20'); paccakkha-° (Ps
I 104,27; ~-vasa, Ja V 115,16'; pañha-° (Mp I 135,1,27;
163,8); pañhā-° (Vism 6,21; 371,5; 436,11; 699,16); paṭi-
hāra-° (Spk III 171,6); paṇidhi-° (D I 12,4; 69,22; Sv
97,23); paṇṇa-° (tila-kamma-~âdi, Sp 800,18); patiṭ-
ṭhā-° (Mp II 255,15); pabbajita-° (Pj II 170,1); parato-
ghosa-° (Ps II 346,17); pāṇi-° (Ap 173,3 ≠ Th-a I
205,26*; Ja III 172,23* [so read]); pātu-° (Vin III 105,14;
Sp 507,7; Dhp-a IV 198,3); putha-° (Sadd 531,5); pup-
pha-chaḍḍaka-° (Vin IV 6,32; Vibh-a 410,13; 441,20;
~âdi, Mp III 121,25); purohita-° (Pj II 466,17); pesa-
kāra-° (Ps III 248,11 qu. Ss 299,19 foll.; Vibh-a
294,32,33); pottha-° (~âdi, Sv 435,25; ~-citta-kamma,
As 334,26; phāti-° (Sp 1124,15; 1409,20 foll.; ~-ttha,
Vin II 174,20 foll); brāhma-vihāra-° (Ps III 450,12);
bhaṇḍāgārika-° (Utt-vn 459; ~âdi-kāraṇ'-attha, Ja V
117,30; vejjakamma-~-cittakamma, Sp 1322,7); bhaṇ-
ḍu-° (Vin I 77,8; V 222,23; Sp 1402,17); bhataka-° (Sv
318,24 [so read], cf. Mp I 433,26); bhati-° (Dhp-a I
204,13); bhatti-° (Vin II 151,4; Sp 1219,1; 291,17; ~-ka-
ta, Vin II 113,4); bhisakka-° (Vism 34,29); bhūmi-°
(Dīp XV 5; XIX 4; Sp 311,3; Mp II 238,3; in long cpd. at
Sp 11,2; Sv 9,14; 761,13; Ps I 246,13); bhūri-° (D I 12,4;
69,22; Sv 97,25); bheda-° (Kv 398,30; Mp I 96,15; II
27,19; It-a I 83,15); manta-° (Spk III 171,6); malla-°
(Sās 87,12 foll); massu-° (Ja III 11,4; Spk I 243,4; Mp I
426,18; Pj II 137,30; ~âdi, Ja VI 588,12); mahā-° (~-vi-
cāraṇā, Bhes 1:8); mālā-° (Vin II 152,4; 153,17; Sp
1219,16; ~âdi, Khuddas XXIV 2; Sp 291,26; 293,1,19;
~-latā-kammâdi, Ps II 235,12; mālā-kāra-° (Ap-a
399,16); yakkha-dāsi-° (Sp 511,2; Spk II 221,11); ya-
thā-vihita-° (Mhv X 93); yuddha-° (Sp-pṭ II 261,22);
yodha-° (Spk III 171,5); yodhâjīva-° (Mp III 308,27);
rāja-° (Ps II 56,24); ruhir'-uppāda-° (Kv 398,30; Ps I
138,35; Mp I 96,15; It-a I 83,14); latā-° (Vin II 152,4;
153,18); laddha-nava-° (Sp 1221,22); leṇa-° (Mhv XVI
14; Ps II 91,31); vatthi-° (Vin I 216,18 foll.; Sp 1093,19
foll); vassa-° (D I 12,5; 69,23; Sv 97,27); vāṇijja-°
(Vibh-a 411,8; Mp III 303,14); vicakkhu-° (S I 110,4
foll.; 118,28; Spk I 176,10); viddesana-° (Thī-a 260,31);
vipassanā-° (Th-a I 32,26; Mp I 31,12); vilopa-° (Dīp
IX 7); vissāsa-° (Ja VI 115,34*); vihāra-° (Sp 49,9); vej-
ja-° (Vism 384,3; Ja I 310,25; IV 31,5; Ps I 144,11; 168,6;
Spk II 403,6; Ss 284,16; ~âdi, Sv 351,8; Ps I 64,11; Mp
V 35,21; ~-vidhi, Sp 628,15; vossa-° (D I 12,5; 69,23; Sv
97,27); sa-° (Ja IV 394,8*; Th 786; Mhv XXXV 103;
~-nirata, Sv 250,5; Pj II 449,24; ~-pasuta, D I 135,24
foll.; Sv 297,3); saṅketa-° (Vin III 53,6; Sp 367,23;
368,19; ~-kathā, Sp 368,13); ~-nimitta-kamma, Sp
368,21); saṅgaha-° (Sv 935,28); sañjānana-° (Sp
367,13); satta-visuddhi-° (Mp I 204,18); sattha-° (Vin
I 205,32 foll.; 216,17 foll.; Sp 1093,19 foll.; Vism 136,19;
Pj II 100,2); satthu-sāsana-° (Sp 1146,10); santi-° (D I
12,4; 69,22; Sv 97,20; santi-paṭissava-° (Sv 97,22; Sv-pṭ
I 169,7); sabhāva-pātu-° (Vin I 87,36 foll); samādhi-°
(Mp II 134,21 foll); salāka-vejja-° (Sv 98,19; Sv-pṭ I
169,27); salla-katta-vejja-° (Sv 98,20); sālā-° (Sv 715,12);
sita-° (Ap 22,1; 432,9); sita-pātu-° (Ja IV 6,27'; Mp III
305,1); sippa-° (Vism 384,2; Ss 284,15); sutta-kanta-
nâdi-° (Ps I 212,3; Spk II 104,26); sudha-° (Ap 173,6;
Mp V 6,13); sudhā-° (Dīp XXI 22; Mhv XXXII 1;
XXXIII 5; XXXIV 46; Sp 1227,14; Sv 581,23; 1047,11;
~-kata, Spk III 44,35; suvaṇṇa-kāra-° (Dhp-a III
334,13); sūci-° (As 85,15 foll.; ~-karaṇa-ṭṭhāna, Sv
924,5; ~-vikāra, Sp 290,18; pakati-~, Sp 290,20; seda-°
(Vin I 205,19); hattha-° (Ja I 220,20 foll.; Sp 561,29 foll.;
Sv 8,30; Mp I 338,11 foll.; Vin-vn 384; Spk II 274,3; III
108,1; ~-kāraka, Sv 8,30; ~-mūla, Sp 683,16; ~-yācana-
vasa, Sp 562,30 foll.; ~-vasa, Sp 563,9); hema-° (Dīp
XXII 52; Mhv XXXVI 65).[[side 207]]

" 346862582872674304,kamma,en,"

⁵

kamma

, n., (t.t. Vin), proceedings, abbreviated from
saṅghakamma (Vin I 105,12; Sp 260,12; saṅgho ~aṁ
karissati, Vin I 121,26) or vinayakamma, q.v.: dham-
makammaṁ nu kho ... vinayakammaṁ, Vin I
325,30 foll.; ~enā ti dhammikena vinayakammena,
Sp 243,2 (ad Vin III 24,8); P. KIEFFER-PÜLZ: Die Sīmā,
1992: 41; E. NOLOT: Studies in Vinaya Technical
Terms I: Saṅgha-kamma ""procedure."" JPTS 22, 1996;
na h' ettha ekam pi ~aṁ vinā saṅghena sakkā kā-
tuṁ, Sp 522,8 = 1351,32; pañcah' Upāli ākārehi saṅ-
gho bhijjati ... ~ena, uddesena ..., Vin V 201,13 qu.
Ud-a 316,28; ~ena uddesena vohārena anussāvanā-
ya (so read, Ee w.r. anusāsanāya, cf. Sp 1323,6;
1377,29) salākaggāhenā ti pañcahi kāraṇehi saṅgha-
bhedo, Sp 608,7 foll.; āveṇikaṁ uddesaṁ vā ~aṁ vā
karonti, tadā saṅgho bhinno, Ud-a 317,16; — there
are four types of formal proceedings: cattāri ~āni (1) a-
palokanakammaṁ (q.v.) (2) ñattikammaṁ (3) ñatti-
dutiyakammaṁ (4) ñatticatutthakammaṁ, Vin V[[side 217]]
220,2 (cf. Sp 260,12); kiccādhikaraṇassa ... cattāri ~ā-
ni ṭhānāni, 102,11 (Vjb 548,16-21); Vin-vn 2983; apalo-
kanādīsu catūsu ~esu, Sp 1377,30; Kkh 131,21-134,4;
Sp 1395,21-1396,28 qu. Pālim 394,20-395,23; Vin-vn
2983; Utt-vn 935 foll.; imāni cha ~āni (i.e. ñattiduti-
yakamma, 1195,17; enumerated 1195,18,20 = 1396,3 foll.)
garukāni apaloketvā kātuṁ na vaṭṭati, Sp 1195,20 =
1396,5 qu. Pālim 395,6 ≠ Kkh 134,11 (satta (!) ~āni,
enum. ibid.); possible mistakes occurring in these pro-
ceedings are discussed Vin V 220,7-222,16; vattâdido-
sayuttassa ~assa, Vmv I 129,22 the applications of
these proceedings are enumerated: (1) Vin V 222,22-25
(Sp 1402,15-1409,25), (2) 222,26-29 (Sp 1409,25-1411,21);
(3) 222,30-33 (Sp 1411,21-1412,2); (4) 222,34-37 (Sp
1412,2-12) (Sp qu. Pālim 400,9-403,1); these proceedings
relate to different acts of the saṅgha: anujānāmi... ñat-
ticatutthena ~ena upasampādetuṁ, Vin I 56,8; sa-
maggena ñatticatutthena ~ena akuppena ṭhānāra-
hena upasampanno ... bhikkhu, III 24,8 (cf. Kkh
17,19-24; Sp 241,7-242,18; Th-a III 203,3-204,16) ≠ IV
214,21-23 (for nuns: ubhatosaṅghe, Sp 660,17-20); bhik-
khuniyā bhikkhunīsaṅghato ñatticatutthena bhik-
khusaṅghato ñatticatutthena ti imehi dvīhi ~ehi u-
pasampannā, Sp 242,10-12; asammato (i. e. bhikkhu-
novādaka, cf. Sp 1382,22) nāma ñatticatutthena ~ena
asammato, Vin IV 52,2 (Sp 791,16 referring to 243,1);
tass' eva āpattinikāyassa nāma ~aṁ adhivacanaṁ,
tena pi vuccati saṅghādiseso, III 112,29; depending on
the proceedings, different quorums are needed (cf. GM
III 2: 204,4-206,8): catuvaggakaraṇaṁ ... pañcavag-
gakaraṇaṁ ... dasavaggakaraṇanaṁ ... vīsativag-
gakaraṇaṁ ... ~aṁ, Vin I 320,2-31 (Sp 1146,30-33);
pañcavaggakaraṇīye ~e, Sp 242,28; Khuddas XXVIII
2 foll.; ~e gaṇapūrako, Sp 1050,15; these proceedings u-
sually require the personal presence of monks concerned:
atthi ~aṁ sammukhā karaṇīyaṁ atthi asammukhā
karaṇīyaṁ, Sp 1396,21 qu. Pālim 395,18; Sp 1393,9;
Vin-vn 3015; Utt-vn 744; eight proceedings, however,
can be conducted in absentia: Sp 1396,22-30; incorrect
(cf. kammadosa, q.v.) and correct forms of proceedings,
cf. GM III 2: 210,1-10 on vargakarman, samagrakar-
man: cattār' imāni ... ~āni, Vin I 316,14 foll.; or: cha-
y-imāni ... ~āni: (1) adhammakammaṁ ""incorrect
proceedings,"" (2) vaggakammaṁ ""incomplete quorum,""
(3) samaggakammaṁ ""complete quorum,"" (4) dham-
mapaṭirūpakena vaggakammaṁ ""incorrect sequence
of the proceedings and incomplete quorum,"" (5) dham-
mapaṭirūpakena samaggakammaṁ ""incorrect se-
quence of the proceedings and complete quorum,"" (6)
dhammena samaggakammaṁ ""correct sequence of the
proceedings and complete quorum,"" Vin I 317,25-28 (Sp
1146,15-27, which refers to 1395,15 foll. cf. 1194,30-
1195,32); Sp 1148,9-12; cf. Mp II 149,16 ad A I 74,25;
the correct proceedings to handle offences committed by
monks, their atonement (no. 13) and ordination (no. 14),
cf. GM III 2: 207,8-16: (1) sammukhākaraṇīyaṁ ~aṁ,
(2) paṭipucchākaraṇīyaṁ ~aṁ, (3) paṭiññāyakaraṇī-
yaṁ ~aṁ, (4) sativinayaṁ, (5) amūḷhavinayaṁ, (6)
tassapāpiyyasikākammaṁ, (7) nissayakammaṁ, (8)
pabbājaniyakammaṁ, (9) paṭisāraṇiyakammaṁ, (10)
ukkhepaniyakammaṁ, (11) parivāsaṁ, (12) mūlāya
paṭikassanaṁ, (13) mānattaṁ, (14) abbhānaṁ, (15)
upasampadā, Vin I 325,29-328,23 (Sp 1147,34-1147,7;
1397,5-14 ad Vin V 220,7-24); sace saṅgho upajjhāyas-
sa ~aṁ kattukāmo hoti (1) tajjaniyaṁ vā (2) nissa-
yaṁ vā (3) pabbājaniyaṁ vā (4) paṭisāraṇiyaṁ vā
(5) ukkhepaniyaṁ vā, Vin I 49,28-30; 143,33; II 73,6;
Vin-vn 3099; these are called paṅca ~āni, Vin V 129,25
(Sp 1334,31-33), which are considered as sevenfold: taj-
janīyâdi sattavidhaṁ ~aṁ na jānāti, Sp 1373,14 foll.
(ad Vin V 185,13); sattannaṁ ~ānaṁ aññataraṁ puc-
chati, 1376,22 (ad Vin V 195,26), because of: ukkhe-
paniyaṁ tividhaṁ, 1335,32 foll. (i.e. (a) āpattiyā a-
dassane, Vin II 21,20, (b) āpattiyā appaṭikamme, Vin
II 25,5, (c) pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge, Vin II
26,32); Vin-vn 2748; these proceedings and the relevant
offences are described: (1) Vin II 2,9-5,16, (2) 8,1-8,23, (3)
12,31-14,9, (4) 18,9-19,19, (5) 21,20-23,2; Vjb 508,10-16;
508,26-509,28; vattan (Vin V 185,37) ti sattasu ~esu
heṭṭhā catunnaṁ ~ānaṁ aṭṭhārasavidhaṁ tividhas-
sa ca ukkhepaniyakammassa tecattālīsavidhaṁ vat-
taṁ na jānāti, Sp 1373,18-20 (correct) behaviour means:
he does not know the (correct) behaviour in respect to the
seven proceedings, which is eighteenfold for the first four
proceedings (Vin II 5,5-15; 8,20-23; 14,7-9; 19,19 foll.) and
fortythreefold for the threefold ukkhepaniya-procccd-
ings (Vin II 22,12-23,2); tajjaniyakammādīnaṁ sat-
tannaṁ ~ānaṁ vasena nissāraṇā, tesaṁ yeva ~ānaṁ
paṭippassambhanavasena osāraṇā veditabbā, Kkh
133,35-37; hand' assa mayaṁ ~aṁ karomā ti tassa
~aṁ akāsi, Vin IV 151,24; na kammārahassa vā ~aṁ
karissanti, Kkh 89,39; anāpattikassa ~aṁ, Sp 1393,10
= Utt-vn 745 (qu. from the Kurundī); mā bhante am-
hākaṁ upajjhāyassa ~aṁ karittha, Sp 981,16; kam-
mavācādosañ ca vajjetvā ~aṁ karoti, 909,20; anujā-
nāmi ... bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīnaṁ ~aṁ ropetvā
bhikkhunīnaṁ niyyādetuṁ bhikkhunīhi bhikkhu-
nīnaṁ ~aṁ kātuṁ, Vin II 261,12-15 (Sp 1292,6-12, Ee
āropetvā, w.r.); ekassa ~an tu na rūhate kiṁ, Utt-vn
764; kataṁ ... saṅghena ~aṁ tajjaniyaṁ ... saṅgho
taṁ ~aṁ paṭippassambheyyā ti, Vin I 145,24-30; II
226,37; Sp 981,19; 1371,26; valid proceedings are called:
akuppena, Vin III 24,8 (vatthu-ñatti-anusāvana-sī-
mā-parisā-sampattisampannattā, Sp 243,2 foll., cf.
Vin V 220,7-221,30) and ṭhānārahena, III 24,9 (kāra-
ṇārahena satthusāsanārahena, Sp 243,4 foll.); ~aṁ
dhammikaṁ akuppaṁ ṭhānārahaṁ, I 111,9 foll.;
356,25 foll.; II 69,28; IV 214,20; ~aṁ kopetukāmo, IV
153,31; Sp 1045,21; kataṁ vā ~aṁ kopeyyāma, Vin
IV 231,19; parivāsâdikaṁ ~aṁ kataṁ kuppañ ca[[side 218]]
dukkaṭaṁ, Khuddas XXVIII 7; bhagavā n'eva ~aṁ
kopeti, Sp 817,19; ~aṁ kopetukāmatāya saṅgha-
kamme kayiramāne n' eva āgacchati na chandaṁ
deti sammukhībhūto ca paṭikkosati, tena dukkaṭaṁ
āpajjati, 1288,5-7; Khuddas XXVIII 11; bhikkhunī
tassā ~e kayiramāne paṭikkosati, Vin IV 230,30;
dhammikānaṁ ~ānaṁ chandaṁ datvā pacchā khī-
yadhammaṁ āpajjeyya, 152,6** foll. (Sp 879,20-23, cf.
Vin-vn 1760-1763); ~aṁ garahati, II 23,32; 32,8; ~aṁ
vā nādiyati, IV 218,34; chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṁ
yathādhammaṁ nihatādhikaraṇaṁ punakammāya
ukkoṭenti, 126,6; V 22,34; — ifc. a-° (Utt-vn 744); a-
kuppa-° (Sp 1396,15); aññavādaka-° (Kkh 89,31); a-
dhamma-°; anussāvana-° (Sp 1398,19); anokāsa-°
(Vin V 184,15); apalokana-°; appaṭi-°; abbhāna-°
(Mp IV 160,17); avandanīya-° (Sp 1396,27); avandi-
ya-° (Sp 1404,14,27); avinaya-°; ukkhepaniya-°; upa-
sampada-°; uposatha-°; ubbinaya-°; eka-°; okāsa-°;
kata-° (Vjb 505,15*); kattabba-° (Sp 1195,7); kuppa-°
(Sp 1396,16); catuttha-° (Sp 1382,22); ñatti-° (Vin II
89,2 Sp 1195,5; 1396,9); ñatticatuttha-° (Vin II 89,3 Sp
1195,10; 1396,9); ñattidutiya-° (Vin II 89,3 Sp 1195,7;
1398,10); tajjaniya-° (Vin I 325,37); tassapāpiyassi-
kā-° (Vin I 325,35); tiṇavatthāraka-° (Sv 1043,9; Ps IV
46,8); dosayutta-° (Vmv II 311,15); dhamma-° (Vin I
325,30; IV 232,14; Kkh 127,10); dhammâdhamma-°
(Sp 1148,1); niyasa-° (Sp 1156,29; 1292,11 etc. [in Sp
always w.r. for nissaya-°, q.v.]); A I 99,5; Mp II 165,1);
nissaya-° (Vin I 325,37); pakāsanīya-° (Sp 1396,26);
paṭippassaddha-° (Sp 625,9; Vjb 445,1); paṭisāraṇi-
ya-° (Vin I 326,2; A I 99,7 Mp II 165,5); pabbajita-°
(Pj II 170,1); pabbājaniya-° (Vin I 326,1; A I 99,6; Mp
II 165,3; 318,10); paricchinna-° (Sp 1395,21); parivā-
sa-° (Sp 1147,1; Vin-vn 2607); pavāraṇā-° (Vin I
160,27; Sp 1371,23; Kkh 132,34); puna-kammāya (Vin
IV 126,6; V 22,34); bhikkhun'-ovādaka-sammuti-°
(Sp 800,26); yebhuyyasika-° (Sv 1041,35); lahuka-°
(Sp 1195,24); vagga-° (Vin I 315,22; Sp 1389,15); vina-
ya-° (Vin I 325,31; Sp 243,2; Sv 82,15; Mp II 247,30); vi-
suddha-° (Vmv II 311,16); vihesa-° (Kkh 89,31); saṅ-
gha-° (Vin I 105,12; Dīp XIII 42; Kkh 127,21; Sv 269,16;
Mp IV 160,14; Ud-a 316,19); saṅgha-bheda-° (Kv
398,30; Mp I 96,15; II 27,18; Ud-a 317,25; It-a I 83,15);
sabba-° (Vin I 319,29; A II 232,25; Sp 1396,30); samag-
ga-° (Vin I 315,23; Sp 1389,16); samanubhāsana-°
(Kkh 46,10; Sp 629,22; Vjb 206,3); sampanna-° (Vmv
II 311,16); sammukhā-° (Sp 1393,9 [so read]); sesa-°
(Sp 1402,12); — Rem.: kappiyena ~ena, Vmv I 236,17
read kamena, q.v., cf. s.v. kappiya. — ekaṁ ~aṁ, Sp
260,11; 904,4; 939,7 Ee w.r. for ekakammaṁ, q.v. ""legal
proceedings common to all monks living within the same
sīmā;"" the definition given in CPD s.v. is not correct.

" 346862582566490112,kamma,en,"

⁴

kamma

, n., ritual, ceremony; in cpd.s kammakara-
ṇa (q.v. s.v. kammakaraṇa 3.), kammakaraṇôkāsa
(q.v.), and ifc. āyācana-bali-°; udakôrohaṇa-°; jāta-°
(Thī 437); naṅgala-bali-° (Spk I 243,21; Pj II 138,16);
bali-° (Ja I 68,12; 169,4' foll.; V 218,8'; Sv 542,11;
614,10; Pj II 138,20; Vism 63,16; Mp I 325,20; 371,21;
~-âpadesa, Mp I 371,23; ~-karaṇa, Sv 542,9; ~-kāra-
ṇa, Pj I 169,11; ~-paritta-karaṇ'-osadha-paribhāvitâ-
di, Ja II 215,8; yakkha-bali-° (Ja I 425,11); ~-lābha, Ja
V 511,9); vatthu-° (D I 12,5; 69,24; Sv 98,1); vaya-° (Ja
I 257,14); sukata-bali-° (Spk I 243,16; Pj II 138,10).

" 346862582180614144,kamma,en,"

kamma

, n., act, action; as t.t., ~ is used of bodily
(kāyakamma), vocal (vacīkamma) or mental acts (ma-
nokamma), the nature of which, when performed (kata)
and subsequently accumulated (upacita) as ""kamma,""
determines rebirth; the canon emphasises the priority of
mental acts over bodily and vocal acts, defining at A III
415,7 kamma as cetanā (intention), cf. M I 372,8 foll.:
manokammaṁ mahāsāvajjataraṁ paññāpemi ... no
... kāyakammaṁ no ... vacīkamman ti; M III
207,10-13: me taṁ ... Gotamassa sutaṁ ...: ""moghaṁ
kāyakammaṁ ... manokammam eva saccan"" ti; the
canon contrasts this with the view of the Ājīvikas who
regard mental acts as secondary (= aḍḍhakamma, q.v.)
and the view of the Jains who consider bodily acts as the
most important kind of act (v. kāyaḍaṇḍa); — a.(i) act,
action, with or without reference to kamma and rebirth;
— a.(ii) results of kamma; — a.(iii) kamma in verbal
constructions; — b.(i) kamma = cetanā; — b.(ii-iii)
kammaṁ cetanakaṁ, sañcetanikaṁ/sañcetaniyaṁ;
— b.(iv) kamma = cetanā and cetasika; — various
types of kamma are mentioned in the canon and post-
canonical pa. literature: c.(i) three types viz. diṭṭha-
dhammavedanīya, upapajjavedanīya, aparāpariya-
vedanīya (qq.v.); the three terms are mentioned together
for the first time in Kv 611,2 foll.; the pa. Canon only
mentions the first, e.g., at M II 220,11, A IV 382,9; for
the canonical background of the terminology, cf. the for-
mula diṭṭh' eva dhamme upapajje vā apare vā pari-
yāye, A I 134,23 (cf. O. v. Hinüber, Selected Papers,[[side 208]]
1995: 39 foll); — c.(ii) four types viz. kaṇhaṁ, suk-
kaṁ, kaṇhasukkaṁ, akaṇhaṁ asukkaṁ; — c.(iii)
Mp II 210,25 foll. ascribes 11 types to the suttantas, the
first three being identical with the terms mentioned sub
b.(i); Vism 601,1 foll. adds as 12th type ahosikammaṁ
(q.v.); — c.(iv) Mp II 221,12 foll. mentions 12 types
with reference to Paṭis II 78,3 foll.; — c.(v) Mp II 218,18
foll. mentions 16 types with reference to Vibh 338,8 foll.;
— d. for the topic pamāṇakataṁ kammaṁ ""limited,
measurable"" kamma (cf. M I 298,8); cf. Abhidh-k VIII
29 foll.; Abhidh-k(VP) vol. 5: 196 foll); F. ENOMOTO,
On the Annihilation of karman in Early Buddhism, in
Transactions of the International Conference of Oriental-
ists in Japan, XXXIV 1989: 43 foll. — e. for the agno-
stics (= samaṇa-brāhmaṇā amaravikkhepikā) on
kamma; — f. for the Ājīvikas on kamma; cf. HDĀ:
241 foll.; — g. for Ajitakesakambalin on kamma; —
h. for Nigaṇṭha Nātaputta and his followers on kam-
ma; — a.(i) na jaccā vasalo hoti, na jaccā hoti brāh-
maṇo, ~anā (v.l °unā) vasalo hoti, ~anā (v.l °unā)
hoti brahmaṇo, Sn 136 = 142 ≠ 650 (cf. Uttarajjh XXV
33); tesan no jātivādasmiṁ vivādo atthi Gotama,
jātiyā brāhmaṇo hoti Bhāradvājo iti bhāsati, ahaṅ ca
~anā brūmi, evaṁ jānāhi cakkhuma, 596 (= dasa
kusalakammapathakammunā, Ps III 432,16 foll);
599; kassako ~anā hoti, sippiko hoti ~anā ... rājā pi
hoti ~anā, 651 foll.; nīcakuliyaṁ ~aṁ nīcakule nib-
batteti, uccākuliyaṁ ~aṁ uccākule, Ps V 15,7; ~anā
vattati loko, ~anā vattatī pajā, 654 (cf. Ps III 442,7
foll.) qu. Kv 546,15* (reading °unā), As 66,3*, Kv-a
165,26*; ~aṁ satte vibhajati yad idaṁ hīnappaṇītatā-
yā ti, M III 203,5 qu. Mil 65,28, As 66,10, Paṭis-a 364,6
(closes formula, cf. kammadāyâda, q.v.; Mh-karmav
30,4 foll); ~ato liṅgato c' eva liṅgasañṅā pavattare,
66,1* foll. (untraced qu.); As 76,11; — āyusaṁvattani-
kaṁ ... Cundena ... ~aṁ upacitaṁ +, D II 136,9 foll.
= Ud 85,13 (cf. MPS XXIX 12); atthi issariyasaṁvatta-
nikaṁ ~aṁ, adhipaccasaṁvattanikaṁ ~an ti, Kv
352,26,27 foll. (Kv-a 99,18 foll); atthi dubbaṇṇasaṁ-
vattanikaṁ ~aṁ, appāyukasaṁvattanikaṁ ~an ti,
Kv 354,35 foll.; arahā ... gatisaṁvattanikaṁ ~aṁ ka-
roti, bhavasaṁvattanikaṁ ~aṁ karoti, issariyasaṁ-
vattanikaṁ ~aṁ karoti +, 542,14 foll. = 613,31 foll.;
~aṁ nirayasaṁvattanikaṁ tiracchānayonikasaṁvat-
tanikaṁ pittivisayikasaṁvattanikan ti, Nidd I 307,11;
— yathābhūtaṁ ~aṁ (v.l. °ma) passanti paṇḍitā pa-
ṭiccasamuppādadasā kammavipākakovidā, Sn 653;
— idha paṭisandhi viññāṇaṁ okkanti nāmarūpaṁ
pasādo āyatanaṁ phuṭṭho phasso vedayitaṁ veda-
nā iti ime pañca dhamma idhûpapattibhavasmiṁ
purekatassa ~assa paccayā, Paṭis I 52,22 foll. qu.Fsl
53,29 foll.; — sampannaṁ munino cittaṁ ~anā (v.l.
°unā) vyappathena ca, Sn 163 foll.; santaṁ tassa ma-
naṁ hoti santā vācā ca ~a, Dhp 96 (cf. Uv XXXI 45);
dhamme ca ye ariyapavedite rata anuttarā te vacasā
manasā ~anā ca, Sn 330 = Ja III 442,2* (cf. Uv XXII
19; 442,32'); Sn 365; ghaṁsanti maññe mittāni vācā-
ya na ca ~anā (v.l. °unā), Ja IV 56,26*; III 253,11*; —
dānañ ca dhammacariyā ca ñātakānañ ca saṅgaho
anavajjāni ~āni, Sn 263 = Kh V 6; kāni ~āni brūha-
yaṁ naro, Sn 324; na ~anā no pi sutena neyyo, 846;
sace cuto sīlavatāto hoti, sa vedhati ~aṁ virādhayi-
tvā, 899; 900; — sāni ~āni tappenti, Ja II 7,27* (8,2'
foll); ~aṁ samekkhe, IV 5,1* (5,32'); paṭilacchase ...
etādisaṁ ~a, 47,4*; ahetukā ye na vadanti ~aṁ,
339,12* (cf. D I 53,25-28); na ~anā (v.l °unā) kiñcana
mogham atthi, Ja IV 394,6* foll. (= sukatadukkatesu
~esu kiñcana ekakammam pi moghaṁ nāma n'
atthi nipphalaṁ na hoti, 394,14'); tassa taṁ vacanaṁ
sutvā ~anā upapādayi, V 346,4* (= yaṁ so avaca
taṁ karonto kāyakammena sampādesi, 347,4'); na
maṁ anariyasaṁyutte ~e yojetum arahasi, 360,12*;
~aṁ vijjañ ca dhammañ ca sakkatvāna paribbajā ti,
VI 58,14* (= dasakusalapathakammaṁ, 58,24'); sāra-
yanti ... ~āni game saṁgaccha māṇavā, 83,6* (""pu-
risaghātaka dāruṇan te ~aṁ kataṁ,"" 83,19',20'); saṁ-
sārasuddhī ti pure niviṭṭhā ~aṁ vidūsenti, 234,7*;
taṁ ~aṁ nihitaṁ aṭṭhā, 236,33*,34*; 237,6* (tam pi me
kalyāṇakammaṁ tadā okāsaṁ alabhitvā okāse sati
vipākadāyakaṁ hutvā udakantike nidhiṁ viya ni-
hitaṁ aṭṭhāsi, 237,25'; cf. taṁ ~aṁ ettakaṁ kālaṁ
okāsaṁ alabhitvā bhasmāpaṭichanno aggirāsi viya
imaṁ antimasarīraṁ upadhāvitvā gaṇhi, V 126,20
foll); kathaṁ no abhivādeyya abhivādāpayetha ve
yaṁ naro hantum iccheyya taṁ ~aṁ na upapajjatī
ti, VI 315,5* foll. = 319,27* foll.; siyā nu ... pabbajitas-
sa ~an ti, Vin IV 159,20 = A V 82,2 foll.; — paññāpa-
ṭilābhakatena ~unā manussabhūto sukhumacchavī
ahu, D III 158,18*; — anattakatāni ~āni kam attānaṁ
phusissantī ti, M III 19,12 qu. Sv 123,1; — ~aṁ tassa
parāyanan ti, S I 38,5; — navapurāṇāni ... ~āni de-
sissāmi ... kataṁaṁ purāṇaṁ ~aṁ (so read)? cak-
khuṁ purāṇaṁ ~aṁ abhisaṅkhataṁ abhisaṅcetayi-
tvā vedanīyaṁ daṭṭhabbaṁ. jivhā +, mano +, idaṁ
vuccati ... purāṇaṁ ~aṁ. katamañ ca navaṁ ~aṁ
(so read)? S IV 132,10 foll. (cf. NidSa XIII 1 foll.
Abhidh-k-bh(P) 25,13 foll.; 57,23); — ~aṁ khettaṁ
viññāṇaṁ bījaṁ, A I 223,22 (cf. Mbh 12. 211. 32); ma-
nasā duccaritaṁ careyyaṁ kiñ ca taṁ ~aṁ (Ce kiñ
ca taṁ maṁ; Be kiñ ca taṁ yaṁ maṁ) attā sīlato na
upavadeyyā ti, II 121,24 foll.; tapanīyāni ~āni yāni
dhammehi ārakā, IV 97,7*; — passath' ayyā Sakya-
puttiyānaṁ ~aṁ, Ud 44,19; sakena ~unā tuvaṁ 'si
ajjhûpagatā, Vv 151 (Vv-a 89,12,13); tena ~ena ...
tava sahavyatam āgatā ti, Vv 796; — sabbaññutaṁ
patthayāno ~āni ācarin ti, Cp 10; — kāyena pāpam
~am (v.l. pāpakammaṁ) vivajjayirṇ vacīduccaritarṇ
hitvā ājīvam parisodhayim, Ap 83,24; kyāham ~am
ācarāmi puññakkhette anuttare, 38,22; mama ~am
saritvāna, 31,7; 195,22; 432,12 foll.; tena ~ena ... agge[[side 209]]
ṭhāne ṭhapesi mam, 82,19 foll.; tena ~en' ahaṁ ...
dhāremi antimaṁ dehaṁ, 141,25; 213,27; tena ~ena
... patto 'mhi acalaṁ ṭhānaṁ, 263,21; tassa ~assa te-
jena saṁsaranto, 457,23; tassa ~assa vāhasā idaṁ jā-
tiṁ ṭhapetvāna, 308,5; 141,10; nikkilesamano sukhito
tassa ~uno vāhasā saṁsaritvāna, 476,11; ahaṁ vicit-
tapaṭibhāno ... tassa ~assa vāhasā, 504,6; tesaṁ vi-
sesena ~ānaṁ vipuluttamaṁ lābhaṁ labhāmi, 495,5;
— pañca ~āni ānantarakāni yā ca micchādiṭṭhi niya-
tā (so read) ime dhamma micchattaniyatā, Dhs 1028
≠ Vibh 378,11,15; Dhs 1290; — atthi ākāsānañcāya-
tanûpagaṁ -an ti, Kv 326,4 foll.; — atthi antarābha-
vûpagaṁ -an ti, 362,15 foll. (Kv-a 105,23); atthi rūpa-
bhavûpagaṁ -an ti, 363,25 foll.; — atthi kāmaguṇû-
pagaṁ ~an ti, 367,32 foll.; atthi kāmadhātûpagaṁ
-an ti, 368,16; — atthi rūpadhātûpagaṁ ~an ti... at-
thi rūpûpagaṁ ~an ti ... atthi vedanûpagaṁ ~an ti,
371,20 foll.; — katamassa ~assa hetū ti, 398,33; — taṁ
~aṁ payuttaṁ kukkuccaṁ uppāditaṁ vippaṭisāri-
yaṁ janitan ti, 478,27 foll.; — ~aṁ cittena sahajātaṁ,
~aṁ sārammaṇan ti, 521,8 foll.; — puthujjanassa rū-
padhātu-arūpadhātūpagaṁ ~aṁ pariññātan ti ? na
hevaṁ vattabbe. tena hi puthujjano tedhātukehi ~ehi
avivitto ti, 605,28,31; — yo pāṇaṁ atipāteti musāvā-
dañ ca bhāsati loke adinnaṁ ādiyati paradārañ ca
gacchati ... idaṁ ~aṁ, Peṭ 49,3 foll.; — asatiyā aññā-
ṇapakataṁ ~aṁ nāma na sarāmī ti, Vism 48,8; atta-
no ~aṁ jānanakāle ajhattārammaṇaṁ, parassa ~aṁ
jānanakāle bahiddhârammaṇaṁ hoti, 435,3 foll.; pa-
vattamānaṁ sandhimhi dvedhā ~ena vattati, 551,27*
foll. = Vibh-a 160,17*; — ~assa anibaddhattā. ~asmiṁ
hi anibaddhe dvāram anibaddham eva hoti, As
81,37; tīṇī ~āni, tīṇi kammadvārāni +, 82,3 foll.; -am
... tasmiṁ tasmiṁ dvāre uppajjanato carati, 84,35;
dvāre caranti ~āni na dvārā dvāracārino tasmā dvā-
rehi ~āṁ aṅñamaññaṁ vavatthitā ti, 84,37,38*; —
pañcaphassadvāravasena hi uppanno asaṁvaro a-
kusalaṁ manokammam eva hoti manophassadvā-
ravasena uppanno tīni pi ~āni hoti, 104,31,32 foll.; —
asādhāraṇaṁ -am eva nesaṁ visesakāraṇaṁ, 313,15;
asaddhammasavaṇâdīhi vaṅcito imina ~ena kāmā
sampajjantī ti, Vibh-a 186,19; — tesaṁ ~aṁ paṭicca
aho sūrā ti gehasitakathā va tiracchānakathā, Sv
89,25; ~aṁ āyatiṁ appaṭisandhikaṁ hotī ti, 225,26;
kilesābhāven' eva ~aṁ appaṭisandhikattā avassaṭ-
ṭhaṁ nāma hotī ti, 558,7,8; idam pi ~aṁ mam' eva
tapasmiṁ, 838,15 (for syntax, cf. D I 63,22); ~aṁ vā
~ato upagacchantaṁ idhaloke patiṭṭhitaṁ nāma,
888,24 foll.; pajāpatismiṁ n' atthi pāpaṁ na tasmiṁ
papakāni ~āni upalippantī ti, Ps I 34,21; ~aṁ āyatiṁ
appaṭisandhikaṁ hotī ti, 127,31 = 180,29; ~aṁ patvā
va maggacetanāya añño paṇḍarataro dhammo nā-
ma n' atthi, III 105,19 (ad M I 391,5); ~e pana javite
ārammaṇarasaṁ anubhavitvā niruddhavipāko bhu-
tvā vigataṁ nāma ~aṁ uppajitvā niruddhaṁ bhu-
tvā vigataṁ nāma, Mp I 45,20 foll.; taṁ so magga-
bhāvanāya pahīnakilese paccavekkhitvā kilesābhā-
ve vijjamānam pi ~aṁ āyati appaṭisandhikaṁ hotī
ti jānanto pajānāti, 264,8; eso ... tena ~ena pākaṭo
bhavissati, III 278,4; ten' eva ~ena arahattassa upa-
nissaye vijjamāne, 402,17; vyantibhāvan ti vigatanta-
bhāvaṁ tesaṁ ~ānaṁ paricchedaparivaṭumakāra-
ṇaṁ, V 76,14 (ad A V 294,27); — appaṭirūpattā eva ca
assāmaṇakaṁ samaṇānaṁ ~aṁ na hoti, Sp 220,1; —
dāsen' eva saddhiṁ santhavaṁ katvā aññe pi me i-
maṁ ~aṁ jāneyyun ti, Ja I 114,12; pāpakaraṇaṁ
nam' etaṁ ... hīnajaccānaṁ kevaṭṭâdīnaṁ idaṁ
~aṁ, 130,2 foll. qu. It-a I 157,12 foll.; sakalajambudī-
pavāsike etaṁ ~aṁ jahāpesuṁ, Ja I 166,14; — so tehi
attano santakehi ~ehi dummedho ti, Dhp-a III
64,17,18; — ~anā bajjhiṁsu, Ud-a 385,13 foll.; — te-
bhūmikañ ca ~aṁ avasesā ca akusalā dhamma, It-a
I 114,23; na m' etaṁ ~a, Gaṅgātīre ... caṇḍālatāpaso
vasati, tass' etaṁ ~aṁ siyā ti, Cp-a 159,20,21; — a-
riyānaṁ ghātitaṁ ~aṁ rājā theraṁ apucchatha, Dīp
VII 52; — sayhāni ~āni, Sn 253 ≠ Ja III 196,12 (reading
seyyāni ~āni; = anurūpāni uttamakammāni, 196,27';
cf. Mittelindisch § 149); atīraṇeyyam idaṁ ~aṁ, VI
57,11*; ayuttaṁ mama ~an ti, Mp I 317,20; — atthi
~aṁ abhabbaṁ abhabbâbhāsaṁ, M III 215,15 foll.;
~aṁ vijjā ca dhammo ca, 262,10* (= maggacetanā, Ps
V 81,6,7) = S I 34,1* (Spk I 89,14,15 = prec.) = 55,14*,32*
qu. Vism 3,4*; cf. saṁvaro ~an ti, Kv 463,2 foll. (lad-
dhi ... Mahāsaṅghikānaṁ, Kv-a 135,6); aññaṁ ~aṁ
añño kammūpacayo ti, 520,2 foll. (Kv-a 158,3);
kammūpacayo ~ena sahajāto ti, 520,15 foll. (Kv-a
158,7); sabbaṁ idaṁ ~ato ti ... ~aṁ pi ~ato ti, 545,7
(""~unā vattati loko"" [Sn 654] ti suttaṁ nissāya sab-
bam idaṁ kammakilesavipākavaṭṭaṁ ~ato va hotī
ti yesaṁ laddhi seyyathā pi Rājagirikānañ c' eva
Siddhatthikānañ ca, Kv-a 165,27); ~aṁ kilesā hetu
saṁsārassa, Nett 113,24; 161,29; taṇhā ca bhavasam-
udayo ~aṁ, Peṭ 20,11 foll.; avijjā taṇhā upādānaṁ
~an ti ime cattāro dhamma nibbattakattā hetu,
Vism 598,28 foll.; -am eva āhāro, Sv 975,36 foll.; dā-
nâdīni cha ~āni, It-a II 141,25; añño kayo aññaṁ
~aṁ, As 85,12; — a.(ii) tassa ~assa ... vipāko kaṭuko
ahu, Ja III 43,3* = Pv 758; kissa me ~assa ayaṁ vi-
pāko ti, Ja IV 19,30* ≠ D II 185,29 ≠ It 15,16 foll. (cf. Pv
66); Vv 207 = 805; Pv 530; yāni ... tāni pāpakāni
~āni saṅkilesikāni ponobhavikāni + ... tesaṁ vipā-
ko mā nibbattī ti, A II 172,11 qu. Kv 458,4; passa pā-
pānaṁ ~ānaṁ vipāko, Pv 153 (Pv-a 87,26,27); kalyā-
ṇapāpakānaṁ ~ānaṁ vipākaṁ paṭisaṁvedetī ti, M
I 258,17 ≠ 8,24; asakkaccakatānaṁ ~ānaṁ vipāko, A
IV 393,4 foll.; ~aṁ ~an ti ñatvāna vipākañ ca vipāka-
to, Th 422 (Th-a II 179,5); tassîdha ~assa ayaṁ vipā-
ko Vv 50 = 60 = 71; imā devatā imassa ~assa vipā-
kena ito cutā tattha upapannā ti, A IV 303,12,14 foll.;
tassa ~assa vipākena ... sugandhasālino bhattaṁ[[side 210]]
gūthaṁ me parivattati, Pv 450; cf. Mp I 169,9; dvay'
ajja ~ānaṁ vipākam āhu, Pv 544 (= duvidhaṁ ...
idāni ~ānaṁ ... vipākaṁ vadanti, Pv-a 228,6); pub-
be katānaṁ ~ānaṁ vipāko mathaye manaṁ, 753
(Pv-a 264,24); kammasannissito vipāko vipākasan-
nissitaṁ ~aṁ, Nidd II 167,17; -amhi kammūpacayo
ti ... tañ ñ' eva ~aṁ so kammūpacayo ti ... ~amhi
kammūpacayo, kammūpacayato vipāko nibbattatī
ti, Kv 521,32 foll. (Kv-a 158,16 foll); hañci ~assa katat-
tā uppannā cittacetasikā dhamma vipāko, tena vata
re vattabbe ~assa katattā uppannaṁ rūpaṁ vipāko
ti, 537,30 foll. (laddhi ... Andhakānañ c' eva Sammi-
tiyānañ ca, Kv-a 162,11); ~aṁ atītam pi samānaṁ
aṅñaṁ vipākaṁ paṭibāhitvā, Vism 687,16 = As 66,19;
~añ ca vipākañ ca saddahitvā, Mp III 291,20; lad-
dhokāsassa ... ~assa vipāko duvidho khaṇappatto
ca appatto ca, As 360,12 foll.; so ... ~añ ca disvāna
mahāvipākaṁ sandiṭṭhikaṁ, Pv 570; na vattabbaṁ
sabbaṁ ~aṁ savipākan ti, Kv 466,9 foll. (Kv-a 136,6);
ime sattā attanā va attano kaṭukavipākaṁ ~aṁ
karontā vicarantī ti vatvā, Dhp-a II 36,11; kalyāṇassa
pāpassa kusalassa akusalassa ca ~assa ayaṁ sukho
ayaṁ dukkho ca vipāko ti abhisaddahassu, Pv-a
227,23,25; paṭhamaṁ vipāko uppajjati, pacchā vipā-
kapaṭilābhāya ~aṁ karontī ti, Kv-a 351,31; — duk-
khavepakkaṁ yad atthi ~aṁ, Sn 537 (Pj II 434,14; cf.
Mvu III 400,11); kāmadhātuvepakkañ ... ~aṁ nâ-
bhavissa, A I 223,19 foll.; kappo ca saṇṭhāti kappaṭ-
ṭho ca kappaṭṭhiyaṁ ~aṁ karotī ti ... kappaṭṭhiyaṁ
~aṁ aparāpariyavepakkan ti, Kv 476,12,33; — tassa
~assa kusalassa idaṁ me edisaṁ phalaṁ, Ja III
411,11*; 413,26*; tiṇṇaṁ ... me idaṁ ~ānaṁ phalaṁ
+, D II 186,2; sukhambhiyo tassa phalena ~uno, III
147,20*; sa ... viyākāsi yassa ~ass' idaṁ phalaṁ, Vv
4 (Vv-a 23,9) = 56; 909; appassa ~assa phalaṁ mam-
êdaṁ, 19 = 27; 74; kissa ~ass' idaṁ phalan ti, Pv 66
(cf. Ja IV 19,30*; Pv-a 51,6) ≠ 738; phalaṁ pāpassa
~assa ... socām' ahaṁ, 242 = 695; apāraṇeyyaṁ ...
~aṁ aphalaṁ kilamathuddayaṁ, Ja VI 36,6*; na pī-
ḷitā attadukkhena dhīrā sukhapphalaṁ ~a paricca-
janti, V 219,12*,14*; karontā pāpakaṁ ~aṁ yaṁ hoti
kaṭukapphalaṁ, S I 57,14* = Dhp 66 (qu. Nett 131,32);
~añ ca phalañ ca saddahitvā kataṁ sampajānaka-
taṁ nāma, -am pi phalam pi ajānitvā katam asam-
pajānakataṁ nāma, As 161,27,28; — tassa ~assa nis-
sando paradāragamanassa me ti, Ja VI 238,3* foll.;
Ap 371,24; tassa ~assa nissandena etarahi ekāsanikā
bhavanti, Mil 20,15; imassâpi ~assa nissandena ...
sarīrobhāso dasasahassilokadhātuṁ pharitvā, Ja I
32,1; tassa ~assa nissande pūjā kāresi tāvade, Dīp
XXII 49; — yo katvā pāpakaṁ ~aṁ, Sn 127; ajjhāya-
kakulā jātā brāhmaṇā mantabandhavā, te ca pāpesu
~esu abhiṇham upadissare, 140; ṭhitatto ... jiguc-
chati ~ehi pāpakehi, 215; so tena pāpakena ~ena aṭ-
ṭiyati harāyati jigucchati ... kena ... ahaṁ upāyena
imassa pāpassa ~assa nikkhantiṁ kareyyan ti +,
Vin I 88,5 foll.; kiñcā pi so ~aṁ (v.l °ma) karoti pā-
pakaṁ kāyena vācā uda cetasā vā, Sn 232 (cf. Mvu I
292,7 foll); mano ce te na ppaṇamati pakkhi pāpassa
~uno avyāvaṭassa bhadrassa na pāpam upalippatī
ti, Ja III 65,17* (= yadi tava mano pāpakammassa at-
thāya na paṇamati pāpakaraṇe tanninno tappoṇo
tappabbhāro na hoti, 65,19'); Ps I 34,21; niccaṁ ubbe-
gino kākā vaṁkā pāpena ~unā, Ja III 313,10*; IV
71,18*; yasmiṁ (scil. brāhmaṇe) pāpāni ~āni sa ve
kaṇho Sujampatī ti, 9,20* = Th 140; pāpañ ca taṁ ~a
pakubbamānaṁ arahāmi no vārayituṁ tato hi, Ja
IV 47,21*; pāpāni ~āni vivajjayāma, 53,7*; sakehi ~ehi
supāpakehi caṇḍālagabbhe avasimha pubbe, 397,3*;
Vv 1258 (Vv-a 346,15); Ap 83,24; kāmesu ... pamattā
pāpāni ~āni karonti mohā, Ja IV 312,30*; V 86,21*; M
II 73,27* = Th 784; pāpakaṁ ~aṁ rakkhass' eva, Ja V
7,20*; na paṇḍitā attasukhassa hetu pāpāni ~āni sa-
mācaranti, 147,13* = VI 374,32*; pāpāni ~āni pucchi-
tuṁ paccapajjatha, V 264,30*; pāpānaṁ ~ānaṁ yam
etaṁ ... kataṁ phalaṁ pariyāgataṁ pacchā bhutvā
duṭṭhavisaṁ yathā, VI 237,7*; pāpāni ~āni karoti
bālo, 357,2*; Dhp 66 (cf. Uv IX 13) = S I 57,13* = Ja III
291,29* qu. Nett 131,32*; Dhp 136 (cf. Uv IX 12; Dhp-a
III 60,11) = Th 146; yassa pāpaṁ kataṁ ~aṁ kusale-
na pithīyati so 'mam lokaṁ pabhāseti, M II 104,23*
foll = Dhp 173 = Th 872 cf. Uv XVI 9; yāni ... pubbe
pāpakāni ~āni katāni kāyena +, tāni... olambanti +,
M III 164,26 foll. qu. Nett 179,2 foll.; na ... tāva kālaṁ
karoti yāva na taṁ pāpaṁ ~aṁ byantihoti, M III
166,25 foll. = 183,6 foll. qu. Mil 67,26, Ss 197,26; taṁ ...
te etaṁ pāpaṁ ~aṁ n' eva mātarā kataṁ na pitarā
kataṁ na bhātarā kataṁ na bhaginiyā, M III 181,16
foll.; na parass' upanidhāya ~aṁ maccassa pāpa-
kaṁ attanā taṁ na sevayya, Th 496 (Th-a II 209,11);
mā kāsi pāpakaṁ ~aṁ ... sace ca pāpakaṁ ~aṁ ka-
rissasi karosi vā na te dukkhā pamuty atthi, S I
209,4* = Thī 247 ≠ Ud 51,14,16* ≠ Pv 244 (cf. Uv IX 4;
Pv-a 103,26); Pv 481 = 492; etassa pāpassa ~assa
samatikkamo hoti, S IV 320,28 foll.; maṁ pāpaṁ
~aṁ kuto dukkhaṁ phusissatī ti, A I 192,23 foll.; cf.
viññāṇaṁ anattā, anattakatāni ~āni kam attānaṁ
phusissantī ti, M III 19,13 foll. = S III 103,28 (so read);
ekacco puggalo kāme ca paṭisevati pāpañ ca ~aṁ
karoti, A II 5,16 (= pāṇâtipātâdikammaṁ karoti, Mp
III 4,22 foll); pāpakaṁ ... ~aṁ akāsi gārayhaṁ sīsac-
chejjaṁ, 241,12 foll.; ko ... hetu ko paccayo pāpassa
~assa kiriyāya +, V 86,20 foll.; na ... pāpaṁ kataṁ
~aṁ sajju khīraṁ va muccati, Dhp 71 (cf. Uv IX 17;
Dhp-a II 63,23) qu. Nett 161,33*; pāpaṁ ... mayā pa-
kataṁ ~aṁ taṁ nijjaressāmi, Thī 431; khepetvā pā-
pakaṁ ~aṁ ... kilese jhāpayissasi, Ap 117,5 foll.;
mutto bhavissati pāpakehi ~ehī ti, Mil 72,5 foll.; pā-
pāni lāmakāni ~āni saṁvijjanti, Th-a II 18,14; — pā-
paṁ accāhitaṁ ~a karosi luddan ti, Ja IV 46,24*;[[side 211]]
48,8*; 480,9* (cf. Uttarajjh XIV 20) qu. Cp-a 193,5 foll.;
gambhīrapañhaṁ manasâbhicintiyaṁ nāccāhitaṁ
~a karoti luddaṁ, Ja V 146,18*; na ... kūṭakārissa
bhavanti tāṇā sakehi ~ehi purakkhatassa te ludda-
kammā pasavetvā pāpaṁ te 'me janā vaṁkaghastā
sayantī ti, VI 113,13*; accāhitaṁ ~aṁ karosi ludraṁ
(sic), 306,26*; luddāni ~āni kurumānā, Dīp IX 18; —
kasmā tuvaṁ ... edisāni karosi ~āni sudāruṇāni, Ja
V 460,18*; 460,28*; — bhāriyaṁ ~aṁ ānantariyasadi-
saṁ, Vism 425,19 foll.; tumhehi niraparādhe ... tāpa-
se aparajjhantehi bhāriyaṁ ~aṁ kataṁ, Ps III 63,16;
Mp I 262,18 foll.; II 93,13 foll.; III 127,8,9; Dhp-a III
63,5; — āguṁ kari... akari ~a dukkaṭaṁ, Ja VI 84,11*;
dhi-r-atthu ~aṁ akusalaṁ anariyaṁ, 299,30*; karon-
ti akusalaṁ ~aṁ savighātaṁ dukkhuddayaṁ, A II
72,4*; — ~am kattabbam kiriyam mama kāyena vā-
cā manasā tidase sukatarṇ katam, Ap 4,11 foll.; aho
me sukatam -am, 23,19 = 273,5; tassa me sukataṁ
~aṁ sukhette bījasampadā khepetuṁ n' eva sakko-
mi, 330,15 foll.; tena ~ena sukatena tāvatiṁsam a-
gacch' ahaṁ, 271,9 ≠ 269,21 = 275,14 foll.; sukaṭaduk-
kaṭānaṁ ~ānaṁ, Mil 25,26; — imina ... nāmarūpena
~aṁ karoti sobhanaṁ vā pāpakaṁ vā, 46,9 foll.; —
sabbalokassa ... kappeti jīvitaṁ iddhivyasanabhā-
vaṅ ca ~aṁ kalyāṇapāpakaṁ, Ja V 238,11*; kalyāṇa-
pāpakānaṁ ~ānaṁ vipākaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti, M I 8,23
= 258,17; no ... ~āni kareyyuṁ maccā kalyāṇapāpā-
ni, Pv 542 (Pv-a 228,1); kalyāṇapāpakānaṁ ~ānaṁ,
Kv 45,8 foll. ≠ 46,2 foll.; sakehi ~ehi apāpakehi puñ-
ñehi me laddham idaṁ vimānaṁ, Ja V 171,24* = Vv
1243 (reading manuñṅaṁ for vimānaṁ); teh' eva
~ehi apāpakehi puññehi me laddham idaṁ vimā-
nan ti, 1248; — kusalâkusalaṁ ~aṁ ~esu kassaci is-
sariyâbhāvato, Vism 491,28 foll.; kalyāṇassa pāpassa
kusalassa akusalassa ca ~assa ayaṁ sukho ayaṁ
dukkho ca vipāko ti abhisaddahassu, Pv-a 227,23,25;
— yaṁ karoti naro ~aṁ kalyāṇaṁ, Th 144 (Th-a II
22,13 foll); — taṁ ~aṁ katvā kusalaṁ sukhudra-
yaṁ, D III 157,3*; paripucchasi karontaṁ kusalaṁ
~aṁ rudhantaṁ kamma pāpakaṁ, Thī 238 (Thī-a
203,25); etādisaṁ kusalaṁ jīvaloke ~aṁ karitvāna,
Vv 310; sāhaṁ tena kusalena ~unā catubbhi ṭhānehi
visesam ajjhagā, 318; tāhaṁ ~aṁ karitvāna kusa-
laṁ, 661; 683 = 691; tassa ~assa kusalassa vipākaṁ
dīghaṁ antaraṁ anubhomi, Pv 68; kusalehi ~ehi
vippayuttā caratī ti viññāṇacariyā, akusalehi ~ehi
vippayuttā caratī ti viññāṇacariyā, Paṭis I 80,14 foll.;
82,3 foll.; yathā ... nāvā evaṁ kusalāni ~āni daṭṭhab-
bānī ti, Mil 80,26; phalanibbattakaṁ kusalaṁ ~aṁ,
Pv-a 26,20; — santo ca uddhaṁ gacchanti suciṇṇen'
idha ~anā, Ja V 276,16*; pubbe suciṇṇena katena
~unā ahāniyā ... gihī pi dhaññena dhanena vaḍ-
ḍhati, D III 165,21*; na-y-idaṁ appassa katassa ~uno
pubbe suciṇṇassa uposathassa vā iddhânubhāvo,
Vv 1032; — kiṁ -am (v.I °maṁ) akāsi bhaddakaṁ,
Ja III 413,11*; A II 65,20* = Pv 3; 697; Mp I 444,20; —
na vâham etaṁ abhirocayāmi ~aṁ asamekkha ka-
taṁ asādhuṁ, Ja V 222,18*; na taṁ ~aṁ kataṁ sā-
dhu, S I 57,14* foll = Dhp 67 foll. (cf. Uv IX 14; Dhp-a
II 37,6) qu. Nett 132,1* foll.; ≠ 68 (Dhp-a II 40,15); —
ayasā va malaṁ samuṭṭhitaṁ taduṭṭhāya tam eva
khādati evaṁ atidhonacārinaṁ sāni ~āni nayanti
duggatiṁ, Dhp 240 (cf. Uv IX 19); dosabahulatāya
vā duṭṭhena ~unā nibbattā gatī ti duggati, Vism
427,27 qu. Sp 167,2; attano santakān' eva tāni ~āni
taṁ duggatiṁ nayantī ti, Dhp-a III 344,8,9; ~aṁ (v.l
pāpak°) gativipattiṁ āgamma vipaccati nāma, Mp
II 220,1 foll.; — sugatiṁ kathaṁ vaje pāpāni ~āni
pakubbamāno, Ja VI 207,16*; so tassa ~assa katattā
upacitattā + ... param maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lo-
kaṁ uppajjati, D III 173,15 foll. qu. Kv 467,18 (edited
version); tena so sucaritena ~unā sugatiṁ vajati, D
III 155,5; evaṁ karitvā ~aṁ sugatiṁ uppajja modā-
mi, Vv 409 foll.; na ... pāpehi ~ehi sulabhâhosi sug-
gati, Pv 152 (Pv-a 87,18); tassa ~assa vipākena sat-
takhattum sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokam uppajji, S I 92,11
foll.; tesaṁ ... saggañ ca kamati ṭhānaṁ ~aṁ katvā-
na bhaddakan ti, A II 65,20* (Mp III 97,23) = Pv 3
(Pv-a 9,5); — yassa ... ~assa vipākena bahūni vassā-
ni + ... niraye pacceyyāsi, M II 104,14 foll. (Ps III
339,7 foll.) ≠ S II 255,29 foll. (cf. SHT IV 30f R3) = Ud
50,19 foll. (Ud-a 292,9); pāpā pāpehi ~ehi nirayaṁ te
upapajjare, Dhp 307 (cf. Uv XI 9) = It 43,5* (It-a I
177,8); abhabbo taṁ ~aṁ kātum yaṁ ~aṁ katvā ni-
rayaṁ + ... uppajjeyya, S III 225,12; pāpā pāpehi
~ehi nirayaṁ te upapajjare, Dhp 307 = It 43,5* (It-a I
177,8); kusalaṁ ~aṁ katvānâkusalaṁ bahuṁ ...
duppañño nirayaṁ so upapajjatī ti, 25,11* = 26,7* =
55,2* ≠ 55,15*; tena pāpena ~ena nirayamhi apacci-
saṁ, Ap 610,14; sakena ~ena ... paraṁ maraṇā ...
nirayaṁ upapajjati, Nidd I 403,30; nirayavāsinaṁ
passa ~ānaṁ daḷhattaṁ, na bhasmā honti na pi ma-
si, Nidd I 405,25; nirayagamanīyassa ~assa appahī-
nattā aparāparaṁ gacchati na anantaram eva, Mp
III 124,17; niraye nibbattānaṁ pi ~aṁ pucchitvā,
Dhp-a III 65,11; — kena ~ena gato 'si devalokan ti,
Vv 1212 ≠ 1214; aparāpariyavedanīyena ~ena deva-
loke nibbattanti, Vism 414,33; 415,33 qu. Ss 304,25; so
tena ~ena divaṁ samakkami, D III 147,9* = 149,1* =
161,22*; tena sucaritena ~unâhaṁ upapanno tidive-
su kāmakāmī, Vv 898; — a.(iii) sīladassanasampan-
naṁ ... attano ~a kubbānaṁ tañ jano kurute piyaṁ,
Dhp 217 (cf. Uv V 24; Dhp-a III 288,6,7); duddadaṁ
dadamānānaṁ dukkaraṁ ~a (v.l. °aṁ) kubbataṁ a-
santo nānukubbanti, Ja II 86,1* = IV 65,7* = S I 19,3*;
atītaṁ mānusaṁ ~aṁ dukkaraṁ durabhisambha-
vaṁ, Ja VI 439,21* foll. (= mānussehi kattabbaṁ
~aṁ, 440,1'); sudukkaraṁ -am akā, IV 293,2*; —
yaṁ tvaṁ ... tape ~aṁ pubbe katam, V 112,26*; ve-
gasā ... kataṁ ~aṁ mando pacchânutappati, 117,4*;[[side 212]]
anāmanta (cf. CPD s.v.) kataṁ ~aṁ taṁ pacchā-m-
anutappatī ti, VI 266,28*; anisamma ca kataṁ ~aṁ
anavatthāya cintitaṁ, IV 451,1* foll.; — kim ... devā-
nam Indo ~aṁ katvā, D II 284,17 qu. Ps I 102,9; kiṁ
katvā mānuse ~aṁ sudhammaṁ upapajjatī ti, Vv
973; kiṁ tvaṁ pure -am akāsi, 294 = 1031; kiṁ -am
akarī pure ti, Pv 4 (Pv-a 10,22) ≠ 7 (Pv-a 15,2,4); 506;
kiṁ ... ~aṁ akāsin ti āvajjento, Vism 209,6; kiṁ ~aṁ
katvā imaṁ sampattiṁ paṭilabhī ti, Ja III 413,7; kāni
~āni kubbānaṁ kathaṁ viññū parakkame amittaṁ
jāneyya, IV 197,12 foll.*; kin ... ~aṁ katvā tayā ayaṁ
sampatti laddhā ti, Sv 318,18 foll.; kin ... ~aṁ katvā
idha nibbatto 'smī ti, Mp III 242,16 foll.; — tādisaṁ
~aṁ katvāna, Th 882 (Th-a III 62,30) = M II 105,15; —
ettakaṁ ~aṁ akāsiṁ, Vv 1150 (Vv-a 308,1); ettakaṁ
~aṁ mayā kataṁ, Dhp-a III 63,11; — catunavut' ito
kappe yam -am akarirṇ, Ap 65,1 ≠ 123,3 ≠ 133,10 foll.
≠ 188,16 ≠ 271,25 ≠ 391,25; aparimeyye katam -am,
23,21 ≠ 307,27 foll. = 500,7; āsanne me kataṁ ~aṁ,
280,16 ≠ 391,13; — me kataṁ ~aṁ parittaṁ thoka-
kañcanaṁ kataṁ ~aṁ upanissāya saṁsāraṁ sam-
atikkamiṁ, 439,1,2; paṭisandhivasena pavattamā-
nam ... parittaṁ ~aṁ ... ārammaṇaṁ karoti, As
411,18; ~aṁ daḷhaṁ kinti karomi dānī ti, Ja III 205,12*
(= pubbe katakammaṁ, 206,2') = A III 56,30* = 62,18*;
cf. yaṁ kiñci sithilaṁ ~aṁ, S I 49,16* foll. = Dhp 312
(= siṭhilagāhaṁ katvā kataṁ ... ~aṁ, Dhp-a III
484,21) = Th 277 (cf. Uv XI 3); — tīṇ' imāni ... nidā-
nāni (scil. lobha, dosa, moha) ~ānaṁ samudayāya,
A I 134,15 foll. (= vaṭṭagāmīkammānaṁ, Mp II 209,20)
= III 338,20 foll.; na lobhajaṁ ~aṁ karissasi kāyena
vācāya manasā, II 193,17 foll.; Cp-a 318,10; na ... lo-
bhajena ~ena + ... devā paññāyanti, A III 339,1 foll.;
na ... lobhajena ~ena + ... devā paññāyanti, Ps III
14,16 foll.; sakena ~ena lobhavasaṁ agantvā, Ja I
243,15; — yathā vedanīyaṁ ayaṁ puriso ~aṁ karoti
tathā tathâssa vipākaṁ paṭisaṁvediyatī ti, A I
249,13; karohi ~aṁ idha vedanīyaṁ, Pv 444 (Pv-a
190,13); sukhavedanīyaṁ ... ~aṁ katvā, Pv-a 150,13;
— bhūṇahaccāni ~āni attamāraṇiyāni ca karontā, A
IV 98,1*; na m' atthi ~āni sayaṁ katāni, Pv 545 (Pv-a
228,23); 445; sakam -am karitvāna, Ap 68,13 foll.; e-
kato ~aṁ katvāna, 321,13 foll.; attagarahitaṁ ~aṁ a-
kubbamāno ajanayamāno asañjanayamāno Nidd I
55,15; attagarahiyaṁ ~aṁ akubbamāno, 332,28; mā-
tukucchismiṁ cakkhupaṭilābhāya ~aṁ karotī ti ...
mātukucchismiṁ jivhāpaṭitabhāya ~aṁ karotī ti ...
mātukucchismiṁ aṭṭhipaṭilābhāya ~aṁ karotī ti, Kv
494,11,16,21; kataṁ anariyaṁ ~aṁ parena iti kujjhasi,
Vism 300,26* foll.; tassa tassa attabhāvassa janakaṁ
~aṁ karīyati, As 65,8; ucchedadiṭṭhiṁ upādāya tad-
upagaṁ ~aṁ karoti, Vibh-a 187,3 foll.; mahābalo ...
ariyasāvako ... etāni ~āni na karotī ti, Ps IV 108,18 =
Mp II 3,20 qu. Ss 146,28; ekacce therā ... yantarūpaṁ
viya ~am eva kāraṇaṁ karetī ti vadanti, Ps IV 231,6;
dibbacakkhukena ~aṁ karonto, V 19,14 foll.; mādi-
sāya (so read) mātari evarūpaṁ ~aṁ katvā, Sv 995,18
foll.; katena ~unā appāyukā samānā, Vv-a 183,29; —
imassa ~assa katattā idaṁ lakkhaṇaṁ paṭilabhatī ti,
D III 145,20 foll.; kāmāvacarassa kusalassa ~assa ka-
tattā upacitattā vipākaṁ cakkhuviññānaṁ uppan-
naṁ hoti, Dhs 431 qu. Vism 545,21 foll.; Vibh 266,42
foll.; yaṁ ... pan' aññam pi atthi rūpaṁ ~assa katat-
tā rūpāyatanaṁ + ... idan taṁ rūpaṁ upādiṇṇaṁ,
Dhs 653 foll.; ~assa katattā phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṁ āpo-
dhātu idan taṁ rūpaṁ ... upādiṇṇaṁ, 879 foll.; yañ
ca rūpaṁ na ~assa katattā, 991 = 1037 = 1211 foll. =
1377 foll = 1416 ≠ 1534; saḷāyatanaṁ ~assa katattā
uppannan ti, Kv 469,7 foll.; — so gahapati ariyasāva-
ko ... cattāri ~āni kattā hoti, A II 67,28; — ~assa kā-
rako n' atthi vipākassa ca vedako, suddhadhammā
pavattanti ev' etaṁ sammasassanaṁ, Vism 602,32*
foll. qu. from Porāṇās (cf. qu. from Paramārthaśūnya-
tāsūtra at Abidh-k-bh(P) 129,9 foll.; v. Abhidh-k(VP):
V 259 n. 5.; 260 n. 1.); ~ānaṁ kattā kāretā upalabb-
hatī ti, Kv 45,8 foll. ≠ 46,2 foll.; n' atthi kusalâkusalā-
naṁ ~ānaṁ kattā vā kāretā vā, n' atthi sukaṭaduk-
kaṭānaṁ ~ānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, Mil 25,26 foll. (cf. D
I 52,22 foll); — gihim pi santaṁ upavattati jano ba-
hu ... pakatena ~unā, D III 171,22; lobhajaṁ dosajañ
c' eva mohajañ cāpi viddasu, yaṁ tena pakataṁ
~aṁ appaṁ vā yadi vā bahuṁ, A I 136,15*; pakaṭam
me ~aṁ bhavissati, Ja I 238,12; yaṁ ~aṁ pakatam
mayā pilotiyassa ~assa buddhatthe pi vipaccati, Ap
299,6,8; — mama ~aṁ viyākāsi ujubhāvaṁ mahā-
muni, 588,14 foll.; — Dīpaṁkaro ... mama ~aṁ pa-
kittetvā, Ja I 17,15*; sakaṁ ~aṁ pakittento, Ap
110,24; 69,17; 125,21; mama ~aṁ pakittetvā, 268,10
foll.; — ~aṁ tassa na vaṇṇeti, Ja IV 197,23* foll. (= te-
na katakammaṁ na vaṇṇayati, 198,20'); — pāṇâti-
pātâdisu yaṁ kiñci ~aṁ āyūhantaṁ; ayaṁ imaṁ
~aṁ katvā niraye nibbattissatī ti, Ps II 38,13 foll.; ya-
smiṁ khaṇe ~aṁ āyūhati, Mp II 18,5 foll.; imehi ...
dvādasahi ... akusalacittehi ~e āyūhite, As 261,13
foll.; ekāya cetanāya ~e āyūhite samasaṭṭhi vipāka-
cittāni uppajjanti, 271,14 foll.; sasaṅkhārikatihetuka-
kusalenā ... ~e āyūhite, 274,22 foll.; somanassasaha-
gatatihetukāsaṅkhārikacittena ... ~e āyūhite, 284,19
foll.; — kāyasaṅkhārā ~assa abhisaṅkhāro nāma he-
tu vā apaccayo sukhavedanīyassa ~assa upacayo
hetukā ~assa paccayo, Peṭ 169,19,20; 211,12,13 foll.; cf.
Kv 520,2 foll (Kv-a 158,3); — nibbatto sehi ~ehi, Ja
III 468,6* (= attano ~ehi nibbatto, 468,20'); tādisaṁ
... vimānam ... mama ~ehi nibbattaṁ, Vv 738 (Vv-a
191,17); tena ~ena dinnapaṭisandhivasena nibbatto,
Vism 103,24; upapattibhavo nāma tena ~ena nibbat-
taṁ upādiṇṇakhandhapañcakaṁ, Ps I 218,6; tena
~ena nibbattanibbattaṭṭhāne aññehi hīnatarapamā-
ṇo hoti, Mp I 196,9 foll.; atīte attabhāve nibbattakaṁ
~aṁ no ce abhavissa, IV 38,14 foll.; ye ... dhamma[[side 213]]
~âdīhi nibbattanti tesaṁ abhinibbattibhāvato jātiyā
tappaccayabhāvavohāro anumatto, As 341,11; ~aṁ
paṭicca kukkurayoniyaṁ nibbattitvā, Ja I 175,6; —
anubhomi sakaṁ ~aṁ pubbe dukkatam attano, V
72,8* ≠ 269,24*; Ap 264,9; sukhaṅ ... ~aṁ anubhomi,
Vv 298 (Vv-a 127,1 foll.) = 809 ≠ 1199; te ... ~āni ka-
tvāna dukhudrayāni anubhonti dukkhaṁ kaṭukap-
phalāni, Pv 82; tena ~ena ... sabbaṁ yānam anu-
bhomi, Ap 208,21 foll.; sayaṁ katānaṁ ~ānaṁ vipā-
kaṁ anubhossasī ti, Vv 873; yaṁ lobhapakataṁ
~aṁ karoti kāyena vā vācāya vā manasā vā, tassa
vipākaṁ anubhoti diṭṭhe vā dhamme upapajje vā
apare vā pariyāye ti, Nett 37,17; yena ~ena ... rūpaṁ
mayhaṁ gatī ca me iddhī ca ānubhāvo ca taṁ suṇo-
hi, Vv 665 ≠ 673; kin ... ~aṁ katvā ime sattā evaṁ
dukkham anubhavantī ti, Sp 164,25 foll. ≠ 164,31 foll.;
tassa pubbe adinnavipākassa tassa ~assa ānubhāve-
na ... sakalasarīraṁ ugghāṭitavaccakuṭī viya dug-
gandhaṁ jātaṁ, Mp I 169,9; cf. Pv 450; — nâyam ...
kayo tuṁhākam na pi aññesaṁ. purāṇaṁ idam ...
~am abhisaṅkhatam abhisañcetayitam vedaniyaṁ
daṭṭhabbaṁ, S II 65,1 qu. Nidd I 437,21 = II 280,10 (cf.
NidSa XIII 1 foll.; Abhidh-k-bh(P) 25,13 foll.; 57,33);
~aṁ ... veditabbaṁ, ~ānaṁ nidānasambhavo vedi-
tabbo +, A III 410,21; ~aṁ siyā añṅatra vedanīyaṁ,
Pv 578 (= yaṁ tasmiṁ pāpakamme uppajjavedanī-
yaṁ taṁ ahosikammaṁ nāma hoti, Pv-a 242,27) =
589; 595; dukkhavedanīyena ~ena abhāvitakāyena
ca yāva parittacetaso ca ādīnaṁ dasseti, Peṭ 48,4; —
yattha taṁ ~aṁ vipaccati tattha tassa ~assa vipā-
kaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti, A I 134,22 foll. (= tesu khandhe-
su taṁ ~aṁ vipaccati, Mp II 210,3); — na hi nassati
kassaci ~aṁ, Sn 666; ~anā nassantaṁ ... buddha pi
paṭibāhituṁ na sakkonti, Sv 96,2

" 346862581874429952,kamma,en,"

⁶

kamma

, n. [sa. karman], (t.t.gr.) direct object; cf. L.
Renou, Terminologie, s.v. karman; yaṁ karoti taṁ
~aṁ, Kacc 282 ≠ Sadd 692,5; taṁ ... ~aṁ tividhaṁ:
nibbattanīyaṁ, vikaraṇīyaṁ, pāpaṇīyañ cā ti, (cf.
Vākyapadīya III 7 45: nivārtyaṁ ca vikāryaṁ ca
prāpyaṁ ceti tridhā matam), Rūp 94,8-9 (cf. Sadd
692,7 foll); ~e dutiyā. karīyati kattu kriyāyâbhisam-
bandhīyatī ti ~aṁ, Mogg, Mogg-v II 2; yassa ...
dhātussa kriyā -am apekkhate, so sakammako,
Mogg-v V 19; — °-sañña, mfn. denoted by the techni-
cal term ""kamma;"" yaṁ vā karoti + ... taṁ kārakaṁ
~aṁ hoti, Kacc-v 282 ≠ Rūp 93,29; — ifc. akathita-°;
anabhihita-° (Sadd 693,5); anicchita-° (Sadd 692,22);
abhihita-°; icchita-°; kattu-° kathita-°; ti-° (Sadd
589,30); dvi-° (Sadd 589,30); n'-ev'-icchita-nanicchi-
ta-° (Sadd 692,24); sa-° (589,27).

" 346862581564051456,kamma,en,"

kamma

, n., motion; cf. the Vaiśeṣika category of
karman, motion (cf. Vaiśeṣikasūtra 1.1.6; YBhū (ed. V.
BHATTACHARYA): 5,7; — ifc. uddha-°.

" 346862583178858496,kamma,en,"

⁷

kamma

, n., (t.t.gr.) passive; cf. L. Renou, Termino-
logie s.v. karman; attanopadāni bhāve ca ~ani. bhā-
ve ca ~ani ca kārake abhidheyye attanopadāni hon-
ti, Kacc 455 = Rūp 428 ≠ Sadd 825,21; ~e yo bhāve
ca, 824,3 ≠ Kacc 442; bhāve ~e ca bhūte kto hoti: āsi-
taṁ bhavatā, kato kaṭo bhavatā, Mogg-v V 56; bhā-
vīyate + ... ~uno kiriyāpadāni bhavanti, Sadd 6,20
foll.; — ifc. bhāva-° (Kacc 442, 558, 562).

" 346862459757268992,kammabaddha,en,"

kamma-baddha

, w.r. of Be for next.

" 346862423900164096,kammabahula,en,"

kamma-bahula

, mfn., full of kamma; na me bhante
manussaloken' attho ~ena, Mil 7,8 foll.

" 346862423006777344,kammabala,en,"

kamma-bala

, n. [Buddh. sa. karmabala], the force of
kamma; iddhi ~ena dubbalattaṁ pattā, Ja V 126,24 =
134,23; ~ena ... attanā va attano sīse aṅgāre phunan-
ti okirantī ti, Ja VI 108,16' (cf. CPD s.v. aṅgāra, PED
s.v. phunati); assā ~ena (so read with Be; Ee °phal°)
sāmiko virattarūpo hutvā, Thī-a 261,5; āpaṇiko ~ena
(so read with Be; Ee °phal°) kaṭhalapāsāṇasakkhara-
rūpena upaṭṭhahantāni disvā, Vv-a 157,15 foll.; atta-
no ~ena (v.l. °phalena), Pv-a 82,29; nibbattasattā
pan' ettha ~ena mātukucchigatā viya na vilīyantī ti,
Dhp-a I 127,8; aṅguliyo upanāmenti, tesaṁ ~ena ta-
to khīraṁ pavattati, Sv-pṭ III 203,9 = Ss 342,9; attano
~ena paccati yeva, Mp-ṭ I 228,22; Vmv I 90,25; ~ena
yāva kammakkhayā ... tiṭṭhante, Ss 141,13.

" 346862423409430528,kammabalavavatthita,en,"

kamma-bala-vavatthita

, mfn., determined by the
force of kamma; āsayati ettha ekajjhaṁ pavattamāno
pi ~o hutvā mariyādavasena aññamaññaṁ asaṅka-
rato sayati tiṭṭhati pavattatī ti āsayo, Sv-pṭ I 326,23
(reading °phala°) = Ps-pṭ I 362,9 = Spk-pṭ II 466,24 qu.
Sv-nṭ II 105,1.[[side 253]]

" 346862460180893696,kammabandha,en,"

kamma-bandha

, m., (t.t Vin) complicity; āṇāpakas-
sa n' atthi ~o āṇattass' eva ~o, Sp 446,24 foll. qu. Vmv
I 227,8 (i.e., if a different person [vatthu] is killed at the
wrong time [kāla] at a wrong place, cf. Sp 446,14-24);
~o, Sp 447,4; ubhayesaṁ yathākālaṁ ~o udīrito,
Vin-vn 261; kammunā tena bajjhati, Vin-vn 251; ~o
niyāmito, 297.

" 346862422130167808,kammabandhabhāva,en,"

kamma-bandhâbhāva

, m. [bandha + a°], 1. ab-
sence of connection with kamma; 2. (t.t. Vin), absence of
complicity; — 1. ~ato (Be °baddh°) jāti-ādīnañ ca a-
sambhavato kuto vimokkho, Sv-pṭ I 194,12; sukhas-
sa dukkhassa ca anubhavananibandho eva sassata-
vādino na yujjati ~ato (so read), Ps-pṭ III 229,23; — 2.
~o, Vmv I 227,10.

" 346862422138556416,kammabandhābhāva,en,"

kamma-bandhâbhāva

" 346862460587741184,kammabandhana,en,"

kamma-bandhana

, n., - prec.; yena laddho sace so
pi pāsam uggalitam pi vā thiraṁ vā pi karot' evaṁ
ubhinnaṁ ~aṁ, Vin-vn 298.

" 346862460868759552,kammabandhanaṭṭhena,en,"

kamma-bandhan'-aṭṭhena

, ²ind. due to the connec-
tion with kamma; ~ena ... appasāvajjaṁ, Ps-pṭ III
78,13 (ad Ps III 172,7).

" 346862421672988672,kammabandhavinicchaya,en,"

kamma-bandha-vinicchaya

, m. (t.t. Vin), decision
of complicity; sace pi saṁvaṇṇanāpotthako (so read)
viya bahūhi ekajjhāsayehi kato hoti potthake vutta-
nayen' eva ~o veditabbo, Sp 461,6: ""if (the sword, cf.
Sp 460,30) has been made by many (persons) in a joint
effort like the book praising (death) then there is a de-
cision of complicity according to the principle as laid
down concerning the book (praising death,""for which v.
Sp 452,29-453,27).

" 346862422604124160,kammabandhu,en,"

kamma-bandhu

, mfn., having kamma as relative;
~ū hi mātiyā, Ja VI 100,10* (102,10') = Th 496d
(Th-a II 209,15); — in formula with kammadāyâda, q.v.

" 346862424541892608,kammabhaṅga,en,"

kamma-bhaṅga

, m., disruption of work; atittaṁ nik-
khittakammantaṁ janaṁ disvā ""~aṁ me kātuṁ ā-
gato"" ti anattamanatā ahosi, Spk I 248,6 (= kamma-
hāniṁ, Spk-pṭ I 267,26) ≠ Pj II 141,14.

" 346862424831299584,kammabhava,en,"

kamma-bhava

, m. [Buddh. sa. karmabhava], (kar-
madh.) (process of) becoming which is kamma, i.e.,
according to Vibh (v. exeg. infra), meritorious (puñña),
demeritorious (apuñña), and imperturbable (āneñja)
kamma formations (abhisaṅkhāra) which constitute
the cause of rebirth (upapatti or punabbhava, cf. Nidd
I 48,22 foll., q.v. infra); in the scheme of the twelve links
of paṭiccasamuppāda (causal origination), ~ is said to
be the cause of uppattibhava (q.v.), both terms defining
the function of the tenth link viz. bhava (becoming); ~ is
also used to describe the function of the first, second,
eigth, ninth and tenth link of the paṭiccasamuppāda
viz. [1] avijjā and saṅkhāra, and [2] tanhā, upâdāna,
and bhava, the remaining links being subsumed under
the heading of upapattibhava; for this analysis, cf. Paṭis
I 52,19-35; — gramm. lit.: kammam eva bhavo ~o,
Sadd 66,12 foll. (qu. Vibh 137,1); — exeg.: duvidhena
bhavo: atthi ~o, atthi upapattibhavo ... puññâbhi-
saṅkhāro apuṅṅâbhisaṅkhāro āneñjâbhisaṁkhāro:
ayaṁ vuccati ~o. sabbam pi bhavagāmikammaṁ
~o, Vibh 137,1 foll. (cf. Moh 143,31), (Vibh-a 183,17
foll., cf. gramm. lit.) qu. Vism 571,8 ≠ Nidd II 217,18;
tatth' assa uppattihetubhūtaṁ kammaṁ ~o, kam-
manibbattā khandhā uppattibhavo, Vism 199,27 foll.
= Sp 113,22foll. = Vibh-a 186,16foll.; Sp 114,3; yaṁ ...
kāmupâdānapaccayā kāmabhavanibbattakaṁ kam-
maṁ karīyati, so ~o, Vibh-a 185,5; bhavavāre kāma-
bhavo ti ~o ca upapattibhavo ca. tattha ~o nāma kā-
mabhavûpagaṁ kammam eva, Ps I 218,1,2 (ad M I
50,22) = Spk II 14,5 (Spk-pṭ II 15,19); — in exegesis of
the term bhavâbhava: bhavâbhavesū ti bhavābhave
~e, punabbhave, Nidd I 48,22 foll. (~e ti kammavaṭ-
ṭe. ... tīsu pi ~e ti ~aṁ, tathā punabbhave ti upapat-
tibhavaṁ sandhāya vuttaṁ, Nidd-a I 159,26,29,34) =
79,3 = 315,20 ≠ 109,14 = 284,12; — in definition of bhava
in the context of paṭiccasamuppāda: bhavatī ti bhavo.
so ~o uppattibhavo ca duvidho hoti, Vism 572,8 =
Vibh-a 183,13 (phalavohārena ~o bhavo, Vibh-mṭ
122,8); upādānapaccayā bhavo ti ettha kāmûpādā-
naṁ tiṇṇaṁ ~ānaṅ tiṇṇaṅ ca uppattibhavānaṁ pac-
cayo tathā sesāni pī ti. upādānapaccayā catuvīsati
bhavā veditabbā nippariyāyen' ettha dvādasa ~ā
labbhanti, Sv 498,23 foll.; upādānapaccayā bhavo ti i-
dha ~o adhippeto, Paṭis-a 363,28; — saṅgahato pana
~aṁ upapattibhavañ ca ekato katvā, Vism 573,10 =
Vibh-a 185,15; tathā dvīsu ṭhānesu kammaṁ ~o,
dvīsu vipāko vipākabhavo ti sabbam p' etaṁ ~o c'
eva vipākabhavo ca, 193,33,34; ~aṁ ākaḍḍhantaṁ
paraloke patiṭṭhitaṁ nāma, Sv 888,26 foll.; bhāvā ti
~ato. ... ~ato uppattibhavo hoti, Ps I 52,31,34; bhava-
samudayā ti ettha pana jātiyā paccayabhūto ~o
veditabbo, 217,34 (janako eva bhavo ti adhippeto,
Ps-pṭ I 318,7); ~o ca upapattibhavassa kammapacca-
yena c' eva upanissayapaccayena ca paccayo hotī ti,
Sv-pṭ I 241,19 (cf. Vism 547,38); yattha yatthûpapaj-
jantassa pana uppattiyā hetubhūtaṁ kusalâkusala-
kammaṁ ~o nāma, Ss 213,7; — ifc. akusala-° (Ps I
218,12); idha-° (Paṭis I 52,28 qu. Vism 580,33, Ps I
53,32); kusala-° (Ps I 218,11); purima-° (Paṭis I 52,19
foll. Vism 579,24 foll.; Vibh-a 192,3 foll.; Ps I 53,26);
sampayutta-akusala-° (Vibh-a 187,29).

" 346862426743902208,kammabhāva,en,"

kamma-bhāva

, m., 1. the being kamma; 2. (t.t.gr.)
the being direct object; — 1. kāyadvāren' eva samuṭ-
ṭhānato kāyakammaṁ. cittaṁ ... ettha aṅgamattaṁ
hoti, na tassa vasena ~o labbhati, Sp 271,29; imāni...
cetanāya ~e suttāni (cf. A III 415, S II 39 foll. A II 157
foll. V 292, M III 208 foll. Kv 394) As 88,36; cetanā-
sampayuttakadhammānaṁ ... ~o, 88,38; cakkhunā
rūpaṁ disvā ti suttaṁ ... saṁvarāsaṁvaram eva dī-
peti, na tassa ~aṁ, Kv-a 135,19; ~aṁ ... na sakkā vā-
retuṁ, Ps-pṭ I 304,3 foll.; — ifc. akusala-°; — °-tā, f.
[abstr.], = prec.; — ifc. ñāta-° (As-mṭ 83,6); — 2. kas-
saci ... ñeyyadhammassa anavabuddhassa abhāve-
na ñeyyavisesassa ~ena aggahaṇato ... kattuniddeso
labbhatī ti buddhavā ti buddho, Sv-pṭ I 12,11 = Ps-pṭ
I 10,9 = Spk-pṭ I 10,1 qu. Sp-ṭ I 10,12, Mp-ṭ I 12,28.[[side 254]]

" 346862426429329408,kammabhavahetuka,en,"

kamma-bhava-hetuka

, mfn., cause by the (process
of) becoming which is kamma; na kammabhavato añ-
ñahetuko ... ~o va, Vism 576,3 = Vibh-a 188,14 =
Nidd-a I 229,8.

" 346862425460445184,kammabhavapaccaya,en,"

kamma-bhava-paccaya

, mfn., (bhvr.) caused by (the
process of) becoming which is kamma; ~e ... upapatti-
bhave sattasamaññā, Ps-pṭ II 318,25.

" 346862425833738240,kammabhavapaccayā,en,"

kamma-bhava-paccayā

, ²ind., because of the (proc-
ess of) becoming which is kamma; yā hi tassa kulage-
he nibbatti, sa ~ savikārā jāti nāma. Spk II 55,16;
bhavapaccayā jātī ti ~ paṭisandhikhandhānaṁ pātu-
bhāvo, Paṭis-a 363,30 = Nidd-a I 228,30.

" 346862425154260992,kammabhavauppattibhava,en,"

kamma-bhava-uppatti-bhava

, m., (dv.) (the process
of) becoming which is kamma and (the process of) be-
coming which is rebirth; ~-vasena dve bhavā honti,
Vism 573,22; — °-bheda, m., the distinction between
(the process of) becoming which is kamma and (the
process of) becoming which is rebirth; ~aṁ vā anupa-
gamma saddhiṁ antogadhehi kāmabhavâdivasena
tayo bhavā honti, Vism 573,19 = Vibh-a 185,28 (read-
ing °upapatti°, cf. CPD s.v. uppatti).

" 346862426144116736,kammabhavavibhāga,en,"

kamma-bhava-vibhāga

, m., the division of the (proc-
ess of) becoming which is kamma; pañca rūpībrahma-
loke, cattāro arūpībrahmaloke ti evaṁ nava brah-
maloke kammabhavavibhāgena, sesānaṁ gaṇanā-
naṁ upapattibhavavibhāgena, Spk-pṭ I 173,7.

" 346862427708592128,kammabhedavibhāvana,en,"

kamma-bheda-vibhāvana

, n., exposition of the divi-
sions of kamma; -an ti diṭṭhadhammavedanīyâdi-
naṁ kammānaṁ vibhāvanaṁ, Ss 129,3.

" 346862364215218176,kammabhilāsin,en,"

kammâbhilāsi(n)

, mfn. [kamma + abhi°], desir-
ing, wishing (one's) act; — ifc. saka-° (Ap 348,19 [so
read]; 427,7). kammâbhilāsin

" 346862364231995392,kammābhilāsin,en,"

kammâbhilāsi(n)

, mfn. [kamma + abhi°], desir-
ing, wishing (one's) act; — ifc. saka-° (Ap 348,19 [so
read]; 427,7). kammâbhilāsin

" 346862363036618752,kammabhinibbatta,en,"

kammâbhinibbatta

, mfn. [kamma + abhi°], gene-
rated by kamma; — uppattibhavo ... saṅkhepato ~ā
khandhā, Vism 571,27; 574,7 foll. = Vibh-a 186,16 foll.;
— kāmabhavūpagaṁ kammam pi ~ā upâdiṇṇak-
khandhā, Ps II 347,22 (ad M 294,17; cf. Vism 573,10
foll. = Vibh-a 185,15 foll.); — ye keci... Bhagavato kā-
yikā ābādhā uppannā na te ~ā, Mil 137,15; — ifc.
paritta-° (Spk II 19,31).

" 346862363049201664,kammābhinibbatta,en,"

kammâbhinibbatta

" 346862363799982080,kammabhiraddha,en,"

kammâbhiraddha

, n. and mfn. [pp. of kamma +
abhi°], 1. (n.) satisfaction with (somebody's) acts; 2.
(mfn.) satisfied, pleased with (somebody's) acts; only ifc.;
padhānaṁ pahitatto 'si buddho loke sadevake tava
~ena tosesi janataṁ bahuṁ, Ap 92,16; — 2. ifc
saka-° (Ap 34,14; 66,8; Ap-a 267,21).

" 346862363825147904,kammābhiraddha,en,"

kammâbhiraddha

" 346862363355385856,kammabhirata,en,"

kammâbhirata

, n. [kamma + abhi°], pleasure in
(manual) work; kammârāmataṁ ~aṁ anuyutto pasu-
to, It-a II 67,29.

" 346862363367968768,kammābhirata,en,"

kammâbhirata

, n. [kamma + abhi°], pleasure in
(manual) work; kammârāmataṁ ~aṁ anuyutto pasu-
to, It-a II 67,29.

" 346862364915666944,kammabhisanda,en,"

kammâbhisanda

, n. [kamma + abhi°], result of
kamma; ten' eva ~ena iddhiyānam abhiruyha pat-
thitaṁ nibbānanagaraṁ pāpuṇṇeyyā ti, Mil 276,30.

" 346862364928249856,kammābhisanda,en,"

kammâbhisanda

, n. [kamma + abhi°], result of
kamma; ten' eva ~ena iddhiyānam abhiruyha pat-
thitaṁ nibbānanagaraṁ pāpuṇṇeyyā ti, Mil 276,30.

" 346862364559151104,kammabhisaṅkhāra,en,"

kammâbhisaṅkhāra

, m. [kamma + abhi°; cf.
Buddh. sa. karmābhisaṁskāra], the formations consti-
tuted by kamma; cf. D III 217,25 and S II 82,15-17; —
exeg.: tayo ~ā ti puññâbhisaṅkhārâdayo tayo abhi-
saṅkhārā, Spk-pṭ I 151,17 (ad Spk I 110,26); 221,7 (ad
Spk I 187,20); 62,1; — ye atītā ~ā avipakkavipākā, te
~e sosehi, Nidd I 434,4,5; ākiñcaṅṅâyatanasaṁvatta-
niko ~o, ākiñcañṅâyatanasaṁvattanikaṁ ~aṁ ākiñ-
caṅṅâyatanasambhavo ti ñatvā, Nidd II 101,30,31;
Pj II 601,17; ~-vasena paṭisandhiko khandhamāro,
Nidd II 227,8; punabbhavakkhandhānaṁ paccayo
~o, Ps II 115,33; ~aṁ bhindanto jātisaṁsārapari-
khaṁ saṅkiritvā, 117,3 = Mp III 265,8; nandirāgo
nāma tayo ~ā ... nandirāgena tayo ~ā gahitā, Spk I
110,26 foll.; asaṅkhar[ā/a]no (so read; v. CPD s.v.) ti tayo
~e anabhisaṅkharonto, 187,20 (ad S I 126,26); tivi-
dhassa ~assa gahitattā dvādasapadiko paccayâkāro
gahito va hoti, II 78,9; — ifc. tividha-° (~-vasa, Spk I
21,16; Spk-pṭ I 61,27).[[side 269]]

" 346862364575928320,kammābhisaṅkhāra,en,"

kammâbhisaṅkhāra

" 346862427394019328,kammabhūmi,en,"

kamma-bhūmi

, f. [cf. Amg. kammabhūmi, Amg-D
s.v.; sa. karmabhūmi], 1. work place; 2. the realm of
kamma (cf. KIRF.-Kosm.: 58); — 1. nagarā nikkham-
ma mahāmaggaṁ āruyha attano ~iṁ gacchanto
bhikkhatthāya, Ja III 411,20'; — 2. ayaṁ (scil. ma-
nussaloko) maggabrahmacariyassa ~i nāma, Spk II
400,19 (manussaloko purisathāmakaraṇāya ~i nāma
tāsaṁ yogyaṭṭhānabhāvato, Spk-pṭ II 314,12); dāya-
kānaṁ ... paṭhamaṁ ~im anusāsati, Mil 229,13.

" 346862427096223744,kammabhūta,en,"

kamma-bhūta

, mfn., (t.t.gr.) having status as kam-
ma-kāraka, i.e., being the direct object; ettha pana u-
payogavacanena saddhiṁ niccaṁ vattantī ti ādiva-
canaṁ ~aṁ atthaṁ sandhāya katan ti veditabbaṁ,
Sadd 142,17; 339,19; 486,19; 691,18; disābhūtadham-
mānaṁ volokayanasamānayanabhāvato vohārabhū-
to, ~o ca nayo, Nett-ṭ 34,8.

" 346862424214736896,kammabīja,en,"

kamma-bīja

, n., kamma seed; asati ca ~e, Ud-a 372,6.

" 346862129069953024,kammacatukka,en,"

kamma-catukka

, n., 1. group of four (types of) acts
on which, cf. ³kamma b.(ii); 2. group of four acts (of
committing an offence [āpatti]); — 1. ayaṁ ... desanā
ekaccakammakiriyavasena āgatā imasmiṁ ca ~e
kathite imesaṁ kiriyā pākaṭā bhavissatī ti, Ps III
103,3 foll. (ad M I 389,21; Ps-pṭ III 44,30); idaṁ pana
~aṁ patvā dvādasa akusalacetanā kaṇhā nāma, Ps
III 105,20 (Ps-pṭ III 47,3); cetanāsampayuttakadham-
mānaṁ pana kammabhāvo ~ena dīpito, As 88,38
(qu. A II 230,21 foll.); evaṁ ime kho bojjhaṅgamag-
gaṅgabhedato pannarasa dhamma ~ena dīpitā, As
89,19; — with reference to the three times four types of
kamma described at Paṭis II 78,5 foll. [on which, v.
³kamma b.(iv)]: tīṇi ~āni āharitvā vuccanti, Paṭis-a
575,30; — 2. ~e, Sp 1329,31 (ad Vin V 125,6-9).

" 346862129946562560,kammacatukkabheda,en,"

kamma-catukka-bheda

, m., the distinction between
the groups of four types of kamma; (kammaṁ) ~ehi
vibhāveyya, Nāmar-p 332.

" 346862131678810112,kammaccheda,en,"

kamma-ccheda

, m., discontinuation of work; Bārā-
ṇasirājā ... manussānaṁ ~aṁ katvā ... manussā
cintesuṁ ayaṁ rājā amhākaṁ ~aṁ karoti, Ja I
149,27,29; III 270,20; kammaṁ karonte makasā khā-
danti, tappaccayā amhākaṁ ~o hoti, 246,23; sve nac-
cadassanaṁ gammissāmī ti, ajja vatthagandhamālâ-
dīni paṭiyādentass' eva sakaladivasam pi ~o hoti,
Sv 946,19; dvīhi kattabbakamme tatiyassa ~o bha-
veyya, Ps II 242,17; — °-vasa, m.; yasmā c' ettha na
bahunnaṁ ~ena pīḷāsaṁkhāto samārambho atthi
tasmā appasamārambhataraṁ, Sv 303,17 (Sv-nṭ II
316,11) ≠ Mp II 267,23.

" 346862131238408192,kammacchidda,en,"

kamma-cchidda

, m., fault of action; Sirimā ... tādi-
sena ~ena appalābhī ahosi, Th-a II 35,12; ayam ...
purākatena ekena ~ena nesâdayoniyaṁ nibbattitvā,
Ap-a 398,12; 408,19; 567,7.

" 346862128218509312,kammacetanā,en,"

kamma-cetanā

, f., (kamadh.), kamma constituted
by intention, on which, cf. ³kamma a.(i); cetanā ti ~ā,
Mp II 334,31 ≠ Spk-pṭ II 316,5; arūpe pi dve yeva
dhamma rūpaṁ samuṭṭhāpenti cittañ c' eva ~ā ca,
Vibh-a 25,20; ~ā niruddhā va paccayo hoti, 25,25; cit-
tañ ti vā cittuppādaṁ gaṇhāti, na ~aṁ viya eka-
dhammam eva avijjamānaṁ, Vibh-mṭ 20,10.

" 346862123793518592,kammacitta,en,"

kamma-citta

, n. [cf. kammacetanā, q.v.], intention as
kamma; ct. also proposes the alternative interpretation
""diversity of kamma;"" tiracchānagatā pāṇā (so read;
Ee pana) citten' eva cittatā ti, ~en' eva cintitā. taṁ
pana ~aṁ ime vaṭṭakatittirâdayo evaṁ cittā bhavis-
sāmā ti āyūhantā nāma n' atthi, Spk II 327,27,28; (ad S
III 152,3; ~enā ti kammaviññāṇena. ~enā ti vā kam-
massa cittabhāvena, Spk-pṭ II 253,14).[[side 226]]

" 346862130370187264,kammacittīkata,en,"

kamma-cittī-kata

, mfn., painted, shining because of
kamma ?; ct. explains that ~ is used in a transferred
sense as the black colour of the hair is due to temperature
conditioned by kamma; pādatalesu lomānī ti ubhosu
rattesu pādatalesu sukhumāni (so read with v. l.; Ee
°aṁ) añjanavaṇṇāni ~āni lomāni (so read with Be; Ee
°citta°) jātāni honti, Sp 1080,27 (~ānī ti upacārena vut-
taṁ. kammapaccaya-utusamuṭṭhāne hi tesaṁ añja-
navaṇṇabhāvo, Vjb 476,6).

" 346862527835017216,kammadāya,en,"

kamma-dāya

, n., kamma inheritance; kammena
dātabbaṁ phalaṁ dāyaṁ, kammassa dāyaṁ ~aṁ,
taṁ ādiyāmī ti kammadāyādo (so read, v. s.v.), Mp V
40,24 foll. (ad A V 88,8).

" 346862526929047552,kammadāyada,en,"

kamma-dāyâda

, mfn. [cf. kammadāyajja, q.v.], re-
ceiving kamma as inheritance; — exeg.: kammena dā-
tabbaṁ phalaṁ dāyaṁ, kammassa dāyaṁ kamma-
dāyaṁ, taṁ ādiyāmī ti ~o (so read with Be III 314,14;
Ee om.), Mp V 40,5 foll. (ad A V 88,8); kammena dā-
tabbaṁ dāyaṁ tibbipākaṁ ādiyantī ti ~ā, Ps-pṭ III
46,3 (ad Ps III 104,23, q.v. infra) ≠ As-mṭ 67,2; kam-
munā dātabbaṁ ādiyantī ti ~ā, Ps-pṭ III 372,19 (ad Ps
V 10,22, q.v. infra); — evaṁ p' ahaṁ Puṇṇa ~ā sattā
ti vadāmi, M I 390,3,16 (~ā ti kammadāyajjā kam-
mam eva nesaṁ dāyajjaṁ bhaṇḍakan (so read, cf. Ps
V 10,22, q.v. infra) ti vadāmi, Ps III 104,23) qu. Kv
522,30; kammabandhū ti hi mātiyā, maccā kamma-
bandhū ~ā, Th-a II 209,15 (ad Th 496); — in formula
(4+5, +4+4+7): (in Cūḷakammavibhaṅgasutta) kam-
massakā, māṇava, sattā ~ā kammayonī kammaban-
dhū kammapaṭisaraṇā, M III 203,4 (cf. Mh-karmav
30,3 foll.; Ps V 10,22) qu. Mil 65,27 = As 66,9 (As-mṭ
67,2) = A V 88,8 ≠ III 72,2 foll. (Mp III 260,2; Mp-ṭ III
25,10); cf. Vism 301,10 foll.; yasmiṁ ... puggale āghā-
to jāyetha ... kammassako ayam āyasmā ~o kam-
mayoni kammabandhu kammapaṭisaraṇo, yaṁ kam-
maṁ karissati kalyāṇaṁ vā pāpakaṁ vā, tassa dā-
yādo bhavissatī ti, A III 186,6 ≠ V 288,26 foll.[[side 239]]

" 346862526941630464,kammadāyāda,en,"

kamma-dāyâda

" 346862528451579904,kammadāyajja,en,"

kamma-dāyajja

, n. and mfn., 1. (n.) kamma inheri-
tance; 2. (mfn.) having kamma as inheritance; — 1.
taṁ pana ~aṁ kāraṇopacārena vadanto ""kammam
etesaṁ dāyajjaṁ bhaṇḍakan ti attho ti"" āha, Ps-pṭ
III 372,20 (ad Ps V 10,22); — 2. kammadāyādā ti ~ā
[v.l °yajjaṁ] kammam eva nesaṁ dāyajjaṁ bhaṇḍa-
kan (so read, cf. Ps V 10,22 supra); ti vadāmi, Ps III
104,23 (ad M I 390,3,16; kammassa dāyajjatā kamma-
phalassa dāyajjaṁ, tasmā vuttaṁ ~ā ti, Ps-pṭ III
46,4); — °-tā, f. [abstr.], the having kamma as inheri-
tance; ~ā, Ps-pṭ III 46,4 (v. prec).

" 346862532188704768,kammadhammaniyāmatā,en,"

kamma-dhamma-niyāma-tā

, f. [abstr.], the law of
kamma and of dhamma; two of five kinds of laws (cf.
kammaniyāma, q.v.); utubījaniyāmo ca ~ā, Ss 267,17*.

" 346862532482306048,kammadhāraya,en,"

kamma-dhāraya

, m. [sa. karmadhāraya], (t.t.gr.)
""kammadhāraya"" cpd., cf. L. Renou, Terminologie,
s.v. karmadhāraya; AiGr. II.1: 140 § 58aβ with
Nachtr.: 42; — exeg.: so ca navavidho kammam iva
dvayaṁ dhārayatī ti ~o, Rūp 121,28 qu. (in slightly
edited form) Sadd 751,17,22; — dvipade tulyâdhika-
raṇe ~o, Kacc 326 and Kacc-v ad loc. = Rūp 324 ≠
Sadd 751,12 foll.; so (scil. samāso) ca saññāvasena
chabbidho: abyayībhāvo, ~o +, Rūp 117,4; navadhā
~o, 144,9; — ifc. dvanda-° (Kacc 330 foll.; ~-gabbha,
330; Sadd 763,8,17); — °-vasa, m.; gamo eva upacā-
ro gāmûpacāro ti evaṁ ~ena gahite Kurundaṭṭha-
kathâdīsu vuttam pi suvuttam eva hotī ti vadanti,
Vjb 124,27.[[side 240]]

" 346862532792684544,kammadhārayasamāsa,en,"

kamma-dhāraya-samāsa

, m., ""kammadhāraya""
cpd.; gramm. lit.: saṅkhyāpubbo ~o digusaṅño hoti,
Kacc 327 = Rūp 126,31; — °-tā, f. [abstr.], the fact of
being a ""kammadhāraya"" cpd.; pajahanto ramatī ti
etena pahānârāmasaddānaṁ kattusādhanataṁ ~añ
ca dasseti, Sv-pṭ III 300,15 (ad Sv 1016,33); Mp-ṭ II
273,18; — ifc. digu-° (Kacc 328).

" 346862533136617472,kammadhārayasamāsattadīpanatthaṃ,en,"

kamma-dhāraya-samāsa-tta-dīpan'-atthaṁ

, ²ind.,
for the sake of showing the fact that (""iddhipāṭihāriya"")
is a ""kammadhāraya"" cpd.; iddhipāṭihāriyan ti pa-
dassa ~, Paṭis-a 694,30.

" 346862507685580800,kammadhārayasañña,en,"

kamma-dhāraya-sañña

, mfn., denoted by (the tech-
nical term) ""kammadhāraya;"" ~o, Kacc 326 = Rūp
324; Kacc 334; Rūp 135,32; yasmiṁ payoge so samā-
so ~o hoti, Sadd 751,14.

" 346862533702848512,kammadheyya,en,"

kamma-dheyya

, n. [for the quasi-suffix dheyya = sa.
dheya, cf. vārtt. 2-3 ad Pāṇ V 4 36; AiGr. II.2 § 556
pp. 725, 827-29], task, duty; — in formula: uṭṭhātā
~esu appamato vidhānavā +, A IV 285,7* (= kam-
makaraṇaṭṭhānesu uṭṭhānaviriyasampanno, Mp IV
139,2) = 289,10* = 322,13* = 325,5* ≠ Ja VI 297,1* (=
attano kattabakammesu, 297,9').

" 346862359236579328,kammadhiggahita,en,"

kammâdhiggahita

, mfn. [kamma + adhi°], over-
powered by kamma; Mahāmoggallāno laguḷahato pa-
rinibbuto, tañ ca pana ~enā ti, Mil 188,24; 189,11 foll.

" 346862359249162240,kammādhiggahita,en,"

kammâdhiggahita

, mfn. [kamma + adhi°], over-
powered by kamma; Mahāmoggallāno laguḷahato pa-
rinibbuto, tañ ca pana ~enā ti, Mil 188,24; 189,11 foll.

" 346862358922006528,kammadhikata,en,"

kammâdhikata

, n. [kamma + adhi°], influence of
kamma; ~ena na vilayaṁ gacchati, Mil 67,20 foll. (=
pubbe adhikatena kammena mūlakaraṇabhūtena,
Mil-ṭ 15,31) qu. Ss 142,3.

" 346862358934589440,kammādhikata,en,"

kammâdhikata

, n. [kamma + adhi°], influence of
kamma; ~ena na vilayaṁ gacchati, Mil 67,20 foll. (=
pubbe adhikatena kammena mūlakaraṇabhūtena,
Mil-ṭ 15,31) qu. Ss 142,3.

" 346862360234823680,kammadhimutta,en,"

kammâdhimutta

, mfn. [kamma + adhi°], bent on
kamma; imassa puggalassa ~assa rāgacaritassa nek-
khammadhātūnaṁ pāripūriṁ gacchanti, Peṭ 36,19.

" 346862360255795200,kammādhimutta,en,"

kammâdhimutta

, mfn. [kamma + adhi°], bent on
kamma; imassa puggalassa ~assa rāgacaritassa nek-
khammadhātūnaṁ pāripūriṁ gacchanti, Peṭ 36,19.

" 346862359794421760,kammadhipateyya,en,"

kammâdhipateyya

, mfn. [kamma + ādhi°; Buddh.
sa. karmādhipatya; ], (bhvr.) having authority over
(one's) acts; yan nūnâhaṁ kammasāmī + ... ~o +...
vihareyyan ti, Mil 288,28;

" 346862359802810368,kammādhipateyya,en,"

kammâdhipateyya

, mfn. [kamma + ādhi°; Buddh.
sa. karmādhipatya; ], (bhvr.) having authority over
(one's) acts; yan nūnâhaṁ kammasāmī + ... ~o +...
vihareyyan ti, Mil 288,28;

" 346862359966388224,kammādhippāya,en,"

kammādhippāya

, 1. m., (t.t. Vin) intention to take
legal action; 2. mfn., intending to take legal action; 1.
adhippāyabhedo ... ayaṁ hi adhippāyo nāma ...
~o, Sp 597,9 qu. Pālim 459,20 (tajjanīyâdisattavidham
pi kammaṁ karissāmā ti āpattiyā codentassa adhip-
pāyo, Sp-ṭ II 355,23 foll. ≠ Vmv I 293,4); ~o ... ti satta
adhippāyā paṭikkhittā honti, Kkh 43,11; 2. te ~ā na
maraṇâdhippāyā, Sp 475,12 (ad kammaṁ karissāma,
Vin III 84,25); ~ā ti tajjanīyâdikammakaraṇâdhippā-
yā, Sp-ṭ II 276,27 = Vmv I 237,27; ~ena asammukhā
sattavidham pi kammaṁ karontassa, Kkh 44,6.

" 346862359584706560,kammadhiṭṭhāyaka,en,"

kammâdhiṭṭhāyaka

, m. [kamma + adhi°], super-
intendant of (construction) work; ~assa ... iddhiyā ...
niṭṭhāsi Asokârāmasavhayo, Mhv V 174; Indagutto
mahāthero chaḷabhiñño ... ~o, Mhv XXX 98; v. PPN
s.v. 1. Indagutta; — ifc. nava-° (Thūp 188,29); — °-In-
dagutta-tthera, m.; Npr.; = 1. Indagutta; ~o khuddâ-
nukhuddakaṁ kammaṁ anuvidhāyanto kāresi,
Thūp 238,22;

" 346862359597289472,kammādhiṭṭhāyaka,en,"

kammâdhiṭṭhāyaka

" 346862534009032704,kammadhoreyya,en,"

kamma-dhoreyya

, mfn. [cf. sa. dhaureya], capable of
carrying the burden of kamma; yannūnâhaṁ kamma-
sāmī assaṁ kammagaru ... ~o (Be °dhorayho) kam-
maniketavā appamatto vihareyyan ti, Mil 288,28.

" 346862533417635840,kammadhura,en,"

kamma-dhura

, m., work load; te ~am vaḍḍhati, Ja I
196,29; ~aṁ vaḍḍhamānaṁ, 197,3; te ... ~aṁ chaḍ-
ḍessanti, 337,32 qu. Sp-ṭ II 307,25, Mp-ṭ III 65,7.

" 346862358309638144,kammadisaṃsaggarahita,en,"

kammâdi-saṁsagga-rahita

, mfn. [cf. kammâdi-
saṁsaṭṭha, q.v.], (t.t.gr.) without connection with
(the case ending of) the direct object, etc.; ... ~o ...
suddho saddattho idha liṅgattho nāma, Rūp 92,27
qu. Sadd 714,19.[[side 268]]

" 346862358322221056,kammādisaṃsaggarahita,en,"

kammâdi-saṁsagga-rahita

" 346862358620016640,kammadisaṃsaṭṭha,en,"

kammâdi-saṁsaṭṭha

, mfn. [cf. kammâdisaṁsag-
garahita, q.v.], (t.t.gr.) connected with (the case ending
of) the direct object, etc.; so (scil. liṅgattha) ... ~o sud-
dho cā ti duvidho, Rūp 92,26 qu. Sadd 714,17.

" 346862358632599552,kammādisaṃsaṭṭha,en,"

kammâdi-saṁsaṭṭha

" 346862529344966656,kammadosa,en,"

kamma-dosa

, m., 1. fault of action; 2. kamma fault;
— 1. attakammâparādho ti attano ~o, Ja IV 443,18';
— 2. ~ena ... cittavipallāsadosena ca gūthabhakkha-
pāṇâdayo ummattakâdayo ca pariyeseyyuṁ (scil. a-
niṭṭhaṁ), Vibh-mṭ II 8,2 (ad Vibh-a 9,10).

" 346862529651150848,kammadosa,en,"

kamma-dosa

, m., (t.t. Vin) fault in the proceedings;
— etā (scil. bhikkhuniyo) n' eva jānanti kammaṁ vā
~aṁ vā kammavipattiṁ vā kammasampattiṁ vā,
Vin IV 231,15 foll. = 310,11 qu. Kkh 191,19 (~an ti an-
aññāya gaṇassa chandan ti evamādī ti likhitaṁ [scil.
in the Gaṇṭhipada]. kattabbaṭṭhānadosan ti porāṇā,
Vjb 360,18 foll); dve ~ā, Vin V 116,29; dvādasa ~ā,
213,34* = 215,2* (Sp 1389,8-12; Vmv II 311,15); pane'
eva ~ā pakāsitā, Vin-vn 3014; — °-tā, f. [abstr.];
Vin-vn 3023.

" 346862529055559680,kammadussaka,en,"

kamma-dussaka

, m. [dussaka = dūs°], a defamer of
(good) acts; ussuyyake duhadaye purise ~e kālakaṇ-
ṇī mahārāja ramati cakkabhañjanī, Ja V 113,1* (- ka-
lyānakammadussake, V 114,25'); — ifc. kalyāna-° (Ja
V 114,25' [Be dūsaka]).

" 346862528753569792,kammadutiyakā,en,"

kamma-dutiyakā

, f. [cf. kammasahāya 1., q.v.],
companion in work (i.e. agriculture); gāvo kamme sa-
jīvānan ti, kammena saha jīvantānaṁ gāvo va
kamme kammasahāyā, ~ā nāma honti, Spk I 101,17
(ad S I 44,21*).

" 346862526216015872,kammadvāra,en,"

kamma-dvāra

, n., door of action; there are three prin-
cipal doors of action corresponding to three kinds of acts
viz. kāyakamma, vacīkamma, manokamma (cf. ³kam-
ma, e.g., M I 373,10 foll); sattā kusalâkusalakammaṁ
āyūhamānā yehi dvārehi āyūhanti, tāni tīṇi ~āni
dassento, Vibh-a 144,29; ~āni dassitāni, As 88,12 foll.;
tīṇi pi ~āni asuddhāni, 151,27; tad eva catubhūma-
kakusalaṁ tiṇṇaṁ ~ānaṁ vasena pariyādiyitvā,
345,9; — rūpârammanaṁ kusalaṁ tividhapuññaki-
riyavatthuvasena navahi ~ehi bhājetvā dassesi
dhammarājā, As 78,13 foll.; — dve navakā aṭṭhārasa
~āni nāma, 212,36 (As-mṭ 110,18 foll); — yaṁ kam-
maṁ tīhi ~ehi ... upacitaṁ abhinibbattivipākakam-
maṁ, Th-a I 184,29 (ad Th 80); virati nāma ~-vasena
kāyavācāhi viramaṇaṁ, Pj II 25,11; idaṁ tividham
pi ~aṁ na upahaññetha, Ja IV 14,8'; manodvāre pi
vipākadvāraṁ sandhāya paṭikkhipati, ~aṁ sandhā-
ya paṭijānāti, Kv-a 135,17 (= kusalâkusalamanaṁ,
Ppk-mṭ 97,10); ~añ ca kammañ ca, Abhidh-av 8,4;
As-mṭ 72,3; tiṁsāya ~esu, Moh 26,8; — ifc. asaṁvu-
ta-° (Ps I 152,15); āyūhana-° (Vibh-a 145,11); kāya-°
(As 82,10 foll.; 85,5,26); kāya-vacī-° (As-mṭ 127,12); ti-
vidha-° (~-vasena, As 105,33); mano-° (As 82,10;
As-mṭ 127,12; 85,2,4); vacī-° (As 82,10); vacī-mano-°
(As 85,5); — °âdi, mfn.; ~īnaṁ, Ps-pṭ I 253,20.

" 346862530607452160,kammadvārabhāva,en,"

kamma-dvāra-bhāva

, m., the being a door of action;
kammakkhayakaramanassa ~o na yujjatī ti, As-anuṭ
83,24; — ifc. kāya-° (As 85,32).

" 346862530913636352,kammadvārabheda,en,"

kamma-dvāra-bheda

, m., the difference between the
(three) doors of action; anāvaraṇañāṇaṁ tāva ~ehi vi-
bhajitvā, Nett-a 74,3 (ad Nett 17,25) = Nett 217,10.

" 346862531555364864,kammadvārabhedana,en,"

kamma-dvārâbhedana

, n. [dvāra + a°], non-differ-
entiation of the doors of action; kammapathaṁ appattā-
nam pi taṁtaṁdvāre saṁsandanaṁ avarodhanaṁ
dvārantare kammantaruppattiyam pi ~añ ca dvāra-
saṁsandanaṁ nāma, As-mṭ 78,2 (As-anuṭ 85,1 o).

" 346862531567947776,kammadvārābhedana,en,"

kamma-dvārâbhedana

" 346862530330628096,kammadvārakammapathapuññakiriyāvat
thubheda,en,"

kamma-dvāra-kamma-patha-puñña-kiriyā-vat-
thu-bheda

, m., the distinction between the doors of ac-
tion, the courses of action, and the basis of meritorious
acts; kāmâvacarakusalesu ~o, As 265,28.

" 346862518892761088,kammadvārattaya,en,"

kamma-dvāra-ttaya

, n., the three doors of action;
~aṁ, Nāmar-p 360 foll.

" 346862531215626240,kammadvāravavatthāna,en,"

kamma-dvāra-vavatthāna

, n. [cf. kammavavat-
thāna], the definition of (the three kinds of) action and
(their corresponding) doors; yadi pana dvārānam pi
dvārabhāvena kammantaracaraṇaṁ kammānaṅ ca
dvārantaracaranaṁ na siyā, suṭṭhutaraṁ ~aṁ siyā,
As-mṭ 74,7.

" 346862530041221120,kammadvaya,en,"

kamma-dvaya

, n., 1. two acts; 2. (t.t.gr.) two kam-
ma-kārakas, i.e., direct objects; — 1. itarasmiṁ pi ~e
es' eva nayo, Ps V 21,2; — 2. te yācanakâdayo maṁ
... nivesanaṁ pucchanti, akkharacintakā hi īdisesu
ṭhānesu ~aṁ icchanti, Pv-a 121,1 (ad Pv 272); Sv-nṭ I
44,16; — °âbhāva, m., absence of two direct objects; in
discussion of the exegesis of the canonical phrase ""Bud-
dhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi:"" gamanakiriyāya ~ato, Pj
I 17,32 (cf. O. H. PIND, Studies in the Pāli Grammarians
II.1, JPTS XIV 1990:199 foll).

" 346862127316733952,kammagahaṇa,en,"

kamma-gahaṇa

, n., 1. the acquiring of kamma; 2.
the use of (the word) kamma; — 1. kammasamādānā-
ni ti ~āni, Mp II 219,10 (qu. and commenting on Vibh
338,18 foll.); — 2. aniṭṭhappasaṅganivāraṇatthaṁ
~aṁ, Vjb 108,5 (ad Sp 271,19*).

" 346862126083608576,kammagaru,en,"

kamma-garu

, mfn., having authority over kamma;
yannūnâhaṁ kammasāmī assaṁ ~u + vihareyyan
ti, Mil 288,20.

" 346862126490456064,kammagaruka,en,"

kamma-garuka

, mfn., important for kamma, i.e., ce-
tanā according to ct.: tapparāyaṇan ti ākiñcāññâyata-
namayaṁ (Ee w.r. °aṁ ayaṁ) tapparāyaṇaṁ kam-
maparāyaṇaṁ vipākaparāyaṇaṁ ~aṁ paṭisandhiga-
rukaṁ, Nidd II Be 171,2 (= cetanāgarukaṁ, Nidd-a II
70,18) - Ee 197,14.

" 346862125211193344,kammagati,en,"

kamma-gati

, f., the destiny of kamma; devasaṅ-
ghaṁ ~iṁ jānāpetvā, Mp I 133,19.

" 346862127811661824,kammaguna,en,"

kamma-guna

, n., the merit of action; — °-vasa, m.;
pharaṇakammavasena ~ena ca mahatī karuṇā ma-
hākaruṇā, Paṭis-a 158,6 (ad Paṭis I 3,8).

" 346862357399474176,kammahārattaka,en,"

Kammahārattaka

, m.; Npr.; ~o nāma senāpati,
Mhv XXXIII 33 = Mhv-ṭ 612,20.

" 346862357705658368,kammahetu,en,"

kamma-hetu

, ²ind., because of an act; ~ arahā ara-
hattā parihāyatī ti, Kv 398,2 foll. (yesaṁ laddhi sey-
yathā pi Pubbaseliyānañ c' eva Sammitiyānañ ca,
Kv-a 112,24); 399,14; — ifc. samādiṇṇa-° (Sv 871,21);
— °-kathā, f., Discourse on [the Question of whether an
Arahat forsakes his Arahats/n'p because of an act]; title
of Kv VIII 11; ~ā, Kv-a 112,24; Moh 271,17;

" 346862340219604992,kammahīna,en,"

kamma-hīna

, mfn., devoid of work; mâhaṁ ~o assaṁ
payogahīno garahito devamanussānaṁ, Mil 288,26.

" 346862132182126592,kammaja,en,"

kamma-ja

, mfn. [Buddh. sa. karmaja], born of kam-
ma, kamma-produced; in Abhidh hadaya (or vatthu,
cf. Vism 451,29) and the eight indriya's are exclusively
~; — gramm. lit.: (on the formation of ~) jana janane,
kammato jāto ti atthe kvippaccayo ... ~o vipāko +,
Rūp 238,24; Mogg III 10; — exeg.: katame ettha ~ā +
ye keci mahārāja sattā sacetanā sabbe te ~ā ... ākāso
ca nibbānañ ca ime dve akammajā + nibbānaṁ pa-
na mahārāja na vattabbaṁ: -an ti +, Mil 271,7 foll.
qu. Ss 124,5 foll.; (defining the kamma produced triad
[kammajattika]): kammato jātaṁ ~aṁ, tadaṅñapac-
cayajātaṁ akammajaṁ, na kutoci jātaṁ n' eva ~aṁ
nâkammajaṁ, Vism 451,11 foll. (yaṁ ekantakamma-
samuṭṭhānaṁ aṭṭhindriyāni, hadayañ cā ti navavi-
dhaṁ rūpaṁ, yañ ca navavidhe catusamuṭṭhāne
kammasamuṭṭhānaṁ navavidham eva rūpan ti e-
vaṁ aṭṭhārasavidham pi kammato uppajjanato ~aṁ,
Vism-mhṭ II 108,6; cf. Abhidh-s-mhṭ 161,5,6); ~ā
kammajanevakammajanâkammajabhedato ca tivi-
dhaṁ. ... kammato jātaṁ ~aṁ: aṭṭh' indriyāni vat-
thuñ ca ~aṁ; tad' aññappaccayā jātaṁ akammajaṁ;
na kutoci jātaṁ nevakammajanâkammajaṁ: jaratā
aniccatā ca, Abhidh-av 75,20 foll.; — tadā me ~ā vātā
uppannā atidāruṇā, Ap 559,6 qu. Thī-a 114,16*; — in
description of the birth of a human being: yaṁ vijāya-
mānāya mātuyā ~ehi vātehi parivattetvā narakapa-
pātaṁ viya ... dukkhaṁ uppajjati, Vism 500,26 qu.
Paṭis-a 144,9 (cf. Sv 886,5 = Ps IV 176,20 ≠ It-a I
113,25); — defining the nature of rūpa as born of one (as
opposed to rūpa born of two three four, or nothing) tat-
tha -am eva cittajam eva ca ekajaṁ nāma. tesu sad-
dhiṁ hadayavatthunā indriyarūpaṁ ~am eva, Vism
451,35 foll. (= kammato eva jātaṁ, Vism-mhṭ II 110,10);
Moh 67,28; cakkhuppasādâdiaṭṭhavidhaṁ rūpaṁ
saddhiṁ hadayavatthunā ~aṁ nāma, As 342,16; —
describing nāmarūpa (cf. Vism 561,6 foll.) as condi-
tioned by viññāṇa according to the opinion of the sut-
tantikas: abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇaṁ ... asaṅñasattarū-
passa vā paṅcavokārabhave vā ~assa rūpassa sut-
tantikapariyāyato upanissayavasena ekadhā va pac-
cayo hoti, Vism 561,29; — describing the comprehen-
sion of the saṅkhāras (cf. Vism 626,3-5) in terms of the
material septad: ādānanikkhepanato, vayovuḍḍhat-
thaṅgamito, āhāramayato, utumayato, ~ato, citta-
samuṭṭhānato, dhammatārūpato ti imehi ākārehi ā-
ropetvā sammasanto rūpasattakavasena āropetvā
sammasati nāma, Vism 618,19 ≠ Spk-pṭ II 95,4; ~aṁ
āyatanadvāravasena pākaṭaṁ hoti, Vism 624,7; — in
description of the comprehension of the saṅkhāra's in
terms of the third member of the immaterial septad (on
which, cf. Vism 626,8-9), i.e., khaṇikato: vayovuḍ-
ḍhatthaṅgamarūpaṁ āhāramayaṁ utumayaṁ ~aṁ
cittasamuṭṭhānaṁ dhammatārūpaṁ aniccaṁ duk-
kham anattā ti sammasitvā tam pi cittaṁ aparena
cittena aniccaṁ dukkham anattā ti sammasati, Vism
626,27 foll.; — kasmā devatānaṁ karajakāyaṁ su-
khumaṁ ~aṁ balavaṁ karajassa ca sukhumattā
~assa ca balavatā ekâhāram pi atikkamitvā na tiṭ-
ṭhanti, Sv 721,30,31 (~an ti kammajatejaṁ, Sv-pṭ II
327,6); — defining the nature of femininity (itthibhāva):
ayaṁ (scil. itthibhāvo) kammajo paṭisandhisamuṭ-
ṭhito, itthiliṅgâdi pana na itthindriyaṁ, itthindri-
yaṁ paṭicca pavatte samuṭṭhitaṁ, As 321,20 ≠
Abhidh-av 68,10*; — on the implications of the concept
of origin as applied to matter (rūpa): tassâyam mātikā:
~aṁ kammapaccayaṁ kammapaccaya-utusamuṭ-
ṭhānaṁ +, As 342,10; rūpaṁ pi ~an ti vā upādiṇṇan
ti vā vattuṁ vaṭṭati, 347,23; — on kamma-produced
rūpa as guarded by food: kammakabaliṁkāro āhāro
dvinnaṁ rūpasantatīnaṁ paccayo hoti āhārasamuṭ-
ṭhānassa ca upādiṇṇassa ca. ~ānaṁ anupālako hu-
tvā paccayo hoti āhārasamuṭṭhānānaṁ janako hu-
tvā ti, Ps I 210,19 = Spk II 26,24 ≠ As 342,25; (cf. Vism
616,7-24; Moh 329,11); — ~an ti upādinnaṁ, Abhidh-
av 75,17*; — ifc. a-°; akusala-° (Vibh-mṭ 8,14; Moh
118,9); ekanta-° (Abhidh-s-mhṭ 161,10); kusala-°
(Vibh-a 9,19; Vibh-mṭ 8,14; ~-vasa, Vibh-a 9,22); ne-
va-° (~-nâkammaja, Abhidh-av 75,26); pacchima-°
(Vibh-a 26,35 foll); sanidassana-° (~âdi, Vism 451,6).[[side 227]]

" 346862288608694272,kammajadittika,en,"

kamma-j'-adi-ttika

, n., the triplet consisting of ""kam-
ma-produced,"" and the rest; — °-vasa, m.; ~ena ...
kammato jātaṁ kammajaṁ ... ~ena tividhaṁ, Vism
451,10 foll.; Moh 67,28.

" 346862288675803136,kammajaha,en,"

kamma-jaha

, mfn., detaching (one's self) from kam-
ma; — ifc. sabba-° (Ud 21,12*; Ud-a 166,29).

" 346862288529002496,kammajahāra,en,"

kamma-j'-âhāra

, m. [°ja + āh°], kamma-produced
nutriment; ~o upādinnakâhāro nāma, Vism 616,21.

" 346862288545779712,kammajāhāra,en,"

kamma-j'-âhāra

, m. [°ja + āh°], kamma-produced
nutriment; ~o upādinnakâhāro nāma, Vism 616,21.

" 346862133679493120,kammajakāya,en,"

kamma-ja-kāya

, m., the kamma-produced body; u-
pādinnupādāniyo kabalīkārâhāro upādinnupādāni-
yassa kāyassa āhārapaccayena paccayo ti ettha kam-
majānaṁ rūpānaṁ abbhantaragatā ojā tass' eva
~assa rūpajīvitindriyaṁ viya kaṭattārūpānaṁ anu-
pālanupatthambhanavasena paccayo, Ppk-mṭ 241,19
(Ppk-anuṭ 316,26 foll).

" 346862288973598720,kammajamahābhūtasambhava,en,"

kamma-ja-mahā-bhūta-sambhava

, mfn., having its
origin in the kamma-produced (four) basic elements; u-
smaṁ paṭicca nibbattena ~ena jīvitindriyena usmā-
ya anupālanaṁ, Ps II 350,14 (Ps-pṭ II 273,9).[[side 228]]

" 346862288575139840,kammajānana,en,"

kamma-jānana

, n., the act of knowing kamma; aj-
jhattârammaṇaṁ hoti, attano ~e, Rūpār 111,26; —
°-kāla, m., the time of knowing kamma; attano ~e aj-
jhattârammaṇaṁ; parassa ~e bahiddhārammaṇaṁ,
Vibh-a 375,24,25; — ifc. kāmâvacara-° (Vism 434,36);
rūpâvacarârūpâvacara-° (Vism 435,1).

" 346862289141370880,kammajanevakammajanakammajabheda,en,"

kammaja-nevakammaja-nâkammaja-bheda

, m.,
the distinction into what is both kamma-produced,
and neither kamma-produced nor not-kamma-pro-
duced; kammajā ~ato ca tividhaṁ. ... kammato jā-
taṁ ~aṁ: aṭṭh' indriyāni vatthuñ ca kammajaṁ;
tad' aññappaccayā jātaṁ akammajaṁ; na kutoci
jātaṁ nevakammajanâkammajaṁ: jaratā aniccatā
ca, Abhidh-av 75,20 foll.

" 346862289166536704,kammajanevakammajanākammajabheda,en,"

kammaja-nevakammaja-nâkammaja-bheda

" 346862289200091136,kammajanita,en,"

kamma-janita

, mfn. (cf. kammasaṅjanita q.v.],
kamma-produced; ~o ... ayaṁ kayo, Ps I 210,7 = Spk
II 26,13; ~āni tāva indriyāni kusalâkusalakammaṁ
ullingenti, Paṭis-a 87,5.

" 346862132811272192,kammajaoja,en,"

kamma-ja-oja

, f, the kamma-produced nutritive es-
sence; ~aṁ ... paṭicca uppanna-ojā akammajattā anu-
pādiṇṇa-āhāro tv eva veditabbo, Spk-pṭ II 27,13.

" 346862289023930368,kammajapasāda,en,"

kamma-ja-pasāda

, m., the kamma-produced sen-
tient organ; lokiyamanussānaṁ ... parittakammâ-
bhinibbattass' eva ~assa dubbalattā akkhīni vip-
phandanti, Spk II 19,32 foll.; balavakammanibbattas-
sa ... ~assa balavattā avipphandantehi animisehi e-
va akkhīhi passi, Spk II 20,2 foll.

" 346862289103622144,kammajapavatta,en,"

kamma-ja-pavatta

, mfn., resulting from what is kam-
ma-produced; addhāvasena ... ~assa paccuppannâdi-
kālabhedo adhippeto, Ppk-mṭ 130,28.

" 346862289061679104,kammajapaveṇī,en,"

kamma-ja-paveṇī

, f, kamma-produced continuity;
kammasamuṭṭhānapaveṇiyā vuttattā utucittâhāraja-
paveṇī ca ettakaṁ kālaṁ atikkamitvā hotī ti ādinā
vattabbā siyā, taṁ pana pubbāparato ti ettha pakkha-
tī ti akathetvā ~ī ca na sabbā vuttā ti, Vibh-mṭ 17,20.

" 346862288893906944,kammajaroga,en,"

kamma-ja-roga

, m., kamma-produced illness; kam-
ma vipākan ti ~aṁ, Sp-ṭ III 339,3 (ad Sp 1116,4).

" 346862288927461376,kammajarūpa,en,"

kamma-ja-rūpa

, n., kamma-produced matter; yaṁ
... -am, taṁ ... na sakkoti saṇṭhātuṁ, Vism 560,22;
tatth' eva ṭhitāni kātadasakabhāvadasakavasena vī-
sati ~āni, āhārasamuṭṭhānādīnaṁ tiṇṇāṁ ojaṭṭha-
makānaṁ vasena catuvīsati anupādinnarūpānī ti e-
vaṁ sesāni tepaṇṇāsa rūpāni honti, 589,19; āhārasa-
muṭṭhānaṁ nāma, upādinnaṁ ~aṁ paccayaṁ la-
bhitvā, 616,8; cakkhudvārasmiṁ ... cakkhukāya-
bhāvadasakavasena tiṁsa ~āni, 624,8; paṭisandhicit-
tena ... saddhiṁ samuṭṭhitāni samatiṁsa ~āni, Sv
502,15 qu. Sp-ṭ II 251,27; samatiṁsa ~āni cittasamuṭ-
ṭhānarūpānaṁ ṭhānaṁ gahetvā thitānī ti pi paṭisan-
dhicittaṁ rūpaṁ na samuṭṭhāpeti, Vibh-a 24,5; 27,4;
Tikap 25,6,7 foll.; upādinnakena ... ~ena upādinna-
kaṁ vā anupādinnakaṁ vā anupādinnakena ... ke-
sâdinā upādinnakaṁ anupādinnakaṁ vā phusanto,
Sp 537,25; idaṁ āhārânupālitaṁ ~aṁ (Ee āhārânu-
pālitakammajarūpaṁ) āhārapaccayaṁ nāma, As
342,26; āhāro ... ~assa upatthambhakapaccayo hoti,
Paṭis-a I 290,6; apphuṭaṁ nāma na hoti yattha yat-
tha ~aṁ, tattha tattha cittajarūpassa abhivyāpanato,
Sv-pṭ I 341,1 qu. Mp-ṭ III 12,14; yathā hi ~ānaṁ pa-
vatti jīvitindriyapaṭibaddho, evaṁ attabhāvassa pa-
vatti tappaṭibaddhā ti, Spk-pṭ II 190,1; ~āni na up-
pajjanti, taduppattiyaṁ maraṇābhāvato; kammaja-
rūpavicchedehi ma to, Abhidh-s-mhṭ 164,10; catusu
bhūmisu vipāko ~añ ca vattamānuppannā, Moh
87,32; — °-pariyāpanna, mfn., included in kamma-
produced matter; paṭisandhicitten' eva sahajātā ti lak-
khaṇavacanam etaṁ, sabbāya pi ~āya ojāya atthi-
bhāvassa avicchedappavattisambhavadassanattho,
Spk-pṭ II 27,9; — °-paveṇī, f., the continuity of the
kamma-produced matter; ~ī na pavattati, Vibh-a 27,29
qu. Vibh-mṭ 24,14; — ifc. aṭṭha-cattāḷīsa-° (Vibh-a
27,11); — °-ppavatti, f., the manifestation of kamma-
produced matter; ayañ ca kathā pañcavokāre ~iṁ nib-
bānapaṭibhāganirodhasamāpattirahitaṁ sandhāya
katā ti, Vibh-mṭ 20,27; — °-viccheda, m., the cutting
off of kamma-produced matter; ~ehi mato ti vuccati,
Abhidh-s-mhṭ 164,11 (v. supra); — ifc. atta-bhāva-
pariyāpanna-°; āhārânupālita-° (As 342,26); sama-
tiṁsa-° (Vibh-a 24,28; 27,20 foll).

" 346862288709357568,kammajasantāna,en,"

kamma-ja-santāna

, n., the kamma-produced life-
continuum; tass' eva ~assa nirodho anāgatabhāvena
tassa uppāde vattabbo ti, Ppk-mṭ 132,21.

" 346862288642248704,kammajāta,en,"

kamma-jāta

, n., an act; kiṁ ~aṁ anutappatī, Ja V
24,24* (kammam eva ~aṁ, 25,1').

" 346862134539325440,kammajateja,en,"

kamma-ja-teja

, m., kamma-produced heat; denotes
body heat as well as the principle of digestion, i.e., ga-
haṇī, q.v.; — human beings and deities have weak and
strong ~ respectively: manussānaṁ ... ~o mando ka-
rajakāyo balavā, Sv 113,17 qu. Ss 171,12; devatānaṁ
~o balavā hoti, karajam mandan ti, Sv 114,2 qu. Ss
171,16; vilīyantī ti etena karajakāyassa mandatāya
~assa balavabhāvena āhāravelâtikkamena nesaṁ
balavatī (so read; Ee °i) dukkhavedanā uppajjamānā
supākaṭā hotī ti dasseti, Sv-pṭ II 327,10 (ad Sv 721,32);
— the life force (jīvītendriya) is dependent upon ~ for
its subsistence: usmaṁ paṭiccā ti jīvitindriyaṁ ~aṁ
paṭicca tiṭṭhati. yasmā pana ~o pi jīvitindriyena vi-
nā na tiṭṭhati, tasmā ""usmā āyuṁ paṭicca tiṭṭhatī"" ti
āha, Ps II 350,1,2 (ad M I 295,24); asitapītâdiparipāke
~e khīṇe sattā jīvitakkhayaṁ pāpuṇantā pi pākaṭā
eva, Pj II 458,23; usmā ti ~o, Sv-pṭ II 391,20 (ad Sv
771,33); — ~ is the element that causes digestion: yassa
... pageva vuttappakāraṁ vattapaṭivattaṁ karon-
tassa ~o pajjalati anupādirmakaṁ muñcitvā upā-
dinnakaṁ gaṇhāti +, Sv 187,26 foll. (~o ti gahaṇiṁ
sandhāyâha, Sv-pṭ I 318,1 qu. Sv-nṭ II 85,28) = Ps I
256,19 foll. (Ps-pṭ I 356,8) = Spk III 185,31 foll. (Spk-pṭ
II 459,28) = Vibh-a 350,34 qu. Ss 195,30,33; Bhagavato
... pākatiken' eva kammajatejena (so read) pariṇa-
meyya, Spk I 236,2; — ~ causes hunger: ~o ante kuc-
chiyaṁ ... odātâdivatthusmiṁ asati ~o uṭṭhahitvā
udarapaṭalaṁ gaṇhāti, As 330,24 foll.

" 346862129522937856,kammajatejappavatta,en,"

kamma-ja-teja-ppavatta

, mfn., resulting from the
kamma-produced heat; jīvitindriyaṁ ... dasa pi vas-
sāni... vassasatam pi ~aṁ (v. l. omit °teja°) pāleti, Ps
II 350,16 (pabandhânupacchedassa pi jīvitindriyaṁ
kāraṇan ti āha ""vassasatam pi"" +, Ps-pṭ II 273,11).

" 346862289271394304,kammajatejodhātu,en,"

kamma-ja-tejo-dhātu

, f., the kamma-produced heat
element; kammapaccayautusamuṭṭhānaṁ nāma ~u
ṭhānappattā utusamuṭṭhānaṁ ojaṭṭhamakaṁ sam-
uṭṭhāpeti, Vism 614,32; assa dvatūkkhattuṁ ajjhoha-
raṇamatten' eva ~u [v.l °tejo] upādiṇṇakaṁ muñci-
tvā anupādiṇṇakaṁ gaṇhāti, Vibh-a 350,34; āyu u-
smaṁ paṭicca tiṭṭhatī ti ettha jālasikhā viya ~u (Be
omit °dhātu), Ps II 350,8 (jālasikhā viya kammajatejo
nissayabhāvato, Ps-pṭ II 273,1); usmā ti ~u, Spk II
323,30; — in gloss on gahaṇī, q.v.: samavepākiniyā
gahaṇiyā ti ettha ca pana ~u gahaṇī ti vuccati, Sv
281,12 (ad D II 177,27) = Sv 628,14 = Ps III 306,3 (ad M
II 67,7) = 326,15 (ad M II 95,21) = Mp II 260,27 = III
257,25; — °ûpanibaddha, mfn., attached to the kam-
ma-produced heat element; usmûpanibaddhan ti ~aṁ
(Be °bandhaṁ), Nidd-a I 153,1.

" 346862289372057600,kammajatejusman,en,"

kamma-ja-tej'-usma(n)

, n., the kamma-produced
heat; abbhantare asitapītānaṁ abhāve uggatena ~anā
abbhāhatattā, Vism 257,33 qu. Vibh-a 241,7 ≠ Pj I 56,9.
kamma-ja-tej'-usman

" 346862134098923520,kammajatihetukapaṭisandhipaññā,en,"

kamma-ja-tihetuka-paṭisandhi-paññā

, f., kam-
ma-produced knowledge of rebirth-linking having three
causes (viz. non-greed, non-hate, and non-delusion);
sappañño (cf. Vism 1,5* = S I 13,20*) ti, ~āya pañña-
vā, Vism 3,17 (= kammajāya tihetukapaṭisandhiyaṁ
paññāyā ti evaṁ tihetukasaddo paṭisandhisaddena
sambandhitabbo, na paññāsaddena, Vism-mhṭ I
* 14,16) = Spk I 50,1 (Spk-pṭ I 93,9 = prec).

" 346862125676761088,kammajatika,en,"

kamma-ja-tika

, n., the kamma-produced triplet; ~e,
Vism-mhṭ II 108,12.

" 346862289237839872,kammajatta,en,"

kamma-ja-tta

, n. [abstr.], the being kamma-pro-
duced; — ifc. a-° (Spk-pṭ II 27,13);

" 346862288747106304,kammajavāta,en,"

kamma-ja-vāta

, m., kamma-produced wind (i.e, la-
bour); cf. M. Hara, Indianisme et Bouddhisme, Mél. E.
Lamotte 1980:154 foll.; tāvad eva c' assā ~ā caliṁsu,
Ja I 52,25 qu. Bv-a 275,8; tassā vessānaṁ vīthiyā ve-
majjhaṁ pattakāle ~ā caliṁsu, Ja VI 485,7 (etym. of
the name Vessantara); Cp-a 77,30; — on the birth of the
Bodhisatta: yathā aññe (i.e., except the Bodhisatta)
sattā ~ehi uddhapādā adhosirā yonimagge pakkhit-
tā ... na evaṁ Bodhisatto. Bodhisattaṁ hi ~ā uddha-
pādaṁ adhosiraṁ kātuṁ na sakkonti, Sv 438,2,7 (cf.
Sv-pṭ II 23,18) = Ps IV 183,24 foll.; — the birth of a
Sabbaññubodhisatta, i.e., the fourth type of gabbhâ-
vakkanti: nikkhamanakāle ... te ~ā + dve hatthe pa-
sāretvā akkhīni umīletvā ṭhitakā nikkhamanti, Sv
886,16 ≠ Ps IV 177,1; Mp II 182,23; — gabbho ... vi-
jāyanakāle ~ehi sañcalitvā, parivattito uddhapādo
adhosiro hutvā, yonimukhe hoti, Ud-a 123,15,19 ≠
Ps-pṭ III 156,12; ~ā caliṁsu, Dhp-a I 165,7; Dhp-a II
262,11 foll.; Th-a I 61,19; Thī-a 109,8; Ap-a 57,14.

" 346862288495448064,kammajusman,en,"

kamma-j'-usma(n)

, n. [°ja +], kamma-produced heat;
~anā sah' eva jīvītindriyaṁ uppajjatī ti, Ps-pṭ II 273,5.
kamma-j'-usman

" 346862583489236992,kammaka,en,"

kamma-ka

, mfn. [sa. karmaka], (t.t.gr.) having a di-
rect object, i.e., transitive; — ifc. a-° (Sadd 339,5; ~-kat-
tuvācakatta, Sadd 339,27; ~-bhāva, Sadd 340,5; ~-bhū-
ta, Sadd 340,7; ~-visayatta, Sadd 339,26); akārita-
dvi-° (Sadd 598,20); di-° (~-tta, Pj I 17,34); dvi-°
(Sadd 589,27); sa-° (Sadd 341,11; ~-tta, Sadd 340,8;
~-bhāva, Sadd 340,5; ~-visayatta, Sadd 339,2).

" 346862583828975616,kammakaṃ taṃ,en,"

[

kammakaṁ taṁ

, w.r. at Ap 370,9 for kammam a-
kaṁ, which read with BeCe]

" 346862595094876160,kammakāma,en,"

kamma-kāma

, mfn., dutiful; ct.s interpret ~ with ref-
erence to good kamma; ~ā analasā kammaseṭṭhassa kā-
rakā, Thī 275 (= vattapaṭivattâdibhedaṁ kammaṁ
samaṇakiccaṁ paripūraṇavasena kāmenti icchantī
ti ~ā, Thī-a 218,5); akammakāmā ti na ~ā attano pa-
resaṁ ca ... kiñci kammaṁ na kātukāmā, Thī-a 217,20
(ad Thī 273); sādhūhi... kattabbaṁ kusalaṁ kāmen-
tī ti ~ā, na ~ā ti akammakāmā, kusaladhammesu ac-
chandikā ti attho, Pv-a 174,31 (ad Pv 396); — ifc. a-°.

" 346862357990871040,kammākamma,en,"

kammākamma

, n., (t.t. Vin) different proceedings;
cf. P. KIEFFER-PÜLZ: Die Sīmā 1992: 155 foll.; āveṇiṁ
~āni, Vin V 202,1 (so read with Be, cf. Ce 1928 āveṇi
k°; Ee one word, cf. āveṇikaṁ ... kammaṁ, Ud-a
317,15 foll); ~āni karonti, Sp 1378,33 (ad Vin V 202,1);
~añ ca ... uggahetabbaṁ, 789,12; Vin-vn 1141; dve
mātikā paguṇaṁ katvā, ~aṁ uggahetvā, Spk I 85,19
(kammavinicchayaṁ, Spk-pṭ I 122,2); -an ti ettha
kammāni cattāri, Pālim 391,23; — °-vinicchaya, m.,
description of different proceedings; ~o Sp 789,4 (Pa-
rivārāvasāne kammavagge vuttavinicchayo, Sp-ṭ III
40,1 [tīsu gaṇṭhipadesu] = Vmv II 20,13) qu. Pālim
176,23; uposathâdi-atthāya ~o, Vin-vn 1138; — °-vi-
nicchaya-kathā, f, title of Pālim chapter XXXIII (Pālim
391,23-413,23); ~ā, Pālim 413,5.

" 346862586886623232,kammakammanimitta,en,"

kamma-kamma-nimitta

, n., (dv.) kamma (that has
been performed and accumulated, i.e., katûpacita), and
sign of kamma; nesaṁ maraṇakāle paccupaṭṭhitaṁ
-am eva ārammaṇaṁ katvā, Vism 457,31 (~am evā
ti pathavīkasiṇâdikam attano kammârammaṇam e-
va, Vism-mhṭ II 131,16); ~ānam pi upaṭṭhānaṁ ya-
thârahaṁ, Mp-ṭ I 221,6; — °âdi, mfn.; so ~īni pas-
santo pi dānaṁ dehi pūjaṁ karohī ti anukampakehi
vuccamāno nâhaṁ marissāmi jīvissāmi ce' eva āsā-
ya kassaci vacanaṁ na gaṇhāti, Mp II 156,19.

" 346862587201196032,kammakammanimittagatinimitta,en,"

kamma-kamma-nimitta-gati-nimitta

, n., (dv.) kam-
ma (that has been performed and accumulated, i.e., ka-
tûpacita), sign of kamma, and sign of destiny; — exeg.:
~ānan ti ettha kammaṁ nāma katûpacitaṁ ... kam-
manimittaṁ kammâyūkhanakkhāṇe cetanāya pac-
cayabhūtaṁ deyyadhammâdi. gatinimittaṁ yaṁ ga-
tiṁ upapajjati, Vism-mhṭ II 131,10-13 (ad Vism 457,24,
q.v. infra); — nesaṁ maraṇakāle paccupaṭṭhitaṁ
~ānaṁ aññataraṁ ārammaṇaṁ katvā, Vism 457,24
foll.; ~esu, Abhidh-av 11,32; — ifc. kāmâvacara-ku-
sala-° (Vism 550,34); — °-paccupaṭṭhāna, mfn., mani-
festing itself as kamma (that has been performed and
accumulated, i.e., katûpacita), the sign of kamma, and
the sign of destiny; yena kenaci cittena kamme āyūhi-
te asaṅkhārena appayogena ~e paṭisandhi uppajja-
mānā asaṅkhārikā hoti, As-mṭ 127,18 (ad As 266,8).

" 346862587540934656,kammakammaphalalakkhaṇa,en,"

kamma-kamma-phala-lakkhaṇa

, mfn., (bhvr.) cha-
racterized both as kamma and result of kamma; ~o
bhavo bhāvanabhavanaraso (so read qu.), Vism
528,27 = Vibh-a 137,8 = Ud-a 43,6.

" 346862588493041664,kammakammaphalasaddhā,en,"

kamma-kamma-phala-saddhā

, f., (dv.) belief in
kamma and the result of kamma; tattha saddhenā ti,
~āya c' eva ratanattayasaddhāya ca samannāgate-
na, Th-a III 116,7 (ad Th 1019).

" 346862588174274560,kammakammaphalavibhāga,en,"

kamma-kamma-phala-vibhāga

, m., (dv.) the dis-
tinction between kamma and the result of kamma; ku-
salâdidhammavibhāgaṁ (so read with Be) ~aṁ (so
read with Be) sattānam upakārâvaham ... paṇḍite
sappaññe paṭipucchitvā, Cp-a 273,34 (ad Cp 367).

" 346862521786830848,kammakara,en,"

kamma-kara

, m. and mfn. [Amg. kammakara; sa.
and Buddh. sa. karmakara, cf. SWTF s.v.; Vyu
186.161; Pāṇ III 2 22 and Kāś ad loc.; Ai.Gr. II.2 §
250g: 403; cf. kammakarī, kammakara, kammakārī,
qq.v.], 1. (m.) a hired worker, servant (cf. Vin IV 224,34
on ~: kammakāro nāma bhaṭako āhatako; v. CPD
s.v. āhataka); according to ct.s a ~ receives his salary in
cash and kind, i.e., bhattavetana (cf. sa. bhaktavetana,
Kauṭ 5.3.25,28,33-34,46, devasikabhattavetana or de-
vasikabhatta and māsikâdiparibhoga; cf. Sv 299,32 ad
D I 135,24; Ja IV 135,14'; VI 461,31'); ~ is mentioned
together and contrasted with dāsa, pessa, paricārika,
upajīvi(n); on the social position of ~, cf. R. FICK, Die
sociale Gliederung im nordöstlichen Indien zu Buddha's
Zeit, 1897: 195 foll.; Kauṭ 3.13-14; 2. (mfn.) diligent,
hard-working (ct. so); only recorded in formula; — 1.
lex. lit.: vetaniko tu bhatako ~o 'tha kiṅkaro dāso ca
ceṭako pesso bhacco ca paricāriko, Abh 514; —
gramm. lit.: kammato parā kriyatthā kvaci an hoti
kattari: kumbhakāro ... 'kvacī' ti kiṁ: ~o, Mogg V
41 (cf. Kāś ad Pāṇ III 2 22); — exeg.: ~ā ti ye bhat-
tavetanaṁ gahetvā karonti (scil. divase divase gahe-
tvā karonti, Sv-pṭ I 430,27), Sv 300,29 (ad D I 141,30,
q.v. infra); ~ā ti bhattavetanabhatā, Ps III 8,23 (ad M I
340,30, q.v. infra); porisan ti tayo purisā: bhaṭakā ~ā
upajīvino ti, Nidd 11,15 (kasikammâdikammaṁ ka-
ronti ti ~ā, Nidd-a I 55,8); dāsakammakaraporisassā
ti dāsānañ c' eva devasikabhattavetanabhatānaṁ
~ānañ ca nissāya jīvamānapurisānañ ca, Mp II
241,10 (ad A I 145,22); tava bhatihatā ~ā pi te na ho-
ma, Ja III 310,1' (ad Ja 309,27*: bhatak' amhase); dā-
sakammakarāni cā ti dāse ca ~e ca. liṅgavipallāsena
hetaṁ vuttaṁ, Thī-a 239,31 (ad Thī 340); — Meṇḍa-
ko ... dāse ca ~e ca āṇāpesi, Vin I 243,34; varaṁ e-
taṁ sappi dāsānaṁ vā ~ānaṁ vā pādabbhañjanaṁ
vā padīpakaraṇe vā āsittaṁ, Vin I 272,6; Rājagahako
seṭṭhi dāse ca ~e ca āṇāpesi, II 154,31 foll.; chabbag-
giyā bhikkhuniyo ... dāsaṁ upaṭṭhāpenti dāsiṁ
upaṭṭhāpenti ~aṁ upaṭṭhāpenti kammakariṁ upaṭ-
ṭhāpenti, Vin II 267,10; — in formula (2+2+4): ye pi
'ssa ahesuṁ dāsā ti vā pessā ti vā ~ā ti vā te pi na
daṇḍatajjitā ... rudamānā parikammāni akaṁsu, D
I 141,30 = M I 344,10 = S I 76,16 = A II 208,1 = Pp 56,27
(°kārā); amhākaṁ ... dāsā ti vā pessā ti vā ~ā ti vā
aññathā ca kāyena samudācaranti aññatha vācāya
aññathā ca nesaṁ cittaṁ hoti, M I 340,30; yo so
bhattu abbhantaro antojano dāsā ti vā pessā ti vā ~ā
ti vā, tesaṁ kataṁ ca katato jānissāma akatañ ca a-
katato jānissāma, A III 38,1 = IV 266,1; cf. the ex-
amples 2+4+2 (m.c): dāse ~e pesse ye c' aññe anujī-
vino posemi, Ja IV 320,13*; dāse ~e pesse sīlesu su-
samāhite dakkhe uṭṭhānasampanne ādhipaccasmi
ṭhāpaye, Ja VI 297,16*; — in augmented version of same
formula (2+2+2+2+4): sakkaccaṁ ... dānaṁ datvā
yattha yattha tassa dānassa vipāko nibbattati ... ye
pi 'ssa te honti puttā ti vā dārā ti vā dāsā ti vā pessā
ti vā ~ā ti vā te pi sussūsanti sotaṁ odahanti aññā-
cittaṁ upaṭṭhapenti, A III 172,19; IV 393,1,12; — va-
raṁ etaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ dāsā vā ~ā vā bhuñjeyyun ti,
S I 92,7,16; dhaññaṁ dhanaṁ ... pariggahaṁ vā pi
yad atthi kiñci dāsā ~ā pessā ye c' assa anujīvīno
sabbaṁ nâdāya gantabbaṁ, 93,5*; ~o hutvā nāvaṁ
abhirūhi, Ja I 239,25; bhariyā pi 'ssa puttadhitaro pi
dāsā pi bhatiṁ gahetvā kammaṁ karontā ~ā pi
sabbe rakkhiṁsu, III 257,5; 300,9; puttā ca dārā ca ...
dāsā ca dasso anujīvino ca paricārikā ~ā ca, IV
53,30*; ahaṁ ~o hutvā, VI 81,11,13,15* = 87,26,28,30*;
vessānaraṁ ~aṁ pajānaṁ paricariya-m-aggiṁ su-
gatiṁ kathaṁ vaje, Ja VI 207,14*; ahaṁ ... daliddo
aṭāno kapaṇo ~o hoti Vv 1110 = 1116; asītikoṭiṁ
chaḍḍetvā dāse ~e bahū ... sāsane pabbajissasi, Ap
69,29 = 73,25; itthipurisā dāsidāsā bhatakā ~ā +, Mil
147,24; yathā ... ~o evaṁ cintayati, bhatako ahaṁ, i-
māya nāvāya kammaṁ karomi, imāyâhaṁ nāvāya
vāhasā bhattavetanaṁ labhāmi, Mil 379,19; atha jeṭ-
ṭhamūlamāse sassesu milāyantesu ubhayanagara-
vasīnam pi ~ā sannipatiṁsu, Sv 672,16; sace ... na
yidaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ sampaṭicchituṁ vaṭṭatī ti paṭik-
khitte vaḍḍhakīnaṁ vā ~ānaṁ vā hatthe bhavissati,
Sp 677,14 (concerning donations to the saṅgha for build-
ing an ārāma); ~ehi navakammaṁ kāreti, Sp 701,7;
so (scil. Kirapatiko) ... adhipati māsa-utusaṁvac-
charaniyāmena vetanaṁ datvā ~e kammaṁ kāreti,
Sp 817,7; na hi tattha dāsaṁ vā dāsā ti pessaṁ vā
pessā ti ~aṁ vā ~ā ti ālapanti, Sv 301,8; parivisaka-
manussā pi dāsā vā ~ā vā dubbaṇṇā duddassikā ki-
liṭṭhavasanā duggandhā jigucchā, Vism 107,24; —
concerning the loss of caste of a brāhmaṇa who dies in
Kambojaraṭṭha (q.v.): tassa gehe vayappatte putte a-
sati brāhmaṇī dāsena vā ~ena vā saddhiṁ saṁvā-
saṁ kappeti, Ps III 409,19 (ad M I 49,6); ~o, IV 13,14;
sa aparabh[ā/a]ge vayappattā attano gehe ekena ~ena
saddhiṁ santhavaṁ katvā, Mp I 357,7; yathā tvaṁ
dāsaṁ vā ~aṁ vā niddānaṁ kāresi ""niddehi tiṇā-
ni,"" Spk I 254,10; gehe dāsesu vā ~esu vā na koci
sañjāni, Mp I 179,20; — ifc. aṅgāra-°; avasesa-dāsa-°
(~-ñāti-mitta, Ja VI 300,27); dāsa-° (D III 191,1,5; Thī
340; Ja I 378,7; Sv 790,5; 952,25; Mp I 412,26; III 246,24;
Pj I 139,11); ~-gāma-dvāra, Mp I 179,21; ~-parivuta,
Ja IV 16,2; Mp IV 31,15; ~-porisa, Vin I 240,10 foll.; D
III 165,2; A I 145,22,25; Mp II 241,9; ~-porisâdi, Sv
955,19; ~âdi, Ja I 57,22); dāsī-dāsa-° (Dīp IX 10); paka-
ti-° (Pj I 173,15); pacanâdi-° (Ja VI 210,2); para-° (Ja III
411,6,14-15'); putta-dāra-° (~-porisa, Cp-a 97,19); put-
ta-dāra-dāsa-° (~-porisa, A I 67,34; III 77,7,8; Cp-a
304,28; ~ânukampita, 77,11); pesita-° (Mp I 227,27);
bhatakâdi-° (Nidd-a I 54,14); soṇḍikā-° (M I 228,33;
374,30); — 2. in formula (4,+4+5,+7,+5+4,+5): idha te
assa puriso dāso ~o, (Be °āro) pubbuṭṭhāyī pacchā-
nipātī, kiṁkārapaṭissāvī, manāpacārī piyavādī, mu-
khullokako, D I 60,14 foll. (~o [Be °āro] ti analaso
kammakaraṇasīlo yeva, Sv 168,18); — Rem.: kam-
makara and mukhullokaka only occur in the Dīgha
formula; other versions of it begin with pubb° and end
in piya°, e.g., at M II 84,19 foll.[[side 220]]

" 346862105275666432,kammakāra,en,"

kamma-kāra

, m. and mfn. [Amg. kammakara; sa.
karmakāra; cf. kammakara, q.v.], (m.) a hired worker,
servant; — gramm. lit.: dhātuyā kammâdimhi ṇap-
paccayo hoti. kammaṁ karotī ti (so read with Be) ~o,
Kacc-v 526 ≠ Sadd 844,21 (ad § 1106 ≠ Kacc 526); —
exeg.: ~o nāma bhaṭako āhatako, Vin IV 224,34 (ad
224,26, q.v. infra); bhattavetanabhatā ~ā nāma, Mp-ṭ
I 167,5 (ad Mp II 306,32: dāsakammakaraparivutā);
— aññatarassa dalidassa ~assa etad ahosi, Vin IV
75,29 foll.; yā pana bhikkhunī ussayavadikā viharey-
ya gahapatinā vā ... dāsena vā ~ena vā, 224,26**;
bhatiyā kammaṁ karontena ~ena saddhiṁ kiṁ nā-
nākaraṇan ti, Ja II 93,30'; khettaṁ gantvā ~e ""kasa-
thā"" ti āṇāpetvā, III 293,22; Anāthapiṇḍikassa kira
gehe ayaṁ devaputto ~o ahosi, Ps II 391,26 foll.; ma-
hāthūpe kayiramāne bhatiyā ~ā ... pasannā suga-
tiṁ gatā, Mhv XXX 42; — ifc. kuddāla-° (Mp II
236,12); Koḷiya-° (Sv 673,4); dāsa-° (Ap 317,9; ~-pari-
jana, Sv 742,6; Ps I 228,10); parijana-° (Pj II 138,11);
Sākiya-° (Sv 673,8); — °-vesa, m., the guise of a work-
er; ~ena (v.l. °vasena) ṭhito, Ja V 308,4; — in long cpd.
ñāti-parijana-dāsa-~âdi (Sv 396,15); — for ~o at
Sv-pṭ I 299,11 and Be at D I 60,14 foll. read °karo, v.
kammakara 2.

" 346862105778982912,kammakāraka,en,"

kamma-kāraka

, m. and n., and mfn., 1.a. (m.) a hired
worker, servant, cf. kammakara, kammakara, qq.v.; b.
(m.) a sailor; c. (mfn.) (a person) who (habitually) per-
forms work; 2. (m.) a person who performs any given act
(good or bad), on which, cf. ³kamma, q.v.; 3.a. (n.)
(t.t.gr.) the object kāraka, i.e., the direct object; cf. L. RE-
NOU, Terminologie s.v. karman; b. (m.) the passive, in-
transitive as opposed to kattukāraka the active, transi-
tive; — 1.a. mahāthūpe kayiramāne bhatiyā ~ā ane-
kasaṁkhā hi janā pasannā sugatiṁ gatā, Mhv XXX
42; tadā mama puṅñakaraṇakāle ahaṁ bhatako bha-
tiyā ~o āsiṁ, Ap-a 346,2 (ad Ap 76,13); — reading of
Be at Sp 817,7 for Ee °kare; — 1.b. ~o hutvā nāvam
abhirūhi, Ja I 239,6 foll.; tumhākaṁ imāya videsaṁ
pakkantāya nāvāya ~ā (Be °kārakaṁ, Se °kāraṇāya)
pakatisamuddaṁ atikkamitvā, IV 139,16' (cf. Mil
379,20); — 1.e. in exegesis of kāmesu ... pasutā at Sn
774: ~o kammappasuto, Nidd I 36,8; — 2. in the con-
text of a discussion of the question of whether puggala
exists: ~o atthī? ti ... kammaṁ atthī ti ~o atthī? ti ...
aññaṁ kammaṁ aṅño ~o ti, Kv 54,2,30; ~assa yo kā-
rako, tassa kārakena pi aññan ti evaṁ kammavaṭ-
ṭassa anupacchedaṁ vadanti, Ppk-mṭ 60,16 foll. (ad
Kv-a 30,27: kammavaṭṭassa); — ifc. puñña-° (Sv
650,21; Mp II 233,15); sukata-° (D III 191,8; Sv 956,36);
— 3.a. kiriyâpattilakkhaṇaṁ ~aṁ, Sadd 692,7; —
3.b. adhigatavisesehi devamanussehi sammāsam-
buddho vata so bhagavā ti evaṁ buddhattā ṅātattā
buddho, idha ~e buddhasaddasiddhi daṭṭhabbā, Bv-a
25,28; asamanubhāsantassā ti ~e kattuniddeso, Vjb
206,3 (ad Sp 610,2 where asam° is interpreted as asa-
manubhāsiyamānassa) qu. Sp-ṭ II 362,9;

" 346862101924417536,kammakāraka,en,"

kamma-kāraka,

ifc. nīca-° (Ps II 102,5).

" 346862106823364608,kammakārakacitta,en,"

kamma-kāraka-citta

, n. [cf. kammakārakaviññāṇa,
q.v.], mind as performing spiritual work (e.g. āgama-
nīyavipassanā or bhāvanā); sabbacetaso samannā-
haritvā ti, sabbena tena ~ena samannāharitvā, Spk I
178,1 (~aṁ nāma otaraṇacittaṁ, Spk-pṭ I 211,4); tena
viññāṇena saṅkhāre sammasitvā esa paṅṅavā nāma
jāto, tad assa āgamanīyavipassanāviñṅāṇaṁ ~aṁ (so
read with Be; EeCe °viñṅāṇakammakāraka°); pucchā-
mī ti pucchati, Ps II 339,16 (~an ti bhāvanākammassa
pavattanakacittaṁ, Ps-pṭ II 259,23).

" 346862106324242432,kammakārakakicca,en,"

kamma-kāraka-kicca

, n. [cf. kammakaraṇakicca,
q.v.], the service of a servant; te aṅjalim paggayha ma-
hārāja tayā (Be tava) amhākaṁ ~aṁ (CeEe so, Be
kammakaraṇa°), Ja VI 88,22.

" 346862107251183616,kammakārakasaṅgha,en,"

kamma-kāraka-saṅgha

, m., (t.t. Vin) community
conducting proceedings; anapaloketvā kārakasaṅghan
ti ~aṁ anāpucchā, Vin IV 232,5; asante ~e osāreti,
232,22 (anāpattī ti ettha kittāvatā asanto nāma hotī
ti, Vjb 360,27); kārakagaṇassā (Sp 913,29 ad Vin IV
231,32**) ti ~assa, Vjb 360,20.

" 346862584445538304,kammakārakaviññāṇa,en,"

kamma-kāraka-viññāṇa

, n. [cf. kammakārakacit-
ta, q.v.], consciousness as performing spiritual work (e.g.
āgamanīyavipassanā); yaṁ vā pan' etaṁ imassa
bhikkhuno paṭhavīdhātu-ādisu āgamanīyavipassa-
nāvasena ~aṁ taṁ viññāṇadhātuvasena bhājetvā
dassento, Ps V 53,6 (= n' etaṁ mama, n' eso 'ham a-
smiṁ, na m' eso attā ti evaṁ vipassanākiccakāra-
kaṁ vipassanāsahitaṁ viññāṇaṁ, Ps-pṭ III 399,6).

" 346862553881645056,kammakarana,en,"

kamma-k[ā/a]rana

, n. [cf. kamma-kāraṇa-kāraka, q.v.],
1.a. the act of performing manual work; b. the act of per-
forming (spiritual) work, i.e., meditation (with loc. of the
subject of meditation); 2. occupation; the act of perform-
ing a ritual, ceremony; 3. (t.t. Vin) the act of conducting
proceedings; 4. torture or execution by torture; cf. the
use o/karman in the sense of torture in Kauṭ; the pa. ca-
non mentions 26 kinds of execution by torture, the ct.s
32 (v. ifc.); syn. karaṇa/kāraṇa, qq.v.; 5. (t.t.gr.) the in-
strumental used as direct object; Sadd 5.1.1.3; — Rem.:
spellings vacillate between °karaṇa and °kāraṇa; all
canonical references are treated here irrespective of their
spellings so as to show their relationship; — 1.a. vossaj-
janenā ti ~ato vissajjanena, Sv-pṭ III 185,11 (ad Sv
956,28); antevāsiko ti ~-vasena tassa samīpavāsī taṁ
nissāya jīvanako, II 388,23 (ad Sv 770,8) = Ps-pṭ I
365,1 (ad Ps I 271,18); karaṇe ti ~e, III 60,19 (ad Ps III
128,5); — ifc. paṭiññā-paṭissava-° (Sv-pṭ I 169,8); pa-
ra-° (Ap-a 346,2 [reading for kammāyana at Ap I
76,14]); bahi-citta-° (Ja I 147,2); — 1.b. iṭṭhaṁ kantaṁ
manāpan (scil. nirodhasaccaṁ) ti nirodhamaggesu
ninnabhāvaṁ dasseti, na abhinandanaṁ, tanninna-
bhāvo eva ca tattha kammakaraṇaṁ daṭṭhabbaṁ,
Spk-pṭ II 399,23 (ad Spk III 123,30); — °-vasa, m.; aṭ-
ṭhatiṁsāya ārammaṇesu ~ena samathânuyogo, Cp-a
305,36 = Sv-nṭ I 275,11; — 2. tava ~aṁ (v. l. kammaṁ
karontaṁ) amhesu na kappati na sobhati, Ja VI 88,9'
(ad 88,7*: n' etaṁ amhesu kappati); — ifc. kumbha-
kāra-° (Ja III 219,11'; — 3. vatthuṁ codetvā sāretvā
paṭiññaṁ āropetvā yathāpaṭiñṅāya ~aṁ vinayapur-
ekkhāratā nāma, Sp 1290,16; māḷakasīmāyam eva
~aṁ vihitaṁ, Vmv II 152,21; — 4. in list of 26 kinds of
execution by torture: tam enaṁ rājāno gahetvā vivid-
hā ~ā (Be °kāraṇā) karonti: kāsāhi pi tāḷenti +, M I
87,9; bālo passati rājāno coraṁ āgucāriṁ gahetvā
vividhā ~ā (°kār°; v.l. °kar°) kārente kasāhi pi tāḷen-
te +, M III 163,28 foll. = (paṇḍito) 171,9 (°kār°) =
181,29 (°kār°) = (ekacco) A I 47,10 = II 122,11; pāpakā-
naṁ kammānaṁ hetu coraṁ āgucāriṁ rajāno gahe-
tvā vividhā ~ā kārenti kasāhi pi tālenti +, M III
164,14 (°kār°) = 171,12 (°kār°) = A I 48,17 = II 122,25;
— in description of the tortures in niraya (- pañcavi-
dhabandhanaṁ karaṇaṁ): ye kira bho loke pāpakā-
ni kammāni karonti te evarūpā vividhā ~ā karīyanti
(passive of compound verb ?), A I 142,5 = M III 186,25
(°kār°); diṭṭhadhamme vā vividhā ~ā (v.l. vividhāni
°āni) kayiramānassa (passive of compound verb ?)
samparaye vā nirayâdisu mahādukkhaṁ anubha-
vantassa taṁ pāpaṁ paccati, Dhp-a II 50,19; 262,2;
III 14,14; nānāvidhā ~ā (v.l. °ṇaṁ) kāretvā, Ja V
429,25'; pañcavidhabandhanâdīni ca ~āni (Be °kāra-
ṇāni), Ja I 174,20; — tena naṁ rājāno gahetvā eva-
rūpaṁ (scil. sīsaṁ chindati) ~aṁ karonti ti, S IV
344,19 = 345,26 (°kār°, v. l. °kar°); — ayaṁ ... kayo ...
sabbarogānaṁ ālayo ~ānaṁ paṭiggaho, Ja I 146,12;
ambacoro ti gahetvā ~aṁ saṁvidahiṁsu, II 398,2; i-
me dve gaṇhitvā ~aṁ karothā ti, III 514,4'; kiṁ te
mayā aparaddhaṁ yena maṁ evarūpaṁ ~aṁ vicā-
resi, VI 162,2,3; gaccha tassa (scil. kacchapassa) ~aṁ
karothā ti, 161,24 (cf. L. ALSDORF, WZKS 21 1977: 26
n. 2); anekavihitam pi ~aṁ anubhavati, Mil 358,6;
kārento ~aṁ niraye atidāruṇaṁ bhayānakaṁ bhu-
saṁ ghoraṁ kathaṁ puññaṁ karissati, Saddh 7; —
ifc. avutta-° (Pj II 481,9; 482,3,18); eṇeyyaka-°; eraka-
vatta-°; kañjiya-°; cīraka-vāsika-° (Ps II 59,9); dvat-
tiṁsa-° (It-a II 96,22 [so read]); nāna-ppakāra-°
(~-bheda, Pj II 482,23); pañca-vinibandhana-° (~âdi,
Ja IV 12,10; Rāhu-mukha-° (Ps 58,28); sañkha-muṇ-
ḍa-° (Ps II 58,23); hattha-cchedâdi-° (Ss 262,23); — in
long cpd.s dvattiṁsa-~-aṭṭhanavuti-rogavasa-ppa-
vatta (Ja III 241,20'; pañcavīsati-bhaya-dvattiṁsa-
~-aṭṭhanavuti-roga-mukhâdi (~-vasa, Ja VI 28,22');
— 5. ""saṁvibhajetha no rajjena"" (D II 233,14) idaṁ
~aṁ, Sadd 735,11.[[side 221]]
kamma-kārana

" 346862553902616576,kammakārana,en,"

kamma-k[ā/a]rana

" 346862101907640320,kammakāraṇa,en,"

kamma-kāraṇa,

f., torture; tato ne rājā vividhā ~ā kārāpeti, Ps I 211,4.

" 346862591802347520,kammakaraṇabheda,en,"

kamma-karaṇa-bheda

, m., sort of torture; — ifc.
nāna-ppakāra-° (Pj II 482,23).

" 346862593853362176,kammakaraṇadhippāya,en,"

kamma-karaṇâdhippāya

, mfn. [°karaṇa + adhi°],
(bhvr.) having the intention of executing a legal action;
— ifc. tajjanīyâdi-° (Sp-ṭ II 276,27 [ad Sp 475,10] qu.
Vmv I 237,27).

" 346862593870139392,kammakaraṇādhippāya,en,"

kamma-karaṇâdhippāya

, mfn. [°karaṇa + adhi°],
(bhvr.) having the intention of executing a legal action;
— ifc. tajjanīyâdi-° (Sp-ṭ II 276,27 [ad Sp 475,10] qu.
Vmv I 237,27).

" 346862589138964480,kammakaraṇakāla,en,"

kamma-karaṇa-kāla

, m., 1. the time of performing
spiritual work, i.e., meditation (on something, with loc.);
2. the time of performing an act (kamma); — 1. saṅgā-
maṁ pavisanakālo viya vipassanāya ~o, Mp III
141,12; dāyanakālo (Be lā°) viya vipassanāya ~o, Mp
IV 162,21 qu. Ud-a 235,26 (Be lā°); — 2. tattha idha
paripakkattā āyatanānan ti paripakkāyatanassa ~a
sammoho dassito, Vism 580,35 (= etena kammassa
paccayabhūtaṁ sammohaṁ dasseti, na kammasam-
payuttam eva, Vism-mhṭ II 339,16) = Vibh-a 183,26;
""idha nandati pecca nandatī"" (Dhp 18) ti vacanato
~e vipākapaṭisaṁvedanakāle ca so yevā ti paṭijānātī
ti, Ppk-mṭ 60,23.

" 346862588786642944,kammakaraṇakāraka,en,"

kamma-k[ā/a]raṇa-kāraka

, m. [cf. kammakāraṇika,
q.v.], a torturer, executioner; with reference to the dis-
cussion at Kv XX.3 (Nirayapālakathā) about whether
there are torturers in hell: yathā ... manussaloke ~ā
(v.ll. kammakārakā, kammakaraṇakammakaraṇikā)
atthi, evam eva niraye nirayapālā atthī ti, Ps IV
231,9 = Mp II 227,28 qu. Nidd-a I 424,18 (reading kam-
makāraṇikā).

" 346862588795031552,kammakāraṇakāraka,en,"

kamma-k[ā/a]raṇa-kāraka

" 346862101962166272,kammakā̆raṇakāraka,en,"

kamma-kā̆raṇa-kāraka,

cf. S. Mori, Bauddhavidyāsudhākaraḥ, Festschr. H. Bechert 1997: 452foll.

" 346862109323169792,kammakāraṇakaraṇa,en,"

kamma-kāraṇâkaraṇa

, n. [°karaṇa + a°], the act
of not subjecting (somebody, with loc.) to torture; iti
amhākaṁ tumhesu pure ~ato (Ee kammakāraṇā
karaṇato) va kalyāṇaṁ karothā ti, Ps IV 232,9 (ad
M III 171,8 foll.)

" 346862109335752704,kammakāraṇākaraṇa,en,"

kamma-kāraṇâkaraṇa

" 346862589713584128,kammakaraṇakicca,en,"

kamma-karaṇa-kicca

, n., the obligation of having to
perform work; tāta tuyhaṁ sahassaṁ laddhakālato
paṭṭhāya sahatthā ~aṁ n' atthi, Mp I 188,17 ≠ Th-a III
65,12 (shortened version of same narrative) qu. Ap-a 269,3;
— for Ja VI 88,22' (Be) v. kammakārakakicca, q.v.

" 346862108056489984,kammakāraṇanānatta,en,"

kamma-kāraṇa-nāna-tta

, n., [abstr.], variety of tor-
ture; on the names of the various hells: keci pana tat-
tha tattha paridevanānattena pi ~ena ca (Mp-ṭ °enā
pi) imāni nāmāni laddhānī ti vadanti, Pj II 477,7 =
Mp-ṭ III 349,14.[[side 223]]

" 346862590908960768,kammakaraṇanimittattha,en,"

kamma-karaṇa-nimitt'-attha

, m., (t.t.gr.) the sense
of direct object, instrument, and motive; ~esu sattamī
... ""sundarâvuso ime ājīvakā bhikkhūsu abhivā-
denti"" (Vin III 212,6) evaṁ kammatthe +, Kacc and
Kacc-v 312 qu. Sadd 727,20 foll. ≠ Rūp 309.

" 346862594188906496,kammakaraṇanubhavanaṭṭhāna,en,"

kamma-karaṇânubhavana-ṭṭhāna

, n. [°karaṇa +
anu°], a place where one experiences torture; ussadani-
rayo kira so bahunnaṁ nerayikasattānaṁ ~aṁ (v. l.
°bhāvaṭṭhā°), Ja IV 3,13.[[side 222]]

" 346862594197295104,kammakaraṇānubhavanaṭṭhāna,en,"

kamma-karaṇânubhavana-ṭṭhāna

, n. [°karaṇa +
anu°], a place where one experiences torture; ussadani-
rayo kira so bahunnaṁ nerayikasattānaṁ ~aṁ (v. l.
°bhāvaṭṭhā°), Ja IV 3,13.[[side 222]]

" 346862591215144960,kammakaraṇapaccayā,en,"

kamma-karaṇa-paccayā

, ²ind. because of torture;
adv. abl.; so ~ pi dukkhadomanassaṁ paṭisaṁvede-
ti, Nidd I 403,26.

" 346862108912128000,kammakaraṇapakkha,en,"

kamma-karaṇa-pakkha

, m., the subject of torture;
~e (Ee kammakāraṇā pakkhe) dvattiṁsa tāva kam-
makāraṇā, Ps IV 233,2 foll. (ad M III 171,8 foll).

" 346862591508746240,kammakaraṇappatta,en,"

kamma-karaṇa-ppatta

, mfn., undergoing torture (in
hell); niraye ~o viya ahosi, Ja V 263,28.

" 346862589419982848,kammakāraṇappatta,en,"

kamma-kāraṇa-ppatta

, mfn. [cf. kammakaraṇap-
patta, q.v.], undergoing torture; — ifc. khārāpataccha-
kâdi-° (Vism 500,20).

" 346862592729288704,kammakaraṇasālā,en,"

kamma-karaṇa-sālā

, f., a workshop; āvesanan ti
gharaṁ ~ā vā, Pv-a 120,17.

" 346862592435687424,kammakaraṇasaṃvidhāna,en,"

kamma-karaṇa-saṁvidhāna

, n., the act of prescrib-
ing torture (to somebody); so tesaṁ ~aṁ sutvā pi asan-
tassitvā va te rakkhase āmantetvā, Ja II 398,5.

" 346862593077415936,kammakaraṇasīla,en,"

kamma-karaṇa-sīla

, mfn., used to perform, execute
work; kammakaro ti analaso ~o yeva, Sv 168,18 (ad D
I 60,7; koci dāso pi samano alaso kammaṁ na karon-
to kammakaro ti na vuccati, Sv-pṭ I 299,10).

" 346862590263037952,kammakaraṇattha,en,"

kamma-karaṇ'-attha

, m., 1. the sense of performing,
executing any given action; 2. the purpose of conducting
proceedings 3. the purpose of torture; — 1. ifc. daḷhi-°
(Sv 171,21); — 2. ukkhepanīya-° (Sp-ṭ II 362,21); — 3.
ifc. pañca-vidha-bandhanâdi-° (Ps III 430,16).

" 346862589986213888,kammakaraṇaṭṭhāna,en,"

kamma-karaṇa-ṭṭhāna

, n., 1. a place where work is
performed, i.e., a workshop; 2. work, job, = ¹kammaṭ-
ṭhāna, q.v.; 3. a place where an act has been performed;
4. torture chamber; — 1. so tattha papatanto naḷakā-
rānaṁ ~e naḷakārasālāyaṁ patito, Mp I 423,26; sa ...
tassa -am eva āgacchati, Ja V 429,20'; kammaṁ vā
anto niṭṭhānaṁ gacchati etthā ti kammanto, ~aṁ,
Sv-pṭ III 172,21 (ad Sv 947,27); — 2. uṭṭhātā kamma-
dheyyesū ti ~esu uṭṭhānaviriyasampanno, Mp IV
139,2 (ad A IV 285,7*); — 3. paṭhaviyā ojā ~ato sat-
taratanamattaṁ heṭṭhā pavissati (so read with Ce), Ja
V 113,16' (""the vital energy of the earth goes down seven
yards from the place where the act was committed""); —
ifc. gāma-° (Sv 710,27); — 4. ifc. pañca-vidha-ban-
dhana-° (Ps IV 156,1).

" 346862101941194752,kammakaraṇavagga,en,"

Kamma-karaṇa-vagga,

m., title of A I 47,3–51,33; ~o, A I 51,32; Mp II 97,29 (Ee Vassûpanāyikāvaggo).

" 346862592137891840,kammakaraṇavelā,en,"

kamma-karaṇa-velā

, f., the time of performing (and
storing) kamma; kammâyūhanakkhaṇe ti ~āya, Ps-pṭ
II 193,3 (ad Ps II 373,30 foll).

" 346862580318343168,kammakaraṇaviriyabhāva,en,"

kamma-karaṇa-viriyâbhāva

, m. [°viriya + a°], lack
of energy at performing work; anuṭṭhānan ti kammasa-
maye ~o, Spk I 100,9 (ad S I 43,19 = kammakiriya-
samuṭṭhāpakaviriyâbhāvo, Spk-pṭ I 138,25).

" 346862580335120384,kammakaraṇaviriyābhāva,en,"

kamma-karaṇa-viriyâbhāva

, m. [°viriya + a°], lack
of energy at performing work; anuṭṭhānan ti kammasa-
maye ~o, Spk I 100,9 (ad S I 43,19 = kammakiriya-
samuṭṭhāpakaviriyâbhāvo, Spk-pṭ I 138,25).

" 346862109826486272,kammakāraṇika,en,"

kamma-kāraṇika

, m. [< kammakāraṇa + ika; cf.
kammakaraṇakāraka, q.v.], a torturer, executioner; ca-
tutthaṁ devadūtan ti ettha pana kammakāraṇā vā
devadūtā ti kātabbā ~ā (v. l. °karaṇikā) vā, ... tena te
devadūtā nāma jātā. ~ā (v.l °karaṇikā) pi atthato e-
vaṁ vadanti nāma: mayaṁ dvattiṁsakammakāra-
ṇā karontā na rukkhâdisu karoma, tumhâdisesu
sattesu yeva karoma, Ps IV 233,1,6 (ad M III 181,23);
— with reference to the discussion at Kv XX.3 (Niraya-
pālakathā), cf. kammak[ā/a]raṇakāraka, q.v.; — °-satta,
m., a being functioning as executioner (in hell); niraya-
pālesū ti niraye ~esu, Sv 809,26 (~esū ti [Ee °karaṇa-
satte°) nerayikānaṁ saṅghātanakasattesu, Sv-pṭ II
445,18 (ad D II 322,16).

" 346862594503479296,kammakaraṇokāsa,en,"

kamma-karaṇôkāsa

, m. [°karaṇa + ok°], a place
where the (plowing) ceremony (?) is performed; cf. kam-
manta 4., q.v.; kammante) ti ~o, Pj II 139,17 (ad Sn 13,5).

" 346862590585999360,kammakaraṇtthaya,en,"

kamma-karaṇ'-tthaya

, ²ind. [dat. of goal], 1. to exe-
cute work; 2. to torture (?); — 1. sahāyatthāya ~ puri-
saṁ dethā ti yācituṁ vaṭṭati, Sp 561,27 qu. Pālim
15,3; — 2. so pitaraṁ tāpanagehe pakkhipāpesi tā-
panagehan nāma ~ kataṁ dhūmagharaṁ, Sv 136,9.

" 346862594788691968,kammakarī,en,"

kamma-karī

, f. [sa. karmakarī; cf. kammakārī, q.v.],
a hired female worker; v. kammakara; chabbaggiyā
bhikkhuniyo ... dāsaṁ upaṭṭhāpenti ... kammaka-
raṁ upaṭṭhāpenti ~iṁ upaṭṭhāpenti, Vin II 267,10; —
in list of various types of wives: dhanakkītā chandavā-
sinī dāsī ca bhariyā ~ī ca bhariyā dhajâhaṭā muhut-
tikā Sv 1048,33 (qu. Vin III 239,24-26' reading °kārī) =
Ps I 199,20 (reading °kārī); — ifc. para-° (Ap 567,18).

" 346862111764254720,kammakārī,en,"

kamma-kārī

, f. [cf. kammakarī, q.v.], = kammakarī;
for the distribution of kammakarī and ~, cf. kamma-
kāra, q.v.; — exeg.: mentioned as one of ten types of
wives at Vin III 139,26: dhanakkītā + ... dāsī ca bha-
riyā ca ~ī ca bhariyā ca dhajāhaṭā muhuttikā, Vin III
139,26 (~ī nāma gehe bhatiyā kammaṁ karoti, Sp
555,33 foll.) qu. Sv 1048,33 (reading °karī) = Ps I 199,20
qu. Paṭis-a 220,35, Ss 90,27, Upas, 179,10 (cf. 178,23); —
yo pana pāpakammena dāsiyā vā ~iyā vā kucchi-
yaṁ nibbattitvā, Mp II 219,16 foll.; — para-° (Vv 401).

" 346862111214800896,kammakārikā,en,"

kamma-kārikā

, (m)f(n). [cf. kammakāraka, q.v.],
executing any given work; — ifc. mālā-ganthanâdi-°
(Ps II 303,22).

" 346862110656958464,kammakarin,en,"

kamma-kari(n)

, mfn., performimg an action, work,
deed; — ifc. kasi-vaṇijjâdi-° (Ps III 430,18 [v.l. dham-
mikakasi°]); khaṇḍakâdi-chinnakâdi-° (Peṭ 201,17
[reading doubtful; Be om. ~]); dukkaṭa-° (M III 163,11;
A I 102,21 foll.; Mp II 169,24); sukata-° (A I 102,32
foll.; Vv 1263).
kamma-karin

" 346862584751722496,kammakata,en,"

[²

kamma-kata

, w.r. at Ja IV 260,24* for which read
kamma kataṁ; cf. Th. Oberlies, WZKS XXXIV,
1990:91.]

" 346862584156131328,kammakata,en,"

kamma-kata

, mfn., (t.t. Vin) a (bhikkhu) against
whom proceedings have been conducted; so ~o bhikkhu,
Vin III 185,18; āpattiṁ āpanno ~o, V 182,15 foll. (= ā-
pattiṁ āpanno, tappaccayā va saṅghena kammaṁ
kataṁ hoti, Sp 1371,26); Utt-vn 457; — ifc. ukkhepa-
niya-°; tajjaniya-° (Vin II 5,5); pabbājaniya-° (Vin
III 185,31; Sp 624,8; 625,1);

" 346862101983137792,kammakathā,en,"

Kamma-kathā,

f., title of 1. Paṭis II 78,1–79,31; ~āya apubbatthânuvaṇṇanā, Paṭis-a 574,21; — 2. Kv 464,34–466,17; ~ā, Kv-a 135,23; Moh 272,30; — 3. Kv 611,2–612,14; ~ā, Kv-a 194,10; Moh 276,16.

" 346862585460559872,kammakattar,en,"

kamma-katta(r)

, m. [sa. karmakartṛ], (t.t.gr.) the a-
gent (kāraka) as object (kāraka); used of reflexive con-
structions where the action affecting the agent and the
object is the same; cf. L. RENOU, Terminologie s.v. kar-
makartṛ; Sadd 2.2.2; 5.1.1.1; — exeg.: yo ... parassa
kiriyaṁ paṭicca kammabhūto ... kammañ ca taṁ
kattā cā ti atthena, Sadd 691,19 (cf. Nyāsa ad Pāṇ III
1 62); — ~ā ti sukaro kammabhūto kathīyate ti (qu.
from Maṅjūsā [= Cūḷaniruttivaṇṇanā], so Rūp-sn
161,4), Rūp-v 98,4*; so (scil. kattā) tividho suddha-
kattā, hetukattā, ~ā ti, Rūp 97,18; yo pana parassa
kriyaṁ paṭicca kammabhūto pi sukarattā sayam e-
va sijjhanto viya hoti, so ~ā nāma, yathā sayaṁ ka-
rīyate kaṭo, Rūp-v 97,32 qu. Sadd 691,19; — °(u)-tā, f.
[abstr. of prec], the fact of the agent karaka being object
kāraka; sayam eva kaṭo karīyate ti ādisu viya sukhâ-
bhisaṅkharaṇīyatā labbhat' eva, tato ~ā ca, Sadd 7,22.[[side 219]]
kamma-kattar

" 346862586597216256,kammakattuppayoga,en,"

kamma-kattu-ppayoga

, m., the usage of the agent
kāraka as object kāraka; cf. prec.; kec' ettha vadey-
yuṁ: ""sayam eva pīyate pānīyan"" ti ādi viya bhu-
vâdigaṇapakkhiko ~o esa, Sadd 339,9.

" 346862585930321920,kammakattutthadīpaka,en,"

kamma-kattu-'ttha-dīpaka

, mfn. [°kattu + attha],
indicating the meaning of the agent (kāraka) as object
(kāraka); used of reflexive constructions, cf. kamma-
katta(r), q.v.; yasmiṁ ... kammuno kiriyāpade kam-
matthadīpake kammabhūtass' ev' atthassa kattu-
bhāvaparikappo hoti, taṁ ~aṁ, Sadd 7,15.

" 346862110258499584,kammakilesa,en,"

kamma-kilesa

, m. (pl. ~ā) [Buddh. sa. karmakle-
śa], (dv.) kamma and passions; ~ā (so read with Be; Ee
kammaṁ kil°; cf. iti idañ ca kammaṁ ime ca kilesā,
ayaṁ saṁsārassa hetu, Peṭ 246,7) hetu saṁsārassa,
Nett 113,24; ~ā, Peṭ 114,9; na kevalañ ca ~ā yeva āsa-
vā api ca kho nānappakārakā uppaddavā pi, Ps I
61,25 = Mp II 183,12 = It-a I 114,13 = Ud-a 176,10; ~ehi
āciyyatī ti ācayo, As 44,9; ekassa sattassa ~ehi apa-
râparuppattivasena ekaṁ mahākappaṁ sandhāvan-
tassa, It-a I 84,12; ~ehi pana anibbattattā dukkhaṁ
ariyasaccan ti na vattabbaṁ, Kv-a 167,20; yaṁ vi-
pākaṁ hoti taṁ ~ehi citan ti pi cittaṁ, Paṭis-a 98,32;
~ehi pajātattā pajā ti laddhanāmā, It-a I 55,17; taṁ-
taṁbhavaṁ (so read) ~ehi ettakaṁ kālaṁ āropiya-
mānaṁ, Th-a II 79,10; taṁtaṁgatisaṁvattanakānaṁ
... ~ānaṁ aggamaggena bodhimūle yeva suppahī-
nattā n' atthi Bhagavato gatipariyāpannatā, Sv-pṭ I
8,1 (ad Sv 1,2: gativimuttaṁ); — ifc. bhava-nibbatta-
ka-° (Bv-a 91,11); — °-vasa, m.; saṁsārasotan ti ~ena
yoni gati viññāṇaṭṭhiti nava sattāvāsesu ito c' ito ca
saṁsaraṇaṁ saṁsāro, Bv-a 91,4.[[side 224]]

" 346862115849506816,kammakilesa,en,"

kamma-kilesa

, m. [Buddh. sa. karmakleśa; cf.
SWTF and karmasaṁkleśa s.v.v.; cf. kammakiliṭṭha,
q.v.], (karmadh.) the defilement which is kamma, kam-
ma defilement; four types of ~ are mentioned at D III
181,25 foll. q.v. infra; — exeg.: ~ā ti tehi kammehi
sattā kilissanti, tasmā kilesā ti vuccanti, Sv 943,16 (ad
D III 181,19, q.v. infra; tattha ~ā ti kammabhūtā saṅ-
kilesā, Sv-pṭ III 164,16); ~o ti kammaṅ ca taṁ kilesa-
sapayuttattā kileso cā ti ~o. sakileso yeva hi pānaṁ
hanati, nikkileso na hanati. tasmā pāṇâtipāto ~o ti
vutto. adinnâdānâdisu es' eva nayo, Sv 943,32 foll.
(ad D III 181,25, q.v. infra); — katam' assa cattāro ~ā
pahīnā honti. pāṇâtipāto ... ~o, adinnâdānaṁ ~o,
kāmesu micchâcāro ~o, musāvādo ~o. imassa cattā-
ro ~ā pahīnā hontī ti, D III 181,25 foll. partially qu. Pj
I 142,31; na limpati ~a (°sa m.c. for °so in cadence of
Jagatī) tādiso, Ja III 320,22* (na limpati ~a tādiso ti
... ayaṁ ~o na allīyatī ti, 321,5',6'); catunnaṁ ~ānaṁ
tappaṭipakkhassa ca vasena vuttaṁ, Mp III 210,21
(ad A II 226,30-33).

" 346862115019034624,kammakilesapaccaya,en,"

kamma-kilesa-paccaya

, mfn., (bhvr.) conditioned by
kamma and defilements; tasmiṁ kilesajāle sati ~ānaṁ
pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ nibbatti hoti, Spk II 269,25.

" 346862116268937216,kammakilesapaccayā,en,"

kamma-kilesa-paccayā

, ²ind., due to the kamma
and defilements; puthujjanassa sabbaso vaṭṭamūlaki-
lesānaṁ appahīṇattā yaṁ kiṅci kayiramānaṁ kam-
maṁ kusalam akusalaṁ vā hoti, ice assa ~ va vaṭ-
ṭaṁ vaṭṭati, Vism 688,14 qu. Paṭis-a 172,5.

" 346862117724360704,kammakilesasaṅkhāta,en,"

kamma-kilesa-saṅkhāta

, mfn. [cf. ¹kammakilesa,
q.v.], in other words ""kamma defilements;"" pāṇâtipāto
adinnādānaṁ, musāvādo ca vuccati paradāragama-
nañ ca (D III 182,1*-2*) ti evaṁ gāthāya saṅgahītaṁ
~aṁ catubbidham akusalaṁ, Pj I 143,4.

" 346862117275570176,kammakilesavaraṇabhūta,en,"

kamma-kilesâvaraṇa-bhūta

, mfn. [°kilesa + ā°],
being an obstacle in the form of the kamma defilements;
~ā ca te saggâvaraṇā ca maggâvaraṇā ca paccakkha-
saggānaṁ kāmâvacaradevānam pi uppajjituṁ na a-
rahanti, ko pana vādo rūpârūpīnan ti, Ppk-mṭ 182,12.

" 346862117296541696,kammakilesāvaraṇabhūta,en,"

kamma-kilesâvaraṇa-bhūta

" 346862112678612992,kammakilesavipāka,en,"

kamma-kilesa-vipāka

, m., the result of the kamma
defilements; ~ā, Vmv I 103,12; — °-vaṭṭa, n., the round
which is the result of the kamma defilements; kam-
munā vattati loko (Sn 654) ti suttaṁ nissāya sab-
bam idaṁ ~aṁ kammato va hotī ti yesaṁ laddhi,
seyyathā pi Rājagirikānañ c' eva Siddhatthikānañ
ca, Kv-a 165,28.

" 346862116738699264,kammakilesavipākaupavādaāṇāvītikkama,en,"

kamma-kilesa-vipāka-upavāda-āṇā-vītikkama

,
m. [cf. kammavipākakilesûpavāda-āṇāvîtikkama,
q.v.], (dv.) act, passions, result, criticism, and transgres-
sion of a command; saggamokkhānaṁ antarāyaṁ ka-
rontī ti antarāyikā. te ~-vasena pañcavidhā, Sp 869,10
= Ps II 102,23 qu. Ss 159,4.

" 346862115413299200,kammakiliṭṭha,en,"

[

kamma-kiliṭṭha

, w.r. at Dhp 15 for which read
kamma kiliṭṭhaṁ (cf. ²kammakata Rem.) corrobor-
ated by Dhp-a I 129,1: attano kiliṭṭhakammaṁ passi-
tvā; cf. Uv XXVIII 34d: karma hi kliṣṭam]

" 346862107691585536,kammakiriyadassana,en,"

kamma-kiriya-dassana

, mfn. [cf. kammakiriyavā-
di(n), q.v.], professing the doctrine of kamma and action;
micchādiṭṭhiṁ na sevanti ~ā, Ja I 45,6* qu. Ap-a 49,14.

" 346862114029178880,kammakiriyāphala,en,"

kamma-kiriyā-phala

, n., the performance of an act and
its result; so paṭisaṁvedayatī ti kārakavedakānaṁ a-
naññattadassanaparaṁ etaṁ, na pana ~ānaṁ paṭi-
saṁvedanānaṁ samānakālatādassanaparaṁ, Spk-pṭ
II 41,24 (ad Spk II 35,31).

" 346862113597165568,kammakiriyasamutthāpakaviriyabhāva,en,"

kamma-kiriya-samutthāpaka-viriyâbhāva

, m.
[viriya + a°], lack of energy conducive to performance of
work; kammakaraṇaviriyâbhāvo = ~o, Spk-pṭ I 138,25
(ad Spk I 100,9).

" 346862113618137088,kammakiriyasamutthāpakaviriyābhāva,en,"

kamma-kiriya-samutthāpaka-viriyâbhāva

, m.
[viriya + a°], lack of energy conducive to performance of
work; kammakaraṇaviriyâbhāvo = ~o, Spk-pṭ I 138,25
(ad Spk I 100,9).

" 346862587884867584,kammakiriyavadin,en,"

kamma-kiriya-vadi(n)

, mfn. [cf. kammavādi(n),
kiriyavādi(n) qq.v.], - prec.; pabbajjā ti Buddhassa
Bhagavato santike patthentassā pi ~isu tāpasesu vā
bhikkhūsu vā pabbajitass' eva patthanā samijjhati,
Bv-a 92,3 = Cp-a 282,34; ~ino ... ime dve puggalā,
Sv-pṭ I 348,12 (ad Sv 350,21: ime dve sandhāya);
pabbajjā ti ~īsu tāpasesu, bhikkhūsu vā pabbajjā,
Ps-pṭ III 301,15.
kamma-kiriya-vadin

" 346862120593264640,kammakkhama,en,"

kamma-kkhama

, mfn., capable of, fit for action;
used in glosses on kammaniya and kammañña, qq.v.;
muduttā yeva ca kammaniye (Vin III 4,19 scil. citte),
~e kammayogge ti vuttaṁ hoti, Vism 377,6 = Sp
157,19; Nett-a 148,29; ~aṁ kammayoggan ti kamma-
niyaṁ ... tasmiṁ alaṁ kammaniye, Sp 631,24 qu.
Kkh 52,12; Paṭis-a 345,9; Mp I 52,4 (ad A I 5,9); kam-
mañña ti ~ā kammayoggā, Mp III 389,8; kammañña
ti ~ā, Sp 1081,22 (ad Vin I 182,31,34; = kammayoggā,
Sp-ṭ III 291,12); ~e ti vikubbanâdi-iddhikammak-
khame, Vism-mhṭ II 7,7 qu. Sp-ṭ I 384,18; — ifc. sab-
ba-° (Mp I 246,25).

" 346862121046249472,kammakkhamacitta,en,"

kamma-kkhama-citta

, n., a mind that is fit for (spi-
ritual) work; kallacittan ti kammanīyacittaṁ ... bhā-
janabhāvûpagamanena kammanīyacittaṁ: ~an ti
attho, Ud-a 282,34 foll. = Vv-a 214,18 (Ee w.r. kamma-
niyacittaṁ) ≠ Sv-pṭ II 91,17; (bhājanabhāvûpagama-
nena ~e ti attho) ≠ Ps-pṭ III 38,27 (bhājanabhāvûpa-
gamanena ~aṁ) qu. Mp-ṭ III 224,8.

" 346862118936514560,kammakkhaṇa,en,"

kamma-kkhaṇa

, m., the moment of action, i.e. the
moment when an action is performed; yathā hi paritta-
kassa aggino kataṭṭhāne aggismiṁ nibbutamatte ye-
va uṇhâkāro nibbāyitvā kiñci na hoti, mahantam pa-
na ādittaṁ aggikkhandhaṁ nibbāpetvā gomayapa-
ribhaṇḍe kate pi uṇhâkāro avūpasanto (so read; Ee a-
vu°) yeva hoti, evam eva (so read with Be) tebhūma-
kakusale añño ~o (so read with Be) añño vipākakkha-
ṇo (so read with Be; Ee wrong punctuation), As 291,19.

" 346862119787958272,kammakkhandhaka,en,"

Kamma-kkhandhaka

, n.; title of Vin II 1-28; ~aṁ,
Vin II 28,20; ~e, Sp 610,22; 1155,8; — °-vaṇṇanā, f.; ct.
on prec.; title of Sp 1155-1159; ~ā, Sp 1159,20.

" 346862121486651392,kammakkhaya,en,"

kamma-kkhaya

, m. [Buddh. sa. karmakṣaya], anni-
hilation of kamma; — exeg.: ~āya saṁvattati ayaṁ
nibbedho, Nett 159,10; — in formula describing four
types of kamma, on which, cf. ³kamma b.(ii): atth'
āvuso kammaṁ akaṇhaṁ ... ~āya saṁvattati, D III
230,5; — on ~ as the presupposition of the destruction of
suffering: taṇhakkhayā ~o ~ā dukkhakkhayo ti, S V
87,3; — in reproduction of the niggaṇṭha Nathaputta's
view on kamma on which, cf. ³kamma g.: āyatiṁ ana-
vassavā ~o, ~ā dukkhakkhayo +, M I 93,7,8 = II
214,11 = 220,5 ≠ A I 221,1 (~ā dukkhakkhayo ti kam-
mavaṭṭakkhayena dukkhavaṭṭakkhayo, Mp II
332,13); — taṁ khandhānaṁ mūlabhūtaṁ bhava-
saṅkhāraṁ kammaṁ ~āya saṁvattatī ti evaṁ vut-
tena kammakkhayakarena ariyamaggena avassaji,
Sv 557,35 (ad D II 107,3: bhavasaṅkhāraṁ avassajjī
muni) = Spk III 254,34 (ad S V 263,2) = Mp IV 154,9
(ad A IV 312,1) = Ud-a 329,27 (ad Ud 64,29); — mag-
gacetanā ... sa ... ~āya saṁvattatī ti, Mp III 213,11
(ad A II 232,12); kammabalena yāva ~ā na cavantā
tiṭṭhante (i.e. in the Avici hell), Ss 141,13; — ifc. kusa-
lâkusala-° (Mp V 52,23); sabba-° (S I 134,4; Ap
460,18; It 123,3*; ~-ppatta, Spk I 193,20; ~-saṅkhāta,
Spk I 193,20).[[side 225]]

" 346862121960607744,kammakkhayakara,en,"

kamma-kkhaya-kara

, mfn., causing the annihilation
of kamma; — ~ qualifying ariyamagga and ariyamag-
gaṅāṇa: ~ena ariyamaggena avassaji, Sv 557,36 (in
exegesis of bhavasaṅkhāraṁ avassajjī muni, on which,
cf. prec.); paṭisandhiṁ dātuṁ asamatthabhāvato, ya-
to ariyamaggañāṇaṁ -an ti (so read with BeCeSe; Ee
om. yato ... ~an) vuccati, Ud-a 166,32; — qualifying
arahattamagga: therassa pana upapajjavedaniyañ
ca aparapariyāyavedaniyañ cā ti imāni dve kammā-
ni ~ena arahattamaggena samugghātitāni, Ps III
339,23 qu. Ss 137,26; — qualifying ñāṇa and ñāṇapha-
rasu: ~aṁ ñāṇapharasuṁ (v.l. °karañ°, q.v.) gahetvā
sabbe arā hatā ti arānaṁ hatattā pi arahaṁ, Vism
198,26 = Sp 112,22 (Vmv I 45,1); — qualifying catu-
maggañāṇa: akaṇhaṁ asukkan ti ~aṁ catumagga-
ñāṇaṁ adhippetaṁ, Sv 1023,18 (ad D III 230,5) = Ps
III 103,22 (ad M I 389,24) = Mp III 212,6 (ad A II
230,25); — qualifying brahmacariya: brahmacariya-
vāso hotī ti ~assa brahmacariyassa khepetabbakam-
masambhavato vāso nāma hoti, Mp II 360,14 (ad A II
249,14); — qualifying lokuttarakusala: ~ena lokutta-
rakusalena avipākārahabhāvassa āharitattā, Th-a III
59,24; — qualifying kamma: aladdhokāsassa (scil.
kammassa) vipākadāne paccayantararahitassā pi vi-
pākadānaṁ āpannan ti avijjātaṇhâdipaccayantara-
khepakassa aññassa apacayagāmikammassa ~assa
okāso na bhaveyya, As-mṭ 167,4; — °-tta, n. [abstr.],
the causing the destruction of kamma; ~ā, As-mṭ 76,23
(ad As 87,38).

" 346862122363260928,kammakkhayakarakamma,en,"

kamma-kkhaya-kara-kamma

, n., kamma that
causes the annihilation of (other) kamma; kammassa
kaṇhasukkasamaññā kaṇhasukkâbhijātihetutāyā ti
apacayagāmitāya tadubhayaviddhaṁsakassa ~assa
idha sukkapariyāyo pi na icchito, Sv-pṭ III 313,28 =
Ps-pṭ III 45,14.

" 346862122824634368,kammakkhayakarañāṇa,en,"

kamma-kkhaya-kara-ñāṇa

, n., knowledge that
causes the annihilation of kamma; tibhavûpagakam-
maṁ ~ena viddhaṁsetvā abhāvaṁ katvā, Bv-a
173,3; khayā ca kammassa ti ~ena kammassa khe-
panato, Nett-a 262,11; kammassakatāpaññāya ...
patiṭṭhato kammavasena bhavesu nānappakāro an-
attho ti jānanto ~aṁ abhipattheti, Sv-pṭ III 287,12
qu. Mp-ṭ III 235,21.

" 346862123357310976,kammakkhayakarañāṇapharasu,en,"

kamma-kkhaya-kara-ñāṇa-pharasu

, m., the axe of
knowledge causing the annihilation of kamma; ~uṁ
(v.l. kammakkhayakaraṁ ñāṇaparasuṁ) gahetvā
sabbe arā hatā ti arānaṁ hatattā pi arahaṁ, Sp
112,22 = Pj II 441,19 = Ud-a 76,16 = Paṭis-a I 214,3 (cf.
Vism 198,26);

" 346862120190611456,kammakkhayalakkhaṇa,en,"

kamma-kkhaya-lakkhaṇa

, mfn., characterised by
annihilation of kamma; phuṭṭho ti aṭṭhannam pi kam-
mānaṁ khepanena mokkhappattiyā ~ena sabbena
pāpavāraṇena phuṭṭho, Sv-pṭ I 230,6 ≠ Spk-pṭ I 167,10.

" 346862124829511680,kammakkhayañāṇa,en,"

kamma-kkhaya-ñāṇa

, n., knowledge of the annihila-
tion of kamma; ~ena ... pāṇâtipātadussīlyassa pahī-
natta Bhagava accantam eva tato paṭivirato ti vuc-
cati, Sv-pṭ I 114,2 qu. Mp-ṭ II 175,8.

" 346862118114430976,kammakopa,en,"

kamma-kopa

, m., (t.t. Vin) invalidation of proceed-
ings; ""āvuso saṅgho"" ti vattabbaṁ, so pi ce ""bhante""
ti vadeyya ... ~o n' atthi, Vmv II 133,24; sīmāsam-
bhedato ~o pi vutto, 163,18; — °-kāraṇa, n., the cause
of invalidation of proceedings; bhikkhuphusanaṁ ~aṁ
hoti, Vmv II 150,12; — °-ṭṭhāna, n. [cf. kammakopa-
saṅkaṭṭhāna], an occasion of invalidation of proceed-
ings; ~an ti vatvā, Vmv II 163,25; — °-vacana, n., an
expression of invalidation of proceedings; api ca sīman-
tarikāya ṭhitassā pi ubhayattha ~ato pi c' etaṁ sij-
jhati. ... itarathā tassa ~aṁ na yujjeyya, Vmv II
160,13,15; — °-saṅka-ṭṭhāna, n., an occasion for doubt
leading to the invalidation of proceedings; ~am pi ācari-
yā dūrato parihāratthaṁ ~an ti vatvā va ṭhapesun ti
gahetabbaṁ, Vmv II 163,24; — °-saṅkā, f. [v. prec],
doubt that manifests itself as displeasure at, disapproval
of a formal act of the saṅgha; udakukkhepaparicche-
dassa dubbijānato ~ā hotī ti, Vmv II 163,5,24; — °â-
bhāva, m., non-existence of invalidation of proceedings;
~ato, Vmv II 234,21.

" 346862113135792128,kammakusalavedanā,en,"

kamma-kusala-vedanā

, f., (dv.) acts (of body and
speech), good, (bad, and indifferent precepts), and (good,
bad, and indifferent) feelings, cf. Kkh 24,12-26; — °-vasa,
m.; on the precepts: ~enā pi c' ettha atthi sikkhāpa-
daṁ kāyakammaṁ, atthi vacīkammaṁ ... atthi ...
sikkhāpadaṁ kusalaṁ, atthi akusalaṁ, atthi avyā-
kataṁ ... atthi ca sikkhāpadaṁ tivedanaṁ, atthi dvi-
vedanaṁ, atthi ekavedanaṁ, Sp 271,2 (Sp-ṭ II 97,18).

" 346862289695019008,kammalakkhaṇa,en,"

kamma-lakkhaṇa

, mfn. and n., 1. (mfn.) (bhvr.)
having kamma as distinctive feature; 2. the distinctive
feature of kamma; 3. (t.t. Vin) proceedings determined
by implication, i.e., proceedings not named as Such in the
Vin, but necessarily resulting from a prescription; — 1.
exeg.: kammaṁ lakkhaṇaṁ saṅjānanakāraṇaṁ assā
ti ~o, Mp II 169,4 (ad A I 102,2); kammaṁ lakkha-
ṇam tassā ti ~o, Mp-ṭ II 75,20; attanā kataṁ ducca-
ritakammaṁ lakkhaṇaṁ etassā ti ~o +, Ps-pṭ II
195,12,15 = Mp-ṭ III 365,27,28; — bhikkhu ""~o bālo,
~o paṇḍito"" ti yathābhūtaṁ na ppajānāti, M I
220,29,30 (Ps II 262,12) = A V 348,14,15 ≠ M I 223,4 = A
V 351,13 ≠ 1102,2 qu. Ps II 262,12; — 2. °-ppatta, mfn.,
having obtained the distinctive feature of kamma; tena
katakammaṁ ~aṁ hotī ti, Ps-pṭ III 414,21; katakam-
man ti paccayehi katabhāvaṁ upādāya vuttaṁ, na
~ato, Spk-pṭ II 116,22; — 3. ~añ ñ' eva pañcamaṁ,
Vin V 222,24 (... ti evaṁ avandiyakammaṁ anuñ-
ñātaṁ taṁ ~añ ñ' eva pañcamaṁ imassa apaloka-
nakammassa ṭhānaṁ hoti. tassa hi kammañ ñ' eva
lakkhaṇaṁ, na osāraṇâdīni, tasmā ~an ti vuccati, Sp
1404,14-17; kammam eva lakkhaṇan ti ~aṁ. osāraṇa-
nissāraṇabhaṇḍukammâdayo viya kammañ ca hu-
tvā aññañ ca nāmaṁ na labhati. kammam eva hu-
tvā upalakkhīyatī ti ~an ti vuccati, Sp-ṭ III 493,12-14;
kammañ ñ' eva lakkhaṇan ti imina osāraṇâdivasena
gahitāvasesānaṁ sabbesaṁ apalokanakammassa
sāmaññalakkhaṇavasena gahitattā kammañ ñ' eva
lakkhanam assā ti ~an ti nibbacanaṁ, Vmv II 317,12-
14) qu. Pālim 402,11-13 ""thus the proceedings to put a
monk into the position of not being honoured (by the
nuns) has been prescribed (Vin II 261,33-262,14). These
proceedings determined by implication (constitute) the
fifth instance, in which this apalokanakamma is appro-
priate. For the legal proceedings (concerning) this (par-
ticular apalokanakamma) is only indicated, and not as
osāraṇa etc. (explicitly named in the Vin) therefore it is
called ""proceedings determined by implication;"" Sp
1412,11; idañ (i.e. avandiyakamma) ca ~aṁ nāma
bhikkhunīmūlakaṁ paññattaṁ. api ca bhikkhūnam
pi labbhati, Kkh 132,12 foll. (~aṁ osāraṇâdayo viya
kammañ ca hutvā aññañ ca nāmaṁ na labhati,
kammam eva hutvā lakkhīyatī ti ~an ti attho, Kkh-ṭ
417,24-27) = Sp 1405,14 foll.; Vin-vn 2989; 3005; 3010;
Sp 405,14; 1412,11; ~aṁ manasikaroti, 601,10 (kam-
mānaṁ sabhāvaṁ, Vjb 203,6; Sp-ṭ II 358,24); kam-
mam eva hutvā upalakkhīyatī ti ~aṁ. hetupaccay-
âdilakkhaṇamutto hi sabbo paccayaviseso tattha
saṅgayhati, Vjb 579,25-580,2; — °-pañcama, mfn.,
having ~ as the fifth; apalokanakammaṁ hi ~aṁ,
Vin-vn 2986; — °-vinicchaya, m., description of pro-
ceedings determined by implication; pāḷimuttako pi ~o,
Sp 1405,14 qu. Vmv II 317,16 foll. = Pālim 403,11; —
°-ekadesa, m., part of the ~; taṁ apalokanakammas-
sa ~aṁ ṭhapetvā, Vjb 580,20; — Rem.: The principle of
interpretion by means of lakkhaṇas given in the text of
the Vin particularly in the vinītavatthus, is explained
Sp 272,2-13: lakkhaṇena vinayadharā āyatiṁ vina-
yaṁ vinicchinissanti, Sp 272,7.[[side 255]]

" 346862428065107968,kammamaggagatika,en,"

kamma-magga-gatika

, mfn., following the course of
kamma; phalaṁ ... nibbānârammaṇattā kilesānaṁ
pajahanavasena pavattanato lokuttarabhāvato ca
-am eva, Spk-ṭ II 225,2.

" 346862429411479552,kammamālaka,en,"

kamma-mālaka

, m., consecrated ground for the pro-
ceedings (of the saṅgha); cf. P. KIEFFER-PÜLZ, The
Meaning of māḷa(ka)/māla(ka) in Pāli, in Langue,
style et structure dans le monde indien ed. par N. BAL-
BIR et J.-G. Pinault, Paris-Genève 1996: 285-326 ma-
hāthūpadassanaṭṭhāne saṅghassa ~e sarīraṁ saṅ-
ghadāsassa tumhe jhāpetha me iti, Mhv XXXII 58
(Mhv-ṭ 344,14) ≠ Thūp 252,17.

" 346862428752973824,kammamano,en,"

kamma-mano

, n. [cf. kamma-cetanā, q.v.], (kar-
madh.) thought as constituting kamma; mano ti ~o ye-
va, Spk II 58,27 (ad S II 40,33); mano ti idaṁ ~aṁ
sandhāya vuttaṁ, 269,27 (ad S III 46,25).

" 346862428421623808,kammamatta,en,"

kamma-matta

, n., mere kamma, kamma only; yadi
kammaṁ ~aṁ na hoti, Kv-a 30,25 (ad Kv 55,4).

" 346862429067546624,kammamaya,en,"

kamma-maya

, mfn., made, consisting of kamma; ~e-
na vātena calitāni, Ps IV 237,6 (ad M III 185,22); duvi-
dhaṁ ... dibbacakkhuṁ ~aṁ bhāvanāmayan ti,
Sv-pṭ II 56,14,15 (ad Sv 453,34).

" 346862290072506368,kammamodana,en,"

kamma-modana

, n., rejoicing in (one's good) acts,
deeds; kataṁ kalyāṇaṁ ti ""idha"" ~ena, ""pecca"" vipā-
kamodanena modati, Dhp-a I 132,18 (ad Dhp 15).

" 346862430212591616,kammamūla,en,"

kamma-mūla

, n., (karmadh.) kamma capital; ~aṁ
gahetvāna āpaṇaṁ upagacchatha, Mil 333,5*; ~aṁ
datvā patthitaṁ phalaṁ kiṇāti, 334,1; appamattake-
na pi ~ena, 341,14 foll.

" 346862430833348608,kammamūlaka,en,"

kamma-mūlaka

, mfn., 1. caused by kamma; 2. (t.t.
Vin) based on proceedings; 1. taṁ vedayitaṁ ~aṁ,
kammen' eva vediyati, Mil 134,26 foll.; yam pi ~aṁ
vaṭṭadukkhaṁ uppajjeyya taṁ kammapahānena pa-
hīyati, Spk III 149,25; ~e, Tikap-a 293,35; imasmiṁ ...
~e kammapaccayā ārammaṇe, Ppk-mṭ 226,29; — 2.
kammañattikammavācāṅattivasena hi duvidhāsu
ṅattīsu anussāvanā pi ~an tv-eva saṅgayhanti, Vmv
II 280,4 (ad Vin V 102,36).

" 346862429793161216,kammamutta,en,"

kamma-mutta

, mfn., released from work; eko ~o ja-
raggavo, Ps I 117,8 (= jarājinnattā kammaṁ kātuṁ
na sakkotī ti, Ps-pṭ I 215,26) qu. Ss 164,16.

" 346862535682560000,kammanānākaraṇa,en,"

kamma-nānā-karaṇa

, n., diversity of kamma; ac-
cording to ct. ~ either means ""diversity caused by kam-
ma,"" i.e., that the difference is inferred from things that
are kamma-produced, or simply ""difference of kam-
ma;"" ~aṁ paṭicca sattānaṁ gatiyā nānākaraṇaṁ
pañṅāyati: apadā ... ~aṁ paṭicca sattānaṁ uppatti-
yā nānākaraṇaṁ paṅñāyati: uccanīcatā +, As 65,28
foll. (= kammato nibbattanānākaraṇaṁ kammajehi
anumiyamānaṁ kammass' eva vā nānākaraṇaṁ,
As-mṭ 66,28).

" 346862536089407488,kammanānāsaṃvāsaka,en,"

kamma-nānā-saṁvāsaka

, m., (t.t. Vin) member of a
different community in terms of (its) proceedings; cf. P.
KIEFFER-PÜLZ: Die Sīmā 1992: 53; nānāsaṁvāsako. so
~o laddhinānāsaṁvāsako ti duvidho, Sp 1321,1 sa-
mānasaṁvāsako hi laddhisaṁvāsakena vā ~ena vā
virahito, 607,28; ukkhittakagahaṇena ~o gahito,
1146,32 (ukkhepanīyakammakato ~o ukkhittânuvat-
tako laddhisaṁvāsako, Sp-ṭ III 346,21); kammunā
laddhisīmāhi nānāsamvāsakā tayo, ukkhitto tivi-
dho ~o ma to, Vin-vn 3107; ~añ ... diṭṭhiṁ paṭinis-
sajjāpetvā tassa osāraṇakammaṁ kātabbaṁ, Vjb
465,13 (ad Sp 1066,2).

" 346862534298439680,kammanānatā,en,"

kamma-nāna-tā

, f. [abstr.; cf. kamma-nānatta, kam-
manānattatā, qq.v., diversity of kamma; upādiṇṇakaṁ
~āyā ti evaṁ vuttaṁ na vaṭṭatī ti, Ps III 433,14 (Ps-pṭ
III 199,16).

" 346862534948556800,kammanānatta,en,"

kamma-nāna-tta

, n. [abstr.], - prec.; ~ena ca tāsu
tāsu gatīsu ... liṅganānattaṁ ... ayaṁ itthi ayam
puriso, As 64,35 foll.; — °-tā,f. [abstr. of prec], the fact
of diversity of kamma; ... ~aṁ. ~āya (Be om.) kamma-
nānattamūlakānaṁ liṅganānattasaññānānattavohā-
ranānattâdīnaṁ anekavidhānaṁ cittānaṁ nipphā-
danatāya, Spk II 328,5; — °-puthutta-pabheda-va-
vatthāna, n., determination of the diversity, multiplici-
ty, variety of kamma; °-vasena liṅganānattaputhutta-
pabhedavavatthānaṁ bhavati, As 65,20 (bahuppa-
kāratā ... puthuttan ti ... ekekassa pakārassa bhedo
pabhedo ti, As-mṭ 65,22-26); — Rem.: on puthu <pṛ-
thu or pṛthag, cf. PED s.v. and Sadd: Index s.v. ²pu-
thu; — °-mūlaka, mfn., caused by difference in kam-
ma; ~ānaṁ, Spk II 328,6 (Spk-pṭ II 253,28).

" 346862554208800768,kammañātaka,en,"

kamma-ñātaka

, m., (bhvr.) having kamma as rela-
tive; kammabandhū ~ā, Ps V 10,25 (ad M III 203,5);
Mp III 260,5 (ad A III 74,27).

" 346862288461893632,kammañatti,en,"

kamma-ñatti

, f., (t.t. Vin) a motion constituting pro-
ceedings; ñattiṁ na jānātī (Vin V 186,22) ti ... duvi-
dhā esā ñattī ti evaṁ nidiṭṭhā ca anidiṭṭhā ca. tattha
yā evaṁ anidiṭṭhā sa ~i nāma hoti, Sp 1373,31-33; ~ī
(Sp 1373,33) ti kammabhūtā ñatti. anussāvananira-
pekkhā ñattidutiyabhūtā ñattī ti attho, Vmv II 307,8;
~-kammavācāñattivasena hi duvidhāsu ñattīsu a-
nussāvanāvasenā pi kammamūlakan tv eva saṅgay-
hanti, Vmv II 280,3 foll.; osāraṇâdīsu navasu ṭhāne-
su (cf. Vin V 222,26) ~iyā karaṇaṁ, Vjb 574,9.

" 346862101786005504,kammaneyya,en,"

kammaneyya,

ifc. a-°.

" 346862128667299840,kammaṅga,en,"

kamm'-aṅga

, n., (t.t. Vin) a component of proceed-
ings, i.e., a catchword or sentence used to memorize the
Pātimokkha rules (Kkh: ix § 4); cf. Kkh 46,22 foll.;
akāraṇe (Sp 119,19 so read) ti ādi anukkhipitvā va
upāyena saññāpetvā hitesitāya āpattito mocetuṁ
yuttaṭṭhāne kodhacittavasena viheṭhanatthāya kata-
bhāvaṁ sandhāya vuttaṁ, na pana ~assa abhāvaṁ
sandhāya, Vmv II 207,28.

" 346862542330531840,kammanibandhana,en,"

kamma-nibandhana

, mfn., (bhvr.) tied by kamma;
~ā sattā rathassâṇîva yāyato, Sn 654 (Pj II 472,7 qu.
Ps III 442,17) = M II 196,9* (sabbathā pi ~ā sattā
kammen' eva baddhā hutvā pavattanti, Ps III 442,17
foll. so read with Pj II 472,7) = As 66,4* ≠ Kv 546,16*.

" 346862542653493248,kammanibbatta,en,"

kamma-nibbatta

, mfn., created by kamma; in defi-
nition of uppattibhava: uppattihetubhūtaṁ kammaṁ
kammabhavo ~ā khandhā uppattibhavo, Vism
199,27 foll. = Sp 113,22 foll. qu. Ss 213,7; — ~ā tebhū-
makā rūpārūpadhammā abhisaṅkhatasankhārā ti
Aṭṭhakathāsu vuttā, Vism 527,4 qu. Vibh-a 135,6 ≠
Nidd-a I 222,9; te (scil. dhamma) hi ~ā vā hontu mā
vā, As 361,26; dissanti loke ~ā +, Mil 268,10; suvi-
bhatto ti kevalaṁ ~o pi susikkhitena sippâcariyena
vibhatto viracito viya sobhatī ti attho, Vv-a 168,9;
~añ hi mam' etaṁ phalan ti kammunā gahitaṁ vi-
ya, Vism-mṭ II 107,17 (ad Vism 451,4); — ifc. pañcâ-
yatana-° (~-pañha, Mil 65,1-10); purāṇa-° (Spk II
70,14); purima-° (Kv-a 166,15); balava-° (Spk II
20,1,9); sucarita-° (Vism 407,9; 423,17; It-a II 27,7;
Paṭis-a 53,12); — °-kkhandha, m., the khandhas as
created by kamma; ~esu gahitesu vijjamānena-vijja-
mānapaññatti, Ppk-mṭ 29,21 (Ppk-anuṭ 40,4); —
~-saṅkhāta, mfn., in other words the khandhas as cre-
ated by kamma; ~e upapattibhāve, Vibh-mṭ 125,10.

" 346862542963871744,kammanibbatti,en,"

[

kamma-nibbatti

, reading of Be at Vjb 528,22 for
kammanipphatti, q.v.]

" 346862540266934272,kammanidānasambhava,en,"

kamma-nidāna-sambhava

, m., the origin of the
cause which is kamma; ~o, A V 262,7 foll.; 2. (mfn.)
(bhvr.) caused by kamma; — 2. aṅgārakāsunidānaṁ
dukkhaṁ viya ~aṁ vaṭṭadukkhaṁ veditabbaṁ,
Spk II 113,3; lobhâdayo pana ~ā hutvā aṇḍajâdibhe-
dā (so read) catasso yoniyo upanenti, It-a II 96,20.

" 346862539574874112,kammanidānasaṅkhaya,en,"

kamma-nidāna-saṅkhaya

, m., the annihilation of
the cause which is kamma; lobhakkhayā ~o dosak-
khayā ~o mohakkhayā ~o ti, A V 262,9 foll.

" 346862540774445056,kammaniddesa,en,"

kamma-niddesa

, m. [Buddh. sa. karmanirdeśa],
statement (of a word) as direct object; Buddho ti kattu-
niddeso. Buddhabhāvan ti ~o. ... yan ti aniyamato
~o. ... dhamman ti vandanakiriyāya ~o, Sv-pṭ I 11,27
foll. (ad Sv 1,3,5) = Ps-pṭ I 9,28 foll. (ad Ps I 1,11,12) =
Spk-pṭ I 9,18 foll. (ad Spk I 1,5,6) = Mp-ṭ I 12,19 foll. (ad
Mp I 1,7,9); appaṭivibhattan ti bhāvanapuṁsakanid-
deso, appaṭivibhattaṁ lābhaṁ bhuñjatī ti ~o eva vā,
Sv-pṭ II 170,7 (ad Sv 533,6); yan ti pubbakālakiriyāya
aniyamato ~o, Sp-ṭ I 10,6 (ad Sp 1,8).

" 346862537121206272,kammanikantikkhaṇa,en,"

kamma-nikanti-kkhaṇa

, m., the moment of craving
for kamma; na na sakkā ~esu tayo ca dve ca hetū yo-
jetvā paṭisandhikkhaṇe dve yojetun ti, As-mṭ 129,7.

" 346862537641299968,kammaniketavat,en,"

kamma-niketava(t)

, mfn., living in (one's) actions;
kammâdhipateyyo ... ~ā appamatto vihareyyan ti,
Mil 288,29. kamma-niketavat

" 346862543244890112,kammanimitta,en,"

kamma-nimitta

, n., the sign of kamma; one of three
factors that determine rebirth-linking (paṭisandhi):
kamma, ~, gatinimitta; ~ is the event (vatthu) through
which one accumulates kamma by making it the object
at the time of kamma accumulation; — exeg.: paṭisan-
dhiyā tīṇi ārammaṇāni honti: kammaṁ, ~aṁ, gati-
nimittan ti... ~aṁ nāma yaṁ vatthuṁ ārammaṇaṁ
katvā kammaṁ āyūhati, Vibh-a 156,1,5 foll.; Abhidh-
av 57,15; Mp-ṭ I 221,6; — tāni 'ssa tasmiṁ samaye
olambantī (= M III 164,27) ti ādivacanato maraṇa-
mañce nipannassa yathūpacitaṁ pāpakammaṁ vā
~aṁ vā manodvāre āpāthaṁ āgacchati, Vism 548,31
foll. qu. Vibh-a 157,14 foll.; Vism 549,29 foll. qu. Vibh-a
158,15 foll.; — yāya cetanāya narake paṭisandhi jani-
tā tassa vipāke parikkhīṇe avasesakammaṁ vā ~aṁ
vā ārammaṇaṁ katvā, Spk II 218,18 = Sp 508,18 (ya-
smā kammasarikkhakavisaye kammaṁ vā ~aṁ vā
ti dvayam eva vuttaṁ, yasmā ca gatinimittaṁ viya
kammaṁ ~añ ca kammato bhinnaṁ visuṁ bhutvā
na tiṭṭhati, tasmā ..., Sp-ṭ II 294,9); paṭisandhivasena
pavattamānam pi parittaṁ kammaṁ ~aṁ gatinini-
mittaṁ vā ārammaṇaṁ karoti, As 411,18; dasa cit-
tuppādā ti ettha aṭṭha tāva sahetukadevamanussā-
naṁ paṭisandhigahaṇakāle kammaṁ vā ~aṁ vā ā-
rabbha pavattiyaṁ atītārammaṇā, 417,15 (~aṁ pana
ārabbha pavattiyaṁ paccuppannârammaṇabhāvaṅ
ca paṭisandhiyā paṭiccasamuppādavibhaṅgavaṇṇa-
nāyaṁ vakkhati, As-mṭ 193,9,10); nipajjitvā niddā-
yantassā pi tikhiṇena asinā sīsaṁ chindati ... eva-
rūpe pi kale aññataraṁ kammaṁ vā ~aṁ vā upaṭ-
ṭhāti, Vibh-a 156,14 qu. Ss 210,12; kammaṁ ~aṁ vā ā-
lambitvā pavattati, Abhidh-av 62,7; paccupaṭṭhita-
kammena upaṭṭhāpite ~e vā, gatinimitte vā, Paṭis-a
571,17; kammehī ti ~aṁ (v.l. kamme ni°), Vv-a 191,17
(ad Vv 738).

" 346862543546880000,kammanimittagatinimitta,en,"

kamma-nimitta-gati-nimitta

, n., (dv.) sign of kam-
ma and sign of destiny; for gatinimitta, cf. Vibh-a
156,27; ~ is the visual appearance of the place where one
is to be reborn; rūpanimittâdi-ārammaṇan ti ettha
~ato aññarūpam eva viññāṇassa nimittan ti rūpani-
mittaṁ, Vmv I 254,26; — °-saṅkhāta, mfn. otherwise
called sign of kamma and sign of destiny; ~aṁ visa-
yaṁ ārabbha pavattati, Vism 554,13.

" 346862542020153344,kammanipphādana,en,"

kamma-nipphādana

, n., the act of accomplishing a
task; -am eva pamāṇaṁ, Ja VI 162,21.

" 346862541726552064,kammanipphannatthaṃ,en,"

[

kamma-nipphann'-atthaṁ

, w.r. for kammanip-
phatt'-atthaṁ, q.v.]

" 346862541122572288,kammanipphatfatthaṃ,en,"

kamma-nipphatf-atthaṁ

, ²ind. [nipphatti + a°],
in order to accomplish the act (of robbing); so read for Be
kammanipphannatthaṁ; akatakammehī ti aṭavito
gāmaṁ āgamanakāle - puretaraṁ balikammaṁ kā-
tukāmehi Ps III 164,20 (ad M 448,31; ~ ti attanā āyāci-
yamānakammasiddhi-atthaṁ, Ps-pṭ III 75,6).[[side 241]]

" 346862541420367872,kammanipphatti,en,"

kamma-nipphatti

, f, 1. the performance of work; 2.
(t.t. Vin) the accomplishment of a transaction (of the
Saṅgha); — 1. gihivikaṭanīhāren' evā ti yāva attano
~i (Be °nibbatti) tāva gahetvā detī ti likhitaṁ, Vjb
528,22 (ad Sp 1240,24 ref. to Mahāpaccarī); — 2. upa-
sampadāvasena ... atthe gahite sambhavati ~ito, Vjb
437,15; ~iyā, Vmv II 134,22.

" 346862547447582720,kammanirapekkha,en,"

kamma-nirapekkha

, mfn., (t.t.gr.) without reference
to a direct object; akammakā ye ca ~aṁ kriyaṁ va-
danti...: acchati +, Rūp 171,18.

" 346862548923977728,kammanirodha,en,"

kamma-nirodha

, m., annihilation of kamma; —
exeg.: katamo ... ~o. yo ... kāyakammavacīkamma-
manokammassa nirodhā vimuttiṁ phusati. ayaṁ
vuccati... ~o, S IV 132,23 foll. (tassa vimuttiyā āram-
maṇabhūto nirodho ~o, Spk II 402,24; ārammaṇa-
bhūto nirodho nibbānaṁ ~o ti vuccati kammaṁ ni-
rujjhati etthā ti katvā, Spk-pṭ II 316,10); katamo ca ...
~o. phassanirodho ... ~o. ayaṁ eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgi-
ko maggo kammanirodhagāminipaṭipadā, A III
415,21 foll.; — navapurāṇāni ... kammāni desissāmi
~am kammanirodhagāminiñ ca paṭipadaṁ, S IV
132,10; desitaṁ vo mayā purāṇakammaṁ. desitaṁ
navakammaṁ. desito ~o. desitā kammanirodhagā-
minī paṭipadā, S IV 133,11; yaṁ ... lobhapakataṁ
kammaṁ ... taṁ kammaṁ kammasamudayāya saṁ-
vattati na taṁ kammaṁ ~[ā/a]ya saṁvattati, A I 263,14
foll. (= vaṭṭagāmikammānaṁ nirodhatthāya, Mp II
367,29); kammaṁ ... veditabbaṁ, kammānaṁ nidā-
nasambhavo veditabbo, ... ~o veditabbo, kammani-
rodhagāminipaṭipadā veditabbā, A III 410,23; ~aṁ
pajānāti ... kammanirodhagāminipaṭipadaṁ pajā-
nāti, 415,28,30; ~ā vedanānirodho ti paccayaniro-
dhaṭṭhena vedanākkhandhassa vayaṁ passati, Paṭis
I 56,22; Paṭis I 55,35 qu. Vism 630,35; Paṭis I 179,1; Sv
108,32 (Sv-pṭ II 54,13).

" 346862549389545472,kammanirodhagāminī,en,"

kamma-nirodha-gāminī

, (m)f(n)., leading to the an-
nihilation of kamma; (desissāmi) ... kammanirodha-
gāminiñ ca paṭipadaṁ, S IV 132,11 (v. prec.); kam-
manirodhagāminī paṭipadā ayaṁ eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅ-
giko maggo, S IV 133,3; — °(i)-paṭipadā, f., the way
that leads to the annihilation of kamma; kammānaṁ
vipāko veditabbo, kammanirodho veditabbo, ~ā ve-
ditabbā, A III 410,24 = 415,4; 415,23; ~aṁ pajānāti,
415,28 (v. prec).

" 346862538199142400,kammaniṭṭhāna,en,"

kamma-niṭṭhāna

, n., termination of work; bhatako di-
vasakkhayam eva udikkhati, na ~aṁ, Spk-pṭ I 166,26.

" 346862539142860800,kammanittharaṇasamattha,en,"

kamma-nittharaṇa-samattha

, mfn., capable of ac-
complishing the tasks (of a minister); adhammikarājāno
paṇḍitānaṁ paveṇikusalānaṁ ~ānaṁ mahāmattā-
naṁ yasaṁ na dassanti, Sp-ṭ II 307,20 = Mp-ṭ III 65,2.

" 346862543844675584,kammaniya,en,"

kammaniya

, °nīya or °ṇiya °ṇīya, mfn. and n. [sa.
and Buddh. sa. karmaṇya, cf. Pāṇ IV 4 98 and Kāś ad
loc.; BHS karmaṇīya, v. BHSD s.vv.; for the iya/īya
alternation, v. AiGr. 1.2 § 268 d); cf. kammañña, q.v.],
1. (mfn.) (of things) serviceable; 2. (of the mind or the bo-
dy) adaptable (to any given action), ready (for action);
syn.: kalla, q.v.; occurs often together with mudu (pli-
able); 3. (of the male organ) erected, on the point of ejacu-
lation; 4.a. (n.) adaptability; readiness; b. erectedness;
4.a-b only in cpd.s kammaniyeṭhita and kammani-
yappatta, qq.v. infra; — Rem.: the spellings °ṇiya or
°ṇīya, which occur sporadically, are not mentioned by
the grammarians (v. gramm. lit.); — gramm. lit.: kam-
ma niya-ññā. sattamyantā kammasaddā ""tattha sā-
dhū"" (cf. Pan IV 4 98) ti asmiṁ atthe niya-ññā honti:
kamme sādhu ~aṁ, kammaññaṁ, Mogg IV 73 and
Mogg-v ad loc.; Pay II 173; — 1. seyyathā pi, bhik-
khave, usukāro tejanaṁ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti pari-
tāpeti ujuṁ karoti ~aṁ, M II 225,17 foll.; ~o ayaṁ
hessati phandano ti, Ja IV 209,20* (= kammakkha-
mo, 209,23'); medhāvī puggalo taṁ (scil. cittaṁ) vut-
tanayen' eva ujum ~aṁ (°ṇīy°) karotī ti attho, Dhp-a
I 289,15; — in formula (2+4+4+3): (in simile describing
the purification of citta) yehi upakkilesehi upak-
kiliṭṭham jātarūpaṁ na c' eva mudu hoti, na ca ~aṁ
na ca pabhassaram pabhāṅgu ca, S V 92,4 ≠ A I 254,1
foll. ≠ 257,25 foll. ≠ A III 16,6 foll. (cf. M III 243,19 foll);
— ifc. a-°; alaṁ-°; — 2. exeg.: muduttā yeva ca ~e
kammakkhame, kammayogge ti vuttaṁ hoti. mudu
hi cittaṁ ~aṁ hoti, sudhantam iva suvaṇṇaṁ [≠ A I
5,12-14] ti, Vism 377,6 foll. qu. Sp 157,19 foll. qu. Kkh
52,13 foll. qu. Nidd-a I 357,20 foll.; — nekkhamma-
paribhāvitaṁ cittam ~am khāyati, S III 232,11 foll.;
cittaṁ bhikkhave bhāvitaṁ ~aṁ (°nīy°) hotī ti, A I
5,13,14; — in formula, on which v. 1.: taṁ hoti cittaṁ
muduñ ca ~añ (°nīy°) ca pabhassarañ ca na ca pa-
bhaṅgu samma samādhiyati āsavānaṁ khayāya, A
I 257,7 = 258,10 qu. Vibh-a 230,4; — cittaṅ ... na ~am
hoti ... cittañ ca ~aṁ hoti, Vism 182,24,26; cittaṁ pa-
ribhāvetvā paridametvā muduṁ karitvā ~aṁ, Paṭis
I 111,12 (= kammakkhamaṁ kammayoggaṁ karoti,
Paṭis-a 345,10); āraddhaviriyassa kayo pi cittaṁ pi
~aṁ hoti, Paṭis II 171,25 (~aṁ [°nīy] hotī ti yena viri-
yena kayo pi cittam pi ~aṁ (°nīy°) bhāvanākam-
makkhamaṁ bhāvanākammayoggaṁ hotī, Paṭis-a
479,8 ) qu. Vism 282,7 = Sp 423,17 (= bhāvanākam-
makkhamaṁ bhāvanākammayoggaṁ hoti, Sp-ṭ II
215,20); bhāventena ... ekekasmiṁ koṭṭhāse muduṁ
~aṁ cittaṁ katvā, Vism 297,30 foll.; vasippattiyā
mudubhūte, iddhipādabhāvûpagamena ~e, 377,29
qu. Sp 158,10; Nidd-a I 358,11; Kurundakanivāsi
Phussamittatthero panâha: ekantaṁ mudu c' eva
~añ ca nāma abhiññapadakacatutthajjhānacittam e-
va, Mp I 59,9; cittam muduṁ ~aṁ katvā, As 195,7;
— 3. pañcahi bhikkhave ākārehi aṅgajātaṁ ~aṁ
(°ṇiy°) hoti: rāgena, vaccena, passāvena, vātena,
Vin III 38,1,3,5; ākāse vāyamantassa aṅgajātaṁ ~aṁ
(°ṇiy°) hoti, Vin III 113,10 (= mocanakammakkha-
maṁ, Sp 523,20); rāgena pīḷitassa aṅgajātaṁ ~aṁ
(°ṇiy°) hoti, Vin III 113,12 foll.[[side 242]]

" 346862101802782720,kammaniya,en,"

kammaniya, 2.

cf. ¹kalla 2.

" 346862544184414208,kammaniyabhāva,en,"

kammaniya-bhāva

, m. [abstr.; cf. pass.], the being
adaptable; alaṁ paṭiyattaṁ ~āyā ti alaṁkammani-
yaṁ, Sp 631,26 qu. Kkh 52,13; uppajjati domanassan
ti na jjhānapariyādānakadomanassaṁ samāpattito
vuṭṭhitacittassa pana ~o kathito, Ps IV 26,14 (ad M II
235,14); — Ee, Ce at Th-a II 78,2 (°īya°), read with Be
kammaniyasabhāvo; — °ûpagamana, n., the act of
attaining adaptability; ~ena ca pabhijjanasabhāvan ti,
Vibh-mṭ 151,27.

" 346862548601016320,kammaniyacitta,en,"

kammaniya-citta

, n. [cf. kallacitta, q.v.], adaptable
mind; kallacittan ti ~aṁ ... ~aṁ: kammakkhamacit-
tan ti, Ud-a 283,34 foll. = Vv-a 214,18.

" 346862546327703552,kammaniyakāra,en,"

kammaniyâkāra

, m. [°iya + ākāra], adaptable form;
viṅñāṇakkhandhassa ~o va kathito, As 151,10.

" 346862546344480768,kammaniyākāra,en,"

kammaniyâkāra

, m. [°iya + ākāra], adaptable form;
viṅñāṇakkhandhassa ~o va kathito, As 151,10.

" 346862550001913856,kammanīyalakkhaṇa,en,"

kammanīya-lakkhaṇa

, mfn., characterized by adap-
tability; ~ā passaddhi, sa sukhassa padaṭṭhānaṁ,
Peṭ 130,1.

" 346862546717773824,kammaniyāma,en,"

kamma-niyāma

, m., the law of kamma; — one of
five types of laws or principles: niyāmo ca nam' esa ~o
utuniyāmo bījaniyāmo cittaniyāmo dhammaniyā-
mo ti pañcavidho. tattha: kusalassa iṭṭhavipākadā-
naṁ akusalassa aniṭṭhavipākadānan ti, ayaṁ ~o, Sv
432,3,6 (ad D II 12,6; kammānaṁ niyāmo ~o, Sv-pṭ II
25,14) qu. Ss 266,22,24 foll.; kasmā pan' ettha koci
tibbarāgâdijātiko hoti, koci na tibbarāgâdijātiko?
~ena, Ps II 373,23 (= purimajātisiddhena lobhussa-
datâdiniyamitena ~ena, Ps-pṭ II 293,1); bījaniyāmaṁ
uhmiyāmaṁ ~aṁ dhammaniyāmaṁ cittaniyāman
ti, As 272,15; Ss 266,5; tassa tassa kammassa taṁ taṁ
vipākadānam eva ~o nāma, As 272,26 qu. Ss 266,21;
— types of kamma law: tihetukakammaṁ ... evaṁ
tassa tassa kammassa taṁ taṁ vipākadānam eva ~o
nāma, As 272,27 qu. Ss 266,22; — the effect of kamma
resembles the action that caused it: aparo pi kammasa-
rikkhakavipākavasen' eva ~o nāma hoti, As 272,28;
274,4; kāyaduccaritassā ti ādi pāḷiyā ~o nāma kathi-
to, Ps-pṭ III 302,4 = Mp-ṭ I 220,21; — °-tā, f. [abstr.] =
prec.; tihetukaṁ tihetuñ ca duhetuṅ ca ahetukaṁ,
vipākan tu yato deti ayaṁ ~ā, Ss 267,24.

" 346862545656614912,kammaniyamarahita,en,"

kamma-niyama-rahita

, mfn., without being regu-
lated by kamma; kammassa dvāraniyamarahitattā
dvāram pi -an ti iddha ārammaṇaṁ viya niyame-
tvā na vuttaṁ, As-mṭ 71,23 (ad As 81,37: kammassa
anibaddhattā).

" 346862547091066880,kammaniyāmasiddha,en,"

kamma-niyāma-siddha

, mfn., realized due to the
law of kamma; vegan ti javaṁ. so hi kenaci abhimu-
khaṁ atidunnivāro ~o, Spk-pṭ I 149,14.

" 346862545950216192,kammaniyasabhāvo,en,"

kammaniya-sabhāvo

, mfn., (bhvr.) having an adap-
table nature; utusappāyalābhena suṭṭhu sukallarūpo
~o (CeEe w.r. kammanīya-bhāvo), Th-a II 78,2.

" 346862544498987008,kammaniyata,en,"

kamma-niyata

, mfn., certain in action; tattha neyyo
puggalo bhāvanânuyogam anuyutto parihānadham-
mo hoti ~o vā samasisī vā, Peṭ 32,9 (cf. Ñm Peṭ-trsl.:
39 n. 93/6).

" 346862544842919936,kammaniyatā,en,"

kammaniya-tā

, f. [abstr.; cf. next], 1. adaptability; on-
ly ifc.; 2. erectedness (i.e., the state of being on the point of
ejaculation); 1. — ifc. a-°; — 2. kammaṅñataṁ patte ti
mocanakammakkhamatāya ~aṁ patte, Kkh-ṭ 225,20
(ad Kkh 35,14).

" 346862531895103488,kammaniyatara,en,"

kammaniya-tara

, mfn. [comp. of kammaniya, q.v.],
more adaptable; Tathāgatassa kayo lahutaro c' eva hoti
mudutaro ca ~o ca pabhassarataro ca, S V 283,12 foll.

" 346862534587846656,kammaniyeṭhita,en,"

kamman[ī/i]ye-ṭhita

, mfn. [synt. cpd. < kammaniye
(loc. of kammaniya, n., cf. kammaniya 4.b., q.v.) +
ṭhita; cf. BHS karmaṇyesthita, v. BHSD s.v.; ed.s print
~ erroneously as two words], abiding in readiness, i.e.,
constantly ready, alert; — in formula describing citta
(4+4+5, +4+7+, 4+6+5 [read kammaṅṅe° for expected
4+5+5]): so evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyo-
dāte anaṅgaṇe vigatûpakkilese mudubhūte ~e ānej-
jappatte ṅāṇadassanāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhi-
ninnāmeti, D I 76,14 foll. (formula repeated with 8 vari-
ations); — other texts quote sections of this discourse:
(mentioning the last three topics) ... + pubbenivāsâ-
nussatiñāṇāya cittaṁ abhininnāmesiṁ, Vin III 4,19
foll. (°ṇiy°) = M I 22,28 foll. = II 38,17 foll. = A IV
177,10 foll.; — mentioning the third topic: ... + iddhivi-
dhāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti, Vism
373,15; — mentioning the last topic: ... + khayañāṇāya
cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti, Pp 68,26 qu. Kv
243,7 (om. abhinīharati) = 481,30 = 483,5; — formula
applied to description of the first arūpajjhāna: ... +
ākāsânañcâyatanasamāpattipaṭilābhatthāya cittaṁ
abhinīharati abhininnāmeti, arūpamaggasamaṅgī ti,
Nidd I 280,12; — formula applied to description of iddhi:
dante samāhite suddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe anu-
pakkilese mudubhūte, ~e (°nīy°) 'cale, Abhidh-av
104,18 (cf. D I 77,30 foll. qu. Vism 373,9 foll); — Rem.:
the exegesis of the formula at Nett shows that ~ was in-
terpreted as two words: yato mudu tato kammani-
yaṁ, yato kammaniyaṁ tato ṭhitaṁ, Nett 87,22,28.[[side 243]] kammanīye-ṭhita

" 346862534604623872,kammanīyeṭhita,en,"

kamman[ī/i]ye-ṭhita

" 346862554544345088,kammañña,en,"

kammañña

, mfn. [sa. karmaṇya; variant of kamma-
niya, q.v.], 1.a. (of metal) pliable; b. (of a vīṇā) playable;
2. (of the mind or body) adaptable (to any given action),
ready; — exeg.: kammani sādhu ~aṁ, Vism-mhṭ II
88,14 (cf. Pāṇ IV 4 98); — 1.a. yathā kammāro kana-
kass' eva ~assa susikkhito, Ap 538,24 qu. Thī-a
152,18; yathā ... suvaṇṇakāro aggidhamanâdīhi su-
vaṇṇaṁ muduṁ ~aṁ katvā va karoti, Vism 376,17
foll.; — in formula (2+3+4): taṁ hoti jātarūpaṁ dhan-
taṁ + ... mudu ca ~añ ca pabhassarañ ca, M III
243,19 foll. qu. Vism 247,11 (cf. S V 92,4); — 1.b. vīṇā
... saravatī vā hoti ~ā vā ti, Vin I 182,31 foll. (=
kammakkhamā, Sp 1081,22; Sp-ṭ III 291,12) = A III
375,12,14 (Mp III 389,8 = prec.) qu. Th-a II 270,19,23; —
2. tassa me kayo lahuko ~o, D III 257,21,29 = A IV
335,6 = 335,14; na aññaṁ ekadhammam pi samanu-
passāmi yaṁ evaṁ bhāvitaṁ bahulīkataṁ mudu ca
hoti ~añ ca yatha-y-idaṁ cittaṁ, I 9,31 foll.; tassa
mudu cittaṁ hoti ~aṁ, mudunā cittena ~ena appa-
māṇo samādhi hoti subhāvito, IV 421,9 (Mp IV
195,2); assa kāyacittāni passaddhāni lahūni mudūni
~āni suvisadābi ujukāni yeva honti, Vism 636,3 qu.
Paṭis-a 590,2; yogino ... kayo no lahu mudu ~o, As
327,6; passaddhī ti pavuccati yogino kāyacittāni,
passaddhān' eva honti hi, lahūni ca mudūn' eva,
~ān' eva honti hi, Abhidh-av 121,23; — in formula
(2+3+4): upekhā yeva avasissati parisuddhā + ...
mudu ca ~ā ca pabhassarā ca, M III 243,12; — ifc. a-°
(A IV 333,3).[[side 229]]

" 346862558675734528,kammaññabhāva,en,"

kammañña-bhāva

, m. [abstr., cf. kammaññatā,
kammaññatta], the being adaptable, adaptability; —
exeg.: ~o kammaññatā nāma, As 343,20; — Dhs 46 =
326; 47 = 327, for which, v. s.v. kamaññatta; yo pana
suddhantasuvaṇṇassêva (so read) rūpānaṁ ~o ... so
rūpavikāro rūpassa kammaññatā ti, Vism 449,3 =
As 326,31; 327,2; kāyassa ~o kāyakammaññatā, cit-
tassa ~o cittakammaññatā, 130,28,29; — ifc. a-° (~-ka-
ra-avasesa-nīvaraṇâdi-kilesa-paṭipakkha-bhūta,
Abhidh-av 20,22; ~-nimmaddana-rasa, 20,19; ~-vū-
pasama-lakkhaṇa, 20,18); kāya-° (Vism 465,35;
Abhidh-av 20,17); kāya-citta-° (~-nimmaddana-rasa,
Vism 466,1); (~ûpasama-lakkhaṇa, Vism 465,36); cit-
ta-° (Vism 465,35; Abhidh-av 20,17); mudu-° (Vism
377,13; Nidd-a I 357,27; Sp 157,27); sarīra-kiriyânu-
kūla-° (~-lakkhaṇa, Vism 448,29; As 326,19).

" 346862559237771264,kammaññabhāvakaraṇa,en,"

kammañña-bhāva-karaṇa

, n., the act of causing a-
daptability, flexibility; cittaparidamanena samādhissa
~e kusalabhāvo ti, Paṭis-a 232,28.

" 346862557895593984,kammaññabhāvalakkhaṇa,en,"

kammañña-bhāva-lakkhaṇa

, — ifc. sarīra-kiriyâ-
nukūla-° (Vism 448,29; As 326,20; Abhidh-av 71,5);

" 346862545212018688,kammaññakāra,en,"

kammaññâkāra

, m. [°ña + āk°], adaptable aspect;
tass' eva mudukassa yo ~o, so kammaññatā ti mu-
dutā visiṭṭhā kammaññatā veditabbā, Dhs-mṭ 97,17.

" 346862545232990208,kammaññākāra,en,"

kammaññâkāra

, m. [°ña + āk°], adaptable aspect;
tass' eva mudukassa yo ~o, so kammaññatā ti mu-
dutā visiṭṭhā kammaññatā veditabbā, Dhs-mṭ 97,17.

" 346862560139546624,kammaññarūpapadaṭṭhāna,en,"

kammañña-rūpa-pada-ṭṭhāna

, mfn. [cf. kammañ-
ñatārūpapadaṭṭhāna, q.v.], having adaptability as its
proximate cause; sarīrakiriyânukūlakammaññabhā-
valakkhaṇā rūpassa kammaññatā, akammaññatā-
vinodanarasā, adubbalabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā, ~ā,
Vism 448,30 qu. As 326,21 (so read with Be) qu.
Abhidh-av 71,7.

" 346862555609698304,kammaññatā,en,"

kammañña-tā

, f. [abstr., cf. kammaññatta, kammañ-
ña-bhāva, qq.v.], 1. pliability; 2. adaptability; — exeg.:
~ā ti kammasādhutā (so read with Ce; Be kammani
sādhutā), As 151,7; kammani sādhu kammaññaṁ,
tassa bhāvo ~ā, Vism-mhṭ II 88,14 (ad Vism 448,29);
As 343,20; kalyatā ti ~ā, Paṭis-a 232,18; — 1. yāni kā-
nici rukkhajātāni phandano (so read with Mp I 69,3;
Ee candano; cf. Ja IV 209,20*, q.v. s.v. kammaniya
1.a.) tesaṁ aggam akkhāyati yadidaṁ mudutāya
~āya, A I 9,28 (phandano ... mudutāya c' eva ~āya
ca aggo seṭṭho ti dasseti, Mp I 69,3); — 2. yā tasmiṁ
samaye vedanākkhandhassa saṅñākkhandhassa
saṅkhārakkhandhassa ~ā kammañṅattaṁ kammañ-
ṅabhāvo ayaṁ tasmiṁ samaye kāyakammaññatā
hoti, Dhs 46 = 326; 47 = 327 +; upādārūpaṁ catuvī-
satividhaṁ, cakkhu, sotaṁ, ... rūpassa mudutā, rū-
passa ~ā, rūpassa upacayo, ... kabaḷinkāro āhāro ti,
Vism 444,5; sarīrakiriyânukulakammaññabhāva-
lakkhaṇā rūpassa ~ā, Vism 448,29 qu. As 326,20,
Abhidh-av 71,6; kāyaviñṅatti vacīviṅṅatti ākāsa-
dhātu, rūpassa lahutā, mudutā, ~ā, upacayo, santa-
ti, jaratā, aniccatā ti imāni pana dasa rūpāni na sam-
masanûpagāni, Vism 590,19 = Ps II 261,24 = Mp V
92,16; Spk-pṭ II 244,21; kāyacittapassaddhivasena cit-
taṁ lahuṁ muduṁ ~añ ca katvā, Ud-a 321,8; — ifc.
a-°; kāya-° (Dhs 9,19; Vism 463,3 foll.; As 130,28;
Abhidh-av 16,15); citta-° (Dhs 9,19; Vism 463,6 foll.;
Abhidh-av 16,15); — °-vasa, m.; ~ena, As 136,9.

" 346862555966214144,kammaññatakāra,en,"

kammaññatâkāra

, m. [°ā + āk°; cf. kammaniyâkā-
ra, q.v.], the aspect of adaptability; — ifc. a-°.

" 346862555982991360,kammaññatākāra,en,"

kammaññatâkāra

, m. [°ā + āk°; cf. kammaniyâkā-
ra, q.v.], the aspect of adaptability; — ifc. a-°.

" 346862536605306880,kammaññatāpariyāyatta,en,"

kammaññatā-pariyāya-tta

, n. [abstr.], the being a
synonym of kammaññatā; of kalya = kalla, q.v.; ~ā

" 346862555257376768,kammaññatara,en,"

kammañña-tara

, mfn. [comp. of kammañña; cf.
kammaniyatara, q.v.], more adaptable; yadā so jīvati,
tadā lahutaro ca hoti mudutaro ca ~o ca, D II 334,24
foll. qu. As 333,1; — ifc. a-° (D II 334,24,25).

" 346862556310147072,kammaññatārūpapadaṭṭhāna,en,"

[

kammaññatā-rūpa-pada-ṭṭhāna

, mfn., probably w.r.
for kamaññarūpapadaṭṭhāna (q.v.) at Abhidh-av 71,8].

" 346862557614575616,kammaññatāvinodanatasa,en,"

kammaññatā-vinodana-tasa

, mfn., having as its es-
sence the elimination of adaptability; — ifc. a-° (Vism
448,30 qu. As 326,21 qu. Abhidh-av 71,7).

" 346862556972847104,kammaññatta,en,"

kammañña-tta

, n. [abstr., cf. kammaññatā, kam-
maññabhāvo, qq.v.], adaptability; Dhs 46 = 326; 47 =
327, for which v. s.v. kammaññatā.

" 346862558197583872,kammannattha,en,"

kammann'-attha

, mfn., having the sense of ""adapta-
ble;"" kalyasaddo ~o, Paṭis-a 232,21.

" 346862550345846784,kammanta,en,"

kamm'-anta

, m. [sa., Buddh. sa. karmânta cf. ³kam-
ma], 1. work, labor; especially farm work, hence in some
cases = farming; 2. a thing made; a manufactured article
(rare); 3. act, action (cf. ³kamma); in cpd. samma-°
(q.v.), the fourth member of the aṭṭhaṅgikamagga, q.v.;
4.a. work place; hence: b. field; 5. ploughing; according
to ct.s perhaps also ploughing ceremony; — gramm. lit.:
vācāsiliṭṭhatthaṁ antagatâdīni patanti padante.
suttanto, ~o, vanantaṁ, Brahmajālasuttantaṁ, Sadd
637,17; — 1. mātāpitu upaṭṭhānaṁ puttadārassa saṅ-
gaho anākulā ca ~ā, Sn 262 = Khp V 5 (kamma eva
~ā, Pj I 136,18; cf. 139,7: anākulā nāma ~ā ... kasigo-
rakkhavaṇijjâdayo ~ā); kasivaṇijjâdikā ~ā, Ps II
275,27; atthi ... sahetukā dhammikā ~ā yehi sakkā
mātāpitaro c' eva posetuṁ, M II 188,29 foll.; ayaṁ
tāva ~e pavatti, Spk I 243,29; — ~ may be external
(bāhira), i.e., carried out outside the village, i.e., farm
work as opposed to domestic (abbhantara) work like
weaving etc.: bāhirāni ... ~āni paṭivekkhituṁ, A I
68,26 foll. (= bahigāme ārāme khettakammantāni,
Mp II 142,18); ye te bhattu abbhantara ~ā (v.l omit.)
uṇṇā ti vā kappāsā ti vā, A III 37,27; IV 265,24 =
268,16; — with adhiṭṭhāti: gihīnaṁ ~aṁ adhiṭṭhema,
Vin III 87,13 foll. (= gihīnaṁ khettesu c' eva ārāmâdī-
su ca kattabbaṁ kiccaṁ adhiṭṭhāma, Sp 480,7) = IV
23,24 foll.; pāpaṇiko pubbaṇhasamayaṁ na sakkac-
caṁ ~aṁ adhiṭṭhāti, A I 115,19 foll. (yathā adhiṭṭhi-
taṁ su-adhiṭṭhitaṁ hoti evaṁ sayaṁ attapaccak-
khaṁ karonto nâdhiṭṭhāti, Mp II 187,1 foll); ~aṁ
adhiṭṭhahanto pi bhāveyyāsi, A V 333,31 foll.; ~ā
adhiṭṭhitā ahesuṁ ... adhiṭṭhite ~e samanusāsā ti,
Pv-a 141,4,6; — with anusaññāyati: Vassakāro brāh-
maṇo Magadhamahāmatto Rājagahe ~e anusaññā-
yamāno, Vin III 43,13 (cf. Sp 294,28-29: tattha tattha
gantvā paccavekkhamāno) ≠ M III 8,19,20; — with
abhisambhoti: ye pi 'ssa pita ~e nâbhisambhosi te
pi ~e nâbhisambhoti, D II 232,19; — with āgacchati:
pita ... Sudinnassa ~ā āgacchanto addasa, Vin III
16,1; ~ato āgantvā, Ps II 312,28; — with ārambhati:
diva ~e ārabbha, M I 144,4,7; — with uggaheti: tena
hi tāta ~aṁ uggahetvā gharāvāsaṁ vasa, Dhp-a I
136,1,3,5; — with osīdati: ekassa pana ~e osīdamāne,
Sv 518,14 foll. = Mp IV 10,20 foll.; — with karoti,
kāreti: ye kec' ime balakaraṇīyā ~ā karīyanti, M I
230,17,18 = S V 45,30 = 135,22 = 246,3 qu. Mil 33,28,29;
Navakammikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo tasmiṁ vana-
saṇḍe ~aṁ kārāpeti, S I 179,27; ke nu ~ā kayiranti,
bhikkhu sālavane tava, S I 180,3*; na ~aṁ kāreti, na
adhikaraṇaṁ ādiyati, A III 171,20 (= khettâdikam-[[side 244]]
mantaṁ kāreti, Mp III 290,25); Kāraṇapālī brāhma-
ṇo Licchavīnaṁ ~aṁ kāreti, A III 236,28 (= pāto va
uṭṭhāya dvāraṭṭālapākāre akate kāreti jiṇṇe paṭijag-
gāpeti, Mp III 312,1); niddhamanatumbesu vivatesu
~e (v.l. kamme) kayiramāne udakassa nikkhamana-
kālo viya saṭṭhivassakālato paṭṭhāya tassa parihāni,
Mp III 178,10; — with gacchati: ahaṁ pi ~aṁ gamis-
sāmī ti, Vin IV 162,36; vanakammiko ... -am aga-
mās' ahaṁ, Ap 376,24; tadā mātā ca me pita c' eva
~aṁ agamaṁsu te, 525,12; ~aṁ gacchamānā mantis-
sa disvā satthā no āgato mā ~aṁ agamitthā ti vatvā,
Sv 240,14; kammakāro ekako va pāto uṭṭhāya ~aṁ
gato, Ps II 391,29; aṭṭhame divase kammantabheriyā
nikkhantāya ~e agamaṁsu, Dhp-a III 100,13 (""went
back to work""); — with jahati: duppayuttā vā ~aṁ
jahanti, S IV 324,29; — with nassati, nāseti: sabbe no
~ā naṭṭhā ti, Sv 610,16; niratthakavācāya paraputtā-
naṁ ~e vā nāsetvā, Ps I 114,30; — with niyyāteti: te
puttabhātukānaṁ ~aṁ niyyātetvā dhammaṁ su-
ṇantā vicaranti, Ps I 147,28; — with paññāyati: kadā
~ānaṁ anto paññāyissati, Dhp-a I 136,20 foll.; —
with paṭikkhipati: sabbe ~ā paṭikkhittā sabbe vohā-
rā samucchinnā ti, M I 360,4; — with paṭibhāti: tassa
kālakiriyāya n' eva ~ā paṭibhanti, na bhattaṁ paṭi-
bhāti, M II 106,5 foll.; — with paṭṭhapeti: n' eva va-
ṇijjaṁ payojeti na ~e paṭṭhapeti, Ja I 227,26; — with
paduṭṭha: ubhato paduṭṭho ~o udakamhi thalamhi
cā ti, Ja I 483,30; — with payojeti: ten' obhāsena ~e
payojesuṁ diva ti maññamānā, D II 175,18 = M III
174,28; puttadārañ ca posehi, ~e ca payojehi, D III
66,4,23 foll. (cf. SHT IV 495e v. 2); ko paccayo yena
mātugāmo n' eva sabhāya nisīdati na ~aṁ payojeti,
A II 82,33 foll. (= kasivaṇijjâdimahākammantaṁ na
ppayojeti, Mp III 110,21); na vilimpati na bhattaṁ
bhuñjati na ~aṁ payojeti, III 57,26 foll.; 62,29; sakkā
cakkhumatā kulaputtena imaṁ unduraṁ gahetvā
dārābhārāṇaṁ vā kātuṁ ~e ca payojetun ti, Mp I
218,11 = Ja I 120,17; dhammena ~e ca vohāre ca pa-
yojetha, IV 177,3; yathā hi puriso iṇaṁ ādāya ~e pa-
yojetvā samiddhakammanto idaṁ iṇaṁ niyyāde-
tvā, Sv 215,9 ≠ Ps II 320,4; loke ~e payojenti, Sv
315,21 ≠ Mp II 72,17; te te sippino taṁ taṁ ~aṁ pa-
yojenti diva ti maññamānā, Sv 626,7 = Ps IV 227,1;
vissukammante payojesun ti gopakammavāṇijakam-
mâdike vissute uggate ~e payojesuṁ, Sv 871,2; sace
hi ... ~e payojayissa ... aggaseṭṭhī abhavissa, Dhp-a
III 131,16 foll.; ~e payojayittha, Pj II 141,16 foll.; ba-
hiddhā ~e, 172,26; ye pana tasmiṁ samaye methu-
nadhammaṁ samādiyitvā gopakammavāṇijakam-
makasikammâdike vissute ~e payojesuṁ, te vessā ti
vuccanti, Ss 310,32; — with parihāyati: dāsâdayo
suvacā honti, ~ā na parihāyanti, Ps V 13,28 qu. Ss
135,3; — with pavattati: kāye pi dubbaṇṇiyaṁ okka-
meyya, ~ā pi na ppavatteyyuṁ, A III 54,25 foll.; ~ā
na ppavattanti, Dhp-a I 42,3*; pita apagatasoko hu-
tvā ... ~e pavattetvā kālaṁ katvā, Pv-a 42,4; — with
pahāyati: attano attano ~e pahāya yathā sukhaṁ vi-
cariṁsu, Pv-a 133,9; — with bhañjati: duppayuttā vā
~ā bhañjanti, Nidd I 4,25; — with vicāreti: uposa-
thaṁ upavasantena paroparodhapaṭisaṁyuttā ~ā
na vicāretabbā, Mp II 328,31; idañ c' idañ ca kam-
maṁ karothā ti ~aṁ vicāretvā, Mp III 246,25; — with
vissajjeti: yathā etarahi tvaṁ ~e vissajjetvā nirāhāro
rodanto vicarasi tathā ... āhārañ ca paribhuñjiṁsu
~añ ca adhiṭṭhahiṁsu, Dhp-a III 277,17,19; ~aṁ vosā-
sati: brāhmaṇagaṇaparivuto ~aṁ vosāsati, Pj II
138,5; — with samijjhati: seyyathā pi mahārāja puri-
so iṇaṁ ādāya ~e payojeyya, tassa te ~ā samijjhey-
yuṁ, D I 71,30 foll = M I 275,10 foll. (cf. Saṅghabh II
241,19 foll); — with saṁyojeti: ettakaṁ nidahitvā
ṭhapessāmi ettakena ~e saṁyojessāmi ettakaṁ dā-
nâdipuññakiriyāya bhavissatī ti, Ja I 277,25; — with
saṁvidahati: ~aṁ saṁvidhetvāna ācikkhitvā ghare
dhanaṁ nidhiñ ca iṇadānañ ca, Ja VI 301,23* (=
evam evañ ca kātuṁ vaṭṭatī ti ghare kattabbakam-
maṁ saṁvidahitvā, 301,29'); ~aṁ saṁvidhāpayaṁ,
Mhv VI 16; — ifc. avissaṭṭha-° (Sv 676,25); asaṁvihi-
ta-°; uttama-° (Ja I 288,31'); kasi-° (~âdinibbattaka-
cetanākamma, Pj II 471,18); khetta-° (Mp II 142,18;
III 261,23; ~-sāmantasaṁvohāra, A III 77,15; Mp III
261,23; — ~sāmantasaṁvohārânukampita, A III 77,19);
nava-° (Ja I 229,1); nikkhitta-° (Spk I 248,6; Pj II
141,13); niṭṭhita-° (~-pariyosānā ti, A III 363,12); nis-
saṭṭha-° (Ps I 147,26); pariccatta-° (Sv 948,10); pari-
puṇṇa-° (A IV 392,5); pihita-° (Mp III 304,1); bahi-°
(Mil 9,1); mahā-° (kasi-vaṇijjâdi-~, Mp III 110,21);
vissaṭṭha-° (D III 185,13 qu. Th 231); vissuta-° (D III
95,5 foll. Sv 871,1 reads vissu°); saṁvuta-° (A III
211,23; Mp III 304,1); sabba-° (Sv 661,6); samiddha-°
(Sv 215,9; Ps II 320,4); susaṁvihita-° (D III 190,9; A
IV 269,18; Ja V 100,13*; Sv 955,30; Pj I 138,20); suṭṭhu-
saṁvihita-° (Sv 955,31); hīna-° (Ja I 288,30); — 2. ito
satthāni gacchanti ~ā vividhā puthū, Ja III 283,18*
(nānappakārakā bahukammantā pi sakalaraṭṭhavā-
sīnaṁ ito gahita-upakaraṇeh' eva pavattanti, 283,24-
25'); — ifc. bahu-° (Ja III 283,25); — 3. mā h' eva pā-
paṁ ~aṁ phalaṁ veḷuṁ va taṁ vadhi, Ja V 71,21*;
— passaddhi, upekkhā, saṅkappo, vācā, ~o ājīvo ti
imena va chandiddhipādâdivasena ekavidhā va
honti, na aññaṁ koṭṭhāsaṁ bhajanti, Vism 680,26 qu.
Paṭis-a 620,2; yā imesu tīsu ṭhānesu diṭṭhi, saṅkap-
po, vācā, ~o, ājīvo, vāyāmo, sati, samādhi, bhāvanā-
paṭivedho, ayaṁ maggo ti, Ps II 230,19; — ifc. anā-
kula-°; aparipuṇṇa-° (A IV 391,20); aparisuddha-
kāya-° ( — ~sandosahetū, Ps I 113,29); aparisuddha-
mano-°; aparisuddha-vacī-°; appaṭicchanna-°; asap-
purisa-°; asamekkhita-° (Ja II 7,26*); ākiṇṇa-°; kak-
khala-° (Ja III 309,5'; Spk I 298,14); kāya-° (Ps I
113,28); kurūra-° (M I 93,34; A III 383,24 = Pp 56,7; Sv
162,16; Ps III 121,4; Th-a II 22,4); catu-bbiddha-vacī-°
(A V 299,7); cora-° (Th-a II 18,4); dāruṇa-° (Mp III
184,29; Pv-a 181,4); paṭicchanna-° (Sn 127; S IV
180,31; A I 60,21; Mp II 177,15); parisuddha-kāya-°
(M I 17,17; Ps I 18,22; ~tā, M I 17,20; Vv-a 130,7); pa-
pa-° (Pv 762; Ja VI 104,28* toll); mano-° (Ps I 115,4);
micchā-° (S V 1,17,18; Kv 38,15,33; Vism 683,9; Ps I
105,33 foll.; As 132,29); vacī-° (~-vāra, Ps I 114,24;
~-sandosavyāpatti, A V 292,9 foll.; — ~sampatti, A V
295,17); vācā-° (~âjīva, Spk I 89,19); visuddha-° (Ja I
320,21*; Mp III 117,16; Pj I 139,19*); saṅkiliṭṭha-° (Pj II
311,3); sappurisa-° (M III 23,11); samma-° (D II
216,34; M I 16,7; S II 168,27; A III 411,29; Vibh 105,5;
Kv 432,22; Vism 510,4; ~-niddesa, Vibh-a 119,14); sam-
mā-vācā-° (~âjīva, Vism 511,26); sammā-vācā-sam-
mā-° (Vism 510,6); hīna-° (Ja I 288,30); — in long
cpd.s sāvajja-kāya-~-vacī-~-mano-° (A IV 365,7 foll);
tividha-mano-~-sampatti-kusala-sañcetanikā-hetu,
(A V 297,5; 299,5); — 4.a. yannūnâhaṁ yena Gopaka-
Moggallānassa brāhmaṇassa ~o ... ten' upasaṁka-
meyyan ti, M III 7,21 (= bahinagare nagaraparisaṅ-
khārāpanatthāya kammantaṭṭhānaṁ, Ps IV 71,10); —
4.b. thero (scil. Sāriputta) sarīraṁ paṭijaggitvā ~assa
(v.l kasantassa) avidūre nisīdi, Ps IV 5,19; yantabad-
dhāni saṭṭhimattāni taḷākāni, ~o dvādasayojaniko,
Spk II 194,5 = Mp I 178,10 ≠ Th-a III 132,2; — 5.
Bhagavā ... yena Kasibhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa
~o ten' upasaṁkami, Sn 13,5 (= kammakaraṇokāso,
Pj II 139,17,19) = S I 172,9; abhijānāmi kho panâhaṁ
pitu Sakkassa ~e sītāya jambucchāyāya nisinno, M I
246,32 (rañño kira vappamaṅgaladivaso nāma hoti,
Ps II 290,12), cf. Mil 289,27; rañño ~e naṅgalasahas-
saṁ yojīyati, Ja I 57,23 = Ps II 290,19; brāhmaṇī ...
sabbālaṅkāravibhūsitā brāhmaṇīgaṇāparivutā ~aṁ
agamāsi, Spk I 243,13 foll. = Pj II 138,8 foll.[[side 245]]

" 346862551067267072,kammanta,en,"

kamm'-anta

, m., the final (vowel) of the word ""kam-
ma;"" a ~assa ca. kamma ice evamantassa ca a-u-ā-
desā honti vā nāmhi vibhattimhi. kammanā kam-
munā kammena vā, Kacc and Kacc-v 160; Rūp 197;
Sadd 658,26.

" 346862550740111360,kammanta,en,"

kamm'-anta

, m., (t.t. Vin) end of proceedings; ~e ga-
rukaṁ niddise budho, Vṁ-vn 2030 (cf. Vin IV 227,7).

" 346862551394422784,kammantaājīva,en,"

kamm'-anta-ājīva

, m., (dv.) (moral) act and livelihood;
in gloss on saṁyama ""restraint, self-control"": saṁyamo
ti imina ~ā gahitā, Spk I 237,29 (ad S I 169,32*).

" 346862500416851968,kammantabherī,en,"

kamm'-anta-bherī

, f., a drum (announcing the re-
sumption of) work; te ... aṭṭhame divase ~iyā (Se °ki-
riyāya) nikkhantāya kammante agamaṁsu, Dhp-a
III 100,12.

" 346862488861544448,kammantabhinivesa,en,"

kamm'-antabhinivesa

, mfn. [°ta + abhi°], (bhvr.)
intent on (accomplishing) one's work, dedicated to one's
work; gahapatikā ... ~ā niṭṭhitakammantapariyosā-
nā, A III 363,12 (kammantakaraṇatthāya mano ete-
saṁ abhinivisatī ti ~ā [so read], Mp III 383,18).

" 346862500114862080,kammantabhūmi,en,"

kamm'-anta-bhūmi

, f. [cf. kammabhūmi, q.v.],
work place; ~iṁ gacchantā, Ras 281,2.

" 346862553269276672,kammantadasa,en,"

kamm'-anta-dasa

, m., a slave labourer; Saṅkhaseṭ-
ṭhinā Piliyaseṭṭhissa dinno ~o, Ja I 468,12; ~o hotu
sāmi, 468,16.

" 346862487531950080,kammantadhiṭṭhāna,en,"

kamm'-antâdhiṭṭhāna

, n. [°anta + adhi°], the act of
superintending work; eso eva kho āvuso seyyo (Vin
III 88,2) ti ~aṁ, Sp 480,18.

" 346862487548727296,kammantādhiṭṭhāna,en,"

kamm'-antâdhiṭṭhāna

, n. [°anta + adhi°], the act of
superintending work; eso eva kho āvuso seyyo (Vin
III 88,2) ti ~aṁ, Sp 480,18.

" 346862487854911488,kammantadhiṭṭhāyaka,en,"

kamm'-antâdhiṭṭhāyaka

, m. [°ta + adhi°], a su-
perintendent of work; ~ā āgantvā, Mp I 409,21 ≠
Dhp-a I 393,14.

" 346862487867494400,kammantādhiṭṭhāyaka,en,"

kamm'-antâdhiṭṭhāyaka

, m. [°ta + adhi°], a su-
perintendent of work; ~ā āgantvā, Mp I 409,21 ≠
Dhp-a I 393,14.

" 346862552048734208,kammantagāma,en,"

kamm'-anta-gāma

, m., a village where obligatory
work is performed, cf. W. GEIGER, Mhv-trsl.: 155 n. 2;
Geiger, Culture: 144, § 137: Kāsīsu janapadesu Anā-
thapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa ~o hoti, Vin IV 162,24
foll.; -amhi, Mhv XXIII 4.

" 346862535305072640,kammantakaraṇatthāya,en,"

kamm'-anta-karaṇ'-atthāya

, ²ind., to perform work;
~ mano etesaṁ abhinivisatī ti kammantâbhinivesā,
Mp III 383,17 (""their mind is intent on performing work;""
ad A III 363,12).

" 346862551683829760,kammantakiccakara,en,"

kamm'-anta-kicca-kara

, mfn., doing one's duty in
one's work; kiccakaro ca hotī ti, attano ~o c' eva ku-
salakiccakaro, Spk I 160,17 (ad S I 91,19*);

" 346862488177872896,kammantanuṭṭhāna,en,"

kamm'-antânuṭṭhāna

, n. [°ta + an°], the act of be-
ing remiss in one's work; ~ena ubbāḷho hutvā, Sp
1018,30 (Sp-ṭ III 258,14; Vmv II 121,9); — in long cpd.
at Pj II 233,15.

" 346862488190455808,kammantānuṭṭhāna,en,"

kamm'-antânuṭṭhāna

, n. [°ta + an°], the act of be-
ing remiss in one's work; ~ena ubbāḷho hutvā, Sp
1018,30 (Sp-ṭ III 258,14; Vmv II 121,9); — in long cpd.
at Pj II 233,15.

" 346862553583849472,kammantapekkhaka,en,"

kamm'-anta-pekkhaka

, mfn., looking for work; kadā-
ci so kāruṇiko gantvā ~o, Ap 583,13 qu. Thī-a 73,13*.

" 346862488500834304,kammantapekkhatā,en,"

kamm'-antâpekkha-tā

, /. [abstr.; °ta + apekkh°],
the fact of depending upon the function (of the general
term); cf. O. H. PIND, Dhammapala's Reference to
Dignaga's Apoha Theory, in Bauddhavidyāsudhā-
karaḥ. Studies in Honour of H. BECHERT on the oc-
casion of his 65th Birthday, ed. P. Kieffer-Pülz and ].-
U. Hartmann, Swisttal-Odendorf 1997 (Indica et Ti-
betica, 30); 523-27; viseso (so read with Be) ~āya (so
read with v.l.) sāmaññassa na tena (so read) paricatto
ti āha ""cakkhusaddo katthaci Buddhacakkhumhi
vattatī"" (= Sv 183,9) ti, Sv-pṭ I 314,5.

" 346862488513417216,kammantāpekkhatā,en,"

kamm'-antâpekkha-tā

" 346862499724791808,kammantappahāṇapaccupaṭṭhāna,en,"

kamm'-anta-ppahāṇa-paccupaṭṭhāna

, mfn., mani-
festing itself as rejection of action; — ifc. micchā-°
(Vism 510,5; As 216,33).

" 346862499426996224,kammantappayojana,en,"

kamm'-anta-ppayojana

, n., the purpose of work;
saṁvidahitvā ti ādīsu sammāvidahanaṁ ~añ ca,
Mp-ṭ I 265,17.

" 346862501075357696,kammantara,en,"

kamm'-antara

, n. [Buddh. sa. karmāntara], distinct
kamma (= kammavisesa); — exeg.: ~an ti kammavi-
seso kammānaṁ balâbalabhedo, Vism-mhṭ II 379,24
(ad Vism 602,4,7, q.v. infra); kammato aññaṁ kam-
maṁ ~aṁ, As-mṭ 23,21 (ad As 29,14, q.v. infra); — i-
mesaṁ dvādasannaṁ kammānaṁ (on which, cf.
Vism 601,1 foll.) ~añ c' eva vipākantarañ ca Bud-
dhānaṁ kammavipājañāṇass' eva yathāvasarasato
pākaṭaṁ hoti, asādhāraṇaṁ sāvakehi,, Vism 602,4,7
qu. Paṭis-a 576,30,32; ~aṁ Tathāgato evaṁ pajānāti,
Peṭ 36,1; ~aṁ vipākantaraṁ rūpârūpaparicchedaṁ
dhammantaraṁ āloḷetvā kathenti, As 29,14.

" 346862501436067840,kammantaracaraṇa,en,"

kamm'-antara-caraṇa

, the occurrence (of kamma)
with kamma that are different; cf. s.v. kammadvārava-
vatthāna; — exeg.: ~aṁ kammantararūpalakkhaṇa-
tā, As-anuṭ 80,23; — kammānam pi ~e es' eva nayo
ti, As-mṭ 74,5 qu. As-anuṭ 80,23.

" 346862501721280512,kammantaracarin,en,"

kamm'-antara-cari(n)

, mfn., occurring with different
kamma; kammāni ~īni honti, kāyakammâdikassa
vacīkammâdikabhāvâpattito kammasambhedā dvā-
rasambhedā pī ti, As-anuṭ 80,20.[[side 246]] kamm'-antara-carin

" 346862502077796352,kammantaramana,en,"

kamm'-antara-mana

, n., honour due to a distinct
kamma; in ""etymology"" of Vimānavatthu: vipākamu-
khena ... ~assa kāraṇabhāvato Vimānavatthun ti
veditabbaṁ, Vv-a 2,9.

" 346862502375591936,kammantararūpalakkhaṇatā,en,"

kamm'-antara-rūpa-lakkhaṇa-tā

, f., [abstr.], the be-
ing characterised by the nature of different kamma; kam-
mantaracaraṇaṁ ~ā, As-anuṭ 80,23.

" 346862502669193216,kammantaravipakantara,en,"

kamm'-antara-vipak'-antara

, n., the distinct result
of a distinct kamma; — exeg.: ~am evā ti kammanta-
rassa vipākantaram eva jānāti, Ps-pṭ II 25,1 (ad Ps II
31,7, q.v. infra) qu. Mp-ṭ III 318,15 (ad Mp V 16,11) =
Vibh-mṭ 214,19 (ad Vibh-a 464,13); — dasabalañāṇe-
su paṭhamaṁ kāraṇākāraṇam eva jānāti dutiyaṁ
~am eva ... sabbaññutañāṇaṁ pana etehi jānitab-
baṁ tato uttariñ ca pajānāti, Ps II 31,7 = Mp V 16,11
(Mp-ṭ III 318,15 qu. Ps-pṭ, q.v. supra) = Vibh-a 464,13
= Paṭis-a 629,6 = Sp-ṭ III 222,24; — °-jānana-ñāṇa, n.,
knowledge consisting in the act of knowing the distinct
result of a distinct kamma; idaṁ Tathāgatassā ti i-
daṁ sabbehi pi etehi ākārehi Tathāgatassa ~aṁ (so
read with Be; Ee °jānanaṁ ñāṇaṁ) akampiyaṭṭhena
dutiyaṁ balaṁ veditabban ti, Vibh-a 464,8 (Vibh-mṭ
214,19); — Rem.: according to Vism 602,4 foll. probably
to be interpreted as dv. cpd.; Ānanda and Dhammapā-
la interpret as tatp. cpd.

" 346862502946017280,kammantaraya,en,"

kamm'-antaraya

, m., (kamadh.) the obstacle which is
kamma; kilesantarāyamissakaṁ ~aṁ dassetvā idāni
amissakaṁ ~aṁ dassetuṁ ""imassa ca puggalassā""
(= Nett 99,10) ti ādi, Nett-a 166,26 (Nett-ṭ 95,23); —
°-vasa, m.; ~ena, Sv-pṭ I 278,19 qu. Sv-nṭ II 21,22.

" 346862503294144512,kammantarayika,en,"

kamm'-antarayika

, mfn., causing an obstacle (to
mokkha) due to kamma; the first of five types of ob-
stacles, q.v. s.v. antarāyika; — exeg.: kammāni eva
antarāyikā ti ~ā, Sp-ṭ III 86,19 (ad Sp 869,12, q.v. in-
fra); — te (scil. antarāyikā) kammakilesavipāka-upa-
vāda-āṇāvītikkamavasena pañcavidhā, tattha paṅ-
cânantariyadhammā ~ā nāma, Sp 869,12 = Ps II
102,25 (ad M I 130,1) ≠ Kkh-ṭ 410,19.

" 346862446687817728,kammantaruppatti,en,"

kamm'-antar'-uppatti

, f., the origination of a dis-
tinct act; dvārantare ~iyam pi kammadvārâbheda-
nañ ca dvārasaṁsandanaṁ, As-mṭ 78,1.

" 346862487200600064,kammantasālā,en,"

kamm'-anta-sālā

, f., a workshop; araññe ~aṁ vā
pavisitvā, Sp 376,29; — in long cpd. at Pj II 140,27.

" 346862485871005696,kammantasamīpe,en,"

kamm'-anta-samīpe

, ²ind., near the field (cf. Pv-a 62,3:
khettaṁ); brāhmaṇo ... ~ (so read with v.l.; Ee °samī-
pena) gacchantaṁ ekaṁ purisaṁ disvā, Pv-a 62,8.

" 346862486735032320,kammantasampada,en,"

kamm'-anta-sampada

, f., success in action; tisso
... sampadā ... ~ā, ājīvasampadā, diṭṭhisampadā,
A I 271,7 foll.

" 346862486332379136,kammantasamucchedika,en,"

kamm'-anta-samucchedika

, mfn., annihilating an
act; ifc. micchā-° (Vism 510,3).

" 346862485384466432,kammantasaṃvidhāna,en,"

kamm'-anta-saṁvidhāna

, n., the act of assigning
work; yathābalaṁ ~ena, D III 191,2 (Sv 956,16,19;
Sv-pṭ III 143,28).

" 346862552661102592,kammantata,en,"

kamm'-anta-ta

, f. [abstr. of kammanta, q.v.]; — ifc.
anākula-°; susaṁvihita-° (~âdidiṭṭhadhammikahi-
tahetu, Pj I 138,11).

" 346862552967286784,kammantatta,en,"

kamm'-anta-tta

, n. [abstr. of kammanta, q.v.]; — ifc.
nihīna-° (Ud-a 333,22); paṭicchanna-° (Ud-a 333,20).

" 346862552346529792,kammantaṭṭhāna,en,"

kamm'-anta-ṭṭhāna

, n., 1. work place; ~e eko jam-
burukkho bahalapalāso sandacchāyo ahosi, Ja I
57,28 = Ps II 290,26 (reading bahalapatta°); gāmassa
~aṁ viya hoti, Ja IV 306,6; ~e pi nesaṁ aṅñā kathā
nāma n' atthi, Ps II 312,24; kammanto ti bahinana-
gare nagarapaṭisaṅkhārāpanatthāya (so read with Be)
~aṁ, Ps IV 71,10 (ad M III 7,21).

" 346862500760784896,kammantavipatti,en,"

kamm'-anta-vipatti

, f., failure in action; tissā imā
... vipattiyo ... ~i, ājīvavipatti, diṭṭhivipatti, A I
270,26 foll.

" 346862484889538560,kammantavyāvaṭa,en,"

kamm'-anta-vyāvaṭa

, mfn., engaged in work; tadā
'haṁ bandhumatiyā kulass' aññatarassa ca dayito pat-
thito c' eva āsi ~o (v.l. kammantavāvaṭo), Ap 493,26.

" 346862489163534336,kammantayūhanarasa,en,"

kamm'-antâyūhana-rasa

, mfn. [cf. kammâyūhana,
q.v.], (bhvr.) having as its function the accumulation of
acts, i.e., kamma; cetanā ... ~ā, Nāmar-p 77.

" 346862489176117248,kammantāyūhanarasa,en,"

kamm'-antâyūhana-rasa

, mfn. [cf. kammâyūhana,
q.v.], (bhvr.) having as its function the accumulation of
acts, i.e., kamma; cetanā ... ~ā, Nāmar-p 77.

" 346862489813651456,kammantika,en,"

kammantika

, m. [secdry < kammanta + ika; cf.
kammika, q.v.], 1. an artisan, craftsman; only ifc.; 2. a
manager, administrator; — 1. ifc. mahā-° (Ja I 227,22);
vattha-° (~âdi, Ja I 452,17); — 2. kosambikaseṭṭhino
~o, Mp I 422,1; te ... tassa seṭṭhino ~assa gehe taṁ
dārakaṁ disvā, 422,15,16; 426,11; ~assa gāmaṁ gan-
tvā, 427,27 foll.

" 346862490019172352,kammantikamanussa,en,"

kammantika-manussa

, m., a labourer; ~e āha, Ja
I 377,17.

" 346862549691535360,kammantssanda,en,"

kamma-ntssanda

, m., the result of kamma; sa ...
tādisena ~ena Ujjeniyaṁ Padumavatī nāma naga-
rasobhanī ahosi, Thī-a 39,9; tena ~ena anekajātisate-
su narakâdīsu dukkham anubhavitvā, Ap-a 115,1;
335,25; — Rem.: Be at Ap 371,24 reads ~ena for Ce-
EeSe kammassa nissando; — ifc gahita-° (Ud-a
124,21); nagara-rundhana-° (Ud-a 124,16); purima-°
(Mp I 263,20); pilotika-° (Ap-a 114,31).

" 346862361316954112,kammanubhāvato/,en,"

kammânubhāvato/

°bhāvena, ²ind., by force of
kamma; kathaṁ dāhadukkhaṁ nānubhavantī ti?
~ato, Mp-ṭ II 113,3; — attano ~ena paracittañāṇaṁ
uppajjati, Sv 628,5 = Ps IV 229,21; pakkāmī ti ~ena
codiyamāno pakkāmi, Spk I 218,7 (ad S I 150,23) =
Mp V 59,1 (ad A V 170,17) ≠ Pj II 475,17,19; anekarūpā
~ena siddhā, Vv-a 58,9; 89,13 (ad Vv 151); sunimmit-
tā ti ~ena suṭṭhu nimmittā, Pv-a 77,16 (ad Pv 113);
~ena, Sp 469,3; ~ena, Ud-a 159,34; supinaṁ passanto
attano ~ena passati, Sp-ṭ II 312,10; ~ena, Ps-pṭ III
169,2,4; evam evam āsannabhūto pi suriyo ~ena sat-
te na tāpetī ti, Ss 241,36; — ifc. adhikāra-° (Mp I
255,7); puñña-° (Mp II 220,20); purima-° (Sv 627,21;
Ps IV 229,2; Vism 4,14); balava-° (Spk I 338,11).

" 346862361333731328,kammānubhāvato/,en,"

kammânubhāvato/

" 346862360905912320,kammanucchavika,en,"

kammânucchavika

, mfn. [kamma + anu°], corre-
sponding to (one's) kamma; aṭṭhânisaṁse anubhomi
~e mama, Ap 307,32 = 387,18; 310,13; 316,2.

" 346862360918495232,kammānucchavika,en,"

kammânucchavika

, mfn. [kamma + anu°], corre-
sponding to (one's) kamma; aṭṭhânisaṁse anubhomi
~e mama, Ap 307,32 = 387,18; 310,13; 316,2.

" 346862361677664256,kammanurūpa,en,"

kammânurūpa

, mfn. [kamma + anu°], correspond-
ing with (one's) kamma; ime sattā bījânurūpaṁ pha-
laṁ viya ~aṁ vipākaṁ anubhontī ti, Ja III 160,17;
kammassakā ... sattā attano -am eva gatiṁ gac-
chanti, Sv 37,22; Moggallānena attano -am eva ma-
raṇaṁ laddhaṁ, Dhp-a III 69,15; Ud-a 417,26; pavat-
tiyaṁ ... ~aṁ kadāci puññaphalaṁ ... paccanubha-
vanti, Ps-pṭ III 362,21 = Mp-ṭ II 114,28; ~o ca vipāko
hotī ti, As-mṭ 190,19; 110,22; 190,24; — ifc. kata-° (Sv
738,15); — °-tā, f. [abstr.], correspondence with (one's)
kamma; ~āya, As-anuṭ 207,26.

" 346862361686052864,kammānurūpa,en,"

kammânurūpa

" 346862361988042752,kammanurupavat,en,"

kammanurupa-va(t)

, mfn., = prec.; — ifc. puñña-°
(Dīp XXII 27). kammanurupa-vat

" 346862492351205376,kammapaccavekkhaṇā,en,"

kamma-paccavekkhaṇā

, f., the act of disregarding
an act; — °-vasa, m.; amanasikāravasena vā ~ena vā,
Dhp-a I 44,9 (ad Dhp 4) qu. Sp-ṭ III 351,7.

" 346862490354716672,kammapaccaya,en,"

kamma-paccaya

, mfn., (bhvr.) having kamma as
condition; on the analysis of kamma produced materiali-
ty (kammajarūpa); kammaṁ kammasamuṭṭhānaṁ
~aṁ, kammapaccayacittasamuṭṭhānaṁ, kammapac-
caya-āhārasamuṭṭhānāṁ, kammapaccayautusamuṭ-
ṭhānan ti esa vibhāgo, Vism 614,20; kammasamuṭ-
ṭhānaṁ ~aṁ eva hoti, As 304,15; tassâyam mātikā:
kammajaṁ ~aṁ kammapaccaya-utusamuṭṭhānaṁ
+, 342,10 qu. Vibh-a 29,7; kammassa vā sahāyabhūto
paccayo ~o, As-mṭ 157,19,22; ~ena utunā samuṭṭhi-
taṁ Vetaraṇiṁ dassesi, Ja VI 105,11'; tesaṁ (scil the
beings in Hell) ... ~o vāto paharati, V 271,26'; ~aṁ cit-
taṁ, Moh 104,4; — ifc. purāṇa-° ( — ~vasa, Vism 33,6).

" 346862490186944512,kammapaccaya,en,"

kamma-paccaya

, m. [cf. kammapaccayā, q.v.],
(karmadh.) kamma condition; the 13th of the 24 pacca-
yas enumerated and explained at Tikap 1,6 foll.; —
exeg.: kammasahāyo paccayo, kammassa vā sahāya-
bhūto paccayo ~o, Sv-pṭ I 202,28 = As-mṭ 157,21; —
~o ti kusalâkusalaṁ kammaṁ vipākānaṁ khan-
dhānaṁ kaṭattā ca rūpānaṁ ~ena paccayo, Tikap
5,17 foll. (cittapayogasaṅkhātena kiriyābhāvena upa-
kārako dhammo ~o, Tikap-a 18,5) qu. Vism 538,12;
""hetupaccayo ... ~o"" + (= Tikap 1,6 foll.) ti catuvīsa-
tipaccayā vuttā, Vism 532,14 ≠ As 9,9; ~ena nibbattā
khandhā, Vism 603,25; te te sankhārā ~ena ca upanis-
sayapaccayena ca paccayā honti, 547,38; Moh 148,13;
kammabhavo ca upapattibhavassa ~ena c' eva upa-
nissayapaccayena ca paccayo hotī ti, Sv-pṭ I 241,20
(ad Sv 125,26); kammârohanan ti ~o, Spk-pṭ II 97,10;
~o, Kv-a 101,21; ~o hutvā ārammaṇapaccayo hotī ti,
ārammaṇapaccayo hutvā ~o hotī ti, Ppk-mṭ 227,7
foll.; — ifc. nānā-kkhaṇika-° (Vism 551,31; 556,26;
Tikap-a 46,1 foll); saha-jāta-° (Tikap-a 46,29 foll); —
°-nāma, m., the designation ""kamma condition;"" ceta-
nā ~ena paccayo ti pakāsitā, Nāmar-p 817.[[side 247]]

" 346862489469718528,kammapaccayā,en,"

kamma-paccayā

, ²ind. [cf. ¹kammapaccaya, q.v.],
because of kamma; na te tato nikkhamituṁ labhanti
~, Nidd I 405,30*; na tesaṁ koci sarati sattānaṁ ~,
Khp VII 2 (Pj I 207,27) = Pv 15 (Pv-a 25,9); atīte ~ nib-
battā khandhā, Vism 603,21 foll.; tesaṁ paccayaṁ pa-
riyesanto avijjāpaccayā taṇhāpaccayā ~ āhārapacca-
yā ti, Mp II 279,17; Vibh-a 254,12; ghanassa saṇṭhā-
naṁ nibbattaṁ kammapaccayā ti, Spk I 301,21* qu.
Nidd-a I 248,20*; imasmiṁ pana kammamūlake ~ ā-
rammaṇe dve ti, Ppk-mṭ 226,30; — aṭṭha-kusala-°
(Mp III 144,17); atīta-° (Vism 603,22); dvādasa-akusa-
la-° (Mp III 144,18); purima-° (Vism 649,10).

" 346862490526683136,kammapaccayaāhārasamuṭṭhāna,en,"

kamma-paccaya-āhāra-samuṭṭhāna

, mfn., (bhvr.)
originated by nutriment having kamma as its condition;
— exeg.: ~aṁ nāma kammasamuṭṭhānarūpesu ṭhā-
nappattā ojā aññaṁ ojaṭṭhamakaṁ samuṭṭhāpeti,
Vism 614,28; — in list of topics concerning kamma-
born materiality at Vism 614,21 (cf. mātikā at As
342,10 foll. qu. Vibh-a 29,7).

" 346862491835305984,kammapaccayabhāva,en,"

kamma-paccaya-bhāva

, m., the being kamma con-
dition; ~o ārammaṇapaccayabhāvaṁ paṭikkhipati,
Ppk-mṭ 227,9.

" 346862490698649600,kammapaccayabhūta,en,"

kamma-paccaya-bhūta

, mfn., having status as the
cause denoted ""kamma;"" ~ā cetanā, Kv-a 100,3.

" 346862491474595840,kammapaccayacittasamuṭṭhāna,en,"

kamma-paccaya-citta-samuṭṭhāna

, mfn., originat-
ing in thought conditioned by kamma; kammaṁ kam-
masamuṭṭhānaṁ kammapaccayaṁ, ~aṁ +, Vism
614,21; ~aṁ nāma vipākacittasamuṭṭhānaṁ rūpaṁ,
614,27 (kammaṁ paccayo etassā ti kammapacca-
yaṁ, tad eva cittaṁ, taṁ samuṭṭhānaṁ etassā ti
~aṁ, Vism-mhṭ II 400,27,28); — °-tā,f. [abstr.], the fact
of originating in thought conditioned by kamma; ~ā,
Vism-mhṭ II 400,27,28.

" 346862491302629376,kammapaccayakamma,en,"

kamma-paccaya-kamma

, n., kamma in terms of
kamma condition; -an ti cetanā, Ss 138,19.

" 346862492175044608,kammapaccayakāra,en,"

kamma-paccayâkāra

, m., the aspect of kamma con-
dition; na santānavisesaṁ katvā phaluppādanasaṅ-
khātena ~ena, Ppk-mṭ 227,9.

" 346862492187627520,kammapaccayākāra,en,"

kamma-paccayâkāra

, m., the aspect of kamma con-
dition; na santānavisesaṁ katvā phaluppādanasaṅ-
khātena ~ena, Ppk-mṭ 227,9.

" 346862491650756608,kammapaccayaniddesa,en,"

Kamma-paccaya-niddesa

, m.; title of Tikap 5,16-20;
~e, Tikap-a 45,32; — °-vaṇṇanā, f; title of Tikap-a 45,32-
47,26; ~ā niṭṭhitā, Ppk-mṭ 189,17; Ppk-anuṭ 257,14.

" 346862490874810368,kammapaccayautusamuṭṭhāna,en,"

kamma-paccaya-utu-samuṭṭhāna

, mfn., (bhvr.) ori-
ginating in temperature conditioned by kamma; —
exeg.: ~aṁ nāma kammajatejodhātu ṭhānappattā u-
tusamuṭṭhānaṁ ojaṭṭhamakaṁ samuṭṭhāpeti, Vism
614,32; cf. Sv 110,22 (kammassa paccayā ti kamma-
paccayā. utu samuṭṭhānaṁ etissā ti utusamuṭṭhānā.
~ā ti vā pāṭho, Sv-pṭ I 202,24 foll); ~aṁ, As 342,20
(kammavipākānubhāvanassa kāraṇabhūtaṁ bāhira-
utusamuṭṭhānaṁ ~aṁ, As-mṭ 157,20,23); nesaṁ ~aṁ
... asurabhavanaṁ nibbatti, Ss 326,32.

" 346862492011466752,kammapaccayavibhaṅga,en,"

Kamma-paccaya-vibhaṅga

, n.; title of Tikap 79,26-
80,13; ~e viya ""mahābhūte paṭicca kaṭattārūpaṁ u-
pādārūpan"" (= Tikap 80,5) ti kaṭattārūpabhāvavisiṭ-
ṭhaṁ upādārūpaṁ gahitan ti, Ppk-mṭ 207,1.

" 346862466820476928,kammapada,en,"

kamma-pada

, n., a passive verb; opp. kattupada,
q.v.; kuyyati, kiyya[n] ti evaṁ kammapadāni, Sadd
321,9; haññatī ti padaṁ ~aṁ, 486,2.[[side 250]]

" 346862470712791040,kammapādaka,en,"

kamma-pādaka

, (m)f(n.). (t.t. Vin) (motion) which is
the basis of proceedings, cf. next; dve ñattikiccāni kam-
man ca ~ā ca, Sp 1383,4 (ettha yasmā ñattikammesu
ñatti sayam eva kammaṁ hoti, ñattidutiyacatutthe-
su kammesu anussāvanasaṅkhātassa kammassa ṅat-
tipādakabhāvena tiṭṭhati, Vmv II 309,7-9).

" 346862471136415744,kammapādañatti,en,"

kamma-pāda-ñatti

, f., (t.t. Vin) motion, which is the
basis of proceedings, cf. prec.; tattha yā evaṁ anidiṭ-
ṭhā, sa kammañatti nāma hoti, yā niddiṭṭhā, sa ~i
nāma, Sp 1373,.33 foll. (~i nāma ñattidutiyakammādī-
su anussāvanakammassa pādabhūtā adhiṭṭhānabū-
tā ñatti, Vmv II 307,9 foll).

" 346862469890707456,kammapahāna,en,"

kamma-pahāna

, n., the rejection of kamma; taṇhā-
mūlakaṁ kammaṁ uppajjeyya ... taṇhāpahānena
pahīyate ... kammamūlakaṁ vaṭṭadukkhaṁ uppaj-
jeyya ... ~ena pahīyati, Spk III 149,25 (ad S V 86,21).

" 346862492518977536,kammapajānana,en,"

kamma-pajānana

, n., the act of knowing kamma; —
ifc. para-° (Abhid-av 111,27; cf. Vism 435,4).

" 346862470259806208,kammapākakriyābheda,en,"

kamma-pāka-kriyā-bheda

, m., the distinction be-
tween kamma, us result, and (mere) action; ~e, Nā-
mar-p 327.

" 346862456800284672,kammapakativibhāgadivisaya,en,"

kamma-pakati-vibhāgâdi-visaya

, mfn., (bhvr.) hav-
ing as its subject the primary division of kamma, etc.;
sabbā ti ~ā pi sabbā nijjhānakkhantiyo, Sv-pṭ I 298,27
(ad Sv 168,10) qu. Sv-nṭ II 52,27.

" 346862456821256192,kammapakativibhāgādivisaya,en,"

kamma-pakati-vibhāgâdi-visaya

, mfn., (bhvr.) hav-
ing as its subject the primary division of kamma, etc.;
sabbā ti ~ā pi sabbā nijjhānakkhantiyo, Sv-pṭ I 298,27
(ad Sv 168,10) qu. Sv-nṭ II 52,27.

" 346862471513903104,kammapāpakaṃ,en,"

[

kamma-pāpakaṁ

, w.r. at Ap 612,6 for kamma
pāpaka]

" 346862360591339520,kammaparādha,en,"

kammâparādha

, m [kamma + apa°], wrong act;
tassa -am ... vadati, Sv-pṭ I 370,5 (Sv-nṭ II 195,7); —
ifc. atta-° (Ja IV 443,11*,15*); — °-ppahāṇa, n., the a-
voiding wrong acts; ~ena payogasuddhiṁ vatvā, Cp-a
278,31 = Sv-pṭ I 69,10 qu. Sv-nṭ I 250,7.

" 346862360603922432,kammāparādha,en,"

kammâparādha

" 346862467185381376,kammaparāyaṇa,en,"

kamma-parāyaṇa

, mfn., transcending kamma; ā-
kiñcaññâyatanamayaṁ (so read) tapparāyaṇaṁ ~aṁ
+, Nidd II 197,14 (abhisaṅkhāravasena, Nidd-a II
70,17) = Be 171,1.

" 346862467541897216,kammapariccheda,en,"

kamma-pariccheda

, m., determination of kamma
(one of the ten forces in terms of knowledge of a Tathā-
gata); dasabalañāṇesu hi paṭhamaṁ kāraṇâkāra-
nam eva jānāti, dutiyaṁ kammantaravipākantaram
eva, tatiyaṁ -am eva +, Ps II 31,8 (cetanācetanā-
sampayuttadhamme nirayâdinibbānagāminipaṭipa-
dābhūte kamman ti gahetvā, Ps-pṭ II 25,3) = Mp V
16,12 (Mp-ṭ III 318,17 = Ps-pṭ II 25,3) = Vibh-a 464,14
(Vibh-mṭ 214,21 - Ps-pṭ II 25,3) qu. Paṭis-a 629,7, Sp-ṭ
III 222,29, Nett-a 174,26.

" 346862467952939008,kammapariṇāma,en,"

kamma-pariṇāma

, m. [cf. kammavivaṭṭa, q.v.],
transformation of kamma; kammavivaṭṭenā ti, ~ena,
tassa vilumpanakammassa vipākadānena (so read),
Spk I 155,5 (ad S I 85,32*).

" 346862468343009280,kammapariṇāmita,en,"

kamma-pariṇāmita

, mfn., transformed by kamma; vi-
pākaṁ hi kammavasena vipākabhāvappattaṁ ~aṁ
hutvā, Tikap-a 44,25.

" 346862469496442880,kammapasuta,en,"

kamma-pasuta

, mfn., busy with, preoccupied with
work; pakkhesu ~ehi janehi uposathaṁ kātuṁ sati-
karaṇatthāya diyyati, taṁ pakkhiyan nāma, Sp
1267,15 qu. Pālim 278,17; rattiyaṁ kammappasutā jā-
gariyam anuyuttā honti, Sp-ṭ II 345,19; araññavāsino
... dubbalamanussā ~ā, Ps II 237,19; sattā pi ~ā +,
Mp II 342,20; kalahakārako kalahapasuto kammakā-
rako ~o +, Nidd II 204,2; — ifc. sa-° (D I 135,24 foll).

" 346862493680799744,kammapatha,en,"

kamma-patha

, m. and n. [Buddh. sa. karma-patha],
course of action (of body, speach, and mind, referred to as
the three courses of action at Dhp 281); ~ is commonly
divided into ten kusala and ten akusala ~; either group
of actions is constituted by three bodily, four verbal, and
three mental actions as enumerated, e.g., at D III 269,1
foll. cf. the cpd.s akusalakammapatha (+ dasa°), ku-
salakammapatha (+ dasa°); — exeg.: ~esu kammān'
eva duggatisugatīnaṁ pathabhūtattā ~ā, Sv 1048,21
foll. (cf. Sv-pṭ III 346,4: pathabhūtattā ti tāsaṁ [so
read with v.l] pavattanûpāyattā maggabhūtattā); —
the three courses of action: tayo ~e visodhaye ārādha-
ye maggam isippaveditaṁ, Dhp 281 (cf. Uv VII 12);
— the ten courses of action: dasasu ... dhammesu
bhikkhu samma nibbindamāno ... dasasu akusale-
su ~esu, A V 54,13; dasahi akusalehi ~ehi samannā-
gato ... asuci yeva hoti, 266,2 foll.; paññattiyā vā
~ehi vā kathetabbā, Sv 985,23; aṭṭha ~ā eva honti, Sv
1049,29 foll. = Ps I 202,18 = As 101,31,32; satta ~ā eva,
Ps I 205,1,2 = As 104,9,10 foll.; koṭṭhāsato pañca pi ~ā
eva, Vibh-a 382,12 (Vibh-mṭ 189,9; Vibh-anuṭ 190,6);
dasa ~ā puññā, Utt-vn 659; adinnâdāna° + °saṅkhā-
tānaṁ channaṁ ~ānaṁ, Moh 43,28; ~ānaṁ anta-
micchādiṭṭhiñ ca micchattānaṁ ādimicchādiṭṭhiñ ca
missetvā, Ps I 187,29; abhijjhā micchadiṭṭhī ti dve
~āni, Moh 40,7; ete ~ā pāṇâtipātâdīni dussīlyāni pa-
jahantī ti, Ps I 205,8; II 333,2; pariyāyena pana sabbe
pi ~ā dukkhasaccaṁ, I 205,36; dasannaṁ kusalānaṁ
~ānaṁ pūritattā nirayaṁ upapajjatī ti jānanti mic-
chā tesaṁ ñāṇan ti, V 18,22; kāyavacīdvāresu hi co-
panaṁ patvā ~aṁ appattaṁ pi atthi, As 89,35 foll.
(As-mṭ 78,1 foll); micchādiṭṭhimaggaṅgesu pi ~esu
pi micchādiṭṭhi yeva, 251,20; vyāpādo pana sattesu
uppanno yeva ~aṁ bhindati, Vibh-a 75,32; maggak-
khaṇe pana dvīsu dvāresu sattannaṁ ~ānaṁ vase-
na, Vibh-a 119,29; pāpan ti ~aṁ apattaṁ, Ja V 500,12'
(ad 500,9*); rāgo pi hi duggatīnaṁ pathattā rāgapa-
tho ti vuccati ~o viya, Pj II 410,16; ~e ti kammāni ca
tāni pathā ca apāyagamanāyā ti ~ā, Paṭis-a 301,3-15;
paṭipāṭiyā sattā ti ettha nanu cetanā Abhidhamme
~esu na vuttā ti paṭipāṭiyā sattannaṁ kammapatha-
bhāvo na yutto ti? na, avacanassa aññahetukattā,
Sv-pṭ III 347,33 (ad Sv 1049,26) = Ps-pṭ I 303,26 foll. (ad
Ps I 202,15) = Spk-pṭ II 143,14 foll. (ad Spk II 151,7) =
As-mṭ 81,2 (ad As 104,9); Saddh 57; — ifc. a-°; akusa-
la-° (Mp II 27,8; Ud-a 335,12; Ss 263,3); kusala-° (D III
71,25; A V 268,8; Paṭis I 85,3); kusalâkusala-° (~-va-
sa, Sv-pṭ II 340,31); dasa-° (S II 167,34; Ap 361,5); da-
sa-akusala-° (Sv 578,33; Ps I 202,12); dasa-kusala-°
(Ja VI 58,24'; Sv 644,9; Dhp-a I 36,15); pañca-° (~-va-
sa, Spk II 143,17); mūla-° (As 257,6); vacī-° (Kv-a
111,3); satta-° (S II 167,19; ~-vasa, Spk II 143,18); —
°-vasa, m.; ~-ena, Sv 733,11 foll. (Sv-pṭ II 340,31,32); Ps
III 200,15; Mp III 95,12; As 129,34; It-a II 34,21.[[side 248]]

" 346862496813944832,kammapathabhāva,en,"

kamma-patha-bhāva

, m. [abstr.], the being a course
of action; aṅñaṁ ~aṁ appattaṁ, It-a I 102,26; ~aṁ
(v.l. °bhāvā) apattānam pi hi kāyaduccaritâdīnaṁ
asevitabbakāyasamācārâdibhāvo, Sv-pṭ II 341,1; ~o,
III 348,1 (cf. s.v. kammapatha); cetanāya sabbadā
kammapathabhāvâbhāvato aniyato ~o ti, Ps-pṭ I
304,3 foll. ≠ Sv-pṭ III 348,8 = Spk-pṭ II 143,20 foll.; na
tathā pākaṭo ~o ti, Ps-pṭ I 304,16 foll. = Sv-pṭ III
348,24 foll.; Vibh-mṭ 189,11 (Vibh-anuṭ 190,8); —
°-abhāva, m., being or not being a course of action; ce-
tanāya sabbadā ~ato aniyato kammapathabhāvo ti,
Sv-pṭ III 348,7 = Ps-pṭ I 304,3 = Spk-pṭ II 143,19.

" 346862497103351808,kammapathabhāvappatti,en,"

kamma-patha-bhāva-ppatti

, f., entering into being
a course of action; ~iyā dvārantaruppannaṁ kāya-
kammañ ca tathā na vuccatī ti, As-mṭ 80,7.

" 346862497745080320,kammapathabheda,en,"

kamma-patha-bheda

, m., a distinct course of action;
parabhaṇḍavatthuke ... lobhe uppanne pi na tāva
~o hoti yāva ""aho vata idaṁ mam' assā"" ti attano
na pariṇāmeti, Sv 1049,10 = Ps I 201,34 = As 101,8 foll.
≠ Spk II 148,10 = Nidd-a I 119,26 qu. Ss 145,4 foll. Ps I
202,4, II 332,10; manodvāre ... vadhakacetanāya up-
pannamattāya eva ~o, As 90,17; pare pana abhinne
~o n' atthi, bhinne eva hoti, 100,6; aṭṭhāne vā pana
āghāto jāyatī ti... satte ārabbha uppannattā ~o hoti,
367,16; ubhayattha (scil. sattesu pi ... saṅkhāresu pi,
Vibh-a 75,30) uppanno (scil. kāmavitakko) pi ~o va,
Vibh-a 75,31 (anabhijjhākammapathabhindanato ...
kāmavitakko ~o ti vutto, Vibh-mṭ 44,28 foll); Moh
43,36; — asañcicca-° (Kv-a 185,9).

" 346862498101596160,kammapathabhedaka,en,"

kamma-patha-bhedaka

, mfn., distinguishing the
course of action; saññā uppannamattā va vitakko ~o
ti, Ps IV 193,12 (ad M III 125,18; = kammapathavise-
sakaro, Ps-pṭ III 344,7,12).

" 346862497447284736,kammapathabhindana,en,"

kamma-patha-bhindana

, n., the act of breaking a
course of action; — ifc. anabhijjhā-° (Vibh-mṭ 44,28 foll).

" 346862475905339392,kammapathacetanā,en,"

kamma-patha-cetanā

, f., volition as course of action;
""cetanā sīlaṁ"" (= Paṭis I 44,34) nāma pāṇâtipātâdīni
pajahantassa satta ~ā (so read), Vism 7,6 (= pāṇâtipā-
tâdipahānasādhikā paṭipāṭiyā satta kusalakamma-
pathacetanā, Vism-mhṭ I 26,6) = Vibh-a 330,30 au.
Paṭis-a 218,16; pānâṭipātâdayo satta ~ā, Ps IV 134,14;
— ifc. kusala-° (Vism-mhṭ 126,6).

" 346862495148806144,kammapathadesanā,en,"

kamma-patha-desanā

, f., instruction concerning
the (ten) courses of action; imāya ~āya, Ps I 206,21 (=
kammapathamukhena pavattacatusaccadesanāya,
Ps-pṭ I 307,26).

" 346862495417241600,kammapathadhamma,en,"

kamma-patha-dhamma

, m., the doctrine of the cour-
ses of action; — ifc. akusala-° (Mp III 274,24); kusa-
la-° (Mp II 26,24; III 274,22); dasa-kusala-° (Sv 849,27;
Mp II 200,29; III 99,7).

" 346862494398025728,kammapathajanana,en,"

kamma-patha-janana

, n. or mfn., generating a course
of action; abhijjhāsaṁyogena ~ato anabhijjhākam-
mapathabhindanato ca kāmavitakko kammapatha-
bhedo ti vutto, Vibh-mṭ 44,27 (ad Vibh-a 75,31).

" 346862494045704192,kammapathakathā,en,"

kamma-patha-kathā

, f., explanation of the (ten) cour-
ses of action; pāṇâtipātâdayo ... tisso cetanā kāyadvā-
re ... kāyaduccaritaṁ + ayaṁ ~ā, Sv 986,1 = It-a II
34,9; ~ā, Ps-pṭ I 289,23; 302,12 = As-mṭ 80,23; ~ā loki-
yā evā ti vadanti, As-anuṭ 83,25; — ifc. akusala-°.

" 346862494230253568,kammapathakotthāsa,en,"

kamma-patha-kotthāsa

, m., division of the (ten) cour-
ses of action; anabhijjhā hi mūlaṁ patvā ti ~e ana-
bhijjhā ti vuttadhammo mūlato alobho kusalamū-
laṁ hotī ti, Sv-pṭ III 350,27 (ad Sv 1050,24) ≠ Ps-pṭ I
306,12; cittuppādakkhaṇe lokiyalokuttaracittuppā-
desu ~o na uddhaṭo, III 287,20.

" 346862475007758336,kammapathakotthāsika,en,"

kamma-patha-kotthāsika

, mfn. [scdry < koṭṭhāsa +
ika], relating to the division of the (ten) courses of action;
kammapathā evā ti asabbasādhāraṇesu jhānâdikoṭ-
ṭhāsesu ~ā evā ti attho, Vibh-mṭ 189,9 (ad Vibh-a
382,12; = na jhānâdikoṭṭhāsikā, Vibh-anuṭ 190,8).

" 346862498411974656,kammapathamicchatta,en,"

kamma-patha-miccha-tta

, n. pl. [abstr.], (kamadh.)
the (ten) wrong things constituting the (ten) courses of
action; yathā ~ānaṁ ante ādimhi ca vuttamicchādiṭ-
ṭhiṁ missetvā ekajjhaṁ vuttaṁ, Ps-pṭ I 289,17.

" 346862498709770240,kammapathamukhena,en,"

kamma-patha-mukhena

, ²ind., by way of (an expo-
sition of) the courses of action; ~ pavattacatusaccade-
sanāya, Ps-pṭ I 307,26 (ad Ps I 206,21).

" 346862466405240832,kammapathanantariyakamma,en,"

kamma-pathânantariya-kamma

, n., (karmadh.) an
action with immediate result (after death) constituting a
course of action; yasmā pana balavâkusalaṁ dubba-
lâkusalassa upanissayo na hoti, tasmā ~-vasen' eva
desanā katā ti vadanti, Tikap-a 282,5.

" 346862466417823744,kammapathānantariyakamma,en,"

kamma-pathânantariya-kamma

" 346862495681482752,kammapathapariyāpanna,en,"

kamma-patha-pariyāpanna

, mfn., included in the
courses of action; ~āya ""natthi dinnan"" (= D I 55,15) ti
ādivatthukāya ... samannāgatā ti, Ps I 188,15,18 (ad
M I 42,18) = Spk II 144,8,11 (n' atthikāhetuka-akiriya-
diṭṭhi ~ā nāma, Spk-pṭ II 141,18) qu. Mp-ṭ III 107,3; —
°-tā, f., the being included in the courses of action; ~ā,
Ps-pṭ I 289,30 (ad Ps I 188,15).

" 346862495907975168,kammapathappatta,en,"

kamma-patha-ppatta

, mfn., being on a course of ac-
tion; duccaritan ti ~aṁ, Ja V 500,12' (ad 500,9*); ya-
smā ānantariyakammaṁ nāma ~aṁ, Kv-a 185,8; i-
māni ca kāyaduccaritâdīni ~āni adhippetānī ti, It-a I
102,23,24; II 34,11; kāmavitakko: kāyavacīdvāresu co-
panappatto ~o, Ps-pṭ III 344,9 (ad Ps W 193,12); As-mṭ
81,24 foll.; abhijjhā c' eva vyāpādo micchādiṭṭhi ca
mānasā ete ~ā asampattā ca vediyā, Saddh 56.

" 346862496184799232,kammapathappatti,en,"

kamma-patha-ppatti

, f., entering a course of action;
natthikabhāvâbhinivesanavasena ~i yeva sa kam-
mapathapariyāpannatā, Ps-pṭ I 289,29; ~ito, 303,9;
~iyā, Mp-ṭ I 225,12; ~i, As-anuṭ 126,22.[[side 249]]

" 346862496486789120,kammapathappavatti,en,"

kamma-patha-ppavatti

, f, proceeding along a course
of action; evaṁ hi 'ssa dāruṇappavattiyā ~i (so read
with v.l.; Ee kammappavatti), Sv-pṭ III 347,20 ≠
Spk-pṭ II 143,3.

" 346862499078868992,kammapatharāsi,en,"

kamma-patha-rāsi

, m., the group of courses of ac-
tion; na ... cetanāya akammapathattā ~imhi avaca-
naṁ, Sv-pṭ III 348,3 ≠ Ps-pṭ I 303,28 = Spk-pṭ II 143,16
= As-mṭ 81,4; ~imhi, Sv-pṭ III 348,8,10 = Ps-pṭ I
304,3,5 = Spk-pṭ II 143,20,21 (cf. kammapathabhāva);
— °-bhāva, m. [abstr.], the being a group of courses of
action; Abhidhamme cetanā ~ena na vuttā, Sv-pṭ III
348,24 foll. = Ps-pṭ I 304,16 foll.; — °-saṅgaha, m., in-
clusion in the group of courses of action; yadā pana
kammapatho hoti, tadā ~o na nivārito ti, Sv-pṭ III
348,6 = As-mṭ 81,6 ≠ Ps-pṭ I 304,2 = Spk-pṭ II 143,18.

" 346862465583157248,kammapathasambandhavibhāvanā,en,"

kamma-patha-sambandha-vibhāvanā

, f., ascer-
tainment of the connection with a course of action; pāṇâ-
tipātavasena tāva ~ā, Ps-pṭ III 265,27; 267,5.

" 346862466023559168,kammapathasammādiṭṭhi,en,"

kamma-patha-sammādiṭṭhi

, f. correct views about
the courses of action; bhaddikāya diṭṭhiyā ti kammas-
sakatañāṇena c' eva ~iyā ca, It-a I 104,26 (It 27,1); II
26,7; ~i vipassanāsammādiṭṭhi ca uppādenti, Th-a I
178,10; sammādiṭṭhike ti ~iyā sammādiṭṭhike, Sv-pṭ
III 204,25 (ad Sv 965,37); Ps-pṭ I 262,12; diṭṭhi cā ti
kammassakatādiṭṭhi c' eva ~i ca, Spk-pṭ II 9,23 (ad
Spk II 5,31); Vibh-anuṭ 177,5.

" 346862464773656576,kammapathasampatta,en,"

kamma-patha-sampatta

, mfn., being on the course
of action; ~am eva adhippetan ti, Ps-pṭ III 45,2 (ad Ps
III 103,8).

" 346862462949134336,kammapathasaṃsandana,en,"

kamma-patha-saṁsandana

, n., the unity of the cour-
ses of action; ~aṁ, As 104,29 (= kammapathappatā-
nam ... akusalakammapathehi ... kammapathappa-
tānam eva ca kusalakammapathehi atthato nānattâ-
bhāvadassanaṁ, As-mṭ 81,24-26); tesaṁ (scil. kam-
mapathappattānaṁ) phassadvārâdīhi avirodhabhā-
vena dīpanaṁ ~an ti keci vadanti, As-mṭ 81,27;
82,9,10 foll.

" 346862463406313472,kammapathasaṃsandanakathāvaṇṇanā,en,"

Kamma-patha-saṁsandana-kathā-vaṇṇanā

, f.; ti-
tle of As-mṭ 81,24-85,6.

" 346862463934795776,kammapathasaṃsandanavirodha,en,"

kamma-patha-saṁsandana-virodha

, m., a contra-
diction with the unity of the courses of action; kamma-
pathabhāvappattiyā dvārantaruppannaṁ kāyakam-
mañ ca tathā na vuccatī ti ~o siyā, As-mṭ 80,7.

" 346862464333254656,kammapathasaṅkhāta,en,"

kamma-patha-saṅkhāta

, mfn., in other words ""the
(ten) courses of action;"" — ifc. akusala-° (Mp II 27,1);
kusala-° (Mp II 27,9); dasa-kusala-° (Mp III 256,11).

" 346862494800678912,kammapathatta,en,"

kamma-patha-tta

, n. [abstr.], the being a course of
action; — ifc. a-° (Sv-pṭ III 348,3).

" 346862494569992192,kammapathaṭṭhāniya,en,"

kamma-patha-ṭṭhāniya

, mfn., representing the (ten)
courses of action; (Tathāgatassa) pahīnā ~ā, Vjb 44,20.

" 346862494985228288,kammapathattika,en,"

kamma-patha-ttika

, n., group of three courses of
action; ~añ ca, Moh 9,28.

" 346862461300772864,kammapathavagga,en,"

Kamma-patha-vagga

, m.; title of A II 253,16-257,8;
~e, Mp III 221,12.

" 346862461699231744,kammapathavāra,en,"

kamma-patha-vāra

, m., section on the (ten) courses
of action; imasmiṁ sutte (scil. Sammādiṭṭhisutta = M
I 46,15- 55,24) ~o +, Ps I 224,16.

" 346862462101884928,kammapathavicāra,en,"

kamma-patha-vicāra

, m., deliberation on the courses
of action; kammapathavasenā ti ca ~-vasena, Sv-pṭ II
340,32 (ad Sv 733,11).

" 346862462542286848,kammapathavisesakara,en,"

kamma-patha-visesa-kara

, mfn., distinguishing the
course of action; kammapathabhedako ti ~o, Ps-pṭ III
344,8 (ad Ps IV 193,12).

" 346862492699332608,kammapaṭibaddha,en,"

kamma-paṭibaddha

, mfn. [Buddh. sa. karmaprati-
baddha], dependent upon kamma; ~ā va pavatti, na
cittapaṭibaddhā, Tikap 25,14; — °-bhūta, mfn., being
dependent upon kamma; kammavegakkhittā ~ā,
Vibh-mṭ 12,22; — °-vutti-tā, f. [abstr.], an occurrence
which is dependent upon kamma; ~āya, Tikap 44,32.

" 346862493114568704,kammapaṭibāhana,en,"

kamma-paṭibāhana

, n., (t.t. Vin) impeding (the vali-
dity of) proceedings; — °-kathā,f., title of Vin-vn 1760-
1763 (ref. to Pācittiya LXXIX); -sikkhāpada, n., title
of Pacittiya LXXIX; ~aṁ, Sp 879,27.

" 346862492959379456,kammapaṭibāḷha,en,"

kamma-paṭibāḷha

, mfn., stricken by kamma, i.e.,
killed by kamma; LB. HORNER, Mil-trsl.: II 133 ""forced
back by k°"" (cf. loc. cit. n. 4) is hardly correct; avasesā
(i.e., those who die untimely) keci ~ā maranti, keci
gatipatibāḷhā, keci kiriyapatibāḷhā marantī ti, Mil
301,23 foll.

" 346862493278146560,kammapaṭisaraṇa,en,"

kamma-paṭisaraṇa

, mfn., (bhvr.) supported by kam-
ma; — exeg.: kammaṁ etesaṁ paṭisaraṇaṁ patiṭṭhā
ti ~ā, Ps V 10,27 (ad M III 203,5) ≠ Mp III 260,6 (ad A
III 72,3); — kammabandhū ~ā Ja VI 102,10' (qu. Th
496d); — in formula with kammadāyâda, q.v.

" 346862493458501632,kammapatthanā,en,"

kamma-patthanā

, f., (karmadh.) a kamma wish, i.e.,
a wish as a volitional act (cf. kammacetanā, q.v.); pat-
thanā ti ~ā, Mp II 334,32 (ad A I 224,32).

" 346862362298421248,kammāpattivyattibhāvatthaṃ,en,"

kammāpatti-vyatti-bhāv'-atthaṁ

, ²ind., (t.t. Vin)
for the sake of differentiating between act and offence; Sp
444,14 (ānantariyâdikammavibhāgassa pārājikâdi-ā-
pattivibhāgassa ca vibhāvanātthaṁ, Sp-ṭ II 261,6 ≠
Vmv I 225,26).

" 346862468733079552,kammapavatta,en,"

kamma-pavatta

, n., the occurrence of kamma; ~añ
ca vipākapavattañ ca, Vism 602,18; dvīsu ṭhānesu
kammaṁ ~aṁ, dvīsu vipāko vipākapavattan ti,
Vibh-a 194,1,2.

" 346862469135732736,kammapavattita,en,"

kamma-pavattita

, mfn., produced by kamma; kile-
sapayogena vipākavaṭṭaṁ nibbattaṁ -am, Ps-pṭ
III 373,1.

" 346862362629771264,kammapekkha,en,"

kammâpekkha

, mfn., (t.t.gr.) referring to a direct
object; sakammakā ye dhātavo ~aṁ kriyaṁ vadanti,
Rūp 171,16.

" 346862362646548480,kammāpekkha,en,"

kammâpekkha

, mfn., (t.t.gr.) referring to a direct
object; sakammakā ye dhātavo ~aṁ kriyaṁ vadanti,
Rūp 171,16.

" 346862477163630592,kammaphala,en,"

kamma-phala

, n., the effect of kamma; yo ... dā-
naṁ dhammena laddhā ... ~aṁ uḷāraṁ, M III 257,8*
foll.; kālena ~aṁ tassa ijjhati, Ja V 121,12*; sandiṭṭhi-
kaṁ ~aṁ nanu passasi devate, VI 36,17*; ~aṁ sa-
kaṁ vipākaṁ, Vv 636 (Vv-a 154,27); kenâsi ~en'
idhûpapannā, 648 (ittambhūtalakkhaṇe c' etaṁ ka-
raṇavacaṇaṁ,Vv-a 162,24); 889; passa mātali acche-
raṁ cittaṁ ~aṁ idaṁ, 798 (uḷārassa puññakammas-
sa phalaṁ passā ti, Vv-a 202,26); tass' etaṁ ~aṁ ya-
thā pi gantvāna paradāraṁ, Thī 437 (Thī-a 270,21);
tass' etaṁ ~aṁ yaṁ maṁ apakaritūna gacchanti
dāsī, Thī 447; bahujanā ... kammaṁ vidūsenti taṁ
dūsentā ~m pi dūsenti yeva, Ja VI 234,19'; khīṇâsa-
vabhāvato pubbe kataṁ tan ca kho imasmiṁ yeva
attabhāve samparāye pan' assa ~aṁ n' atthī ti, Mp
II 92,4; imasmiṁ hi sutte puññaphalam eva -an ti,
Mp III 132,7; ~aṁ avijahantā, Pj I 209,22 ≠ Pv-a 26,27;
tassa tass' eva ~assa gaṇhanato tena tena kammena
dātabbavipākassa bhāgī hotī ti, Th-a II 22,18; asaṁ-
khyaṁ nānāvidhaṁ bahu puññaṁ tassa ~aṁ tato,
Thī-a 26,18; sadevakassa lokassa ~aṁ paccakkhaṁ
kātukāmo, Vv-a 7,25 (cf. kammaphalapaccakkhaka-
raṇa); buddhānaṁ desanā ... ~aṁ paccakkhakārinī
petavatthū ti, Pv-a 1,14; attano ~e āyatiṁ nerayika-
bhāve ca pakāsite, Pv-a 52,33; kammāni ~āni ca viñ-
ñāpakā, It-a II 152,15; Ud-a 222,7 ≠ Cp-a 288,2; yo vā
pana hitâhitaṁ jānanto ~aṁ saddahanto, Ss 263,2;
Thūp 231,7; yo c' assa samudayappahānena upaha-
tāya hi ~assa carimacittato ca uddhaṁ pavattikhan-
dhānaṁ anuppādanato uppannānañ ca antaradhā-
nato upâdisesâbhāvo, Vism 509,10; ko ~aṁ paṭisaṁ-
vedetī ti, Sv-pṭ I 235,11; Sv-nṭ I 457,4; micchādiṭṭhi-
bhāvato ~aṁ paṭikkhipanto, Sv-pṭ I 455,19; yaṁ nū-
nâhaṁ -am assa uddissa, Ps-pṭ III 372,15; — ifc. diṭ-
ṭha-° (Mhv XXX 45); nibbatta-kusala-° (Pj I 210,5);
purima-° (Ja IV 151,10); yathûpacita-° (~-bhātī, Mp-ṭ
III 25,11); — Rem.: for the alternation kammapha-
la/kammabala, v. s.v. kammabala.

" 346862478027657216,kammaphaladassanā,en,"

kamma-phala-dassanā

, f., the act of realizing (the ex-
istence of) the effect of kamma; yo karoti so paṭisaṁ-
vedeti, añño karoti añño paṭisaṁvedeti, ~ā ca kiriya-
phaladiṭṭhi ca, Mil 413,22.

" 346862478409338880,kammaphaladiṭṭhi,en,"

kamma-phala-diṭṭhi

, f„ the doctrine of the effect of
kamma; kammassakatāñāṇaṁ ~i ca ime saddhâda-
yo veditabbā, Ps-pṭ III 317,16.

" 346862477658558464,kammaphalakittanamukhena,en,"

kamma-phala-kittana-mukhena

, ²ind., by way of
praising the (existence of) the effect of kamma; adv.
instr.; vaṇibbakā ti dāyakānaṁ guṇakittanavasena,
~ ca yācanakā, Sv-pṭ I 426,7 (ad Sv 298,16).

" 346862480531656704,kammaphalaladdhanugata,en,"

kamma-phala-laddhânugata

, mfn. [laddhi + anu°],
accompanied by the doctrine of (the existence of) the
effect of kamma; imāsaṁ ~ānaṁ somanassaparigga-
hitānaṁ tissannaṁ cetanānaṁ pāripūrī esā puññas-
sa sampadā sampatti, Pv-a 133,2.

" 346862480544239616,kammaphalaladdhānugata,en,"

kamma-phala-laddhânugata

" 346862479311114240,kammaphalapaccakkhabhāva,en,"

kamma-phala-paccakkha-bhāva

, m. [abstr.], reali-
zation of the effect of kamma; imassa mahājanassa
~āyā (v. l. °bhāvā; maggaph°) ti, Vv-a 237,21.

" 346862478925238272,kammaphalapaccakkhakaraṇa,en,"

kamma-phala-paccakkha-karaṇa

, n., the act of caus-
ing (somebody) to realize the effect of kamma (cf. kam-
maphalaṁ paccakkhaṁ kātukāmo, Vv-a 7,25); sattā-
naṁ ~āya taṁ taṁ Petavatthudesanaṁ ārūḷhan ti,
Pv-a 2,16.

" 346862479676018688,kammaphalapaṭikkhepa,en,"

kamma-phala-paṭikkhepa

, m., rejection of (the ex-
istence of) the effect of kamma; niyativāditāya ~ato n'
atthi ājīvikesu jhānasamāpattilābho, Sv-pṭ I 223,9.

" 346862480166752256,kammaphalappavatti,en,"

kamma-phala-ppavatti

, f., (t.t. Jaina); the continua-
tion of the effect of kamma; ~iyā pakatiyā appavatti
nijjaro ti, Vism-mhṭ II 361,5.

" 346862482691723264,kammaphalasaddahanā,en,"

kamma-phala-saddahanā

, f., belief in (the existence
of) the effect of kamma; ~-vasena pasādo, Sv-pṭ II
343,30; — °-saddhā-maya, mfn., consisting in belief in
(the existence of) the effect of kamma; saddhālobha-
susaṅkhāro ti ~ena ca alobhamayena ca sundarena
alaṅkārena samannāgato, Ja VI 253,17' (ad 252,23*).

" 346862483136319488,kammaphalasaddhā,en,"

kamma-phala-saddhā

, f., belief in (the existence of)
the effect of kamma; saddhassā ti ~āya samannāga-
tassa, Pv-a 120,19 (ad Pv 271); used in glosses on sad-
dha/asaddha (mfn.) and saddhā, usually combined
with ratanattayasaddhā: ~āya ratanattāyasaddhāya
ca pasannamānaso, Vv-a 39,13; 123,13; Th-a I 126,10;
It-a I 73,21 ≠ Cp-a 246,26; Ud-a 106,7; pakatiyā pi sid-
dhāya ratanattayasaddhāya ~āya ca saddhā, Ps-pṭ I
254,1; ratanattayassa saddhāya samannāgatassa ...
~āya vā samannāgatattā saddhassa, Sp-ṭ II 374,1; —
~āya pasannacittā, Vv-a 59,5; ~āya (so read with Be)
... samannāgatattā saddho, Pv-a 49,17; 120,19; atthi
kammaṁ, atthi vipāko ti ādinayappavattaṁ ~añ,
Th-a II 71,9; ~āya abhāvena hotī ti āha saddhāvira-
hitan ti, Sv-pṭ II 452,1 (ad Sv 814,16); III 163,17; na
saddhāya pabbajito ti imina va ~āya abhāvo nesaṁ
pakāsito ti, Ps-pṭ I 253,12 (ad Ps I 152,3); saddhā ti
~āya sampannā, III 139,25; — °-vasa, m.; ~ena, Sv-pṭ
II 253,23 (cf. Ps-pṭ III 358,7).

" 346862484314918912,kammaphalasambandha,en,"

kamma-phala-sambandha

, m., the connection be-
tween kamma and its effect; ~aṁ jānāpetvā, Ja I
350,22; Dhp-a I 376,7; siddhe ~e ekattanayaṁ micchā
gahetvā etena kārakavedakabhūtena bhavitabbaṁ,
aññathā kammaphalānaṁ sambandho na siyā ti,
Sv-pṭ I 235,20; Sv-nṭ I 457,17; dānaphalavasena ~aṁ,
Sv-pṭ I 429,23; kāye ... sukhadukkhaṁ paṭisaṁvede-
ti... aññathā ~o na yujjeyyā ti, Ps-pṭ II 205,9.

" 346862483702550528,kammaphalasandhāya,en,"

[

kamma-phala-sandhāya

, w.r. at Pv-a 52,2, for
which read °saddhāya]

" 346862482230349824,kammaphalasaññita,en,"

kamma-phala-saññita

, mfn., denoted the effect of
kamma; idaṁ hi dukkhaṁ nāma visesato pāpahe-
tukaṁ ~aṁ, Spk-pṭ II 215,14.

" 346862481349545984,kammaphalavadin,en,"

kamma-phala-vadi(n)

, mfn., advocating (the exi-
stence of) the effect of kamma; tassa ~ino satthu vaca-
naṁ, Spk-pṭ II 386,10 (ad Spk III 110,1); titthiyā ti
~ino, Vmv I 80,20 (ad Sp 161,15); — (ī)-bhāva, m.
[abstv.], the being an advocate of (the existence of) kam-
ma and its fruit; sukatadukkaṭānaṁ phalaṁ atthī ti
jānāti ~ato, Ps-pṭ III 100,25. kamma-phala-vadin

" 346862480942698496,kammaphalavavatthita,en,"

kamma-phala-vavatthita

, mfn., defined by the effect
of kamma; reading at Sv-pṭ I 326,23 (cf. kammabala-
vavatthita, q.v.).[[side 252]]

" 346862481802530816,kammaphalavisaya,en,"

kamma-phala-visaya

, mfn., having (the existence of)
the effect of kamma as its object; pasannacittā ti ~āya
buddhârammaṇāya ca saddhāya pasannamānasā,
Vv-a 169,12.

" 346862458217959424,kammaphalupaga,en,"

kamma-phalûpaga

, mfn., subject to the effect of
kamma; — ifc. atta-° (Ja V 274,14').

" 346862458234736640,kammaphalūpaga,en,"

kamma-phalûpaga

, mfn., subject to the effect of
kamma; — ifc. atta-° (Ja V 274,14').

" 346862458775801856,kammaphalupajīvin,en,"

kamma-phalûpajīvi(n)

, mfn., 1. living on the fruit
of (farm) work; 2. living on the effect of kamma; opp.
uṭṭhānûpajīvi(n), q.v.; — 1. kasanti vapanti te janā
manujā ~ino, Ja IV 160,10* (160,13'); — 2. on various
types of person (puggala): uṭṭhanaphalupajivī na ~i
+, A II 135,17 foll. (Mp III 132,1 foll.) ≠ Pp 7,7 (reading
puññaphal° for kammaphal°). kamma-phalûpajīvin

" 346862458788384768,kammaphalūpajīvin,en,"

kamma-phalûpajīvi(n)

" 346862476719034368,kammapharusassa,en,"

[

kamma-pharusassa

, reading of Be at Ja III 43,3' for
kammassa pharusassa]

" 346862459274924032,kammaphassa,en,"

kamma-phassa

, m., the act of ""touching"" kamma;
kammaṁ aphusantan ti ~aṁ aphusantaṁ, kam-
maṁ akarontan ti, Spk-pṭ I 90,23 (ad Spk I 48,20).

" 346862472822525952,kammapīḷita,en,"

kamma-pīḷita

, mfn., being oppressed by kamma; ka-
smā taṁ lokanātho chabbassāni samanuyuñjati?
~-vasena, Spk-pṭ I 201,12.

" 346862472000442368,kammapiloti,en,"

kamma-piloti

, f. [Buddh. sa karmaploti; cf. BHSD
s.v. piloti], (karmadh.) the fabric, web of kamma (cf.
BBV: 19 n. 2.); ct.s identify ~ with vipākâvasesa (cf.
kammapilotikā, q.v.); ~iyā vasena bodhisatto tathā
mahāpadhānaṁ padahī ti, Mp-ṭ I 124,14; — ifc. pub-
ba-° (Ap 301,18).

" 346862472386318336,kammapilotika,en,"

kamma-pilotik[ā/a]

, f. and n. [cf. BHSD s.v. pilotika],
= prec.; — exeg.: Ciñcamāṇavikâdīnaṁ vikārakitthī-
naṁ Bhagavato abbhakkhānâdīni dukkhāni nip-
phannāni sabbāni pubbekatassa kammassa vipākâ-
vasesāni yāni ~ānī (so read with Be) ti vuccanti, Ud-a
263,26 qu. Mp-ṭ III 335,19; — yena pubbe ... katena
pāpakammena bahūni vassasatasahassāni niraye
pacci, tāya eva ~āya codiyamānā mettiyabhumma-
jakā bhikkhū, Th-a I 45,3; antarā katassa pāpakam-
massa vasena uṭṭhitāya ~āya titthiyehi uyyojitehi
corehi bādhito, Th-a III 180,12; ~aṁ nāma buddham
pi na muñcati, Ap-a 1126,29; — ifc. pubba-° (reading
of Be for °piloti at Ap 301,18); — °-vasa, m.; ~ena,
Ap-a 1122,34. kamma-pilotikā

" 346862472398901248,kammapilotikā,en,"

kamma-pilotik[ā/a]

" 346862474265366528,kammappabandha,en,"

kamma-ppabandha

, m., the uninterrupted connec-
tion of kamma; saparikkhāro ~o, Ps-pṭ III 257,21 (ad
Ps IV 65,20: kammavaṭṭa, q.v.).

" 346862474605105152,kammappamukhaṃ,en,"

kamma-ppamukhaṁ

, ²ind., with kamma as the pri-
mary thing; cattāro khandhā ~ gayhanti, As-mṭ 198,4.

" 346862473623638016,kammappaṭipassaddhi,en,"

kamma-ppaṭipassaddhi

, f, (t.t. Vin) the removal (of
an offence) by proceedings; ~iṁ āgametuṁ vaṭṭati, Vjb
419,22 (ad Sp 986,19); 444,19 (ad Sp 1034,14); °-mat-
tâpekkhatā, f., the expecting the removal (of an offence)
by proceedings; ~āya, Vjb 457,11 (ad Sp 1050,6); °-vi-
dhāna, n., method of removing (an offence) by proceed-
ings; ~aṁ te yeva jānanti, Vjb 446,11 (ad Sp 1034,12).

" 346862473938210816,kammappatta,en,"

kamma-ppatta

, mfn., (t.t. Vin) fit [to act, to partici-
pate in] proceedings; bhikkhusaṅgho ... dhammena
samaggo sabbakammesu ~o, Vin I 319,32 (kammaṁ
patto kammayutto kammâraho, na kiñci kammaṁ
kātuṁ nârahati, Sp 1146,29 foll); yāvatikā bhikkhū
~ā te āgatā honti, chandârahānaṁ chando āhaṭo ho-
ti, sammukhībhūtā na paṭikkosanti, samaggakam-
maṁ, 318,22-24; II 93,35-37 (Sp 1197,11-14); V 221,31
(anukkhittā parisuddhasīlā ... bhikkhū ~ā kammas-
sa arahā anucchavikā sāminā, Sp 1402,3-5); Mūla-s
VI 13; ~ā ti ... tassa uposathakammassa pattā yuttā
anurūpā, Kkh 4,19; Sp 242,29; 1333,18 (Ee w.r. kam-
mapattāto read ~ā te); bhikkhuniyo ~āyo, Vin II
261,7 (kammārahā, Vjb 537,16); cattāro pakatattā va
~ā, Vin-vn 2603; ~ā anāgatā, 3024 foll.; ~e samāgate,
Khuddas XLIII 1; sabbakammesu ~o XXVIII 5; —
°-cchandāraha-lakkhaṇa, n., characteristic of being fit
(to participate in) proceedings and appropriate for con-
sent; ~aṁ, Sp 1404,35.[[side 251]]

" 346862475418800128,kammappavacanīya,en,"

kamma-ppavacanīya

, mfn. [sa. karmapravacanī-
ya], (t.t.gr.) (a word) expressing an action (cf. L. RE-
NOU, Vocabulaire s.v. karmapravacanīya); kammaṁ
pavacanīyaṁ yesaṁ te ~ā, Rūp 95,23 au. Sadd 715,20;
— °-vasa, m.; ~ena, Sadd 40,9; — °-yutta, mfn. [sa.
karmapravacanīyayukta], used with (a word) expres-
sing an action; ~e dutiyā vibhatti hoti ... pabbajitaṁ
anu pabbajiṁsu (D II 30,11), Kacc-v 301 (Kacc 301);
Sadd 716,13; — °-sañña, mfn. [sa. karmapravacanī-
yasaṁjña], denoted by the technical term ""kammappa-
vacanīya;"" anu-ādayo upasaggā dhi-ādayo nipātā
ca ~ā honti, Sadd 715,19 foll.; ~o, 716,7; — °-saññā,f,
the technical term ""kammapavacanīya;"" lakkhaṇit-
thambhūtakkhānabhāgavicchâdisu ... ~ā vuttā ...:
""sūriyass' uggamanaṁ pati"" + ... (Ja VI 572,31-32) ...
""taṁ ... Gotamaṁ evaṁ kalyāṇo kittisaddo ab-
bhuggato"" (Vin III 1,12) ... ""dhi brāhmaṇassa hantā-
ram"" (Dhp 89), Rūp 96,2,5 (cf. Sadd 715,27-716,12).

" 346862476316381184,kammappavattana,en,"

kamma-ppavattana

, n., the act of carrying out medi-
tation (on something; with loc.); describing sotâpatti-
magga, etc.: na tāva parisuddhaṁ idaṁ cittan ti tāsu
yeva tīsu anupassanāsu ~aṁ, As 243,29 foll.; — °-kā-
la, m., the time of carrying out meditation, cf. ¹kamma
1.a.(ii); with loc.; tīsu anupassanāsu ~o, As 243,23.

" 346862465163726848,kammapuggala,en,"

kamma-puggala

, m., (t.t. Jaina) kamma matter (cf.
H. v. Glasenapp, Der Jainismus, 1925: 151, 155); ~ā-
naṁ āsavo ti vacanato puññâpuññasambhave āsa-
vasamaññā ti tato avisiṭṭho āsavo, Vism-mhṭ II 361,3;
— °'-antara-saṁyoga, m., the association with different
(kinds) of kamma matter; bandho ~o, Vism-mhṭ II
361,1,3; — °-jīva-viyoga, m., separation of the soul from
the kamma matter; ~o, Vism-mhṭ II 361,7.

" 346862473233567744,kammapuñña,en,"

kamma-puñña

, n., kamma merit; kammaviññā-
ṇaṁ ~ena upagataṁ, Spk II 78,3 (ad S II 82,10; =
kammabhūtena (scil. puññena), Spk-pṭ II 92,23).

" 346862366287204352,kammāra,en,"

kammāra

, m. [sa. and Buddh. sa karmāra, cf. SWTF
s.v.; EWA-2 s.v.; Amg. kammāra], a smith, i.e., a black-
smith, goldsmith, silversmith, etc.: a metalworker; on the
social position of ~, cf. R. FICK, Die sociale Gliederung
im Nordöstlichen Indien zu Buddha's Zeit, 1897: 179, 182-83;
— lex. lit.: cundakāro bhamakāro ~o lohakā-
rako, Abh 509; — gramm. lit. Mogg VII 167; — exeg.:
~o ti ayokammalohakammâdinā kammena jīvati ...
~o, Ap-a 408,30 (ad Ap 134,25, q.v. infra); — ~o raja-
tass' eva niddhame malam attano, Sn 962 (= suvaṇ-
ṇakāro, Nidd I 478,23) = Dhp 239; 240 qu. Kv 108,33, 219,31;
Cundassa bhattaṁ bhuñjitvā ~assā ti me su-
taṁ, D II 128,6*; yan nūnâhaṁ imaṁ suvaṇṇanik-
khaṁ gantvā ~ānaṁ dasseyyaṁ, A IV 120,23 =
121,22; sabbe ~e sannipātetvā, Ja III 285,2; kumāro
~ena kataṁ rūpakaṁ suvaṇṇagabbhe khipāpetvā,
V 283,5; ~ānaṁ yathā ukkā anto jhāyati no bahi, VI
189,13* = 437,10* = 442,19* qu. Peṭ 8,14 (cf. 12,10 [in ud-
dānagāthā]), Ps I 175,10; Sadd 478,23; ~o 'haṁ pure
āsiṁ Ap 134,25 = 221,18; tacchakā ~ā kumbhakārā
ca, 359,14; ~o kanakass' eva kammaññassa susikkhi-
to (so read), 538,24; ~ebhi kataṁ pattaṁ sovaṇṇaṁ
vata taṭṭakaṁ, 581,6; heṭṭhimahanukaṭṭhi ~ānaṁ a-
yokūṭayottakasaṇṭhānaṁ, Vism 255,14 = Pj I 50,27;
yathā nāma ~assa bhastañ ca gaggaranāḷiñ ca tajjañ
ca vāyāmaṁ paṭicca vāto aparāparaṁ sañcarati, Sv
765,19 = Ps I 249,28 (ad M I 56,30); yathā naṁ (scil. a-
yogula) ~o mahāsaṇḍena gahetvā, Spk III 261,14;
ayoghanaṁ ~ānaṁ ayokūṭaṁ ayomuṭṭhi ca, Ud-a
435,7; ~e āṇāpetvā, Cp-a 196,7; ~o pasannamānaso
katapariyositā dve sūciyo datvā, Vv-a 250,18 (cf.
250,15-16); — jeṭṭhaka-° (Ja III 281,21; ~-ghara-samī-
pa, Ja III 282,11); sabba-° (Ja III 285,23); — in long
cpd. at Sp 1242,1.[[side 270]]

" 346862370515062784,kammārabhaṇḍa,en,"

kammāra-bhaṇḍa

, n., a smith's tools; only lex. lit.:
~aṁ saṇḍāso muṭṭhyadhikaraṇi, Abh 527; — °-bhe-
da, m., a particular smith's tool (i.e., a sledgehammer);
~e ca khaṭake muṭṭhi, Abh 1031.

" 346862370838024192,kammārabhaṇḍu,en,"

kammāra-bhaṇḍu

, mfn. [for bhaṇḍu, cf. CDIAL
9376, 9124], shaven like a smith; — aññataro ~u ...
bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti, Vin I 76,28 foll. (= tulā-
dhāramuṇḍako suvaṇṇakāraputto ... taruṇadārako,
Sp 1002,18; = dārako cūḷāmattaṁ ṭhapetvā āgaccha-
ti, Vjb 424,22; = daharatāya amoḷibandho muṇḍitasī-
so kammāradārako, Vmv II 111,27.

" 346862371152596992,kammārabhastā,en,"

kammāra-bhastā

, f., a smith's bellows; ~ā viya vā-
yunā ... uddhumātaṁ, Sv 771,17; vātapūritā viya ~ā
unnamitvā, Ps III 374,11 (cf. Sv 445,15).

" 346862369227411456,kammāradeva,en,"

Kammāra-deva

, m.; Npr.; a place in Anurādhapura
included in the sīmā marked out by Devānaṁpiyatissa;
v. PPN s.v.; ~assa vāmapasse nīcasusānaṁ, Mhbv
135,14; — °-vāmato, ²ind., to the left of K.; ~, Mhbv
136,13 = Mhv App. B, 13.

" 346862369550372864,kammāradhītar,en,"

kammāra-dhīta(r)

, f., the smith's daughter; imaṁ
passatha dhammaṭṭhaṁ Subhaṁ ~aṁ, Thī 362 ≠
365; ~āya theriyā gathā, Thī-a 236,25; ~ā Rāhulamātā
ahosi, Ja III 286,6; — ifc. Girigāma-vāsi-° (Ps II 144,4). kammāra-dhītar

" 346862367604215808,kammāragaggarī,en,"

kammāra-gaggarī

, f., a smith's bellows; — exeg.:
~iyā ti kammārassa gaggaranāḷiyā, Ps II 289,7 (ad M
I 243,9, q.v. infra); ~iyā ti kammāruddhanapaṇāḷiyā
Spk I 173,13 (ad S I 106,23, q.v. infra; = kammārud-
dhanapaṇāḷimukhe, Spk-pṭ I 206,4); ~ī ti kammā-
rānaṁ ukkāya aggidhamanabhastā, Sp-ṭ II 236,6 (ad
Sp 431,4, q.v. infra); — seyyathā pi nāma ~iyā dha-
manānāya adhimatto saddo hoti evaṁ ... me ...
kaṇṇasotehi vātānaṁ nikkhamantānaṁ adhimatto
saddo hoti, M I 243,9; S I 106,23; yathā hi ~iyā dha-
mamānāya bhastañ ca purisassa ca tajjaṁ vāyāmaṁ
paṭicca vāto sañcarati, Vism 287,2 qu. Sp 431,4, Pa-
ṭis-a 501,12; — (a nāga) mahante phaṇe katvā ~ī viya
dhamamānā susū ti saddaṁ karontā, Ja VI 165,26'.

" 346862368266915840,kammāragāma,en,"

kammāra-gāma

, m., the smiths' village; gāmato avi-
dūre añño sahassakuṭiko ~o, Ja III 281,20; rvaṁ bāla-
tāya ~e sūcī vikketuṁ icchasi, 282,12; 283,17,19*; 284,1*.

" 346862368594071552,kammāragāmaka,en,"

Kammāra-gāmaka

, m.; Npr.; a village in Rohaṇa; v.
PPN s.v. Kammāragāma; ~e , Mhv LXXV 47.

" 346862367927177216,kammāragata,en,"

kammāra-gata

, mfn., being in (the forge of) a gold-
smith; suvaṇṇanikkho ~o parisuddho, A IV 120,24
foll. (= kammāruddhanagato, Mp IV 60,12); — ifc.
sa-° (Mp IV 60,12).

" 346862373727899648,kammaraha,en,"

kammâraha

, mfn. [kamma + ar°], (t.t. Vin) 1. liable
to a legal action (to be taken against a person); 2. fit to
participate in proceedings; 1. yassa saṅgho kammaṁ
karoti so n'eva kammapatto nāpi chandāraho, api
ca ~o, Vin V 221,34 (yasmā taṁ puggalaṁ vatthuṁ
katvā saṅgho kammaṁ karoti tasmā ~o vuccati, Sp
1402,12); na ~assa kammaṁ karissati, IV 37,26 (Kkh
89,39); 126,33; 152,19; 153,29; Vin-vn 1762; tiṇṇaṁ ud-
dhaṁ ~ā na honti, na hi saṅgho saṅghassa kam-
maṁ karoti, Sp 611,18 = Kkh 46,31 ""legal action cannot
be taken against more than three (monks), because a saṅ-
gha cannot proceed against a saṅgha;"" bhikkhuṁ ~aṁ
katvā, Sp 1157,5; yena vatthunā ~o hoti, 1346,21 (ad
Vin V 143,1); ~ā asaṁvāsā ... etesaṁ ... paṭikkhepo
na rūhati, Khuddas XXVIII 9; 2. kammapatto ti ...
~o, Sp 1146,29 (ad Vin I 319,29); ~assa ... paṭikkhepo
na rūhati, Vin-vn 3112; — °-bhāva-dassanatthaṁ,
²ind., in order to demonstrate that (a monk) deserves a
legal action (to be taken against him); — Sp 1158,28 (ad
Vin II 18,33); — ifc. asaṁvāsa-° (Khuddas XXVIII 6);
ukkhepaniya-°; tajjaniya-° (Vin I 325,37); tassapā-
piyyasikā-° (Vin I 325,36); nissaya-° (Vin I 326,1); pa-
ṭisāraṇiya-° (Vṁ 1326,2); pabbājaniya-° (Vin I 326,1).

" 346862373744676864,kammāraha,en,"

kammâraha

" 346862368904450048,kammārajeṭṭhaka,en,"

kammāra-jeṭṭhaka

, m., a smiths' foreman; ~assa
vasanavīthiṁ pucchitvā, Ja III 282,8; ~o, 285,7,17;
so ~aṁ pakkosāpetvā bahuṁ suvaṇṇaṁ datvā, V
282,23,28.

" 346862366618554368,kammārakamma,en,"

kammāra-kamma

, n., the occupation of a smith;
~aṁ ajānatānaṁ gahapatikānaṁ gāmaṁ gantvā, Ja
ID 284,9' ad 284,1*).

" 346862366928932864,kammārakula,en,"

kammāra-kula

, m., a smiths'', metalworkers' family;
kaṁsapātī ābhatā āpaṇā vā ~ā vā rajena ca malena
ca pariyonaddhā, M I 25,20,35 foll. (āpaṇā vā ~ā vā ti
āpaṇato vā kaṁsapātikārakānaṁ kammārānaṁ gha-
rato vā, Ps I 141,4); Bodhisatto ... ~e nibbattitvā, Ja
III 281,17; Dhp-a I 327,9; ~aṁ gantvā, Sp 698,23,30 foll.
qu. Sp-ṭ II 411,26; ~ato pattaṁ kiṇitvā, Vmv I 345,25.

" 346862367272865792,kammārakūṭa,en,"

kammāra-kūṭa

, m. [cf. ayokūṭa, q.v.], a smith's
hammer; guḷapāsāṇe attharāpetvā ~ehi āhanāpetvā
cuṇṇavicuṇṇe kāresi, Thūp 222,8; — °-yottaka-saṇ-
ṭhāna, mfn. [cf. ayokūṭayottakasaṇṭhāṇa, q.v.], hav-
ing the shape of the straps of a smith's hammer; in de-
scription of the hip bones: pāṭiyekkaṁ ~āni, Vism
254,23 = Vibh-a 237,23.

" 346862374067638272,kammarāma,en,"

kammârāma

, mfn. [kamma + ār°], delighting in
(manual) work, as opposed to spiritual work, e.g., medi-
tation; — exeg.: kammaṁ ārāmo etesan ti ~ā kamme
rata ti kammaratā kammârāmataṁ anuyuttā ti yut-
tā payuttā anuyuttā, Sv 528,14 foll. (ad D II 77,32, q.v.
infra; Sv-pṭ II 164,10); na ~ā ti ye divasaṁ cīvara-
kamma-° eva karonti, Mp IV 22,1 (ad A IV 22,15, a.v.
infra); vihārakaraṇâdimhi navakamme ārāmo assā
ti ~o, Mp III 348,11 (ad A III 293,9; kammaṁ ārāmo
etassā ti ~o, Mp-ṭ III 96,26); ~o bhassarato niddārā-
mo ca uddhato abhabbo tādiso bhikkhu phuṭṭhuṁ
sambodhim uttamaṁ, It 72,5*; — in formulas (i)
(4+4+5, 4+4+5, 4+4+5): sekho bhikkhu ~o hoti kam-
marato (v.l. kammārato) kammārāmatam anuyutto,
bhassârāmo +, niddârāmo + It 71,15 foll. (kammaṁ
āramitabbato ārāmo etassā ti ~o, It-a II 67,27); — (ii)
(4+4+5, 4+4+5, 4+4+5, 6+6+6+7): bhikkhu na ~ā
bhavissanti na kammaratā na kammārāmataṁ anu-
yuttā, vuddhi ... bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no pari-
hāni, bhassârāmo +, niddârāmo +, saṅgaṇikâramo
+, D II 77,32 foll. = A IV 22,15; V 163,31 foll.; — (iii)
(4+4+5, 4+4+5, 4+4+5, 6+6+6+7, 5+5+5+6): idhâvuso
bhikkhu ~o hoti kammarato kammārāmataṁ anu-
yutto, bhassârāmo +, niddârāmo +, saṅgaṇikârāmo
+, saṁsaggârāmo +, papaṅcârāmo +, A III 293,9 foll.;
— na ... ime bhikkhu ~a, Ps IV 158,1; so na ~o na-
ma, Mp IV 22,8; It-a II 68,7; — °-tā, f. [abstr.], delight
in (manual) work; — exeg.: ~ā ti navakamme rama-
ṇakabhāvo, Mp III 274,28 (ad A III 116,6, q.v. infra);
(~ā ti navakamme vā cīvaravicāraṇādisu vā kam-
mesu abhirati, yuttapayuttatā, Vibh-a 507,34 (ad
Vibh 381,6 foll); — in formulas parallel to kammārâ-
ma + (i) (5+5+5): tayo 'me ... dhamma bhikkhuno
parihānāya saṁvattanti ... : ~ā, bhassārāmatā, nid-
dārāmatā, A III 309,8; — (ii) (5+5+5+7) cha yime ...
dhamma .. .bhikkhuno parihānāya saṁvattanti ... :
~ā bhassārāmatā niddārāmatā saṅgaṇikārāmatā in-
driyesu aguttadvāratā, bhojane amattañṅutā, A III
330,1 foll. ≠ 449,23 foll. ≠ IV 331,16 foll.; ~ā bhassārā-
matā niddārāmatā saṅgaṇikārāmatā yathāvimut-
taṁ cittaṁ na paccavekkhati, 116,6 foll. = 173,10 foll.
qu. Kv 91,6,13 foll. (Kv-a 40,20); — (iii) (5+5+5+7, 6+6):
~ā bhassârāmatā niddârāmatā saṅgaṇikârā-
matā saṁsaggârāmatā papaṅcârāmatā: ime cha pa-
rihāniyā dhamma, Vibh 381,6,10; — ~aṁ saṅgaṇikâ-
rāmataṁ paccayagedhaṅ ca vajjethā ti, Th-a II
208,15; — °âdi, mfn.; ~īhi āgamma nassanti, Spk III
151,24; ~īnaṁ, Kv-a 37,20; — °âdi-dhammā, m. pl.,
things like delight in manual work; parihāni nāma ~ā,
Kv-a 37,27.

" 346862101664370688,kammarāma,en,"

kammârāma,

cf. kacci me śrāvakāḥ na karmārāmāḥ na karmaratāḥ na karmārāmatānuyogam anuyuktā, Abhis-dh 91,5foll. (= MS. 20a7).

" 346862101710508032,kammārāma,en,"

kammârāma,

cf. kacci me śrāvakāḥ na karmārāmāḥ na karmaratāḥ na karmārāmatānuyogam anuyuktā, Abhis-dh 91,5foll. (= MS. 20a7).

" 346862374080221184,kammārāma,en,"

kammârāma

" 346862372096315392,kammarambhanakāla,en,"

kammârambhana-kāla

, m. [kamma + ār°], the time
of starting the (construction) work; ~e, Mhv XXVII 21.

" 346862372108898304,kammārambhanakāla,en,"

kammârambhana-kāla

, m. [kamma + ār°], the time
of starting the (construction) work; ~e, Mhv XXVII 21.

" 346862372394110976,kammarammaṇa,en,"

kammârammaṇa

, n. and mfn. [kamma + ār°;
Buddh. sa. karmārambha], 1. (n.) condition of kamma;
2. depending upon kamma; — 1. iṭṭhāniṭṭhāramma-
ṇañ ca kammam iva padhānattā hetū ti vuttan ti imi-
na adhippāyena ~āni uttamahetū ti vuttāni, As-mṭ
143,11; — 2. samādhi ... kammânurūpato yeva ~o,
As-mṭ 190,24; ~ā paṭisandhi-ādayo, Ppk-mṭ 220,10;
~ānaṁ paṭisandhiyādīnaṁ kammapaccayo āram-
maṇapaccayo, Ppk-mṭ 227,1; — ifc. taṁ-° (Vism
424,29 foll.; Sp 164,27; 165,1; It-a II 139,12; Nidd-a I
379,7,14 [all ed.s w.r. taṁ kam°]).

" 346862372410888192,kammārammaṇa,en,"

kammârammaṇa

" 346862371483947008,kammāramuṭṭhikā,en,"

kammāra-muṭṭhikā

, f., a smith's sledgehammer;
~āya hananto, Ja II 241,20.

" 346862370175324160,kammāraputta,en,"

kammāra-putta

, m. [on °putta, cf. L. A LSDORF,
Kleine Schriften 1974: 587 foll], a smith; — exeg.: ~o
vuccati suvaṇṇakāro, Nidd II Be 259,19 (ad Sn 48,
q.v. infra); — suvaṇṇassa pabhassarāni ~ena suniṭ-
ṭhitāni, Sn 48 qu. Ap 9,28; ~o Magadhe[su] ahu Raja-
gahe, Ja VI 236,30 (~o ti tāya jātiyā ... suvaṇṇakāra-
putto ahosiṁ, 237,18'); sukusalena ~ena ukkāmukhe
pacitvā sampahaṭṭhaṁ, Spk I 125,21 (ad S I 65,3); —
Cundo ~o, Sn 83; 85; Bhagavā Pāvāyaṁ viharati
Cundassa ~assa ambavane, D II 126,21 foll. (= su-
vaṇṇakāraputtassa, Sv 568,9) = III 207,7 foll. = A V
263,3 foll. (Mp V 74,20 - Sv 568,9) = Ud 81,14 foll.
(Ud-a 399,13 = prec); āyusaṁvattanikaṁ āyasmatā
Cundena ~ena kammaṁ upacitaṁ, D II 136,9 foll. =
Ud 85,13 (= dīghâyukasaṁvattanikaṁ, Ud-a 406,16);
Bhagavato ca dvīsu ...piṇḍapātesu ... devatā ojaṁ
pakkhippiṁsu, yañ ca Sujātā adāsi, yañ ca parinib-
bānakāle Cundo ~o, Sp 1119,3; — ifc. dakkha-° (S I
65,3; Spk I 125,20; ~-ukkāmukhasukusalasampahaṭ-
ṭha, Ps IV 148,5 [Ee w.r. kammakāra°]).

" 346862373342023680,kammārasahassa,en,"

kammāra-sahassa

, n., a thousand smiths; ~assa jeṭṭha-
kakammāro (Be kammārasahassajeṭṭhako kam°) rāja-
vallabho, Ja III 281,21; ~aṁ aṅguliyo paṭhesi, 285,16.

" 346862371777548288,kammārasālā,en,"

kammāra-sālā

, f., smithy; ~aṁ gantvā, Vism 413,15
= Mp II 20,21 qu. Paṭis-a I 366,26; ~āsu (so read with
Be and v.l.) acchā kūṭaṁ paharanti, Sp 43,5 = Mhv V
31 (reading pātayuṁ for paharanti) = Thūp 184,33.

" 346862373006479360,kammārasaṇḍāsa,en,"

kammāra-saṇḍāsa

, m., a smith's tongs; kakkaṭako
attano aḷehi ~ena viya tassa (scil. bakassa) gīvaṁ
sugahitaṁ katvā, Ja I 223,4.[[side 271]]

" 346862289741156352,kammarāsi,en,"

kamma-rāsi

, f, kamma collection, e.g., the kamma
arising from akusalakamma like pāṇâtipāta, etc.; three
such collections are mentioned viz. diṭṭhadhammave-
daniya, upapajjavedaniya (q.v.), and aparapariyāya-
vedaniya (q.v.); — exeg.: ye pi 'me diṭṭhadhammave-
daniyam upapajjavedaniyaṁ aparapariyāyavedani-
yan ti tayo ~ayo vuttā, Mp II 274,20 (ad A I 173,19);
ekaṁ ~in ti pāṇâtipātâdibhedena ekaṁ kammasa-
mudāyaṁ, Ps-pṭ III 380,15 (ad Ps V 19,23, q.v. infra);
— Tathāgatena ... tayo ~I dve vipākarāsī diṭṭhā ti,
Ps V 19,23 foll. (ad M III 214,14); tīsu ca ~isu tīsu vi-
pākarāsisu, Mp II 275,6.

" 346862289846013952,kammarata,en,"

kamma-rata

, mfn., fond of, addicted to (manual) work
as opposed to (spiritual) work like ganthadhura and vi-
passanādhura; — exeg.: kamme rata ti ~ā, Sv 528,14
(ad D II 78,1, q.v. infra; kamme rata, na ganthadhure
vāsadhure vā ti ~ā, Sv-pṭ II 164,11); kamme rato ti
~o, Mp III 348,11 (ad A III 293,9, q.v. infra; kamme ra-
to na ganthadhure vipassanādhure vā ti ~o, Mp-ṭ III
96,26); — in formula with kammârāma, kammârāma-
tā (qq.v.) (4+4+5): yāvakīvañ ca ... bhikkhū na kam-
mârāmā bhavissanti na ~ā na kammârāmataṁ anu-
yuttā, D II 78,1 = A IV 22,16 ≠ III 293,9,25 ≠ V 163,32 ≠
It 71,16 (It-a II 67,28).

" 346862372708683776,kammāravaṇṇa,en,"

kammāra-vaṇṇa

, m., the likeness or appearance of
a smith; Vissakammadevaputto ~aṁ nimminitvā,
Sp 93,7.

" 346862375506284544,kammarohana,en,"

kammârohana

, n. [kamma + āroh°], the mounting of
kamma; mūlehi ojāya ārohaṇaṁ viya chahi dvārehi
~aṁ, Spk II 84,8 (= kammapaccayo, Spk-pṭ II 97,10).

" 346862375527256064,kammārohana,en,"

kammârohana

, n. [kamma + āroh°], the mounting of
kamma; mūlehi ojāya ārohaṇaṁ viya chahi dvārehi
~aṁ, Spk II 84,8 (= kammapaccayo, Spk-pṭ II 97,10).

" 346862374390599680,kammaruddhana,en,"

kammar'-uddhana

, n., a forge; ~e pahaṭṭhasuvaṇ-
ṇaṁ viya, Ja VI 218,26' (ad 217,32*); kammārānaṁ
yathā ukkā anto jhāyati no bahī (= 189,13*) ti āgataṭ-
ṭhāne ~aṁ, Ps I 175,11 qu. Sadd 478,24.

" 346862374721949696,kammāruddhanagata,en,"

kammār'-uddhana-gata

, mfn., being in the forge;
kammāragato ~o, Mp IV 60,13 (ad A IV 120,24).

" 346862375082659840,kammāruddhanapanāḷī,en,"

kammār'-uddhana-panāḷī

, f., the tube (of the bel-
lows) of a forge; kammāra-gaggariyā ti ~iyā, Spk I
173,13 (ad S 106,23; Spk-pṭ I 206,4, q.v. infra); — °-mu-
kha, n., the mouth of the tube (of the bellows) of a forge;
~e, Spk-pṭ I 206,4.

" 346862377611825152,kammāsa,en,"

kammāsa

, mfn. and n. [sa. kalmāṣa, EWA-2 s.v.];
(mfn.) 1.a. mottled; b. (metaph.) inconstant, i.e., broken
off at intervals; used of the inconstant practice of sikhā-
padas constituting sīla; in formula with khaṇḍa, chid-
da, sabala, + ~; (n.) 2. a stain, blemish; — lex. lit.: ~o,
Abh 99 (kalo eva māso ~o, lassa mo, kalanaṁ vā
kalo, taṁ masatī ti ~o, yathā kumbhakāro ti, Abh-ṭ
ad loc.); — gramm. lit.: Mogg VII 215; — exeg.: ekacce
kāḷā añjanavaṇṇā, + ...ekacce ~ā masāragallavaṇṇā,
Spk I 242,27; — 1.a. iti kaṇhāsu + ... ~āsu sarūpāsu
gosu, A I 162,12* = III 214,2*; ekacce (scil balivaddā)
kāḷā añjanavaṇṇā yeva ... ekacce ~ā masāragalla-
vaṇṇā, Pj II 137,21; kāḷā vā ~ā, tilappamānā bindavo
tilakāni, Sv-pṭ I 347,22; Sv-nṭ II 151,25; — 1.b. yassa
... antarantarā bhinnāni (scil. sīlāni/sikkhāpadāni)
tassa antarantarā visabhāgabinduvicitrā gāvī viya
~aṁ nāma hoti, Vism 51,26 (qu. A IV 54,12 foll. q.v.
infra) = Sv 537,1 = Ps II 400,26 = Mp III 345,19 (Mp-ṭ
III 94,8) = Sp 1317,19 ≠ Paṭis-a 216,23; ekantaraṁ
bhinnaṁ ~aṁ, Spk III 277,14 (ad S V 343,32); na ~ānī
ti akammāsāni, Vism 222,8; — khaṇḍaṁ chiddaṁ
sabalaṁ ~an ti catudosasamannāgataṁ sīlaṁ apari-
pūraṁ hoti, Ps I 154,28; — evarūpāni sīlāni khaṇḍā-
ni + ... ~āni + ... na nibbānāya saṁvattanti, idaṁ
taṁ sīlaṁ pariyantaṁ, Paṭis I 43,29; — 2. brahmaca-
riyassa khaṇḍaṁ pi chiddam pi sabalam pi -am pī
ti +, A IV 54,12,19 qu. Vism 52,5 = 53,12; — ifc. a-°.

" 346862412495851520,kammasabhāga,en,"

kamma-sabhāga

, mfn., (rebirth) similar to (one's)
kamma; yathābhūtaṁ kammaṁ sattā karonti tathā-
bhūtena kammena °-vasena (so read) tesaṁ upapatti
Ps III 104,16 (= kammasarikkhakavasena, Ps-pṭ III
45,25); — °-tā, f. [abstr.; cf. kamma-sarikkha, °tā,
qq.v.], similarity with (one's) kamma; paṭisandhi ~āya
vā ārammaṇasabhāgatāya vā, Sp 508,20 (Sp-ṭ II
294,2) = Spk II 218,20 [w.r. paṭisandhikam°] (ad S II
256,10); = kammasadisabhāvena, Spk-pṭ II 183,6);
~āya kumbhamattā mahāghaṭappamāṇā aṇḍā a-
hesuṁ, Sp 510,7 foll. (ad Vin III 106,35 foll.) = Spk II
220,11 foll. (ad S II 258,18 foll); °-vasena, Ud-a 292,19.

" 346862412806230016,kammasabhāva,en,"

kamma-sabhāva

, mfn., [Buddh. sa. karmasvabhāva],
having kamma as its nature; kammasaccāyaṁ bho lo-
ko ti bho ayaṁ loko ~o, Mp III 213,17 (ad A II 232,27).

" 346862407680790528,kammasacca,en,"

kamma-sacca

, mfn., (bhvr.) whose reality is kamma;
ct. having kamma as its nature; samano Gotamo sab-
bakammānaṁ akiriyaṁ paññāpeti, sabbakammā-
naṁ ... akiriyaṁ paññāpento ucchedaṁ āha lokas-
sa; ~âyaṁ bho (so read) loko kammasamārambhaṭ-
ṭhāyī ti, A II 232,27 (~âyaṁ bho loko ti bho ayaṁ lo-
ko kammasabhāvo, Mp III 213,17).

" 346862378589097984,kammāsadamma,en,"

Kammāsa-damma

or °dhamma, n. [Buddh. sa. Kal-
māṣadamya; cf. Divy 513,14 foll]; Npr.; name of a
town in the Kuru janapada; cf. Kammāsapāda, q.v.;
the spellings °ā(s)sadam° and °ā(s)sadh° are reflected
in the two etymologies in the ct.s; — exeg.: Sv 483,3-4:
~an ti ettha keci dhakārassa dakārena atthaṁ vaṇ-
ṇayanti kammāso ettha damito ti ~aṁ; kammāso ti
kammāsapādo porisādo vuccati ... keci pana dha-
kāren' eva atthaṁ vaṇṇayanti. Kururaṭṭhavāsīnaṁ
kira Kuruvattadhammo. tasmiṁ Kammāso jāto ta-
smā taṁ ṭhānaṁ Kammāso ettha dhamme jāto ti
~an (°dh°) ti vuccati, Sv 483,6 foll. (ad D II 55,3) = Ps
I 226,30 foll. (ad M I 55,29); — gramm. lit.: dho dassa.
~aṁ (°dh°), Sadd 623,7; — Bhagavā Kurūsu vihara-
ti, ~aṁ (Ee °dh°) nāma Kurūnaṁ nigamo, D II 55,3
= 290,3 = M I 55,29 (Ee °dh°) = 501,24 (°d°) = II 261,22
= S II 92,2 (v.ll. °d°, °dh°; evaṁ nāmako Kurūnaṁ
nigamo, Spk II 85,21) = 107,8 = A V 29,19; ~aṁ (°dh°;
Be °dhammagāmaṁ) piṇḍāya caritvā, Sv 484,24;
Bhagavā ... ~assa (v.l °dh°) avidūre aññatarasmiṁ
vanasaṇḍe nisīditvā, Pj II 543,4; Bhagavā ~aṁ piṇ-
ḍāya pāvisi, 543,19; — ifc. Mahā-° (Ja V 36,1 [v.l.
°dammanigamo]).

" 346862379352461312,kammāsadammagāmaṃ,en,"

[

Kammāsa-damma-gāmaṁ

, reading of Be for °dam-
maṁ at Sv 484,24 (°dh°)]

" 346862379788668928,kammāsadammanigama,en,"

Kammāsa-damma-nigama

, m., the market town K.;
Satthā ... Kururaṭṭhe ~aṁ (°dh°) agamāsi, Mp I
435,10; Kammāsapādassa damitaṭṭhāne niviṭṭhattā
... so gamo ~o (v.l. °dh°) Ja V 511,15; Kururaṭṭhe ~e
(°āssa°) brāhmaṇakule nibbattitvā, Thī-a 87,4 = Thī-a
89,8; — ifc. Culla-° (Ja V 35,28 foll); — °-vāsi(n), mfn.,
inhabitant of K.; Bhagavā ... Kurūsu ~ino (v.l. °dh°)
Māgandiyassa nāma brāhmaṇassa sapajāpatikassa
arahattûpanissayaṁ disvā, Pj II 543,1.

" 346862410843295744,kammasadda,en,"

kamma-sadda

, m., the word kamma; Rūp 62,6;
Mogg-v IV 73; — °-anta, m., the final (vowel) of the
word ""kamma;"" ~assa akār'-ukārâdesā honti vā
nāmhi vibhattimhi: kammanā ... kammunā +, Rūp
62,11 qu. Sadd 658,26.

" 346862400152014848,kammasādhana,en,"

kamma-sādhana

, mfn. [sa. karmasādhana], having
a direct object as a means of realization, (i.e., intransi-
tive/passive); cf. L. RENOU: Terminologie: 125; opp. kat-
tusādhana, q.v.; imasmiṁ atthavikappe paricitā ti
padaṁ kattusādhanaṁ, purimāni tīṇi ~āni, Paṭis-a
482,4; pubbenivāsapaṭisaṁyuttā ti ... nivāsasaddo
~o, Sv-pṭ II 1,21 (ad Sv 407,21); tulīyatī ti tulanti tula-
saddo ~o, 197,23 = Mp-ṭ III 258,3; vimucciṁsū ti ~aṁ,
Vmv I 94,12,16; ~o idha bhogasaddo, Mp-ṭ II 308,21;
~o ābhaṭṭhasaddo, As-anuṭ 74,9; ~-vasena, Vibh-anuṭ
137,26; — °-tā, f. [abstr.], the having the object as a
means of realization, (i.e., intransitivity/passivity); imi-
na adhikaraṇasaddassa ~ā vuttā, Sp-ṭ II 353,14 qu.
Kkh-ṭ 243,28; — °-tta, n. [abstr.], = prec.; lābhasad-
dassa -am āha, Ps-pṭ I 215,22.

" 346862400466587648,kammasādhutā,en,"

kamma-sādhu-tā

, f. [abstr.; cf. kammaniya, q.v.;
Pāṇ IV 4 98], the being good, in action; kammaṅṅatā ti
~ā (so read with Ce; Ee °sādu°; Be kammani sādhu°),
As 151,7.

" 346862410113486848,kammasadisa,en,"

kamma-sadisa

, mfn., similar to the kamma (of which
it is the result); paṭisandhi ~ā ti na vattabbā, As
276,21; ~ā paṭisandhi, 286,32; — ~o ... sattānaṁ avas-
sayo n' atthi, Ps-pṭ III 372,26 = Mp-ṭ III 25,18.

" 346862399866802176,kammasādutā,en,"

[

kamma-sādutā

, w.r. at As 151,7 for kammasā-
dhutā, q.v.]

" 346862398952443904,kammasahajāta,en,"

kamma-saha-jāta

, mfn., originated together with kam-
ma; ~aṁ kāmupâdānaṁ, Sv-pṭ I 241,3; abhisaṅkhā-
raviññāṇan ti ~aṁ viṅṅāṇaṁ, Mp-ṭ II 183,2 (ad Mp
II 334,20); — °âbhisaṅkhāra-viññāṇa-paccayā, ²ind.,
due to formations consciousness, i.e., (consciousness that
is) originated together with the formations; viññāṇapac-
cayā ti ~, Pj II 506,5 (ad Sn 735).

" 346862378974973952,kammasahāya,en,"

kamma-sahāya

, f. and mfn., 1. (f.) a companion in
work, i.e., farm work, agriculture; 2. (mfn.) (bhvr.) ac-
companied by kamma; — 1. kammena saha jīvantā-
naṁ gāvo va kamme ~ā, Spk I 101,17 (ad S I 44,21*);
cf. kammadutiyakā, q.v.; — 2. vyañjanakāraṇaṁ
~aṁ, As 323,7 ≠ Abhidh-av 68,27; ~ena akusalacit-
ten' eva, Vmv II 124,20; ~o paccayo, kammassa vā
sahāyabhūto paccayo kammapaccayo, Sv-pṭ I 202,28
= As-mṭ 157,21; — °-tā, f. [abstr.], the being accompa-
nied by kamma; kilesavaṭṭam pi ~āya kammavaṭṭa-
pakkhikam eva katvā, Vism-mhṭ II 380,16.

" 346862399560617984,kammasahāyatthāya,en,"

kamma-sahāy'-atthāya

, ²ind., for the purpose of hav-
ing a companion in (the construction) work; purisaṁ
yācituṁ ~ vaṭṭati, Vin-vn 3873 (cf. Vin III 144,24 foll.
Sp 561,27-28: sahāyatthāya kammakaraṇatthāya).

" 346862407991169024,kammasajja,en,"

kamma-sajja

, mfn., ready for battle; — exeg.: ~an ti
yuddhasajjaṁ, āvudhâdāyinin ti attho, Ps-pṭ II 316,4
(ad Ps II 411,2, q.v. infra); ~ā ti yuddhasajjā, Spk-pṭ I
243,19 (ad Spk I 211,6, q.v. infra); — balaṁ sannipāte-
tvā ~o bhavissati, Ja V 232,3; corānaṁ paṭipathe ca-
turaṅginiṁ senaṁ māpesi ~aṁ āgacchantiṁ, Ps II
411,2 = Spk I 211,6.

" 346862378115141632,kammasakarin,en,"

kammasa-kari(n)

, mfn., acting inconstantly, break-
ing off; āyasmā khaṇḍakārī chiddakārī sabalakārī ~ī,
A II 187,26 = V 158,23 = 161,2; — a-° (A II 243,20). kammasa-karin

" 346862401129287680,kammasālā,en,"

kamma-sālā

, f., workshop; sa ca sālā tesaṁ ~ā, na
nivesanasālā, Spk II 313,24.

" 346862414316179456,kammasamādāna,en,"

kamma-samādāna

, n., the act of acquiring kamma;
cf. SWTF s.v. karmadharmasamādāna; — exeg.: ~āni
ti kammagahaṇāni, gahitasamādinnānaṁ kammā-
nam ev' etaṁ adhivacanaṁ, Mp II 219,10 (in exeg. of
Vibh 338,16 qu. Mp II 218,27); — in description of the
powers (balāni) of the Tathāgata: Tathāgato atītânâ-
gatapaccuppannānaṁ ~ānaṁ ṭhānaso hetuso vipā-
kaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, M I 70,4 (kammam eva
vā ~aṁ, Ps II 29,1 foll.) = Paṭis II 174,34 (Paṭis-a II
627,27 qu. Moh 204,1 foll.) = Vibh 317,20 (Vibh-a
443,14 foll); Vibh 338,16 foll. qu. Mp II 218,27; V 13,20,
It-a II 80,36 (so read), Ss 138,5; S V 304,17; Spk II 44,21;
Peṭ 36,14; Mahākassapo ... yaṁ sabbesaṁ dhammā-
naṁ ~ānaṁ hetuso ṭhānaso yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇaṁ,
tassa āyasmāto saṁvijjate, Peṭ 79,14; A III 417,26 foll.
(Mp III 409,9,10 foll.) = V 33,19 (Mp V 13,16 foll.) =
37,18 ≠ III 419,12 foll.; sāvako atītânâgatapaccuppan-
nānaṁ ~ānaṁ ṭhānaso hetuso vipākaṁ jānātī ti, Kv
229,18 foll.; — cattāri ~āni: atthi ~aṁ paccuppanna-
sukhaṁ āyatiñ, Nett 98,24 foll.; taṁ taṁ ~aṁ samā-
diyanti, te chabbidhaṁ kammaṁ samādiyanti: keci
lobhavasena +, Nett 98,8 (Nett-a 165,16); tannidānā-
nañ ca ~ānaṁ ukkhittâsikavadhakasadisabhāvato,
Cp-a 297,27; — ifc. akusala-° (Nett 98,31; 99,10); mic-
chā-diṭṭhi-° (Vism 426,25; M III 178,29 foll.; Vibh 344,9;
~-hetu, D III 96,11 foll); sammā-diṭṭhi-° (Vibh 344,13).

" 346862413112414208,kammasamangin,en,"

kamma-samangi(n)

, mfn., possessed of kamma;
maggârūḷho viya ~ī puggalo, Ps II 38,9; — pubbe u-
pacitaṁ vipākârahakammaṁ sandhāya ~ino ti, Ps
IV 124,8 = Mp II 17,1 = Vibh-a 438,23 qu. Ss 208,28;
Mp-ṭ I 221,22; — °-tā, f. [abstr.], the being possessed of
kamma; ... cetanāsamaṅgitā, ~ā + ... ti, Ps IV 124,13
(ad M III 66,28) = Mp II 16,23 (ad A I 28,23) = Vibh-a
438,19 (ad Vibh 337,22) qu. Ss 208,23; — ifc. ānantari-
ya-°; āyūhana-cetanā-° (~-vasa, Ps IV 126,3 = Mp II
18,12 = Vibh-a 439,24); puñña-° (Ap 94,1; 268,24;
272,22 foll). kamma-samangin

" 346862413397626880,kammasamaññātā,en,"

kamma-samaññā-tā

, f. [abstr.], group of designa-
tions of kamma; sâyaṁ ~ā. Nāmar-p 429.

" 346862414609780736,kammasamārambha,en,"

kamma-samārambha

, m., the performance of acts;
kammasamārambhaṭṭhāyī ti ~ena tiṭṭhati kammaṁ
āyūhanto va tiṭṭhati, Mp III 213,19 (ad A II 232,27); —
°-ṭṭhāyi(n), mfn., persisting through the performance of
deeds; kammasaccâyaṁ bho loko ~ī ti, A II 232,27
(Mp III 213,19).

" 346862413687033856,kammasamaya,en,"

kamma-samaya

, m., time when performing work; one
of the occasions on which it is allowed for monks to take a
bath: gilānasamayo, ~o, Vin IV 119,7**; ~o nāma an-
tamaso pariveṇaṁ pi sammaṭṭhaṁ hoti, ~o ti nhā-
yitabbaṁ, 119,19,20; pariveṇasammajjanamattam ...
~o, Kkh 121,11; ~o, Sp 468,6 qu. Pālim 430,6; — ~o vā
hotu akammasamayo vā cīvarakārasamayo vā hotu
acīvarakārasamayo, Ps IV 158,3 (ad M III 110,16); ~e
kammakaraṇaviriyâbhāvo, Spk I 100,9 (ad S I 43,19*;
= kammaṁ kātuṁ yuttakāle, Spk-pṭ I 138,24); — ifc.
a-° (Ps IV 158,3).

" 346862417831006208,kammasambandha,en,"

kamma-sambandha

, m., (t.t.gr.) connection with a
direct object; — °-vasa, m.; ācariyapūjako maraṇasati
ice ādi ~ena (scil. gahetabbaṁ), Sadd 756,24.

" 346862419282235392,kammasambhāra,en,"

kamma-sambhāra

, m., (karmadh.) a kamma ele-
ment; — in exeg. of paṭiccasamuppāda: purimabhava-
smiṁ pañca ~ā, etarahi paṅca vipākadhammā; eta-
rahi pañca ~ā, anāgate pañca vipākadhammā ti
dasa dhamma kammaṁ, Vibh-a 193,22,23 (kammān'
eva vipākaṁ sambharanti vaḍḍhentī ti ~ā, kam-
maṁ vā saṅkhārabhavo, Vibh-mṭ 127,25 foll.); — °-u-
pâdāna-paccayā, ²ind., because of the kamma element
""grasping;"" upâdānapaccayā ti ~, Pj II 507,4; — °-taṇ-
hā-paccayā, ²ind., because of the kamma element ""crav-
ing;"" taṇhāpaccayā ti ~, Pj II 506,31; — °(')-iñjita-
ppaccayā, ²ind., because of the kamma element ""per-
turbations;"" iñjitapaccayā ti taṇhāmānadiṭṭhikam-
makilesa-iñjitesu yato kutoci ~, Pj II 508,2.

" 346862418254630912,kammasambhava,en,"

kamma-sambhava

, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) the act of
producing kamma; 2. (bhvr.) produced from kamma;
— 1. — ifc. khepetabba-° (Mp II 360,15); — °-tta, n.
[abstr.]; — ifc. eka-° (Kv-a 148,8); — 2. vipāko ~o,
Vism 602,20* (kammaṁ sambhavo etassā ti ~o, vi-
pāko, Vism-mhṭ II 380,27); sabbe p' ete sattā ~ā
kammasamuṭṭhānā, Mil 127,31; na vattabbā: ~ā sab-
bā vedanā ti, 135,21; catunnaṁ ... bhūtānaṁ pasādo
~o idaṁ pasādacakkhū ti, Abhidh-av 66,6.

" 346862418791501824,kammasambhava,en,"

kamma-sambhava

, m., (t.t. Vin) realization of pro-
ceedings; musāvādenā pi ~ato ca, Vjb 434,5 (""because
proceedings are realized also in case of a lie"").

" 346862419642945536,kammasambheda,en,"

kamma-sambheda

, m., confusion as regards kam-
ma; dvārasambhedo ~o pī ti kāyakammaṁ kāya-
kammadvāran ti aññamaññavavatthānaṁ na siyā,
As-mṭ 74,4 (ad As 85,20; kammāni kammantaracārīni
honti, kāyakammâdikassa vacīkammâdikabhāvâ-
pattito ~ā dvārasambhedā pī ti, As-anuṭ 80,18,21).

" 346862410524528640,kammasambhūta,en,"

kamma-sambhūta

, mfn., produced from kamma; rū-
pā ~ā ti vavattheti +, Paṭis I 77,31; aparaṁ ~aṁ, labhi-
tvā vā pi nissayaṁ, Abhidh-av 62,14 (cf. Vism 554,19).

" 346862416174256128,kammasambhūtapada,en,"

kamma-sambhūta-pada

, n., a word expressing that
(something is) produced from kamma; tesaṁ ~ena saṅ-
gaho veditabbo, Paṭis-a 290,17.

" 346862400827297792,kammasamin,en,"

kamma-sami(n)

, m., 1. employer; 2. master of works;
— 1. ~im upāgamiṁ, Ap 271,8 foll.; — °-ghara, n.,
the house of the employer; ~aṁ gacchantam esantaṁ
tam addasaṁ, Ap 494,4; — 2. yannūnâhaṁ ~ī assaṁ
kammagaru, Mil 288,27. kamma-samin

" 346862417164111872,kammasampadā,en,"

kamma-sampadā

, f. [cf. kammantasampadā], per-
fection in action; ~aṁ labhati c' atthasampadaṁ, A
IV 238,23* (= paripuṇṇakammaṁ, Mp IV 125,18);
ten' eva sukkamūlena coditā ~ā, Ap 597,12; sukataṁ
kammasampadaṁ, 600,18 qu. Thī-a 14,29 foll.

" 346862416782430208,kammasampatti,en,"

kamma-sampatti

, f., (t.t. Vin) successful proceed-
ings; n' eva jānanti ... kammaṁ vā kammadosaṁ vā
kammavipattiṁ vā ~iṁ vā, Vin IV 231,15 = 310,12
(Kkh 191,19); V 213,38 (apalokanakammaṁ dham-
mena samaggaṁ, tathā sesāni pī ti evam catasso
~iyo vuttā, Sp 1389,14 foll.; sampannakammāni, vi-
suddhakammānī ti attho, Vmv II 311,16); ~iyaṁ, Vjb
434,24; — °-dīpana, n., stating (in a ct.) that proceed-
ings are successful; ubhinnaṁ ekato ~ato dvinnaṁ e-
kato anussāvanaṁ ... vaṭṭatī ti sādheti, Vjb 442,11
(ad Sp 1033,5).

" 346862417495461888,kammasampayutta,en,"

kamma-sampayutta

, mfn., connected with kamma;
tāni (scil. nāmarūpasaḷāyatanāni) ... rūpamissakattā
~ān' eva honti, Pj II 506,12; vedanānaṁ khayā ...
~ānaṁ vedanānaṁ khayā, 506,29 (ad Sn 739); kam-
maṁ ~e ca saṅkhāre nirodhetvā, Pj II 508,4 (ad Sn
751); — °-dhamma, m., an element (of paṭiccasamup-
pāda) as connected with kamma; idañ ... vaṭṭaduk-
kham kammato vā sambhaveyya ~ato vā ti, Pj II
506,14; — °-viriya-ppaccayā, ²ind., because of an effort
connected with kamma; ārambhapaccayā ti ~, Pj II
507,12 (ad Sn 745); — °-vedanā-paccayā, ²ind., because
of feeling as connected with kamma; vedanāpaccayā ti
~, Pj II 506,19 (ad Sn 737); — °âhāra-ppaccayā, ²ind.
[°yutta + āhāra], because of food as connected with
kamma; āhārapaccayā ti ~, Pj II 507,15 (ad Sn 745).

" 346862404543451136,kammasaṃsattha,en,"

kamma-saṁsattha

, mfn., associated with kamma;
~ā cattāro khandhā kammappamukhena gayhanti,
As-mṭ 198,3; — °-sahāya-tā, f. [abstr.], companionship
(with kamma) in terms of being associated with kam-
ma; bhavagāmibhāvato ~āya kammabhāvato ca u-
papattibhavaṁ bhāventī ti bhavo ti, Vibh-mṭ 127,11
(ad Vibh-a 184,12).

" 346862415880654848,kammasamudaya,en,"

kamma-samudaya

, m., the origination of kamma;
taṁ kammaṁ akusalaṁ ... taṁ kammam ~āya saṁ-
vattati na taṁ kammaṁ kammanirodhāya saṁvat-
tati, A I 263,14 foll. (aññesam pi vaṭṭagāmīnaṁ kam-
mānaṁ samudayāya piṇḍakaraṇatthāya samvattati,
Mp II 367,26); ~ā rūpasamudayo, Paṭis I 55,23 qu.
Vism 630,29; avijjāsamudayā rūpasamudayo taṇhā-
samudayā ~ā (so read, cf. Paṭis I 55,23) āhārasamuda-
yā rūpasamudayo, Sv 462,8 = Spk II 47,16 (Be ~ā, CeEe
w.r. ~o; taṇhāsamudayā ~ā, Spk-pṭ II 58,25); ~ā ve-
danāsamudayo, Paṭis I 178,26 qu. Sv 108,26; Sv 1008,4.

" 346862416467857408,kammasamudāya,en,"

kamma-samudāya

, m., an aggregate of kamma;
kammarāsin ti... ~aṁ, Ps-pṭ III 380,15 (ad Ps V 19,23).

" 346862414932742144,kammasamuṭṭhāna,en,"

kamma-samuṭṭhāna

, mfn., originating from kam-
ma; sabbe p' ete sattā kammasambhavā ~ā, Mil
127,31; 135,13,15; yo ... ~o koṭṭhāso, so jīvitindriyena
ca bhāvena ca saddhiṁ dasadhammakalāpo pi hoti,
Vism 365,1; asitâdiparipācako tejo ~o va, 366,5; ~ā
pathavīdhātu ~āhi itarāhi ekasangahā hoti, samuṭ-
ṭhānanānattābhāvato, Vism 368,29 foll.; 473,4 = Vibh-a
8,11 = It-a 31,10 (reading °ānānaṁ) = Sp-ṭ III 186,6;
~aṁ nāma vipākakkhandhā ca cakkhudasakâdi sa-
masattatirūpañ ca, Vism 614,24; jīvitaṁ bhāvo cak-
khuppasādo kāyappasādo ti, ime ~ā, Spk II 354,28 ≠
As 306,32 (reading ekantakamma°) = It-a I 100,8
(reading ekantaṁ k°); upâdinnan ti na -am eva, Ps II
222,28; aṭṭhakammasamuṭṭhānarūpāni pi ~ān' eva,
As 82,15; 337,2 foll.; kiñcā pi arūpadhammā viya rū-
padhammā pi ~ā atthi, 347,15; ~aṁ (v.l °ṭhāna) rū-
pañ ca paṭhavī-ādīnaṁ yeva ca sādhāraṇabhāvaṁ
sandhāya paṭijānāti, Kv-a 100,9 foll.; jīvitindriyaṁ
nāma iddhimayikaṁ n' atthi, ~am evā ti, 131,26;
~āni sabbāni pi rūpâdīni ca, Paṭis-a 290,13; usmā
nam' ettha ~ā tejodhātu, Ps-pṭ II 273,8 (ad Ps II
350,14); upâdinnupâdāniyo kabaḷīkārāhāro nāma
~ānaṁ rūpānaṁ abbhantaragatā ojā, Tikap-a 352,8;
Vibh-mṭ 20,10; — ifc. ekanta-° (As 306,32); — vutta-°
(Nidd-a I 227,30); — °-tā, f. [abstr.], the fact of originat-
ing from kamma; tassa ābādhassa ~aṁ dassento,
Ud-a 165,24; — °-tta, n. [abstr.], = prec.; asaññasatte-
su ~ā ... rūpaṁ, Vism 561,9.

" 346862415243120640,kammasamuṭṭhānarūpa,en,"

kamma-samuṭṭhāna-rūpa

, n., materiality originat-
ing from kamma; kammapaccayāhārasamuṭṭhānaṁ
nāma ~esu ṭhānappattā ojā aññaṁ ojaṭṭhamakaṁ
samuṭṭhāpeti, Vism 614,29; kāmadhātuṁ upapajjan-
tassa ... vipākacittañ c' eva ~añ ca uppajjati, Yam-a
97,14; catusamuṭṭhānikarūpassa ca ~e ekaṁ mahā-
bhūtaṁ tiṇṇaṁ, tīṇi ekassa, dve dvinnaṁ mahābhū-
tānaṁ, mahābhūtā upādârūpānaṁ, Tikap-a 39,20; —
aṭṭha-° (As 82,15).[[side 264]]

" 346862415574470656,kammasamuṭṭhapita,en,"

kamma-samuṭṭhapita

, mfn., originated by kamma;
aparañ ca ~aṁ nissayaṁ assadayamānaṁ, Vism
554,19 = Vibh-a 163,22 (cf. Abhidh-a 62,14);

" 346862414022578176,kammasamuṭṭhita,en,"

kamma-samuṭṭhita

, mfn., originated from kamma;
abhedanamukhānī ti na kenaci bhinditvā katāni
kevalaṁ ~ān' eva vaṇamukhāni, Mp IV 177,2 (ad A
IV 386,17).

" 346862399237656576,kammasaṃyoga,en,"

kamma-saṁyoga

, m. [sa. karmasaṁyoga; cf. vārtt.
6 ad Pan II 3 36], construction with a direct object; ni-
mittatthe hi idaṁ ~e bhummaṁ, Ps-pṭ II 27,27 (ad Ps
II 34,1) = Mp-ṭ II 228,4 (ad Mp III 11,25).

" 346862408318324736,kammasañcodita,en,"

kamma-sañcodita

, mfn., instigated by kamma; ~ā
sattā, Pv-a 213,20; ""~ā vohārikā sabbesaṁ hotū"" ti
gaṇikāṭhāne ṭhapesuṁ, Thī-a 214,11.

" 346862407357829120,kammasaṅgahābhava,en,"

kamma-saṅgahābhava

, m., (t.t. Vin) the state of
not being included in the proceedings; sammukhavina-
yassa pana ~ena samuṭṭhānābhāvato channaṁ ye-
va samathānaṁ cha samuṭṭhānāni vibhattāni, Sp
1359,2 (saṅghasammukhatādimattassa sammukhā-
vinayassa saṅghādīhi kattabbakiccesu saṅgāhābhā-
vā, Vmv II 296,7).

" 346862408641286144,kammasañjanita,en,"

kamma-sañjanita

, mfn., originated by kamma; ~ā-
ni tāva indriyāni kusalâkusalakammaṁ ullingenti,
Vism 491,29 qu. Vibh-a 126,15.

" 346862405084516352,kammasaňkara,en,"

kamma-saňkara

, m., (t.t. Vin) confusion of proceed-
ings; ~o hoti, Sp 1396,12 qu. Pālim 395,11; — °-dosa,
m., fault consisting in confusion of proceedings; ~o ā-
pajjati, Vjb 527,7.

" 346862406074372096,kammasaṅkhāra,en,"

kamma-saṅkhāra

, m. [cf. kammâbhisaṅkhāra, q.v.],
(karmadh.) kamma formation; yathā me āyatiṁ khan-
dhâbhinibbattako ~o na bhavissati, Spk II 275,13.

" 346862406535745536,kammasaṅkhāranativisayadihetu,en,"

kamma-saṅkhāra-nati-visayâdi-hetu

, m., (karmadh.)
a cause constituted by (factors) such as kamma, the for-
mations, the inclination, and the object; ~uṁ vinā pātu-
bhūtan ti, Vism 554,24 qu. Vibh-a 163,27 (reading nā-
mita for nati; Vibh-mṭ 112,3).

" 346862406548328448,kammasaṅkhāranativisayādihetu,en,"

kamma-saṅkhāra-nati-visayâdi-hetu

" 346862405600415744,kammasaṅkhāta,en,"

kamma-saṅkhāta

, mfn., otherwise called kamma; a-
bhijjhâdayo ~ā dhamma, Vism 571,17; sukatadukka-
ṭena ~ena yantena yantito, Th-a II 245,24 (ad Th 574).

" 346862406946787328,kammasaṅkhepa,en,"

kamma-saṅkhepa

, m., (karmadh.) part, section, por-
tion in terms of kamma; sabbam p' etaṁ ~o c' eva vi-
pākasaṅkhepo ca, Vibh-a 193,28 (saṅkhepasaddo vā
bhāgâdhivacanan ti kammabhāgo ~o, Vibh-mṭ 128,4).

" 346862409052327936,kammasañña,en,"

kamma-sañña

, mfn., (t.t.gr.) having the designation
kamma, i.e., direct object; yaṁ vā karoti yaṁ vā passa-
ti... taṁ kārakaṁ ... ~aṁ hoti, Kacc-v ad Kacc 282.

" 346862411493412864,kammasanniccaya,en,"

kamma-sanniccaya

, m., accumulation of kamma;
sanniccayo ti dve sanniccayā ~o ca paccayasannicca-
yo ca tesu kusalâkusalalammaṁ ~o nāma, Dhp-a II
171,15 foll. (ad Dhp 92).

" 346862412084809728,kammasannissita,en,"

kamma-sannissita

, mfn., based upon kamma; ~o
vipāko vipākasannissitaṁ kammaṁ, Nidd II 167,17
(Nidd-a II 2,15).[[side 263]]

" 346862409379483648,kammasaññita,en,"

kamma-saññita

, mfn., called proceedings, i.e., Kam-
makkhandaka, q.v. (split cpd) (Vin II 1-28): khan-
dhake ~e, Vin-vn 2749.

" 346862411787014144,kammasanniṭṭhāna,en,"

kamma-sanniṭṭhāna

, n., (t.t. Vin) the resolve to be-
gin proceedings (against somebody); ~aṁ, Sp 1156,24.

" 346862411191422976,kammasantati,en,"

kamma-santati

, f., continuity of kamma (cf. vipāka-
santati); ~i ca vipākasantati ca kiriyā ca kiriyāpha-
lañ ca, Vism 602,18; tathā dvīsu ṭhānesu kammaṁ
~i, dvīsu vipāko vipākasantatī ti sabbam p' etaṁ ~i
c' eva vipākasantati ca, Vibh-a 194,3,4.

" 346862380124213248,kammāsapāda,en,"

Kammāsa-pāda

, m.; Npr.; name of an ogre, cf. PPN
s.v.; JPTS 1909 236 foll.; — exeg.: kammāso ti ~pādo
porisādo vuccati. tassa kira pāde khāṇukena vid-
dhaṭṭhāne vaṇo ruhanto cittadārusadiso hutvā rūhi
tasmā ~o ti paññāyittha, Sv 483,6 foll. (ad D II 55,3) =
Ps I 226,33 foll. (ad M I 55,29); kammāso ti ~o vuccati
yathā rūpabhavo rūpan ti, Sv-pṭ II 104,18 (""just as
rūpa means the process of becoming which is rūpa""; ad
Sv 483,5); — tad assa ~o taṁ yadā pacitvā pasayha
khāde hitarukkhasūle, Ja V 27,15*; porisādo hutvā
idāni ~o jāto, 475,15'; ~ena viheṭhitattā talāvutā as-
sumukhā rudantā, 503,13* foll. (503,17'); ~assa dami-
taṭṭhāne niviṭṭhattā ... so gamo kammāsadammani-
gamo (v.l. °dhamma°) nāma jāto, 511,14; putto yadā
homi Jayaddisassa Pañcālaraṭṭhâdhipatissa atrajo
cajitvā pāṇaṁ pitaraṁ amocayiṁ -am pi c' ahaṁ
pasādayin ti, Sv 483,16* = Ps I 227,9*.[[side 273]]

" 346862420108513280,kammasarikkhaka,en,"

kamma-sarikkha-ka

, n. and mfn., 1. (n.) similarity
(of effect) to the (original) act; the second of four cate-
gories with reference to which the 32 mahāpurisalak-
khaṇāni are described; 2. (mfn.) (the effect viz. vipāka)
being similar to the (original) act; cf. kammaniyāma,
q.v.; — 1. ~aṁ nāma saparivāraṁ katvā dānaṁ adā-
sī ti. taṁ ... nibbattaṁ cakkalakkhaṇaṁ, Sv 925,1
foll. (cakkalakkhaṇassa mahāsaparivāratāya ñāpa-
kanimittabhāvo ~aṁ nāma, Sv-pṭ III 138,9,12); ma-
hāpurisalakkhaṇāni kammam ~aṁ lakkhaṇaṁ lak-
khaṇânisaṁsan ti ime cattāro koṭṭhāse ekekasmiṁ
lakkhaṇe dassetvā kathitāni, Ps III 386,6 (tassa tassa
lakkhaṇassa taṁkammânurūpatā, Ps-pṭ III 176,16);
~aṁ ... assa udapādi, Dhp-a I 128,9; — 2. kiñcā pi
arūpadhammā viya rūpadhammā pi kammasamuṭ-
ṭhānā atthi, anārammaṇattā pana te ~ā na hontī ti,
As 347,16; sunakhehi migānaṁ khādāpitattā ~aṁ
kammaphalaṁ hotī ti, Pv-a 206,25; phalaṁ nāma
~aṁ hoti, 258,1; ~o ākāro uppajji, Dhp-a I 127,10;
~aṁ vipākaṁ labhi, III 334,2; paccetī ti ~aṁ hutvā
paṭieti, Ja III 203,24' (ad 203,17*); ~ena hi vipāken'
eva bhavitabbaṁ, Ps-pṭ II 13,13; kammasabhāgava-
senā ti ~-vasena, III 45,25 (ad Ps III 104,16); ~o hi vi-
pāko, Spk-pṭ I 156,25; ~ena vipākena bhavitabbaṁ,
Sp-ṭ II 294,8 (ad Sp 508,18); Vibh-anuṭ 137,24; — Rem.:
reading of Be for kammassa sarikkhako at Ja V 2,15';
v.l. at Pv-a 284,6 for kammassa sarikkhakena.[[side 265]]

" 346862381126651904,kammasarikkhakatta,en,"

kamma-sarikkhaka-tta

, n. [abstr. of prec], the (ef-
fect's) being similar to the (original) act; ~ā vipākā ti,
As 347,17.

" 346862420477612032,kammasarikkhakavipāka,en,"

kamma-sarikkhaka-vipāka

, m., the result (of kam-
ma) being similar to the (original) act; aparo pi ~-va-
sen' eva kammaniyāmo As 272,28; naṭavesaṁ gahe-
tvā va paccanti ~-vasena (so read), Spk-pṭ II 380,1; —
°-dassana, n., illustration of the result (of kamma) that
is similar to the (original) act; ~-vasena, As-mṭ 129,7.

" 346862421102563328,kammasarikkhatā,en,"

kamma-sarikkha-tā

, f. [abstr.], similarity (of the re-
sult of kamma) to the (original) act; niccale Tathāgatam-
hi aparaddhattā niccalo va hutvā paccatī (so read) ti
~āya ediso (scil. Devadatta in Avici) jāto, Ps IV 236,3;
taṁ ... suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṁ vatthaṁ attharitvā dinnattā
~aṁ (v.l. °kaṁ, so read ?) vibhāventaṁ suvaṇṇama-
yaṁ ahosi, Vv-a 6,24.

" 346862409782136832,kammasata,en,"

kamma-sata

, n., 1. (sg.) a lot of work; 2. (pl.) one
hundred acts; 1. kathañ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputti-
yā odane diyyamāne na sakkaccaṁ paṭiggahessan-
ti, ekamekaṁ sitthaṁ ~ena niṭṭhāyatī ti, Vin II
132,36 (""each lump of rice is the result of a lot of work"");
— 2. in exeg.: pañca ca kammuno satānī ti pañca
~āni cā ti, Sv 162,2 (ad D I 54,3) = Ps III 230,3 (ad M I
517,33) = Spk III 342,13 (S III 211,21 [read kammuno
satāni with v.l. and ct.]).

" 346862380451368960,kammāsavaṇṇa,en,"

kammāsa-vaṇṇa

, mfn., (bhvr.) spotted; yakkhānaṁ
katamo nu 'si, hatthapādā ca te seta ... gattaṁ -an
te, Ja V 69,6*; sama sabalā ti ... sāmavaṇṇā ~ā, Pj II
482,14 (ad Sn 675).

" 346862339795980288,kammasesa,en,"

kamma-sesa

, m., the remaining kamma (cf. kam-
mâvasesa, q.v.); ten' eva ~ena ajāyiṁ gaṇikākule,
Thī-a 31,19* (BeCe erroneously correct to °âvasesena)
≠ Ap 610,15.

" 346862339317829632,kammaseṭṭha,en,"

kamma-seṭṭha

, n. [cf. seṭṭhakamma], an excellent
act; kammakāmā analasā ~assa kārakā, Thī 275 qu.
Thī-a 215,26; kammuttamaṁ ~aṁ kammakkhayāya
saṁvattati, Nett 98,22; 159,4.

" 346862401464832000,kammasiddha,en,"

kamma-siddha

, mfn., realized by virtue of kamma;
~ā yonī ti, Spk II 328,2.

" 346862401804570624,kammasiddhi,en,"

kamma-siddhi

, m., 1. accomplishment of an act; 2.
realization of kamma; 3. (t.t. Vin) correctness of pro-
ceedings; — 1. ete ... panthaghātagāmaghātâdīni ka-
tvā puttadāraṁ posenti te ~iṁ patthayamānā deva-
tā āyācitvā, Sp 268,12; — 2. kammasiddhiyaṁ tabbi-
pākassa appavatti nāma n' atthī ti, Mp-ṭ II 197,25; —
3. ~ito, Sp-ṭ II 55,14; Vmv II 134,24.

" 346862402647625728,kammasīla,en,"

kamma-sīla

, mfn. (bhvr.) used to work; kammasāmī
assaṁ + ... ~o + ... vihareyyan ti, Mil 288,28; — ifc.
a-° (Ja VI 245,27*); — °-tta, n. [abstr.], the being used to
work; — ifc. a-° (Mhv XXIII 21).

" 346862402236583936,kammasippin,en,"

kamma-sippi(n)

, mfn., an artisan; ~inā ... nimmite
khuddakaghaṇṭâdi-assâlaṅkāre, Vv-a 278,27.
kamma-sippin

" 346862340886499328,kammasocana,en,"

kamma-socana

, n., deploring a (wicked) act; mara-
ṇasamaye ... ~aṁ, Dhp-a I 128,24 (ad Dhp 15).[[side 266]]

" 346862226042261504,kammassada,en,"

kamm'-assada

, m. [kamma + ass°], enjoyment of
fighting (against an enemy); yuddhesu pi Bhārata-
yuddhâdisu ""asukena asuko evaṁ mārito evaṁ
viddho"" ti °-vasen' (Ce 1922, Ee pasāda°) eva kathā
tiracchānakathā, Mp V 45,10.

" 346862356975849472,kammassadhamma,en,"

Kammassa-dhamma

, v. Kammāsadamma.

" 346862341784080384,kammassaka,en,"

kamma-ssaka

, mfn. [Buddh. sa. and BHS karma-
svaka; v. BHSD s.v.], (bhvr.) having (one's own) acts
as one's property, SWTF; — ~o ayam āyasmā, A III
186,5 ≠ V 288,26; ~o hi tvaṁ, Vism 301,10 foll.; ~ā
sattā, 318,21 = As 193,19; ~ā hi sattā attano kammâ-
nurūpam eva gatiṁ gacchanti, Sv 37,21; ime sattā
~ā, Ja IV 128,24'; ~ā ... tāta sattā ti, 478,9'; khandhā
~ā dhātuyo āyatanānī ti, Ps I 138,29 = Mp I 96,9 =
It-a I 83,10; — ye kec' ime manujā jīvaloke yasas-
sino sabbasamantabhogā asaṁsayaṁ tehi pure su-
ciṇṇaṁ ~ā ye (read ~āse ? with BeCe) puthu sabba-
sattā, Ja VI 240,35* (241,2'); — in formula with kam-
madāyâda, q.v.

" 346862342446780416,kammassakañāṇa,en,"

kamma-ssaka-ñāṇa

, n. [cf. kammassakataṁ na-
na], knowledge of having (one's own) acts as one's pro-
perty; imasmiṁ sutte (scil. S V 10,19-11,15) ~aṁ (v.l.
°kata°) magganissitaṁ katvā, Spk III 127,25.

" 346862101765033984,kammassakatā,en,"

kamma-ssaka-tā,

cf. A. Fujimoto, Buddhist Studies/Bukkyõ Kenkyū XXXIII 2005: 1–31.

" 346862343080120320,kammassakatā,en,"

kamma-ssaka-tā

, f. [abstr.], the having (one's own)
acts as one's property; — exeg.: kammaṁ yeva sakaṁ
etesan ti kammassakā, sattā, tabbhāvo ~ā, Mp-ṭ I
84,14 (ad Mp I 47,25); — yasmiṁ ... puggale āghāto
jāyetha, ~ā tasmiṁ puggale adhiṭṭhātabbā, A III
186,5 ≠ V 288,26; yogavihitesu vā vijjâyatanesu ~aṁ
vā saccânulomikaṁ vā rūpaṁ aniccan ti vā, Vibh
324,35 (~aṁ vā ti idaṁ kammaṁ sattānaṁ sakaṁ,
idaṁ no sakan ti evaṁ jānanañāṇaṁ, Vibh-a 411,24;
cf. As 406,16) qu. Vism 439,17 = Sv 1002,3 qu. Paṭis-a I
130,16; attano ca parassa ca ~aṁ paccavekkhato, Sv
779,27 = Ps I 283,15 = Spk III 166,20 qu. It-a II 180,6;
~aṁ ... paccavekkhato pāpakaraṇaṁ nāma na hoti,
Mp V 40,5; Th-a II 22,14; kammavāditaṁ ~aṁ dīpeti,
Kv-a 166,27; 187,18; tena tāpasena saṁsārassa apari-
yantataṁ ~aṁ ca vibhāventena, Pv-a 166,25; — ifc.
ubhaya-° (Sv 779,27 = Ps I 283,15, Spk III 166,21); —
in long cpd. °(a)-jjhāna-vipassanā-magga-phala, (~-va-
sa, Mp III 281,15).

" 346862346498478080,kammassakatācitta,en,"

kamma-ssakatā-citta

, n., the thought of having (one's
own) acts as one's property; tena hi ~ena (so read) ca
ñāṇena ca abhisameti?, Paṭis II 215,14 (kammassaka-
tāya pavattacittena ca ñāṇena ca, Paṭis-a 687,1).

" 346862349929418752,kammassakatadassana,en,"

kamma-ssakat[ā/a]-dassana

, n., the act of realizing the
fact of having (one's own) actions as one's property; a-
jimhaṁ kammassakatadassanañ (so read) c' eva sap-
paccayanāmarūpassa cā ti duvidham pi dassanaṁ
yassa atthi acalaṁ suppatiṭṭhitaṁ ti yojanā, Th-a II
212,31; sīsacchedam pi pāpuṇanto pāpakammaṁ na
karoti, ~ato (°ā°), akotūhalamaṅgaliko ca hoti, Sv-pṭ
I 113,30 = Cp-a 311,8; — °-pada-ṭṭhāna, mfn., (bhvr.)
caused by the act of realizing the fact of having (one's
own) actions as one's property; — ifc. evam-pavatta-°
(Vism 318,23, so read, BeCeEe evaṁ pavatta°).[[side 267]] kamma-ssakatā-dassana

" 346862349967167488,kammassakatādassana,en,"

kamma-ssakat[ā/a]-dassana

" 346862352701853696,kammassakatadidīpaka,en,"

kamma-ssakatâdi-dīpaka

, mfn., illustrating the fact
that one has (one's own) acts as one's property; ~aṁ va-
canaṁ, It-a II 57,27.

" 346862352739602432,kammassakatādidīpaka,en,"

kamma-ssakatâdi-dīpaka

, mfn., illustrating the fact
that one has (one's own) acts as one's property; ~aṁ va-
canaṁ, It-a II 57,27.

" 346862353347776512,kammassakatādīpanatthaṃ,en,"

kamma-ssakatā-dīpan'-atthaṁ

, ²ind., for the sake
of illustrating that one has (one's own) acts as one's pro-
perty; aṭṭhahi kāraṇehi Bhagavā puggalakathaṁ
katheti hirottappadīpanatthaṁ ~ +, Ps I 138,18 foll.
= Mp I 95,29 foll. = It-a I 82,34 = Ppk-anuṭ 68,7 qu.
Sv-nṭ II 401,5.

" 346862419227709440,kammassakatadipaññāvuddhi,en,"

kamma-ssakatâdi-paññā-vuddhi

, f. [°ssakatā +
ādi], increase in knowledge such as (the knowledge that)
one has (one's own) acts as one's property; paññāvud-
dhiyā ti ~iyā (Be °ssakatapaññâdi°), Mp I 83,18.

" 346862419236098048,kammassakatādipaññāvuddhi,en,"

kamma-ssakatâdi-paññā-vuddhi

, f. [°ssakatā +
ādi], increase in knowledge such as (the knowledge that)
one has (one's own) acts as one's property; paññāvud-
dhiyā ti ~iyā (Be °ssakatapaññâdi°), Mp I 83,18.

" 346862350982189056,kammassakatadiṭṭhi,en,"

kamma-ssakat[ā/a]-diṭṭhi

, f., the view that one has (one's
own) acts as one's property; kammapathapariyāpan-
nāya ""atthi dinnan"" ti ādikāya ~iyā, Ps I 188,19 =
Spk II 144,12; ~iyā sammādiṭṭhi hoti no saccânulo-
mikāya, Ps I 196,29; diṭṭhī ti ~i, Spk III 199,36 (Spk-pṭ
II 469,2) = 225,21.

" 346862351007354880,kammassakatādiṭṭhi,en,"

kamma-ssakat[ā/a]-diṭṭhi

" 346862351959461888,kammassakatādiṭṭhika,en,"

kamma-ssakatā-diṭṭhika

, mfn. [ < °diṭṭhi + ka; cf.
prec], (a person) having the view that one has (one's
own) acts as one's property; ~ass' eva lokiyalokuttara-
guṇavisesā ijjhanti, Spk-pṭ II 469,2 (ad Spk III 199,36).

" 346862347064709120,kammassakatajānanañāṇa,en,"

kamma-ssakat[ā/a]-jānana-ñāṇa

, n., knowledge con-
sisting in knowing the fact of having (one's own) acts as
one's property; idaṁ akusalaṁ kammaṁ no sakaṁ,
idam pana sakan ti evaṁ byatirekato anvayato ca
~aṁ (°katā°) kammassakatāñāṇaṁ (v.l. °katā°),
Sv-pṭ III 182,9 = Mp-ṭ II 63,6 (°kata°). kamma-ssakatā-jānana-ñāṇa

" 346862347081486336,kammassakatājānanañāṇa,en,"

kamma-ssakat[ā/a]-jānana-ñāṇa

" 346862347836461056,kammassakatājānanapaññā,en,"

kamma-ssakatā-jānana-paññā

, f., = prec.; kamman
ti ~ā, Sv 930,19; idaṁ akusalaṁ kammaṁ no sakaṁ,
idaṁ pana kammaṁ sakan ti evaṁ byatirekato an-
vayato ca ~ā kammassakatapaññā, Mp-ṭ III 114,8.

" 346862354920640512,kammassakatālakkhaṇa,en,"

kamma-ssakatā-lakkhaṇa

, mfn., charaterised by the
fact that one has (one's own) acts as one's property; ~aṁ
yathābhūtañāṇalakkhaṇañ ca sammādiṭṭhiṁ pub-
baṅgamaṁ katvā, Nett-a 146,8.

" 346862343608602624,kammassakataṃñāṇa,en,"

kamma-ssakata-(ṁ)-ñāṇa

or °ssakat[ā/a]-ñāṇa, n. [oc-
curs primarily in canonical lit.; cf. Buddh. sa. karma-
svakajñāna], knowledge of having (one's own) acts as
one's property; — exeg.: yaṁ ñāṇaṁ idaṁ kammaṁ
sakaṁ, idaṁ no sakan ti jānāti, idaṁ ~aṁ nāma
vuccatī ti attho, Vibh-a 415,13 foll. (ad Vibh 328,20 qu.
Moh 196,26); -an ti idaṁ kammaṁ sakaṁ idaṁ kam-
maṁ no sakan ti, As 406,16 foll. (cf. Vibh-a 411,24; ad
Dhs 233,37); ~an ti kammaṁ sako etassā ti kammas-
sako, tassa bhāvo kammassakatā, tattha ñāṇaṁ i-
daṁ kammaṁ sattānaṁ sakaṁ, idaṁ no sakan ti
evaṁ jānanañāṇaṁ, Ps-pṭ I 297,1 (ad Ps I 196,14, q.v.
infra); — katamā diṭṭhivisuddhi. ~aṁ (so read) sac-
cânulomikaṁ ñāṇaṁ, Dhs 233,37; Abhidhamme
(scil. Dhs 233,37) pana ... ~aṁ (Be °katāñā°) saccânu-
lomikaṁ (Ee samma°) ñāṇaṁ, Sv 983,32 foll. (Sv-pṭ
III 236,10); °âdīn' eva cattāri ñāṇāni vibhattāni, As
407,5 qu. Mp-ṭ II 63,28 (with reference to Abhidham-
maṭṭhakathā); — atthi dinnaṁ atthi yiṭṭhan ti ādina-
yappavattaṁ pana ~aṁ (Ee °tañāṇaṁ) paññā, Sp
244,34; n' atthi dinnan ti ādikā vā micchādiṭṭhi ~aṁ
sammādiṭṭhi, Mp III 415,19; sa câyaṁ sammādiṭṭhi
duvidhā hoti lokiyā lokuttarā ti, tattha ~aṁ saccā-
nulomikañāṇañ ca lokiyā sammādiṭṭhi, Ps I 196,14
(Ps-pṭ I 297,1); — ~aṁ (Ee °aṁ ñāṇaṁ, with v.l. °ka-
ta°) saccânulomikaṁ ñāṇaṁ abhiññāñāṇaṁ samā-
pattiñāṇaṁ, Nidd I 188,21; — ~aṁ paññā vipassanā
adhipaññā, Sv 1003,9; — imasmiṁ ~e ṭhatvā ime
sattā bahuṁ vaṭṭagāmikammaṁ āyūhitvā, As
406,27; — lokiyaṁ samāpattiñāṇam pi hoti dānâdi-
vasena pavattaṁ -am pi, Kv-a 186,11; pubbenivāsâ-
nussati ~assa kāraṇaṁ hoti, Nett-a 92,25; ye saraṇa-
gamanasampattiyā upāsakā bhavanti ~ena (°kata°)
kammassa kovidā, It-a II 57,20; kalyāṇamittaṁ nissā-
ya ~aṁ uppādeti, I 65,26; sammādiṭṭhikā ~ena ca sa-
mannāgatā, 155,4; ~ena kammapathasammādiṭṭhiyā,
II 26,4,7; aviparītadassano ~ena saccânulomikañāṇe-
na, kataññū katavedī, Cp-a 287,10; 309,33.

" 346862344166445056,kammassakatañāṇadassana,en,"

kamma-ssakata-ñāṇa-dassana

, n. [cf.], realization
of the knowledge that one has (one's own) acts as one's
property; ñāṇadassanassā ti ~assa, Nett-a 92,24 (ad
Nett 28,7).

" 346862348973117440,kammassakatāñāṇadisammādassana,en,"

kamma-ssakatā-ñāṇâdi-sammādassana

, n., cor-
rect realization such as the knowledge that one has (one's
own) actions as one's property; ~aṁ, Sv-pṭ III 236,6 (ad
Sv 983,30).

" 346862349006671872,kammassakatāñāṇādisammādassana,en,"

kamma-ssakatā-ñāṇâdi-sammādassana

, n., cor-
rect realization such as the knowledge that one has (one's
own) actions as one's property; ~aṁ, Sv-pṭ III 236,6 (ad
Sv 983,30).

" 346862345617674240,kammassakatañāṇadisaṅkhāta,en,"

kamma-ssakata-ñāṇâdi-saṅkhāta

, mfn. [ñāṇa +
ādi], in other words knowledge that one has (one's own)
acts as one's property; diṭṭhivisuddhī ti ~ā sabbā pi
sammādiṭṭhi vuttā, Mp-ṭ II 63,22.

" 346862345642840064,kammassakatañāṇādisaṅkhāta,en,"

kamma-ssakata-ñāṇâdi-saṅkhāta

, mfn. [ñāṇa +
ādi], in other words knowledge that one has (one's own)
acts as one's property; diṭṭhivisuddhī ti ~ā sabbā pi
sammādiṭṭhi vuttā, Mp-ṭ II 63,22.

" 346862344669761536,kammassakatañāṇappavatti,en,"

kamma-ssakata-ñāṇa-ppavatti

, f., manifestation of
the knowledge that one has (one's own) acts as one's
property; ~iṁ dassento, Sv-pṭ I 64,19 (ad Sv 37,17;
Sv-nṭ I 187,20).

" 346862345152106496,kammassakatañāṇasati,en,"

kamma-ssakata-ñāṇa-sati

, f, awareness of the knowl-
edge that one has (one's own) acts as one's property;
reading of BeSe for CeEe ñāṇasati (q.v.) at Mp III 378,2.

" 346862353817538560,kammassakatapaccavekkhaṇa,en,"

kamma-ssakat[ā/a]-paccavekkhaṇ[ā/a]

, f. and n., reflec-
tion upon the fact that one has (one's own) acts as one's
property; cha dhamma byāpādassa pahānāya saṁ-
vattanti + ... ~ā ... kalyāṇamittatā sappāyakathā ti,
Sv 779,13 qu. It-a II 179,26 foll.; majjhattapayogo vuc-
cati attano ca parassa ca ~ā, Sv 794,7 = Spk III 162,29
= Mp II 67,13; Spk III 164,19; ~ena paramatthato
satto yeva n' atthi, Sv 796,6 (Sv-pṭ II 424,2) = Ps I
299,20 = Mp II 69,7 ≠ Vibh-a 285,12; Spk-pṭ II 442,16;
— °-pada-tthāna, mfn., (bhvr.) motivated by reflection
upon the fact that one has (one's own) acts as one's pro-
perty; majjhattâkārappavattilakkhaṇā upekkhāpā-
ramī + ~ā, Cp-a 281,31.

" 346862353846898688,kammassakatāpaccavekkhaṇā,en,"

kamma-ssakat[ā/a]-paccavekkhaṇ[ā/a]

" 346862354354409472,kammassakatapaññā,en,"

kamma-ssakat[ā/a]-paññā

, f., the knowledge that one
has (one's own) acts as one's property; paññâdhikāre pi
~ā vipassanāpaññā ca paññā nāma, Sv 359,24; Sāga-
tatherassa viya ~aṁ dubbalaṁ karoti, Sv 945,26
(Sv-pṭ III 169,22); paṭhamena vā ~aṁ vipassanāpañ-
ṅaṁ vā ādiṁ katvā phalapaṅñā kathitā, Sv 1022,35;
Buddha ... ~aṁ ujukarohī ti Spk I 87,11; ~āya jhāna-
pañṅāya vipassanāpaṅñāya maggapaññāya phala-
paññāya ca parihāni, Mp I 82,26; ~āya, Mp-ṭ III
235,20; paññānirodhikā ti ~ā ñāṇapaññā, vipassanā
paññā ti ... nirodhentī ti, It-a II 92,25; — ifc. nibbe-
dha-bhāgiya-° (Moh 192,9); — °âdi, mfn.; ~īnaṁ
vuddhi, Mp I 83,13; — °-mattaka, n., the mere knowl-
edge that one has (one's own) acts as one's property;
paññā n' atthī ti -am pi n' atthi, Mp III 377,3.

" 346862354366992384,kammassakatāpaññā,en,"

kamma-ssakat[ā/a]-paññā

" 346862355998576640,kammassakatāsammādiṭṭhi,en,"

kamma-ssakatā-sammādiṭṭhi

, f., the correct view
that one has (one's own) acts as one's property; ~i jhā-
nasammādiṭṭhi + ... pañcavidhā sammādiṭṭhi, Mp
II 24,6 foll. (ad A I 32,15); Mp II 162,8; — °âdi-vasa,
m.; ~ena, Mp-ṭ II 62,15; ~iyaṁ sappaccayanāmarū-
padassanasammādiṭṭhiyañ ca ṭhito, Nett-a 176,20.

" 346862355440734208,kammassakatavabodhanasaṅkhāta,en,"

kamma-ssakatâvabodhana-saṅkhāta

, mfn. [°kata
+ ava°], in other words knowing fully that one has
(one's own) acts as one's property; ~assa paṇḍitabhā-
vassa atthitāya paṇḍito, Sv-pṭ II 255,19.

" 346862355449122816,kammassakatāvabodhanasaṅkhāta,en,"

kamma-ssakatâvabodhana-saṅkhāta

, mfn. [°kata
+ ava°], in other words knowing fully that one has
(one's own) acts as one's property; ~assa paṇḍitabhā-
vassa atthitāya paṇḍito, Sv-pṭ II 255,19.

" 346862356522864640,kammasssakapaññā,en,"

[

kamma-sssaka-paññā

, Spk III 127,20 foll.; Mp II
330,23; Mp IV 120,7; for which read kammassakat[ā/a]-
paññā, q.v.]

" 346862380791107584,kammasujjhana,en,"

kammasujjhana

, n., (t.t. Vin) not being purified
by proceedings; na vibbhamena ~ato, Vjb 444,18 (ad
Sp 1034,14).

" 346862338764181504,kammasūlavuta,en,"

kamma-sūlâvuta

, mfn., impaled on the kamma stake;
~o, Ap 40,28 (= kusalâkusalakammasūlasmiṁ āvuto,
Ap-a 278,27).

" 346862338776764416,kammasūlāvuta,en,"

kamma-sūlâvuta

, mfn., impaled on the kamma stake;
~o, Ap 40,28 (= kusalâkusalakammasūlasmiṁ āvuto,
Ap-a 278,27).

" 346862403683618816,kammasūrabhāvanurūpa,en,"

kamma-sūra-bhāvânurūpa

, mfn. [bhāva +anu°],
in accordance with (their) work and courage; bhattave-
tanan ti devasikabhattañ c' eva ... tassa tassa kulas-
sa ~ena ... detū ti, Sv 297,1 (ad D I 135,24).

" 346862403704590336,kammasūrabhāvānurūpa,en,"

kamma-sūra-bhāvânurūpa

, mfn. [bhāva +anu°],
in accordance with (their) work and courage; bhattave-
tanan ti devasikabhattañ c' eva ... tassa tassa kulas-
sa ~ena ... detū ti, Sv 297,1 (ad D I 135,24).

" 346862101404323840,kammasutta,en,"

Kamma-sutta, 4.

A II 22,12–23 (= D II 77,28–78,27).

" 346862403167719424,kammasutta,en,"

Kamma-sutta

, n.; title ofl. A II 252,25-253,14; 2. S II
155,7-157,6; 3. S IV 132,9-133,15.

" 346862524982890496,kammatā,en,"

kamma-tā

, [abstr., cf. kamyatā, q.v.], wishing; —
ifc. adeṣetu-° (~âkārappavatta, Ja I 81,8); cāṭu-° (Mil
370,1, cf. cāṭukamyatā, q.v.).

" 346862524630568960,kammatā,en,"

kamma-tā

, f. [abstr. < ³kamma, q.v.], the being an
act; — ifc. anavajja-°.

" 346862524232110080,kammatapana,en,"

kamma-tapana

, n., the being tormented (by remorse)
due to a (bad) act; idha tappatī ti idha ~ena domanas-
samattena tappati, Dhp-a I 150,16 (ad Dhp 17); 150,21.

" 346862525272297472,kammatejodhātu,en,"

[

kamma-tejo-dhātu

, w.r. at Sv 1029,12 for kam-
majatejo°]

" 346862525582675968,kammatta,en,"

kamma-tta

, n. [abstr. of ³kamma, q.v.]; — ifc. nihī-
na-° (Ud-a 333,22); pariniṭṭhita-° (Ss 139,12).

" 346862525897248768,kammattaya,en,"

kamma-ttaya

, n., kamma triplet, i.e., manokamma,
kāyakammma, and vacīkamma; kiriyâkiriyâdikaṁ
yañ ce, yam pi ~aṁ bhave, Kkh-pṭ 42,5* (cf. Vjb 141,3*);
— °-niyama, m., restriction concerning the kamma trip-
let; ~aṁ dassetuṁ (in As 105,20), As-mṭ I 84,17.

" 346862526497034240,kammattha,en,"

kamm'-attha

, m., (t.t.gr.) the meaning of the kam-
ma-kāraka (i.e. the direct object of a verbal action = the
accusative); — gramm. lit.; ~e dutiyā, Kacc 282; 299;
312; — only exeg. lit.: ettha ca ~e sāmivacanaṁ yathā
rañṅo upaṭṭhānanti, Paṭis-a 513,7; ghaṭṭīyati pīḷīyatī
ti etehi ~e, Vibh-mṭ 5,14; — °-tā,f. [abstr. of prec], the
fact of having the meaning of the kamma-kāraka; ~-va-
sena pana aṭṭhakathāyaṁ attānan ti paccatte upayo-
gavacanaṁ katvā vuttaṁ, Ps-pṭ II 51,13; III 243,27; —
in gloss on the abs. (ṇamul) sannidhikāraṁ: sannidhi-
katassā ti etena sannidhikāraparibhogan ti ettha kā-
rasaddassa ~aṁ dasseti, Sv-pṭ I 162,12 = Mp-ṭ III
32,12 (referring to Pāc 38, Vin IV 87).

" 346862527243620352,kammatthadipaka,en,"

kamm'-attha-dipaka

, mfn., indicating the sense of
the kamma-kāraka, i.e., the direct object; yaṁ kam-
mam eva padhānato gahetvā niddisīyati padaṁ,
taṁ ~aṁ, Sadd 7,3.

" 346862527533027328,kammatthadipana,en,"

kamm'-attha-dipana

, n., the indicating the sense of
the kamma-kāraka, i.e., the direct object; paccattava-
cane dissati yaṁsaddo ~ato. upayogavacane dissati
yaṁsaddo pucchanakiriyāya ~ato, Sv-pṭ II 5,19,20.

" 346862539964944384,kammaṭṭhāna,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna

, n., (t.t.) a subject (ṭhāna) or cause
of meditation (cf. ¹1kamma 1.a.(ii) a.v.): a meditation
subject constituted by a canonical text; the term ~ is only
found in post canonical Pāli (including Vimut; cf. Chap.
9, T 1648a 7 foll); no. sa. equivalent; the sources men-
tion variously 38 or 40 meditation subjects; v. infra sub
exeg. b. (cf. Vism 187,4-6) and c. — exeg.: a. on the
derivation of ~: ~ānī ti ārammaṇabhāvena yogakam-
massa pavattiṭṭhānāni, Vism-mhṭ I 130,14 (ad Vism
110,22, q.v. infra); Abhidh-av-nṭ II 329,19,20; kammam
eva visesâdhigamassa ṭhānaṁ ~am. kamme vā ṭhā-
naṁ bhāvanârambho ~aṁ, Vibh-mṭ 156,13 (ad Vibh-a
263,10); Maṇis II 473,21,22 (ad Abhidh-s-nṭ II 197,4);
— b. the 38 meditation subjects: satthā tesaṁ aṭṭha-
tiṁsāya ~esu sappāyaṁ vicinitvā ~aṁ kathesi, Ja I
316,22-24; aṭṭhatiṁsāya ~esu yena yena mukhena
nibbānaṁ otaritukāmā honti, Sv 393,23,25 (ad D I
223,12) = Ps II 413,25 (ad M I 329,31); aṭṭhatiṁsāya
~esu attano cittarucikaṁ kammaṭṭhānasaṅkhātaṁ
gocaraṁ uggahetvā, Sv 185,32 = Ps I 254,30 = Spk III
184,6 = Vibh-a 349,7; Ps II 87,25; samaṇehi upāsitab-
baṁ samaṇupāsanaṁ nāma, aṭṭhatiṁsabhedaṁ ~aṁ,
Spk I 104,10 (ad S I 47,13*); — c. the 40 meditation sub-
jects: tatr' imāni cattāḷīsa ~āni, dasa kasiṇā, dasa a-
subhā, dasa anussatiyo, cattāro brahmavihārā, cat-
tāro āruppā, ekā saññā, ekaṁ vavatthānan ti, Vism
110,21 foll. (cf. Vism 89,28); Abhidh-av 90,25 foll. (=
pāḷito aṭṭhakathāto ca samodhānitvā samacattāḷīsā
ti niddiseyya, Abhidh-av-nṭ II 220,23); dasa ... ekaṁ
vavatthānan ti cattārīsāya samādhibhāvanāya ~āni
bhāvanāvidhānañ ca vitthārato vattabbāni, Cp-a
315,23; Vin-vn 3128; — kammaṭṭhanadāyakaṁ ka-
lyāṇamittaṁ upasaṅkamitvā, attano cariyânukūlaṁ
cattāḷīsāya ~esu aññataraṁ ~aṁ gahetvā, Vism
89,28 ≠ As 168,9; — d. on the tradition of the 38 and 40
meditation subjects: ~āni sabbānī ti pāḷiyaṁ āgatāni
aṭṭhatiṁsa aṭṭhakathāyaṁ dve cêti (so read with v.l.)
niravasesāni yogakammassa bhāvanāya pavattiṭ-
ṭhānāni, Sv-pṭ I 21,24; Sp-ṭ II 202,29 foll. (ad Sp 417,6;
cf. Vism 110,21 foll); aṭṭhatiṁsârammaṇesū ti ālokâ-
kāsakasiṇadvayaṁ vajjetvā pāḷiyaṁ āgatānaṁ aṭ-
ṭhannaṁ kasiṇānaṁ vasena vuttaṁ. cattārīsañ ñ'
eva ~āni, Vmv I 214,4; — the ~ is sometimes expressly
mentioned: Rāhulasutte (scil. M I 420-26) pi ""mettaṁ
Rāhula bhāvanaṁ bhāvetū"" ti ādinā nayena ekass'
eva satta ~āni vuttāni, Vism 115,3; idaṁ suttaṁ (scil.
Vammīkasutta M I 142-45) therassa ~aṁ ahosi, Ps II
134,14,15; Vīṇopamaṁ (scil. A III 374-79) ~aṁ ka-
thessāmī ti, Mp III 389,11; — the ~ is supposed to be
suitable (sappāya; cf. asappāya-° and sappāya-°) to
any given meditator: Satthā tesaṁ aṭṭhatiṁsāya ~esu
sappāyaṁ vicinitvā ~aṁ kathesi, Ja I 316,22; attano
sappāyaṁ ~aṁ gahetvā, Vism 312,30; ~aṁ sappā-
yaṁ bhavissatī ti, Spk I 182,20; II 369,12; Mp IV
121,22,24; ~aṁ sappāyaṁ kātuṁ asakkonto, 166,5; —
defining the concept gocarasampajañña: aṭṭhattiṁsā-
ya ~esu attano cittaruciyaṁ kammaṭṭhāna-asaṁkhā-
taṁ gocaraṁ uggahetvā ... gocarasampajaññaṁ nā-
ma Sv 185,32 = Ps I 254,30; — on the role of the ~ in the
process of meditation: upacārappanâvahato ti ṭhape-
tvā kāyagatāsatiñ ca ānāpāṇasatiñ ca avasesā aṭṭha
anussatiyo, āhāre paṭikūlasaññā, catudhātuvavatthā-
nan ti imān' eva h' ettha dasa ~āni upacārâvahāni,
sesāni appanâvahānānī ti, Vism 111,10 (Vism-mhṭ I
130,14, q.v. sub exeg. a.); — in definition of appanāsa-
mādhi and upacārasamādhi in relation to ~: dasasu
~esu appanā pubbabhāgacittesu ca ekaggatā upacā-
rasamādhi, avasesakammaṭṭhānesu cittekaggatā ap-
panāsamādhi, Vism 371,7; — e. the teacher is sup-
posed to present the student with a ~ that is congenial to
his disposition: ""cetopariyañāṇassa lābhī ācariyo ca-
riyaṁ ṅatvā ~aṁ kathessati,"" Vism 107,24 (qu. from
the Aṭṭhakathā); na ca tāva cariyânukūlaṁ ~aṁ sab-
bâkārena āvikataṁ, 110,12; ~aṁ yācato ... katara-
smiṁ vā te ~e cittaṁ namatī ti ... evaṁ ñatvā cari-
yânukūlaṁ ~aṁ kathetabbaṁ, 117,3 foll.; cariyânu-
rūpaṁ ~aṁ deti, Sv 46,29 = Mp I 65,20,21; ~aṁ adāsi,
Th-a I 54,20; pāli-āgatesu aṭṭhatiṁsāya ~esu attano
cariyânukūlaṁ ~am, As 168,9 (≠ Mp II 76,24 foll.);
cariyânurūpāni ~āni gahetvā, Pj II 420,9; cariyânu-
kūlaṁ ~aṁ gahetvā, Th-a I 83,6 = 104,3; Ss 103,13;
Vin-vn 3154; — the ~ is likewise described as being in
accordance with the meditator's inclination: cittaruci-
yaṁ ~aṁ gahetvā, Ja I 106,19; buddhânussati-ādīsu
ca dasasu ~esu ekaṁ aññaṁ cittaruciyaṁ ~aṁ ga-
hetvā, Sp 518,16,17; Sv 574,9; Ps II 87,25,26 (v. sub exeg.
b.); Vibh-a 349,7 (v. sub exeg. b.); — with pucchati:
keci Bhagavantaṁ ~aṁ pucchanti, Sv 46,28 = Mp I
65,20; manasikātabbaṁ ~aṁ (v.l. °kātabbakamma°)
pucchituṁ bhante ti, Ps IV 39,12; Saṅghatthero a-
dhunāgatapaccekabuddhaṁ sabbesaṁ anumoda-
naṭṭhāya katham adhigatan ti ~aṁ pucchati, Pj II
67,11 qu. Ss 334,9; ~aṁ pucchito imaṁ gāthaṁ abhā-
si: ""migo araññamhī"" ti, Pj II 82,23; 90,12; bhikkhū
Bhagavantaṁ vanditvā ~aṁ pucchanti, 133,11; —
with yācati: Majjhimabhāṇaka-Revatthero ... ~aṁ
yāci, Vism 95,19; ekacce ~aṁ ekacce dhammasava-
naṁ yācanti, Sv 47,19 foll.; araṅṅe vāsaṁ patthento
~aṁ yācati, Mp III 220,11; — with dadāti: imassa
~aṁ adāsiṁ ... kataraṁ pana te ~aṁ saddhivihāri-
kassa dinnan ti, Ja I 182,23,25; so tesaṁ ~aṁ adāsi.
sabbe va arahattaṁ pāpuṇiṁsu, Ps I 184,11 foll.;
~aṁ me dethā ti ... tassa ~aṁ kathesi, Mp I 37,11,13;
Th-a I 54,20; tassa thero bahuso ovaditvā ~am adāsi,
so tena visesaṁ nâdhigacchati, Pj II 331,25; — ~ is[[side 231]]
given to a bhikkhu in connection with upasampadā or
pabbajjā: Bhagavā pabbājetvā tassa ~aṁ adāsi, Ps II
190,34; upasampannakāle ca nesaṁ ekekassa visuṁ
visuṁ -am adāsi, Dhp-a IV 106,10; sa pabbaji ~aṁ
adā thero pabbājetvā yathārahaṁ, Mhv V 148; —
with gaheti: Satthu santike ~aṁ gahetvā, Ja I 215,16
= 316,22-24 = III 246,12 = Dhp-a I 336,1,3 = Pv-a 42,13;
Satthu santike dhammaṁ sutvā ~aṁ vā gahetvā,
yathânusiṭṭhaṁ na patipajjati, Ud-a 97,26; Bhagavato
santike ~aṁ gahetvā, Sv 747,34 = Ps I 233,24; Bud-
dhassa santike ~aṁ gahetvā āgatā, Dhp-a I 9,4; the-
rassa santike ~aṁ gahetvā, Ud-a 311,9; ~aṁ gahetvā
pañcasatā bhikkhū arahattaṁ pāpuṇiṁsu, Vism
127,15; Ps I 185,16; Mp I 191,28; thero ~aṁ gahetvā
caṅkamaṁ oruyha tatiyapadavāre arahattaṁ pāpu-
ṇi, Vibh-a 490,6 qu. Ss 65,26; ~aṁ gahetvā vipassanā-
ya ca kammam karoti vattañ ca pūreti Mp I 37,13; IV
64,4 foll.; samathavipassanāvasena ~aṁ gahetvā, Ps
I 157,15 ≠ It-a I 168,28; Mp V 49,24; Spk I 35,6; vassû-
panāyikāya ~aṁ gahetvā, Sv 581,32; — with pari-
gaheti: uparimaggatthāya ~aṁ pariggahetvā, Sv
185,17 = Ps I 254,16; agāmake pana araññe sukaraṁ
yogâvacarena idaṁ ~aṁ pariggahetvā, Sv 763,18
foll. = Sp 406,12 = Ps I 248,7; — with uggaheti: āca-
riyaṁ upasaṅkamitvā ~aṁ uggahetabbaṁ, Vism
179,26 foll.; Sv 1033,15; sappabhedaṁ ~aṁ uggahe-
tvā ācariyaṁ āpucchitvā, Pj I 40,4; yoginā ubhaya-
kosallavasena (scil. sattavidhaṁ uggahakosallaṁ
and dasavidhaṁ manasikārakosallaṁ, cf. Vibh-a
56,25) ~aṁ sādhukaṁ uggahetabbaṁ, Vism 248,21
foll. qu. Vibh-a 231,13; taṁ āhāre paṭikūlasaññaṁ
bhāvetukāmena ~aṁ uggahetvā, Vism 341,23 foll.;
samaṇadhammakaraṇatthaṁ samādhivasena vā vi-
passanāvasena vā arahattapariyosānam ekaṁ ~aṁ
ettakaṁ uggahetabbaṁ, Sp 789,6; tattha upanissaya-
sampannassa sappaññabhikkhuno ~aṁ uggaṇhan-
tass' eva koṭṭhāsa upaṭṭhahanti, Vibh-a 250,3; —
with katheti: Satthā ... bhikkhusaṅghassa sugatovā-
daṁ datvā ~aṁ kathetvā, Ja I 119,9 = Dhp-a I 248,20;
vuttaṁ h' etaṁ (scil. in the Aṭṭhakathās, cf. Vism
107,21), cetopariyaṅāṇassa lābhī ācariyo cariyaṁ ṅa-
tvā ~aṁ kathessati, Vism 107,24; vo kilesānaṁ ~aṁ
kathessāmī ti, Sv 676,16 foll. = Spk I 74,34; yāva ara-
hattā ~aṁ kathitaṁ hoti, Sv 723,11 qu. Vibh-a 265,33;
Mp III 175,22; ~aṁ katheti, Ps III 276,19; ~aṁ kathā-
petvā sāyaṁ arahattaṁ pāpuṇāti, 327,15; Mp I
223,16; Pj II 306,5; tiṭṭhatu bhante uddeso, ~aṁ me
kathethā ti. ~aṁ kathāpetvā sotâpanno hutvā ā-
gamma uddesaṁ aggahesi, Ps IV 238,16; vipassanā-
dhuraṁ pana pūressāmi, -am me kathethā ti, Dhp-a
I 8,7,8; 336,1,3; mā cintayitthā ti ~aṁ kathesi. thero
~aṁ gahetvā caṅkamaṁ āruyha, Vism 635,24 foll. =
Vibh-a 490,6 qu. Ss 65,26; bhikkhunā saṅgahapakkhe
ṭhatvā tassa bhikkhuno ~aṁ kathetabbaṁ, As 399,12;
~aṁ kathentena pana n' eva paññavato, na man-
dapaññassa vasena kathetabbaṁ, Vibh-a 250,7; ca-
tumaggaphalavasena, sādhāraṇavasena ... saṅkhe-
pen' eva ~aṁ kathayissāma, It-a I 62,31; — with ā-
cikkhati: brahmavihāre bhāvetvā parisāya ~aṁ ā-
cikkhi, Ja I 315,16; vedanānaṁ vasena ~aṁ ācik-
khanto ""vedanānaṁ samudayañ cā"" (= D I 17,2 foll.)
ti ādim āha, Sv 108,23; upasampādetvā ~aṁ ācikkhi,
590,24; Bhagavā rūpakammaṭṭhānaṁ, thero ānāpā-
ṇasatin ti ubho pi ~aṁ ācikkhitvā gatā, Ps III 137,6;
Ss 297,34; — with yojeti and cpd.s: Satthu santike pab-
bajitvā ~e anuyutto nacirass' eva arahattaṁ pāpuṇi,
Ja III 36,5; ~e yojetvā sotâpannabhāvaṁ ṅatvā, Ps V
64,23; Mp I 226,17; kāmaguṇasaṅkhāte agocare cā-
raṁ nivāretvā ~e niyojentī uppathagamanañ ca vā-
reti, Pj II 147,25 (ad Sn 77); — with ghaṭati or ghaṭīya-
ti: kamaṭṭhānaṁ gahetvā ghaṭanto vāyamanto, Ud-a
311,9; sace tassa arogaṁ sīlaṁ ~aṁ ghaṭīyati saṅ-
khārā pākaṭā hutvā upaṭṭhahanti, Sp 237,23; 237,30;
— with upanibandhati: ekādasavidhena (cf. Vism
181,5-7, 184,3 foll.) ... nimittaggāhaṁ sampādento
~aṁ upanibandhati, Vism 187,19 (Vism-mhṭ I 209,5
foll.); — idaṁ ~aṁ bhāvetvā ... arahattaṁ pāpuṇi-
tukāmena ... ācariyassa santike pañcasandhikaṁ
~aṁ uggahetabbaṁ, 277,23 foll. = Sp 415,17 foll. ≠
Vibh-a 223,24 (cf. Vism 241,21 foll. for the context of
kāyagatāsati); imaṁ ~aṁ (scil. catudhātuvavatthā-
na) bhāvetukāmena, Vism 350,32; so duvidho (i.e.
samādhi viz. upacārasamādhi and appanāsamādhi)
pi tesaṁ ~ānaṁ bhāvitattā bhāvito hoti, 371,9; Sp
147,6; ~aṁ bhāvetvā, Ps I 124,27 (cf. ~assa ... vibhū-
tabhāvadīpanatthaṁ, As 224,26; imassa ~assa bhā-
vanākāle, Paṭis-a 499,8); with upacāraṁ/appanaṁ
pāpuṇāti: upacārappattam eva ~aṁ hoti, Vism
230,21; tass' eva ~aṁ appanaṁ ca upacāraṅ ca pāpu-
ṇāti, Sp 427,24; ~aṁ appanaṁ pāpesi, Ps II 91,30; —
with manasikaroti: ~aṁ manasikarontena supaṭṭhi-
taṁ satiṁ katvā, Vism 187,11 foll.; Majjhimabhāṇakā
... āhu, nimittam idaṁ, āvuso, ~aṁ punappunaṁ
manasikarohi, Vism 286,9 qu. Sp 428,13; Saṁyutta-
bhāṇakā ... anto gabbhe ~aṁ manasikaritvā, Vism
431,35 (defining rūpasantati) qu. As 420,20; idaṁ ~aṁ
(scil. ānâpāṇa) manasikaroto kassaci na ciren' eva
nimittañ ca uppajjati, Vism 282,20 qu. Sp 423,29; ~aṁ
manasikarontā pi nisinnā honti, Ps I 14,21 = Spk II
2,25 = It-a I 38,13; ~aṁ manasikaronto va cetiyaṅga-
ṇaṁ gantvā, Sv 186,16 = Ps I 255,13 = Spk III 187,22 =
Vibh-a 349,22; rattiṭṭhānaṁ vā divāṭṭhānaṁ vā pavi-
sitvā ~aṁ manasikātabbaṁ, Vibh-a 255,27; — with
kammaṁ karoti, cf. ¹kamma 1.a.(ii): so ~e kammaṁ
karonto anāgāmiphale patiṭṭhāya, Ps II 190,34,35;
imesu catusu ~esu (scil. asubhasaññā, āhāre paṭikū-
lasaññā, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññā, sabbasaṅkhā-
resu aniccasaṅṅā) kammaṁ karontā vipassanaṁ
vaḍḍhetvā ... arahatte patiṭṭhahiṁsu, 420,17; — f. a
bhikkhu obtains two types of meditation subjects from[[side 232]]
his ācariya: a. all-purpose meditation subjects (sabbat-
thakakammaṭṭhāna); b. a vade-mecum meditation sub-
ject (pārihāriyakammaṭṭhāna): duvidhaṁ ~aṁ: sab-
batthakakammaṭṭhānaṁ pārihāriyakammaṭṭhānañ
ca. tattha sabbatthakakammaṭṭhānaṁ nāma bhik-
khusaṅghâdisu mettā maraṇasati ca, asubhasaññā
ti pi eke ... cattāḷīsāya pana ~esu yaṁ yassa caritâ-
nukūlaṁ, taṁ tassa niccaṁ pariharitabbattā ... pāri-
hāriyakammaṭṭhānan ti vuccati, Vism 97,23 foll. = Sp
416,12 foll.: ~aṁ nāma duvidhaṁ: sabbatthakaṁ pā-
rihāriyañ ca. sabbatthakaṁ ... ca pārihāriyan ti vuc-
cati mūlakammaṭṭhānan ti, Pj II 54,4 foll.; — for sab-
battha ~aṁ at Sv 89,29 = Ps III 222,9 = Mp V 45,12
(read sabbatthak°, cf. Sv 759,24); — the meditation sub-
ject is classified as twofold in terms of its being a. materi-
al things (rūpa), b. immaterial things (v. s.v. arūpa-
kammaṭṭhāna); duvidhaṁ ... ~aṁ rūpakammaṭ-
ṭhānañ ca arūpakammaṭṭhānañ ca rūpapariggaho
arūpapariggaho ti, Sv 721,35 foll. = Ps I 275,29 =
Vibh-a 264,21 foll. = It-a II 9,16 foll.; — ct.s often refer
to tacapañcakaṁ ~aṁ, i.e., the first five of the thirty-
two meditation subjects into which the kāyagatāsati
subdivides viz. kesā, lomā, nakhā, dantā, taco (cf. e.g.
D II 293,12 foll.: atthi imasmiṁ kāye kesā lomā +);
ct.s often refer to this type of meditation subjects; accord-
ing to Dhp-a II 88,3 it is that part of the thirty-two a-
spects of the kāyagatāsati which cannot be dispensed
with (v. infra): thero ... tacapañcakaṁ ~aṁ kathetvā,
Sv 590,22 foll.; thero tassa tacapañcakaṁ ~aṁ ācik-
khitvā pabbājesi, Mp I 214,23; 274,24 = Th-a I 43,26;
Pj II 346,11; thero ... tacapañcakaṁ ~aṁ datvā pab-
bājento, Mp I 247,13; Th-a II 243,17; Pj II 268,26; thero
... tassa paṭikkūlamanasikāravasena tacapañcakaṁ
~aṁ ācikkhitvā ... idaṁ hi ~aṁ sabbabuddhānaṁ
avijahitam eva, Dhp-a II 88,3; — the ~ is classified as
twofold in terms of a. tranquillity (samatha) and b. in-
sight (vipassanā); only expressly mentioned in late A-
bhidhamma lit., but found already in the Aṭṭhakathās:
samathavipassanānaṁ bhāvanānam ito paraṁ ~aṁ
pavakkhāmi duvidham pi yathākkamaṁ, Abhidh-s
45,2* (nīvaraṇānaṁ samanaṭṭhena samathasaṅkhā-
tānaṁ aniccâdivividhâkārato dassanaṭṭhena vipas-
sanāsaṅkhātānañ ca dvinnaṁ bhāvānaṁ duvidham
pi ~aṁ, Abhidh-s-nṭ 196,4); Ss 103,2; — ~ has five
links (sandhis): pañcasandhikaṁ ~aṁ uggahetab-
baṁ. tatr' ime pañca sandhayo: uggaho, paripuc-
chā, upaṭṭhānaṁ, appanā, lakkhaṇan ti, Vism 277,27
foll. ≠ Sp 418,2 foll.; — expressing the success, failure,
development or the like of meditation on ~: yassa ...
~aṁ na ijjhati, tena sasambhāravibhattito bhāvetab-
baṁ, Vism 353,6; 363,26; 364,8; — cittaṁ ekaggataṁ
na labhati ~aṁ vipajjati ... phāsuvihāraṁ āgamma
~aṁ sampajjati, Ja I 7,17,18; assa taṁ ~aṁ na sam-
pajjati, Sv 758,23 = Ps I 243,28; kiñci ~aṁ satassa
sampajānass' eva sampajjati, Paṭis-a 498,32; — ~aṁ
te ajja upaṭṭhitaṁ, Vism 187,14; tass' evaṁ sīghaṁ
sīghaṁ gaṇayato ~aṁ nirantaraṁ pavattaṁ viya u-
paṭṭhāti, 279,23 ≠ Sp 420,13; tesaṁ ... tam ekam eva
~aṁ saññānānatāya nānato upaṭṭhāti, Vism 285,23
qu. Paṭis-a 500,15; bhikkhuno ... karontassa ~aṁ
vaṇṇato na upaṭṭhāti, Vibh-a 250,20 foll.; 254,27 foll.;
~aṁ manasikarontassa ~aṁ na upaṭṭhāti ... ~aṁ
kathāpetvā, Ps V 87,1; — so bhikkhu temāsaṁ ab-
bhokāse dukkhaṁ vasanto ~aṁ vaḍḍhetvā visesaṁ
nibbattetuṁ n' âsakkhi, Ja I 215,24; yassa ... dhutaṅ-
gaṁ sevantassa ~aṁ vaḍḍhati, Vism 82,18; sace
pan' assâhaṁ ~aṁ vaḍḍhetvā katheyyaṁ, arahat-
taṁ pāpuṇeyya, Sp 40,11 foll.; kodhasamaṅgī pug-
galo ~aṁ gahetvā vaḍḍhetuṁ na sakkoti, Ps II
132,23; taṁ (scil. the text at A I 102,1) ajānanto ~aṁ
gahetvā vaḍḍhetuṁ na sakkoti, Ps II 262,18 = Mp V
93,17; Ps II 262,27 foll.; labhetha pubbâpariyaṁ vise-
san ti, so evaṁ sati-ārakkhena cetasā ~aṁ uparūpa-
ri vaḍḍhento, Ud-a 321,14 (ad Ud 61,22); -am anu-
yuñjato -am ... vuḍḍhiṁ virūḷhiṁ vepullaṁ na
gacchati, Vism 129,5 foll.; — ~an te matthakaṁ pat-
tan ti pucchi, Ja I 215,27 foll.; lakkhaṇaṁ āropetvā
~aṁ matthakaṁ pāpetuṁ na sakkoti, Mp V 92,23;
samādahanto ~aṁ paribrūheti matthakañ ca pāpeti,
Ud-a 321,9; — tena tatth' eva ~aṁ parisodhentena
vasitabbaṁ, Vism 118,7 foll.; ~esu uppannamalavi-
sodhanatthaṁ, Sp 965,24; — ~aṁ atiparisuddhaṁ
pākaṭaṁ ahosi,Vism 39,14; sajjhāyaṁ karontass' eva
~aṁ pākaṭaṁ hoti, 241,26; yathā hi aññāni ~āni up-
parūparivibhūtāni honti na tathā idaṁ (scil. ānāpā-
ṇasati as meditation subject), 283,14; yaṁ kiñci ~aṁ
satassa sampajānass' eva sampajjati, ito aññaṁ pa-
na manasikarontassa pākaṭaṁ hoti, 284,5; yaṁ thad-
dhalakkhaṇaṁ, ayaṁ pathavīdhātū ti ādinā nayena
saṁkhepato manasikaroto ~aṁ pākaṭaṁ hoti, 351,13
foll.; — atisīghato manasikaroto ... kevalaṁ kiñcāpi
~aṁ pariyosānaṁ pāpuṇāti, avibhūtaṁ ... hoti, na
visesam āvahati, tasmā nâtisīghato manasikātab-
baṁ, 244,12 foll. ≠ Vibh-a 256,2 foll. (substituting pa-
guṇaṁ hoti for pariyosānaṁ pāpuṇāti and om. na
vis° ... °baṁ); — tassa ... cittam paṇītaṁ nāma na
hoti ~aṁ vimokkhaṁ na gataṁ, Mp I 226,23; — ap-
pamatto ti ~e satiṁ avijahanto, Sv 363,22 (ad D I
177,2) = Ud-a 174,7 (read satiṁ) (ad Ud 23,22) ≠ Ps I
180,1 (read satiṁ ?) (ad M I 39,26); — ~assa pana avi-
jahanam eva gocarasampajaññaṁ, Sv 194,8 = Vibh-a
356,7; — sītaṁ khamati sahati na avīrapuriso viya
appamattakena pi sītena calati kampati ~aṁ vijaha-
ti, Ps I 78,7 foll. (ad M I 10,25) = Mp III 396,28; — paṭi-
jaggantassa (e.g. navakamma) ~aṁ parihāyati, Vism
119,22; bahiddhā vikkhepe sati, ~aṁ parihāyati pari-
dhaṁsati, tasmā vikkhepapaṭibāhanato manasikā-
tabbaṁ, Vism 244,28 (cf. 243,30); Vibh-a 256,29 foll.;
rūpaṁ pahāya arūpapariggahaṁ ārabhati, ~ato pa-
rihāyati, Vism 592,35; kesā lomā ti paṭipāṭiyā ~aṁ
manasikaronto ~ato ca na parihāyati, Vibh-a 255,32
foll.; — ~aṁ vissajjetvā bahiddhā puthuttārammaṇe
cetaso vikkhepo paṭibāhitabbo, Vism 244,22; naṁ
passati ~aṁ vissajjetvā akusalavitakkaṁ vitakkaya-
mānaṁ, Sv 48,33 = Ps II 168,29; yassa pana n' eva
vaṇṇato upaṭṭhātī ti na paṭikkūlato, na suñṅato, te-
na me na upaṭṭhātī ti na ~aṁ vissajjetvā, Vibh-a
254,27 foll.; eko ~aṁ avissajjetvā va gacchati, ... eko
~aṁ avissajjetvā va sayati, Vibh-a 363,22,24; — ~aṁ
pariggahetvā ānāpāṇacatukkajjhānaṁ nibbattetvā
tadeva pādakaṁ katvā saṅkhāre sammasitvā agga-
phalaṁ arahattaṁ sampāpuṇituṁ, Vism 269,27; —
ifc. a-° (Vibh-a 251,4); akiñcaññâyatana-° (Vism
333,8); ajjhattika-°; ajjhāsayânurūpa-° (Pv-a 61,4);
aṭṭha-tiṁsa-° (Ps V 40,2); atthaka-° (Sv 759,25); anu-
kūla-° (Ps I 142,19; 168,25); anussati-°; appanā-° (Sv
773,12; Vibh-a 259,10); arūpa-° (Sv 721,35); avasesa-°
(Vism 371,8); avisaṭṭha-° (Ja I 303,2); asappāya-°
(Spk III 56,18); asubha-° (Ja I 182,14 foll.; Sv 1053,20);
ākāsânañcâyatana-° (Vism 326,4); ānâpāna-° (Sp
417,9); ānâpāna-sati-° (Sv 763,15; Vism 267,14); āyata-
na-° (Spk II 369,13); āraddha-° (Vism 98,33); āsevita-°
(Vism 184,32); uggahita-° (Vism 117,10; Vibh-a 224,8);
uddesa-paripucchā-° (~âdi, Sp 224,28); upacāra-°
(Sv 773,14); kasina-° (Spk III 264,13); kāya-gatā-sati-°
(Sv 769,19); (Mp III 358,7); kāyânupassanā-sati-paṭ-
ṭhāna-° (Ps I 243,24; Vibh-a 219,34); gahita-° (Vism
98,25); catu-sacca-° (Sv 1020,19; Ud-a 165,8); citta-vi-
sodhana-° (Mp II 322,5); taca-pañcaka-° (Ja I 116,2;
Mp I 36,18; 226,15); thīna-middha-vinodana-° (Mp
III 356,15); dinna-dhātu-° (Mp I 161,2); dvattiṁsâkā-
ra-° (Vism 240,26; Mp I 386,16; Spk I 286,22; Sp 40,7);
dhātu-° (Vism 347,26; Ps V 52,29; Spk III 264,11; Mp II
278,10; Dhp-a I 96,4); dhātu-manasikāra-° (Vibh-a
56,24); nava-° (~-sata, Dhp-a IV 106,11); nikkhitta-°
(Vism 633,15; Sv 186,30; Ps I 255,25; Spk III 185,3;
Vibh-a 350,1); nibbāṇârohana-° Sp 402,12); neva-
saññānâsaññâyatana-° (Vism 335,5); paguṇa-° (Sv
589,31; Ps I 249,25; Vibh-a 219,22); paguṇa-rūpârūpa-°
(Vism 628,32); paṭikūla-manasikāra-° (Vism 241,28;
~-bhāvanā, Vibh-a 223,27); pariggaha-° (~-vasa, Mp
II 185,27); pariccatta-° (Sp 488,10; Vibh-a 488,29); pa-
rihaṭa-° (~-tā, Ss 74,23); pārihāriya-° (Vism 97,23; Sp
416,13); Buddhânussati-° (Sv 186,19; Vibh-a 349,25;
Mp II 19,10; ~âdi, Ja I 97,18); maraṇa-sati-° (Mp III
352,26; Ja I 414,29); marīci-° (Dhp-a I 336,8); middha-
vinodana-° (Mp IV 42,2); nulla-° (Vism 181,32; Ps II
90,32; Spk I 182,12,17; Mp II 20,16); mettā-° (Sv 58,7);
mettâdi-° (Sv 1053,20; Mp II 306,5); rūpa-° (Vism
627,17; Sv 721,35 foll.; Ps III 137,5; It-a II 9,16); laddha-
magga-° (Mp I 44,1 o); viññānañcâyatana-° (Vism
331,26 foll); vipassanā-° (Dīp I 9; Vism 243,27 = Vibh-a
226,18; Dhp-a IV 46,17; Abhidh-s 48,10); vissaṭṭha-°
(Sv 507,31; Ps II 386,25; Mp III 59,22); vissaṭṭha-saj-
jhāya-° (Dhp-a III 239,11); vedanā-° (Sv 126,27; Mp II
13,21); vedāna-pariggaha-° (Ud-a 384,5,20; Dhp-a I
221,12); santa-paṇīta-° (~-dassan'-atthaṁ, Sp 403,2);
sappāya-° (Mp III 156,17); sabba-° (Vism 188,14; Sp
416,12,13; As 168,20; Abhidh-av-nṭ 329,23); sabb'-at-
thaka-° (Vism 97,22; Ps I 244,28); samatha-° (Vism
243,28 = Vibh-a 226,19; Mp III 356,17; Ss 103,22); sam-
ādhi-° (Mp III 275,13); suññatā-° (Dhp-a III 118,4);
sesa-° (Vism 117,18; ~-vibhāga, Nāmar-p 1296-1503).[[side 233]]

" 346862560512839680,kammaṭṭhāna,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna

, n. [Buddh. sa. karmasthāna; cf.
SWTF s.v.], occupation; — exeg.: yena kenaci ~enā ti
kasivaṇijjâdisu yena kenaci kammena, Mp V 37,10
(ad A V 83,24, q.v. infra); — atthi ... ~aṁ mahaṭṭhaṁ
... vipajjamānaṁ appaphalaṁ hoti. atthi ... ~aṁ
mahaṭṭhaṁ ... sampajjamānaṁ mahapphalaṁ hoti,
M II 197,26,28 foll.; kulaputto yena ~ena jīvikaṁ kap-
peti yadi kasiyā yadi vaṇijjāya yadi gorakkhena +,
A IV 286,3; puriso yena kenaci ~ena anāpajja akusa-
laṁ divasaṁ aḍḍhakahāpaṇaṁ nibbiseyya, V 83,24[[side 230]]
foll.; — ifc. apariccatta-° (Sv-pṭ II 296,18); kas[ī/i]-° (M II
198,19; Ps III 444,20 [°i°]); gharâvāsa-° (M II 197,19;
198,26; Ps III 444,10,20); pabajjā-° (M II 197,22; 198,3;
Ps III 445,7 [so read]); vaṇijj[ā/a]-° (M II 198,29 [so read];
Ps III 445,5 [°i°]).

" 346862101886668800,kammaṭṭhāna,en,"

²kamma-ṭṭhāna,

CPD III 231b, line 7 from bottom 1.a.(ii) read 2.a.(ii).

" 346862575016742912,kammaṭṭhānabhāva,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-bhāva

, m. [abstr.], the being a sub-
ject of meditation; ~e tiṭṭhati, Sv 89,23 (= aniccatā-
paṭisamyuttacatusaccakammaṭṭhānabhāve, Sv-pṭ I
165,25) = Ps III 222,3 (Ps-pṭ III 108,17 = prec.) = Mp V
45,6 (Mp-ṭ III 338,16 = prec).

" 346862561569804288,kammaṭṭhānabhāvanā,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-bhāvanā

, f., the cultivation of the me-
ditation subject; dhutaṅgasevanā ~ā ca āyatiṁ mag-
gaphalānaṁ upanissayo bhavissati, Sp 604,1; ~āya
ananurūpaṁ senāsanaṁ pahāya, Vibh-a 231,19; aj-
jhattarato ti gocarajjhattasaṅkhātāya ~āya rato, Dhp-a
IV 90,17 (ad Dhp 362); appamatto ti ... ~āya appa-
matto, It-a I 107,1 (ad It 28,2*); Sp-ṭ II 202,6; — ifc. ā-
nāpāna-sati-°; — °-naya, m., the method of cultivating
the meditation subject; ~ena pan' etāni paṭhavikasiṇâ-
dīni vittharato Visuddhimagge (i.e., Vism 118 foll.)
vuttān' eva, Sv 1048,19 = Ps III 261,10 = Mp V 20,19;
itaresu ... tīsu catukkesu visuṁ ~o nāma n' atthi,
Vism 287,24 = Sp 431,24; — °ânuyoga, m., the act of
devoting oneself to cultivation of the meditation subject;
paṭisambhidāppattiyā ca pāṭiyekko ~o nāma n' at-
thi, Vism 443,4; palibodhe chinditvā ~ena adhiga-
taṁ mettaṁ cittaṁ, Sp 1289,23 (ad Vin II 248,37) =
Mp V 36,3 (ad A V 80,2-3).

" 346862575754940416,kammaṭṭhānabhāvanāvidhāna,en,"

Kamma-ṭṭhāna-bhāvanā-vidhāna

, n., Direction a-
bout Cultivating the Meditation Subject; title of Vin-vn
3125-3183; ~aṁ niṭṭhitaṁ, Vin-vn 230,2.

" 346862575377453056,kammaṭṭhānabhāvanāyogyatā,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-bhāvanā-yogya-tā

, f. [abstr.], the
being suitable for the cultivation of the meditation sub-
ject; mālute upavāyante ti ādinā araññaṭṭhānassa
~aṁ vadati, Th-a II 230,8 (ad Th 544).

" 346862519756787712,kammaṭṭhānabhimukha,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānâbhimukha

, mfn [°ṭṭhāna + abhi°],
facing the meditation subject; — exeg.: parisaddo abhi-
saddena samānattho ti āha ~an ti bahiddhā puthut-
târammaṇato nivāretvā kammaṭṭhānaṁ yeva pu-
rakkhatvā ti attho, Sv-pṭ I 335,1 = Ps-pṭ II 162,9 =
Spk-pṭ I 264,9 qu. Mp-ṭ II 159,14, Sp-ṭ II 187,16; —
~aṁ satiṁ ṭhapayitvā, Vism 271,16 (ad Paṭis I 175,20)
qu. Sp 408,7 (ad Vin III 70,33; ); Paṭis-a 490,31; ~aṁ
satiṁ ṭhapetvā, pariggahitaniyyānaṁ vā katvā ti at-
tho, Mp II 294,10 (ad A I 184,14); ~aṁ satiṁ ṭhapayi-
tvā mukhasamīpe vā katvā ti attho, Sv 210,28 (ad D I
71,19; for the second explanation, cf. Vibh 252,14-16 qu.
Sv 210,30 foll.) = Ps II 216,14 (ad M I 181,15) = Spk I
238,21 (ad S I 170,15) = Mp III 202,16 (ad A II 210,34) =
Vibh-a 368,32 (ad Vibh 252,11); cf. Ud-a 188,13 sub-
stituting ārammaṇa for kammaṭṭhāna (ad Ud 27,23;
cf. Sv 210,28); ānāpānasati ca tumhākaṁ ~aṁ suṭṭhu
upaṭṭhitā hotū ti, It-a II 87,34 (ad It 80,13); — ~aṁ
cittaṁ pakkhandi, Dhp-a III 117,11; — °-tā, f. [abstr.]
the facing the meditation subject; ~āya, Vism 212,22.

" 346862519786147840,kammaṭṭhānābhimukha,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānâbhimukha

" 346862519387688960,kammaṭṭhānabhinivesa,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānâbhinivesa

, m. [°ṭṭhāna + abhi°], at-
tachment (to meditation on) the meditation subjects; bhik-
khuno vaṭṭe (i.e. purimāni dve saccāni) ~o hoti, vi-
vaṭṭe (i.e. pacchimāni [scil. saccāni]) n' atthi abhini-
veso, Sv 801,31 (ad D II 312,1; vaṭṭe ~o sarūpato pa-
riggahasabbhāvato, Sv-pṭ II 433,5) = Spk III 123,24
(ad S V 8,31; = kammaṭṭhānapaṭipatti, Spk-pṭ II 399,21)
= Vibh-a 116,24 (ad Vibh 104,40).

" 346862519400271872,kammaṭṭhānābhinivesa,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānâbhinivesa

" 346862576124039168,kammaṭṭhānabhūta,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-bhūta

, mfn., being the meditation
subject; ~o kesâdiko, Ud-a 189,30 (ad Ud 28,3); ~aṁ
ārammaṇaṁ uttaruttarayogakammassa padaṭṭhā-
natāya ~aṁ bhāvanāvīthiṁ (so read with Be; EeCe
°vidhiṁ) ca yathākkamaṁ samathavipassanânuk-
kamena pavakkhāmī ti, Abhidh-s-mhṭ 196,4,6 (ad
Abhidh-s 45,2); Maṇis II 497,24.

" 346862515805753344,kammaṭṭhānacariya,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānâcariya

, m. [°ṭṭhāna + ācar°], medi-
tation subject teacher; Mahātissatthero ... me ~o,
Mp I 42,21.

" 346862515818336256,kammaṭṭhānācariya,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānâcariya

, m. [°ṭṭhāna + ācar°], medi-
tation subject teacher; Mahātissatthero ... me ~o,
Mp I 42,21.

" 346862516132909056,kammaṭṭhānacikkhana,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānâcikkhana

, n. [°ṭṭhāna + ācikkh°],
the act of announcing the meditation subject; kilese nig-
gaṇha bhikkhū ti Dhammaraṅṅo ~aṁ, As 246,9.

" 346862516149686272,kammaṭṭhānācikkhana,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānâcikkhana

, n. [°ṭṭhāna + ācikkh°],
the act of announcing the meditation subject; kilese nig-
gaṇha bhikkhū ti Dhammaraṅṅo ~aṁ, As 246,9.

" 346862566464557056,kammaṭṭhānacitta,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-citta

, n., the thought of the medita-
tion subject; Buddhâdīsu aṅṅatarasmiṁ ṭhāne ~aṁ
ṭhapetabbaṁ, Spk III 205,25 (ad S III 156,19).

" 346862568821755904,kammaṭṭhānadāyaka,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-dāyaka

, m., the donor of a medita-
tion subject; — exeg.: imaṁ duvidhaṁ kammaṭṭhā-
naṁ yo deti ayaṁ ~o nāma, Vism 98,16; ~aṁ kalyā-
ṇamittaṁ upasaṅkamitvā, 89,26 = 97,21 = 115,8 qu.
As 168,7 = Mp II 76,25; Abhidh-av-nṭ 329,23 foll.

" 346862516858523648,kammaṭṭhānadhirājan,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānâdhirāja(n)

, m. [°na + adhi°], the sov-
ereign among the meditation subjects; qualifies ānâpā-
nasati (cf. ¹kammaṭṭhāna); ānāpānasatiṁ ... ~ānaṁ
bhāvento, Nāmar-p 1256.
kamma-ṭṭhānâdhirājan

" 346862516875300864,kammaṭṭhānādhirājan,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānâdhirāja(n)

" 346862569123745792,kammaṭṭhanadipani,en,"

Kammaṭṭhana-dipani

, f.; title of work ascribed to
Sāriputta:Piṭ-sm § 364 (cf. JPTS XXIV 1997: 173).

" 346862509442994176,kammaṭṭhānadividhipucchanatthaṃ,en,"

kammaṭṭhānâdi-vidhi-pucchana'-tthaṁ

, ²ind.
[°ṭṭhāna + ādi], to ask for instructions about the medita-
tion subject, etc.; (scil. ācaryaṁ) ~ upasaṅkameyyā ti,
Pj II 333,10.

" 346862509463965696,kammaṭṭhānādividhipucchanatthaṃ,en,"

kammaṭṭhānâdi-vidhi-pucchana'-tthaṁ

, ²ind.
[°ṭṭhāna + ādi], to ask for instructions about the medita-
tion subject, etc.; (scil. ācaryaṁ) ~ upasaṅkameyyā ti,
Pj II 333,10.

" 346862559644618752,kammaṭṭhānagahaṇaniddesa,en,"

Kamma-ṭṭhāna-gahaṇa-niddesa

, m., ""Exposition of
(how) to acquire a meditation subject;"" title of Vism 84-
117; ~o nāma tatiyo paricchedo, Vism 117,33; Visud-
dhimagge ~e, Ss 71,14; — °-vaṇṇanā, f., exegesis of
prec.; title of Vism-mhṭ I 107,1-138,27.

" 346862564891693056,kammaṭṭhānagahaṇatthaṃ,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-gahaṇ'-atthaṁ

, ²ind. [cf. kammaṭ-
ṭhānatthāya, q.v.], to acquire a meditation subject; Bud-
dhassa ... kale dvikkhattuṁ sannipāto pure vassû-
panāyikāya ca ~ vutthavassānañ ca adhigataguṇâ-
rocanatthaṁ uparikammaṭṭhānagahaṇatthaṁ ca, Sp
197,30 (ad Vin III 10,27); Buddhakāle ... vassûpanā-
yikāya ~ vutthavassā ca gahitakammaṭṭhānânuyo-
gena nibbattitavisesârocanatthaṁ, Sv 581,17 (cf. Sv
1053,12 foll., q.v. s.v. ²kammaṭṭhāna); ~ agar amha,
Sv 1053,18.

" 346862563566292992,kammaṭṭhānagaṇanāpariccheda,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-gaṇanā-pariccheda

, m., the section
(of Vin-vn) dealing with the enumeration of the medita-
tion subjects; imina ~o dassito, Vin-vn-ṭ II 377,8 (ad
Vin-vn 3127-28).

" 346862564560343040,kammaṭṭhānagantha,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-gantha

, m., the text constituting the
meditation subject; kammaṭṭhānassa uggaṇhanan ti
~assa uggaṇhanaṁ, Sp-ṭ II 205,23 (ad Sp 418,2) =
Vmv I 214,13; gūḷhaṁ ganthan ti ~aṁ, Vism-mhṭ I
134,2 (ad Vism 115,32).[[side 234]]

" 346862564212215808,kammaṭṭhānagatacitta,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-gata-citta

, n., the mind absorbed in
(meditation on) the meditation subject; bhikkhumhi ~e-
na nipanne niddāyante vā, Vjb 519,9 (ad Sp 1196,17)
qu. Sp-ṭ III 378,14.

" 346862565663444992,kammaṭṭhanagga,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhan'-agga

, n., = kammaṭṭhānasīsa, q.v.

" 346862566057709568,kammaṭṭhānaggahaṇa,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-ggahaṇa

, n., the act of taking a me-
ditation subject; imesu pana ~esū ti ettha ~ena ya-
thârahaṁ ārammaṇānaṁ, Vism-mhṭ I 132,23 (ad
Vism 114,12).

" 346862565281763328,kammaṭṭhānagocara,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-gocara

, m., (kamadh.) the object con-
stituted by the meditation subject; for gocara = āram-
maṇa (cf. CPD II 158a: 5); na samādhismiṁ gocara-
kusalo ti ~e c"" eva, Spk II 353,5 (ad S III 275,15), (go-
care kammaṭṭhānasaññite [q.v.], Spk-pṭ II 279,10).

" 346862561217482752,kammaṭṭhānaka,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-ka

, m.(fn) [cf. kammaṭṭhānika, q.v.],
devoted to (meditation on) the meditation subject; ~o
dhutaṅgadharo, Pj II 333,10.

" 346862562832289792,kammaṭṭhānakammikā,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-kammikā

, (m)f(n)., devoted to (me-
ditation on) the meditation subject; tasmiṁ upassaye
~ā bhikkhuniyo atthi, Spk III 205,7 (= kammaṭṭhā-
nam anuyuttā, Spk-pṭ II 472,26).

" 346862563184611328,kammaṭṭhānakāraka,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-kāraka

, mfn., performing (medita-
tion on) the meditation subject; ~o ayan ti jānitvā,
Vism 99,1; abbreviated cpd. for °yogakammakāraka,
cf. Vism-mhṭ I 120,8: kārakabhāvaṁ yogakammassa
(ad Vism 98,32).

" 346862562358333440,kammaṭṭhānakathā,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-kathā

, f., = prec.; ~ā pana Visud-
dhimagge (i.e., Vism 347,21 foll.) vitthāritā, Sv 771,2;
nisīdatha ... ~aṁ ācikkhissāmī ti, Ps IV 39,14; ~āya
vā bhāvanānayena vā pālivaṇṇanāya vā yaṁ vat-
tabbaṁ siyā taṁ sabbaṁ Visuddhimagge (i.e., Vism
295 foll.) vuttam eva, Mp II 306,6; Vibh-a 249,18; —
ifc. catu-sacca-° (Sv-pṭ II 357,7); brahma-vihāra-° (Sv
405,31); — °-vinicchaya, m., (karmadh.) a determina-
tion in the form of an exposition of the meditation sub-
jects; ayaṁ kammaṭṭhānaṁ gahetvā (cf. Vism 89,28)
ti ettha ~o (so read; BeEe °kathā vin°), Vism 115,6.

" 346862561964068864,kammaṭṭhānakathana,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-kathana

, n., exposition of meditation
subjects; bhikkhūnaṁ mettacittena ācārapaññattisi-
khāpanaṁ ~aṁ dhammadesanā tepiṭakam pi bud-
dha vacanaṁ mettaṁ vacīkammaṁ nāma, Sv 531,33
= Mp III 338,17; — ifc. arūpa-° (Sv-pṭ II 329,29); Bud-
dhânussati-° (Mp II 19,10,27 [so read]).

" 346862504053313536,kammaṭṭhānamala,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-mala

, m., a stain on the meditation
subject; uppanne uppanne ~e ākāsenâgantvā malaṁ
vinodesi, Sp 965,26; uppanne uppanne ~e te pi bhik-
khū Bhagavato santikaṁ gantvā pucchanti ... Bha-
gavā ... malaṁ vinodeti, Ps II 192,19.

" 346862503650660352,kammaṭṭhānamanasikāra,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-manasikāra

, m., mental concentra-
tion on the meditation subject; assa āraddhamatte ~e
Indâsani viya pabbate kilesapabbate cuṇṇiyamānaṁ
yeva ñāṇaṁ pavattati (so read), Sp 968,17; ~vasena
tuṇhībhāvo ariyo tuṇhibhāvo nāma, 1364,4 (ad Vin
V 163,8); vitakke appacchinne ~assa okaso na hoti,
Ps II 91,19; jāgariyaṁ anuyutto rattindivaṁ ~e yut-
tappayutto, It-a I 172,14 (ad It 41,11); suññâgāraṁ
paviṭṭhassa ... ~ena nisinnassa, Dhp-a IV 110,6 (ad
Dhp 373); Ud-a 384,4; Pj II 53,28; Ap-a 144,24; — ifc.
sesa-° (Mp IV 71,27); — °-uddesa-paripucchâdi,
mfn. [pucchā + ādi], mental concentration on the medi-
tation subject, instruction, interrogation, and the like;
antarākathā ti ~īnaṁ antarā añṅā (so read) ekā ka-
thā, Sv 49,25 (ad D I 2,25) = Ps II 169,14 (ad M I 161,25)
-Ud-a 103,8 (ad Ud 11,7).

" 346862504376274944,kammaṭṭhānamukha,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-mukha

, n., = kammaṭṭhānasīsa, q.v.

" 346862569509621760,kammaṭṭhānanaya,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-naya

, n., guide for (meditation on)
the meditation subjects; ~aṁ yam āha Sugato, Nā-
mar-p 1502.

" 346862569778057216,kammaṭṭhānanaya,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-naya

, m., the system of meditation
subjects; ~o, Spk III 17,21.

" 346862563889254400,kammaṭṭhānaniddesa,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-niddesa

, m., exposition of the medi-
tation subject; ifc. anussati-°; asubha-°; kāyagatāsa-
ti-° (Vism 353,8); mettā-° (Mp V 83,3).

" 346862570054881280,kammaṭṭhānanimitta,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-nimitta

, n., (karmadh.) the mental
image constituted by the meditation subject; so bhikkhu
taṁ ~aṁ āsevati, Vibh-a 260,24 (ad Vibh 200,10).

" 346862570621112320,kammaṭṭhānanirata,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-nirata

, mfn., attached to the medita-
tion subject; cittaṁ pasīdati ti ~aṁ bhāvanācittaṁ
sandhāyâha, Spk-pṭ I 72,21 (ad Spk I 28,9).

" 346862570923102208,kammaṭṭhanantaraya,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhan'-antaraya

, m., a hindrance to (medita-
tion on) the meditation subject; visabhāgasaddasaṅ-
ghaṭṭanena ~aṁ karonti, Vism 120,6 qu. Sp-ṭ II 207,23.

" 346862518481719296,kammaṭṭhānanurūpa,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānânurūpa

, mfn. [°ṭṭhāna + anu°], be-
ing in accordance with the meditation subject; ~aṁ ñā-
ṇaṁ, Ap-a 541,3.

" 346862518490107904,kammaṭṭhānānurūpa,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānânurūpa

, mfn. [°ṭṭhāna + anu°], be-
ing in accordance with the meditation subject; ~aṁ ñā-
ṇaṁ, Ap-a 541,3.

" 346862517693190144,kammaṭṭhānanuyoga,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānânuyoga

, m. [°ṭṭhāna + anu°], the act
of practicing (meditation on) the meditation subject;
~amhi na uppādeti mānasaṁ, Vism 15,4*; saddhañ
ca + vaḍḍhetvā ~e yogo karaṇīyo, Vism 177,29; n' â-
timaññitabbo, kiṁ ~ena ti n' âvajānitabbo, Sp 1364,6
(ad Vin V 163,8-9); ~o jāto, Spk II 335,19; ~e kālavi-
passī, It-a I 173,14 (ad It 41,8); Ud-a 321,9; — °-vasa,
m.; ~ena, It-a I 74,19; Pj II 373,23; — ifc. asubha-°; ud-
desa-paripucchā-° (~âdi, Sp 1227,16); gahita-° (Sv
581,18); — °tthāya, ²ind., to practice (meditation on) the
meditation subject; ~ nisīdatha, Pj II 337,31; — °-lad-
dha, mfn., obtained through practicing (meditation on)
the meditation subject; ~āya vimuttiyā, Spk-pṭ I 143,14
(ad Spk I 104,22); — °-sappāya-tā, f. [abstr.], suitabili-
ty for practicing (meditation on) the meditation subject;
— ifc. sabba-° (Vism 79,13; Vism-mhṭ I 103,7).

" 346862517709967360,kammaṭṭhānānuyoga,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānânuyoga

" 346862518087454720,kammaṭṭhananuyogin,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhananuyogi(n)

, mfn. [°ṭṭhāna + anu°],
practicing (meditation on) the meditation subject; ~ino
viya attasanniyyātanena, Pj I 17,2.
kamma-ṭṭhananuyogin

" 346862517294731264,kammaṭṭhānanuyuñjana,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānânuyuñjana

, n. [°ṭṭhāna + anu°], the
act of devoting oneself to (meditation on) the meditation
subject; ~assa kārake, Spk-pṭ II 324,13 (ad Spk III 5,29).

" 346862517307314176,kammaṭṭhānānuyuñjana,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānânuyuñjana

, n. [°ṭṭhāna + anu°], the
act of devoting oneself to (meditation on) the meditation
subject; ~assa kārake, Spk-pṭ II 324,13 (ad Spk III 5,29).

" 346862516468453376,kammaṭṭhānapāḷi,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-pāḷi

, f., canonical text constituting a
meditation subject; ~iyā ... tad atthasallakkhaṇena
vācuggatakaraṇaṁ uggaho, Sv-pṭ II 433,8); — °-ā-
rūḷha, mfn., transmitted in the canonical text constitut-
ing the meditation subject; samādhi yeva samādhini-
mittan ti ~o samādhi, Sv-pṭ III 326,30 (ad Sv 1033,13-
14); — °-dhamma, m., the thing viz. the canonical text
constituting the meditation subject; tasmiṁ dhamme ti
tasmiṁ ~e, Sv 1033,20 (ad D III 242,28: tasmiṁ dham-
me atthapaṭisaṁvedī, cf. W. GEIGER, Pāli dhamma,
1920: 62) = Mp III 231,6 (ad A III 23,22).

" 346862570331705344,kammaṭṭhānaparāyana,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-parāyana

, mfn., having one's goal in
the meditation subject; Satthu santike pabbajitvā ~o
(°ṇo) ahosi, Ps V 86,29 = Spk II 375,27; — ifc. upa-
kāra-° (Ps I 59,3; Mp I 330,27).

" 346862573120917504,kammaṭṭhānapariccāga,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-pariccāga

, m., giving up the medita-
tion subject; kammaṭṭhānikassa calanaṁ nāma ~o,
Ps-pṭ I 170,2 (ad Ps I 78,6-7) qu. Mp-ṭ III 128,23 (ad
Mp III 396,28).

" 346862572525326336,kammaṭṭhānaparigaha,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-parigaha

, m., = prec.; pubbe parig-
gahato ti ~ato pubbe, Sv-pṭ II 435,23 (ad Sv 802,11).

" 346862572168810496,kammaṭṭhānaparigaṇhana,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-parigaṇhana

, n., the act of holding
on to one's meditation subject; rakkhitatto ~ato rak-
khitacitto, Th-a II 20,16 (ad Th 142).

" 346862572827316224,kammaṭṭhānapariggāhaka,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-pariggāhaka

, mfn., holding on to the
meditation subject; ~ānaṁ satisampajaññānaṁ abhā-
vā, Kv-a 208,24.

" 346862574047858688,kammaṭṭhānapariharaṇa,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-pariharaṇa

, n., the act of guarding
one's meditation subject; ~assa c' ettha atthasiddhattā
kāyapariharaṇan tv eva vuttaṁ, Sv-pṭ II 374,16 foll.;
nipako ti ~e kusalo,Th-a I 192,23; — °-ñāṇa, n.,
knowledge of how to guard one's meditation subject; ne-
pakkaṁ ... imina tesaṁ ~aṁ dasseti, It-a I 169,24 (ad
It 39,19*); — °-paññā-saṅkhāta, mfn., otherwise called
knowledge of how to guard one's meditation subject; sat-
taṭṭhāniyasampajaññasaṅkhātena c' eva ~ena ca ne-
pakkena samanāgatattā nipako, It-a I 106,31 (ad It
28,1*); — °ûpāya, m., a means of guarding one's medi-
tation subject; ātāpena sammappadhānaṁ satisam-
pajaṅñena sabbatthakakammaṭṭhānaṁ ~o vā, Sv
759,25 (ad D II 290,13) = Ps I 244,29 (ad M I 56,4) =
Vibh-a 220,35 (ad Vibh 193,5) qu. Paṭis-a 177,15;
Vibh-a 263,12.[[side 235]]

" 346862573427101696,kammaṭṭhānaparipālaka,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-paripālaka

, mfn., carefully guarding
the meditation subject; ~ena pariggahetvā, Spk-pṭ II
113,12 (ad Spk II 110,31).

" 346862573745868800,kammaṭṭhānaparipucchanā,en,"

[

kamma-ṭṭhāna-paripucchanā

, f., reading of Ee at
Sp 418,2 for °ṭṭhānassa pari°, which read with BeCe, cf.
Vism 277,31]

" 346862571862626304,kammaṭṭhānapathavī,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-pathavī

, f., the track constituted by
the meditation subject; mahāhatthipathaṁ nīharanto
viyā ti ~iṁ mahāhatthipathaṁ katvā, Sp-ṭ II 203,29
(ad Sp 417,22; cf. Vism 99,16).

" 346862571548053504,kammaṭṭhānapaṭibaddha,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-paṭibaddha

, mfn., (a discourse) con-
cerning the meditation subject; idha pana ~ā ti āha
kammaṭṭhāne ... kathā, Ps-pṭ II 269,1 (ad Ps II 346,28)
qu. Mp-ṭ III 9,18.

" 346862571204120576,kammaṭṭhānapaṭipatti,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-paṭipatti

, f., the act of practicing
(meditation on) the meditation subjects; explains kam-
maṭṭhānâbhinivesa, q.v.; ~i, Spk-pṭ II 399,21.

" 346862574685392896,kammaṭṭhānappabheda,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-ppabheda

, m., variety of meditation
subjects; idaṁ ~e muddhabhūtaṁ (so read with v.l.)
... ānāpānasatikammaṭṭhānaṁ, Vism 269,21 = Sp
406,7 (Ee w.r. buddhabhūtaṁ) qu. Paṭis-a 489,9.

" 346862574345654272,kammaṭṭhānappanā,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhān'-appanā

, f., the act of fixing, concen-
trating (the mind) on the meditation subject; exeg. (one
of the five sandhis of the kammaṭṭhāna): appanā nā-
ma ~ā, Sp 418,4 (Sp-ṭ II 205,27 qu. Vmv I 214,16).

" 346862520167829504,kammaṭṭhānarambha,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānârambha

, m. [°ṭṭhāna + āram°], the
act of starting (meditation) on the meditation subject;
~ato na cirena, Ud-a 174,11 (ad Ud 23,22) = Sp-ṭ III
292,4 (ad Vin I 183,12 = prec).

" 346862520176218112,kammaṭṭhānārambha,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānârambha

, m. [°ṭṭhāna + āram°], the
act of starting (meditation) on the meditation subject;
~ato na cirena, Ud-a 174,11 (ad Ud 23,22) = Sp-ṭ III
292,4 (ad Vin I 183,12 = prec).

" 346862514773954560,kammaṭṭhānarammaṇa,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānârammaṇa

, n. [°ṭṭhāna + āram°],
(karmadh.) the object constituted by the meditation sub-
ject; ārammaṇe ti ~e, Sv-pṭ II 380,3 (ad Sv 763,9*) =
Ps-pṭ I 348,24 (ad Ps I 247,35* = prec.) = Sp-ṭ II 186,9
(ad Sp 406,3* = prec.) = Vism-mhṭ I 305,8 (ad Vism
269,17* = prec.) = Spk-pṭ II 346,5 (ad Spk III 66,6* ≠
prec); — gocarajjhattabhūte ~e, Ud-a 374,29 (ad Ud
77,25; v. s.v. kammaṭṭhānâbhimukha); gocarajjhatta-
saṅkhāte ~e, It-a II 120,14 (ad It 94,2).

" 346862514782343168,kammaṭṭhānārammaṇa,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānârammaṇa

" 346862493861154816,kammaṭṭhānasabhāva,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-sabhāva

, m., the essential nature of
the meditation subject; — exeg.: ~assa lakkhaṇaṁ ten-
âha ""~an ti vuttaṁ hoti (= Vism 278,3),"" Sp-ṭ II 205,29
(ad Sp 418,5) qu. Vmv I 214,18; — °ûpadhāraṇa, n.
[sabhāva + upa°], the act of paying attention to the
essential nature of the meditation subject; evaṁlakkha-
ṇaṁ (so read) idaṁ kammaṭṭhānan ti ~an ti vuttaṁ
hoti, Vism 278,3 = Sp 418,6 qu. Paṭis-a 494,15, Sp-ṭ II
205,30, Vmv I 214,18.

" 346862513800876032,kammaṭṭhānasahāya,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-sahāya

, m., having ones meditation
subject as a companion; — ifc. cira-° (Ja I 400,23).

" 346862513473720320,kammaṭṭhānasallakkhaṇavasappavatta,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-sallakkhaṇa-vasa-ppavatta

, mfn.,
resulting from the realization of the meditation subject;
satiyā ti sammad eva ~āya satiyā, Vism-mhṭ I 315,7
(ad Vism 269,17*) qu. Sp-ṭ II 186,9 (ad Sp 406,2* = Vism
269,17*); cf. Sv-pṭ II 380,2: kammaṭṭhānassa sallak-
khaṇavasena pavattāya satiyā (ad Sv 763,9* = prec).

" 346862510374129664,kammaṭṭhānasaṃkhāta,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-saṁkhāta

, mfn., (the object [goca-
ra]) otherwise denoted ""meditation subject;"" aṭṭhattiṁ-
sāya kammaṭṭhānesu attano cittaruciyaṁ ~aṁ go-
caraṁ uggahetvā, Sv 185,32 (Sv-pṭ I 316,27) = Ps I
254,30 (Ps-pṭ I 355,16 = prec.) = Spk III 184,6 (Spk-pṭ
II 459,2 = prec.) = Vibh-a 349,8; ajjhattaṁ samayaṁ
cittan ti yathāvutte ~e gocarajjhatte attano cittaṁ ...
samento, It-a II 92,13 (ad It 82,7*); ~o cittassa upani-
bandhanaṭṭhānabhūto gocaro upanibandhanagoca-
ro, Vism-mhṭ 144,30 (ad Vism 18,17).

" 346862513033318400,kammaṭṭhānasampattijānana,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-sampatti-jānana

, n., knowledge of
attainment of the meditation subject; ~ena sampajāno,
Ps IV 163,5 (ad M III 114,25).

" 346862510936166400,kammaṭṭhānasaṅgaha,en,"

Kammaṭṭhāna-saṅgaha

, m.; title of a work ascribed
to Sāriputta in the colophon of the Abhidh-s-sn (cf.
JPTS XXIV 1997:173, 178).

" 346862511535951872,kammaṭṭhānasaṅgahavibhāga,en,"

Kammaṭṭhāna-saṅgaha-vibhāga

, m., ""Analysis of
the classification of meditation subjects;"" title of the 9th
chapter of Abhidh-av 60-63.

" 346862512039268352,kammaṭṭhānasaññita,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-saññita

, mfn., (the object [gocara])
denoted ""meditation subject;"" gocare ~e pavattiṭṭhāne,
Spk-pṭ II 279,11 (ad S III 275,26; cf. Spk II 353,4-5) =
Mp-ṭ III 101,8 (ad A III 354,29-30; cf. Mp III 354,25 foll).

" 346862512580333568,kammaṭṭhānasappāya,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-sappāya

, mfn., fit for (meditation on)
a meditation subject; ye ca tattha ~ā (Ee w.r.) tesaṁ
kammaṭṭhānaṁ kathessāmi, Spk III 77,16 (kammaṭ-
ṭhānânuyogo sappāyo yesaṁ te ~ā, Spk-pṭ II 357,4);
anulomāni ~āni, Ps III 187,26 (Ps-pṭ III 84,8); — °-tā,f
[abstr. of prec], the being fit for (meditation on) a medi-
tation subject; sace kammaṭṭhāniko ~aṁ (so read with
BeCe) sallakkhetvā, Sp 1226,9 qu. Pālim 284,14.

" 346862521010884608,kammaṭṭhānasevanā,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānâsevanā

, f. [°ṭṭhāna + āse°], practice
of the meditation subject; āsevanāyā ti ~āya, Spk III
227,2 (ad S V 169,16).

" 346862521023467520,kammaṭṭhānāsevanā,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānâsevanā

, f. [°ṭṭhāna + āse°], practice
of the meditation subject; āsevanāyā ti ~āya, Spk III
227,2 (ad S V 169,16).

" 346862514182557696,kammaṭṭhānasīsa,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-sīsa

, n. [cf. kammaṭṭhānagga, kam-
maṭṭhānamukha, qq.v.], (karmadh.) the meditation sub-
ject as the main point (cf. PED s.v. sīsa² 5); — exeg.:
~enā ti kammaṭṭhānena sīsabhūtena, taṁ uttamaṅ-
gaṁ pamānaṁ kāraṇaṁ katvā, Vism-mhṭ I 203,24
(ad Vism 181,31: ~ena pana gacchantena ekakena a-
dutiyena mūlakammaṭṭhānaṁ avissajjetvā); ~en'
eva pattacīvaraṁ ādāya, Sv 186,17 foll. (= kammaṭ-
ṭhānamukhen' eva, kammaṭṭhānaṁ avijahanto eva,
Sv-pṭ I 317,7) = Ps I 255,12 foll. (= kammaṭṭhānaggen'
eva, kammaṭṭhānaṁ pamānaṁ katvā evā ti, Ps-pṭ I
355,23) = Spk III 184,22 foll. (Spk-pṭ II 459,10 = Sv-pṭ I
317,7) = Vibh-a 349,23 foll.; cīvaratthāya gacchantassa
pana kattha labhissāmī ti acintetvā ~en' eva gama-
naṁ gamanasantoso nāma, Sv 1011,31 = Mp III 49,7;
Sv 1015,1 = Mp III 54,2; tesaṁ anuggahāya asubha-
kathaṁ kathesi ~ena, Sp 398,2 (ad Vin III 68,6); ~ena,
Dhp-a III 159,14.[[side 237]]

" 346862515478597632,kammaṭṭhānasodhanatthaṃ,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-sodhan'-atthaṁ

, ²ind. in order to pu-
rify the meditation subject; ~ antarantarā Bhagavantaṁ
upasaṅkamitvā, Ps-pṭ III 181,13 (ad Ps III 398,11-13).

" 346862515071750144,kammaṭṭhānasuddhika,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-suddhika

, mfn., (one who has) puri-
fied the meditation subject; uttariṁ vāyamamāno ~o
hutvā arahattaṁ pāpuṇāti, Sv 839,26 (ad D III 46,2-3).

" 346862514484547584,kammaṭṭhānasuta,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-suta

, n., knowledge about (how to
proceed with meditation on) the meditation subject; idha
sutavatā ti ~aṁ, Spk II 334,15 (ad S III 169,5; ~-vase-
na nipphajjanato sutan ti, Spk-pṭ II 260,4).

" 346862567332777984,kammaṭṭhānatā,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-tā

, f. [abstr.]; — ifc. aṭṭhika-° (Sv-pṭ
II 441,20); appanā-° (Sv-pṭ II 441,22).

" 346862567047565312,kammaṭṭhānatanti,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-tanti

, f., the canonical text constitut-
ing the meditation subject; vacasā sajjhāyena hi ~i pa-
guṇā (so read; Ee w.r. °tan ti) hoti, Vism 243,2 qu.
Vibh-a 225,27 (Ee w.r. °tan ti); pariyattin (so read; Be
°ī) ti ~i (Be so; Ee °ṭṭhānan ti), Sv-pṭ III 306,11 (ad Sv
1020,21: pariyattiṁ uggahetvā).

" 346862567609602048,kammaṭṭhānathambha,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-thambha

, m., (kamadh.) the pillar
constituted by the meditation subject; satiyottena ~e ...
taṁ nibandhissāmi, Th-a II 152,8 (ad Th 359).

" 346862567899009024,kammaṭṭhānatthaṃ,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhān'-atthaṁ

, ²ind., for the sake of the me-
ditation subject; ~ ca ""sukhino vā khemino hontū"" (=
Kkh IX 3c) ti, Pj I 244,9.

" 346862566774935552,kammaṭṭhānaṭṭhāna,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-ṭṭhāna

, n., the subject constituting
the meditation subject; ~e patiṭṭhapetvāna cittam,
Saddh 493.

" 346862568180027392,kammaṭṭhānatthāya,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-'tthāya

, ²ind. [cf. kammaṭṭhānaga-
haṇatthaṁ, q.v.] = prec.; ~ āgacchanti, Sv 1053,15.

" 346862568490405888,kammaṭṭhānatthika,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhān'-atthika

, mfn., being in need of medi-
tation subjects; ~ā pan' ettha bhikkhuniyo atthi, Spk
II 175,10 (Spk-pṭ II 163,4).

" 346862560852578304,kammaṭṭhānauggahaparipucchā,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-uggaha-paripucchā

, f. [cf. kam-
maṭṭhānaparipucchanā, q.v.], learning and asking que-
stions about the me[ā/a]itation subject; ~-vasena, Ps II 132,1
(ad M I 144,14); 133,5.

" 346862505655537664,kammaṭṭhānavidhāna,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-vidhāna

, n., direction about the me-
ditation subject; — ifc. uggahita-° (Vism 123,27 [v.l.
uggahitaṁ kam°]).

" 346862506259517440,kammaṭṭhānavidhi,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-vidhi

, m., = prec.; uggahetabbato
uggaho. sabbo pi ~i, na pubbe vutta-uggahamat-
taṁ, Sp-ṭ II 210,23 (ad Sp 418,18); — w.r. at Vism-mhṭ
I 120,28 for °vīthi, q.v.

" 346862505957527552,kammaṭṭhānavidhi,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-vidhi

, f., direction (for meditation
on) the meditation subjects; ~iṁ ñatvā, Nāmar-p 1482.[[side 236]]

" 346862509057118208,kammaṭṭhānavihāra,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-vihāra

, m., the act of abiding in the me-
ditation subject; anupassanāya ~ena kammaṭṭhānikas-
sa kāyapariharaṇaṁ, Vibh-a 263,10 (cf. Sv 759,22-23).

" 346862520629202944,kammaṭṭhānavijahana,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānâvijahana

, n. [°ṭṭhāna + avi°], the act
of not abandoning the meditation subject; ~am (so read)
eva gocarasampajaññan ti veditabbaṁ, Sv 197,25 =
Ps I 265,1 = Spk III 194,12 = Vibh-a 359,14; — °-vasa,
m.; ~ena, Sv 198,17 foll. = Ps I 265,25 foll. = Spk III
195,5 foll. = Vibh-a 360,2 foll.; sabbattha sabbadā ca
~ena sati-avippavāsena sa to, It-a I 173,1 (ad It 41,7);
— °-hetu-bhūta, mfn., being the cause of not aban-
dotting the meditation subject; ~āya satiyā, It-a I 169,25
(ad It 39,20).[[side 238]]

" 346862520645980160,kammaṭṭhānāvijahana,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānâvijahana

" 346862505324187648,kammaṭṭhānavikkhepa,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-vikkhepa

, m., disturbance of (medi-
tation on) the meditation subject; bhikkhaṁ dātuṁ
vandituṁ vā agate manusse dīghâyukā hothā ti va-
canamattenā pi ~o ahosī ti, Sv 190,13 = Ps I 256,28 =
Spk III 188,3 = Vibh-a 352,31 ≠ Pj II 56,28.

" 346862507383590912,kammaṭṭhānavimutti,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-vimutti

, f., release (of the mind ob-
tained) through (meditation on) the meditation subject;
vimuttacitto ti ~iyā vimuttacitto, Spk I 104,22 (on S I
46,23*; = kammaṭṭhānânuyogaladdhāya vimuttiyā,
Spk-pṭ I 143,14).

" 346862506611838976,kammaṭṭhānavinicchaya,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-vinicchaya

, m., the determination of
the meditation subjects; ... cariyânukūlato ti imehi tā-
va dasahi ākārehi ~o veditabbo, Vism 110,19; vat-
tasīse ṭhatvā dhammakathaṁ vā ~aṁ vā, Vibh-a
312,21 (ad Vibh 227,9).

" 346862491130662912,kammaṭṭhānavinimutta,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-vinimutta

, mfn., without a medita-
tion subject; dhammakathā hi ~ā nāma n' atthi, Sv
187,6 (Sv-pṭ I 317,23) = Ps I 255,34 (Ps-pṭ I 356,3 =
prec.) = Spk III 185,12 (Spk-pṭ II 359,21 = prec.) =
Vibh-a 350,9; ~aṁ cittaṁ, Sv-pṭ II 344,31 (ad Sv 737,5).

" 346862506993520640,kammaṭṭhānavippayutta,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-vippayutta

, mfn., disconnected from
the meditation subject; kammaṭṭhānaṁ manasikaron-
to va gacchati na ~ena cittena pādaṁ uddharati, Sv
189,12 = Ps I 257,29 = Spk III 187,4 = Vibh-a 352,2 qu.
Ap-a 145,25; — °-citta, n., the mind being disconnected
from the meditation subject; ~ena pādan na uddharati,
Pj II 55,29.

" 346862508327309312,kammaṭṭhānaviruddha,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-viruddha

, mfn., in contradiction with
the meditation subject; mayaṁ bhante ~aṁ na paṭipaj-
jāmā ti, Ps-pṭ II 184,5 (ad Ps II 243,2) qu. Sp-ṭ III 359,27.

" 346862508700602368,kammaṭṭhānavisodhana,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-visodhana

, n., the act of purifying
the meditation subject; tato ~ena samathanipphatti,
Ps-pṭ II 269,24 qu. Mp-ṭ III 10,11.

" 346862509887590400,kammaṭṭhānavīthi,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-vīthi

, f., the road constituted by the
meditation subjects; gatâgatamaggapaccavekkhaṇā vī-
thisampaṭipādanatthā (= Vism 181,19-21 qu. the Aṭ-
ṭhakathās) ti ... sa ~iyā sampaṭipādanatthā, Vism
187,28 (Vism-mhṭ I 209,14,15); Vism-mhṭ I 203,17 (ad
Vism 181,20); yassa ... sarīrato sedā muccanti ~iṁ n'
ārohati, Sv 187,27 (= khudāparissamena kilantakā-
yattā samādhānâbhāvato, Sv-pṭ I 318,1 (°aṁ vīthiṁ)
= Ps I 256,20 (°aṁ vīthiṁ) = Spk III 185,32 (°aṁ vī-
thiṁ); bhikkhuno ... rūpâdīsu ārammaṇesu anuvi-
saṭaṁ cittaṁ ~iṁ otarituṁ na icchati kūṭagoṇayut-
taratho viya uppatham eva dhāvati, Sv 762,20 = Ps I
247,17; hīnaviriyatāya tava cittaṁ ~iṁ (so read; Ee °i)
na ppaṭivijjhati, Th-a I 94,4 (ad Th 29); ~iṁ mahāhat-
thimaggaṁ katvā dassento viya, Vmv I 214,7 (v. s.v.
kammaṭṭhānapatha vī).

" 346862508025319424,kammaṭṭhānaviyoga,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-viyoga

, m., disconnection from the
meditation subject; thero ... ekapaduddhāre pi ~aṁ
na passāmī ti āha, Ps I 79,20 qu. Mp-ṭ III 130,4.

" 346862505034780672,kammaṭṭhānayoga,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-yoga

, m., concentration on the medi-
tation subject; so yogī kālakovido ti eso ... ~e niyut-
to, Nidd-a II 470,16 (ad Nidd I 508,12*).

" 346862504707624960,kammaṭṭhānayutta,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhāna-yutta

, mfn., concentrated on the me-
ditation subject; ~en' eva cittena pādaṁ uddharanto,
Sv 190,6 = Sv 191,7 = Vibh-a 353,19; — °-citta, n., the
mind concentrated on the meditation subject; so ... ~ena
va samaṇadhammaṁ karonto ... arahattaṁ pāpuṇi,
Sv 189,20 = Ps I 258,5 (~en' eva) = Spk III 187,13 (~en'
eva) = Pj II 56,28.

" 346862521426120704,kammaṭṭhānika,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānika

, mfn. [ṭhāna + ika], devoted to (me-
ditation on) the meditation subject; — exeg.: kammaṭ-
ṭhāne niyutto ~o, Vism-mhṭ I 119,9 (ad Vism 97,25,
q.v. infra) = Sp-ṭ II 202,10 (ad Sp 416,15, q.v. infra); —
~ena ... bhikkhunā ... mettā bhāvetabbā, Vism 97,25
= Sp 416,15; sace hi imaṁ bhikkhuṁ kammaṭṭhā-
naṁ gahetvā ... keci ... pañhaṁ vā pucchanti, paṭi-
santhāraṁ vā karonti, ahaṁ ~o ti tuṇhībhūtena
gantuṁ na vaṭṭati, Vism 187,32; ~o, Sp 1226,9; viha-
ratī ti ... vuttavihārena ~assa kāyapariharaṇaṁ, Sv
759,23 (ad D II 290,13) = Ps I 244,27 = Vibh-a 220,33
(ad Vibh 193,4) qu. Paṭis-a 177,13; — ifc. anicca-°;
ānāpāna-° (Vism 189,8); upacāra-° (Sv 1033,10; Mp
III 230,23); kasiṇa-° (Vism 189,9; ~âdi, Sv 194,10; Spk
III 191,12; Vibh-a 356,9); karuṇā-° (Vism 315,6 foll);
khanda-dhātu-āyatana-° (Spk III 191,11; Vibh-a
356,8); khandâdi-° (Sv-pṭ I 324,2); catu-dhātu-°
(Vism 189,7); catu-sacca-° (Ps I 72,19); cha-phassâya-
tana-° (Spk III 55,22); tebhūmaka-° (Spk III 56,14);
dukkha-lakkhaṇa-° (Spk III 5,30); dhātu-° (Vism
348,4 foll.; ~-bhikkhu, Mp II 134,10 foll): pañca-
kkhanda-° (Spk III 55,34); marīci-° (Dhp-a I 335,19);
mahābhūta-° (Spk III 56,7).

" 346862523883982848,kammaṭṭhānogāhaka,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānôgāhaka

, mfn. [°ṭṭhāna + ogāh°],
plunging into the meditation subject; ~assa otaraṇaṭ-
ṭhānatāya bahussuto titthaṁ nāma, Nett-a 93,24 (ad
Nett 29,12).

" 346862522189484032,kammaṭṭhanuggaha,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhan'-uggaha

, m., the taking up a medita-
tion subject; — in long cpd. at Ps I 191,31.

" 346862523498106880,kammaṭṭhānupacāra,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānûpacāra

, m. [°ṭṭhāna + upa°], the
access to the meditation subject; Bhagavā ... karaṇīyâ-
karaṇīyabhedaṁ ~aṁ vatvā, Pj I 244,7.

" 346862523506495488,kammaṭṭhānūpacāra,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhānûpacāra

, m. [°ṭṭhāna + upa°], the
access to the meditation subject; Bhagavā ... karaṇīyâ-
karaṇīyabhedaṁ ~aṁ vatvā, Pj I 244,7.

" 346862522575360000,kammaṭṭhānupakāra,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhān'-upakāra

, mfn., helping (meditation on)
the meditation subject; ~āya pāḷiyā, Vism-mhṭ I 120,21
(ad Vism 99,14).

" 346862522965430272,kammaṭṭhānupaṭṭhāna,en,"

kamma-ṭṭhān'-upaṭṭhāna

, n., attendance to the me-
ditation subject; poṅkhânupoṅkhan ti ~assa avicche-
danadassanaṁ etaṁ, Sv-pṭ I 318,4 (ad Sv 118,7) =
Ps-pṭ I 356,10 (reading avicchedadassanavacanaṁ).

" 346862528141201408,kammatthapekkhatā,en,"

[

kamm'-atth'-âpekkha-tā

, w.r. for kammantâpek-
khatā, q.v.]

" 346862528153784320,kammatthāpekkhatā,en,"

[

kamm'-atth'-âpekkha-tā

, w.r. for kammantâpek-
khatā, q.v.]

" 346862436474687488,kammavācā,en,"

kamma-vācā

, f. [BHS karmavācanā], (t.t. Vin) a.
legal proposition, syn. of anussāvanā, q.v.; b. (postca-
nonical) formula for proceedings divided into four differ-
ent sections: apalokana-kamma; ñatti-kamma, ñatti-
dutiya-kamma, ñatticatuttha-kamma, q.v., and cover-
ing different objects (vatthu) such as upasampadā etc.;
— for text editions of ~, cf. H. Bechert et alii, Burmese
Manuscripts Part I: 1979: 56, no. 45; texts of ~ are col-
lected in Khuddas XLII-LV, cf. Mūlas VI; the proceed-
ings are described e.g. at Sp 1195,1-31 and 640,1-641,30;
E. Nolot, Studies in Vinaya technical terms I: Saṅ-
gha-kamma ""procedure."" JPTS 22.1996, 16: 73-91; H.
Härtel, Karmavācanā 1956; H. Hu v. Hinüber, Das
Poṣadhavastu 1994: 201-206; a. ṅattidutiye ... kam-
me paṭhamaṁ ñattiṁ ṭhapeti pacchā ekāya ~āya
kammaṁ karoti, Vin I 319,15; ñattiyā dukkaṭaṁ dvī-
hi ~āhi thullaccayā kammavācāpariyosāne āpatti
saṅghādisesassa, III 174,9 (cf. Sp 609,8-611,3) = 176,32
= 179,16; Kkh 127,5; Sp 1386,22; saṅghādisesam ajjhā-
pajjantassa ... dvīhi ~āhi thullaccayā paṭippassam-
bhanti, Vin III 174,11 qu. Sp 314,22; Kkh 46,18; ñattiyā
dukkaṭaṁ dvīhi ~āhi thullaccayā kammavācāpari-
yosāne āpatti pārājikassa, Vin IV 219,34; ñattiyā
dukkaṭaṁ dvīhi ~āhi dukkaṭā kammavācāpariyosā-
ne upajjhāyassa āpatti pācittiyassa gaṇassa ca ācari-
yassa ca āpatti dukkaṭassa, 130,23 (if an ūnavīsati-
vassa puggala is ordained); so (scil. upajjhāyo) etesu
sabbakiccesu ca ñattiyā dvīsu ca ~āsu dukkaṭāni ā-
pajjitvā kammavācāpariyosāne pācittiyaṁ āpajjati,
Kkh 125,33; upajjhāyo ... Moggalisavhayo, pabbājesi
Mahādevathero, Majjhantiko ... ~aṁ akā, Mhv V
207 (during an ordination, cf. GEIGER, Culture § 192;
A.P. Buddhadatta, Corrections of Geiger's Mahā-
vaṁsa 1957:13 foll); upasampadākammassa pugga-
lo ādi ñatti majjhe ~ā pariyosānaṁ, Vin V 142,28; e-
kānussāvane ti ... ekato anussāvane ... dvīhi vā ā-
cariyehi ekena vā ekakkhaṇe ~aṁ anussāventehi u-
pasampādetuṁ, Sp 1033,7 (tato vipatti jātā ~ānaṁ
nānākkhaṇikattā, Vjb 442,7); vinicchayakathā nāma
vatthu vā ārocitaṁ hoti avinicchitaṁ ñatti vā ṭhapi-
tā hoti ~ā vā vippakatā hoti, Vin IV 153,13 (niṭṭhaṁ
~ā na gacchati, Vin-vn 1746; cf. kammāni ... vipaj-
janti vatthuto vā ñattito vā anussāvanato vā, V
220,5); ~aṁ avatvā apalokenāpi vaṭṭati, Sp 1098,7;
saṅghena apaloketvā tesaṁ atthāya vatthāni dātab-
bāni. ~ā pana ekā yeva vaṭṭati, 1109,35 qu. Vjb 490,20;
Sp 1121,9; anantaraṁ vuttāya ~āya (so read) dinnaṁ
pi apaloketvā dinnaṁ pi, 1133,12; tesaṁ sammuti ~ā-
ya pi apalokanakammena pi vaṭṭati 1229,16; ñattiṁ
aṭṭhapetvā dvikkhattum ~āya eva anussāvanakam-
maṁ karoti, 1398,17; sabbena sabbaṁ ~aṁ avatvā
catukkhattuṁ ñattikittanam eva, Kkh 19,21; — b. na
sakkoti parimaṇḍalehi padabyaṅjanehi ~aṁ sāve-
tuṁ, Sp 984,3; ~āya asammataṁ, 771,28; bhikkhu ...
saraṇagamanabhikkhu anuppannāya ~āya upasam-
padāvasena vutto, 243,29; upasampadā viya ~āy'
eva kattabbā, 1010,1; ekappahāre' eva dve vā tisso
vā ~ā kātabbā, 1033,14 (cf. ekā va tesaṁ pana ~ā,
Utt-vn 764); upasampadaṁ ākaṅkhamānāya ~aṁ kā-
tuṁ vaṭṭati, As 399,17; ~āya anāropite aṅñavādake
Sp 770,14; ~āya sīmā sammanitabbā 1036,4; suṇātu
me ... ti ādikāya ~āya sīmā bandhitabbā, 1041,16
(referred to at Mhv-ṭ 362,4); 1042,5; 1048,11; sīmā ...
~āya gacchati, na nāvāya, 1047,7 (cf. P. KIEFFER-
PÜLZ, Die Sīmā 1992: 292-294); ~aṁ sāvetvā kaṭhi-
naṁ attharāpetvā 1107,27; ācariyena hutvā ~ā pi na
sāvetabbā, 1162,4; khuddānukhuddakāpattiṁ na sam-
ūhanissāmī ti ~aṁ sāvesi, Sv 593,7 (cf. Vin II 288,19);
imissā ~āya uppannakālato paṭṭhāya bhikkhūnaṁ
purimakammavācā na vaṭṭati, 1050,6; āpattiṁ desā-
petvā ~āya osāretvā 1152,25; tajjaniyakamme bhaṇ-
ḍanakārakavasena ~ā vuttā, 1157,8; ~aṁ vatvā pari-
vāso dātabbo, Kkh 49,14 = Sp 1176,20; 1184,15; āpatti-
vasena ~aṁ katvā dinne mānatte, 1171,17; 1180,17;
1173,13; Vin-vn 509; ayaṁ itthannāmo bhikkhū ti ~ā
kātabbā, Sp 1178,12; vinayadharassa ~aṁ yojetuṁ
samatthabhāvo, 1183,15; āpattiṁ āpajjitvā ... paras-
sa ~āya vuṭṭhāti, 1328,35; saha ~āya āpattīhi vuṭṭhā-
napariccedajānanapaññā, Sv 979,13 = As 394,26; ā-
pattivuṭṭhānakusalatā ti desanāya vā ~āya vā āpatī-
hi vuṭṭhānajānanaṁ, Mp II 155,7 (ad AN I 84,3); pa-
rassa ~āya āpajjitvāna, Utt-vn 515; catūh' ākārehi ā-
pattiṁ āpajjati kāyena vācāya kāyavācāhi ~āya ā-
pajjatī ti, Vjb 106,25; khandhake āgatā ... ~ā pamā-
ṇaṁ, Ps IV 50,13 (ad M II 250,14, cf. Vin II 87,9-23); a-
yam pana ~ā Tathāgatassa parinibbuto ekavīsatime
divase katā, Sv 6,9 qu. Sp-ṭ I 51,6; ~āya osāne hoti
pācitti, Utt-vn 134 (ad Pācittiya LXVIII); 230 (ad Vin
IV 295,2); Vin-vn 2354 (ad Vin IV 317,26); ~ānaṁ osā-
ne pācitti dīpitā, Vin-vn 2385 (ad Vin IV 329,28); ~ā
rūhati, Vjb 434,19; ~-vasena, Vin-vn 3003; — ifc.
avippavāsa-° (Sp 1042,7); ukkujjana-°; ñatticatut-
tha-° (Sp 983,31; 1396,10); ñattidutiya-° (Sp 1396,5);
tatiya-° (Kkh 46,19; Sp 609,24); tiṇavatthāraka-° (Sp
1194,6); dāna-° (Sp 1108,33); parivāsa-° (Sp 1163,1;
Utt-vn 518); purima-° (Sp 1050,6); samanubhāsa-
na-° (Sp 609,15); — Rem.: In course of the development
of the t.t. Vin anussāvanā replaces the canonical mean-
ing a. of ~ā beginning with Vin V 220,5 etc., which in
turn is used in the meaning b. beginning with Sp.[[side 257]]

" 346862436113977344,kammavacabbhantare,en,"

kamma-vac'-abbhantare

, ²ind. [vācā + abbh°],
while a formula for proceedings is being recited; ~e ak-
kharassa vā padassa vā anuccāraṇaṁ, Kkh 19,22 qu.
Sp-ṭ II 56,9.

" 346862436839591936,kammavācacariya,en,"

kammavācâcariya

, m., (t.t. Vin) reciter of the for-
mulas for the proceedings; pabbajādāyako buddhava-
canadāyako ~o sakadāgamimaggasampāpako anā-
gāmimaggasampāpako ti ime ācariyā, Mp II 194,9
foll.; Rāhulakumāraṁ ... Sāriputtatthero va upa-
sampādesi, Mahāmoggallānatthero assa ~o ahosi, Pj
II 340,10; ~o ... kammavācaṁ sāveti, Vjb 435,2 (ad
Vin I 90,20); 434,11; yo uppajjhaṁ adatvā ācariyo va
hutvā pabbājesi, ~o hutvā upasampādesi ca, Sp-ṭ II
79,13 (ad Sp 252,23); upajjhāyo ~o vā hutvā upasam-
pādesi, III 86,1 (ad Sp 868,14); yathā upasampadā-
kāle sayam eva ~aṁ vācento uppajjhāyo ~o pi hoti,
Vmv II 95,18.

" 346862436852174848,kammavācācariya,en,"

kammavācâcariya

" 346862437594566656,kammavācādosa,en,"

kammavācā-dosa

, m., (t.t. Vin) fault in the legal
proposition; sace ācariyo ṅattidosañ c' eva ~añ ca
vajjetvā kammaṁ karoti, Sp 969,19 qu. Pālim 159,16.

" 346862437972054016,kammavācādvayābhāva,en,"

kammavācā-dvayābhāva

, m., (t.t. Vin) non-ex-
istence of two (different) proceedings; ekasmiṁ atthe
~ato, Vjb 457,8.

" 346862435740684288,kammavācakakiriyāniddesa,en,"

kamma-vācaka-kiriyā-niddesa

, m., a statement of a
verb expressing the passive; ñeyyan ti ~o, Nett-a 6,3 ad
Nett 1,5*.

" 346862439473614848,kammavācālakkhaṇa,en,"

kammavācā-lakkhaṇa

, mfn., (t.t. Vin) marked by
proceedings; ~e ... bhikkhubhāve, Ps-pṭ I 207,25 (ad
Ps I 111,14).

" 346862438315986944,kammavācānānatta,en,"

kammavācā-nānatta

, n., (t.t. Vin) difference of pro-
ceedings; — °-sabhāva, mfn., Vjb 579,6 w.r. for °sam-
bhava, cf. next; — °-sambhava, m., resulting in two
separate proceedings; dūtena upasampadā pana sam-
mukhā kātuṁ na sakkā ~ā, Vjb 579,6 (ad Sp 1396,31)
qu. Sp-ṭ III 492,7 (reading ~ato for ā).

" 346862437221273600,kammavācāñatti,en,"

kammavācā-ñatti

, f., (t.t. Vin) motion for a legal pro-
position; — ifc. kamma-ñatti-° (Vmv II 280,3).

" 346862289611132928,kammavacaniccha,en,"

kamma-vacan'-iccha

, f., (t.t.gr.) the wish to express
a direct object; ~āya abhāvena avagamanatthavasen'
eva kattuniddeso labbhatī ti buddhavā ti Buddho,
Sv-pṭ I 12,11 = Ps-pṭ I 10,9 = Spk-pṭ I 10,1 qu. Sp-ṭ I
10,12, Mp-ṭ I 12,28; — rukkham ajjhāsate ti adhi-si-
ṭhâsānaṁ payoge 'dhikaraṇe ~ā, Mogg-v II 2; ~āyaṁ
... dutiyā va: saggaṁ gacchati, II 27.

" 346862438659919872,kammavācāniṭṭhāpana,en,"

kammavācā-niṭṭhāpana

, n., (t.t. Vin) the determina-
tion [of a sīmā] by proceedings; ekasmiṁ khaṇe °-va-
sena ekato sammatānaṁ sīmānam pi asīmatā pakā-
sitā, Vmv II 169,19.

" 346862285504909312,kammavācāpāḷi,en,"

kammavācā-pāḷi

, f., the canonical text of a kamma-
vācā; pāḷiyañ hi ""itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasma-
to"" ti atthamattaṁ dassitaṁ. tasmā pāḷiyaṁ avutto
pi ""ayaṁ Buddharakkhita āyasmato Dhammarak-
khitassā"" ti ~iyaṁ payogo dassito, Sp-ṭ III 266,19 (ad
Sp 1033,3).

" 346862439075155968,kammavācāpariyosāna,en,"

kammavācā-pariyosāna

, n., (t.t. Vin) having com-
pleted the proceedings; def.: tassā tassā kamma vācāya
avasānavacanaṁ pariyosānaṁ, Sp 1146,25 (on Vin V
142,23); ~e āpatti saṅghādisesassa, Vin III 174,9; ~e
upajjhāyāya āpatti saṅghādisesassa gaṇassa ca āca-
riniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa, IV 227,7 (cf. Vin-vn
2029; Utt-vn 182); ~e āpatti pācittiyassa, IV 136,24
(cf. Utt-vn 134); Sp 1171,18; 1178,12; 1194,7; 1295,10;
yāva ~ā, Kkh 6,16; ~e vattaṁ samādiyāmī ti, 167,18
(cf. Vin-vn 810); ~e upajjhāyāya pācittiyaṁ, 201,17;
~e nimittānaṁ anto sīmā hoti, Pālim 185,7.

" 346862440199229440,kammavācāsampatti,en,"

kammavācā-sampatti

, f., (t.t. Vin) successful pro-
ceedings; tividhasampattiyuttā (scil. sīmā) ... ~iyā ca
yuttā, Kkh 5,24 qu. Pālim 180,5.

" 346862439838519296,kammavācāvagga,en,"

kammavācā-vagga

, m., (t.t. Vin) group for (com-
mon) proceedings; na hi te (scil. bhikkhū and bhik-
khuniyo) aññamañṅassa kamme gaṇapūrakā honti
na ~aṁ karonti, Sp 1050,15.[[side 258]]

" 346862440580911104,kammavācopasampadā,en,"

kammavācôpasampadā

, f., ordination in accordance
with proceedings; alatthaṁ pabbajjaṁ ~aṁ, Ap 486,1.

" 346862440887095296,kammavācosāna,en,"

kammavācôsāna

, n., metrical variant of kammavā-
cāpariyosāna, q.v.; ~e garuṁ siyā, Utt-vn 182 (ad
Saṅghādisesa II of the nuns).

" 346862441214251008,kammavāda,en,"

kamma-vāda

, m. and mfn. [cf. kammavādi(n), q.v.],
1. (m.) the doctrine of kamma (only in ct.s); 2. (mfn.)
professing to the doctrine of kamma; only in S and A; ~
occurs with kiriyavāda and viriyavāda (4+5, and
4+5+5); — 1. jātivādaṁ paṭikkhipanto ~añ ca patiṭ-
ṭhapento, Ps III 441,23 (ad M II 196,10 foll. = Sn 115,1
foll.) = Pj II 471,14 (reading niropento for patiṭṭhapen-
to; ad Sn 650); jātivādapaṭicchannaṁ ~aṁ vivarante-
na, Pj II 193,6; — 2. eke samaṇabrāhmanā ~ā. sayaṅ-
kataṁ dukkhaṁ paṅṅāpenti, S II 33,7 foll.; 38,6 foll.;
— (4+5): tatr' idaṁ bhante Pūraṇena Kassapena
nīlâbhijāti paññattā: bhikkhū kaṇḍakavuttikā ye vā
pan' aññe pi keci ~ā kiriyavādā, A III 383,27; —
(4+5+5): ye ... ahesuṁ atītaṁ addhānaṁ arahanto
sammāsambuddhā te ... Bhagavanto ~ā c' eva
ahesuṁ kiriyavādā ca viriyavādā ca, A I 287,2 foll.

" 346862101622427648,kammavadāna,en,"

kammâvadāna,

n., result of actions; hatthârūhe … tesaṁ ~ena rājā vaḍḍheti vetanaṁ, Ja VI 295,7*(Se °‑apad-°); — ifc. avidita-° (-apa-; Be -ava-).

" 346862101643399168,kammāvadāna,en,"

kammâvadāna,

n., result of actions; hatthârūhe … tesaṁ ~ena rājā vaḍḍheti vetanaṁ, Ja VI 295,7*(Se °‑apad-°); — ifc. avidita-° (-apa-; Be -ava-).

" 346862432850808832,kammavaḍḍhaka,en,"

kamma-vaḍḍhaka

, mfn., increasing kamma; — ifc.
pāpa-° (Mp m 377,8).

" 346862441793064960,kammavadikiriyavadin,en,"

kamma-vadi-kiriya-vadi(n)

, mfn. [cf. kammakiri-
yavādi(n), q.v.], (dv.) professing the doctrine of kamma
and the doctrine of action; kammavādikiriyavādimhi
(so read; Ee °iṁ hi) lokiyapañcābhiññe, Ps V 71,8 (ad
M III 255,8); ~īnaṁ pabbajjaṁ ṭhapetvā, Mp II 335,12;
— °-tāpasa-paribbājaka-nikāya, m., the group of
people professing the doctrine of kamma and the doc-
trine of action, or of ascetics or of wandering mendi-
cants; sāsane vā ~e vā vaṭṭati (scil. pabbajjā), Pj II
49,8; — °-pabbajjā, f., the going forth of adherents of
the doctrine of kamma and the doctrine of action; ettā-
vatā imaṁ sāsanaṁ ādiṁ katvā sabbā pi ~ā gahitā,
Mp II 335,16.

" 346862441495269376,kammavadin,en,"

kamma-vadi(n)

, mfn. [cf. kammavāda, q.v.], profes-
sing the doctrine of kamma; ~ occurs with kiriyavā-
di(n) (4+5) in D, M, and Vin: samaṇo ... Gotamo ~ī
kiriyavādī, D I 115,30 = 132,7 = M II 167,8; nâbhijānā-
mi kaṅci ājīvakaṁ saggûpagaṁ aṅṅatra ekena, so
p' āsi ~ī kiriyavādī ti, M I 483,20 (= so pi ~ī ahosi ki-
riyaṁ na paṭibāhitthā ti, Ps III 196,22); ~ino ete ...
kiriyavādino, Vin I 71,27; — dhammikasamaṇabrāh-
mano ~ī, Ja VI 231,15'; ye aggapattā ~ino te pi cattā-
līsaṁ yeva kappe anussaranti, Sv 408,4 foll.; anup-
panne buddhe paccekabuddhā ca ~ino dhammikā
samaṇabrāhmaṇā, Sp 244,9 foll. qu. Ss 96,17; Cp-a
315,7; tattha bāhirako ~ī kammassakatadiṭṭhiyā
sammādiṭṭhi hoti, Ps I 196,29; nānātitthiyasāvakā ...
te kira ~ino ahesuṁ, Spk I 126,12 (ad S I 65,30); — ifc.
a-°; — °(i)-tā, f. [abstr.], the professing the doctrine of
kamma; akammavāditaṁ paṭikkhipitvā atthi kam-
man ti ~aṁ kammassakataṁ dīpeti, Kv-a 166,27. kamma-vadin

" 346862289653075968,kammavagga,en,"

Kamma-vagga

, m., section on legal proceedings, title
of Vin V 220,1-223,2, also called kammavibhaṅga, q.v.;
~o, Vin V 223,3; parivārāvasāne ~e, Sp 1195,30 foll.;
1395,16; ~e āgamissanti, 1345,14; parivāre ~assa aṭ-
ṭhakathāyaṁ, Vjb 220,19; Sp-ṭ III 492,3; ~e Vmv II
314,2; — °-vaṇṇanā, f., ct. on K.; title of Sp 1395,16-
1412,17; ~ā, 1412,18.

" 346862375942492160,kammavaraṇa,en,"

kammâvaraṇa

, n. [kamma + āvaraṇa; Buddh. sa.
karmāvaraṇa], obstacle constituted by kamma; identi-
fied with ānantariyakamma, q.v.; mentioned together
and contrasted with kilesâvaraṇa and vipākâvaraṇa;
— exeg.: ~ena samannāgatā ti ānantariyakammasa-
maṅgino, Vism 177,15 (ad 177,10 ≠ Paṭis I 124,22, q.v.
infra); ~enā ti paṅcavidhena ānantariyakammena,
Vibh-a 461,19,34 (ad Vibh 341,38, q.v. infra); — ye te
puggalā ~ena samannāgatā ... abhabbā niyāmaṁ
okkamituṁ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṁ, Vibh
341,38 foll. (= pañcavidhena ānantariyakammena,
Vibh-a 461,19,34) = Pp 13,8 foll. (Pp-a 185,2), qu. Sv
469,28,30 = Ps II 181,9 = Spk I 202,26 ≠ Paṭis I 124,22
(substituting sattā for puggalā; Paṭis-a 402,14,18) ≠
Vism 177,10; Nidd-a I 315,25; — in the context of Brah-
macariyakathā: sabbe devā ~ena samannāgatā ... a-
bhabbā niyāmaṁ okkamituṁ kusalesu dhammesu
sammattaṁ, Kv 94,7 foll.; — tīhi ... kāraṇehi parit-
taṁ na rakkhati: ~ena, kilesâvaraṇena, asaddahana-
tāya, Mil 154,1; ye ~ena vā samannāgatā, te hi mic-
chattaniyatabhāvato ekantena parihīnā aparipuṇṇā
mahājānikā, It-a I 154,33; 129,15 ≠ Ud-a 141,23,25; —
ifc. apeta-°; — °-tā, f. [abstr. suffix °tā used in the sense
of samūha, cf. Pāṇ IV 2 (37+) 43], the group of (five)
obstacles constituted by kamma; ~āya samannāgato
hoti, kilesâvaraṇatāya samannāgato hoti, vipākâva-
raṇatāya samannāgato hoti, assaddho ca hoti, A III
436,1 foll. (= pañcahi ānantariyakammehi, Mp III
413,19); — °âbhāva, m., the absence of the obstacles
constituted by kamma; sabbatthagāminīpaṭipadāñā-
ṇena ~aṁ passati, Vibh-a 402,2 = Mp V 17,11.[[side 272]]

" 346862375963463680,kammāvaraṇa,en,"

kammâvaraṇa

" 346862434557890560,kammavasanuga,en,"

kamma-vasânuga

, mfn. [vasa + anu°], in the power
of kamma; kammaṁ vase hoti na ca ~ā, Cp-a 28,15*.

" 346862434570473472,kammavasānuga,en,"

kamma-vasânuga

, mfn. [vasa + anu°], in the power
of kamma; kammaṁ vase hoti na ca ~ā, Cp-a 28,15*.

" 346862376554860544,kammavasesa,en,"

kammâvasesa

, m. [kamma + ava°], remaining kam-
ma; cf. kammasesa, q.v.; in canonical lit. only used in
Ap; ~ena Ciñcāmānavikā mamaṁ abbhakkhāsi, Ap
299,13; ~ena ... aggaseṭṭhissa jāto 'mhi ekaputtako,
299,19 foll. qu. Ud-a 264,5; ~ena sukkamūlena codito
māluto nāma nāmena cakkavattī bhavissati, Ap
144,1 qu. Th-a I 140,27* foll.; ~ena patto 'mhi acalaṁ
padaṁ, Ap 330,18; ~ena pañcajātisatān' ahaṁ ma-
nusso kulajo hutvā tatiyākāraṇ' aṅkito, 487,11; ~ena
ajāyiṁ gaṇikākule bahuso parivattantī pacchimā-
yaṁ pi jātiyaṁ, 610,15 ≠ Thī-a 31,19*; sati pi ~e ṭhā-
naṁ na sambhavati, Sv-pṭ I 204,16 (ad Sv 110,29).

" 346862376575832064,kammāvasesa,en,"

kammâvasesa

" 346862435388362752,kammavasippatta,en,"

kamma-vasi-ppatta

, mfn., in control of kamma;
bodhisattā hi ~ā pi tādisānaṁ tiracchānānam a-
nuggaṇhanatthaṁ tiracchānayoniyaṁ nibbattanti,
Cp-a 102,23.

" 346862434906017792,kammavasitasambhava,en,"

kamma-vasitâsambhava

, m. [vasitā (< vasin +
abstr. suff. tā) + a°], impossibility of being master of
kamma; rūpâvacare nibbattī ti ~ato arūpâvacare
anibbattitvā rūpâvacare nibbatti, Mp-ṭ I 144,13.

" 346862434947960832,kammavasitāsambhava,en,"

kamma-vasitâsambhava

, m. [vasitā (< vasin +
abstr. suff. tā) + a°], impossibility of being master of
kamma; rūpâvacare nibbattī ti ~ato arūpâvacare
anibbattitvā rūpâvacare nibbatti, Mp-ṭ I 144,13.

" 346862433299599360,kammavat,en,"

kamma-va(t)

, mfn., possessed of kamma; — ifc. lo-
bha-ja-° (Mp II 209,32). kamma-vat

" 346862289573384192,kammavaṭṭa,en,"

kamma-vaṭṭa

, m. and n., the round of kamma; in
commentarial lit. ~ denotes the first of three vaṭṭas (ti-
vaṭṭa) into which the paṭiccasamuppāda is subdivided
viz. kammavaṭṭa, kilesavaṭṭa and vipākavaṭṭa; —
exeg.: sabbe sattā marissanti ... pe ... nirayaṁ pāpa-
kammantā (= S I 97,28-30) ti ime tayo vaṭṭā: dukkha-
vaṭṭo, ~o, kilesavaṭṭo, Nett 95,16; tivaṭṭam anavaṭṭhi-
taṁ bhamati (= Vism 579,4*) ti ettha pana saṅkhāra-
bhavā ~aṁ, avijjātaṇhûpādānāni kilesavaṭṭaṁ, viṅ-
ñāṇanāmarūpasaḷāyatanaphassavedanā vipākavaṭ-
ṭan ti, Vism 581,10; kilesavaṭṭaṁ, ~aṁ, vipākavaṭṭan
ti tividham pi vaṭṭaṁ, Sv-pṭ II 140,13 (ad Sv 504,6);
— ~ is constituted by five links (pañcavidha) when
analysed in terms of past and present within the scheme
of the paṭiccasamuppāda: avijjāsaṅkhāraggahaṇena
c' ettha taṇhupâdānabhavā gahitā va hontī ti ime
pañca dhamma atīte ~aṁ +, Vism 200,20 foll. = Sp
114,17 foll. (Vmv I 48,7); pubbe pañcavidhaṁ ~aṁ
na āyūhitaṁ assa yam me idaṁ etarahi pañcavi-
dhaṁ +, Ps IV 65,20 (ad M II 264,20; purimakamma-
bhavasmiṁ moho avijjā āyūhanā saṅkhārā nikanti
taṇhā upagamanaṁ upādānaṁ cetanā bhavo ti e-
vam āgato saparikkhāro kammappabandho, Ps-pṭ
III 257,21); — imaṁ dvādasavidhaṁ kammaṁ (on
which, cf. ³kamma b.(III), q.v.) ~e pakkhipitvā evam
eko kammavaṭṭavipākavaṭṭavasena nāmarūpassa
paccayapariggahaṁ karoti, Vism 602,10 foll. (kam-
mekadesatāya dvādasavidhaṁ kammaṁ ~e pak-
khipitvā, Vism-mhṭ II 380,15); — dvīsu ṭhānesu (i.e.,
past and present) kammaṁ ~aṁ, dvīsu ṭhānesu (i.e.,
past and present) vipāko vipākavaṭṭaṁ ti sabbam p'
etaṁ ~añ c' eva vipākavaṭṭañ ca, Vibh-a 193,30,31; —
imassa vipākavaṭṭassa mūlabhūtaṁ ~aṁ, Pj I 189,16;
chinne kilesavaṭṭe ~aṁ pi chinnam eva, Ud-a 363,26;
— yā esā ~assa appavattikaraṇena dukkhassa anta-
kiriyā vuttā, sa n' atthī ti, Kv-a 30,27 (Ppk-mṭ 60,16);
— kilesamalappahānena ca sabbassa ~assa parik-
khīṇattā, It-a I 54,28; kilesavaṭṭappahāṇen' eva hi
~aṁ vipākavaṭṭañ ca pahīnaṁ hotī ti, 154,25; lokikā
vaṭṭanti ~assa gahaṇato, Ps-pṭ III 317,14; kilesavaṭṭa-
vasena patiṭṭhānaṁ visesato ~assa padaṭṭhānaṁ,
Spk-pṭ I 54,15; vipākavaṭṭanimittassa ~assa kāraṇa-
bhūtam pi kilesavaṭṭaṁ avijjāmūlakan ti, Vibh-anuṭ
91,26; — ifc. kusalâkusala-° (Sv 425,29); pariyādin-
na-sabba-° (Sv 425,30).[[side 256]]

" 346862289535635456,kammavaṭṭakkhaya,en,"

kamma-vaṭṭa-kkhaya

, m., the annihilation of the
round of kamma; kammakkhayā dukkhakkhayo ti
~ena dukkhavaṭṭakkhayo, Mp II 332,13 (ad A I 221,1).

" 346862289493692416,kammavaṭṭanibbatta,en,"

kamma-vaṭṭa-nibbatta

, mfn., originated by the round
of kamma; — ifc. taṁ-taṁ-° (It-a I 128,15).

" 346862289409806336,kammavaṭṭapadhāna,en,"

kamma-vaṭṭa-padhāna

, mfn., with the round of
kamma as the principal, first thing; paṭhamaṁ ~aṁ
atthaṁ vatvā, Spk-pṭ I 61,24.

" 346862289455943680,kammavaṭṭapakkhika,en,"

kamma-vaṭṭa-pakkhika

, mfn., associated with the
round of kamma; kilesavaṭṭam pi kammasahāyatāya
-am eva katvā āha kammavaṭṭavipākavaṭṭavasenā
ti, Vism-mhṭ II 380,16 (ad Vism 602,11).

" 346862432271994880,kammavaṭṭasaṅgahita,en,"

kamma-vaṭṭa-saṅgahita

, mfn., included in the round
of kamma; te ~ā āhārā, Vibh-mṭ 87,6.

" 346862431768678400,kammavaṭṭavipākavaṭṭa,en,"

kamma-vaṭṭa-vipāka-vaṭṭa

, m. or n., (dv.) the round
of kamma and the round of the ripening, i.e., result (of
kamma); ~-vasena nāmarūpassa paccayaparigga-
haṁ karoti, Vism 600,37; ~-vasena paccayato nāma-
rūpassa pavattiṁ disvā, 602,11 foll. (Vism-mhṭ II
380,20); — °-kilesa-vatta, m., (dv.) the round of kam-
ma, the round of the ripening, i.e., result (of kamma),
and the round of passions; kāmâlayâdikā sabbe pi
ālayā samugghātiyanti sabbe pi ~ā upacchijjanti,
It-a II 106,36.

" 346862433823887360,kammavatthu,en,"

kamma-vatthu

, n., (t.t. Vin) the object of proceedings
(such as tajjanīyakamma etc.; cf. Sp 1346,21; 1402,10-
12); dve ~ūni, Vin V 116,26.

" 346862434197180416,kammavavatthāna,en,"

kamma-vavatthāna

, n., the determination of kamma
(as distinct from its door [dvāra], e.g., the body [kāya]
through which kāyakamma is performed, cf. kamma-
dvāra, q.v.); opp. dvāravavatthāna, q.v.; — ten' āhu
Aṭṭhakathâcariyā: ... kayo ca kāyakammañ ca añña-
maññaṁ vavatthitā. evaṁ sante n' eva dvāravavat-
thānaṁ yujjati na ca ~aṁ, As 85,24 (cf. As 85,12);
-am ... yujjati, 86,3 foll.; ~aṁ dvāravavatthānañ ca,
87,22; As-anuṭ 80,31.

" 346862442069889024,kammavāyusamerita,en,"

kamma-vāyu-samerita

, mfn., blown by the wind of
kamma; saṁsāre saṁsaranti 'haṁ ~ā Kāsissa rañño
visaye ajāyiṁ, Ap 538,1 qu. Thī-a 151,26*.

" 346862454807990272,kammavedanā,en,"

kamma-vedanā

, f. [cf. Amg. kammaveyanā,], a
sensation arising together with kamma (so according to
ct.; in fainism ~ denotes a feeling of pain due to kam-
ma); in gloss on the views of the Nigaṇṭhas: imina ~añ
ca kiriyavedanañ ca paṭikkhipitvā ekaṁ vipākave-
danam eva sampaṭicchantī ti, Ps IV 1,16 (ad M II
214,7: sabbaṁ taṁ pubbekatahetu) = Mp II 274,12
(~an ti kusalâkusalakammasahajaṁ vedanaṁ, Mp-ṭ
II 142,22) ≠ Vibh-a 497,20.[[side 262]]

" 346862455546187776,kammavega,en,"

kamma-vega

, m., the force of kamma; jhānavege ti
asaññasamāpattiparikkhate ~e, Sv-pṭ I 219,31 (ad
Sv 118,20).

" 346862455927869440,kammavegakkhitta,en,"

kamma-vega-kkhitta

, mfn., thrown by the force of
kamma; aniccatāya vā bhavâdisu ~o ghaṭiyantaṁ
viya anavadānena paribbhamanato gamanasīlo ti
pāti, Ud-a 223,29 = It-a II 127,20 (Be so) = Mp-ṭ III
271,19 (so read) ≠ Sp-ṭ II 59,6 = Ps-pṭ I 257,4; ~aṁ ...
patitaṁ viya hutvā uppajjatī ti, Tikap 44,28; ~ā
kammapaṭibaddhabhūtā ca ... vipākā, Vibh-mṭ
12,22; — °-tā,f. [abstr.], the being thrown by the force of
kamma; ~āya c' eva appatiṭṭhitavatthutāya ca dub-
balattā, Tikap 25,17,18; — °-tta, n. [abstr.], = prec.; on
paṭisandhicitta: etam pi ~ā papāte patamānaṁ viya
appatiṭṭhitaṁ. iti ~ā appatiṭṭhitatāya pi rūpaṁ na
samuṭṭhāpeti, Vibh-a 23,18,19; — on okāsakatuppan-
na (scil. kamma), q.v.: na tathā vipāko ~ā, Mp-ṭ I
241,23 = As-mṭ 67,14.

" 346862456351494144,kammavegukkhitta,en,"

kamma-veg'-ukkhitta

, mfn. [vega + uk°], = prec.;
tassa kammassa sarikkhakena vipākena bhavitab-
baṁ ~āni ... saṭṭhi ayokūṭasahassāni matthake ni-
patanti, Pv-a 284,7; 284,20; ~o, Ps-pṭ III 365,2.

" 346862452564037632,kammavibhāga,en,"

Kamma-vibhāga

, m., ""Analysis of kamma;"" title of
Nāmar-p 327-479; ~o nāma pañcamo paricchedo,
Nāmar-p 479.

" 346862451918114816,kammavibhajana,en,"

kamma-vibhajana

, n., analysis of kamma; mahā-
kammavibhaṅgañāṇan ti mahati ~e ñāṇaṁ, mahan-
taṁ vā kammavibhajanañ[ā/a]ṇaṁ, Ps-pṭ III 378,20 (ad
Ps V 19,11); — °-ñāna, n., knowledge of the analysis of
kamma; ~aṁ, Ps-pṭ III 378,21.

" 346862451255414784,kammavibhaṅga,en,"

kamma-vibhaṅga

, n., analysis of kamma; te appa-
hīnavipallāsā padesañāṇasamaṇabrāhmaṇā ~aṁ
sañjānanti, Ps-pṭ III 380,4; — ifc. mahā-° (M III
209,11,13; 212,27 foll.; ~-kathan'-attha, Ps V 18,4; ~-ñā-
ṇa, 18,6; 19,1 foll.; ~-ṅāṇa-bhājana, 18,11; ~-nāṇa-bhā-
jan'-atthaya, 18,12; Ps-pṭ III 378,20); — °-sutta, n., in
the titles of M no. 135 and M no. 136; Cūla-° (M III
202,11-206,32 foll.) Mahā-° (M III 207,1-215,20).

" 346862451578376192,kammavibhaṅga,en,"

Kamma-vibhaṅga

, m., (t.t. Vin) exposition on pro-
ceedings; title of Vin V 220,1-223,2 (Sp 1395,16-1412,17),
also called kammavagga, q.v.; — 1. parivārāvasāne
~ato ca pāḷiṁ āharitvā kathitāni, tāni mayaṁ parivā-
rāvasāne ~e yeva vaṇṇayissāma, Sp 243,13 qu. Sp-ṭ I
23,25; ~e ti parivāre ~e, Vmv II 264,19 (ad Sp 1292,27
ref. to 1404,3-1405,14).

" 346862448910798848,kammavibhatta,en,"

kamma-vibhatta

, n., = prec.; — ifc. mahā-° (Ps
V 18,8).

" 346862452249464832,kammavibhatti,en,"

kamma-vibhatti

, f., = prec.; with reference to the 11
types of kamma, on which, cf. ³kamma b.(iii); ~i nāma
kathetabbā, Mp II 210,24.

" 346862455198060544,kammavihayin,en,"

kamma-vihayi(n)

, mfn. [cf. sa. vihāyin], having cast
off (all) kamma; — ifc. sabba-° (A II 29,1* [so read];
Mp III 60,17 [so read]). kamma-vihayin

" 346862377074954240,kammavijjadipaccayapariggaṇhanañāṇa,en,"

kammâvijjâdi-paccaya-pariggaṇhana-ñāṇa

, n.
[kamma + avijjā + ā°], knowledge of how to grasp con-
ditions such as kamma and ignorance; ~aṁ paccayapa-
riggaho, Ps-pṭ I 64,17 = Spk-pṭ II 205,4 (cf. It-a I 53,20).

" 346862377095925760,kammāvijjādipaccayapariggaṇhanañāṇa,en,"

kammâvijjâdi-paccaya-pariggaṇhana-ñāṇa

, n.
[kamma + avijjā + ā°], knowledge of how to grasp con-
ditions such as kamma and ignorance; ~aṁ paccayapa-
riggaho, Ps-pṭ I 64,17 = Spk-pṭ II 205,4 (cf. It-a I 53,20).

" 346862442699034624,kammavikhyapanattha,en,"

kamma-vikhyapan'-attha

, mfn., (t.t.gr.) having the
purpose of indicating the direct object; rādha-ikkha ice
etesaṁ dhātūnaṁ payoge yassa akathitassa puna
vipucchanaṁ ~aṁ taṁ kārakaṁ sampadānasaṅṅaṁ
hoti, Kacc-v 279 ≠ Rūp 102,7 ≠ Sadd 696,1.

" 346862442405433344,kammavikkhepa,en,"

kamma-vikkhepa

, m., distraction from work; aññe-
na saddhiṁ kathāsallāpantassa me ~o (Be so) hoti,
Dhp-a III 135,11.

" 346862453205766144,kammavimokkha,en,"

kamma-vimokkha

, m., (t.t. ]aina) release from kam-
ma (cf. H. v. GLASENAPP, Der Jainismus, 1925: 151);
— ifc. sabba-° (Vism-mhṭ II 361,7).

" 346862452857638912,kammavimukha,en,"

kamma-vimukha

, mfn., (bhvr.) averse, opposed to
(the doctrine of) kamma; maṁ ~aṁ jātivāde patitaṁ,
Pj II 193,3.

" 346862443256877056,kammavinicchaya,en,"

kamma-vinicchaya

, mn., (t.t. Vin) description of
proceedings; tatrāyaṁ saṅkhepato ~o, Kkh 131,24; a-
yaṁ ~o, Sp 1395,18; kammākamman (Spk I 85,19) ti
~aṁ, Spk-ṭ I 122,2.[[side 259]]

" 346862442996830208,kammaviññāṇa,en,"

kamma-viññāṇa

, n. [cf. kammacitta, kammaceta-
nā, qq.v.], (karmadh.) consciousness as constituted by
kamma; — exeg.: viṅṅāṇan ti, ~aṁ Spk II 271,23 (ad
S III 53,11) = Spk III 4,22 (ad S IV 168,17); -an ti abhi-
saṅkhāraviññāṇaṁ, Ps-pṭ III 389,28 (ad Ps V 29,20,
q.v. infra); abhisaṅkhāraviṅṅāṇassa nirodhenā ti
~assa anuppattidhammatāpādanena, Mp-ṭ I 244,9;
cittassā ti ~assa, As-mṭ 67,5 (ad As 66,12); — on the
four conditions (ṭhiti) of consciousness (viñṅāṇa): kata-
maṁ ... ettha ~aṁ, katamaṁ vipākaviṅṅāṇan ti, Sv
1021,23 (ad D III 228,6 foll. cf. viñṅāṇan ti ~aṁ, Spk II
259,1 qu. Nidd-a I 309,25); catasso viñṅāṇaṭṭhitiyo ti
~assa ārammaṇabhūtā rūpâdayo cattāro khandhā,
Spk II 272,23 (ad S III 54,25-26); viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā ti,
~assa ṭhitatthaṁ ... patiṭṭhā viṅṅāṇassa hoti ti, tassa
~assa patiṭṭhā hoti. tasmiṁ patiṭṭhite viṅṅāṇe ti, ta-
smiṁ ~e patiṭṭhite, Spk II 71,1 foll. (ad S II 65,16 foll);
— rūpavipariṇāmânuparivattī ti mama rūpaṁ vi-
pariṇatan ti vā yaṁ ahu taṁ vata me n' atthī ti vā ā-
dinā nayena ~aṁ rūpassa bhedânuparivatti hoti, Ps
V 29,20 (ad M III 227,32) ≠ Ps V 30,7 (ad M III 228,17);
— puññûpagaṁ hoti viññāṇan ti ~aṁ kammapuṅ-
ṅena upagataṁ sampayuttaṁ hoti, vipākaviṅṅā-
ṇaṁ vipākapuññena ... ānaṅjûpagaṁ hoti viññā-
ṇan ti, kammânañjena ~aṁ, vipākânañjena vipāka-
viññāṇaṁ upagataṁ hoti, Spk II 78,3,8 (ad S II
82,10,13); taṇhānissitaṁ ~aṁ hoti, 391,10 (ad S IV
103,8); viññāṇamajjhe ti ~aṁ majjhe, Mp III 404,20;
puññâbhisaṅkhārasahagataṁ viññāṇan ti terasavi-
dhapuññâbhisaṅkhārasampayuttaṁ ~aṁ, Nidd-a II
26,9 foll. (ad Nidd II Be 79,10); kammabhavaṁ (so
read) ākaḍḍhantan ti ~aṁ attanā sampayuttakam-
maṁ javāpetvā paṭisandhinibbattanena tad abhi-
mukhaṁ ākaḍḍhantaṁ, Sv-pṭ III 89,20 (ad Sv 888,26);
kammacittenā ti ~ena, Spk-pṭ II 253,14 (ad Spk II
327,27 foll); — ifc. yathā-vutta-° (Vibh-anuṭ 128,21);
— °âyūhana, n. [viññāṇa + āyū°], the accumulation of
kamma consciousness; tena hi upatthambhitarūpakā-
yassa, tañ ca icchantassa ~aṁ hoti, Vibh-mṭ 87,5.

" 346862443886022656,kammavipāka,en,"

kamma-vipāka

, m. and mfn. [Buddh. sa. karmavi-
pāka; Amg. kammavivāga], 1. (m.) the ripening of
kamma, i.e., the result of kamma; 2. (mfn.) ?; only in
Abhidh; for gramm. interpret., cf. upādā, q.v.; — 1.
exeg.: kammāni kusalâdīni vipaccayanti apaccayanti
etāyā ti ~o, Ps-pṭ III 158,24 (ad Ps III 343,1); —
phuṭṭho ~ena anaṇo bhuñjāmi bhojanaṁ, M II
105,16* (= yasmā hi maggacetanāya kammaṁ pacca-
ti vipaccati ḍayhati parikkhayaṁ gacchati, tasmā sa
~o ti vuttā, Ps III 343,1,3) - Th 882 (pubbe katassa
pāpakammassa vipākena phuṭṭho sabbaso pahīna-
kammo vipākamattaṁ paccānubhonto ti, Th-a III
62,31); kin nu kāyena vācāya manasā dukkaṭaṁ ka-
taṁ kissa ~ena petalokam ito gatā ti, Pv 97 = 170 =
229 = 465; Pv 489 = Pv 809 ≠ Pv 501; — ~ is one of
four acinteyya/acintiyas, q.v.; ~o ... acinteyyo, A II
80,20 (= diṭṭhadhammavedaniyâdīnaṁ kammānaṁ
vipāko, Mp III 109,1 qu. Ss 264,2), qu. Sp 507,1, Ss
263,21, cf. Abhidh-k-bh(P) 126,8 foll.; acintiyo ~a (m.c.
in cadence of triṣṭ.) tassā, Vv 741 (vibhattilopaṁ ka-
tvā niddeso, Vv-a 192,15,17); iddhivisayo pi ~o pi
dve acintiyā, Mil 189,1 foll. ≠ Ud-a 93,30; — ~o nāma
na sakkā kenaci paṭibāhituṁ, Sp 397,20 foll. = Spk III
267,8 = Dhp-a I 127,13 ≠ Spk III 267,24; ete kiriyaṁ na
ppaṭibāhanti, atthi kammaṁ atthi ~o ti evaṁ diṭṭhi-
kā, Sp 994,32; — tassa ~ena musāvādassa c' ûbha-
yaṁ puttamaṁsāni khādāmi, Pv 34 = 45; tassa ~ena
ten' amhi paṁsukuṇṭitā, 141; tassa ~ena ten' amhi
duggatā ahaṁ, 151; yo kīḷamāno pakaroti pāpaṁ tass'
īdisaṁ -am āhu, 537; 795; tassa ~ena idaṁ duk-
khaṁ nigacchisaṁ, 812; tena ~ena pacchime adda-
saṁ jinaṁ, Ap 101,14; 299,11 foll.; 480,5; 501,15 = 607,1;
613,17; tena ~ena temāsaṁ khāditaṁ yavaṁ, Ap-a
126,7*; tena ~enā ti tena arahantabbhakkhānasaṅkhā-
tassa akusalakammassa vipākena, 375,21; attanā va
attano kammassa (v.l °aṁ) vipākaṁ (Tr. °avi°) paṭi-
sevissāmī ti vatvā, Ja IV 400,28; — kammaṁ atthi,
~o atthi, katānaṁ kammānaṁ vipāko atthi, Kv
30,9,28; — on the topic paṭhavī ~o ascribed to the An-
dhakas: paṭhavī ~o ti, Kv 349,20 foll. (yesaṁ paṭhavī
~o ti laddhi, seyyathā pi Andhakānaṁ, Kv-a 99,17
foll); 352,8 foll.; 359,4*; — tañ ṅ' eva kammaṁ, so
kammūpacayo, so ~o ti, Kv 522,1 (Kv-a 158,21); —
sabbaṁ idaṁ ~ato ti, Kv 545,15 foll. (Kv-a 166,9,11);
~ena adinnaṁ ādiyeyya ... musā bhaṇeyya, pisu-
ṇaṁ bhaṇeyya +, Kv 545,29,34; — (in formula, cf.
CPD s.v. ahosikamma) ahosi kammaṁ ahosi ~o +,
Paṭis II 78,3 foll. (atītabhavesu katassa kammassa atī-
tabhavesu yeva vipakkavipākaṁ gahetvā, Paṭis-a
574,22 foll) qu. Vism 601,6 foll.; Ps III 339,13,14; Mp II
221,13 foll.; Ss 131,9; Ss 138,8; — sītena + ... atibhut-
tena ṭhānena padhānena ādhāvanena upakkamena
~ena, Mil 135,19; atthi pubbe kiriyā atthi ~ā, kam-
mavipākajā vedanā pubbe katena kammena uppaj-
jati, 135,30; yadidaṁ ~ena kālakiriyā, 302,26; yo pug-
galo joti tamaparāyano, kusalassa ~aṁ dasseti, Peṭ
211,4; imina subhena ~ena idaṁ bālalakkhaṇaṁ
nibbattatī ti, Nett 160,28 ≠ 161,2; ~ena tesaṁ jīvitak-
khayappattiṁ asallakkhento, Sp 402,3; ~aṁ avase-
sarogaṁ eken' eva bhesajjayogena tikicchituṁ sak-
koti, Sp 1116,4; — ~e paccupaṭṭhite, Sv 448,27 = Ps
III 379,13; aññena ~ena jīvitaṁ laddhaṁ ti, Sv 739,13;
yena ~ena nibbatto taṁ ~ā (v.l. °vipākaṁ) phassā
phusanti, Ps III 104,21,22 (ad M I 390,2); Spk I 49,4;
ekasmiṁ kale ... dibbasampattiṁ (so read) anubha-
vati, ekasmiṁ kale ~aṁ, Ps IV 231,14; bhikkhusaṅ-
ghena yaṁ kātabbaṁ taṁ kataṁ mayhaṁ pana ~o
īdiso ti, Mp II 191,30; taṁ kammaṁ khepetvā ti taṁ
~aṁ khepetvā, IV 33,6 (ad A IV 61,1); tena parittake-
na ~ena appāyuko hoti, 128,14; kammañ c' eva ~o ca
kammavaṭṭañ ca vipākavaṭṭañ ca, Vism 602,17; ~aṁ
ajānantassa, Thī-a 204,1,2; tena ~ena, Ud-a 264,21*
foll.; puggalaṁ dukkhehi ~ehi (v.l. kammaṁ vā vi-
pākehi) bhavayonigativiññāṇaṭṭhitisattāvāse vā
bhavantarādīhi samyojetī ti, It-a I 58,22; petī attano
~aṁ pavedetvā, Pv-a 35,11; — ~o paresaṁ sādhā-
raṇo ti pañhe phassâdayo sandhāya paṭikkhipati,
Kv-a 100,8; eko ~ānaṁ vasena pi ca paṇḍito etassa
nāmarūpassa, paccayaṁ parigaṇhati, Rūpār 117,5; —
ifc. akusala-° (Mil 303,3); asaṅkhārika-°; kilesa-°
(Vibh-anuṭ 91,8); paccakkha-° (Vism 54,23); pāpa-°
(Ap 82,10); pubbekata-° (~-vasa, Mp III 115,1); purā-
ṇa-° (Ud-a 165,21); balava-° (~-sambhūta, Mp V
43,11); sabba-° (Kv-a 165,1); — °-vasa, m.; ~ena, Sv
453,34; — 2. manodhātu uppannā hoti kiriyā n' eva
kusalā nâkusalā na ca ~ā, upekhāsahagatā, Dhs
120,14 = Vibh 182,3 = 301,43; rūpâvacaraṁ jhānaṁ
bhāveti kiriyaṁ n' eva kusalaṁ nâkusalaṁ na ca
~aṁ, Dhs 123,9 - Vibh 268,27 = 282,6; kiriyā ... kusa-
lasaṅkhātassa kusalahetuno abhāvā n'eva ~ā, As
293,24; Vibh 106,13 foll.[[side 260]]

" 346862448592031744,kammavipākabhāva,en,"

kamma-vipāka-bhāva

, m. [abstr.], the being the result
of kamma; kammavipākasambhavan ti ~ena sambhū-
taṁ, Vv-a 89,3.

" 346862444854906880,kammavipākaja,en,"

kamma-vipāka-ja

, mfn., originating from the ripen-
ing of kamma; defining dibbacakkhu: Vipassissa ku-
mārassa ~aṁ dibbaṁ cakkhuṁ pātur ahosi, D II
20,13 (Sv 453,34; cf. MAV 7d1); kammavipākena sa-
hajātaṁ, kammassa paṭipākabhāvena jātaṁ pasāda-
cakkhuṁ, Sv-pṭ II 56,10; tassa ~aṁ dibbacakkhuṁ
pātur ahosi, D II 176,7 (cf. SHT VI 1387 v. 2) = M III
175,15; assa -an dibbacakkhuṁ pātubhavati, Sv
627,30 = Ps IV 229,11 qu. Mhbv 78,4; — defining veda-
yita, vedanā, ābādha: samam pi kho etam Sīvaka
veditabbaṁ yathā ~āni pi idh' ekaccāni vedayitāni
uppajjanti, S IV 231,1,3,5 (- kevalaṁ kammavipāka-
to jātāni. ... ~ānaṁ pana sabbabhesajjāni pi sabba-
parittāni pi nâlaṁ paṭighātāya, Spk III 82,8,12); yāni
... tāni vedayitāni pittasamuṭṭhānāni vā semhasam-
uṭṭhānāni ... ~āni vā tān' assa na bahud eva upaj-
janti, A II 87,32 (kevalaṁ pubbekatakammavipāka-
vasen' eva jātāni, Mp III 115,1) ≠ 88,19 = III 131,10;
kuṭṭhaṁ gaṇḍo + ... pittasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā sem-
hasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā ... ~ā ābādhā, V 110,10 (bala-
vakammavipākasambhūtā, Mp V 43,11) = Nidd I
13,10 = 361,11 = II 304,1; Nidd II 167,7; ~āni ... aṭṭha-
hi kāraṇehi puthusattā vedanā vediyanti, Mil 135,6;
135,30; ye ... ime pittasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā semha-
samuṭṭhānā + ... opakkamikā ābādhā ~ā ābādhā ti
aṭṭha rogā , Mp II 274,17 (kammassa vipākabhūtak-
khandhato jātā, Mp-ṭ II 143,4); bāhiraṁ paccayaṁ
anapekkhitvā kevalaṁ kammavipākato va jātā ~ā,
Mp-ṭ III 333,15 (ad Mp V 43,11); — defining one of ten
kinds of iddhi, q.v.: katamā ~ā iddhi sabbesaṁ pak-
khīnaṁ sabbesaṁ devānaṁ, ekaccānāṁ manussā-
naṁ, ekaccānaṁ vinipātikānaṁ, Paṭis II 213,10,12 qu.
Vism 382,20, Ss 282,34 foll. ≠ Paṭis-a 676,34; ~āya id-
dhiyā payojanaṁ iddhimayo payogo, Sp 440,11 =
Kkh 31,25 (sâtisayakammanibbattāya kammavipā-
kena sahajātāya iddhiyā, kammassa vā vipākabhā-
vena jātāya iddhiyā, Kkh-ṭ 215,13); kammavipāka-
vasena jāto viseso ~ā iddhi, Paṭis-a 655,1,2 qu. Vism
378,21; As 91,13; Cp-a 158,11; Sp-ṭ II 257,21 (reading
°jiddhi); — ifc. purāṇa-° (Ud 21,5; Ud-a 165,20 foll);
— °-sarīra-dukkha, n., bodily pain caused by the ripen-
ing of kamma; cetodukkhaṁ anuppādento, kevalaṁ
~aṁ adhivāsento, Ud-a 166,20 (ad Ud 21,7).

" 346862445144313856,kammavipākajānana,en,"

kamma-vipāka-jānana

, n., the act of making known
the result of kamma; ~aṁ, Ps-pṭ II 314,29.

" 346862445488246784,kammavipākajiddhi,en,"

kamma-vipāka-j'-iddhi

, f. [°ja + iddhi], miraculous
power originating as a result of kamma; kammavipā-
kajāya iddhiyā payojanaṁ iddhimayo payogo, ~i ca
nam' esā, Sp 440,11,12; iddhimanto ti ~iyā saman-
nāgatā, Pj II 216,19 (ad Sn 179); iddhânubhāvenā ti
ṅāṇiddhiyā vā ~iyā vā pabhāvena, tejanā ti, Sv-pṭ II
201,8 (ad Sv 559,30) qu. Mp-ṭ III 261,4 (ad Mp IV
155,22); — °-niddesa, m., exposition of the miraculous
power originating from the result of kamma; ~e (-
Paṭis II 213,10-12), Paṭis-a 676,28; — °-maya, mfn.,
made by miraculous power originating from the result of
kamma; iddhimayo ti ~o dāṭhākoṭanâdīnaṁ viya,
As-mṭ 80,18 = Spk-pṭ II 141,25 ≠ Sv-nṭ I 324,23; —
°-vikāra-karaṇa, n., transformation due to miraculous
power originating from the result of kamma; āvudhâ-
dīnaṁ dhārākoṭanādim iva mārānatthaṁ ~aṁ id-
dhimayo payogo ti, Pj I 30,34; Kkh-ṭ 215,17.

" 346862444510973952,kammavipākakovida,en,"

kamma-vipāka-kovida

, mfn., = prec.; paṇḍitā pa-
ṭiccasamuppādadasā ~ā, Sn 653 (= kammavipāke
kusalā, Pj II 471,20) = M II 196,9 (Ps III 442,3).

" 346862444217372672,kammavipakakusala,en,"

kamma-vipaka-kusala

, mfn., acquainted with the
result of kamma; kammavipākakovidā ti ... ~ā, Ps
III 442,5 (ad M II 196,9, q.v. next).

" 346862445781848064,kammavipākañāṇa,en,"

kamma-vipāka-ñāṇa

, n., knowledge of the result of
kamma; imesaṁ dvādasannaṁ kammānaṁ kam-
mantarañ c' eva vipākantaraṅ ca Buddhānaṁ ~ass'
eva yathāvasarasato pākaṭaṁ, Vism 602,5 qu. Paṭis-a
576,31; nesaṁ ~ena vipākâvaraṇābhāvaṁ passati,
Ps II 31,34 = Mp V 17,9 = Vibh-a 401,36 qu. Paṭis-a
629,30; idaṁ vuccati ~aṁ pañcamaṁ Tathāgatab-
baṁ, Peṭ 36,16 (cf. M I 70,4); — °-vasa, m.; ~ena, It-a I
87,25; — °-bala, m., the power consisting in knowledge
of the result of kamma; one of the ten powers of a Ta-
thāgata enumerated at M I 69,31-71,17 ≠ Paṭis II 174,27
foll.; ṭhānâṭhānañāṇabalaṁ, ~aṁ +, Vmv II 100,8.

" 346862446356467712,kammavipākanicchayanaya,en,"

kamma-vipāka-nicchaya-naya

, m., guide for deter-
mining the results of kamma; Buddho ... ~o saṅkhep-
ato dīpito, Nāmar-p 479.

" 346862447027556352,kammavipakantara,en,"

kamma-vipak'-antara

, n., a distinct result of kam-
ma; pañcamaṁ ~am eva, Nett-a 174,27 (= kammavi-
pākaviseso kammavipākassa vibhāgo, Nett-ṭ 98,11)
≠ Sv-nṭ I 204,8; — reading of Be at Mp V 16,11 and
Mp-ṭ III 318,15 for kammantaravipākantara, q.v.

" 346862450651435008,kammavipākanubandha,en,"

kamma-vipākânubandha

, m. [vipāka + anu°], the
concomitance of (an agent) with the ripening of kamma;
dhammatā ti kārakass' eva ~o, nâkārakassā ti ayaṁ
kammavipākānaṁ sabhāvo, Spk-pṭ I 91,4 (Spk I 49,4).

" 346862450664017920,kammavipākānubandha,en,"

kamma-vipākânubandha

" 346862450949230592,kammavipākanubhavana,en,"

kamma-vipākânubhavana

, n. [vipāka + anu°], the
act of experiencing the ripening of kamma; ~assa kāra-
ṇabhūtaṁ bāhira-utusamuṭṭhānaṁ kammapaccaya-
utusamuṭṭhānaṁ, As-mṭ 157,19; — °-yogga, mfn. [vi-
pāka + anu°], to be experienced on account of the ripen-
ing of kamma; vimānasamantā c' assā ~ā ekā pok-
kharaṇī nibbatti, Pv-a 152,10.

" 346862450961813504,kammavipākānubhavana,en,"

kamma-vipākânubhavana

" 346862447614758912,kammavipākapaṇḍita,en,"

kamma-vipāka-paṇḍita

, m., an expert on the result
of kamma; iti ~ā ... abravuṁ, Nāmar-p 478.

" 346862447920943104,kammavipākaparicchedakañāṇa,en,"

kamma-vipāka-paricchedaka-ñāṇa

, n., knowledge
of how to determine the result of kamma, or ...to deter-
mine kamma and its result; bhabbâbhabbake ñatvā
~ena paricchinditvā, Bv-a 92,1.

" 346862447312769024,kammavipākapaṭisaṃvedana,en,"

[

kamma-vipāka-paṭisaṁvedana

, w.r. at Ud-a 166,35
for kammaṁ vipāka°].

" 346862448214544384,kammavipākaphala,en,"

kamma-vipāka-phala

, n., the result of the result of
kamma; taṁ ~assā ti, Ps-pṭ III 46,2.

" 346862449871294464,kammavipākasabhāvadassana,en,"

kamma-vipāka-sabhāva-dassana

, n., the act of show-
ing the essential nature of the result of kamma; — ~vasena,
Kv-a 99,24 (ad Kv 349,22).

" 346862450257170432,kammavipākasambhava,en,"

kamma-vipāka-sambhava

, mfn., (bhvr.) originating
in the ripening of kamma; idaṁ vimānaṁ ... ~aṁ, Vv
150 (= kammavipākabhāvena sambhūtaṁ, kamma-
vipākena vā saha sambhūtaṁ, Vv-a 89,3,6).

" 346862446067060736,kammavipākatta,en,"

kamma-vipāka-tta

, n. [abstr.], the fact of resulting in
kamma; — ifc. sādhāraṇa-° (Kv-a 100,19).

" 346862449552527360,kammavipākavibhāgajānanañāṇa,en,"

kamma-vipāka-vibhāga-jānana-ñāṇa

, n., knowl-
edge of how to recognize the various kinds of results of
kamma; sattānaṁ ~assa ananuññātattā, Ps-pṭ III 415,3.[[side 261]]

" 346862449237954560,kammavipākavipallāsiya,en,"

kamma-vipāka-vipallāsiya

, n., a perverted view on
the result of kamma; asammāsambuddhappaveditat-
tā ~an ti evaṁ avipallāsetvā, Th-a II 179,4.

" 346862431307304960,kammavipākavisesa,en,"

kamma-vipāka-visesa

, m., = kammavipākanta-
ra, q.v.

" 346862443579838464,kammavipatti,en,"

kamma-vipatti

, f., (t.t. Vin) unsuccessful proceed-
ings (cf. Vin V 220,2-222,17); n'eva jānanti kammaṁ
vā kammadosaṁ vā ~iṁ vā kammasampattiṁ vā,
Vin IV 231,16 = 310,12 (Kkh 191,19); parisato ~iyaṁ,
Sp 1401,34 (ad Vin V 221,10); 1412,13; yathā abhik-
khunā kammavācāya sāvitāya pi kammaṁ ruhati
~iyā asambhavato, Vjb 109,12 foll.; 411,17; 444,19; ...
~i vā na hotī ti mukhato vuttan ti veditabbaṁ, Vmv
II 168,24; — °-kathā, f., title of Vin-vn 3014-3028; —
°-dassanatthaṁ, in order to demonstrate unsuccessful
proceedings; ~aṁ, Sp 1146,31; — °-bhaya, m., fearing'
unsuccessful proceedings; kiṁ sīmato ~ā vuttaṁ udā-
hu parisato, Vjb 458,30 (ad Sp 1053,27); — °-lakkha-
ṇa, n., criterion for unsuccessful proceedings; yassa e-
taṁ na ruccati, tassa Parivāre (Vin V 221,12-30) vutta-
parisato ~aṁ virujjhati, Vjb 517,1 (ad Sp 1194,14); —
°-sampatti, f., unsuccessful and successful proceedings;
na hi sakkā musāvādena ~iṁ kātun ti, Vjb 434,5.

" 346862454493417472,kammavisesa,en,"

kamma-visesa

, m., [Buddh. sa. karmaviśeṣa]; type
of kamma, e.g., ānantariyakamma or the like (Ñm dif-
ference in kamma); tena ~ena cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca ja-
hitvā mānusaṁ dehaṁ, Ap 466,23 = 487,17 qu. Th-a Be
II 62,13; Ap 214,29; ~ato etesaṁ (scil. cakkhu-sota-
ghāna-jivhā) viseso, na bhūtavisesato, Vism 445,16
foll. qu. As 313,16 foll.; mukhamattadassanena ~o pa-
kāsito ti, Vism 602,9 qu. Paṭis-a 576,34; ubhayesam
... kammabandho, vatthuvisesena pan' ettha ~o ca
āpattiviseso ca hotī ti, Sp 446,28 (~o ti ānantariyâdi-
kammavisesato, Sp-ṭ II 264,1 qu. Vmv I 227,17) ≠
Kkh-ṭ 213,25; Nāmar-p ~ena, 427.

" 346862454212399104,kammavisuddhi,en,"

kamma-visuddhi

, f., purity of kamma; so pamoda-
ti disvā ~im attano, Dhp 16, cf. Uv XXVIII 35 (=
puññakammasampattiṁ, Dhp-a I 132,19).

" 346862453885243392,kammavivaṭṭa,en,"

kamma-vivaṭṭa

, m. [cf. kammapariṇāma, q.v.], re-
versal of kamma; akkosako ca akkosaṁ rosetārañ ca
rosako, atha ~ena so vilutto vilumpatī ti, S I 85,32*
(= kammapariṇāmena, tassa vilumpanakammassa
vipākadānena [so read], Spk I 155,5; = kammassa vi-
vaṭṭanena, paccayalābhena laddhâvasarena vivaṭṭe-
tvā vigamitena kammena ti, Spk-pṭ I 186,22).

" 346862453541310464,kammaviyākataṃ,en,"

[

kammaviyākataṁ

, v. kammavihāyi(n)]

" 346862457781751808,kammavohāra,en,"

kamma-vohāra

, m., the use of the word ""kamma;""
used in exeg. of abhisaṅkhataṁ (cf. Nidd-a I 435,25:
abhisaṅkhatan ti kammena saṅkharitaṁ); abhisaṅ-
khatan ti ādi ~ass' eva vasena purimaliṅgasabhāga-
tāya vuttaṁ, Spk II 70,15 (ad S II 65,1; cf. Spk-pṭ II
81,7 foll.) = Nidd-a II 73,15 (ad Nidd I 437,21).

" 346862457299406848,kammavossagga,en,"

kamma-vossagga

, m., distribution of kamma; kate-
hi kammavossaggehi tesaṁ sattānaṁ, Ja VI 216,16'
(ad 213,18*).

" 346862404111437824,kammavyāpārabhāva,en,"

kamma-vyāpārâbhāva

, m. [°pāra + a°], non-exi-
stence of performance of kamma; ~ena (so read with Be;
cf. Abhid-s-mhṭ 186,32: °kiriyâbhavena).

" 346862404128215040,kammavyāpārābhāva,en,"

kamma-vyāpārâbhāva

, m. [°pāra + a°], non-exi-
stence of performance of kamma; ~ena (so read with Be;
cf. Abhid-s-mhṭ 186,32: °kiriyâbhavena).

" 346862290026369024,kammayanta,en,"

kamma-yanta

, n., (kamadh.) kamma machine; evâ-
yaṁ vattatī kayo ~ena yantito, Th 574 (vattanto ca
~ena, sukatadukkaṭena ~ena yantena yantito, Th-a
II 245,24); — °-yantita, mfn., activated by the kamma
machine; ~o eko satto, Ps II 310,27 ≠ Sp-ṭ II 14,4 =
Mp-ṭ II 148,17; — °-vighātaṇa, mfn., destroying the
kamma machine; aññāṇamūlabhedāya ~o (scil. ariyo
aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, Th 421) Th 419 (= kammaghaṭi-
tassa attabhāvayantassa vidhaṁsano, Th-a II 178,13).

" 346862365267988480,kammayatana,en,"

kammâyatana

, n., occupation, e.g., farming (kasi-
kamma), trading (vāṇijja) or the like; ~ is often men-
tioned together and contrasted with sippâyatana (branch
of craft) and vijjaṭṭhāna/vijjâyatana (branch of study);
syn. ¹kammaṭṭhāna, q.v.; — exeg.: kammam eva
~aṁ. kammañ ca taṁ āyatanaṅ ca ājīvâdīnan ti vā
~aṁ, Sv-pṭ III 272,18,19 (ad Sv 1002,2, q.v. infra) ≠
Vibh-a 410,9 foll. (ad Vibh 353,18); ~ena vā ti kamma
eva ~aṁ; tena ~ena, kasigorakkhakammâdinā vā,
Nidd-a I 198,22,23 (ad Nidd I 68,13, q.v. infra); suvaṇ-
ṇâyataṁ vāsudevâyatanaṁ, ~an (so read with Be)
Sv-pṭ I 238,11; — kāni 'ssa ~āni assu purisassa vatti-
samodhānatāya, Ja III 541,4*; anānutappāni hi ye
karonti vibhajja ~āni loke, IV 451,16* (= kammāni,
452,10') qu. Cp-a 193,20* (= kammāni, Cp-a 194,8); —
katamā cintamayā paññā? yogavihitesu vā ~esu yo-
gavihitesu vā sippâyatanesu yogavihitesu vā vijjaṭ-
ṭhānesu, Vibh 324,34 qu. Vism 439,17 = Sv 1002,2 =
Paṭis-a 121,21; — idh' ekacco jātiyā vā gottena vā
kolaputtiyena ... ajjhenena vā ~ena vā sippâyatane-
na vā vijjaṭṭhānena + ... aññataraññatarena vatthu-
nā mānaṁ jappeti, Vibh 353,18 foll. = Nidd I 68,13 ≠
80,23 (~ena vā ti avasesā sattā chinnapakkhakākasa-
disā; aham ... mahiddhiko, Nidd-a I 211,19,22) ≠
107,9 ≠ 217,29 ≠ 257,4; Vibh 356,8; — yadi n' atthi ...
kaṭumikā sati, n' atthi kiṅci sippikānaṁ ~ehi vā sip-
pâyatanehi vā vijjaṭṭhānehi vā karaṇīyaṁ, nirattha-
kā ācariyā, Mil 78,5,7 (cf. s.v. kaṭumika); — aṅgasā-
mo nāma ~aṁ + ... yaṁ vā ... aññaṁ pi evarūpaṁ
sikkhitvā gahitaṁ aṅgapaccaṅgam iva attabhāvapa-
ṭibaddhaṁ, ayáṁ aṅgasamo nidhi, Pj I 217,19; — ifc.
sippâyatana-° (~-vijjāṭhāna, As 76,7); — °âdi, mfn.;
~inā, Paṭis-a 421,4.

" 346862365284765696,kammāyatana,en,"

kammâyatana

" 346862365607727104,kammayatanasippayatanavijjaṭṭhāna,en,"

kammâyatana-sippâyatana-vijjaṭṭhāna

, n., occu-
pation, branch of craft, and branch of study; yā ca ana-
vajjesu ~esn (Ee w.r. °vijju°) pariccaya manasikārâ-
divasena pavattā cetanā, It-a II 24,27; — ifc. anavaj-
ja-° (~âdi, Cp-a 273,35).

" 346862365616115712,kammāyatanasippāyatanavijjaṭṭhāna,en,"

kammâyatana-sippâyatana-vijjaṭṭhāna

" 346862289938288640,kammayogga,en,"

kamma-yogga

, mfn., fit for use or action; only in gloss
on kammaniya, q.v.; ~e, Vism 377,6 qu. Sp 157,19;
~aṁ, Mp I 52,4; ~aṁ, Kkh 52,12; ~aṁ, Nett-a 148,29;
Vism-mhṭ I 303,17; ~aṁ, Paṭis-a 345,9.

" 346862289892151296,kammayoni,en,"

kamma-yoni

, mfn., having kamma as one's source;
in formula with kammadāyâda, q.v.; — exeg.: kam-
maṁ etesaṁ yoni kāraṇan ti ~i, Ps V 10,24 (ad M III
203,4); kammaṁ mayhaṁ yoni kāraṇan ti ~i, Mp III
260,4 (ad A III 72,2).

" 346862365968437248,kammayūhana,en,"

kammâyūhana

, n. [kamma + āy°], the act of accu-
mulating kamma; okāso na paññāyati samma duk-
khassa antakiriyāyā ti yasmā ca evaṁ sante ~añ c'
eva vipākânubhavanā ca hoti tasmā hetunā nayena
vaṭṭadukkhassa antakiriyāya okāso na paññāyati
nāma, Mp II 359,29 (ad A I 249,10-11); ~ato, Ps-pṭ III
318,4; — ifc. kusalâkusala-° (Spk II 85,13; Ps I 211,8;
~-asa, As 111,12; yathā-vutta-° (Spk II 82,8); —
°-kāla, m., the time of accumulating kamma; ~e, Ps II
38,20; aṅgārakāsuṁ upakaḍḍhanakālo viya puthuj-
janassa ~o, Spk II 113,1; asīsakaṁ kabandhaṁ hutvā
nibbatti ~e, Spk-pṭ II 185,19; — °-kkhaṇa, m., the mo-
ment of accumulating kamma; yassa ... ~e lobho ba-
lavā hoti ... tassa mando alobho lobhaṁ pariyādā-
tuṁ na sakkoti, Vism 103,20 foll. = Ps II 373,23 foll. (=
kammakaraṇavelāya, Ps-pṭ II 293,3) = As 267,31 foll.;
ayaṁ tiko (scil. kāyasaṅkhāra, vacī°, mano°) ~e
puṅñâbhisankhārâdīnaṁ dvārato pavattidassanat-
thaṁ vutto, Vism 530,30; ~e tayo kusalahetū, Paṭis-a
573,17; ~ato pubbe, Vibh-mṭ 113,12; — ifc. kusalâku-
sala-° (Ss 208,24).

" 346862365981020160,kammāyūhana,en,"

kammâyūhana

" 346862289980231680,kammayutta,en,"

kamma-yutta

, mfn. (t.t. Vin) suitable for proceed-
ings; kammapatto ti ... ~o kammāraho, Sp 1146,29
(ad Vin I 319,29).

" 346862101597261824,kammika,en,"

kammika,

cf. H. Scharfe, Investigations in Kauṭalya’s Manual of Political Science 1993: 80 s.v. kārmika.

" 346862381453807616,kammika,en,"

kammika

, m. and mfn. [scdry < kamma + ika; sa.
karmika or kārmika (Kauṭ 2.28.27); BHS, Buddh. sa.
karmika; v. BHSD s.v.], 1.a. a hired worker, wage-ear-
ner; b. an artisan, craftsman; 2.a. a government officer,
e.g., a minister or a customs clerk; b. a manager, admini-
strator; 3. (t.t. Vin) a bhikkhu who has performed pro-
ceedings; 4. (mfn.) performing (any given action); only
ifc.; — 1.a. ~o hutvā, Ja II 305,18; ~e vañcayitvāna,
Mhv XXX 31; — para-° (Ap 270,25); vana-° (Ap 17,9;
269,13; 376,23; ~âdi, Sv 417,21); — 1.b. ifc. dāru-° (Mp
III 400,23); nava-° (Vin II 15,30; Mp I 31,15; 228,18;
~-Bhāradvāja, S I 179,34; Spk I 264,21); — 2.a. asso-
suṁ kho ~ā (Be °iyā) ""sattho kira suṅkaṁ pariharis-
satī"" ti, Vin IV 131,8 foll. (= suṅkaṭṭhāne ~ā [Be °iyā],
Sp 868,22; = kamme yuttā payuttā, Sp-yoj²); ahaṁ
~o hutvā evaṁ karomī ti, Ja VI 294,17'; — āya-°
(Dhp-a I 184,14); jala-patha-° (Ja I 121,15; Mp I 219,3;
~-sahāyaka, Ja I 121,24); thala-patha-° (Ja I 121,14;
Mp I 219,3,4); bhatta-° (Ja II 227,22 foll); rāja-° (Mhv
XXX 20; 22); samudda-° (~-sahāyaka, Mp I 219,12);
— 2.b ifc. ṭhapita-° (Mp I 360,24 [v.l. °kuṭumbikas-
sa]); ratana-koṭṭhâgāra-° (Mp I 252,1); — 3. kam-
maṁ na garahitabbaṁ, ~ā na garahetabbā, Vin II
5,11 (= yehi bhikkhūhi kammaṁ kataṁ, Sp 1156,3) =
32,7 (Sp 1163,4); kammaṁ garahati, ~e garahati, Vin
II 5,34 = II 23,32; — 4. ifc. asubha-°; assāsapassāsa-°;
ādi-°; kamma-ṭṭhāna-°; jhāna-° (Sv 765,4); dāna-°
(Mp I 430,21 foll); padhāna-° (Ps IV 197,9; Mp I 44,2;
IV 164,22); vipassanā-° (Vism 130,9; Sv 788,20; Spk
III 157,25; Mp II 57,2; III 266,14; Vibh-a 277,23; It-a II
9,13); sabba-° (Mp II 57,9; Vism 130,16; Pv-a 81,5;
~-amacca, Sv 788,27; Spk III 157,31; Vibh-a 311,19);
samādhi-° (Vism 130,8; Sv 788,17 foll.; Spk III 157,21;
Mp II 56,28; Vibh-a 277,19,21).

" 346862101555318784,kammiñjita,en,"

kammiñjita,

n., disturbance caused by actions (cf. ³kamma, q.v.), reading for kāmiñjitaṁ, q.v.

" 346862381835489280,kammiya,en,"

kammiya

, v.l. for kammika, q.v. s.v. 2.a.

" 346862385081880576,kammoja,en,"

[

kammoja

, w.r. at A II 82,33 foll. for which read
Kamboja (q.v.) with Mp III 110,23]

" 346862385367093248,kammopapattibheda,en,"

kammôpapatti-bheda

, m. [°ma + upa°], = kam-
mupapattibheda; ~ena bhavo ... dvidhā mato, Nā-
mar-p 741.

" 346862382493995008,kammuddesa,en,"

kamm'-uddesa

, m. [°a +], (t.t. Vin) proceedings (viz.
one of four like apalokanakamma, q.v.) and recitation
(viz. one of five types of recitation of the pātimokkha-
sutta, cf. Vin I 112,9-21); cf. Sp 1377,30-31; — °-vasa,
m.; ~ena ... atekicchatā veditabbā, Sp 1379,9.

" 346862383764869120,kammupacaya,en,"

kammûpacaya

, m. [°a + upa°], the accumulation of
kamma; — aññaṁ kammaṁ añño ~o ti, Kv 520,2
foll. (yesaṁ ~o nāma kammato añño cittavippayutto
avyākato anārammaṇo ti laddhi, seyyathā Andha-
kānañ c' eva Sammitiyānañ ca, Kv-a 158,1, qu. Moh
274,10); ~o kammena sahajāto ti, 520,15 foll. (Kv-a
158,7); ~o cittena sahajāto, ~sârammaṇo ti, 521,11;
kammamhi ~o ti ... tañ ñ' eva kammaṁ so ~o ti, ...
kammamhi ~o, ~ato vipāko nibbattatī ti, 521,32 foll.
(- kamme sati ~o, Kv-a 158,16 foll); ~o anārammaṇo
ti, 522,9 foll.; tañ ñ' eva kammaṁ so ~o, so kamma-
vipāko ti, 522,1 (tañ ñ' eva kammaṁ so ~o ti, Kv-a
158,21 foll); — kammānaṁ avināsasaṅkhāto ~o nam'
eko atthī ti, Kv-a 52,15 (ad Kv 153,19); — °-vādi-bhā-
va, m., the being a follower of the doctrine of the accumu-
lation of kamma (being separate from kamma); hetu ...
assa kammaṁ paramatthato ca ~ato patti-appattisa-
bhāvatâdayo viya cittavippayutto ~o nāma eko saṅ-
khāradhammo avipanno, Ppk-anuṭ 100,25 foll.

" 346862383777452032,kammūpacaya,en,"

kammûpacaya

" 346862384092024832,kammupacayakathā,en,"

kammûpacaya-kathā

, f, Discussion of the Accumu-
lation of Kamma; title of Kv 520,2-522,35; idāni ~[ā/a] nā-
ma hoti, Kv-a 157,25; — °-vaṇṇanā, f.; Exegesis of
Discussion of the Accumulation of Kamma; title of
Kv-a 157,25-158,29.

" 346862384104607744,kammūpacayakathā,en,"

kammûpacaya-kathā

" 346862382825345024,kammupacchedakakamma,en,"

kamm'-upacchedaka-kamma

, n., kamma that an-
nihilates (other) kamma; — °-vasa, m.; akālamara-
ṇaṁ ~ena, Vism 229,15.

" 346862384414986240,kammupadhi,en,"

kammûpadhi

, m. [°a +], (karmadh.) substrate of exi-
stence constituted by kamma; one of the ten substrates
of existence enumerated in Nidd II (cf. upadhi, q.v.);
dasa upadhī: taṇhûpadhi ... ~i +, Nidd II 110,5 (ad
Sn 1050; puññâdikammāni eva ~i, Nidd-a II 22,3; cf.
Pj II 590,22).

" 346862384431763456,kammūpadhi,en,"

kammûpadhi

" 346862384712781824,kammupapada,en,"

kammûpapada

, n. [°a +], (t.t.gr.) a subordinate
word in the accusative; sesa ice etasmiṁ atthe ssantu
māna āna ice ete paccayā honti bhavissati kale ~e,
Kacc-v 657 (cf. Sadd § 1293); Rūp 230,34; ~e no, Sadd
869,30 ≠ Kacc 656; — ifc. a-° (Rūp 233,15).

" 346862384729559040,kammūpapada,en,"

kammûpapada

" 346862383118946304,kammupapattibheda,en,"

kamm'-upapatti-bheda

, m., the distinction between
(the process) which is kamma and (the process) which is
rebirth; cf. kammabhava-uppattibhavabheda, q.v.;
~añ cā pi anupagamma, Vism 573,23 = Vibh-a 185,28;
rūpârūpabhave ti ~ato duvidhe pi rūpârūpabhave
chandarāgo, Ps-pṭ I 153,2 (ad Ps I 67,28).

" 346862383437713408,kammussada,en,"

kamm'-ussada

, m. [°a +], preponderance of kamma
(cf. ussada, q.v.); — sattussadā, rāgussado dosussa-
do mohussado mānussado diṭṭhussado kilesussa-
do ~o, Nidd I 72,12 (ad Sn 783; Nidd-a I 201,13) =
244,21 = 354,7.

" 346862382145867776,kammuttama,en,"

kamm'-uttama

, mfn. [°a +], the highest kamma;
syn. kammaseṭṭha, q.v.; idaṁ kammaṁ akaṇhaṁ a-
sukkaṁ ... ~aṁ kammaseṭṭhaṁ kammakkhayāya
saṁvattati, Nett 98,22 (cf. M I 389,21 foll. q.v. s.v.
³kamma b.(i).

" 346862146996408320,kampa,en,"

kampa

, m. [ts.; cf. CDIAL 2765], trembling; only re-
corded in cpd., cf. infra, and ifc.; — ifc. a-° (Mhv XV
175); ni(k)-°; paṭhavī-° (Sv 130,18; 559,28; Spk II
196,21; Ud-a 328,11; Cp-a 85,6); bhūmi-° (Mil 178,20;
~âdi, Pay II 37); sarīra-jala-° (Saddh 401).

" 346862141657059328,kampa,en,"

kampa)

, the verbal root kamp; ~a calane, Dhātup
186; Sadd 553,3; cf. kap(i), q.v.

" 346862147445198848,kampaka,en,"

kampaka

, mfn. [cf. sa.; CDIAL 2766], shaking, caus-
ing to shake; only recorded ifc.; — ifc. dasa-sahassī-°
(so Be, supported by metre for Ee [v.l. kappaka], Ce
°pakampaka; Ap 82,19); paṭhavī-° (sasāgara-mahī-
dhara-~ā, Mil 343,16).

" 346862149106143232,kampakaraṇa,en,"

kampa-karaṇa

, mfn., causing to tremble; v. next; ~e-
na kampanan (sic!) ti ca brūmi, Pj II 568,1 (ad Sn 945:
ārammaṇaṁ [brūmi] pakappanaṁ; Nidd I 429,25: ā-
rammaṇā vuccati taṇhā ... pakappanā pi vuccati
taṇhā; for the reading °kamp° vs °kapp° cf. The Group
of Discourses II n. ad 945).

" 346862150733533184,kampakāraṇa,en,"

kampa-kāraṇa

, n., the reason, cause of the earthquake;
— ifc. taṁ-° (Mhv XV 48 foll. [Mhv-ṭ 347,2; 347,27]).

" 346862149475241984,kampakaranattha,en,"

kampa-karan'-attha

, m., the sense of causing to trem-
ble; cf. prec.; ~ena pakappanan (v.l. °kamp°) ti ca brū-
mi, Nidd-a I 434,9 (ad Nidd I 429,25 ad Sn 945).

" 346862151211683840,kampana,en,"

kampana

, n. [ts.; cf. CDIAL 2768], 1. earthquake; 2.
tremor, trembling; — 1. etañ ca ~aṁ yāva ajjakālā pi
yeva hoti, Sv 558,20; mahāpaṭhavi ~aṁ katvā, Bv-a
90,30 — 2. in cpd.: °-matta, q.v.; — ifc. a-° (~-saṅkhāta,
Ja II 191,16); paṭhavi-° (Dhp-a I 84,11; Cp-a 80,2); pa-
ṭhavī-° (~-sadda, Spk II 196,17); padesa-paṭhavi-° (Sp
58,26); pāsāda-° (Th-a III 174,12; ~-vagga,S V 281,4;
~-suttanta, Th-a III 169,1); puthavi-° (Ja I 26,24*); pu-
rima-° (Mhv-ṭ 344,9); bhūmi-° (Mhv-ṭ 345,14); mahā-
paṭhavi-° (Ja I 47,16; ~âdi-acchariyapātubhāvahetu-
bhūta, Cp-a 101,28); vīci-° (Ss 1992 231,3); sakala-pa-
ṭhavi-° (Sp 58,26); hadaya-° (As 192,33).

" 346862148690907136,kampana,en,"

kampana

, mfn., shaking, moving; lex. lit.: Abh;
gramm. lit. ~o, Kacc 535; kapi calane kampituṁ sī-
laṁ yassā ti vā akampi kampati kampissati sīlenā ti
vā ~o, Rūp 241,5; ~o, Sadd 846,11.

" 346862156374872064,kampanā,en,"

kampanā

, f., the act of quivering, trembling; quivering
(in anticipation; cf. kampanataṇhā, q.v.); yathārūpehi
kāyasaṅkhārehi yā kāyassa ānamanā vinamanā
sannamanā paṇamanā iñjanā (= ~ā, Paṭis-a 516,25)
phandanā calanā ~ā (v.l. pakampanā, so ct.; = bhu-
saṁ ~ā, Paṭis-a 516,26), Paṭis I 185,1 qu. Vism 276,9 =
Sp 414,1 (ānamanâdi vā ~âdi vā hoti, Vjb 151,25); ki-
smiṁ viyā ti kiṁsu viya kileso viya hirottappavase-
na ~aṁ viya pakampanaṁ viya hotī ti attho, Sp
665,8; paradukkhe sati sādhūnaṁ ~aṁ hadayakhe-
daṁ karotī ti vā karuṇā, Ps-pṭ I 2,26; — in definition of
pucchañjikatā: pucchañjikatā ti labhanâlabhanakaṭ-
ṭhāne vedhanā ~ā nīcavuttitā, Vibh-a 477,1; — ifc. a-°;
citta-° (Sp 288,18); paṭhavi-° (Sp 58,25); padesa-pa-
ṭhavi-° (Sp 58,26); sakala-paṭhavi-° (Sp 58,26).

" 346862155544399872,kampanabhāva,en,"

kampana-bhāva

, n. [abstv.], the state of flickering;
kopavasena tassa akkhīni ~aṁ (Ee kampanakhura-
bhāvaṁ) āpajjiṁsū ti āha kampanakkhīni pi pari-
vattetvāti, Sv-pṭ III 9,1.

" 346862152759382016,kampanakā,en,"

[

kampanakā

, mfn.; Be for kampanattā (v.l °tā) at
Thī-a 292,6]

" 346862156827856896,kampanakāra,en,"

kampanâkāra

, m. [kampana + ā°], the state of totter-
ing; atha kho desanākāle ~en' eva ācariyaparampa-
râbhatena, Sv-nṭ I 473,26; — ifc. a-° (Ud-a 247,29).

" 346862156844634112,kampanākāra,en,"

kampanâkāra

, m. [kampana + ā°], the state of totter-
ing; atha kho desanākāle ~en' eva ācariyaparampa-
râbhatena, Sv-nṭ I 473,26; — ifc. a-° (Ud-a 247,29).

" 346862153199783936,kampanakāraṇa,en,"

kampana-kāraṇa

, n., the cause of trembling; ~aṁ
heṭṭhā vuttam eva, Ps-pṭ III 335,22 (ad Ps IV 174,10);
— ifc. paṭhavi-° (Mhv-ṭ 347,27).

" 346862157704466432,kampanakārappatta,en,"

kampanâkāra-ppatta

, mfn., being in a state of shak-
ing, quaking; olokitolokitaṭṭhānaṁ ~aṁ ahosi, Dhp-a
III 91,6.

" 346862157725437952,kampanākārappatta,en,"

kampanâkāra-ppatta

, mfn., being in a state of shak-
ing, quaking; olokitolokitaṭṭhānaṁ ~aṁ ahosi, Dhp-a
III 91,6.

" 346862154076393472,kampanakhurabhāva,en,"

[

kampanakhurabhāva

, w.r. at Sv-pṭ III 8,27 for
kampanabhāva, q.v.]

" 346862153623408640,kampanakilesa,en,"

kampana-kilesa

, m., affliction causing disturbance;
imesaṁ sattānaṁ ~e pahātuṁ vaṭṭatī ti, Ja III 379,14.[[side 199]]

" 346862154487435264,kampanakkhi,en,"

kampan'-akkhi

, n., a flickering eye; kopavasena tassa
akkhīni kampanabhāvaṁ āpajjiṁsū ti āha ~īni pi pa-
rivattetvā ti, Sv-pṭ III 9,1 (ad Sv 823,9: kabarakkhīni).

" 346862149924032512,kampanamatta,en,"

kampana-matta

, n., mere trembling; ~aṁ pi 'ssā nâ-
hosi, Ja III 163,19.

" 346862126909886464,kampanarasa,en,"

kampana-rasa

, mfn., having the property of (mental)
wavering; vicikicchā ... saṁsayalakkhaṇā ~ā, As
259,10 = Nidd-a I 429,16 = Vism 471,11 = Moh 43,7 =
Abhidh-av 25,33.

" 346862155917692928,kampanasanti,en,"

[

kampana-santi

, w.r. for kampitasanti (q.v.) at
Nidd-a I 204,8]

" 346862150288936960,kampanasīla,en,"

kampana-sīla

, mfn., having the habit of trembling;
kampano t' idam pana kapi calane t' imassa ~o ty ā-
disv atthesu, Mmd 418,10.

" 346862148275671040,kampanataṇhā,en,"

kampana-taṇhā

, f., desire (manifesting itself) as quiv-
ering (in anticipation); defining pucchañjikatā; yāya taṇ-
hāya lābhaṭṭhānesu pucchaṁ cālayamānā sunakhā
viya kampamānā vicaranti taṁ (Ee om.) tassā ~āya (so
read with BeCe; Ee kampamānāya taṇ°) nāmaṁ, As
365,31 = Nidd-a I 41,2 (v.l. kampamānāya taṇ°).

" 346862155041083392,kampanatta,en,"

kampana-tta

, n. [abstr.], the state of trembling; taṁ-
samaṅgīnaṁ ~ttā (v.l. ~tā; Be kampanakā) santap-
panattā ca, Thī-a 292,6 (ad Thī 504).

" 346862143376723968,kampanaṭṭha,en,"

kampan'-aṭṭha

, m., the sense of wavering; vimati ti
... ~ena, As 259,28 ≠ Nidd-a I 429,18 (Ee wrong punc-
tuation; ad Nidd I 414,22).

" 346862158195200000,kampanīya,en,"

kampanīya

, mfn., to be shaken; only recorded ifc.; —
ifc. a-° (~-lokuttama-bhāvâvahana, Pj I 153,20; Pj I-
Trsl. ad loc. wrong).

" 346862158597853184,kampanīyatā,en,"

kampanīya-tā

, f. [abstr.], the being affected (by some-
thing; with instr.); taṇhâdīhi ~āya (so read; Be °iya°)
sabbasaṅkhārā va iñjitānī ti sabbasaṅkhāra-iñjitāni,
Ps-pṭ II 92,9 (ad Ps II 112,5).

" 346862114595409920,kampapakkha,en,"

[

kampa-pakkha

, w.r. for kampa-pamha, q.v.]

" 346862159478657024,kampapamha,en,"

[

kampa-pamha

, n., (cf. sa. pakṣman), suggested read-
ing for Ee °pakkha; yathā cāmīkarabyamhe sunīlaṁ
sīhapañjaraṁ akampo ~ehi pihitaddhasulocano, Sa-
mantak 154]

" 346862160862777344,kampāpitaṭṭhāna,en,"

kampāpita-ṭṭhāna

, n. [caus. pp. < √kamp + ṭhāna],
a place where the earth was caused to shake; mahāpa-
thaviyā ~an (BeCe so; EeSe kampita°) ti, Ja VI 588,10.

" 346862147856240640,kampati,en,"

kampati

, 3 sg. pr. [sa. kampate; EWA-2 s.v. kamp;
CDIAL 2767], 1.a. to tremble; b. to shake, to quake; c. to
be agitated; d. to be troubled, distressed; 2. to hurt; —
forms: pr. 3 sg. ~ati; 3 pl. -anti, -are (med.); opt. 3 sg.
~eyya; aor. 3 sg. (a)~i, (a)~ittha; abs. ~itvā; pr. part.
~anta, ~amāna; — gramm. lit.: kapi calane ~ituṁ sī-
laṁ yassā ti vā a~i ~ati ~issati sīlenā ti vā kampano,
Rūp 241,5; calanatthe hi kampa kampane ti dhātuyā
~atī ti akammakaṁ suddhakatturūpaṁ, Sadd 553,3;
lābhâdiṁ paṭicca ejati ~atī ti ejā, 345,16; — 1.a. so ~a-
māno vegena nivesanadvāraṁ gantvā, Ja I 352,11; na
-anti na vedhanti, II 191,16; makkaṭo sītapīḷito dante
khādanto ~anto vicarati, II 269,11; kiles' eva ~ati, III
379,13; so kilesavasena ~anto, IV 23,26; so ~anto paṇ-
ṇasālaṁ pavisitvā, Ja V 201,15; baddhā na baddhā ti
cintento upadhārento a~ittha, Ja V 342,15' (ad pacca-
kampittha, 340,17*); chandâdiagativasena na ~eyya,
VI 293,3'; te migā viya ukkaṇṇā samantāmabhidhā-
vino ānanditā pamuditā vaggamānā va ~are, 559,8*
(= vaggamānā mātuhadayamaṁsaṁ kampenti viya
evaṁ pubbe mama puttakā, 560,9'); pīḷamānā vā ti
~itvā ~itvā tiṭṭhantī viya gacchati, 501,27' (ad 500,18*);
dārakā ... ~antā katthaci ṭhātuṁ asamatthā iti c' ito
ca dhāvitvā, 545,15; pavedhentī ti ~amānā, Sp 886,6
(ad Vin IV 175,13); — so puna ~amāno uṭṭhāya paṁ-
suṁ puñjitvā vegena gantvā rathaṁ gaṇhi, Ja I 352,7;
so kesarasīhena gahitamattavāraṇo viya Rāhumu-
khe paviṭṭhacando viya ~amāno, VI 551,21; te paha-
ṭakukkuṭā viya ~amānā palāyitā, 553,30; ~amānā vi-
ya vicarantā, Ps II 160,16; so matā ti saññāya ~amāno
uppannabalavasoko, Cp-a 93,28; tannimittaṁ na ~ati
na vedhati, īsakam pi aññathattaṁ na gacchati,
327,36; — with instr.: ~anti sampavedhantī ti loma-
haṁsanabhayena sabbākārena ~anti, Nidd-a I
164,5-7 (ad Nidd I 50,12); ahirikena na ~atī ti hiriba-
laṁ ... anottappena na ~atī ti ottappabalaṁ appaṭi-
saṅkhānena na ~atī ti paṭisaṅkhānabalaṁ, Paṭis-a
622,19 foll. (ad Paṭis II 168,7 foll); — with loc. (= nimit-
tasaptamī): ""on account of..."": evaṁ jānaṁ kho bhik-
khu sutavā ariyasāvako evaṁ passaṁ na cchambha-
ti na ~ati na vedhati na santāsaṁ āpajjati avyākata-
vatthūsu, A IV 69,26; lābhe pi na ~ati, Nidd I 353,22
(ad Sn 920); assaddhiye ... kosajje ... pamāde ... ud-
dhacce ... avijjāya na ~ati, Paṭis II 168,13 foll. (cf.
Paṭis-a 623,1 foll); nīvaraṇe ... khandhe ca na ~ati na
calati na vedhatī ti samathabalaṁ, 172,12-24; aniccâ-
nupassanāya niccasaññāya na ~atī ti ... khandhe ca
na ~atī na calati na vedhatī ti vipassanābalaṁ, 172,36
foll.; avijjāya na ~atī ti paññābalaṁ, Ps IV 131,26 (ad
M III 72,20); assaddhiye na ~atī ti saddhābalaṁ, As
145,16; paravādesu na ~ati, Abhidh-av 84,34 (= paka-
tipurisattâdivādīnaṁ paresaṁ titthiyāyaṁ vādesu
sampattesu nimittabhūtesu vā na ~ati na ppavedha-
ti na calatī ti attho, Abhidh-an-nṭ 320,27); — 1.b. sa-
makampathā ti udakapariyantaṁ katvā ~ittha, Ja VI
570,22' (ad 570,12*); paṭhavī ~i, 586,27; mahāpaṭhavī
~ī ti, 587,2; paṭhavī ~ati saṁkampati sampavedhati,
D II 108,16 foll.; a~i tattha paṭhavī Sineruvanavaṭaṁ-
sakā, Cp 80 (= acali, Cp-a 79,31) ≠ 87 foll.; ayaṁ ma-
hāpaṭhavī udakapariyantaṁ katvā anekappakāram
~i saṅkampi sampakampi sampavedhi, Sp 30,10 (cf.
Sv 25,19 where ~i is missing) ≠ Ps III 239,20 ≠ Cp-a 79,14;
saha udakapātena paṭhavī ~i, Sp 81,20 foll.; mahāpa-
ṭhavi a~i, 99,22 = Ps III 239,20; puññatejena paṭhavī
a~ittha ... ñāṇatejena ... a~ittha, Sv 559,34 foll.; 560,3
foll.; Spk I 198,16 foll.; II 196,18; paṭhavī sattavāraṁ
a~ittha, Cp-a 101,27; mahāpaṭhavī calati ~ati pave-
dhati, Mil 116,11,16; ~amānāya mahāpaṭhaviyā,
118,4; udake kampite mahāpaṭhavī ~i, 118,15; chad-
dhā '~i mahāmahī, Mhv III 39 (= a~i, Mhv-ṭ 151,21);
a~ittha mahāmahī, XV 25 (Mhv-ṭ 343,30); kasmā ~ati
bhūmi, 26 (Mhv-ṭ 344,10); — jātikkhettaṁ ... tathāga-
tassa paṭisandhiādisu ~ati, Sp 159,29; ten' āyaṁ dasa-
sahassīlokadhātu ~itthā ti āha, Sv 563,28; dasasahas-
sīlokadhātu ... paduminipaṇṇe udakabindu viya
a~ittha, Ps II 135,20; dasasahassīlokadhātu ~ittha,
Spk I 198,20; III 253,34; Ud-a 328,12; dhāreyya caleyya
~eyya, Ps IV 119,7; ~i, 186,11; — olokitolokitaṭṭhānaṁ
~ati, Ja VI 588,16 = Dhp-a I 185,25; — Himavantapab-
batarājā ca ~i sampakampi sampavedhi, Ud-a 67,12;
atha tesaṁ sīlatejena Sakkabhavanaṁ ~i, Ja IV 306,30
≠ Cp-a 203,19; — so pāsādo ... aṅguliyā pahaṭaṁ a-
parāparaṁ ~ati calati na santiṭṭhati, Ps II 304,7; — te-
na āhaṇanena bhitti ~ati, Sp 784,1; — 1.e. heṭṭhā ...
udakaṁ macchakacchapehi ~ti, Nidd I 353,9; upari
... udakaṁ vātehi ~ti, 353,10; na ~ati, 353,10 foll. (ad
Sn 920; = ṭhitaṭṭhānato na calati, Nidd-a I 375,25); ma-
hāvātesu parikupitesu udakaṁ ~i, Mil 118,14; — 1.d.
na chambati na ~ati na vedhati na paritassati, M II
138,8 (= na osīdati, Ps III 389,25); cittaṁ yassa na ~ati,
Khp V 11 (= na calati na vedhati, Pj I 153,12) - Sn 268;
yassa cittaṁ na ~ati ... cittaṁ na ~ati na calati na
vedhati, Pj I 153,17 foll.; cittaṁ na ~ati, 153,22; — 2.
idaṁ hi me hadayaṁ sallaviddho yathā vaṇo tath'
eva ~ati c' eva rujati ca, Ja VI 561,27' (ad 561,19*).[[side 198]]

" 346862159889698816,kampayati,en,"

kampayati

, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of kampati, q.v.; cf. kam-
peti, q.v.], to cause to shake, quake; — forms: pr. 3 sg.
~ati; aor. 1 sg. ~iṁ, 3 sg. ~i; pr. part. ~amāna, ~ant;
abs. ~itvāna; — sākhaṁ a~i, Ja III 420,18*; Migāra-
mātu pāsādaṁ pādaṅguṭṭhena ~iṁ (v.l. ~i), Th 1164
(cf. S V 270,8 with v.l. kampesi for saṅkampesi); Mi-
gāramātu pāsādaṁ pādaṅguṭṭhena ~i, Th 1192 (~in
ti... kampesiṁ [v.l. kampisaṁ], Th-a III 173,7) = M I
337,31*; Vejayantapāsādaṁ pādaṅguṭṭhena ~i, Th
1194 + Th-a III 174,6 ≠ M I 337,34*; sīsaṁ ~amāno
(v.l. kampam°), Ja I 442,25; evaṁ sabbaṅgasampan-
no ~anto vasundharaṁ, Ps III 23,10* = Ud-a 414,7*;
~itvāna (v.l. kampetvāna) mahiṁ, Mhv XV 175.

" 346862166642528256,kampeti,en,"

kampeti

, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of kampati, q.v.; cf. kampa-
yati, q.v.], 1.a. to cause to shake, quake; b. to cause to
quiver; c. to cause to agitate; 2. to upset; — forms: pr. 1
sg. ~emi, 2 sg. ~esi, 3 sg. ~eti, 3 pl. ~enti; pot. 3 sg. ~ey-
ya; fut. 1 sg. ~essāmi, 2 sg. ~essasi, 3 sg. ~essati; aor. 3
sg. ~esi; inf. ~etuṁ; pres. part. ~ant; — gramm. lit.: ~etī
ti ādīni sakammakāni hetukatturūpāni, Sadd 553,4;
— 1.a. udakaṁ kampitaṁ paṭhaviṁ ~eti, D II 107,26
qu. Sv 558,20; so imaṁ paṭhaviṁ ~eti saṅkampeti
sampakampeti sampavedheti, D II 108,6; n' eva
naṁ (scil. kukkū) ~eyya na saṅkampeyya na sam-
pavedheyya, A IV 404,24 ≠ S V 445,21; ahaṁ ~essāmī
ti, Sv 558,32; n' âsakkhi tāta Vejayantaṁ ~etun ti,
559,8; tāta tumhādise akampente ko añño ~essati,
559,10,19; ajja ~emi pāsādaṁ, 559,26*; sīsaṁ ~ento, Ps
II 86,18; paṭhaviṁ ~esi, V 76,12; cakkavāḷapabbataṁ
~ento viya, Spk III 6,15; ayaṁ thero pādaṅguṭṭhena
~esi, Th-a III 173,32; udakapariyantaṁ paṭhaviṁ
~ento, Cp-a 96,30; — 1.b. tātā ti putto vadamāno
~eti hadayaṁ pitu, Ja III 50,13*; sallam me deva ura-
si ~esi, V 178,12* (= urasmiṁ nisitaṁ sattiṁ cāresi,
178,15'); vaggamānā mātuhadayamaṁsaṁ ~enti vi-
ya evaṁ pubbe mama puttakā, VI 560,9'; idam pi
dutiyaṁ sallaṁ ~eti hadayaṁ mama, 561,19* (cf.
Sadd 553,5); — 1.e. mahāvātā vāyanti udakaṁ ~enti,
D II 107,26; kaṁsapātiyā udakapuṇṇāya sabbaṁ u-
dakaṁ ~etuṁ, Sp 58,29; — (in sexual context) ākāse
kaṭiṁ ~ento moceti, Vin III 112,32; ākāse kaṭiṁ
~entassa asuci mucci, 118,8; Sp 525,5; — 2. sa itthi-
māyāya kusalatāya tāpasaṁ ~etvā, Ja V 157,24; (of
Mara) mam n' eva vedhayissasi na ~essaśī ti, Spk I
182,24 (ad S I 120,15); — ifc. a-° (Sv 559,9).

" 346862165589757952,kampilla,en,"

Kampilla

, n. [Amg. Kampilla, Utt XVIII 1; BHS
Kampilla; v. BHSD s.v.; cf. sa. Kāmpilya], Npr.; a city
in Uttarapañcāla; v. PPN s.v.; Pañcālā Kuruyo Keka-
ke cā ti imāni tesaṁ raṭṭhānaṁ nāmāni tesu Pañcālā
Uttarapañcālā tattha ~aṁ (v.l. kappil°, kapil°) nāma
nagaraṁ, Ja II 214,17; viroca ~a (voc; Be kappile
[loc]) mahânubhāva, V 34,5*; — °-nagara, n., the city
of K°; Uttarapañcālaraṭṭhe ~e Dummukho nāma rā-
jā, Ja III 379,3; — °-raṭṭha, n., the kingdom of K°; tattha
issariyan ti ~e Uttarapañcālanagare rajjaṁ majjhe
bhinditvā, Ja IV 396,17'; ~e Uttarapañcālanagare
Pañcālo nāma rājā ahosi, V 21,6; ~e Uttarapañcāla-
nagaraṁ pāpuni, VI 391,6.

" 346862102075412480,kampilla,en,"

Kampilla,

cf. G. G. Filippi, B. Marcolongo, Kāmpilya. Quest for a Mahābhārata City 1999; A. Dallaporta, L. Marcato, South Asian Studies XVII 2001: 161–169.

" 346862152360923136,kampillaka,en,"

Kampillaka

, mfn. [Kampilla + ka, scary < prec.; cf.
BHS Kampillaka; v. BHSD s.v.], of Kampilla; —
°-raṭṭha, n., the kingdom of K°; ~e Uttarapañcālana-
gare Pañcāle rajjaṁ kārente Bodhisatto ... brāhma-
ṇakule nibbattitvā, Ja III 79,1.

" 346862166386675712,kampilliya,en,"

Kampilliya

, n. [< sa. Kāmpilya; cf. Kampilla, q.v.],
= Kampilla; yathā petaṁ susānasmiṁ chaḍḍetvā
caturo janā evaṁ ~e tv' amhā (so read; v. CPD I 113a
s.v. amhā) chaḍḍayitvā idhâgatā, Ja VI 464,8*; —
°-raṭṭha, n., the kingdom of K°; ~e ... chaḍḍetvā, Ja VI
464,12' (ad 464,8*).

" 346862118500306944,kampin,en,"

kampi(n)

, mfn., shaking; only recorded ifc.; — ifc. a-°
(M II 138,9).
kampin

" 346862159034060800,kampita,en,"

kampita

, mfn. [pp. < kampati, q.v.], 1. shaking,
quaking (of mountains and earth); trembling; 2. agitated;
— lex. lit.: ~o dhūto 'dhūtacalitā, Abh 744 (< kampa
calane, Abh-ṭ); — 1. ~ā puthavī, Ja I 26,28*; ~o Me-
rurājā, Ap 540,17; mahāpaṭhavī ~ā, Mil 116,3; — ma-
hāsatto ~o hutvā, Ja VI 545,27; vedhito ~o, Cp-a
247,8 (ad kumāra, Cp 338); pītisaṁvegena saṁviggo
calito ~ito, Ps III 212,18 (ad M I 503,2); — 2. udakaṁ
~aṁ, D II 107,26 = Sv 558,20; udake ~e mahāpaṭhavī
kampi, Mil 118,14; vāterito ti vātena erito ~o, Spk III
175,3 (ad S V 123,16); — ifc. a-°(Cp 80).

" 346862161273819136,kampita,en,"

kampita

, n., 1. earthquake; only in cpd.s, q.v. infra;
2. tremor, trembling; cittutrāsasaṅkhātaṁ ~aṁ, Cp-a
79,30 (ad Cp 80).

" 346862163761041408,kampitahadayatta,en,"

kampita-hadaya-tta

, n. [abstv.], the being merciful;
yo karuṇāya ~ā lokahitattaṁ, Sp-ṭ I 8,28 (ad Sp 1,7) =
Vmv I 2,27.

" 346862164654428160,kampitakāra,en,"

kampitâkāra

, m. [kampita + āk°], the manner of
shaking; ~o, Th-a III 174,9.

" 346862164675399680,kampitākāra,en,"

kampitâkāra

, m. [kampita + āk°], the manner of
shaking; ~o, Th-a III 174,9.

" 346862162053959680,kampitakāraṇa,en,"

kampita-kāraṇa

, n., the cause of an earthquake; tāya
paṭhaviyā ~aṁ (v.l. kampana°) rājā theraṁ pucchi,
Mhv-ṭ 347,2 (ad Mhv XV 48).

" 346862586291032064,kampitapubba,en,"

kampita-pubba

, mfn., previously shaken; Vejayan-
tapāsādo ~o, Sv 558,31.

" 346862163303862272,kampitarahita,en,"

kampita-rahita

, mfn., without shaking; akampitan
ti ~aṁ, Cp-a 79,28 (ad Cp 80).[[side 200]]

" 346862585062100992,kampitasanti,en,"

kampita-santi

, f., disturbed peace; eritasanh ti ~i
(w.r. pakampitasanti); sameritasantī ti, visesena ~i,
Nidd-a I 204,8 (ad Nidd I 75,2 ad Sn 784).

" 346862162834100224,kampitaṭṭhāna,en,"

kampita-ṭṭhāna

, mfn., the place of an earthquake; pa-
ṭhaviyā ~an (EeSe so; BeCe kampāpita°) ti, Ja VI 588,10.

" 346862165174521856,kampiya,en,"

kampiya

, mfn., only recorded ifc.; — ifc. a-° (Spk II
46,5; ~ṭṭha, Mil 354,24; Paṭis-a 622,12; ~-magga, Paṭis II
84,32; ~-maṇḍa, 87,12; ~-lakkhaṇa, Sv 63,17; ~-vimutti,
Paṭis II 145,27; ~-virāga, 143,1; ~-âbhisamaya, 216,13.

" 346862301925609472,kaṃsa,en,"

⁴

kaṁsa

, n. [a questionable backformation <
*kāṅkṣya; cf. sa-Dhātup I 331; sa. kāṅkṣya], desire,
expectation; only recorded in gramm. lit.; khaṭa ~e,
Sadd 352,20.

" 346862301762031616,kaṃsa,en,"

kaṁsa

, m. [cf. Amg. kaṁsa; sa. kaṁsa], 1.
metal; brass; bell-metal (cf. 3. infra); precious metal
(i.e., gold or silver); for ex.s of this usage, v. infra; 2.
a metal vessel; ~ would seem to denote primarily a
metal vessel made from iron, copper, brass, white-
copper or other copper alloys; according to lex. lit.
and ct.s it also denotes a vessel made from precious
metals like silver and gold (v. infra); 3. a gong; 4. a
particular coin (a monetary unit = four kahāpaṇas;
cf. Vin IV 255,30; 256,1; Sp 919,2); J. Sakamoto-Goto,
Das Udayajātaka, WZKS XXVIII 1984: 60 foll.; —
lex. lit.: ~o bhuñjanapatto, Abh 457 (tassa patto =
bhājanaṁ suvaṇṇarajatâdinimmittam pi ~o nāma,
Abh-ṭ 311,19); patte ca lohabhedasmiṁ ~o catuka-
hāpaṇe, Abh 905 (lohabhedasmiṁ: ayotambâdimaye
bhājanavisese, Abh-ṭ 535,24); — 1. (only recorded in
cpd.s) kahāpaṇa-rajata-suvaṇṇa-~-patthara-paripūra,
Mil 2,11; suvaṇṇa-rajata-~-tamba-loha-maya, Spk I
243,23; — 2. hitvā satapalaṁ ~aṁ sovaṇṇaṁ satarā-
jikaṁ aggahiṁ mattikāpattaṁ, Th 97 = 862; usabhā
rukkhā ... asso ~o, Ja I 336,12*; hitvā sataphalaṁ ~aṁ
sovaṇṇaṁ satarājikaṁ aggahi mattikāpattaṁ, VI
49,12* = 54,1*; bhutvā sataphale ~e sovaṇṇe satarājike
rukkhapattesu bhuñjantā kathaṁ kāhanti dārakā,
510,4* (= phalasatena katāya kaṅcanapātiyā, 510,18');
— ifc. āpānīya-°; puṇṇa-° (Ja IV 107,2*; cf.
107,4-50; bharita-° (Ps II 376,32); sampanna-° (Ps
II 376,32); soṇṇa-° (Vv 34; Vv-a 36,18); — 3. sace
nêresi attānam ~o upahato yathā, esa patto 'si nib-
bānaṁ, sārambho te na vijjati, Dhp 134; seyyathā pi
~e ākoṭite paṭhamaṁ oḷārikā saddā pavattanti, Vism
276,27 = Sp 414,19 (ad Vin III 71,1); Vism 283,13 (ad
276,27) = Sp 424,24 (ad Vin III 71,1); — 4. catukkaṁ-
saparaman ti ettha ~o nāma catukahāpaṇiko hoti, Sp
919,2 (ad Vin IV 255,29); — ifc. aḍḍhateyya-°
(~-parama, Vin IV 256,27); catuk-° (~-parama, Vin rv
255,29).

" 346862301816557568,kaṃsa,en,"

kaṁsa

, mfn. [ < *kāṁsya; cf. sa. kāṁsya; cf. BHS
kāṁsa, q.v. in BHSD s.v.], made of metal or brass;
made of precious metal (ct.s so; only recorded in
cpd.s, qq.v. infra).

" 346862301984329728,kaṃsa,en,"

[⁵

kaṁsa

, w.r. in cpd. at Sp 74,18 (= Thūp 45,9, q.v.)
for haṁsa]

" 346862301875277824,kaṃsa,en,"

Kaṁsa

, m.; Npr.; name of the son of Mahākaṁsa
(q.v.) and brother of Upakaṁsa and Devagabbha; v.
PPNs.y. 3. Kaṁsa.

" 346862375384649728,kaṃsabhājana,en,"

kaṁsa-bhājana

, n., a metal vessel; api ca ma-
laggahitaṁ ~aṁ ... gahetvā, Vism 142,27; Mahā-
aṭṭhakathāyaṁ pana kiṁkiṇikā ti ~aṁ, Sp 288,7,8 (ad
Vin III 42,4: kiṁkiṇikasaddo); — °âdi-gata, mfn.,
being in a metal pan or the like; ~assa vā jalamā-
nassa aggissa, Ud-a 435,15.

" 346862375351095296,kaṃsabhaṇḍa,en,"

kaṁsa-bhaṇḍa

, m., metalware or brassware;
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū
bahuṁ lohabhaṇḍaṁ ~aṁ sannicayaṁ karonti, Vin
II 135,12; — °-vāṇija, m., a trader in metalware or
brassware; kaṁsapattharikā ti ~ā, Sp 1211,15 (ad Vin
II 135,15).

" 346862375451758592,kaṃsabhoga,en,"

[²

Kaṁsa-bhoga

, w.r. at Ja IV 79,12 for Kaṁsagot-
ta, q.v.]

" 346862375422398464,kaṃsabhoga,en,"

Kaṁsa-bhoga

, m.; Npr.; a part of Uttarāpatha
(q.v.) where Mahā-Kaṁsa (q.v.) and his successors
ruled; Uttarāpathe ~e Asitañjananagare Mahākaṁso
nāma rājā kāresi, Ja IV 79,9,12,26.

" 346862302307291136,kaṃsacāṭi,en,"

[

kaṁsa-cāṭi

, reading of Se for Ee -pāti at Vin II
294,13]

" 346862375070076928,kaṃsadda,en,"

kaṁ-sadda

, m. [cf. ka-sadda, q.v. s.v. ⁷ka;
kiṁ-sadda, and ko-sadda, qq.v.], the word ""ka"" (n.)
in the sense of water, head, and pleasure; ~o pana
siro-jala-sukkha-'ttha-vacako, Sadd 281,7; —ifc.
ko-° (Sadd 281,3).

" 346862302143713280,kaṃsagotta,en,"

Kaṁsa-gotta

, n., the lineage of ³Kaṁsa, q.v.;
nemittikabrāhmaṇā etissā kucchiyaṁ nibbattaputto
~aṁ (so read with BeCe; Ee -bhogaṁ) Kaṁsavaṁ-
saṁ nāsessatī ti vyākariṁsu, Ja IV 79,12.

" 346862302353428480,kaṃsajālasañchanna,en,"

kaṁsa-jāla-sañchanna

, mfn., covered with a
metal or brass net-work; upari ~aṁ mañjūsa-sadi-
saṁ tiyojanaṁ ubbedhena, Spk I 321,5.

" 346862302034661376,kaṃsakaṇṭaka,en,"

kaṁsa-kaṇṭaka

, mfn., (bhvr.) strewn with
metal thorns or strewn with nails; yo ~e magge pati-
to sannisinno bahū ettha Brahmadattassa dosā, Ja V
102,27' (ad 102,21*).

" 346862302089187328,kaṃsakūṭa,en,"

kaṁsa-kūṭa

, m. [cf. BHSD s.v. kāṁsa-], swindle
with metal; according to the ct. ~ means swindle
with copper dishes that have been processed to look
like gold; when people ask how they can be sure
that the dishes are made of gold, the swindler cheats
them by letting them examine one made of gold;
kaṁso vuccati suvaṇṇapāti. tāya vañcanaṁ ~aṁ.
kathaṁ ? ekaṁ suvaṇṇapātiṁ katvā aññā dve tisso
lohapātiyo suvaṇṇavaṇṇe karonti ... kathaṁ ime-
saṁ suvaṇṇabhāvo jānitabbo ti vutte, vīmaṁsitvā
gaṇhathā ti suvaṇṇapātiṁ pāsāne ghaṁsitvā, sab-
bapātiyo datvā gacchanti, Sv I 79,11 (ad D I 5,21) = Ps
II 210,21 (ad M I 180,17); — ifc. tulā-kūṭa-°
(~-māna-kūṭa, D I 5,21; M I 180,17).

" 346862375736971264,kaṃsaloha,en,"

kaṁsa-loha

, n., bronze; one of the three kinds
of kittimaloha (q.v. infra); atthi suvaṇṇaṁ rajataṁ
... kāḷalohaṁ tambalohaṁ vaṭṭalohaṁ ~aṁ, Mil
267,26; ~aṁ, vaṭṭalohaṁ, ārakūṭan ti tīṇi kittimalohā-
ni nāma, Vibh-a 63,27; tiputambe missetvā kataṁ
~aṁ, Sp-ṭ II 321,12 (ad Sp 544,12) - Ss 203,3; — ifc.
kāḷalohatambaloha-° (~-vaṭṭaloha, Sp 1240,12).

" 346862373862117376,kaṃsalohavaṭṭaloha,en,"

kaṁsa-loha-vaṭṭa-loha

, n., bronze and brass
(cf. sa. vartaloha; v. CDIAL II 347); — °-bhājana-
vikati, f., the kind of bowls made from bronze or
brass; ~i saṅghikaparibhogena vā gihivikaṭā vā
vaṭṭati, Sp 1240,21.

" 346862375678251008,kaṃsamallaka,en,"

kaṁsa-mallaka

, m., a metal bowl; kiṁ aṇḍakā
ime deva nikkhittā ~e upalohitakā vaggū, Ja III 21,22*
(~e ti suvaṇṇataṭṭake, 21,25').

" 346862375644696576,kaṃsamaya,en,"

kaṁsa-maya

, mfn., made of metal or brass; na
~o patto dhāretabbo, Vin II 112,23 (~o ti ettha vaṭṭa-
lohamayo pi saṅgahito, Sp 1203,13); na ~ā pādukāyo
dhāretabbā, Vin I 190,26; ādāsamaṇḍalaṁ ~aṁ, As
318,16.[[side 7]]

" 346862374453514240,kaṃsanīla,en,"

kaṁsa-nīla

, n. [cf. sa. kāṁsyanīla], iron sul-
phate (or copper sulphate) ?; = cammakāranīla ac-
cording to Sp; Mahāpaccarī (v. infra) interprets ~ as
rust (= ayomala, q.v.) or verdigris (= lohamala), but
according to the gaṇṭhipadas (v. infra) ~ = pakati-
nīla (q.v.); nīlaṁ nāma dve nīlāni ~aṁ palāsanīlaṁ,
Vin IV 120,30 (ad 120,23; -an ti cammakāranīlaṁ.
Mahāpaccariyaṁ pana ayomalaṁ lohamalaṁ etaṁ
~aṁ nāmā ti vuttaṁ, Sp 863,15; aṭṭhame camma-
kāranīlaṁ nāma pakatinīlan ti tīsu pi gaṇṭhipadesu
vuttaṁ, Sp-ṭ III 82,2; cammakāranīlaṁ nāma cam-
maṁ nīlavaṇṇaṁ kātuṁ yojiyamānaṁ nīlaṁ. paka-
tinīlam evā ti keci, Vmv II 44,16); ~aṁ vā palāsa-
nīlaṁ vā, Ps II 100,35 (ad M I 127,31: nīlaṁ).

" 346862375187517440,kaṃsapātī,en,"

kaṁsa-pātī

, f. [Amg. kaṁsapāī; sa. kāṁsya-
pātrī; v. BHSD s.v. kāṁsa-], a metal dish; atha kho
Kasibhāradvājo ... mahatiyā ~iyā pāyāsaṁ vaḍḍhe-
tvā Bhagavato upanāmesi, Sn 14,9 (=
suvaṇṇapātiyaṁ satasahassagghanake, Pj II 151,21);
Vajjiputtakā bhikkhū ... ~iṁ udakena pūretvā ...
evaṁ vadenti, Vin II 294,13; evaṁ hi sa āvuso ~ī ...
saṅkiliṭṭhatarā assa malaggahītā ti, M I 25,23; sey-
yathā pi nāma kosālikā ~ī (v.l. -i) evam assa akkhīni
bhavanti, S I 106,20 (= Kosalaraṅṅo rathacakkappa-
mānā paribhogapāti, Spk I 173,11); Ap 157,4;
mukhavaṭṭiyamhi bhinne ~ī khaṇḍā ti vuccati, Spk
III 277,9 (ad S V 343,16); Sp 58,28; ambaphalāni ~iyaṁ
ṭhapetvā ... evam āha, Pv-a 274,19; — °-sahassa, n.,
a thousand metal dishes; caturāsīti ~āni adāsi hirañ-
ñapūrāni, A IV 393,19.

" 346862373581099008,kaṃsapatta,en,"

kaṁsa-patta

, n., a (polished) metal plate; kuk-
kuccaṁ āraggaṁ iva ~aṁ manaṁ vilikhamānam
eva uppajjati, As 384,10; — °âdi, mfn.; (used as a
mirror) ettha ~īni pi yesu mukhanimittaṁ paññā-
yati, sabbani adasasaṅkham eva gacchanti, Sp 1201,8
(ad Vin II 107,7).

" 346862373669179392,kaṃsapattharika,en,"

kaṁsa-pattharika

, m., a dealer in metalware;
kathaṅ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā bahuṁ ...
kaṁsabhaṇḍaṁ sannicayaṁ karissanti, seyyathā pi
~ā ti, Vṁ II 135,16 (= kaṁsabhaṇḍavāṇijā, Sp 1211,15).

" 346862375275597824,kaṃsappajjotana,en,"

kaṁsa-ppajjotana

, mfn., gleaming like metal
or brass (?); gleaming like gold (ct. so); api ñātikule
phīte ~e vasaṁ, Ja VI 508,15* (= suvaṇṇâbhāya [so
read; Ee -abhāya] jotante, 509,12').

" 346862375237849088,kaṃsapūra,en,"

kaṁsa-pūra

, mfn., (silver [coins = rūpiya]) fil-
ling a metal vessel (to the top); cf. J. Sakamoto-
Goto, Das Udayajātaka, WZKS XXVIII 1984: 62; ct.
suggests less likely: full of gold (v. infra); dadāmi te
rūpiyaṁ -an ti, Ja IV 107,22* (te ... rūpiyapātiṁ
suvaṇṇapūraṁ dadāmī ti, 107,27').

" 346862376236093440,kaṃsasadda,en,"

kaṁsa-sadda

, m., the word ""kaṁsa""; ~o maha-
tiyā kaṁsapātiyā ti ādīsu suvaṇṇe āgato, Mp-ṭ III
12,18.

" 346862375925714944,kaṃsasata,en,"

kaṁsa-sata

, n., one hundred kaṁsas (= one
hundred kahāpanas according to ct.); cf., however,
¹kaṁsa 4.; sippikānaṁ sataṁ n' atthi kuto ~ā duve
ti, Ja I 426,9* (dve kahāpaṇasatāni pan' assa kuto yevā
ti, 426,11') = Ps II 16,4* (cf. ibid. 15,16).

" 346862302458286080,kaṃsatāla,en,"

[

kaṁsa-tāla

, reading of Be at Pj II 185,13 for
kaṭṭhatāla]

" 346862302403760128,kaṃsatāla/kaṃsatāḷa,en,"

kaṁsa-tāla/kaṁsa-tāḷa

, m. [²kaṁsa + tāl(ḷ)a
(< √tāḍ ? v. CDIAL 5801); cf. Amg. kaṁsatāla; sa.
kāṁsyatāla; spelling at times confused with kaṁsa-
thāla (q.v.) and vice versa], a kind of brass gong; —
sammatālan ti khadirâdisammañ c' eva ~añ ca, Ja VI
277,9' (ad 277,5*); mahāsakuṇe gahetvā ... paccūsa-
kāle tesaṁ gīvāsu ~e bandhitvā te uṭṭhapetvā
otarathā ti, Ja VI 411,1; 411,12; yathā puriso mahatiyā
lohasalākāya ~aṁ ākoṭeyya ekappahārena mahā-
saddo uppajjeyya, Sp 424,19 = Vism 283,6 (with
reading -thāla).kaṁsa-tāla

" 346862302504423424,kaṃsatāḷakaṭṭhatāḷasadda,en,"

kaṁsa-tāḷa-kaṭṭha-tāḷa-sadda

, m., the
sound of a brass gong or a wooden gong; samma-
saddo ti ~o, As 319,10.

" 346862302550560768,kaṃsatālasadda,en,"

kaṁsa-tāla-sadda

, m., the sound of the brass
gongs; ākāse ~aṁ sutvā ... nagare ekakolāhalaṁ
ahosi, Ja VI 411,13.

" 346862302600892416,kaṃsatālasara,en,"

kaṁsa-tāla-sara

, m., the sound of a brass
gong; madhuro kira tassa saddo ~o viya niccharati,
Dhp-a I 389,9; — °âdi, mfn.; tāḷan ti ~i, Sadd 569,6.[[side 6]]

" 346862302647029760,kaṃsathāla,en,"

kaṁsa-thāla

, n. [< *kāṁsya + *sthāla; cf. sa.
sthāla; spelling often confused with kaṁsatāla (q.v)
and vice versa], 1. any kind of metal vessel: a bowl,
a dish, a basin or the like (opp. mattikathāla; v. in-
fra); 2. a kind of brass gong; the reading ~, when
used in this sense, stems from confusion with
kaṁsatāla, q.v.; — 1. seyyathā pi bhikkhave dak-
kho nahāpako ... ~e nahāniyacuṇṇāni ākiritvā uda-
kena ... sanneyya, D I 74,2 (= yena kenaci lohena
katabhājane, Sv 217,28) = M I 276,24 (Ps II 321,35) = II
15,12 = III 92,29 = D I 173,6 = 215,4 = 232,25 = A III 25,14;
yo hare mattikāthālaṁ -am pi so hare, Ja III 224,9*
(yo mattikāthālaṁ harati suvaṇṇathālarajatathālâdi-
bhedaṁ -am pi so harat' eva, 224,12') qu. Dhp-a IV
67,20; ekaṁ adhikaraṇift ca udakapuṇṇañ ca ~aṁ (v.l.
-tālaṁ) ārahāpethā ti, Ja III 285,5; Spk III 92,12; — 2.
yathā mahārāja ~aṁ ākoṭitaṁ pacchā anuravati anu-
sandahati, Mil 62,31; yathā puriso mahatiyā lohasalā-
kāya ~aṁ ākoṭeyya, Vism 283,6 = Sp 424,19 (with
reading -tālaṁ); — ifc. ākoṭita-° (Spk II 95,33);
pahaṭa-° (Spk I 275,29; Ps II 183,30); chinna-°
(~-sadisa, Dhp-a III 57,10).

" 346862302697361408,kaṃsathālaggiyahataṃ,en,"

[

kaṁsathālaggiyâhataṁ

, problematic read-
ing at Dīp XV 21 (v.ll. kaṁsapātiṁ va āhataṁ, kaṁ-
sithālaggiyâhataṁ, kaṁsamālaggiyâhataṁ), for
which perhaps read kaṁsathālaṁ (= kaṁsathāla 2.,
q.v.) viya āhataṁ]

" 346862302718332928,kaṃsathālaggiyāhataṃ,en,"

[

kaṁsathālaggiyâhataṁ

" 346862375040716800,kaṃsathālaka,en,"

kaṁsa-thālaka

, n. [kaṁsathāla + diminutive
suffix ka], a small metal basin; vāmahatthena ~aṁ
gahetvā ... piṇḍaṁ kareyya, Ps II 322,4 (ad M I 276,26).

" 346862292421316608,kaṃsati,en,"

[

kaṁsati

, pr. 3 sg. ifc. only, v. kassati.]

" 346862375808274432,kaṃsavaṃsa,en,"

Kaṁsa-vaṁsa

, m., the lineage of ³Kaṁsa, q.v.;
tassā jātadivase nemittikabrāhmaṇā etissā kucchi-
yaṁ nibbattaputto Kaṁsagottaṁ (so read with BeCe
for Ee -bhogaṁ) ~aṁ nāsessatī ti vyākariṁsu, Ja IV
79,12.

" 346862375841828864,kaṃsavijjupabhassara,en,"

kaṁsa-vijju-pabhassara

, mfn., flashing like
metal lightning (?); flashing like golden lightning
(ct. so); sa rājā pāvisī vyamhaṁ Campeyyassa nive-
sanaṁ ... ~aṁ, Ja IV 464,27* (~an ti meghamukhe su-
vaṇṇavaṇṇasaṅcaraṇavijju viya obhāsamārtaṁ,
465,70.

" 346862376307396608,kaṃsupadhārana/kaṃsupadhārana,en,"

kaṁsûpadhārana/kaṁs'-upadhārana

, mfn.
[²kaṁsa + upadhāraṇa], (bhvr.) having a metal
milk-pail; = a silver milk-pail according to the ct.s;
cf. J. Sakamoto-Goto, Das Udayajātaka, WZKS
XXVIII 1984: 62 note 54; — caturāsīti dhenusahassāni
ahesuṁ dukūlasandanāni ~āni, D II 188,6 = 192,1 =
193,35 = 195,21 = S III 145,24 (~ānī [-u-] ti, rajatamaya-
dohabhājanāni, Spk II 325,19) ≠ A IV 393,26 (~ānī ti ra-
jatamayakhīrapaṭicchakāni, Mp IV 184,14); satta dhe-
nusate datvā sabbā ~ā (-u-), Ja VI 503,17* (idha kaṁ-
saṁ ti rajatassa nāmaṁ, rajatamayena khīrapaṭiccha-
nabhājanena saddhiṁ ñeva adāsī ti, 504,30'; saṭṭhiṁ
dhenusahassāni sabbā ~ā tāyo pi chaḍḍayitvāna
pabbajim anagāriyaṁ, Ap 356,1); — Rem.: parallels
in BHS read kaṁsopadohana (cf. sa. kāṁsyopadoha;
v. BHSD s.v. kaṁsopadoha; kaṁsopadohinī), thus
substituting the well-known upadohana for upadhā-
raṇa (q.v.), which is not recorded in this particular
sense elsewhere in the canon.kaṁsûpadhārana

" 346862376332562432,kaṃsūpadhārana/kaṃsupadhārana,en,"

kaṁsûpadhārana/kaṁs'-upadhārana

" 346862146035912704,kamu,en,"

kam(u)

, the verbal root kam; ~u padavikkhepe (cf.
Dhātum 312) ~u gatimhi, Mmd 449,15.

" 346862146497286144,kamuka,en,"

kamuka

, m., the tree Areca catechu and its nut, i.e., the
betel-nut; pūgo tu kamuko câ' tha, Abh 564; Abh 602.

" 346862360935272448,kāmuka,en,"

kāmuka,

m. [ts.], lover; — lex. lit.: kāmano kāmī ~o, Abh 230; — dāsaṁ kayirāsi ~aṁ, Ja V 306,15* (ct. attano sāmikaṁ), cf. dāsaṁ kurvasi kāmukaṁ, Mvu III 21,11* (so read with T. R. Chopra, Kuśa-Jātaka 1966: 134); — ifc. kamalinī -°.

" 346862101521764352,kamya,en,"

kamya,

mfn., wishing, desiring; — ifc. ketu-° (Nidd-a I 212,3).

" 346862385706831872,kamyā,en,"

kamyā

, f. [cf. sa. kāmyā], desire for, wish for; — ifc.
manussa-° (S I 143,29 = Ja III 361,6*; Spk I 211,34); lā-
bha-° (Sn 854; Sn 929).[[side 274]]

" 346862354408935424,kāmyadāna,en,"

kāmya-dāna,

n. [ts.], a desirable gift; pavāraṇan ti nisedhanaṁ vā ~aṁ vā, Sadd 560,12.

" 346862386013016064,kamyatā,en,"

kamya-tā

, f. [abstr., cf. ²kammatā, q.v.], wishing, de-
siring; — ifc. atta-piya-° (Sv 74,8; Ps I 200,30); attuk-
kaṁsanā-°; adaṭṭhu-° (Vibh 372,27); adassana-°; a-
desetu-° (Sv 466,2); adhāretu-° (Vibh 372,36); anug-
gahetu-° (Vibh 372,36); antevāsi-°; amuñcitu- (Ud-a
32,18); asamāgantu-° (Vibh 372,28); asametu-° (Vibh
372,27); asotu-°; assavana-° (Vibh 372,35); kattu-°;
kathetu-°; kiñcikkha-° (Sn 121; Pj II 179,17); ketu-°
(Vibh 350,4; Dhs 1116; Nidd II 227,2; ~-paccupaṭ-
ṭhāṇo, Abhidh-av 24,2); cāṭu-° (Vibh 246,24 [so read];
352,31 [so read]; Vism 17,7); dassana-° (Mil 4,7); dese-
tu-° (Sv 469,26); piya-° (Nidd 385,9 foll.; Sv 74,14; Ps I
96,16); bhatta-° (M II 255,20); bhiyyo-° (Vibh 350,38;
Sv 984,26); bhottu-° (M I 30,32; Ps I 150,12); maṅ-
gala-° (Ps I 60,8; Ud-a 55,24); muñcitu- (Abhidh-av
1299; ~-ñāṇa, Ud-a 32,17); vitthāretu-° (Sv 371,23; Ps
I 247,4); vināsetu-° (Spk I 176,11); satthu-cira-jīvitu-°
(Ud-a 400,3); satthu-dassana-° (Th 1241 = S I 193,1);
satthu-sāsana-° (Ap 242,5); sādhu-° (Dhs 1059 =
Vibh 361,30); sotu-° (Sv 28,4; Ps I 4,14; 14,4).

" 346862386319200256,kamyatālakkhaṇa,en,"

kamya-tā-lakkhaṇa

, mfn., characterised by wishing;
~o chando, Abhidh-av 20,26.

" 346862340865527808,kaṇ,en,"

kaṇ

, [= ⁵kaṇ(a), q.v.], the nominal stem kaṇ
[before the suffixes -iya and -iṭṭha]; khuddakassa ~:
kaṇiyo kaṇiṭṭho ... garūnaṁ matantare yuvasaddas-
sa sabbasss' eva ~ hoti iya iṭṭha ice etesu paccayesu:
~iyo, ~iṭṭho, Sadd 686,13 [cf. Kacc 268-9; Mogg IV 149,
qq.v. infra sub ⁵kaṇ(a)].

" 346862339938586624,kaṇ,en,"

kaṇ

, 1. the taddhita suffix kaṇ (= ka) used in
the sense of a collection (samūha); 2. the taddhita
suffix kaṇ (= a) used to form abstract nouns (bhāva);
— 1. samūhatthe ~ ṇa ice' ete paccayā honti. rāja-
puttānaṁ samūho: rājaputtako rājaputto vā, Kacc-v
ad Kacc 356; — °-ṇ-a, m., the taddhita suffix kaṇ
and the taddhita suffix ṇa (= a); samūhatthe ~ā, Kacc
356 = Sadd 789,16; — 2. ramānīyādito ~, Kacc 364 ≠
Sadd 791,16; — °-paccaya, m., the taddhita suffix
kaṇ used to form abstract nouns; ramaṇīya ice'
evamādito ~o hoti tassa bhāvo ice' etasmiṁ atthe.
ramanīyassa bhāvo: rāmanīyakaṁ, Kacc-v ad Kacc
364.

" 346862249123516416,kana,en,"

kan(a)

, m. [cf. sa. kan(a)], the nominal stem kan
(substituted for appa and yuvana before the suffixes -i-
ya and -iṭṭha); — ifc. ⁵kaṇ(a)-°.

" 346862249068990464,kana,en,"

kan(a)

, [cf. sa-Dhātup I 927], the verbal root ²kan;
lex. lit.: ~a khana avadāraṇe, Dhātup 178.

" 346862249018658816,kana,en,"

kan(a)

, [cf. sa-Dhātup I 488], the verbal root ¹kan;
lex. lit.: ~a ditti-gati-kantisu, Dhātup, 177 = Dhātum
257; Sadd 397,8.¹kana

" 346862341142351872,kaṇa,en,"

kaṇ(a)

, the root ¹kaṇ [sa-Dhātup X 175; cf.
¹kaṇati, q.v.]; ~a nimīlane, Dhātup 113 = Dhātum 168
= Sadd 535,28 = Abh-ṭ 319,20.¹kaṇa

" 346862341289152512,kaṇa,en,"

⁵

kaṇ(a)

, m. [cf. sa. kana], the nominal stem kaṇ
(substituted for appa and yuvana before the suffixes
-iya and iṭṭha); appassa ~aṁ, Kacc 268 ≠ Rūp 379 ≠
Sadd 686,13; — °-kan(a), the nominal stem kaṇ and
the nominal stem kan [before the suffixes -iya and
iṭṭha]; ~âppa-yuvānaṁ. iya-iṭṭhesu appa-yuvānaṁ
~ā honti yathākkamaṁ: kaṇiyo kaṇiṭṭho, kaniyo
kaniṭṭho, Mogg-v ad Mogg IV 149; — °-ggaha-
ṇanukaḍḍhan'-attha, mfn. [gahaṇa + anukaḍ-
ḍhana + attha], (bhvr.) having the purpose of refer-
ring back to the usage of the nominal stem kaṇ;
yuvānañ ca ... casaddaggahaṇaṁ ~aṁ, Kacc-v ad
Kacc 269; — °âdesa, m. [kaṇa + ādesa], substi-
tution of the nominal stem kaṇ; sabbassa appa-
saddassa ~o hoti iya iṭṭha ice etesu paccayesu pare-
su, Kacc-v ad Kacc 268; Kacc-v ad Kacc 269.⁵kaṇa

" 346862339527544832,kaṇa,en,"

kaṇ(a)

, the root ³kaṇ [sa-Dhātup I 831]; ~a (so
read; Ee ga-)... gatiyaṁ, kaṇati (so read; Ee ga-),
Sadd 358,13; (used in ""etymology"" of ⁴kaṇa) ~a
nimīlanasaddagatīsu, Abh-ṭ 319,20 (ad Abh 454);
(used in ""etymology"" of kaṇikā) taṁ kaṭṭhehi
ghaṁsiyamāne aggi uṭṭhahati; ~a gatiyaṁ, Abh-ṭ
(ad Abh 574).

" 346862339749842944,kaṇa,en,"

kaṇ(a)

, the root ²kaṇ [sa-Dhātup I 476; cf.
²kaṇati, q.v.]; ~a saddattho, Dhātup 117 = Abh-ṭ
188,13; Dhātum 171; ~a sadde: ... kaṇati, Sadd 357,6;
(used in ""etymology"" of kaṇaya) ~a sadde, ayyo,
Abh-ṭ 275,8 (ad Abh 394).

" 346862341217849344,kaṇa,en,"

⁴

kaṇa

, m. [ts.; v. EWA-2 s.v.; BHSD s.v.; CDIAL
2661], granule; powder; hence: 1. ""rice dust"", i.e., the
powder between the kernel and the husk of rice; syn.
kuṇḍaka (q.v.; = sa. guṇḍaka); 2. any minute partic-
le: atom (only recorded in lex. lit.); — gramm. lit.:
vattaṁ rūpaṁ ... puraṁ lohaṁ ~aṁ balaṁ ... ice
ādīni samuddhare, imāni cittasaddena sabbathā pi
sadisāni, Sadd 231,11; — 1. lex. lit.: ~o tu kuṇḍako
bhave, Abh 454 (kaṇ(a) nimīlane, kaṇ(a) nimīlana-
saddagatīsu vā; a: ~o, Abh-ṭ 319,20); dhaññaṅge ...
~o, Abh 1047; — atha ~o pi taṇḍulaṁ partyonandhi,
D III 90,13; — ifc. a-°; — 2. lex. lit.: cullaṁ matte
'tthiyaṁ lesalavâṇu hi ~o pume, Abh 705; sukhume
~o, Abh 1047 (lavalesakaṇâṇavo ti hi Amarasīhena
sukhumapariyāyo ~o vutto, Abh-ṭ 571,25).

" 346862342824267776,kaṇā,en,"

kaṇā

, f. [ts.; cf. DED 980], long pepper; dvayaṁ
~āyaṁ; ~ā nānatthā, vuttañ ca ~ā pipphali 'jājī ceti,
Abh-ṭ 388,23 (ad Abh 583: pipphalī māgadhī; cf.
Am-k IX 2 36).

" 346862533438607360,kāṇa,en,"

kāṇa

, mf(~ā)n. and m. [ts.], 1. one-eyed or blind in
one eye; 2. used metaphorically for mental blindness:
confused, bewildered, unenlightened; syn. andha; —
gramm. lit.: kaṇa nimīlane ... ~o, Sadd 535,28; akkhi-
nā ~o, Kacc-v 293; ~o ti ekena va dvīhi vā akkhīhi
parihīnakkhi, Sadd 535,28; — lex. lit.: ~o akkhīnam
ekena suñño, andho dvayena, Abh 321; — exeg.: ~o
ti pasannandho vā hotu pupphâdīhi vā upahatapa-
sādo, yo dvīhi vā ekena vā akkhinā na passati, so na
pabbājetabbo, Mahāpaccariyaṁ pana ekakkhikāṇo
~o ti vutto, dveakkhikāṇo andhena saṅgahito ti,
Mahā-aṭṭhakathāyaṁ jaccandho andho ti vutto, tas-
mā ubhayam pi pariyāyena yujjati, Sp 1030,20 foll.;
~o ti ekakkhikāṇo vā ubhayakkhikāṇo vā, Ps IV
213,21 = Spk I 163,1 = Mp II 176,13 = Pp-a 227,27; -an
ti ekakkhiubhayakkhikāṇaṁ, Nidd-a 217,7; — of per-
sons: (a one-eyed or blind person does not obtain pabbaj-
jā) ~aṁ + ... kuṇiṁ +, Vin I 91,13; so ca hoti dub-
baṇṇo + ... ~o vā hoti kuṇī vā +, II 90,23 = M III
169,31 = S I 94,2 = A I 107,26 = Pp 51,26; Spk I 33,27 =
42,6; na ... ~ā vā kuṇī vā, Sv-pṭ III 202,16 (said of the
inhabitants of the Uttarakuru); vātarogo uppajjitvā ...
~aṁ karoti +, Spk II 291,19 = Vibh-a 6,2; āsivisā ...
ḍasitvā -am pi karonti +, Spk III 15,28; Mp II 220,21;
sunakhī sūkarī ~ā kuṇī ti ... akkosantiyā vācāya, Sp
928,14; ~āya ca khañjāya ca +, Thī 438; ~o ti akkhīni
nimīletvā pekkhanako, Sv-pṭ III 156,7 (ad Sv 937,17);
ekaṁ yogaṁ datvā akkhīni ~āni karohi, Ja VI 74,27;
— of animals: ~o kacchapo, M III 169,13 = S V 455,25
(v. kāṇakacchapa); ekakkhihatā ~ā gāvī, Sv 834,20
(ad D III 38,15); Thī 438; Ps V 12,10; — ifc. ubhay'-ak-
khi-°; ek'-akkhi-°; go-° (D III 38,14); dve-akkhi-°
(Sp 1030,23); ratti-° (Ja IV 429,15); — considered as
inauspicious: amaṅgalaṁ ... ~aṁ, Nidd I 88,7; — 2.
rāgena ~ā honti +, Sp 819,15; ~o, Thī-a 248,30 (ad Thī
441: andho); paññāya abhāvato ~o, Paṭis-a 414,14 (ad
Paṭis I 129,16: andho).[[side 366]]

" 346862533157588992,kāṇa,en,"

kāṇa

, mfn. [< ²kāṇ(a); cf. sa. kāṇa, sound], sound-
ing; kaṇati ~o, Sadd 357,8.

" 346862532813656064,kāṇa,en,"

kāṇa

, m., a kind offish; ~o, Sadd 500,13.

" 346862511582089216,kāṇā,en,"

Kāṇā

, f.; Npr.; a generous lady who offered food to the
monks, v. Kāṇa-māta(r), PPN s.v.; Vin IV 79,1 foll.
(paresaṁ kaṇabhavakaraṇato ~a ti vissuta ahosi, Sp
819,16); ~ā ~āya mātā, A IV 348,2; Ja I 477,9 foll.; ~ā
pi... sotâpannā ahosi, Sp 819,24; Dhp-a II 149,15.[[side 367]]

" 346862342031544320,kaṇabhakkha,en,"

kaṇa-bhakkha

, mfn., feeding on ""rice dust"" (a
practice of certain types of ascetics; cf. W. B. Bollée,
ZDMG 121 1971: 82); sākabhakkho vā hoti, sāmāka-
bhakkho hoti, nīvārabhakkho vā hoti, daddulabhak-
kho kho vā hoti, haṭabhakkho vā hoti, ~o vā hoti ...
vanamūlaphalâhāro yāpeti pavattaphalabhojī, D I
166,21 (= kuṇḍakaṁ, Sv 356,14) = in 41,17 = M I 78,8 (=
kuṇḍakaṁ, Ps II 45,11) = 156,24 = 308,2 = 343,5 = A I
241,7 (Mp II 355,16) = 295,26 = II 206,24 = Pp 55,24 (=
kuṇḍakaṁ, Pp-a 232,25).[[side 55]]

" 346862529370132480,kāṇacakkhu,en,"

kāṇa-cakkhu

, n., a blind eye; ~uṁ pi ... tav' eva
bhavatu, Spk I 180,16.

" 346862240848154624,kanada,en,"

[

Kanada

, w.r. for Kaṇada (q.v.) in long cpd. at
Ud-a 339,34]

" 346862342992039936,kaṇada,en,"

Kaṇâda

, m.; Npr.; the alleged founder of the
Vaiśeṣika school of philosophy; atha vā rūpâdi-
visesaguṇehi teja-ākāsa-pathavī-āpa-vāyūhi cakkhâ-
dīni katānī ti vadantassa ~assa vādaṁ tatiyaṁ ud-
dharitvā taṁ niggahetuṁ athâpi vadeyyun ti ādi-
vuttan ti, As-mṭ 147,23; As-anuṭ 160,7.

" 346862343004622848,kaṇāda,en,"

Kaṇâda

" 346862524655734784,kāṇada,en,"

Kāṇâda

, mfn. (scary deriv. from Kaṇâda, q.v.], a fol-
lower of Kaṇâda; paramâṇavo niccā dhuvā +... ti e-
vaṁ pavattavādā ... seyyathā pi ~ā, Sv-pṭ I 199,21;
— °Ajīvikâdi, m. pl., the followers of Kaṇâda and the
Ājīvikas, etc.; ~ayo, Vism-mhṭ II 293,26.

" 346862524685094912,kāṇāda,en,"

Kāṇâda

" 346862343050760192,kaṇadakapiladi,en,"

Kaṇâda-Kapilâdi

, mfn. [Kapila + ādi]; Npr.;
(dv.) Kaṇāda and Kapila, etc.; the alleged founders of
the Vaiśeṣika and Sāṁkhya schools of philosophy;
attano pana materia ~ādayo kevalaṁ pathavâdidrav-
yam evā ti ādi laddhi, As-anuṭ 160,8.

" 346862343063343104,kaṇādakapilādi,en,"

Kaṇâda-Kapilâdi

" 346862104646520832,kaṇādakapilādi,en,"

Kaṇāda-Kapilādi,

Ud-a 339,34, cf. Kanā°, q.v.

" 346862339439464448,kaṇadasāsana,en,"

Kaṇâda-sāsana

, n., the teaching of Kaṇâda;
~āya adhimuttānaṁ sāsane anavagāṭṭānaṁ kesañci
ayaṁ vādo ti ca vadanti, As-anuṭ 160,9.

" 346862339452047360,kaṇādasāsana,en,"

Kaṇâda-sāsana

, n., the teaching of Kaṇâda;
~āya adhimuttānaṁ sāsane anavagāṭṭānaṁ kesañci
ayaṁ vādo ti ca vadanti, As-anuṭ 160,9.

" 346862343159812096,kaṇadavāda,en,"

Kaṇâda-vāda

, m., the doctrine of Kanâda; ~o
pana issaricchāvasena aṇūnaṁ saṁyogaviyogato
lokassa pavattinivattiṁ vadati, Vibh-anuṭ 65,7.

" 346862343172395008,kaṇādavāda,en,"

Kaṇâda-vāda

, m., the doctrine of Kanâda; ~o
pana issaricchāvasena aṇūnaṁ saṁyogaviyogato
lokassa pavattinivattiṁ vadati, Vibh-anuṭ 65,7.

" 346862522613108736,kānadibhāva,en,"

kānâdi-bhāva

, m. [abstr.], the state of being blind or
the like; bhūtāni pi kupitāni na ~esu na kiñci vippa-
kāraṁ dassenti, Spk III 15,30.

" 346862522621497344,kānādibhāva,en,"

kānâdi-bhāva

, m. [abstr.], the state of being blind or
the like; bhūtāni pi kupitāni na ~esu na kiñci vippa-
kāraṁ dassenti, Spk III 15,30.

" 346862530066386944,kāṇagāma,en,"

Kāṇa-gāma

, m.; Npr.; 1. village and 2. tank in
Rohaṇa; — 1. ~amhi kāṇānaṁ gilānānaṁ ca sālake
... kāresi, Mhv XLV 43; — 2. °avhayaṁ pi ca, Mhv
LXXIX 37.

" 346862529672122368,kāṇagāvī,en,"

kāṇagāvī

, f, one-eyed cow; gokāṇā (Ee w.r. gokaṇ-
ṇā) ti akkhihatā ~ī, Sv 834,20 (thus Be; Ee, Se two
words).

" 346862342945902592,kaṇahoma,en,"

kaṇa-homa

, n., oblation of ""rice dust""; sey-
yathīdaṁ ... aggihomaṁ dabbihomaṁ thusaho-
maṁ ~aṁ (Tr. transcript reads kaṇājahoma) taṇḍula-
homaṁ +, D I 9,5 (tattha kaṇo ti kuṇḍako, Sv 93,5).

" 346862335287103488,kaṇajaka,en,"

kaṇâjaka

, n. [kana + āja + ka; cf. CDIAL 2663], a
kind of gruel (based upon goat's milk ?); according
to ct. ~ denotes a kind of gritty gruel made from
broken grains of husked rice (including the ""rice
dust""; v. ct. infra); ~ is almost invariably accompa-
nied by bilaṅga (q.v.); ~ is considered a simple and
rustic meal; manussā ... Mettiyabhummajakānaṁ
pana bhikkhūnaṁ pākatikaṁ denti yathāraddhaṁ
~aṁ bilaṅgadutiyaṁ, Vin II 77,4 = III 160,21 (= sakuṇ-
ḍakabhattaṁ, Sp 580,9); tasmiṁ kho pana dāne
evarūpaṁ bhojanaṁ diyyati ~aṁ bilaṅgadutiyaṁ,
D II 354,16 (= sakuṇḍakaṁ uttaṇḍulabhattaṁ, Sv
814,9; Sv-pṭ II 451,18); 355,15; -am bhuñjati
bilaṅgadutiyaṁ, S I 90,2 (= sakuṇḍakabhattaṁ, Spk I
159,29); 91,32 = Dhp-a IV 77,13; dāsakammakarapori-
sassa ~aṁ bhojanaṁ diyyati bilaṅgadutiyaṁ, A I
145,22 (= sakuṇḍakabhattaṁ, Mp II 241,12); IV 392,18 (=
sakuṇḍakabhattaṁ [so read; Ee sakuṇḍa-],
sakuṇḍakehi pi kaṇikataṇḍuleh' eva pakkaṁ, Mp IV
179,1); so diyyati bhante, tañ ca kho ~aṁ
bilaṅgadutiyan ti, Ja I 228,6; III 299,6; Dhp-a III 10,16;
Pj II 94,22; Vv-a 222,10; Sīh 18,27; 19,11*.[[side 56]]

" 346862335299686400,kaṇājaka,en,"

kaṇâjaka

" 346862341045882880,kaṇajakabhatta,en,"

kaṇâjaka-bhatta

, n., kaṇâjaka gruel; catuttha-
divase heṭṭhāpāsāde ṭhapetvā ~aṁ adaṁsu, Ja V
230,20; antarāmagge ~añ c' eva bhuñji, Ps III 354,24; —
°-sittha, n., a lump of kaṇâjaka gruel; tesaṁ hi
~āni pi pūtimaṁsaraso pi atimadhuro amatasadiso
ca hoti, Spk I 151,14.

" 346862341079437312,kaṇājakabhatta,en,"

kaṇâjaka-bhatta

" 346862249295482880,kanaka,en,"

kanaka

, n. [ts.; cf. EWA-2], gold; mainly recorded in
cpd.s, q.v. infra; — lex. lit.: suvaṇṇaṁ ~aṁ jātarūpaṁ
soṇṇañ ca kañcanaṁ, Abh 487 (kana dittiyaṁ,
Abh-ṭ ad loc.); — gramm. lit.: (in ""etymology"") ~an ti
kanati kanīyatī ti vā ~aṁ, Sadd 397,11; kanati
dibyatī ti ~aṁ, Mogg VII 18; — vaṇṇo ca te ~assa
sannibho, Pv 439 (= tava vaṇṇo uttattasiṅgīsuvaṇ-
ṇena sadiso, Pv-a 188,19); yathā kammāro ~ass' eva
kammaññassa susikkhito (Ee °sikk°), Ap 538,24;
~aṁ assa hiraññasmā pati dadāti, Kacc-v ad Kacc
274 = Sadd 703,18; — ifc. uttatta-° (°ûpama, Ap
457,30); — in long cpd.s at Ja V 416,28 (in varṇaka);
Cp-a 303,28; As 328,34; Ps I 216,20; Spk II 12,24;
Paṭis-a 157,26; Ja III 299,8; Mil 243,6.

" 346862245650632704,kanakabhāsa,en,"

kanakâbhāsa

, mfn. [k° + ābhāsa], radiant, resplend-
ent like gold; sa kaññā ~ā, Ap 548,5 qu. Thī-a 133,1*.

" 346862245667409920,kanakābhāsa,en,"

kanakâbhāsa

, mfn. [k° + ābhāsa], radiant, resplend-
ent like gold; sa kaññā ~ā, Ap 548,5 qu. Thī-a 133,1*.

" 346862250193063936,kanakabyā,en,"

kanakabyā

, v. kanakaggā.

" 346862245570940928,kanakacala,en,"

kanakâcala

, m. [ts.; k° + acala], ""Golden Mountain;""
an epithet of Meru; raṁsijālaparikkhitto ditto va ~o,
Ap 508,16; — °-saṅkāsa, mfn., like ""Golden Moun-
tain;"" vīro ... ~o, Ap 463,23.

" 346862245583523840,kanakācala,en,"

kanakâcala

, m. [ts.; k° + acala], ""Golden Mountain;""
an epithet of Meru; raṁsijālaparikkhitto ditto va ~o,
Ap 508,16; — °-saṅkāsa, mfn., like ""Golden Moun-
tain;"" vīro ... ~o, Ap 463,23.

" 346862531920269312,kāṇakacchapa,en,"

kāṇa-kacchapa

, m., the blind turtle [cf. K. R. Nor-
man,"" JOIB XXI 1972: 331-335; A. N. Upadhye, JOIB
XXII 1973: 323 foll.]; sara ~aṁ pubbe samudde apa-
rato ca yugacchidaṁ siraṁ tassa ca paṭimukkaṁ
manussalābhamhi opammaṁ, Thī 500 (Thī-a [1998]
264,5); ~aṁ parivattetvā māressāma, Ja IV 294,14
(v.I. Bds kāla°); — °ôpama, n., the simile of the blind
turtle; yaṁ ... Bhagavatā ~aṁ upadassitaṁ manus-
sattapaṭilābhāya, Mil 204,12; manussatâdīnañ ca ~â-
dīhi dullabhabhāvo, As 60,18; ~âdisatthuovādaṁ a-
nussaritvā, Thī-a (1998) 44,19; Saddh 44 (kāṇakac-
chôpamena ca, with haplol.); — ~sutta, n., title of S V
455,24 foll. = M III 169,13 foll.; -am ettha udāharitab-
baṁ, Th-a II 107,14; ~e vutto kacchapo ekakkhikāṇo
siyā, Sadd 536,2.

" 346862249597472768,kanakacchavibāhu,en,"

kanaka-cchavi-bāhu

, mfn., having arms the skin of
which is like gold; ime me kañcanakadalikkhandha-
sadise ūrū ca ~uñ ca passa, Ja VI 13,8'.[[side 151]]

" 346862249542946816,kanakacetiya,en,"

kanaka-cetiya

, n., a golden shrine; yojanubbedhaṁ
~aṁ ... ākāse nimmāya, Dhp-a III 251,10.

" 346862249488420864,kanakacīraka,en,"

kanaka-cīraka

, n., a golden ribbon; — °âdi, mfn.; ~ī-
hi veni-ādīsu otatatāya tapanīyavitatā, Vv-a 237,15.

" 346862249895268352,kanakadattā,en,"

Kanakadattā

, f. [cf. the variants Kantakânandā,
Kandanandā, qq.v.]; Npr.; a therī who was the disciple
of Koṇāgamana (q.v.); Rucānandā ~ā Sudhammā ca
mahiddhikā, Dīp XVII 21; Mhbv 128,14.

" 346862245436723200,kanakāgamana,en,"

Kanakāgamana

, v. s.v. Koṇāgamana.

" 346862341607919616,kaṇakāgamana,en,"

[

kaṇakāgamana

, v. koṇāgamana]

" 346862245503832064,kanakagamanakāraṇatta,en,"

kanakâgamana-kāraṇa-tta

, n. [abstr.; k° + āgama-
na], the fact of (somebody) causing the coming of gold; in
""etymology"" of the Npr. Koṇāgamana, q.v.; ten' assa
~ā Kanakâgamano ti nāmam akaṁsu, Bv-a 258,16.

" 346862245516414976,kanakāgamanakāraṇatta,en,"

kanakâgamana-kāraṇa-tta

" 346862249429700608,kanakaggāsamocita,en,"

[

kanakaggāsamocita

, mfn. (< kanaka + aggā < ag-
ga?), arranged with a golden top or comb ?; problematic
reading at Ja V 156,5*, for which BeCe read kanakabyā
sam°; according to the ct. kanakaggā = a golden pha-
ṇikā, presumably a kind of comb in the shape of the ex-
panded hood of a serpent (phaṇikā < phaṇa + ikā); cf.
pa. phaṇaka, q.v.; nâtidīghā susammaṭṭhā ~ā (BeCe
kanakabyā sam°) uttamaṅgaruhā tuyhaṁ kesā can-
danagandhikā, Ja V 156,5*: ""your hair is not too long,
well trimmed, and arranged with a comb ?""; cf. the ct. at
157,6': ~ā (BeCe kanakabyā sam°) ti kanakaggā (v.l.
°kabyā) vuccati suvaṇṇaphaṇikā tāya gandhatelaṁ
ādāya paharitā suracitā]

" 346862249341620224,kanakagiri,en,"

Kanaka-giri

, m., the Golden Mountain; ~ino sikha-
ram ivā ti, Sv-nṭ I 192,13; — °-sikhara, n., the summit
of the Golden Mountain; ~aṁ, Sp 44,2 (Sp-ṭ I 125,27);
vijullatavinaddham iva ca ~aṁ (Be kanakasikha-
raṁ; v.l. pavarakanakasikharaṁ), Spk I 247,29 (ka-
nakasikharan ti ~aṁ, Spk-pṭ I 267,11) ≠ Pj II 141,3; —
°-matthake, ²ind., upon the top of the Golden
Mountain; adv. loc.; ~e lākhārasaṁ parisiñcanto
viya, Bv-a 86,24.

" 346862249387757568,kanakaguhā,en,"

kanaka-guhā

, f., a golden cave; ekaṁ ~aṁ paviṭṭhā
dve sīhā viya ekaṁ vijambhanabhūmiṁ otiṇṇā, Ps
II 155,13 = Ud-a 244,27; sīho viya sabbaññutappatto
tathāgato, āsayabhūtāya ~āya nikkhamanaṁ viya
gandhakuṭito nikkhamanakālo, Mp III 71,17.

" 346862245147316224,kanakalambā,en,"

kanaka-lambā

, f. [cf. sa. lambā; EWA-1 s.v.; CDIAL
711], a kind of bitter gourd or cucumber; — °âdi, mfn.;
kasāvo nāma ~īni pī ti vadanti, Vjb 271,25.

" 346862245096984576,kanakalatā,en,"

kanaka-latā

, f, a golden creeper, presumably a kind of
gold plate or sheet; used of the tathagata's teeth which
are compared to a row of jewels mounted on a ~; cf. ka-
nakaphalakā, which is the Burmese reading for ~; i-
massa (scil. tathāgatassa) pana ~āyaṁ (Be °phalakā-
yaṁ) samussitavajirapanti viya ... dantā bhavissan-
ti, Sv 450,14 ≠ Ps III 381,21 (Be °phalakāyaṁ).

" 346862250255978496,kanakamaya,en,"

kanaka-maya

, mfn., made of gold; tisso sopānapan-
tiyo māpehi, ekaṁ ~aṁ +, Vism 392,2,14; ~aṁ sam-
majjaniñ, Dhp-a III 7,18; Kañcanapabbate ti ~e pab-
bate, Bv-a 158,4; — °-kaṇṇikā-kiñjakkha-kesara,
mfn., having its pericarp and filaments made of gold; pā-
sādaṁ ... rajatamayanāḷaṁ padumaṁ nānāratana-
mayappattasaṅkhātaṁ ~aṁ, Vv-a 43,2; — °âlaṅk[ā/a]-
ra, m., an ornament made of gold; ~ena upari chādita-
tāya devatāya, Vv-a 42,14.

" 346862245751296000,kanakāmaya,en,"

kanakā-maya

, mfn. [kanaka < kanaka, with metri-
cal lengthening], = kanakamaya, q.v.; satārā candasū-
rā ca lañchitā ~ā, Ap 541,24 qu. Thī-a 155,16*; —
°-saṅghāṭa, mfn., with chains made of gold (?); pāsā-
daṁ ... ~aṁ (CeEe so; Be kanaka°) toraṇacchatta-
maṇḍitaṁ, Ap 1,16 (~aṁ [kanaka°] suvaṇṇehi kata-
tulāsaṅghāṭavalayehi yuttaṁ, Ap-a 104,20).

" 346862245034070016,kanakamuni,en,"

Kanaka-muni

, m. [cf. BHSD s.v.]; v. s.v. Koṇāgamana.

" 346862249953988608,kanakapabbata,en,"

Kanaka-pabbata

, m.; Npr.; ""Golden Mountain;"" a
mountain near Saṅkassa, on which v. PPN s.v.; cf.
Kañcanapabbata, q.v.; yojanappamāṇe ~e (so read
with BeCe; Ee om.) nisirtno, Bv-a 157,19; vijjullātapa-
rikkhitto ~o viya, Ps III 132,1; aparam iva ~aṁ ākā-
se nimmāya, Dhp-a III 251,12.

" 346862250016903168,kanakapallaṅka,en,"

kanaka-pallaṅka

, m., a golden divan; yojaniko ~o
nibbatti, Vv-a 6,21 ≠ 34,4.

" 346862250138537984,kanakaphalakā,en,"

[

kanaka-phalakā

, f. (cf. phalaka; CDIAL 9053), a
gold plate or sheet; reading of Be at Sv 450,14 and Ps
III 381,21 for kanakalatā, q.v.; phalakā is only record-
ed in this cpd. and may well represent a Burmese sub-
stitute for lata]

" 346862250075623424,kanakappabhā,en,"

kanaka-ppabhā

, f., a golden beam; ~ā niccharanti
samantā dasayojanaṁ, Bv XXIII 23 qu. Bv-a 256,26*.

" 346862229892632576,kanakarasadhārāsadisarucirakaranikara,en,"

kanaka-rasa-dhārā-sadisa-rucira-kara-nikara

, mfn.
[cf. sa. kanakarasa], having an immense lustre like streams
of liquid gold; so ... gaganatalam alaṅkurumāno ~o di-
vasakaro (Be kanaka°) viya ca, Bv-a 167,6.

" 346862245243785216,kanakasadisasukhumacchavi,en,"

kanaka-sadisa-sukhuma-cchavi

, mfn., having skin
as fine as gold; kañcanatanusannibhattacāhī ti ~īhi,
Vv-a 237,4 (ad Vv 887).

" 346862245294116864,kanakasannibha,en,"

kanaka-sannibha

, mfn., like gold; me dutiyikā āsi
brāhmaṇī ~ā, Cp I 74 (= kañcanasannibhattacā, Cp-a
133,20); — ifc. uttatta-° (Bv I 59; Pv-a 10,14); su-tatta-°
(Cp I 95; Cp-a 144,2,3).

" 346862245386391552,kanakasikharirāja,en,"

kanaka-sikhari-rāja

, m., mighty ""Golden Moun-
tain;"" vitataputhuladeho bhogamālāhi tuṅgaṁ ~aṁ
veṭhayitvā, Dāṭh IV 30.

" 346862249651998720,kanakatanusannibha,en,"

kanaka-tanu-sannibha

, mfn., like gold foll.; anu-
bhotvā ~o idha bhavati suravarataro-r-iva indo, D
III 160,5*.

" 346862249773633536,kanakathūpa,en,"

kanaka-thūpa

, m., a golden stūpa; yojanike ~e ca
kārite, Vv-a 253,17; 147,6; ~aṁ uddissa, Th-a I 209,29;
niṭṭhite yojanike ~e, III 64,25 = Ap-a 268,18.

" 346862249710718976,kanakattaca,en,"

kanaka-ttaca

, mfn., having golden skin; supakkaṁ
~aṁ ambapiṇḍaṁ gahetvāna, Ap 489,26; so ... ~o
maṁ pādamūle patito, 471,22 qu. Th-a I 44,32 foll.; —
ifc. niddhanta-° (Ap 464,15); — °ûpama, mfn. [k° +
upama], having skin like gold; tato catasso ~ā uṭṭhāya
nariyo, Ja V 393,10* (= kanakûpamattacā, 393,28');
kaññā catasso ~ā, 398,22*.

" 346862245197647872,kanakavimāna,en,"

kanaka-vimāna

, n., a golden mansion; rajatapabba-
to, tassa anto ~aṁ atthi, Ja I 50,16 = Ps IV 175,7; Ja VI
118,5; Sv 431,16; Tāvatiṁsabhavane dvādasa yojani-
ke ~e nibbatti, Vism 209,3 - Sp 121,25; Dhp-a I 26,16;
III 7,6; Vv-a 33,28; ~aṁ, Spk I 214,17 (ad S I 148,5*); III
220,12; Pv-a 47,19; 53,22; devaloke nibbatto tattha
dibbehi ratanehi vijjotamāne anekayojane ~e dibba-
sampattiṁ anubhavitvā, Ap-a 348,4; — ifc. anta-°
(Sv 867,1); — in long cpd. — ~ratana-vimāna-maṇi-vi-
māna (Vism 416,32).

" 346862341532422144,kaṇakavimāna,en,"

[

kaṇaka-vimāna

, w.r. at Sp 121,25 for kanaka-
vimāna, which read with v.l.]

" 346862123273424896,kanakayūpa,en,"

kanaka-yūpa

, m., a golden post; lākhārasânulitto
~o viya, Ps III 132,6.

" 346862532213870592,kāṇakkhibhāva,en,"

kāṇ'-akkhi-bhāva

, m., the nature of being one-eyed;
~ena, Sv 834,21.

" 346862531261763584,kāṇakuṇadibhāva,en,"

kāṇa-kuṇâdi-bhāva

, m., the nature of being one-
eyed or blind and having a withered arm, etc.; dipada-
catuppadaṁ -an ti, Dhp-a III 71,8.

" 346862531274346496,kāṇakuṇādibhāva,en,"

kāṇa-kuṇâdi-bhāva

, m., the nature of being one-
eyed or blind and having a withered arm, etc.; dipada-
catuppadaṁ -an ti, Dhp-a III 71,8.

" 346862531597307904,kāṇakuṇadidosarahita,en,"

kāṇa-kuṇâdi-dosa-rahita

, mfn., without such de-
fects as being one-eyed, having a withered arm or the
like; ~o, Mp II 176,23.

" 346862531605696512,kāṇakuṇādidosarahita,en,"

kāṇa-kuṇâdi-dosa-rahita

, mfn., without such de-
fects as being one-eyed, having a withered arm or the
like; ~o, Mp II 176,23.

" 346862530934607872,kāṇakuṇiādi,en,"

kāṇa-kuṇi-ādi

, mfn., one-eyed and having a withered
arm, etc.; ~īnaṁ nīharaṇena magge sodhite, Spk I
88,6; duggatā daḷiddā manussā ~ayo, 114,13.

" 346862530632617984,kāṇakuṇikakhañjadi,en,"

kāṇa-kuṇika-khañjâdi

, mfn., one-eyed, having a
withered arm, limping, etc.; ~īnaṁ yaṁ yaṁ vajjaṁ,
Sp 621,25.

" 346862530641006592,kāṇakuṇikakhañjādi,en,"

kāṇa-kuṇika-khañjâdi

, mfn., one-eyed, having a
withered arm, limping, etc.; ~īnaṁ yaṁ yaṁ vajjaṁ,
Sp 621,25.

" 346862245797433344,kanakupamattaca,en,"

kanakûpama-ttaca

, mfn., having skin like gold; ka-
nakattacûpamā ti ~ā, Ja V 393,28' (ad 393,10*).

" 346862245814210560,kanakūpamattaca,en,"

kanakûpama-ttaca

, mfn., having skin like gold; ka-
nakattacûpamā ti ~ā, Ja V 393,28' (ad 393,10*).

" 346862514211917824,kānāmā,en,"

kā-nāmā

, (m)f(n). [cf. kiṁnāma, konāma], ~ā te
pavattinī, Vin II 271,20; cf. Mittelindisch-2 § 379.[[side 368]]

" 346862523527467008,kāṇamahāmaccha,en,"

kāṇa-mahā-maccha

, m., a large blind fish; ekaṁ
~aṁ adaṁsu, Ja I 222,8 cf. H. Jacobi in Th. Oberlies,
IIJ XXXVIII 1995: 116; S.L. HORA and S.K. Saraswa-
ti, J Asiatic Society, Calcutta, Letters XX 1955:17 foll.

" 346862527855988736,kāṇamakkhikā,en,"

kāṇa-makkhikā, -macchikā

, f., a kind of fly or gnat;
~ā viya, Ps III 247,16 (-cch-) = Vibh-a 294,13; andhakā
ti ~ānaṁ adhivacanaṁ, piṅgala-makkhikānan ti pi
eke, Pj II 33,26 (Be kāḷa°) (ad Sn 20).
kāṇa-makkhikā

" 346862527272980480,kāṇamātar,en,"

Kāṇa-māta(r)

, f; Npr.; mother of Kāṇā, q.v. PPN; ~ā
upāsikā saddhā hoti pasannā, Vin I 79,1 (~ā ti Kāṇā-
ya mātā, Sp 819,13); Ja I 477,7; ~e, Dhp-a II 150,5; —
°(ā)-sikkhāpada, n.; title of Pācittiya XXXIV, Vin IV
78-81; Satthā ~aṁ ārabbha kathesi, Ja I 477,6; —
°(u)-kathā, f., title of Vin-vn 1232-1239; — °(u)-
sikkhāpada, n., - °(ā)-sikkhāpada; ~aṁ catutthaṁ,
Sp 821,3; — °(u)-vatthu, n.; Dhp-a II 149,8-153,11.
Kāṇa-mātar

" 346862342161567744,kaṇamatta,en,"

kaṇa-matta

, mfn., (bhvr.) having the size of a
speck of dust (or an atom); tato ~ā taṇḍulamattā ...
hutvā ... tiṭṭhanti, Sv 411,29; — ifc. taṇḍula-°
(Dhp-a III 66,5).

" 346862341473701888,kaṇaṃpūva,en,"

kaṇaṁpūva

, m. [< kaṇa + ṁ + pūva], ""rice dust""
cake; āhar' etaṁ ~aṁ, Ja I 423,24* (= kuṇḍakena
pakkapūvaṁ, 423,26').

" 346862526970990592,kāṇamūla,en,"

Kāṇa-mūla

, Npr.; namme of a locality in Ceylon;
°vhayaṁ ṭhānaṁ gantvā, Mhv LXXII 183.

" 346862515839307776,kānana,en,"

kānana

, n. [ts.; EWA-2 Vol. III s.v.; CDIAL 3028],
1. forest (espec. as a suitable place for meditation and
ascetic practice); 2. grove, park; — gramm. lit.: (in pseu-
do-etymology) kūyate ~aṁ, Kacc-v 643; -an ti ṭhita-
majjhantikasamaye kavati saddaṁ karotī ti ~aṁ,
Sadd 321,11-12; — exeg.: Abh 536; avakucchitaṁ ava-
sānaṁ sataṁ sīhabyagghayakkharakkhasa°-°nivā-
saṁ ... ~aṁ, Ap-a 385,15; kā kucchitâkārena vā bha-
yānakâkārena vā nadanti saddaṁ karonti ānanti
~aṁ, 399,3; — yathā dijo ... bahupphalaṁ ~aṁ āva-
seyya, Sn 1134; rahitamhi ~e, Th 524; mayūrakoñcâ-
bhirudamhi ~e, 1113; sampupphite meghanibhamhi
~e, 1137; ~asmiṁ vanasaṇḍacāriṇī kokilā va, Thī
261; Ja VI 557,27*; māluvalatā va ~e, V 452,27*; 70,3*;
Cp II 1 2; ~ā abhinikkhamma, Ap 246,16; suññaṁ vi-
vittaṁ ~aṁ, Mil 371,8; — with arañña, vana, pava-
na, vivina: araññe ~e, Ap 123,13; araññe parinibbāyi
amanussamhi ~e, 227,3; pava-naṁ ~aṁ disvā appa-
saddaṁ anāvilaṁ, 112,7; ~aṁ vanaṁ, 114,16 = Cp III
3 9 (~-saṅkhātaṁ mahāvanaṁ, Cp-a 198,18; cf. Ap-a
389,15; 409,31); ~e vane, Th 350, 435 (~-bhūte vane,
mahâraññe ti, Th-a II 148,28); na bhāyasi ekikā ~e
vane, Ja V 400,18*; Ap 66,11; vivine ~e, Ap 136,18; —
in frequent stereotypes: ~aṁ + pavisati: ~āmi, Th 539,
Cp III 3 9, Ap 418,29; ~aṁ + oggahati, Ap 114,16; —
ifc. nadī-pabbata-° (Saddh 574); vaṁsa-° (Ja IV
58,20*); vipina-°, vivina-° (Cp I 1 3); sa-° (Ap 278,7;
Cp II 10 6; Mil 278,7); sucitta-° (Th 1144); — 2. ~aṁ
va sahitaṁ suropitaṁ, Thī 254 (= upavanaṁ, Thī-a
[1998] 200,28).

" 346862516174852096,kananantare,en,"

kanan'-antare

, ²ind., in the forest; yadi viharemasi
~e, Thī 375.

" 346862528472551424,kāṇapaddāvuda,en,"

Kāṇapaddāvuda

, Npr.; a locality in Ceylon; °vha-
yaṁ, Mhv LXVII 40.

" 346862341964435456,kaṇapaṇṇambilayāgu,en,"

kaṇa-paṇṇ'-ambilayāgu

, [paṇṇa + ambila-
yāgu], sour gruel with ""rice dust"" and greens; diva
pi ~uṁ bhuṅjissati, Ps I 294,14.

" 346862528187338752,kāṇapesakārī,en,"

kāṇa-pesa-kārī

, f., a blind weaver's daughter; ~iyā,
Ps III 246,15 = Vibh-a 293,21.

" 346862245990371328,kanapiyaputta,en,"

Kanapiya-putta

, m., - prec.; ~o tissa, Sīh XXXI 2.

" 346862245935845376,kanapiyatissa,en,"

Kanapiya-tissa

, m.; Npr.; a thera; Sīh XXXI 18.

" 346862522218844160,kāṇariṭṭha,en,"

Kāṇâriṭṭha

, m.; Npr.; name of the nāga Ariṭṭha after
he had lost one eye; tato paṭṭhāya ca Ariṭṭho ~o nāma
jāto, Ja VI 168,16.

" 346862522231427072,kāṇāriṭṭha,en,"

Kāṇâriṭṭha

, m.; Npr.; name of the nāga Ariṭṭha after
he had lost one eye; tato paṭṭhāya ca Ariṭṭho ~o nāma
jāto, Ja VI 168,16.

" 346862525314240512,kāṇasigāla,en,"

kāṇa-sigāla

, m., the blind jackal; ~e pasādo nirat-
thako, Ps II 16,6 (with reference to Sigāla-jātaka no.
113, quoted Ps II 16,3*-4*).

" 346862246086840320,kanasiyarāyara,en,"

Kanasiya-rāyara

, m.; Npr.; a Damiḷa chief; v. PPN
s.v.; ~aṁ, Mhv LXXVI 238.[[side 152]]

" 346862528774541312,kāṇatālavana,en,"

Kāṇa-tāla-vana

, n.; Npr.; name of a tittha; in long
cpd. at Mhv LXXII 19.

" 346862339615625216,kaṇataṇḍula,en,"

kaṇa-taṇḍula

, m., rice with ""rice dust""; sāka-
paṇṇaṁ pakkhipitvā ~ehi ambilayāguṁ pacitvā
ṭhapehi ammā ti, Sv 790,25 = Ps I 294,10 = Spk III
159,26 = Mp n 59,15 = Ss 45,34 (cf. 46,3).

" 346862245885513728,kanati,en,"

kanati

, pr. 3 sg. [ts.; < ¹kan(a), q.v.], 1. to shine, to
radiate; 2. to wish for, long for (only recorded in pass.
kanīyati, q.v. infra); — 1. only recorded in gramm. lit.:
(in etymologies of kaññā and kanaka) ~ati, kaññā, ka-
nakaṁ, Sadd 397,8 foll.; (in etymology of kaṁsa) ~ati
dibbatī ti kaṁso, Sv-nṭ I 352,7 (ad Sv 79,11).

" 346862341918298112,kaṇati,en,"

kaṇati

, pr. 3 pl. [ts.; cf. ³kaṇ(a), q.v.], to move;
~ati (so read; Ee ga-), Sadd 358,13.

" 346862341683417088,kaṇati,en,"

kaṇati

, pr. 3 pl. [ts.; cf. ¹aṇ(a), q.v.], to close the
eyes; (in ""etymology"" of kāṇa) ~ati nimīlatī ti kāṇo,
Spk-pṭ I 195,3 = Mp-ṭ II 79,21.

" 346862341876355072,kaṇati,en,"

kaṇati

, pr. 3 pl. [ts.; cf. ²kaṇ(a), q.v.], to sound;
~a saḍḍe ... ~ati, Sadd 357,6.

" 346862525603647488,kāṇavāpi,en,"

Kāṇa-vāpi

, f; Npr.; name of a tank in Ceylon; ~iṁ,
Mhv LXXII; LXXIX 34.

" 346862342622941184,kaṇavera,en,"

kaṇavera

, m. [variant of kaṇavĩra, q.v.],
oleander; yan taṁ vasantasamaye ~esu bhānusu
Sāmaṁ bāhāya pīḷesi sa taṁ ārogyam abruvī ti, Ja
III 62,7*; ~aṁ gahetvāna bhikkhusaṅghe samokiriṁ,
Ap 182,6; — ifc. ratta-° (~-māla, Ja III 59,13; IV
191,11); — in long cpd. in varṇaka at Ja V 420,4**.

" 346862342681661440,kaṇaveragacchantara,en,"

kaṇavera-gacch'-antara

, n., the interior of a
thicket of oleander trees; tāya saddhiṁ kilesaratiyā
ramitukāmo viya ekaṁ ~aṁ (v.l. -īra-) pavisitvā ...
pakkāmi, Ja III 61,9.

" 346862342547443712,kaṇaverajātaka,en,"

Kaṇavera-jātaka

, n.; Npr.; title of Ja III 58,24-
63,25 (= 318); v. PPN s.v.; ~e viya baddhacore pi
sārajjanaṁ sandhāy⁷etaṁ vuttaṁ, Ja V 446,13'; heṭṭhā
~e vuttanayen' eva nagaraguttikassa sahassaṁ pe-
setvā, III 436,11.

" 346862342903959552,kaṇaveramālā,en,"

kaṇavera-mālā

, f. [variant of kaṇavīra-mālā,
q.v.], a garland of oleander flowers; iṭṭhakacuṇṇāni
okiritvā ~aṁ (v.l. -veru-) gahetvā katipayapahāre
datvā piṭṭhiyaṁ rājiyo dassetvā ... gaccha manta-
bhedakacorā ti Brahmadattamanussānaṁ dassanti,
Ja VI 406,20.

" 346862342773936128,kaṇaverapuppha,en,"

kaṇavera-puppha

, n. [variant of kaṇavīrapup-
pha, q.v.], oleander flower; pasaimacitto ~āni gahe-
tvā sasaṅghaṁ lokanāyakaṁ pūjesi, Th-a I 220,20 (ad
Th 103).

" 346862342866210816,kaṇaverapupphiyatthera,en,"

Kaṇavera-pupphiya-tthera

, m., the Elder
who was showered with oleander flowers; Npr.; a
thera; v. PPN s.v.; ~assa apadānaṁ samattaṁ, Ap
182,14 (Ap-a 452,31).

" 346862104667492352,kaṇavīra,en,"

kaṇavīra,

cf. mandarattaṁ sinduvāra-°~°-makuḷa-samānaṁ mañjeṭṭhakaṁ, As 317,8.

" 346862342308368384,kaṇavīra,en,"

kaṇavīra

, m. [cf. DED 977; sa. karavīra; Amg.
kaṇavīra; prakr. karavīra, kaṇera; CDIAL 2800; H.
LÜDERS, Beobachtungen § 81; cf. the variant
kaṇavera, q.v.], oleander; = Nerium odorum; sace
gaccho hoti, so pi sindi vā karamando vā ~o vā,
Vism 183,18; — ifc. sinduvāra-° (~-makuḷa-sama,
As 317,8); sindhavāra-° (~-makula-sadisa-vaṇṇa,
Vv-a 177,19); — in long cpd. at Sp 836,14; Ps I 167,10.

" 346862342367088640,kaṇavĩramālā,en,"

kaṇavĩra-mālā

, f., a garland of oleander
flowers; iṭṭhakacuṇṇāni okiritvā ~aṁ gahetvā, Ja VI
406,20.

" 346862341767303168,kaṇavīrapuppha,en,"

kaṇavīra-puppha

, n., oleander flower; —
°-saṇṭhāna-sīsa, mfn., (bhvr.) whose head has
the form of the oleander flower; tathā ciṅgūlakā ~ā
honti, Pj II 283,25; — °-sadisa, mfn., like the olean-
der flower; mañjeṭṭhakatthāya upasaṁharanto ~e
mandarattaraṅge, Ps 1167,2.

" 346862104692658176,kaṇaya,en,"

kaṇaya,

cf. D. A. Hitch, Studia Iranica XVII 1988: 150 for an unlikely etym.

" 346862342232870912,kaṇaya,en,"

kaṇaya

, m. [ts.; cf. DED 979; EWA-1 s.v.; BHSD
s.v.], a kind of spear or lance; lex. lit.: ~o bhindivāḷo
ca cakkaṁ kunto gadā tathā, Abh 394 (dvayaṁ
hatthappamāṇe kaṇḍe [so read; Be kanaye] ... kana
sadde, ayyo, Abh-ṭ 275,8); — exeg.: sace amittā dure
bhavissanti usunā pātayissāmi... tato orato bhavis-
santi kaṇayena paharissāmi, Mil 339,18; atha naṁ
~ena pahari, Ja I 273,28 (ayasūlena, Ja-ṭ); sace me koci
hadayamaṁsassa nāmaṁ gaṇheyya ~ena uraṁ
paharitvā ... lohitabindūni paggharantaṁ hadayaṁ
nīharitvā dassāmi, IV 402,14 (cf. VI 107,8') = Cp-a 74,3;
Spk II 225,2; — °-sadisa, mfn. like a (kaṇaya)
spear (cf. kaṇayaggasadisa, q.v.); so ...
kaṇayasadisena tuṇḍena koṭṭetvā jīvitakkhayaṁ
pāpeyya, Ja II 364,1; te tesaṁ ~ehi tuṇḍehi aṭṭhīni
bhṁditvā aṭṭhimiñjaṁ khādanti, VI 107,8'.

" 346862342098653184,kaṇayagga,en,"

kaṇay'-agga

, n. [kaṇaya + agga], (kaṇaya) spear-
head;— °-vaṇṇa, mfn., like a (kaṇaya) spearhead;
~ena (v. l. kalāyaggasadisena) tuṇḍena nāsaggaṁ
assa abhihantvā uṭṭhāya dvīhi pādehi mukham assa
pidahi, Ja II 434,20; — °-sadisa, mfn., like a (kaṇa-
ya) spearhead (cf. kaṇayasadisa, q.v.); Jetavanapok-
kharaṇiyâpi udakaṁ chijji ... nipanne macchakac-
chape kākakulalâdayo ~ehi tuṇḍehi koṭṭetvā nīhari-
tvā nīharitvā vipphandamāne khādanti, Ja I 329,28
(Ja-ṭ: ayasūlasadisaṁ); kākā ... ~ehi tuṇḍehi akkhīni
vijjhanti, 500,13.

" 346862526530588672,kāṇayati,en,"

(kāṇayati

, pr. 3 sg. from the root ³kāṇ(a), Sadd
535,28).

" 346862366769549312,kañcaka,en,"

[

kañcaka

, reading ifc. at Ja VI 536,21 for Ce kacaka
(q.v.), which probably read (Be reads -kañjaka); the
reading ~ may well represent a case of nasalization
of vowel before consonant; on which v.Mittelin-
disch §113]

" 346862363103727616,kañcambarāyara,en,"

Kañcamba-rāyara

, m.; Npr.; a Dravidian chief;
Mhv LXXVII 17.

" 346862366798909440,kañcana,en,"

kañcana

, n. and mfn. [sa. kāṅcana], 1. (n.) gold;
2. (mfn.) golden (only recorded in cpd.s, qq.v.
infra); — lex. lit.: suvaṇṇaṁ kanakaṁ jātarūpaṁ
sovaṇṇaṁ ca ~aṁ +, Abh 487; — gramm. lit.:
suvaṇṇaṁ kanakaṁ hemaṁ ~aṁ +, Sadd 397,13; —
exeg.: -an ti pabbateyyam pabbate jātasuvaṇṇaṁ,
Mp II 329,19 (ad A I 215,13*, q.v. infra); — sab-
basaṁyojanâtītaṁ vanā nibbānam āgataṁ kāmehi
nikkhammarataṁ muttaṁ selā va ~aṁ, Th 691 (= se-
lato nissaṭakañcanasadisaṁ, Th-a III 9,31) = A III
346,17*; ~assa phalakaṁ va sumaṭṭhaṁ sobhate su
kayo pure mama, Thī 266; athavā pi ~aṁ yaṁ jā-
tarūpaṁ hāṭakan ti vuccati, A I 215,13* = IV 255,3* =
262,13*; — ifc. Upa-° (~-ādi, Cp-a 200,6); ghana-°
(~-bimba, Ap 583,11; ~âbhā, Ap 13,22); thoka-° (Ap
439,1); nissaṭa-° (~-sadisa, Th-a III 9,32); Bhadda-°
(Mp I 376,21; 377,6); majjita-° (~-paṭimā-sadisa, Vv-a
168,15); maṇi-° (~âcita, Vv 700; Vv-a 181,6); vara-°
(~-bhūmi, Ap 1,18); visāla-° (~-phalaka, Ja VI
457,4'); visuddha-° (Dīp VII 54); suparikamma-
kata-° (~-kaṅcana-panāḷikā, Ps III 370,10).

" 346862365523841024,kañcanabaddhapīṭha,en,"

kañcana-baddha-pīṭha

, m., a seat studded
with gold; amacco Jambukapaṇḍitaṁ ~e nisīdā-
petvā pīṭhaṁ sīsenâdāya āgañchi, Ja V 120,11.

" 346862366505308160,kañcanabhājana,en,"

kañcana-bhājana

, n., a golden bowl or dish;
~āni, Mp-ṭ II 311,13; ~esu, Tel 39.

" 346862362763988992,kañcanabharaṇa,en,"

kañcanâbharaṇa

, n. [kañcana + ābharaṇa], gol-
den ornaments; yebhuyyena ~ehi avacchādita-
sarīratāya suvaṇṇachannā, Vv-a 237,17.

" 346862362776571904,kañcanābharaṇa,en,"

kañcanâbharaṇa

, n. [kañcana + ābharaṇa], gol-
den ornaments; yebhuyyena ~ehi avacchādita-
sarīratāya suvaṇṇachannā, Vv-a 237,17.

" 346862368686346240,kañcanabhitti,en,"

kañcana-bhitti

, f., a golden wall; ~iyaṁ ṭhapi-
tamaṇināgadantehi viya uddhaggehi lomehi
ākiṇṇasarīraṁ, Ps II 304,15.

" 346862367373529088,kañcanabimbakasadisa,en,"

kañcana-bimbaka-sadisa

, mfn., like a
golden image; kañcanabimbavaṇṇe ti ... ~e tasmiṁ
rathe, Vv-a 168,12 (ad Vv 659).

" 346862366090072064,kañcanabimbavaṇṇa,en,"

kañcana-bimba-vaṇṇa

, mfn., (bhvr.) having
the appearence of a golden image; tasmiṁ rathe ~e
yā tvaṁ ṭhitā, Vv 659 (Vv-a 168,11, q.v. infra).

" 346862368556322816,kañcanabubbula,en,"

kañcana-bubbula

, m., a gold pellet; cetiye
paṭimocetvā rattakambalakañcukaṁ ~aṁ c' ettha ...
dāpayi, Mhv XXXIV 74 qu. Mhv-ṭ 634,10; 635,1.

" 346862362726240256,kañcanacelabhūsita,en,"

[

kañcanâcelabhūsita

, w.r.at Pv-a 156,5 and
157,21 for kañcanâveḷabhūsita, q.v.]

" 346862362738823168,kañcanācelabhūsita,en,"

[

kañcanâcelabhūsita

, w.r.at Pv-a 156,5 and
157,21 for kañcanâveḷabhūsita, q.v.]

" 346862367482580992,kañcanachavitā,en,"

kañcana-chavitā

, f., a golden complexion;
~āya tassa Harittacakumāro ti nāmaṁ kariṁsu, Ja III
497,9.

" 346862367092510720,kañcanacittasantika,en,"

kañcana-citta-santika

, mfn. [santika <
*śāntika], (bhvr.) having golden ornaments as auspi-
cious charms; alaṁkataṁ ~aṁ (v.l. -sannibhaṁ), Ja
V 408,27* (kañcanamayena sattaratanacittena aṭṭha-
maṅgalena samannāgataṁ, 409,19').

" 346862367428055040,kañcanacuṇṇa,en,"

kañcana-cuṇṇa

, n., gold dust; ~ena ubbaṭṭetvā,
Ja VI 145,10'.

" 346862367839096832,kañcanadaṇḍadīpakā,en,"

kañcana-daṇḍa-dīpakā

, f., a golden torch;
evaṁ samantā ... chabbaṇṇā Buddharasmiyo vijjo-
tamānā vipphandamānā ~āhi nicchāritvā ... vidhā-
viṁsu, Ps III 22,1 ≠ Ud-a 413,1.

" 346862367893622784,kañcanadāsa,en,"

[

kañcanadāsa

, w.r. at Ja VI 219,4' for kañcanâ-
dāsa, q.v.]

" 346862344061587456,kañcanadāsa,en,"

kañcanâdāsa

, m. [kañcana + ādāsa], a golden
mirror; uṇṇajan ti ~o viya paripuṇṇaṁ, Ja VI 219,4'
(ad 218,12*); 303,4'; — °-tala, n., the surface of a gol-
den mirror; tassa mukhaṁ suparimajjitaṁ ~aṁ viya
parisuddhaṁ, Ja II 297,12; — °-vaṇṇa, mfn., (bhvr.)
having the colour of a golden mirror; sāman ti ~aṁ
mukhaṁ pi kāḷakaṁ jātaṁ, Ja VI 187,16' (ad 187,13*);
— in long cpd. mala-ggahīta-~-maṇḍala (Ja I 504,30).

" 346862344082558976,kañcanādāsa,en,"

kañcanâdāsa

" 346862367679713280,kañcanadepiccha,en,"

[

kañcanadepiccha

, problematic reading at Ja V
339,24* (pāda a) for which the editors offer the
following two suggestions; 1. ~ is interpreted by
the ct. as the voc. of a bhvr., meaning ""whose two
wings are like gold"" (cf. the v.l. kañcanadvepiccha,
q.v. infra s.v.); it is clear, however, that in order to
construe the verse, pāda a must contain a finite verb
as shown by the sa. parallel at Jāt-m 134,8; it may be
suggested reading kaṅcana-d-ev' icche for ~, d being
a sandhi consonant (cf. Geiger § 73.4 ) and ep' a
hyper-form for ev' with elided -a before vowel (all
of the recorded examples of d used as a sandhi
consonant occur before eva; cf. GEIGER loc. cit.); the
reading ~ may go back to a time when the sandhi
form was no longer understood and the text
consequently was analysed as a cpd., -d-e- being
re-interpreted as = dve-; the suggested reading icche
(corresponding to the pot. abhijotaye of pāda d) =
pot. < *√īkṣ (cf. pa. udicchare; v. CPD s.v. udikkhati)
is paralleled semantically by lakṣyate at Jāt-m
loc. cit; it may thus be suggested reading the verse:
yan na kaṅcana-d-ev' icche (so probably read for
kañcanadepiccha; v.ll. -dvepiccha, -deviṅca)
andhena tamasākataṁ (so read with v.l.; cf. sa.
tamasākṛta) tādise saṅcajaṁ pāṇaṁ kam attham
abhijotaye, Ja V 339,24* (""what object would you
cause to shine [in the land of the dead] giving up
your life for the sake of such a place where nothing
whatsoever can be seen, being shrouded in total
darkness""; ~ā [v.l. depipicchā] ti kañcanadvepiccha
[v. l. dopiccha] ayam eva vā pāṭho kañcanasa-
disa-ubhayapakkhā ti, 341,19') = Sadd 889,10 (with
reading -dvepiñcha; cf. Sadd 782,7, q.v. infra s.v. kañ-
canadvepiccha); O. H. PIND; — 2. vv. ll. C^ks °deviñ-
ja, ct.: °dvepiccha, C^ks °dopiccha as pāṭha, of which
°dvepiccha is secondary, cf. Sadd 782,6; 889,10; in
spite of ct. kañcanasadisaubhayapakkha ""having a
pair of golden wings"", do-/de-piccha means ""two
tail feathers"", which does not make sense; perhaps:
dopiccha for *dovijja < *dauvijya, if cch : jja, cf.
sukha-vacchite : °vajjite, Ja VI 547,21*, cf. L. ALSDORF,
WZKSO 1 1957: 49; acchecchuṁ : acchejjaṁ, Ja VI
502,17*; gacchanto : gajjanto, Dhp-a I 165,8; for p : v cf.
Mittelindisch § 181, 392: kañcana-*dovijja ""oh golden
bird"": for duvija = *dovijja cf. sa. brahman- :
brāhmaṇa. The goose is said to be golden in parallel
versions: D. SCHLINGLOFF, ZDMG 127 1977: 369-397;
the parallel verse in Jm 134,8 has been reformulated.
— ""what, oh golden bird, is as if shrouded (or:
done, ct. pāṭha : kataṁ) in the dark (read: andhe na,
two words: Sadd 889,11), shrouded in gloom [i.e.:
what nobody would notice], giving up your life at
such an occasion (tādise), which purpose will that
elucidate"" (?); O. v. HINÜBER.[[side 30]]

" 346862367914594304,kañcanadevī,en,"

Kañcana-devī

, f.; Npr.; the daughter of the king
of Benares and sister of the Bodhisatta Mahākañcana;
v. PPN s.v.; sabbakaniṭṭhā pan' ekā dhitā, tassa ~ī ti
nāmaṁ kariṁsu, Ja IV 305,12; 305,25; Cp-a 200,7.

" 346862366555639808,kañcanadvepiccha,en,"

kañcana-dve-piccha

, mfn. [v.l. of kañcanade-
piccha, for the interpretation of which v. supra],
whose two wings are like gold (ct. and Sadd so); —
gramm. lit.: kañcanavaṇṇā dve picchā dve pakkhā
yassa haṁsarājassa so 'yaṁ ~o, Sadd 782,7; — ~a [v.l.
dopiccha] ayam eva vā pāṭho kañcanasadisa-
ubhayapakkha ti, Ja V 341,19' (ad 339,24*).

" 346862365498675200,kañcanagghikasaṅkāsa,en,"

kañcan'-agghika-saṅkāsa

, mfn. [cf. the vari-
ant kaṅcan'-agghiya-saṅkāsa, q.v.], like a golden
agghik[ā/a]; for the term agghik[ā/a]/agghiy[ā/a], cf. CPD vol.
I (Additions and Corrections) s.vv. agghikā, agghi-
ya; A. K. COOMARASWAMY, JAOS 48 1928 252 foll.;
uccattanena so buddho ... ~o dasasahassī virocatha,
Bv V 29 ≠ X 26; ~o, XI 27; ~o (v.l. -agghiya-), XVII 21
(Bv-a 226,25); ~o (v.l. -agghiya-), XXI 23.

" 346862367398694912,kañcanagghiyasadisa,en,"

kañcan'-agghiya-sadisa

, mfn. [cf. prec], like
a golden pillar; — ifc. ratan'-agghiya-° (Dhp-a
II 41,13).

" 346862366916349952,kañcanagghiyasaṅkāsa,en,"

kañcan'-agghiya-saṅkāsa

, mfn. [cf. kañcana-
agghika-saṅkāsa], = prec. q.v.; sambuddhaṁ gac-
chantaṁ antarāpaṇe ~aṁ dvattiṁsavaralakkhaṇaṁ,
Ap 78,3 = 122,26 = 287,28; 102,1; 135,13 = 267,16; 204,9;
471,11=479,11.

" 346862367138648064,kañcanagirimatthaka,en,"

Kañcana-giri-matthaka

, n., the summit of
the Golden Mountain (= Kañcanapabbata, q.v.); ~e
supakkalākhā rāsiṁ paṭisiṅcanto viya, Ud-a 411,15.

" 346862367193174016,kañcanagirisikhara,en,"

[

kañcana-giri-sikhara

, reading at Vv-a 4,4 for
Aṅjanagirisikhara, which read with v.l.; = Añjana-
pabbata, on which v. CPD s.v.][[side 29]]

" 346862367222534144,kañcanaguhā,en,"

Kañcana-guhā

, f.; Npr.; the Golden Cave; a cave
in the Himalaya; v. PPN s.v.; atīte ... Bodhisatto ke-
sarasiṁho hutvā Himavantapadese ~āyaṁ vāsaṁ
kappesi, Ja I 491,17; IV 484,19'; V 37,11; 261,20'; 357,4;
amhākaṁ Himavante Cittakūṭapabbatatale ~āya va-
sanaṭṭhānaṁ ramaṇīyo padeso, Dhp-a IV 91,20; Ps III
20,17; Spk II 286,3; 286,10; III 46,27; Ud-a 71,1; 105,16; —
°(-a)-dvāra, n., the entrance to the Golden Cave;
Himavati ~e sattâhaṁ vasi, Ja V 316,21.

" 346862367532912640,kañcanajāla,en,"

kañcana-jāla

, m., golden filigree; taṁ ~ena
sampaṭicchiṁsu, Cp-a 80,15; muttājālaṁ maṇijālaṁ
-an ti tīṇi jālāni tīṇi satasahassāni, 82,3; virajena nid-
dosena ~ena chāditaṁ, Vv-a 236,27; — °(-l')-ura-
cchada, mfn., (bhvr.) having a breast-plate (cover-
ed) with golden filigree; alaṁkate ~e āveḷine sadda-
game asaṁgite, Ja V 409,1* (= kañcanajālamayena
uracchadâlaṁkārena samannāgate, 409,25'); —
°-cchanna, mfn., covered with golden filigree;
imā accharāsannikāsā alaṁkatā ~ā ti, Ja VI 240,37*;
~aṁ, Vv 860; — °-maya, mfn., consisting of gol-
den filigree; ~ena uracchadâlaṁkārena samannāgate,
Ja V 409,26' (ad 409,1*, q.v. supra).

" 346862366849241088,kañcanaka,en,"

kañcanaka

, m., a kind of vessel or bottle; bha-
gavatā tayo tumbā anuññātā lohatumbo kaṭṭha-
tumbo phalatumbo ti. kuṇḍikā ~o udakatumbo ti
tesaṁ yeva anulomāni, Sp 1104,21; 1245,20 (Ee w.r.
kañcuka); thālakaṁ ~o kuṇḍikā, Kkh 138,32 = Pālim
309,3; — Rem.: for a faina parallel, cf. Aup § 86:
kuṇḍiyā, kaṅcaniyā, karoḍiyā, where kaṅcaniyā is
erroneously supposed to mean ""rosary"" according
to the ct. on the Bhagavatī; v. O. v. HINÜBER, Sprach-
entwicklung und Kulturgeschichte, AWL 1992 no. 6:
56 no. 94.

" 346862366383673344,kañcanaka,en,"

kañcanaka

, mfn. [sa. kāṅcanaka], golden; —
ifc. Upa-° (~âdi, Cp-a 201,6); — °-pātī, f., a golden
plate; — ifc. pajjalita-dīpa-° (Thūp 235,27).

" 346862366895378432,kañcanaka~danda,en,"

kañcanaka~danda

, m., a golden stick; kumāro
pi... hatthena ~aṁ (Be kañcana-) gahetvā idha sap-
piṁ detha ... ti vicārento carati, Ja IV 379,14.

" 346862365448343552,kañcanakadalikkhandasadisa,en,"

kañcana-kadali-kkhanda-sadisa

, mfn., like
the trunk of a golden banana tree; ime me ~e ūrū ca
kanakacchavibāhuñ ca passa madhuravacanañ ca
suṇohī ti, Ja VI 13,7'.

" 346862366870212608,kañcanakakkaṭaka,en,"

kañcana-kakkaṭaka

, m., a golden crab; ~assa
sāṭakantarato laṅghanañ ca kākassa ... Bodhisattassa
ure nilīyanañ ca apacchâpurimaṁ ahosi, Ja III 295,7.

" 346862367067344896,kañcanakhacitakoseyyavatthavasana,en,"

kañcana-khacita-koseyya-vattha-vasana

,
mfn., wearing silk clothes interwoven with gold;
koseyyavasanā ti ~ā, Ja VI 457,7' (ad 456,22*).

" 346862367012818944,kañcanakkhandha,en,"

kañcana-kkhandha

, n., a gold nugget; tadā
~aṁ laddhapuriso aham eva ahosi, Ja I 278,8'.

" 346862367046373376,kañcanakkhandhajātaka,en,"

Kañcana-kkhandha-jātaka

, n.; Npr.; title of Ja
I 276,1-278,9 (= Jātaka 56); v. PPN s.v.

" 346862366987653120,kañcanakumāra,en,"

Kañcana-kumāra

, m.; Npr.; a brahmin; = Mahā-
kaṅcana; v. PPN s.v.; tassa ~o ti nāmaṁ kariṁsu,
Cp-a 200,11 ≠ Ja IV 305,8 (with reading Mahā-Kaṅca-
nakumāro); — ifc. Mahā-° (~-kumāra, Ja IV 305,8,12;
Cp-a 200,14; ~-paṇḍita, Ja IV 305,26; ~-tāpasa, 306,7).

" 346862362118066176,kañcanalatā,en,"

kañcana-latā

, f., a golden creeper; —
°-vinaddha, mfn., covered with golden creepers;
~aṁ ānandabheriñ carāpetvā ānandachanaṁ ācariṁ-
su, Ja VI 589,17'; — °âdi, mfn.; dhotaviddho ca rata-
namisso ti alaṁkāratthaṁ ~iṁ dassetvā kato ratana-
khacito dhotaviddho anāmāto, Sp-ṭ II 320,24 (ad Sp
543,23).

" 346862368816369664,kañcanamahānāvā,en,"

kañcana-mahānāvā

, f., a big golden ship; so
~āya pacchâbaddho viya satthu padânupadikaṁ
anugañchi, Mp I 182,11.

" 346862361883185152,kañcanamālā,en,"

Kañcana-mālā

, f.; Npr.: Sakka's white parasol;
v. PPN s.v.;— °(a)-seta-cchatta, n., the white
parasol (called) Kañcana-mālā; pañcayojanâvaṭṭaṁ
~aṁ, Ja V 386,3

" 346862361858019328,kañcanamālā,en,"

kañcana-mālā

, f., golden wreath; —
°âlaṅkata, mfn., adorned with a golden wreath;
~assa setacchattassa heṭṭhā ratanarāsimhi ṭhapetvā,
Cp-a 197,3; — °(l')-ura-cchada, mfn., (bhvr.) hav-
ing a breast-plate (covered) with golden wreaths;
kadāssu maṁ ~ā dhītā Tiriṭissa ... palissajissati, Ja
V 215,18* (kañcanamaya-uracchadâlaṁkārā, 216,25');
— °(a)-seta-cchatta, n., a white parasol
(adorned) with a golden wreath; idaṁ suvaṇṇa-
piṇḍikaṁ ~aṁ, Ja III 408,7.

" 346862361904156672,kañcanamālikasetacchatta,en,"

kañcana-mālika-seta-cchatta

, n. [cf. kaṅ-
cana-māl(a)-seta-cchatta s.v. ¹kaṅcana-mālā], a white
parasol with a golden wreath; rājā ... pasanno attano
~ena dhātuyo pūjetvā, Thūp 246,32.

" 346862368841535488,kañcanamāṇava,en,"

Kañcana-māṇava

, m.; Npr.; the name given to
Mahākaccāna by his parents; v. PPN s.v.; tassa nā-
magahaṇadivase mayhaṁ putto suvaṇṇasarīro ...
āgato ti ~o tv ev' assa nāmaṁ akaṁsu, Mp I 206,4 ≠
Th-a II 207,4 (ad Th 494) = Ap-a 491,1.

" 346862367335780352,kañcanamaṇḍalasannikāsa,en,"

kañcana-maṇḍala-sannikāsa

, mfn., resemb-
ling a golden disk; Bhagavato kosohitaṁ ... vattha-
guyhaṁ visuddhaṁ ~aṁ, Sv-pṭ 403,29.

" 346862367453220864,kañcanamanidaṇḍa,en,"

[

kañcana-mani-daṇḍa

, n., a staff (inlaid) with
gold and jewels; reading of Be for ta-
pañña-maṇi-daṇḍa at Ja VI 218,6*]

" 346862368715706368,kañcanamanimuttaka,en,"

kañcana-mani-muttaka

, mfn., consisting of,
made of gold, jewels, and pearls; ~aṁ bahuṁ vi-
vidhaṁ ābharaṇaṁ karomi te, Thī 377 (kañcanena
maṇimuttānaṁ vāsehi c' eva uttarīyañ ca karohi,
Thī-a 253,20).

" 346862368736677888,kañcanamaya,en,"

kañcana-maya

, mfn., made of gold; kañca-
napaṭṭenā ti tāta kass' eso ~ena vijjuvaṇṇinā uṇhīsa-
paṭṭena nalāṭante parikkhitto ti pucchati, Ja V 322,28'
(ad 322,6*); nagare nimmite ~e (read kañcanā- m.c.)
maṇḍalassa uragassa niṭṭhitaṁ, Ja VI 269,5*; paṭhamā
~ā dutiyā pi maṇimayā tatiyā rūpiyamayā catutthā
phalikāmayā, Ap 71,1; — °âveḷa-piḷandhana-
bhūsita, mfn., adorned with ornaments in the
form of garlands made of gold; kañcanâveḷabhūsite
ti ~e, Vv-a 167,9 (ad Vv 655); — °-ura-
cchadâlaṁkāra, mfn. [chada + alaṁkāra], (bhvr.)
decorated with a breast-plate made of gold;
kañcanamāl'uracchadā ti ~ā, Ja V 216,25' (ad 215,18*,
q.v. infra).

" 346862361954488320,kañcanamekhalā,en,"

kañcana-mekhalā

, f., a golden girdle; tan nūna
soṇiṁ ... nisevitaṁ ~āhi (v.l. -lehi) chinnaṁ vane
... gayhā vako gacchati yena kāmaṁ, Ja V 302,18*; sa
kira vajirapūritaṁ ~aṁ pilandhitvā ... caṅkamati, VI
472,25'.

" 346862361929322496,kañcanamiga,en,"

kañcana-miga

, m., a golden deer; tvam
asukaṭṭhāne nāma ~o vasati, Cp-a 146,14; ahaṁ hi...
~assa dhammaṁ sotukāmā, 147,9.

" 346862368086560768,kañcananālī,en,"

kañcana-nālī

, f. [cf. suvaṇṇa-nāḷī], a golden
phial; yo puggalo evaṁvuttappakāre puggale sevati
... ~iyā sīhavasaṁ paṭicchanto viya ohitasoto sak-
kaccaṁ subhāsitāni suṇāti ayaṁ ... paññavā hotī ti,
Ja V 149,13' (cf. 198,5').

" 346862366824075264,kañcananikkha,en,"

kañcana-nikkha

, m. and n. ?, (a particular type
of) gold coin (= sa. niṣka); suvaṇṇanikkhassā ti,
ekassa ~assa, Spk II 210,2 (ad S II 234,3).

" 346862368388550656,kañcanapabbata,en,"

Kañcana-pabbata

, m.; Npr., the Golden
Mountain; on which v. PPN s.v.; te ekadivasaṁ ...
ekaṁ Neruṁ nāma ~aṁ disvā tassa matthake
nisīdiṁsu, Ja III 247,3; naḷaggivaṇṇā jotanti sadā ~ā,
VI 100,4*; Bv V 13; sīho viya ~assa guhāyaṁ (so read;
Ee om.) bhagavato avidūre nisinno, Sp 686,15 (ad Vin
III 230,24); Ap-a 37,28; — °-antara, n., the interior of
the Golden Mountain; uttarahimavantapasse ~ena
(v.l. -re) pavattāya Sīdānadiyā tīre mahārājā ti, Ja VI
101,13' (""from within""); — °-jāla, n., the range of
the Golden Mountain; etassa ~assa antare Jotiraso
nāma tāpaso aggiṁ juhamāno Kañcanapattiyā nāma
paṇṇasālāya vasati, Ja II 399,9; — °-matthaka, m.
and n., the summit of the Golden Mountain; ~e
supakkalākhārasaṁ parisiñcanto viya, Ps III 20,12 (ad
M I 354,10) = Spk III 46,22; — °-muddha(n), m., the
top of the Golden Mountain; tassa ... ārāmaramaṇī-
yaṁ ~ani vimānaṁ uppajji, Vv-a 302,27.

" 346862368359190528,kañcanapaduma,en,"

kañcana-paduma

, n., a golden lotus; dvīhi
~ehi alaṁkataṁ, Ps IV 226,16.

" 346862365754527744,kañcanapallaṅka,en,"

kañcana-pallaṅka

, m., a golden divan; yoja-
nappamāṇe ~e nisinno Sakko devānam indo, Ja I
204,26.

" 346862368111726592,kañcanapañjara,en,"

kañcana-pañjara

, m. and n., a golden cage;
sugharan ti ~e vasantāya sundaragharaṁ, Ja VI
419,20' (ad 418,21*); mattahatthi viya ~aṁ bhinditvā
... mātāpitaro vanditvā nikkhami, Cp-a 199,7.

" 346862367117676544,kañcanapāti,en,"

kañcana-pāti

, f., a golden dish; tvaṁ bhikkhu
... satasahassagghanikāya ~iyā parihīno Serivavā-
ṇijo viya ciraṁ socissasī ti, Ja I 111,1'; kaṁse ti pha-
lasatena katāya ~iyā, Ja VI 510,18' (ad 510,4*); —
°-makula, m., a boss (in the shape of a bud) on a
gold dish (for makula, v. CDIAL 10146); sattannaṁ
rājūnaṁ bhuñjantānaṁ ~e yeva kaṇḍaṁ pātesi, Ja II
90,19 (cf. ratanamakula at I 31,24 qualifying suvaṇṇa-
pāti).

" 346862367784570880,kañcanapaṭimā,en,"

kañcana-paṭimā

, f., a golden image; paṇṇa-
sālato nikkhamitvā paṇṇasāladvāre pāsāṇaphalake
~ā viya nisīdi, Ja VI 553,9' ≠ Cp-a 93,6; — ifc.
majjita-° (~-sadisa, Vv-a 168,15).

" 346862368254332928,kañcanapatta,en,"

kañcana-patta

, m. and n., golden bowl; tesaṁ
~ehi puthū ādāya Kāsiyo haṁsānaṁ abhihāreyyuṁ
aggarañño pavāsitan ti Ja V 377,6* (= suvaṇṇabhāja-
nehi, 377,10').

" 346862368229167104,kañcanapaṭṭa,en,"

kañcana-paṭṭa

, m., a golden turban cloth (for
paṭṭa, v. CDIAL 7700); kassa ~ena puthunā vijju-
vaṇṇinā yuvā kalāpasannaddho, Ja V 322,6* (= kañca-
namayena vijjuvaṇṇinā uṇhīsapaṭṭena, 322,27') = VI
217,30*; Ss 16,20, q.v; — sumajjita-° (~-vaṇṇa, Ja IV
256,12); — °-visuddha-nalāṭa, mfn., (bhvr.)
whose forehead is bright from a golden turban
cloth; añjanasamavaṇṇasunīlakeso ~o, Ja Be I 105,6*
(CeEe om.) = Vjb 426,18* = Sp-ṭ III 247,10.

" 346862366681468928,kañcanapatti,en,"

Kañcana-patti

, f.; Npr.; the hut on the Kañcana-
pabbata in which the ascetic Jotirasa lived; v. PPN
s.v.; etassa Kañcanapabbatajālassa antare Jotiraso
nāma tāpaso ... ~iyā nāma paṇṇasālāya vasati, Ja II
399,10.

" 346862368468242432,kañcanapiṇḍa,en,"

kañcana-piṇḍa

, m., a gold nugget; ~o viya sas-
sirikā kañcanapiṇḍasassirikā, Ps-pṭ I 85,3; — °-sas-
sirika, mfn., resplendent like a lump of gold; ~ā,
Ps-pṭ I 85,3.

" 346862368522768384,kañcanapīṭha,en,"

kañcana-pīṭha

, m., a golden seat; somanassap-
patto tassa nisīdanatthāya ~aṁ paññāpetvā samma
pavissa ... āha, Ja IV 214,20 (~aṁ, 214,24'); ~e nisīdi,
214,27 ≠ V 120,13; — °-saṁkhāta, mfn., called by
the name of golden seat; Sakkena dāpite nave ~e
kocche sa upâvisi, Ja V 408,7'.[[side 31]]

" 346862361975459840,kañcanarajatamanimaya,en,"

kañcana-rajata-mani-maya

, mfn., made of
gold, silver, and jewels; mudu subhā ~ā sattarata-
navālikâkiṇṇā, Ja V 168,30'.

" 346862362038374400,kañcanarāsisassirīkasarīra,en,"

kañcana-rāsi-sassirīka-sarīra

, mfn., (bhvr.)
having a body as resplendent as a heap of gold; kañ-
canavelliviggahe ti ~e, Ja V 405,8' (ad 405,2*, q.v. in-
fra).

" 346862362059345920,kañcanarūpa,en,"

kañcana-rūpa

, n., a golden image; Bodhisatto
... ekaṁ ~aṁ kāretvā, Ja III 93,16; — °-samāna-
rūpa, mfn., (bhvr.) having the same appearance as a
gold image; ~ā pañca pi... paṭipāṭiyā aṭṭhaṁsu, Ja V
426,14'.

" 346862362088706048,kañcanarūpaka,en,"

kañcana-rūpaka

, n., a golden image; tassa
mātāpitaro taṁ ~aṁ paṭicchannayāne āropetvā
gacchatha, Ja III 93,18; 93,27; — ifc. suṭṭhu-
ṭhapita-° (Ja IV 125,22); — °-paṭibhāga, mfn.,
similar to images of gold; ahaṁ hi ... ~ānaṁ ...
khattiyakaññâdīnaṁ vaye pariṇamante jarappat-
tānaṁ vevaṇṇiyañ c' eva sarīrabhaṅgañ ca passāmi,
Ja III 394,25; — °-sadisa-sarīra, mfn., having a
body like an image of gold; kaṅcanavelliviggahe ti
~e, Ja V 399,12' (ad 398,31*).

" 346862362394890240,kañcanasadisaubhayapakkha,en,"

kañcana-sadisa-ubhaya-pakkha

, mfn.,
(bhvr.) whose two wings are like gold; kañcanade-
picchā ti kañcanadvepiccha (v.l. dopiccha) ayam eva
vā pāṭho ~ā ti, Ja V 341,20' (ad V 339,24*).

" 346862362516525056,kañcanasana,en,"

kañcanâsana

, n. [kaṅcana + āsana], a golden
seat; ath' assa ... ~e nisinnassa ... etad ahosi, Ja I
508,27'.

" 346862362529107968,kañcanāsana,en,"

kañcanâsana

, n. [kaṅcana + āsana], a golden
seat; ath' assa ... ~e nisinnassa ... etad ahosi, Ja I
508,27'.

" 346862359911862272,kañcanasannibha,en,"

kañcana-sannibha

, mfn. [sa. kāñcanasan-
nibha], like gold; ~o ... kumāro, Ja IV 123,1*; —
°-ttaca, mfn., (bhvr.) having skin like gold (epith.
of the Buddha; one of the 32 Mahāpurisa-lakkhaṇās);
kalyānadassano bhikkhu ~o, Sn 551 = Th 821; ayaṁ
hi deva kumāro suvaṇṇavaṇṇo ~o, D II 17,31 = III
143,25; 159,15; ~o sukhumacchavī kho pana so
bhavaṁ Gotamo, M II 136,18 (Ps in 377,27); ~e, Vv 314;
293 = 804; Buddho ca me ~o adesayī, 704; 743; Mil
75,3; suvaṇṇasiṅginadabimbasādisan ti ... -an ti
attho, Vv-a 284,21 (ad Vv 1036); 9,25; kanakasannibhā
ti ~ā, Cp-a 133,20 (ad Cp I 74); — °-sarīra, mfn.,
(bhvr.) having a body like gold; tattha anujjaṅgīti
~e, Ja V 40,15'.

" 346862362420056064,kañcanasucchaviuttamavaṇṇa,en,"

kañcana-succhavi-uttama-vaṇṇa

, mfn.,
(bhvr.) unsurpassed in colour due to having a beaut-
iful golden complexion; ~o esa hi tuyhaṁ pita nara-
sīho, Ja Be I 105,3* (CeEe om.) = Vjb 426,11* = Sp-ṭ III
247,3

" 346862362701074432,kañcanasūci,en,"

kañcana-sūci

, f., a golden pin; jaṭantare ~iṁ
odahitvā antorattaṁ uparirattaṁ cīrakaṁ nivāsetvā
ca, Ja VI 242,16.

" 346862367587438592,kañcanatanusannibhattaca,en,"

kañcana-tanu-sannibha-ttaca

, mfn., (bhvr.)
having skin like gold foll.; ~āhi paripūraṁ gaganaṁ
va tarakahi, Vv 887 (= kanakasadisasukhumacchavi-
hi, Vv-a 237,3).

" 346862367562272768,kañcanataṭṭaka,en,"

kañcana-taṭṭaka

, m., a gold dish; sappassa ca
suvassa ca bhojanatthāya devasikaṁ ~e madhulāje
undurassa gandhasālitaṇḍule dāpesi, Ja I 327,14.

" 346862365960048640,kañcanathūpa,en,"

kañcana-thūpa

, m., a golden stupa; so kira ...
dve vaṇṇapaṭākā Dasabalassa ~e āropetvā pattha-
naṁ ṭhapesi, Dhp-a III 483,5; IV 120,17; sakalacak-
kavāḷaṁ mahācetiyapamāṇehi ~ehi pūretvā ...
kāyassa bhedā nirayam eva upapajjati, Ps IV 110,1 =
Mp E 5,9; Ss 116,22.

" 346862367763599360,kañcanathūpikā,en,"

kañcana-thūpikā

, f., a golden dome; so rājani-
vesanassa ~āya nisīditvā rāganissitaṁ madhura-
ravaṁ ravi, Ja VI 419,13'.

" 346862367709073408,kañcanatoraṇa,en,"

kañcana-toraṇa

, mfn., (bhvr.) with a golden
gateway; sobhanti esikāthambhā subhā ~ā jambo-
nadā sāramayā atho rajatamayā pi ca, Ap 2,14 (Ap-a
106,17).

" 346862366228484096,kañcanatthambha,en,"

kañcana-tthambha

, m., a golden pillar; ~o
viya ca upaṭṭhāti, Vism 172,4.

" 346862367738433536,kañcanattharukhagga,en,"

kañcana-ttharu-khagga

, m., a sword with a
golden handle; tvaṁ ~aṁ (v.l. kañcanakhaggaṁ)
abbahitvā sīsaṁ te chindāmī ti, Ja II 285,8'.

" 346862362176786432,kañcanavana,en,"

Kañcana-vana

, n.; Npr.; the Golden Grove; a
park near Ujjeni where Mahā-Kaccāna lived; v. PPN
s.v.; — °-uyyāna, n.; the park Kañcanavana; therā
... vehāsaṁ uggantvā ~e otariṁsu, Mp I 208,14; Mp I
209,8.

" 346862362147426304,kañcanavaṇṇa,en,"

kañcana-vaṇṇa

, mfn., (bhvr.) of golden colour;
paṇḍare ti haṁse athavā parisuddhe nimmale sam-
pahaṭṭhe ~e ti, Ja V 342,20'; tassa ~assa dipadindassa
tadino pañca sucī maya dinna sibbanatthaya civa-
raṁ, Ap 122,11; taṁ alaṁkaritvā uppannalatā ~ā
khāyati, Thūp 194,6 (ad Thūp 193,33; Mhv XIV 8; Dīp
XII 51) = Sp 74,13; — °-vaṇṇatā, f., the property of
having a complexion of golden colour; kākaṁ ~āya
suvaṇṇā ti laddhanāme suvaṇṇarājahaṁse parivā-
rente addasa, Sp-ṭ II 306,18.[[side 32]]

" 346862361589583872,kañcanavati,en,"

kañcana-vati

, f., a golden fence; ~iyā suvaṇṇa-
pākārena parikkhittattā Hiraññavatī ti ca vuccati, Ja
VI 270,11' (ad 269,4*).

" 346862362260672512,kañcanavedi,en,"

kañcana-vedi

, f. [cf. kaṅcanavelliviggaha, a.v.
infra], 1. golden vedi (= a kind of creeper); used of
the body of a woman being compared to the shape
of a vedi, q.v.; 2. golden railing (only recorded in
cpd.; cf. kañcana-vedikā, q.v.); — 1. vellī vā ti ~i
viya tanumajjhā, Ja VI 457,11' (ad 456,25* [text reads
velli; B^d vedi); — 2. °-missa, mfn., fitted with
golden railings; idaṁ vimānaṁ ... ~aṁ, Vv 1236.

" 346862362285838336,kañcanavedikā,en,"

kañcana-vedikā

, f., a golden railing; pasanna-
citto sumano akaṁ ~aṁ (so read with v.l.; Ee can-
dana-), Ap 172,6.

" 346862362801737728,kañcanaveḷa,en,"

Kañcanâveḷa

, m. [kañcana + āveḷa]; Npr.; the
son of Piyadassī Buddha; v. PPN s.v. Kañcanaveḷa;
Vimalā nāma nārī ca ~o (so read with v.l.; Ee -aveḷo)
nāma atiajo, Bv XIV 17.

" 346862362814320640,kañcanāveḷa,en,"

Kañcanâveḷa

, m. [kañcana + āveḷa]; Npr.; the
son of Piyadassī Buddha; v. PPN s.v. Kañcanaveḷa;
Vimalā nāma nārī ca ~o (so read with v.l.; Ee -aveḷo)
nāma atiajo, Bv XIV 17.

" 346862362956926976,kañcanaveḷabhūsita,en,"

kañcanâveḷa-bhūsita

, mfn. [kañcana + āveḷa],
adorned with golden garlands; kā kambukāyura-
dhare ~e hemajālakapacchanne nānāratanamālinī, Vv
655 (= kañcanamayâveḷapiḷandhanabhūsite, Vv-a
167,9); pañca dāsisatā tuyhaṁ yā te 'mā paricārikā tā
kambukāyūradharā ~ā (v.l. kañcanācela-), Pv 352 qu.
Pv-a 156,5 (with reading kañcanācela-); Pv 499.[[side 33]]

" 346862362965315584,kañcanāveḷabhūsita,en,"

kañcanâveḷa-bhūsita

" 346862362441027584,kañcanaveḷadhārin,en,"

kañcanâveḷa-dhāri(n)

, mfn. [kañcana + āveḷa],
wearing golden garlands; kadâhaṁ rājaputte sab-
bâlaṅkārabhūsite cittavammadhare sure ~īne (v.l.
-meḷa-), Ja VI 49,5* ≠ 50,26*.kañcanâveḷa-dhārin

" 346862362453610496,kañcanāveḷadhārin,en,"

kañcanâveḷa-dhāri(n)

" 346862362919178240,kañcanaveḷapantika,en,"

[

kañcanâveḷa-pantika

, reading of BeCe at Ap
3,15 for kañcanâveḷa-pattika, q.v.]

" 346862362931761152,kañcanāveḷapantika,en,"

[

kañcanâveḷa-pantika

, reading of BeCe at Ap
3,15 for kañcanâveḷa-pattika, q.v.]

" 346862362881429504,kañcanaveḷapattika,en,"

kañcanâveḷa-pattika

, mfn. [pattika = pantika
?], draped with golden garlands ? (cf. ct.); chattā
tiṭṭhantu ratanā ~ā (so probably read with ct. [v. in-
fra]; BeCe -pant-), Ap Be I 4,11 (Ee at Ap 3,15 reads
suvaṇṇajālâbhisaṁyuttaṁ rajatajālamaṇīhi ca
[unmetrical]; v.l. chattā tiṭṭhantu ratanā kañca-
nāveḷupantikā) = Ce (reading supported by Ap-a
108,22, q.v. infra); ~ā suvaṇṇajālehi olambitā
tiṭṭhantu, Ap-a 108,22 (Ce so; Be -pant-).

" 346862362894012416,kañcanāveḷapattika,en,"

kañcanâveḷa-pattika

" 346862362348752896,kañcanavelliviggaha,en,"

kañcana-velli-viggaha

, mfn. [cf. kañcana-
vedivigraha at Mvu II 56,21 substituting vedi for
velli (v. kaṅcanavedi)], (bhvr.) with a body like a
golden creeper (i.e., having a slender waist); the ct.
clearly is ignorant of the meaning of velli (on
which, v. CDIAL 12123); pucchāmi taṁ ~e, Ja V
398,31* (= kañcanarūpakasadisasarīre, 399,12'); 402,10*;
405,2* (= kañcanarāsisassirīkasarīre, 405,8'); Vimalā
~ā, VI, 269,23* (= suvaṇṇarāsisassirīkasarīrā, 270,24';
cf. 457,11').

" 346862362373918720,kañcanaveḷu,en,"

Kañcana-veḷu

, m.; Npr.; ""The Golden Bamboo"";
the city in which Siddattha Buddha died; v. PPN s.v.;
— °-nagara, n., the city Kañcana-veḷu; Siddhatto
pi kira satthā ~e Anomuyyāne parinibbāyi, Bv-a
227,6

" 346862363015647232,kañcanaveḷupantika,en,"

[

kañcanâveḷupantika

, w.r. at Ap 3,15 for kañ-
canâveḷapattika (q.v.), which read with Ap-a 108,22]

" 346862363024035840,kañcanāveḷupantika,en,"

[

kañcanâveḷupantika

, w.r. at Ap 3,15 for kañ-
canâveḷapattika (q.v.), which read with Ap-a 108,22]

" 346862362210340864,kañcanavicittaratha,en,"

kañcana-vicitta-ratha

, m., a carriage with
golden adomments; dasa ime purato ṭhite ~e das-
sento evam āha, Ja V 20,11'.

" 346862362235506688,kañcanavitāna,en,"

kañcana-vitāna

, m. or n. (?), a golden canopy;
~aṁ, Dīp XV 33.

" 346862361610555392,kañcika,en,"

kañcika

, n. [sa. kāñcika; variant of kañjika, q.v.],
conjee (cf. kañjika); bhājanagataṁ udakaṁ vā ~aṁ
vā khīraṁ vā takkaṁ vā rajanaṁ vā passāvaṁ vā
cikkhallaṁ vā kīḷati, āpatti dukkaṭassa, Vin IV
112,32.

" 346862363212779520,kañcinagara,en,"

Kañci-nagara

, n. [cf. sa. Kāṅcī]; Npr.; the city of
Kāṅcī; v. PPN s.v. Kāṅcipura [sic.]; kīḷana-upavanaṁ
nāma ~assa nagarupavanaṁ viya daṭṭhabbaṁ, Vjb
380,17.

" 346862363162447872,kañcinaṃ,en,"

[

kañcinaṁ

, < kaṅci (= acc. m. of ¹koci, q.v.) +
the particle naṁ; reading, e.g., at Th 876 and 879, on
which, cf. K. R. Norman, EV I ad. loc.; ~ is wrongly
interpreted by GEIGER § 111 as derived < the acc. of
kaṅci + the suffix -in]

" 346862363258916864,kañcīpurī,en,"

Kañcīpurī

, f., = Kañcinagara, q.v.; sa bhañjeti
~iṁ, Mhv LXXXVIII 121.

" 346862363233751040,kañciya,en,"

[

kañciya

, variant of kaṅjiya, q.v.]

" 346862363288276992,kañcuka,en,"

kañcuk[ā/a]

, m. and f. [ts.], a dress that fits close to
the upper part of the body, hence: 1. jacket; 2.a. suit
of armour; b. encasement (t.t. arch.; ~ is used of a
new shrine encasing an older shrine; v. cpd.s infra;
cf. A. K. COOMARASWAMY, JAOS 28 1928: 260 foll.; G.
H. SCHOKKER, Pādatāḍitaka I 1966: 172 § 24,2); 3.
slough; — lex. lit.: kavace vārabāṇe ca nimmoke 'pi
ca ~o, Abh 962; ~o vārabāṇaṁ câtha vatthâvayave
dasā nālipaṭṭo tu kathito uttamaṅgamhi ~o, 294;
nimmoko ~o, 655; — 1. tena kho pana samayena
chabbaggiyā bhikkhū ... ~aṁ dhārenti ... na ~aṁ
dhāretabbaṁ, Vin I 306,27,32 = II 267,29,33; kāsikaṁ su
me taṁ bhikkhave veṭhanaṁ hoti kāsikā ~ā kāsi-
kaṁ nivāsanaṁ kāsiko uttarasaṅgo, A I 145,14 (= pā-
rupanakaṅcuko pi sanhakaṅcuko va, Mp II 237,24);
~aṁ labhitvā phāletvā rajitvā paribhuṅjituṁ vaṭṭati,
Sp 1135,10; Khuddas III 29; — 2.a. so sāṇiṁ parik-
khipāpetvā antosāṇiyaṁ ṭhito sāṭakaṁ apanetvā
sannāhaṁ sannayha ~aṁ pavisitvā ... aṭṭhāsi, Ja V
129,10; — 2.b. dhātu āveṇikā n' atthi sarīraṁ eka-
piṇḍitaṁ imamhi Buddhathūpamhi karissāma ~aṁ
mayaṁ, Ap 71,10; so tunnavāyehi kāriya ~aṁ sud-
dhavatthehi tena chādiya cetiyaṁ cittakārehi kāresi,
Mhv XXXII 3 ≠ Thūp 248,9,10; Mhv XXX 25; — 3.
ayaṁ hi ahi nāma ... sayam eva ~aṁ jahati, Ps III
263,21; yathā urago attano jiṇṇaṁ tacaṁ dukkhaṁ ja-
nentaṁ rukkhantare vā kaṭṭhantare vā mūlantare vā
pāsantare vā ~aṁ omuñcanto viya sarīrato omuṅ-
citva pahaya chaḍḍetva yatha kamaṁ gacchati, Pv-a
63,6; — ifc. ahi-°; uttara-°; kambala-° (Spk II
187,11; Mp I 170,22); gala-° (~-saṇṭhāna, Vism 251,35);
camma-° (Sv 157,11); jāla-° (paṭimukka-~-saṇṭhā-
na, Vism 253,23); nānappakāra- (~-kavacâdi-san-
nāha-vibhūsita, Ps IV 219,15); paṭa-° (Dhp-a III
295,13); pārupana-° (Mp II 237,24); mālā-° (Pj I
130,9); ratta-kambala-° (Ps III 20,11; Ud-a 411,13;
Spk III 46,21); romañca-° (~-dhara, Dāṭh V 14);
saṇha-° (Mp II 237,24); sannāha-° (Ja V 128,6); sa-
puppha-° (Ap 155,10).¹kañcukā

" 346862362558468096,kañcuka,en,"

[²

kañcuka

, reading at Sp 1245,20 for kaṅcanaka,
which read with Ce and v.l.]

" 346862363296665600,kañcukā,en,"

kañcuk[ā/a]

" 346862363346997248,kañcukacetiya,en,"

kañcuka-cetiya

, n., an encasement shrine; rājā
... kāresi tassa ~aṁ, Mhv I 42 (tassa pubbacetiyassa
~aṁ ... asītihatthappamāṇaṁ katvā kāresī ti, Mhv-ṭ
I 100,8) ≠ Thūp 210,13.

" 346862363485409280,kañcukamatthaka,en,"

kañcuka-matthaka

, m., the surface of the
encasement; so ... suddhavatthehi kaṅcukaṁ kā-
retvā ... cittakārehi ~e vedikā ca ... kārāpesi, Thūp
248,9.

" 346862362990481408,kañcukasadisa,en,"

kañcuka-sadisa

, mfn., like an armour; apane-
tvānā ti ~aṁ Sīhaḷabhāsaṁ apanetvā, Sv-pṭ I 20,13
(ad Sv 1,18).

" 346862363447660544,kañcukasaṇṭhāna,en,"

kañcuka-saṇṭhāna

, m., (bhvr.) having the
shape of a suit of armour; saṇṭhānato: saṁkhepena
~o, Pj I 45,7; — ifc. paṭi-mukka-jāla-° (Vism
253,23).

" 346862363426689024,kañcukathūpa,en,"

kañcuka-thūpa

, m., an encasement shrine; rājā
... Mahiyaṅgaṇe ~aṁ kāresi, Thūp 209,10.

" 346862363321831424,kañcukin,en,"

kañcuki(n)

, mfn. [ts.], furnished with armour,
hence: (m.) a chamberlain; only recorded in lex. lit.:
~ī sovidallo ca, Abh 342 (kañcukaṁ = coḍaṁ,
taṁyogo = ~ī, Abh-ṭ 236,21).kañcukin

" 346862362612994048,kañcukita,en,"

kañcukita

, mfn. [ts.], furnished with armour;
only recorded in long cpd. at Pajj 58 (Ee w.r. -kīta).

" 346862241234030592,kanda,en,"

kand(a)

, [cf. sa-Dhātup X 188], the verbal root kan-
d(a); ~a sātacce, Sadd 543,7.
kanda

" 346862241288556544,kanda,en,"

kanda

, m. [ts.; EWA-1 s.v.; cf. CDIAL 2723; DED
1171; Amg. kaṁda], a bulbous root; — lex. lit.: karahā-
ṭaṁ (Be kuruhāṭaṁ) tu ~o, Abh 549; assa ~o sālū-
kam uccate, 688 (padumâdino ~o ..., kaṁ sukhaṁ
dadātī ti ~o, Abh-ṭ ad loc.); ~aṁ nīluppalâdīnaṁ,
Abh-ṭ (ad Abh 593); — gramm. lit.: kāmīyatī ti kando
mūlaviseso, Mogg-v ad Mogg VII 95; — exeg.: kan-
dakhādanīye duvidho ~o dīgho ca rasso ca, Sp
833,24; various kinds of ~ are enumerated at Sp 833,24
foll. and Vin-vn 1329-32; muḷālan ti ~aṁ, Sp-ṭ II
141,2 = Vmv I 179,25 (ad Sp 330,2 ad Vin III 49,1); ~o
pi mūlen' eva saṅgahito, Sp 338,1 (ad Vin III 50,2);
Vin-vn 1322; — ~aṁ khaṇa mūlaṁ khanā ti, Sp
755,24 (ad Vin IV 33,21); rukkhaṁ chinda lataṁ chin-
da ~aṁ vā mūlaṁ vā uppāṭehī ti, 766,17 (ad Vin IV
35,14); rājā ... pucchi kiṁ thero piyāyatī ti, ~aṁ ma-
hārājā ti, Vibh-a 452,7; — ifc. ambāṭaka-° (Sp 833,29);
āluka-° (Ja IV 46,11'; āluva-° (Sp 834,1); uppala-ka-
seruka-° (~âdi, Sp 833,25); kadalī-° (Sp 834,2); kan-
dala-° (Vism 255,9 [Ee °kaṇḍa°] = Vibh-a 238,13 = Pj
I 50,22); kaseruka-° (Sp 834,3); kiṁsuka-potaka-°
(Sp 833,28); ketaka-° (Sp 833,29); khīra-valli-° (Sp
834,1); takkala-° (Ja IV 373,5'); tāla-° (Sp 834,1; Ja IV
46,12'; 373,5'); paduma-puṇḍarīka-° (Sp 833,30); piṇ-
ḍālu-° (Ja IV 46,10); pharaṇaka-° (Sp 834,5); biḷāri-
vallī-° (Ja IV 46,12'); biḷāli-° (Ja IV 373,5'); bhisa-
kiṁsuka-° (~âdi, Sp 833,24); bhū-° (Bhes 5:83); ma-
hā-° (Abh 595); māluva-° (Sp 833,29); mūla-° (Spk I
318,11 = Pj II 218,24 [Ee °khaṇḍa]; Dhp-a III 130,1,4);
mūlaka-° (Ja IV 88,22; Dhp-a IV 78,10); (~-sadisa,
Thī-a 212,3 [BeEe °kaṇḍa°, Ce °khaṇḍa°] ad Thī 264;
cf. EV II ad loc.); vallī-° (~âdi, Vv-a 335,9); veṇu-°
(Sp 834,2); sālakaḷyāni-potaka-° (Sp 833,28); siggu-°
(Sp 834,1); — °âdi, mfn.; yathā ca mule evaṁ ~īsu pi
yaṁ lakkhaṇaṁ dassitaṁ, Sp 833,20; — in long cpd.
at Sp 762,3 (ad Vin IV 35,2).

" 346862335068999680,kaṇḍa,en,"

kaṇḍ(a)

, the root kaṇḍ; ~a bhedane, Dhātup 102 ≠
564;cf.Dhātum 794.kaṇḍa

" 346862335127719936,kaṇḍa,en,"

kaṇḍa

, m. and n. [sa. kāṇḍa; pa. khaṇḍa (q.v.)
sometimes occurs as v.l. of ~], 1.a. a joint (of the
stalk or stem of grasses such as reed, cane, and bam-
boo); hence: b. a part, portion, section; a chapter (of
a book); c.(i) a stalk (e.g., of sugar-cane); straw;
c.(ii) a shaft (of an arrow); hence: 2. an arrow; 3. an
opportunity (only recorded in this sense in lex. lit.,
q.v. infra); — 1.a. so nāḷimajjhe gataṁ ~aṁ vijjhati
yena viddhattā nikkhantaṁ pi sālisīsaṁ khīraṁ ga-
hetuṁ na sakkoti, Sp 1291,6; — 1.b. lex. lit.: ~o ...
vagge câvasare py atha, Abh 885 (iti sandhikappe
paṭhamo ~o ty ādīsu vagge, Abh-ṭ 529,18); — cittup-
pādakaṇḍâdīnaṁ vasena cattāri ~āni, As 36,8; — ifc.
citt'-uppāda-° (As 36,8; ~âdi, 36,7); codanā-°
(title of Vin V 160,1-162,23); ti-° (~-sesa, Abh-ṭ 272,18;
529,25); tiracchāna-° (title of Pañca-g 45-51); tera-
saka-° (Sp 878,23); deva-° (Paṅca-g 103-114);
naraka-° (title of Pañca-g 5-44); nikkhepa-° (As
6,34); pārājika-° (Sv 12,32); pilotika-° (Sv 84,5);
peta-° (title of Pañca-g 52-69); madhu-° (Spk III
50,27); manussa-° (title of Pañca-g 70-102); yoja-
nika-madhu-° (Ud-a 419,12); rūpa-° (As 6,25); —
1.c.(i) ~o tu nāḷam atha so, palālaṁ, Abh 453
(dvayaṁ sassâdīnaṁ kaṇḍamatte, Abh-ṭ 309,9); —
ifc. ucchu-°; ratta-° (~ā [= sa. raktakāṇḍā], Bhes 5:
97); — 1.c.(ii) na tāvâhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharis-
sāmi yāva na taṁ ~aṁ jānāmi yen' amhi viddho
yadi vā kacchaṁ yadi vā ropiman ti, M I 429,24 foll.;
— 2. lex. lit.: saro pattī ca sāyako bāṇo ~aṁ usu
dvīsu, khurappo tejanâsanaṁ, Abh 389 (kaṇyate
'nenêti ~aṁ, kaṇa sadde, kaṇḍa bhede vā, Abh-ṭ
272,11); ~o 'nitthī sare daṇḍe, Abh 885; — gramm.
lit.: kaṇḍyādīhi ko: ~o ... iccevamādayo aññe pi
saddā bhavanti, Kacc-v ad Kacc 665; Mogg II 26; —
aññataro pi ... bhikkhu uyyodhikaṁ gantvā ~ena
paṭividdho hoti, Vin IV 107,10; ahaṁ ... catuddisā ~e
khitte appatiṭṭhe pathaviyaṁ gahetvā āharissāmī ti,
S II 266,5; 266,10; mā ~ena mige vijjhantu, Ja I 150,24;
155,19'; II 91,10'; 91,12'; dhanuggaho ekūnapaññāsa
jane ekūnapaññāsāya ~ehi vijjhitvā pātesi, III 220,21;
V 39,29; ekappahārena ~āni khipiṁsu, 129,28; 130,3; ~o
eso iti ñatvā, Ap 11,13 (exeg. at Ap-a I 89,2); Mil 44,3
foll.; Sp 509,20; lahukena asanenā ti ... sallahukena
~ena, Ps II 52,14 (ad M I 82,36); ususū ti ~esu, 57,33 (ad
M I 86,30); asanenā ti, ~ena, Spk I 117,4 (ad S I 62,3); II
225,17; Mp III 403,17; 404,4; Dhp-a IV 66,22; Mhv XXV
89; Thūp 214,35-215,1; Pañca-g 36; — ifc. [kaliṅ-
gara-° (Ja III 273,19); reading doubtful; probably
read kaliṅgarakhaṇḍa; cf. kaṭṭhakhaṇḍa, q.v. supra];
khitta-° (Ja IV 215,15; V 129,21; 129,21); visa-pīta-°
(Ja V 145,8'); ve-° (M I 429,35); sallahuka-° (Mp IV
201,9); sahassa-° (Ja II 334,5* = Th 164; Ap 442,11; —
gamana-gaṇanā, Ja II 334,11; ~-gamana-matta, 334,10);
soḷa-° (~-pāta-vitthāra, Ja II 334,9); — 3. lex. lit.: ~o
... vagge câvasare py atha, Abh 885.

" 346862104407445504,kaṇḍa,en,"

kaṇḍa, 4.

~aṁ, adv., a portion of time, PED s.v. is w.r. for kandaṁ (²kandati), cf. LSV 237 n.

" 346862336885133312,kaṇḍabaddha,en,"

kaṇḍa-baddha

, mfn., attached to the arrow; usa-
bhamatte ṭhito ~āya koṭiyā taṁ vātiṅgaṇabaddha-
koṭiṁ paṭivijjheyyā ti attho, Spk III 302,1 (ad S V
454,4).

" 346862323442388992,kaṇḍabheda,en,"

[

kaṇḍa-bheda

, problematic reading at Ap 211,20
(v.ll. gaṇṭhabhedassa patthiyā; gaṇṭharodassa pan-
tiyā) for which it might be suggested reading gan-
thabheda; Be ganthādosa; Ce kaṇḍabheda; gantha-
bhedassa pattiyā (so punctuate) addasaṁ virajaṁ
Buddhaṁ: ""due to succeeding in breaking the bonds
I came to see the Buddha""]

" 346862336092409856,kaṇḍacittaka,en,"

kaṇḍa-cittaka

, n. pl., tricks with arrows; sey-
yathā pi Sāḷha yodhâjīvo bahūni ce pi ~āni jānāti, A
II 202,3 (~ānī ti saralaṭṭhi-sararajju-sarapāsāda-sarasā-
ṇi-sarapokkharaṇi-sarapadumānī ti anekāni kaṇḍehi
kātabbacittāni, Mp III 182,14).

" 346862336373428224,kaṇḍadāyaka,en,"

kaṇḍa-dāyaka

, m(fn)., one who hands arrows
(to the archer); Mahāsatto ... ekekassa santike ~e
ṭhapetvā, Ja V 129,21.

" 346862335454875648,kaṇḍadevamālavarāyara,en,"

Kaṇḍadevamālava-rāyara

, m.; Npr.; the chief
called Kaṇḍadevamāḷava; a Dravidian chief who was
defeated by Parakkamabahu's general Laṅkāpūra; v.
PPN s.v.; ~o, Mhv LXXVI 187; 208.

" 346862330849529856,kaṇḍadvaya,en,"

kaṇḍa-dvaya

, n., two arrows; evam ettha ~aṁ
viya vuttappakārā dve antā, Mp III 403,19.

" 346862335844945920,kaṇḍagahana,en,"

kaṇḍa-gahana

, n., fetching arrows; reading of
Ce for Ee kaṇḍatthā (q.v.) and Be kaṇḍagahanattha at
Ja IV 215,13.

" 346862335895277568,kaṇḍagahanattha,en,"

kaṇḍa-gahan'-attha

, m., the purpose of fetch-
ing arrows; reading of Be for Ee kaṇḍatthā (q.v.) at Ja
IV 215,13.

" 346862241460523008,kandagalaka,en,"

Kandagalaka

, m.; Npr.; name of a bird (probably the
name of the species); also Kandagala, Ja II 162,25; v.
PPN s.v.; tass' eko ~o nāma sahāyo ahosi, Ja II 162,20.

" 346862241556992000,kandagalakajātaka,en,"

Kandagalaka-jātaka

, n.; Npr.; title of'Ja II 162,11-164,13
(=Jātaka 210); v. PPN s.v.

" 346862103295954944,kandagalakajātaka,en,"

Kandagalaka-jātaka,

see Kaṭṭhaṅga-jātaka (Addenda).

" 346862335962386432,kaṇḍaggasadisa,en,"

[

kaṇḍ'-agga-sadisa

, reading of Cp-a 237,15 for
kaṇayaggasadisa (q.v.), which probably read with
Be]

" 346862241603129344,kandajāta,en,"

kanda-jāta

, mfn., belonging to the class of kanda
roots; bhisan ti bhisamūlaṁ yaṁ kiñci ~aṁ vā, Ja VI
516,6' (ad 516,3*).

" 346862241087229952,kandaka,en,"

kandaka

, [< kanda + ka]; only recorded ifc.; — ifc.
su-° (Abh 595).

" 346862329012424704,kaṇḍaka,en,"

¹[

kaṇḍaka

, v.l. of ¹kaṇṭaka, q.v.]

" 346862104386473984,kaṇḍaka,en,"

³Kaṇḍaka,

Burmese spelling in Be for Kandhaka, q.v.

" 346862335215800320,kaṇḍaka,en,"

Kaṇḍaka

, m. (variant of Kaṇṭaka, q.v.]; Npr.; a
novice known for his sexual offences; v. PPN s.v.
Kaṇṭaka; āyasmato Upanandassa Sakyaputtassa dve
sāmaṇerā honti ~o ca Mahako ca, te aññamaññaṁ
dūsesuṁ, Vin I 79,22; — ifc. ukkhitta-° (Vin IV
140,36; in uddāna).

" 346862335471652864,kaṇḍakā,en,"

Kaṇḍakā

, f.; Npr.; a nun who had sexual inter-
course with the novice Kaṇḍaka (q.v.); Kaṇḍako
nāma sāmaṇero ~aṁ nāma bhikkhuniṁ dūsesi, Vin
I 85,16.

" 346862241338888192,kandakanandā,en,"

Kandakânandā

, f.; Npr.; variant of Kantakānandā, q.v.

" 346862241359859712,kandakānandā,en,"

Kandakânandā

, f.; Npr.; variant of Kantakānandā, q.v.

" 346862335358406656,kaṇḍakavāca,en,"

[

kaṇḍaka-vāca

, reading of Be for aṇḍakavāca
(q.v.) at Ja III 260,11* (260,19')]

" 346862241410191360,kandakhādanīya,en,"

kanda-khādanīya

, n., edibles consisting of kanda
roots; contrasted with mūlakhādanīya, muḷāla°, pat-
ta°, puppha°, aṭṭhi°, piṭṭha°, niyyāsa° at Sp 832,28
foll.; mūlakhādanīyaṁ ~aṁ (Ee kaṇḍa°, q.v.) muḷāla-
khādanīyaṁ ... niyyāsakhādanīyan ti idam pi khā-
danīyasaṅgaham eva gacchati, Sp 832,22; ~e duvi-
dho kando dīgho ca rasso ca, 833,24.

" 346862335748476928,kaṇḍakhādanīya,en,"

kaṇḍa-khādanīya

, n., hard food in the form of
stalks (?); mūlakhādanīyaṁ ~aṁ mulālakhādanī-
yaṁ ... ti, idam pi khādanīyasaṅgaham eva
gacchati, Sp 832,22.

" 346862335798808576,kaṇḍakhīṇabhāva,en,"

[

kaṇḍa-khīṇa-bhāva

, reading of Be for khīṇa-
bhāva at Ja V 130,4]

" 346862335639425024,kandakī,en,"

[

kandakī

, variant of kaṇṭakī, q.v.]

" 346862335593287680,kaṇḍakicca,en,"

kaṇḍa-kicca

, n., the use of arrows; puna tehi
kaṇḍehi ~aṁ karissāmī ti, Mil 44,7.

" 346862335693950976,kaṇḍakkhipanasikkhana,en,"

kaṇḍa-kkhipana-sikkhana

, n., practising ar-
chery; upâsanaṁ karonte ti, ~aṁ (Be -sippaṁ) ka-
ronte, Spk III 301,19 (ad S V 453,10).

" 346862228382683136,kandala,en,"

kandala

, m. [ts.; cf. kandalī, q.v.], a kind of jasmine;
on which, cf. ³kadalī, q.v.; — exeg.: ~o nāma pupphû-
pagarukkhaviseso, yassa setaṁ pupphaṁ pupphati
makuḷam pi 'ssa setavaṇṇaṁ dāṭhâkāraṁ hoti, Sv-nṭ
II 261,14 (ad Sv 264,17, q.v. infra s.v. kandalamakuḷasa-
disa); — ifc. koṭṭita-° (~-kaṇḍara-rāsi-saṇṭhāna, Vism
255,9; Pj I 50,22; ~-miñja-rāsi-saṇṭhāna, Pj I 49,17); —
°-puppha, n., the flower of the kandala jasmine; tattha
sattaliyothikañ cā ti ~añ ca suvaṇṇayodhikañ ca oci-
nantī pana piyo ca, Ja IV 442,5' (ad 440,8*).

" 346862228705644544,kandaḷa,en,"

kandaḷa

, o.v. for kandala; v. kandalamakuḷasadisa.

" 346862324298027008,kaṇḍala,en,"

[

kaṇḍala

, w.r. at Sp 1126,13 for kaṇḍula (q.v.),
which read with v.l.]

" 346862228571426816,kandalamakuḷa,en,"

kandala-makuḷa

, n., the bud of the kandala jasmine;
— °-saṇṭhāna, mfn., (bhvr.) having the shape of the bud
of the kandala jasmine; mahānhārū ... ye kaṇḍarā ti
pi vuccanti te sabbe pi ~ā, Vism 253,16; tathā hi tat-
tha mahantā mahantā nahārū ~ā, Pj I 47,24; te sabbe
pi ~ā (v.l. kaṇḍala°), Vibh-a 236,14; — °-sadisa, mfn.
[cf. kadalimakulasadisa, q.v.], like the buds of the kan-
dala jasmine; mahantaṁ sīsaṁ ~ā (Ee °ḷa) dāṭhā bha-
yānakāni akkhināsâdīnī ti evaṁ virūparūpaṁ mā-
petvā ṭhito, Sv 264,17 (ad D I 95,10; Sv-nṭ II 261,14).

" 346862228604981248,kandalamakuḷamatta,en,"

[

kandala-makuḷa-matta

, mfn., having the size of the
bud of a kandala jasmine; suggested reading for kanda-
makuḷamatta, q.v.]

" 346862228667895808,kandalī,en,"

kandalī

, f. [ts.; cf. ³kadalī, kandala, qq.v.], = kandala;
ketakā ~ī (v.l. kadalī) c' eva kebukā ... dibbagandhaṁ
sampavanti sobhayantā mam' assamaṁ, Ap 16,1 (in
exegesis: kandalirukkhā [v.l. kadalī] ca, Ap-a 214,17).

" 346862224519729152,kandalimakuḷasadisavaṇṇa,en,"

[

kandali-makuḷa-sadisa-vaṇṇa

, reading of Ce at
Thī-a 211,14]

" 346862228760170496,kandalīpupphiya,en,"

Kandalī-pupphiya

, m.; Npr.; a Thera; v. PPN s.v.;
his apadāna at Ap 257,6,20; — °-tthera, m., the thera
K.; ~assa apadānaṁ samattaṁ, Ap 257,21.

" 346862228743393280,kandalirukkha,en,"

kandali-rukkha

, m. [°ī +], the kandalī jasmine tree;
tattha ketakā ti sugandhaketakagacchā ca ~ā (v.l.
kadalī) ... dibbagandhaṁ pavāyamānā mama assa-
maṁ sakalaṁ sobhayantī ti attho, Ap-a 214,17 (ad
Ap 16,1).

" 346862241875759104,kandamakuḷamatta,en,"

[

kanda-makuḷa-matta

, w.r. at Ja I 273,17 for which
read kandalamakuḷamatta, q.v.; Be dakalimakuḷamat-
ta (sic!), Ce kandaḷamakulamatta; cf. kandala, q.v.]

" 346862323501109248,kaṇḍamatta,en,"

kaṇḍa-matta

, n., mere straw; dvayaṁ sas-
sâdīnaṁ ~e, Abh-ṭ 309,9 (ad Abh 453).

" 346862323610161152,kaṇḍamba,en,"

[

kaṇḍamba

, v. l. and reading of Be for gaṇḍamba,
q.v.]

" 346862323555635200,kaṇḍamba,en,"

Kaṇḍamba

, m.; Npr.; a Dravidian chief; —
°-rāyara, m., the chief Kaṇḍamba; ~o, Mhv LXXVII
55; 80; 90.

" 346862241934479360,kandamūla,en,"

kanda-mūla

, n. [ts.; Amg. kaṁdamūla], a kanda
root (karmadh.): a radish (?); only sa. lex. lit.; Amg-D:
(dv.) roots and bulbous roots; ~aṁ viya (so read with
Be; Ee om.) uppāṭetvā, As 78,17 = Cp-a 307,26 (~āni);
tāni ca tesaṁ kheḷena temitamattān' eva ~aṁ viya
mudukāni honti, As 331,21 = Spk II 23,34; asiddha-
bhojano ti na te kiñci amhākaṁ ~aṁ vā paṇṇaṁ vā
seditaṁ, Ja V 202,8' (ad 201,27*).

" 346862242349715456,kandamūladi,en,"

kanda-mūlâdi

, mfn., kanda roots (= radishes ?) and
the like; phalaṁ vā ~i vā, Sp 829,10; — °-matta, n., on-
ly kanda roots (- radishes ?) and the like; yattha khādi-
tabbaṁ vā bhuñjitabbaṁ vā antamaso -am pi n'
atthi, taṁ appabhakkhakantāraṁ nāma, Spk II 104,1.

" 346862242366492672,kandamūlādi,en,"

kanda-mūlâdi

" 346862242026754048,kandamulapaṇṇadiggahaṇa,en,"

kanda-mula-paṇṇâdi-ggahaṇa

, n., the act of collect-
ing kanda roots (= radishes ?), leaves, etc.; araññe ~ā-
ya, Sv-pṭ II 233,5 (ad Sv 587,21).

" 346862242047725568,kandamulapaṇṇādiggahaṇa,en,"

kanda-mula-paṇṇâdi-ggahaṇa

, n., the act of collect-
ing kanda roots (= radishes ?), leaves, etc.; araññe ~ā-
ya, Sv-pṭ II 233,5 (ad Sv 587,21).

" 346862242190331904,kandamūlaphala,en,"

kanda-mūla-phala

, n., fruit in the form of kanda
roots (- radishes ?); aññaṁ vā kiñci ~aṁ, Sp 461,16;
aññehi veṇutaṇḍulâdīhi vā ~ehi vā, 823,10; — °-ga-
haṇ'-atthaṁ, ²ind., for the sake of collecting fruits in
the form of kanda roots (= radishes ?); ~aṁ, Sv 269,29
(ad D I 101,12).

" 346862242286800896,kandamūlaphalabhojana,en,"

kanda-mūla-phala-bhojana

, n., [cf. Amg. kaṁda-
bhoyaṇa, mūlabhoyaṇa], food consisting of fruit in the
form of kanda roots (= radishes ?); assamuṭṭhikā (so
read; cf. CPD s.v.) ca dantavakkalikā ca ~aṁ bhajan-
ti, Sv 271,21.

" 346862102956216320,kandamūlaphalabhojana,en,"

kanda-mūla-phala-bhojana,

mfn., cf. K. Meisig, ASt/EAs LVII 2003: 426foll.

" 346862242236469248,kandamūlaphalabhojana,en,"

kanda-mūla-phala-bhojana

, mfn., living on, eat-
ing fruit in the form of kanda roots (= radishes ?); RhD,
R. O. Franke, D-Trs1.s interpret as (av.): living on, eat-
ing bulbous roots, roots, and fruit; — kuddālapiṭakaṁ
ādāya araññe vanam ajjhogāhati ~o bhavissāmī ti,
D I 101,13 (Sv 269,29) ≠ 102,26; — °-tā, f. [abstr. of
prec], the living on, eating fruit in the form of kanda
roots (= radishes ?); ~añ ca anabhisambhuṇamāno, D
I 101,20,31 = 102,31 = 103,5.

" 346862241980616704,kandamūlatthaṃ,en,"

kanda-mūl'-atthaṁ

, ²ind., with the purpose of (find-
ing) kanda roots (= radishes ?); ~ vā paṭhaviṁ kha-
ṇantā, Sp 456,20.[[side 160]]

" 346862241724764160,kandana,en,"

kandana

, n. [vb. noun < ²kandati, q.v.], wailing, la-
mentation; ~aṁ karonti, Th-a III 39,26 (ad Th 779:
kandanti); tesaṁ taṁ ~assa kāraṇaṁ hetuto phalato
vibhajitvā, Pv-a 262,16 (ad Pv 748); ~aṁ sasaddaṁ
rodanaṁ, Spk-pṭ II 151,2.

" 346862336440537088,kaṇḍana,en,"

kaṇḍana

, n. [ts.], being glad (not recorded in this
sense in sa.; cf. sa. kaṇḍayati); mudi ~e (v. l.
khaṇḍane), Sadd 356,4.

" 346862336574754816,kaṇḍanagara,en,"

Kaṇḍa-nagara

, n.; Npr.; a locality in Ceylon; v.
PPN s.v.; — °'-uttarā, f., north of Kaṇḍaranagara;
Girinelavāhanakaṁ ~āya tu, Mhv XXI 6.

" 346862241770901504,kandanakāraṇabhāva,en,"

kandana-kāraṇa-bhāva

, n., the being a cause of la-
mentation; ~ato, As-mṭ 155,19.

" 346862336646057984,kaṇḍanāḷi,en,"

kaṇḍa-nāḷi

, f., a quiver; tassa kira ~iyaṁ (v. l.
-nālavakaṁ) samapaṇṇāsam eva kaṇḍāni, Ja III 220,22
(~iyan ti kaṇḍānaṁ ṭhapananāḷi saran ti pi nāḷiyaṁ
doṇissan ti pi vadanti, Ja-pṭ).

" 346862102901690368,kandanandā,en,"

Kandanandā,

see Kanakadattā.

" 346862324511936512,kaṇḍanucchavika,en,"

kaṇḍ[ā/a]nucchavika

, mfn. [kaṇḍa + anucchavi-
ka], commensurate with (your) arrow; ~o tuyhaṁ
sakkāro hessate mahā, Mhv XXV 97.kaṇḍānucchavika

" 346862324541296640,kaṇḍānucchavika,en,"

kaṇḍ[ā/a]nucchavika

, mfn. [kaṇḍa + anucchavi-
ka], commensurate with (your) arrow; ~o tuyhaṁ
sakkāro hessate mahā, Mhv XXV 97.kaṇḍānucchavika

" 346862336788664320,kaṇḍapahāra,en,"

kaṇḍa-pahāra

, m., an arrow shot; ekena ~ena
dve mahākāyā padālitā ti, Mil 16,15; kim pana te ...
kadāci karahaci saṅgāmagatassa ~o hotī ti, 73,28.

" 346862336692195328,kandapakka,en,"

[

kanda-pakka

, reading at Ap 346,21 for Be kaṇ-
ḍupaṇṇa, which read]

" 346862336838995968,kaṇḍapesana,en,"

kaṇḍa-pesana

, n., shooting an arrow; tehi sad-
dhiṁ ~en' eva raṇaṁ katvā, Ja II 91,24'.

" 346862241821233152,kandaphalin,en,"

kandaphali(n)

, m. (?), a kind of fish; in a list at
Sadd 500,11.
kandaphalin

" 346862102935244800,kandappa,en,"

Kandappa,

m. [sa. Kandarpa], Npr.; name of the god of love; Sadd 431,21*.

" 346862336507645952,kaṇḍappamāṇa,en,"

kaṇḍa-ppamāṇa

, mfn., (bhvr.) of the length of
an arrow; dvisahassatthānaṁ nāma, yassa āropitassa
jiyābandho lohasīsâdīnaṁ bhāro daṇḍe gahetvā
yāva ~ā (so read; Ee kaṇṭha) ukkhittassa paṭhavito
muccati, Ps II 52,8 (yāva ~ā ti dīghato yattakaṁ
kaṇḍassa pamāṇaṁ, Ps-pṭ II 38,29) = Spk II 225,9 = Mp
W 201,2 (Mp-ṭ III 300,28 = Ps-pṭ II 38,29 = As-anuṭ 69,8).

" 346862242412630016,kandara,en,"

kandara

, mf(°ā, °ī)n. [ts.; Amg. kaṁdar[ā/a]; CDIAL
2724], a gorge or river-gorge (cf. nadī-°); — Rem.: nei-
ther the ct.s (v. exeg. infra) nor the context in which ~ oc-
curs indicates that it means glen or cave as suggested by
PED s.v.; — gramm. lit.: (on the etymology of ~; cf. exeg.
infra, ⁷ka, q.v.) ~o ti etthā pi kaṁ vuccati udakaṁ,
tena dārito bhinno ti ~o, Sadd 238,2; (on nom. sg. f. in
~ā and ~ī) tatra mattābhedo tāva: ... ~ī ~ā ..., 922,2;
— exeg.: -an ti kaṁ vuccati udakaṁ. tena dāritaṁ.
udakena bhinnaṁ pabbatapadesaṁ yan nitamban ti
pi nadīkuñjan ti pi vadanti, Sv 209,25-26 ≠ Th-a II
229,7-8 ≠ Mp III 201,6-7 ≠ Vibh-a 367,3 ≠ Moh
170,23-24; ~aṁ nāma, kan ti (Ee w.r. kanti°) laddha-
nāmena udakena dārito, Spk II 54,20-21 = Mp II
357,25; Mogg-v ad Mogg VII 159 (= darī); — lex. lit.:
~o, Abh 609; — (acc. mn. sg.) bhajati araññaṁ ruk-
khamūlaṁ pabbataṁ ~aṁ giriguhaṁ susānaṁ vana-
patthaṁ abbhokāsaṁ palālapuñjaṁ, D I 71,15 (~an ti,
... evarūpaṁ ~aṁ oruyha pānīyaṁ pīvitvā gattāni
sītiṁ katvā, Sv 209,25) - II 242,3 = III 49,10 = A III 92,22
= IV 437,1 = M I 181,12 (Ps II 215,22,26) = 269,24 = III
3,24 = 115,33 = Nidd I 26,26 ≠ A II 210,31 (Mp III 201,6)
≠ III 100,8 ≠ M I 440,36 ≠ III 3,21 ≠ 35,21 ≠ Pp 59,13;
~aṁ uttaritvā, Vism 708,22; yassa hi pabbatavihāre
vasantassa ~aṁ vā aṭaviṁ (so read) vā nadiṁ vā a-
tikkamitvā, Sp 1174,30; (abl. mn. sg.) te kālass' eva ta-
to tato upanikkhamanti araññā rukkhamūlā pabbatā
~ā giriguhā susānā vanapatthā, Vin II 146,7; (loc. f.
and mn. sg. and pl.) araññe rukkhamūle pabbate ~ā-
yaṁ giriguhāyaṁ susāne vanapatthe ajjhokāse palā-
lapuñje, Vin II 146,9; rajjuyā baddhā mīyanti pab-
batā-m-api ~e, A IV 97,16*; vasitam me araññesu ~ā-
su guhāsu ca senāsanesu pantesu vāḷamiganisevite,
Th 602; araññe rukkhamūlesu ~āsu guhāsu ca, Th
925; girikandare ti girīnaṁ abbhantare ~e, Th-a II
229,7 (ad Th 540); sujātā pana kusalakammassa aka-
tattā ekasmiṁ araññe ~āya bakasakunikā hutvā nib-
battā, Ja I 205,1; ~āya (v.l. °āyaṁ) khipi puna pi puna
pi khipi yeva, III 172,2,10'; (nom. sg. f) ~ā yeva ~ā,
Vibh 251,20 (~an [sic] ti ... evarūpaṁ ~aṁ oruyha
pānīyaṁ pīvitvā gattāni sītaṁ katvā, Vibh-a 367,3,5);
(nom. m. pl.) te pabbatā tā ca ~ā tā ca giriguhāyo, Ja
IV 286,20* (cf. L. ALSDORF: Āryā-Strophen: 30) = IV
287,17'; pabbatānaṁ guhāsu vā ti pabbatā yeva pab-
batā ~ā yeva ~ā giriguhā pabbatantarikāyo vuccanti,
Nidd I 466,19-20; suññaṁ vivittaṁ kānanaṁ vana-
patthaṁ pabbataṁ ~aṁ giriguhaṁ appasaddaṁ ap-
panigghosaṁ pavivittam ogāhitvā, Mil 371,9; — ifc.
antara-°; udaka-°; upasobhita-° (Kacc-v ad Kacc 330);
otiṇṇa-°; osakkana-°; Kapota-°; gambhīra-° (Vibh-a
445,24); gambhīra-giri-° (Vibh-a 257,1); giri-° (Th 540;
Ja II 383,11*; III 172,6*; ~-samīpa, II 382,15; °ânusā-
rena, ²ind., Ja I 8,18'; Sv 716,18); gumb'-antara-° (°âdi,
Spk I 174,9); Gomaṭa-° (Vin II 76,17); Tapoda-° (Vin
II 76,19 [Be Kapota°]'); Tinduka-° (Vin II 76,18); nadī-°
(Ja II 238,6'); pabbata-° (Th 1091; Ud-a 244,13); ~-pa-
dara-sākha, A I 243,29; S II 32,5; Mil 36,2; Ps I 98,14; It-a
II 167,8; ~âdi-pabbajita-sāruppa, Ud-a 161,19); Māpa-
māda-° (Dhp-a II 167,17,20); sakala-mahī-° (It-a II
60.19 [so read; Ee three words]); — in long cpd.s at Pv-a
29.20 and Mil 259,14; 296,26; — °âdi, mfn.; tam eva rat-
tiṁ devo vassitvā magge ~īni pūresi, Ja IV 391,16.

" 346862323941511168,kaṇḍara,en,"

kaṇḍar[ā/a]

, m. and f. [ts.]; a sinew; — lex. lit.: ~ā tu
mahāsirā, Abh 279; — ye ~ā ti pi vuccanti, te sabbe
pi kandalamakuḷasaṇṭhānā, Vism 253,15; Vibh-a
236,13; — ifc. koṭṭita-kandala-° (~-rāsisaṇṭhāna,
Vism 254,10; 255,9; saṭṭhi-° (~sambandha, Th 569).kaṇḍarā

" 346862323962482688,kaṇḍarā,en,"

kaṇḍar[ā/a]

" 346862323811487744,kaṇḍaracchinna,en,"

kaṇḍara-cchinna

, mfn. [cf. BHSD s.v. kāṇḍari-
ka], (bhvr.) having the sinews cut; cf. DBMT s.v.; V.
NÄTHER, Das Gilgitfragment OR. 11878A [Thesis,
Marburg 1975]: 58,7: ""mit Deformierungen am Un-
terkörper [?]"" 105,13); — exeg.: ~o ti yassa kaṇḍara-
nāmakā mahānahārū purato vā pacchato vā chirtnā
honti, Sp 1026,29; — tena ... samayena bhikkhū
hatthacchinnaṁ pabbājenti... ~aṁ pabbājenti, Vin I
91,10; 322,22; Vin-vn 2486; hatthacchinno va hoti ...
~o... va hotī ti, Kv 31,31 (~o ti yassa mahānahārū
chinno, Kv-a 26,4).

" 346862323756961792,kaṇḍaraggisāma,en,"

Kaṇḍaraggisāma

, m.; Npr.; a celebrated doctor;
~o, Mil 272,12.

" 346862242546847744,kandaraguha,en,"

[

kandara-guha

, n. (cf. sa. guhākandara, Mbh 3.98.16),
reading suggested by Kern, Toev. l: 130 for BeEe kañca-
naguhaṁ, q.v. at Ja V 261,20']

" 346862242462961664,kandaraka,en,"

Kandaraka

, m. [kandara + ka]; Npr.; an ascetic (one
who is living in a gorge); v. PPN s.v.; Pesso ca ha-
thârohaputto ~o ca paribbājako, M I 339,4 foll. (~o
ti evaṁ namo channaparibbājako, Ps III 2,1; Ps-pṭ
III 2,27 foll).

" 346862242504904704,kandarakasutta,en,"

Kandaraka-sutta

, n.; title of M I 339,2 foll. (= sutta
51); Ps III 1,8; v. PPN s.v. Kandaraka Sutta; — °-vaṇ-
ṇanā, f., exegesis of K; ~ā, Ps III 1,7.

" 346862242869809152,kandaramasuka,en,"

Kandara-masuka

, m.; Npr.; a naked ascetic; v. PPN
s.v, Kaḷāramaṭṭhuka; acelo ~o Vesāliyaṁ paṭivasati,
D III 9,16 (Tr.: Kaḷāramasuko or °maṭṭhuko; Sv Kaḷā-
ramaṭṭako).[[side 161]]

" 346862323882790912,kaṇḍaranāmaka,en,"

kaṇḍara-nāmaka

, mfn., denoted sinews; dasa
~ā eva(ṁ) mahānahārū ārūḷhā, Pj I 48,14; Sp 1026,30.

" 346862242660093952,kandarapāda,en,"

kandara-pāda

, n., the bottom of a river-gorge; kuhiṁ
nibbattā ... ~e ti, Sv 716,28.

" 346862228311379968,kandarasālapariveṇa,en,"

[

Kandara-sāla-pariveṇa

, reading of Be for Kattha-
kasālapariveṇa at Sv 291,5; v. PPN s.v. Katthaka]

" 346862242592985088,kandaratīra,en,"

kandara-tīra

, m., the bank of a river-gorge; ~e ṭhatvā
... ~e aṭṭhāsi, Ja V 89,14,16.

" 346862242920140800,kandaravana,en,"

kandara-vana

, n., a river-gorge overgrown with
trees; — ifc. gambhīra-° (Vibh-a 445,26).

" 346862234439258112,kandaravihāra,en,"

Kandara-vihāra

, m.; Npr.; a monastery; v. PPN s.v.;
Mhv XXXIII 15; Sahass 69,9.

" 346862228349128704,kandarāyana,en,"

[

Kandarāyana

, reading of Be for Kaṇḍarāyana (q.v.)
at A I 67,23 foll]

" 346862324021202944,kaṇḍarāyana,en,"

Kaṇḍarāyana

, m.; Npr.; a brahmin who accused
Mahākaccāna for not paying due respect to brah-
mins; atha kho ~o brāhmaṇo yen' āyasmā Mahā-
kaccāno ten' upasaṅkami, A I 67,23.

" 346862226491052032,kandarī,en,"

kandarī

, f. [cf. prakr. kandarī], = kandara, q.v.; —
gramm. lit.: tatra mattābhedo tāva: ... ~ī kandarā,
Sadd 922,2; — najjo ti ninnā hutvā sandamānā anta-
maso ~iyo pi upādāya, Ja VI 359,13'.

" 346862324168003584,kaṇḍari,en,"

Kaṇḍari

, m.; Npr.; king of Benares; v. PPN s.v.;
cf. H. LÜDERS ZDMG 93 1939: 103 foll.; atīte pana
Bārāṇasiyaṁ ~i nāma rājā uttamarūpadharo, Ja V
437,25 foll.;— °-Kinnarā, f.; Npr.; Kaṇḍari and
Kinnarā; yaṁ ve disvā ~ānaṁ sabbitthiyo na ra-
mantī, Ja V 440,12* (440,16').

" 346862324235112448,kaṇḍarijātaka,en,"

Kaṇḍari-jātaka

, n.; Npr.; title of Ja V 437,25-
440,20(= 536); cf. PPN s.v.; ~aṁ, Ja III 132,18.

" 346862324444827648,kaṇḍasahassa,en,"

kaṇḍa-sahassa

, n. pl., one thousand arrows;
Mahāsatto ... ekekassa tiṁsa tiṁsa ~āni dāpetvā, Ja
V 129,21.

" 346862241653460992,kandati,en,"

kandati

, pr. 3 sg. [sa. krandati; CDIAL 3574; EWA-
2 s.v. krand], a. to cry; to weep; to lament; b. to cry or
weep for (something; with dat. of goal); ~ often occurs
with rodati; — forms: pr. 1 sg. ~āmi; 2 sg. ~asi; 2 pl
~atha; 3 sg. ~ati; 3 pl. -anti; imper. 3 sg. ~atu; 3 pl.
~antu; pot. 1 sg. ~eyyaṁ; 3 sg. ~eyya; 3 pl. ~eyyuṁ;
aor. 2 sg. ~i; 2 pl. ~ittha; 3 sg. ~i; 3 pl. ~iṁsu; inf. ~i-
tuṁ; abs. ~itvā; part. ~anta; ~amāna; pp. ~ita (q.v.);
ger. ~itabba (q.v.); — a. yāvadatthaṁ ~itvā roditvā
vappaṁ puñchitvā, Vin I 345,30; -ante migabandha-
ke, M II 65,6* (= viravamāne +, Ps III 303,10) = Th
774; ~antānaṁ rodantānaṁ assu pasannaṁ paggha-
ritaṁ, S II 179,29 (= rudamānānaṁ, Spk II 157,2); mā[[side 159]]
~i dukkham idan ti ḍayhamāno, Dhp 371 (mā nira-
ye ... ~ī ti, Dhp-a IV 109,20; cf. krande dukkhaṁ i-
dan ti dahyamāno, P-Dhp 33; kani dukham ida di
ḍajamaṇo, G-Dhp 75; krandaṁ vai narakeṣu pacya-
mānaḥ, Uv XXXI 31); ~anto vihārā-n-upanikkha-
miṁ, Th 406 (= ~amāno, Th-a II 173,14); -anti naṁ
ñātī pakiriya kese, Th 779 (= kandanaṁ karonti,
Th-a III 39,26) = M II 73,5*; amma Jīvā ti vanamhi
~asi, Thī 51 (paridevasi, Thī-a 54,19); ~antī vihāraṁ
pāvisiṁ ahaṁ, Thī 68; ~eyyuṁ te vassasataṁ apañ-
ñā, Ja I 407,2* qu. Dhp-a III 230,10*, Mp I 130,7*, Pj II
571,17*; kassa ~āmi vanassa majjhe, Ja I 412,7 (= ro-
dāmi, 412,13') = II 180,20*; no pi ~antiyo anapekho
pabbajasi, Ja V 180,22* (= ~antiyo pahāya, 180,26';
~ituṁ vā rodituṁ vā samattho nāma nâhosi, Ja II
194,9; mayha(ṁ) mayhan ti ~ati, Ja III 301,26*; ko mi
kho ~ataṁ balyataro (read bālataro ?), Ja IV 61,12*
foll. ≠ Vv 1205 qu. Dhp-a I 30,4; n' eva ~ati na rodati,
Ja III 57,4; ~amānā rodamānā ... ñātimaraṇâdīsu a-
kandantaṁ ... na rodati, 58,15' (ad 57,26*); kāmaṁ
~antu kumbhaṇḍā, III 147,3*; ~itvā roditvā upakka-
miṁsu, IV 330,12*; ~itvā roditvā nāgā sīse sake
paṁsukaṁ okiritvā, V 54,12*; tassa pādesu patitvā
roditvā ~itvā, VI 587,15'; usūhi ... passāni tudanti
~ataṁ, VI 110,20* (= ~antānaṁ, 110,33'); evaṁ ~atu
Pañcālo viputto, 106,7*; puthu ~iṁsu nāriyo, 166,6*
(166,19'); mahantena ravena ~i, 526,6' (ad 525,31*:
vikkandi); ~itvā, 566,8*; ~antā abhidhāviṁsu vacchā
bālā va mātaraṁ, 586,9*; ~asi vanamajjhe kiṁ duk-
khito tuvaṁ, Vv 1200 = Ja IV 60,7* qu. Dhp-a I
28,16*; yañ ca ~asi yañ ca rodasi puttaṁ āḷāhane sa-
yaṁ ḍahitvā, Vv 1211 (= rodasi assūni muñcasi,
Vv-a 327,27); ~amānāyo pabbajiṁ anagāriyaṁ, Ap
356,6; devā ~iṁsu saṁviggā muttakesā rudammu-
kho, Ap 472,14; na parāmaseyya ... ~eyya, Nidd I
428,16; ~itvā añjalim paggahetvā assūni pavatta-
yamāno aṭṭhāsi, Sp 97,16; ~itvā rodamānānaṁ, Sv
284,20 (ad D I 115,19: assumukhānaṁ rudantānaṁ) =
Ps II 170,34; roditvā ~itvā assūni puñjitvā, Sv 633,33
(ad D II 194,9); nitthunanto ~anto viya katheti, Ps II
254,5 (= ukkuṭṭhiṁ karonto viya, Ps-pṭ II 189,26); mā
~itthā ti, 429,20 (ad M II 185,16); ~antīnaṁ aho vata
amhākaṁ bhātā mato putto mato ti, III 308,2 (ad M
II 73,5*); ~antānan ti sasaddaṁ rudamānānaṁ, Spk
II 157,2 (ad S II 179,29; kandanaṁ sasaddaṁ roda-
naṁ pana kevalam evā ti, Spk-pṭ II 151,2); Vism
350,11 = Ps II 228,1 (ad M I 188,7); aṅkena gahitaput-
takaṁ adhomukhaṁ nipajjāpetvā ~antaṁ akkami-
tvā, Spk II 291,27; rodantena pi ~antena pi na sakkā
taṁ kāraṇaṁ laddhun ti, Spk III 224,26 (ad S V
163,2); akkandatī ti anibaddhaṁ viya palāpaṁ pala-
panto ~ati, 76,13 (ad S IV 206,15); kasmā ~athā ti ...
~imhā ti, Dhp-a I 130,24; maraṇassa abhāyantasatto
nāma n' atthī ti ~imhā ti, 131,1; ~antaṁ ... ḍayhāmi
ḍayhāmī ti, Ud-a 246,14 (ad Ud 40,9); ḍayhāmi ḍay-
hāmī ti ~anto paridevanto, It-a II 77,3 (ad It 76,16) ≠
Vism 350,11; taṁ chaḍḍetvā ~antī vicarati, Pv-a
43,19; ~itvā paridevitvā, 160,14; ~anto dukkhâbhi-
bhūtākārena peto viya attānaṁ dassesi, Pv-a 92,27;
roditvā ~itvā, Cp-a 131,18; mahāsaddena ~itvā rodi-
tvā, Cp-a 254,24; — in stereotypes: bāhā paggayha
-anti, Vin I 237,23; bāhā paggayha -anti chinnapa-
pātaṁ papatanti, Vin II 284,15 (cf. Kasussyntax § 50);
kese pakiriya -anti bāhā paggayha -anti, D II 139,30
- 148,6; A IV 187,16; bāhā paggayha ~ati, Ja III 83,14*
(ubho bāhā ukkhipitvā parivāretvā ... ~ati, 83,20');
57,2; bāhā paggayha mahantena saddena ~ati, V
28,16,19*; VI 113,31*; bāhā paggayha ~anto, Dhp-a I
179,5 = Vv-a 324,12; — socati kilamati paridevati li-
ra ttāḷiṁ ~ati sammohaṁ āpajjati, M I 86,3 (qu. Ud-a
166,17) = 136,22 = III 165,9 = 285,9 = A II 174,6 (= ro-
dati Mp III 161,6) = III 416,20 (= uraṁ tāḷetvā rodati,
Mp III 408,17); ~anto, M II 3,20; ~āmi kahaṁ ekaput-
taka kahaṁ ekaputtakā ti, M II 106,16 = 107,9; S IV
206,15 = A II 188,36 = III 60,23 = IV 293,23 = Nidd I
167,3 = 222,18 (na urattāḷiṁ ~ati); urattāḷiṁ (so read;
Ee °ī) ~eyyaṁ, A III 54,23 = 60,18; lapanti lālapanti
socanti kilamanti paridevanti urattāḷiṁ -anti sam-
mohaṁ āpajjanti, Nidd I 38,15 (ad paridevayanti, Sn
774) = 48,19 (ad Sn 776); kesesu vilūnesu socanti ki-
lamanti paridevanti urattāḷiṁ -anti sammoham ā-
pajjanti, Mil 11,13; Vism 529,25; — b. yathā khīrapā-
kā khīrass' atthāya ~itvā taṁ alabhitvā ~antā va
niddaṁ okkamanti evaṁ phalāphalatthāya ~itvā a-
labhitvā ~amānā va niddaṁ upagatā bhavissantī ti
vadati ... yathā pipāsitā pānīyatthāya ~itvā alabhi-
tvā ~antā va niddaṁ okkamantī ti, Ja VI 558,11-13'.

" 346862240017682432,kandati,en,"

kandati

, pr. 3 sg.; ?; ~ati, Sadd 384,6.

" 346862336159518720,kaṇḍati,en,"

kaṇḍati

, pr. 3 sg. [cf. sa. kaṇḍate; CDIAL 2684], to
be glad; to be intoxicated; kaḍi (so read with v.l.; Ee
ga-) made: ~ati (so read with v.l.; Ee ga-), Sadd 356,27.

" 346862336235016192,kaṇḍattaya,en,"

kaṇḍa-ttaya

, n., three arrows; evam ettha ~aṁ
viya atītānāgatapaccuppannā khandhā, Mp EI 404,6.

" 346862336302125056,kaṇḍatthā,en,"

[

kaṇḍ'-atthā

, w.r. (< kamiatthāya ?) at Ja IV
215,13, for which either read kaṇḍagahanāya with Ce
or kaṇḍagahanatthāya with Be][[side 65]]

" 346862324365135872,kaṇḍavārana,en,"

kaṇḍa-vārana

, n., a protection against arrows: a
shield; asicamman ti asilaṭṭhiṅ c' eva ~aṅ ca, Ja IV
366,25' (ad 364,12*); — °-camma-dhara, mfn.,
wearing a hide as a shield; cammadharā ti ~ā, Ja VI
592,22' (ad 592,16*).

" 346862228940525568,kandayati,en,"

kandayati

, pr. 3 sg. [cf. kandeti, q.v.; sa. krandayati],
to cause to weep, to cause to cry; — only recorded in
gramm. lit.: ~eti kandayati, Sadd 543,8.

" 346862323698241536,kaṇḍayati,en,"

kaṇḍayati

, pr. 3 sg. [< kaḍ(i), q.v.], to separate;
kadi chede:... kaṇḍayati, Sadd 533,15.

" 346862337065488384,kaṇḍāyati,en,"

[

kaṇḍāyati

, w.r. at Vism 260,29 for kaṇḍūyati,
q.v.]

" 346862229565476864,kandeti,en,"

kandeti

, pr. 3 sg. [cf. kandayati, q.v.], to cause to
weep, to cause to cry; — only recorded in gramm. lit.:
~eti kandayati, Sadd 543,8.

" 346862340207022080,kaṇḍeti,en,"

kaṇḍeti

, pr. 3 sg. [cf. kaṇḍayati], to separate; kaḍi
chede: ... kaṇḍeti, kaṇḍayati, Sadd 533,15.

" 346862229301235712,kandharā,en,"

kandharā

, f. [cf. sa. kandharā], the neck; — only re-
corded in lex. lit.: galo ca kaṇṭho gīvā ca, kandharā
ca sirodharā, Abh 263 (kaṁ sīsaṁ dharatī ti kandha-
rā, Abh-ṭ).

" 346862337220677632,kaṇḍikā,en,"

kaṇḍikā

, f. [secdry from kāṇḍa (q.v.); cf. pa.
khaṇḍika, q.v.; sa. kāṇḍikā/kaṇḍikā], a stalk (of su-
gar-cane); only recorded ifc.: ucchu-°.[[side 66]]

" 346862337128402944,kaṇḍin,en,"

kaṇḍi(n)

, mfn. [kaṇḍa + in; cf. sa. kāṇḍi(n)], hav-
ing a shaft (?); dhi-r-atthu ~aṁ sallaṁ purisaṁ
gāḷhavedhinaṁ, Ja I 155,10* (kaṇḍam assa atthī ti ~ī;
taṁ ~aṁ [BeCe so; Ee kaṇḍitaṁ ~aṁ], taṁ pana
kaṇḍaṁ anupavisanaṭṭhena sallan ti vuccati, tasmā
~aṁ sallan ti, 155,15') qu. Sadd 716,11.kaṇḍin

" 346862337367478272,kaṇḍinajataka,en,"

Kaṇḍina-jataka

, n.; title of Ja I 153,22-156,6 (=
14).

" 346862229049577472,kandita,en,"

kandita

, n. [pp. of kandati, q.v. supra; cf. kandeti,
q.v. infra], weeping, crying; — lex. lit.: roditaṁ ~aṁ
ruṇṇaṁ, paridevo pariddavo, Abh 165; — ~ena ha-
ve brahme ma to peto samuṭṭhahe, Ja III 390,11*; —
ifc. bhaya-cakita-manussa-° (Dāṭh IV 46); mahā-°
(Sv 603,30); — °-rudita, n., weeping and crying; evañ
calitaṁ asaṇṭhitaṁ asaṇṭhitaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ ma-
nujesu apekkhiya ~aṁ (°taṁ rodi°) niratthakaṁ, kiṁ
vo sokaṇābhikīrare, Ja III 57,23* (metre Vaitālīya; read
pekkhiya m.c; cf. CPD s.v. apekkhiya); — in long cpd.
at Mil 148,18.

" 346862229372538880,kanditabba,en,"

kanditabba

, mfn. [ger. < kandati], to be shouted at;
vikanditabban ti sabbasannipātaṁ ghosetvā (Be gho-
sāp°) aṭṭhavīsati yakkhasenāpatayo ~ā, Sv 970,10 (ad
D III 204,16).

" 346862337434587136,kaṇḍiyūru,en,"

Kaṇḍiyūru

, m.; Npr.; a Dravidian chief; Mhv
LXXVI 140.

" 346862339028422656,kaṇḍolikā,en,"

kaṇḍolikā

, f. [cf. sa. kaṇḍola, kaṇḍolaka], a kind
of stand (for bowls); (used in uddāna = patta-°, q.v.)
~āya ca, Vin II 143,17; — ifc. patta-° (Vin II 114,4).

" 346862337543639040,kaṇḍu,en,"

kaṇḍ[ū/u]

, f. [sa. kaṇḍū; cf. CDIAL 2688; EWA-2 s.v.
kaṇḍūy°], 1. an itch; with √gah: to become itchy; 2.
a kaṇḍu itch; an itching skin disease, the exact na-
ture of which is difficult to determine; according to
ct. = kacch[ū/u], q.v.; however, the context in which ~
occurs shows that the scope of meaning of ~ is
wider than kacch[ū/u]; — lex. lit.: ~ū kaṇḍūti kaṇḍūyā
khajju kaṇḍūvanaṁ py atha, Abh 326 (Abh-ṭ 226,21);
— gramm. lit.: evaṁ dhātu dhenu kāsu daddu ~u
kacchu rajju ice ādīni, Sadd 206,4; — exeg.: ~ū ti
kacchu, Sp 884,26; — 1. sv āyaṁ vaṇo khajjati
kaṇḍuvāyati ... paho bhavaṁ ~um imaṁ vinetuṁ,
Ja V 198,5* (so ayaṁ ... vaṇo khajjati c' eva ~uñ ca ka-
roti, 198,11); so ... sākhābhaṅgena kāyaṁ parimad-
ditvā attamano ~uṁ saṁhanti, A IV 436,15 ≠ 437,20 =
437,23 ≠ 438,3; uccāliṅgapāṇakā nāma lomasapāṇakā
honti tesaṁ lomehi phuṭṭhaṁ aṅgajātaṁ ~uṁ ga-
hetvā thaddhaṁ hoti, Sp 523,25; — ifc. akkhi-°
(Bhes 4:14); — 2. anujānāmi bhikkhave yassa ~u vā
piḷakā vā assāvo vā thullakacchū (so read; Ee
-kacchā) vā ābādho kayo vā duggandho cuṇṇāni
bhesajjāni, Vin I 202,24; imasmiṁ kāye vividhā
ābādhā uppajjanti, seyyathīdaṁ cakkhurogo sota-
rogo ... daddu ~u kacchu rakhasā, A V 110,6; daddu
~u kacchu, Nidd I 13,5 = 361,6 = 468,5; 17,21; dadduyā
~uyā, kacchuyā, 47,6; 252,30 = 370,8 = 407,27 = 465,23;
kuṭṭhaṁ gaṇḍo kilāso ca apamāro vitacchikā daddu
~u ca me n' atthi sodhanāya idhaṁ phalaṁ, Ap 270,6
≠ 379,6; — ifc. seta-° (~-kacchu-ādi-bhāva, Spk I
311,22); — in long cpd. at Vism 345,27.¹kaṇḍū

" 346862337619136512,kaṇḍu,en,"

kaṇḍu

, n., = kaṇḍusa; ~ is used m.c. in uddāna
as a substitute for kaṇḍusa; ~u (Be kaṇḍusa [against
metre]), Vin I 265,36.

" 346862337564610560,kaṇḍū,en,"

kaṇḍ[ū/u]

" 346862338013401088,kaṇḍucchādanasikkhāpada,en,"

kaṇḍu-cchādana-sikkhāpada

, n., the precept
concerning itch covering; cf. Pācittiya 90 (Vin IV
171,33-172,20); ~aṁ aṭṭhamaṁ, Sp 884,30.

" 346862337967263744,kaṇḍucchādi,en,"

kaṇḍu-cchādi

, m. [cf. kaṇḍu-paṭicchād[ī/i]], an
itch covering; nisīdanaṁ ~i atha antaravāsakaṁ ut-
tarāsaṅghasaṅghāṭiṁ natthukaṁ mukhasodhanaṁ,
Ap 303,23; Khuddas III 4.

" 346862338252476416,kaṇḍucchādikasāṭikā,en,"

kaṇḍu-cchādika-sāṭikā

, f., an itch covering;
rogavassapariyantā ~ā (so read; Ee -sāti-) tato paraṁ
vikappeyya sesā apariyantikā, Khuddas III 21 ≠
Vin-vn 584.

" 346862337921126400,kaṇḍugatta,en,"

kaṇḍu-gatta

, mfn., having the limbs covered
with kaṇḍu itch; kacchugatto vā ~o vā daddugatto
vā godhāgatto vā, Sp 1030,4 (ad Vin I 91,13).

" 346862338307002368,kaṇḍujātaka,en,"

Kaṇḍu-jātaka

, n.; Npr.; title of Ja I 153,21-156,6; v.
PPN s.v.

" 346862226981785600,kanduka,en,"

kanduka

, m. [ts.; cf. pa. geṇḍuka; CDIAL 2727 +
4248], a ball of wood or pith to play with; — only record-
ed in lex. lit.: geṇḍuko ~o, Abh 316.

" 346862337661079552,kaṇḍuka,en,"

kaṇḍuka

, n. [kaṇḍu + ka], an itch (= ¹kaṇḍu,
q.v.); (in sexual context) yam te mudū tena vinehi
~aṁ yathā ahaṁ paramasukhī bhaveyyan ti, Ja V
198,28* (yaṁ pana te etaṁ mudu aṅgajātaṁ tena
ghaṭṭiyamānass' eva tassa kaṇḍu na hoti, 199,40.

" 346862337711411200,kaṇḍukacchuādi,en,"

kaṇḍu-kacchu-ādi

, mfn., beginning with the
kaṇḍu itch and the kacch[ū/u] itch, etc.; ~īhi ābādhikā
chinnataṭâdīsu aṅgapaccaṅgāni ghaṁsanti na
vaṭṭati, Sp 758,2; 921,4; — ifc. kiṭibha-daddu-°
(~-ppabheda [so read with Be; Ee kitiba-, with v.l.
kiṭiba-], Sp 995,19).

" 346862337757548544,kaṇḍukacchuchavidosadiābādha,en,"

[

kaṇḍu-kacchu-chavi-dosâdi-ābādha

, m.;
reading at Sv 82,30 for kaṇḍukacchuchavirogâdi-
ābādha, which read with v.l.]

" 346862337770131456,kaṇḍukacchuchavidosādiābādha,en,"

[

kaṇḍu-kacchu-chavi-dosâdi-ābādha

, m.;
reading at Sv 82,30 for kaṇḍukacchuchavirogâdi-
ābādha, which read with v.l.]

" 346862336939659264,kaṇḍukacchuchavirogadiābādha,en,"

kaṇḍu-kacchu-chavi-rogâdi-ābādha

, m
[roga + ādi], suffering from skin diseases like kaṇḍu
itch and kacch[ū/u] itch; bhikkhuno ~e sati gandhā
vattanti, Sv 82,30.

" 346862336956436480,kaṇḍukacchuchavirogādiābādha,en,"

kaṇḍu-kacchu-chavi-rogâdi-ābādha

, m
[roga + ādi], suffering from skin diseases like kaṇḍu
itch and kacch[ū/u] itch; bhikkhuno ~e sati gandhā
vattanti, Sv 82,30.

" 346862337870794752,kaṇḍukacchusarīrakampadi,en,"

kaṇḍu-kacchu-sarīra-kampâdi

, mfn. [kam-
pa + ādi], kaṇḍu itch, kacch[ū/u] itch, and convulsive
fits, etc.; abaddhapittaṁ lohitaṁ viya sabbaṅga-
gataṁ. (so punctuate) tamhi kupite (so read with
BeCe; Ee tam hi kupito) sattānaṁ ~īni honti, Sp
269,24 (ad Vin III 33,32).

" 346862337887571968,kaṇḍukacchusarīrakampādi,en,"

kaṇḍu-kacchu-sarīra-kampâdi

" 346862338881622016,kandula,en,"

kandula

, m. [cf. sa. kaṇḍura, kaṇḍula], 1. name
of a tree (= Momordica charantia ?) the bark of
which is used for dying; 2. a particular kind of grass
(?); — 1. gramm. lit.: kaṇḍa chedane ... kaṇḍīyatī ti
chiddīyatī ti kaṇḍulo = rukkho, Mogg-v ad Mogg
VII 192; — loddañ ca ~añ (so read with Be; Ee -ala-)
ca ṭhapetvā sabbaṁ tacarajanaṁ vaṭṭati, Sp 1126,13
(ad Vin 285,36) ≠ Vin-vn 2745; tace loddañ ca ~aṁ,
Khuddas IV 2; — 2. (gramm. lit.): ~o = vīhisāro,
Mogg-v ad Mogg VII 193; — ifc. °-mūla, n., the
root of kaṇḍula grass (?); erakamūlaṁ -an ti evam
ādi... manussānaṁ khādanīyatthaṁ ca bhojanīyat-
thaṁ, Sp 834,10.

" 346862338751598592,kaṇḍula,en,"

Kaṇḍula

, m.; Npr.; the elephant of Duṭṭha-
gāmiṇī; vāraṇo ~o tahiṁ, Dīp XVIII 53; ~o nāma bā-
lisiko rañño ācikkhi tāvade, Mhv XXII 62; ~o iti ñā-
yittha, 63; mātaraṁ ~aṁ hatthiṁ ādiyitvā, XXIV 15;
XXV 83 (Mhv-ṭ 485,32); Mhv-ṭ 477,5; Mhv XXXI 39; —
°-abhidhāna, mfn., called K; tassa putto ... -am
mahāyodhagajarājam āruyha Malayato samāgantvā,
Mhbv 133,1; — °ttha, mfn., concerning K.; mātat-
thaṁ ~aṁ ca bhātu lekhaṁ visajjayi, Mhv XXIV 18;
— °-vāraṇa, m., the elephant called K.; ~o, Mhv
XXIII 1 (Mhv-ṭ 446,7); — °-hatthi, m., the elephant
called K; ~inaṁ, Mhv XXIV 33; ~inā, Mhv-ṭ 476,13;
Thūp 241,2.

" 346862229473202176,kandulamuḷāla,en,"

kandula-muḷāla

, n., the fibrous root of kandula
grass (?); reading at Pālim 95,22 for kaṇḍulamūla
(q.v.) at Sp 834,11.

" 346862338604797952,kaṇḍupaṇṇa,en,"

kaṇḍu-paṇṇa

, mfn., (bhvr.) having itchy leaves
(?); name of a plant or shrub ?; reading of Be for
kaṇḍapakkā at Ap 346,21; ~ā ca hāriyo (so read; Be
har-; Ee par-; ""lovely kaṇḍupaṇṇas"")-

" 346862338411859968,kaṇḍupaṭicchādi,en,"

kaṇḍu-paṭicchād[ī/i]

, f. [cf. kaṇḍu-cchādi; Buddh.
sa. kaṇḍūpraticchadana; BHSD s.v. pratichādana;
ZDMG 119 1969: 112,6], an itch covering; ~ denotes a
piece of cloth no more than 2 vidatthis (= about 18
inches) wide and 4 vidatthis (= about 36 inches)
long (cf. Vin IV 172,11, q.v. infra); ~ is allowed to
monks afflicted with suppurating skin diseases like
kacch[ū/u], q.v; ~ is permitted to be used from below
the navel to above the knees (cf. Vin IV 172,15, q.v.
infra); v. DBMT s.v.; — exeg.: ~iṁ pana bhikkhunā
kārayamānena pamāṇikā kāretabbā. tatr⁷idaṁ pamā-
ṇaṁ: dīghaso catasso vidatthiyo sugatavidatthiyā,
tiriyaṁ dve vidatthiyo, Vin IV 172,11; ~ī nāma yassa
adhonābhi ubbhajānumaṇḍalaṁ kaṇḍu vā piḷakā vā
assāvo vā thullakacchu vā ābādho tassa paṭicchāda-
natthāya, Vin IV 172,15; — anujānāmi bhikkhave
yassa kaṇḍu vā piḷakā vā assāvo vā thullakacchū (so
read; Ee -kacchā) vā ābādho -in ti, I 296,4; bhagavatā
bhikkhūnaṁ ~ī anuññātā hoti, IV 171,33 (kaṇḍū ti
kacchu, Sp 884,21 qu. Vin I 296,4, q.v. supra); 1297,7; IV
172,11; Vin-vn 572; Utt-vn 631; Sp 644,29 (-i); 722,24 (-i);
ticīvaraṁ vassikasāṭikā nisīdanaṁ paccattharaṇaṁ
~i +, 1345,2; — ifc. mañca-pīṭha-nisīdana-° (Sp
1334,3); — °(i)-kathā, f., discussion concerning the
itch covering; title of Vin-vn 1823-24.kaṇḍu-paṭicchādī

" 346862338428637184,kaṇḍupaṭicchādī,en,"

kaṇḍu-paṭicchād[ī/i]

" 346862338487357440,kaṇḍupaṭicchādika,en,"

kaṇḍu-paṭicchādik[ā/a]

, f. and n. [kaṇḍupaṭic-
chādī + ka], an itch covering (= kaṇḍu-paṭicchād[ī/i],
q.v.); (f.) Sāvatthiyaṁ chabbaggiye ārabbha appa-
māṇikāyo ~āyo dhāraṇavatthusmiṁ paññattaṁ,
Kkh 143,4; (n.) ~assa tiriyaṁ dve vidatthiyo,
Khuddas ffl 11.

" 346862338504134656,kaṇḍupaṭicchādikā,en,"

kaṇḍu-paṭicchādik[ā/a]

" 346862104369696768,kaṇḍupaṭicchādisikkhāpada,en,"

Kaṇḍu-paṭicchādi-sikkhāpada,

n., name of Pācittiya XC = Vin IV 172,11**-14**; Sp 883,30.

" 346862338554466304,kaṇḍupaṭipīḷita,en,"

kaṇḍu-paṭipīḷita

, mfn., afflicted with kaṇḍu
itch; samantato vissandamānâsavo ~o (v.l. kaṇḍa-
paṭilitto, kaṇḍuti-; Be kaṇḍūti-) asuci duggandho je-
gucchatamo paramakaruṅñataṁ patto, Ud-a 288,30.[[side 67]]

" 346862338655129600,kaṇḍupiḷakaassāvathullakacchabādha,en,"

kaṇḍu-piḷaka-assāva-thullakacchâbādha

,
m. [thullakacchā + ābādha], (dv.) kaṇḍu itch, boils,
suppurating wounds, and thick scurf (thullakacch[ū/u]
may denote a cutaneous disease that differs from
kacch[ū/u]); kaṇḍupaṭicchādin ti ~ānaṁ paṭicchādanat-
thaṁ anuññātaṁ cīvaraṁ, Kkh 143,2.

" 346862338671906816,kaṇḍupiḷakaassāvathullakacchābādha,en,"

kaṇḍu-piḷaka-assāva-thullakacchâbādha

" 346862338709655552,kaṇḍuppala,en,"

kaṇḍ'-uppala

, n. [kaṇḍa + uppala], a lotus
flower on its stalk; ~āni, Dāṭh IV 48.

" 346862337015156736,kaṇḍurogin,en,"

kaṇḍu-rogi(n)

, mfn., suffering from kaṇḍu itch;
ghaṁsitum aṅgapaccaṅgam ~ī taṭâdisu ... na ca
kappati, Khuddas XXIV 15.kaṇḍu-rogin

" 346862339783397376,kaṇḍusa,en,"

kaṇḍusa

, n. [cf. kaṇḍ[ū/u]saka], a marking; ~aṁ
nāma muddabandhanaṁ (so perhaps read for Be
pubbabandhanaṁ), Vjb 490,29; — °-karaṇa-matta,
n., the mere marking (with a strip of cloth); na ~ena
atthataṁ hoti kaṭhinaṁ, Vin I 254,31 (= muddiya-
paṭṭabandhanamattena [so perhaps read; Ee muddh-
(cf. v.l. and Sp 1128,26)], Sp 1110,25 (""by merely
attaching a marking strip [to the kaṭhina cloth""]) =
Vin V 172,12.[[side 68]]

" 346862340156690432,kaṇḍusaka,en,"

kaṇḍ[ū/u]saka

, n. [kaṇḍ[ū/u]sa + ka; cf. BHSD s.v.
kaṇḍūsika], a marking (with a strip of cloth); anujā-
nāmi bhikkhave aggaḷaṁ ... ~aṁ daḷhikammaṁ,
Vin I 290,16 (~aṁ [-ū-; v.l. -u-] vuccati muddikā, Sp
1128,26).kaṇḍūsaka

" 346862340165079040,kaṇḍūsaka,en,"

kaṇḍ[ū/u]saka

" 346862338969702400,kaṇḍūti,en,"

kaṇḍūti

, f. [ts.], = kaṇḍu, q.v.) — gramm. lit.: ~i
kaṇḍuvanan ti, Mogg-p 263,23 (ad Mogg V 10); —
lex. lit.: kaṇḍū ~i +, Abh 326 (Abh-ṭ 226,22); —
°-paṭipīḷita, mfn., = kaṇḍupaṭipīlita, q.v.; reading
of Be at Ud-a 288,30; — in cpd. uddāma-
bāhu-~-ppasama (Mhv LXVII 14).

" 346862338915176448,kaṇḍuva,en,"

kaṇḍuv(a)

, the verbal root kaṇḍuv [denom. from
kaṇḍu, q.v.; cf. kaṇḍuvati; sa-Dhātup]; ~a
kaṇḍuvane, Dhātup 286.kaṇḍuva

" 346862339250720768,kaṇḍūva,en,"

kaṇḍūv(a)

, the verbal root kaṇḍūv; kaṇḍūva-
namhi ~o, Dhātum 416.kaṇḍūva

" 346862339196194816,kaṇḍuvadhātu,en,"

kaṇḍuva-dhātu

, f., the verbal root kaṇḍuv(a);
kathaṁ kaṇḍu ... kaṇḍuvati bhavâdisu -una sid-
dhaṁ, Mogg-p 263,23 (ad Mogg V 10).

" 346862339301052416,kaṇḍuvana,en,"

kaṇḍuvana

, n. [verbal noun from kaṇḍuvati,
q.v.], scratching; ~e (so read with v.l.) assādo kaṇḍu-
vanassādo (so read; Ee -ṇ- as if from sa. vraṇa), Sp
527,6; (in sexual context) evaṁ aṇḍam eva ~ena phu-
santassa mutte pi anāpatti aṇḍassa anaṅgajātattā,
Vmv I 257,4; — °âdi-adhippāya-cetanā, f., in-
tention of scratching (the scrotum), etc.; — ~-vasa,
m.; ~ena cetentassa kaṇḍuvanādiupakkamena upak-
kamantassa, Vjb 175,5; — °âdi-upakkama, m.,
masturbating by way of scratching (the scrotum),
~ena, Vjb 175,6 (v. supra).

" 346862340014084096,kaṇḍūvana,en,"

kaṇḍūvana

, n. [verb, noun < kaṇḍūvati], itching;
gramm. lit.: kaṇḍū ... kaṇḍūvanaṁ, Abh 326 (Abh-ṭ
226,21); — ifc. kilañja-° (Ja II 249,4); — °-hetu, m.,
cause of itching; hoti c' eva kāci sātamattā assāda-
mattā yadidaṁ vaṇamukhānaṁ ~u, M I 508,3.

" 346862339489796096,kaṇḍuvanassada,en,"

kaṇḍuvan'-assada

, m., satisfaction from
scratching; — exeg.: kaṇḍuvane (so read with v.l.;
Ee -ṇ-) assādo ~o [so read; Ee -ṇ-], Sp 527,7; —
tatrīme ekādasarāgā mocanassādo muccanassādo ...
~o [so read; Ee -ṇ-], Sp 527,2.

" 346862339087142912,kaṇḍuvaṇassāda,en,"

[

kaṇḍuvaṇassāda

, w.r. at Sp 527,2 for kaṇḍuva-
nassāda (q.v.), which read with v.l.]

" 346862339384938496,kaṇḍuvanaṭṭhāna,en,"

kaṇḍuvana-ṭṭhāna

, n., an itchy spot; ten' assa
~e (v.l. -uya-) nakhena vilekhitaṁ viya ahosi, Dhp-a
I 440,9.

" 346862339577876480,kaṇḍuvasāṭā,en,"

[

kaṇḍuva-sāṭā

, conjecture of the editor at Spk II
176,20 for kaṇṭakasākhā, which read with BeCe and
v.l.]

" 346862339145863168,kaṇḍuvati,en,"

kaṇḍuvati

, pr. 3 sg. [cf. kaṇḍūvati; sa. kaṇḍūyati;
v. Mit'telindisch § 214: 108], 1. (intrans.) to itch; 2.
(trans.) to scratch; forms: pr. 3 sg. ~ati; 3 pl. -anti;
part. ~anta; ~amāna; — 1. vaṇo ~ati, Vin I 205,37; —
2. bhikkhū jantāghare chamāya nisīdanti gattāni
-anti, Vin II 121,1; tena kho pana samayena aṅñata-
rassa bhikkhuno aṇḍaṁ ~antassa asuci mucci, III
117,14; ~amāno ti nakhānaṁ chinnattā kaṇḍuvitabba-
kāle tena ~amāno, Ps III 12,8 (ad M I 343,33 [with read-
ing kaṇḍū-]) = Mp III 185,10 ([with v.l. kaṇḍū-] ad A
207,19) = Pp-a 233,29; ~antassa, Ps III 218,11 (ad M I
508,2).

" 346862340085387264,kaṇḍūvati,en,"

(

kaṇḍūvati)

, pr. 3 sg. [cf. kaṇḍūyati, kaṇḍuvati],
to itch; — forms: part. ~amāna; f. ~antī; — miga-
visāṇena piṭṭhiṁ ~amāno santhāgāraṁ pavisati, M I
343,33 (Ps III 12,8 [with reading kaṇḍuv-]) = A II 207,19
(Mp III 185,10 [with reading kaṇḍuv-; v.l. kaṇḍūv-]) =
Pp 56,15 (with reading kaṇḍuv-; Pp-a 233,29 [with
reading kaṇḍuv-]); sa ~antī gantvā sayane nipajji,
Dhp-a ffl 297,14.

" 346862339657568256,kaṇḍuvāyati,en,"

kaṇḍuvāyati

, pr. 3 sg. [cf. kaṇḍuvati, q.v.], to
itch; sv āyaṁ vaṇo khajjati ~ati, Ja V 198,3* (mayhaṁ
vaṇo khajjati c' eva kaṇḍuñ ca karoti, 198,11'.

" 346862338361528320,kaṇḍuveṭhi,en,"

Kaṇḍuveṭhi

, m.; Npr.; a certain territory in
South India; — °-naruttama, m., the ruler of K. =
Narasīha; so pi ārādhito tena ~o sabbaṁ nento va
taṁ rajjaṁ mahābhogaṁ adāpayi, Mhv XLVII 7.

" 346862337833046016,kaṇḍuveṭṭi,en,"

Kaṇḍuveṭṭi

, m.; Npr.; probably a variant spel-
ling of prec. (v. Geiger, Mhv-Trsl. [= Cūla-vaṁsa I
103 no.4]); name of a vassal prince in Southern India;
gahetvā ... Mādhavarāyaraṁ c' eva ~iṁ, Mhv
LXXVII 79.

" 346862339703705600,kaṇḍuvitabba,en,"

kaṇḍuvitabba

, mfn. [ger. < kaṇḍuvati, q.v.], to
be scratched; — °-kāla, m., the time (for some-
thing) to be scratched; nakhānaṁ chinnattā ~e tena
kaṇḍuvamāno, Ps III 12,8 = Mp III 185,10.

" 346862340047638528,kaṇḍūyā,en,"

kaṇḍūyā

, f. [ts.], = kaṇḍu; only recorded in lex.
lit: kaṇḍū . . . ~ā +, Abh 326 (Abh-ṭ 226,22).

" 346862339972141056,kaṇḍūyamānapāda,en,"

kaṇḍūyamāna-pāda

, mfn., (bhvr.) having
""itchy"" feet, i.e., itching to join the crowd; na ca pā-
dalolo ti ekassa dutiyo dvinnaṁ tatiyo ti evaṁ
gaṇamajjhaṁ pavisitukāmatāya ~o viya abhavanto,
Pj II 116,7 (ad Sn 63).

" 346862339900837888,kaṇḍūyana,en,"

kaṇḍūyana

, n. [ts.; verb, noun < kaṇḍūyati], itch;
scab; — °-kilāsa-kuṭṭha, m., scabies, kilāsa lep-
rosy, and kuṭṭha leprosy (qq.v.); ~ena kilāsinaṁ ve-
danāmattaṁ kadalipaṇṇe nipannaṁ addasa, Ja V
69,18'.

" 346862338843873280,kaṇḍuyati,en,"

kaṇḍuyati

, pr. 3 sg. [cf. kaṇḍūyati], to scratch;
thokaṁ ~itvā, Ja V 298,10;

" 346862339854700544,kaṇḍūyati,en,"

kaṇḍūyati

, [ts.; cf. pa. kaṇḍuyati, kaṇḍuva-
ti/kaṇḍūvati], to scratch (with acc.); — forms: part.
~amāna; aor. 3 sg.; inf. ~ituṁ; — eko akkhīni khani
... eko kapparaṁ ~ūyi, Ja VI 413,24; ahiṁ naṅguṭṭhe-
na ~ituṁ vāyamasi, Ps II 21,24.

" 346862334561488896,kaṇerikā,en,"

kaṇerikā

, f., a kind of helmet ? (only recorded
ifc); — ifc. sīsa-° (~-ādi, Ja VI 397,17').

" 346862334465019904,kaṇeru,en,"

kaṇer[ū/u]

, m. and f. [CDIAL 2812; sa. kareṇu (cf. v.ll.
infra); EWA-1 s.v.; cf. kaṇerukā], elephant; tadā Bo-
dhisatto ... ~uyā kucchismiṁ paṭisandhiṁ gaṇhi, Ja
II 342,3; ~u (v.l. kāreṇukā), 342,20; ~ū (v.l. kareṇu), IV
49,20*; tasmiṁ nahātvā uttiṇṇe dve ~uyo (v.l. kareṇu-
kāyo) nahāpesuṁ, V 39,12; ~uyo (v.l. kareṇukāyo)
alaṁkariṁsu, 39,16; Bhaddavatī nāma ~u (v.l. kareṇu-
ka) ekadivasaṁ paññasa yojanani gacchati, Dhp-a I
196,5.[[side 58]]kaṇerū

" 346862334477602816,kaṇerū,en,"

kaṇer[ū/u]

" 346862334410493952,kaṇerukā,en,"

kaṇerukā

, f. [cf. kareṇukā; BHS kaṇeruka; v.
BHSD s.v.], a young female elephant whose tusks
are undeveloped and therefore look like flower buds
(cf. the epithets makuladāṭha and kuṭumalasaṇṭhā-
na, q.v. infra); — lex. lit.: hatthighaṭā tu gajatā,
hatthinī tu ~ā (v.l. kareṇukā), Abh 362 (kareṇukā ti
pi tadā karayogā ~ā, Abh-ṭ 254,8); — jātadivase yeva
pan' assa ekā ākāsacārinī ~ā ... pakkāmi, Ja VI 485,22
= Cp-a 80,31; uccākaṇerukā nāmā ti uccā ca
yaṭṭhisadisapādā hutvā ~ā ca dantānaṁ kaṇerutāya.
tā kira makuladāṭhā honti; tasmā ~ā ti vuccanti, Ps II
199,4 (ad M I 178,30); kaṇerukāyā ti
kuṭumalasaṇṭhānatāya, Ps-pṭ II 146,23; — ifc.
uccā-°.

" 346862334251110400,kaṇerusaṅgha,en,"

kaṇeru-saṅgha

, m., a congregation of ele-
phants; yadā ~assa yūthassa purato vajaṁ koñcaṁ
kāhiti mātaṅgo kuṅjaro, Ja VI 497,1*; — in long cpd.
at Ja V 416,22* (418,14'.

" 346862334318219264,kaṇerutā,en,"

kaṇerutā

, f. [abstr. from kaṇeru], stumpedness;
uccākaṇerukā nāmā ti uccā ca yaṭṭhisadisapādā hu-
tvā kaṇerukā ca dantānaṁ ~āya, Ps II 199,5 (ad M I
178,30).

" 346862521459675136,kāneti,en,"

kāneti

, v. kāṇayati.

" 346862334607626240,kaṇeyyasa,en,"

kaṇeyyasa

, m(fn). [< *kaṇiyyasa < *kaṇīyasa; cf.
Amg. kaṇīyasa; comparative of *kanīna; sa. kanīya-
sa], younger (brother); kim evâhaṁ (so read with
v.l.) Tuṇḍilam ānupucche (so read; cf. CPD s.v. anu-
pucchati) ~aṁ bhātaraṁ (so read with C^k; Ee ka-
reyya [v.l. kareyyaṁ] saṁ bhātaraṁ) Kālikāya (so
read with v.l.), Ja rv 249,25*.

" 346862369122553856,kañgakoṇḍakalappa,en,"

Kañgakoṇḍakalappa

, m.; Npr.; a Dravidian
chief; — °vha-rāyara, m.; the chief called Kaṅga-
koṇḍakalappa; pāsādetvā ... ~aṁ ca, Mhv LXXVII 75.

" 346862369403572224,kaṅgakoṇḍāna,en,"

Kaṅgakoṇḍāna

, n.; Npr.; a fortress in South
India; uttariṁ aggahī duggaṁ ~' iti sutaṁ, Mhv
LXXVI 183; 186.

" 346862368199806976,kaṅgakoṇḍapperayara,en,"

Kaṅgakoṇḍapperayara

, m.; Npr.; a Dravidian
chief; Paṇḍimaṇḍalanāḍāḷvāro ... ~o, Mhv LXXVI
179.

" 346862370112409600,kaṅgayara,en,"

Kaṅgayara

, m.; Npr.; a Dravidian chief; ~o, Mhv
LXXVI 140; 15.

" 346862370292764672,kaṅgu,en,"

kaṅgu

, f. [ts.; cf. piyaṅgu; CDIAL 2605; EWA-1
s.v.], a particular kind o f tree with orange-yellow
(sama) flowers (= Myristica horsfieldia); cf. sa.
priyaṅgu; CDIAL 8976; only recorded in lex. lit. and
cpd., qq.v. infra; — lex. lit.: sama piyaṅgu ~u pi,
Abh 571.

" 346862370242433024,kaṅgu,en,"

kaṅgu

, [ts.; cf. piyaṅgu; CDIAL 2605; EWA-1
s.v.], 1. panic grass(es); millet; classified as one of
the seven types of grain; the term ~ denotes a large
variety of panic grasses and millets, some of which
evidently were considered poor man's food; — lex.
lit.: sāli vīhi ca kudrūso ... ~u ti = satta dhaṅṅāni,
Abh 451; ~u piyaṅgu, 452; ~u dhaṅṅapiyaṅgusu,
1055; — exeg.: āmakadhaññaṁ nāma sāli vīhi yavo
godhūmo ~u varako kudrūsako, Vin IV 264,29; tattha
odano nāma sāḷi vīhi yavo godhumo ~u varako
kudrūso ti sattannaṁ dhaṅṅānaṁ taṇḍulehi nib-
batto ... ~ū ti setarattakāḷabhedā sabbâpi kaṅgujāti,
Sp 822,9; — sabbasaṁhārako n' atthi suddhaṁ ~u
pavāyati alikaṁ bhāsati 'yaṁ dhuttī saccaṁ āhu
mahallikā ti, Ja VI 336,16*; sappi telaṁ dadhiṁ
khīraṁ ~u vīhi bahū surā maggamhi patitiṭṭhantu
yena maggena ehiti, 580,23*; atthi sāli vīhi yavo ~u
kudrūso varako godhūmo muggo māso tilaṁ ku-
latthaṁ, Mil 267,27; Khuddas VII 3; in long cpd.s sāli-
yava-godhūma-mugga-kaṅgu-varaka-kudrūsaka (Ps
III 231,20; Spk II 344,8; ~-ppabheda, Pj II 112,25;
~-saṅkhāta (Sv 78,10; Ps II 209,22; Spk III 304,22; Mp III
191,18).

" 346862370317930496,kaṅguambilapiṇḍa,en,"

kaṅgu-ambila-piṇḍa

, m. [cf. kaṅgu-ambila-
piṇḍaka], alms-food consisting of sour millet gruel;
— °-gāhaka-tthera, m., an elder receiving alms-
food consisting of sour millet gruel; mahārāja, ~esu
Maliya-Mahādevatthero Samantakūṭe pañcannaṁ
bhikkhusatānaṁ datvā paribhuñji, Thūp 252,2.

" 346862370267598848,kaṅguambilapiṇḍaka,en,"

kaṅgu-ambila-piṇḍaka

, m. [kaṅgu-ambila-
piṇḍa + ka], almsfood consisting of sour millet-
gruel; khīṇâsavānaṁ pañcannaṁ mahātherānam ut-
tamo dinno ... ~o, Mhv XXXII 30 (kaṅgutaṇḍule ga-
hetvā ambilayāguṁ pacāpetvā, Mhv-ṭ 593,11-12) =
Thūp 251,2*.

" 346862370573783040,kaṅgubhatta,en,"

kaṅgu-bhatta

, n., millet gruel; yathā nāma ~e
paccamāne ekappahāren' eva bubbuḷakāni uṭṭhahan-
ti, Vism 418,13.

" 346862370431176704,kaṅgubīja,en,"

[

kaṅgu-bīja

, reading of Be for kaṅguvīhi at Ja VI
580,23*]

" 346862369047056384,kaṅgugāma,en,"

Kaṅgu-gāma

, m.; Npr.; a village in Ceylon; Sīh
112,15* malaye -amhi; cf. Koṭṭ(h)amalaya JRAS
Ceylon 6 (1963) 117.[[side 20]]

" 346862370343096320,kaṅgujāti,en,"

kaṅgu-jāti

, m., the species ""millet""; kaṅgū ti se-
tarattakāḷabhedā sabbā pi ~i, Sp 822,13.

" 346862370389233664,kaṅgupiṭṭhamaya,en,"

kaṅgu-piṭṭha-maya

, mfn., made of, consist-
ing of millet flour; kaṅguvihī ti ~ā ca vīhipiṭṭhama-
yā ca, Ja VI 581,5' (ad 580,23*).

" 346862370410205184,kaṅgupuppha,en,"

kaṅgu-puppha

, m., the kaṅgu flower (the
flower of Myristica horsfieldia); ajjunā asanā c' ettha
mahānāma ca pupphitā sālā ca ~ā ca sobhayanti
mam' assamaṁ, Ap 368,10.

" 346862370670252032,kaṅgusittha,en,"

kaṅgu-sittha

, n., a pinch of cooked millet; yena
kaṅgusitthaṁ nikkhamati c' eva pavisati ca, Sp
706,11; — °-nikkhamaṇa-matta, mfn., (bhvr.) of
a size big enough for a pinch of boiled millet to
pass through; yo pan' assa patto mukhavaṭṭito
heṭṭhā dvaṅgulamattokāsato paṭṭhāya yattha
katthaci ~ena chiddena chiddo hoti, Kkh 74,23.

" 346862370364067840,kaṅgutandula,en,"

kaṅgu-tandula

, m., millet grain; ~e gahetvā
ambilayāguṁ pacāpetvā, Mhv-ṭ 593,11-12 (ad Mhv
XXXII 30).

" 346862370603143168,kaṅguvarakakudrūsakasīsa,en,"

kaṅgu-varaka-kudrūsaka-sīsa

, n., ear(s) of
millet, varaka rice (= Phaseolus trilobus), and
kudrūsaka (= Paspalum scrobiculatum); sattu nāma
sāḷivīhiyavehi katasattu, ~āni pi bhajjitvā īsakaṁ
koṭṭetvā thuse palāpetvā puna daḷhaṁ koṭṭetvā cuṇ-
ṇaṁ karonti, Sp 823,23.

" 346862370460536832,kaṅguvarakamuggadibahula,en,"

kaṅgu-varaka-muggâdi-bahula

, mfn., full
of millet, varaka rice (= Phaseolus trilobus), and
mugga beans (= Phaseolus mungo), etc.; taṁ hoti
missakabhattaṁ ~aṁ, Pj II 97,22; kumāro missaka-
bhattaṁ ~aṁ acchādentaṁ pi taṁ jighacchāvasena
bhuñjamāno ... milāyi, Ap-a I 76,13.

" 346862370473119744,kaṅguvarakamuggādibahula,en,"

kaṅgu-varaka-muggâdi-bahula

" 346862370624114688,kaṅguvīhi,en,"

kaṅgu-vīhi

, f., millet and rice; sappi telaṁ
dadhiṁ khīraṁ kaṅguvīhi (Be -bījā) bahū surā mag-
gamhi patitiṭṭhantu yena maggena ehiti, Ja VI 580,23*
(= kaṅgupiṭṭhamayā ca vīhipiṭṭhamayā ca, 581,5').

" 346862298775687168,kanha,en,"

⁵

Kanha

, m.; Npr.; a Paccekabuddha; v. PPN s.v. 5.
Kaṇha; ~o ca Buddho, M III 71,1* (Ps W 130,11).

" 346862299513884672,kaṇha,en,"

Kaṇha

, m. [sa. Kṛṣṇa]; Npr.; Vāsudeva (v. PPN
s.v. 3. Kaṇha); Vāsudevo Hari ~o, Abh 16 (kaṇha-
guṇa-yogato kaṇho, Abh-ṭ 24,8); uṭṭhehi ~a ... Ghato
jappati Kesava, Pv 207 (~ā ti Vāsudevaṁ gottenâla-
pati, Pv-a 94,7) = Ja IV 84,22* (~ā ti gottenâlapati,
Kaṇhāyanagotto kir' esa, 84,25'); evañ ce ~a jānāsi, Pv
214 (bhātika Kaṇha-nāmaka mahārāja, Pv-a 96,4) = Ja
IV 86,10*; ~a (voc), Pv 216 = Ja W 86,22*; sa bhariyā [ - - ]
Vāsudevassa, ~assa mahesī piyā [ - - ˘ ˘ ˘ - ˘ - , Sadd
196 n. 2, 1684], VI 421,20* (Jambāvatī nāma caṇḍālī
ahosi, sa Kaṇhāyana-gottassa dasa-bhātikānaṁ
jeṭṭhassa Vāsudevassa piyā mahesī ahosi, ct. ad loc).

" 346862104201924608,kaṇha,en,"

kaṇha,

mfn., ifc. a-°; ati-°.

" 346862299564216320,kaṇha,en,"

⁴

Kaṇha

, m., the Black one; Npr.; the founder of
the Kaṇhāyanagotta; v. PPN s.v. 4. Kaṇha; (Disā
nāma dāsī) ~aṁ janesi, D I 93,5 (kāḷa-vaṇṇaṁ anto-
kucchiyaṁ yeva ... puttaṁ vijayi, Sv 263,1); uḷāro so
~o isi ahosi, I 96,5 foll.; syn. of pisāca: yathā ... eta-
rahi manussā pisāce pisācā ti sañjānanti, evam eva
... tena samayena manussā pisāce pi ~ā ti sañjānanti,
te evaṁ āhaṁsu, ayaṁ sañjāto paccābhāsi, ~o jāto
pisāco jāto, 93,11,12.

" 346862299828457472,kaṇha,en,"

⁶

Kaṇha

, m.; Npr.; a bull (Bodhisatta) said to be as
black as collyrium (Ja I 194,10); also called Ayya-
kākāḷaka; tad assu (tad' āssu, Sadd 615,1 and v.l.) ~aṁ
yuftjanti, sv-āssu taṁ vahate dhuraṁ, Ja I 196,2* qu.
Mp II 299,22* and Dhp-a III 213,4*; Ja I 196,12; — see
Kaṇhajātaka a.

" 346862299878789120,kaṇha,en,"

⁷

Kaṇha

, m.; Npr.; short form of compound names
(mostly in verses); 1. of 2. Kaṇhadīpāyana; aññatra
~ā (abl), Ja IV 33,9* (13'); ~o kammaṅ ca phalaṅ ca
saddahitvā, 33,25'; 2. of Mahākaṇha (q.v.), a black
dog in Ja (469); v. PPN s.v. 6. Kaṇha (Blackie); see
kāḷa-vaṇṇaṁ Mahākaṇha-sunakhaṁ katvā, Ja IV
181,25 and 183,12* s.v. kaṇha a.; in refrain tadā ~o pa-
mokkhati, 183,21*; 184,7*, etc.

" 346862299463553024,kaṇha,en,"

Kaṇha

, m., litt. the Black (Evil) one; old canoni-
cal designation of Mara; v. PPN s.v. 1. Kaṇha (some-
times identified with Kama) also known in BHS; see
ct.s infra for explanations; Māro Namuci ~o ca, Sadd
431,19*; Pamattabandhu ~o ca, Māro Namuci, Abh 43
(kaṇhadhamma-yuttatāya kaṇho, Abh-ṭ 44,23); Kāmo
Namuci ~o ca, Sadd 557,5*; aṭṭhakathāsu ... Māro
Namuci ~o Pamattabandhu ti cattār' eva nāmāni
āgatāni, 431,23 = 557,9; aññāni pi 'ssa ~o Adhipati
Vasavatti Antako Namuci Pamattabandhu ti ādīni
bahūni nāmāni, Spk I 169,12 (ad Māro pāpimā); III
252,25; Namuci ~o Pamattabandhu ti tīṇi Mārassa
nāmāni, Ud-a 367,24; ~o ti yo so Māro ~o Adhipati
Antagū Namuci Pamattabandhu, Nidd I 489,6 (ad Sn
967); Māra-senā abhikkāmi, passa ~assa mandiyaṁ,
D II 261,20* (kāla-dhammassa Mārassa, Sv Ce 693,18;
kāladhamma-samannāgato kālassa pāpimassa, Sv-
pṭ II 308,28); tādisaṁ bhikkhum āsajja, ~a (voc.)
dukkhaṁ nigacchasi, M I 337,24* foll. (kāḷaka Mara,
Ps II 422,19) = Th 25 (~ā ti, Māraṁ ālapati, so hi
kaṇha-kammattā kaṇhâbhijāti-bhabbatāya ca kaṇho
ti vuccati, Th-a I 86,33) = 1189 (ekanta-kāḷakehi pāpa-
dhammehi samannāgatattā ~a, Mara, Th-a III 172,29)
= 1191; vitakkā upadhāvanti, pagabbhā ~ato ime, S I
185,23* (Kaṇha-pakkhato Māra-pakkhato, Spk I 268,22)
= Th 1209 (kāḷato lāmaka-bhāvato, Th-a III 189,1);
~assa sotaṁ dīgharattânusayitaṁ, Sn 355 (v.l. taṇ-
hāya as in Th 1275; metre faulty, see EV I: 299 for
suggestions; Kaṇha-nāmakassa Mārassa sotaṁ, Pj II
350,29); esā Namuci te senā ~assa, 439 (sa kaṇha-
dhamma-samannāgatattā ~assa Namucino upakārā-
ya saṁvattati, Pj II 390,14; see Kaṇhasenā); yad āvilat-
taṁ manaso vijaṅṅā, ~assa pakkho ti vinodayeyya,
Sn 967 (= Kaṇha-pakkho Māra-pakkho Māra-pāso,
Nidd I 489,16); — °-senā, f., the army of Kaṇha (=
Mara); (Mahāseno) ~aṁ apesayi, D II 262,4* (Māro
Māra-senaṁ pesesi, Sv 693,26; cf. Māra-senā abhikkā-
mi, D II 261,14*).

" 346862298289147904,kaṇha,en,"

Kaṇha

, m. [BHSD kṛṣṇa 3]; Npr.; the Bodhisatta
in Kaṇhajātaka (440); v. PPN s.v. 2. Kaṇha; also refer-
red to as Kaṇha-kumāra, °tāpasa, °paṇḍita (q.v.); ~o
nāma isi ahosi, Ja IV 7,6; vane vasantaṁ ~aṁ isiṁ
rukkha-phalāni uccinantaṁ disvā, 9,4; 9,16.[[side 79]]

" 346862299413221376,kaṇha,en,"

kaṇha

, mf(-a)n. [cf. Amg. kasiṇa; sa. kṛṣṇa, cf. pa.
kiṇha, q.v. infra], a. black, describing the colour of
things or animals; cf. the compounds °aṅjana,
°uttara, °obhāsa, °-kipillikā, °-cchadana, °-jaṭi(n),
°-tuṇḍa, °-purisa, °-bhūmi, °-maccha, °-maṇḍala,
°-mattika, °-vaṭṭika, °-vattani, °-sappa, °-sarīra,
°-sīsa, °âjina, °âhi; subst. n.; b. black, dark, mostly
used in a derogatory sense of human beings, (see EV
1153: ""term of abuse""); c. black, dark, i.e., bad, most-
ly opp. sukka, with technical terms, (i) ~ dhamma,
(ii) ~ kamma, (iii) other ethical concepts; subst.,
n.; metaphorical connotations seem typical of
Buddhist texts (see BHSD); more common in the
case of ~than for other words for black (asita,
kāḷa[ka]); cf. the compounds °-kamma, °-duka,
°-dhamma, °-pakkha, °-pakkhika, °-paṭipadā,
°-magga, °-vāca, °-vipāka, °-saṅkhāta, °-sappaṭibhā-
ga, °-sukka, °âbhijāti, °âbhijātika; ~ in proper names
(simplex or compounds) often justified with
reference to evil nature (Kaṇha = Mara), or to dark
skin (see ²Kaṇha, ⁴Kaṇha, ⁶Kaṇha, ⁷Kaṇha (2),
²Kaṇhadīpāyana; Kaṇhadevala and Kaṇhasiri, names
of the ṛṣi Asita); — Vāsudeve 'ntake ~o, so pāpe
'site tisu, Abh 1000; —gloss: = addāriṭṭhaka-vaṇṇa,
Sp 1083,26 (ad Vin I 185,31: sabba-kaṇha); = añjana-
vaṇṇa, Nidd-a I 376,33; more frequently = kāḷa, Mogg
VII 223; = kālaka (passim); — a. nīlo ~o 'sito kāḷo,
Abh 96 (Abh-ṭ 77,14,15); ~ā gāvīnaṁ sampanna-
khīratamā, Kacc-v 306 (II 6 34); iti ~āsu setāsu
(gosu), A I 162,11* = III 214,1*; tato ca ~o urago mahā-
viso, Vv 1159 (= kaṇha-sappa, Vv-a 311,14); ~o ~o ca
ghoro ca, Ja IV 183,12* (""A black, black hound"", Ja-
Trsl.; ~o ~o ti bhaya-vasena daḷhakamma-vasena vā
āmeṇḍitaṁ, ct.; atīva ~o ti attho, Sadd 41,3); kin te
idaṁ ūrunam antarasmiṁ, supicchitaṁ ~a-r-iva
ppakāsati, V 197,18* (ubhosu passesu kāḷakaṁ viya
khāyati, 197,24'; for meaning and sandhi [= -am iva]
cf. s.v. iva and Mittelindisch § 271, respectively);
setaṁ p' atthi ~aṁ pi lohitakaṁ pi, It-a I 100,14;
pañca vaṇṇā ..., nīlo ca vaṇṇo, pītako ..., lohitako
..., ~o ..., odāto ca vaṇṇo, Nidd I 354,29 = 449,3 = II
134,1; I 355,7 = 449,10 = II 134,11; (kaṇṭako) ~o nīlo
odāto hoti, Nett 232,8; — b. ~o puriso ... kāḷa-
vaṇṇattā suvaṇṇa-vaṇṇâdikaṁ upanidhāya kucchi-
tabbo ninditabbo ti ~o, kāḷavaṇṇo, vuttam pi c'
etaṁ [Ja IV 9,19* foll. infra], Sadd 504,20,24; ~o diṭṭho
hoti ... odāto diṭṭho hoti, Vin III 169,21; brāhmaṇo va
seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīno añño vaṇṇo, brāhmaṇo va sukko
vaṇṇo, ~o añño vaṇṇo, D III 81,12,25 (Sv 861,34) = 83,10
= M II 84,6,12 (Ps III 320,2), etc.; muṇḍake samaṇake
ibbhe ~e bandhupādâpacce (hitvā), D III 83,16,19 (Ee
so but the reading kiṇha [q.v.] is supported by ct.s
for this canonical stock-phrase) ≠ M II 177,8 (Ee
kaṇhā); ~o vatâyaṁ puriso, ~aṁ bhuñjati bhojanaṁ
~e bhūmi-padesasmiṁ, na mayhaṁ manaso piyo, Ja
IV 9,12* foll. qu. Sadd 504,24-26*; na ~o tacasā hoti,
antosāro hi brāhmaṇo, yasmiṁ pāpāni kammāni sa
ve ~o Sujampati, Ja IV 9,19* foll. qu. Sadd 504,26-28* (=
kāḷa-vaṇṇaṁ, rukkha-phala-bhojanatāya ~o, 9,15') =
Th 140 (~o nihīna-puggalo, Th-a II 18,14); ~o pi sukko
pi, the Black [= Bad] one and the White [= Good]
one, i.e., Devadatta and the Bodhisatta, Mil 203,25 (cf.
Devadatto ekanta-~o ... Bodhisatto ekanta-sukko,
200,21 foll.);— c. ~ā dhamma ... tattha ~ā ti
apabhassara-bhāva-karaṇattā paṇḍitehi kucchitabbā
garahitabbā ti ~ā akusaladhammā, Sadd 504,20 foll.;
lex. lit.: apuññâkusalaṁ ~aṁ ..., kusalaṁ sukataṁ
sukkaṁ, Abh 84 (= papa, punya; kaṁ sukhaṁ hanatī
ti ~aṁ, Abh-ṭ 70,16); — c.(i) ye ... dhamma akusalā
... nâlam-ariyā ... ~ā kaṇha-saṅkhātā, D I 163,12 (Ee
kinhā); + ~ā kanha-vipākā viññū-garahitā, III 82,14;
ye dhamma ~ā kanha-saṁkhātā, ye dhamma sukkā
sukka-saṁkhātā, A IV 363,12; ekacco kanhâbhijātiko
samano ~aṁ dhammaṁ abhijāyati, D III 250,21 foll.
≠ A III 384,22; ~aṁ dhammaṁ vippahāya, sukkaṁ
(so read; Ee w.r. ~aṁ) bhāvetha paṇḍito, S V 24,21* (=
akusala-dhammaṁ, Spk III 132,20) = A V 232,27* =
253,5* = Dhp 87 (Dhp-a II 162,6); (te)... abhāvita-cittā
abhāvita-paññā ... ~aṁ dhammaṁ okkamamānā na
bujjhissanti, A III 107,5 (= kāḷaka-dhammaṁ, Mp III
271,30); ~ā dhamma, sukkā dhamma, Dhs 7,9* (kāḷakā
cittassa apabhassara-bhāva-karaṇā, As 51,22); ahiri-
kañ ca anottappañ ca ime dhamma ~ā, sabbe pi aku-
salā dhamma ~ā, Dhs 1302; A I 51,14 (na kāḷa-
vaṇṇatāya ~ā, kaṇhatāya pana upanentī ti nipphatti-
kāḷakatāya ~ā, sarasenâpi vā sabbâkusaladhammā ~ā
eva, Mp II 96,9); c.(ii) atthi bhikkhave kammaṁ
~aṁ kaṇha-vipākaṁ, atthi bhikkhave kammaṁ
sukkaṁ sukka-vipākaṁ, A II 230,21 ≠ M I 389,23 (=
kāḷakaṁ dasa akusala-kammapatha-kammaṁ, Ps III
103,8); kammaṁ kareyya ~aṁ vā sukkaṁ vā, Peṭ
156,5; c.(iii) dvādasa akusalacetanā ~ā nāma tebhū-
maka-kusalacetanā sukkā nāma, Ps III 105,21; idaṁ
sāvajjaṁ idaṁ anavajjaṁ ... idaṁ hīnaṁ idaṁ paṇī-
taṁ, idaṁ ~aṁ idaṁ sukkaṁ (pajānāti), Mil 337,29;
subhañ ca asubhañ ca, ~añ ca sukkañ ca, Peṭ 123,6;
~añ ca sukkañ ca tañ ca kho sappaṭibhāgaṁ savipā-
kaṁ katvā, ~aṁ paṭibāhitvā sukkaṁ, sukkaṁ paṭi-
bāhitvā ~aṁ, Ps II 388,3-6 (ad M I 319,34: kaṇhasuk-
kasappaṭibhāgaṁ); III 54,3; ~ānaṁ hi sukkā paṭi-
bhāgā ~ānañ ca ~ā ti, evaṁ pi sappaṭibhāgā, Spk III
141,14 foll.; — ifc. v. ekanta-°; daḷha-°(Ap 486,26);
sabba-° (Vin I 185,31); Siri-° (Pj II 487,14); su-°
(Nidd I 355,7; Ja V 202,15*; 205,23'); sukhuma-°
(~-lomâcitattā, abl., Ja V 156,20'), hīna-paṇīta-° (D
II 223,5; Mil 37,9; Spk III 141,10).[[side 78]]

" 346862293146931200,kaṇhā,en,"

Kaṇhā

, f.; Npr.; short form of Kaṇhājinā, q.v.
(also found in BHS); in verse: idh'eva acchataṁ ~ā,
Ja VI 549,7* (Kaṇhājinā, 550,4'); ehi ~e (voc.) maris-
sāma, 553,13* (≠ ehi Kṛṣṇe mariṣyāvaḥ, Jāt-m 63,14*);
tāni ~e jahāmase, Ja VI 553,17*; tvaṁ Maddi ~a[ṁ]
gaṇhāhi, Ja VI 513,3* Be (Ce Ee Kaṇhājinaṁ gaṇha,
unmetr.) = Cp (~a[ṁ] 95); in prose: ehi amma ~e, Ja
VI 546,15.

" 346862326927855616,kaṇhā,en,"

kaṇhā

, f. [sa. Kṛṣṇā (-Draupadī)], Npr.; the
princess who married the five Pāṇḍavas v. PPN s.v.
1. Kaṇhā; ~ā dve-pitikā pañca-patikā, Ja V 424,16';
426,3foll.

" 346862325224968192,kaṇhabhāva,en,"

kaṇha-bhāva

, m., blackness; gata-maggassa
~ena kaṇha-vattani, Ja V 64,10'; metaph.: sattānaṁ
~°karāni pāpa-kammāni ... vitthāretvā, IV 9,26; ku-
salā dhamma sukkā yeva °paṭipakkhato (abl.), It-a I
156,20.

" 346862285941116928,kaṇhabhijāti,en,"

kaṇhâbhijāti

, f., a. the black class of beings, the low-
est of the six distinguished by the Ājīvikas (s.v. abhijāti
b.); cf. HDĀ: 243-246; ~i paññattā, nīlâbhijāti ... lo-
hitâbhijāti ... haliddâbhijāti ... sukkâbhijāti ... para-
masukkâbhijāti paññattā, A III 383,19 (Pūraṇa Kas-
sapa) ≠ Sv 162,12 (ad D I 54,4: chaḷabhijātiyo) = Spk
II 342,23 ≠ Ps III 121,1; def.: ~i paññattā, orabbhikā
sūkarikā sākuṇikā māgavikā luddā macchaghātakā
corā coraghātakā bandhanāgārikā ye vā pan' aññe
pi keci kurūrakammantā, A III 383,22 ≠ Sv 162,17 (a-
yaṁ ~ī ti vadati) ≠ Ps III 121,4 (ayaṁ ~i nāma) ≠
Spk II 342,28; ~ī ti ca apāyā vuccanti manussesu ca
dobhaggiyaṁ, Mp-ṭ II 5,24; b. black (i.e., low) birth;
~iyaṁ (loc.) ... jāyati, Mp III 394,14 (ad A III 384,22:
kaṇhaṁ dhammaṁ abhijāyati); — °-nibbatti, f.; re-
birth in the black class; °hetuto appabhassara-bhāva-
karaṇato vā kaṇhā ti vuccanti, Mp-ṭ II 5,20; —
°-bhabbatā, f. [abstr.], the fact of (someone) going to be
born in the black class; Th-a I 87,1 (ad Th 25: kaṇho);
— °-hetu, m.; -to vā kaṇhā, As 51,24 (""because of

" 346862285962088448,kaṇhābhijāti,en,"

kaṇhâbhijāti

" 346862104109649920,kaṇhabhijātika,en,"

kaṇhâbhijātika,

cf. E. Leumann, Kl. Schr. 1998: 539.

" 346862104134815744,kaṇhābhijātika,en,"

kaṇhâbhijātika,

cf. E. Leumann, Kl. Schr. 1998: 539.

" 346862285857230848,kaṇhabhijātika/iya,en,"

kaṇhâbhijātika/-iya

, mfn. [BHS kṛṣṇâbhijātīya;
SWTF s.v. abhijāti], of black (bad) birth, i.e., base-born
(see ct.s); ekacco ~o samano kaṇhaṁ dhammaṁ a-
bhijāyati, D III 250,21 foll. (= kaṇhe nīcakule jāto hu-
tvā, Sv 1038,2; opp. sukkâbhijātiko) ≠ A III 384,22 (Ee
~iyo, v.l., Mp ~iko; = kāḷakajātiko, Mp III 394,12;
Mp-ṭ III 123,20); ko sutvā na ppasīdeyya api ~iyo, A
IV 90,17* ≠ Sn 563 (-iko; = caṇḍālâdinīcakule jāto, Pj
II 455,17 = Ps III 405,20) = Th 833 (-iko; cf. EV I ad
loc.; - nīcajātiko tamo tamaparāyanabhāve ṭhito,
Th-a III 50,12); cf. Maitr-vyāk v. 101 (atikṛṣṇâbhijāti-
kaḥ); -iko 'si anariyarūpo, Ja V 87,3* (CeEeBe so; ""for
°jacco"", cf. FAUSBØLL ad loc.; metr. °jātyo [ - - ˘ - - ˘ ˘ ;
beginning of triṣṭubh]; v. s.v. abhijātika; kālakasabhā-
vo, 87,9'.

" 346862285874008064,kaṇhābhijātika/iya,en,"

kaṇhâbhijātika/-iya

" 346862325275299840,kaṇhabhūmi,en,"

kaṇha-bhūmi

, f. [sa. kṛṣṇa-bhūmī], black
(fertile) soil; yathā tamba-bhūmi ~ī ti tamba-~-i yeva
vuccanti evaṁ sukham pi sukha-bhūmi nāma, As
346,25.

" 346862308942680064,kaṇhacchadana,en,"

kaṇha-cchadana

, n., a black covering; used
poet.; sukaṇha-~-ehi bhoto, Ja V 202,15* (""with
extremely black hair;"" kaṇhehi ~ehi bhamara-vaṇṇe-
hi kesehi sukaṇhaṁ sīsaṁ sumajjita-maṇimayaṁ
viya khāyati, 205,22').

" 346862319906590720,kaṇhadāsa,en,"

Kaṇhadāsa

, m. [sa. Kṛṣṇadāsa]; Npr.; v. PPN s.v.;
kārite ~ena saṇha-vācena sādhunā vihāre, Bv-a
299,17*.

" 346862323136204800,kaṇhadevala,en,"

Kaṇhadevala

, m.; Npr.; one of the names of the
ṛṣi Asita; v. CPD s.v. ⁵Asita (1); Asit'-avhayassa ti
Asita-nāmassa dutiyena nāmena ~assa isino, Pj II
487,3.

" 346862324683902976,kaṇhadhamma,en,"

kaṇha-dhamma

, m. [kaṇha + dhamma], a black
(bad) state (opp. sukka), cf. s.v. kaṇha c.(i); kaṇha-
sukka-sappaṭibhāgesu pana ~e sukka-sappaṭibhāgā
ti jāneyya, Mp II 200,15 (ad A I 129,5); cittassa pabhas-
sarabhāva-dūsakānaṁ upakkile-sabhūtānaṁ ~ānaṁ
aññataraṁ macchariya-malaṁ, It-a I 87,32 ≠ Vism
223,28; — °-vokiṇṇa, mfn.; mixed with dark states;
~ā sukka-dhammā pāramiyo eva, tehi avokiṇṇā
sukka-dhammā upapāramiyo, Cp-a 320,28; —
°-sammanāgata, mfn.; characterized by dark sta-
tes; Spk-pṭ II 505,27.

" 346862299727794176,kaṇhadinna,en,"

Kaṇhadinna

, m.; Npr.; a thera v. PPN s.v.; al-
leged author of Th 179-180; ~o mahāmuni, Th p. 23,33*
(uddāna); son of Bhāradvāja, Th-a II 50,28; born in a
brahmin family, 52,8; — °-tthera, Th-a II 52,2.

" 346862324612599808,kaṇhadīpāyana,en,"

Kaṇhadīpāyana

, m.; Npr.; a brahmin, friend of
1. Maṇḍavya v. PPN s.v. 2. Kaṇhadīpāyana; also
called Dīpāyana or ⁷Kaṇha (q.v.); etym.: assa sarīre
Maṇḍavyassa sarīrato lohita-bindūni patiṁsu, tāni
suvaṇṇa-vaṇṇa-sarire patita-patitāni sukkhitvā kāḷa-
kāni sampajjiṁsu, tato paṭṭhāya ca so ~o nāma aho-
si, Ja IV 29,27; kāḷa-vaṇṇa-sarīratāya ~o ti pākaṭo aho-
si, Cp-a 241,7; ~o isi, Cp 332; 364; Ja IV 31,24; Cp-a
243,25; 244,2 (Dīpāyano, Ja IV 29,17,24); ~o loka-nātho,
248,21; — °-cariya, n.; title of Cp III 11; —
°-jātaka, n.; title of Ja (444) IV 27,24-37,2.

" 346862319965310976,kaṇhadīpāyana,en,"

kaṇhadīpāyana

, m.; Npr.; a ṛṣi who helped the
ten sons of Devagabbhā v. PPN s.v. 1. Kaṇha-
dīpāyana; Kaṇhadīpāyan' (acc) āsajja isiṁ, Andha-
kaveṇhuyo, Ja V 267,12* (273,50; ~aṁ dibba-cakkhuko
ti vadanti, IV 87,17; dasa-bhātika-rāja-dārakānaṁ
lobha-mūḷhānaṁ ~e aparajjhitvā, V 114,12'.[[side 80]]

" 346862104180953088,kaṇhadīpāyanajātaka,en,"

Kaṇhadīpāyana-jātaka,

alternative title of the SE-Asian tradition: Maṇḍabya-jātaka, cf. G. Martini, BEFEO LI 1963: 86.

" 346862300323385344,kaṇhaduka,en,"

kaṇha-duka

, n., the dark pair; As 389,33 (ad Dhs
1302; opp. sukka-pakkha).

" 346862308812656640,kaṇhagaṅgā,en,"

Kaṇha-gaṅgā

, f. [sa. Kṛṣṇagangā]; Npr.; a part of
the mythical river Ganges; ujukaṁ pāsāṇa-piṭṭhena
saṭṭhi-yojanāni gataṭṭhāne ~ā ti, Ps III 37,4 = Mp IV
110,2 (°ṭṭhānaṁ) = Ud-a 302,3 = Pj II 439,13.

" 346862286306021376,kaṇhāgotamaka,en,"

Kaṇhāgotamaka

, m(fn). [cf. BHS Kṛṣṇago-
tamaka, for Kaṇhā°, see Ai.Gr II.1 p. 131], Npr.; one
of the four royal families of nāgas v. PPN s.v.;
Virūpakkhaṁ ahirājakulaṁ, Erāpathaṁ ...,
Chabyāputtaṁ ..., ~aṁ ahirājakulaṁ, Vin II 109,37
foll. = A II 72,24; m. pl.: Chabbyāputtehi me mettaṁ,
[mettaṁ] ~ehi ca, Ja II 145,20* = A II 72,31* = Vin II
110,9* (mettaṁ ~ehi ca, mss. and most ed.s); —
°-nāga-rāja-kula, n.; Ja II 145,24'.[[side 83]]

" 346862308867182592,kaṇhagundāvana,en,"

Kaṇha-gundāvana

, n.; Npr.; a forest in the
neighbourhood of Mathurā on the Yamuna; v. PPN
s.v. Gundāvana; Ps III 319,12 (ad M II 83,17) = Mp-ṭ II
38,8.

" 346862285739790336,kaṇhahi,en,"

kaṇhâhi

, m. [sa. kṛṣṇâhi], a black snake; — °-daṭṭha,
mfn., bitten by a black snake; ~assa (so read; Ee two
words) karonti h' eke, Ja II 215,1* (= ekacce hi tikic-
chakā ghoravisena kāḷasappena daṭṭhassa mantehi
e'eva osadhehi ca tikicchaṁ karonti, 215,5'); cp.
kṛṣṇâhinā daṣṭaḥ, Kathāsaritsāgara 56: 126; — see
kaṇhasappa, kāḷasappa.

" 346862285760761856,kaṇhāhi,en,"

kaṇhâhi

" 346862299929120768,kaṇhaisi,en,"

Kaṇha-isi

, m., the ṛṣi Kaṇha (see ⁴Kaṇha); ~ito
paṭṭhāya tasmiṁ kule paramparā-vasena āgataṁ,
Sv-pṭ I 391,18.

" 346862309060120576,kaṇhajātaka,en,"

Kaṇha-jātaka

, n.; Npr.; v. PPN s.v.; a. title of Ja
(29) I 193,20-196,15; mentioned at Mp II 299,24; b. title
of Ja (440) IV 6,25-14,22; mentioned at Mil 384,3; — ifc.
v. mahā-° (Ja IV 180,8-186,19).

" 346862308988817408,kaṇhajatin,en,"

kaṇha-jati(n)

, mfn., having matted black hair,
aññe pi ~ino, acchā nāma agha-m-migā, Ja VI 507,5*.kaṇha-jatin

" 346862286222135296,kaṇhajina,en,"

kaṇhâjina

, n. [sa. kṛṣṇâjina], the skin of a black ante-
lope; Ja VI 487,3; Cp-a 80,17; see next.

" 346862286247301120,kaṇhājina,en,"

kaṇhâjina

, n. [sa. kṛṣṇâjina], the skin of a black ante-
lope; Ja VI 487,3; Cp-a 80,17; see next.

" 346862286058557440,kaṇhājinā,en,"

Kaṇhājinā

, f. [BHS Kṛṣṇājinā], Npr.; daughter of
Vessantara and Maddī, sister of Jāli; origin of her
name: (dhītaraṁ) kaṇhājinena paṭicchiṁsu, ten' assā
~ā tv' eva nāmam kariṁsu, Ja VI 487,3 ≠ Cp-a 80,18;
Jāliṁ ~aṁ dhītaṁ (cajamāno), Ja VI 570,18* = Cp
118 qu. Mil 117,10*; Jāli ~ā c' ubho, Ja VI 585,10* = Cp
110 (qu. Sadd 24,13*; frequent even śloka-pāda) ≠ Ja
VI 563,14* = 565,7*, etc. (acc. ~aṁ); 550,12* foll.; 533,8*;
513,3* (Ee unmetr.; v. ²Kaṇhā); sahassagghaṁ hi
mam tāta brāhmaṇassa pita adā, atha ~aṁ kaññaṁ
hatthinā ca satena ca, Ja VI 577,9* (difficult pāda qu.
Mil 284,18* and Sadd 364,11; s.v. atha; Ee atha, atho,
Mil; acchuṁ, Sadd; hatthinañ ca, Mil); ayāci puttake
mayhaṁ, Jāliṁ ~aṁ c' ubho, Cp 112 (Ce so; Ee Jā-
li-~-ā [dv.; acc. pl. f. with the gender of the last member;
Ee 1882 and CPD s.v. āyacati read Jāli-~-e [acc. pl. m.;
cf. Ai.Gr. II.1: 38 § 15 a; 157 § 66 c]); Maddi Kaṇhā-
jin' (acc.) aggahī, Cp 96; Ja VI 583,19; ~aṁ nivattehi,
Mil 275,17; ~aṁ nikkiṇanto, 284,9; ~ā Uppalavaṇṇā,
Ja VI 593,28' = Cp-a 102,3; gen.: tato ~āyā pi (nisā-
mehi), Ja VI 563,10* foll.; — ifc. Jāli-° (Cp 112; Cp-a
91,4); — °([ā/a])-kumārī, f., the princess K; Kaṇhājina-
kumārisadisā dhītaro, Ja I 77,13 = Ap-a 82, n (°jinā°
CeEe); — °-sadisa, (m)f(n)., similar to K; ~aṁ dhīta-
raṁ ... dānamukhe niyyādetvā, Mp I 114,4; ~ā dhī-
taro pariccajitvā, Dhp-a I 406,14.

" 346862300101087232,kaṇhakamma,en,"

kaṇha-kamma

, mfn., (bhvr.) of black (bad)
deeds, cf. s.v. kaṇha c.(ii); ... ahiriko ~o anādaro,
Vin V 165,6* (opp. sukka-kammo, 165,13*; kāḷakehi
kammehi samannāgatattā ~o, Sp 1367,26); (bālo) ~o
na sujjhati, M I 39,15*; — °-tta, n. [abstr. of prec.]; so
hi ~ā kaṇhâbhijāti-bhabbatāya ca kaṇho ti vuccati,
Th-a I 86,33 (ad Th 25); see kamma-vipāka.

" 346862306426097664,kaṇhakesapuñjaka,en,"

kaṇha-kesa-puñjaka

, n., a mass of black hair;
suvaṇṇa-vajirâdīhi vibhūsitaṁ ~aṁ, Thī-a 210,14
(Thī 255).

" 346862308749742080,kaṇhakhandhaka,en,"

kaṇha-khandhaka

, n., a mass of black (hair, see
prec); Thī 255 BeCe (saṇha-° Ee, Thī-a; -gandhaka- Ee
but see EV II: 112).

" 346862300226916352,kaṇhakipillikā,en,"

kaṇha-kipillikā

, f. [sa. kṛṣṇapipīlī, lex.], black
ant; jlvantass' eva kāyaṁ ~ā khādanti, Sīh 13,17 (v.l.
kuntha°).

" 346862299618742272,kaṇhakumāra,en,"

Kaṇha-kumāra

, m.; Npr. (see ²Kaṇha;
Kaṇhajātaka b.); kāḷa-vaṇṇattā pan' assa nāma-
gahaṇa-divase ~o ti nāmaṁ akaṁsu, Ja IV 7,12.

" 346862298662440960,kaṇhamaccha,en,"

kaṇha-maccha

, m. [sa. kṛṣṇa-matsya, Suśr.], a
variety of fish; Bhes 5: 72 (Ophiocephalus strictus,).

" 346862325346603008,kaṇhamagga,en,"

kaṇha-magga

, m., the dark (bad) way , cf. s.v.
kaṇha c.(iii); sukka-maggañ ca vo bhikkhave
dhammaṁ desissāmi ~añ ca, A V 244,22 foll.; 278,11.

" 346862325472432128,kaṇhamaṇḍala,en,"

kaṇha-maṇḍala

, n. [sa. kṛṣṇa-maṇḍala], pupil;
sasambhāra-cakkhuno setamaṇḍala-parikkhittassa
~assa majjhe, Vism 445,27 = As 307,14 qu. Sadd 548,19;
yaṁ pan' ettha setamaṇḍala-paricchinnena ~ena pa-
rivāritaṁ ... idaṁ pasāda-cakkhu nāma, Spk II 355,2.

" 346862325531152384,kaṇhamattikā,en,"

kaṇha-mattikā

, f. [sa. kṛṣṇa-mṛttikā, lex.],
black earth; Sp 1088,1 (in cpd. ad Vin I 195,37: kaṇh'-
uttarā bhūmi, q.v.).

" 346862325661175808,kaṇhamitta,en,"

Kaṇhamitta

, m.; Npr.; a thera v. PPN s.v.; Th-a II
43,18 (Ce Gaṇḍimitto).

" 346862286008225792,kaṇhāna,en,"

Kaṇhāna

, m.; Npr.; optional form of Kaṇhāyana
(q.v.) taught by Grr.; Kacc-v ad Kacc 347; Mogg IV 2;
Sadd 784,12.

" 346862314571436032,kaṇhanadī,en,"

Kaṇha-nadī

, f.; Npr.; (= Kālanadī, mod. Kalu-
ganga, Ceylon; v. PPN s.v.; Mhv-Trsl.: 173 n. 5); bala-
kāyo 'nubandhitvā yāva °taṭaṁ (āgami), Mhv LIII
20.

" 346862323203313664,kaṇhanāmaka,en,"

Kaṇha-nāmaka

, m(fn)., (bhvr.) having the name
Kaṇha; ~assa Mārassa, Pj II 350,29 (cf. ¹Kaṇha, q.v.);
bhātika ~a mahārāja, Pv-a 96,4 (ad Pv 214; cf. ³Kaṇha,
q.v.).

" 346862300050755584,kaṇhañjana,en,"

kaṇh'-añjana

, n., black collyrium; (nābhi te)
pūrā ~assêva dūrato patidissati, Ja V 155,25*
(resembles ... [filaments, cf. kiñjakkhā, 155,23*, i.e.,
thin lines] of black collyrium; allusion to the ro-
marājī; sukhuma-kaṇha-lomâcitattā evam āha,
156,20'.

" 346862104151592960,kaṇhapakkha,en,"

kaṇha-pakkha,

~e pakāsitā, S IV 245,22* (so read with MSS. S^1–3) (uddāna) refering to S V 238,9–243,13 according to the uddāna in S II Be 440,19* (reading pakāsito).

" 346862324771983360,kaṇhapakkha,en,"

kaṇha-pakkha

, m. [BHS kṛṣṇapakṣa], a. the
party of ¹Kaṇha (= Mara); hence b. the black
(negative, evil) side (opp. sukka-pakkha); — Rem.
These meanings are prevalent in pa. and BHS; for ~
used in the sense of ""the dark half of the month"" (cf.
sa.), cf. Pv-a 135,23: kaṇha-sukka-bhede bahū pakkhe
(ad Pv 312), elsewhere kāḷapakkha (q.v.) is used; —
a. ~o Māra-pakkho, Nidd I 489,7 (ad Sn 967: Kaṇhassa
pakkho ti vinodayeyya); ~ato Māra-pakkhato ādhā-
vanti, Spk I 268,22 (ad S I 185,23*: Kaṇhato); — b. ~o
Māra-pakkho akusala-pakkho, Nidd I 489,11;
pāṇâtipāto adinnâdānaṁ kāmesu micchācāro musā-
vādo pisuṇavācā pharusā vācā samphappalāpo
abhijjhāvyāpādo micchā-diṭṭhī ti ~e dasavidho
attho, Spk II 144,17; Ps II 84,22; ayaṁ paṭhamā disā ~e,
Peṭ 254,20 (so read, cf. Peṭ-Trsl.: 342 n. 1); ~añ ca
sukka-pakkhañ ca dīpetvā, Sv 158,16 (= saṅkilesa-
pakkhaṁ, Sv-pṭ I 285,9); ~aṁ vā sukka-pakkhaṁ vā
ajānitvā, As 17,4; ~aṁ niṭṭhāpetvā sukka-pakkhaṁ
dassento, Ps II 266,30; III 181,22; — °-upamā, f.; a
simile of the evil side; kukkuṭiyā aṇḍānī ti, imā
kaṇhapakkha-sukkapakkha-vasena dve upamā
vuttā, tāsu ~ā atthassa asādhikā, itarā sādhikā ti, Spk
II 328,18 = Mp IV 60,17 (v.l. -ūpamā).

" 346862324839092224,kaṇhapakkhika/iya,en,"

kaṇha-pakkhika/-iya

, mfn. [from prec.; BHS
kṛṣṇapakṣika], belonging to the black (evil) side
(opp. sukka-); ~ānaṁ dhammānaṁ samugghātato
pahānaṁ icchitabbaṁ, Nidd I 189,8,11 (- akusala-
pakkhe bhavānaṁ, Nidd-a I 306,20 foll.); ete ca pu-
rimadiṭṭhi-ādi-bhede ~e dhamme samugghātaka-
raṇena nissajja, Nidd-a I 306,10.

" 346862324952338432,kaṇhapañcama,en,"

[

kaṇhapañcama

, w.r. for kaṇṭhapañcama, Kv
137,8 = 272,14,21 (Kv-Trsl.: 93 n. 2 and 160 n. 5), q.v]

" 346862325015252992,kaṇhapaṇḍita,en,"

Kaṇha-paṇḍita

, m.; Npr.; the wise K. (=
²Kaṇha); ~o varaṁ gaṇhanto, Ja IV 11,3; see
Kaṇhakumāra.

" 346862323257839616,kaṇhapaṭipadā,en,"

kaṇha-paṭipadā

, f., the dark (bad) track; te ~aṁ
paṭipannā, tattha sukka-paṭipadā aparihāni-paṭipadā
~ā parihāni-paṭipadā ... ye ... ~aṁ paṭipannā te pa-
rihīnā anaya-vyasanaṁ āpannā, Ja I 105,12'.

" 346862325141082112,kaṇhapetavatthu,en,"

Kaṇha-petavatthu

, n.; Npr.; title of Pv II 6 (to
be compared with Ja 454).

" 346862325078167552,kaṇhapurisa,en,"

kaṇha-purisa

, m. [sa. kṛṣṇa-puruṣa], a black
man; ~o ratta-sāṭaka-nivattho ratta-puppha-kaṇṇa-
pūro, Ja VI 324,15 (dream).

" 346862326546173952,kaṇhasabhāva,en,"

kaṇha-sabhāva

, mfn., of a black (bad) nature;
~o hutvā jāyati nibbattati, kaṇhābhijātiyaṁ vā jāya-
ti, Mp III 394,13 (ad A III 384,22: kaṇhaṁ dhammaṁ
abhijāyati).

" 346862326256766976,kaṇhasadda,en,"

kaṇha-sadda

, m., the word k°; ~ena ca siri-sad-
dena ca avhayamāno, Pj II 487,13.

" 346862326193852416,kaṇhasaṅkhāta,en,"

kaṇha-saṅkhāta

, mfn., named (so-called) k°
(black, bad); dhamma kaṇhā ~ā, A IV 363,12 foll.

" 346862326382596096,kaṇhasappa,en,"

kaṇha-sappa

, m. [sa. kṛṣṇa-sarpa], the black
snake (Coluber naga), a variety of cobra; ~ given as
an instance of descriptive cpd., Mogg III 11; gloss:
kāḷa-sappa, Sp 220,20 (ad Vin III 20,30); Sp Se 1254,13;
sesa-sappehi ~assa mahā-visattā āsīvisassānantaraṁ
~o vutto, Sp-ṭ II 22,30; imina sappena ~ená sūrena
nibbhayena bhavitabbaṁ, Ja III 346,10; symbol of
danger and treacherousness, sometimes used
metaph.: varan te moghapurisa ~assa mukhe aṅga-
jātaṁ pakkhittaṁ, Vin III 20,30; pane' ime bhikkhave
ādīnavā ~e, A III 260,21 foll.; ghatāsanaṁ kuñjaraṁ
~aṁ ... tesaṁ bhave dubbidu sabba-bhāvo, Ja V
446,5* (~an ti kodhanatāya upanāhitāya ghora-visa-
tāya dujivhatāya mitta-dūbhitāyā ti paṅcahi kārane-
hi kanhasappasira-sadisā, 447,12'); paṭicchanno kūpa-
sayo ~o, III 269,13*; Māro pana ~o ahosi, 298,22*; yo ca
... ~assa bhāyati, so maraṇassa bhāyanto ~assa
bhāyati, Mil 149,6; so (scil. samphasso pāpako) aggi
viya ~o viya ca parivajjetabbo, Spk I 303,24; habits
and behaviour of the ~ (sometimes seen in a dream):
tasmiṁ ca susire ~o agginā santatto nikkhamitvā
bhikkhū paripātesi, Vin IV 115,13; susira-rukkhā ~o
nikkhamitvā, Sp 575,30 = Ps II 135,4 = Ud-a 60,7; Pv-a
62,5; eko ~o vammīkā nikkhamitvā tālaṁ abhirūhi,
Ja IV 250,21; tato patthaṭaphaṇaṁ susū ti katvā
nikkhamantaṁ ~aṁ disvā, III 347,13; ~o paviṭṭho,
346,23* (346,29'); ekasmiṁ rukkha-susire eko ~o sattu-
gandhaṁ ghāyitvā pasibbakaṁ pavisitvā bhogaṁ
ābhuñjitvā sattuṁ khādanto nipajji, 343,13; ~o nivat-
to, Sp 575,33 = Ps II 135,7; atha naṁ vammike nipanno
~o pāde ḍasi, Mp I 358,4; Sīh 90,16*; tālassa avidūre
vammiko ettha ~o vasati, Ja III 294,16; maṇḍūkiyo ~e
gilanti, I 336,15* (in a dream, 341,25'); āsīvise ~e
gilana-kālo viya bhavissati, 342,1'; yathā ... rajjū 'ti
vā akkame ~aṁ, IV 206,9*; (yo) ~aṁ agāhayi, tena
sappen' ayaṁ daṭṭho, III 203,7*; mantena ~aṁ
uppīḷetvā gaṇhanto viya, Ps II 79,28 (ad M I 114,20) =
147,5; Mp IV 31,24; daṇḍena ~aṁ uppīḷetvā, gaṇhanto
viya, Ud-a 233,7; bilato nikkhamitvā gocarāya
gacchantaṁ ~aṁ chat' ajjhappattaṁ anubandhitvā
yaṭṭhī ti poṭhenti, 110,11; ~aṁ sīse paharitvā rosesi,
Cp-a 246,8; — ifc. in lists of animals, ajagara-° (Sp
475,26), āsīvisa-° (Ud-a 68,5), long cpd. (Sp 779,33);
— °-upamā, f., the black snake simile; °~ā paṭi-
saṅkhā-ñāṇe vuttā va, Vism 664,6; — °-potaka, m.,
a young black, snake; Māgandiyā ekaṁ ~aṁ veṇu-
pabbe pakkhipāpetvā, Mp I 442,5; — °-mukha, n.,
the mouth of a black snake; ~en' eva ~aṁ
parivattitvā, Mil 303,15 (""by passing from the mouth
of one black snake to the next"" (?); I. B. HORNER
translates differently; v. Mil-Trsl. ad loc.); —
°-sira, n., the head of a black snake; °ūpama, mfn.,
Ja V 446,3* (°sadisā, 447,12'); — see kaṇhâhi,
kāḷasappa.[[side 82]]

" 346862326432927744,kaṇhasappaṭibhāga,en,"

kaṇha-sappaṭibhāga

, mfn., having black (bad)
qualities for counterpart; kaṇha-dhamme sukka-
sappaṭibhāgā ti jāneyya, sukka-dhamme ~ā ti, Mp II
200,14 (ad A I 129,5: kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāgesu); ~ā ti
kaṇha-dhammehi pahātabbehi sappaṭibhāga ti jā-
neyya, Mp-ṭ II 95,20.

" 346862326609088512,kanhasarīra,en,"

(

kanha-sarīra

), mfn., having a black body;
Asito isī ti ~°vaṇṇattā evaṁ laddha-nāmo isi, Pj II
483,25.

" 346862326672003072,kaṇhasiri,en,"

Kaṇhasiri

, m.; Npr.; one of the names of the ṛṣi
Asita (cf. ⁵Asita (1)); jaṭī °vhayo isi, Sn 689 (°vhayo
ti kaṇha-saddena ca siri-saddena ca avhayamāno,
taṁ kira Sirikaṇho ti pi avhayanti, Pj II 487,13).

" 346862326734917632,kaṇhasīsa,en,"

kaṇha-sīsa

, mfn. [sa. kṛṣṇa + śīrṣa], having a
black head; Tathāgatassa ... seta kimī ~ā pādehi us-
sakkitvā yāva jānu-maṇḍalā paṭicchādesuṁ, A III
241,6 = 242,10 (dream).

" 346862326864941056,kaṇhasukka,en,"

kaṇha-sukka

, mfn. [cf. sa. kṛṣṇa + śukla], (dv. )
a. black and white, hence: (metaph.) good and bad;
b. (metaph.) both dark and bright, i.e., both bad and
good, mixed (opp. a-kaṇha-a-sukka, q.v.; see kaṇha
c; sukka); — a. Grr.: kaṇho ca sukko ca, ~aṁ ~ā vā,
Kacc-v 325; rukkha-tina-pasu-dhana-dhañña-jana-
pada icc-evam-ādīnaṁ vibhāsā ekattaṁ hoti
napuṁsaka-liṅgattañ ca dvande samāse.... kaṇho ca
sukko ca, ~aṁ ~ā vā, 325 (IV 8); ~ as an instance of
samahāra dv. containing words of opposite
meanings, Mogg-v III 19; — seyyathā pi ... jaccan-
dho puriso yo na paseyya ~āni rūpāni, ... nīlakāni
... pītakāni... lohitakāni... mañjiṭṭhikāni rūpāni, D
II 328,4 ≠ M I 509,15 ≠ II 201,14; metaph. kaṇhā-sukkaṁ
(acc. sg. n.) upātivatto, paṇḍito tādi pavuccate, Sn
526 (Ee so, vait.; kaṇha°, CeSe, Pj; pāpa-puñña-
saṅkhātaṁ ~aṁ, Pj II 430,7); ~aṁ ajān' ahaṁ, Ap
263,2; — b. atthi ... kammam ... ~aṁ kaṇha-sukka-
vipākaṁ, D III 230,3 = M I 389,24 = A II 230,23 (~an ti
missaka-kammaṁ, Sv 1023,12 = Ps III 103,16 = Mp III
211,20); As 89,4; defined at A II 231,30-232,7; yaṁ
lobha-vasena dosa-vasena ca moha-vasena saddhā-
vasena ca kammam karoti idaṁ kammaṁ ~aṁ
kaṇha-sukka-vipākaṁ, Nett 98,19 (= vomissaka-
kammaṁ, Nett 232,21); catūsu vaṇṇesu evam
ubhaya-vokiṇṇesu vattamānesu ~esu dhammesu, D
III 83,7; kusalâkusalesu vā dhammesu vā sāvajja-
anavajjesu vā ~esu vā sevitabba-asevitabbesu vā, Peṭ
122,20; ~ā dhamma yuganandhā vattanti, Ps III 253,3;
epex. of sappaṭibhāga, Spk III 141,11;18; — °-bheda,
m. pl.; the dark and bright varieties; ~e bahū pakkhe,
Pv-a 135,23 (ad Pv 312); — °-vipāka, mfn., having
both dark and bright, i.e., good and bad result (opp.
a-kaṇha-a-sukka-vipāka, q.v.); atthi kammaṁ
kaṇha-sukkaṁ ~aṁ, D III 230,3 = M I 389,25 = A II
230,21 (~an ti sukha-dukkha-vipākaṁ, Sv 1023,13 = Ps
II 103,17 = Mp III 212,1; ~an ti sukha-dukkha-
vipākaṁ, missaka-kammaṁ hi katvā, Nett 232,22 ad
Nett 98,20); As 89,5; — °-sa-ppaṭibhāga, mfn., 1.
black (bad), white (good) with their counterparts (=
opposite of, [Sv 882,21 foll.] or similar to [Spk III
141,11 foll.] each), cf. kaṇha-sukka a.; 2. similar to
black and white, evenly mixed with, cf. kaṇha-
sukka b. [Sv 644,1 lj; commentaries and translations
vacillate between 1. and 2.; further sappaṭibhāga =
savipakkha (Sv 882,21 foll.) but = savipāka (Ps II
388,2; M-Trsl. I: 381 n. 6 ""with their results""); — 1.
dhammaṁ desesi uttar'-uttariṁ paṇīta-paṇītaṁ
~aṁ, D III 102,3,5 (= kaṇhañ c' eva sukkañ ca, taṅ ca
kho sappaṭibhāgaṁ sa-vipakkhaṁ katvā, kaṇhaṁ
paṭibāhitvā sukkaṁ, sukkaṁ paṭibāhitvā kaṇhan ti,
evaṁ sappaṭibhāgaṁ katvā kaṇhaṁ sukkaṁ desesi,
Sv 882,21 foll.) ≠ M I 319,34 = 320,9,11 (Ps II 388,2
reading sappaṭibhāgaṁ sa-vipākaṁ katvā; ""what is
dark and what is bright, with their counterparts"",
M-Trsl. I: 381 and n. 6); kusalâkusalā dhamma sā-
vajjânavajjā dhamma hīna-paṇītā dhamma ~ā
dhamma, S V 66,5 (kaṇha-sukkā yeva kaṇhā hi
kaṇha-vipāka-dānato sukkā ca sukka-vipāka-dānato
sappaṭibhāgā nāma, sadisa-vipāka-koṭṭhāsā ti, Spk
III 141,10 foll.) = 104,9 = Kv 334,17,20 = 345,12, etc. ≠ A I
129,5 (acc. ~e) = Pp 30,32 = 31,4 ≠ A III 165,16 = Pp 65,20;
— 2. idaṁ sāvajjaṁ idaṁ anavajjaṁ, idaṁ
sevitabbaṁ idaṁ na sevitabbaṁ, idaṁ hīnaṁ idaṁ
paṇītaṁ, idaṁ ~an ti yathābhūtaṁ na ppajānāti, D II
215,16 foll.; Sv 644,11, opp. nibbānam eva h' etaṁ
appaṭibhāgaṁ); Mil 338,1; A IV 33,3,29; Mil 379,6.

" 346862309114646528,kaṇhatā,en,"

kaṇhatā

, f. [sa. kṛṣṇatā], blackness; kaṇhā ti na
kāḷa-vaṇṇatāya kaṇhā, ~āya pana upanentī ti nip-
phatti-kāḷakatāya kaṇhā, Mp II 96,9 (ad A I 51,11:
dhamma kaṇhā).

" 346862309215309824,kaṇhatāpasa,en,"

Kaṇha-tāpasa

, m.; Npr.; the ascetic K., prob. the
same as ²Kaṇha; As 294,26 (in cpd.) = 426,2.

" 346862318455361536,kaṇhatuṇḍa,en,"

kaṇha-tuṇḍa

, m(fn). [sa. kṛṣṇa-tuṇḍa], the
black-faced monkey; a variety of monkey; ~o
gonaṅgulo, Abh 614 (= kāḷamukho, Abh-ṭ 410,13; cf.
golāṅgūlo 'sitânanaḥ, Hc-abhidh 1292).

" 346862299996229632,kaṇhausabhajātaka,en,"

Kaṇha-usabha-jātaka

, n.; title of Ja (29) at
Dhp-a III 213,6; see Kaṇhajātaka a.

" 346862326009303040,kaṇhavāca,en,"

kaṇha-vāca

, mfn., (bhvr.) of dark (bad) speech;
lobha-dosa-moha-mān'-ussannaṁ vācaṁ bhāsitā
~o anatthaka-dīpano, Sp 1372,7 (ad Vin V 184,1: ussi-
tamantī, nom. sg. = rāgadosâdīhi kiliṭṭha-vacano,
Vmv II 306,20).

" 346862325937999872,kaṇhavaddhika,en,"

kaṇha-vaddhika

, mfn., (cf. CPD s.v. aṁsa-
bandhaka; PED s.v. vaddhaka), having black straps;
(chabbaggiyā bhikkhū) ~ā upāhanāyo dhārenti, Vin
I 186,3 (so read; cf. v.ll. at Vin I 379,34; Be at Sp 1084,4).

" 346862325795393536,kaṇhavaṇṇā,en,"

Kaṇhavaṇṇā

, f.; Npr.; a river, also called
Kaṇṇapeṇṇā v. PPN s.v.; ~āya nadiyā avidūre, Cp-a
176,2 (compare Kaṇṇapeṇṇāya nadiyā nivattane, Ja V
162,8 with v.l. Kaṇṇavaṇṇāya).

" 346862299778125824,kaṇhavaṇṭā,en,"

kaṇha-vaṇṭā

, f. [sa. kṛṣṇavṛntā], the flower Big-
nonia suaveolens; Abh 559 (= pāṭalī; ≠ Am-k).

" 346862326076411904,kaṇhavāṭa,en,"

Kaṇhavāṭa

, m.; Npr.; a locality in Rohaṇa v. PPN
s.v.; Mhv LXXV 174.

" 346862325870891008,kaṇhavattani,en,"

kaṇha-vattani

, mfn. [ved. kṛṣṇa-vartani],
(bhvr.) black-trailed, said of fire, a poetical archaic
term found only in stock-pādas; — etym.: vattanī ti
maggo, agginā gata-maggo kaṇho hoti, kāḷako,
tasmā ~ī ti vuccati, Spk I 133,29 (Spk-pṭ I 172,20); gata-
maggassa kaṇha-bhāvena ~i, Ja V 64,10'; dahitvā
gacchato kaṇhā vattanī maggo yassa ~ī, Abh-ṭ 37,27;
pāvakaṁ ~iṁ, daharo ti nâvajaneyya, na naṁ pari-
bhave naro, S I 69,22* (= pāvakaṁ kṛṣṇavartanim, RV
8,23,19); vanaṁ yad' aggi ḍahati, pāvako ~ī, 69,27* = Ja
III 140,17* (aggi pāvako ~ī ti aggino va vevacanāni,
140,19'); yathā pi pāvako ... analo ~ī, V 63,18*; upa-
gacchati amhākaṁ pāvako ~i, Cp 314 (~ī ti ca
laddha-nāmo aggi, Cp-a 233,26); — m., fire; paṇṇatti-
dhamme cittaṁ ṭhapetvā pāvako, ~i, jātavedo, hutâ-
sano ādisu aggi-nāmesu ... tejo tejo ti bhāvetabbaṁ,
Vism 171,26 (""The Leaver of the Black Trail"",
Ñāṇamoli Vism-Trsl.: 178); in lists of synonyms for
fire (lexx., grr.): ghatâsano vāyusakho dahano ~i,
Sadd 334,9*; tejo dhūmasikho vāyusakho ca ~ī
vessānaro hutāso, Abh 34; Ja III 140,19'.

" 346862325732478976,kaṇhavaṭṭika,en,"

[

kaṇha-vaṭṭika

, probably wrong spelling for
kaṇhavaddhika, q.v.][[side 81]]

" 346862325422100480,kaṇhavipāka,en,"

kaṇha-vipāka

, mfn. [sa. kṛṣṇa-vipāka], (bhvr.)
having a bad result (cf. s.v. kaṇha c; opp. sukka-
vipāka); atthi... kammam kaṇhaṁ ~aṁ, D III 230,2 =
M I 389,23 foll. = A II 230,21 (~an ti apāye nibbattanato
kāḷaka-vipākaṁ, Sv 1023,9 = Ps III 103,10 = Mp III
211,17; apāyesu nibbattāpanato kāḷa-vipākan ti ~aṁ,
Nett 232,16 ad Nett 98,15); As 89,3; sāvajja-kammaṁ
vuccati kaṇhaṁ ~aṁ, anavajja-kammaṁ, Nidd I
313,18; cetanā kaṇhaṁ ~an ti ādibhedaṁ labhati Nid~
desavāre ca, Ps III 54,3; yadi kaṇhaṁ bhaveyya, ~aṁ
dadeyya, Sv 1023,20 = Ps III 103,23 foll. = Mp III 212,7 =
Nett 232,29; dhamma akusalā ... asevitabbā ... kaṇhā
~ā viññū-garahitā, D III 82,14 (~ā ti vipāko pi tesaṁ
kaṇho dukkho, Sv 863,7); — °-dāna, n., Spk III
141,12 (abl. ~ato).

" 346862285811093504,kaṇhāyana,en,"

Kaṇhāyana

, m. [sa. Kārṣṇāyana; Pāṇ. IV 1 99;
Ai.Gr. II.2: 281 foll.], Npr.; patron.; name of the gotra
originating from Kaṇha (sg.) and of its members (pl.),
v. PPN s.v.; — gramm. lit.: ṇāyana ṇāna vacchādito,
tasmā vacchādito gottagaṇato ṇāyana ṇāna paccayā
honti vā tassâpaccaṁ ice' etasmiṁ atthe ... ~o, kaṇ-
hāno, Kacc-v ad Kacc 347 ≠ Mogg IV 2 ≠ Sadd
784,12; evaṁgotto ti, ~o Vacchāyano ti ādi gotto,
Spk II 263,26; kathaṁgotto 'si Ambaṭṭhā ti ? ~o 'haṁ
asmi, D I 92,11; kaṇho jāto pisāco jāto ti, tad-agge
kho pana Ambaṭṭha ~ā paññāyanti, so ca ~ānaṁ
pubbapuriso, 93,12,13; kuto pabhutikā ~ā, ko ca ~ā-
naṁ pubbapuriso ti, 94,27 foll.; tattha ~o ti nirūḷhā
nāmapaṇṇatti, Sv-pṭ I 391,16; kulavaṁsaṁ jānantī ti
~ato paṭṭhāya paramparāgataṁ anussavavasena jā-
nanti, 390,18; — °-gotta, n.; Kaṇhā ti gottenâlapati,
~o kir' esa, Ja IV 84,25'; sa (scil. Jambāvatī) ~assa da-
sabhātikānaṁ jeṭṭhassa Vāsudevassa piyā mahesī a-
hosi, VI 421,21'.

" 346862285706235904,kaṇhi,en,"

Kaṇhi

, m. [sa. Karṣṇi], patron, of Kaṇha; Kacc-v ad
Kacc 349 (= V 4).

" 346862285609766912,kaṇhobhasa,en,"

kaṇh'-obhasa

, mfn., of black appearance; Vv-a 111,27
(ad Vv 205 kāḷā).

" 346862285655904256,kaṇhuttara,en,"

kaṇh'-uttara

, mfn., (bhvr.) having a black surface; A-
vantidakkhiṇāpathe ... ~ā bhūmi kharā gokaṇṭaka-
hatā, Vin I 195,37 (= kanhamattik'uttara, uparivaḍ-
ḍhitakaṇhamattikā ti attho, Sp 1088,1).

" 346862343277252608,kaṇikā,en,"

kaṇikā

, f., the tree Premna spinosa, the wood of
which is used for making fire by friction; — lex.
lit.: aggimantho ~ā bhave, Abh 574 (aggi anena
manthyate aggimantho ... taṁ kaṭṭhehi
ghaṁsiyamāne aggi uṭṭhahati, Abh-ṭ 383,1); —
kaṇṇikārā ~ā ca asanā añjanī bahū dibbā gandhā
sampavanti sobhamānā mam' assamaṁ, Ap 16,3;
aṅkolā yūthikā c' eva sattalī bimbijālikā ~ā
kaṇṇikārā ca pupphanti mama assame, Ap 368,6.

" 346862342421614592,kaṇikā,en,"

kaṇikā

, f. [ts.; Amg. kaṇiyā; CDIAL 2661; cf. sa.
kaṇika (m.)], 1. broken grain (of husked rice); 2.
freckle; birthmark (only recorded ifc. qq.v. infra); —
gramm. lit.: (on differences of spelling) ~ā, kāṇikā,
Sadd 921,20; — 1. na taṇḍulehi nāmā ti ~ā (so read
with v.l.; Ee -e) gāhāpetvā, Ja VI 341,4'; sa sādhū ti
sampaṭicchitvā te taṇḍule koṭṭetvā mūlataṇḍulehi
yāguṁ majjhimataṇḍulehi bhattaṁ ~āhi pūvaṁ pa-
citvā tadanurūpaṁ vyaṅjanaṁ sampādetvā Mithi-
lāyassa savyañjanaṁ yāguṁ adāsi, 366,31; — 2. ifc.
sa-° (D I 80,18; Sv 223,20; M II 19,33; Ps III 265,1).

" 346862521816190976,kāṇikā,en,"

kāṇikā

, f., = ¹kaṇikā; Sadd 921,20.

" 346862343377915904,kaṇikāra,en,"

kaṇikāra

or kaṇṇikāra, m. and n. [sa. karṇikā-
ra; CDIAL 2800], (m.) Pterospermum acerifolium;
(n.) its yellow flower(s); — lex. lit.: labujo likuco
câtha ~o dumuppalo, Abh 570 (agandhapupphatāya
atthānaṁ kaṇiṭṭhaṁ karotī ti ~o, Abh-ṭ 380,19); —
nivāte pupphitā ~ā, Ja IV 92,6*; khettāni amma kāre-
tvā ~e (-ṇ-) 'ttha ropaya, V 302,25* (303,19'); ~ā ti
mahāpupphā, ~ā (-ṇṇ-) ti khuddakapupphā, 422,24'
(ad 420,4 [in long comp.]); ~o va nivatapupphito, VI
269,27*; 499,22* foll.; 535,14*; 537,3* (~ā [-ṇ-] ti valli-
kaṇikārā [so read with Be] pi rukkhakaṇikārā pi,
537,15'); Sīvalā ca Surāmā ca ahesuṁ aggasāvikā bo-
dhi tassa bhagavato ~o (v.l. -ṇṇ-) ti vuccati, Bv XVII
19; ~aṁ va jotantaṁ, Ap 167,13 (tattha -an [-ṇ-] ti...
kaṇṇikâbaddho hutvā pupphamakulānaṁ [so read
with BeCe] gahaṇato kaṇṇikâkāren' eva kato ti ~o
[-ṇṇ-] ti vattabbe niruttinayena ekassa pubbaṇakā-
rassa lopaṁ katvā -an [-ṇ-] ti vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṁ,
Ap-a 436,14) = 206,2 (qu. Th-a I 126,1) = 227,22 = 249,7 =
281,2 = 294,2 = 433,23; 203,9 = Th-a I 127,16; Ap 323,2; —
ifc. pariṇata-° (—âdi-puppha [v.l. -kaṇṇi-), Sp
765,20); rukkha-° (Ja VI 537,15'); valli-° (Ja VI
537,15' [so read with Be]); supupphita-° ([v.l.
-kaṇṇi-]), Dhp-a II 250,3); — in long cpd.s. at Sp
762,7; 836,14; Ps I 167,10; Spk III 48,1; As 14,3; Ud-a 413,7;
Peṭ 240,13.kaṇikāra

" 346862343424053248,kaṇikāracchadaniya,en,"

Kaṇikāra-cchadaniya

, m.; Npr.; a thera; Ap
183,13; ~assa apadānaṁ samattaṁ, 183,24.

" 346862335236771840,kaṇikāradirukkhaniyyāsa,en,"

kaṇikārâdi-rukkha-niyyāsa

, m. [kaṇikāra +
ādi], exudation of trees such as the kaṇikāra tree;
haṭaṁ vuccati sileso pi sevālo pi ~o pi, Ps II 45,11 (ad
M I 78,6) = Mp E 355,14.

" 346862335253549056,kaṇikārādirukkhaniyyāsa,en,"

kaṇikārâdi-rukkha-niyyāsa

, m. [kaṇikāra +
ādi], exudation of trees such as the kaṇikāra tree;
haṭaṁ vuccati sileso pi sevālo pi ~o pi, Ps II 45,11 (ad
M I 78,6) = Mp E 355,14.

" 346862341356261376,kaṇikārakaṭṭha,en,"

kaṇikāra-kaṭṭha

, n., kaṇikāra wood; kaṇikāras-
sa dārunā ti, ~ena, Ja V 295,25' (ad 295,23*).

" 346862343335972864,kaṇikāramakula,en,"

kaṇikāra-makula

, n., a kaṇikāra bud; tasmā
taṁ aṇḍaṁ ~aṁ viya suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṁ hutvā pariṇa-
takāle attano dhammatāya bhijji, Ja IV 333,10; —
°-vaṇṇa-aṇḍa-kosa, mfn., (bhvr.) having an
eggshell of the colour of a kaṇikāra bud; Bodhisatto
morayoniyaṁ paṭisandhiṁ gahetvā aṇḍakāle pi ~o
hutvā aṇḍaṁ bhinditvā nikkhanto, Ja II 33,14.

" 346862343470190592,kaṇikāraniyyāsa,en,"

kaṇikāra-niyyāsa

, m., exudation of the kaṇi-
kāra tree; ambaniyyāso ~o ti evaṁ nāmavasena na
sakkā pariyantaṁ dassetuṁ, Sp 837,30; — °-vaṇṇa,
mfn., (bhvr.) having the colour of the exudation of
the kaṇikāra tree; lasikā ti ... sa vaṇṇato ~ā, Vism
264,20 ≠ Pj I 67,25.

" 346862340118941696,kaṇikārapadhānaghara,en,"

Kaṇikāra-padhāna-ghara

, n.; Npr.; a medita-
tion hall in which the Elder Pādhaniya was living; v.
PPN s.v.; theraṁ kira Khaṇḍacelavihāre ~e (Be -niya-
ghare)... ghoraviso sappo dasi, Ps I 78,33.

" 346862343507939328,kaṇikārapadhāniyaghara,en,"

[

Kaṇikāra-padhāniya-ghara

, reading of Be
for Kaṇikārapadhānaghara]

" 346862343549882368,kaṇikārapuppha,en,"

kaṇikāra-puppha

, n., kaṇikāra flower; ajjhat-
taṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāṁ +
seyyathā pi nāma ~aṁ (v.l. kaṇṇ-) pītaṁ +, D II 111,3
= III 261,5 = M II 14,3 = A V 61,30; so ... suvisuddhehi
vipulehi ~ehi Bhagavantaṁ pūjesi, Th-a II 1,12; —
ifc. kiṁsuka-° (~-cuṇṇa-sama, Sv 972,33; ~-cuṇṇa-
samokiṇṇa, Ps III 22,7; suvaṇṇa-° (—âdi-vaṇṇa, Sv
800,24; Vibh-a 112,6); — °-dāma-sadisa, mfn., like
a garland of kaṇikāra flowers; kāliyā vaṇṇakâdīhi
avilitto eva chavivaṇṇo siniddho nīluppaladāma-
sadiso hoti odātāya ~o hoti, idaṁ chavikalyāṇaṁ
nāma, Dhp-a I 388,2; — °-paduma-pupphâdi,
mfn. [puppha + ādi], kaṇikāra flowers and lotus
flowers, etc.; imina daharena dīgharattaṁ suvaṇṇa-
kārakammaṁ karontena ~īni (v.l. -kaṇṇi-) karissāmī
ti, Dhp-a III 426,18; — °-rāsi, m., a heap of kaṇikāra
flowers; ~i viya sobhamānaṁ aṭṭhāsi, Dhp-a III
305,16 = Vv-a 65,7; — °-vaṇṇa, mfn., having the
colour of kaṇikāra flowers; sabbe pi te laddhasāṭakā
bhikkhū ... ~āni kāsāyāni nivāsetvā, Ja II 25,19; taṁ
... saddhācaritassa ~aṁ, Vism 256,27 = Pj I 54,4 =
Vibh-a 240,3; — °-sadisa, mfn., like kaṇikāra
flowers (cf. next); pītakatthāya upasaṁharanto ~e
pītaraṅge, Ps I 166,35; pītayuttaṭṭhāne ~ena pītavaṇ-
ṇena, III 384,10; ~o tassā vaṇṇo ahosi, Sv 866,2; —
°-samāna, mfn., like kaṇikāra flowers (cf. prec.);
Bhagavato ... tassa parato pītakaṁ hoti supītakaṁ
suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṁ ... ~aṁ, Nidd II 134,7 ≠ As 317,5; —
°âdi, mfn.; keci ~īni saḷākāhi vijjhanti chattâdhi-
chattaṁ viya ca karonti, Sp 618,25; 626,32; — °âdi-
sadisa, mfn., like kaṇikāra flowers, etc.; yena ca te
~ena vaṇṇena vaṇṇavanto tādiso aññesam pi
manussānaṁ vaṇṇo atthi, Sp 481,13 (ad Vin III 88,18).[[side 57]]

" 346862343679905792,kaṇikārapupphiya,en,"

Kaṇikāra-pupphiya

, m.; Npr.; an arahant; v.
PPN s.v.; itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā ~o (v. l.
-cchadaniyo) thero imā gāthāyo abhāsitthā ti, Ap
183,23 = 203,16; ~assa apadānaṁ samattaṁ, 203,17.

" 346862343721848832,kaṇikārarukkha,en,"

kaṇikāra-rukkha

, m., the kaṇikāra tree (= Pte-
rospermum acerifolium); tassa Bhagavato (i.e the
Buddha Siddhattha) ... ~o bodhi, Ja I 40,10; etesu
khettesu ~e ropaya, V 303,19'; keci pana indagopaka-
nāmāni rattatiṇānī ti vadanti, apare ~ā ti, Th-a I 62,17;
Ap-a 405,29; taṁ pupphitaṁ ~aṁ iva jotantaṁ Bud-
dhaṁ addasan ti, 436,18.

" 346862335320657920,kaṇikārasadisapuppha,en,"

kaṇikāra-sadisa-puppha

, mfn., (bhvr.) hav-
ing flowers like kaṇikāra flowers; setapārisā ti setac-
charukkhā, te kira setakkhandhā mahāpaṇṇā ~ā
honti, Ja VI 535,26'.

" 346862343767986176,kaṇikāravagga,en,"

Kaṇikāra-vagga

, m.; Npr.; title of Ap 203,8-
208,5.

" 346862335421321216,kaṇikāravālikasamuddavihāra,en,"

Kaṇikāra-vālika-samudda-vihāra

, m.;
Npr.; the residence of the Elder Sāketakatissa; v. PPN
s.v.; thero kira ... gaṇaṁ vissajjetvā ~aṁ gato, Ps II
140,31 = Mp I 77,17.

" 346862335526178816,kaṇikāravana,en,"

kaṇikāra-vana

, n., a grove of Kaṇikāra trees;
idam assa ~aṁ supupphitaṁ sabbakālikaṁ ram-
maṁ, Ja V 189,7* = 189,11* = VI 146,24*; dhajaggāni
~āṁ va, 499,24* foll.

" 346862104612966400,kaṇikārin,en,"

Kaṇikāri(n),

(mf)n., name of a vimāna; vyamhaṁ ~îti ñāyati, Ap 442,9 = Th-a II 2,20*foll. (text not in Ee; °kāro, Th-a Ce [SHB] I 241,26* w.r.?).

" 346862335144497152,kaṇikārin,en,"

kaṇikāri(n)

, mfn., wearing kaṇikāra flowers;
tattha me sukataṁ vyamhaṁ ~ī ti ñāyati, Ap 442,9.kaṇikārin

" 346862343222726656,kaṇikataṇḍula,en,"

kaṇika-taṇḍula

, m. [cf. kaṇikā, q.v.], husked
rice in the form of broken grain (cf. kaṇikā 1., q.v. in-
fra); kaṇājakan ti sakuṇḍabhattaṁ, sakuṇḍakehi pi
~eh' eva pakkaṁ, Mp IV 179,1.

" 346862244656582656,kanīnikā,en,"

kanīnikā

, f. [ts.], the pupil of the eye; nettatārā ~ā,
Abh 260.

" 346862334758621184,kaṇira,en,"

Kaṇira

, m.; Npr.; a cave; v. PPN s.v. Kaṇirapab-
bhāra; — °vha, mfn. [Kaṇira + avha], called Kaṇira.;
~e pabbhāramhi, Mhv XXXV 11.

" 346862334712483840,kaṇirajānu,en,"

Kaṇirajānu

, m.; Npr.; a king of Ceylon; v. PPN
s.v.; — °-accaya, m., the passing away of Kaṇira-
jānu; ~ena Āmaṇḍagāmaṇīsuto Cūlābhayo ... rajjaṁ
kārayi, Mhv XXXV 12; — °-tissa, m.; = Kaṇirajānu;
taṅkaniṭṭho ~o ... rajjaṁ kāresi, Mhv XXXV 9; —
~-rāja(n), m., the king called K.; Mhv-ṭ 640,21.

" 346862246132977664,kaniṭṭha,en,"

kaniṭṭha

, mfn. [cf. kaṇiṭṭha, q.v.; sa. kaniṣṭha], 1.a.
(mfn.) younger, youngest; opp. jeṭṭha; b. last (of a seri-
es); 2.a. minor, lesser; opp. agga, q.v.; b. lowest; opp.
seṭṭha: best; — lex. lit.: aggajo pubbajo jeṭṭho, kaniyo
~o' nujo, Abh 254; ~o kaniyo tīsu, atyappe 'tiyuve
py atha, 929; — gramm. lit.: (on the interchangeability
of kaṇ° and kan°) Mogg IV 149, for which, v. ⁵kaṇ(a);
— 1.a. tassa ~ā cha bhātaro ekā ca bhaginī ahosi, Ja
II 6,9; tassā kira dve puttā, jeṭṭho rājā ~o uparājā,
373,9; dhammo ... jeṭṭho ca seṭṭho ca sanantano ca,
uyyāhi jeṭṭhassa ~a maggā, IV 101,26* (combines 1.a.
and 1.a..); cf. Cp-a 165,15; Sañjayo nāma me bhātā ~o
me Sucīrata, Ja V 61,13*; — °-kuṭimbika, m., the
youngest house holder; so theraṁ therass' ev' atthāya
~ena (Be °kuṭum°) kāritaṁ paṇṇasālaṁ netvā, Dhp-a
I 18,22; — °-kumāra, m., the youngest boy; Sākiyā tāta
~ā janapadaṁ gatā ti, Ja IV 147,10 = Dhp-a I 347,17;
— °-cora, m., the youngest robber; idaṁ tava ~assa
adatvā, Ja II 426,8; — °-tāpasa, m., the youngest asce-
tic; Maṇikaṇṭho abhiṇhaṁ ~assa santikaṁ āgantvā,
Ja II 283,18; — °-tthera, m., the younger thera; ~assa
attanā paṭiladdhaguṇaṁ ārocesi, Mp II 173,18; —
°-dhīta(r), f., the younger daughter; atha Sumanāde-
viṁ nāma ~aṁ ṭhapesi, Dhp-a I 151,24; tesaṁ ~ā tu
Cittā nāmā ti vissutā, Dīp X 3; — °-putta, m., the
youngest son; ~o Rāhulo, Ja V 192,5; Vism 645,29; rañ-
ño ~o aggasāvako, Dhp-a I 100,20 ≠ Spk II 360,1 foll.
(Spk-pṭ II 288,11); Dhp-a IV 219,1; — °-bhaginī, f,
the younger sister; ~ī me asukakāle nāma mayā vinā
jātā ti, Ja VI 33,3; Pv-a 42,29; — ~(ī)-saññā, f., the idea
(that somebody is) a younger sister; ~āya pana olokesī
ti, Vibh-a 20,10; — ~(i)-sineha, m., love for the younger
sister; ~aṁ uppādetvā māṇave ṭhapetvā, Ja VI 32,24;
— °-sunisā, f., the youngest daughter-in-law; ~ā pana
duggatā, Ja II 373,15; — °-haṁsa, m., the younger
goose; tadā ~o Ānando ahosi, jeṭṭho aham evā ti, Ja III
248,14; — 1.b. na ve sugaṇhaṁ paṭhamena seṭṭhaṁ
-am, Ja IV 164,4*; (~an ti paṭhamaṁ vacanaṁ upā-
dāya pacchimaṁ vacanaṁ ~aṁ nāma, 164,12',13'); —
2.a. Sūlāvuto aggaphalaṁ aphassayi phalaṁ ~aṁ
pana Ambasakkharo, Pv 602 (phalaṁ ~aṁ sotâpatti-
phalaṁ sandhāyâha, Pv-a 243,27); — 2.b. jātī na-
rānaṁ adhamā janinda caṇḍālayonī dipadā (Be dvi°)
~ā, Ja IV 397,2* (dipadā [v.l. dvi°] ~ā ti dipadānaṁ
antare lāmakā, 397,25')-

" 346862246183309312,kaniṭṭha,en,"

kaniṭṭha

, m., younger brother; opp. majjhima, jeṭ-
ṭha; — gramm. lit.: bhātāsaddassa ~e pi vattanato
pākaṭīkaraṇatthaṁ jeṭṭhabhātā ti vuttaṁ, Sadd
446,30; — mayhaṁ pana ~o Sañjayakumāro, Ja V
61,7; ~o pana me Sambhavakumāro nāma atthi,
62,3; jeṭṭho atha majjhimo ~o, VI 380,12*; sa jeṭṭhassa
sīsaṁ chinnaṁ majjhimassa ca chijjamānaṁ disvā
-amhi ālayaṁ vissajji, Vism 645,24; tassa ~o Sunda-
rikabhāradvājo nāma, Ps III 452,22; ~aṁ pakkosāpe-
tvā, Dhp-a I 6,19; ~aṁ ānehī ti, III 76,9; Bodhisattas-
sa ~o Upakañcanatāpaso uṭṭhāya, Cp-a 204,9; ~ena,
212,16; — ifc. Khujjanāga-° (Mhv XXXVI 18); — jeṭ-
ṭhaka-° (Ja I 253,19); sabba-° (Ja I 395,12; IV 133,1); —
°-ṭṭhāna, n., the place (i.e., the capacity) of a younger
brother; ahaṁ ... Nandādeviṁ mātiṭṭhāne ṭhapeyyā-
si Pañcāladaṇḍaṁ ~e, Ja VI 462,25; — °tta, n. [abstr.],
the being a younger brother; ~ā yeva, Dhp-a I 152,24.

" 346862335085776896,kaṇiṭṭha,en,"

kaṇiṭṭha

, mfn. [superl. < *kanīna (not recorded
in pa.); variant of kaniṭṭha, q.v.; sa. kaniṣṭha; cf. kaṇ
and ⁵kaṇ(a), qq.v.; Amg. kaṇiṭṭha], 1. younger;
youngest; 2. little; inferior; — 1. gramm. lit.: sab-
bassa appasaddassa kaṇādeso hoti iya iṭṭha ice'
etesu paccayesu paresu. kaṇiyo; ~o, Kacc-v ad Kacc
268 ≠ Rūp-v ad Rūp 379; khuddakassa kaṇ. kaṇiyo,
~o, Sadd 686,13; Kacc 269; Mogg IV 149; — evaṁ ~ena
tisso sampattiyo patthitā, Dhp-a IV 201,18 foll.; —
°-bhaginī, f., younger sister; ~ī Tāpanā nāma,
Dhp-a IV 37,8; sa Añjanasakkassa ~ī Kaccānā Kapila-
pure Sīhahanussa rañño aggamhesī ahosī ti, Mhv-ṭ
135,20; — °-bhāta(r), m., younger brother; ath'
ekadivasaṁ ~ā ucchukkhettaṁ gantvā, Dhp-a IV
199,15; ~uno lekhaṁ pesetvā, Mhv-ṭ 464,12; — 2. lex.
lit.: (in etymology of kaṇikāra, q.v.) agandhapup-
phatāya attānaṁ ~aṁ karotī ti kaṇikāro, Abh-ṭ 380,19
(ad Abh 570); — ~ass' aṅgulass' eva nakhapiṭṭhippa-
māṇakaṁ, Vin-vn 567.

" 346862244463644672,kaniṭṭhabhatar,en,"

kaniṭṭha-bhata(r)

, m.; younger brother; opp. jeṭṭha-
bhāta(r); — gramm. lit.: (on the use and semantics of ~)
bhātā ti hi vutte ~ā ti viññāyati, Sadd 446,28; — tadā
~ā idāni kūṭavāṇijo, jeṭṭhabhātā pana ahaṁ evā ti,
Ja II 426,23; rañño pi ~ā Mattābhayatthero, Sp 103,6;
attano puttaṁ vā ~araṁ vā idha ṭhapetvā, Cp-a
97,22; tadā kir' assa ~aro mayaṁ, Spk II 225,18; ve-
mātikā tayo ~aro, Mp I 256,9 ≠ Pv-a 19,31; — ifc. jeṭ-
ṭha-° (Sadd 446,26); — °(u)-bhariyā, f, the wife of the
younger brother; tassa ~ā, Mp-ṭ I 86,21.
kaniṭṭha-bhatar

" 346862244526559232,kaniṭṭhabhātika,en,"

kaniṭṭha-bhātika

, m., younger brother; bodhisatto
~assa kujjhitvā, Ja II 87,21; tassa ... cha ~ā ahesuṁ,
116,4; IV 133,12; saddhiṁ mātarā ~ena ca, Mil 201,28;
Dhammasenāpatissa ~o, Sv 907,4 = Ps IV 36,2 = Spk
III 213,1; na vippalapāmi ~ā ti, Dhp-a I 152,4 foll.; —
ifc. jeṭṭha-° (Spk III 214,27); — °-Upasena-thera, m.,
the younger brother, the thera Upasena (i.e., Sāriput-
ta's younger brother); v. PPN s.v. 2. Upasena; Upase-
nassā ti, Dhammasenāpatino ~assa (so read), Spk II
368,8; — °-gaṇa-parivuta, mfn., accompanied by a
group of younger brothers; Dhammapālakumāro pana
... rodanto ~o pitu santikaṁ agamāsi, Ja VI 290,25;
— °-ṭṭhāna, n., the place (i.e., capacity) of a younger
brother; im' āhaṁ ~e ṭhapetuṁ varaṁ varemī ti, Ja
VI 349,12; — [°-upatena, zv.r. at Spk II 368,8 for bhāti-
ka-Upasenathera, which read with Be] — °-tta, n.
[abstr.], the being the younger brother; Mahāpanthaka-
ttherassa ~ā panthe jātattā ... āyasmā Cūḷapanthako
tv eva paññāyittha, Ud-a 319,27.[[side 153]]

" 346862244987932672,kaniṭṭhaṅgulinakha,en,"

kaniṭṭh'-aṅguli-nakha

, m., the nail of the little fin-
ger; tattha nakhapiṭṭhippamāṇaṁ ~-vasena veditab-
baṁ, Sp 645,23 (= heṭṭhimaparicchedaṁ dasseti,
Sp-ṭ II 391,19); — °-piṭṭhi, f., the surface of the nail of
the little finger; nakhapiṭṭhippamāṇan ti ~i adhippe-
tā, Vmv II 109,4; — ~-ppamāṇa, mfn., having the size
of the surface of the nail of the little finger; ticīvaraṁ
pana ~ena (so read with Be; Ee °gula°) chiddenā pi
vijahati, Kkh 55,41 (= heṭṭhimaparicchedaṁ dasseti,
Kkh-ṭ 284,1).

" 346862244346204160,kaniṭṭhaṅguliparimāṇa,en,"

kaniṭṭh'-aṅguli-parimāṇa

, mfn., having the size of
the little finger; sūcidaṇḍakappamāṇo ti Sīhaḷadīpe
lekhanadaṇḍappamāṇo ti vadanti. so ca ~o ti daṭ-
ṭhabbaṁ, Sp-ṭ III 270,10 (ad Sp 1037,29).

" 346862335022862336,kaṇiṭṭhatissa,en,"

Kaṇiṭṭha-tissa

, m.; Npr.; the younger brother of
Bhātikatissa; v. PPN s.v. Bhātikatissa; ~assa adhi-
kāraṁ niṭṭhitan ti dasseti, Mhv-ṭ 660,2; 678,15; —
°-accaya, m., the passing away of K.; ~ena tassa
putto akārayi rajjaṁ dve yeva vassāni, Mhv-ṭ 660,4.

" 346862244400730112,kaniṭṭhatissaka,en,"

Kaniṭṭha-tissaka

, m.; Npr.; a king of Sri Lanka; v. PPN
s.v. Kaniṭṭhatissa; Bhātikatissaccayena tassa ~o aṭṭhā-
rāsa sama rajjaṁ Laṅkādīpe akārayi, Mhv XXXVI 6
foll.

" 346862334943170560,kaṇiṭṭhatissaka,en,"

Kaṇiṭṭha-tissaka

, m.; Npr.; = prec.; Bhātikatis-
saccayena tassa ~o aṭṭhavīsa sama rajjaṁ Laṅkādīpe
akārayi, Mhv-ṭ 658,17; 660,29.

" 346862243960328192,kaniṭṭhī,en,"

kaniṭṭhī

, f, the younger sister; jeṭṭho so vuḍḍho tā-
ya ~iyā puttadhītāhi vaḍḍhitvā, Mhv VII 67.

" 346862334871867392,kaṇiṭṭhikā,en,"

kaṇiṭṭhikā

, (m)f(n). [kaṇiṭṭha + ika; secdry from
kaṇiṭṭha, q.v.; cf. sa. kaniṣṭhaka(-ikā) (mf.)], young-
est; ~ā tassa ... nāgarājassa dinnâsi, Mhv I 49 (=
nāgarañño ~ā bhaginī Tiracchikā nāma, Mhv-ṭ 104,5).

" 346862244589473792,kaniya,en,"

kaniya

, mfn. [o.v. of kaṇiya, q.v.], - kaṇiya; — lex.
lit.: ~o kaniṭṭho, Abh 254; 929; — gramm. lit.: ~o,
Mogg-v ad Mogg IV 149.

" 346862334855090176,kaṇiya,en,"

kaṇiya

, mfn. [cf. sa. kanīyas], smaller, younger;
sabbassa appasaddassa kaṇâdeso hoti iya iṭṭha ice'
etesu paccayesu paresu. ~o; kaṇiṭṭho, Kacc-v ad Kacc
268; 269; khuddakassa kaṇ. ~o, kaṇiṭṭho, Sadd 686,13.

" 346862244824354816,kanīyas,en,"

kanīya(s)

, m(fn). [ts.; cf. kaṇeyyasa, q.v.], younger
brother; jeṭṭhassa bhātuno jāyā ahosiṁ supatibbatā,
paccekabuddhaṁ disvāna mama bhātu -so (gen.)
bhagaṁ taṁ tassa datvā, Ap 581,13 (""I was the wife of
the older brother, very devoted to my husband; having
seen a Paccekabuddha, [and] having given the share of
my husband's younger brother to him ..."") = Thī-a
71,21* (reading ~ā); — Rem.: in spite of BeCe: kaniyas-
sa mama bhattuno bhāgannaṁ tassa datvā, Ap (cf.
Thī-a: ~ā) is correct; BeCe ""modernize"" kanīyaso >
kaniyassa.
kanīyas

" 346862244715302912,kanīyati,en,"

kanīyati

, pr. 3 sg. [pass, of kanati, q.v.], to be wished
for, longed for; in indigenous ""etymologies"" of kaññā
and kanaka: ~ati ... purisehī ti pi kaññā ... kanakan
ti kanati ~atī ti, Sadd 397,10,11.

" 346862362839486464,kañji,en,"

kañj[ī/i]

, f. [cf. kañjika, kaṅjiya, qq.v.], conjee; —
paṭhamaṁ puttassa mukhe ~iṁ (v.l. kiṅcikaṁ) opi,
Ja IV 386,24; ~ito nibbattaṁ kañjiyaṁ, āranāḷaṁ,
Ps-pṭ II 43,19; ~ī ti vāyanatantamakkhanakañjisadisā
thūlā kañji (so read; Be -āka-), Vin-vn-ṭ II 354,14 (ad
Vin-vn 3040); — ifc. accha-° (= clear conjee; CPD
s.v. suggests erroneously 'clarified gruel'); thūla-°
(Vin-vn-ṭ II 354,14); vāyana-tanta-makkhana-°
(~-sadisa, Vin-vn-ṭ II 354,14).kañjī

" 346862362856263680,kañjī,en,"

kañj[ī/i]

" 346862363556712448,kañjika,en,"

kañjika

, n. [cf. kañj[ī/i], kañjiya; sa. kāñjīka, -cika,
-jikā (f.); DED 927; CDIAL 3016], conjee; rice starch; ~
denotes the starchy gelatinous water poured off
boiled rice; it is also used of conjee in a state of
spontaneous fermentation (cf. Ja IV 12,10', q.v. infra)
as well as of whey (v. s.v. kañjiya); syns. āranāḷa,
bilaṅga; — yathā anambilaṁ takkaṁ vā ~aṁ (v.l.
kaṅc-) vā parināmavasena parivattitvā ambilaṁ
hoti, Ja IV 12,10'; tasmiṁ samaye usukāro aṅgāraka-
palle usuṁ tāpetvā ~ena temetvā ekaṁ akkhiṁ
nimīletvā eken' olokento ujuṁ karoti, VI 66,4 (cf. Ps
IV 18,19); ahaṁ Andhakavindasmiṁ buddhassâdic-
cabandhuno adāsiṁ kolasampākaṁ ~aṁ (v.l. kañc-)
teladhūpitaṁ, Vv 718 (Vv-a 186,21); sace rajaṁ upari
uppilavati (so read; Ee uplav-; v.l. uppalav-) ~aṁ (so
read with v.l.; Ee -itaṁ-) pavāhetvā sesaṁ bhuñji-
tabbaṁ, Sp 846,1; Spk II 96,16; — ifc. accha-° (= clear
conjee; CPD s.v. suggests erroneously 'clarified
gruel'); amba-° (Vv 513; Vv-a 147,23); ambila-°;
ācāma-°; ucchiṭṭha-°; udaka-°; tela-° (Ps III
342,4); vamita-° (Ps III 207,14); — °âdi, mfn.; same
bhūmibhāge kosiyaṁsūni uparûpari santharitvā
~īhi siñcitvā kataṁ hoti, Sp 684,6 (ad Vin III 224,28).[[side 34]]

" 346862363665764352,kañjikadāna,en,"

kañjika-dāna

, n., a gift of conjee; etassa ~assa
kalaṁ nâgghanti soḷasiṁ, Vv 720 qu. Vv-a 186,12.

" 346862363707707392,kañjikadāyikavimāna,en,"

Kañjika-dāyika-vimāna

, n., ""The Mansion of
the Conjee Donor""; colophon of Vv 43; —
°-vaṇṇanā, f., commentary on ""The Mansion of
the Conjee Donor""; Vv-a 187,4; colophon of Vv-a
185,7-187,3; — °-vatthu, n., the story of ""The Man-
sion of the Conjee Donor""; title of Vv 43.

" 346862363900645376,kañjikadutiya,en,"

kañjika-dutiya

, mfn. [cf. kañjiyadutiya, q.v.],
accompanied by conjee; — exeg.: bilaṅgadutiyan ti
~aṁ, Sp 580,10 = Spk I 159,30 (ad S I 90,3) = Mp II 241,13
= IV 179,3 (with reading -iya-; v.l. -ika-); — so tato
paṭṭhāya ... ~aṁ sakuṇḍakabhattaṁ bhuñjati, Ja V
383,27.

" 346862362583633920,kañjikamatta,en,"

kañjika-matta

, n., nothing but conjee; ~aṁ pi
hi vissāsikena dinnaṁ madhuraṁ hoti, Ja IV 144,17;
so nibbattanibbattaṭṭhāne -am pi kucchipūraṁ na
labhati, Dhp-a I 78,7; 1389,6.

" 346862363955171328,kañjikapiṭṭhakhaliādi,en,"

kañjika-piṭṭha-khali-ādi

, mfn. [cf. kañji-
piṭṭha-khali-allikâdi, q.v.], (dv.) conjee, flour, paste,
etc.; ~isu (so read with v.l.; Ee -kali-) cīvaraṁ pak-
khipituṁ na vaṭṭati, Sp 290,25.

" 346862363980337152,kañjikapuṇṇalābu,en,"

kañjika-puṇṇa-lābu

, f. [cf. kañjiya-puṇṇa-
lābu, q.v.], a gourd full of conjee; ~uṁ viya, Th-a II
122,17 (ad Th 290).

" 346862364001308672,kañjikapūritalābu,en,"

kañjika-pūrita-lābu

, f., a gourd filled with
conjee; taṁ parimajjanto ~u viya ... bahimaṭṭho va
hosi, Ja I 482,7'.

" 346862363510575104,kañjikatakkadirasa,en,"

kañjika-takkâdi-rasa

, m. [takka + ādi], a con-
diment (or sauce) in the form of conjee or curds, etc.;
oloṇī ti ekā byañjanavikati; yo koci suddho ~o ti
keci, Sp-ṭ III 105,25 (ad Sp 892,4).

" 346862363518963712,kañjikatakkādirasa,en,"

kañjika-takkâdi-rasa

, m. [takka + ādi], a con-
diment (or sauce) in the form of conjee or curds, etc.;
oloṇī ti ekā byañjanavikati; yo koci suddho ~o ti
keci, Sp-ṭ III 105,25 (ad Sp 892,4).

" 346862363577683968,kañjikatela,en,"

kañjika-tela

, n. [cf. kaṅjiya-tela, telakaṅjika,
qq.v.], ""conjee oil,"" i.e., conjee used for straightening
arrows; cf. Ja VI 66,4, q.v. supra sub kaṅjika;
kāyikacetasikaviriyaṁ tejanaṁ ujuṁ karontassa
~aṁ (v. l. kiñcika-) viya, ... lokuttaramaggo
usukārassa vaṅkakuṭilajimhaṁ tejanaṁ ~ena
(kiñcika-) sinehetvā alātesu tāpetvā namana-daṇḍa-
kena ujukaraṇaṁ viya, Ps IV 14,18,19 (cf. Ja VI 66,4).

" 346862364148109312,kañjipiṭṭhakhaliallikadi,en,"

kañji-piṭṭha-khali-allikâdi

, mfn. [cf. kañ-
jika-piṭṭha-khali-ādi, q.v.], (dv.) conjee, flour, flour
paste, and dye from the leaves of the alii tree, etc.;
bhikkhu ... ~īsu cīvaraṁ pakkhipati, Vin-vn 3040
(exeg. at Vin-vn-ṭ II 354,12 foll.; cf. s.v. kañjī).

" 346862364164886528,kañjipiṭṭhakhaliallikādi,en,"

kañji-piṭṭha-khali-allikâdi

" 346862364022280192,kañjita,en,"

[

kañjita

, w.r. at Sp 846,1 for kañjika, which read
with v.l.]

" 346862364202635264,kañjiya,en,"

kañjiya

, n. [= kañjika, q.v.], 1. conjee; 2. whey;
syns. āranāḷa, bilaṅga; — lex. lit.: sovīraṁ ~aṁ
vuttaṁ āranāḷaṁ, Abh 460 (kena jalena añjiyam
abhibyattaṁ assa ~aṁ, Abh-ṭ 313,12); — exeg.: bilaṅ-
gaṁ vuccati āranāḷaṁ bilaṅgato nibbattanato, tad
eva ~to jātan ti ~aṁ, taṁ dutiyaṁ etassā ti bilaṅga-
dutiyaṁ, taṁ kañjiyadutiyaṁ ti ca vuttaṁ, Sv-pṭ II
451,20 (ad Sv 814,10); — 1. uṇhodakaṁ vā ~aṁ vā
labhitvā karoti, Ps II 234,3; ayaṁ paribbājako ~en'
eva tittikalābū ucchedadassanen' eva pūrito, Ps III
207,4,5; ahaṁ pana hiyyo pakkaṁ parivāsikabhattaṁ
~ena bhutt' amhi ti, Spk III 159,25; 159,29; so ...
uḷuṅkena ~aṁ (v.l. -kaṁ) harāpetvā ... allam eva
bhattaṁ pacchiyaṁ opīḷetvā ādāya ... pakkanto (so
read with v.l.; Ee -kkh-), Dhp-a II 3,15; IV 164,16,17; —
ifc. ambila-° (Ja III 145,14' [v.l. -ika-]); odana-°;
pesakāra-° (~-sutta, Mp III 205,12; Spk II 96,22 [cf.
96,16]); maddita-° (Ps III 246,15); yāgu-° (~âdi, Ps
III 164,7); — °âdi, mfn., conjee, etc.; ~īni pi udaka-
pattasaṅkham eva , Sp 1201,10; — 2. so gāmavāsī
paribbayatthaṁ gahitamāsakena pañcakaṭukaṁ ga-
hetvā cuṇṇaṁ katvā dadhito ~aṁ vāhetvā tattha ma-
dhupaṭalaṁ pīḷetvā pañcakaṭukacuṇṇena yojetvā
ekasmiṁ paduminipatte pakkhipitvā ... nisīdi, Mp
I 244,26.

" 346862364286521344,kañjiyaāpaṇa,en,"

kañjiya-āpaṇa

, m. or n., conjee shop; sāmi ...
ekaṁ sattu-āpaṇaṁ passissasi tato ~aṁ (Be -ika-), Ja
VI 365,27'.

" 346862364399767552,kañjiyadutiya,en,"

kañjiya-dutiya

, mfn. [cf. kañjikadutiya, q.v.],
accompanied by conjee; bilaṅgadutiyakan ti ~aṁ,
Sv 814,10 (bilaṅgaṁ vuccati āranālaṁ bilaṅgato
nibbattanato, tad eva kañjiyato jātan ti kañjiyaṁ,
taṁ dutiyaṁ etassā ti bilaṅgadutiyaṁ, taṁ ~aṁ ti
ca vuttaṁ, Sv-pṭ II 451,21).

" 346862364458487808,kañjiyapuṇṇalābu,en,"

kañjiya-puṇṇa-lābu

, f. [cf. kañjikapuṇṇalābu],
a gourd filled with conjee; ime sattā ~u (Be -ika-)
viya ... kilesabharitā ... mohamūḷhā, Sv 466,12 = Ps
II 176,24 (with reading -puṇṇâ-) = Spk I 198,5 = Ud-a
373,13 (reading -lāpu).[[side 35]]

" 346862362495553536,kañjiyapuṇṇalāpu,en,"

kañjiya-puṇṇa-lāpu

, f. [cf. next], a gourd fill-
ed with conjee; sattasantānaṁ ca kilesacaritaṁ rāgâ-
dikilesasañkiliṭṭhaṁ ~uṁ viya, Ud-a 373,13.

" 346862364492042240,kañjiyasutta,en,"

kañjiya-sutta

, n., ""conjee thread""; a kind of fab-
ric made by adding conjee to tangled threads and
fulling them with a comb (koccha); ākulan tantaṁ
kañjiyaṁ datvā kocchena pahaṭaṁ tattha tattha
guḷakajātaṁ hoti gaṇṭhibaddhaṁ ... guḷāguṇṭhikaṁ
(so read; Ee -guṇḍi-) vuccati pesakārānaṁ ~aṁ, Sv
495,30 (ad D II 55,15: guḷāguṇṭhikajātā; exeg. at Sv-pṭ
II 118,10-20) ≠ Spk II 96,22 = Mp III 205,11; — ifc.
pesakāra-° (Sv-pṭ II 118,13,17).

" 346862363187613696,kañjiyatela,en,"

kañjiya-tela

, n., = kañjika-tela, q.v.; yathā nāma
usukāro ... ekaṁ daṇḍakaṁ ... nittacaṁ katvā ~ena
makkhetvā aṅgārakapalle tāpetvā ... nibbañkaṁ
ujum vālavijjhanayoggaṁ karoti, Dhp-a I 288,11.

" 346862364374601728,kañjiyaukkhalikā,en,"

kañjiya-ukkhalikā

, f., a conjee pot; yaṁ bilaṅ-
gan ti pi vuccati, taṁ yattha siñcati, sa ~ā, Ps-pṭ II
43,20.

" 346862364341047296,kañjiyaukkhalikammakāraṇa,en,"

kañjiya-ukkhali-kamma-kāraṇa

, n., a form
of execution called ""conjee pot""; bilaṅgathālikan ti
~aṁ. taṁ karontā sīsakapālaṁ uppāṭetvā tattaṁ
ayogulaṁ saṇḍāsena gahetvā tattha pakkhipanti.
tena matthaluṅgaṁ pakkaṭhitvā (so read [abs. < *pra
+ ¹kaṭhati, q.v.]; cf. v.l. pakkuthitvā; Ee -ṭṭh-) upari
uttarati, Ps II 58,19 (ad M I 87,13; ""when doing this
they make a hole in the skull, take a red-hot iron
ball with a pair of tongs and throw it in, so that the
brain is heated up and 'boils over'"") = Mp II 88,16
(with w.r. -ukkhalikaṁ kāranaṁ; ad A I 47,22).

" 346862373329440768,kaṅka,en,"

kaṅka

, m. [ts.; cf. CDIAL 2595; EWA-2 s.v.; DED
1767], a heron (?) (cf. P. Thieme, Kranich und Reiher
im Sanskrit, StII I 1975: 25); according to lex. lit. =
lohapiṭṭha (cf. Abh 643, q.v. infra; sa. lohapṛṣṭha) be-
longing to the class of so-called pratudas (""peck-
ers"") to which vultures, falcons, crows, ravens, pea-
cocks (cf. M I 429,28, q.v. infra), etc., belong (v. PW,
pW, and MW s.vv. pratud and pratuda); syn. dhaṅka
(cf. S II 256,8; 258,15; 259,23); — lex. lit.: lohapiṭṭho ~o,
Abh 643; — seyyathā pi gahapati gijjho vā ~o vā ku-
lalo vā maṁsapesiṁ ādāya uḍḍayeyya, M I 364,28,29;
yassa pattehi vājitaṁ yadi vā gijjhassa yadi vā ~assa
yadi vā kulalassa yadi vā morassa yadi vā sithilaha-
nuno, M I 429,28.

" 346862373639819264,kaṅkala,en,"

kaṅkala

, m. and n. [cf. sa. kaṅkāla; prakr.
kaṁkāla; CDIAL 2603; EWA-1 s.v. kaṅkāla], skele-
ton; only recorded in canonical pa. in cpd.s, q.v.; —
exeg.: aṭṭhikaṅkalan ti ūraṭṭhi vā piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ vā
sīsaṭṭhi vā taṁ hi nimmaṁsattā -an ti vuccati, Ps III
42,26 (ad M I 364,14); keci pana kaṭippamāṇato heṭṭhā
samūho ~o nāma, tato upari yāva tālappamāṇaṁ
puñjo, tato upari rāsī ti vadanti, It-a I 84,3 (ad It 17,8:
aṭṭhikaṅkalo); — ifc. aṭṭhi-° (~-kuṭi; ~-kuṭikā;
~-sannibha; ~ûpama); — °-pūrita, mfn., filled
with skeletons; ~o (v.l. kuṇapa-), duggandho, jeguc-
cho, paṭikkūlo, dvattiṁsakuṇapasaṅcayo, Ps II 88,23
(ad M I 119,8).

" 346862372079538176,kaṅkaṇa,en,"

kaṅkaṇa

, n. [ts.; EWA-1 s.v.; prakr. kaṁkaṇa;
CDIAL 2597], bracelet; — lex. lit.: ~aṁ karabhū-
sâtha, Abh 286 (kaṅkati yenā ti ~aṁ, Abh-ṭ 202,25);
—~aṁ va sukataṁ suniṭṭhitaṁ sobhate su mama
kaṇṇapāḷiyo pure, Thī 259 (Thī-a 211,8); — ifc.
suvaṇṇa-° (Thī-a 211,8).

" 346862373610459136,kaṅkapatta,en,"

kaṅka-patta

, n. [sa. kaṅkapattra], an arrow (v.
PSM s.v. kaṁkapatta); asiṅ ca me maṅṅasi ~aṁ, Ja V
475,4* (""you must take my sword for an arrow"").

" 346862372561883136,kaṅkaṭa,en,"

[²

kaṅkaṭa

, reading in cpd. at Vv-a 104,13 for Be
kaṅkaṇa]

" 346862373442686976,kaṅkaṭa,en,"

kaṅkaṭa

, m. [ts.], armour, mail; only recorded in
lex. lit.: ~o vammaṁ, Abh 377.

" 346862372192784384,kaṅkati,en,"

kaṅkati

, pr. 3 sg. [cf. sa. kaṅkate, q.v. in EWA-1
s.v.], to move; to be unsteady; only recorded in lex.
and gramm. lit.; — lex. lit.: (used in ""etymology"" of
kaṅkanaṁ [q.v.]); kaṅkanaṁ, kaki gatyatthe ... kaki
lolye vā, ~ati yenā ti kaṅkaṇaṁ, Abh-ṭ 202,25 (ad
Abh 286); —gramm. lit.: kaki vaki ... gatyatthā:
~ati, Sadd 326,3.

" 346862372960342016,kaṅkha,en,"

kaṅkha

" 346862372771598336,kaṅkhā,en,"

kaṅkhā

, f. [sa. kāṅkṣā; Amg. kaṁkhā], doubt; for
syn.s, v. lex. and gramm. lit. infra; — lex. lit.: ma-
novilekha-sandehā saṁsayo ca kathaṁkathā
dveḷhakaṁ vicikicchā ca ~ā saṅkā vimaty api, Abh
170; — gramm. lit.: makhi ~āyaṁ: ... ~ā kaṅkhāyanā
kaṅkhāyitattaṁ, vimati vicikicchā, dveḷhakaṁ dve-
dhāpatho, saṁsayo anekaṁsagāho, āsappanā pari-
sappanā apariyogāhanā thambhitattaṁ cittassa ma-
novilekho (= Nidd I 414,21 = II 75,4 = Dhs 1004 = 1118
= 1116 = 1235 = Vibh 168,2 = 365,2) ice ete kaṅkhāpa-
riyāyā, Sadd 330,4; — exeg.: yā tasmiṁ samaye ~ā
kaṅkhāyanā kaṅkhāyitattaṁ vimati vicikicchā dve-
ḷhakaṁ dvedhāpatho saṁsayo anekaṁsagāho āsap-
panā parisappanā apariyogohanā thambhitattaṁ cit-
tassa manovilekho ayaṁ tasmiṁ samaye vicikicchā
hoti, Dhs 425; ~āya vā dubbalā vimati vuttā, vici-
kicchāya majjhimā, anadhimuccanatāya balavatī,
asampasādena tehi tīhi dhammehi cittassa kalu-
sabhāvo, Sv 275,17 = Ps III 368,19; ~ā nāma kukkuc-
caṁ, kukkuccako ti attho, Mp I 230,19; kin nu kho
idan ti ārammaṇaṁ kaṅkhanato ~ā, idam ev' idan ti
nicchetuṁ asamatthabhāvato vicikicchā ti vuccati,
Ps I 116,16 (ad M I 18,32: kaṅkhī vecikicchī); As 259,23;
— aṅñāya atthāni vineyya ~aṁ, Sn 58; yā me ~ā
pure āsi, tam me vyākāsi cakkhumā addhā munī si
sambuddho, 541; vinayassu mayī ~aṁ, 559; na m'
ettha ~ā, 1149; na -am abhijānāmi sabbaṅñu
aparājite, Th 131 (= saṁsayaṁ, Th-a II 11,22); vi-
nayassu mayī ~aṁ, Th 829 (= vicikicchaṁ, Th-a III
49,29); na mam' atthi ~ā, Ja IV 394,30* (395,4'); ye c'
assa ~aṁ vinayanti, V 501,12*; ath' assa ~ā vapayanti
sabbā yato pajānāti sahetudhammaṁ, Vin I 2,5*;
mayi ~ā vā vimati vā, D I 105,19; II 154,25 = 155,7;
tiṇṇā m' ettha ~ā, II 276,20 = 281,6; III 116,5,7; tisso ~ā:
atītaṁ vā addhānaṁ ārabbha kaṅkhati... anāgataṁ
vā addhānaṁ ārabbha kaṅkhati ... etarahi vā
paccupannaṁ addhānaṁ ārabbha kaṅkhati, III 217,3;
yassā vā pan' assa ~ā vā vimati vā, M III 271,14; III
276,13; yā kāci ~ā abhinandanā vā, S I 181,11; chasu
ṭhānesu ~ā pahīnā hoti, III 203,24 = 213,10; tesaṁ no
bhante amhākaṁ hot' eva ~ā hoti vicikicchā, A I
189,3; siyā ... ekabhikkhussa pi ~ā vā vimati vā
buddhe vā dhamme vā, A II 79,14 (= dveḷhakaṁ, Mp
III 107,24) = 80,4; Ud 1,21 = 2,19; Ud 60,11*; Bv I 48;
tathāgate ~ā, Mil 168,21; ~aṁ vicikicchitañ ca ...
vinodaye me, Pv 552; Nidd I 414,17; II 119,8; ~aṁ
chindassu sāsane, Ap 585,4; atthi Arahato ~ā ti, Kv
180,13; 186,21*; soḷasavidhā ~ā suṭṭhutaraṁ pahīyati,
Vism 604,12; Sp 58,21; 431,11; bhikkhu Buddhâdisu
~āya uppannāya kammaṭṭhānaṁ vaḍḍhetuṁ na
sakkoti, Ps II 132,34; 184,5; As 278,5; na ettha atthe vā
dhamme vā pade vā byañjane vā ~ā vā vimati vā
kattabbā, It-a I 29,1 = Ud-a 18,16; It-a I 162,21;
kalyāṇamitto ...~aṁ vinodeti, II 129,29 ≠ Ud-a 225,34;
ayam pi brāhmaṇo attano ~aṁ chinditukāmo upa-
saṅkami, Ud-a 53,11; 52,2; — ifc. a-°; jāta-° (Sadd
137,15); nik-° (Ja I 58,30; III 347,13; Nidd II 118,9);
paṭi-° (A II 185,7); purima-° (As 259,24);
vitiṇṇa-° (Sn 514; a-°, 249); sa-° (Nidd II 118,9);
sabba-° (Ud-a 315,8); soḷasa-° (Sp 955,4); —
°-vasa, m.; dandhāyitattan ti, ayaṁ nu kho maggo
ayaṁ nu kho ti, ~ena cirāyitattaṁ, Ps III 449,17 (ad M
II 206,27).[[side 17]]

" 346862374243799040,kaṅkhābahula,en,"

kaṅkhā-bahula

, mfn., full of doubt; ye ... mā-
disānam pi ~ānaṁ kaṅkhaṁ vinayanti, Th-a I 37,21;
— ifc. kukucca-saṅkhāta-° (so read; Ee two
words; Ud-a 314,28); — °-tā, f. [abstr.], the property
of being full of doubt; ayaṁ hi thero ... kukkuccako
hutvā ~āya Kaṅkhārevato ti aṅṅāto, Th-a I 37,26.

" 346862374268964864,kaṅkhābhūta,en,"

kaṅkhā-bhūta

, mfn., being in a state of doubt;
ye kaṅkhā samatikkantā ~esu pāṇisu asaṁsayā
visaṁyuttā tesu dinnaṁ mahapphalan ti, Kv 187,2.

" 346862373811785728,kaṅkhaccheda,en,"

kaṅkha-ccheda

, mfn. [kaṅkhā + cheda; cf.
kaṅkhāccheda, q.v.], dispelling doubt; etesaṁ citta-
maññāya opammakusalo muni ~o mahāvīro kathesi
attano guṇaṁ, Bv I 63; namassiyo ~o abhirūpo ca
bhogavā tikkhapañño sadā homi saṁsaranto bhavā-
bhave, Ap 309,13.

" 346862374013112320,kaṅkhacchedana,en,"

kaṅkh[ā/a]-(c)chedana

, n. [cf. kaṅkh[ā/a]ccheda], dis-
pelling doubt; sadevakassa lokassa ~āya [-ācch-],
Thūp 178,11; desanāya ca paresaṁ ~ena [-ācch-]; kaṅ-
khācchidaṁ, Pj II 164,1 (ad Sn 87) Sīh 114,22*; —
°tthaṁ, ²ind., for the sake of dispelling doubt
(adv. acc); rañṅo kaṅkhā uppannā tassa ~aṁ (-acch-)
paṅhaṅ ca kathessāmi, Ps III 313,27; mayā ... tumhâ-
disānaṁ -am (-āch-) eva sabbaṅṅutaṅāṇaṁ paṭivid-
dhaṁ, Dhp-a IV 74,7.

" 346862374029889536,kaṅkhācchedana,en,"

kaṅkh[ā/a]-(c)chedana

" 346862372582854656,kaṅkhacchida,en,"

kaṅkha-cchida

, mfn. [kaṅkhā + chida; cf.
kaṅkhācchida, q.v.], dispelling doubt; taṁ ~aṁ
muniṁ anejaṁ dutiyaṁ bhikkhunam āhu magga-
desiṁ, Sn 87 (desanāya ca paresaṁ kaṅkhācchedane-
na ~aṁ [-ācch-; v.l. -acch-], Pj II 164,2).[[side 16]]

" 346862372817735680,kaṅkhācchida,en,"

kaṅkhā-cchida

, mfn. [cf. kaṅkhacchida, q.v.],
dispelling doubt; desanāya ca paresaṁ kaṅkhācche-
danena ~aṁ [v.l. -acch-], Pj II 164,2 (ad Sn 87).

" 346862372838707200,kaṅkhācheda,en,"

kaṅkhā-cheda

, m. [cf. kaṅkhaccheda, q.v.], dis-
pelling doubt; suttato anuvyaṅjanaso ti pāḷito ca pa-
ripucchato ca aṭṭhakathāto ca suvinicchitaṁ hoti
~aṁ katvā uggahītaṁ, Sp 234,12.

" 346862373987946496,kaṅkhāchedaka,en,"

kaṅkhā-chedaka

, mfn., dispelling doubt; ~aṁ
(v.l. -acch-) purisaheraññikaṁ mama pitaraṁ ...
yeva pucchissāmī ti, Mp III 243,5.

" 346862374055055360,kaṅkhādhamma,en,"

kaṅkhā-dhamma

, m., a state of doubt; atthi ca
me ayaṁ ~o uppanno ... pahoti me samano Gotamo
tathā dhammaṁ desetuṁ yathā ahaṁ imaṁ ~aṁ
pajaheyyan ti, D II 149,7,19 (= vimatidhammo, Sv
588,4) ≠ S IV 350,18; lābhā te ... yaṁ tvañ c' eva taṁ
~aṁ pahāsi, M III 152,21; tatra ce tvaṁ
cittasamādhim paṭilabheyyāsi evaṁ tvam imaṁ
-am pajaheyyāsi, S IV 350,22 (Spk III 110,14); evaṁ
tvaṁ imaṁ -am pajaheyyāsi, S IV 352,2 = 358,21.

" 346862372884844544,kaṅkhākathā,en,"

Kaṅkhā-kathā

, f., ""Discourse on Doubt""; title
of Kv 180,12-187,26 (Kv-a 12,7).

" 346862374323490816,kaṅkhāmala,en,"

kaṅkhā-mala

, n., the impurity that is doubt;
paccayapariggahena ahetuvisamahetudiṭṭhiyā c' eva
~assa ca, Vism 694,5 (kaṅkhā 'va malaṁ -am,
Vism-mhṭ II 509,6).[[side 18]]

" 346862373962780672,kaṅkhana,en,"

kaṅkhana

, n. [verb, noun from kaṅkhati, q.v.],
doubting; kin nu kho idan ti ārammaṇaṁ ~ato
kaṅkhā, Ps I 116,16 (ad M I 18,32); ~ato ti saṁsayanato,
Ps-pṭ I 215,5) = Mp-ṭ II 358,1; ayaṁ hi 'ssa attabhāve
guṇe ~ato ubhayattha kaṅkhati nāma, As 354,21; —
°-vasa, m.; yā evarūpā kaṅkhā ti ettha ~ena kaṅkhā,
Nidd-a I 429,9 (ad Nidd I 414,21).

" 346862372608020480,kaṅkhaniya,en,"

kaṅkhaniya

, mfn. [ger. of kaṅkhati, q.v.; cf. sa.
kāṁkṣanīya], to be doubted; to be in doubt about;
~e ca pana te ṭhāne vicikicchā uppannā ti, S IV 350,16
(~e ṭhāne ti, kaṅkhitabbe kāraṇe, Spk III 109,29) ≠ S
IV 399,16,17 ≠ A I 189,7.

" 346862374214438912,kaṅkhāpahānatthaṃ,en,"

kaṅkhā-pahānatthaṁ

, ²ind. [pahāna +
atthaṁ], for the sake of dispelling doubt (adv. acc);
idāni diṭṭhâdīhi suddhī ti vadantānaṁ vāde ~aṁ ye
kec' ime ti pucchati, Pj II 595,24.

" 346862372863873024,kaṅkhāpakatacittaka,en,"

[

kaṅkhā-pakata-cittaka

, reading of Be for Ce
kaṅkhā-pakatacittatā at Th-a I 35,21; v. infra]

" 346862373161668608,kaṅkhāpakatacittatā,en,"

kaṅkhā-pakata-cittatā

, f. [abstr.], the
property of having a mind that is in a state of doubt;
tathā katakicco panâyaṁ mahāthero pubbe
dīgharattaṁ attano ~aṁ (so read; Ee -aṁ cittataṁ; Be
-pakatacittakaṁ) idāni sabbaso vigatakaṅkhatañ ca
paccavekkhitvā, Th-a I 35,21.

" 346862374143135744,kaṅkhāpakatatta,en,"

kaṅkhā-pakata-tta

, n. [abstr.], the property of
being in a state of doubt; taṁ hi ayam āyasmā dī-
gharattaṁ ~ā imaṁ vata dhammaṁ adhigamma me
kaṅkhā anavasesā pahīnā, Ud-a 315,11.

" 346862373497212928,kaṅkhāpariyāya,en,"

kaṅkhā-pariyāya

, m., synonym of doubt; kaṅ-
khā kaṅkhāyanā kaṅkhāyitattaṁ, vimati + ete ~ā,
Sadd 330,4.

" 346862374168301568,kaṅkhāpaṭivinodaka,en,"

kaṅkhā-paṭivinodaka

, mfn., the dispelling
doubt; yasmiṁ kale kalyāṇamitte upasaṅkamitvā
sakkā attano ~aṁ dhammaṁ sotuṁ, Pj I 148,4.

" 346862374193467392,kaṅkhāpavatti,en,"

kaṅkhā-pavatti

, m., the manifestation of
doubt; navalokuttaresu paññattiyaṁ yo ~i
veditabbā asaṅkilesikattā lokuttaradhammānaṁ,
Ps-pṭ II 53,22; — °-kāla, m., the time of manifesta-
tion of doubt; ekādasamaṁ chasu ārammaṇesu
vedanāvasena majjhattassa ~e uppajjari, As 259,5.

" 346862374378016768,kaṅkhārevata,en,"

Kaṅkhārevata

, m.; Npr.; an eminent thera, to
whom Th 3 (q.v.) is ascribed; v. PPN s.v.; — exeg.:
kaṅkhāyanabhāvena ~o ti vuccati ... ten' assa kuk-
kuccakatā atipākaṭajātā ti ~o tv eva saṁkhaṁ gato,
Mp I 230,18; — etad aggaṁ ... mama sāvakānaṁ
bhikkhūnaṁ jhāyīnaṁ yadidaṁ ~o, A I 24,11; Vin I
210,2; Ud 60,3,6; — °-thera, m., the thera called
Kaṅkhārevata; dutiyâpadāne Padumuttaro nāma Jino
ti ādikaṁ āyasmato ~assa apadānaṁ, Ap-a 520,14 (ad
Ap 491,9-492,18); sa ... vicaritvā ekadivasaṁ ~aṁ
Gaṅgāya tīre divāvihāraṁ nisinnaṁ disvā, Pv-a
142,12,25; — ~-gāthā-vaṇṇanā, f.; title of Th-a I
34,18-29 (ad Th 3); — °-sammata, mfn., acknowled-
ged as Kaṅkhārevata; (in uddāna at Th 3,7) thero ~o
(so probably read with v.l. and Be; Ee -subbato).

" 346862374512234496,kaṅkhārevatasubbato,en,"

[

Kaṅkhārevatasubbato

, problematic reading
at Th p. 3,8 for which probably read Kaṅkhārevata-
sammata with Be]

" 346862369642647552,kaṅkhāsamaṅgin,en,"

kaṅkhā-samaṅgi(n)

, mfn., imbued with
doubt; — °-citta, n., a mind imbued with doubt;
~aṁ (so read with BeNe; Ee and Tr. transcript -ī
cittaṁ) kaṅkhāya āyitattā kaṅkhāyitaṁ nāma, tassa
bhāvo kaṅkhāyitattaṁ, As 259,26.kaṅkhā-samaṅgin

" 346862369730727936,kaṅkhāsambhava,en,"

kaṅkhā-sambhava

, m., the arising of doubt;
ratanattaye saṁsayâpannassa sikkhâdīsu ~ato,
Vibh-anuṭ 160 a

" 346862369864945664,kaṅkhāsota,en,"

kaṅkhā-sota

, n., a torrent of doubt; tava dassa-
nam āgamma ~aṁ taranti te, Ap 20,27 ≠ 87,15; 429,1;
429,6

" 346862373912449024,kaṅkhatā,en,"

kaṅkhatā

, f. [abstr.]; — ifc. vigata-° (Th-a I
35,21; ""the property of being without doubt"").

" 346862372670935040,kaṅkhāṭhānavidālana,en,"

kaṅkhā-ṭhāna-vidālana

, mfn., dispelling the
points of doubt; tattha ... suṇotha nipuṇe pañhe ~e,
Mil 1,12*.

" 346862373933420544,kaṅkhati,en,"

kaṅkhati

, pr. 3 sg. [cf. sa. kāṅkṣati; prakr.
kaṁkhai], 1.a. to wait for (someone or something;
with acc); 1.b. to await (something; with acc); with
kālaṁ: to wait for the hour of one's death = parinib-
bāna according to ct.s; 2.a. to doubt; to be in doubt
about (something; with loc. or ārabbha [abs. <
ārambhati] + acc); b. to fear; — forms: pr. 1 sg.
~āmi; 3 sg. ~ati; 3 pl. -anti; imp. 2 sg. ~ā (m.c); pot. 3
sg. ~eyya; 3 sg. med. ~eta; aor. 3 sg. ~i; 3 pl. ~iṁsu;
part. ~anta; ~amāna; inf. ~ituṁ; ger. ~aniya; ~itabba,
qq.v.; pp. ~ita, q.v.; — gramm. lit.: kakhi ... kaṅkhā-
yaṁ: satthari ~ati, Sadd 330,4; kakhi icchāyaṁ:
dhanaṁ ~ati, 330,11; — 1.a. Indo ca taṁ Indasagotta
~ati, ajj' eva tvaṁ Indasahavyataṁ vajā ti, Ja V 411,19*
(tavâgamanaṁ icchanto ~ati, 411,22'); niyatiṁ ~ā
Bījaka, VI 229,8* (samma Bījaka niyatim eva olokehi,
229,15'); — 1.b. yass' indriyāni bhāvitāni ... nibbij-
jha imaṁ parañ ca lokaṁ kālaṁ ~ati bhāvito, sa
danto, Sn 516 (Pj II 451,26) = Nidd I 244,4; samāhito
jhānarato satīmā ... ~eta kālaṁ idha vītarāgo ti, Th
12 (Th-a I 60,21); muni paṭiccaparinibbuto ~ati kālaṁ,
Th 1218 (Th-a III 191,13; cf. K. R. Norman, EV I no. ad
loc.) = S I 187,8* (= parinibbāna-kālaṁ āgameti, Spk I
270,23; kālaṁ ~ati bhatiko sudanto, S I 65,25* (= pari-
nibbānakālaṁ pattheti, Spk I 126,5; cf. Mil 45,4*;
Manu VI 45 = Mbh XII 237 verse 15); saṁpatvā pa-
ramaṁ santiṁ kālaṁ ~ati bhāvitatto ti, It 69,15
(attano khandhaparinibbānakālaṁ ~ati udikkhati,
It-a II 65,6); — 2.a. dvīsu mahāpurisalakkhaṇesu
~ati vicikicchati nâdhimuccati na sampasīdati, Sn
107,16 = 107,20 = D I 106,1,7 = 109,5,11 = M II 135,8-
143,4; tisso kaṅkhā: atītaṁ vā addhānaṁ ārabbha ~ati
vicikicchati nâdhimuccati na sampasīdati + D III
217,3 = Vibh 367,22 = 377,23; Satthari ~ati, M I 101,12 (Ps
II 68,11 = Mp III 324,12); dukkham eva uppajjamānam
uppajjati dukkhaṁ nirujjhamānaṁ nirujjhatī ti na
~ati na vicikicchati aparapaccayā ñāṇaṁ ev' assa
ettha hoti, S II 17,18 (Spk II 33,26) = III 135,9 = Kv 66,5;
na khv āham āvuso ~āmī ti, S II 50,26; II 54,7; rūpaṁ
aniccaṁ tāham bhante na ~āmi, III 122,33; alañ hi te
Vaccha ~ituṁ alaṁ vicikicchituṁ, IV 399,16; api nu
so Tathāgate vā Tathāgatasāsane vā ~eyya vā vici-
kiccheyya vā ti, V 225,10,13; 226,18; A III 248,30 = 249,2 =
V 17,25; 18,3,4; samādhisu na ~āmi, Ap 310,22; 321,5;
Dhs 1004; ~amāno, As 354,13; ~anto, 354,27; ~anto,
355,2; Peṭ 41,4; 131,24; — 2.b. mā ~i, jīvissanti tayā
sahā ti, Ja IV 415,13* = 415,21*; gaccha tuvam pi, mā ~i,
n' atthi baddhe sahāyatā ti, V 339,7* (339,10').

" 346862373836951552,kaṅkhaṭṭhāna,en,"

kaṅkha-ṭṭhāna

, n. [kaṅkhā + ṭhāna], a point of
doubt; tato ahosiṁ nu kho ahaṁ atītaṁ addhānan ti
ādisu ~esu (v.l. kaṅkhāth-) vineyya kaṅkhaṁ, Pj II
111,12 (ad Sn 58).

" 346862373887283200,kaṅkhaṭṭhāniya,en,"

kaṅkha-ṭṭhāniya

, mfn. [kaṅkhā + ṭhāniya; cf.
kaṅkhā(ṭ)ṭhānīya, q.v.], representing doubt; anekavi-
hitesu ca ~esu dhammesu kaṅkhaṁ paṭivinodenti,
Vism (HOS) 99,24 qu. A V 16,5 (-āṭṭh); Ps-pṭ I 250,14.

" 346862372633186304,kaṅkhāṭṭhāniya,en,"

kaṅkhā-(ṭ)ṭhān[ī/i]ya

, mfn. [for ṭhānīya <
*sthānīya, cf. Pan V 4 10; cf. kaṅkhaṭṭhānīya, q.v.], re-
presenting doubt; anekavihitesu ca ~esu (-ṭh-)
dhammesu kaṅkhaṁ na paṭivinodenti, M I 221,26
(kaṅkhā eva hi ~ā [-ṭṭhāni-] dhamma nāma, Ps II
263,14) = 223,36 - D III 285,9 (-ṭṭh-) ≠ A I 73,3,19 (kaṅ-
khāya kāraṇabhūtesu, Mp II 147,20) = 117,33 = III 361,29
(-ṭṭh-); 362,23 (-ṭṭh-; kaṅkhāya kāraṇabhūtesu, Mp III
382,21); V 16,5 (-ṭṭhāni-).

" 346862372645769216,kaṅkhāṭṭhānīya,en,"

kaṅkhā-(ṭ)ṭhān[ī/i]ya

" 346862374537400320,kaṅkhāvāda,en,"

kaṅkhā-vāda

, m., doctrine concerning doubt; ~ā
... kathāvatthuppakaraṇe vutto, Vmv II 50,9 (cf. Kvu
180,13-187,26).

" 346862372796764160,kaṅkhāvicikicchā,en,"

kaṅkhā-vicikicchā

, f., (dv.) doubt and uncer-
tainty; ~ā ti ettha ekam ev' idaṁ paṅcamaṁ nīvara-
ṇaṁ, Mp-ṭ II 357,25.

" 346862368891867136,kaṅkhāvidhamanatthaṃ,en,"

kaṅkhā-vidhaman'-atthaṁ

, ²ind. [vidhama-
na + atthaṁ], for the sake of dispelling doubt (adv.
acc); ~aṁ ākāse uppatitvā yamakapāṭihāriyaṁ das-
setvā ... sattāhaṁ vītinamesi, Sp 957,8 = Ps II 184,7 =
Ud-a 52,3.

" 346862369760088064,kaṅkhāvinayana,en,"

kaṅkhā-vinayana

, n., abolishing doubt; vinic-
chayakusalānan ti anekavihitesu kaṅkhaṭṭhāniyesu
~āya taṁtaṁpaṅhānaṁ vinicchaye kusalānaṁ che-
kānaṁ, Ps-pṭ I 250,14.

" 346862369785253888,kaṅkhāvinayapadhāna,en,"

kaṅkhā-vinaya-padhāna

, n., effort used in
abolishing doubt; tad ubhayam pi -am (v.ll.
-paṭṭhānaṁ; -padaṭṭhānaṁ) eva karvā dassento, Th-a
I 36,33.

" 346862369810419712,kaṅkhāvinodaka,en,"

kaṅkhā-vinodaka

, mfn., dispelling doubt; de-
vatānaṁ ~o (so read with Be), Sv 700,19.

" 346862369839779840,kaṅkhāvinodana,en,"

kaṅkhā-vinodana

, n., dispelling doubt; saṅ-
khipanaṁ ... uttānīkaraṇaṁ ~aṁ dhammapatiṭṭhā-
panan ti evamādīhi nānānayehi paresaṁ ajjhāsayâ-
nurūpaṁ dhammassa kathanasīlā ti, Th-a II 93,5.[[side 19]]

" 346862369709756416,kaṅkhāvinodanatthaṃ,en,"

kaṅkhā-vinodan'-atthaṁ

, ²ind. [vinodana +
atthaṁ], for the sake of dispelling doubt (adv. acc.);
Mahājanassa ~aṁ, Ps II 280,15; ~aṁ evam akāsi,
280,20; ~aṁ, III 382,6

" 346862374562566144,kaṅkhāvitarana,en,"

kaṅkhā-vitarana

, n., getting free from doubt;
ingha me tvaṁ kāraṇaṁ brūhi ~āya, Mil 233,2; ~e
ñāṇaṁ, Spk II 53,32; tass' eva aparabhāgena ~ena
kathaṁkathibhavassa kalapasammasanena ahaṁ
mama ti, Spk II 253,27 = As 352,2 = It-a I 39,12 ≠ Ud-a
32,12 = Pj II 9,2; ~assa, Ud-a 315,14; — °tthaṁ, ²ind.,
for the sake of getting free from doubt; attani ~aṁ
brāhmaṇaṁ abhittharayamāno (so read; cf. CPD s.v.
abhitt(h)arayati) vinayassū ti... āha, Ps III 405,3.

" 346862369667813376,kaṅkhāvitaraṇanantaraṃ,en,"

kaṅkhā-vitaraṇânantaraṁ

, ²ind. [vitaraṇa +
anantara], immediately after getting free from doubt
(adv. acc); tasmā etaṁ ~aṁ uddiṭṭhaṁ, Vism 606,13.

" 346862369684590592,kaṅkhāvitaraṇānantaraṃ,en,"

kaṅkhā-vitaraṇânantaraṁ

, ²ind. [vitaraṇa +
anantara], immediately after getting free from doubt
(adv. acc); tasmā etaṁ ~aṁ uddiṭṭhaṁ, Vism 606,13.

" 346862374680006656,kaṅkhāvitaraṇappakāsana,en,"

kaṅkhā-vitaraṇa-ppakāsana

, n., explaining
getting free from doubt; evam ayaṁ therassa attano
~ena aññā byākaraṇagāthā pi hoti, Th-a I 37,24.

" 346862373526573056,kaṅkhāvitaraṇatthika,en,"

kaṅkhā-vitaraṇ'-atthika

, mfn. [vitaraṇa +
atthika], aiming at getting free from doubt; tasmā
bhikkhu ... paccaye pariggaṇheyya ~o ti, Vism 605,9;
vinaye jātakaṅkhānaṁ ~o, Kkh Be (not in Ee) 356,9.

" 346862374705172480,kaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhi,en,"

kaṅkhā-vitaraṇa-visuddhi

, m., the purity of
getting free from doubt; — exeg.: tīsu addhāsu
kaṅkhaṁ vitaritvā ṭhitaṁ ṅānaṁ ~i nāma, Vism
598,6; — ~i pārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgaṁ, D III 288,19;
~iṅ ce āvuso..., M I 148,28; Ud 60,5,8 (Ud-a 315,10);
diṭṭhivisuddhi ~i +, Ps II 158,11; Cp-a 317,12; —
°-(ddh')-atthaṁ, ²ind. [visuddhi + atthaṁ], for
the sake of the purity of getting free from doubt
(adv. acc); kim pan' āvuso ~aṁ Bhagavati brahma-
cariyaṁ vussatī ti, M I 147,23.

" 346862373472047104,kaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhiniddesa,en,"

Kaṅkhā-vitaraṇa-visuddhi-niddesa

, m.,
exposition of the purity of getting free from doubt;
1. title of Vism 598,5-605,9 (= XIX); 2. title of
Abhidh-av 1227-1261 (= XIX).

" 346862368145281024,kaṅkhāvitaraṇī,en,"

Kaṅkhā-vitaraṇī

, f.; Npr.; title of ct. (= Khk) on
the Pātimokkha; ~ is ascribed to Buddhaghosa; v. K.
R. NORMAN, Pāli Lit.: 126; ~iyā Pātimokkhavaṇṇanā-
ya Bhikkhuṇī-pātimokkhe, Kkh 206,30; —
°-purāṇa-ṭīkā, f.; a ṭīkā on Kaṅkhā-vitaraṇī by an
unknown author;— °-abhinava-ṭīkā, f.; a ṭīkā
on Kaṅkhā-vitaraṇī (= Vinayatthamañjūsā) ascribed
to Buddhanāga, a pupil of Sāriputta-thera; v. PPN
s.v. Buddhanāga Thera.

" 346862372993896448,kaṅkhāyana,en,"

kaṅkhāyana

, n. [verb, noun < kaṅkhāyati, q.v.],
doubting; tadantare ti tass' eva ~ass' eva, Mhv-ṭ
337,12 (ad Mhv XIV 49); — °-(a)bhāva, m., (abstv.)
the property of doubting; ~ena Kaṅkhārevato ti vuc-
cati, Mp I 230,18.

" 346862374344462336,kaṅkhāyanā,en,"

kaṅkhāyanā

, f. [cf. kaṅkhāyana, q.v.], doubting;
— gramm. lit.: kaṅkhā ~ā kaṅkhāyitattaṁ + ... ice
ete kaṅkhāpariyāyā, Sadd 330,4; — exeg.: (in ""ety-
mology"") kaṅkhāya āyanā ti ~ā, As 259,24 (ad Dhs
425, q.v. infra); — yā tasmiṁ samaye kaṅkhā ~ā
kaṅkhāyitattaṁ ... cittassa manovilekho, Dhs 425 =
1004 = 1118 = 1161 = 1235 = Vibh 365,2 = 168,2 = Nidd I
414,22 = II 75,9; yāva Buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā
dukkhe vā samudaye vā nirodhe vā magge vā ~ā
vimati vicikicchā +, Peṭ 132,11.

" 346862373274914816,kaṅkhāyita,en,"

kaṅkhāyita

, (mf)n. [pp. < kaṅkhāyati, q.v.; cf.
kaṅkhita, q.v.], doubt; mā no ~aṁ ahū, Sn 1021; —
°-tta, n. [abstr. of prec], the property of being in
doubt; — gramm. lit.: kaṅkhā kaṅkhāyanā ~aṁ + ...
ice ete kaṅkhāpariyāyā, Sadd 330,4; — exeg.: (in
""etymology"") kaṅkhāsamaṅgī cittaṁ kaṅkhāya āyi-
tattā kaṅkhāyitaṁ nāma, tassa bhāvo ~aṁ, As 259,26
(ad Dhs 425, q.v. infra); — kaṅkhā kaṅkhāyanā ~aṁ
vimati vicikicchā dveḷhakaṁ ... cittassa manovile-
kho, Dhs 425 = 1004 = 1118 = 1161 = 1235 = Vibh 365,3
= 168,2 = Nidd I 414,22 = II 75,9.

" 346862369986580480,kaṅkhin,en,"

kaṅkhi(n)

, mfn. [cf. sa. kāṅkṣi(n)], 1. doubting;
2. longing for (only recorded ifc.); — 1. ~ī veci~
kicchī āgamaṁ, Sn 510; pañhān' antakaro Satthā
~īnaṁ paṭijānataṁ, 1148 (Nidd II 118,8); pucchāmi
Brahmānaṁ Sanaṁkumāraṁ ~ī akaṅkhiṁ para-
vediyesu katthaṭṭhito kimhi ca sikkhamāno pappoti
macco amataṁ Brahmalokan ti, D II 241,9* (Sv 665,1 =
Cp-a 49,21); ye kho keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā ~ī
vecikicchī ... te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā akusalaṁ
bhayabheravaṁ avhayanti, M I 18,32 (Ps I 116,15) ≠
18,34; api ca kho ~ī hoti vicikicchī aniṭṭhaṅgato
saddhamme, S III 99,19 ≠ A II 174,27 (Mp III 161,15);
taṁ so vatthapaṭicchannattā apassanto antomukha-
gatāya jivhāya pahūtabhāvaṁ asallakkhento, tesu
dvīsu lakkhaṇesu ~ī ahosi vicikicchī, Ps III 369,2 (ad
M II 135,9); — ifc. a-° (q.v.); — °-vecikicchi-
sandosa-hetu, ²ind. [-hetu < hetoḥ (or hetau ?)],
on account of the corruption that is due to being in
doubt and being perplexed; ye kho keci samaṇā vā
brāhmaṇā vā kaṅkhī vecikicchī ... ~u have te
bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā akusalaṁ bhayabheravaṁ
avhayanti, M I 18,32; — 2. ifc. mokkha-° (Pañca-g
106).kaṅkhin

" 346862369936248832,kaṅkhita,en,"

kaṅkhita

, (mf)n. [pp. < kaṅkhati, q.v.; cf.
kaṅkhāyita, q.v.], doubt; yaṁ me ~itaṁ aṅñāsi, vici-
kicchaṁ maṁ atāresi, namo te, Sn 540.

" 346862370011746304,kaṅkhitā,en,"

kaṅkhitā

, f. [abstr. < kaṅkhi(n) + tā], being in
doubt; yā kho pana sa bhikkhave ~tā vicikicchitā
aniṭṭhaṅgatatā saddhamme saṅkhāro so, S III 99,21.

" 346862369961414656,kaṅkhitabba,en,"

kaṅkhitabba

, mfn. [ger. of kaṅkhati, q.v.; cf.
kaṅkhaniya], to be doubted; to be in doubt about;
kaṅkhaniye ṭhāne ti, ~e kāraṇe, Spk III 109,29 (ad S IV
350,15).

" 346862370066272256,kankhuppattisamaya,en,"

kankh'-uppatti-samaya

, m. [kaṅkhā + uppat-
ti], the occasion when doubt arises; ~e upasaṁka-
manavarassa gahitattā taṁ khanaṁ ... avoca, Mp II
335,27.

" 346862372696100864,kaṅkuṭṭhaka,en,"

kaṅkuṭṭhaka

, m. [cf. sa. kaṅkuṣṭha], a kind of
medicinal earth of golden or silvery colour; cf. kuṅ-
kuṭṭhaka, q.v.; — ifc. lākhā-° (Mhv XXXII 6).

" 346862364521402368,kaññā,en,"

kaññā

, f. [cf. Amg. kaṇṇā; sa. kanyā], a young girl
(above 7 years old, and unmarried); — lex. lit.: ku-
mārikā tu ~ā, Abh 231; — gramm. lit.: (in ""etymol-
ogy"" of ~) ettha ca yobbanibhāve ṭhitattā rūpavilā-
sena kanati dippati virocatī ti ~ā, atha vā kanīyati
kāmīyati abhipatthīyati purisehī ti pi ~ā, Sadd
397,10; for paradigm of ~, cf. Sadd 197,6; — atha
soḷasame vasse disvāna maṁ pattayobbanaṁ ~aṁ
oruddha tassa putto Giridāso nāma nāmena, Thī 445;
taṅ ce tuvaṁ rakkhasādesi ~aṁ muddhā va hi sat-
tadhā te phaleyya, Ja V 92,7*; gaccha ~e yathāsukhan
ti, 160,28*; ~āhi alaṁkatāhi, 169,14*; ahaṁ ~aṁ dadāmi
te, VI 434,6*; Pv 73; Vv 1028; — ifc. alaṁkata-
nāga-° (Ja VI 173,2); asura-°; khattiya-° (M I 88,7;
A II 205,10; IV 128,14); gahapati-° (M I 88,7; A II
205,10; IV 128,14); dija-°(Ja V 421,2); deva-° (Ja VI
590,14; VI 278,27*); nāga-° (Ja VI 313,10; Kv 473,17;
~-sata, Cp-a 179,18); brāhmaṇa-° (A IV 128,14; Mil
123,19); rāja-° (S V 351,13; Ja Vl 23,6; Mil 220,17);
Sivi-° (Ja VI 589,1,6'); seṭṭhi-° (Spk II 187,16).

" 346862104315170816,kaṇṇa,en,"

kaṇṇa, 2.a.(i)

~esu, reading of Ce for koṇesu ad Kkh(2) 41,16.

" 346862340324462592,kaṇṇa,en,"

kaṇṇa

, m., 1.a. an ear (on human beings or ani-
mals); b. the ear of a pitcher (cf. kumbha-°, q.v. sub
ifc); hence: a handle; 2.a.(i) a corner (of a square);
(ii) a corner (of a cīvara); (iii) a corner (of a room,
e.g., a monk's cell); cf. the cpd.s kaṇṇakaṇṇa,
kaṇṇabhāga, qq.v. infra; 3.a. an end (of a piece of
cloth); b. the edge of a (carpenter's) adze (only re-
corded ifc. q.v. infra); — lex. lit.: sotaṁ saddagga-
ho ~o savanaṁ suti, Abh 150 (Abh-ṭ 117,13); ~o koṇe
ca savane, Abh 1120; — gramm. lit.: kaṇṇa savaṇe ...
~o. kaṇṇayanti saddaṁ suṇanti etenā ti ~o, Sadd
536,24 (sutta 1438); savanaṁ karotī ti ~o = savanaṁ,
Mogg-v ad Mogg VII 65; — 1.a. navahi sotehi
asucī savati ... ~amhā kaṇṇagūthako, Sn 197 = Ja I
146,22*; na kesehi na sīsena na ~ehi +, Sn 608; chab-
baggiyā bhikkhū Aciravatiyā nadiyā gāvīnaṁ ta-
rantīnaṁ ... ~esu pi gaṇhanti, Vin I 191,2; mukhato
ca nāsato ca ~ato ca assāsapassāsesu uparuddhesu
adhimattā vātā muddhānaṁ ūhananti, M I 243,25;
243,34; rañño nāgo ... purimehi pi pādehi kammaṁ
karoti... ~ehi pi kammaṁ karoti, 415,6 (Ps III 127,25);
A I 47,18 = II 122,14; hatthapādam pi chṁdanti, -am pi
chindanti +, Nidd I 154,8 = 403,17; gāmadārakā siṅge-
su pi ~esu pi galesu pi gahetvā olambanti, Ja I 194,12;
cāleti ~aṁ, III 99,13*; V 202,21*; -to, 438,30'; -to, 504,26'
≠ Cp-a 257,5; jātarūpamayā ~ā, Ja VI 268,17* (268,20') =
271,12*; uppattesiyena cittena ... ~o saṇṭhāti, Kv
493,30 = 494,5; Vism 345,32; so ghare dhenuvacchako
viya ~e olambetvā, Ps IV 225,11; Buddho Dhammo
Saṅgho ti vutte ~e pidahati, Spk I 226,10; — ifc.
khaṇḍita-° (Pv-a 158,4); gaṇḍa-° (Sp 1029,3; Pālim
143,31); chidda-° (Ja II 185,23,'); chidda-matta-°
(Sp 1028,29); chidda-mattaka-° (Vin-vn 2496);
chinna-° (Pv-a 158,5); jatuka-° (Sp 1028,30 [so read
with BeCe; Ee -ṭ-]); jatu-mūsika-° (Vin-vn 2496);
dakkhiṇa-° (Spk II 88,14); pahaṭṭha-° (~-vāla, Vin
II 195,6; Ja V 335,17); pūti-° (Vin-vn 2497);
mūsika-° (Sp 1028,30 [so read with BeCe; Ee mūl-]);
ratta-puppha-° (~-pūra [v.l. ~-dhar-], Ja VI 324,16);
¹Lamba-° (Mhv XXXV 19); ²lamba-° (~-tā, Ja II
185,24' [v.ll. -kaṇṇaṁ, -kaṇṇakaṁ]; ~-baddha,
Vibh-mṭ 69,24); vaṅkita-° (Sp 1029,5; Vin-vn 2497);
vāma-° (Spk II 88,15); vi-° (Vin I 297,18,19);
viddha-° (Ja II 185,23'); saṅkhitta-° (Ap 548,15);
hatthi-° (Sp 1028,29; Vin-vn 2496); — 1.b.
seyyathā pi nāma balavā soṇḍikākammakaro
mahantaṁ soṇḍikākilañjaṁ ... ~e gahetvā
ākaḍḍheyya +, M I 228,34; seyyathā pi nāma balavā
soṇḍikādhutto vālaṁ ~e gahetvā odhuneyya +, 229,1
(= ubhosu ~esu gahetvā, Ps II 271,35); — ifc.
kumbha-° (Bv XII 5); dabbi-° (Ja I 347,28; Dhp-a I
371,6); — 2.a.(i) ete tāva catusu ~esu ṭhatvā cattāro
pi janā maṁ vijjhituṁ nâsakkhiṁsu, Ja V 130,12; —
2.a.(ii) cīvaraṁ saṁharantena caturaṅgulaṁ ~aṁ
ussāretvā cīvaraṁ saṁharitabbaṁ mā majjhe
bhaṅgo ahosī ti, Vin I 46,30 (= ~aṁ ca-
turaṅgulappamāṇaṁ atirekaṁ katvā evaṁ cīvaraṁ
saṅgharitabbaṁ, Sp 979,11) = 51,19 = II 228,30; anujā-
nami bhikkhave ~e bandhitun ti. ~o jirati, 1286,28,29;
Ja I 426,5; IV 250,25; Sp 1392,33; 890,25 (ad Vin IV 186,10);
Sp 1217,25; Bhagavā ... upanītaṁ dvīsu ~esu gahetvā
aṭṭhāsi, Ps II 167,11; 168,2; It-a II 115,26; — ifc.
cīvara-° (Dhp-a III 420,3; Vism 389,14; Ss 52,14;
~-matta, Ja I 73,3; Spk I 323,7); pārupana-° (Mp I
171,26; Pv-a 74,18); saṅghāṭi-° (Vin II 119,7; It 90,16;
Dhp-a II 178,13; Ps II 254,15); sāṭaka-° (Ja III 42,1); —
3.a. ifc. vāsi-° (Dhp-a III 199,22); — 3.b. so ...
tass' ekaṁ ~aṁ nivāsetvā ekaṁ pārupitvā
nikkhami, Ja V 212,18.[[side 69]]

" 346862340286713856,kaṇṇa,en,"

kaṇṇ(a)

, the root kaṇṇ; ~a savane Dhātup 575 =
Dhātum 807; ~a savaṇe, Sadd 536,24.kaṇṇa

" 346862334225944576,kaṇṇabaddha,en,"

kaṇṇa-baddha

, n. [cf. kaṇṇabandha, kaṇṇâ-
bandha, kaṇṇâviddha, qq.v.], the ear lobe; ~aṁ pana
pāmaṅgasuttaṁ viya, Spk-pṭ II 120,19; -an ti kaṇṇa-
pāḷi, Vibh-anuṭ 74,10 (ad Vibh-mṭ 69,24); — ifc.
lamba-° (Vibh-mṭ 69,24).

" 346862330161664000,kaṇṇabaddha,en,"

[

kaṇṇâbaddha

, n. [kaṇṇa + ābaddha], the ear-
lobe; v.l. at Sp 1026,19 (with reading kaṇṇabandha),
Be, and Vmv II 127,4 for BeCe and Vmv kaṇṇâviddha]

" 346862330178441216,kaṇṇābaddha,en,"

[

kaṇṇâbaddha

, n. [kaṇṇa + ābaddha], the ear-
lobe; v.l. at Sp 1026,19 (with reading kaṇṇabandha),
Be, and Vmv II 127,4 for BeCe and Vmv kaṇṇâviddha]

" 346862334389522432,kaṇṇabandha,en,"

[

kaṇṇa-bandha

, reading at Sp 1026,19 (with v.l.
kaṇṇâbandha) and v.l. of Be at Thī-a 211,11 for kaṇṇâ-
viddha, which probably read with BeCe and Vmv Be
II 127,4]

" 346862334293053440,kaṇṇabhāga,en,"

kaṇṇa-bhāga

, m., the corner (of a monk's cell);
ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā ti ālokasandhibhāgā ca ~ā
ca, santarabāhirāni vātapānakavāṭakāni ca gabbhassa
ca cattāro koṇā pamajjitabbā ti attho, Sp 980,25 (ad
Vin I 48,8 = II 209,6 = 218,26 = 225,9); — ifc. āloka-
sandhi-° (Vin I 48,8 - II 209,6 = 218,26 = 225,9).

" 346862334448242688,kaṇṇabhagandarika,en,"

kaṇṇa-bhagandarika

, mfn., having ulcers in
the ear; (in description of the parisadūsaka) yonaka-
jātiko pana parisadūsako na hoti, sabhāvo yeva hi so
tassa ~o vā niccapūtinā kaṇṇena samannāgato, gaṇ-
ḍakaṇṇo vā sadā paggharitapubbena kaṇṇena sam-
annāgato, Sp 1029,2 (ad Vin I 91,31) = Pālim 142,30.

" 346862328714629120,kaṇṇabharaṇa,en,"

kaṇṇâbharaṇa

, n. [kaṇṇa + ābharaṇa; cf. sa.
karṇâbharaṇa], an ear ornament; tatra ~e kuṇḍalâdi
dvayaṁ, Abh-ṭ 201,21 (ad Abh 284).

" 346862328731406336,kaṇṇābharaṇa,en,"

kaṇṇâbharaṇa

, n. [kaṇṇa + ābharaṇa; cf. sa.
karṇâbharaṇa], an ear ornament; tatra ~e kuṇḍalâdi
dvayaṁ, Abh-ṭ 201,21 (ad Abh 284).

" 346862327062073344,kaṇṇabheda,en,"

kaṇṇa-bheda

, m., the ear canal; chidda ~e, Sadd
543,22 (sutta 1494).

" 346862327120793600,kaṇṇabheri,en,"

kaṇṇa-bheri

, f., a pair of big kettledrums (?); ct.
so; cf. LB. HORNER, Cṇ-Trsl.: 11 no. 3: perhaps a
double-drum [sic.]; āsāvayitvā ~iṁ mahādānaṁ da-
dām 'ahaṁ, Cp 90 (~in [v.ll. taṇhā-, kaṇha-] ti yuga-
lamahābheriṁ, Cp-a 85,11); — Rem.: ~ may well be
w.r. for *khaṇa-bheri (< *kṣaṇabheri) which occurs in
the form chaṇabheri (a festival drum; a kind of ket-
tledrum used when proclaiming a festival) at Ja VI
399,13, q.v.; both the context and the gloss yugala-
mahābheri (a pair of big kettledrums) at Cp-a would
seem to support the above suggestion, whereas it is
uncertain what ~ (a kettledrum with handles ?)
might mean.

" 346862364701757440,kaññābhikkhā,en,"

kaññā-bhikkhā

, f., alms in the form of a girl;
aṭṭhacattārīsaṁ vassāni brahmacariyaṁ caritvā
brāhmaṇadvāre ~aṁ āhiṇḍanti, Pj II 316,24.

" 346862326797832192,kaṇṇabhūsā,en,"

kaṇṇa-bhūsā

, n. [cf. sa. karṇabhūṣā], an ear or-
nament; only recorded in lex. lit.: bījakose ghara-
kūṭe, ~āya kaṇṇikā, Abh 875 (~āyaṁ kaṇṇâlaṅkāre,
Abh-ṭ 526,20).

" 346862227749343232,kannabhūsana,en,"

[

kanna-bhūsana

, w.r. at Dīp 61,9 for kaṇṇa°]

" 346862327183708160,kaṇṇabila,en,"

kaṇṇa-bila

, n., orifice of the ear; ~ehi kaṇṇa-
gūthako, Vism 195,10; asurabhavanaṁ dasayojanasa-
hassaṁ kaṇṇe pakkhittasūciyā ~aṁ viya hoti, Ps IV
156,9.

" 346862331591921664,kaṇṇacālanadi,en,"

kaṇṇa-cālanâdi

, mfn. [cālana + ādi], wiggling
the ears, etc.; kālabāhu pi ... rājakumārānaṁ purato
~īni (Be -cala-) karonto kumāre bhāyāpesi, Ja III
99,21.

" 346862331617087488,kaṇṇacālanādi,en,"

kaṇṇa-cālanâdi

, mfn. [cālana + ādi], wiggling
the ears, etc.; kālabāhu pi ... rājakumārānaṁ purato
~īni (Be -cala-) karonto kumāre bhāyāpesi, Ja III
99,21.

" 346862331751305216,kaṇṇacchadana,en,"

kaṇṇa-cchadana

, n., ear covering; ~aṁ pūrati
yena so kaṇṇapūro, Abh-ṭ 202,13 (ad Abh 284:
kaṇṇapūra, q.v.).

" 346862331906494464,kaṇṇaccheda,en,"

kaṇṇa-ccheda

, m., cutting off the ear; sabbe te
tāvatakena pāpena labhanti hatthacchedaṁ ... ~aṁ
+, Mil 290,13 = 357,29.

" 346862332057489408,kaṇṇacchedana,en,"

kaṇṇa-cchedana

, n. [cf. Amg. kaṇṇaccheyana],
cutting off the ear; hatthapādacchedanam pi duk-
khaṁ, ~am pi dukkhaṁ, kaṇṇanāsacchedanam pi
dukkhaṁ, Mil 197,4.

" 346862331835191296,kaṇṇacchidda,en,"

kaṇṇa-cchidda

, n. [sa. karṇacchidra], the ear ca-
nal; — exeg.: yaṁ ajjhattaṁ paccattaṁ ākāsaṁ ākā-
sagataṁ upādiṇṇaṁ, seyyathîdaṁ ~aṁ nāsac-
chiddaṁ mukhadvāraṁ, M I 423,7 (= maṁsalohi-
tâdīhi asamphuṭṭhaṁ kaṇṇavivaraṁ, Ps III 139,6) =
III 242,2 = Vibh 84,31 (= kaṇṇasmiṁ chiddaṁ
vivaraṁ [v.l. kaṇṇavivaraṁ] maṁsalohitehi
asamphuṭṭhokāso, Vibh-a 72,9,10); — ~e, Vin III 39,23;
mahājano bheriyā āṇaṁ sutvā ... attano ca ~āni
yathā parassa saddaṁ sotuṁ na sakkā evaṁ māsa-
piṭṭhena limpi, Ja II 244,21; yo ... ~e pi lomāni pak-
khipitvā gacchati āpatti yeva, Sp 689,6; Ps I 58,9; sam-
palimaṭṭhan ti, dve pi ~āni vinivijjhitvā paṭhaviyaṁ
ākoṭanavasena sampalimaṭṭhaṁ, Spk III 5,8 (ad S IV
170,31); Kkh 71,3; — °(a)ntarâdi, mfn., the interior
of the ear canal, etc.; — ifc. phalak'-antara-°
(Dhp-a I 358,8); — °-kūpaka, m., the hole of the
ear canal; evaṁ sotam p' etaṁ bilajjhāsayaṁ
ākāsasannissitaṁ ~e yeva ajjhāsayaṁ karoti, Spk III
70,8 (= kaṇṇacchiddasaññite āvāḷe, Spk-pṭ II 348,19) =
As 314,19; — °-matta, n., nothing but the ear canal
(used of persons without the outer ear); chiddamat-
takaṇṇo vā yassa vinā kaṇṇasakkhalikāhi ~am eva
hoti, Sp 1028,32 (ad Vin I 91,32); — °-saññita, mfn.,
denoted ""ear canal""; kaṇṇacchiddakūpake ti ~e
āvāṭe, Spk-pṭ II 348,19; — °âkāsa, m. [kaṇṇacchidda
+ ākāsa], the ether in the ear canal; ~o yeva tassa
saddasavane paccayo hoti, Spk III 70,9 = As 314,20.

" 346862330631426048,kaṇṇacchinna,en,"

kaṇṇa-cchinna

, mfn. [cf. Amg. kaṇṇacchinna],
(bhvr.) having the ear cut off; for this type of cpd., cf.
Sadd 766,7-11; bhikkhū hatthacchinnaṁ pabbājenti
... ~aṁ ... nāsacchinnaṁ ... pabbājenti, Vin I 91,9
(~o ti yassa kaṇṇamūle vā kaṇṇasakkhalikāya vā
eko vā dve vā kaṇṇā chinnā honti, Sp 1026,17-20);
322,21; dujjīvitaṁ nāma hatthacchinnassa ... ~assa
nāsacchinnassa, III 74,2; Kv 31,30.

" 346862331667419136,kaṇṇacūḷa,en,"

kaṇṇa-cūḷa

, m., the root of the ear; — °âdi,
mfn. [cūḷa + ādi], the root of the ear, etc.; — ifc.
hattha-° (Ud-a 369,6); — °âlaṅkāra, m. [cūḷa +
alaṅkāra; cf. kaṇṇacūḷikā, q.v.], an ornament of the
root of the ear (of an elephant); ~o dve satasahassāni,
Ja VI 488,26 = Cp-a 82,6.[[side 70]]

" 346862330010669056,kaṇṇacūlika,en,"

kaṇṇa-cūlik[ā/a]

, f. [cf. sa. cūḍikā: the root of an
elephant's ear], the root of the ear; kaṭukappabheda-
no ti tikhiṇamado, hatthīnaṁ hi madakāle ~ā pa-
bhijjanti, Dhp-a IV 13,14 (ad Dhp 324); ubhosu pas-
sesu ~āhi paṭṭhāya heṭṭhā, Sp 336,23; hatthīnaṁ
ubhohi ~āhi sambhavo nikkhamati, Sp 519,26; ~āhi
vā paṭṭhāya mukhaṁ nikhādanena khaṇanti, Ps II
59,1; kaṇṇesu ~ā viya, Spk III 9,13; — ifc. dak-
khina-° (Ja II 276,7'; Spk III 9,27; Pj I 48,7); nalāṭa-°
(Vism 255,19; Vibh-a 238,23; Pj I 51,3); vāma-° (Pj I
48,5); — °-gala-vāṭaka-pariccheda, m., cutting
(the skin on both sides of the face) from the root of
the ear to the neck; used in description of a kind of
execution called saṅkhamuṇḍaka (""the conch shell
bald head""); uttaroṭṭhaubhato ~ena cammaṁ chin-
ditvā sabbakese ekato gaṇṭhiṁ katvā daṇḍena cā-
letvā uppāṭenti, Mp II 88,21 (ad A I 47,22:
saṅkhamuṇḍakaṁ); — °-ṭṭhāna, n., the place of
the root of the ear; vaṭaṁsakaṁ ~e olambakan ti pi
vadanti, Sp-ṭ I 162,10 (ad Sp 75,10); — °-ṭṭhi, n., the
bones at the root of the ear; = the otic bones; ~īni na-
hāpitakhurakosasaṇṭhānāni, Vism 255,18 = Vibh-a
238,22 = Pj I 51,2;kaṇṇa-cūlikā

" 346862330031640576,kaṇṇacūlikā,en,"

kaṇṇa-cūlik[ā/a]

" 346862364643037184,kaññādāna,en,"

kaññā-dāna

, n., giving a girl in marriage;
vivāho ti ~aṁ, Ps IE 400,20 (ad M II 105,14) = Pj II 448,5
(ad Sn 105,17); āvāhavivāhan ti kaññāgahaṇañ c' eva
~añ ca, Kv-a 104,19 (ad Kv 360,12).

" 346862332715995136,kaṇṇadhāra,en,"

kaṇṇa-dhāra

, m. [cf. Amg. kaṇṇadhāra; prakr.
kaṇṇahāra; sa. karṇadhāra; v. D. Schlingloff, Arti-
bus Asiae 38 1976: 28 note 78], a helmsman; only re-
corded in lex. lit.: ~o tu nāviko, Abh 666 (nāvāya
kaṇṇo viya kaṇṇo. mahanto kenipāto, tena pa-
vahaṇapatisavanato, taṁ dharatī ti, Abh-ṭ 441,9).[[side 71]]

" 346862332829241344,kaṇṇadhovana,en,"

kaṇṇa-dhovana

, n., cleaning the ear; kaṇṇasan-
dhopikan (v.l. -dhovi-) ti ~ena kīḷitabbaṁ, Mp V
67,22 (ad A V 202,13).

" 346862364546568192,kaññāgahana,en,"

kaññā-gahana

, n., receiving a girl in marriage;
āvāho ti ~aṁ, Ps in 400,19 (ad M II 105,13) = Pj II 448,5
(ad Sn 105,16); āvāhavivāhan ti ~añ c' eva kaññādānañ
ca, Kv-a 104,19 (ad Kv 360,14).

" 346862331487064064,kaṇṇagoccha,en,"

Kaṇṇa-goccha

, n.; Npr.; a city on the upper
reaches of the Ganges; also known as Kaṇṇakujja,
q.v.; v. PPN s.v.; nagare ~amhi rajjaṁ kāresuṁ te
idha, Dīp III 26; Mhv-ṭ 128,22.

" 346862331424149504,kaṇṇagūthaka,en,"

kaṇṇa-gūthaka

, m. [sa. karṇagūthaka], earwax;
ath' assa navahi sotehi asūci savati sabbadā ak-
khimhā akkhigūthako kaṇṇamhā ~o, Sn 197 (kaṇ-
ṇacchiddehi rajojallasadiso ~o, Pj II 248,23) = Ja I
146,22* = M II 196,10; aṅṅatarassa bhikkhuno ~ehi
kaṇṇā thakitā honti, Vin II 134,38; kaṇṇamhā ~o ...
nissandati, Vism 345,32; 195,10; akkhigūthako ~o
sarīre uṭṭhitaloṇan ti idaṁ sabbaṁ vaṭṭati, Sp 854,15.

" 346862332120403968,kaṇṇajalūkā,en,"

kaṇṇa-jalūkā

, f. [sa. karṇajalūkā], a kind of red-
dish centipede (= ]ulus cornifex); ~ā satapady atha,
Abh 622 (kaṇṇassa jalūkā rattapā ~ā, Abh-ṭ 414,22).

" 346862331063439360,kaṇṇajappa,en,"

kaṇṇa-jappa

, m. [cf. kaṇṇe-japa, q.v.], whisper-
ing into the ear; yebhuyyasikakamme tu salākaṁ
gāhaye budho gūḷhena vivaṭenâpi ~ena vā pana,
Vin-vn 2770; Vin-vn 2771.

" 346862332309147648,kaṇṇajappaka,en,"

kaṇṇa-jappaka

, mfn., whispering into the ear;
— ifc. sa-° (Vin II 98,37 foll).

" 346862332367867904,kaṇṇajappana,en,"

kaṇṇa-jappana

, n., according to the ct.s ~
either means 1. casting a spell on the ears (of an
opponent in a lawsuit) by muttering a magic formu-
la (= vijjājapana); according to the ct. (v. infra) the
spell prevents him from hearing what is being said,
thus being unable to answer the questions of the
judge; or 2. muttering one's whishes into the ear of
a god; — 1. ~aṁ ādāsapañhaṁ ... iti vā evarūpāya
tiracchānavijjāya micchājīvā paṭivirato Samano
Gotamo ti, D I 11,20 (~an (v.l. -jappan) ti kaṇṇehi
saddaṁ asavanatthāya vijjājapanaṁ. taṁ kira japitvā
vinicchayaṭṭhāne yaṁ icchati taṁ bhaṇati,
paccatthiko taṁ na suṇāti, tato paṭivacanaṁ
sampādetuṁ na sakkoti, Sv 97,6) = 69,14; — 2.
icchitatthassa devatāya kaṇṇe kathanavasena
jappanaṁ ~an ti, Sv-pṭ I 168, 30 = Sv-ṭ I 131,6 (ad D I
11,20).

" 346862340404154368,kaṇṇaka,en,"

kaṇṇaka

, mf(-ikā)n. and n. [sa. karṇaka], 1.
(mfn.) having ears (only ifc.); 2. having corners
(only ifc.); 3. (n.) mould; cf. kaṇṇikā 4., q.v.; — 1.
ifc aṁkita-° (Ja II 185,10*,23'); Ava-°; āviddha-°
(Vin-vn 2496); upa-°; chinna-° (~-nāma, Vjb 288,17
ad Vin IV 10,1); Java-° (Vin IV 6,14; 10,1); Lamba-°
(Mp II 30,15; Mhv XXXV 16 [reading -ikā; v.l. -akā]);
vaṅka-° (~-nāma, Vjb 288,18 ad Vin IV 10,1); vi-° (Ja
II 227,27*; 228,2*; ~-jātaka, Ja II 227,1-229,4 (= 233);
~-salla, 228,7'; ~-salla-sadisā, 227,7*); sasa-° (Ja VI
277,25*); — 2. ifc. catu-° (Vin II 137,6; Sp 1212,8);
dasā-° (Ps III 451,21); — 3. dantakaṭṭhapūvâdīsu
-am pi abbohārikam eva, Sp 765,8.

" 346862340462874624,kaṇṇakagandhapilotikagandhadi,en,"

kaṇṇaka-gandha-pilotika-gandhâdi

, mfn.
[gandha + ādi], the smell from mould and the smell
of old rags, etc.; evaṁ sante pi ~ayo pāḷiyaṁ anā-
gatā, As 320,3; — in cpd. taṭṭika-pilotika-~-vaṇṇâdi-
bheda, As 318,25.

" 346862340475457536,kaṇṇakagandhapilotikagandhādi,en,"

kaṇṇaka-gandha-pilotika-gandhâdi

" 346862328211312640,kaṇṇakaṇṇa,en,"

kaṇṇa-kaṇṇa

, m., each corner (of a house); sa ...
tassa gehassa ~ehi bahuṁ kacavaraṁ saṅkaḍḍhitvā,
Ja I 292,9.

" 346862330740477952,kaṇṇakatthala,en,"

Kaṇṇa-katthala

, m.; Npr.; a deer-park in Ujuñ-
ñā; v. PPN s.v.; ekaṁ samayaṁ Bhagavā Ujuññāyaṁ
viharati ~e (v.l. Kanna-) migadāye, D I 161,3 (Sv
349,9) = M II 125,9 (Ps III 356,7); — °-sutta, n.; title
of M II 125,7-133,8 (= sutta 90); Ps III 356,1-361,14 (ad
loc).

" 346862340517400576,kaṇṇakaṭukatā,en,"

kaṇṇa-kaṭukatā

, f. [abstr.], the property of
being harsh to the ear; dutiye ~āya amanāpaṁ va-
dantā kaṇṇesu vijjhantā viya hontī ti āha omasantī ti
ovijjhantī ti, Sp-ṭ III 3,9 (ad Sp 738,5).

" 346862327909322752,kaṇṇakita,en,"

kaṇṇakita

, mfn. [< kaṇṇaka + ita; cf. sa.
karṇakita; Pāṇ V 2 36 and gaṇapāṭha ad loc], 1.a.
mouldy; LB. HORNER, Vin-Trsl. suggests: stained;
but ct. (q.v, infra) refers to ~ in the context of kaṇ-
ṇaka (q.v.) and thus evidently takes it to mean
mouldy; b. mildewed; 2. rusty; — 1.a. sace geru-
kaparikammakatā bhitti ~ā hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā
pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi ~ā
hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā, Vin I
48,9 (qu. Sp 765,9 ad Sp 765,8: kaṇṇaka) = II 209,7 =
218,28 = 225,12; — 1.b. bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṁ hatthe
cīvaraṁ nikkhipitvā santaruttarena janapadacārikaṁ
pakkamanti, tāni cīvarāni ciraṁ nikkhittāni ~āni
honti, Vin III 198,6 foll. (~ānī ti sedena phuṭṭho-
kāsesu sañjātakāḷasetamaṇḍalāni, Sp 651,5) = IV
281,15; sītasamaye dvārañ ca vātapānaṅ ca supida-
hitaṁ kātabbaṁ, sītena hi cīvarāni ~āni honti, Sp
1122,5; — 2. sūciyo ~āyo honti, Vin II 115,37 (~āyo
hontī ti mallagahitā honti, Sp 1205,27).

" 346862331302514688,kaṇṇakoṇa,en,"

kaṇṇa-koṇa

, m., (dv.) the corner (of the cīvara)
and the corners (of the button patch and the patch of
the button fastener); for a discussion of koṇa, v.
infra s.v.; ~esu suttāni ratte chindeyya cīvare,
Vin-vn 3038 (= cīvarakaṇṇesu suttāni c' eva
gaṇṭhikapāsakapaṭṭānaṁ koṇesu suttāni ca chindey-
yaṁ, Vin-vn-ṭ II 353,22).

" 346862331382206464,kaṇṇakoṇakasutta,en,"

kaṇṇa-koṇaka-sutta

, n., the thread(s) at the
corners (of the cīvara) and at the corners (of the but-
ton patch and the button fastener patch); ghaṁseyya
doṇiyaṁ katvā pahārena ca muṭṭhinā ~āni ratte
chindeyya cīvare, Khuddas XXXV 8.

" 346862330790809600,kaṇṇakujja,en,"

Kaṇṇa-kujja

, n. [< *kānya-; cf. Mittelindisch §
72, 250; sa. Kānyakubja]; Npr.; a city on the upper
reaches of the Ganges; cf. Akira Hirakawa, An
Evaluation of the Sources on the Date of the Buddha,
in The Dating of the Historical Buddha, part 1: 268-
269, AWG, Göttingen 1991; v. PPN s.v.; atha kho
āyasmā Revato Saṅkassā ~aṁ agamāsi, Vin II 299,32
foll.; III 11,25; — °-nagara, n., the city of Kaṇṇakuj-
ja; tato aparena samayena ~e Surakkhito rājaputto ca
purohitaputto Dhammasenakumāro ... saṭṭhiyā
purisasatasahassehi saddhiṁ paccuggantvā, Bv-a
233,21; — ~-dvāra, n., the gate of the city of
Kaṇṇakujja; ~e mahāsālarukkhamūle
dhammacakkhuṁ uppādesi, Bv-a 253,31.

" 346862330912444416,kaṇṇakuṇḍalahāra,en,"

kaṇṇa-kuṇḍala-hāra

, m., earring and necklace;
~e ca valaye ratanāmaye, Mhv LXXVI 206.

" 346862331256377344,kaṇṇakūpachidda,en,"

kaṇṇa-kūpa-chidda

, n. [cf. kaṇṇachidda, q.v.],
the ear canal; ~e yeva pavattanato ārammaṇaggaha-
ṇahetuto ca tatth' eva ajjhāsayaṁ karotī ti vuttaṁ,
As-mṭ 149,17 (ad As 314,19).

" 346862329922588672,kaṇṇalaṅkāra,en,"

kaṇṇâlaṅkāra

, m. [kaṇṇa + alaṅkāra], an ear or-
nament; āveḷine ti āvaḷasaṁkhātehi ~ehi yutte, Ja V
409,27'; ubho ~ā dve satasahassāni, Cp-a 82,4.

" 346862329943560192,kaṇṇālaṅkāra,en,"

kaṇṇâlaṅkāra

, m. [kaṇṇa + alaṅkāra], an ear or-
nament; āveḷine ti āvaḷasaṁkhātehi ~ehi yutte, Ja V
409,27'; ubho ~ā dve satasahassāni, Cp-a 82,4.

" 346862363133087744,kaññaliṅgana,en,"

kaññâliṅgana

, n. [kaṅñā + āliṅgana], embrac-
ing a girl; yad ettha satthā aggikkhandhâliṅganaṁ
~añ ca ānesi, Mp-ṭ III 196,4.

" 346862363141476352,kaññāliṅgana,en,"

kaññâliṅgana

, n. [kaṅñā + āliṅgana], embrac-
ing a girl; yad ettha satthā aggikkhandhâliṅganaṁ
~añ ca ānesi, Mp-ṭ III 196,4.

" 346862288411561984,kannāma,en,"

[

kannāma

, ghostword resulting from wrong division
of words at Ja VI 126,6'; read kiṁnāmakaṁ nāma with
BeCe for Ee kimnāma kannāma]

" 346862326130937856,kaṇṇamalaharaṇī,en,"

kaṇṇa-mala-haraṇī

, f. [cf. Amg. kaṇṇamala],
an earpick; aṅṅatarassa bhikkhuno kaṇṇagūthakehi
kaṇṇā thakitā honti ... anujānāmi bhikkhave ~in ti,
Vin II 135,2; bhikkhū añjanim pi añjanisalākam pi
~im pi ... kukkuccāyanti, 135,19; —ifc. añjanī-
salāka-° (Sp 1240,26 = Pālim 305,11 = Kkh 136,9
[with w.r. kaṇṇamalajaraṇī]).

" 346862327326314496,kaṇṇamalajaraṇī,en,"

[

kaṇṇa-mala-jaraṇī

, w.r. at Kkh 136,9 for
kaṇṇa-mala-haraṇī (q.v.), which read with Be]

" 346862327552806912,kaṇṇamūla,en,"

kaṇṇa-mūla

, n. [cf. Amg. kaṇṇamūla; sa.
karṇamūla], the root of the ear; — lex. lit.: ~aṁ tu
cūḷikā, Abh 363 (dvayaṁ ~e, Abh-ṭ 254,21); — ~e
āsīvisaṁ carantaṁ na jānāsī ti, Ja I 335,25; nikaṇṇikā
ti ~e mantaṇā, III 124,5'; sa khujjaṁ ~e āha, V 287,12;
tassa ~e mantayantassa saddo soḷasayojanaṭṭhānaṁ
pharati, Dhp-a I 173,9; II 8,1; rukkhadevatā ... ~e sad-
dam akāsi, Sp 575,31 = Ud-a 60,9; ~e vacībhedaṁ
katvā, Sp 1378,6 = Ps IV 109,10; nikaṇṇikan ti ~aṁ
vuccati, ~e jappeyyā ti vuttaṁ hoti, Sp 927,3 (ad Vin
IV 270,24); upakaṇṇakaṁ jappetī ti ... ~e manteti,
1363,1 (ad Vin V 161,36); Ps II 92,30; 93,14; 135,6; Ud-a
317,7.

" 346862326491648000,kaṇṇamuṇḍa,en,"

Kaṇṇa-muṇḍa

, m. [cf. Kannamuṇḍaka, q.v. in-
fra]; Npr.; one of the seven lakes (v. infra) of Hima-
vat; v. PPN s.v.; — lex. lit.: Anotatto tathā ~o ca
Rathakārako, Abh 679 (Abh-ṭ 448,11); — Pv 356 foll.;
tvañ ca deva bahukāro atthāya me idhâgato sumut-
tâhaṁ ~assa asokā akutobhayā, 364; Pv-a 159,25; —
°-pabbata-samīpatta, n. [abstr.], the property of
being near to the mountain Kaṇṇamuṇḍa; ~ā Kaṇṇa-
muṇḍo, Abh-ṭ 448,11 (ad Abh 679); — °-peta-
vatthu, n., the story of the Peta of Kaṇṇamuṇḍa;
title of Pv 347-366 (II 12); Pv-a 150,27-160,26; sabbaṁ
~usmiṁ āgatanayen' eva veditabbaṁ, Pv-a 187,7; —
°-petī, f., the Petī of Kaṇṇamuṇḍa; idaṁ ... ~iṁ
ārabbha vuttaṁ, Pv-a 150,29; — °-Rathakāra-
Anotatta-Sīhappapāta-Tiyaggala-
Mucalinda-Kuṇāla-daha, m.; sarā ti mahāsarā.
~e gahetvā vadati, Sv 164,4 = Spk II 344,15.

" 346862327435366400,kaṇṇamuṇḍadaha,en,"

Kaṇṇa-muṇḍa-daha

, m. [cf. Kaṇṇamuṇḍaka-
daha, q.v. supra], the lake Kaṇṇamuṇḍa; ~ato devatā-
paribhogaṁ ekaṁ ambapakkaṁ āgantvā jāle laggi,
Ja II 104,19; Anotattadaho ~o + ti satta mahāsarā pa-
tiṭṭhitā, Ps III 35,8 = Ud-a 300,14 = Mp IV 108,1; Pv-a
152,8; 152,29; Pj II 407,23; — °âbhimukha, mfn., fac-
ing lake Kaṇṇamuṇḍa; so ... Paṭigaṅgaṁ ~o gantvā,
Pv-a 154,3

" 346862327380840448,kaṇṇamuṇḍaka,en,"

Kaṇṇa-muṇḍaka

, m.; Npr.; = Kaṇṇamuṇḍa, q.v.
supra; gaganatale ṭhito va ramaṇīye Himavantapa-
dese ... ~aṁ Rathakāraṁ + ti sattadahe dassesi, Ja V
415,24'; Vism 416,19; Ps III 35,8 (ad M I 518,4); Ps III
232,3; — °-daha, m., lake Kannamuṇḍaka; ~e ve-
mānikapetī hutvā nibbattā, Sv 996,13.

" 346862328421027840,kaṇṇanaṅguṭṭhadi,en,"

kaṇṇa-naṅguṭṭhâdi

, mfn. [naṅguṭṭha + ādi],
ears and tail, etc.; ussolhikāyā ti, ussāhena ~īni
ukkhipitvā viravantā uppatanti, Spk I 239,9 (ad S I
170,24).

" 346862328441999360,kaṇṇanaṅguṭṭhādi,en,"

kaṇṇa-naṅguṭṭhâdi

, mfn. [naṅguṭṭha + ādi],
ears and tail, etc.; ussolhikāyā ti, ussāhena ~īni
ukkhipitvā viravantā uppatanti, Spk I 239,9 (ad S I
170,24).

" 346862332938293248,kaṇṇanāsā,en,"

kaṇṇa-nāsā

, f. [cf. sa. karṇanāsā; ā > a in cpd.s,
qq.v. infra], (dv.) ears and nose; kaṇṇam pi chindanti
... -am pi chindanti, M I 87,12 = III 164,4 = 185,24 =
Nidd I 154,9; chindatha -an ti, Ja II 120,17*; 121,2'; yo
te hatthe ca pāde ca ~añ ca chedayi, Ja III 42,6 qu.
Sadd 448,18; IV 156,11*; VI 453,5*; vividhā kammakara-
ṇā kārente ... kaṇṇam pi chindante ... ~am pi chin-
dante, A I 47,18 = II 122,14; Ps II 319,10; Dhp-a III 486,6;
— °'-aṅguli-chinna, mfn., (bhvr.) having the
ears, nose, and fingers cut off; hatthacchinnaṁ
alacchinnaṁ pādacchinnañ ca puggalaṁ ~aṁ
kaṇḍaracchinnam eva ca, Vin-vn 2486; — °-koṭi, f.,
the tip of the ear and the nose; mā kho pana tvaṁ
~īsu patiṭṭhissâssa khantī ti maññasi, Ja III 41,23; —
°-cchidda, f., the ear canals or the nostrils; pattaṁ
vā rajanaṁ vā pacantassa ~ehi dhūmo pavisati, Sp
853,7 qu. Pālim 122,6; — °-cchinna, mfn., (bhvr.)
having the ears and the nose cut off; for this type of
cpd., cf. Sadd 766,7-11; tena kho pana samayena
bhikkhū hatthacchinnaṁ pabbājenti... ~aṁ pabbā-
jenti, Vin I 91,9 (Sp 1026,24); dujjīvitaṁ nāma ...
~assa, III 74,2; ye ~ā te ~ā va bhavissantī ti, Mil 5,20;
seyyathā pi bhante paluṭṭhamakkatī ~ā, evaṁ eva ...
janapadakalyāṇī, Ud 22,32 (Ud-a 172,24; cf. Mp I 317,1:
janapadakalyāṇī... ~ā kāṇā makkaṭī viya); kaṇṇac-
chinno nāsacchinno ~o +, Kv 31,30; — [°-cchinna-
ka, reading of Be for kaṇṇanāsacchinna at Mp I
317,1]; — °-ccheda, m., cutting off the ears and
nose; sabbe te tāvatakena pāpena labhanti hatthac-
chedaṁ ... kaṇṇacchedaṁ nāsacchedaṁ ~aṁ +, Mil
290,14 = 357,29; — °-cchedana, n., cutting off ears
and nose; hatthapādacchedanam pi dukkhaṁ, ...
~am pi dukkhaṁ, Mil 197,5; — °-mukha-
cchidda, m., the ear canals, the nostrils, and the
larynx; pattaṁ vā rajanaṁ vā pacantassa ~ehi
dhūmo pavisati vyādhipaccayā pupphaṁ vā phalaṁ
vā upasiṅghati, abbohārikattā vaṭṭati, Sp 853,7; —
°âdi-dāna, n., the donation of ears and nose, etc.;
saddhindriyādi paṭilābhāya ~aṁ, Cp-a 307,1 = Sv-ṭ I
86,13.

" 346862333055733760,kaṇṇanāsikā,en,"

kaṇṇa-nāsikā

, f., (dv.) the ears and the nose;
hatthapādānaṁ hi ~ānañ ca chedanadukkhena duk-
khitassa ... balavaṁ kāyadukkhaṁ uppajjati, Vibh-a
105,16.

" 346862332212678656,kaṇṇapāḷi,en,"

kaṇṇa-pāḷi

, f. [cf. Amg. kaṇṇapāli; sa. karṇa-
pāli], the ear lobe; kaṅkaṇaṁ va sukataṁ suniṭṭhi-
taṁ sobhate su mama ~iyo pure, Thī 259 (= kaṇṇa-
pantā [q.v.] Thī-a 211,11); kaṇṇabaddhan ti ~i,
Vibh-anuṭ 74,10.

" 346862364672397312,kaññāpañcasatā,en,"

kaññā-pañcasatā

, f., five hundred girls; Anulā
nāma mahesī ~ā ca tā, Dīp XII 83; — saha-° (Dīp
Xll 86).

" 346862333454192640,kaṇṇapanta,en,"

[

kaṇṇa-panta

, reading at Thī-a 211,11 (with v.l.
kaṇṇagandhā) for Be kaṇṇagandhā (with v.l. kaṇṇa-
bandha) and Ce kaṇṇapatta; v.ll. would suggest
reading either kaṇṇapatta or kaṇṇabandha, qq.v.]

" 346862333135425536,kaṇṇapaṭala,en,"

kaṇṇa-paṭala

, n., a gill; udake macchā pi ~aṁ
āpoṭhentā (Be papphoṭetvā) taṁ saddaṁ suṇamānā
va tiṭṭhanti, Sv 453,9 = Ps III 383,7.

" 346862333353529344,kaṇṇapatta,en,"

kaṇṇa-patta

, m. and n. [cf. sa. karṇapattra], the
ear lobe; ath' eko paṇḍitamaccho ... Ānandassa ~ena
(Be -patte) paṭicchanno aṭṭhāsi, Ja V 463,11.

" 346862333278031872,kaṇṇapaṭṭikā,en,"

kaṇṇa-paṭṭikā

, f. [cf. sa. karṇapattraka], the ear
lobe; kaṇṇasakkhaliyan ti ~āyaṁ, Sv-ṭ II 333,2 (ad Sv
311,33).

" 346862332497891328,kaṇṇapeṇṇā,en,"

Kaṇṇa-peṇṇā

, f.; Npr.; the river Kaṇṇapeṇṇā (cf.
Kaṇhavaṇṇā); v. PPN s.v.; so ... ~āya nadiyā nivat-
tane Candakapabbataṁ nissāya paṇṇasālaṁ katvā,
Ja V 162,8; 163,5; — °-tīra, m., the bank of the river
Kaṇṇapeṇṇā; ~aṁ, Ja V 168,11'; — °-daha, m., lake
Kaṇṇapeṇṇā; rahadan ti ~aṁ, Ja V 168,5'; — °-nadī,
f., the river Kaṇṇapeṇṇā; taṁ enaṁ Saṅkhapālo
nāma nāgarājā mahantena parivārena ~ito
nikkhamitvā, Ja V 162,12.[[side 72]]

" 346862333630353408,kaṇṇapilandhana,en,"

kaṇṇa-pilandhana

, n., an ear ornament; koṭi-
agghanakaṁ pana ~aṁ dhāreti, Sp 1087,16 (ad Vin I
194,36) = Mp I 237,17 ≠ Ud-a 307,6; yaṁ kiñci ~aṁ an-
tamaso tālapaṇṇaṁ pi na vaṭṭati, Sp 1200,16; (~-tāla-
paṇṇa, [so read with Be; Ee w.r. mātukaṇṇa-], Sp
881,20); — °-vaṭaṁsaka, m. or n., a kind of ear or-
nament in the form of a small garland suspended
from the root of the ear; vaṭaṁsakan ti ~an ti vuttaṁ
hoti. vaṭaṁsakaṁ kaṇṇacūḷikaṭṭhāne olambakan ti
pi vadanti, Sp-ṭ I 162,9 (ad Sp 75,10).

" 346862333743599616,kaṇṇapisācadipisāca,en,"

kaṇṇa-pisācâdi-pisāca

, m., a goblin such as
an ear goblin; yakkhapisācâdīnan ti hiṅkārayakkhā-
naṅc' (so read with Be; Ee kiṅ-) eva ~ānaṁ kum-
bhaṇḍanāgâdīnaṅ ca, Sv-pṭ III 85,5.

" 346862333772959744,kaṇṇapisācādipisāca,en,"

kaṇṇa-pisācâdi-pisāca

, m., a goblin such as
an ear goblin; yakkhapisācâdīnan ti hiṅkārayakkhā-
naṅc' (so read with Be; Ee kiṅ-) eva ~ānaṁ kum-
bhaṇḍanāgâdīnaṅ ca, Sv-pṭ III 85,5.

" 346862330979553280,kaṇṇapiṭṭha,en,"

kaṇṇa-piṭṭha

, n., the ear lobe; kuṇḍalinī ti
saliṅgato āgatanāmenâlapati, tassā kira dvīsu ~esu
kuṇḍalisaṇṭhānā dve lekhā ahesuṁ, Ja V 116,8'; ti-
pukaṇṇapiṭṭho ti tipupilandhanena pilandhitapiṭ-
ṭhikaṇṇo ~o, Cp-a 207,18; — ifc. tipu-° (Cp-a 206,11
= Ja IV 310,21 [with reading -kaṇṇaviddha]; 207,18).

" 346862333517107200,kaṇṇapiṭṭhi,en,"

kaṇṇa-piṭṭh[ī/i]

, f., the ear lobe ? (cf. kaṇṇapiṭṭha
and kaṇṇaviddha; matthakamajjhe ekā muddikā,
dvīsu ~īsu dve, Dhp-a I 394,7.kaṇṇa-piṭṭhī

" 346862333538078720,kaṇṇapiṭṭhī,en,"

kaṇṇa-piṭṭh[ī/i]

, f., the ear lobe ? (cf. kaṇṇapiṭṭha
and kaṇṇaviddha; matthakamajjhe ekā muddikā,
dvīsu ~īsu dve, Dhp-a I 394,7.kaṇṇa-piṭṭhī

" 346862332615331840,kaṇṇapiṭṭhikhandhapiṭṭhikadi,en,"

kaṇṇa-piṭṭhi-khandha-piṭṭhikâdi

, mfn.
[piṭṭhika + ādi], the ear lobe (?) and the back, etc.;
dvādasavassaccayena pi ~īsu gaṇḍapilakâdivasena
paññāyati (scil. visaṁ), Spk III 7,17 ≠ Mp-ṭ II 325,11
(with reading kaṇṇaviddha, q.v.).

" 346862332632109056,kaṇṇapiṭṭhikhandhapiṭṭhikādi,en,"

kaṇṇa-piṭṭhi-khandha-piṭṭhikâdi

" 346862229653557248,kannappakanna,en,"

[

kanna-ppakanna

, reading of BeCeEe at Ja V 445,14*,
for which probably read kantappakanta (q.v.) with
C^k (= Tr.)]

" 346862333961703424,kaṇṇapuccha,en,"

kaṇṇa-puccha

, m., the ear lobe; ~e, Saddh 168.

" 346862334146252800,kaṇṇapūra,en,"

kaṇṇa-pūra

, m. [cf. Amg. kaṇṇapūra], an orna-
ment (of flowers) worn around the ear; — lex. lit.:
kaṇṇikā ~o ca, siyā kaṇṇavibhūsanaṁ, Abh 284
(kaṇṇacchadanaṁ pūrati yena so ~o, Abh-ṭ 202,13);
— ifc. ratta-puppha-° (Ja VI 324,16 [v.l. -dhar-]).

" 346862104298393600,kaṇṇapuṭa,en,"

[kaṇṇa-puṭa,

w.r. for camma° (?) “hiding in a leather fold (fastened under the belly) of a female elephant”(?), cf. F. Edgerton, Elephant-Lore of the Hindus 1931: 89 § 7]

" 346862334045589504,kaṇṇapuṭa,en,"

kaṇṇa-puṭa

, m. [cf. sa. karṇapuṭa: ear canal (?)],
the ear lobe (of an elephant); kareṇuyā ~ena attānaṁ
paṭicchādetvā, Cp-a 111,16 (ad Cp I 50).

" 346862327720579072,kaṇṇarasāyana,en,"

kaṇṇa-rasāyana

, n., a balm for the ear; y o
imam atthatikaṁ ... -am āgamikānaṁ dhārayate, sa
bhave gatakaṅkho, Sadd 313,33*-[[side 73]]

" 346862327796076544,kaṇṇaroga,en,"

kaṇṇa-roga

, m., a disease of the (outer) ear; —
exeg.: ~o ti bahikaṇṇe rogo, Mp V 43,1 (ad A V 110,3);
— cakkhurogo sotarogo ... ~o mukharogo +, Nidd I
13,3 = 17,18 = 361,4 = A V 110,3; Nidd I 47,2; 252,26; roga-
phassena phuṭṭho ... assa, sotarogena ... ~ena, salla-
rogena, 370,4; 407,23 = 465,19; II 166,33; — °âdi-
ābādha, m., a disease such as disease of the ear; yo
pi ~o so visamapaccayasamuṭṭhitadhātumattam
eva, As 340,13.

" 346862364731117568,kaññārūpa,en,"

kaññā-rūpa

, n., the appearance of a girl; tā kira
paṭhamaṁ ~ena attānaṁ dassesuṁ, Spk-pṭ 1220,11.

" 346862364806615040,kaññāsahassa,en,"

kaññā-sahassa

, n., one thousand girls; sataṁ
~āni āmuttamaṇikuṇḍalā ekassa padavītihārassa
kaḷaṁ nāgghanti soḷasiṁ, Vin II 156,4*= S I 211,29*
(Spk I 314,5,7) = Vv 191 = Vv 721 ≠ A W 393,26*; Pv 499;
— °-pamukha, mfn., at the head of one thousand
girls; ~ā Sakyaputtanivesane samānasukhadukkhā
tā devatā viya Nandane, Ap 585,11.

" 346862328802709504,kaṇṇasakkhali,en,"

kaṇṇa-sakkhali

, f. [cf. sa. karṇaśaṣkulī; pa.
kaṇṇasakkhalikā, q.v.], the ear lobe; ayañ ...
sīlavantaṁ bhikkhuṁ ~iyaṁ paharitvā badhiraṁ
akāsi, Sv 311,33; ~iyaṁ (Be -ikaṁ) pahari, Ja V 438,27';
ath' ekaṁ ambapakkaṁ ... tassa ~iṁ puñjamānaṁ
viya tantibhūmiyaṁ pati, As 271,20; sīsaṁ yāva ~ito
upari ayakapālaṁ pāvisi, Dhp-a I 148,6; ~iṁ bhind-
anto viya paharitva ... carikaṁ pakkanto, Dhp-a II
178,18.

" 346862328874012672,kaṇṇasakkhalikā,en,"

kaṇṇa-sakkhalikā

, f. [cf. kaṇṇa-sakkhali, q.v.;
Amg. kaṇṇasakkuliyā], the ear lobe; kaṇṇacchinno
ti yassa kaṇṇamūle vā ~āya vā eko vā dve vā kaṇṇā
chinrtā honti, Sp 1026,18 (= kaṇṇacūḷikāya, Vmv II
127,3); hatthikaṇṇo vā mahantāhi ~āhi samannāgato,
mūsikakaṇṇo (so read with BeCe; Ee mūlika-) vā ja-
tukakaṇṇo (so read with BeCe; Ee jaṭu-) vā khudda-
kāhi ~āhi samannāgato, Sp 1028,30 (ad Vin I 91,31);
balavavāte ~aṁ paharitva badhirabhāvaṁ karonte
viya kiñcā pi tattha paṭhavī pi atthi tejo pi atthi, As
334,9.

" 346862329385717760,kaṇṇasamīpa,en,"

kaṇṇa-samīpa

, m., closeness to the ear; tatthā
niddāyantassa ~e turiyesu paggahitesu, Vibh-a 406,23
= Sp-ṭ II 313,27.

" 346862329217945600,kaṇṇasandhopikā,en,"

kaṇṇa-sandhopikā

, f. [variant of kaṇṇasan-
dhovikā, q.v.; for the alternation p/v, cf. Mittel-
indisch § 181], = kaṇṇasandhovikā, q.v.; -an (v.l.
-dhov-) ti kaṇṇadhovanena kīḷitabbaṁ, Mp V 67,22
(ad A V 202,13).

" 346862329259888640,kaṇṇasandhovikā,en,"

kaṇṇa-sandhovikā

, f., (the game called)
""cleaning the ear""; yan nūnâhaṁ imaṁ udakaraha-
daṁ ogāhetvā ~aṁ pi khiḍḍaṁ kiḷeyyaṁ, A V 202,13
foll. (kaṇṇasandhopikan (v.l. -dhov-) ti kaṇṇa-
dhovanena kīḷitabbaṁ, Mp V 67,22).

" 346862328957898752,kaṇṇasaṇṭhānapupphatā,en,"

kaṇṇa-saṇṭhāna-pupphatā

, f., the property of
having flowers of the shape of an ear; (in ""etymol-
ogy"" of Girikaṇṇī) ~āya kaṇṇī girimhi jātā kaṇṇī
Girikaṇṇī, Abh-ṭ 389,18.

" 346862364781449216,kaññāsata,en,"

kaññā-sata

, n., one hundred girls; Anulā pi kho
devī pañcahi ca ~ehi pañcahi ca antepurikāsatehi
saddhiṁ ... nivāsaṁ kappesi, Sp 91,5 ≠ Thūp 204,2;
Sp 101,1; Thūp 201,29; — °-sahassa, n., one hundred
thousand girls; ~āni parivārenti maṁ sadā, Ap 106,4.

" 346862329868062720,kaṇṇasota,en,"

kaṇṇa-sota

, n. [sa. karṇasrotas], the ear canal;
Bhagavā jivhaṁ ninnāmetvā ubho pi ~āni anumasi
paṭimasi, Sn 108,2 = D I 106,12 = M II 135,17 (Buddhā-
naṁ ~esu malaṁ vā jallikā vā n' atthi dhovitvā
ṭhapitarajatapanāḷikā viya honti, Ps III 370,7) = D I
109,17; tassa mayhaṁ ... ~ehi vātānaṁ nikkhamantā-
naṁ adhimatto saddo hoti, M I 243,8; tato tvaṁ
Moggallāna ubho ~āni āvijeyyāsi, A IV 86,13; tassa
... eko pagabbho dussīlo makkaṭo āgantvā ~esu
aṅgajātena salākapavesanakammaṁ karoti, Ja II
359,14; yathā nāma divasasantattaṁ ayosūlaṁ ...
~aṁ paviseyya, evam ... taṁ vacanaṁ ~aṁ pavi-
sittha, Mil 286,1,2; jivhaṁ ninnāmayitvā ca ~e ca nā-
sike paṭimassa (so read with v.h; Ee paṭimasa-), Ap
321,7; daṇḍakasalākā gahetvā ~esu pavesanti, Ps II
49,10; ubho ~āni parimasati, III 382,8; badhirānaṁ
~aṁ nāma evarūpaṁ na hoti, Cp-a 219,25; 221,5; 269,23;
— ifc. dakkhiṇa-° (Vism 400,11,12; Dhp-a II 72,10;
Ps III 370,13; ~-mūla, Spk III 9,1); pāda-mukha-° (Ja
VI 8,26); bhagga-° (Mil 357,20); mukha-° (~-pāda,
Cp-a 220,36); vāma-° (Vism 400,11,12; Ps III 370,14;
~-mūla, Spk III 9,3); — °-pīṇana-ārammaṇa, n.,
an object that is pleasant to the ear; — ~-vasa, m.;
savaṇīyaṁ hutvā ~vasena (v. l. -ṇanaṁ āram-) pa-
rikaḍḍhatī ti vuyhati, Nidd-a I 27,2; —
°ânumasana, n., touching the ear canal (with the
tongue); ~ena dīghabhāvo, Sv 276,11 = Ps III 370,5;

" 346862327968043008,kaṇṇasukha,en,"

kaṇṇa-sukha

, n. [cf. Amg. kaṇṇasuha], a pleas-
ure to the ear; aṭṭaṁ vinicchinatha, mayhañ ca ~aṁ
bhavissati, Ja II 187,15.

" 346862329452826624,kaṇṇasukha,en,"

kaṇṇa-sukha

, mfn., pleasing to the ear; yā sa
vācā nelā ~ā pemanīyā hadayaṅgamā porī bahujana-
kantā bahujanamanāpā tathārūpiṁ vācaṁ bhāsitā ti,
D I 4,25 (= vyañjanamadhuratāya kaṇṇānaṁ sukhā.
sūcinā vijjhanaṁ viya kaṇṇe sūlaṁ na janeti, Sv
75,28) = M I 179,36 (Ps II 207,27 = Sv 75,28) = A I 128,23
(Mp II 199,22 = Sv 75,28) = Nidd I 220,18 ≠ Dhs 1343
(As 397,5 = Sv 75,28) ≠ Pp 29,36 (Pp-a 211,3 = Sv 75,28);
so erayati ~ā v[ā/a]cā suciṇṇaphalam ānubhavi, D III
174,11* (= ~āyo; -an ti pi pāṭho, Sv 939,16); bhaṇaṁ
~aṁ vācaṁ hadayaṅgaṁ hadayanissitaṁ ... Cittako
maṁ amocayi, Ja IV 419,26*; 470,20; V 167,6*; 344,20* =
346,22*; pucchāvissajjanā c' eva ... hadayaṅgamā ~ā
abbhutā lomahaṁsanā, Mil 1,8; ~ato hadayaṅgama-
to, Sp 171,4 = Ud-a 286,18; Sp 622,27; 1061,3; Spk I 272,14;
karavīkarutamañjunā ~ena ... brahmassarena bhā-
sato Bhagavato vacanaṁ abhinandiṁsu, II 10,29 (ad S
II 2,9).

" 346862329515741184,kaṇṇasukhatā,en,"

kaṇṇa-sukhatā

, f. [abstr.], the property of being
pleasing to the ear; madhurukathan ti ~āya ... ma-
dhurasabhāvakathaṁ, Mp-ṭ II 95,2.

" 346862329809342464,kaṇṇasūla,en,"

kaṇṇa-sūla

, n. [sa. karṇaśūla], an earache; —
gramm. lit.: sūla rujāyaṁ ...: ~aṁ na janeti, Sadd
435,24; —~aṁ viya gītavāditasaddam asahamāno
vīṇāvādakaṁ tajjesi, As 180,34; sūcivijjhanaṁ viya
~aṁ na janeti, Mp II 199,23 (ad A I 128,23) = Mp III
189.9 = Sv 75,28 = Ps II 207,28 = As 397,6 = Pp-a 211,4;
aññataro bhikkhu ... ~ena pīḷito ... vipassanaṁ us-
sukkāpetuṁ nâsakkhi, Vv-a 243,24; — °âdi, mfn.,
earache, etc.; ~īhi, Vibh-mṭ 60,21; — °âdi-dukkha,
n., pain such as earache, etc.; ~aṁ jānitabbaṁ hotī ti,
Vibh-mṭ 60,22.

" 346862329570267136,kannasutta,en,"

[¹

kanna-sutta

, w.r. in uddāna at Vin II 143,8 for
kaṇṭhasutta, which read with Be; cf. Vin II 106,34;
320,15][[side 74]]

" 346862327494086656,kaṇṇasutta,en,"

kaṇṇa-sutta

, n., a kind of string (or loop ?)
attached to the anuvāta of a cīvara when suspended
from the cīvaravaṁsa to dry after having been dyed;
the purpose of the ~ is to prevent the corners of the
cīvara from fraying out; = ²kaṇṇasuttaka, q.v.; —
exeg.: ettha ca cīvare āyāmato vitthārato ca sibbitvā
anuvātato bahi nikkhantasuttaṁ cīvaraṁ rajitvā
sukkhāpanakāle rajjuyā vā cīvaravaṁse vā ban-
dhitvā olambituṁ anuvāte baddhasuttāni ca ~āni
nāma, Vin-vn-ṭ II 353,27.

" 346862329750622208,kaṇṇasuttaka,en,"

kaṇṇa-suttaka

, n., = ²kaṇṇasutta, q.v.; —
exeg.: cīvarassa ~aṁ na vaṭṭati rajitakāle chindi-
tabbaṁ. yaṁ pana ""anujānāmi bhikkhave ~an"" ti (=
Vin I 286,30), evaṁ anuññātaṁ taṁ anuvāte pāsakaṁ
katvā bandhitabbaṁ rajanakāle lagganatthāya, Sp
291.8 (~an ti cīvarassa dīghato kiriyañ ca sibbitānaṁ
catūsu kaṇṇesu koṇesu ca nikkhantānaṁ suttasīsā-
nam etaṁ nāma, Vmv I 167,13); — rajanaṁ ubhato
galati... anujānāmi... kaṇṇe bandhitun ti. kaṇṇo ji-
rati... anujānāmi... ~an ti, Vin I 286,30.

" 346862329624793088,kaṇṇasuttaka,en,"

kaṇṇa-suttaka

, n., an ear band; kaṇṭhasutta-
kaṁ vā ~aṁ vā ... theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti duk-
kaṭassa, Vin III 48,10.

" 346862330090360832,kaṇṇāṭa,en,"

Kaṇṇāṭa

, m. [sa. Karṇāṭa], the name of Cūḷa-
vaṁsa for the Kanarese of South India; Keraḷā Sīhalā
tadā ~ā ca yathākāmaṁ ādhipaccaṁ pavattayuṁ,
Mhv LV 12; — ifc. Kerala-° (~-Damiḷâdi-bhaṭa,
Mhv LXX 230); — °-dūta, m., a messenger from
the Kanarese; tato so ... ~ehi saha pesayi, Mhv LX 26;
— °-nikaṭa, n., the neighbourhood of the
Kanarese; tato so ... pesayi dūte sakīye ~aṁ, Mhv
LX 26; — °-bhūmi-pāla, m., the ruler of the
Kanarese; ~ena Coḷaraññā ca pesitā dūtā ... idh'
āgatā, Mhv LX 24.

" 346862332560805888,kaṇṇatela,en,"

kaṇṇa-tela

, n., ear ointment; ~aṁ, D I 12,8 (=
kaṇṇānaṁ vaḍḍhanatthaṁ vā vaṇaharaṇatthaṁ vā
bhesajjatelapacanaṁ, Sv 98,12) = 69,26.

" 346862332422393856,kaṇṇaṭṭhi,en,"

kaṇṇ'-aṭṭhi

, n., the otic bone; dve ~īni, Vism
254,4 =Vibh-a 237,5.

" 346862328513302528,kaṇṇāvaḍḍhamāna,en,"

Kaṇṇāvaḍḍhamāna

, m.; Npr.; a mountain in
Ceylon; -amhi pabbate, Mhv I 49.

" 346862327850602496,kaṇṇavallī,en,"

kaṇṇa-vallī

, f., the ear lobe; ~iyā ṭhapitakuṇ-
ḍalehi viya samannāgataṁ, Ja III 516,21'; Phussadevo
... attano ~iṁ sakaṁ chetvā, Mhv XXV 94.

" 346862327250817024,kaṇṇavat,en,"

kaṇṇa-va(t)

, mfn. [sa. karṇavat], having ears,
hence: wise, knowledgeable; cf. Mg. sayaṇṇa = sa.
sakarṇa; J. J. MEYER: Hindu Tales, 1909:182 note 2.; —
gramm. lit.: kusalo viduro dhīmā ... ~ā dabbo dhīro
+, evaṁnāmā vibhāvino ti, Sadd 73,2*; — bahūni
narasīsāni ... kocid ev' ettha ~ā ti, Ja II 261,18* (=
paṅñavā, 261,22' = Ps I 58,8; Ps-pṭ I 117,31).kaṇṇa-vat

" 346862328035151872,kaṇṇavāta,en,"

kaṇṇa-vāta

, m., blowing in the ear; mantaṁ
pana parivattetvā, ~aṁ datvā ... ḍaṭṭhaṭṭhāne yeva
tiṭṭhati, Spk III 7,12 = Mp-ṭ II 325,7.

" 346862329314414592,kaṇṇavaṭṭa,en,"

kaṇṇâvaṭṭa

, n. [kaṇṇa + āvaṭṭa; cf. kaṇṇâbaddha,
kaṇṇabandha, kaṇṇâviddha], the ear lobe; yassa pana
~e chijjanti, Pālim 140,18 (yassa pana ~e ti heṭṭhā
kuṇḍalâdiṭhapanachiddaṁ sandhāya vuttaṁ,
Pālim-ṭ 1235,1).

" 346862329326997504,kaṇṇāvaṭṭa,en,"

kaṇṇâvaṭṭa

" 346862328660103168,kaṇṇavedha,en,"

kaṇṇa-vedha

, m. [cf. Amg. kaṇṇavehaṇa, kaṇ-
ṇavehaṇaga], the ceremony of piercing the ear; athâ-
haṁ ... dārakānaṁ ~ato vaṭṭinīharaṇaniyāmena
adukkhāpento saṇikaṁ nīhariṁ, Ja V 167,31' ≠ Cp-a
179,5; Mhv LXII 53.

" 346862296917610496,kaṇṇaveṭhana,en,"

kaṇṇa-veṭhana

, n., a kind of ear ornament; only
recorded in lex. lit.: siroveṭhanam uṇhīsaṁ, kuṇḍa-
laṁ ~aṁ, Abh 284 (Abh-ṭ 201,21-202,14).

" 346862328370696192,kaṇṇavibhūsana,en,"

kaṇṇa-vibhūsana

, n., an ear ornament; only re-
corded in lex. lit.: kuṇḍalaṁ ~aṁ, Abh 284.

" 346862328144203776,kaṇṇaviddha,en,"

kaṇṇa-viddha

, n., the earlobe; reading in cpd. at
Mp-ṭ II 325,11, q.v. infra; probably = kaṇṇâviddha,
q.v.; — ifc. tipu-° (Ja IV 310,21* = Cp-a 206,11 [with
reading -kaṇṇapiṭṭha, q.v.]); — °-khandha-
piṭṭhikâdi, mfn. [piṭṭhika + ādi], the ear lobe and
the back, etc.; Mp-ṭ II 325,11 ≠ Spk III 7,17 (with
reading kaṇṇapiṭṭhi-, q.v.).

" 346862330316853248,kaṇṇaviddha,en,"

kaṇṇâviddha

, n. [kaṇṇa + āviddha; cf. kaṇṇâ-
baddha], the ear lobe; yassa pana ~e (so read with
BeCe [Be with v.ll. kaṇṇâbaddhe, kaṇṇabuddhe]; Ee
kaṇṇabandhe) chijjanti ... so kaṇṇaṁ saṅghāṭetvā
pabbājetabbo, Sp 1026,19 (yassa pana ~e ti [v.l.
kaṇṇâbaddhe] heṭṭhā kuṇḍalâdiṭhapanacchiddaṁ
sandhāya vuttaṁ, Vmv II 127,4).

" 346862330337824768,kaṇṇāviddha,en,"

kaṇṇâviddha

" 346862328102260736,kaṇṇavijjhanamaṅgala,en,"

kaṇṇa-vijjhana-maṅgala

, n., the ceremony of
piercing the ear; tassa ~e pi... appodakamadhupāyā-
sam eva adaṁsu, Dhp-a II 87,6; — °âdi, mfn., the
ceremony of piercing the ear, etc.; sa tassa ~isu pi
tath' eva dānaṁ adāsi, Dhp-a III 95,15.

" 346862328588800000,kaṇṇavivara,en,"

kaṇṇa-vivara

, n. [cf. sa. karṇavivara], the ear ca-
nal (= kaṇṇacchidda, q.v.); kaṇṇacchiddan ti maṁsa-
lohitâdīhi asamphuṭṭhaṁ ~aṁ, Ps III 139,6 (ad M I
423,7); v.l. at Vibh-a 72,9,10 for vivaraṁ

" 346862330237161472,kaṇṇayatamutta,en,"

kaṇṇâyata-mutta

, mfn. [kaṇṇa + āyata; cf.
Amg. kaṇṇâyaya], (an arrow) discharged from the
ear; cf. sa. ākarṇamukta; cf. E. W. Hopkins: The
Social and Military Position of the Ruling Caste in
India, JAOS 13 1889 = Delhi 1972: 215; na ~ena ...
amhi hadaye viddho, Ja II 275,25* (= yāva
dakkhiṇakaṇṇacūḷikaṁ ākaḍḍhitvā amuttakena,
276,70.

" 346862330253938688,kaṇṇāyatamutta,en,"

kaṇṇâyata-mutta

" 346862327607332864,kaṇṇayati,en,"

kaṇṇayati

, pr. 3 sg. [sa. karṇayati], to listen, to
hear; kaṇṇa savaṇe. kaṇṇeti ~ati, Sadd 536,24.

" 346862299312558080,kaṇṇejapa,en,"

kaṇṇe-japa

, m. [sa. karṇejapa; cf. Mahā-bh on
vārt. ad Pan III 2 13], an informer; back-biter; calum-
niator; — lex. lit.: sūcako pisuṇo ~o dhutto tu vaṅ-
cako, Abh 737 (kanne japatī ti, aluttasamāso, aruci-
tabbarocake pi ~o, Abh-ṭ 479,18); — ~ānaṁ, Mhv
LXXVI 15.

" 346862299362889728,kaṇṇeti,en,"

kaṇṇeti

, pr. 3 sg. [sa. karṇayati; cf. kaṇṇayati,
q.v.], to listen; only recorded in gramm. lit.: kaṇṇeti
-att, Sadd 536,24.

" 346862299258032128,kaṇṇī,en,"

kaṇṇī

, f. of kaṇṇa (q.v.) ifc.; used in etymology
of Girikaṇṇī (q.v.): kaṇṇasaṇṭhānapupphatāya ~ī gi-
rimhi jātā ~ī Girikaṇṇī, Abh-ṭ 389,18; — ifc. Kāḷa-°
(Sv 541,28); Giri-° (Abh 584); Jatu-° (Sn 1096;
~-māṇavapucchā = Sn 1096-1100).

" 346862298243010560,kaṇṇikā,en,"

kaṇṇikā

, f. and n. [secdry < kaṇṇa + ikā; cf. Amg.
kaṇṇiyā; sa. karṇikā; ~ā > ~a in cpd.s., qq.v. supra],
La. the receptacle of a flower; the pericarp of a lo-
tus; b. (t.t. archit.) a kaṇṇikā roof-plate; ~ denotes a
circular wooden roof-plate (cf. the term kaṇṇika-
maṇḍala, q.v.) crowning a peaked roof (like a kind
of coping stone), into which the rafters (- gopāna-
sīs) are fitted, thus holding them together and sup-
porting them (cf. the term gopānasībhāravaha quali-
fying ~); in case the building is apsidal and barrel-
vaulted, one must assume that a (semi-circular) kaṇ-
ṇikā is inserted in the roof above each of the two
apses; cf. Buddhaghosa's description (q.v. infra) of
the construction of the maṇḍalamāḷa using two
kaṇṇikās; in some cases the ~ may have been deco-
rated (cf. the term kaṇṇikālakkhaṇa, q.v.) or inscrib-
ed (cf. the story about Sudhammā who had her name
inscribed on the lower surface of a ~; on which, cf.
Sv 714,33, q.v. infra); as indicated by lex. lit. ~
appears in certain contexts to be used as a syn. for
kūṭa (= ridge-pole; cf. Abh 219; 875, qq.v. infra), q.v.;
cf. A. K. COOMARASWAMY, Pāli kaṇṇikā = circular
roof-plate, JAOS 50 1930: 238-243; 2. a peg (on a san-
dal; only recorded in cpd. kaṇṇika-ṭṭhāna, q.v.); 3.a.
a cluster; tuft; collection; sheaf; bouquet; rosette; the
meanings recorded sub 3.a. are mainly found in
cpd.s; b. a spot; 4. mould; 5. an ear ornament made
from flowers that have been bound together into a
cluster or rosette (Pāṇ IV 3 65); — lex. lit. (ad 1.a.,
1.b., and 5.): bījakose gharakūṭe, kaṇṇa-bhūsāya ~ā,
Abh 875 (Abh-ṭ 526,20); bījakoso tu ~ā, Abh 687
(Abh-ṭ 452,14,15); kūṭan hi ~ā, Abh 219 (Abh-ṭ 159,22);
~ā kaṇṇapūro ca, siyā kaṇṇavibhūsanaṁ, Abh 284
(Abh-ṭ 201,25); — 1.a. tato kiñjakkhaṁ pati, ~ā va
avasissi, Ja I 183,8; ~ā dvādasahatthā (so read; Ee -sa
hatthā), Spk II 90,3 = Mp I 136,9; Spk II 90,7; kesarapa-
rivāritā viya ~ā, Ps III 21,14 = Spk III 47,15 = Ud-a
412,10; Vin-vn 1349; — ifc. aṇu-patta-kesara-°
(~âbhimaṇḍita, Mil 361,14; kanakamaya-~-kiñjak-
khakesara, Vv-a 43,3); upari-° (Mp IV 59,9);
²opatta-°; nīl'-uppala-° (Ja V 156,19'); patta-°
(~-kesara, Mp IV 59,1); paduma-° (Ja I 233,23; Sp
996,9; Ap 347,3; ~-majjha, Ja I 231,23; ~âkāra, Vism
124,9); puppha-° (Ja IV 153,28; ~-sadisa, I 152,12); —
1.b. gaṇhatha ~aṁ ... te sādhū ti ~aṁ gahetvā
sālaṁ niṭṭhapetvā, Ja I 201,19,20 = Dhp-a I 270,7,9; ~aṁ
āropetvā gopānasiyo pavesitamattā honti, Ja III
317,12; diyaḍḍhakukku udayena ~ā vidatthiyo aṭṭha
parikkhipanti naṁ sasiṁsapā sāramayā apheggukā,
318,1*; evam pi mittehi daḷhehi paṇḍito ...
susaṅgahīto siriyā na dhaṁsati gopānasībhāravahā
va ~ā ti, 318,18* (yathā gopānasīnaṁ bhāraṁ
vahamānā ~ā na dhaṁsati evaṁ rājā ... na dhaṁsati
+, 318,25'); tatiyaṁ rājagehe ~āya nivutthaguṇa-
pāṇako saddam akāsi, 429,1; maṇḍalamāḷo ti,
katthaci dve ~ā gahetvā haṁsavaṭṭakachannena katā
kūṭâgārasālā pi maṇḍalamāḷo ti, katthaci ekaṁ ~aṁ
gahetvā thambapantiṁ parikkhipitvā katā
upaṭṭhānasālā pi maṇḍalamāḷo ti vuccati, Sv 43,3,5
(ad D I 2,8); 309,11; ~ā nāma laddhuṁ vaṭṭati, 714,17 ≠
Ja I 201,9 = Dhp-a I 269,17; imasmiṁ ghare ~ā atthi, Sv
714,21; kiṁ tātā laddhā ~ā, 714,26; yāva te na puna
āgacchanti tāva ~āya heṭṭhimatale: ""ayaṁ sālā
Sudhammā nāma"", 714,33; — ifc. kūṭâgāra-°
(Dhp-a I 77,7; As 118,19; ~ttha, Vism 413,12; Sp 633,10;
785,6; ~-saṅghāta, Ps II 401,13); geha-° (Sv 94,25);
ṭhapita-° (Dhp-a I 269,16); pāsāda-° (Ja III 431,12;
472,5); vikkāyika-° (Dhp-a I 269,18; ṭhapita-~, Ja I
201,13); ratana-maya-° (Vv-a 50,5); satta-ratana-
maya-° (Vv-a 304,13; — in long cpd. at Ps II 304,9;
— 2. v. s.v. kaṇṇikaṭṭhāna; — 3.a. aññamañña-
sambandhena ~ā viya ghaṭā viya hutvā ṭhitattā
hetugocchako ti vuccati, As 36,31; catūsu bhūmīsu
kusalaṁ ime dhamma kusalā ti imina nayena ~aṁ
~aṁ ghaṭaṁ ghaṭaṁ gocchakaṁ gocchakaṁ katvā
... adāsi, 410,17 (~aṁ -an ti... ghaṭagocchakā kaṇṇi-
kavevacanān' eva, As-mṭ 189,10); — ifc. ābaddha-°
(Sv-pṭ II 8,27); pāḷi-° (~-ādika, Khuddas XXXV 5); —
3.b. sodake gatte cīvaraṁ pārupantassa hi cīvare ~ā
uṭṭhahanti, Ps II 167,30 (~ā ti sarīragatabindukatāni
maṇḍalāni, Ps-pṭ II 125,24); — ifc. kāḷa-°
(~-coḷa, Vism 63,6 [with v.l. kaṇṇi- (< kaṇṇi[n]),
which probably read]); seda-jala-° (It-a II 76,17 [so
read with BeCe; Ee two words]; — 4. (f. and n.);
paṭiggahitake telâdimhi ~aṁ uttheti, siṅgiverâdi-
mhi ghanacuṇṇaṁ, Sp 849,31 ≠ Vin-vn 1482 (with
reading kaṇṇikā); abbohāro va so antopūvâdīsu pi
~aṁ (v.l. kaṇṇakaṁ) Vin-vn 1019; — 5. āveḷo ti ~ā,
Sp 617,11 (ad Vin III 180,5; ~ā ti bahūnaṁ pupphānaṁ
vā mālānaṁ vā ekato bandhitassa nāmaṁ. kaṇṇâ-
bharaṇan ti pi vadanti, Vmv I 300,19); — ifc.
³asoka-°; pilandhana-° (Sv 94,25).[[side 76]]

" 346862104227090432,kaṇṇikā,en,"

kaṇṇikā, 1b.

kūṭāgārâti kaṇṇikaṁ āropetvā katagehato, Paṭis-a I 197,27.

" 346862104260644864,kaṇṇikā,en,"

kaṇṇikā, 1.

cf. A. Senaviratne, Singhalese Monastic Architecture in Sri Lanka 1992: plate 7; C. Berkson, The caves at Aurangabad 1986: 48.

" 346862298448531456,kaṇṇikabaddha,en,"

kaṇṇikâbaddha

, mfn. [kaṇṇikā + ābaddha],
tied into a sheaf; tied into a bouquet; cf. kaṇṇikā
3.a.; tāni ca kho ekasmiṁ yeva nāḷe ~āni hutvā, Sv
412,17 (ābaddhakaṇṇikā viya hutvā, Sv-pṭ II 8,27); so
pacchā khettaṁ gantvā olokento sakalakhette ~ehi
viya sālisīsehi sañchannaṁ disvā, Dhp-a I 98,11;
sattaṭṭhacittāni pana ekato ~āni (so read with v.l.; Ee
-abaddh-) ekakkhaṇe uppajjituṁ samatthāni nāma n'
atthi, 304,11; ayam pi... Siddhatthaṁ Bhagavantaṁ
... savaṇṭāni pupphāni ~āni (so read; Ee -abaddh)
gahetvā pūjesi, Th-a I 125,10.

" 346862298465308672,kaṇṇikābaddha,en,"

kaṇṇikâbaddha

" 346862330383962112,kaṇṇikakappa,en,"

kaṇṇika-kappa

, n., a rosette pattern; cf. kaṇṇikā
3.a.; — ifc. pāḷi-kappa-° (°âdi, Sp 863,25).

" 346862104164175872,kaṇṇikakappa,en,"

kaṇṇika-kappa,

m., (t. t. Vin.) a kappa(-bindu, q.v.) in the form of a rosette; ~o … kaṇṇikâkārena appitakappo, Vin-vn-pṭ Be I 534,6.

" 346862298339479552,kaṇṇikakāra,en,"

kaṇṇikâkāra

, m. [kaṇṇikā + ākāra], the form of
a bouquet; cf. kaṇṇikā 3.a.; kaṇṇikâbaddho hutvā
pupphamakulānaṁ (so read with BeCe) gaṇhanato
~en' eva kato ti, Ap-a 436,15 (ad Ap 167,13).

" 346862298356256768,kaṇṇikākāra,en,"

kaṇṇikâkāra

" 346862330534957056,kaṇṇikakesa,en,"

kaṇṇika-kesa

, mfn. [kaṇṇikā + kesa], (bhvr.)
having tufts of hair; cf. kaṇṇikā 3.a.; used in
description of the parisadūsaka (cf. Vin I 91,13); ~o vā
pāṇakehi khāyitakedāre sassasadisehi tahiṁ tahiṁ
uṭṭhitehi kesehi samannāgato, Sp 1028,12 (""or he has
tufts of hair, that is, he has hair that sticks out here
and there like ears of corn in a field that has been
cropped by insects""; Vmv II 127,17); Vin-vn 2492.[[side 75]]

" 346862299035734016,kaṇṇikālakkhaṇa,en,"

kaṇṇikā-lakkhaṇa

, n., a kaṇṇikā mark; accord-
ing to ct. ~ refers to divination on the basis of
marks on an ear ornament or on the wooden roof-
plate of a house (cf. kaṇṇikā 1.b. and 5); cf. kaccha-
palakkhaṇa, q.v.; yathā vā ... eke ... samaṇabrāh-
manā ... micchājīvena jīvikaṁ kappenti,
seyyathîdaṁ maṇilakkhaṇaṁ ... ~aṁ kacchapalak-
khaṇaṁ, D I 9,23 (pilandhanakaṇṇikāya pi gehakaṇ-
ṇikāya pi vasena veditabbaṁ, Sv 94,25) = 67,33;
lakkhaṇapāṭhakā lakkhaṇaṁ ādisanti, maṇilak-
khaṇaṁ ... ~aṁ ... iti vā, Nidd I 382,2 (Nidd-a I
415,28 = Sv 94,25).

" 346862329163419648,kannikamajjha,en,"

[

kannika-majjha

, w.r. at Sv 714,13,27 for
kaṇṇikamaṅca, which read with Be]

" 346862330681757696,kaṇṇikamañca,en,"

kaṇṇika-mañca

, m. [kaṇṇikā + maṅca], (t.t.
archit.) a kaṇṇikā scaffold; ~ denotes the scaffold
used when putting up the rafters (i.e. the gopānasīs)
and fitting them into the kaṇṇikā roof-plate; cf.
kaṇṇikā 1.b.; atha niṭṭhite dabbasambhārakamme
... so vaḍḍhakī ~e (so read with Be; Ee -majjhe)
nisīditvā catuhi disāhi gopānasiyo ukkhipitvā ...
āha, Sv 714,13; vaḍḍhakī ~e (so read with Be; Ee
-majjhe) nisinno va ākāsaṁ ulloketvā, 714,27; —
°-bandhana, n., tying together the kaṇṇikā scaf-
fold; ~aṁ = kaṇṇikârohaṇakāle āruhitvā avaṭṭhāna-
aṭṭakaraṇaṁ, Sv-pṭ II 320,21 (ad Sv 714,12); — ifc.
yāva-bandhana-thambh'-ussāpana-
saṅghāṭa-yojana-° (Sv 714,12).

" 346862297752276992,kaṇṇikamaṇḍala,en,"

kaṇṇika-maṇḍala

, m. [kaṇṇikā + maṇḍala; cf.
kaṇṇikāmaṇḍala, q.v.], the kaṇṇikā circle, i.e., the
kaṇṇikā roof-plate; cf. kaṇṇikā 1.b.; rājā ... ullo-
kento ~aṁ disvā ... kin nu kho nissāya kaṇṇikā ṭhi-
tā, Ja III 317,15; ~aṁ pi mayā viddhaṁsitaṁ, Dhp-a
III 129,1; IV 178,19; āviddhapakkhapāsakan ti ~assa
samantā ṭhapitapakkhapāsakaṁ, Sp-ṭ III 388,13 (ad
Sp 1208,16: nillekhaṁ jantāgharan (= Vin II 123,13)
nāma āviddhapakkhapāsakaṁ vuccati. gopānasī-
naṁ upari maṇḍale pakkhapāsake ṭhapetvā katakū-
ṭacchadanass' etaṁ nāmaṁ) = Vmv II 233,23;
maṇḍale ti ~e, Sp-ṭ III 388,14 (ad Sp 1208,17, q.v. su-
pra).

" 346862298561777664,kaṇṇikāmaṇḍala,en,"

kaṇṇikā-maṇḍala

, m., = kaṇṇikamaṇḍala, q.v.;
thero ... ~aṁ (v.l. -ka-) bhinditvā ākāsaṁ pakkhan-
di, Dhp-a III 66,1; — °-samīpa, m., proximity to
the kaṇṇikā circle, i.e., the top of the roof; thero ...
vehāsaṁ abbhuggantvā ~e pallaṅkena nisīdi, Ps II
385,32.

" 346862297806802944,kaṇṇikamatta,en,"

kaṇṇika-matta

, n. and mfn. [kaṇṇikā + matta],
1. (n.) the mere pericarp of a lotus; cf. kaṇṇikā La.;
2. (mfn.) having the size of a kaṇṇikā roof-plate; cf.
kaṇṇikā 1.b.; — 1. ath' assa vaṇṇo parinato pattāni
ca kiñjakkhaṅ ca patitaṁ -am eva ṭhitaṁ, evarūpas-
sa nāma padumassa jarā pattā, Ja I 183,11; pupphakhā-
danīye mūlakapupphaṁ ... uppalapa-
dumajātikānaṁ pupphānaṁ ~aṁ, Sp 836,10; — 2. so
~aṁ mahantaṁ ādittaṁ ayakūṭaṁ gahetvā imina
naṁ paharitvā māressāmī ti āgantvā ... Bodhisat-
tassa sayanamatthake aṭṭhāsi, Ja III 146,5.

" 346862297982963712,kaṇṇikamiga,en,"

kaṇṇika-miga

, m., a kind of deer with (long)
ears (?); kaṇṇikā (v.l. -akā) ti ~ā (v.l. -aka-), Ja V
406,31 '(ad 406,8*).

" 346862330581094400,kaṇṇikapariyanta,en,"

kaṇṇika-pariyanta

, m. [kaṇṇikā + pariyanta],
the edge of the pericarp (of a lotus); cf. kaṇṇikā La.;
ubhosu antesu ~ato viniggatehi
suparisuddhamuttākalāpehi dvīhi kañcanapadume-
hi alaṅkataṁ, Sv 625,34 (= dvinnaṁ kañcanapadumā-
naṁ kaṇṇikāya pariyantato, Sv-pṭ II 253,6,7) = Ps IV
226,15.

" 346862298830213120,kaṇṇikāra,en,"

kaṇṇikāra

, m. and n., the tree Pterospermum
acerifolium and its flower; athāgamā salilaṁ sīgha-
sotaṁ nudaṁ sale salaḷe ~e, Ja IV 440,28* (442,10');
kaṇikārā ti mahāpupphā, ~ā ti khuddakapupphā, V
422,24' (ad V 420,4**); ~ā kaṇikā ca asanā ...
sampavanti sobhamānā mam' assamaṁ, Ap 16,3; ~o,
Ap 248,2; aṅkolā yūthikā ... kaṇikā (so read with v.l.;
Ee kaṇṇikā) ~ā ca pupphanti mama assame, Ap 368,6;
~o ti vattabbe niruttinayena ekassa pubbaṇakārassa
lopaṁ katvā kaṇikāran ti vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṁ,
Ap-a 436,15 (ad Ap 167,13); — ifc. kadalī-° (Mhv
LXXIII 123); — in long cpd. at Ja V 420,4** (in
varṇaka).

" 346862297156685824,kaṇṇikāragallavāpi,en,"

Kaṇṇikāra-galla-vāpi

, f.; Npr.; the water tank
called Kaṇṇikāragalla; a tank in Ceylon which was
restored by Gajabāhu; ~iṁ ca, Mhv LXVIII 45.

" 346862298402394112,kaṇṇikāraka,en,"

kaṇṇikāraka

, m. [sa. karṇikāraka], - kaṇṇikāra,
q.v.; Sīh 12,19*.

" 346862298884739072,kaṇṇikāraparicita,en,"

[

kaṇṇikāra-paricita

, doubtful reading at Ap
497,22 for which probably read kaṇikāraṁ va nicitaṁ
with Be and Th-a Ce II 196,28; Ce reads khaṇikaṁ
ṭhānaracitaṁ][[side 77]]

" 346862298930876416,kaṇṇikārapuppha,en,"

kaṇṇikāra-puppha

, n., the flower of the tree
Pterospermum acerifolium; seyyathā pi nāma ~aṁ
pītaṁ pītavaṇṇaṁ +, A V 61,30; — °-vaṇṇa, mfn.,
(bhvr.) having the colour of the flower of the tree
Pterospermum acerifolium; so kaṇṭakuraṇḍavaṇ-
ṇaṁ kāsāvaṁ nivāsetvā ~aṁ pārupitvā ... nisīdi, Ja
II 66,13'; pītakā ~ā, Sp 1083,25 (ad Nidd I 354,29: pītako
ca vaṇṇo); — °-samāna, mfn., similar to the
flower of the tree Pterospermum acerifolium; tassa
parato pītakaṁ hoti ... ~aṁ (v. l. kaṇi-) Nidd I 355,4
= 449,7 (v.l. kaṇi-).

" 346862298712772608,kaṇṇikarohaṇakāla,en,"

kaṇṇikârohaṇa-kāla

, m. [kaṇṇikā + ārohana +
kāla], the time of mounting the kaṇṇikā roof-plate;
cf. kaṇṇikā 1.b.; ~e āruhitvā avaṭṭhāna-aṭṭakaraṇaṁ,
Sv-pṭ II 320,21 (ad Sv 714,12: kaṇṇikamañcabandhana,
q.v.).

" 346862298729549824,kaṇṇikārohaṇakāla,en,"

kaṇṇikârohaṇa-kāla

" 346862297915854848,kaṇṇikaropanadivasa,en,"

kaṇṇikâropana-divasa

, m. [kaṇṇikā + āro-
pana], the day of mounting the kaṇṇikā roof-plate;
cf. kaṇṇikā 1.b.; atha sālaṁ niṭṭhapetvā ~e (v.l.
ārohana-, -kale) ayyā ekaṁ na sarimhā ti āha, Dhp-a
I 269,13 (cf. Ja I 201,8*).

" 346862297932632064,kaṇṇikāropanadivasa,en,"

kaṇṇikâropana-divasa

" 346862297253154816,kaṇṇikaropanakāla,en,"

kaṇṇikâropana-kāla

, m. [kaṇṇikā + āropana;
cf. kaṇṇikârohanakāla, q.v.], the time of mounting
the kaṇṇikā roof-plate; cf. kaṇṇikā 1.b.; atha sālaṁ
niṭṭhapetvā ~e aho ayyā ekaṁ na karimhā ti āha, Ja I
201,8

" 346862297274126336,kaṇṇikāropanakāla,en,"

kaṇṇikâropana-kāla

" 346862298029101056,kaṇṇikarukkha,en,"

kaṇṇika-rukkha

, m. [kaṇṇikā + rukkha], a
kaṇṇikā tree, i.e., a tree that is fit to be made into a
kaṇṇikā roof-plate; cf. kaṇṇikā 1.b.; so ... paṭha-
mam eva ~aṁ sukkhāpetvā tacchetvā vijjhitvā kaṇ-
ṇikaṁ niṭṭhapetvā vatthena paliveṭhetvā ṭhapesi, Ja
I 201,6 = Dhp-a I 269,10 (cf. Sv 714,8 (reading kaṇṇi-
kûpagaṁ rukkhaṁ for ~aṁ);

" 346862298981208064,kaṇṇikārukkha,en,"

kaṇṇikā-rukkha

, m., = kaṇṇikarukkha, q.v.; esā
ratanamattena ~ena (so read with Ce; Ee two words)
sālaṁ attano nāmena kāretī ti, Sv 715,10.

" 346862298175901696,kaṇṇikasallasaṇṭhāna,en,"

kaṇṇika-salla-saṇṭhāna

, mfn. [kaṇṇikā +
salla], (bhvr.) having the shape of the barbed point
of a harpoon; cf. kaṇṇikā 3.a.; papatāyā ti, papatā
vuccati dīgharajjukakosake (so read with v.l.; Ee
-koṭṭhāsake) daṇḍakaṁ pavesetvā gahito ~o aya-
kaṇṭako, Spk II 207,2 (= attanikāpanasallasaṇṭhāno,
Spk-pṭ II 174,1).

" 346862329113088000,kaṇṇikattha,en,"

kaṇṇik'-attha

, m. [kaṇṇikā + attha], the pur-
pose of a kaṇṇikā roof-plate; cf. kaṇṇikā 1.b.; ~āya
rukkhaṁ sukkhāpetvā, reading of Dhp-a Be I 171,13
≠ Dhp-a I 269,10 (q.v. infra sub kaṇṇikarukkha).

" 346862328265838592,kaṇṇikaṭṭhāna,en,"

kaṇṇika-ṭṭhāna

, n. [kaṇṇikā + ṭhāna], the
placement of the peg (on a sandal, to which the
straps are fastened; cf. kaṇṇikā 2.; F. TISSOT,
Gandhâra 1985: fig. 230); meṇḍavisāṇavaddhikā (v.l.
-baddhikā; cf. Vin I 186,11: -bandhikā [with v.ll.
-vaddhikā, -baddhikā, -vaṭṭikā]) ti ~e meṇḍakasiṅ-
gasaṇṭhāne vaddhe yojetvā katā, Sp 1084,12 (ad Vin I
186,11).

" 346862299132203008,kaṇṇikāvaṇṭa,en,"

kaṇṇikā-vaṇṭa

, n., a stalk with a cluster or ro-
sette (of flowers); cf. kaṇṇikā 3.a.; taṁ gahetvā ~aṁ
allipupphaṁ (BeCe om.) gahetvā matthake sīsassa
upari ākāse okiriṁ pūjesin ti attho, Ap-a 400,33.

" 346862298104598528,kaṇṇikavevacana,en,"

kaṇṇika-vevacana

, n. [kaṇṇikā + vevacana], a
synonym for sheaf, bundle; cf. kaṇṇikā 3.a. ghaṭa-
gocchakā ~ān' eva, As-mṭ 189,10 (ad As 410,17).

" 346862298612109312,kaṇṇikāyogya,en,"

kaṇṇikā-yogya

, mfn., fit for (being made into)
a kaṇṇikā roof-plate; cf. kaṇṇikā 1.b.; ~aṁ
tacchetvā vaṭṭaṁ (so read with v.l.; Ee maṭṭhaṁ)
katvā kaṇṇikāya kattabbaṁ sabbam niṭṭhapetvā,
Sv-pṭ II 320,18 (ad Sv 714,8).

" 346862299190923264,kaṇṇikupaga,en,"

kaṇṇikûpaga

, mfn. [kaṇṇikā + upaga], fit for
(being used as) a kaṇṇikā roof-plate; cf. kaṇṇikā
1.b.; ~aṁ rukkhaṁ chinditvā tacchitvā vaṭṭaṁ ka-
tvā āharitvā Sudhammāya gehe ṭhapesi, Sv 714,8 (=
kaṇṇikāyogyaṁ. tacchetvā vaṭṭaṁ [so read with v.l.;
Ee maṭṭhaṁ] katvā kaṇṇikāya kattabbaṁ sabbam
niṭṭhapetvā), Sv-pṭ II 320,18.

" 346862299207700480,kaṇṇikūpaga,en,"

kaṇṇikûpaga

" 346862230949597184,kansussagga,en,"

kans'-ussagga

, m., discharging faeces; — gramm.
lit.: gu ~e. ~o vaccakaraṇaṁ. gavati, Sadd 333,1; hada
~e. ~o nāma karīsassa ossajjanaṁ vissajjanaṁ, Sadd
382,11; 542,5; — hada ~e, Sp-ṭ II 414,11 = Vmv I 333,16
(ad Sp 865,1), cf. hada uccāraussagge, Dhātum 535.

" 346862243545092096,kanta,en,"

kanta

, mfn. [pp. of kāmeti, q.v.; cf. sa. kānta; Amg.
kaṁta], 1. pleasant, agreeable; 2. dear, beloved; for syn.s,
cf. Abh 693-94; mostly in formulas; v. infra; cf. CPD I
35* s.v. wax. comp.; — exeg.: (in indigenous ""etymolo-
gy"" of ~): mane (so read with v.l. and Be; CeEe mano;
cf. It-a I 75,10 infra) kamanti pavisantī ti ~a, Mp III
98,3 (ad A II 66,1); ~ā ti kamanīyā, 406,28; ~ānan ti
kāmitānaṁ, Ps V 22,14 (ad M III 217,14); ~assā ti kā-
manato manasmiṁ ca kamanato pavisanato (i.e., <
kāmeti as well as kamati), It-a I 75,10 (ad It 15,2); —
lex. lit.: sobhanaṁ ... manoramaṁ ~aṁ +, Abh 693-
94; piye ~o manuññe so tiliṅgiko, 948; — 1. vāto va
sedataṁ (so read, H. SMITH) ~o, D II 265,18* (= iṭṭho
hoti ~o manāpo, Sv 701,18); ~aṁ cetovimuttiṁ upa-
sampajja viharissati, M III 110,30 (= manāpaṁ, Ps IV
158,23) = 110,34; iṭṭhañ ca ~añ ca ... piyaṁ manuñ-
ñaṁ, Ja IV 312,19*; ~ena rūpena susamanvito, Ap
547,20; iṭṭhaṁ ~aṁ ... jalajaṁ puppham, 85,25; su-
bhaṁ rūpaṁ passa ~aṁ manoharaṁ, 574,5; Vibh
100,35; iṭṭhaṁ ~aṁ niccaṁ sukhaṁ, Vism 195,33; iṭ-
ṭhā ~ā manāpā, 656,9; kāyaduccaritassa aññaṁ ba-
huṁ iṭṭhaṁ ~aṁ phalaṁ, Pv-a 277,28 (ad Pv 800); —
in formulas: (2+2+3) rūpā ... ca kevalā iṭṭhā ~ā ma-
nāpā ca, Sn 759 (in verse); maṁ tvaṁ ... iṭṭhehi ~ehi
manāpehi samudācaritvā, D II 192,12; ekan taṁ iṭ-
ṭhaṁ ekan taṁ ~aṁ ekan taṁ manāpan ti saggam,
M III 172,3 foll.; iṭṭho ~o manāpo vipāko nibbattey-
ya, 66,10 foll. = A I 28,24 foll. = Vibh 337,5 foll.; A IV
89,3 = It 15,4; — iṭṭhāya ~āya manāpāya hitāya su-
khāya saṁvattanti, A I 32,23; II 54,22 = 57,4 qu. Kv
346,2; A III 51,17; — rūpaṁ ... iṭṭhaṁ ~aṁ manā-
paṁ, Vibh 2,27; iṭṭhā ~ā manāpā dhamma abhivaḍ-
ḍhanti, M I 312,36; 309,31 (with parihāyanti); A II 66,1
(with dullabhā lokasmiṁ); III 47,19; V 135,11; — for-
mula occurring in ct.s: iṭṭhaṁ dinnaṁ ~aṁ manā-
paṁ, Spk I 114,14 (ad S I 59,22) ≠ It-a II 58,26 (ad It
65,17*); ekaccassa iṭṭhā ~ā manāpā, Spk I 151,5 ≠
Vibh-a 10,3; saggo nāma iṭṭho ~o manāpo, Ud-a
282,14 (ad Ud 49,6); — (2+2+2+3) sukhassa ... iṭṭhas-
sa ~assa piyassa manāpassa yad idaṁ puññāni, It
15,2; — (2+2+3:4+6+4) cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā
~ā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṁhitā rajanīyā, D I
245,18 (= kāmaniyā, Sv 403,20) = D III 234,4 = M I
85,24 (= kamanīyā, Ps II 56,10); II 42,32 = III 114,12 = S
IV 225,15 = V 22,14 = A III 411,5 = IV 415,5 qu. Kv
210,6; Nidd I 420,19 (ad Sn 940); S V 147,21 = 149,10
(qu. Nidd I 474,13 ad Sn 961); for this formula, cf. Divy
37,21; — (2+2+3+4) rūpānaṁ iṭṭhānaṁ ~ānaṁ manā-
pānaṁ manoramānaṁ lokâmisapaṭisaṁyuttānaṁ,
M III 217,14 ≠ 218,8 (qu. Vism 319,8); I 144,33; — 2. so
mayhaṁ puriso ~o, Ja III 259,24* (= piyo manāpo,
260,7') ≠ 260,15*; akāmaṁ rāja kāmehi akanto ~am
(v.l. °aṁ kantuṁ) icchasi, V 295,15*; nâccantavaṇṇā
na bahūna ~ā, 446,9* (= Aḍḍhakāsigaṇikā viya na
bahunnaṁ piyā manāpā, 447,22'); addhā hi paññā
va sataṁ pasatthā ~ā sirī bhogaratā manussā, VI
363,6* (tesaṁ sirī ~ā, 363,10'); etesaṁ yo aññataraṁ
labhitvā ~ā sirī majjati appapañño, Ja III 263,4* (kan-
tā me sirī bhariyaṭṭhāne ṭhitā, 264,6'; v.II. ~ā sirī [so
read] kantasiriṁ kantaṁ sirin ti tayo pāṭhā, 264,4');
dhīro padumapattakkho ~o va, Ap 465,21; yathā so
taruṇo bhaddo komalaṅgo sukheṭhito sapāṇam iva
~o me tadâyaṁ parasaṅgato, 566,2; — (2+2+3) yo
kho my āyaṁ puggalo iṭṭho ~o manāpo hoti pare
iṭṭhena ~ena manāpena samudācaranti, A II 213,13
foll.; (in expanded formula): attano piye iṭṭhe ~e ma-
nāpe na kurute, Pj II 169,12 (ad Sn 94); — ifc. a-°; ati-
iṭṭha-°; ati(k)-°; aya-°; ariya-°; bahu-jana-° (M I
179,37 = D I 4,26; Sv I 76,5); bāla-° (Sn 399; Ja VI
363,11); manussa-° (M III 132,27); hatthi-° (~-vīṇā,
Dhp-a I 163,16; ~-manta, 163,17).[[side 154]]

" 346862243603812352,kanta,en,"

kanta

, m. [cf. ³kanta; sa. kānta; prakr. kaṁta], hus-
band; only lex. lit.: piye ~o, Abh 948; dhavo tu sāmi-
ko bhattā ~o pati varo piyo, 240.

" 346862243486371840,kanta,en,"

kanta

, mfn. [pp. of ²kantati, q.v.; cf. ²kantita, q.v.],
spun; idaṁ me bhante navaṁ dussayugaṁ bhaga-
vantaṁ uddissa sāmaṁ ~aṁ sāmaṁ vāyitaṁ, M III
253,9 (Ps V 67,18 [v.l. kantita]).

" 346862239849910272,kantā,en,"

kantā

, f. [< ²kanta, q.v.; cf. sa. kāntā; Amg. kaṁtā;
CDIAL 3029], 1. a woman; 2. a wife; cf. ³kanta, q.v.;
— 1. lex. lit.: itthī sīmantinī ... sundarī ~ā, Abh 230
(kamanīyavuttitāya ~ā ... kantiyogā vā ~ā, Abh-ṭ ad
loc.); Sadd 363,29 foll.; thiyaṁ ~ā, Abh 948; — 2. so-
cayissati maṁ ~ā game vasaṁ aninditā, Ja III
419,13* (= iṭṭhabhariyā, 419,15'); ko n' īdha ~āya vinā
vaseyya, IV 441,14* (ko nu idha ~āya vinā bhavey-
ya, 442,21').

" 346862334192390144,kaṇṭa,en,"

kaṇṭa

, m. [sa. kaṇṭa; cf. kaṇṭaka, q.v.], 1. a thorn;
2. a fishbone; only recorded ifc. and in long cpd. (cf.
Mh-karmav 73,21); — 1. (in long cpd.) gaṇṭhi-
kuṭila-susira-~-latāsākha, Mil 351,5; — 2. (ifc.)
maccha-° (Vin-vn 3054); sa-° (~-bhojana, Ja IV
193,10.

" 346862235085180928,kantabhāva,en,"

kanta-bhāva

, m. [abstr.], the being pleasant, charm-
ing: pleasantness, charm; ~en' eva bahujanassa manā-
pā cittavuddhikarā (scil. vācā), Sv 76,7 (ad D I 4,26) =
Ps II 208,3 (ad M I 179,37); yassâyaṁ rūpasampadā
attano tejasā suriyaṁ pi abhibhavati ~ena candi-
maṁ, Vv-a 323,19; — °-bhāsura, mfn., resplendent
with charm; vaṇṇadhātū ti sītibhāvavisiṭṭhā ~ā [so
read with BeCe; Ee kantabhāvasurā], Vv-a 326,24.

" 346862239547920384,kantabhāvasura,en,"

[

kanta-bhāvasura

, w.r. at Vv-a 326,24 for kanta-
bhāvabhāsura]

" 346862244224569344,kantadhamma,en,"

kanta-dhamma

, m., an agreeable dhamma; akanta-
dhammaṁ yeva vijānāti no ~aṁ, Nett 180,29 (cf. S
IV 126,2 foll. = Kv 210,19 foll); — ifc. a-° (Nett 180,28).

" 346862333882011648,kaṇtaka,en,"

Kaṇtaka

, m.; Npr.; variant of Kaṇḍaka, q.v.;
chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha ~aṁ samaṇuddesaṁ
upalāpanavatthusmiṁ paññattaṁ, Kkh 128,12; — °-
kathā, f., discussion of the case of ³Kaṇṭaka; title of
Vin-vn 1712-1715 (with v.l. daṇḍakammakathā); cf.
Vin W 138,19 foll.

" 346862333995257856,kaṇtaka,en,"

kaṇtaka

, mfn. [< *kāṇṭaka; cf. sa. kāṇṭaka],
prickly, thorny; scratchy; elambujaṁ ~aṁ (Be and
Nidd I 201,9; 202,27 kaṇṭakavārijaṁ) vārijaṁ yathā, Sn
845 (= kaṇṭakanāḷaṁ, Pj II 547,13; cf. Nidd I 202,29: ~o
vuccati kharadaṇḍo, ""'prickly' means 'having a
rough stalk'""; kharadaṇḍo ti kharapattadaṇḍo,
pharusadaṇḍo, Nidd-a II 312,17) qu. Sadd 439,3 (with
reading kaṇṭaki vārijaṁ; cf. kaṇṭaki(n), q.v.); —
Rem.: the ct.s would seem to support interpreting
~ at Sn 845 as an adjective; if the reading kaṇṭaka-
vārija (q.v. infra) of Be and Nidd is the original
reading, it is not possible to decide whether it is
based upon ¹kaṇṭaka or ²kaṇṭaka; the same applies
mutatis mutandis to other cpd.s with kaṇṭaka; —
kharena vā ghaṇṭhikena vā ~ena vā ... na avalekhi-
tabbaṁ, Sp 1286,13 (ad Vin II 222,16: na pharusena kaṭ-
ṭhena avalekhitabbaṁ).

" 346862104575217664,kaṇṭaka,en,"

¹kaṇṭaka, 3c.

ifc. a-°; — 4. the meaning given does not exist, references should appear under 3.b.; Kv 202,28 refers to A V 135,1.

" 346862334083338240,kaṇṭaka,en,"

kaṇṭaka

, m. and n. [ts.; often spelled kaṇṭhaka;
cf. BHSD s.v. kaṇṭhaka], 1.a. an excrescence; any-
thing sharp-pointed (like the edge or point of a
sword); hence: b. a sharp-pointed leaf; a thorn; a
prickle; c. a nail, spike; d. a stylus; only recorded in
cpd. kaṇṭakalekhā, q.v. infra; 2. a bone; a fishbone;
metaphorical usages: 3.a. a ""thorn,"" i.e., a nuisance;
b. an obstacle; c. an enemy; a thief, robber; 4. a
sharp and annoying sound (cf. sa. usage); — lex. lit.:
~o tu sapattasmiṁ, rukkhaṅge lomahaṁsane, Abh
912; — 1.a. bhisagaṇṭhimhi pana ~o hoti yobba-
nappattānaṁ mukhapiḷakā viya ayaṁ adīghattā na
rakkhati, Sp 330,8; — ifc. Kāḷa-° (Abh 644); go-°
(Sp 756,18; ~-hata, Vin I 195,37; Sp 1088,2); — 1.b.
bhikkhū rattiyā uposathaggam pi sannisajjam pi
gacchantā andhakāre khānum pi -am pi akkamanti,
Vin I 188,16; sabbitthiyo ~ānaṁ (so read with v.l.; cf.
Kuṇāla-ja 68,24; Ee kaṇṭh-) pasākhā, Ja V 450,24* (=
sambādhamagge kaṇṭakasākhāsadisā, 451,15');
sīhassa byagghassa ... khāṇukassa ~assa bhāyati,
Mil 149,9; tesaṁ antarantarā kakacadantasadisā dve
tayo ~ā honti, Vism 254,28 = Pj I 50,9 (with readings
-sadisāni, tīṇi ~āni); yathā mahārāja puriso ~ena
viddho assa, ath' aññataro puriso tassa hitakāmo
sotthikāmo tiṇhena ~ena vā satthamukhena vā sam-
antā chinditvā ... taṁ ~aṁ nīhareyya, Mil 112,26;
yathā paricchinne okāse yena kenaci satthena vā ...
~ena (v.l. kaṇḍ-) vā ... chindanaṁ vā phālanaṁ vā
... na kātabbaṁ, Sp 1093,19; ~ena ... viddhā, aho duk-
khan ti vadanti, Ps II 114,16; ~ena ~aṁ āṇiyā ca āṇiṁ
nīharitukāmo puriso viya, Pj II 243,4; Vv-a 301,13;
imāya nāma dhātuyā ussannāya imassa rukkhassa
~o tikhiṇo hoti, Nett 232,7; — ifc. kusa-° (S IV
198,5; Spk III 68,25); khāṇu-° (Ps III 23,18 [so read; Ee
-kaṇṭh-]; Ps IV 103,5 [so read; Ee -kaṇṭh-]); Spk III
49,7* = Ud-a 414,15*; °âdi, Pj II 334,17; °âdhāna [v.l.
kaṇḍakaṭhānaṁ], A I 35,9; 37,5; ~-pāsānâdi, Ps I
192,12); cha-° (~-gumbaka-gahana, Ja V 46,18); pa-
kati-° (Sv 357,10); Madana-° (~âdi, Mp I 56,2 [in
cpd.]); Veḷu-° (A IV 64,2; ~-nagara-vāsinī, Mp IV
35,8); Sepaṇṇī-° (~-madana-kaṇṭakâdi, Mp I 56,2);
sa-° Ja V 260,15; VI 3,22; soḷas'-aṅgula-° (M III
185,16; Dhp-a I 124,3*;8*); — 1.e. keci pana
kadaḷikkhandhamhi ~e vā tāḷahīrâdīni vā pavesetvā
tattha pupphāni vijjhitvā ṭhapenti, Sp 618,21; pup-
phavijjhanatthaṁ pana dhammâsanavitāne -am pi
bandhituṁ kaṇṭakâdīhi vā ekapuppham pi
vijjhituṁ pupphe yeva vā pupphaṁ pavesetuṁ na
vaṭṭati, 619,2; phalarukkhaṁ pana apassāyituṁ vā
tattha ~e vā bandhituṁ na vaṭṭati, 852,9; — ifc.
aṭṭhi-sūci-° (°âdi, Sp 757,20); aya-° (Spk II 207,2);
ayo-maya-vijjhana-° (Abh 993); (kuṭila-° (Sv
933,29); ṭhapita-° (Sp 618,24); ṭhita-° (Vism 143,2;
Spk III' 54,11); baddha-° (Sp 618,25); bahi-
paribbhamana-° (Vism 143,3 [so read; Ee bahi
pari-); — 2. bako ... tuṇḍena vijjhanto jīvitakkha-
yaṁ pāpetvā maṁsaṁ khāditvā ~e (v.l. kaṇṭh-) ruk-
khamūle pāpetvā ... vissaṭṭho me so maccho ... ti,
Ja I 222,17; — ifc. aṭṭhārasa-piṭṭhi-° (Vism 271,10;
Ud-a 165,17); aṭṭhika-° (°~âdi, [so read with v.l.; Ee
-kaṇṭh-] Sp 1205,20); Ja IV 192,9*; piṭṭhi-° (D II 297,1;
M I 80,12 foll. = 245,31; Ps IV 181,23; Ja I 491,9; Spk I
238,20; ~(a)ṭṭhi, Vism 254,25; maccha-° (Sp 291,27;
~-vāyima, 1211,25); maṇḍu-° (Ja II 105,1; ~-yoga,
Mhv XX 5); maṇḍūka-° (Vism 688,27; Vism-mhṭ II
502,14; Pj II 6,8); visa-° (As 203,32; ~-vāṇija, 203,29);
visa-maṇḍu-° (~-ākoṭana, Mhv-ṭ 414,2); — 3.a.
so seṭṭhino akkhimhi ~o viya khāyi, Dhp-a I 177,22
(""he was a thorn in the eye of the merchant""); nâssa
maggeyya ~o, Ja V 265,30* (265,34'; bhikkhūnaṁ ~o,
Sīh 61,30*; — ifc. asuci-gāma-° (S IV 198,11; Spk III
68,32; 69,2); kāma-° (Ud 24,16*; Ud-a 178,31,32 = Dhp-a
I 121,8; Ud 27,17* [Be -kaṇḍ-]; Ud-a 187,21); gāma-°
(Ud-a 187,24); paccāmitta-° (Ja III 225,9); — 3.b.
pavivekārāmassa saṅgaṇikārāmatā ~o, A V 134,23
foll. (~o ti vijjhanaṭṭhena ~o [v.l. -ā], Mp V 51,22); te
pi kho titthiyā ... anekarūpaṁ sāsanassa abbudañ ca
malañ ca ~añ ca samuṭṭhāpesuṁ, Sp 53,17; — ifc.
bahu-° (Ja IV 117,27*; S IV 189,10); bhagga-° (Nidd I
142,28); sa-° (Thī 352); — 3.c. ifc. cora-° (Ja V
266,1'; Sv 296,12); nik-° (Ja III 225,11*; A V 135,6);
paṭi-° (Ja I 186,20); sa-° (D I 135,8,10; S IV 195,18; Sv
296,12); — 4. nanu paṭhamassa jhānassa saddo ~o
(so read with v.l. Ee kaṇṭh-) vutto Bhagavatā ti, Kv
202,28 foll.; Kv 572,33; Kv-a 176,22; As 202,15; — ifc.
sadda-° (A V 134,20; (~-tta, Vism 269,25; Ps I 248,5);
— °âdi, mfn., nails, etc.; ~īhi vā ekapuppham pi
vijjhituṁ ... na vaṭṭati, Sp 619,2; — in long cpd. at Ja
I 493,19; — w.r. at Spk II 101,2 for which read daṇḍaka
with BeCe.[[side 59]]

" 346862104558440448,kaṇṭaka,en,"

⁴kaṇṭaka,

m., title of A V 133,11–135,9; ~o, A V 151,12* (uddāna).

" 346862346762719232,kaṇṭakabhūta,en,"

kaṇṭaka-bhūta

, mfn., being like a thorn; kusa-
lapakkhavijjhanaṭṭhena ~o kilesakāmo, Ud-a 187,22
(ad Ud 27,17).

" 346862243666726912,kantakacetiya,en,"

Kantaka-cetiya

, n.; Npr.; a shrine (cetiya) on the
Cetiyapabbata or Cetiyagiri; v. PPN s.v.; — °-ṭṭhāna,
n., the place where K. is; ~aṁ (reading at Mhv-ṭ 367,18
~e with v.l. Kaṇṭ°, q.v.) parito tadahe va so kammāni
ārabhāpetvā leṇāni aṭṭhasaṭṭhiyo, Mhv XVI 12.

" 346862347815489536,kaṇṭakacetiyangana,en,"

Kaṇṭaka-cetiy'-angana

, n., the open space be-
fore Kaṇṭakacetiya (a cetiya on Cetiyapabbata; v.
PPN s.vv.); rājā pi kho taṁ khaṇaṁ yeva ~aṁ (v.ll.
Kaṇḍakena, Kaṇṭhaka-, Kantakacetiyaṭṭhāne) parik-
khipitvā, Vin III 328,2; Ps II 294,21.

" 346862345814806528,kaṇṭakacita,en,"

kaṇṭakâcita

, mfn. [kaṇṭaka + ācita], covered
with thorns; ~ā kāḷavettalatā koṭiyaṁ gahetvā
ākaḍḍhituṁ ārabbhiṁsu, Ja V 167,28' ≠ Cp-a 179,3.

" 346862345835778048,kaṇṭakācita,en,"

kaṇṭakâcita

, mfn. [kaṇṭaka + ācita], covered
with thorns; ~ā kāḷavettalatā koṭiyaṁ gahetvā
ākaḍḍhituṁ ārabbhiṁsu, Ja V 167,28' ≠ Cp-a 179,3.

" 346862345907081216,kaṇṭakadhāna,en,"

kaṇṭakâdhāna

, n. [kaṇṭaka + ādhāna; cf.
kaṇṭakadhāna, kaṇṭakaṭṭhana, qq.v.], a place full of
thorns; -an (Ce kaṇṭaka-; Be -ṭṭhāna) ti kaṇṭakānaṁ
dhānaṁ (Be ṭhānaṁ). yattha [BeEe so; Ce yassa]
kaṇṭakā vijjanti [so read with BeCe; Ee -jjh-], taṁ
okāsan ti vuttaṁ hoti, Ps I 80,23 (ad M I 10,37:
kaṇṭakadhānaṁ) ≠ Mp III 397,25 (ad A III 389,22:
kaṇṭakaṭṭhānaṁ; v.ll. khaṇḍa-, -thānaṁ;
khaṇṭhaka-); yathā mahārāja ummattako khittacitto
... oḷigallam pi omaddati, -am pi abhirūhati, Mil
220,24.

" 346862347408642048,kaṇṭakadhāna,en,"

kaṇṭaka-dhāna

, n. [variant of kaṇṭakâdhāna,
q.v.; cf. kaṇṭakaṭṭhāna, q.v.], a place full of thorns;
ahiṁ khāṇuṁ ~aṁ (Be -ṭṭhānaṁ], M I 10,37 (~an [Ce
so; Ee kaṇṭakâ-; Be -ṭṭhāna] ti kaṇṭakānaṁ dhānaṁ
[Be ṭhānaṁ], Ps I 80,23) = A III 389,22 (with reading
-ṭṭhānaṁ; ~an [v.ll. kaṇḍakâdhānan, -ṭṭhānan] ti
yattha kaṇṭakā vijjanti [so read with v.l.; Ee -jjh-],
taṁ okāsaṁ, Mp III 397,25).

" 346862345932247040,kaṇṭakādhāna,en,"

kaṇṭakâdhāna

" 346862347618357248,kaṇṭakadugga,en,"

kaṇṭaka-dugga

, n., a fortress protected by
spikes or a jutting battlement ? (cf. Kauṭ 2.3.15: kaṇ-
ṭakapratisāra ?; BHS prākārakaṇṭaka; v. BHSD s.v.
kaṇṭaka); anekasatayojanāyāmavitthāraṁ sunicitaṁ
ghanasannivesaṁ ~am pi adhisenti, Ps-pṭ II 133,16 =
Spk-pṭ 1232,26.

" 346862347538665472,kaṇṭakadvāra,en,"

kaṇṭaka-dvāra

, n., an entrance (to a cow shed)
blocked off by thorny boughs; — exeg.: ekena vā
bahūhi vā kaṇṭakehi thakitabbaṁ ~aṁ, Vjb 117,5 (ad
Sp 281,5); yaṁ pavesananikkhamanakāle apanetvā
thakanayoggaṁ ekāya bahūhi vā kaṇtakasākhāhi
kataṁ taṁ ~aṁ, Sp-ṭ II 108,22; — ifc. rukkha-
sūci-° (Sp-ṭ II 108,18 [ad Sp 281,5] ≠ Vmv I 160,13).

" 346862347479945216,kaṇṭakadvāravāta,en,"

Kaṇṭaka-dvāra-vāta

, n.; Npr.; a village in
Rohaṇa; v. PPN s.v.; ~e, Mhv LXXIV 85.

" 346862348192976896,kaṇṭakagabbha,en,"

kaṇṭaka-gabbha

, m., a thorny interior (of a for-
est); so ~aṁ paviṭṭho viya bhaveyya, Spk III 54,13 (=
ovarakasadisaṁ vanaṁ, Spk-pṭ II 341,2).

" 346862348096507904,kaṇṭakagahana,en,"

kaṇṭaka-gahana

, n., a thorny jungle; seyyathā
pi bhikkhave dīghalomikā eḷakā -am paviseyya, S
II 228,7.

" 346862347958095872,kaṇṭakagumba,en,"

kaṇṭaka-gumba

, m., a thorny thicket; ekasmiṁ
~e pakkhipatha, Ja I 208,27; — °-gahana, n., a
thorny thicket and jungle; chinnataṭañ c' eva ~añ ca
disvā paṭinivatti, Ps II 266,12.

" 346862333697462272,kaṇṭakakasā,en,"

kaṇṭaka-kasā

, f., a whip with thorns (used for
punishment and torture); so ... ~añ ca ādāya ...
rājānaṁ vanditvā kiṁ karomī ti āha ... ~aṁ gahetvā
... pahārasahassam assa dehī ti, Ja III 41,2.

" 346862348264280064,kaṇṭakakhāṇuka,en,"

kaṇṭaka-khāṇuka

, m., thorn and stump; ma-
yam pi kayo ~e pi pakkhalitassa bhijjati, Spk II
250,14.

" 346862344569098240,kaṇṭakalatā,en,"

kaṇṭaka-latā

, f., a kind of prickly creeper (=
Capparis zeylanica); mama sarīraṁ aṭṭhasu ṭhānesu
bhinditvā ~ā pavesetvā, Ja V 175,4'; — ifc.
kaṇṭakasākhā-° (Ps-pṭ II 71,24); — °-vana-
gahana, n., a forest thicket with Capparis zeylani-
ca; tathā yo sakalacakkavāḷaṁ nirantaraṁ ghanavep-
phagumbasañcannaṁ ~aṁ vinivijjhitvā
parabhāgaṁ gantuṁ samattho, Cp-a 283,31; —
°âdi-bharitâvirūḷha, mfn. [bharita + avirūḷha],
(in definition of gumba, q.v.) not overgrown with
plenty of Capparis zeylanica etc.; gumbaṁ ~aṁ,
Ps-pṭ I 211,20.

" 346862344611041280,kaṇṭakalekhā,en,"

kaṇṭaka-lekhā

, f., writing with a stylus (in the
present context used of maraṇavaṇṇā: praise of
death (""black magic"" ?); cf. Vin III 76,4 foll.; O. v.
HINÜBER, Beginn der Schrift, AWL 1989: 39 no. 11);
eko sace ~ā (so read with v.l.; Ee -o) hoti masiṁ
makkheti, Sp 453,15.

" 346862243733835776,kantakamatta,en,"

[

kantaka-matta

, w.r. at Spk III 11,5 for tattakamatta
(""lasting a short while""), which read with v.l. and BeCe]

" 346862347328950272,kaṇṭakanāḷa,en,"

kaṇṭaka-nāḷa

, mfn., (bhvr.) having a prickly
stalk; elambujan ti elasaññake ambumhi jātaṁ ~aṁ
vārijaṁ, Pj II 547,13 (ad Sn 845).

" 346862243826110464,kantakānandā,en,"

Kantakānandā

, f; Npr.; a nun (v.ll. Kandakānan-
dā, Kanakadattā, qq.v.) at the time of Koṇāgamana; v.
PPN s.v.; ~ā bhikkhuṇī, Mhv XV 112; cf. Kanaka-
dattā q.v.

" 346862104533274624,kaṇṭakanāsanā,en,"

Kaṇṭaka-nāsanā,

expulsion like the one of the sāmaṇera Kaṇṭaka (described at Vin I 85,15–26); Kaṇṭakasāmaṇerassa nāsanā viya, Kkh(2) 227,4, cf. O. v. Hinüber, in: Lexicography in the Indian and Buddhist Cultural Field 1998: 73; U. Hüsken, JIABS XX, 2 1997: 93–111.

" 346862347261841408,kaṇṭakanāsanā,en,"

kaṇṭaka-nāsanā

, f., expulsion of a (person who
is a) nuisance (to the saṅgha); ~āya nāsetabbo ti Ku-
rundiyaṁ vuttaṁ, Sp 1015,14 = Pālim 162,1.

" 346862347194732544,kaṇṭakanicita,en,"

kaṇṭaka-nicita

, mfn., full of thorns; puriso ...
mā maṁ ~o vijjhī ti satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā va vicarati,
Th-a III 80,38 (ad Th 946); — v.l. at Ja VI 249,16 and
249,18' for kaṇṭakâpacita); — ifc. jalita-° (Ja VI
249,18'.

" 346862347047931904,kaṇṭakanivuta,en,"

kaṇṭaka-nivuta

, mfn., covered with thorns; so
tvaṁ panthe kheme ujumagge apathena ~ena sa-
bhayena kummaggena payātum icchasi, Thī-a 255,25.

" 346862345047248896,kaṇṭakapacita,en,"

kaṇṭakâpacita

, mfn. [kaṇṭaka + ¹apacita], cover-
ed with thorns; abbhakūṭasamā uccā ~ā (v.l. -nicitā)
dumā, Ja VI 249,16 (= [v.l. -nicitā] jalitakaṇṭakanicitā,
249,18').

" 346862345059831808,kaṇṭakāpacita,en,"

kaṇṭakâpacita

, mfn. [kaṇṭaka + ¹apacita], cover-
ed with thorns; abbhakūṭasamā uccā ~ā (v.l. -nicitā)
dumā, Ja VI 249,16 (= [v.l. -nicitā] jalitakaṇṭakanicitā,
249,18').

" 346862344237748224,kaṇṭakapassaya,en,"

kaṇṭakâpassaya

, m. [kaṇṭaka + apassaya; BHS
kaṇṭhakāpāśraya; v. BHSD s.v.], a thorny bedding;
kaṇṭakâpassayiko pi hoti, ~e seyyaṁ kappeti, D I
167,7 (ayakaṇṭake vā patikakaṇṭake vā bhūmiyaṁ
koṭṭetvā tattha cammaṁ attharitvā ṭhānacaṅka-
mâdīni karoti, Sv 357,10) = M I 78,18 (Ps II 45,32) = A II
206,35 = Nidd I 417,10; D III 42,3 (with reading
kaṇṭakapassaya) = Pp 55,34; M I 308,13 = 343,16 = A I
296,4 (Mp II 385,31 = Sv 357,10); — in long cpd. at Pj II
522,16.

" 346862346993405952,kaṇṭakapassaya,en,"

[

kaṇṭakapassaya

, w.r. at Ja III 74,20 for kaṇṭakâ-
passaya, q.v.]

" 346862344250331136,kaṇṭakāpassaya,en,"

kaṇṭakâpassaya

" 346862345999355904,kaṇṭakapassayaseyyadi,en,"

kaṇṭakâpassaya-seyyâdi

, mfn. [seyya + ādi],
a bed consisting of thorny bedding, and so on; duk-
kho ti, ~īhi attamāraṇehi dukkhâvaho, Spk III 297,16
(ad S V 421,6).

" 346862346020327424,kaṇṭakāpassayaseyyādi,en,"

kaṇṭakâpassaya-seyyâdi

, mfn. [seyya + ādi],
a bed consisting of thorny bedding, and so on; duk-
kho ti, ~īhi attamāraṇehi dukkhâvaho, Spk III 297,16
(ad S V 421,6).

" 346862344300662784,kaṇṭakapassayatā,en,"

kaṇṭakâpassayatā

, f. [abstr. from kaṇṭakâpas-
saya, q.v.], the property of having a thorny bedding;
so vaggulivataṁ, ukkuṭikappadhānaṁ, ~ā ... ti
ādīnaṁ vasena veditabbo, Ps II 11,30.

" 346862344313245696,kaṇṭakāpassayatā,en,"

kaṇṭakâpassayatā

, f. [abstr. from kaṇṭakâpas-
saya, q.v.], the property of having a thorny bedding;
so vaggulivataṁ, ukkuṭikappadhānaṁ, ~ā ... ti
ādīnaṁ vasena veditabbo, Ps II 11,30.

" 346862346087436288,kaṇṭakapassayika,en,"

kaṇṭakâpassayika

, mfn. [kaṇṭaka + apassay-
ika], habitually sleeping on thorny bedding; cf. W.
B. Bollée ZDMG 121 1971: 85; — exeg.: ~o ti
ayakaṇṭake vā patikakaṇṭake vā bhūmiyaṁ koṭṭetvā
tattha cammaṁ attharitvā ṭhānacaṅkamâdīni karoti,
Sv 357,10 (ad D I 167,7); — ~o pi hoti, kaṇṭakāpassaye
seyyaṁ kappeti, D I 167,7 = M I 78,18 (Ps II 45,32) = A
II 206,35 = Nidd I 417,10; ~o (so read with v.l.; Ee
kaṇṭaka-) pi hoti, kaṇṭakâpassaye (so read; Ee
kaṇṭaka-) seyyaṁ kappeti, D III 42,3 = M I 308,13 =
343,16 = A I 296,4 (Mp II 385,31 = Sv 357,10) = Pp 55,34;
tumhesu ... ekacce ~ā (so read; Ee kaṇṭaka-) bha-
vantu ekacce pañcatapaṁ tapantu, Ja IV 299,14.

" 346862346938880000,kaṇṭakapassayika,en,"

[

kaṇṭakapassayika

, w.r. at D III 42,3 (v.l. kaṇṭa-
kā-) and Ja IV 299,11 for kaṇṭakâpassayika, q.v.]

" 346862346108407808,kaṇṭakāpassayika,en,"

kaṇṭakâpassayika

" 346862346896936960,kaṇṭakapeṭaka,en,"

Kaṇṭaka-peṭaka

, n.; Npr.; a district on the fron-
tier of Dakkhinadesa of Ceylon; v. PPN s.v.; ~e, Mhv
LXIX 9.[[side 60]]

" 346862346804662272,kaṇṭakaphalasadisa,en,"

kaṇṭaka-phala-sadisa

, mfn. [cf. sa. kaṇṭaka-
phala; v. kaṇṭakiphala infra], like the prickly fruit
(of the breadfruit tree); laddhokāsakhajjupāṇakā
viparivattamānā ~ā (v.l. °kaṇṭha; sakaṇṭaka) tamasi
vijjotanti, Ud-a 358,11.

" 346862346854993920,kaṇṭakappaṭibhāga,en,"

[

kaṇṭaka-ppaṭibhāga

, m., being similar to a
thorn; reading of Be at Mp-ṭ II 61,8 in explanation of
aṇḍaka (q.v.), for which probably read aṇḍakap-
pakatibhāva with v.l.]

" 346862344489406464,kaṇṭakarāsi,en,"

kaṇṭaka-rāsi

, f., a heap of fishbones; bako ...
pass' etaṁ varaṇarukkhamūle ~iṁ, Ja I 223,10.

" 346862346234236928,kaṇṭakārikā,en,"

kaṇṭakārikā

, f., a kind of prickly nightshade (=
Solanum jacquini); dvayaṁ ~āyaṁ, Abh-ṭ 390,9 (ad
Abh 585).

" 346862344527155200,kaṇṭakarukkha,en,"

kaṇṭaka-rukkha

, m., a thorny tree; tuṅgahāro
nāma eko ~o, Sp 1126,12.

" 346862345298907136,kaṇṭakasadisa,en,"

kaṇṭaka-sadisa

, mfn., like nails or thorns; ba-
hutarāni lomāni haṁsanti uddhamukhāni sūcisadi-
sāni ~āni ca hutvā tiṭṭhanti, Sp 189,30 = Ps II 48,7.

" 346862345374404608,kaṇṭakasākhā,en,"

kaṇṭaka-sākhā

, f., a thorny bough; eko gā-
mavāsimahallako aṭavito ~ā (so read; Ee kaṇṭh- with
v.l. kaṇḍ-) āharitvā, Ja V 102,2; Sp 618,22; dīghadārum-
hi khāṇuke pavesetvā ~āhi vinaddhitvā katadvārat-
thakanakaṁ, 1220,9; ~ā viyā ti kuraṇḍaka-appāmag-
ga-kaṇṭaka-lasikāhi sākhā viya, Spk-pṭ II 163,27 (ad
Spk II 176,21, q.v. s.v. kacchusākhā); — °-kaṇṭaka-
latā-vana, n., a thicket of thorny boughs and
creepers; sākhādīhī ti ~ehi, Ps-pṭ II 71,24; —
°-parikkhita, mfn., protected by thorny boughs;
parikkhitto nāma iṭṭhakapākāraṁ ādiṁ katvā anta-
maso ~o, Sp 298,29; — °-sadisa, mfn., like thorny
boughs; sambādhamagge ~ā, Ja V 451,16'.

" 346862345332461568,kaṇṭakasamākiṇṇa,en,"

kaṇṭaka-samākiṇṇa

, mfn., covered with
thorns; vanaṁ ... ujjaṅgalaṁ hoti nirudakaṁ vira-
lacchāyaṁ ~aṁ, Ps II 250,16; — °-sākha, mfn.,
(bhvr.) having boughs covered with thorns; tad
etaṁ ... ~ehi nānāgacchehi parivutaṁ tiṭṭhati, Sp
88,1.

" 346862345466679296,kaṇṭakasāmaṇera,en,"

Kaṇṭaka-sāmaṇera

, m. [variant of Kaṇḍaka-
samanera, q.v.]; Npr.; yā ~assa daṇḍakammanāsanā,
sa nissāraṇā ti veditabbā, Sp 1402,21; Spk III 35,20.

" 346862343986089984,kaṇṭakasaṇḍa,en,"

kaṇṭaka-saṇḍa

, n., a prickly thicket; gacchaṁ
gahanabhūtaṁ mahantaṁ ~aṁ, gumbhaṁ nâtima-
hantan ti vadanti, Ps-pṭ I 211,18.

" 346862345605091328,kaṇṭakaseyyā,en,"

kaṇṭaka-seyyā

, f., a thorny bed; ajja ... ekacce
~aṁ (so read with Tr. transcript; v.ll. kaṇṭhasa-,
kaṇḍ-) kappetha ekacce pañcâtapaṁ tappetha, Ja III
235,20; — °âdi, mfn.; ~īni kappenti, Spk I 128,4 (ad S
I 67,3); — °âdika, mfn.; ~aṁ tapaṁ, Spk I 81,10 (ad
S I 29,7).

" 346862345517010944,kaṇṭakasikkhāpada,en,"

Kaṇṭaka-sikkhāpada

, n., the precept concern-
ing Kaṇṭaka (= Kaṇḍaka, q.v.); cf. Vin IV 138,18-140,37
(= Pācittiya LXX); ~aṁ dasamaṁ, Sp 871,10; —
°-vaṇṇanā, f., the commentary on the precept con-
cerning Kaṇṭaka; cf. Vin IV 138,18-140,37 (with read-
ing Kaṇḍaka); ~āyaṁ vuttāsu nāsāsu liṅganāsānā va
adhippetā, Sp 1014,10 (cf. Sp 870,34 foll); Vjb 334,18.

" 346862345563148288,kaṇṭakasimbaliniraya,en,"

[

Kaṇṭaka-simbali-niraya

, reading of Be for
Koṭisimbaliniraya at Ja V 293,7']

" 346862345747697664,kaṇṭakasodhana,en,"

kaṇṭaka-sodhana

, n. [sa. kaṇṭakaśodhana; Kauṭ
4.1.1], weeding out ""thorns,"" i.e., thieves and
robbers; corānaṁ mūlaṁ chindanto ~aṁ karissāmī
ti, Ps-pṭ III 81,22.

" 346862104512303104,kaṇṭakasolapattanavatthabba,en,"

Kaṇṭa(ka)sola-pattana-vatthabba,

m., inhabitant of the town K., Sīh 55,12 (colophon: place where the author lived, cf. HPL § 418).

" 346862347744186368,kaṇṭakaṭṭhāna,en,"

kaṇṭaka-ṭṭhāna

, n. [cf. kaṇṭakâdhāna, kaṇṭaka-
dhāna, for which Be as a rule substitutes the seman-
tically equivalent ~], a place full of thorns; yathā
-amhi careyya ... evaṁ game munī care, Th 946
(Th-a III 80,36); ahiṁ khāṇuṁ ~aṁ (Ee -dhānaṁ], M I
10,37 (~an [Be so; Ce kaṇṭakadhāna; Ee kaṇṭakâdhāna]
ti kaṇṭakānaṁ ṭhānaṁ [Be so; CeEe dhānaṁ], Ps I
80,23) = A III 389,22 (with v.l. kaṇṭakadhāna; ~an [Be
so; Ee kaṇṭakadhānan] ti yattha kaṇṭakā vijjanti [so
read with v.l.; Ee -jjh-], taṁ okāsaṁ, Mp III 397,25).

" 346862347685466112,kaṇṭakaṭṭhāniya,en,"

kaṇṭaka-ṭṭhāniya

, mfn., representing ""a thorn""
(i.e., a nuisance); game ~o sakalo vatthukāmo, Ud-a
187,24 (ad gāmakaṇṭaka v.l. of kāmakaṇṭaka, q.v.).

" 346862344845922304,kaṇṭakavana,en,"

Kaṇṭaka-vana

, n.; Npr.; a locality in Rohaṇa; v.
PPN s.v.; ~aṁ nāma ṭhānaṁ, Mhv LXXIV 56.

" 346862343944146944,kaṇṭakavārija,en,"

kaṇṭaka-vārija

, n., a prickly lotus; used of the
eḷambuja lotus which has a prickly stalk (~ kha-
radaṇḍa; v. infra); reading of Be at Sn 845c and Nidd
ad loc. for kaṇṭakaṁ vārijaṁ; the readings of Be and
Nidd would seem to be supported by the metre ( =
Jagatī: - ˘ ˘ - ˘ - ˘ - against Sn 845c: - ˘ - [sic] - ˘ - ˘ - );
v. ²kaṇṭaka; eḷambujaṁ ~aṁ (v.l. kaṇḍ-, kaṇṭh-)
yathā jalena paṅkena c' anūpalittaṁ, Nidd I 201,9 =
202,27 (cf. kaṇṭako vuccati kharadaṇḍo, Nidd I 202,29;
kharadaṇḍo ti kharapattadaṇḍo, pharusadaṇḍo,
Nidd-a II 312,17) qu. Sadd 439,3 (with reading kaṇṭaki
[q.v.] vārijaṁ).

" 346862344904642560,kaṇṭakavāṭa,en,"

kaṇṭaka-vāṭa

, n., an enclosure made from
thorny boughs; -an ti sabbasākhāparikkhepaṁ (saṅ-
ganhāti), Vmv II 239,23 (ad Vin II 154,12:
kaṇṭakīvāṭaṁ [sic.]).

" 346862344766230528,kaṇṭakavati,en,"

kaṇṭaka-vati

, f., a thorn hedge; mige āgantvā
bhittiṁ ghaṁsitvā mattikaṁ pātente disvā ~iṁ pa-
rikkhipi, Sv 631,31; yathā tvaṁ ... sassaparipālanat-
thaṁ ~iṁ (so read; Ee -nt-; v.l. vatikaṁ) vā ruk-
khavatiṁ vā ... karosi, Spk I 253,22 (cf. kaṇṭakavatikā
[q.v.] at Pj II 148,6); parissayavinodanatthaṁ paṇṇa-
sālaṁ ~iyā parikkhipi, Cp-a 40,34.

" 346862344799784960,kaṇṭakavatikā,en,"

kaṇṭaka-vatikā

, f., a thorn hedge; yathā tvaṁ
... sassaparipālanatthaṁ ~aṁ (v.l. -vatiṁ) vā ruk-
khavatikaṁ vā pākāraparikkhepaṁ vā karosi, Pj II
148,6

" 346862344657178624,kaṇṭakavaṭṭa,en,"

kaṇṭaka-vaṭṭa

, n. [cf. kaṇṭaka-vāṭa of which ~
is probably a variant], a thorn hedge or fence; bhūta-
pubbaṁ bhante bhikkhū ... oḷigalle pi papatanti,
-am pi (Be -vāḷi; v.ll. -vattam, -rājim) ārohanti, M I
448,29.

" 346862344988528640,kaṇṭakavedanadi,en,"

kaṇṭaka-vedanâdi

, mfn. [vedanā + ādi], a sen-
sation stemming from the prick of a thorn or the
like; tan ti ~iṁ, Spk-pṭ II 497,18.

" 346862344996917248,kaṇṭakavedanādi,en,"

kaṇṭaka-vedanâdi

, mfn. [vedanā + ādi], a sen-
sation stemming from the prick of a thorn or the
like; tan ti ~iṁ, Spk-pṭ II 497,18.

" 346862345105969152,kaṇṭakavedha,en,"

kaṇṭaka-vedha

, m., being pierced by thorns;
mā maṁ kaṇṭako vijjhī ti -am rakkhamāno (so read
with v.l. = BeCe) Spk III 54,15 (ad S IV 189,14).

" 346862345135329280,kaṇṭakavedhamāna,en,"

[

kaṇṭaka-vedhamāna

, w.r. at Spk III 54,15 for
kaṇṭakavedhaṁ rakkhamāno, which read with v.l. -
BeCe]

" 346862345215021056,kaṇṭakavedhapekkha,en,"

kaṇṭaka-vedhâpekkha

, mfn. [vedha + apek-
kha], due to being pierced by thorns; sace hi so pub-
be parimadditasaṅkhāro hoti bhāvitabhāvano, ~o
viya paripakkagaṇḍo, Sp 968,15 = Pālim 158,16.[[side 61]]

" 346862345227603968,kaṇṭakavedhāpekkha,en,"

kaṇṭaka-vedhâpekkha

, mfn. [vedha + apek-
kha], due to being pierced by thorns; sace hi so pub-
be parimadditasaṅkhāro hoti bhāvitabhāvano, ~o
viya paripakkagaṇḍo, Sp 968,15 = Pālim 158,16.[[side 61]]

" 346862344954974208,kaṇṭakavettalatā,en,"

kaṇṭaka-vetta-latā

, f., a prickly creeper ?; tā ~ā
(CeEe so) āvutā koṭiyaṁ gahetvā ākaḍḍhitum ārabh-
iṁsu, Cp-a 179,3— Rem.: the passage at Cp-a is
difficult to construe; Be reads tā kaṇṭakâcitā āvutā
kālavettalatā, thus apparently attempting to correct
the text with reference to the parallel at Ja V 167,29'
(reading: kaṇṭakâcitā kāḷavettalatā).

" 346862343851872256,kaṇṭakavuttika,en,"

kaṇṭaka-vuttika

, mfn., living a ""thorny"" life;
used of the mortification of monks; A.L. BASHAM,
HDĀ: 243 translates the passage at A III 383,26
(reading kaṇḍakavuttikā, q.v. infra) as ""monks who
live as thieves,"" thus interpreting kaṇḍaka = ¹kaṇ-
taka 4.b., q.v.; tatr' idaṁ bhante Pūraṇena Kas-
sapena nīlâbhijāti paññattā: bhikkhū ~ā (so read
with v.l.; Ee kaṇḍ-; v.l. kaṇhâdhimuttikā) ye vā pan'
aññe pi keci kammavādā kiriyavādā, A III 383,26
(bhikkhū ~ā [v.l. kaṇḍ-; kaṇhâdhimuttikā] ti samaṇā
nam' ete, Mp III 394,1; bhikkhū ... kira catusu pac-
cayesu kaṇṭake (so read; Ee kaṇṭh-) pakkhipitvā
khādanti. bhikkhū ca ~ā ti ayaṁ hi ssa pāḷi yeva.
atha vā ~ā eva nāma eke pabbajitā ti vadati, Sv
162,19,20 (eke pabbajitā = ye savisesaṁ attakila-
matthânuyogaṁ anuyuttā; tathā hi te kaṇṭake vat-
tantā viya hontī ti ~ā ti vuttā, Sv-pṭ I 290,18) = Ps III
121,6,7,8 (ad M I 407,28: chass' evâbhijātisu) = Spk II
343,1.

" 346862344413908992,kaṇṭakayutta,en,"

kaṇṭaka-yutta

, mfn. [cf. sa. kaṇṭakayukta],
thorny, prickly; ~aṁ phalam assa kaṇṭakiphalo,
Abh-ṭ 379,27 (ad Abh 569).

" 346862344015450112,kaṇṭakī,en,"

Kaṇṭakī

, f.; title of S V 298,17-299,30.

" 346862346406203392,kaṇṭakī,en,"

kaṇṭakī

, (m)f(n). [f. of kaṇtaka, q.v.], = kaṇṭaka;
— ifc. Veḷu-° ([v.ll. -kaṇḍakī, -kaṇṭāti], A IV 63,12
(Mp IV 35,8); A I 88,30-89,2; II 164,22; Mp III 365,1 (with
reading -kaṇḍakī).

" 346862346313928704,kaṇṭakika,en,"

kaṇṭakika

, mfn. [kaṇṭaka + ika], thorny; na
tattha ~ā kakkhaḷagacchalatā honti, Mp-ṭ III 291,10 ≠
Sp-ṭ I 275,22.

" 346862343893815296,kaṇṭakin,en,"

kaṇṭaki(n)

, mfn. [kaṇṭaka + in; CDIAL 2679],
thorny; ~i vārijaṁ (= Sn 845 [with reading kaṇṭakaṁ
vārijaṁ]), Sadd 493,3; — Rem.: the reading ~ for
kaṇṭaka at Sn 845 is only recorded in Sadd; it is per-
haps due to a confusion of ṁ and i in the Burmese
script; cf. ²kaṇṭaka; — tassa vaṁsassa ~ino pi ruk-
khassa kaṇṭakā nâhesuṁ, Bv-a 207,22 (ad Bv XIII 29);
na tattha ~ino (so read; Be -inā, with v.l. kaṇṭakīlatā)
kakkhaḷagacchalatā honti, Sp-ṭ I 275,22; —
°(i)-phala, m(fn). [ts.; cf. sa. kaṇṭakaphala; CDIAL
2675], (bhvr.) having prickly fruits; epith. of the
breadfruit tree; panaso ~o, abhayā tu harītakī, Abh
569 (kaṇṭakayuttaṁ phalam assa ~o, Abh-ṭ 379,27).[[side 62]]kaṇṭakin

" 346862346481700864,kaṇṭakīvana,en,"

Kaṇṭakī-vana

, n.; Npr.; The Thorn Bush Grove;
ekaṁ samayam āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca
Mahā-Moggalāno, āyasmā ca Anuruddho Sākate vi-
haranti ~e (Be kaṇḍakī-), S V 174,27 (~e [Be kaṇḍakī-)
ti mahākaramandavane, Spk III 262,21; kaṇḍakā etissā
atthī ti kaṇḍakī, karamandagaccho, Spk-pṭ II 516,15);
S V 298,20; Am 169,10.

" 346862346590752768,kaṇṭakīvāṭa,en,"

kaṇṭakī-vāṭa

, m., a thorn bush fence; anujānāmi
bhikkhave parikkhipituṁ tayo vāṭe veḷuvāṭaṁ ~aṁ
+, Vin II 154,12 (kaṇṭakavāṭan [sic] ti sabbasākhāpa-
rikkhepaṁ, Vmv II 239,23).

" 346862346737553408,kaṇṭakuddharaṇa,en,"

kaṇṭak'-uddharaṇa

, n. [sa. kaṇṭakôddharaṇa],
removing a thorn; kaṇṭakena ~aṁ viya, Dhp-a III
115,9.

" 346862343591825408,kaṇṭakuraṇḍavaṇṇa,en,"

kaṇṭakuraṇḍa-vaṇṇa

, mfn. [cf. sa. kaṇṭakuraṇ-
ṭa], having the colour of (the flower of) the plant
Barleria cristata; so ~aṁ kāsāvaṁ nivāsetvā ... nisī-
di, Ja II 66,12'.

" 346862346657861632,kaṇṭakuṭṭhāpanañāya,en,"

kaṇṭak'-uṭṭhāpana-ñāya

, n., a way of conjur-
ing up thorns; ~ena, Sp-ṭ II 218,2.

" 346862242978861056,kantana,en,"

kantana

, n. [vb. noun < ²kantati, q.v.; cf. sa. karta-
na], the act of spinning; ~ato pana pubbe kappāsavi-
cinanaṁ ādiṁ katvā sabbapayogesu hatthavāraga-
ṇanāya dukkaṭaṁ, Sp 935,7 (ad Vin IV 300,16) = Kkh
187,25,28; — ifc. sutta-° (Vin-vn 2287; ~âdi-kamma,
Spk II 104,26; — in long cpd. vaṭṭana-piñchana-pho-
ṭana-~âdi (Mp III 247,17).

" 346862244283289600,kantana,en,"

kantana

, n. and mfn. [vb. noun < ¹kantati, q.v.],
(n.) the act of cutting out; — lex. lit.: kappanaṁ ~e,
Abh 954; — uttamo bhisako ... rāgâdisallānaṁ ~ato
samucchedavasena samuddharaṇato uttamo salla-
kantanavejjo, It-a II 143,17 (ad It 101,15); rāgasallâdī-
naṁ ~aṁ (Be so for Ee °santhana) nimmathanaṁ ab-
būhaṇaṁ, Dhp-a III 404,3 (ad Dhp 275); ~aṁ, Sadd
474,20; — ifc. kilesa-° (Ap 313,20); salla-° (~-vejja,
It-a II 143,18; Dhp-a III 404,2 [Be so for Ee °santhana]).

" 346862243347959808,kantanā,en,"

kantanā

, f. [vb. noun < ²kantati (q.v.); cf. ²kantana,
q.v.], the act of twining or spinning; only recorded ifc.;
— ifc. sutta-° (Vin V 88,29*).

" 346862243029192704,kantanaka,en,"

kantanaka

, mfn. [scdry < ¹kantana + ka], ""cutting""
(used of a morbid affection of the windy humour); sat-
thakavātā ti tikkhabhāvena satthakā viya ~ā vātā,
Spk-pṭ I 122,7 (ad Spk I 85,24: satthakavatā).

" 346862243125661696,kantanakāraka,en,"

kantana-kāraka

, mfn., causing the act of cutting;
(used of a morbid affection of the windy humour); sat-
thakena viya aṅgapaccaṅgānaṁ ~ā kāye sandhiban-
dhanacchedakavātā satthakavātā, Mp-ṭ III 99,11 (ad
A III 307,1).

" 346862243075330048,kantanakavāta,en,"

kantanaka-vāta

, m., the ""cutting"" wind; the first of
five types of wind: 2. sampaṭicchanakavāta, 3. pave-
sanakavāta, 4. sammajjanakavāta, 5. santharaṇaka-
vāta, qq.v.; ~o uṭṭhahitvā phupphāni vaṇṭato kanta-
ti, Sv 649,20 (ad D II 221,8; devānaṁ puññakam-
mapaccayā pupphānaṁ chindanakavāto, Sv-pṭ II
279,25) = Mp IV 58,21 (ad A IV 118,12; Mp-ṭ III 193,17
= Sv-pṭ II 279,25).

" 346862243285045248,kantanapacanadi,en,"

kantana-pacanâdi

, mfn. [pacana + ādi], the act of
spinning, cooking, etc.; ~āni kammāni kātuṁ na sak-
koti, Spk III 86,8 (ad S IV 238,12).

" 346862243301822464,kantanapacanādi,en,"

kantana-pacanâdi

, mfn. [pacana + ādi], the act of
spinning, cooking, etc.; ~āni kammāni kātuṁ na sak-
koti, Spk III 86,8 (ad S IV 238,12).

" 346862243234713600,kantanattha,en,"

kantan'-attha

, m. [< ²kantana], the meaning of ""spin-
ning;"" used in ""etymology"" of takka (spindle) which is
explained in terms of metathesis of k and t of the root
kat(i), q.v.; cf. Sp 935,7; saddatthato pana yathā ~ena
ādi-antavipallāsato takkaṁ vuccati evaṁ hi hiṁsanat-
thena [Ee w.r.] sīho veditabbo, Th-a I 5,30 (ad Th: 1,2).[[side 155]]

" 346862243180187648,kantanavatthu,en,"

kantana-vatthu

, n., the section on kantana; title of
Vin IV 299,29-300,19; suttaṁ ~usmiṁ paññattaṁ,
Kkh 187,24.

" 346862239438868480,kantaphala,en,"

kanta-phala

, mfn., (bhvr.) having a pleasant result;
iṭṭhaphalā ~ā manuññaphalā asecanakaphalā, Kv
35,18,22; 211,32.

" 346862239367565312,kantappakanta,en,"

kanta-ppakanta

, mfn. [< ⁴kanta (q.v.) + (p)pakan-
ta], moving back and forth, hence: fickle, vacillating, in-
constant; reading of C^k (confirmed by Tr.) at Ja V 445,14*
for kannappakanna (q.v.); thīnaṁ hi cittaṁ yathā vā-
narassa ~aṁ (so read with C^k; BeCeEe and Kuṇāla-ja
59,17: kannappakannaṁ) yathā rukkhachāyā calāca-
laṁ hadayaṁ itthiyānaṁ, Ja V 445,14* (= otiṇṇotiṇ-
ṇaṁ, yathā hi visame padese rukkhacchāyā ninnam
pi orohati thalam pi abhirūhati tathā etāsam pi cit-
taṁ na kiñci uttamâdhamaṁ vajjeti, 446,23'); —
Rem.: despite BeCeEe and Kuṇāla-ja ~ must represent
the correct reading, unless one assumes with PTC (s.v.
pakkhanna) that the reading kannappakanna is a mis-
take for khannappakkhanna (pp. < sa. √skand), with
deaspiration of kh and kkh > k m.c., which is unlikely to
be true.

" 346862239917019136,kantāra,en,"

kantāra

, m. and n. (and mfn. ?) [cf. sa. and BHS kān-
tāra; v. BHSD s.v.; EWA-1 s.v.; CDIAL 3031], 1. (m.
and n.) wilderness; 2. (mfn. ?) a (difficult) road through
the wilderness; — 1. gramm. lit.: (in ""etymology"" of ~;
cf. ⁷ka [n.]); tatra ~o ti kaṁ vuccati udakaṁ, tena ta-
ritabbo atikkamitabbo ti ~o nirudakappadeso, Sadd
237,26 (cf. Vv-a 334,25, q.v. infra sub exeg.); — lex. lit.:
ekapadeyyakapadike, ~o tu ca duggame, Abh 192 (co-
rakaṇṭakâdidose duggame pathe ~o, purmapuṁsake,
kena pānīyena taranti atikkamanti yanti ~o, ... sappa-
ṭisayattā kantati niccagamanāgamanam etthā ti ~o,
Abh-ṭ ad loc.); ~o vanaduggesu, Abh 1107; cf. Sadd
237,29 foll.; — exeg.: duratikkamanaṭṭhena sappaṭi-
bhayaṭṭhena ca ~o, Ps I 71,26 (ad M I 8,27: diṭṭhikan-
tāraṁ); five types of kantāras are enumerated and ex-
plained at Ja I 99,14 foll. (≠ Spk II 103,27 foll.) scil. cora-
kantāra, vāḷakantāra, nirudakantāra, amanussakan-
tāra, appabhakkhakantāra; for the concept of vāḷakan-
tāra, cf. Sp 476,5: kevalaṁ h' ettha yasmiṁ ~e vāḷa-
migā vā dīghajātikā vā atthi so vāḷakantāro; — the
indigenous ""etymology"" of ~ [cf. ⁷ka (n.)]: ~e ti niru-
dake īriṇe. kan tārenti nayanti etthā ti hi ~o. udakaṁ
gahetvā taritabbaṭṭhānaṁ, Vv-a 334,25 (ad Vv 1223);
kaṁ udakaṁ tārenti etthā ti ~o, nirudako araññap-
padeso. ruḷhīvasena pana itaro pi araññappadeso
tathā vuccati, Sp-ṭ I 293,3; — so ... taṁ ~aṁ nittha-
reyya sotthinā gāmantaṁ anupāpuṇeyya khemaṁ
appaṭibhayaṁ, D I 73,5; II 343,20 foll.; sotthinā taṁ
~aṁ nitthariṁsu, 346,17; so (scil. puriso) ... tamhā
~ā nitthareyya sotthinā abyayena, M I 276,4 foll.; te
... yāvad eva ~assa nittharaṇatthāya āhāraṁ ā-
hareyyun ti, S II 99,4 (Spk II 106,19); yathā vā pana
puttamaṁsa-āhāraṁ āhāreyya yāvad eva ~assa
nittharaṇatthāya, Nidd I 241,4 = 368,27; ~e putta-
maṁsaṁ va akkhassabbhañjanaṁ yathā, evaṁ āha-
re āhāraṁ yāpanattham amucchito ti, Vism 45,13*;
yathā satthavāho satthe -am tāreti, corakantāraṁ
tāreti +, Nidd I 446,10 = II 264,8 foll. = Vism 208,16 =
Sp 121,8; Sp 1124,26; ~aṁ nittharissāmi pātheyyaṁ
me bhavissatī ti, 303,24* = Ja V 71,8*; maggaṁ
gacchantā ekaṁ ~aṁ patvā, Ja II 116,14; yathā ba-
lavā puriso ... sajjâvudho saparivāro ~aṁ paṭipaj-
jeyya, Ps II 321,16; vahacchinno ti ~ato nikkhanto
chinnavaho, Ps II 418,19 (ad M I 334,29); avasiṭṭhaṁ
~aṁ atikamma, Spk II 106,4 foll.; tiṁsayojanikaṁ
~aṁ atikkamma, Mp I 228,5; ~aṁ samatikkami, Bv
XXIV 2 (= jātikantāraṁ samatikkami, Bv-a 259,17);
vaṅke arañne amanussaṭṭhāne ~e appodake appa-
bhakkhe suduggame, Vv 1223; tassa n' atth' añño
koci ~aṁ tāretā aññatra mayā ti, Paṭis I 128,25
(Paṭis-a 413,19); — ifc. amanussa-°; appa-bbhak-
kha-°; cora-° (Ja I 99,14; Vism 208,17; Spk II 103,27
foll.; As 252,30; ~-sadisa, Ud-a 285,31); jāti-° (Sp
121,12; Bv-a 259,17); ~-tāraṇe, Mil 195,30); jāti-jarā-
byadhi-marana-soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass'-
upāyāsa-° (Paṭis-a 413,16); tiṇṇa-° (Ap 470,3); tiṇṇa-
saṁsāra-° (Ap 534,4); diṭṭhi-° (M I 8,27; 486,4; Dhs
1099; 1117 foll.; As 252,30; Pp 22,5); duc-carita-° (Ps II
321,23); dub-bhikkha-° (Vism 208,17; Sp 121,8; ~-vā-
ḷakantārâdi, Ps I 71,26; As 252,30); nir-udaka-° (Ja I
99,14 foll.; Sp 121,9; Spk II 103,27 foll.; Vism 208,17; As
252,30); bhava-° (~-nittharaṇattha, Vism 32,28); ma-
ru-° (Ja I 107,23; Pv-a 99,26); Maru-° (Nidd I 155,6);
mahā-° (~-paṭipanna, Paṭis I 128,24); vāḷa-° (Ja I 99,14
foll.; Sp 121,9; Spk II 103,27 foll.; Vism 208,17; As
252,30); saṁsāra-° (Spk I 278,21; Pj II 365,19); — 2.
Meṇḍako gahapati bhagavantaṁ antarāmagge ~e
sambhāvesi, Vin I 244,1; santi bhante maggā ~ā ap-
podakā appabhakkhā na sukarā apātheyyena gan-
tuṁ, 244,28 ≠ 270,31.[[side 156]]

" 346862332690829312,kantārabhūta,en,"

kantāra-bhūta

, mfn., being like the wilderness; kan-
tāramaggan ti ~aṁ maggaṁ, Spk II 103,27 (ad S II
98,10; maggassa kantārapariyāpannattā vuttaṁ ~aṁ
maggan ti, Spk-pṭ II 110,5).

" 346862333596798976,kantaraddhana,en,"

kantar'-addhana

, n. [kantāra +], a road through the
wilderness (cf. kantāraddhānamagga and kantāra-
magga, qq.v. sub exeg); andho 'haṁ hatanetto 'smi,
~a' pakkhanno (Be °addhānapakkhando), Th 95 (~a'
pakkhanno (Be °addhānapakkhando; v.l °pakkanto]
ti kantāre vivane dīghamaggaṁ paṭipanno, Th-a I
209,1; on the loss of ṁ m.c., cf. EV I § 43b); yathā ~aṁ
pakkhannā khemantabhūmiṁ patthenti, pihayanti,
Nidd I 160,11 (exeg. ad loc. Nidd-a I 282,31: kantārad-
dhānapakkhannā [so read; Ee °antā] purisā); handâ-
haṁ hatacakkhu' smī ~aṁ āgato, Dhp-a I 16,23* foll.;
~aṁ paṭipanno (Be °addhānappaṭi°) viya khemanta-
bhūmiṁ, Ud-a 86,27; tattha 'ddasaṁ (so read with Be;
Ee 'ddasāmi) paṭipathe sayambhuṁ aparājitaṁ ~aṁ
paṭipannaṁ (so read with v.l. and Be; Ee °addhānapaṭi°)
tattāya kaṭhinabhūmiyā, Cp I 2.

" 346862333500329984,kantāraddhānamagga,en,"

kantār'-addhāna-magga

, m., a road through the wil-
derness; — exeg.: -an ti kantāraṁ addhānamaggaṁ,
nirudakaṁ dīghamaggan ti, Sv 213,4 (ad D I 73,4 q.v.
infra); — seyyathā pi ... puriso sadhano sabhogo
~aṁ (v.l. kantāraṁ addh°) paṭipajjeyya dubbhik-
khaṁ sappaṭibhayaṁ, D I 73,4 = M I 276,3 (Ps II
318,9); ~aṁ paṭipanno puriso, Ps I 319,20 foll.; ~o vi-
ya, II 319,36 (= sâsaṅkakantāraddhānamaggo viya,
Ps-pṭ II 236,6); atīte ~aṁ paṭipannesu dvīsu sattha-
vāhesu yakkhassa vacanaṁ gahetvā, Mp II 182,6; —
ifc. sâsaṅka-° (Ps-pṭ II 236,7).

" 346862333412249600,kantāraddhānavaṭṭaddhāna,en,"

kantār'-addhāna-vaṭṭ'-addhāna

, n., the road through
the wilderness and the transmigration road; ~ā (Be °ad-
dhā vaṭṭaddhā ti) ti dve addhā nāma, Dhp-a II 166,1.

" 346862333672296448,kantāradvāra,en,"

kantāra-dvāra

, n., the fringe of the wilderness; ubha-
to ~e kira mahājano sannipatitvā, Bv-a 254,3.

" 346862239971545088,kantāragata,en,"

kantāra-gata

, mfn., being in the wilderness; tesaṁ
... dvinnaṁ jayampatikānaṁ ~ānaṁ yā parittā
sambalamattā sa parikkhayāṁ pariyādānaṁ gac-
cheyya, S II 98,13.

" 346862235789824000,kantārakhinna,en,"

kantāra-khinna

or °-khiṇṇa, mfn., languishing in
the wilderness; ~assa vanantodakadassanasavaṇesu
viya pīti, Vism 145,8 = Sp 145,15 = Paṭis-a 183,20 =
Nidd-a I 129,27 = As 117,23 (reading °khiṇṇa).
kantāra-khinna

" 346862332594360320,kantāramagga,en,"

kantāra-magga

, m., according to the ct.s ~ denotes ei-
ther 1. a road which is like the wilderness (karmadh.) or
2. a road through the wilderness (tatp.); — exeg.: -an ti
kantārabhūtaṁ maggaṁ, kantāre vā maggaṁ, Spk
II 103,27 foll. (ad S II 98,10, q.v. infra); — seyyathā pi
... dve jayampatikā ... ~aṁ paṭipajjeyyuṁ, S II
98,10; te ~e purāṇa-udapānaṁ disvā, Ja II 294,26; so
... Sāvatthito sakaṭasatthena saddhiṁ ~aṁ paṭipajji,
III 403,4; parittena pātheyyena yojanasatikaṁ ~aṁ
paṭipajjiṁsu, Ps I 211,30; yathā aḍḍhānaṁ ~aṁ saha
vajantā pathikā, Spk I 58,26 (ad S I 18,25); so lokavis-
suto ~o ahosi, Bv-a 254,3; Vibh-a 415,27; seyyathā pi
āvuso ~e udapāno, S II 118,4; — ifc. maru-° (Pv-a
112,28); mahā-° (As 117,25).[[side 157]]

" 346862332539834368,kantāramaggapaṭipanna,en,"

kantāra-magga-paṭipanna

, mfn., walking on a road
through the wilderness; yathā puriso sadhano sabhogo
~o (Be kantāraddhāna°), Ps II 132,30 (ad M I 144,18).

" 346862332464336896,kantāramajjha,en,"

kantāra-majjha

, n., the interior of the wilderness; as-
sa ~aṁ gatakāle, Ja I 99,24 (""went into the wilder-
ness""); — °-majjhe, ²ind., in the wilderness; adv. loc.;
~e, Mp I 27,20; ~e, Bv-a 253,36.

" 346862332405616640,kantāramukha,en,"

kantāra-mukha

, n. [cf. kantāra-dvāra, q.v.], the frin-
ge of the wilderness; manussâvāsaṁ atikkamitvā ~aṁ
pāpuṇi, Ja I 99,13.

" 346862333319974912,kantāranittharaṇa,en,"

kantāra-nittharaṇa

, n., the act of crossing the wilder-
ness; — °tthaṁ, ²ind., to cross the wilderness; adv. acc.
syntactically - inf.; tassa vūpasamāya puttamaṁsaṁ
jayampatikā yathā -am eva khādiṁsu, Th-a II
187,16. — °tthāya, ²ind. = prec.; dat. of goal syntactical-
ly = inf.; kevalaṁ ~āya' eva hoti, Ps I 212,24 = Spk II
105,19; ubhato kantāradvāre kira mahājano sannipa-
titvā ~āya aṭṭhāsi, Bv-a 254,4; Spk-pṭ II 111,2.

" 346862333252866048,kantaranittharanatthika,en,"

kantara-nittharan'-atthika

, mfn., wanting to cross
the wilderness; ~ā puttamaṁsaṁ viya (scil. paṭise-
vanti), Vism 32,30 ≠ 347,9.

" 346862333101871104,kantārapakkhanna,en,"

kantāra-pakkhanna

, mfn., having entered the wil-
derness; kantāraddhānapakkhannā (so read; Ee °ntā)
purisā, Nidd-a I 283,3.

" 346862332904738816,kantārapariyāpannatta,en,"

kantāra-pariyāpanna-tta

, n., the being included in (the
category of) ""wilderness""; maggassa ~ā vuttaṁ kantāra-
bhūtaṁ maggan ti, Spk-pṭ II 110,5 (ad Spk II 103,27).

" 346862332762132480,kantārapariyosana,en,"

kantāra-pariyosana

, n., the end of the wilderness; ni-
rudakaṁ mahākantāraṁ atikkamitvā ~e mahantaṁ
nigrodharukkhaṁ disvā, Ps II 391,5 = Sp-ṭ II 339,17; ~e
pana pure mahājano passatī ti, Spk II 106,5 = 108,12.

" 346862333013790720,kantārapaṭipanna,en,"

kantāra-paṭipanna

, mfn., walking along in the wil-
derness; tassa taṇḍulâdīni abhiharanti, ~ā pi denti,
Ja III 537,14; kantāraddhānavaṭṭaddhānā ti dve ad-
dhā nāma, tesu ~o yāva icchitaṭṭhānaṁ na pāpuṇāti
tāva addhiko eva, Dhp-a II 166,2; — ifc. mahā-°
(Ud-a 143,13); — reading of Be at Sp 1285,19 for kantā-
raṁ paṭip° = Pālim 238,30.

" 346862332342702080,kantārasadda,en,"

kantāra-sadda

, m., the word ""kantāra;"" corakantā-
ran ti ādisu pana rūlhiyā duggamanaṭṭhāne pi ~o
pavattatī ti, Sadd 237,26.

" 346862332271398912,kantāratikkama,en,"

kantārâtikkama

, m. [k° + ati°], crossing the wilder-
ness; tattha mayānuguttā ti imasmiṁ amanussapa-
riggahe marukantāre yāva ~ā mayā anuguttā rak-
khitā, Vv-a 345,22 (ad Vv 1256).

" 346862332292370432,kantārātikkama,en,"

kantārâtikkama

, m. [k° + ati°], crossing the wilder-
ness; tattha mayānuguttā ti imasmiṁ amanussapa-
riggahe marukantāre yāva ~ā mayā anuguttā rak-
khitā, Vv-a 345,22 (ad Vv 1256).

" 346862332158152704,kantāravasesa,en,"

kantārâvasesa

, m. [k° + ¹avasesa], the remaining
part of the wilderness; siyā ca nesaṁ ~o anitthiṇṇo,
S II 98,14 foll.

" 346862332179124224,kantārāvasesa,en,"

kantārâvasesa

, m. [k° + ¹avasesa], the remaining
part of the wilderness; siyā ca nesaṁ ~o anitthiṇṇo,
S II 98,14 foll.

" 346862332095238144,kantāriya,en,"

kantāriya

, m(fn.) [< kantāra + iya (< ika)], a superin-
tendent of the wilderness; ct. so with reference to the mean-
ing of certain derivatives in ika (cf., e.g., Kacc-v ad Kacc
353: dvāre niyutto: dovāriko; cf. Pāṇ IV 4 69); Serissa-
ko nāma aham hi yakkho ~iyo ... imaṁ padesaṁ a-
bhipālayāmi, Vv 1241 (= kantāre niyutto, Vv-a 341,8).

" 346862239594057728,kantarūpa,en,"

kanta-rūpa

, n., a pleasant object; akantarūpañ ñeva
passati no ~aṁ, S IV 126,7 qu. Kv 210,22 ≠ Nett 180,25;
~añ ñeva passati no akantarūpaṁ, S IV 126,20 qu. Kv
211,2 ≠ Nett 181,4; — ifc. a-° (Kv 210,22).

" 346862239795384320,kantasalla,en,"

kanta-salla

, mfn. [< ¹kanta, q.v.], (bhvr.) having (de-
sire's) arrow cut out; ahaṁ amhi ~ā ohitabhārā ka-
taṁ me karaṇīyaṁ, Thī 223 (= ariyamaggena sam-
ucchinnarāgâdisallā, Thī-a 179,31).

" 346862331940048896,kantāsirī,en,"

[

kantā-sirī

, v. ²kanta 2.]

" 346862237282996224,kantasītalakiraṇa,en,"

kanta-sītala-kiraṇa

, mfn., (bhvr.) having pleasant
and cool rays; sati pi sātabhāve (Ce bhāsurabhāve) ~o
(so read with BeCe; Ee sātabhāv' ekantasītalīkaraṇe)
cando pi tasmiṁ nibbāne abhāvato na eva attano
juṇhāvibhāsanena virocati, Ud-a 98,18 (ad Ud 9,6).

" 346862239162044416,kantasītalamanoharakiraṇajālasamujjala,en,"

kanta-sītala-manohara-kiraṇa-jāla-samujjala

, mfn.,
shining with a blaze of pleasant, cool and enchanting rays;
yathā candimā devaputto ~e attano dibbe vimāna-
smiṁ virocati, Vv-a 310,26.

" 346862243897413632,kantatara,en,"

kanta-tara

, mfn. [comp. of ³kanta, q.v.], dearer; so
me ~o tato, Ja III 260,11* (= piyataro, 260,20'); abhik-
kantataro ti ativiya ~o manoramo, Ps-pṭ I 229,19.

" 346862244019048448,kantati,en,"

kantati

, pr. 3 sg. [< kat(i), q.v.; cf. Amg. kaṁtati;
sa. kṛntati; EWA-2 s.v. kart¹; CDIAL 3432, 2854], to
cut (something; with acc.); — gramm. lit: ~i, Sadd
362,23; 472,1; 474,20; — forms: pr. 3 sg. ~ati: fut. 1 sg.
~issāmi; pp. ~ita, q.v.; abs. ~itvā; — maṁsaṁ ~ati,
Sadd 362,23; abhayā bhayam uppannaṁ api mūlāni
~ati, Ja II 53,23* (nikantatī ti ... mūlaghaccāya saṁ-
vattati, 53,26'); tassa gīvaṁ ~issāmī ti aṭṭhāsi, Ja VI
154,23; sīsaṁ ~itvā, Spk I 197,6 (ad S I 136,21); cam-
mâdīni chindanto samantā ~ati, Ja III 185,7' (ad pari-
kantati, 185,3*); used in description of the two types of
execution called erakavattika (q.v.) and cīrakavāsika:
taṁ karontā heṭṭhā gīvāto paṭṭhāya cammavaṭṭe ~i-
tvā gopphake pātenti, Ps II 59,6 (ad M I 87,15) = Mp
II 89,14 (so read with v.l.; Ee ~antā; ad A I 47,26) =
Nidd-a I 278,22 (ad Nidd I 154,12) ≠ Ps II 59,10-11 (ad
M I 87,15) = Mp II 89,18-19 (ad A I 48,1) = Nidd-a I
278,26-27 (ad Nidd I 154,13); pāpaṁ ... puggalaṁ ca-
tūsu apāyesu abhimatthati ~ati viddhaṁseti, Dhp-a
III 152,2 (ad Dhp 161).

" 346862244165849088,kantati,en,"

kantati

, pr. 3 sg. [< ²kat(i); cf. Amg. katta(t)i; sa.
kṛṇatti; EWA-2 s.v. kart²; CDIAL 3433; 2855], to spin
(used absolutely or with acc. of the material that is
spun); cf. D. SCHLINGLOFF: Cotton-Manufacture in An-
cient India, in: Journal of the Economic and Social Histo-
ry of the Orient, Vol. XVII 1974: 81 foll.; — forms: pr. 3
sg. ~ati; 3 pl. -anti; imper. 3 pl. ~antu; part. ~anta,
~antī; pot. 3 sg. ~eyya; fut. 3 pl. ~issanti; aor. 3 pl.
~iṁsu; inf. ~ituṁ; abs. ~itvā; pp. ¹kanta, ²kantita, q.v.
s.vv.; — (used absolutely) ~eyyā ti sayaṁ ~ati, Vin IV
300,16 (ad 300,12, q.v. infra); rukkhamūlamhi ~antī
tāpasī viya, Mhv VII 11; — (with acc.) bhikkhuniyo
suttaṁ -anti, Vin IV 299,31; ~issanti, 300,2 foll.; yā
pana bhikkhunī suttaṁ ~eyya pācittiyan ti, 300,11**;
bhikkhuniyo suttaṁ ~iṁsu ... suttaṁ ~antiyā pācit-
tiyaṁ, V 64,29,27; dasikasuttâdiṁ saṁghāṭetvā ~ati
dukkantitaṁ vā paṭikantati, Sp 935,10; kusalâhaṁ
gahapati kappāsaṁ ~ituṁ veṇiṁ olikhituṁ, A III
295,24; Vin-vn 2286; 2288; Siviraṭṭhe kusalā itthiyo
tīhi aṁsūhi suttaṁ -anti, Sp 1118,5 (ad Vin I 278,25);
dvīhi aṅgulehi kappāsavaṭṭiṁ gahetvā suttaṁ -an-
ti, Spk I 189,24 (ad S I 129,15*); suttakantikā itthiyo
mā suttaṁ ~antū (v.l. ~iṁsu) ti, Spk II 189,6 = Th-a
III 128,10 ≠ Mp I 172,25 (~iṁsu) ≠ Pv-a 75,14 (~iṁsu);
tīhi kappāsaṁsūhi suttaṁ ~itvā katavatthaṁ, Mp II
359,14; (mātā) chamāya nisinnā suttaṁ ~ati, Dhp-a
III 273,16; parisuddhaṁ kappāsaṁ gahetvā sukhu-
masuttaṁ ~itvā guḷaṁ katvā, Ja VI 336,22'; mattika-
vākena suttakaṁ nāma -anti, As 321,13 (As-y Ne
440,29); suttaṁ ~ati, Sadd 362,22.

" 346862239648583680,kantavacana,en,"

kanta-vacana

, n., pleasant words or speech; only ifc.
vissaṭṭha-° (Ap 460,9).

" 346862239749246976,kantavaṇṇa,en,"

kanta-vaṇṇa

, mfn., (bhvr.) having a lovely hue, beau-
tiful, handsome; abhikkantavaṇṇo ti ati-iṭṭhakanta-
manāpavaṇṇo, pakatiyā pi hi esa ~o alaṅkaritvā
āgatattā pana abhikkantavaṇṇo ahosi, Sv 647,22 (ad
D II 220,5).

" 346862241015926784,kante,en,"

[

kante

, w.r. for ñante, q.v.]

" 346862241133367296,kanteti,en,"

(

kanteti)

, pr. 3 sg. [e-verb; variant of ¹kantati, q.v.], to
cut; kattariyā padumaṁ ~ento viya, Spk III 46,15 (ad
S IV 183,16) - Ud-a 411,8 (ad Ud 86,13) ≠ Ps III 20,5.

" 346862343809929216,kaṇṭha,en,"

kaṇṭha

, m. and n. [ts.], l.(i) the throat; (ii) the
voice; 2. the neck; — lex. lit.: galo ca ~o gīvā ca,
kandhare ca sirodhare, Abh 263 (kaṇa saddattho
daṇḍako dhātu, ṭho, ~o muddhajadutiyo 'yaṁ,
Abh-ṭ 188,13); lex. lit.: ~o gale sanniṭṭhāne, sadde
madanapādape ti hi nānatthasaṅgaho, Abh-ṭ 462,6;
— gramm. lit.: odanâdīni kāmetī ti ~o, Mogg-v ad
Mogg VII 55; — l.(i) ~aṁ dahati ... anujānāmi
bhikkhave dhūmanettan ti, Vin I 204,24; aññatarassa
bhikkhuno bhuñjantassa maṁsaṁ ~e vilaggaṁ
hoti, Vin III 80,14,23; tassa oṭṭhaṁ pi ḍayhati... ~am
pi ḍayhati +, M III 186,7 = A IV 131,28; ~o pi na
āturīyati, M III 234,23; ~am pi chetvā rudhiraṁ pipey-
yuṁ, Ja V 448,22*; rañño ~o sussi, VI 437,5; bhikkhu
... dhūmaṁ pivati, mukhañ ca ~o ca manosilāya
litto viya hoti, Sp 853,4; ekacco hi pañhaṁ
pucchissāmī ti ~aṁ sodheti, Mp II 309,13 ≠ 310,18; Sp
318,4 (Vmv I 177,12); yathā ... puriso ... yāva ~aṁ
abhipūrayitvā, Mil 238,2 qu. Ps IV 119,21; — l.(ii)
rājā ... sa iti na iti du iti so iti ca imāni cattāri
akkharāni mahatā ~ena uccāritāni viya vissaravase-
na assosi, Pv-a 280,11 (""at the top of his voice""); —
2. yathā maṇḍanakajātiko puriso ~e āsattaṁ
kuṇapaṁ chaḍḍetvā sukhaṁ gacchati, Ja I 5,9; 5,24 ≠
Bv II 19; ~e mālaṁ parikkhipitvā ... ānethā ti, Ja I
166,20; 192,4; III 226,23* ≠ 226,17*; ekaṁ varāṭakaṁ
vijjhitvā ~e pilindhitvā pacchiyaṁ pakkhipi, 314,24;
315,9*,13*; saṅkāracoḷaṁ paṭimucca ~e, IV 380,3* = Ps
III 79,6 ≠ Ja IV 384,5* = Ps III 81,13; Ja V 202,17*; Yaso
kulaputto ... addasa ... ~e mutiṅgaṁ, Vin I 15,10 (Vjb
408,10,11); seyyathā pi nāma purisassa ayosiṅghā-
ṭakaṁ ~e vilaggaṁ, M I 393,8 = 394,30; 120,1 (Ps II
90,16) = A IV 377,1; Vv 1025 (Vv-a 280,25,26); ~o ākurati,
Mil 152,13; Sp 247,8; suvaṇṇamālaṁ ~e katvā ...
kammantaṁ vosāsati, Spk I 243,9; ~e ṭhapetvā ...
daṭṭhaṭṭhāne yeva ṭhapesi, II 101,2; — ifc. kāsāva-°
(M III 256,7 = Ss 25,9; Pj II 162,2 [with reading kaṇṭh-];
164,23; Sadd 78,4; ~samaṇa, 78,1); baddha-° (Pv-a 4,21
[so read; Ee bandha]); maṇi-° (Vin III 146,10 foll. [Sp
565,18]); yaññopavīta-° (Pj II 92,12); visukkha-°
(~ṭṭhajivha, Pv-a 99,30).

" 346862104474554368,kaṇṭha,en,"

kaṇṭha, 2.

~e kiṇakiṇāyati, Ja III 315,9*, cf. JIBS XXXVIII 1 (75) 1989: 462 <7>.

" 346862346779496448,kaṇṭha,en,"

kaṇṭh(a)

, the verbal root kaṇṭh [cf. sa-Dhātup I
283; X 303]; kaṇṭh(a) soke, Dhātup 563.kaṇṭha

" 346862348289445888,kaṇṭhabandhanapañcama,en,"

kaṇṭha-bandhana-pañcama

, mfn. [cf.
kaṇṭhapaṅcama], (bhvr.) having a rope tied around
the neck as the fifth (rope); kaṇṭhe pañcamehī ti
~ehi, Spk-pṭ 1332,17 (Spk I 342,11).

" 346862348381720576,kaṇṭhabhūsā,en,"

kaṇṭha-bhūsā

, f., a necklace; ~ā tu gīveyyaṁ,
Abh 285 (dvayaṁ gīvâbharaṇe; kaṇṭhassa bhūsā =
~ā, Abh-ṭ 202,15).

" 346862300151418880,kaṇṭhadivaṇṇuppattiṭṭhānakaraṇadi,en,"

kaṇṭhâdi-vaṇṇ'-uppatti-ṭṭhāna-karaṇâdi

,
mfn. [kaṇṭha + ādi + vaṇṇa; karaṇa + ādi], the
(internal) articulation at the place of origination of
the phonemes, such as the throat, as well as (the ex-
ternal articulation); for karaṇa = sa. ābhyantara-
prayatna (contrasting with bāhyaprayatna = anu-
pradāna), v. K.V. ABHYANKAR, A Dictionary of San-
skrit Grammar, Baroda 1961 s.vv.; ~īhi āharitvā at-
tano vacīviññattiyā va bhāsitavacanaṁ āhacca-
padaṁ, Vmv I 121,2.

" 346862300168196096,kaṇṭhādivaṇṇuppattiṭṭhānakaraṇādi,en,"

kaṇṭhâdi-vaṇṇ'-uppatti-ṭṭhāna-karaṇâdi

" 346862346720776192,kaṇṭhaja,en,"

kaṇṭha-ja

, mfn. and m., 1. (mfn.) produced in
the throat, i.e., guttural; 2. (m.) a guttural; only re-
corded in cpd., q.v. infra; — 1. avaṇṇakavaggaha-
kārā ~ā, Rūp-v Ce 1898 2,8 (ad Rūp 2 = Kacc 2) = Sadd
608,29; — °-muddha-jâdi-vidhāna, m.
[muddhaja + ādi], the rule about gutturals and retro-
flexes, etc.; tepiṭakaṁ pi navaṅgaṁ buddhavacanaṁ
... mahātherehi visodhāpetvā lekhabhatikānam
bhatiṁ datvā ~aṁ sithiladhanitâdividhānaṅ ca pu-
nappunaṁ vicāretvā ... suvannamayesu loha-
mayesu ca potthakesu likhāpesi, Sās 150,8.

" 346862102918467584,kanthaka,en,"

Kanthaka,

Be spells Kaṇḍaka throughout.

" 346862240676188160,kanthaka,en,"

Kanthaka

, m. [variant of ²Kaṇṭhaka, q.v.]; Npr.; the
horse on which Gotama left his father's palace; v. PPN
s.v.; cf. Amg. kaṁthaa, Kaṁthaga: ""a horse of noble
breed"" (?); cf. K. FISCHER, Allgem. und Vergl. Archäo-
logie. Beiträge 2 1980: 277-294; H.-J. KLIMKEIT, Das
Pferd K. in: Festschr. K. FISCHER 1984: 91-97; yasmiṁ
pana samaye amhākaṁ Bodhisatto Lumbinivane jā-
to tasmiṁ yeva samaye ... amacco ~o assarājā ... jā-
tā, Ja I 54,7; 62,5 foll.; ~aṁ (v.ll. Kaṇṭ°, Kaṇṭh°) āharā
ti, Ps II 181,35; ~aṁ (v.ll. kant°, kaṇḍ°) hayavaraṁ ā-
ruyha, Mp I 99,8 ≠ 144,28; ~aṁ āharāpetvā ~aṁ āruy-
ha, As 34,14; Dhp-a I 85,17 (v.l Kaṇṭh°); III 195,12 (v.l
Kaṇṭh°); — °-nivattana-cetiya-ṭṭhāna, n., the place of
the shrine for (commemorating) K.'s turning around (to
look at Kapilavatthu); Bodhisatto ... nagaraṁ oloke-
tvā tasmiṁ puthavippadese ~aṁ (Be Kaṇḍ°) dasse-
tvā, Ja I 63,32' ≠ Bv-a 283,11 (Be Kaṇḍakanivattanaṁ
nāma cetiyaṭṭhānaṁ); — °-vimāna, n., the mansion
of K.; title of Vv 1164-1191 (in colophon); — °-vi-
māna-vatthu, n., the story of the mansion of K.; title of
Vv 1164-1191.

" 346862346817245184,kaṇṭhaka,en,"

kaṇṭhaka

, m., frequent v.l. for kaṇṭaka, q.v.; cf.
BHSD s.v.]

" 346862346913714176,kaṇṭhaka,en,"

Kaṇṭhaka

, m. [BHS Kaṇṭhaka; v. BHSD sv.];
Npr.; the Bodhisatta's horse; in pa. as in BHS also
written Kanthaka, q.v.; Raṇamatthakaṁ ~aṁ nāma
turaṅgavaram āharā ti, Mhbv 25,16; ayaṁ hi anantare
attabhāve amhākaṁ bodhisattena saha jāto ~o as-
sarājā ahosi, Vv-a 314,6; Vv-a 316,2.

" 346862346955657216,kaṇṭhakalekha,en,"

[

kaṇṭhaka-lekha

, w.r. at Sp 453,15 for kaṇṭakale-
khā, q.v.]

" 346862347005988864,kaṇṭhakasākhā,en,"

[

kaṇṭhaka-sākhā

, w.r. at Ja V 99,1 for kaṇṭakasā-
khā, q.v.]

" 346862347140206592,kaṇṭhakaseyya,en,"

[

kaṇṭhaka-seyya

, w.r. at Ja III 235,20 for
kaṇṭakaseyya, q.v.]

" 346862344367771648,kaṇṭhakūpa,en,"

kaṇṭha-kūpa

, m., the throat cavity; kaṇṭhaṭ-
ṭhāne ~o, gīvam āvattetvā dakkhiṇapassena oloken-
tassa diṭṭhinipātaṭṭhāne munigharaṁ hoti, Mhbv
137,23.

" 346862348507549696,kaṇṭhamādhuriya,en,"

kaṇṭha-mādhuriya

, n., sweetness of voice;
paṭṭho (so read; Ee -ṭṭ-) ti cheko ... sarasampanno
~ena samannāgato, Sp 665,6 (ad Vin III 210,26).

" 346862347429613568,kaṇṭhanāḷa,en,"

kaṇṭha-nāḷa

, m. [sa. kaṇṭhanāla], the throat;
jīvitahārakasatthaṁ āhari, ~aṁ chindi, Spk II 373,10.

" 346862347496722432,kaṇṭhanāḷi,en,"

kaṇṭha-nāḷi

, f. [cf. BHS kaṇṭhanālikā; v. BHSD
s.v.], the throat; — exeg.: mukhadvāran ti ~i, Vjb
323,5 (ad Sp 842,29); — ~iṁ chindi, Ps V 83,20 (ad M
III 266,15; = nāḷiṁ chinituṁ ārabhi, Ps-pṭ III 421,21);
tikhiṇena satthena ~iṁ (so read; Ee kaṇḍ-) chindi,
Spk II 314,29; — °-ccheda-paccayā, ²ind. [adv.
abl.], because of cutting the throat; ~ā jīvitanirodhe-
na ... parinibbāyi, Ps-pṭ III 421,27.

" 346862347572219904,kaṇṭhanāsā,en,"

kaṇṭha-nāsā

, f., the throat and nose; Sīh 77,16.

" 346862347639328768,kaṇṭhapañcama,en,"

kaṇṭha-pañcama

, mfn. [cf. kaṇṭhabandhana-
pañcama, q.v.], (bhvr.) having (a rope tied around)
the neck as the fifth (rope); — exeg.: dvīsu hatthesu
pādesu kaṇṭhe cā ti, evaṁ paṅcahi bandhanehi, Spk I
342,11 (ad S I 221,16); kaṇṭhe pañcamehī ti ~ehi,
Spk-pṭ I 332,17); seyyathā pi ... daharo kumāro
mando uttānaseyyako ~ehi bandhanehi baddho assa
suttabandhanehi, M II 44,10; atha kho ... devā
Tavatiṁsā Vepacittim ... ~ehi (so read with v. l.; Ee
kaṇṭhe p-) bandhanehi bandhitvā Sakassa devānam
Indassa santike ānesum, S I 221,16 IV 201,22 foll. (with
reading kaṇṭhe p-); labbhā atīto kayo ... ~ehi
bandhanehi bandhitun ti, Kv 137,8 = 272,14 (with w.r.
kaṇha).

" 346862348016816128,kaṇṭhapidahana,en,"

kaṇṭha-pidahana

, n., shutting the throat; ajjho-
haraṇam eva hettha paricchindanaṁ, na ~aṁ, Vmv I
177,12 (ad Sp 318,4).

" 346862347903569920,kaṇṭhapiṭṭhi,en,"

Kaṇṭha-piṭṭhi

, m. ?; Npr.; a village given by
Aggabodhi IX to a number of small vihāras; v. PPN
s.v.; — °-mahā-gāma, m., the important village
named Kaṇṭhapiṭṭhi; ~aṁ ... padāpiya, Mhv XLIX
89.

" 346862348218142720,kaṇṭhappamāṇa,en,"

[²

kaṇṭha-ppamāṇa

, reading of CeEe at Ps II 52,8
= Spk II 225,9 = Mp IV 201,2 for Be kaṇḍappamāṇa,
which read]

" 346862348125868032,kaṇṭhappamāṇa,en,"

kaṇṭha-ppamāṇa

, mfn., reaching up to the
throat; used about stuffing oneself up to the throat;
na yāvadatthaṁ ~aṁ katvā khādiṁsu, Spk II 105,29;
yāvadatthaṁ bhakkhitvā ti ~ena khāditvā, Mp III
386,8.

" 346862334523740160,kaṇṭhasarabhesajja,en,"

kaṇṭha-sara-bhesajja

, n., medicine for the
voice; bheri-ādīni ṭhapāpeti ḍhammakathikabhik-
khūnaṁ ~aṁ (so perhaps read with Tr. transcript
and Ce [cf. v.l. of Ce which would seem to support
the reading sarabhesajja]; Ee kaṭa-; Be sara-
bhesajjatelaphāṇitâdīni) telaphāṇitâdīni deti, As
78,23.

" 346862334595043328,kaṇṭhasuttaka,en,"

kaṇṭha-suttaka

, n., a necklace; chabbaggiyā
bhikkhū vallikaṁ dhārenti ... ~aṁ dhārenti, Vin II
106,30 (~an ti yaṁ kiñci gīvûpagaṁ ābharaṇaṁ, Sp
1200,17); II 143,8* (in uddāna; Ee w.r. kaṇṇa-); sut-
târūḷhaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ vā ... ~aṁ vā ~aṁ vā ... theyya-
citto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa, III 48,9.

" 346862347345727488,kaṇṭhatāluoṭṭhadi,en,"

kaṇṭha-tālu-oṭṭhâdi

, mfn. [oṭṭha + ādi], the
throat, palate, lips, etc.; sithiladhanitâdidasavidha-
vyañjanasuddhisampannaṁ ~ī pañca ṭhāne ghaṭṭe-
tvā, Ap-a 278,3.

" 346862347366699008,kaṇṭhatāluoṭṭhādi,en,"

kaṇṭha-tālu-oṭṭhâdi

, mfn. [oṭṭha + ādi], the
throat, palate, lips, etc.; sithiladhanitâdidasavidha-
vyañjanasuddhisampannaṁ ~ī pañca ṭhāne ghaṭṭe-
tvā, Ap-a 278,3.

" 346862241183698944,kanthati,en,"

kanthati

, pr. 3 sg. [< ^†kath(i), q.v.], to be crooked; on-
ly recorded in gramm. lit: ~ati, Sadd 366,28.

" 346862347215704064,kaṇṭhaṭṭhāna,en,"

kaṇṭha-ṭṭhāna

, n., the throat; ~e kaṇṭhakūpo,
Mhbv 137,23; galakañcukaṁ ~aṁ (so read; Be -ttā),
Vism-mhṭ 1305,15 (ad Vism 251,35).[[side 63]]

" 346862334636986368,kaṇṭhavasatta,en,"

kaṇṭhâvasatta

, mfn. [kaṇṭha + avasatta; sa.
kaṇṭhâvasakta], fastened to the neck; maṇiṁ anag-
ghaṁ rūciraṁ pabhassaraṁ, ~aṁ maṇibhūsitaṁ
me, Ja Be VII 158,16* = Ce VII 235,23 (Ee om.).

" 346862334649569280,kaṇṭhāvasatta,en,"

kaṇṭhâvasatta

" 346862348838899712,kaṇṭhaveṭhanamuttahāra,en,"

kaṇṭha-veṭhana-muttâhāra

, m. [muttā +
āhāra], a scarf and a pearl necklace; chattapiṭṭhiyaṁ
pana maṇi cūḷāmaṇi ... hatthino ~e maṇi +, Cp-a
82,13.

" 346862348880842752,kaṇṭhaveṭhanamuttāhāra,en,"

kaṇṭha-veṭhana-muttâhāra

, m. [muttā +
āhāra], a scarf and a pearl necklace; chattapiṭṭhiyaṁ
pana maṇi cūḷāmaṇi ... hatthino ~e maṇi +, Cp-a
82,13.

" 346862348696293376,kaṇṭhavisodhana,en,"

kaṇṭha-visodhana

, mfn., cleansing the throat;
~o, Bhes 2: 33.

" 346862348583047168,kaṇṭhayati,en,"

kaṇṭhayati

, pr. 3 sg. [cf. kaṭh(i), kaṇṭh(a), and
kaṇṭheti, qq.v.; ], to mourn; only recorded in gramm.
lit.: kaṭh(i) soke:... ~ati, Sadd 533,11.

" 346862104449388544,kaṇṭhekāḷa,en,"

Kaṇṭhe-kāḷa,

cf. Mahā-bh I 403,18; Ud-a 224,9 = It-a II 127,31 (Ee w.r. taṇhākālo, cf. MS. C in Ee).

" 346862334741843968,kaṇṭhekāḷa,en,"

Kaṇṭhe-kāḷa

, mfn. [sa. kaṇṭhekāla], black on the
neck (epithet of Śīva); — gramm. lit.: kaṇṭhaṭṭhā
kāḷā assa ~e, Mogg-v ad Mogg III 21; ~o ti ādīnaṁ
viya 'ssa samāsasiddhi veditabbā, Sp-ṭ II 59,15 ≠
Ud-a 224,9 (with w.r. kaṇṭh'-oṭṭhakālo).

" 346862334804758528,kaṇṭheti,en,"

kaṇṭheti

, pr. 3 sg. [cf. kaṭh(i), kaṇṭh(a), and
kaṇṭhayati, qq.v.], = kaṇṭhayati, q.v.; only recorded
in gramm. lit.: kaṭh(i) soke: ~eti, Sadd 533,11.

" 346862334825730048,kaṇṭhokkanta,en,"

kaṇṭhôkkanta

, mfn. [kaṇṭha + ukkanta], emit-
ted from the throat: enunciated; āhaccapadenā ti
aṭṭha vaṇṇaṭṭhānāni āhacca vuttena padanikāyenā ti
attho, Vjb 85,20.

" 346862334909616128,kaṇṭhoṭṭhakāla,en,"

[

kaṇṭh'-oṭṭha-kāla

, w.r. at Ud-a 224,9 for
Kaṇṭhekāḷa, which read with Be]

" 346862334993502208,kaṇṭhoṭṭhatālu,en,"

kaṇṭh'-oṭṭha-tālu

, f., the throat, lips, and pal-
ate; santassito ti ~ūnaṁ so sampattiyā suṭṭhu tasito,
Pv-a 260,7; — °-ādi-sosa-ja, mfn., stemming
from the drying out of the throat, lips, and palate,
etc.; ~ato pi vā bhiyyo, Vibh-mṭ 65,22; — °-tala-
sosa-ja, mfn., stemming from the drying out of
the throat, lips, and the surface of the palate; yam
sokasallavihato paridevamāno -am appasayhaṁ ...
adhigacchati yeva dukkhaṁ, Vism 503,20 = Vibh-a
105,7* (with v.l. -gala- for tala) = Paṭis-a I 147,22 =
Nidd-a I 74,19.[[side 64]]

" 346862240122540032,kanti,en,"

kanti

, f. [sa. kānti], 1. wish, liking, desire; 2. will,
liberty ; — gramm. lit.: used in defining the meaning
of the verbal roots kan (Sadd 397,8,10; Dhātup 177;
Dhātum 257), div (Sadd 475,24 foll), pī (Sadd 499,14),
las (Dhātup 324; Dhātum 450; Sadd 449,20); vī (Sadd
440,2,3), vas (Dhātum 470; Sadd 450,6); — lex. lit.: 1.
icchāyaṁ jutiyaṁ ~i, Abh 1056; — 2. vaso kanti,
Abh 762 (vasa ~iyaṁ [cf. Dhātum 470] kamu ~iyaṁ
[cf. Dhātup 843], Abh-ṭ ad loc).

" 346862234946768896,kanti,en,"

kanti

, [sa. kānti; EWA-1 s.v.; CDIAL 3033; Amg.
kaṁti], 1. splendour; beauty; 2. (t.t. poet.) the bright
style, brilliancy; — 1. lex. lit.: ~i sobhā juti cchavi,
Abh 54 (= sobhanamatte, kanati dippatī ti ~i, kana
dittiyaṁ, kāmīyatī ti vā ~i, Abh-ṭ); — gramm. lit.:
used to define the meaning of the verbal roots añj (cf.
Dhātup 69; Dhātum 74; Mmd 489,1), kam (cf.
Dhātum 843; Sadd 556,22), and cand (cf. Sadd
380,15,23; Dhātup 140, Dhātum 198; Sadd 855,14); —
abhikkantenā ti ettha ~iyā adhikatthaṁ abhisaddo
dīpetī ti āha adhike ti, Sp-ṭ I 72,23 (ad Sp 20,11: a-
bhikkantena vaṇṇenā [= Vv 75] ti ādisu adhike) ≠
Sv-pṭ I 27,22 (ad Sv 18,19); ubhayen' eva hi bhagava-
to ~i dīpitā ti katvā dīpitaguṇasubhaṁ buddhaṁ
sakkatvā taṁ ~iṁ pūjeyya, Vjb 306,11; — ifc. can-
da-° (Subodh 160); para-° (Ap 462,12); sa-° (Ap
462,12); — 2. ~i, Subodh 118 (= sabbalokamanohara-
tā, Subodh-pṭ); lokiyatthānatikkantā kantā sabbaja-
nān' api ~i nāmā ti vuttassa vuttā sa parihārato (ya-
thā muninda iccādi), 146; cf. Kāvyād I 43; ib. 85 foll.

" 346862240068014080,kanti,en,"

kanti

, f. [sa. krānti], walking, marching; — gramm.
lit.: kamanaṁ ~i, Kacc-v ad Kacc 586; — ifc. ajjhena-
gati-° (Dhātup 354); — °-matta, n., mere walking; ~e
ca vikkamo, Abh 953.

" 346862240378392576,kantijāsaka,en,"

kanti-jāsaka

, n. [cf. sa. kāntidāyaka], a kind of yel-
low fragrant wood; only recorded in lex. lit.; rūḷhe pīta-
kaṭṭhe ... kālīyakan tu kāleyaṁ vaṇṇadaṁ -an ti
Byāṭi, Abh-ṭ (ad Abh 302; cf. Bharatadhṛtavyāḍi ad
kālīyaka: kāleyaṁ varṇakaṁ kāntidāyakaṁ, qu. at
Sabdakalpadruma II 115b).

" 346862236771291136,kantika,en,"

kantika

, mfn. [cf. kantiya, q.v.], agreeable; — ifc. a-°.

" 346862240172871680,kantika,en,"

kantika

, mfn. [< ²kat(i), q.v.], one who spins; — ifc.
bahu-° (Kacc-v ad Kacc 340).

" 346862240323866624,kantikā,en,"

kantikā

, f. [cf. ¹kantika, q.v.], a female spinner; —
ifc. sutta-° (Ps III 259,25; Spk II 189,5 = Mp I 172,24 =
Pv-a 75,13).

" 346862345261158400,kaṇṭika,en,"

kaṇṭika

, m. [kaṇṭa + ika], the bony one (?); name
of a kind offish; visesanāmāni pana amarā khaliso
... kuṅkutalo ~o (?)... bhavanti, Sadd 500,12.

" 346862240214814720,kantikaraṇa,en,"

kanti-karaṇa

, n. [cf. sa. kāntikaraṇa], embellishing;
used of the meaning of the verbal roots dhūsa and ghusī
at Sadd 566,14 and 449,4, respectively.

" 346862240617467904,kantimat,en,"

kantima(t)

, mfn. [< ¹kanti + ma(t)], splendid, ex-
cellent; sakantiṁ parakantiñ ca janayiṁ tena ~ā,
Ap 462,12.
kantimat

" 346862240739102720,kantisaññuttā,en,"

kanti-saññuttā

, f., a plant; = Evolvulus alsinoides (or
Clitoria ternatea); maṅgalyā ~ā vassā cetovikārajī, Bhes
5:98 (= viṣṇukrānti, sn).

" 346862240961400832,kantisūcaka,en,"

kanti-sūcaka

, mfn. [< ¹kanti], indicating beauty; a-
bhirūpasampadam pi ahu me -am, Ap 608,25 (BeCe
Se so; Ee m' ekan ti sūcakaṁ).

" 346862240520998912,kantita,en,"

kantita

, mfn. [pp. < ²kantati; cf. ¹kanta, q.v.], spun;
na doso ~aṁ suttaṁ puna kantantiyā pana, Vin-vn
2288; — ifc. du(k-)° (Sp 935,10); sayaṁ-° (Mil 240,7);
— °-tā, f [abstr.], the being spun; — ifc. a-° (Kkh
187,27); — °-thūla-saṇha-saṇhatara-saṇhatama-sut-
ta, n.; syntactical cpd.; ekāya itthiyā ~ānaṁ catupalati-
paladvipalaekapalasāṭikā, Vism 339,14 = As 210,9; —
°-sutta, n., yarn, thread that has been spun; syntactical
cpd.; kāsikavatthaṁ nāma tayo kappāsaṁsū gahetvā
~ena vāyitaṁ sukhumavatthaṁ, Pp-a 216,31 (ad Pp
34,14); ≠ Mp-ṭ II 197,9 (ad Mp II 359,14); — ~-maya,
mfn., made of yarn, thread that has been spun; syntactical
cpd.; kāsikenā ti tayo kappāsaṁsū ekato gahetvā
~ena atisukhumavatthena, Spk II 158,3 (ad S II 181,28).

" 346862240449695744,kantita,en,"

kantita

, mfn. [pp. < ¹kantati, q.v.; cf. sa. kṛtta; v.
¹kanta, katta, qq.v.], cut; — lex. lit.: ~o saṁchinno lū-
nadātā, Abh 752 (chinne, kanta chedane [cf. Dhātup
380; Dhātum 614], Abh-ṭ ad loc.); — kilesakāmehi
~ā koṭṭitā ca honti, Ps II 133,25 (= chinditā, Ps-pṭ
II 107,13).

" 346862240567136256,kantitasutta,en,"

kantita-sutta

, n. [²kantita +], yarn, thread that has
already been spun; anāpatti ~aṁ kantati, Vin IV 300,18
(= dasikasuttâdiṁ saṁghāṭetvā kantati dukkantitaṁ
vā paṭikantati, Sp 935,9) ≠ Kkh 187,26.[[side 158]]

" 346862240793628672,kantiya,en,"

kantiya

, mfn. [< kantika; for °ika > °iya, cf. Mittel-
indisch § 178], pleasant, agreeable; akantiyasmim paṭi-
ghaṁ vinodaye chandānunīto na ca ~e siyā, S IV
71,8; — ifc. a-°.

" 346862246225252352,kaṇṭṭhaka,en,"

kaṇṭṭhaka

, mf(°akā/°ikā)n. [kaniṭṭha + ka; cf. sa.
kaniṣṭhaka], 1. younger, the youngest; 2. the smallest;
opp. jeṭṭha; — 1. yathā pi jeṭṭhā bhaginī ~ā (v.l. ka-
niṭṭhā) sagāravā hoti, Ja II 348,14* = A IV 93,6*; ahaṁ
... te āsiṁ bhaginī ca ~ikā (v.l. °akā), Vv 617; me ~o
bhātā Nando, Cp 286; ~ikā, Mhv I 49; so ... kumā-
raṁ Tissasavhayaṁ ~akaṁ ... uparajje 'bhisecayi,
Mhv V 33; VIII 10; XXXVI 116; — 2. lahukā esā ~akā
(v.l. °ikā) ahaṁ Jāliṁ gahessāmi garuko bhātiko hi
so, Cp 95; — ifc. taṁ-° (Mhv XXXV 49).

" 346862244887269376,kanūtavat,en,"

kanūtava(t)

, mfn. [perf. part. < kanūyati, q.v.], noi-
sy; ~ā, Sadd 421,10.

" 346862244941795328,kanūyati,en,"

kanūyati

, pr. 3 sg. [< kanūy(ī), q.v.], to be noisy; on-
ly recorded in gramm. lit.: ~ati, Sadd 421,10.

" 346862243444428800,kanūyī,en,"

kanūyī

" 346862288331870208,kapa,en,"

kap(a)

, the root ¹kap; ~ acchādane Dhātum 540.
¹kapa

" 346862288298315776,kapa,en,"

kap(a)

, [sa-Dhātup I 808], the root ²kap; ~ karuṇā-
yaṁ. kapati, kapaṇo kāpaññaṁ, Sadd 403,28; ~ ava-
kampane. kapeti kapayati, kapaṇo. kapaṇo ti karu-
ṇāyitabbo, 553,15.

" 346862231176089600,kapāla,en,"

kapāla

, n. [ts. EWA-1-2 sv.; variant of kapalla, q.v.],
1. a skull; any kind of shell: 2.a a tortoise shell; b. an egg
shell; c. a coconut shell; d. a crab shell (only ifc.); e. a
conch shell (only ifc.); 3.a. a bowl or pot; b. an alms-
bowl; 4. a pan (e.g., a firepan or frying pan); 5. a pot-
sherd; — lex. lit.: ~aṁ sirasaṭṭhimhi ghaṭâdisakale pi
ca, Abh 946; kapparo tu ~aṁ vā kaṇḍarā tu ma-
hāsirā, Abh 279; — 1. ifc. sīsa-° (Vism 108,7; Mp II
88,17; ~ṭṭhi, Vism 254,5); — 2.a. kummo va aṅgāni
sake ~e samodahaṁ bhikkhu manovitakke anissito
aññaṁ aheṭhayāno parinibbuto na upavadeyya kañ-
cī ti, S I 7,17* = IV 179,1* qu. Mil 371,28*; S IV 178,1 ≠
Mil 371,18; yathā hi kummo aṅgāni sake ~e samoda-
hanto siṅgālassa otāraṁ na deti, Spk III 29,22 ≠ Ps I
191,1 ≠ Sp-ṭ II 366,24; 366,26; Ps-pṭ II 107,5; Mp-ṭ III
107,15; — ifc. camma-° (Pj II 302,3); — 2.b. yo pi ne-
saṁ allasineho so pariyādānaṁ gacchati, ~aṁ tanu-
kaṁ hoti, pādanakhasikhā ca mukhatuṇḍakañ ca
kharaṁ hoti, kukkuṭapotakā pariṇāmaṁ gacchanti,
~assa tanukattā bahiddhā āloko anto paññāyati, Sp
137,31 foll = Ps II 70,17 foll = Mp IV 61,12 foll. ≠ Spk
II 329,5 foll.; — ifc. aṇḍa-°; — 2.c. nālikeraṁ bhin-
ditvā miñjaṁ khaditvā ~aṁ chaḍḍenti, Sp 307,11 qu.
Pālim 315,12; — 2.d. ifc. piṭṭhi-° (Mp I 25,1); — 2.e.
3.a. yāni kānici bījāni paṭhaviyaṁ vā ... ~âdisu vā
allapaṁsuṁ pakkhipitvā nikkhittāni honti, Sp 764,16
qu. Pālim 79,24; — ifc. aṅgāra-°; aggi-° (~-sadisa, Pj II
221,2; Spk I 320,6); ayo-°; ukkhali-°; jajjara-° (Vism
360,23); patta-pacana-° (Sp 758,13); bhesajja-° (Vism
342,36; Ps I 267,2; ~âdi, Sv 199,31); vacca-° (kheḷamal-
laka—âdi, Sp 1222,22); — 3.b. kiṁ muṇḍo ~aṁ anu-
carasi, S IV 190,28 = 191,18 ≠ V 53,21 = 301,2; kevalaṁ
bhikkhācariyāya ~aṁ anatimaṅṅamāno, A III 225,3
foll. (= bhikkhābhājanaṁ, Mp III 309,1); kapaṇo hu-
tvā cīrakavasano -am ādāya carati, Ja V 117,22';
253,12'; kapaṇā viya ~aṁ gahetvā bhikkhācariyaṁ
carissāma, VI 138,23'; mukhavaṭṭisamīpe pana pat-
tavedhakena vijjhiyamāno ~assa bahalattā bhijjati,
Sp 708,16; bhikkhu ... bhesajjakapālaṁ viya pattaṁ
~e bhesajjaṁ viya ca patte laddhaṁ bhikkhaṁ sal-
lakkheti, Ps I 267,2 = Sv 200,4; ~aṁ gahetvā, piṇḍaṁ
pariyesamāno, Spk II 301,14; ekasmiṁ yeva ṭhāne
patitakaṁ ekaṁ ~aṁ ādāya pāvisi, Mp I 280,3; uñ-
chācārena vanamūlaphalāphalena mūlaphalāphale-
na vā ~ena ābhatabhattena vā yāpenti, II 39, l; Ud-a
79,3; so ... ~aṁ gahetvā ... laddha-ācāmā-ucchiṭṭha-
bhattâdi nissāya jīvati, 279,13; — 4. tattaṁ ivaṁ
~aṁ, Vv 1225 (= tattaṁ ayokapālasadisan ti, Vv-a
335,18); api ca ~e aggi pi jāletabbo, Sp 1060,31 qu.
Mp-ṭ II 51,19 = Pālim 212,23; na ~ato pūvaṁ viya
uddharati, Vism 327,23 = Abhidh-av 100,24; — ifc.
tatta-° (Ja II 352,21-22; Vism 468,28; Sv 193,6; Ps I
261,2; Spk II 99,15 - III 190,14; II 198,2; Pj II 225,22; As
249,4; Spk II 273,27); — 5. kaṭhalenā (A I 124,7: ka-
ṭhalāya) ti ~ena, Mp II 195,12; — °âdi, mfn.; ~âdīhi
(v.l ~ādīni) ca bhesajjāni upanāmenti, Ps I 266,31; —
suvaṇṇ'-iṭṭhikā-° (w.r. at Sv 423,25 for suvaṇṇayaṭ-
ṭhiphāla).

" 346862232153362432,kapālabhata,en,"

kapālâbhata

, mfn. [kapāla + ābha°], carried in an
alms-bowl; uñchena ~ena yāpenti, A I 36,27 (= kapā-
lena ābhatabhattena ... yāpenti, Mp II 38,25); idaṁ
uñchena ~ena (so read with Be; Ee kapālabhatt°) yā-
pente upādāya annaggarasaggaṁ nāmā ti vuccatī
ti, Mp II 39,14 (uñchena ~enā ti missakabhattena,
Mp-ṭ I 232,13).

" 346862232170139648,kapālābhata,en,"

kapālâbhata

" 346862231792652288,kapālabhatta,en,"

[

kapāla-bhatta

, w.r. at Mp II 39,14 for kapālâbha-
ta, q.v.]

" 346862231373221888,kapālaggi,en,"

kapāl'-aggi

, m., fire that is kept in a fire pan; vijjhā-
tan ti vijjhātaṁ alātaṁ ~imhi pakkhipitvā jālentas-
sa pācittiyaṁ, tathā kevalaṁ indhanaṁ pātentassā
pi vijjhātaṁ ~iṁ mukhavātâdinā ujjālentassā pi,
Vmv II 43,20.

" 346862232002367488,kapālahattha,en,"

kapāla-hattha

, mfn., (bhvr.) with an alms-bowl in the
hand; muṇḍo virūpo abhisāpam āgato ~o 'va kulesu
bhikkhasu, Th 1118 (= pattapāni, Th-a III 156,2 [qu.
S III 93,5-6]); idāni kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyavat-
thavasano ~o piṇḍāya carati, Ja I 89,18' = Sp 1007,12
= Ap-a I 94,9; ~assa mama jīvikakappanaṁ rajjenā'
pi varaṁ uttaman ti, Ja III 32,28'; kāruññabhāvap-
pattā pilotikanivāsanā ~ā bhikkhāya cariṁsu, VI
69,21'; kapaṇamanussena viya ~ena gharapaṭipāṭiyā
gāmavīthīsu caritabbaṁ hoti, Vism 343,14; sa ... ~ā
kule kule vicaritvā, Thī-a 120,23; ~o bhikkhaṁ ca-
ranto, Ja II 432,10'; V 468,8; It-a II 112,25; Pv-a 3,28;
Dhp-a III 85,2.

" 346862231230615552,kapālaka,en,"

kapālaka

, m. [ts.; kapāla + ka; cf. kapālikā], 1.a. a
bowl; b. an alms-bowl; 2. a pot; — 1.a. bhesajjapaṭig-
gahaṇamatten' eva ... ~ena ... attho, Sv 200,2 = Ps I
267,1 = Spk III 196,15 ≠ Vibh-a 361,12; — ifc. bhesaj-
ja-° (Sv 200,3 = Spk III 196,12 = Vibh-a 361,8); — 1.b.[[side 165]]
sa taṁ dārakaṁ paṭijaggitvā ... vicaraṇakāle ekam
assa ~aṁ hatthe datvā, Ja I 235,4; ~aṁ (v.l. sa kapā-
laṁ) hatthe ṭhapetvā, Dhp-a II 26,19; — 2. manussā
... ~esu bahusuraṁ ṭhayiṁsu, Ja I 425,13.

" 346862231301918720,kapālakhaṇḍa,en,"

kapāla-khaṇḍa

, n., a potsherd; Mogg-v ad Mogg
VII 182; tesu pi janesu yaṁ kiñci sakkharaṁ vā ~aṁ
vā ukkhipitvā ayaṁ te rājadūto, Ja II 301,4; kaṭhalā
ti ~āni, Sp 755,2 (ad Vin IV 33,9); iṭṭhakakhaṇḍaṁ
pana ~aṁ vā vaṭṭatti, 1200,9; so bhariyaṁ ādāya
janassa gehabhittiṁ nissāya vasanto ~aṁ ādāya
bhikkhāya caritvā, Dhp-a III 131,7; — °-bhāva, m.
[abstr.], the being a potsherd; dhaññaṁ taṁ ... ~aṁ
(scil. āpajjati), Dhp-a III 71,7.

" 346862231939452928,kapālamajjha,en,"

kapāla-majjha

, n., the middle of the pot; ~ato gaḷita-
vasena, Sp 320,15.

" 346862231733932032,kapālamatthaka,en,"

kapāla-matthaka

, n., the surface of a tortoise shell;
aṭṭhikacchapā vuccanti yesaṁ ~e tikhiṇā aṭṭhikoṭi
hoti, Spk-pṭ II 173,21.

" 346862228873416704,kapālanāga,en,"

Kapālanāga

, m.; Npr.; a Vihāra; v. PPN s.v.; devī
~aṁ sa vihāraṁ sādhu kāriya, Mhv XLII 65.

" 346862231448719360,kapālapatta,en,"

kapāla-patta

, m., an alms-bowl; so mahantaṁ ~aṁ
(Be kapallam p° with v.l. kapallakapaṅkā) gahetvā
carati, Ud-a 252,6; — ifc. mahallaka-° (Spk II 393,12
[Be mahantaṁ kapalla°]).

" 346862231524216832,kapālapiṭṭhikapāṇa,en,"

kapāla-piṭṭhika-pāṇa

, m., a living being whose back
is like an (egg) shell; used of the category of insects de-
noted kīṭa: bugs; kīṭā ~ā, Rūp-v 142,9 ad Rūp 344.

" 346862231599714304,kapālapūra,en,"

kapāla-pūra

, mfn. [cf. the variant kapallapūra, q.v.],
filling an alms-bowl; so mahallakakapālapattaṁ ga-
hetvā carati, ~aṁ (Be kapalla°) yāguṁ pivati, ~e (Be
kapalla°) pūve khādati, ~aṁ (Be kapalla°) bhattaṁ
bhuñjati, Spk II 393,12,13 = Ud-a 252,6 (reading ma-
hantaṁ kapāla°).

" 346862222544211968,kapālasamudāya,en,"

kapāla-samudāya

, m., an aggregate of pot sherds; ~o
... ghaṭo, Spk-pṭ II 94,23.

" 346862232505683968,kapālikā,en,"

kapālikā

, f. [ts.; o.v. of kapallikā, q.v.], a potsherd;
— gramm. lit.: (on nominals in ā) ākāro yadā itthikhyā
tadā ghasañño hoti: sabbāya; kaññāya ... ~āya (so
read with Be; CeEe kapālāya), Kacc-v ad Kacc 60; —
reading of Be for kaṭhalaka at Ja III 227,2'.

" 346862232287580160,kapālin,en,"

Kapāli(n)

, m. [sa. kapālin]; Npr.; ""Skull-bearer""; one
of the names of Siva; Girijā va -no, Samantak 25.
Kapālin

" 346862229930381312,kapalla,en,"

kapalla

, n. [< *kapālya < kapāla, q.v.], lamp-black,
soot; one of the ointments used for curing eye disease; a-
nujānāmi ... an ti, Vin I 203,14 (~an [so read; Ee ka-
pillan] ti dīpasikhāto gahitamasi, Sp 1091,2 (""~
means lamp black collected from the flame of a lamp"");
añjanakathāyaṁ anujānāmi ... ~an ti (Vin I 203,14)
vacanato bhikkhūnaṁ cakkhuroge sati añjanâdīni
vaṭṭanti, Pālim-ṭ II 410,14; — Rem.: The derivation
from kapāla is suggested by Jāgāra: Pācityādiyojanā
in A.D. 1869; Be 1972 345,19-21; lamp black is procured
from pots: ukkhalimasi, Ja I 483,15, cf. kapilaṁ kapī-
laṁ, Sadd 921,17 (?) and Sadd index s.v.

" 346862230471446528,kapalla,en,"

kapalla

, n. [cf. the variant kapāla, q.v.; Amg. ka-
bhalla], 1. a pan (e.g., a firepan or frying pan); 2. a bowl;
an alms-bowl of a beggar; 3. a potsherd; — 1. uddhane
aggiṁ jāletvā ~aṁ (v.l. °akaṁ) āropetvā pūve paci-
tuṁ ārabhi, Dhp-a I 369,11 ≠ Ja I 346,33' (reading °a-
kaṁ); -amhi dhaññapakkhipane 'pi, Sp 923,6 qu.
Kkh-ṭ 469,17; citten' eva tīsu uddhanesu tīṇi ~āni ā-
ropetvā heṭṭhā aggiṁ katvā citten' eva attano dvat-
tiṁsâkāraṁ uppādetvā ~esu pakkhipitvā, Ps IV
40,15,17; tathāgatassa antonisinnakāle vātavegena sa-
muṭṭhitāhi reṇuvaṭṭīhi sarīrassa okiraṇatthaṁ gan-
dhakuṭithūpikāya ~aṁ rattasuvaṇṇamayaṁ ahosi,
Dhp-a IV 203,25 (Dhp-a-Trsl. ""bowl""); — on the con-
struction of a shelter (kuṭi) using a big pan supported by
four posts as a roof: cāṭiyā ti etthā pi mahantena ~ena
chatte vuttanayena kuṭiṁ katvā upagantuṁ vaṭṭati,
Sp 1072,24 (ad Vin I 153,4) ≠ Pālim 215,17; — ifc. ag-
gi-°; aṇgāra-° (in long cpd. at Sp 1240,18; Abh 795);
aya-° (Rūp ad sutta 48); uddhana-°; upari-°; kum-
bha-° (Spk II 80,31); dīpa-° (~-vaṭṭi-tela, Sv 787,18);
pacana-bhājana-° (Ja IV 474,2); samanta-° (Sn 672;
cf. K.R. NORMAN, The Group of Discourses II ad loc.);
— 2. kapaṇapurisaṁ chinnâhāraṁ ~aṁ purato ṭha-
petvā, Vism 314,24; pabbajito ~e (Be °āle) ratim aj-
jhagā, Ja VI 59,2* (~e [Be °āle] ti mattikāpattaṁ san-
dhāyâha, 59,5'); — 3. gramm. lit.: ~aṁ ghaṭâdikhaṇ-
ḍaṁ, Mogg-v ad Mogg VII 186; — ~āni avasisey-
yuṁ, S II 83,9 (= saha mukhavaṭṭiyā ekâbaddhāni
kumbhakapallāni, Spk II 80,31).

" 346862230542749696,kapallaka,en,"

kapallaka

, n. [kapalla + ka; cf. kapālaka, kapāli-
kā, qq.v.], 1. a pan; 2. an alms-bowl of an ascetic; — 1.
uddhane aggiṁ jāletvā ~aṁ āropetvā pūve pacituṁ
ārabhi, Ja I 346,33' ≠ Dhp-a I 369,11 (reading °llaṁ);
— 2. mahārāja tvaṁ ... pabbajito imasmiṁ ~e (Be
°āle) ratiṁ ajjhagā adhigato ti, Ja VI 59,6' (ad 59,2*:
kapalle); — ifc. udaka-°; tela-° (Dhp-a I 224,3; ~âdi,
Spk I 163,5); dīpa-° (Sv 632,4; Mp II 343,18; ~-vaṭṭi-
tela, Ps I 291,6; Spk III 156,24,27; Sv 787,21; Mp II
55,24); vaṭṭi-° (~-tela-bhājana, Sv 924,33); — in long
cpd. at Ps EI 19,16; Ud-a 410,18; Sp 1240,18.[[side 164]]

" 346862230614052864,kapallaka,en,"

[²

kapallaka

, reading of Se for Ee ²kapalla (q.v.) at
Vin I 203,14]

" 346862230681161728,kapallakkhaṇḍa,en,"

Kapalla-kkhaṇḍa

, n.; Npr.; a place; v. PPN s.v.; —
°-dvāra, n., the gate of K.; -amhi khette hankārapiṭ-
ṭhike yuddhaṁ ubhinnaṁ vattittha aññamaññavije-
ṭhanaṁ, Mhv XXXV 34 (Mhv-ṭ 644,17).

" 346862230794407936,kapallapāti,en,"

kapalla-pāti

, f., a pan; sa thokaṁ ñeva piṭṭhiṁ ~i-
yaṁ pakkhipi, Ja I 347,25' = Dhp-a I 371,3.

" 346862230748270592,kapallapatta,en,"

kapalla-patta

, n. [cf. kapālapatta, q.v.], an alms
bowl of a brahmin; so mahantaṁ ~aṁ pattan ti gahe-
tvā carati, Sp-ṭ III 384,6.

" 346862230844739584,kapallapūra,en,"

kapalla-pūra

, mfn. [cf. kapālapūra], filling a bowl;
~aṁ yāguṁ pivati, Sp-ṭ III 384,6.

" 346862230999928832,kapallapūva,en,"

Kapalla-pūva

, n., Npr.; a cave near the gateway of
Jetavana; on which, cf. PPN s.v.; — °-pabbhāra, n.,
the cave called K.; ajjā pi taṁ ṭhānaṁ ~an t' eva (so
read; Ee °aṁ pabbhārante va; Be ~o tv eva) paññāya-
ti, Ja I 348,31 = Dhp-a I 373,12.

" 346862230895071232,kapallapūva,en,"

kapalla-pūva

, m., a pancake; — exeg.: ~aṁ āsitta-
pūvaṁ, taṁ pacantā kapāle paṭhamaṁ kiñci piṭ-
ṭhaṁ ṭhapetvā anukkamena vaḍḍhentā, Sv-pṭ II
200,10 (ad Sv 559,11, q.v. infra); — ekaṁ chātajjhattaṁ
janapadamanussaṁ kummāsapūraṁ ~aṁ khādan-
taṁ disvā, Ja I 345,30' = Dhp-a I 367,14; sac' âhaṁ
~aṁ khāditukāmo 'mhī ti, Ja I 346,1' foll. = Dhp-a I
367,15 foll.; apūvan ti ~aṁ, Vv-a 123,17 (ad Vv 285);
~aṁ pacantā, Sv 559,11; — ~ôpadesa, m., the pancake
instruction; ~ato kamena raṭṭhaṁ gaṇhanto Mhv
XXXV 67 (cf. Mhv-ṭ 186,1 foll. where ~ is narrated).

" 346862231050260480,kapallasajjana,en,"

kapalla-sajjana

, n., the act of preparing a bowl; ud-
dhanasajjane pi ~e pi, Sp 923,5 = Kkh-ṭ 469,17.

" 346862231104786432,kapallikā,en,"

kapallikā

, f. [cf. ¹kapallaka, kapālikā, qq.v.], a bowl
(used as an oil lamp); telaṁ vā vaṭṭi vā ~ā vā atthi, Sp
1060,29; padīpakaraṇatthaṁ āṇāpentena pana asuka-
smiṁ nāma okāse telaṁ vā vaṭṭi vā ~ vā atthi, Pālim
212,21 = Mp-ṭ II 51,17; — ifc. dīpa-° (Sp 1245,16; Spk I
290,23; ~-vaṭṭi-tela, Vism 129,9); — in long cpd. ṭha-
pita-suvaṇṇa-rajatâdi-maya-~, Spk III 45,34; Ud-a
410,18 (v. rajatâdimaya-kapallaka, s.v.¹kapallaka).

" 346862102830387200,kapaṇa,en,"

kapaṇa,

ifc. a-° (Ja III 199,17’).

" 346862288264761344,kapaṇa,en,"

kapaṇa

, mf(°ā)n. [cf. sa. kṛpaṇa], 1.a. poor, destitute;
miserable, pitiable; syn. varāka; cf. O. v. HINÜBER, Un-
tersuchungen zur Mündlichkeit, AWL 1994 Nr. 5: 29;
b. used adverbially in the accusative: miserably, pitiably;
2. contemptible, despicable; — lex. lit.: khuddo
kadariyo thaddhamaccharī ~o py atha, Abh 739
(kucchito paṇo yassa ~o, Abh-ṭ ad loc.); — gramm.
lit.: kapa karuṇāyaṁ. kapati, ~o kāpaññaṁ, Sadd
403,28; — exeg.: ~ā ti duggatā daḷiddamanussā, Sv
298,14 (ad D I 137,24); ~ā ti duggatā daḷiddāmanussā,
kāṇakuṇī-ādayo, Spk I 114,12 (ad S I 58,9); It-a II
58,24 (ad It 64,22); — 1. forms: (nom. sg. m.) saṅkap-
pehi pareto so ~o viya jhāyati, Sn 818 (~o viya man-
do viya momūho viya, Nidd I 149,27); evam eva kho
bhikkhave Devadatto mamânukubbaṁ ~o marissa-
tī ti, Vin II 201,24; bhiñko va paṅkaṁ abhibhakkha-
yitvā mamânukubbaṁ ~o marissatī ti, 201,28* (~o ti
dukkhito, Sp 1276,14); ahaṁ sāmi duggato ~o jīvi-
tuṁ asakkonto, Ja I 321,6; so ekako ... ~o viya jhāya-
sī ti, II 190,25* (191,1'); jīno macchañ ca pesiñ ca ~o
viya jhāyasī ti, III 223,16* (= sahassabhaṇḍikaṁ pa-
rājito ~o viya jhāyasi, 223,18'); ~o va jhāyasī ti, IV
346,17*, 19'; evaṁ sayatu Pañcālo saṅgāme sattiyā
hato yathāyaṁ ~o seti hato phālena Sāliyo ti, V
104,16*; so aparabhāge nippaccayo ~o pilotikaṁ ni-
vāsetvā, 468,7; so nūna ~o tāto cirarattāya rucchiti,
VI 80,15* foll. ≠ 550,13 foll.; ahaṁ ... daliddo atāṇo ~o
kammakaro ahosiṁ, Vv 1110 = 1116; ahaṁ sukic-
chavutti ~o , Pv 270; svāhaṁ chinnathāmo ~o lāla-
pāmi, 738; ~o va vimhito, Ap 477,10; api nu kho so
... puriso tāvatakena bhojanavekallamattakena a-
dhano nāma ~o nāma bhaveyyā ti, Mil 107,7; añño
pi yo āgantuko vā ... ñātakehi pariccatto ~o vā, Sp
471,10; hirottappaṁ pahāya ~o piṇḍolo vicarasi, It-a
II 112,28; (acc.) cha tan ti jighacchâbhibhūtaṁ dubba-
laṁ ~aṁ, Ja III 199,9' (ad 199,2*: chātaṁ); (nom. pl.)
~ā, VI 69,19; 138,22'; 150,20'; (gen. pl.) ~ānaṁ, 70,20;
so ... ~ānaṁ upakappanakalūkhâhāro viya paññā-
yittha, Ud-a 199,2; (nom. sg. f.) (voc.) khīṇakulīne ~e
anubhūtaṁ te dukhaṁ aparimāṇaṁ, Thī 220 (= pa-
rama-avaññātaṁ [so read with BeCe for Ee kapana-
paññātaṁ] patte, Thī-a 179,7); kapaṇiyā (v. l. °ikā) ti
puttaviyogena ~ā, Ja IV 93,7' (ad IV 93,4*; v. s.v. in-
fra); api ce daḷiddā ~ā anāḷhiyā kālādutīyā patino ca
sa piyā sabbaṅgupetāya pi appiyāya ayam eva siyā
~ā pi yā piyā, V 96,23*,26*; koñci samuddatīre va ~ā
nūna rucchatī ti, 366,13*,19'; sa nūna ~ā ammā cira-
rattāya rucchī ti, VI 80,13* = 550,11* foll.; vijātā duk-
khena anāthā ~ā ahaṁ kunnadiṁ pūritaṁ disvā,
Ap 559,9; veṇī vā avaññā honti rathakārī ca dubbhi-
kā caṇḍālī ~ā honti, Pv 398 (= varākā [v.l vanibba-
kā] ativiya kāruññappattā, Pv-a 175,30); daliddā ~ā
nārī parāgāram avassitā, Vv 184 = 186; (gen. sg.) tat-
tha varākiyā ti ~āya, Ja IV 285,20' (ad 285,10* [cf. L.
ALSDORF, Āryā-Strophen: 29]); ~āya, VI 228,24'; te
nūna puttakā mayhaṁ ~āya varākiyā sāyaṁ saṁ-
vesanākāle khīrapītā va acchare, Ja VI 557,15* foll.;
dehi me ti ~āya, Vmv I 127,11; (nom. sg. n.) ~aṁ Vi-
sākhe mānusakaṁ rajjaṁ dibbaṁ sukhaṁ upani-
dhāya, A I 213,6 foll. ≠ IV 252,10 foll. ≠ 257,25 (~an ti
parittakaṁ, Mp II 328,12) qu. Abhidh-av 84,29; (loc.
sg.) sākaṭikakulamhi dārikā jātā -amhi appabhoge
dhanikapurisapātabahulamhi, Thī 443; (nom. pl)
yāni yāni nihīnāni kulāni ~āni ca, Pv 399; — 1.b. te-
nâbhibhūto ~aṁ rudāmi, Ja II 343,5* (kāruññappat-
to hutvā, 343,13') ≠ III 295,19*; mantā ime brāhma-
ṇassā ti micchā pahīnamanto ~aṁ rudāmī ti, IV
204,26*; atītamattho ~aṁ (so read with v.l.; Ee °ṇo)
rudāmi, V 77,23* = 77,27*; 78,27'; atītamattho ~aṁ ru-
dāmī ti, 80,2; porisādo ~aṁ paridevanto gātham ā-
ha, V 499,21; ~aṁ (v.l. °ṇā [cf. L. ALSDORF, Āryā-Stro-
phen: 43]) vilapati, VI 143,8*; jalitaṁ bhayānakaṁ
sandaḍḍhagattaṁ ~aṁ rudantaṁ ko codaye paralo-
ke sahassan ti, 249,13*; — ifc. ati-° (Pañca-g 74); ma-
nussa-° (S I 231,29; Ud-a 408,21 [v.l pīlā°]; Ud 48,19;
Ud-a 279,16); — °âdi, mfn.; saṁvibhāgī ti dhammi-
kasamaṇabrāhmaṇānaṁ c' eva ~ādīnañ ca saṁvi-
bhāgakaro, Ja VI 287,24; — 2. attano kilesâbhiratattā
taṁ ~o ti maññamāno, Ja V 251,28*; na rāja ~o hoti
dhammaṁ kāyena phassayaṁ, 251,32*.[[side 162]]

" 346862288000520192,kapaṇabhāva,en,"

kapaṇa-bhāva

, m. [abstr.; cf. kapaṇatā, kāpañña,
qq.v.], the being miserable; — gramm. lit.: kāpaññan ti
~o, Sadd 403,29; — ~āya kāraṇaṁ pucchissati, Ud-a
290,18; attano ~ena tassa veyyāvaccakarī hutvā, Pv-a
274,16; — ifc. duggata-° (~-ppatta, Ja VI 91,15).

" 346862288071823360,kapaṇaddhika,en,"

kapaṇ'-addhika

, m. [cf. kapaṇiddhika, q.v.], the
poor and the wandering mendicant; ~ānaṁ dānaṁ deti,
Ja I 262,11; — °-âdi, mfn.; ~īnaṁ ... mahādānaṁ da-
tvā, Ja I 6,9; ~īnaṁ (v.l. kapaṇiddh°) mahādānaṁ pa-
vattesi, Cp-a 29,9; ~isu (so read with v.l., Ee °andhik°)
āhāratthāya gacchantesu, Dhp-a I 188,11; ~īnaṁ pa-
ṭiyattabhattāni atthi, II 26,21; — ifc. samaṇa-brāhma-
ṇa-jiṇṇâtura-° (Cp-a 77,14); — °-vaṇibbaka-yācaka,
m., the poor, the wandering mendicant, the tramp, and
the beggar; ~ānaṁ mahādānaṁ datvā, Dhp-a I 105,15;
tañ ca dānaṁ na ~ānañ ñeva, Cp-a 53,36.

" 346862288231206912,kapaṇajana,en,"

kapaṇa-jana

, m., poor people; ~ena saddhiṁ āhā-
ratthāya gatā, Dhp-a I 188,14; — °-sadisa-dukkha-
dassana, n., showing distress like the distress of poor
people; ~ena uḷārakulasadiso ādhipateyyaṭṭho pātu-
bhavati, Paṭis-a I 102,18; — °ânuggaha-paṭipatti, f.,
the way of being kind to poor people; anekasūpaṁ ane-
kabyañjanaṁ dibbapiṇḍapātaṁ paṭikkhipitvā ~i vut-
tā, Ud-a 62,23.

" 346862288193458176,kapaṇajāyā,en,"

kapaṇa-jāyā

, f., a miserable wife; jāyikā ti ~ā, Ps III
168,12 (ad M I 451,1).

" 346862288151515136,kapaṇajīvikā,en,"

kapaṇa-jīvikā

, f., a poor living; sākañ c' eva ālābu-
kumbhaṇḍī-elāḷukâdīni ca vapitvā tāni pi vikkiṇan-
to ~aṁ kappeti, Ja I 312,25.

" 346862287803387904,kapaṇaladdhaka,en,"

kapaṇa-laddhaka

, mfn. [cf. kicchaladdhaka, q.v.],
obtained with difficulty; mā ~ehi puttehi ammāya no
vippavāsehī ti, Ja VI 150,8* (= kapaṇā viya hutvā
laddhakehi puttehī ti, 150,19'; Ja-pṭ: kapaṇikā viya
hutvā; cf. L. ALSDORF, Āryā-Strophen: 47).

" 346862287908245504,kapaṇamanussa,en,"

kapaṇa-manussa

, m. [cf. kapaṇapurisa, q.v.], a
poor, destitute person; ayaṁ rājā maṁ daliddaṁ ~aṁ
attanā samānaṁ katvā mahante issariye patiṭṭhāpe-
si, Ja III 449,14; ~ena viya game piṇḍāya cāritvā nik-
khamitabban ti, Vism 343,30; na hi pabbajitā ~ā viya
asāruppe ṭhāne nisīditvā bhuñjantī ti, Sp 209,12; eko
bhatikānaṁ bhatikārako ~o eso ti, ārocesi, Dhp-a I
233,4 foll.; ekapasse daliddānaṁ ~ānaṁ ... vasanaṭ-
ṭhānaṁ bhavissati, Ud-a 408,21 qu. Sp-ṭ III 306,13; o-
kallako ti (Sp 253,22) khuppipāsâdidukkḥaparetā-
naṁ khīṇasukhānaṁ nahānâdisarīrapaṭijagganara-
hitānaṁ ~ānam etaṁ adhivacanaṁ, Sp-ṭ II 79,22; —
°-mānusaka, m., = prec.; matakānaṁ ~ānaṁ (Be °ma-
nuss°) ahicchattakavaṇṇehi aṭṭhikehi tatra tatra pari-
kiṇṇā ti, Sp 175,2.[[side 163]]

" 346862230391754752,kapanapaññātaṃ,en,"

[

kapanapaññātaṁ

, w.r. at Thī-a 179,7 for parama-
avaññātaṁ, which read with BeCe]

" 346862288029880320,kapaṇapurisa,en,"

kapaṇa-purisa

, m. [cf. kapaṇamanussa, q.v.], 1. a
poor, destitute person; 2. an abject, low, contemptible per-
son; — 1. kiñcid eva karuṇāyitabbaṁ virūpaṁ para-
makicchappattaṁ duggataṁ durūpetaṁ ~aṁ chin-
nâhāraṁ kapallaṁ purato ṭhapetvā, Vism 314,23; na
... Bhagavā ~o viya bhottukamyatāya parivesanaṁ
upasaṅkamati, Pj II 140,9; — 2. ~o ayaṁ ti maññamā-
no, Sp 135,24 (ad Vin III 3,13; = guṇavirahitatāya dīna-
manusso, Sp-ṭ I 348,12) = Mp PV 81,23 (Mp-ṭ III 213,23).

" 346862287849525248,kapaṇarajan,en,"

kapaṇa-raja(n)

, m., a low and despicable king; anāga-
te pana adhammikānaṁ ~ūnaṁ (v. l. °unaṁ) adham-
mikānaṁ ca manussānaṁ kale loke viparivattamā-
ne, Ja I 336,24' (cf. adhammikakapaṇarājāno, ibid.
337,26); — ifc. adhammika-° (Ja I 337,25').
kapaṇa-rajan

" 346862288109572096,kapaṇatā,en,"

kapaṇa-tā

, f. [abstr.], the being miserable; anāthānaṁ
~ā, Saddh 315; — ifc. parama-° (Ud-a 279,16).

" 346862287681753088,kapaṇavesa,en,"

kapaṇa-vesa

, m., the appearance of a miserable per-
son; na sakkā amhehi imina va ~ena sahāyakassa at-
tānaṁ dassetuṁ, Mp I 430,16.

" 346862287753056256,kapaṇavisikhā,en,"

kapaṇa-visikhā

, f, the poor quarter; addasā kho
bhagavā āyasmantaṁ Mahākassapaṁ ... yena dalid-
davisikhā ~ā pesakāravisikhā, Ud 4,24 (= bhogapā-
rijuññappattiyā dīnamanussānaṁ vāṭo, Ud-a 62,16).

" 346862287723696128,kapaṇavuttin,en,"

kapaṇa-vutti(n)

, mfn. [cf. kicchavutti(n), q.v.], liv-
ing in misery; yasmā petayonito cavitvā manussesu
uppajjantā pi sattā yebhuyyena tass' eva kammassa
vipākâvasesena (so read) nihīnajātikā ~ino va honti,
Pv-a 175,22.
kapaṇa-vuttin

" 346862287874691072,kapaṇayācaka,en,"

kapaṇa-yācaka

, m., poor man and beggar; — °âdi,
mfn.; taṁ sakkāraṁ ~âdīnaṁ adaṁsu, Spk II 189,22.

" 346862230056210432,kapaṇiddhika,en,"

kapaṇ'-iddhika

, m. [perhaps modern variant of kapa-
ṇaddhika, based upon popular etymology; cf. TRENCK-
NER notes: 130 (JPTS 1908), = kapaṇaddhika, q.v.; —
~ānaṁ (v. l. °kâdīnaṁ) mahādānaṁ pavattesi, Ja IV
15,24; — °-vaṇibbaka, m.; v. kapaṇaddhika; samaṇa-
brāhmaṇānaṁ ~ānaṁ (ms. Lai Hin A.D. 1495 kapa-
ṇa°) nāthânāthānaṁ yathāpaṇihitaṁ dānaṁ deti,
Mil 204,2; — ~-yācaka, m.; v. kapaṇaddhika; punadi-
vase uposathikā hutvā ~ānaṁ mahādānaṁ deti, Ja
VI 231,6 ≠ Mp I 430,14; aññataro brāhmaṇo ... sama-
ṇabrāhmaṇānaṁ ~ānaṁ (ms. Lai Hin A.D. 1514 ka-
paṇa°), Pv-a 78,14 ≠ Ss 199,6; — °âdi, mfn.; ~īnaṁ (v.l.
°kānaṁ) mahādānaṁ pavatteti, Ja III 470,8; — ifc. sa-
maṇa-brāhmaṇa-° (D I 137,24; S I 58,9 [v.l. °kapanad-
dhika°]; It 64,22 [v.l. °kapaṇaddhika°]; ~-vanibbaka-
yācaka, Ja VI 13,11).

" 346862287644004352,kapaṇikā,en,"

kapaṇikā

, f. [sa. krpaṇikā; cf. pa. kapaṇiyā, q.v.], a
miserable, destitute woman; — dve puttā kālaṅkatā pati
ca panthe ma to ~āya, Thī 219 (= varākāya, Thī-a
178,33); sa nūna sa ~ā andhā apariṇāyikā, Cp-a 113,14*
(~ā ti varākā, 113,29) = Ja IV 93,4*,6' (reading ka-
paṇiyā).

" 346862229766803456,kapaṇitthi,en,"

kapaṇ'-itth[ī/i]

, f, a poor woman; jīvamānāya ekāya ~iyā
saddhiṁ saṁvāsaṁ kappesi, Ja III 446,18 ≠ 448,2.
kapaṇ'-itthī

" 346862229783580672,kapaṇitthī,en,"

kapaṇ'-itth[ī/i]

, f, a poor woman; jīvamānāya ekāya ~iyā
saddhiṁ saṁvāsaṁ kappesi, Ja III 446,18 ≠ 448,2.
kapaṇ'-itthī

" 346862230161068032,kapaṇiyā,en,"

kapaṇiyā

, f. [variant of kapaṇikā, q.v.], a miserable
woman; — sa nūna sa ~ā andhā apariṇāyikā, Ja IV
93,4* (~ā [v.l. °ikā] ti puttaviyogena kapaṇā, 93,6') =
Cp-a 113,14*.

" 346862507014492160,kāpañña,en,"

kāpañña

, n. [abstr.; cf. sa. kārpaṇya; pa. kapaṇatā,
kapaṇabhāva; alternate form kāvañña, q.v.], the being
miserable or pitiable; — gramm. lit.: Sadd 403,29; — ifc.
parama-° (~-ppatta, Ap 134,12; Paṭis-a 414,5).

" 346862506293071872,kāpaññatā,en,"

kāpañña-tā

, f. [abstr. from prec], the state of being
miserable; daḷiddayâdinā ~aṁ pattā, Th-a II 278,19;
— ifc. parama-° (Ps-pṭ I 50,12).

" 346862229125074944,kapāsapicunā,en,"

[

kapāsa-picunā

, w.r. at Dāṭh II 39 for kappāsa-°]

" 346862230324645888,kapati,en,"

kapati

, pr. 3 sg. [sa. kṛpate], to weep, to cry; only re-
corded in gramm. lit.: kapa karuṇāyaṁ ... tattha ~atī
ti karuṇāyati, Sadd 403,28.

" 346862513826041856,kāpaṭika,en,"

Kāpaṭika

, m.; Npr.; name of a young brahmin con-
verted by the Buddha; ~o (v.l. °ṭhi°) nāma māṇavo, M
II 168,18 qu. Ud-a 45,27, It-a 4,14, Sadd 342,25.

" 346862262318796800,kapeti,en,"

kapeti

, pr. 3 sg. [cf. sa. krapate; v. Sadd V 1306 s.v.
kṛpate], kapa avakampane. ~eti. kapayati, kapaṇo,
Sadd 553,15.

" 346862349400936448,kapha,en,"

kapha

, m., phlegm; Bhes 1:20 (vāto, pittaṁ ~o = ta-
yo dosā); its properties: 1:22 foll.

" 346862349270913024,kaphoṇī,en,"

kaphoṇī

, f. [v. kapoṇi, q.v.], elbow; — lex. lit.: ~ī py
atra, Abh-ṭ ad Abh 265.

" 346862349358993408,kaphuttara,en,"

kaph'-uttara

, mfn., phlematic; ~aṁ (scil. anūpaṁ),
Bhes 2:65.

" 346862232652484608,kapi,en,"

kapi

, m. [ts.], a monkey; — lex. lit.: makkaṭo vānaro
sākhāmigo kapi valīmukho, Abh 614 (~i calane, Abh-ṭ
ad loc.); Mogg VII 8; — nom. sg., ~ī va sākhaṁ pa-
muñcaṁ gahāya, Sn 791* (yathā makkaṭo araññe pa-
vane caramāno sākhaṁ gaṇhāti, Nidd I 92,9); bhik-
khu paṁsukūlena pāruto ~i va sīhacammena, Th
1080 (= sīhacammena pāruto makkaṭo viya so ud-
dhatâdidosasaṁyutto bhikkhu tena paṁsukūlena,
Th-a III 141,36); hāpeti atthaṁ dummedho ~i ārā-
miko yathā ti, Ja I 251,2* (= yathā ārāme niyutto ārā-
marakkhaṇako makkaṭo atthaṁ karissāmī ti anat-
tham eva karoti, 251,9'); ~ī ayaṁ dumavarasākhago-
caro, II 270,2*; ~ino, 446,13*; ekassa ~ino hetu yūthas-
sa anayo kato, III 357,9* (357,23'); 357,11*; ~i-m-āgañ-
chi, V 70,15* (= ~i āgacchi, 72,23'); ~i-m-āgantvā Cp
I 87; yadā ahaṁ ~i āsiṁ, 307 (Cp-a 227,25,27); ~i ahaṁ
tadā āsiṁ Himavante naguttame disvā Anomam a-
mitaṁ Buddhe cittaṁ pasādayiṁ, Ap 116,24; — ifc.
jarā-° (Ja II 446,14*; 446,17'); dubbaca-° (Ja III 357,26').

" 346862232576987136,kapi,en,"

kap(i)

, the verbal root kap(i); cf. kamp(a), q.v.; ~i
kiñci cale, Dhatum 272; ~i calane, Rūp 241,5; ~i gati-
yaṁ, Sadd 553,1.
kapi

" 346862513507274752,kāpi,en,"

Kāpi

, m.; Npr.; name of a young boy; v. PPN s.v.;
~iṁ nāma taruṇaputtaṁ, Dhp-a I 169,15.

" 346862232048504832,kapicitta,en,"

kapi-citta

, mfn. [BHS kapicitta, v. BHSD s.v.], fickle;
haliddirāgaṁ ~aṁ purisaṁ rāgavirāginaṁ, Ja III
148,14* (= lahuparivattitāya makkaṭacittaṁ, 148,23')
= 525,25* (cf. Ap 498,8: yahiṁ tahiṁ tato maṁ kavya-
citta [v.l. kathi-°; kapi°] 'haṁ santavāhi).[[side 166]]

" 346862232845422592,kapigaṇa,en,"

kapi-gaṇa

, m., a band of monkeys; sabbo pi ~o palā-
yitvā aññattha gacchatū ti, Ja III 356,10; ~assa ovā-
davasena, 357,5; — °-majjhe, ²ind., among the band of
monkeys; adv. loc.; so ... ~ nisinno, Ja III 357,3.

" 346862102981382144,kapijātaka,en,"

Kapi-jātaka, 2.

alternative title in the SE-Asian tradition: Ñātatthacāriya-jātaka, cf. G. Martini, BEFEO LI 1963: 86; — Rem.: The title is perhaps a mistake, as ñātatthacāriya does not occur in this Jātaka; — 3. alternative title of the SE-Asian tradition of no. 224: Kumbhīla-jātaka, q.v.

" 346862232899948544,kapijātaka,en,"

Kapi-jātaka

, n., title of 1. Jātaka No. 250 (Ja II 268-
270), 2. Jātaka No. 404 (Ja III 355-8) v. PPN s.v.; — ifc.
mahā-° (Ja [407] III 369-375); (Ja 516) V 67-74).

" 346862232782508032,kapikacchu,en,"

kapi-kacchu

, n. [cf. sa. kapikacchū], the kapikac-
chu fruit; - Mucuna prurita; cf. G. J. Meulenbeld:
The Mādhavanidāna: 536; — lex. lit.: Abh 582; — ā-
hari ... ~uno, Pv 143 (~-phalāni dupphassaphalāni
āhariṁ ~ū ti vā sayaṁguttā [v.l. B and Vat Lai Hin,
no. 66 (AD 1541) bhūta for guttā] vuccati, Pv-a 86,22;
— °-phala, n. the kapikacchu fruit; v. prec.; — Rem.:
is ~uno acc. pl. ? cf. prakr. vāuno, PISCHEL § 378;
BHSG § 12.51.

" 346862268736081920,kapila,en,"

Kapila

, m.; Npr.; a brahmin, father of Kāpilānī; v.
PPN s.v. 8. Kapila; cf.¹Kapila-brāhman, q.v.; ~ssa
dijass' āsiṁ dhītā, Ap 583,10 qu. Thī-a 73,10.

" 346862268685750272,kapila,en,"

Kapila

, m.; Npr.; the Bodhisatta reborn as the chap-
lain of the Cetiya king Upacara, q.v.; v. PPN s.v. 2.
Kapila; tassa namo ~o brāhmaṇo purohito ahosi, Ja
III 454,23; Mil 202,6; — °-tāpasa, m., the ascetic K; isi-
nā iti ~ena, Ja V 273,7'; — °-brahmaṇa, m., the brah-
min K.; ~assa, Ja III 454,24.

" 346862268568309760,kapila,en,"

Kapila

, m.; Npr.; a monk, to be reborn as a fish;
PPN s.v. 4. Kapila, cf. Kapila-maccha, q.v.; kaṇiṭṭho
~ nāma, Dhp-a IV 37,7; ~o nāma anārādhiko bhik-
khu, Spk II 203,21.

" 346862268241154048,kapila,en,"

⁴

Kapila

, m.; Npr.; a bad monk, friend of Paṇḍaka,
q.v.; v. PPN s.v. 5. Kapila; ~o , Vin III 67,19.

" 346862268174045184,kapila,en,"

⁵

Kapila

, m.; Npr.; a monk reborn with his saṁghāṭī
flaming; ~ssa bhikkhuno, Ps I 91,19 (cf. Vin III 107,23
and BDH13 n. 1).

" 346862268123713536,kapila,en,"

⁶

Kapila

, m.; Npr.; a monk who was conceited by his
learning and was reborn in Avīci; his story is narrated
at Dhp-a IV 37,7-39,12 = Pj II 305,26-307,5.

" 346862268064993280,kapila,en,"

⁷

Kapila

, m.; Npr.; an old physician; v. PPN s.v. 9.
Kapila; Mil 272,12 (Nārada +), cf. Mil-Trsl. (1964) II
91 n. 4.

" 346862267930775552,kapila,en,"

⁸

Kapila

, m.; Npr.; a minister of the king Vohārika-
tissa; v. PPN s.v. 10. Kapila; ~ena amaccena, Mhv
XXXVI 41; also: Kapilāmacca, m., the minister ~;
Dīp XXII 44.

" 346862267523928064,kapila,en,"

⁹

Kapila

, m. [ts.]; Npr.; the alleged founder of the sāṁ-
khya school of philosophy; mentioned together with Ka-
ṇāda, q.v.; etena °-Kaṇādâdivādā dassitā honti, Ud-a
339,34; As-anuṭ 160,8.

" 346862267448430592,kapila,en,"

¹⁰

Kapila

, m.; Npr.; an ancient seer; PPN s.v. 12.
Kapila; Mhv LXXVIII 92.

" 346862267385516032,kapila,en,"

¹¹

Kapila

, m.; Npr.; a brahmin, after whom the town
Kapilavatthu was named; v. PPN s.v. 3. Kapila; ~assa
isino nivāsanaṭṭhāne katattā Kapilavatthu, Ps II
61,12; Himavati ~o nāma ghoratapo paṭivasati ... so
kira bhummijālaṁ nāma vijjaṁ jānāti, Pj II 353,17;
— °-brāhmaṇa, m.; the brahmin ~; Sv 259,21 (kaḷāra-
vaṇṇatāya ~o nāma ahosi, Sv-nṭ II 258,6); — °-muni,
m. the sage ~; ~ino vasanaṭṭhāne sākavane vasantī ti
sakyā, sākiya ti ca, Sv-nṭ II 259,28 (ad Sv 262,25).

" 346862267221938176,kapila,en,"

¹²

Kapila

, n.; Npr.; the town Kapilavatthu named af-
ter ¹¹Kapila, q.v.; v. PPN s.v. 7. Kapila; ~aṁ nāma
nagaraṁ, Nett 142,26 (split cpd.); — °-vhaya, mfn.
[BHS Kapilāhvaya, v. BHSD s.v.], named after ~; ~ā
rammā nikkhamitvā tathāgato, Ja I 16,1 ≠ Bv II 61 ≠
XX 14 = XXI 13 etc.; ~e, XXVIII 8: Dīp III 43,51; Sa-
mantak 54.

" 346862263509979136,kapila,en,"

kapila

, f. [ts., cf. Mhbh 13.76.8 and pW s.v.], 1. the
plant Dalbergia Sissoo Roxb. (G. MEULENBELD: The
Mādhavanidāna: 522); Abh 571; — 2. the plant Piper
auranticum Wall. (MEULENBELD: 611); Abh 590.

" 346862103073656832,kapila,en,"

¹²Kapila,

Bv II 61 (metr. ˘˘-˘-˘---, cf. aha(n), q.v., read Kāpil° ?).

" 346862234720276480,kapila,en,"

kapila

, mfn. [ts.; EWA-2 s.v.; CDIAL 2750]; 1. red-
dish brown; 2. a reddish brown cow; — 1. lex. lit.: kaḷā-
ro ~o nīlapīte 'tha rocanapabhe, Abh 98; sace gāvī
seta hoti vaccho pi setako va, sace ~ā vā rattā vā,
vacchako pi tādiso, Ps III 12,12 = Mp III 185,14 =
Pp-a 233,32 (BeCe w.r. kabara) anāpatti... gahetvāna
odātaṁ ~aṁ pi vā (scil. eḷakaloma), Vin-vn 677) re-
fers to Nissagiya XIII, Vin III 227,12-17, where gocari-
ya is used instead of ~); — 2. manussā kira goṇehi
khalaṁ maddāpetvā: kiñcehi ~a, kiñcehi kāḷakā ti,
Spk III 99,3 qu. Sadd 528,25 ""crush, brown cowl"";
brāhmaṇesu pana: ... dakkhiṇaṁ vā vatthāni vā
~aṁ vā labhatha?, Sv 586,14 = Mp III 130,8; ~ānaṁ
me sataṁ detha, kahāpaṇe detha, Dhp-a IV 155,3
(v.l. in Be: ""ka: gosataṁ"") ""give me a hundred brown
cows, give me money""; — ifc. go-° (Nidd I 88,1).

" 346862263405121536,kapilā,en,"

Kapilā

, f.; Npr.; a town, read Kampilā, q.v.

" 346862103098822656,kapilā,en,"

[²Kapilā,

f., Npr.; name of a town; Pañcālaraṭṭhe … ~āyaṁ, Cp 221 (Cp-a 167,24) read Kampilāyaṁ with v.l., cf. Kampilla, q.v.]

" 346862262583037952,kapīla,en,"

kapīla

, n. [cf. ¹¹kapila, q.v.] = kapila (?); only re-
corded in gramm. lit.: kapilaṁ ~aṁ, Sadd 921,17 (in
section dealing with mattābheda [quantitative alterna-
tion]; v. Sadd IV 1.1.2).

" 346862265514856448,kapilabrāhmaṇa,en,"

Kapila-brāhmaṇa

, m.; v. ¹¹Kapila.

" 346862265628102656,kapilabrāhmaṇa,en,"

Kapila-brāhmaṇa

, m.; v. ²Kapila.

" 346862265770708992,kapilabrāhmaṇa,en,"

kapila-brāhmaṇa

, m.; Npr.; the brahmin Kapila,
father of Pipphali; v. PPN s.v. 1. Kapila; ayaṁ Pip-
phalimāṇavo ... ~assa aggamahesiyā kucchismiṁ
nibbatto, Th-a III 130,2 = Spk II 191,16 = Mp I 175,8;
Th-a III 131,9 = Spk II 193,4.

" 346862508352475136,kāpiladi,en,"

Kāpilâdi

, mfn. [< ⁹Kapila (q.v.) + ā°], a follower of
⁹Kapila, etc.; ~ayo viya, Vism-mhṭ II 293,25; — °-Kā-
ṇâda-diṭṭhi, f., the views of the folloivers ⁹Kapila or
Kaṇāda; °-vasena, Ps-pṭ I 74,26.

" 346862508369252352,kāpilādi,en,"

Kāpilâdi

" 346862266697650176,kapilagāvīdāna,en,"

kapila-gāvī-dāna

, n., gift of brown cows; only ifc.; —
ifc. ahata-vattha-° (~âdi, Ja I 50,29).

" 346862266747981824,kapilago,en,"

kapila-go

, f., brown cow; cf. gokapilaṁ, Nidd I 88,1;
usabhaṁ vā gāviṁ vā ~aṁ vā, Pj I 118,15.

" 346862267146440704,kapilakesamassuka,en,"

kapila-kesa-massuka

, mfn., having brown hair and
beard (of a yakkha), cf. kapilapharusadīghakesa, q.v;
— ifc. jalita-°, Vv-a 222,30.

" 346862235219398656,kapilāmacca,en,"

Kapilāmacca

, m.; Npr.; the minister ⁸Kapila, q.v.

" 346862265451941888,kapilamaccha,en,"

Kapila-maccha

, m.; Npr.; ³Kapila (q.v.), reborn as a
fish; ~aṁ ārabbha kathesi, Dhp-a IV 37,4; — °-vat-
thu, n., the story of ~; Dhp-a IV 37-46.

" 346862265368055808,kapilamuni,en,"

Kapila-muni

, m.; Npr.; v. ¹¹Kapila.

" 346862266425020416,kapilanagara,en,"

Kapila-nagara

, read Kampillanagara, q.v.

" 346862235148095488,kapilānī,en,"

[

Kapilānī

, w.r. for Kāpilānī, q.v.]

" 346862508050485248,kāpilānī,en,"

Kāpilānī

, f. [scdry deriv. from Kapila]; Npr.; patron,
of Bhaddā, q.v. PPN s.v. Kāpilānī's Apadāna: No. 27,
Ap 578,13-584,11 = Thī-a (1998) 67,2-73,11; Bhaddā
Kāpilānī; daughter of ¹Kapila, cf. Ap 583,10; cf. Spk II
191,17 qu. Th-a III 130,3; Spk II 194,17; Bhaddāya ~i-
yā antevāsikā bhikkhunī, Vin IV 227,22; Bhaddā pi
~ī bahussutā hoti, 290,5; Bhaddā ~ī, Thī 65 (read Ka-
pi° m.c., cf. EV II ad loc.); Mp I 375,14; — ifc. Bhad-
da-° (Ap 584,10; Mp I 376,11; Ja IV 491,4; VI 95,10).

" 346862265972035584,kapilapharusadīghakesa,en,"

kapila-pharusa-dīgha-kesa

, mfn., having brown stiff
and long hair (of a yakkha); ~o, Bv-a 143,28; cf. kapila-
kesamassuka, q.v.[[side 168]]

" 346862266328551424,kapilapura,en,"

Kapila-pura

, ft. [cf. sa. and BHS Kapilapura; v.
BHSD s.v.]; Npr.; the town of Kapila; amhākaṁ bo-
dhisatto ... ~e nibbatti, Mp I 143,24; bhagavā ~aṁ
gantvā tatiyadivase Nandaṁ pabbājesi, Ja I 91,17 ≠
Dhp-a I 116,15 ≠ Sp 1009,3 (dutiyadivase); ~aṁ gan-
tvā, Ja IV 50,6; Dhp-a III 163,19; ~aṁ āgatakāle, Ps V
66,18; ~aṁ nīto, Dhp-a I 115,10; ~aṁ sampatte,
347,13; Ja IV 282,17; ekadā ~e ekadā Koliyanagare, V
415,4; ~ato nikkhanto, Ps-pṭ III 420,5 (ad Ps V 82,4:
nikkhantatther o).

" 346862263648391168,kapilasutta,en,"

Kapila-sutta

, n.; title of Sn 274-283; Dhammacari-
yan ti ~aṁ, Pj II 305,26; Dhp-a IV 42,21; Sp 1098,1;
Ud-a 180,24.

" 346862266563432448,kapilatāpasa,en,"

Kapila-tāpasa

, v. ²Kapila.

" 346862265296752640,kapilavaṇṇa,en,"

kapila-vaṇṇa

, mfn., of brownish colour; gocariyaṁ
(scil. eḷakaloma) ti ~ānaṁ, Sp 684,21 ≠ Kkh 70,2 (ad
Vin III 226,25).

" 346862264885710848,kapilavatthagāra,en,"

Kapila-vatthâgāra

, m., the home town Kapilavatthu ?;
bodhisattassa ... sākiyajanapade ~o jātibhūmī ti vuc-
cati, Ps II 135,23 (v.l. Be °-vatthāhāro with v.l. from Ce
°-vatthākāro).

" 346862264910876672,kapilavatthāgāra,en,"

Kapila-vatthâgāra

, m., the home town Kapilavatthu ?;
bodhisattassa ... sākiyajanapade ~o jātibhūmī ti vuc-
cati, Ps II 135,23 (v.l. Be °-vatthāhāro with v.l. from Ce
°-vatthākāro).

" 346862265158340608,kapilavatthava,en,"

[

Kapila-vatthava

, w.r. (?) for kāpila° (q.v.) at Ap
42,19; 507,9; cf. Ap 501,17: Kāpila°; cf., however, H.
BECHERT, ZDMG 108 1958: 310]

" 346862512630665216,kāpilavatthava,en,"

Kāpila-vatthava

, mfn. and m., [scdry deriv. from
Kapilavatthu; v. s.v. Kapilavatthava], belonging to,
living in Kapilavatthu; — gramm. lit.: sattamyantā
bhavatthe ṇo hoti ... Māgadho, ~o, Mogg-v ad IV
20; Sadd 788,14; — vane ~e, D II 258,7* (Kapilavat-
thusamīpamhi jāte vanasaṇḍe, Sv 684,30); ~ā (Be Ka-
pilavatthuvāsī) pi Sakyā Kapilavatthusmiṁ Bhaga-
vato sarīrānaṁ thūpañ ca mahañ ca akaṁsu, D II
167,3; M I 353,21 = S IV 182,15; ramme ~e, Ap 501,7 =
507,9 (read Ka-); sattasahassā ~ā +, Sv-pṭ II 304,19.

" 346862509929533440,kāpilavatthika,en,"

Kāpila-vatthika

, m(fn)., [scdry deriv. from Kapila-
vatthu], a resident of Kapilavatthu or a person born in
Kapilavatthu; — gramm. lit.: Māgadhiko ... ~o,
Kacc-v 352 ≠ Sadd 786,15; v. prec.

" 346862264797630464,kapilavatthu,en,"

Kapila-vatthu

, n. [sa. Kapilavastu], Npr.; the town
~ named after the ascetic ¹¹Kapila, q.v.; v. PPN s.v.; the
location of ~ is uncertain, probably Ganwaria (Distr.
Basti, U.P.); cf. H. HÄRTEL: Archaeological Research on
Ancient Buddhist Sites, in: Die Datierung des histori-
schen Buddha. I. AWG. Phil.-Hist. Kl. 3. Folge, Nr.
189. 1991, pp. 174-80; — ~ is mentioned in all parts of
the Tipiṭaka, though not very frequently: 11 times in the
Vin; in D only the preaching of the Mahāsamayasutta
(II 253-262) is located in ~; in M: 5 suttas, in S: 6 sut-
tas, cf. S-Trsl. Woodward V 1930: XVIII; — Sud-
dhodano nāma rājā pita ahosi, Māyādevī mātā ja-
nettī, ~u nagaraṁ rājādhānī, D II 7,28; Bv XXVI 13;
Bv-a 92,35 = 273,22; Mhv II 15; Samantak 11; ~usmiṁ
bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañ ca mahañ ca akaṁsu,
D II 167,3; ~uṁ agamāsiṁ, I 91,13; bhagavā sakkesu
viharati ~usmiṁ, II 253,3 = Vin I 82,4; pañcadasa-
maṁ (scil. antovassaṁ) ~usmiṁ (scil. vasi), Mp II
124,30; Rājagato ~uṁ gantuṁ, Th-a II 224,13.

" 346862264638246912,kapilavatthugamana,en,"

Kapilavatthu-gamana

, n., a visit to Kapila vatthu;
~āya bhagavantaṁ āyacanto, Th-a II 224,17; ~aṁ,
Thūp 233,30 ≠ Mhv XXX 81; tatoparaṁ yāva ~ā Ves-
santarajātake āvibhavissati, Ja IV 282,21.

" 346862264491446272,kapilavatthugāmimagga,en,"

Kapilavatthu-gāmi-magga

, m., the road leading to Ka-
pila vatthu; Rājagahato... ~aṁ paṭipajji, Th-a II 226,6.

" 346862264571138048,kapilavatthugamin,en,"

Kapilavatthu-gami(n)

, mfn., leading to Kapilavat-
thu; buddhavilāsena ~inaṁ maggaṁ paṭipajji, Ps III
21,19 = Spk III 47,21, cf. Ud-a 412,16 (Pāṭaligāminaṁ).
Kapilavatthu-gamin

" 346862264709550080,kapilavatthuka,en,"

Kapilavatthuka

, mfn., of the town Kapila vatthu;
~aṁ nāma nagaraṁ, Ja I 49,20.

" 346862264097181696,kapilavatthumahānagara,en,"

Kapilavatthu-mahānagara

, m., the great city of Ka-
pilavatthu; ~e, Bv-a 3,13.

" 346862264030072832,kapilavatthumahāsiri,en,"

Kapilavatthu-mahāsiri

, f., the great splendor of Ka-
pilavatthu; ~iṁ, Samantak 612.

" 346862264411754496,kapilavatthunagara,en,"

Kapilavatthu-nagara

, m., the town Kapila vatthu;
~ssa, Sv 672,13 = Spk I 67,25 = Ja V 412,16 (Kuṇāla-ja
1,3) = Dhp-a III 254,6, cf. Pj II 357,13; ~ssa avidūre,
Mp I 143,19; ~e, Ja I 50,3; Bv-a 276,15; Th-a I 61,16.

" 346862264193650688,kapilavatthuppavesana,en,"

Kapilavatthu-ppavesana

, n., entering Kapilavat-
thu; — °âdi, mfn.; ~īsu viya, Dhp-a II 41,10.

" 346862264252370944,kapilavatthupura,en,"

Kapilavatthu-pura

, n., the town Kapilavatthu; -am
eva agamaṁsu, Bv-a 276,14; occasionally v.l. for Kapila-
pura, q.v., e.g. Be and v.l. in Ee at Mp I 143,24; III 318,22.

" 346862263778414592,kapilavatthusāmanta,en,"

Kapilavatthu-sāmanta

, n. = prec.; ~ā, Sp 393,14;
~e, Dhp-a I 357,7.

" 346862263832940544,kapilavatthusamīpa,en,"

Kapilavatthu-samīpa

, n., the vicinity of Kapilavat-
thu; vane kāpilavatthave (D II 256,1, so read) ti ~am-
hi jāte vanasaṇḍe, Sv 684,31, cf. ~e jātaṁ vanaṁ kā-
pilavatthavaṁ, Sadd 788,14.

" 346862263954575360,kapilavatthuvāsika,en,"

Kapilavatthu-vāsika

, m., an inhabitant of Kapila-
vatthu; ~e dārake gahetvā, Sv 673,5 = Spk I 68,12 =
Dhp-a III 255,6 = Ja V 412,29 (= Kuṇāla-ja 1,21).

" 346862263887466496,kapilavatthuvasin,en,"

Kapilavatthu-vasi(n)

, mfn., living in Kapilavatthu;
~ino kulaputtā, Sp 241,1; ~ino sakyā, Sv 262,11; ~i-
naṁ, Ja I 87,14 = Bv-a 4,15 = 24,9.
Kapilavatthu-vasin

" 346862263715500032,kapilavihāra,en,"

Kapila-vihāra

, m.; Npr.; a monastery near Pulatthi-
pura; vihāraṁ ~aṁ, Mhv LXXVIII 92.

" 346862235286507520,kapilla,en,"

[

kapilla

, w.r. at Sp 1091,2 cf. Sadd index s.v.]

" 346862235429113856,kapillika,en,"

[

kapillika

, w.r. at Sp 308,15 for kippillika, q.v.]

" 346862234275680256,kapimiddha,en,"

[²

kapi-middha

, mfn.; reading of Be for kupito at A
IV 139,14]

" 346862233222909952,kapimiddha,en,"

kapi-middha

, n. [for middha, cf. F. EDGERTON,
NIA 2: 607-10], a nap; ~assa pacalāyikabhāvass' e-
taṁ adhivacanaṁ, Mp I 33,18 (ad A I 3,17: thīnamid-
dhaṁ); sa (scil. niddā) ... idha ~aṁ nāma, Vjb 179,9
foll.; — °âdi, mfn.; ~īsu nāgasarīraṁ n' uppajjatī ti,
Vmv II 123,12; — °-pareta, mfn., taking a nap; vuttaṁ
h' etaṁ ""~o kho mahārāja supinaṁ passatī"" (≠ Mil
300,25) ti. ~o ti makkaṭaniddāya yutto, Sp 521,16 foll.
(ad Vin III 112,17) = Mp III 317,18 foll. = Vibh-a 408,17
foll. = Nidd-a 415,5,6 = Kkh-ṭ 228,8; ~o ti bhavaṅgato
uttiṇṇaniddāpareto, Vjb 179,8 foll.; nisīditvā niddā-
yanto ~o kañci kalaṁ cakkhuni ummileti, Sp-ṭ II
380,3; Vmv I 255,3; — ifc. °-vasa, m.; ~en' eva niddā-
yanto, Sp 1022,10.[[side 167]]

" 346862233877221376,kapinaccanā,en,"

Kapi-naccanā

, f; Npr.; a place name; on which, cf. exeg.,
q.v. infra; PPN s.v.; — exeg.: kapīnaṁ vā narānaṁ nac-
canena ~ā ti laddhavohāre padese, Pv-a 231,18 (ad Pv
553, q.v. infra); — eso nisinno ~āyam ... dhammiṁ
kathaṁ bhāsati, Pv 553.

" 346862234024022016,kapinī,en,"

kapinī

, f., [kapi + suff. inī], a female monkey; only re-
corded in gramm. lit.: ~ī, Sadd 677,9.

" 346862233944330240,kapiniddā,en,"

kapi-niddā

, f [cf. kapimiddha, q.v.], a nap; niddū-
pagato ti ~aṁ upagato, Ja-ṭ (ad Ja I 334,29); tattha
niddā ti ~ā (Be so; Ee om.), Ja VI 57,27'; — °-pareta,
mfn., taking a nap; ~o vokiṇṇakaṁ jaggati, Mil 300,23
foll.; ~o supinaṁ passati, 300,31.

" 346862232098836480,kapiñjala,en,"

kapiñjala

, m. [ts.; variant of prec.; cf. EWA-2 s.v.], =
prec.; — ifc tittira-vattaka-mora-° (Kv 268,10 = 473,20).

" 346862231859761152,kapiñjara,en,"

kapiñjara

, m., [cf. kapiñjala, q.v.], the francolin par-
tridge; — exeg.: ~o aññamaññaṁ yujjhāpanatthāya
bālajanehi posāvaniyapakkhijāti, Vmv I 179,14 (ad
Sp 324,8); — ākāsaṭṭhaṁ nāma bhaṇḍaṁ, ākāsaga-
taṁ hoti moro vā ~o vā tittiro vā vaṭṭako, Vin III
48,26 (~âdīsu pi ayam eva vinicchayo, Sp 324,8); ~ā
tittirāyo, Ja VI 538,10*; — in long cpd. Ud-a 411,24 ≠
Spk III 46,31.

" 346862234116296704,kapiparivāra,en,"

kapi-parivāra

, mfn., (bhvr.) surrounded by monkeys;
only recorded ifc. pañcasata-° (Ja III 355,29 = 356,2).

" 346862234653167616,kapirājacariya,en,"

Kapi-rāja-cariya

, n.; title of Cariya III 7 of Cp (ct.
Cp-a 227-231).

" 346862234510561280,kapirājakāle,en,"

Kapi-rāja-kāle

, ²ind., while being king of the mon-
keys; adv. loc.; ~e, Cp-a 275,12.

" 346862234204377088,kapirajan,en,"

kapi-raja(n)

, m., king of the monkeys; Bodhisatto ro-
hitamigapotappamāṇo ~ā hutvā, Ja I 170,13; ahaṁ
etassa ~assa hadayamaṁsaṁ khāditukāmā ti, II
159,2; tadā mittadūbhipuriso Devadatto ahosi, ~ā a-
ham evā ti, V 74,31; Cp 363; Bodhisatto ... mahākā-
yo ~ā ... pabbatapāde vicarati, Ps III 178,10; Ap-a
391,9; Mp-ṭ III 334,1.
kapi-rajan

" 346862235580108800,kapisahassa,en,"

kapi-sahassa

, n., a thousand monkeys; ~ssā pi (v.l.
°sahassāpi; °sahassassāpi corr. to °sahassāpi; °sahas-
sānaṁ pi) ārocāpesi, Ja III 356,11.

" 346862263132491776,kapisisa,en,"

Kapisisa

, m.; Npr., a Dravidian general; Mhv XXV 12.

" 346862263325429760,kapisīsa,en,"

kapi-sīsa

, n., the knob of the bedpost ?; — Ānando
... ~aṁ ālambitvā rodamāno aṭṭhāsi, D II 143,20
(~an ti dvārabāhakoṭiyaṁ ṭhitaṁ aggaḷarukkhaṁ,
Sv 584,8; cf. MPS 32.17: mañcam avalaṁbya praro-
dīt); sokâbhitunno uyyānovarake ~e (Be °aṁ) ālam-
bitvā parodi, Ja III 23,7 = Ja-pot: aṅgul (: agul) bāve-
hi = °aggaḷabāhāyaṁ; cf. Sv II 584,8 supra); = agga-
ḷasīsam, Mhv-ṭ 547,7 (ad Mhv XXX 85-86).

" 346862263203794944,kapisīsa,en,"

kapi-sīsa

, mfn., (bhvr.) having a face like a monkey;
used of one of nine types of thunder bolts (asan[ī/i], f.) de-
scribed at Sv 569,20 foll.: ~ā bhamukaṁ ukkhipanto
makkaṭo viya hoti, 569,25 (= kapisīsâkāravatī, Sv-pṭ
II 220,4); — Rem.: kappasīsa (q.v.) is reinterpreted as
kapisīsa.[[side 169]]

" 346862263270903808,kapisīsa,en,"

kapi-sīsa

, m., the bolt of a door; only lex. lit.: ~o
'ggaḷatthamhā, Abh 217 (kapirūpamatthakattā ~o,
Abh-ṭ ad loc).

" 346862263052800000,kapisīsa,en,"

Kapisīsa

, m.; Npr.; a minister of King Vaṭṭhagāma-
ṇi; Mhv XXXIII 68.

" 346862262939553792,kapisīsaka,en,"

kapi-sīsaka

, n., the staple (i.e., a hole in the doorpost)
into which the bolt is inserted; (cf. CPD s.v. uttarapāsa-
ka; cf. DBMT s.v.; O. v. HINÜBER, Sprachentwicklung
und Kulturgeschichte, AWL 1992 no. 6: 23); anujānā-
mi bhikkhave kavāṭaṁ ... ~aṁ +, Vin II 120,17 (~aṁ
nāma dvārabāhaṁ vijjhitvā tattha pavesito aggaḷa-
pāsako vuccati, Sp 1207,23 [cf. von HINÜBER, l.c. 21-
4]) = 121,10 = 141,32 = 153,33 ≠ 148,17; āviñchana-
chiddaṁ rajjuñ ca, vaṭṭiñ ca -am sūci ghaṭi, 177,37*.

" 346862262796947456,kapisīsakāravat,en,"

kapi-sīsâkārava(t)

, mfn. [²kapisīsa (q.v.) + ākāra°],
having the shape of the face of a monkey; kapisīsā ti ~ī,
Sv-pṭ II 220,4 (ad Sv 569,25).
kapi-sīsâkāravat

" 346862262822113280,kapisīsākāravat,en,"

kapi-sīsâkārava(t)

, mfn. [²kapisīsa (q.v.) + ākāra°],
having the shape of the face of a monkey; kapisīsā ti ~ī,
Sv-pṭ II 220,4 (ad Sv 569,25).
kapi-sīsâkāravat

" 346862262717255680,kapītana,en,"

kapītana

, m.[ts.], the tree Thespesia populneoides; —
lex. lit.: Abh 562; — ~o ti pippalirukkho, Vism-mhṭ
ad Vism 183,13 (Ee kapitthako, v.l. kapitthano; Be °o
with v.l. sī, ka kapitthano, syā kapiṭṭhano).

" 346862233415847936,kapittha,en,"

kapittha

, v. kapiṭṭha.

" 346862232224665600,kapiṭṭha,en,"

kapiṭṭha

or kapittha, m. and n. [sa. and BHS ka-
pittha; cf. EWA-1 s.v., CDIAL 2749; mi. and ni. con-
tinue °tth° and °ṭṭh° forms; cf. pa. kaviṭṭha, q.v.], 1.
(m.n.) the wood-apple tree, Feronia limonia (var. ele-
phantum); cf. R. SYED: Die Flora Altindiens in Literatur
und Kunst. Diss. München 1990: 171 foll.]; 2. (n.) the
fruit of ~, a wood-apple; 3. Npr.; a village; — 1. ~ā, Ja VI
529,20*; 534,8*; Ap 368,13 (v.l. °ṭṭh°); (nom. n.) ~aṁ, Ap
328,24; — 2. (acc) ~ṭṭhaṁ, Th 938 (°-phala, Th-a III
79,9); keci ... ~ena ~aṁ pothenti, Mil 189,3; ~aṁ
adadaṁ phalaṁ, Ap 449,8 qu. Th-a I 78,25 (split cpd);
~ena gaṇḍiṁ paharitvā, Ja I 237,25 (""knocking a gong
with a - in hand""; cf. R. SYED, op. cit.: 174); niyyāsena
~ssa, Mhv XXIX 11 (used as glue in building; v. infra
°-niyyāsa); Sp 836,19 (in enum.); Bhes 2:42 (givulu, sn);
5:22; — 3. game ~-nāmake (°ṭṭh°), Mhv XXIII 82 (so
Mhv-ṭ 457,17 and v.l., text: Gaviṭanāmake); — ifc.
assattha-°; kakudha-° (Vin-vn 1352); mātaluṅga-°
(Vin-vn 1353, 2694); rājâyatana-° (Ja VI 122,3*).
kapiṭṭha

" 346862103048491008,kapiṭṭha,en,"

kapiṭṭha,

cf. A. Roşu, BEI XVII/XVII 1999/2000: 109b (index).

" 346862103023325184,kapiṭṭha,en,"

²Kapiṭṭha,

mn., Npr.; a village in Ceylon; gāme °‑nāmake, Mhv XXIII 82 (thus Mhv-ṭ 457,17, text Gaviṭa, q.v.).

" 346862233105469440,kapiṭṭhahāraka,en,"

kapiṭṭha-hāraka

, m., someone who fetches wood-ap-
ples; ~aṁ alabhamānā, Ps III 111,18.

" 346862232950280192,kapitthaka,en,"

kapitthaka

, w.r. (?) at S V 96,13 for kapitthana, q.v.

" 346862232442769408,kapiṭṭhakaassamapada,en,"

kapiṭṭhaka-assama-pada

, n. [cf. kapiṭṭhassama, q.v],
the precints of the hermitage named ""Wood-apple""; ~e (Ee
kavi°), Ja V 132,22.

" 346862233550065664,kapitthana,en,"

kapitthana

, m., variant of kapiṭṭhana, q.v.

" 346862233004806144,kapiṭṭhana,en,"

kapiṭṭhana

or kapitth°, m. [cf. kapitthana, q.v.], a
tree, the botanical identity of which is uncertain; enume-
rated together with nigrodha, udumbara, kacchaka,
etc.; — exeg.: so hi kampati calatī ti kapitthano thana-
paccayena. kapī ti vā makkaṭo, tassa thanasadisaṁ
phalaṁ yassā ti kapitthano, Sv-nṭ I 355,29 foll. (ad Sv
81,19); cf. Spk III 151,30; — khandhabījaṁ nāma ...
kacchako ~o (Ee °ṭh°) yāni aññāni pi atthi khandhe
jāyante, Vin IV 35,5; cf. Sv 81,19 (Sv-nṭ I 355,30); kac-
chako ~o (°tth°; Ee °ako, w.r. ?), S V 96,13 (Spk III
151,30: °ano); khandhabījaṁ nāma ... kacchako ~o,
Sv 81,19; ~o (°tth°; Ee °ako, w.r. ?), S V 96,13 cf. Vin
IV 35,5; Vism 183,13 (Ee °ako); nigrodha ca ~ā, Ja II
445,27* (~ā ti bilakkhu, 466,1'; cf. v.II. I) = VI 529,22* =
550,25 = 553,18* = 564,7* = Ap 329,1 = 346,20.
kapiṭṭhana

" 346862233621368832,kapitthaniyyāsa,en,"

kapittha-niyyāsa

, m., resin of the wood-apple tree,
used as glue in building; Thūp 222,24 (cf. Mhv XXIX 11,
q.v. s.v. kapiṭṭha 2.).

" 346862233159995392,kapiṭṭhaphala,en,"

kapiṭṭha-phala

or kapittha°, n., wood-apple; ~aṁ a-
dāsi, Th-a I 78,9; III 79,9; — °-dohala, m., a pregnant
woman's craving for wood-apples; ~o, Ps III 111,17; —
°-matta, mfn., having the size of a wood-apple; ~ena
piṇḍakena, Spk III 24,3 foll.; — °âdi, mfn., ~īnaṁ
(°tth°) anto miñjaṁ kaṭāhaṁ muñcitvā, Sp 768,7 (Ee
w.r. bījaṁ for miñjaṁ) = Kkh 89,15 (°tth°); Sp 853,22.

" 346862233491345408,kapitthaphaladāyaka,en,"

kapittha-phala-dāyaka

, n., 1. title of Apadāna no.
509, Ap 449,6 (°ṭṭh°); 2. Npr.; name of a thera; v. PPN
s.v.; ~assa apadānaṁ, Ap 449,15.

" 346862233680089088,kapitthaphalika,en,"

kapittha-phalika

, m., one who gambles with wood-
apples; Kacc-v so; akkhena dibbatī ti akkhiko ... ~o
+, Kacc-v ad Kacc 353.

" 346862226839179264,kapiṭṭharama,en,"

Kapiṭṭhârama

, m.; Npr.; a monastery in Kapiṭṭha-
vana, on which v. PPN s.v.; ~e vasati, Th-a I 78,17.

" 346862226868539392,kapiṭṭhārama,en,"

Kapiṭṭhârama

, m.; Npr.; a monastery in Kapiṭṭha-
vana, on which v. PPN s.v.; ~e vasati, Th-a I 78,17.

" 346862233340350464,kapiṭṭhasāḷava,en,"

kapiṭṭha-sāḷava

, m. or n. [cf. Amg. sālaga ?], wood-
apple juice; — ifc. badara-sāḷava-° (~âdi, As 320,21).

" 346862232719593472,kapitthassama,en,"

kapitth'-assama

, m. [cf. kapiṭṭhaka-assamapada,
q.v.], the hermitage named ""Wood-apple ""; ~o paripūri,
Ja V 133,12 (Ee kavi°); cf. kapittha, q.v.

" 346862233814306816,kapitthavana,en,"

Kapittha-vana

, m.; Npr.; a forest; v. PPN s.v. Kapiṭ-
ṭhavana; ~e, Ja V 132,4 (Ee kaviṭṭha°); — in long cpd.
Sp 1104,5.

" 346862233281630208,kapiṭṭhavana,en,"

kapiṭṭha-vana

, n., a wood-apple grove; ~aṁ, Spk I
281,25 = Ja V 38,3; — °-sañchanna, mfn., covered by
a wood-apple grove; sabbaṁ ~aṁ, Pj II 581,6 (cf. Ja
V 132,7).

" 346862262511734784,kapīvanta,en,"

Kapīvanta

, m. [sa. Kaphīvaṅga], one of the yakkha
cities in the air in Uttarakuru; uttarena ~o janogham
aparena ca ..., D III 201,1* (~o nāma aññaṁ naga-
raṁ, Sv 966,23); — Rem.: reading uncertain, cf. v.II. in
Ee; H. HOFFMANN: ĀṭānSū. Kl. Turf. V. 1939 (repr.
with SANDER: Nachtr. Stuttgart 1987): 53/69, 84/100:
acc. to Tib. trsl., ka-bi-baṅ-ka is a ""lake"": jalaugha ?

" 346862513066872832,kāpiya,en,"

Kāpiya

, mfn., title of an unknown text (?); udāne
~aṁ suttaṁ apaṇṇakapasādaniyaṁ, Peṭ 52,2 ""the
Kāpiya (?) Thread in the Udāna on the Incontrovertible
Confidence"" (Ñm).

" 346862234351177728,kapiyoni,en,"

kapi-yoni

, f, the womb of a she-monkey; Bodhisatto
~yaṁ nibbatitvā, Ja I 278,18 = II 158,24 ≠ III 133,6 =
355,29 ≠ V 68,13; araññe ~iyaṁ paṭisandhiṁ gaṇhi, VI
238,7; ~iyaṁ nibbattitvā, Cp-a 227,26; Mp-ṭ III 333,23.

" 346862236838400000,kapola,en,"

kapola

, m. [ts.; Amg. kavola; cf. CDIAL 2755;
EWA-1 s.v.; DED 1337; kapalla, kapāla,, qq.v], cheek;
a. the mucous membranes on the side-walls of the mouth-
cavity; b. side of the face below the eyes; — gramm. lit.:
kapati dante acchādetī ti ~o vadanekadeso, Mogg-v
VII 194 (< √kap, cf. kapa acchādane, Dhātup 540); —
lex. lit.: gaṇḍo ~o, Abh 262 (kena jalena pūriyate ti
~o ... kapa acchadane va, Abh-ṭ ad loc.); — ifc. ati-
bahal'-oṭṭha-° (Dhp-a I 194,20).[[side 170]]

" 346862236913897472,kapolantare,en,"

kapol'-antare

, ²ind. [kapola + antare], between the
cheeks (i.e., inside the mouth); adv. loc.; kadāci avagaṇ-
ḍakārakaṁ bhuñjanto viya ~e ṭhapeti, Spk I 109,8
(ad S I 51,12).

" 346862237060698112,kapolapassa,en,"

kapola-passa

, m. and n., the side-walls of the cheeks
inside the mouth cavity; kheḷo ... ubhohi ~ehi orohitvā
jivhātale tiṭṭhati, Vism 362,6 = Vibh-a 67,33 (ad Vibh
83,6); ubhohi ~ehi oruyha, Vism 263,28 = Vibh-a 247,2
(ad Vibh 193,24) ≠ Pj I 66,14 (ad Khp 2,9) ≠ Paṭis-a I
83,4 (ad Paṭis I 7,5); Vism 362,12.

" 346862262130053120,kapoṇi,en,"

kapoṇi

, f. [cf. sa. kaphoṇi; cf. EWA-1 s.v.; GEIGER §
40.2b; cf. CDIAL 2757; cf. kaphoṇi, q.v.], elbow; —
lex. lit.: kapparo tu ~y atha, Abh 265 (bhujamajjha-
gaṇṭhimhi... kapu hiṁsāyaṁ, Abh-ṭ ad loc).

" 346862262071332864,kapota,en,"

kapota

, m. [ts.; cf. EWA-2 s.v.} CDIAL 2753; Amg.
kavoya; pa. kapoṭa, q.v.], pigeon, dove; Abh 636, 984;
— ~o, Ja I 243,1; III 225,12* (ct. ~o [Ce °ṭo] pārāpato);
227,12 (Ce °ṭo); — ifc. kāka-° (~âdibheda, Sp 747,7).

" 346862262251687936,kapoṭa,en,"

kapoṭa

, m. [Amg. kavoḍa; cf. kapota, q.v.], a pigeon;
— gramm. lit.: Mogg VII 75; — posathiko ~o, Ja IV
329,15*; 332,22; ~aṁ, 329,7; ~ena, 330,1; (voc.) ~a,
329,12*; — ifc. ghara-° (Mil 364,6; 403,3); — °âdi,
mfn.; Ja IV 329,6.

" 346862505982693376,kāpota,en,"

kāpota

, m., a flock of pigeons; — gram, lit.: sikkhā-
naṁ samūho sikkho, ~o ice' ādi, Sadd 789,20; Kcv
354; Mogg IV 67, cf. Kāś ad Pāṇ IV 2,44.

" 346862227338301440,kapotabhaṇḍikayojanamatta,en,"

kapota-bhaṇḍika-yojana-matta

, mfn., only fitting
a pole for pigeons (to a house) ?; dvārabāhānaṁ upari
katena ~ena, Sp 1245,24 explaining: gaṇḍikâdhāna-
mattena, Vin II 172,12; acc. to Vjb 529,5 foll., either a
ring on top of, or a pole below a thatched roof; reading
and meaning uncertain: Vin (Ee) gaṇḍikā°, Sp (Ee),
Vjb bhaṇḍikā°.

" 346862235714326528,kapotajātaka,en,"

Kapota-jātaka

, n.; title of 1. Jātaka no. 42 (= Ja I
241-244); 2. Jātaka no. 375 (= Ja III 224-227).

" 346862262012612608,kapotaka,en,"

kapotaka

, m. [ts.], a small pigeon; ~assa vacanaṁ,
Ja I 244,9* (= pārāpatassa, 244,11').

" 346862505680703488,kāpotaka,en,"

kāpotaka

, mfn., having the colour of a pigeon (said of
bones after cremation); ~āni aṭṭhīni, Dhp 149 (~ānī ti
kapotakavaṇṇāni, Dhp-a III 112,16, Ee w.r. kāpota-
ka°); D I 55,27 = M I 515,15 = S III 207,6 (kapotaka-
vaṇṇāni pārāvatapakkhavaṇṇānī ti attho, Sv 166,8
foll. = Ps 227,14 = Spk II 339,6 foll.) qu.] Ja V 239,30', cf.
kapotavarṇāny asthīni, Divy 561,8*.

" 346862261794508800,kapotakandarā,en,"

Kapota-kandarā

, f.; Npr.; ""Pigeon gorge""; name of a
locality and a vihāra; v. PPN s.v.; Sāriputta ... Mahā-
moggallāno ~āyaṁ viharanti, Ud 39,20 (evaṁnāmā-
ke vihāre, Ud-a 244,12); ~āyaṁ viharantassa, Paṭis-a
669,25 = Vism 380,19; sa upaccakā ~ā ti vuccati, Ud-a
244,15; ~ā, 244,14; — Rem.: ~āyaṁ v.l. of Tapoda-
kandarāyaṁ at Vin II 76,19 (313,12); cf. Vin III 159,36
(275,22); — °-vihāra, m., the Kapotakandara mona-
stery; ~aṁ, Ud-a 244,26.

" 346862261739982848,kapotakavaṇṇa,en,"

kapotaka-vaṇṇa

, mfn., having the colour of a pigeon;
kāpotakānī (= M I 515,15) ti ~āni, Ps III 227,14; ~āni
(scil. atthīni), S III 207,6 (= pārāpatapakkhavaṇṇāni,
Spk II 339,7).

" 346862103136571392,kapotakavaṇṇa,en,"

kapotaka-vaṇṇa,

atthīni read aṭṭhīni.

" 346862236049870848,kapotapādasamavaṇṇarattobhāsa,en,"

kapota-pāda-sama-vaṇṇa-rattôbhāsa

, mfn., of spark-
ling red colour like pigeon s feet (said of an alcoholic drink);
kāpotikā (Vin IV 109,24) ti ~ā, Sp 859,22.

" 346862235978567680,kapotapādavaṇṇa,en,"

kapota-pāda-vaṇṇa

, mfn., having the colour of pi-
geon's feet, i.e., red; ~aṁ paṇṇacchadanaṁ, Ja I 9,33 =
Ap-a 11,22; ~aṁ ... suraṁ, Mhv-ṭ 157,23 (cf. next).

" 346862236267974656,kapotapālikā,en,"

kapota-pālikā

, f. [ts.], dovecote; only lex. lit.: Abh 221.

" 346862236544798720,kapotasakuṇa,en,"

kapota-sakuṇa

, m., the bird ""pigeon; "" veṇugahane
... ~evasati, Ja IV 326,1.

" 346862236481884160,kapotavaṇṇa,en,"

kapota-vaṇṇa

, mfn., having the colour of pigeons;
pārevatāsū (A I 162,12*) ti ~āsu, Mp II 258,19; —
°-gāvi-sadisa, mfn., like a cow coloured like a pigeon
(used of one of the 4 kinds of ""lions""); tiṇasīho ~o tiṇa-
bhakkho, Spk II 283,13 = Mp III 65,17.

" 346862236410580992,kapotayoni,en,"

kapota-yoni

, f, rebirth as a pigeon; ~iyaṁ nibbatti-
tvā, Th-a I 61,10; Ap-a 542,16.

" 346862236695793664,kapotī,en,"

kapotī

, f., = prec.; vilūnakesā luñcitapattā ~ī viya
virūpā, Pv-a 47,3 (""with her hair gone she was ugly like
a plucked pigeon""); — Rem.: Ee luñcitapamaṭṭā, w.r.:
Pv-a-Trsl.: 56 n. 4 suggests °-matthakā, but Ms. Lai
Hin no. 66 (AD 1514) °-mattā, i.e., °-pattā, cf. pattāni
luñcitvā, Ja I 244,1.

" 346862262188773376,kapoṭī,en,"

kapoṭī

, f. [cf. sa. kapotī], a female pigeon; aggahī sā-
kuṇiko ~iṁ, Ja IV 329,21*; ahaṁ pure giddhigato ~i-
yā, 329,19*.

" 346862216084983808,kapotikā,en,"

kapotikā

, f. [ts.], a small female pigeon; ~āya tīṇi aṅ-
gāni, Mil 365,10.

" 346862505349353472,kāpotikā,en,"

kāpotikā

, f., a kind of liquor; ~ā nāma pasannā
bhikkhūnaṁ dullabhā ca manāpā ca, Vin IV 109,22
(kapotapādasamavaṇṇarattôbhāsā, Sp 859,22) qu.
Sadd 105,8 ≠ Ja I 360,25; ghare ghare ~aṁ pasannaṁ
paṭiyādetvā, Vin IV 109,24 qu. Mp-ṭ (1998) II 271,11 ≠
Mp I 327,2.

" 346862236624490496,kapotinī,en,"

kapotinī

, f. [< kapota + inī; cf. Sadd 677,7], a female
pigeon; yā ta santi... ~iyo, Mil 67,14.

" 346862237354299392,kappa,en,"

⁶

kappa

, mfn., = kappiya, q.v.; rajitvā ~aṁ katvā e-
kavāram pi nivatthaṁ vā pārutaṁ vā, Sp 660,20 (ra-
jitvā ~aṁ katvā ti kappiyaṁ katam eva nivāsetuṁ
... vaṭṭati, Vjb 238,8; cf. Vjb 357,24).

" 346862235504611328,kappa,en,"

kapp(a)

, [sa. √kḷp; sa-Dhātup I 799], the verbal root
kapp; ~a vidhimhi, Sadd 551,6; ~a vitakke vidhim-
hi chedane ca, 551,9; ~a sāmatthiye, Dhātup 195 ≠
Dhātum 273; ~a santagate chede, takke hiṁsâdisûc-
cate, Dhātum 275; Dhātup 601 = Dhātum 839.
¹kappa

" 346862103161737216,kappa,en,"

²kappa,

eko rukkho … tidhākappo ahosi, tassa tiṇṇaṁ kappānaṁ antare, Ja V 12,3foll. “there was a certain tree … divided into three parts. In the midst of its three forks” (Ja-trsl. [E. B. Cowell] V: 6).

" 346862103178514432,kappa,en,"

⁵kappa,

ifc. adiṇṇa-° (Khuddas III 23); — appita-° (Vin-vn-pṭ Be I 534,6); — kaṇṇika-°; — pāḷi-° (Sp 863,25).

" 346862103195291648,kappa,en,"

⁶kappa,

atirekapatto … dasâhaparamaṁ … ~o, Khuddas V 4; bhojanaṁ ~am-akappaṁ, VII 6.

" 346862103216263168,kappa,en,"

¹¹kappa,

cf. I. B. Horner, Buddhist Studies in Honour of Walpola Rahula 1980: 74foll.

" 346862235647217664,kappa,en,"

⁴

Kappa

, m.; Npr.; a thera; short for Nigrodhakap-
pa; parisāsu no āvikarohi ~aṁ, Sn 349 (Nigrodha-
kappaṁ ācikkha, Pj II 349,10) ≠ Th 1269 (Th-a III
200,27); Pj II 346,18; 350,22 = Th-a III 201,32; Pj II
351,26 (for Kappiyo, Sn 358 Ee; cf. Pj II Index s.v.: Kā-
pya?); — °-tthera, m., - prec.; ~ena, Spk I 268,9.

" 346862234867077120,kappa,en,"

kappa

, m., vedic ritual; — for lex. lit., cf. ¹¹kappa;
— na hi ~aṁ vā vijjaṁ vā paccakkhāya, rathesabha,
samaṇaṁ āhu vattantaṁ, Ja VI 60,3* (kappetvā pa-
vattitānaṁ abhiññāsamāpattinaṁ lābhino kamma-
vādiṁ tāpasaṁ ... na hi kappasamaṇaṁ vā vijjasa-
maṇaṁ vā paccakkhāya, 60,6' foll.; ct. unclear); ~o,
Abh 110 (list of the six Vedāṅgas); cf. ifc. °-vyāka-
raṇaniruttisikkhāchandovicitijotisatthasaṅkhātehi
chahi aṅgehi chaḷaṅgaṁ, Vv-a 265,13 (ad Vv 990); —
ifc. kiriyā-° (Sv-pṭ I 379,21).

" 346862234787385344,kappa,en,"

kappa

, mfn., divided, cut; cf. Sadd 551,9: kappa ...
chedane; v. prec.; — °-kata, mfn., (t.t.) bifurcated; used
of a bifurcated prop supporting the pole of a cart; sace
dhure upatthambhanī heṭṭhā bhāge ~ā hoti, Sp
335,8 (~ā ti yathā dvīhi bhāgehi heṭṭhā patiṭṭhāti e-
vaṁ katā, Sp-ṭ II 142,10; ~ā ti dvinnaṁ siṅkhānaṁ
sandhiṭṭhāne gosiṅgāni viya dve koṭiyo ṭhapetvā u-
patthambhanī ~ā nāma. sa dvīhi pi koṭīhi bhūmi-
yaṁ patiṭṭhāti, tenâha cha ṭhānānī ti, Vmv I 181,6
foll.); — °-bhāva, m. [abstr.], the being bifurcated; dvi-
jivhā ti agge ~ena dvidhābhūtajivhā, Sv-pṭ III 158,8
(ad Sv 938,29); — °-sīsa, mfn., having a ""bifurcated""
head; ct.s compare ~ to the shape of an elephant's head;
used of one of three types of deformity of head described
at Sv 452,8 foll.: aññe pana janā aparipuṇṇasīsā hon-
ti, keci ~ā (Be and Sv-pṭ: kapisīsa, q.v.), Sv 452,8 (=
dvidhābhūtasīsā, Sv-pṭ II 54,12) = Ps III 386,1; ~o, Sp
1028,10 (ad parisadūsakaṁ, Vin I 91,13; = duvidha-
bhūtasīso, Sp-ṭ III 264,20; ~o gaja-matthakaṁ viya
dvidhābhinnasīsena, Vmv II 127,17); ~o vā hatthī
viya, Vjb 439,8.

" 346862237920530432,kappa,en,"

Kappa

, m.; Npr.; a young brahmin who was the dis-
ciple of Kesava; v. PPN s.v. 4. Kappa; Kesī ~assa ra-
mati assame, Ja III 144,9* = 362,25* = Dhp-a I 344,11*;
subhāsitāni ~assa, Ja III 144,16* = 362,28* = Dhp-a I
344,13*; ~o ca te baddhacaro ahosiṁ, S I 144,1* = Ja
III 361,10* (362,21'); Bodhisatto ~o nāma māṇavo Ke-
savassa baddhacaro antevāsiko hutvā, Ps II 412,3 =
Spk I 212,3; — °-kumāra, m., = prec.; Ja III 142,30; —
°-(a)ntevāsika, m., the disciple Kappa; ~ena saddhiṁ
ācariyo ohiyi, Dhp-a I 343,12; — °-(a)ntevāsi(n), m.;
= prec.; ~ī, Dhp-a I 345,1.

" 346862237870198784,kappa,en,"

Kappa

, m.; Npr.; a monk who puts questions to the
Buddha in S III 169,8-170,22; v. PPN s.v. 3. Kappa.[[side 173]]

" 346862237807284224,kappa,en,"

Kappa

, m.; Npr.; a brahmin; one of Bavarī's 16 di-
sciples; v. PPN s.v. 1. Kappa; Sn 1007 = 1125; āyasmā
~o, 1092, qu. Mp II 377,13 = Bv-a 65,12 = Cp-a 10,14 to il-
lustrate the use of kappa as a name (paññatti); — °-mā-
ṇava-pucchā, f, title of'Sn 1092-1095; v. Kappa-sutta.

" 346862235924041728,kappa,en,"

⁵

Kappa

, m.; Npr.; a thera; short for Kapparukkhiya,
q.v.; Th 61,29* (uddāna; author of Th 567-576); —
°-tthera, m., = prec.; ~assa, Th-a II 242,10.

" 346862237668872192,kappa,en,"

¹¹

kappa

, m. [sa. and BHS kalpa; occasionally neuter
in pl], time-period, world-cycle, eon; the exact duration
implied is subject to discussion, ~ being variously under-
stood as antarakappa, āyu-° or mahā-°; cf. kappâva-
sesa; Abhidh-k-vy-Trsl. Vol. II: 174 foll.; 181 foll.; G.
CŒDÈS - C. Archaimbault, Les trois mondes, Paris,
EFEO, 1973: 176; 216-228); — lex. lit.: ~o kale yuge
lese paññatti paramâyusu, sadise tīsu samaṇavohā-
rakappabindusu, samantatte 'ntarakappâdike takke
vidhimhi ca, Abh 798-799; Sadd 551,11 foll.; — exeg.
lit.: kappasaddo pi tiṭṭhatu ... bhagavā ~aṁ, Sv
103,15 qu. Bv-a 65,17; kappīyatī ti ~o, ettakāni vassā-
nī ti vā ettakāni vassasatānī ti vā ettakāni vassasa-
hassānī ti vā ettakāni c' assa satasahassānī ti vā
saṁvaccharavasena gaṇetuṁ asakkuṇeyattā, Cp-a
11,8; ~an ti āyukappaṁ, tasmiṁ tasmiṁ kale yaṁ
manussānaṁ āyuppamānaṁ hoti taṁ paripuṇṇaṁ
karonto tiṭṭheyya, Sv 554,29 = Spk III 251,19; — dura-
tion and varieties of kappas: kiṁ va dīgho nu kho ...
~o, dīgho kho ... ~o, so na sukaro saṅkhātum etta-
kāni vassānī ti vā ettakāni vassasatāni ..., S II 181,19
foll.; evaṁ dīghānaṁ kho ... ~ānaṁ n' eko ~o saṁ-
sito n' ekaṁ kappasataṁ saṁsitaṁ n' ekaṁ kappa-
sahassaṁ saṁsitaṁ n' ekaṁ kappasatasahassaṁ
saṁsitaṁ, 182,1 foll.; cattār' imāni bhikkhave ~assa
asaṅkheyyāni, A II 142,15 (qu. Vism 414,10 = Cp-a
11,6 = It-a II 135,20 = Sv-pṭ I 182,17 = Loka-p 191,14);
kīdiso nu kho bhante ~o ettha mahākappe, Bv-a
65,18; ekasmiṁ ~e catusaṭṭhi antarakappa nāma
honti, Sv 162,10 = Ps III 230,12; Saddh 257; — ~o nā-
ma mahākappo, kappekadeso, āyukappo ti tividho
... ettha hi mahākappo va ~o ti vutto, Kv-a 131,14
foll. (cf. Sv 164,12-15 [mahākappa]); eko pi antarakap-
po ~o, vīsati pi antarakappa ~o, cattārīsa pi antara-
kappa ~o, saṭṭhi pi antarakappa ~o asīti pi antara-
kappa mahākappo, Loka-p 90,15 foll.; ~o duvidho
hoti, suññakappo asuññakappo ti, Ss 310,35; sāro
maṇḍo varo ~o sāramaṇḍo ca bhaddako, ete paṅca-
vidhā ~ā sambuddhena sudesitā, Dasab 39,1*,2* (de-
scribed at length Bv-a 191,10 foll); imamhi Bhaddake
~e, Bv XXIII 10 (= Bhaddakappamhi, Bv-a) = XXIV
12 = XXV 16 = Ap 508,2 = Th-a II 230,20*; Ap 34,13;
— phases of a ~: katamāni cattāri? yadā ~o saṁvaṭ-
ṭati ..., yadā ~o saṁvaṭṭo tiṭṭhati ..., yadā ~o vivaṭ-
ṭati ..., yadā ~o vivaṭṭo tiṭṭhati, A II 142,17 foll. ≠
Loka-p 191,14 foll.; phases of the (mahā) kappa de-
scribed at length: Vism 414,13-421,27: parihāyamāno
~o saṁvaṭṭakappo, vaḍḍhamāno vivaṭṭa-kappo,
414,6 = Sp 159,14 = It-a II 135,16; saṁvaṭṭamāne ... ~e
Ābhassarûpago homi, vivaṭṭamāne ~e suññaṁ
Brahmavimānaṁ upapajjāmi, It 15,7 foll. (~e ti loke,
It-a I 76,7); khīyetha ~o ciradīgha-m-antare, Cp-a
332,28*; loke ... khīyamāne ~o pi khīyat' eva, It-a I
76,8; ~assa ca uḍḍayhana-velā ... ~o uḍḍayheyya,
Pp 13,30 (~o jhāyeyya, Pp-a 187,17); yadā ~o tejena
saṁvaṭṭati Ābhassarato heṭṭhā agginā ḍayhati,
Vism 414,15 = Sp 159,22 = Mp III 134,20 = It-a II
135,25 = Cp-a 11,30; yasmiṁ hi samaye ~o agginā
nassati, Vism 414,34; ~o udakena nassati, 420,5; ~o
vātena vinassati, 420,29 ≠ Ss 312,35; ~e ḍayhante, Kv
476,30; ~o ca saṇṭhāti, 476,4; ~assa tatiya-bhāgaṁ tiṭ-
ṭhati, Kv 208,6; — cf. °-kkhaya, °-jāla, °-parivaṭṭa,
°-vināsa, °-vināsaka, °-vināsana, °-vuṭṭhāna, °-saṇ-
ṭhāna, °-âvasāna, °-'uṭṭhāna; — as the measure of the
life-span of various classes of deities: Brahmapārisajjā-
naṁ devānaṁ ~assa tatiyo bhāgo āyuppamāṇaṁ,
Abhidh-s 22,31 ≠ Vibh 424,6; eko ~o (Mahābrahma),
424,18 = Abhidh-s 22,33; ~o (Brahmakāyika), A II
126,23; dve ~ā (Parittābha), Vibh 424,23 ≠ Abhidh-s
22,33 (~āni); dve ~ā (Ābhassara), A II 127,8, but aṭṭha
~ā, Vibh 424,34 ≠ Abhidh-s 22,34 (~āni); Ābhassare
aṭṭha ~e āyuṁ gahetvā, Ps II 409,15; cattāro ~ā (Su-
bhakiṇha), A II 127,26, but catusaṭṭhi ~ā, Vibh 425,7 ≠
Abhidh-s 23,2 (~āni); cattāro ~ā, Vibh 424,29 (Appa-
māṇābha) ≠ Abhidh-s 22,34 (cattāri ~āni); soḷasa ~ā
(Parittasubha), Vibh 424,39 ≠ Abhidh-s 23,1 (~āni);
dvattiṁsa ~ā (Appamāṇasubha), Vibh 425,2 ≠
Abhidh-s 23,2 (~āni); cf. Abhidh-k-vy-Trsl. Vol. II:
173-174; Āps, SWTF Beiheft 2 1989: 72-86; Kirf.-
Kosm.: 194; G. CŒDÈS - C. ARCHAIMBAULT, Les trois
mondes, 1973: 171 foll.; — Rem.: for mss kappa
Loka-p 90,19 foll. reads antarakappa instead of ~; for
the bigger ones, mahā-° (in some cases inserted by the
ed. although mss read ~); — ito kho so ... ekanavuto
~o yam ahaṁ anussarāmi, M I 483,18; anussaritā va
... tehi ~ā assu, S II 183,13; titthiyā hi cattāḷīsaṁ ye-
va ~e anussaranti, Vism 411,10 ≠ Sp 161,16; tāpaso a-
tīte cattālīsa ~e anāgate cattālīsā ti asīti ~e anussara-
ti, Ja I 54,31 foll. ≠ Dhp-a I 41,15 ≠ Ps III 87,21; aṭṭha ~e
anussari, Ss 44,3; — kiṁ vā bahukā ... ~ā abbhatītā
atikkantā, S II 183,3; atītā navutī ~ā, Ap 298,16; Vism
422,2; etesaṁ antarā ~ā gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyā, Bv
XXVII 3 (qu. Cp-a 15,22*); — tiṭṭhatu Bhagavā ~aṁ,
tiṭṭhatu Sugato ~aṁ, Vin II 289,19 = D II 104,2 = Ud
62,25 (qu. in exeg. lit., q.v.); cirañ jīva mahāvīra, ~an
tiṭṭha mahāmune, Ap 535,7 qu. Spk II 50,13*; āyasmā
hi Mahā-Moggallāno ... ākaṅkhamāno ~aṁ tiṭṭhey-
ya, S II 276,24 (= āyukappaṁ, Spk II 235,11); yassa
kassaci ... cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā ...
susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno ~aṁ vā tiṭṭheyya
kappâvasesaṁ vā, Ud 62,19 (~an ti āyukappaṁ,
Ud-a 323,27); yo samaggaṁ saṅghaṁ bhindati kap-
paṭṭhikaṁ kibbisaṁ pasavati ~aṁ nirayamhi pacca-
ti... puññaṁ pasavati ~aṁ saggamhi modati, Vin II
198,12,14 (= āyukappaṁ, Sp 1276,5-6) = 204,37; ~aṁ
nirayamhi paccati, 205,3* = It 11,15*; Vin II 205,9* = It
12,13* (= āyukappaṁ, It-a I 71,16 = Kv-a 131,18; = an-
tarakappa according to Cp-a 10,27); ~aṁ saggamhi[[side 172]]
mod' ahaṁ, Ap 78,9 = 161,24 = 210,10; ekapuggalas-
sa ... ~aṁ sandhāvato saṁsarato, S II 185,10 = It 17,7
(~an ti mahākappaṁ, yadi pi accantasaṁyoge idaṁ
upayogavacanaṁ, It-a I 83,33); ekass' ekena ~ena
puggalass' aṭṭhisañcayo, S II 185,18* = It 17,12* (= e-
kaṁ mahākappaṁ, It-a I 84,13) qu. Abhidh-av 87,28*;
(ekaṁ cittaṁ) ~aṁ tiṭṭhati, Kv 205,4; Ap 29,5 (Ap-a
235,25); ~aṁ vā upaḍḍhakappaṁ vā, Sv 111,3 (ad D I
17,30: dīghaṁ addhānaṁ tiṭṭhati); ~aṁ pi ce aññam
abhāsamāno, Cp-a 332,27*; sace tvaṁ ... ~aṁ dese-
tuṁ sakkuṇeyyāsi, Ps II 137,27; — sg. or pl., with vari-
ous numerals: ~aṁ navuti saṁsariṁ, Ap 298,8; ~e
(ca) satasahasse caturo ca asaṅkhiye, Bv II 1 (so read
with CPD s.v. asaṅkhiya; Bv-a 65,22) ≠ Cp I 1 (to be e-
mended accordingly; ~e ti ca accantasaṁyogavasena
upayogabahuvacanaṁ, satasahasse ti kappasadda-
sambandhena vâyaṁ pulliṅganiddeso, idhā pi ac-
cantasaṁyogavasen' eva bahuvacanaṁ, samānâ-
dhikaraṇaṁ h' etaṁ padadvayaṁ, Cp-a 12,13); sa-
tasahassaṁ ~ānaṁ caturo ca asaṅkheyye ~e, Mil
289,21; satta ~e Brahmaloke (bhāvayiṁ), Ja II 195,25*
(saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe, 195,27'); dve ~e tiṭṭheyya,
tayo ~e tiṭṭheyya, Kv 476,25; cullāsīti sahassāni ~ā
tiṭṭhanti ye marū, Nidd I 42,18* = 117,17* ≠ Vism
624,35* (~aṁ); catuddasāni ~āni, Ap 327,19; cittaṁ
pasādetvā ... ~āni (v. l. ~ānaṁ) satasahassāni dug-
gatiṁ so na gacchati, Ps II 17,2*; Ap 161,8; Ābhassa-
re aṭṭha ~e āyuṁ gahetvā, Ps II 409,15; yo cattāri a-
saṅkheyyāni satasahassañ ca ~e niraye paccitvā,
Cp-a 283,34; caturāsītisahassāni ~āni (jīvanti brah-
malokesu) tesu uttamā, Saddh 256; ~ānaṁ satasa-
hassaṁ devaloke ramissati, Ap 83,19; satañ c' eva
sahassānaṁ ~ānaṁ saṁsarissati, Peṭ 63,8*; — anu-
pubbena no suddhi ~ānaṁ cullasītiyā, Ja VI 226,21*
(ettake ~e saṁsarantā, 226,30'); Ap 159,15, foll.; etaṁ
ekam ekaṁ dassetvā vuccamānaṁ anekehi pi ~ehi
na sakkā asesato vattuṁ, Vism 506,6; Sugatovādo ca
nāma asaṅkheyyehi pi ~ehi dullabho, Ps III 134,26;
yāvatā pana Buddhaguṇā ye anekehi pi ~ehi ... pa-
riyosāpetuṁ na sakkā, Cp-a 332,24; tamhā ~ā paṭ-
ṭhāya, Ja I 44,1; — ekasmiṁ yeva ~e cattāro Buddha
nibbattiṁsu, Ja I 30,17; = Thūp 155,19; imasmiṁ ~e
cattāri kappaṭṭhiyapāṭihāriyāni nāma, Ja I 172, 8 (qu.
Ps III 179,22); imamhi ~e, Cp I 2 (= imasmiṁ Bhad-
dakappe, Cp-a 20,25); Cp-a 115,29; 236,13; Dīp III 53;
yasmiṁ pana ~e, Ja I 43,28; ~e 'sītimhi khattiyo, Ap
159,27; tettiṁse vattamānamhi ~e, 131,18; chabbīsa-
timhi -amhi, 117,25; — ito so ... ekanavute ~e yaṁ
Vipassī ... udapādi, D II 50,18 (Ee so; Be ekanavuti-
kappe, also in other similar passages vs. Ee ito so ... e-
kanavuto ~o, D II 11,11); ekatiṁse ito ~e yaṁ sañ-
ñaṁ alabhin tadā, Th 218; ito ekatiṁse ~e, Ja I 41,27;
satasahass' (so read) ito ~e ayaṁ buddho bhavissati,
Bv XI 12; ekanavut' ito (so read) ~e, XX 13; sattasat-
tat' ito (so read) ~e, Ap 222,21; ito aṭṭhamake ~e,
50,23; ito catunavute ~e, Sv 411,11; aparimeyye ito
~e, Bv II 60 (""innumerable eons from here"") = III 11 =
Thūp 151,16*; asaṅkheyyesu ~esu sakkāyâdhigatā a-
huṁ, Th 202; avasesesu ~esu kusalaṁ tīritaṁ mayā,
Ap 210,11 ≠ 161,25; avasesesu ~esu vokinnaṁ saṁ-
sariṁ, 89,21 ≠ 117,4; — ifc. aṭṭha-°; atīta-°; antara-°; a-
saṅkheyya-° (Mil 362,11; Cp-a 10,7); asuñña-° (Bv-a
191,12); ānantarika-° (Ud-a 243,20, 246,22, [w.r. for
""kamma, q.v.]); āyu-°; upaḍḍha-° (Abhidh-s 22,32; Sv
111,3); eka-° (Sv 410,25); eka-tiṁsa-°; eka-navuti-°;
catu-navuti-° (Ja I 40,1); catu-bhāga-° (Mhv-ṭ 208,19);
catu-saṭṭhi-° (Ps II 409,14 = Spk I 208,29); ṭhita-° (Pp-a
187,13); dvā-navuti-° (Ja I 40,14; Pv-a 21,7); dve-navu-
ti-° (Ja I 40,21); navuti-° (Ap 159,7); pañca-vīsati-°
(Ap 58,16); paṭhama-° (Ja I 207,1); purima-° (As
391,13, Bv-a 191,23); bhadda-° (Sv 410,21; Spk III
251,27; Bv-a 191,15; Pv-a 21,7; Dasab 10,26; 39,5*);
maṇḍa-° (Ja I 38,24*; 39,19*; 41,7*; 42,16*; Bv XXII 1;
Bv-a 191,11; Dasab 39,3*); mahā-° (Vism 420,3; Ud-a
303,24; Bv-a 65,18; Cp-a 15,15; Sv 164,12 = Ps III 232,11
= Spk II 344,21 = Pv-a 254,12; for gen. pl. mahākappu-
no, °kappino, cf. Mittelindisch § 351); vara-° (Bv-a
191,22; Dasab 39,4*); vivaṭṭa-° (Vin III 4,26 = It 99,5;
Cp-a 11,5; Vism 414,7); sakala-° (Ja III 55,24); saṁ-
vaṭṭa-° (Vin III 4,25 foll. = It 99, 5; Cp-a 11,5; Vism
414,6; 422,10; cf. Asok āvasaṁvaṭakapā); saṁvaṭṭa-vi-
vaṭṭa-° (Vin III 4,25 = It 99,6; Ja II 195,27'); sata-sahas-
sa-° (Sp 272,25; Mp I 138,25; Ps II 358,9; V 46,7; 80,8);
sāra-° (Bv-a 191,14); sāra-maṇḍa-° (Bv-a 191,15); suñ-
ña-° (Bv-a 191,12); sundara-° (Sv 410,22).

" 346862237610151936,kappa,en,"

¹⁰

kappa

, m., section or chapter; ~o ti paricchedava-
sena kappīyati ti ~o, Sadd 551,12; taddhitasavhayaṁ
~aṁ, Sadd 782,16*; 811,17*; — ifc. ākhyāta-°; uṇādi-°
(Kacc-v 675); kāraka-° (Kacc-v 317); kita-° (Kacc-v
573); kibbidhāna-° (Kacc-v 675; Sadd 877,26); tad-
dhita-° (Kacc-v 407; Sadd 811,13); nāma-° (Kacc-v
317; Sadd 641,5*); sandhi-° (Kacc-v 11; Sadd 641,2);
samāsa-° (Kacc-v 345; Sadd 782,12).[[side 171]]

" 346862237534654464,kappa,en,"

⁹

kappa

, n. [BHS kalpa], mental creation, thought; i-
magining (cf. NORMAN, Sn-Trsl. II, figments); explain-
ed in ct.s as being twofold, viz. taṇhākappa and diṭṭhi-
kappa, qq.v; syns. parikappa, vikappa, saṁkappa,
qq.v.; cf. kappaṁjaha, kappâtīta; — for lex. lit., cf.
¹¹kappa; — ~āni viceyya kevalāni, Sn 517 (~ānī ti
taṇhādiṭṭhiyo, tā hi tathā tathā vikkapanato ~ānī ti
vuccanti, Pj II 426,23); ~aṁ n' eti, Sn 521 (Pj II 428,15)
= 535 (Pj II 433,8); ~aṁ n' eti akappiyo, Sn 860 (du-
vidham pi ~aṁ n' eti, Pj II 550,22); na brāhmaṇo
-am upeti saṅkhaṁ, Sn 911; ~ā ti dve ~ā, taṇhā-
kappo ca diṭṭhikappo ca, Nidd I 112,16-17 = 97,1-2 =
251,14 = 327,20; qu. Sv 103,19 foll. = Cp-a 11,3; ~o ti
taṇhādiṭṭhiyo, Ps IV 16,3 (ad M II 228,13: aparanta-
kappikā); — ifc aparanta-°; taṇhā-° (Sv 103,20; Cp-a
11,4; Nidd I 97,2); taṇhā-diṭṭhi-° (Spk II 70,25; Pj II
428,14; 433,8); diṭṭhi-° (Sv 103,20; Cp-a 11,4; Nidd I
97,2); pahīna-° (Pj II 550,23); pubbanta-° (Sv 103,2 =
Ps IV 23,7).

" 346862237463351296,kappa,en,"

⁸

kappa

, mfn., proper, fit; uppanno kho me ayaṁ
appamattako ābādho, atthi ~o nipajjituṁ, D III
256,15 = A IV 333,16 = Vibh 386,32; atthi ~o + infin. is
equivalent to kappati + infin.; in semantic discussions
of ~ quoted as illustrating the meaning lesa ""pretext,""
Pj I 116,5 = Cp-a 10,25 foll).

" 346862237404631040,kappa,en,"

⁷

kappa

, mfn., following the regulations or rules (of a
religious community); yā pana bhikkhunī jānaṁ co-
riṁ vajjhaṁ viditaṁ anapaloketvā rājānaṁ vā saṅ-
ghaṁ vā ... aññatra ~ā (abl. fem. < °āya; cf. CPD s.v.
ādā) vuṭṭhāpeyya, Vin IV 226,20** (= ṭhapetvā ~aṁ,
-an nāma dve ~āni, titthiyesu vā pabbajitā hoti aṅ-
ñāsu vā bhikkhunīsu pabbajitā, 227,1 foll.; -an ti tit-
thiyesu vā ... pabbajitapubbaṁ kappagatikaṁ, Sp
910,21 foll.; = kappiyaṁ, Vjb 357,20; anyatra samaye,
Bhikṣuṇī-Vin § 161: 140); bhikkhunīsu pan' aññāsu
titthiyesu pi vā tathā, yā pabbajitapubbā sa ayaṁ ~ā
ti vuccati vuṭṭhāpeti ca yā coriṁ ṭhapetvā ~aṁ,
Vin-vn 2027 foll.

" 346862237207498752,kappa,en,"

⁵

kappa

, m., = kappabindu, q.v.; anāpatti ... ~o
naṭṭho hoti, Vin IV 121,8 qu. Bv-a 65,20; niṭṭhite raja-
ne ca ~e ca imaṁ paccuddharāmi, Sp 643,27; tañ ca
pana ~aṁ ādiyantena cīvaraṁ rajitvā ... ādātab-
baṁ, 863,20; — on the circular shape of ~: ṭhapetvā e-
kaṁ vaṭṭabinduṁ aññena kenaci pi vikārena ~o na
kātabbo, 863,27.

" 346862237136195584,kappa,en,"

⁴

kappa

, m., usage, practice; — ifc. anumati-°; ama-
thita-°; āciṇṇa-°; āvāsa-°; gāmantara-° (Vin II 300,33
foll); dvaṅgula-° (Vin II 300,31 foll.; Ps II 126,9 = Mp
II 377,17 = Pj I 116,4); vinaya-° (Sv 103,17; Bv-a 65,21);
samaṇa-° (Vin II 109,25 qu. Sp 767,5 = Pj I 115,24);
siṅgiloṇa-° (Vin II 300,27 foll.; Mhv-ṭ 156,28); siṅgi-
loṇa-dvaṅgula-° (Dīp V 18).

" 346862236339277824,kappa,en,"

¹²

kappa

, m.; 1.form; 2. only ifc. [sa. kalpa], having the
form of: resembling, like (ct.s = sadisa); nearly equal to;
cf. Pāṇ V 3 67; v. AiGr. 11,2 § 373; L. RENOU, Gramm.
Skt. § 93: 117; K.R. NORMAN, JPTS XVI 1992: 81 foll.;
— 1. visiṭṭhaṁ ~aṁ, Sp 728,3 (ad Vin III 259,7: vi-
kappaṁ); — 2. lex. lit.: ~o tu kiñcidūnake (so read),
Abh 742 (""nearly equal to""); — ifc. ahata-°; kevala-°
(Vin I 27,28; Sn p. 18,11; Pj I 115,6; Vv-a 124,11; 255,6);
khagga-visāṇa-° (Sn 35; Pj II 65,10; Mil 105,3; Vism
234,8); deva-vimāna-° (Spk I 64,24); nicca-° (M I
249,31 qu. Bv-a 65,11 = Mp II 377,10); brahma-° (Th
1181; cf. Th-a III 171,13: mahābrahmasadiso, but sa-
brahmaloko, Th-a III 72,12 ad Th 909); madhu-°
(~-sampannaphala, Mil 161,14); lesa-° (Vin II 166,4,6;
Th 941; Sp 1222,28; Sv 103,17; Spk III 35,33; Th-a III
79,26; Vv-a 348,4); satthu-° (M I 150,27 qu. Bv-a 65,19 =
Cp-a 10,11 = Sv-pṭ I 183,5; Mhv XIV 65; Dīp IV 12; V
21; VII 51 ≠ V 2); hetu-° (Sn 16; Pj II 25,4).

" 346862597376577536,kappa,en,"

¹²kappa,

ifc. a-° (Mhv XIV 65).

" 346862226134536192,kappabhāva,en,"

kappa-bhāva

, v. ²kappa.

" 346862226017095680,kappabindu,en,"

kappa-bindu

, m., (t.t. Vin.), the spot to be made on a
monastic robe so that it becomes allowable for use (v. BD
II: 407 n. 1; DEGENER, Kaṭhināvadāna: 20: kṛtanīlabin-
dukaṁ cīvaraṁ); kaṭhin'atthārasāṭakaṁ labhitvā ...
rajitvā ~uṁ datvā kaṭhinaṁ attharitabbaṁ, Sp
1108,10; ticīvaraṁ adhiṭṭhahantena rajitvā ~uṁ datvā
pamāṇayuttam eva adhiṭṭhātabbaṁ, 643,3; dubbaṇ-
ṇakaraṇaṁ ādātabban ti etaṁ ~uṁ sandhāya vut-
taṁ, 863,18; ~um anādāya navacīvarabhogino, hasâ-
pekkhassa pācitti bhikkhuno cīvarâdikaṁ, Mūlas IV
18; — °-kata, mfn. [cf. ¹kappakata], (a robe) on which
the kappabindu has been made, put on; ~aṁ, Vin-vn
2235; ~aṁ rattaṁ cīvaraṁ tu adhiṭṭhitaṁ, Utt-vn 746;
— °-karaṇa, n., the act of making, putting on the kappa-
bindu; (cīvaraṁ) sūcikammaniṭṭhānena sakim pi
vaṇṇabhedamattarajanena ~ena ca katvā paridahi-
tabbaṁ, Kkh 77,25; — °-vikāra, m., a change of the kap-
pabindu; ~o, Vin-vn 3045.[[side 177]]

" 346862224880439296,kappadussa,en,"

kappa-dussa

, n. [sa., especially BHS kalpa-d[ū/u]ṣya,
v. BHSD s.v.], a cloth granted by the kalpa-vṛkṣa; Ut-
tarakurukā manussā ~āni dhārenti, Loka-p 70,2 foll.;
atha nesaṁ ~āni pātur ahesuṁ, 208,12 (v. Loka-p
vol. II: 234).

" 346862225039822848,kappagallaka,en,"

Kappagallaka

, m.; Npr.; a village; v. PPN s.v.; °-gā-
make, Mhv LVII.

" 346862239313039360,kappagatika,en,"

kappa-gatika

, mfn. [cf. ⁷kappa], one who abides by a
rule, i.e., a member of a religious order; titthiyesu vā
aññabhikkhunīsu vā pabbajitapubbaṁ ~aṁ (f. sg.)
ṭhapetvā, Sp 910,22 (ad Vin IV 227,1: ṭhapetvā kap-
paṁ = kappiyasabhāvaṁ, Vjb 457,21).

" 346862213010558976,kappahalāhala,en,"

kappa-halāhala

, n., the tumult announcing (the de-
struction of) a world-cycle; one of the three types of tu-
mults; cf. kappakolāhala, q.v.; lokasmiṁ hi tīṇi halā-
halāni uppajjanti, ~aṁ Buddhahalāhalaṁ Cakka-
vattihalāhalan ti, Ja I 47,22; ~ described at 48,5-8.

" 346862227963252736,kappajāla,en,"

kappa-jāla

, n., the blaze occurring at (the destruction of)
an eon; nisīdanaṁ ~aṁ va tejaṁ ... vikirati, Dīp I 61.

" 346862238121857024,kappaka,en,"

kappaka

, mfn. [scdry < ⁵kappa (q.v.) + ka], =
⁵kappa; only recorded ifc. ādinna-° (Vin-vn 578).

" 346862237987639296,kappaka,en,"

kappaka

, m. [sa. and BHS kalpaka; cf. BHSD s.v.],
a barber; hairdresser; on the social position of ~, cf. R.
FICK, Die sociale Gliederung im nordöstlichen Indien,
1897: 185; syn.s nahāpita, nahāpaka, qq.v.; cf., how-
ever, D I 51,11 and Ap 317,3 (qq.v. infra) which mention
nahāpaka as a separate occupation; — lex. lit.: ~o tu
nahāpito, Abh 508 (kappa chedane, Abh-ṭ ad loc.);
— exeg.: ~ā ti nahāpitā (Be nhāpikā), Sv 157,15 (ad D
I 51,11; kesullikkhanâdivasena [Be kesanakhalikha°]
manussānaṁ alaṅkāravidhiṁ kappenti saṁvida-
hantī ti ~ā, Sv-pṭ I 283,26 ≠ Sv-nṭ II 33,24); ~ā nahā-
pakā, Pv-a 127,11 ad Pv 294 (v. infra); — Upālissa
~assa nivattantassa etad ahosi, Vin II 182,34; Sakyā-
naṁ nandijanano ~o as' ahaṁ pure, Ap 45,9 (Ap-a
288,9); Bhaddiyo ca Anuruddho ca ... Upāli ~o sat-
tamo, Mil 108,1; cf. CPD s.v. Upāli; — mentioned in
list of various casteless occupations (cf. R. FICK, op. cit.:
184 foll): āḷārikā ~ā nahāpakā sūdā +, D I 51,11 =
59,30; āḷārikā ~ā ca n(a)hāpaka +, Ap 317,3 ≠ 354,21;
~ā nhāpakā sūdā +, Ap 358,9; ~ā sūdamāgadhā, Pv
294; — Dīghītissa Kosalarañño ~o Brahmadatte Kā-
siraññe paṭivasati, Vin I 344,3 foll.; rājā Makhādevo
... ~aṁ āmantesi, M II 75,3 foll. ≠ 81,3 foll.; kese me
olikhissan ti ~o upasaṅkami, Th 169; yadā me sam-
ma ~a sirasmiṁ phalitāni passeyyāsi atha me āro-
ceyyāsī ti, Ja I 137,28 foll. ≠ Cp-a 52,5 foll.; yan nu lo-
maṁ ahāresi dullabhaṁ laddhu ~aṁ, Ja III 315,8*
(dullabhaṁ ~aṁ labhitvā, 315,10'); ~o Sambhavanā-
madheyyo upāsako, Vv 1266; 1269; ~assa adapāyi,
Pv 389; ~o rañño santaken' eva suvaṇṇapaṇakena
rañño uttamaṅgaṁ pasādhayamāno, Mil 210,18; ul-
likhāpetī (cf. H. FALK, IIJ 35 1992: 8) ti ~ena kese
paccādhāpeti, Ps III 295,6 (ad M II 61,31); ~aṁ pak-
kosāpetvā kese chindāpetvā, Mp I 341,14 = Thī-a 4,3;
imasmiṁ ~e vibhūsane asantuṭṭho lobhaṁ uppāde-
siṁ, Pj II 111,27; kappitakesamassu ti, alaṅkarasatthe
vuttavidhinā ~ehi chinnakesamassū, Ud-a 333,28 (ad
Ud 66,8); Mhv XXIX 20; — ifc. Upāli-°; pasādhana-°
(Dhp-a I 342,21); maṅgala-° (Ja III 451,8); — °âdi, mfn.;
assa ~ayo massukammâdīni kariṁsu, Ja VI 588,11; —
reading of Be at Pv 398 and Pv-a 176,1 for n(a)hāminī.

" 346862100167004160,kappaka,en,"

¹kappaka,

on Mhv XXIX 20 cf. Buddhadatta, Corr 31 “~s are not hair-cutters but hair-dressers”.

" 346862238054748160,kappaka,en,"

kappaka

, mfn. [scdry < kappa + ka]; only recorded
ifc.; — ifc. jīvika-° (Ja II 167,21); cf. jīvikaṁ kappeti,
q.v., s.v. kappeti.

" 346862238721642496,kappakadhitar,en,"

kappaka-dhita(r)

, f, the daughter of a barber; Maṇ-
tānināmāya ~uyā putto, Ap-a 276,13.
kappaka-dhitar

" 346862238180577280,kappakagāma,en,"

Kappaka-gāma

, v. Kappukagāma.

" 346862238243491840,kappakageha,en,"

kappaka-geha

, m., a barber's house; so ... ~e paṭi-
sandhiṁ gaṇhi, Mp I 311,24 = Th-a II 101,12; ~e nib-
batto, Ap-a 275,4.

" 346862238302212096,kappakajāti,en,"

kappaka-jāti

, f, the class of barbers; ahaṁ nīcayoni-
yaṁ parāyattajātiyaṁ ~iyaṁ jāto, Ap-a 292,9.

" 346862238369320960,kappakajātika,en,"

kappaka-jātika

, mfn., belonging to the class of bar-
bers; nahāminī (Be kappakā) ti ~ā (v. l. kappaṇa°;
reading and Be confirmed by ms Lai Hin 1514) sabbat-
tha honti, Pv-a 176,1 (ad Pv 398).

" 346862238654533632,kappakakulajeṭṭhaka,en,"

kappaka-kula-jeṭṭhaka

, m., the senior of the family
of barbers; ~assa, Mhbv 166,24.

" 346862235013877760,kappakanāyakaṭṭhāna,en,"

kappaka-nāyaka-ṭṭhāna

, n., the position as leader of
the barbers; ~aṁ, Mhbv 166,24.

" 346862238792945664,kappakandara,en,"

Kappakandara

, m.; Npr.; v. PPN s.v.; °-gāmamhi,
Mhv XXIII 64; Sahass 112,21; °-najjā ... Javamālatit-
thaṁ, Mhv XXIV 22 (°-nāmikāya nadiyā, Mhv-ṭ
465,1); °-nadi, Sahass 69,9; Mhv-ṭ 593,15; Thūp 208,12.

" 346862238860054528,kappakapalibodha,en,"

kappaka-palibodha

, m., an impediment in the form
of a barber (karmadh.); soḷas' ime ... palibodhe disvā
kesamassuṁ ohāretvā pabbajito, katame soḷasa: a-
laṅkārapalibodho ... ~o +, Mil 11,11.[[side 174]]

" 346862208296161280,kappakappa,en,"

kappâkappa

, mfn., what is permitted and not permit-
ted; ~esu kusalo, Th 251 (kappiyâkappiyesu kusalo,
Th-a II 102,22); kaṅkhā me bahulā (so Be) āsi ~e tahiṁ
tahiṁ, Ap 492,3; kappate iti vatvāna ~esu kovido,
Mhv XV 16 (kappiyâkappiyesu cheko, Mhv-ṭ 342,20);
— °-visārada, mfn., skilled in distinguishing between
what is permitted and not permitted; bhikkhuniṁ lajji-
niṁ tādiṁ, ~aṁ, Ap 557,24.

" 346862208312938496,kappākappa,en,"

kappâkappa

" 346862102763278336,kappakaraṇa,en,"

kappa-karaṇa,

n., the act of applying the kappabindu; —ifc. rajana-° (Vibh-a 328,7).

" 346862238914580480,kappakaraṇakicca,en,"

kappa-karaṇa-kicca

, n. [cf. ¹kappakata, q.v.], (t.t.
Vin.) the act of putting on the kappabindu; etāni ag-
galâdīni kappakatacīvare pacchā āropetvā ~aṁ n'
atthi, Sp 863,28.

" 346862239002660864,kappakasadisa,en,"

kappaka-sadisa

, mfn., like a hairdresser; tass' eva ~o
hutvā kappakassa hatthato veṭhanadussaṁ gahetvā
bodhisattassa sīsaṁ veṭhesi, Ja I 60,7.

" 346862238532898816,kappakata,en,"

kappa-kata

, mfn. [BHS kṛta-kalpa; Vin Vibh(R):
189 Pā 59. 13,14], (t.t. Vin.) having the kappa(bindu)
made, put on; v. infra sub exeg. and °-cīvara; CPD s.v.
akappakata misleading (= anādinnakappabindu, Sp
1111,20: ""not having received the kappabindu""); — sa-
maṇacīvaraṁ nāma ~aṁ vuccati, Vin IV 286,1 (ad
samaṇacīvaraṁ, 285,27**; BD-Trsl. III 299 incorrect;
cf. kappabindukata); ~ena atthataṁ hoti kaṭhinaṁ,
Vin I 255,12; ~ena akappakataṁ saṁsibbitaṁ, IV
121,9 (qu. Sv 103,16 = Cp-a 10,24 = Sadd 552,12); na ca
~aṁ vatthaṁ na ca rattaṁ akappiyaṁ nivatthassa
pan' āpatti, Utt-vn 767; — °ôkāsa, m., the area (of the
robe) on which the kappa has been made, put on; anā-
patti ~o jiṇṇo hoti, Vin IV 121,8; — °-cīvara, n.; a
robe on which the kappabindu has been made; etāni ag-
galâdīni ~e pacchā āropetvā, Sp 863,28 (kappo kato
yasmiṁ taṁ kappakataṁ, kappakatañ ca taṁ cīva-
rañ ca ~aṁ, Sp-yoj¹II 107 § 124).

" 346862238600007680,kappakata,en,"

kappa-kata

, v. ²kappa.

" 346862238956523520,kappakavesa,en,"

kappaka-vesa

, m., the appearance, guise of a barber;
Maṅgalapokkharaṇītīre nisinno ~aṁ gahetvā, As
33,29 = Dhp-a I 85,4.

" 346862239262707712,kappakkhaya,en,"

kappa-kkhaya

, m. [sa. kalpa-kṣaya], the destruction
of an eon; ~o tu saṁvaṭṭo, Abh 82.

" 346862239212376064,kappakolāhala,en,"

kappa-kolāhala

, n., the tumult announcing an eon,
one of the three (or five, Pj I below) types of tumults; v. al-
so kappahalāhala; ~aṁ Buddhakolāhalaṁ Cakkavat-
tikolāhalan ti tīṇi kolāhalāni, tattha vassasatasahas-
samatthake kappuṭṭhānaṁ bhavissatī ti ~aṁ nāma
hoti, Spk I 130,21 foll. ≠ Bv-a 272,8 foll. (with a descrip-
tion); ~aṁ cakkavattikolāhalaṁ Buddhakolāhalaṁ
maṅgalakolāhalaṁ moneyyakolāhalaṁ, Pj I 120,18; ~
described 120,19-121,6.

" 346862239048798208,kappakoṭi,en,"

kappa-koṭ[ī/i]

, f., crores of eons, i.e., an extremely long
period of time; anekā pi ~iyo ... saṅkhipitvā, Vism
411,32; ~iṁ (so with Ap-a 235,33; Ee ~ī) pakittentā, Ap
29,8 (= kappakoṭisate pi, Ap-a 235,33); 77,16; ~iṁ hi
ḍayhati, Ap 47,20 (= koṭisaṅkhe kappe, Ap-a 293,2);
~īhi pi appameyyaṁ kālaṁ, Sp 1,6*; anekāsu ~isu
heṭṭhā vā upari vā yaṁ yaṁ ṭhānaṁ icchanti, Vism
411,31 ≠ Sp 161,27 (~īsu); Ps III 352,3 (~isu, v. l. ~īsu);
— °-sata, n., hundreds of crores of eons; (bodhiyā niya-
tā narā) ~ehi pi avīcimhi na uppajjanti, Ja I 44,30*; —
°-sata-sahassa, n., hundred thousands of crores of eons;
(Devadattaṁ) anekāni ~āni nirayena nirayaṁ (gac-
chantaṁ), Mil 108,29; Bhagavato pubbenivāsañāṇas-
sa anekāni ~āni pākatāni, Ps III 271,23; ~ehi pi etaṁ
dullabhasāsanaṁ, V 42,6; — ~-pariyosāne, ²ind., at
the end of hundred thousands of crores of eons; loc. adv.;
~e, Vibh-a 25,28; — ~-matthake, ²ind., at the beginning
of hundred thousands of crores of eons; loc. adv.; ~e,
Vibh-a 25,26.
kappa-koṭī

" 346862239065575424,kappakoṭī,en,"

kappa-koṭ[ī/i]

" 346862102721335296,kappakuṭi,en,"

kappakuṭi,

f. (m.c.) = kappiya-kuṭi, q.v.; — ifc. a-° (Vin-vn 2678).

" 346862226604298240,kappalakkhaṇa,en,"

kappa-lakkhaṇa

, n., the characteristics of an eon; cf.
¹¹kappa; ~aṁ golakkhaṇaṁ itthilakkhaṇaṁ dham-
mānaṁ lakkhaṇaṁ, Sadd 522,20.

" 346862226646241280,kappalatānibbatta,en,"

kappa-latā-nibbatta

, mfn., [cf. sa. kalpalatā], pro-
vided by a creeper granting all desires; ~ānaṁ ... dib-
bavatthānaṁ, Vv-a 12,12.

" 346862222888144896,kappana,en,"

kappana

, m. and n. [verb, noun < kappeti, q.v.; Amg.
kappaṇa], 1. (n.) the act of making, forming, arranging;
used ifc. with the same semantic function as kappeti con-
structed with a noun in the acc., e.g., jīvikakappana vs.
jīvikaṁ kappeti; 2. the act of contriving; 3. the act of
imagining; 4. the act of treating, treatment; only ifc.; 5.
(n.) the act of putting the trappings on a horse or an ele-
phant; only lex. lit.; 6. (m.) the trappings of a horse or an
elephant; 7.a. (n.) the act of cutting, trimming; b. the act
of cutting out, eradicating; 8. the act of sawing off; only
recorded ifc.; — 1. ifc. iriyāpatha-°; upa-°; catu-iriyā-
patha-° (Spk III 204,13); jīvika-° (Ja III 32,28'); jīvita-°
(Dhp-a IV 111,12); ṭhāna-nisajjâdi-° (Vism 175,26);
— 2. asambhavantassa ~aṁ pan' ettha chalavādo
bhavituṁ arahati, Ppk-mṭ 52,29 (= saṁvidhānaṁ,
Ppk-anuṭ 72,5); — 3. evam etan ti okkhanditvā (so
read; Ee okk°; v. CPD s.v. okkhandati) pakkhanditvā
saddahanavasena ~aṁ okappanaṁ, Sv-pṭ II 165,19;
— ifc. visesa-° (Vism 445,11); — 3. asambhavantassa
~aṁ pan' ettha chalavādo bhavituṁ arahati, Ppk-mṭ
52,29 (= saṁvidhānaṁ, Ppk-anuṭ 72,5); — 4. ifc. va-
ṇa-° (pahārasodhana—âdi, Mp III 269,22); — 5. lex.
lit.: sajjanaṁ ~e, Abh 954 (= hathâdīnaṁ ~e, Abh-ṭ ad
loc); — ifc. hatthi-vāhana-° (Dhp-a I 96,16); — 6. lex.
lit.: ~o tu kuthâdayo, Abh 365; — ifc. tapanīya-° (Ja VI
145,7*); nānā-ratana-° (Vv 31; Vv-a 35,9,12); hema-°
(~-vāsasa, Ja IV 404,27*; V 258,27*; 49,14*; 51,30'; VI
47,23*; 503,2*); (Vv 192); — 7.a. lex. lit.: ~aṁ kantane
vuttaṁ, Abh 954; — vatthasuttâdikaṁ paricchijja
~aṁ parikappo, Kkh-ṭ 203,3; — 7.b. ifc. taṇhā-diṭṭhi-°
(Spk II 71,10); — 8. ifc. danta-° (~[a]ttha, Ja I 321,9).[[side 176]]

" 346862102662615040,kappana,en,"

kappana, 6.

, sīsâlaṁkārasaṁkhātena ~ena, Ja VI 51,31´, cf. Th. Oberlies, HS CVIII 1995: 129.

" 346862225207595008,kappanā,en,"

kappanā

, f. [verb, noun < kappeti, q.v.; in cpd.s °ā is
sometimes reduced to °a], 1.a. the act of making, arrang-
ing, performing (something, scil. a ñatti); b. the act of
dressing up; 2. the trappings of a horse or the like: a ca-
parison; 3. thought, notion; (illusionary) idea; — 1. ñat-
tiyā ~ā nāma dadeyy' ice' evam ādikā, Utt-vn 936
(ñattikāle ""saṅgho dadeyyā"" ti ādibhedā nattikap-
panā, ñattikiriyā ti attho, Utt-vn-ṭ 522,3-5); — ifc.
ñatti-° (Utt-vn-ṭ 522,4); pabandha-° (Abh 113); —
1.b. cittavicittan ti ~āya c' eva araharūpena alaňkā-
râdinā ca cittitañ c' eva vicittitañ ca, Ps-pṭ III 143,4
(ad Ps III 301,22); — 2. lex. lit.: ~aṁ ... sajjane 'tthi-
yaṁ, Abh 954; — ayaṁ ~ā atigāḷhā, Ja I 62,7,8; — 3.
lex. lit.: ~aṁ ... vikappe ... 'tthiyaṁ, Abh 954; —
pubbenivutthadhammavisayāya ~āya adhippetattā,
Sv-pṭ I 183,11; — °([ā/a])-vasa, m.; suṭṭhu ~ena (°a°) saṅ-
kappo, As 142,35; aladdhavipākavāram pi kammam
avassaṁ arahatā paṭisaṁveditabban ti ~ena (°ā°) n'
atthi arahato akālamaccū ti, Kv-a 165,22.

" 346862102616477696,kappaṇa,en,"

kappaṇa,

mn. [sa. karpaṇa], a spear; Bv-a 288,6 (in long cpd.).

" 346862224796553216,kappanābhāva,en,"

kappanā-bhāva

, m. [abstr.], the being an (illusiona-
ry) idea; ~e pi vohāravasena anuvādavasena ca ma-
man ti vuttaṁ, Sv-pṭ I 249,3 = Sv-nṭ I 480,16.

" 346862225081765888,kappanagahaṇa,en,"

kappana-gahaṇa

, n. [< kappanā +, with shortening
of ā], speculation based upon (illusionary) ideas; taṇhu-
pādānavasena vā ~āni (Be °ggaha°) veditabbāni,
Sv-pṭ I 181,29 = Sv-nṭ I 390,23 = Ps-pṭ III 218,16.

" 346862224683307008,kappanahuta,en,"

kappa-nahuta

, n. pl. [¹¹kappa], myriads of eons;
(padaṁ) adiṭṭhaṁ abbhatītaṁ (so read with CPD s.v.
abbhatīta; Kasussyntax: 143 n. 4) bahukehi ~ehi, Vin
I 40,34* (Sp 976,4) = 42,4*, qu. Ap 25,13.

" 346862225257926656,kappanājāla,en,"

kappanā-jāla

, m., the net of (illusionary) ideas; ~assa
asamugghātattā, Sv-pṭ I 250,12 = (°a°) Sv-nṭ I 483,7.

" 346862224913993728,kappanaka,en,"

kappanaka

, mfn. [scdry < kappana + ka; cf. kappa-
ka, q.v.]; only used ifc. jīvaṁ-° (cf. jīvaṁkappana,
q.v.; Spk II 218,15 = Sp 508,15 [v.l. jīvitakappako sat-
to]; Spk III 103,20).

" 346862224972713984,kappanakāla,en,"

kappana-kāla

, m., (with sīhaseyyaṁ [acc]) the time
of the act of lying down like the lion; cf. sīhaseyyaṁ kap-
peti, q.v. s.v. kappeti; sīhaseyyaṁ ~o +, Sp-ṭ I 55,6;
Sv-nṭ I 69,1.

" 346862225316646912,kappanamattasiddha,en,"

kappan[ā/a]-matta-siddha

, mfn., existing merely as an
(illusionary) idea; avayavavinimmutto paramatthato a-
vijjamāno pi ~ena rūpena avayavānaṁ ādhārabhāve-
na paññāpīyati, Ud-a 22,14; karaṇaṁ viya ca ~ena
(°ā°) rūpena voharīyati, Sv-pṭ I 57,21 = Mp-ṭ I 34,8 =
Kkh-ṭ 305,11; Spk-pṭ 132,25 = Sv-nṭ I 171,23; dhammap-
pavattiṁ pana upādāya ~āya lokasamaññāya atītâdi-
vibhāgato voharīyatī ti vohāramattako ti, Ppk-anuṭ
66,27; ~ena rūpena (so read; Ee °enânurūp°) voharīyatī
ti, Ud-a 20,14.
kappanā-matta-siddha

" 346862225346007040,kappanāmattasiddha,en,"

kappan[ā/a]-matta-siddha

" 346862225425698816,kappanāsakasuriye,en,"

[

kappa-nāsaka-suriye

, w.r. at Ss 305,3 for kappavi-
nāsakasuriyo, q.v.]

" 346862225467641856,kappanāsiddha,en,"

kappanā-siddha

, mfn. [cf. kappan[ā/a]mattasiddha,
q.v.], imaginary; rūpaṁ assa atthī tī rūpī ti... ~ena pi
(Be so; Ee om.) hi bhedena (Be so; Ee pa°) abhedassā
pi niddesadassanato (Be abheda° ... °dassana°; Ee
sassāminiddesadassanato), yathā silāputtakassa sa-
rīran ti, Sv-pṭ I 223,2; Sv-nṭ I 441,13 ≠ Ps-pṭ III 220,28;
~o eva pana bhedo ti dasseti, As-anuṭ 28,8.

" 346862213752950784,kappanavatthu,en,"

kappana-vatthu

, n., an object (existing merely) as an
(illusionary) idea; rūpâdikhandhavinimuttassa ~uno
(°ā°) abhāvā, Sv-pṭ I 183,13 = Sv-nṭ I 392,11 (°a°) ≠
Ps-pṭ III 218,22.

" 346862220988125184,kappanibbatta,en,"

[

kappa-nibbatta

, w.r. at Ja V 272,13' for kamma°,
which read with v.l. and BeCe; Se kappaṭṭhita° (sic !)]

" 346862228068110336,kappañjaha,en,"

kappañ-jaha

, m(fn.) [⁹kappa + jaha], one who has gi-
ven up fancies; ~aṁ abhiyāce sumedhaṁ, Sn 1101
(""figment-leaver"" [Norman]; duvidhakappajahaṁ, Pj
II 599,1, viz. taṇhākappa and diṭṭhikappa, v. Nidd I
97,1 qu. Sadd 552,20 = Sv 103,20 foll); v. kappâtīta.

" 346862102587117568,kappantarāme,en,"

kappantârāme,

Khuddas XXII 1 i.e. kappanti ārāme.

" 346862102603894784,kappantārāme,en,"

kappantârāme,

Khuddas XXII 1 i.e. kappanti ārāme.

" 346862213522264064,kappanussaraṇaka,en,"

kappânussaraṇaka

, mfn. [¹¹kappa + anu°], one
who remembers past eons; ~o bhikkhu, Vism 422,6.

" 346862213539041280,kappānussaraṇaka,en,"

kappânussaraṇaka

, mfn. [¹¹kappa + anu°], one
who remembers past eons; ~o bhikkhu, Vism 422,6.

" 346862225740271616,kappapādapa,en,"

kappa-pādapa

, m. [sa. kalpapādapa], the wishing
tree; Mhbv 2,30 (in long cpd.); v. kapparukkha.

" 346862225509584896,kappapariccheda,en,"

kappa-pariccheda

, m., a section on ¹¹kappa, q.v.; ~o,
Sv 421,29; — °-vasa, m.; ~ena, Sv 413,3.

" 346862225643802624,kappaparivaṭṭa,en,"

kappa-parivaṭṭa

, m., the change of an eon (cf. saṁ-
vaṭṭakappa); yathā ~e catusuriya-ātapo evaṁ nisī-
dane satthu tejo hoti, Dīp 159.

" 346862202902286336,kappāpetabba,en,"

kappāpetabba

, mfn. [ger. < kappāpeti, q.v.], to be
caused to be trimmed or cut; na bhikkhave massuṁ
~aṁ, Vin II 134,10.

" 346862211387363328,kappāpeti,en,"

(

kappāpeti)

, pr. 3 sg. [caus. < kappeti, q.v.], 1. to
cause to make ready; used of the act of putting the trap-
pings on an elephant; 2. to cause to array (in battle forma-
tion); 3. to have (one's beard) trimmed; 4. to cause to saw
off; —forms: pr. 3 pl. ~enti; imp. 2 sg. ~ehi; abs. ~etvā;
— 1. hatthiyānāni ~ehī ti, D I 49,22; pañcamattāni
hatthinikāsatāni ~etvā, D I 49,25 (= ārohaṇasajjāni
kāretvā, Sv 147,9 foll); hatthiyānāni ~etvā, Ja V
262,22; — 2. caturaṅginiṁ senaṁ ~etvā, D II 189,27;
— 3. chabbaggiyā bhikkhū massuṁ ~enti, Vin II
134,5 (= kattariyā massuṁ chedāpenti, Sp 1211,1); —
4. bodhisatto ... purimanayen' eva ~etvā avasesa-
dante adāsi, Ja I 321,22.

" 346862212758900736,kappara,en,"

kappara

, m. [cf. sa. karpara; EWA-1 s.v.; CDIAL
2876; prakr. kappara], the skull; — lex. lit.; ~o tu kapā-
laṁ vā, Abh 279 (siraso' ṭṭhikhaṇḍe ... kapu sāmat-
thiye [cf. √kappa sāmatthiye, Dhātup 195] ... kaṁ
sīsaṁ pāletī ti vā ~o, Abh-ṭ ad loc).

" 346862225685745664,kappara,en,"

kappara

, m. [cf. sa. kūrpara; EWA-1 s.v.; CDIAL
3413; Amg. kuppara, koppara; v. GEIGER § 16.1(d);
w.r. kuppara, q.v.], elbow; — lex. lit.: ~o tu kapoṇy a-
tha, Abh 265; pakoṭṭho ~ass' ādhobhāgo, Abh-ṭ (ad
Abh 813); — hattho nāma ~aṁ upādāya yāva agga-
nakhā, Vin III 121,9 (= dutiyaṁ mahāsandhiṁ upā-
dāya, aññattha pana maṇibandhato paṭṭhāya agga-
nakhā hattho, idha saddhiṁ aggabāhāya ~ato paṭ-
ṭhāya adhippeto, Sp 533,26) = IV 221,10 ≠ Kkh 36,14;
~ehi... ghātetvā, Sp 998,32; so saṇikaṁ āgatvā brāh-
manassa piṭṭhipasse ṭhatvā sīse ~ena (v.l. kappahā-
rena) pahari, Ja I 293,1; atha naṁ ... ~ena potheyyā-
sī ti, 464,14; atha taṁ oloketvā eko akkhīni khani e-
ko bhamukaṁ ukkhipi, eko ~aṁ kaṇḍūyi, VI 413,24;
ubhesu ~esu ca jaṇṇukesu ca ayavalayāni datvā a-
yasūlāni koṭṭenti, Ps II 59,14 (ad M I 87,15) = Mp II
89,24 (ad A I 48,2); yāva ~ā sappinā paggharantena
paṭhaviyaṁ jānumaṇḍalaṁ patiṭṭhāpetvā, Spk I
206,12 (ad S I 141,2); dvīsu ~esu, Dhp-a I 394,8; —
~-jaṇṇukâdi, m., elbow, knee, etc.; itaram pi sāmiko
gahetvā tayā me kulūpacchedako kato ti ~īhi supo-
ṭhitaṁ poṭhesi, Dhp-a I 48,2; — ~âdi, m., the elbow,
etc.; corajeṭṭhako ukkaṁ ādāya tattha gantvā taṁ
disvā gahetvā gehamajjhe pātetvā ~īhi yathāruciṁ
pothesi, Ja I 297,22; — in long cpd. jāṇṇu-° (~-pāsāṇâ-
di, Ps III 71,10); jaṇṇu-° (~-muṭṭhi, Vv-a 206,26); jā-
nuka-° (~-muggarâdi, Spk III 82,4); — ifc. hattha-
pāda-jānu-° (Ja IV 41,6).

" 346862226348445696,kapparappahāra,en,"

kappara-ppahāra

, m., a blow by the elbow; gahapa-
tiko otaritvā kesesu gahetvā nāmetvā ~ehi koṭṭetvā
gale gahetvā āgatamaggâbhimukhaṁ khipitvā pak-
kāmi, Ja I 352,9.

" 346862226386194432,kapparukkha,en,"

kappa-rukkha

, m. [sa. kalpavṛkṣa], a wishing tree;
— lex. lit: ~o tu santānâdāyo devaddumā siyuṁ,
Abh 28; ~ato eva tesaṁ tattha vatthâbharaṇāni nip-
phajjanti, Ss 342,13; nānāvirāgavatthāni ... ~esu o-
lambantāni tiṭṭhanti, 342,15; ~ as the specific tree of the
paradise-like Uttarakuru: Uttarakurūsu ~assa, Vism
206,21 = As 298,30* = Ss 340,15 ≠ Mp II 34,27; 35,4*; in
dvandva compounds describing the world of gods (for
the asuras, cf. kappaṭṭhiyarukkha, q.v.): devaloke
uyyānavimāna — °ādivaṇṇasaṅkhātaṁ vā sugatini-
mittaṁ, Vism 550,12; ~vimānâdīhi upaṭṭhānâkārehi
devaloko, Ps IV 124,18 ≠ Mp II 17,6; As 14,34; Cp-a
293,31; Vv-a 12,8; ~âdīnaṁ pabhāhi ... obhāsamā-
naṁ pi Nandanavanaṁ, Pv-a 176,16; arising of ~ as a
result of magical power: paṭhaviṁ bhinditvā ... catu-
saṭṭhi ca ~ā ti ayaṁ assa (i.e., Jotikagahapati) pañña-
vato iddhi, Vism 383,6; ~ā uṭṭhahantu, Dhp-a IV
208,8; ghanapaṭhaviṁ bhinditvā aṭṭha ~ā uṭṭhahiṁ-
su ... dvattiṁsa ~ā uṭṭhahiṁsu, Spk II 189,1 foll. ≠
Mp I 172,20 foll. ≠ Pv-a 75,8 foll.; Ap 2,26; 384,6 =
436,23; Ps II 414,15; — ~ as an offering (cf. M. WIJAYA-
RATANA: Le culte des dieux chez les bouddhistes singha-
lais 1987: 409): thūpaseṭṭhassa sammukhā, vicitta-
dusse laṅghetvā ~aṁ ṭhapes' ahaṁ, Ap 90,26; su-
vaṇṇamayaṁ ~aṁ kāretvā ... cetiyassa sammukhe
ṭhapetvā, Ap-a 367,14; — in similes: ~o va pāṇinaṁ,
icchiticchitam annâdiṁ dadaṁ, Ja VI 594,19*; may-
haṁ hattho ~o viya ... kāmadado icchiticchitadāyī,
Pv-a 121,16; puññakammaṁ nāma ... °-sadisaṁ,
Vv-a 32,9; — °-parivuta, mfn., surrounded by wishing
trees; (devalokaṁ) ~aṁ, Ja VI 117,1; — °-vimānâdi,
mfn., having wishing trees, mansions, etc.; ~īhi upaṭ-
ṭhānâkārehi, Vibh-a 438,29; — °-sadisa, mfn., com-
parable to a wishing tree; Vv-a 32,9; — ifc. dibba-°
(Mp II 228,2).[[side 178]]

" 346862173936422912,kapparukkhin,en,"

Kapparukkhi(n)

, m.; Npr.; = Kapparukkhiya, q.v.;
~ī, Ap 91,15 (uddāna).
Kapparukkhin

" 346862226457497600,kapparukkhiya,en,"

Kapparukkhiya

, m.; Npr.; of a thera, v. PPN s.v., so
called because he offered kapparukkhas to the Buddha;
⁵Kappa, q.v.; Ap 90,24-91,11; — °-thera, m.; Ap-a 367,9.

" 346862214910578688,kappāsa,en,"

kappāsa

, m. [cf. Amg. kappāsa; sa. karpāsa; EWA-
1 s.v.; CDIAL 2877], cotton; — gramm. lit.: karīyatī ti
~o suttasambhavo, Mogg-v ad Mogg VII 218; — cī-
varacetāpanaṁ nāma hiraññaṁ vā ... suttaṁ vā ~o
vā, Vin III 216,27 ≠ 219,8; pahūtaṁ ~aṁ chaḍḍitaṁ,
D II 351,5,15; ye te bhattu abbhantarā kammantā uṇ-
ṇā ti vā ~ā ti vā, tattha dakkhā bhavissāma analasā,
A III 37,28 (= ~assa ca vaṭṭanapiñchanaphoṭanakan-
tanâdisu chekā bhavissāma, Mp III 247,16) = IV
265,25 = 268,17; pacchipuraṁ ~aṁ ādāya, Ja III
286,27; tatth' eva parisuddhaṁ ~aṁ gahetvā sukhu-
masuttaṁ kantitvā guḷaṁ katvā ucchaṅge ṭhapetvā
gāmaṁ āgacchantī, VI 336,22'; — rañño ... cakka-
vattissa sarīraṁ ... vihatena ~ena veṭhenti, D II
141,33 (= supoṭhitena ~ena, kāsikavatthaṁ hi su-
khumattā telaṁ na gaṇhāti, tasmā vihatena ~ena,
Sv II 583,31) = 161,17; kusal' āhaṁ gahapati ~aṁ
kantituṁ veṇiṁ olikhituṁ, A III 295,24; ~o pi mu-
du, Ps III 259,25 (ad M II 13,30); yadi āpādhikassa ā-
savassa gandhato paṭhavīādhike ~e gandho adhika-
taro siyā, As 313,8 = Vism 445,8 = Moh 60,31; yathā
ca pañcavaṇṇena ~ena vaṭṭiṁ katvā dīpe jālite kiñ-
cā pi jālā ekābaddhā viya hoti, As 316,5; — ifc. viha-
ta-° (Ja I 350,4; Thūp 170,33).

" 346862210821132288,kappāsa,en,"

kappāsa

, m. or n. [sa. kārpāsa], cotton clothing; —
°-koseyya, n., cotton and silk clothes; kadā 'haṁ
~aṁ khomakoṭumbarāni ca pahāya pabbajissāmi,
Ja VI 47,18*.

" 346862227417993216,kappasadda,en,"

kappa-sadda

, m., the word kappa, examined in the
two slightly different traditional synopsis of the mean-
ings of the word (atth' uddhāro, Sadd 551,14) with ety-
mological discussions and examples; (i) ~o pan' āyaṁ
abhisaddahanavohārakālapaññattichedanavikappa-
lesasamantabhāvâdi anek' attho, Ps II 125,36 = Spk I
15,22 = Mp II 377,2 = Pj I 115,19 = Sadd 551,14; (ii) ~o
sa-upasaggo ca anupasaggo ca vitakkavidhānapaṭi-
bhāgapaññattikālaparamâyusamaṇavohārasaman-
tabhāvâbhisaddahanachedanaviniyogavinayaki-
riyāles' antarakappatanhādiṭṭhi-asaṅkheyyakappa-
mahākappâdīsu dissati, Cp-a 10,4 ≠ Sadd 551,26; ~o
pan' āyaṁ abhisaddahanavohārakālapaññattiche-
danavikappalesasamantabhāvâyukappamahākap-
pâdisu dissati, Bv-a 65,5; Sv-pṭ I 182,14; Sv 103,15;
Sadd 552,29*; — °-sambandha, satasahasse ti ~ena
vā ayaṁ pulliṅga-niddeso, Cp-a 12,14.

" 346862215619416064,kappāsagāmaka,en,"

Kappāsa-gāmaka

, m.; Npr.; a village in Ceylon; cf.
PPN s.v. Kappāsagāma; ~e, Mhv LIV 51.

" 346862227833229312,kappasahassa,en,"

kappa-sahassa

, n. [¹¹kappa], one thousand eons,
thousands of eons; ~ as the measure of the life-span (ā-
yuppamāṇa) of various classes of deities: ~aṁ (Aviha),
Vibh 425,27; Abhidh-s 23,4; dve ~āni (Atappa), Vibh
425,29 = Loka-p 91,13; Abhidh-s 23,4; cattāri ~āni
(Sudassa), Vibh 425,31; Abhidh-s 23,5; Loka-p 91,14;
aṭṭha ~āni (Sudassi), Vibh 425,33; Abhidh-s 23,5;
Loka-p 91,15; soḷasa ~āni (Akaniṭṭha), Vibh 425,35;
Abhidh-s 23,6; Loka-p 91,15; vīsati ~āni (ākāsānañ-
cāyatanūpaga), A I 267,11; Vibh 425,38; Kv 207,26;
Abhidh-s 23,10; cattārīsa ~āni (viññāṇañcāyatan-
ūpaga), A I 267,26; Vibh 425,41; Abhidh-s 23,11;
Loka-p 91,17; saṭṭhi ~āni (akiñcaññāyatanūpaga), A
I 268,9; Vibh 426,3; Abhidh-s 23,12; Loka-p 91,18; ca-
turāsīti ~āni (nevasaññānāsāñāyatana), Vibh 426,6;
Abhidh-s 23,14, but asīti ~āni, Loka-p 91,19; — (cit-
taṁ) ~aṁ tiṭṭhati, dve ~āni ..., aṭṭha ~āni ..., soḷasa
~āni ..., vīsati ~āni ..., cattārīsa ~āni ..., Kv 205,7
foll.; Padumuttaradasabalassa ca Sumedhadasaba-
lassa ca antare tiṁsa ~āni, Cp-a 15,33; — catunnaṁ
satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā ~aṁ a-
nussarāmi, S V 303,20; pakatisāvakā kappasataṁ pi
~aṁ pi anussaranti, Vism 411,13; — ifc. caturāsīti-°
(Vism 422,24; Ps V 56,7); tiṁsa-° (Bv XII 13 = XIII 15;
Ap 49,13; Thūp 158,22); navanavuti-° (Mp I 139,19);
vīsati-° (Ps V 55,17); saṭṭhi-° (Ap 34,11).

" 346862215149654016,kappāsakhetta,en,"

kappāsa-khetta

, n., a cotton-field; ~ato pacchipūraṁ
kappāsaṁ ādāya, Ja III 286,27; ~aṁ mahantataraṁ, Ps
III 112,13 (ad M I 395,16); — ifc. sata-sahassa-° (Ps III
112,14); — °-rakkhikā, f,, a woman guarding a cotton-
field; ekā ~ā itthī khettaṁ rakkhantī, Ja VI 336,21'.

" 346862227678040064,kappasamaṇa,en,"

kappa-samaṇa

, m., an ascetic observing certain rules
(vedic rituals ? cf. ³kappa, q.v.); opp. vijjasamaṇa; Ja
VI 60,8' ad 60,3*.

" 346862217502658560,kappāsamaya,en,"

kappāsa-maya

, mfn., made of cotton; only in cpd.; —
°-vattha, n., cotton cloth; khomakappāsikāni cā ti
khomavatthāni c' eva ~āni ca, Pv-a 77,3 (ad Pv 111).

" 346862202189254656,kappāsaṃsu,en,"

kappās'-aṁsu

, m., cotton fibre or filament; ~u vā da-
sātanu vā telabindu vā dārukhandhaṁ vā, Sv 603,27;
tayo ~ū ekato gahetvā kantitasuttamayena atisukhu-
mavatthena, Spk II 158,3 (ad S II 181,28); tīhi ~ūhi
suttaṁ kantitvā katavatthaṁ, Mp II 359,14 (ad A I
247,34); kāsikavatthaṁ nāma tayo ~ū gahetvā kanti-
tasuttaṁ vāyitaṁ sukhumavatthaṁ, Pp-a 216,31.

" 346862227174723584,kappasaṇṭhāna,en,"

kappa-saṇṭhāna

, n., the emergence of an eon; ~kāla-
smiṁ, Sv 411,26.

" 346862102511620096,kappasaṇṭhānakāla,en,"

kappa-saṇṭhāna-kāla,

m., duration of an unfolding eon; ~asmiṁ, Sv 411,26 (vivaṭṭakappassa saṇṭhahanakāle, Sv-pṭ II 8,7).

" 346862216496025600,kappāsapaṇṇa,en,"

[

kappāsa-paṇṇa

, reading of Be for kappāsika°, q.v.]

" 346862216290504704,kappāsapaṭala,en,"

kappāsa-paṭala

, n. [cf. picupaṭala], a thin layer of
cotton; cotton wadding (?); sabbattha kayo ~e sneho
viya, Vism 446,19 ≠ As 311,8 (ad Dhs 613) ≠ Moh
60,17; dasabalassa pādā saddhiṁ ~ehi dussayugasa-
tāni suvaṇṇavaṇṇadoṇiṁ candanacitakañ ca dve-
dhā katvā, Sv 603,9 (ad D II 163,27) ≠ Thūp 171,33; pi-
cunā ti ~ena, Sp 1116,19 (ad Vin I 271,35); — ifc. sata-
vihata-° (It-a II 158,2; ~-sadisa, Sv 446,18; 451,25;
Sv-pṭ II 48,13); — °-sneha, m., liquid (soaking) a thin
layer of cotton; tattha sabbattha kāyappasādo ~o vi-
ya, Abhidh-av 66,33.

" 346862217263583232,kappāsaphalaṭṭhi,en,"

kappāsa-phal'-aṭṭhi

, n. [phala +; cf. kappāsaṭṭhi],
a cotton seed (or cotton boll ?); tvaṁ guḷaṁ karontī
kiṁ anto pakkhipitvā akāsī ti ~iṁ (v.l. °bījaṁ) sāmī
ti, Ja VI 336,27'.

" 346862216772849664,kappāsapicu,en,"

kappāsa-picu

, m., cotton wadding; itthiratanassa e-
varūpo kāyasamphasso hoti seyyathā pi nāma tūla-
picuno vā ~uno vā, D II 175,27 (sappimaṇḍe pakkhi-
pitvā ṭhapitassa satavāravihatassa tūlapicuno vā
~uno vā, Sv 626,33) = M III 175,4 (Ps IV 227,27 ≠ Sv
626,33); seyyathā pi ... tūlapicu vā ~u vā lahuko vā-
tupādāno appakasiren' eva pathaviyā vehāsam ab-
bhuggacchati, S V 284,1 ≠ 443,27 ≠ Paṭis-a 499,32 =
Vism 285,8 = Sp 427,2; caṅgoṭake ~uṁ attharitvā. Ja
V 110,7; suvihitassa ~uno viya, VI 184,10' (ad kappā-
sapicurāsîva, 184,7*); veṭhayitvā ~unā vihatena ca,
Dāṭh II 39; — ifc. pakkhitta-° (Ja V 343,22); — °-piṇ-
da, m., a piece of cotton wadding; catunnaṁ adhikara-
ṇīnaṁ upari cattāro ~e ṭhapetvā picupiṇḍeh' eva
pahaṭakālo viya phuṭṭhamattam eva hoti, As 263,10;
263,14; — °-rāsi, m., a heap of cotton wadding; ~ī 'va e-
so kāyassa dissati, Ja VI 184,7* (= suvihitassa kappā-
sapicuno viya, 184,9').

" 346862217020313600,kappāsapiṇḍī,en,"

kappāsa-piṇḍī

, f., a ball of cotton; tā ~iyo pupphitā
disvā ... tā ~iyo thāmasampannā cha dāsā ahesuṁ,
Ps III 112,19-20 (in liar's tale).

" 346862185705639936,kappāsapothanadhanuka,en,"

kappāsa-pothana-dhanuka

, n. [cf. kappāsa viha-
nanadhanu, q.v A, a ""bow"" for batting cotton; on which,
cf. D. SCHLINGLOFF, Cotton-manufacture in ancient In-
dia, JESHO XVII 1974: 84; 88; dhanuṁ āropento pal-
laňke yathā nisinno va itthīnaṁ ~aṁ viya taṁ āro-
pesi, Ja VI 41,8.

" 346862217938866176,kappāsarukkha,en,"

kappāsa-rukkha

, m., a ""cotton tree;"" majjhe eko ~o
mahā asītihatthubbedho ahosi, Ps III 112,14 (in liar's
tale).

" 346862218467348480,kappāsasukhuma,en,"

kappāsa-sukhuma

, m. or n. [cf. kappāsikasukhu-
ma], fine cotton cloth; khomasukhume vā ~e vā kam-
balasukhume vā, Mil 105,29.

" 346862227246026752,kappasata,en,"

kappa-sata

, n., one hundred eons, hundreds of eons; ~
as the measure of the life-span of various classes of deities:
Vehapphalānaṁ devānaṁ pañca ~āni āyuppamā-
ṇaṁ, A II 128,3 (Mp III 125,11-14) qu. Loka-p 91,11;
Vehapphalānaṁ Asaññasattānañ ca pañca ~āni,
Abhidh-s 23,3 ≠ Vibh 425,25; (cittaṁ) pañca ~āni tiṭ-
ṭhati, Kv 205,7; buddho have ~ehi dullabho, D II
168,3*; pañcannaṁ ~ānaṁ upari, Sp 514,16; aṭṭhārase
~e, Bv XIV 12 = XXVII 12 = Ap 88,23; catubbise ~e,
327,22; ahaṁ pañca ~āni anussarāmi, Vin III 109,15;
pañca ~ān' āhaṁ ekarattiṁ anussariṁ, Th 165-166;
pakatisāvakā ~aṁ pi kappasahassaṁ pi anussaranti,
Vism 411,13; — ifc aṭṭhārasa-° (Ja I 38,26; Thūp
159,14,20); nava-° (Mp I 139,19); pañca-° (Sp 514,7).

" 346862227527045120,kappasatasahassa,en,"

kappa-sata-sahassa

, n., one hundred thousand eons,
hundred thousands of eons; (buddhamātā) ~aṁ pūri-
tapāramī, Ps IV 173,10; (Bodhisatto) cattāri asaṅ-
kheyyāni ~añ ca pāramiyo pūrayamāno, Vism
302,7; Ps II 184,10; III 421,6; ~aṁ abhinīhārasampan-
no, II 155,10; ~aṁ saggasampattiṁ paṭilabhanti, III
51,4; (seṭṭhidhītā) ~aṁ patthitapatthanā, Dhp-a I
392,14; (āyasmā) ~aṁ upacitapuññasañcayo, Ud-a
430,11; ~ena, Mil 232,9; ~ehi pi Buddhasaddassa
dullabhabhāvaṁ saṁpassato, Ps III 401,3; ~ānaṁ pi
accayena, IV 102,14; ~assa upari, Sp 1115,1; -amhi
... Gotamo satthā loke bhavissati, Ap 51,1 (sāmyat-
the bhummavacanaṁ, ~ānaṁ pariyosāne, Ap-a
301,30) = 58,20 = 110,5; -amhi eko āsi mahāmuni, Bv
XXVII 10; te divase divase ~aṁ anussareyyuṁ, S II
183,12; ekena ~e anussarite, Spk II 158,11; — °-mat-
thake, ²ind., a hundred thousand eons back in time;
adv. loc.; ito hi pubbe ~, Ps III 288,17; Thūp 158,12; —
°âdhika, mfn., more than a hundred thousand eons;
~aṁ ekaṁ asaṅkheyyaṁ, Ps II 155,11; Spk I 280,26;
~āni dve asaṅkheyyāni pāramiyo pūretvā ... ~āni
cattāri vā aṭṭha vā soḷasa vā asaṅkheyyāni, Mp I
115,19,21; 98,26; Ud-a 413,21; ~ānaṁ catunnañ ca
asaṅkheyyānaṁ matthake, Cp-a 14,25 ≠ Ja I 2,13;
Thūp 148,8; — ifc. tiṁsa-° (Bv XXVII 11).

" 346862226545577984,kappasatika,en,"

kappa-satika

, mfn. [¹¹kappa + sata + ika], lasting
one hundred eons; — ifc. pañca-° (Ps II 409,11 = Spk
I, 208,26).[[side 179]]

" 346862215879462912,kappāsaṭṭhi,en,"

kappās'-aṭṭhi

, n. [k° + aṭṭhi; cf. sa. kārpāsâsthi], a
cotton seed (or cotton boll ?); idaṁ ... kassa ci khara-
samphassaṁ hutvā ~i viya sāradārusūci viya ca ...
upaṭṭhāti, Sp 427,5 (ad Vin III 71,1) = Vism 285,11 (Ee
reads dārusāra-) = Paṭis-a 500,3; — °-bhāva, m., the
being a cotton seed (or cotton boll ?); yaṁ hi 'ssa gehe
dhaññaṁ taṁ pūtibhāvaṁ āpajjati ... muttā ~aṁ
(scil. āpajjati), Dhp-a III 71,7 (ad Dhp 139).

" 346862208719785984,kappāsavaṭṭanakaṇaya,en,"

kappāsa-vaṭṭana-kaṇaya

, mfn. [cf. sa. kanaka], a
kind of cylindrical roller used for ginning cotton; on
which, cf. JESHO XVII 1974: 87 foll.; ~aṁ (Be °karaṇī-
yaṁ, Se °kayaṁ) viya pavattento cirakālaṁ saṁvel-
litakilañjaṁ pasāretvā, Spk II 225,2 (ad S II 265,4; = vi-
hatassa kappāsassa paṭisaṁharaṇavasena bandha-
nadaṇḍaṁ, Spk-pṭ II 188,20).[[side 181]]

" 346862217703985152,kappāsavaṭṭi,en,"

kappāsa-vaṭṭi

, f., a cotton wad; dvīhi aṅgulehi ~iṁ
gahetvā suttaṁ kantanti, Spk I 189,24 (ad S I 129,15);
agge paharitvā ~iṁ viya nāmento viyyāsavaṭṭiṁ vi-
ya ca ekato katvā alliyāpento paṭileṇenti nāma, Spk
II 224,20 (ad S II 265,4; = pahatakappāsapiṇḍaṁ,
Spk-pṭ II 188,15).

" 346862212037480448,kappāsavicinana,en,"

kappāsa-vicinana

, n., the act of cleaning cotton (as a
preparation for ginning, batting, and twisting; cf.
JESHO XVII 1974: 83 foll); kantanato pana pubbe
~aṁ ādiṁ katvā sabbayogesu hatthavāragaṇanāya
dukkaṭaṁ, Sp 935,8 (ad Vin IV 300,16).

" 346862218211495936,kappāsavihananadhanu,en,"

kappāsa-vihanana-dhanu

, n. [cf. kappāsapothana-
dhanuka, q.v.], a bow for batting cotton; on which, cf.
JESHO XVII 1974: 84 foll.; vihatenā ti ~unā pabbajaṭā-
naṁ vijaṭavasena hatena, tenâha supoṭhitenā ti aṁsu-
aṁsukaraṇavasena (v.l asaṅkaraṇavasena, which pro-
bably read with Be) suṭṭhu bheditenā ti attho, Sv-pṭ II
230,13 (ad Sv 583,30 ad D II 141,33).

" 346862194295574528,kappāsī,en,"

kappāsī

, f. [cf. Amg. kappāsī; sa. kārpāsī; CDIAL
2877], cotton; — lex. lit.: ~ī badarā, Abh 589; —
(i)°-piṇḍī, f. [cf. kappāsapiṇḍī, q.v.], a cotton ball; —
ifc. cha-° (Ps III 112,18 [occurs in a liar's tale; v. CPD
s.v. aṁsi]).

" 346862214424039424,kappāsika,en,"

kappāsika

, mfn. [scdry < kappāsa + ika; cf. Amg.
kappāsia; pa. kappāsiya, q.v.; sa. kārpāsika; BHS kar-
pāsika; CDIAL 3073], made of cotton; — lex. lit.: pha-
laṁ ~aṁ tīsu, Abh 297; — anujānāmi bhikkhave cha
cīvarāni: khomaṁ ~aṁ koseyyaṁ kambalaṁ sāṇaṁ
bhaṅgaṁ, Vin I 281,35 ≠ Nidd I 372,10 ≠ 495,12 ≠ Mil
267,26; atirekalābho khomaṁ ~aṁ koseyyaṁ kamba-
laṁ sāṇaṁ bhaṅgaṁ, Vin I 58,17 = 96,6; suttaṁ nāma
cha suttāni: khomaṁ ~aṁ koseyyaṁ kambalaṁ sā-
ṇaṁ bhaṅgaṁ, Vin III 256,31 (~an [v.l. °iyan] ti kap-
pāsato nibbattaṁ, Sp 724,29) = Vin IV 300,14.

" 346862219146825728,kappāsika,en,"

Kappāsika

, m.; Npr.; a grove near Uruvelā; v. PPN
s.v.; tathāgato ~e vanasaṇḍe uddhari Bhaddavaggi-
ye, Dīp I 34.

" 346862218937110528,kappāsika,en,"

kappāsika

, n. [cf. prec], cotton cloth; — gramm. lit.:
~aṁ vatthaṁ, Mogg-v ad Mogg IV 66 (kappāsassa
vikāro ~aṁ, Mogg-p); cf. Rūp 154,8 ad Kacc 354 under
Kacc 404; Pāṇ IV 3 134; — ~aṅ ca koseyyaṁ khoma-
kodumbarāni ca, Ja VI 590,5* (cf. 47,18*; Mvu II
375,19); — ifc. khoma-° (Pv 111 = 424; Dhp-a I 417,3*).

" 346862102394179584,kappāsika,en,"

²kappāsika,

cf. H. Scharfe, Investigations in Kauṭalya’s Manual of Political Science 1993: 80 s.v. kārpāsika.

" 346862219398483968,kappāsikadussa,en,"

kappāsika-dussa

, n., cotton cloth or textiles; disvā
... pahūtaṁ ~aṁ chaḍḍitaṁ, D II 351,6 = 351,16.

" 346862219620782080,kappāsikapaṇṇa,en,"

kappāsika-paṇṇa

, n., the leaf of the cotton plant (used
as medicine); anujānāmi bhikkhave paṇṇāni bhesaj-
jāni nimbapaṇṇaṁ ... ~aṁ, Vin I 201,22 qu. Sp 835,24.

" 346862219855663104,kappāsikapāvāra,en,"

kappāsika-pāvāra

, m., a cotton cloak or shawl; pā-
vāro ti salomako ~o, Sp 1119,25 (ad Vin I 281,11).

" 346862211597078528,kappāsikasukhuma,en,"

kappāsika-sukhuma

, n., fine cotton cloth; imāni te
deva caturāsīti vatthakoṭisahassāni khomasukhu-
mānaṁ ~ānaṁ koseyyasukhumānaṁ kambalasu-
khumānaṁ, D II 194,2 = 195,24 ≠ 197,16 ≠ 188,8; D II
198,12 = A III 146,25 (~āni) ≠ 145,27; data ca ahosi su-
khumānaṁ mudukānaṁ attharaṇānaṁ pāpuraṇā-
naṁ khomasukhumānaṁ ~ānaṁ koseyyasukhumā-
naṁ kambalasukhumānaṁ, D III 159,11 ≠ 159,19,23 ≠
A IV 394,5; ~e, Mil 105,29.

" 346862211815182336,kappāsikasutta,en,"

kappāsika-sutta

, n. [cf. kappāsiya°, q.v.], cotton
thread or yarn; pahūtaṁ ~aṁ chaḍḍitaṁ, D II 351,15.

" 346862211177648128,kappāsikavanasaṇḍa,en,"

Kappāsika-vanasaṇḍa

, m.; Npr.; the Kappāsika
grove; situated near Uruvelā; cf. PNN s.v.; tato ~e tiṁ-
sa bhaddavaggiye tayo magge ca tīṇi phalāni ca
sampāpesi, Mp I 100,16 (ad A I 22,2); tato paṭṭhāya
satthā Yasadārakapamukhe pañcapaṇṇāsa purise
~e tiṁsamatte bhaddavaggiye ... otāretvā, Mp I
147,30 (ad A I 23,16); sayaṁ Uruvelaṁ gacchanto an-
tarāmagge ~e tiṁsa jane bhaddavaggiyakumāre vi-
nesi, Ja I 82,27 = Dhp-a I 87,17 = Thī-a 3,15 =Bv-a 19,29
≠ Cp-a 3,34 = Jinak 30,15; bhagavā ... ~e paṭhamaṁ
dhammaṁ desesi, Dhp-a II 32,11.

" 346862218689646592,kappasīsa,en,"

kappa-sīsa

, v. ²kappa.

" 346862207503437824,kappasīsena,en,"

kappa-sīsena

, ²ind., under the keyword ¹¹kappa
(q.v.); adv. instr.; ~ hi loko vutto, It-a I 76,7.

" 346862212243001344,kappāsiya,en,"

kappāsiya

, mfn. [variant of ¹kappāsika, q.v.], made
of cotton; only recorded in cpd.; — °-vana-saṇḍa, m.
[cf. kappāsikavanasaṇḍa, q.v.], the Kappāsiya grove;
— °-sutta, n. [cf. kappāsikasutta, q.v.], cotton thread;
suttan ti ~aṁ (Be so; Ce kappāsiyaṁ suttaṁ; Ee w.r.
kappāsiyā suttaṁ), Pv-a 146,16 (ad Pv 340).

" 346862212498853888,kappasutta,en,"

Kappa-sutta

, n., title of 1. S III 169,8-170,22; — 2. Sn
1092-1095; — °-vaṇṇanā, f.; Pj II 597,29; — 3. alterna-
tive title of Sn p. 59-62 (other titles: Vaṅgīsasutta or
Nigrodhakappasutta).

" 346862223785725952,kappatā,en,"

kappa-tā

, f. [abstr.from ¹²kappa, q.v.], the fact of resem-
bling, being like; only ifc. khagga-visāṇa-° (Sv 207,30).

" 346862228202328064,kappaṭa,en,"

Kappaṭa

, m. [scdry < sa. kārpaṭa; cf. kappaṭa, q.v.];
Npr.; a thera; cf. Kappaṭakura, q.v.; mā kho tvaṁ ~a
pacālesi, Th 200 foll.; atīte Bārāṇasyaṁ Brahmadatte
rajjan kārente Bārāṇasīvāsī ~o (v.l. Kappako) nāma
vāṇijo ahosi, Dhp-a I 123,4 foll.; purato patiṭṭhahi-
tvāna uddharitvāna pacchato, dantaṁ te pātayissā-
mi; evaṁ jānāhi ~ā ti, 124,11* foll.

" 346862228181356544,kappaṭa,en,"

kappaṭa

, m. [prakr. kappaḍa; sa. karpaṭa; cf. EWA-
1; CDIAL 2871], a rag; lex. lit.: nantakaṁ ~o jiṇṇa-
vasanaṁ tu paḷaccaraṁ, Abh 293 (kucchito paṭo ~o,
Abh-ṭ ad loc.) qu. Sv-nṭ II 113,2; — °-kkhaṇḍa-nivā-
sana, mfn., wearing clothes made from pieces of rags; ~o
sarāvahattho, Th-a II 66,9; — °-coḷa, m., rags; — ifc.
nivattha-° (Th-a II 66,16).

" 346862220140875776,kappaṭakura,en,"

Kappaṭa-kura

or °kūra, m.; Npr.; a thera; cf. prec.;
v. PPN s.v,; ayaṁ iti kappaṭo ~o (°u°), Th 199 foll.
(Th-a II 66,2); tena ~o (°ū°) tv eva paññāyittha, Th-a
II 66,10 foll.; — °-tthera, m.; the thera called K°; ~o ti
ādikā ~assa gāthā, Th-a II 66,2.
Kappaṭa-kura

" 346862102700363776,kappataru,en,"

kappa-taru,

m. [sa. kalpataru, cf. kapparukkha, q.v.], wishing tree; ~uṁ, Ras Geiger II 1 verse 17.

" 346862224758804480,kappati,en,"

kappati

, pr. 3 sg. [cf. sa. kalpate; Amg. kappai; cf.
JIABS XVII.1. 1994: 9], to be permitted or allowed; con-
structed with nom. of the thing permitted and gen. or
loc. (rare) of person, or with nom. + inf./dat. of goal and
gen. of person; for examples of which, v. infra; —forms:
pr. 3 sg. ~ati/~ate (rare in canonical pa.), 3 pl. -anti;
fut. 3 pl. ~issanti; pot. 3 ~eyya; — gramm. lit.: kapu
hiṁsātakkalagandhesu. ~ati, Sadd 403,25; kapu sā-
matthiye, 403,26,27; (on the construction ~ati + inf.)
bandhituṁ na ca ~ati, 851,8; Rūp 622; — used absolu-
tely: atthi kale ~ati juṇhe +, Vin V 120,25 (Sp 1325,30
foll); 127,10 (Sp 1332,19 foll); — ~ + nom.: mā ... eva-
rūpaṁ akāsi, n' etaṁ ~atī ti, Vin I 56,35 = II 118,22;
yañ ca bhante ~ati yañ ca anavajjan ti, I 82,36 (Sp
1010,19); alaṁ bhagini n' etaṁ ~atī ti, II 133,9; vassa-
sataparinibbute Bhagavati Vesālikā Vajjiputtakā
bhikkhū ... dasa vatthūni dīpenti: ~ati siṅgiloṇa-
kappo, ~ati dvaṅgulakappo +, 294,5 (for ~ in senten-
ce initial position, cf. kappai nigganthāna vā niggan-
thīna vā, Kalpasūtra I foll.) qu. Dīp IV 47 = Sp 33,13 ≠
Vin II 298,38; 300,26 foll. = 304,26 = 306,13 foll.; qu. Ps
II 126,9 = Spk I 15,31; Sadd 551,23; na -at' etaṁ, Mhv
IV 14; — ~ + nom. with gen. of person: na āmagandho
mama ~atī ti, Sn 241; yaṁ ... mayā ""idaṁ na ~atī"" ti
appaṭikhittaṁ ... taṁ vo na ~ati, Vin I 250,34 foll. qu.
Sp 231,1 foll.; atthatakaṭhinānaṁ vo bhikkhave pañ-
ca ~issanti: anāmantacāro asamādānacāro +, Vin I
254,9 foll.; pañca piṇḍapātikassa bhikkhuno -anti: a-
nāmantacāro gaṇabhojanaṁ +, V 128,34; may ham pi
etaṁ ~ati, II 82,26; idaṁ vo ~ati idaṁ vo na ~atī ti,
285,1,2 = D II 162,31; Vin II 288,18; ~ati samaṇāyaṁ
Sakyaputtiyānaṁ jātarūparajataṁ, 296,29 = S IV
326,4 ≠ 325,19 foll.; M II 163,14 foll.; yesaṁ maṁsaṁ
~ati tesaṁ sappi, Vin IV 88,28; sace ... Ānandassa
hatthiratanaṁ ~eyya, M II 116,22 foll.; na kho no
bhante Bhagavato pāṇātipāto ~ati, A II 113,5 foll.; n'
etaṁ bhagavato ~atī ti, III 50,11 (Mp III 253,15); ~ati
bhante bhikkhusaṅghassa ārāmo ti pucchi, Sp 81,16
foll. ≠ Mhv XV 16; ~ati samanānaṁ āyogo, Kacc-v ad
Kacc 279; — ~ + inf. (cf. ⁸kappa, q.v.): na ~ati gulo
vikāle paribhuñjitun ti, Vin I 210,4; kiṁ nu kho āvu-
so ~ati evarūpaṁ kātun ti, III 110,18; 138,16; — ~ +
inf. with gen. of person.: ~ati nu kho amhākaṁ uposa-
tho kātuṁ na nu kho ~atī ti, Vin I 131,10 foll.;
166,27,28; II 263,14,15; na bhagini ~ati mātugāmassa
dhammaṁ desetun ti, IV 21,26; na mayhaṁ ~ate ajja
sare hatthehi bhañjituṁ, Th 488 (= na vaṭṭati, Th-a II
204,14); na ~atī Mātali mayha bhuñjituṁ pubbe ada-
tvā iti me vatuttamaṁ, Ja V 397,20*; — ~ + dative of
goal (syntactically = inf.): na hi pabbajitāya āvuso pu-
riso samphusanāya ~ati, Thī 367; asampatvā paraṁ
liṅgaṁ n' ujjubhāvāya ~ati, Ja VI 66,22* (tasmiṁ a-
sampatte adissamāne ujukabhāvāya kiccaṁ na ~ati
na sampajjatī ti, 66,30'); — ~ + loc. of person: n' etaṁ
amhesu ~ati, Ja VI 88,7* (= na sobhati, 88,9') qu.
Sadd 403,26.

" 346862102641643520,kappati,en,"

kappati,

~atâdiṇṇakappaṁ va … nisīdanaṁ, Khuddas III 23 “a mat even without a kappabindu is allowed” (cf. CPD III 175b 3); ~ati bhante sambahulā āvāsā samānasīmā nānuposathaṁ kātun ti, Vin II 300,37 = 306,33 (not printed in Ee): nom. instead of gen.

" 346862220526751744,kappaṭika,en,"

kappaṭika

, mfn. [scdry < kappaṭa (q.v.) + ika; cf. sa.
kārpaṭika], ragged; ~ā sibbitapilotikadhārino, Vibh-anuṭ
73,11; — °-gaṇa, m., a gang of ragged persons; chin-
nabhinnagaṇenā ti nillajjena dhuttagaṇena, ~ena vā,
Vibh-mṭ 68,10 (ad Vibh-a 109,7).

" 346862223135608832,kappatillaka,en,"

Kappatillaka

, m.; Npr.; a vihāra; vihāre ~e, Sīh
XXXVIII 1.

" 346862209642532864,kappatīta,en,"

kappâtīta

, mfn. [⁹kappa], having gone beyond fig-
ments; atîtesu anāgatesu cāpi ~o, Sn 373 (ahaṁ ma-
man ti kappanaṁ sabbam pi vā taṇhādiṭṭhikappaṁ
atîto, Pj II 366,10); cf. kappañjaha, q.v.

" 346862209659310080,kappātīta,en,"

kappâtīta

" 346862221306892288,kappaṭṭha,en,"

kappa-ṭṭha

, mfn. [BHS kalpastha; cf. ¹¹kappa],
staying (in hell) for one kalpa; for the various opinions
regarding the duration implied v. Kv 476,2-477,21;
Abhidh-k-vy-Trsl. Vol. III: 207 n. 2; Devadatto āpāyi-
ko nerayiko ~o atekiccho, Vin II 202,8 (kappaṁ ṭhas-
satī ti ~o, Sp 1276,22) = A III 402,22 (~o ti kappaṭ-
ṭhiyakammassa katattā kappaṁ ṭhassati, Mp III
405,10) = IV 160,15 = It 85,8, etc.; Mp III 166,9 (v.l. kap-
paṭṭhāyī); M I 393,3 (= kappaṭṭhitiko, Ps III 108,8); Kv
594,29; āpāyiko nerayiko ~o saṅghabhedako,... kap-
paṁ nirayamhi paccati, Vin II 205,1* = A V 76,1* = It
11,11* (ekaṁ antarakappaṁ paripuṇṇam eva katvā
tattha tiṭṭhatī ti ~o, It-a I 70,4) = Kv 477,15* = 595,3*; in
plural, Vin V 214,24*; ~o kappaṁ tiṭṭheyya, Kv 476,2
(v.l. kappaṭṭhitiko, Kv-a 140,6); yaṁ hi antarakap-
paṁ Devadatto niraye paccati so ca ~o vutto bhaga-
vatā, Loka-p 90,19; yaṁ brahmakāyikānaṁ devānaṁ
vīsati antarakappā āyuppamāṇaṁ te ca ~ā vuttā
bhagavatā, Loka-p 90,21; 91,2,4; — °-kathā, f.; title of
Kv 476,2-477,22 (Kv-a 140,3).

" 346862221613076480,kappaṭṭhāyin,en,"

kappa-ṭṭhāyi(n)

, mf(°inī)n. [sa. kalpasthāyin; cf.
¹¹kappa], lasting for one eon; Sadd 479,19 (in list of de-
rivatives of√ṭhā); majjhe sarassa tiṭṭhanti, vimānā ~i-
no, M I 337,25* (nibbattavimānāni kappaṭṭhitikāni
honti, Ps II 422,22) ≠ Th 1190 (read °ṭh, Ee °ṭṭh°; Th-a
III 172,31 = Ps II 422,22); Himavantapabbate jātā ~inī
mahājambu nāma atthi, Mp II 34,24,26 foll
kappa-ṭṭhāyin

" 346862221952815104,kappaṭṭhika,en,"

kappaṭṭhika

, mfn. [¹¹kappa + ṭṭhika (wrong backfor-
mation from ṭhiya); cf. kappaṭṭhiya, q.v.], = prec.; yo
kho ... samaggaṁ saṅghaṁ bhindati ~aṁ kibbisaṁ
pasavati kappaṁ nirayamhi paccati, Vin II 198,12; Ps
III 54,17; — reading of Be at A V 75,24 and Mp V 35,6; —
°-bhāva, m. [abstr.], the lasting for one eon; Ud-a 25,2;
— °-sāla-rukkha, m., a sāla-tree lasting for one eon; sat-
tayojanikassa ~assa heṭṭhā, Ja V 416,2.[[side 175]]

" 346862215380340736,kappaṭṭhitika,en,"

kappa-ṭṭhitika

, mfn. [BHS kalpasthitika; cf. ¹¹kap-
pa; kappaṭṭha, kappaṭṭhāyin, kappaṭṭhika, kappaṭ-
ṭhiya], = prec.; ~aṁ kammaṁ phusati, Mil 108,10; (ve-
danā) niyatā pi ~ā oḷārikā ... ~āsu pi asaṅkhārikā o-
ḷārikā, Vism 475,24 (so read with Be) sace ... ~aṁ vo
veraṁ abhavissa, Dhp-a I 50,14; Ps II 422,22 (gloss on
kappaṭṭhāyin); III 108,8 (gloss on kappaṭṭha).

" 346862222242222080,kappaṭṭhitiya,en,"

kappa-ṭṭhitiya

, mfn. [¹¹kappa + ṭhitiya < ṭhitika;
cf. kappaṭṭhitika, q.v.], - prec.; saṅghabhedo yeva c'
ettha ~o, Ps IV 112,19 = Mp II 8,12 = Vibh-a 428,18 =
Ss 151,12; sesāni cattāri kammāni ānantariyān' eva
honti, na ~āni, Ps IV 112,25 = Mp II 8,18 = Vibh-a
428,24 = Ss 151,18; kammato dvārato ~ato, Ps IV
109,24* = Mp II 5,3* = Vibh-a 426,6* = Ss 147,27*.

" 346862223383072768,kappaṭṭhiya,en,"

kappa-ṭṭhiya

, mfn. [¹¹kappa + ṭhiya < sthita; cf.
Amg. kappaṭṭhiya; pa. kappaṭṭhika, q.v.], lasting for
one eon; moghapuriso ~am eva kammam āyūhissati,
Mil 109,2; (Devadatto) saṅghaṁ bhinditvā ~aṁ
kammaṁ āyūhi, 214,13; kappaṭṭho ca ~aṁ kammaṁ
karoti, Kv 476,12; yo kho ... saṅghaṁ bhindati ~aṁ
kibbisaṁ pasavati kappaṁ nirayamhi paccati, Sp
607,18; yakkho virocati, ~aṁ h' etaṁ pāṭihāriyāṁ, Ja
V 33,27'; ~aṁ (Be °ikaṁ) kibbisaṁ pasavati, A V
75,24 (~an [Be °ikaṁ] ti āyukappaṁ, Mp V 35,6);
Mahāsatto cande sasalakkhaṇaṁ ~aṁ pāṭihāriyaṁ
sakkhiṁ katvā, Cp-a 173,11; — °-kamma, mfn., a kar-
ma lasting for one eon; Mp III 405,10; — °-patihariya,
n., ""an aeon-miracle"" (COWELL, Ja-Trsl. I: 90); sakale
pi imasmiṁ kappe agginā anabhibhavanīyattā ~aṁ
nāma jātaṁ, Ja I 215,4 = Cp-a 236,14; Ja I 213,4; ima-
smiṁ kappe cattāri ~āni nāma, 172,8 (list, 9-15) = Ps
III 179,23; — °-rukkha, m., a tree lasting for one eon; a
tree in the world of the asuras corresponding to the pā-
ricchattaka of the devas; devānaṁ pāricchattako vi-
ya Cittapāṭalī nāma ~o, Ja I 202,15.

" 346862102738112512,kappaṭṭhiyakamma,en,"

kappa-ṭṭhiya-kamma,

~aṁ hi katvā ekakappaṁ nirayamhi paccanakasattā, Vibh-a 443,8.

" 346862214671503360,kappavasāna,en,"

kappâvasāna

, n. [¹¹kappa + ava°], the end of a world-
cycle; yāva ~ā, Vism 688,21.

" 346862214688280576,kappāvasāna,en,"

kappâvasāna

, n. [¹¹kappa + ava°], the end of a world-
cycle; yāva ~ā, Vism 688,21.

" 346862213232857088,kappavasesa,en,"

kappâvasesa

, m., [¹¹kappa; BHS kalpâvaśeṣa], ei-
ther 1. for the rest of an eon (cf. CPD s.v. ¹avasesa) or 2.
for more than an eon; for discussion, cf. BHSD s.v.; P. S.
Jaini, Buddha's prolongation of life, BSOAS 21 1958:
546-552; ""vie au-delà du kalpa,"" Abhidh-k-vy-Trsl. In-
dex s.v. kalpâvaśeṣa; presupposing kappa = mahākap-
pa; cf. Kv-Trsl.: 259 n. 5, in contrast to ct.s kappa = ā-
yukappa (so already Mil 141,9-11); yassa kassaci ...
cattaro iddhipada bhavita ... so (= Tathagato) akaṅ-
khamāno ... kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya ~aṁ vā, D II 103,4
= 117,7 = III 77,27 = S V 259,24 = A IV 309,7 = Ud 62,20
= Mil 140,25 = Kv 457,26 (Sv 554,32 [discussed at length]
= Spk III 251,19 = Mp IV 149,11 - Ud-a 323,29) qu.
Sadd 552,5; samattho ca Bhagavā iddhibalena kap-
paṁ vā ṭhātuṁ ~aṁ vā, Mil 141,32.[[side 180]]

" 346862213258022912,kappāvasesa,en,"

kappâvasesa

" 346862227069865984,kappavemajjhe,en,"

kappa-vemajjhe

, ²ind., in the middle of an eon; adv.
loc.; saṇṭhahante hi kappe ~ vā, Ps IV 112,20 = Mp II
8,13 = Vibh-a 428,19.

" 346862226709155840,kappavināsa,en,"

kappa-vināsa

, m., the destruction of a world-cycle;
~o hi nāma mahāvikāro mahāpayogo koṭisatasa-
hassacakkavāḷassa jhāyanavasena mahālokavināso,
Pp-a 187,18,22 foll.; saṅghabhedaṁ katvā ~e yeva
muccati, Ps IV 112,21 = Mp II 8,14 = Vibh-a 428,20; —
°-(a)ggi, m., the fire occurring at the destruction of a
world-cycle; Vibh-a 70,14 (in long cpd.).

" 346862226906288128,kappavināsaka,en,"

kappa-vināsaka

, mfn., (cloud, wind, fire, etc.) destroy-
ing a world-cycle; ~o khārûdakamahāmegho vuṭṭhāti,
Vism 420,8 = Ss 312,1; ~aṁ udakaṁ, Spk II 204,5; ~o
aggi, 204,7; Dhp-a III 362,12; ~o vāyu, Spk II 204,9; —
°(')-udak'-upaccheda, m., cessation of eon-destroying
waters; ~o, Vism 420,23; — °-jālûpaccheda, m., cessa-
tion of the eon-destroying blaze; ~ato, Vism 419,30 qu.
Cp-a 11,12; — °-mahā-megha, m., the enormous rain-
cloud destroying a world-cycle; ādito va ~o vuṭṭhahitvā,
Vism 415,1 ≠ 420,6; Cp-a 11,35; Ss 312,26; — °-vāt'-
upaccheda, m., cessation of the eon-destroying wind;
Vism 421,23; Ss 313,31; — °-suriya, m., the eon-destroy-
ing sun; yathā ca pakatisuriye suriyadevaputto hoti
evaṁ ~e n' atthi, Vism 416,9 foll. qu. Ss 305,3 foll.

" 346862226944036864,kappavināsana,en,"

kappa-vināsana

, n., the destruction of a world-cycle;
~tthaṁ vāto samuṭṭhāti, Vism 420,32 = Ss 312,38.

" 346862224159019008,kappavuṭṭhāna,en,"

kappa-vuṭṭhāna

or kapp'-uṭṭhana, n., the emergence
of a new eon (beginning with the destruction of the old
eon); ito vassasatasahass' accayena ~aṁ (°puṭṭh°)
bhavissati, Ja I 47,24 = Vism 415,22 = Bv-a 272,10 = Ss
304,5 (°vuṭṭh°) ≠ Pj I 120,23 (°puṭṭh°) ≠ Spk I 130,23;
(manussā) kammaṁ karonti yāva ~ā (°puṭṭh°), III
287,7; anupâdiṇṇānaṁ ~e (°vuṭṭh°) vikāramahattaṁ
pākaṭaṁ hoti, Vism 367,22 qu. As 300,7; — °(')-aggi,
m., the fire (preceding) the emergence of a new eon; ~iṁ
patvā, Ja IV 498,1'; — luddako pi asiñ ca sattiñ ca ga-
hetvā ~i (°puṭṭh°) viya āgacchi, Ja III 185,12; hatthi
caṇḍo pharuso manussaghātako °-sadiso (°puṭṭh°),
V 336,1; (Jūjako) ~i (°puṭṭh°) viya uggiranto, VI 554,3;
II 397,21 (in long cpd.); so aggi ~i (°vuṭṭh°) viya ... ana-
vasesato adhiṭṭhānabalena jhāpetvā nibbāyi, Ud-a
432,31; — °-kāla, m., the time of the emergence of a new
eon; ~o (°puṭṭh°) viya ayaṁ loko ucchijjeyya, Ja V
244,10'; ~ato (°vuṭṭh°) paṭṭhāya, Ss 305,2; ~e (°vuṭṭh°),
Vism-mhṭ II 51,14 qu. Ss 305,4; — °-mahā-vāta-maṇ-
ḍalikā, f., the clashing of the storms at the emergence of a
new eon; ~āya, Ud-a 67,5; — °-mahā-vāyu-saṁghaṭṭa,
m., = prec.; ~aṁ, Cp-a 47,8.
kappa-vuṭṭhāna

" 346862102545174528,kappavuṭṭhānaggisadisa,en,"

kappa-vuṭṭhān’-aggi-sadisa

, mfn., (hot) like the fire (preceding) the emergence of a new eon; ~ena osadhena, Vism 304,1.

" 346862213950083072,kappāyana,en,"

Kappāyana

, m.; Npr.; another name of ⁴Kappa = Ni-
grodhakappa; Sn 354 = Th 1274 (~o ti Kappam eva
pūjāvasena bhaṇati, Pj II 350,22); 358 = Th 1278.

" 346862226193256448,kappayati,en,"

kappayati

, pr. 3 sg. [caus. < kappati, q.v.; cf. kap-
peti], 1.a. to arrange, organize; b. to perform, e.g., a sa-
crifice; 2. to form an opinion or a view (cf. vikappati);
used absolutely or with diṭṭhiṁ; 3.a.(i) with vāsaṁ or
saṁvāsaṁ: to live; (ii) with āsayaṁ: to make a den;
(iii) with vināvāsaṁ: to live alone; b. with saṁvāsaṁ
+ saddhiṁ with instr.: to have sexual intercourse with
somebody; c. with ṭhānanisajjasayana: to stand to sit,
to lie; — forms.: pr. 3 sg. ~ati; 3 pl. -anti; part. ~amā-
na; imp. 2 pl. med. ~ahvo (Mittelindisch § 434); pot. 3
sg. ~eyya; aor. 1 sg. ~iṁ; 3 sg. ~i (+ augment, except
Mhv); 2 pl. ~ittha (+ augment); 3 pl. ~uṁ (+ aug-
ment); ~iṁsu (Sn + augment); — 1.a. bahunnaṁ te a-
natthāya majjapānam akappayuṁ, Ja IV 116,30* (=
kappayiṁsu, 117,19'); — 1.b. tato yaññaṁ akappa-
yuṁ, Sn 295; kiṁnissitā isayo manujā khattiyā
brāhmaṇā devatānaṁ yaññam akappayiṁsu puthū
idha lok'e, Sn 458 = 1043 foll. qu. Nidd II 11,15 foll.;
75,23; tato ... mahāyaññaṁ akappayi, Sn 978 qu.
Nidd II 1,10; 75,22; — 2. used absolutely: na -anti, Sn
794 qu. Nidd I 97,24* ≠ Sn 803 ≠ Nidd I 112,12* foll. =
Cp-a 10,29; Nidd I 98,2 ≠ 113,12 foll.; — with diṭṭhiṁ:
diṭṭhiṁ pi lokasmiṁ na ~eyya ñāṇena vā sīlavatena
vā pi, Sn 799 qu. Nidd I 106,24 (= na janeyya na sañ-
janeyya, Nidd I 107,1); na janeyyā ti vuttaṁ hoti, Pj
II 530,10; Nidd-a I 241,5 foll.; — 3.a.(i) moro vāsaṁ a-
kappayī ti, Ja II 35,22 qu. Sadd 553,9; suddhā sud-
dhehi saṁvāsaṁ ~avho, Sn 283 (kappetha karotha,
Pj II 312,12 qu. Ps-pṭ II 100,13 ad Ps II 119,30) = A IV
172,10* (Mp-ṭ III 208,12 quotes Pj II 312,12) qu. Ps II
119,30; — 3.a.(ii) te amuṁ nivāpaṁ nivuttaṁ nevā-
pikassa upanissāya āsayaṁ ~iṁsu, M I 153,7; nivā-
pavatthuṁ upanissāya gahanesu gumbavatipādâ-
disu āsayaṁ ~iṁsu, Ps II 161,13; — 3.a.(iii) kathaṁ
vināvāsam akappayittha, Ja IV 440,2* — 3.b. ahaṁ
... kapaṇitthiyā saddhiṁ saṁvāsaṁ ~yiṁ, Ja III
448,3; ~ī, Mhv V 212; — c. bhikkhunī rattandhakāre
purisassa hatthapāse ṭhānanisajjasayanāni ~amānā
pācittiyaṁ, Sp 1387,10 (ad Vin V 212,32).

" 346862214147215360,kappayuka,en,"

kappâyuka

, mfn. [¹¹kappa + āyu], having a life-
span of one eon; said of Mahākāla (v. PPN s.v.); ~o
mahānāgo catubuddhaparicārako, Dīp VI 13; ~aṁ
Mahākālaṁ nāgarājaṁ, Mhv V 87 (catubhāgakap-
pānaṁ ekena vivaṭṭaṭṭhāyinā kappena ~an, Mhv-ṭ
208,19 foll); Sp 43,10; Thūp 185,6; said of various Brah-
mās: paṭhamajjhānaṁ nibbattetvā paṭhamajjhāna-
bhūmiyaṁ —Mahābrahmā hutvā, Ps II 177,21; 409,17;
Spk I 208,32.

" 346862214168186880,kappāyuka,en,"

kappâyuka

" 346862349891670016,kappekadesa,en,"

kapp'-ekadesa

, m., a part of an eon; brahmakāyikā-
naṁ devānaṁ kappo āyuppamāṇan (A II 129,9) ti
ettha ~o, Kv-a 131,18; — ifc. mahā-° (Kv-a 131,24).

" 346862349673566208,kappetā,en,"

kappetā

, ²ind. [< kappetvā, abs. of kappeti (q.v.);
for abs.s based upon the present stem, v. Mittelindisch §
498], (with seyyaṁ) having slept; cf. kappeti; nâbhija-
nāmi ... seyyaṁ ~, M III 127,4; — Rem.: for abhijā-
nāti constructed with the abs., v. Syntax-Hendr.: 129.[[side 189]]

" 346862349841338368,kappetabba,en,"

kappetabba

, mfn. [ger. < kappeti, q.v.; cf. sa. kal-
payitavya], to be assumed, imagined; sāsaparāsi-upa-
mâdīhi ~o parikappetabbo parimāṇo, Cp-a 11,12.

" 346862349728092160,kappetar,en,"

kappeta(r)

, m., (with jīvitaṁ) one who makes a liv-
ing (by something; with instr.); cf. kappeti + jīvitaṁ,
q.v. s.v. kappeti; kasiyā vā vāṇijjāya vā jīvitaṁ ~ā,
Ps V 71,12,14.
kappetar

" 346862102213824512,kappeti,en,"

kappeti, 1.a.(xvii)

jīvikaṁ ~enti, Ja VI 111,3´ ad karonti jīvikaṁ, 110,28*, cf. karoti 10.b (xvii), q.v.

" 346862349568708608,kappeti,en,"

kappeti

, pr. 3 sg. [cf. kappayati, q.v.], to shape, form;
to make; hence ~ + ṭhānaṁ: 1.a.(i) to stand; ~ + vāsaṁ:
(ii) to settle in, take up one's residence in (something or
in a certain place; with loc.); ~ + nivāsaṁ: (iii) to settle
down (somewhere; with loc.); (iv) to sit next to somebody
(with instr. + saddhiṁ); ~ + saṁvāsaṁ: (v) to stay or
live together with somebody (with saddhiṁ + instr.);
(vi) to have sexual intercourse (with somebody; with
saddhiṁ); ~ + sayana: (vii) to sleep (on something
with loc.); ~+ āsayaṁ: (viii) to make a den; —h sey-
yaṁ: (ix) to make a bed; (x) to sleep, to fall asleep; (xi) to
sleep (together with somebody; with saha with or with-
out instr.); (xii) to sleep in or on something; with loc.;
(xiii) ~ + iriyapathaṁ, to adopt a (certain) posture;
(xiv) ~ + sīhaseyyaṁ, to lie down like a lion; (xv) ~ +
vihāraṁ, to live, to stay; (xvi) ~ + divāvihāraṁ, to
spend the day; (xvii) ~ + jīvitaṁ, jīvikaṁ, to make a
living (from something; with instr.); b. to make some-
thing (from something else; with instr.); 2. to put the
trappings on a horse or an elephant; 3.a. to trim, to cut
(hair or beard); b. to cut (something; e.g., the stalk of a
lotus); 4. to allot (something to someone; with acc. and
gen.); 5. to think, imagine; — forms: pr. 1 sg. ~emi, 2
sg. ~eti, 2 pl. ~etha, 3 pl. ~enti; imp. 2 sg. ~ehi, 1 pl.
-ema, 3 pl. ~entu; part. ~ento, ~entī; fut. 2 sg. ~essa-
si, 3 sg. ~essati, 1 pl. ~essāma, 2 pl. ~essatha, 3 pl.
~essanti; pot. 1 sg. ~eyyaṁ, 2 sg. ~eyyāsi, 3 sg. ~ey-
ya, 3 pl. ~eyyuṁ; aor. 1 sg. ~esiṁ; 3 sg. ~esi, 3 pl. ~e-
suṁ; inf. ~etuṁ; abs. ~etvā, ~etā (q.v.); pp. ~ita, q.v.;
— 1.a.(i) aṭṭhāsī ti, ṭhānaṁ ~esi, Spk I 16,27 (ad S I
1,12); — 1.a.(ii) yasmiṁ padese ~eti vāsaṁ paṇḍita-
jātiyo, Vin I 229,35* = D II 88,28* (paṇḍitajātiko) =
Ud 89,20*; S V 51,26 foll. ≠ IV 219,10; vāsaṁ ~essanti,
A III 108,27 foll. ≠ 344,2; makkhikā gaṇacārinī aṅgāre
vāsaṁ ~eyyuṁ, Ja III 477,25*; tassâsanne uparisote
vāsaṁ ~esi, Cp-a 156,31; nigrodhassa mule vāsaṁ
~ento, 169,13; nivāsaṁ akappayiṁ ~esiṁ, 175,23; e-
kissā nadiyā tīre ekasmiṁ darībhāge yadā vāsaṁ
~emī ti, 227,29; meghavanaṁ nāma uyyānaṁ ... et-
tha therā vāsaṁ ~entū ti, Sp 81,13; ~emi vinaye (v.l.
°aṁ), vāsaṁ (referring to Upāli), Ap 48,11; aññatara-
smiṁ padese vāsaṁ ~entī, Pv-a 47,5; pabbate Hima-
vantamhi vāsaṁ ~es' ahaṁ pure, Ap 129,13; —
1.a.(iii) Vāsabhagāme nivāsaṁ ~emā ti, Vin I 312,20;
~ehī ti, 314,15; icchāma mayam ... pacchābhūme ja-
napade nivāsaṁ ~etun ti, S III 5,26; pāpabhikkhu
ekako paccantimesu janapadesu nivāsaṁ ~eti, A III
130,20; nivāsaṁ ~esi, Sp 91,7; — 1.a.(iv) pajāpatiyā
saddhiṁ sayanighare nisajjaṁ ~esi, Vin IV 94,17; e-
ko ekāya raho paṭicchanne āsane alaṅkammaṇiye
nisajjaṁ ~esi, III 187,20 foll. = 191,11 (~etuṁ) ≠ IV
68,19 = V 7,26; kathaṁ hi nāma ... mātugāmena sad-
dhiṁ ... paṭicchanne āsane alaṅkammaṇiye nisaj-
jaṁ ~essasi, III 188,1 foll.; ~eyya, 188,18 (nisajjaṁ
~eyyā ti nisajjaṁ kareyya nisīdeyyā ti attho, Sp
632,4); jānaṁ pubbupagataṁ bhikkhuṁ anupakhaj-
ja nisajjaṁ ~eyya, Sp 1349,8; — 1.a.(v) sattāhaṁ tayā
saddhiṁ saṁvāsaṁ ~esi, Pv-a 6,3 foll.; — 1.a.(vi) sa
... kukkuṭī kākena saddhiṁ saṁvāsaṁ ~esi, Vin II
17,14; idha khattiyakumāro brāhmaṇakaññāya sad-
dhiṁ saṁvāsaṁ ~eyya, D I 97,6; khattiyakumāro
brāhmaṇakaññāya saddhiṁ saṁvāsaṁ ~eyya, M II
153,13 foll.; so ... ekāya duggatitthiyā saddhiṁ saṁ-
vāsaṁ ~esi, Ja I 239,12; puriso yakkhiniyā saddhiṁ
saṁvāsaṁ ~esi, Vism 665,2; brāhmaṇī dāsena vā
kammakarena vā saddhiṁ saṁvāsaṁ ~eti, Ps III
409,20; paribbājakena saddhiṁ saṁvāsaṁ ~etvā,
Spk I 285,9; — 1.a.(vii) viralamañcake vā phalake vā
silāya vā sayanāni ~enti, Spk I 28,18; — 1.a.(viii) lo-
kâmisāni upanissāya āsayaṁ ~eyyāma, M I 157,18;
yan nūnâhaṁ ... āsayaṁ ~eyyaṁ, D III 23,18; 23,27 ≠
M I 153,1 (~eyyāma; Ps II 161,3 foll); — 1.a.(ix) chab-
baggiyā bhikkhū there bhikkhū anupakhajja sey-
yaṁ ~enti yassa sambādho bhavissati so pakkamis-
satī ti, Vin IV 42,31; seyyaṁ ~eyya, 43,8** (= seyyaṁ
santharati santharāpeti vā, 43,17); — 1.a.(x) Brahma-
datto Kāsirājā ... seyyaṁ ~esi, Vin I 346,35; dakkhi-
ṇena passena seyyaṁ ~esi, II 200,15 ≠ 304,1; asam-
pajānā naggā vikūjamānā kākacchamānā seyyaṁ
~enti, IV 15,31; bahussuto cittakathī buddhassa pari-
cārako pannabhāro visaññutto seyyaṁ ~eti Gota-
mo, Th 1021; santharitvāna saṁghātiṁ seyyaṁ ~esi
Gotamo, 367; so ce ahaṁ ... seyyaṁ ~emi, A I
182,32; nīcaseyyaṁ ~enti ... nīcaseyyaṁ ~emi, IV
250,25,28; yattha yattha seyyaṁ ~essasi, phāsu yeva
seyyaṁ ~essasi, 301,20 qu. Vism 324,2; eko seyyaṁ
~eti, Nidd I 26,29 = 140,23 = 341,18; paṇidhāya sey-
yaṁ ~eti, 226,3 qu. Vism 26,16; kāyapasāraṇasaṅkhā-
taṁ seyyaṁ ~eyya vidaheyya sampādeyyā ti, Sp
745,15; — 1.a.(xi) kathaṁ hi nāma bhikkhū anupa-
sampannena saha seyyaṁ ~essanti ti, Vin IV 16,2;
kathaṁ hi nāma āyasmā Anuruddho mātugāmena
saha seyyaṁ ~essatī ti, 19,24 foll.; sambahula bhik-
khū anupasampannena saha seyyaṁ ~esuṁ, V 14,7;
kathaṁ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṁ ...
saṁbhuñjissanti pi saṁvāsissanti pi sahā pi seyyaṁ
~essantī ti, IV 137,9; sambhuñjathā pi saṁvāsathā pi
sahā pi seyyaṁ ~ethā ti, 137,11; kathaṁ hi nāma
tumhe moghapurisā jānaṁ ... sambuñjissathā pi
saṁvāsissathā pi sahā pi seyyaṁ ~essatha, 137,14;
— 1.a.(xii) ākāse antalikkhe caṅkamati pi ... sey-
yam pi ~eti, Vin I 180,27 ≠ Paṭis II 208,28 = Vism
397,11 foll. ≠ Sp 64,18; kaṇṭakāpassaye seyyaṁ ~eti,
D I 167,8 foll. = III 42,3 foll = M I 343,16 = Pp 55,35
foll. ≠ M I 78,18 ≠ A I 296,5 ≠ II 206,36; M I 343,35
(bhūmiyā haritupattāya); mudukāsu seyyāsu thūla-
bimbohanāsu yāva sūriyuggamanā seyyaṁ ~essan-
ti, S II 268,6; chamāya seyyaṁ ~emi, Thī 88; susāne
seyyaṁ ~emi, Ja I 47,7*; Cp 359 (susāne); Ap 105,11
(ākāse); Ap 169,22 (pabbhāre); Sp 745,3 (valañjana-
kavaccakuṭiyā); — 1.a.(xiii) aṭṭhisaṁghāṭaghaṭito
nhārusuttanibandhano nekesaṁ saṁgatibhāvā ~eti
iriyāpathaṁ, Th 570; sabbe te pathaviṁ nissāya pa-
thaviyam patiṭṭhāya evam ete cattāro iriyāpathe
~enti, S V 78,6; sukhena cattāro iriyāpathe ~esi, Ja V
262,30'; na iriyāpatham ~eti, Vism 596,9; sace pi ākā-
se iddhiyā kañci iriyāpathaṁ ~eti pācittiyam eva,
Sp 859,3; pañcahi viññāṇehi na kañci iriyāpathaṁ
~eti, Vibh 307,30 foll.; — 1.a.(xiv) Bhagavā dakkhiṇe-
na passena sīhaseyyaṁ ~esi pāde pādaṁ accādhā-
ya, D II 134,30 ≠ A II 245,2 ≠ S I 27,21; M I 274,3 (~es-
sāma); III 3,7 (~eyyāsi) = 135,7; Vibh 249,28 (~eti); a-
tha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṁ
~esi, Ud 84,10; (~etvā) Ja I 330,28; majjhimaṁ yā-
maṁ dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṁ ~eyya, Nidd
I 378,1; bhagavā muhuttaṁ sīhaseyyaṁ ~etvā, Ps III
372,14; rattiyā majjhimaṁ yāmaṁ dakkhiṇena pas-
sena sīhaseyyaṁ ~eti, Nidd I 484,14 = 501,7 = A I
114,15 = II 40,20 ≠ D II 137,18 ≠ 190,21 ≠ III 209,22 ≠ M
I 354,29 ≠ S I 107,14 ≠ IV 184,12 = A I 114,15 = II 40,20;
bhagavā hi pacchābhatte Gandhakuṭiyaṁ sīhasey-
yaṁ ~etvā, Ps IV 160,22; — 1.a.(xv) tathā tathā ā-
vuso bhikkhu vihāraṁ ~eti, A III 293,3 foll.; handa
mayaṁ āvuso tathā vihāraṁ -ema, Ud 25,22; —
1.a.(xvi) divāvihāraṁ ~esi, Mhv XIX 79; — 1.a.(xvii)
(with jīvītaṁ) eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā micchājīvena jī-
vitaṁ ~enti, Vin II 296,6; IV 239,34; ariyasāvako ...
sammā-ājīvena jīvitaṁ ~eti, S V 9,16 (= jīvitaṁ pa-
vatteti, Spk III 125,21); A I 270,33; ekacco veḷudānena
vā pattadānena vā ... buddhapaṭikuṭṭhena micchā-
ājivena jīvitaṁ ~eti, Vibh 246,26 = Vism 17,17; so sab-
bakammehi jīvitaṁ ~eti, A III 229,16; sukhaṁ ~emi
jīvitaṁ ahatthapāso Mārassa, Th 888; (with jīvikaṁ)
te evarūpaya tiracchānavijjāya micchājīvena jīvi-
kaṁ ~enti, D I 9,3 foll. = 67,14 = 172,4; micchā-ājīvaṁ
pahāya sammā-ājīvena jīvikaṁ ~eti, M II 26,21; keci
... samaṇabrāhmaṇā vatthuvijjātiracchānavijjāya
micchājīvena jīvikam ~enti, S III 239,15 foll.; te eva-
rūpāya tiracchānavijjāya micchājīvena jīvikaṁ ~en-
ti, Vism 30,10; Ps IV 38,27; sippaṭṭhānena jīvikaṁ ~e-
ti, M I 85,31; kammaṭṭhānena jīvikaṁ ~eti, A IV
281,24 foll.; 285,8* foll = 322,14*; Buddha ... bhikkhā-
cāren' eva jīvikaṁ ~esun ti, Ja I 90,7; etaṁ sārūp-
paṁ yaṁ samano uñchācariyāya piṇḍiyâlopena jī-
vikaṁ ~eyya, Nidd I 225,2 = 461,34; abhūtaguṇaka-
thāya vā jīvikaṁ ~essati, Sp 192,18; yāvajīvaṁ miga-
pakkhighātakammena jīvikaṁ ~etvā, 397,14; Nidd II
84,27; 121,17; satthājīvakasikammavaṇijjādīhi jīvi-
kaṁ ~eti, Ps III 428,23; nahāniyacuṇṇâdīhi saddhiṁ
taṁ vikkiṇanto jīvikaṁ ~eti, Spk I 259,5; jīvikaṁ ~e-
suṁ, Cp-a 119,5; — 1.b. kumbhaṁ āruyha kharaka-
kacena mūladāṭhā ~etvā pakkāmi, Ja I 321,28; — 2.
ahaṁ ajja mahābhinikkhamanaṁ nikkhamitukāmo,
ekaṁ me assaṁ ~ehī ti, Ja I 62,3 foll. qu. Ap-a 66,31;
ajja mayā imam eva ~etuṁ vaṭṭatī ti Kanthakaṁ ~e-
si, 62,6; rañño Pasenadissa Kosalassa nāgā opavay-
hā te ~etvā, S V 351,6; — 3.a. te tassa purisassa kesa-
massuṁ ~ethā ti, D II 324,22; asito Devalo isi kesa-
massuṁ ~etvā, M II 155,6; — 3.b. kakkaṭako kattari-
kāya kumudanaḷaṁ ~ento viya tassa gīvaṁ ~etvā
udakaṁ pāvisi, Ja I 223,22; — 4. issaro sabbalokassa
sace ~eti jīvitaṁ, Ja V 238,10* (sabbalokassa jīvītaṁ
saṁvidahati vicāreti, 238,18'); — 5. taṇhākappaṁ vā
diṭṭhikappaṁ vā na ~eti, Nidd I 251,26 ≠ 113,11; taṇ-
hākappassa pahīnattā diṭṭhikappassa paṭinissaṭṭhat-
tā kena rāgena ~eyya, kena dosena ~eyya, kena mo-
hena ~eyya, kena mānena ~eyya, kāya diṭṭhiyā
~eyya, kena uddhaccena ~eyya, kāya vicikicchāya
~eyya, kehi anusayehi ~eyya ratio ti, 97,6 ≠ 111,19
foll.; aparantaṁ ~etvā vikappetvā gaṇhantī ti apa-
rantakappikā, Ps IV 15,22 (ad M II 228,13); tattha atī-
takoṭṭhāsasaṅkhātaṁ pubantaṁ ~etvā vikappetvā
gaṇhantī ti pubbantakappikā, 23,6 (ad M II 233,11);
pubbantaṁ ~etvā vikappetvā gaṇhantī ti pubbanta-
kappikā, Sv 103,1 foll.; yaṁ parisāya ruccati tad eva
cetetvā ~etvā na kathetabban ti attho, Sp 1364,17;
yena ~eyya vikappeyya vikappaṁ āpajjeyya, Nidd
I 112,4 foll.; taṁ nayati yaṁ no ~etuṁ evaṁ sankhā-
rā cetitā pakappitā ca ārammaṇabhūtā honti, Peṭ
220,5; sarāgāya cetassasī ti sarāgena vattāmānāya
methunadhammāya cetassasi ~essasi pakappessasi,
Sp 217,25; bāhullāya cetetī ti bāhullattāya ceteti ~eti
pakappeti, 607,12 (ad Vin III 172,16); na abhisañceta-
yatī ti na ~eti, Ps V 57,8 (ad M III 244,20); evaṁ sati
evaṁ bhavissatī ti kappetvā kappetvā vaḍḍhentā
kilamanti, Spk II 48,27; tasmā pana te taṁ pub-
bantaṁ purimasiddhehi taṇhādiṭṭhikappehi ~etvā,
Sv-pṭ I 140,21.[[side 190]]

" 346862349505794048,kappetukāma,en,"

kappetu-kāma

, mfn., (with seyyaṁ) wanting to
sleep; cf. kappeti + seyyaṁ, q.v. s.v. kappeti; seyyaṁ
~o, Sp 780,31; — °-tā, f. [abstr.], (with iriyāpathaṁ)
the wanting to assume a (particular) posture; cf. kappeti
+ iriyāpathaṁ, q.v. s.v. kappeti; na iriyāpathaṁ ~ā,
Vism 596,11,14.

" 346862176620777472,kappika,en,"

kappika

, mfn. [sa. kalpika], 1. (simpl.) permitted;
kappimo, kappiyo, ~o, Kacc-v 355; 2. in (bhvr.) cpd.s
with kappa: a. v. ⁹kappa: apar'-anta-°; pubb'-anta-°
(D I 39,10; M II 233,11; Peṭ 177,4; Sv 103,2 = Ps IV
23,7); vutta-° (Peṭ 177,4); b. v. ¹¹kappa: ādi-°; paṭha-
ma-° (Ja II 352,5-6; Vism 382,25; Vibh 412,28; Spk I
172,28; II 22,17; Vv-a 19,12; Ja I 222,3; Sv 247,14).

" 346862199764946944,kappima,en,"

kappima

, mfn. [kappa + ima; cf. kittima, kārima, o-
pārima], permitted; only in gramm. lit.: ~o, kappiyo,
kappiko, Kacc-v 355.

" 346862198766702592,kappin,en,"

kappi(n)

, mfn.; only recorded ifc.; — ifc. 1. v. ⁹kappa
2., fancying, supposing: apar'-anta-° (Ps-pṭ III 218,12);
panña-° (Sn 1090; 1091); 2. v. ¹¹kappa, time-period;
ṭhita-° (Pp 13,32 qu. Spk II 346,26; Pp-a 187,14); mahā-°
(Sv 164,12; Ps III 232,11; Pv-a 254,3; cf. ¹¹kappa ifc).
kappin

" 346862199311962112,kappina,en,"

Kappina

, m.; Npr.; a thera; one of the most eminent
disciples of the Buddha; commonly called Mahākappi-
na; mentioned together with Anuruddha, Mogallāna,
and Sāriputta, v. PPN s.v. Mahā-Kappina Thera; —
gramm. lit.: Mogg VII 103; — nanu te ~a ... evaṁ ce-
taso parivitakko udapādi: gaccheyyaṁ vâhaṁ upo-
sathaṁ na vā gaccheyyaṁ, Vin I 105,22 (cf. Ps IV 74,16
q.v. infra); taṁ tathā devakāyehi pūjitaṁ pūjanâra-
haṁ Sāriputtaṁ tadā disvā ~assa si taṁ ahū, Th 1086
(Th-a III 142,5); mātuyā vacanaṁ sutvā Upatisso 'nu-
kampako āmantayī Moggallānaṁ Anuruddhañ ca
~aṁ, Pv 122; amhākaṁ satthu nibbattito puretaram
eva ayaṁ ~o paccantadese Kukkuṭavatīnagare nā-
ma rājagehe paṭisandhiṁ gaṇhi, Mp I 318,25; āyāmâ-
vuso ~a uposathaṁ gamissāmā ti, Ps IV 74,16 qu. Pj II
199,20 and Sadd 449,31 (cf. Vin I 105,11,29); — ifc ma-
hā-° (S II 284,10,12; A I 25,13; Vism 393,8; Ps II 149,1;
Mp I 318,6; Ap-a 245,31; 247,6); — °-upāsaka, m., the
lay-follower K°; an incarnation of K° at the time of Kas-
sapabuddha; ~aṁ jeṭṭhakaṁ katvā, Mp I 318,22; —
°-kumāra, m., the young man K°; the incarnation of K°
at the time of the Buddha; tesu ~o pitu accayena chat-
taṁ ussāpetvā Mahākappinarājā nāma jāto, Mp I
318,27 = Th-a II 231,12; — °-tthera, m.; the thera K°; ā-
yasmato ~assa apadānaṁ, Ap-a 495,19 foll.; — ifc.
Mahā-° (Mp I 318,8); — °-rāja(n), m.; Npr.; the name
given to K° at the time of the Buddha; sā vayappattā
~añño (v.l. Mahā°, which probably read) gehaṁ gantvā
Anojā devī nāma ahosi, Dhp-a II 117,1 = Ap-a 497,34;
— ifc. Mahā-° (Mp I 318,27; 319,3; Dhp-a II 116,19;
Th-a II 231,13; Ap-a 497,30).[[side 183]]

" 346862199538454528,kappinasutta,en,"

Kappina-sutta

, n.; title of S II 284,9-30; V 315,22-316,24.

" 346862195818106880,kappiñcimpekula,en,"

Kappiñcimpekula

, m.; Npr.; a Damiḷa chief; cf.
PPN s.v.; ~aṁ, Mhv LXXVII 79.

" 346862193309913088,kappita,en,"

kappita

, mfn. [pp. < kappeti, q.v.], 1.a. fitted with
(something); provided with (something); only ifc.; b. with
caparison or trappings put on: caparisoned; used of an e-
lephant or a horse; 2. trimmed; 3. arrayed (in battleforma-
tion); 4. imagined; — lex. lit.: sajjito tu ca ~o, Abh 366
(dvayaṁ kappitahatthini. sajjā sajjanā saṅñātā ya-
smiṁ sajjito. kappo kappanā sañjātā yasmiṁ ~o,
Abh-ṭ ad loc.); — 1.a. ifc. kiṁkiṇi-jāla-° (Vv 1127;
Vv-a 303,26); puñña-kamma-mahāsippi-° (Saddh
247); maṇi-canda-° (Vv 1014; Vv-a 277,18; Vv 1015;
Vv-a 278,1); sikharâkāra-° (Ja II 99,1*); su-° (Vv 955);
— 1.b. ~āni kho te deva hatthiyānāni yassa dāni kā-
laṁ maṅñasī ti, D I 49,27 qu.Sv 148,5; yuttan ti ~aṁ,
Ja VI 268,16'; nāgā ca ~ā dantī balavantā saṭṭhihāya-
nā yesaṁ khandhesu sobhanti kumārā cārudassanā,
Ja VI 449,6*; — 2. vaḷavānaṁ yeva vālā, ~ānaṁ rathā-
naṁ vaḷavayuttattā pana rathā pi kuttavālā ti vuttā,
Sv 274,18; — 3. ~ā kho te devi caturaṅginisenā, D II
189,28; — 4. dhonassa kuhiñci loke pakappitā diṭṭhi
bhavābhavesū ca ~ā (v.l. omits) pakappitā abhisaṁ-
khatā saṇṭhapitā diṭṭhi n' atthi na santi, Nidd I 79,12;
saññāviggahena saññāya uṭṭhapitā ~ā abhisaṅkhatā
saṇṭhapitā diṭṭhi n' atthi na saṁvijjati, Nidd I 111,3;
pakappitānī ti ~ā (v.l. ad pakappitā) abhisaṅkhatā
saṇṭhapitā ti pi pakappitā, Nidd I 186,3; saṅkhāto ti
cetito ~o +, Ps II 361,29; aṅṅamaggapaṭikkhepanat-
than ti titthiyehi ~assa maggassa dukkhanirodhagā-
minipaṭipadābhāvaṁ paṭikkhepetun ti, Vibh-mṭ
71,2; vacanasāmaññamattaṁ ~aṁ chalaṁ vadati ete-
nā ti chalavādo, Ppk-anuṭ 72,9.[[side 182]]

" 346862193523822592,kappitahatthi,en,"

kappita-hatthi

, m., an elephant on which a caparison
has been put; dvayaṁ ~ini, Abh-ṭ (ad Abh 366: sajjito,
kappito).

" 346862197013483520,kappitajīvika,en,"

kappita-jīvika

, mfn. [cf. jīvika/jīvitakappaka, jīvi-
takappana, qq.v.], one who makes a living (by some-
thing; with instr. or abs. + acc); visamajīvino ti a-
dhammena ~ā (v.l. kappika°), Ja V 270,14' (ad
266,11*); orabbhikassa eḷake vadhitvā niccamme ka-
tvā ~assa (v.l. °jīvitassa) ... niccammaṁ eḷakasarī-
raṁ nimittaṁ ahosi, Sp 509,9 = Spk II 219,8.

" 346862196052987904,kappitaka,en,"

Kappitaka

, m.; Npr.; a thera who is said to be Upā-
li's preceptor; he is described as coming from a group of
one thousand jaṭilas; v. PPN s.v.; āyasmato Upālissa
upajjhāyo āyasmā ~o susāne viharati, Vin IV 308,11
foll. (- jaṭilasahassassa abbhantaro thero, Sp 937,23);
~o nāma, Pv 547 (= Jaṭilasahassassa abbhantare ā-
yasmato Upālitherassa upajjhāyaṁ sandhāya vada-
ti, Pv-a 230,6) = Pv-a 229,13; — ifc. Mahā-° (Pv-a
243,32); — °-mahā-thera, m., the great thera K.; ~as-
sa Pv-a 230,29; — (')°-uttama, m., the eminent K.; serī
sukhī pabbajaṁ upāgami bhikkhuñ ca āgamma
~aṁ ubho pi sāmaññaphalāni ajjhaguṁ, Pv 601 qu.
Pv-a 240,11.

" 346862198284357632,kappitakāra,en,"

kappitâkāra

, m., a form that is imagined (by somebo-
dy); attanā ~ena taṁ gaṇhāti, Spk-pṭ II 122,11.

" 346862198305329152,kappitākāra,en,"

kappitâkāra

, m., a form that is imagined (by somebo-
dy); attanā ~ena taṁ gaṇhāti, Spk-pṭ II 122,11.

" 346862196505972736,kappitakesamassu,en,"

kappita-kesa-massu

, mfn., having the hair and beard
trimmed or cut; — gramm. lit. (on the semantics of kap-
pita) alaṁkato ~ū ti evamādisu chedanaṁ, Sadd
552,10; — evaṁ su te sunahātā suvilittā ~ū +, D I
104,27 ≠ II 325,6 ≠ M II 120,14 ≠ S I 79,12; ayam puriso
... sunhāto suvilitto ~u itthikāmehi rājā maññe pari-
cāretī ti, IV 343,30 ≠ 347,3 foll.; so hoti sunahāto su-
vilitto ~u odātavatthavasano, A IV 94,11 qu. Vism
298,25; sunhātā suvilittā ~ū odātavatthavasanā ...
paricārissantī ti, Ud 66,8 (= alaṅkārasatthe vuttavi-
dhinā kappakehi chinnakesamassū, Ud-a 333,27);
tvaṁ lohitakkho ... alaṁkato ~u, Ja IV 466,28* = V
173,14; imaṁ nesādaṁ ~uṁ nahātânulittaṁ sabbâ-
laṁkārapatimaṇḍitaṁ kāretvā ānehī ti, 350,5; Puṇ-
ṇako alaṅkato ~u, VI 268,27* (maṇḍanavasena su-
saṁvihitakesamassu, 270,60; alaṅkato malyadharo
suvattho sukuṇḍalī ~u +, Vv 1087 = 1094 = 1153; a-
laṅkato ~ū (Ja VI 268,27*) ti evamādisu chedanaṁ, Ps
II 126,8 = Spk I 15,30; alaṅkato ~ū ti ādisu chedane,
Cp-a 10,22; sikharâkārakappito ti sikharena sundare-
na ākārena ~u (v.l. kappito-), Ja II 99,7'; — °-āmut-
ta-mālâbharana, mfn., with the hair and beard trimmed
and adorned with garlands and ornaments; ~ā, Ud-a 7,10.

" 346862196287868928,kappitakiṅkiṇijāla,en,"

kappita-kiṅkiṇi-jāla

, mfn., fitted with a net or
fringe of tinkling bells; ~aṁ, Vv-a 303,27 (ad Vv 1127).

" 346862196732465152,kappitakkhaṇa,en,"

kappita-kkhaṇa

, n., (with vāsaṁ) the moment of
taking up one's abode (somewhere; with loc.); cf. kappeti
+ vāsaṁ, q.v. s.v. kappeti; channe vāsaṁ ~e dhutaṅ-
gaṁ bhijjati, Vism 74,18.

" 346862198540210176,kappitāla,en,"

Kappitāla

, m.; Npr.; a village; ~e game, Sīh XXXVIII 1.

" 346862197621657600,kappitamassu,en,"

kappita-massu

, mfn., having the beard trimmed, cut;
~u, Sadd 553,10.

" 346862197210615808,kappitamatte,en,"

kappita-matte

, ²ind., (with seyyaṁ) as soon as hav-
ing fallen asleep; adv. loc.; cf. kappeti + seyyaṁ, q.v. s.v.
kappeti; seyyaṁ ~e dhutaṅgaṁ bhijjati, Vism 79,9.

" 346862198066253824,kappitasanti,en,"

kappita-santi

, f., calm, quietude that is made, i.e.,
conditioned (and thus not equivalent to the calm of nib-
bāna); kuppapaṭiccasantin ti kuppasantiṁ pakup-
pasantim ... ~im ... nissito, Nidd I 75,3 (ad Sn 784).

" 346862197822984192,kappitavāla,en,"

kappita-vāla

, mfn., having the tail trimmed, i.e., hav-
ing a plaited tail; kuttavālehī ti sobhākaraṇatthaṁ
kappetuṁ yuttaṭṭhānesu ~ehi, Sv 274,18 (ad D I 105,9).

" 346862200276652032,kappiya,en,"

kappiya

, mfn. [cf. ⁶kappa; Amg. kappiya; BHS
kalpika, kalpiya; not in sa. in this meaning], (t.t. Vin.)
permitted; allowable (LB. HORNER); formally acceptable
(DBMT: 66); (occurs in the Khandhaka only in VI.
Bhesajjakkhandhaka); — gramm. lit.: kappo assa at-
thī ti ~o, Rūp 378 (p. 231,10); Mogg IV 94; Kacc-v
355; — exeg.: ~an (Khp 6,13* etc.) ti anucchaviyaṁ
paṭirūpaṁ ariyānaṁ paribhogārahaṁ, Pj I 208,23
foll. - Pv-a 26,1 foll.; ~an ti anurūpavasena vuttaṁ,
Sp-ṭ II 162,28 = Vmv I 171,18 (ad Sp 301,26); — cīva-
raṅ ca ... paṭiganhāma kālena ~aṁ, Vin III 221,24**
(~aṁ cīvaraṁ, Sp 672,21); Sp 650,15; 666,8; 668,6;
Khuddas III 1 ≠ Vin-vn 551; cf. Amg. paḍiggāhejja
~aṁ, Daçavaik VI 47; vatthāchādi sabbattha ~ā,
Khuddas XVIII 2 (= vaṭṭati, Sp 1208,5); ~aṁ tañ ca
ādeti cīvaraṁ, Th 984 (so read with Th-a III 99,24);
mattikāyomayā pattā ~ā, Vin-vn 737; ~ā thālakā,
Khuddas VI 1 (cf. Sp 1203,11); gaṇheyya ~ena kame-
na, Khuddas XXXVII 4 (cf. kappiyakkama, q.v.); ~e-
na kammena gāhāpetvā, Vmv I 236,17 (ad Sp 471,30:
read kamena ?); suttaṁ ~aṁ, Sp 725,14; ~aṁ ñatvā e-
vaṁ pucchati: ... rogassa kiṁ bhesajjaṁ, Sp 471,16
qu. Pālim 10,27; ābādhikassa ... kale pi vikāle pi
~aṁ pi akappiyaṁ (scil. as medicine) pi vaṭṭati, 717,13
(cf. Vism 41,9-14); yaṁ ... mayā idaṁ kappatī ti ana-
nuññātaṁ, tañ ce ~aṁ anulometi akkapiyaṁ paṭi-
bāhati, taṁ vo kappati, Vin I 251,3-6, qu. Sp 231,3-5;
cf. Sv 567,10-12 (this paragraph is called mahāpadesa
[of the Vin] in the explanation of suttānuloma, cf. Sp
1103,25 foll.; 1104,3); ~aṁ anulometi, Sp 1104,7; Sv
567,14; yaṁ upajjhâcariyehi kataṁ ~aṁ vā akappi-
yaṁ vā ... kātuṁ vaṭṭati, Mhv-ṭ 157,16-19; ekasmiṁ
bīje ... ~e kate sabbaṁ (scil. bījānaṁ pabbatamatto)
kataṁ hoti, Sp 767,28 = Kkh 89,9; Khuddas XIII 4 (if a
part is ~, the whole is too, cf. Vin-vn 1032); (muggā)
pakkattā ~ā eva, Sp 1092,26; ~aṁ saṅghikena pari-
bhogena paribhuñjitabbaṁ, 1240,6 (list of items per-
mitted); ~esv eva vatthusu kukkuccassa, Mp I 231,21;
Sp 392,20*; ~aṁ vatthuṁ, Khuddas XXXVII 12;
Kkh-ṭ 62,14; ~ena vatthunā, Vin-vn 717; ~ena vāky-
ena, 455 (Vin-vn-ṭ: split cpd.), 667: ~e paccaye, Mp-ṭ
I 114,25 (ad A I 16,12); ~ānaṁ taṇḍūlānaṁ vicaritat-
tā, Sp 681,16; 681,30* qu. N. Ratnapala, Katikāva-
tas, 1971: mahāparakkamabāhu-K. § 22; anugaṇṭhi-
pade pana: ~ena laddhaṁ dhaññaṁ bhajjitvā bhuñ-
jantiyā dukkkaṭaṁ, Vjb 369,15 (ad Sp 923,29); yāni ca
... ~āni ca anavajjāni, Vin I 292,8; ~aṁ ... bhikkhū ā-
hāraṁ āhārenti, anavajjaṁ ... bhikkhū āhāraṁ āhā-
renti, M I 371,19 (i.e., avoidance of meat); pavattamaṁ-
saṁ vā ~aṁ labhitvā, Sp 605,27 (akappiya maṁsa e-
numerated: Ps III 51,12-19); Sp 1227,5; akappiyaṁ pi
""~aṁ"" sāvajjaṁ pi ""anāvajjaṁ"" ... ti bhaṇati, Dhp-a
IV 38,6 = Pj II 306,12; Dhs 1160; ~e pi mattakāritā,
Vism 65,30; anujānāmi bhikkhave yaṁ ~aṁ taṁ sā-
dituṁ, Vin I 245,5 qu. Sp 676,19 (any form of money is
expressly excluded, cf. Sp 690,21 foll.); (patto, if the ma-
terial has been bought) na sakkā kenaci upāyena ~o
kātuṁ, 698,13; Khuddas V 1; ~an te khāyitabbaṁ ...
bhuñjitabbaṁ ... sāyitabbaṁ ... pātabbaṁ, A II
124,18-21; suciṁ pānitaṁ kālena ~aṁ pānabhoja-
naṁ, IV 244,5* (Mp IV 127,14) = Khp 6,13* (Pj I
208,23) = Pv 16 (Pv-a 26,1); parissāvanantarena nik-
khamati ~aṁ kārāpetvā va udakaṁ paribhuñjitab-
baṁ, Sp 763,15; Spk II 362,25; udakena ~en' eva, Sp
1214,10 (used to extinguish a fire); dantapoṇasikkhā-
pade (Pācittiya XL: Sp 842,28-843,5) attano santakaṁ
pi apaṭiggahitakaṁ ~aṁ ajjhoharaṇīyaṁ, 301,26; tā
(scil. bhikkhuniyo) bālā honti abyattā na jānanti ~aṁ
vā akappiyaṁ vā, Vin IV 318,25; A I 84,19; sace ~aṁ
~e ṭhātabbaṁ, Sp 233,4 qu. Pālim 322,4: ""If it is per-
mitted, one should adhere to it (i.e., consider it) as per-
mitted;"" ~iyā (so read with Be 1962 and Ce 1957) ca-
tasso bhūmiyo, Vin-vn 2665; ~aṁ karoti (""to make
[something] allowable,"" I. B. HORNER), cpd. verb: Ka-
sussyntax § 59; sākhābhaṅgāni ~aṁ kāretvā, Sp
1060,25 (to be used as seats); imina attho imaṁ ~aṁ
karohi, Vin IV 33,30 (Sp 759,2) qu. Vjb 81,9; Vin IV
320,20; sākhābhaṅgaṁ ~aṁ kāretvā sammajjitab-
baṁ, Kkh-nṭ 155,4 (ad Kkh 11,4*); Sp 678,26 (taḷāka);
Dhp-a III 303,13 = Vv-a 63,26 (dantakaṭṭha); Sp 563,25
(pucimandasākhâdi: to drive away flies); 765,33; Kkh
88,35 (bījajāta); Sp 815,10 (puppha); 850,5 (mahāsā-
khā); 1124,19 (raṅgachalliṁ); anupasampannehi
~aṁ kārāpetvā, 379,29 (scil. vighāsa ad Vin III 58,31-
38); Vin-vn 2331; (hatthiyānaṁ) ~aṁ upanāmayiṁ,
Bv XXI 11 (Bv-a 246,22); paṭiggahesi bhagavā ~aṁ
sayanāsanaṁ, Ap 98,29 (Ap-a 373,2: inlaid with gold
and ivory I); yaṁ kiñci antepure ~aṁ tena ca pavāre-
mi, Mil 88,5; datvāna ~aṁ bhaṇḍaṁ, Mhv XXXIV
88; aphāsukāle ... ~aṁ ... paribhuñjituṁ vaṭṭati,
Nidd-a I 405,2; ācariyabhāgo (q.v.) nāma ayan ti
~vasena gāhāpetvā, Sp 471,30 (Vmv I 136,13-17) qu.
Pālim 11,9; Kkh 67,11; ~ādīni, Dhp-a IV 38,15; — ifc.
a-°; anuloma-° (Sv 567,35; Nett-pṭ 56,20); kata-°
(Khuddas XIII 1); laddha-° (Sp 1060,26,31; Kkh-nṭ
155,4); samaṇa-° (Khuddas XIII 2).

" 346862200637362176,kappiya,en,"

kappiya

, mfn. [< kalpika], forming (false) ideas;
muni ... na ~o, Sn 914 (Nidd I 336,24-337,2; Pj II
561,13 foll.; cf. Sn-Trsl. II).[[side 184]]

" 346862102473871360,kappiya,en,"

¹kappiya

, cf. Jin-Il Chung, IIJ XLI 1998: 255–267.

" 346862192307474432,kappiya,en,"

kappiya

, mfn. [< kalpya], subject to (false) ideas;
devamanussesu ~esu, Sn 521 (Pj II 428,14).

" 346862200914186240,kappiya,en,"

Kappiya

, mfn.; Npr.; abbreviation of Nigrodhakap-
pa, q.v., according to Pāṇ V 3 78; cf. A. HILKA, Die alt-
indischen Personennamen, Breslau 1910: 55; cf. Kappā-
yana, q.v.; Sn 358 = Th 1278.

" 346862209898385408,kappiyabhaṇḍa,en,"

kappiya-bhaṇḍa

, n., permitted goods, items; kappi-
yakārakeh' eva vicāritaṁ tato ~aṁ vaṭṭati, Sp 1238,7;
pādagghanakaṁ ~aṁ, 309,1 (ad Vin III 46,37); saṁ-
vacchare ticīvaraṁ dasavīsagghanaṁ ~añ ca dātab-
baṁ, Sp 358,13 (remuneration for a guard of the uposa-
tha- or paṭimā-house); saṅghassa catupaccayatthāya
~aṁ eva deti, 387,11; 682,13; Ja I 41,27 = Ap-a 45,23; at-
tano dhanenā (Vin III 213,23) ti... attano ~ena kappi-
yavohāren' eva cīvaraṁ ... cetāpentassa parivattā-
pentassa anāpatti, Sp 667,25; ~aṁ cetāpitaṁ, 691,29
(Sp-ṭ II 417,26; Vmv II 337,3); 700,22; yaṁ evaṁ attano
~aṁ datva matusantakam pi ~aṁ gaṇhati, Kkh 73,9
foll.; Sp 881,23; Vjb 260,23 (ad Sp 691,23); akappiyavo-
hārena ... laddhaṁ ~aṁ pi akappiyam eva, Sp 679,28
(""what has been received by a request not allowed is not
allowed, even if it is a permitted item""); mūlan (Sp
840,33) ti ~aṁ, Vmv II 34,15; yaṁ imasmiṁ dānagge
~aṁ vā akappiyabhaṇḍaṁ vā, Dhp-a III 185,21; sace
attano ~aṁ atthi etaṁ dassāmī ti pabbājetabbo, Sp
999,21 (""if he [i.e., the monk, who is going to ordain] has
permitted items in his possession, he may ordain [a debt-
or] saying: I shall give [these items to repay the debts of
the person about to be ordained""]); ~aṁ upanessāmi,
Dhp-a I 412,5; saṁgho ~aṁ paribhuñjatu, Sp 679,2;
1228,23; ~aṁ sādituṁ vaṭṭati, 676,23; ~aṁ karissāmi,
545,3 qu. Pālim 30,28; bhagavā ~aṁ ubbhaṇḍikaṁ ka-
tvā, Vjb 63,14 (""having piled up the permitted items""); —
ifc. a-°; — °-dāyaka, m., a person who donates permitted
items; ~ānañ ca, Sp 387,16 qu. Pālim 433,7; — °-pari-
vattana, n., exchange of permitted items; kappiyabhaṇ-
ḍena ~assa pi rūpiyasaṁvohārabhāvappasaṅgato,
Vjb 264,23; — °-bheda, mfn., consisting of permitted
items; adāyi dānaṁ ... ~aṁ, Vjb 63,13*.[[side 186]]

" 346862204034748416,kappiyabhāva,en,"

kappiya-bhāva

, m., the being permitted; ~aṁ dese-
ti, Sp 233,21; -to, Vmv II 12,14; Sp-ṭ II 442,28; — °-sā-
dhaka, mfn., assessing the being permitted; tassa ~aṁ
suttato kāraṇañ ca vinicchayañ ca dasseti, Sp 233,6
qu. Pālim 322,5.

" 346862210397507584,kappiyabhojana,en,"

kappiya-bhojana

, n., (t.t. Vin.) permitted, acceptable
food, (cf. Vin-vn 1240-1313); ~aṁ bhuñjantassa, Kkh
109,28; akappiye kappiyasaññitā ti acchamaṁsaṁ ""sū-
karamaṁsan"" ti khādati akappiyabhojanaṁ ""~an"" ti
bhuñjati, Sp 872,23 = Nidd-a I 324,21 qu. Pālim 464,24
(cf. Sp 606,25 foll.) cf. As 383,16-19; — ifc. a-° (Kkh 106,1;
Sp 872,28).

" 346862102343847936,kappiyabhūmi,en,"

kappiya-bhūmi, Rem.

: ussāvanantikā ~i corresponds to Sa. ucchrīyamāṇāntikā (sc. kalpikaśālā), Gilgit Manuscripts III 1, 1947: 235,4.12 and is derived from ussāpana, q.v. (cf. Mittelindisch § 181, 237), not from ussāvanā as CPD erroneously s.v.)

" 346862210158432256,kappiyabhūmī,en,"

kappiya-bhūmī

, f., 1. (t.t. Vin.) compound for stor-
ing and cooking food, on which a kappiyakuṭi (q.v.)
could be build; (cf. DBMT: 66; Utt-vn 2665-78; for
kammavācā, cf. O. FRANKFURTER, Hdb. of Pāli, 1883:
150; I-tsing, trsl. J. Takakusu 1896: 82-84; GM III 1:
235,4-15: pañca [!] kalpikaśālā); 2. any compound per-
mitted or suitable; — 1. anujānāmi... catasso ~iyo us-
sāvanantikaṁ gonisādikaṁ gahapatiṁ sammutiṁ,
Vin I 240,1 qu. Pālim 109,3 (cf. 2. Vmv II 190,7);
Khuddas XIV 7; catasso ~iyo, Kkh 110,37 (kappiya-
kuṭiyo, Kkh-nṭ 390,25); ~iyā yāguyo pacanti, bhat-
tāni pacanti, Vin I 239,27; Sp 1098,12-1101,1; Kkh
110,37; ~i gahapatino anuññātā, Dhp-a II 81,14 (to de-
posit gifts); — °-anujānana-kathā-vaṇṇanā, f., title of
Sp 1098,4-1101,15; — °-kathā, = prec'.; Sp 840,7; —
°-vinicchaya-kathā, f., title of Pālim 109,1-112,22; —
2. ~i tattha ṭhatvā uposathādikammaṁ kātuṁ vaṭ-
ṭati, Kkh 7,35; 8,2 (qu. Pālim 196,5); Sp 617,19 qu.
Pālim 19,6; gehan (Sp 1099,30) ti nivāsagehaṁ, ta-
daññaṁ pana uposathāgārādi sabbaṁ anivāsage-
haṁ catukappiyabhūmivimuttā pañcamī ~ī, Vmv II
190,7; bījāni kiṇitvā ~aṁ ropitāni phalaṁ na vaṭṭati,
Sp 692,25 qu. Pālim 66,28; (cf. kappiyapaṭhavī, q.v.);
bhikkhunīvihārabhūmiṁ ... ~iṁ nāma paviṭṭhā ho-
ti, Kkh 162,29 = Sp 911,13; Vjb 346,12; Sp 806,21 (qu.
Vjb 309,19) cf. Vin-vn 2040; bhikkhuvihāro na ~ī ti
siddhaṁ, Vjb 359,10 (because of Sp 913,2-4); ropane
dukkaṭaṁ ~iyaṁ, Vin-vn 453 (cf. kappiyapaṭhavī,
q.v.); — ifc. antarārāmādi-° (Vmv II 55,28 ad Sp
883,17); — °-tta, n., the being a permitted compound;
bhikkhunīvihārabhūmī ""gāmantaran"" ti na vuccati,
gāmantarapariyāpannāya pi ~ā, Vjb 359,8 (ad Bhik-
khunī-Pācittiya III); — Rem.: ussāvānantikā ~i cor-
responds to Sa. ucchrīyamāṇantikā kalpikaśālā and is
derived from ussāpana, q.v. (cf. Mittelindisch § 181, 237),
not ussāvanā as CPD erroneously s.v.).

" 346862102327070720,kappiyabhūmikathā,en,"

Kappiya-bhūmi-kathā,

f., title of Vin I 238,33–240,3.

" 346862209407651840,kappiyabindu,en,"

kappiya-bindu

, m., w.r. (?) at Sp 636,18 for kappabin-
du, q.v.; cf. however, kappiyaṁ binduṁ, Vin-vn 1627.

" 346862135353020416,kappiyacamma,en,"

kappiya-camma

, n., (t.t. Vin.) permitted skin; ~āni
bhājanīyāni, Kkh 138,10 = Sp 1244,23 qu. Pālim
308,14; onaddho (Sp 773,3 so Be, Ee °ko) ti ~ena o-
naddho, Vmv II 14,14; ~enā (Kkh 90,33) ti migâjeḷa-
kacammena, Kkh-nṭ 363,6 (refers to Sp 1088,31 foll).

" 346862204483538944,kappiyacīvara,en,"

kappiya-cīvara

, n., (t.t. Vin.) permitted robe (cf. Vin I
281,34-36; III 34,27-31 [Sp 272,15-21]); anuññātāni cīva-
rāni, Sp 1104,10-16); yadā no attho tadā ~aṁ paṭigaṇ-
hāma, Kkh 67,22 = Sp 672,21 (Ee two words, cf. v. l.); na-
vasu ~esu udakasāṭikaṁ vā saṅkacchikaṁ (so read)
vā pakkhipitvā dasā ti vuttaṁ, 1344,15; khomâdīni
... imāni dvādasa ~āni. kusacīraṁ ... ti evamādīni
pana akappiyacīvarāni, Sv 1010,5 (Sv-pṭ III 292,15) =
Mp III 46,13 (punctuation of Ee is wrong in both texts);
— °-jāti, f., the class of permitted robes; ~i anuññātā,
Vjb 222,25 (ad Sp 644,5 quoting Vin I 281,34).

" 346862203686621184,kappiyadāraka,en,"

[

kappiya-dāraka

, w.r. at Sv 78,20 for °kāraka, q.v.]

" 346862206849126400,kappiyadvāra,en,"

kappiya-dvāra

, n., an opportunity (to receive) per-
mitted (items) (?); ekaṁ ~aṁ katvā kathessāmi, Spk
III 40,4 (Be om. katvā; so read ?).

" 346862191439253504,kappiyakappiya,en,"

kappiyâkappiya

, mfn. [kappiya + ak°], permitted
and not permitted; ~aṁ jānanto, Sp 873,4; ~aṁ ñatvā,
Ja I 316,18; sabbaṁ assa ~aṁ ācikkhitabbaṁ, Sp
970,33; ~e ... vinicchayo, 233,24; ~ānaṁ anulomāni,
1104,29; ~esu hi kukkucce, 1375,33; 872,17; vinayapi-
ṭake ~vasena paññattaṁ, 1323,28; ~esu kusalo, Th-a
II 102,22; Mhv-ṭ 342,20; — °-naya, m., rule about what
is permitted and not permitted; ...o, Sv 78,22.

" 346862191464419328,kappiyākappiya,en,"

kappiyâkappiya

" 346862187467247616,kappiyakappiyabhāva,en,"

kappiyâkappiya-bhāva

, m., the fact of being permit-
ted and not permitted; vinayadharaṁ disvā ~aṁ paṭi-
pucchitvā, Sp 1376,1.

" 346862187484024832,kappiyākappiyabhāva,en,"

kappiyâkappiya-bhāva

, m., the fact of being permit-
ted and not permitted; vinayadharaṁ disvā ~aṁ paṭi-
pucchitvā, Sp 1376,1.

" 346862191745437696,kappiyakappiyakathā,en,"

kappiyâkappiya-kathā

, f., a talk or sermon on what
is permitted and not permitted; ~ā na saṁsandetabbā,
Sp 1328,17.

" 346862191766409216,kappiyākappiyakathā,en,"

kappiyâkappiya-kathā

, f., a talk or sermon on what
is permitted and not permitted; ~ā na saṁsandetabbā,
Sp 1328,17.

" 346862192043233280,kappiyakappiyamaṃsajāti,en,"

kappiyâkappiya-maṁsa-jāti

, mfn., belonging to the
class of permitted or prohibited meat; yaṁ kiñci ~īnaṁ
pakkhicatuppadānaṁ lomaṁ sabbaṁ idha uṇṇag-
gahaṇen' eva gahitaṁ, Sp 1218,11 qu. Pālim 450,7.

" 346862192064204800,kappiyākappiyamaṃsajāti,en,"

kappiyâkappiya-maṁsa-jāti

, mfn., belonging to the
class of permitted or prohibited meat; yaṁ kiñci ~īnaṁ
pakkhicatuppadānaṁ lomaṁ sabbaṁ idha uṇṇag-
gahaṇen' eva gahitaṁ, Sp 1218,11 qu. Pālim 450,7.

" 346862184535429120,kappiyakappiyanissita,en,"

kappiyâkappiya-nissita

, mfn., based on what is per-
mitted and not permitted; ~ā ... kathā dhammo nāma,
Sp 1363,30 (Ee w.r. akappiyâ°).

" 346862184568983552,kappiyākappiyanissita,en,"

kappiyâkappiya-nissita

, mfn., based on what is per-
mitted and not permitted; ~ā ... kathā dhammo nāma,
Sp 1363,30 (Ee w.r. akappiyâ°).

" 346862194052304896,kappiyakappiyanuloma,en,"

kappiyâkappiyânuloma

, mfn., being in conformity
with what has been permitted and forbidden; ~esu kho-
mādīsu, Th-a III 99,24 (ad Th 984).

" 346862194069082112,kappiyākappiyānuloma,en,"

kappiyâkappiyânuloma

, mfn., being in conformity
with what has been permitted and forbidden; ~esu kho-
mādīsu, Th-a III 99,24 (ad Th 984).

" 346862186016018432,kappiyakappiyaparikkhāravinicchaya,en,"

kappiyâkappiya-parikkhāra-vinicchaya

, m., deci-
sion on the equipment (of a monk) that is permitted and
that is not permitted; pāḷimuttako ~o, Sp 290,1.[[side 188]]

" 346862186032795648,kappiyākappiyaparikkhāravinicchaya,en,"

kappiyâkappiya-parikkhāra-vinicchaya

, m., deci-
sion on the equipment (of a monk) that is permitted and
that is not permitted; pāḷimuttako ~o, Sp 290,1.[[side 188]]

" 346862192554938368,kappiyakappiyaparipucchābahula,en,"

kappiyâkappiya-paripucchā-bahula

, mfn., one who
frequently asks about what is permitted and not permit-
ted; ~assā pi ... uddhaccakukkuccaṁ pahīyati, Sv
781,27 = Ps I 285,13 (vinayanayena paripucchākathā-
dayo, Ps-pṭ I 376,3) = Spk III 167,21 = Mp I 51,4 (Mp-ṭ
I 88,1 = Ps-pṭ I 376,3) = Vibh-a 274,4 = It-a II 181,34.

" 346862192575909888,kappiyākappiyaparipucchābahula,en,"

kappiyâkappiya-paripucchā-bahula

" 346862186963931136,kappiyakappiyavasā,en,"

kappiyâkappiya-vasā

, f, grease that is permitted or
not permitted; ṭhapetvā manussavasaṁ ~ānaṁ telaṁ,
Sp 718,1.

" 346862186984902656,kappiyākappiyavasā,en,"

kappiyâkappiya-vasā

, f, grease that is permitted or
not permitted; ṭhapetvā manussavasaṁ ~ānaṁ telaṁ,
Sp 718,1.

" 346862174641065984,kappiyakappiyavicāraṇa,en,"

kappiyâkappiya-vicāraṇa

, n., considering what is
permitted and not permitted; vinayaṁ hi patvā ~aṁ ā-
gamma, Sp 233,13 (Sp-ṭ II 47,21) qu. Pālim 322,6.

" 346862174657843200,kappiyākappiyavicāraṇa,en,"

kappiyâkappiya-vicāraṇa

, n., considering what is
permitted and not permitted; vinayaṁ hi patvā ~aṁ ā-
gamma, Sp 233,13 (Sp-ṭ II 47,21) qu. Pālim 322,6.

" 346862193070837760,kappiyakappiyavinicchaya,en,"

kappiyâkappiya-vinicchaya

, m., decision about what
is permitted and not permitted; idaṁ kappati, idaṁ na
kappatī ti ~e, Sv 567,9.

" 346862193087614976,kappiyākappiyavinicchaya,en,"

kappiyâkappiya-vinicchaya

, m., decision about what
is permitted and not permitted; idaṁ kappati, idaṁ na
kappatī ti ~e, Sv 567,9.

" 346862192814985216,kappiyakappiyaviññatti,en,"

kappiyâkappiya-viññatti

, f., hinting at, asking in a
permitted or not permitted way; ~vasena, Sp-ṭ II 443,1
(cf. Kkh 79,3).

" 346862192831762432,kappiyākappiyaviññatti,en,"

kappiyâkappiya-viññatti

, f., hinting at, asking in a
permitted or not permitted way; ~vasena, Sp-ṭ II 443,1
(cf. Kkh 79,3).

" 346862193771286528,kappiyakappiyavohāra,en,"

kappiyâkappiya-vohāra

, m., permitted and not per-
mitted speech; phalabhogatthāya ~-dvayam eva na
vaṭṭati, Sp 615,25 qu. Pālim 18,20.

" 346862193788063744,kappiyākappiyavohāra,en,"

kappiyâkappiya-vohāra

, m., permitted and not per-
mitted speech; phalabhogatthāya ~-dvayam eva na
vaṭṭati, Sp 615,25 qu. Pālim 18,20.

" 346862200037576704,kappiyakāra,en,"

kappiya-kāra

, m., = next; ~ānaṁ, Khuddas XXXVII 3.

" 346862102415151104,kappiyakāraka,en,"

kappiya-kāraka

, cf. N. Ratnapala, The Katikāvatas 1971: 171 § 110; 286; G. Schopen, JIABS XVII, 2 1994: 160foll.; G.-J. Pinault, Aspects du bouddhisme, in: Bouddhisme et cultures locales. Paris 1994: 100foll.; P. Kieffer-Pülz, JPTS XXIX 2007: 20foll.

" 346862201421697024,kappiyakāraka,en,"

kappiya-kāraka

, m., 1. (t.t. Vin.) a layman, who re-
ceives items on behalf of monks to make them acceptable;
synonym: (veyyāvacakara, Vin III 221,26**-34**); cf.
Geiger, Culture § 187: 195; M. Wijayaratana: Le
moîne bouddhiste 1983: 96; G. PINAULT: Aspects du
Bouddhisme pratique au nord du desert du Taklamakan
d'apres les documents tochariens, in: Bouddhisme et cul-
ture locales ed. par F. FUKUI et G. FUSSMAN, Paris 1994
(EFEO); 2. servant (of a monk or an ascetic); — 1. def.:
Sp 675,1-677,2; Kkh 67,20-68,30; — santi manussā ...
te ~ānaṁ hatthe hiraññaṁ upanikkhipanti, imina
ayyassa yaṁ kappiyaṁ taṁ detha, Vin I 245,2 foll.,
qu. Sp 676,17; 1228,23; anujānāmi ... phalakhādani-
yaṁ passati ~o ca na hoti, sāmaṁ gahetvā haritvā
~aṁ passitvā bhūmiyaṁ nikkhipitvā paṭiggahāpe-
tvā paribhuñjituṁ, Vin I 212,23-26; asati ~e sāmaṁ
gahetvā, 206,12; IV 90,28 (in case of an emergency); sati
paccaye asati ~e sāmaṁ gahetvā paribhuñjantassa,
Kkh 114,21; koci ~o natthi ... sāmaṁ pi pacanaṁ na
vaṭṭati, Sp 177,23; amhākaṁ ekaṁ ~aṁ ṭhapetha,
679,18 (Sp-ṭ II 411,3-5); dubbacco pi asamattho pi ~o
asantapakkhe yeva tiṭṭhati, 854,26; ~aṁ alabhantas-
sa laddhakappiyaṁ hoti, 1060,26; dubbhikke ~ā ba-
hutaraṁ haranti appataraṁ bhikkhūnaṁ denti, Vin
I 211,38 (""Because the monks are not allowed to prepare
food themselves, the ~ could not hand over all they had"");
therānaṁ phalāni dethā ti ~ānaṁ avocuṁ, Sp 385,24;
~ena saddhiṁ kammārakulaṁ gantvā, 698,23 (to buy
an alms-bowl); veyyāvacakaro (Vin III 221,25**) ti kic-
cakaro ~o ti attho, 672,23; Kkh 67,22; ~assa ācikkhati,
Vin III 242,11 (Sp 702,1-4); ~assa pana imina imaṁ
gahetvā dehi ācikkhituṁ vaṭṭati, Pālim 53,17 (cf. Sp
702,3); Sp 681,17; ārāmiko (Vin III 27,7) ti ~o ti maṁ
dhārehi veyyāvacakaro +, 253,30; ~aṁ dammi ārā-
mikaṁ dammi, Sv 78,20 = Ps II 209,31 = Spk III
304,33 = Mp III 192,2 = Ud-a 288,18 ≠ Mp II 115,2 (dā-
sidāsapaṭiggāhanā); adā ... ~e, Mhv XCVII 55; so
tassa ~o vā ārāmiko vā, Mp I 116,29 = It-a II 105,12 =
Bv-a 39,14; saraṇagataṁ upāsakaṁ ~aṁ maṁ bha-
gavā dhāretu, Sv 236,12 = Spk I 136,27 ≠ Ps I 137,6;
(tintamattikaṁ) ~ehi kappiyavohārena apanetvā,
Sp 757,3; duggatamanussā saṅghaṁ nissāya jīvissā-
mā ti vihāre ~ā honti, 1001,19; ~esu ... rukkhe rak-
khantesu, 1408,7; ~eh' eva vicāritaṁ tato kappiya-
bhaṇḍaṁ, 1238,6 (""If it has been provided by ~, it is [to
be considered as] permitted goods""); ~ānaṁ dinne
khettavatthuādike, 1070,30; bhikkhunī ~ena kathā-
peti, 907,18 (""The nun has her case stated [before the
judges] by a ~""); °-ādīnaṁ bhattavettanaṁ pi apalo-
kanakammena dātuṁ vaṭṭati, 1405,35; — ifc. anid-
diṭṭha-° (Sp 677,2; Sp-ṭ II 410,2); param-mukha-° (Sp
675,5; Kkh 68,28); pahita-° (Sp 698,29; 699,5); mu-
kha-° (Sp 675,6; Kkh 68,28); mukha-vevaṭika-° (Sp
675,5); sabba-° (Sp 675,1); — 2. sace bhante ~o natthi
mama putto ayyassa santike sāmaṇero bhavissati,
Dhp-a II 182,20; IV 129,6; mukhadhovanâdidāyako
~o ca mayhaṁ santike bhavissati, Ja IV 408,16 (said
by a king about to become an ascetic); — °-kamma, n.,
work done by a servant; °-vasena pi hi mādisānaṁ it-
thīhi payojanaṁ natthi, Th-a I 142,12; — °-sāmaṇe-
ra-sadisa, mfn., like a novice, who is a servant, eso
mayhaṁ ... ~o, Dhp-a II 60,11 (said of Sakka as inferi-
or to the Buddha).

" 346862201937596416,kappiyakaraṇa,en,"

kappiya-karaṇa

, n., (t.t. Vin.) the making acceptable;
~aṁ ... suttānusārena veditabbaṁ, Sp 767,4; — °-kic-
ca, n., the act of making allowable; tesaṁ (trees without
branches) sākhāya ~aṁ n' atthi, Vjb 297,23 (ad Sp
765,32); ~aṁ, Kkh 89,19; — °-ûpāya, m., the means of
making acceptable; yathā pāḷiyā c' ettha ~o, Vjb 266,11
(ad Sp 698,20); — °-ûpāya-dassan'-atthaṁ, ²ind. to
show the means to make acceptable; adv. acc.; ~, Vjb 266,8
(ad Sp 698,20).

" 346862182509580288,kappiyakaraṇa,en,"

kappiyâkaraṇa

, n., the act of not converting some-
thing into permitted (scil. food); ~añ c' eva bhojanaṁ,
Vin-vn 1313.

" 346862182530551808,kappiyākaraṇa,en,"

kappiyâkaraṇa

, n., the act of not converting some-
thing into permitted (scil. food); ~añ c' eva bhojanaṁ,
Vin-vn 1313.

" 346862201669160960,kappiyakata,en,"

kappiya-kata

, mfn., (t.t. Vin.) made acceptable; atirit-
taṁ (sell, khādaniya, bhojaniya) nāma ~aṁ hoti, Vṁ
IV 82,33 (Sp 830,5-28), qu. Pālim 131,22; Vin V 188,5; °â-
dihi sattahi vinayakammākārehi, Kkh 107,10; — ifc. a-°.

" 346862199014166528,kappiyakhetta,en,"

kappiya-khetta

, n., a field for what is permitted, ac-
ceptable; sabhāgānañ hi byākattatā upacchindituṁ
na labbhati, te hi ~aṁ, Sp-ṭ II 273,14 (""for it is not
right to interrupt [the supply of food] for conscientious
[monks; cf. sabhāgalajjibhikkhu: Vin I 91,35] because
they have been declared [to have reached specific attain-
ments: visesâdhigama] for they are a field of what is
permitted""); Vjb 168,13 (both ad Sp 467,28).

" 346862203363659776,kappiyakhīra,en,"

kappiya-khīra

, n., (t.t. Vin.) acceptable milk; idha
pācittiyavatthuparicchedo, na pana ~âdiparicche-
do,Kkh-ṭ (ed Kkh 111,14).

" 346862203137167360,kappiyakkama,en,"

kappiya-kkama

, n., (t.t. Vin.) procedure that makes
acceptable; ~ena sampaṭicchitesu khettataḷākādīsu
pana avutte pi kappiyakārakaṁ ṭhapetuṁ labbhati
yeva, Sp-ṭ II 411,5 (ad Sp 679,18; ""it is possible to ap-
point a kappiyakāraka also when no [seeds] have been
sown into a field, tank etc., if they [the monks] receive
[the field etc[ by a procedure that makes [them] ac-
ceptable"").

" 346862101999915008,kappiyakuṭī,en,"

kappiya-kuṭī,

on archaeological evidence cf. L. Fogelin, Archaeology of Early Buddhism 2006: 163foll. (“Refectory”).

" 346862202428329984,kappiyakuṭī,en,"

kappiya-kuṭī

, f., (t.t. Vin.) house for (items, i.e., food
that) is permitted (for storing and cooking): kitchen; cor-
responds to rasavatī (q.v.) in a non-ecclesiastical con-
text; built on a compound called kappiyabhūmī, q.v.);
N. RATNAPALA: Katikāvatas, München 1971: 152 §
64; DBMT: 66; upāsakena saṁghaṁ uddissa ... +
aggisālā ... ~ī kārāpitā hoti, Vin I 139,36; cf. upāsa-
kena attano atthāya ... + aggisālā ... rasavatī (bhat-
tagehaṁ, Sp 1068,17) kārāpitā hoti, 140,31; ~iyo kā-
rāpeti, Vin II 159,18 (in both paragraphs in long enume-
rations of all (?) buildings found in a monastery);
Khuddas XIV 2; bhojanasālaṁ ... aggisālaṁ ~iṁ,
Mp I 306,14 (different enumeration of buildings); Sp
1098,12-1101,1; ~iyaṁ ... bahuṁ ṭhapentassā 'pi san-
nidhi natthi, Sv 84,2 = Nidd-a I 405,3 qu. Mp-ṭ III
34,5; — ifc. a-° (Khuddas XIV 6); — °-kicca, n., the
building of a ~; ~aṁ kātuṁ, Vjb 486,19 (ad Sp
1099,19); — ifc. sesa-° (Vmv II 190,1).[[side 185]]

" 346862187727294464,kappiyalesa,en,"

kappiya-lesa

, m., imagined pretext; lesakappe (Th
941) ti ~e, Th-a III 79,26; Vv-a 348,4 (ad Vv 1263).[[side 187]]

" 346862187949592576,kappiyaloha,en,"

kappiya-loha

, n., -permitted metal; ujukam eva ~e-
na ubosu passesu caturassaṁ vā aṭṭhaṁsaṁ vā ban-
dhituṁ vaṭṭati, Sp 293,8 (said of the hatchet used to cut
wood for cleaning the teeth: vāsidaṇḍassa ubhosu pas-
sesu daṇḍakoṭīnaṁ acalanatthaṁ bandhitun ti at-
tho, Vmv I 168,28); tambalohādīhi ~ehi ayapattassa
chiddaṁ chādetuṁ vaṭṭati, Vmv I 349,8 (ad loha-
maṇḍalako, Sp 708,24); — °-bhaṇḍa, n., goods (made
from) permitted metal; ~e, Kkh 136,8 = Sp 1240,26; —
°-maya, mfn., made of permitted metal; eke pana: ~o ā-
dhāro maḷorikam eva anulometī ti vīmaṁsitvā ga-
hetabbaṁ, Vmv II 234,11 (ad Sp 1208,24).

" 346862186636775424,kappiyamahagghapaccattharaṇatthata,en,"

kappiya-mahaggha-paccattharaṇa-tthata

, mfn., co-
vered by a precious, but permitted cover; bhikkhūnaṁ ā-
sanāni ~āni, Bv-a 149,12.

" 346862210594639872,kappiyamaṃsa,en,"

kappiya-maṁsa

, n., (t.t. Vin.) permitted, acceptable
meat (cf. Vin-vn 1240-1313); ~assa hi paṭiggahaṇe ā-
patti n' atthi, Sp 606,11 - Ps III 49,2 qu. Vjb 205,22 (ad
Sp 605,30) = Pālim 27,18; tasmā ~e pi apaṭivekkhaṇa-
paccayā dukkaṭam eva, Vjb 482,25 (ad Sp 1094,23);
macchādigahaṇe ... sabbesaṁ pi ~ānaṁ vasā anun-
ñātatā, Sp 714,7; antamaso ~e pi akappiyasaññāya,
Sv 214,15 = Ps II 319,14; ~aṁ khādanto, Sp 824,13; pa-
vattamaṁsan (A IV 187,6) ti ... ~aṁ, Mp IV 102,18
qu. Sp-ṭ III 327,21 (ad Sp 1094,9); ~aṁ labhitvā ~an
tv eva gaṇhanto va kukkuccāyitabbaṁ, Pp-a 206,6;
~aṁ alabhitvā, Dhp-a I 411,8 (so Be Dhp-a I 259,25
and v.l. in Ee which reads kappiyaṁ); — ifc. a-°; —
°-khīra, n., juice of acceptable meat; ~aṁ vā ... pivan-
tassa, Sp 854,12 (~aṁ vā ti pasaṅgavasena vuttaṁ.
dadhi ce paṭiladdhaṁ, tañ ca adhipetan ti keci, Vjb
324,20 [taking the cpd. as a dvandva]) qu. Pālim 123,9;
— ifc. a-° (Sp 606,14; 854,13); — °-vasā, f., grease of
permitted meat; ~ā sāmisaparibhoge vaṭṭanti, Sp 715,8
(Ee w.r. °-bhogena).

" 346862185428815872,kappiyamañca,en,"

kappiya-mañca

, m., (t.t. Vin.) a permitted bed; (Vin
IV 40,5 with Sp 773,31-774,6; 1237,10); mañcasataṁ vā
... denti sabbe ~ā saṁpaṭicchitabbā, Sp 1239,23; Mp
II 328,18; ~aṁ paññāpetva, Ud-a 420,22 (qu. Sp-ṭ III
316,18); mañce (Sn 401) ti ~e, Pj II 377,27; — °-sata, n.,
a hundred permitted beds; ~āni, Pj II 371,15.

" 346862186372534272,kappiyamañcaka,en,"

kappiya-mañcaka

, m., 1. = prec.; 2. a suitable bed;
— 1. ~aṁ paññāpetvā, Ps III 28,25 = Spk III 52,26 (cf.
Ud-a 420,22); ~e paccattharaṇaṁ paññāpetvā, Mp II
375,8 (ad A I 277,14: santharaṁ paññāpetvā); Mp II
375,8; — 2. Mahāsudassanaṁ ... ~e ... nipannaṁ
disvā, Ja I 392,4.

" 346862195088297984,kappiyamisa,en,"

kappiyâmisa

, n., permitted food; pakati-āmise (Sp
839,11) ti ~e, Vjb 322,7 (""permitted food is standard food""),
(odanâdikappiyâmise, Sp-ṭ III 68,3; Vmv II 33,17).

" 346862195105075200,kappiyāmisa,en,"

kappiyâmisa

, n., permitted food; pakati-āmise (Sp
839,11) ti ~e, Vjb 322,7 (""permitted food is standard food""),
(odanâdikappiyâmise, Sp-ṭ III 68,3; Vmv II 33,17).

" 346862188444520448,kappiyanuloma,en,"

kappiyânuloma

, mfn., being in conformity with what
is permitted; ~ato ca puggalehi nayato tathā tathā gay-
hamānā atthanayā, Vmv I 121,11 (ad Sp 230,33); ~ato
anulomakappiyaṁ, Nett-pṭ 56,20 (ad Nett-a 82,19 ad
Nett 22,2).

" 346862194593370112,kappiyanuloma,en,"

kappiyânuloma

, m., what is in conformity with what
is permitted; bhagavato anuññātāya ... pañcavidhaṁ
~o, Nett 192,12 (tattha kappiyaṁ pāḷiyaṁ sarūpato
vuttaṁ, ~aṁ mahāpadesavasena nayato dassitaṁ,
Nett-a 274,22).

" 346862194605953024,kappiyānuloma,en,"

kappiyânuloma

" 346862188465491968,kappiyānuloma,en,"

kappiyânuloma

" 346862175417012224,kappiyanulomakathā,en,"

kappiyânuloma-kathā

, f., the paragraph on what is
in conformity with what has been permitted; aṭṭhaka-
thāsu pana imasmiṁ ṭhāne ... ~ā, Sp 840,6.

" 346862102285127680,kappiyanulomakathā,en,"

Kappiyânuloma-kathā,

f., title of Vin I 251,7–25.

" 346862102306099200,kappiyānulomakathā,en,"

Kappiyânuloma-kathā,

f., title of Vin I 251,7–25.

" 346862175433789440,kappiyānulomakathā,en,"

kappiyânuloma-kathā

, f., the paragraph on what is
in conformity with what has been permitted; aṭṭhaka-
thāsu pana imasmiṁ ṭhāne ... ~ā, Sp 840,6.

" 346862194836639744,kappiyanulomavidhāna,en,"

kappiyânuloma-vidhāna

, n., arrangement in con-
formity of what has been permitted; vinayamahāpade-
se (so read ? Ee °so) ~ato nippariyāyato anuloma-
kappiyaṁ nāma, Sv-pṭ II 217,4 (ad Sv 567,35).

" 346862194853416960,kappiyānulomavidhāna,en,"

kappiyânuloma-vidhāna

, n., arrangement in con-
formity of what has been permitted; vinayamahāpade-
se (so read ? Ee °so) ~ato nippariyāyato anuloma-
kappiyaṁ nāma, Sv-pṭ II 217,4 (ad Sv 567,35).

" 346862207792844800,kappiyapaccattharaṇa,en,"

kappiya-paccattharaṇa

, n., (t.t. Vin.) a permitted
spread, rug (cf. Sp 777,10 foll.; cf. Sv 87,11-14); ~ena attha-
ritvā, Ps III 28,26 = Spk III 52,27 = Ud-a 420,23 qu. Sp-ṭ
III 316,18; pañca-~-satāni, Sp 11,5 - Sv 9,17; — °-tthata,
mfn., spread with ~; — ifc. mahāraha-°, Pv-a 141,23.

" 346862197420331008,kappiyapānaka,en,"

kappiya-pānaka

, n., (t.t. Vin.) a permitted bever-
age; akappiyapānakaṁ -an ti pīvati, Sp 872,24 qu.
Pālim 464,23 = Nidd-a I 324,18; (cf. Vin I 246,15-17
and Sp 1104,4-6).

" 346862205616001024,kappiyaparikkhāra,en,"

kappiya-parikkhāra

, m., a permitted outfit (for a
monk or an ascetic); kevalaṁ ~aṁ datvā, Vjb 143,27
(ad Sp 383,28); mayhaṁ ~ā ete, Ja I 8,24 = As Be 38,26
= Ap-a 10,4.

" 346862207142727680,kappiyaparivattana,en,"

kappiya-parivattana

, n., (t.t. Vin.) barter with per-
mitted (items); saṅghassa upakāraṁ ... ~ena pari-
vattetuṁ vaṭṭati, Kkh 135,31.

" 346862208975638528,kappiyapaṭhavī,en,"

kappiya-paṭhavī

, f., (t.t. Vin., only in the ct.s.) earth,
ground that may be dug up (although Pācittiya X for-
bids digging, it is allowed in certain cases in a pāḷimut-
takavinicchaya, Sp 755,20-758,4), cf. Utt-vn 670 with
Utt-vn-ṭ Be 1977 I 494,3-10; — akappiyapaṭhavī ti na
jānāti ~ī ti saññāya, Sp 759,12 (a spot on which rain fell
becomes jātapaṭhavī, Vin IV 33,12, which, at the same
time, is akappiyapaṭhavī: Sp 756,6 foll.; 757,1 foll.);
bhikkūhi ... sahatthena ca ~iṁ khaṇitvā taḷākaṁ
kāritaṁ, 679,13; ~iṁ (so read) khaṇantānaṁ dukkaṭā-
ni yeva, 311,21 (because they prepare a theft); Mahā-
paccariyaṁ pana Kurundiyaṁ ca ~iyaṁ sayaṁ pi
ropetuṁ vaṭṭatī ti vuttaṁ, 616,2 qu. Pālim 18,27; Sp-ṭ
II 369,14; akappiyavohārena ropāpentassa (scil. mā-
lāvacchaṁ) ~iyaṁ ropane pi ropāpane pi dukka-
ṭaṁ, Sp 617,16 (""if he plants even on a ground permit-
ted, but after having made a remark, a request that is not
permitted""); cf. ropane dukkaṭaṁ ... kappiyabhūmi-
yaṁ, Vin-vn 453.

" 346862208040308736,kappiyapaṭirūpa,en,"

kappiya-paṭirūpa

, mfn., appearing as something fic-
titious, imaginary; lesakappe (Th 941) ti ... ~e, Th-a
III 79,26.

" 346862209189548032,kappiyapatta,en,"

kappiya-patta

, m., (t.t. Vin.) a permitted alms-bowl;
akāḷavaṇṇaṁ ~aṁ viṅñāpentassa āpatti evā ti daṭ-
ṭhabbaṁ, Vmv I 349,10 (ad Nissaggiya XXII), cf.
Utt-vn 666 and Sp 1344,29 foll.

" 346862187223977984,kappiyarajana,en,"

kappiya-rajana

, n., permitted colour for dyeing; raja-
yī (Th 897) ti... ~ena rajayi, Th-a III 69,11.

" 346862190407454720,kappiyasabhāva,en,"

kappiya-sabhāva

, mfn., either 1. one who by nature
abides by a rule or 2. one who is acceptable to the saṅgha
?; ~aṁ, Vjb 457,21 (ad Vin IV 227,1: kappaṁ; cf. kap-
pagatika, q.v.).

" 346862189488902144,kappiyasaññā,en,"

kappiya-saññā

, f., the recognizing something as per-
mitted; akappiye ~aṁ kappiye akappiyasaññaṁ up-
pādeti, Spk III 35,7; rundhitabban (Sp 233,14) ti ~āya
vītikkamakaraṇaṁ rundhitabbaṁ, Vmv I 124,12.

" 346862189929304064,kappiyasaññin,en,"

kappiya-saññi(n)

, mfn., recognizing something as
permitted; bālā ... yo ca ... akappiye ~ī, A I 84,19
(Mp II 155,21 cf. Ps III 51,12-17); bhikkhu ~ī, Vin V
94,11 qu. Sp 1334,26 (imina acittakaṁ dasseti, Vmv II
276,24); akappiyabhojanaṁ ~ī hutvā paribhuñjati,
As 383,17; — ifc. a-° (A I 84,19).
kappiya-saññin

" 346862189711200256,kappiyasaññitā,en,"

kappiya-saññi-tā

, f. [abstr.], the fact of recognizing
something as permitted; akappiye ~ā, Vin V 194,17;
Nidd I 218,19 (Nidd-a I 324,16) ≠ Dhs 1160 (As 383,11
foll.) = Vibh 255,5; Kkh 14,31; Sp 872,9; 873,18 qu.
Pālim 465,19; Sp 1334,5; 1339,32; ~āya āpajjanto, Sp
1376,10; uddhatā (S I 61,4) ti akappiye ~āya ...
anavajje vajjasaññitāya, Spk I 115,4; — °-saṅkhāta,
mfn., classified as the fact of recognizing something as
permitted; ~ena kukkuccena abhibhūtā, Sp 1065,5.

" 346862190147407872,kappiyasappi,en,"

kappiya-sappi

, n., permitted ghee; ~inā dehī ti vutte
akappiyasappinā deti, Kkh 111,34 = Sp 841,8 (Vmv II
34,16); ~imhi nissaggiyaṁ, Vin-vn 788; — ifc. a-°
(Vin-vn 788).

" 346862190906576896,kappiyasāsana,en,"

kappiya-sāsana

, n., permitted instruction (given by
monks to laymen); kukkuccaṁ na kātabbaṁ ~āni etāni,
Sp 624,2 qu. Pālim 24,5; — ifc. vutta-pakāra-° Sp 628,29.

" 346862191162429440,kappiyasīsena,en,"

kappiya-sīsena

, ²ind., adv. instr., under the keyword
""permitted;"" ~ena gaṇhatha, Sp 679,6.

" 346862188708761600,kappiyasutta,en,"

kappiya-sutta

, n., permitted yarn; ñātakaparivāri-
tehi ~aṁ vāyāpentassa, Kkh 79,24 (cf. Vmv I 359,4);
~aṁ vāyāpentassa, Sp 725,17 (cf. Vin-vn 851-8); —
°-pariccheda, m., definition as permitted yarn; ~esu,
Sp 725,31; — ifc. a-° (Sp 725,30); — °-maya, mfn., con-
sisting of permitted yarn; ~esu anāpatti, Sp 726,17; —
ifc. a-° (Sp 725,20); suddha-° (Sp 725,20).

" 346862204928135168,kappiyatañ,en,"

[

kappiyatañ

, w.r. at Th 984 for kappiyaṁ tañ; cf.
¹kappiya, q.v.]

" 346862205301428224,kappiyatantavāya,en,"

kappiya-tanta-vāya

, m., (t.t. Vin.) a weaver, who
may produce cloth for monks (he must not be influenced
by the monk to whom the cloth will be eventually given:
Nissaggiya XXVI); cf. Vin-vn 847-859; ~ena akappi-
yasuttaṁ pi vāyāpentassa, Sp 725,27; Kkh 79,19.

" 346862202700959744,kappiyathālaka,en,"

kappiya-thālaka

, n., (t.t. Vin.) permitted small bowl;
thālake vā (Sp 291,14) ti tambâdinaye (Sp 1104,19
foll.) puggalike tividhe pi ~e, Vmv I 167,20.

" 346862195331567616,kappīyati,en,"

kappīyati

or kappiyyati, pr. 3 sg. pass. [< kappati,
q.v.], 1. to be formed, made; 2. (used of a horse) to be pre-
pared for a ride, i.e., to be saddled and bridled, etc.; 3. to
be imagined; — 1. ~īyatī ti kappo, Cp-a 11,8; — 2. so
~iyyamāno, Ja I 62,7 qu. Ap-a 66,35; — 3. samāpatti-
ñāṇâdinā ñāṇena vā sīlavatena vā ... ~iyyati, Pj II
530,12; parikappīyati asantaṁ santaṁ va ~īyati,
Sadd 691,29.
kappīyati

" 346862206559719424,kappiyattharaṇa,en,"

kappiya-ttharaṇa

, n., (t.t. Vin.) a permitted mat; san-
thate (Sn 401) ti taṭṭikâdīhi ~ehi atthate, Pj II 377,27.

" 346862179498070016,kappiyatūla,en,"

kappiya-tūla

, m., (t.t. Vin.) permitted cotton; bimo-
hanaṁ karissāmī ti ~aṁ va akappiyatūlaṁ va pak-
khipitvā, Sp 1218,5, qu. Pālim 451,5.

" 346862201186816000,kappiyaudaka,en,"

kappiya-udaka

, n., (t.t. Vin.) permitted, allowable
(i.e., strained, cf. Sp 763,15) water, (cf. kappiyavāri,
q.v.); akappiyavohāro ... ~aṁ, Sp 615,13 qu. Pālim
18,10; ~aṁ siñcituṁ vaṭṭati, Sp 615,32 (Sp-ṭ II 369,1)
qu. Pālim 18,27; Sp 865,19; āsitte ~e, Vmv II 45,16; —
ifc. a-° (Vin-vn 458); — °-siñcana, n., watering, irrigat-
ing with permitted water; ~aṁ, Sp 615,13 (Sp-ṭ 368,13);
— °-[ā/a]secana, n., = prec.; ~aṁ, Sp 616,16.

" 346862138314199040,kappiyavacana,en,"

kappiya-vacana

, n., (t.t. Vin.) permitted way to
speak; ... ti ~ena vuttatā anuññātaṁ, Kkh 67,24 (ad
Vin III 221,25); 88,34 (cf. Sp 767,2 foll); Sp 618,11; imi-
na 'va ~ena pesite gantabbaṁ, 1068,24 (ad Vin I
141,3) (Ee w.r. p' esite); pūjanimittaṁ pana ~aṁ sab-
battha vattuṁ vaṭṭati, 620,23; ~ena kārāpetuṁ vaṭṭa-
ti, 618,11 qu. Vjb 19,25; ~aṁ vatvā, Sp-ṭ II 118,4 (ad Sp
288,30); Vjb 127,27; kappiyaṁ ... vacanaṁ, Vin-vn
477 (split cpd.: Vin-vn-ṭ Be 1977 I 237,12); — °-das-
san'-atthaṁ, ²ind., to demonstrate the permitted way to
speak; adv. acc.; ~aṁ, Kkh 67,29 (ad Vin III 221,27).

" 346862188188667904,kappiyavāri,en,"

kappiya-vāri

, n., (t.t. Vin.) permitted, allowable wa-
ter; (cf. kappiya-udaka, q.v.); ~inā siñcane dukkaṭaṁ,
Vin-vn 460.

" 346862184220856320,kappiyavatthu,en,"

kappiya-vatthu

, n., permitted goods; ~unā dukka-
ṭavatthuṁ parivattentassa dukkaṭaṁ, Kkh 72,30 (cf.
Vin-vn 718-20) ~unā ... nissaggiyavatthuṁ cetā-
pentassa, Sp 697,29; 698,3; ~uno ~nā kayavikkayo,
Sp-ṭ III 433,12 (ad Sp 697,17); ~u, Sp 690,14; ~uṁ āha-
rāpetuṁ vaṭṭati, Sp-ṭ III 410,7 (ad Sp 677,3); Sp 881,19
qu. Pālim 47,2; Vin-vn 1785; — ifc. a-° (Sp 675,9;
881,20); — °-tā, f., the state of being permitted goods; ~a,
Kkh 73,24; — °-parivattana, n., exchange of permitted
goods; kappiyavatthunā ~aṁ, Sp 697,21.

" 346862188931059712,kappiyaviññatti,en,"

kappiya-viññatti

, f., a hint that is permitted; ayaṁ
nāma ~ī ti visuṁ na dasseti, Sp-ṭ II 443,3 (cf. Kkh
79,3); ~-vasena, Sp-ṭ II 443,1 (ad Nissaggiya XXVI).

" 346862189182717952,kappiyavohāra,en,"

kappiya-vohāra

, n., permitted speech or action
(Vin-vn 455 etc. uses the split cpd. kappiya vākya in-
stead); ~o nāma imaṁ rukkhaṁ jāna ... ti vacanaṁ
rukkhamātikāya ujukaraṇaṁ ca, Sp 615,15-17 (Sp-ṭ II
413,23); 755,22; anupasampannehi ~ena kāretabbaṁ,
478,4; ~ena ropāpane anāpatti, 617,20; ~en' eva cīva-
raṁ viññāpentassa cetāpentassa parivattāpentassa
anāpatti, Sp 667,25; 679,31 qu. Pālim 58,2; ~ena ...
dammi ti vadati, Sp 682,5; ~ena patto gahito, 698,26;
kappiyakārakehi ~ena apanāmetvā, 757,4 (cf. Vin-vn
969); Kurundiyaṁ pana ārāmikaṁ dema ti ~ena
denti, 1001,15; ~e, 680,3; ~ena ce voharati, Vjb 247,24
(ad Sp 676,23); samaṇakappehī (Sp 829,10) ti samaṇā-
naṁ ~ehi, Vmv II 12,13; — ifc. a-° (Sp 615,9).

" 346862195591614464,kappukagamavasin,en,"

Kappuka-gama-vasi(n)

, mfn., being an inhabitant of
Kappukagāma; ~issa Devattherassa santike dham-
maṁ sutvā, Mhv XXXVI 29.

" 346862350290128896,kappūra,en,"

kappūra

, m. and n. [sa. karpūra; cf. EWA-1 s.v.;
CDIAL 2880], camphor; — lex. lit.: ~aṁ puṁnapuṁ-
sake, Abh 305; — gramm. lit.: vida ... kapu ... ice
evamādīhi dhātūhi pāṭipadikehi ca ūrappaccayo
hoti. vidūraṭṭhāne jāto: vedūro ... ~o +, Kacc-v 672
≠ Sadd 873,7; Mogg VII 172; — hareṇukā haliddakā
... ~ā ca kaliṅgu cā ti, Ja VI 537,25*; tacato paṭṭhāya
parito ti ettake vyāmamatte kaḷebare sabbâkārenā
pi vicinanto na koci kiñci muttaṁ vā maṇiṁ vā ...
~aṁ vā ... aṇumattam pi sucibhāvaṁ passati, Vism
241,15 = Pj I 39,5 ≠ Sp 394,4 = Spk III 265,28 = Vibh-a
223,19; — ifc. gandha-dhūpâcuṇṇa-° (°âdi, Ja I
290,26); mālā-gandha-vilepana-° (~-kaṭuka-pphalâ-
di, Ja II 416,3 = Dhp-a III 475,9); candanâgalu-kuṅ-
kuma-tagara-° (°âdi, Ud-a 104,3); — °-sāra, n., excel-
lent, choise camphor; — ~-tagarâgaru-sambhava, mfn.,
made from choise camphor, tagara, and aloes; ~ehi dhū-
pehi duddinam atho sudinaṁ ahosi, Dāṭh V 50; —
°âgaru-tagara-candana-kuṅkumâdi, mfn., camphor,
aloes, tagara, sandal incense, and saffron, etc.; ~īni āki-
rante, Mil 382,3.

" 346862350080413696,kappūramūlayatana,en,"

Kappūra-mūlâyatana

, n., - prec.; v. PPN s.v; GEI-
GER, Cūḷavaṁsa-Trsl. I 222 n. 7; ~e rañño dhītā Ya-
sodharā akāresi thiraṁ rammaṁ mahantaṁ paṭi-
māgharaṁ, Mhv LX 83.

" 346862350101385216,kappūramūlāyatana,en,"

Kappūra-mūlâyatana

, n., - prec.; v. PPN s.v; GEI-
GER, Cūḷavaṁsa-Trsl. I 222 n. 7; ~e rañño dhītā Ya-
sodharā akāresi thiraṁ rammaṁ mahantaṁ paṭi-
māgharaṁ, Mhv LX 83.

" 346862350172688384,kappūrapariveṇa,en,"

Kappūra-pariveṇa

, m.; Npr.; a building in the Abha-
yagirivihāra; v. PPN s.v.; ~aṁ so kāresi Abhayuttare,
Mhv XLV 29; ~e ca ... pāsāde so va kārayi, XLVI 21;
mahādipādo 'yaṁ ~e ... kāresi paricchede sanā-
make, Mhv L 77.

" 346862190667501568,kappuṭṭhāna,en,"

kapp'-uṭṭhāna

, variant of kappavuṭṭhāna, q.v.

" 346862262377517056,kapu,en,"

kap(u)

, [sa-Dhātup I 799], the verbal root ²kap(u);
~u sāmatthiye, Sadd 403,26.

" 346862262448820224,kapu,en,"

kap(u)

, the verbal root ¹kap(u); ~u hiṁsātakkalan-
dhesu, kappati, kappūro, Sadd 403,25.
¹kapu

" 346862507417145344,kāpuppha,en,"

kā-puppha

, n. [cf. ¹kā, q.v.], a small flower; —
gramm. lit.: ~aṁ, Kacc-v ad Kacc 338 = Sadd 774,10.

" 346862506645393408,kāpurisa,en,"

kā-purisa

, m. [sa. kāpuruṣa, prakr. kā(p)urisa, kā,
q.v.], a bad, mean, uncultured person; opp. sappurisa;
— gramm. lit.: kucchito puriso ~o kupuriso, Kacc-v
ad Kacc 338; Mogg-v III 117; Sadd 774,12; — exeg.:
~ena ... kucchitena kodhapurisena, Ja II 42,16'; ~ena
= pāpakena, 44,14'; ~ā ti lāmakapurisa, Pv-a 125,13;
— sakkāro ~aṁ hanti, Vin II 188,22* = 154,4* = II
241,32* = A II 73,32* (qu. Th-a II 279,30); sakkāro ~ena
dujjaho, Th 124 - 1053 (read [kā]p° acc. to EV I ad
1053); pāpo ~ena saṅgamo, Th 1018; na santhavaṁ
~ena kayirā, Ja II 42,8*; 44,9*; dukkho bhave ~ena
saṅgamo, VI 437,31*; jahe ~e h' ete, IV 58,12*; dha-
naṁ ~o labhitvā, n' ev' attanā bhuñjati no dadāti, S
I 91,16*; ~a, Pv 287; ~ehi nīcajanehi asevitaṁ +, Th-a
II 274,13; ~ā vuccanti puthujjanā +, Peṭ 180,12; —
°-sevita, mfn., pursued by low, uncultured persons;
samādhi hoti anariyo ~o, Peṭ 180,14; — ifc. a-°.

" 346862247361908736,kara,en,"

kara

, m. [ts.; cf. EWA-2 s.v. KAR^I2], sunray; raṁsi
... kiraṇo ~o, Abh 64 (kirati timiraṁ ~o, Abh-ṭ) ≠
Sadd 395,25; Abh 1047.

" 346862101383352320,kara,en,"

⁷kara,

ifc. ati-°; ādi-°; ārāma-°; ovāda-°.

" 346862101467238400,kara,en,"

kar(a), 1.

Rem. cf. 6.c.(iii); — 4.b.(ii) (3.pl.) akaruṁ, Ja IV 116,26* (ct. kariṁsu); V 353,5* (ct. akaṁsu); VI 156,25* (ct. kariṁsu); D II 256,4*; Mhv III 30; 33; karuṁ, Dīp VI 11: these references should be inserted under 4.b.(i); — 8. grd., cf. kattabba, kayya, karaṇīya, kātabba, ²kāriya, kicca, q.v.

" 346862249832353792,kara,en,"

⁷

kara

, mfn. [ts.; EWA-2 s.v. KAR], doing, making;
— ifc. a-°; akicca-°; aññāṇa-bhāva-°; ajūta-°; atitti-°
(Vism 268,1); atimati-° (Abhidh-av 88,18*); attha-
siddhi-°; adhideva-°; adhidevatta-°; ananukula-°
(~-dhātu-kkhobha-paṭipakkha-paccaya-samuṭṭhā-
na, Vism 449,4); anāpatti-°; anutāpa-°; anusāsana-°
(Ap 470,21); anusatthi-°; anovāda-°; anta-°; antarā-
ya-°; andha-°; andhaka-°; andha-bhāva-°; apariyat-
ti-°; aparihāni-°; apuñña-°; abhayaṁ-°; abhāva-°
(As 128,24); ariya-phala-paṭilābha-°; ariya-bhāva-°;
avacana-°; avirodha-°; avisesa-°; avûpasammana-°;
ānanda-° (Mhv III 23); āpatti-°; āloka-°; icchā-°;
ujjota-°; ujjot'-attha-°; upârambha-°; evaṁ-°; obhā-
sa-°; kakkhala-°; kaṇha-bhāva-°; kathaṁ-°; kam-
ma-°; kamma-kkhaya-°; karuṇā-°; kāmaṁ-°; kāra-°
(Pv 600); kicca-° (Sn 676); kiccha-jīvika-° (Sv 386,1);
kinti-° (Ja V 148,14*); kilesa-kuṭila-bhāva-° (~-mā-
yāsāṭheyyâdipaṭipakkhabhūta, Vism 466,15; As
131,11); khaya-° (Sv 985,3; As 54,27); khama-° (Sadd
381,1); ghaṭī-° (S I 35,5); cāmī-° (Abh 488; Sadd
397,15; Vv-a 13,20); citta-vuddhi-° (As 397,15); jīvita-
kkhaya-° (Ja VI 257,19 [B^e so, E^e °kār°]); jīvit'-
antarāya-° (Sv 198,12; Ps I 265,20; Vibh-a 359,32);
ñāṇôbhāsa-° (Vv-a 106,30); tak-° (D I 235,18; Dhp 19;
Th 449); Taṇhaṁ-° (Bv XXVII 1; Sv 410,27);
tanutta-° (Sadd 506,12); tittha-° (M I 198,9; Ps II
233,1; Vibh-a 429,12); tibhava-hita-° (Mhv IV 66);
divasa-° (Bv-a 20,6; ~-kiraṇa-samphassa, Vv-a 169,6;
~-maṇḍala, 271,6); divā-° (Ja VI 452,20*; Vv 1183; Ap
468,12; Sv 619,18); Dīpaṁ-° (Bv II 34 foll.; Ja I 12,18
foll.; Nidd II 399,21; Sv 410,27); duk-° (Sn 429; 701; D
I 250,12; Ud 61,1*; Ja I 395,4; ~-kārika, M I 93,3; Bv II
61; ~-kārinī, Vibh-a 428,34); dukkh'-anta-° (Ap
532,16 [v.l. °antaṅk°]); nānā-puñña-° (Mhv XXII 25);
niggilānā-° (As 151,15); nibbisesa-° (Ja V 432,16);
nisā-° (Sadd 380,25); netta-sampatti-° (Sv 937,22;
Sv-pṭ III 156,15); pakati-kamma-° (Pj I 173,15); pajjo-
ta-° (Sn 349; Nidd II 399,21); paññā-sambhava-sam-
pasādana-° (Abhidh-av 82,26); paṭu-mati-bhāsa-°
(Rūpār 137,11 [so read, Ee °hāsa°]); paṭi-
vedha-° (Vibh-a 431,31); patiṭṭhā-° (Sv 1046,31); pa-
da-sandhi-° (Pv-a 52,3); Pabhaṁ-° (Sn 991; 1136;
Abh 62; Nidd II 2,20; Vv 197; Bv XXV 1; Ap 371,13);
pamāṇa-° (As 45,1; ~-dhamma-rahita, Mp III 231,9);
pamāda-° (Sv 661,17); pamukhā-° (Mhv XV 213);
para-kamma-° (Ja III 411,6*); palibodha-° (Sv 198,10;
Ps I 265,18; Spk III 194,28; Vibh-a 359,30); pasāda-
saṁvega-° (Mhv I 3); pahāna-° (Vism 682,29);
pahāni-° (Rūpār 129,10); pāpa-° (Sn 674); Piyaṅ-° (S
I 209,23; Spk I 309,3; ~-māta[r], S I 209,21; ~-mātâdi,
Mp IV 26,11; ~-mātâdika, Paṭis-a 582,4); piyaṅ-°
(Abhidh-av 88,19*); piyamanāpatta-° (Vism 220,14;
~-dhamma, Vism-mhṭ I 280,25); puñña-° (Ja V
119,28); puññ'-antarāya-° (A I 161,19); puris'-attha-°
(Vin III 144,28 = 149,3); purisa-visesa-° (D III
163,14*); balava-tuṭṭhi-° (Mp II 174,9); bahu-° (Sv
1055,6); buddha-° (Bv II 115); bodha-° (Abh 396);
brāhmaṇa-bhāva-° (Kv 554,19; Ud-a 54,12);
bhayaṁ-° (Abh 167); bhā-° (Ap 536,11; Abh 63);
bheda-° (Ud-a 316,20; ~-vatthu, Mp II 4,6); mati-
suddha-° (Sadd 416,2); mada-° (Sv 661,17); madhu-°
(Ap 453,1; Vism 136,10); mahā-anattha-° (Vism
300,23; Sv 216,10); mitta-° (D III 192,15*); mitta-
saṅgaha-° (Ja VI 287,22'); muni-bhāva-° (Sv
1004,22); Medhaṁ-° (Bv XXVII 1; Sv 410,27; Ps I
232,2); yathā-° (Sn 393); rajanī-° (Sadd 381,2); raṇa-°
(Thī 358); laddhi-° (Ps II 233,1); lābh'-antarāya-° (A
I 161,20); vacana-° (Vv 1241; ~ânusāsa ni, Vv 141);
vacanaṁ-° (Ja IV 41,27*; Cp 64); vaḍḍhi-° (Mil
196,1); valli-° (~-phala, Ap 416,21; [vallikāra°], 346,16;
~-phala-dāyaka, 416,23,29; ~-phala-dāyaka-tthera,
416,30); vitta-° (Ja V 6,23'); viddhaṁsana-° (Rūp
128,12); vimati-vināsa-° (Abhidh-av 88,19*); vimha-
ya-° (Vin III 333,16 qu. Sp 90,10); viveka-pāmojja-°
(Vism 152,12*); visesa-° (Sadd 4,5); vuddhi-° (Mp II
191,7); vûpasama-° (Sv 974,27); veda-° (Ap 319,21);
veyyāvacca-° (Ap 138,8,17; Sv 705,15); sa-° (Ps I
156,15; Ap 582,2); saṁvibhāga-° (Ja VI 287,24); saṁ-
vega-° (Sv 573,29); saṅgaha-° (Sv 958,10); sati-sam-
uppāda-° (Vv 910); saddhā-buddhi-° (Abhidh-av
82,24); sanniṭṭhāna-° (Vism 43,16); sa-nisā-° (Ap
536,11); santāpa-° (Mp II 212,15); Saraṇaṁ-° (Bv
XXVII 1; Sv 410,27; Ps I 232,2); saha-kiṁ-° (Mhv
XXX 75); sāsana-° (M I 129,17; Thī 448; Vism 298,13);
su-° (D I 63,4; Ud 61,1*; Vism 269,25; Sv 180,26 foll);
suci-bhāva-° (Sv 1004,18); su-duk-° (Ja IV 417,8*;
Vism 522,29); sotânuggaha-° (As 181,31); soma-
nassa-° (Mp II 212,14); hadaya-vimhāpana-° (Sadd
141,34); hadaya-vuḍḍhi-° (Vibh-a 378,25); hita-°
(Kacc-v 529).[[side 280]]

" 346862249249345536,kara,en,"

⁶

kara

, m., sowing; seed ?; uncertain; acc. to ct. - sam-
bhava; only recorded in canonical pa. in cpd. karaja, q.v.;
— exeg.: (in ""etymology"" of karajakāya, q.v.) kirīyati
gabbhâsaye khipīyatī ti ~o sambhavo, Ps-pṭ II
236,28 (ad Ps II 321,26) qu. Sadd 239,21.

" 346862398591733760,kara,en,"

kar(a)

, [sa. √ kṛ; sa-Dhātup I 949, VIII 10; Ch. Wer-
ba, Verba Indoarica, 1997: 168 foll], the verbal root
kar(a); ~ karaṇe, Dhātup 526; Sadd 1289; karaṇa-
smiṁ, Dhātum 740; — forms: 1. pr. act. (med.); 1.a.(i)
pr. ind. karoti; gramm. lit.: karoti, Kacc 453; 513-514,
Sadd 509,10; — pr. ind.; (1 sg.) karomi, Ja V 33,1*; M
III 179,27 (used as imper.); Thī 114; Dhp 306 = Sn 661;
78; (2 sg.) karosi, Ja IV 46,24* = VI 306,26*; Th 1121;
Dhp-a I 45,13; (3 sg.) karoti, Ja VI 571,14*; Th 144; D
II 150,19; Dhp 1; (1 pl.) karoma, Ja I 221,33; Dhp-a I
53,2; Vin II 295,6 (used as imper.); karomase, Ap 33,13
(karoma, Ap-a 266,7); D II 288,1* (v.l. °masi, cf. Sadd
IV 8.1.3,2); Ja II 258,21*; VI 163,26* (qu. Sadd 289,8;
511,7-9; 659,19; 842,7; for v.l. karomhase, cf. O. v.
HINÜBER, JPTS X 1985:11); (2 pl.) karotha, Ud 51,16*;
Dhp-a I 25,18; (3 pl.) karonti, Dhp-a I 52,12; Sn 246;
— 1.a.(ii) pot. kuriyā, kuyirā (sa. kuryāt); kuriyā, Ja
VI 206,12* (so Fsb following ct. at VI 209,15'; C^ks ki°, B^d
kā°; Be, Se kayirā, cf. L. Alsdorf, Kleine Schriften II,
1998: 802); 298,6* (so C^k, cf. C^s at 298,12', Ee kayirā; cf.
J. BLOCH, Recueil d'Articles, 1985: 135 n. 1); kuyirā,
Sadd 514,29 qu. Ja VI 298,6* (cf. Mittelindisch §§ 150, 453;
L. ALSDORF, Kleine Schriften, 197'4: 398 n. 32); —
1.a.(iii) pot. kariyā: = *karyāḥ/t, cf. H. SMITH in J.
BLOCH, Recueil d'Articles, 1985:135 n. 1; Mittelindisch
§ 453; differently K. Hoffmann, Aufsätze zur Indo-[[side 276]]
iranistik II, 1976: 587; (2 sg.) kariyā, Ja V 112,27*
(kareyyāsi, 114,19'); VI 12,31* = 13,2* (kareyyāsi, ct.);
(3 sg.) kariyā, Ja II 42,8* (kayirātha, 42,17'); III 12,10*;
VI 376,1*; Th 152; 451 (kareyya, Th-a II 190,4); Thī
61; Dhp 53 (kareyya, Dhp-a I 419,12); Sn 728 ≠ 1051, 821
(v.II. kayirātha, kariyātha, cf. the form paṭikariyā-
tha in B^d at Ja IV 166,15'); Mhv XXXVII 139; —
1.a.(iv) pot. kayir[ā/a]; kuriy°/kariy°, kuyir°/kayir°
metr. always - - except in sabbā ca itthī kayiruṁ nu
pāpaṁ, Ja V 435,20* (so Be; Ee kareyyuṁ no, cf. Ku-
ṇāla-ja 42; metr.: - - ˘ - - / ˘ ˘ - ˘ —); (3 sg.) kayir[ā/a], Ja IV
127,8* = Sn 583; 920 ≠ 923 ≠ 929 (so read with L. Als-
dorf, Āryā-Strophen, 1967:17, Ee kareyya); kayirā, Ja
III 12,10*; Dhp 42; Sn 967 (so read, Ee kareyya); kayi-
raṁ, S I 49,10* = Dhp 313 (= kareyya, Spk I 107,24;
Dhp-a III 485,10; for -aṁ < -ā, cf. CPD s.v. kattaṁ;
and akaraṁ : akar[ā/a], cf. 4.b.(i); wrongly explained as
ger. by K. R. NORMAN, Dhp-trsl. following PR s.v.); (2
pl.) kayirātha, Ja VI 572,7* (kareyyātha, ct.); (3 sg.
med.) kayirātha, It 13,6*, Ud 92,22*, Khp VIII 9
(kareyya, Pj I 224,29), Ja II 42,14* (cf. kayirā, 42,8*); IV
296,7*-8* (karotha, ct.); S I 2,25*; Dhp 25; 313 = S I
49,10*, Pv 83 (kareyya, Pv-a 60,23); (3 pl. med.)
kayiruṁ, Ja V 435,20* (on meter see above); (2 sg.)
kayirāsi, III 535,19*; V 234,23* (ct. kāreyyāsi /);
364,19*; Pv 528d (so read, cf. Sadd 490 n. b; Ee karey-
yāsi); — 1.a.(v) imper.; (2 sg.) karohi, Ja II 448,10*; VI
135,17*; Sn 1062 (ra-vipulā?); Th 412; Dhp 236 = 238;
Mil 87,9; Dhp-a I 52,15; (3 sg.) karotu, Ja IV 310,15*;
Mhv V 273; (1 pl.) karoma, D II 288,2*; (2 pl.)
karotha, Khp VI 2; Thī 13; Mhv IV 44; Ja I 253,23; (3
pl.) karontu, 153,7; VI 328,1*; (3 sg. med.) karotha, IV
300,8* (ct.: kareyya) = III 236,16* (Ee reads karitvāna
with the Burmese tradition instead of karotha, Ms. C^ks
karitvā corr. to °tva, Ms. Lai Hin A.D. 1592 karitva,
which read m.c., mistakenly corr., to karitvā); VI 310,13*
(so C^ks; Ee kareyya); I 267,22' (ct. on āsiṁsetha,
267,19*); 268,13' (ct. on vāyametha, 268,11*); (2 pl.
med.) karotha, VI 327,21*; Th 403, Sn 223; — 1.b.
kurute; gramm. lit.: kurute, Kacc 513 foll.; Sadd 511,2;
kuruvhe, 511,2; kuruvho, 511,6; — 1.b.(i) pr. ind.; (2
sg.) kuruse, Ja VI 244,23* (ct. karosi); (3 sg.) kurute,
III 114,11*; V 113,8*; 198,6* (ct. karotu/); S I 72,17*; Sn
94; Dhp 48; It 67,21*; Mhv XXXV 54; — 1.b.(ii)
imper.; (2 sg.) kuru, Ja IV 135,11'; Mhv IV 40, X 25; (3
sg.) kurutu, Ja IV 396,8*= D II 240,17*; (3 sg. med.)
kurutaṁ, Ja IV 309,3* (= karotu, Jāt-m 112,19*); VI
288,23* (read with Ce, Se kurutaṁ bhavaṁ [ ≃ ≃ - ˘ - ], cf.
L. ALSDORF, Kleine Schriften, 1974: 399 n. 33); — 1.e.
kubbati, °te (cf. sa. kurvanti); gramm. lit.: kubbati,
°te, Kacc 514, Sadd 509,10,31; — 1.c.(i) pr. ind.; (2 sg.)
kubbasi, Ja III 367,2*; S I 181,10*; (3 sg.) kubbati, Ja III
118,10*; S I 181,10* (Ee kubbasi); Sn 168; (3 pl.) kub-
banti, Ja III 118,10* (qu. Sadd 510,14); IV 192,8* Sn
794; Ap 56,4 (cf. akubbaṁ); — 1.c.(ii) pot.; (3 sg.)
kubbetha, Ja II 112,21* = S I 17,3* (qu. Sadd 515,9-10);
Th 407; Sn 702; It 87,3*; Vin II 203,18*; kubbaye, Sn
943-944 (cf. Mittelindisch § 451, differently Geiger §
149 b and K. R. NORMAN, Sn-trsl. 1992: 348); — 1.d.
krubbati (sanskritization of kubbati, cf. sa. kriyate; a
reading frequently found in South East Asian Mss., cf.
O. v. HINÜBER, JSS LXXI 1983: 87-88, id., Notes on the
Pāli Tradition in Burma, NAWG 1983.3: 69-73; Ee
always reads ku-); gramm. lit.: krubbati, Sadd 509,10;
510,29; 835,3-7; 923,20-23; — 1.d.(i) pr. ind.; (2 sg.)
krubbasi, S I 181,10* (qu. Sadd 510,16* = 835,6*);
krubbati, 19,3*; — 1.d.(ii) pot.; krubbetha, It 87,3*, S I
17,3*; cf. part. akrubbato, Sadd 516,29* qu. Dhp 51 =
Th 323; °krubbamāno, Sadd 510,16*; 517,15* qu. Ja IV
47,12* [cf. 6.a. (v), (vii)]; — 1.e. kummi, 1. sg. only,
gramm. lit. also 1. pl.; cf. epic sa. kurmi analogous to
kurmaḥ, cf. Geiger § 149 foll.: gramm. lit.: kummi,
kumma, Sadd 511,1, Mogg VI 23; — 1.e.(i) pr. ind.;
(1 sg.) kummi, Ja II 435,19* (qu. Sadd 511,1*); VI
499,16*; — 1.f.(i) ind. karati (based on fut. kariṣyati, cf.
K. Hoffmann, Aufsätze zur Indoiranistik II, 1976:
586-587 n. 24); karati, Thī 424 (read m.c. kīrati, cf. Thī
App. II p. 242, cf. 2. d.); — 1.f.(ii) pot. kare (deriv.
uncertain: *kareḥ/t, for 1 sg., cf. Mittelindisch § 435);
(1 sg.) kare, Ja II 138,13* (ct. karomi); IV 240,30* ≠
241,9*; (2 sg.) II 223,6* (ct. mā kareyyāsi); V 116,26*
(ct. mā kari, 118,12'); 448,24* (ct. mā kari); (3 sg.) I
443,10* (ct. kareyya); III 105,22* (ct. kareyya); Dhp 42
= Ud 39,16* (kareyya, Ud-a 244,3); (3 pl.) kare, Ja I
289,30* = V 435,17* (kareyyuṁ, 437,17'; cf. 435,20*;
Mil 205,12); (haplol. *kar<ar>e (?), cf. Mittelindisch §
425 and O. v. HINÜBER, Selected Papers, 1994: 15 n.
20); — 1.f.(iii) pot. kareyya; (1 sg.) kareyyāmi, Ja V
308,18*; kareyyaṁ, III 53,14; kareyya, V 391,29* (B^ds
°yyaṁ); kareyy' ahaṁ, Cp 218; (2 sg.) kareyyāsi, Ja
II 102,7; III 55,2; Vin II 190,19; Pv 528 (read kayirāsi
[ ≃ ≃ - ˘ ], Sadd 490 n. b); Pv-a 11,23; (3 sg.) kareyya, Ja I
443,11*; IV 249,25* (Ee kareyya saṁ bhātaraṁ Kālikā
yaṁ read with C^k kaṇeyya[ṁ]saṁ bhātaraṁ
Kālikāya, cf. s.v. anupucchati and H. LÜDERS,
Bhārhut, 1941: 98); Th 305; Sn 90; M I 429,2; Vv 1260;
Dhp-a I 38,10; (1 pl.) kareyyāma, D III 73,21; S I 58,14;
(2 pl.) kareyyātha, Sn 104,20; Ja I 221,33; Dhp-a I
163,24; (3 pl.) kareyyuṁ, Ja I 168,4; 443,12*; V 43,10*;
— 1.f.(iv) imper. kara, cf. Mittelindisch § 453, differ-
ently Geiger § 125; (2 pr.) kara, Ja I 419,3; IV 1,14; Dīp
156; (2 pr. med.) karassu, Ja III 74,1*/2* = IV 71,22*; V
31,23*; Th 46 (karohi, Th-a I 126,23); S I 120,15*; — 2.
pass.; gramm. lit.: kariyati, °te, Kacc 444, kariyyati,
karīyati, 444, 596, Sadd 509,15; kayirati, Sadd 509,15;
Mogg V 178; kirīyati, Sadd 239,21; kayyate, °ti, qq.v.;
— Rem.: according to Kacc 453 and 514, Mogg V 178,
Sadd 509,10,17-20, kayirati is also used as act. (cf. Child
190, Sadd V 1309 s.v. ¹kayirati), an interpretation pro-
bably derived from the pot. act. kayirātha (~ dhīro puñ-[[side 277]]
ñāni Khp VIII 9 = kareyya, Pj I 224,28; Kv 351,20*), cf.
gramm. lit. only: puriso kammaṁ kayirati, Sadd
509,19; — 2.a.(i) kariyati (< kiyate x karoti); kariyy-
ati, karīyati < kariyati ( ˘ - ˘ - < ˘ ˘ ˘ - , cf. Epilegomena
31* s.v. rhythm. length.; -i- / -ī- may be due to an uncer-
tain text tradition, cf. O. v. HINÜBER, Selected Papers,
1994: 223); (3 sg.) kariyati, Vin II 260,18; S III 208,26;
Sp 1292,3 foll.; (3 pl.) kariyanti, Vin I 309,29; —
2.a.(ii) kariyati, D I 52,27 = M I 404,26 = S IV 349,12;
Sp 859,30; karīyanti, Mil 33,28; — 2.b. kayirati (<
kariyati by metathesis), q.v.; — 2.c. kirīyati (kiyate x
kariyati); kirīyati, As 193,1; Ps IV 136,8; — 2.d. kīrati
(< *kerati < ka(y)irati, cf. Mittelindisch § 147; J.
BLOCH, Recueil d'Articles, 1985: 403; Geiger § 175.1,
Pischel § 547); kīrati, Thī 424 [Ee karati, cf. li.(i)];
kīranti, Th 143 (cf. EV I ad loc.; kirantī ti ca pāṭho,
Th-a II 22,8); — 2.e. kayyate, °ti (< *kiryate x karoti),
q.v.; — [2.f. kacchati; recorded erroneously as pass, of
karoti in PED, s.v. kacchati¹]; — 3. fut.; 3.a. fut. act.;
3.a.(i) karissati, karissaṁ (cf. sa. kartāham : *kari-
ṣyam; AiGr. I § 221; H. SMITH, BS LXXXIII 1932:
170); — gramm. lit.: karissati, Kacc 423, 483, 518,
Sadd 514,16-17, karissaṁ, Kacc 657, Sadd 514,17, 836,5;
— (1 sg.) karissāmi, Ja III 161,14* ( ˘ ˘ - ˘ ., m.c., cf.
TH. OBERLIES, MSS LVI 1996: 115 foll); VI 322,16*; Th
1138; Ap 72,31 (≃ ≃ - -); karissaṁ, Ja III 394,3*; V 20,4*;
Th 167; 381; (2 sg.) karissasi, Ja III 224,10*; VI 12,20*;
Th 207; Thī 247; (3 sg.) karissati, Ja II 443,11*; III
118,11*; Dhp 376; Dīp XV 14 ( ≃ ≃ ˘ ˘ ); (1 pl.) karissāma,
Ja II 115,3*; V 150,18*; D II 162,32; Ap 71,10 ( ≃ ≃ - ˘
resolved 1^th syllable); 71,8; 72,5 = 12 ( ≃ ≃ - - resolved 6^th
syllable of a ma-vipulā); (2 pl.) karissatha Sn 283;
Dhp 275; Ud 51,16*; Pv 244; (3 pl.) karissanti, Ja I
221,33; 258,18*; (3 pl. med.) karissare, III 398,29* (ct.
karissanti); VI 490,29* (ct. karissanti); Pv 688; Ap
364,24; — 3.a.(ii) kassati, kāsati [< sa. *kārṣyati < fut.
sa. kariṣy° x aor. sa. (a)kārṣ°, cf. Mittelindisch § 469;
differently K. R. NORMAN, in: G. Erdosy, The Indo-
aryans of Ancient South Asia, 1995: 288]; — gramm.
lit.: kassaṁ, Sadd 514,18, 836,3-5; — kassāmi, Th
1138 foll.; Pv 554; kassaṁ, Th 381 (kasissāmi, v. l.
kar°, Th-a II 164,23); S I 179,7; Pv 242; kāsaṁ, Ja IV
286,21*-287,15* (āryā); VI 36,20* (B^d kassaṁ = Sadd
514,18); kassāma, Ap 185,19, D II 288,2*; — 3.a.(iii)
kāhiti < *kārṣyiti < *kārṣyati, cf. 3.a (ii); — gramm.
lit.: kāhiti, Kacc 483; Sadd 514,20; 828,16-18; — kāhiti,
Ja VI 497,2* (B^d kāhati); kāhinti, Thī 509 (so read, cf.
EV II ad loc., Ee khāhinti); — 3.a.(iv) kāhati: dissimu-
lated form of kāhiti (?), cf. PM 129); — gramm. lit.:
kāhati Kacc 483; Mogg VI 25; Sadd 514,19-20; 828,16-18;
— (1 sg.) kāhāmi, Ja II 257,1* (C^s kahāmi); III
47,15*; 225,13* (C^s, Bⁱ kahāmi); IV 467,14* (C^ks kahā-
mi); V 308,30*; Th 103 (wit.); Pv 342; Vv 614; Mhv
App. A 7; (2 sg.) kāhasi, Vin I 40,25; M I 39,25*; Sn
427; Ja III 175,20*; V 44,2* (°sī); 308,19*; Th 184 (karis-
sasi, Th-a II 56,7); Thī 57; Dhp 154; (3 sg.) kāhati, Ja I
214,10*; III 99,15*; VI 449,3*; D III 185,6*; (2 pl.) kāhā-
ma, Vv 1257; Pv 792; Ap 33,15; (2 pl.) kāhatha, Ja V
165,29*; (3 pl.) kāhanti, II 130,6*; VI 436,29*; — 3.b. fut.
pass.; 3.b.(i) (3 sg.) kariyissati, Vin I 107,19; — 3.b.(ii)
kīrihiti; (3 sg.) kīrihiti, Thī 424 (Ee karihiti, cf. Thī
App. II p. 242; Geiger § 150; H. SMITH, JAs 1952: 177
n. 2); — 4. aor.; 4.a. type I: root-aor.; Geiger § 159; —
gramm. lit.: akā, Sadd 512,17; — (1 sg.) akaṁ, Ja V
160,1* (ct. akariṁ); Ap 172,6; (2 sg.) mā ... akā, Ja V
184,5*; 317,15*; (3 sg.) akā, III 12,9* (ct. akari); IV
293,2* (ct. akāsi); mā ... akā, V 177,5*; Ap 394,18;
Mhv V 207 (on akā, cf. St. Insler, Die Sprache XXXVI
1994: 78 n. 24); — for Ee akaṭṭha, Pv-a 45,24 read
akuṭṭhaṁ with Be and Ms. Lai Hin A.D. 1573; — 4.b.
type II: thematic aor.; Geiger § 162.1; — gramm. lit.: ka-
ruṁ, Kacc 493; Sadd 346,22; — 4.b.(i) act.; (1 sg.)
akaraṁ Ja III 206,21*; mā ... akaraṁ, IV 116,19* =
117,3*; (2 sg.) akara, I 431,1* (ct. akari), II 230,15* = III
135,17* (B^id akari); akarā, III 160,22* (B^id akari); IV
422,9* (C^k akaraṁ); akarā, V 69,13* (B^d akararṇ; ct. a-
kara, akāsī ti attho); (3 sg.) akaraṁ, Ja IV 241,1* (ct.
akariṁ) = Pj I 127,25*; Ja V 70,17* (Fsb: read akarā?);
akarā, IV 417,8*; (1 pl.) akarāma, M I 93,15; akaram-
ha, 93,16 ≠ 31; Ja III 47,3*; — 4.b.(ii) med.; (1 pl.) aka-
ramhase, Ja III 26,18* (ct. akarimha) = akaramhasa,
Dhp-a I 145,6* qu. Sadd 511,18; 628,7; 633,6; 842,9 (cf.
H. MATSUMURA, JIBS XXXII 1983: 545); (3 pl.) aka-
ruṁ, Ja IV 116,26* (ct. kariṁsu); V 353,5* (ct. akaṁ-
su); VI 156,25* (ct. kariṁsu); D II 256,4*; Mhv III 30;
33; karuṁ, Dīp VI 11; — 4.c. type III: s-aor.; Geiger §
159; — gramm. lit.: akāsi, Kacc 493; Sadd 514,1-12;
836,1; Mogg VI 24; 44; akāsuṁ, Kacc 493; — (2 sg.)
akāsiṁ, Ja V 86,20*; Th 219; Thī 74; D III 257,2; Vv 5;
Dhp-a III 82,15; (2 sg.) mā ... akāsi, Ja V 464,14*; II
29,14; akāsi, Vv 78 = Pv 106 qu. Dhp-a I 34,17*; Vv 3;
mā kāsi, Ja IV 398,9* (ct. mā ... kari); I 487,17; Th
1207; Thī 244; (3 sg.) akāsi, Ja IV 383,28* = 385,9*; V
51,30*; VI 117,12*; I 264,14; Sn 343; Pv 54; Ap 553,14;
Dhp-a I 39,4; (2 pl.) akamha, Ja III 47,4*; (2 pl.) mā ...
akattha, Ja IV 443,10* ≠ 14*; Vin I 89,2; Vv 1258; Pv
74; Mhv XII 22; Pv-a 75,21; Dhp-a I 7,1; mā kattha,
Ud 51,14*; akattha, Ja IV 401,15 (so C^ks; B^d na karit-
tha: negated verb, cf. s.v. ³a-, 7.); (3 pl.) akaṁsu,
385,15* foll.; VI 106,3*; 119,14*, Thī 119; Sn 882; Vin I
129,2; Ap 72,3; Pv-a 74,30; akāsuṁ, Mhv XXXI 99 v.l.
(cf. Geiger § 159); — 4.d. type IV: iṣ-aor; Geiger § 166;
— gramm. lit.: akari, Sadd 514,1-15; 830,23; Mogg V
178; VI 23; — (2 sg.) akariṁ, Dhp-a I 31,21*; kariṁ, Ja
III 393,29; V 205,1* (mss. kari); (2 sg.) akari, Ja IV
4,20*; mā kari, II 22,15; III 135,17* (so B^id and ct.; Ee
akara); V 71,13*; kari ... akari, VI 84,11*; Dhp-a II
59,1; akarī, Ja VI 323,8*; Pv 4 (v.l. akarā); (3 sg.) akari,
Ja III 12,24' (expl. akā); kari, V 231,6; Dhp-a I 4,5; aka-
rī, D II 157,13*; Ja V 9,29*; VI 20,18* (ct. akāsi); (2 pl.)[[side 278]]
akarimha, III 26,21' (expl. akaramhase); karimha,
47,20'; (2 pl.) karittha, I 90,1; mā ... karittha, III
167,26; IV 177,5; Dhp-a I 13,22; (3 pl.) kariṁsu, Ja II
352,8; III 6,2; Dhp-a I 102,23; — Rem.: read akārayī
for akāri yo, Ja VI 204,9*, cf. L. ALSDORF, Kleine Schrif-
ten II, 1998: 801; — 4.e. akubbatha, Pv 384 (v.l. akrub-
batha); kubbiṁsu, Sadd 113,17; — 5. cond.; — gramm.
lit.: akarissā, akarissa, akarissuṁ, Sadd 514,22 foll.; —
akarissa, Dhp-a I 147,19; karissa, II 39,20 (without aug-
ment); — 6. part.; 6.a. part. pres.; 6.a.(i) karo(n)t (cf.
Geiger § 97); — gramm. lit.: karo(n)t, Sadd 172,25-
173,4; 232,14-21; — (instr. sg.) °karotā, A II 187,11 = S I
78,26; (gen. sg.) karoto, D I 52,25 = M I 404,25 = S III
208,24 = IV 356,31; Dhp 116 [v.l. karato, so read m.c.,
cf. Sadd 232 n. 3, 6.a(ix)]; °karoto, Th 98; (gen. pl.)
karotaṁ, A IV 292,10* = S I 233,15*= Vv 635 = 638 (cf.
Sadd 232 n. 4); — 6.a.(ii) karonta; — gramm. lit.:
karonta, Kacc 657; Sadd 172,25-173,7; 232,14-21;
516,24; — (nom. sg. m.) karonto Ja IV 292,25*; D III
257,2; Dhp 66; Mil 241,14; (acc. sg. m.) karontaṁ, Ja V
219,1*; (loc. sg. m.) karonte, Mhv XXIII 9; (nom. pl.
m.) karonta, Ja IV 495,25* (C^ks karonto); (gen. pl. m.)
karontānaṁ, Ja II 123,17* = V 91,11*; (fem. nom. sg.)
karontī, Thī 172; Ja IV 32,19; Pv-a 47,7; — 6.a.(iii)
(gen. pl.) kurutaṁ, M I 516,23 (analogous to karotaṁ;
differently Mittelindisch § 452); — 6.a.(iv) kurumā-
na(ka); — gramm. lit.: kurumāna, Kacc 657 (cf. Kacc-
v ad loc.); Mogg V 163; 173; 178; Sadd 516,24; 870,7;
— (nom. sg. m.) kurumāno, Vism 150,10; kurumā-
nako, Samantak 168; (instr. sg. m.) kurumānena, Mil
171,28; (nom. pl. m.) kurumānā, Dīp IX 17; (nom. sg.
f.) kurumānā, Ja I 291,15; III 525,3; (nom. pl. f.) kuru-
mānakā, Mhv XXXI 81; — 6.a.(v) k(r)ubba(nt); —
gramm. lit.: kubba(nt), Rūp 264,21; Sadd 167,9; 516,23;
— (nom. sg. m.) kubbaṁ, Ja V 26,11* (ct. karonto);
(gen. sg.) kubbato, III 26,24*; (anu)kubbassa, II
205,10*; (gen. pl.) kubbataṁ, IV 65,7*; akrubbato, cf.
1.d(ii); — 6.a.(vi) kubbanta; — gramm. lit.: kubbanta,
Pay II 305; Sadd 516,24; — (voc. f.) (vi)kubbanti, Vv
94 (Vv-a 58,10); — 6.a.(vii) k(r)ubbamāna; — gramm.
lit.: Pay II 305; — (nom. sg. m.) (vi)kubbamāno, Dīp I
54; (nom. sg. f.) (vi)kubbamānā, Vv 303; ifc. akub-
bamāna, s.v. karoti, ifc. q.v.; akrubbamāno, cf.
1.d(ii); — 6.a.(viii) kubbāna; — gramm. lit.: kubbāna,
Rūp 630; Sadd 516,24; — (acc. sg. m.) kubbānaṁ, Ja II
280,17* (ct. karontaṁ); IV 197,12*; Dhp 217; —
6.a.(ix) kara(nt); — gramm. lit.: kara(nt), Sadd 169,7;
172,26; 232,18; 516,23; — (nom. sg. m.) karaṁ, Ja V
218,29* (ct. karonto); Th 232 (karonto, Th-a II 92,9);
Dhp 136; (gen. sg. m.) karato, Th 1207 [= karoto, M I
338,28*, cf. 6.a.(i)]; D I 52,26 qu. Sadd 173,3-4 as karoto
[cf. 6.a.(i)] = M I 404,22 foll. = 516,4 = S III 208,20
[PED s.v. karati¹ derives karato from karati < sa.
kṛntati, cf. 6.a.(i)]; Mhv XXIII 12; XXXV 103; —
6.a.(x) gramm. lit. only: karāna, Kacc 657; Pay II 305;
Sadd 870,7; Mogg V 163; 178; — 6.b. part. fut.;
gramm. lit. only: karissa(nt), Kacc 657; Sadd 870,6; —
6.c. part. pass.; 6.c.(i) kar[ī/i]yamāna; — gramm. lit.:
kayiramāno karīyamāno vā, Rūp 264,25; — (loc. sg.
m.) kariyamāne, It-a I 33,9; II 20,6; citake
karīyamāne, Ap 292,14 (so Be; Ee citesu kiramānesu,
cf. 406,25: Ee kira°, Se citāsu kurumānāsu); (acc. sg.
n.) kariyamānaṁ, 109,10; — 6.c.(ii) kayiramāna; —
gramm. lit.: kayiramāna, Rūp 630; Mogg V 178; —
(acc. sg. n.) kayiramānaṁ, Mil 171,14; Dhp-a II 68,3;
(loc. sg. n.) kayiramāne,Vin II 289,17; Mp I 143,2; —
6.c.(iii) kayiranta; — gramm. lit.: kayiranta, Pay II
305 (used as active, cf. kayirati: gramm. lit.); — kayiran-
tassa, Ap 343,13 (v.l. kārayantassa); — 7. ²ind.; 7.a.
abs.; 7.a.(i) kattaṁ, cf. s.v.; — 7.a.(ii) katv[ā/a]; —
gramm. lit.: Sadd 313,2; 313,16-29; 517,3; 857,8; —
katvā, Ja III 15,16 (B^d kāretvā; cf. H. MATSUMURA,
JIBS XXXII 1983: 547); VI 153,3* (cf. Toev. I 4); II
317,14* (cf. s.v. ¹katta(r) Rem.); Sn 127; Th 578; Dhp
67; Ps II 350,27; katv[ā/a], Ja VI 299,31* (so Fsb, Ee katvā);
Ap 533,15 [v.l. kacca, cf. 7.a.(vii)]; — 7.a.(iii) katvā-
na; — gramm. lit.: katvāna, Sadd 517,3; — katvāna, Ja
III 274,12* = IV 258,24*; V 49,11*; VI 132,13*; Sn 89; Th
197; It 12,12*; Pv 3; Ap 33,16 (kāretvā, Ap-a 266,18);
Mhv III 25; VII 29; — 7.a.(iv) kātūna (cf. J. Sakamo-
to-Goto, VIIth World Sanskrit Conference, Vol. VI,
1991: 18-19); — gramm. lit.: kātūna, Kacc 597; 622 (cf.
566); Sadd 517,4; 856,19; 859,18 (cf. 851,11; 857,7);
kattūna, Kacc 597; 622; Sadd 859,18; — kātūna, Vin
III 96,32; 170,25; — 7.a.(v) karitv[ā/a], karitvā; — gramm.
lit.: Kacc 607; 619; Sadd 517,4; 858,7; 859,10; — kar-
itvā, Vin I 287,33; S II 178,13; A III 443,8; Ja III 348,5*;
IV 191,5; 282,7*; V 268,9*; VI 108,8*; Sn 674; Mhv
XXXII 17; Dhp-a I 31,9*; Pj I 154,23; karitva, Vv 409
(cf L. ALSDORF, Āryā-Strophen, 1967: 84); — 7.a.(vi)
karitvāna; — gramm. lit.: karitvāna, Sadd 517,4; —
karitvāna, Ja III 236,16* [= karotha (/), IV 300,8*, cf.
1.a.(v)]; V 69,14*; Th 285 (katvā, Th-a II 120,7); 579
(katvā, Th-a II 248,8); Ap 68,13; — 7.a.(vii) kariya (sa.
*karya), kariyāna; — gramm. lit.: kariya, Sadd 517,4;
kariyāna, Sadd 517,4 (only gramm. lit.); — kariya Ja
VI 291,16* (- -; C^ks kayira, ct. karitvā); Thī 402; D III
153,17*; (cf. akariya, q.v.); — 7.a.(viii) kacca (sa.
*kṛtya); — gramm. lit.: kacca, Sadd 517,4-13; — kacca,
Thī-a 147,19 qu. Sadd 517,10 = 857,6 [cf. 7.a.(ii)];
(a)sakkacca(ṁ), Ja IV 310,23*; D II 356,1; Vin IV
190,1; Th 1054); — 7.b. inf. 7.b.(i) kattuṁ (sa. kar-
tum); — gramm. lit.: kattuṁ, Kacc 597 (cf. 563; 622);
Mogg V 62; Sadd 517,3; 856,19; 859,16-19; cf. kattukā-
ma, Kacc 406, q.v. s.v.; — kattuṁ, Ja V 58,16*; M II
124,20; — 7.b.(ii) kātuṁ (sa. kartum; differently R. L.
TURNER, Collected Papers 1975: 432: from kattuṁ anal-
ogous to dātuṁ); — gramm. lit.: kātuṁ, Kacc 597 (cf.
563; 622); Mogg V 62; Sadd 517,3; 856,19; 859,18; —
kātuṁ, Ja I 319,1*; III 173,22*; IV 159,11; Th 225; Vin I
70,13; Khp VI 10; Ud 14,10; Pv 280; Dhp-a I 7,1; Pv-a
61,16; 69,30 (cf. kātukāma, Pv-a 115,11; kātukāmatā,
Ja V 364,15); — 7.b.(iii) kātuṁye, cf. Mittelindisch §
497 (for -ye, cf. EV II ad Thī 418; differently App. II on
Thī 418); kātuṁye, Thī 418 (Ee kātuye, but kātuyye,
Thī App. II; ct.: kātuṁ ayye [sic!], Thī-a 268,9); —
7.b.(iv) kātave, cf. Mittelindisch § 497; — gramm. lit.:
kātave, Kacc 563; 597; Mogg V 62; Sadd 517,3; 851,1;
856,19; — kātave, Ja V 318,17*; Vv 738 (kātuṁ, Vv-a
191,19); Cp 318; Mhv XXXV 29; — 7.b.(v) kattāye;
gramm. lit. only: kattāye, Mogg V 62.[[side 279]] kara

" 346862248611811328,kara,en,"

⁵

kara

, m. [ts.], trunk of an elephant; Abh 1047; nāsā
soṇḍā ~o hattho hatthidabbe sama matā, Sadd
448,24.

" 346862247995248640,kara,en,"

⁴

kara

, m. [ts.], heap; saṅcayo ... ~o ghaṭā iccevam-
ādayo pariyāyā, Sadd 495,27.

" 346862246623711232,kara,en,"

kara

, m. [ts.; EWA-2 (Vol. III) s.v.], tribute, tax; ~o
... balim uccate, Abh 355; 1047.

" 346862245340254208,kara,en,"

kara

, m. [ts.; EWA-2 s.v. kará-], hand; — sa hi ...
phusati ~ehi ubhohi jannukāni, D III 163,16*; ~ena
... parāmaṭṭho, Ap 114,19 (= hatthatalena parāmaṭ-
ṭho, Ap-a 389,20); ~ehi uraṁ pahantā (Ee °tvā),
539,30 qu. Thī-a (1998) 150,19; mānusaṁ ~aṁ disvā,
563,12; tassa ... ~ā pattaṁ ādāya, Mhv XXIV 26;
~ehi ... ubho dante pīḷayitvā, Mhv XXV 22; sukhu-
maṁ ~aṁ māpayitvā, XXXI 67.

" 346862359718924288,kāra,en,"

¹kāra,

[ts., cf. ⁷kara, q.v.], 1. ifc. only; a. (mfn.) who produces, who creates, who acts, who does, who makes; b. (m.) maker of (with names referring to objects, food), builder of (with names referring to a variety of buildings), especially in names of professions; author; c. producing (a sound), cf. ²kāra; 2. mn. [cf. BHSD ¹kāra; SWTF kāra 5], a. making; acting; act; esp. pious act towards the Buddha, the Dhamma, the Saṅgha, etc. (homage, service, including a gift), connected with forms of karoti; cf. kārayati, kārāpeti, kāreti, q.v.; b. agreement, act or contract; — 1.a. ifc. ati-°; atta‑°; attha‑°; andha‑°; asannidhi‑°; kappiya‑°; kāma‑°; kiṁ‑°; dāsa-kamma‑°; puṇṇa‑°; pesa‑°; bahu‑°; māyā‑°; yathā-tathā‑°; sannidhi‑°; — 1.b. ifc. aya‑°; usu‑°; kaṭṭha‑°; kamma‑°; kuṭi‑°; kumbha‑°; koccha‑°; gaha‑°; camma‑°; citta‑°; citti‑°; jiya‑°; taccha‑°; tipu‑°; tunna‑°; danta‑°; dhanu‑°; nagara‑°; naḷa‑°; para‑°; pottha‑°; balak‑°; bhatta‑°; maṇi‑°; mālā‑°; pesa‑°; yāna‑°; rajata‑°; ratha‑°; loha‑°; vihāra‑°; vutti‑°; veḷu‑°; sak‑°; saṅgīti‑°; sutta‑°; suvaṇṇa‑°; — 1.c. ifc. uhuṅ‑°; hiṁ‑°; huṁ-°; – Rem.: ya-kārena vā bha-kārena vā, Vin IV 7,18 foll. (yakārabhakāre yojetvā yo akkoso, Sp 739,6) “by the sound ya! or by the sound bha!” as a manifestation of disrespect, hardly correct BD II: 178 n. 2; cf. also Sadhu Ram, JOIB XVII 1967: 36–52. – 2.a. lex. lit.: ~o ... sakkāre, Abh 1011; Cp-a 30,9; — exeg. lit.: ~o karaṇaṁ kiriyā ti atthato ekaṁ, Sp 838,19; explaining kāra-kāraka, q.v.; — yesâhaṁ cīvara‑°-°‑parikkhāraṁ paribhuñjāmi tesaṁ te ~ā mahapphalā assu, M I 33,19 (te mayi katā paccayadānakārā, Ps I 159,14); yesaṁ hi mayaṁ paribhuñjāma °parikkhāraṁ, tesaṁ te ~ā amhesu mahapphalā, S II 29,14 (so read with sgh. MSS., Be, cf. SWTF s.v. kāra; Ee w.r. vokārā); evarūpā ~ā karīyanti, M I 140,24; te tattha dhammaṁ bhāsanti tesaṁ gihī pasannā ~aṁ karonti, S II 269,24* (kattabbakāraṁ karonti cattāro paccaye denti, Spk II 231,5); appakaṁ pi kataṁ ~aṁ puññaṁ hoti mahapphalaṁ, Pv 328 (~an ti liṅgavipallāsena vuttaṁ, upakāro ti attho, Pv-a 140,1); ~aṁ katvāna bhikkhusu, Th 241 (cīvarâdipaccayadānena c’ eva upaṭṭhānena ca bhikkhūsu sakkārasammānaṁ katvā, Th-a II 96,29); ñātīsu mittesu katā me ~ā, Ja V 492,13*; yadi tattha ~aṁ na karomi nâhaṁ puññena atthiko, Cp 15 (sakkāraṁ, Cp-a 30,9); aho ~aṁ, Ap 245,21; yehi ... ~ā katā te hanati, tesaṁ ~āni attani katāni amahapphalāni katvā ... vināseti, Th-a II 17,23 (Ee kārākatā, w.r.); ettha no ~ā mahapphalā bhavissanti, It-a II 162,25; arahanto … yesu appako pi kato ~o sattānaṁ devūpapattiṁ āvahati, Pv-a 6,26; Paṇḍurājakataṁ ~aṁ saranto, Mhv L 85; aññatarassa therassa kato pi nāma ~o, Vv-a 22,7 (so read; Ee nāmakāro, w.r.); — 2.b. dve māse ~aṁ katvāna, Ja II 136,6* (Ee, Ce so; Be, Se saṅgaraṁ katvā; ct. dvīhi māsehi mūlaṁ dātabban ti evaṁ dve māse ~aṁ saṅgaraparicchedaṁ katvā); — Rem.: eva kāro, Vism 139,14 read evakaro with Vism (HOS); no kāro nipātamattaṁ, Ps IV 72,22 read nokāro, cf. ²kara; yenâpi ~ena … tena vā ~ena, Pv-a 45,22 read yenâkārena … ten’ evâkārena, cf. Pv-a-trsl. 49 n. 17,19.

" 346862439062573056,kāra,en,"

³kāra,

m. [sa. kārā, f.], a jail; ~o … so pume bandhanâlaye, Abh 1011 (Ce so; Be kārā tu bandhanâlaye; only fem. kārā, q.v., in this meaning, according to Abh-ṭ); reading of Be at Sp 997,30, cf. kārā; kāra-bhedaka, q.v.

" 346862442397044736,kāra,en,"

²kāra,

m. and n. [ts.], t. t. gramm., a grammatical element (a term used to mark out letters, syllables or particles; mostly ifc.; v. Renou, Terminologie: 126; PLG 3; °‑sadda can be used when the first member is an indeclinable); akkharehi ~aṁ, Kacc 606 (a eva a-kāro, Kacc-v); ka-kārâdayo vaṇṇā, Mogg-p on I 6; akkharato ~o: akkharato kārapaccayo hoti a-kāro, ā-kāro icc’evamādi ka-kāro, kha-kāro icc’ādi ca, Sadd 857,30; — da-kārassa ta-kāraṁ katvā, Ud-a 131,17; eko du-kāraṁ eva bhaṇi, eko sa-kāraṁ, eko na-kāraṁ, eko so-kāraṁ, Ja III 43,18 foll., cf. O. v. Hinüber, Entstehung und Aufbau der Ja-Sammlung 1998: 148;— ifc.: a-°; ā-° (etc., all letters of the alphabet including ra-kāra, Rūp I 2 [Be 1976 2,20*]); iti‑°; eva‑° (Vism 139,17); ka‑°; ca‑°; dhik‑°; ni‑°; no‑°; ma‑°; sādhu‑°.

" 346862430812377088,kāra,en,"

⁵kāra,

m. [cf. BHSD s.v. 2 kāra, q.v.], in etym. of kāla, time; kālo ti c’ettha kiriyā adhippetā, karaṇaṁ ~o, ~o eva kālo, ra-kārassa la-kāraṁ katvā uccaraṇavasena, Sadd 59,16.

" 346862435367391232,kāra,en,"

⁴kāra,

m., a variety of tree, the leaves and fruits of which are eaten by ascetics (see °‑paṇṇa, °‑patta, °‑phala, °‑rukkha, °ârañña); ~o agabhedo, Abh 1011 (rukkhabhedo, so ca mahāsattena Temiyarājakumārakāle bhuttarukkho, Abh-ṭ).

" 346862544134082560,karabha,en,"

karabha

, m. [sa. karabha, CDIAL 2797 karabhá-,
EWA-2 s.v.], camel; — lex. lit.: oṭṭho tu karabho
bhave, Abh 502.

" 346862548546490368,karabha,en,"

karabha

, m. [cf. EWA-2 s.v. karabha], metacarpus;
maṇibandha-kaniṭṭhānaṁ pāṇissa ~o 'ntaraṁ, Abh
266.

" 346862595715633152,kārabhedaka,en,"

kāra-bhedaka,

m. [cf. ³kāra or kārā, q.v.], escaped convict, cf. DBMT 69; na ~o coro pabbājetabbo, Vin I 75,14 (kāro vuccati bandhanâgāraṁ, … andubandhanaṁ vā hotu saṅkhalikabandhanaṁ vā, rajjubandhanaṁ vā + … yo etesu yaṁ kiñci bandhanaṁ bhinditvā + … pālayati so ~o, Sp 997,30–998,6); coraṁ … ~aṁ, Vin-vn 2484 (~an ti gāthābandhavasena rasso kato [i.e. kārā‑° > kāra‑°], ~an ti dātabbakarassa vā katacorakammassa vā kāraṇā kārāghare pakkhitto vā nigaḷabandhanâdīhi baddho vā, tato so muccitvā palāyati, Vin-vn-ṭ II 148,26 foll.); — °‑cora-vatthu, n., (modern) title of Vin I 74,36–75,17 (coravatthu, according to Sp 997,7).

" 346862555181879296,karabhorū,en,"

karabhôrū

, f. [sa. karabhorū, cf. PW s.v. karabha
(2); EWA-2 s.v. karabha], a woman, whose thighs
resemble the trunk of an elephant; — gramm. lit.:
ūrusaddā upamānādipubbā itthiyam ū hoti: ~ū ...,
Mogg III 38; ~ū (so read) vilambitagāminī ca (i.e.,
Sujātā), Mhbv 29,2.

" 346862551981625344,karabhūsā,en,"

karabhūsā

, f., bracelet; kaṅkaṇaṁ ~ā, Abh 286.

" 346862257134637056,karacaraṇamudutā,en,"

kara-caraṇa-mudu-tā

, f. [abstr.], softness of hands
and feet; ~aṁ ... paṭilabhati... kumāro, D III 153,20*.

" 346862100095700992,kāradīpa,en,"

Kāra-dīpa

, m. [cf. Ahidīpa, q.v.], Npr.; an island; tadā ~o Ahidīpo nāma hoti, Ja IV 238,10 qu. Cp-a 22,16.

" 346862370506674176,kāragaṅgā,en,"

Kāra-gaṅgā,

f., NPr.; name of a river in Ceylon; ~aṁ nisedhetvā mahatā girisetunā, Mhv LXXIX 24; ~āya, 57.

" 346862256597766144,karagga,en,"

kar'-agga

, n. [cf. sa. karâgra], the tip of an elephant's
trunk; ~aṁ pokkharaṁ bhave, Abh 365.

" 346862156299374592,karaha,en,"

karaha

, cf. next.

" 346862160795668480,karahaci,en,"

karahaci

, ²ind. [cf. sa. karhi, EWA-2, CDIAL 2910;
Sadd 1310 s.v.], indefinite adv. of time, always combined
with kadāci (q.v): at some time or other, at times; —
gramm. lit.: ajja-sajv-aparajv-etarahi-karahā. ete sad-
dā nipaccante — pakati ppaccayo ādeso kālaviseso ti
sabbam etaṁ nipātanā labbhati ... kiṁsaddassa ko
raha cānajjatane: kasmiṁ kale karaha, Mogg IV 107;
Sadd 813,3-6; — hoti kho so ... samayo yaṁ kadāci ~i
dīghassa adhuno accayena ..., D I 17,18 (kadācī ti
kasmiñci kāla. karahacī ti tass' eva vevacanaṁ, Sv
110,3 = Mp II 284,30); Ud 91,33; Nett 12,18 etc., cf.
kadāci 3 for further references.[[side 295]]

" 346862168081174528,karahāṭaka,en,"

karahāṭaka

, n. [sa. karahāṭa, EWA-2 (Vol. III) s.v.,
CDIAL 2802], a bulbous root; — lex. lit.: ~aṁ tu kan-
do, Abh 549.

" 346862257751199744,karaja,en,"

kara-ja

, m. [ts.], finger nail; ~o ... nakho, Abh 268.

" 346862258468425728,karaja,en,"

kara-ja

, mfn. [cf. ⁶kara, q.v.], born of sowing (the
""seed"" in the womb) ?; used of the physical body; cf.
karajarūpa; — exeg.: kirīyati gabbhāsaye khipīyatī ti
karo, sambhavo, karato jāto ti ~o, mātāpettika-
sambhavo ti attho. mātuyā hi sarīrasaṇṭhāpanava-
sena karato jāto ti ~o ti apare. ubhayathā pi kara-
jakāyan ti catusantatirūpam āha, Ps-pṭ II 236,28 (in
exeg. of kāya at M I 276,20); — w.r. at Sv 113,22, 721,30
for karajakāya, which read with Be.

" 346862259072405504,karajakāya,en,"

kara-ja-kāya

, m., the physical body, as opposed to its
non-physical component viz. nāma or nāmakāyo; only
recorded in the pa. canon in A; — exeg.: karo vuccati
pupphasambhavaṁ gabbhāsaye karīyatī ti katvā,
karato jāto kayo ~o, tadupasannissayo catusantati-
rūpasamudāyo, Sv-pṭ I 341,17 qu. Mp-ṭ III 12,2 ≠
Ps-pṭ II 237,2 qu. Sadd 239,23; ~o ti ettha tu ko vuc-
cati sarīraṁ, tattha pavatto rajo: ka-rajo ... suk-
kasoṇitasaṅkhātena karajena sambhūto kayo ~o ti
ācariyā, Sadd 239,9,15-19; — yaṁ kho me ... pubbe
imina ~ena pāpakammaṁ kataṁ, sabban taṁ idha
vedanīyaṁ, A V 300,11; 301,12; — ~ defined as mate-
rial (vatthu, rūpaṁ): vatthu nāma ~o, yaṁ sandhā-
ya vuttaṁ ""idañ ca pana me viññāṇaṁ ettha sitaṁ
ettha paṭibaddhan"" (D I 76,19-20) ti, Sv 722,31 = Ps I
276,25 = Vibh-a 265,16 qu. It-a I 10,8; ~o nāma cattāri
mahābhūtāni upādārūpañ cā ti, Sv 764,26 = Ps I
249,4; imāni jhānaṅgāni kiṁnissitāni ? vatthunis-
sitāni. vatthu nāma ~o. jhānaṅgāni nāmaṁ. ~o
rūpan ti, Sv 765,5 = Ps I 249,14; nāmakāyo pi ~o pi
passambhati vûpasantadaratho hoti, Mp II 79,30 (ad
A I 43,28); 243,29 (ad A I 148,5); III 337,17; bhikkhū-
naṁ nāmakāyo santatto nāmakāye santatte ~o san-
tatto ~e santatte nidhānagataṁ uṇhaṁ lohitaṁ mu-
khato uggañchi, I 68,11,12; — role of ~ in meditation:
so ... samāpattito vuṭṭhāya: ""samudayo ~o ca cittañ
cā"" ti passati, Vism 287,1 qu. Paṭis-a 501,12 ≠ Sp
431,4; bhikkhuno ~añ ca nāsāpuṭañ ca cittañ ca pa-
ṭicca assāsapassāsakāyo aparâparaṁ sañcarati, Sv
765,21 = Ps I 249,30; attano ~e ... asubhânupassī
viharati, Mp III 140,6 (ad A II 150,34); so ... jhānā
vuṭṭhahitvā ... sakalam pi ~aṁ passati, Sp 430,24;
~e ñāṇamattaṁ otāretvā, Dhp-a III 420,11; ~aṁ ga-
hetvā pādakajjhānacitte āropeti, Paṭis-a 662,29 (ad
Paṭis II 209,26) ≠ Vism 405,1; taṁ (scil. lahusañṅā)
okkantassa pan' assa ~o pi tūlapicu viya sallahuko
hoti, 404,28 qu. Paṭis-a 662,19; — in similes: maṇi viya
... ~o, Sv 221,14 = Ps III 262,5; rahado viya ~o, Sv
218,27 = Mp III 234,8; vatthaṁ viya ~o ... evaṁ ca-
tutthajjhānasukhena bhikkhuno ~assa na koci okā-
so aphuṭṭho hotī ti, Sv 219,16 = Ps II 323,9 = Mp III
235,2,6; Sv 224,4; ~o ratanavilopakacorasadiso, Ja I
5,20; — ~ may be weak or powerful: manussānaṁ ...
kammajatejo mando ~o balavā, Sv 113,19 (Sv-pṭ I
207,26); devatānaṁ ~aṁ sukhumaṁ ~aṁ balavaṁ,
721,29 (Sv-pṭ III 327,4); khīṇâsavānam ... ~assa dub-
balabhāvena bhavaṅgotaraṇaṁ hoti, As 378,18; —
in glosses on kāya: imaṁ ... kāyan ti imaṁ ~aṁ, Sv
217,19 (ad D I 73,26) = Mp III 232,15 (ad A III 25,9); Ps
II 321,26; Spk II 396,1; kāyenā ti ~ena, Mp II 102,7 (ad
A I 54,16); ""imamhā kāyā aññaṁ kāyaṁ abhinim-
minātī"" (D I 77,9-10) ti ayaṁ ~o nāma, It-a I 100,32;
— ifc. catu-mahā-bhūtika-° (As 403,21).[[side 281]]

" 346862259672190976,karajakāyagatigamana,en,"

kara-ja-kāya-gati-gamana

, n., walking in the man-
ner of the physical body; kayo nāma karajakāyo. ~aṁ
dandhaṁ hoti, Spk III 261,5 (cf. Vism 404,19 foll.:
kāyânugatikaṁ karoti dandhagamanaṁ, kāya-
gamanaṁ hi dandhaṁ hoti).

" 346862218115026944,karajakāyagelañña,en,"

kara-ja-kāya-gelañña

, n., illness of the physical
body; yassa ... ~ena cittaṁ bhavaṅge otarati nâyaṁ
niddârāmo, Sv 528,35 = Mp IV 22,18 ≠ It-a II 68,22.

" 346862261094060032,karajakāyapariyāya,en,"

kara-ja-kāya-pariyāya

, m., synonym of ""physical
body""; idha rūpasaddo ~o ti ""rūpaṁ sarīran"" ti āha,
Ps-pṭ III 325,24 (ad Ps IV 159,20).

" 346862260334891008,karajakāyapaṭibaddhavuttitā,en,"

kara-ja-kāya-paṭibaddha-vutti-tā

, f. [abstr.], the fact
of (its) occurrence being restricted to the physical body; so
... cittasamuṭṭhāno pi samano ~āya tena saṅkharī-
yatī ti kāyasaṅkhāro ti vuccati, Sp-ṭ II 193,24.

" 346862262608203776,karajakāyasannissita,en,"

kara-ja-kāya-sannissita

, mfn., based upon the phy-
sical body; kāyikā ti ~ā, Nett-a 127,16 (ad Nett 66,14);
~ā ti imina vedanâdikkhandhattayanissitā pi gahitā
kāyappassaddhibhāvato, Nett-pṭ 80,13.

" 346862101362380800,karajakāyavagga,en,"

Karaja-kāya-vagga,

m., title of A V 283,2–303,14; ~o A V 303.15.

" 346862261899366400,karajakāyavisaya,en,"

kara-ja-kāya-visaya

, mfn., (bhvr.) having the physi-
cal body as its object of reference; vatthunissitā ti ettha
vatthusaddo ~o, na chabbatthuvisayo ti, Sv-pṭ II
329,17 (ad Sv 722,30).

" 346862263535144960,karajarūpa,en,"

kara-ja-rūpa

, n., physical matter; ~e ādīnavaṁ dis-
vā, Vism 326,11; rūpāvacaracatutthajjhānavasena
~aṁ atikkantaṁ hoti, 326,15; Vism-mhṭ I 393,24;
~ena vā ~ena vā rūpiṁ tattha lābhī, Ps IV 17,10 (ad
M II 229,1); — ifc. āgantu-° (Ps I 141,6).

" 346862264290119680,karajarūpapaṭibhāga,en,"

kara-ja-rūpa-paṭibhāga

, n., the image of physical
matter; tappaṭibhāgam evā ti ~am eva nimittaggā-
hasambhavato, Vism-mhṭ I 394,4 (ad Vism 327,6).

" 346862265183506432,karajarūpasamaṅgikāla,en,"

kara-ja-rūpa-samaṅgi-kāla

, m., the time of being in
contact with physical matter; tesaṁ ... purisānaṁ
ahinā verinā vā upaddutakālo viya bhikkhuno ā-
rammaṇavasena ~o, Vism 327,1 (= attano attabhā-
varūpena c' eva ārammaṇarūpena ca samannāgata-
kālo, Vism-mhṭ I 394,12).

" 346862266068504576,karajarūpasamatikkama,en,"

kara-ja-rūpa-samatikkama

, m. [cf. next], surmount-
ing physical matter; ~āya, Moh 176,20.

" 346862266848645120,karajarūpasamatikkamanakāla,en,"

kara-ja-rūpa-samatikkamana-kāla

, m., the time
of surmounting physical matter; tesaṁ (scil. purisā-
naṁ) vegena palāyana-aññagāmagamanāni viya
bhikkhuno rūpâvacaracatutthajjhānavasena ~o,
Vism 327,3.

" 346862357386891264,kārak´aṅga,en,"

kārak´-aṅga,

m., an efficient factor, a factor which produces a result; diṭṭhi saṅkappo vāyāmo sati samādhîti imesu yeva pañcasu ~esu sammākammanto pūrati, Spk III 118,1 cf. Vibh-a 320,3–13.

" 346862250511831040,karaka,en,"

karaka

, m. [ts.], pomegranate; ~o ... dālimo, Abh
570.

" 346862246036508672,karaka,en,"

karaka

, m. [ts.; CDIAL 2781, EWA-1 s.v.], water-
pot.; thero ~aṁ pūretvā, Pv 430 (= dhammakara-
kaṁ, Pv-a 185,22); pūraṁ pānīyassa ~aṁ ... adā,
701; ~aṁ, Bv XXVIII 9; — ifc. kaccha-°; dhamma-°
(Vin II 118,18; Ja I 395,18; Sp 86,19; Mil 68,27); pānī-
ya-° (Pv 669).

" 346862321613672448,karakā,en,"

karakā

, f. [ts.], hail; — lex. lit.: ~ā ... ghanopalaṁ,
Abh 50 (karena hatthena gayhupagattā ~ā + Abh-ṭ
ad loc.); ~ā meghapāsāṇe, Abh 1012; — udakena sa-
ma vuttā himassa ~ā pi ca kūpâdīsu jalaṁ pātuṁ
bahalam pi, Vin-vn 1517 (= himodakassa muttā vi-
ya patthinasakkharā, Vin-vn-ṭ I 504,24); — ifc. hi-
ma-° (Sp 853,20; Vmv II 38,9).

" 346862419265458176,kāraka,en,"

¹kāraka,

mf(-ikā)n. and m. [ts., cf. kāriya, ¹kārikā, q.v.], 1. doer, agent, opp. kārāpaka, q.v., akāraka or kamma, kiriyā (philosophical contexts); 2. creator (rejected by Buddhism); 3. author, maker, doer, producer of, + gen. (i). of kamma; (ii). other abstract nouns; 4. (t. t. Vin.) having the capacity or authority to act legally, executive; 5. responsible, guilty agent (opp. akāraka 1., q.v.); 6. acting (in a positive way); 7. maker, builder (of + gen., ifc.; objects, buildings; proper or fig. expressed or implied), hence craftsman, worker; 8. who acts piously (cf. ¹kāra, 2.a.), benefactor (+ dāyaka); — gramm. lit.: karotîti ~o, Rūp VI 35 (Be 1976 353,15); Kacc-v on 529, 626, 654; — exeg. lit.: °‑saṁgahānaṁ ~o, Ja III 263,23’ (on saṅgāhako, 262,21*); antarāyānaṁ ~ā, Spk I 91,2 (on antarāyakarā, S I 34,9*); yasmā aparihāniyā ~ā … tasmā vuttaṁ aparihānikare, Sv-pṭ II 162,16 (on Sv 524,8; aparihāniye dhamme, D II 76,27); purisavisesaṁ ñatvā ~o, Sv 935,21 (on purisavisesakaro, D III 162,15); vejjakammadūtakammâdīnaṁ ~o, Spk III 68,31 (on evaṁkārī, S IV 198,10); paṭhamaṁ upakārassa (so read with Be) ~o, Mp II 156,23 (on pubbakārī, A I 87,3) ≠ Pp-a 204,15.25; pamāṇena ~o, Mp II 348,12 (on mattasokārī, A I 232,4); kiccānaṁ ~o, III 262,5 (on °‑kiccakaro, A III 78,9*); sugatiogāhanatitthassa ~o, 387,3 (on titthakaro, A III 372,1); nānappakārassa pāpakammassa ~o puggalo, Dhp-a I 128,22 = I² 108,21 (on pāpakārī, Dhp 15); yaṁ ~ena puggalena kattabbaṁ taṁkaro na hoti, Dhp-a I 157,14 = I² 133,9 (on takkaro, Dhp 19); aparādhassa na ~ā, Ud-a 261,10 (on akārakā, Ud 45,16); dukkatassa kammassa ~o, Ja V 49,29’ (on dukkatakammakārī, 14*); yaṁ kiñci sutvā anupadhāretvā attano paccakkhaṁ akatvā ~o, VI 376,4’ (on anisammakārī, 375,30*); satuppādassa ~o, Vv-a 245,30 (on satisamuppādakaro, Vv 910); navannaṁ bhavānaṁ … parivaṭumaṁ ~o, Nidd-a I 267,2 (on bhavānaṁ antakaro, Nidd I 142,30); — gloss of kattâti tesaṁ kammānaṁ ~o, Kv-a 30,6; ~o jīvitassa dāyako, Ja IV 274,9’ (on kattā, 2*); — 1. kamme sati niyamato tassa ~enâpi bhavitabban ti laddhiyā pucchā paravādissa, Kv-a 30,3; paṭhamataraṁ ~aṁ dassento, Sv 944,4; bāhirassa ~assa abhede, Sv-pṭ II 149,12 (Be so; Ee kāraṇassa); ~assa pana yuttapayuttassa, Spk I 87,12; ~assa abhāvâvabodhato attadiṭṭhiṁ pajahati, Vibh-a 198,31 ≠ Moh 152,29; ~o na kiriyā va vijjati, Vibh-a 89,26* qu. Moh 138,19*; attā ~o vedako, Abhidh-av 85,21; 88,12; ~añ ca vedakañ ca ekam eva gayhantaṁ etaṁ sassataṁ upagacchati, Spk II 36,4; nâssa koci ~o vā vedako vā niddiṭṭho, Spk II 36,23 (cf. kārakavedaka, q.v.); Abhidh-av 85,4; attā nivāsī ~o vedako sayaṁvasîti evaṁ parikappitassa attasārassa abhāvena, Paṭis-a 248,10; ~o vedako ca, Sv-pṭ I 490,10; ~o ucchinno, Spk II 38,16; ekassa kassaci ~assa abhāvadīpanena, As 59,34; °ādīhi suññato, Moh 150,15; anubandhaṁ hi ~aṁ, Sv-pṭ III 276,18*; ~assâbhāvā, Abhidh-av 85,9; kammabhavo paramatthato asati pi ~e paccayasāmaggiyā siddho, Sv-pṭ III 317,17; aparādho ca ~o, Nāmar-p 657; — 2. aññena Brahmâdinā ~ena, Moh 150,18; — 3.(i) vacīkammassa ~o, Ps I 71,6 (on vado) = Vibh-a 509,4 qu. Paṭis-a 419,24; ayaṁ so imesañ ca imesañ ca kammānaṁ ~o, Spk III 68,28; tassa kiccassa ~o, Ja VI 246,7’; kammaseṭṭhassa ~ā, Thī 275 (kammaṁ … nibbānâvaham … karonti, Thī-a 207,21); dasannaṁ kusalakammapathānaṁ ~aṁ, Ja III 526,12 (on visuddhakāriṁ, 525,24*); pāpakammassa ~o, Sv-pṭ III 166,24 (on Sv 944,4); mātughātâdikammānaṁ ~o, Kv-a 142,13; kammassa ~o natthi vipākassa ca vedako, Vism 602,32* qu. Abhidh-av 118,17*; na kammassa ~o, Sv-pṭ I 487,28; tassa (i.e. kammassa) ~o atthi, Kv 54,6; kammānaṁ ~ena puggalena, Kv-a 30,20; yasmā hi ayaṁ puggalavādī kammānaṁ ~añ c’ eva vedakañ ca icchati, tasmā yo ~o ten’ eva vādakena bhavitabbaṁ, 32,21foll.; — 3.(ii) amhākaṁ anatthassa ~o, Vin I 343,33; 353,29 qu. Ja III 490,3; kusalan ti pi na bhavissati kuto pana kusalassa ~o, D III 71,28; kuvaṁ sattassa ~o, S I 135,8*; nâñño aññassa ~o, Th 542 ≠ Ja III 263,8*; añño aññassa ~o, parakataṁ sukhadukkhaṁ añño karoti, añño paṭisaṁvedeti, Kv 347,17 (aññassa vipākadāyakānaṁ kammānaṁ añño ~o, Kv-a 99,8) = 525,1; kalyāṇapāpakānaṁ dhammānaṁ ~o, Moh 265,28; tassa ~o puggalo nirayaṁ upapajjeyya, Sp 220,30 (so read with B-MSS.); paṭisanthārassa ~ā bhaveyya, Dhp-a IV 111,16; viriyassa ~o, Ja V 122,26’; attano ~aṁ apāye apatamānaṁ dhāreti, Paṭis-a 505,25 ≠ Vibh-a 326,7; Paṭis-a 633,27; — saṁsārassa ~ena, Vism 578,5; saṁsārass’ atthi ~o, 603,15* qu. Abhidh-av 119,6*; attā nāma koci dukkhassa ~o natthi, Spk II 35,18 (on sayaṁ kataṁ dukkhaṁ, S II 19,27); puggalassa ~o, Kv 54,15; nibbānassa ~o, 19; tiṇakaṭṭhavanappatīnaṁ ~o, 26; — 4. vūpasantaṁ ce ... adhikaraṇaṁ ~o ukkoṭeti ukkoṭanakaṁ pācittiyaṁ, Vin II 94,7 (same as adhikaraṇa°); āgantuko ... ~o … chandadāyako ukkoṭeti, Vin V 151,10 (“if one who carried out [the legal question]”, BD VI: 245; Sp 1356,32foll.); — ~o saṅgho, Vin V 218,3 (cf. kāraka-saṅgha, q.v.); cf. kāraka-bhikkhu, q.v.; — 5. ~ānañ ca āpatti, Kkh(2) 213,11; — (na sakkā) akārako ~o kātuṁ ~o vā akārako kātuṁ, Sp 581,7; ayaṁ ~o vā akārako vâti paṇḍitā jānanti, Spk I 65,8; kiṁ samma ~o ’sîti pucchitvā akārako ’mhîti vutte, Ja IV 29,20 ≠ Cp-a 243,26; vohārikā ~e gavesitvā, Sp 909,11; Spk II 141,18; ~o vā katadoso vā, Nidd-a I 191,15 (on yo vādaṁ upeti [Sn 780] so dvīhi kāraṇehi vādaṁ upeti, ~o kārakatāya vādaṁ upeti, Nidd I 63,3); thero ~o hoti sadoso … thero akārako hoti niddoso, Sp 582,32; — 6. ~assa satipaṭṭhānavihārino puggalassa, Sv 507,33 (satthu ovādakārakassa, Sv-pṭ II 146,16); yassa pana ~ass’ eva sato satisammosena … āsavā uppajjanti, Ps I 66,14; na hi sotāpannassa … adhimāno uppajjati … ~ass’ eva pana samathavasena vā vipassanāvasena vā, 183,30; 184,35; mayaṁ pi ~ā, na sabbaso vissaṭṭhakammaṭṭhānā yevâti, III 6,22; ayaṁ ca devaputto ~o abhinnasīlo, Spk I 87,15; supaṭipannā ~ā yuttappayuttā, Ps II 386,23 (on sugatā); ~o pan’ esa yuttayogo, Spk II 313,5; ayaṁ supaṭipanno ~o, Ps II 387,5; (bhikkhu) ~o no akārako, paṭipanno no apaṭipanno, Dhp-a III 426,5; dhammadesanā pi vo ~ānaṁ yeva sobhati, It-a II 162,29; Ud-a 233,33; ~ass’ eva aparihāni na akārakassa, Th-a III 119,10; yasmā pana tesaṁ mano uppādako ~o janako samuṭṭhāpako nibbattako, Mp I 73,9; — 7. kvan nu bimbassa ~o, S I 134,13*; °‑divaṭṭhānānaṁ ~ā, Spk I 88,26; attabhāvagehassa ~aṁ, Dhp-a III 128,8 (on gahakārakaṁ, Dhp 153) = Sv-pṭ I 30,18; tulākūṭâdīnaṁ ca ~e sandhāya, Ja V 276,4’; navakammassa ~o, Mp I 228,21 qu. Ap-a 526,14; sace ~o natthi cetiyassa, Sp 1406,13; paṇḍitena … ~ena vā kārāpakena vā bhavitabbaṁ, Ja VI 333,31; — dussaṁ pana labhitvā suttaṁ vā sūciṁ vā ~aṁ vā alabhantena, Sv 1013,5 = Mp III 50,24 qu. Nidd-a II 122,8; ~e pakkositvā ratanāni datvā kāritaṁ, Ja V 171,19’; vaḍḍhakiṁ vā aññe vā ~e rājā na poseyya, 244,7’; katakammaṁ agghāpetvā ~ānaṁ mūlaṁ dāpesi, Thūp 217,28; — 8. ahaṁ hi dāyako ~o saṅghupaṭṭhāko, Vin I 139,17; II 18,16; Sv 957,22; kiss’ idaṁ vo ayye pariveṇaṁ udriyatîti, natth’ āvuso dāyakā natthi ~ā, Vin IV 254,10; Sīho senāpati dāyako ~o, A III 39,34; sace ~o natthi cetiyassa upanikkhepato kāretabbaṁ, Sp 1406,13; sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo saddho pasanno dāyako ~o, It-a II 61,6; — ifc. (some cpd.s also relate to ²kāraka): a‑°; aggha‑°; aṭṭa‑°; atiguṇa‑°; adhamma‑°; adhikaraṇa‑°; anattha‑°; antarāya‑°; aparādha‑°; apādāna‑°; appaharita‑°; abhirati‑°; amitta‑°; alaṁkāra‑°; avagaṇḍa‑°; assāsa‑°; āsandipīṭha‑°; upaṭṭhāna‑°; usu‑°; okāsa‑°; ovāda‑° (Sv-pṭ I 146,16); kattu‑°; kappiya‑°; kamma‑°; kammaṭṭhāna‑°; karaṇa‑°; kalaha‑°; kasi‑°; kāveyya‑°; kicca‑°; kibbisa‑°; kuṭi‑°; kumbha‑°; kosa‑°; kosiya‑°; kriyā‑°; khīra‑°; gaha‑°; citta‑°; cha‑°; jagatī̆‑°; tathā‑°; ti‑°; dāruṇa‑°; dāsa‑°; dukkara‑°; dosa‑°; dhātu‑°; naḷa‑°; pacchā‑°; patta‑°; parikamma‑°; pūja‑°; pesana‑°; pesuñña‑°; pessiya‑°; bali‑°; buddha‑°; bhaṇḍana‑°; bhati‑°; bhatta‑°; bhassa‑°; bhāva‑°; mariyāda‑°; mahāsamaya‑°; ratha‑°; rāga‑°; rāsi‑°; vaṇṇa‑°; vitthāra‑°; vivāda‑°; visa‑°; vihāra‑°; vutti‑°; vedaka‑° (cf. kāraka-vedaka, q.v.); vedi‑°; saṁvega‑°; saṅgīti‑°; sattha‑°; sampadāna‑°; sāsana‑°; siddhi‑°; sippa‑°; surā‑°.

" 346862415566082048,kāraka,en,"

²kāraka,

m.(mostly)n., [ts.], (t. t. gramm.) participant in action; case-function (Sadd 5.1.1.1; Renou, Terminologie: 127; E. Kahrs, JPTS XVII 1992: 1–212); — gramm. lit./exeg.: karotîti kattā, evaṁ ~o, ~aṁ vā … yattha kattukārakâdivācako tattha pulliṅgo pi hoti, yebhuyyena napuṁsakaliṅgo pi, yattha pana rajatakārakammakāralohakārâdivācako tattha pulliṅgo eva, Sadd 516,20; ~am iti kammakattubhāvā, te hi upacāramukhyasabhāvavasena karonti karaṇan ti ca ~âti [ca] vuccanti; te ca yathākkamaṁ kiriyānimittataṁsādhakataṁsabhāvâti veditabbā, 20,29–30 (transl. Kahrs, JPTS XVII 1992: 16); kammaṁ kattā ca bhāvo ca icc evaṁ ~ā tidhā, Sadd 20,33*; kiriyānimittaṁ ~aṁ, yaṁ sādhanasabhāvattā mukhyavasena vā upacāravasena vā kiriyâbhinipphattiyā nimittaṁ, taṁ vatthu ~aṁ nāma bhavati; mukhyôpacāravasena hi kiriyaṁ karotîti ~aṁ, Sadd. 691,1 foll. (transl. Kahrs, JPTS XVII 1992: 28); yo … kiriyaṁ kurute yo vā jāyati so ~o kattā nāma bhavati, 691,8; sattavidhāni sādhanāni honti, yāni ~ānîti pi vuccanti, 69,1; ~ as sixfold, excluding the functions of genitive and vocative (cf. °‑chakka, q.v.), na chaṭṭhīvihitattho ~aṁ, yathāmantaṇaṁ, Sadd 711,24; ~aṁ chabbidhaṁ, Rūp II 47 [329] (Be 1976 176,1*); ~ānaṁ hi chabbidhattam eva (porāṇehi) vuttaṁ, mayam pana … sāmino kārakabhāvo icchitabbo ti maññāma, Sadd 713,7; — yasmā vā apeti yasmā vā bhayaṁ jāyate yasmā vā ādatte taṁ ~aṁ apādānasaññaṁ hoti, Kacc 273; Sadd 701,17; vatt’-icchato hi ~āni honti, Mogg II 2; kattari karaṇe ca ~e tatiyā hoti, II 18; kattari ca ~e tatiyā vibhatti hoti, Kacc 290; tasmiṁ ~e, Mogg II 34; °‑vasena, Sadd 704,14; — °‑bhāva-paridīpana, n., indication of being the doer; ~aṁ, Vibh-a 323,29 (Be w.r. kāraṇa‑°, cf. Vibh-trsl. II 106) (jhānabhāvanāya kārako ti paridīpanaṁ ~aṁ, Vibh-mṭ 176,15); — ifc.: see prec.

" 346862283030269952,kārakabhāva,en,"

kāraka-bhāva,

m., 1.a. the fact of being the maker, the author, the perpetrator, existence of the doer; b. the fact of being the agent, responsible for, guilty; 2. (t. t. gramm.) the fact of being a kāraka; — exeg.: kammassa ~ena kattā, Ps-pṭ II 312,25; ~an ti bhāvanânuyuñjanabhāvaṁ, Spk-ṭ II 342,25; — 1.a. sayaṁ vā °âdibhāvena abhiyuttehi lokīyatîti loko, Ud-a 339,22; °âdibhāvena attanā parikappitaṁ sandhāya vadati, It-a I 179,10 (on ayaṁ attā, It 44,1, so read; Ee w.r. attho); kuto tassa °âdibhāvo, Paṭis-a 141,14 = 248,13; — 1.b. iminā esa attano ~aṁ dasseti, Ps III 6,15; attano ~o, Ud-a 347,7 (on ahaṁ karomi, Ud 70,22); ~aṁ pan’ assa ñatvā, Spk III 57,11; ~aṁ (i.e. kammaṭṭhānakārakaṁ) jānitvā pakāseti, Vism 98,32; — kiṁ pana tvaṁ imassa ~aṁ vā akārakabhāvaṁ vā ñatvā evaṁ karosi, Ja IV 30,3 = Cp-a 244,8; Ap-a 505,29; — ifc. a‑ (Ud-a 261,19); — 2. kiriyâbhisambandhass’ upalabbhanato sampadānassa ~o hoti, Sadd 713,5; kiriyâbhisambandhâbhāvā sāmino ~o mā hotu, 712,21; sāmino ~o icchitabbo ti maññāma, 713,10.

" 346862363758039040,kārakabhāva,en,"

kārakâbhāva,

m., absence of a doer; ~e pi kattā attā atthīti ce, Abhidh-av 85,12.

" 346862363779010560,kārakābhāva,en,"

kārakâbhāva,

m., absence of a doer; ~e pi kattā attā atthīti ce, Abhidh-av 85,12.

" 346862270128590848,kārakabheda,en,"

kāraka-bheda,

m., (t. t. gramm.) the splitting up of the agent, using different agents; dabbâdīnaṁ abhede pi ~o yujjati, Pay III 15 (Be 1981 130,24).

" 346862276776562688,kārakabhikkhu,en,"

kāraka-bhikkhu,

m., (t. t. Vin.) a monk having the authority to perform a legal act; tehi ~uhi upasampadapekkhānaṁ dāpento upasampadaṁ, Mhv LXXXIX 62; ~ūnaṁ sammukhâpi, Vjb 360,23; ~ūnaṁ vā ekekasīmāyaṁ ṭhitattā, 459,21.

" 346862455126757376,kārakachakka,en,"

kāraka-chakka,

n., the group of the six case-functions (i.e. kattā, kamma, karaṇa, apādāna, sampadāna, okāsa), excluding ālapana/āmantana and sāmi (which are called akāraka), but cf. Sadd 713,10 s.v. ²kāraka, q.v.; ~aṁ chabbidhaṁ kammaṁ kattā karaṇaṁ sampadānam apādānam okāso, Rūp III 3 [285] (Be 1976 139,21); samānavisayaṁ ~aṁ vuccate, Sadd 711,6.

" 346862351942684672,kārakacitta,en,"

kāraka-citta,

n., an active mind; sabbena ~ena ādito paṭṭhāya yāva pariyosānā desanaṁ āvajjitvā, Ud-a 389,5.

" 346862316291100672,kārakadassananivāraṇa,en,"

kāraka-dassana-nivāraṇa,

mfn., inhibiting the view of the (existence of) a doer; idaṁ ~aṁ saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṁ, Vism 582,18 ≠ Vibh-a 195,22.

" 346862400814714880,kārakagaṇa,en,"

kāraka-gaṇa,

m., (t. t. Vin.), an executive group; tass’ eva ~assa chandaṁ ajānitvā, Sp 913,29 (ukkhepanīyakammakārakagaṇassa, Sp-ṭ III 118,26; kārakasaṅghassa, Vjb 360,20).

" 346862381789351936,kārakahetu,en,"

¹kāraka-hetu,

m., name of an alaṁkāra; two varieties of the alaṁkāra are known as hetu, where the effect of existence or non existence of something is provoked by a “productive” cause; cf. Gerow, Glossary 1971: 329; Kāvyād 2.235; bhāvakicco ~u, Subodh-ṭ 213,18 (= janakahetu, 214,7); abhāvakicco ~u, Subodh-ṭ 214,8; — °‑viraha, m., the absence of an effective cause; asaṅkhātatāya pan’ assa (sc. nibbānassa) ~ato padaṭṭhānaṁ natthi, Moh 74,31.

" 346862360226435072,kārakahetu,en,"

²kāraka-hetu,

²ind., because of the bringing about; karoti attano phalaṁ kāraṇaṁ, ~u (janakahetu), tasmiṁ kāraṇatthe ca pañcamī vibhatti … hetvatthe tatiyāya ca vibhattiyā, Rūp II 32 [314] (Be 1976 165,9 foll.).

" 346862409035550720,kārakakaṇḍa,en,"

Kāraka-kaṇḍa,

m., title of Rūp V (283–329); ~o tatiyo, Rūp Be 1976 176,9; ~o tatiyo, Pay Be 1981 132,21.

" 346862405067739136,kārakakappa,en,"

Kāraka-kappa,

m., title of Kacc-v 273–317, cf. kāraka-sutta, q.v., and Epilegomena 96*; nāmakappe ~o chaṭṭho kaṇḍo, Kacc-v 317 (so read; Ee ~e, w.r.).

" 346862344141279232,kārakakiriyā,en,"

kāraka-kiriyā,

f., case-function and action; ~ānaṁ majjhaṭṭhā kāladdhā ca, Sadd 704,9.

" 346862151815663616,kārakalakkhaṇa,en,"

kāraka-lakkhaṇa,

n., the characteristic of kāraka; kiriyānimittabhāvo yeva hi ~aṁ, Sadd 10,22; ~e, 21,8*.

" 346862412483268608,kārakaṃ,en,"

kārakaṁ,

²ind. [BHSD s.v. -kārakam, Mittelindisch § 500], abs. (ṇamul) of karoti, cf. °kāraṁ, q.v.; — ifc.: avagaṇḍa‑°, āluppa‑° (ālumpa‑°), khulukhulu‑°, capucapu‑°, sannidhi‑°, surusuru‑°.

" 346862255356252160,kārakamajjhe,en,"

kāraka-majjhe,

²ind. [sa. kārakamadhye, Pāṇ II 3 7], (t.t. gramm.) between (two) kārakas (with reference to a special use of the case-function of apādāna in the context of time or distance); ādiggahaṇena ~ pañcamī vibhatti hoti, Kacc 274; ~ ye kāladdhānavācino, tato sattamīpañcamiyo abhimatā, Mogg-v ad II 3.

" 346862251644293120,karakaṇḍa,en,"

Karakaṇḍa

, Burmese reading for Karaṇḍu, q.v. s.v.

" 346862330467848192,kārakaniddesa,en,"

kāraka-niddesa,

m., indication of an agent; ~o, Kkh-pṭ 107,5; — °âbhāva, m., absence of the indication of an agent; ~e, Vjb 290,21.

" 346862238465789952,karakapakka,en,"

karaka-pakka

, n., a ripe pomegranate; rūpavatī nā-
ma kaññā (Be so, Ee aṅñ°) pi etaparamā va bhavey-
ya, rūpaṁ pan' etaṁ ekaccāya ~aṁ (v.l. kā°) viya
hoti, Mp I 407,16.

" 346862308611330048,kārakapaṭikkhepa,en,"

kāraka-paṭikkhepa,

m., the rejection of a doer; aniccatāpatiṭṭhāpanaṁ, paramatthato °âdipaṭikkhepo, Sv-pṭ I 247,16.

" 346862302235987968,kārakapaṭivedhaniddesa,en,"

Kāraka-paṭivedha-niddesa,

m., title of Abhidh-av XIII; ~o nāma terasamo paricchedo, Abhidh-av 88,22.

" 346862252193746944,karakaphalasamānavaṇṇa,en,"

[

karaka-phala-samāna-vaṇṇa

, w.r.; v. karaku-
pala°]

" 346862295827091456,kārakapucchā,en,"

kāraka-pucchā,

f., a question relating to a doer; ~āsu puggalaṁ yeva sandhāya kattā kāretâti vuttaṁ, na paccaye, Kv-a 30,30 (ad Kv 54,6 foll.).

" 346862288801632256,kārakapuggala,en,"

kāraka-puggala,

m., a person as a doer, cf. kāraka-satta, q.v.; kammaṁ karontassa ~assa vasena kathitā, Dhp-a I 158,11 = I² 133,28; tā eva cariyāyo °-vasena dassento, Paṭis-a 543,4 = Nidd-a II 100,8; indriyāni °-vasena yojetvā, Paṭis-a 537,16.

" 346862252839669760,karakarā,en,"

kara-karā

, ²ind. [cf. kaṭakaṭā, q.v.], - kaṭakaṭā (ono-
matop.), q.v.; thambhapiṭṭhasaṅghāṭakaṇṇikagopā-
nasi-ādīni ~ ti saddaṁ ... patituṁ viya āraddhāni,
Ps II 304,9; ~ ti (so read, Ee °rāni) khāditvā, Ja EI 203,4.

" 346862236179894272,kārakara,en,"

kāra-kara,

mfn., one who does deeds of service, helpful; upāsako … ~o ca, Pv 600 (upakārakārī, Pv-a 243,23).

" 346862255373029376,karakāraka,en,"

kara-kāraka

, m.; reading of Be for CeEe kārakāraka,
q.v.

" 346862367260282880,kārakāraka,en,"

kāra-kāraka,

mfn. [cf. ¹kāra, q.v.], who does acts of homage or service; puriso kassako gahapatiko ~o (Ce, Ee, Se so; Be karakārako) rāsivaḍḍhako, D I 61,16 (balisaṅkhātaṁ kāraṁ karotîti ~o [Ce Ee so; Be Se karaṁ], Sv 170,18).

" 346862183826591744,kārakasamūhasādhiya,en,"

kāraka-samūha-sādhiya

, mfn., bringing about the group of kārakas; kriyâti … ~o padattho vuccati, Pay Be 1981 211,17.

" 346862242802700288,kārakasaṅgha,en,"

kāraka-saṅgha,

m., (t. t. Vin.) the Saṅgha as entitled to act (i.e. perform legal acts), the acting Saṅgha; yā … bhikkhunī … anapaloketvā ~aṁ osāreyya, Vin IV 231,32** (kammakārakasaṁghaṁ anāpucchā, 232,6; Kkh(2) 291,8); cf. Hüsken, Nonnen: 83 n. 86; tattha ca ~assa saṅghasāmaggivasena sammukhībhāvo saṅghasammukhatā, Kkh(2) 274,13; — °-pariccheda, m., the definition of the Saṅgha which is entitled to act (i.e. to perform particular legal acts); kammānaṁ ~o, Pālim 413,2 (ad Sp 1412,12 foll., ad Vin V 222,3–223,2); — °‑sadisa, mfn., being equal to ~; suttaṁ hi appativattiyaṁ ~aṁ, Sp 231,27 (pamāṇattā saṅgīṭikārakasaṅghasadisaṁ, Sp-ṭ II 47,17 = Vmv I 122,22 ≠ Vjb 87,26).

" 346862211093762048,kārakasañña,en,"

kāraka-sañña,

mfn., (t. t. gramm.) having the technical designation kāraka; Sadd 711,24 foll.

" 346862254718717952,karakasaññita,en,"

karaka-saññita

, mfn., called ""hail""; nāgarājā vas-
saṁ ~aṁ vassāpetvā, Mhv XII 9 (cf. Sp 64,13)
(= karakavassaṁ nāma vassaṁ, Mhv-ṭ 312,27).

" 346862228487540736,kārakasatta,en,"

kāraka-satta,

m., the person as a doer, cf. kāraka-puggala, q.v.; suddhi … asuddhi paccattaṁ ~ānaṁ attani yeva vipaccati, Dhp-a III 158,6 qu. Nidd-a I 107,26.

" 346862562744209408,kārakasutta,en,"

Kāraka-sutta,

n., title of Kacc 273–317, cf. kāraka-kappa, q.v., and Epilegomena 96*; nāmakappe Kārakakappo chaṭṭho kaṇḍo. ~aṁ niṭṭhitaṁ, Kacc Be 1985 18,16 foll.

" 346862338118258688,kārakatā,en,"

kārakatā,

f., abstr. of kāraka; a. (t. t. gramm.) atthato pana bhāvassa ~ā nûpapajjati, Sadd 10,20; mukhyato vā hetuto vā bhāvassa ~ā na labbhati, 10,23; kiriyâbhisambandhâbhāvā n’ esā ~ā sambhavati, 712,7 (said of the genitive function); sāmino ~ā na bhavati, 713,2; channan tu natthi ~ā sadâti ca, Mil-ṭ 3,24* (qu. Saddatthabhedacintā 17); — b. the fact of being a doer, guiltiness; ~āyâti dosassa katabhāvena, Nidd-a I 191,15.

" 346862151832440832,karakaṭaka,en,"

kara-kaṭaka

, m. [EWA-2 (Vol. III) s.v. kaṅkaṭa³],
pulley-machine (arab. cherd); cf. Th. Schiøler, Roman
and Islamic Water-lifting Wheels, 1973: 85; mentioned
together with well-wipe (tulā), and well-wheel (cakka-
vaṭṭaka); anujānāmi ... tulaṁ ~aṁ cakkavaṭṭakan ti,
Vin II 122,15; (~o ti vuccati gone vā [so read] yojetvā
hatthehi vā gahetvā dīghavarattāhi ākaḍḍhanayan-
taṁ, Sp 1208,7; Vjb 514,10-11; cf. O. v. HINÜBER,
Saeculum XXIX 1978: 228); cammakhaṇḍaṁ nāma
tulāya vā ~e (so read with Be) vā yojetabbakaṁ cam-
mabhājanaṁ, Sp 1208,10.

" 346862323362697216,kārakatta,en,"

kārakatta,

n., = prec. a.; ~aṁ, Sadd 21,7*.

" 346862105187586048,kārakavāda,en,"

kāraka-vāda,

m., statement of (being) guilty; akārakam eva mayaṁ ~ena samudācarimhâti lajjamānā, Spk I 65,22.

" 346862253447843840,karakavassa,en,"

karaka-vassa

, n. [< karakā (q.v.) + vas°], a shower
of hail; Aciravatiyā upari sabbarattiṁ ~aṁ vassi, Ja
IV 167,21; nāgarājā ~aṁ nāma vassaṁ (Be om. vas°)
vassāpetvā, Sp 64,13 (= himapātanakavassaṁ, Sp-ṭ I
150,9; himapātanakavassaṁ karakadhārāsadisaṁ vā
vassaṁ, Vmv I 32,26); ~aṁ nāma vassajāti, Mil
308,6; ~aṁ nāma mahāvassaṁ vassāpesi, Mhv-ṭ
73,27; 92,29; — ifc. ghana-° (Dhp-a I 360,8 [v.l. gha-
navassa]).

" 346862338067927040,kārakavedaka,en,"

kāraka-vedaka,

m., dv., doer, agent and experiencer; ~ānaṁ aññattapucchāvasena vuttaṁ, Kv-a 32,2 (on añño karoti, Kv 52,31); taṁ hi diṭṭhigatiko °âdisaṅkhātaṁ niccadhuvâdisaṅkhātaṁ vā tathāgatabhāvaṁ gato, Ud-a 340,7; anattaṭṭhenâti °-saṅkhātena attanā rahitaṭṭhena, Paṭis-a 331,6; 339,22; — °‑tta, n., abstr. of prec.; tassa (sc. attano) °âbhāvo siyā, Abhidh-av 85,24; — °‑bhūta, mfn., being an agent and experiencer; etena ~ena bhavitabbaṁ, Sv-pṭ I 235,21; — °‑rahita, mfn., devoid of an agent and experiencer; bhavacakkaṁ … ~an, Vism 576,20* (explained 578,1–7); antadvayavinimuttassa ~assa paccayâkāravibhajanaṁ pi, Sv-pṭ II 106,6; — °‑rūpa, mfn., having the form of an agent and experiencer; avijjâdayo dvādasa dhammā … ~ena … rahitā, Moh 150,19;— °‑lakkhaṇa, mfn., having the marks of an agent and experiencer; ~aṁ attānaṁ parikappetvā, Spk-ṭ II 40,24; — °‑viraha, mfn., void of an agent and experiencer; cakkhuviññāṇâdīnaṁ pavattîti kāraṇaphalānaṁ dhātumattataṁ ~añ ca dasseti, Vism-mhṭ II 181,15 (on bheritalaṁ viya cakkhudhātu, Vism 489,14); — °‑sabhāva, mfn., having the nature of an agent and experiencer; na ito aññena kenaci ~ena attanā, Sv-pṭ II 139,10; °âdisabhāvo attā vā, Moh 19,21; — °âkāra, mfn., having the form of an agent and experiencer; ~aṁ … khandhapañcakaṁ, Nāmar-p 853; — °(‘)‑icchā, f., the desire of an agent and experiencer; ~āya ṭhatvā, Ppk-mṭ 61,8.

" 346862105124671488,kārakavedanā,en,"

kāraka-vedanā,

f., the feeling of the agent, cf. s.v. kāraṇavedanā, q.v.; yā purimapakkhe ~ā sā [saññā] ucchinnā, Spk II 38,12 (kattubhūta-vedanā, Spk-ṭ II 45,20).

" 346862419215126528,kārakavibhāga,en,"

Kāraka-vibhāga,

m., title of Sadd XXII (Sadd 690,30–740,23); ~o, 740,21.

" 346862492909047808,kārakavipallāsa,en,"

kāraka-vipallāsa,

m., (t. t. gramm.) exchange, inversion of cases; tidivorohane ti saggalokato otarante, kattukārake daṭṭhabbo, ~ena vuttaṁ, Bv-a 204,32 (ad Bv XIII 9).

" 346862261874200576,kārakavohāra,en,"

kāraka-vohāra,

m., the designation kāraka (syn. of kārakatā, °-sañña); āmantaṇasamaye kiriyāyogâbhāvato n’etaṁ ~aṁ labhati, Sadd 713,8; channam pi ~o siddho va hoti, Rūp III 3 [285] (Be 1976 139,24).

" 346862249224179712,kārakayogin,en,"

kāraka-yogi(n),

mfn., appropriate for the one who (wants to) act (properly); vakkhāmi Saccasaṅkhepaṁ hitaṁ ~inaṁ, Sacc 3,6*.

" 346862255985397760,karakupalasamānavaṇṇa,en,"

karak'-upala-samāna-vaṇṇa

, mfn. [cf. karakā, q.v.],
having the same colour as hail; veḷujā ~ā na bhāsurā,
Ps-pṭ I 70,20 qu. Sp-ṭ II 320,3 (w.r. karakaphala°) (ad
Sp 543,11), Ss (w.r. karakaphala°) 273,1 (= vassapā-
sāṇasamānavaṇṇā, Ss 273,12).

" 346862259437309952,karaḷa,en,"

karaḷa

, m., a bushel of grass; tiṇena chādentassa ~e
~e āpatti pācitiyassa, Vin IV 48,12 (~e ti tiṇamuṭṭhi-
yaṁ, Sp 785,26); tiṇaṁ yeva ~e bandhitvā paññāsa
karaḷe gahetuṁ sakkissasi Uttarā ti āhaṁsu, Mp II
347,15,24; — ifc. tiṇa-° (Dhp-a III 38,10).

" 346862259386978304,karaḷasata,en,"

karaḷa-sata

, n., a hundred bushels of grass; ~aṁ
bandhitvā tassa sīse ṭhapayiṁsu, Mp II 347,20,24.

" 346862427083640832,kāraṃ,en,"

kāraṁ,

²ind. [sa. °kāram, Renou-Gr. § 105d, 114c; Mittelindisch § 500], abs. (ṇamul) of karoti, cf. °‑kārakaṁ, q.v.; — ifc. āluppa‑° (ālumpa‑°); sannidhi‑°.

" 346862558566682624,karamadda,en,"

kara-madda

, m. [Amg. karamadda; sa. karamarda,
CDIAL 2799, cf. EWA-2 s.v.], the plant carissa caran-
das [trees, shrubs or herbs of alkaline taste: Spk II 293,5];
— lex. lit.: ~o (so read for °-mando) suseno, Abh 578
(karaṁ hatthaṁ maddati kaṇṭakena karamando. ~o
pi, Abh-ṭ ad loc.; cf. kaṇṭakīvane ti mahākaramadda-
vane, Spk III 262,21); — sace gaccho hoti, so pi sindī
vā ~o (so read for °-mando) vā karavīro (so read) vā
koraṇḍako (so read) vā ucco vā nīco vā khuddako vā
mahanto vā, Vism 183,17; kosambaṁ ~kaṁ (v.l.
°vandakaṁ; °vin°) ... evamādīnaṁ khuddakānaṁ
raso pana aṭṭhapānānulomattā, Vin-vn 2694 (cf. Sp
1104,5; yāvajīvikasaṅkhātā °-ādidaṇḍakā (v.l. kara-
mand°); 1341; 1355; ~aṁ, Bhes 5:130; — ifc.
vātiṅgaṇa-nīla-° (in long cpd. at Spk II 293,5); —
Rem.: the form karamanda(ka), though etymologically
wrong, seems to be widely accepted by the text tradition,
cf. s.v.

" 346862562760986624,karamaddavana,en,"

kara-madda-vana

, m., a grove of carissa carandas
trees or shrubs; — ifc. mahā-° ([v.l. manda; maṇḍa],
Spk III 262,21).

" 346862260037095424,karamālā,en,"

kara-mālā

, f, the halo of the sun; ādiccapāricariyā ti
karamālā hi pūjaṁ katvā ... ādiccassa paricaraṇaṁ,
Sv-nṭ I 376,8 ad Sv 97,15.

" 346862566393253888,karamanda,en,"

kara-manda

, cf. kara-madda, q.v.

" 346862569450901504,karamandaka,en,"

kara-mandaka

, = karamadda, q.v.; ~aṁ karamba
daṇḍokira udakajoti kaṇḍako, Vjb 320,2; (ad Sp
834,25); Bhes 2:41.; — Rem.: on the linguistic peculiari-
ties of this paragraph in Vjb, cf. s.v. Aṭṭhakathā (b).

" 346862572462411776,karamandakadaṇḍakadi,en,"

kara-mandaka-daṇḍakâdi

, mfn., beginning with
stalks of carissa carandas plants; ~ayo, Sp 834,32 (Ee
w.r. karavandaka-°; Be kāravindaka-°) qu. Pālim
96,11 (reading karavindad-°).

" 346862572474994688,karamandakadaṇḍakādi,en,"

kara-mandaka-daṇḍakâdi

, mfn., beginning with
stalks of carissa carandas plants; ~ayo, Sp 834,32 (Ee
w.r. karavandaka-°; Be kāravindaka-°) qu. Pālim
96,11 (reading karavindad-°).

" 346862260557189120,karamara,en,"

kara-mara

, m. [cf. EWA-2 s.v. mar²; M. karamarī],
captive, hostage, slave (won as booty), cf. H. TIEKEN,
BEI X, 1992: 240 foll.; — lex. lit.: vandi tthiyaṁ kara-
maro, Abh 407 (karena hattho maritabbattā kara-
maro, Abh-ṭ ad loc.); — corā taṁ gāmaṁ pahari-
tvā... gāviyo ~e ca gahetvā gacchanti, Ps II 410,28
(~e ti vilumpitvā ānīte, Ps-pṭ II 316,4) = Spk I 211,1 ≠
Ja III 147,26 ≠ IV 220,20 ≠ Dhp-a III 487,16.[[side 293]]

" 346862260422971392,karamaraggāha,en,"

kara-mara-ggāha

, m., the taking prisoner; jano ca
nīto ti ~aṁ gahetvā nīto, Ja I 355,12'; gayhakaniyya-
mānan (Ja III 361,2*) ti ~aṁ gahetvā niyyamānaṁ,
Ja III 361,27'.

" 346862260318113792,karamaraggāhagahita,en,"

kara-mara-ggāha-gahita

, mfn., being taken prisoner;
karamarânītā ti dāsabhāvena ~ā, Ps-pṭ III 4,28 (ad Ps
III 8,21).

" 346862260477497344,karamaraggahaṇa,en,"

kara-mara-ggahaṇa

, n., the taking prisoner; ekaṁ
parittaṁ gāmaṁ parivāretvā tattha kiñci pi gayhū-
pagaṁ asesetvā ~aṁ, Ps-pṭ II 43,17.

" 346862260255199232,karamaranīta,en,"

kara-mara-nīta

, w.r. in Ee for next (q.v.) at Ps III 8,21.

" 346862260192284672,karamarānīta,en,"

kara-mar'-ānīta

, mfn., being brought as captive,
slave; dhajâhaṭā nāma, ~ā vuccati, Vin III 140,7 qu.
Ps-pṭ I 302,1 (ad Ps I 199,20); dāso nāma antojāto
dhanakkīto ~o, Vin IV 224,33; cattāro dāsā antojāto
dhanakkīto ~o sāmaṁ dāsabyaṁ upagato ti, Sp
1000,20 (ad Vin I 76,26) ≠ Vin-vn 216 qu. Ps III 8,21
(dāsabhāvena karamaraggāhagahitā, Ps-pṭ III 4,28
qu. Mp-ṭ II 167,4); Sp 361,10; Sv 168,16 (bandhagāha-
gahito ~o, Sv-pṭ I 299,8); ~o nāma tiroraṭṭhavilopaṁ
vā katvā ... antoraṭṭhe yeva vā katâparādhaṁ kiñci
gāmaṁ rājā vilumpathā ti āṇāpeti, tato mānusakāni
pi āharanti, tattha sabbe purisā dāsā, sabbā itthiyo
dāsiyo, evarūpo ~o dāso, Sp 1000,25,30 qu. Pālim
138,13; paradesato haritvā ānetvā dāsavyaṁ
upagamito ~o, Sp 361,16 (bandhagāhagahito, Sp-ṭ II
154,9); akāmo (Nidd I 11,10) vā ti attano aruciyā vā
~to, Nidd-a I 54,31; ṭhānâcāvanaṁ viya ~esu, Vmv I
205,11.

" 346862260108398592,karamarānītaka,en,"

kara-mar'-ānīta-ka

, mfn., = prec.; raññā tuṭṭhena
~e muñcathā ti vatvā Sp 1001,1 qu. Pālim 138,20.

" 346862259873517568,karamba,en,"

karamba

, m. and n.; a plant; karamandakaṁ ~a (!)
daṇḍokira (!) udakajoti kaṇḍako, Vjb 320,2 (ad Sp
834,25); — Rem.: for the linguistic peculiarities of this
paragraph of Vjb, cf. s.v. Aṭṭhakathā (b).

" 346862259827380224,karambaka,en,"

karambaka

, m. [Amg. karamba, cf. sa. karambha,
EWA-2 s.v., CDIAL 14358], a mixture of different
kinds of food; maṁsakarambako nāma hoti taṁ dātu-
kāmo 'pi ~aṁ gaṇhathā ti vadati, Sp 827,28 foll. (~o
ti missakâdhivacanam etaṁ, Vmv II 30,11) qu. Pālim
129,18; ~o hi maṁsamissako pi hoti amaṁsamis-
sako pi, Sp 828,15 foll.; aññathā karambake pi mac-
châdibahubhāve pavāraṇā bhaveyya, Vmv II 30,17
(ad Sp 828,10); — ifc. appavāraṇa-missaka-° (Vjb
317,29); maṁsa-° (Sp 827,27 qu. Pālim 129,17).

" 346862259772854272,karambarāyara,en,"

Karambarāyara

, m.; Npr.; a Tamil chief in the times
of Parakkamabāhu I.; -(a)vhaya, named K.; ~o ...,
Mhv LXXVI 139.

" 346862259496030208,karambha,en,"

Karambha

, f; Npr.; a goddess; Sukkā ~ā Aruṇā, D
II 260,22* (Sv 691,13) (Burmese reading for EeCe
Karumhā, supported by sa. Śuklā Kaḍambā
(K)Aruṇā , E. WALDSCHMIDT: Bruchstücke buddhist.
Sutras. 1932 = K1.Turf. IV: 186 n. 3, cf. P. SKILLING,
Mahāsūtras I 1994: 433).

" 346862381822906368,kārambharukkha,en,"

kārambha-rukkha,

m., the tree kārambha; ~aṁ, Th-a I 82,5 (Be kārambarukkhe; Ee, Ce [SHB] kāraṁva‑°, w.r. ?, cf. Kāraṁbhī, q.v.).

" 346862396893040640,kārambhī,en,"

Kārambhī,

f., Npr.; name of a forest; morā ~iyaṁ abhinadanti, Th 22 (so read with Be [?]; Ee Kāraṁvī, cf. Mittelindisch § 191, cf. kāmarāgâbhinivesa, q.v.; ~iyan ti kārambharukkaṁ, Kārambhîti vā tassa vanassa nāmaṁ … °‑nāmake, Th-a I 82,5 [Be ~ iyan … kārambhanāmake; Ce [SHB] °viyan … kāraṁvarukkho … kāravināmake (sic); Ee ≠ Ce, w.r.?]).

" 346862385069297664,kārambhiyo,en,"

Kārambhiyo,

reading at Mil 201,30, cf. Kārambiya, q.v..

" 346862259655413760,karambiya,en,"

Karambiya

, m.; Npr.; a naked ascetic named after the
seaport Karambiyapaṭṭana; so karambiya-acelo (v.l.
in B^d °biyaṁ acelo; Be Karampiya°) ti paññāyi, Ja V
75,20; upāgamuṁ ~aṁ, 86,1* (Ee w.r. apāgamuṁ).

" 346862378094170112,kārambiya,en,"

Kārambiya,

m. [cf. Karambiya, q.v.], Npr.; an ascetic; apāgamuṁ ~aṁ acelaṁ, Ja V 86,1* (Ce [SHB], Se 1922 Kādambiyaṁ); °‑acelo, Ja V 75,20, cf. Karambiyapaṭṭana, q.v.; yadā Devadatto manusso ahosi acelako ~o, Mil 201,30 (Ee, Be Kārambhiyo; Se 1923 Korambhiko, 280,7). — Rem.: The exact form of the name is uncertain; if connected with the tree kārambha, cf. Kāmabhī, q.v., read Kārambhiya following H. Smith.

" 346862259605082112,karambiyaacela,en,"

Karambiya-acela

, m., see prec.

" 346862259546361856,karambiyapaṭṭana,en,"

Karambiya-paṭṭana

, n.; Npr.; a seaport; eko ... ~aṁ
(Be Karampiya°) nāma pāpuṇi, so samuddato utta-
ritvā ... tasmiṁ paṭṭane bhikkhāya cari, Ja V 75,13.

" 346862259928043520,karamitamajjhā,en,"

kara-mita-majjhā

, f., having a waist that can be mea-
sured by the width of a palm; susaṇṭhitapayodharā ~ā
visālasoṇī, Ja V 216,19'; tanumajjhimā (Ja VI 456,24*)
ti ~ā (v.l. in B^d Ms. hatthatalamitatanumajjhimā; Be
karamitatanumajjhimā), Ja VI 457,10'.

" 346862259982569472,karamitatanumajjhimā,en,"

kara-mita-tanu-majjhimā

, v.l. for next, q.v.

" 346862388202442752,kāraṃvī,en,"

Kāraṁvī,

reading in Ee at Th-a I 82,5 for Kārambhī, q.v.

" 346862423891775488,kāraṃvī,en,"

Kāraṁvī,

reading in Ee at Th 22 for Kārambhī, q.v.

" 346862597120724992,kāraṇ´aṭṭhena,en,"

kāraṇ´-aṭṭhena,

²ind. [edd. -ṭṭh- or -tth-], as a cause, in the sense of a cause, cf. kāraṇ´-attha, q.v.; ~ena kāmā, Ps II 57,4 = Nidd-a II 131,15 (-tth-); ~ena adhikaraṇaṁ na hoti, Spk II 59,1; ~ena āyatanaṁ, Mp III 147,3; ~ena (Be so; Ee -tth-) āyatanan ti vuccati, Ud-a 390,9; It-a II 168,29 = Nidd-a I 23,14 (Ee -tth-); Vibh-a 46,17; Moh 123,23; Vism 482,4; kilesānaṁ patiṭṭhaṭṭhena ~ena ārammaṇaṭṭhena, Nidd-a I 12,6; saṅkhāradhammānaṁ ~ena ṭhitatâti dhammaṭṭhitatā, Kv-a 90,16; ~ena dhammo ti samudayadhammo, Sv-pṭ II 381,15.

" 346862277355376640,karaṇa,en,"

⁶

karaṇa

, n., (t.t.astrol.) an astrological division of the
day; — ifc. tithi-° (~-nakkhattâdi, Paṭis-a 680,8;
~-nakkhatta-yoga, Dhp-a I 174,17).

" 346862276793339904,karaṇa,en,"

⁵

karaṇa

, n., - kammakaraṇa, q.v.; tam enaṁ ... ni-
rayapālā pañcavidhabandhanaṁ nāma karaṇaṁ
(Ee kār°] karonti, M III 183,1.

" 346862254060212224,karaṇa,en,"

karaṇa

, n., [ts.], (t.t.gr.) the instrument (kāraka); cf.
RENOU, Terminologie, s.v.; Sadd 5.1.1.3; — lex. lit.:
~aṁ sādhakatame, Abh 901; — gramm. lit.: yena vā
kayirate taṁ ~aṁ, Kacc 281 = Rūp 82; ~e tatiyā,
Rūp 83 qu. Sadd 718,4; Sadd 60,8-32; 734,32-735,21; —
sīlakkhandhe ti bhummena niddeso kato, attho pa-
na °-vasen' eva veditabbo, Vism 514,27 = Vibh-a
91,4; na vo mama santike vatthabban ti ādisu ~e, Ps
I 18,19 qu. It-a I 40,5; — in exeg. of ekaṁ samayaṁ (cf.
karaṇattha, q.v): taṁ taṁ attham avekkhitvā
bhummena ~ena ca aññatra samayo vutto upayo-
gena so idhā ti, Sv 33,27* = Ps I 9,31* = Spk I 11,32* =
Mp I 13,25* qu. Paṭis-a 531,25*.

" 346862275212087296,karaṇa,en,"

karaṇa

, n. [ts.; cf. kāraṇa], 1.a. act; action; b. the act
of performing, e.g., the various proceedings of the
saṅgha; v. kamma; syn. kiriyā; 2. (medical) treatment;
3.a. the act of placing, putting (smth upon smth, with
loc); b. (with ekato) putting together, combining; 4.a.
the act of making; b. producing; c. constructing, build-
ing; d. preparing; 5. reason; — 1.a. na imaṁ mahiṁ
arahati pāṇikappaṁ samaṁ manusso ~āya-m-eko,
Ja III 172,24* (173,10; 173,8*; ~aṁ (v.l kār°) sabbaṁ
rañño ārocitaṁ mayā, Cp 204 (Cp-a 150,14); yathā
vihārassa upavane rukkhe na chindanti ... pokkha-[[side 282]]
raṇīsu macche na gaṇhanti evaṁ ~aṁ dhammikā
rakkhâvaraṇagutti nāma, Sv 521,3 = Mp IV 14,1; so
(scil. payogo) kāyena vā kāyapaṭibaddhena vācāya
vā paraṁ visaṁvādakakiriyāya ~e daṭṭhabbo, Sv
73,1 (cf. Ps I 200,19); pabbajitakālato paṭṭhāya evaṁ
~aṁ nāma na yuttarṇ, Dhp-a III 274,20; uccārapas-
sāvakamme ti uccārassa ca passāvassa ca ~e, Sv
201,22 = Vibh-a 362,27; — anādariyaṁ paṭicca udake
uccāraṁ vā passāvaṁ vā khelaṁ vā -an ti, Vin V
225,9 (cf. IV 206,22); — 1.b. in formulaic statements:
yassâyasmato khamati pavāraṇāsaṅgahassa ~aṁ,
Vin I 177,29; yassâyasmato khamati tassa vatthussa
vūpasamāya saṅghasāmaggiyā ~aṁ, 357,34; yassâ-
yasmato khamati Channassa bhikkhuno āpattiyā a-
dassane ukkhapaniyassa kammassa ~aṁ asambho-
gaṁ saṅghena, II 21,35; — yā yebhuyyasikāya kam-
massa kiriyā ~aṁ +, 97,34; V 156,23,27 (Sp 1359,5
foll.); ñattiyā ~aṁ na jānāti, 130,28 = 139,2; kammas-
sa ~aṁ na jānāti 185,36 (= idaṁ kammaṁ imina ni-
hārena kātabban ti na jānāti, Sp 1373,15); 186,22 (Sp
1373,35); pane' imāni bhikkhave dhammikāni tassa-
pāpiyyasikākammassa ~āni: asuci ca hoti alajjī ca +,
II 86,2 foll.; sabbassāp' etassa kiccassa ~e sahaja-
vanakāni vīthicittāni paṭikkhittāni, Vibh-a 405,35; —
2. viruddhagabbhakaraṇan ti viruddhassa vinassa-
mānassa gabbhassa ~aṁ puna avināsāya osadha-
dānan ti attho, Sv 96,23 (ad D I 11,19); — 3.a. tassa sī-
se bhāraṁ khandhe °âdīsu pi pārājikaṁ, Sp 352,9
foll.; — b. yathā vā bhesajjānaṁ vā telānaṁ vā uṇ-
hodakasītodakānaṁ vā ekato -am modanā ti vuc-
cati evam ayam pi dhammānam ekato ~ena moda-
nā, As 143,16; — 4.a. navaṁ nāma ~aṁ upādāya
vuccati, Vin III 226,29 = IV 168,28; pādakathalika-
sammajjani-ādīnaṁ -an ti, Sv 528,19 ≠ It-a II 67,35;
na ... bhajjanâdīnaṁ ~e vā kārāpane vā viseso at-
thi, Sp 923,24; — 4.b. attano phalassa ~ato saṅkha-
raṇato saṅkhāro ti vutto, Sv 976,19; — 4.c. kuṭikāya
~aṁ paṭikkhipi, Sp 289,2; vidito vo adhippāyo thū-
passa ~e mayā, Mhv XVII 4; dhātuthūpassa ~e rājā
turitamānaso bahū manusse yojetvā, 37; — 4.d.
yāgubhattapacanakalâdīni anatikkamitvā tassa tas-
sa sādhukaṁ ~e suṭṭhusaṁvihitakammantā, Sv
955,31; — 5. iti pi Bhagavā ti imina ca imina ca ~enā
ti vuttaṁ hoti, Sv 146,9; ārakattā arīnaṁ + ... imehi
tāva ~ehi (Be kār°) so Bhagavā arahan ti veditabbo
ti, 146,11 = Mp I 112,16 (kār°); — ifc. a-°; akattabba-°
(Vism 683,28); akātabba-° (Sv 267,20); acakkhu-°;
añjali-° (~-âdi, Sv 850,1; Mp II 178,24; ~-matta, Mp
II 290,30); aññāṇa-°; aṭṭa-°; atitti-° (Sv 281,32); atta-
hita-dhamma-° (Sv 249,30); attha-°; adāliddiya-°
(~-ṭṭha, Mp IV 1,18); adhi-°; anaṭṭhita-° (Vibh-a
468,23); anattha-°; anāpucchā-° (Mp II 155,30); anu-
paccheda-° (Vism 496,2); anumodana-°; anta-°;
antara-°; antarāya-°; anto-°; anto-dhamma-° (Sv
558,17); andha-°; andha-kāra-° (Vism 176,6); andha-
bhāva-° (Sv 865,37; ~-timisa, Mp III 126,22);
apabhassara-bhāva-° (As 51,22); apara-° (Dhp-a I
390,4); appavatti-°; appaharita-° (~-matta, Vibh-a
334,9); abhāva-°; abhiññāṇa-° (Abhidh-av 18,10);
abhiṇha-° (Sv 921,8; As 75,13); abhinivesa-°;
amanasi-°; ariya-° (As 350,30); alaṁ-°; alaṅkāra-°
(~âdi, Vibh-a 338,16); avaññā-° (Sv 435,20); avidita-°
(~-ṭṭha, Ps I 126,7; Mp II 262,17); asakkacca-°
(Vibh-a 468,20); asajjhāya-° (Mp IV 105,2); asampa-
jāna-° (As 161,33); asuddha-bhāva-° (Vism 684,17);
assāsa-°; ākappa-° (Dīp V 38); āghāta-°; āṇā-°;
ānantariya-° (Ps I 141,32); ānanda-°; āyācana-
upahāra-° (~âraha, Ps I 120,1); ārammaṇa-°; ālaya-°
(As 365,3); āloka-°; ālopa-° (Sv 200,23; Ps I 267,22);
āvajjana-° (Paṭis-a 232,32); āvāha-° (Sv 96,3); āvāha-
vivāha-° (Mp III 94,19); āvi-°; āhāra-° (~-velā, Mp I
249,22); itthakā-°; iddhi-°; iddhi-pāṭihāriya-°;
indaṭṭha-° (Paṭis-a 96,28); uccāra-passāva-° (Mp III
368,2); uposatha-°; ucchiṭṭha-° (~-nivāraṇ'-attha,
Mp I 234,12); uttānī-°; udaka-° (Spk III 103,8);
uddhumāta-bhāva-° (Ja I 163,21); upa-°; upakāra-°
(Cp-a 150,14); upakiliṭṭha-bhāva-° (Mp III 92,1);
upacāra-° (Paṭis-a 299,26); upāya-° (Vism 653,5;
Paṭis-a 32,5); uposatha-°; ubbila-bhāva-°; ussāha-°
(Mp II 20,1,3); ussīsa-°; ekagga-° (Sv 562,11); eka-
to-°; ekapada-vāra-° (Vibh-a 26,30); ekībhāva-°
(Vibh-a 492,7); evaṁ-° (Paṭis-a 481,18); okāsa-°;
oṭṭha-pahata-°; obhāsa-°; osāna-° (As 39,5); kaṭā-
ha-°; kappa-° (Vin V 174,28); kappa-bindu-°; kab-
ba-°; kamma-°; kammañña-bhāva-°; kamm'-anta-°;
karuṇā-°; kalyāṇa-vāk-°; kasiṇa-°; kātabba-
kāyika-° (As 83,28); kāyika-cetasika-viriya-° (Mp
III 182,10); kicca-° (Ps I 104,26; ~-sādhana-vasa,
Paṭis-a 690,17); kicchâjīvita-bhāva-° (Mp V 56,17);
kiriyā-° (As 426,6; Paṭis-a 46,12; ~-matta, Vism
556,7); kilamana-° (Sv 676,26); kiliṭṭha-° (~-ṭṭha, Mp
II 171,23); kilesa-ppahāna-° (~-rasa, Vibh-a 85,11);
kilesa-vūpasama-° (Mp V 7,6); kilesa-santāpaka-
viriya-° (Mp III 324,24); kusala-° (As 75,11 foll.; 408,8;
Vibh-a 469,1); kusala-kamma-° (Dhp-a I 427,7);
kusalâkusala-kamma-° (Dhp-a I 35,3); kopa-° (Sv
1046,3; Mp IV 193,5,9); khobha-° (Vism 474,27,30);
gantha-kamma-° (Mp I 38,21); gabbha-° (Sn 927);
garu-° (M I 322,6; A III 289,18 foll); garu-kiriyā-° (As
373,8); garu-bhāva-° (Mp III 362,5); gaha-tthânug-
gaha-° (Ps I 12,26; Mp I 16,2; Paṭis-a 534,9); gahita-
sajjhāya-° (Sv 527,28; Mp IV 21,8); gāma-dhamma-°
(Vjb 71,26*); gāma-vāsa-° (Mp II 142,12); gārava-°
(Mp III 362,8); geha-° (~-pacanâdi, Mp IV 55,12);
cakkhu-kicca-° (Paṭis-a 53,20); chanda-° (~-ākāra,
Vibh-a 290,13); citta-° (~-tā, As 63,36 foll.; Paṭis-a
98,33); citta-vighātā-° (~-rasa, Vism 504,27; Vibh-a
107,21); citt'-ekagga-° (Mp II 74,11; As 188,25; ~-tā,
Paṭis-a 74,10); cira-ṭṭhiti-° (Paṭis-a 232,3); cīvara-°
(Sv 528,16; It-a II 67,32; ~-ādika, Dhp-a IV 33,19);[[side 283]]
cuṇṇī-° (Vibh-a 52,13); cūḷā-° (~-maṅgala, Dhp-a II
87,7); chavi-rāga-° (Sv 77,29; Mp II 327,21); jīvita-°
(~-ṭṭha, Mp III 161,3); ñāṇa-somanassa-° (Mp III
278,9); tak-° (A III 132,18; Sv 400,11; Mp II 303,5 foll);
tathā-° (Sv 276,11 [so read]; ~-pakatikatta, Paṭis-a
657,38); taduttari-° Ps I 170,11); tad-ubhaya-° (Sv
78,31; Mp III 192,15); taddiguṇa-° (Ps I 170,13 foll);
tanu-° (As 39,5; Paṭis-a 205,35); tanu-bhāva-° (As
246,17); tāsa-° (Dhp-a IV 49,19); tividha-kiriyā-° (Sp
140,14); tividhânupassanā-° (Mp IV 86,11);
thaddha-° (Sv 96,29); thira-° (Vibh-a 492,10; ~-vasa,
Spk I 44,14); thira-bhāva-° (Dhp-a III 388,10);
thūpa-° (Sv 583,35; Mp III 219,4; Ud-a 97,15); thera-°
(Dhp-a III 388,2); thoka-° (~-bahu-~, Paṭis-a 661,27);
daḷhi-kamma-° (Sv 171,20); daḷhi-kamma-sithilī-°
(~-ppayojana, Sv 17,22; As 19,6); daḷhī-° (Ps I 19,10;
Mp I 22,6; Dhp-a III 337,20); dasa-thūpa-° (Sv 611,4);
dāna-° (Mp IV 123,19); dānâdi-puñña-° (Mp IV
56,9); diṭṭhi-ujuka-° (Sv 305,29); dubbala-° (Vibh-a
102,18); dubbalī-° (D III 101,18; M I 181,26; A II 211,8);
dubbhaga-° (D I 11,18; Sv 96,21); dūratara-° (Paṭis-a
237,30); dūra-bhāva-° (Vism 176,16 foll); dūrī-°
(~-vasa, Paṭis-a 690,25); domanassa-° (~-rasa, Vism
503,25); dovacassa-° (Vin III 178,19; M I 95,19 foll);
dvidhā-° (~-ṭṭha, Mp III 403,9); dhañña-° (Abh 454;
927); dhammi-kathā-° (Sv 410,6); naṅgala-kaṭṭha-°
(Sv 847,9); natthu-° (Sv 98,15); namakkāra-° (Sv
740,22); nātha-° (D III 266,26; A V 23,19); nānā-° (M I
64,24; Kv 230,27); nāma-° (Mhv XXII 65; ~-ṭṭha, Sv
977,13; ~-divasa, Dhp-a II 90,18; ~-maṅgala, Dhp-a II
87,5); nikkhepa-° (Vibh-a 101,6); niccala-
bhāva-° (Paṭis-a 238,5); nicchaya-° (Paṭis-a 645,11);
nitthuriya-° (Vibh-a 492,22); niddesa-° (Paṭis-a 552,6);
ninna-° (As 51,28); ninnānā-° (Ps I 24,8; Mp III
346,19); nibbāṇa-paccakkha-° (Paṭis-a 94,26); nibbi-
sevana-bhāva-° (Ud-a 320,22); nimitta-° (M I 298,20
foll.; Vism 28,8; Ap 254,17; ~-vasa, Paṭis-a 352,7);
nirantara-° (~-vasa, Sv 958,8; ~-saṅkhāta, Vibh-a
468,29); paccakkha-° (Sv 1023,23; As 254,15; ~-ṭṭha,
Paṭis-a 97,34; ~-paṅṅā, Paṭis-a 36,5); paccaya-ve-
kalla-° (As 214,14); pacchâbhiññāṇa-° (~-rasa,
Abhidh-av 18,9); pacchāmukha-° (Dhp-a III 155,4);
pañcavidha-bandhana-kamma-° (Mp II 58,4); pañ-
ca-sikhā-muṇḍa-° (Sv 296,18); pañha-° (Mp III
149,22); paṭiññāta-° (Vin II 102,29; M II 248,21 foll.; A I
99,24); paṭilābha-° (Sv 1038,33); paṭiviruddha-°
(Vibh-a 478,1); paṭisanthāra-° (Mp I 86,22; ~-vasa,
Ud-a 53,18); patiṭṭhā-° (Mp V 5,21); patthanā-° (Sv
833,7); pada-sandhi-° (Sv 106,3); padhāna-bhāva-°
(Mp II 92,8; Ud-a 304,26; Paṭis-a 97,9); pabbājaniya-
kamma-° (Dhp-a II 109,9); pabhassara-bhāva-° (As
51,23); pamāṇa-° (M I 298,8 foll.; Mp III 375,17; V
53,24; Paṭis-a 603,3 foll); payoga-° (Sv 97,26; Dhp-a
III 238,6; ~-gamana-kāla, Sv 735,2); para-visaṁvāda-
kiriyā-° (Ps I 200,19); parikamma-° (Vism 246,5 foll.;
Vibh-a 229,16; ~-vasa, Paṭis-a 657,10); parikkhepa-°
(Mp III 185,20); pariggaha-° (Ja I 10,5; Sv 499,34;
~-bhāva, Ja I 10,15); pariccheda-° (Paṭis-a 20,26); pa-
ribhaṇḍa-° (~âdi, Sv 787,15; ~-matta, Vin II 172,1);
paribhoga-° (~âbhāva, Sv 664,24); paribhogûpa-°
(~-bhāva, Sv 444,10); pariyanta-° (Mp III 88,20); pa-
riyesana-° (~-nivāsanādhiṭṭhāna, Sp 720,15); pariva-
ṭum'-apariccheda-° (Mp III 348,24); pahaṭṭhâkāra-°
(~-vasa, As 425,32); pākaṭa-° (Paṭis-a 651,29; ~-saṅ-
khāta, Paṭis-a 13,8; As 147,21); pākaṭa-bhāva-°
(Vism 20,26; As 400,11; Paṭis-a 581,26); pākaṭika-°
(Vism 94,23; Vibh-a 344,25); pākaṭī-° (Paṭis-a 390,12);
pāṭihāriya-° (Sv 825,26; Vibh-a 372,24; Dhp-a III
210,23 foll); pāpa-° (Ja I 130,1,5; Vism 198,12; ~-tta,
As 125,9); pāmujja-° (Sn 256); pāmojja-° (Vism
2,21*; 711,12*); pāsāda-° (~âdika, Mhv XXXVI 132);
pāsādika-bhāva-° (Vism 26,26; Vibh-a 482,7);
piṇḍa-° (Mp III 366,16); piya-° (M I 322,6; A III
289,17 foll); piya-manāpa-° (Sv 96,19); piya-suñña-
bhāva-° (Ja I 299,1); pīḷā-° (~-ṭṭha, Paṭis-a 440,1);
puñña-° (Dhp-a III 9,5; ~-cakkhu, Mp II 200,22); pu-
nap-puna-° (As 406,2); punab-bhava-° (Vism 506,15;
Vibh-a 110,29; Sv 843,7); pubba-° (Vin V 173,11 foll.;
~-nidāna, 174,12); pūjā-° (Ps I 147,13); bali-kamma-°
(Sv 98,3; Dhp-a II 247,9); bali-° (Vism 307,10); bahu-°
(Vism 404,7); brāhmaṇa-° (M I 271,14); bhatta-
kicca-° (~-velā, Mp II 31,15); bhatta-vissagga-° (Mp
I 194,7); bhava-° (Paṭis-a 603,8); bhākuṭi-° (Vism
26,27 foll.; Vibh-a 482,9,10); bhāva-° (Vism 53,27);
bhujissa-bhāva-° (Vism 222,12; Sv 537,4; Mp III
345,22; Paṭis-a 216,26); bhubhuk-° (Vibh-a 477,5);
bhesajja-° (Vism 95,12); maṅgala-° (Dhp-a I 186,5);
matta-° (Sv 288,29); madhu-° (Dhp-a I 374,18); man-
asi-° (~-kkhana, Paṭis-a 588,27; Vibh-a 405,6); mali-
na-bhāva-° (Vibh-a 498,15); massu-° (~-divasa,
Dhp-a I 253,7); maha-pphala-° (Vism 54,10; 219,30
foll); maha-pphala-bhāva-° (Vism 132,21); māna-°
(Sv 1005,30 foll.; ~-vasa, As 372,22); māna-mada-° (Sv
836,33); missī-° (Paṭis-a 50,10); mudu-° (Ps I 92,9);
mūla-ghāta-° (~-samattha, Mp II 195,1); yava-° (A
IV 169,12; Mp IV 74,22); rakkhā-° (Mhv XXIII 18);
rati-° (~ṭṭha, Paṭis-a 389,6); rāsī-° (~-pañṅā, Paṭis-a
47,15); vatta-° (~-vasa, Sv 269,8); vatta-paṭivatta-°
(Dhp-a III 169,5; ~-vasa, As 158,14); vamana-° (Sv
98,79; ~-bhesajja, Mp V 71,9); vasala-° (Sn 21,15 foll);
vassa-° (Sv 97,28); vāk-° (~-sampanna, Dhp 262; Sv
893,16); vikampâbhāva-° (Vism 51,1 [so read]);
vikubban'-iddhi-° (~-vidhāna, Paṭis-a 665,12); vit-
thāra-° (Paṭis-a 581,35); vidita-° (~-ṭṭha, Sv 1006,12);
vidita-bhāva-° (Vism 291,24); vinicchaya-° (Mp III
110,19); vipula-phala-paṭilābha-° (Ps I 132,8; [v. l.
°kāraṇ°], Mp II 108,11); vibhāga-° (Paṭis-a 582,1);
vibhūta-° (~-paccupaṭṭhāna, Ps I 106,38);
vimuccana-° (Sv 1032,37); viyoga-° (Sv 96,12);
viriya-° (Sv 789,29; ~-rahita, Dhp-a I 75,11); vilopa-°
(Sv 80,25; Mp III 194,28); vivaṭa-° (Vism 176,23;
Paṭis-a 581,25); vivaṇṇa-° (~-tta, Paṭis-a 216,35);
vivāha-° (Sv 96,6); vividha-° (~-bhāva, Paṭis-a
655,21); visaññī-° (~-bhesajja, Ja I 268,24); visada-
bhāva-° (Vism 128,32); visadisa-° (Paṭis-a 405,33);
vissāsa-° (Sv 845,26); vihāra-° (Mhv XVI 4; ~-âdi,
Mp III 348,10); vuṭṭhāna-kāla-pariccheda-° (~-pañ-
ñā, Sv 979,24); vutt'-ovāda-° (Vism 78,16); veṇi-° (Sv
588,16; Mp I 143,11; Dhp-a I 98,15); veyyāvacca-°
(Mp I 275,6; ~-vasa, Sv 269,11); vesārajja-° (Mp III
278,9); vossa-° (Sv 97,29); sa-° (~-icchā-lakkhaṇa [v.l.
saka°], As 249,16); samvara-° (Dhp-a III 9,3); sakka-°
(S I 230,18; Dhp-a I 264,4); sakkāra-° (Mp I 142,22);
saṅgaha-° (Sv 522,5; Mp IV 16,18; Dhp-a III 91,17);
sacchi-° (Sv 1044,2; Mp IV 67,9; Vibh-a 510,16); saj-
jhāya-° (Vism 243,34); sañjānana-paccaya-nimitta-°
(~-rasa, Vism 462,6); saññāṇa-° (Sp 367,24); satup-
pāda-° (Kkh 77,17); sanātha-bhāva-° (Mp V 5,20);
santi-° (Sv 93,19); santika-° (Paṭis-a 661,25); santha-
va-° (~-bhaya, Dhp-a I 194,16); sanniṭṭhāna-° (As
181,11); saṁvibhāga-° (Sv 956,26; ~-vasa, Sv 920,26);
sama-° (Vibh-a 493,2); samagga-° (D I 4,21 = A II
209,10); samaṅgi-bhāva-° (Sv 934,32); samaṇa-° (M I
271,14); samaṇa-dhamma-° (Ps I 96,8; Spk I 41,30;
~-viriya, Sv 893,25); sama-bhāva-° (Vism 129,14);
samī-° (~-rasa, Ps I 106,29); sampajāna-° (As 161,32);
sallahuka-bhāva-° (Vibh-a 276,16); sassirīka-° (Sv
96,19); saha-° (Vibh-a 107,17); sāmaggi-° (Mhv I 60);
sāmīci-kamma-° (Mp IV 81,25 [so read]); sītala-bhā-
va-° (Ja I 110,6); sukata-° (Ps I 169,18; ~-makkhana-
lakkhaṇa, Mp II 162,29; ~-vināsana, Ps I 169,15 foll);
sugandha-° (Mp II 121,24; ~-ucchādana, Mp II
205,22); suñña-° (Sv 892,4); suddha-bhāva-° (Mp II
322,19); suddhi-° (Sv 98,4); suppa-guṇa-° (Mp III
347,4); suphassita-cheka-° (Ja V 216,23'); subhaga-°
(D I 11,18); suvisada-° (Paṭis-a 258,6); sekha-ve-
sārajja-° (~-dhamma, A III 127,6); senāsana-° (Dhp-a
II 112,22; Ap-a 495,29); soka-tanu-° (Sv 555,27); sova-
cassa-° (M I 96,18); sobhā-° (Sv 274,17); hiri-°
(~-okāsa, Sv 275,30); huṁ-° (Dhp-a I 173,13); homa-°
(~-vasa, Sv 270,3).[[side 284]]

" 346862101291077632,karaṇa,en,"

⁵karaṇa,

cf. Buddh. sa. maithuna-yuddha-karaṇa-nirīkṣaṇâbhirata “finding pleasure in watching sexual intercourse, battles, tortures” (SWTF s.v. erroneously yuddhakaraṇa “Kampfhandlungen”).

" 346862101324632064,karaṇa,en,"

¹karaṇa,

ifc. cakkhu-°; ñāṇa-°.

" 346862276269051904,karaṇa,en,"

⁴

karaṇa

, n., 1. action; 2. body, limb; 3. sense organ;
— 1.-3. lex. lit.: ~aṁ ... kriyāgattesu c' indriye, Abh
901.

" 346862275820261376,karaṇa,en,"

karaṇa

, n., (t.t.gr.) speech organ, e.g., tongue, palate,
throat; cf. Sadd 1.1.1.3; — gramm. lit.: ~aṁ jihvā-
majjhâdi, Sadd 680,28; — vimuttan ti yaṁ ~āni
aniggahetvā vissajetvā vivaṭena mukhena sânunā-
sikaṁ akatvā vuccati, Sp 1399,36 (O. v. HINÜBER,
Selected Papers 1994: 204) qu. Mp-ṭ II 77,12; Sadd
606,23; — ifc. ṭhāna-° (Sadd 608,23); sakaṭṭhāna-°
(Sadd 609,9); samāna-° (Sadd 606,31).

" 346862373711122432,kāraṇa,en,"

¹kāraṇa,

n. [ts.], 1.a. acting, action; — 1.b. action, i.e. torture, cf. Kasussyntax § 142 n. 3, cf. kammakā̆raṇa 4., q.v.; — 2. material cause, ground; — 3.a. condition, prerequisite; — 3.b. reason, cause, motive; — 3.c. the cause of, the reason for, (i) c. gen.; — (ii) c. loc.; — (iii) c. dat.; — 4.a. argument, method; — 4.b. matter, incident; —gramm. lit.: (etym.): attano phalaṁ karotîti ~aṁ, Sadd 516,19; Mogg V 37; ~aṁ hi yasmā phalaṁ nideti ... tasmā nidānaṁ vuccati, Sp II 27,35; kārayatîti ~an ti, Paṭis-a 216,11; taṁ taṁ ~aṁ paṭicca … paccuppannā, Paṭis-a 19,27 (explaining paṭi-); — lex. lit.: nimittaṁ ~aṁ ṭhānaṁ padaṁ bījaṁ nibandhanaṁ nidānaṁ pabhavo hetu sambhavo setu paccayo, Abh 91; ~aṁ yaṁ samāsannaṁ padaṭṭhānan ti, Abh 92 (ct. tividhaṁ ~aṁ: upādāna-°~aṁ sahakārī-°~aṁ kāraṇa-°~aṁ); samayo … ~e, Abh 778 (ct. samayo pi kho te Bhaddāli appaṭividdho ty ādīsu ~e, cf. M I 439,4); setu ~e, Abh 1100; — exeg.: aṭṭhānan ti hetupaṭikkhepo. anavakāso ti paccayapaṭikkhepo, ubhayenâpi ~am eva paṭikkhipati. ~aṁ hi tadāyattavuttitāya attano phalassa ṭhānan ti ca avakāso ti ca, Ps IV 106,26–29 (ad M III 64,16), cf. Ps I 102,7 foll., s. below (a).(xvi) ṭhāna, q.v.; — (a) syn., cf. kāraṇa-vevacana, kāraṇâdhivacana, q.v.: (i) aṅga: aṅgan ti ~aṁ vuccati, Vism 60,8 qu. Nidd-a I 195,14; iminā aṅgenâti iminā ~ena, Sv 281,1; catūhi aṅgehîti (Sn 78,8) catuhi ~ehi avayavehi vā, Pj II 395,21; aṅgesûti ~esu avayavesu vā, Sv-pṭ II 409,14 ≠ Spk I 272,8; Sv-pṭ II 45,22; Mp I 84,24; It-a I 62,12; Cp-a 219,9; — (ii) attha or atthavasa: Abh 785; attho ti ca ~ass’ etaṁ adhivacanaṁ, Spk I 334,22 qu. Pj II 238,6; sahassam pi ~ānaṁ, Spk I 348,5 (ad atthānaṁ, S I 229,13); Ja IV 77,12’; VI 361,4’; Dhp-a III 435,5 (ad atthavasaṁ, Dhp 289); atthavase ti ~āni, Mp II 119,7; Pj II 238,12; kismiñcid eva ~e vā pañhe vā uppanne, Ja I 387,13’ (ad atthe jāte, 4*); — (iii) adhikaraṇa: Abh 868; Sp 608,2; adhikaraṇaṁ ~ass’ etaṁ nāmaṁ, Sv 500,5 = Mp IV 190,12 = Paṭis-a 119,35 = Vibh-a 513,8; — (iv) antara, cf. ²antara, q.v.: antarāsaddo pana °-khaṇacittavemajjhavivarādisu vattati, Sv 34,27 = Mp III 75,25; ~e antarāsaddo, Sv 34,30 = Mp III 76,3 qu. Ud-a 109,27 = Cp-a 16,19; antaran ti ~aṁ vuccati, Sp 1133,9; — (v) apadāna: apadānasaddo kāraṇa-gahaṇa-° + dissati, Ap-a 101,23; — (vi) avakāsa, cf. (xiii) okāsa, (xvi) ṭhāna, q.v.; — (vii) avayava, cf. (i) aṅga, q.v.; — (viii) ākāra: Abh 982; ekenâkārenâti ekena ~ena, Nidd-a I 351,10; ākārehîti ~ehi, Sp 180,11; ākārā ~āni, Ps II 386,17 (Ee ~ā) qu. Sv-pṭ II 240,16; ke ākārâti kāni ~āni, Ps V 105,7; Ja II 132,5’; IV 198,24’; — (ix) āyatana: phassapañcamakā dhammā … tāni ca tesaṁ ~n ti āyatanāni, Sv 125,8; Ps IV 59,6 (ad M II 262,14); Ps III 202,17 = IV 146,3 ad M I 494,35; Mp III 411,8; Ud-a 390,7; Sv-pṭ III 169,13 (ad āyatanaṁ, Sv 945,15); ~aṁ āyatanan ti vuccati, It-a II 169,4; Sv-pṭ III 326,4; ~asmiṁ, Mp II 331,13 (ad āyatane, A I 218,32); ~en’ eva, Mp III 99,16 (ad āyatanaso, A II 67,37); Ps IV 59,7; — (x) āhāra: āhāro … ~e, Abh 856 “support”, “cause,” cf. ¹āhāra 2., q.v.; — (xi) upanisā: Abh 1125; kā upanisā kiṁ ~aṁ kiṁ payojanaṁ, Pj II 503,9 (ad Sn 140,5); — (xii) upāya: upāyaṁ hetuṁ ~aṁ uppādeti vaḍḍhati, As 200,30; upāyena ~ena kattabbaṁ kiccaṁ sampajjati, Ja VI 16,20’ (ad sammadattho, 17*); — (xiii) okāso, Abh 1101, cf. (xvi) ṭhāna, okāsa 3.c., q.v.: ~aṁ hi yasmā tattha tadāyattavuttibhāvena phalaṁ tiṭṭhati yasmā c’assa taṁ okāso … tasmā ṭhānañ ca avakāso ca, Sp 229,29, cf. Ps I 102,7 foll.; Sv 659,1; Spk II 106,28; dvīsu okāsesu dvīsu ~esu, Mp II 159,7; — (xiv) odhi: odhiso ti ~so, Mp III 149,11; — (xv) ñāya: Abh 784; ñāyenâti ~ena, Ja V 405,5’; ñāyena ~ena samena viharissāmîti, Sv 739,23; ~aṁ nipphādessati, Sv 909,26 (ad ñāyaṁ ārādhessati, D III 120,8); ~ena ñāyena vā, Vv-a 154,13 (ad dhammena); dhamman ti ~aṁ ñāyaṁ, Pv-a 211,24; ariye ñāye (M I 502,19) … parisuddhe ~e, Ps III 211,25; 443,26 (ad M II 197,7); — (xvi) ṭhāna cf. (xiii) okāsa, kāraṇabhūta, q.v.: ṭhānaṁ avakāso ti … °âdhivacanaṁ, ~aṁ hi tiṭṭhati, Sv 658,34 foll., cf. kāraṇâdhivacana, q.v.; ṭhānan ti ~aṁ, Spk I 133,16; Sv-pṭ III 237,4; It-a II 155,22; Pj II 298,25; Ap-a 108,10; Ja IV 178,18’; ṭhānan ti ~aṁ vuccati, As 53,10; ṭhānañ ca ṭhānato ti ~añ ca kāraṇato, Ps II 28,24; ṭhānasaddo issariyaṭhitikkhaṇakāraṇesu … ṭhānañ ca ṭhānato … (M I 69,34) ti ādisu ~e … ~aṁ hi yasmā tattha phalaṁ tiṭṭhati tadāyattavuttibhāvena, Ps I 102,7–15 ≠ Sadd 354,1, cf. Sp 229,29; pāsaṁsāni ṭhānānîti pasaṁsāvahāni ~āni, Mp V 47,16; nibbattāpanakānaṁ ~ānaṁ, Ps II 325,11 (ad āpāyikānaṁ ṭhānānaṁ, M I 281,27); ṭhānehîti ~ehi, Sv 943,18 = Ps I 102,7; III 47,4 = Spk III 109,9 = Mp II 250,25 = III 171,19; ṭhāṇānîti ~āni, Sv 582,17 = Mp III 121,21 qu. Sv-pṭ I 177,5 = II 106,8; paripucchako … + ~e ca ṭhānâṭhāne ca, Nidd I 234,23; — (xvii) ṭhiti: ~e ṭhitisaddo, Paṭis-a 239,14; — (xviii) naya, cf. (xxviii) hetu, q.v.: nayo ti ~aṁ, Ja III 482,2’; hetunā nayena (Be ñāyena) ~ena, Dhp-a I 434,6; — (xix) nidāna, cf. (xxii) paccaya, (xxviii) hetu, q.v.: nidānānîti ~āni, Mp II 209,19 = 367,21; — (xx) nimitta, cf. kāraṇabhūta, q.v.: Abh 979; nimittānîti ~āni, Ps II 87,22; nimittaṁ ~ass’ etaṁ adhivacanaṁ, Mp-ṭ II 25,4; nimittaṁ ~aṁ sukhadukkhuppattihetuṁ jānantîti nemittā, Ap-a 424,31; — (xxi) pakaraṇa: pakaraṇe ti ~e, Mp IV 37,8; Sv-pṭ I 397,16 (Ee karaṇe); — (xxii) paccaya, cf. (xix) nidāna, (xxviii) hetu, q.v.: paccayo pi ~ass’eva nāmaṁ, Sv 371,19; Sv-pṭ III 220,8; nidānaṁ ~aṁ paccayo, Mp II 209,23; — (xxiii) pada: padaṁ ṭhāne parittāṇe nibbānamhi ca ~e, Abh 819; maccuno padan ti maraṇassa ~aṁ, Ja V100,18’; 342,29’; — (xxiv) pariyāya: Abh 837; pariyāyo ti ~aṁ, Sp 132,5 = Spk III 169,20 qu. Ja III 211,22’; Mp IV 78,4; Ps I 18,5 = It-a I 151,28; pariyāyasaddo vāradesanā-° ~esu vattati, Sv 36,16 foll.; pariyāyan ti ~aṁ, Ps III 114,9; Spk III 79,29; na kenaci pariyāyena ~ena vā, Ps I 89,14; pariyāyenâti ~ena, III 114,11 = Spk I 57,28 = Mp IV 194,13; — (xxv) mūla: akusaladhammānaṁ ~āni, It-a II 1,11 (ad akusalamūlāni); avijjā mūlaṁ ~aṁ etesan ti avijjāmūlakā, Nidd-a II 12,23; I 353,23; — (xxvi) vaṇṇa: Pj I 114,17 = Sadd 534,7 = Abh 779; ‘kena nu vaṇṇena gandhatheno ti vuccatîti’ … ~e, Sv 961,14 (cf. S I 204,32* = Ja III 308,21*) = Ps II 125,11 = Spk I 14,28 = Mp II 376,11 qu. Pj I 115,1 = Vv-a 16,20 qu. Sadd 534,13; vicitrāni ~āni vadantā, Ja VI 215,12’ (ad 211,26* cittehi vaṇṇehi); — (xxvii) vatthu: Abh 970; vatthūnîti ~āni, Paṭis-a 76,15; Mp V 72,20; — (xxviii) hetu, cf. (xviii) naya, (xix) nidāna, (xxii) paccaya, q.v.: Abh 973; hetu pi paccayo pi ~ass’ eva nāmaṁ, Sv 371,19 (asādhāraṇo hetu, sādhāraṇo paccayo, Sv-pṭ I 478,4–7, cf. kāraṇasāmaññavisaya, q.v.); hetu ~aṁ paccayo mato, Abhidh-av 58,32*; Ap-a 231,23; hetunā nayena ~ena jānitvā vimutto, Mp II 235,19 (i.e.: sammadaññāvimutto); hetunā nayena ~ena, Ps II 7,7; nayato ca ~ato ca hetuto ca, Mil 345,10; hetu ~aṁ nidānaṁ sambhavo, Vism 533,2; ~ato ti hetuto, Sv-pṭ II 269,29; ~e câti hetumhi ca, Nidd-a I 453,24; sahetukena ~ena (v.l. sa-° ~ena) vacanena, Mp V 63,11; hetunā ~ena vutto, Ja IV 242,9’ (ad sammā vutto, 241,13*); hetunā ~ena, Ps I 87,3 (i.e.: sammā); Spk III 75,5; Dhp-a IV 110,8; hetunā ~ena vipassanāpaññāya, V 96,9 (i.e.: sammappaññāya); Mp III 152,8; Spk I 26,1; tathāgatena … hetunā ~ena sayam eva abhisambuddhā +, Sv 1057,14; — (b) c. adv., pron., particle, cf. kāraṇavacana 1.b(i)., q.v.: yaṁ taṁ yato tato yena teneti ~e siyuṁ, Abh 1145 (ct. yam-ādayo cha kāraṇatthe siyuṁ); yan ti yena ~ena, Ps IV 61,17; tan ti ~aṁ, Sv-pṭ II 285,29; hi ~e, Abh 1197; Pj II 451,17 (cf. kāraṇattha, q.v.); etthâti etasmiṁ ~e, Ja IV 248,14’; kismin ti katarasmiṁ ~e, VI 493,1’; kuto kin ti kena ~ena, Mp III 215,14; tasmiṁ ~e, Ja VI 515,28’ (ad tasmiṁ, 25*); — (c) nom. and instr. as equivalent in interr. clause, cf. ³kāraṇā, b., q.v.: kiṁ ~aṁ kena ~ena, Mogg-v ad II 25, cf.³kāraṇā b., q.v.; kiṁ ~aṁ, kena kāraṇena, Spk II 290,3; kena nāma ~ena kiṁ nāma ~aṁ passanto, Sp 220,6 (i.e.: kathaṁ); ~aṁ āha … kim pana ~aṁ … ti ce, Pj II 451,17 foll. (read kim pana ~ā, split-cpd., with v.l.?); kasmā ~ā? mahantatāya sabbaññubuddhaguṇānaṁ, Mil 239,17–18 qu. Sv 903,6 (old w.r. kasmā kāraṇamah-°, cf. kāraṇamahantatāyâti ~ānaṁ mahantataāya Sv-pṭ III 108,19) = Mp II 13,28; — 1.a. so neva ~ato uddhaṁ kārakaṁ passati, Vism 602,27 foll. “he sees no doer over and above the doing” Vism-trsl. (Ñm); imāni satta ~āni cetanākammaṁ, Nett 43,25 “these seven kinds of acting are actions as choices” Nett-trsl.; kammâyatanâdīnaṁ pañcannaṁ ~ānaṁ apaccanīkadassanena, Vibh-a 411,35 qu. Sv-pṭ III 273,14 (i.e. duvidhaṁ kammaṁ + duvidhaṁ sippaṁ + vijjāṭṭhānaṁ) “by showing non-opposition to the five actions, occupations which are the sphere of work etc.”; imāni pañca ~āni karoto so ambo … phalaṁ deti, Ps II 347,6; vidito vo adhippāyo thūpassa ~e mayā, Mhv XVII 4 (Ee ka°); ime brāhmaṇā … vicitrehi ~ehi mukhaṁ pasārenti, Ja VI 215,9’; — 1.b. tantarajjukaṁ eva ~aṁ katvā … jīvitakkhayaṁ pāpayiṁsu, Ja IV 87,29; — 2. kammakārakaṁ … vikaraṇīyaṁ … duvidhaṁ paricattakāraṇaṁ aparicattakāraṇan ti tattha paricattakāraṇaṁ nāma yaṁ ~assa vināsena sambhūtaṁ, Sadd 692,14; kaṭṭhaṁ hi aṅgārabhāvassa ~aṁ, aṅgāre kate kāraṇabhūtassa kaṭṭhassa kaṭṭhabhāvo vigacchati, 599,12–14; yonîti khandhakoṭṭhāsassa pi ~assa pi passāvamaggassa pi nāmaṁ, Mp II 182,15 (ad A I 113,15); yathā … koci puriso … bhūmiṁ ~aṁ katvā bhūmisāmiko nāma hoti, Mil 219,5; siddhe hi ~e phalaṁ siddham eva hoti, Sv-pṭ II 59,18 ≠ 424,24; phalena ~assa abhedûpacāraṁ vadati, It-a I 75,15 “he speaks figuratively equating the cause and its fruition” It-a-trsl. (Masefield): I 190 with n. 2, cf. Sadd 6.0.3; — 3.a. sattā catūhi ~ehi pāsādikā honti āmisadānena + … imāni cattāri ~āni … tathāgatena katān’eva, Sv 934,7–10 “…these conditions were met by the Tathāgata”; jalajapupphaṁ … dve ~āni nissāya jāyati udakañ ca kalalañ ca, Ja II 235,20’; vedanā … + phassasaṅghaṭanañ câti cattāri ~āni paṭicca uppajjati, Vibh-a 34,2; catūhi vā ~ehi paṇḍito: dhātukusalo +, Ps II 78,18 = Spk II 390,1; + anusāvanāya (so read) + …pañcahi ~ehi saṅghabhedo hoti, Sp 608,8, cf. Sp 1377,27–1378,22; bahūhi ~ehi gharâvāse ādīnavaṁ, Ps III 247,28; — satthalūkhaṁ suttalūkhaṁ rajanalūkhan ti tīhi ~ehi lūkhaṁ (sc. cīvaraṁ), Ps I 149,16; pañcasu ~esu aññataravasena paccāmittā jinitabbā: … mantaṁ parijapitvā +, Ja III 205,23’; aṭṭhahi ~ehi paṭhavīkampo veditabbo: dhātukhobhena +, Sv 130,18; aṭṭhahi ~ehi bhagavā tathāgato: tathā āgato +, Sv 59,31 ≠ Ud-a 133,5; dasah’ ākārehi … dasahi ~ehi kodho uppajjati, Nidd-a I 321,18 (cf. Nidd I 215,17–23); pañcahi ākārehi pañcahi ~ehi pañcahi aṅgehi, Sp 370,26, cf. pañca sambhārā, Sv 71,27; — 3.b. vada Kassapa ~aṁ kena …, Ja IV 241,1*; aññam pi tattha paṭirūpaṁ ~aṁ suṇohi yena …, Vibh-a 435,29; thero ~aṁ pucchanto ko … hetûti, Sp 184,31 (ad Vin III 8,1); satthāraṁ taṁ ~aṁ pucchi, Mp I 29,2; qu. Pj I 127,25*; tassa ~assa jānanatthāya, Ja V 408,11; dve ~āni sampassamāno, Ps I 128,35 (ad dve atthavase, M I 23,32); ettha ~aṁ bhavissati, Mp I 44,7; atth’ etaṁ ~aṁ, Ja II 170,4; tattha ~aṁ na dissati, Sp 763,22; etaṁ ~aṁ na vijjati, Sv 274,2 (ad n’etaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati, D I 104,16); taṁ ~aṁ vijjati, Ps IV 61,19; — porāṇakattherā … ~am eva gaṇhanti akāraṇam eva vissajjenti, I 231,8; nâhaṁ ~aṁ vā akāraṇaṁ vā jānāmi, Ja III 513,12; vitakkayato ekaṁ ~aṁ upaṭṭhāti … etāni ~āni paṭikkhipitvā, Spk II 122,25–29; ~ato sādhetukāmo … āha, Sv 112,11; atthaṁ hāpeti ~aṁ na vadati, Sp 1153,12 (Ee, Ce 1900 so; Be na deti); evarūpāni … aññāni pi bahuvidhāni ~āni disvā, Mil 214,14; bahūni ~āni dassento, Sv 592,5; ~aṁ sallakhetvā, Sp 231,16; Ap-a 12,16; saṅghabhedanipphattisamatthaṁ ~aṁ gahetvā, Sp 608,12 (so read with Be); avijjâdīhi ~ehi saṅkhārâdīnaṁ pavatti, Vism 578,2; anurūpaṁ ~aṁ labhitvā, Yam-a 86,21; atthānaṁ vā yāni nipuṇāni ~āni, Pj II 215,17 (ad nipuṇatthadassiṁ, Sn 176); ekaṁ ~aṁ paṭicca, Ja IV 460,5’ (ad atthena, 459,18*); uppannaṁ ~aṁ paṭicca desitāni … tesaṁ atthuppattiko nikkhepo, Bv-a 64,25; etesaṁ ~ānaṁ aññataravasena, Sp 1364,14 (Ee w.r. kar-°; ad Vin V 163,14); — yujjati ~assa sannihitattā, Sv-pṭ I 250,16 (cf. kāraṇa-sannihitatta, q.v.); attano ~assa vasena paveditattā, Paṭis-a 107,6; — frequently: “because of …”: imasmā ~ā, Sv-pṭ I 242,1; Pv-a 40,24; imehi tīhi ~ehi, Mp II 51,2; — interr. clause: kena ~ena vadesi, yena ~ena, tena ~ena, Sadd 707,6; kena ~ena, Nett 30,14; kissa hetûti … kena hetunā kena ~ena, Paṭis-a 703,4; kismiṁ pana so ~e āghātaṁ bandhi, Mp IV 171,3; — rel. clause: yena ~ena, yasmiṁ ~e satîti attho, Ps II 75,4 (i.e.: yatonidānaṁ); tattha … ~aṁ atthi yena Bhagavā ~ena paṭikkhipi, Mil 195,22; yena ~ena pañho suvinicchito hoti tena ~ena maṁ saññāpehi, 124,11 foll.; balavaṁ tattha mayaṁ ~aṁ upalabhāma yena mayaṁ ~ena saddahāma, 124,30; — with dem. pron.: iminâpi ~ena uccākulikānaṁ aggo, Mp I 193,8; iminâpi ~ena bhaṇāmi, Mil 84,11; tassa pi ten’ eva ~ena Anaggapāko ti nāmaṁ, Mp I 252,11; ettakena ~ena, II 260,11; tena ~ena puññaṁ vaḍḍhati, Mil 84,8; — pasiddhaṁ ~aṁ yattha nivattetvâññakāraṇaṁ, Subodh 249 (defining the poet. figure vibhāvanā, cf. Gerow, Glossary 1971: 264); — 3.c.(i) apaññâdilābhâdīnaṁ ~aṁ, Pj II 238,13; arahattaphalassa ~e anuppatte, Spk III 130,27; āgamanassa ~aṁ, It-a II 123,17; kandanassa ~aṁ, Pv-a 262,16; kalahassa ~aṁ pucchati, Nidd-a I 351,23; khattiyānaṁ ~aṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ ~an ti attho, Ap-a 101,26; adahanassa ~aṁ dasseti, Ud-a 114,20; diṭṭhīnaṁ ~āni, Paṭis-a 435,25; dibbasampattiyā ~aṁ, Vv-a 22,4; dhammuddesassa ~aṁ, Ps III 307,14; paṭhavīcalanassa ~aṁ, Sv-pṭ III 108,10; pavattiyâpi ~aṁ, Paṭis-a 239,6; — c.(ii) ajjhattasantāne aññassa ~assa abhāvato, Nidd-a I 229,7 = Paṭis-a 364,5; catunnaṁ nimittānaṁ bhagavato anakkamane ~aṁ, Sp 1209,18; adassane ~aṁ niddisanto, Bv-a 84,8; apaṭisaṅkharaṇe ~aṁ dassetvā, Th-a II 204,18; evaṁ kathane ~aṁ pubbe vuttam eva, Sp 379,26; gambhīrabhāve ~aṁ dassetuṁ, Th-a III 142,29; dāne ~aṁ dassento, Cp-a 61,20; dāyādabhāve ~aṁ vadantī, Th-a I 75,19 (Be so; Ee -bhāva-); etesaṁ pi dīpane ~aṁ, 130,15; ye ye ti tassa matabhāve ~aṁ dassenti, Ja III 426,22’; pubbe vuttam ev’ ettha ~aṁ, Sp 1409,4; — frequently in cts.: tattha ~am āha, Ud-a 97,7; Pj II 45,4; Pv-a 122,28; Sv-pṭ II 296,25; — c.(iii) paṇḍitabhāvatthāya ~āni, Mp V 72,20; — 4.a. buddhâdīhi vaṇṇitaṁ … ~am eva, Ja III 367,19’ (i.e.: dhammaṁ); yathā ca buddhassa evaṁ dhammassâpi taṁ taṁ akāraṇam eva ~ato vatvā, Sv 37,3 (i.e.: avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati); kiṁ … tava vāde gārayhaṁ ~aṁ natthi?, 350,1 (ad D I 161,16); sûpadassitaṁ opammaṁ, suniddiṭṭhaṁ ~aṁ, Mil 271,5 “well expressed the argument“ Mil-trsl. (Horner), “… die Sache gut erklärt” Mil-trsl. (Nyanatiloka), “bien exprimé l’argument“ Mil-trsl. (Nolot); sukathito … pañho opammehi ~ehi, Mil 239,28 qu. Ps IV 121,15 = Vibh-a 436,26 ≠ Mp II 14,8; sakkā … opammena vā ~ena vā hetunā vā nayena vā upadassayituṁ, Mil 315,30; atthañ ca upamāyo ca ~āni ca āharitvā, Ps II 167,23 (upamupameyyasambandhavibhāvanāni ~āni, Ps-pṭ II 125,22 read upamānu°?); upamāya ca ~ena kathessati, Ja I 448,1; mayhaṁ ~ena, Ja III 488,33’ (read ~ā ? cf. ³kāraṇā b., q.v.); taṁ atthaṁ ~ena sādhento taṁ kissa hetûti ādim āha, Ps I 96,16; udāharaṇena ~aṁ dassento, Sv-pṭ I 241,30; paṭicchannaṁ ~aṁ āvikaritvā, Sv 276,28; idāni nesaṁ saccabhāvaṁ ~ena dassento, Sv-pṭ I 500,3; ekaṁ ~aṁ āharitvā, Ja VI 361,26; sādhurūpaṁ Senakena ~aṁ āharitaṁ (v.l. ābhataṁ), sakkhissati nu kho me putto … aññaṁ ~aṁ āharituṁ … imasmiṁ ~e āhaṭe, 362,11 foll.; tassa … ~ena ~aṁ kathayissāmi, Mil 339,23; aparaṁ … uttariṁ ~aṁ suṇohi, 315,1; daḷhaṁ ~aṁ, 107,25; gamane pana daḷhataraṁ ~aṁ dassetuṁ, Vv-a 317,17; atthañ ca ~añ ca dassetvā, Ps II 393,29; atthañ ca ~añ ca ākaḍḍhitvā, Dhp-a II 95,11; atthato ca ~ato ca paññāya, Ps II 253,9 = Mp III 29,7; evaṁ atthen’ atthe ~ena ~e ciṇṇacaritattā maggapaññāya sudiṭṭhā honti, Ps III 191,22; ~o phalato atthato ca, Sv-pṭ II 333,15; suttañ ca ~añ ca dassento, Sp 790,30; ~ato ca ārammaṇato ca, Spk II 154,19; — 4.b. tayā paṭivijjhitabbayuttakaṁ ekaṁ ~aṁ atthi, Ps III, 151,19 (ad M I 438,32); atth’ idaṁ ~aṁ … ~assa abhūtabhāvaṁ ñatvā, Mp I 264,22–265,4 qu. Th-a I 68,24–30 “this is a fact … having recognized that the facts were wrong”; satthā taṁ ~aṁ ñatvā, Ja I 133,29; rukkhadevatā taṁ ~aṁ ñatvā, 442,11; ikkhaṇikā gantvā taṁ ~aṁ rañño ārocesi, 457,21; II 7,17; tena tasmiṁ ~e ārocite, IV 427,9; imāni tīṇi ~āni disvā puna āgato, I 403,22’; idaṁ kira ~aṁ bhikkhusaṅghe pākaṭam ahosi, II 64,9; evaṁ Bodhisattena ~e kathite, 357,23; imassa pana ~assa paccakkhakārikā Gaṅgātīre nibbattarukkhadevatā, 152,19 = 162,9 (so read with Be); taṁ taṁ ~am āgamma, Dhp-a I² 1,7* “in every matter” Dhp-a-trsl. (Burlingame); imasmiṁ pi ~e sā niddosā, Dhp-a I 403,16; imasmiṁ ~e daṇḍaṁ gahetuṁ, 439,10; —ifc a‑°; añña‑°; attha‑°; adhigama‑°; anagghana‑°; anāgata-bhaya‑°; aniyyānika‑°; aneka‑°; antara‑°; aparicatta‑° (Sadd 692,13); appatiṭṭhita‑°; abhāyana‑°; abhibhavana‑°; arodana‑°; avaññā‑°; aviruddha‑°; asaṁvaraṇa‑°; asabhi‑°; asocana‑°; āgamana‑°; uttara‑°; upādāna‑° (Abh-ṭ on Abh 92); ekaṁsika‑°; kattabba‑° (Ja VI 453,3); kamma‑°; kalaha‑°; jarā-maraṇa‑°; takkagāha‑°; taṇhā‑°; dukkha‑°; dhamma‑°; nik‑°; niyyānika‑°; paccakkhāna‑°; paṭirūpa‑°; padhāna‑°; param-parā‑ ; parābhava‑°; paricatta‑°; balava‑°; maraṇa‑°; loka-sammuti‑°; vimuccana‑°; virāga‑°; visesa‑°; vuḍḍhi‑°; sa‑° (sa-kāraṇaṁ sa-upamaṁ katvā, Dhp-a III 425,21); sammā‑°; sahakāri‑°; sāsana-ṭṭhiti‑°; sobhana‑°.

" 346862595870822400,kāraṇā,en,"

¹kāraṇā,

f. [cf. BHSD, SWTF s.v.], torture, execution by torture, cf. ⁵karaṇa, kamma-kā̆raṇa 4., kāraṇā̆ghara q.v.; — lex. lit.: ~ā tu yātanā, Abh 407 (qu. Am-k 465); ~âti hiṁsanā, Sadd 517,19; vadho bandhanaṁ ~ā māraṇaṁ, Mil 185,2; — anekāhi ~āhi pīḷetvā, Sp 509,19 = Spk II 219,22 (ad kāraṇika, q.v.; yātanāhi, Sp-ṭ II 294,23 (v.l. syā, ka: ghāt-, cf. ²kāraṇika, q.v.) = Spk-pṭ II 184,7, cf. Sadd 517 n. 5); yantarūpaṁ viya kammam eva ~aṁ kāreti, Mp II 227,26; Ps II 59,19; tantarajjukaṁ nāma ~aṁ katvā, Ja IV 87,29; paccekanirayesu ~aṁ kāriyamānānaṁ sattānaṁ, Pv-a 251,5; yāni kammakaraṇāni karontā … tāsu yeva ~āsu sayaṁ kīranti, pakkhipīyanti, Th-a II 22,6 (ad tath’ eva kīranti, Th 143, cf. Oberlies: 255 n. 2); — °‑kāraka, cf. kāraṇika, q.v.; — ifc.: kamma‑°; tibba‑°.

" 346862595858239488,kāraṇā,en,"

²kāraṇā,

f., training; cf. kāraṇā̆, q.v.

" 346862595845656576,kāraṇā,en,"

³kāraṇā,

²ind. [abl. of ¹kāraṇa, q.v.], a. postp. + gen. (or ifc.) because of, for the sake of, cf. Kasussyntax § 202; BHSD s.v. kāraṇa (2), q.v.; b. with interr. pron. why? for what reason?, cf. kiṁkāraṇā, ¹kāraṇa, exeg. (b); — a. ayyassa Upanandassa ~ā, Vin IV 98,13; ayyānaṁ ~ā, Sp 880,19; Vajjīnaṁ vā Vajjiputtakānaṁ vā ~ā, Vin III 23,23; mā Sutasomassa ~ā cintayi, Ja V 475,27; Sundarikāya ~ā, Ap 300,2; Nandakatherass’ eva ~ā akāsi, Ps V 93,2; — mamaṁ vā ~ā aññesaṁ vā ~ā, Vin I 339,37; mama ~ā, Ps III 248,2; Ja IV 14,6’ (ad maṁ-kate, 2*), cf. mama ~ā maṁ nissāya, 7’; VI 517,13*; ekassa ~ā mayhaṁ, 16*; mayhaṁ ~ā saṅgho bhijjatîti, Sp 1150,31 = Ps IV 204,23 (Ee misprint kājaṇā) qu. Ja III 488,33 (Ee kāraṇena, MS. Bd ~ā); tava ~ā, Sv 701,27; Dhp-a I 191,14; — so mātāpitunnaṁ ~ā … na attahetu, Vv 1262; itthiyā ~ā, Vin IV 204,6; Ja II 192,22*; devaccharānaṁ ~ā, 93,21; sūlâvutakassa ~ā, Pv 576; ājīvassa hetu puttadārassa ~ā, Vin III 224,9 = IV 104,18; — appakassa atthassa ~ā, Ja II 75,25; yasasâti … issariyassa ~ā, Cp-a 68,18; udarassa ~ā, Vin I 58,3; imesaṁ eḷakalomānaṁ ~ā manussehi uppaṇḍito, III 233,19; ovādassa ~ā, IV 56,2 = 314,26; kāmasukhassa ~ā, Nidd-a I 433,18; jīvitassa pi ~ā, Ja IV 417,16*; chavassa dārupattassa ~ā, Vin II 112,5; dārūnaṁ ~ā, Sp 295,6; catunnaṁ paccayānaṁ ~ā, Sv 526,33; pitusantakassa ~ā, Vibh-a 478,9; imassa pallaṅkassa ~ā, Ap-a 82,8; bodhiyā yeva ~ā, Ja VI 570,19* (qu. Sadd 199,21) = Bv XXII 14 = Cp 65; maṁsassa hetu adu dhanassa ~ā, Ja V 460,20*; hīnassa methunadhammassa ~ā, Nidd I 150,17; yassā ratiyā ~ā, Ja IV 107,24’; rukkhamūlassa ~ā, II 172,9; saṅghârāmassa ~ā, Dīp XIII 31; bhātu ca ekaputtaṁ sāpateyyassa ~ā, S I 92,9; abhijīvanikassa sippassa ~ā, Vin I 187,21; etissā suvaṇṇamālāya ~ā, III 250,13; — yena yen’ attho tassa tassa ~ā āgacchanti, Ja III 44,22; sace etassa ~ā, Ja III 297,18’ (ad sac’ etassa hetu, 14*); imassa ~ā, Dhp-a III 147,17; yesaṁ ~ā ye nissāya, Pv-a 27,5 (ad yesaṁ hetu, Pv 18); imesaṁ dvinnaṁ ~ā, Ap-a 521,32; yassa ~ā, Pv-a 113,22 (ad yassa atthāya, Pv 257); — b. exeg.: kissa vâti kissa vā ~ā, Ja V 5,17’; — sāraṇā kissa ~ā, Vin V 158,1*; pavāraṇā kissa ~ā, 161,22*; kiṁ pana ~ā … dhammaṁ desetukāmo, Ud-a 90,6; kiṁ pana ~ā, Pj II 451,18 (so read? cf. ¹kāraṇa, exeg. (b), q.v.); kasmā ~ā? mahantattā sabbaññubuddhaguṇānaṁ, Mil 239,17 qu. Sv 903,6 = Vibh-a 436,16 (so read; Ee w.r. kāraṇa-mahantattā, cf. s.v. kāraṇa 1.b [i]); — ifc.: ajānana‑°; attha‑°; ājīva‑°; itthi‑°; issā‑°; etaṁ‑°; kata‑°; kiṁ‑°; jīvita‑°; taṁ‑°; lābha‑°.

" 346862597359800320,kāraṇā̆,en,"

²kāraṇā̆,

fn., specialized action, training, task, feat (animals, pupils); Bhaddāli dakkho assadamako bhadraṁ assâjāniyaṁ labhitvā paṭhamen’ eva mukhādhāne ~aṁ kāreti ... uttariṁ ~aṁ kāreti, M I 446,5; kathan … maṁ … assadammasārathi ~aṁ kāressati, A II 114,8; taṁ … hatthidamako uttariṁ ānañjakāraṇaṁ … ~aṁ kāreti (Ee karoti), M III 133,17; asikkhito te ācariya hatthināgo, tassa ākāsagamanaṁ … ~aṁ karohîti, Mil 201,6; karitvā (Se kāretvā) ~ā nānā dāruṇena damenti te, Ap 322,16; bhadro hi assâjānīyo yasmiṁ ~e damito hoti, Ps IV 69,22; hatthiṁ ... attano icchitaṁ ~aṁ sikkhāpetuṁ asakkontaṁ disvā, Dhp-a IV 5,10; taṁ ~aṁ kāriyamāno, Ja I 415,16 (said of an elephant); parasenapavesanatthaṁ ayaṁ ~ā karīyati, Ps III 159,11 = 160,5 (so Ce, Be; Ee ~aṁ), cf. kāretabba 2.a., q.v.; sindhavapotaṁ …~āsu upaneti, 160,17; — accaṁkuso va nāgo ca jitaṁ me tuttatomaraṁ, ~aṁ na-ppajānāmi, D II 266,6* (kiñci ~aṁ na bujjhati … atha vā … virāgakāraṇaṁ na-ppajānāmi, Sv 702,12–26; pīḷanaṁ, Sv-pṭ II 314,82) “like an elephant (in must) who (thinks) no longer of heeding the goad ‘I have overcome the goad and the foot-spike, I do not feel any pain (or: forget my training).’” (i.e. Pañcasikha loses all self-control), D-trsl. (R. O. Franke): “Folterqual”, D-trsl. (Walshe): “know not what to do” (hardly possible as trsl.); — Rem.: On the taming of an elephant which is out of control cf. J. E. Tennent, Ceylon II (1859): 354 n.1. — ifc. anupubba‑°; abhiṇha‑°; ānañja‑° — Rem.: Cf. BHS nāgo viya (or: yathā) kāritakāraṇo, Mvu I 237,10; 301,7; III 64,6; 182,13 “like a trained elephant” (said of the Buddha). The correct meaning of the comparison was not recognized in the trsl.s: “He was like a Nāga, perfect in action” (Mvu-trsl. [Jones] I 193 = Mvu I 237,10) or “He was like a Nāga. He had accomplished his task ” (Mvu-trsl. [Jones] I 250 = Mvu I 301,7) etc.; “having performed his duties” (BHSD s.v. kārita-kāraṇa, q.v.); cf. nāgo (ed., MS. w.r. mārgo) viya kāritakāraṇo, Abhis-dh 153,14 = folio 34a1 (said of Śāriputra), cf. Abhis-dh Study Group: Transcription of Abhis-dh Chapter(s) V–VII, Taishõ Daigaku Sõgõ Bukkyõ Kenkyūsho Nenpõ XXI 1999: 219 (16),11 (reading mārgo).

" 346862596550299648,kāraṇabahutā,en,"

kāraṇa-bahutā,

f., the plurality of causes; ~ā dassitā, Vism-mhṭ II 237,7 qu. Sp-ṭ III 134,7.

" 346862300944142336,karaṇabhāva,en,"

karaṇa-bhāva

, m., 1. the being instrument; 2. the
doing, making or building (smth, with gen.); — 1.
sampayuttadhammā yenā ti ~ena dassitā, Vism-
mhṭ I 90,21* (quotation from pre-Buddhaghosa aṭṭh-
akathā, cf. Vism 61,28 foll); sikkhāpadapaññattiyā
sādhakatamattā ~o pi vītikkamass' eva siddho, Sp-ṭ
I 201,14 foll.; — 2. sabbamattikāmayāya kuṭikāya
~aṁ, Sp 288,11; Sp 1124,22; ~o, Ja I 9,6'; — ifc.
āroga-° (Dhp-a II 106,16); kalaha-°; tathā-° (Dhp-a
III 451,22); pariggaha-° (Ja I 10,15); sukhumāla-° (Ja I
10,3); — for ekaccaṁ cittaṁ ~ato at As 66,15 read
ekaccacittakaraṇabhā vato.

" 346862595950514176,kāraṇabhāva,en,"

kāraṇâbhāva,

m., the absence of cause; ~aṁ, Sp 220,7; sabbasaṅkhāragatan (Vism 421,18) ti … vinassati avaṭṭhānassa ~ato, Vism-mhṭ II 54,22.

" 346862596504162304,kāraṇabhāva,en,"

kāraṇa-bhāva,

m., the being a cause; phaluppattiyā ~o, Sv-pṭ II 116,9 ≠ I 179,9; tassa ~aṁ dassetuṁ, It-a II 156,2; mohatamavidhamanassa ~ato anāvaraṇañāṇaṁ mohatamavidhamanan ti, Sv-pṭ I 5,11; yassa dhammassa ~ato ṭhānaṁ, III 228,2; ~ato samādhinimittaṁ, 326,32; yogino vā sukhavisesānaṁ ~ena, 345,2; kilesuppattiyā ~ena, Spk III 2,22; pacchā-uppajjanakānaṁ ~ato kilesā va, Th-a III 78,3; sambhāro pi yathā ciraṁ pavattati evam assa ~ato tasmā parikkhāro, Vism 35,6 qu. Sp 551,6; tassa ~ā, Moh 134,12; so hi parassa kiriyāya ~ena hinoti gacchati pavattatîti hetu, Sadd 691,15 (“as the reason for another’s action”); ~ena Sv-pṭ I 203,21; atthaṁ ~ena paccāmasati, II 131,33; so saddo ~ena vutto, 427,31; vāhasâti ~ena, Th-a III 158,2; lokiyā hi dhātuyo ~ena vavatthitā, Vism 485,3 (“defined according to their instrumentality”, Vism-trsl. (Ñm) qu. Vibh-a 76,26 (“being defined according to their being the cause”, Vibh-a-trsl. I 90, hardly correct) ≠ Moh 126,29; — °‑paccupaṭṭhāna, n., the manifestation as being a cause; itthiliṅganimittakuttâkappānaṁ ~aṁ, Vism 447,8 (kāraṇabhāvasaṅkhātena … paccayabhāvato, Vism-mhṭ II 95,14–16) (“as manifested as the reason for”, Vism-trsl. [Ñm]) qu. As 322,13 = Abhidh-av 68,30 = Moh 62,34; — °‑vibhāvana, n., the explaining the fact of being a cause; yathāvuttasamādhipaṭilābhassa ~aṁ, Sv-pṭ III 326,28.

" 346862595971485696,kāraṇābhāva,en,"

kāraṇâbhāva,

m., the absence of cause; ~aṁ, Sp 220,7; sabbasaṅkhāragatan (Vism 421,18) ti … vinassati avaṭṭhānassa ~ato, Vism-mhṭ II 54,22.

" 346862301573287936,karaṇabhāvanākosalla,en,"

karaṇa-bhāvanā-kosalla

, n., expertise in making
and developing; ~ānaṁ avinābhāvato, Sv-pṭ II 420,25
(ad Sv 794,29) = Ps-pṭ I 389,18; ~ānaṁ pag' eva sid-
dhattā, Vism-mhṭ I 154,17.

" 346862302252765184,karaṇabhāvaniddesa,en,"

karaṇa-bhāva-niddesa

, m., (t.t.gr.) statement of the
being instrument; modanti tayā ti modanakiriyāya
muditāya ~o, Vism-mhṭ I 378,26.

" 346862302827384832,karaṇabhāvasādhana,en,"

karaṇa-bhāva-sādhana

, n., (t.t.gr.) the syntactical
means of realisation ""instrument"" and ""state-of-action"";
for bhāva as sādhana, cf. Sadd 7,24 foll.; 1110: 2.2.2;
RENOU, Terminologie s.v. bhāva; lubbhatī ti lobho ti
... lubbhati tena, lobhanamattam (Be lubbh°) etan
(Ee eva tan) ti °-vasena pi attho yujjat' eva, Sv-pṭ III
238,18.

" 346862596453830656,kāraṇabheda,en,"

kāraṇa-bheda,

m., division into, kinds of causes; sabbaṁ pi ~aṁ ekato katvā, Ps II 14,30; ~aṁ sūcayati, Moh 136,10; attano ~ena bhedadassanavasena, Vism-mhṭ II 90,12.

" 346862595732410368,kāraṇabhimānappavatta,en,"

kāraṇâbhimāna-ppavatta,

mfn., consisting in a misconception about the cause; akāraṇe ~aṁ hetumhi vippaṭipattiṁ, Vism 511,8 qu. Vibh-a 87,27.

" 346862595744993280,kāraṇābhimānappavatta,en,"

kāraṇâbhimāna-ppavatta,

mfn., consisting in a misconception about the cause; akāraṇe ~aṁ hetumhi vippaṭipattiṁ, Vism 511,8 qu. Vibh-a 87,27.

" 346862303410393088,karaṇabhūta,en,"

karaṇa-bhūta

, mfn., 1. (t.t.gr.) being instrument; 2.
being cause; — 1. tena samayena hetubhūtena ~ena
ca sikkhāpadāni paññāpayanto, Sp 108,8 = Sv 33,18
= Ps I 9,22 = Spk I 11,23 = Mp I 13,18 ≠ Ud-a 23,5; Pj II
44,12; 137,2; cf. O. H. PIND, JPTS XIV 1990: 185-186;
— 2. tena sattâhakaraṇīyena ~ena gantuṁ anujānā-
mi, Sp 1068,10; cīvarena ~ena āpatti hotī ti, Sp
1384,26; viramati vā etāya ~āya veramhā puggalo ti
... veramaṇī, Ps I 203,20; etāhi ... ~āhi saṁsāra-
dukkhaṁ sattehi anuvidhīyati, Vibh-a 77,3; tena
sotena hetubhūtena ~ena vā avadhīyati ... sotâvad-
hānam, Paṭis-a 13,2; 593,25.

" 346862596474802176,kāraṇabhūta,en,"

kāraṇa-bhūta,

mfn. [ts., cf. SWTF s.v.], being the cause; — exeg.: nimittabhūtaṁ yena ~ena, Sv 701,14 (ad yena, D II 265,17) = Ja II 340,6’; nimittabhūtaṁ ~aṁ, Paṭis-a 478,31; ṭhāne ~e, Sv-pṭ I 510,21; jātiyā ca maraṇassa ca ~e, Ps IV 238,24 = Mp II 232,15; (ad jātimaraṇasambhave, M III 187,7* = A I 142,18*); Mp II 147,20; āsavānaṁ ~ehi kilesadhammehi, IV 116,8 (ad āsavaṭṭhāniyehi, A IV 224,28); phassassa ~esu chasu dvāresu, Ud-a 191,5 (ad chasu phassâyatanesu, Ud 28,7*); ~ehi paccayehi nibbattitaṁ, It-a I 163,23; — ajjhācārena ~ena, Sp 223,13; aṭṭhasatassa ~aṁ, Spk III 82,16; (ad aṭṭhasatapariyāyaṁ, S IV 231,21); so assa atthi ~o ti attajjhāsayo, Ud-a 30,7 = It-a I 35,26; petānaṁ dakkhiṇāniyyātane ~āni anussaraṇavatthūni, Pj I 213,26 (ignore n. in Ee “i.e. karaṇabh°?”); kāmarāgassa ~ānaṁ ārammaṇadhammānaṁ, Spk III 149,2; tena hîti tena … aṅgāre kate ~assa kaṭṭhassa kaṭṭhabhāvo vigacchati, Sadd 599,13; ~aṁ kammaṁ, Vv-a 22,19; Nidd-a I 323,25; bhavasampattiyā ~aṁ attano kusalakammaṁ, Vv-a 317,7; 74,3 (Ee w.r. ka‑°); ~ena puññakammena, Vv-a 304,27 (Ee w.r. ka‑°); hitan ti tassa ~aṁ puññaṁ, Cp-a 219,13; Vv-a 90,4 (Ee w.r. ka‑°); kākena guyhavacanassa ~ena guyhaṁ, Ja II 174,17’; ~assa cakkhussa viññāṇaṁ, As 262,6; cittena ~ena, Mp V 78,2 qu. Paṭis-a 303,30; cīvarena ~ena āpatti hoti, Sp 1384,26 (Ee w.r. ka‑°); ñāṇena ~ena, Vibh-a 416,27; gahaṇassa ~ā taṇhādiṭṭhiyo, Sv-pṭ I 204,30; savitakkasavicārass’ eva ~aṁ domanassaṁ, II 336,1; imehi ~ehi catūhi dhammehi, Dhp-a I 255,12; catūhi yogehi khemino ~aṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ, Spk II 387,16 (ad yogakkhemīpariyāyaṁ, S IV 85,4); piyena ~ena, Ja V 224,35’ (ad piyena te dammi, 220,15*); piyasabhāvena sātasabhāvena ca ~ena, It-a II 165,30; pavattāya viññāṇavīthiyā ~āya, It-a I 24,12; Th-a III 206,24; Ud-a 209,28; sīlasampadâdīnaṁ ~aṁ viriyasampadaṁ, Th-a I 16,20; — Rem.: ñāyaṁ dhammaṁ kusalan ti (M I 515,2) ~aṁ, Ps III 226,19 (so Be, MS. B in Ee: w.r.; read with Ee, Ce 1926 ārogya-anavajjaṭṭhena, cf. Sv 883,27 foll.; Sv-pṭ III 81,22 foll.).

" 346862597233971200,kāraṇacchāyā,en,"

kāraṇa-cchāyā,

f., specious argument; dvinnam pi ~ā dissati, Sp 233,12.23 (sakavādīparavādīnaṁ ubhinnam pi kappiyâkappiyabhāvasādhakaṁ kāraṇapaṭirūpakaṁ, Sp-ṭ II 47,25 foll.; ~ā kāraṇapaṭirūpakan ti, Vmv I 124,11); imassa vacanassa ~ā pariyesitabbā, Vjb 194,15.

" 346862597187833856,kāraṇaccheda,en,"

kāraṇa-ccheda,

m., the destruction of the cause; idaṁ dukkhan ti yogo karaṇīyo ti, ettha yathābhūtâdivasena ~o, Spk III 293,10.

" 346862597246554112,kāraṇacintā,en,"

kāraṇa-cintā,

f., concern for a cause; kiṁ vā etāya ~āya, Sv-pṭ II 28,8; cf. karaṇâkaraṇacintā, q.v.

" 346862597259137024,kāraṇacintana,en,"

kāraṇa-cintana,

n., pondering about the cause; kena nu kho ti lābhapatthanāya †~e pihassa † pariyesane nipāto, Nidd-a I 342,19 (read ~e[na] pihāya (?) “the nipāta ‘kena nu kho’ means searching for the desired by pondering about the cause for desiring possessions” [?]); — °‑paññā, f., the intelligence (consisting in) reflecting about the cause; taṁkhaṇen’ eva ṭhānuppattikāya ~āya (so Be; Ee -vindana-) yutto, Ja VI 304,16’ (on vicakkhaṇo, 12*).

" 346862270841622528,karaṇacittatā,en,"

karaṇa-citta-tā

, f., a variety of causes or actions (?);
kammassakā ... sattā + ... kammapaṭisaraṇā kam-
maṁ satte vibhajati yad idaṁ hīnappanītatāyā ti e-
vam imāya ~āya pi cittassa cittatā veditabbā, As 66,11.

" 346862286880641024,karaṇacīvara,en,"

karaṇa-cīvara

, n., a robe in the making; āgantuka-
paṭṭan ti achinditvā anvādhiṁ āropetvā ~aṁ
sandhāya vuttaṁ, Vmv II 27,17 (ad Sp 813,8).

" 346862597028450304,kāraṇadassana,en,"

kāraṇa-dassana,

n., explanation of the cause; idaṁ tuṭṭhahadayatāya ~aṁ … kammassa sukatakāritāya ~aṁ, Sv-pṭ III 185,24, 26; dānâdīnaṁ nivāraṇe ~aṁ, Pv-a 102,19; atisāgatabhāvassa ~aṁ, Th-a II 121,23; tādibhāvassa °(‘)-atthaṁ, Ps III 140,17; °(‘)-atthaṁ vuttaṁ, Spk II 179,2; °‑vasena (so read with Be; Ee kāraṇaṁ), Sv-pṭ III 128,2.

" 346862596982312960,kāraṇadesanā,en,"

kāraṇa-desanā,

f., the teaching of a cause; nayena ~aṁ tumhākaṁ desessāmi, Ps I 18,27 (kāraṇañāpanaṁ desanaṁ, Ps-pṭ I 57,14).

" 346862326986575872,karaṇadhikaraṇabhāvasādhana,en,"

karaṇâdhikaraṇa-bhāva-sādhana

, n., (t.t.gr.) the
syntactical means of realisation ""instrument, locus, and
state of action""; cf. kattubhāvakaraṇasādhana, q.v.;
°-vasena adhiṭṭhānasaddassa atthaṁ dassento, Sv-pṭ
III 312,10.

" 346862327007547392,karaṇādhikaraṇabhāvasādhana,en,"

karaṇâdhikaraṇa-bhāva-sādhana

" 346862099885985792,kāraṇadhivacana,en,"

kāraṇâdhivacana,

n., synonym of, another word for “cause,” cf. Sadd 6.1.2.1; hetupaccayo ti ubhayam etaṁ ~aṁ, Sp 185,2; ṭhānaṁ avakāso ti ubhayaṁ etaṁ ~am, Sv 658,29.

" 346862099902763008,kāraṇādhivacana,en,"

kāraṇâdhivacana,

n., synonym of, another word for “cause,” cf. Sadd 6.1.2.1; hetupaccayo ti ubhayam etaṁ ~aṁ, Sp 185,2; ṭhānaṁ avakāso ti ubhayaṁ etaṁ ~am, Sv 658,29.

" 346862289762127872,karaṇadivasa,en,"

karaṇa-divasa

, m., the day of performing (smth, with
acc); satthu yamakapāṭihāriyaṁ ~e (v. l. karaṇaka°),
Mp I 356,14.[[side 286]]

" 346862290278027264,karaṇadukkaṭaka,en,"

karaṇa-dukkaṭa-ka

, m(fn)., one who has done
wrong due to an action; apare ... dve puggalā na u-
pasampādetabbā vatthuvipanno ~o, Vin V 117,9
(aṭṭha abhabbapuggalā ~o nāma, Sp 1323,12, cf. Sp
515,8 foll); ~o +, 129,13; Sp 1383,26 (on Vin V 211,25).

" 346862291767005184,karaṇadukkha,en,"

karaṇa-dukkha

, n., pain from making; navā tiṇaku-
ṭi viya ~ena ... dukkhā, Th-a I 140,19.

" 346862597053616128,kāraṇadullabhatā,en,"

kāraṇa-dullabha-tā,

f. [abstr.], the difficulty (i. e. the impossibility) to find preconditions; buddhānañ ca dullabhatā ~āya, Moh 200,35.

" 346862596994895872,kāraṇadvaya,en,"

kāraṇa-dvaya,

n., a pair of causes; ~ena, Spk I 29,2 (ad S I 5,9*); imaṁ ~aṁ paṭicca, Mp I 223,22.

" 346862597317857280,kāraṇagata,en,"

kāraṇa-gata,

mfn., having become a cause; ~aṁ hoti, Mp III 99,12 (ad ṭhānaṁ gataṁ, A II 67,37).

" 346862597305274368,kāraṇagavesaka,en,"

kāraṇa-gavesaka,

m., the one investigating a cause, a matter; raññā (so read; Ee rañño) nāma ~ena tulāsadisena bhavituṁ vaṭṭati, Ja I 176,25.

" 346862597271719936,kāraṇaghara,en,"

kāraṇa-ghara,

v. kāraṇā̆-ghara.

" 346862597041033216,kāraṇā̆ghara,en,"

kāraṇā̆-ghara,

n. [cf. ²kāraṇā, q.v.], house of torture, for butchering; abbhāghātan ti ~aṁ verigharaṁ, Sp 570,3 (ad Vin III 151,13); ~e pakkhipitvā, Ja II 128,20 (v.l. kāraṇaṁ); ~aṁ pavesetvā, Ja III 125,20 (old [?] reading in MSS. Cks kāraṇatthagharaṁ, Cs corrected to kāraṇagh°; Ce [SHB], MS. Bd, Be, Se 1926 [v.l. kāraṇa°] bandhanāgh°, cf. Ja II 400,12 etc.).

" 346862597284302848,kāraṇagocara,en,"

kāraṇa-gocara

-ggahaṇa, n., following a sensible approach; ~ena cattāri pi phalāni gahitāni, Vjb 11,22.

" 346862104080289792,kāraṇaguṇa,en,"

kāraṇa-guṇa,

m., quality (with a) cause; aṭṭhahi ~ehi samupetaṁ abhiññāsaṅkhātaṁ balaṁ, Ja I 6,13 qu. Ap-a 7,12 “eight justifiable qualities“ Ja-trsl. (Jayawickrama).

" 346862323379474432,karaṇahetu,en,"

karaṇa-hetu

, ²ind., because of doing; micchāpaṭi-
pannâdhikaraṇahetū ti micchāpaṭipattiyā ~ paṭipaj-
janahetū ti, Mp II 143,4 (ad A I 69,16); Thī-a (1998)
115,15; Spk-pṭ II 85,26; yaṁ katvā nânutappatī ti
anusiṭṭhiṁ katvā (Ee °ṭṭhika°) ~ na anutappati,
Thī-a (1998) 19,27; — ifc pāṭihāriya-° (Sv 826,3);
sitapātu-° (Dhp-a III 79,1).

" 346862595883405312,kāraṇahetu,en,"

kāraṇa-hetu,

read karaṇa-hetu, q.v.

" 346862597162668032,kāraṇajānana,en,"

kāraṇa-jānana,

mfn., knowing, understanding the cause; idaṁ … tassa tassa tikicchanatthaṁ ṭhānuppattiyā °-vasen’eva veditabbaṁ, Sv 1005,25; acetasan ti °‑samatthena cittena rahitaṁ, Spk I 290,18.

" 346862597175250944,kāraṇajātika,en,"

kāraṇa-jātika,

mfn., having the nature of a cause; heturūpan ti hetusabhāvaṁ ~aṁ, saheturūpan ti sa-°~aṁ, Ps III 357,9 (yuttisabhāvaṁ, Ps-pṭ II 163,2).

" 346862282354987008,karaṇakāla,en,"

karaṇa-kāla

, m., 1.a. the time of doing, performing;
b. (with rajjaṁ, cf. rajjaṁ kārente) the time of ruling;
2.a. the time of making; b. building (smth, with acc. or
gen.); — 1.a. samantayogavidhānakiriyānaṁ ~e,
Mil 3,29; ~e ādīnavaṁ adisvā, Sp 486,29 (ad Vin III
90,26*); Sp 683,14; — b. tass' eva rañño Bārāṇasiyaṁ
rajjaṁ ~e, Dhp-a I 226,2; — 2.a. khaṇḍākhaṇḍaṁ ~o
+, Mp III 179,14 foll.; kāyavaṅkâdīni ~e, Dhp-a II
102,15; — 2.b. gandhakuṭiyā ~e, Dhp-a IV 203,11; —
ifc. añña-dhammârammaṇa-° (As 415,29); ap-
pavattana-° (Mp II 320,6); alaṁ-°; āloka-°; iddhi-°;
kamma-°; kusala-kamma-° (Dhp-a III 4,24); kūṭi-
paribhaṇḍa-° (Sv 206,19; Mp III 195,20); gaṇṭhi-° (Ja
I 67,27); tunna-° (Vism 284,13); paṭipākati-
ka-° (Vibh-a 453,3); padhāna-° (Sv 1021,35); piṇḍa-°
(Mp II 209,23); puñña-° (Sp 46,24; Sv 588,7); pūjā-°
(As 73,17); bali-° (Mp II 372,22); manasi-° (Ud-a
312,22); masi-° (Mp II 320,4; III 179,18); vatta-°
(Dhp-a II 184,5); vinicchaya-° (Mp III 283,12);
sacchi-° (Mp II 19,9; 333,7); samaṇa-dhamma-°
(Dhp-a III 99,3); senāsana-paribhaṇḍa-° (Sv 206,29;
Mp III 196,6).[[side 285]]

" 346862277955162112,karaṇakamma,en,"

karaṇa-kamma

, n., an act performed; tumhākaṁ
mātu ~aṁ olokeyyātha, Ja II 133,4; khīṇāsavassa kā-
yena ~aṁ (Ee °aṁ k°) paññāyati, Ps III 268,3 = Mp
III 146,18.

" 346862278609473536,karaṇakammasādhana,en,"

karaṇa-kamma-sādhana

, n., (t.t.gr.) the syntactical
means of realisation ""instrument"" and ""direct object "";
°-vasena paccekaṁ yojetabbaṁ, Nett-pṭ 22,16.

" 346862595807907840,kāraṇakāra,en,"

kāraṇâkāra,

m. [cf. ākāra 5., q.v.], cause and reason, ground; kāmacchandassa ~o va, Sv-pṭ II 398,20; kāraṇenâti (Ps II 74,13) … ~o … so pana atthato kāraṇaṁ, Ps-pṭ II 59,15.

" 346862595824685056,kāraṇākāra,en,"

kāraṇâkāra,

m. [cf. ākāra 5., q.v.], cause and reason, ground; kāmacchandassa ~o va, Sv-pṭ II 398,20; kāraṇenâti (Ps II 74,13) … ~o … so pana atthato kāraṇaṁ, Ps-pṭ II 59,15.

" 346862326311292928,karaṇakāradassana,en,"

karaṇâkāra-dassana

, n., illustrating the way of
performing (smth); Buddho so Bhagavā ti ādi ""namo
karohī"" (M I 145,7) ti vuttanamakkārassa ~aṁ,
Ps-pṭ II 107,23 (ad Ps II 134,8); — °tthaṁ, ²ind., to
illustrate the way of making (smth, with gen.); paṭiñ-
ñāya ~ (v.l. kār°) vuttaṁ, Sp 633,19.

" 346862326328070144,karaṇākāradassana,en,"

karaṇâkāra-dassana

" 346862597200416768,kāraṇakāradassana,en,"

kāraṇâkāra-dassana,

n., the explanation of causes and grounds; °(‘)-atthaṁ vuttaṁ, Sp 633,19 (Ee w.r. ka°).

" 346862597212999680,kāraṇākāradassana,en,"

kāraṇâkāra-dassana,

n., the explanation of causes and grounds; °(‘)-atthaṁ vuttaṁ, Sp 633,19 (Ee w.r. ka°).

" 346862279200870400,karaṇakāraka,en,"

karaṇa-kāraka

, m., (t.t.gr.) the instrument (kāraka);
~e tatiyā vibhatti hoti, Kacc-v 288, cf. Rūp-v ad Rūp 83.

" 346862595795324928,kāraṇakāraka,en,"

kāraṇa-kāraka,

m(fn.) [cf. SWTF s.v.], = ²kāraṇika, q.v.; — °ûpama, mfn., like a torturer; vedanāhetuto ~o … saṅkhārakkhandho, Vism-mhṭ II 165,15 (ad Vism 478,36 foll.).

" 346862579286544384,karaṇakaraṇa,en,"

karaṇa-karaṇa

, n., (t.t.gr.) the instrument (kāraka)
as karaṇa (as opposed to its use as kattu, lakkhaṇa or
hetu); cf. kattukaraṇa, q.v.; Sadd 5.1.1.3; karaṇe
pavattaṁ karaṇavacanaṁ ~aṁ nāma hoti, Sadd
735,1.

" 346862595765964800,kāraṇakāraṇa,en,"

kāraṇâkāraṇa,

n. [kāraṇa-akāraṇa, cf. Ai. Gr. II 1 § 74e and Nachträge zu Band II 2 1957: 44, Kasussyntax § 250, K. Hoffmann: Indoiranistik 1975: 113–119], a. what is and what is not a cause, a reason, all sorts of reasons; b. proper and improper action, i.e. treatment, feat, etc. cf. ^1,2kāraṇa; — a. gr.lit.: ~aṁ manati jānātîti vā manusso, Kacc-v 675; — exeg.: ṭhānâṭhānesûti ~esu, Mp III 135,17; Ap-a 278,13; ākāra-akovido ti ~e akovido, Sp 1367,14; atthânatthassa ~assa kovido, Ja VI 234,11’; atthânatthaṁ ~aṁ jānituṁ, Mp II 37,26 (ad atthaṁ aññātuṁ, A I 35,22); atthânatthaṁ ~aṁ pucchati, 189,24; atthânatthaṁ ~aṁ jānantassa, Ja II 81,3’; matimanto (478,21*) atthânatthaṁ ~aṁ jānanapaññāya samannāgatā, Ja Be V 517,25’ (≠ Ee V 479,3’, text in Ee and Be different!); — dasabalañāṇesu paṭhamaṁ ~am eva jānāti, Ps II 31,6 = Mp V 16,10 = Vibh-a 464,12 qu. Paṭis-a 629,6; ~aṁ ajānitvā, Ja II 346,19’ (ad anaññāya vinindasi, 16*); aṭṭhakathaṁ vinicchayaṁ ~aṁ ca pucchanto, Dhp-a III 139,2; ~aṁ yuttâyuttaṁ kathesi, Ja VI 333,24; Pp-a 224,7; satekiccha-atekicchaṁ ~aṁ na jānāti, Ps II 262,17 = Mp V 93,16; — b. kodhâdīhi abhibhūto ~aṁ na jānāti, Sp 1377,15 (ad kodhano, Vin V 197,29); ~esu, Ja V 367,21’ (ad atthesu, 1*); ~esu pana kusalattā, Mp I 406,3 qu. Dhp-a I 385,14; ~an t’etaṁ, kattabbaṁ vā na vā idaṁ na jānanti, Ras 1988 25,20*; ~aṁ jānanake asse, Mp II 381,21 (ad assâjānīye, A I 290,34); ~aṁ jānantassa sindhavassa, Mp V 80,4; ~ānaṁ ājānanako, Th-a I 71,28 (ad ājañño, Th 16); — °‑kusala, mfn., expert in knowing what is and what is not a cause, a proper and improper action; na ca ṭhānâṭhānakusalo ti ~o na hoti, Sp 1374,13; dhātukusalo āyatanakusalo paccayâkārakusalo ~o, Ps II 78,19 = Spk II 390,3 (defining paṇḍita, M I 114,3 = S IV 97,12); ~e purise pesesi, Mp I 407,3; — °‑(g)gāha, m., seizing what is and what is not a reason; thīnamiddhassa ~o, Sv-pṭ II 402,2 (ad nimittaggāho, Sv 780,25); — °‑cintā, f., concern about what is and what is not a reason; kiñc’ ettha ~āya, Vism 699,35 (yutticintā nāma pāḷi-anārūḷhe atthe yuttā, Vism-mhṭ II 516,26) qu. Paṭis-a 267,35; — °‑jānana, n., a. the knowledge of what is and what is not a reason; b. the knowledge of proper and improper actions; — a. tassa tassa phalassa ~aṁ, Ud-a 148,2; — b. ~ena vā ājānīyo, Spk I 80,15 (niyyānikâniyyānikakaraṇañātatāya, Spk-ṭ I 116,2); — ~-ka, mfn., knowing proper and improper actions; ājānīyo (S I 168,12*) ti ~o, Spk I 234,31 ≠ Ja II 40,5’ = V 260,22’ (Ee w.r. °âkarā jā°; Be °‑kāraṇavijānanakā); — ~-ka-sindhava, m., a horse that knows proper and improper actions, a trained horse; ājaññan ti ~aṁ, Ja VI 268,16’; — ~-tā, f., abstr.; ~āya, Ja VI 52,1; — ~‑lakkhaṇa, n., the characteristic of knowing proper and improper actions; ~ena dhammavinicchayena ca sammannāgatā, Dhp-a III 86,21; — ~-samattha, mfn., capable of knowing the proper and improper actions; sumedhaṁ sundarapaññaṁ ~aṁ rājānaṁ, Ja III 245,21’;— °‑ññu, mfn., = °-jānanaka, q.v.; paṇḍiccena samannāgato ~ū puggalo, Ja I 405,18’; ~ū asso, Pj II 432,1; Sadd 417,25; — °‑dassana, n., the insight into what is a proper and improper action (by the saṁgha); ~e asamatthatāya, Sp 1367,23 (ad nijjhattiyā ca akovido, Vin V 165,5*); — °‑paṭibhāna, n., the understanding of what is and what is not a reason; paṭibhānena vā (Nidd I 68,15) ti °‑saṅkhātañāṇena, Nidd-a I 198,26; — °‑vijānanaka, mfn., = °‑jānanaka, q.v.

" 346862597343023104,kāraṇakāraṇa,en,"

kāraṇa-kāraṇa,

n., cause of a cause, cf. s.v. kāraṇavohāra, q.v.; — gramm. lit.: yattha ~am pi kāraṇavasena vuccati tatthâpi tatiyā: corehi gāmo daḍḍho, tiṇehi bhattaṁ siddhaṁ, saddhehi kāritā vihārā, Pay III 16 (Be 1981 115,1); — Rem.: Reading in some edd. and MSS. for kāraṇâkāraṇa, q.v.

" 346862595782742016,kāraṇākāraṇa,en,"

kāraṇâkāraṇa,

" 346862325585678336,karaṇakaraṇayugalasiddhi,en,"

karaṇâkaraṇa-yugala-siddhi

, f., perfection with re-
spect to two things viz. doing and not doing (smth);
parahitâhitānaṁ ~i, Cp-a 322,8 qu. Sv-nṭ I 291,6.

" 346862325606649856,karaṇākaraṇayugalasiddhi,en,"

karaṇâkaraṇa-yugala-siddhi

, f., perfection with re-
spect to two things viz. doing and not doing (smth);
parahitâhitānaṁ ~i, Cp-a 322,8 qu. Sv-nṭ I 291,6.

" 346862279846793216,karaṇakārāpana,en,"

karaṇa-kārāpana

, n., the act of doing or causing to
do; sabbattha °-vasen' eva attho veditabbo, Sv 159,24
= Ps III 118,19 (kāraṇa°) = Spk II 340,2; attano
atthāya santhatassa ~aṁ, Kkh 69,31; ~esu, 69,28.

" 346862281683898368,karaṇakārāpananussaraṇavidhi,en,"

karaṇa-kārāpanânussaraṇa-vidhi

, m., the means of
doing, causing to do, and recollection; tīhi dvārehi ~īhi
sampannatāya tividhaṁ, Vv-a 285,12 (cf. Vv-a 72,15)
(ad Vv 1039: yaññaṁ tividhaṁ visuddhaṁ).

" 346862281700675584,karaṇakārāpanānussaraṇavidhi,en,"

karaṇa-kārāpanânussaraṇa-vidhi

, m., the means of
doing, causing to do, and recollection; tīhi dvārehi ~īhi
sampannatāya tividhaṁ, Vv-a 285,12 (cf. Vv-a 72,15)
(ad Vv 1039: yaññaṁ tividhaṁ visuddhaṁ).

" 346862280421412864,karaṇakārāpanapaccayā,en,"

karaṇa-kārāpana-paccayā

, ²ind., because of doing
or causing to do; ~ ... sikkhāpadena pācittiyaṁ vut-
taṁ, Sp-ṭ III 101,23.

" 346862251052896256,karaṇakārāpanapariyāyatta,en,"

karaṇa-kārāpana-pariyāya-tta

, n. [abstr.], the being
a synonym of the act of doing or causing to do; kāraṇaṁ
kāretī ti vuttaṁ tassa ~ā, Ps-pṭ III 73,28 (ad Ps III
159,7).

" 346862281063141376,karaṇakārāpanapayoga,en,"

karaṇa-kārāpana-payoga

, m., effecting the acts of
doing or causing to do; ~esu dukkaṭaṁ, Kkh 69,19 (cf.
Vin III 225,29).

" 346862283047047168,karaṇakiriyā,en,"

karaṇa-kiriyā

, f, the action of doing; amma ito ka-
rohī ti vutte ṭhapesī ti attho ~āya kiriyāsāmaññavā-
cībhāvato, Sv-pṭ II 449,13; attano gatikaṁ karotī ti
~āya kattubhāvato, Sp-ṭ II 397,27 (ad Sp 659,9); pa-
ṭiññāte āpannabhāvâdike ~ā ""āyatiṁ saṁvareyyāsī""
ti parivāsadānâdivasena ca pavattaṁ vācīkammaṁ
paṭiññātakaraṇaṁ Ps-pṭ III 245,5 (ad Ps IV 46,1).

" 346862283630055424,karaṇakiriyākattukammavisesappakāsana,en,"

karaṇa-kiriyā-kattu-kamma-visesa-ppakāsana

,
n., explaining the distinctive features of the instrument,
the action, the agent, and the direct object; — in exeg. of
the canonical phrase ""evaṁ me sutaṁ"": °-vasena,
Sv-pṭ I 50,26 = Ps-pṭ I 30,5 qu. Mp-ṭ I 29,10.

" 346862284259201024,karaṇakiriyapekkha,en,"

karaṇa-kiriyâpekkha

, mfn. [cf. sa. apekṣā/°a, RE-
NOU, Terminologie s.v.], (t.t.gr.) dependent upon the ac-
tion of making; veṇiṁ saṅkhalikan ti ettha upayoga-
vacanaṁ karontī ti ~aṁ, Sp-ṭ II 119,17 (ad Sp 290,19-20
qu. Pālim 5,12 [= karaṇakiriyāya sambandho,
Pālim-ṭ 134,24]).

" 346862284280172544,karaṇakiriyāpekkha,en,"

karaṇa-kiriyâpekkha

" 346862597330440192,kāraṇakittana,en,"

kāraṇa-kittana,

n., telling the cause; bhogaparikkhepassa vipulabhāvakaraṇe ~aṁ, Ud-a 101,16 (i.e. of Mucalinda); devatāya … puṭṭhabhāvassa pañhavyākaraṇassa ca ~aṁ, Vv-a 22,26.

" 346862284875763712,karaṇakkhaṇa,en,"

karaṇa-kkhaṇa

, m., the moment of action; ~e, Sp
1065,4; attano attano kiccaṁ sakiccaṁ, tassa ~o sa-
kiccakkhaṇo, Vibh-mṭ 7,24 foll. (ad Vibh-a 8,22) =
Vism-mhṭ II 156,6.

" 346862286129860608,karaṇakkhetta,en,"

karaṇa-kkhetta

, n. (cf. karaṇanivāsanakhetta, q.v.],
(t.t.Vin) ground for making (the vassikasāṭikā); vassi-
kasāṭikāya pariyesanakkhettaṁ ~aṁ nivāsanak-
khettaṁ adhiṭṭhānakkhettan ti catubbidhakkhet-
taṁ, Sp 720,5 (cf. Vin III 252,15 foll); ~ena ... ekass'
eva purimassa gāho hotī ti, Vjb 273,22.

" 346862229213155328,karaṇakosalla,en,"

karaṇa-kosalla

, n., skilfulness in making (smth, with
gen.); nimittakosallaṁ nāma paṭhavīkasiṇâdikassa
cittekaggatā nimittassa akatassa ~aṁ, Vism 130,22
qu. Sp-ṭ II 224,7; nimittakamman ti nimittassa -am,
Vibh-a 483,29; — °-bhāvanā-kosalla, n., skilfulness in
making and developing; ~ānaṁ nānantariyabhāvato ...
nimittakusalatā nāma kasiṇanimittassa uggahaṇa-
kusalatā, Spk-pṭ II 438,12 (ad Spk III 163,10).

" 346862596118286336,kāraṇalābha,en,"

kāraṇa-lābha,

m., the availability of a cause or foundation; ~e hi sati uppajjanârahā kilesā, Sv-pṭ III 336,5 ≠ II 142,3; kilesā ~e sati uppajjanti, Vism-mhṭ I 240,6; ~ena uppajjanârahabhāvena, Th-a III 32,29.

" 346862103841214464,kāraṇamahantatā,en,"

kāraṇa-mahantatā,

f., the greatness of the causes, old w.r. at Sv 903,6 = Vibh-a 436,16 for kasmā kār-, cf. kāraṇa, exeg. (b), q.v.

" 346862304060510208,karaṇamatta,en,"

karaṇa-matta

, n., mere action, action only; ayam as-
sa (Ee °sā) loko idhaloke (Ee om. idha°) ~āya ārad-
dhattā, Mp IV 131,15; kiriyā ti ~am, As 293,14,18; vi-
pākâbhāvato ~an ti kiriyā, Paṭis-a 292,11; ~aṁ (v.l.
kār°), Kv-a 30,8.

" 346862304698044416,karaṇamattakāla,en,"

karaṇa-matta-kāla

, m., the time of making only; te-
saṁ ~aṁ (so read with Be, Ee °e) ṭhapetvā, Ps II 52,23.

" 346862305331384320,karaṇamukhena,en,"

karaṇa-mukhena

, ²ind., by way of acting; omāno
... evaṁ ~ sampaggahavasen' eva pavattati, Ps-pṭ I
200,26 (ad Ps I 107,3).

" 346862596424470528,kāraṇamukhena,en,"

kāraṇa-mukhena,

²ind., methodically, through argumentation; ~ena, Sv-pṭ II 98,10; ~ena nibbedhikapaññaṁ, Sv-pṭ III 149,27.

" 346862597145890816,kāraṇañāṇa,en,"

kāraṇa-ñāṇa,

n., knowledge of causes; anugamanañāṇaṁ nayanañāṇaṁ ~aṁ, Vibh-a 417,6 (ad anvaye ñāṇaṁ, Vibh 329,27).

" 346862597133307904,kāraṇañāpana,en,"

kāraṇa-ñāpana,

n. [cf. SWTF s.v. kāraṇa-jñāpana, q.v.], the fact of making a cause known; cf. kāraṇa-desanā, q.v..

" 346862596957147136,kāraṇanidassana,en,"

kāraṇa-nidassana,

n., the illustration of the cause; agge saṅkuṇṭhitapādattâti kuṇṭhapādattāya ~aṁ, Sp-ṭ III 265,4 (ad Sp 1030,29); saddhammaṭṭhitiyā ~aṁ, Sp-ṭ III 439,24. — Rem.: Edd. w.r. kuṭaṇḍa, kuṇḍa, kudaṇḍa, read kuṇṭ(h)a, cf. CDIAL 3260, 3261 kuṇṭ(h)a-, q.v.

" 346862292622643200,karaṇaniddesa,en,"

karaṇa-niddesa

, m. [cf. kattuniddesa, q.v.], state-
ment of the instrument; — exeg.: ""evaṁ me sutaṁ"":
mesaddassa kattuvasena ~o, Sv-pṭ I 48,13 = Ps-pṭ I
28,2; — in exeg. of nibbānadhātuyā, Sp 4,10: it-
thambhūtalakkhaṇe c' âyaṁ ~o, Sp-ṭ I 28,22; — °-tā,
f. [abstr.], the being a statement of the instrument; ~aṁ,
Vibh-anuṭ 22,12.

" 346862596940369920,kāraṇaniddesa,en,"

kāraṇa-niddesa,

m., statement of a cause; tena hîti ~o, Mp II 116,20; orasaputtabhāve ~o, Sv-pṭ I 15,1; itîti bhayatûpaṭṭhānassa ~o, Paṭis-a 263,2.

" 346862596911009792,kāraṇanirodha,en,"

kāraṇa-nirodha,

m., cessation of the cause; kāraṇato phalaṁ ~ena c’assa nirodho, Spk II 36,22.

" 346862294266810368,karaṇanissanda,en,"

karaṇa-nissanda

, m., the result of constructing
(smth, with gen.); uyyānassa ~ena, Ja I 204,28; — ifc.
canda-maṇḍala-° (Dhp-a IV 189,23).

" 346862596898426880,kāraṇanissita,en,"

kāraṇa-nissita,

mfn., supported by a cause, useful; ~aṁ, Ja V 375,18’ (ad atthavatiṁ, 13*); atthasaṁhitaṁ … atthanissitaṁ ~aṁ, Sp 180,6; 1290,7; Mp V 36,18; atthasaṁhitan ti atthanissitaṁ ~aṁ, Sv 718,22 ≠ Ps II 100,1 ≠ Spk II 75,21; atthasaṁhitan ti ~aṁ, Ps III 447,16; atthanissitaṁ ~am eva giraṁ, Ja II 173,1’ (ad saccûpasaṁhitaṁ, 172,21*); ~aṁ, Ja V 361,28’ (ad dhammûpasaṁhitaṁ, 19*); vyākaraṇaṁ ~aṁ, Ps III 143,4; ~aṁ sutaṁ, Ja I 367,9’ (ad sutaṁ, 366,25*).

" 346862293490864128,karaṇanivāsanakhetta,en,"

karaṇa-nivāsana-khetta

, n. [cf. karaṇakhetta,
q.v.], (t.t.Vin) the ground for making and putting on
(the vassikasāṭikā); pacchimo aḍḍhamāso ~am pi
vassānassa catusu māsesu, Kkh 77,27.

" 346862317008326656,karaṇaniyāma,en,"

karaṇa-niyāma

, m., way of doing; rājūnaṁ ~en' e-
va Mahāsattassa sarīrakiccaṁ katvā, Ja III 375,2.

" 346862596923592704,kāraṇaniyama,en,"

kāraṇa-niyama,

m., law of the cause; dhammatā esâti dhammasabhāvo esa ~o ayaṁ, Mp V 1,19 (ad A V 2,22).

" 346862295013396480,karaṇantara,en,"

karaṇ'-antara

, n., an other instrument; kahāpaṇavi-
bhāgajānane ~aṁ (v.l. kār°) bahukāraṁ yadidaṁ
hattho, Sv-pṭ I 448,8.

" 346862596676128768,kāraṇantara,en,"

kāraṇ’-antara,

n., a special cause, a different cause; ~ena vā bhāve uppanne rāgâdīnaṁ na kāci hāni hoti, Moh 134,1; — °‑nirapekkha, mfn., independent of any other cause; ~ā, Vism-mhṭ II 290,7 (on ekā va avijjā, Vism 542,4); — °‑paṭicchādana, n., the concealment by a different cause; kāraṇena ~am eva, Sp-ṭ III 1,11 (ad Sp 735,8); — °‑vibhāvanā, f., name of an alaṅkāra, a variety of a vibhāvanā, cf. Gerow, Glossary 1971: 264; tañ ca kammaṁ kāriyassa akaraṇattâyogato ti ~âyaṁ, Subodh-ṭ 210,22 (ad Subodh 249 ≠ Kāvyād 2.199); — °âpekkhā, f., looking for a different cause; sabhāvena hi kārake sati ~ā ayuttā, As 59,33 (Ee w.r. asati, cf. As-trsl. [Nyanaponika]: 132).

" 346862596701294592,kāraṇanurūpa,en,"

kāraṇânurūpa,

mfn., according to the cause; dhammânurūpaṁ atthesûti avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārâti-ādinā ~aṁ kāriyesu avabodho ti attho, Sp-ṭ I 80,19.

" 346862596709683200,kāraṇānurūpa,en,"

kāraṇânurūpa,

mfn., according to the cause; dhammânurūpaṁ atthesûti avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārâti-ādinā ~aṁ kāriyesu avabodho ti attho, Sp-ṭ I 80,19.

" 346862296598843392,karaṇapaccayā,en,"

karaṇa-paccayā

, ²ind., because of making; ~ duk-
kaṭaṁ, Vin V 50,29; 52,1 foll.; ussayavādikāya bhik-
khuniyā aṭṭaṁ ~ saṅghādiseso, 82,10; 83,35.

" 346862596768403456,kāraṇapada,en,"

kāraṇa-pada,

n., a justified word, a founded word; ekaṁ ~aṁ ekaṁ kāraṇûpasaṁhitaṁ vā vyañjanapadaṁ, Ja II 236,21’ (ad ekapadaṁ, 18*); ~āni, V 117,14’ (ad padakāni, 116,19*); atthapade ~e kovidā chekā, Ja V 104,7’ (kovidatthapadā, 2*).

" 346862596315418624,kāraṇapadesa,en,"

kāraṇâpadesa,

mfn., indicating, expressing a cause, cf. Sadd 5.3.2.3 on apa-/upa-desa; tena hîti ~o, Mp II 331,6 (~o ti kāraṇaniddeso Mp-ṭ II 181,4); hikāro anantaraṁ vuttassa atthassa ~e nipāto, Paṭis-a 645,14 (Be w.r. °opa°) = Nidd-a I 294,4; Paṭis-a 459,14 (Ee w.r. °opa°); niruttipatho ti … °-vasena pavattassa vohārassa patho, Sv 504,1 (kāraṇaṁ niddhāretvā vutti niruttîti, Sv-pṭ II 139,18); pāḷi-āruḷho ti ~e anādarakaraṇamukhena pāḷiṁ dassetvā kiñ c’etthâti, Vism-mhṭ II 516,27 (ad Vism 699,35).

" 346862596332195840,kāraṇāpadesa,en,"

kāraṇâpadesa,

" 346862596516745216,kāraṇapagata,en,"

[kāraṇâpagata,

w.r. in Be at Sp 1153,10 for kāraṇā apagataṁ].

" 346862596537716736,kāraṇāpagata,en,"

[kāraṇâpagata,

w.r. in Be at Sp 1153,10 for kāraṇā apagataṁ].

" 346862295843868672,karaṇapakkha,en,"

karaṇa-pakkha

, m., the alternative assumption that
(a word) is in the instrumental case; tīhī ti nissakkava-
canaṁ ... vā karaṇavacanaṁ ... ~e tīhī ti kāyavacī-
manodvārehi suddhena, Vjb 144,21.

" 346862299081871360,karaṇapaḷibodha,en,"

karaṇa-paḷibodha

, m., obstruction to making (cīva-
ras); naṭṭhan ti corâdīhi haṭaṁ, etam ... ~assa niṭ-
ṭhitattā niṭṭhitan ti vuccati, Sp 638,5,10; cīvarassa ~e
upachinne, Kkh 53,18; — °-dassan'-atthaṁ, ²ind., to
illustrate the obstruction to making (cīvaras); Vjb
215,20.

" 346862596642574336,kāraṇapālin,en,"

Kāraṇapālin,

m., NPr.; name of a brahmin, superintendent of works of the Licchavis; ~ī brāhmaṇo Licchavīnaṁ kammantaṁ kāreti, A III 236,27 (Mp III 311,26); 247,2* (uddāna); — °‑sutta, n., (modern) title of A III 236,25–239,6.

" 346862596046983168,kāraṇaparamparā,en,"

kāraṇa-paramparā,

f. [ts., cf. SWTF s.v.], a succession of causes; phalato ~ato ca dose, Sv-pṭ II 300,9; ~ā, Sv-pṭ I 341,8 (so read with Be; Ee °âdikalyāṇaparamparā); Vjb 29,14; Sp-ṭ I 193,22.

" 346862596780986368,kāraṇaparicchedapucchā,en,"

kāraṇa-pariccheda-pucchā,

f., question about the classification of causes; kittāvatā nu kho ti ~ā, Ps II 334,18.

" 346862596755820544,kāraṇaparidīpana,en,"

kāraṇa-paridīpana,

n., explanation through arguments; mayha …~aṁ samosarissati, Mil 349,8.12; °‑vasena, Paṭis-a 55,18.

" 346862596491579392,kāraṇapariggāhika,en,"

kāraṇa-pariggāhika,

mfn., capable of understanding the cause; yā jarāmaraṇassa ~ā paññā, Sv 459,26 qu. Sv-pṭ II 63,13.

" 346862137072685056,karaṇapariniṭṭhita,en,"

karaṇa-pariniṭṭhita

, mfn., finished by (using) an in-
strument (for polishing); maṭṭhakuṇḍalī (EeCe maṭṭa°)
ti ~ehi (Be adds maṭṭhehi) kuṇḍalehi samannāgato,
Ja IV 60,9' (ad 60,5*).

" 346862596688711680,kāraṇaparivitakka,en,"

kāraṇa-parivitakka,

m., the reflecting on the cause; ~enâpi, Mp II 305,22.

" 346862596655157248,kāraṇaparivitakkana,en,"

kāraṇa-parivitakkana,

n., = prec.; kim aṅga panâti ~am etaṁ, Mp III 136,17; II 305,24 ≠ Nidd-a I 388,8.

" 346862596743237632,kāraṇapariyāya,en,"

kāraṇa-pariyāya,

m., a. synonym of (the word) cause; b. in the area of cause (or: ground, foundation); a. ettha dhammasaddo ~o, Sv-pṭ II 195,3; aṅgasaddo c’ ettha ~o, Sv-pṭ II 373,6; — b. bhedato … ekavidham pi, ~ato duvidhaṁ sa-upādisesanibbānadhātu anupādisesanibbānadhātu, Moh 75,3; 282,18 (i.e. nibbānaṁ).

" 346862596722266112,kāraṇapariyesana,en,"

kāraṇa-pariyesana,

n., the searching for a cause; ~assa sambhave, Sv-pṭ I 226,13.

" 346862297861328896,karaṇapariyesanabhāva,en,"

karaṇa-pariyesana-bhāva

, m., the having to engage
in building (a hut); paṇṇasālāparibhogasmiṁ ...
aṭṭha ādīnavā, mahāsambhārena dabbasambhāre
samodhānetvā ~o eko ādīnavo +, Ja I 9,37.

" 346862298511446016,karaṇapariyosāna,en,"

karaṇa-pariyosāna

, n., the end of making; appa-
honte dasāhe antovasse ~aṁ yeva pamāṇan ti,
Vjb 275,10.

" 346862297211211776,karaṇapatha,en,"

karaṇa-patha

, m., the path of action; taṁ karaṇaṁ
kātuṁ na deti ~aṁ pacchindatī ti akaraṇam, As
219,4 (ad Dhs 63,36).

" 346862596848095232,kāraṇapaṭikkhepa,en,"

kāraṇa-paṭikkhepa,

m., rejection of a cause; hetupaccayapaṭikkhepavasena ~o, Vim I 93,9 (ad °‑vacanaṁ, Sp 229,29 “expression of the ~”).

" 346862596835512320,kāraṇapaṭipadā,en,"

kāraṇa-paṭipadā,

f., reasonable way, method, founded path; + … niyyānikapaṭipadaṁ ~aṁ sārapaṭipadaṁ … +, Mp II 181,31.

" 346862596789374976,kāraṇapaṭṭhapana,en,"

kāraṇa-paṭṭhapana,

n., the establishing a cause; tathā hi panâti … ~e nipāto, Spk II 174,9.

" 346862596135063552,kāraṇāpayoga,en,"

[kāraṇā-payoga,

m. [cf. ²kāraṇā, q.v.], ~ā, Ja VI 116,5’, so CPD s.v. upakkama 2.; read with Ee kāraṇā payogā, cf. Spk I 44,30].

" 346862596562882560,kāraṇaphala,en,"

kāraṇa-phala,

n., result of an action; ~ānaṁ, Vism-mhṭ II 181,15, cf. kārakavedakaviraha, q.v.; ~ānaṁ abhedûpacārena, As-anuṭ 106,6 (ad As-mṭ 98,25 ad yathāgatamaggo, As 154,6).

" 346862596596436992,kāraṇappabheda,en,"

kāraṇa-ppabheda,

m., the aspect “cause”, cf. ²kāriya 2.c., q.v.

" 346862596575465472,kāraṇappadhāna,en,"

kāraṇa-ppadhāna,

n., exertion by the (right) cause (one of the four sammappadhānas); sammappadhānan ti aviparītapadhānaṁ ~aṁ upāyappadhānaṁ yonisopadhānaṁ, Paṭis-a 298,18; ~ā, Vibh-a 289,5 qu. Moh 157,24.

" 346862300273053696,karaṇappasaṅga,en,"

karaṇa-ppasaṅga

, m., the consequence of performing;
ekaccassa akusalakammassa kusalakammassa
~ena, Ps-pṭ III 44,28 (ad Ps III 103,2).

" 346862596827123712,kāraṇappaṭipanna,en,"

kāraṇa-p(p)aṭipanna,

mfn., engaged in the reasonable, founded path; ñāyapaṭipanno ti ~o, Sv 909,25 (ad D III 120,8; adhigame kāraṇasammato, Sv-pṭ III 113,15).

" 346862596810346496,kāraṇappaṭirūpaka,en,"

kāraṇa-p(p)aṭirūpaka,

m(fn.), appearing like a cause, an argument; ~aṁ vatvā, Sp 711,13; kāraṇenâti ~ena, Sv-pṭ I 63,14; saññāpetîti ~āni vacanāni vatvā, Sp 1191,20; kāraṇacchāyā ~an ti attho, Vim I 124,11 (ad kāraṇacchāyā, q.v.); avaṇṇe yevâti ~aṁ vatvā avatvā vā, Sv-pṭ I 78,6.

" 346862596613214208,kāraṇapucchā,en,"

kāraṇa-pucchā,

f., = prec., cf. Sadd 5.3.2.2; kena te tādiso vaṇṇo ti ādisu ~āyaṁ, Sadd 279,27; kiñ câti ~ā, Spk II 290,3 ≠ Vibh-a 4,6; kathan nûti ~ā, Spk I 17,10 ≠ Ps II 239,16; ~ā … ti kāraṇavisajjanaṁ, Paṭis-a 441,31; ko nu kho bhante ti ~ā, Sp 184,32; Sv-pṭ I 503,18; °-vasena, Mp III 299,13; pucchā ca nāma °âdivasena anekavidhā, Sadd 279,24.

" 346862596629991424,kāraṇapucchana,en,"

kāraṇa-pucchana,

n., question about the cause, cf. Sadd 4.2.3.2; kasmā iti °(‘)-atthe, Sadd 898,20.

" 346862299669073920,karaṇaputhuvacana,en,"

karaṇa-puthu-vacana

, n., the instrumental plural;
attho ... °-vasena daṭṭhabbo ti āha tividhan ti tīhi
koṭṭhāsehī ti, Ps-pṭ II 247,17 (ad Ps II 329,12).

" 346862309345333248,karaṇaraha,en,"

karaṇâraha

, mfn. [karaṇa + a°], to be done; karaṇī-
yan ti kātabbaṁ ~aṁ, Pj I 236,5 (ad Kkh IX 1); —
°ttha, mfn., having the sense of to be done; ~ena, Pj II
193,20 = Pj I 239,2.

" 346862309370499072,karaṇāraha,en,"

karaṇâraha

, mfn. [karaṇa + a°], to be done; karaṇī-
yan ti kātabbaṁ ~aṁ, Pj I 236,5 (ad Kkh IX 1); —
°ttha, mfn., having the sense of to be done; ~ena, Pj II
193,20 = Pj I 239,2.

" 346862595673690112,kāraṇaraha,en,"

kāraṇâraha,

mfn., worthy of, appropriate to the cause; ṭhānârahenâti ~ena satthusāsanârahena, Sp 243,4 (i.e. kammena; ad Vin III 24,9) = Vibh-a 330,3 (“[a legal act] appropriate to the occasion, appropriate to the master’s teachings”); — °‑tta, n. abstr.; ~ā … ṭhānârahaṁ, Kkh(2) 31,26.

" 346862595698855936,kāraṇāraha,en,"

kāraṇâraha,

" 346862596407693312,kāraṇarahitatta,en,"

kāraṇa-rahita-tta,

n. [abstr.], the being deprived of a cause; vināsassa ca ~ā, Sv-pṭ I 145,9 = It-a II 50,27.

" 346862307210432512,karaṇarasa,en,"

karaṇa-rasa

, mfn., having causation as its essence;
pāpānaṁ ~aṁ ahirikaṁ, Vism-mhṭ II 149,8; citte ā-
ghātassa ~o, Ps-pṭ I 199,11 (ad Ps I 106,23).

" 346862596382527488,kāraṇarūpa,en,"

kāraṇa-rūpa,

n., matter as a cause; rūpānîti ~āni, Spk I 290,25.

" 346862324088311808,karaṇasādhana,en,"

karaṇa-sādhana

, n. and mfn., (t.t.gr.) 1. (n.) the in-
strument (kāraka) as a means of realisation; 2. (mfn.)
having the instrument (kāraka) as a means of realisa-
tion; — 1. vinicchīyati etenā ti vinicchayo ti vinic-
chayasaddassa -am āha, Sv-pṭ II 128,24 qu. Mp-ṭ III
292,17; akkharehī ti ādīsu ~e karaṇavacanaṁ, Nett-a
59,28 (ad Nett 9,14); idaṁ nāmapadaṁ + ... idaṁ
kattusādhanaṁ idaṁ ~aṁ + , 61,21; — 2. hinoti tena
phalan ti hetū ti ~o 'yaṁ hetusaddo, Sp-ṭ I 440,1.

" 346862595942125568,kāraṇasahassa,en,"

kāraṇa-sahassa,

n., thousand causes; kāraṇasataṁ ~aṁ, Mp I 368,28 (Ee w.r. kāraṇaṁ sayaṁ) qu. Pj II 298,20; Mil 347,5.

" 346862595929542656,kāraṇasāmaggī,en,"

kāraṇa-sāmaggī,

f. [sa. kāraṇa-sāmagrī, Abhidh-k (P. Pradhan 1975) 138,25], totality, complete collection of causes; hetupaccayasamavāyasaṅkhātāya ~iyā, Ud-a 395,2 = It-a I 161,14, cf. kāraṇa-samavāya, q.v.; paṭicca vā ~iṁ apaccakkhāya … paṭiccasamuppādo, Vism-mhṭ II 233,22; Moh 134,20; — °‑sampatti, f., the attainment of the completeness of causes; devo ce vuṭṭho sampannā sālayo ti ~i, Mogg-v ad V 59 (kāraṇasāmaggiyaṁ bhūtāyaṁ payogo hotîti āha devo ceccâdi, Mogg-p; kāraṇasāmaggiyaṁ bhūtāyan ti sassâdihetubhūtasamiddhiyaṁ bhūtāyaṁ. sā ca bhūtā yevâtîminā kāraṇasāmaggiyā atītakālikattaṁ, Mogg-p-ṭ).

" 346862595916959744,kāraṇasāmañña,en,"

kāraṇa-sāmañña,

n., the identity of cause(s); tena ~ena sakkā yo koci parābhavapuriso jānituṁ, Pj II 167,32; — °‑visaya, m., the common area of cause (and object), causa materialis; kāraṇavisesavisayo hetusaddo, ~o paccayasaddo, Vism-mhṭ II 268,11, cf. Sv-pṭ I 473,4–7; ¹kāraṇa, exeg. (a) xxviii hetu. — Rem.: This distinction between kāraṇa and hetu is limited to technical language, for normal usage cf. Vin III 224,9; Ja V 460,20* s.v. ³kāraṇā, q.v.

" 346862321097773056,karaṇasamattha,en,"

karaṇa-samattha

, mfn., capable of making; bhusa-
pamatto pi hutvā ... saṁsaritvā dukkhass' antassa
~o hoti, Vism 676,4.

" 346862596013428736,kāraṇasamavāya,en,"

kāraṇa-samavāya,

m., collection, concomitance of causes; aññamaññaṁ paṭicca paṭimukhaṁ katvā ~aṁ appaṭikkhipitvā sahite uppādetîti paṭiccasamuppādo, Ud-a 37,23; cf. also s.v. kāraṇasāmaggī, q.v.

" 346862321840164864,karaṇasamaya,en,"

karaṇa-samaya

, m., the occasion of making; ~e, Sp-ṭ
II 433,13.

" 346862596000845824,kāraṇasamāyoga,en,"

kāraṇa-samāyoga,

m., combination of causes; tamaparāyaṇabhāvassa ~o, Spk I 163,17 = Mp III 112,20 (ad kāyena duccaritaṁ, S I 94,5 = A II 85,22) qu. Pp-a 228,7 (ad Pp 52,12); — ifc.: dukkha‑°.

" 346862595988262912,kāraṇasammata,en,"

kāraṇa-sammata,

mfn., recognized as founded, expl. kāraṇa-p(p)aṭipanna, q.v.

" 346862316643422208,karaṇasampanna,en,"

karaṇa-sampanna

, n. and mfn., 1. (n.) accomplish-
ment in making (the kaṭhina); opp. karaṇavipanna,
q.v.; — 2. (mfn.) accomplished with respect to the organs
of acticulation; — 1. vatthusampannañ c' eva hoti ...
~añ ca, Vin V 175,32; — 2. yo ca ~o pi ekam ev'
akkharaṁ hikkārabahuso vadati, so pi idh' eva
saṅgayhati, Vmv II 128,22.[[side 288]]

" 346862322616111104,karaṇasampatti,en,"

karaṇa-sampatti

, f. [cf. kammasampatti, karaṇa-
sampanna, qq.v.], 1. (t.t.Vin) successful proceedings; 2.
(t.t.gr.) accomplishment with respect to the organs of
articulation; cf. P. V. Bap at, in P. K. Gode Com. Vol.
1960: 6-8; — 1. kinti ca kataṁ hotī ti ~iyā, Vjb
509,13; — 2. akkharasamayânabhiññatāya vā ~iyā
abhāvato vā kathetabbaṁ kathetuṁ asakkonto hu-
tvā aññaṁ kathento ravā bhaṇati nāma, Sp-ṭ II 81,9
(ad Sp 255,32) qu. Kkh-ṭ 179,7; — °-janita, mfn., pro-
duced by perfection of the organs of articulation; Vism
712,14 and all Buddhaghosa colophons.

" 346862318878986240,karaṇasañña,en,"

karaṇa-sañña

, mfn., (t.t.gr.) denoted ""instrument"";
yena vā kayirate, yena vā passati, yena vā suṇāti, taṁ
kārakaṁ ~aṁ hoti, Kacc-v 281, cf. Rūp-v ad Rūp 82.

" 346862596063760384,kāraṇasaññā,en,"

kāraṇa-saññā,

f., the perception of cause; lakkhaṇasaññaṁ vā ~aṁ vā ṭhānasaññaṁ vā, Nidd I 193,18, cf. hetusaññaṁ, Nidd-a I 307,15.

" 346862320284078080,karaṇasannidhi,en,"

karaṇa-sannidhi

, f., keeping in store for making; —
exeg.: tadah' eva akatvā ṭhapetvā karaṇaṁ, ~i nā-
ma, Sp 1111,15,16 (ad Vin I 254,37: sannidhikatena);
— sannidhi nāma dve sannidhiyo ~i ca nicaya-
sannidhi ca, Vin V 172,18; 176,15.

" 346862319558463488,karaṇasantosa,en,"

karaṇa-santosa

, m., satisfaction with doing; vīsati
cīvarasantosā: cīvare vitakkasantoso + ... ~o +, Sv
1010,30; pahonakanīhāren' eva karaṇaṁ ~o nāma,
Sv 1012,21 (pahonikaniyāmen' eva yathāladdhaṁ
thūlasukhumâdiṁ gahetvā karaṇaṁ, Sv-pṭ III
295,3) = Mp III 50,5; ~o ti, 47,15.

" 346862596034400256,kāraṇasata,en,"

kāraṇa-sata,

n., hundred causes, cf. kāraṇa-sahassa, q.v.

" 346862595904376832,kāraṇasiddhi,en,"

kāraṇa-siddhi,

f., the realisation of causes; kiccato asammohato ~ito āvajjanapaṭibaddhato sabbaññutaṁ, Nidd-a I 387,6 = Paṭis-a 58,31; °‑vasena, 53,31.

" 346862324906201088,karaṇasīla,en,"

karaṇa-sīla

, mfn., 1. doing (smth) by nature (with
acc.); in explanation of the suffix -in; 2. causing (smth)
by nature (with acc.); — 1. manāpacāriniyo ti manā-
paṁ yeva kiriyaṁ ~ā, Mp III 247,5 (ad A III 37,20);
— 2. upadhissa ~aṁ upadhippayojanan ti ... opad-
hikaṁ, Vv-a 154,24 (ad Vv 635); punabbhavassa ~ā
vā ponobhavikā, Ps-pṭ I 95,7.

" 346862104826875904,kāraṇasuddhi,en,"

kāraṇa-suddhi,

f., the purity of causes, means; ~iṁ vattudosâbhāvañ ca dīpeti, Spk I 272,23 qu. Pj II 396,7.

" 346862597011673088,kāraṇatā,en,"

kāraṇatā,

f. [abstr. < ¹kāraṇa], the being a cause, causality; vadhabandhanâdīnaṁ ~āya sappaṭibhayo, Spk III 64,16; °-añjalīkammasāmīcikammâdīnaṁ akaraṇe ~ā, It-a I 50,29.

" 346862287476232192,karaṇaṭhapanasaddā,en,"

karaṇa-ṭhapana-saddā

, m. pl., the words ""doing""
and ""attributing""; in expl of nāmakaraṇa and nāma-
ṭhapana: ~ā ... kammatthā hontī ti, As-mṭ 178,2 (ad
As 391,17-18).

" 346862596860678144,kāraṇatikkanta,en,"

kāraṇâtikkanta,

mfn., having gone beyond causes; sabbā tā diṭṭhiyo ~ā lakkhaṇâtikkantā, Nidd II 297,24.

" 346862596881649664,kāraṇātikkanta,en,"

kāraṇâtikkanta,

mfn., having gone beyond causes; sabbā tā diṭṭhiyo ~ā lakkhaṇâtikkantā, Nidd II 297,24.

" 346862596969730048,kāraṇatta,en,"

kāraṇatta,

n. [cf. SWTF s.v. kāraṇatva, q.v.], = prec., used in abl., instr. only; sikkhāpaccakkhānassa ~ā ākārā, Sp 254,22; punappunaṁ vicikicchāya ~ā vicikicchā va, Sv 782,5 = Ps I 285,25 = Vibh-a 274,16; uppattibhavassa ~ā, Ps I 218,3 = Spk II 14,6; catubbidhassa bhayassa ~ā bhayato dassanasīlo, Vibh-a 343,1 (ad bhayadassāvī, Vibh 247,32); pamādassa ~ā pamādaṭṭhānaṁ nāma, Spk III 303,14; Nidd-a I 23,14; upasampadāya ~ā upasampadā, Thī-a 105,28; satipaṭṭhānekabhāvassa ~ena, Sv-pṭ II 367,6; nimittakuttākappānaṁ ~ena gayhati, Nāmar-p 519; — ifc. āsanna‑° (Ud-a 304,13).

" 346862288344453120,karaṇattha,en,"

karaṇ'-attha

, m., the sense of ""instrument"" (t.t.gr.);
— in exeg. of the expression ""ekaṁ samayaṁ"" (cf. O.
H. PIND, JPTS XIII 1989: 35 foll): vinaye ca hetu-
attho ~o ca sambhavati, Sv 33,16 = Ps I 9,20 = Spk I
11,21 = Mp I 13,14; Sp 108,6; — pucchiyamāno ti
idaṁ ~e paccattavacanaṁ +, Sp 673,28 (ad Vin III
222,37); Sp 580,17 (ad Vin III 160,30); pharasunā chin-
dati ... annena vasatī ti ādisu viya ~o ca sam-
bhavati, Ud-a 23,3 (cf. Kacc 291); puttehi pi dhītāhi
pi, sahayoge ~e vā karaṇavacanaṁ: puttehi saha
nandati, puttehi karaṇabhūtehi nandatī ti, Pj II 44,12
(cf. Pāṇ II 3 19); yuddhassā ti ~e sāmivacanaṁ a-
bhimukhayuddhena gahetun na sakkā ti, Sv 522,1
(ad D II 76,3) = Mp IV 16,14 (ad A IV 20,30); Mp III
33,21 (ad A II 24,17); ""accāsanassā"" ti ~e sāmivaca-
naṁ ... ""pāyāsassa pi tappatī"" ti ... madhurapāyā-
sena tappati titto hoti dhāto suhito (cf. sa. phalānāṁ
suhitaḥ, phalānāṁ tṛptaḥ, Kāś ad Pāṇ II 2 11), Ja I
185,6' (ad 185,4*); ~e c' etaṁ upayogavacanaṁ, Kkh
47,9; puttānan ti puttehi, pūjitasaddayogena hi i-
daṁ ~e sāmivacanaṁ, It-a II 157,14 (cf. Pāṇ II 2 12);
Paṭis-a 624,5; ~e ... bhummaṁ ""mantāya bodhab-
ban"" (Ee boddh°, cf. D II 246,14) ti mantāya
bujjhitabbaṁ ñāṇena jānitabban ti, Sv 669,13 (ad D II
246,14); Sp 210,11 (ad Vin III 16,24); Mp V 7,9 (A V
24,25).

" 346862597091364864,kāraṇattha,en,"

kāraṇ’-attha,

mfn., 1. having a cause, motive, i.e. selfish; 2. exeg.: having the meaning of kāraṇa, (i) explaining syn.; (ii) particles; (iii) gramm. cases; —1. bhajanti sevanti ca ~ā, nikkāraṇā dullabhā ajja mittā, Sn 75 (kāraṇaṁ attho etesaṁ, Pj II 130,17 = Nidd-a II 150,10), cf. Sn-trsl. (Norman) qu. Ap 13,1 (Ap-a 202,23); atthatthaṁ ~aṁ na tulayanti na parigaṇhanti, Ps II 106,30 (ad atthaṁ na upaparikkhanti, M I 133,26); — 2.(i) ~e ca aṅgasaddo, Pj II 395,23 = Spk I 272,10; Mp-ṭ III 92,1; ~e ti nimitt’-atthe, Sv-pṭ III 344,19; Sadd 732,3; — (ii) itîti ~e nipāto, Ja VI 447,19’; itikāro ~o, Ps I 55,15; itisaddo ~o, Paṭis-a 237,12; Nidd-a I 302,30; tagghâti ~e, Sp 1348,8; tena hîti ~e nipāto, Ps II 276,32 = 329,11; Paṭis-a 608,32; yathā tan ti ~e nipāto, Ps II 15,1; yan ti ~e paccattaṁ, Sv 659,3; Mp-ṭ III 1,8; handa hîti ~e nipāto, Kv-a 41,30; hikāro ~o va, Ja IV 99,32’; Bv 25,8; Nidd-a I 153,28; — (iii) ~e ca (Kacc 298) ~e ca pañcamī vibhatti hoti, Kacc-v = Sadd 721,12; ~e hetukiṁyatehi paṭhamā, 731,17–18; ~e vattamānā kiṁsaddato kvaci chaṭṭhī vibhatti hoti, 731,27; 732,3; 732,14; — °‑gāthā-vaṇṇanā, f., title of Pj II 129,18–131,5 ct. on Sn 75; ~ā, Pj II 131,5, cf. kāraṇattha 1., q.v.; — °‑vinicchaya, m., judgment about the cause (or: torment?); atthavinicchayaññûti ~e kusalo, Mp III 254,24 (ad A III 62,8*).

" 346862288822603776,karaṇatthaṃ,en,"

[

karaṇ'-atthaṁ

, w.r. at Mp II 166,2; read akaraṇ°
with BeCe]

" 346862287929217024,karaṇaṭṭhāna,en,"

karaṇa-ṭṭhāna

, n., 1. the place of doing, performing
(smth, with gen.); 2.a. the cause of making (smth, with
gen.); b. the cause of practicing (smth, with gen.); — 1.
tassa (scil. kosiyamissakaṁ santhataṁ) ~e vāto
ekaṁ kosiya-aṁsuṁ ānetvā, Sp 684,8 (cf. Vin III
224,2 foll.) ≠ Kkh 69,16; — ifc. aggi-° (Dhp-a I 225,3);
uccāra-°; kamma-°; kusala-kamma-° (As 146,31 foll);
gāma-kamma-° (Sv 710,27; Dhp-a I 266,1); cīvara-°
(Dhp-a II 174,16); cetiya-° (Mp I 169,22; Dhp-a IV
189,14); naṅgala-° (Ja I 57,32); paritta-° (Sv 969,20);
mahā-pāṭihāriya-° (Dhp-a III 205,14); samaṇa-dham-
ma-° (Ap-a 510,19); suvaṇṇa-cetiya-° (Mp I 205,26);
sūci-kamma-° (Sv 924,5); — 2.a. papañcakaraṇaṭṭhā-
nānī ti kathāpapañcassa ~āni, Ps-pṭ II 184,4 (ad Ps II
243,3: °karaṭṭhān°); — 2.b. maggassa ~e, Spk-pṭ I
123,6.

" 346862597108142080,kāraṇaṭṭhāna,en,"

kāraṇa-ṭṭhāna,

n. [cf. ²kāraṇā̆, q.v.], a place of torture; — °‑tā, f., abstr.; Vism-mhṭ II 165,12; — °‑gamana, n., walk to ~; ~aṁ sandhāya vuttaṁ, Sv-pṭ III 259,24.

" 346862289292365824,karanatthaya,en,"

karan'-atthaya

, ²ind., to make (smth, with gen.); i-
daṁ vā karaṇīyan ti kattabbassa ~, Mp II 276,10 (ad
A I 174,10); sālâdīnaṁ ~, Mp II 142,14 (ad A I 68,23).

" 346862597070393344,kāraṇatthika,en,"

kāraṇ’-atthika,

mfn., desirous (to know) the cause; pucchittha taṁ ~o Pv 516 = 585 (atthassa kāraṇena atthiko hutvā, Pv-a 219,3).

" 346862311580897280,karaṇavācaka,en,"

karaṇa-vācaka

, mfn., (t.t.gr.) expressing the process
of articulation; vaṇṇasaddo ... ~o daṭṭhabbo, Sadd
607,7.

" 346862101249134592,karaṇavacana,en,"

karaṇa-vacana,

occasionally w.r. for kāraṇa-vacana, q.v.

" 346862307931852800,karaṇavacana,en,"

karaṇa-vacana

, n., (t.t.gr.) the instrumental case;
""aṭṭhānaṁ etaṁ ... yaṁ ekissā lokadhātuyā"" (A I
27,38) ti ādisu ~e, Sv 410,18 (on the use of yaṁ); ottap-
paniddese hetvatthe ~aṁ, Mp III 222,12; Pv-a 71,14;
itthambhūtalakkhaṇe ~aṁ, Ud-a 171,1 (ad Ud 22,16),
cf. O. H. PIND, JPTS XIV 1990: 179-180; Ud-a 244,19;
Paṭis-a 346,5; — ct.s on the use of ~ with the syntactic
value of other cases: paccatte -am, Vibh-a 183,15 (ad
Vibh 137,1: duvidhenā); Paṭis-a 225,36 (ad Paṭis I
45,16: nekkhamena); — viññaṇenā ti upayogatthe
~aṁ, Vism 332,32; Vibh-a 416,10 (on Vibh 329,10);
Mp III 222,10; hiriyitabbenā ti upayogatthe -am, As
149,22 foll.; yogavibhāgena ... upayogatthe ~aṁ
saddasatthe sijjhati, Pj II 266,11 (on Sn 215: jiguccha-
ti kammehi pāpakehi); — yena Bhagavā ten'
upasankamī ti yenā ti bhummatthe ~aṁ, Ps I 109,26
(ad M I 16,17); Spk I 16,8 (ad S I 1,10); Mp II 103,8 (ad
A I 55,22); Paṭis-a 631,7; Pj I 116,12; Pj II 451,15; — in
exeg. of tena samayena: tena samayena hetubhūtena
karaṇabhūtena ca sikkhāpadāni paññāpayanto ...
Bhagavā tattha tattha vihāsi tasmā tadatthajota-
natthaṁ tattha ~ena niddeso kato, Sp 108,21 = Sv
33,21 = Ps I 9,25 = Spk I 11,26 = Mp I 13,18; Sp
951,22,23; Ud-a 31,25; Pj I 106,4.

" 346862596365750272,kāraṇavacana,en,"

kāraṇa-vacana,

n., 1.a. speech (giving) causes; 1.b. exeg., (i) a word meaning “cause”, cf. kāraṇa, exeg. (b), q.v.; (ii) explanation, justification, applied to a full sentence or phrase; 2. mfn., indicating the cause; — 1.a. ~ehi, Ja VI 244,28’ (ad nayehi, 244,25*); — 1.b.(i) tato ti ~aṁ, Kv-a 10,20; tasmâti ~aṁ, Pj I 167,13 = 230,12; tathā hîti tassa ~aṁ, Paṭis-a 703,5; tenâti ~aṁ, Ps I 100,31 (Be so; Ee ka‑°); Pj II 176,22; Moh 259,28; yato ti ~aṁ, Ps I 173,3; yatrâti ~aṁ, Sp 508,6 = Spk II 218,5; yathâti ~aṁ, Ps II 55,21 = Spk II 358,9 = Mp II 260,13; yan ti ~am etaṁ, It-a II 97,30 = Nidd-a II 134,24 = Ap-a 182,25; yan ti nipātamattaṁ ~aṁ vā yena kāraṇena, Mp II 91,29; hîti ~aṁ, Th-a II 259,3; — 1.b.(ii) idam ettha ~aṁ, Spk II 51,17 qu. Paṭis-a 581,1; Ps V 1,16; Pj II 516,13 (ad Sn 773) = Nidd-a I 105,13; Dhp-a III 128,14; attho ~aṁ vā, Ps III 94,12; etaṁ anubandhanassa ~aṁ, Sp 975,1; Kkh(2) 21,24; Vesāliyā apalokanassa ~aṁ, Sv-pṭ II 211,2; 451,14; idaṁ hi āsavasamucchedassa anantaraphaladāyakattassa ca ~aṁ, Paṭis-a 37,8; 537,20; idaṁ pi uṭṭhānass’ eva ~aṁ, Vv-a 223,21; uppādâdimuñcanassa ~āni, Paṭis-a 265,6; dantavaṇṇapārupanassa hi idaṁ ~aṁ, Th-a III 87,1; idaṁ pabodhassa ~aṁ, It-a I 174,23; idaṁ purimassa ~aṁ, Sp 622,26; Mp III 60,12; Paṭis-a 345,6; 408,7; purimaṁ purimaṁ c’ ettha padaṁ pacchimassa pacchimassa ~aṁ, Vv-a 29,25 “and here the former is in each case a statement of the reason for the latter,” Vv-a-trsl. (Masefield); — 2. ~o h’ ettha dhammasaddo, Mp IV 97,16; — Rem.: ~e, Bv-a 53,2 read kar-, q.v., cf. Sv 410,18.

" 346862308636495872,karaṇavacanattha,en,"

karaṇa-vacan'-attha

, m., the meaning of the instru-
mental case; niddānan ti chedanaṁ ... ~e c' etaṁ
upayogavacanaṁ veditabbaṁ, Spk I 254,1 = Pj II
148,14.

" 346862596147646464,kāraṇavāda,en,"

kāraṇa-vāda,

m., the doctrine of causes; lakkhaṇavādā ~ā ṭhānavādā, Nidd I 162,15 (= udāharaṇayuttavādaṁ, Nidd-a I 284,17); 297,5; — ifc. issara‑°; eka‑° (As 59,30); pakati‑°.

" 346862596290252800,kāraṇavant,en,"

kāraṇavant,

mfn., provided with causes, founded; ākāravatîti ~atī sahetukā, Ps III 116,20 (ad M II 35,25).

" 346862596277669888,kāraṇavasa,en,"

kāraṇa-vasa,

m., 1. a special reason, motive, syn. of attha-vasa, q.v.; 2. instrument, Vism-trsl. (Ñm); — 1. ~aṁ paṭicca upenti, Spk II 301,21 = It-a II 113,5 (ad atthavasaṁ, S III 93,7 = It 89,13); atthavase ti ~e, Mp III 215,24; dasa atthavase paṭiccâti (Vin III 21,17) dasa ~e sikkhāpadapaññattihetu-adhigamanīye hitavisese, Sp 223,28; sataso anusāsiyâti (Ap 469,11, so read with Be, cf. anusāsati, q.v.) dhammena samena vacanena ~ena anusāsitvā, Ap-a 504,5; — 2. cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvâti ~ena cakkhûti laddhavohārena … cakkhuviññāṇena, Vism 20,15 (asādharaṇakāraṇassa vasena, Vism-mhṭ I 46,29) = As 399,33 qu. Nidd-a I 346,19 = Paṭis-a 676,15; ~âti kārāpanavasena, Sv-pṭ I 286,7 (ad evaṁ sabbattha karaṇa-kāraṇavasen’ eva, Sv 159,24 so read with Be; Ee, Ce [SHB] w.r. karaṇakārapana°).

" 346862596260892672,kāraṇavasika,en,"

kāraṇa-vasika,

mfn., having a special motive; atthavasikā (S III 93,7 = It 89,13) ti… ~ā hutvā, Spk II 301,21 = It-a II 113,4; puññavantā nāma ~ā honti kulānaṁ pasādaṁ rakkhanti, Dhp-a I 340,16 (Dhp-a-trsl. [Burlingame]: “rise above circumstances” [?], meaning uncertain); — °-tā, f., abstr.; ~āya, Dhp-a I 341,2.

" 346862310100307968,karaṇavatta,en,"

karaṇa-vatta

, n., vow of serving; reading of Be at Mp
I 347,16 for Ee kārakavatta.

" 346862310800756736,karaṇavatthu,en,"

karaṇa-vatthu

, n., the case story about making; Ve-
sāliyaṁ chabbaggiye ārabbha tādisaṁ santhataṁ
~usmiṁ paññattaṁ, Kkh 69,36; 70,7.

" 346862596348973056,kāraṇavatthuṃ,en,"

[kāraṇa-vatthuṁ,

w.r. at Sp 552,30 (ad Vin III 135,16) for kāraṇā vattuṁ (so Ce [SHB], Be). — Rem.: kismiṁ viya kumārikāya vattuṁ, Vin III 135,16 (so read with Ce 1924 = Be; Ee = Se w.r. vatthuṁ) “how could we speak for/about the maiden?” (cf. BD I 228 n. 1; misunderstood in G. Bailey, I. Mabbett, Sociology of Early Buddhism 2003: 221) (kumārikāya kāraṇā vattuṁ, Sp 522,30; kumārikāya nimitte bhummaṁ, hetumhi vā karaṇavacanaṁ. tenâha kumārikāya kāraṇā, Sp-ṭ II 326,5 foll.)]

" 346862596160229376,kāraṇavedanā,en,"

kāraṇa-vedanā,

f., causal feeling (Vibh-a-trsl.); purimāya ~āya ucchedo, Vibh-a 503,10, cf. yā purimapakkhe kārakavedanā sā ucchinnā, Spk II 38,12 (ad S II 23,18). — Rem.: The reading at Spk II 38,12 is guaranteed by Spk-ṭ, cf. s.v. kāraṇa-vedanā, q.v., still, Vibh-a 503,10 seems to be correct, cf. kāraṇato phalaṁ kāraṇanirodhena c’assa nirodho … n’assa koci kārako vā vedako vā, Spk II 36,22 foll.

" 346862104810098688,kāraṇavekalla,en,"

kāraṇa-vekalla,

n., deficiency in, non-execution of an action; kālâtipatti, sā pana viruddhapaccayûpanipātato ~ato vā kriyāya anabhinibbatti, Rūp VI 51 = 474 (Be 1976 283,7), (cf. Pāṇ III 3 139) ≠ Mogg-v ad VI 7 (Ce 1931 350,4) (~ato vâti hetumato phalassa yo hetu tassa vikalattena, Mogg-p-ṭ); vidhurapaccayopanipāto ~to vā kriyâtipatanam anipphatti kriyâtipatti, Pay VI 7 (Be 1981 227,5); — aṅgahīnatā °-vasena pi veditabbâti āha “api c’etthā” ti-ādi, Sp-ṭ III 490,11 (ad esa nayo, Sp 1383,28) “it is said (in the Kurundī, Sp 1383,28): ‘moreover here etc. (Sp 1383,23)’, because deficiency in limbs (cf. Sp 1323,9) must be considered also as the deficiency of an act (by the saṁgha) ”.

" 346862318174343168,karaṇavelā,en,"

karaṇa-velā

, f., the time of making; yo pana etesaṁ
~āyam eva etāni karoti... na so kammârāmo nāma,
Sv 528,21 = Mp IV 22,4 qu. It-a II 68,3; — ifc.
pāṭihāriya-° (Dhp-a III 208,15 foll).

" 346862596105703424,kāraṇavemajjha,en,"

kāraṇa-vemajjha,

n., dv., cause and interval, cf. ²antara, q.v.

" 346862596088926208,kāraṇavevacana,en,"

kāraṇa-vevacana,

n., semantic variants (cf. Sadd 6.1.2.1.) of “cause”; — exeg.: nidānaṁ hetu saṁkhāro paccayo rūpan ti sabbāni … ~ān’ eva, Mp II 154,5; nidānâdīni … ~āni, Ps II 18,9 = Spk II 27,34 qu. Paṭis-a 599,13; hetûti … ~āni, Sv 498,10 ≠ Nidd-a I 79,18; hetuppacayo … ~aṁ, Mp II 104,31; ākārâtiādīni … ~āni, Spk III 38,14; mūlato ti … ~āni, Kv-a 85,19; Sp 1357,15; nibbidâti … ~āni, Spk II 61,21 (Ee ka°, v.l. kā°) (i.e.: nibbidā virāgā nirodhā, S II 48,30).

" 346862596210561024,kāraṇavibhāvana,en,"

kāraṇa-vibhāvana,

n., developing, explaining the cause; pasādassa ~aṁ, Sv-pṭ III 101,11; 127,12; vighātâpattitaṁ ~ena, Thī-a 238,35.

" 346862313040515072,karaṇavicittatā,en,"

karaṇa-vicitta-tā

, f., variety of causes; imāya ~āya
tassa tassa cittassa nipphādakaṁ cittam pi tath' eva
cittaṁ hoti, As 64,24.

" 346862306543538176,karaṇavidhāna,en,"

karaṇa-vidhāna

, n., instruction on how to make
(smth); tatr' idaṁ ~aṁ: siniddhāni sāradārūni
phāletvā sukkhāpetvā ghaṭikaṁ ghaṭikaṁ katvā +,
Vism 171,15; so ... kukkuro tassa ~aṁ (v.l. kā°)
vavatthapesi, Mp I 420,19.

" 346862315682926592,karaṇavidhi,en,"

karaṇa-vidhi

, f., instruction about how to act; ~i n'
atthi (Ee om. atthi) etesan ti akaṭavidhā, Sv-pṭ I
296,25 (ad Sv 167,8) = Ps-pṭ III 108,25 (ad Ps III
228,11).

" 346862313791295488,karaṇavijjā,en,"

karaṇa-vijjā

, f., a spell to effect (smth.); yathā attano
upari na āgacchati evaṁ ~ā, Sv 94,5.

" 346862312327483392,karaṇavikati,en,"

karaṇa-vikati

, f., different kinds of design; vividhan
ti ~iyā nānāvidhaṁ, Thī-a (1998) 236,21 (ad Thī 377).

" 346862596223143936,kāraṇavinicchaya,en,"

kāraṇa-vinicchaya

, n., dv., cause and decision; ~aṁ alabhantena suttaṁ na jahitabbaṁ, Sp 233,31 (cf. ayaṁ … suttato bahuṁ kāraṇañ ca vinicchayañ ca dasseti, 233,6–7).

" 346862314768568320,karaṇaviññūvisesa,en,"

[

karaṇa-viññū-visesa

, w.r. at It-a I 19,7 for Be
karaṇavisesa, q.v.]

" 346862291003641856,karaṇavipanna,en,"

karaṇa-vipanna

, n., failure of making (a cīvara);
opp. karaṇasampanna, q.v.; vatthuvipannañ c' eva
... ~aṅ ca, Vin V 175,30 (= tadah' eva chinditvā aka-
taṁ, Sp 1370,23).

" 346862316307877888,karaṇavipatti,en,"

karaṇa-vipatti

, f. [cf. kammavipatti, q.v.], failure of
performing (the proceedings); kinti ca akataṁ hotī ti
~iyā, Vjb 509,13.

" 346862596193783808,kāraṇaviriya,en,"

kāraṇa-viriya,

n., the effectiveness of causes; upāyaviriyena ~ena, Spk I 171,14 (ad yoniso sammappadhānā, S I 105,7).

" 346862317507448832,karaṇavisesa,en,"

karaṇa-visesa

, m., special sense organ; Bhagavā ...
anaññasādhāraṇehi visadavisuddhehi ~ehi (Ee w.r.
karaṇaviññū°) ... amatavassaṁ vassanto viya, It-a I
19,7.

" 346862316920246272,karaṇavisesa,en,"

karaṇa-visesa

, m., particular reason; attano ~aṁ
tassa payojanañ ca dassetuṁ ""saṁvannanā"" ti ā-
dimāha, Vjb 18,1.

" 346862099969871872,kāraṇavisesavisaya,en,"

kāraṇa-visesa-visaya,

m., the area of a difference (between) cause (and object), causa efficiens, cf. kāraṇa-sāmañña, q.v.

" 346862596181200896,kāraṇavissajjana,en,"

kāraṇa-vissajjana,

n., communicating the cause; kāraṇapucchā, diṭṭhi hi ’ssa pāpikâti ~aṁ, Paṭis-a 441,32.

" 346862104352919552,kāraṇavitakka,en,"

kāraṇa-vitakka,

m., reflection on causes; ākāraparivitakko nāma ~o, Spk II 403,21 (Be, Ce [SHB] so; Ee w.r. vitakko).

" 346862596076343296,kāraṇavohāra,en,"

kāraṇa-vohāra,

m., the use of the word “cause”; yaṁ nissāyâti (Vism 256,22) … nissayanissayo pi nissayo tv’ eva vuccati. bhavati hi kāraṇakāraṇe pi ~o yathā ‘corehi gāmo daḍḍho’, Vism-mhṭ I 306,26, cf. kāraṇakāraṇe (so read) pi hi kāraṇā viya vohāro tiṇehi bhattaṁ siddhaṁ, Sv-pṭ III 51,10; ~ena ca vācāya pharusasaddappavatti daṭṭhabbā, Sv-pṭ I 153,18.

" 346862305973112832,karaṇayogga,en,"

karaṇa-yogga

, mfn., fit for action; ~aṁ, Vism-mhṭ II 8,18.[[side 287]]

" 346862596235726848,kāraṇayutta,en,"

kāraṇa-yutta,

mfn., provided with a cause, founded, meaningful; atthayuttaṁ ~aṁ, Sv 91,13 = Ps III 237,6; Sv-pṭ III 97,27; atthayuttaṁ ~aṁ katheti, Pp-a 224,5; hetuyuttaṁ ~am eva, Sv-pṭ III 360,14; ~ā, Ja III 81,15’ (ad gāthā … dhammayuttā, 12*); paṇḍitānaṁ ~ena vacanena, Ja I 440,10.

" 346862596437053440,kāraṇayutti,en,"

kāraṇa-yutti,

f., the connection with a cause, appropriateness; pāḷi-atthañ ca pāḷiñ ca ~iñ ca, Ja VI 225,7’ (ad atthaṁ dhammañ ca ñāyañ ca).

" 346862427050086400,karaṇḍa,en,"

karaṇḍa

, m. and n. [sa., Amg. karaṇḍa; CDIAL
2792 káraṇḍa-¹; EWA-2 s.v.], (small) wickerwork box
(with a lid); — lex. lit.: caṅgoṭako ~o ca samuggo
sammuṭo bhave, Abh 317; — exeg.: karaḍitabbo
bhājetabbo ti karaṇḍo peḷā, Sv-nṭ II 149,29; — seyya-
thā pi ... puriso ahiṁ ~ā uddhareyya. tassa evam
assa: ayaṁ ahi ayaṁ ~o añño ahi añño ~o, D I 77,18-
20 (the meaning ""slough"" is erroneously assumed by ct.:
~ā ti idam pi ahikañcukassa nāmaṁ na vilīva-
karaṇḍakassa nāmaṁ, Sv 222,13, cf. s.vv. ²karaṇḍa,
karaṇḍā) = M II 18,1-3 (Ps III 263,13 = Sv 222,13) qu.
Paṭis II 211,7 (Paṭis-a 666,15); sappakaraṇḍaṁ ṭha-
petvā ... theyyacittena taṁ ~aṁ āmasati dukkaṭaṁ,
Sp 362,23; samuggo mañjūsā pādagaṇhanakato
atirekappamāṇo ~o udakadoṇī ...garubhaṇḍaṁ,
1244,9 qu. Kkh 137,37; catasso peḷā nīharitvā ... tato
pañca samugge ... tato pañca ~e nīharitvā tesu ...
ekaṁ vivaritva pidhanaṁ passe ṭhapetva, Ps II
220,35-221,4, cf. 222,3-15; dīpadhārake tumbake ca ~e
ca kārayiṁ, Ap 303,9; 313,7,12; ~aṁ kuṭe pakkhi-
pitvā, Dhp-a III 18,12; — used as a relic casket: aṭṭh'
aṭṭha haricandanādimaye ~e ca thūpe ca kārāpesi, Sv
611,30 (purimaṁ purimaṁ katassa gahaṇayogyaṁ
pacchimaṁ pacchimaṁ kārento, Sv-pṭ II 246,3-6) qu.
Thūp 181,21; dhātucaṅgoṭo uggantvā ... ākāsamhi
ṭhito tato sayaṁ ~o vivari, Mhv XXXI 98; 101; 105; 27;
Thūp 246,9; — ifc. danta-° (Sv 612,1; Thūp 181,29);
dhātu-° (Mhv XXXI 77; Thūp 243,19*); [nacca-gīta-°
(~-siloka-saṅkhāta, As 402,27); Ee w.r. for °kabya°
which read with Be]; pañca-° (~-nīharaṇa, Ps II 222,9);
maṇi-° (Sv 612,7,8; Sv-pṭ II 246,5; ~-saṅṅā, Ps V 30,4);
phalika-° (Sv 612,12,13); masāragalla-° (Sv 612,10-12);
rajata-° (Sv 612,6); lohitaṅka-° (Sv 612,9); lohita-can-
dana-° (Sv 611,36,37; Thūp 181,27 foll); vivaṭa-°
(Mhv-ṭ 579,16); sappa-° (Sp 362,21); sabba-ratana-°
(Sv 612,2,3; Thūp 181,31); suvaṇṇa-° (Sv 612,4);
suvaṇṇa-rajatâdi-° (Thūp 247,24); hari-candana-°
(Sv 611,32,33; Thūp 181,23 foll).[[side 291]]

" 346862430778822656,karaṇḍa,en,"

karaṇḍa

, mfn. and m., 1. (mfn.) disgusting, loath-
some; 2. (m.) basket, (wickerwork) box; 3. slough; — 1.
attano rūpapavattiyā ~aṁ kucchitaṁ dhuttaṁ vā ti
pavattetī ti kāraṇḍavo, dussīlo, Spk-pṭ II 61,9; — 2.
3. karaḍitabbo bhājetabbo ti karaṇḍo: peḷā.
karaḍitabbo jigucchitabbo ti karaṇḍo: nimmokaṁ.
idhā pi nimmokam evā ti āha karaṇḍā ti idam pi ti
ādi, Sv-nṭ II 149,29 (ad Sv 222,13, cf. s.v. ¹karaṇḍa).

" 346862423866609664,karaṇḍa,en,"

√

karaṇḍ(a)

, the verbal root karaṇḍ; karaṇḍa bhā-
janatthe, Dhātum 154, cf. Sadd 1089 n. 6; karaṇḍi ...
ice evamādīhi dhātūhi kappaccayo hoti saha pacca-
yena ca puna nipaccante yathāsambhavaṁ ... ka-
raṇḍo..., Kacc-v 665, cf. Sadd 871,24. √karaṇḍa

" 346862492921630720,karaṇḍā,en,"

karaṇḍā

, f., 1. snakes slough (cf. s.v. ¹karaṇḍa); 2.
box; — 1. ~ā ti ~āya purāṇatacakañcukato ti attho,
Paṭis-a 666,15 (ad Paṭis II 211,7); — 2. buddhassa
bhagavato uccārapassāvaṁ ... peḷāya patisāmenti,
~āya nikkhipenti, Kv 563,17; kosiyā asiṁ viya, ~āya
ahiṁ viya ca abbāhati, Vism 406,23 (cf. D I 77,18-20
s.v. ¹karaṇḍa); ~āya maṇiṁ viya attānam rūpasmiṁ
samanupassati, Ps II 360,23 (ad M I 300,9; yathā ~o
maṇino ādhāro, evaṁ rūpam pi attano ādhāro, Ps-pṭ
II 280,10) = As 353,26 (reading karaṇḍake).

" 346862439020630016,karaṇḍaka,en,"

Karaṇḍaka

, m., Npr.; a hermitage; bodhisatto ...
~aṁ assamapadaṁ nāma gato, Ja IV 95,1 qu. Cp-a
114,12 (v. l. °-assamapadaṁ).

" 346862435308670976,karaṇḍaka,en,"

karaṇḍaka

, m. [Amg. karaṇḍaga; BHSD karaṇḍa-
ka], basket, (wickerwork) box; vāsito va ~o, Thī 253 (so
read, cf. EV II ad loc.); tam enam (scil. vatthaṁ)
sāmikā gandhaparibhāvite ~e nikkhipanti, S III
131,16 qu. As 244,20; seyyathā pi maṇi ~e pakkhitto
assa ... ayaṁ maṇi ayaṁ ~o... ~asmiṁ maṇiṁ sam-
anupassati, Paṭis I 145,20 foll. (oḷārikattā rūpassa
oḷārikādhāraṁ -am āha, Paṭis-a 451,10); ~e maṇiṁ
viya taṁ attānaṁ rūpasmiṁ samanupassati, Spk II
255,10 (ad S III 4,18); ~ehi ... samuggehi... peḷāhi, Ps
II 221,4; (cf. s.v. ¹karaṇḍa); nakhena ~aṁ vivaritva,
Ps V 36,3; likhitvā suvaṇṇapaṭṭaṁ ... kilañjamayaṁ
samuggaṁ ... kilañjamaye ~e ṭhapesi. tato... sāra-
mayapeḷāya, 40,24,25; likhitv' evaṁ ṭhapāpitaṁ ...
~e sovaṇṇapaṭṭaṁ laddhāna lekhaṁ tattha avācayi,
Mhv XXVII 5; Thūp 217,7; itthiyo ekekā ekekaṁ
dārakaṁ gahetvā ... ~aṁ āharāpetvā attanā attanā
gahitadārake tattha nipajjāpetvā bahi lañchanaṁ
katvā ṭhapayiṁsu, Mp I 349,23; rājā ~e oloketvā kiṁ
tātā ~esū ti āha, 351,9; ~e vivaṭamatte rājā akkharā-
ni vācetvā dārake disvā, 351,19 qu. Thī-a (1998)
180,34; ~k' ûpari nisīditvā, Ja III 528,5 (i.e., °e upari);
dānavo ~aṁ gilitvā, 9; ~e pana vivaṭamatte yeva
vijjādharo vijjaṁ parijapitvā khaggaṁ gahetvā
ākāsaṁ pakkhandi, 530,4; ~aṁ madhussa, V 385,19;
a relic casket: gilitvā taṁ ~aṁ sinerupādaṁ gantvā-
na, Mhv XXXI 52, 70 qu. Thūp 243,27*; — for a snake:
sace ... ~aṁ ugghāṭetvā sappaṁ gīvāya gaṇhati, Sp
362,25; ~e sayita-āsīviso viya, Ja III 498,11; — ifc.
añjanī-° (Sp 1245,12); anto-° (Mp I 351,15); gandha-°
(S V 351,10; Pj II 262,29; As 243,20 foll); gahita-° (Mp I
351,3); candana-° (Ps II 185,30); jāla-° (Dhp-a III
199,14; Ja II 104,18); tuccha-° (Ps V 30,4); danta-° (Pj II
577,4); dussa-° (A IV 230,25; Mp W 120,26; Paṭis-a
602,22); dhātu-° (Mhv XXXI 25; 68; Thūp 242,2); rata-
na-° (Ja I 97,17; Thūp 246,15); Vijjā-° (Spk II 201,26, n.
10); vilīva-° (Sv 222,13; Ps III 263,13); sāra-° (Ps V
40,21,22); sugandha-° (Ap 543,19); suvaṇṇa-° (Ps V
40,22); sabba-ratanamaya-° (Ps V 40,23); hiṅgu-° (Sp
1245,11).

" 346862445446303744,karaṇḍakadāma,en,"

[

karaṇḍaka-dāma

, Ja V 473,21 w.r. for koraṇḍaka-
dāma, q.v.]

" 346862448562671616,karaṇḍakaduma,en,"

[

karaṇḍaka-duma

, Ja V 503,22' w.r. for koraṇḍaka-
duma, q.v.]

" 346862442359296000,karaṇḍakajātaka,en,"

Karaṇḍaka-jātaka

, n., alternative title of Jātaka no.
436. Samugga-ja (Ja III 527-531), q.v.; ~e, Ja V 455,2':
the title Samugga-ja is derived from the Gāthās (Ja III
529,11*), ~ from the Jātaka prose (Ja III 527,24), cf. O. v.
HINÜBER, Entstehung und Aufbau der Jātaka-Samm-
lung, AWL 1998, Nr.7, p. 8.

" 346862467885830144,karaṇḍakākārena,en,"

karaṇḍak'-ākārena

, ²ind. instr., like a wickerwork
box; ābharaṇâdīnaṁ rakkhaṇatthaṅ ca jālāni ~
parikkhipāpetvā, Sp-ṭ III 382,17 (ad Sp 1202,32).

" 346862451880366080,karaṇḍakapaṭala,en,"

karaṇḍaka-paṭala

, n., lid, cover of a basket; caṅgoṭa-
kaṁ vā ~aṁ (v. l. Be karaṇḍap°) vā pattehi yeva sama-
tittikaṁ pūretvā santharitabbaṁ, Vism 173,4 (karaṇ-
ḍapaṭalaṁ samuggapidhānaṁ, Vism-mhṭ I 196,18).

" 346862463871881216,karaṇḍakasamīpa,en,"

karaṇḍaka-samīpa

, n., vicinity of the box; ~e ṭha-
tvā, Ja III 527,28; tasmiṁ ~aṁ asampatte yeva ka-
raṇḍakaṁ vivaritva, Ja III 528,6'.

" 346862455139340288,karaṇḍakavaṇṇa,en,"

[

karaṇḍaka-vaṇṇa

, ~ena, Spk I 133,25 wrong con-
jecture in Ee for kalandaka-°, q.v.; cf. BHSD s.v. Ka-
landaka-nivāpa]

" 346862459685965824,karaṇḍakavāpi,en,"

Karaṇḍaka-vāpi

, m.; Npr.; a tank in Sri lanka con-
structed by Bhātikatissa; ~iñ ca kārāpesi Thūpārāme,
Ext Mhv XXXVI 4 (v.l Ratthevannekavāpi, cf. Ran-
dhakaṇḍakavāpi, Mhv XXXVI 4).

" 346862480091254784,karaṇḍakola,en,"

Karaṇḍakola

, m. and n.; Npr.; a place (v.l. Karaṇ-
ḍañjakola°; Karaṅcakola°); — °-vāsin, m(fn)., epi-
theton of Mahādevatthero, q.v.; ~ī Mahādevatthero,
Mp III 227,16.

" 346862475813064704,karaṇḍakūpari,en,"

[

karaṇḍak'-ūpari

, Ja III 528,5 v. s.v. ¹karaṇḍaka; ~
is erroneously explained as cpd. s.v. upari, ifc]

" 346862491071942656,karaṇḍamukha,en,"

karaṇḍa-mukha

, n., opening of a basket (for a
snake); ~aṁ īsakaṁ vivaritvā, Sp 362,29.

" 346862488815407104,karaṇḍapuṭa,en,"

karaṇḍa-puṭa

, n., lid of a basket (for a snake); sappo
sīsena ~aṁ āhacca okāsaṁ katvā palāyati, Sp 363,4
(peḷāya pidhānaṁ, Sp-ṭ II 154,20).

" 346862484801458176,karaṇḍatala,en,"

karaṇḍa-tala

, m., bottom of a basket (for a snake);
~ato sappassa naṅguṭṭhe kesaggamatte mutte pārā-
jikaṁ, Sp 362,26.[[side 292]]

" 346862595451392000,kāraṇḍava,en,"

²kāraṇḍava,

m. [ts.], name of different aquatic birds such as coot or mallard, cf. K. N. Dave, Birds in Sa. Literature 1985 (index: ABORI LXXVIII 1998: 121–141 ≠ BEI XVI 1998: 179–229): 299, 453; H. Whistler, Popular Handbook of Indian Birds ⁴1949: 441 (coot), 526 (mallard); ~o, Abh 626 (list of species of birds); ~ehi kādambehi kokilehi aññehi ca dijehi, Vv-a 163,27; —°‑cakkavāka, n.sg. or m.pl. [dv.], duck and cakkavāka (Gr.); Mogg III 23 (dv. referring to birds, sakuṇa).

" 346862595459780608,kāraṇḍava,en,"

¹kāraṇḍava,

m. [cf. BHSD s.v. kāraṇḍava(ka), cf. Bhikṣuṇī-Vin 10,1], sweepings, rubbish; ~aṁ niddhamatha, kasambuṁ apakassatha, A IV172,7* = Sn 281 (taṁ kacavarabhūtaṁ puggalaṁ kacavaram iva anapekkhā niddhamatha, Pj II 311,21 foll.) qu. Mil 414,1*; “blow away the sweepings, throw away the rubbish”, Sn-trsl. (Norman); ~ena, A IV 172,15* (uddāna); — ifc. yava‑°; samaṇa‑°.

" 346862099869208576,kāraṇḍavasutta,en,"

Kāraṇḍava-sutta,

n., (modern) title of A IV 168,21–172,11, cf. kāraṇḍavena, A IV 172,15* (uddāna); — °‑sutta-vaṇṇanā, f., ct. on prec., title of Mp IV 74,11–75,15; ~ā niṭṭhitā, Mp-ṭ Be III 208,15.

" 346862471937527808,karaṇḍika,en,"

karaṇḍika

, m., = karaṇḍaka, q.v.; — ifc. vattha-°
(Peṭ 196,8).

" 346862099839848448,kāraṇḍiya,en,"

Kāraṇḍiya,

m., NPr.; name of a brahmin; ~a, Ja III 172,9*, 24* (so Ee, Ce [SHB]; MSS. Bdi, Be Ko°; Se Karand°, v.l. Kāraṇḍ°); ~o, 173,17 (Ee °ko); — °‑jātaka, n., title of Jātaka no. 356 = III 170–174; ~aṁ, Ja III 174,3 (v.l. = prec.); — °‑mānava, m., the young brahmin K.; ~o, 174,2 (v.l. = prec.).

" 346862316244963328,karaṇḍu,en,"

Karaṇḍu

, m. [Burmese v.l. Karakaṇḍa, cf. BHSD
s.v. Karakaṇḍa]; Npr.; one of the sons of Okkāka, q.v.;
~uṁ, D I 92,18, cf. Karaṇḍako, Mvu I 348,11.

" 346862494758735872,karaṇḍu,en,"

Karaṇḍu

, m. [Burmese v.l. Karakaṇḍa]; Npr.; a
king of Dantapura, who became a paccekabuddha, cf.
C. Caillat in: Lex et Litterae, Fel. Vol. O. BOTTO
1997: 101 foll.; Kāliṅgaraṭṭhe Dantapuranagare ~u
nāma rājā, Ja III 376,12; ~u nāma Kāliṅgānaṁ Gand-
hārānañ ca Naggaji Nimirājā Videhānaṁ Pañcālānañ
ca Dummukho, ete raṭṭhāni hitvāna pabbajiṁsu, Ja III
381,16*, 24'.

" 346862329058562048,karaṇī,en,"

karaṇī

, (m)f(n). [cf. BHSD s.vv. karaṇā, karaṇī
(""cause"")], doing, making; — ifc. aja-°; cakkhu-° (M I
15,27 foll.; Paṭis I 47,11; Sv 897,8; Paṭis-a 611,19 foll);
ñāṇa-° (M I 15,27 foll.; Paṭis I 47,24); natthu-° (Vin I
204,15); vagga-° (M I 286,35); samagga-° (M I 179,34; 268,9).

" 346862327666053120,karaṇiccha,en,"

karaṇ'-iccha

, f., the wish to make; kattukāmatā vuc-
cati ~ā Vism-mhṭ II 146,8 foll. (ad Vism 466,17).

" 346862328320364544,karaṇiddhibhava,en,"

karaṇ'-iddhi-bhava

, m., the being ""iddhi"" in terms
of instrument; (iddhipādo) chandâdīnaṁ ~añ ca san-
dhāya vutto ti, Vism-mhṭ II 18,26 = Sv-pṭ II 266,25;
— ifc. kattu-° (Sv-pṭ II 266,23).

" 346862595640135680,kāraṇika,en,"

³kāraṇika,

m. [cf. ²kāraṇā, q.v.], trainer; assabandhā yāvasikā ~ā bhattakārakā, Kv 599,19 (~âti hatthâcariyâdayo, ye nānāvidhaṁ kāraṇaṁ kareyyuṁ, Kv-a 188,8 foll.).

" 346862595652718592,kāraṇika,en,"

²kāraṇika,

m. [cf. ¹kāraṇā, q.v.], torturer, executioner; — lex. lit.: ~o nirayapo, Abh 658 (ct. kāraṇā yātanā, sā ca tibbavedanā, taṁ karotîti ~o); — exeg.: ~âti ghātakā coraghātakâti, Cp-a 191,27; ~âti ghātanakārakā, Mp-ṭ III 169,14 (MSS. B, C yāt-, so read, cf. ¹kāraṇā, q.v.); — atthi … kammakāraṇā, atthi ca ~âti, Kv 596,22 (on nirayapāla; Kv-a 187,7); Rājagahe ~o ahosi, Vin III 106,22 (rājâparādhike anekāhi kāraṇāhi pīḷetvā avasāne kaṇḍena vijjhitvā māraṇakapuriso, Sp 509,19) = S II 257,20 (Spk II 219,22); 258,25* (uddāna); ime ~ā virosakā … hiṁsāya … niviṭṭhā, Ja VI 111,33* (ct. kāraṇākārakā, MS. Bd dukkhakāraṇā, read °kārakā = Se); ~ā … caṇḍā luddā akāruṇā, Cp 259; cheko ~o chavicammaṁ acchinditvā, Ps II 59,29 = Mp II 90,11 ≠ Nidd-a I 279,11; ~ā Mp II 227,27; — ifc. usu‑°, kamma‑°; — °‑purisa, m., = prec.; gāḷhabandhanaṁ bandhantānaṁ tesaṁ ~ānaṁ, Cp-a 192,7; — °‑manussa, m., = prec.; rājakulesu ~ā, Sv 809,30.

" 346862595665301504,kāraṇika,en,"

¹kāraṇika

m. [cf. ¹kāraṇa, q.v.], investigator; — lex.lit.: parikkhako ~o, Abh 726 (ct. kāraṇaṁ jānāti); — pañhavīmaṁsake ~e, Pj II 538,22; pāsanikā (Nidd I 165,1) ti ~ā, Nidd-a I 285,28 (so read, cf. Sadd index s.v. pāsanika, q.v., Ee, Ce [SHB] w.r.).

" 346862329687707648,karaṇīya,en,"

karaṇīya

, mfn. and n. [ts.; grd. < karoti, q.v.; cf. kat-
tabba, kayya, kātabba, kāriya, kicca, qq.v.], 1.a.
(mfn.) to be done; b. ~aṁ necessary, cf. Kasussyntax §
146; 2. (n). task, business; obligation; nom. very frequent
in (i) a cliche defining the state of an arahat, (ii) in the
phrase [...] (n') atthi [...] uttari(ṁ) ~aṁ (cpd. ?, cf. s.v.
uttari(ṁ) 278a) ; — gramm. lit.: kattabbaṁ ~aṁ,
Sadd 847,16; tabba-ānīyā kriyâtthā pare bhā-
vakammesu bahulaṁ bhavanti: kattabbaṁ ~aṁ,
Mogg-v V 27; — lex. lit.: kiccaṁ tu ~aṁ ca, Abh 772;
— exeg. lit.: ~aṁ ti kātabbaṁ karaṇârahaṁ, Pj I
236,5; — 1.a. appamādo ~o, A II 119,29; Cp-a 291,19;
ākappo ~o, A V 88,2 = 210,10; āyogo ~o, Cp-a 297,6;
Sp 105,16; ārakkho ~o, A II 120,8 ≠ S IV 97,24; ussāho
~o, Vin I 58,16 = 96,2 (cf. O. v. HINÜBER, Das
Pātimokkhasutta der Theravādin. AWL 1999, Nr. 6: 41)
≠ 290,15 (pariyesanā kātabbā, Sp 1128,22); Cp-a
317,33; ~o ovādo ~ā anusāsanī, A I 276,20 qu. Kv
561,19 = Nidd I 272,1 = Ps I 59,13; anusāsanī ~ā
ahosi, M I 124,17; ...ti yogo ~o, S V 414,15; ce-
tosamathe ... yogo ~o, A II 93,3 = V 99,12; II 95,7; Peṭ
45,10; Sp 411,25; ~o vinicchayo, Sp 392,15*;
vippaṭisāro na ~o, D I 138,16; sallekho ~o; M I 42,3
(= kātabbo, Ps I 187,25); sikkhāpadavītikammo ~o,
Mil 380,32; — anattamanatā vā anabhiraddhi vā ~ā,
A III 370,23 (Ee anabhinandi, w.r.?, cf. s.v.); cetaso
anabhiraddhi ~ā, D I 3,2 = M I 140,26; na ... tāvatak-
en' eva tuṭṭhi ~ā, A III 206,31; sikkhā ~ā, Vin IV
185,18; — sīlavato ... na cetanāya ~aṁ avippaṭisāro
me uppajjatū ti, A V 2,21 (na cetanāya ~aṁ ti na
cetetvā kappetvā pakappetvā kātabbaṁ, Mp V 1,16)
= 312,15; ~aṁ atthakusalena, Sn 143 (= kātabbaṁ, Pj
I 236,5) = Khp IX 1; ātappaṁ ~aṁ, A I 153,6 (=
viriyaṁ kātuṁ yuttaṁ, Mp II 253,1); S II 132,8; idaṁ
vā ~aṁ +, A I 174,10; na somanassaṁ na cetaso
ubbillāvitattaṁ ~aṁ, D I 3,21 = M I 140,29; evarū-
paṁ ... kammaṁ ... na ~aṁ, M I 415,36; adhamme-
na ce ... vaggakammaṁ akammaṁ na ca ~aṁ, Vin I
316,9 foll. (qu. Sp 1299,27) ≠ II 33,31; samaggehi ~āni
uposathâdīni kammāni, Sp 1371,31 ad Vin V 183,22-
23; dvayaṁ ~aṁ dhammikathā ... vā tuṇhībhāvo ti,
Ud 11,19 ≠ 31,16 = A IV 359,18 ≠ M I 161,32 ≠ Mp IV
22,14; ... ~aṁ ... padhānaṁ, S I 47,30*; adhimatto
chando + ... ussoḷhi ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca saṁpa-
jaññaṁ ca ~aṁ, A II 93,16 = V 93,24 = S V 440,15; uc-
cāvacāni ~āni, Vin I 70,12 (cf. uccāvacāni kiṁkaraṇī-
yāni, A III 113,18 = D III 267,21); ~āni puññāni, Vv
926 = 93; mittāni ~āni, Ja IV 296,21*; — 1.b. na ...
sabbesaṁ yeva bhikkhūnaṁ appamādena ~aṁ, M I
477,4; S IV 125,1; yassa etena ~aṁ dinnaṁ-yeva ha-
rātu so, Cp 161 = 234 (yassa etehi chavi-ādīhi ~aṁ
(so read; EeCe [SHB] w.r.: kāraṇaṁ yaṁ) atthi, tassa
mayā dinnaṁ ev' etaṁ, Cp-a 117,31); n' atthi kiñci
sippikānaṁ kammâyatanehi ... ~aṁ, Mil 78,6; 5,17;
264,20; bhavissati saṁghassa parikkhārena ~aṁ, Vin
II 294,14 qu. Sp 34,8; roge ... sati bhesajjena ~aṁ, M I
506,18; byādhitass' eva bhesajjena ~aṁ, ... chātass'
eva bhojanena ~aṁ hoti, Mil 139,1-3; kathaṁ tassa
vimokkhena ~aṁ, Nidd II 31,26; — 2. nom. atthi me
janapade ~aṁ, Vin I 177,37; siyā paccayo siyā ~aṁ,
IV 106,22 ad 106,18**; na me vanasmiṁ ~aṁ atthi, S I
180,5*; atthi saṁghassa ~aṁ, Vin I 123,2; accāyikaṁ
~aṁ uppajjeyya, M I 149,1; II 112,27; kiñcid-eva ~aṁ
uppajji, D II 340,14; ~aṁ na vijjati, Th 642; anujānā-
mi... pārisuddhiṁ dentena chandam pi dātuṁ san-
ti saṁghassa ~aṁ, Vin I 122,16 = 161,20 (santi
saṁghassa ~ānī ti vattabbe vacanavipallāsena -an
ti vuttaṁ, Sp-ṭ III 278,21 foll. = Vmv II 172,5; Sp, Vjb
do not comment, read sati ... ~e (?): ""... and to give
consent also by the one who declares (his) purity, if there
is some business of the order"", cf. Sp 1062,20-25); kiccaṁ
hoti ~aṁ vā, Vin I 141,1 foll. (etena parisaṁkhataṁ
yaṁ kiñci ~aṁ saṁgahitaṁ hoti, Sp 1068,21); Sp
250,28; kiṁ assa ~aṁ, M I 463,32; S I 101,15; V 440,5;
kiṁ me uttariṁ ~aṁ, A II 14,20; Ap 274,24; yaṁ ...
satthārā ~aṁ hitesinā ... kataṁ vo taṁ mayā, S IV
133,13 = 359,18 ≠ V 157,24 ≠ A III 87,25; M I 46,7 = III
302,6; yaṁ te ... ~aṁ taṁ karohi, S I 101,5 ≠ IV 173,6
(Spk III 8,29); Sn 32,1 (cf. Pj II 228,4); Spk I 322,8;
ohitabhārā kataṁ me ~aṁ, Thī 223 (āryā); yaṁ ...
ekaṁsena ~aṁ ... tasmin ~e kayiramāne, A I 58,3-5;
— katassa paṭicayo n' atthi ~aṁ na vijjati, Vin I
185,4* = A III 378,30* = Th 642 (katakiccattā, Th-a II
271,29) qu. Ps I 43,2*; — acc. ~aṁ tīretvā, A V 342,27
(""to conclude a business""); D II 341,9; Vin I 178,7; III
12,32 (taṁ ~aṁ niṭṭhapetvā, Sp 204,12); Ud 13,5; Ja V
298,3; Sp 36,16; akaraṇīyaṁ vā ~aṁ vâpi kubbati, Ja
V 237,13*; tā ~aṁ attano na samanupassanti katassa
vā paṭicayaṁ, A V 336,24; ~aṁ attano asamanu-
passanto, III 376,27 ≠ Vin I 183,33 (attānaṁ for
attanā, cf. s.v. atta(n) 96a9 ?); — instr. sakena ~ena,
M I 252,36; gilānassa ~ena vasati, Vin IV 106,34;
kenacid eva ~ena, D II 207,4; M I 469,5; S V 348,15;
Vin I 179,10; Sp 176,22; 585,31; agamāsi kenacid eva
~ena, Vin III 160,35; D I 91,12; Ud 39,25; Sp 1064,26;
As 43,21; ~ena gacchati, Vin III 143,32; paṭivasati
kenacid eva ~ena, D I 113,6; 150,6 (avassaṁkattab-
bakammena, yaṁ hi akātuṁ pi vaṭṭati taṁ kiccaṁ ti
vuccati, yaṁ avassaṁkātabbaṁ eva taṁ ~aṁ nāma,
Sv 309,19 foll); M II 165,8; anuppatto hoti kenacid
eva ~ena, 1349,11; 125,11; S I 210,31; V 405,19; Ud 13,4;
sannipatitāni honti kenacid eva ~ena, M I 228,22; D
II 147,24; — loc. tathārūpe accāyike ~e, Vin IV 166,8;
tasmin ~e kayiramāne, A I 58,7; ~e na-ppamajjitab-
baṁ, Mil 94,19; kismici ~e samuppanne, 146,24; sati
~e, Vin II 138,34 (sukkhakaṭṭhâdiggahaṇakicce sati,
Sp 1214,10); IV 268,11 (salākabhattâdīnaṁ vā atthāya
aññena vā kenaci ~ena gantvā, Sp 926,6 foll);
accāyike -amhi jāto, Ja V 17,17*; — tīṇ' imāni ...
~āni, A I 229,33 (avassakiccāni, avassaṁkātabbaṁ
~aṁ nāma, Mp II 354,3-4) ≠ 239,29; Peṭ 57,5 (kāyasu-
caritaṁ, vacīsucaritaṁ, manosucaritaṁ); yo pubbe
~āni pacchā so kātum icchati, Ja I 319,1* (kattab-
bakammāni, ct.) = Th 225 qu. Dhp-a III 409,3;
saṁghassa ~esu uppannesu, Sp 1152,32 (ad
saṁghassa kiccesu, Vin I 358,34*), khuddaka-
mahantesu ~esu, Dhp-a II 78,9 (ad kiccâkiccesu,
Dhp 74); — in cliches: (i) khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ
brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ ~aṁ nâparaṁ itthattāya,
Vin I 14,31 (catusu saccesu catuhi maggehi pariññā-
pahāṇasacchikiriyabhāvanāvasena soḷasavidhaṁ pi
kiccaṁ niṭṭhāpitaṁ ti attho, Sp 168,33 foll.) = D I
84,12 - M I 23,24 = S I 140,28 = A I 165,19 = Sn 16,10 =
Ud 23,26 (Ud-a 175,11); cf. ~aṁ kataṁ sabbaṁ
Sakyaputtassa sāsane, Ap 29,22 ≠ 376,11; — (ii) kiñc'
assa ... uttari ~aṁ, It 118,12; atthi c' ev' ettha
uttariṁ ~aṁ, D I 208,9; n' atthi no kiñci uttariṁ
~aṁ, 207,6 = M I 271,27 ≠ S II 99,25; n' atthi c' assa
kiñci uttariṁ ~aṁ katassa vā paṭicayo, Vin II 74,29 =
A IV 355,24 = Ud 35,5 ≠ Mil 138,19; S III 168,35; cf. sati
uttariṁ ~e, M I 271,30; — ifc. a-°; akāma-°; aggi-°;
añjali-°; atithi-°; anukampa-° (Pv-a 61,1); appa-°
(Mp III 276,21); abhiññā-sacchi-°; amanasi-° (Ps I
67,6,9); avassaṁ-°, (Vjb 539,18*); āpa-°; uttari-°;
kata-°; kiṁ-° (D III 267,21 = M I 324,27 = A III
113,19); kicca-° (Ud 13,11; Ud-a 313,23; Mp IV 42,4);
gandha-° (Kv 563,18); catu-vagga-° (Vjb 386,1);
ñāṇa-° (Kv 129,38 foll); ñāti-sālohita-° (M II 186,24);
tiro-° (Vin III 16,24; Sp 210,10), teja-° (Kv 137,16);
devatā-° (M II 186,26); dhana-° (D II 176,11); natthu-°
(Vin I 204,16); nissaya-° (Vin I 92,4); paṭiññāya-°
(Vin I 325,33); paṭipucchā-° (Vin I 325,33); pubbape-
ta-° (M II 186,25); bala-° (M I 230,16 ≠ S V 45,30; Mil
33,28 foll); bahu-° (Vin I 197,6; D I 85,29; M I 252,35; S
II 215,6; A III 116,19); bodhi-° (Kv 281,13); manasi-°
(Ps I 67,5,8); mahā-° (Mp III 83,5); mittâmacca-° (M
II 186,23); yathākāma-° (S II 226,16); rāja-° (M II
186,27); Vajji-° (D II 74,2 = A IV 18,27); vāya-° (Kv
137,20); sa-° (D II 143,22; Th 1045; Mil 138,28; Sp 6,19;
Sv 9,29; Mp II 352,11); saṁgha-° (D II 76,35; A IV
21,18; Sp 1069,26; Mp IV 18,20; Dhp-a III 250,9);
sacchi-° (A II 182,31; Mp III 167,16); sañña-° (Kv
262,11); sati-° (M I 117,1); sat'-uppāda-° (M I 124,17);
satta-sattâha-° (Dīp I 30); sattâha-° (Vin I 47,11; Sp
1068,8); sabba-° (Ps I 42,33; It-a I 165,20; Ja IV 132,13);
samagga-° (Vin V 183,22; Sp 1371,30); samaṇa-° (A I
229,2; Mp II 345,23); sāra-° (M I 192,28).[[side 289]]

" 346862314978283520,karaṇīyadhikaraṇīya,en,"

karaṇīyâdhikaraṇīya

, n. [for this type of cpd., cf.
s.vv. ami (g) for kālânukāla, Sv 542,9; adhivacanīya,
qq.v.; cf. phalaviphala], every matter, business;
paṇḍito rājā Eḷeyyo ~esu vacanīyâdhivacanīyesu
alamatthadasatarehi alamatthadasataro, A II 180,22
foll. (- paṇḍitehi kattabbakiccesu ca atirekakiccesu
ca, Mp III 165,7). — Rem.: the interpretation of
vacanīyâdhivacanīya as given s.v. adhivacanīya is
incorrect.

" 346862314995060736,karaṇīyādhikaraṇīya,en,"

karaṇīyâdhikaraṇīya

" 346862331197657088,karaṇīyadvayasamaya,en,"

karaṇīya-dvaya-samaya

, m., the time of the two ob-
ligations (viz. tuṇhībhāva and dhammī kathā, cf., e.g.,
Ud 11,19 [Ee w.r.; read dhammī vā kathā, cf. M I
161,32]; yo câyaṁ ... sannipatitānaṁ ~esu dham-
mikathāsamayo, Sv 32,34 = Ps I 9,4 = Spk I 11,5 = Mp
I 12,26 (v.l. dvayakaraṇīya°).[[side 290]]

" 346862335979163648,karaṇīyakaraṇīya,en,"

karaṇīyâkaraṇīya

, n. [kara° + akara°], what is to
be done and to be avoided; pubbekataṁ ... sārato pac-
cāgacchataṁ na hoti... idaṁ vā karaṇīyaṁ idaṁ vā
akaraṇīyan ti. iti ~e ... saccato thetato anupalab-
bhiyamāne A I 174,11 (= kattabbe ca akattabbe ca
bhūtato thirato apaññāyamāne alabbhamāne, Mp II
276,15 foll).

" 346862335370989568,karaṇīyākaraṇīya,en,"

karaṇīyā-karaṇīya

, n. [cf. phalāphala; Ai.Gr. II. 1
Nachträge: 44], various obligations; Buddhassa ... kic-
cākiccaṁ ~aṁ pahīnaṁ ucchinnamūlaṁ ... āyatiṁ
anuppādadhammaṁ, Nidd II 118,25 = Be 155,15 (ad
Sn 1105).

" 346862336004329472,karaṇīyākaraṇīya,en,"

karaṇīyâkaraṇīya

" 346862332778909696,karaṇīyamettasutta,en,"

Karaṇīya-Metta-sutta

, n.; (alternative) title of Khp
IX in the Catubhāṇavāraṭṭhakathā (cf. Epilegomena I
94*).

" 346862331990380544,karaṇīyanissaya,en,"

karaṇīya-nissaya

, mfn., one who has to seek guid-
ance; nissayakaraṇīyo ti ~o karaṇīyo mayā nissayo,
gahetabbo ti, Sp 1032,11 (Vin I 92,4).

" 346862330484625408,karaṇīyatā,en,"

karaṇīya-tā

, f. [abstr.], abstr. of prec. 1.; — exeg.:
karaṇīyassa bhāvo ~ā, Sp 1194,31; — katamaṁ kic-
câdhikaraṇaṁ. yā saṁghassa kiccayatā ~ā apaloka-
nakammaṁ + ... idaṁ vuccati kiccâdhikaraṇaṁ,
Vin II 89,2 = 93,15; Sp 595,8; — ifc. sa-° (Mil 140,16).

" 346862334666346496,karaṇīyavimānavatthu,en,"

karaṇīya-vimāna-vatthu

, n., title of Vv 921-929
(Vv-a 248); — ifc. Dutiya-° (title of Vv 930-938).

" 346862595627552768,kāraṇiyo,en,"

[kāraṇiyo,

w.r. in Ee at S II 258,25*, read kāraṇiko with MSS. S^1–3, Be, cf. Vin III 100,18*].

" 346862268450869248,karañja,en,"

karañja

, m. [ts.; EWA-1], the tree pongamia glabra;
cf. R. SYED, Die Flora Altindiens. Diss. München 1990:
176 foll.; — lex. lit.: nattamālo ~o, Abh 567; — nat-
tamālan ti ~aṁ, Sp 1090,4 (ad Vin I 201,14) qu. Vjb
320,3 (ad Sp 835,6); Bhes 3:3 (= karaud, Bhes-sn);
5:21; — ifc. kakudha-kapittha-° (~-kalīna, Vin-vn
1352); nāḷikera-° (Vin-vn 801); — in long cpd. (Sp
763,31).

" 346862272301240320,karañjabhūmi,en,"

karañja-bhūmi

, f., a site with k. trees; ~iyaṁ ṭhitaṁ
mahāpāsādaṁ, Pj II 337,15 (B^e karīsa°, q.v.).

" 346862271542071296,karañjabīja,en,"

karañja-bīja

, n., the seed of the k. tree; — ifc. gaṇḍa-
ppabheda-ṭhapita-° (~-saṇṭhāna, Pj I 46,28).

" 346862269147123712,karañjakakudhayuta,en,"

karañja-kakudhâyuta

, mfn. [°dha + ā°], enclosed
by karañja and kakudha trees; so dakkhasi pokkha-
raṇiṁ ~aṁ, Ja VI 518,27* (519,8').

" 346862269163900928,karañjakakudhāyuta,en,"

karañja-kakudhâyuta

, mfn. [°dha + ā°], enclosed
by karañja and kakudha trees; so dakkhasi pokkha-
raṇiṁ ~aṁ, Ja VI 518,27* (519,8').

" 346862270145368064,karañjapupphappamāṇa,en,"

karañja-puppha-ppamāṇa

, mfn., of the size of the
flowers of the k. tree; — ifc. mahā-° (Ps-pṭ III 303,23).

" 346862273018466304,karañjarukkha,en,"

karañja-rukkha

, m., the k. tree; ~ehi, Ja VI 519,8'.

" 346862267700088832,karañji,en,"

[

karañji

, w.r. at Vjb 320,3 for karañjaṁ due to ortho-
graphical confusion of i and ṁ of the Burmese script]

" 346862273744080896,karañjiyā,en,"

karañjiyā

, f. [cf. sa. karañjikā], = karañja, q.v.; —
mahā-° (~-vihara-vasi(n), Vism 292,17 qu. Sp-ṭ II
248,21).

" 346862415536721920,karaṇokāsa,en,"

karaṇôkāsa

, m. [°ṇa + ok°], a place for practicing
(smth, with gen.); samaṇadhammassa ~o, Spk I 86,17.

" 346862100007620608,kāraṇopacārena,en,"

kāraṇôpacārena,

reading for kāranûpacārena, q.v.

" 346862595522695168,kāraṇopadesa,en,"

kāraṇôpadesa,

reading for kāraṇâpadesa, q.v.

" 346862595480752128,kāraṇopapatti,en,"

kāraṇôpapatti,

reading for kāraṇûpapatti, q.v.

" 346862595568832512,kāraṇuddesa,en,"

kāraṇ’-uddesa,

mfn., indicating the cause; itîti ~o, Spk II 290,5 = Vibh-a 4,8.

" 346862595535278080,kāraṇupacārena kāraṇopa°,en,"

kāraṇûpacārena (kāraṇôpa°),

²ind., by metaphorical use, secondary application of the (name of the) cause (for its fruit), cf. Vism-trsl. (Ñm) 799 (Vism 683,14), Sadd 76 n. 8; — exeg.: phalûpacārena viya hi kāraṇaṁ ~ phalam pi voharīyati, Ud-a 340,26; kammaphalaṁ hi idha kamman ti vuttaṁ uttarapadalopena ~ vā, Vv-a 127,5 (-ô-); — ~ lābhâdivatthukassa … lokadhammagahaṇena gahaṇaṁ, Vism 683,14 (Be -ô-); anāvaraṇañāṇaṁ ~, Sv-pṭ I 5,7; āyuhetukattā ~ āyu, Sv-pṭ I 203,23; III 141,10; ~ c’ assa phalaṁ, Vism-mhṭ II 37,18 (ad upakkilesavimuttatāya, Vism 407,10); aññāvimokkhaṁ avijjāppabhedasaṁkhātaṁ nibbānaṁ nissāya jātattā ~, Pj II 600,12 (-ô-); jhānaṁ ~ena kasiṇan ti, Paṭis-a 318,21 (-ô-).

" 346862595556249600,kāraṇūpacārena kāraṇopa°,en,"

kāraṇûpacārena (kāraṇôpa°),

" 346862595497529344,kāraṇupapatti,en,"

kāraṇûpapatti,

f., the putting forward, producing a cause, reason; kāraṇato ti ~to, aṭṭhakathāto, Vjb 304,15 (ad Sp 788,24); vinayavinicchayaṁ pati vinayadharānaṁ ~to uhâpohakkamaṁ, Vjb 18,14 (ad Sp 2,15* foll.) “the method of discussion on account of producing reasons (used by) the vinaya-experts concerning legal decisions”; adhippāyo ti kāraṇopapattisiddho uhâpohanayappavatto paccakkhâdipamāṇapatirūpako, Vjb 85,25 (ad Sp 230,29).

" 346862595510112256,kāraṇūpapatti,en,"

kāraṇûpapatti,

" 346862336713166848,karaṇuttara,en,"

karaṇ'-uttara

, n. [cf. sa. kāraṇottara (n.)], 1. (n.) the
act of outdoing; 2. (mfn.) concerned with outdoing (sm-
bdy); — 1. añṅehi kiṅci kataṁ disvā sārambhavase-
na ~aṁ (CeEe kār°, Be karanuttarik°) karoti, Ja III
260,1'; — 2. sārambhakathā ti esā ~ā (BeCe kar°, Ee
kār°) yugaggāhakathā nāma dukkhā, Dhp-a III
57,20 (ad Dhp 133).

" 346862595602386944,kāraṇuttara,en,"

kāraṇ’-uttara

, etc. read karaṇ’-uttara, q.v.

" 346862337459752960,karaṇuttarika,en,"

karaṇ'-uttarika

, f., = prec.; reading of Be for CeEe
kāraṇuttara at Ja III 260,1'.

" 346862338135035904,karaṇuttariya,en,"

k[ā/a]raṇ'-uttariya

, n. and mfn., 1. (n.) the action of out-
doing; 2. (mfn.) concerned with outdoing; — 1.
karaṇassa uttarakiriyā ~aṁ ... parena ... kismiñci
kate taddiguṇaṁ karaṇavasena sārambhā, Ps-pṭ I
200,22 ≠ Vibh-mṭ 217,13 (ad Vibh-a 469,24) qu.
Vibh-anuṭ 215,27; — 2. rabhasā ti ~ā (Ee kār°) Sv
969,3 (Sv-pṭ III 208,8). kāraṇ'-uttariya

" 346862338151813120,kāraṇuttariya,en,"

k[ā/a]raṇ'-uttariya

" 346862400789549056,karaṇuttariyakaraṇa,en,"

karaṇ'-uttariya-karaṇa

, n., an action consisting in
outdoing; ajinī ti kūṭasakkhiotāraṇena vā vādapaṭi-
vādena vā ~ena vā ajesi, Dhp-a I 44,2 (ad Dhp 3) qu.
Sp-ṭ III 350,28.

" 346862405013213184,karaṇuttariyakaraṇalakkhaṇa,en,"

karaṇ'-uttariya-karaṇa-lakkhaṇa

, mfn., character-
ised by the action of outdoing; sārambhā jāyate ti
ahaṁ tvan ti ākaḍḍhanavikaḍḍhanaṁ karontassa
~ā sārambhā (BeCe so; Ee w.r. karaṇasā°) araṇiman-
thanāya viya pāvako kodho jāyati, Ja IV 27,7' ≠
Cp-a 139,14 (BeCe so; Ee w.r. °ṇasā°); ~o sārambho,
Th-a III 30,3 qu. Paṭis-a 650,31.

" 346862396804960256,karaṇuttariyalakkhaṇa,en,"

k[ā/a]raṇ'-uttariya-lakkhaṇa

, mfn., characterised by
outdoing; — exeg.: svāyaṁ (scil. sārambho) lakkha-
ṇato ~o nāma vuccati, yena sammanāgato puggalo
taṁdiguṇaṁ taṁtiguṇaṁ karoti, Vibh-a 469,29; ka-
raṇassa uttaraṁ kiriyaṁ karaṇuttariyaṁ, taṁ lak-
khaṇaṁ etassā ti ~o, Mp-ṭ II 364,3 (ad Mp III 173,10);
— ~o sārambho vipaccanīkatāraso agāravapaccu-
paṭṭhāno, Ps I 107,2 (ad M I 16,1; Ps-pṭ I 200,22); ~o
(Ee kār°) sārambho, Ps IV 58,8; ~aṁ sārambhaṁ
vinetvā suṇātī ti, Spk I 264,18 (ad S I 179,17*); yaṁ
pan' etaṁ jāti-ādīhi seṭṭhassa bhayena sadissa ~e
(Ee kār°) sārambhe ādīnavadassanena khamanaṁ
n' esā adhivāsanakhanti nāmā ti, Ja V 142,9'; Nidd-a
I 63,29 = Paṭis-a 326,20; ~ato (Ee kār°) sārambhato
jātā ti sārambhajā, Sv-pṭ III 95,18. kāraṇ'-uttariya-lakkhaṇa

" 346862396846903296,kāraṇuttariyalakkhaṇa,en,"

k[ā/a]raṇ'-uttariya-lakkhaṇa

" 346862595581415424,kāraṇuttariyalakkhaṇa,en,"

kāraṇ’-uttariya-lakkhaṇa,

read karaṇ’-uttariya-lakkhaṇa, q.v.

" 346862354635427840,karaṇuttariyapakkhiya,en,"

k[ā/a]raṇ'-uttariya-pakkhiya

, mfn., falling under the
alternative viz. the act of outdoing; -am (Ee kār°) evā
ti dassento tuyhan ti ādim āha, Sv-pṭ III 95,21 (ad Sv
892,8, cf. k[ā/a]raṇuttara, q.v.). kāraṇ'-uttariya-pakkhiya

" 346862354648010752,kāraṇuttariyapakkhiya,en,"

k[ā/a]raṇ'-uttariya-pakkhiya

" 346862409006190592,karaṇuttariyapasuta,en,"

karaṇ'-uttariya-pasuta

, mfn., addicted to outdoing;
sārambhabahulatāya ~ā, Th-a III 86,8.

" 346862595593998336,kāraṇuttariyatā,en,"

kāraṇ’-uttariyatā,

f., the fact of being supported by arguments, reasons (as one of the five ways through which a meaning can be asserted, cf. Sp 230,28–231,11); + attano mati ~âti imehi catūhi samentaṁ kāraṇaṁ, Mil 148,11.

" 346862412453908480,karaṇuttariyavācā,en,"

karaṇ'-uttariya-vācā

, f, a statement concerned with
outdoing; tuyhaṁ āpatti atthī ti vutte ahaṁ piṇḍāya
caritvā Pāṭaliputtaṁ gato ti ādinā nayena bahiddhā
vikkhepakathā pavattaṁ vā ~aṁ (BeCe so, Ee
kāraṇuttaraṁ vāc°, cf. k[ā/a]raṇuttara 2., q.v.) na
bhāsati, Sv 892,10 (Sv-pṭ III 95,18 foll).

" 346862523439386624,karapāla,en,"

kara-pāla

, m., a kind of sword; ~o, Sadd 922,14, cf.
s.v. karavāla, q.v.

" 346862526861938688,karapālaka,en,"

kara-pālaka

, m. [sa. karapālaka, lex. lit., CDIAL
2796 karapāla-], = prec.; ~o, Sadd 922,14.

" 346862529986695168,karapālikā,en,"

kara-pālikā

, f. [sa. karapālikā, lex. lit.], = prec.; illī
tu ~ā, Abh 392, cf. s.v. illī, q.v.

" 346862100078923776,kārapaṇṇa,en,"

kāra-paṇṇa

, n. [cf.⁴kāra, q.v.], the leaf of the kāra tree (as food for ascetics); porāṇakapaṇḍitā … aloṇadhūpanaṁ udakamattasittaṁ ~aṁ khādamānā, Ja IV 237,1; mahāsattassa ~āni pacitvā nibbāpentassa, VI 23,22’; Cp-a 24,15; °âdimissakapaṇṇaṁ, Spk II 293,7 (ad akhārika, S III 87,20); °âdi-āharatāya, Cp-a 272,7; °âdipaṇṇañ ca … na bhuñjāmi, Ap-a 342,32; — Rem.: v.l. at Ja IV 238,25; 239,9 in MS. Bd, Be for °‑patta, q.v.

" 346862100057952256,kārapaṇṇaka,en,"

kāra-paṇṇaka,

n., = prec.; paṇṇasālaṁ pavisitvā taṁ ~aṁ nīharitvā, Ja VI 24,7.

" 346862100032786432,kārapatta,en,"

kāra-patta,

n., = prec., cf. kārapaṇṇa, q.v.; udakasittāni ~āni khādati, Ja IV 238,22 qu. Cp-a 22,27; ~āni sedetvā, 25 (Be -paṇṇāni).

" 346862099797905408,kāraphala,en,"

kāra-phala

, n., the fruit of the ⁴kāra tree; kāsumāriyo ti evaṁnāmakāni phalāni ~āni vā, Ja IV 434,15’.

" 346862099923734528,kārapiṭṭhi,en,"

Kārapiṭṭhi,

mn., Npr.; name of a village in Ceylon where the Moggallāna-vihāra was built by Moggallāna III (611–617); ~imhi kāresi Moggallānavihārakaṁ, Mhv XLIV 50.

" 346862541076434944,karappasāraṇa,en,"

kara-ppasāraṇa

, n., streching out one's hands; ap-
pattavisayapatthanā taṇhā, tamasi corānaṁ ~aṁ
viya, Sv-pṭ I 240,2.

" 346862536525615104,karappattadhanaggahaṇa,en,"

kara-ppatta-dhana-ggahaṇa

, n., the seizing of valu-
ables that have come into one's hands; corānaṁ ~aṁ,
Sv-pṭ I 240,4.

" 346862533086285824,karapuṭa,en,"

kara-puṭa

, m. [ts.; Rāṣṭrap 2,17], the joint hands; —
°-añjali, m. (dv.); pume ~ī, Abh 268.

" 346862142705635328,karasākhā,en,"

kara-sākhā

, f, a finger; ~ā, Abh 266.

" 346862147373895680,karaseṭṭha,en,"

kara-seṭṭha

, m. and n., the best of hands; ~ena pag-
gayha jalajaṁ puppham ... satthā , Ap 109,26.

" 346862274528415744,karaṭa,en,"

karaṭa

, mfn., - aḍḍhasāra, q.v.; gāmikapuriso ...
""ayaṁ pana kūṭo, ayaṁ cheko, ayaṁ ~o (Ee w.r.) a-
yaṁ saṇho"" ti na jānāti, Spk II 294,7 (aḍḍhasārattā
~o, Spk-pṭ II 238,16); the same phrase occurs at Ps II
344,10 (reading akūṭo) and Vism 437,16 (reading aḍ-
ḍhasāro).

" 346862497413730304,karatala,en,"

kara-tala

, n., palm of the hand; khattiyānaṁ ekasa-
taṁ āvunitvā ~e (read m.c. karattale), Cp 346 (hat-
thatale, Cp-a 251,16); padumavaṇṇena ~ena pup-
phāni khipitvā, Ja V 216,6'; ~ena gahetvā, Ap-a
412,20 (ad Ap 140,4); tanumajjhimā (Ja VI 503,15* =
Ap 40,7 [khuddakandarapadesā, Ap-a 277,35]) ti
-am iva tanumajjhimabhāgo, Ja Be VII 273,1 (insert-
ed after sussoṇiyo, Ja VI 504,30' in Be only) ""having a
waist as slim as the width of a palm"", cf. s.v. kara-
mitamajjhā.

" 346862500710453248,karatalagata,en,"

kara-tala-gata

, mfn., lying on the palm of the hand;
bodhisatto ... buddhabhāvaṁ ~am iva maññamāno
Bv-a 95,13 = Thūp 153,8.

" 346862507308093440,karatalamalaka,en,"

kara-talâmalaka

, m. and n. [°la + ām°], the fruit of
yellow myrobalan lying in the palm of the hand; sab-
bavaṭṭaṁ ~am iva niravasesaṁ disvā, Mhbv 34,13.

" 346862507324870656,karatalāmalaka,en,"

kara-talâmalaka

, m. and n. [°la + ām°], the fruit of
yellow myrobalan lying in the palm of the hand; sab-
bavaṭṭaṁ ~am iva niravasesaṁ disvā, Mhbv 34,13.

" 346862503998787584,karatalayugala,en,"

kara-tala-yugala

, n., a pair of palms of the hand;
~ena paṁsuṁ āharitvā, Mhbv 6,9.

" 346862511431094272,karati,en,"

[

karati

, v. kar(a) 1.f.(i)]

" 346862519307997184,karatiya,en,"

Karatiya

, m., Npr.; one of the yakkha generals; cf.
PPN s.v.; Puṇṇako ~o Gulo, D III 204,32*.

" 346862515415683072,karatiya,en,"

karatiya

, m., a species of bean, cf. Vessantara-ja-trsl.
GOMBRICH-CONE 1977, p. 99; udakantasmiṁ bahu-
jāto ... muggatiyo ~o sevālasiṁsakaṁ bahu, Ja VI
536,2* (~o ti rājamāso, 536,16').

" 346862101228163072,karav,en,"

karav

ī, cf. karavīya, q.v.

" 346862582507769856,karavāla,en,"

karavāla

, m., a kind of sword; ekatodhārâdinā
satthena karavālakhaggâdinā, Ps-pṭ III 423,7 (ad Ps
V 85,7), cf. s.v. karapāla, q.v.

" 346862360205463552,karavāḷagiri,en,"

Karavāḷa-giri

, m.; Npr.; a place in Sri lanka;
°-(a)vha, called ~; ~e Mhv LXXII 134.

" 346862259332452352,karavandaka,en,"

[

karavanda(ka)

, w.r. at Sp 834,32, Vin-vn 1355 for
karamadda, q.v.] [karavandaka

" 346862109746794496,karavīka,en,"

Karavīka

, m., Npr.; one of the mountains surround-
ing mount Sineru, cf. Kirf.-Kosm. 186; Yugandharo
īsadharo ~o Sudassano, Nemindharo Vinatako
Assakaṇṇo giribraha, Ja VI 125,13* (~assa anatare
īsadharo. so kira ~ato uccataro) = Vism 206,8* = Sp
119,15; (Sp-ṭ I 253,5-19) = As 298,17* qu. Pj II 443,4* =
Sp-ṭ 254,2* = Ss 323,6* ≠ Abh 26.[[side 294]]

" 346862105204363264,karavīka,en,"

karavīka

, m. [BHS karaviṅka; cf. sa. kalaviṅka,
EWA-2 s.v.], cuckoo; lex. lit.: Abh 626; — Himavante
pabbate ~ā nāma sakuṇajāti mañjussarā, D II 20,8
(Sv 453,1-11) = Ps III 382,21-383,9 qu. Bv-a 61,28-62,9 =
Ss 339,21-34); ~ā ca gāyantu Ap 3,28 (kokilā, Ap-a
109,16); 367,27; suvaṇṇapañjaraṁ visajjesi, paṅjaro
gantvā ekassa ~assa purato aṭṭhāsi, Ps III 383,13 foll.;
~ā sakuṇikā maññunā madhurassarā akaṁsu, Mhv
V 32; — ifc. matta-° (-~rudamañjughosa, Ps III
382,20); in long cpd. Ja V 416,26**.

" 346862127727775744,karavīkabhāṇin,en,"

karavīka-bhāṇin

, mfn., talking with a voice like that
of a cuckoo, gloss of one of the 32 mahāpurisalakkhaṇa,
cf. BHSD s.v. lakṣaṇa no. 28.; brahmassaro ~ī, D II
18,25 (karavīko viya bhaṇatī ti ~ī mattakaravīka-
rudamaṅjughoso ti attho, Sv 451,3 = Ps III 382,20 qu.
Nidd-a I 439,8 (ad Nidd 446,2) = III 144,22; 173,20;
brahmassaro ... bhavaṁ Gotamo ~ī, M II 137,6 (Ps
III 382,20); tathāgatassa saddo loke pana karavīkato
aññassa madhuratarassa abhāvato ~ī ti vuttaṁ, Ps
III 384,5 (ad M II 137,6); bhagavatā vuttaṁ: so tassa
kammassa upacitattā ussannattā ... brahmassaro
hoti ~ī, Kv 467,19 (cf. D III 144,22 with 146,1?).

" 346862291091722240,karavīkamadhuraṅgira,en,"

karavīka-madhuraṅ-gira

, mfn., having a voice as
sweet as that of a cuckoo; ~o, Bv I 78; (so read m.c.) (ka-
ravikamadhurassaro ti attho, Bv-a 61,36).

" 346862290986864640,karavīkamadhuranigghosa,en,"

karavīka-madhura-nigghosa

, m., a voice as sweet as
that of a cuckoo; ~aṁ brahmassarañ ca sutvā, Pj II
242,23.

" 346862290923950080,karavīkaruta,en,"

karavīka-ruta

, mfn., crying like a cuckoo; ~o nātho,
brahmassaro tathāgato, Ap 390,19 qu. Th-a II 230,20
(Ee om.; cf. Be Th-a II 178,7); — Rem.: on the variation
between °-ruta and °-ruda cf. LÜDERS, Beobachtungen:
83 § 98, but cf. also O. v. HINÜBER: Selected Papers,
1994: 225.

" 346862290726817792,karavīkarutamadhura,en,"

karavīka-ruta-madhura

, mfn., sweet like the cry of a
cuckoo; madhurena rutena cā ti ~ saddena, Ap-a
494,10 (ad Ap 465,27).

" 346862290865229824,karavīkarutamañju,en,"

karavīka-ruta-mañju

, mfn., lovely like the cry of a
cuckoo; bhagavato bhāsitan (D I 46,27) ti ~unā kaṇ-
ṇasukhena ... brahmassarena bhāsamānassa bhaga-
vato bhāsitaṁ, Sv 129,26 ≠ Ps I 56,6 = Spk II 10,29;
abhinanditvā ti ~unā brahmassarena bhagavatā
vuccamāne ... nanditvā, Ud-a 127,17; Sv-pṭ III 52,8
(ad Sv 865,17); ~unā brahmassarena dhammaṁ de-
seti, 280,8; Vv-a 219,3; catuariyasaccaṁ pakāsento
~unā sarena sabhāvaniruttiyā vineyyajjhāsayânurū-
paṁ vacanaṁ vadati, It-a I 19,9; — °-tā, f, abstr.;
~āya āpātharamaṇīyato, Sv-pṭ I 356,2 (ad Sv 228,26)
qu. Mp-ṭ II 18,6 (ad Mp II 106,9); ~āya madhuro saro,
Ps-pṭ II 16,32 (ad Ps II 22,30).

" 346862290798120960,karavīkarutamañjussara,en,"

karavīka-ruta-mañju-ssara

, mfn., producing a
sound lovely like the cry of a cuckoo; vagguvādo sat-
thā (Nidd I 446,2) ti ... hadayaṅgamavādo ~o,
Nidd-a I 439,8.

" 346862290668097536,karavīkarutopama,en,"

karavīka-rut'-opama

, mfn., like the cry of a cuckoo;
vācaṁ ~aṁ, Ap 282,5.

" 346862290424827904,karavīkasadda,en,"

karavīka-sadda

, m., the voice of a cuckoo; evaṁ ma-
dhuro ~o, Sv 453,31 = Ps III 384,3 etc. (cf. s.v.
karavīka).

" 346862290596794368,karavīkasakuṇa,en,"

karavīka-sakuṇa

, m., the bird ""cuckoo""; ~o saman-
tā ādāsabhittīsu attano chāyaṁ disvā karavīkasaññī
hutvā madhuraṁ giraṁ nicchāresi, Vism 112,8; ~ā
āgantvā madhurassaraṁ vikūjantā rañño ba-
likammaṁ karonti, Sp 43,5 qu. Thūp 185,1 (cf. Mhv
V 32); ~e kira madhurarasaṁ ambapakkaṁ tuṇ-
ḍakena paharitvā ... vikūjamāne, Sv 453,1 (Sv-pṭ II
55,19) = Ps III 382,22 qu. Ss 339,21 (cf. s.v. karavīka);
saddo ... ~assa, Ps III 383,11; Kakusandhassa bhaga-
vato kale ~o hutvā madhurakūjitaṁ kūjento, Th-a II
116,14.

" 346862290378690560,karavīkasamassara,en,"

karavīka-sama-ssara

, mfn., producing a sound like a
cuckoo; ~aṁ, Ap 460,9.

" 346862290500325376,karavīkasaññin,en,"

karavīka-saññi(n)

, mfn., perceiving cuckoos; sab-
badisāsu ~ī hutvā madhuraṁ giraṁ nicchāresi,
Vism 112,9 (referring to the story at Sv 453,1 foll.).
karavīka-saññin

" 346862290210918400,karavīkassara,en,"

karavīka-ssara

, m., the cry of a cuckoo; mayūras-
saro haṁsassaro ~o, evaṁ vaggurūpo ... saro suy-
yati, Vv-a 167,29 (ad Vv 657); Sv-pṭ II 55,16 (reading of
Be, cf. n. 88).

" 346862290257055744,karavīkasussara,en,"

karavīka-sussara

, mfn., having a beautiful voice like
a cuckoo; koci ... ~o, Vv 657; (karavīko viya so-
bhanassaro, Vv-a 167,28); rudaṁ manuññaṁ ~aṁ, Ja
V 204,1* (karavīkassa viya sussaraṁ sumadhuraṁ,
Ja V 206,25').

" 346862114528301056,karavīkatissatthera,en,"

Karavīkatissa-tthera

, m.; Npr.; a Thera in Sri lanka,
qu. as an authority on vinaya, cf. E. W. Adikaram,
Early history, 1948: 82; ~o, Sp 646,6 foll.; 1047,21; ~o
... vinayadharapāmokkho, 1101,2 qu. Pālim 112,9;
~o 1166,18.

" 346862118865211392,karavīkatissattheravāda,en,"

Karavīkatissa-tthera-vāda

, m., the teachings of K.;
~e, Sp 647,3.

" 346862589088632832,karavindadaṇḍa,en,"

[

karavinda-daṇḍa

, w.r. at Pālim 96,11 for kara-
maddaka°, q.v.]

" 346862592083365888,karavindādilatā,en,"

[

karavind'-ādi-latā

, Burmese reading at Nidd-a I
378,1, cf. kāḷavallādilatā, q.v.]

" 346862290114449408,karavīra,en,"

karavīra

, m. [cf. kaṇavīra; sa. karavīra, EWA-2
(Vol. III) s.v., CDIAL 2800 (with Addenda)], oleander;
cf. R. Syed, Die Flora Altindiens. Diss. M[ū/u]nchen, 1990:
183-187; — lex. lit.: ~o 'ssamārako, Abh 577; — ~ā,
Bhes 10:31; — ifc. kuruvindaka-° (Ja IV 92,5*); in long
cpd. (Vin-vn 1352, cf. Sp 836,14 reading kaṇavīra); —
°-ja, mfn., derived from oleander (?); vikāre ~e, Bhes
8:18; — °-nāmaka, mfn., called oleander; ~āni
mahātiṇāni, Ja IV 92,13' (ad 92,5*). — °-patta, n., the
leaf of oleander; yen' amhi viddho ... yadi vā vaccha-
dantaṁ vā yadi vā ~aṁ, M I 429,36 (traces of an old
reading kaṇavīra° in Ms. M: M I 566,7); — °-mālā, f.,
a garland of oleander (used by sunworshippers); ~āhi
pūjaṁ katvā, Sv-pṭ I 169,1 (ad Sv 97,15).

" 346862585875795968,karaviṭṭhavilatta,en,"

Karaviṭṭhavilatta

, m. and n.; Npr.; a tank in Sri lan-
ka>; ... ~aṁ, Mhv LXVIII 48.

" 346862290164781056,karavīya,en,"

karavīya

, m. [cf. karavīka, q.v.], cuckoo; ~ā ca saggā
ca, Ja VI 538,13*; ~ā nāma te dijā, 538,22* (so read with
Be and Sadd 1310 s.v. for Ee karavī).

" 346862102566146048,kārāyaṇa,en,"

[Kārāyaṇa

modernized reading, e.g., at Dhp-a I 356,9, for older Kārāyana, cf. Mittelindisch § 205, cf. next]

" 346862243708669952,kareṇu,en,"

kareṇu

, f. [cf. kaṇeru, q.v.; Amg. kareṇu; ts., EWA-
2 (Vol. III) s.v.; CDIAL 2812], elephant, particularly a
female elephant; — lex. lit.: gaje ~u purise, so hat-
thiniyam itthiyaṁ, Abh 866; — dantā ~ū va, Ja IV
49,20* (thus ms. B^df, Ce SHB 1934 and Be; Ee kaṇeru)
(ct.: hatthinī); °-nāgakula-°~°-saṁghâdhivutthe, Ja
V 416,23** (Ee kaṇeru); ekaṁ ~uṁ sakkariṁsu:
imassa puttaṁ nissāya ... , Spk II 227,21 (cf. Ja II
342,3); — ifc. matta-° (Thī 373); — °-kā, f, cow-ele-
phant; hatthinī tu ~ā, Sadd 346,1; — °-piṭṭha, n., back
of a cow-elephant; ~e ṭhapetvā, Dhp-a I 198,15 (Ee
kaṇeru°); — Rem.: it is impossible to give preference to
either form because of the uncertain etymology. The
spelling kaṇeru seems to be preferred by the Sinhalese
tradition.

" 346862243645755392,kareri,en,"

kareri

, f., name of a flowering tree, musk-rose; ~ī ti
varuṇarukkhassa nāmaṁ. Sv 407,5 qu. Ud-a 202,27
(reading varaṇa°, cf. CDIAL 11314 varaṇa); sālā ~i
bahuk' ettha jambuyo, Ja V 405,21* (ct.: ~rukkhā,
406,17'); — °-kuṭi, f, the kareri-hut; Anāthapiṇḍikas-
sa ārāme ~iyaṁ, D II 1,6 (Sv 407,5); — °-tilaka, m.
and n., kareri- and tilaka-trees; ambajambūhi sañ-
channā ~ā tathā uddālakā pāṭaliyo sobhenti mama
assamaṁ, Ap 362,8; — °-maṇḍala-māḷa, m., the kare-
ri-pavilion; ~e sannisinnānaṁ, D II 1,8 = Ud 30,20 (ta-
smā (i.e., ~o] karerirukkhassa avidūre kate nisīda-
nasālāsaṅkhāte maṇḍalamāḷe. tiṇapaṇṇacchadanaṁ
anovassakaṁ ~o; Ud-a 203,2-4); nivāsanâgāraṁ pana
bhagavato Jetavane ... + ~ +, Pj II 403,3; — °-mālā, f.,
wreath, garland of kareri-flowers; ~ā vitatā bhūmi-
bhāge manorame, Ja VI 534,4* (ct.: kareripupphehi
vitatā, 534,16'); — ~-vitata, mfn., spread with garlands
of kareri-flowers; ~ā bhūmibhāgā manoramā, Th 1062
(Th-a III 140,4: varuṇarukkhapantīhi samāgatā, kāḷa-
vaṇṇapupphehi oṭṭhatā ti pi vadanti).

" 346862101211385856,karerimaṇḍapa,en,"

kareri-maṇḍapa,

m., a bower formed by a kareri-tree; ~o tassā kuṭikāya dvāre ṭhito, Sv 407,6 (yathājātānaṁ karerirukkhānaṁ ghanapattasākhāvitānehi maṇḍapasaṅkhepena sañchanno padeso, Sv-pṭ II 1,6).

" 346862243775778816,kareṭa,en,"

kareṭa, kareṭu

, m. [ts.], finger-nail; ~o ~u, Sadd 922,2. kareṭa

" 346862243800944640,kareṭu,en,"

kareṭa, kareṭu

, m. [ts.], finger-nail; ~o ~u, Sadd 922,2. kareṭa

" 346862170438373376,karin,en,"

kari(n)

, m. [Amg. karin; sa. karin, EWA-2 (Vol. III)
s.v.], elephant; catubbhidhaṁ vā nāmaṁ: āvatthi-
kaṁ, liṅgikaṁ, nemittikaṁ, adhiccasamuppannan
ti... tattha ... sikhī ~ī ti evamādi liṅgikaṁ, Sp 122,23
(cf. O. H. PIND, Buddhist Studies/ Bukkyō Kenkyū
XXVI 1997: 29); jannukehi ~ī ṭhātu, Mhv XVII 25;
thūpassa karaṇaṁ ~ī icchatī ti ... abravi, XIX 75
(hatthino karasaṅkhātassa soṇḍassa atthitāya ~ī ti
vuccanti, Mhv-ṭ 410,5); chaddantakulato ~ī hatthic-
chāpaṁ āharitvā, XXII 61; XXIV 34; āruyha ...
Kaṇḍulaṁ ~iṁ, XXV 68; — °-gajjita, n., the roaring
of elephants; bheriravena mahatā ~ena, Dāṭh V 56; —
°-vara, m., the best of elephants; ~aṁ ... disvā, Dāṭh
IV 2; — ifc. (in long cpd. Mhbv 4,27); — ~-kumbha-
ppamāṇa, mfn., as large as the frontal globe of an excel-
lent elephant; ~aṁ vatthuṁ katvā, Mhbv 143,2. karin

" 346862172728463360,karindaka,en,"

Karindaka

, mn.; Npr.; a mountain; Karindake pab-
bate, Mhv XLI 45.

" 346862175081467904,karindanadī,en,"

Karinda-nadī

, f.; Npr.; the river Kirindi-oya / Kirin-
di-gaṅga in Southern Sri lanka, cf. Geiger, Culture: 5 (§
5), 11 (§ 8); ~iyā sīse ... Paṅjalipabbate, Mhv XXXII
14 (Mhv-ṭ 587,10); ≠ Thūp 248,26 (cf. 137, n. 13).

" 346862177539330048,kariparibandha,en,"

kariparibandha

, Th 1152 read karīsaparibandha, q.v.

" 346862194526261248,karīra,en,"

karīra

, m. [cf. kalīra; Amg. karīra, sa. karīra; EWA-
2 (Vol. III), CDIAL 2805], name of a thorny plant (=
Capparis aphylla), wild caper; — lex. lit.: ~o kakaco
bhave, Abh 580; — ~assa pupphaṁ ... ice' evam
adikaṁ puppham anekaṁ yavakalikaṁ, Vin-vn
1348, cf. Sp 836,10; — °-puppha, n., the flower of ~;
~aṁ .... yāvakālikaṁ, Sp 836,10 qu. Pālim 97,15.

" 346862196946374656,karīsa,en,"

karīsa

, n. [EWA-2 s.v. *karīṣa-²; CDIAL 2807
(with Addenda)], a measure of land; a pakati~a is half a
rāja~: Sv 423,20, cf. GEIGER, Culture: 83 (§ 75); — lex.
lit.: ~aṁ caturambaṇaṁ, Abh 197; — soḷasa ~āni, Ja
I 215,2; — ifc. aṭṭha-° (Sv 423,20; ~-ṭṭhāna, Mp I 143,5;
~-ppamāṇa, Sp 1221,6; Mp I 223,1 Ja I 94,24);
aḍḍha-° (~-matta); eka->°; catuvīsati-° (~-sahassa,
Spk III 39,27); pañca-° (~-matta, Ja IV 276,18 [so
read]); paṇṇāsa-° (~-matta, Ja IV 276,16); rāja-° (Sv
423,20; ~-matta-ṭṭhāna, Ja IV 233,3); vīsati-°
(~-ppamāṇa, Sp 1221,17); satthi-° (Mhv XXVIII 13
[kar[ī/i]sa]; ~-matta, Ja IV 276,17); sahassa-° (~-matta,
Ja IV 276,14; ~-vāpi, Mhv XXXV 86); soḷasa-° (Cp
322; Sv 423,20; ~-ppamāṇa, Ja I 94,22; ~-matta, Mp
I 143,4).

" 346862575696220160,karīsa,en,"

karīsa

, n. [Amg. karīsa; sa. kárīṣa, EWA-2, CDIAL
2806], excrement, dung; — gramm. lit.: karā īso. karo-
tismā īso hoti, karīyatī ti ~aṁ - gūtho, Mogg VII
210; Sadd 873,12; — atthi imasmiṁ kāye kesā
...udariyaṁ ~aṁ pittaṁ ..., D II 293,16 = M I 57,18 =
S V 278,12 = A III 233,25 = Khp 2,8 (Pj I 59,17-60,7 =
Vibh 193,23 (= vaccaṁ, Vibh-a 243,3); ajjhattikapa-
ṭhavīdhātu ... kesā ... ~aṁ, M I 185,19; 421,27 (qu.
Sadd 909,5); Vibh 82,12 (~aṁ pakkāsayasaṅkhāte aṭ-
ṭhaṅgulaveḷupabbasadise antapariyosāne ṭhitaṁ,
Vism 358,36 = Vibh-a 63,1 qu. Paṭis-a I 82,5); ~aṁ a-
bhiññeyyaṁ, Paṭis I 7,2 (~aṁ pakkāsayasaṅkhāte
heṭṭhā nābhipiṭṭhikaṇṭakamūlaṁ antare ubbedhena
aṭṭhaṅgulamatte antāvasāne ṭhitaṁ vaccaṁ, Paṭis-a
82,6 ≠ Nidd-a I 302,10); pānabhojanâdi pañcadhā vi-
vekaṁ gacchati... eko bhāgo muttaṁ hoti, eko bhā-
go ~aṁ, Vism 259,25 qu. Pj I 59,5; kucchi bhijjati ~aṁ
nikkhamati, Ps III 95,6; yathā uccāraṭṭhānamhi ~aṁ
naranāriyo chaḍḍayitvāna gacchanti, Bv II 21 qu. Ja
I 5,28*; ohanetī ti ~aṁ ossajati, Cp-a 141,18 (ad Cp
187); muttaṁ ~aṁ semhaṁ dantamalaṁ ... sabbaṁ
vaṭṭati, Sp 854,14 (cf. Vin-vn 1524); ~aṁ kata-
kaphalamattaṁ, Ps II 1314 (scil. of a hare); pu iti
~assa nāmaṁ, taṁ kusenti apanentī ti pukkusā,
Spk-pṭ I 194,24 (ad Spk I 162,27); — ifc. mutta-° (A I
139,20; Vin-vn 1524; ~-puṇṇa, Sn 835 qu. Mp I
437,13* = Ud-a 383,3*; in long cpd. at Pj I 58,15).

" 346862208631705600,karīsabhāga,en,"

karīsa-bhāga

, m., the part which is dung; paricche-
dato pakkāsayapaṭalena c' eva ~ena ca parichin-
naṁ, Vism 260,9 = Vibh-a 243,14 qu. Pj I 60,4.[[side 296]]

" 346862211106344960,karīsabhāva,en,"

karīsa-bhāva

, m., the state of being dung; ~aṁ upa-
gantvā, Vism 345,23.

" 346862213450960896,karīsabhūmi,en,"

karīsa-bhūmi

, f., Burmese reading at Pj II 337,15 (Be
Pj IIVol. II 70,27) tor karañja°, q.v.

" 346862199244853248,karīsachaḍḍanaṭṭhāna,en,"

karīsa-chaḍḍana-ṭṭhāna

, n., the place of defecation;
~e suvaṇṇakaṭāhaṁ patiṭhāpetvā, Ja III 384,14.

" 346862186896822272,karisalābhī,en,"

[

karisalābhī

, misprint in Ee at Ps III 31,26 for kasi-
ralābhī, q.v.]

" 346862215812354048,karīsamagga,en,"

karīsa-magga

, m. [syn. vacca-magga, q.v.], excre-
ment passage, rectum; antaṁ ... okāsato ... heṭṭhā ca
~e vinibaddhattā galavāṭakakarīsamaggapariyante
sarīrabbhantare ṭhitaṁ, Vism 258,9 = Vibh-a 241,18
qu. Pj I 56,31; hatthikuṇape sukkhante ~o pihito, Ja
IV 327,8 foll.; megho ... temayi ... ~aṁ, 330,26*; —
ifc. galavāṭaka-° (~-pariyanta,Vism 258,9 qu. Pj I
56,32); — °-pariyanta, mfn., limited by the rectum;
antaṁ galavāṭakato ~e sarīrabbhantare ṭhi-
taṁ, Vibh-a 62,8.

" 346862220921016320,karīsamatta,en,"

karīsa-matta

, mfn. measuring one karīsa; ~e bhūmi-
bhāge, Sv 859,29 = Ps II 296,30 qu. Ud-a 158,24; ~e pa-
dese, Mp I 448,19; — °-bhūmi-patthaṭa, mfn., spread-
ing over the area measuring a karīsa; ~aṁ ekaṁ mātu-
larukkhaṁ disvā, Sv 845,31; — ifc. aṭṭha-° (Mp I
154,19); saṭṭhi-° (Mp I 234,8); soḷasa-° (Mp I 142,24;
143,4; Cp-a 236,3).

" 346862189409210368,karisāpaṇa,en,"

karisāpaṇa

, m. [sa. kārṣāpaṇa, EWA-2, CDIAL
3080], a coin, v. kahāpaṇa; — lex. lit.: atho kahāpaṇo
'nitthī, kathyake ~o, Abh 481.

" 346862201862098944,karīsaparibandha,en,"

karīsa-paribandha

, mfn., obstructed by dung; tava
sarīraṁ navasotaṁ duggandhakaraṁ ~aṁ, Th 1152
(so read, cf. Th Appendix I, p. 237 and EV I 283 ad loc).

" 346862204819083264,karīsapuṇṇa,en,"

karīsa-puṇṇa

, mfn. full of excrements; ~aṁ, Nidd I
181,13 (ad Sn 835) (Nidd-a I 303,10-12 ≠ Paṭis-a 82,6).

" 346862228504317952,karīsasahassa,en,"

karīsa-sahassa

, n., one thousand karīsa; — ifc. Heḷi-
gāma-ṭṭha-° (Mhv XXXV 83); — °-kkhetta, n., a field
of one thousand karīsa; ekacorako ... ~e ekaṁ
sālisīsaṁ viya hoti, Ps III 328,21; — °-matta, mfn.,
measuring one thousand karīsa; ~e sālikkhette, Ps II
295,12.

" 346862227610931200,karīsasatamatta,en,"

karīsa-sata-matta

, mfn., measuring one hundred
karīsa; ~aṁ so lāvayati khattiyo, Mhv X 30.

" 346862165103218688,karīsavāca,en,"

karīsa-vāca

, w.r. in Ee, cf. next.

" 346862357290422272,karīsavacchādana,en,"

karīsâvacchādana

, v. karīs'-avacchādana.

" 346862357298810880,karīsāvacchādana,en,"

karīsâvacchādana

, v. karīs'-avacchādana.

" 346862224091910144,karīsavacchādanasukha,en,"

karīs'-avacchādana-sukha

, n. [Be karīsā°], the
relief of defecating; ~aṁ viya paṭikārabhūtā, Cp-a
314,21 qu. Sv-pṭ I 115,1.

" 346862230228176896,karīsavasāna,en,"

karīsâvasāna

, n., the end (after) ""dung""; imaṁ tan-
tiṁ anārūḷham pi Paṭisambhidāmagge āgataṁ mat-
thaluṅgaṁ ~e tantiṁ āropetvā, imasmiṁ mattha-
luṅgapañcake antaṁ ..., Vibh-a 225,8 (pathavīdhā-
tubahulabhāvato matthaluṅgassa ~e tanti-āropa-
nam āha, Vibh-mṭ 150,27) cf. Ps II 223,1 foll. and O. v.
HINÜBER, Handbook of Pāli Literature, 1996:152 § 318.

" 346862230265925632,karīsāvasāna,en,"

karīsâvasāna

" 346862225094348800,karīsavāṭa,en,"

karīsa-vāṭa

, m. and n., an enclosure where there is
dung; taṁ ... ~aṁ va vivajjāmi, Ja III 263,6* (so read,
cf. Sadd index s.v.; Be °ṭhānaṁ; Ms B^d karissavātaṁ,
misread by FAUSBØLL; ct. gūthakūpaṁ, 264,12').

" 346862226734321664,karīsavāyin,en,"

karīsa-vāyin

, mfn., smelling of excrements; gūtha-
gandhinī (Pv 148) ti... ~inī, Pv-a 87,3.

" 346862180634726400,kariyanda,en,"

kariyanda

, Burmese reading at Ap 343,13 for kayir-
anta, cf. s.v. kar(a) 6.c.(iii).

" 346862183860146176,karīyati,en,"

kariyyati, karīyati

, pr. 3 sg. [pass. < karoti, kar(a)
2., q.v., cf. kayirati, kirīyati, kayyate, °ti], 1.a. to be
done; b. to be perfomed; 2. to be made, produced; — 1.a.
saṁghassa dhuvakārā -anti, Vin I 309,29; na ~īyati
pāpaṁ, D I 52,57 = M I 404,26 = S III 208,26 (-iyy-) =
IV 349,12; balakaraṇīyāni kammāni ~īyanti, Mil
309,29; — b. bhikkhunīnaṁ kammaṁ na ~ati, Vin II
260,18 (Sp 1292,3 foll.); — 2. guḷāsavo nāma ucchura-
sâdīhi ~īyati, Sp 859,30. kariyyati

" 346862191971930112,karīyati,en,"

karīyati

, pr. 3 sg. = kariyyati, q.v.

" 346862183847563264,kariyyati,en,"

kariyyati, karīyati

" 346862355763695616,karoruhaṃ,en,"

karoruhaṁ

, meaning uncertain; Ras I 1:26.

" 346862101161054208,karoti,en,"

karoti, 4.

itthiyā itthiṁ ~itvā, D I 98,7 (itthiyā vā itthiṁ pariyesitvā, Sv 267,27; brāhmaṇakaññaṁ itthiṁ khattiyakumārassa bhariyabhūtaṁ gahetvā, Sv-pṭ I 397,9–13), (CPD III 308b, line 30) “qu’on mette la femme en regard de la femme” (D-trsl. [Bloch, Filliozat, Renou]): 87, misunderstood in D-trsl. (Walshe): 118; cf. also K. Meisig, ASt/EAs LVII 2003: 427; — 10.b. (ii[a]), “to change, alter”, cf. s.v. antaraṁ, q.v.; yo … lekhaṁ antaraṁ ~oti rājâṇāya kāretabbo, Ps V 44,5 (so read, cf. kāretabba 2.f., q.v.); —  rajjaṁ … karonto, S I 217,14–16 read kārento, cf. kāreti, 2.j.(i), q.v.; — 10.b.(xxvi[a]) “to practice (c. loc.)”, caus. “to train”, cf. kāreti 2.d., q.v.; issāso … tiṇapurisake … yoggaṁ ~itvā, A IV 423,11, cf. lakkhayoggaṁ ~onti, Dhp-a I (2) 43,17 = Dhp-a (1) I 52,2 (CPD III 311a, line 39foll.); tumhe sakalasaṁvaccharaṁ yoggaṁ kāresiṁ, Ja II 166,20.

" 346862355621089280,karoti,en,"

karoti

, pr. 3 sg. [ts.; EWA-2 s.v. KAR], 1. to do, to
act; — 1.a. used absolutely; — b.(i) with acc. obj. de-
noting any act; — b.(ii) with acc. obj. denoting good,
bad, meritorious, or sinful, etc., acts; — b.(iii) with obj.
denoting a gesture, etc., with hands, etc.; — b.(iv) with
acc. etymol. kamma, ""kamma; — 1.c.(i) with acc. of
any pron.; — (ii) with kiṁ c. instr. and fut. ""what to do
with?""; — (iii) with kiṁ c. fut. ""to be of any use, impor-
tance""; — (iv) with kiṁ and gen. of the person or object
for or to whom something (acc.) is done; — (v) with acc.
of the person to whom something (acc.) is done; — (vi)
with double acc.; Kasussyntax § 54; O. H. de A. WIJE-
SEKERA, Syntax of Cases, 1993: 73 foll.; — (vii) com-
pound verbs, e.g., antarāyaṁ ~ ""to hinder"", karaṇaṁ
~ ""to torture"" (cf. s.v. kammak[ā/a]raṇa, 4.) etc.; cf. s.vv.
adinna, ²kata (III 84a Rem.); Kasussyntax § 59; O. H.
de A. WIJESEKERA, Syntax of Cases 1993: 43; — (viii)
abs. with iti (a) having so decided; (b) granted that, only
in Kv; (c) concerning; — (ix) abs. with antaraṁ (a) to
transgress; (b) to keep in mind, cf. s.v. antaraṁ; (x) abs.
used to form adv. similar to Hindi karke, cf. s.v. asam-
missa; Synt.-Hendr.: § 48b, p. 137: 15; Ras (ed. W.
Geiger) p. 72 n. 1, V.I; — 2.a. to produce, to create; —
b. to work wonders; to produce magically; — 3.a. to
build, to erect; — b. to prepare, to create; — 4. to put, to
place; — 5. to come to terms with; to make friends with;
— 6. to perform a ritual, to celebrate a feast, etc.; — 7. to
carry out a lawsuit, cf. O. v. HINÜBER, JIABS XVIII, 1
1995: 22 n. 42; 30; — 8.a. to articulate; to pronounce
(often with kathaṁ ""to give a speech""); — b. to make a[[side 302]]
noise; ~ combined with onomatop.; — 9.a. to compose a
poem, etc., cf. kata 3.c; — b. saṁgahaṁ karoti ""to
make a collection of texts""; — 10. with acc. of nouns and
adj.s forming a syntactical unit semantically equivalent
to a verbal expression: 10.a. non-lexicalised construc-
tions; — b. periphrastic expressions; (i) agghaṁ ~ ""to
fix the price""; — (ii) antaṁ ~ c. gen. ""to put an end to"",
cf. R. O. FRANKE, ZDMG LXIII 1889: 269 foll.; — (iii)
apadesaṁ etc. ~ ""to pretend"" (cf. BHSD s.v. karoti);
(iv) iṇaṁ ~ ""to grant a loan""; — (v) issariyaṁ, rajjaṁ
~ ""to rule""; — (vi) upacāraṁ ~ (a) ""to worship""; (b)
""to go through the (usual) custom"", PGL, but cf. s.v.
upacāra, 3.; — (vii) upamaṁ ~ ""to give an example"";
— (viii) ekato katvā ""having collected, grouped togeth-
er"", cf. s.v. ekato 3.(0; — (ix) okāsaṁ ~ ""to grant per-
mission, an opportunity""; — (x) kāmaṁ ~ ""to comply
with someone's wishes""; — (xi) kālaṁ ~ ""to die"", cf.
kālakata, anabhāva, qq.v.; — (xii) khaṇḍe, bhāge,
etc. ~ ""to divide (into)""; — (xiii) gīvaṁ ~ ""to pay dam-
ages"", cf. O. v. HINÜBER, Selected Papers 1994: 119-
121; — (xiv) gehe ~ ""to take as one's wife, to marry"";
— (xv) ciraṁ ~ ""to be long in doing something, to
delay""; — (xvi) jiyaṁ ~ ""to string (a bow)""; — (xvii)
jīvikaṁ ~ ""to make a living""; — (xviii) tapo, tapaṁ ~
""to practise austerity"", cf. tapokamma, q.v.; — (xix)
daṇḍaṁ, āṇaṁ ~ ""to punish"", cf. s.v. āṇā, 2.; — (xx)
disaṁ ~ ""to run away""; — (xxi) namo, etc. ~ ""to wor-
ship, to pay homage to""; — (xxii) nāmaṁ ~ ""to give a
name"", cf. Kasussyntax § 25; — (xxiii) baliṁ ~ ""to pay
a tribute""; — (xxiv) bhesajjaṁ ~ (a) ""to treat with
medicine""; (b) ""to prepare medicine""; (c) ""to provide
medicine""; — (xxv) mano, manaṁ ~ c. loc. ""to fix
one's mind upon"", cf. ti manaṁ akāsiṁ, Dhp-a II
87,12; — (xxvi) massuṁ ~ ""to cut the beard""; —
(xxvii) vacanaṁ, vaco etc. ~ ""to obey the words of
someone""; — (xxviii) vataṁ ~ ""to follow an obser-
vance""; — (xxix) visuṁ ~ ""to separate""; — (xxx) vase,
hatthe ~ ""to bring under someone's control"", cf. G-Dhp
p. 260 ad 276; — c.(i) periphrastic expression mostly
expl. caus.s in the ct.s.; — (ii) periphrastic expression
expl. denom.s in the ct.s; — Rem.: forms of karoti are
listed s.v. kar(a), q.v.; — cvi-formations, and neg. part.,
absol., inf. are listed under ifc.; — 1.a. ""ahaṁ ~omī"" ti
na tassa hoti, Ud 70,27*; Sn 661; so ~oti so
paṭisaṁvediyati, S II 20,28 qu. Kv 52,22 (°vedeti); S II
76,1 (cf. A I 171,30); yo ~eyya āpatti dukkaṭassa, Vin
III 42,19; manasā ce paduṭṭhena bhāsatī vā ~oti vā,
Dhp 1; yo vâpi katvā na ~omi c' āha, Dhp 306 = Ud
45,10* (câpi ... ~omī ti c' āha) qu. Ja II 416,31; nisam-
ma khattiyo kayirā, Ja IV 451,9* = VI 376,1* (cf.
(a)nisammakārin, Dhp 24; Ja VI 375,30*; °kiriyā, Mil
59,15); mayhaṁ kicc' uppanne ~issatha, Mp I 219,2;
mahapphalam eva, amhākaṁ pi detha ~otha, Ja IV
187,9 (B^d om. karotha); — abhimukhaṁ ~onto viya,
Ps I 181,33 (cf. s.v. abhimukha); ~onti 'pāyaso, Ja V
401,9* (upāyena, 401,25'; attano ruciṁ eva ~oti, IV
193,3'; na dāni sakkā ... evarūpaṁ kātuṁ, I 465,9-10;
438,10; kin nu āvuso kappati evarūpaṁ kātuṁ, Vin
III 110,18; Dhp-a III 120,5; ahaṁ pi evaṁ ~omi,
tumhe pi evaṁ ~otha, Vin II 82,25; Ja IV 30,4; evaṁ
~oti, 87,12*; III 224,10*; evaṁ ~onti sappaññā, 157,13*
= Pv 53; ko ... puttaṁ akāsi evaṁ, Ja IV 383,29*; mā
evaṁ ~i, Dhp-a II 59,1; mā bhante evaṁ ~ittha, I
13,22; evañ c' evañ ca ~oti, Vin I 127,34; sayam eva
taṁ kāhati ... yenârakā ṭhassati annapānā, Ja III
99,15* foll.; — kathaṁ ~issasi, Th 207 ≠ 350; kathaṁ
kāhāmi, Ja V 254,30*; VI 510,3*; kathaṁ ahaṁ
kāsaṁ, IV 286,21 *(āryā); kathaṁ kāhanti dārakā, VI
510,3*; kathaṁ nu dāni ~issāmi, V 183,13* (āryā);
kathaṁ hi nāma satto sattassa evarūpaṁ ~issati, D
III 89,2 (cf. kathaṁkara, q.v.); kathaṁ me ajja kātave,
Cp 318; — atthaṅ ca ṅatvāna tathā ~oti, Th 374; so
tathā akāsi, Ja IV 427,20; tathā katvā, 189,26; tvaṁ
ñeva tathā ~issasi, Vin II 195,32*; tath' eva ~oti, Ja I
278,26 (cf. tathākarin, Sn 357); tathā maccu ~issāmi
na me maggaṁ pi dakkhasi, S I 186,4*; ... āharathā
ti, te tathā katvā, Ja IV 29,15; sādhu sāmī ti tathā
akāsi, VI 367,9; — yathā ... āha tathā ~otha, Vin I
343,24; tathā tu kassāmi yathā pi issaro, Th 1138 =
1139; ~oti so tath' attānaṁ yathā naṁ icchatī diso,
Dhp 162; so 'haṁ ... tathā ~issāmi yathā maṁ
mātāpitaro anujānissanti, Vin III 12,30 ≠ M II 56,19;
Ja II 153,18*; api ca ... mayaṁ tathā ~issāma yathā
..., D II 46,30; A I 140,2 = S III 179,32; tathā nu tvaṁ
pāpima akāsi yathâhaṁ piṇḍaṁ na labheyyaṁ, S I
114,15; Pv-a 23,3; yathāpaccayaṁ vā ~eyyāma, M I
141,8; S I 90,20 ≠ III 34,7 = IV 82,16; Vin IV 122,16; A I
252,3; yathāmati te kāhāmi, Cp 347 (cf. Ja VI 299,3*);
— yathâyasmantā maññanti tathā ~ontu, Vin I
175,25; 32,37; yathā rājā vakkhati tathā ~issāma, Vin
II 190,37 (cf. yāthāvādī tathākārī, Th 1277); yathā
dhammo tathā ~e, Ja III 105,22*; tathā tathā tuyham
ahaṁ ~omi, yathā yathā maṁ chādamāno adesi, V
33,1*-2*; — bimbijālikapupphāni puthu katvān'
ahaṁ tadā, Ap 225,7; — yo tāyitā so sahasā ~oti, Ja I
412,8* (sāhasiyakammaṁ ~oti, 412,15'; tvam eva
dānim akara yaṁ kāmo vyapagamā tayi, II 230,15*;
ahaṁ attano balena tava mocetuṁ ~issāmi, III
185,13; ~onti h' ete sakhinaṁ sakhāro, pāṇaṁ cajan-
ti satān' esa dhammo, IV 292,27*-28*; ~ato, kārayato,
chindato +, M I 516,4 ""torturing"" [cf. 1.c.(vii); kar(a)
6.a.(ii), 6.a.(ix)]; — in formula (2 + 4): alaṁ kātuṁ
alaṁ saṁvidhātuṁ, D III 267,23 = Vin I 70,13 = A III
37,30; — 1.b.(i) atikāraṁ akarâcariya, Ja I 431,1* qu.
Sadd. 512,32 (Ee atikaram and Sadd, cf. s.v.);
attakārāni ~onti, V 401,12* (cf. s.v. attakāra); yaṁ
tvaṁ atthaṁ ca dhammaṁ ca kattuṁ icchasi khat-
tiya, 58,16*; upāsanaṁ ~onte, S V 453,10 (Ee w.r.
kāronte; cf. (a)kat'-upasana); ~eyyuṁ te vyasane
uttamatthaṁ, Ja I 443,12*; yadi tattha kāraṁ na[[side 303]]
~omi, Cp 15; Ap 23,20; S II 269,24; Th 241; Vv 802;
dve māse kāraṁ katvāna, Ja II 136,6* (ct. dvīhi
māsehi mūlaṁ dātabbaṁ ti evaṁ dve māse kāraṁ
saṁgaraparicchedaṁ katvā, cf. Toev. I 145); tāni
kiriyāni ~oti, Mil 112,12; samaṇadhammaṁ ~ontā
acchatha, Ja IV 306,12; VI 45,11-12; Pj II 67,20; na ~oti
paṭighaṁ dayaṁ, Bv II 143; panthaghātaṁ ~issanti,
Ja IV 184,21*; panthadūbhana-sandhicchedâdīni
-onto, II 388,2 (cf. sandhichedakammaṁ kattabbaṁ,
I 187,5); pāṇâtipātaṁ ~ortto bhāriyaṁ kammaṁ
akāsi, Dhp-a IV 90,4; Ja IV 116,26*; — kusumbharat-
tavatthena bhatiṁ ~omi, Ja V 212,2; Vv-a 63,7;
bhatiṁ kurumānā, Ja I 421,3; III 325,3; VI 348,13;
Dhp-a I 235,21; bhatiṁ vā kasiṁ vā katvā, Ja IV
43,24; udakabhatiṁ katvā, III 446,16 (cf. bhatikāraka,
Dhp-a I 233,4); — bhūnahaccāni kammāni ... ~ontā,
A IV 98,1*-2*; veyyāvaccaṁ ~ohi me, Ja VI 418,14*
(mam' ekaṁ kāyaveyyāvaṭikaṁ ~ohi, 418,30'; Vin I
23,10; Dīp II 46 (cf. veyyāvaccakara, Ja III 327,14;
°kārin, Pv-a 274,16; °kārita, 65,25); ~ontu
veyyāvaṭikaṁ, Ja VI 154,32* (veyyāvaccaṁ ~ontu,
155,7' foll.); Dīp VI 61; kāyaveyyāvaṭikaṁ ~eyyātha,
Sn 104,20; Dhp-a I 27,21 (cf. kāyaveyyāvaṭikakamma,
Ja V 317,28'; vihāravatthuṁ ~onti, Vin III 80,38
""were working in the compound of a monastery""; —
uposathaṁ ~eyya, Vin I 123,25 foll.; Pv-a 66,18;
saṁgho samaggo hutvāna tadâkāsi uposathaṁ,
Mhv V 274; taṁ (scil. uposathaṁ) ~ontā, Mp II 233,6
(cf. H. Hu-v. HINÜBER, WZKS XL 1996: 96); saṁgho
pavāraṇāsaṁgahaṁ ~eyya, Vin I 177,22;
asaṁbhogaṁ saṅghena ~otu, Vin II 125,14 (cf. s.v.
¹asambhoga, q.v.); saṅghabhedaṁ ~issāma cakkab-
hedaṁ, Vin III 171,8; saṅghasāmaggiṁ ~oma, Vin I
357,12; Kkh 3,30; kātuṁ saddhammasaṅgītiṁ, Mhv
III 8; — buddhavacanaṁ uggaṇhitvā ... yoniso-
manasikāre kammaṁ ~onto arahattaṁ pāpuṇi, Ja I
116,5 (cf. s.v. ¹kamma, 2.a.II); kammaṭṭhānaṁ sap-
pāyaṁ kātuṁ asakkonto, Mp IV 166,5 (cf. s.v. ²kam-
maṭṭhāna); — 1.b.(ii) nânatthakāmassa ~eyya
atthaṁ, Ja II 205,11* = III 108,18*; 293,23* = 295,12*; V
44,9*; VI 310,13*; adhammaṁ sārathi kayirā maṁ ce
tvaṁ nikhanaṁ vane, 12,31* = 13,2* (qu. Sadd 515,4;
cf. TH. OBERLIES, IIJ XXXIV 1991: 121); adhikāraṁ
~issāma puññakkhette anuttare, Ap 317,18 ≠ 75,28;
471,18; ~issāmi te ... anatthaṁ, Ja III 176,9*; Vin IV
225,21; bahuṁ pi anatthaṁ ~onti, Dhp-a II 44,10; Pp
37,3; nânariyaṁ ~issāmi, Ja I 233,10*; anariyaṁ kub-
bānaṁ, II 280,17* (cf. anariyakamma, q.v.); apuññaṁ
... ~onto, Mil 84,2; cha câbhiṭhānāni abhabbo
kātuṁ, Sn 231 qu. Khp VI 10; na anariyaṁ kattuṁ
ussahe, Ja V 360,17*; — āguṁ na ~oti kāyena vācāya
manasā, A III 346,5; Th 693; Sn 522; Ja VI 84,11* qu.
Sadd 511,26-27; āguṁ nu gāmamhi akāsi kiñci, S I
123,3*; mayhaṁ ... upaddavaṁ na ~eyya, Ja I
298,10; ~onti kibbisaṁ, Sn 246; Ja V 69,14*; — tasmā
~eyya kalyāṇaṁ, S I 72,20*; kalyāṇaṁ ca ~eyyāma,
Vin I 73,20; na kalyāṇam akāsi, S III 179,31; Ja III 68,1;
handâhaṁ kalyāṇaṁ ~omi kāyena vācāya manasā,
A I 138,32 = 139,27 - M III 179,27; Pv 280 (cf. katakal-
yāṇa, kalyāṇakārin, qq.v.); kāyena kusalaṁ katvā, It
78,7*; D III 73,21; Ja III 47,15* (cf. katakusala, kusala-
kamma, ³kamma, ifc. qq.v.); — yo pubbe karaṇīyāni
pacchā so kātum icchati, Ja I 319,1* = Th 225 qu.
Dhp-a III 409,3*; Sn 32,1 (cf. katakaraṇīya, q.v., ka-
taṁ me karaṇīyaṁ, Thī 223); kātabbaṁ ~otha, Ja I
439,14; — akiccaṁ ~oti, A II 67,1 (pass, akiccaṁ ...
kayirati, Th 635; cf. akiccakārin, q.v.); kattabbakic-
cāni ~oti, Ja IV 201,19; V 32,3'; kiccânukubbassa
~eyya kiccaṁ, II 205,10*; anuvicca Kaccāni ~ohi kic-
caṁ, III 426,5*; ariyo hi ariyassa ~oti kiccaṁ, IV
291,24; VI 301,21*; 323,9*; Mhv III 1; ~assu kiccāni
imaṁ sarīraṁ, Ja V 31,23* (imina sarīrena kattabba-
kiccāni ~a, 32,2'); yaṁ vo kiccaṁ sarīrena taṁ ~otha
yad' icchatha, Th 719; ~aṁ purisakiccāni, 232; Ud
44,27; ~issāmi itthikiccaṁ, Mhv VII 22; bahūni rāja-
kiccāni yāni nāga ~issasi, Ja IV 93,2*; dāso viya sab-
bakiccāni ~oti, I 447,15; °-aṭṭhapadaṭṭhapanâdīni
sabbakiccāni ~oti, II 5,15; sahāyakiccaṁ ~ssāmi,
Pv-a 123,11 (cf. kiccakara, Sn 676; °kārin, A III 443,25;
katakicca, q.v.); kātabbayuttakaṁ ~issanti, Ja I
264,10; — katvā dukkarakārikaṁ, Bv III 12 = XX 14;
kiṁkaraṇā me na ~osi dukkhaṁ, Ja VI 374,23*;
kāyaduccaritaṁ katvā, It 25,7* = 54,17*; — dūbhiṁ
~oti dummedho, Ja IV 57,8*; VI 59,4*; so me pita
dūbhi vane ~oti, I 412,6* = II 180,19* [cf.
mittadūbhikammaṁ ~omi, 1.b.(iv)]; pāpaṁ na
kayirā vacasā + ..., S I 12,19* (cf. Mittelindisch § 298);
sabb' itthiyo ~e pāpaṁ, Ja I 289,30* = V 435,17* (cf.
O. v. HINÜBER, Selected Papers, 1994: 9-16; Mit-
telindisch § 453); pāpaṁ ~imha, Ja I 362,10; V
424,26**; VI 374,20*; Sn 216; Pv 6; ime nu maccā kiṁ
akaṁsu pāpaṁ, Ja VI 106,3* ≠ 114,3*; pāpāni kayirā,
Ja III 488,25*; na raho ~oti pāpāni, arahaṁ tena vuc-
cati, Vism 201,25; ~ato na ~īyati pāpaṁ, M I 404,26 =
S III 208,25 = IV 349,12 (for the gen., cf. Kasussyntax §
254-256); ubhinnaṁ kurutaṁ na ~īyati pāpaṁ, M I
516,24 (cf. katapāpa, q.v., pāpakamma, s.v. ³kamma,
ifc. and 1.b.(iv); pāpakammin, Thī 242, -°kārin, Ja II
202,6*); — manussabhūto kiṁ akāsi puññaṁ, Vv
908; It 78,12*; kāhāmi (C^ks kahāmi) puññāni anap-
pakāni, Ja IV 467,14*; yathā vajanti sugatiṁ narā
puññāni katvāna, VI 132,13* (āryā); etaṁ bhayaṁ
marane pekkhamāno, puññāni kayirātha sukhâ-
vahāni, S I 2,25*; bhogā ca bhuñjituṁ puññāni ca
kātuṁ, Vin III 16,36; M I 461,31; alaṁ puññāni
kātave, Vv 738; Ja V 318,17* (cf. Synt.-Hendr. 102); —
pesuññaṁ akāsi, D III 69,10; vebhūtikaṁ pesuṇaṁ
no ~eyya, Vv 1260; Pv 9 = 505 (ell, but cf. Pv-a 16,6-
7); (cf. pesuññakāraka, Ja I 200,8); kyâhaṁ jīvitahetū
pi kāhāmi paraheṭhanaṁ, Cp 192; — ayaṁ nu nārī[[side 304]]
kiṁ akāsi sādhuṁ, Ja VI 117,12* ≠ 119,14*; ayaṁ nu
macco kiṁ akāsi sādhuṁ, VI 118,13* = 124,10*; sād-
hu ~omi, I 191,30; kāyena sucaritaṁ ~oti, S I 72,3; —
1.b.(iii) aṅjaliṁ ~iya, Ja VI 291,16*; S I 61,14*; Vv 973;
Ap 87,6; Cp 57 (cf. katañjali, ekañjali, q.v); tava añja-
likaṁ ~omi, Ja III 175,3'; Vv 5; patte pakkhippa
pakkhehi pañjaliṁ katvā, Ap 490,2 [so read, Ee non-
metr. katvāna; cf. pañjali[ka]ṁ ~oti, 1.c.(vii)]; puṭaṁ
katvā, Vibh-a 34,1; vaṅkaṅgulaṁ ~itvā, A III 6,7 = M
I 395,6, kāyena saṁvaṇṇeti nāma kāyena vikāraṁ
~oti, Vin III 76,4; — bhakuṭiṁ ~oti, Ja III 99,13*; Pj II
412,21; bhākuṭikaṁ ~oti, Vism 105,14; anattamanā
bhūkuṭiṁ akāsi, M I 125,20; yadā maṁ bhūkuṭiṁ
katvā rājaputti udikkhasi, Ja V 296,1* (ct. kodhena
valivisamaṁ nalāṭaṁ katvā); akuddhassa mukhaṁ
passa kathaṁ kuddho ~issati, II 353,16*; ~oh' are
makkaṭiyāni makkaṭa, 448,10* (ct. mukhamakkaṭi-
kaṁ); 70,23; mukhavikūṇamattaṁ karoti, Pj II 30,10
(cf. mukhaṁ ca kuṇalīkataṁ, Pv 283 v. l.); mu-
khasaṁkocanaṁ na ~oti, Ja III 489,5'; Dhp-a III
270,6 (cf. saṁkucitaṁ mukhaṁ akāsi, Pv-a 124,20);
— sitaṁ katvā, Ja II 166,13; hasitaṁ na ~oti, Ja II
131,27'; — bhikkhū ... oḷārikaṁ pi nimittaṁ ~issan-
ti paṭhaviyā pi haritagge pi, A III 110,2 (Mp III
272,25) ""the monks ... make strong suggestions, give
clear instructions concerning the earth and the best
greenary (i.e., they commit an offence against Pācittiya
X ?)""; nimittaṁ katvā, Ap 163,4 (cf. 438,2); naccâdihi
nimittaṁ ~oti, Ja V 436,33'; — na ca kho pasannā
pasannâkāraṁ ~onti, D I 175,19; M III 144,18; Nidd I
390,12; — 1.b.(iv) kammaṁ ~onti, A III 260,8; kam-
maṁ ~issasi kāyena vācāya manasā, II 193,17-18 ≠ S
IV 132,21 = Kv 393,6; kammaṁ ~itvā, Ja VI 246,4*; D
III 184,4 foll.; Dhp 67; M I 415,4-7; accāhitaṁ kamma
~osi luddaṁ, Ja IV 46,24* ≠ V 146,18*; IV 48,8*; yaṁ
~oti naro kammaṁ kalyāṇaṁ yadi pāpakaṁ, Th
144; A IV 241,12; pāpakāni kammāni ~onti, I 142,4,
pāpāni kammāni ~otha rāja, Ja IV 300,8*; Th 784; mā
kāsi pāpakaṁ kammaṁ ... sace ca pāpakaṁ kam-
maṁ ~issasi ~osi vā, Thī 247; M III 186,24*; S I
57,14*; Dhp 66; Ud 51,14*; ~ont' akusalaṁ kammaṁ,
A II 72,4* (Ee ~onti); ~ontaṁ kusalaṁ kammaṁ, Thī
238; Vv-a 19,22; — kammaṁ kho pana me ~ontassa
kayo kilamissati, D III 255,10; yo c' īdha kammaṁ
kurute pamāya, Ja III 114,11* (pamāyā ti paminitvā
upaparikkhitvā, pamāṇā ti pi pāṭho, 114,25'); kiṁ
kamma kubbaṁ, V 26,11* (ct. -onto); 460,18* = 28*
(cf. kammaṁ daḷhaṁ, kin ti ~omi dāni, III 205,12*);
vālavedhāya kammaṁ kurumāno, Vism 150,10 (cf.
s.v. ¹kamma, 2.b.); kiṁ kammaṁ akarā pubbe, Ja V
69,13*; kammaṁ kho panâhaṁ ~onto nâ sakkhiṁ
Buddhānaṁ sāsanaṁ manasikātuṁ, D III 257,2;
ayaṁ nu kiṁ kammaṁ akāsi nārī, Pv 54; tādisaṁ
kammaṁ katvāna, Th 882; sakaṁ kammaṁ ~itvā-
na, Ap 68,13; abhabbo taṁ kammaṁ kātuṁ, S III
225,12; — ~eyyāsi na yakkha niya〈s〉sakammaṁ,
Pv 528 (so read with qu. ~ohi me niya〈s〉sa°, Sadd
490,8; niggahakammaṁ ~eyyāsi, Pv-a 223,14, cf.
Sadd loc. at.); parikammāni ~onti, A II 208,3; D I
142,29; S I 76,5; Pp 56,29; Thī 376; Vism 395,20 (cf.
parikammakata, Vin II 175,7; °kāraka, Ja I 232,10;
°kārikā, Thī 411); pāṇikammaṁ akās' ahaṁ, Ap
173,3; pāpakammaṁ ~oti, Ja II 133,10; Vin II 204,12*;
D III 181,19 foll.; Khp VI 11 (Pj I 190,25); Mil 84,14;
pisuṇakammaṁ mā ~ittha, Ja IV 177,5 (Ee w.r. pi
suṇakammaṁ); puññakammaṁ eva na ~onti,
Dhp-a I 222,10; mittadūbhikammaṁ ~omi, Ja I
412,12'; III 531,5'; ~oti vilopakammaṁ, Dīp IX 7; vis-
sāsakammāni ~onti mohā, Ja VI 115,34* (pāpakam-
māni ~onti, 116,7'); dhītari vītikammaṁ kattuṁ
maññati, I 412,12' (= so me pita dūbhi vane ~oti);
Dhp-a IV 26,10; makkaṭo ... kaṇṇasotesu aṅgajātena
salākapavesanakammaṁ ~oti, Ja II 359,14,18 (cf. api
ssu maṁ ... gomaṇḍalā upasaṁkamitvā ... kaṇṇa-
sotesu pi salākaṁ pavesenti, M I 79,32-34); sāhasika-
kammaṁ akāsi, Ja IV 480,23'; I 412,15' (expl. yo tayi-
tā so sahasā ~oti, 8*); 438,15 [cf. añjalikammaṁ ~oti,
1.b.(iii)]; — evarūpāni kammāni ~onti, Vin I 315,22;
316,5; adhammakammaṁ ~oti, 114,34; upajjhāyassa
kammaṁ na ~eyya, 49,31; kathañ hi nāma chabbag-
giyā bhikkhū apaṭiññāya bhikkhūnaṁ kammāni
~issanti, II 83,13; Kkh 3,9; kammavācaṁ akā, Mhv V
207; — āveṇikammāni ~onti, A V 74,10; ukkhep-
aniyakammaṁ ~oma, Vin I 330,31; cīvarakammaṁ
~onti, A V 328,12 foll.; Vin II 218,1; S V 408,10 foll.;
anujānāmi ... sāmaṇerassa daṇḍakammaṁ kātuṁ,
Vin I 84,10; (cf. katadaṇḍakamma, q.v.); paṭisāraṇi-
yaṁ kammaṁ Yasattherassa te ~uṁ, Mhv IV 14;
saṅghakammaṁ ~oti, Kkh 3,4; Dīp XIII 42; uposa-
thakammaṁ ~oti, Ja I 232,1 (cf. ¹uposatha, uposa-
thakamma, qq.v.); āvenisaṅghakammaṁ ~onti, Vin
II 204,25 foll.; — 1.c(i) kiṁ ~omi deva, Ja III 180,21;
Vin I 172,22; atha kiṁ ~oma, Ja I 221,33; kiṁ araññe
~issasi, IV 195,10*; D III 5,4; kāsāvaṁ kiṁ ~issati, Th
973; sikkhitabhāvo nāma kiṁ ~issati, Ja I 335,14;
udake vasantā macchā kiṁ ~issanti, 152,4; kiṁ nu
kāhanti paṇḍitā, VI 436,29*; kiṁ bhaddante ~itvāna,
Th 721; kiṁ kāhasi Gayaṁ gantvā, M I 39,25*;
alaṁkaritvā kiṁ ~issāmi Ja I 147,1; āhiṇḍitvā kiṁ
~issatha, Ps II 268,17; — kiṁ ti katvā amhe
rakkhissasi, Ja I 462,10; 218,11; kiṁ ti katvā mutto 'si,
435,6; kammaṁ daḷhaṁ kiṁ ti ~omi dāni, III 205,12*
= A III 56,30* = 62,18*; (cf. S. Sen, Syntax of Buddhis-
tic Sanskrit, 1928: 63); — te tassa kiñci kātuṁ
asakkontā, Ja VI 422,12'; kiṁ mayā sakkā kātuṁ, Ud
44,3; na te labbhā kiñci kātuṁ, Vin I 75,1-2; IV 226,4-
5; yaṁ icchissāma taṁ ~issāma, D II 162,33 = Vin II
285,3; kumbhakāro ... yaṁ yad-eva bhājanavikatiṁ
ākaṅkheyya taṁ tad-eva ~eyya abhinipphādeyya,
D I 78,11-14 = M II 18,18-21; yañ hi kayirā tañ hi vade,[[side 305]]
Th 226 = Ja III 69,11* = 196,14* = S I 24,5*; yañ ca ~oti
kāyena, vācāya ..., S I 93,8*; Vin II 189,8; yaṁ ~oti
tena upapajjati, A V 289,13 = M I 390,2 = S V 289,13;
Vin II 186,31 (cf. Vv 973); sayam eva taṁ kāhati ...
yena ṭhassati annapānā, Ja III 99,15* foll.; yāni ~oti
puriso tāni attani passati, II 202,5*; yaṁ katvā nânu-
tappati, Thī 176 ≠ 13 = 118; S I 57,15*; Vv 872; —
1.c.(ii) kiṁ nu imenaṁ ~issāmi, Ja V 184,14* (so read,
Ee kiṁ nu me naṁ, cf. L. ALSDORF, Āryā-Strophen:
33); kiṁ kāsūya ~issasi, VI 12,20* (so read, Ee kāsuyā,
cf. Sadd 448 n. c); pakkena tilodanena kiṁ ~issasi,
III 425,15; kiṁ su riṭṭhaṁcariyā ~issati, Th 37 (so
read, Ee raṭṭhaṁcariyā; cf. EV I ad loc.); kiṁ kāhasi
dantapilandhanena, Ja V 44,2*; Thī 57; nāgena kiṁ
kāhatha bhojaputtā, Ja V 165,29*; — 1.c.(iii) kiṁ
~issanti tārakā, Ja I 258,18*; kiṁ paṇḍiccaṁ ~issati,
III 118,11*; puttā vā dhanaṁ vā ... kiṁ eva ~issanti,
Dhp-a II 29,2; kiṁ hi bhante tāni ~issanti pañca vā
sakaṭasatāni ...+, D II 131,12; kiṁ Bāhukā nadī
~issati, M I 39,7; — 1.c.(iv) kiṁ nu te akaraṁ bālo,
Ja IV 241,1* = Pj I 127,25*; kiṁ te ~oma, Mp I 219,2
""what can we do for you?""; kiṁ vo bhante hatthī ~onti,
Dhp-a I 163,11; itthibhāvo no kiṁ ~iyā, Thī 61 = S I
129,24* (Ee om. no); kiṁ hi te ... janatā ~issati, M I
230,32; Th 119; Thī 231; kiṁ te āvuso ~issati paro
āpanno, Vin I 128,2; II 16,33; IV 234,13; kiṁ me
tuvaṁ kāhasi dubbalâsi, Ja III 175,20*; dhiti-pparaṁ
kiṁ mama citta kāhasi, Th 1134 (Ee dhī dhī paraṁ;
cf. EV I ad loc.); kiṁ te pabbajā ~issati, Thī 370; kiṁ
te rajjaṁ ~issati, Cp 26; etesaṁ hatthiassâdayo vā
phalakâyudhāni vā amhākaṁ kiṁ ~issanti, Ja V
413,2 foll.; —1.c.(v). kiṁ ti naṁ (scil. assaṁ) ~osi, A
II 112,12 ≠ 113,2; kiṁ ti naṁ (scil. Dīghâvukumāraṁ)
~eyyātha, Vin I 348,11; M I 395,3; II 71,33; ye pana te
... paṭhavīnissitā pāṇā te kathaṁ ~issasi, Vin III
7,12; attano kamma kubbānaṁ taṁ jano kurute
piyaṁ, Dhp 217 (cf. Synt.-Hendr. 9); diso disaṁ yaṁ
taṁ kayirā verīvā pana verinaṁ, micchāpaṇihitaṁ
cittaṁ pāpiyo naṁ tato ~e, Dhp 42 = Ud 39,15*-16* ≠
Dhp 43; attānañ ce tathā kayirā yath' aññam
anusāsati, 159; brāhmaṇo maṁ yathāruciṁ ~otu, Ja
VI 546,9; aññaṁ p' evaṁ ~issati, II 386,23* (so read,
cf. evaṁ anācāraṁ ~issati, ... esa evaṁ ~issati,
386,18 foll); maṁ evâyaṁ maññamāno aṅñe p'
evaṁ ~issati, Cp 193; te attano cīvarāni kiṁ ~issan-
ti, Dhp-a I 219,9; yathā na pivati (B^ds pivissati) tathā
naṁ ~issāmi, Ja V 14,14; yāni ... poraṇakāni dubbal-
acīvarāni tāni kathaṁ ~issatha, Vin II 291,26; kāhinti
(Ee w.r. khā°) khu taṁ kāmā chātā sunakhaṁ va
caṇḍālā, Thī 509, cf. kiṁ mama [acc?] paro ~issati,
493; lahuṁ ~onti attānaṁ, Ja II 451,2* ""take it easy"";
— 1.c.(vi) Sītaṁ aggamahesiṁ ~oti, Ja IV 130,5 foll.;
Mhv VI 36; ovādaṁ aṅkusaṁ katvā, Thī-a (1998)
178,14 (cf. s.v. aṁkusa, q.v.); bhavantaṁ ajjhāvaraṁ
katvā, Ja V 318,18* (Ee ajjhācāraṁ; cf. s.v. ajjhāvara,
q.v); 327,29* (C^ks ajjhācaraṁ); viriyaṁ ce bhikkhu
adhipatiṁ ~itvā, Vbh 217,24 ≠ 218,19; ime imaṁ
sīmaṁ antaraṁ katvā, Ja II 211,20'; ummāraṁ
antaraṁ katvā, V 298,7 (cf. T. R. CHOPRA, Kuśa-Jāta-
ka, 1966: 176 n. 8; differently s.v. antaraṁ, q.v.); M III
14,5; kaḷevaraṁ ... asimālaṁ nāma katvā, Ja III
180,26 (cf. s.i?. asimāla, q.v.; J. CHARPENTIER, IL II
1932: 46-49); Mātali ... rathaṁ ... devalokâb-
himukhaṁ akāsi, I 203,21; so lokaṁ yeva
ādhipateyyaṁ ~itvā, A I 149,3; dev' accharā āmisaṁ
katvā, Dhp-a I 122,24; pītabhāvaṁ ārammaṇaṁ
katvā, Ja IV 114,10 (cf. s.v. ārammaṇa, 159a); attānaṁ
upamaṁ katvā, Sn 705 [cf. 10.b.(vii)]; mā kho tvaṁ
attānaṁ kaṭuviyaṁ akāsi, A I 280,5,19; pane ... eka-
maṁsapuñjaṁ ~eyya, D I 52,28 (cf. ekamaṁsa, q.v.);
khemaṁ katvāna taṁ dīpaṁ, Dīp I 21; thalaṁ
~eyyam udakaṁ udakaṁ pi thalaṁ ~e, Cp 170 qu.
Vism 304,13*; Dīp II 9; saccaṁ ~omi niddānaṁ, Sn
78; S I 172,32*; ekaṁ ce tilaphalaṁ nimittaṁ katvā,
Nidd I 355,20; pilotikaṁ paṭaṁ katvā, Pv 420; bālaṁ
pi ~onti paṇḍitaṁ, Th 75; ratanaṁ ... paṇṇâkāraṁ
~itvāna, Dīp XVII 81; sabbesaṁ pahoṇakaṁ katvā
pacāmi, Dhp-a I 298,17 (ell, scil kapallapūvaṁ, 11);
Mahāsattaṁ puttaṁ ~oti, Ja VI 344,14; sabbe bhas-
maṁ ~otha ne, IV 354,2* (B^s bhasmī°); III 426,29*; IV
460,1*; V 43,10* (B^d bhasmī-kareyyuṁ), VI 195,2*; M
I 377,34; iṇaṁ attano bhāraṁ ~oti, Sp 999,16 (cf. s.v.
iṇa 2 rḷ); yādisaṁ kurute mittaṁ, It 67,21* = Ja IV
435,23* = VI 235,33*; tādisaṁ mittaṁ kubbetha, It
87,3* = Vin II 203,18*; attānaṁ saṁkamaṁ katvā yo
sotthiṁ samatārayi, Ja III 373,1*; sīhaṁ rājānaṁ
akaṁsu, Ja I 207,1; — mahāpaṭhaviṁ apaṭhaviṁ
~issāmi, M I 127,11 (cf. s.v. ³a- 2. and BHSD s.vv. a-,
an-, qq.v.); sa na sukarā apaṭhavī kātuṁ, M I 127,17
(cf. Synt.-Hendr. 98); apathaṁ pi pathaṁ katvāna,
Ap 350,26; assāmike sāmike ~onto, Ja IV 179,6; jitaṁ
apajitaṁ kayirā, Dhp 105; — dhanuṁ adejjhaṁ
katvāna, Ja III 274,12* = IV 258,24*; va-
lañjanamattikāpattaṁ adhomukhaṁ ~oti, Thī-a
(1998) 33,3 (cf. s.v. adhomukhaṁ, q.v.); khatte anu-
yutte ... akā, Ja V 317,19*; andhaṁ ~itvā ... naraṁ,
268,9*; abbocchinnaṁ ~itvāna mahādānaṁ pavat-
tayiṁ, Cp 42; sabbe attano ñātake sāsane abhip-
pasanne akāsi, Pv-a 142,2 (Ee w.r. ākāsi); udum-
baraṁ amataphalaṁ ~itvā, Ja III 491,9 = Dhp-a I
285,5; amoghaṁ divasaṁ kayirā, Th 451; avisaṁ
(scil. purisaṁ) ~eyya, Mil 305,22; cittaṁ ujuṁ ~itvā-
na, Th 29; Ja VI 51,15* (cf. Dhp 33); nimittaṁ ujuṁ
~oti, Mil 418,11; cittaṁ attano ujukaṁ akaṁsu, D II
254,12* = S I 26,29*; kasmā Brahma n' ujju ~oti lo-
kaṁ, Ja VI 208,14* (read as cvi-formation ujjūk° ?; ct.
ujuṁ ... ~oti, 210,22'; katvā nissesaṁ uttiṇaṁ (scil.
gehaṁ), Mhv LXXII 211; rukkhaṁ ... uddhamūlaṁ
adhosākhaṁ katvā, Dhp-a I 75,17; ubbaṭumaṁ ra-
thaṁ ~oti, A IV 191,16 = 193,23; taṁ akaruṁ Paṇḍu-[[side 306]]
kâbhayanāmakaṁ, Mhv IX 27; gāviṁ ekakhuraṁ
katvā, D III 200,3*; Kāsiraṭṭhaṁ ca ekobhāsaṁ
katvā, Cp-a 155,9; brāhmaṇaṁ ... khuramuṇḍaṁ
~itvā, D I 98,10-11; A II 241,2; S IV 344,9; khemaṁ me
vijitaṁ katvā, Ap 482,11; devī varaṁ icchitakāle
gahetabbaṁ katvā ṭhapesi, Ja I 127,27; sa gahitakaṁ
(scil. varaṁ) katvā ṭhapesi, VI 3,11; melaṁ ... ~oti
tittakaṁ, III 319,15* foll.; daḷhaṁ ~ohi yogaṁ, Th
413; esa kho daḷhaṁ ~oti bandhanaṁ, Dhp 349; Ja V
306,6*; ekacariyaṁ daḷhaṁ kayirā, Sn 821 = Dhp 61;
katvā daḷhaṁ adhiṭṭhānaṁ, Cp 368; tiṇakalāpaṁ
diguṇaṁ katvā, Mp I 219,8; theraṁ lajjāpesi nitte-
jaṁ akāsi, Ja II 94,1; puttakaṁ nīrogaṁ ~otha, IV
31,4; tayo vede paguṇe akāsiṁ, III 537,28; Mil 12,32;
taṁ kāraṇaṁ paccakkhaṁ katvā, Ja III 216,9; IV
164,21'; VI 410,22; Pv-a 122,15; yaṁ kiñci ... paccak-
khaṁ akatvā, Ja VI 376,4' (cf. apaccakkhaṁ katvā;
anokāsa, qq.v.); ahaṁ imaṁ dhanaṁ paṭhavigataṁ
~eyyaṁ, I 225,4; suvaṇṇarāsisaṁkāsaṁ sarīraṁ ku-
ru pākaṭaṁ, Ap 532,19; paṭicchannakāraṇaṁ pāka-
ṭaṁ akāsi, Ja I 98,6 (cf. O. v. HINÜBER, Jātaka-Samm-
lung, AWL 1998 Nr. 7: 17 foll); Thī-a (1998) 73,32; Pj
II 470,20; Vism 287,27; vaṇaṁ phāsukaṁ katvā, Ja IV
30,19; rūpaṁ ... vikīḷanikaṁ ~otha, S III 190,19; vāli-
kaṁ samaṁ ~oti, Pj II 66,26; samaggaṁ janaṁ akās'
ahaṁ, Cp 311 (cf. samaggakaraṇiṁ vācaṁ, D I 4,21-
22; cf. samaṅgiṁ ~oti, see below); bhinnaṁ saṅghaṁ
samaggaṁ ~oti, Vin II 198,14; 205,4; It 12,12*; aḷaṁ
sithilaṁ ~issāmi, Ja III 297,26; khettaṁ sukaṭṭhaṁ
~oti, A I 229,35; sabbaṁ hatthagataṁ katvā, Cp 357;
Ja II 94,26; cattāri phalāni hatthagatān' eva ~oti,
Dhp-a I 375,16; — ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ katvā, Th 197 =
Sn 60,6; Ud 51,23; D II 163,27; M II 45,8; Ap 21,34; Dīp
XII 11 (cf. s.v. ¹ekaṁsa, q.v.); ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ
~itvā, Ud 26,28; Ap 20,23; Ja I 9,15; ekaṁsaṁ
uttarāsaṅgaṁ ~itvā, Vin I 5,22; II 126,32; D II 37,10; M
I 168,19; S I 78,6; A I 67,4; Ud 65,12; Sn 100,3; (frequent
formula with triṣṭ. cadence, cf. s.v. uttarāsaṅga);
ekaṁsaṁ ajinaṁ katvā, Sn 1027; — rattī pi ca yathā
divaṁ ~oti, parisuddhaṁ vimalaṁ subhaṁ vimā-
naṁ, Vv 885; sa (scil. Gaṅgā) na sukarā pacchānin-
naṁ kātuṁ, S V 52,14; — aññaṁ aggamahesiṁ
katvā, Ja IV 189,19; taṁ ... aññehi atirekaṁ katvā
passati, III 193,23 (cf. atireka, q.v.); attānaṁ yeva
adhipatiṁ ~itvā, A I 148,7 (so read, cf. adhipati, q.v.);
yaṁ kiṅc' ārammaṇaṁ katvā, Pv 10; tam pi ārogaṁ
katvā, Ja I 324,20; taṁ uddhapādaṁ adhosiraṁ
katvā, IV 194,2; taṁ upaṭṭhākam eva akāsi, I 455,26;
Spk I 141,25; katvā keci tulārūḷhe, Mhv LXXV 163;
etad eva paccayaṁ ~itvā anañṅaṁ, Vin IV 43,9;
bilasataṁ maṁ katvā, Ja VI 153,3* (cf. bilakata,
111,5*; V 266,25*, Ee w.r. °bhīlā katā, cf. PED s.v.
bila); ekekaṁ mūlaṁ kātūna, Vin III 96,32-33 ≠
170,25; bhariyāya maṁ tvaṁ akarī samaṅgiṁ, Ja VI
323,8* (read with C^ks samaggi(ṁ)?, but cf. samaṅgi-
karoti below ifc.); ko taṁ subhikkhaṁ dirasaññu
kuriyā, 206,12* (ct. subhikkhaṁ suhitaṁ kuriyā
sakkuṇeyya kātuṁ, 209,16'); taṁ senapatiṁ ~is-
sāmi, Dhp-a I 253,21; — elliptical: yadi 'haṁ tassa
pakuppeyyaṁ khaṇena (scil. taṁ) chārikaṁ ~e, Cp
170; 210; rājabhūtaṁ (scil. taṁ) ~eyya 'haṁ, 218;
mayā pana (scil. taṁ) paṇḍitavedanīyaṁ katvā ka-
thitaṁ, Ja III 508,10; — 1.c.(vii) Sakuludāyiṁ parib-
bājakaṁ antarāyaṁ akāsi, M II 39,28; Mil 156,20 foll.;
yā pana bhikkhunī gaṇassa cīvaralābhaṁ antarā-
yaṁ ~eyya, Vin IV 283,27** (cf. ²antarāya, q.v.; Ka~
sussyntax § 59, p. 72); mamaṁ (acc.) abbhantaraṁ
katvā Phusatī dasa vare varī, Cp 72 (cf. ²abbhantara,
q.v.) ""Phusatī accepted the ten boons including myself"";
ajja ādiṁ-katvā, Ja I 286,18 (cf. s.v. ¹ajja); taṁ ādiṁ-
katvā, As 4,7; cha vim ādiṁ-katvā, Ja V 274,23';
dovārike ādiṁ-katvā, VI 368,9; gaṇanaṁ ādiṁ-
katvā, Vism 287,21; vihāraṁ ādi-katvā, Pv-a 20,20;
imaṁ dīpaṁ ārakkhaṁ sugato ~i, Dīp I 28 (cf.
10.a.(i), q.v.); sāmaṇerānaṁ ... āhāraṁ āvaraṇaṁ
~onti, Vin I 84,26; Siggavaṁ Candavajjiṁ ca akāsi
upasaṁpadaṁ, Dīp IV 46; rukkhapotake ummūlaṁ
~oti, Ja I 249,30 (cf. A III 370,7); parivāsadānaṁ us-
sukkaṁ ~oti, Vin I 143,11 foll.; II 289,26 foll.; ekaccaṁ
bhikkhuṁ pavayha pavayha kāraṇaṁ ~onti, M I
442,26 ≠ 444,21 (cf. Kasussyntax p. 150 n. 3); — taṁ
enaṁ ... nirayapālā paṅcavidhabandhanaṁ nāma
karaṇaṁ ~onti, A I 141,2 (Ee kāronti; cf. tassa kam-
makāraṇaṁ ~otha, Ja VI 161,25); dakkho assadama-
ko bhadraṁ assâjānīyaṁ labhitvā paṭhamen' eva
mukhâdhāne kāraṇaṁ ~oti, M III 2,3-5 = I 446,3-5
(reading kāreti); taṁ enaṁ ... bilaṅgathālikaṁ pi
~onti +, M I 87,9-18 (cf. s.v. kammakāraṇa 4., q.v.); —
aṅguliyo nirantaraṁ ~oti, Mil 418,9; pattaṁ
paṭiggahetvā nīcaṁ katvā, Vin I 46,34 (cf. Kasussyn-
tax § 59, p. 72); mañco nīcaṁ katvā ... nikkhipitab-
bo, 147,36 foll.; nīcaṁ manaṁ ~itvāna, Th 579;
paraṁ avajānāti nīcaṁ ~oti, Pj II 181,7 (ad Sn 132);
424,4; — kumbhaṁ pi añjaliṁ ~iyā, Ja VI 298,6* (Ee
kumbhaṁ p' añjaliṁ ~iyā) qu. Sadd 514,28 (reading
kumbhimhi p' añjaliṁ kuyirā); pakkhehi taṁ pañja-
likaṁ ~omi, Ja III 174,26* (cf. pañjalīkata, Th 460; Sn
566); — tikkhattuṁ padakkhiṇaṁ -onto, Ja II 371,11
(cf. Kasussyntax § 59, p. 73); katvāna dīpaṁ tividhaṁ
padakkhiṇaṁ, Dīp I 80; bhariyaṁ katvā
padakkiṇaṁ, Ja VI 525,3*; nagaraṁ padakkhiṇaṁ
kurumānassa Bodhisattassa, I 60,28; padakkhiṇaṁ
akaṁsu maṁ, Bv II 76; Vipassiṁ ... abhivādetvā
padakkhiṇaṁ katvā, D II 40,2 ≠ M I 252,7; S I 1,26 =
Sn 125,18; Mahākassapaṁ abhivādetvā
padakkhiṇaṁ katvā, Ud 30,7; Bhagavantaṁ
abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkami, Vin I
17,32 = D I 85,33 = M I 496,25= S I 120,2 = A I 225,18 =
Sn 124,23 = Ud 38,25; Ja III 23,22; VI 524,30; Bāvariṁ
abhivādetvā katvā ca naṁ padakkhiṇaṁ, Sn 1010;[[side 307]]
Cetaṁ katvā padakkhiṇaṁ, Ja VI 532,8*; tato
padakkhiṇaṁ katvā bodhimaṇḍaṁ, Bv II 64; taṁ ...
~issaṁ ca padakkhiṇaṁ, Ja III 437,25*; lokanāthaṁ
... padakkhiṇaṁ ca katvāna, Thī 307; jinaggaṁ ...
katvāna naṁ padakkhiṇaṁ, 311; padakkhiṇaṁ kat-
va nipacca pāde, Ap 533,15 qu. Sadd. 517,10 (reading
kacca for

" 346862243473788928,karoṭi,en,"

Karoṭi

, m. (?) [cf. BHSD s.v. karoṭa], a class of de-
migods, acc. to cts. synonymous with supaṇṇa (cf. ka-
roṭisadda, q.v.); — ifc. uraga-° (Ja I 203,4* = Spk I
339,5*); — Rem.: a misunderstanding by the ct. and,
consequently, some uncertain connection with the Nāga
Karkoṭa cannot be ruled out entirely; on Karkoṭa(ka),
cf. J. Ph. VOGEL, Indian Serpent Lore, 1926: 214foll..

" 346862243582840832,karoṭi,en,"

karoṭi

, f. [cf. BHS karoṭa, EWA-2 (Vol. III) s.v.
karoṭa-; CDIAL 2813.2], a. (metal) bowl, basin (for
serving food or spices); b. helmet; cf. Th. BURROW in:
Amṛtadhārā, R. N. DANDEKAR Fel. Vol. 1984: 73
foll.; — a. ~i kill ti saddaṁ akāsi, Ja III 225,21 (this
sound points to metal); bhattaṁ bhojesi ... tuṭṭho tas-
sā saddhiṁ ~iyā kahāpaṇasahassaṁ adāsi, V 290,15;
~iyaṁ vaḍḍhetvā, IV 67,23; — ifc. bhatta-° (Ja V
290,3); rasa-° (Ja I 243,26; III 225,21; ~-matthaka, Ja II
163,6); rasa-parissāva-° (Ja I 243,18); suvaṇṇa-° (Ja V
289,28); — b. cf. karoṭiya, q.v.; — ifc. paṭimukka-° (Ja
VI 592,22').

" 346862243528314880,karoṭi,en,"

karoṭi

, f., skull (?); tesaṁ (i.e., ³karoṭi) kira ~i nā-
ma pānabhojanaṁ, Spk I 339,23 = Ja I 204,13'.

" 346862243381514240,karoṭika,en,"

karoṭika

, m. and n. [Amg. karoḍiya], (small) bowl,
dish; ~esu bhattaṁ haritvā, Ja IV 68,4; — ifc. sappi-°
(Dhp-a II 131,14).

" 346862356267012096,karoṭisadda,en,"

Karoṭi-sadda

, n., the word ³Karoṭi; ~ena supaṇṇā
gahitā; Spk I 339,17 = Ja I 204,13; — Rem.: the text
Spk I 339,3*-27 = Ja I 204,1*-20 is most likely based on
the lost Aṭṭhakathā, cf. O. v. HINÜBER, Entstehung
und Aufbau der Jātaka-Sammlung, AWL 1998, Nr. 7:
170 foll.

" 346862243335376896,karoṭiya,en,"

karoṭiya

, mfn. [cf. ¹karoṭi], wearing a helmet; ~ā
cammadharā khaggahatthā, Ja VI 592,16* (ct. sīsaka-
roṭiko ti laddhanāmā sīse paṭimukkakaroṭino yo-
dhā); — ifc. sīsa-° (Ja VI 592,21').

" 346862101119111168,karoto,en,"

Karoto,

title of S III 208,19–209,35 (cf. s.v. kar(a) 6.a.(i)); ~ S II 217,5* (uddāna).

" 346862243993882624,karumbhaka,en,"

karumbhaka

, n. a kind of rice; ~aṁ nāmā sālijāti,
Mil 252,1.

" 346862244065185792,karumbūḷattarāyara,en,"

Karumbūḷatta-rāyara

, m.; Npr.; name of a Tamil
chief in the times of Parakkamabāhu I.; Mhv LXXVI
216.

" 346862243872247808,karumhā,en,"

Karumhā

, f.; Npr.; name of a goddess, see Karam-
bhā.

" 346862243935162368,karummaḷattarāyaro,en,"

Karummaḷatta-rāyaro

, m.; Npr.; identical with
Karumbūḷ°; ~o ..., Mhv LXXVI 139.

" 346862231675211776,karuṇa,en,"

karuṇa

, mfn. [ts.; cf. kaluna], compassionate; ~aṁ
vācaṁ bhāsamāno, Sn 426 (anuddayāyuttaṁ, Pj II
386,27); nirāmagandhā ~ā vimuttā, A III 373,5* (so
read? cf. Sn 73, but Mp III 387,22 s.v. karuṇāvimutta)
qu. Kv 114,15*; ~aṁ giram udīrayuṁ, Cp 99 qu.
Sadd 623,6; Ap 472,18; migarājā ... ravanto ~aṁ
rāvaṁ, Cp 198 ≠ Ja IV 260,15'; rudantā ~aṁ rāvaṁ,
Ap 539,31 qu. Thī-a (1998) 150,20*; saddaṁ sutvāna
~aṁ, Cp 199; Ja II 117,9; ~aṁ paridevayi, VI 551,26*
(qu. Sadd 623,5 reading kalunaṁ, q.v.) ≠ 513,15*;
498,18*; Ap 534,18 qu. Thī-a (1998) 144,6*; 575,10; Cp
120 = 245; mahājanassa ~aṁ paridevantass' eva, Ja
VI 466,27 (so read with Ce SHB 1939; Ms. B^d kalunaṁ
= Be).

" 346862233751392256,karuṇā,en,"

karuṇā

, f. [Amg. karuṇā; sa. kar[ū/u]ṇa-, EWA-2 s.v.],
1. compassion, pity; 2. the rasa ""compassion""; — 1. lex.
lit.: ~ā ca anuddayā, Abh 160; — gramm. lit.: Mogg
VII 101; kaṁ sukhaṁ rundhati, Sadd 238,5; 873,16-24;
— exeg.: yā sattesu ~ā karuṇāyanā karuṇāyitattaṁ
karuṇācetovimutti, ayaṁ vuccati ~ā, Vibh 273,39;
paradukkhe sati sādhūnaṁ hadayakapanaṁ karotī
ti ~ā, kiṇāti vā parassa dukkhaṁ hiṁsati vināsetī ti
~ā, kirīyati vā dukkhitesu pharaṇavasena pasārīyati
ti ~ā, Vism 318,1 foll. ≠ As 192,33 foll. qu. Abhidh-av
21,21 foll. = Moh 17,7 foll. ≠ Abhidh-s-mhṭ 86,13 (ad
Abhidh-s 6,23); — ~ā, Vin II 252,6* (uddāna, ref. to
Vin II 250,36); — one of the four brahmavihāras, q.v.;
cf. also Yogasūtra I 33; mettaṁ upekhaṁ ~aṁ vi-
muttiṁ āsevamāno muditañ ca, Sn 73 (Nidd II
142,21 = Be 248,26; ahitadukkhāpanayanakāmatā, Pj
II 128,6 ≠ Abhidh-s-mhṭ 198,22) qu. Ap 12,25; mettaṁ
~aṁ, muditaṁ, upekkhaṁ bhāvetvā labhati ajjhat-
taṁ vūpasamaṁ, M I 284,1; 424,29; S V 131,23; Ja I
48,3; 417,21; catasso appamaññāyo: mettā ~ā muditā
upekkhā, Vibh 276,39; Abhidh-s 45,25 (Abhidh-s-mhṭ
198,22); dutiyo ca vihāro ... cattāro iddhipādā ca ~ā
ca appamāṇaṁ, Peṭ 248,7; yathā mahābrahmuno ca-
tasso bhāvanā avijahitā honti: mettā ~ā muditā u-
pekkhā ti, evam eva mātāpitunnaṁ, Mp II 204,4 qu.
It-a II 157,24; vinassante pana loke ... devatā ... āro-
centi: na idaṁ ṭhānaṁ sassataṁ, mettaṁ ~aṁ + ...
bhāvetha, Mp IV 51,10; Spk I 130,25; mettā ... ~ā mu-
ditā upekkhā bhāvetabbā, catusu brahmavihāresu
kammam kātabbam eva, Ja II 61,12; — yasmiṁ ...
puggale āghāto jāyetha, mettā tasmiṁ puggale bhā-
vetabbā ... ~ā ... upekkhā ...asati ... kammassaka-
tā, A III 185,17 (pañca āghātapaṭivinayā: 185,11-
186,11; Mp III 294,16); Sp 113,28; — ~aṁ jhānaṁ
jhāyati, D II 237,15 foll. (~āya tikacatukkajjhānaṁ
jhāyi, Sv 663,23 [Sv-pṭ II 289,10] ad D II 239,20); pa-
ṭhame jhāne ... ~ā ca muditā cā ti cha yevāpanakā,
Moh 27,27 (cf. As 132,15); 334,22 (cf. As 132,10);
Abhidh-av 30,16; — yaṁ ~āya bhāvitāya bahulīka-
tāya + , D I 248,18; mettā ... ~ā hi kho me cetovimut-
tibhavita ... mudita ... upekkha... animitta ... asmi
ti kho me ..., A III 291,4 (cha nissāraṇīyā dhātuyo:
290,21-292,28); I 38,28 (Mp II 41,24); Paṭis I 8,7; yā sat-
tesu ~ā karuṇāyanā karuṇāyitattaṁ ~ā cetovimutti:
ayaṁ vuccati avihiṁsādhātu, Vibh 87,3 (Vibh-a
75,22) qu. Spk II 138,9; vihiṁsāya anantarā ~ā uppaj-
jati, Kv 492,2; ahiṁsāyā (S I 208,15*) ti ~āya c' eva
karuṇāpubbabhāge ca, Spk I 305,13 ≠ Mp II 250,30
(cf. Vibh 87,3); ~āya bhāvitattāya sattā appaṭikūlā
honti, Paṭis II 39,21; idaṁ cittaṁ imāya ~āya sa-
hagataṁ hoti, Vibh 274,26; avasesā dhamma ~āya
sampayuttā, 278,6; mettāya pārisuddhiyā ṭhito, ~ā-
ya muditāya upekkhāya pārisuddhiyā ṭhito, accan-
tapārisuddhiyā ... akammaññatāya, Nidd I 21,22 =
460,20; tapo bahulīkato ~aṁ paripūreti, Nett 121,29;
alobho ... mettā ... yadā ~ā sīlaṁ hoti, tadā itare
dve tadanvāyikā honti, It-a II 94,10; — Piyadassī ...
sambuddho ... satte ... ~āya pharī tadā, Ap 351,29;
Vibh 273,36; n' atthi buddhassa bhagavato ~ā?, Kv
561,30 (rāgo va ~ā nāma, Moh 275,10); purimena
~āya upagamanaṁ, pacchimena paññāya apagama-
naṁ, Sp 109,31; paññāya sayaṁ tarati, ~āya pare
tāreti, It-a I 15,27 = Cp-a 289,28 = Sv-pṭ I 93,14; ~ā
viya sattesu paññā yassa mahesino, As 1,3*; — doso
mettāya ca ~āya ca ... abbhatthaṁ gacchati, Nett
44,7; mettā ca ~ā ca appaṇihitaṁ vimokkhamu-
khaṁ, 124,1; ujumaggaṁ samārūḷho mettāya ~āya
ca, Ja I 334,10* (tikacatukkajjhānikāhi mettākaru-
ṇāhi, 334,14', cf. Sv 668,34); ~āya paribhāvitaṁ mā-
nusivācaṁ bhāsati, Ja II 129,13; ~ā ca n' atthi amhe-
su, V 180,21* (~āya abhāvena kāruññaṁ vā n' atthi,
180,26'; ~āya sañcoditamānasā, Thī-a (1998) 195,18;
~āya taṁ na māresi, As 273,28; mahāvāṭe patitaṁ ...
manussaṁ ... ukkhippiṁ ~āyâhaṁ, Ras I 3:7; ~aṁ
dūrato katvā ... yamadūte tadā disvā, Saddh 287;
— ifc. a-° (Mhbv 85,9*); ati-°; ananta-° (~-pañña,
Abhidh-av 1,4); asama-°; nik-° (Ud-a 289,18; Ja VI
215,8'; ~-atimāni[n], Sn 244); dayā-° (~-âdi, Ap-a
204,8); paññā-° (Cp-a 290,8); mahā-° (Paṭis I 126,23;
Ud-a 328,30; ~-yoga, It-a I 13,32; ~-samāpatti, Mp I
150,1); mettā-° (Ja I 334,14); sa-° (Ap 530,8); — 2.
siṅgāra-hassa-~ā, Subodh 454, cf. karuṇārasa, q.v.[[side 297]]

" 346862351900741632,karuṇābala,en,"

karuṇā-bala

, n., the power of compassion; — °-codi-
ta, mfn., driven by the power of compassion; Kakusan-
dho ... ~o, Mhv XV 61; 150; — °-hīna, mfn., lacking
the power of compassion; dosavase ~o, Saddh 577.

" 346862232363077632,karuṇabhāva,en,"

karuṇa-bhāva

, m. [cf. karuṇā°], the state of being
compassionate; — ifc. sa-° (Pj II 318,4).

" 346862363720290304,karuṇābhāva,en,"

karuṇā-bhāva

, m. [cf. karuṇa°], the state of being
compassionate; kāruññatā ti ~o, Sp 1290,10.

" 346862356808077312,karuṇābhāvanā,en,"

karuṇā-bhāvanā

, f., development of compassion;
nikkaruṇatāya ādīnavaṁ karuṇāya ca ānisaṁsam
paccavekkhitvā ~ā ārabhitabbā, Vism 314,12; ahiṁ-
sāya rato ti ... evaṁvuttāya ~āya rato, Dhp-a III
459,16; hitacariyā nāma mettabhāvanā ~ā ca, Cp-a
290,17; karuṇāpubbabhāge (Spk I 305,14) ti ~āya va-
sena uppāditapaṭhamajjhānūpacāre, Spk-pṭ I 311,18;
— °ânuyoga, m., devotion to development of com-
passion; ~aṁ anuyuttā ... muditābhāvanānuyogaṁ
+, M III 82,2; — °ârambha, m., effort to develop com-
passion; karuṇāpubbabhāgo ~o, Ps-pṭ II 68,12 (ad Ps
II 79,14).

" 346862357361725440,karuṇābrahmavihāra,en,"

karuṇā-brahma-vihāra

, m., the brahmavihāra
""compassion""; ~assa cakkhuviññeyyānaṁ rūpānaṁ
... uppajjati domassaṁ, Vism 319,7 qu. As 194,2; tam
ekodibhāvaṁ °-vasena dassento karuṇâdhimutto,
Cp-a 49,30. caraṇadhammapariyāpannattā ~assa,
Vism-mṭ I 233,12 (ad Vism 203,7).[[side 299]]

" 346862240269340672,karuṇācetovimutti,en,"

karuṇā-ceto-vimutti

, f, the deliverance of mind,
which consists in compassion; nissaraṇaṁ h' etaṁ ...
vihesāya, yad idaṁ ~i, A III 291,15; kathaṁbhāvitā
... ~i ... ākāsânañcâyatanaparamāham ... ~iṁ va-
dāmi, S V 119,20-120,1; rāgassa ... abhiññāya ekā-
dasa dhamma bhāvetabbā ... mettācetovimutti ~i
muditācetovimutti ..., A V 360,21-26; ~iṁ, Paṭis I 8,7;
138,4; yā sattesu karuṇā karuṇāyanā karuṇāyitattaṁ
~i ayaṁ vuccati karuṇā, Vibh 273,39.

" 346862239694721024,karuṇācitta,en,"

karuṇā-citta

, n., compassionate mind; ~ena pavatti-
tadesanā, Paṭis-a 2,22.

" 346862151723388928,karuṇadhimutta,en,"

karuṇâdhimutta

, mfn., devoted to compassion; eko-
tibhūto ~o, D II 241,13* (karuṇājhāne adhimutto, Sv
665,8); 242,6; karuṇābrahmavihāravasena ... ~o,
Cp-a 49,30 (ad D II 241,13*/); mahāpuriso pakatiyā ...
~o, Cp-a 285,28; — reading in Be at A III 373,5 for ka-
ruṇāvimutta, q.v.; — Rem.: Be reads karuṇedhimut-
ta, cf. s.v. karuṇāvimutta, q.v.

" 346862151748554752,karuṇādhimutta,en,"

karuṇâdhimutta

" 346862244761440256,karuṇadhippāya,en,"

karuṇâdhippāya

, m., the intention (directed to-
wards) compassion; ~ena ekâdhippāyo ti rāgâdhippā-
yato aññâdhippāyo vā ti vuttaṁ hoti, Kv-mṭ 115,15
(ad Kv-a 199,4).

" 346862244778217472,karuṇādhippāya,en,"

karuṇâdhippāya

, m., the intention (directed to-
wards) compassion; ~ena ekâdhippāyo ti rāgâdhippā-
yato aññâdhippāyo vā ti vuttaṁ hoti, Kv-mṭ 115,15
(ad Kv-a 199,4).

" 346862244086157312,karuṇadhiṭṭhāna,en,"

karuṇâdhiṭṭhāna

, n., the basis which is compassion;
kiñca ~ato sabbasattesu mettā anubrūhetabbā, Cp-a
300,24 = Sv-pṭ I 107,7.

" 346862244107128832,karuṇādhiṭṭhāna,en,"

karuṇâdhiṭṭhāna

, n., the basis which is compassion;
kiñca ~ato sabbasattesu mettā anubrūhetabbā, Cp-a
300,24 = Sv-pṭ I 107,7.

" 346862239115907072,karuṇāguṇa,en,"

karuṇā-guṇa

, m., the quality compassion; asamaka-
ruṇassa lokanāthassa ~aṁ āvajjetvā, Sp 258,7; —
°-'gga, mfn., with the highest quality of compassion; ~ā
adā mahādānavaraṁ, Ras I 4:3; — °-ja, mfn., origi-
nating in the quality compassion; ~aṁ ... saraṇaṁ,
Saddh 570; — °-dīpika, mfn., showing the quality
compassion; satthu ~aṁ ... vinayapiṭakaṁ, Sp 103,20;
— °-yoga, m., application of the quality compassion;
kāruṇikan ti ~ato kārunikaṁ, Bv-a 44,1.

" 346862240906874880,karuṇājala,en,"

karuṇā-jala

, n., the water which is compassion; ~assa
sāgaro, Mhbv 16,18; — °-bharita, mfn., filled with
water which is compassion; ~ena ... dhammâ-
matameghena, Mil 22,2.

" 346862241510854656,karuṇājjhāna,en,"

karuṇā-(j)jhāna

, n., meditation on compassion; met-
tājjhāne ca ~e ca parikammaṁ katvā, Sv 690,3 (Sv-pṭ
II 307,23); karuṇāvimuttā (doubtful reading at A III
373,5*, cf. s.v.) ti ~e vimuttā karuṇāya ca karuṇāpub-
babhāge ca ṭhitā, Mp III 387,23; so (i.e., avihiṁsā-
vitakko) karuṇāpubbabhāge kāmâvacaro, ~e rūpâ-
vacaro, Sv 986,21 qu. It-a II 94,5; ~e adhimutto, Cp-a
49,31; — ~aṁ, Sv 663,23 read karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ with D
II 239,25; — °-nimitta, mfn., aiming at meditation on
compassion; ~aṁ, Sv-pṭ II 307,23 (ad Sv 690,3); —
°-magga, m., the path of meditation on compassion; ~o
ujumaggo nāma, Sv 668,34 (Sv-pṭ II 292,16, cf. Ja I
334,14'); — °-saṅkhāta, mfn., called meditation on com-
passion; ~o maggo, Sv-pṭ II 292,17. karuṇā-jjhāna

" 346862242110640128,karuṇajjhāsaya,en,"

karuṇâ(j)jhāsaya

, mfn., inclined towards compas-
sion; ~o bhagavā, It-a I 147,20; mahāpuriso pakatiyā
~o hoti, Cp-a 285,27.

" 346862242135805952,karuṇājjhāsaya,en,"

karuṇâ(j)jhāsaya

, mfn., inclined towards compas-
sion; ~o bhagavā, It-a I 147,20; mahāpuriso pakatiyā
~o hoti, Cp-a 285,27.

" 346862235357810688,karuṇākammaṭṭhānika,en,"

karuṇā-kamma-ṭṭhānika

, mfn., devoted to (medita-
tion on) the meditation subject ""compassion""; ~ena
bhikkhunā, Vism 315,6.

" 346862236200865792,karuṇākara,en,"

karuṇā-kara

, m., compassionate; khamassu ~a, Ap
533,2 qu. Thī-a (1998) 142,8*; namo te ~a, Thī-a
(1998) 129,5* qu. Ap 549,19 (reading °ṇāsaya, q.v.).

" 346862234590253056,karuṇākathā,en,"

karuṇā-kathā

, f., discussion on ""compassion"", title of
Kv XVIII 3 (Kv 561,30-562,35); ~ā, Kv 562,36; Kv-a
173,8, cf. Moh 275,10; — °-vaṇṇanā, f., commentary on
~ (Kv-a 173,8-16); ~ā niṭṭhitā, Kv-a 173,17.

" 346862237727592448,karuṇākhetta,en,"

karuṇā-khetta

, n., the field of compassion; tattha
paññākhetaṁ balāni, ~aṁ vesārajjāni, It-a I 16,9; ka-
paṇâdiggahaṇena ~aṁ, II 58,34; visesena ~e, Cp-a
325,15.

" 346862236989394944,karuṇākicca,en,"

karuṇā-kicca

, n., the duty of being compassionate;
ñāṇakiccaṁ ~an ti dve bhagavato kiccāni. abhisam-
bodhi ñāṇakiccaṁ, mahākaruṇāsamāpattiṁ samā-
pajjitvā veneyyesattâvalokanaṁ katvā tadanurūpa-
karaṇaṁ ~aṁ, Vjb 35,1 (ad Sp 107,30); — °-vihāra,
m., the abode which is the duty of being compassionate;
~ena, Vjb 34,27 (ad Sp 107,30); — °-samaya, m., the
time for the duty of being compassionate; yo câyaṁ
ñāṇakaruṇākiccasamayesu ~o, Sv 32,32 = Spk I 11,3
= Mp I 12,24 qu. Ud-a 21,25 = Pj I 105,23; Vjb 35,1.

" 346862356434784256,karuṇalaya,en,"

karuṇâlaya

, m. and n., abode of compassion; anan-
tañāṇaṁ ~aṁ ... buddham, Bv-a 1,6*.

" 346862356447367168,karuṇālaya,en,"

karuṇâlaya

, m. and n., abode of compassion; anan-
tañāṇaṁ ~aṁ ... buddham, Bv-a 1,6*.

" 346862367239311360,karuṇāmatisāgara,en,"

karuṇā-mati-sāgara

, m., the ocean of compassionate
mind; Padumuttaro ...~o, Ap 465,24 (Ap-a 494,5
reading °matiākāro).

" 346862356631916544,karuṇāmattaka,en,"

karuṇā-mattaka

, n., a little compassion; sattesu
-am pi 'ssa (i.e., Devadatta) n' atthi, Ja III 174,8.

" 346862373681762304,karuṇāmuditā,en,"

karuṇā-muditā

, f., compassion and joy; ~ā pana sat-
târammaṇā, As 217,6; ekantaparittârammaṇāni hi
kāmâvacaravipākāni, na kevalaṁ ca ~ā viratiyo pi
ettha na santi, 266,4; ~ā aniyatā, Abhidh-av 26,14;
27,28; ~ā pana rūpaloke, Moh 53,30; ~ā siyā upādin-
nupādāniyā, siyā anuppādinnupādāniyā eva, 79,16;
~ā ca sāsavā c' eva no ca āsavā eva, 97,10; ~ā nīvara-
ṇavipayuttā nīvaraṇīyā va, 102,34; — °-upekkhā-sa-
hagata, mfn., accompanied by compassion, joy, and e-
quanimity; ~ena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ ... pharati, Mp
II 76,10 = IV 147,2 (cf. Paṭis II 39,15 foll); —
°-parikamma-kāla, m., the time of preparing (the medi-
tation on) compassion and joy; ~e, As 157,16.

" 346862370485702656,karuṇāmukha,en,"

karuṇā-mukha

, n. and mfn. 1. in.) a face (whose ex-
pression corresponds to) compassion; 2. (mfn.) beginning
with compassion; — 1. ~ena soko vañcetī ti āha
sokasambhavo vipatti, Vism-mhṭ I 379,25 (ad Vism
318,15), cf. s.vv. karuṇāpaṭirūpamukha, karuṇā-
yanāpaṭirūpa; — 2. ~ena pan' ettha avasesā pi tayo
brahmavihārā gahitā va, Sv 663,24; ~ena, Sv-pṭ I
3,14 = Ps-pṭ I 3,8.

" 346862242819477504,karuṇāñāṇasāgara,en,"

karuṇā-ñāṇa-sāgara

, m., the ocean of compassion
and knowledge; Vipassiṁ ... ~aṁ , Ap 290,6.

" 346862357143621632,karuṇānibandhasantāna,en,"

[

karuṇā-nibandhasantāna

, mfn., whose mental dis-
position is connected to compassion; ~o, v.l. in Be at Ap
463,27 for karuṇāniddhasantāno, q.v.]

" 346862236129562624,karuṇānidāna,en,"

karuṇā-nidāna

, mfn., based on compassion; ~ā hi
sabbe buddhaguṇā, Sv-pṭ I 3,24 qu. Mp-ṭ I 7,10.

" 346862228399460352,karuṇāniddhasantāna,en,"

karuṇā-niddha-santāna

, mfn., whose mental dispo-
sition is kind by compassion; sambuddho ... ~o, Ap
463,27 (v.l. Be °-nibandhasantāno = Th-a II 145 [Be],
neither in Ce SHB 1918 nor Ee, where a different
Apadāna is quoted: Th-a II 207 n. 2]; — Rem.: the text
is corrected in a marginal note by H. SMITH: ""niddha <
sa. snigdha"", cf. Mittelindisch § 239 and karuṇāsneha,
q.v.; also possible, but less likely is °-niḍḍa-°, ""whose
mental disposition is the seat of ~"", cf. roganiḍḍa, Dhp
148 with v.II.; for the meaning of santāna cf. BHSD s.v.
saṁtāna (2).

" 346862211039236096,karuṇāniḍḍhasantāno,en,"

[

karuṇā-niḍḍha-santāno

, w.r., cf. next]

" 346862183725928448,karuṇāniketa,en,"

karuṇā-niketa

, mfn., whose mark is compassion;
anantañāṇaṁ ~aṁ namāmi nāthaṁ, Mp-ṭ I 1,6*.

" 346862255293337600,karuṇanugatāsaya,en,"

karuṇânugatāsaya

, mfn., whose disposition follows
compassion; sugato āha ~o, Ap 603,26.

" 346862255310114816,karuṇānugatāsaya,en,"

karuṇânugatāsaya

, mfn., whose disposition follows
compassion; sugato āha ~o, Ap 603,26.

" 346862249173848064,karuṇanugatatta,en,"

karuṇânugatatta

, n., the state of being compassion-
ate; ~ā na ca na sabbesaṁ anuggahāya pavatto, It-a
I 16,5 (w.r. in Ee pana for na ca) = Cp-a 289,34 = Sv-pṭ
I 73,10.

" 346862249194819584,karuṇānugatatta,en,"

karuṇânugatatta

, n., the state of being compassion-
ate; ~ā na ca na sabbesaṁ anuggahāya pavatto, It-a
I 16,5 (w.r. in Ee pana for na ca) = Cp-a 289,34 = Sv-pṭ
I 73,10.

" 346862242731397120,karuṇanukūla,en,"

karuṇânukūla

, mfn., (whose action) follows compas-
sion; buddha bhagavanto ... katthaci puggalâdhiṭ-
ṭhānaṁ katvā katthaci dhammâdhiṭṭhānaṁ katvā
desenti ... purimā ~ā itarā paññânukūlā, Ps-pṭ II
253,19 (ad Ps II 334,8).

" 346862242752368640,karuṇānukūla,en,"

karuṇânukūla

" 346862261811286016,karuṇanuvattin,en,"

karuṇânuvattin

, mfn., persuing compassion; bud-
dho... ~ī, Daṭh III 46.

" 346862261832257536,karuṇānuvattin,en,"

karuṇânuvattin

, mfn., persuing compassion; bud-
dho... ~ī, Daṭh III 46.

" 346862302198239232,karuṇāpabhāvita,en,"

karuṇā-pabhāvita

, mfn., developed out of compas-
sion; ~aṁ sāvakānaṁ ariyaphalâvahaṁ desanāñā-
ṇaṁ, Spk II 46,28 = Mp III 10,4 = V 12,13 = Vibh-a
399,25 qu. Moh 197,7 (kāmâvacaraṁ desanāñāṇaṁ).

" 346862288772272128,karuṇāpadaṭṭhāna,en,"

karuṇā-pada-ṭṭhāna

, mfn., based on compassion; pa-
rahitasādhikāya ~āya desanāpaññāya passatā (i.e.,
bhagavatā), Sp 1301,1 = Sv 43,33 = Ps III 13,18 = Mp
V 84,20.

" 346862295785148416,karuṇāpadhāna,en,"

karuṇā-padhāna

, mfn., concentrating on compas-
sion; na vinayadesanā viya ~ā, Sv-pṭ I 2,23 = Ps-pṭ I
2,20; — °-tta, n., abstr. of prec.; ~ā, Sv-pṭ I 85,20.

" 346862308569387008,karuṇāpara,en,"

karuṇā-para

, mfn., compassionate; anussaranto
dhāreyya jīvitaṁ ~o, Saddh 112; bhagavā ... ~o, 345.

" 346862316257546240,karuṇāparibhāvitaṃ,en,"

[

karuṇā-paribhāvitaṁ

, reading in Be at Ja II 129,13
for karuṇāya pari°.]

" 346862357256867840,karuṇāpariggahita,en,"

karuṇā-pariggahita

, mfn., embraced by compassion;
upekkhā pana ~ā, Cp-a 278,17 = Sv-pṭ I 88,26.

" 346862270090842112,karuṇāpaṭipakkha,en,"

karuṇā-paṭipakkha

, mfn., opposite to compassion;
~o vihiṁsāvitakko, Ud-a 220,15; vihiṁsā (Ps II 79,6)
paresaṁ viheṭhanâkārena pavattassa ~assa pāpa-
dhammass' etam adhivacanaṁ, Ps-pṭ II 67,25 qu.
Mp-ṭ II 199,12 (ad Mp II 362,17); — °-lakkhaṇa, mfn.,
whose characteristic is opposition to compassion; sa (i.e.,
vihiṁsā) viheṭhanalakkhaṇā ~ā vā, Vibh-a 74,23.

" 346862276747202560,karuṇāpaṭirūpaka,en,"

karuṇā-paṭirūpaka

, mfn., in accordance with com-
passion; ~aṁ pavattiṁ disvā, Kv-a 173,9.

" 346862282988326912,karuṇāpaṭirūpamukha,en,"

karuṇā-paṭirūpa-mukha

, n., a face (whose expres-
sion) corresponds to compassion; mahāsattassa ... ~ena
sokasambhavo veditabbo, Cp-a 239,14 (thus BeEe
karuṇāya paṭi°), cf. s.vv. karuṇāmukha, karuṇā-
yanāpaṭirūpa.

" 346862338080509952,karuṇāpubbabhāga,en,"

karuṇā-pubba-bhāga

, m., earlier, preceding part of
compassion; avihesā ti avihiṁsā, etehi ~aṁ dasseti,
Sp 288,19; hitaparisakkinā ti hitesinā ... karuṇā ca
~o ca upaṭṭhāpetabbo, 1364,31; so (i.e., ahiṁsāvi-
takko) ~e kāmâvacaro, karuṇājhāne rūpâvacaro, Sv
986,21 qu. It-a II 94,5; so (i.e., avihiṁsāvitakko) ~ato
paṭṭhāya yāva paṭhamajjhānā vaṭṭati, Ps II 79,15;
ahiṁsāya karuṇāya c' eva ~e ca, Spk I 305,14
(Spk-pṭ I 311,18) ≠ Mp II 250,30 = III 371,25 (on avi-
hiṁsā); kāruññatā ti karuṇābhāvo, imina karuṇañ
ca ~añ ca dasseti, Sp 1290,11; ~o, As 132,18.

" 346862330434293760,karuṇāpubbaṅgama,en,"

karuṇā-pubbaṅ-gama

, mfn., preceded by compas-
sion; attahitāya paṭipatti ... parahitāya paṭipatti ...
tāsu purimā ñāṇapubbaṅgamā, itarā ~ā karuṇāsam-
payuttā, Ps-pṭ II 114,15 (ad Ps II 147,12).

" 346862323320754176,karuṇāpuṇṇahadaya,en,"

karuṇā-puṇṇa-hadaya

, mfn., whose heart is full of
compassion; Soṇṇānano jinavaro ... ~o, Ap 508,19.

" 346862344103530496,karuṇāpurassara,en,"

karuṇā-puras-sara

, mfn. preceded by compassion;
~aṁ mettam, Th-a II 191,9.

" 346862526803218432,karuṇārasa,en,"

karuṇā-rasa

, m., the sentiment ""compassion"", cf.
karuṇā 2., q.v; pavāho va ~assa, Mhbv 16,17.

" 346862233055137792,karuṇasaddaṃ,en,"

[

karuṇasaddaṁ

, w.r. at Ja IV 256,16, read with Ce
SHB 1934 = Be kāruññasaddaṁ, q.v.]

" 346862244698525696,karuṇāsāgara,en,"

karuṇā-sāgara

, m., the ocean of compassion; ~assa
ussīsake, Mhbv 7,15.

" 346862244748857344,karuṇāsahagata,en,"

karuṇā-sahagata

, mfn., accompanied by compassion;
— exeg.: etaṁ cittaṁ imāya karuṇāya sahagataṁ
hoti + ... tena vuccati ~ena cetasā, Vibh 274,4; —
bhikkhu ~ena cetasā ... muditāsahagatena + ekaṁ
disaṁ pharitvā ... sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ ~ena cetasā
vipulena + ... pharitvā, D I 251,10 = M I 38,24 = S V
296,20 = A V 300,16 = Paṭis II 39,18 = Vibh 272,11
(Moh 181,16) etc.; ~aṁ satibojjhaṅgaṁ bhāveti, S V
119,22; ~aṁ saddhindriyaṁ bhāveti, A I 42,34;
paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati ~aṁ, Dhs
258 (katame dhamma kusalā) (As 192,11) = Vibh
278,4 (katamā karuṇā); ~ena cetasā, Nidd II 142,21 =
Be 248,14 (ad Sn 42); tathāgatassa vācā atthavatī hoti
~ā, Mil 172,9.

" 346862356304760832,karuṇāsamaṅgin,en,"

karuṇā-samaṅgi(n)

, mfn., combined with compas-
sion; karuṇāya ayitassa ~ino bhāvo karuṇāyitattaṁ,
Vibh-a 75,24. karuṇā-samaṅgin

" 346862245323476992,karuṇāsamāpatti,en,"

karuṇā-samāpatti

, f., attainment of compassion; —
ifc. mahā-° (Paṭis I 126,18; Ud-a 142,11; It-a I 130,4;
143,6); — °-vihāra, m., abode in the attainment of com-
passion; ~o, Sp-ṭ I 199,17 (ad Sp 107,30: karuṇāvihāra,
q.v.).

" 346862357034569728,karuṇāsamappitahadaya,en,"

karuṇā-samappita-hadaya

, mfn., whose heart is de-
voted to compassion; ~o abhāsi, Spk I 344,14 (Spk-pṭ I
334,11 reading °samāvajjitahadayo as Be in Spk).

" 346862245281533952,karuṇāsamāvajjitahadaya,en,"

[

karuṇā-samāvajjita-hadaya

, mfn., whose heart
turns towards compassion; reading in Be at Spk I 344,14
for °samappita-hadaya, q.v.]

" 346862244966961152,karuṇāsampatti,en,"

karuṇā-sampatti

, f., attainment, bliss of compassion;
~iyā dukkhâpanayanena gopāyitā, Ps-pṭ I 221,16 (ad
Ps I 123,18).

" 346862244920823808,karuṇasampayutta,en,"

karuṇa-sampayutta

, mfn., provided with compas-
sion; khemavitakko ... ~o, It-a I 143,5; Ps-pṭ II 114,16
(ad Ps II 147,12).

" 346862245084401664,karuṇāsamussāhita,en,"

karuṇā-samussāhita

, mfn., instigated by compas-
sion; bhagavā ... bodhisattabhūto pi ~o, It-a II
142,22; — ifc. mahā-° (Ud-a 248,18).

" 346862355189075968,karuṇāsañcoditamānasa,en,"

karuṇā-sañcodita-mānasa

, mfn., whose mind is dri-
ven by compassion; reading of Be at Pv-a 53,1, Th-a I
193,15 for karuṇāya sañco°; — ifc. mahā-° (Th-a III
143,2).

" 346862105070145536,karuṇāsaññā,en,"

karuṇā-saññā

, f., perception of compassion; ~ā, Mil
332,23. '

" 346862244862103552,karuṇasaya,en,"

karuṇâsaya

, mfn., intent on compassion; saṁvis-
sattho ... Sumedhe ~e, Ap 430,5; namo te ~a, Ap
549,19 qu. Thī-a (1998) 129,5* (reading °ṇākara, q.v.).

" 346862244874686464,karuṇāsaya,en,"

karuṇâsaya

, mfn., intent on compassion; saṁvis-
sattho ... Sumedhe ~e, Ap 430,5; namo te ~a, Ap
549,19 qu. Thī-a (1998) 129,5* (reading °ṇākara, q.v.).

" 346862244509782016,karuṇāsevanā,en,"

karuṇā-sevanā

, f., cultivation of compassion; ~ā avi-
hiṁsā vitakkabhāvanā, Peṭ 149,8 (so read for kalyā-
ṇa° with Be, cf. Feṭ-trsl. 1964: 202 n. 607/1).

" 346862244631416832,karuṇāsītala,en,"

karuṇā-sītala

, mfn., gentle by compassion; bhagava-
to vacanaṁ abhikkantaṁ ... ~ato, Sp 171,5; ~ena
vacanena āmantetvā, Ja IV 59,16; — °-hadaya, mfn.,
whose heart is kind by compassion; ~ena taṁ aññāṇaṁ
vidhamitvā, Sp 130,27; ~aṁ ... vande, Sv 1,2* (Sv-pṭ
I 3,6) = Ps I 1,7* (Ps-pṭ I 3,1 = Sv-pṭ) = Spk I 1,5*
(Spk-pṭ I 2,21 = Sv-pṭ) = Mp I 1,5 (Mp-ṭ I 6,17); dasa-
balassa ... ~assa, Bv-a 240,6.

" 346862244568502272,karuṇāsītalībhāva,en,"

karuṇā-sītalī-bhāva

, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) the state of
having become kind by compassion; 2. (mfn.) cool by
compassion; — 1. ~aṁ pālayissati ko ciraṁ, Saddh
33; — 2. ~aṁ sītalacchāyaṁ ... assatthabodhi-
rukkhaṁ upagantvā, Bv-a 287,11; ~e silātale nisīdi,
Bv-a 225,2.

" 346862244442673152,karuṇāsneha,en,"

karuṇā-sneha

, m., affection (which consists in) com-
passion; attani sneho nihīyati ... sattesu ~o vaḍ-
ḍhat' eva, Cp-a 28,13*, cf. karuṇāniddhasantāna,
q.v.

" 346862243398291456,karuṇātaruṇī,en,"

karuṇā-taruṇī

, f., the young women ""compassion"";
paññākaññāya codito ... ~iyā āyācitahadayo, Mhbv
7,4.

" 346862132085657600,karuṇāṭhānīya,en,"

karuṇā-ṭhānīya

, mfn., deserving compassion; ~aṁ
maṁ, Pv-a 72,25.[[side 298]]

" 346862270019538944,karuṇāvegasamussāhitamānasa,en,"

karuṇā-vega-samussāhita-mānasa

, mfn., whose
mind is moved by the impulse of compassion; ~o, Dhp-a
I² 1,9*; Vism-mhṭ II 545,5* (nigamana).

" 346862492888076288,karuṇāviddhaṃsanarasa,en,"

karuṇā-viddhaṁsana-rasa

, n., whose nature anni-
hilates compassion; sa (i.e., vihiṁsā) ~ā, Vibh-a 74,24.

" 346862381751603200,karuṇāvihāra,en,"

karuṇā-vihāra

, m., the abode ""compassion""; yam hi
samayaṁ bhagavā imaṁ ... suttantaṁ desesi, ...
taṁ samayaṁ ~ena vihāsi, Sp 107,30 (karuṇākicca-
vihārena, Vjb 34,27; parahitapaṭipattisaṅkhātena ~e-
na tathā hi karuṇâdidānattā desanāya idha parahi-
tapaṭipatti ~o ti vutto, na pana karuṇāsamāpattivi-
hāro, Sp-ṭ I 199,17) = Sv 33,24 = Spk I 11,29 = Mp I
13,22 qu. Pj I 106,22 (cf. ariyavihārapubbaṅgamāya
dhammapaccavekkhanāya bhagavā vihāsi, Ud-a
23,15 in the parallel passage); sabbasattesu mettāvi-
hārena ~ena ca ... viharatha, It-a I 148,16.

" 346862338025984000,karuṇāvihārin,en,"

karuṇā-vihāri(n)

, mfn., abiding in compassion;
~issa pana ... rūpe ādīnavo parividito hoti, Vism
324,22 = Spk III 173,6; ~issa sato vihesā cittaṁ pari-
yādāya ṭhassatī ti na yujjati desanā, Nett 25,6 (karu-
ṇāvihāralābhino, Nett-ṭ 126,21). karuṇā-vihārin

" 346862455089008640,karuṇāvimutta,en,"

[

karuṇā-vimutta

, mfn., being freed (by meditating
on) compassion; — possible reading at A III 373,5* (cf.
s.v. karuṇa); Ee with ct.: karuṇe vimuttā ti karuṇāj-
jhāne vimuttā karuṇāya ca karuṇāpubbabhāge ca
ṭhitā, Mp III 387,23 presupposing a segmentation as in
Ee; Be reads karuṇe 'dhimutta (see s.v. karuṇâ-
dhimutta) in A and Mp; Ce 1915 ~ā vi° in A, Ce 1922
~e vi °in Mp; Ms. Lai Hin (AD 1587): ~e dhi° in A,
~e vi° in Mp][[side 300]]

" 346862357110067200,karuṇāvipphāra,en,"

karuṇā-vipphāra

, m., diffusion of compassion;
~aṁ, Sp 137,5 (sabbasattesu mahākaruṇāya phara-
ṇaṁ, Vmv I 69,26) = Mp IV 83,17; — °-sītala-hadaya,
mfn., whose heart is gentle by diffusing compassion;
buddhanāgo ... ~o mettāya taṁ phari, Bv-a 211,2;
— °-somanassa-nipātita-[nayana]-pasanna-citta,
mfn., having devotion at heart, the eyes downcast, happi-
ness and diffusing compassion; naṁ ... ~aṁ oloken-
taṁ, Pv-a 178,5 (so read ?, on the reading, cf. Pv-a-trsl..
1980: 189 n. 3); — °-somma-hadaya-nayana-nipāta-
pubbaṅgama, mfn., preceded by a glance which shows
kindness at heart and spreading out compassion; ~ena
vacanena, Ps I 14,2 = Spk II 2,6 = Mp I 17,18 qu.
Paṭis-a 535,5 = Pj II 395,2 = It-a I 38,20 ≠ Ud-a 434,26.

" 346862357219119104,karuṇāvirahita,en,"

karuṇā-virahita

, mfn., without compassion; nikka-
ruṇā ti ~ā sattānaṁ anatthakāmā, Pj II 287,22; ~ā,
Moh 32,4.

" 346862419164794880,karuṇāvisaya,en,"

karuṇā-visaya

, mfn., belonging to the realm of com-
passion; ~assa hi dukkhassa paṭipakkhabhūtaṁ su-
khaṁ, It-a I 145,18.

" 346862392354803712,karuṇāyabhāvitattā,en,"

[

karuṇāya-bhāvitattā

, f., Nidd II 142,32: read as two
separate words as in Nidd II Be 248,26]

" 346862357185564672,karuṇāyamānarūpa,en,"

karuṇāyamāna-rūpa

, mfn. [cf. karuṇāyati, q.v.; for
part. in °māna-rūpa, cf. O. H. PIND in: Baud-
dhavidyāsudhākaraḥ, Festschrift H. BECHERT 1997:
527 foll.], compassionate; amanusso ~o manussa-
rūpen' āgantvā, Pv-a 217,2.

" 346862388173082624,karuṇāyanā,en,"

karuṇāyanā

, f., the being compassionate; yā sattesu
karuṇā ~ā karuṇāyitattaṁ karuṇācetovimutti, ayaṁ
vuccati avihiṁsādhātu, Vibh 87,3 (karuṇāyanâkāro
~ā, Vibh-a 75,23); karuṇāyanā karuṇāyitattaṁ ka-
ruṇācetovimutti, ayaṁ vuccati ~ā, Vibh 273,39; —
°-âkāra, m., the disposition ""compassion""; ~o, Vibh-a
75,23.

" 346862381801934848,karuṇāyanaka,en,"

karuṇāyanaka

, mfn., showing compassion; anukam-
pako ti ~o, Sv-pṭ I 149,8.

" 346862357072318464,karuṇāyanāpaṭirūpa,en,"

karuṇāyanā-paṭirūpa

, mfn., corresponding to com-
passion; mettāyanamukhena rāgo vañcetī ti yujjati,
~ena soko muditāvihārapaṭirūpena pahāso vañcetī
ti yujjati, Nett-a 90,31 (ad Nett 26,35), cf. s.v. karuṇā-
paṭirūpamukha, karuṇāmukha.

" 346862385044131840,karuṇāyanasabhāva,en,"

karuṇāyana-sabhāva

, m., the inherent nature of be-
ing compassionate; pathaviphassanâdayo viya kak-
khaḷaphussanâdisabhāvā ~o sabhāvabhūtakaruṇo
ti attho, Sp-ṭ I 9,21 (ad Sp 1,7*).

" 346862378060615680,karuṇāyati,en,"

karuṇāyati

, pr. 3 sg. [ts.], to show compassion; anu-
sāsa brahme ~amāno vivekadhammaṁ, Sn 1065
(~amāno anuddayamāno anurakkhamāno anug-
gaṇhamāno anukampamāno, Nidd II 120,15 = Be
96,13); -anti etāyā ti karuṇā, Vibh-a 75,22; seyyathā
pi nāma ekaṁ puggalaṁ duggataṁ ... ~eyya, evam
eva sabbe satte karuṇāya pharati, Vism 314,20 =
Vibh 273,36; taṁ ~anto, Th-a I 118,26 qu. Ap-a 335,34;
manussā ~yantā, Vv-a 100,6; vaṭṭamūlakaṁ
dukkhaṁ parituletvā ~amāno, Ud-a 271,2; mahāsat-
to ... ~māno, Vv-a 138,20; taṁ puggalaṁ ~itvā,
Vism 315,11; puggalo evaṁ ~itabbo, 315,7; nibbha-
yena ~itabbaṁ, As 194,11; -anti etāyā ti karuṇā,
Vibh-a 75,22; kapatī ti ~ati, Sadd 403,28; 553,16.

" 346862105137254400,karuṇāyitabba,en,"

karuṇāyitabba

, ger. of karuṇāyati, q.v.; — °-rūpa,
w.r. in Be at Vism 314,22; read with Ee karuṇāyitab-
baṁ virūpaṁ.

" 346862562719043584,karuṇāyutta,en,"

karuṇā-yutta

, mfn., compassionate; ~o ... muni,
Ap-a 375,29; — °-tta, n., abstr. of prec.; ~ena, Spk-pṭ I
81,7 (ad Spk I 37,10: kāruññataṁ).

" 346862244325232640,karuṇekarasasaya,en,"

karuṇ'-ekarasasaya

, mfn., intent on compassion as
the only quality; munivaro ... ~o, Ap 474,9.

" 346862244262318080,karuṇokāsatā,en,"

karuṇ'-okāsa-tā

, f, the opportunity for compassion;
~ā, Sv-pṭ I 118,24.

" 346862244207792128,karuṇokkamana,en,"

karuṇ'-okkamana

, n., entering into compassion;
khemavitakko bhagavato ~âdinā vibhāvetabbo, It-a
I 143,13.[[side 301]]

" 346862244383952896,karuṇūpāyakosalla,en,"

karuṇ'-ūpāya-kosalla

, mfn., skill in means (which
consists in) compassion, cf. M. Pye, Skillful Means,
1978: 11 n. 20; — ifc. hita-° (Sv-pṭ I 119,20); — °-pa-
riggahītā, mfn., encompassing the skill in means (which
consists in) compassion; ~ā nekkhammapāramī, Cp-a
314,12.

" 346862294367473664,kasa,en,"

kas(a)

, the verbal root kas, cf. kassati, q.v.; ~
vilekhane, Sadd 442,8; ~ gatihiṁsāvilekhane, Dhāt-
up 304; Dhātum 473.[[side 341]]
kasa

" 346862294581383168,kasā,en,"

kasā

, f. [sa. kaśā, EWA-2 s.v., CDIAL 2965], whip
(cf. M. CONE in: Lexicography in the Indian and Bud-
dhist Cultural Field, 1998: 42); — lex. lit.: ~ā tv assâ-
bhitāḷinī, Abh 370; — ~ā, Vin I 99,34* (uddāna, ref. to
Vin I 91,12); daṇḍen' eke damayanti aṅkusehi ~āhi
ca, Vin II 196,3* = M II 105,8* = Th 878; hatthena vā
~ya vā vettena vā ... + haneyyuṁ, Vin III 47,6 (i.e.,
the king a thief); ~āhi pi tāḷeti vettehi pi tāḷenti ... + ,
M I 87,9 = III 164,1 = A I 47,12 (diṭṭhadhammika vaj-
ja) = II 122,25 (daṇḍabhaya) = Nidd I 154,6 (Nidd-a I
277,31); Dhp-a II 39,2; ~āhi tāḷayanto, Pv-a 4,23; Ja II
123,6 ... + vettehi tāḷanam pi dukkhaṁ ~āhi
tāḷanam pi dukkhaṁ ... +, Mil 197,1; dāsakiccassa
katattā ~ahi paharitvā, Ja I 454,22'; sakaṇṭakāhi ~āhi
pahārasahassaṁ āṇāpesi, VI 3,23; — asso bhadro
~ām-iva, S I 7,23* (Spk I 37,15 foll. qu. Dhp-a III 88,11
foll.) = Dhp 143 (Mittelindisch § 269); Th-a II 191,11;
— °-daṇḍaka, n., whip-stick; ~ehi pi tajjenti, Nidd-a I
277,31; — °-niviṭṭha, mfn., whipped; asso yathā
bhadro ~o, Dhp"" 144 (Dhp-a III 86,1 foll); —
°-pahāra-sahassa, n., thousand strokes with the whip;
~ehi tāḷāpetvā, Ja III 178,4; — °-'bhighāta, n., stroke
with the whip; te bhadro assājānīyo viya ~ena coditā,
Ud-a 185,7, cf. Vism 501,13* = Vibh-a 97,22* qu.
Nidd-a I 76,4*; — °-'bhitāḷa, n., stroke with the whip;
tena attanā katakammena ~âdinā haññati c' eva
addubandhanâdinā bajjhati ca, Nett-a 223,21 (ad
Nett 130,2); — °-'bhihata, mfn., struck with the whip;
bhadro assājānīyo viya ~o, Th-a I 64,13; II 97,27; —
°-hata, mfn., struck with the whip; ~o, Vin I 99,23*
(uddāna, ref. to 75,33); na ... ~o ... pabbājetabbo,
75,33 (Sp 998,24 foll); 91,12 (Sp 1027,21) = 322,24; Vin-
vn 2485; — ifc. daṇḍ'-aṁkusa-° (Saddh 147).

" 346862294111621120,kasagāmaka,en,"

Kasagāmaka

, m.; Npr.; name of a village in Sri lanka;
pariveṇassa Morassa adāsi ~aṁ, Mhv XLV 28.

" 346862294241644544,kasaka,en,"

kasaka

, v. kassaka.

" 346862294178729984,kasakanda,en,"

Kasakanda

, m.; Npr.; name of a yakkha; Burmese
reading at Dhp-a IV 209,4 for Sakaṭa, q.v.

" 346862294455554048,kasālla,en,"

Kasālla

, mn.; Npr.; 1. name of a tank in Sri lanka; 2.
name of a fortress in Sri lanka; — 1. ~aṁ, Mhv LXVIII
48; — 2. °-nāmamhi dugge, LXX 72.

" 346862293729939456,kasambu,en,"

kasambu

, m. [cf. EWA-2 (Vol III) s.v. kaśambaka-
jāta, Toev. I: 17], rubbish, filth; — lex. lit.: kacavaro
'klāpo, saṅkāro ca ~u pi, Abh 224; — exeg.: ~un ti
samaṇakasaṭaṁ, Spk-pṭ II 61,10 (ad Spk III 42,20); —
~uṁ apakassatha, A IV 172,7* = Sn 281
(kasaṭabhūtaṁ, Pj II 311,24) qu. Mil 414,1 = Spk II
49,4*; — ifc. anto-°; parama-° (Vism 259,20 in long
cpd.); maṁsa-° (Vism 258,28 in long cpd.); — °-jāta,
mfn., impure; dussīlo ... antopūti avassuto ~o, S IV
181,1 (rāgâdīhi kilesehi kacavarajāto, Spk III 42,20) =
A I 108,23 (sañjātarāgâdikacavaro, Mp I 177,28) qu.
Pg 27,10 (sañjātarāgâdikacavaro, atha vā ~u vuccati
tintakuṇapagataṁ kasaṭaudakaṁ, Pg-a 207,30) = A
II 240,1 qu. Nidd I 231,21 (saṅkārasabhāvo, Nidd-a I
338,14) ≠ Vin II 236,26 (~ukaj°) (ākiṇṇadosatāya
saṅkiliṭṭhajātaṁ, Sp 1287,7) = Ud 55,16 (chahi dvāre-
hi rāgâdīhi kacavarattā sīlavantehi chaḍḍetabbattā
ca, Ud-a 297,19) qu. Sp 254,12 = 596,2; ~o avassuto
pāpo, Vism 57,12*.[[side 342]]

" 346862293801242624,kasana,en,"

kasana

, v. kassana.

" 346862425485611008,kasāpeti,en,"

kasāpeti

, pr. 3 sg. [caus. < kasati, q.v.], to have (a
field) ploughed; khettaṁ ~etabbaṁ ~etvā vapāpetab-
baṁ, Vin II 180,22 qu. Dhp-a I 136,21 = IV 127,8; tvaṁ
khettaṁ ~eyyāsi, Mil 66,12 = 82,4; ayanaṅgalehi
~etvā, Mp I 444,27 ≠ Dhp-a I 224,1 ≠ III 67,12.

" 346862294031929344,kasaṭa,en,"

kasaṭa

, m. and mfn. [cf. TH. Oberlies, IIJ XXXVIII
1995: 116; Amg. kasaṭṭa, BHS kaṣaṭ(ṭ)a; H. W.
Bailey, JRAS 1955: 16 foll], 1. (m.) dregs, sediment; 2.
(mfn.) made from dregs; tasteless, not nutritious; slack;
— gramm. lit.: akasi nirojattaṁ agamī ti ~aṁ, niro-
jaṁ, Mogg VII 53; — exeg.: yathā sappi
madhuphānitâdīsu kacavarabhāvo, so ~o ti vuccati,
Ps-pṭ III 4,9 (ad Ps III 7,3); nhāruvilekhanan ti cam-
maṁ likhantānaṁ cammaṁ likhitvā
chaḍḍitakasaṭaṁ, Mp-ṭ III 173,2 (ad Mp IV 30,28, cf.
Sv 356,13 etc.); ~e ti asāre, Ps-pṭ II 240,15 (ad Ps II
325,9); — 1. ~o, A I 76,15 (uddāna, ref. to A I 72,6-19);
assaddhiyaṁ ~o + , Paṭis II 86,25-90,11 (pasādavi-
rahito, Paṭis-a 582,14); ~aṁ chaḍḍetvā, Sp 844,27 (i.e.,
dregs of ucchurasa); dinnâvasiṭṭhakaṁ apparasaṁ
bahu ~aṁ ahosi, Ja II 96,22 (so read; Ee bahuka°) (cf.
Dhp-a II 155,10); — 2. gadrabhā ~aṁ udakaṁ piv-
itvā, Ja II 96,26; pubbe ... phalāphalāni madhurāni
ahesuṁ, idāni nirojāni ~āni jātāni, 304,11 (v.l. B^d
kaṭukāni); sakalaṁ raṭṭhaṁ nirojaṁ hoti ~aṁ, III
111,4 (Ms. B^d om. ~aṁ); — samaṇe ~e niroje karonti
milāpenti, Ps II 325,9 (ad samaṇakasaṭa, M I 281,26);
~e niroje dasavassâyuke nibbatto, Vibh-a 441,30; —
ifc. ucchiṭṭha-°; chaḍḍita-° (Sv 356,13); tiṇa-kaṭṭha-
paṇṇa-° (Pv-a 256,17 [so read]); tiṇa-paṇṇa-° (As
84,3); nimba-° (Ja II 105,22); pakka-tela-° (Sp 715,2);
paṇṇa-° (M I 21,1 with Ps I 120,19 [so read with Be for
paṇṇasaṭa]); parisā-° (A I 72,9); pāpa-° (Sv 601,21);
purāṇa-° (~khādaka, Ja V 18,22'); purāṇa-paṇṇa-°
(Ja II 271,20 [so read with Be]); phāruka-° (~missaka,
Vv-a 288,22); bahu-° (Ja II 96,22 [reads as two words]);
rajana-° (Sp 1090,17); sa-° (Mil 191,13); samaṇa-° (M
I 281,26); sudhā-° (Sp 1047,1 [w.r. for °kasāva]); —
°-udaka, v. kasaṭodaka; — °-tā, f., the state of being
useless, impure; aparisuddhaṭṭhena ~ā, Ps III 7,4; —
°-niddhunana, n., shaking off dregs; surāparissa-
vanathavikaṁ dhovitukāmo ~atthaṁ ubhosu
kaṇṇesu gahetvā, Ps II 272,1; — °-niroj'-aṭṭha, m.,
the meaning ""useless and insipid""; ~ena kasāvā, Moh
215,39; — °-parisā, f., a useless assembly; ~ā
kacavaraparisā, Mp II 145,18; — °-phala, n., tasteless
fruit; ~āni khādento, Ja II 159,9 (Be kasāyaph°, so
read?); — °-bhāva, m., the being refuse; vipakkaṁ
-am āpannaṁ, Vibh-a 72,16 (i.e., digested food); —
°-bhūta, mfn., being useless; kacavaram iva
anapekkhā ... ~añ ca, Pj II 311,23; — °-sāṭheyya, n.,
uselessness and treachery; ~esu Ps III 7,3; — °-odaka,
n., polluted, dirty water; gadrabhā ~aṁ pivitvā Ja II
97,1 (i.e., a drink produced from dregs); tintakuṇapaga-
taṁ ~aṁ (°ṭa-ud°), Pg-a 207,26; — ifc. pūti-paṇṇa-°
(reading of Be for °rasaudaka at Spk III 98,16).

" 346862293952237568,kasaṭa,en,"

kasaṭa

, n., thread of gold; suvaṇṇasuttaṁ kira kaṭ-
ṭissaṁ kasaṭan ti ca vuccati. ten' eva koseyyakasa-
ṭamayan ti ācariya-Dhammapālattherena vuttan ti
vadanti, Vmv II 184,16 foll. (ad Sp 1086,13) referring
to: koseyyakasaṭamayaṁ, Sv-pṭ I 164,30, cf. kaṭ-
ṭhissa/kaṭṭissa, q.v.

" 346862293872545792,kasati,en,"

kasati

, pr. 3 sg. [cf. kaḍḍhati, kassati, qq.v., cf. kasi,
kas(s)aka, q .v.; ppp. kattha, q.v.; sa. krsati, cf. T. Go-
tō, I. Präsensklasse, ²1996: 112; EWA-2 s.v. karṣ], to
plough, to till; amatapphalam pi kasiṁ ~ati, S I 173,6
= Sn 14,12; pita te ... naditīre ~ati, Ja VI 365,6; khet-
taṁ gantvā ~ati, Pv-a 62,4; As 103,22; -anti vapanti
janā, Ja IV 160,9*; ~āmi ca vapāmi ca, ~itvā ca
vapitvā ca bhuñjāmi. tvam pi samaṇa ~ssu ca va-
passu ..., S I 172,18 foll. = Sn 13,11 foll.; Sp 680,25;
tumhe na ~atha na vapatha ... kathaṁ jīvissatha,
Ps III 38,26; ... karissāma ~āma tāva vapāma tāvā
ti-ādīni vatvā, Ja I 471,16 (text in Be only: Ja Be I
496,27); kammakare ~athā ti āṇāpetvā, III 293,22; n'
eva ~eyya na vapeyya, Mil 41,19; aṭavimukhe ~anti,
Ja I 306,28; rājā ... amaccā ... ito c' ito ca ~anti, Ps II
290,34 qu. Ja I 57,31; naṅgalehi ~aṁ khettaṁ, Thī 112
(Thī-a [1998] 113,20); goṇā ... yehi khettaṁ ~āmase,
Ja II 165,26* qu. Dhp-a III 125,3*; khettaṁ ~amāno,
Dhp-a II 38,21; ekena naṅgalena ~antassa satta
sītāyo gacchanti, Vin I 240,19; Vism 383,21; ekaṁ
ṭhānaṁ kuddālena ~itvā, Dhp-a I 311,10; pattahat-
thā samaṇakā muṇḍā ... naṅgalehi ~issanti, Ja IV
184,7*; so ~ituṁ gato, Ps IV 5,15; ~ituṁ vaṭṭati, Ja VI
287,25'; kasiṁ ~itvāna, Sn 80; — maṅkubhūto ...
aṅguṭṭhakena bhūmiṁ ~anto viya nisīdati, Mp I
328,7.

" 346862306761641984,kasāva,en,"

kasāva

, mfn. and mn. [cf. kasāya, q.v.], 1.a. (mfn.)
astringent; one of the six tastes, cf. s.v. ambila; 1.b.
(mn.) adstrigent medicine; 2. (mn.) astringent substance
(which, when dried, protects the surface of walls or floors,
cf. °-paribhaṇḍa, q.v.); 3. (mn.) yellow juice (of myrobal-
an used for dyeing), cf. kasāya, kāsāva (qq.v), Mg.
gihidakaśāodae eśo cīvale, Mṛcchakaṭika act VIII
(beginning) of a Buddhist monk's robe; 4. (mn.)
(metaphorical, cf. the four impurities [kasāya] in
Jainism) ethical faults, impurity; — for ~ describing the
different qualities of different myrobalan products, cf. G.
WATT, The commercial products of India (abridged ver-
sion) 1908: 886 foll. 1072 foll.; M. CONE in: Lexicogra-
phy in the Indian and Buddhist Cultural Field, 1998: 42;
— 1a. raso ... + khārikaṁ lapilaṁ ~o sādu asādu,
Dhs 629 (harītakâdi, As 320,21) = Kv 377,35; Nidd I
240,17 (Nidd-a I 343,12 qu. As 320,21); ... + ambilaṁ
anambilaṁ ~an ti sūparasaṁ na jānāti, Dhp-a II
31,20; rukkhā ... + aññe kaṭukā aññe ~ā aññe mad-
hurā, Mil 65,18; — 1.b. ~ehi, Vin I 251,2* (uddāna, ref.
to 201,13); anujānāmi ... ~ani bhesajjāni, 201,13 (enu-
merated ibid.) qu. Sp 835,5; sappiṁ upanāmesi: ""~aṁ
devo pivatu"", 277,23; — °-yoga, m., astringent applica-
tion; na ~ā na osadhā kamanti, Ja V 198,26*; — 2.
anujānāmi ... ikkāsaṁ ~aṁ, Vin II 151,34 (āmala-
kaharītakānaṁ ~aṁ, Sp 1219,9; cf. P. KIEFFER-PÜLZ,
Sīmā 1993: 293 n. 458 with WZKS XL 1996:110); — 3.
~āni vatthāni, D I 250,20 w.r. for kā°; — ifc. kuṭaja-°
(Vin I 201,14); dāru-° (A I 112,29); nattamāla-° (Vin I
201,14); nimba-° (Vin I 201,13); paṭola-° (Vin I 201,14
om. in Ee); paggava-° (Vin I 201,14, so read with Ce
[1933], Sp 1090,3, Be phaggava-°); pahīna-° (Dhp-a I
82,20); — 4. katame tayo ~ā, Vibh 368,22-25 (enumerat-
ed: rāga-°, dosa-°, moha-°; kāya-°, vacī-°, mano-°)
(kasaṭā nirojā, Vibh-a 499,1, cf. kasaṭṭhena ~ā, Ap-a
184,28 ≠ Moh 215,39) qu. Pj II 108,9 foll = Ap-a 184,30
foll.; Ja II 198,15'; rāgâdīhi ~ehi anikkasāvo, V 50,31' ≠
Dhp-a I 82,13; — ifc. a-°; anik-°; kāya-° (A I 112,31);
chaḍḍita-° (Dhp-a I 82,20); dosa-° (Vibh 368,23); nik-°
(Ud 3,20*); niddhanta-° (~moha, Sn 56); ninnīta-° (M
III 243,20); mano-° (A I 112,33); mahak-ka° (Ja IV
387,7*); mahā-° (Ja IV 287,16'); moha-° (Vibh 368,23);
rāga-° (Vibh 368,23); vanta-° (Dhp 10); vācī-° (A I
112,32); sa-° (A I 112; Dhp-a I 82,13); sudhā-° (Sp
1047,1 [so read]).

" 346862295499935744,kasāvabhesajja,en,"

kasāva-bhesajja

, n., astringent medicine; pāḷiyam
pan' assa ~en' eva saṅgaho veditabbo, Sp 836,17
(referring to Vin I 201,13).

" 346862306522566656,kasāvacuṇṇa,en,"

kasāva-cuṇṇa

, n., myrobalan powder; ~âdighaṁsa
nena samuṭṭhāpitā sukhacchavivaṇṇā, Ja IV 185,18'
(Ee w.r. kā°).[[side 343]]

" 346862306627424256,kasāvagandha,en,"

kasāva-gandha

, mfn., having an astringent smell;
sappiṁ nippaceyyaṁ kasāvavaṇṇaṁ, ~aṁ, kasā-
varasaṁ, Vin I 277,2 foll.

" 346862294992424960,kasāvākasāva,en,"

kasāvākasāva

, Sp 628,7 read kās°.

" 346862306711310336,kasāvakattarayaṭṭhi,en,"

kasāva-kattarayaṭṭhi-

°, Sp 718,13 read kāsāva-°.

" 346862295625764864,kasāvapacana,en,"

kasāva-pacana

, n. [SE-Asian reading, EeCe (SHB)
kasāvasiñcana, q.v.], preparing an astringent substance
(to be mixed with plaster for protecting the surface of a
cetiya, cf. kasāva 2., q.v.); ~udakadānakocchakara-
ṇanisseṇibandhanâdi avacakammaṁ, Ps II 402,28
(sudhâdisaṅkaraṇatthaṁ, Ps-pṭ II 309,26).

" 346862295562850304,kasāvaparibhaṇḍa,en,"

kasāva-paribhaṇḍa

, n., floor prepared with an a-
stringent substance (for protecting the surface, cf. kasā-
va 2., q.v.); vasanaṭṭhānesu ~aṁ kātabbaṁ, Sp 1231,21
qu. Pālim 221,24 (= kasāvarasehi bhūmiparikam-
maṁ, Vmv II 242,25); Sp 1245,25 (in long cpd.).

" 346862295260860416,kasāvarasa,en,"

kasāva-rasa

, mfn., of astringent taste; ~aṁ, Vin I
277,3 (v. °gandha); — °-pīta, mfn., impregnated with
yellow dye (produced from myrobalan); kāsāvan ti ~aṁ
arahaddhajabhūtaṁ, Ja II 198,16', cf. Mp V 38,21;
~āni vatthāni, I 179,16 (Be and MS. Ph for kāsāyāni
vatthāni); — °-tta, n., = abstr. of prec.; ~ā kāsāvena
vatthena, It-a I 177,3.

" 346862295323774976,kasāvarattanivāsana,en,"

kasāva-ratta-nivāsana

, mfn., wearing (yellow)
clothes dyed (with myrobalan); reading of Be and MS. B^d
at Ja III 447,5 for Ee kāsāvanantakanivāsana, q.v.; cf.
Pāṇ IV 2 1: tena raktaṁ rāgāt.

" 346862295118254080,kasāvasiñcana,en,"

kasāva-siñcana

, n. [so EeCe (SHB) for the SE-Asian
reading kasāvapacana, q.v.].

" 346862295688679424,kasāvaṭa,en,"

kasāvaṭa

, m., abusive word of uncertain meaning; ~o
(BeCe kā° so read ?) malamajjo nihīnajacco, Vin IV
308,34 (referring to Upāli) (kāsāvaṭo [BeCeEe so; Se
ka°] ti nahāpitā kāsāvaṁ nivāsetvā kammaṁ ka-
ronti, tam sandhāy' âhaṁsu, Sp 937,25).

" 346862295181168640,kasāvavaṇṇa,en,"

kasāva-vaṇṇa

, mfn., of yellow colour; ~aṁ, Vin I
277,3 (see °gandha).

" 346862295416049664,kasāvayutta,en,"

kasāva-yutta

, mfn., mixed with an astringent sub-
stance; madhu ... ~aṁ ciranikkhittaṁ kasāvaṁ hoti,
As 320,15.

" 346862294916927488,kasāvodaka,en,"

kasāvôdaka

, n., astringent water ~ena attho hoti,
Vin I 205,32 (for treating a wound); vaṇamukhaṁ
pīletvā pubbalohitaṁ makkhetvā ~ena dhovitvā,
Mp I 330,4 (of an elephant).

" 346862294526857216,kasāya,en,"

kasāya

, m. and mfn. [cf. kasāva; Amg. kasāya; BHS,
sa. kaṣāya, EWA-2 s.v.; CDIAL 2974], 1. (m.) (yellow)
juice of myrobalan, cf. kasāva, 3.; 2. (mfn.) astringent;
— 1. lex. lit.: drave vaṇṇe rasabhede ~o surabhimhi
ca, Abh 961; — gramm. lit.: ~ena rattaṁ kāsāvaṁ,
Sadd 788,12; — kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā ti
~ena rattatāya kāsayāni, It-a II 73,5 (Ee w.r. kā-
sāyena); Sp-ṭ II 3,23; — ifc. rukkha-° (Ja V 198,23); —
2. — °-tta, n., the being astringent; ... + kaṭukattaṁ vā
~aṁ vā madhurattaṁ vā, Mil 56,10; — °-phala, n.,
fruit with adstrigent taste; Burmese (and correct?) read-
ing at Ja II 159,9 for kasaṭaphala, q.v.; — °-yoga, m.,
astringent application; karomi te kiñci ~aṁ, Ja V
198,20* (rukkhakasāye); — °-rasa-pīta, mfn., impreg-
nated with yellow dye (produced from myrobalan); ~aṁ
kāsāvavatthaṁ, Ja V 50,31' (Ee w.r. kāsāyar°); ~āni
vatthāni, Th-a III 132,34; — °-tā, f. [abstr. of prec.];
~āya kāsāyāni, Sp 203,23 (kasāyarasarattāni
kāsāyānī ti, Vmv I 99,17) = Spk II 180,7 (Ee w.r.).

" 346862232933502976,kaseruka,en,"

kaseruka

, mn. [Amg. kaseruga; sa. kaśeru, EWA-2
Vol. III, CDIAL 2966], a kind of aquatic grass; — lex.
lit.: siṅghāṭakaṁ kaserussa phale, maggasamāga-
me, Abh 1010; — gramm. lit.: ke jale sayati pavattatī
ti kaseru, tiṇaviseso, Mogg VII 177; — udake jāta-
siṁghāṭakakaserukâdiphalaṁ, Pj II 284,1; ~o kaṭiba-
lavan ti tassa nāmaṁ, Vjb 319,20; — ifc. āluva-° (Sp
762,2); — °-kanda, n., bulb of kaseruka; ~o, Sp 834,3
qu. Pālim 95,15; — ifc. uppala-°; — °-puppha, n. ka-
seruka flower; ~aṁ, Sp 836,8 qu. Pālim 97,13; Vin-vn
1349; — Rem.: This plant is obviously different from
kaṭeruhā, q.v.

" 346862294849818624,kasi,en,"

kasi

, f. [cf. kasati, kas(s)aka, q.v.; Amg. kasi; sa.
kṛṣi: loke hi kṛṣyarthe kasiṁ prayuṅ]ate, Mahā-bh I
259,14], 1. ploughing, agriculture; 2. requisites for
ploughing, cf. kasi(pari)bhaṇḍa; — lex. lit.: kasikam-
maṁ kasi 'tthiyaṁ, Abh 445; — gramm. lit.: kasīyatī
ti ~i kasanaṁ, Mogg VII 7; — exeg.: kasanaṁ ~ī ti,
kasiggahaṇena sabbo kasipaṭibaddho jīvikûpāyo
gahito, Ps-pṭ II 41,29 foll. (ad Ps II 56,20); — 1. ukkaṭ-
ṭhaṁ nāma kammaṁ ~i vāṇijjā gorakkhā, Vin IV
6,34; ~i kho ... kammaṭṭhānaṁ mahaṭṭhaṁ + ... vā-
nijjā ... kammaṭṭhānaṁ appaṭṭhaṁ +, M II 198,3-12;
sippaṭṭhānena jīvitaṁ kappeti ...+ yadi ~iyā yadi
vāṇijjāya, yadi gorakkhena +, I 85,32 (kasikammaṁ,
Ps II 56,20; Ps-pṭ II 41,29 foll); kammaṭṭhānena jīvi-
taṁ kappeti ...+ yadi ~iyā yadi vāṇijjāya, yadi go-
rakkhena +, A IV 281,24; III 225,1; Nidd I 267,6;
Saddh 390; ~iyā jīvati, Th-a I 118,17 qu. as ~iyā jīvi-
taṁ kappesi, Ap-a 335,27; bhatiṁ vā ~iṁ vā katvā,
Ja IV 43,24; ~ī vaṇijjā iṇadānaṁ ... etehi dāraṁ po-
sehi, 422,8*; 363,20*; vessā ~iṁ ... upāgu, VI 201,10*
(ct.: ~iṁ upetha); nâññatra vessehi ~iṁ kareyya,
208,5*; yaṁ ... vindati dhanaṁ sippaṁ vaṇijjaṁ ca
~iṁ adhiṭṭhitaṁ, A IV 92,18* qu. Ja II 347,29*; itthi-
dhanan ti ... na ~iyā na vaṇijjāya sambhaṭaṁ, Sp
210,26; na hi tattha ~ī atthi +, Pv 20 (Pv-a 28,31) =
Khp VII 6 (Pj I 212,12) qu. Kv 348,7*; — etaṁ bījaṁ
~ī khettaṁ, Pv 2 (tassa bījassa tasmiṁ khette vapa-
napayogasaṅkhātā ~ī, Pv-a 8,11); khette ~iṁ kasati,
Ja I 277,16; karīsasahassamattaṁ ~iṁ kāresi, III
293,21; kassako ~iṁ kasitvā balivadde muṅcitvā ...
chāyāya nisinno vissameyya, Vism 284,21 = Sp
426,8; dvīhi goṇehi ~aṁ katvā, Ja II 165,10; — ama-
tapphalam pi ~iṁ kasati, S I 173,6 ≠ Sn 14,12 (i.e., the
Buddha); evam esā kasī kaṭṭhā sa hoti amatapphalā,
S I 173,3* (Spk I 256,14 foll. qu. Pj II 150,32 foll.) = Sn
80; ~iyā pubbadhammassa bījassa sabhāgatāya, Spk
I 249,30 ≠ Pj II 143,12; bhagavato ~iyā mūlabhūtā
saddhā, Spk I 250,14 qu. Pj II 144,15; tvaṁ bāhiraṁ
~iṁ kasitvā sassadūsakānaṁ tiṇānaṁ ... niddānaṁ
karosi, evam aham pi ajjhattikaṁ ~iṁ kasitvā, Spk I
254,3-5 qu. Pj II 148,17-19; — 2. kasako paṭijānāsi, na
ca passāmi te ~iṁ, S I 172,29* = Sn 76 (yuganaṅgalâ-
dikasisambhārasamāyogaṁ, Pj II 142,22).

" 346862232140779520,kasibhaṇḍa,en,"

kasi-bhaṇḍa

, n., = kasi-paribhaṇḍa, q.v.; na ... o-
lārikāni yuganaṅgalâdīni ~āni passāmi, Spk I 248,30
qu. Pj II 142,7; Vibh-a 411,7; araññato ~aṁ ādāya ge-
haṁ gantvā, Dhp-a I 307,1; ~aṁ ... garubhaṇḍaṁ,
Sp 1244,27 qu. Kkh 138,15 qu. Pālim 308,17; ~añ ca
saṅghikaṁ, Viv-vn 2888.

" 346862232207888384,kasibharadvāja,en,"

Kasi-Bharadvāja

, m., Npr.; Bharadvāja, the plough-
man; his encounter with the Buddha is narrated in the
°sutta, q.v.; ~assa brāhmaṇassa paṅcamattāni naṅ-
galasatāni payuttāni honti, S I 172,5 = Sn 13,2 (kasiṁ
nissāya jīvati, Bharadvājo ti c' assa gottaṁ, Spk I
242,14 = Pj II 137,6).

" 346862232266608640,kasibharadvājasutta,en,"

Kasi-Bharadvāja-sutta

, n., title of 1. S I 172,1-
173,24 (the uddāna refers to this text as kasi, S I
184,32*); — 2. Sn 12,22-16,12; ~e Pj II 174,9; 300,8;
411,29; °vāja-Āḷavaka-suttesu, 444,11.

" 346862232337911808,kasibharadvājasuttavaṇṇanā,en,"

Kasi-Bharadvāja-sutta-vaṇṇanā

, f., ct. on prec.,
title of 1. Spk I 242,1-256,33 (the title does not seem to
be attested in MSS.); 2. Pj II 131,14-158,30; ~ā, Pj II
158,30; ~āyaṁ, Pj II 300,6.

" 346862296477208576,kasigorakkha,en,"

kasi-gorakkha

, m., farming and cattle-keeping; ussa-
hanti ~e, D I 135,20; brāhmaṇā vessassa sandhanaṁ
paññāpenti ~aṁ, M II 180,21; ~ā vaṇijjañ ca, Ja V
156,7*; — °-âdi, mfn., farming, cattle-keeping, etc.; ~īhi
jīvikakappanaṁ hitvā, Sp 239,11; ~āni kammāni, Ja
VI 217,13'; ~ino sampattipaṭilābhakāraṇassa abhā-
vaṁ, Pv-a 28,28.

" 346862296414294016,kasijīvitavutti,en,"

kasi-jīvita-vutti

, f, subsisting on ploughing; ~iyā,
Spk-pṭ I 141,7, cf. kasika, Cf.v.

" 346862294711406592,kasika,en,"

kasika

, m., = kassaka; kaṭṭhahārā ~ā tiṇahārakā,
Ap 317,11; ~o añṅathā jīvikaṁ kappentassa pi kasijī-
vitavuttiyā mūlakāraṇaṁ phalanipphattinimittattā
tassa, Spk-pṭ I 141,7 (ad Spk I 101,18); ~o, Sadd 921,12.

" 346862296141664256,kasikāla,en,"

kasi-kāla

, m., time for ploughing; ~âdisu, Ja III
263,17.

" 346862294644297728,kasikamma,en,"

kasi-kamma

, n., = kasi, cf. GEIGER, Culture § 77; —
exeg.: kasī ti ~aṁ, Ps II 56,20; gorakkhan ti khet-
tarakkhaṁ -an ti vuttaṁ hoti, Pj II 466,12; — aho-
siṁ kassako tadā ~ena jīvāmi tena posemi dārake,
Ap 385,30; Ja II 305,4; ~ena jīvikaṁ kappesi, 109,22;
~aṁ gorakkhakammaṁ, Sp 1163,3; gomaṇḍalehi
saddhin (Spk I 101,18) ti gogaṇena saha, na tena
vinā ~âdīni uppajjanti, Spk-pṭ I 141,4; ~aṁ karontā,
Thī-a 116,10 (ad Thī 112); sabbaṁ vanaṁ chinditvā
khettaṁ katvā ~aṁ kariṁsu, Ja II 358,20; ~atthāya
pan' assa goṇā pi n' atthi, 300,15; eko goṇo mato
~aṁ nappavattati, 165,12; ~âdīni pavattāpetvā, Sp
996,22; ~âdīhi dhanaṁ sampādetvā, 998,14; ~aṁ
katvā dhaññassa koṭṭhe pūrenti, Spk I 31,13; vipajja-
mānan ti avuṭṭhiativuṭṭhiādīhi ~aṁ, Ps III 444,15;
~âdīni kātuṁ adatvā ... devasikaṁ migavaṁ gac-
chati, Ja III 270,18; ~assa vā vappakammassa vā
upakaro, I 340,13; ukkaṭṭhakamme pi ~e asati, Vibh-a
411,5; — ifc. sampanna-° (Ja IV 310,25').[[side 344]]

" 346862296082944000,kasikammakāla,en,"

kasi-kamma-kāla

, m., time for ploughing; udakaṁ
vāretum labbhati, tañ ca kho ~e yeva na sassakāle,
Sp 679,21.

" 346862295952920576,kasikammapariyosāna,en,"

kasi-kamma-pariyosāna

, n., the end of ploughing;
~aṁ catubbidhaṁ sāmaññaphalaṁ, Spk I 256,19 qu.
Pj II 151,5.

" 346862296024223744,kasikammaṭṭhāna,en,"

kasi-kammaṭṭhāna

, n., occupation ""farmer;"" ~aṁ
vipajjamānaṁ appaphalaṁ hoti, Ps III 444,20; Bv-a
Be 324,26; — Rem.: in spite of CPD s.v. kammaṭṭhāna,
ifc. kasi kammaṭṭhanaṁ, M II 198,19 are two words.

" 346862296208773120,kasikāraka,en,"

kasi-kāraka

, m(fn)., engaged in ploughing; kassako
~o, Sadd 442,9.

" 346862295759982592,kasikaraṇa,en,"

kasi-karaṇa

, n., ploughing; naṅgalena ~aṁ Spk III
200,14.

" 346862296573677568,kasikuṭikā,en,"

kasi-kuṭikā

, f., a farmer's shed, i.e., a shed built by
placing a flat stone on four stones; ṭaṅkitamañco (Sp
1072,19) ti ~ā pāsāṇagharan ti likhitaṁ, Vjb 471,16
(referring to and qu. from the lost Gaṇṭhipada), cf.
catunnaṁ pāsāṇānaṁ upari pāsāṇaṁ attharitvā ka-
taṁ gehaṁ, Sp-ṭ III 284,18.

" 346862100519325696,kasiman,en,"

kasima(n),

ifc. parama-°.

" 346862232556015616,kasiman,en,"

kasima(n)

, n., meagreness; ~ā, Mogg-p IV 62; Sadd
145,15*; — ifc. adhimatta-°.

" 346862232484712448,kasimat,en,"

kasima(t)

, m(fn)., successful in ploughing; pahūta-
dhañṅo ~ā yasassī, Ja IV 309,10* (ct. sampannakasi-
kammo qu. Cp-a 206,17) qu. Cp-a 205,3*
kasimat

" 346862100540297216,kasiṇa,en,"

kasiṇa,

cf. MPPŚ III 1287foll.

" 346862296355573760,kasiṇa,en,"

kasiṇa

, n. and mfn. [< sa. kṛtsná, cf. EWA-2 s.v.;
Amg. kasiṇa; CDIAL 3431; H. Scharfe, M. D. Red-
D ICK, Lex et Litterae, Felicitation Vol. O. BOTTO, 1997:
450 foll.], 1. (n.) totality, entirety; 2. (mfn.) whole, com-
plete, entire; all; — 1. varam ... sa pīti ~ena pi Jam-
budīpassa, Sv 54,3 (= kasiṇatāya sakalabhāvena.
keci ... Jambudīpassā ti karaṇe sāmivacanan ti va-
danti, tesaṁ matena kasiṇajambudīpasaddānaṁ
samānâdhikaraṇabhāvo, Sv-pṭ I 79,8) qu. Sv-pṭ I 2,4,
Ps-pṭ I 2,5, Spk-pṭ I 2,2, It-a II 105,29, Nett-pṭ 2,6,
Mp-ṭ I 287,25; — 2. ~ā paṭhavī dhanassa pūrā, Ja IV
111,26* (= sakalā, 112,18'); rakkhitvā ~aṁ rattiṁ, VI
448,9* (= sakalaṁ, 448,15'); yāvatakaṁ tuyhaṁ ~aṁ
āyu, M I 328,9 (= sakalaṁ, Ps II 407,17); devama-
nussā manasā vicintitaṁ na jaññā ~ā pi pāṇino, Peṭ
71,21* - Nett 176,4*.

" 346862296280076288,kasiṇa,en,"

kasiṇa

, n. [cf. BHSD s.v. kṛtsna], totality; ~ denotes
a category of ten subjects of meditation (cf. ²kammaṭ-
ṭhāna, q.v.) or (metonymically) the relevant jhāna; only
recorded in canonical pa. in cpd. kasiṇâyatana, q.v. for
lit. on the subject; — exeg.: kasiṇadasake sakalaṭ-
ṭhena ~āni, Sv 1047,33 = Mp IV 19,25; As 191,33;
etāni ... sakalapharaṇaṭṭhena ~āni, Paṭis-a 128,22;
yathā ~e pavattaṁ jhānaṁ kāraṇôpacārena -an ti
vuttaṁ, tathā jhānapaccayaṁ ~aṁ ... phalôpacāre-
na jhānan ti vuttaṁ, Paṭis-a 318,22; ~ānī ti kasiṇaj-
jhānāni, Vism-mhṭ I 230,4 (ad Vism 202,12); ~ānī ti
jhānāni vuttāni, Vjb 39,18; ~ānī ti kasiṇârammaṇi-
kajjhānāni, Sp-ṭ I 231,24 (ad Sp 116,1); — pathavīka-
siṇaṁ + ... ālokakasiṇaṁ, paricchinnâkāsakasiṇan
ti ime dasa ~ā, Vism 110,28; imāni pi dasa ~āni vaṭ-
ṭāni (so read with Be) pi honti vaṭṭapādakāni pi +,
Mp II 77,8; purimesu ... navasu ~esu aññataraṁ
samatikkamitvā ākāsânañcâyatanaṁ pattabbaṁ,
Vism 111,25; ṭhapetvā ākāsakasiṇaṁ sesā nava ~ā
āruppānaṁ paccayā honti, 114,13; sesāni ... nava
~āni nirodhapādakāni, Moh 28,31; 176,21; aṭṭha ~āni
samatho, Nett 89,27; ādikammikena yoginā odāta-
kasiṇapariyantesu aṭṭhasu ~esu aṭṭha aṭṭha samā-
pattiyo nibbattetvā, Vism 373,23; aṭṭhasu ... ~esu u-
pekkhābrahmavihāre + ... catutthajjhānaṁ samā-
pajji, Sv 594,21 = Spk I 223,34; purimesu aṭṭhasu
~esu aṭṭha samāpattiyo nibbattetvā, As 187,7; aṭṭha-
su ~esu rūpâvacarakusalaṁ niddisitvā (so read with
BeCe), 187,32 foll.; catutthaṁ ~aṁ hitvā, Abhidh-av
91,17 = Vin-vn 3143; — ~esu ca yaṁ kiñci parittaṁ
vitakkacaritassa, appamāṇaṁ mohacaritassā ti,
Vism 114,27; bhāvanācittañ ... ~aṁ parittaṁ vā vip-
ulaṁ vā ekakkhaṇe sakalam eva manasikaroti,
Vism-mhṭ I 199,21 = Sv-pṭ III 345,24 = Ps-pṭ III 125,5
qu. Mp-ṭ III 321,4; paritte ~e jhānaṁ uppādetvā,
Nidd-a 243,18 qu. Paṭis 395,18 ≠ Nidd-a 243,20 qu.
Paṭis-a 395,20; bhāvanācittaṁ ... ~aṁ parittaṁ vā
vipulaṁ vā sakalaṁ eva manasikaroti, Sv-pṭ III
345,24; — ~ānaṁ nissando āruppā, Vism 320,19 qu.
As 195,14; ajjhattabahiddhāvatthukesu ~esu uppā-
ditajjhānassa puggalassa cattāri pi rūpâvacarajjhā-
nāni dassitāni, Ps III 256,1 = Mp II 75,21; ajjhattaba-
hiddhāvatthukesu ~esu jhānapaṭilābho dassito, As
191,9 qu. Paṭis-a 552,15, Moh 30,13; tiriyaṁ apariyan-
taṁ ~aṁ attā ti gahetvā, Vibh-a 512,11; — ~ in ver-
bal or nominal constructions: (i) ākāso, ākāso ti, anan-
to ākāso ti vā ti manasikaronto ugghaṭeti ~aṁ,
Vism 327,22, cf. Abhidh-av 100,23; Nāmar-p 1465;
~aṁ ugghāṭetvā, Moh 30,11; — (ii) jhānassa c' eva
~assa ca ukkamanaṁ jhānakasiṇukkantikaṁ nāma,
Vism 374,37; tejokasiṇaṁ + ... ti imesu tīsu ~esu añ-
ñataraṁ āsannaṁ, 428,1 qu. Paṭis-a 377,21; — (iii)
dūratare nisinnassa ... ~aṁ na upaṭṭhāti, Vism
124,22; — (iv) ~aṁ olokentī, Ja II 230,8; V 314,17 qu.
Cp-a 213,4; — (v) Gaṅgāvahe sadisāya aruṇavaṇṇā-
ya mattikāya ~aṁ kātabbaṁ, Vism 123,31; nīlakasi-
ṇe vuttanayena ~aṁ katvā, 173,26 = 174,7; kattabbaṁ
~aṁ jhānaṁ pattukāmena dhīmatā, Abhidh-av
92,16; visuddhaṁ subhaṁ -am ārammaṇaṁ katvā
viharati, Sv 513,15 = Mp IV 146,24; — (vi) yattha
katthaci ~e parikammaṁ katvā aṭṭha samāpatti-
vasībhāvo yeva pamāṇaṁ, Vism 394,28; sabbanti-
mena paricchedena ~e ekaṁ (so read with Ps-pṭ II
83,14; Ee ekakasiṇe, Be ekaṁ kas°) parikammakam-
maṭṭhānaṁ paguṇaṁ katvā, Ps III 185,12 (= dasavi-
dhe ~e, Ps-pṭ II 83,13); ~e ... vipulaparikammaṁ
katvā, IV 201,22; dasasu vā ~esu parikammaṁ ka-
tvā, Dhp-a II 222,12; — (vii) olokitaolokitaṭṭhāne
-am eva paññāyati, Sv 632,25 (Sv-pṭ II 257,22); —
(viii) yattakaṁ icchati tattakaṁ vā ~aṁ patthari-
tvā, Vism 327,20 ≠ Moh 176,30; — (ix) yattakaṁ ...
okāsaṁ ~ena pharati, Vism 111,30; cf. yattakaṁ ...
ṭhānaṁ ~aṁ upasāritaṁ (Be pasār°), Sv-pṭ III 345,30
= Ps-pṭ III 125,9 qu. Mp-ṭ III 321,8; — (x) ~aṁ bhā-
vetvā, Ja IV 174,19'; 329,4; imāni ... ~āni bhāventena
sīlāni sodhetvā, Mp II 76,23; ~aṁ nāma kathaṁ
bhāventi, Vibh-a 475,12; — (xi) cattāḷīsāya kammaṭ-
ṭhānesu dasa ~ā n' eva vaḍḍhetabbāni, Vism 111,30;
Abhidh-av 91,5 ≠ Vin-vn 3136; ekacco hi uddham
eva ~aṁ vaḍḍheti +, Vism 176,33 = Sv 1048,3 = Ps
III 260,16 = Mp V 20,4 (CeEe read pasāreti instead of
vaḍḍheti) qu. Paṭis-a 128,26; upacārabhūmiyaṁ ye-
va ṭhatvā ~aṁ vaḍḍhetabbaṁ, Paṭis-a 377,29; Sv-pṭ
III 345,4 = Ps-pṭ III 124,18 qu. Mp-ṭ III 320,18; — (xii)
~aṁ samannāharitvā, Ja III 519,19; — ifc. a-° (~â-
rammaṇasamāpatti, Spk-pṭ I 109,10); ajjhatta-nī-
la-° (~âdi-rūpajjhāna-vasa, Dhp-a III 459,13); aṭ-
ṭha-°; aṭṭhika-vaṇṇa-° (~-vasa, Sv-pṭ III 90,14); an-
indriya-baddha-rūpa-° (~âdi, As 425,4); appamā-
ṇa-° (Vibh-a 512,10); arūpa-°; avaḍḍhita-°; asubha-°
(Pj II 54,16); ākāsa-°; ākāsa-viññāna-° (Vism-mhṭ II
4,1); ānāpāna-°; āpo-°; āloka-°; ugghā-ṭita-° (~-va-
sa, Ps-pṭ III 125,8); odāta-°; obhāsa-° (Ps-pṭ III
350,29); jhāna-° (~-ukkantika, Vism 374,37; As 187,10);
jhāna-samāpatti-° (~ânussatiasubhā, Paṭis-a 586,16);
tejo-° (D III 268,22; A I 41,16; Nett 89,23; Kv 197,31;
Vism 171,7); dasa-° (Vism 111,30; Mp II 77,8; ~-ānā-
pānavasa, Sv 1022,13); nava-° (Moh 176,21); nānā-°
(~-lābhin, Sv 504,20; ~-vasa, Paṭis-a 318,9); nīla-° (v.
tejo-°); paṭhavī-° (v. tejo-°); paṭhavī-āpo-vāyo-° (Pa-
ṭis-a 453,14); paṭibhāga-° (Sv 505,24 foll); pabhas-
sara-° (Paṭis-a 453,14); paricchinnâkāsa-° (Vism
175,7 foll.; Vism-mhṭ I 197,18); paricchedâkāsa-°
(Paṭis-a 129,7; 661,3); paritta-° (Vibh-a 512,9); pasāri-
ta-° (Sv-pṭ III 345,14; Ps-pṭ III 124,25; Mp-ṭ III 320,25);
pīta-° (v. tejo-°); purima-° (As 187,2; Vism-mhṭ I
196,12); bhūta-° (Sv-pṭ I 218,27); mahā-° (Vism
109,28; Vism-mhṭ I 129,21); yathā-ugghāṭita-°
(~-vasa, Sv-pṭ III 345,29); rūpa-° (~-jjhāna, Sv-pṭ II
141,24); lohita-° (v. tejo-°); vaḍḍhita-° (Sv 115,7;
Paṭis-a 456,22); vaṇṇa-° (Vism 109,21; Sv 513,13; Ps
III 256,8; As 191,14); vāyo-° (v. tejo-°); viññāṇa-° (v.
tejo-°); vipula-° (~-lābhin, Nidd-a I 244,18; As
371,8); sabba-° (Vism 375,3; Vism-mhṭ II 3,29; Ps-pṭ
III 124,23); savanna-° (Vin-vn 3150; Abhidh-av
90,13); sassāsa-° (Sacc 130); subha-° (As 191,16; Spk
II 134,32); subhāvitâloka-° (Sv-pṭ III 284,14); sesa-°
(Vism 114,26; Sv 375,12).[[side 345]]

" 346862303620108288,kasiṇabhāvanā,en,"

kasiṇa-bhāvanā

, f., the development, cultivation of
the kasiṇas; ~aṁ āraddho, Sv 887,11 = Mp II 270,19
qu. Paṭis-a 693,17 (Ee °bhāvaṁ); mahāpuriso ...
brahmavihārabhāvanañ c' eva ~añ ca ācikkhati, Ja
IV 490,12; āruppasamādhi-abhiññānaṁ adhiṭṭhāna-
bhāvato ~ā ... sa catutthadhammapadena saṅgahi-
tā, Sv-pṭ III 311,4; ~āya ananurūpaṁ vihāraṁ pahā-
ya, Mp II 76,27.

" 346862303532027904,kasiṇabhāvanupagamanadīpanatthaṃ,en,"

kasiṇa-bhāvânupagamana-dīpan'-atthaṁ

, ²ind.,
in order to show that (it) does not assume the property of
being kasiṇa; añṅassa ... ~, Sv-pṭ III 345,13 = Ps-pṭ II
124,25 (ad Ps III 260,20) = Mp-ṭ III 320,24 (ad Mp V
20,8); — ifc. añña-° (Sv-pṭ III 345,12 = Ps-pṭ II 124,25
= Mp-ṭ III 320,24).

" 346862303548805120,kasiṇabhāvānupagamanadīpanatthaṃ,en,"

kasiṇa-bhāvânupagamana-dīpan'-atthaṁ

" 346862296900833280,kasiṇadasaka,en,"

kasiṇa-dasaka

, n., the group of ten kasiṇas; title of
D III 268,20-27; cf. kasiṇakathā, q.v.; ~e sakalaṭṭhena
kasiṇāni, Sv 1047,33.

" 346862296821141504,kasiṇadesanā,en,"

kasiṇa-desanā

, f., the teaching of the kasiṇas; ~ā
abhidhammavasena itarā ... suttantadesanāvasena
vuttā, As 192,1 (~ā jhānānam eva kasiṇabhāvena
pavatta abhidhamme, sutte pana arammaṇanan ti,
As-mṭ 107,5).[[side 346]]

" 346862227921309696,kasiṇadiālambana,en,"

kasiṇâdi-ālambana

, n. [cf. kasiṇâdi-ārammaṇa],
meditation subjects such as the kasiṇas; gocaran ti
~aṁ, Sp-ṭ I 362,16 (ad Sp 145,30).

" 346862227946475520,kasiṇādiālambana,en,"

kasiṇâdi-ālambana

, n. [cf. kasiṇâdi-ārammaṇa],
meditation subjects such as the kasiṇas; gocaran ti
~aṁ, Sp-ṭ I 362,16 (ad Sp 145,30).

" 346862228101664768,kasiṇadiārammaṇa,en,"

kasiṇâdi-ārammaṇa

, n. [cf. kasiṇâdi-âlambana],
meditation subjects such as the kasiṇas; ~ānaṁ ava-
vatthāpetabbato ārammaṇehi ārammaṇavantāni
jhānāni vuttānī ti, Paṭis-a 299,7; dibbavihāro ~āni
rūpâvacarajjhānāni, Vism-mhṭ I 257,22; Sp-ṭ I 313,12;
— °-bhāvanā, f., developing meditation on meditation
subjects such as the kasiṇas; ~āya, Paṭis-a 100,3; —
°-samatikkama, m., surpassing meditation subjects
such as the kasiṇas; ~assa pākaṭattā, Paṭis-a 553,29.[[side 349]]

" 346862228118441984,kasiṇādiārammaṇa,en,"

kasiṇâdi-ārammaṇa

" 346862228001001472,kasiṇadiārammaṇupanijjhāna,en,"

kasiṇâdi-ārammaṇûpanijjhāna

, n. [cf. next], me-
ditation on the meditation subjects such as the kasiṇas;
samāpattiyo nīvaraṇâdipaccanīkajhāpanato ~ato ca
jhānan ti, Nidd-a II 146,26 (thus Be; Ee om. kasiṇādi,
cf. Pj II 123,3), qu. Ap-a 196,23.

" 346862228042944512,kasiṇādiārammaṇūpanijjhāna,en,"

kasiṇâdi-ārammaṇûpanijjhāna

" 346862227036311552,kasiṇadibhāvanā,en,"

kasiṇâdi-bhāvanā

, f., developing the meditation on
kasiṇa etc.; añṅathā va ~ā aṅñathā brahmavihāra-
bhāvanā, Vism-mhṭ I 376,27; ekacce ~āya jhānāni ij-
jhantī ti, Ps-pṭ II 53,19.

" 346862227053088768,kasiṇādibhāvanā,en,"

kasiṇâdi-bhāvanā

, f., developing the meditation on
kasiṇa etc.; añṅathā va ~ā aṅñathā brahmavihāra-
bhāvanā, Vism-mhṭ I 376,27; ekacce ~āya jhānāni ij-
jhantī ti, Ps-pṭ II 53,19.

" 346862227711594496,kasiṇadigocarajjhatta,en,"

kasiṇadi-gocar'-ajjhatta

, n., the subject of medita-
tion beginning with the kasiṇas; jhānāsampayuttaṁ
cittaṁ ~e toseyya, Nidd-a I 470,34.

" 346862227799674880,kasiṇadikagocara,en,"

kasiṇâdika-gocara

, m., the subject of meditation be-
ginning with the kasiṇas; parikammaṁ karontassa
~e, Pm-vn 112.

" 346862227820646400,kasiṇādikagocara,en,"

kasiṇâdika-gocara

, m., the subject of meditation be-
ginning with the kasiṇas; parikammaṁ karontassa
~e, Pm-vn 112.

" 346862227556405248,kasiṇadikammaṭṭhānika,en,"

kasiṇâdi-kamma-ṭṭhānika

, mfn., devoted to medi-
tation on the kasiṇas; ~ehi, Sv 194,10 = Ps I 261,36 =
Spk III 191,12 = Vibh-a 356,9.

" 346862227577376768,kasiṇādikammaṭṭhānika,en,"

kasiṇâdi-kamma-ṭṭhānika

, mfn., devoted to medi-
tation on the kasiṇas; ~ehi, Sv 194,10 = Ps I 261,36 =
Spk III 191,12 = Vibh-a 356,9.

" 346862227485102080,kasiṇadikavohāra,en,"

kasiṇâdika-vohāra

, m., pl. designations such as ka-
siṇa; ~ā bhāvanāmayagocarā, Nāmar-p 857.

" 346862227510267904,kasiṇādikavohāra,en,"

kasiṇâdika-vohāra

, m., pl. designations such as ka-
siṇa; ~ā bhāvanāmayagocarā, Nāmar-p 857.

" 346862227380244480,kasiṇadipaṇṇatti,en,"

kasiṇâdi-paṇṇatti

, f., the concept of kasiṇa, etc.;
~iṁ, Vibh-a 406,4.

" 346862227397021696,kasiṇādipaṇṇatti,en,"

kasiṇâdi-paṇṇatti

, f., the concept of kasiṇa, etc.;
~iṁ, Vibh-a 406,4.

" 346862227279581184,kasiṇadipaṇṇattisaṅgahatthaṃ,en,"

kasiṇâdi-paṇṇatti-saṅgah'-atthaṁ

, ²ind., in order
to include the concept of kasiṇa etc.; attavāre ~, Ps IV
107,23 = Mp II 2,18 = Vibh-a 424,19 qu. Sv-pṭ I 365,4,
Ps-pṭ I 237,19 (reading °paññattisaṅgahaṇa°, cf. kasi-
ṇapaññatti, q.v.).

" 346862227308941312,kasiṇādipaṇṇattisaṅgahatthaṃ,en,"

kasiṇâdi-paṇṇatti-saṅgah'-atthaṁ

" 346862227136974848,kasiṇadiparikamma,en,"

kasiṇâdi-parikamma

, n., preparatory concentration
on kasiṇa etc.; ~aṁ katvā, Paṭis-a 547,22; parikam-
man ti ~aṁ, Ps-pṭ II 394,13 (ad Ps V 40,1).

" 346862227157946368,kasiṇādiparikamma,en,"

kasiṇâdi-parikamma

, n., preparatory concentration
on kasiṇa etc.; ~aṁ katvā, Paṭis-a 547,22; parikam-
man ti ~aṁ, Ps-pṭ II 394,13 (ad Ps V 40,1).

" 346862227208278016,kasiṇadipaṭibhāganimitta,en,"

kasiṇâdi-paṭibhāga-nimitta

, n., the mental image
of kasiṇa; ~āni, Moh 73,13.

" 346862227229249536,kasiṇādipaṭibhāganimitta,en,"

kasiṇâdi-paṭibhāga-nimitta

, n., the mental image
of kasiṇa; ~āni, Moh 73,13.

" 346862296766615552,kasiṇadosa,en,"

kasiṇa-dosa

, m., defect of the kasiṇa; — of the earth
kasiṇa: pathavīkasiṇaṁ ... kathentena cattāro ~ā +
... kathetabbā, Vism 117,15; tena ... cattāro ~e pari-
harantena kasiṇaṁ kātabbaṁ. nīlapītalohitodāta-
sambhedavasena hi cattāro pathavīkasiṇadosā,
Vism 123,27; āsannatare ~ā paññāyanti, Vism 124,23
(= hatthapāṇipadâdayo, Vism-mhṭ I 144,13); ugga-
hanimitte ~o paññāyati, 125,33 (= aṅgulipadapāṇi-
padâdiko, Vism-mhṭ I 147,16); — of the water kasiṇa:
sace pheṇabubbuḷakamissam udakaṁ hoti, tādis-
am eva upaṭṭhāti, ~o paññāyati, Vism 171,2 (taraṅ-
guṭṭhānâdi phenamissatâdi ca idha ~o, Vism-mhṭ I
195,15); — of the fire kasiṇa: akate gaṇhantassa ... ~o
paññāyati, Vism 172,1.

" 346862296695312384,kasiṇadvaya,en,"

kasiṇa-dvaya

, n., pair of kasiṇa (meditations); yo
puggalo idha sattaloke idaṁ ~aṁ (scil. odāta°, pi-
ta°) paññāya gādhati (so read with Be and Mp I
131,3) ārammaṇaṁ katvā anupavisati tattha vā (Be
eva) patiṭṭhahati, Ja I 474,12' (ad 474,9*) qu. Mp-ṭ Ee
II 157,19; hitvā ante ... ~aṁ (scil. ākāsa°, āloka°) Nā-
mar-p 904; tadanulomena (scil. ākasa°) itaraṁ -am
(scil. tejo°, odāta°) pi vuttaṁ, Paṭis-a 377,26.

" 346862296993107968,kasiṇaggahaṇa,en,"

kasiṇa-ggahaṇa

, n., the use of the word ""kasiṇa""
(totality); ~añ c' ettha saññāya visayadassanaṁ,
Sv-pṭ I 224,27 (ad Sv 119,16-17); ~ena tadāyattāni ā-
ruppāni pi gahitāni, Ps-pṭ I 178,7.

" 346862296951164928,kasiṇajjhāna,en,"

kasiṇa-jjhāna

, n., kasiṇa meditation(s); ~ānaṁ
nimittaṁ vaḍḍhati, Ps IV 200,26; ""~e ānāpānajjhāne
+ bojjhaṅgo ... na vāretabbo"" ti, Vibh-a 315,30 (qu.
the view of certain theras); dasavidham ... ~aṁ, As
413,14; yadicchakan ti ~aṁ vā ānāpānajjhānaṁ +,
Pp-a 180,22 (ad Pp 11,24); bāhirakā yebhuyyena ~āni
eva nibbattentī ti, Sv-pṭ I 453,1; jhānaggahaṇena
~āni eva gahitānī ti, 485,20; cattāri jhānānī ti cattāri
~āni, II 257,25; kasiṇānī ti ~āni, Vism-mhṭ I 230,4 (ad
Vism 202,12); kasiṇānaṁ nissando ti ~ānaṁ nissan-
daphalasadisā āruppā arūpajjhānāni, Vism-mhṭ I
383,24 (ad Vism 320,19); antavā ti idaṁ parittaṁ
~aṁ sandhāya vuttaṁ, Moh 222,4; — °appamañña,
n., the kasiṇa meditations and the boundless states; ~ā-
naṁ yeva vacanaṁ, Sv-pṭ II 257,25; — °-kāla, m., the
time of kasiṇa meditations; keci ... catutthajjhānace-
tanânuguṇā ti nidassentā kasiṇasajjanakāle ~e ...
labbhatī ti... vadanti, Ps-pṭ III 46,22 (ad Ps III 105,8);
— °-ggahaṇa, n., the use of the expression ""kasiṇa
meditations;"" ~ena āruppānam (so read with Mp-ṭ, Be
anuppādānam) pi gahaṇaṁ daṭṭhabbaṁ, Spk-pṭ II
415,13 (ad Spk III 139,13) qu. Mp-ṭ II Ee 187,5 (ad Mp
II 99,2); — °-pañcama, mfn., having kasiṇa medita-
tions as the fifth; ~ā, Pm-vn 929; — °-saṅkhāta, mfn.,
in other words the kasiṇa meditations; dasa kasiṇâyata-
nānī ti... ~āni kasiṇāni, Nett-a 153,2 (ad Nett 112,12).

" 346862297139908608,kasiṇakammaṭṭhāna,en,"

kasiṇa-kamma-ṭṭhāna

, n. [cf. kammaṭṭhāna], the
kasiṇa meditation subject; ~e kammaṁ karontassa
cakkhūni phandanti, Spk III 264,13; ~e, Vism-mhṭ I
200,13; — reading of Be at Paṭis-a 180,21 for Ee vaṇṇa°.

" 346862297093771264,kasiṇakammatthānika,en,"

kasiṇa-kamma-tthānika

, mfn. [cf. kammaṭṭhāni-
ka, kasiṇâdikammaṭṭhānika qq.v.], devoted to medita-
tion on the kasiṇas; ~o kasiṇaṁ katvā yathāsukhaṁ
bhāveti, Vism 189,9.

" 346862297043439616,kasiṇakaraṇa,en,"

kasiṇa-karaṇa

, n., the making of the kasiṇa; ~aṁ,
Vism 117,15; ~añ ca parikammañ ca appanāvidhā-
nañ ca ... Visuddhimagge vitthārato vuttaṁ, Sv
563,9 = Ps III 260,4 = Mp II 75,10 - As 190,12.

" 346862297190240256,kasiṇakathā,en,"

kasiṇa-kathā

, f, discourse on the kasiṇas; cf. kasi-
ṇadasaka, q.v.; 1. title of M II 14,30-15,3; 2. title of As
186,9-187,30 (ad Dhs 203); — 1. ~āya (Be °yaṁ) saka-
laṭṭhena kasiṇāni, Ps III 260,10; — 2. ~ā niṭṭhitā, As
187,30.

" 346862229179600896,kasiṇaloka,en,"

kasiṇâloka

, m. [°ṇa + āl°], light (emanating) from
the kasiṇa (in the course of meditation); ukkâloko viya
parikammakāle ~o, Vism 428,24; ~aṁ vaḍḍhetvā
dibbacakkhuṅāṇassa uppādanaṁ, It-a II 28,12; Sv-pṭ
III 276,1; ālokapharaṇe ti ~assa pharaṇe sati, 364,15;
~ena pharati, Ps-pṭ II 319,3; tathā va naṁ manasika-
roti yathâssa subhāvitâlokakasiṇassa viya ~o ya-
dicchikaṁ (Ee yatth°) yāvadicchikaṁ, Sv-pṭ III
284,14 qu. Mp-ṭ II 299,24 (yathiccha°) = Mp-ṭ III
103,13 = 178,1 (yadiccha°).

" 346862229196378112,kasiṇāloka,en,"

kasiṇâloka

" 346862229338984448,kasiṇalokanuggaha,en,"

kasiṇâlokânuggaha

, m. [°ka + anu°], assistance
from the light (emanating) from the kasiṇa; ālokapa-
riggahena mahājutikattā dibban ti ~ena pattabbat-
tā, Vism-mhṭ II 56,18 (ad Vism 423,23) qu. Sp-ṭ I
396,22 (ad Sp 163,7).

" 346862229355761664,kasiṇālokānuggaha,en,"

kasiṇâlokânuggaha

" 346862303385227264,kasiṇamaṇḍala,en,"

kasiṇa-maṇḍala

, n., kasiṇa circle; bheritalasadi-
saṁ katvā ... ~ato aḍḍhateyyahatthantare padese
paññatte ... suatthate pīṭhe nisīditabbaṁ, Vism
124,20 (cf. Abhid-av 92,28); bhittiyaṁ yeva ... ~aṁ
katvā, Vism 173,9; ~aṁ jhānacakkhunā pekkhamā-
no, Vism 328,17; keci pana vadanti: ... ""kittimaṁ
~aṁ heṭṭhimaparicchedena sarāvamattaṁ uparim-
aparicchedena suppamattaṁ + ...""keci pana ""chat-
tamattam pi ~aṁ kātabban"" ti vadanti, Vism-mhṭ I
142,26; bhikkhu ... kiṁ nam' etan ti pucchitvā -an
ti vutte puna kiṁ imina karontī ti pucchati, Vibh-a
39,16-18; ~aṁ oloketvā, Ja III 501,6; so (scil. maggo)
... ~e uggahanimittena vinā n' atthi, īt-a II 28,13; —
in similes: dvādasaterasayojanappamāṇo padeso
~aṁ viya samatalo ahosi, Ja I 32,26 = As 32,28 (not
printed in Ee) qu. Ap-a 35,27, Bv-a 148,37; Dhp-a IV
208,2; maggaṁ ~aṁ viya samaṁ katvā, Ja V 315,21.[[side 348]]

" 346862303334895616,kasiṇamaṇḍalasadisa,en,"

kasiṇa-maṇḍala-sadisa

, mfn., similar to a kasina
circle; catu-usabhappamānaṁ padesaṁ ... ~aṁ ka-
tvā, Spk II 361,30.

" 346862303271981056,kasiṇamūla,en,"

kasiṇa-mūla

, n., cause of the kasina (meditations);
yathā ~esu evaṁ brahmavihāramūlesu pi yathāyo-
gaṁ vibhāgo veditabbo, Moh 31,22.

" 346862230714716160,kasiṇanantaraṃ,en,"

kasiṇânantaraṁ

, ²ind., following immediately after
the kasiṇa; ~ udiṭṭhesu, Vism 178,3.

" 346862230731493376,kasiṇānantaraṃ,en,"

kasiṇânantaraṁ

, ²ind., following immediately after
the kasiṇa; ~ udiṭṭhesu, Vism 178,3.

" 346862232031727616,kasinaṅgalamattikā,en,"

kasi-naṅgala-mattikā

, f., = prec.; ~ā, Vin-vn 965
(cf. Sp 756,20) (naṅgalena uddhaṭamattikā ~ā,
Vin-vn-ṭ I 398,11).

" 346862297790025728,kasiṇaniddesa,en,"

kasiṇa-niddesa

, m., exposition of the kasiṇa (medi-
tations); title of Vism chap. IV (Paṭhavīkasiṇanidde-
sa) and V (Sesakasiṇaniddesa); taṁ (scil. āloka°) vā
itaresaṁ vā aññataraṁ ~e vuttanayena uppādetvā,
Vism 428,6 (cf. Vism 118-177); Visuddhimagge ~e,
Paṭis-a 665,22 (cf. Vism 175,25); ~ena, Vism-mhṭ II
35,19; ~e, 62,9.

" 346862297735499776,kasiṇanimitta,en,"

kasiṇa-nimitta

, n., kasiṇa sign; tassa ... Jambudī-
paṁ gacchato antarā mahāsamuddaṁ olokayato
tappaṭibhāgaṁ ~aṁ udapādi, Vism 170,16; yo a-
vaḍḍhitaṁ ~aṁ ""attā"" ti gaṇhāti so rūpiṁ parittaṁ
paññāpeti, Sv 504,19 foll. (ad D II 64,4; Sv-pṭ II 141,1);
nimittakusalatā nāma ~assa uggahaṇakusalatā,
794,30 = Ps I 298,14 = Spk III 163,10 = Mp II 67,32 =
Vibh-a 283,33; ekarukkhamūlapamāṇaṭṭhānaṁ ~e-
na ottharitvā tasmiṁ ~e mahaggatajjhānaṁ phari-
tvā, Ps IV 200,15; pādakajjhānassa ... ārammaṇa-
bhūtaṁ ~aṁ ""ettakaṁ ṭhānaṁ pharatū"" ti manasi-
katvā, Vism-mhṭ II 39,29 foll. (ad Vism 408,28); ekac-
cassa ... appamāṇaṁ ativitthāritaṁ ~aṁ olokentas-
sa bhayaṁ uppajjeyya, Sv-pṭ II 209,1; na ... nimittû-
paṭṭhānâkāramattaṁ khaṇamattaṭṭhāyinaṁ ~esu
viya ugghāṭanaṁ kātuṁ sakkoti, Spk-pṭ II 518,23;
— ifc. uppādita-° (Paṭis-a 450,19).

" 346862297660002304,kasiṇanimittadipaññattipaccavekkhaṇakāla,en,"

kasiṇa-nimittâdi-paññatti-paccavekkhaṇa-kāla

,
m., time of contemplating the concepts of the kasiṇa
signs, etc.; atipaguṇānaṁ paṭhamajjhānâdīnaṁ pac-
cavekkhaṇakāle mahaggatârammaṇā ~e na vattab-
bârammaṇā, As 412,9 (As-mṭ 191,14).

" 346862297676779520,kasiṇanimittādipaññattipaccavekkhaṇakāla,en,"

kasiṇa-nimittâdi-paññatti-paccavekkhaṇa-kāla

" 346862297550950400,kasiṇanissanda,en,"

kasiṇa-nissanda

, m., outcome of the kasiṇa (medita-
tions); na ... brahmavihāranissando āruppaṁ, atha
kho ~o, Sv-pṭ I 525,23 (cf. Vism 320,19); ~o āruppā ti,
Ps-pṭ II 53,20 = 275,14; ~o ... āruppajjhânuppatti,
Nett-pṭ91,5.

" 346862297605476352,kasiṇaniyama,en,"

kasiṇa-niyama

, m., restriction regarding the kasi-
ṇas; candimasūriyaparimajjane ~aṁ akatvā, Paṭis-a
661,11; nīlâdikasiṇāni samāpajjitabbānī ti āpanno va
~o, Vism-mhṭ II 35,17.

" 346862228235882496,kasiṇanuloma,en,"

kasiṇânuloma

, mfn., in the direct order of the kasi-
ṇa (meditations); opp. kasiṇapaṭiloma, q.v.; pathavī-
kasiṇe jhānaṁ samāpajjati, tato āpokasiṇe ti evaṁ-
paṭipāṭiyā aṭṭhasu kasiṇesu ... samāpajjati, idaṁ
~aṁ nāma, Vism 374,11 (yadā ... ~am eva ābhujitvā
tattha tattha kasiṇe jhānāni samāpajjati, na aṅga-
saṅkantiṁ, tadā ~o, Vism-mhṭ II 2,19 foll).

" 346862228252659712,kasiṇānuloma,en,"

kasiṇânuloma

" 346862230647607296,kasiṇanulomaārammaṇasaṅkantiādi,en,"

kasiṇânuloma-ārammaṇa-saṅkanti-ādi

, mfn., the
sequence, etc. of the (meditation) subjects in the direct
order of the kasiṇa (meditations); ~īnam pi aññamañ-
ñaṁ viseso veditabbo. idaṁ kasiṇânulomaṁ ... cit-
taparidamanan ti, Vism-mhṭ II 2,22.

" 346862230664384512,kasiṇānulomaārammaṇasaṅkantiādi,en,"

kasiṇânuloma-ārammaṇa-saṅkanti-ādi

" 346862230354006016,kasiṇanulomadicittaparidamanavidhi,en,"

kasiṇânulomâdi-citta-paridamana-vidhi

, m., the
method of taming the mind in the direct order of the ka-
siṇa (meditations), etc.; odātakasiṇapariyantesū ti
vuttaṁ ~ino adhippetattā (cf. Vism-mhṭ II 2,23),
Vism-mhṭ II 2,5 (ad Vism 373,22).

" 346862230374977536,kasiṇānulomādicittaparidamanavidhi,en,"

kasiṇânulomâdi-citta-paridamana-vidhi

" 346862230509195264,kasiṇanulomapaṭiloma,en,"

kasiṇânuloma-paṭiloma

, mfn., in direct and reverse
order of the kasiṇa (meditations); pathavīkasiṇato
paṭṭhāya yāva odātakasiṇaṁ, odātakasiṇato paṭṭhā-
ya yāva pathavīkasiṇan ti evaṁ anulomapaṭiloma-
vasena ... samāpajjanaṁ ~aṁ nāma, Vism 374,16.

" 346862230525972480,kasiṇānulomapaṭiloma,en,"

kasiṇânuloma-paṭiloma

" 346862230429503488,kasiṇanulomapaṭilomato,en,"

kasiṇânuloma-paṭilomato

, ²ind., in the direct and
reverse orders of the kasiṇa (meditations); v. kasiṇa-
paṭilomato.

" 346862230454669312,kasiṇānulomapaṭilomato,en,"

kasiṇânuloma-paṭilomato

, ²ind., in the direct and
reverse orders of the kasiṇa (meditations); v. kasiṇa-
paṭilomato.

" 346862230580498432,kasiṇanulomato,en,"

kasiṇânulomato

, Hnd., in the direct order of the ka-
siṇa (meditations); v. kasiṇapaṭilomato.

" 346862230597275648,kasiṇānulomato,en,"

kasiṇânulomato

, Hnd., in the direct order of the ka-
siṇa (meditations); v. kasiṇapaṭilomato.

" 346862230194622464,kasiṇapagama,en,"

kasiṇâpagama

, mfn. [°ṇa + apa°], having the kasi-
ṇa removed; tañ (scil. ākāsaṁ) hi °-vasen' eva mana-
sikātabbaṁ, Vism 113,5.

" 346862230207205376,kasiṇāpagama,en,"

kasiṇâpagama

, mfn. [°ṇa + apa°], having the kasi-
ṇa removed; tañ (scil. ākāsaṁ) hi °-vasen' eva mana-
sikātabbaṁ, Vism 113,5.

" 346862230093959168,kasiṇapagamakāsa,en,"

kasiṇâpagamâkāsa

, n. [°gama + āk°], space with
the kasiṇa removed; cf. prec.; ~aṁ (so read with Be; Ee
°āparam ākasaṁ) cintanârabbha vattati, Nāmār-p
1470.

" 346862230135902208,kasiṇāpagamākāsa,en,"

kasiṇâpagamâkāsa

, n. [°gama + āk°], space with
the kasiṇa removed; cf. prec.; ~aṁ (so read with Be; Ee
°āparam ākasaṁ) cintanârabbha vattati, Nāmār-p
1470.

" 346862297492230144,kasiṇapaññatti,en,"

kasiṇa-paññatti

, f., concept of kasiṇa; dasavidham
pi kasiṇajjhānaṁ ~iṁ ārabbha, As 413,15; ~iyā
ārammaṇûpanissayatābhāvato ekaccāya paññatti-
yā saddhiṁ sabbo dhammo ārammaṇûpanissayo,
Vism-mhṭ II 278,26 cf. kasiṇâdipaṇṇatti, q.v.

" 346862304899371008,kasiṇapaṇṇattinimittarammaṇatta,en,"

kasiṇa-paṇṇatti-nimittârammaṇa-tta

, n. [abstr.],
the fact of having the concepts of the kasiṇas or their
signs as (meditation) subjects; etāni (scil. pañca jhānā-
ni) ... ~ā bahiddhârammaṇāni, As 426,16.

" 346862304920342528,kasiṇapaṇṇattinimittārammaṇatta,en,"

kasiṇa-paṇṇatti-nimittârammaṇa-tta

, n. [abstr.],
the fact of having the concepts of the kasiṇas or their
signs as (meditation) subjects; etāni (scil. pañca jhānā-
ni) ... ~ā bahiddhârammaṇāni, As 426,16.

" 346862304039538688,kasiṇaparicchedanta,en,"

kasiṇa-paricched'-anta

, m., the limit which is the
boundary of the kasiṇa; loko ti ca ~ena ca antavā ti ca
gaṇhantassa antavā loko ti ... gahaṇâkārapavattā
diṭṭhi, As 371,5 foll. qu. Paṭis-a 396,14, Nidd-a I
244,16.

" 346862304677072896,kasiṇaparikamma,en,"

kasiṇa-parikamma

, n., preparatory concentration
on the kasiṇas; ādikammikassa ... ~am ... bhāro,
Vism 375,25 (= dosavivajjanâdividhinā kasiṇamaṇ-
ḍale paṭipatti yāva uggahanimittuppatti ~aṁ,
Vism-mhṭ II 4,24) qu. As 187,17; ~aṁ kira nimittup-
pādapariyosānaṁ, Vjb 149,7 (ad Sp 404,1); bhāvanā-
nayo ... ~aṁ ādiṁ katvā sabbo Visuddhimagge pa-
kāsito yeva, As 186,14; — ~e yuttapayuttā ahesuṁ,
Ja II 307,20; ~aṁ karontassa ... ñāṇavippayuttā ...
bhāvanā hoti, Sv 997,33 (= kasiṇesu jhānaparikam-
maṁ karontassa. ""paṭhavī paṭhavī"" ti-ādibhāvanā
(so read) hi ~aṁ, Sv-pṭ III 262,20) = Vibh-a 143,6; —
sīlavato ... ~aṁ ijjhatī ti, Ps II 333,23; sīle patiṭṭhāya
~aṁ katvā, IV 149,10; sīlena ~ena jhānena ca ūnaṁ,
Ja VI 58,19'; — kale -am ... na jāniṁsu, Ps III 275,3;
kammaṭṭhānaṁ ca manasikarohi kālena ca kālaṁ
~aṁ karohī ti, Mp I 45,4; — isipabbajjaṁ pabbajitvā
~aṁ katvā samāpattiyo nibbattetvā, Ps II 409,9 =
Spk I 208,24 ≠ Ja I 303,30; Vibh-a 39,27; Pj I 238,4;
~aṁ katvā aṭṭhasamāpattilābhī ahosi, Ja I 141,5; Sv
1061,30 = Mp IV 119,18 ≠ Ps I 125,2 = Sp 1156,23 ≠ Ps
I 142,22 ≠ Pj II 484,6 ≠ Vibh-a 470,31; — ~aṁ katvā a-
bhiññānañ ca samāpattīnañ ca uppādanatthāya ...
vipassanaṁ ārabhitvā, Ja I 8,3 = As 32,28 (not printed
in Ee) qu. Ap-a 9,15; ~aṁ katvā pañca abhiññā ca aṭ-
ṭha samāpattiyo ca uppādetvā, Ja I 245,6; Pj II 60,3;
— Gaṅgāya udakaṁ oloketvā ~aṁ (Ee pari°) katvā
jhānāni nibbattetvā, Ja IV 479,14; — ~aṁ katvā jhā-
nâbhiññaṁ (Be °ā) nibbattetvā, Ja V 10,30; Cp-a
266,12 (jhānâbhiññāyo); Ps I 168,26; — ~aṁ katvā
paṭhamajjhānaṁ nibbattetvā, Ps II 333,24; Pj II 67,20
(Ee antokas°) qu. Ap-a 154,26 (ante kas°); ~aṁ pa-
ṭhamajjhānasannissitaṁ, Mp IV 60,4; Ps III 275,3
(tatiyajjhānaṁ); 123,10 (catutthajjhānaṁ); °-vasena
rūpajjhānāni nibbattetvā, Th-a II 240,14; — ~ + ācik-
khati, katheti, uggaṇhāpeti: tesam pi jaṭilānaṁ ~aṁ
ācikkhi, Mp I 149,19 qu. Dhp-a I 105,20 qu. Ap-a
207,25; Ja V 133,9 (ācikkhati); cattāro brahmavihāre
ācikkhi ~aṁ ācikkhi, I 417,22; ~aṁ kathāpetvā, II
230,7; III 369,19 (kathesi); pita ... ~aṁ uggaṇhāpesi,
V 193,13; — ifc. kata-° (As 187,18).[[side 347]]

" 346862304287002624,kasiṇaparikammadi,en,"

kasiṇa-parikammâdi

, mfn., preparatory concentra-
tion on the kasiṇas, etc.; ayaṁ kūṭajaṭilo ~iṁ attano
samaṇadhammaṁ pahāya ... vicarati, Ja III 138,1; ā-
disaddena ~īnaṁ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo, Sv-pṭ I 315,28
= Spk-pṭ II 458,6; Mp-ṭ II 78,14 (ad Mp II 174,30).

" 346862304299585536,kasiṇaparikammādi,en,"

kasiṇa-parikammâdi

" 346862304215699456,kasiṇaparikammadikaraṇa,en,"

kasiṇa-parikammâdi-karaṇa

, n., performance of
preparatory concentration on the kasiṇas, etc.; na añ-
ñesaṁ viya ~aṁ, Ps-pṭ II 129,15.

" 346862304232476672,kasiṇaparikammādikaraṇa,en,"

kasiṇa-parikammâdi-karaṇa

, n., performance of
preparatory concentration on the kasiṇas, etc.; na añ-
ñesaṁ viya ~aṁ, Ps-pṭ II 129,15.

" 346862547124621312,kasiṇaparikammadikusala,en,"

kasiṇa-parikammâdi-kusala

, mfn., experienced in
preparatory concentration on the kasiṇas, etc.; nipa-
kanti pakatinipuṇaṁ paṇḍitaṁ ~aṁ, Pj II 93,27 qu.
Nidd-a II 128,2, Ap-a 173,11 (Ee w.r. pakatinipa-
kaṁ).

" 346862547141398528,kasiṇaparikammādikusala,en,"

kasiṇa-parikammâdi-kusala

" 346862304152784896,kasiṇaparikammadivisesa,en,"

kasiṇa-parikammâdi-visesa

, m., distinctive attain-
ments due to preparatory concentration on the kasiṇas,
etc.; pubbavisesato uḷārataraṁ aparaṁ ~aṁ jānantī
ti, Ps IV 137,18.

" 346862304165367808,kasiṇaparikammādivisesa,en,"

kasiṇa-parikammâdi-visesa

, m., distinctive attain-
ments due to preparatory concentration on the kasiṇas,
etc.; pubbavisesato uḷārataraṁ aparaṁ ~aṁ jānantī
ti, Ps IV 137,18.

" 346862304458969088,kasiṇaparikammajjhānadhamma,en,"

kasiṇa-parikamma-jjhāna-dhamma

, m., the duty
of performing preparatory concentration and meditation
on the kasiṇas; dhammo ti tividhasucaritadhammo
c' eva ~o ca, Ja VI 244,6' (ad 244,2*).

" 346862304568020992,kasiṇaparikammakāla,en,"

kasiṇa-parikamma-kāla

, m., the time of (perform-
ing) preparatory concentration on the kasiṇas; āgama-
nena jānāti nāma ~e yeva yenâkārena esa kasiṇa-
bhāvanaṁ (Ee bhav°) āraddho ""paṭhamajjhānaṁ
vā ... aṭṭha samāpattiyo nibbattessatī"" ti, Sv 887,11
= Mp II 270,19 qu. Paṭis-a 693,16.

" 346862304622546944,kasiṇaparikammakaraṇa,en,"

kasiṇa-parikamma-karaṇa

, n., performing prepara-
tory concentration on the kasiṇas; ~aṁ, Vibh-mṭ 94,11.

" 346862304513495040,kasiṇaparikammakicca,en,"

kasiṇa-parikamma-kicca

, n., the duty of perform-
ing preparatory concentration on the kasiṇas; paṭha-
majjhānan ti ādīsu visuṁ ~aṁ nāma n' atthi Sv
632,21.

" 346862304412831744,kasiṇaparikammamatta,en,"

kasiṇa-parikamma-matta

, n., mere preparatory
concentration on the kasiṇas; ~am ... nesaṁ n' atthi,
Ja II 447,20; ~am ... kāruṁ asakkonto, V 162,3.

" 346862304358305792,kasiṇaparikammasaṅkhāta,en,"

kasiṇa-parikamma-saṅkhāta

, mfn., in other words
""preparatory concentration on the kasiṇas;"" dhamman
ti ~aṁ samaṇadhammaṁ, Ja VI 58,25' (ad 58,14*).

" 346862304790319104,kasiṇapathavīsaññā,en,"

kasiṇa-pathavī-saññā

, f., the ideation ""earth"" as
kasiṇa (meditation subject), cf. L. SCHMITHAUSEN, Ge-
denkschrift Alsdorf 1981: 214 n. 51; ~aṁ yeva (Be ka-
siṇapathaviyaṁ yeva) paṭicca sambhūtaṁ ekaṁ
saññaṁ manasikaroti, Ps IV 153,19.

" 346862297358012416,kasiṇapaṭibhāgarūpa,en,"

kasiṇa-paṭibhāga-rūpa

, n., form of the kasiṇa
image; ārammaṇabhūtaṁ -am, Moh 176,22 (cf. Vism
326,16 foll).

" 346862297303486464,kasiṇapaṭiloma,en,"

kasiṇa-paṭiloma

, mfn., in the reverse order of the
kasiṇa (meditations); opp. kasiṇânuloma, q.v.; odāta-
kasiṇato ... paṭṭhāya tath' eva paṭilomakkamena
samāpajjanaṁ ~aṁ nāma, Vism 374,13.

" 346862304974868480,kasiṇapaṭilomato,en,"

kasiṇa-paṭilomato

, ²ind., in the reverse order of the
kasiṇa (meditations); opp. kasiṇânulomato; cf. kasi-
ṇapaṭipāṭi, kasiṇukkantika, qq.v.; aṭṭhasu kasiṇesu
aṭṭha aṭṭha samāpattiyo nibbattetvā kasiṇânuloma-
to ~ kasiṇânulomapaṭilomato +, Vism 374,1 qu. As
187,8; kasiṇânulomato ~ kasiṇânulomapaṭilomato
+, Paṭis-a 344,23; Sv-pṭ I 344,6.

" 346862297416732672,kasiṇapaṭipāṭi,en,"

kasiṇa-paṭipāṭi

, f., direct order of the kasiṇa (medi-
tations); cf. kasiṇapaṭiloma, kasiṇânuloma, kasiṇuk-
kantika, qq.v.; kasiṇânuloma to ti ~ito, Vism-mhṭ II
2,9 (ad Vism 374,1).

" 346862304844845056,kasiṇapattharaṇa,en,"

kasiṇa-pattharaṇa

, n. [cf. kasiṇapharaṇa, q.v.],
unfolding of the kasiṇa; kasiṇapharaṇaṁ nāma loka-
dhātusahasse ~aṁ, Ps IV 148,15.

" 346862303829823488,kasiṇapharana,en,"

kasiṇa-pharana

, n. [cf. kasiṇapattharaṇa, q.v.], the
pervading by the kasiṇa(s); pañcavidhaṁ pharaṇaṁ:
cetopharaṇaṁ ~aṁ + ... ~aṁ nāma lokadhātusa-
hasse ~aṁ, Ps IV 148,12 foll.; Tipiṭaka-Cūḷâbhaya-
thero ... āha: ""maṇi-opamme ~aṁ viya ... dassati,""
Ps IV 148,21 (Ps-pṭ III 319,7); ~aṁ cetopariyañāṇas-
sa paccayo hoti, Vism-mhṭ I 130,21; tasmiṁ tasmiṁ
disābhāge °-vasena evaṁ phuṭassa (so read, cf. kasi-
naphuṭôkāsa, q.v.) kasinassa ... gocaresu chekabhā-
vo, Paṭis-a 232,34.

" 346862303724965888,kasiṇaphuṭokāsa,en,"

kasiṇa-phuṭôkāsa

, m. [so read for kasina-
phuṭṭhôkāsa, cf. M I 553,14-17; Vism 333,23-24: ākāse
phuṭe ... ākāsam pharitvā; Vism-mhṭ I 395,17 foll.],
space pervaded by the kasina(s); cf. kasiṇugghāṭimâ-
kāsa, kasiṇavivittâkāsa, qq.v.; kasiṇugghāṭimâkāsan
ti vā ~o ti vā kasiṇavivittâkāsan ti vā sabbam eva
ekam, Vism 327,32.

" 346862303666245632,kasiṇaphuṭṭhokāsa,en,"

[

kasiṇa-phuṭṭhôkāsa

, cf. prec.]

" 346862228839862272,kasiṇarammaṇa,en,"

kasiṇârammaṇa

, n. and mfn. [°ṇa + āram°], 1. (n.)
the kasiṇa meditation subject; 2. (mfn.) having kasiṇa
as meditation subject; — 1. iddhividhâdhi-gamatthā-
ya parikammacittaṁ abhinīharati ~ato apanetvā
iddhividhâbhimukhaṁ peseti, Vism 384,13 qu. Pa-
ṭis-a 346,12, Vjb 49,13; ~assa upanijjhā-yanato āram-
maṇûpanijjhānan ti, Spk I 67,14 qu. Sp-ṭ III 137,28;
~esu akusalo, Spk II 353,3 (ad S III 266,18); visud-
dhaṁ subhaṁ ~aṁ katvā, Mp II 76,4; āyatana-
saṅkhātāni ~āni, Nidd-a 268,3 qu. Paṭis-a 74,8; — ifc
ekeka-° (Paṭis-a 317,13); — 2. ~aṁ abhiññāpādakaj-
jhānaṁ sabbâkārena abhinīhārak-khamaṁ katvā,
Vism 428,35 (aṭṭhannam pi kasiṇā-naṁ vasena ~aṁ,
Vism-mhṭ II 61,24) qu. Paṭis-a 377,19, Ps-pṭ I 225,16,
Sp-ṭ I 395,19 ≠ Abhidh-av 106,32; parikammam atik-
kantassa ~aṁ ñāṇaṁ na hotī ti, Vism-mhṭ II 62,17.[[side 350]]

" 346862228856639488,kasiṇārammaṇa,en,"

kasiṇârammaṇa

" 346862228995051520,kasiṇarammaṇabheda,en,"

kasiṇârammaṇa-bheda

, m., type of kasiṇa medita-
tion subjects; pañcavidhā pi c' ete rūpâvacarakusa-
ladhammā ~ato paccekaṁ aṭṭhavidhā honti, Moh
28,22.

" 346862229024411648,kasiṇārammaṇabheda,en,"

kasiṇârammaṇa-bheda

, m., type of kasiṇa medita-
tion subjects; pañcavidhā pi c' ete rūpâvacarakusa-
ladhammā ~ato paccekaṁ aṭṭhavidhā honti, Moh
28,22.

" 346862228906971136,kasiṇarammaṇatta,en,"

kasiṇârammaṇa-tta

, n. [abstr.], 1. the state of being
the subject of kasiṇa meditations; 2. the having the ka-
siṇa as subject of meditation; — 1. sabbatthapādakâ-
kāsâlokakasiṇacatutthānaṁ ~ā, As-mṭ 200,20; 2. na
parikammacittassa ~ā, Vism-mhṭ II 16,2.

" 346862228923748352,kasiṇārammaṇatta,en,"

kasiṇârammaṇa-tta

" 346862229078937600,kasiṇarammaṇupanijjhāyana,en,"

kasiṇârammaṇûpanijjhāyana

, n. [°ṇa + āramma-
ṇa + upa°], reflection on the kasiṇa meditation sub-
jects; ārammaṇûpanijjhānan ti saha upacārena aṭṭha
samāpattiyo vuccanti ... ~ato (Be kasiṇâdi°), Sp
146,3 (Sp-ṭ I 363,18), cf. Spk I 67,14.

" 346862229095714816,kasiṇārammaṇūpanijjhāyana,en,"

kasiṇârammaṇûpanijjhāyana

" 346862303225843712,kasiṇarūpa,en,"

kasiṇa-rūpa

, n., the material form of a kasina; ~am
pi yasmā tappaṭibhāgam eva, tasmā tam pi sama-
tikkamitukāmo hoti, Vism 326,16; catutthajjhānassa
ārammaṇabhūtā ~ā nibbijja, 327,10, cf. Abhidh-av
100,11; yāva pana ~aṁ ārammaṇaṁ hoti tāva rū-
paṁ samatikkantaṁ nāma na hoti, Mp IV 199,8; —
rūpī attā ti-ādīsu ~aṁ attā ti tattha pavattasaññañ
c' assa saññā ti gahetvā vā +, Sv 119,6 (ad D I 31,6;
Sv-pṭ I 222,21 foll.), cf. rūpasarikkhatāya ~assa Sv-pṭ
I 222,25 = Ps-pṭ III 220,23; rūpiṁ vā ti karajarūpena
vā ~ena vā rūpiṁ. tattha lābhī ~aṁ attā ti gaṇhati,
Ps IV 17,10; Vibh-a 511,34 (ad Vibh 388,20); — rūpan
ti ... rūpupādānakkhandho ~añ ca, Paṭis-a 436,14
(ad Paṭis I 135,15); imina rūpena rūpavā ti ... sarīra-
rūpam pi ~am pi labbhati, Paṭis-a 450,29 (Paṭis I
144,21); na ... ~aṁ vinā bāhirāni ahan ti gaṇhāti,
456,1; — rūpāni passatī ti ~āni jhānacakkhunā pas-
sati, Vism-mhṭ I 396,25 (ad Vism 328,29); ""bahiddhā
rūpāni passati"" bahiddhā aṭṭha ~āni ... passati,
Moh 29,14; rūpe ~e saññā rūpasaññā, Sv-pṭ II
153,28; ~ānaṁ vasen' ... obhāsassa parittatā, Ps-pṭ
III 352,1; ~ena taṁ missetvā, Spk-pṭ II 207,19.

" 346862303175512064,kasiṇarūpanimitta,en,"

kasiṇa-rūpa-nimitta

, n., the sign of the material
form of the kasina; rūpanimittassā ti ~assa, Spk-pṭ II
377,6 (ad Spk II 99,25).

" 346862303049682944,kasiṇarūpasamatikkama,en,"

kasiṇa-rūpa-samatikkama

, m., transcending the
material form of the kasina; etesu (scil. āruppesu) ...
~ato paṭhamaṁ rūpâvacarapañcamajjhānato san-
taṁ, Moh 33,19.

" 346862303104208896,kasiṇarūpasaṅkhāta,en,"

kasiṇa-rūpa-saṅkhāta

, mfn., in other words the ma-
terial form of the kasina; rūpanimittâtikkamato ti ~as-
sa paṭibhāganimittassa atikkamanato, Vism-mhṭ I
411,1 (ad Vism 338,32); ārammaṇam evā ti ~aṁ
ārammaṇam eva, Spk-pṭ II 272,16 (ad Spk II 346,1).

" 346862301673951232,kasiṇasahacaraṇa,en,"

kasiṇa-sahacaraṇa

, n., concomitance with the
kasina (meditations); ~ato jhānaṁ subhaṁ, Spk-pṭ II
133,20.

" 346862302533783552,kasiṇasajjanacetanā,en,"

kasiṇa-sajjana-cetanā

, f., thought attached to the
kasina; ~ā ... kadāci tādisā hoti (scil. paṭhamajjhā-
nacetanāya ghaṭitā), Ps-pṭ III 46,15 (ad Ps III 105,8).

" 346862302584115200,kasiṇasajjanakāla,en,"

kasiṇa-sajjana-kāla

, m., the time of attaching (one's
thought) to the kasina; ~e ca kasiṇâsevanakāle ca (so
read; Ee om. ca) labbhanti (scil. jhānacetanā), Ps III
105,6 (Ps-pṭ III 46,12); ~e kasiṇajjhānakāle +, Ps-pṭ
III 46,22.

" 346862302487646208,kasiṇasamaññā,en,"

kasiṇa-samaññā

, f, the term ""kasina;"" pamāṇassa
aggahaṇato appamāṇaṁ, ten' eva nesaṁ ~ā,
Vism-mhṭ I 199,19 = Sv-pṭ III 345,21 = Ps-pṭ III 125,3
qu. Mp-ṭ III 321,2.

" 346862301854306304,kasiṇasamāpatti,en,"

kasiṇa-samāpatti

, f, the attainment of the kasina
(meditations); bhāgī vā bhagavā ... dasannaṁ ~ī-
naṁ, Nidd I 143,9; 345,26; 509,31; — °-niyama, m. (cf.
kasiṇaniyama, q.v.], restriction as to the attainment of
the kasina (meditations); n' atth' ettha ~o, Vism 398,5
(ref. to Paṭis II 208,35 foll.; - tirokuḍḍapāṭihariyâdī-
su viya imasmiṁ nāma kasiṇe jhānaṁ samāpajjitvā
adhiṭṭhātabban ti na ettha koci niyamo atthī ti,
Vism-mhṭ II 28,17) qu. Paṭis-a 661,12.

" 346862301799780352,kasiṇasamāpattipañha,en,"

kasiṇa-samāpatti-pañha

, m., question regarding
the attainment of the kasina (meditations); ~aṁ san-
dhāya paṭikkhipati, Kv-a 83,24 (ad Kv 310,8 foll).

" 346862301736865792,kasiṇasambheda,en,"

kasiṇa-sambheda

, m., merging with (other) kasina
(meditations); pathavīkasiṇaṁ pathavīkasiṇam eva
hoti, n' atthi tassa añño ~o, Vism 177,5 (= āpokasi-
ṇâdinā saṅkaro, Vism-mhṭ I 199,16) qu. Sv 1048,10
(reading aññakasina°) (Sv-pṭ III 345,18 = Vism-mhṭ I
199,16) = Ps III 261,2.

" 346862302630252544,kasiṇasaṅkhāta,en,"

kasiṇa-saṅkhāta

, mfn., in other words ""kasina;""
~aṁ ārammaṇam, Spk-pṭ II 272,16; sakalaṭṭhena
~ānaṁ pathavīkasiṇajjhānâdīnaṁ ... jhānānaṁ,
Nidd-a I 268,16.

" 346862229854883840,kasiṇasevanacetanā,en,"

kasiṇâsevana-cetanā

, f., thought in pursuit of the
kasiṇa (meditations); ~ā gahetabbā sa upacārajjhā-
nassa sādhikā, Ps-pṭ III 46,13 (ad Ps 105,7).

" 346862229875855360,kasiṇāsevanacetanā,en,"

kasiṇâsevana-cetanā

, f., thought in pursuit of the
kasiṇa (meditations); ~ā gahetabbā sa upacārajjhā-
nassa sādhikā, Ps-pṭ III 46,13 (ad Ps 105,7).

" 346862229720666112,kasiṇasevanakāla,en,"

kasiṇâsevana-kāla

, m. [°ṇa + āsev°], time of the
pursuit of the kasiṇa (meditations); kasiṇasajjanakāle
ca (Ee om. ca) ~e (Ee kasiṇa°) ca, Ps 105,7 (Ps-pṭ III
46,13).

" 346862229745831936,kasiṇāsevanakāla,en,"

kasiṇâsevana-kāla

, m. [°ṇa + āsev°], time of the
pursuit of the kasiṇa (meditations); kasiṇasajjanakāle
ca (Ee om. ca) ~e (Ee kasiṇa°) ca, Ps 105,7 (Ps-pṭ III
46,13).

" 346862229506756608,kasiṇasubhakoṭṭhāsa,en,"

kasiṇâsubha-koṭṭhāsa

, mfn., divided into kasiṇas
and disgusting things; ~e ānāpāne ca jāyati paṭibhā-
go, Nāmar-p 396.

" 346862229519339520,kasiṇāsubhakoṭṭhāsa,en,"

kasiṇâsubha-koṭṭhāsa

, mfn., divided into kasiṇas
and disgusting things; ~e ānāpāne ca jāyati paṭibhā-
go, Nāmar-p 396.

" 346862229620002816,kasiṇasubhavibhāga,en,"

Kasiṇâsubha-vibhāga

, m., analysis of the kasiṇas
and disgusting things; title of chapter VIII (879-1098)
of Nāmar-p; ~o, Nāmar-p 68,29.

" 346862229636780032,kasiṇāsubhavibhāga,en,"

Kasiṇâsubha-vibhāga

, m., analysis of the kasiṇas
and disgusting things; title of chapter VIII (879-1098)
of Nāmar-p; ~o, Nāmar-p 68,29.

" 346862302999351296,kasiṇavaḍḍhana,en,"

kasiṇa-vaḍḍhana

, n., increasing the kasina; appa-
māṇaṁ katvā kasiṇaṁ vaḍḍhentassa °-vasena ba-
hulīkārasambhavato siyā jhānassa balavataratā,
Ps-pṭ III 348,3.

" 346862302953213952,kasiṇavaḍḍhanakaraṇena,en,"

kasiṇa-vaḍḍhana-karaṇena

, ²ind., by way of in-
creasing the kasina; tena upari-ādīsu ~ena, Sv-pṭ III
345,6 (ad Sv 1048,4, cf. Vism 176,33-34) qu. Mp-ṭ III
320,19 (ad Mp V 20,5, cf. Ps III 260,17).

" 346862229427064832,kasiṇavajjana,en,"

kasiṇâvajjana

, n. [°ṇa + āvaj°], directing (one's
mind) toward the kasiṇas; etena °-vasena āvajjanava-
sitā vuttā, Paṭis-a 232,33.

" 346862229456424960,kasiṇāvajjana,en,"

kasiṇâvajjana

, n. [°ṇa + āvaj°], directing (one's
mind) toward the kasiṇas; etena °-vasena āvajjanava-
sitā vuttā, Paṭis-a 232,33.

" 346862302747693056,kasiṇavisesa,en,"

kasiṇa-visesa

, m., a particular kasina; rūpapaṭi-
bhāgabhūtesu ~esu ... arūpapaṭibhāgabhūte ~e,
Sv-pṭ I 218,7 qu. Mp-ṭ III 324,14.

" 346862302798024704,kasiṇavivittakāsa,en,"

kasiṇa-vivittâkāsa

, n. [cf. kasiṇaphuṭokāsa, kasi-
ṇugghāṭimâkāsa, qq.v.], space emptied of the kasina;
kasiṇugghāṭimâkāsan ti vā kasiṇaphuṭôkāso (so
read) ti vā -an ti vā sabbam eva ekam, Vism 327,32.

" 346862302810607616,kasiṇavivittākāsa,en,"

kasiṇa-vivittâkāsa

" 346862230001684480,kasiṇayatana,en,"

kasiṇâyatana

, n. [°ṇa + āyat°, cf. Buddh. sa.
kṛtsnāyatana, SWTF s.v.; Abhidh-k VIII 36a, A-
bhidh-k-bh(P) 457,13 foll.; kasiṇa, q.v.], sphere of total-
ity; cf. Mppś 1287 foll.; Abhidh-k(VP) V: 213-14; 10
spheres of totality are enum.: paṭhavī°, āpo°, tejo°, vā-
yo°, nīla°, pīta°, lohita°, odāta°, ākāsa°, viññāṇa°;
no.s 9-10 om. at Paṭis I 49,6; 144,13; 150,4 (cf. the enu-
meration of 38 or 40 subjects of meditation, on which, cf.
²kammaṭṭhāna, q.v.); Vism substitutes āloka° and pa-
richinnâkāsa° for no.s 9-10, cf. Mppś 1305,1 foll.; da-
sa ~āni: paṭhavīkasiṇam eko sañjānāti uddhaṁ a-
dho tiriyaṁ advayaṁ appamāṇaṁ +, D III 268,20
foll. (cf. Vyu 1528-40); katame dasa dhamma bhā-
vetabbā ? dasa ~āni + (= prec), D III 290,16 (cf. Mp
III 58,15 foll.) ≠ Paṭis I 28,11; sāvakā dasa ~āni bhā-
venti + (= prec), M II 14,30 foll.; A V 46,1 foll.; 60,15
foll.; Nett 89,23 foll.; — °-tta, n. [abstr.], the being
sphere of totality; sati pi abhibhâyatanānaṁ ~e,
As-mṭ 105,13 (ad As 187,34); — °-bhāva, m. [abstr.], =
prec.; ~ato añño abhibhâyatanabhāvo, As-mṭ 105,14
(ad As 187,34); — °-saṅkhāta, mfn., in other words
""the sphere of totality;"" kevalam ~am eva ahutvā,
As-mṭ 105,12 (ad As 187,34).

" 346862230035238912,kasiṇāyatana,en,"

kasiṇâyatana

" 346862231771680768,kasiṇobhāsa,en,"

kasiṇôbhāsa

, m. [°a + obhā°], light (appearing in
the course) of (meditation on) kasiṇa; ~o ca parikam-
mavasenā ti, Ps-pṭ III 351,6 (ad Ps IV 207,13); catut-
thajjhānârammaṇassa ~assa vasena, Paṭis-a 53,1 (ad
Paṭis I 2,35); kasiṇapharaṇaṁ viyā ti ~ena pharaṇaṁ
viya, Ps-pṭ III 319,7 (ad Ps IV 148,21).

" 346862230928625664,kasiṇugghāṭa,en,"

kasiṇ'-ugghāṭa

, m., means of the removal of the ka-
siṇa; ugghāṭīyati etenā ti ~o. tad eva kasiṇugghāṭi-
maṁ, Vism-mhṭ I 399,6 (ad Vism 331,14).

" 346862231033483264,kasiṇugghāṭana,en,"

kasiṇ'-ugghāṭana

, n., = prec.; kiṁ ānāpāne ~aṁ
labbhatī ti, Spk III 264,19 foll.; na (Ee om.) tattha (scil.
ākāse) ~aṁ labbhati, As 186,30.

" 346862231088009216,kasiṇugghāṭima,en,"

kasiṇ'-ugghāṭima

, n. (?) and mfn., 1. means of the
removal of kasiṇa (ct. so); 2. emptied of kasiṇa; — 1.
tad eva ~aṁ, Vism-mhṭ I 399,7 (ad Vism 331,14), cf.
kasiṇugghāṭa, q.v.; — Rem.: Vism-mhṭ interprets ~
as an action noun, although nominals ending in ima (cf.
C. Caillat, Melanges Renou, 1968: 187 foll.) are ad-
jectives, cf. Ai.Gr II.2 § 226; — 2. ākāse ... ti antalik-
kasaṅkhāte ākāse na ~e +, Sp 802,1 (ad Vin IV 54,22).

" 346862231641657344,kasiṇugghāṭimadiākāsa,en,"

kasiṇ'-ugghāṭimâdi-ākāsa

, m., space that is emp-
tied of the kasiṇa; ākāse ... ti antalikkhasaṅkhāte ā-
kāse na ~e (so read) ti visesento vadati, Ud-a 200,13
(ad Ud 30,8).

" 346862231658434560,kasiṇugghāṭimādiākāsa,en,"

kasiṇ'-ugghāṭimâdi-ākāsa

, m., space that is emp-
tied of the kasiṇa; ākāse ... ti antalikkhasaṅkhāte ā-
kāse na ~e (so read) ti visesento vadati, Ud-a 200,13
(ad Ud 30,8).

" 346862231138340864,kasiṇugghāṭimakāsa,en,"

kasiṇ'-ugghāṭimâkāsa

, m. and n. [cf. kasiṇaphuṭô-
kāsa, kasiṇavivittâkāsa, qq.v.], space emptied of the
kasiṇa etc.; cf. Vism 327,17 foll.; Vism-trsl. Ñm: ""space
left by the removal of the kasiṇa,"" follows ct.; doubtful,
cf. kasiṇugghāṭima 1., q.v.; — ākāso ti ~o vuccati,
Vism 331,14 qu. Vism-mhṭ I 399,5, Moh 177,23; Pa-
ṭis-a 557,21; ākāso ananto ... ~o, 88,22; Moh 75,14;
-an ti vā ... vivittâkāsan ti vā sabbam eva ekam e-
va, Vism 327,31; ~ass' etaṁ (scil. ākāsânañcâyata-
naṁ) adhivacanaṁ, As 204,22 qu. Nidd-a II 64,28; ti-
vidho ākāso paricchedâkāso ~o ajaṭâkāso ti tucchâ-
kāso ti pi tass' eva nāmaṁ, Kv-a 92,15; ~o, Paṭis-a
80,14; arūpajjhānârammaṇena ~ena saṅkiṇ-ṇaṁ ho-
tī ti, Paṭis-a 450,21; viññāṇakasiṇan ti c' ettha ~e pa-
vattaviññāṇaṁ, Sv 1048,15 foll. (Sv-pṭ III 345,26 foll.)
= Ps III 261,7 foll. (Ps-pṭ III 125,13) - Mp V 20,16 foll.
(Mp-ṭ III 321,12) qu. Paṭis-a 129,3 foll.; ākāsakasiṇan
ti ~e pavattapaṭhamâruppajjhānaṁ, Nett-a 153,7;
~aṁ pharitvā, Vism-mhṭ I 400,1; 411,2; ārammaṇa-
bhedato catubbidhaṁ (scil. arūpâvacara-kusalacit-
taṁ): ~aṁ, Abhidh-av 5,9; asucimhi dese maṇḍapo
viya ~aṁ daṭṭhabbaṁ, Vism 340,4 qu. As 210,35.

" 346862231155118080,kasiṇugghāṭimākāsa,en,"

kasiṇ'-ugghāṭimâkāsa

" 346862231415164928,kasiṇugghāṭimakāsamatta,en,"

kasiṇ-ugghāṭimâkāsa-matta

, n., mere space emp-
tied of the kasiṇa; ~aṁ paññāyati, Vism 327,30
(Vism-mhṭ I 395,21).

" 346862231431942144,kasiṇugghāṭimākāsamatta,en,"

kasiṇ-ugghāṭimâkāsa-matta

, n., mere space emp-
tied of the kasiṇa; ~aṁ paññāyati, Vism 327,30
(Vism-mhṭ I 395,21).

" 346862231339667456,kasiṇugghāṭimakāsanimitta,en,"

kasiṇ-ugghāṭimâkāsa-nimitta

, n., the sign of the
space emptied of the kasiṇa; so taṁ ~aṁ ākāso ākāso
ti punappunaṁ āvajjeti, Vism 327,33 ≠ Moh 176,32.

" 346862231356444672,kasiṇugghāṭimākāsanimitta,en,"

kasiṇ-ugghāṭimâkāsa-nimitta

, n., the sign of the
space emptied of the kasiṇa; so taṁ ~aṁ ākāso ākāso
ti punappunaṁ āvajjeti, Vism 327,33 ≠ Moh 176,32.

" 346862231566159872,kasiṇugghāṭimakāsarammaṇajhāna,en,"

kasiṇ'-ugghāṭimâkāsârammaṇa-jhāna

, n. [°ṭima
+ ākāsa + āram°], meditation on the subject of medita-
tion called ""space emptied of the kasiṇa;"" ~ass' etaṁ
(scil. akasânañcâyatanaṁ) adhivacanaṁ, Nidd-a I
99,20.[[side 351]]

" 346862231582937088,kasiṇugghāṭimākāsārammaṇajhāna,en,"

kasiṇ'-ugghāṭimâkāsârammaṇa-jhāna

" 346862231264169984,kasiṇugghāṭimakāsatabbisayaviññāṇa,en,"

kasiṇ'-ugghāṭimâkāsa-tabbisaya-viññāṇa

, n.,
consciousness whose domain is space emptied of the ka-
siṇa; ~aṁ anantabhāvo viya, Sv-pṭ I 172,23.

" 346862231285141504,kasiṇugghāṭimākāsatabbisayaviññāṇa,en,"

kasiṇ'-ugghāṭimâkāsa-tabbisaya-viññāṇa

, n.,
consciousness whose domain is space emptied of the ka-
siṇa; ~aṁ anantabhāvo viya, Sv-pṭ I 172,23.

" 346862231482273792,kasiṇugghāṭimakāsatikkama,en,"

kasiṇ'-ugghāṭimâkāsâtikkama

, m., the passing
beyond space emptied of the kasiṇa; ~ato, Moh 33,21.

" 346862231507439616,kasiṇugghāṭimākāsātikkama,en,"

kasiṇ'-ugghāṭimâkāsâtikkama

, m., the passing
beyond space emptied of the kasiṇa; ~ato, Moh 33,21.

" 346862231213838336,kasiṇugghāṭimatta,en,"

kasiṇ'-ugghāṭima-tta

, n. [abstr.], the state of being
emptied of kasiṇa; āruppârammaṇesu pi ākāsaṁ ~ā,
Vism 113,4 (Vism-mhṭ I 131,27).

" 346862230777630720,kasiṇukkanti,en,"

kasiṇ'-ukkanti

, f. [cf. kasiṇapaṭipāṭi, q.v.], skip-
ping a kasiṇa meditation; kasiṇânulomato + ... ~ito
jhānakasiṇukkantito (Be °ikato) +, As 187,10.

" 346862230827962368,kasiṇukkantika,en,"

kasiṇ'-ukkantika

, n., = prec.; exeg.: kasiṇass' eva
ekantarikabhāvena ukkamanaṁ ~aṁ nāma, Vism
374,33; aṭṭhāsu kasiṇesu kassaci ukkamanaṁ idha
~aṁ nāmā ti, Vism-mhṭ II 3,8; — kasiṇânulomato +
... ~ato +, Vism 374,3; Paṭis-a 232,24; 344,25; Sv-pṭ I
344,8; ~e, Vism-mhṭ II 3,15; — ifc. jhāna-° (Vism
374,37).

" 346862232086253568,kasiparibhaṇḍa,en,"

kasi-paribhaṇḍa

, n., requisites for ploughing; bījañ
ca bhattañ ca ~añ ca, Sv 296,26 (Be °upakaraṇa).

" 346862230878294016,kasiphala,en,"

kasi-phala

, n., fruit of ploughing; ~aṁ bhuṅjitvā,
Spk I 256,29.

" 346862232690233344,kasira,en,"

kasira

, mfn. [cf. kiccha; Amg. kiccha; Mittelindisch
§ 261; sa. kṛcchra, EWA-2, CDIAL 3420], difficult, mi-
serable; — lex. lit.: dukkhaṁ ca ~aṁ kicchaṁ, Abh
89; — gramm. lit.: kasīyati dukkhena gamīyatī ti
~aṁ, kicchaṁ, Mogg VII 149; — exeg.: kathañci kic-
chena ~ena, Thī-a (1998) 257,33; ~aṁ vuccati appaṁ,
Ps-pṭ III 325,10 ≠ Spk-pṭ I 96,2; — kicchena ~ena ...
dasavaggaṁ bhikkhusaṁghaṁ sannipātetvā, Vin I
195,33 = Ud 58,5 (āyāsena, Ud-a 310,18); kicchena ~e-
na samādhiṁ uppādentassa, Vibh 332,1 (Vibh-a
419,16); pāramiyo pūretvā kicchena ~ena, Sp 484,3;
kicchena ~ena khemantabhūmiṁ pāpuṇāti, Sv
214,25; kicchena ~ena sambhataṁ dhanaṁ, Ja I
338,29; kicchena ~ena tathā vatvā, 392,11; V 388,12;
nippīḷiyamāno kicchena ~ena adāsi, II 84,6'; kicche-
na ~ena bhikkhāya jīvikaṁ kappesi, III 513,1; —
~ena ghāsacchādo labbhati, S I 94,1 = A I 107,25
(dukkhena yāgubhattaghāso ca kopīnamattaṁ ac-
chādanaṁ labbhati, Mp II 176,3 foll.) = III 385,10 qu.
Pg 51,24 (dukkhavuttike, Pg-a 227,25); uttamatthaṁ
~ena laddhaṁ, Ja IV 205,14*; 207,1*; jīvitaparikkhārā
... ~ena samudāgacchanti, M I 104,32 (dukkhena, Ps
II 72,13) = A IV 366,10 (dukkhena, Mp IV 169,4);
maccānaṁ idha jīvitaṁ ~añ ca parittatañ ca, Sn 574
(anekappaccayapaṭibaddhavuttibhāvato kicchaṁ
na sukhayāpanīyaṁ, Pj II 457,24) = Ja II 113,2* (ct.
dukkhaṁ assādarahitaṁ) qu. Th-a II 190,23* = Nā-
mar-p 1209 ≠ Ja VI 17,9* (ct. dukkhaṁ); ~aṁ jīvikaṁ
kappeti, A IV 283,5 (cf. uḷāraṁ jīvikaṁ, 283,2); jīvi-
taṁ ... thaddhaṁ lūkhaṁ ~aṁ, Ja II 136,10'; ~ā hi jī-
vikā homa, VI 584,17* (ct. dukkhā); ~ā ca vutti, Pv
537 (dukkhā ca vutti jīvikā hoti, Pv-a 229,1); — ifc.
a-° (Spk-pṭ II 196,3); ati-° (Mp IV 138,9); appa-°; pa-
rama-° (~ppattatāya, Ap-a 72,10); — °-bhāvanā, f.,
difficult mental cultivation; asukhasevanā ~ā,
Vism-mhṭ I 112,4 (ad Vism 86,36); — °-lābhin, mfn.,
difficult to achieve; evarūpāya kathāya na nikāmala-
bhī hoti kicchalābhi ~ī, A III 117,13; kicchena lad-
dhaṁ ~aṁ dhanaṁ, Ja V 435,7*; yathā pariccheda-
vasena samāpattiṁ ṭhapetuṁ na sakkoti ayaṁ kic-
chalābhi ~ī, Ps III 31,26; — ifc. a-°; — °-vuttika, mfn.,
living in misery; ... + pukkusakule vā dalidde ap-
pannapānabhojane ~e, S I 93,31 (dukkhavuttike, Spk
I 162,28; Spk-pṭ I 195,14) = A I 107,24 (dukkhajīvike,
Mp II 176,1); II 85,18 (dukkhavuttike, Mp III 111,19)
= III 385,9 qu. Pg 51,24; — °-vutti(n), mfn., living in
misery; ahaṁ ... sabbakālaṁ ~inā hīno, Th-a II
264,10; — ifc. a-° (Th-a II 264,10) — °âbhata, mfn., ac-
cumulated with difficulties; kicchena laddhaṁ ~aṁ
dhanaṁ, Ja V 435,7*.[[side 352]]

" 346862100468994048,kasirajīvikā,en,"

kasirâjīvikā,

so read for kasirā jīvikā, Ja VI 584,17*, cf. L. Alsdorf, Kl. Schr. ²2001: 328.

" 346862100494159872,kasirājīvikā,en,"

kasirâjīvikā,

so read for kasirā jīvikā, Ja VI 584,17*, cf. L. Alsdorf, Kl. Schr. ²2001: 328.

" 346862232883171328,kasisambhāra,en,"

kasi-sambhāra

, mn., requisites for ploughing; ~aṁ
dassento, Spk I 249,24 (cf. kasiṁ, Pj II 143,12); Spk I
249,15 = Pj II 143,2.

" 346862231834595328,kasita,en,"

kasita

, mfn. [pp. of kasati, q.v.], ploughed; — ifc. a-°;
— °-ṭṭhāna, n., an area that has been ploughed; ~e pi
naṅgalacchinnaṁ mattikapiṇḍaṁ gaṇhantassa, Sp
756,20; ~e pana nikkhittabīje yāva aṅkuraṁ na uṭ-
ṭhahati, 924,29 (cf. kasite tu pana-ṭṭhāne, Vin-vn
2180 [split cpd.]); khettesu ~e bahalaṁ udakaṁ hoti,
853,26; akatāya paṭhaviyā ~e vā khalamaṇḍale vā,
Vism 123,20; ekaṁ ~aṁ sabbasuvaṇṇaṁ jātaṁ, Mp I
449,2 = Dhp-a III 306,6 ≠ Vv-a 65,9; leḍḍunimittaṁ
~aṁ, Ps-pṭ II 470,2 (cf. kasitaleḍḍḍu, q.v.); — °-ppa-
desa, m., an area for ploughing; naṅgalakaṭṭha-kara-
ṇan (Sv 847,4) ti naṅgalena ~o, Sv-pṭ III 31,33.

" 346862231918481408,kasitabba,en,"

kasitabba

, mfn. [ger. < kasati, q.v.], to be ploughed;
— °-ṭṭhāna, n., place that is selected for ploughing; kas-
sako ~aṁ naṅgalena paricchinditvā ... kasati, Vism
152,23 ≠ 320,8 qu. As 195,4, cf. Abhidh-av 922; Spk-pṭ
I 331,1 (ad Spk I 340,31).

" 346862231977201664,kasitaleḍḍu,en,"

kasita-leḍḍu

, m.n., a lump of earth produced by
ploughing, cf. s.v. kasitaṭṭhāna, q.v.; gahitagahitaṁ
~u yeva hoti, Mp I 449,8, cf. mattikā, Dhp-a I 306,16
= Vv-a 65,29.

" 346862294778515456,kasiupakaraṇa,en,"

kasi-upakaraṇa

, n., requisite for ploughing; ~añ ca,
Sv 296,26 (Burmese reading for °paribhaṇḍa, q.v.).

" 346862232824451072,kasivanta,en,"

[

Kasivanta

, Burmese reading for Kapīvanta, q.v. ]

" 346862232761536512,kasiyādikaraṇa,en,"

kasi-y-ādi-karaṇa

, n., doing the work of ploughing,
etc.; tumhehi ~aṁ kiccaṁ n' atthi, Pv-a 66,16.

" 346862232627318784,kasiyati,en,"

kasiyati

, pr. 3 sg. [pass. < kasati, q.v., cf. kassati], to
be ploughed; yattha na ~ati, yattha na vapiyati, Nidd
I 471,26 (Nidd-a I 446,12).

" 346862233038360576,kasmīra,en,"

Kasmīra

, mn. [sa. Kāśmīra], Npr.; Kashmir; — lex.
lit.: ~ā, Abh 185; — yo idha kālakato ~e uppajjeyya,
Mil 82,30; — °-Gandhāra, m., Kashmir and Gandhāra;
theraṁ ~aṁ Majjhantikaṁ apesayi, Mhv XII 3; Sp
66,12*, cf. Dīp VIII 3; ~e Mhv XII 9; ~ā yāva ajjatanā
kāsāvapajjotā isivātaparivātā, Sp 66,10; Mhv XII 28;
~esu dvīsu raṭṭhesu, Ja III 378,8; — ~-raṭṭha, n., the
kingdoms of Kashmir and Gandhāra; Majjhantikat-
theraṁ ~aṁ pesesi, Sp 63,25; dvīsu pi ~esu, Ja III
365,2; — ~-vāsi(n), m., inhabitant of Kashmir and
Gandhāra; ~ino, Mhv XII 25; — °-visaya, m., the
land Kashmir; ~ā Laṅkādīpamhi otari Devathero,
Ext. Mhv XXIX 58; — °-ja, mfn., saffron; kuṅkumaṁ
~aṁ, Mogg VII 131; ~aṁ tu kuṅkumaṁ, Abh 303;
— °-maṇḍala, n., the land Kashmir; bhikkhū gahe-
tvān' Utiṇṇo thero ~ā, Mhv XXIX 37.

" 346862233143218176,kassaka,en,"

kas(s)aka

, mn. [cf. kasati, kasi; sa. karṣaka], 1. (m.)
ploughman, cf. GEIGER, Culture § 25,77; 2. (n.), title of
S I 114,26-116,14; — lex. lit.: khettâjīvo kassako, Abh
447; — exeg.: kassatī ti ~o, Sv 170,16 (kasiṁ karoti,
Sv-pṭ I 301,5); — ~ā vāṇijā gorakkhā, Vin IV 10,5;
addaṁsu kho gopālakā pasupālakā ~ā pathāvino
bhagavantaṁ, IV 108,22 = M II 98,7 ≠ I 333,22; yo ...
gorakkhaṁ upajīvati ... ~o so, na brāhmaṇo, Sn
612; brāhmaṇo ... ~o ... sippiko ... vāṇijo +, Sn 651;
Ja I 360,6; puriso ~o gahapatiko kārakārako rāsivaḍ-
ḍhako, D I 61,15; ~o gahapati paṭigacc' eva khettaṁ
sukaṭṭhaṁ karoti +, A I 229,34-230,2; 241,31; Mil
41,19; ~o bījanaṅgalaṁ ādāya vanaṁ paviseyyā, D II
353,5; ~o gahapatiko bījāni patiṭṭhāpetukāmo, S IV
315,6; ~o dhaññaṁ ropetukāmo khettaṁ kassati,
Mil 166,6; Cp 14; saradasamaye ~o mahānaṅgalena
kasanto sabbāni mūlasantānakāni sampadālento
kasati, S III 155,20 foll.; Ps II 223,18; āsāya khettāni
kasanti ~ā, Ja V 401,8 ≠ Th 530; S I 174,5* = Th 531
qu. Ap-a 360,12*; bījappamāṇena ca kusalā ~ā khet-
taṁ kasanti mā ūnaṁ, Spk I 249,21 qu. Pj II 143,8;
phalaṁ toseti ~e, Ap 429,8; deve vassante ... dve ~ā
bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balivaddā, D II 131,24; rājā
suvaṇṇanaṅgalaṁ ganhāti ... ~ā sesanaṅgalāni, Ps
II 290,32 qu.]a.1 57,33; kasitabbaṁ yathā ṭhānaṁ pa-
ricchindati ~o, Abhidh-av 922, cf. Vism 152,23; — ~o
bhavaṁ Gotamo, S I 173,5 ≠ Sn 14,11; ~o paṭijānāsi,
na ca passāmi te kasiṁ, S I 172,29* = Sn 76; ~o ... tī-
su ṭhānesu khujjaṁ katvā dasseti: lāyane kasane
kuddālakamme, Th-a I 119,20; — bodhisatto ~o aho-
si, Ja I 277,15; Ap 257,7; 385,29; — ifc. agga-° (~vāpa-
kabhāva, Spk I 248,26); dāsa-° (°kopama, Sv 158,14
[so read]); paṇḍita-° (Ja II 110,27); vapana-° (Dhp-a
III 220,17); — °-upāsaka, m., a layman who is a plough-
man; ~o, Dhp-a II 40,10; — °ûpama, mfn., like a
ploughman; dāyakā ~ā, Pv 1; — °-kamma, n., work of
a ploughman; ~aṁ katvā, Ja II 300,13; — °-kula, n., fa-
mily of a ploughman; bodhisatto ~e nibbattitvā, Ja II
109,22; — °-purisa, m., a servant who is a ploughman;
~ā, Spk I 242,28 = Pj II 137,22; — °-brāhmaṇa, m., a
brahmin, who is a ploughman; ~o khettaṁ kasitvā, Ja
V 68,4; — ~-kula, n., family of ~; bodhisatto ... ~e
nibbattitvā, Ja II 292,18; — °-bhāva-sādhaka, mfn.,
leading to the accomplishment of ploughing; ~aṁ kāra-
ṇaṁ, Pj II 151,28; — °-leṇa, n., Npr.; name of a cave;
thero (i.e., Mahāmitta) kira ~e paṭivasati, Ps I 294,1
= Mp II 59,6 = Vibh-a 279,24 = Spk III 159,17 (Ayya-
mitta); — °-vaṇṇa, m., appearance of a ploughman;
Māro pāpimā ~aṁ abhinimminitvā, S I 115,5; —
°-vatthu, n., title of Dhp-a II 37,5-40,13; — °-vana-
kammika, m., ploughmen and woodmen; ~âdayo, Spk
I 336,24 qu. Pj II 240,3; — °-sata, n., a hundred plough-
men; pañcannaṁ ~ānaṁ, Spk I 243,22 ≠ Pj II 138,17;
— °-sadisa, mfn., like a ploughman; ~ā, Pv-a 7,22 (ad
Pv 1); — °-sutta, n., title of S I 114,26-116,14 (uddāna:
kassakaṁ, S I 117,12*) (Spk I 180,1-26); — 2. ~aṁ, S I
117,12* (uddāna).
kassaka

" 346862233390682112,kassana,en,"

kas(s)ana

, n. [sa. karṣaṇa], ploughing; yasmiṁ ~aṁ
vapanañ ca na karīyati, Nidd-a I 446,13; usabhâjānī-
yo ~e niyutto, Th-a I 72,11; lāyane, ~e, kuddālakam-
me, 119,22; — °-kāri(n), mfn., performing ploughing;
attano ~bhāvakittanamukhena vinetabbapuggala-
vasena, Spk-pṭ I 268,1 (ad Spk I 248,26); — °-kāla, m.,
time for ploughing; khettassa sodhanakāle ~e, Ja IV
167,9 (-S-); ekaṁ dvidhākaraṇaṁ nāma ~aṁ, VI
364,28 (-S-); naṅgalaṁ phālayuttaṁ ~e paṭhavigha-
naṁ bhindati, Pj II 146,14; Sv-pṭ II 220,7; — °-kicca,
n., the act of ploughing; usabhâjañño ... cheko ~e,
Th-a I 71,31; — °-ṭṭhāna, n., a place for ploughing; tas-
sa ~aṁ gato, Ps IV 5,17 qu. Vv-a 63,22; ~aṁ gamissā-
mi, Ja VI 364,12 (-s-); kassakassa ~aṁ gatā, Dhp-a II
39,16 (-S-); — °-tiṇa, n., grass (growing on the place for)
ploughing (?); usabhâjanīyo ... yāva ~ānaṁ parissa-
maṁ dasseti, Th-a I 72,11; — °-naṅgala, n., a plough
for ploughing; unnaṅgalā ti ... ~āni ussapetvā, Ja VI
328,21; — °-vapana, n., ploughing and sowing; ~ādīni
upādāya taṁ taṁ kammaṁ katvā, Vism 384,4; —
°-samaya, m., time for ploughing; ~o ayaṁ, vapanasa-
mayo ayaṁ, Ja VI 297,9'.

" 346862234254708736,kassapa,en,"

¹⁰

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; a seṭṭhi, who built the Kassapa-
kârāma, q.v.; °-seṭṭhṁā kārite ārāme, Spk II 315,15.

" 346862100389302272,kassapa,en,"

¹Kassapa,

on archaeological evidence cf. O. v. Hinüber, ARIRIAB X 2007: 40 n. 8.

" 346862234175016960,kassapa,en,"

⁹

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; the father of the bodhisatta in
477, Cullanārada-ja; Ja IV 221,25*.

" 346862234086936576,kassapa,en,"

⁸

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; the father of the bodhisatta in
312, Kassapamandiya-ja; ~a, Ja III 38,4* (pitaraṁ
namenâlapati, 38,12').

" 346862233998856192,kassapa,en,"

⁷

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; name of the bodhisatta Gotama
during the time of the Buddha Piyadassī; ahaṁ ... ~o
nāma brāhmaṇo ... tiṇṇaṁ vedānaṁ pāragu, Bv
XIV 9 (Bv-a 213,14); Ja I 38,30.

" 346862233919164416,kassapa,en,"

⁶

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; one of a group of the 10 sages
(isi), who composed mantras (cf. Aṭṭhaka, 1., q.v. for
references) inspired by the teachings of the Buddha ~
(Aṭṭhako + ... Vāsettho, ~o Bhagu, D I 104,15 [Sv
273,30-34]; Aṭṭhako + ... ~o + ... mantānaṁ kattāro,
Abh 109); probably the same ~ is meant in a different
group of sages who transcended the kāmâvacara and
reached the brahmaloka (Ja VI 99,29*).[[side 354]]

" 346862233852055552,kassapa,en,"

⁵

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; a devaputta, who visited the
Buddha in the Jetavana; S I 46,4-18 (Spk I 103,4-
104,19).

" 346862100401885184,kassapa,en,"

⁰Kassapa,

ifc. Mahā-° (cf. J. Silk, JAs CCXCI 2003: 173–219; D. Klimburg-Salter, South Asian Archaeology 2001. Paris 2005: 535–549; O. v. Hinüber, ARIRIAB XI 2008: 22foll.).

" 346862233726226432,kassapa,en,"

⁴

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; name of a monk living in Kosala,
also called Kassapagotta, q.v., and perhaps identical
with prec.; S I 198,19-199,4 (Spk I 289,29-290,28).

" 346862233600397312,kassapa,en,"

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; a thera born into a northern
brahmin family to whom Th 82 is ascribed; his story is
told Th-a I 187,6-21, where Ap 155,1-22 (121, Sereyya-
ka) is qu. as his Apadāna.

" 346862233533288448,kassapa,en,"

kassapa

, m. , Npr.; name of the 24th Buddha, the
3rd in the Bhaddakappa, and the immediate predeces-
sor of the Buddha Gotama, cf. R. GOMBRICH, The sig-
nificance of the former Buddhas, in: Buddhist Studies in
Honour of W. RAHULA, 1980: 62-72; O. v. HINÜBER,
JPTS XXII, 1996: 46 n. 19; J. PH. VOGEL, The past Bud-
dhas and Kāśyapa in Indian Art and Epigraphy, in:
Asiatica. Festschr. F. Weller, 1954: 808-816, cf. also
for an unlikely astronomical interpretation: G. v. SIM-
SON, StII 7, 1981: 77-91; — main sources for ~s story
are: Bv XXV 1-52 (Bv-a 263,1-270,29); D II 7,22-26; S II
9,28; cf. Mp I 103,22-104,4; 168,2-169,15; II 308,13-16; —
~ was born at Setavya (Mp III 75,24) into a brahmin
family (father: Brahmadatta, mother: Dhanavatī) when
Kikī was king in Benares (D II 7,22-26; Bv XXV 33 foll);
his wife was Sunandā (Sv 422,29*; Bv XXV 36), his son
Vijita (Sv 422,27*; Bv XXV 36); ~ left home in a flying
palace (Sv 423,5-12); his bodhi tree is the nigrodha (Sp
99,6); his first sermon was held in Isipatana, his chief
disciples were the monks Tissa and Bharadvāja (S II
192,10-14) and the nuns Anulā and Uruvelā (Bv XXV
37-40); he was 20 cubits high (Bv-a 268,2), lived for
20.000 years (Bv XXV 43; Sp 190,28; Ps II 123,2) and
died at Setavya (Bv XXV 52), as he was a long living
Buddha (dīghāyuka, Ps II 122,14), his relics could not
be split (ekaghanaṁ dhātusarīraṁ, Ps II 122,15) and
only one stūpa was constructed over his relics (Sv 580,3-
29; Spk II 238,8-18; Bv-a 270,15-20; Vv-a 147,5), for
which purpose money was collected all over Jambudīpa
(Ps II 122,35-123,10); — during ~'s times the uposa-
tha was held every 6 months only (Mp I 261,6 foll.; Th-a
I 65,17 foll.; Dhp-a III 236,21 foll); the teachings of ~
(Sv 273,32; Mp II 314,10; Pj II 228,25; 280,20) lasted for
a long time (Vin III 8,36-9,20) before they came to an end
(Sp 171,19; Ud-a 287,4); — the Vedic ṛṣis conceived
their mantras originally in accordance with the teachings
of ~ (Sv 273,29-33 = Ps III 425,4-9), cf. ⁶Kassapa, q.v.;
— the bodhisatta Gotama was Jotipāla during ~'s life-
time (M II 45,1-54,22: 81. Ghaṭīkara-s; Ap 299,7 qu.
Ud-a 265,23*; Kv 286,18-290,30 [Kv-a 78,3 foll]); dif-
ferent disciples of the Buddha Gotama lived during ~'s
times, cf. PPN s.v. 1. Kassapa; some Jātakas are dated
to his time: O. v. HINÜBER, Entstehung und Aufbau der
Jātaka-Sammlung. AWL 1998, Nr. 7: 63; amhākaṁ
kira bhagavato pubbe va asmiṁ bhaddakappe ~o
... udapādi, Ras 2,30 (I 1); — Ceylon was called Maṇ-
ḍadīpa and was ruled by King Jayanta, when ~ lived
and visited the island (Sp 87,12-23).

" 346862233466179584,kassapa,en,"

⁰

Kassapa

, m. [cf. kacchapa, q.v.; sa. Kāśyapa, cf.
BHSD s.v.], name of a brahmin gotra, cf. J. BROUGH,
Early System of Gotra and Pravara (Gotrapravara-
mañjarī), 1953: 158 foll.; ~ is used to address different
persons, cf. Vin I 92,37-93,2; D II 154,9-15, and O. v.
HINÜBER, Untersuchungen zur Mündlichkeit, AWL
1994, Nr. 5: 10 foll. on this particular way of address; cf.
s.v. Kassapagotta, q.v.; — exeg.: kassaṁ vuccati khet-
taṁ, kassaṁ pāti rakkhatī ti ~o, Niruttidīpanī Be
1970 784, cf. C. A. Scherrer-Schaub, Tibetan Studies.
Proc. of the 5th Seminar of the Intern. Assoc, for Tibetan
Studies, Narita 1989, 1992: 214 foll.; — kacchapa ~ā
honti, Ja II 360,23* (play of words; cf. BROUGH as above,
p. XI foll); katarassa ~assa, Ps II 120,34 (thus Be; Ee
katara-°); attano gottavasena tayo pi janā ~ā eva nā-
ma jātā, Mp I 298,11; — ifc. Acela-°; Uruvelā-°; kata-
ra-°; Kumāra-° ; Gayā-°; Culla-nārada-° (~jātaka);
Nadī-° ; Nārada-°, Pūraṇa-°; Mahā-°; Mahā-nāra-
da-° (~jātaka); Lomasa-°.

" 346862233663311872,kassapa,en,"

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; name of a monk living in Paṁ
kadhā in Kosala, also called Kassapagotta 2.; A I
236,19-239,20.

" 346862236024705024,kassapa,en,"

³³

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; a Thera living in Arimadda-
nanagara (Pagan) during the reign of King Narapati-
[Sithu] (1173-1211); Sās 71,15-72,11.

" 346862235957596160,kassapa,en,"

³²

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; a Thera from Majjhimadesa,
who is thought to have brought Buddhism to Lamphūn
in Yonakaraṭṭha (i.e., Yuan State, North Thailand, cf.
H. PENTH, Jinak Index, 1994: 270) in Kaliyuga 65 =
AD 703; Sās 50,12.

" 346862235903070208,kassapa,en,"

³¹

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; a Burmese Mahāthera of Ari-
maddanapura (Pagan) in the 13th century, addressee of
the Mahānāgakulasandesa; HPL § 441.

" 346862235827572736,kassapa,en,"

³⁰

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; ~ ""Coḷa,"" a Thera living in
South India in the 12/13th centuries, who is thought to
be the author of: a. Anāg; Gv 61,1; b. Vmv; Gv 60,32;
Sās 33,24; c. Moh; the name of the author is encoded in:
dhutadharaggasamāna, Moh 359,28*: ""similar to the
foremost practitioner of dhutaṅgas,"" i.e., MahāKassa-
pa, cf. HPL §§ 200, 338, 354.

" 346862235764658176,kassapa,en,"

²⁹

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; an Indian prince, who sent gifts
to Parakkamabāhu I. (1153-1186); Mhv LXXVI 28-35.

" 346862235693355008,kassapa,en,"

²⁸

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; chief of the Kesadhātus, q.v.,
ruled Rohaṇa in the middle of the 10th century; Mhv
LVII 65-75.

" 346862235630440448,kassapa,en,"

²⁷

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; son of King Mahina V.
(981-1029), reigned as King Vikkamabāhu I. [Kassa-
pa VI.] (1029-1041); Mhv LV 10; LVI 1-17.

" 346862235554942976,kassapa,en,"

²⁶

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; son of King Sena V. (972-981);
Mhv LIV 69.

" 346862235479445504,kassapa,en,"

²⁵

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; King Kassapa V. (913-923)
and author of Dhp-a-gp, cf. C. E. Godakumbura, Sin-
halese Literature, 1955: 31; Mhv LI 51-82.

" 346862235336839168,kassapa,en,"

²⁴

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; King Kassapa IV. (896-913);
Mhv LI 91; LH 1-36.

" 346862235265536000,kassapa,en,"

²³

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; son of Kittaggabodhi, q.v.,
ruler of Rohaṇa during the time of Sena I. (821-851);
Mhv L 50-57; LI 92-95.

" 346862235194232832,kassapa,en,"

²²

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; a prince (ādipāda, Mhv L 25,
cf. Geiger, Culture § 111) and general, younger brother
of King Sena I. (821-851); Mhv L 6-47; — ifc. Dāru-°
(~nāma, Mhv L 81, cf. Mhv-trsl. 145, n. 5).

" 346862235127123968,kassapa,en,"

²¹

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; King Kassapa III. (717-724);
Mhv XLVIII 20-25, 32.

" 346862235060015104,kassapa,en,"

²⁰

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; younger brother of and successor
to King Aggabodhi III. (626-641), reigned as King
Kassapa II. (641-650); Mhv XLIV 137 - XLV 10, cf.
Geiger, Culture, Index.

" 346862234992906240,kassapa,en,"

¹⁹

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; son of King Upatissa II.
(522-524); Mhv XLI 8-25.

" 346862234921603072,kassapa,en,"

¹⁸

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; King Kassapa I. of Ceylon
478-496, son of Dhātusena and brother of Moggallāna,
who succeeded him; Mhv XXXVIII 80-85; XXXIX 1-28,
cf. Geiger, Culture, Index.

" 346862234841911296,kassapa,en,"

¹⁷

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; gotta of the sage Nārada living
at the time of the Buddha Padumuttara, his story is
told Ap 381,1-382,23.

" 346862234762219520,kassapa,en,"

¹⁶

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; gotta of the Ājīvika (cf. s.v.
Kassapâjīvika, q.v.) Nārada in 544. Mahānāradakas-
sapa-ja (Ja VI 219,28-255,12); jānanti maṁ Nārado ~o
ca, Ja VI 243,22* (ct.: nāmena Nārado gottena ~o).

" 346862234690916352,kassapa,en,"

¹⁵

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; gotta of the sage Guṇa in 544,
Mahānāradakassapa-ja; Guṇo Kassapagott' âyaṁ,
Ja VI 222,24* (Guṇo ājīviko ... Kassapagotto, Ja VI
223,8 '-11').

" 346862234569281536,kassapa,en,"

¹⁴

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; gotta of the sage Nārada in
539, Mahājanaka-ja living in the Suvaṇṇaguhā in the
Himalayas (Ja VI 56,12); Nārado iti me nāmaṁ ~o iti
maṁ vidū, Ja VI 58,9* (ct.: gottena maṁ ~o iti jānan-
ti).

" 346862234485395456,kassapa,en,"

¹³

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; gotta of the bodhisatta as the
father of Isisiṅga, q.v., in 523. Alambusa-ja, cf. BHSD
(4) Kāśyapa; °p' evaṁ, Ja V 157,16* (ct.: Kassapagot-
ta); tāto ~o, Ja V 159,28*.

" 346862234409897984,kassapa,en,"

¹²

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; the gotta of the brahmin Akitti,
q.v.; Ja IV 240,10*-241,22* qu. Pj I 127,21-29*; 129,3-11*.

" 346862234326011904,kassapa,en,"

¹¹

Kassapa

, m., Npr.; the gotta of the Thera Nāgita,
q.v.; bhante ~a, D I 151,23.

" 346862236318306304,kassapaādi,en,"

Kassapa-ādi

, mfn., (Maha-)Kassapa, etc.; therā
~ayo, Sp 33,11*.

" 346862236104396800,kassapaavhaya,en,"

Kassapa-avhaya

, mfn., called (Maha-)Kassapa,
thero ~o, Vin II 292,35* (uddāna).

" 346862237517877248,kassapabhagavat,en,"

Kassapa-bhagava(t)

, m. the Lord Kassapa; ~ato sā-
sane osakkante, Spk I 322,19; ~ato eko va sāvaka-
sannipāto, Bv-a 265,26.
Kassapa-bhagavat

" 346862237584986112,kassapabhāsita,en,"

Kassapa-bhāsita

, n., the sayings of ¹⁶Kassapa; su-
tvā ~aṁ, Ja VI 228,21* (kassapagottassa acelakassa
bhāsitaṁ, 229,8').

" 346862237442379776,kassapabuddha,en,"

Kassapa-buddha

, m., the Buddha Kassapa; ~assa
sāsane eko thero arañṅe vāsaṁ vasati, Sv 631,4; —
°-kāla, m., the time of the Buddha Kassapa; ~ato paṭ-
ṭhāya sāsanaṁ dhāretuṁ nâsakki, Sv 899,19 = Ps IV
116,32 = Vibh-a 432,34; ~e Kimbilanagare aññataro
upāsiko, Pv-a 151,1; ~e migaluddakakule nibbatto,
Dhp-a II 82,17; III 61,12; ~e ekato samaṇadhammaṁ
katvā, III 146,27; Pj II 74,29; ~e purāṇasahāyako Gha-
ṭīkāro, Ja I 65,11; devaputto ~e Kajaṅgalanagaraṁ
nissāya ... navakammaṁ karonto, IV 311,26'; ~e Bā-
rāṇasiyaṁ ... gaṇabandhanena ... puññāni katvā,
VI 119,26'; — °-kālika, mfn., belonging to the time of
the Buddha Kassapa; ~ā antarā sāsanaṁ dhāretuṁ
na sakkiṁsu, Sv 899,12 = Ps IV 116,15 = Vibh-a 432,2;
idaṁ pana jātakaṁ ~aṁ, Ja I 413,27 (i.e., 104. Mitta-
vinda-ja); — °-vaṁsa, m., title of Bv XXV (Bv 92-96);
— °-sāvaka, m., a disciple of the Buddha Kassapa; ~ā-
naṁ tāni ṭhānāni yāni ... passasi, Ja VI 124,22'; —
°-sāsana, n., the teachings of the Buddha Kassapa; ~e
osakkanakāle, Mp I 283,22 (Be °sāsanosakk°, which
read).

" 346862237111029760,kassapadasabala,en,"

Kassapa-dasa-bala

, m., the Buddha K.; ~o parinib-
bāyi, Mp I 169,15; Dhp-a IV 189,11; Bv-a 265,23; ~assa
kale Aciravatī nagaraṁ (i.e., Sāvatthi) parikkhipi-
tvā, Ps II 166,25; Koṇāgamanassa ca bhagavato ~as-
sa cā ti dvinnaṁ buddhānaṁ antare, Spk II 185,7;
~assa kale khīrasalākabhattaṁ upaṭṭhāpesi, Ja V
476,13; VI 481,4; ~assa kale Bārāṇasivāsino upāsakā
gaṇabandhena etāni puññāni katvā, VI 120,27'; As
17,1; ~assa sāsane osakkamāne, Dhp-a II 210,15, cf.
Ud-a 179,18; ~assa sāsanosakkanakāle pabbaji, Th-a
I 42,9; ~assa sāsane pabbajitvā, Dhp-a III 479,15 =
Ud-a 78,7; 95,13; ~assa bhagavato sāsanantaradhā-
nato paṭṭhāya, 287,3; ~assa sāvako, Ja V 212,10; ~assa
suvaṇṇacetiyaṁ ārabbha, Dhp-a III 250,16; IV 64,13;
aparā ~assa cetiye gandhapañcaṅgulikaṁ adāsi, Ja
II 256,4 (cf. Vv-a 142,2); VI 227,13'; V 476,13; ~ena
desitā ... gāthā, V 477,8; Cp-a 251,7; ~ena desitaṁ,
Ras 8,33 (11); bhagavā ~ena vissajjitanayen' eva vis-
sajjento imaṁ gāthaṁ āha, Pj II 231,12; — °-pariyo-
sāna, mfn., ending with ~; ~ā sammāsambuddhā,
Cp-a 14,30.

" 346862237186527232,kassapadhīra,en,"

Kassapa-dhīra

, m., the wise ¹Kassapa; Burmese va-
riant at Ap 583,12 qu. Thī-a (1998) 72,15 for °-vīra, q.v.

" 346862236599324672,kassapagiri,en,"

Kassapa-giri

, m., Npr.; a monastery in Ceylon; Kas-
sapâdigiriṁ, Mhv XLVII 24; Kassapassa girissā pi,
Mhv XLIV 98 (split cpd.); — °-vihāra, m., the mona-
stery ~; Issaranimmānavihāre ti Issaranimmānasaṅ-
khāte ~e, Sp-pṭ I 186,16 (ad Sp 100,15).

" 346862236670627840,kassapagotta,en,"

Kassapa-gotta

, 1. [Kāsapagota, Sāṅchī Inscriptions
nos. 2,3: J. MARSHALL, A. FOUCHER: The Monuments
of Sāñchī. 1940. Vol. I: 290, 295; M. WILLIS: Buddhist
Reliquaries. 2000: 70, 75], mfn., belonging to the gotta
„Kassapa,"" see s.v. °Kassapa, q.v.; ~ena, S I 205,13*
(uddāna); Guṇo ~āyaṁ, Ja VI 222,24* (~o ayaṁ,
223,10'; kacchapā nāma ~ā, Ja II 361,1' (ad Ja II
360,23*); Vipassâdayo Koṇḍaññagottā, Kakusandhâ-
dayo ~ā, Ps IV 167,23; ahaṁ ~o, Vibh-a 466,1; — ifc.
Ādicca-° (~ādi, Moh 209,32); — °-tā, f, the being a
member of the ~; nadītīre vasato hi 'ssa ~āya ca Nadī-
Kassapo, Th-a II 143,9 qu. Ap-a 548,12; — 2. Npr.; a
hospitable monk in the Kāsī Kingdom; Vin I 312,1-
315,20; — see also ³'⁴Kassapa, q.v.[[side 355]]

" 346862236817428480,kassapagottabhikkhuvatthu,en,"

Kassapa-gotta-bhikkhu-vatthu

, n., title of Vin I
312,3-315,20; — °-kathā, f., title of Sp 1145,30-1146,5;
— °-kathā-vaṇṇanā, f., title of Sp-ṭ III 346,1-14; Vmv
II 205,1-10.

" 346862236888731648,kassapagottasutta,en,"

Kassapa-gotta-sutta

, n., title of S I 198,19-199,4
(uddāna: Kassapagottena, S I 205,13*).

" 346862236746125312,kassapagottatthera,en,"

Kassapa-gotta-tthera

, m., one of the monks accom-
panying Majjhimatthera, q.v., who brought Buddhism
to the Himalaya region; Dīp VIII 10; Sp 68,1; Mhv-ṭ
317,21; Mhbv 115,5.

" 346862238419652608,kassapajīvika,en,"

Kassapâjīvika

, m., the Ājīvika ¹⁶Kassapa; naggaṁ
~aṁ upagantvā, Ja VI 235,26'.

" 346862238440624128,kassapājīvika,en,"

Kassapâjīvika

, m., the Ājīvika ¹⁶Kassapa; naggaṁ
~aṁ upagantvā, Ja VI 235,26'.

" 346862236377026560,kassapakarāma,en,"

Kassapakârāma

, m., Npr.; a park laid out by the seṭ-
ṭhi ¹⁰Kassapa; Asaji ~e viharati, S II 124,17 (Kassapa-
seṭṭhinā kārite ārāme, Spk II 315,15).

" 346862236393803776,kassapakārāma,en,"

Kassapakârāma

, m., Npr.; a park laid out by the seṭ-
ṭhi ¹⁰Kassapa; Asaji ~e viharati, S II 124,17 (Kassapa-
seṭṭhinā kārite ārāme, Spk II 315,15).

" 346862236523827200,kassapakoṇḍañña,en,"

Kassapa-Koṇḍañña

, m., Npr.; the Buddhas ~ and
Koṇḍañña; ~ānañ ca, Ja II 361,2'.

" 346862236456718336,kassapakumāra,en,"

Kassapa-kumāra

, m., Npr.; the prince ~, ref. to the
Buddha ¹Kassapa; gottavasena ... ~o ti nāmam a-
kaṁsu, Bv-a 263,11; 266,1.

" 346862237647900672,kassapamandiyajātaka,en,"

Kassapa-mandiya-jātaka

, n., Npr.; title of Jātaka
no. 312 (Ja III 36,1-39,5); alternative title of the SE-
Asian tradition: Vivādaniggaha-jātaka, cf. G. MARTI-
NI, BEFEO LI 1963: 86.

" 346862237257830400,kassapanāmaka,en,"

Kassapa-nāmaka

, mfn., named Kassapa; Mahākas-
sapa Uruvelakassapâdayo aññe pi ~a atthī ti
katarassa Kassapassa, Ps-pṭ II 101,13 (ad Ps II 120,34).

" 346862237324939264,kassapaparamparato,en,"

[

Kassapa-paramparato

, w.r. for: yāva Kassapaṁ
paramparato āgataṁ, Bv-a 62,26].

" 346862237387853824,kassapapāsāda,en,"

[

Kassapa-pāsāda

, m., Npr.; a building in the Abha-
yagirivihāra; Abhayagirivihāramhi pasādaṁ sanā-
makaṁ katvā, Mhv LH 13 (i.e., King ²⁴Kassapa IV.,
cf. EZ I 1904-1912: 216)]

" 346862237710815232,kassaparājaka,en,"

Kassapa-rājaka

, m., Npr.; name of a monastery in
Ceylon completed by King Sena I. (821-851); ~aṁ,
Mhv L 81.

" 346862237970862080,kassapasadisa,en,"

Kassapa-sadisa

, mfn., like (Maha-)Kassapa; yo vā
~o, S II 195,16 (Spk II 164,1) = 202,4.

" 346862238029582336,kassapasammāsambuddha,en,"

Kassapa-sammāsambuddha

, m., the Buddha Kas-
sapa; ~o ... Bārāṇasiṁ agamāsi, Dhp-a II 127,13;
~aṁ disvā, Spk I 20,14; ~ato paṭṭhāya, 277,26; ~assa
bhagavato pāvacanena saha saṁsandetvā mante
ganthesuṁ, Sv 273,1 = Ps III 425,5 (i.e., the original
Veda); ime ... dhamma pubbe ~ena uppāditā, Mp II
314,10; ~assa kale, Dhp I 226,18; ~assa sāsane, III
230,20; ~assa sāsane osakkamāne, Ud-a 179,18, cf.
Dhp-a II 210,15; ~assa yojanike kanakathūpe, Vv-a
147,5; ~e parinibbute, 253,20; 352,21; — °-kāla, m., the
time of the Buddha Kassapa; ~e sotāpanno 'mhī ti
vadato pi pārājikaṁ n' atthi, Sp 496,16; ~e ... dasa-
balassa dānaṁ datvā, Sv 244,24; Spk I 303,2; ~e ...
seṭṭhino dhītā hutvā, Mp I 169,4; It-a I 31,11; ~e pana
cetiye āraddhe, Mp I 195,22; ~e piyasahāyā hutvā,
Th-a I 136,18; ~e, Ja VI 228,25'; itthiyo ~e manussat-
tabhāve ṭhitā, Vv-a 141,26; — °-kālika, mfn., belong-
ing to the time of the Buddha Kassapa; imassa pana
jātakassa ~aṁ vatthuṁ, Ja I 363,8 (i.e., 82. Mittavin-
daka-ja).[[side 356]]

" 346862238096691200,kassapasaṃyutta,en,"

Kassapa-saṁyutta

, n., title of S II 194-225; saka-
laṁ ~aṁ, Ps II 246,32; ~aṁ aṭṭhuppattiṁ katvā, Mp
I 183,14 (cf. S II 198,8-10); ~e vuttanayen' eva veditab-
bā, vuttaṁ hi tattha: ""cattāro ... sammappadhānā
...,"" Paṭis-a 168,22 (cf. S II 195,19-26); — °-pariyāya,
m., exposition in the ~; ~ena sāvakassa pubbabhāga-
paṭipadā kathitā, vuttaṁ hi tattha: ""cattāro... sam-
mappadhānā ...,"" Ps III 243,18 foll. ≠ Mp II 44,17 foll.
= Vibh-a 291,23 (cf. S II 195,19-26).

" 346862238344155136,kassapasenanāmaka,en,"

Kassapa-sena-nāmaka

, mfn., called Kassapasena, a
monastery in Ceylon built by King ²⁴Kassapa IV.;
dhammârāmaṁ akārayi... ~aṁ, Mhv LH 17.

" 346862238285434880,kassapaseṭṭhin,en,"

Kassapa-seṭṭhi(n)

, m., Npr.; of the donor of the Kas-
sapakârāma, q.v., cf. ¹⁰Kassapa.
Kassapa-seṭṭhin

" 346862238159605760,kassapasīhanādasutta,en,"

Kassapa-sīhanāda-sutta

, n., title of D I 161-177,
referring to Acelakassapa, q.v.

" 346862238222520320,kassapasutta,en,"

Kassapa-sutta

, n., title of S I 46,3-18 and 19-26 refer-
ring to ⁵Kassapa, q.v. (uddāna: dve Kassapā, S I
51,26*).

" 346862236964229120,kassapatthera,en,"

Kassapa-tthera

, m., Npr.; the elder ²Kassapa; ~assa
gāthā, Th-a I 187,7.

" 346862237853421568,kassapavihāra,en,"

[

Kassapa-vihāra

, m., Npr.; name of a monastery in
Ceylon; Kassapassa vihārassa datvā Senāmagāma-
kaṁ, Mhv XLV 27 (split cpd.)]

" 346862237903753216,kassapavīra,en,"

Kassapa-vīra

, m., the heroic kassapa; ~assa ... sā-
sane, Ap 475,3; ~assa cetiye, Ap 582,5 qu. Thī-a
(1998) 71,6*; maṁ pita adā ~assa, Ap 583,12 qu. Thī-a
(1998) 72,15* (Be v.l. °-dhīrassa).

" 346862238579036160,kassapika,en,"

Kassapika

, m. [sa. Kāśyapīya, cf. BHSD], a doctrin-
al school of Buddhism, cf. A. Bareau, Les sectes boud-
dhiques, 1955: 201 foll.; Sabbatthivādānaṁ ~ā Saṅ-
kanti-Kassapikena ca ... anupubbena bhijjatha, Dīp
V 48 qu. Kv-a 5,9* (nikāyena vādena vā bhinnā,
Kv-mṭ III 48,26); Mhv V 9 (Mhv-ṭ 174,30 foll); Sab-
batthivādakulato bhijjitvā ~ā nāma jātā, ~esu bhin-
nesu Saṅkantikā nāma jātā, Kv-a 3,8 foll.; ye ekac-
caṁ atītaṁ atthī ti maññanti seyyathā pi ~ā, Kv-a
51,16; ... + Dhammaguttiko ~o Saṅkantiko + , Mhbv
97,5; — ifc. Saṅkanti-° (Dīp V 48).

" 346862238637756416,kassapiṭṭhikapubbaka,en,"

Kassapiṭṭhika-pubbaka

, mfn., having (the word)
Kassapiṭṭhika in front (of the word Dhātusena): Kas-
sapiṭṭhika-Dhātusena is the name of one of 18 mona-
steries in Ceylon donated by King Dhātusena (460-
478); ~o (i.e., vihāro), Mhv XXXVIII 49.

" 346862238700670976,kassapiya,en,"

Kassapiya

, m., = Kassapika, q.v.; reading of Ext
Mhv V 9.

" 346862233319378944,kassate,en,"

kassate,

°ti, pr. 3 sg. [pass. < kasati, q.v., cf. kasi-
yati], — exeg.: ~ati khaṇīyatī, Ps-pṭ II 32,2; — 1. to be
tilled; āsāya ~ate khettaṁ, Th 530 ≠ Ja V 401,8 qu.
Nidd I 263,28* (cf. Mvu III 108,14*); — 2. to be torn; na
~ti na nikassati kasituṁ chinditum bhindituṁ vā na
sakkāti, As 325,32 (so read, Ee w.r. kasati) ≠ Vibh-a
72,1.[[side 353]]
kassate

" 346862233197744128,kassati,en,"

kassati

, pr. 3 sg. [sa. karṣati], to pull, to tear; ifc.
only, also °kaṁsati; — ifc. ati-°; apa-°; ava-° ; ā-° ;
uk-°; ni-° (As 325,32); paṭi-° (Vin I 326,4); pari-° (S I
44,10) ; vapa-° (A III 393,14); vûpa-° (Vin IV 326,16);
samā-° (Nidd I 428,30); samuk-° (Sn 132).

" 346862233260658688,kassati,en,"

kassati

, fut. 3 sg. of karoti, cf. kar(a) 3.a.(ii).

" 346862232988028928,kastura,en,"

kastura

, m. [cf. katthūrikā, q.v.; sa. kastūrī, EWA-2
Vol. III], musk-deer; † ~ā †, Ap-a 536,17*.

" 346862104097067008,kata,en,"

²kata,

p. 84a line 10: jānitaṁye read jānituṁye; WZKS XXIV read WZKS XXXIV.

" 346862285559435264,kata,en,"

kat(a)

, [cf. ¹kat(i), kantati, qq.v; sa. √kṛt; sa-Dhā-
tup VI 141], the verbal root kat; ~a cchedane, Dhātup
380.¹kata

" 346862285358108672,kata,en,"

kata

, mfn. [< gata; on g > k, cf. H. LÜDERS, Be-
obachtungen § 122-132], = gata; only ifc. anabhā-
va(ṁ)-°, on which, cf. CPD s.v.; — Rem.: the cpd. ana-
bhāva(ṁ)kata only occurs in the formula: pahīna° uc-
chinnamūla° tālāvatthukata° ~° āyatiṁ anuppāda-
dhamma°.

" 346862285425217536,kata,en,"

kata

, n. and mfn. [pp. < karoti, q.v.], (n.) 1. a deed
(good or bad); (mfn.) 2.a.(i) done (with gen. of agent for
a living being, or the instr.; cf. Pāṇ II 3 67; Kasussyntax[[side 84]]
§ 234); (ii) done to (somebody; with loc.); (iii) happened
(to somebody or something); only recorded in the cpd.
kiṁkata (q.v.); b. committed (e.g., a transgression or the
act of sexual intercourse); c.(i) practiced (e.g., the Bud-
dha's sāsana), performed; (ii) executed, carried out
(used, e.g., of a Vinaya kamma); (iii) arranged; (iv)
convened; d.(i) completed, finished; (ii) trained, skilled,
accomplished, fully versed (in something; with loc.; cf.
CPD I s.v. Vkata 2.; cf. katavinaya); (iii) finished with
(something; with instr. of the thing finished with); (iv)
completed with (something; with instr.); e. violated, a-
bused; 3.a. made; produced (with gen. or instr. of agent;
cf. Pāṇ II 3 67); b.(i) prepared; (ii) (of metal) shaped,
formed, wrought; c. (of writings) composed, written; d.
constructed, built; e. made into, turned into (something);
f.(i) brought into existence: created; (ii) effected, caused;
g. taken as, considered to be; h.(i) declared to be; (ii) ap-
pointed; i. (with nāma[rt]): given; j. with okāsa/okā-
sakamma: permitted; k. (with mati) decided; 1. (with
pañhā) put or asked (a question); m. (with dāna):
given; 4.a.(i) placed; (ii) placed on, put on (something;
with loc.); b. (with manasmiṁ and hadaye) kept (in
one's mind and heart); — Rem.: a. in many cases the
construction with ~ qualifying any given noun in the
nominative corresponds syntactically to a pp. of karoti +
any given noun in the accusative, e.g., ~ā me rakkhā
(Ja II 147,22*): I have guarded; b. a considerable number
of kata cpd.s are merely syntactical cpd.s (on which, v.
K.R. Norman, Syntactical Compounds in Middle Indo-
Aryan. Collected Papers IV 1993: 218-225) in that kata,
qualifying the nominals which constitute any given cpd.,
is to be construed with a caseform of any given nominal
of the clause in which it occurs; such cpd.s are seman-
tically uninteresting, and they are therefore merely listed
under the respective meanings of kata without conside-
ration for the meaning of the nominals so qualified; c. for
the sake of convenience all ifc. cpd.s have been listed
together without regard for the semantics of kata; these
cpd.s have been, or will be, treated under their respective
entries; —gramm. lit.: (on the semantics of the suffix
nika) taṁ adhīte tena °âdīsv atthesu tamhi sanni-
dhāno tattha niyutto taṁ assa sippaṁ taṁ assa
bhaṇḍaṁ taṁ assa jīvikaṁ ice' etesv atthesu ṇikap-
paccayo hoti vā: ... kāyena ~aṁ kammaṁ, kāyi-
kaṁ, Kacc-v ad Kacc 353 ≠ Sadd 786,6; 794,26; 795,4;
(on the use of the pp. suffix ta in a passive sense)
kammani tāva: karayitthā ti ~aṁ, Kacc-v ad Kacc
558 ≠ Sadd 850,7; — 1. attano va avekkheyya ~āni a-
katāni ca, Dhp 50; tassa sammavimuttassa santacit-
tassa bhikkhuno ~assa paṭicayo n' atthi karaṇīyañ
ca na vijjati, Vin I 185,3* = A III 378,30*; n' atthi c' as-
sa kiñci uttariṁ karaṇīyaṁ ~assa vā paṭicayo, Vin II
74,29 ≠ Ud 35,6,7; tesaṁ ~añ ca ~ato jānissāma aka-
tañ ca akatato jānissāma, A III 38,1 (Mp III 247,24) =
IV 270,5; (makkaṭo) ~aṁ ~aṁ kho dūseyya, evaṁ-
dhammam idaṁ kulan ti, Ja II 298,9* (cf. prose ver-
sion at II 298,5: ~aṁ ~aṁ vidhaṁsetuṁ jānanti) ≠
391,25*; III 26,27*; na ~añ ca nikatvāna dhamma ca-
vituṁ arahasī ti, 466,2*; yathāpi bījaṁ aggismiṁ
ḍayhati na virūhati evaṁ ~aṁ asappurise nassati
na virūhati, IV 42,12*; kataññumhi ca posamhi sīla-
vante ariyavuttine sukhette viya bījāni ~aṁ tamhi
na nassatīti, 42,14*; akataññuṁ akattāraṁ ~assa ap-
patikārakaṁ, III 26,27*; mama kāraṇā bandhanasmā
pamutto arahasi no jānitaṁye (so read; cf. Th. Ober-
lies, WZKS XXIV 1990: 90) ~ānī ti, IV 463,9*; —
2.a.(i) na kho Dabba Dabbā evaṁ nibbeṭhenti, sace
tayā ~aṁ -an ti vadehi, sace akataṁ akatan ti vade-
hī ti, Vin II 79,18,34 = III 162,35; aññatarena piṇḍacā-
rikena bhikkhunā samādānaṁ ~aṁ hoti, II 268,29;
nâhaṁ taṁ sarāmi, mūḷhena me etaṁ -an ti, 81,27 =
M II 248,17; ~ā me rakkhā ~ā me parittā, Ja II 147,22*
(= mayā ratanattayaguṇe anussarantena attano rak-
khā gutti ~ā ... parittānam pi me attano ~aṁ, 148,1'
foll.) = Vin II 110,18* (Ee does not print as verse) - A II
73,8* (Ee does not print as verse); puññaṁ me -an ti
nandati, Dhp 18; puññena ... pubbe ~ena, Ras I 1:9;
yo ve ~e patikate kibbise patikibbise evaṁ taṁ
sammatī veraṁ vasa kuntani mā gamā, Ja III 135,23*
(yo puggalo parena ~e kibbise attano puttamāraṇâ-
dike dāruṇakamme ~e puna attanā tassa puggalas-
sa patikibbise ~e (v.l. patikate patikibbise) patika-
taṁ mayā tassā ti jānāti, 135,25'26'); yaṁ hoti kiccaṁ
anukampakena ariyassa ariyena ~aṁ tava-y-idaṁ,
IV 292,19* (~aṁ tava-y-idan ti tayā idaṁ, ayam eva
vā pāṭho, 292,22'); so ... niraye ... baddho maraṇaṁ
upetu yo tādisaṁ kamma ~aṁ na jāne, 463,15*
(kamma ~an ti katakammaṁ, 463,16'); ~ā me kalyā-
ṇā anekarūpā, V 491,27*,31*; bahuṁ pāpaṁ ~aṁ
mayā, VI 227,9*; ~aṁ me kāyaduccaritaṁ, Nidd I
54,16 foll. - 218,27 foll. = 332,11 = 375,17 foll.; na te tato
nikkhamituṁ labhanti kammapaccayā, tesañ ce pā-
pakammantaṁ avipakkaṁ ~aṁ bahun ti, Nidd I
405,31; — used in one of the two Arahant formulas (cf.
katakaraṇīya, q.v.): khīṇā jāti vusitaṁ brahma-
cariyaṁ, ~aṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nâparaṁ itthattāyā ti
abbhaññāsi, Vin I 183,16 = II 292,23 = III 5,34 (~aṁ
karaṇīyan ti ... khīṇāsavo katakaraṇīyo, Sp 168,33-
169,3) ≠ D I 84,34 = M I 40,6 = S I 140,28 = IV 20,22 foll.
= V 222,10 = A I 197,2 = IV 88,24 = Sn 16,10 = Pp 61,7
(Pp-a 244,14,18); n' eva uposathantarāyo ~o bhavis-
satī ti, Sp 1066,23; — °-kamma, n.; tāya ~aṁ sabbaṁ
Tathāgatassa ārocesi, Ja I 230,34; ācariyo māṇavena
~aṁ sutvā, 318,28; pubbe ~assa pana yuttam eva
tāhi laddhan ti, Ud-a 384,30; — °-kamma-mūlaka,
mfn.; mūḷhagabbhabhāvappatti ca attano ~ā va, Ja I
409,2',4'; — °-kamma-vasa, m.; sakammanā haññatī
ti attanā ~ena, Ps III 308,25 (ad M II 74,1); — °-kāra-
ṇa, n.; pubbekatahetū ti pubbakatahetu purima-
bhave ~en' (so read with Be; Ee °aṁ kā°) eva, Ja V[[side 85]]
239,5'; Bodhisatto attanā ~aṁ ācikkhi, VI 435,15; sa-
mādāya pavattiṭṭhānan ti uṭṭhāya samuṭṭhāya ~aṁ,
Sv-pṭ II 177,2 (ad Sv 539,18); — °-kiriyā, f.; tena ~aṁ
tassā kathayiṁsu, Ja III 63,20; Mp I 398,18; — °-kusa-
la-nissanda, m.; mayā ~ena chasu kāmaggesu issa-
riyaṁ koṭṭhe paṭisāmitaṁ dhaññaṁ viya ahosi, Ja
IV 455,10; — °-kusala-bīja, n.; aparabhāge attano
~aṁ disvā, Ap-a 391,20; — °-guṇânurūpaṁ, ²ind.; n'
eva etena ~aṁ kātuṁ sakkomi, Ja II 317,11; —
°-duccarita, n.; attanā -to uppannaṁ, Nidd-a I
423,27; — °-dosa, m.; so sabbaṁ attanā ~aṁ ārocesi,
Mp I 457,2; — °-paribhaṇḍa, n.; jiṇṇamalinānaṁ
(scil. cīvarānaṁ) aggalânuppādanadhovanâdīhi
~aṁ; Ps IV 157,19 (ad M III 110,6; Ps-pṭ III 325,1; cf.
katadaḷhīkammaparibhaṇḍa, q.v.); — °-pāpa, n.; so
saṁvaccharaṁ ~aṁ (so -probably read with Be; Ee
saṁvaccharakataṁ pāpaṁ) sodheti, Ps I 179,3; atta-
manavācaṁ nicchārento rañño ~e samanuñño jāto,
III 64,22; — °-pāpa-kamma, n.; aññehi ~esu pi imina
~aṁ bhavissatī ti, Sv 946,6 (= parehi ~āsu pāpakiri-
yāsu, Sv-pṭ III 170,23); — ~-mūlaka, mfn.; ~ā sampa-
rāye narakâdisu pattabbā dukkhavisesā, Sp 225,8 =
Mp V 32,16; — ~-mūla-vippaṭisāra, m.; imassa the-
rassā pi ~-vasena adhigamantarāyo ahosī ti, Sp-ṭ II
1,17; — °-pāpatā,f [abstr. of°-pāpa, q.v.]; tvaṁ mayā
pubbe ~āya na saddahasi, Ja IV 56,17; — °-puccha-
na-paṭipucchana-nimitta, n.; tehi tehi ~aṁ, Sv-pṭ III
19,25 (ad Sv 834,14); — °-puñña-kamma, n.; maraṇa-
kāle pana yathâjjhāsayena pattharitvā ~am (v.l.
~aṁ kammaṁ) eva sukhaṁ, Dhp-a IV 34,10; tena
pana saddhiṁ ~ā itthī Uttarakurusu nibbatti, IV
209,13; — °-puññatā-bala, n.; pubbe ca ~ena, Sv-pṭ
II 278,26; — °-puñña-phala-bhāgi(n), mfn.; te sabbe
sattā mayhaṁ mayā ~ī bhavantu, Ap-a I 10,24; —
°-puñña-sambhāra, m.; mayā ~ena paññābalena
uppannuppannabhave, Ap-a 111,19; — °-puññâ-
nussaraṇa-vaṇṇâraha-vaṇṇâdi, mfn. [puñña +
anussaraṇa + vaṇṇa + araha + vaṇṇa + ādi]; kusale-
na vinnñāṇena ñāṇassa anuppāde pi attanā ~īnaṁ
saṅgaho, It-a I 95,6; — °-pubba-karaṇa, n.; saṅgho
anumodāpetabbo ~assa puna kattabbâbhāvato, Vjb
492,3; — °-phala-dāna-kamma, n.; attano ~aṁ (so
read with Be; Ee °aṁ k°) saritvā somanassajāto, Ap-a
438,25; — °-ratana-vilopa, m.; ratanagharadvārāni
vivaritvā ~aṁ ... disvā, Ja VI 455,28; — °-vaya-kam-
tna, n.; dvārakavāṭâdiabhisaṅkharaṇâdīsu ~am pi
atthi, Sp-ṭ II 118,20 (ad Sp 289,22); — °-sakkāra, ra.;
tumhehi pāto va etassa ~o vuttaṁ na sakkā, Ps V
75,11; Mp I 142,18; — °-saṅkhyā, f.; tādise ṭhāne
katakammaṁ kiṁ nadiyaṁ ~aṁ gacchati, Vjb
459,14 foll. (''considered to be done in a river""); — °-sa-
maṇa-dhamma, m.; therena ~assa sayam pi bhāgino
jātā ti, Ps IV 6,5; — °âparādha, ra. [k° + aparādha];
bhante tumhākaṁ dāsena ~aṁ mayhaṁ khamatha,
Ps III 82,12; Spk-pṭ II 193,8; — ~-kamma, n.;
ariyasāvikāsu ~unā (so read; Ee katap°) codiyamāno,
Ud-a 385,30; — ~ânussara, m. [k° + anussara]; sace
pan' assa verimhi cittaṁ upasamharato tena ~ena
paṭighaṁ uppajjati, Vism 298,3; — 2.a.(ii) yam me
atthi ~aṁ puññaṁ arahantesu tādisu, D II 266,13*;
~añ ca ariyesu ca añjasesu (cf. CPD s.v. ¹añjasa) ca
mahapphalaṁ hoti aṇum pi tādisu, Ja III 12,7*; —
2.a.(iii) ifc. kiṁ-° (Vin I 193,19 [so read; Ee kiṁ k°]; D
II 22,4 foll. [Ee kiṁ k°]; Ja I 435,2); — 2.b. atthi me
pāpaṁ kammaṁ ~aṁ, purāṇadutiyikāya methuno
dhammo paṭisevito, Vin III 19,28; ~aṁ methunakaṁ
tayā ti, Ja II 360,24*; mā su tvaṁ akarā pāpaṁ yaṁ
tvaṁ pacchā ~aṁ tape, 202,4*; ahu esa ~o doso
yathā bhāsasi brāhmaṇa, V 233,1*; bhūnahaccaṁ
~am mayā, VI 579,3*; — 2.c.(i) n' atthi dinnaṁ ...
sace ... satthuno saccaṁ vacanaṁ, akatena me ettha
~aṁ, M I 515,23 (= mayham akaten' eva samaṇa-
dhammena ettha etassa samaye kammaṁ ~aṁ nā-
ma hoti, Ps III 228,2,3) = 517,8 foll.; ~aṁ Buddhassa
sāsanan ti, II 105,24 (= yaṁ Buddhasāsane kat-
tabbakiccaṁ atthi taṁ sabbaṁ mayā ~aṁ, Ps III
344,1) = S I 196,19 = Th 24 (= Sammāsambuddhassa
sāsanam anusatthi ovādo anupaviṭṭho ti, Th-a I
85,22) = 55 = 108 = 886 = Ap 35,4 (~aṁ sīlapaṭipatti-
nipphādanavasena pariyositan ti attho, Ap-a 251,16)
= 154,20 (= Buddhena Bhagavatā desitaṁ anusiṭ-
ṭhaṁ sāsanaṁ ~aṁ, Ap-a 295,13); ~aṁ buddhassa
sāsanaṁ, Th 604 = 792 = 1260 = Thī 26 = 187 = 202
= 311 = Ap 31,10 = 85,14; satthu sāsanaṁ ~aṁ hoti,
A III 256,8; — °-pāṭihāriya, n.; mahābodhimaṇḍa-
smiṁ hi ~añ ca ñātisamāgame ~añ ca Pāṭikaputta-
samāgame ~añ ca, Ja I 77,23,24; — °-magga-bhāva-
nā, f.; (in exegesis of the canonical stereotype nâparaṁ
itthattāya) kilesakhayāya vā ~ā n' atthī ti, Spk I
205,21; — °-maṅgala, m.; tassā yāva gabbhuṭṭhānā
antarantarā ~esu pi dasamāsaccayena puttaṁ
vijātāya ~esu pi, Dhp-a II 86,7; — °-mālā-pūjā, f.;
mālāvipākan ti thūpe ~āya vipākaphalaṁ, Pv-a
214,23 (ad Pv 513); — °-yogga-patha, m.; mā me
yoggapatho panassā ti mayā ~o mayhaṁ mā
nassatu, Mp III 277,5; — 2.c.(ii) ce ~āya pavāraṇāya
ukkoṭeti, ukkoṭanakaṁ pācittiyan ti, Vin I 175,3; taj-
janiyakammaṁ adhammakaṁ ... asammukhā ~aṁ
hoti, apaṭipucchā ~aṁ hoti, apaṭiññāya ~aṁ hoti, II
3,3 foll. = 86,8 foll.; — ~o nu kho amhākaṁ uposatho
akato nu kho, I 108,2; — °-kamma, n.; tādise ṭhāne
~aṁ kiṁ nadiyaṁ katasaṅkhyaṁ gacchati, Vjb
459,12; — °-paribbājaka-pabbajjā, f.; saputtabha-
riyapabbajjāyā ti puttabhariyehi saddhiṁ ~-vasena
veditabbā, Ps-pṭ II 212,27; — 2.c.(iii) ettāvatā pi kho
~am eva etaṁ yato kho ... Ānando okāsaṁ akāsi
svātanāya pi upasaṁkamanāyā ti, D I 205,20 (""it has
been arranged so that ...""); — 2.c.(iv) satehi pañcahi
~ā tena pañcasatā ti ... pavuccati, Sp 30,13* = Sv
25,22*; yā mahākassapâdīhi mahātherehi ādito ~ā[[side 86]]
saddhammasaṁgīti theriyā ti pavuccati, Mhv V 1;
— 2.d.(i) niṭṭhitacīvarasmin ti, bhikkhuno cīvaraṁ
~aṁ vā hoti, Vin III 196,12 (tattha -an ti sū-
cikammapariyosānena ~aṁ, Sp 638,2); alaṁ gaha-
pati, ~aṁ me ajja bhattakiccan ti, 16,15 = M II 63,4;
— 2.d.(ii) addhā kho Kāpaṭhikassa māṇavassa
tevijjake pāvacane ~aṁ (v.l. kathaṁ) bhavissati, M
II 169,1; — 2.d.(iii) -an tesaṁ appamādena, I
477,10,31 foll. (""they are finished with being vigilant;"" =
tesaṁ yaṁ appamādena kattabban taṁ ~aṁ, Ps III
187,24) = S IV 125,9; tāvad eva ca te lābho kat' ass'
āyācanāya ca, Ja V 343,16* (""[I] shall be finished with
pleading"", i.e., ""1 shall stop pleading;"" - yā mama
yācanā sa ~ā assā ti, 343,21'); — 2.d.(iv) alam ettā-
vatā -am ettāvatā anuppatto no sāmaññattho n'
atthi no kiñci uttariṁ karaṇīyaṁ, D I 207,5 = M II
176,28 ≠ I 271,26 ≠ III 175,28,30 ≠ S IV 290,9 foll.; —
2.e. na ~assa ca kattū (so read m.c; Ee kattā) ca mettī
sandhīyate puna (cf. Mhbh XII 137.32: na kṛtasya
caiva kartuś ca sakhyam samdhīyate punaḥ), Ja III
136,4* (~assa ca abhibhūtassa ... vibhattivipari-
ṇāmaṁ katvā yo kattā ca tassa cā ti, 136,6'); 136,13*
(136,15'; — 3.a. kumbhakārassa ~ā mattikabhājanā,
Sn 577; — tehi katikā ~ā hoti, Vin I 39,27 ≠ 153,7 = III
230,9 (""made the agreement that ...""); ñātīhi saṅgaro
~o, Vin I 247,18; ~o mayā saṅgaro, Ja V 479,14* =
481,21*; — upamā kho me ayaṁ bhikkhave ~ā
atthassa viṅṅāpanāya, M I 117,37 ≠ 155,29; esā te u-
pamā rāja atthasandassanī ~ā, Ja III 373,18* = V
255,25*; ~ā mayā brāhmaṇassa dhanāsā, 25,5*,13*;
sabbassa agghiyaṁ ~aṁ, VI 533,1*; tena hi ye ~e
niggahe se niggahe dukkate, Kv 4,16 (""Māgadhisms"";
cf. K. R. NORMAN, Collected Papers II 1991: 59 foll);
— °-(a)ṅguli-muddikā, f.; tālapaṇṇamuddikan ti
kālapaṇṇehi ~aṁ, Sp-ṭ II 319,6 (ad Sp 542,12); —
°-(a)ttharaka, m.; hatthirūpâdīni dassetvā ~ā ca, Mp
II 293,16 (ad A I 181,23); — °-kambala, m.; kesakam-
balo ti kesehi tante vāyitvā ~o. vāḷakambalo ti cam-
aravāḷehi vāyitvā ~o, Sp 272,18; manussakesehi
~aṁ dhāretī ti Kesakambalī ti, Ss Ee 1992 154,23; —
°-kāya, m.; abhiññāmanena ~o manomayakāyo nā-
ma, Paṭis-a 666,25; — °-kīḷanaka, n.; pāsakaṁ vuc-
cati chasu passesu ekekaṁ yāva chakkaṁ dassetvā
~aṁ, Sv-nṭ I 361,14; — °-kuṇḍala, m.; maṭṭhakuṇḍalī
ti sarīrappadesassa aghaṁsanatthaṁ mālālatâdayo
adassetvā maṭṭhâkāren' eva ~o, Vv-a 324,21; —
°-kummāsa, m.; kummāso nāma yavehi ~o, aññehi
pana muggâdīhi ~o pavāraṇaṁ na janeti, Sp
823,21,22; Kkh 105,27; Pālim 125,23; — °-kusala-
kammôkāsa, m.; pubbe ~aṁ, Ja I 49,34 = Ap-a 54,21;
— °-kūṭa-cchadana, n.; gopānasīnaṁ uparimaṇḍale
pakkhapāsake ṭhapetvā ~ass' etaṁ nāmaṁ, Sp
1208,17 (ad Vin II 123,9); — °-kesa-kalāpa, m.; vaṇī ti
tīhi kesavaṭṭīhi vinandhitvā ~ass' etaṁ nāmaṁ, Sp
533,28 (ad Vin III 121,9); — °-gandha, m.; sabbasaṁ-
harako nama sabbagandhehi yojetva ~o (so read; Ee
katara°), Ja VI 336,11; — °-guḷa-kīḷā, f.; guḷakīḷā ti
gulaphalakīlā, yena kenaci vā ~ā, Sv-nṭ I 361,28; —
°-guḷika-kalāpaka, m.; kuruvindakasuttiyā ti kuru-
vindakapāsāṇacuṇṇāni lākhāya madditvā (v.l. ban-
dhitvā) ~o vuccati, Sp 1200,2 (ad Vin II 106,11) = Ps
III 280,17 (reading: kuruvindapāsāṇavaṇṇāni lākhā-
ya bandhitvā katavuḷikalāpako [v.ll. katavuḷikalāpa-
kā, katatulikakalāpako] vuccati; ad M II 46,25); —
°-cakkalika, n.; cakkalī ti kambalâdīhi veṭhetvā
~aṁ, Sp 1248,28; — °-citta, n.; paṭibhāṇacittan ti at-
tano paṭibhāṇena ~aṁ, Sp 804,28; — °-citta-kamma,
n.; bahi pilotikāhi veṭhetvā ~aṁ (v.l. + katvā),
Dhp-a I 192,17; — °-citta-ttharaṇa, mfn.; uṇṇāmaya-
suttehi bhitticchedâdivasena vāyitvā ~o, Vmv II
284,11; — °-cīra, n.; kusacīran ti kuse ganthitvā ~aṁ,
Sp 272,15 = Ppk-a 83,9; phalakacīraṁ nāma phalaka-
saṇṭhānāni phalakāni sibbetvā ~aṁ, Sp 272,17; —
°-cīvara, n.; paṁsukūliyabhikkhunā colakabhik-
khaṁ āhiṇḍitvā laddhacolakehi ~ena, Sp 1112,3; It-a
II 147,13; cf. katadvara, q.v. (not a syntactical cpd.); —
°-cuṇṇa, n.; taṇḍule koṭṭetvā -am pi kuṇḍakam,
Kkh 105,30; — [°-chadana-pamukha, n.; reading of
Be for ~aṁ chadana° at Sp 1220,5 (ad Vin II 153,2)];
— °-chidda, n.; taṁ pana anto ca bahi ca paṭṭhāya
majjhe ṭhapetvā ~e taḷākassa mariyādābhedena na
sameti, Sp 320,17; — °-jīvik'-upaccheda, mfn.; kāle-
na ~o, Ps-pṭ I 263,2; °-tela, n.; pacchābhattaṁ tile
paṭiggahetvā ~aṁ, Sp 712,24,26,28; Vjb 269,4; —
°-daṇḍaka-madhu, n.; khuddaṁ madhun ti khud-
dakamakkhikāhi ~uṁ (v.l. ~aṁ daṇḍa°), Ps III
237,19 (ad M II 5,8); — °-dīgha-mukha-satthaka, n.;
ārakaṇṭakaṁ nāma potthakādiabhisaṅkhāraṇat-
thaṁ ~an ti, Vmv I 168,18; — °-dvāra-tthakanaka,
n.; dīghadārumhi khāṇuke pavesetvā kaṇṭakasā-
khāhi vinaddhitvā ~aṁ, Sp 1220,9; — °-nandi-gho-
sa, m.; — ifc. suṭṭhu-° (Vv-a 276,19 [so read; Ee °u k°];
— °-nava-nīta, ft.; khīradadhīni paṭiggahetvā ~e, Sp
712,1,2; — °-nāsa, m.; tena ~o, Vibh-anuṭ 126,4; —
°-niyāma, m.; mayā ~en' eva puññāni karothā ti,
Dhp-a I 131,19; — °-niyyāsa, m.; hiṅgujatu nāma
hiṅgurukkhassa daṇḍapattāni pacitvā ~o, Vmv II
32,27; — °-nivāsana, ft.; uḷūkapakkhan ti uḷūkasaku-
nassa (so read with v.l.) pakkhehi ~aṁ, Sp 272,20;
Ppk-a 82,7; — °-paṭiñnā, f.; ahaṁ mayhaṁ sahāyas-
sa ~aṁ mocetvā, Th-a III 94,31; tāya ~aṁ anapek-
khitvā, Sp-ṭ II 346,11,14; — °-paṭṭa, m.; vilīvena paṭ-
ṭenā ti saṇhehi veḷuvilīvehi ~ena, Sp 1293,12 (ad Vin
II 266,9); — °-patta-puṭa, ft.; piṅgalakipillakehi ~as-
sa ... mahantaṁ ambapakkaṁ, Dhp-a III 206,19; —
°-patthanā,f.; cittena ~āhi ca ... manussasarīraṁ ja-
hitvā, Ap-a 111,4; — °-padesa, m.; tassa vihāradvāre
ubhato kuḍḍaṁ nīharetvā ~ass' etaṁ adhivacanaṁ,
Sp 1220,1; — °-parikammâvasāna, ft.; nimminitab-
baṁ kumārakavaṇṇaṁ āvajjitvā ~e puna samāpajji-[[side 87]]
tvā, Paṭis-a 665,19; — °-paricaya, m.; pubbe tena ~ā,
Pv-a 4,28; — °-pariccheda, m.; aññehi ~e pana pup-
phāni ṭhapentena hatthi-assâdirūpakam pi kātuṁ
vaṭṭati, Sp 620,10; — °-pariyanta, m.; pariyantakaṭe
(Be °kate) ti vuttaparimāṇena kālena kaṭapariyante
(Be kata°), Sv 164,28 (ad D I 54,17); — °-pallaṅka, n.;
aḍḍhapallaṅkan ti ekaṁ pādaṁ ābhujjitvā ~aṁ, Sp
1296,11 (ad Vin II 280,10); — °-paveṇi, f.; ajinacam-
mehi mañcappamāṇena sibbitvā ~i, Mp II 293,18 (ad
A I 181,23) ≠ Sv 87,20 (reading ~ā paveṇi); — °-pā-
duka, m.; hintālapādukā ti khajjūripattehi ~ā ...
kambalapādukā ti uṇṇāhi ~ā, Sp 1085,15,17,18 (ad
Vin I 190,3-5); — °-pāna, n.; tesu pana jambupānan
ti jambuphalehi ~aṁ. cocapānan ti aṭṭhikehi kadali-
phalehi ~aṁ, Sp 1102,8,9 foll.; — °-pīṭha, n.; eḷakapā-
dakapīṭhaṁ nāma dārupaṭikāya uparipāde ṭhape-
tvā bhojanaphalakaṁ viya ~aṁ vuccati, Sp 1217,1;
— °-pīti-pabodhana, mfn.; turiyagaṇappabodhano
ti dibbatūriyasamūhena ~o, Vv-a 282,17 (a d Vv
1030); — °-puppha-vikati, f.; vaṭaṁsako ti kaṇṇassa
upari pilindhanatthaṁ ~i, Vmv I 300,18; — °-pup-
phâdhāraṇa, n.; pupphapaṭicchakaṁ daṇḍādīhi
~aṁ, Sp-ṭ il 371,15 (ad Sp 619,4); — °-peḷa-ṭṭhāna, n.;
vallīhi ~añ ca disvā, Ja VI 191,8; — °-ppakāra, mfn.;
attanā -am eva, Mp-ṭ I 159,23; — °-phāṇita, n.; ma-
dhukapuppham pana allaṁ vā sukkhaṁ vā bhaj-
jitaṁ vā tena ~aṁ vā, Sp 1103,1; — °-bahala-lepa,
m.; tena taḷākâdīsu ghanena kalalena ~o mattikāle-
pane eva pavisati, Vmv I 276,3; — °-mañca, n.; sat-
taṅgo nāma tīsu disāsu apassayaṁ katvā ~o, Sp
1216,24; — ~-pādâdi, mfn. [pāda + ādi]; tehi ~īsu, Sp
1245,10; — °-mālā, f.; tattha ekatovaṇṭikan ti pup-
phānaṁ vaṇṭe ekato katvā ~aṁ, Sp 617,6,7 (ad Vin
III 180,2); — °-māsaka, m.; jatumāsako ti lākhāya vā
niyyāsena vā rūpaṁ samuṭṭhāpetvā ~o, Sp 690,1 (ad
Vin III 238,3); — °-yakkha, m.; duddasiko ti dāra-
kānaṁ bhayāpanatthaṁ ~o viya duddaso, Ps IV
213,18 (ad M III 169,31); — °-yanta-rūpa, n.; dāruyan-
tassā ti dārunā ~assa, Sv-nṭ II 97,24; — °-rajju, f.;
murajan ti bahurajjuke ekato saṅkaḍḍhitvā ekāya
rajjuyā paliveṭhetvā ~ū ti vadanti, Sp-ṭ II 121,4 (ad
Sp 1211,21); — °-rajju-bandhana, n.; vākâdihi rajju-
kaṁ katvā ~aṁ, Ja II 141,3'; ~aṁ ... pabbajatiṇehi
rajjuṁ katvā, Nett-a 243,9; — °-rasa, m.; sītodake
madditvā ~o vā ādiccapāko vā vaṭṭati, Sp 1102,25 =
Pālim 99,28; — °-rūpa-sadisa, mfn.; mattikāya ~assā
ti, Sp-ṭ II 81,18; — °-lekh[ā/a], m. and f.; jātihiṅgulikâdi-
vaṇṇehi ~o vaṭṭati, Vmv I 167,28; bodhisattena ~aṁ,
Ps V 44,6; pukkusātinā ~aṁ, Ps-pṭ III 395,8; —
°-lepa, m.; kalalalepo ti kenaci silesena ~o, Vmv I
276,1; — °-vaṭṭa-kapāla, m .; kaṇṭake uṭṭhāpetvā
~ass' etaṁ adhivacanaṁ, Vmv II 228,5 (ad Sp
1200,6); — °-vaṭṭi, f.; dussena ~iyā, Sp 1293,14 (ad
Vin II 266,11); — °-vattha, n.; kāsikaṁ vatthan ti tīhi
kappāsaṁsūhi suttaṁ kantitvā ~aṁ, Mp II 359,15
(Mp-ṭ II 197,8); — [°-vāka-cīra, n.; reading of Be for Ee
~aṁ v° at Ja I 9,1']; — °-vāta-parittāṇa-tta, n. [abstr.];
mayā ~ā nivātajā mama ñātakā, Ja IV 157,5'; —
°-vādita, n.; caturassa-ammaṇakaṁ katvā catusu
passesu cammena onandhitvā ~aṁ, Sv-pṭ I 163,14;
— °-vāyāma, m.; attano mahāsamudde ~aṁ anus-
sari, Ja VI 43,8; ataramānassa soḷasavassehi ~assa
(Ee omits), 16,18'; — °-vītikamma, m.; sayam eva vā
āgantvā attano ~e ārocite ti, Sp-ṭ II 169,8 (ad Sp
392,12); kodhavasena ariyâdīsu ~ā, Ja IV 11,30'; —
°-veṇi, f.; dussaveṇiyā ti dussena ~iyā, Sp 1293,13
(ad Vin II 266,10); — °-vedikâkāra, m. [vedikā +
ākāra]; mañcâkārena kaṭṭhamattikâdīhi ~aṁ, Vmv
II 237,17; — °-vedikā-valaya, m.; anekehi maṇīhi
~aṁ parivāretvā, Ap-a 441,18; — ° -saṁvidhāna,
mfn.; kataparibhaṇḍan ti pubbe ~assa cīvarassa vut-
tâkārena paṭisaṅkharaṇaṁ, Ps-pṭ III 325,1; — °-sat-
thaka, n.; yaṁ kiñci daṇḍaṁ yojetvā ~aṁ, Sp
1205,27 (ad Vin II 115,24); — °-sadisa, mfn.; katika-
vattaṁ saṅghena ~aṁ eva hoti, Sp 1407,7 foll.; —
°-sadda, m.; jātapañcamadivase ~ato paṭṭhāya āvu-
so ti āha, Sv 530,24; — °-sadda-kāraṇa, n.; Mahāsat-
to kinnarena ~aṁ kathetvā, Ja III 433,18; — °-saddâ-
nusāra, m. [sadda + anusāra]; tāya ~ena kamena
sīhapañjarummāre ṭhitvā, Ja VI 419,17'; — °-sanniṭ-
ṭhāna, n.; aṭṭhakathāsu ~aṁ dassetvā, Sp-ṭ II 353,19;
— °-sambhāra, m.; pubbe ~ena pana buddhisam-
panno, Ap-a 451,12; — °-sammasana, mfn.; na anic-
câdivasena ~assa, Sv 221,29 = Ps III 262,21; —
°-sassa, n.; sesajanehi ~aṁ, Dhp-a I 52,18,20; —
°-sutta, n.; koseyyan ti kosiyaṁsūhi kantitvā ~aṁ,
Sp 724,30 (ad Vin III 256,31); pañcahi missetvā ~aṁ,
725,1 (ad Vin III 256,32); — °-sutta-guḷa, m.; tattha
suttaguḷe ti vethetvā ~e, Ps III 233,15 (ad M I 518,13);
— °-sudhā-vaṇṇa, mfn.; marumbehi ~aṁ, Vibh-mṭ
153,4; — °-setu-bandha, m.; mattikâdīhi pūretvā
~ena, Vmv II 167,24; — °-senāsana, n.; lomapaṇṇa-
tiṇavākacolehi pūretvā ~aṁ bhisī ti vuccati, Kkh
90,35; — °-sotti, f.; sinānatthāya ~iṁ, Ps III 280,16 (ad
M II 46,25); — °-hatthika, m.; amhākaṁ kīḷanatthāya
~ā, Ja VI 551,9'; — °ârambhatta, n.; saddānam atthā-
nañ ca yuttâyuttippakāsanatthaṁ ~ā, Sadd 144,28;
— °ôpasama, m. [kata + upasama]; brāhmaṇehi
~ena, Ps-pṭ III 201,6; — 3.b.(i) Sīhena senāpatinā ...
samanassa Gotamassa bhattaṁ ~aṁ, Vin I 237,25;
manussesu ~aṁ bhattaṁ, Ja IV 71,9*; — °-bhatta, n.;
saddhe ti matake uddissa ~e ... pāhuṇe ti pāhu-
ṇakānaṁ ~e, Sv I 267,8 (ad D I 97,11,12); tehi ~aṁ
pavāreti yeva, Sp 823,18; Kkh 105,26; — °-bhatta-
sattu, m.; taṇḍulā vā lājā vā lājehi ~ādīni, Kkh
105,32; cf. Sp 823,20; — °-sattu, m.; sattu nāma sā-
ḷivīhiyavehi ~u, Sp 823,23; — °-sattu-bhattâdi, mfn.
[bhatta + ādi]; tāhi ~īni vā na pavārenti, Sp 823,20;
— 3.b.(ii) nānappakārakaṁ nāma ~aṁ pi akataṁ pi
katâkataṁ pi. ~aṁ nāma sīsūpagaṁ ... kaṭūpagaṁ,[[side 88]]
Vin III 239,31,32; samāpajjeyyā ti, ~ena katâkataṁ
cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ, 240,3 foll. (~ena
katâkatan ti ādīsu suddho rūpiyasaṁvohāro, Sp
696,29); bahu tattha hiraññasuvaṇṇaṁ akatañ c' eva
~añ ca, M II 71,31; — 3.c. Visuddhimaggo pi ... at-
thappakāsanatthāya āgamānaṁ ~o, Ps V 109,18* =
Sp III 308,9* = Mp V 99,2* = Sv Ce 780,9* (Ee om.); añ-
ñena nayena pālidesanā ~ā, Yam-a 84,8 foll.; ayaṁ
Yamakamahātherena ~āya Cūḷaniruttiyā āgato na-
yo, Sadd 137,30; — 3.d. amoghā te kuṭikā ~ā ti, Th
56; 59; tiṇṇaṁ me tālapattānaṁ Gaṅgātīre kuṭī ~ā,
127; āvarane ~e na ādiyanti, Vin II 262,33; rājâgāraṁ
nāma yattha katthaci rañño kīḷituṁ ramituṁ ~aṁ
hoti, IV 298,23 foll.; idāni me imina agginā kicchena
~ā paṇṇasālā jhāpitā ti, Ja II 44,6; santappito sappi-
nā pāyasena kicchā ~aṁ paṇṇakuṭiṁ adaṭṭhahī ti,
44,11*; āraññakassa isino ... kicchā ~aṁ udapānaṁ
kathaṁ samma avāhayī ti, II 354,25* (355,2'); IV
432,4* (= so rājā tattha araññe corānaṁ vasanatthā-
ya ~aṁ gāmakaṁ addasa, 432,15'; katâkataṁ jāni-
tun ti ~añ ca akatañ ca jānituṁ, Sp 900,20 (ad Vin IV
211,21); so ca maṅgalapāsādo olambakapadumaṁ
dassetvā ~o, Ps III 321,18foll.; — °-kāla, m.; imassa
vihārassa ~ato paṭṭhāya, Sp 1336,23 (""from the time
when the vihāra was built"") ≠ 1336,26; — °-gandha-
kuṭī, f.; ~iyā jhāmakāle apphoṭesī ti, Dhp-a III 62,10;
— °-geha, n.; yaṁ vā rukkhatthambhesu ~aṁ upa-
cikānaṁ uṭṭhānaṭṭhānaṁ hoti, Sp 779,1; nâyaṁ ete-
hi ~e (v.l. ~e hi gehe) vasissati, Dhp-a IV 207,20,23;
— °-caṅkama, m.; paricchedaṁ katvā vālikaṁ ākiri-
tvā ālambanaṁ yojetvā ~e, Sp 1168,9; tattha ayakan-
tapāsāṇehi paricchinditvā ~o atthi, Ps V 87,16; —
°-nivāsa, n.; tattha ~āni (v.l. °nivāsanāni), Ja V
415,28; — °-paṇṇa-kuṭī, f.; bhikkhu āraññako arañ-
ñe piṭṭhipāsāṇe ~iyaṁ viharati, Ud-a 179,17; —
°-parikkhepa, m.; gorūpānaṁ pavesanivāraṇat-
thaṁ ~o (so read with v.l.; Ee ~e), Sp 300,3 = Kkh
26,20; — °-maṇḍapa-ppakāra, mfn.; Ajātasattuma-
hārājena ~aṁ (so read with BeCe), Sp 102,20; — °-ma-
hā-sabhā, f.; vicāraṇatthāya ~āya, Vmv II 188,20; —
°-vihāra, m.; sace hi bodhicetiyabhattasālâdīni sab-
bavatthūni patiṭṭhāpetvā ~e bandhanti, Sp 1041,23;
Udenacetiyan ti Udenayakkhassa cetiyaṭṭhāne ~o
vuccati, Sv 554,21 = Spk III 251,11; Gotamake cetiye
ti Gotamayakkhassa cetiyaṭṭhāne ~o vuccati, Sp-ṭ II
384,5 (ad Sp 636,2); — ~-bhāva, m.; es' eva nayo ti
cetyaṭṭhāne -am atidisati, Sv-pṭ II 190,30 (ad Sv
554,22); — 3.e. tena (scil. Aṅgulimāla) gāmā pi agā-
mā ~ā, nigamā pi anigamā ~ā, janapadā pi ajanapa-
dā ~ā, M II 97,27 = 100,21; yadā ca khāyitā āsi aṭṭhi-
saṅkhalikā ~ā, Pv 356; — 3.f.(i) na yidha jātassa
bhūtassa ~assa saṅkhatassa nissaraṇaṁ paññāye-
tha, Ud 80,25 = It 37,8,10; jātaṁ bhūtaṁ samuppan-
naṁ ~aṁ saṅkhatam-addhuvaṁ, 37,14 (= kāraṇa-
bhūtehi paccayehi nibbattitaṁ, It-a I 163,23); abhi-
saṅkhatan ti ~aṁ uppāditaṁ, Ps III 13,26 (ad M I
350,13); — °-dassana-kiriyā-samāpana, n.; diṭṭhan ti
yaṁ cakkhudvārena ~aṁ, Ps-pṭ I 86,10; — 3.f.(ii) e-
kassa kapino hetu yūthassa anayo ~o, Ja III 357,9*;
— °-citta-vikkhepa, mfn.; yakkhehi ~o khittacitto,
Kkh 25,31; — 3.g. eko 'va Yaso Kākaṇḍakaputto sa-
mano Sakyaputtiyo ~o, sabbe va mayaṁ assamaṇā
asakyaputtiyā ~ā ti, Vin II 298,14,16; — 3.h.(i) anujā-
nāmi bhikkhave yaṁ karonto paṭiggaṇhāti sv eva
paṭiggaho ~o, Vin I 206,18; — 3.h.(ii) sabbehi kira
ñātīhi Kosiyo issaro ~o, Ja II 353,1*; — 3.i. ambho
ambho nāmam idaṁ imissā matyā ca petyā ca ~aṁ
susādhu, Ja V 214,19*; Nigrodhakappo iti tassa nā-
maṁ tayā ~aṁ bhagavā brāhmaṇassa, Sn 344 (tayā
-an ti nigrodhamūle nisinnattā Nigrodhakappo ti
vadatā tayā -an ti, Pj II 347,20) = Th 1264; bhagavā ti
n' etaṁ nāmaṁ mātarā ~aṁ, na pitarā ~aṁ, na bhā-
tarā ~aṁ, na bhaginiyā ~aṁ, na mittâmaccehi ~aṁ,
na ñātisālohitehi ~aṁ, na samaṇabrāhmaṇehi ~aṁ,
na devatāhi ~aṁ, Nidd I 143,18 = 458,2 = A I 139,7 =
140,4; — °-nāma-vasa, m.; mātāpitūhi ~ena Sudatto
nāma so mahāseṭṭhi, Ud-a 56,9 (ad Ud 3,26); — 3.j.
tam me idaṁ samaṇena Gotamena okāsakammaṁ
-an ti ... bhagavantaṁ pañhaṁ pucchi, Sn 94,14; ~e
pi okāse, Vin I 114,24; (in uddāna) ~e okāse, 136,21*;
— 3.k. kathaṁ bhaṇe mahāmattehi mati ~ā ti, Vin
II 191,3; — 3.1. sīlasampadākathāya ca ~aṁ pañhaṁ
vyākattā hoti, A III 81,19 foll. (= abhisaṁkhataṁ
pañhaṁ, Mp III 263,13) = 191,19 foll.; — 3.m. °-dāna,
n.; ath' assa sattasatakamahādānaṁ gamanakāle
~añ ca sampāpuṇitum asakkontā, Cp-a 85,28; —
4.a.(i) purakkhatā ti purato ~ā parivāritā vā, Mp III
15,19 (ad A II 12,19); — 4.a.(ii) pupphaṁ yathā
paṁsuni ātape ~aṁ, Ja II 437,16* (= yathā vātâtape-
na tattavālikāya ṭhapitaṁ sukumāraṁ pupphaṁ
parisusseyya, 437,26'); esa uppalasannāho nikkham
ussīsake ~aṁ, 443,16*; — °-ayo-valaya, n.; kattara-
yaṭṭhikoṭiyaṁ ~āni pi vaṭṭanti, Sp-ṭ II 121,28; —
°-naḷ'-aggi-kkhandha, m.; pabbatamatthake ~ā viya
jotamānā jotidevā nāma atthi, Sv 691,30; — °-sudhā-
kamma, n.; paresaṁ ārohaṇanivāraṇattham saman-
tā nagarapākārassa adhobhāge ~aṁ vuccati, Sv
274,23; — °-senāsana, n.; viruddhasenāsanaṁ nāma
aññesaṁ sīmāya rājavallabhehi ~aṁ vuccati, Sp
293,24; pāsāṇapiṭṭhiyaṁ vā pāsāṇatthambhesu vā
~aṁ, 779,5; 1282,25; — 4.b. manasmiṁ me, atho me
hadaye ~aṁ, Ja II 247,15* (= me tumhākam pi vaca-
naṁ hadaye -am eva, 247,19'); — ifc. a-°; akappa-°;
akappiya-°; agaru-°; acitti-°; añjalī-°; aṭṭhāpāda-°;
ati-°; adhi-°; a dhikāra-°; adho-°; anatta-°; anu-
gāmi-°; anuccārita-°; an-ekaṁsi-°; anokāsa-°; ano-
vassa-°; antarāya-° (ifc. maṅgala-°; ~-bhāva, Ja I
257,21); antojālī-°; andhī-°; apaccakkha-°; apaṭigga-
hita-°; apariyanta-°; aputta-°; appāṭihīra-°; amis-
sī-°; alaṅ-°; alattaka-°; avatthu-°; issara-°; uccāri-[[side 89]]
ta-°; ekaṁsa-°; ekī-°; evaṁ-° (~-cittâdhiṭṭhāna,
Vism 404,35 [so read; Ee evaṁ k°]; evaṁ-° (~-cittâ-
bhinīhāra, Vism 384,16 [so read; Ee evaṁ k°]; kap-
pa-° (Sadd 552,12); kappiya-° (Vin IV 82,33); kam-
ma-° (Vin III 185,18); kalalī-° (Vv 1251); kavi-° (A I
72,30 = III 107,19; S II 267,11); kālaṁ-° (Vin III 72,8,15;
Vism 296,4); kāla-° (Sn 586; Ja III 63,2*; ~-bhāva [v.l.
kālaṅka-], Ja III 67,22); kāḷavaṇṇa-° (Vin I 48,10; II
209,8); kiṁ-° (Ja I 435,2); ku-° (Vism 470,30); gandha-
paribhaṇḍa-° (Ja I 161,15); guru-° (S II 119,20,13); ge-
ruka-parikamma-° (Vin I 48,8; II 209,7); gomaya-pa-
ribhaṇḍa-° (Mp-ṭ I 163,26); ghana-° (Vin III 239,33);
caṇḍi-° (Ja-pṭ; Ee Ja I 301,16: bhaṇḍikato [Se caṇḍīka-
to]); citta-vipariyāsa-° (Vin II 80,32 foll); citti-° (Vin
IV 7,6; Sv 443,26*; ~ṭṭha, Sv 443,30); cira-° (S V 197,12;
Spk III 234,7; ~âdi, I 252,27); tanu-° (~-kilesa, Ja V
437,16); tandi-° (Mil 238,3); tālā-vatthu-° (S III 10,33;
Kv 267,13,17); thūpi-° (Sp 703,17,25 [v.l. thūpī°]);
duk-° (Vin IV 279,33; Sadd 753,9; ~-kāri[n], Ps II
37,12); nava-° (Kv 604,2,4,6); nānâdhimutti-° (Kv
230,1,3,4); nimmariyādi-° (Ps IV 89,12); niyata-° (Sp
1305,10); pañjalī-° (Sn 566; Ap 48,28 [v.l. añjalī-]); pa-
ṭikamma-° (Vism 53,24); paṭiggahīta-° (Vin IV
82,34); pati-° (Ja III 135,23*,26'; A I 62,5); parikam-
ma-° (Vin II 175,7 foll.; Ja IV 256,13); piṇḍī-° (Sadd
210,26); puñña-° (A II 32,13; Mp IV 64,8); pubbe-°
(Thī 243; Ja IV 273,5*; 273,9'; ~-kamma-dosa, 30,9 =
Cp-a 244,18 [so read; Ee °e k°]; ~-kamma-paccayā,
²ind., Mp II 274,11 [so read; Ee °e k°]; Ud-a 279,15 =
Vibh-a 497,19 [so read; Ee °e k°]; Ps IV 1,15; ~-kāraṇā
[adv. abl], Mp II 274,11 [so read;

" 346862364831780864,kaṭa,en,"

kaṭ(a)

, [cf. sa. √kaṭ; sa-Dhātup I 315 + 342], the
root √kaṭ; ~a maddane, Dhātup 93 = Dhātum 109; ~a
saṁvaraṇe gate 111; ~a vassâvaraṇesu: kaṭati, Sadd
352,3; used in ""etymologies"" of ²kaṭa: kāsâdiracito
kaṭo ... ~a gatiyaṁ, Abh-ṭ 310,18 (ad Abh 455), ⁴kaṭa:
gajagaṇḍe: ... ~a vassâvaraṇesu, 255,15 (ad Abh 364),
¹kaṭaka: ~a vassâvaraṇagatīsu ṇvu, 202,22; kaṭacchu:
~a gatiyaṁ; chu dvittâdi, 412,15 (ad Abh 458), and
kaṭi: ~a vassâvaraṇesu; kaṭyate āvarīyate vatthâdīhi
= kaṭi, 194,12 (ad Abh 272); — °-var(a), the root
√kaṭ and the root √vṛ; ~ānaṁ āk: ... kaṭāho ...
varāho, Mogg-v ad Mogg VII 223.¹kaṭa

" 346862364752089088,kaṭa,en,"

⁶

kaṭa

, m., the female sexual organ; only recorded
in lex. lit.: ~o ... (i)tthīnimitte, Abh 997 (= itthiyā
aṅgajāte, Abh-ṭ 559,15).

" 346862365028913152,kaṭa,en,"

⁵

kaṭa

, m. and n. ? [cf. sa. kṛtam; perhaps = pp. <
*√kṛ; v. EWA-1 s.v. kṛtam], the winning die; opp.
kali (q.v.); syn. jaya (q.v.); — lex. lit.: ~o jaye, Abh
997; — kalī hi dhīrānaṁ ~aṁ magānaṁ bhavanti
vedajjhagatān' Ariṭṭha maricidhammaṁ asamekkhi-
tattā, Ja VI 206,1*; kalim eva nūna gaṇhāmi asippo
dhuttako yathā, ~aṁ Alāto gaṇhāti kitavā sikkhito
yathā, 228,19*; ~aṁ aggahī Puṇṇako pi yakkho, 282,18*
(~am aggahī ti... yakkho jayagāhaṁ gaṇhi, 282,24').[[side 36]]

" 346862365003747328,kaṭa,en,"

kaṭa

, m. [ts.; v. EWA-2 s.v. kaṭa¹], a mat (made
from reeds [= kāsa, etc.; cf. kaṭasāra, q.v.]); — lex.
lit.: kilañjo tu ~o bhave, Abh 455 (kāsâdiracito ~o ...
kaṭa gatiyaṁ, Abh-ṭ 310,18); — gramm. lit.: sayam
eva ~o karīyati, Sadd 691,20; ~e nisīdati Devadatto ti
ettha ~o Devadattaṁ dhārento taṁsamavetaṁ āsa-
nakiriyaṁ dhāreti, Sadd 709,23; kamme dutiyā: ...
~aṁ karoti, Mogg-v ad Mogg II 2.

" 346862364861140992,kaṭa,en,"

kaṭa

, mfn. [pp. of karoti, q.v.; variant of kata,
q.v.; cf. sa. kṛta; prakr. kaḍa], done, made, prepared,
manufactured; only recorded in cpd.s (v. infra) and
as v.l. of kata; — ifc. a-°; uddissa-°; upari-°;
duk-° (Vin II 289,1; IV 33,26; tika-~, Kkh 89,35);
pariyanta-° (D I 54,17); phaṇa-° (Ps II 237,36); su-°
(~-dukkaṭa, D I 55,16; M I 401,31).

" 346862364433321984,kaṭa,en,"

⁴

kaṭa

, m., the temples of an elephant; only recor-
ded in lex. lit.: gaṇḍo ~o, Abh 364 (gajagaṇḍe: ...
kaṭa vassâvaraṇesu, Abh-ṭ 255,15).

" 346862300545683456,kaṭā,en,"

[

kaṭā

, w.r. at Ap 317,8 (tipulopā kaṭā) for tipu-
loha-kārā, which read with Be ]

" 346862285299388416,kataaccayaṃ,en,"

[

kata-accayaṁ

, reading of Be for Ee kataṁ accayaṁ
at Pv-a 195,11]

" 346862285249056768,kataajjhācāravatthu,en,"

kata-ajjhācāra-vatthu

, n., the subject matter of a
committed transgression; uppanne vatthumhī ti itthī-
bhi ~usmiṁ, Vmv I 160,12.

" 346862285194530816,kataānañjakāraṇa,en,"

kata-ānañja-kāraṇa

, mfn., trained to stand still; used
of an elephant; ath' assa Maddarājā ~aṁ (Be °āneñja°)
alaṁkatavāraṇaṁ pesesi, Ja V 310,3.

" 346862288088600576,katabahukāra,en,"

kata-bahu-kāra

, mfn., having done many services; ~e
saṁyaminde payāte, Dāṭh IV 39.

" 346862288130543616,katabahumāna,en,"

kata-bahu-māna

, mfn., being respectful (towards
someone or something; with loc.); na bahukatā ti na ~ā,
na dhammabahumānaṁ katvā ovadantī ti adhippā-
yo, Sp 804,4 (ad Vin IV 57,32); evaṁ Bhagavā saccāni
pakāsetvā attani ~ānaṁ tesaṁ attano paṭivedhak-
kamaṁ sutvā, Paṭis-a 611,28; bahukato buddhe vā ti
buddhe ~o ti attho, Vmv II 191,17 (ad Vin I 247,17
with w.r. buddhena [< buddhe na ?]; cf. v.l. ad loc).

" 346862103786688512,katabba,en,"

katabba,

delete “[cf. kayira]”.

" 346862519433826304,kātabba,en,"

kātabba

, mfn., v.s. vv. kattabba karaṇīya.

" 346862288210235392,katabbhuddharana,en,"

kat'-abbhuddharana

, mfn., being taken out (of its
container); aggi pajjalito hotī ti aggiyāyane ṭhito ag-
gi ~o (v.l. katuddhāraṇe) samidhāpakkhepaṁ vīja-
navātañ ca labhitvā, Pj II 174,29.

" 346862288478670848,katabhaddaka,en,"

kata-bhaddaka

, mfn., one to whom good has been
done; yo pubbekatakalyāṇo (so read; Ee two words) ti
yo puggalo kenaci sādhunā ~o katûpakāro pacchā
pāpena hiṁsatī ti, Pv-a 116,18 (ad Pv 265).

" 346862288247984128,katabhaṇḍa,en,"

kata-bhaṇḍa

, mfn., = ¹kaṭabhaṇḍa, q.v.; reading of
Vin III 234,30 and 236,31 and of Be at e.g. Sp 689,1, Vjb
257,26,27, Sp-ṭ II 416,22, and Kkh-ṭ 320,26.

" 346862288281538560,katabhaṇḍa,en,"

kata-bhaṇḍa

, n., = ²kaṭabhaṇḍa, q.v.; reading of Be
at Sp 544,3; — °-vutthi, f., = kaṭabhaṇḍavuṭṭhi, q.v.;
reading of Be at Ps III 64,21 and Ps-pṭ III 32,1 ad loc.

" 346862359190441984,kaṭabhaṇḍa,en,"

kaṭa-bhaṇḍa

, n. [²kaṭa + bhaṇḍa, q.v.], a trinket;
cf. the version of the same narrative at Ja V 135,12
substituting dibbâbharaṇa for ~ at Ps III 64,21, q.v.
infra; — ifc. hatthûpaka-pādûpakâdi-°
(~-vuṭṭhi, Ps III 64,15 [Ee -ḍh-]); — °-vuṭṭhi, m., a
shower of trinkets; amittamathanaṁ kataṁ āgatadi-
vase yeva devo vassi tato sumanavuṭṭhi māsakavuṭ-
ṭhi kahāpaṇavuṭṭhi ~ī (so read; Ee -ḍh-) ti catasso
vuṭṭhiyo jātā ti, Ps III 64,21 (= ābharaṇavassaṁ, Ps-pṭ
III 32,1).

" 346862359169470464,kaṭabhaṇḍa,en,"

kaṭa-bhaṇḍa

, mfn. [²kaṭa + bhaṇḍa; = kata-
bhaṇḍa, q.v.], bundled up; ~an (v.l. kata-) ti kaṭaṁ
bhaṇḍaṁ kambalakojavasanthatâdi yaṁ kiñci anta-
maso suttakena baddhamattam pi, Sp 689,1 (ad Vin
III 236,31: kata-) ≠ Kkh 71,11.[[side 39]]

" 346862357529497600,kaṭabhaṇḍaka,en,"

kaṭa-bhaṇḍaka

, n. [from ¹aṭabhaṇḍa + ka],
bundling; — °ṭṭhāna, n., the place of bundling;
suttakena pana bhanditvā pakkhittaṁ ~e tiṭṭhati, Sp
689,7.

" 346862360075440128,kaṭabhaṇḍatā,en,"

kaṭa-bhaṇḍatā

, f. [abstr. from ¹kaṭa-bhaṇḍa,
q.v.], the property of being bundled up; — ifc. a-°
(Kkh 71,12).

" 346862288310898688,katabhaṇḍaṭṭhāniya,en,"

kata-bhaṇḍa-ṭṭhāniya

, mfn., representing things
that are bundled up; yasmā anāpatti katabhaṇḍe ti
vuttaṁ, tasmā taṁ anekam pi ~am eva hoti, Vjb
257,24.

" 346862288394784768,katabhattakicca,en,"

kata-bhatta-kicca

, mfn. [cf. katannakicca, q.v.],
having finished the meal; — exeg.: bhattakiccato pac-
chā piṇḍapātapariyesanato paṭinivattato padadva-
yenā pi ~o ti, Ud-a 97,4; — ~o bhikkhū uyyojetvā, Ja
IV 123,29 = Pv-a 93,10; thero pi ... ~o vihāraṁ gan-
tvā, Sp 633,6; evaṁ ~e bhagavati, 1119,14; bhagavā
~o tesaṁ santānāni oloketvā, Sv 46,11 = Pj II 132,25;
so ~o vassāni pucchi, Spk I 56,12; te ~ā mahāseṭṭhi-
no mayaṁ gamissāmā ti, Dhp-a I 206,22 qu. Sadd
195,14; ~o pattaṁ vodakaṁ katvā, Ud-a 368,13; Ja V
248,2.

" 346862288428339200,katabhattanumodana,en,"

kata-bhattânumodana

, mfn. [bhatta + anumoda-
na], having thanked for the meal; for the implications of
anumodana, v. CPD s.v.; ~e (so read with v.l.; Ee ~e-
na) there gacchante pattaṁ gahetvā, Pv-a 141,26.

" 346862288440922112,katabhattānumodana,en,"

kata-bhattânumodana

, mfn. [bhatta + anumoda-
na], having thanked for the meal; for the implications of
anumodana, v. CPD s.v.; ~e (so read with v.l.; Ee ~e-
na) there gacchante pattaṁ gahetvā, Pv-a 141,26.

" 346862288562556928,katabhāva,en,"

kata-bhāva

, m. and mfn. [cf. sa. kṛtabhāva ad 2. in-
fra], 1.a. (m.; abstr.) the fact that (something) has been
done; b. (m.; abstr.) the fact of having practised; 2.
(mfn.) having one's mind set for (something; with gen.);
1.a. rājā ... āgantukasaṅgahassa ~ena parājito 'mhī
ti, Ja III 400,28; te ca attano atthāya ~aṁ na jānanti,
Ps III 48,17 ≠ 48,25; rājakumārena ... puttapatthanā-
ya ~aṁ aññāsi, 322,5; somanassajāto attanā ~aṁ
jānāpetukāmo, Spk I 260,2; — °-jānana-ñāṇa, n.,
knowledge consisting in acknowledging that (something)
has been done; pariññātaṁ pahīnan ti, evaṁ tassa
kiccassa ~aṁ katañāṇaṁ nāma, Spk III 297,31 (ad S
V 422,6,13); — 1.b. katattā ti ~ena; catunnaṁ maggā-
naṁ katattā bhāvitattā ti attho, Nidd-a I 51,29 (ad
Nidd I 9,28); — 2. Mara, imassa pallaṅkassa hetu-
bhūtassa kal-yāṇakammassa ~o (so probably read with
v.l.; Ee ~e; v.l. ~ eva) tava ko sakkhī ti, Mhbv 33,7.

" 346862288512225280,katabhayaparittāna,en,"

kata-bhaya-parittāna

, mfn., having procured protec-
tion from fear; — ifc. a-° (Mp II 255,14).

" 346862273668583424,katabhimukha,en,"

katâbhimukha

, mfn. [kata + abhi°], being turned
towards (someone or something); (in description of the
function of the vocative) āmantaṇañ ca nāma pag eva
laddhasarūpassa abhimukhīkaraṇaṁ, ~o tu pacchā
kiriyāya yojīyati, Sadd 713,16.

" 346862273685360640,katābhimukha,en,"

katâbhimukha

" 346862273601474560,katabhinīhāra,en,"

katâbhinīhāra

, mfn. [kata + abhi°], having resolved
(to become a Buddha); dīpaṅkarapādamūlasmiṁ hi
~assa Mahāsattassa yāva Vessantarattabhāvā cavi-
tvā, Ja I 2,6; Dīpaṅkarapādamūle ~to paṭṭhāya, Spk
III 296,19; mayhaṁ putto puññavā ~o bhavissati,
Dhp-a I 135,9; II 82,16; 112,17; so hi āyasmā Padu-
muttarassa Bhagavato pādamūle ~o kappasatasa-
hassaṁ upacitapuññasañcayo, Ud-a 430,10; ye te
~ehi Boddhisattehi laddhabbā ānisaṁsā vuttā, It-a I
122,21; Dīpaṅkarassa Bhagavato pādamūle ~o Bo-
dhisattabhūto Lokanātho, Cp-a 3,15.

" 346862273618251776,katābhinīhāra,en,"

katâbhinīhāra

" 346862273534365696,katabhinikkhamana,en,"

katâbhinikkhamana

, mfn. [kata + abhi°; cf.
katamahâbhinikkhamana, q.v.], having departed from
worldly life (to become a Buddha); anupubbena ~o
sammāsambodhiṁ patvā, Sv 492,18 = Mp I 292,18;
Bhagavā ... ~o, Ps II 257,14; anupubbena ~e, Spk II
94,2; anupubbena pacchimabhave ~o, III 296,21.

" 346862273551142912,katābhinikkhamana,en,"

katâbhinikkhamana

" 346862288591917056,katabhīruttāṇa,en,"

kata-bhīru-ttāṇa

, mfn., having protected the fearful;
tvaṁ kho 'si upāsaka katakalyāno ... ~o, Vin III
72,6,12 (= maraṇakāle sampatte yā sattānaṁ uppaj-
jati bhayasaṅkhātā bhīru, tato tāya naṁ rakkhaṇa-
kammaṁ kataṁ tayā ti ~o, Sp 436,6) ≠ It 25,19; yāva-
tā hoti akatapāpānaṁ ... ~ānaṁ gati, taṁ gatiṁ
pecca gacchāmī ti, M III 171,30; ekacco akatapāpo
hoti... ~o, A II 175,20; — ifc. a-°.

" 346862273886687232,katabhisaṅkhāramukha,en,"

katâbhisaṅkhāra-mukha

, mfn. [kata + abhi°],
having the face made up (with something; with instr.);
cuṇṇakamakkhitan ti dosanīharaṇehi tāpadahanâ-
dīhi ~aṁ gorocanâdīhi obhāsanakacuṇṇehi mak-
khitaṁ, Ps-pṭ III 143,15.

" 346862273903464448,katābhisaṅkhāramukha,en,"

katâbhisaṅkhāra-mukha

" 346862273957990400,katabhiseka,en,"

katâbhiseka

, mfn. [kata + abhi°], anointed, con-
secrated (as king); muddhāvasittānan ti, khattiyâbhi-
sekena muddhāni avasittānaṁ ~ānaṁ, Spk I 166,32
(ad S I 100,28); III 62,16; ath' assa ~assa sahassaggha-
nakaṁ vatthaṁ upahariṁsu, Mp I 172,10 ≠ Pv-a
74,30; Mhv XXVI 6.[[side 108]]

" 346862273970573312,katābhiseka,en,"

katâbhiseka

" 346862273811189760,katabhiyoga,en,"

katâbhiyoga

, mfn. [kata + abhi°], versed in
(something; with loc.); ~o nāmikâdīsu catūsu padesu
... vesārajjapatto, Mmd 5,37.

" 346862273827966976,katābhiyoga,en,"

katâbhiyoga

, mfn. [kata + abhi°], versed in
(something; with loc.); ~o nāmikâdīsu catūsu padesu
... vesārajjapatto, Mmd 5,37.

" 346862288629665792,katabhūmi,en,"

kata-bhūmi

, f., a floor that has been treated (presum-
ably with colouring); cf. Vin I 48,11 on akatā bhūmi
(i.e., a floor that has not been treated with colouring; BD
II 259 no. 2; IV 64 no. 2 and 3; paṭikkamanasālāyaṁ
vasanto ~iyaṁ aggiṁ ujjālayiṁ tattha daḷhakaṇhā
siyā mahī, Ap 486,25.

" 346862288659025920,katabhūmikamma,en,"

kata-bhūmi-kamma

, mfn., having the foundation
(for the dhutaguṇas) completed ? (with loc.); cf. I. B.
HORNER, Mil-Trsl.: 210 no. 2; ye te ... gihī ... nibbā-
naṁ sacchikaronti sabbe te purimāsu jātisu terasasu
dhutaguṇesu katupâsanā ~ā, Mil 352,20 foll.[[side 99]]

" 346862288726134784,katabhūmiparikamma,en,"

kata-bhūmi-parikamma

, mfn., having the ground
prepared; paṭhamam eva ~e rājavatthudvārakoṭṭha-
kaṭṭhāne mahābodhiṁ patiṭṭhāpesi, Sp 99,9.

" 346862288176680960,katabuddhakicca,en,"

kata-buddha-kicca

, mfn., having discharged the obli-
gations of a Buddha; Dhammacakkappavattanaṁ hi
ādiṁ katvā yāva Subhaddaparibbājakavinayanā ...
~e nibbānadhātuyā parinibbute Bhagavati lokanā-
the, Sp 4,7 (= kataṁ pariniṭṭhāpitaṁ buddhakiccaṁ
yena, Sp-ṭ I 27,16; = niṭṭhitabuddhakicce bhagavati
lokanāthe ti sambandho, Vmv I 10,15) = Sv 2,19 =
Vv-a 165,7; 319,21.

" 346862296108109824,katacchidda,en,"

kata-(c)chidda

, mfn., having slits or holes made (by
someone; with instr.); used in gloss on medaka-thālikā;
medakathālikā vuccati sūnakārakehi yūsanikkha-
manatthāya tattha tattha ~ā (o. v. °cch°) thālikā, Mp
IV 172,22 (ad A V 377,7).kata-cchidda

" 346862358557102080,kaṭacchu,en,"

kaṭacchu

, n. [cf. kaṭacchuk[ā/a], q.v.], a spoon, ladle;
— lex. lit.: pume ~u dabbi 'tthī, Abh 458 (kaṭa gati-
yaṁ; chu dvittâdi, Abh-ṭ 412,15); — saṅkhaṁ
Gaṅgodakaṁ vaḍḍhamānaṁ vaṭaṁsakaṁ ... ~uṁ
(v.l. -ukaṁ)... aruṇavaṇṇamattikaṁ añjanaṁ harīta-
kaṁ āmalakan ti, Vin III 322,24 = Sp 75,11; so ... ~uṁ
(v.l. kaṭu-) ādāya parivisantiyā bhattaṁ garahituṁ
ārabhi, Ja I 454,11; udakassa ~uñ ca, Ap 303,21; parive-
sanāya eko ekena hatthena odanapacchiṁ ekena
~uṁ gahetvā bhikkhū parivasati, Sp 826,11; 826,18;
1244,10; 1020,25; taṁ ... koci ~unā vā dabbiyā vā anto
pavesento nāma n' atthi, Ps I 267,30 = Spk III 197,11; Ps
II 44,10; III 451,20; Vv-a 68,9; — ifc. agga-°; aggi-
jūhanaka-°; suvaṇṇa-° (Ja III 277,14; Pj II 138,18;
Spk I 228,1; 240,27; suvaṇṇa-pāti-° (Dīp XII 2);
sovaṇṇa-pāti-° (Vin III 322,*31; Dīp XVII 84 qu. Sp
75,18); — °-ādi, mfn.; ~īsu, Sp 843,20 (ad Vin IV 90,14);
~īni gahetvā, Ps III 356,16; — in long cpd. at Sp
1240,17,18.

" 346862355776278528,kaṭacchuabhihāra,en,"

kaṭacchu-abhihāra

, m., offering (alms food)
with a spoon; kaṭacchunā uddhaṭamatte pana hoti,
~o yeva hi tassa abhihāro, dvinnaṁ sambhāre pi
paṭikkhipanto pavāreti yevā ti Mahāpaccariyaṁ
vuttaṁ, Sp 826,19.

" 346862358708097024,kaṭacchubhatta,en,"

kaṭacchu-bhatta

, n., boiled rice given with a
spoon, hence: a spoonful of boiled rice; nāgarā pi
kulaṁ upagatassa ~aṁ ... nâdaṁsu, It-a I 67,21; —
°-matta, n., just a spoonful of boiled rice; yāgu
uḷuṅkamattam pi pana ~aṁ vā pubbe dinnapaccayā
evā uppajjatī ti, Sv 918,23; evaṁ dinnā ~âpi dakkhiṇā
sahassadānena saddhiṁ mitā, Ja IV 65,27' (ad 65,22*).

" 346862358787788800,kaṭacchubhikkhā,en,"

kaṭacchu-bhikkhā

, f., spoon-alms, i.e., alms-
food given with a spoon, as opposed to ticket-food
and gifts of robes, etc. (v. infra); cf. BD IV: 72 no. 2;
uluṅkabhikkhā, q.v.; rājagahe piṇḍāya carantassa
~aṁ dāpesi, Vin I 55,36; ~aṁ datvāna Anuruddhassa
Indako so hitvā mānusaṁ dehaṁ Tāvatiṁsūpago
ahū, Pv 314; ~aṁ pādāsiṁ Sāriputtassa tādino, Ap
485,17 ≠ 485,28; ~aṁ tadūpiyañ ca byañjanaṁ dāpetvā,
Mil 9,20 = Sp 38,2; te ... kasmā -am pi na adadaṁsu,
Sp 178,19; sīlâdiguṇayuttassa hi ~ā ... anekāni kappa-
sahassāni duggativinipātato rakkhati, Ps I 159,20;
keci ~aṁ dassanti, II 151,12; uḷuṅkayāgu vā hotu ~ā
vā, Dhp-a IV 123,3; Pj II 141,12; 152,7; Mhv-ṭ 217,21; —
°-dāna, n., a gift of spoon-alms; Indakassa pana
-am (so read with Be; Ee -daṁ dānaṁ) pi dak-
khiṇeyyasampattiyā sukhette vuttaṁ bījaṁ viya
ativiya uḷāraphalaṁ jātan ti, Pv-a 137,21; — ~-vasa,
m.; ~ena vā yāpanamatta-āhāradānavasena vā
thūlasāṭakadānamattena vā pūjeyya, Dhp-a II 231,13;
— °âdi, mfn., spoon-alms, etc.; nâpi 'ssā gehe ~īni
dīyanti na salākabhattâdīni na cīvarâdipaccaya-
dānaṁ etissā atthi, Dhp-a I 379,10,13.

" 346862356787105792,kaṭacchubhikkhādāyikā,en,"

Kaṭacchu-bhikkhā-dāyikā

, (m)f(n).; Npr.; a
therī; v. PPN s.v.; cf. the apadāna of ~ at Ap 516,24-
517,19; Thī-a 39,31.

" 346862358733262848,kaṭacchubhikkhahetu,en,"

kaṭacchu-bhikkha-hetu

, ²ind. [bhikkhā +
hetu; hetu < hetau (= nimittasaptamī)], for the sake
of spoon-alms, i.e., almsfood given with a spoon
(cf. kaṭacchubhikkhā, q.v. infra ); for the sake of just
a spoonful of almsfood (ct. so); dhanañ ca puttaṁ
bhariyañ ca chaḍḍayitvāna niggatā ~ū pi akiccāni
nisecare, Th 934 (= kaṭacchumattabhikkhānimittam
[so read with BeCe; Ee bhikkhānimittam] pi, Th-a III
78,21).

" 346862358808760320,kaṭacchubhikkhāmatta,en,"

kaṭacchu-bhikkhā-matta

, n., merely spoon-
alms; koci ~am pi dātuṁ na labhati, Spk II 360,14; —
°-dāna, n., a gift of spoon-alms; brāhmaṇa tayā
evaṁ dadamānena ... muhuttamattaṁ pasannacit-
tena mama sāvakassa olokanaṁ vā ~aṁ (so read
with v.l. and Be; Ee -mattaṁ vā dānaṁ) vā mahap-
phalataran ti vatvā ... āha, Dhp-a II 231,1.

" 346862358582267904,kaṭacchugāha,en,"

kaṭacchu-gāha

, m., taking with a spoon; —
exeg.: kaṭacchunā gāho bhattassa ~o, As-mṭ 172,11;
— kaṭukaṅcukatā vuccati ~o, As 376,9.

" 346862358607433728,kaṭacchugāhika,en,"

kaṭacchu-gāhika

, (m)f(n)., holding a spoon (in
the hand); dabbigāhā ti ~ā, Pv-a 135,8 (ad Pv 310).

" 346862358037008384,kaṭacchuka,en,"

kaṭacchuk[ā/a]

, m.and f. [kaṭacchu + diminutive
suffix ka; Amg. kaḍucchuga/kaḍucchuya], a spoon,
ladle; ~ā (f.) is only recorded in uddāna at Vin II
233,4: ~ā (with reference to 216,14: kaṭacchuṁ vā
parāmasati); — ifc. duma-° ([so read; Ee dhuma-]
~o Int.], Dhp-a II 59,5).kaṭacchukā

" 346862358049591296,kaṭacchukā,en,"

kaṭacchuk[ā/a]

" 346862358989115392,kaṭacchumatta,en,"

kaṭacchu-matta

, mfn., just a spoonful; āyasmā
pi kho Rohaṇo ... ~aṁ bhattaṁ vā uḷuṅkamattaṁ
yāguṁ vā ... nâlattha, Mil 8,26 ≠ Sp 37,11; yathā nāma
sampannagahaṇiko ~aṁ (v.l. kata-) bhattaṁ labhi-
tvā, Ps III 258,2 = As 188,10; tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, mayhaṁ
ettakaṁ kālaṁ bhikkhācāravattena ṭhitassa ~am pi
dātuṁ nâsakkhi, Spk I 232,8; Dhp-a IV 75,7; kassaci
~aṁ bhikkhaṁ vā uḷuṅkamattaṁ yāguṁ vā adatvā
vigacchati, It-a II 59,19; — ifc. eka-dvi-° (~âvasesa,
Pj II 272,10); bhatta-° (~-matta, Ps V 8,24); —
°-bhikkhā, f., just a spoonful of almsfood; mayaṁ
labhāma thālakabhikkham pi -am pi dātun ti, Sv
700,19; — °-bhikkhā-nimittaṁ, ²ind., for just a
spoonful of altnsfood; ~aṁ [so read with BeCe; Ee
bhikkhānimittaṁ] pi, Th-a III 78,21 (ad Th 934).[[side 38]]

" 346862358682931200,kaṭacchuparissāvana,en,"

kaṭacchu-parissāvana

, n., a spoon strainer; a
kind of portable water strainer shaped like a spoon;
used by monks for filtering water; the ct. may not
have been absolutely clear about the exact shape of a
~; for a picture of different kinds of water strainers,
cf. H. Bechert and R. Gombrich: World of Bud-
dhism: 56; colakaṁ na ppahoti. anujānāmi... -an ti,
Vin II 118,16 (~aṁ nāma tīsu daṇḍakesu vinandhitvā
[so read] kataṁ, Sp 1207,7; ""a so-called spoon
strainer is made by tying [the fabric] on to three
sticks"").

" 346862102868135936,kaṭacchuparissāvana,en,"

kaṭacchu-parissāvana,

cf. O. v. Hinüber, Sprachentwicklung und Kulturgeschichte, AWL 1992 Nr. 6: 62 n. 100a.

" 346862103883157504,katācibhūmi,en,"

[katācibhūmi

w.r. at Peṭ 234,15 for katāvi-bhūmi, q.v.]

" 346862293222428672,katacittakamma,en,"

kata-citta-kamma

, mfn., decorated; ~ā paggahita-
dhajā honti, Mp IV 53,20 ≠ 55,8.

" 346862295650930688,katacittavikkhepa,en,"

kata-citta-vikkhepa

, mfn., having the mind distract-
ed (by someone; with instr.); yakkhehi ~o khittacitto,
Kkh 25,31.

" 346862295709650944,katacīvara,en,"

kata-cīvara

, n. and mfn. [cf. the syntactical cpd. kata-
cīvara at ²kata 3.a.], 1. (n.) a finished robe; 2. (mfn.)
one who has had a robe made; — 1. ~aṁ ādāya pakka-
mati, ~aṁ samādāya pakkamati, Vin V 135,5 (Sp
1341,4); bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino ~aṁ ādāya pakka-
mati na paccessan ti, 255,23,37; — 2. so ~o suṇāti:
ubbhataṁ kira tasmiṁ āvāse kaṭhinan ti, Vin I
255,37 foll.; 265,3.

" 346862295973892096,katacorakamma,en,"

kata-cora-kamma

, mfn. [cf. katakamma, q.v.],
having committed a theft; katakammehī ti ~ehi (v.l.
°corika°), Ps III 164,13 (ad M I 448,30); — ifc. sandhi-
cchedâdi-° (Nidd-a I 60,24 [v.l. °corika°, on which v.
next]).

" 346862296045195264,katacorikakamma,en,"

kata-corika-kamma

, mfn., = prec.; katakamma ti
~ā (v.l. °coraka°), Sp 662,26 (ad Vin III 208,5).

" 346862289552412672,katadaḷhīkammaparibhaṇḍa,en,"

kata-daḷhīkamma-paribhaṇḍa

, mfn., mended,
patched up; cf. kataparibhaṇḍa, s.v. ²kata 2.a.(i);
mattikapattaṁ c' eva ~aṁ paṁsukūlacīvarañ ca +
... ti sabbe pi aṭṭhe parikkhāre kāyapaṭibaddhe ka-
tvā, Ja V 254,13*.

" 346862289472720896,katadaṇḍakamma,en,"

kata-daṇḍa-kamma

, mfn., having been punished;
aññataro puriso kasāhato ~o bhikkhūsu pabbajito
hoti, Vin I 75,29 foll. (= ettha yo vacanapesanâdīni a-
karonto haññati, na so ~o, ... ayam eva te daṇḍo
hotū ti, kasāhi haññati, ayaṁ kasāhato ~o, Sp
998,25,26,28); aññataro puriso lakkhaṇāhato ~o bhik-
khūsu pabbajito hoti, 76,2 (= ettha katadaṇḍakam-
mabhāvo purimanayen' eva veditabbo, Sp 999,2); —
°-bhāva, m. [abstr. of prec], the fact of having been
punished; ~o, Sp 999,2 (ad Vin I 76,2, q.v. supra).

" 346862289514663936,katadhammañ,en,"

[

kata-dhammañ

, reading at Dīp IV 18, for which
read kataṁ dhammañ; cf. IV 22: kataṁ dhammañ
ca]

" 346862273198821376,katadhikāra,en,"

katâdhikāra

, mfn. [kata + adhi°; cf. adhikārakata;
sa. kṛtâdhikāra], 1. having done meritorious acts (for
the sake of someone or something; with loc.); 2. having
trained (in something; with loc.); — 1. ayaṁ hi ~o
pacchimabhavikasatto paññāya itare satta jane a-
bhibhavitvā, Ja I 56,15; sūyati nu kho mahārāja eta-
rahi Jinasāsane ~ānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavedanī-
yaṁ kammaṁ, Mil 115,6,9; ye sabbabuddhesu ~ā a-
laddhamokkhā jinasāsanesu, Ap 7,10 (= katapuñña-
sambhārā jinasāsanesu aladdhamokkhā appattanib-
bānā, Ap-a I 28,30); purimabuddhesu dasapuññaki-
riyavasena ~ā, Ps II 177,31; Mp I 144,13; purima-
Buddhesu dasapuññakiriyāvasena ~ā paripākagatā
padumāni viya, Spk I 199,13; purimabuddhesu ~o,
Ud-a 123,6; Dhp-a I 26,6 = III 469,17; ayam pi puri-
mabuddhesu ~o Atthadassissa Bhagavato kale ku-
lagehe nibbattitvā, Th-a I 199,3 ≠ 174,11 ≠ Ap-a
295,30 ≠ 451,5; idha mahāpuriso ... purimakesu
Buddhesu ~o, Cp-a 285,26; — °-tā, f. [abstr.], the fact
of having done meritorious acts; so mātu ekavacanen'
eva ca pubbe ~āya (so read; Ee °aya) ca mātulatthe-
rassa santikaṁ gantvā, Th-a I 63,19; — °-puggala-
dassan'-atthaṁ, ²ind., for the sake of looking at people
who have done meritorious acts (adv. acc.); purima-
Buddhānaṁ santike dānasīlâdivasena ~aṁ Bud-
dhacakkunā lokaṁ oloketi, Sv 47,35 = Mp I 66,31; —
2. yo ca samathe akatādhikāro, tassa dukkhā paṭi-
padā hoti, ~assa sukhā. yo pana vipassanāya akatā-
dhikāro hoti, tassa dandhā abhiññā hoti, ~assa
khippā, Vism 87,19,21; yasmā suvisuddhesu nīlâdisu
vaṇṇakasiṇesu tattha ~ānaṁ abhirativasena suṭṭhu
adhimuccanaṭṭho sambhavati, Sv-pṭ II 154,6; —
°-tta, n. [abstr.], the fact of having trained (in some-
thing; with loc.); tattha ~ā indriyasaṁvare ukkaṁsa-
pāramiṁ agamāsi, Ud-a 178,13, yāva upari kesantā
samālokayamāno aṅgavijjāya katâdhikārattā dvat-
tiṁsavaralakkhaṇasampattim assa ṅatvā, Pj II
142,10; 448,10.

" 346862273215598592,katādhikāra,en,"

katâdhikāra

" 346862289594355712,katadhuranikkhepa,en,"

kata-dhura-nikkhepa

, mfn., having put down the
yoke, i.e., having given up one's claim; used in Sp, de-
scribing a person's giving up his claim on a piece of
land; sace sayam pi ~o hoti, Sp 338,25 (Sp-ṭ II
143,12).[[side 95]]

" 346862357328171008,kaṭadorāvāda,en,"

Kaṭadorāvāda

, m. or n. ?; Npr.; a village in
Rohaṇa; only recorded in cpd.; v. PPN s.v.; —
°-Ambagallaka, m. or n. ?, Kaṭadorāvāda and
Ambagallaka; -e karvā, Mhv LXXIV 164.

" 346862300675706880,kaṭādutīya,en,"

[

kaṭādutīya

, mfn., reading of CeBe at Ja V
96,24*for Ee kālādutīya, q.v.]

" 346862364060028928,kaṭagāma,en,"

Kaṭa-gāma

, m.; Npr.; the village Kaṭa; a village
in which Vikkamabāhu defeated Jayabāhu; v. PPN
s.v.; tatiyaṁ ~asmiṁ ... chaṭṭhaṁ so Paṅkavelake
tehi yuddhaṁ karitvāna gahitavijayo sadā Pulat-
thinagaram āgañchi, Mhv LXI 16.

" 346862295210528768,katagandhaparibhaṇḍa,en,"

kata-gandha-paribhaṇḍa

, mfn., scented with per-
fumes; cf. pāsādaṁ catujātikagandhehi paribhaṇ-
ḍaṁ katvā, Dhp-a III 136,2 = Mp V 5,5 (so read; Ee
w.r. catujāta°; cf. v.l. catujātig°); ~aṁ alaṅkatapaṭi-
yattaṁ hatthisālaṁ, Ja IV 92,26 ≠ Cp-a 113,9.

" 346862364903084032,kaṭaggaha,en,"

kaṭa-ggaha

, mfn. [⁵kaṭa + gaha; cf. kaṭaggāha],
throwing the winning die; opp. kaliggaha; syn.
jayagg[ā/a]ha; cf. H. FALK, Bruderschaft und
Würfelspiel. 1986: 108 foll.; yadā jiṇṇā bhavissāma
ubho daṇḍaparāyanā, ubho pi pabbajissāma,
ubhayattha ~o, Th 462 (amhākaṁ ubhinnaṁ
jiṇṇakāle pabbajanaṁ ubhayattha jayaggaho, Th-a II
195,16); ayaṅ ca te rājaputti ubhayattha ~o
devalokūpapattī ca kittī ca idha jīvite, Ja IV 322,20*
(ubhayattha ~o ti ayaṁ tava imasmiṁ ca attabhāve
anāgate ca jayaggaho, 322,27'); sace kho atth' eva paro
loko evaṁ imassa bhoto purisapuggalassa
ubhayattha ~o, M I 404,16 (= jayaggaho, Ps III 117,24;
~o ti kataṁ sabbaso siddhim eva katvā gahaṇaṁ,
Ps-pṭ III 52,26) = I 407,15; seyyathā pi, bhikkhave,
akkhadhutto paṭhamen' eva ~ena mahantaṁ
bhogakkhandhaṁ adhigaccheyya, III 178,4,6 (= jayag-
gāhena, Ps IV 230,4); ~o (Be -ggāho), S IV 351,22 (= ja-
yaggaho, Spk III 110,3) = 352,18 = 353,19 = 354,21 =
355,18 = 356,11 = 357,13 = 358,14.

" 346862364315881472,kaṭaggāha,en,"

kaṭa-ggāha

, mfn. [⁵kaṭa + gāha; cf. kaṭaggaha,
q.v. supra], throwing the winning die; opp. kalig-
gāho; — gramm. lit.: ubhayattha ice ādi ... ~o ti
jayaggāho, Sadd 640,3,6; — dhammaladdhehi bho-
gehi dadaṁ cittaṁ pasādayaṁ ubhayattha ~o (v.l.
-ggaho) saddhassa gharam esino diṭṭhadhammahi-
tatthāya samparāyasukhāya ca, A III 354,14.[[side 37]]

" 346862295348940800,kataghāravāsa,en,"

kata-ghārâvāsa

, mfn. [ghāra + āvāsa], having set-
tled in a house; ~o puttadāraṁ posissāmi, Mp I 35,19.

" 346862295369912320,kataghārāvāsa,en,"

kata-ghārâvāsa

, mfn. [ghāra + āvāsa], having set-
tled in a house; ~o puttadāraṁ posissāmi, Mp I 35,19.

" 346862104025763840,kataguḷikakalāpaka,en,"

kata-guḷika-kalāpaka,

m., a made up string of small balls (for body massage); kuruvindakasuttiyâti kuruvindakapāsāṇacuṇṇāni lākhāya madditvā ~o, Sp 1200,2 (suttena āvutā gulikâvali sutti … ~o ti katagulikâvalitan ti ~aṁ, Sp-y¹ Se II 427,17foll.) qu. Ps III 280,17 (Ee w.r. katavuḷi°; Ps-pṭ III 136,25).

" 346862295286026240,kataguṇa,en,"

kata-guṇa

, m., the merit of what has been done (by
somebody; with instr.); tayā mayhaṁ ~aṁ jānanto, Ja
III 25,2'; 27,3'; IV 273,9'; tvaṁ mayā ~aṁ jānituṁ
arahasi, 463,3 (""you should acknowledge the merit of
what I have done""); ~aṁ jānātī ti kataññū, Ap-a
540,14; — ifc. pubbe-° (Ja IV 99,29' [so read; Ee two
words];— °-jānana, n., acknowledging the merit of
what has been done; ariyesū ti attano ~ena (v.l. -jāna-
nakena; -jānanaṇesu) ariyesu parisuddhesu, Ja III
12,16'.

" 346862300742815744,kaṭāha,en,"

kaṭāha

, m. and n. [ts.; cf. prakr. kaḍāha; CDIAL
2638], 1. a pot or pan (of a semi-spheroidal shape
and with handles); 2. (fig.) a skull (only recorded in
this sense ifc. q.v. infra); — gramm. lit.: kaṭavarā-
naṁ āk: kaṭanti ettha osadhādiṁ maddantī ti ~o =
bhājanaviseso, Mogg-v (ad Mogg VII 223); — 1.
aññatarā bhikkhunī ~e vaccaṁ katvā tirokuḍḍe
chaḍḍentī tassa brāhmaṇassa matthake āsumbhi,
Vin IV 265,11; tāta imaṁ suvaṇṇaṁ gahetvā ~aṁ ka-
rohī ti āha, Sp 93,9; kapitthaphalâdīnaṁ anto bījāni
~aṁ muñcitvā sañcaranti bhindāpetvā kappiyaṁ
kārāpetabbaṁ, sace ekābaddhā honti ~e pi kātuṁ
vaṭṭati, Sp 768,8,9 ≠ Kkh 89,17; Sp 1237,19; — ifc.
aṅgāra-°; anto-°; ayo-°; alābu-°; udaka-°;
gūtha-° (Vin IV 265,14); ghaṭi-° (Vin II 115,1,3);
tumba-° (Vin II 114,33); tela-° (~-gāthā, cf. PPN
s.v.); patta-° (Ps II 240,19); pāsāṇa-° (Sp 1244,26);
lābu-° (~âdi, As 147,13); loha-° (Vin II 170,31; Sp
1240,9); sa-° (Cp 5); suvaṇṇa-° (Sp 93,12; 94,5; sa-~,
Mhv XVII 49; ~-tala, 95,4; ~-(a)ttha, 93,6; -~patiṭṭhita-
divasa, Sp 96,11); — 2. ifc. sīsa-° (D II 297,1; M I
58,31; Spk III 206,33; 260,8).

" 346862104919150592,kaṭāha,en,"

kaṭāha, 1.

anto bījāni ~aṁ muñcitvā, Sp 768,8: bījāni is w.r. for miñjaṁ, cf. kapiṭṭha-phala, q.v.; — ifc. bhuñjana-° (Ja VI 488,30).

" 346862300830896128,kaṭāhaka,en,"

kaṭāhaka

, n. [ts.], a pot or pan; v. kaṭāha; gayha-
mānā mahābodhisākhāsokena dakkhiṇā chijjitvāna
sayaṁ yeva patiṭṭhātu ~e, Mhv XVII 47; Rucānandā
imaṁ vākyaṁ yācamānā ... dakkhiṇasākhā
patiṭṭhāsi ~e, Dīp XVII 55; — ifc. suvaṇṇa-° (Dīp
XVI 55; Mhv XVIII 38); hema-° (Mhv XV 114, 149;
XVIII 41).

" 346862105036591104,kaṭāhakā,en,"

[Kaṭāhakā,

f., read: Kaṭāhaka, m., Npr.; son of a female slave …]

" 346862301061582848,kaṭāhakā,en,"

Kaṭāhakā

, f.; Npr.; a female slave of the Bodhi-
satta when he was a rich merchant in Benares; v. PPN
s.v.; cf. Kaṭāhaka-jātaka; bhuñja bhoge ~ā ti, Ja I
454,17* qu. Dhp-a III 358,23.

" 346862300893810688,kaṭāhakajātaka,en,"

Kaṭāhaka-jātaka

, n.; Npr.; title of Ja I 451,12-
455,3; v. PPN s.v.; imaṁ ~aṁ vitthāretvā, Dhp-a III
358,24.

" 346862300998668288,kaṭāhakaraṇa,en,"

kaṭāha-karaṇa

, n., making the pot (for the Ma-
hābodhi tree); suvaṇṇaṁ nīharāpesi ~āya ca, Mhv
XVIII 24.

" 346862301111914496,kaṭāhamukhavaṭṭi,en,"

kaṭāha-mukha-vaṭṭi

, f., the rim of the pot;
mūlāni tāni uggantvā ~ito vinandhantā kaṭāhaṁ
taṁ otariṁsu mahītalaṁ, Mhv XIX 48 (Mhv-ṭ 406,4).

" 346862275002372096,katahārakicca,en,"

katâhāra-kicca

, mfn. [kata + āhāra], having finished
eating; so ... ~assa therassa pattaṁ aggahesi, Dhp-a
II 206,22.

" 346862275019149312,katāhārakicca,en,"

katâhāra-kicca

, mfn. [kata + āhāra], having finished
eating; so ... ~assa therassa pattaṁ aggahesi, Dhp-a
II 206,22.

" 346862280345915392,katahattha,en,"

kata-hattha

, mfn. [cf. sa. kṛtahasta], one who has
exercised his hands, hence: trained, skilled (in something;
especially in archery; with loc.); ime te luddakā devi
~ā, Ja V 41,13* (= vijjhanachedane sukatahatthā
kusalā susikkhitā, 41,15'); hatthāruhe anīkaṭṭhe ra-
thike pattikārike upāsanamhi ~e vālavedhe samā-
gate, VI 448,22* (= avirujjhanavedhitāya sampanna-
hatthe, 448,23'); dhanuggaho sikkhito ~o katūpā-
sano, M I 82,35 ≠ S I 62,2 (= usabhappamāṇe pi
vālaggaṁ vijjhituṁ samatthabhāvena ~o, Spk I
117,3) ≠ A II 48,13 (Mp III 87,19 = Spk I 117,3) ≠ IV
429,19 (= eko sippam eva uggaṇhāti, ~o na hoti, a-
yaṁ pana ~o ciṇṇavasibhāvo, Mp IV 201,5);
dhanuggahā susikkhitā ~ā katūpāsanā, S II 266,1
foll. (= yo sippam eva uggaṇhati ~o na hoti: ime
pana ~ā, ciṇṇavasībhāvo, Spk II 225,12) = Ja IV
211,26,28; vijjāsu katasikkho katupāsano ~o, Mil
353,14; Sp 513,3; mayaṁ sikkhitā ~ā (v. l. sikkhitahat-
thā) katūpāsanā mahissāsā, Dhp-a I 358,3; so dā-
pesi... ~aṁ balaṁ, Mhv XLVIII 152; — ifc. a-°; muṭ-
ṭhi-° (Sv 926,8); su-° (Ja V 41,16').[[side 106]]

" 346862281323188224,katahatthapuṭa,en,"

kata-hattha-puṭa

, mfn. [cf. sa. kṛtâñjalipuṭa], =
katañjalī, q.v.: pañjalikā ~ā mama Vejayantapāsā-
daṁ parivārentū ti, Ap-a I 10,12.

" 346862295902588928,katajānana,en,"

kata-jānana

, n., acknowledging a (good) deed (that
has been done to oneself): gratefulness; kataññutā ti,
~aṁ, Spk II 232,1 (= katûpakārajānanaṁ, Spk-pṭ II
193,7).

" 346862296305242112,katajāniya,en,"

[

kata-jāniya

, w.r. for katajātiya (q.v.) at Ja V
317,27']

" 346862296166830080,katajātihiṅgulikapurisa,en,"

kata-jāti-hiṅgulika-purisa

, m., a person who has
been smeared with vermilion; gacchatha, sabbadisāsu
oloketvā piṭṭhiyaṁ ~aṁ (v.l. jātihiṅgulikaṁ, omit-
ting kata) gaṇhathā ti, Ja III 303,24.

" 346862296225550336,katajātiya,en,"

kata-jātiya

, mfn., of the nature or essence of a deed
(i.e., a real deed); cf. katarūpa, katasabhāva, qq.v.; ka-
tarūpam idan ti ~aṁ (so read with Trenckner Trans-
cript of C^k; Ee °jān°; BeCe om.) katasabhāvaṁ, Ja V
317,27' (ad 317,14*).

" 346862296376545280,katajīvitupaccheda,en,"

kata-jīvit'-upaccheda

, mfn. [jīvita + upa°], de-
prived of life; te pana yasmā idha katakālakiriyā kā-
lena ~ā honti, Ps-pṭ I 263,2.

" 346862104063512576,kataka,en,"

²kataka,

cf. A. Roşu, BEI XVII/XVII 1999/2000: 109b (index).

" 346862104042541056,kataka,en,"

⁴Kataka,

mn., Npr.; a village in Ceylon; bhogagāme ca tassâdā … ~aṁ, Mhv XLVI 12.

" 346862293394395136,kataka,en,"

kataka

, m. [ts.; EWA-1 s.v.; prakr. kayaga; CDIAL
2691], the tree Strychnos potatorum, the nut of which is
used for clearing water of its content of earthy particles
by rubbing it on the inside of a water pot so that the par-
ticles diffused through the water precipitate; for a de-
scription of which, cf. katakaṭṭhi, q.v. infra; cf. ZDMG
138 1988: 167; — lex. lit.: ~o rukkhabhedasmiṁ, Abh
1036 (= udakappasādanaphale, Abh-ṭ 568,23); —
°ṭṭhi, n. [kataka + aṭṭhi], the nut of ~; exeg.: udakaṁ
pasādetukāmo ~iṁ gahetvā anto ghaṭe hatthaṁ o-
tāretvā ekadvevāre ghaṁsanamattena udake avip-
pasīdante na ~iṁ chaḍḍeti, atha kho naṁ punap-
punaṁ ghaṁsati, tass' evaṁ karontassa kalalakad-
damaṁ sannisīdati, udakaṁ acchaṁ hoti vipasan-
naṁ, Vism 591,17 (~in ti katakabījaṁ, Vism-mhṭ II
355,22); — pārihārikena ~inā udakaṁ padādenti, Sp
853,21 qu. Pālim 122,18; — °-parikiṇṇa, mfn., covered
with (boils like) water clearing nuts; ubho pādā ~ā
viya hutvā uddhumātā, Mp IV 133,22 (ad A IV 275,3:
sunehi pādehi); — °-matta, mfn., of the size of the
water clearing nut; — ifc. eka-dve-° (Ps II 50,26); —
°-phala-matta, mfn., of the size of the fruit of ~;
karīsaṁ (scil. of a hare) ~aṁ, Ps II 13,14; — °-bīja, n.,
the stone of ~; katakaṭṭhin ti ~aṁ, Vism-mhṭ II 355,22
(ad Vism 591,17, q.v. supra); — °-bīja-saṇṭhāna, mfn.,
(bhvr.) of the form of the stone of ~; aggapādaṅguliaṭ-
ṭhīni ~āni, Vism 254,8 = Vibh-a 237,8 = Pj I 49,14.

" 346862293562167296,kataka,en,"

kataka

, mfn. [< kata + ka; cf. Amg. kayaga; sa. kṛ-
taka], artificial, factitious; only recorded in lex. and
gramm. lit.; — lex. lit.: ~o kittime, Abh 1036 (= kara-
ṇena nipphatte, Abh-ṭ ad loc.); — gramm. lit.: (used as
an example of the use of the suffix ka in the sense of the
word itself; cf. ⁴ka 2.a.) saññāyaṁ ~o, Rūp-v 156,31
(ad Rūp 369; ~o katamallakaṁ, Rūp-ṭ 169,8) ≠ Pay
Ce 1974 157,29 (ad Mogg IV 40).

" 346862363611238400,kaṭaka,en,"

kaṭaka

, n. [ts.; cf. DED 931; JAOS 86 1966: 69], a
bracelet; — lex. lit.: ~aṁ paribhārakaṁ, Abh 285
(catukkaṁ pakoṭṭhâbharane: ... kaṭa vassâvarana-
gatīsu nvu, Abh-ṭ 202,22); — gramm. lit.: suvaṇṇaṁ
~aṁ karotī ti ... ~e kate pi kāranabhūtassa
suvannassa suvannabhāvo na vigacchati, Sadd
599,10; 692,11; 921,17; — hatthe pana vaḷayaṁ vā ~aṁ
vā anīharitvā aggabāhaṁ ghaṁsanto vā aparāparaṁ
vā sāreti, Sp 348,11; Vin-vn-ṭ I 114,23; Ppk-anuṭ 103,20;
— ifc. āmutta-° (~-kaṭi-suttâdi, Pv-a 134,22);
kara-° (Vin II 122,15); pāda-° (Abh 277; 288);
maṇi-° (Pp-a 174,10); vajira-° (Pp-a 174,11);
Sīlāsobbha-° (Mhv XXXIII 51; 87); suvaṇṇa-°
(Mp I 440,21; ~âdi, Ppk-anuṭ 102,31); hattha-° (Spk
III 9,11).

" 346862365054078976,kaṭaka,en,"

kaṭaka

, m., mountain ridge; only recorded in
lex. lit. and presumably in Npr. Kaṭakandhakāra-
vāsi(n), q.v. infra; — lex. lit.: nitambo ~o, Abh 608.

" 346862365083439104,kaṭaka,en,"

Kaṭaka

, n. [ts.]; Npr.; a city; only recorded in
gramm. lit.: kaṭati maddati ripavo ti ~aṁ = nagaraṁ,
Mogg-v ad Mogg VII 18.

" 346862365104410624,kaṭaka,en,"

[⁴

kaṭaka

, reading at Sp 1209,27 (ad Vin II 129,26:
katakaṁ) for kataka, q.v.]

" 346862293297926144,kataka/kaṭaka,en,"

kataka/kaṭaka

, m., a kind of file for removing cal-
lous skin from the feet; according to the discussion in the
Vinaya (cf. Vin II 143,2, q.v. infra) about which kind of
earthenware is allowed to monks, a ~ is made of clay; ac-
cording to the ct., it either has the shape of the kaṇṇikā
of a lotus (v. kaṇṇikā 1.a.) mounted with kaṇṭakas (v.
kaṇṭaka 1.a) or is quadrangular or the like; for archaeo-
logical evidence corroborating the Vinaya and the ct., cf.
H. Härtel, Excavations at Sonkh, Berlin 1993: 222-
225; for a ~ mounted with kaṇṭakas, v. op. cit.: 224 no.
1 (with sharp kaṇṭakas), 225 no. 21 (with knobs); for a
~ in the shape of a kaṇṇikā, v. ibid.: 225 no. 13; for
examples of a quadrangular kataka, etc., cf. ibid.: 224
foll.; a ~ is not allowed to monks because it is considered
a luxury item (ct. so; v. exeg. infra); — exeg.: -an (BeCe
so; Ee -ṭ-) nāma padumakaṇṇikâkāraṁ pādaghaṁ-
sanatthaṁ kaṇṭake uṭṭhāpetvā kataṁ. taṁ vaṭṭaṁ
(so read with v.l.; Ee -tt-) vā hotu caturassâdibhedaṁ
vā bāhulikânuyogattā paṭikkhittam eva, Sp 1209,27
(cf. Vin-vn 2787); — Visākhā ... ghaṭakaṁ ca ~añ ca
samma jjaniñ ca ādāya yena bhagavā ten' upasaṁ-
kami, Vin II 129,26; na bhikkhave ~aṁ paribhuñji-
tabbaṁ. yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa, 130,3;
anujānāmi bhikkhave ... ṭhapetvā ~añ ca kumbha-
kārikañ ca sabbaṁ mattikābhaṇḍaṁ, 143,2 (cf.
Vin-vn 2826).[[side 90]]¹kataka

" 346862363640598528,kaṭakabhāva,en,"

kaṭaka-bhāva

, m., the property of being a
bracelet; suvaṇṇaṁ hi ~assa kāraṇaṁ, Sadd 599,15; te
idaṁ vattabbā kiṁ ~o kaṭakassa, udāhu suvaṇṇassā
ti, Ppk-anuṭ 102,27.

" 346862365213462528,kaṭakadi,en,"

kaṭakâdi

, mfn. [kaṭaka + ādi], a bracelet or the
like; — °-bhāva-hāni, f., the abandonment of the
property of being a bracelet, etc.; tañ hi suvaṇṇabhā-
vâvijahanato niccaṁ ~ito aniccaṁ, Ppk-anuṭ 102,26;
— °-rūpa, n., the form of a bracelet or the like;
yaṁ pana vuttaṁ suvaṇṇaṁ ~ena ṭhitan ti, Ppk-anuṭ
103,15.

" 346862365230239744,kaṭakādi,en,"

kaṭakâdi

" 346862294606548992,katakāla,en,"

kata-kāla

, mfn. [cf. the construction kālaṁ + √kṛ; sa.
kṛtakāla; cf. pa. kāla(ṁ)kata, kālagata, qq.v], de-
ceased, dead; ~e ti ~e mate ti attho, Ja III 164,22' (ad
164,16*); mataṁ te jīvitā seyyo ti ... kasmā, yasmā i-
to tvaṁ ~o (v.l. kālaṅkato) ~o hutvā kālaṁ karitvā
maritvā ti attho, Sp 436,15 (ad Vin III 72,15); ~ā kata-
maraṇā maraṇasampattā, Pv-a 29,9; — °-kiriya,
mfn., dead; idha ~ā kālena katajīvitupacchedā honti,
Ps-pṭ I 263,1; — °-bhāva, m. [abstr.], being dead; — ifc.
abhidosa-° (Ja I 81,17); sattâha-° (Ja I 81,16).

" 346862294392639488,katakalyāṇa,en,"

kata-kalyāṇa

, mfn., 1. one who has been friendly; 2.
one to whom friendliness has been shown; — 1. tvaṁ
kho 'si upāsaka ~o katakusalo katabhīruttāṇo aka-
tapāpo akataluddo (so read; Ee -ddho) akatakibbiso,
Vin III 72,5,12 (~o ti ... kalyāṇaṁ sucikammaṁ ka-
taṁ tayā ti tvaṁ kho asi ~o, Sp 436,3) ≠ It 25,19; yā-
vatā hoti akatapāpānaṁ ... ~ānaṁ katakusalānaṁ
katabhīruttāṇānaṁ gati, taṁ gatiṁ pecca gacchāmī
ti, M III 171,30; idh' ekacco akatapāpo hoti... ~o ho-
ti, A II 175,20; pubbe ca ~ā (split cpd.; v. infra) dāyakā
vītamaccharā saggaṁ te paripūrenti, Pv 400; ~ā ve-
neyyapuggalā, It-a I 151,16; — ifc. a-°; pahūta-° (Vv
203; Vv-a 108,1); pubbe-° (Ja III 12,9* [so read; Ee two
words]; 12,24'); — 2. yo koci puriso paṭhamataraṁ
aññena ~o katūpakāro katattho nipphāditakicco, Ja
I 378,27' (ad I 378,24*); — ifc. pubbe-° (Ja III
387,17*,19* [so read; Ee two words] ≠ Ja I 378,24* [so
read; Ee two words]; Pv 265 [so read; Ee two words]).

" 346862294140981248,katakalyāṇakamma,en,"

kata-kalyāṇa-kamma

, mfn., one to whom a friendly
act has been done; katakalyāṇo ti parena attano ~o, Ja
III 387,27' (ad 387,17*,19*).

" 346862293755105280,katakamma,en,"

kata-kamma

, mfn. and n. [cf. sa. kṛtakarman (n.
and mfn.)], 1. (mfn.) having committed a theft; majjhi-
malopa cpd., cf. katacorakamma; opp. akata°, i.e., not
yet having committed a theft, but intending to do so; cf.,
e.g., Mp III 271,5 (q.v. infra); Nidd-a I 60,24; 2. (n.) an
act that has been accomplished; — 1. ~ā bhikkhuniyo
rathiyā pi vyūhe pi siṅghāṭake pi bhikkhuṁ passi-
tvā pattaṁ bhūmiyaṁ nikkhipitvā, Vin II 260,23; co-
rā ~ā gāviṁ vadhitvā maṁsaṁ gahetvā Andhava-
naṁ pavisiṁsu, III 208,5 (~ā ti katacorikakammā
[v.l. °coraka°], Sp 662,26); theyyasattho nāma corā
~ā vā honti akatakammā vā, IV 131,27; māṇavehi pi
samāgacchanti ~ehi pi akatakammehi pi, M I 448,30
(= katacorakammehi, Ps III 164,13); ekako kho panâ-
haṁ araññe viharanto māṇavehi samāgaccheyyaṁ
~ehi vā akatakammehi vā, te maṁ jīvitā voropey-
yuṁ, A III 102,11 (= corikaṁ katvā nikkhantā ~ā nā-
ma, corikaṁ kātuṁ gacchantā akatakammā nāma,
Mp III 271,5); saṅgāme katanissame (v.l. -niyame) ti
yuddhesu ~e mahāyodhe, Ja V 244,28'; māṇavā vā
~ā vā akatakammā vā, Nidd I 13,5 (~ā ti sandhic-
chedâdikatacorakammā, Nidd-a I 60,24) = 361,6 =
371,4 = 467,30; corassa ~assa vadhabandhanaṁ vi-
yāti, Mil 293,29; susānaṁ nāma nirāsaṅkaṭṭhānan ti
maññamānā ~ā pi akatakammā pi corā samosaran-
ti, Vism 180,21; khama sītassa uṇhassa ukkārūhara-
ṇassa ca yodhājīvā ~ā sabbe sannipatuṁ tadā, Ap
354,28; — °-cora, m., a thief having committed a theft;
ath' ekadivasaṁ nagaradvāragāme ~o taṁ susāna-
vanaṁ pāvisi, Ja III 34,3; ~ā ekasmiṁ surâpāne
suraṁ pivitvā, II 427,7; — 2. satasahasse kata-
kammam (v.l. and Be kataṁ k°, which perhaps read)
phalarṇ dassesi me idha, Ap 73,29.

" 346862294061289472,katakammahetu,en,"

kata-kamma-hetu

, ²ind., because of a deed that has
been done; āṇattimūlakenā ti parassa āṇāpanavasena
~u, Mp-ṭ II 143,15.

" 346862293818019840,katakammapaccayā,en,"

kata-kamma-paccayā

, ²ind., because of a deed that
has been done; ~ā ti katassa kammassa paccayabhā-
vato jātaṁ kammaṁ paṭicca, Ps-pṭ III 211,14 (ad Ps
IV 1,15).

" 346862293897711616,katakammappakāsana,en,"

kata-kamma-ppakāsana

, n., the act of making
known deeds that have been done (in a past existence);
attano ~ena, Ras 1988:10,9.

" 346862294203895808,katakammase,en,"

[

katakammase

, w.r. at S I 205,7* (with v.l. bhata-
kambhase) for bhatak' amhase, which read with Ja III
309,27*]

" 346862365133770752,kaṭakañcukatā,en,"

kaṭakañcukatā

, f. [abstr.; variant of kaṭukañcu-
katā, q.v.], niggardliness; used as a synonym for
selfishness and lack of generosity; yaṁ evarūpaṁ
maccharaṁ maccharāyanā maccharāyitattaṁ vevic-
chaṁ kadariyaṁ ~ā aggahitattaṁ cittassa idaṁ vuc-
cati macchariyasaññojanaṁ, Dhs 1122.

" 346862365351874560,kaṭakandhakāravāsin,en,"

Kaṭakandhakāra-vāsi(n)

, m(fn.) [⁴kaṭaka (?) +
andhakāra + vāsi(n)], inhabitant of (the monastery)
Kaṭakandhakāra, i.e., the thera Phussadeva; v. PPN
s.v. Kaṭakandhakāra; ~ī (v.ll. Kaṭa-andha-; Kaṭakan-
dara-) Phussadevatthero viya, Vism 228,3; ~ī Phussa-
devatthero, Ja VI 30,4'; Sp 1335,17; Mhv LXV 3; —
°(i)-Phussadeva-tthera, m., the thera Phussa-
deva living in (the monastery) Kaṭakandhakāra; ~o,
Ja IV 490,21'.Kaṭakandhakāra-vāsin

" 346862293629276160,katakaṇṇapūra,en,"

kata-kaṇṇa-pūra

, mfn., with an ear ornament in the
ear; vilittagattā mālabhārino ~ā ... pavisiṁsu, Ja IV
82,2.

" 346862365377040384,kaṭakapariyāyanirodha,en,"

kaṭaka-pariyāya-nirodha

, m., the destruc-
tion of the mode of existence of a bracelet; suvaṇṇa-
kaṭakâdīnaṁ pariyāyīpariyāyabhāvato nâyaṁ doso
ti, yathā hi ~ena rucakapariyāyuppāde pi pariyāyī
tath' eva tiṭṭhati, Ppk-anuṭ 103,2.

" 346862363930005504,kaṭakaphalamatta,en,"

[

kaṭaka-phala-matta

, reading at Mp-ṭ II 12,19
for katakaphalamatta, q.v.]

" 346862273135906816,katakāra,en,"

katâkāra

, mfn. [kata + akāra], reduced to the pho-
neme a; na t' imehi ~ehi, Kacc 100 and Kacc-v ad loc.;
Rūp 214 (kato ākāro [sic !] etesan ti ~ā, Rūp-ṭ 65,21)
≠ Sadd 650,5,7.

" 346862273152684032,katākāra,en,"

katâkāra

, mfn. [kata + akāra], reduced to the pho-
neme a; na t' imehi ~ehi, Kacc 100 and Kacc-v ad loc.;
Rūp 214 (kato ākāro [sic !] etesan ti ~ā, Rūp-ṭ 65,21)
≠ Sadd 650,5,7.

" 346862294547828736,katakāraṇā,en,"

kata-kāraṇā

, ²ind., due to having been caused (adv.
abl); tattha katattā ti ~ā, As 262,5 (ad Dhs 431).

" 346862294329724928,katakaraṇīya,en,"

kata-karaṇīya

, mfn. [cf. BHS kṛtakaraṇīya,
Saddharmap (Ne) 1,7], having done what is to be done
(for obtaining arahantship); ~ occurs almost exclusively
in one of the formulaic stereotypes describing the
accomplished arahant; cf. ²kata 2.a.(i), q.v.; ct.s connect
~ with having traversed the four paths (cf. e.g. Mp II
235,10, q.v. infra) scil. sotâpattimagga, sakadāgāmi-
magga, anāgāmimagga, and arahattamagga; yo so
bhante bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇâsavo vusitavā ~o ohi-
tabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁ-
yojano sammadaññā vimutto, so cha ṭṭhānāni a-
dhimutto hoti, Vin I 183,24 = D III 83,16 = 133,11 = M
I 4,36 = 235,11 = III 30,6 = S III 161,13 = IV 125,5 = V
194,10 = A I 144,8 (= catūhi maggehi kattabbakiccaṁ
katvā ṭhito, Mp II 235,10) = III 359,6 = IV 370,14 foll. =
It 38,9,17 (= puthujjanakalyāṇakaṁ upādāya satta
sekhā catūhi maggehi karaṇīyaṁ karonti nāma.
khīṇāsavassa sabbakaraṇīyāni katāni pariyositāni,
n' atthi uttariṁ karaṇīyaṁ dukkhakkhayâdhigamā-
yā ti ~o, It-a I 165,18,21) ≠ S I 171,16 (~ā; catūhi mag-
gehi karaṇīyaṁ etesaṁ katan ti, ~ā, Spk I 138,4); n'
atthi ~assa paṭisallāṇaṁ, sakaraṇīyass' eva paṭisal-
lāṇaṁ, Mil 138,28 = 139,4; khīṇāsavo ~o, tasmā so
attano karaṇīyaṁ paccavekkhanto kataṁ karaṇīyan
ti pajānāti, Pp-a 244,17 (ad Pp 61,7); nanu Arahā vīta-
rāgo vītadoso vītamoho ~o ohitabhāro anuppatta-
sadattho + , Kv 86,12 = 87,38 = 107,2,20,38 = 108,18 =
169,28 = 170,4 = 216,2,20; anāgāmī puggalo ~o bhā-
vitabhāvano tattha uppajjatī ti, Kv 102,17,32 foll.; —
°-tā, f. [abstr.], the fact of having done what is to be
done; etena attano ~aṁ dasseti, Ud-a 268,29.[[side 91]]

" 346862294480719872,katakasiṇaparikamma,en,"

kata-kasiṇa-parikamma

, mfn., having made the pre-
parations for the kasiṇa (meditation): ~assa nimittup-
pādanaṁ bhāro, Vism 375,26.

" 346862282036219904,katakata,en,"

katâkata

, mfn. and n. [< kata + akata; sa. kṛtâkṛta;
Pāṇ II 1 60; Ai.Gr. II.1 §§ 68 c); 74 a), e); cf. pa. kaṭâ-
kaṭa, q.v.], 1.a. (mfn.) done and yet not done: partly
done; b. in.) what has been done and undone, i.e., good
deeds and sins of omission; 1.a.. done and not done; b.
constructed or not constructed; c. both wrought and yet
not wrought: partly wrought; cf. ²kata 3.b(ii), q.v.; —
1.a. gramm. lit.: kataṁ ca taṁ appâvasiṭṭhatāya aka-
taṁ cā ti ~āṁ, Rūp-ṭ 141,6 (ad Rūp-v [ad Rūp 342]);
-am ice ādisu pi kammadhārayadvandavasena vig-
gaho kātabbo, Sadd 753,13; — 1.b. sayaṁ jaññā
~aṁ, Ja V 116,27* (~an ti saṅgāme vā navakamme
vā aññesu vā kiccesu imina idaṁ nāma mayhaṁ
kataṁ imina na katan ti evam pi sayam eva vā jā-
neyyāsi mā parapattiyā ahosi, 118,14'); na paresaṁ
vilomāni, na paresaṁ ~aṁ, attano va avekkheyya
katāni akatāni ca, Dhp 50 (cf. Dhp-a I 379,3: attano
~aṁ eva oloketuṁ vaṭṭati); anuññāyamāno ti anu-
saññāyamāno ~aṁ jananto ti attho, Ps IV 72,8 (ad M
III 8,19); cetaso vippaṭisāro ti ettha ~assa sāvajjāna-
vajjassa vā abhimukhagamanaṁ vippaṭisāro nāma,
As 384,3; — °-vasa, m.; api c' ettha avippatisāro ti
pāpapuññānaṁ ~ena cittavippaṭisārabhāvo, Sp
1366,13; — 2.a. amūlikāya sīlavipattiyā pātimok-
khaṁ ṭhapeti ~āya, Vin II 243,10 foll. (~āyā ti katañ
ca akatañ ca ubhayaṁ gahetvā vuttaṁ, Sp 1288,3);
na jānāti ~aṁ, V 165,2,9 (idaṁ katam idaṁ akatan ti
~aṁ na jānāti, Sp 1367,10); attânupekkhī ti attano va
~aṁ jānanavasena attānaṁ anupekkhitā, Mp III
279,20 (ad A III 133,13); — 2.b. laddhanavakammena
pana bhikkhunā vāsīpharasunikhādanâdīni gahe-
tvā sayaṁ na kātabbaṁ, ~aṁ jānitabban ti Kurun-
diyaṁ vuttaṁ, Sp 1221,24; Sāḷho pi Migāranattā
bhikkhunûpassayaṁ abhikkhaṇaṁ gacchati ~aṁ
jānituṁ, Vin IV 211,21 (~aṁ jānitun ti katañ ca aka-
tañ ca jānituṁ, Sp 900,20); ~e (so read with Be; Ee ka-
takate) ussukkaṁ āpajjitabban ti sabbadā paḷibodho
hoti, Vism 94,7 (~e ti vā appake ca mahante ca kate,
yathā phalāphale ti, Vism-mhṭ I 117,24); — 2.c. nā-
nappakārakaṁ nāma kataṁ pi akataṁ pi ~aṁ pi.
kataṁ nāma sīsūpagaṁ gīvūpagaṁ hatthūpagaṁ
pādūpagaṁ kaṭūpagaṁ. akataṁ nāma ghanakataṁ
vuccati. ~aṁ nāma tadubhayaṁ, Vin III 239,31,33 (ad
239,13: chabbaggiyā bhikkhū nānappakārakaṁ rū-
piyasaṁvohāraṁ samāpajjanti); samāpajjeyyā ti,
katena kataṁ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ. ka-
tena akataṁ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ. kate-
na ~aṁ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ, 240,4 foll.;
sovaṇṇamayā manimayā lohitaṅkamayā tathā
bhaṇḍā ~ā bhonti yadicchāya pilandhanā, Ap
413,27; — °âdi-vasa, m.; tattha nānappakārakan ti
~ena anekavidhaṁ, Sp 696,23 (ad Vin III 239,31).

" 346862282107523072,katakata,en,"

[

katâkata

, w.r. for kaṭakatā at Ja VI 549,23']

" 346862282124300288,katākata,en,"

[

katâkata

, w.r. for kaṭakatā at Ja VI 549,23']

" 346862282057191424,katākata,en,"

katâkata

" 346862300600209408,kaṭakaṭa,en,"

kaṭâkaṭa

, m(fn). [< ²kaṭa + akaṭa (qq.v.) ?; cf. pa.
and sa. katâkata, q.v.; Pan II 1 60], a kind of juice
made from mugga beans (ct. so); according to the
ct.s ~ is used either of juice made from beans that
have been cooked so that they are only partly done
(= thokaṁ siniddho, i.e., somewhat soft; Sp so; v.
infra) or juice that has been strained without stirring
the beans (Vmv, Sp-ṭ [quoting the gaṇṭhipadas] so;
v. infra), thus implying that the beans have not been
cooked to a mash; ~ contrasts with akaṭayūsa (in-
correctly defined in CPD s.v.; = asiniddho muggapa-
citapānīyo, Sp 1092,22); cf. sa. kṛtayūṣa: the juice of
pulses prepared with salt and fat; v. MW, pW s.v.;
~ena attho hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave -an ti, Vin I
206,31 (~an ti so 'va thokaṁ siniddho, Sp 1092,23);
~enā ti mugge pacitvā acāletvā parissāvitena mug-
gayūsenā ti vadanti, Vmv II 186,19 qu. Sp-ṭ III 304,16
(with the remark: gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṁ); — Rem.:
the meaning ascribed to ~ by the ct.s would seem to
support the derivation < kaṭa + akaṭa: (partly) done,
(partly) not done; cf. the usage of pa. and sa.
katâkata.

" 346862365188296704,kaṭakaṭā,en,"

kaṭakaṭā

, ²ind. [ts.; cf. EWA-1 s.v.; CDIAL 2632;
cf. DED 930 (a)], an onomatopoeic word represent-
ing the sound of substances being rubbed together,
thus producing a grating or creaking sound; vikato
ti vikatapādo abaddhasandhī ti pi vuttaṁ, ~ā (so
read with v.l.; Ee katāko) ti vivarantehi aṭṭhisandhī-
hi samannāgato, Ja VI 549,23' (cf. karakarāti[RETTELSE OHP for karakarāni], III 203,5);
kuṇṭhena chijjamānā ~ā ti saddaṁ karoti, Pp-a 193,11.

" 346862300616986624,kaṭākaṭa,en,"

kaṭâkaṭa

" 346862282636005376,katakatabhāvasallakkhaka,en,"

katâkata-bhāva-sallakkhaka

, mfn., supervising
whether (something) has been done or not; tassa tassa
~e (CeEe so; Be katâkatabhāvaṁ sallakkhaṇe) saṭṭhi
amacce upaṭṭhapesi, Sv 452,22.

" 346862282652782592,katākatabhāvasallakkhaka,en,"

katâkata-bhāva-sallakkhaka

, mfn., supervising
whether (something) has been done or not; tassa tassa
~e (CeEe so; Be katâkatabhāvaṁ sallakkhaṇe) saṭṭhi
amacce upaṭṭhapesi, Sv 452,22.

" 346862272951357440,katakatabhūmibhāga,en,"

katâkata-bhūmi-bhāga

, m., a piece of land or site
that is partly prepared; gharavatthū ti gharapatiṭṭhā-
panatthaṁ ~o, Nidd-a I 54,20 (ad Nidd I 11,3).

" 346862272968134656,katākatabhūmibhāga,en,"

katâkata-bhūmi-bhāga

, m., a piece of land or site
that is partly prepared; gharavatthū ti gharapatiṭṭhā-
panatthaṁ ~o, Nidd-a I 54,20 (ad Nidd I 11,3).

" 346862260125175808,katakatacintāpaṭisaṃyutta,en,"

katâkata-cintā-paṭisaṁyutta

, mfn., connected with
the thought of what has been done and not done; (defin-
ing manokamma) yañ ca manokamman ti idhaloka-
cintāpaṭisaṁyuttañ ca ... ~añ ca manokammaṁ, Pa-
ṭis-a 442,18 (ad Paṭis I 140,24).

" 346862260150341632,katākatacintāpaṭisaṃyutta,en,"

katâkata-cintā-paṭisaṁyutta

" 346862272234131456,katakatakāravisiṭṭha,en,"

katâkatâkāra-visiṭṭha

, mfn. [katâ° + ākāra],
characterized in terms of what has been done and
undone; yathāpavattassa ~assa duccaritasucaritassa
anusocanavasena virūpaṁ paṭisaraṇaṁ vippaṭisā-
ro, Mp-ṭ I 78,14.

" 346862272250908672,katākatākāravisiṭṭha,en,"

katâkatâkāra-visiṭṭha

" 346862282170437632,katakatakusalakusalavisaya,en,"

katâkata-kusalâkusala-visaya

, mfn. [kusala + a-
kusala], (in definition of kukkucca, q.v) concerned
with what has been done and not done and with what is
good and not good; sati pi anusocanabhāve attano ~o
manovilekhabhūto vippaṭisāro kukkuccaṁ, Vibh-
anuṭ 71,25.

" 346862282191409152,katākatakusalākusalavisaya,en,"

katâkata-kusalâkusala-visaya

" 346862282241740800,katakatakusalakusalupanissāya,en,"

katâkata-kusalâkusalûpanissāya

, ²ind. [kusala +
akusala + upa° (q.v.)], (in definition of kukkucca, q.v.)
depending on what has been done and not done and what
is good and not good; yo hi ~a (Be -ayo) vippaṭisāro,
taṁ kukkuccan ti, Th-a I 176,10.

" 346862282262712320,katākatakusalākusalūpanissāya,en,"

katâkata-kusalâkusalûpanissāya

" 346862273072992256,katakatanusocana,en,"

katâkatânusocana

, n. [katâ° + anu°], wailing over
what has been done and undone; ~añ ca na hotī ti ...
uddhaccakukkuccaṁ pahīyatī ti, Sv-pṭ II 402,18 (ad
Sv 781,24); — °-rasa, mfn., having the property of ~; (in
definition of kukkuccaṁ) taṁ pacchānutāpalak-
khaṇaṁ, -am, vippaṭisarapaccupaṭṭhanaṁ, katâka-
tapadaṭṭhānaṁ, dāsavyam iva daṭṭhabbaṁ, Vism
470,31 = As 258,4 = Nidd-a I 62,31; ~aṁ, Abhidh-av
24,12; — °-vasa, m.; kukkuccam pi ~ena pavattamā-
naṁ cetaso avūpasamāvahatāya uddhaccena samā-
nalakkhaṇan ti, Sv-pṭ II 402,11 = Ps-pṭ I 375,21 =
Spk-pṭ II 442,26 = Mp-ṭ I 87,19 = Vibh-mṭ 159,24.[[side 107]]

" 346862273089769472,katākatānusocana,en,"

katâkatânusocana

" 346862282321432576,katakatapadaṭṭhāna,en,"

katâkata-pada-ṭṭhāna

, mfn., having as its cause that
which has been done and undone; (in definition of kuk-
kucca, q.v.) taṁ pacchānutāpalakkhaṇaṁ, katâkatâ-
nusocanarasaṁ, vippaṭisārapaccupaṭṭhānaṁ, ~aṁ,
dāsavyam iva daṭṭhabbaṁ, Vism 470,32 = As 258,5 =
Nidd-a I 62,32 = Abhidh-av 24,13.

" 346862282338209792,katākatapadaṭṭhāna,en,"

katâkata-pada-ṭṭhāna

" 346862282564702208,katakatappabheda,en,"

katâkata-ppabheda

, mfn., classified as wrought and
not wrought; jātarūpāni satthato ti, ~ā sabbasuvaṇ-
ṇavikatiyo anatthāvahatāya nisitasatthato, Th-a III
41,20 (ad Th 790).

" 346862282577285120,katākatappabheda,en,"

katâkata-ppabheda

, mfn., classified as wrought and
not wrought; jātarūpāni satthato ti, ~ā sabbasuvaṇ-
ṇavikatiyo anatthāvahatāya nisitasatthato, Th-a III
41,20 (ad Th 790).

" 346862365163130880,kaṭakaṭasadda,en,"

kaṭakaṭa-sadda

, m. [kaṭakaṭā (q.v.) + sadda],
the sound kaṭakaṭa: screaming and shouting;
uproar; reading of Be for kolāhalasadda at Spk III
18,4.

" 346862272401903616,katakatavijānanaka,en,"

katâkata-vijānanaka

, mfn., knowing what has been
done and undone; tena hi bhante mayhaṁ ~aṁ (v.l.
°aṁ jānakaṁ) ekaṁ bhikkhuṁ nivattetvā gacchathā
ti, Dhp-a I 413,20.

" 346862272418680832,katākatavijānanaka,en,"

katâkata-vijānanaka

, mfn., knowing what has been
done and undone; tena hi bhante mayhaṁ ~aṁ (v.l.
°aṁ jānakaṁ) ekaṁ bhikkhuṁ nivattetvā gacchathā
ti, Dhp-a I 413,20.

" 346862365255405568,kaṭakaṭāyati,en,"

kaṭakaṭāyati

, pr. 3 sg. [denom. < kaṭakaṭā, q.v.;
cf. BHS kaṭakaṭāyām āsa, GM I: 107,8; sa. kaṭakaṭā-
paya; pa. taṭataṭāyati, q.v.], to make a creaking or
grating sound; tassa uṭṭhahantassa nisīdantassa ...
aṭṭhikāni -anti, Vism 264,25 = Pj I 67,31 (v.l. kaṭakaṭā-
hanti); yassa pana bahukā honti, tassa uṭṭhānanisaj-
jādīsu na aṭṭhīni -anti, Vism 264,29 = Pj I 68,2 =
Vibh-a 247,34-248,2.

" 346862293687996416,katakattabbakammanta,en,"

kata-kattabba-kamm'-anta

, mfn. [kamma + anta],
having done the actions that are to be done; samussaya-
tha saddhammaṁ desayantā isiddhajaṁ ~ā parat-
thaṁ paṭipajjathā ti, Bv-a 19,27*.

" 346862365469315072,kaṭakavināsa,en,"

kaṭaka-vināsa

, m., the destruction of a bracelet;
na ca sakkā ubhinnaṁ ekabhāvo ti vattuṁ ~e pi
suvaṇṇâvināsato, Ppk-anuṭ 102,31.

" 346862295135031296,katakhambha,en,"

kata-khambha

, mfn. [cf. khambakata, q.v.], (with
the hands) -placed (i.e., resting) on the hips: with the
arms akimbo; khambhakato nāma kaṭiyaṁ hatthaṁ
ṭhapetvā ~o, Sp 891,26 (ad Vin IV 188,35).

" 346862295080505344,katakhaṇa,en,"

kata-khaṇa

, m., the moment when something has
been done; ~añ ca kattabbakhaṇañ ca upādāya ka-
ronti, Yam-a 92,36.

" 346862293977403392,katakibbisa,en,"

kata-kibbisa

, mfn., having done wrong; veriṁ ~aṁ
naraṁ na hi naṁ sodhaye pāpakamminaṁ, M I
39,17*; yāvatā hoti akatakalyāṇānaṁ ... kataluddā-
naṁ ~ānaṁ gati, taṁ gatiṁ pecca gacchāmī ti, III
165,7; idh' ekacco akatakalyāṇo hoti ... kataluddo
~o, A II 174,16 foll. (kibbisan ti samalaṁ aparisod-
dhakammaṁ, Mp III 161,13) = It 25,2 (with w.r. ka-
tatthaddho [on which v. infra s.v.] for kataluddo);
bhusaṁ dukkhaṁ nigacchittho niraye ~o, Pv 759 =
761; — ifc. a-°.[[side 92]]

" 346862294665269248,katakicca,en,"

kata-kicca

, mfn. [cf. BHS kṛtakṛtya, Saddharmap:
1,7]], one who has done what is to be done (for obtaining
arhatship); in canonical lit. perhaps exclusively found in
verses; according to the exeg. lit. ~ is used of persons
who have traversed the four maggas viz. sotâpatti-
magga, sakadāgāmimagga, anāgāmimagga, and
arahattamagga, having fulfilled the tasks prescribed for
each magga; the texts mention 16 tasks beginning with
pariññā; — exeg.: Buddhassa Bhagavato kiccâkic-
caṁ karaṇiyâkaraṇiyaṁ pahīnaṁ ucchinnamūlaṁ
... āyatiṁ anuppādadhammaṁ, tasmā Buddho ~o,
Nidd II Be 155,15 (ad Sn 1105, q.v. infra); catuhi
maggehi kiccaṁ katvā ṭhito, Mp II 259,3 (ad A I
162,21*, q.v. infra); katāvī ti, catuhi maggehi (so read
with v.l.; Ee dham°) ~o, Spk I 51,13 (ad S I 14,10);
catūhi maggehi soḷasannaṁ kiccānaṁ katattā ~aṁ,
Dhp-a IV 142,12 (ad Dhp 386, q.v. infra); pariññâdī-
naṁ soḷasannaṁ kiccānaṁ katattā ~o, Th-a III 15,17
(ad Th 711, q.v. infra); — jhāyiṁ viraam ... ~aṁ anā-
savaṁ ... atthi pañhena āgamaṁ, Sn 1105 = Dhp
386; Anuruddhena ~ena sikkhito, Th 433; pāragū
anupâdāno ~o anāsavo tuṭṭho āyukkhayā hoti mut-
to āghātanā yathā, 711; vītarāgā visaṁyuttā ~ā
anāsavā, Thī 337; yo ca pabbajitaṁ hanti ~aṁ ma-
hesinaṁ sa Kāḷasutte niraye cirarattāya paccati, Ja V
267,22*; ~o hi brāhmaṇo, S I 47,33*; ~e anāsave,
178,28*; pannabhāro visaṁyutto ~o anāsavo, A I
162,21*; yo ... Sakyamunī bhagavā ~o ... taṁ suga-
taṁ saraṇattham upehi, Vv 881 (Vv-a 231,20);
bhāvitattā pi arahanto ~ā anāsavā nikkhipanti, 992
= Pv 221; Bv I 46; taṁ ~ena ... Tathāgatena attānaṁ
upādāya bhaṇitaṁ, Mil 214,27; ettāvatā bhikkhu ~o
bhavati, Peṭ 124,10; tīhi vijjāhi sampanno ~o anā-
savo Gotamo, Ap 88,7; samāhite citte vigatûpak-
kilese ~ena paccāharitabbaṁ pavattetabban ti, Ud-a
10,17 = It-a I 21,13 ≠ 21,17; ~o pahīnasabbadukkho
bhavissāmi, II 172,19; — °-tā, f. [abstr. of prec], the
fact of having done what is to be done; yena ñāṇena
bujjhanti ariyā ~aṁ, Mil 339,4; — °-bhāva-vibhāva-
na, n., explaining the fact of having done what is to be
done; attano ~ena tassa visayâtikkamaṁ pavedesi,
Thī-a 163,26.

" 346862294732378112,katakiñcikkhabhāvana,en,"

kata-kiñcikkha-bhāvana

, mfn., practiced for the
sake of trifles; cf. āmisakiñcikkhanimittaṁ and āmisa-
kiñcikkhahetu, qq.v.; kuhanā vaṅkadaṇḍā (so read
with v.l. and Spk II 399,7 ad loc.; Ee vaṅkaṁ d°) ca ...
vaṇṇā ete brāhmaṇānaṁ ~ā (so probably read with
Spk II 399,12 and BeCe ad loc.; Ee katā kiñcikkhabāva-
nā), S IV 118,8* (~ā ti katā kiñcikkhabhāvanā ayaṁ
eva vā pāṭho. āmisakiñcikkhassa vaḍḍhanatthāya
katan ti attho, Spk II 399,12).

" 346862525926608896,kāṭakoṭacikā,en,"

kāṭa-koṭacikā

, f. [cf. CDIAL 3017], (dv.) penis and
vulva (as in terms of abuse); ~āya vā, Vin IV 7,19 (in a
list of terms of abuses); kāṭan ti purisanimittan, koṭa-
cikā ti itthīnimittaṁ, Sp 739,7-8; one of the meanings of
liṅga is used: ~āya ca + ... liṅgasaddo pavattati,
Sadd 524,7*.

" 346862294799486976,katakusala,en,"

kata-kusala

, mfn., having done good; tvaṁ kho 'si
upāsaka katakalyāṇo ~o +, Vin III 72,5,12 (kataṁ ku-
salaṁ anavajjaṁ kammaṁ kataṁ tayā ti ~o, Sp
436,3) ≠ It 25,19; yāvatā hoti akatapāpānaṁ ... ~ā-
naṁ katabhīruttāṇānaṁ gati, taṁ gatiṁ pecca gac-
chāmī ti, M III 171,30; idh' ekacco akatapāpo hoti a-
kataluddo ... ~o katabhīruttāṇo, A II 175,20; katâva-
kāsā ~ā ito cutā sayaṁpabhā anuvicaranti Nanda-
naṁ, III 40,21* (taṁ pana yasmā kusalam eva hoti,
tasmā ~ā ti vuttaṁ, Mp III 249,18) ≠ Vv 212 foll.
(Vv-a 113,29); ~o, Vism 315,16.

" 346862294870790144,katakusalakammokāsa,en,"

kata-kusala-kammôkāsa

, m., the occasion on which
a good deed had been done; tatra naṁ devatā ito cuto
sugatiṁ gacchā ti pubbe ~aṁ sārayamānā vicaranti,
Ja I 49,34.

" 346862294937899008,katakusalasambhāra,en,"

kata-kusala-sambhāra

, mfn., having accumulated
meritorious (kamma); ayam pi purimabuddhesu ~o,
Ap-a 382,35.

" 346862284133371904,katalākhāparikamma,en,"

kata-lākhā-parikamma

, mfn. [cf. lākhāparikam-
makata, katalākhārasaparikamma qq.v.], painted or
varnished with lac; cattāro pādā ~ā (Be katalākhāra-
sa°) viya, Ja I 319,27; lahukena asanenā ti anto susi-
raṁ katvā tūlâdīhi pūretvā ~ena (so read with v.l; Ee
°lakkha°) sallahukakaṇḍena, Mp IV 201,9 (ad A IV
429,19).

" 346862284187897856,katalākhārasaparikamma,en,"

kata-lākhā-rasa-parikamma

, mfn. [cf. prec], paint-
ed with lac; hatthapādatalāni c' eva mukhañ ca ~aṁ
viya sobhati, Ps III 446,22 (ad M II 200,30: pokkhara-
sāti).

" 346862274230620160,katalikāya,en,"

[

katâlikāya

, w.r. at Peṭ 196,1 for medakakathālikā-
ya (Ee medakaṁ katālikāya); cf. A IV 377,7 (seyya-
thā pi ... puriso medakathālikaṁ parihareyya) to
which loc. cit. refers]

" 346862274251591680,katālikāya,en,"

[

katâlikāya

, w.r. at Peṭ 196,1 for medakakathālikā-
ya (Ee medakaṁ katālikāya); cf. A IV 377,7 (seyya-
thā pi ... puriso medakathālikaṁ parihareyya) to
which loc. cit. refers]

" 346862284364058624,katalopanikāra,en,"

kata-lopa-ni-kāra

, mfn., having the phoneme ni elid-
ed; Sadd 647,1 ≠ Kacc 88.

" 346862284242423808,kataludda,en,"

kata-ludda

, mfn., cruel; for ref.s, v. s.v. katakibbisa;
— ifc. a-°; — °-kamma, mfn., having committed a cruel
act; katakibbisan ti ~aṁ, Ps I 178,26 (ad M I 39,17).

" 346862288872935424,katama,en,"

katama

, mfn. [ts.; < ⁵ka (q.v.) + tama; cf. Ai.Gr. II.1
§ 116 c), II.2 § 453 a), III § 266 a); Geiger § 111.2;
EWA-2 s.v. katamá-; CDIAL 2692; cf. katamī], inter-
rogative pronoun: 1. who, which, what (of many); some-
times used of two (cf. e.g. the cpd. katamântânug-
gahita, q.v. infra); for the grammarians' definition of the
semantics of ~, v. infra sub gramm. lit.; cf. Pāṇ V 3 93
and Kāś ad loc.; used substantivally and adjectivally; 2.
used with an emphatic value as a substitute for the inter-
rogative pronoun ⁵ka; cf. similar sa. usage; v. katara; ~
would only seem to be used substantially when it has
an emphatic value; 3. (instr.) ~ena used as an interrog-
ative adv.: a. by which route, which way (elliptic for
~ena maggena); b. whereby: how; c. in what direction;
like ⁵ka ~ is often followed by the particles nu + kho,
kho, and pana; v infra; — Rem.: for the distibution of
katama and katara, cf. Rem. s.v. katara; — gramm.
lit.: on the inflection of the sabbanāma[n] (pronoun) ~:
Sadd 266,21 ≠ Rūp 64,23 ≠ Pay Ce 1974 60,14; Sadd
267,26; 268,30 foll.; m. gen. pl.: ~esaṁ, ~esānaṁ, 660,6
(cf. Kacc 168); — on the semantics of katara and kata-
ma: katara-~-saddā pucchanatthā, Sadd 266,25 =
Rūp 66,30 = Pay Ce 197'4 60,23; °-saddo bahuvisayo,
Sadd 270,16 foll.; kiṁsaddā niddhāraṇe ratara-
ratamā honti ... ~o bhavataṁ Devadatto ~o bhava-
taṁ Kaṭho Bhāradvājānaṁ ~o 'si brahme, Mogg-v
ad Mogg IV 57 (cf. Mogg-p ad Mogg IV 57; Pay Ce
1974 161,11; Kāś ad Pāṇ II 1 63); — on cpd.s with
katara and katama: idāni katarâdīnaṁ parapadena
saddhiṁ samāso nīyate katamagāmavāsī ... ~o
gamo katamagāmo, Sadd 272,10,13; — ifc. katara-°
(Sadd 272,17 foll.; Kacc-v ad Kacc 164 = Rūp 67,2;
Kacc-v ad Kacc 165 = Sadd 659,21); — 1. used sub-
stantially: sacco nu vādo ~o imesaṁ, 879 = Sn 903;
dānarasaratīsu ~ā dānarasarati nu kho seṭṭhā,
Dhp-a IV 73,16; tattha kā diṭṭhī ti anekāsu diṭṭhīsu
~ā diṭṭhī ti attho, Paṭis-a 463,6 (ad Paṭis I 160,23);
devanāgayakkhamanussâdīsu ko ~o ti attho, Vv-a
218,13 (ad Vv 852: ko); — katama + nu kho: -an nu
kho dukkarataraṁ vā durabhisambhavataraṁ vo,
D II 131,5; ~ā nu kho abhirūpatarā vā dassanīyatarā
vā pāsādikatarā vā, Ud 22,29; — used adjectivally:
-amhi game nigamamhi vā puna -amhi vā jana-
pade lokanātho, Sn 995; ~aṁ gāmaṁ nigamaṁ
nagaraṁ, Thī 304; ~ena tvaṁ mahāsamaṇa magge-
na āgato, Vin I 30,31; ~ena maggenā ti, Kv 113,11;
~aṁ me senāsanaṁ pāpuṇātī ti, Vin II 208,20; ~e te
kilesā pahīnā, III 92,11; ~e ca bhikkhave āsavā das-
sanā pahātabbā, M I 7,16; ~e dhamme na ppajānanti,
S II 15,25 ≠ 16,12; ~asmiṁ janapade viharissasī ti, IV
61,6; ~āni ca bhikkhave padāni bodhāya saṁvat-
tanti, V 231,8; ~o rahado akaddamo, Ja III 290,6*
foll.; tīsu vedesu ~aṁ vedaṁ, Ja IV 75,13'; samuddo
~o ayan ti, 139,9 foll.; ācikkha me tvaṁ ~âsi accharā,
V 404,2*; ~aṁ ... sutānaṁ, Ja IV 75,8*; ~aṁ disaṁ
tiṭṭhati nāgarājā, Ja V 42,9* (etāsu disāsu ~āya disā-
ya, 42,11'); -an taṁ vanaṁ Sama yattha mātāpitā
tava, VI 81,16*; ~âsi devatā, 306,31* = V 398,32* ≠
404,2*; ~aṁ sv āhaṁ janapadaṁ gantvā, Vv 985;
cakkhāyatanaṁ ~aṁ khandhagaṇanaṁ gacchatī ti,
Kv 335,11 foll.; ~assa kammassa hetū ti, Kv 398,33;
~e dhamma kusalā, Dhs 2; ~e dhamma hīnā, As
345,28; — katama + kho: ~esaṁ kho bho Ānanda
dhammānaṁ so bhavaṁ Gotamo vaṇṇavādī ahosi,
D I 206,5; ~esānaṁ kho buddhānaṁ bhagavantā-
naṁ brahmacariyaṁ na ciraṭṭhitikaṁ ahosi, Vin III
7,22 foll.; ~esānaṁ kho Tissa devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ
hoti, A III 332,18 ≠ IV 75,22; — katama + nu kho:
~ena nu kho bhagavā vihārena etarahi viharatī ti,
Ud 26,23; — °-kkhandha-pariyāpanna, mfn., includ-
ed in which khandha; -an ti — saṅkhārakkhandha-
pariyāpannan ti, Kv 396,18 foll.; — °-gāma, m., which
village; katamo gamo ~o, Sadd 272,14; cf. Pāṇ VI 2
57; — °-gāma-vāsi(n), mfn., living in which village;
~ī, Sadd 272,11; — °ntânuggahita, mfn. [anta + a-
nu°], connected with which (temporal) limit; ~ā tā
diṭṭhiyo, Paṭis I 160,24 (~ā ti pubbantâparaṇtasaṅ-
khātakāladvaye katamena kālena anuggahitā, anu-
baddhā ti attho, Paṭis-a 463,6); — °-vimokkha, m.,
which vimokkha; ~assa adhimattattā saddhāvimutto
hoti, Paṭis II 60,37; — (')°-indriya, n., which faculty;
aniccato manasikaronto adhimokkhabahulo ~aṁ
paṭilabhati, Paṭis II 49,3; 51,36; — 2. ~aṁ taṁ upā-
dānaṁ, Sn 170; ~ā ca sa ... majjhimā paṭipadā, Vin I
10,17; ~añ ... bhikkhave dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ, D II
305,1 foll. = M III 249,9 foll.; ~e ca bhikkhave tirac-
chānagatā pāṇā, III 167,22 foll.; ~o ca bhikkhave
yogakkhemapariyāyo, S IV 85,6; ~āni pañca bhayā-
ni verāni vūpasantāni honti, A IV 406,1; ~o tasmiṁ
samaye phasso hoti, Dhs 2; ~ā kitti, Nidd I 147,17;
~aṁ tasmiṁ samaye tivaṅgikaṁ jhānaṁ hoti, Vism
158,24 (cp. Vibh 263,21 foll); ~o Dīghanikāyo, Sp
26,21; ~o ca bhikkhave mārasenappamaddano mag-
go, Ps III 239,3; — katama + pana: ~āni pana bhante
khuddânukhuddāni sikkhāpadāni, Vin II 287,33;
~aṁ pana taṁ bho Gotama caraṇaṁ, D I 99,17 foll.;
~aṁ panâvuso dukkhaṁ, M I 48,29 foll.; ~o panâ-
vuso maggo ... etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyā ti,
S IV 252,1; ~añ ca pana bho Gotama ṭhānaṁ ~aṁ
aṭṭhānan ti, A V 269,12,13; ~e ca pana brāhmaṇa-
kārakā dhamma ti, Ud 3,17; ~ā pana sa hoti sac-
chikiriyā, Mil 122,24; ~aṁ pana bhante gantha-
dhuraṁ, Dhp-a I 7,19; ~e pana vimuttiparipācaniyā
dhamma, Ud-a 220,31; — katama + nu kho: ~ā nu
kho bhikkhave vedanā +, S IV 223,2 foll.; 251,27; V
7,27; ~o nu kho āvuso eko anto, ~o dutiyo anto, A
III 399,25; IV 449,11; — 3.a. ~ena taṁ nemi, M II 80,7
(imesu maggesu eko nirayaṁ gacchati, eko devalo-
kaṁ, tesu taṁ ~ena nemi, Ps III 316,9; cf. kena taṁ
nemi maggena, Ja VI 104,19*); — 3.b. puriso nikkha-
mitukāmo bhaveyya, ~ena nikkhameyyā ti. dvāre-
na ... nikkhameyyā ti, Mil 58,9 foll.; — 3.c. ito nu
bhoto ~ena assamo, Ja V 199,14* (= ito ~ena disā-
bhāgena, 199,18'); deve vassate ~ena udakaṁ gac-
cheyyā ti. yena ... ninnaṁ tena gaccheyyā ti, Mil
57',22 foll.[[side 100]]

" 346862288696774656,katamadhura,en,"

kata-madhura

, mfn., sweetened; yo bhedaṁ eva ā-
saṅkamāno ~ena upacārena sadā appamatto viha-
rati, Pj II 298,7.

" 346862360096411648,kaṭamagga,en,"

[

kaṭa-magga

, reading of Be for katamagga (q.v.)
in cpd. at Th-a II 67,5]

" 346862288914878464,katamaggabhāvanā,en,"

kata-magga-bhāvanā

, f., the practice of the way as
performed (for the sake of something; with dat. of goal);
used in gloss on the phrase nâparaṁ itthattāya of the
arahat formula; v. CPD s.v. itthatta; kilesakkhayāya
vā ~ā n' atthī ti, Spk I 205,21 = Sp 169,5, Sv 226,9, Ps I
128,8, Mp II 264,24 (with reading maggabhāvanākic-
ca).

" 346862288952627200,katamaggavihitabhāvanāmagga,en,"

kata-magga-vihita-bhāvanā-magga

, m., a way of
practice defined as a way that has prepared; used of kata-
pada, q.v.; katapadaṁ ~aṁ idaṁ mama sāsanaṁ,
Th-a II 67,4,5 (ad Th 199).

" 346862281205747712,katamahabhinīhāra,en,"

kata-mahâbhinīhāra

, mfn. [mahā + abhinīhara],
having made the supreme commitment; bhagavato pā-
damūle ~o, Thī-a 1,11; tathā hi sattānaṁ sakalavaṭ-
ṭadukkhanissaraṇāya ~o mahākaruṇâdhivāsapesa-
lajjhāsayo, Sv-pṭ I 13,22 = Ps-pṭ I 11,8; Sv-nṭ 119,8.

" 346862281218330624,katamahābhinīhāra,en,"

kata-mahâbhinīhāra

" 346862281595817984,katamahabhinikkhamana,en,"

kata-mahâbhinikkhamana

, mfn. [maha(t) + abhi°;
cf. katâbhinikkhamana, q.v.], having performed the
great departure from worldly life; for abhinikkhamana,
v. CPD s.v.; anupubbena ~o sammāsambodhiṁ
abhisambujjhitvā, Pj II 357,5; ekūnatiṁse vayasmiṁ
~o, Cp-a 3,22.[[side 101]]

" 346862281616789504,katamahābhinikkhamana,en,"

kata-mahâbhinikkhamana

" 346862282971549696,katamahāpaṇidhāna,en,"

kata-mahā-paṇidhāna

, mfn., having made the su-
preme commitment; sammasambodhisamadhigamā-
ya hi ~assa mahāsattassa yāthāvato parijānanena
sabbesu dhammesu anupalittassa attani sineho pa-
rikkhayaṁ pariyādānaṁ gacchati, Cp-a 328,5 -
Sv-pṭ I 127,13 (so read with Be; Ee katapaṇ°).

" 346862283252568064,katamāla,en,"

kata-māla

, m. and mfn. [cf. sa. kṛtamāla], 1. (m.) the
tree Cassia fistula; 2. (mfn.) wearing a garland; — 1. lex.
lit.: Abh 552 (katā mālā assa pupphehī ti ~o, siṅgā-
rappakāso, Abh-ṭ ad loc.); — pārijaññā ti ~ā (v.l. rat-
takamālā), Ja VI 535,24' (ad 535,9*); — 2. mālākite ti
~e mālādhare, kusumamālāpaṭimaṇḍite ti attho, Sp
709,24 (ad Vin III 249,24).

" 346862289254617088,katamalla,en,"

[

kata-malla

, w.r. at Spk II 87,31 for katamallane-
puñña (q.v.), which read with Ce; Be reads katamalla-
pāsānaparicaya]

" 346862289351086080,katamallaka,en,"

kata-mallaka

, n., a worked mallaka; a body-scrubber
made in the shape of the base (mūla) of a bowl scored to
resemble rows of crocodile teeth; ct. so; according to Sp-ṭ
a ~ is made in the shape of the base of a spittoon; v. infra;
Vmv, however, interprets ~ as a mallaka studded with
kaṇṭakas (q.v); v. infra; opp. akatamallaka: a plain
mallaka (CPD s.v. is imprecise); monks are not permit-
ted to use a ~; however, if they are afflicted with scab,
they may use a plain mallaka; cf. Vin II 106,16-22; —
Rem.: the true meaning of the ct.s description of a mal-
laka has been misunderstood by T.W. RHYS DAVIDS
and H. OLDENBERG, Vin. Texts: 68 no. 1 and 2, and
BD V: 143 no. 1 and 2, who interpret the term makara-
dantaka as crocodile teeth and swordfish teeth, respec-
tively, whereas it can only refer to a particular pattern
resembling rows of crocodile teeth = makaradantaka
(for this value of the suffix ka, cf. ⁴ka, q.v.), presumably
resulting from diagonally cut grooves; for similar types
of scrubbers, cf. H. HÄRTEL, Excavations at Sonkh,
Berlin 1993: 222: skin-rubbers, and 225: miscellaneous
teracotta objects 13 and 21 (with grooves at right
angles); ³kataka, q.v.; for makaradantaka, cf. Vin II
113,3; — gramm. lit.: katako ~aṁ, Rūp-ṭ 169,8 (ad
Rūp-v 156,31); — mallakaṁ nāma makaradantake
chinditvā mallakamūlasaṇṭhānena ~aṁ (BeCe ka-
taṁ mal°) vuccati, Sp 1200,6 (ad Vin II 106,22; ""a so-
called mallaka [made] in the shape of the base of a bowl
with cut crocodile teeth pattern is called a worked malla-
ka;"" = khelamallakamūlasaṇṭhānena, Sp-ṭ III 381,4;
= khelamallakamūlasaṇṭhānena. idañ ca vaṭṭâdhā-
rakaṁ sandhāya vuttaṁ. kaṇṭake uṭṭhāpetvā kata-
vaṭṭakapālass' etaṁ adhivacanaṁ, Vmv II 228,4-6;
— ifc. a-°.

" 346862103954460672,katamallanepuñña,en,"

kata-malla-nepuñña, Rem.:

cf. A. Roşu, JAs CCLXIX 1981: 417foll.

" 346862282707308544,katamallanepuñña,en,"

kata-malla-nepuñña

, mfn., trained as a wrestler; sa-
majjasamaye ~assa (Be katamallapāsāṇaparicayas-
sa) yuddhabhūmiṁ gacchantassa antarā (so read; Ee
antarā-) mallapāsāṇaṁ dassesuṁ, Sv 486,25 (Sv-pṭ
II 108,16) = Spk II 87,31 (so read with Ce; Ee katamal-
lassa [v.ll. katamallane mallassa, katamallane pac-
chassa]; Be katamallapāsāṇaparicayassa); — Rem.:
it has so far passed unnoticed that Sv and Spk in a gloss
on ~ mention wrestlers' use of mallapāsāṇas (""wres-
tlers' stones"") which are well-known to archaeologists
and historians of Indian art; cf. O. v. HINÜBER, The
Oldest Pāli Manuscript, AWL: 17 foll.; and 27, for ref-
erences to reproductions of a ""wrestler's stone"").

" 346862282816360448,katamallapāsāṇaparicaya,en,"

kata-malla-pāsāṇa-paricaya

, mfn., having trained
with ""wrestlers' stones""; reading of Be for CeEe kata-
mallanepuñña, q.v.

" 346862103988015104,katamaṅgala,en,"

kata-maṅgala,

sve va read sv-eva.

" 346862288994570240,katamaṅgala,en,"

kata-maṅgala

, mfn. [cf. sa. kṛtamaṅgala], auspi-
cious; sve va divaso ~o nāma hoti, Mp II 382,21.

" 346862289044901888,katamaṅgalakicca,en,"

kata-maṅgala-kicca

, mfn., having performed the aus-
picious (ritual) acts; rājā ~o khaggaṁ gahetvā puṅga-
vena saha anekasatasahassā gāvo māresi, Pj II
323,19.

" 346862289082650624,katamaṅgalasakkāra,en,"

kata-maṅgala-sakkāra

, mfn., consecrated (with
something; with instr.); haritûpattāya lājâdīhi ~āya
bhūmiyā mahârahāni āsanāni paññāpetvā, Ja I 50,26
= Sv 431,21 = Ps IV 175,15 (with led. fac. °ûpalittāya).

" 346862289124593664,katamanuñña,en,"

kata-manuñña

, mfn., having approved; samanuñño
ti sammad eva ~o, Mp-ṭ III 100,2 (ad Mp III 353,10).

" 346862289216868352,katamaraṇa,en,"

kata-maraṇa

, mfn., dead, deceased; katakālā ~ā ma-
raṇasampattā, Pv-a 29,10.

" 346862282917023744,katamassukamma,en,"

kata-massu-kamma

, mfn., having shaved one's
beard; so ~o sīsaṁ nahāto ... pāsādaṁ abhirūhissā-
mī ti, Ja V 309,25; ~ā sunahātā suvilittā rañño santi-
kaṁ gantvā, Spk II 361,4.

" 346862289183313920,katamatte,en,"

kata-matte

, ²ind. [= loc. of katamatta], as soon as
done or committed; duṭṭhapitaṁ vā ṭhapeti avassaṁ
patanakaṁ tathā karontassa ~e pārājikam, Sp
320,29.

" 346862283139321856,katamāya,en,"

katamāya

, m. [uncertain; cf. DED 1114], a kind of
large deer; kakkaṭā ~ā [CeEeSe so; Be kaṭ°; cf. v.l. at Ee
kaḷa°] ca, Ja VI 538,1* (~ā [v.l. kaṭa°] ti dve mahā-
migā, 538,21').

" 346862360121577472,kaṭamāya,en,"

[

kaṭamāya

, reading of Be for katamāya (q.v.) at
Ja VI 538,1*]

" 346862283307094016,katamī,en,"

katamī

, mf(ī)n. [cf. katimī, q.v.], which (of more than
two); ajja bhante ~ī (scil. tithi [f.]: lunar day) ti diva-
saṁ ... pucchito, Sv 190,14 = Ps I 258,27 = Spk III
188,4 (cf. Vin I 117,5-6: manussā bhikkhū ... puc-
chanti: katimī bhante pakkhassā ti); sace ... keci: aj-
ja bhante ~ī (v.l. -imī) ti divasaṁ ... pucchanti ...
tuṇhibhūtena gantuṁ na vaṭṭati, Vism 187,30 (=
pakkhassa ~ī, Vism-mhṭ I 209,16).

" 346862282766028800,katamittasanthava,en,"

kata-mitta-santhava

, mfn., being acquainted (with
someone) as a friend; yakkhabhūtehi saha ~o, Mhv-ṭ
296,26 (ad Mhv X 105).

" 346862357638549504,kaṭamorakatissaka,en,"

Kaṭamorakatissaka

, m. [cf. sa. Karoṭatiṣya; B.
MUKHERJEE, Die Überlieferung von Devadatta, 1966:
index s.v.]; Npr.; one of the monks who joined
Devadatta in stirring up discord in the Saṅgha; v.
PPN s.v.; atha kho Devadatto yena Kokāliko ~o (Be
kaṭamodaka-) Khaṇḍadeviyā putto Samuddadatto
ten' upasaṁkami, Vin III 171,4.

" 346862283411951616,katamukhabandha,en,"

kata-mukha-bandha

, mfn., having the mouth tied
up; uddhaṭadāṭhe ~e sappe vissajjesuṁ, Ja VI 6,25.

" 346862283357425664,katamukhadhovana,en,"

kata-mukha-dhovana

, mfn., having rinsed the
mouth; Gaṅgātīraṁ gantvā ~o bhikkhācāravelaṁ ā-
gamayamāno nisīdi, Sv 541,20 = Ud-a 422,30 = Sp-ṭ
III 318,24; — °-kicca, mfn., having performed the duty
of rinsing the mouth; Anotattadahe ~ā ākāsena āgan-
tvā, Paṭis-a 609,32 = Spk III 296,14 (reading °âdikic-
cā); — °âdi-kicca, mfn., having performed the duty of
rinsing the mouth, etc.; ~ā, Spk III 296,14.

" 346862282514370560,katamuṭṭhihattha,en,"

kata-muṭṭhi-hattha

, mfn., having one's fists
clenched; muṭṭhikatahatthā ti āvudhâdīnaṁ gaha-
ṇatthaṁ ~ā, Sv-pṭ III 140,2 (ad Sv 926,8).

" 346862289632104448,katana,en,"

katana

, n. [verb, noun < √kad ?; cf. sa. kadana;
EWA-1 s.v.], harm, injury; na vāham etaṁ jānāmi na
pi me koci saṁsati yam me tvaṁ samma akkhāsi
Sākhena ~aṁ (v.l. kataṁ na, kaḍhanaṁ, kantaṁ; Be
kāraṇaṁ) kataṁ, Ja IV 42,7* (= ākaḍḍhanavikaḍ-
ḍhanapothanakoṭṭanasaṁkhātaṁ ~aṁ [v.l. kataṁ
na] katan ti attho, 42,15'); — Rem.: in spite of the fact
that Be reads kāraṇa (a conjecture ?) and that the v.l.
kaḍhanaṁ might suggest reading kaṭhana (q.v.), there
is no cogent argument for rejecting the reading katana
(< kadana); for examples oft < d, cf. Geiger § 39.4.

" 346862357776961536,kaṭana,en,"

[

kaṭana

, v.l. at A IV 172,4 (with reading karaṇaṁ)
and reading at Mp IV 75,10 (with v.ll. karaṇa, kadāna),
for which probably read katana, q.v.]

" 346862289678241792,katanāmadheyya,en,"

kata-nāma-dheyya

, mfn., having been given a name:
named; ye khattiyā ye idha bhūmiphālā muddhâ-
bhisittā ~ā na tādise bhūmipatī adesi, Ja V
496,19*,27* (= muddhani abhisittattā va muddhâbhi-
sittā ~ā ti, 496,22',23').

" 346862296435265536,katañāṇa,en,"

kata-ñāṇa

, n., the knowledge that (something) has
been done; pariññātaṁ pahīnan ti, evaṁ tassa kic-
cassa katabhāvajānanañāṇaṁ ~aṁ nāma, Spk III
297,31 (ad S V 422,6,13) = Paṭis-a 612,11 (in the set: sac-
cañāṇa, kiccañāṇa, ~).

" 346862289720184832,katanāsaka,en,"

kata-nāsaka

, mfn. [cf. sa. kṛtanāśaka], ungrateful;
kiṁ akāsi bho so ~o te, Ras 1988: II 7:10.

" 346862295525101568,kataṅgasammanāgata,en,"

kat'-aṅga-sammanāgata

, mfn. [kati + aṅga], made
up of, consisting of how many elements; attādānaṁ
ādātukāmena bhante bhikkhunā ~aṁ attādānaṁ ā-
dātabban ti, Vin II 247,7; paṭhamaṁ pan' āvuso jhā-
naṁ kataṅgavippahīnaṁ -an ti, M I 294,33.

" 346862295445409792,kataṅgavippahīna,en,"

kat'-aṅga-vippahīna

, mfn. [kati + aṅga], devoid of
how many factors, elements; paṭhamaṁ pan' āvuso
jhānaṁ ~aṁ kataṅgasamannāgatan ti, M I 294,33 (Ps
II 348,20 foll).

" 346862295579627520,kataṇgika,en,"

kat'-aṇgika

, mfn. [kati + aṅgika], of how many fac-
tors, elements; paṭhamaṁ pan' āvuso jhānaṁ -an ti,
M I 294,28; ~o musāvādo, Vin V 213,4*.

" 346862289913122816,katanidānasodhana,en,"

kata-nidāna-sodhana

, mfn., whose source has been
clarified; ~assa assa suttassa atthavaṇṇanā ārabbha-
te, Pj I 236,2.

" 346862289829236736,katanikāralopa,en,"

kata-nikāra-lopa

, mfn., having the phoneme ni e-
lided; sabbe sarā yosu ~esu dīghaṁ āpajjante: aggī;
bhikkhū ... aṭṭhī; atthīni; āy[ū/u] āyūni +, Kacc-v ad
Kacc 88.

" 346862289871179776,katanikkhamana,en,"

kata-nikkhamana

, mfn., having left (something;
with abl.); nikkāmino ti kāye ca jīvite ca anapekhā
hutvā paññādhurena viriyena sabbakilesehi ~ā, Pj I
184,22 (ad Khp VI 7; cf. Pj II 605,10 ad Sn 1131: nikkā-
mino).

" 346862289959260160,katanissama,en,"

kata-nissama

, mfn. [cf. sa. kṛtaśrama], having exer-
ted oneself; pahāravarakhettaññū saṅgāme ~e (v.l.
°niyame) ussite hiṁsayaṁ rājā sa balena virujjhati,
Ja V 243,11* (saṅgāme ~e [Be v.l. °niyame] ti yud-
dhesu katakamme mahāyodhe, 244,28')-

" 346862296657563648,katañjalika,en,"

kat-añjalika

, mfn. [secdry < katañjali + ka], = ka-
tañjal[ī/i], q.v.; ~o, Bv-a 12,10 (ad Bv 11).

" 346862296716283904,katañjalipuṭa,en,"

kat'-añjali-puṭa

, mfn., - katañjali, q.v.; Sunandaṁ
tāpasaṁ ~ā sabbe janā namassantī ti, Ap-a 276,23
(ad Ap 38,17).

" 346862290047340544,katannakicca,en,"

kat'-anna-kicca

, mfn. [kata + anna; cf. katabhatta-
kicca, q.v.], having finished eating; ~o, Dāṭh I 59.

" 346862296783392768,kataññū,en,"

kata-ññū

, mfn. [cf. Amg. kayanna; sa. kṛtajña], ac-
knowledging past services, grateful; mindful; as a rule ~
is followed by the synonymous term katavedi(n) [q.v.],
thus constituting the rhythm ˘ - - + ˘ ˘ - - (= 3 + 4; cf.
CPD, Epilegomena: 35*); — gramm. lit.: (on adjectives
in -ññū) vidū viññū ~ū +, Sadd 191,18—192,1; Sadd
207,9; ~ū, Rūp-v ad Rūp 579; — exeg.: parena attano
kataguṇaṁ jānātī ti ~ū evaṁ ñatvā pana yen' assa
guṇo kato tassa guṇaṁ paṭikaronto katavedi nāma,
Ja V 147,21' (ad 146,21*, q.v. infra); kataṁ jānantī ti
~uno, Sp-ṭ III 234,10; kataguṇaṁ jānātī ti ~ū, Ap-a
540,14 (ad Ap 500,18); — tayā ~ussa katavedino pūjā
katā, Ja I 424,1; ~umhi ca posamhi sīlavante ariya-
vuttine sukhette viya bījāni katam tam pi na nassatī
ti, III 12,22* = IV 42,14*; ~unā katavedinā bhavituṁ
vattati, III 384,27; sabbe ~uno hotha, ciraṁ saggam-
hi ṭhassathā ti, 387,22*; Nigrodho pana paṇḍito ~ū
sappuriso, IV 41,9; yo ve ~ū (v.l. °u) katavedī (so
read; Ee °i) dhīro kalyāṇamitto daḷhabhatti ca hoti
dukhitassa sakkacca karoti kiccaṁ tathāvidhaṁ
sappurisaṁ vadanti, V 146,21* qu. Ps I 23,22* (reading
katavedidhīro), Spk II 252,4* (~u katavedī), and As
350,3*; sādhu sādhu Sāriputta, ~uno hi Sāriputta
sappurisā katavedino, Vin I 56,2; sappuriso ca kho
bhikkhave ~ū hoti katavedī, A I 61,25; ~uno bhavis-
sāma katavedino, S II 272,19; ~ū katavedī puggalo
dullabho lokasmiṁ, A I 266,12 (~ū katavedī ti imina
mayhaṁ katan ti tena kataṁ kammaṁ ñatvā vidi-
taṁ pākaṭaṁ katvā paṭikaraṇakapuggalo, Mp II
369,10); santo sappurisā ~ū katavedino bharanti mā-
tāpitaro pubbe katam anussaram, III 43,27 qu. Kv
349,6*; ~ū katavedī (v.l. kataññukata°) puggalo dul-
labho lokasmiṁ, A III 169,5 = 240,11 (reading katañ-
ñukatavedī); so ~ū katavedī satthāraṁ upasaṅkami,
Vv 1190; yo ca pubbakārī yo ca ~ū katavedī, Pj I
147,25; ~ū hontu pāṇino, Ras II 8:2; Saddh 509; —
ifc. a-°; appa-°.

" 346862297433509888,kataññubhāvadiniyojanatthaṃ,en,"

kata-ññu-bhāvâdi-niyojan'-atthaṁ

, ²ind. [bhāva
+ ādi + niyojana + atth°], for the sake of inciting (oth-
ers) to be grateful, etc.; adv. acc.; paresañ ca ~aṁ, Vjb
400,8.

" 346862297450287104,kataññubhāvādiniyojanatthaṃ,en,"

kata-ññu-bhāvâdi-niyojan'-atthaṁ

, ²ind. [bhāva
+ ādi + niyojana + atth°], for the sake of inciting (oth-
ers) to be grateful, etc.; adv. acc.; paresañ ca ~aṁ, Vjb
400,8.

" 346862297106354176,kataññujana,en,"

kataññu-jana

, m., a grateful person; only recorded
ifc.; — a-° (Saddh 544).

" 346862104008986624,kataññujātaka,en,"

Kataññu-jātaka,

n., alternative title of Jātaka 409. Daḷhadhamma-ja (Ja III 384–388), cf. G. Martini, BEFEO LI 1963: 86.

" 346862296842113024,kataññukatavedin,en,"

kata-ññ[ū/u]-kata-vedi(n)

, mfn., grateful and mindful;
yo ca pubbakārī yo ca ~ī, A I 87,3 (= tena kataṁ ña-
tvā pacchā kārako, Mp II 156,24) = Pp 26,12 (-u-; pa-
rena katassa upakārassa anurūpappavattiṁ attani-
kataṁ upakāraṁ upakārato jānanto vediyanto ~ī,
Pp-a 204,28 foll.); ~ī puggalo dullabho lokasmiṁ, A
III 240,11; — °-tā, f. [abstr.], gratefulness and mind-
fulness; anacchariyaṁ ... Sāriputtassa idāni ~ā, Mp I
329,6; — °-puggalâdika, mfn. [puggala + ādika], a
grateful and mindful person, etc.; ~aṁ, Sv-nṭ II 236,19;
— °-bhāva, m. [abstr], being grateful and mindful;
tasmā attano upakārassa upakāravasena guṇavase-
na yuttavasena upakārassa nāma paccupakāro kā-
tuṁ vaṭṭatī ti ~ena adāsi, Ja II 26,3; satthā ... Sāri-
puttassa ~aṁ dīpesi, Mp I 331,2; — ~-ppakāsan'-
atthaṁ, ²ind. [pakāsana + atthaṁ], for the sake of
making clear one's being grateful and mindful; attano
~aṁ, kataññutâdipasaṁsanatthaṁ, Vjb 400,7.

" 346862296863084544,kataññūkatavedin,en,"

kata-ññ[ū/u]-kata-vedi(n)

" 346862297060216832,kataññupakkha,en,"

kata-ññu-pakkha

, m., the side or party of the grate-
ful; puññaphalaṁ upajīvanto ~e tiṭṭhatī ti, Ppk-anuṭ
50,21.[[side 94]]

" 346862297374789632,kataññupubbakāribhāva,en,"

kata-ññu-pubba-kāri-bhāva

, m. [abstr.], the fact of
being grateful and obliging; ~o ... balavesārajjanip-
phattī ti, Cp-a 290,6.

" 346862296963747840,kataññurūpa,en,"

kata-ññu-rūpa

, mfn. [for rūpa used as a suffix — the
Pāninian suffix rūpap — expressing praise, or the like,
cf. Pāṇ V 3 66; katarūpa, katakkhāta, qq.v.; cf. BHSD
s.v. -rūpa], truly grateful; only recorded ifc. a-°; su-° (Ja
IV 99,31' ad 98,28*).

" 346862297509007360,kataññusabhāva,en,"

kata-ññu-sabhāva

, mfn., of a grateful nature; — ifc.
suṭṭhu-° (Ja IV 99,32' [Be °u kata°]).

" 346862297324457984,kataññutā,en,"

kata-ññu-tā

, f. [abstr.; < kataññū, q.v.], gratefulness;
almost invariably followed by its synonym kataveditā
(q.v.); cf. kataññū; ifc. — bāhu-sacca-° (Ap 260,12); —
gramm. lit.: Rūp-v 158,37 (ad Rūp 371); — exeg.: ~ā ti
katajānanaṁ, Spk II 232,2 (ad S II 272,16,17, q.v. infra);
~ā nāma appassa vā bahussa vā yena kenaci katas-
sa upakārassa punappuna anussaraṇabhāvena jāna-
natā, api ca nerayikādidukkhaparittānato puññāni
eva pāṇinaṁ bahūpakārāni, yato tesam pi upakārâ-
nussaraṇatā ~ā ti veditabbā, Pj I 147,18,22; — ajjhat-
tasambhavo ~āya te, Th 1126; gāravo ca nivāto ca
santuṭṭhī ca ~ā kālena dhammasavanaṁ etaṁ, Sn
265 = Khp 3,15; so te karissāmi yathānubhāvaṁ
~aṁ brāhmaṇa pekkhamāno, Ja III 24,23* (= tayā
mayhaṁ kataguṇaṁ jānanto taṁ attani vijjamānaṁ
~aṁ pekkhamāno, III 25,1',2'); 109,12*; yasmiṁ ~ā n'
atthi niratthā tassa sevanā, 26,28*; siyā kho bhik-
khave tasmiṁ jarasiṅgāle yā kāci ~ā kataveditā. na
tv' eva idh' ekacce sakyaputtiyapaṭiññe pi yā kāci
~ā kataveditā, S II 272,16,17; sabbhi h' etaṁ bhik-
khave upaññātaṁ yadidaṁ ~ā kataveditā, kevalā
esā bhikkhave sappurisabhūmi yadidaṁ ~ā katave-
ditā ti, A I 61,26,27; ~āya abhivādayāmi taṁ, Vv
1161 foll.; ~ā sappurisehi vaṇṇitā, Pv 263; yadi c'
atthi ~ā saddhammaṭṭhitiyā sabbā karotha viriyaṁ
daḷhaṁ, Ap 531,25; Spk II 232,3,16; Pj I 34,22 = It-a II
57,1; Cp-a 313,5; — °âdi-pasaṁsan'-atthaṁ, ²ind.
[pasaṁsana + atthaṁ], for the sake of commending
gratefulness, etc.; attano kataññukatavedibhāvappa-
kāsanatthaṁ, ~aṁ, Vjb 400,7; — °-paññā-gāravâdi,
mfn. [gārava + ādi], gratefulness, wisdom, reverence,
etc.; — ifc. saddha-° (Saddh 540); — °-yoga, m., em-
bodying gratefulness; — ifc. karuṇā-° (Saddh 497); —
°-saṁvaḍḍhita, mfn., intensified due to gratefulness;
bhagavato pāde sirasā vandī ti ~ena pemagāra-
vabahumānena vandi, Sp-ṭ I 293,30 (ad Sp 122,1).

" 346862290005397504,katanta,en,"

kat'-anta

, m. [cf. sa. kṛtânta], the termination (of
life), i.e., accutaṁ padaṁ = nibbāṇaṁ; cf. katapada,
q.v.; tattha tattha vipassitvā phusitvā accutaṁ pa-
daṁ ~aṁ paccavekkhantā imaṁ atthaṁ abhāsituṁ,
Th 3 (introductory verse; = kataṁ tassa antaṁ ... tas-
sa pana pariyosānabhūtaṁ phalaṁ ~o ti adhippe-
taṁ; taṁ ~aṁ aggaphalaṁ. atha vā paccayehi nip-
phāditattā katā nāma saṅkhatadhammā, taṁ nissa-
raṇabhāvato ~o nibbānaṁ, Th-a I 18,17); — ifc. su-°
(Ja III 386,22').

" 346862521077993472,kātanta,en,"

Kātanta

, n. [sa. Kātantra]; Npr.; title of the Buddhist
Sanskrit grammar ascribed to Śarvavarman; cf. H.
SCHARFE, Grammatical Lit. HIL V 2 1977: 162 foll.; =
Kalāpa, Ap-a 220,2, cf. Ap-a intr. p. xvii; ~e vattamā-
nā, Sadd 56,5; 57,5; — °-Kaccāyana, n. pl., the gram-
matical treatises Kātanta and ⁴Kaccāyana; etesu dvīsu
~esu, Sadd 56,9; ~āni aññamaññaṁ visadisavibhat-
tikkamāni pi... ekajjhaṁ saṁsandanti samenti, 57,33;
— °-ppakaraṇa, n., the (grammatical) treatise Kātanta;
~asmiṁ ... sakkaṭabhāsânurūpena dasadhā ākhyā-
tavibhattiyo ṭhapitā, Sadd 55,34.

" 346862273261735936,katanuggaha,en,"

katânuggaha

, mfn. [kata + anu°], assisted, helped
(by someone; with instr.); Satthārā ~o nikkhamitvā, Ja
II 449,24; raññā ~o, Sv 749,1; therena tathā ~ā uḷā-
rāya dibbasampattiyā bhāginī na ca dissati, Vv-a
102,3; Spk-pṭ II 169,15; Sp-ṭ III 70,3.

" 346862273278513152,katānuggaha,en,"

katânuggaha

" 346862270711599104,katanumodana,en,"

katânumodana

, mfn. [kata + anu°; cf. kata-
bhattânumodana, q.v.], having thanked for the meal;
paṇītena khādaniyabhojaniyena santappetvā ~aṁ
uyyāne vasanatthāya yāci, Ja I 304,7.

" 346862270728376320,katānumodana,en,"

katânumodana

, mfn. [kata + anu°; cf. kata-
bhattânumodana, q.v.], having thanked for the meal;
paṇītena khādaniyabhojaniyena santappetvā ~aṁ
uyyāne vasanatthāya yāci, Ja I 304,7.

" 346862273333039104,katanuñña,en,"

katânuñña

, mfn. [kata + anu°], being permitted; ~o
ekamante nisīdi, Ras Ee 1988: 36,18.

" 346862273345622016,katānuñña,en,"

katânuñña

, mfn. [kata + anu°], being permitted; ~o
ekamante nisīdi, Ras Ee 1988: 36,18.

" 346862290185752576,katapaccuggamana,en,"

kata-paccuggamana

, mfn., having been received (by
someone; with instr.); Satthā paṭhamagamanena Ka-
pilapuraṁ gantvā ṅātīhi ~o (v.l. °ne) Nigrodhārā-
maṁ patvā, Dhp-a III 163,20; — °âdi-sakkāra, mfn.,
having been treated hospitably in terms of being received
and all the rest; ~o paṅṅattāsane nisinno, Ja III 93,1.

" 346862291347574784,katapada,en,"

kata-pada

, n., a way (EV: place) that has been prepar-
ed (for doing something; with inf. + acc); acchāya ati-
bharitāya amataghaṭikāyaṁ ... ~aṁ jhānāni oce-
tuṁ, Th 199 (= lokiyalokuttarajjhānāni upacetuṁ,
bhāvetuṁ ~aṁ katamaggavihitabhāvanāmaggaṁ
[Be kaṭa°] idaṁ mama sāsanaṁ, Th-a II 67,4,5).

" 346862290093477888,katapaṃsukūla,en,"

kata-paṁsu-kūla

, mfn., dressed in rags; paṁsukūli-
kato ti ~o, Sp 1129,8 (ad Vin I 297,16 [reading °aka°]).

" 346862290231889920,katapañcamahāvilokana,en,"

kata-pañca-mahā-vilokana

, mfn., having performed
the five basic rebirth prognostications (of a bodhisatta
concerning the time, place, continent, family, and mother
of one's rebirth; cf. Ja I 48,24); ~o (so read with BeCe; Ee
°vilokato), Thī-a 1,20.

" 346862291108499456,katapaṇidhana,en,"

kata-paṇidhana

, mfn., having made a vow; Anoma-
dassissa bhagavato pādamūle ~ato paṭṭhāya, Vv-a
3,10.

" 346862290139615232,katapañjalika,en,"

kata-pañjalika

, mfn., = katañjal[ī/i], q.v.; paṅjalikā ti
~ā, ubho hatthe sirasi patiṭṭhāpetvā ti attho, Bv-a
89,14 (ad Bv II 47).

" 346862290399662080,katapañña,en,"

[

kata-pañña

, w.r. for katapuñña (q.v.) at Sp 12,2]

" 346862292765249536,katapāpa,en,"

kata-pāpa

, mfn., having done something evil, bad; yā-
vatā hoti akatakalyāṇānaṁ akatakusalānaṁ akata-
bhīruttāṇānaṁ ~ānaṁ ... gati, taṁ gatiṁ pecca gac-
chāmī ti, M III 165,7; idh' ekacco ... ~o kataluddo
katakibbiso (wax. comp. 4 + 4 + 5; cf. CPD, Epilegome-
na: 35*), A II 174,16 foll. (~o ti ādisu pāpaṁ vuccati
lāmakaṁ akusalakammaṁ, Mp III 161,12) = It 25,2
(= kataṁ upacitaṁ pāpaṁ etenā ti ~o, It-a I 102,9);
nâsmase -amhi, Ja IV 56,23* (= paṭhamakatapāpe
puggale, 57,11'); svāhaṁ akatakalyāṇo ~o, Pv 235;
ayaṁ puriso akatapuñño ~o, Pv-a 5,4; kukkuccam
nāma akatakalyāṇassa ~assa tappaccayā vippaṭisā-
ro, It-a II 177,19; — ifc. a-°; paṭhama-° (Ja IV 57,11'
[v.l. paṭhamaṁ-]).[[side 97]]

" 346862292844941312,katapāpakamma,en,"

kata-pāpa-kamma

, mfn., having done evil deeds; ba-
hi nipannesu pubbe ~ā, Dhp-a I 360,4,7; — ifc. a-°
(Dhp-a I 360,3,6).

" 346862287262322688,katapāpamūlaka,en,"

kata-pāpa-mūlaka

, mfn., stemming from a bad deed;
~ena vippaṭisāren' ev' ettha cittassa asamādhiya-
naṁ, Vmv I 126,26.

" 346862292912050176,katapāpapaṭicchādaka,en,"

kata-pāpa-paṭicchādaka

, mfn. [cf. katapaṭicchāda-
ka, q.v.], concealing a bad deed; māyāvī ti ~o, Sv
1036,1 (ad D III 246,29).

" 346862293000130560,katapāpapaṭicchādana,en,"

kata-pāpa-paṭicchādana

, n. [cf. katapaticchādana,
q.v.], the concealment of a bad deed; katassa kāyaduc-
caritâdipāpassa paṭicchādanaṁ ~aṁ, Ps-pṭ II 200,7
(ad Ps I 106,35); ~-vasena puna pi pāpassa karaṇato
pāpakiriyā, Nidd-a I 410,14 (ad Nidd I 378,26); —
°-tā,f. [abstr.], the fact of concealing a bad deed; ~ā, Pj II
288,14; — °-lakkhaṇa, mfn., characterized by the con-
cealment of a (bad) deed (used of māyā); ~ā māyā, Ps I
111,35 (Ps-pṭ II 200,7).

" 346862293075628032,katapāpapaṭicchādanavat,en,"

kata-pāpa-paṭicchādana-va(t)

, mfn., having con-
cealed a bad deed; māyāvī ti ~ā, Paṭis-a 462,25.kata-pāpa-paṭicchādana-vat

" 346862273463062528,kataparādha,en,"

katâparādha

, mfn. [kata + apa°], a. having offended
(someone; with loc.); b. having done wrong; — a. sace
bhante tumhe kujjhitukāmā tumhesu ~assa rañño
va kujjheyyātha mā aññesaṁ, Ja III 42,3; — b. ~aṁ
viya puttaṁ anukampakā mātāpitaro, Sp 220,10.

" 346862273479839744,katāparādha,en,"

katâparādha

" 346862287383957504,katapārājikavītikamma,en,"

kata-pārājika-vītikamma

, mfn., having committed a
pārājika offence; sace ~o bhaveyya, Sp-ṭ II 50,14.

" 346862291435655168,kataparakkama,en,"

kata-parakkama

, mfn., having made an effort; ener-
getic; vikkantan ti uddharaṇatthāya ~aṁ, Mp-ṭ I
147,20 (ad Mp I 131,28 = Ja IV 271,4).

" 346862290353524736,kataparappavāda,en,"

kata-para-ppavāda

, mfn., skillful at debating with
opponents; santi hi kho pana samaṇabrāhmaṇā paṇ-
ḍitā nipuṇā ~ā +, D I 26,23 (= viññātaparappavādā
c' eva parehi saddhiṁ katavādaparicayā ca, Sv
117,9) = 162,20 ≠ M I 176,28 (Ps II 197,13 = Sv 117,9) =
II 122,22 ≠ Nidd I 180,4 = 452,26 = II 137,25.

" 346862291989303296,kataparibhaṇḍa,en,"

kata-paribhaṇḍa

, mfn., plastered or coated (with
something; with instr.); cf. paribhaṇḍaṁ + √kṛ with
instr.; haritena gomayena ~āya, Sv-pṭ II 30,28 (ad Sv
431,21: haritupattāya ... bhūmiyā) ≠ Spk-pṭ I 240,16
(ad Spk I 205,33: sabbaṁ gehaṁ haritūpalittaṁ).

" 346862292064800768,kataparibhoga,en,"

kata-paribhoga

, mfn., having been served a meal; ta-
to naṁ ~aṁ, samma, kahaṁ agamāsī ti pucchi, Spk
II 226,20.

" 346862291699896320,kataparicaya,en,"

kata-paricaya

, mfn., 1. practiced; skilful (in some-
thing), conversant (with something); used absolutely or
with loc.; 2. familiar (with someone; with loc.); — 1.
(used absolutely) paguṇo ti ~o laddhāsevano, Sp
1152,26; chamāse subhojanarasapuṭṭhassa kira ~assa
mahāmallassa ... mallapāsāṇaṁ dassesuṁ, Sv
486,24 (= nibaddhapayogena ~assa, Sv-pṭ II 108,16);
— (with loc.) ~o aham ettha, Vism 96,1 (""I am conver-
sant with this""); Jātakâdisu ~ehi (v.l. °paricca°), Sp
483,11; nītisatthe ~o, Pv-a 129,25; asubhakammaṭṭhā-
ne ~o, Vism-mhṭ I 206,9 (ad Vism 184,32); — °-tā, f.
[abstr.], the fact of being practiced, skilful; kato pari-
cayo yena so kataparicayo. tassa bhāvo ~ā, Maṇis I
215,1; — ~âdi, mfn.; Maṇis 215,2; — °-bhāva, m.
[abstr.], the fact of being conversant with (something;
with loc.); sakkaṭaganthe ~ena vañcitehi vidūhi ic-
chitaṁ, Sadd 483,9; — 2. tesu ~o āgantuko atithi,
Vv-a 24,8,9; — °-tta, n. [abstr.], the fact of being fami-
liar with (somebody; with instr.); soṇena pana Koṭi-
kaṇṇena ~ā tassa pabbajitabhāvaṁ sutvā, Th-a I
83,4.

" 346862291632787456,katapariggaha,en,"

kata-pariggaha

, mfn., married; ayaṁ dārikā kiṁ
kenaci ~ā udāhu akatapariggahā, Pv-a 161,26; — ifc.
a-°.

" 346862292379373568,kataparihāra,en,"

kata-parihāra

, m. [katā + parihāra], safe-keeping of
a ready-made (vassikasāṭikā); tathā tad eva vacanaṁ
~aṁ na labhatī ti dīpeti, Vjb 275,9.

" 346862291494375424,kataparikamma,en,"

kata-parikamma

, mfn., prepared; made up; — ifc.
suṭṭhu-° (Sv 221,7; Ps III 261,21 [so read; Ee °u p°]); —
°-tā, f. [abstr.], the fact of being made up; nahāpaka-
sunahātā ti kañcanacuṇṇena ubbaṭṭetvā nahāpakehi
~āya sunahāpitā, Ja VI 145,11'.

" 346862291561484288,kataparikammacammachindanaka,en,"

kata-parikamma-camma-chindanaka

, mfn., cut-
ting hides that have been prepared (i.e., tanned, etc., by
the leather-worker); cammakāra-upakaranesu ~ā
khuddakā satthī (Be °camma-cchedana-khuddaka-
sattaṁ) ti imāni bhājanīyāni, Kkh 136,40.

" 346862291838308352,kataparitta,en,"

kata-paritta

, mfn., having enunciated a protective
spell; ~aṁ hi mahārāja purisaṁ ḍasitukāmo ahi na
ḍasati, Mil 152,20; so ahaṁ evaṁ ~o atītassa pari-
nibbutassa ... Buddhassa bhagavato namo karomi,
Ja II 148,4'; — ifc. a-°.

" 346862291913805824,kataparittāṇa,en,"

kata-parittāṇa

, mfn. [for the syntax of this type of
cpd., cf. katâvakāsa, q.v.], warded off (by a protective
spell; with gen. of agent); sabbe pi me ~ā sattā apagac-
chantu, Mp III 104,7.

" 346862292312264704,kataparivāra,en,"

kata-parivāra

, mfn., accompanied (by someone; with
instr.); bhikkhusahassehi ~o, Bv-a 4,8.

" 346862292157075456,katapariyesita,en,"

[

kata-pariyesita

, reading of Be at Sp 721,29 for kata-
pariyosita, q.v.]

" 346862292240961536,katapariyosita,en,"

kata-pariyosita

, mfn., 1. finished, completed; 2.a. (of
clothing) ready-made; b. (of needles) ready prepared; —
1. kathañ hi nāma āyasmā Channo ~aṁ vihāraṁ
punappunaṁ chādāpessati punappunaṁ limpāpes-
sati, Vin IV 47,12; ~aṁ pana kaṭhinaṁ gahetvā,
1109,8; ~aṁ vihāraṁ denti, 1245,28; — 2.a. ~āya vas-
sikasāṭikāya gimhānaṁ pacchimamāsaṁ khepetvā,
Sp 721,29; ~aṁ pana kaṭhinaṁ gahetvā, 1109,8; —
2.b. ~ā dve sūciyo datvā, Vv-a 250,18.

" 346862292702334976,katapātarāsa,en,"

kata-pātar-āsa

, mfn. [cf. bhuttapātarāsa], having
eaten breakfast; ~o, Ja I 227,1; ~ā va nikkhamathā ti,
Vism 391,35; sīsaṁ nahāyitvā ~o suddhaṁ uttarā-
saṅgaṁ ekaṁsaṁ karitvā, Sv 617,20; ~e, 622,30; sa-
yam pi pāto va nahatvā ~o, Spk I 165,6; — ifc. a-°
(Mp IV 37,3); — °-bhatta, mfn., = prec.; rājā ~o, Ja VI
349,19.

" 346862291183996928,katapaticaya,en,"

kata-paticaya

, m., an accumulation of deeds; tassa
me idāni uttariṁ karaṇīyassa ~assa (Be katapari°)
vā abhāvato, Pj II 39,1 (ad Sn 25).

" 346862290684874752,katapaṭicchādaka,en,"

kata-paṭicchādaka

, mfn., concealing a (bad) deed;
māyāvī ti ~o (v.l. vajjapp°), Mp III 364,22 (ad A III
335,5).

" 346862290747789312,katapaṭicchādana,en,"

kata-paṭicchādana

, n., the concealment of a (bad)
deed; — °-lakkhaṇa, mfn. [cf. katapāpapaṭicchādana-
lakkhaṇa, q.v.], characterised by the concealment of a
(bad) deed (used of māyā); ~āya māyāya ca samanā-
gato, Sv 838,38 (ad D III 45,15); ~ā māyā, Mp II 163,2
(ad A I 95,19) = Nidd-a I 410,16 ≠ Vibh-a 493,32; —
~-vasa, m.; ~ena puna pi pāpassa karaṇato pāpaki-
riyā, Vibh-a 493,30; — °âbhāva-guṇa, m., the property
consisting in not concealing a (bad) deed; evam Bhaga-
vā pamādavihārino pi dassanasampannassa ~ena
vattum āraddho, Pj I 190,16 ≠ 191,20.

" 346862292521979904,katapāṭihāriya,en,"

kata-pāṭihāriya

, mfn., having performed miracles;
~assa Bhagavato Tāvatiṁsagamanaṁ, Pj II 570,10.

" 346862290449993728,katapaṭikamma,en,"

kata-paṭikamma

, mfn., being atoned; yaṁ āpattiṁ
anāpajjantena pūritaṁ āpajjitvā vā puna ~aṁ taṁ
visuddhaṁ, Vism 14,12,13.

" 346862290617765888,katapaṭikkhepa,en,"

kata-paṭikkhepa

, mfn., refusing (to eat more); cf. ka-
tapavāraṇa, q.v.; Vyu 8684 ad pavārita = Tib. dgag
dbye; pavārito ti katapavāraṇo ~o, Sp 821,15 (ad Vin
IV 82,21); Kkh 104,25 (Kkh-ṭ 383,22).

" 346862290814898176,katapaṭiñña,en,"

kata-paṭiñña

, mfn., promised; mahābrahmuṇo
dhammadesanāya ~o, Thī-a 2,34.

" 346862290525491200,katapaṭiññanurūpapayoga,en,"

kata-paṭiññânurūpa-payoga

, mfn. [paṭiññā + anu-
rūpa], acting according to one's promise; yathāpayogā
(so read with Vv 1257; Ee yathā p°) ti idāni ~ā, Vv-a
346,1.

" 346862290550657024,katapaṭiññānurūpapayoga,en,"

kata-paṭiññânurūpa-payoga

, mfn. [paṭiññā + anu-
rūpa], acting according to one's promise; yathāpayogā
(so read with Vv 1257; Ee yathā p°) ti idāni ~ā, Vv-a
346,1.

" 346862291062362112,katapaṭisammodana,en,"

kata-paṭisammodana

, mfn., having been hospitably
received (by someone; with instr.); raññā tuṭṭhacittena
~o (v.l. °damāno), Dhp-a III 125,10.[[side 96]]

" 346862290940727296,katapaṭisanthāra,en,"

kata-paṭisanthāra

, mfn., being kindly received; used
absolutely or constructed with instr.; — (used absolute-
ly) ath' eko Bārāṇasivāsivanacarako taṁ ṭhānaṁ
patvā ~o, (v.l. °raṁ) rājaputtaṁ saṅjānitvā, Ja VI
160,4; tāpasaṁ upasaṅkamitvā ~o tam atthaṁ puc-
chi, Ps III 85,10; satthāraṁ vanditvā ~o, Dhp-a I 80,2;
Satthu santikaṁ gantvā ~o, Ud-a 285,15; 360,23; —
(with instr.) Bodhisattaṁ āgataṁ disvā tena ~o atta-
no āgatakāraṇaṁ ārocesi, Ja II 250,7.

" 346862291246911488,katapatiṭṭha,en,"

kata-patiṭṭha

, mfn., grounded; tena vuccati vatthu-
katā ti evaṁbhūtattā yeva ~ā hontī ti, Paṭis-a 481,11
(ad Paṭis I 172,25).

" 346862290886201344,katapaṭivedha,en,"

kata-paṭivedha

, mfn., having (intellectually) pene-
trated (something), hence: knowledgeable; akatapaṭive-
dhānaṁ kenaci cittena ~ānaṁ akusalena ca asamat-
thena ca cittena na limpantī ti, Paṭis-a 621,15.

" 346862273395953664,katapattivāra,en,"

katâpatti-vāra

, m. and n. [kati + āpatti], the section
dealing with the question of how many offences (one
commits doing a certain thing); ~aṁ niṭṭhitaṁ duti-
yaṁ, Vin V 46,21 = 52,4 = 79,36 = 84,30 = 97,15; me-
thunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭisevanto kati āpattiyo āpajja-
tī (= Vin V 33,10) ti ādippabhedo ~o, Sp 1304,13 (Sp-ṭ
I 68,5); — °âdi, mfn.; ~ayo, Sp 1304,28; Vjb 544,1,2.

" 346862273412730880,katāpattivāra,en,"

katâpatti-vāra

" 346862292442288128,katapavāraṇa,en,"

kata-pavāraṇa

, mfn., being offered, hence: being sa-
tisfied, hence: refusing (to eat more); for a note on this
usage, v. BD II: 326 no. 2; pavārito ti ~o katapaṭik-
khepo, Sp 821,15 (ad Vin IV 82,21); Vmv II 314,8.

" 346862288055046144,kataphaṇa,en,"

kata-phaṇa

, mfn., having the hood erected; soṇḍikate
ti ~e, Ja VI 166,20' (ad 166,7*).

" 346862287434289152,katapiṭṭhaṃ dhītalikaṃ,en,"

[

kata-piṭṭhaṁ dhītalikaṁ

, reading at Pv-a 16,22,
for which read piṭṭhadhītalikaṁ with v.l. and Be; Ce
katapiṭṭhadhītalikaṁ; cf. Pv-a 17,6: piṇḍadhītalikaṁ
for which read piṭṭhadhītalikaṁ (""a bisquit doll"") with
BeCe and Pv-a-Trsl.]

" 346862287664975872,katapubba,en,"

kata-pubba

, mfn. [cf. sa. kṛtapūrva], done in the
past, formerly done (with gen. or instr. of agent); tesañ
ca dinnapubbaṁ ~aṁ dhammikaṁ baliṁ no pari-
hāpentī ti, D II 74,37 (= pubbe kataṁ, Sv 520,22) -
75,8 = A IV 17,1 (= pubbe dinnañ ca katañ ca, Mp IV
13,14); rañño nāgo yam enaṁ hatthidammasārathi
kāraṇaṁ kāreti, yadi vā ~aṁ yadi vā akatapubbaṁ
taṁ aṭṭhikatvā, II 116,31 = III 161,34; api ca kho din-
napubbaṁ ~aṁ pitupitāmahehi, IV 61,8,10 = 236,18;
na no vivāho nāgehi ~o kudācanaṁ, Ja VI 163,25*;
kena nam' evarūpaṁ -an ti adhippāyen' evam ā-
haṁsu, 575,24'; — ifc. a-° (A II 116,31).[[side 98]]

" 346862287862108160,katapubbakicca,en,"

kata-pubba-kicca

, mfn., having fulfilled the prepara-
tory duties; ~o bhikkhu nevasaññānâsaññâyatanaṁ
samāpajjitvā ... nirodhaṁ phusitvā viharati, Vism
708,24; 705,10 = Paṭis-a 319,17.

" 346862287887273984,katapubbavidhāna,en,"

kata-pubba-vidhāna

, mfn., having finished the pre-
parations; ~o ahaṁ ""kālo bhante niṭṭhitaṁ bhattan""
ti kālaṁ ārocayiṁ, Ap-a 240,9.

" 346862287979548672,katapubbopakāra,en,"

kata-pubbôpakāra

, mfn. [pubba + upakāra], hav-
ing offered help in the past; puriso ~o, Ras II 9: 3.

" 346862287576895488,katapuñña,en,"

kata-puñña

, 1. good deeds that have been done; only
recorded ifc. q.v. infra; 2. mfn., one who has done (good)
deeds; — 1. ifc. para-° (~ânumodana, Pv-a 122,29); —
2. exeg.: puññakato ti ~o, Mp III 64,8; — pecca mo-
dati ~o, Dhp 16 (= nānappakārassa kusalassa kāra-
ko puggalo, Dhp-a I 132,16) ≠ 18; tath' eva -am pi,
asmā lokā paraṁ gataṁ, Dhp 220; ~o 'si tvaṁ Ā-
nanda, D II 144,19; sobhat' idaṁ āyasmato Kosiyas-
sa yathā taṁ pubbe ~assa, M I 253,29; sabbattha
~assa atīv' aññe va pāṇino uppajjanti bahū bhogā
appanāyatanesu pī ti, Ja II 413,26* (sabbath' eva ~as-
sa aññe akatapuññe satte atikkamitvā ti, 414,6'); na-
y-idaṁ akatapuññānaṁ ~ānaṁ ev' idaṁ, Vv 169 =
848 foll.; ~ā hi modanti sagge bhogasamaṅgino ti,
171; āvesanañ ca me āsi Asayhassa upantike sad-
dhassa dānapatino ~assa lajjino, Pv 271; sāmo ma-
hārāja kumāro ~o, Mil 129,28; devabhūto manusso
va ~o viroc' ahaṁ, Ap 298,9; samma paṇihitacitto
pubbe ca ~o visuddhâsayo hoti, Ud-a 16,26 = It-a I
27,15; — ifc. a-°.

" 346862287706918912,katapuññabhāva,en,"

kata-puñña-bhāva

, m., the fact or property of having
done good deeds; katapuññatan ti ~aṁ, Pj I 230,14 (ad
Khp VIII 16).

" 346862287220379648,katapuññakumāraṃ,en,"

[

kata-puñña-kumāraṁ

, reading at Pv 453 and Pv-a
196,28 for katapuññaṁ kumāraṁ, which read m.c. ( ˘ ˘
- - ˘ - - ) with BeCe]

" 346862280694042624,katapuññaphala,en,"

kata-puñña-phala

, mfn., who has reaped the fruit of
meritorious deeds; kataññunā guṇavatā ~ena hi aka-
taññujanassāpi katam phātiṁ gamissati, Saddh 544.

" 346862287321042944,katapuññaphalabhāgin,en,"

kata-puñña-phala-bhāgi(n)

, mfn., having a share in
the fruit of the meritorious deeds that have been done (by
someone; with instr.); te sabbe sattā mayhaṁ mayā ~ī
bhavantu, Ap-a I 10,24.kata-puñña-phala-bhāgin

" 346862286578651136,katapuññapuggala,en,"

kata-puñña-puggala

, m., a person who has done
(good) deeds; evaṁ ~aṁ ito paralokaṁ sakāni puñ-
ñāni sampattihatthehi sampaṭicchanti paṭigaṇhanti,
Vv-a 221,14.

" 346862287530758144,katapuññasambhāra,en,"

kata-puñña-sambhāra

, mfn., having accumulated
merits; katâdhikārā ~ā jinasāsanesu aladdhamokkhā
appattanibbānā, Ap-a I 28,30 (ad Ap 7,10); — °-vasa,
m.; evaṁ so ~ena arahattaṁ patvā, Ap-a 365,33.

" 346862287736279040,katapuññasañcaya,en,"

kata-puñña-sañcaya

, m., an accumulation of meri-
torious deeds; tato attano ~aṁ dassento, Ap-a 266,12.

" 346862287618838528,katapuññatā,en,"

kata-puñña-tā

, f. [abstr.; < katapuñña, q.v.], the fact
of having done (good) deeds; patirūpadesavāso ca pub-
be ca ~ā attasammāpaṇidhi ca, etam maṅgalam ut-
tamaṁ, Sn 260 = Khp V 3 (= upacitakusalatā, Pj I
132,9) ≠ D III 276,7 ≠ A II 32,7 (pubbe ca ~ā ti pubbe
upacitakusalatā, Mp III 64,3); dhīrā pasaṁsanti paṇ-
ḍitā -an ti, Ja II 414,29* = Khp VIII 16 (= katapuñña-
bhāvaṁ, Pj I 230,13); pubbe p' ahaṁ ~āya (so read
with v.l.; cf. 351,19) sukhaṁ labhāmi, Sv 351,1,19; yo-
niso manasikārena c' ettha attasammāpaṇidhiṁ
pubbe ca ~aṁ sādheti, Ud-a 16,8; — ^°-bala, n., the
force of having done (good) deeds; pubbe ca ~ena, Sv-pṭ
II 352,9 (ad Sv 741,6).

" 346862287774027776,katapuññupacaya,en,"

kata-puññûpacaya

, mfn. [puñña + upa°], having
accumulated merits; ayam pi ... tattha tattha bhave
~o (v.l. puññasañcayo) Sikhissa Bhagavato kale ku-
lagehe nibbatto, Ap-a 433,13.

" 346862287790804992,katapuññūpacaya,en,"

kata-puññûpacaya

, mfn. [puñña + upa°], having
accumulated merits; ayam pi ... tattha tattha bhave
~o (v.l. puññasañcayo) Sikhissa Bhagavato kale ku-
lagehe nibbatto, Ap-a 433,13.

" 346862287815970816,katapupphupahāra,en,"

kata-pupphûpahāra

, mfn. [puppha + upa°], with
flowers presented (as gifts to the person who is going to
sit on a seat); haritagomayalitte ~e supaññattâsana-
padese nisīdāpetvā, Ja VI 117,33'.

" 346862287832748032,katapupphūpahāra,en,"

kata-pupphûpahāra

, mfn. [puppha + upa°], with
flowers presented (as gifts to the person who is going to
sit on a seat); haritagomayalitte ~e supaññattâsana-
padese nisīdāpetvā, Ja VI 117,33'.

" 346862288013103104,katapurebhattakicca,en,"

kata-purebhatta-kicca

, mfn., having finished the
morning meal (as opp. to pacchābhattakicca); Bhagavā
evaṁ ~o gandhakuṭiyā upaṭṭhākena paññattâsane
nisīditvā, Sv 46,22 = Pj II 133,4 = Mp I 65,15 (reading
upaṭṭhāne nisīditvā [sic.]; BeCe so; read upaṭṭhākena
paññatte āsane with Sv and Pj II).

" 346862283609083904,katara,en,"

katara

, mfn. [ts.;⁵ka (q.v.) + tara; cf. Ai.Gr. II.1 §
116 c), II.2 § 453 a-b), d), III § 266 a); Geiger § 111.3;
EWA-2 s.v. katará-; CDIAL 2693], interrogative pro-
noun: 1. who, which, what of any number; in gramm.
lit.: who, which, what of two; for the grammarians'
definition of the semantics of ~, v. infra sub gramm. lit.;
cf. Pan V 3 93 and Kāś ad loc.; 2.a. used as a substitute
for ⁵ka (q.v) with an emphatic value; only used substan-
tially; cf. katama, q.v.; Pay Ce 1974 161,11, q.v. infra
sub gramm. lit.; b. kataro ca kataro ca (used distribu-
tively; = ko ca ko ca, for which v. ⁵ka 4.), which one
individually; — like ⁵ka ~ is often followed by the
particles nu + kho and pana; v. infra; — Rem.: katara
contrasts with katama (q.v.) in two ways: a. katara
would seem to be predominantly post canonical; cf., e.g.,
katarayakkha, q.v. infra; b. katara has not been record-
ed in the plural (cf. Dhp-a IV 73,5,16); — c. in some
cases katara and katama are used interchangeably; cf.,
e.g., M III 268,6; S IV 61,6; Ai.Gr. III: 563,25; Ja V
331,14': ~asmiṁ vs. C^ks katamaṁ; — gramm. lit.: on
the inflection of the pronoun (sabbanāma[n]) ~: Sadd
266,21 ≠ Rūp 64,23 ≠ Pay Ce 1974 60,14; 267,26; Sadd
268,30; 269,12 foll.;— on the semantics of katara:
°-katamasaddā pucchanatthā, Sadd 266,25 = Rūp
66,30 = Pay Ce 1974 60,23; ~o ... appavisayo, Sadd
270,13 foll.; kiṁsaddā niddhāraṇe ratara-ratamā
honti: ~o bhavataṁ Devadatto ~o bhavataṁ Kaṭho,
Mogg-v ad Mogg IV 57 (~o ... ti nāmaniddhāraṇaṁ,
~o ... ti jātiniddhāraṇaṁ, Mogg-p ad Mogg IV 57);
cf. Kāś ad Pāṇ II 1 63; — on cpd.s with ~ and katama:
°-saddassa pana katamasaddena saddhiṁ samāsam
icchanti dvidhā rūpāni garū ~o ca katamo ca
°-katame °-katamā vā ti, Sadd 272,15; — 1. used sub-
stantially: ~o te sāmiyo ti pucchiṁsu, Ja I 352,29; ~ā
nu kho etesaṁ dhammakathā sappāyā, Spk II
363,16; ajja ~issā (referring to one out of three) pāsā-
daṁ gamissasi, Dhp-a I 215,14; ekaṁ bhātaraṁ
dammi, ~am ānemī ti, kaniṭṭhaṁ ānehī ti, III 76,9 =
Ja I 132,18; tāsaṁ ~aṁ sandhāya vippalapasi, Thī-a
54,11; tattha maggaṭṭhāniyaṁ ~aṁ, ~aṁ phalaṭṭhā-
niyan ti, Vjb 135,17; Cūḷapanthako nāma ~o, Ap-a
318,26 (referring to one out of 1.000); — used adjectival-
ly: ~asmiṁ janapade viharissasī ti, M III 268,6 = S IV
61,6 (reading katamasmiṁ for ~asmiṁ); Vv 995; ~ena
nu kho maggena ettha gantabban ti, Ja I 4,17 = Ap-a
5,2 = Bv-a 70,27 qu. Sadd 270,17; sa mayhaṁ -an
nāma upaddavaṁ na kareyya, hāretabbā esā ti, Ja I
298,10; ~ena nakkhattena jāto, V 331,12'; ~ena
mahantena atthena, dvīhi ānisaṁsehi, Ps III 11,11
(ad M I 342,17); ~aṁ sippaṁ (so read; qu. Ud-a 204,25[[side 102]]
as katarasippaṁ) sippānaṁ aggan ti, Ud 31,25 (sab-
basippānaṁ ... ~aṁ sippaṁ aggaṁ uttamam, Ud-a
204,26); channaṁ utūnaṁ ~asmiṁ utumhi jāto dī-
ghāyuko hoti ~asmiṁ utumhi appāyuko, V 331,14'
foll. (ad 330,2*); ~asmiṁ game vā nigame vā nagare
vā raṭṭhe vā janapade vā, Kv 609,3; pubbaṇhamaj-
jhantikâdisu ~asmiṁ kale, Sp 490,14 = Ps IV 95,14;
~asmiṁ dese bhagavā ti majjhimadese, Sp 959,32 (ad
Vin I 4,2); idaṁ sikkhāpadaṁ ~asmiṁ nagare vut-
tan ti attho, 1289,26 (ad Vin II 249,23: kattha); ~as-
miṁ jātake, Ps I 227,2; ~aṁ gāmaṁ pavisissāmā ti,
II 284,2; kuhin ti ~aṁ ṭhānaṁ pāpuṇitvā, III 269,19
(ad M II 26,17); ~asmiṁ nu kho kale (BeCe so), Spk II
21,20; ~aṁ suttaṁ sotukāmo upāsakā ti, Dhp-a I
130,6; ~aṁ dānaṁ (so read) nu kho dānesu kataro
raso (so read) rasesu katarā rati (so read) ratīsu
jeṭṭhakā, IV 73,5 foll. (cf. dānarasaratīsu katamā dā-
narasarati nu kho seṭṭhā, 73,16); ~āya rattiyā abhi-
sambodhito sattamāya rattiyā, Ud-a 50,18 (ad Ud
3,5*); — 2.a. gramm. lit.: ko evā ti ~o, Pay Ce 1974
161,11; — devalokamaggo ko ~o ti vuttaṁ hoti, Ja
IV 110,13'; atisukhaṁ vata idaṁ, ~aṁ: so samvāso
paṇḍitehi, VI 447,18' (ad 447,15*); seṭṭhī ~o nāmā ti,
Migāraseṭṭhī nāmā ti, Dhp-a I 391,10; kin ti ~aṁ,
Pv-a 122,5 (ad Pv 278); — 2.b. cattāri pubbanimittānī
ti~añ ca ~añ cā ti jarājiṇṇaṁ vyādhitaṁ mataṁ
pabbajitan ti, Ja I 57,4 = Ap 61,28; — reading of Be for
katama at Mil 83,31; — °-aṭṭh'-uppatti, f. [aṭṭha +
upp°], which occasion (cf. aṭṭhuppatti, q.v.); ~iyaṁ (Be
atth°) kassa pucchāya kathitan ti, Mp II 336,31 (ad A
I 226,31 foll); — °-katama, m., (the words) katara and
katama; — gramm. lit.: kataro ca katamo ca ~e ~ā
vā, Kacc-v ad Kacc 164 = Rūp-v 67,2; Kacc-v ad Kacc
165 = Sadd 659,21; ~assa nāmikapadamālā yoje-
tabbā, 272,19; — ~-sadda, m., = prec.; ~ā puccha-
natthā, Sadd 266,25 = Rūp 66,30 = Pay Ce 60,23; Sadd
270,13 foll.; — °âdi, mfn.; Sadd 269,12; — ifc. sabba-°
(Sadd 267,26); — °-katara-vihāra, m., which indivi-
dual mental state; thero ~ena viharathā ti pucchitvā,
Th-a I 117,35; — °-Kassapa, m., which Kassapa; =
Kumārakassapa; v PPN s.v.; ~assa kumārakassa,
Mp I 284,13; — °-kula, n., which family; ~ā nu kho
nikkhamitvā, Mp I 255,22; Vjb 304,4; — °-gandha,
mfn., (bhvr.) having which scent; tvaṁ imaṁ piḷan-
dhanaṁ ~aṁ vilimpasī ti, Ja VI 336,9; — °-gāma, m.,
which village; kataro gamo ~o, Sadd 272,13; cp. Pan
VI 2 57; — ~-vāsika, mfn., living in which village; ~o
'si ... ti pucchi, Ja I 235,11 foll.; III 284,24; brāhmaṇo
... bhagini ~ā ti pucchi Mithilāyaṁ, VI 32,25; ~ā
'ttha, Sp 1336,25; Mp I 38,19; — ~-vāsi(n), mfn., living
in which village; ~ino pana amma tumhe ti, Mp I
431,13; ~ī, Sadd 272,11; — °-geha, n., which house; ~e
vasatī ti, Ja III 9,16; ~aṁ (v.l °aṁ geh°) paṭijahi-
tabbaṁ, Dhp-a I 392,12; — °-cchanda, m., which
metre; pubbapaṭṭhāpanagāthā ārabhanto hi ~ena
hotū ti ārabhati, Spk I 94,22 (erf S I 38,19); —
°-ṭṭhāna, n., which place; ~aṁ (Be so; Trenckner
Transcript (°aṭha°; Ee °aṁ ṭhā°) nāma etan ti, Ps II
15,22; ~aṁ etan ti, III 73,22 ≠ 74,5; ~aṁ (v.l °aṁ
ṭhān°) gamissathā ti, Dhp-a II 240,12; — °-thera, m.,
which thera; ~o nu kho ayyo ti, Ud-a 198,16 (ad Ud
29,23); — °-divasa, n., which day; sādhu dassetu ~aṁ
sākacchā hotī ti, Ja II 251,7; — °-deva-loka, m., which
world of gods; ~o ramaṇīyo, Dhp-a I 131,9; — °-dvi-
pada m., which bipeds; ~esū ti manussesu c' eva
devesu ca, Bv-a 39,10 (ad Bv 23); — °-dhīta(r), f.,
which daughter; ~āya vo ete puttā ti, Dhp-a I 243,16;
— °-nagara, n., which town; ~ato āgat' attha tātā ti,
Dhp-a I 390,15; — °-nāma, mfn. [v.l. for kataraṁ nā-
ma; cf. seṭṭhī kataro nāmā ti, Dhp-a I 391,10; cf. konā-
ma, kiṁnāma, qq.v.], (bhvr.) having what name; seṭ-
ṭhikulaṁ ~ā ti, 390,17; — °-buddha-kāla, m., the pe-
riod of which buddha; ayaṁ pana thero ~e pubbapat-
thanaṁ abhinīhāraṁ akāsi, Mp I 135,24; — °-bhāsā,
f., which language; aṭṭhārasasu bhāsāsu ~āya kathe-
mī ti, Vibh-a 387,20; — °-magga, m., a. which road; b.
which way, method; — a. ~ena bhikkhusaňgho gac-
chatū ti ~o Ānanda ujuko ti, Mp I 227,17; tumhe
yeva jānātha ~ena tumhe āgatā, Ps IV 40,10 (ad M II
245,21); ~ena nāma (so) gacchatī ti, Ja V 44,28'; — b.
tathāgato bhikkhusaṅghena sarīrajhāpanakiccaṁ
kāresi ... ~o (Ee w.r. °raṁ agg°) nu kho tena sac-
chikato, Mp I 282,21 ≠ Ap-a II 238; — ~-vajjha, mfn.,
to be annihilated according to which way, method; ~ā
tava kilesā pahīnā ti vuttaṁ hoti, Sp 490,17 (ad Vin
III 92,10) = Ps IV 95,18 (cf. Sp 491,11-12); — °-yakkha,
m., what kind ofyakkha; yakkhānaṁ antare ~o nāma
tvaṁ, Ja VI 307,3 (ad katamâsi devatā, 306,31*); —
°-liňga, mfn., having which gender; okāranto āpa-
saddo ~o ti, Sadd 114,17; — °-vara, n., which boon;
~aṁ gaṇhāmā ti, Mp I 256,20; — °-sakuṇ'-aṇḍaka,
n., which bird's egg; ~āni nam' etānī ti, Ja V 110,9; —
°-satta-loka, m., which world of beings or creatures; ~ā
ti, Mp I 100,4; — °-sadda, m., the word katara; (on the
semantics of katara) katarakatamasaddesu ~o appe-
su ... vattati, Sadd 270,13 foll.; — °âdi, mfn.; ~âdī-
nam, Sadd 268,28; (on the formation of cpd.s with ~
etc.) idāni ~âdīnaṁ parapadena saddhiṁ samāso
nīyate: kataragāmavāsī, 272,10; — °-sippa, n., which
profession; ~aṁ sippānaṁ (Be °aṁ sip°) aggan ti,
Ud-a 204,25 (= Ud 31,25: °aṁ sip°); — °-sucarita, n.,
what kind of good action, proper conduct; ~ass' ev' esa
iddhi-ādiko vipāko, Ja VI 316,18' (ad 316,13*).

" 346862103920906240,katara,en,"

katara, 1.

~aṁ … piṭakaṁ, Sv 14,6 “which of the two piṭakas?”.

" 346862518917926912,kātara,en,"

kātara

, mfn. [ts.], timid, cowardly; — lex. lit.: adhīro
~o, Abh 731; — gāmadārakā viya bhayabahulā asū-
rā ~ā, Ps I 116,31 (ad M I 19,13).

" 346862103899934720,kataracchayo,en,"

[kataracchayo,

w.r. Ja V 71,1* for accha-koka-taracchayo, q.v.]

" 346862534323605504,kāṭaragāma,en,"

Kāṭaragāma

, v. Kājaragāmaka.

" 346862283718135808,kataragandha,en,"

[

katara-gandha

, w.r. at Ja VI 336,11 for katagan-
dha]

" 346862283768467456,katarajja,en,"

kata-rajja

, mfn., having reigned as king; Ariṭṭhapu-
ramhi nāma nagare ~ā aṭṭhārasarājāno, Mhv-ṭ
128,11 foll.[[side 103]]

" 346862274092208128,katarakkha,en,"

katârakkha

, mfn. [kata + ārakkha], protected,
guarded; sa devatāhi ~ā ... Haṁsavatuyyāne Padu-
muttarakumāraṁ vijāyi, Bv-a 190,11; ahaṁ bahi
uyyāne ~o vasissāmi, Vmv II 44,3.

" 346862274108985344,katārakkha,en,"

katârakkha

, mfn. [kata + ārakkha], protected,
guarded; sa devatāhi ~ā ... Haṁsavatuyyāne Padu-
muttarakumāraṁ vijāyi, Bv-a 190,11; ahaṁ bahi
uyyāne ~o vasissāmi, Vmv II 44,3.

" 346862274163511296,katarakkhasaṃvidhāna,en,"

katârakkha-saṁvidhāna

, mfn., having the protec-
tion arranged (by someone; with instr.); so devatāhi ~o
dasannam māsānam accayena mātukucchito nik-
khamitvā, Bv-a 132,20.

" 346862274180288512,katārakkhasaṃvidhāna,en,"

katârakkha-saṁvidhāna

, mfn., having the protec-
tion arranged (by someone; with instr.); so devatāhi ~o
dasannam māsānam accayena mātukucchito nik-
khamitvā, Bv-a 132,20.

" 346862283961405440,katarañjana,en,"

kata-rañjana

, mfn., painted (with something; with
instr.); alattakakatā ti alattakena ~ā, lākhāya saṁ-
rañjitā, Th-a III 35,29 (ad Th 771).

" 346862284020125696,katarassa,en,"

kata-rassa

, mfn., shortened; naṁ jhato ~ā. tḥsmā
jhato ~ā aṁvacanassa naṁ hoti. daṇḍinaṁ; bhogi-
naṁ, Kacc-v ad Kacc 224 = Rūp 153 (kato rasso assā
ti ~o, Rūp-ṭ 49,1) ≠ Sadd 674,17.

" 346862284074651648,katarūpa,en,"

kata-rūpa

, mfn. [for the semantics of rūpa used as a
suffix ifc. — the Pāninian suffix rūpap — expressing
praise, or the like, cf. Pāṇ V 3 66; pa. akkhātarūpa, ka-
taṅñurūpa, qq.v.; BHSD s.v. -rūpa], well done;
laudably done; -am idaṁ bhotā veyyāvaccaṁ anap-
pakaṁ, Ja V 317,14* (= katajātiyaṁ (so read with
TRENCKNER Transcript; Ee °jān°; BeCe om.) katasa-
bhāvaṁ, 317,27').

" 346862286289244160,katasabbakicca,en,"

kata-sabba-kicca

, mfn., having done all one's obliga-
tions; senāsane viharantena ~ena rahogatena pati-
sallīnena ... catūh' ākārehi kammaṭṭhānaṁ bhāve-
tabbaṁ, Vism 352,27; kevalino ti, sakalino, ~ā, Spk II
277,1 (ad S III 61,27).

" 346862286364741632,katasabhāva,en,"

kata-sabhāva

, mfn., of the nature or essence of a deed
(i.e., a real deed); cf. katarūpa, katajātiya, qq.v.; kata-
rūpam idan ti katajātiyaṁ (so read with Trenckner
Transcript; Ee °jān°; BeCe om.) ~aṁ, Ja V 317,27' (ad
317,14*).

" 346862285790121984,katasadda,en,"

kata-sadda

, m. and mfn., 1. (m.) the word kata; 2.
(mfn.) having made the sound (huṁ huṁ; cf. Sv
530,22); — 1. ~o idha nipphannapariyāyo, Ps-pṭ II
145,11 (ad Ps II 197,13: kataparappavāde); Mp-ṭ I
242,24 = As-mṭ 67,30; ~assa kiriyāsāmaññavācakattā
katavijjo ti ādīsu viya ~o ñāṇānuyuttataṁ vadatī ti
Sv-nṭ I 432,20,21 (ad Sv 117,9); — 2. jātapañcama-
divase ~ato paṭṭhāyā ti, Sv 530,24.

" 346862285592989696,katasakkāra,en,"

kata-sakkāra

, mfn., honoured (with something; with
instr.); te tattha gantvā gāmavāsikehi āsanasālāya
nisīdāpetvā ~ā pucchiṁsu, Dhp-a III 358,8; gandha-
mālâdīhi ~ā tālavaṇṭehi otaritvā, Ja V 353,10'; — ifc.
su-° (Mhv IX 8); — °-bahu-māna, mfn., being hon-
oured and shown respect (by someone; with instr.); seṭ-
ṭhīhi ~ā tadahe va mayaṁ gacchāmā ti, Mp I 434,10;
dasasahassalokadhātudevatāhi ~o, Pj II 391,17; —
°-sammāna, mfn., being honoured and shown respect
(by someone; with instr.); tena sakanivesanaṁ pave-
setvā ~o tattha kattabbaṁ ñātijanânuggahaṁ, Mp I
191,1; tena ~o (v.l °samāno; °nesu) taṁ saraṇesu pa-
tiṭṭhāpetvā, Dhp-a II 154,9; so tassa gharaṁ gantvā
tena ~o sāraṇīyakathāya vattamānāya, Ja II 410,10.

" 346862102884913152,kaṭasakkhara,en,"

kaṭa-sakkhara,

f., a sort of soft white earth; marumbâti ~ā Sp 753,3 (~ā setamattikā viya mudukā sakkharajāti, Vjb 296,13).

" 346862360163520512,kaṭasakkharā,en,"

kaṭasakkharā

, f. [cf. sa. kaṭaśarkarā], a kind of
fine white gravel (ct. so; sa. kaṭaśarkarā is recorded
in a different sense; v. PW s.v.; cf. ZDMG 121 1971:
104 note 44); marumbā ti ~ā (v. l. pākaṭa-), Sp 755,3 (ad
Vin IV 33,9); ~ā setamattikā viya mudukā sakkha-
rajāti, Vjb 296,13.

" 346862286431850496,katasamaṇa,en,"

[

kata-samaṇa

, reading of BeEe at M I 386,7* for
which read katasāmaṇa (q.v) m.c]

" 346862287019053056,katasāmaṇa,en,"

kata-sāmaṇa

, mfn. [for sāmaṇa (n. abstr.) = sa. śrā-
maṇa, on which, cf. Pāṇ V 1 130 and gaṇapāṭha ad
loc], having practiced the way of life of an ascetic: an
accomplished ascete; suggested reading (H. Smith/D.
Andersen) in āry[ā/a] for katasamaṇa at M I 386,7*;cf.
L. ALSDORF, Die Āryā-Strophen des Pāli-Kanons, AWL
Jg. 1964 Nr. 4: 19 foll.; akathaṅkathissa tusitassa ...
~assa (so read m.c. for CeBeEe °samaṇ°) ... Bhagavato
tassa sāvako 'ham asmi, M I 386,7* (= katasāmañ-
ñassa, samaṇadhammassa matthakappattassā ti, Ps
III 97,1) qu. Sp-ṭ II 72,9* (reading katasamaṇa°); —
Rem.: the sa. version of the verse in which ~ occurs
reads -[śrā]maṇyasya; v. E. WALDSCHMIDT, The Var-
naśatam: An Eulogy of One Hundred Epitheta of Lord
Buddha Spoken by the Grhapati Upāli(n), NAWG Jg.
1979 Nr. 1.: 6 - Kleine Schriften 1989: 332.

" 346862286507347968,katasamaṇadhamma,en,"

kata-samaṇa-dhamma

, mfn., having practiced the
way of life of an ascetic: an accomplished ascetic; ~o
vāsitavāsano bhāvitabhāvano ... kulaputto, Vism
184,34 (Vism-mhṭ 206,14); pubbe ekato ~ā, Dhp-a II
210,14.

" 346862286951944192,katasāmañña,en,"

kata-sāmañña

, mfn. [cf. katasāmaṇa, q.v.], having
practiced the way of life of an ascetic: an accomplished
ascetic; katasāmaṇassā (so read ex.; Ee °sam°) ti
~assa, samaṇadhammassa matthakappattassā ti
attho, Ps III 97,1 (ad M I 386,7*).

" 346862286679314432,katasambhāra,en,"

kata-sambhāra

, mfn., having accumulated (the
necessary conditions for obtaining Bodhi); tesu atīta-
buddhesu katâdhikārañ ca ... ~añ ca, Ap-a 103,29;
234,24.

" 346862287077773312,katasāmibhattikā,en,"

kata-sāmi-bhattikā

, (m)f(n)., being devoted to her
husband; bhattikatan ti ~aṁ (Be °bhati°), Thī-a 267,21
(ad Thī 413).

" 346862286624788480,katasamphassa,en,"

kata-samphassa

, mfn., being caressed (by the hand);
karena hatthatalena parāmaṭṭho ~o ahosi, Ap-a
389,22 (ad Ap 114,19).

" 346862285282611200,katasaṃsagga,en,"

kata-saṁsagga

, mfn. [cf. sa. kṛtasaṁsarga], having
been in contact (with, hence: familiar with some-
one j something; with instr.); puggalaṁ nissāya tena ~o
(so read; Ee kata saṁ°) sādhu jīvī pi parisuddhājīvo
pi, It-a II 67,5; — ifc. a-°; cira-° (Ja III 63,12' [ad
63,8*]).

" 346862284858986496,katasaṃvidhāna,en,"

kata-saṁvidhāna

, mfn., prepared, i.e., made ready
for use according to the rules; pubbe ~assa cīvarassa
vuttâkārena paṭisaṅkharaṇaṁ, Ps-pṭ III 325,1 (ad Ps
IV 157,19: kataparibhaṇḍaṁ [syntactical cpd.; v. s.v.
kata 2.a.(i)]); — ifc. a-° (syntactical cpd.; pace CPD
addenda).

" 346862274830405632,katasanabhihārasakkāra,en,"

katâsanâbhihāra-sakkāra

, mfn. [kata + āsana + a-
bhi°], honoured (by someone) by being offered a seat
(with instr.); so tattha gantvā Bhadrakāramāṇavena
~o nisīditvā, Ja V 60,28.

" 346862274847182848,katāsanābhihārasakkāra,en,"

katâsanâbhihāra-sakkāra

, mfn. [kata + āsana + a-
bhi°], honoured (by someone) by being offered a seat
(with instr.); so tattha gantvā Bhadrakāramāṇavena
~o nisīditvā, Ja V 60,28.

" 346862285169364992,katasaṅgaha,en,"

kata-saṅgaha

, mfn., having collected (the Dhamma);
Vālikârāme vasantaṁ ~aṁ Upālitheraṁ passitvā,
Mhv V 106;cf. Dīp V 10.

" 346862285643321344,katasaṅketa,en,"

kata-saṅketa

, mfn., 1. having made an appointment;
2. being agreed upon; — 1. ~ā vā hutvā akatasaṅketā
vā pi evaṁ esa mayi bajjhissatī ti, Ja V 436,20'; — 2.
mfn., ajja asukaṭṭhāne kīlissāmā ti ~āni (so read with
v.l.; Ee ~ānaṁ) nivāsaṭṭhāna-uyyānâdi, Nidd-a I
310,30; — ~-ṭṭhāna, n., the place that is agreed upon; aj-
ja asukaṭṭhāne kīḷissāmā ti ~aṁ nivāsaṭṭhāna-uyyā-
nâdi, Spk II 260,9.

" 346862285689458688,katasañña,en,"

kata-sañña

, mfn., having agreed; (with iti); īdisat-
thavācakan ti ~assa ... atthâvabodho hotī ti, Mmd
13,16.

" 346862285924339712,katasannāha,en,"

kata-sannāha

, mfn., having put on the armour; te ~ā
nikkhamitvā yuddhaṁ ārabhiṁsu, Dhp-a I 358,6.

" 346862285718818816,katasaññāṇa,en,"

kata-saññāṇa

, mfn., being marked; yo bhikkhu vilī-
vamayaṁ vā, tālapaṇṇamayaṁ vā ~aṁ yaṁ kiñci
kusaṁ pātetvā, Kkh 29,25 ≠ Sp-ṭ II 162,23 (ad Sp
378,10) = Vmv I 200,27; lakkhaṇacchinnassâpī ti a-
raññasāmikānaṁ hatthato kiṇitvā gaṇhantehi ~as-
sa Sp-ṭ II 146,16 (ad Sp 342,26).

" 346862285991448576,katasannicaya,en,"

kata-sannicaya

, mfn., having accumulated; cayo ti
santānako ~o, Ps III 169,13 (ad M I 452,1).[[side 105]]

" 346862277074358272,katasaññin,en,"

kata-saññi(n)

, mfn., having the (false) idea of having
done or accomplished (something); adhimāniko kho a-
yam āyasmā adhimānasacco appatte pattasaññī a-
kate ~ī anadhigate adhigatasannñī adhimānena añ-
ñaṁ vyākaroti, A V 162,22; — °-tā,f. [abstr.], the state
of having the (false) idea of having done or accomplished
(something); akate ~ā, Vibh 355,36.kata-saññin

" 346862286041780224,katasanniṭṭhāna,en,"

kata-sanniṭṭhāna

, mfn., having decided, resolved
(with iti); — so dhuv' āhaṁ Buddho bhavissāmī ti
evaṁ ~o, Ja I 19,32 ≠ Thī-a 2,17; ime dhamma mayā
pūretabbā ti ~o, Mp I 98,19; 146,3; imaṁ tāva rattā-
vasesaṁ katarāya ratiyā vītināmessāmī ti cintetvā
dhammaratiyā ti ~ā, Mp IV 35,18; ~o chatâdhichat-
taṁ kāretvā, Ap-a 439,10.

" 346862285840453632,katasanthava,en,"

kata-santhava

, mfn., somebody with whom (somebo-
dy else) has had (illicit) sexual intercourse; tassa ~assa
purisassa saññaṁ adāsi, Mp I 357,9; tena ~ena puri-
sena saddhiṁ aggadvārena nikkhamitvā, Thī-a
108,24.

" 346862360192880640,kaṭasara,en,"

[

kaṭa-sara

, w.r. at As 78,23 for Ce kaṇṭhasara; Be
reads sara]

" 346862360339681280,kaṭasāra,en,"

kaṭasāra

, m. [cf. kaṭasāraka, q.v.], a kind of grass
mat; rājā ... gacchatha ~ena (v. l. sārakena) paṭicchā-
detvā maddāpethā ti āha, Dhp-a I 268,1; — ifc.
sayana-° (Ja IV 474,2).

" 346862287136493568,katasāraka,en,"

[

kata-sāraka

, w.r. at Sp 1249,6 for kaṭasāraka,
which read with v.l.]

" 346862359223996416,kaṭasāraka,en,"

kaṭasāraka

, n. [cf. kaṭasāra, q.v.], a kind of grass
mat; according to ct. (v. infra) ~ is made from one of
four types of grass: eragu, moragu, majjāru, or jantu;
— exeg.: eragu moragu majjāru jantū ti imā catasso
'pi tiṇajātiyo, etehi ~e ca taṭṭikāyo ca karonti, Sp
1088,6 (ad Vin I 196,6); — upari ~aṁ pattharanti, 776,1;
bahū pattā maṅce vā pīṭhe vā ~e vā doṇiyaṁ vā pha-
lake vā ṭhapitā honti, 844,28; antamaso ~e pi paka-
tibhūmiyam pi nipannassa ... desetuṁ na vaṭṭati,
895,29; rājā kira ... nisajjatthāya paññattaṁ ~añ ca
adho tehi pādehi akkami, Sv 137,20; upari nānāvaṇṇe
~e santharitvā tesaṁ upari mahāpiṭṭhikakojavake
ādiṁ katvā, Ps III 18,10; Dhp-a II 183,21; imaṁ paṭha-
viṁ ~aṁ viya saṁvellitvā aṅgulantare nikkhipis-
sāmī ti, Dhp-a III 212,7; so paṇṇasālāyaṁ ~aṁ
pattharitvā maṅcapīṭhaṁ paṅṅāpesi, Cp-a 40,30; —
ifc. jiṇṇa-° (~-matta, As 180,13); nānā-vaṇṇa-°
(Ud-a 409,25); nāva-° (Vism-mhṭ I 161,2); padu-
minī-paṇṇa-vattha-° (Sp 847,6); pāvār'-attha-
raṇa-° (Sp' 932,13); mañca-pīṭha-° (Ud-a 181,5);
mahā-° (Sp 845,4); — in long cpd. at Sp 792,2.

" 346862105057562624,kaṭasāraka,en,"

kaṭasāraka,

āsanesu asati ~e pi … paññāpetuṁ vaṭṭati, Sp 1060,24.

" 346862360507453440,kaṭasārakadivikati,en,"

kaṭasārakâdi-vikati

, f. [kaṭasāraka + ādi],
some sort of a grass mat or the like; bhummat-
tharaṇaṁ nāma bhūmiyaṁ attharitabbā ~i (so read
with v.l. and Be; Ee -tabbakaṭ-), Sp 776,5.

" 346862360520036352,kaṭasārakādivikati,en,"

kaṭasārakâdi-vikati

, f. [kaṭasāraka + ādi],
some sort of a grass mat or the like; bhummat-
tharaṇaṁ nāma bhūmiyaṁ attharitabbā ~i (so read
with v.l. and Be; Ee -tabbakaṭ-), Sp 776,5.

" 346862360444538880,kaṭasārakadutiya,en,"

kaṭasāraka-dutiya

, mfn., accompanied by a
grass mat; — ifc. nipajjanaka-° (Ja V 97,15').

" 346862360419373056,kaṭasārakakhaṇḍa,en,"

kaṭasāraka-khaṇḍa

, n., a piece of a grass mat;
so ekadivasaṁ dūtaparājito nivatthavatthāni datvā
~aṁ (so read with v.l. and Be; Ee -sāṭāka-) nivāsetvā
tassā gehaṁ āgami, Ja IV 248,25; 249,7.

" 346862360364847104,kaṭasārakakilañja,en,"

kaṭasāraka-kilañja

, m., a grass or fibre mat;
kaṭhinan ti nisseṇiṁ pi tattha attharitabbaṁ ~ānaṁ
aññataram pi, Sp 1206,8.

" 346862360478093312,kaṭasārakasantharaka,en,"

[

kaṭasāraka-santharaka

, v.l. at Nidd-a I 197,9
for kaṭasāraka]

" 346862286746423296,katasarakkhepa,en,"

kata-sara-kkhepa

, mfn., trained, skilled in archery;
katûpāsano ti ~o dassitasippo, Mp III 87,20 (ad A II
48,14: katupāsano) = Spk I 117,3 (ad S I 62,2).

" 346862286104694784,katasaralopanimitta,en,"

kata-sara-lopa-nimitta

, mfn., caused by the vowel
being elided; ~e yeva parassa vikāre sampatte pakati-
bhāvatthaṁ, Rūp-v ad Rūp 75 (= Kacc 83; Rūp-ṭ
35,17).

" 346862286813532160,katasarīrapaṭijaggana,en,"

kata-sarīra-paṭijaggana

, mfn., having taken care of
the body (washing etc. ?); tassā rattiyā accayena ~o, Ja
I 69,8; punadivase ~o rattavākamayaṁ nivāsanapā-
rupanaṁ saṇṭhapetvā, 304,2; punadivase ~o ...
Sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pavisitvā, Dhp-a I 27,13; Rājaga-
havāsinī aññatarā upāsikā pāto 'va ~ā Satthu thū-
paṁ pūjessāmī ti, Vv-a 200,5.

" 346862360314515456,kaṭasāṭakakhaṇḍa,en,"

[

kaṭa-sāṭaka-khaṇḍa

, reading at Ja IV 248,25
and 249,7 for kaṭasārakakhaṇḍa, which read with v. l.
and Be]

" 346862360545202176,kaṭasi,en,"

kaṭas[ī/i]

, f. [ts.; v. BHSD s.v.; prakr. kaḍasī], ceme-
tary; kaṭasiṁ + √vaḍḍh: to fill up the cemetary; used
figuratively of saṁsāra; taṇhā and avijjā; v. infra s.v.
kaṭasisaṅkhāta); according to certain indigenous
scholars ~ is another word (adhivacana) for the five
skandhas (v. infra sub exeg.); syn.s susāna; āḷāhana;
— exeg.: keci pana ~ī ti pañcannaṁ khandānaṁ
adhivacanan ti vadanti, Ud-a 352,10; — ye ... puthuj-
janā vaḍḍhenti ~iṁ, Th 456 (Th-a II 192,26) ≠ 575; sara
~iṁ vaḍḍhente, Thī 502 (aparāparaṁ uppattiyā pu-
nappunaṁ ~iṁ susānaṁ āḷāhanam eva vaḍḍhante
satte anussara, Thī-a 291,13); andhakārena onaddhā ...
vaḍḍhenti ~iṁ ghoraṁ ādiyanti punabbhavan ti,
Vin II 296,21* (punappunaṁ kaḷevaranikkhipamāna-
bhūmiṁ vaḍḍhenti, Sp 1298,4) = A II 54,12 (atta-
bhāvaṁ, Mp III 92,18); bhutvāna bheke khalamū-
sikāyo ~īsu khittāni ca koṇapāni, D III 26,3*; evaṁ
dīgharattaṁ vo ... ~i vaḍḍhitā, S II 178,23 = 179,17
(susānaṁ, paṭhavī yeva vā sa hi punappunaṁ ma-
rantehi sarīranikkhepena vaḍḍhitā, Spk II 156,23) =
Nidd II 273,34; ~iyo diṭṭhī vaḍḍhenti, Ud 72,1 (Ud-a
351,30).kaṭasī

" 346862360557785088,kaṭasī,en,"

kaṭas[ī/i]

" 346862285337137152,katasikkha,en,"

kata-sikkha

, mfn., trained, skilled (in something;
with loc.); vijjāsu ~o katupāsano katahattho āture u-
pasaṅkamati tikicchāya, Mil 353,14; dhanumhi ~ā
Vedhaññanāmakā ete Sakyā, Sv 905,3; — °-tā, f.
[abstr.], the fact of being trained, skilled (in something;
with loc.); hatthisippâdisu ~aṁ katheti, Mp IV 15,1.

" 346862287178436608,katasikkhāpadavītikkama,en,"

kata-sikkhāpada-vītikkama

, mfn., having trans-
gressed the precepts; ~o bhikkhu, Sp 236,28 qu. Pālim
325,18.

" 346862286339575808,katasiramuṇḍa,en,"

[

kata-sira-muṇḍa

, reading of Be for Ee katasīsa-
muṇḍa, q.v]

" 346862281876836352,katasīsamuṇḍa,en,"

kata-sīsa-muṇḍa

, mfn., having the head shaved (by
something; with instr.); khurena ~o (Be °sira°), Th-a II
176,6.

" 346862300432437248,kaṭasisaṅkhāta,en,"

kaṭasi-saṅkhāta

, mfn., (figuratively) called
""cemetary""; andhaputhujjanehi abhikankhitabbaṭ-
ṭhena ~ānaṁ taṇhā-avijjānaṁ abhivaḍḍhakā, Ud-a
351,29 (ad Ud 72,1); te jāti-ādīhi ... ghoraṁ ... ~aṁ
saṁsāraṁ punappuna-uppannamaranâdinā vaḍ-
ḍhenti, Th-a II 192,28 (ad Th 456).

" 346862300482768896,kaṭasīvaḍḍhaka,en,"

kaṭasī-vaḍḍhaka

, mfn., filling up the cemeta-
ry; evaṁ kilesūpadhīhi saṁsāre punappunaṁ up-
pattiyā ~o hutvā bhinnasarīro ahaṁ mā sayissan ti,
Th-a II 28,25 (ad Th 152).

" 346862300373716992,kaṭasivaḍḍhana,en,"

kaṭasi-vaḍḍhana

, mfn., filling up the cemetary
(cf. susānavaḍḍhana, Thī 380); ete ubho antā ~ā,
kaṭasiyo diṭṭhī vaḍḍhenti, Ud 72,1 (apare pana ~ā ti
padassa aparāparaṁ jarāmaraṇehi sīvathikavaḍ-
ḍhanā ti atthaṁ pathanti, Ud-a 351,28; Ud-a 352,13) =
Nett 174,1 (kaṭasī-); ~o, Ja I 146,10 (= bhūmivaddhaka,
Ja-ṭ); ~ā, It-a I 85,3 (ad It 17,20).[[side 40]]

" 346862280027148288,katassama,en,"

kata-ssama

, mfn. [cf. sa. kṛtaśrama], trained,
experienced (in something; with loc.); ~o va satthesu,
Saddh 277; visanti bhāvâvagamā ~ā, Subodh-pṭ
143,3* (Subodh-ṇṭ 144,1).

" 346862281985888256,katasudhāparikamma,en,"

kata-sudhā-parikamma

, mfn., whitewashed; eke-
kissā paṇṇasālāya dvāre ekeko caṅkamo rattiṭṭhā-
nadivāṭhānaparicchinno ~o ālambanaphalako, Ja
IV 489,10.

" 346862281931362304,katasuṅka,en,"

kata-suṅka

, mfn., taxed; yathā ... sadhano nāviko
paṭṭane suṭṭhu ~o mahāsamuddaṁ pavisitvā, Mil
359,27.

" 346862358888452096,kaṭati,en,"

kaṭati

, pr. 3 sg. [ts.; cf. ¹kaṭ(a), q.v.], 1. to crush;
2. to rain; 3. to protect; 4. to move; ~ is only recor-
ded in gramm. lit.; — forms: pr. 3 sg. ~ati; 3 pl.
-anti; — 1. ~ati maddati ripavo ti Kaṭakaṁ = na-
garaṁ, Mogg-v ad Mogg VII 18; kaṭavarānaṁ āk:
-anti ettha osadhâdiṁ maddantī ti kaṭāho = bhāja-
naviseso, Mogg-v (ad Mogg VII 223); — 2-4. kaṭa
vassâvaraṇesu: ~ati, Sadd 352,3; kaṭa gatiyaṁ: ...
~ati, Sadd 353,3 (cf. sa-Dhātup I 315 + 342).

" 346862269075820544,katatiritta,en,"

katâtiritta

, mfn. [kata + ati°], (formally) declared
""leftover"" (by saying ""this much is enough""; cf. Vin IV
82,18-19: evañ ca pana ... atirittaṁ kātabbaṁ: alaṁ
etaṁ sabban ti); pañca kappiyāni paribhuñjitabbā-
ni dinnañ ca hoti ... ~añ ca hoti, Vin V 129,31.

" 346862269096792064,katātiritta,en,"

katâtiritta

" 346862297009885184,katatta,en,"

kata-tta

, n. [abstr.], 1.a. the having done; (ii) the
having carried through; b. the having cultivated, prac-
ticed; c. the having held; 2.a. the having created; b. the
having caused; 3. the having built; — 4. performed, com-
pleted; — ifc. bahulī-° (D II 213,16,20,23; S V 222,8); —
gramm. lit.: (on the derivation of the word vāruṇī) Su-
ra-Varuṇehi ekato hutvā ~ā, Sadd 795,3; — 1.a. dvī-
hi kāraṇehi attānaṁ garahati, ~ā ca akatattā ca,
Nidd I 54,13 foll.; 332,9; 218,25; Sumukhassa dosaṁ
dassetvā accayapaṭiggahaṇassa ~ā pi tvaṁ amhā-
kaṁ ācariyo va, Ja V 380,17'; catusu saccesu catun-
naṁ kiccānaṁ ~ā aññaṁ uttariṁ karaṇīyaṁ nāma
n' atthi, Mp IV 165,4 (ad A IV 255,24); evaṁ akatāni
pari' etāni imaṁ sammukhā vinayasaṅkhātaṁ vat-
thuṁ virtā ~ā vatthuvipannāni honti, Sp 1396,36; ca-
tūhi maggehi soḷasannaṁ kiccānaṁ ~ā, Dhp-a IV
142,12; pariṅñâdīnaṁ soḷasannaṁ kiccānaṁ ~ā ka-
takicco, Th-a III 15,17 ≠ Ud-a 218,20; — 1.b. satikara-
ṇīyānañ ca dhammānaṁ ~ā sato, Nidd I 9,28 (~ā ti
katabhāvena; catunnaṁ maggānaṁ ~ā bhāvitattā ti
attho, Nidd-a I 51,29); satikaraṇīyānaṁ dhammā-
naṁ ~ā sato, satipaṭipakkhānaṁ dhammānaṁ ~ā
sato, 347,10; dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena
~ā dhammo etesu atthi, Sp 879,21; taṁ hi pamāṇaṁ
atikkamitvā odissaka-anodissakadisāpharaṇavase-
na vaḍḍhetvā ~ā appamāṇakan ti vuccati, Ps III
450,14; paṭiccasamuppādamukhena vipassanâbhini-
vesassa ~ā, Ud-a 45,16; — 1.e. thereh' eva ~ā ca the-
rikā pavuccati, Sp 30,14* ≠ Mhv III 40 (Geiger:
""compiled""; Mhv-ṭ 151,27); — 2.a. so tassa kammas-
sa ~ā upacitattā ... sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ uppajja-
ti, D III 148,3 ≠ Kv 467,18; ~ā ācitattā ca Gaṅgā-
bhāgīrasī' va 'yaṁ mahāsamuddā cattāro ghataṁ
sampajjare mama, Ap 384,1 = 436,18; Kv 469,7,9;
537,27 foll.; yasmiṁ samaye kāmāvacarassa kusa-
lassa kammassa ~ā upacitattā vipākaṁ, Dhs 431 (=
katakāraṇā, As 262,3) = 443 = Vibh 173,25 - 297,28;
tass' eva lokuttarassa kusalassa jhānassa ~ā bhā-
vitattā vipākaṁ, Dhs 535 = 543 = Vibh 205,22; so
evam anupubbena puññakammassa ~ā Anupubba-
seṭṭhiputto nāma jāto, Dhp-a I 298,10; III 154,26;
155,1; As 289,20,22; — 2.b. pabhaṅkaro ti sattaloka-
saṅkhāralokesu ālokassa ~ā, Ja III 128,14'; kathaṁ
tāva na pakatatto rañño ghātāpitattā ruhiruppādas-
sa ca ~ā ti ettha vadāmi, Sp 1277,21; — 3. taṁ hi Ka-
pilassa isino nivāsaṭṭhāne ~ā Kapilavatthū ti vut-
taṁ, Ps II 61,12; taṁ kira calapaṅkaṁ nissāya ~ā o-
lokentānaṁ calamānaṁ viya upaṭṭhāti, Mp IV
164,13; ~ā Koḷanagaran ti ca vyagghapathe ~ā Vyag-
ghapajjan ti cā ti dve nāmāni āropetvā agamāsi, Pj
II 356,17.

" 346862297626447872,katatta,en,"

kat'-atta

, mfn. [cf. sa. kṛtâtman], cultured, civilized;
vinīto sippavā ... ~o, Ja VI 296,1 (= sampāditatto,
296,8'); — ifc. a-°.

" 346862359039447040,kaṭatta,en,"

kaṭatta

, n. [abstr.; < ²kaṭa + tta; cf. katatta of
which ~ is a variant], the (mere) fact of having been
created (involuntarily); cf. Abhidh-k-bh ad
Abhidh-k IV 120; Trsl. vol. III 242 foll.; ~ qualifies
one of the eleven kinds of kamma, for which, v. s.v.
kamma; ~ is only recorded in the abl. ~ā; for cpd.s
with ~ā, v. infra; — exeg.: suttantikapariyāyena hi
ekadāsa kammāni vibhattāni, seyyathîdaṁ: ... yag-
garukaṁ, yabbahulaṁ, yadāsannaṁ, ~ā vā pana
kammam +, Mp II 210,28; aññāṇavasena kataṁ ~ā vā
pana kammaṁ nāma, 216,10 (""[the proposition]
'otherwise the kamma is due to the [mere] fact of
being created' means that the kamma has been
created out of ignorance""); — gramm. lit.: ~ā kata-
kāraṇā pavattaṁ rūpaṁ kaṭattārūpaṁ kammajarū-
paṁ vuccati, Sadd 743,8; — kammapaccayo ti kusa-
lâkusalaṁ kammaṁ vipākānaṁ khandhānaṁ ~ā ca
rūpānaṁ kammapaccayena paccayo, Tikap 5,18 (~ā ca
rūpānan ti kammassa ~ā uppannarūpānaṁ, Tikap-a
45,33); 74,22; 139,29; 161,30; Ss 102,23; 106,8; — °-matta,
n., the mere fact of having been created; ~aṁ, Maṇis
II 26,23, q.v. next.

" 346862359068807168,kaṭattākamma,en,"

kaṭattā-kamma

, n. [< abl. of kaṭatta (q.v.) +
kamma], kamma which is due to the (mere) fact of
having been created; garukam āsannam ācinnaṁ ~añ
ceti pākādānapariyāyena, Abhidh-s Ee 1989 24,30 (~an
ti garukkâdibhāvaṁ asampattaṁ katamattato yeva
kamman ti vattabbakammaṁ, Abhidh-s-mhṭ Ee
1989 130,27); kamman ti ḷminā kayyitthā ti kaṭaṁ,
kammaṁ. tabbhāvo kaṭattaṁ, tam eva kaṭattamat-
taṁ, tasmā kammaṁ ~an ti aluttasamāsaṁ matta-
saddalopañ ca dasseti, Maṇis II 26,24.

" 346862359093972992,kaṭattārūpa,en,"

kaṭattā-rūpa

, n. [< abl. of kaṭatta (q.v.) + rūpa],
material form which is due to the (mere) fact of
(kamma) having been created; — gramm. lit.:
kaṭattā katakāraṇā pavattaṁ rūpaṁ ~aṁ kammaja-
rūpaṁ vuccati, Sadd 743,8; — mahābhūte paṭicca cit-
tasamuṭṭhānaṁ rūpaṁ ... ~aṁ upādārūpaṁ, Tikap
74,28; 80,1; 161,36; ~an ti yathālābhavasena indriya-
rūpañ ca vatthurūpañ ca, Tikap-a 250,27; —
°-ggahaṇa, n., assuming material form which is
due to the (mere) fact of (kamma) having been
created; kandhe paṭicca vatthu vatthuṁ paṭicca
khandhā ti idaṁ ~ena vatthumhi gahite 'pi vatthuṁ
paṭicca khandhānaṁ uppatudassanatthaṁ vuttaṁ,
Ppk-a Be 412,24; — °-bhāva-visiṭṭha, mfn., quali-
fied by the property of material form which is due
to the (mere) fact of (kamma) having been created;
tasmā upādārūpaṁ idhâpi kammapaccayavibhaṅge
viya mahābhūte paṭicca kaṭattārūpaṁ upādārūpan ti
~aṁ upādārūpaṁ gahitan ti daṭṭhabbaṁ, Ppk-mṭ
207,1; — °-vipāk'-uppādana, n. [vipāka + uppā-
dana], generating the result of material form which
is due to the (mere) fact of (kamma) having been
created; yathā bījassa aṅkuruppādanaṁ pathavī-
ādīnañ ca yad upatthambhanaṁ kammassa ~aṁ
āhārādīnaṁ tad upatthambhanaṁ, Vibh-mṭ 7,14; —
°-saṅkhāta, mfn., designated (by the expression)
material form which is due to the (mere) fact of
(kamma) having been created; paṭisandhikkhaṇe ti
-assa abyākatassa abyākataṁ paṭicca uppattidassa-
natthaṁ vuttaṁ, Ppk-a Be 412,22.

" 346862297697751040,katattha,en,"

kat'-attha

, mfn. [kata + attha; cf. Amg. kayattha;
sa. kṛtârtha], having one's desires fulfilled, content, sat-
isfied; yo pubbe katakalyāṇo ~o nâvabujjhati pacchā
kicce samuppanne kattāraṁ nâdhigacchatī ti, Ja I
378,24* (= nipphāditakicco, 378,27') ≠ III 387,17*,19*
(= parena ... nipphāditakicco, 387,28'); ~o, Ap 324,4.

" 346862289393029120,katattha,en,"

kat'-attha

, m. [kata + attha], 1. the sense of ""made""
(by someone; with instr.); 2. the sense of done, finished;
used, in exeg. lit., of the enclitic particle pana, otherwise
interpreted as an adversative or expletive particle (cf.
Abh 1196; Sadd 892,29); — 1. sūrato ā tena ~e, dīgho
ca rasso. sūrena nāma vanacarakena katā pānajāti
surā, Sadd 794,23 (cf. Sadd 794,25 and Ja V 13,1-2); —
2. panasaddo ~e (v.l. gata°) nipāto, Paṭis-a 646,5 (ad
Paṭis II 194,22).

" 346862359114944512,kaṭattha,en,"

Kaṭattha

, m.; Npr.; a Yakkkha guarding Jotika's
palace; cf. PPN s.v. 1. Jotika; chaṭṭhe ~o nāma chahi
sahassehi saddhiṁ ... ārakkhaṁ gaṇhi, Dhp-a IV
209,5 (ad Dhp 416).

" 346862289430777856,katatthaddha,en,"

[

katatthaddha

, iv.r. at It 25,2 for kataludda (q.v.),
which read according to CPD Vol. I: Additions and Cor-
rections, s.v. akatatthaddha]

" 346862297567727616,kataṭṭhāna,en,"

kata-ṭṭhāna

, n., the place where something has been
placed; tumhākaṁ senāsanaṁ katam pi ~e na ṭhas-
satī ti, Sp 293,29.

" 346862359018475520,kaṭaṭṭhi,en,"

kaṭ'-aṭṭhi

, n. [kaṭi + aṭṭḥi; cf. the variants kaṭiṭ-
ṭhi, kaṭaṭṭhika and kaṭiṭṭhika qq.v. s.vv.], hipbone; =
the innominate bone, i.e., either of the two bones
forming the sides of the pelvis; ekaṁ jaṇṇukaṭṭhi,
ekaṁ ūraṭṭhi, dve ~īni aṭṭhārasa piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṭṭhīni,
Pj I 49,6; ~īni dve pi ekâbaddhāni hutvā kumbhakāre-
hi katacūlisaṇṭhānāni tāpasabhisikāsaṇṭhānāni ti pi
eke, 50,2; ~īni ūraṭṭhikesu patiṭṭhitāni, 51,10.

" 346862357051346944,kaṭaṭṭhika,en,"

kaṭ'-aṭṭhika

, n. [kaṭaṭṭhi (q.v.) + suffix ka], hip-
bone; = the innominate bone, i.e., either of the two
bones forming the sides of the pelvis; aṭṭhikāni apa-
gatasambandhāni disāvidisāsu vikkhittāni aññena
hatthaṭṭhikaṁ aññena pādaṭṭhikaṁ aññena jaṅghaṭ-
ṭhikaṁ aññena ūraṭṭhikaṁ aññena ~aṁ (v.ll. kaṭi-;
kaṭha-) aññena piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ aññena sīsakaṭāhaṁ,
so imam eva kāyaṁ upasaṁharati, D II 296,18 = M I
58,30 = 89,10 = III 92,8 (with reading kaṭi-) = A III 324,17
(with reading kaṭi-); ūruṭṭhikassa ~e patiṭṭhitaṭ-
ṭhānaṁ suvaṇṇakārānaṁ aggijālanasalākābundisaṇ-
ṭhānaṁ, Pj I 49,27.

" 346862285085478912,kataussāha,en,"

kata-ussāha

, mfn. [cf. katussāha, q.v.], strenuous;
qualifies lokasannivāsa; uyyutto ti anekesu kiccesu
niccavyāpāratāya katayogo ~o, Paṭis-a 407,22 (ad
Paṭis I 126,23).

" 346862285135810560,katauyyoga,en,"

kata-uyyoga

, mfn., having left or marched out (to go
to war); ct. so; used of an army preparing to go to war;
cf. CPD s.v. uyyoga; uyyuttan ti ~aṁ (v.l. °uyyātaṁ)
gāmato nikkhantaṁ, Sp 858,12 (ad Vin IV 104,24).

" 346862284523442176,katavādaparicaya,en,"

kata-vāda-paricaya

, mfn., skillful in debating; kata-
parappavādā ti, viññātaparappavādā c' eva parehi
saddhiṁ ~ā ca, Sv 117,10 (ad D I 26,23; Sv-nṭ I
432,21).

" 346862274381615104,katavadhisaddappabandha,en,"

katâvadhi-sadda-ppabandha

, m. [kata + avadhi;
cf. sa. kṛtâvadhi], a literary composition whose words
are restricted (to this or that meaning); tasmiṁ tasmiṁ
atthe ~o (v.l. kath°) gāthāvasena suttavasena ca
vavatthito pariyattidhammo, Sv-pṭ I 308,15 = Ps-pṭ
II 150,18 (w.r. kath°) = Mp-ṭ II 155,17 (w.r. kath°).

" 346862274394198016,katāvadhisaddappabandha,en,"

katâvadhi-sadda-ppabandha

" 346862274306117632,katavakāsa,en,"

katâvakāsa

, mfn. [kata + ava°; cf. katokāsa, q.v.],
1.a. (bhvr.) obtained permission (by somebody to ask a
question; with instr.); b. granted opportunity; 2. (bhvr.)
one to whom somebody has conceded (to do something;
with instr. [or. gen. ?; cf. Rem., q.v. infra] of the one
making the concession and gen. [or dat. ? - dat. of the
goal, syntactically equivalent to an inf.] of the thing
conceded); for a similar kind of cpd., cf. kataparittāṇa,
q.v. — 1.a. Bāvarissa ca tuyhaṁ vā sabbesaṁ sabba-
saṁsayaṁ ~ā pucchavho, Sn 1030; ~ā pucchantu
bhonto yaṁ kiñci pañhaṁ manasâbhipatthitaṁ, Ja
V 140,26* qu. Ps II 275,2*; ~o puccha ssu yaṁ kiñci
abhipatthitan ti, D II 240,22,24; ~o kho bhavaṁ
samaṇena Gotamena, M II 142,21; 143,14* foll.; A III
59,20; atha kho Milindo rājā ~o ... etad avoca, Mil
95,8; It-a II 111,27; — 1.b. ~ā [kata]kusalā (kata has to
be deleted m.c. as in Ce 1915) ito cutā sayaṁpabhā
anuvicaranti Nandanaṁ, A III 40,21* (~ā [so read
with v.l; Ee. katāvāsā] ti yena kammena tattha āvāso
[v.l. avakāso] hoti, tassa katattā ~ā (so read with v.l.;
Ee katâvāsā), Mp III 249,17) ≠ Vv 212 foll. (= nipphā-
ditasucaritâvakāsā, Vv-a 113,27); — 2. ~o kho 'mhi
bhagavatā dhammadesanāyā ti, Vin I 7,8 (""bhaga-
vat has conceded to me to teach the dhamma""; cf. H.
Oldenberg, Reden des Buddha, 1922: 41) = M I 169,28
qu. Bv-a 18,19 ≠ S I 138,26 (reading bhagavato for
bhagavatā) ≠ D II 39,25 (reading: Vipassinā bhagava-
tā arahatā sammāsambuddhena); — Rem.: this pas-
sage is translated by I. B. Horner (following other
translators), BD IV: 10: ""The opportunity was made by
me for the Lord to teach dhamma"", in spite of the fact
that it is both grammatically impossible and contextually
unlikely; the reading bhagavato at S I 138,26, however,
would seem to represent a reinterpretation of the clause
supporting the traditional interpretation of the passage,
unless the gen. is taken as the gen. of the agent to be
construed with kata°; cf. Mvu III 319,8: bhagavatā
mahābrahmaṇe avakāśe kṛte, which would seem to
support the interpretation suggested above.

" 346862274322894848,katāvakāsa,en,"

katâvakāsa

" 346862283198042112,katavāḷlavedhaparicaya,en,"

kata-vāḷ(l)a-vedha-paricaya

, mfn., skilled in split-
ting a hair (used of an accomplished archer); yathā nā-
ma ~assa (°ḷ°; Be °1°) sarabhaṅgasadisassa dhanuga-
hassa khitto saro antarā rukkhalatâdisu asajjamāno
lakkhe yeva patati, Vism 411,35 (satadhā bhinnassa
vāḷassa koṭiyā koṭipaṭipādanavasena ~assa,
Vism-mṭ II 47,3) = Ps-pṭ III 276,1.kata-vāḷla-vedha-paricaya

" 346862360142548992,kaṭavara,en,"

kaṭa-vara

, m., the verbal roots kaṭ and var;
~ānaṁ āk: kaṭanti ettha osadhādiṁ maddantī ti
kaṭāho = bhājanaviseso; varīyatī ti varāho = sūkaro
Mogg-v (ad Mogg VII 223).

" 346862274587136000,katavaraṇa,en,"

katâvaraṇa

, mfn. [kata + āvaraṇa], being held back,
warded off (by something; with instr.); palibuddho ti
mā gaccha mā bhuñjā ti ādinā ~o, Vmv I 101,4.

" 346862274603913216,katāvaraṇa,en,"

katâvaraṇa

, mfn. [kata + āvaraṇa], being held back,
warded off (by something; with instr.); palibuddho ti
mā gaccha mā bhuñjā ti ādinā ~o, Vmv I 101,4.

" 346862274712965120,katavāsa,en,"

katâvāsa

, m. [kata + āvāsa; cf. sa. kṛtâvāsa], a lodg-
ing; sace pana ~e vā āvāsakaraṇaṭṭhāne vā chāyûpa-
kaphalûpakā rukkhā honti, apaloketvā hāretabbā,
Sp 1247,14; ~aṁ, 1409,14.

" 346862274725548032,katāvāsa,en,"

katâvāsa

" 346862284418584576,katavat,en,"

kata-va(t)

, mfn. [perf. part.; cf. sa. kṛtavant], one who
has done or made (something); only recorded in gramm.
lit.; Sadd 145,4*.kata-vat

" 346862282464038912,katavaṭṭapariyanta,en,"

kata-vaṭṭa-pariyanta

, mfn., having made an end to
the cycle of transmigration; so saṁsārasotaṁ chindi-
tvā, ~o antimadehadharo hutvā, Ud-a 95,7.

" 346862518532050944,kātave,en,"

kātave

, v. s.v. kar(a) 7. b.(iv).

" 346862285395857408,katavedika,en,"

kata-vedika

, mfn. [vedi(n) + ka], = prec.; sunakho
~o, Ras II 8:1.

" 346862285232279552,katavedin,en,"

kata-vedi(n)

, mf(-inī)n. [cf. sa. kṛtavedi(n)], ac-
knowledging past services: grateful; mindful; as a rule ~
is preceded by the synonymous term kataññū, q.v.; —
exeg.: kataññū ~ī ti imina mayhaṁ katan ti tena ka-
taṁ kammaṁ ñatvā viditaṁ pākaṭaṁ katvā paṭika-
raṇakapuggalo, Mp II 369,10 (ad A I 266,13); kataññū
~ī ti tena kataṁ ñatvā pacchā kārako, Mp II 156,24
(ad A I 87,3 [reading kataññukatavedī]); ~ī ti kataṁ
vedeti viditaṁ pākaṭaṁ karoti, Pp-a 204,15 (ad Pp
26,12); parena attano kataguṇaṁ jānātī ti kataññū e-
vaṁ ñatvā pana yen' assa guṇo kato tassa guṇaṁ
paṭikaronto ~ī nāma, Ja V 147,21' (ad 146,21*, q.v. in-
fra); kataṁ pākaṭaṁ katvā jānantī ti ~ino, Sp-ṭ III
234,10; ~ino ti attano kataṁ upakāraṁ paṭikiriyāya
ñāpakā, Vmv II 104,18; — tasmā santo sappurisā ka-
taññū ~ino bharanti mātāpitaro pubbe katam anus-
saram, A III 43,27; kataññū ~ī puggalo dullabho
lokasmiṁ, 169,5 = 240,11 (reading kataññukatavedī);
idaṁ vatvāna caṇḍālī kataññū ~inī vanditvā araha-
to pāde tatth' ev' antaradhāyathā ti, Vv 204; 983
(Vv-a 263,31); Sāriputtatthero kataññū ~ī ti sañgha-
majjhe kathā udapādi, Mp I 329,4 foll.; yo ca pubba-
kārī yo ca kataññū ~ī, Pj I 147,25; bhikkhavo ~ino,
Mhv XXII 28; nāyakānaṁ varo satthā guṇāguṇe vi-
dū jino kataññū ~ī, Ap 500,18 (kataguṇaṁ jānāti ...
kataṁ vindati, Ap-a 540,14 foll); Cp-a 287,11.[[side 104]]kata-vedin

" 346862265791680512,kataveditā,en,"

kata-vedi-tā

, f. [abstr. < katavedi(n) + tā], the fact of
acknowledging a (good) deed (that has been done to one):
gratefulness; siyā kho bhikkhave tasmiṁ jarasiṅgāle
yā kāci kataññutā ~ā. na tv' eva idh' ekacce sakya-
puttiyapaṭiññe pi yā kāci kataññutā ~ā, S II 272,16,17
(= katavisesajānanaṁ, Spk II 232,2; ~ā ti tass' eva
paresaṁ pākaṭikaraṇavasena jānanam eva, Spk-pṭ
II 193,7); sabbhi h' etaṁ bhikkhave upaññātaṁ yad-
idaṁ kataññutā ~ā, kevalā esā bhikkhave sappuri-
sabhūmi yadidaṁ kataññutā ~ā ti, A I 61,26,27; ka-
taññutaṁ kho ahaṁ bhante ~aṁ sampassamāno
Bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccākāraṁ karomi,
V 66,4; Pj I 34,22 = It-a II 57,1; — ifc. a-°; kataññū-°
(Ja II 26,3).

" 346862284968038400,kataveṇi,en,"

kata-veṇi

, mfn., having braided hair; veṇikatā ti ~i-
yo, Ja V 431,26' (ad 425,13).

" 346862284678631424,katavibhāga,en,"

kata-vibhāga

, mfn., classified; akatavibhāgan ti
deyyadhammavasena na ~aṁ. puggalavasena pana
sīlavantehī ti vuttattā -am eva mahapphalatākara-
ṇena, Spk-pṭ II 529,14,15; — ifc. a-° (Spk-pṭ II 529,14).

" 346862274448723968,katāvibhūmi,en,"

katāv[ī/i]-bhūmi

, f., the stage of the perfected one; the
7th and last of the śrāvakabhūmis; v. BHSD s.v. bhū-
mi; anāgāmiphalañ ca yaṁ avijjāvirāgā vimuccati,
ayaṁ ~i ([-i-]; so read with v.l.; Ee katābh°; cf.
Peṭ-Trsl. no. 1 ad § 530), Peṭ 130,16; 135,25 (w.r. ka-
tābh°); ~iyaṁ ([-i-]; so read; Ee kadācibh°; v.l. katā-
vibh°), 229,29; rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbuto ti
~iṁ dasseti, Nett-a Be 187,9 (= khīṇâsavabhūmiṁ,
Nett-ṭ Be 105,23).[[side 109]]

" 346862274465501184,katāvībhūmi,en,"

katāv[ī/i]-bhūmi

" 346862283898490880,kataviditamana,en,"

kata-vidita-mana

, mfn., having a mind that has come
to know (everything; with acc.); sabbaṁ pana Suma-
no ~o dhammabheriṁ āhanitvā, Bv-a 156,16
(Bv-a-Trsl.:""making known his mind to all"" is wrong).

" 346862284573773824,katavijja,en,"

kata-vijja

, mfn. [cf. sa. kṛtavidya], educated; knowl-
edgeable; learned, katavinayo sikkhitavinayo yathā
~o ti, Spk-pṭ II 332,29 (ad Spk III 35,33); kusalo ~o
anāvayo, Bv XXV 11; ~o, Sv-nṭ I 432,20 (ad Sv 117,9).

" 346862103862185984,katāvin,en,"

katāvi(n),

mfn., ifc. a-° (Th-a I 218,17).

" 346862274780073984,katāvin,en,"

katāvi(n)

, mfn. [cf. BHS kṛtāvin; v. BHSD s.v.;
Ai.Gr. § 793 c)], 1. having made, done (something; with
acc); 2.a. skilled, trained (in something; with loc.) 2.b.
perfected; — gramm. lit. (cf. 1. and 2.): rathaṁ kata-
vanto, rathaṁ ~ī, hatthismim pi ~ī, Sadd 727,17 (ad
sutta 640); — 1. keci hatthapadakammaṁ (so read;
Ee °padaṁ k°) ~ī naranāriyo anāgatasmiṁ addhāne
sabbe hessanti sammukhā, Ap 600,9; — 2.a. ahosi
tvaṁ ... hatthismim pi ~ī assasmim pi ~ī rathas-
mim pi ~ī dhanusmim pi ~ī tharusmim pi ~ī, M II
69,7 foll. (= katakaraṇīyo sikkhitasikkho paguṇasip-
po ti attho, Ps III 307,1) qu. Sadd 727,17; yathā ... pu-
riso rājūpasevī ~ī amaccabhaṭabalatthadovārikaanī-
kaṭṭhapārisajja-janehi, te tassa karaṇīye anuppatte
sabbe pi upakārā honti, Mil 264,14; — 2.b. bhikkhu
arahaṁ ~ī, khīṇâsavo antimadehadhārī, ahaṁ va-
dāmī ti pi so vadeyya, S I 14,10* foll. (= catuhi dham-
mehi katakicco, Spk I 51,13) qu. Ps III 208,15*; sama-
citto samasamo asahāyo dayāyaso accherasanto a-
kuho ~ī isi sattamo, Ap 461,10; ovādakassa bhik-
khūnaṁ sāvakassa ~ino guṇaṁ pakāsayantassa vā-
sayantassa me mamaṁ, 468,17 (Ap-a 503,22); parivā-
rena mahatā rājāyuttaṁ mahāyasaṁ eso ~ino ṭhā-
naṁ pattheti muditāya so, 468,26 (= katâdhikārassa
etadagge ṭhitassa bhikkhuno ṭhānaṁ so eso mudi-
tāya pahaṭṭhacittatāya patthetī ti sambandho, Ap-a
504,3); upakārā mayaṁ tumhe dīgharattaṁ ~ino
bahunnaṁ saṁsayaṁ chetvā sabbā gacchatha nib-
butiṁ, 598,18.katāvin

" 346862282862497792,katavināsakabhāva,en,"

kata-vināsaka-bhāva

, m. [abstr.], the fact of (some-
one) being ruined; ayaṁ tāva akataññū mittadūbhī
~ena mayā saddhiṁ mittabhāvaṁ bhindi, Ja I
467,14.

" 346862284628299776,katavinaya,en,"

kata-vinaya

, mfn., fully versed in, having studied the
rules of conduct; lesakappena ~o nāma hutvā, Spk III
35,33 (~o sikkhitavinayo yathā katavijjo ti, Spk-pṭ II
332,29).

" 346862283822993408,kataviriya,en,"

kata-v[ī/i]riya

, mfn., energetic; ~assa (-i-) hi phalaṁ
nāma evaṁ samijjhati ti, Ja I 267,17; antarā anosak-
kitvā -an (-Ī-) ti, Mp-ṭ II 4,18; — °-tta, n. [abstr.], the
property of being energetic; anekesu kappasatasahas-
sesu ~ā (Be °vīriyattā; v.l. °viriyo assā ti) vīro, Ap-a
388,23.kata-vīriya

" 346862283839770624,katavīriya,en,"

kata-v[ī/i]riya

" 346862284464721920,katavisaparibhogasadisa,en,"

kata-visa-paribhoga-sadisa

, mfn., being like some-
one who has swallowed poison; apaccavekkhitapari-
bhogo nāma apaccavekkhitvā ~o hotī ti, Ja I 380,24'.

" 346862284808654848,katavisesajānana,en,"

kata-visesa-jānana

, n., acknowledging a particular
(good) deed (done to oneself); kataveditā ti, ~aṁ, Spk II
232,2 (ad S II 272,16).

" 346862285018370048,katavissāsa,en,"

kata-vissāsa

, mfn., trustful; confident; yathā mitta-
santhavavasena ~āya migamātukāya santikā sīhas-
sa bhayaṁ anvetaṁ upagataṁ sampattan ti, Ja I
389,7'.

" 346862285072896000,katavītikkama,en,"

kata-vītikkama

, mfn., having committed a transgres-
sion; kāyavācāhi akatavītikkamo pi cittaṁ aviso-
dhento nassati pageva ~o, It-a II 115,16; evaṁ ~en'
eva bhikkhunā sayam eva āgantvā, Pālim 326,27.

" 346862284733157376,katavivara,en,"

kata-vivara

, mfn., split; vemajjhan ti yathā cattāri
passāni abhamphusanto paveseti, evaṁ kataviva-
rassa itthinimittassa heṭṭhimatalaṁ vuccati, Sp-ṭ II
82,30 (ad Sp 257,24) = Vmv I 138,19.

" 346862285467160576,katavohāranusāvanasalākagāha,en,"

kata-vohārânusāvana-salāka-gāha

, m(fn). [vohāra
+ anu°], having talked (on the 18 points specified at Vin
II 204,12 foll.) having repeatedly made proclamations
(according to the description at Vin II 203,30 foll), and
having offered a voting ticket (as described at Vin II
203,30 foll); the term ~ denotes 3 of the causes for
saṁghabheda; cf. BD V 285 foll.; VI 323; saṁghabhe-
de sīmaṭṭhakasaṁghe asannipatite visuṁ parisaṁ
gahetvā ~assa kammam vā karontassa uddesaṁ vā
uddisantassa bhedo va hoti, ānantariyakammañ ca,
Mp II 7,12 = Ss Ee 1992 150,26.

" 346862285483937792,katavohārānusāvanasalākagāha,en,"

kata-vohārânusāvana-salāka-gāha

" 346862285123227648,katavuddhi,en,"

kata-vuddhi

, mfn. [t.t.gr.; cf. sa. kṛtavṛddhi],
vrddhied; ~issa, Mmd 15,32

" 346862274025099264,katayattajīvika,en,"

katâyatta-jīvika

, mfn. [kata + ¹āyatta], being careful
about his own life; ~o (v. l. sahāyasaṁsaṭṭhajī°) ti vā
attho, Mhv-ṭ 679,15 (ad Mhv XXXVII 22: vissattho).

" 346862274041876480,katāyattajīvika,en,"

katâyatta-jīvika

, mfn. [kata + ¹āyatta], being careful
about his own life; ~o (v. l. sahāyasaṁsaṭṭhajī°) ti vā
attho, Mhv-ṭ 679,15 (ad Mhv XXXVII 22: vissattho).

" 346862283466477568,katayoga,en,"

kata-yoga

, mfn., 1. strenuous; qualifies lokasan-
nivāsa; 2. having done (i.e., studied) the grammatical
rules (laid down in Sadd); — 1. uyyutto ti anekesu
kiccesu niccavyāpāratāya ~o kata-ussāho, Paṭis-a
407,22 (ad Paṭis I 126,23); 2. tathā hi idha ~ehi nā-
mâkhyātâdisu catusu padesu uppannavādā para-
vādino jitā va honti, Sadd 58,8,13*.

" 346862283512614912,katayogavidhāna,en,"

kata-yoga-vidhāna

, mfn., having followed the rules
of meditation; so ti so ~o bhikkhu, Paṭis-a 346,4 (ad
Paṭis I 111,20).

" 346862283558752256,katayogga,en,"

kata-yogga

, mfn. [k° + yoggā; cf. sa. yogyā (mainly
used of bodily exercise)], trained, practiced, skilful; sey-
yathā pi nāma daḷhadhammo dhanuggaho ... ~o
katūpāsano lahukena asanena appakasiren' eva tiri-
yaṁ tālacchāyaṁ atipāteyya, S I 62,2 ≠ 99,10; chamā-
se subhojanarasaphuṭṭhassa kira ~assa mahāmallas-
sa ... yuddhabhūmiṁ gacchantassa antarā (so read;
Ee antarā-) mallapāsānaṁ dassesuṁ, Sv 486,24 (=
nibaddhapayogena kataparicayassa, Sv-pṭ II 108,16)
= Spk II 87,3.

" 346862286410878976,kate,en,"

kate

, ²ind. [loc. of ²kata, q.v.; cf. sa. kṛte], because of,
for the sake of (someone/something; with gen.); —
gramm. lit.: ~ ti nipātapadaṁ, Sadd 697,29 (ad Ja IV
14,2*; v. infra); ~e paṭiccatthe, 900,4; — manussa-
maṁsassa ~e, Ja V 500,10* (= manussamaṁsassa
hetu, 500,13'); — ifc putta-° (Thī 303; Thī-a 227,25);
maṁ-° (Ja IV 14,2* [cf. 14,5'] qu. Sadd 697,28 and Mil
384,5 [with reading °kato]; Sadd 900,4,5,6 [Ee maṁ ~e;
cf. sa. matkṛte).

" 346862275128201216,katekasesa,en,"

kat'-eka-sesa

, mfn. [cf. ekasesa, q.v.], (t.t.gr.) formu-
lated with the remaining of one (word); —gramm. lit.:
gaṇane dasassa dvikatikacatukkapañcakachakka-
sattakaṭṭhaka-navakānaṁ sarūpānaṁ ~ānaṁ yathā-
saṅkhyaṁ vī ti cattāra paññā sa satt' asa nava ice
ete ādesā honti, Kacc-v ad Kacc 391 = Sadd 799,11;
— nāmaṁ khandhattayaṁ; rūpaṁ, bhūtavatthâdi-
kaṁ mataṁ. ~aṁ taṁ tassa, tādisass' eva paccayo,
Vism 562,18* foll. = Vibh-a 173,29* foll.; for the gram-
matical implications of this description, cf., e.g., Sadd
779,7 (ad sutta 737 [= sarūpa-ekasesa]) qu. Vism
562,23: nāmañ ca rūpañ ca nāmarūpañ ca nāma-
rūpaṁ; Sadd 780,7 (ad sutta 742 [= virūpa-sarūp'-
ekasesa]: saḷāyatanañ chaṭṭhāyatanañ ca saḷāyata-
naṁ) ≠ Vism 562,24 (cf. Vism-mhṭ II 321,15 foll);
Sadd 797,10 foll. (= virup'-ekasesa); — °-pada, n., a
word formulated with the remaining of one (word);
purisā itthiyo ti ādīni ~āni, Sadd 779,31.

" 346862350541787136,kaṭeruhā,en,"

kaṭeruhā

, f. [cp. kaṭerukkha and kaseruka, qq.v.;
sa. kaseruka], a kind of flowering shrub; ~ā ca vā-
santī, Ja VI 537,1* (~ā ca vāsantī ti ime ca dve pup-
phagacchā, 537,13').

" 346862350424346624,kaṭerukkha,en,"

kaṭerukkha

, m. [cp. kaṭeruha and kaseruka,
qq.v.], - kaṭeruha, q.v. ?; ~ehi sañchannaṁ vanan, Ja
VI 536,11*.

" 346862276952723456,katha,en,"

⁴

katha

, mfn.; cpd. form of kathā (q.v.) when occuring
ifc.; — ifc. ṭhita-° (Mp II 326,22).

" 346862277107912704,katha,en,"

kath(a)

, the verbal root ¹kath; ~a kathane, Sadd
541,10; ~a vākyappabandhane, Dhātup 582 ≠ Dhā-
tum 816.¹katha

" 346862277057581056,katha,en,"

kath(a)

, the verbal root ²kath [< *√kvath] = ¹ka->
ṭh(a), q.v.; ~a nippāke, Sadd 367,15.

" 346862277007249408,katha,en,"

kath(a)

, the verbal root ³kath [< *√krath] = ²ka-
ṭh(a), q.v.; ~a hiṁsāyaṁ, Sadd 367,4.

" 346862103518253056,kathā,en,"

²Kathā,

f., title of a. S V 419,23–420,16; ~ā, S V 420,21* (uddāna); — b. A III 120,24–121,7; ~añ ca, A 127,2* (v.l. in Be ~ā) (uddāna).

" 346862103535030272,kathā,en,"

¹kathā, 2.a.(iii)

ananusandhikā ~ā uppaṭipāṭikā, As 135,15; — ifc. karuṇā‑°; purāṇa‑° (Sv 72,28, w.r.; read pūraṇa-°, cf. Sv-pṭ I 152,13); su-°.

" 346862261442187264,kathā,en,"

kathā

, f. [ts.], 1.a.(i) (provocative, scil. viggāhikā)
language; cf. 4.b.(i); (ii) words; b. exchange of (friendly)
words: greeting; 2.a.(i) a talk, speech; an exposition; (ii)
dve kathā: two types of talk or exposition; used in the
context of the two truths (duve saccāni): sammutika-
thā and paramatthakathā; (iii) four types of talk or ex-
position; used in the context of pucchitakathā, apuc-
chitakathā, sânusandhikathā, and ananusandhika-
thā; b.(i) dve kathā: double-talk; (ii) dve kathā kathe-
ti: to speak with two tounges: to cheat; c. mention; in the
idiom: n' atthi kathā: there is no question of (something;
with instr. or loc.); d. account, report; e. rumour; 3. sto-
ry, narrative; mostly in ifc. cpd.s; 4.a. conversation; dis-[[side 132]]
course; b.(i) discussion, debate; sometimes constructed
with vigaṇhāti, cf. 1.a.(i); (ii) quarrel, dispute, contro-
versy; 5. exegesis; = aṭṭhakathā, q.v.; used in descrip-
tion of the three ways in which teachers explain canoni-
cal text to students viz. ekanālikā, caturassā, and ni-
sinnavattikā; the exact meaning and implication of
these terms are uncertain; exeg. at Mp-ṭ does not clarify
the issue; v. infra; 6. recitation; 7. counsel, guide; —
Rem.: for the sake of convenience all ifc. cpd.s have been
listed at the end of the entry; — lex. lit.: ākhyāyikopa-
laddhatthā pabandhakappanā ~ā, Abh 113 (kathī-
yatī ti ~ā, Abh-ṭ ad loc.); — 1.a.(i) kathaṁ viggāhi-
kaṁ na ~eyya (v.l. katheyya), Sn 930 (""[a monk]
should not use provocative language""; katamā viggāhi-
kakathā ... ""na tvāṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānā-
si,"" Nidd I 394,1 foll. qu.: viggāhikāya ... kathāya sa-
ti ..., A IV 87,25-27); mā kho sahasā abhaṇi kathaṁ
viggāhikaṁ, Vin V 158,9 (Sp 1360,5 = Nidd I 394,1);
— 1.a.(ii) kāme pahāya virato ~āhi, Sn 1070 (= ka-
thaṁkathāya ārato ... atha vā dvattiṁsāya tiracchā-
nakathāya ārato, Nidd II Be 104,20 foll.); — Rem.: in
this context ~ cannot possibly mean ""doubt"" or ""animal
story"" as suggested by Nidd; Sn-Trsl. II: ""conversa-
tion;"" — rājasammukhe pi rājadvāre pi ... viniccha-
yaṭṭhāne pi akulīnānaṁ ñeva ~ā osīditvā ṭhitā viya
niccalā suppatiṭṭhitā bhavissati, Ja I 341,8; (purisā)
dve tisso ~ā kathetuṁ na sakkonti, Dhp-a II 250,1;
tasmiṁ attano ~aṁ agaṇhante, III 68,11; — 1.b. (in
canonical stereotype) sammodanīyaṁ ~aṁ sārāṇīyaṁ
vītisāretvā, Sn 50,17 = Vin I 2,34 - D I 52,4 foll. = II
73,12 = III 37,24 = M I 84,7 = II 55,16 = III 8,22 = S I
68,8 (Spk I 129,19) = II 22,12 = V 11,18 = A I 55,24 = II
22,7 = V 48,16 = Ud 3,14; nissajja rājā sammodi ~aṁ
sārāṇiyaṁ, Sn 419; taṁ ~aṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ
upāvisi, Ja V 264,28; sammodanīyaṁ ~aṁ kathaya-
māno, Sp 76,17; sammodanīyaṁ ~aṁ kathentesu,
Cp-a 94,16; taṁ ~aṁ vītisāretvā, Ap 321,4; — 2.a.(i)
etadatthā ~ā, etadatthā mantaṇā, Vin V 164,32 (eta-
datthā ~ā ti ayaṁ vinayakathā nāma etad atthā, Sp
1366,27); anāgataṁ vā addhānaṁ ārabbha ~aṁ ka-
theyya, D III 220,11 foll. ≠ A I 197,12 foll.; tassā yeva
~āya pariyosāne, M I 249,28; ~aṁ kattā hoti, III
111,15; yâyaṁ ~ā hīnā gamma + na nibbidāya +
saṁvattati, 113,14 foll.; n' esā bhikkhave ~ā attha-
saṁhitā, S V 419,14; so ... tassā ~āya n' eva ādiṁ
manasikaroti, A I 130,15 foll.; gambhīrañ ca ~aṁ kat-
tā hoti, IV 32,6,12*; gambhīrānaṁ ~ānaṁ kattā hoti,
It-a I 65,10; yâyaṁ ~ā abhisallekhikā cetovivara-
ṇasappāyā, A III 117,8 foll. = IV 352,8 foll. = It-a II
90,28 foll.; Ud-a 227,1 foll.; aññāyaṁ vattate ~ā, Ja I
269,30* (= surāvaṇṇanakathā, 270,2'); hiraññam me
suvaṇṇam me esā rattiṁdivā ~ā, II 185,7*; codake ca
cuditakena ca attano ~ā kathitā, Sp 879,28; amhā-
kaṁ ~ā aniyyānikā, satthu ~ā va niyyānikā ti, Ps III
274,22; — (in frequent canonical stereotype) kāya nu
'ttha ... etarahi ~aya sannisinna, ka ca pana vo an-
tarā ~ā vippakatā ti, D I 179,24 foll.; III 39,28 ≠ M III
8,22 ≠ A V 89,8 ≠ Ud 11,11; Ja II 173,17 = Dhp-a I
227,17 = III 3,21 = Pv-a 39,2; kāya nu 'tthā ti katamā-
ya nu ~āya sannisinna bhavathā ti attho, Ps II 169,11
(ad M I 161,26); — (in the expression kathaṁ opāteti
(q.v. for references): to interrupt somebody's speech or
talk) mā me bhonto antarantarā ~aṁ opātetha, Sn
107,7; — (in the expression dhammī kathā: a talk con-
cerning dhamma) dhammiṁ ~aṁ erayitaṁ khaṇañ-
ñū suṇeyya, Sn 325; karontu me ...therā dhammiṁ
~aṁ, S III 132,20foll.; dhammiyā ~āya ... atthaṁ
sandassetvā, Sp 199,25; 223,12; dhammiyā ~āya rājā-
naṁ saṁvejesi, Cp-a 226,17; 309,32; — (in the expres-
sion antarā kathā, on which, cf. CPD s.v.) atha kho
Vāseṭṭhabhāradvājānaṁ ... ayam antarā ~ā udapā-
di, Sn 115,10; — 2.a.(ii) buddhānaṁ hi sammuti-
kathā paramatthakathā ti dve ~ā honti, Sv 383,29 =
Spk II 77,25; cf. Ps I 137,24 and Mp I 94,22 reading de-
sanā for kathā; — 2.a.(iii) catubbidhā ~ā: pucchita-
kathā apucchitakathā sânusandhikathā ananusan-
dhikathā ti, Pj I 125,13 foll.; — 2.b.(i) upāsako bud-
dhānaṁ dve kathā nāma n' atthī ti punadivase pat-
tabbaṁ viya taṁ sampattiṁ amaññittha, Mp I 165,4;
khattiyānaṁ dve ~ā nāma n' atthi, 288,23; imassa
purohitassa dve ~ā nāma n' atthi, 422,10; — 2.b.(ii)
pitarā saddhiṁ dve ~ā na kathessāmī ti, Ja VI
546,10,20; mayā ... bhikkhunā saddhiṁ dve ~ā nāma
na kathitapubbā, Ps I 254,19; pabbajitā asinā sīse
chindante pi dve ~ā na kathenti, II 206,32 = III 448,22
= Mp II 326,22; — 2.c. dakkhiṇena (pādena) pana ~ā
n' atthi, Ja III 175,27; lokuttarasampattidāne ~ā va n'
atthi, Dhp-a I 332,15; panasakadaḷi-ambapakkâdīsu
~ā va n' atthi, Spk I 282,4; — ko n' atthi vādo, chin-
nā ~ā ti, III 115,13 (ad S IV 402,30: ko pana vādo eva
abhikkante); — 2.d. assa rañño purato khuddaka-
mahantaṁ ~aṁ savanaṭṭhāne tiṭṭheyya, Ja VI
294,18'; — 2.e. ñātisaṅghassa abbhantare ayaṁ ~ā
udapādi: Siddhattho kīḷāpasuto va vicarati, Ja I
58,20; Kosambikehi ... bhagavā ... araññaṁ pavisi-
tvā vasatī ti sabbattha ~ā patthaṭā ahosi, Sp 1152,19;
kiṁ tātā ti imasmiṁ gehe ekā ~ā suyyatī ti, Ps III
329,14; sāvakānaṁ mahāvivādo bhavissatī ti ayaṁ
~ā sakalajambudīpaṁ pattharamānā udapādi, Ps
IV 71,24; theraṁ kira corā māresun ti ayam pi ~ā sa-
kalajambudīpaṁ patthari, Dhp-a III 66,19; — 3. ~ā
vadenti paṭibuddhā yā ~ā satthu garahitā, Th 935
(yā ~ā Satthu garahitā ti, rājakathâditiracchānaka-
thaṁ sandhāya vadati, Th-a III 78,29; — 4.a. ayañ c'
eva kho pana āyasmato Mahāmoggallānassa Vap-
pena Sakkena nigaṇṭhasāvakena saddhiṁ ~ā vip-
pakatā hoti, A II 196,32; na kāci māṇavakena sad-
dhiṁ ~ā uppajjati, Sp 38,17; bahuṁ mayā tumhehi
saddhiṁ kathitapubban ti ~aṁ sāreti mettiṁ ghaṭe-
ti, Ps III 199,20; — in the phrase bahiddhā kathaṁ a-[[side 133]]
panāmeti: to divert the conversation: to change the sub-
ject; bahiddhā ~aṁ apanāmesi, M I 250,29 foll. ≠
442,28 ≠ II 31,12 foll.; aññena vā aññaṁ paṭicarissati
bahiddhā ~aṁ apanāmessati, A I 187,6 foll.; bahid-
dhā ~aṁ apanāmeti kopañ ca dosañ ca appaccayañ
ca pātukaroti, Vibh 387,32; — 4.b.(i) yutto ~āyaṁ
parisāya majjhe pasaṁsam icchaṁ vinighāti hoti,
Sn 826 (~āyaṁ yutto payutto āyutto samāyutto
sampayutto kathetun ti, yutto ~āyaṁ parisāyamaj-
jhe, Nidd I 164,15); ~aṁ na viggayha janena kayirā,
844 Cḷu. Nidd I 196,26* = S III 9,20* ≠ 12,3 foll.; atha
kho Vāseṭṭhabhāradvājānaṁ jaṅghāvihāraṁ anu-
caṅkamantānaṁ ... maggāmagge ~ā udapādi, D I
235,15; ekamantaṁ ṭhatvā kin tātā ti vutte ~aṁ
samuṭṭhāpetuṁ mayaṁ devi tumhe upaṭṭhahāma,
Ja II 204,8; athāyasmato Sāriputtassa Sāriputtatthero
kataññū katavedī ti saṁghamajjhe ~ā udapādi, Mp
I 329,4; pun' ekadivasaṁ dhammasabhāyaṁ ~aṁ
samuṭṭhāpesuṁ, Dhp-a I 227,12; — 4.b.(ii) evaṁ
~aṁ (v.l. kalahaṁ) vaḍḍhetvā, Ja V 412,27; — three
types of controversy: tisso ~ā: vādo jappo vitaṇḍā ti,
Sadd 919,10 foll. (with reference to the definition of vā-
da [discussion], jalpa [sophistry], and vitaṇḍā [cavil] at
Nyāyasūtra); — 5. tisso ~ā ekanālikā caturassā ni-
sinnavattikā ti, Ps II 258,4 = Mp V 87,8 (= tisso aṭṭha-
kathā, Mp-ṭ III 363,9); — 6. ~ā parimaṇḍalā, Ps II
253,24; cf. CPD s.v. aparimaṇḍala; — 7. yaṁ vakkha-
tī hotu ~ā ubhinnan ti, Ja VI 284,2* (yaṁ so vakkha-
ti sa eva no ubhinnaṁ ~ā hotu taṁ pamāṇaṁ hotū
ti āha, 284,4'); — ifc. aṭṭha-° (jātak°, Cp-a 3,12; 16,13;
porāṇ°, Mhv-ṭ 36,6; ~-naya, Vv-a 354,25; mahā-°,
Spk II 179,19; vinay-°, Ss Ee 1992 40,38); atiracchā-
na-°; ananusandhi-°; aniyyānika-°; anupubbi-°;
antarā-° (for this pseudo cpd., cf. CPD s.v.); antaranta-
rā-° (for this pseudo cpd., cf. CPD s.v.); anna-°; apuc-
chita-°; appiccha-° (~-santuṭṭhakathā, Ap-a 274,20);
asaṁsagga-°; asambhinna-°; asubha-°; āgam'-aṭ-
ṭha-°; āgamanīya-°; anupubbi-°; ārammaṇa-°; iti-
bhavâbhava-°; itthi-°; iddhi-ppāda-°; indriya-°; up-
patti-°; uppanna-°; ūpaladdhi-nissita-°; kakkha-
ḷa-°; kamma-° (Kv 612,15; 466,18; Paṭis II 78,2); Kasi-
ṇa-° (Ps III 260,10); kāya-kammantavāra-° (Ps I
114,23); kumba-ṭṭhāna-° (Nidd I 368,2; D I 179,2; M
III 113,22; S V 420,1; A V 128,18); khīyanaka-° (Sp
474,24); gandha-° (Nidd I 367,31; D I 178,22; M III
113,19; S V 419,27; A V 128,15); guṇa-° (Sv 49,34); gā-
ma-° (Sn 922; Nidd I 367,31; D I 178,23; M III 113,20; S
V 419,27; Spk III 294,28; A V 128,16); gehasita-° (Ps
III 222,1; Spk III 294,7); cāga-° (A III 181,6 foll); cit-
ta-° (Ja III 507,24*); cora-° (Nidd I 367,27; D I 178,19;
M III 113,17; S V 419,24; A V 128,13; Ps III 221,14);
chinna-° (Sn 711); jana-pada-° (D I 179,1; M III
113,21; S V 419,28; A V 128,16; Nidd I 368,1); ñāti-° (D
I 178,22; M III 113,20; S V 419,27; A V 128,15; Nidd I
367,31; Spk III 294,23); ñāṇa-vatthu-° (Spk II 201,25);
ṭhita-° (Sv 73,17 foll.; Ps II 206,28 foll); tiracchāna-°
(Vin I 188,22; D I 178,18; M II 30,1 foll.; S V 419,23; A
V 128,11; 185,29; Nidd I 367,28; Vism 127,23; Spk III
294,2; Ps III 125,13; ~-kathika, Ud-a 268,15); tiracchā-
na-bhūta-° (Spk III 294,3); dasa-° (Ps IV 164,19; Ss Ee
1992 51,33); dāna-° (Vin I 15,36; 19,16; Ud 49,6; Dhp-a
I 6,9); diṭṭha-sutâdi-° (Ps III 395,5); diṭṭhi-viniveṭha-
na-° (Sp 22,10; As 21,30); duk-° (A III 181,2 foll);
dvejjha-° (Mp I 292,1); dhamma-° (Sv 831,1; Ps I
148,14; II 336,2 foll.; III 271,5; Spk II 181,1; Ud-a
106,25; Ss Ee 1992 51,33 foll.; ~-sadisa, Ja III 342,9);
dhammi-° (Vin I 203,12; 207,19; 212,22; 290,10; Ud
11,19 [v.l dhammikā k°]; Ud-a 106,22); dhātu-° (Ps II
184,27; Spk II 201,25); nagara-° (D I 178,23; M III
113,20; S V 419,28; A V 128,16; Nidd I 368,1); nānat-
ta-° (D I 179,2; M III 113,22; S V 420,1; A V 128,18;
Nidd I 368,3); nāma-rūpa-pariccheda-° (Sp 22,12; As
21,32); nigama-° (D I 178,23; M III 113,20; S V 419,28;
A V 128,16; Nidd I 367,31); nidāna-° (Cp-a 9,9); nib-
bāna-° (Nidd I 473,1); niraya-° (Vin III 78,9); paka-
ti-° (Nett 57,1); pakiṇṇaka-° (Spk III 50,24 foll); pac-
chima-° (Ps II 155,28; Spk I 150,2; Ud-a 332,31,32);
paññā-° (M III 113,30; A IV 352,11; V 67,22; Ud 36,16;
Pp 35,28; Mil 344,31; Nidd I 472,30; Ps II 158,10); pa-
ṭhavi-° (Dhp-a I 333,10); paramattha-° (Spk II 77,24
foll); pari-° (D II 204,21); pavatta-° (Spk III 294,6);
pavattita-° (Ps III 223,23); paviveka-° (M III 113,28; A
IV 352,10; V 67,21; Ud 36,15; Nidd I 472,29; Mil 344,29;
Ps II 158,7; It-a II 90,31); paveṇi-° (Sv 526,17; Mp IV
19,13,18); pāna-° (D I 178,21; M III 113,19; S V 419,26;
A V 128,14; Nidd I 367,30); puggala-° (It-a I 82,33);
pucchita-° (Pj I 125,13); pubba-peta-° (D I 179,2; M
III 113,22; S V 420,1; A V 128,18; Nidd I 368,2); puri-
ma-° (Ps II 155,28; Spk I 150,1,2; Ud-a 332,31,32); puri-
sa-° (S V 419,28; Nidd I 368,1); phala-° (Nidd I
472,33); bala-° (Nidd I 472,33); bāhira° (Mil 24,26; Pj I
118,4; Mp IV 10,13foll.); bāhu-sacca-° (A III 181,5
foll); bojjhaṅga-° (Nidd I 472,33); bhaya-° (D I
178,20; M III 113,18; S V 419,25; A V 128,13; Nidd I
367,29); bhavâbhava-° (A V 128,19; Nidd I 368,4);
magga-° (Nidd I 472,33); madhura° (Ja III 342,1; VI
255,29; Mp I 302,9); manda-° (Ja VI 295,17'); mahā-
matta-° (D I 178,20; M III 113,17; S V 419,24; A V
128,13; Nidd I 367,29); mālā-° (D I 178,22; M III
113,19; S V 419,27; A V 128,15); mitta-bhedana° (Ja I
299,2); mihita-pubbaṅgama-° (Ja VI 504,30'); yāna-°
(D I 178,22; M III 113,20; S V 419,27; A V 128,15; Nidd
I 367,30); yuga-ggāha-° (Dhp-a III 57,21); yuddha-°
(D I 178,20; M III 113,18; A V 128,14; Nidd I 367,29);
rahassa-° (Ja I 411,18); rāja-° (D I 178,19; M III 113,17;
S V 419,24; A V 128,12; Nidd I 367,27; Spk III 294,4; Ps
III 221,14); vaggu-° (Ja VI 16,22*,25'); vaṭṭa-° (Spk II
10,20); vattha-° (D I 178,21; M III 113,19; S V 419,26; A
V 128,14; Nidd I 367,30); vāḷa-° (Mp IV 47,13); vigga-
ha-° (Sv 91,11 [v.l viggāhika-]); viggāhika-° (S V
419,5; A IV 87,23; Nidd I 394,5 foll.; Mp I 302,7; ~-saṅ-
khāta, Sp 1364,32); vitthāra-° (Ps II 155,33; Pv-a
19,23); vinaya-° (Vin II 168,28); vimutti-° (M III
113,30; A IV 352,11; 357,16; V 67,22; Ud 36,16; Nidd I
472,31; Mil 344,31); vimutti-ñāṇa-dassana-° (M III
113,30; A IV 352,12; 357,17; V 67,*23; Ud 36,17; Nidd I
472,31; Mil 344,31); viriyârambha-° (M III 113,29; A
IV 352,10; 357,15; V 67,21; Ud 36,15; Nidd I 472,29;
Ud-a 232,30; Mil 344,30; Ps II 158,8); visikhā-° (D I
179,1; M III 113,21; S V 420,1; A V 128,17; Nidd I
368,2); vedalla-° (A III 107,4); saṁvarâsaṁvara-° (Sp
22,8; As 21,26); sagga-° (Vin I 19,17; Ud 49,6; Dhp-a I
6,9); sati-paṭṭhāna-° (Nidd I 472,31); saddhā-° (A III
181,4 foll.; Spk I 321,23); santuṭṭhi-° (M III 113,28; A
IV 352,10; 357,15; V 67,21; Ud 36,15; Nidd I 472,29; Mil
344,29; Ps II 158,6; It-a II 90,31); sanniṭṭhāna-° (Spk
III 208,28); sappāya-° (Spk III 166,8); sāmādhi-° (M
III 113,29; A IV 352,11; 357,16; V 67,22; Ud 36,16; Nidd
I 472,30; Pp 35,26; Mil 344,31; Ps II 158,8); sammappa-
dhāna-° (Nidd I 472,32); sammuti-° (Spk II 77,23
foll); sammodana-° (Ja II 283,17); sayana-° (D I
178,21; M III 113,19; S V 419,26; A V 128,14; Nidd I
367,30); salīḷha-° (Ja VI 16,24'); sânusandhi-° (Pj I
125,13); sârambha-° (Dhp 133; Sv 91,11); sīla-° (Vin I
19,17; M III 113,29; A IV 352,11; 357,16; V 67,22; Ud
36,16; 49,6; Mil 344,30; Nidd I 472,30; Pp 35,24; Ps II
158,6); sīlâdi-° (Spk I 321,24); sukha-° (Dhp-a III
466,4; Ja IV 52,11; 100,26); suññatā-° (Ps IV 150,21);
suta-dhamma-° (Ps III 395,6); suddha-° (S V 419,25);
sūra-° (D I 179,1; M III 113,21; S V 419,28; A V 128,17
[v.l. surā°]; Nidd I 368,2); senā-° (D I 178,20; M III
113,18; S V 419,25; A V 128,13; Nidd I 367,29); — in
long cpd.s at Vin-vn 2537-9; Spk III 294,33; 166,24;
Dhp-a I 333,2; As 21,12.[[side 134]]

" 346862356128600064,kaṭha,en,"

kaṭha

, m. [< *kratha; cf. sa. kratha], injury; only
recorded in lex. and gramm. lit.: kaṭha kicchajīvane:
kaṭhati, ~o, Sadd 355,4 = Abh-ṭ 466,16.

" 346862356078268416,kaṭha,en,"

²√

kaṭh(a)

, the verbal root ²√kaṭh [< *√krath; cf.
²kaṭhati; sa-Dhātup I 838]; ~a kicchajīvane: kaṭhati,
kaṭho, Sadd 355,4; Abh-ṭ 466,16; Mogg-v ad Mogg VII
173; — °-cak(a), m., the verbal root ²√kaṭh and the
verbal root √cak; ~ā oro, Mogg VII 173.

" 346862355893719040,kaṭha,en,"

¹√

kaṭh(a)

, the verbal root ¹√kaṭh [< *√kvath; cf.
¹kaṭhati; sa-Dhātup I 899]; ~a sosanapākesu, Dhātum
132.¹√kaṭha

" 346862520675340288,kātha,en,"

kātha

, m. [sa. kvātha], decoction; ~o, Bhes 11:16;
11:23; — ifc. tiphalā-° (Bhes 11:101; 11:107; 11:119);
nik-° (Bhes 11:9); madhuka-° (Bhes 11:75); sādhu-°
(Bhes 11:106).

" 346862520230744064,kātha,en,"

kāth(a)

, [cf. sa-Dhātup I 138-39], the verbal root
kāth; — gramm. lit.: ~a hiṁsāyaṁ, Sadd 542,1.
¹kātha

" 346862264596303872,kathābāhulla,en,"

kathā-bāhulla

, n., an abundance of discussion; vig-
gāhikāya Moggallāna kathāya sati ~aṁ pāṭikaṅ-
khaṁ, ~e sati uddhaccaṁ, A IV 87,25,26 qu. Nidd I
394,5.

" 346862264655024128,kathābhaṅgatthaṃ,en,"

kathā-bhaṅg'-atthaṁ

, ²ind., in order to interrupt
(somebody's) conversation; nâhaṁ tumhākaṁ ~aṁ (so
read with most Mss.; Ee °saṁgaha°) āgato, Sv I 49,28
(""I have not come to interrupt your conversation""; = ka-
thāya bhañjanatthaṁ, Sv-nṭ 1213,26).

" 346862264936042496,kathābheda,en,"

kathā-bheda

, m., the division (i.e., classification) of
(the text category called) ""kathā""; desanābhedaṁ sā-
sanabhedaṁ ~añ ca, Sv-pṭ I 34,26 (ad Sv 19,9*: desa-
nāsāsanakathābhedaṁ) = Sv-nṭ I 98,7 = Sp-ṭ I 74,15 =
As-mṭ 20,20 ≠ Vmv I 19,15; — reading of Be and v.l. at
Dhp-a III 236,16 for gāthābheda, which read.

" 346862264734715904,kathabhiññāṇa,en,"

kathâbhiññāṇa

, n. [kathā + abhiññāṇa], the speech
(of other people) as a means of recognition; cf. Mil 79,19-
21, q.v. infra sub exeg.; for abhiññāṇa, cf. CPD s.v.; I.
B. Horner, Mil-Trsl. I 108: ""understanding due to
speech,"" would seem to be imprecise; — exeg.: kathaṁ
~ato sati uppajjati: yo pakatiyā muṭṭhasatiko hoti
taṁ pare sarāpenti, tena so sarati, evaṁ ~ato sati
uppajjati, 79,19-21; — ~ato sati uppajjati, Mil 78,17.

" 346862264759881728,kathābhiññāṇa,en,"

kathâbhiññāṇa

" 346862262272659456,kathāchekatā,en,"

kathā-chekatā

, f. [abstr.], skilfulness in talking; ~āya
mahājanaṁ vañcetvā, Spk I 65,4.

" 346862262465597440,kathādhamma,en,"

kathā-dhamma

, m., a topic of conversation; accord-
ing to some indigenous scholars ~ means method of in-
vestigation; v. ct. infra; saṁkhiyā vuccati kathā, ~o ti
attho, Sv 43,10 (ad D I 2,9; = kathāsabhāvo. ~o = upa-
parikkhāvidhī ti keci, Sv-pṭ I 67,15 = Sv-nṭ I 198,13).

" 346862262339768320,kathādosa,en,"

kathā-dosa

, m., falsity of statement; buddhānaṁ ~o
nāma n' atthi, Sp 12,4 (= kathāya aparajjhaṁ nāma
n' atthi, Sp-ṭ I 58,26; kathāya asaccaṁ nāma n' atthi,
Vmv I 16,12) = Sv 10,8 (kathādoso ti kathāya doso
vitathabhāvo, Sv-nṭ I 76,10) = Pj I 96,5.

" 346862262402682880,kathādvayakathana,en,"

kathā-dvaya-kathana

, n., speaking in terms of the
two (types of) discourse (viz. sammutikathā and pa-
ramatthakathā); cf. kathā 2.a.(ii); tathā ti ādinā ~e
pariyāyantaraṁ vibhāveti, Sv-nṭ II 399,16.

" 346862272674533376,kathaka,en,"

[

Kathaka

, reading of Be for ²Kaṭṭhaka (q.v.) at Sv
691,26]

" 346862261966475264,kathākāla,en,"

kathā-kāla

, m., the (proper) time for talking; akālañ-
ñū ti ~aṁ na jānāti, akāle katheti, Mp IV 72,11 (ad A
IV 156,12).

" 346862261702234112,kathākāma,en,"

kathā-kāma

, m., a desire for debate, discussion; sace
c' assa ~o, A I 199,5*.

" 346862261647708160,kathākaraṇa,en,"

kathā-karaṇa

, n., the act of carrying on a conversa-
tion; kathāphāsukā ti vissāsikabhāven' eva ~e phā-
sukā, Sp-ṭ II 15,26 (ad Sp 216,28); — °-vasa, m.; evaṁ
piyavacanena saṅgahetabbo, punnappunaṁ ~ena
(v.l. tathā) anuggahetabbo, Sp 1060,34 (ad Vin I
119,25).

" 346862261756760064,kathākāraṇa,en,"

kathā-kāraṇa

, n., a cause for debate or discussion; ka-
thāvatthūnī ti ~āni, kathāya bhūmiyo patiṭṭhāyo ti
attho, Mp II 308,8 (ad A I 197,11).

" 346862262088110080,kathākittighosa,en,"

kathā-kitti-ghosa

, m., the fame of (the Buddha's)
speeches; idāni pana sakalajambudīpe bhagavato ~o
pattharatī ti, Sv-nṭ II 373,15.

" 346862262146830336,kathākusala,en,"

kathā-kusala

, mfn., good at (telling) tales; na bhik-
khave idān' eva vattuchekā (CeEe so; Be vatthu°) ~ā
mālaṁ (BeCe so; Ee °kusalamāl° [cf. v.ll.]) labhanti,
Ja II 322,1.

" 346862262209744896,kathākusalamālaṃ,en,"

[

kathā-kusala-mālaṁ

, w.r. at Ja II 322,1 for kathā-
kusalā mālaṁ, which read with CeBe; cf. v.ll. at Ee ad
loc]

" 346862261022756864,kathala,en,"

[

kathal[ā/a]

, f. and n., o.v. for kaṭhal[ā/a], q.v.][kathalā

" 346862261039534080,kathalā,en,"

[

kathal[ā/a]

, f. and n., o.v. for kaṭhal[ā/a], q.v.][kathalā

" 346862356212486144,kaṭhala,en,"

kaṭhal[ā/a]

, f. and n. [cf. sa. kaṭhara; BHS kaṭhala,
kaṭhalya, kaṭhalla, kaḍhalya; v. BHSD s.v. kaṭhala;
H. LÜDERS, Beobachtungen § 21 (p. 27 note 1)], 1. a
stone; broken stone; 2. a potsherd; — gramm. lit.:
kaṭhanti ettha dukkhena yantī ti ~aṁ = kapā-
lakhaṇḍaṁ, Mogg-v ad Mogg VII 182; — lex. lit.: (in
def. of sakkhara) sakkharo guḷabhede ca ~e pi ca dis-
sati, Abh 925 (~e silākhaṇḍe, Abh-ṭ 540,14); — exeg.:
(in definition of bāhirā paṭhavīdhātu) ayo lohaṁ ...
tiṇaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sakkharā ~ā bhūmi pāsāno pabbato,
Vibh 82,21; — 1. (with reference to playing ducks
and drakes) hatthena vā pādena vā kaṭṭhena vā ~āya
vā udakaṁ paharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa, Vin IV 112,30
(Sp 861,13); — atha puriso āgaccheyya kaṭṭhaṁ vā
~aṁ vā ādāya ... ahaṁ imaṁ biḷārabhastaṁ ... kaṭ-
ṭhena vā ~ena vā sarasaraṁ karissāmi, M I 128,23,34
(Ps II 101,35,36); ~ena, 234,15 = S I 123,26 (with reading
~āya); yā sakkharā vā ~ā vā sa adhogāmī assa, IV
313,29 (Spk III 104,16) = V 370,10; M I 395,2 ≠ A III 6,2;
seyyathā pi nāma duṭṭhāruko kaṭṭhena vā ~āya vā
ghaṭṭito bhīyyosomattāya āsavaṁ deti, A I 124,7
(~enā [sic.] ti kapālena, Mp II 195,12) = Pp 30,8 = 36,29;
~āya, A I 127,3,6 (Mp II 195,20); bhattakārako ... ekaṁ
~aṁ ghaṁsitvā vijjhitvā suttakena tassa gīvāya
bandhitvā ... agamāsi, Ja III 225,24; V 417,14 = 420,26;
kocid eva puriso ... pāsāṇe vā ~e vā visame vā bhū-
mibhāge khalitvā patati, Mil 187,12; ~e, Vism 261,6;
Sp 320,26; 324,2; 468,10; sakkharā ca ~āni ca sakkhara-
kaṭhalaṁ, Mp I 57,13; — ifc. appa-° (Vin IV 33,9);
kaṭṭha-° (Ps II 101,35); sakkhara-° (D I 84,15; A I
9,9; ~-daṇḍakavālikâdi, Ps II 46,12; ~-vālika, Mil 26,28;
°âdi, Ps II 46,13); suddha-° (Vin IV 33,13); — 2. ~ā ti
kapālakhaṇḍāni, Vism 755,2; ~enā (sic.) ti kapālena,
Mp II 195,12 (ad A I 124,7: ~āya).[[side 50]]kaṭhalā

" 346862356237651968,kaṭhalā,en,"

kaṭhal[ā/a]

" 346862356317343744,kaṭhalaka,en,"

kaṭhalaka

, n. [< kaṭhal[ā/a] (q.v.) + ka], a stone; cf.
H. LÜDERS, Beobachtungen § 21 (p. 27 no. 1)]; vaḍ-
ḍhanan ti -am (v.l. kapālikaṁ; Be -ikaṁ), Ja III 227,2'
(ad 226,24*); — ifc. sakkhara-° (Mil 34,11).

" 346862356564807680,kaṭhalapāsāṇasakkhararūpa,en,"

kaṭhala-pāsāṇa-sakkhara-rūpa

, mfn.,
(bhvr.) having the form of stones or rocks or gravel;
āpaṇiko kammaphalena ~ena upaṭṭhahantāni disvā,
Vv-a 157,15.

" 346862356409618432,kaṭhalapāta,en,"

kaṭhala-pāta

, m., the throwing of stones; sam-
āpattito vuṭṭhitamattassa kaṭṭhapātena vā ~ena vā
chinnasevālo viya udakaṁ puna sarīraṁ vedanā aj-
jhottharati, Spk III 202,30.

" 346862356371869696,kaṭhalaṭṭhāna,en,"

kaṭhala-ṭṭhāna

, n., a place where there are
stones; sace iṭṭhakapākāro hoti yebhuyyena ~e
tiṭṭhati yathāsukhaṁ vikopetuṁ vaṭṭati, Sp 757,9.

" 346862261207306240,kathali,en,"

kathali

, = kathalikā, q.v.; in uddāna at Vin II
234,22*; — ifc. pīṭha-° (Vin II 234,22*).

" 346862103572779008,kathalikā,en,"

kathalikā,

(pāda-)kathalikā, Sv 654,12 = (pāda‑) pīṭhikā, Dhp-a III 186,3.

" 346862261299580928,kathalikā/kaṭhalikā,en,"

kathalikā/kaṭhalikā

, f., a kind of basin made of
wood or a foot scrubber ?; only recorded in cpd. pādaka-
thalikā/-iyā, which, according to the ct., either denotes
a foot stool for dirty feet (a kind of wash basin ?) or a
kind of scrubber (cf. Sp 1160,16: pādakaṭhalikā - a-
dhotapādaṭṭhapanakaṁ pādaghaṁsanaṁ vā); cf.
²kataka/kaṭaka ?; v. DBMT s.v.; — ifc. pāda-° (Vin I
9,8; 47,28; II 22,22; Vism 401,22; Vv-a 8,25).

" 346862261370884096,kathaliyā,en,"

kathaliyā

, f.; variant of prec., q.v.; — ifc. pāda-°
(~âbhihāra, Kv 440,33).

" 346862276898197504,kathaṃ,en,"

kathaṁ

, ²ind. [⁵ka (q.v.) + thaṁ; Ai.Gr. III §§ 219
d), 258 c); Pischel § 114], interrogative adverb of
manner: 1.a.(i) in what way, how; ~ is often followed by
the particles nu, nu + kho, pana, su (cf. sa. svid), and
hi; for examples of which, v. infra; a.(ii) kathaṁ + iva:
how (rare; cf. identical sa. usage); a.(iii) why (rare);
2.a.(i) in canonical text ~aṁ + the particles hi + nāma
is almost invariably constructed with a finite verb in the
future, when censure/reproach is implied: ""how could
you ... I"" (extremely common, especially in the Vinaya);
there are a few occurrences of kathaṁ hi nāma + pot.
(q.v. infra; cf. 2.b.) used in the same sense; the few
recorded examples of kathaṁ hi nāma + aor. are ex-
ceptional; kathaṁ hi nāma + pres. is characteristic of
postcanonical pa.; or a.(ii) when wonder/amaze-
ment/disbelief (v. gramm. lit. infra) is implied (rare):
""how can it be that... ?; b. when the speaker is talking to
or reproaching himself ~aṁ hi nāma is invariably con-
structed with a finite verb in the pot. mood (rare): ""why
should ...?""; cf. Pāṇ III 3 (142+) 144; v. O. H. PIND,
Studies in the Pāli Grammarians I, JPTS XIII 1989: 58-
60; c. ~aṁ ~aṁ nāma + ger.: how could (something)
possibly ... (rare); when used in cpd.s (for examples of
which, v. infra), ~ sometimes assumes the value of the
interrogative pronoun kiṁ; cf. similar sa. usage; —
gramm. lit.: kimimehi thaṁ. kiṁ ima ice etehi thaṁ-
paccayo hoti pakāravacanatthe. ko pakāro: ~aṁ;
kaṁ pakāraṁ: ~aṁ +, Kacc-v ad Kacc 401= Sadd
805,24 ≠ Mogg IV 121; cf. Sadd 675,21 foll.; — sandhi
forms: a. ~aṁ + ahaṁ > ~âhaṁ; ~âhaṁ bhante
Rāhulakumāraṁ pabbājemī ti, Vin I 82,17; 354,18; II
256,37; Ja I 93,11; Nidd I 59,19 foll.; b. ~aṁ + V > ~' +
V; this type of sandhi is probably m.c; ~' eko ramasī
araññe, Ja V 506,16* (= ~aṁ eko, 506,18'); sa ~' ajja
anuccaṅgī pathaṁ gacchati pattikā, VI 500,14* foll.
(= ~aṁ ajja, 501,26'); — 1.a.(i) exeg.: -an ti ayaṁ
ākārapucchā: kenâkārena, Sv 248,31; ~an ti kenâkā-
rena ... kasmā, kuto, kena ppakārena tvaṁ ṭhito'
hosi, Th-a III 57,12,16 (ad Th 866); — ~aṁ dukkhā
pamuccati, Sn 170; ~aṁ upapajjati Brahmalokaṁ
jutīmā, 508; ~aṁ na viggayha janena kayirā, 844;
~añ carahi jānemu disvā Buddho ti brāhmaṇa, 999;
~añ ca bhikkhave atthataṁ hoti kaṭhinaṁ, Vin I
255,7; ~aṁ bhāvito ca ... ~añ ca bahulīkato, III 70,28;
~aṁ jānemu taṁ mayaṁ, D II 240,11* ~añ carahi
taṁ deva samudācarāmī ti, 192,15; idaṁ bhante
~aṁ, III 285,7; ~aṁ na hāyeyyuṁ pare ti, 165,17;
~aṁ ṭhito tvaṁ, M II 99,27* = Th 866 (Be so; Ee kas-
mā); imassa pana ... bhāsitassa ~aṁ attho daṭṭhab-
bo, M II 69,4 = III 10,6; ambho ~aṁ so puriso, 165,29;
~aṁ ca ... atītaṁ anvāgameti, 188,1; ~aṁ tvam an-
igho bhikkhu, S I 54,24* foll.; idaṁ bhante ~aṁ, A III
361,27 = V 349,14; ~aṁ bhāvitā ca maraṇasati, IV
320,5; ~aṁ mokkho bhavissatī ti, Ja II 77,24*; ~aṁ
tattha gamissāmī ti, 159,13; ariyo hi ariyassa ~aṁ na
dajjā, III 81,11*; Brāhmaṇo ca ~aṁ jahe sabbadham-
māna pāragū, 19,24*; ~aṁ pamokkho āsi, IV 419,20*;
~aṁ jānemu taṁ mayaṁ, V 156,10* ≠ 44,24* = VI
13,14* qu. Sadd 675,22; — ~an + nu: ~an nu dhīrehi
paveditaṁ taṁ, Sn 838; ~an nu dāni puccheyyaṁ
puthū samaṇabrāhmaṇe, 190 = S I 215,8*; ~aṁ nu
tvaṁ mārisa ogham atari ti, 1,14; ~an nu sākhā-
migaṁ dakkhissāma, Ja III 99,7* (= kena nu kho
upāyena, 99,9'); ~an nu bhagavā ... Kappassa rama-
ti assame, 144,9* (= kena nu kho upāyena, 144,11');
144,25*; te ~an nu karissanti, 330,24*; ~aṁ nv ayaṁ
... hatthattham āgañchi, IV 459,27,30*; ~an nu daha-
ro jaññā, V 62,19*; ~an nu te laddhaṁ idaṁ vimā-
naṁ, 178,29* = VI 320,6*; — ~aṁ + nu kho: ~aṁ nu
kho amhehi uposatho kātabbo, Vin I 124,32 ≠ 125,12;
~aṁ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban ti, 83,24; ~an nu
kho bho abhisaññānirodho hotī ti, D I 180,1; ~aṁ nu
kho ahosiṁ atītam addhānaṁ, M I 8,6 foll. = S II
26,30 ≠ M I 265,3 foll.; ~aṁ nu kho bhante sakkāya-
diṭṭhi hotī ti, S III 102,5*; ~aṁ nu kho gāmaṇi
Nigaṇṭho Nātaputto sāvakānaṁ dhammaṁ desetī
ti, IV 317,24; —~aṁ + pana: ~aṁ pana bhante deva-
tānaṁ adhippāyo, D II 163,16; — ~aṁ + su: ~aṁ su
taratī oghaṁ, Sn 183 foll. = S I 214,25* foll.; ta-y-idaṁ
~aṁ sū ti, M I 400,18 = S IV 228,16; —~aṁ + hi: ~aṁ
hi Bhagavā tuyhaṁ, I 121,18*; ~aṁ hi yajamānassa,
~aṁ ijjhati dakkhiṇā, 175,22*; ~aṁ h' ime jhāyantī ti,
A III 355,9; ~aṁ hi mūlaṁ adisvā rukkhaṁ jaññā
patiṭṭhitaṁ, Ja II 346,17*; ~aṁ hi āgamma, III 24,24*;
~aṁ hi dānaṁ aphalaṁ vadeyya, IV 339,22*; —
1.a.(ii) nibbedhapadaṭṭhānaṁ pahāya ghoraṁ ta-
paṁ -am ivā ti so tvaṁ brūhi, Vjb 404,6*; — 1.a.(iii)
āraññakassa isino ... kicchā kataṁ udapānaṁ ~aṁ
samma avāhayī ti, Ja II 354,25* (= kimatthāya,
355,3'); — ifc. yathā-° (D I 51,25; II 334,15; S I 1,16; A
II 163,25 [ed.s sometimes print ~as two words]); —
2.a.(i) exeg.: ~aṁ hi nāma so bhikkhave moghapu-
riso sabbamattikāmayaṁ kuṭikaṁ karissatī (= Vin
III 42,13-14 qu. Mogg-v ad Mogg VI 3) ti idaṁ atītat-
the anāgatavacanaṁ akāsī ti vuttaṁ hoti; tassa lak-
khaṇaṁ saddasatthato pariyesitabbaṁ, Sp 288,12-15;
— gramm. lit.: ~aṅ hi nāmā ti nindāvacane apadis-
sanatthe nipātasamudāyo, Sadd 818,8 (ad sutta 893);
name garahāvimhayesu. nāmasadde nipāte sati
garahāyaṁ vimhaye ca gamyamāne ssatyādayo
honti: ... ~aṁ hi nāma so ... kuṭikaṁ karissati (=
Vin III 42,12-14), Mogg-v ad Mogg VI 3 (Mogg-p ad
loc. claims that it is the particle nāma which entails fu-
ture of the verb; cf. the discussion at Sadd 818,14 foll. re-
jecting this view); — ~aṁ hi + pot.: ~aṁ hi duṭṭhena
asampaduṭṭhaṁ suddhaṁ asuddhena samaṁ ka-
reyyā ti, Sn 90; puna Aṅkuro ... taṁ seṭṭhiṁ gara-
hanto ""~aṁ hi dānaṁ dadamāno kareyya ..."" gā-
thaṁ āha, Pv-a 125,17 (ad Pv 288 = ~aṁ hi nāma,
Pv-a 125,20); — ~aṁ hi nāma + fut.: ~añ hi nāma
chabbaggiyā bhikkhū apaṭiññāya bhikkhūnaṁ
kammāni karissanti, Vin II 83,13; ~aṁ hi nāma
samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā kulesu viññāpetvāviññāpetvā
bhuñjissanti, 196,13; manussā vipācanti : ~aṁ hi
nāma bhikkhunī kulaṁ maccharāyissatī ti, IV
312,17; ~aṁ hi nāma sandiṭṭhikaṁ sāmaññaphalaṁ
puṭṭho samano vikkhepaṁ vyākarissatī ti, D I 59,16;
118,19; ~aṁ hi nāma ayoniso aggiṁ gavesissatī ti, II
341,27; ~aṁ hi nāma ... gūthaṁ harissasī ti, 347,22;
~aṁ hi nāma ... evaṁ vakkhati, A III 337,28 (= kena
kāraṇena, Mp III 366,6) = 338,15; Ud 44,27; —~aṁ hi
nāma + aor.: ~aṁ hi nāma bhikkhuniyo uddositaṁ
acchindāpesuṁ, Vin IV 224,14; ~aṁ hi nāma evarū-
paṁ pi dhammakathaṁ jānanto ... upaṭṭhahantā-
naṁ manussānaṁ ekam pi dhammapadaṁ na ka-
thesī ti, Dhp-a II 95,20; 241,8; — ~aṁ hi nāma + pres:
~aṁ hi nāma tvaṁ ... Devadattassa bhattaṁ bhuñ-
jasī ti, Ja I 186,31; ~aṁ hi nāma sabbaññū samano
attano sāvake dhammadāyāde ... kātuṁ na sakkotī
ti, Ps I 92,11; — 2.a.(ii) ~aṁ hi nāma tāva mahato
bhikkhusaṅghassa aḍḍhateḷasānaṁ bhikkhusatā-
naṁ n' eva khipitasaddo bhavissati, D I 50,5; accha-
riyaṁ vata bho abbhutaṁ vata bho. (so punctuate)
~aṁ hi nāma satthari sammukkhībhūte sāvako
dhammaṁ desessatī ti, S I 156,7; — 2.b. atha kho sa
bhikkhunī ~aṁ hi nāma bhikkhuniyo nâgacchey-
yun ti bhikkhuniyo upasaṁkamitvā, Vin IV 312,9;
~aṁ hi nāma evaṁ vadeyya, D II 319,16; — ~aṁ hi
nāma mādiso samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā vijite
vasantaṁ haneyya vā bandheyya vā pabbājeyya
vā, Vin III 44,15; ~aṁ hi nāma mādiso samaṇaṁ vā
brāhmaṇaṁ vā vijite vasantaṁ apasādetabbaṁ
maññeyyā ti, D I 53,8 = 54,28 = 57,7 = 58,7 = 59,19;
~aṁ hi nāma mādiso viññū samanassa Gotamassa
subhāsitaṁ subhāsitato nâbbhanumodeyyā ti,
190,12 = 191,9; ~aṁ hi nāma mādiso pubbe animan-
tito āsane nisīditabbaṁ maññeyyā ti M II 158,17; —
c. ~aṁ ~aṁ nāmâyaṁ bhante Ānanda bhagavatā
dhammo desito aññeyyo, yatra hi nāma ..., A III
347,24 foll. (= kena kena kāraṇena, Mp III 374,3,10) =
348,6 = 349,1 = V 137',25 foll. (reading kathaṁkathā);
— °-sadda, m., the word kathaṁ; Sadd 675,27; —
~-yoga, m., construction with the word kathaṁ; ~ena
na sakkhissasī ti anāgatavacanaṁ kataṁ. nāmasad-
dayogenā ti ca vadanti, Sp-ṭ II 22,17 (ad Vin III 20,21:
~aṁ hi nāma ... na sakkhissasi) = Vmv I 103,29; —
~añ-hi-nāma(n), n., (the sentence complement) kathañ
hi nāma; ~āssa abhāvato, Sadd 818,12 (v. infra); —
~-yoga, m., construction with (the sentence comple-
ment) kathañ hi nāma; ~enâtīte 'nāgatassêva payo-
go ... ~enā ti kimatthaṁ: -an nu tvaṁ mārisa o-
gham atari (= S I 1,14) ti ādisu kathañ-hi-nāmassa
abhāvato atīte anāgatassa viya payogo na hotī ti
dassanatthaṁ ...amhehi pana daḷhīkaraṇatthaṁ
~enā ti vuttaṁ, Sadd 818,6,11,17; — ~-sadda, m., the
expression kathañ hi nāma; ~assa yogena atīte anā-
gatassa iva payogo hoti, Sadd 818,6; — ~añ-hi-sad-
da, m., the expression kathañ hi; Sadd 818,14.[[side 127]]

" 346862103589556224,kathaṃ,en,"

kathaṁ, 1.a.(i)

~ nu, Ja VI 576,2* the emendation ~ tu by L. Alsdorf, Kl. Schr. ²2001: 325 is unwarranted; — 2.a.(i) cf. O. H. Pind, Sauhṛdyamaṅgalam, S. Lienhard Fel. Vol. 1995: 295foll.; — 2.c. cf. J. A. B. van Buitenen, Vāk IV 1954: 137–139; J. Sakamoto-Goto, Anusantatyai, Festschr. J. Narten 2000: 231foll.

" 346862265019928576,kathāmagga,en,"

kathā-magga

, m., a narrative, story; exposition; —
exeg.: bhassaṁ vuccati ~o, Ps II 270,23 (ad M I
227,17); vādena vādaṁ samāraddho ti ~ena dosaṁ
āropito, 270,29 (ad M I 227,25); — Tusitapure nibbatti
tāva pavatto ~o Dūrenidānaṁ nāma, Ja I 2,7; vitthā-
rato pana imaṁ ~aṁ icchantena Visuddhimaggato
gahetabbo, Sp 418,21; Bhagavā ettakena ~ena pāṭi-
hāriyaṁ na karotī ti, Sv 829,25; Ps II 192,30 (Ps-pṭ II
142,12); III 154,26; ettakena ~ena Brahma therassa
vaṇṇaṁ kathento āyatane brāhmaṇiṁ niyojesi, Spk
I 208,1; Mp I 406,17; puggalo yaṁ gūḷhaṁ ganthaṁ
vā ~aṁ vā jānāti taṁ aññaṁ na jānāpetukāmo hoti,
As 374,29; Kkh 101,18; ~ena tassa kathā parimaṇḍalā
nāma hoti dhammato atthato anusandhito pubbā-
parato ācariyuggahato ti sabbaso paripuṇṇabhāva-
to, Ps-pṭ II 189,13; — ifc. sabba-° (As 4,7; Kv-a 2,4);
sāsana-vaṁsa-° (Ss 128,19); sesa-° (Kkh 99,7); — in
long cpd. at Ps III 95,16.

" 346862265095426048,kathāmaggabheda,en,"

kathā-magga-bheda

, m., the division of an exposi-
tion; imesu pana sabbesu pi nayesu ājānāhi nigga-
han ti ādiṁ katvā sabbo ~o vitthārato veditabbo,
Kv-a 44,27.[[side 137]]

" 346862262671118336,kathāmagganissita,en,"

kathā-magga-nissita

, mfn., based upon (somebody's)
exposition; vācanāmagganissitan ti ~aṁ. aṭṭhakathā-
nissitan ti attho, Kkh-ṭ 124,24 (ad Kkh 1,11).

" 346862257524707328,kathāmagganusārena,en,"

kathā-maggânusārena

, ²ind., according to (some-
body's) exposition; idañ ca Aṅguttarabhāṇakānaṁ
~ena vuttaṁ, Mp-ṭ I 193,11.

" 346862257541484544,kathāmaggānusārena,en,"

kathā-maggânusārena

, ²ind., according to (some-
body's) exposition; idañ ca Aṅguttarabhāṇakānaṁ
~ena vuttaṁ, Mp-ṭ I 193,11.

" 346862257474375680,kathāmaggasampaṭipādanā,en,"

kathā-magga-sampaṭipādanā

, f., a sequel to an ex-
position; yā pi c' esā paṭikammacatukkādivasena ~ā
katā sa pi sukatā, Kv-a 15,1.

" 346862254190235648,kathāmaggavirodha,en,"

kathā-magga-virodha

, m., a contradiction with an
exposition; paramatthavirodho eva hi suttâdinayena
sodhanīyo, na ~o ti, Vmv II 264,13.

" 346862269444919296,kathaṃbhāga,en,"

kathaṁ-bhāga

, mfn., having what parts, divisions;
~ā ca pana samanassa Gotamassa sāvakesu anusā-
sanī bahulā pavattatī ti, M I 228,7 = 230,2.

" 346862271332356096,kathambhāvitā,en,"

[

kathambhāvitā

, w.r. at S V 118,21 and 119,20 for
kathaṁ bhāvitā]

" 346862271080697856,kathaṃbhūta,en,"

kathaṁ-bhūta

, mfn. [ts.], 1. how being; 2. of what
kind, sort; — 1. ~assa me rattindivā vītipatantī ti, A
V 88,12 (""how should I be so that the days and nights
pass quickly by""; Mp V 40,8) qu. Mil 392,3 and Dhp-a I
379,20; — 2. ~ā pana bhante Bhagavā devatā mana-
sikaroti, D II 139,27 (""what kind of devatās is Bhaga-
vat thinking of"") = 158,13;

" 346862271017783296,kathaṃdassin,en,"

kathaṁ-dassi(n)

, mfn., having what (sort of
spiritual) awareness; ~ī kathaṁsīlo upasanto ti vucca-
ti, Sn 848 (kīdisena dassanena samannāgato, kiṁ-
saṇṭhitena kiṁpakārena kiṁpaṭibhāgenā ti, ~ī ... ~ī
ti adhipaññaṁ pucchati, Nidd I 210,8,12 ≠ Pj II
548,24).kathaṁ-dassin

" 346862270652878848,kathaṃgotta,en,"

kathaṁ-gotta

, mfn. [cf. kiṁgotta, q.v.], belonging to
which gotra; ~o 'si Ambaṭṭhāti, D I 92,9; ~o, bhante,
ayyassa pita, ~ā mātā ti, M II 102,6 (Ps III 335,29);
kīdiso tvaṁ mahāvīra ~o 'si, Ap 339,22.

" 346862276860448768,kathaṃiriyanta,en,"

kathaṁ-iriyanta

, mfn. [kathaṁ + part. < iriyati,
q.v.], behaving, acting in what way; kathaṁsametassa
... ~assa kathaṁpavattentassa ... rūpaṁ vibhoti,
Nidd I 278,29 (ad Sn 873: kathaṁsametassa).

" 346862270971645952,kathaṃjhāyībahula,en,"

[

kathaṁ-jhāyī-bahula

, mfn. (cf. kathaṁvihārī-
bahula, q.v), devoted to meditating in which way; so
read for Ee kathaṁ jhāyaṁ bahulaṁ and Be kathaṁ-
jhāyiṁ bahulaṁ; correl. evaṁjhāyībahulaṁ at S I
126,26; ~aṁ kāmasaññā paribāhirā honti aladdha [so
read m.c.; cf. CPD s.v. aladdhā] ⁺yo taṁ, S I 126,23*
(cf. katamena jhānena bahulaṁ jhāyantaṁ taṁ pug-
galaṁ kāmasaññā alabhitvā va paribāhirā honti,
Spk I 187,15-17); — Rem.: for the sa. reinterpretation of
the verse in YBhū, cf. F. ENOMOTO: Canonical Verses in
the Yogācārabhūmi, in SWTF, Beiheft 2 1989: 25 [4]:
kathaṁdhyāyī vipulām kāmatṛṣṇām tīrṇṇo bhavati;
cf. Mhvu III 284,1: kathamdhyāyī bahulī kāmasañ-
jñā paribāhito bhavati]

" 346862270912925696,kathaṃjīviṃjīvita,en,"

kathaṁ-jīvi-ṁ-jīvita

, n. [< jīvi(n) + ṁ + jīvita; ṁ
is perhaps m.c. for kathaṁjīvijīvita; cf. kathaṁjīvijī-
vita (q.v.) and ct. infra; K.R. Norman, Sn-Trsl. 1992:
184 no. ad Sn 181], the life of one who is living in what
way; ~iṁ jīvitam (so read with Be; Ee °iṁ jīv°) āhu
seṭṭhaṁ, Sn 181 (kathan ti kena pakārena, kathaṁjī-
vino jīvitaṁ kathaṁjīvijīvitan (v. l. °jīviṁ; °jīvino) ti,
gāthābandhasukhatthaṁ pana sânunāsikaṁ vucc-
ati. kathaṁjīviṁ jīvatan ti vā pāṭho, tassa 'jīvantā-
naṁ kathaṁjīvṁ' ti attho, Pj II 231,5-7) = S I 42,7 (so
read with Be; Ee °aṁ jīv° jīv°) = 214,20 (so read with
Be; Ee °aṁ jīv° jīv°; Spk I 327,30 = Pj II 231,5-7).

" 346862270782902272,kathaṃjīvin,en,"

kathaṁ-jīvi(n)

, mfn., living in what way; ~ino jīvi-
taṁ kathaṁjīviṁjīvitan (so read; Ee °aṁ jīv° jīv°) ti
... ~iṁ jīvatan ti vā pāṭho, tassa 'jīvantānaṁ ka-
thaṁjīvin' ti attho, Spk I 327,30 (ad S I 214,20) = Pj II
231,5,6,7 (ad Sn 181); — °-jīvita, n. (cf. next], the life of
one who is living in what way; kathaṁjīvino jīvitaṁ
-an Pj II 231,5.kathaṁ-jīvin

" 346862270510272512,kathaṃkara,en,"

kathaṁ-kara

, mfn., acting in what way; ~o sāvako
sādhu hoti, Sn 376 (= kathaṁ karonto kathaṁ pa-
ṭippajjanto; so macco asmiṁ va paramhi loke ~o
sotthānena gutto ti, Ja IV 75,8* (75,14'; ~o kintikaro
kim ācaraṁ kiṁ sevamāno kena tapoguṇena,
339,25* (= kataraṁ kammaṁ karonto ahaṁ nirayaṁ
na gaccheyyaṁ, 340,2') ≠ V 148,14*,17* (149,7'io' ≠ IV
340,2', q.v. supra); 82,24*,27* (82,29').

" 346862268648001536,kathaṃkārin,en,"

kathaṁ-kāri(n)

, mfn., acting in what way; ~ī ca so
bhikkhave puriso tasmiṁ kulle kiccakārī assa, M I
135,16.kathaṁ-kārin

" 346862276730425344,kathaṃkathā,en,"

kathaṁ-kathā

, f. [cf. BHSD s.v.], doubt;— lex. lit.:
manovilekha sandehā saṁsayo ca ~ā, Abh 170 (ka-
tham idam iti kathayati yāya sa ~ā, Abh-ṭ ad loc.); —
jahetvā jātimaraṇaṁ asesaṁ ~aṁ (v.l. kathākath°)
sabbam upātivattā, Sn 500; kodho mosavajjañ ca ~ā
ca ye vā pi dhamma samaṇena vuttā, 866 (~ā
vuccati vicikicchā ti, Nidd I 265,5) qu. Nidd I 264,14
≠ Sn 868 (Nidd I 268,1,5,6) qu. Nidd I 267,25,28; pa-
muñca maṁ Sakka ~āhi, Sn 1063; ~ā ca yo tiṇṇo, vi-
mokho tassa kīdiso, 1088; 1089; tiṇṇā m' ettha kaṁ-
khā vigatā ~ā Bhagavato pañhaveyyākaraṇaṁ su-
tvā ti, D II 276,20 (idaṁ kathaṁ idaṁ kathañ ti
ayam pi ~ā vigatā, Sv 719,29; Sv-pṭ II 324,14) = 279,24
= 281,6; 282,13; ~āya abhāvena akathaṁkathī, Dhp-a
IV 194,10; vigatā samucchinnā ~ā etassā ti vigataka-
thaṁkathaṁ, Ud-a 285,34 (ad Ud 49,18); — ifc. a-°;
tiṇṇa° (Sn 17, 86, 367; Pj II 162,23 foll); vigata-° (D I
110,16 = Vin I 12,21; Ud 49,18; Ud-a 286,1); vītivatta-°
(Ap 499,7).

" 346862269755297792,kathaṃkathāpahānupāya,en,"

kathaṁ-kathā-pahān'-upāya

, m., the means for
freeing oneself from doubt; yo ... vissajjitesv etesu
pañhesu kathaṁkathī bhaveyya, tassa ~aṁ dassen-
to āha, Pj II 552,20.

" 346862269923069952,kathaṃkathāpamokkha,en,"

kathaṁ-kathā-pamokkha

, n., a remedy against
doubt; bhagavā attâdhīnam eva ~aṁ oghataraṇamu-
khena dassento, Pj II 592,24 (ad Sn 1064).

" 346862269843378176,kathaṃkathāpatirūpaka,en,"

kathaṁ-kathā-patirūpaka

, mfn., manifesting itself
as doubt (about something; with loc.); ~assa sabba-
dhammesu aññāṇassa tiṇṇattā pi tiṇṇakathaṁkatho
ti veditabbo, Pj II 162,27.[[side 128]]

" 346862270329917440,kathaṃkathāsalla,en,"

kathaṁ-kathā-salla

, n., the arrow of doubt; — exeg.:
sallan ti satta sallāni, rāgasallaṁ dosasallaṁ ...
~aṁ, Nidd I 59,7 (ad Sn 779) = 412,24 foll.; katamaṁ
~aṁ ? dukkhe kaṅkhā + cittassa manivilekho, idaṁ
~aṁ, 414,17,25; — ~ena otiṇṇo viddho phuṭṭho pare-
to samohito samannāgato saṁsayapakkhanno hoti,
418,28 = 419,7; me kim asmi ti kathaṁ asmi ti (so pro-
bably read for Ee kismiñci katasmin ti; cf. Nett-Trsl.:
42 no. ad loc. referring to Ml 8,14q.v.) vicikicchā ~aṁ
(Ee °aṁ kath°) cittaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassatī ti, Nett
25,19,20; — ifc. vicikicchā-° (D II 283,26; Mp III
347,27).

" 346862270216671232,kathaṃkathavibhūta,en,"

kathaṁ-kathâvibhūta

, mfn. [kathā + avibhūta],
not being without doubt; ~ena (so read; Ee kathaṁ k°)
akusalamulena, Peṭ 206,26.

" 346862270237642752,kathaṃkathāvibhūta,en,"

kathaṁ-kathâvibhūta

, mfn. [kathā + avibhūta],
not being without doubt; ~ena (so read; Ee kathaṁ k°)
akusalamulena, Peṭ 206,26.

" 346862270388637696,kathaṃkathin,en,"

kathaṁ-kathi(n)

, mfn., doubtful; ~ī ñāṇapathāya
sikkhe, Sn 868 (~ī puggalo sakaṁkho savilekho + ...
ñāṇādhigamāya ... sikkheyya, Nidd I 270,20) qu.
267,28* (~ī puggalo sakaṅkho savilekho ... ñāṇasac-
chikiriyāya adhisīlam pi sikkheyya, 270,20); nâhaṁ
gamissāmi pamocanāya ~iṁ Dhotaka kañci loke,
Sn 1064 (~iṁ puggalaṁ sakaṅkhaṁ sakhilaṁ +,
Nidd II 119,11) qu. Nidd I 32,18*, II 21,2,9, Kv 194,18*;
apariyositasaṅkappo vicikicchī ~ī, D II 287,7*; etara-
hi paccuppannam addhānaṁ ajjhattaṁ ~ī hoti, M I
8,13 = Nidd I 419,5 ≠ S II 27,5 ≠ M I 265,14; Pj II
552,19; — ifc. a-°; — °-bhāva, m. [abstr.], the state of
being doubtful; tass' eva aparabhāgena kaṁkhāvita-
ranena ~assa, Ps I 23,13 = Spk II 253,27 (= ahosiṁ nu
kho ahaṁ atītamaddhānan ti ādinayapavattāya
saṁsayappavattiyā, Spk-pṭ II 205,10) = As 352,2 = Pj
II 9,2 ≠ Ud-a 32,12.kathaṁ-kathin

" 346862262033584128,kathaṃpakāra,en,"

kathaṁ-pakāra

, mfn. [cf. kathappakāra, q.v.], of
what kind; ~o idha naro mahatthiko bhikkhu, Vin I
358,36*; kathaṁvidhan ti ... ~aṁ vā, Spk-pṭ I 151,8
(ad Spk I 110,16 ad S I 53,1-4).

" 346862271269441536,kathaṃpālenta,en,"

kathaṁ-pālenta

, mfn. [kathaṁ + part. < pāleti],
entering which (kind of mental) state; kathaṁpaṭipan-
nassa ... ~assa ... rūpaṁ vibhoti, Nidd I 278,30 (ad
Sn 873: kathaṁsametassa).

" 346862271139418112,kathaṃpaṭipanna,en,"

kathaṁ-paṭipanna

, mfn., 1. having proceeded in
which way, having followed what (kind of) procedure; 2.
having entered which (kind of mental) state; — 1. ~o
pana mārisa bhikkhu papañcasaññāsaṅkhānirodha-
sāruppagāminipaṭipadaṁ paṭipanno hoti, D II
277,32; 279,28; 281,11; ~o (Ee °aṁ p°) ca, thapati, aku-
salānaṁ sīlānaṁ nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti, M II
26,22 ≠ 27,14; — 2. ~assa + ... rūpaṁ vibhoti, Nidd I
278,29 (ad Sn 873: kathaṁsametassa).

" 346862271189749760,kathaṃpavattenta,en,"

kathaṁ-pavattenta

, mfn. [kathaṁ + part. < pavat-
teti], entering which (kind of mental) state; ~assa + ...
rupaṁ vibhoti, Nidd I 278,30 (ad Sn 873: kathaṁ-
sametassa).[[side 129]]

" 346862271680483328,kathaṃrūpa,en,"

kathaṁ-rūpa

, mfn., having what nature; of what sort,
kind; ~ena āvuso Ānanda bhikkhunā Gosiṅgasāla-
vanaṁ sobheyyāti, M I 212,34 (Ps II 251,1) = 213,24,37
= 218,25; ~āya ca bhikkhave dhammatāya diṭṭhi-
sampanno puggalo samannāgato, 324,6,23; 325,3,14;
~añ ca, brāhmana, so Bhagavā jhānaṁ na vaṇṇesi,
III 13,34 = 14,21; 48,19 = 49,30 foll.; 291,14; taṁ kim
maññatha bhikkhave ~o bhikkhu arahati kulāni
upasaṅkamitun ti, S II 198,11; 199,1,2; 200,11,12; ~assa
bhikkhave puggalassa appamattakam pi pāpaṁ
kammaṁ kataṁ tam enaṁ nirayaṁ upaneti, A I
249,21,28 foll.; ~e nu kho bhante Satthari pasanno ...
sugatiṁ yeva upapajjati, III 35,15-20; mayā ~o puriso
sevitabbo, Ja III 525,14; ~ā bhavissatī ti, VI 389,28; ta-
thārūpaṁ iddhâbhisaṅkhāraṁ akāsi. ~aṁ ? (so read
with Be; CeEe °aṁ rūp°), Ps III 369,12 (ad M II 135,14).

" 346862272611618816,kathaṃsameta,en,"

kathaṁ-sameta

, mfn., having entered which (kind of
mental) state; ~assa vibhoti rūpaṁ, Sn 873 (= ka-
thaṁpaṭipannassa +, Nidd I 278,28 = Pj II 553,9).

" 346862270598352896,kathaṃsaṇṭhita,en,"

kathaṁ-saṇṭhita

, mfn. [cf. kiṁsaṇṭhita], composed
in what way: of what kind or nature; kathaṁvidhan ti
padassa ~an ti attho, As 304,32 (quoting S I 53,1); ka-
thaṁvidhan ti ~aṁ, kathaṁpakāraṁ vā, Spk-pṭ I
151,8 (ad Spk I 110,16).

" 346862261148585984,kathaṃsata,en,"

[

kathaṁ-sata

, mfn., being mindful in which way;
possible reading for kathaṁ sata°; correl. evaṁsata at
1110 ?; cf. next.; ~assa (so probably read; BeEe two
words) carato viññāṇaṁ uparujjhati, Sn 1110]

" 346862271932141568,kathaṃsīla,en,"

kathaṁ-sīla

, mfn., of what character or disposition;
kathaṁdassī ~o upasanto ti vuccati, Sn 848 (kīdi-
sena sīlena samannāgato, kiṁsaṇṭhitena kiṁpakā-
rena kiṁpaṭibhāgenā ti ... ~o ti adhisīlaṁ pucchati,
Nidd I 210,10,14); (migā) kathaṁvaṇṇā ~ā, Ja IV
420,28*; kīdīsā te mahāvīrā sabbaññū lokanāyakā
kathaṁvaṇṇā ~ā (so read; Ee kathaṁ vaṇṇakathaṁ
sīlā) kīdisā te mahāyasā, Ap 426,17.

" 346862256778121216,kathāmūla,en,"

kathā-mūla

, n., the price or payment for a conversa-
tion (with the Buddha); only recorded in exeg. of
kathāpābhata, q.v.

" 346862271730814976,kathaṃvaṇṇa,en,"

kathaṁ-vaṇṇa

, mfn., having what colour or appear-
ance; amanusso ~o, D II 244,1; (migā) ~ā kathaṁsīlā,
Ja IV 420,28*; kīdīsā te mahāvīrā ... ~ā kathaṁsīlā
(so read; Ee kathaṁ vaṇṇakathaṁ sīlā), Ap 426,17.

" 346862271613374464,kathaṃvidha,en,"

kathaṁ-vidha

, mfn., of what kind; dhanuggahānañ
ca satāni soḷasa ~e passati bhadde sattavo ti, Ja V
95,26*; ~aṁ sīlavantaṁ vadanti, ~aṁ paññāvantaṁ
vadanti, S I 53,1-4 (so read; Ee °aṁ vidh°; -an [Ee °aṁ
vidh°] ti, Spk I 110,16; -an ti kathaṁsaṇṭhitaṁ, ka-
thaṁpakāraṁ vā, Spk-pṭ I 151,8); ~an ti padassa ka-
thaṁsaṇṭhitan ti attho, As 304,32 (quoting S I 53,1);
~an ti kenâkārena saṇṭhitan ti attho ti, Vibh-mṭ
223,8 (ad Vibh-a 496,9 quoting S I 53,1) ≠ Ja V 146,6-9*.

" 346862272485789696,kathaṃvihārībahula,en,"

kathaṁ-vihārī-bahula

, mfn. [cf. kathaṁjhāyī-
bahula, q.v.], devoted to living in which way; ~o (so
read with Be) 'dha bhikkhu pañcoghatiṇṇo atarîdha
chaṭṭhaṁ, S I 126,21* (~o [so read] ti katamena vihā-
rena bahulaṁ viharanto, Spk I 187,13; cf. F. ENOMO-
TO: Canonical Verses in the Yogācārabhūmi, in SWTF,
Beiheft 2 1989: 25 [4]: kathamvihārabahulo bhikṣuḥ.

" 346862271865032704,kathaṃvihitaka,en,"

kathaṁ-vihitaka

, mfn., constructed in what way;
~aṁ (so read with Be; Ee °aṁ vihi°) pana tumhe ā-
yasmato Issarakuttaṁ Brahmakuttaṁ ācariyakaṁ
aggaññaṁ paññāpethā ti, D III 28,17 (~an [so read; Ee
°aṁ vihi°] ti kena vihitaṁ, kin ti vihitaṁ, Sv 830,15).

" 346862270548021248,kathaṃyapenta,en,"

kathaṁ-yapenta

, mfn. [kathaṁ + part. < yapeti],
entering which (kind of mental) state; ~assa kathaṁyā-
pentassa rūpaṁ vibhoti, Nidd I 278,30 (ad Sn 873:
kathaṁsametassa).

" 346862271453990912,kathaṃyāpenta,en,"

kathaṁ-yāpenta

, mfn., = prec.; ~assa, Nidd I
278,30.

" 346862103639887872,kathana,en,"

kathana, 1.b.(iii)

the meaning “recitation” does not exist, all references are to be shifted to 2.b.

" 346862271399464960,kathana,en,"

kathana

, n. [verb, noun < √kath, q.v.], 1.a.(i) the act
of saying or talking, speaking; (ii) the act of pronounc-
ing, pronunciation; only recorded ifc. in gramm. lit.; (iii)
the act of expressing, mentioning: expression, mention;
b.(i) the act of telling, relating, narrating; (ii) telling
(what is in somebody's mind); hence: mind reading; cf.
ādesanā, q.v.; kathanapāṭihāriya, q.v. infra; (iii) the
act of reciting, recitation; 2.a. the act of teaching,
preaching; b. the act of explaining: explanation; 3.
conversation, exchange; 4. the act of answering; 5. a
command; —gramm. lit.: (on the meaning of√sabbh
and √saṁs) sabbha ~e, Sadd 408,27; saṁsa ~e, 446,7;
(on the use of the abl.) ~e, Kacc-v ad Kacc 277 ≠ Sadd
705.3 (= sutta 571) foll. (referring to Kacc-v ad Kacc
227); Sadd 708,14; — 1.a.(i) bhasite ~e, Ps I 269,7 (ad
M I 57,9); ifc. vaṇṇa-° (Ps II 148,1); sarīra-vaṇṇa-gu-
ṇa-vaṇṇa-° (~-vasa, Mp I 240,3); — a-°; — 1.a.(ii) ifc.
siliṭṭha-° (Sadd 53,35 foll); — 1.a.(iii) kathīyati attho
etenā ti hi ~aṁ, Sv-nṭ I 107,12,13 (ad Sv 20,21); ~aṁ,
Sadd 887,28; — ifc. bhūta-° (Sv-pṭ III 111,30); —
1.b.(i) exeg.: bhāsite ti ~e, Ps I 269,7 (ad M I 57,9); —
parikathā ti yathā taṁ labhati, tathā parivattetvā
-an ti, Vism 29,4; anulomapaṭilomasaṅkhepavitthā-
râdivasena ... ~aṁ, Sv 20,21; pubbadhammasabhā-
gatāya ~aṁ nāma Buddhānaṁ ānubhāvo, Spk I
249.4 ≠ Pj II 142,24; yaṁ evarūpāya kathāya ~aṁ e-
taṁ tumhākaṁ na kho paṭirūpaṁ, Ud-a 106,15; —
ifc. a-° (Spk III 198,22); ādimatta-° (Vism 577,23); kic-
ca-sambhāva-° (Ppk-anuṭ 89,14); tathā-rūpī-kathā-°
(As 100,35); paṭipatti-° (Spk II 320,7); paṭṭhāna-
dhamma-° (Vism 577,23); sīsa-matta-° (Sadd 304,11);
— 1.b.(ii) ādesanā ti parassa cittâcāraṁ ñatvā ~aṁ,
Bv-a 34,28 qu. Ss 1992 257,8; — 1.b.(iii) Buddhavaca-
naṁ uggaṇhitvā tassa dhāraṇaṁ ~aṁ vācanan ti i-
daṁ ganthadhuraṁ nāma, Dhp-a I 7,22; brahmassa
ca aṇanato ~ato Bhagavā paramatthena brāhmaṇo
ti vuccati, It-a II 141,22; tathā ~aṁ pana paññāpa-
naṁ nāma hotī ti paññāpetabban ti attho vutto,
Sv-pṭ III 119,17 (ad Sv 913,33); — 2.a. buddhānaṁ hi
anupadhāretvā ~aṁ nāma n' atthi, Mp I 398,7; pari-
yāyavacanan ti pariyāyena ~aṁ desanaṁ, It-a I
153,9 (ad It 33,19); — ifc. paṭipadā-° (~-vasa, Spk I
85,9); puna-° (Mp I 296,7); — 2.b. ~e kāraṇaṁ pubbe
vuttam eva, Sp 379,26; veyyākaraṇāyā ti ~āya, It-a II
90,16 (ad It 81,13); ~aṁ atthassa ācikkhanaṁ, Sv-pṭ
III 111,8; atthaṁ bhaṇitukāmatāya suttassa osāra-
ṇaṁ nāma. tass' eva atthappakāsanā ~aṁ nāma,
Sp-ṭ III 277,3 = Vmv II 170,18; — ifc. attha-° (Ps II
258.5 = Mp V 87,10; Sadd 67,29); abhidheyya-°; — in
cpd. osaraṇa-~-sarabhañña (Sp-ṭ III 277,1; Vmv II
170,16); — 3. saṁvohārenā ti, ~ena, Spk I 149,23 (= a-
parāparaṁ ~ena, Spk-pṭ I 182,17); Buddhehi sad-
dhiṁ ~aṁ mayhaṁ bhāro hotu, Mp I 154,16 =
Dhp-a I 111,22; — 4. Sakkena pucchitapañhaṁ ~āya
okāsaṁ karohī ti, Ja V 140,14; pañhaveyyākaraṇena
~ena cittaṁ ārādhessāmi, Mp III 149,23 (ad A II
160,26); — ifc. aniyyānika-bhāva-°; pañha-° (Ja V
66,7; Spk I 165,23; Sadd 708,1); — 5. vuttasaddo ...
pavattite ajjhesane ~e, It-a I 4,9; mā āmisadāyādā (=
M I 12,20) ti ādisu ~e. idhâpi ~e daṭṭhabbo, It-a I
4,23,24; — in long cpd.s at Sadd 405,7; 705,3.[[side 130]]

" 346862260389416960,kathanā,en,"

kathanā

, f. the act of boasting; only in gloss on kat-
thanā, q.v.; katthanā ~ā, Nidd-a I 201,7 (ad Nidd I
71,24).

" 346862262536900608,kathāna,en,"

kathāna

, n., 10,000,000¹⁸; cf. Kirf.-Kosm.: 336;
gramm. lit.: ninnahutasatasahassānaṁ sataṁ: ak-
khobhinī; tathā: bindu ... ~aṁ, Kacc-v ad Kacc 397 =
Sadd 801,28; 802,16; Rūp-v ad Rūp 401; Pay Ce 1974
82,19; — lex. lit.: kumudaṁ puṇḍarīkañ ca padu-
maṁ -am pi ca, Abh 476; — ifc. mahā-° (Ap-a
103,25; Abh 476).

" 346862356166348800,kaṭhana,en,"

[

kaṭhana

, n. (verb, noun from kaṭhati, q.v.; cf. sa.
krathana), injury, harm; suggested emendation for
katana at Ja IV 42,7* (v.l. kaḍhana)]

" 346862259949015040,kathanabhaya,en,"

[

kathana-bhaya

, v. s.v. kaḍḍhanabhaya]

" 346862259999346688,kathanabhikkhu,en,"

kathana-bhikkhu

, m., an answering monk; Jīvako
... paṭhamaṁ ~um eva tumhe satthā pakkosatī ti,
Mp I 217,16.

" 346862259563139072,kathanacitta,en,"

kathana-citta

, n., the decision to speak; vakkhāmī ti
evampavattaṁ ~aṁ, Ps-pṭ II 16,18.

" 346862272087330816,kathanaka,en,"

kathanaka

, m. [kathana + ka], an answerer; Jīvako
... gaccha, bhane, paṭhamaṁ -am ayyam (so read
with Be; CeEe °ka-ay°) eva tumhe Satthā pakkosati ti
vatvā cīvarakaṇṇe gaṇhā ti āha, Th-a II 238,13.

" 346862265233838080,kathanakāla,en,"

kathana-kāla

, m., the time when talking; tassa tena
saddhiṁ ~e mahābalakāyo Mithilāyassa rūpasiriṁ
disvā, Ja VI 451,26; ~o viya, bhante, hotī ti, Ps II
378,9; ~e sirājālaṁ paññāyati, III 380,17; sakkassa
kira devarañño saddo madhuro ... ~e suvaṇṇakin-
kiṇikasaddo viya niccharati, Spk I 353,13; ~o papañ-
co viya hoti, Mp I 151,19; brāhmaṇā tassā kathaṁ ~e
dantasampattiṁ disvā, Dhp-a I 390,12.

" 346862260494274560,kathanakāra,en,"

kathanâkāra

, m. [kathana + ākāra], way of convers-
ing: conversation; mayi pi tena saddhiṁ ~aṁ karonte
pi deva sappi vo pītaṁ, Ja VI 413,9,18.

" 346862260511051776,kathanākāra,en,"

kathanâkāra

, m. [kathana + ākāra], way of convers-
ing: conversation; mayi pi tena saddhiṁ ~aṁ karonte
pi deva sappi vo pītaṁ, Ja VI 413,9,18.

" 346862272846499840,kathanakathā,en,"

kathana-kathā

, f., a discourse telling (that ...; with
iti); appicchakathā ti appicchā hothā ti ~ā, Mp III
275,20 foll. (ad A III 118,10).

" 346862259512807424,kathanakicca,en,"

kathana-kicca

, n., the act of talking; tumhākaṁ
~aṁ n' atthi, Sp 907,29 (""there is no need for you to
talk"").

" 346862260213256192,kathanamukhena,en,"

kathana-mukhena

, ²ind., by way of telling; adv.
instr.; thero jātito paṭṭhāya attano pavattiyā ~ena
aññaṁ vyākaronto, Th-a II 199,27.

" 346862260594937856,kathanapadesa,en,"

kathanâpadesa

, m., [kathana + apadesa], the pre-
text of talking; pāsāṇena ~ena tass' atthassa niccha-
yagamanaṁ, Cp-a 231,12 (""under the pretext of talk-
ing"").

" 346862260628492288,kathanāpadesa,en,"

kathanâpadesa

, m., [kathana + apadesa], the pre-
text of talking; pāsāṇena ~ena tass' atthassa niccha-
yagamanaṁ, Cp-a 231,12 (""under the pretext of talk-
ing"").

" 346862259844157440,kathanapāṭihāriya,en,"

kathana-pāṭihāriya

, n., the miracle of mind reading;
ādesanāpāṭihāriyenā ti ādisitvā apadisitvā ~enā ti,
Mp II 382,1 (ad A I 292,1).

" 346862259462475776,kathanapaṭikathana,en,"

kathana-paṭikathana

, n., (dv.) a talk and counter
talk: a conversation; kathāsallāpo ti kathā ca sallāpo
ca, -an ti attho, Sv 276,17 (ad D I 107,9); 204,11 (ad Sv
560,15) = Mp-ṭ III 250,17.

" 346862259894489088,kathanappayoga,en,"

kathana-ppayoga

, m., the act of answering (""..."");
nâpi dassāmī ti ~ena, Vmv I 189,1.

" 346862260271976448,kathanasamattha,en,"

kathana-samattha

, mfn., capable of talking; musā-
vādino macchassa viya ~ā jivhā na hoti, Ja III 459,8';
~aṁ visāradaṁ purisaṁ, VI 340,25.

" 346862260058066944,kathanasīla,en,"

kathana-sīla

, mfn., 1.a. habitually saying (something;
with acc.); b. addicted to talking: talkative; only recorded
ifc.; 2. addicted to telling (something; with acc.); 3.
addicted to boasting; only in gloss on katthi(n); the
meaning would suggest reading katth° with v.l. at Mp
V 55,16, q.v. infra; — 1.a. piyavādiniyo ti piyam eva
~ā (v.l. vādana°), Mp III 247,6 (ad A III 37,21); — 1.b.
ifc. a-° (Ja I 420,2); — 2. vibhedikā mitte bhindanti
mittabhedanakathaṁ ~ā yeva, Ja I 299,2'; — 3.
katthī hoti vikatthī ti ~o [v.l. katth°) vivaṭaṁ katvā
katheti, Mp V 55,16 (ad A V 157,26); katthī hotī ti
aham asmi sīlasampanno ti attānaṁ ukkaṁsetvā ~o
hoti, Nidd-a I 201,4 (ad Nidd I 71,18) qu. Sadd 366,32.[[side 131]]

" 346862259730911232,kathanattha,en,"

kathan'-attha

, m., 1.a. the purpose of speaking; b.
the purpose of teaching; 2. the purpose of answering; —
1.a. mukhaṁ nāma bhuñjanatthāya ca ~āya ca ka-
taṁ, Sp 374,16 (""the mouth is made for speaking"");
tumhākaṁ ~āya āgato, Cp-a 188,19; — 1.b. duk-
khassa ariyasaccassa ~āya ayaṁ mātikā, Vibh-a
93,21; — 2. pañhaṁ ~āya nayaṁ dadamāno, Spk II
60,28 (""in order to answer the question"").

" 346862259789631488,kathanatthaṃ,en,"

kathan'-atthaṁ

, ²ind., for the purpose of teaching;
adv. acc.; bhagavā attano sāsane asadisāya indriya-
bhāvanāya ~aṁ ālayaṁ akāsi, Ps V 107,7 (ad M III
298,18).

" 346862259617665024,kathanaṭṭhāna,en,"

kathana-ṭṭhāna

, n., 1. an occasion for reciting (the
veda); 2. the context of explaining; only recorded in
cpd., q.v. infra; — 1. jappe ācariyasadisā ti ~e mayaṁ
ācariyasadisā yeva, Ps III 432,14 (""when it comes to
reciting [the veda]; ad Vāseṭṭhasutta [= Sn 595 [reading
jape; cf., however, Pj Wad loc.: jappe = vede); — 2. ifc.
magga-dhātu-° (Sadd 367,14).

" 346862272783585280,kathañci,en,"

kathañ-ci

, ²ind. [cf. sa. kathaṁcit], with some diffi-
culty; — lex. lit.: kicche ~i, Abh 1158; —gramm. lit.:
~i kicchatthe, Sadd 902,30; — cattāro vinipātā dve
ca gatiyo ~i labbhanti, Thī 456 (= kicchena kasirena,
Thī-a 282,22); — °-sadda, m., the word kathañci; ~o
kicchatthe, Abh-ṭ ad Abh 1158 (v. supra).

" 346862262746615808,kathānigghosa,en,"

kathā-nigghosa

, m., the sound of the conversation,
speech; ~assa madhuratāya mañjukā, Ja II 350,20' (ad
350,13*: mañjukā).

" 346862260699795456,kathanīyabhāva,en,"

kathanīya-bhāva

, m. [abstr.; cf. sa. kathanīya], the
fact of being worthy of mentioning; — ifc. a-° (Mp I
426,2).

" 346862262851473408,kathanuppabandhavicchedanatthaṃ,en,"

kathânuppabandha-vicchedan'-atthaṁ

, ²ind. [ka-
thā + anu° + vicchedana], in order to interrupt the
continuation of the discussion; adv. acc.; ~aṁ nirālāpa-
sallāpo hoti, Sp 205,19 (ad Vin III 13,31: tuṇhī ahosi)
= Ps III 292,25 (ad M II 58,21 = Vin III 13,31).

" 346862262880833536,kathānuppabandhavicchedanatthaṃ,en,"

kathânuppabandha-vicchedan'-atthaṁ

" 346862262968913920,kathanusandhi,en,"

kathânusandhi

, m. [kathā + anu°], the (logical) se-
quence (i.e., coherence) of the statements (of the accused
or the arbitrator); paṭiññânusandhitena kāraye ti et-
tha anusandhitan ti ~i vuccati ... ~iṁ sallakkhetvā
paṭiññāya kāraye ti attho. athavā paṭiññāya ca anu-
sandhitena ca kāraye, Sp 1360,32,33 (ad Vin V
158,18*); — °-vacana, n., speech that is in accordance
with the (logical) sequence (i.e., coherence) of statements
(of the accused or the arbitrator); anusandhivacanapa-
thaṁ na jānātī ti ~aṁ vinicchayânusandhivacanaṁ
na jānāti, Sp 1361,10 (ad Vin V 159,13*; - cuditaka-
anuvijjakānaṁ kathāya anusandhiyuttaṁ vacanaṁ
na jānāti, Vmv II 297,22); na ca bhāsânusandhikusa-
lo ti ~e ca vinicchayânusandhivacane ca akusalo
hoti, Sp 1372,12 (ad Vin V 184,2); — °-vinicchayânu-
sandhi, m. [vinicchaya + anu°], the (logical) sequence
(i.e., coherence) of statements (of the accused or the arbi-
trator) and the (logical) sequence of the judgment; anu-
sandhivacanapathan ti ~-vasena vatthuṁ na jānāti,
Sp 1338,26 (ad Vin V 130,25) ≠ 1363,6 (ad Vin V
158,18).[[side 135]]

" 346862103480504320,kathanusandhi,en,"

[kathânusandhi

, t. t. Vin.; ~iṁ, Bv-a 1,20* w.r. in Ee = Be (v.l. gāthânu°) = Se (1982), for yathânu°, MS. Lai Hin no. 102 (AD 1551); — °‑kusalā, Pj II 476,18 w.r. in Be for Ee athânu-°]

" 346862103501475840,kathānusandhi,en,"

[kathânusandhi

" 346862262994079744,kathānusandhi,en,"

kathânusandhi

" 346862261559627776,kathanusārena,en,"

kathânusārena

, ²ind. [kathā + anu°], according to
the talk; instr. adv.; asītimahāsāvake uddisitvā ~ena
tesaṁ sīlasutācārajātigottâdibhedaṁ vijjamānagu-
ṇaṁ kathayanti, Sp 786,26 (= yo bhikkhunovādakat-
thiko kiṁsīlo kiṁsamācāro katarakulā pabbajito ti
ādi ~enā ti attho, Vjb 304,4); ath' assa ~ena dham-
maṁ desessāmī ti, Pj II 401,31.

" 346862261584793600,kathānusārena,en,"

kathânusārena

" 346862263665168384,kathāpabandha,en,"

kathā-pabandha

, m. [cf. sa. kathāprabandha], the
course of a narrative; acchinnadhāraṁ katvā ti nâtisī-
ghaṁ nâtisaṇikan ti ādinā heṭṭhā vuttanayena avic-
chinnaṁ ~aṁ katvā, Ps-pṭ II 189,30 (ad Ps II 342,6);
tattha antarantarākathaṁ opātetī ti therehi vucca-
mānassa ~assa antare antare attano kathaṁ pavese-
tī ti attho, Mp-ṭ III 133,14.

" 346862264122347520,kathāpābhata,en,"

kathā-pābhata

, n. [pābhata < sa. prābhṛta (< prā +
bhṛta; cf. Pāṇ VI 3 122); Amg. pāhuḍa], problematic
term; either a remuneration for a talk (Sv and other ct.s
so; cf. exeg. infra); or a cause or occasion for a talk (Sv-pṭ
so; cf. exeg. infra); perhaps ""a present in the form of a
story or news"" (karmadh.); H. SMITH: ""real news;"" —
exeg.: kathāya mūlaṁ, mūlam pi pābhatan ti vucca-
ti, Sv 908,22 (ad D III 118,15; kathāya mūlan ti bha-
gavato santikā laddhabbadhammakathāya kāra-
ṇaṁ, Sv-pṭ III 112,3), referring to and quoting Ja I
122,21-22: appakena medhavī pābhatena, etc., in sup-
port of the interpretation; the ct. 122,24' ad loc. inter-
prets pābhatena = bhaṇḍamūlena (""capital""); — atthi
kho idaṁ, āvuso Cunda, ~aṁ Bhagavantaṁ dassa-
nāya, D III 118,15 = M II 244,20 (= kathāmūlaṁ, Ps
IV 36,20 ) = S V 162,3 (= kathāmūlaṁ, Spk III 221,31)
≠ M III 208,7 ≠ A IV 439,1 (Ee punctuates: ~aṁ, Bha-
gavantaṁ dassanāya; = kathāmūlaṁ, Mp IV 204,15;
= kathāya mūlaṁ, Mp-ṭ III 304,3,7); Anāthapiṇḍiko
atthi no idaṁ -an ti Jetavanaṁ gantvā, Ja I 252,4; at-
thi dāni me idaṁ -an ti satthu santikaṁ gantvā ...
sabbaṁ ... ārocesi, 364,34 = 378,12; so taṁ divasaṁ
tena ~ena gantukāmo, Sv 908,32; atthi no etaṁ ~aṁ.
mayaṁ etaṁ satthu ārocessāma. atha no satthā ma-
dhuradhammadesanaṁ desissati, Spk III 169,18; at-
thi nu kho etaṁ ~aṁ. yan nūna mayaṁ imaṁ ...
Bhagavato āroceyyāma. app' eva nāma taṁ nissāya
saṇhasukhumaṁ dhammadesanaṁ labheyyāma,
Ud-a 340,35; Cundattherena hi ānītaṁ ~aṁ bhagavā
sampaṭicchanto evan ti āha, Sv-pṭ III 112,18; so lad-
dham dāni me -an ti nagaraṁ gantvā, Pj II 356,10.[[side 136]]

" 346862263228960768,kathāpacchedana,en,"

kathā-pacchedana

, n., = prec.; only recorded ifc.: e-
vaṁ-uppanna-° (Sp 1406,8 [so read; Ee evaṁ up°]).

" 346862263161851904,kathāpacchindana,en,"

kathā-pacchindana

, n., the act of putting an end to
the gossip; — °tthaṁ, ²ind. [k° + atthaṁ], for the sake
of putting an end to the gossip; adv. acc.; ayaṁ bhik-
khu issaravatāya vicāretī ti ~aṁ pana salākaggâ-
dīsu vā antarasannipāte vā saṅghaṁ pucchitvā jag-
gāpetabbo, Sp 1406,3 foll.

" 346862263077965824,kathāpaḷāsa,en,"

kathā-paḷāsa

, m., an aggressive, challenging conver-
sation; ayaṁ pana māṇavo mānatthaddhatāya ~aṁ
(so read with v.l.; Ee kathāsallāp°) karonto, Sv 254,13
(~an ti ... kathāvasena yugaggāhaṁ, Sv-pṭ I 387,25;
-an [so read with v.l.; Be °sallāp°] ti kathāvasena yu-
gaggāhakaraṇatthaṁ sallapaṁ, Sv-nṭ II 249,13).

" 346862263350595584,kathāpana,en,"

kathāpana

, n. [verb, noun < kathāpeti, q.v.], the act
of making (somebody) answer (a question); tasmā taṁ
pucchitvā ~ena mama adhippāyo pūretabbo ti,
Sv-pṭ I 276,22 (ad Sv 145,6) ≠ Sv-nṭ II 18,7.

" 346862263430287360,kathapanāmanā,en,"

kathâpanāmanā

, f. [kathā + apa° (verb, noun <
apanāmeti, q.v.)], the act of diverting the conversation
(from the subject matter of a question): changing the
subject; cf. the expression bahiddhā kathaṁ apanā-
meti, q.v. s.vv. apanāmeti and kathā 4.a.; bahiddhā
~ā nāma itthannāmaṁ āpattiṁ āpanno 'si ti vutte
Pāṭaliputtaṁ gato 'mhī ti, Mp-ṭ III 207,18; bahiddhā
~aṁ vissajjetvā, II 169,2.

" 346862263459647488,kathāpanāmanā,en,"

kathâpanāmanā

" 346862263593865216,kathāpapañca,en,"

kathā-papañca

, m., 1. the unfolding of a discussion;
2. verbose talk or conversation, verbosity; — 1. ~ena hi
nisinnassā pi niddāyantassā pi gāhitaṁ suggāhitaṁ
atikkantaṁ suatikkantaṁ, Sp 1253,19 qu. Pālim
266,12; — 2. mayā idha vasantena ñātidārakesu ā-
gantvā kathentesu pi akathensu pi na sakkā etehi
saddhiṁ ~ena attano patiṭṭhāṁ kātuṁ, Dhp-a II
91,6; gihīhi saddhiṁ ~ena papañcito tucchako va
nikkhamati, Ap-a I 44,25; Sv-nṭ II 32,8.

" 346862263732277248,kathāpariyanta,en,"

kathā-pariyanta

, m., an end of (somebody's) talk;
reading of Be at Dhp-a III 328,16 for kathāya pari-
yanto.

" 346862263849717760,kathapariyosana,en,"

katha-pariyosana

, n., the conclusion (termination,
end) of a discourse; -am me bhavanto āgamentū ti,
Sn 107,7 = M II 122,5 ≠ 168,26; atha kho Bhagavā ba-
hidvārakoṭṭhake aṭṭhāsi ~aṁ āgamayamāno. Bha-
gavā ~aṁ viditvā, I 161,20,21 ≠ A IV 358,28 (idaṁ ka-
thâvasānaṁ udikkhamāno dhammakathaṁ suṇan-
to aṭṭhāsi yeva, Mp IV 166,20); mā āyasmā Citto
Hatthisāriputto therānaṁ bhikkūnaṁ abhidham-
makathaṁ kathentānaṁ antarantarākathaṁ opāte-
si, ~aṁ āyasmā Citto āgametū ti, III 393,1; assosi
kho Vessavaṇo mahārājā ... ~aṁ āgamayamāno aṭ-
ṭhāsi, IV 63,18 (Mp IV 35,23); 65,1; ~e pana saṭṭhisa-
hassānaṁ dhammâbhisamayo ahosi, Sp 66,22; gāmi-
kamahallako tuṇhī nisīditvā sabbesaṁ ~e pucchito
āha, Ps III 112,7; ~añ ca Dasabalassa chabbaṇṇaras-
mivissajjanañ ca ekappahāren' eva ahosi, Mp IV
167,8; satthāraṁ vanditvā dhammakathaṁ sutvā ~e
(v.l. gāthā°) sottâpattiphale patiṭṭhahiṁsu, Dhp-a I
207,18; — reading of Be for suttapariyosana at Spk I
337,5.

" 346862264055238656,kathāpasaṅgena,en,"

kathā-pasaṅgena

, ²ind. [cf. sa. kathāprasaṅga,
°ena], in the course of conversation; adv. instr.; kathen-
te pana ~en' assa jātigotte vibhāvite mānaniggaho
bhavissati, Sv-pṭ I 387,18 = Sv-nṭ II 249,1.

" 346862263291875328,kathāpatiṭṭhāpanatthaṃ,en,"

kathā-patiṭṭhāpan'-atthaṁ

, ²ind. [patiṭṭhāpana +
atthaṁ], for the sake of establishing the discourse; adv.
acc.; ~ (v.l. °patiṭṭhāna°) rājavāre satta ādin katvā, Ps
II 65,15 (Ps-pṭ II 49,2); apatiṭṭhitāya kathāya kathā na
sañjayatī ti ~ pucchi, V 49,16 (Ps-pṭ III 396,6).

" 346862263795191808,kathāpavattana,en,"

kathā-pavattana

, n., the act of carrying on a conver-
sation; — °tthaṁ, ²ind., for the sake of carrying on the
conversation; ath' assa kathânusārena dhammaṁ
dessesāmī ti ~aṁ evam akāsi, Pj II 401,31; kathāpa-
tiṭṭhāpanatthaṁ ~aṁ, kathāsamuṭṭhāpanatthaṁ vā
pucchi, Ps-pṭ III 396,6 (ad Ps V 49,16).

" 346862263908438016,kathāpavatti,en,"

kathā-pavatti

, f., news; rumour; Bhagavā dhamma-
sabhāyaṁ imaṁ ~iṁ ñātvā, Ja I 119,19 = Dhp-a I
249,9; so nâhaṁ evarūpaṁ jānāmi; ~iyaṁ pana ma-
yā anodissakaṁ katvā vuttam atthi, Sp 587,27 qu.
Pālim 309,14; āma paribbājakā ti ca vutte hotu no
bho kāci ~ī ti āha, Pj II 538,32; dibbāya sotadhātuyā
dhammasabhāyaṁ taṁ ~iṁ sutvā, Mhbv 61,23.

" 346862264214622208,kathāpetabba,en,"

kathāpetabba

, mfn. [ger. < kathāpeti], to be made to
answer; mayaṁ te upatthambhā bhavissāmā ti vatvā
pi anuyogavattaṁ ~o, Sp 1365,14 (cf. Vjb 572,7 = Sp-ṭ
III 488,4; Vmv II 300,1).

" 346862264365617152,kathāpeti,en,"

kathāpeti

, pr. 3 sg. [caus. of katheti, q.v.], 1.a. to
make (someone) say, tell, (something; with acc. + iti or
two aces); b. with °kathaṁ, to make (someone) give a
talk; 2. to make (someone) explain; 3. to make (someone)
answer; — forms: pr. 3 sg. ~eti; fut. 1 sg. ~essāmi; 1
pl. ~essāma; aor. 3 sg. ~esi; inf. ~etuṁ; abs. ~etvā; —
1.a. na kho Sakka sakkā ... Suppabuddhakuṭṭhiṁ
""buddho na buddho dhammo na dhammo saṅgho
na saṅgho"" ti ~etun ti, Dhp-a II 35,6; — 1.b. satthā-
raṁ niyāmarattiṁ amhākaṁ dhammakathaṁ ~es-
sāma iti, Ps III 17,21; — 2. man ca bhikkhunī kappi-
yakārakena ~eti, Sp 907,18; dhammakāraṇā na kila-
mesi na punappuna ~esī ti, Ps III 398,15; (bhagavan-
taṁ) kammaṭṭhānaṁ ~etvā, V 87,6; — 3. pākaṭaṁ
katvā ~etuṁ idha pucchati, Ps II 353,16; te pākaṭe
vibhūte katvā ~essāmī ti pucchati, 365,5; tassa patti-
yā uttariṁ yogaṁ ~eti, III 201,22; kammaṭṭhānaṁ
~essāmī ti yācati, Spk II 175,12.

" 346862264441114624,kathāpetukāma,en,"

kathāpetu-kāma

, mfn., wanting to make (someone)
tell (something; with two aces); Ānandaṁ āmantesī ti
dhammakathaṁ ~o jānāpesi, Ps III 27,2 (ad M I
354,24); satthā maṁ sekhâsekhānaṁ āgamanīyapaṭi-
padaṁ ~o, Spk II 60,21; — reading at I 119,5 for which
probably read kathetukāma with v.l.

" 346862264512417792,kathāphāsuka,en,"

kathā-phāsuka

, mfn., free to converse; ~ena amac-
casaṅghena parivutaṁ, Ja VI 23,23'; vissāsikā ~ā
bhikkhū, Sp 216,28 (~ā ti vissāsikabhāven' eva ka-
thākaraṇe phāsukā, sukhena vattuṁ sakkuṇeyyā
sukhasambhāsā ti attho, Sp-ṭ II 15,25 ≠ Vmv I
102,25); — °tthaṁ, ²ind., for the sake of, in order to, be
free to converse; piṭṭhito piṭṭhito ti ~aṁ pacchato pac-
chato anubandho hoti, Sv 395,21 (ad D I 226,21; = ka-
thāsukhatthaṁ [so read with Be; Ee °ttaṁ°], sukhena
kathaṁ kathetuñ c' eva sotuñ cā ti attho, Sv-pṭ I
514,24); sirivaḍḍhaṁ mahāmattan ti paccekahatthiṁ
abhirūhitvā ~aṁ saddhiṁ gacchantaṁ, Ps III 346,12
(ad M II 112,17); — °tthāya, ²ind.; adv. dat.; = prec.;
tena te pāto va uṭṭhāya bālātape nisinnā sāyaṁ vā
~āya sannipatitā, Ps III 221,14 (""in order to ..."");

" 346862260775292928,kathappakāra,en,"

kathap-pakāra

, mfn. [kathaṁ + pakāra; variant of
kathaṁpakāra, q.v.], of what kind; ~o (v.l. kathaṁ°)
tava āmagandho, Sn 241 qu. Pj II 285,21.

" 346862257591816192,kathārasa,en,"

kathā-rasa

, m., the nectar of speech; (bhikkhū) taṁ
taṁ ~aṁ pivanti, Mil 345,1.

" 346862258858496000,kathāsadda,en,"

kathā-sadda

, m., 1. the sound of (somebody's) speech;
2. fame; — 1. tathāgatassa ~aṁ pi anisāmetvā,
Dhp-a IV 58,3; — 2. kittisaddo ti ~o, Mp II 196,27 (ad
A I 126,20).

" 346862259349229568,kathāsallāpa,en,"

kathā-sallāpa

, m., a conversation, exchange; — exeg.:
~o ti kathā ca sallāpo ca, kathanapaṭikathanan ti at-
tho, Sv 276,17 ([ad D I 107,9 foll] mūlavacanaṁ ka-
thā, paṭivacanaṁ sallāpo, Sv-ṭ II 278,1); app' eva
nāma siyā kocid eva ~o, M I 146,14 (kathāsamudā-
cāro, Ps I 148,12); — gramm. lit.: (on the root lapa)
lapa viyattiyaṁ vācāyaṁ: ... sallāpo kathāsallāpo,
Sadd 550,22; — assosi kho Upāli dārako mātāpitun-
naṁ imaṁ ~aṁ, Vin I 77,31; III 217,32; IV 91,22; aga-
ru kho pana Bhagavato evarūpehi kulaputtehi sad-
dhiṁ ~o hotī ti, D I 89,27 ≠ M II 110,7; evaṁ nu kho
te Ambaṭṭha brāhmaṇehi ... saddhiṁ ~o hoti, D I
90,5,16; 150,11 ≠ M I 304,32 ≠ II 24,20; assosi kho Bha-
gavā ... Sandhānassa gahapatissa Nigrodhena pa-
ribbājakena saddhiṁ imaṁ ~aṁ, D III 38,23 ≠ M I
397,27 ≠ 502,28 foll.; ahu pana bhoto Kaccānassa tehi
māṇavakehi saddhiṁ kocid eva ~o ti, S IV 119,11
foll.; siyā no ettha ~o, A II 197,23 foll.; kuto pan' eva-
rūpo ~o, 232,30; ~ena nisīditvā, Ja II 283,19; Ud 40,31;
kimhi hoti ~o ti, Mil 31,24; ~aṁ karonti, Dhp-a II
91,4; Vv-a 153,3; ~ena nisinnesu, Sp 587,23 qu. Pālim
309,11.[[side 139]]

" 346862258954964992,kathāsamāgama,en,"

kathā-samāgama

, m., verbal communication; kathā -
sampayogenā ti ~ena, Mp II 308,22 (ad A I 197,18
foll).

" 346862259294703616,kathāsampayoga,en,"

kathā-sampayoga

, m., verbal communication; ~ena
bhikkhave puggalo veditabbo yadi vā kaccho yadi
vā akaccho ti, A I 197,18 foll. (= kathāsamāgamena,
Mp II 308,22); etadatthā ... kathā ti bhikkhave yā esā
~enā ti kathā dassitā, Mp II 312,16 (ad A I 198,33).

" 346862258799775744,kathāsaṃsandanā,en,"

kathā-saṁsandanā

, f., conversation; saṁsandanan
ti allāpasallāpavasena ~aṁ (so read; Ee °ann°), Sv-pṭ
III (ad Sv 834,8).

" 346862259244371968,kathāsamudācāra,en,"

kathā-samudācāra

, m., discussion; api nāma koci
~o pi bhaveyya, Ps I 148,12 (ad M I 146,14: app' eva
nāma siyā kocid eva kathāsallāpo).

" 346862258569089024,kathāsamudāya,en,"

kathā-samudāya

, mfn., having its origin in discus-
sion; ~assa pakaraṇassa attano ekadesānaṁ okāsa-
bhāvaṁ vadati, Ppk-mṭ 47,3.

" 346862259009490944,kathāsamuṭṭhāna,en,"

kathā-samuṭṭhāna

, n., the cause for a discussion;
~aṁ hessat' evaṁ, Mhv V 138.

" 346862259126931456,kathāsamuṭṭhāpana,en,"

kathā-samuṭṭhāpana

, n., the act of provoking a dis-
cussion; — °tthaṁ, ²ind., for the sake of, in order to pro-
voke a discussion; adv. acc.; so ~aṁ ajikāya saddhiṁ
methunadhammaṁ patisevanto viya ahosi, Ja III
278,3; jānanto yeva, ~aṁ bhikkhū pucchi, Sv 49,18;
jānanto pi ajānanto viya ~aṁ āyasmantaṁ Ānan-
daṁ āmantesi, Sp 401,25 = Spk III 268,25; Ps II 155,27;
III 348,22 (Ps-pṭ III 162,6); Ud-a 105,29; Pv-a 232,17; —
°tthāya, ²ind., = prec.; adv. dat.; jānamāno va puccha-
ti. kasmā ? ... ~āya, Sv 861,8.

" 346862259194040320,kathāsamuṭṭhāpanavatta,en,"

kathā-samuṭṭhāpana-vatta

, n., the practice of pro-
voking a discussion; -an nāma mayā va jānitabbaṁ,
Ja I 119,32 = Dhp-a I 250,6.

" 346862253779193856,kathāsaṅgahatthaṃ,en,"

[

kathā-saṅgah'-atthaṁ

, w.r. at Sv 49,29 for which
read kathābhaṅgatthaṁ with v. l., Be, and Sv-nṭ I
213,26]

" 346862258913021952,kathāsantati,en,"

[

kathā-santati

, f., the continuity of conversation ?;
doubtful reading at Sv-pṭ I 387,25; Be om.]

" 346862254471254016,kathāsavanaphāsuka,en,"

kathā-savana-phāsuka

, mfn., comfortable for listen-
ing to (somebody's) speech; yattha ṭhitaṁ brāhmaṇo
passati tathārūpe dassanûpacāre ~e uccāṭṭhāne aṭ-
ṭhāsi, Spk I 247,19 (ad S I 172,14).

" 346862254882295808,kathāsavanatthaṃ,en,"

kathā-savan'-atthaṁ

, ²ind., in order to listen to the
speech; adv. acc.; sayaṁ paṭikkamitvā āgatâgatānaṁ
~aṁ ekamante tiṭṭhanti, Ja V 283,18.

" 346862259403755520,kathāsavanaṭṭhāna,en,"

kathā-savana-ṭṭhāna

, n., a -place for listening to
(somebody's) speech; tassa dassanūpacāre ~e (v.l. ka-
thāpavattanathāne) yattha ṭhitaṁ brāhmaṇo passa-
ti, Pj II 140,23.

" 346862254936821760,kathāsavanayuttapuggalaparidīpana,en,"

kathā-savana-yutta-puggala-paridīpana

, n. [cf.
next], an indication of persons who are devoted to listen-
ing to a speech; bhikkhū ti ~aṁ, Pj II 395,22.

" 346862254769049600,kathāsavanayuttapuggalavacana,en,"

kathā-savana-yutta-puggala-vacana

, n., a word
(denoting) a person who is devoted to listening to a ser-
mon; bhikkhū ti ~aṁ, Ps I 13,20 ([ad M I 1,4]; = sava-
nayogyapuggalavacanaṁ, Ps-pṭ I 49,15) = Spk II 1,15
(Spk-pṭ II 2,22 = Ps-pṭ I 49,15) = Mp I 17,4 (Mp-ṭ I
43,14 = Ps-pṭ I 49,15) = Paṭis-a 534,34.

" 346862254982959104,kathāsīsa,en,"

kathā-sīsa

, n., classification, categorizing; appiccha-
kathā ti ādīsu ~ena dasakathāvatthu gahitaṁ, Ps-pṭ
II 120,22; — °-matta, n., mere classification, categoriz-
ing; ettha pana āṇattivacanānī ti ca parikappavaca-
nānī ti ca idaṁ ~aṁ, Sadd 50,6.

" 346862103421784064,kathāsīsa,en,"

kathā-sīsa,

n., headword of a statement (thus correctly NPED; CPD wrong); tiṇṇan ti c’ettha °‑mattaṁ, tena catunnam … atirekasatānam pîti dassitaṁ, Sadd 151,30.

" 346862255029096448,kathāsukhatthaṃ,en,"

kathā-sukh'-atthaṁ

, ²ind. [sukha + atthaṁ], in
order to be free to converse; kathāphāsukatthan ti
~aṁ, Sv-pṭ I 514,24 (ad Sv 395,21).

" 346862272011833344,kathati,en,"

kathati

, pr. 3 sg. [< ²kath(a), q.v.; cf. ¹kaṭhati, q.v.],
to boil, to heat up; ~ati, Sadd 367,15.

" 346862272724865024,kathati,en,"

kathati

, pr. 3 sg. [< ³kath(a), q.v.; cf. ²kaṭhati, q.v.],
to hurt, to injure; ~ati, Sadd 367,4.

" 346862350759890944,kaṭhati,en,"

(¹

kaṭhati)

, pr. 3 sg. [< ¹kaṭh(a); sa. kvathati], to
boil, to heat up (only recorded as pp. kaṭhita, q.v.
s.v.).

" 346862353612017664,kaṭhati,en,"

kaṭhati

, pr. 3 sg. [< ²kaṭh(a); sa. krathati], to hurt,
to injure; only recorded in lex. and gramm. lit.: kaṭha
kicchajīvane, ~ati, kaṭho, Sadd 355,4 = Abh-ṭ 466,16;
(in derivation of kaṭhora) ~ati kicchena jīvatī ti
kaṭhora, Mogg-v ad Mogg VII 173; (in derivation of
kaṭhal[ā/a]) -anti ettha dukkhena yantī ti kaṭhalaṁ =
kapālakhaṇḍaṁ, Mogg-v ad Mogg VII 182.

" 346862261500907520,kathāupacāra,en,"

kathā-upacāra

, m., the (access, i.e.) reach of speech;
dūrato va disvā anukkamena ~aṁ sampattaṁ ... a-
voca, Ps II 250,6 (kathā upacarati pavattati etthā ti
~o savanûpacāro padeso, Ps-pṭ II 187,8,9).

" 346862258191601664,kathavadhisaddappabandha,en,"

[

kathâvadhi-sadda-ppabandha

, w.r. for katâva-
dhisaddappabandha (q.v.) at Ps-pṭ II 150,18 and
Mp-ṭ II 155,17]

" 346862258208378880,kathāvadhisaddappabandha,en,"

[

kathâvadhi-sadda-ppabandha

, w.r. for katâva-
dhisaddappabandha (q.v.) at Ps-pṭ II 150,18 and
Mp-ṭ II 155,17]

" 346862257654730752,kathāvāra,en,"

kathā-vāra

, m., the rotation of speech; bhikkhūnaṁ
~assa okāsaṁ datvā, Sv II 421,27 (""having offered the
bhikkhus the opportunity of speaking in turns""); ~aṁ
pacchinditvā samaṇaṁ Gotamaṁ pañhaṁ pucchis-
sāmī ti, Ps II 281,13; antarantarākathaṁ opāteyyun
ti mama ~aṁ pacchinditvā antarantare attano ka-
thaṁ paveseyyun ti attho, III 242,5 (ad M II 10,9);
sace tumhe ~aṁ alabhitvā mama kathāyaṁ antare
kathaṁ pavesessatha, 401,15; yāva bhikkhâcāravelā
hoti tāva paribbājakehi saddhiṁ ekadve ~e karis-
sāmī ti, Spk II 56,14.

" 346862258330013696,kathavasāna,en,"

kathâvasāna

, n. [kathā + ava°], the conclusion
(termination, end) of a discourse; pariyosānaṁ āgama-
yamāno ti ... idaṁ ~aṁ udikkhamāno dhammaka-
thaṁ suṇanto aṭṭhāsi yeva, Mp IV 166,21 (ad A IV
358,28); tato ~e dhammadesanaṁ sutvā, Pj II 134,25.

" 346862258346790912,kathāvasāna,en,"

kathâvasāna

" 346862103463727104,kathāvatthu,en,"

³Kathā-vatthu,

n., Npr.; title of a. A V 128,8–129,20; b. A V 129,22–130,33; ~ū ’pare duve, A V 131,2* (uddāna) (so read m.c. with Be).

" 346862257700868096,kathāvatthu,en,"

kathā-vatthu

, n. [cf. BHSD s.v. kathāvastu], 1. a
story, tale; 2. a topic of a talk or speech; used of different
types of edifying speeches, of which the texts refer to a set
of ten principal ones (mahākathāvatthu, Mp I 372,35):
appicchakathā, santuṭṭhikathā, pavivekakathā, a-
saṁsaggakathā, viriyârambhakathā, sīlakathā, sa-
mādhikathā, paññākathā, vimuttikathā, vimuttiñā-
ṇadassanakathā; cf., e.g., M I 145,20 foll.; 3. a point of
discussion or controversy; — 1. tīṇi ~ūni: atītaṁ vā
addhānaṁ ārabbha kathaṁ katheyya +, D III 220,9
foll.; ~ūni, A I 197,11 (= kathākāraṇāni, kathāya bhū-
miyo patiṭṭhāyo, Mp II 308,8) qu. Kv 513,24; idaṁ
~uṁ anupubbena rājantepuraṁ pāvisi, M II 107,21
≠ 127,13 ≠ 132,14; — 2. yaṁ visuddhisu saṅkhittaṁ,
taṁ ~usu vitthiṇṇaṁ, Ps II 158,2 foll.; akkhāyati ka-
thiyati paññāpiyatī ti akkheyyaṁ, ~u, It-a II 31,29;
— (ten types) dasa-y-imāni bhikkhave ~ūni, A V
129,16 foll.; Nidd I 472,28; evam ass' ime pañca guṇā
paripūrā dasa ~ūni paripūressanti, Ps I 97,24 (cf. M
III 113,28 foll.); yo pana dasannaṁ ~ūnaṁ alābhī pa-
raṁ tehi ovadati, II 138,4 foll.; 147,15 foll.; dasa ~ūni
āharitvā, 336,3; dasa ~ūni avijahitvā, Mp I 134,6;
mama dasa ~ūni (v.l °vatthu) lābhi taṁ satthā jānā-
ti, ahaṁ dhammaṁ desento dasa ~ūni amuñcitvā
'va desemi, 203,15,16 = Th-a I 39,18; terasahi dhutaṅ-
gehi dasahi ~ūhi anusāsanti, Mp IV 19,19; Dhp-a II
24,14 = IV 30,13; Th-a I 39,15 foll.; — ifc. dasa-° (Ps II
148,3; IV 164,19,23; Mp III 301,5; ~-guṇa-samannāga-
ta, Vism 19,18; Ud-a 225,32 [so read; Ee dasa k°]; It-a
II 129,27; ~-dhamma, It-a II 90,26 [so read; Ee three
words]; ~-nissita, Vism 127,25 [so read; Ee dasa k°];
~-bheda, Pj II 375,1; ~-saṅkhāta, Ud-a 106,24); ma-
hā-° (Mp I 203,13); — 3. iti ha Bhagavā Dīghatapas-
siṁ nigaṇṭhaṁ imasmiṁ ~usmiṁ yāvatatiyakaṁ
patiṭṭhāpesi, M I 372,35 (tattha ~usmin ti ettha kathā
yeva ~u kathāyaṁ patiṭṭhapesī ti attho, Ps III 53,6);
samanassa Gotamassa imasmiṁ ~usmiṁ vādaṁ ā-
ropessāmi, 374,24 foll.

" 346862257822502912,kathāvatthu,en,"

Kathā-vatthu

, n., Points of Controversy; title of the
fifth division of the Abhidhamma-piṭaka, (q.v.) tradi-
tionally ascribed to the thera Moggaliputtatissa; said
to have been proclaimed 218 years after the nibbāna (cf.
As 3,25-29); ~ is rejected by the vitaṇḍavādins being
considered non canonical (cf. As ibid.); ~ is said to com-
prise 1.000 suttas and to be equal in length to the Dī-
ghanikāya (cf. As 4,24-30 ≠ Moh 3,5-8; Kv-a 7,22); on
the division of ~, cf. Kv-a XXVIII foll.; ~ quotes from the
suttantantas, (cf. Kv index), but neither from the Vina-
ya nor from the Abhidhamma-piṭaka, as stated erro-
neously Kv-Trsl.: 401 foll.; cf. E. FRAUWALLNER,
WZKS XVI 1972: 124; Kleine Schriften, Wiesbaden
1982: 667; L. S. COUSINS: The 'Five Points' and the Ori-
gins of the Buddhist Schools, in Buddhist Essays, Mem.
Vol. H. Saddhatissa, London 1992: 79-126; madditvā
nānāvādāni ... sāsanaṁ jotayitvāna ~uṁ pakāsayi,
Dīp VII 41; Dhammasaṅgaho ... ~u + idaṁ abhi-
dhammapiṭakaṁ nāma, Sv 17,15; tatiyasaṅgītikāle
ṭhapetabbassa ~uno Satthunā ṭhapitanayaṁ va kiñ-
ci adhikāraṁ dassetvā, Mhv-ṭ 36,25; Vism 692,28;
~uṁ kasmā gahitaṁ, As 3,25; Mhbv 94,20; — in long
cpd. at As 3,22; Sadd 255,5; — °-aṭṭha-kathā, f.; Npr.; a
commentary on prec., traditionally ascribed to Buddha-
ghosa; v. K. R. NORMAN, Pāli Lit.: 123,125; — °-ppa-
karaṇa, n., the treatise called Kathāvatthu; tasmiṁ sa-
māgame Moggaliputtatissatthero parappavādaṁ
maddamāno ~aṁ abhāsi, Sp 61,13 ≠ Kv-a 7,23; ~aṁ
paravādappamaddanaṁ abhāsi Tissathero, Mhv V
278; ~e pañcatiṁsa bhāṇavāraṁ niṭṭhitaṁ, Kv 628,5;
suttasahassaṁ samodhānetvā vibhattaṁ ~aṁ, Mil
12,28 ≠ As 4,29; Ps II 184,28; vitthāro pana ... ~assa ṭī-
kāya gahetabbo, Ud-a 94,9 (reading °vatthūpak°) =
Nett-ṭ 67,15; ~e pi vuttaṁ, Vibh-a 321,31; desetvā
thero abhidhammaṁ ~aṁ sakavādasodhanatthāya,
Dīp VII 56foll.; Kv-a 8,2; Sv-pṭ I 80,1; Ppk-mṭ 117,5;
paravitāraṇavādā ca tesaṁ Mahāsaṅghikâdīnañ ca
vibhāgo ~e vutto, Vmv II 50,10; — ~ṭṭha-kathā, f.;
~āya, Mhv-ṭ 173,25; — °-mātik'-attha-saṁvaṇṇanā,
f.; title of Moh 257,1-277,6; — °-mātikā, f., list of topics
of the Kv; Moh 257,2; — °-mātikā-vivaraṇa-mukhe-
na, ²ind., by way of explicating the list of topics of the
Kv; sabbaṁ paravādaṁ ~ena nimmaddanaṁ ka-
ronto, Vmv I 32,8 (ad Sp 61,13, q.v. supra).

" 346862258007052288,kathāvatthubhāva,en,"

kathā-vatthu-bhāva

, m., the fact of being a point of
discussion; evaṁ ~ena akkheyyasaṅkhāte khandha-
pañcake ahan ti, It-a II 32,5.

" 346862257939943424,kathāvatthudesanā,en,"

kathā-vatthu-desanā

, f., teaching the Kathāvatthu;
~āya vāre sampatte, Kv-a 1,19.

" 346862257881223168,kathāvatthukusala,en,"

[

kathā-vatthu-kusala

, w.r. at Vv-a 354,23 for which
read gāthāvatthu°; cf. v.l. gāthāvatthuṁ ku°) ≠ Pv-a
287,2 (Ee gāthā°; Be wrongly kathā°]

" 346862258065772544,kathāvatthulabhin,en,"

kathā-vatthu-labhi(n)

, mfn., being in possession of
(ten types of edifying) narratives; only recorded ifc.; —
ifc. dasa-° (Ps II 135,36 foll.; 157,27 foll.; Mp I 203,24
[so read; Ee dasa k° ≠ Th-a I 39,26 [Ee dasa °]; ~-itā
[abstr.], Mp I 203,9 [so read; Ee dasa k°] = Th-a I 39,10
[Ee dasa °]; Th-a I 39,17 [Ee dasa k°]).[[side 138]]kathā-vatthu-labhin

" 346862258128687104,kathāvatthuvisārada,en,"

kathā-vatthu-visārada

, mfn., skilled in (the ten types
of edifying) narratives; cf. next; kusalâhaṁ visuddhīsu
~ā abhidhammanayaññū ca vasī patt' amhi sāsane,
Ap 550,21 = Thī-a 135,11.

" 346862255721156608,kathāvatthuvisuddhi,en,"

kathā-vatthu-visuddhi

, f., according to the ct. either
1. excellence in the Kathāvatthu or 2. excellence in (the
ten types of edifying) narratives; cf. prec.; abhidham-
manayañño 'haṁ ~iyā sabbesaṁ viññāpetvāna
viharāmi anāsavo, Ap 37,1 (= kathāvatthuppakara-
ṇe visuddhiyā cheko appicchakathāsantuṭṭhakathâ-
dīsu dasasu kathāvatthusu vā cheko, Ap-a 274,21);
— Rem.: the use of ~ together with the term abhi-
dhammanayaññū would seem to support the first alter-
native.

" 346862258267099136,kathāvavatthāna,en,"

kathā-vavatthāna

, n., the act of fixing (the time for) a
speech; bhikkhūnaṁ ajjhācāraṁ disvā ajja kathessā-
mi sve kathessāmī ti ~aṁ na karoti, Spk I 123,19.

" 346862258694918144,kathāvemajjha,en,"

kathā-vemajjha

, n., the middle of a speech; ādikal-
yāṇan ti ādisu ādī ti pubbapaṭṭhapanā, majjhan ti
~aṁ, Mp II 201,16 (ad A I 130,12).

" 346862258518757376,kathāvibhāvana,en,"

kathā-vibhāvana

, n., (the miracle consisting in) the
act of disclosing a conversation; keci pan' ettha: para-
cittavibhāvanaṁ +, Sunakkhattena saddhiṁ ~añ cā
ti cha pāṭihāriyānī ti vadanti, Sv-pṭ III 7,29.

" 346862257319186432,kathāvicchindana,en,"

kathā-vicchindana

, n., the act of breaking off a con-
versation; kiccantarappasaṅgena ~aṁ vikkhepo,
Ppk-anuṭ62,3.

" 346862258405511168,kathāvikkhipana,en,"

kathā-vikkhipana

, n., the act of diverting the con-
versation; bahiddhā -am, Sp-ṭ II 364,26.

" 346862258636197888,kathāvirodha,en,"

kathā-virodha

, m., a contradiction (of one exposition)
with (another) exposition; ācariyena likhitaṁ īdise ~e
sāsanaparihāniyā abhāvato, Vmv II 264,11.

" 346862257419849728,kathāvitthārikā,en,"

kathā-vitthārikā

, f., a prolix discussion; ~ā (perhaps
two words), Ps III 300,22.

" 346862103442755584,kathāvivaraṇa,en,"

Kathā-vivaraṇa,

n., Npr.; title of a commentary (on Kv ?); mentioned in a set of ten vivaraṇas (Gv 65,19–26) composed in Ceylon and various other places (Gv 65,32), of which only the Mahāvessantara-vivaraṇa can be traced in the National Library, Bangkok MS. no. 126/5/4, 6 fascicles, copied CS 1107 = AD 1745; ~aṁ, Gv 65,21.

" 346862258749444096,kathāvohāra,en,"

kathā-vohāra

, m., vohāra (i.e., any kind of practice)
in terms of connected speech (as opposed to vohāra in
terms of vaṇijja (business), cetanā (behaviour), or pañ-
ñatti (designation); cf. Spk I 149,27-30; ahaṁ bhuñjā-
mi, ahaṁ nisīdāmi, mama patto, mama cīvaran ti
-an sutvā, 51,16; (on the meaning of the term vohāra)
vohāramattena so vohareyyā (= S I 15,4) ti ettha ~o,
149,31 = Ud-a 332,28.

" 346862260917899264,kathayati,en,"

kathayati

, pr. 3 sg. [cf. katheti, q.v.], 1.a. to say; to
speak; b. [with kathaṁ or °kathaṁ; v. kathā 1.a.(i)]:
to give a talk or exposition; to teach; to preach; c. (with
vaṇṇaṁ [or avaṇṇaṁ]) to praise (or blame); 2. to recite
(e.g., a sutta; with acc.); 3. to tell, relate, narrate; to tell
about (something; with acc), to tell (somebody about
something; with acc. and gen. of person); 4. to expound;
to explain (something to somebody; with acc. and gen. of
person); — 5. to answer; —forms: pr. 1 sg. ~āmi, 3 sg.
~ati, 3 pl. -anti; imp. 2 sg. ~a; ~assu; part. ~anta;
~amāno; fut. 1 sg. ~issaṁ; ~issāmi; 3 sg. ~issati; 1 pl.
~issāma; pot. 2 sg. ~eyyāsi; 3 sg. ~eyya; aor. 3 sg. ~i;
1 pl. ~imha; 2 pl. ~ittha; 3 pl. ~iṁsu; abs. ~itvā, ~i-
tvāna; — 1.a. buddho buddho ti ~antā tiṭṭhanti pañ-
jalīkatā, Bv I 34; mā evaṁ ~itthā ti kaṇṇamūle man-
teti, Sp 1363,1 (ad Vin V 136,36); loke Buddho up-
panno ti ~iṁsu, Ps II 393,15; mā evaṁ ~a (v.l. kathe-
tha), Cp-a 204,22; — ayye ettakaṁ kālaṁ tumhe a-
nupadhāretvā ... ~imha, Mp I 367,2; ~-b. ~ati
dhammakathaṁ Jino janassa, D III 154,6; tvaṁ ~a-
māno evarūpaṁ kathaṁ katheyyāsī ti, Ps III 125,14;
— c. mahâbhinikkhamanassa ca vaṇṇaṁ ~amānā,
Ps II 168,19 (ad M I 161,19); evaṁ Tathāgatassa kile-
sappahāne vaṇṇaṁ ~amānaṁ, 386,15; tiṇṇaṁ rata-
nānaṁ vaṇṇaṁ ~antaṁ (v.l. kathentaṁ) bhikkhuṁ,
388,18; — 2. so Mahādhammarakkhito jātakaṁ ~i-
tvāna, Sp 67,18; Sāriputtatherassa imaṁ suttantaṁ
~ato devatāsannipāto ahosi, 79,2; suttaṁ vā ... jāta-
kaṁ vā ~issāma, 180,13; bhaye vūpasante Ariya-
vaṁsaṁ ~amāno, Ps II 400,5; — 3. taṁ ~assu me
(v.l. ~āmi) ti, Nidd I 341,6; (caritaṁ) pavakkhissan ti
~issaṁ, Cp-a 20,26 (ad Cp 2); oghatiṇṇo nirūpadhī
nibbānaṁ ~i (v.l. ~iṁ) Buddho sabbadukkhappa-
mocanaṁ, Ap 337,18; mayham pi ~ass' etam, 339,19;
dhammam me ~ī Buddho sokasallavinodanaṁ,
331,12; ~ī Buddho gambhīraṁ nipuṇaṁ padaṁ,
351,10; tumhe ... parisamajjhe ~ittha, Sp 68,18; sag-
gasampattiṁ ~antānaṁ hi Buddhānaṁ mukhaṁ na
ppahoti, 91,19; te pañca pi gāmaṁ gantvā sesasahā-
yakānaṁ ~iṁsu, 966,15; — 4. buddhassa sāsanaṁ
dhammaṁ sādhu me ~ass' ubho, Ap 25,2; atthaṁ
vo ~issāmi, 75,24; tañ ca sabbaṁ suṇissāma ~antas-
sa satthuno, 84,15; say am abhiññā attapaccakkhaṁ
dhammaṁ taṁ ~issāmī ti, Nidd I 482,15; tena hi te
mahārāja ~issāmi, Mil 348,22; rasato te saṁsandetvā
~issāmi, 131,21; (bodhapakkhiye dhamme) ~amānā
ca cattāri ariyasaccani kathenti, 237,3 = Ps IV 118,17;
mayaṁ pana yathā ṭhitapālivasen' eva Khandhake
~issāma, Sp 206,20; ācariyā pana evaṁ na -anti,
283,20; voharanto ti ~anto, 1377,32 (ad Vin V 201,13)
= Ps IV 109,3; saṅkhepen' eva kammaṭṭhānaṁ
~issāma, It-a I 62,32; — 5. saṅkhittaṁ pucchitaṁ
pañhaṁ vitthārena kathessati ~anto ca taṁ pañhaṁ
ajjhāsaṁ pūrayissati, Ap 85,6; dhammarājaṁ upā-
gantvā āpucchiṁ pañhaṁ uttamaṁ ~anto ca me
pañhaṁ dhammasotaṁ upanāyi, 101,4 (Ap-a 375,1).

" 346862517336674304,kāthayati,en,"

kāthayati

, pr. 3 sg. [sa. kvāthayati], to decoct, to
boil; suṇṭhī yave ~aye, Bhes 11:24.

" 346862519823896576,kāthayati,en,"

kāthayati

, pr. 3 sg. [< ¹kāth(a), q.v.], to hurt;
~ayati, Sadd 542,1.

" 346862260972425216,kathayitabba,en,"

kathayitabba

, mfn. [ger. < kathayati, q.v.], to be re-
cited; saṅgāyetabban ti samaṁ katvā ~aṁ, Sv-pṭ III
119,16 (ad Sv 913,32).

" 346862255775682560,kathetabba,en,"

kathetabba

, mfn. [ger. of katheti, q.v.], 1. to be re-
cited; 2. to be told, to be related, to be narrated; 3. to be
taught, to be preached; 4. to be explained, expounded; 5.
to be answered; — 1. atidūre nisinno hi sace kathetu-
kāmo hoti uccāsaddena ~aṁ hoti, Sp 129,18; pubbe
~añ ca pacchā ~añ ca na jānāti, 1338,32,33 (ad Vin V
130,29); — 2. imasmiṁ ṭhāne Sumedhakathā ~ā, Ja I
2,28; ettha Vessantaramahārājā ~o, Ps V 76,11,14 (ad
M III 256,22); Nando Yakkho ... Nando Goghātako,
dve bhātikā ti etesaṁ vatthūni ~āni, It-a I 103,2; —
3. dhammo desetabbo ti ayaṁ saraṇasīlâdibhedo
dhammo ~o, Sp 750,28 foll. (ad Vin IV 21,7); ima-
smiṁ ṭhāne nirodhakathā ~ā hoti, Ps II 352,20; — 4.
(exeg:) kathetave ti ~e (sic. !), Sp 1153,27 (ad Vin I
359,15); vitthārato ~ānī ti sabba-aṭṭhakathāsu vut-
taṁ, Sp 243,10; Isigilissa Isigilibhāvo ~o hoti, Ps IV
127,19; — 5. ṭhitaṁ daharabhikkhuṁ āsane nisinno
mahāthero pañhaṁ pucchati na ~aṁ, Sp 897,20,24;
osāretvā pana kathentena āpucchitvā vā aṭṭhapetvā
yeva vā ~aṁ, 1058,26 foll.; n' âyaṁ pañho rañño mu-
khaṁ ulloketvā ~o ti, Spk I 141,2.

" 346862256824258560,kathetabbabhāva,en,"

kathetabba-bhāva

, m. [abstr.], the fact of being
(something) that is to be recited; tayo Vedā viya ~e ṭhi-
tāni tīṇi Pīṭakāni, Ps I 138,5 = Mp I 95,15 = It-a I
82,20.

" 346862256731983872,kathetabbaniyāma,en,"

kathetabba-niyāma

, m., the way in which (a ques-
tion) is to be answered; itaro ~en' eva pañhaṁ kathe-
tvā, Mp II 309,26.

" 346862256870395904,kathetabbayuttaka,en,"

kathetabba-yuttaka

, mfn., a. appropriate to tell; b.
appropriate to expound; — a. amhākaṁ ~aṁ kiñci ka-
thethā ti vadiṁsu, Ja III 40,16; — b. ~aṁ kiñci apas-
santo, Dhp-a III 346,11.[[side 142]]

" 346862256920727552,kathetabbayuttakala,en,"

kathetabba-yutta-kala

, m., the proper time to an-
swer (a question); kālâgatan ti ~e āgataṁ, Sp 1153,20
(ad Vin I 359,11).

" 346862256979447808,kathetar,en,"

katheta(r)

, m., a speaker or expounder; pasayhapa-
vattā hotī ti anajjhiṭṭho ... kevalaṁ mānaṁ nissāya
ajjhotaritvā anadhikāre ~ā hoti, Sp 1372,23 (ad Vin V
184,14); 1372,27 (ad Vin V 184,17).kathetar

" 346862257033973760,kathetave,en,"

kathetave

, ²ind. [inf. < katheti, q.v.; cf. Mittelindisch
§ 497], to explain; paguṇo ~e, Vin I 359,15* (= kathe-
tabbe[szc], Sp 1153,27).

" 346862257084305408,katheti,en,"

katheti

, pr. 3 sg. [denom. < kathā, q.v.; cf. kathayati,
q.v.], 1.a.(i) to say; to speak; (ii) to pronounce; (iii) to
talk to, to converse with (somebody; with instr.); (iv) to
talk about, to mean, to refer to (something; with acc.); (v)
to call; b.(i) (with kathaṁ or °kathaṁ): to give a talk or
exposition (to somebody on a certain subject; with acc.
and gen. of person); to teach; to preach; (ii) (with vaṇ-
ṇaṁ or avaṇṇaṁ) to praise or blame, respectively; 2. to
recite (e.g., a sutta); 3. to tell, narrate; to tell about
(something); to tell (somebody about something; with
acc. and gen. of person); 4. to expound; to explain (some-
thing to somebody; with acc. and gen. of person); — 5. to
answer; — forms: pr. 1 sg. ~emi; 2 sg. ~esi; 3 sg. ~eti;
1 pl. -ema; 2 pl. ~etha; 3 pl. ~enti; imp. 2 sg. ~ehi; 2
pl. ~etha; fut. 3 sg. ~essati; 2 pl. ~essatha; 3 pl. ~es-
santi; pot. 1 sg. ~eyyaṁ; 2 sg. ~eyyāsi; 3 sg. ~eyya; 2
pl. ~eyyātha; 3 pl. ~eyyuṁ; aor. 1 sg. ~esiṁ; 3 sg. ~e-
si; part. ~enta/~entī; inf. ~etuṁ, ~etave (q.v.); abs.
~etvā; — gramm. lit.: katha kathane. ~eti kathayati,
Sadd 541,10; — 1.a.(i) te ""saccaṁ paṇḍito ~etī"" ti va-
diṁsu, Ja IV 137,29; kiṁ (so read with C^k; Ee kaṁ) nā-
ma ~esī ti, Ja V 284,16; kiṁ ~etha, VI 2,24; na ciraṭ-
ṭhikaṁ jīvitan ti, evaṁ āhaṁsu, evaṁ ~enti, Nidd I
45,20; 72,7; n' āha na ~eti na bhaṇati +, 87,16 (ad Sn
790) = 90,12; hīno 'ham asmi ti vā, na vadati, na ~eti
+, 251,11; mama dhammakathaṁ sutvā kin nu kho
~essatha ti, Dhp-a III 345,6; — aṭṭhārasasu bhāsāsu
katarabhāsāya ~emī ti, Vibh-a 387,20; caṅkame caṅ-
kamanto va ~esi lokanāyako, Bv I 73; yena vadey-
yuṁ ~eyyuṁ bhaṇeyyuṁ +, Nidd I 249,25 (ad Sn
859); upakaṇṇakaṁ jappetī ti evaṁ ~ehi mā evaṁ
kathayitthā ti kaṇṇamūle manteti, Sp 1363,1 (ad Vin
V 136,36); ~ehi āvuso ti therena anuññāto āha, Pv-a
12,29; — kathaṁ viggāhikaṁ na ~eyya, Sn 930 (""[a
monk] should not use provocative language"") qu. Nidd I
389,15*; mā bhikkhave viggāhikakathaṁ ~eyyātha,
S V 419,5; — 1.a.(ii) akkheyyan ti akkhātuṁ ~etuṁ
bhaṇituṁ dīpayituṁ voharitun ti, Nidd I 127,20 (ad
Sn 808); — 1.a.(iii) ~eti so manussehi pabbate kesarī
yathā ti, Mil 22,17*; — 1.a.(iv) na kir' esā imaṁ ac-
chādanaṁ ~eti, sāmikacchādanaṁ ~etī ti, Ja I 307,8;
dassanīye pasādike mama pi rūpe dosaṁ ~eyyā ti,
Dhp-a II 113,15; — 1.a.(v) hīnaṁ āhu ... evam āhaṁ-
su evaṁ ~enti evaṁbhaṇanti, Nidd I 147,2 (ad Sn
816); taṁ brūmī ti taṁ ~emi, 246,13 (ad Sn 856);
265,29 (ad Sn 867); ahaṁ nibbānatalākaṁ rahado ti
~emi, Ja III 290,28'; taṁ purisaṁ samitapāpatāya lo-
ke paṇḍitā samaṇaṁ ti ~enti, VI 257,30'; — 1.b.(i)
Yasassa kulaputtassa bhagavā anupubbikathaṁ ~e-
si, Vin I 15,36; A IV 213,17; Ud 49,5; Bhagavā ānu-
pubbikathaṁ ~esi, D I 110,1 = II 41,10 = M II 145,4;
Ja I 30,22; bhagavā bhikkhūnaṁ anekapariyāyena
vinayakathaṁ ~eti, Vin II 168,28 = IV 142,28; III
68,4,13; nirayikathaṁ ~eti, 78,9; anekavihitaṁ tirac-
chānakathaṁ ~enti, IV 164,15 ≠ D I 178,19 = III 36,21
= M I 513,24 = II 23,15; atītaṁ vā addhānaṁ ārabbha
kathaṁ ~eyya, D III 220,10 foll. = A I 197,12; Kv
513,25-29 = 514,13-17; It-a II 31,31,32; idh' āvuso Sāri-
putta dve bhikkhū abhidhammakathaṁ ~enti, M I
214,25 = 218,12; āyasmā Citto ... therānaṁ bhikkhū-
naṁ abhidhammakathaṁ ~etun ti, A III 393,8; nira-
yakathaṁ ~eyyaṁ, M III 167,19; Bhagavā anekapa-
riyāyena asubhakatham ~esi, S V 320,20,29 ≠ Nidd I
359,23 = 453,22; appicchakathaṁ ~eti, 220,28; kathaṁ
~eti, 227,1; dasa kathāvatthūni ~eti, 472,28; ekekaṁ
attapaccakkhakathaṁ kathema, Ps III 111,13; tvaṁ
kathayamāno evarūpaṁ kathaṁ ~eyyāsī ti, 125,13;
suññatākathaṁ me bhante ~ethā ti, IV 150,2; ka-
thaṁ ~ento ti, Spk II 60,14; — 1.b.(ii) khīyantī ti tas-
sa avaṇṇaṁ ~enti pakāsenti, Sp 296,12 (ad Vin III
44,19); te vaṇṇe kathīyamāne avaṇṇaṁ eva ~enti, Ps
IV 82,15; Sāriputtattherassa vaṇṇaṁ ~etun ti, Spk I
119,8; ativiya me bhātikassa vaṇṇaṁ ~enti, Dhp-a II
114,12; nāgabhavanassa vaṇṇaṁ ~etvā, Cp-a 179,17;
— 2. appamādovādañ ca ~esi, Ja V 66,28' foll.; sāma-
ṇero puna pi pubbe kathitasadisaṁ eva ~esi, Sp
41,7; thero ... Samacittasuttantaṁ ~esi, 78,26 foll.;
suttantaṁ ~etvā, 483,26; ekekissā ekekaṁ gāthaṁ
~essāmī ti, 751,16; gāthāyo ~esi, Ps III 301,20; V
101,18 foll.; catasso Satārahā gāthā nāma ~etum,
Cp-a 168,18; so devasūtasuttantaṁ ~esi, Mhv XIV
64; ~esuṁ ... suttantaṁ dhammacakkappavatta-
naṁ, Dīp VIII 10; — 3. kiṁ nam' etaṁ ~esi, Ja I
100,23; sādhu deva ~ehī ti, 230,1; yaṁ tumhe ~etha
taṁ mayā adhiṭṭhitam eva, II 247,17'; tāta mayham
pi naṁ ~ehī ti, Sp 47,20; Yaso pana dārako gehaṁ pi
gantvā mātāpitūnañ ca bhariyāya ca ~esi, 966,16; ā-
rocayāmī ti ~emi, Ps II 314,33; vatthuṁ ~etvā anu-
sandhiṁ ghaṭetvā, Dhp-a I (SMITH'S ed.) 17,18; may-
haṁ ~eyyātha, Dhp-a I 8,26; — 4. kaṅkhacchedo
mahāvīro ~esi attano guṇaṁ, Bv I 63; kathayamānā
ca cattāri ariyasaccāni ~enti, Mil 237,4 = Ps IV
118,17; atthapurekkhārāyā ti aṭṭhakathaṁ kathenti-
yā, Sp 928,15 (ad Vin III 130,13); eko ... dhammaṁ o-
sāresi, eko ~esi ekā devatā pi sadhukāraṁ na adāsi,
Dhp-a III 385,5; — ~esi sāsanaṁ mayhaṁ, Ap 30,2;
gāthābandhadīpakehi vacanehi saddhiṁ ~essāma,
Ja I 2,31; ayaṁ Ariṭṭho Bhagavatā akathitaṁ ~etuṁ
kiṁ sakkhissati, Ps II 105,15; pucchito pana so atta-
no āgamanakāraṇaṁ ~essati, III 356,25; kammaṭṭhā-
naṁ me ~ethā ti, IV 238,16; paṇḍita mārisa, may-
haṁ ~ehī ti, Spk II 60,16; Bhagavā paccayaṁ ~etuṁ
āraddho, 9,31; — 5. pañhaṁ pucchati pañhaṁ puṭ-
ṭho ~etī ti, Vin IV 53,35 (Sp 801,5); pubbe p' āhaṁ
bhikkhave tumhākaṁ imaṁ pañhaṁ ~esiṁ, Ja I
165,9; Buddhalīlhāya brāhmaṇassa pañhe ~esi, V
67,15 foll.; tvam 'si pahuvīsavī alamatto mayā puc-
chitaṁ ~etuṁ visajjetuṁ +, Nidd II 102,10; so me
puṭṭho ~essati (v.l. °issati) paṭipucchām' ahaṁ tadā,
Ap 24,23; saṅkhittaṁ pucchitaṁ pañhaṁ vitthārena
~essati kathayanto ca taṁ pañhaṁ ajjhāsaṁ pūra-
yissati, 85,5; yathā saṇhaṁ ~essanti (v.l. °issanti) pa-
ṭipucchāma taṁ tathā, 304,26; tvaṁ asi alamatto ma-
yā pucchitaṁ ~etuṁ vissajjetuṁ vattuss' etaṁ bhā-
ran ti, Nidd I 464,26; tumhe ekaṁ pañham pi ~etuṁ
na sakkotha, Ps II 270,6.[[side 143]]

" 346862103321120768,katheti,en,"

katheti, 1.(b).(i)

yo dhammaṁ anusāsati, aṭṭhakathaṁ ~eti, pāliṁ vāceti, pucchitapañhaṁ vissajjeti kammaṭṭhānaṁ ācikkhati, dhammaṁ deseti, dhammasavanaṁ kāreti, sabbo p’esa dhammaṁ anusāsati nāma, Spk I 84,5–8; divākathiko kataraṁ jātakaṁ nāma ~esi? Sarabhāṇako kataraṁ suttaṁ nāma bhaṇi?, III 36,24 foll.

" 346862508734156800,kātheti,en,"

kātheti

, pr. 3 sg. [< ¹kath(a), q.v.], to hurt; ~eti,
Sadd 542,1.

" 346862257369518080,kathetukāma,en,"

kathetu-kāma

, mfn., 1.a. willing to speak; b. (with
vaṇṇaṁ) eager to praise; c. eager to tell, relate, narrate;
2. eager to recite; 3. eager to answer (a question); — 1.a.
aññavādako nāma saṅghamajjhe ... na ~o, Vin IV
37,2,7; — 1.b. tesaṁ vaṇṇaṁ ~o hutvā, Ps II 97,7; —
1.e. na bhaṇitukāmo bhaṇati, na ~o katheti, Kv
415,22,25,28; — 2. buddhavacanaṁ ~a 'mhā ti, Sp
78,21; atidūre nisinno hi sace ~o hoti uccāsaddena
kathetabbaṁ hoti, 129,17; sace aṭṭhakathaṁ dham-
mapadajātakâdivatthuṁ (so read with v.l.) vā ~o hoti
chappadamattam eva kathetuṁ vaṭṭati, Sp 751,7; —
3. sabbam etaṁ ~ena āyasmatā Upālittherena vut-
taṁ, Sp 30,21; yo hi paññaṁ ~o hoti, Spk I 103,22 foll.

" 346862257189163008,kathetukammatā,en,"

kathetu-kammatā

, f., the wish to answer (a rhetori-
cal question); kathañ câhaṁ ... tevijjaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ
paññāpemī ti ~āya pucchaṁ katvā, It-a II 134,29.

" 346862257260466176,kathetukamyatā,en,"

kathetu-kamyatā

, f., 1. the wish to give a talk; only
recorded in cpd °-dīpaka, q.v. infra; 2. the wish to an-
swer (a rhetorical question);— 1. °-dīpaka, mfn., indi-
cating the wish to to give a talk; bhikkhavo ti... ten' e-
va ~ena nesaṁ vacanena sotukamyataṁ janeti, Ps I
14,4 = Spk II 2,8 ≠ Pj II 395,4; Mp I 17,20; — 2. ettha
paṭibhānan ti ~ā vuccati, Sp 1335,13 (ad Vin V
129,36); kathañ ca bhikkhave putto atijāto hotī ti ~ā-
ya pucchaṁ katvā, It-a II 43,7; — °-pañha, m., a (rhe-
torical) question (asked) with a wish to answer (it); cf.
°-pucchā, q.v. infra; Bhagavā bhikkhūnaṁ ~aṁ puc-
chati, As 56,6; — °-pucchā,f., = prec.; one of five types
of questions; — exeg.: tattha pucchā nāma adiṭṭhajo-
tanā + ... ~ā (Ee w.r. °tā p°) ti pañcavidhā hoti, Sv
68,18 = Ps II 334,21 (so read with Be; Ee w.r. °tā p°);
335,8 (kathetuṁ kamyatāya pucchā ~ā, Ps-pṭ II
254,23); katamā ~ā. Bhagavā bhikkhūnaṁ kathetu-
kamyatāya pañhaṁ pucchati: cattāro 'me bhikkha-
ve satipaṭṭhānā, katame cattāro ... ayaṁ ~ā, Sv
69,3,7; — tattha, katamo ca, bhikkhave, paṭiccasam-
uppādo ti, ~ā, Spk II 8,17 (ad S II 1,14; Ee w.r. °tā p°);
adiṭṭhajotanā pucchā ... ~ā (Ee w.r. °tā p°) ti, 8,20
foll.; III 179,21 (Ee w.r. °tā p°); katame dhamma kusa-
lā ti ayaṁ ~ā, As 55,21,19; 56,5,21; Sadd 342,20 (re-
ferring to As).

" 346862255083622400,kathi,en,"

^†

kath(i)

, the verbal root ⁺kath; cf. sa-Dhātup I 36:
grath(i) kauṭilye; ~ is clearly a mistake for *gath(i); ~i
koṭille, Sadd 366,28.^†kathi

" 346862356594167808,kaṭhi,en,"

√

kaṭh(i)

, the verbal root kaṇṭh [sa-Dhātup]; ~i
soke, Dhātum 132; 134; ~i soke: aṇṭheti, kaṇṭhayati,
Sadd 533,11 (sutta) 1416.√kaṭhi

" 346862103384035328,kathika,en,"

²Kathika,

m., title of S III 163,11–154,25; dve ~ā, S V 170,24* (uddāna).

" 346862103400812544,kathika,en,"

kathika,

kathikaṁ, Dīp XIX 21, w.r. for katikaṁ.

" 346862255133954048,kathika,en,"

kathika

, m., [ts.; v. BHSD s.v.; cf. sa. kathaka, kā-
thika], one who speaks; a speaker or (Buddhist) preacher;
— gramm. lit.: kathâditv iko. kathâdīhi sattamyan-
tehi 'tattha sādhū' ti asmiṁ atthe iko hoti: ~o,
dhammakathiko +, Mogg IV 75 (cf. Pāṇ IV 4 102); —
~o (v.l. dhammakath°) sākacchāya na tappati, Ja III
342,24; ~ā mayā bahū diṭṭhā, Mil 24,23; sukhuma-
nipuṇatthapaṭividho ~ānaṁ pavaro, Bv I 62; tañ ce
sutvā so uttasitvā marati, ~assa pārājikaṁ, Sp
462,26; ekacco hi buḍḍhakāle pabbajito ~o, Spk III
35,29; so Devasutasuttantaṁ kathesi ~o maha, Mhv
XIV 64; — ifc. agga-dhamma-° (Mp I 148,13); atirac-
chāna-°; an-āṇā-°; citta-° (Thī 449; A I 24,28; Ap
545,6; Mp I 283,11,19); tiracchāna-° (Vin III 159,18);
divā-° (Spk III 36,17,23; ~-thera, Mp II 249,10); dham-
ma-° (S III 163,18,19; Ja I 148,28; Pp 42,17; 42,18 foll. =
A II 138,14 foll.; Spk II 140,25; parama-°, Sp 1372,16;
mahā-°, Ja VI 255,29; ~-thera, Ja IV 2,3; ~-guṇo, Spk
II 122,14; ~-m-uttama, Dīp XVIII 30; ~-puṅgava, Mp
I 1,17; cf. W. and M. GEIGER, Pāli Dhamma, 1920: 44 -
Kleine Schriften 1973: 143); paccūsa-° (Spk III
36,20,26); bhikkhun'-ovāda-° (Vjb 304,3 [so read; Be
°katth°]); ratti-° (Spk III 36,19,25); vicitra-° (Mil
196,7); — in long cpd. at Mp V 36,14,17.

" 346862255431749632,kathikā,en,"

kathikā

, f., a speech or sermon; kathaṁ paribhoti,
~aṁ (v.l. kathitaṁ) paribhoti, A III 174,14 foll. (kiṁ
nam' esa katheti, kiṁ ayaṁ jānātī ti vadento ~aṁ
paribhoti nāma, Mp III 292,15).

" 346862255184285696,kathikasaññita,en,"

kathika-saññita

, mfn., called ""the speaker""; seṭṭho
(v.l. lekho) ~o Kittiseno ti, Nidd-a II 151,17*.

" 346862255230423040,kathikasaṇṭhiti,en,"

kathika-saṇṭhiti

, f., the definition of a (Buddhist)
preacher; ādimhi sīlaṁ desseyya ... pariyosānamhi
nibbānaṁ: esā ~ī ti, Sv 176,19* (Sv-pṭ I 308,24) = Ps II
203,10* (= evaṁkathitalakkhaṇā dhammakathā,
Ps-pṭ III 17,6) = Mp II 289,7*.

" 346862512077017088,kāṭhima,en,"

kāṭhima

, mfn. [sa. *kvāthima, cf. pākima], boiling
hot, ignifluous; tattaṁ chakaṁ ~' (i.e. *kvāthimaṁ)
ayogulañ ca, Ja V 268,11* (so read, cf. CPD s.v. ayogu-
laṁ, Sadd 1519, O. v. HINÜBER, IIJ XXI 1979: 21, TH.
OBERLIES HS CVIII.1 1995: 144; Ee tattaṁ pakaṭṭhi-
taṁ; Ja V 273,31-274,1').

" 346862256182530048,kathin,en,"

kathi(n)

, m., a speaker or (Buddhist) preacher; ~iṁ
pasādetvā , Mil 90,11*; — ifc. citta-° (D II 317,9; M II
83,21; Th 234 foll.; 1021; A III 58,17; Ja V 376,10; Ap
497,14; Ja III 507,24*); citra-° (Mil 1,5; 21,19; 22,21);
mahā-° (Mil 21,22; Ap 266,21); saha-° (M I 489,14); —
°-seṭṭha, mfn., the best among speakers or preachers;
pucche ~aṁ, Mil 348,6*.kathin

" 346862256643903488,kathina,en,"

[

kathina

, variant spelling, e.g., at Sp 1308,6 for ka-
ṭhina, q.v]

" 346862354572513280,kaṭhina,en,"

kaṭhina

, n.,(t.t. Vin.) name of an ecclesiastical
ceremony in which cloth is presented to the Sangha
and robes are made; on the ceremony, which is not
entirely clear in all details, cf. H. Bechert: JBRS 54
1968: 319-329; Kun Chang: Comparative Study of the
Kaṭhinavastu 1957 (cf. review article by H. Bechert
in ZDMG 110 1960: 203-205); A. Degener: Das
Kathinâvadāna 1990; the ceremony is described
briefly at Kkh 53,15-54,21, cf. Sp 1106,28-1114,6 foll.
Vin V 172,2-179,13; v. DBMT s.v. kaṭhina (II); explana-
tion of ~ in DEGENER § 7: dṛḍhaṁ viśuddham abhed-
yam vipulāvināśi ca kaṭhinam ity ucyate; — used
metonymically of the cīvara or the cloth as well as
of the privileges that accrue to a monk from having
participated in the ceremony; the name of the
ceremony itself is probably a metonymical usage of
²kaṭhina, q.v.; anujānāmi bhikkhave vassaṁ vutthā-
naṁ bhikkhūnaṁ ~aṁ attharituṁ, Vin I 254,8 (Sp
1107,10); aṭṭh' imā bhikkhave mātikā ~assa ub-
bhārāya pakkamanantikā niṭṭhānantikā ... sahub-
bhārā ti, 255,20; ubbhataṁ kira tasmiṁ āvāse -an ti,
256,1,27 = 258,21; dve 'me bhikkhave ~assa palibodhā
dve apalibodhā, 265,7; I 299,5,8; III 196,9; 196,15 (Sp
638,11); 198,23 = 199,24; 204,3; 261,36,37; 262,1; IV 74,34;
245,23; 287,24; 288,15; V 88,22; 175,33; 176,1 (Sp 1370,24);
asīti me, āvuso, vassāni pabbajitassa nâbhijānāmi ~e
cīvaraṁ sibbittā (so read with v.l.), M III 126,10 (~e
cīvaran ti kaṭhinacīvaraṁ, Ps IV 193,19); Devakūṭe
bhikkhūnaṁ ~' atthate tadā navutikoṭīnaṁ dutiyo
āsi samāgamo, Bv XII 9; sace pana kattikamāse ~aṁ
attharīyati, Sp 722,4; 729,19,20; 1106,33; 1107,20; disā
pakkantassâpi sati gāhake yāva ~assa ubbhārā dā-
tabbaṁ, 1143,28; Kkh 80,35; — ifc. atthata-° (Kkh
53,19); avasesa-° (~-ānisaṁsa-vattha [v.l. avasese
kathinānisaṁise balavavatthāni]), Sp 1110,1);
paṭhama-° (~-āpatti, Kkh 23,38; ~-sikkhāpada-
vaṇṇanā, Sp 650,30).[[side 51]]

" 346862104776544256,kaṭhina,en,"

kaṭhina,

cf. N. Ratnapala, The Katikāvatas 1971: 152foll. § 66, 69; dates concerning the ~: Sp 658,13–16 ad Vin III 204,3foll., cf. Gilgit Manuscripts III 2 p. 156,3foll.

" 346862353557491712,kaṭhina,en,"

kaṭhina

, mfn. [ts.; Amg. kaḍhiṇa; cf. EWA-1
s.v.; DED 962; kaṭhora, q.v.], a. hard, firm, stiff (only
recorded in this sense in lex. lit.; for derived usages,
cf. ²kaṭhina and ³kaṭhina); b. (fig.) hard, harsh,
severe; — lex. lit. (defining a. + b.): kurūraṁ, ~aṁ,
dalhaṁ ... kakkhaḷaṁ bhave, Abh 714; (in def. of the
meaning of kurūra) bhayaṅkare ca ~e kurūro tīsu
niddaye, Abh 928; tīsu khare ca ~e kakkaso sāhasap-
piye, 985; — b. coriyo ~ā h' etā vālā capalasakkharā,
Ja I 295,11* = V 448,29* (~ā = thaddhahadayā, 449,27');
yaṁ tesaṁ vacanaṁ ... tam me ahosi ~aṁ, Cp 277
(Cp-a 201,31); (used adverbially) ayaṁ suriyo sabba-
kālaṁ ~aṁ tapati, Mil 273,16 foll.;

" 346862356938100736,kaṭhina,en,"

[⁴

kaṭhina

, reading at Ja III 46,21 for kuthita,
which read with Ce; Be reads pakkuthita]

" 346862356900352000,kaṭhina,en,"

kaṭhina

, n.,(t.t. Vin.) a kind of stiff wooden
frame (a kind of stretching piece) or support made
of reeds (ct. so; v. infra) to which the cīvara is
fastened when it is stitched so as to avoid stretching
the fabric at the corners; cīvaraṁ vikaṇṇaṁ hoti ...
anujānāmi bhikkhave ~aṁ kaṭhinarajjuṁ tattha
tattha obandhitvā cīvaraṁ sibbetun ti, Vin II 116,10
foll. (~an ti nisseṇiṁ pi tattha attharitabbaṁ
kaṭasārakakilañjānaṁ aññataram pi, Sp 1206,7);
bhikkhū cīvaraṁ sibbetvā tatth' eva ~aṁ ujjhitvā
pakkamanti, 117,26 foll.; kaṭhinarajjun [so read with
v.l.] ti yāya dupaṭṭacīvaraṁ [so read with v.l.] sib-
bantā ~e cīvaraṁ bandhanti, Sp 1206,9; (ad Vin II
116,11); — daṇḍa-° (Vin II 116,18; Sp 1206,13).

" 346862357797933056,kaṭhinabhāva,en,"

kaṭhina-bhāva

, m. [cf. kaṭhinatā, q.v.], the pro-
perty of being hard, stiff; only recorded ifc.: a-° (As
151,4).

" 346862357823098880,kaṭhinabheda,en,"

Kaṭhina-bheda

, m., analysis of (the various
elements of) the kaṭhina ceremony; title of Vin V
172,1-179,14.

" 346862355696586752,kaṭhinabhūmi,en,"

kaṭhina-bhūmi

, f., hard (baked) ground; tattāya
~iyā, Cp I 2 (= ghammasantāpena santattāya ... kha-
rāya kakkhaḷāya bhūmiyā, Cp-a 28,33).

" 346862357458194432,kaṭhinacchādana,en,"

kaṭhina-cchādana

, n., kaṭhina clothing, i.e.,
clothing made from the kaṭhina cloth; ~aṁ laddhā,
Vin-vn 2714.

" 346862357349142528,kaṭhinacīvara,en,"

kaṭhina-cīvara

, m.,(t.t. Vin.) the cloth present-
ed to the Saṅgha for the purpose of the kaṭhina ce-
remony; - kaṭhinadussa, q.v.; uppanne ~e ... bhik-
khū sibbiṁsu cīvaraṁ, Bv IX 7; tassa ... vatthaṁ
~aṁ dema ti, Sp 1107,35; 1108,15; ~ato vā paṭṭaṁ ga-
hetvā aññasmiṁ ~e paṭṭâropanamattena, 1111,1;
1109,29; — °-mataka-cīvara-dāna, n., donating a
kaṭhina robe or a robe belonging to a deceased
monk; — ~-vasa, m.; ~ena dānaṁ veditabbaṁ, Kkh
133,27.

" 346862357663715328,kaṭhinadāna,en,"

kaṭhina-dāna

, n., donation of the kaṭhina robe
or cloth; tattha sīmāsammati sīmāsamūhananaṁ
~aṁ ... ti imāni cha kamṁāni garukāni apaloketvā
kātuṁ na vaṭṭati, Sp 1195,19 = 1396,3

" 346862357693075456,kaṭhinadāyaka,en,"

kaṭhina-dāyaka

, m(fn.), (the layman) donating
the kaṭhina robe or cloth; ~assa vattaṁ atthi, Sp
1107,32; ~o bahuṁ puṅñaṁ pasavatī ti, 1111,11.

" 346862357751795712,kaṭhinadussa,en,"

kaṭhina-dussa

, m., the cloth supplied to the
saṅgha for the kaṭhina ceremony; — gramm. lit.:
Kacc-v ad Kacc 573; Rūp 129,29; Pay II 93,1 = Mogg III
17; — kaṭhinassa dussaṁ -am, kaṭhinacivaraya ti
attho, Vin I 254,14 (Sp 1111,17); Sp 1108,34; —
°-dhovana-matta, n., the mere washing of the
kaṭhina cloth; dhovanamattenā ti ~ena, Sp 1110,19 (ad
Vin 254,28).[[side 52]]

" 346862357084901376,kaṭhinaka,en,"

kaṭhinaka

, n. [kaṭhina + ka], = kaṭhinakkhan-
dhaka; ~aṁ pucchissaṁ, Vin V 114,11.

" 346862357009403904,kaṭhinaka,en,"

kaṭhinaka

, n. [kaṭhina + ka], (t.t. Vin.) an origin
that is subsumed under kaṭhina; cf. kaṭhinasamuṭ-
ṭhāna, q.v.; dvīhi samuṭṭhānehi samuṭṭhāti ~e, Vin V
12,3,32 (""it [scil. the āpatti] originates from two
samuṭṭhānas [as] in the kaṭhinaka]; 13,2; 15,21,27; 61,3.

" 346862357122650112,kaṭhinakathā,en,"

kaṭhina-kathā

, f., discourse on the kaṭhina ce-
remony;— ifc. tatiya-° (title of Vin-vn 616-617);
dutiya-° (title of Vin-vn 602-615); paṭhama-°
(title of Vin-vn 596-601).

" 346862357231702016,kaṭhinakkhandhaka,en,"

Kaṭhina-kkhandhaka

, n.; title of Vin I 253,2-
267,10; evaṁ aṭṭha mātikāyo ~e āgatā, Sp 638,18;
1341,4; aparā aṭṭha ~e vuttā, 1341,28 (ad Vin V 12,32); —
°-vaṇṇanā, f., commentary on the Kaṭhinakkhan-
dhaka; title of Sp 1105,31-1114,7; sabbaṁ ~āyaṁ vut-
taṁ, Sp 1370,32.

" 346862357848264704,kaṭhinamaṇḍapa,en,"

kaṭhina-maṇḍapa

, m., (t.t. Vin.) a temporary
shed or hall where the kaṭhina cīvaras are prepared;
cf. kaṭhinasālā, q.v.; anujānāmi bhikkhave kaṭhina-
sālaṁ -an ti, Vin II 117,14.

" 346862354505404416,kaṭhinanisaṃsā,en,"

kaṭhinânisaṁsā

, f. [kaṭhina + ānisaṁsā], (t.t.
Vin.) the kaṭhina privileges, i.e., the privileges that
accrue to a monk who has participated in the kaṭhi-
na ceremony; atthatakaṭhinassa hi bhikkhuno yāva
imeh' ākārehi cīvarapalibodho na chijjati, tāva ~aṁ
labhati, Kkh 53,20; — °-mūlaka, mfn., stemming
from the kaṭhina privileges; bhikkhuṇīsaṅgho
jinnacīvaro ~o mahālābho ti, Sp 931,24; — °-
vattha, n., clothing that is due to the kaṭhina
privileges; aññāni ca bahūni ~āni deti, Sp 1108,12.

" 346862354517987328,kaṭhinānisaṃsā,en,"

kaṭhinânisaṁsā

" 346862357873430528,kaṭhinarajju,en,"

kaṭhina-rajju

, f., (t.t. Vin.) the string(s) used for
fixing the kaṭhina cloth on to the stitching frame
(ct. so.; = ²kaṭhina); anujānāmi bhikkhave kaṭhinaṁ
~uṁ tattha tattha obandhitvā cīvaraṁ sibbetun ti,
Vin II 116,11 (~un [so read with v.l.] ti y[ā/a]ya dupaṭṭa-
cīvaraṁ [so read with v.l.] sibbantā kaṭhine cīvaraṁ
bandhanti, Sp 1206,9).

" 346862357957316608,kaṭhinasadisa,en,"

kaṭhina-sadisa

, mfn., similar to the kaṭhina
(cf. kaṭhinasamuṭṭhāna, q.v.); samuṭṭhānâdīni ~ānī
ti, Kkh 205,25; — ifc. paṭhama-° (Sp 659,22).

" 346862358095728640,kaṭhinasālā,en,"

kaṭhina-sālā

, f., the kaṭhina room, i.e., the room
where the kaṭhina cīvaras are prepared; cf. kaṭhina-
maṇḍapa; v. ³kaṭhina; anujānāmi bhikkhave ~aṁ
kaṭhinamaṇḍapan ti, Vin II 117,14; ~āya tiṇacuṇṇaṁ
paripatati, 117,21.

" 346862355591729152,kaṭhinasambhāva,en,"

kaṭhina-sambhāva

, mfn., having an origin
that is subsumed under kaṭhina; cf. kaṭhinasamuṭ-
ṭhāna, q.v.; dvisamuṭṭhānikā dhamma niddiṭṭhā kā-
yavācato kāyavācâdito c' eva sabbe ~ā, Utt-vn 389.

" 346862104742989824,kaṭhinasamuṭṭhāna,en,"

kaṭhina-samuṭṭhāna,

cf. O. v. Hinüber, JPTS XVI 1992: 63.

" 346862357982482432,kaṭhinasamuṭṭhāna,en,"

kaṭhina-samuṭṭhāna

, mfn. and n., (t.t. Vin.) 1.
(mfn.) (a precept [sikkhāpada] or an offence [āpatti])
whose samuṭṭhānas are subsumed under kaṭhina; ~
denotes the type of samuṭṭhāna that is exemplified
by the first Nissaggiya, i.e., bodily, verbal, and men-
tal samuṭṭhānas in the following two combinations:
(1) kāya + vācā, (2) kāya + vācā + citta, according to
the classification of the Parivāra; cf. DBMT s.v.
samuṭṭhāna; 2. (n.) a samuṭṭhāna similar to the
kaṭhina; — 1. sikkhāpadaṁ nāma atthi chasamuṭ-
ṭhānaṁ [so read; Ee two words] ... atthi ~aṁ, Sp
270,22; 650,25; 719,22; ~aṁ kāyavācato kāyavācācittato
ca samuṭṭhāti, 936,15 = 939,28 = 946,22; yā tatiyachaṭ-
ṭhehi samuṭṭhāti, ayaṁ ~ā nāma, Kkh 23,20; — 2.
~aṁ niṭṭhitaṁ, Vin V 88,23; title of Utt-v 385-389.

" 346862358070562816,kaṭhinasāṭaka,en,"

kaṭhina-sāṭaka

, n., the kaṭhina cloth; sace tas-
miṁ anatthate yeva, añño ~aṁ āharati, Sp 1108,11,25;
1110,28.

" 346862356032131072,kaṭhinasikkhāpada,en,"

Kaṭhina-sikkhāpada

, n., precept concerning
the kaṭhina; titles of Vin III 195,1-197,34 (= nissaggiya
1); 198,1-202,30 (= nissaggiya 2; v. Uddositasikkhāpa-
da); 202,31-205,19 (= nissaggiya 3); — ifc.
pathama-° (Sp 658,1; ~-vaṇṇanā, Sp 650,30); ta-
tiya-° (~-vaṇṇanā, Sp 659,23).

" 346862358120894464,kaṭhinasūci,en,"

kaṭhina-sūci

, f., a kaṭhina needle, i.e., a needle
for stitching the kaṭhina cloth; the context in which
~ is used viz. the properties of the Buddha's tongue
(pahūtajivhatā, one of the 32 mahāpurisalakkhaṇas)
shows that it must have been a circular needle (cf.
the expression taṁ jivhaṁ ~i viya vaṭṭetvā, q.v. in-
fra); anumasī ti ~iṁ viya katvā anumajji ... jivhaṁ
nīharitvā ~iṁ viya katvā ... dakkhiṇakaṇṇasotaṁ
paveservā tato nīharitvā vāmakaṇṇasotaṁ pavesesi,
Sv 276,10 = Ps III 370,4; so ... taṁ jivhaṁ ~i viya vaṭ-
ṭetvā ... ubho kaṇṇasotāni parimasati, Sv 450,24 - Ps
III 382,7; assa sakalasarīraṁ ~īhi āvijjhitaṁ viya jā-
taṁ, Spk I 302,22; — °-sadisa-loma, mfn., (bhvr.)
with hair like kaṭhina needles; Sūcilomassā ti,
~assa, Spk I 302,14 (ad S I 207,3).

" 346862355402985472,kaṭhinatā,en,"

kaṭhinatā

, f. [abstr.; cf. kaṭhinabhāva, q.v.], hard-
ness, stiffness; yā amudutā amaddavatā kakkhaḷatā
~ā ... ayaṁ vuccati amaddavo, Vibh 359,33; — ifc.
a-°.

" 346862358141865984,kaṭhinatapatāpita,en,"

kaṭhinâtapa-tāpita

, mfn. [kaṭhina + ātapa +
tāpita], burned by the severe heat of the sun; abbho-
kāsagataṁ santaṁ ~aṁ puññakammena saṁyuttaṁ
na bhavissati vedanā, Ap 345,1.

" 346862358154448896,kaṭhinātapatāpita,en,"

kaṭhinâtapa-tāpita

, mfn. [kaṭhina + ātapa +
tāpita], burned by the severe heat of the sun; abbho-
kāsagataṁ santaṁ ~aṁ puññakammena saṁyuttaṁ
na bhavissati vedanā, Ap 345,1.

" 346862352957706240,kaṭhinatatta,en,"

kaṭhina-tatta

, mfn., baked hard (by the sun);
Sukhumālassa kulaputtassa ~āya paṭhaviyā gachan-
tassa pādatalesu phoṭā uṭṭhahitvā bhijjanti, Ps V
44,20.

" 346862357504331776,kathinatthara,en,"

kathin'-atthara

, m. [kaṭhina + atthāra; cf. kaṭhi-
nattharaṇa], (t.t. Vin.) spreading of the kaṭhina cloth,
i.e., the performance of the kaṭhina ceremony; pañcâ-
nisaṁsā ~e, Vin V 129,24; kati nu kho bhante ānisaṁ-
sā ~e ti, 205,5; Sp 1106,23; ettha ~aṁ ke labhanti ke na
labhantī ti, 1107,10 (ad Vin I 254,12); 1112,11 (ad Vin I
255,19); — °-samaya, m., the time of the spreading
of the kaṭhina cloth, i.e., performing the kaṭhina ce-
remony; ~e uppanne kaṭhinacīvare ... bhikkhū sib-
biṁsu cīvaraṁ, Bv IX 7.

" 346862357550469120,kathinattharaka,en,"

kathin'-attharaka

, m.(fn.) [kaṭhina + atthāra-
ka], (the person) spreading the kaṭhina cloth, i.e.,
performing the kaṭhina ceremony; ~enâpi dham-
mena samena uppannaṁ kaṭhinaṁ attharitabbaṁ,
Sp 1108,3; kālavipannaṁ nāma ajja dāyakehi dinnaṁ
sve saṅgho ~assa deti, 1370,23.

" 346862354610262016,kathinattharakusala,en,"

kathin'-atthara-kusala

, mfn. [kaṭhina +
atthāra], fit for spreading the kaṭhina cloth, i.e., fit
for performing the kaṭhina ceremony; sace
purimikāya upagatā ~ā na honti, Sp 1107,26.

" 346862357479165952,kathinattharana,en,"

kathin'-attharana

, n. [kaṭhina + attharaṇa; cf.
kaṭhinatthāra, q.v.], (t.t. Vin.) spreading of the
kaṭhina cloth, i.e., performance of the kaṭhina cere-
mony; (in uddāna) ~aṁ, Vin I 266,11*.

" 346862357604995072,kaṭhinatthārasāṭaka,en,"

kaṭhin'-atthāra-sāṭaka

, n. [kaṭhina + atthāra],
cloth from the spreading of the kaṭhina, i.e., from
the performance of the kaṭhina ceremony; ~aṁ
labhitvā suṭṭhu dhovitvā sūci-ādīni cīvarakammu-
pakaraṇāni sajjetvā, Sp 1108,7.

" 346862354668982272,kaṭhinatthāravagga,en,"

Kaṭhin'-atthāra-vagga

, m. [kaṭhina + atthāra],
section on the spreading the kaṭhina cloth, i.e., per-
forming the kaṭhina ceremony; title of Vin V 205,5-
206,18.

" 346862104759767040,kaṭhinatthāravaggavaṇṇanā,en,"

Kaṭhin’-atthāra-vagga-vaṇṇanā,

f., commentary on the section on spreading the kaṭhina cloth, title of Sp 1379,15–35; ~ā niṭṭhitā, Sp 1279,36.

" 346862354211803136,kaṭhinatthatasīmā,en,"

kaṭhin'-atthata-sīmā

, f. [kaṭhina + atthata],
the boundary within which the kathiṇa ceremony is
performed; tattha ~āyaṁ matakacīvaraṁ vā hotu
saṅghaṁ uddissa dinnaṁ ... taṁ tesaṁ bhavissatī
ti attho, Sp 1107,6 (ad Vin I 254,10).

" 346862357898596352,kaṭhinavagga,en,"

Kaṭhina-vagga

, m.; title of the first section of
the Mahāvibhaṅga ~ Vin V 1,5-10,5 and title of V
35,8-33.

" 346862357927956480,kaṭhinavatta,en,"

kaṭhina-vatta

, n., the kaṭhina service; ye pi ...
ācariyupajjhāyavattaṁ vā ~aṁ vā karomā ti sibbanti
tesaṁ pi ... āpattiyo, Sp 805,14; idaṁ hi ~aṁ nāma
buddhappasatthaṁ, atīte Padumuttaro hi bhagavā
~aṁ akāsi, 1109,4,5.

" 346862355956633600,kaṭhinavattha,en,"

kaṭhina-vattha

, n., the kaṭhina cloth; dānaṁ
~assa dānaṁ matakavāsaso, Vin-vn 3001.

" 346862534042587136,kāṭhiñña,en,"

kāṭhiñña

, n. [abstr. < kaṭhina, q.v.; sa. kāṭhinya],
hardness; °-sādhanaṁ, Bhes 3:12 (cf. dānihya, Aṣṭāṅ-
gahṛdayasūtrasthāna 2.8b).

" 346862357156204544,kaṭhinubbhara,en,"

kaṭhin'-ubbhara

, m. [kaṭhina + ubbhāra (q.v.);
cf. kaṭhin'-uddhāra, q.v. supra], suspension of the
kaṭhina [privileges (ānisaṁsā) that accrue to a
monk]; (in uddāna) ~ā, Vin V 137,17*; ~aṁ hi etā aṭṭha
janettiyo, Sp 1112,13 (ad Vin I 255,19); 1195,19 = 1396,3
(with reading -uddhāro).

" 346862356455755776,kaṭhinuddhara,en,"

kaṭhin'-uddhara

, m. [kaṭhina + uddhāra; cf.
kaṭhinubbhāra, q.v.], (t.t. Vin.) suspension of the
kaṭhina [privileges (ānisaṁsā) that accrue to a
monk]; the Vin enumerates eight causes for ~, scil.
pakkamanantika, niṭṭhānantika, sanniṭṭhānantika,
nāsanantika, savanantika, āsāvacchedika, sīmâtik-
kantika, sahubbhāra, qq.v.; cf. DBMT s.v.; Vin I
255,19-22; tassa bhikkhuno pakkamanantiko ~o,
255,24; tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko ~o, 259,15;
262,5; 266,15*; 267,2*; atha kho so upāsako ... ~aṁ yāci,
IV 287,21; 288,1; V 177,34; etasmiṁ pana niṭṭhānantike
~e āvāsapalibodho paṭhamaṁ chijjati, Sp 1112,28;
1113,33; evaṁ pabhedato ~aṁ dassetvā, idāni ye ye
tena tena ~ena palibodhā chijjantī ti vuttā, 1114,1,2
(ad Vin I 265,8); Kkh 183,9; — ifc. sabba-° (Sp
1113,7); — °-divasa, m., the day of the suspension,
cancellation of the kaṭhina (privileges); atthate
kaṭhine ~aṁ atikkāmeti, Vin III 262,3; IV 287,4; Kkh
182,26; — °-vasa, m.; ~ena uddhāro veditabbo, Kkh
133,28.[[side 53]]

" 346862104726212608,kaṭhinuddhāra,en,"

kaṭhin’-uddhāra

, cf. W. B. Bollée, IIJ XI 1969: 316.

" 346862358183809024,kaṭhinupapada,en,"

kaṭhinûpapada

, (m)f(n). [kaṭhina + upapada],
an offense (āpatti) having an origin that is sub-
sumed under kaṭhina; cf. kaṭhinasamuṭṭhāna, q.v.; yā
pana samuṭṭhānavasenâyaṁ ~ā matā, Utt-vn 344
(Utt-vn-ṭ II 446,23).

" 346862358192197632,kaṭhinūpapada,en,"

kaṭhinûpapada

" 346862255490469888,kathita,en,"

kathita

, n. [pp. of katheti (q.v.)], the act of talking,
speaking; conversation; exposition; — lex. lit.: udīritañ
ca ~aṁ, gaditaṁ saṇitoditā, Abh 755 (katha vākya-
pabandhe, Abh-ṭ ad loc.); — purimesu divasesu
tumhehi saddhiṁ kiñci ~aṁ, Ja I 230,20; deva, mā
kathayittha ... kiṁ vo imina duṭṭhabrāhmaṇena
saddhiṁ ~enā ti, VI 413,20; yādisena ~ena paccatthi-
kā ca niggahaṁ gacchanti, Sp 1153,30; yo abhūtan ti
kathesi ~aṁ vā na saddahati taṁ dāsaṁ katvā, Ps
III 111,14; na māṇavo ~assa atthaṁ aññāsi, V 11,6;
— °âvasāna, n., the end of (somebody's) talking; Su-
maṅgalo pana parisāya ~e uṭṭhāya, Ja III 443,12.

" 346862255553384448,kathita,en,"

kathita

, mfn. [pp. of katheti, q.v.], 1.a.(i) said, spo-
ken; (ii) pronounced; formulated, enunciated, stated;
(iii) conversed, discussed; only recorded in cpd. kathita-
pubba; (iv) mentioned; (v) meant; (vi) called; b .
preached, taught; 2. recited; 3. told, related, narrated; 4.
expounded, explained; 5. answered; 6. asked; only record-
ed in cpd. kathitapucchā, q.v. infra; — Rem.: all syn-
tactical cpd.s with ~ that are without particular lexico-
graphical interest are merely listed under their proper
categories without regard for the semantics of the nomi-
nals qualified by ~; — 1.a.(i) ekacce tena ~aṁ suka-
thitan ti abhinandiṁsu, Ja IV 72,27 = 73,4; yañ ca lo-
ke vuttan ti yaṁ loke ~aṁ voharitaṁ tena voharati,
Ps III 208,12 (ad M I 500,34); — °-pubba, mfn.; yā
pabbajitadivasato paṭṭhāya bhikkhunā saddhiṁ
dve kathā nāma na ~ā, Spk III 183,31; — 1.a.(ii) ikā-
rantavasena ~assa saniggahītâgamāni rūpāni nic-
caṁ bhavantī ti, Sadd 541,20; — °-byañjana, n.;
~aṁ, Nidd-a I 3,16; — °-manta, ft.; mayā ~aṁ rak-
khituṁ na sakkhissatī ti, Ja V 78,15' (ad 77,11*); —
1.a.(iii) °-pubba, mfn., atthi nu kho hatthisālāsamī-
pe rattibhāge kehici kiñci ~an ti, Ja I 187,24; mayā e-
kassa sahāyakassa ~aṁ, tena na kassaci ~aṁ, VI
383,3; bahuṁ mayā tumhehi saddhiṁ ~an, Ps III
199,20; — 1.a.(iv) kattha pan' ete ~ā, Ps II 353,6; heṭ-
ṭhā ~āni dve saccāni paṭinivattetvā gūḷhaṁ katvā,
359,24; — °-kathita-ṭṭhāna, n.; te ... therena ~e vi-
passanaṁ paṭṭhapetvā, Spk II 317,16; — °-guṇa, m.;
mayā ~ā appā, Ps II 295,13; — °-dhamma, m.; ~e ...
ekato samodhānetvā, Ps II 353,4; — °-puggala, m.; i-
daṁ suttaṁ paṭhamasutte ~ānaṁ vasen' eva ~aṁ,
Mp III 115,18; — 1.a.(v) vimuttasmiṁ vimuttan iti
... idha paccavekkhaṇā ~ā, Ps II 115,22 (ad M I
139,14); — 1.a.(vi) ime yeva Jātake devadhammā ti
~ā, Ps II 314,7; purimāni hi dve suttāni etass' eva
~āni. saṁyuttake Avyāvaṭaṁ Saṁyuttaṁ nāma e-
tass' eva ~aṁ, III 199,21; — 1.b. thero ... satthārā
~aṁ sāsanaṁ (Be kathitasāsanaṁ) ārocesi, Mp I
44,6; tayā ~aṁ dhammakathaṁ buddhānaṁ kathi-
taniyāmen' eva mayhaṁ pi kathetuṁ paccāsiṁsāmī
ti, 242,19,22; — °-kathā, f.; diṭṭhasutamutaviññātava-
sena arahatte pakkhipitvā ~ā etena na sutapubbā,
Ps V 79,24; Dasabalena ~ā, Mp I 246,17 = Th-a I
147,16; dvīhi janehi ~aṁ pakāsento, Dhp-a I 34,1; —
°-kathā-magga, m.; āyasmatā Vaṅgīsena devatāya
ca ~aṁ (so read with v.l.; Ee °mattaṁ) aṭṭhuppattiṁ
katvā, Vv-a 164,29; — °-dhamma, m.; mayā ~o,
Dhp-a I 382,25; saṁkhittena bhāsitassā ti saṁkhitte-
na ~assa, Mp I 204,24; — °-dhamma-kathā, f.; ~ā su-
kathitā bhavissati, Sv 666,11; — °-dhamma-desanā,
f.; paccayaloluppaṁ nimmathetvā ~aṁ ... paresaṁ
desessanti, Ja I 340,25 = Sp-ṭ II 310,5; — °-vatta, n.;
kiṁ pana mayaṁ tayā ~e vattissāmā ti avatvā,
Dhp-a I 69,2; — °-vācā, f.; tayā ~āya anucchavikaṁ
maṁsakhaṇḍaṁ labhissasi, Ja III 49,20; — °-vāda,
m.; avaṭṭhitavādā ti patiṭṭhahitvā ~ā Nidd-a Be I
319,24 (Ee omits at 302,3); — °-sāsana, n.; attano ~aṁ
tassa kathetvā, Mp I 425,8; — 2. — °-(k)khaṇa, n.,
the moment when (a verse) was recited (by someone,
with gen. and instr.); bodhisattena pana imāya gāthā-
ya ~e yeva, Ja IV 103,1 ≠ Cp-a 166,28 (referring to and
quoting the Jātakaṭṭhakathā); — °-kathā-vatthu-ppa-
karaṇa, n.; Moggaliputtatissattherena ~assa, Vmv I
23,21; — °-gāthā, f.; pubbe Upakena attanā ca ~āyo
udānavasena ekajjhaṁ katvā, Thī-a 222,30; tesaṁ
vacanapaṭivacanavasena ~ā (v.l. saṅgītigāthā) honti,
Ja V 323,21; — °-divasa, m., the day on which (a sutta)
was recited (with acc. or gen.); imassa suttassa ~ato
paṭṭhāya (so read with v.l.), Ja IV 212,11; Sāmañña-
phalasuttaṁ ~e (v.l. °phalasuttakathita°), Ps III 11,5;
imaṁ suttaṁ ~e, Spk I 67,23 (ad S I 26,4); — 3.
°-guyha, n.; tena ~aṁ yathā aññe na jānanti, Mp-ṭ
III 166,17 (ad Mp IV 24,20); — °-niyāma, m.; taruṇiṭ-
ṭhiyā ca gaṇikāya ca gāmabhojakassa ca rañño ~ena
sāsanaṁ ārocetvā, Ja II 310,9; Nandabrāhmaṇena
~en' eva gāthānaṁ thutiṁ katvā, V 493,29 = Cp-a
256,3; Ps II 275,21; III 212,11; Mp I 439,24; Cp-a 99,24;
— °-magga, m.; so tāya ~ena taṁ gehaṁ gato, Ja VI
366,7; — 4. aṭṭhakathâcariyehi Vibhaṅge ~aṁ ... ka-
thayissāma, Sp 206,22; Bhagavatā kathāya samārad-
dhāya sahasā ~an ti, Ps II 105,17 foll.; āgamanīye ~e
pana, 367,23; sīlaṁ ~aṁ, 108,10; — °-upāya, m.; tum-
hehi) (so read) ~e ṭhatvā, Ja I 122,12 = Mp I 220,5 ≠
432,3; — °-kāraṇa, n.; ~aṁ sallakkhenti, Sp 963,9; ye
va ~aṁ (Be so; Ee °aṁ k°) sallakkhenti, Sv 467,34 =
Ps II 179,19 = Spk I 200,29; — °-kilesa-ppahāna, n.;
~assa vitthārakathā, Paṭis-a 689,7; — °-naya, m.; so
pi pitu ~en' eva attano atthaṁ sādhetvā, Ja II 237,10;
tattha ~en' eva gahetabbā, Ps II 366,7 = Spk III 96,8;
— °-lakkhaṇa, mfn.; esā kathikasaṇṭhitī ti evaṁ ~ā
dhammakathā, Ps-pṭ III 17,6 (ad Ps II 203,10*); — 5.
mayā tumhākaṁ ayaṁ paṅho ~o ti, Ja I 165,28; ~ā
ca visajjitā ca te pañhā Bhagavatā honti, Nidd I
180,8 = 358,28 = 452,29 ≠ II 137,28; tumhehi vādasa-
hassaṁ pucchitaṁ, mayā ~aṁ, Ps II 270,5; pañho
~o, IV 110,9; — ifc. duk-° (Ja VI 209,17; 210,3); su-°
(Ja IV 72,27; 73,4; Mp IV 167,20); — 6. °-pucchā, f.;
therena ~āya, Spk-pṭ II 245,9.[[side 140]]

" 346862256237056000,kathitā,en,"

kathitā

, f., speech; only recorded in lex. lit.: utti vācā
girā vāṇī, bhāratī kathitā vacī, Abh 105 (kathīyate ti
~ā, Abh-ṭ ad loc).

" 346862356657082368,kaṭhita,en,"

kaṭhita

, mfn. [pp. < ¹kaṭhati, q.v.; cf. the variants
kaṭṭhita, kathita, kuthita, kudhita, qq.v.; sa. kvathita;
Amg. kaḍhia; the reading ~ represents the Sinhalese
tradition, whereas the older Burmese tradition has
kudhita, later corrected to kuthita; v. IIJ 21 1979:
21-26], 1.a. boiling (only recorded in cpd., q.v.
infra); b. burning; 2. (of water) foul; — 1.b. san-
tattā ~ā (v.l. kudh-) bhūmi, Ap 525,17; kinnu kho ...
niraye ... nerayikā sattā jalitā ~ā tattā santattā ...
maccuno bhāyanti, Mil 146,1; 325,11; — 2. ~ā (v.ll.
kudh-, kuth-, kuṭṭh-) sandatī ti tattā santattā hutvā
sandati, Sp 512,13 (ad Vin III 108,17: kuthita) ≠ Ps V 5,4
[with reading kuth-; v.ll. kath-, kudh-, kuṭṭh-]); —
in long cpd. at Mil 357,16; — ifc. jalita-° (Mil
323,27); santatta-° (Ap 521,20 [v.l. -kudh-]; Mil
397,21); su-° (Mil 258,6).

" 346862104852041728,kaṭhita,en,"

kaṭhita,

cf. J. Sakamoto-Goto, Panels of the VIIth World Skt. Conference 1987. VI/VII 1991: 13.

" 346862255930871808,kathitagītaroditasadda,en,"

kathita-gīta-rodita-sadda

, m., the sound of talking,
singing and crying; tesu itthisaddo ti itthiyā cittasa-
muṭṭhāno ~o (Be °gīta-vādita°), Mp I 23,24 (ad A I
1,18; kathitasaddo ālāpâdisaddo, Mp-ṭ I 68,4).

" 346862356753551360,kaṭhitagomaya,en,"

[

kaṭhita-gomaya

, v.l. at Ps II 58,7 for kuthita-
gomaya]

" 346862255884734464,kathitakāla,en,"

kathita-kāla

, m., 1. the time told (by someone; with
instr.); 2. the time when (someone) answered; — 1. rājā
kira nemittakehi ~ato paṭṭhāya ohitasoto va carati,
Sv 456,3; — 2. tena heṭṭhā kathitanayen' eva ~e nā-
gare āmantetvā, Ja VI 477,27.

" 346862255834402816,kathitakamma,en,"

kathita-kamma

, n. [cf. sa. kathitakarman], (t.t.gr.)
the explicit direct object; used of the direct object of verbs
constructed with two aces; opp. a-°; bhagavā bhikkhū
etad avoca (...). bhikkhū ti akathitakammaṁ, etaṁ
ti ~aṁ, yassa kammano pubbassa yo kattā so bha-
gavā, Kacc-v ad Kacc 279; rājānaṁ etad abravi (= Ja
IV 462,2) ice ādisu (cf. Sadd 600,27 foll.) ajâdayo ~aṁ
nāma ... tathā hi ajaṁ gāmaṁ nayatī ti ettha ajo
~aṁ, Sadd 692,27,29; dhamman ti ~aṁ, 696,20; —
°-tta, n. [abstr.], the fact of being the explicit direct ob-
ject; Sadd 696,15.

" 346862256287387648,kathitakāra,en,"

kathitâkāra

, m., the said form; ~aṁ dassento, Ap-a
231,13.

" 346862256304164864,kathitākāra,en,"

kathitâkāra

, m., the said form; ~aṁ dassento, Ap-a
231,13.

" 346862255662436352,kathitakathāmatta,en,"

[

kathita-kathā-matta

, w.r. at Vv-a 164,29, for which
read kathitakathāmagga with v.l.]

" 346862256492908544,kathitameṇḍitavacana,en,"

kathitâmeṇḍita-vacana

, n. [kathita + āmeṇḍita
(q.v.)], a word reduplication that has been enunciated
(according to the conditions specified in the verse quoted
at Sadd 40,27-28 = Sp 170,24-25; on which, cf. O. H.
PIND, JPTS XIII 1989: 74-75); bhayakodhâdisu up-
pannesu °-vasena vā, Sadd 38,35 ≠ 40,12-24.

" 346862256505491456,kathitāmeṇḍitavacana,en,"

kathitâmeṇḍita-vacana

" 346862256354496512,kathitanukathana,en,"

kathitânukathana

, n. [ts.; kathita + anu°], (t.t.gr.)
the act of repeating what has already been mentioned; cf.
Mahā-bh ad Pāṇ II 4 32; used in gramm. lit. for defin-
ing the function of the anaphoric pronoun ena (q.v.); —
°-visaye, ¹ind., concerning ~; adv. loc.; ima-etasaddā-
naṁ ~e dutiyāyaṁ enâdeso hoti, Mogg-v ad Mogg
II 203.

" 346862256371273728,kathitānukathana,en,"

kathitânukathana

" 346862256425799680,kathitanusārena,en,"

kathitânusārena

, ²ind. [kathita + anu°], according
to what has been explained; adv. instr.; sammativinic-
chayo 'pi ~en' eva jānitabbo, Sp 1121,21.

" 346862256442576896,kathitānusārena,en,"

kathitânusārena

, ²ind. [kathita + anu°], according
to what has been explained; adv. instr.; sammativinic-
chayo 'pi ~en' eva jānitabbo, Sp 1121,21.

" 346862256136392704,kathitasadda,en,"

kathita-sadda

, m., the word kathita; ~o ālāpâdisad-
do, Mp-ṭ I 68,4 (ad Mp I 23,24: kathitagītaroditasad-
do).

" 346862255607910400,kathitasadisaṃ,en,"

kathita-sadisaṁ

, ²ind., in the same way as (somebo-
dy) answered; sāmaṇero puna pi pubbe ~aṁ eva ka-
thesi, Sp 41,7 (""he answered exactly as he did before"").

" 346862239489200128,kathitatā,en,"

kathitatā

, f. [abstr.], the fact of being said; saññatto
so mayā ti ādinā ~ā, Kkh-ṭ 315,21.[[side 141]]

" 346862356820660224,kaṭhitatta,en,"

[

kaṭhitatta

, w.r. at Sp 682,20 for kathitatta, which
read with Ce]

" 346862256077672448,kathitattha,en,"

kathit'-attha

, mfn., (bhvr.) whose meaning has been
(explicitly) stated; used in gloss as a synonym for nītat-
tha; nītattho suttanto ti dīpetī ti ~o ayaṁ suttanto ti
vadati, Mp II 118,9 (ad A I 60,13).

" 346862256035729408,kathitaṭṭhāna,en,"

kathita-ṭṭhāna

, n., 1. the place that was told (by
someone; with instr.); 2. the place where (someone) had a
conversation (with somebody else; with saddhiṁ +
instr.); — 1. pitarā ~aṁ agamāsi, Ja III 485,19'; — 2.
devī pi usukārena saddhiṁ ~e + ... ti sabbaṭṭhāne-
su cetiyāni kāretvā, Ja VI 68,10 foll.

" 346862256555823104,kathitokasa,en,"

kathit'-okasa

, m., the occasion when (something) was
explained; atthaṁ ~e anussareyya, dhammaṁ saṁ-
yamaṁ brahmacariyaṁ ~e anussareyya, Pj II
333,23,24.

" 346862356858408960,kaṭhitudaka,en,"

kaṭhitûdaka

, mfn. [kaṭhita + udaka], boiling
water; ~e (v.ll. kuthitu-, kuṭṭhitū-) pakkhipitvā se-
ditā taṇḍuḷā vuccanti, Sp 823,15.

" 346862356866797568,kaṭhitūdaka,en,"

kaṭhitûdaka

, mfn. [kaṭhita + udaka], boiling
water; ~e (v.ll. kuthitu-, kuṭṭhitū-) pakkhipitvā se-
ditā taṇḍuḷā vuccanti, Sp 823,15.

" 346862256690040832,kathīyati,en,"

kathīyati

or kathiy(y)ati, pr. 3 sg. [pass, of katheti,
q.v.; cf. kacchati, q.v.; Mittelindisch § 460; the readings
kathiyyati, kathiyati, however, are orthographic vari-
ants], 1.a. to be expressed, enunciated; b. to be spoken,
said; hence: (i) (with kathā) to be taught, preached; (ii)
(with vaṇṇā) to be praised; c. to be called; d. to be men-
tioned; 2. to be told, related; 3. to be explained, expound-
ed; — forms: pr. 3 sg. ~ati; 3 pl. -anti; part. ~amāna;
— 1.a. vaṇṇīyati, ~ati attho etehī ti vaṇṇā, Sadd
604,21; bhikkhuniddesaṁ ~iyamānaṁ assosi, Spk I
103,14; — 1.b.(i) te vaṇṇe ~amāne (o.v. ~iya°) avaṇ-
ṇaṁ eva kathenti, Ps IV 82,15; — 1.b.(ii) imāya ka-
thāya ~iyamānāya (o.v. kathīya°), Ps 277,18; (°kathā-
ya) kacchamānāyā ti ~amānāya, Mp III 293,11 (ad A
III 181,9); — 1.e. pavuccatī ti ~iyati (o.v. ~iyyati)
bhaṇiyati +, Nidd I 127,15; upasanto ti vuccatī ti ...
vuccati pavuccati ~iyati (o.v. ~iyyati) bhaṇiyati +,
210,11 ≠ 253,22 = 431,4; (vuccati =) ~ati, bhaṇīyati +,
II 119,21; anuttariyā ti akkhāyatī ti asadisā ~iyyati
(o.v. ~iyati), Ps IV 18,20 (ad M II 229,32); oghatiṇṇo ti
vuccatī ti, caturoghatiṇṇo ti ~ati, Spk I 24,28 (ad S I
3,16); vuccare ti vuccanti -anti, Mp II 205,8 (ad A I
132,12) - It-a II 160,30 (ad It 110,14); ~iyati, 174,8; ~i-
yati, 174,35 (ad It 116,23); — 1.d. atītabuddhānaṁ
yāv' ajjadivasā nāmagottaṁ ~ati, Spk I 100,3; — 2.
te attanā paṭiviḍḍhaṭṭhāne ~iyamāne akilamantā va
sallakkhessantī ti, Ps III 27,22; akkhāyati ~iyati pañ-
ñāpiyatī ti akkheyyaṁ kathāvatthu, It-a II 31,28 (ad
It 53,24); — 3. evaṁ hi ~amāne pāḷikkamen' eva
vaṇṇanā katā hoti, Sp 206,23; 322,10; parehi vā ~iya-
mānaṁ rūpâdisampattiṁ, Ps II 143,33; imesu pana
pabbatesu paṭipāṭiyā ~iyamānesu, IV 127,18; khan-
dhadhātu-āyatanâdisu ~amānesu, Mp IV 141,2 (ad
A IV 296,4).

" 346862252718034944,kathojja,en,"

kathôjja

, n. [< kathā + ujja (< sa. udya; cf. Pan III 1
106; Pj II 672)], dispute, controversy; according to Nidd
~ is used of sterile (anojava[t]) controversy; v. CPD
s.v.; — exeg.: ~aṁ vuccati kalaho bhaṇḍanaṁ vigga-
ho vivādo medhagaṁ; athavā -an ti anojavantī sa
kathā, Nidd I 163,21 foll. (ad Sn 825, q.v. infra); — va-
denti te aññasitā ~aṁ, Sn 825 (= kalahaṁ, Pj II
541,8); virame ~aṁ, 828 (= kalahaṁ, Pj II 541,30).

" 346862358213169152,kaṭhora,en,"

kaṭhora

, mfn. [ts.; CDIAL 2651; cf. kaṭhina], hard,
stiff; only recorded in gramm. lit. and lex. lit.; —
gramm. lit.: ~o = thaddho, Mogg-v ad Mogg VII 173;
— lex. lit.: ~aṁ, Abh-ṭ 466,21.

" 346862275073675264,kati,en,"

kat(i)

, [cf. ¹kat(a), ¹kantati, qq.v; sa. √1kṛt;
sa-Dhātup VI 141], the verbal root¹kat(i); ~i cchede,
Dhātum 614; (cf. Dhātup 380) ≠ Sadd 362,23 ≠ 472,1.¹kati

" 346862275379859456,kati,en,"

kati

, f. [cf. sa. kṛti], 1. deed; only recorded ifc.: 2. a
(literary) work; — 1. ifc. pubba-° (pubbekatī [v.ll. -i,
katavi, katti], Ja V 241,11*); — 2. kattari kitappac-
cayayoge: Buddhaghosassa ~i. Buddhaghosena vā,
evaṁ Kaccāyanassa ~i. Kaccāyanena vā, Sadd
725,13 ≠ Rūp-v Ce 111,28 ≠ Mmd (1910) 261,36.

" 346862275325333504,kati,en,"

kati

, mfn. [ts.; < ⁵ka (q.v.) + ti; GEIGER § 1114,
EWA-2 s.v. káti], interrogative pronominal derivative
with a numerical sense: how many; ~ is often followed by
the enclitics nu kho or pana; v. infra; — gramm. lit.:
(on the declension of ~) ~i purisā tiṭṭhanti +, Sadd
261,9 foll.; bahukatinnaṁ namhi bahuno ~issa ca
nuk hoti: bahunnaṁ, ~innaṁ, Mogg-v (ad Mogg II
50); ṭi ~imhā. ~imhā yonaṁ ṭi hoti: ~i tiṭṭhanti, ~i
passa, Mogg II 175; — (nom. pl.) ~i loke samaṇā, tad
iṁgha brūhi, Sn 83 (~ī ti atthappabhedapucchā, Pj
II 161,12); ~i vassasahassāni, Ja IV 6,8*; ~i āpattiyo
kāyikā, Vin V 210,2* foll.; ~i phalāni, D III 132,11; ~i
chinde ~i jahe, S I 3,15; pañcannaṁ khandhānaṁ ~i
kusalā +, Vibh 61,29; ~ī, Nidd I 467,6; ~ī, 467,22; ~i
loke bandhanānī ti, Mil 287,24; — (instr. pl.) ~ihi ...
aṅgehi samannāgataṁ brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇaṁ
paññāpenti, D I 119,31; M I 294,4; Mil 78,11; ~īhi pi ty
āyaṁ āvuso saṅghāṭī bhavissati, Vin III 241,6 (Sp
699,20); rājā ~īhi (C^ks ~ihi) pi janehi saddhiṁ eka-
mante aṭṭhāsi, Ja IV 258,12; Dhātuk 8,2 foll.; ~ībhi
rajam āneti ~ībhi parisujjhati, Sadd 261,13 (cf. S I
3,23); — (gen. pl.) ~īnaṁ ca ratticchedo, Vin V 211,1*;
~īnaṁ (v.I ~innaṁ) ... dhammānam samannāga-
manahetu, S V 346,27 ≠ 362,18; — (loc. pl.) cuditena
pana bhante bhikkhunā ~īsu dhammesu patiṭṭhā-
tabban ti, Vin II 251,2; — ~i + nu kho; ~i nu kho
amhākaṁ sikkhāpadāni, Vin I 83,29; M I 396,29; S I
98,5; Mil 83,21; ~īhi nu kho bhante dhammehi sam-
annāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā ... nirayam
upapajjatī ti, IV 240,20 = A I 281,17; III 195,12;
~innaṁ (v.l ~īnaṁ) nu kho ... indriyānam bhavitat-
tā ... bhikkhu aññaṁ vyākaroti, S V 222,7,26 = 223, ll
foll.; — ~i + pana; ~i pan' āvuso paccayā sammādiṭ-
ṭḥiyā uppadāyāti, M I 294,1; A IV 200,20; ~ihi pana
bhante bojjhaṅgehi bujjhatī ti, Mil 83,22; — ifc.
bahu-° (Mogg II 50); — °-katipaya-sadda, m., the
words ~ and katipaya; samāsavidhimhi pi ~ā bahu-
vacanavasen' eva yojetabbā, Sadd 261,21; 261,7; —
°-katipaya-katimī-sadda, m., the words ~, katipaya,
and katimī; idāni ~ānaṁ viseso vuccate, Sadd 261,4
foll.; — °-kkhattuṁ, ²ind. [cf. sa. katikṛtvas], how
many times; only recorded in gramm. lit.: kati vāre
bhuñjati: ~uṁ bhuñjati, Mogg-v ad Mogg IV 115 ≠
Pay Ce 1974: 174,16; — °-ṭhāna, n., how many oc-
casions; ~e musāvādo, Vin V 212,38*; — °-dhamma-
vida, mfn., knowing how many dhammas; ~ o
bhikkhu kaṭhinatthāram arahati, Vin-vn 2703; —
°-dhamma-samodhāna, mfn. including how many
dhammas; ~aṁ sīlaṁ, Paṭis I 44,33 foll. (katīnaṁ
dhamānaṁ samodhānaṁ samavāyo assā ti ~aṁ,
Paṭis-a 218,13); — °-dhā, ²ind. [ts.], how many times;
~ā bahudhā ti ca, Sadd 803,24 (ad sutta 836 = Kacc
399); Rūp-v 169,32 (ad Rūp 404 = Kacc 399); —
°-maṁsa, n. pl., how many (kinds of) meat; ~esu thul-
laccayaṁ, ~esu dukkaṭaṁ, Vin V 210,15*; °-mūla,
mfn., having how many causes; amma imaṁ takkaṁ
-an ti, Ja Be VI 210,27 (Ee VI 369,6 omits); — °-vassa,
mfn., a. how old; b. how many years old (as monk); used
of the age of a monk reckoning from the time of his
ordination; — a. ~āya vā mātu jāto putto dīghāyuko
hoti ~āya appāyuko ti, Ja V 331,15'; — b. ~o 'si tvaṁ
bhikkhu ti. duvasso 'haṁ bhagavā ti, Vin I 59,20;
86,24; Ud 59,28 (Ud-a 313,9); Mil 28,13; atha naṁ eko
daharabhikkhu ~ā tumhe ti pucchitvā, Dhp-a I
37,22; — °-vassâbhisambuddha, mfn. [vassa +
abhi°], being fully enlightened for how many years;
cattāro pārājikā ~ena bhagavatā paññattā ti, Vjb
70,29 (""for how many years was the bhagavat fully
enlightened when ...""); — °-vassika, mfn. [< kativassa
+ ika; cf. avassika, q.v.], how many years old (as monk;
cf. prec.); mayaṁ avassika. tumhe pana ~ā ti, Spk II
240,15; — °-vācā, f., how many formulas; ~āya desey-
ya, Vin V 212,3*,7* foll.; — °-vācika, mfn. [< kativācā
+ ika], of how many formulas; ~ā upasampadā, Vin V
213,8*; — °-vidha, mfn. [ts.], of how many kinds; ~o
samādhi, Vism 84,14; 85,8; — °-saṅkhyā, f., the
interrogative numeral kati; only recorded in gramm. lit.:
vārasambandhiniyā ~āya kkhattuṁ hoti: ... katik-
khattuṁ bhuñjati, Mogg-v ad Mogg IV 115; —
°-saṅgā, m. pl., how many ties; kati kittakā saṅgā ~ā ti
... sabbadā bahuvacanasamāso, Sadd 261,24; —
~âtiga, mfn. [°saṅgā + ati°], having escaped from how
many ties; ~o bhikkhu, oghatinno ti vuccatī ti, S I
3,16 (= kati saṅge atigato, Spk I 24,12) qu. Sadd
261,22; — °-sata, n., how many hundred; ~aṁ ratti-
sataṁ āpattiyo chādayitvāna ... mucceyya pārivāsi-
ko, Vin V 213,28* (Sp 1389,1).

" 346862275270807552,kati,en,"

kat(i)

, [cf. ²kantati, q.v.; sa. √2kṛt; sa-Dhātup VII
10], the verbal root ²kat(i); ~i suttajanane, Sadd
362,22.

" 346862301166440448,kaṭi,en,"

kaṭi

, f. [ts.; Amg. kaḍi], waist; hip; buttocks; —
lex. lit.: soṇi ca ~i nāriyaṁ, Abh 272 (kaṭa vas-
sâvaraṇesu; kaṭyate āvarīyate vatthâdīhi - ~i, Abh-ṭ
194,12); — idhâhaṁ ... addasaṁ sambahule bhikkhū
... ~iyâpi cīvarabhisiṁ karitvā āgacchante, Vin I
288,23; bhāraṁ ... ~iṁ oropeti, āpatti pārājikassa.
~iyā bhāraṁ theyyacitto āmasati, āpati dukkaṭassa,
49,30,31; ~ito uddhaṁ visaṁ bhassitvā paṭhaviṁ pā-
visi, Ja IV 32,12 (cf. Cp-a 247,16); Nidd II 272,15; tath'
eva cammavaṭṭe kantitvā ~iyaṁ ṭhapenti; ~ito
paṭṭhāya kantitvā gopphakesu ṭhapenti, Ps II 59,10;
III 378,13; Tathāgatassa pana ~ito paṭṭhāya
maṁsapaṭalaṁ yāva khandhā uggamma samussita-
suvaṇṇaphalakaṁ viya piṭṭhiṁ chādetvā
patiṭṭhitaṁ, 380,4; khambhakato nāma ~iyaṁ
hatthaṁ ṭhapetvā katakhambho, Sp 891,26 (ad Vin IV
188,35); 1217,24; 1275,15; dhāreyyā ti ~iyaṁ
paṭimuñceyya, Kkh 204,12; Dhp-a I 74,18 (ad Dhp 8);
Sīh 70,16; Mhv XXIII 6; — in sexual context with
√kamp: ""to shake or agitate the hip""; tesaṁ bhik-
khūnaṁ purato ~iṁ pi cālesi cheppaṁ pi cālesi ~iṁ
pi oḍḍi nimittaṁ pi akāsi, Vin III 21,37; ākāse ~iṁ
kampento moceti, 112,32 (tattha vatthisīsaṁ ~i kayo
ti tidhā sukkassa ṭhānaṁ pakappenti, eko kir'
ācariyo vatthisīsaṁ sukkassa ṭhānan ti āha, eko ~ī
ti, eko sakalo kayo ti, Sp 519,17; 522,29); aṅṅatarassa
bhikkhuno mocanâdhippāyassa ākāse ~iṁ kampen-
tassa asuci mucci, 118,8; Sp 525,5; Ss 80,15; 120,11; —
ifc. visāla-° (~-onata-uttara-passāva-itthi [v.l.
-kaṭiyo uttara-], Ja VI 508,34').[[side 41]]

" 346862518133592064,kāti,en,"

Kāti

, m.; Npr.; cf. Kātiyāna-tthera; Th-a II 174,19.

" 346862301216772096,kaṭiaṭṭhi,en,"

kaṭi-aṭṭhi

, n., variant of kaṭiṭṭhi, q.v.

" 346862360763305984,katibalavat,en,"

kati-balava(t)

, mfn.; Npr.; a plant name ?; ac-
cording to Vjb ~ is another name for kaseruka, q.v.;
kaseruko -an ti tassa nāmaṁ, Vjb 319,20.kati-balavat

" 346862360809443328,kaṭibhāga,en,"

kaṭi-bhāga

, m. [Amg. kaḍibhāga], the waist;
Bodhisatto hi ~e taṁ latāguṇaṁ daḷhaṁ bandhitvā
... vātavegena ākāsaṁ pakkhandi, Ja III 373,26'; ~e,
Cp-a 207,13.

" 346862360830414848,kaṭibhāra,en,"

kaṭi-bhāra

, m., a burden carried on the hip; anu-
jānāmi bhikkhave ekatokājaṁ + ~aṁ, Vin II 137,25;
bhāro nāma + ~o, III 49,26 (piṭṭhivemajjhāvattato
pana hadaya-āvāṭato ca heṭṭhā yāva pādanakhasikhā,
ayaṁ kaṭiparicchedo, etth' antare samantato sarīre
ṭhitabhāro ~o nāma, Sp 336,30).

" 346862103807660032,katicchindi,en,"

Katicchindi,

mn., title of S I 3,13–18*; ~i, S I 5,12* (uddāna).

" 346862287555923968,katici,en,"

katici

, mfn. [< kati (q.v.) + ci; cf. sa. katicid], some, a
few; atha naṁ ... ~īhici pahārehi paharitvā, Ja I
464,13; ~i (Be katipayadeva°) devaputte sakkhiṁka-
tvā, VI 271,5; ~i pahāre sahituṁ vaṭṭatī ti, 407,30; ~i
(v.l. katthaci) tāva sakkharā āhara, Dhp-a III 239,19;
itthiyo ... ~i bhave dassetvā parinibbāyissanti, Yam
Be III 183,19; Ppk-a 338,22.

" 346862287115522048,katihaṃ,en,"

kati-'haṁ

, ²ind. [< kati + ahaṁ; cf. CPD s.v. a-
ha(n); cf. Mittelindisch § 131], for how many days (adv.
acc); ~aṁ careyya sāmaññaṁ, S I 7,15 (= kati ahāni,
Spk I 36,21); — pāṭha recorded at Sp 699,22 for katīhi
at Vin III 241,6 (cf. katihi kho my āyaṁ, Vin III
278,16): athavā -am pi ty āyan ti pi pāṭho. tattha
~an ti kati ahāni kati divasāni ti vuttaṁ hoti, Sp
699,22.

" 346862287593672704,katikā,en,"

katikā

, f. [deriv. not clear: sa. kṛta-ikā or kṛti-kā, so
Sadd index s.v. 1 kati, possible; impossible: Geiger
(1943) § 40: katikā < *kathikā], agreement; cf. katika-
vatta, q.v, and BHSD s.v. kriyā, see below; originally a-
ny agreement between ascetics, monks, or laypeople, ~
becomes also a t.t. Vin.; pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū sakā-
ya ~āya asaṇṭhahantā, Vin I 9,6 (""not adhering to
their own agreement,"" BD IV 13); cf. saṇṭhapesun ti
~aṁ akaṁsu, Sp 964,27 (ad Vin I 8,35)= Ps II 191,11
(ad M I 171,22) ≠ M I 171,28 (Ps II 191,17) qu. Mp I
147,6; Ja I 81,31; Vv-a 46,18; na tesu āvāsikānaṁ ~āya
ṭhātabbaṁ, Sp 386,8 (Sp-ṭ II 166,5 ≠ Vmv I 203,21) ""it
is not correct to act according to the agreement made by
the resident monks in respect to those [trees]""; 628,1;
Sāriputtamoggallānā ... tehi ~ā katā hoti, Vin I 39,27
qu. Mp I 157,23 = Dhp-a I 91,5; Mp I 159,14 = Dhp-a I
93,7 ≠ Th-a III 94,5 = Ap-a 210,27; saṁghena ... ~ā vā
katā antarāvassaṁ na pabbājetabban ti, Vin I 153,10
(adhammikā ~ā, Sp 1072,26); ~ā katā ... yo bhaga-
vantaṁ upasaṁkamati, so pācittiyaṁ desāpetabbo
... paññāyissati ... saṁgho sakāya ~āya, III 231,10-14
(= katikavattaṁ, Sp 685,25); cf. Mil 360,22; Mp I 272,7
(Mp-ṭ I 177,23); katāya ~āya, Sp 505,7; saṅgaraṁ
akaṁsū (Vin I 247,6) ti ~aṁ akaṁsu, 1103,9; (~an ti
paṭiññātasaṅkhātaṁ ~aṁ, Pācityādi-y Be 1972
358,10); adhammikāya ~āya anuvattane, Ja II 449,22;
— one of the cīvarassa uppādā: ~āya deti; sambahula
āvāsā samānālābhā honti, ekasmiṁ āvāse dinne
sabbattha dinnaṁ hoti, Vin I 309,26 (GM III 2: 109,8
kriyākrtalābhā); such a katikā is formally agreed upon
by means of an apalokanakamma (cf. Sp 1195,1-5;
1402,28-35; H. BECHERT, Numen XXXV 1988: 55);
evaṁ ~ā kātabbā ... ekalābhaṁ kātuṁ saṁghassa
ruccati, Sp 1138,15-21; Kkh 60,25-34; Sp 1233,22:
saṁgho ... tikkhattuṁ apaloketvā ~aṁ karoti, Kkh
86,33; — an agreement by laypeople: negamassa sama-
yo hoti, negamassa ca ~ā katā hoti, Vin III 220,25;
pitāputtā ... ~aṁ katvā, Ja IV 115,10; 267,23 ≠ Spk I
317,6; kucchigatesu gabbhesu ~aṁ karonti, Ps II
330,7; cf. Ss 71,27; Pj I 160,13; Dhp-a III 465,12; nesā-
dajeṭṭhakā ... ~aṁ kariṁsu, Ja VI 71,31 (Be katika-
vattaṁ); Sp 331,9; Ps III 111,12; Spk I 317,19; puttehi
me ~a katā (Ee w.r. kathā) bhavissati, Ja VI 546,14; —
ifc. dhamma-° (~-bhikkhu, As 78,23; Ee w.r.; read
with Ne 1942 °kathika°); purima-° (Sp 1408,1); samā-
na-lābha-° (Sp 1138,13).

" 346862103824437248,katikā,en,"

katikā,

[on possible deriv. cf. also Th. Oberlies, MSS LVI 1996: 106], ~aṁ katvāna, Dīp XIX 21 (Ee w.r. kathikaṁ); Vibh-a 337,13.

" 346862301279686656,kaṭika,en,"

kaṭika

, mfn. [ts.; Amg. kaḍiya], hip; only ifc.
bhaṭṭha-° (Sp 1030,8 [""with a broken hip""]).

" 346862274943651840,katikakaraṇa,en,"

katika-karaṇa

, n. [cf. next], making an agreement;
~aṁ dassetvā, Vjb 496,19 ad Sp 1120,8.

" 346862301392932864,kaṭikampana,en,"

kaṭi-kampana

, n., agitating the hip (in sexual
context; cf. kaṭi + √kamp, q.v. s.v. kaṭi); cetetvā an-
tamaso ākāse ~ena pi nimitte upakkamantassa sace
na muccati, thullaccayaṁ, Kkh 35,32; — °-payoga,
m., the practice of agitating the hip; ākāse vāyaman-
tassā ti kenaci rūpena aghaṭṭetvā ākāse yeva ~ena
aṅgajātaṁ cālentassa, Sp 523,18 (ad Vin III 113,10).

" 346862301334212608,kaṭikapaṭa,en,"

kaṭika-paṭa

, m. [cf. sa. katīka; katīpaṭa], loin
cloth; tambapaṇṇivāsino itthirūpaṁ likhitaṁ, ~añ
ca na chupanti kira, Vjb 186,21.

" 346862275488911360,katikasaṇṭhāna,en,"

katika-saṇṭhāna

, n., agreement (of the saṁgha); i-
daṁ saṁghassa ~aṁ, Vin II 76,31 = 208,26 = III
160,10; saṁghassa ~aṁ ācikkhitabbaṁ, Pālim 232,26;
evaṁ sabbapadesū (Sp 579,19) ti ettha ~ādīnaṁ nā-
nappakārattā tasmiṁ tasmiṁ vihāre katikavattâdīni
visuṁ visuṁ kathāpeti, Sp-ṭ II 344,22 = Mp-ṭ I
178,28.

" 346862102377402368,katikavatta,en,"

katika-vatta,

cf. K. Furuyama, Journal of Pāli and Buddhist Studies XVI 2002: 59–70.

" 346862275430191104,katikavatta,en,"

katika-vatta

, n. [katikā (q.v.) + vatta (< sa. vrata or
vṛtta), cf. OLZ 71 1976: 499; JPTS 15 1990: 127], 1. a
vow to act according to an agreement; 2. agreement; N.
Ratnapala: Katikāvata. München 1971 [OLZ 71
1976: 499-501]; only postcanonical; 1. eko bhikkhu
hoti, tena bhikkhunā ... katam pi ~aṁ sanghena ka-
tasadisam eva hoti, Sp 1407,5-7 qu. Vjb 119,25 (""if
there is only one monk, a vow to act according to an a-
greement is equivalent [to a katikā] made by the saṅ-
gha,"" i.e.: because a single monk is unable to conduct an
apalokanakamma [cf. s.v. katikā]); on similar special
regulations concerning the uposatha: CPD II: 511b 11;
— 2. among monks: āvāsikā ~aṁ daḷhaṁ karonti, Sp
389,10; Sv 8,13,20; kulaputtā sāsane pabbajitvā ...
~aṁ katvā viharanti, 188,23 = Ps I 257,13 = Spk III
186,23 = Vibh-a 351,21; Dhp-a II 243,17; 246,21; bhik-
khu adhammikaṁ ~aṁ karissanti, taṁ Upaseno
bhindissati, Sp 685,25 (ad Vin III 230,8: katikā); Sv
190,19; ~aṁ vā ṭhapetukāmatāya ... saṁgho sanni-
patatū ti bheriyā vā gaṇḍiyā (Ee w.r. gaṇṭhiyā) āko-
ṭitāya, Sv 524,29 = Mp IV 17,23; Dhp-a I 291,9; navaṁ
pana ~aṁ vā sikkhāpadaṁ vā abandhantā, Sv
525,28; ~āni ca khandhakavattāni ca adhiṭṭhāya, Sp
286,22 (Sp-ṭ II 115,2; Vmv I 153,22); — among ascetics:
anuppanne buddhe ... kulaputtā tāpasapabbajjaṁ
pabbajitvā ... ~aṁ akaṁsu, Sp 952,17 = Ps II 173,10 =
Mp III 23,8 ≠ Ud-a 26,10; — among laypeople: ~aṁ
bhinditvā kasmā akāle āgatā, Ja VI 541,3; — ifc. a-
dhammika-°, (Sp 506,1 [v.l. -mikaṁ kati-, Sp-ṭ II
292,12], Sv 525,20; ~-lakkhaṇa, Sp-ṭ III 284,24).[[side 110]]

" 346862272548704256,katikavattakaraṇa,en,"

katika-vatta-karaṇa

, n., making an agreement; yan
ti ~aṁ, Sv-nṭ I 72,18 (ad Sv 8,20: katikavattaṁ kariṁ-
su).

" 346862287157465088,katima,en,"

katima

, mf(ī)n. [morphological variant of katama,
q.v.; cf. BHS katima; v. BHSD s.v.; BHSG § 22.16],
which (of many); the grammarians and the ct.s derive
wrongly ~from kati + ma (v. infra); cf. C. CAILLAT, La
finale -ima, in Mél. d'Indianisme à la mém. de L. Renou,
1968: 200 foll.; — gramm. lit.: ma pañcâdi-katīhi.
chaṭṭhiyantāya pañcâdikāya saṁkhyāya ~ismā ca
mo hoti pūraṇatthe: ... ~o ~ī, Mogg-v ad Mogg IV
52; tatra katimīsaddassa nāmikapadamālā na labha-
ti: ""ajja bhante ~ī"" ti evaṁ pucchāvasena āgatamat-
tato, Sadd 261,6; — manussā bhikkhū ... pucchanti:
~ī bhante pakkhassā ti, Vin I 117,6 (= katīnaṁ
pūraṇī ~ī, Sp 1060,9; ~ī ti tithi-saddâpekkhaṁ it-
thiliṅgaṁ daṭṭhabbaṁ, Vmv II 171,6); (in uddāna)
~ī, 136,25*; — °-sadda, m., the word ~; Sadd 261,5 (v.
gramm. lit. supra); — ifc. kati-katipaya-° (Sadd
261,4).

" 346862359358214144,kaṭimatta,en,"

kaṭi-matta

, mfn. [cf. sa. kaṭīmātra; v. H.
BECHERT: BBV 1961:106 verse 52], waist-high; accha-
riyaṁ vata bho abbhutaṁ vata bho ... yatra hi nāma
... ~esu pi oghesu pavattamānesu na hi nāma eka-
bhikkhussa pi pādā vā cīvarāni vā allāni bhavissantī
ti, Vin I 291,38 = Ja IV 315,7; -am pi udakaṁ saṇṭhāti,
M I 187,33 ≠ A IV 102,4.

" 346862360679419904,kaṭināmaka,en,"

Kaṭi-nāmaka

, n., called Kaṭi; Npr.; a tank built
by Parakkamabāhu I; vāpiṁ ca ~aṁ, Mhv LXXIX 34.

" 346862287455260672,katindriya,en,"

kat'-indriya

, mfn. [kata + indriya], (bhvr.) with the
sense faculties trained, cultivated; EV I: 71: ""with facul-
ties formed;"" udaggacittā sumana ~ā phusiṁsu nib-
bānapadaṁ asaṅkhatan ti, Th 725 (= bhāvitindriyā,
Th-a III 18,8).

" 346862287346208768,katipaha,en,"

katipâha

, n. [katipaya + aha; cf. sa. katipayâhan], a
few days; acc., instr., and gen. are used adverbially: for a
few days; within a few days; cf. sa. usage; sace 'pi pac-
cha ~e vītivatte dhūrabhattaṁ gaṇhathā, Sp 1270,21;
atha ~assa accayena āgantvā assassa ānubhāvaṁ
passissasi mahārājā ti, Ps III 161,14; — acc.: Ānanda
bhagavato kāyaṁ ~aṁ sinehethā ti, Vin I 279,6; atha
kho Sudinno Kalandakaputto ~aṁ balaṁ gahetvā,
III 14,34 (= katipayāni divasāni, Sp 206,6); ~aṁ uy-
yāne vasitvā, Ja I 152,11; ~aṁ vasitv' ettha Tamba-
paṇṇiṁ upāgami, Mhv VII 38; ~aṁ tattha vasitvā,
Ras Ee 1988 24,27; — instr.: kālabāhu pi ~en' eva rā-
jakumārānaṁ purato kaṇṇacālanâdīni karonto, Ja
III 99,21; —gen.: tato so ~assa uparūḷhesu cakkhusu
sūtaṁ āmantayi rājā Sivīnaṁ raṭṭhavaddhano, Ja IV
408,27*; — °ccaya, m., the lapse of a few days; instr.
used adverbially: after a few days; tato ~en' eva sabbe
tāpasā phalāphalatthāya gantvā, Ja I 245,22; tato ~e-
na Satthā rājanivesanaṁ gantvā nisīdi, IV 147,25;
brāhmaṇo ... ~ena sanjātabalo, Spk I 262,26; ath' as-
sa bhariyā ~ena puttaṁ vijāyi, Dhp-a I 175,9; so ~e-
na aññattha gato, Cp-a 143,18; kumāro ... ~ena uṇhe
ṭhapitapadumaṁ viya milāyi, Ap-a I 76,13; ~enā ti
dvīhatīhaccayena, Sv-nṭ II 369,20 = 434,29; —
°bbhantare, ²ind. [katipâha + abbhantare (q.v.)],
within a few days; ~e (Be katipayadivasabbhantare)
arahattaṁ sacchākāsi, Pj II 254,3.[[side 112]]

" 346862287367180288,katipāha,en,"

katipâha

" 346862287283294208,katipahaka,en,"

katipâhaka

, n. [secdry < katipâha + ka], a few days;
acc. used adverbially: for a few days; vasitvā ~aṁ, Thī
129 (= katipayadivasamattaṁ idha vasitvā, Thī-a
124,5); tato nāvā abhijjittha gantvāna ~aṁ tadā
bhiṁsanake ghore patito makarākare, Ap 476,19.

" 346862287300071424,katipāhaka,en,"

katipâhaka

" 346862359744090112,kaṭipariccheda,en,"

kaṭi-pariccheda

, m., the hip region; piṭṭhive-
majjhāvattato pana hadaya-āvāṭato ca heṭṭhā yāva
pādanakhasikhā, ayaṁ ~o, Sp 336,29 (ad Vin III 49,26).

" 346862360708780032,kaṭipariyosāna,en,"

kaṭi-pariyosāna

, n., the bottom; the buttocks;
deviyā ... evarūpaṁ ~aṁ, Ja II 275,7.

" 346862287409123328,katipaya,en,"

katipaya

, n. and mfn. [ts.], 1. (n.) a little; used adver-
bially in the abl.: with difficulty (cf. sa. usage); only re-
corded in gramm. lit.; 2. (mfn.) some; a few; paradigm at
Sadd 261,17-20; — 1. dūratthe antikatthe ... thoke
kicche ~e akattari ca ice etesv atthesu payogesu ca
taṁ kārakaṁ apādānasaññaṁ hoti, Sadd 705,7; ~ā
mutto, thokena appamattakena kicchena ~ena ice e-
vamādi, 708,20; — in long cpd. at 705,3; — 2. sace a-
yaṁ aññāni ~āni divasāni maṁ evaṁ parissajissati
jīvitaṁ me n' atthi, Ja I 487,25; etaṁ ~ehi pahārehi
paharāpehi, III 280,21; kumārena ~esu purisesu pa-
haṭesu purisā palāyitvā gehāni pavisiṁsu, IV
472,11'; ~ehi amaccehi saddhiṁ assamapadâbhimu-
kho pāyāsi, V 162,17; ~ā suvaṇṇahaṁsā, 337,29; so o-
taritvā ~e vāre aparāparaṁ caṅkamitvā, VI 12,4 =
Cp-a 224,12; passa ~āya desanāya sugatiñ c' amhi
gato sukhañ ca patto, Vv 900; ~āni divasāni āhāraṁ
adatvā, Ps II 60,1 (ad M I 87,18); bālo hi ... ~e attanā
sadise vidhavāputte mahādhutte gahetvā, IV 103,21;
~āni gehāni āhiṇḍitvā, Spk I 191,7; ~ā gāmā pahaṭā
ti (so read with BeCe; Ee vilumpapesikiṁ) sāsanaṁ ā-
harāpetvā, Spk II 360,24; jīvamānā hi ~ā, Dhp-a II
274,5; dandhā ācariyā bahū, paṇḍitā nāma ~ā eva
hontī ti, I 94,19; As 3,35; — °-sadda, m., the word ~;
Visuddhimaggaṭīkāyaṁ pana ~o ekavacaniko vut-
to, Sadd 261,8; — in cpd. kati-~-katimī-sadda at
Sadd 261,4 foll.; — °-kappa-sahassâyuka, mfn. [sa-
hassa + āyuka], having a lifetime of some thousand
aeons; yasmā vā ~ā te devā Buddhuppādakāle yeva
honti, Ps I 36,14; — °-kalāpa-gata-vaṇṇa, m., the col-
our pertaining to a few groups (of qualities); — °-vasa,
m.; sa ... ārammaṇasabhāvûpaladdhi na ekadvika-
lāpagatavaṇṇavasena hoti, nâpi ~ena hoti, Vibh-
anuṭ 57,9 = Ps-pṭ II 63,24; — °-kālaṁ, ¹ind., for some
time (adv. acc.); rājā kira ... ~ sammāsambodhiṁ na
saddahi, Ud-a 331,20; — °-gāma-sāmika, m(fn)., lord
of a few villages; antarabhogikā nāma dvinnaṁ
rājūnaṁ antarā ~ā, Sp 309,8 (ad Vin III 47,1); —
°aṅga, n. pl., a few parts, elements; evaṁ ~ehi saṁsā-
racakkaṁ tadavasesaṅgehi phalabhūtanāmarūpa-
dhammehi ... dassetvā, Vmv I 45,4; — °-citta-
kkhaṇa, m., a few moments of thought; tasmā samā-
pajjanavuṭṭhānāni ~e heva ijjhanti, Spk-pṭ I 252,9; —
°-citta-vāra, m., a few periods of thought; — °-vasa, m.;
~ena tadā bhagavato brahmalokagamanaṁ jātaṁ,
Ps-pṭ II 311,27; — °-jana-kata, mfn., done or made by a
few people; ~an (v.l. katiyajanakan) ti ādisu hi... sab-
badā bahuvacanasamāso daṭṭhabbo, Sadd 261,23; —
°-jāti, f., a few rebirths; nâpi katipayajātīsu, Sv-pṭ III
108,13; — °-dassana, n., defining a few (conditions);
~am eva, Ppk-anuṭ 272,7; — °-divasa, n. pl., a few
days; sace aññāni ~āni vasissatha, Ja VI 407,23; ~āni
(Be ~āni div°), Sp 779,3; tañ ca sīlaṁ dīghena kālena
veditabbaṁ, na ittarena ~ena, Ud-a 332,15; —
[~bbhantare, ²ind., within a few days; reading of Be at
Pj II 254,3 for Ee katipâhabbhantare, q.v.]; — ~-mat-
taṁ, ²ind., only for a few days; ~aṁ idha vasitvā,
Thī-a 124,5 (Thī 129); — ~âtikkama, m., the lapse of a
few days; used adverbially in the instr. and loc.: after a
few days; sa ~en' eva kālaṁ katvā Tāvatiṁsa-
bhavane nibbatti, Vv-a 119,3; so ... ~e ratanāvalo-
kanam āyuttakapurisehi kārayamāno, Cp-a 21,15; —
°-deva-putta, m.pl., a few gods; reading of Be for katici
devaputte at Ja VI 271,5; — °-dhamma-kkhandha-
saṅgaha, m., inclusion of a few dhammas and skan-
dhas (in something; with loc.); paṭiññātesu caturāsīti-
yā dhammakkhandhasahassesu ~aṁ, Ud-a 4,21 =
It-a 2,23 = Cp-a 2,27 = Vv-a 4,25 = Pv-a 2,30; —
°-dhamma-kkhandha-saṅgahita, n., = prec.; evaṁ
vuttacaturāsītisahassadhammakkhandhesu ~aṁ
hotī ti, Ap-a 103,13; — °-paccaya-dassana, n.,
defining a few conditions; nâpi sabbamūlake ~aṁ,
Ppk-mṭ 201,24 (Ppk-anuṭ 272,1); — °-pahāra, m. pl.,
some beats; pañca cūḷā gāhāpetvā iṭṭhakacuṇṇāni
okiritvā kaṇaveramālaṁ gahetvā ~e datvā, Ja VI
406,21; ~e sahituṁ vaṭṭatī ti, Be VI 253,10 (Ee om.); —
°-bhav'-aṅga-cittâvasāna, n., the end of a few thoughts
(occurring) in the bhavaṅga; upacārajjhānâdhigama-
nato paraṁ ~e appanaṁ pāpuṇanto, Sv-pṭ II 160,20;
— °-bhikkhuka, mfn., comprising a few monks; tattha
appabhikkhuko ti, ~o, Ud-a 310,14 (ad Ud 58,4); —
°-bhikkhu-parivāra, mfn., accompanied by a few
monks; ekadivasaṁ kira Bhagavā ... ~o nikkhaman-
to, Ud-a 279,22; — °-manussa, m., some men; vacana-
kusale ~e pakkosathā ti, Ja VI 341,25'; ~parivāra,
mfn., accompanied by a few men; rājā ... ~o ten' eva
vanacarakena desitamaggena gantvā ... ambava-
naṁ pavisi, Pv-a 154,27; — °-māsa, m., a few months;
so ... dvādasavassikaṁ sippaṁ ~en' eva pariyosā-
pesi, Pj I 198,27 (""in a few months""); — ~âdhika,
mfn., [māsa + adhika], plus a few months; ~ena
saṁvaccharamattena parinibbānam bhavissatī ti,
Sv-pṭ II 135,13; — °-muhutta-kāla, mfn., lasting a few
seconds; tattha te parikkhīṇā ~ā (Be °muhuttikā) u-
paṭṭhahiṁsu, Ud-a 431,5; — °-yamaka-vissajjana,
n., answering a few yamakas; ~en' eva chasaṭṭhiya-
makāni vissajjitāni nāma hontī ti, Yam-a 74,31; —
°-yojana, n., a few yojanas; — ~ntara, ²ind., having a
few yojanas in between; adv. loc.; rājā ... ~e ṭhāne
manusse pi ṭhapetvā, Pv-a 154,28; — ~-matthake,
²ind., at a distance of a few yojanas; adv. loc.; ~e vasan-
tiyā bhīruyā ... kāmo, Ja III 419,4'; — ~âtikkama,
m., [yoj° + ati°], travelling beyond a few yojanas; ~ena
te ambe passasī ti, Pv-a 154,14; — °-ratana-ṭṭhāna,
n., a place with a few jewels; tato ~aṁ vaṭṭanavasen' e-
va gantvā, Sv-pṭ II 178,10; — °-rūpa-dhamma-saṅ-
ghāta-matta, n., nothing but the aggregate of a few ma-
terial dhammas; ~am eva, Sv-pṭ II 353,20; — °-vagga,
m. pl., a few sections; imasmiṁ satipaṭṭhānasaṁyutte
~ā saṅgahaṁ ārūlhā, Spk-pṭ II 486,8; — °-vāre, ²ind.,
a few times (adv. acc. pl.); ~e aparāparaṁ caṅkami, Ja
V 132,16; ~e, VI 52,26; so ... ~e (v.l. -e vāre) bahi nik-
khami, Ps III 355,3; ~e, V 43,15; ~e, Pv-a 135,18; ~e
caṅkamitvā, Mhbv 3,19; Ras Ee 1988: 25,1; — °-sutta-
saṅgaha, m., comprising a few suttas; kiñca ~ato ap-
parimānato ca, Sv-pṭ I 23,17; — °-hāra-saṅgahita,
mfn., included in a few modes (of conveying a message);
tesam pi etth' eva avarodho, yasmā te idha ~ā ti,
Nett-a Be 37,25; Nett-ṭ 39,5; — °âlopa, m. [k° + ālo-
pa], a few mouthfuls; ~e ajjhoharitvā, Ppk-anuṭ
317,21.[[side 111]]

" 346862358838120448,kaṭiphalaka,en,"

kaṭi-phalaka

, n., buttock; reading of Ce and v.l.
at Ja V 303,13' for Ee kaṭiputhulaka; Be reads kaṭi.

" 346862360394207232,kaṭipilandhana,en,"

kaṭi-pilandhana

, n., a string to be tied around
the waist; kaṭisuttakan ti yaṁ kiñci ~aṁ (Be -piḷa-)
antamaso suttatantumattaṁ pi, Sp 1200,19 (ad Vin II
106,34).

" 346862358758428672,kaṭippadesa,en,"

kaṭi-ppadesa

, m., the waist; the buttocks, the
bottom; — exeg.: jaghanan ti ~o vuccati, Sp 1293,16
(ad Vin II 266,22); — khuddakatāpaso pitarā saddhiṁ
saṇikaṁ gacchanto taṁ ~e sīsena uppīḷento gaccha-
ti, Ja III 37,15; dvīsu ~esu dve ti, Dhp-a I 394,9 (ad Dhp
53); — °ûpaga, [-ppadesa + upaga], meant for the
waist; kaṭûpiyan ti ~aṁ, Vin-vn-ṭ II 118,17 (ad Vin-vn
2410).

" 346862287195213824,katippamāṇa,en,"

[

kati-ppamāṇa

, w.r. at Spk I 281,13 for kaṭippramā-
ṇa, q.v.]

" 346862360578756608,kaṭippamāṇa,en,"

kaṭi-ppamāṇa

, mfn. [cf. kaṭimatta, q.v.],
waist-high; rājanivesanassa pacchimavatthuñ ca pu-
rimavatthuṅ ca ~aṁ pūrento, Ja VI 593,12 = Cp-a 101,2;
upacikāhi vamitvā mukhatuṇḍakena ukkhittapaṁ-
sucuṇṇena ~ena pi purisappamāṇena pi ussito ti
vammiko, Ps II 128,32; keci pana ~ato heṭṭhā samūho
kaṅkalo nāma, tato upari yāva tālappamāṇaṁ puṅjo,
tato upari rāsī ti vadanti, It-a I 84,3 (ad It 17,8: aṭṭhi-
kaṅkala).

" 346862287245545472,katipucchāvāra,en,"

Kati-pucchā-vāra

, n., the chapter on the question of
how many; ~aṁ niṭṭhitaṁ, Vin V 93,18.

" 346862360733945856,kaṭiputhulaka,en,"

kaṭi-puthulaka

, n., buttock; soṇin ti ~aṁ (v.l.
and Ce read kaṭiphalaka; Be kaṭi), Ja V 303,13' (ad
302,17*).

" 346862361073684480,kaṭisamohita,en,"

kaṭi-samohita

, mfn., fastened on to the hip;
akhīlakāni ca avaṇṭakāni heṭṭhā nabhyā ~āni avi-
ghaṭṭitā niccaṁ kiliṁ karonti, Ja V 203,4* (~ānī ti
kaṭiyaṁ nibaddhāni, 206,6').

" 346862361035935744,kaṭisandhi,en,"

kaṭi-sandhi

, m., the joint of the hip; yathā ma-
hārāja issattho ... sarakalāpaṁ ~imhi ṭhapeti, Mil
418,7; eko ~ī ti, Vism 185,11.

" 346862360964632576,kaṭisaṇṭhāna,en,"

kaṭi-saṇṭhāna

, mfn., having the shape of the
hip; idaṁ ~aṁ, Vism 184,10.

" 346862358376747008,kaṭissa,en,"

[

kaṭissa

, reading at Sp 1086,13 (v. l. kaṭṭissan) for
kaṭṭhissa, which read with Vin I 192,8]

" 346862361115627520,kaṭissabha,en,"

Kaṭissabha

or Kaṭissaha, m.; Npr.; a lay
disciple of the Buddha at Nādikā; v. PPN s.v.; ~o
nāma bhante upāsako ... Nādike kālakato, tassa kā
gati ko abhisamparāyo ti, D II 92,7,26; ~o (-h-; v.ll.
Kaṭissaṅga, Kassaha), S V 359,1.Kaṭissabha

" 346862361195319296,kaṭissaha,en,"

Kaṭissaha

, m.; Npr.; an arahant; v. PPN s.v.;
ekaṁ samayaṁ Bhagavā Vesāliyaṁ viharati ...
Cālena āyasmatā ca ... ~ena (v. l. Kaṭiṁsa-) aññehi ca
abiññātehi abiftñātehi therehi sāvakehi saddhiṁ, A
V 133,16.

" 346862361153376256,kaṭissala,en,"

kaṭissala

, m. ?, a kind of tuber ?; used in gloss
on āluva (q.v.) in long cpd. at Vjb 319,22.

" 346862358909423616,kaṭisutta,en,"

kaṭi-sutta

, n. [cf. kaṭisuttaka, q.v.], a waist
string; ābādhappaccayā ~aṁ dhārentiyā ummat-
tikâdīnañ ca anāpatti, Kkh 204,16; — ifc. āmutta-
kaṭaka-° (°âdi-ābhāraṇa, Pv-a 134,22).

" 346862358297055232,kaṭisuttaka,en,"

kaṭi-suttaka

, n. [< kaṭisutta (q.v.) + ka; Amg.
kaḍisuttaga/-suttaya], a waist string (forbidden to
bhikkhus, but allowed to bhikkhunīs during men-
struation to keep the menstruation pad in place; cf.
KZ 84 1970:183); chabbaggiyā bhikkhū ... kaṇṭhasut-
takaṁ dhārenti, ~aṁ dhārenti, Vin II 106,30,34 (~an ti
yaṁ kiñci kaṭipilandhanaṁ antamaso suttatantu-
mattaṁ pi, Sp 1200,18); anujānāmi bhikkhave saṁ-
velliyaṁ ~an ti ... anujānāmi bhikkhave utuniyā
~an ti, 271,9; suttârūḷhaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ vā ... ~aṁ vā
saṭakaṁ vā veṭhanaṁ vā theyyacitto āmasati, III
48,10; IV 340,11; Vin-vn 2412; Vjb 186,20.[[side 42]]

" 346862358863286272,kaṭisuttakasaññā,en,"

kaṭi-suttaka-saññā

, f., the idea of (something
being) waist string; appakāse ṭhāne ~āya saṅghāṇiṁ
... dhārentiyâpi āpatti, Vjb 555,26 (""under the [false]
idea of it being a waist string"").

" 346862360654254080,kaṭithālaka,en,"

kaṭi-thālaka

, n., the buttocks; gohanunā ~aṁ
koṭṭāpetvā (so read) veṭhanena passāni upanāmetvā
kumārikā patiṁ paṭilabhanti, Ja VI 509,1' (cf. L.
ALSDORF, WZKSO II 957: 34).

" 346862301447458816,kaṭiṭṭhi,en,"

kaṭiṭṭhi

, n. [kaṭi + aṭṭhi; cf. kaṭaṭṭhi, q.v.], hip-
bone; = the innominate bone, i.e., either of the two
bones forming the sides of the pelvis; ekekasmiṁ
pāde dve dve gopphakaṭṭhīni, dve jaṅghaṭṭhīni,
ekaṁ jaṇṇukaṭṭhi, ekaṁ ūraṭṭhi, dve ~īni (so read
with v.l.), aṭṭhārasa piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṭṭhīni, Vism 253,34
= Vibh-a 2374.

" 346862301510373376,kaṭiṭṭhika,en,"

[

kaṭi-'ṭṭhika

, n. (kaṭi + aṭṭhika); variant of
kaṭaṭṭhika, q.v., hip-bone; v.l. at D II 296,18 and read-
ing at M III 92,8]

" 346862360998187008,kaṭivāmana,en,"

kaṭi-vāmana

, m., a dwarf whose upper body is
stunted down to the waist; opp. jaṅghavāmana and
ubhayavāmana qq.v.; ~assa kaṭito paṭṭhāya upari-
makāyo rasso hoti, heṭṭhimakāyo paripuṇṇo, Sp
1027,10 (ad Vin 191,11).

" 346862360880746496,kaṭivātabādhika,en,"

kaṭi-vātâbādhika

, mfn. [vāta + ābādhika], suf-
fering from rheumatic pain in the hip; pāṇinā ti ~o
viya na āsanaṁ hatthehi gahetvā nisīdati, Ps III
389,10 (ad M II 138,3).

" 346862360893329408,kaṭivātābādhika,en,"

kaṭi-vātâbādhika

, mfn. [vāta + ābādhika], suf-
fering from rheumatic pain in the hip; pāṇinā ti ~o
viya na āsanaṁ hatthehi gahetvā nisīdati, Ps III
389,10 (ad M II 138,3).

" 346862360855580672,kaṭiyāgāma,en,"

Kaṭiyā-gāma

, m., the village Kaṭiyā; Npr.; a vil-
lage where Gajabahu's officers killed a great number
of his enemies; ~aṁ upāgamma bahū māresi verino,
Mhv LXX 67.

" 346862517739327488,kātiyāna,en,"

Kātiyāna

, m.; Npr.; gotra name of the male descen-
dants of ²Kacca; applied to various individuals; alternate
form for ¹Kaccāna or ¹kaccāyana, q.v.; Sadd 530,1;
784,8; 922,6; 634,9; Pakudhako ~o, S I 66,22* (= Paku-
dho Kaccāyano, Spk I 127,13); ~ used for the yakkha
Puṇṇaka, ~aṁ, Ja VI 299,22*; 306,4*; 308,29*; — °-tthe-
ra, m.; Npr.; a thera named after the gotra of his moth-
er; Th 411-416 are addressed to him; his story is told
Th-a II 174,10-20; there is no Apadāna.

" 346862515507957760,kātiyāni,en,"

Kātiyān[ī/i]

, f, Npr.; gotra name of the female descen-
dants of ²Kacca, q.v.; alternate form of Kaccānī or Kac-
cāyanī, Sadd 530,2; 784,9; alternate name of the old
woman whose story is told in Kaccānijātaka no. 417; ~i
suṇisāya saddhiṁ, Ja III 427,25* (~ī ti ... sa Kaccāna-
gottā, 428,1'; 427,8*.
¹Kātiyānī

" 346862515101110272,kātiyāni,en,"

Kātiyān[ī/i]

, f.; Npr.; name of a Buddhist upāsikā of
""unwavering loyalty;"" her story is told Mp I 455,12-
457,11; A I 26,24.

" 346862515520540672,kātiyānī,en,"

Kātiyān[ī/i]

" 346862515113693184,kātiyānī,en,"

Kātiyān[ī/i]

, f.; Npr.; name of a Buddhist upāsikā of
""unwavering loyalty;"" her story is told Mp I 455,12-
457,11; A I 26,24.

" 346862275551825920,kato,en,"

[²

kato

, reading at Ja VI 88,16, for which read katā
with Se; cf. CPD s.v. apaciti]

" 346862272167022592,kato,en,"

kato

, w.r. for kate (q.v.) in cpd. at Ja IV 14,2* and
14,5', and reading in cpd. at Mil 384,5 (= Ja IV 14,2*)]

" 346862275698626560,katokāsa,en,"

katôkāsa

, mfn. [kata + okāsa; cf. katâvakāsa, okā-
sakata, qq.v.], 1. made spacious (by somebody; with
instr.); 1. being enabled (used of the vipāka of kamma;
cf. okāsakata 2., q.v.; 3. being permitted, granted per-
mission (by somebody; with instr.); 1. satthā Sakkena
~aṁ maggaṁ paṭipajjitvā, Ja I 84,28; — 2. matassa
pana ~assa kammassa vasena yā gati pāṭikaṅkhā ti
vuccati, Pv-a 63,19; ~ena attano pubbakammena
yutto sūlâropanaṁ labhiṁ, Cp-a 242,12; — 3. sam-
buddhena ~o nisīditvāna, Sn 1031 qu. Nidd I 6,17;
~ā (v.l. katâvakāsā) Bhagavatā pañhaṁ pucchemu
mārisā ti, D II 275,12*; sace ānetuṁ sakkotha mayaṁ
~ā yevā ti, Ja I 292,8; so ca tena ~o Vāsavaṁ avacā
Nimi, VI 98,13*; dvāre ṭhitabhāvaṁ rañño ārocā-
petvā ~ā pavisitvā, 341,28; 475,21*; ~o katañjalī eka-
mantaṁ ṭhito, Ap 496,15; sa ... Sakkena varadā-
natthaṁ ~ā sakala-Jambudīpatalam olokentī, Cp-a
76,14.

" 346862275765735424,katta,en,"

katta

, m. [< karttṛ; cf. Geiger § 90 suggesting katta <
kartṛ], a surgeon; — ifc. salla-° (Sn 560; 562; M I
429,4; II 216,8; It 101,16; Mil 110,3; 215,21; Khp-a 21,13;
~-antevāsika, Vism 136,18; ~-vejja-kamma, Sv 98,20).

" 346862279116984320,kattā,en,"

[²

kattā

, w.r. for katto (q.v.) at Ja VI 213,22*]

" 346862279066652672,kattā,en,"

kattā

, [< ka + ttā -abs. < karoti, q.v.; cf. kattaṁ,
q.v. supra; for abs.s in ttā, cf. Mittelindisch § 489], 1.
having done; 2. having made or caused; only recorded
ifc.; — 1. sarasi tvaṁ Dabba evarūpaṁ ~ā, Vin II
79,12 (= tvaṁ Dabba evarūpaṁ ~ā sarasi, athavā
sarasi tvaṁ Dabba evarūpaṁ yathâyaṁ bhikkhunī
āha, ~ā āsi evarūpaṁ yathâyaṁ bhikkhunī āhā ti
evaṁ yojetvā p' ettha attho daṭṭhabbo. ye pana
katvā ti paṭhanti tesaṁ ujukam eva, Sp 581,4,5) = III
162,30 ≠ 167,16 ≠ II 125,5; — 2. ifc. paṭikaṇṭaka-°
(Nidd I 174,1; v.ll. paṭikkantaṁ katvā, °katā); paṭi-
pakkha-° (Nidd I 174,1; v.ll. paṭipakkhaṁ katvā,
°katā); paṭiloma-° (Nidd I 173,28; v.ll. paṭilomaṁ
katvā, °katā); paṭiseni-° (Sn 832 qu. Nidd I 173,28
with v.ll. °katā, katvā); — Rem.: in spite of Pj II
542,18 which interprets paṭisenikattā as a noun = paṭi-
lomakārako, it is perhaps to be interpreted in the Nidd
as an abs. of paṭisenikaroti as indicated by the v. l. paṭi-
senikatvā (cf. Sn 833: visenikatvā pana ye caranti) as
well as the syntax of the gloss at Nidd I 173,28-174,2
(supposing that the Nidd did not take paṭisenikattā as
an anomalous pl. of an agent noun °kattar): ye paṭise-
nikattā paṭilomakattā ... kalahaṁ kareyyuṁ: ""those
who quarrel by arguing against (somebody) ...;"" the
same applies mutatis mutandis to the other ifc. cpd.s
with kattā.

" 346862276168388608,kattabba,en,"

kattabba

, mfn. and n. [ger. < karoti, q.v.; cf. karaṇī-
ya, kayira, kayya, kātabba, kāriya, kicca, qq.v.; sa.
kartavya], 1. to be done, made; obligatory; 2. duty,
obligation; — ifc. a-°; — gramm. lit.: bhūyate abhavit-
tha bhavissate bhavitabbaṁ ... ~aṁ karaṇīyaṁ,
Sadd 847,16; karadhātuyā antassa rakārassa takārat-
taṁ hoti vā tuṁ tabba ice etesu paccayesu: kattuṁ,
kātuṁ, kattūna, ~aṁ, kātabbaṁ, 859,16 foll.; ~aṁ me
bhavatā kammaṁ avassaṁ, 862,22; on the the ger.
suffixes tabba and anīya: tabba-aniyā kriyâtthā pare
bhāvakammesu bahulaṁ bhavanti: ~aṁ, karaṇī-
yaṁ, Mogg-v ad Mogg V 27; — 1. atthi nu kho
kassaci bhatiyā ~an ti, Ja I 32,18; viriyaṁ eva ~aṁ,
267,17; loke ~aṁ sikkhāpetvā, II 297,16'; tumhehi pi
sahāyassa ~aṁ mayhaṁ kataṁ, 154,23; 293,15; jetaṁ
hoti ~aṁ appena bahum icchatā, III 118,2*; dāsa-
kammakarehi ~aṁ karoti, V 293,15; jātena maccena
~aṁ kusalaṁ bahuṁ, Dhp 53 qu. Ps I 3,8; idhâvuso
bhikkhunā kammaṁ ~aṁ hoti. tassa evaṁ hoti,
kammaṁ kho me ~aṁ bhavissati, D III 255,9 ≠ A IV
332,3 ≠ Vibh 385,20,21; kāyena kammaṁ ~aṁ, M I
415,12,13,14; ~aṁ kusalaṁ, S I 108,15 - A IV 137,18;
tesaṁ sahavyakāmānāṁ ~aṁ kusalaṁ bahuṁ kata-
puññā hi modanti sagge bhogasamaṅgino ti, Pv
406; appam idaṁ bhikkhave manussānaṁ āyu ...
~aṁ kusalaṁ, caritabbaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, Nidd I
44,15 = 119,21 ≠ D II 246,15; aṭṭhavīsati nakkhattāni
imina nakkhattena gharapaveso ~o, Nidd I 382,5
foll.; yaṁ kiñci kusalaṁ kammaṁ ~aṁ kiriyaṁ
mama kāyena vācā manasā tidase sukataṁ kataṁ,
Ap 4,11; yaṁ idaṁ na ~an ti paṭikkhittassa akara-
ṇaṁ, taṁ vārittaṁ, Vism 11,18,20; kāruññe ~e (v.l.
kātabbe) Sp 506,24; tantivasena dhammadesanā ~ā
siyā, 685,23; idaṁ karotha, idaṁ mā karothā ti sa-
tuppādanamattam eva ~aṁ hoti, Ps II 98,17,18; tas-
miṁ sati ~ato, asati akattabbato, tappamānena ca
~ato, Spk I 249,19; tattha kammaṁ nāma iti ~aṁ
kammaṁ, It-a II 67,31; puññāni ca tāni hetupaccaye-
hi ~ato, 23,32; suṭṭhu idaṁ -am evā ti anumodiṁsu,
Cp-a 221,27; — 2. sace hi mayaṁ ""ayaṁ therassa
~aṁ karissati, ayaṁ karissatī"" ti paṭijaggissāma,
Spk I 281,3; idāni 'ssa ~aṁ jānissāmi, imā pi tassa
upaṭṭhāyikā, imāsam pi ~aṁ jānissāmī ti cintetvā,
Dhp-a I 211,3,4 foll.

" 346862276201943040,kattabbaabhiseka,en,"

kattabba-abhiseka

, m., the obligatory consecration;
khattiyâbhisekenā ti khattiyānaṁ ~ena, Ps-pṭ III
6,17 (ad Ps III 12,1).

" 346862274897514496,kattabbaaggiparicaraṇa,en,"

kattabba-aggi-paricaraṇa

, n., the obligatory attend-
ing to the fire; hute ti divase divase ~e, Sp-ṭ III 214,20
(ad Vin I 36,20).

" 346862277225353216,kattabbabali,en,"

kattabba-bali

, m., an offering that is to be made (with
gen.); devatābalin ti devatānaṁ ~iṁ (v.l. °aṁ b°),
Mp III 100,3 (ad A II 68,10).

" 346862278190043136,kattabbabhāva,en,"

kattabbâbhāva

, m. [kattabba + a°], absence of duty;
tato paraṁ pana ~ato ajjhupekkhakattasaṅkhātena
majjhattâkārena paṭipajjitabbaṁ, Vism 321,25.

" 346862278206820352,kattabbābhāva,en,"

kattabbâbhāva

, m. [kattabba + a°], absence of duty;
tato paraṁ pana ~ato ajjhupekkhakattasaṅkhātena
majjhattâkārena paṭipajjitabbaṁ, Vism 321,25.

" 346862277401513984,kattabbabuddhakicca,en,"

kattabba-buddha-kicca

, n., the duty of a Buddha
that is to be accomplished; tadā hi Sāvatthiyaṁ ~aṁ
n' ahosi, Ud-a 183,25.

" 346862277451845632,kattabbabyañjanavikati,en,"

kattabba-byañjana-vikati

, f., a sort of condiment
that is to be made (from something; with instr.); badara-
sāḷavaṁ nāma badaraphalāni sukkhāpetvā tehi ~i,
Vmv II 76,4.

" 346862276680093696,kattabbacitra,en,"

kattabba-citra

, n., the diversity that is to be created
(by the mind); ekaccacittan ti cittena ~ena ekacca-
bhūtaṁ tena -am āha, As-mṭ 67,9 (ad As 66,15).

" 346862276914974720,kattabbadhamma,en,"

kattabba-dhamma

, m., a function that is to be per-
formed (by someone; with instr.); adhisīlasikkhāsamā-
dānaṁ, adhicittasikkhāsamādānaṁ, adhipaññāsik-
khāsamādānan (qu. from A I 229,5) ti ettha pana
samaṇena ~ā vuttā, Ps II 313,5 (Ps-pṭ II 231,1,3).

" 346862276336160768,kattabbaka,en,"

kattabbaka

, n. [secdry from kattabba (n.) + ka],
obligation, duty, task; kataṁ ~aṁ mayā, Th 330 (=
tassa adhigamatthaṁ kattabbaṁ pariññâdibhedaṁ
soḷasavidhaṁ kiccaṁ niṭṭhāpitaṁ mayā, Th-a II
140,27); — °-vatta, n., a duty that is to be observed;
vihāre therassa ~aṁ (so read; Ee two words; cf. kat-
tabbavatta) atthi, Dhp-a II 140,19.

" 346862275610546176,kattabbakāla,en,"

kattabba-kāla

, m., the time when (something) is to be
done; ~esu akatvā yathārucitakkhaṇe, Vmv II 198,10.

" 346862103769911296,kattabbakamma,en,"

kattabba-kamma,

karaṇīyenâti avassaṁ ~ena, Sv 309,19; kiṁkaraṇīyānîti kiṁ karomîti evaṁ vatvā ~āni, Mp V 6,10; pāpakaraṇaṁ … daharehi ~aṁ, It-a I 157,16; ghare ~aṁ, Ja VI 300,31´.

" 346862276373909504,kattabbakamma,en,"

kattabba-kamma

, n. [cf. kattabbakicca, q.v.], work
that is to be done (by someone for someone; with instr.
and gen.); sāmaṇerā ... bhikkhusaṅghassa ~aṁ na
karonti, Sp 1124,7; — reading of Be at Ps IV 47,17 for
kattabbaṁ k°; — °-saññita, mfn., denoted ""work that
has to be done;"" samaṇehi ~ā, Sv-nṭ II 354,11; —
°-siddhi, m., realization of work that is to be done;
rañño c' eva ubhayapakkhikānañ ca attani bahumā-
nuppādanavasena uddhaṁ ~iṁ ākaṅkhanto, Vmv I
31,4; — °âkaraṇa-paccaya-ttā, ²ind. [abstr.; kamma +
akaraṇa]; due to the fact of not doing what is to be done;
pubbe ~ā tassā āpattiyā, Kkh-pṭ 7,25.

" 346862276407463936,kattabbakammanta,en,"

kattabba-kamm'-anta

, m., the work that is to be
done; divākammante ti diva ~e, Ps II 130,11 (ad M I
144,4); Ps-pṭ II 105,25 (ad M I 144,5).

" 346862276441018368,kattabbakammupaparikkhā,en,"

kattabba-kammûpaparikkhā

, f. [kamma + upa°],
examination of the work that is to be done; vīmaṁsāyā
ti ~āya (Be °kammupa-), Sp 900,16 (ad Vin IV 211,13).

" 346862276461989888,kattabbakammūpaparikkhā,en,"

kattabba-kammûpaparikkhā

, f. [kamma + upa°],
examination of the work that is to be done; vīmaṁsāyā
ti ~āya (Be °kammupa-), Sp 900,16 (ad Vin IV 211,13).

" 346862276592013312,kattabbakāra,en,"

kattabba-kāra

, m., a deed that is to be done (by some-
one; with instr.); pasannā kāraṁ karontī ti, pasan-
nehi ~aṁ karonti, Spk II 231,5 (ad S II 269,24).

" 346862278051631104,kattabbakāradassanatthaṃ,en,"

kattabbâkāra-dassan'-atthaṁ

, ²ind. [kattabba +
ā°], for the sake of showing the form that is to be made;
catūsu pāsāṇakesū ti ādi upacikānaṁ uppattiṭṭhāne
paṇṇasālâdisenāsane ~aṁ vuttaṁ, Sp 1282,27.

" 346862278068408320,kattabbākāradassanatthaṃ,en,"

kattabbâkāra-dassan'-atthaṁ

" 346862277929996288,kattabbakaraṇa,en,"

kattabbâkaraṇa

, n. [kattabba + a°], not doing what
is to be done, not doing one's duty; agatī ti chandado-
samohabhayehi akattabbakaraṇassa ~assa ca adhi-
vacanaṁ, Vism 683,29.

" 346862276134834176,kattabbakaraṇa,en,"

[

kattabba-karaṇa

, n., an action that is to be carried
out; reading of Be for Ee pahātabba at Ud-a 333,7]

" 346862277942579200,kattabbākaraṇa,en,"

kattabbâkaraṇa

, n. [kattabba + a°], not doing what
is to be done, not doing one's duty; agatī ti chandado-
samohabhayehi akattabbakaraṇassa ~assa ca adhi-
vacanaṁ, Vism 683,29.

" 346862276537487360,kattabbakaraṇacetanadi,en,"

kattabba-karaṇa-cetanâdi

, mfn. [cetanā + ādi],
beginning with the intention of doing one's obligations;
~ayo ca sīlapāramitā, Cp-a 280,23 = Sv-pṭ I 91,8.

" 346862276554264576,kattabbakaraṇacetanādi,en,"

kattabba-karaṇa-cetanâdi

, mfn. [cetanā + ādi],
beginning with the intention of doing one's obligations;
~ayo ca sīlapāramitā, Cp-a 280,23 = Sv-pṭ I 91,8.

" 346862278118739968,kattabbakāraparicchindanapaññā,en,"

kattabbâkāra-paricchindana-paññā

, f., knowledge
of how the determination of (their) nature or property is
to be made; tesaṁ (scil. saccānaṁ) ~aṁ ... dasseti,
Vjb 405,1.

" 346862278139711488,kattabbākāraparicchindanapaññā,en,"

kattabbâkāra-paricchindana-paññā

, f., knowledge
of how the determination of (their) nature or property is
to be made; tesaṁ (scil. saccānaṁ) ~aṁ ... dasseti,
Vjb 405,1.

" 346862276491350016,kattabbakarin,en,"

kattabba-kari(n)

, mf(-iṇī)n., doing what is to be
done, doing one's duty; dakkhā ti chekā, avirajjhitvā
sīghaṁ ~iṇī (Be °kārinī) ti attho, Sp 900,14 (ad Vin IV
211,13); kiccakārī ti ~ī, Ps II 109,12.kattabba-karin

" 346862277858693120,kattabbakattabba,en,"

kattabbâkattabba

, mfn. [kattabba + a°], what is to
be done and what is not to be done; ~aṁ kiccaṁ
sammantanakāle uppanne, Ja I 387,8'; aññāṇipug-
galo hi mando momuho ~aṁ ajānanto akattabbaṁ
karoti kattabbaṁ virādheti, Sp 872,15.

" 346862277871276032,kattabbākattabba,en,"

kattabbâkattabba

" 346862274658439168,kattabbakhaṇa,en,"

kattabba-khaṇa

, m., the moment when some work is
to be performed, undertaken; avicchinnakammantattā
pana katakhaṇañ ca ~añ ca upādāya karonti yeva
nāma honti, Yam-a 92,36.

" 346862276638150656,kattabbakicca,en,"

kattabba-kicca

, n., a duty or work that is to be done
(by someone for the sake of someone or something; with
instr. and gen./loc); ajjāpi nūna Siddhatthassa ~aṁ
atthi, Ja I 77,19; mātāpitunnaṁ ~aṁ katvā, IV 305,27;
ahaṁ tava imina ~aṁ karissāmi, V 362,6; taṁ taṁ
karontā ~ato akattabbam eva bahutaraṁ karonti,
402,25; ~aṁ te katan ti pucchi, 488,5,7; katvā ~āni,
Dīp XIV 37; attanā ~aṁ paṭipucchi, Sp 10,8; amhā-
kaṁ idha ~aṁ niṭṭhitaṁ, 70,14; tasmiṁ sikkhāpade
bhikkhūhi ~aṁ dīpento, 226,21; imasmiṁ cīvare
~aṁ (v.l. kattabbakammaṁ) tava bhāro ti vutto,
805,9; rajjan ti rājabhāvaṁ, raññā ~aṁ vā, 1080,24
(ad Vin I 179,6); yaṁ Buddhasāsane ~aṁ atthi taṁ
sabbaṁ mayā kataṁ, Ps III 344,2; rājā taṁ sutvā ...
āgatānaṁ ~aṁ vicāretvā, V 41,20; Jātakaṭṭhakathā-
yam pana mātāpitūsu kālakatesu tesaṁ ~aṁ katvā ,
Cp-a 203,5 (referring to Ja IV 305,27, q.v. supra); — ifc.
pitu-° (Sp 636,24); — °-kara, mfn., doing the duty that
is to be done; attano ~o ti attanā kātabbakammasan-
khātakiccakaro, Spk-pṭ I 193,4 (ad Spk I 160,17); —
reading of Be for kammantakiccakara at Spk I 160,17;
— °-karaṇa, n., the doing of the duty that is to be done;
avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā ti ādinā nayena vutto avij-
jâdiko paccayâkāro attanā ~ato anulomo ti vuccati,
Sp 953,12 (ad Vin I 1,10); — ~-vasa, m.; tumhehi pi
ñātīnaṁ evam eva ñātīhi ~ena ñātidhammo paripū-
retabbo, Pj I 215,11; idāni yasmā idaṁ dakkhiṇaṁ
dentena raññā ñātīhi ~ena ñātidhammo nidassito,
Pv-a 30,14; — °-kāri(n), mfn., doing a duty that is to be
done; paṭikatakiccakārin ti paṭigacc' eva ~inaṁ, Ja
IV 166,20' (ad 166,3*); — °-jānana-ñāṇa, n., knowledge
consisting in knowing the duty or work that is to be
done; ~aṁ kiccañāṇaṁ nāma, Spk III 297,29 = Paṭis-a
612,9 = Vmv II 91,25; — °-virahita, mfn., without the
activity that is to be carried out (with something; with
instr.); dubbalā ti mandapayogā, balena ~ā, Nidd-a
I 56,6; — °-saṁkhāta, mfn., considered a duty; ~o
attho etassa atthī ti atthikam, Sv 255,5; — °-sampa-
dā, f., the accomplishment of the duty that is to be done;
sotāpattimaggo hi nibbānaṁ disvā ~āya sabbapa-
ṭhamaṁ nibbānadassanato dassanan ti vuccati, Pj I
188,4 (ad Khp VI 10: dassanasampadāya); — °âbhā-
va, m., absence of a duty that is to be done; yattha pana
na balavā, tattha ~ato saṅkhepena kathenti, Ps II
223,18.[[side 115]]

" 346862275979644928,kattabbakiriyā,en,"

kattabba-kiriyā

, f., an action that is to be carried out
by (something; with instr.); iriyā vuccati kāyena ~ā,
Spk-pṭ I 97,17.

" 346862276969500672,kattabbantaradassanamukhena,en,"

kattabb'-antara-dassana-mukhena

, ²ind., by way
of showing that an interval is to be made; adv. instr.;
atha kho Verañjo ti ādinā ~ena pāḷiyā pakārantare
pavattito, Vmv I 66,28 (ad Vin III 1,21-22 and Sp
128,9-11).

" 346862277024026624,kattabbapara,en,"

kattabba-para

, mfn., fit for activities; ujjaṅgalo na
~o, Spk-pṭ I 114,1 (ad Spk I 78,16).

" 346862277124689920,kattabbaparihāra,en,"

kattabba-parihāra

, m., obligatory patronage; rājā ...
tassā ~aṁ katvā, Ja IV 124,12.

" 346862277170827264,kattabbappasaṅga,en,"

kattabba-ppasaṅga

, n., the consequence that (some-
thing) is to be done (by someone; with gen. and instr.);
so puna kātuṁ na labhati paṭhamaṁ katassa puna
ten' eva ~ato, Vjb 318,26.

" 346862277808361472,kattabbasakkāra,en,"

kattabba-sakkāra

, m., a party that will be given (on
the occasion of something; with loc.); mama puttassa
gihikāle ~aṁ ajj' eva karissāmā ti, Dhp-a II 140,6.

" 346862277288267776,kattabbasaṅghakammabhāva,en,"

kattabba-saṅgha-kammâbhāva

, m. [kamma +
abhāva], (t.t. Vin) absence of a (legal) action to be taken
by the saṅgha; ñattiṁ ṭhapetvā ~o vaggaṁ na hotī ti,
Kkh-pṭ7,9.

" 346862277305044992,kattabbasaṅghakammābhāva,en,"

kattabba-saṅgha-kammâbhāva

, m. [kamma +
abhāva], (t.t. Vin) absence of a (legal) action to be taken
by the saṅgha; ñattiṁ ṭhapetvā ~o vaggaṁ na hotī ti,
Kkh-pṭ7,9.

" 346862275656683520,kattabbata,en,"

kattabba-ta

, f. [abstr.], the fact of having to be done;
raho paṭicchanne okāse ~āya rahassaṁ, Sp 257, l; —
ifc. iti-° (Ja II 179,20; ~-yutta, As-mṭ 59,25).

" 346862260443942912,kattabbatālakkhaṇa,en,"

kattabbatā-lakkhaṇa

, mfn., characterized by having
to be prepared (by something); santhatan ti same bhū-
mibhāge kosiyaṁsūni uparūpari santharitvā kañji—
ādīhi siñcetvā ~aṁ, Kkh 69,18.

" 346862276881420288,kattabbatta,en,"

kattabba-tta

, n. [abstr.], 1. the fact that (something)
is to be done; 2. the fact that (something) is to be execut-
ed, carried out; — 1. tantibaddho ti tasmiṁ āvāse ~ā
tantipaṭibaddho, 1145,32 (ad Vin I 312,6); — 2. catub-
bidham pi saṅghakammaṁ sīmāparicchinnehi pa-
katattehi bhikkhūhi ekato ~ā ekaṁ kammaṁ nāma,
Sp 260,13.

" 346862276705259520,kattabbaṭṭhāna,en,"

kattabba-ṭṭhāna

, n., a place that is to be prepared (for
something; with gen.); mahābhikkhusaṁghassa san-
nipātakāle tesaṁ pahonanakavasena mahāmaṇḍa-
passa ~aṁ, Spk-pṭ II 330,13.

" 346862276839477248,kattabbaṭṭhānadosa,en,"

kattabba-ṭṭhāna-dosa

, m., (t.t. Vin.) a mistake con-
cerning something that has to be done; -an ti porāṇā,
Vjb 360,19 (ad Vin IV 231,16: kammadosaṁ).

" 346862276235497472,kattabbaupāya,en,"

kattabba-upāya

, m., the obligatory means; kāraṇa-
bhūtan ti ~assa kāraṇabhūtaṁ, Spk-pṭ II 305,4 (ad
Spk II 387,15).

" 346862277707698176,kattabbavatta,en,"

kattabba-vatta

, n., the duty that is to be observed (by
someone; with instr.); upajjhāyacatukke saddhivihā-
rikassa upajjhāyena ~assa akaraṇe āpattiṁ upajjhā-
yo āpajjati, Sp 1331,34.

" 346862277753835520,kattabbaveyyāvaccanimittaṃ,en,"

kattabba-veyyāvacca-nimittaṁ

, ²ind., for the sake
of business that has to be done; adv. acc.; kammato ti
kammahetu tehi attarto ~aṁ upaṭṭhapenti, Th-a III
79,34 (ad Th 942).

" 346862277657366528,kattabbayogavidhi,en,"

kattabba-yoga-vidhi

, f., the form of concentration
that is to be practiced, followed; Bhagavatā abhiññā
uppādetukāmassa yogino ~iṁ dassentena ... cittas-
sa ānejjaṁ vuttaṁ, Paṭis-a 655,35.

" 346862277502177280,kattabbayutta,en,"

kattabba-yutta

, n. [cf. kattabbayuttaka, q.v], what
is fit or proper to be done: duty, obligation (towards
someone; with gen.); rājā tumhākaṁ ~aṁ (so read with
Be; Ee °aṁ yut°) ahaṁ jānissāmi, As 245,21; — read-
ing of Be for Ee °yuttakaṁ at Ja IV 188,21.

" 346862277560897536,kattabbayuttaka,en,"

kattabba-yuttaka

, mfn. and n. [kattabbayutta (q.v.)
+ ka], 1.a. (n.) fit or proper to be done (to someone or
something; with gen.); b. fit or proper to be paid (to
someone; with gen.; used of tax [bali]); 2. (mfn.) what is
fit or proper to be done: duty, obligation (towards some-
one or something; with gen.); — 1.a. rañño ca assassa
ca ~aṁ sabbam akāsi, Ja III 9,12; rājā ... ~aṁ upacā-
raṁ katvā, V 264,15; sa vibhātāya rattiyā sabbaṁ
~aṁ katvā, VI 541,10; kiccaṁ aparādhetī ti ~aṁ kic-
caṁ akaronto taṁ aparādheti nāma, Mp III 98,17 (ad
A II 67,2); ~aṁ vattapaṭivattaṁ katvā, Dhp-a I 13,1;
— 1.b. rājabalin ti rañño ~aṁ rājabaliṁ, Mp III 100,2
(ad A II 68,10); — 2. ~aṁ akāsi, Ja I 431,9; mukha-
pūraṁ udakaṁ pivanti na pana udakassa ~aṁ ka-
ronti, IV 57,18; imissā māṇavikāya ~aṁ (Be °yuttaṁ)
karohī ti, 188,21; te amhākaṁ rājānaṁ paribhavaṁ
karontassa ~aṁ mayaṁ jānissāma, VI 164,2; ahaṁ
mātulassa ~aṁ jānissāmi, Dhp-a I 180,5.[[side 116]]

" 346862275925118976,kattabbbapaṭikamma,en,"

kattabbba-paṭikamma

, n., a return that is to be of-
fered (with restraint); saṁyamakaraṇīyānī ti saṁya-
mena ~āni, Vibh-a 342,20 (Vibh-a-Trsl.. ad loc. is
wrong).

" 346862276025782272,kattaka,en,"

kattaka

, m. [< katta (q.v.) + ka], a surgeon; ~a parta
tā, Spk III 98,26; — ifc. salla-° (Ap 461,1).

" 346862279012126720,kattala,en,"

Kattala

, m. or n. (?); Npr.; a village in South India; v.
PPN s.v.; — °-nāmaka, mfn., called K.; ~aṁ paviṭṭhā,
Mhv LXXVII 51.

" 346862275870593024,kattaṃ,en,"

kattaṁ

, [abs. < kattā (q.v. infra), with nasalization of
ā > aṁ], having done; atthaṁ vā me abhijānāsi ~aṁ,
Ja IV 98,4* (""do you recall having done me a service""; =
kataṁ, udāhu tayā kataṁ, kiñci mama atthaṁ abhi-
jānāsī ti pucchati, 99,15') ≠ 98,7*; — Rem.: a. the ct.s
gloss ~ = kataṁ is clearly wrong; for abhi + √jñā
constructed with the abs., cf. Synt.-Hendr. p. 129; b. aṁ
< ā is probably due to nasalization of ā when occurring
in final position; cf. Mittelindisch § 113; for another
possible abs. in aṁ < ā, cf. Vin III 44,10: sarasi tvaṁ ...
evarūpiṁ vācaṁ bhāsitaṁ (Ee so; Be °tā) qu. Sp
295,14 (reading °tā [v.l. °aṁ] with BeCe, and inter-
preting °tā = bhāsitvā in gloss at 295,14-18, q.v.) and
Mogg-v (reading °tā) ad Mogg II 41.[[side 114]]

" 346862276059336704,kattana,en,"

kattana

, mfn. [cf. sa. kartana], cutting; only recorded
ifc: rāga-sallâdi-satta-salla-° (Pj II 455,6); rāgâdi-
salla-° (Th-a III 49,33).

" 346862279167315968,kattanurodha,en,"

kattânurodha

, m. [katta(r) + anu°], compliance with
(the notion of) a doer or maker; kuto ayaṁ tava ~o
idha virodho ti, Abhidh-av 85,14.

" 346862279188287488,kattānurodha,en,"

kattânurodha

, m. [katta(r) + anu°], compliance with
(the notion of) a doer or maker; kuto ayaṁ tava ~o
idha virodho ti, Abhidh-av 85,14.

" 346862279297339392,kattapekkha,en,"

kattâpekkha

, mfn. [katta(r) (q.v.) + apekkha], re-
ferring to an agent; saṅgaho vā ti kevalo saṅgaho, na
~o ti, Ppk-anuṭ 20,1.

" 346862279314116608,kattāpekkha,en,"

kattâpekkha

, mfn. [katta(r) (q.v.) + apekkha], re-
ferring to an agent; saṅgaho vā ti kevalo saṅgaho, na
~o ti, Ppk-anuṭ 20,1.

" 346862276097085440,kattaputta,en,"

katta-putta

, m. [< ²katta(r) (q.v.) + putta; on the
value of putta, cf. L. Alsdorf: Kleine Schriften: 375 no.
9], chamberlain; addhā hi sabbaṁ Ahipārakā tuvaṁ
dhammam acārī mama ~a, Ja V 222,4* (""my dear
chamberlain""; ~ā [Be kattu°; v.l. kattha°] ti pita pi 'ssa
kattā va tena taṁ evaṁ ālapati, 226,6',9').

" 346862103753134080,kattar,en,"

¹katta(r),

ifc. a-°.

" 346862278261346304,kattar,en,"

katta(r)

, m. [cf. sa. kartṛ], 1.a. one who does or makes
(something; with acc. or gen.; Kasussyntax § 40); when
constructed with the acc., ~ is often followed by hoti,
thus constituting a periphrastic construction equivalent
to karoti + acc.; cf. Synt.-Hendr. § 30; b. a doer or
maker (of something; with gen.); mainly used in
discussions relative to the question of the existence of
puggala or atta(n); c. creator; d. an author; e. a person
who confers a benefit (to somebody; with gen.): a helper
or benefactor (rare); 2.a. (t.t.gr.) the agent kāraka; v.
Renou, Terminologie s.v. kartṛ; b. (t.t. gr.) the active
voice; opp. bhāva (ts.) and kamma (sa. karma[n]), for
which, v. Renou, Terminologie s.vv.; — 1.a. gramm.
lit.: [on agent nouns in ta(r)]: vattā dhātā ... ~ā cetā
tātā ... vinetā ice ādī vattare suddhakattari, Sadd
139,9 foll.; — used absolutely: tātā tantā ca hantā ca ~ā
+, Ap 461,3; thokattā akusalaṁ ~aṁ yeva pariyādi-
yati, Mil 296,13; 296,21; — katta(r) with acc.: attanā ca
appiccho appicchakathañ ca bhikkhūnaṁ ~ā, M I
145,21 foll. (Ps II 143,12 foll); gambhīrañ ca kathaṁ
~ā no c' aṭṭhāne niyojaye, A IV 32,12* ≠ 32,6 foll. =
Ud-a 222,22; evaṁ bahussutānaṁ vā idaṁ na yuttan
ti ādīni vatvā sandhānaṁ ~ā, Ps II 207,13 foll.; nisin-
naṭṭhāne pādaparikammaṁ vā piṭṭhiparikammaṁ
vā ~ā nāma n' atthi, V 45,1; so gādhaṁ ~ā no vasitā
ti vuccati, Mp III 119,21; — katta(r) with gen.: saha
puññassa ~āro mahāsamayakārakā phusiṁsu ara-
hattaṁ te sugatenānukampitā, Ap 538,19; — katta(r)
+ hoti with acc.: kathañ ca ... bhikkhu na dhūmaṁ
~ā hoti, M I 221,17 foll. (Ps II 262,36) = A V 347,20 foll.
(Mp V 89,12) ≠ 350,29 (Mp V 94,6); tathāgato ...
uyyojaniyapaṭisaṁyuttaṁ yeva kathaṁ ~ā hoti, M
III 111,15 ≠ A IV 233,35; kathañ ca gahapati kathaṁ
viggayha janena ~ā hoti, S III 12,3; ayoniso pañhaṁ
~ā hoti, A I 103,22; III 45,27; idha ... mahācoro ekako
niggahanāni ~ā hoti, 129,12; idha ... ekacco puggalo
bhāsitā hoti no ~ā, II 102,15 foll. (- kevalaṁ bhāsati
yeva na karoti, Mp III 119,3) = Pp 43,5 foll. (Pp-a
224,24) ≠ A II 102,20 (Mp III 119,6) = Pp 43,9 foll.
(Pp-a 224,27); idha gahapati ekacco evarūpiṁ ka-
thaṁ ~ā hoti, Nidd I 200,9 foll. ≠ 394,2; subhāsita-
padāni sutvā sādhukāraṁ ~ā hoti, Cp-a 311,26,28;
Sammādiṭṭhisutte vuttamicchâcāralakkhaṇavasena
vītikkamaṁ ~ā hoti, Ps II 330,18 (ad M I 286,21);
bhikkhūnam pi tath' eva viriyārambhakathaṁ ~ā
ahosi, 147,8 foll.; — katta(r) + hoti with gen.: gambhī-
rānaṁ kathānaṁ ~ā hoti, It-a I 65,11; — ifc. ādi-°;
paṭiseni-° (Sn 832; cf. ¹kattā) sotthi-° (Ja V 222,5*);
— 1.b. kalyāṇapāpakānaṁ kammānaṁ ~ā kāretā
upalabbhatī ti, Kv 45,9,31 foll. (Kv-a 30,5 foll.) ≠ 52,19;
n' atthi kusalâkusalānaṁ kammānaṁ ~ā vā kāretā
vā, Mil 25,26; eko ~ā nāma n' atthī ti, As 59,32; koci
~ā vā kāretā vā n' atthi, As 272,13 = 274,13 ≠ Ud-a
91,31; nicco dhuvo kusalâdīnaṁ ~ā attā paramat-
thato atthī ti, Abhidh-av 85,20; na ettha koci ~ā vā
kāretā vā, Cp-a 316,29; — 1.e. ahaṁ asmi Brahma ...
issaro ~ā nimmātā seṭṭho sañjitā vasī pita bhūtabha-[[side 117]]
vyānaṁ, D I 18,8 = 220,24 ≠ 18,15 foll. qu. Spk I 209,19
≠ D III 29,15 foll. ≠ M I 327,2 (= lokassa ~ā, Ps II
406,5); — 1.d. ye pi kho te brāhmaṇānaṁ pubbakā
isayo mantārtaṁ ~āro mantānaṁ pavattāro, Vin I
245,17 ≠ D I 104,9 ≠ 238,17 foll. ≠ M II 169,26 = 200,2 ≠
A III 224,1 = 229,26; — ifc. pakaraṇa-° (Sadd 155,14
foll); — 1.e. yo pubbe katakalyāṇo katattho nâva-
bujjhati pacchā kicce samuppanne ~āraṁ nâdhigac-
chatī ti, Ja I 378,25* (378,29'); ayaṁ migo kicchaga-
tassa mayhaṁ ekassa ~ā vivanasmi (so read m.c. in
cadence of Triṣṭubh; Ee °iṁ) ghore, Ja IV 274,2* (=
mama ~ā kārako jīvitassa dāyako, 274,8') = II 317,14*
(reading katvā for ~ā; = anukampaṁ karitvā, pemaṁ
uppādetvā, 317,21'); — Rem.: the reading katvā at Ja
II 317,14* is a wrong backformation < kattā nom. <
katta(r), which was misinterpreted as the abs. kattā
(q.v.) < katvā; — na katassa ca ~ū (so read m.c.; Ee
kattā) ca mettī sandhīyate puna (cf. Mhbh XII
137.32: na kṛtasya caiva kartuś ca sakhyam sam-
dhīyate punaḥ), Ja III 136,4* (katassa ca abhibhūtas-
sa ... vibhattivipariṇāmaṁ katvā yo ~ā ca tassa cā
ti, 136,6'); 136,13* (136,15'); — ifc. a-°; — 2.a. yo karo-
ti sa ~ā. yo karoti so kattusañño hoti: ahinā daṭṭho
naro [cf. Vin I 123,24], Kacc 283 and Kacc-v ad loc.;
~ari ca. ~ari ca kārake tatiyā vibhatti hoti: raññā ha-
to poso, Kacc 290 and Kacc-v ad loc.; yo karoti sa ~ā
tu, Sadd 60,16*; 691,7 foll.; ~ari paṭhamā tatiyā ca,
718,18,19; — 2.b. (on kit suffixes): ~ari kit, Kacc 626 ≠
Sadd 859,31; Kacc-v ad Kacc 643 = Sadd 865,7 foll.; —
(on the ger. suffix tavya) ~ari ca tavyo yathātanti,
Sadd 848,5; — (on the pass, suffix ya) ~ari yappacca-
yass' ādeso kattabbo: bujjhati +, Kacc-v ad Kacc 446
≠ Sadd 824,13 foll.; — (on the pp. suffix ta): budha-
gamâdyatthe ~ari, Kacc 539 ≠ Sadd 850,9; — kam-
ma-° (Sadd 339,9; 691,11); tak-° (Kacc-v 529); sud-
dha-° (Sadd 691,10 foll); hetu-° (Sadd 691,11).¹kattar

" 346862278311677952,kattar,en,"

katta(r)

, m. [= khatta(r), q.v. (< sa. kṣattṛ < √kṣad);
cf. H. LÜDERS, Das Vidhurapaṇḍitajātaka, Kleine
Schriften 1973: 48 foll], a chamberlain;— gramm. lit.:
(on the identity of ~ and khatta[r]) ~ā ti ca khattā ti ca
ubhayam p' etaṁ anatthantaraṁ, Sadd 678,25; (on
the voc. sg. of ~) uṭṭhehi ~e ... (= Ja VI 492,2* foll) ti
ettha ~e ti idaṁ ālapanekavacanarūpaṁ, 139,22,23;
— Adūsiyañ ce Ahipāraka tvaṁ cajāsi ~e, Ja V
220,24* foll. (~e ti tam eva aparena nāmena ālapati,
so hi rañño hitaṁ karoti tasmā ~ā [v.l kaccā] ti vuc-
cati, 225,6',7'); Koravyarājassa Dhanañjayassa yadi
te suto Vidhuro nāma ~ā ānehi taṁ paṇḍitaṁ, VI
268,6*; hatthī gavassā maṇikuṇḍalā ca ... tesaṁ va-
ro Vidhuro nāma ~ā, 283,16*,24*; ayaṁ dutīyo vijayo
mam' ajja puṭṭho hi ~ā vivar' ettha pañhaṁ, 285,24*;
sace hi ~e (v.l katthe) anusāsitā te puttā ca dārā ca,
302,2* (~e ti ... Mahāsattaṁ ālapati, 302,8'); suṇohi
~e, 308,3*; ehi ~e, 313,7*,27*; na idha santi samaṇa-
brāhmaṇā va yes' annapānāni dademu ~e, 317,16* =
321,6*; 492,15,17; 577,14*; pucchāma ~āraṁ anoma-
paññaṁ, 259,24* (= kattabbayuttakānaṁ kārakaṁ,
259,28'); 309,11*; ādāya ~āram anomapaññaṁ upā-
nayī bhavanaṁ nāgarañño, 313,24* foll. ≠ 323,25*;
puttassa santike ~āraṁ pesesi, Cp-a 83,26; — ifc. ra-
ja-° (Ja V 258,4*,8').

" 346862278370398208,kattara,en,"

kattara

, m. and n. and mfn., 1. (mn) a plant, perhaps
some kind of reed ?, see °-daṇḍa, °-yaṭṭhi; 2. mfn. old,
worn; only in non-canonical Pāli; — gramm. lit.: ~o ti
jiṇṇo, Sadd 540,30; 434,7: reinterpretation of a word no
longer understood; cf. °-rathaka, °-suppa; 3. w.r. at Ap
389,22 for kontara, q.v.; O. v. HINÜBER, Sprachent-
wicklung und Kulturgeschichte, AWL Jg. 1992 Nr. 6:
68 foll.

" 346862278420729856,kattaradaṇḍa,en,"

kattara-daṇḍa

, m., a kind of monk's staff in spite of
the reinterpretation of the ct.s; originally perhaps a rath-
er thin reed to be used only at night, only within the
precints of a monastery, and only to find obstacles in the
dark to avoid injury; ~o kattarehi jiṇṇamanussehi e-
kanto gahetattāya kattarānaṁ daṇḍo, Sadd 341,2;
kattarassa jiṇṇassa ālambano daṇḍo ~o, Sv-nṭ I
194,24 (ad Sv 40,24) ≠ 328,1 (ad Sv 70,22), cf. O. v. HIN-
ÜBER, Sprachentwicklung und Kulturgeschichte, AWL
Jg. 1992 Nr. 6: 68-76, cf. kattara-yaṭṭhi; — anujānāmi
... ajjhārāme ... ~aṁ, Vin I 188,18; considered as part
of senāsana: evaṁ senāsanaṁ paññāpetabbaṁ: a-
yaṁ mañco ... ayaṁ ~o, Vin II 76,30 = III 160,90; II
208,25; Pālim 232,25; āraññakena ... bhikkhunā ...
~o upaṭṭhāpetabbo, Vin II 217,32; — at the time of the
cts. it had developed into a walking stick: upāhanaṁ
āruyha ~aṁ gahetvā taṁ ṭhānaṁ gantvā, Vism
125,26, and was rarely used for its original purpose: joti-
kañ ca ~añ ca gahetvā, Sp 275,9; Sv 748,10 = Ps I
233,35 or for warding off animals: soṇādiparissayavi-
nodanatthaṁ ~aṁ gahetvā, Vism 181,33, cf. Ps I
116,17; thus it became part of the parikkhāra of a monk:
~o telanāli upāhanatthavikā, Vism 91,7; Sp 1226,19;
1281,1 (cf. kattara-yaṭṭhi); ~e sukate, Ap 303,5 =
312,10; or an ascetic: aṅkusa-pacchi-tidaṇḍakâdīni o-
lambitvā ... dakkhiṇena hatthena ~aṁ gahetvā, Ja I
9,19 ≠ V 132,5 ≠ VI 52,25 = 520,14; V 187,23 ≠ Ps V
43,14; Cp-a 89,16; a ~ was not considered as a weapon
(in the explanation of nikkhittadaṇḍa); ~aṁ vā danta-
kaṭṭhavāsiṁ vā pipphalakaṁ vā gahetvā vicarati,
na taṁ parūpaghātatthāya, Ps II 206,3 = Mp II 325,7;
Spk I 207,23; may be made from bamboo: Vibh-a 334,6;
Khuddas XL 9 (cf. Th-a I 106,17), or from abandoned
weapons: Sp 545,1 (cf. GM III 2: 142,8); ~e ... heṭṭhā
ekā dve vā vaṭṭalekhā upari ahicchattaka-makula-
mattaṁ vaṭṭati, Sp 293,10-12 (""on the lower ends of a ~
rings of metal may be fastened, and on top a knob""); —
~ena lekhaṁ katvā, Ja VI 56,1 = Pj II 97,6 (""having
drawn a line with the ~""); Ps V 44,4; Sp 768,11; 759,4;
— °-koṭi, f, top of a ~; Vmv I 198,14 (""iron rings etc.
fastened to the ~ to produce a sound by knocking against
each other""); cf. kattara-yaṭṭhi-koṭi.; — Rem.: This
seems to describe a staff such as the khakkharaka of the
Mūlasarvāstivādins, cf. O. v. HINÜBER, AWL Jg. 1991
Nr. 6: 74.[[side 118]]

" 346862279360253952,kattāraniddesa,en,"

kattāra-niddesa

, m. [cf. Amg. kattara; Pischel § 390;
~ is only used in cpd. as a substitute for ¹kattu (q.v. in-
fra); cf. kattuniddesa (q.v.), satthāradassana, and sat-
thāraniddesa], a statement of the agent; — gramm. lit.:
(in discussion of anomalous cpd.s like ~ and satthā-
radassana) Sadd 140,19; satthu-ādīnaṁ anto ārattaṁ
āpajjati samāsagatanāme pare kvaci: ... ~o, 668,26;
917,14; Mogg-v ad Mogg III 67; — (used in exegesis of
the canonical stereotype evaṁ me sutaṁ) me ti ~o, Sv
I 29,9 (Be kattu°) = Ps I 5,19 (Be kattu°) = Ud-a 13,33.[[side 119]]

" 346862278588502016,kattararathaka,en,"

kattara-rathaka

, m. [cf. kattara 2.], a small, old,
shaky carriage; ~ena, Ja III 299,9.

" 346862278697553920,kattarasuppa,en,"

kattara-suppa

, n. [cf. kattara 2.], a winnowing
basket made from wickersd); dārakaṁ ~e pakkhi-
pitvā, Vin I 269,14 (~e jiṇṇasuppe, Sp 1114,19; cf.
Sadd 540,30 both erroneously taking kattara to mean
""old"") ≠ Dhp-a I 174,6.

" 346862278747885568,kattarasuppaka,en,"

kattara-suppaka

, n., = prec.; ~ena saṁkārakūṭe
chaḍḍāpesi, Mp I 399,8.

" 346862278529781760,kattarayati,en,"

kattarayati

, pr. 3 sg. [sa-Dhātup kartra], to b e
shaky, old; only recorded in gramm. lit.: kattara sethil-
le: ~ti kattareti, Sadd 540,29; 541,1.

" 346862278479450112,kattarayaṭṭhi,en,"

kattara-yaṭṭhi

, f., a monk's staff, post-canonical only,
used side by side with kattara-daṇḍa, q.v;— lex. lit.: u-
palambanadaṇḍamhi ~i, Abh 443; — one of the sa-
maṇa-parikkhāra (cf. kattara-daṇḍa): pattaṁ ... cī-
varaṁ ... thālakaṁ ... udakatumbaṁ ... -in ti evaṁ
samaṇaparikkhāre saṅgopayamānā, Ps III 173,5 =
Ud-a 181,9; Ps I 300,4 = Vibh-a 286,1; Spk III 165,5; cf.
chatta, upāhana, ~, mañca, pīṭha, Spk I 83,7; 268,12;
— °-upāhāna-telanāḷi-chattānaṁ, Mp I 229,6 = Ap-a
526,27; kāsāva, ~, upāhana, pādakaṭṭhalikā, mañca,
pīṭha, Sp 718,14; 932,16; ... °-tela-nāḷi pana ~i
upāhanadaṇḍo ... bhājaniyabhaṇḍaṁ, 1242,27 (cf.
Khuddas XL 9); 1245,5; one of the two optional parik-
khāras of an ekādasaparikkhārika (q.v.) monk: ekāda-
saparikkhārikassa ~i vā tela-nāḷikā vā vaṭṭati, Sv
207,4 = Ps II 212,30 = Mp III 196,13; put down in a vi-
hāra, where a monk wants to spend the rainy season:
vassūpanāyikakāle ekasmiṁ (i.e. vihāre) upāhanā
ṭhapeti ekasmiṁ ~iṁ, Ja II 441,9; III 332,8; Dhp-a III
140,2; used by monks to drive away animals: (jaragga-
vaṁ) ~iyā paharitvā palāpesi, Ps I 117,16 qu. Ss
127,19 (cf. Vism 181,33); used as a walking stick: ~iṁ ā-
lambitvā, Thī-a 34,23; Mhv XXXVII 153; Ras II 3:3;
made from wood: bahuṁ rukkhadaṇḍaṁ chindtvā
~iṁ katvā, Th-a I 107,16 (cf. Vibh-a 304,6); — ~iyā
bhūmiṁ koṭṭenti, Sp 757,25; ~iyā paṭhaviṁ vili-
khanto, 759,9; — °-koṭi,f., top of the ~; Sp-ṭ II 121,28:
""at the top of a ~ it is also allowed to have rings made
out of iron, which produce a sound when knocking to-
gether""; cf. kattara-daṇḍa-koṭi; — °-vallaya, n., ring
around (the top) of a ~; ~aṁ, Kkh-ṭ 425,13; — °-ve-
ṭhaka, m., a metal band around (the top) of a ~; ~o,
Kkh 136,10 ≠ Sp 1240,28 (BeEe °vedhaka); — °-ve-
dhaka, m., read °-veṭhaka, q.v.

" 346862278965989376,kattareti,en,"

kattareti

, pr. 3 sg.; cf. kattarayati.

" 346862278794022912,kattari,en,"

kattar[ī/i]

, f. [ts.; cf. kattarikā, q.v.; CDIAL 2858],
scissors, shears; more likely than ""knife""; ~iyā uppala-
makulaṁ viya aḷehi ubhinnam pi sīsaṁ kappetvā,
Ja III 298,13; ~iyā vā saṇḍāsakena vā khurena vā, Sp
921,1 (ad Vin IV 260,16); ~iyā massuṁ chedāpenti,
1211,1 (ad Vin II 134,5); ~iyā padumaṁ kantanto vi-
ya, Ps III 20,5 = Spk III 46,15 = Ud-a 411,7 (refers to
patraccheda, for which, cf. C. Haebler, Paideuma 7
1959-61: 241-252; — ifc. mahā-° (Kkh 136,41).kattarī

" 346862278810800128,kattarī,en,"

kattar[ī/i]

" 346862278856937472,kattarikā,en,"

kattarikā

, f. [kattarī (q.v.) + kā; cf. sa. kartarikā], =
prec.; chabbaggiyā bhikkhū ~āya kese chedāpenti,
Vin II 134,19,21; anujānāmi ... ābādhapaccayā ~āya
kese chedāpetun ti, 134,25 (Sp 1211,9); kakkaṭako
~āya kumudanaḷaṁ kappento viya, Ja I 223,22.

" 346862278915657728,kattariyagga,en,"

kattari-y-agga

, n. [kattari + y + agga], the point of
the scissors; ~ena sāṇiyā chiddaṁ katvā, Dhp-a II
70,14.

" 346862268903854080,kattha,en,"

katth(a)

, the verbal root katth; ~a silāghāyaṁ,
Dhātup 128 = Dhātum 182 = Sadd 366,29 = Abh-ṭ ad
Abh 118.[[side 125]]²kattha

" 346862268262125568,kattha,en,"

kattha

, ²ind. [< ka + ttha (< *stāt ?; cf. SCHWARZ-
SCHILD, Collected Papers 1991: 32 foll); Pischel § 107;
cf. ettha, q.v.; kahaṁ, kuttha, kutra, kuhiṁ, kva, ko,
qq.v.], interrogative adverb of place with a locatival
sense: 1. in what place, in what direction: where; 2.a.
used substantially as a substitute for the loc. (sg. and
pl.) of the interrogative pronoun ⁵ka (q.v); b. wherein,
i.e., on what ground(s), whereby, how; for the sake of
what: why (nimittasaptamī); — ~ is often found in
combination with the enclitic particles nu kho, for which
v. infra; — gramm. lit.: ~'-ettha-kutrâtra-kvêhîdha.
ete saddā nipaccante: kasmim ~a +, Mogg IV 111;
— lex. lit.: (in list of synonyms) kuhiñcanaṁ kuhiṁ
kutra kuttha ~a kahaṁ kva' tha, Abh 1160; — 1. ~a
vasanto passī ti pucchi, Ja III 76,19; kuhiṁ gatā ~a
gatā iti lālappatī jano, 217,10* (kuhiṁ gatā ~a gatā ti
aññamaññavevacanāni, 217,13'); ~' eva bhaṭṭhā
Upajotiyo ca, IV 382,13* (= kva gatā ti attho, 382,17');
~' acchatī (v.l. + ti) ~a-m-upeti ṭhānaṁ, V 44,22* (=
~a vasati, ... ~a tiṭṭhatī ti attho, 44,26',27'); āgantukā
bhikkhū na jānanti ~a vā ajj' uposatho kariyissatī ti,
Vin I 107,2; ~a te diṭṭhaṁ, 172,18 foll.; ~a āyasmantā
icchanti ~a paññāpemī ti, II 76,10; ~a te adhigataṁ,
III 92,10 (= kasmiṁ okāse kiṁ rattiṭṭhāne divāṭ-
ṭhāne, Sp 490,14); idaṁ panāvuso ~a vuttaṁ bhaga-
vatā ti, II 249,23 (= katarasmiṁ nagare vuttan ti, Sp
1289,26); ~a pana tumhe āsaṅkathā ti Jetavane ma-
hārājā ti, Ud 44,13 (Ud-a 259,12); ~a dānaṁ padīyati,
Pv 273 (correl. ettha at 274); kuhiṁ gamissasi peta
~a vāso bhavissatī ti. Pv 386; ~a atthi ~a n' atthī ti,
Kv 98,27 = 99,14; ~a uppajjanti, Vibh 422,6; ~a passis-
saṁ sāmaññaphaladāyakaṁ, Ap 320,8; ayaṁ dham-
madesanā ~a bhāsitā ti, Dhp-a I 3,5; ~' eso saddo ti
pucchi... Sāvatthiyaṁbhante, 18,15; ettakaṁ kālaṁ
~a vihāsī ti, Spk I 280,4; ~a (v.l. tattha) vuttan ti
idaṁ sikkhāpadaṁ kasmiṁ nagare vuttaṁ, Mp V
36,7; — ~ + nu and nu kho: ~a nu tvaṁ bhikkhuni
uppajjitukāmā ti, S I 133,9; ~a nu kho bhagavā viha-
reyya, Vin I 39,2 = II 158,26; 285,17; 305,37; ~a nu kho
Bhagavā vihareyyā ti, Pv-a 22,12; — 2.a. kuhiṁ pa-
jappe ti kimhi jappeyya, ~a jappeyya, Nidd I 317,16
(""what would he long for""; ad Sn 902); ~a ca amhehi
sikkhitabban ti, Vin I 83,30 (""about which""); anāpatti
~a dema ti pucchiyamāno, IV 157,3 (""to whom"");
katamesānaṁ ... dhammānam so ... Gotamo vaṇ-
ṇavādī ahosi, ~a ca imaṁ janataṁ samādapesi nive-
sesi patiṭṭhāpesī ti D I 206,6 (""on the basis of which"";
correl. ettha at 206,13); ime tvaṁ pañca dhamme ~a
bahulaṁ samanupassasi gahaṭṭhesu vā pabbajitesu
vā ti, M II 205,12 (""in whom""); ~a dinnam mahap-
phalan ti, S I 233,16 (""to whom"") = Vv 635 (reading
yattha) qu. Kv 554,9*; ~a Vakkalissa kulaputtassa
viññāṇam patiṭṭhitan ti, S III 124,10 (in which); ~a ca
bhikkhave saddhindriyaṁ daṭṭhabbaṁ, V 196,11 (in
which); ~a dinnaṁ mahapphalan ti ... saṅghe din-
naṁ mapphalaṁ, Kv 554,9* (""to whom""); — ~ + nu
and nu kho: ~a nu kho bhante dānaṁ dātabban ti, S
I 98,22 foll. (""to whom""; Spk I 165,20); — 2.b. ~a (v.l.
kathaṁ) hutaṁ yajamānassa sujjhe, Sn 487; ~' eso
abhisaṭo jano ti, Ja VI 56,23* (""for what, reason""; =
kimatthaṁ esa jano abhisaṭo sannipatito, 57,1');
etaṁ ... pabrūhi, ~' etaṁ uparujjhati, Sn 1036
(""whereby""; correl. ettha at 1037) qu. Nidd II 8,14; ~a
āpo ca paṭhavī tejo vāyo na gādhati, ~a dīghañ ca
rassañ ca anuṁ thūlaṁ subhâsubhaṁ, ~a nāmañ ca
rūpañ ca asesaṁ uparujjhatī ti, D I 223,7-10* (exeg. at
~a nāmañ ca rūpañ ca, asesam uparujjhatī ti, S I
15,15; ~a c' uppannaṁ domanassindriyam aparise-
saṁ nirujjhati, V 214,8 (whereby); ~a kāmā nirujjhan-
ti, A IV 411,1 foll. (whereby; correl. ettha); — ~ + nu
kho: ~a nu kho ime cattāro mahābhūtā aparisesā ni-
rujjhanti, D I 215,23 = 221,3 = 223,3.

" 346862351095435264,kaṭṭha,en,"

kaṭṭha

, n. [cf. sa. kāṣṭha; CDIAL 3120], (com-
monly used of dry hardwood) 1.a. wood, a piece of
wood; firewood; b. timber; 2.a. branch, bough,
twig; b. stick; staff; rod; c. pole, stake; beam, rafter;
— gramm. lit.: kuṭa kusa kaṭa iccevamādīhi dhātūhi
pāṭipadikehi ca ṭhappaccayo hoti: kuṭṭho, koṭṭhaṁ,
~aṁ, Kacc-v ad Kacc 674; Pay II 126,10 (Mogg III 42);
— 1.a. appekacce uddhanāni khaṇanti, appekacce
~āni phāḷenti, Sn 104,23; ~ā have jāyati jātavedo, Sn
462 = S I 168,10*; kadā nu ~e ca tine lata ca ... tuley-
yaṁ, Th 1101 (~e ti dārukkhandhe, Th-a III 152,32);
~asmiṁ manthamānasmiṁ pāvako nāma jāyati,
tam eva ~aṁ ḍahati yasmā so jāyate gini, Ja IV
26,16*,17* (27,4',5'); na nūna ~āni sayaṁ abhañji, V
204,24*; ~aṁ viplāvitaṁ (so read; Ee kaṭṭhavip-)
seyyo na tv' ev' ekacciyo naro ti, IV 259,19*
(259,21',23') = 1326,8* qu. Cp-a 149,5; na dissate aggi-
m-anuppaviṭṭho sukkhesu ~esu navesu câpi, Ja VI
206,18*; te jaṭilā aggī paricaritukāmā na sakkonti ~āni
phāletuṁ, Vin I 31,7,9; 31,14; 239,22; sace va te aggi
nibbāyeyya ayaṁ vāsī imāni ~āni, D II 340,24 =
341,15; seyyathā pi ... allaṁ ~aṁ ... udake nikkhit-
taṁ, M I 240,31 (- allaṁ udumbarakaṭṭhaṁ, Ps II
287,17) = 241,16 = III 95,31; 1242,5; athâyaṁ kayo ... seti
yathā ~aṁ acetanan ti, 296,8,11; III 95,4; 141,33; 242,31;
dvinnaṁ ~ānaṁ saṅghaṭṭasamodhānā usmā jāyati
tejo abhinibattati, S II 97,9 (= dvinnaṁ araṇinaṁ,
Spk II 101,32) = IV 215,22 (Spk III 241,18 = II 101,32) = V
212,21; Ap 438,28,29; ayo lohaṁ tipu ... tiṇaṁ ~aṁ ...
pāsāṇo pabbato, Vibh 82,21; ~aṁ aggissa vatthu hoti
upadanaṁ ... ~aṁ manthayitva aggiṁ nibbattetva
... aggikaraṇīyāni kammāni karontī ti, Mil 96,15; Peṭ
1,23; Ps II 351,9; Cp-a 139,16; — ifc. an-uddhaṭa-°;
abhinna-°; amba-°; udumbara-° (Ps II 287,17);
kaṇikāra-° (Ja V 295,25'); gandha-° (Ps V 63,20);
tiṇa-° (Ja II 26,20*; ~-paṇṇa-kasaṭa, Vin III 177,20; Sp
612,11; ~-vana-ppati, Kv 46,31; 187,14; ~-sākhā-palāsa, S
III 33,6; ~âdi, Spk I 117,29; ~-upādāna, M I 487,20,28;
sa-~°ôdaka, D I 87,8; 111,7); nānā-° (Cp I 37; Cp-a
106,17); pañca-° (~-sata, Vin I 31,12); mahā-°
(~-puñja, Cp I 40); (Cp-a 106,29); varaṇa-° (~-bhaṅja,
Ja I 319,2); valli-° (Ap 415,1); sāka-° (M II 129,29);
sāla-° (M II 129,30); sukkha-° (Sp 312,4); — 1.b.
~aṅ ca paṭicca valliṅ ca paṭicca ... ākāso parivārito
agāran-t' eva saṅkhaṁ gacchati, M I 190,15 (= dabba-
sambhāraṁ, Ps II 229,6); — 2.a. bahum p' etaṁ vane
~aṁ vāto bhañjati dubbalaṁ, Ja I 415,24* (415,26');
suggahītasmiṁ ~asmiṁ vācāya sakiyā vadhi, II
177,6* (suggahītasmiṁ ~asmin ti mukhena suṭṭhu
ḍasitvā gahite daṇḍake, 177,13'); atha kho te bhikkhū
... tiṇakuṭiyo bhinditvā tiṇañ ca ~añ ca paṭisāmetvā
janapadacārikaṁ pakkamiṁsu, Vin III 41,8; atha kho
... kumbhakāraputto ... tiṇañ ca ~aṅ ca gomayaṅ ca
saṁkaḍḍhitvā taṁ kuṭikaṁ paci, 42,1 (Sp 287,28);
tatthajātakaṁ ~aṁ vā lataṁ vā chindati, āpatti
dukkaṭassa, 48,1; sukkhāni ca ~āni pakkhippeyya, S
II 85,5; — ifc. dubbala-° (Ja I 415,26'; —Jātaka 416,6);
— 2.b. pharusena pi ~ena avalekhanti, Vin II 221,33;
aññatarassa bhikkhuno mocanâdhippāyassa ~ena
aṅgajātaṁ ghaṭṭentassa asuci mucci, III 118,24; atha
puriso āgaccheyya ~aṁ vā kaṭhalaṁ vā ādāya, M I
128,23,34; yaṅ yad eva hi so bhante kakkaṭako alaṁ
abhininnāmeyya taṁ tad eva te kumārakā vā ku-
mārikā vā ~ena vā kaṭhalena vā saṅchindeyyuṁ +,
234,15 = S I 123,26; atha kho Māro pāpimā ... adho-
mukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno ~ena bhūmiṁ vi-
likhanto, 124,13; seyyathā pi nāma duṭṭhāruko ~ena
vā kaṭhalāya vā ghaṭṭito bhīyosomattāya āsavaṁ
deti, A I 124,7 (= daṇḍakakoṭiyā, Mp II 195,11) = Pp
30,8 (= daṇḍakakoṭiyā, Pp-a 211,25) - 36,29 (Pp-a
211,33); seyyathā pi... gūthakūpo ~ena kaṭhalāya vā
ghaṭṭito bhīyosomattāya duggandho hoti, A I 127,3,8
(Mp II 195,20); seyyathā pi bhikkhave daharo kumāro
mando ... ~aṁ vā kaṭhalaṁ vā mukhe āhareyya, A
III 6,2; bhattavissaggakālâdīsu kāke vā soṇe vā ~aṁ
vā kathalaṁ vā khipitvā palāpeti vaṭṭati, Sp 468,10;
— ifc. avalekhana-° (Vin II 221,33); danta-° (Vin
II 221,30; ~(a)ttha, Spk III 183,25; ~-pūvâdi, Sp 765,8;
~-mukhôdaka, Vin II 234,16; nāgalatā-~, Spk I 117,13);
— 2.c. sukkhesu ~esu navesu câpi, Ja VI 211,13*;
bandhane chinne ~āni vippakiṇṇāni agamaṁsu, Vin
III 63,17,23; ~ehi ca pāsāṇehi ca taṁ kuṭikaṁ vikirantā
bhindiṁsu, Sp 289,16 (ad Vin III 42,19); — ifc. sesa-°
(Ja VI 215,1').

" 346862350923468800,kaṭṭha,en,"

kaṭṭha

, mfn. [pp. of kasati (< *√kṛṣ), q.v.; cf. sa.
kṛṣṭa; kiṭṭha, q.v.; cf. kaḍḍhati], 1. stretched out,
hence: thin (only recorded in cpd. kaṭṭhaṅga, q.v. in-
fra); 2. ploughed, tilled; — gramm. lit.: kasasmā pa-
rassânantarassa tassa ṭha hoti, kasassa vā im ca:
kiṭṭhaṁ ~aṁ, Mogg-v ad Mogg V 142 (""after √kas
ṭha is substituted for the immediately following pp.
suffix ta, and i is optionally substituted for a of
√kas""); — evam esā kasī ~ā, sa hoti amatapphalā, Sn
80 (Pj II 151,5) = S I 173,3* (Spk I 256,19 = Pj II 151,5); —
ifc. a-°; su-° (A I 229,35; Mil 255,15).

" 346862104986259456,kaṭṭha,en,"

²kaṭṭha, 2.b.

, title of A III 250,17–30; ~aṁ, A III 251,27* (uddāna).

" 346862354425712640,katthabhatin,en,"

kattha-bhati(n)

, m., a woodcutter; Tisso nā-
māsi so rājā kaṭṭhabhatī ti vissuto, Dīp XX 28.kattha-bhatin

" 346862268325040128,katthaci,en,"

katthaci

, ²ind. [< kattha (q.v.) + ci (< cid)], in-
definite adverb of place with a locatival sense: 1.a.(i)
somewhere, wherever, anywhere; na + katthaci, in no
place whatsoever, nowhere; (ii) yattha + ~-i, wherever
(cf. sa. yatra kvacid, yatra kutracid); (iii) ~i + ~i,
wherever ? (uncertain reading); 1.b. in some cases;
2.a.(i) used substantially as a substitute for the loc. of
the indefinite pronoun ¹koci (q.v.); a.(ii) katthaci ...
katthaci used as a substitute for the loc. of ¹koci ...
¹koci: some ... another; b.(i) used adjectivally; b.(ii)
yattha katthaci used adjectivally as a substitute for the
loc. of yo koci (q.v.); — syns.: kuhiñci, kvaci,
kvacana, ²koci, qq.v.; — 1.a.(i) nâtimaññetha ~i na
(cf. L. ALSDORF, Āryā-Strophen, AWL Jg. 1964 Nr. 4:
15) kañci, Sn 148 = Khp IX 6; na khvāham āvuso ~i
uppajjitukāmā ti, S I 133,11; jānāsi pana tvaṁ Sāri-
putta ajja ~i Rāhulassa vutthabhāvan ti, Ja I 162,6; sa
~i putte adisvā, VI 565,2; yathā hi duggatamanussā
~i gantukāmā khippam eva nikkhamanti, Dhp-a I
96,15; parinibbāyituṁ nāma ~i na sakkā, Ud-a 402,9;
— ayam, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na ~i uppajjati na ku-
hiñci uppajjatī ti, M III 103,22; jātarūpaṁ yathā kū-
ṭaṁ n' eva yāyati katthaci tathā sīlavihīno tvaṁ n'
eva yāyasi ~i, Ap 68,9; na ~i gantabbaṁ, Sp 982,7
(ad Vin I 50,24); evam ayaṁ ... n' eva ~i attānaṁ
passati, Mp III 163,4; yesaṁ ariyānaṁ sabbaso vīta-
rāgattā na ~i pi sattaloke ca piyaṁ piyabhāvo puttā
ti, Ud-a 429,22; — 1.a.(ii) gramm. lit.: yattha ~i iti
sattamiyatthe anavasesapariyādānavacanaṁ, Sadd
894,17; — sakalena gāmena nimantito tasmiṁ game
yattha ~i bhuñjati, sakalena pūgena nimantito ta-
smiṁ pūge yattha ~i bhuñjati, Vin IV 78,25; sayani-
gharaṁ nāma yattha ~i rañño sayanaṁ paññattaṁ
hoti, 160,27; 230,11; 298,23 foll.; yattha ~i camma-
khaṇḍaṁ pattharitvā yattha ~i sayitabbaṁ, Mil
366,3; sabbattha-m-anusāsāmī ti etesu gāmâdisu
yattha ~i vasanto p' ahaṁ mahārāja imāya eva anu-
satthiyā taṁ anusāsāmi, Ja III 229,17'; te pana kam-
mavegukkhittā yattha ~i ṭhitassa matthake yeva
upari patanti, Pv-a 284,21; game vā araññe vā yattha
~i sukhena dukkhena ca phuṭṭho sukhadukkhāni
anubhavanto, Ud-a 114,6 foll.; 230,19; — 1.a.(iii) ya-
thā ca harito sampajjamāno nīlapatto dumo ~i ~i
(v.l only one ka°) ṭhitaṁ paṇḍūpalāsaṁ jahāti, Ja IV
341,7'; — 1.b. aṅgaṇan ti ~i kilesā vuccanti, Ps I
139,26,28,30 (ad M I 24,17); simhi ~i. ~i ntupaccayassa
attaṁ hoti, Sadd 648,3; — 2.a.(i) seyyathā pi Rāhula
ākāso na ~i patiṭṭhito, M I 424,23 (= paṭhavipabbata-
rukkhâdisu, Ps III 140,10); aññaṁ ñātimittâdisu kañ-
ci na poseti, ~i alaggabhāvā, Ud-a 62,32; — 2.a.(ii) ~i
mahārāja sammuyheyya, ~i na sammuyheyyā ti,
Mil 42,4,5; — 2.b.(i) koci-d-evā ti ~i-d-eva game vā
nagare vā, Ja IV 92,17'; ~i ṭhāne, Ap-a 237,27 (ad Ap
30,20); ~ī ti ~i okāse game vā khette vā ñātimajjhe
vā pūgamajjhe vā ti ādi, Pj I 247,18; yadi evaṁ ~i
ṭhāne ""upasaggamattan"" ti kasmā vuttan ti, Sadd
886,7; — 2.b.(ii) devaloke manusse vā jāto vā yattha
~i bhave suvaṇṇavaṇṇo va uttattakanakûpamo, Ap
457,29; so yattha ~i kule jāto, Ja IV 9,24'.

" 346862351422590976,kaṭṭhadaṇḍaka,en,"

kaṭṭha-daṇḍaka

, m., a wooden stick; cīvara-
vaṁse ti cīvaraṭhapanatthāya bandhitvā ṭhapite
vaṁse vā ~e vā, Sp 325,18 (ad Vin III 48,33).

" 346862353104506880,kaṭṭhaggi,en,"

kaṭṭh'-aggi

, m. [²kaṭṭha + aggi], fire produced
from firewood; — exeg.: kaṭṭhato nibbatto pākatiko
va aggi ~i nāma, Mp IV 29,16 (ad A IV 41,4, q.v. infra);
bāhiratejodhātuniddese kaṭṭhaṁ paṭicca pajjalito
kaṭṭhupâdāno aggi ~i nāma, Vibh-a 70,6 (ad Vibh
83,35, q.v. infra); kaṭṭhañ ca paṭicca aggi jalati, ~i t'
eva saṅkhaṁ gacchati, M I 259,25 (Ps II 306,30) = II
181,18; rāgaggi, dosaggi, mohaggi ... ~i, A IV 41,4;
ayaṁ kho pana brāhmaṇa ~i kālena kālaṁ ujjale-
tabbo ... kālena kālaṁ nikkhipitabbo ti, 45,22; ~i sa-
kalikaggi tiṇaggi gomayaggi thusaggi saṅkāraggi +
... yaṁ vā pan' aññaṁ pi atthi bāhiraṁ tejo, Vibh
83,35; — °-gomay'-aggi, m., fire produced from
firewood and fire produced from dried cow dung; —
°-ādi, mfn.; agginā kappiyaṁ karontena ~ādīsu yena
kenaci antamaso lohakhaṇḍena pi ādittena kap-
piyaṁ kātabbaṁ, Sp 767,12.

" 346862353062563840,kaṭṭhagomayadi,en,"

kaṭṭha-gomayâdi

, mfn. [³kaṭṭha + gomaya +
ādi], sticks and cow's dung, etc.; mattikāya pi
aññesu pi ~īsu (v.l. kaṭṭhakaddama-) es' eva nayo,
Sp 786,11.

" 346862353075146752,kaṭṭhagomayādi,en,"

kaṭṭha-gomayâdi

, mfn. [³kaṭṭha + gomaya +
ādi], sticks and cow's dung, etc.; mattikāya pi
aññesu pi ~īsu (v.l. kaṭṭhakaddama-) es' eva nayo,
Sp 786,11.

" 346862355344265216,kaṭṭhahālapariveṇa,en,"

Kaṭṭhahāla-pariveṇa

, n.; Npr.; a monastic re-
sidence at Anurādhapura; v. PPN s.v.; ~e theraṁ pas-
siya ... tumhehi saha gacchāmi sakaṁ gāman ti
bhāsiya rañño sabbaṁ nivedesi, Mhv XXX 34
(Mhv-ṭ 538,22).

" 346862353171615744,kaṭṭhahāra,en,"

kaṭṭha-hāra

, m(fn.), firewood gatherer; udahārā
~ā kasikā tiṇahārakā yathā sakena thāmena pūga-
dhammam akaṁsu te, Ap 317,11; 359,19.

" 346862352513110016,kaṭṭhahāra,en,"

Kaṭṭha-hāra

, m.; Npr.; title of S I 180,13-181,21; S
I 184,33* (in uddāna).

" 346862355314905088,kaṭṭhahārakaikā,en,"

kaṭṭha-hāraka(-ikā)

, mf(-ikā)n. [secdry < ¹kaṭ-
ṭhahāra + aka/ikā], a male (-aka) or female (-ikā)
firewood gatherer; aññataro bhikkhu Sāvatthiyaṁ
... aṅñatarā ajapālikā passitvā ... aññatarā ~ikā
passitvā, Vin III 38,15; yadā passāmi... tiṇahārakaṁ
vā ~akaṁ vā ... papatāmi, M I 79,3,10; sambahula
antevasikā ~akā māṇavakā ... upasaṅkamiṁsu, S I
180,17; IV 117,2; 119,6; pubbe rājāno muhuttikāya
~ikāya kucchismiṁ puttaṁ labhitvā puttassa rajjaṁ
adaṁsū ti, Ja I 134,7; ~ako tesaṁ vacanam sutvā rajje
patte sahassena kiccaṁ n' atthī ti, II 412,6; V 417,13;
Mil 331,12; tattha ~ikā pubbe vuttasākapupphahārikā
viya aphāsuṁ karonti, Vism 120,24; aññatarā ~ikā
itthi Andhavane supupphitaṁ asokarukkhaṁ disvā,
Vv-a 173,12; porāṇakapaṇḍitā daḷidditthiyā ~ikāya
aggamahesiṭṭhānaṁ adaṁsu, Dhp-a I 349,8,11; —
°(-ikā)-paṇṇahārikâdi, mfn. [paṇṇahārikā +
ādi], (dv.) female firewood gatherers and gatherers
of leaves, etc.; yathā pana avelāya (Ee w.r. ace-) ~ayo
vihāraṁ na pavisanti, Ps III 321,6.kaṭṭha-hāraka-ikā

" 346862347278618624,kaṭṭhahārī,en,"

kaṭṭha-hārī

, f., a female firewood gatherer; atha
kho āyasmato Dhaniyassa ... tiṇahāriyo ~o
tiṇakuṭikaṁ bhinditvā tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca ādāya
agamaṁsu, Vin III 41,12.

" 346862104864624640,kaṭṭhahāriyajātaka,en,"

Kaṭṭha-hāriya-jātaka,

alternative title of the SE-Asian tradition: Kaṭṭhavāhana-jātaka, cf. G. Martini, BEFEO LI 1963: 81.

" 346862353435856896,kaṭṭhahāriyajātaka,en,"

Kaṭṭha-hāriya-jātaka

, Kaṭṭha-hārika-jāta-
ka or Kaṭṭha-hāri-jātaka, n.; Npr.; title of Ja I
133,21-136,8 (cf. Dhp-a I 349,8; Ja IV 148,7).

" 346862354014670848,kaṭṭhahatthin,en,"

kaṭṭha-hatthi(n)

, m., a wooden elephant; Caṇ-
ḍapajjoto ... ~iṁ payojetvā ... dhītaraṁ uyyojesi, Ps
III 325,19; ~ī rañño mantaṁ parivattetvā vīṇaṁ vā-
dentassa tantisaddaṁ asuṇanto viya palāyati yeva,
Dhp-a I 193,4.[[side 49]]kaṭṭha-hatthin

" 346862353305833472,kaṭṭhaja,en,"

kaṭṭha-ja

, mfn., stemming from hard wood(?);
used in definition of taka; takaṁ = -an ti aggikeḷini
(?), Vjb 320,25 (cf. Sp-ṭ III 66,3 [ad Sp 837,27]: takan ti
aggakoṭiyā nikkhantasileso = Vmv II 32,19).

" 346862103711191040,katthaka,en,"

Katthaka,

n., Npr.; a Cetiya built at the end of the 8^th century; ~aṁ cetiyaṁ ’kāsi devī Cetiyapabbate, Mhv XLIX 23 (cf. Mhv-trsl. ad locum).

" 346862351355482112,kaṭṭhaka,en,"

Kaṭṭhaka

, m. [cf. sa. kṛṣṇaka; Mittelindisch §
285] Npr.; name of a class of gods; ~ā ca yasassino, D
II 261,1* (= yasasampannā Kaṭhakā [so read with Ce;
Ee Kaṭṭh-] devā ca. pāḷiyam pana Kaṭṭhakā cā ti likh-
anti, Sv 691,26; — Rem.: the sa. version of the verse
reads kṛṣṇuktāś; cf. BHSD s.v.; Kl. T. IV 189,12*.

" 346862351149961216,kaṭṭhaka,en,"

[¹

kaṭṭhaka

, m., bamboo (= veḷu; ct. so); phalāni
~assêva attaghaññāya phallati, Dhp 164 (sa ca pāpikā
diṭṭhi veḷusaṅkhātassa ~assa [so read with v.l.; Ee
kaṭṭhassa] phalāni viya hoti, tasmā yathā ~o phalāni
gaṇhanto attaghaññāya phallati attano ghātattham
eva phaleti, Dhp-a III 156,18); — Rem.: there is
reason to believe that the reading ~ at Dhp 164 is a
mistake for ¹kaṇṭaka (q.v.), presumably through the
misspelling kaṇṭhaka; cf. the parallel at Uv VIII 7:
kaṇṭakaveṇur vā; ¹kaṇṭaka is recorded in sa. lex. lit.
in the sense of ""bamboo""; v. G-Dhp ad 258.[[side 46]]

" 346862104948510720,kaṭṭhaka,en,"

¹kaṭṭhaka, Rem.

: Dhp (Ee 2000) 164 with note.

" 346862352001404928,kaṭṭhakaddamagomayadi,en,"

[

kaṭṭha-kaddama-gomayâdi

, v.l. at Sp 786,11
for kaṭṭhagomayâdi]

" 346862352026570752,kaṭṭhakaddamagomayādi,en,"

[

kaṭṭha-kaddama-gomayâdi

, v.l. at Sp 786,11
for kaṭṭhagomayâdi]

" 346862347773546496,kaṭṭhakalāpa,en,"

kaṭṭha-kalāpa

, m., a bundle of sticks; ramaṇīye
pariveṇe ~e bandhitvā khipamānā vālikaṁ āluḷetvā,
Spk II 397,28; — °âdi, mfn.; ~i, Ud-a 338,23.

" 346862352135622656,kaṭṭhakaliṅgara,en,"

kaṭṭha-kaliṅgara

, n. [²kaṭṭha + kaliṅgara; cf.
kaliṅgara/kaḷiṅgara, qq.v.], woody bamboo stick(s);
~ is used in simile illustrating lack of conscious-
ness (cf. acittaka, acetano); sace acittakāni ~āni ga-
hetvā cakkâdīni karonti sacittakâpi kasmā attano
cittaṁ vase vattetvā samaṇadhammaṁ kātuṁ na
sakkhissantī ti, Dhp-a II 142,9; evarūpassa nāma
~assâpi jarā āgacchati, III 122,11; — °ûpama, mfn.,
like woody bamboo sticks; paṭipāṭiyā aṭṭhīni
ṭhitāni koṭiyā, anekasandhiyamito (so read; Ee
-dhī-) na kehici baddho nahārūhi jarāya codito,
acetano ~o, Vibh-a 253,23* = Pj I 52,6*; idāni pi me
ayam eva acetanā ~ā mahāpaṭhavī sakkhī ti hatthaṁ
pasāresi, Ps II 183,28; It-a II 50,19 = Sp-ṭ II 253,19; Ps-pṭ
III 53,17; Sv-ṭ 1221,22 = Spk-ṭ II 267,11.

" 346862352081096704,kaṭṭhakamma,en,"

kaṭṭha-kamma

, n., carpentry; thambhâdi kaṭ-
ṭhakamman ti veditabbaṁ, Vjb 120,20; — °-citta-
kamma-sīla-kammâdi, mfn. [kamma + ādi],
(dv.) carpentry, painting, stonework, etc.; — ~-vasa,
m.; ~ena susajjitaṁ devavimānaṁ viya adhunā
niṭṭhāpitaṁ, Ps III 17,3; — °-sudhā-kamma-
citta-kammâdi, mfn. [kamma + ādi], (dv.) car-
pentry, whitewashing, painting, etc.; — ~-vasa, m.;
~ena supariniṭṭhitaṁ, Ud-a 408,26.

" 346862352643133440,kaṭṭhakāra,en,"

kaṭṭha-kāra

, m., woodworker; only recorded in
gramm. lit.: dhātuyā kammâdimhi ṇappaccayo hoti.
kammaṁ karoti akārisi karissatī ti: kammakāro;
evaṁ ... ~o, Kacc-v ad Kacc 526; Rūp Ce 1897 230,12;
Pay Ce 1974 229,4.

" 346862103690219520,katthakasālapariveṇa,en,"

Katthaka-sāla-pariveṇa,

n., Npr.; name of a monastery in Ceylon at the time of King Saddhā-Tissa (1^st century BC) and Vassabha (2^nd century AD); ~e Mahā-Saṭṭhivassatthero, Sv 291,5; Mp II 30,27 (Ee w.r. Tattha°).

" 346862104793321472,kaṭṭhakataṅgāra,en,"

kaṭṭhakataṅgāra,

wooden staff (?); cf. Buddh. Skt. kāṣṭhakaḍaṁkara, kāṣṭhakaḍaṅgara, SWTF: PĀsĀdika, BStR XIV 1997: 191foll.

" 346862351691026432,kaṭṭhakataṅgāra,en,"

[

kaṭṭhakataṅgāra

, problematic reading of un-
certain meaning at S V 149,2: taṁ enaṁ (scil.
makkaṭaṁ) ... luddo vijjhitvā tasmiṁ yeva ~e (v.l.,
Be, and Tr. transcript kaṭṭhakaṁ uddharetvā; CeSe
makkaṭaṁ uddharitvā) avassajjetvā ... pakkamati;
— Rem.: the sentence in which ~ occurs would
seem to be corrupt; the v.l. kaṭṭhaṁ uddharetvā
makes it impossible to construe the loc. tasmiṁ;
the same consideration applies to the reading mak-
kaṭaṁ uddharitvā (a modern conjecture ?)]

" 346862351506477056,kaṭṭhakaṭhala,en,"

kaṭṭha-kaṭhala

, n., (dv.) stick and stone; ~aṁ
ādāya āgatapuriso viya, Ps II 101,35 (ad M I 128,21).

" 346862352823488512,kaṭṭhakhaṇḍa,en,"

kaṭṭha-khaṇḍa

, m., chip, splinter; niratthaṁ va
kaliṅgaraṁ nirupakāraṁ niratthakaṁ ~aṁ viya,
Dhp-a I 321,3; ~aṁ upadahitvā nipajjanti, Spk II
230,13.

" 346862352903180288,kaṭṭhalatāchedanatthaṃ,en,"

kaṭṭha-latā-chedan'-atthaṁ

, ²ind. [chedana
+ atthaṁ], for the purpose of cutting twigs and
creepers (adv. acc.); — ifc. tattha-jātaka-° (Sp
311,14 [so read with Be; Ee three words]).

" 346862354870308864,kaṭṭhalatadi,en,"

kaṭṭha-latâdi

, mfn. [lata + ādi], twigs and
creepers, etc.; idha pana yaṁ pariggahītaṁ sārak-
khaṁ yato na vinā mūlena ~īni gahetuṁ labhanti,
Sp 342,5).

" 346862354887086080,kaṭṭhalatādi,en,"

kaṭṭha-latâdi

, mfn. [lata + ādi], twigs and
creepers, etc.; idha pana yaṁ pariggahītaṁ sārak-
khaṁ yato na vinā mūlena ~īni gahetuṁ labhanti,
Sp 342,5).

" 346862351833632768,kaṭṭhamañca,en,"

kaṭṭha-mañca

, m. [cf. kaṭṭhakamañcaka, q.v.], a
wooden bed; ~aṁ pañftapetvāna ajinañ ca apattha-
riṁ, Ap 381,9.

" 346862351779106816,kaṭṭhamañcaka,en,"

kaṭṭha-mañcaka

, m., a wooden bed; idaṁ me
āsanam atthi nisīda ~e, Ap 381,17; yoginā yogāvaca-
rena tiṇasanthāre pi... ~e pi... cammakhaṇḍaṁ pat-
tharitvā ... na sayanabahulena bhavitabbaṁ, Mil
366,2.

" 346862354471849984,kaṭṭhamaya,en,"

kaṭṭha-maya

, mfn., consisting of, made of
hardwood; — gramm. lit.: tappakativacanatthe
mayappaccayo hoti. suvaṇṇena pakataṁ: suvaṇṇa-
mayaṁ, evaṁ: rūpiyamayaṁ ... iṭṭhikamayaṁ,
~aṁ, Kacc-v ad Kacc 374; — sabbā nadī vaṁkagatā,
sabbe ~ā vanā, Ja I 289,29* = V 435,16* (cf. MSS 23 1986:
21); anujānāmi bhikkhave aṭṭhimayaṁ dantamayaṁ
... ~aṁ +, Vin I 203,26 = II 115,32 = 135,9; IV 261,25;
yathā ayomayena vā sallena viddho ... ~ena vā sal-
lena viddho, Nidd I 5,17; yathā khuddakaṁ ~aṁ
kullaṁ āharitvā mahā samuddaṁ taritukāmo ...
macchakacchapabhakkho bhaveyya, It-a II 66,37.[[side 48]]

" 346862354727702528,kaṭṭhamukha,en,"

kaṭṭha-mukha

, m(fn.), (bhvr.) ""wood mouth""
(snake); used of a snake whose poison causes the
body to become stiff as a log (v. exeg. infra); —
exeg.: tattha cattāro āsīvisā ti, ~o pūtimukho
aggimukho satthamukho ti ime cattāro. tesu ~ena
ḍaṭṭhassa sakalasarīraṁ, sukkhakaṭṭhaṁ viya, thad-
dhaṁ hoti ... ~o hi ḍaṭṭhaviso diṭṭhaviso phuṭṭha-
viso vātaviso ti catubbidho hoti, Spk III 6,17 (ad S IV
172,24); — patthaddho bhavati kayo ḍaṭṭho ~ena vā,
paṭhavīdhātuppakopena hoti ~e va so, Vism 367,31* =
Spk III 13,5,6* qu. As 300,16*, Pj II 458,3; Spk III 12,32;
— °âdi-āsīvisa-ḍaṭṭha, mfn., bitten by a ""wood
mouth"" snake or the like; catusu vā dhātusu ~o viya
kayo, paṭhavīdhātuppakopena tāva thaddo hoti
kaliṅgarasadiso, Pj II 458,1; — °-āsīvisa, m.,
""wood mouth"" snake; ettha ca ~o viya paṭhavīdhātu
daṭṭhabbā, Spk III 12,30.

" 346862269239398400,katthana,en,"

katthana

, n., [ts.; nomen act. < katthati, q.v.; cf. kat-
thanā, q.v.], 1. the act of praising; only recorded in
gramm. lit.; 2. the act of boasting; — 1. gramm. lit.:
silāgha ~e. ~aṁ pasaṁsanaṁ, Sadd 335,4; sībha
vībha ~e, 408,11; — 2. evaṁ na katthati na vikat-
thati, ~ā ārato +, Nidd I 71,24 (= kathanā, Nidd-a I
201,7) = 218,14.

" 346862269293924352,katthanā,en,"

katthanā

, f. [ts.; nomen act. < katthati, q.v.; cf. kat-
thana, q.v.], the act of praising; only recorded in lex. and
gramm. lit.; — lex. lit.: ~ā ca silāghā ca, Abh 118 (kat-
tha silāghāyaṁ, kathanaṁ vā asarūpadvibhāvava-
sena ~ā, Abh-ṭ ad loc.); — gramm. lit.: ~ā guṇakitta-
naṁ, Sadd 363,8; ~ā kittanā ti vuccati, 540,3.

" 346862352215314432,kaṭṭhanagara,en,"

Kaṭṭha-nagara

, n.; Npr.; a city; sāmaṇero ...
~aṁ (v.l. saṅkaṭṭha°) nāma ... sampāpuṇi, Dhp-a I
15,12.

" 346862353213558784,kaṭṭhaṅga,en,"

kaṭṭh'-aṅga

, mfn. [probably < ¹kattha + aṅga;
cf. sa. kṛśâṅga; there is no reason to assume with
PED that ~ is to be derived from *kaṣṭâṅga (with
bad parts ?)], (bhvr.) having thin branches (?); —
°-rukkha, m., a tree with thin branches (?); vi-
tudaṁ ... ~esu asārakesu, Ja II 163,23* (""pecking at
trees with thin branches and no pith;"" = vanakaṭṭha-
koṭṭhāsesu rukkhesu [Be so; Ee om.; Ce om. rukkhe-
su]) qu. Dhp-a I 144,15.

" 346862353247113216,kaṭṭhaṅga,en,"

[²

kaṭṭh'-aṅga

, problematic reading at Ap 362,14
for BeCe aṭṭhaṅga (v.ll. at Ce: kaṭṭhahā; kaṭṭhaṅgā);
Se hatthapātā; perhaps name of a plant].

" 346862104881401856,kaṭṭhaṅgajātaka,en,"

Kaṭṭhaṅga-jātaka,

n., alternative title in the SE-Asian tradition of Jātaka 210. Kandagalaka-ja (Ja II 162–164), q.v., cf. G. Martini, BEFEO LI 1963: 83; — Rem.: The title Kaṭṭhaṅga-° is derived from the gāthā (Ja II 163,23*), Kandagalaka-° from the prose (Ja II 162,20) of that Jātaka, cf. O. v. Hinüber, Jātaka-Sammlung, AWL 1998 Nr. 7: 101.

" 346862352462778368,kaṭṭhantanagara,en,"

Kaṭṭhanta-nagara

, n.; Npr.; a village near the
Kāṇavāpi tank; v. PPN s.v.; ~e ... Kāṇavāpiṁ ca
bandhayi, Mhv LI 73.

" 346862351586168832,kaṭṭhantara,en,"

kaṭṭh'-antara

, n. [²kaṭṭha + antara], a hole in a
log; ayaṁ hi ahi nāma ... ~aṁ vā rukkhantaraṁ vā
nissāya ... sayam eva kañcukaṁ jahati, Sv 222,18 = Ps
III 263,18; yathā urago attano jiṇṇaṁ tacaṁ ... ruk-
khantare vā ~e vā ... kañcukaṁ omuñcanto viya
sarīrato omuñcitvā pahāya chaḍḍetvā yathākāmaṁ
gacchati, Pv-a 63,5.

" 346862353964339200,kaṭṭhapādukā,en,"

kaṭṭha-pādukā

, f., a wooden shoe; chabbaggiyā
bhikkhū ... ~āyo abhirūhitvā ajjhokāse caṅkamanti,
Vin I 188,20; ekādasa pādukā ti dasa ratanamayā ekā
~ā, Sp 1344,27 (ad Vin V 140,14); — °-saṅgaha, m.,
inclusion in (the class of) ""wooden shoes""; tiṇapā-
duka-muñjapāduka-pabbajapādukâdayo pana -am
eva gacchanti, Sp 1344,28.

" 346862352374697984,kaṭṭhapaṇṇa,en,"

[

kaṭṭha-paṇṇa

, w.r.at Sp 612,12 for tiṇakaṭṭha-
paṇṇa]

" 346862269373616128,katthapaññattivāra,en,"

kattha-paññatti-vāra

, m., (t.t. Vin.) the section on
being laid down where; ~aṁ niṭṭhitaṁ, Vin V 50,36 =
71,32 = 83,7.

" 346862269516222464,katthapariyāpanna,en,"

kattha-pariyāpanna

, mfn., included in what; pañ-
cannaṁ pātimokkhuddesānaṁ katthogadhaṁ -an
ti nidānogadhaṁ nidānapariyāpannaṁ, Vin V 2,7;
1,10.

" 346862354060808192,kaṭṭhapāsāṇadimissa,en,"

kaṭṭha-pāsāṇâdi-missa

, mfn. [pāsāṇa + ādi],
mixed with sticks and stones, etc.; sabbamattikā-
mayabhāvaṁ pana mocetvā ~aṁ katvā paribhuñjati,
anāpatti, Vjb 121,7.

" 346862354069196800,kaṭṭhapāsāṇādimissa,en,"

kaṭṭha-pāsāṇâdi-missa

, mfn. [pāsāṇa + ādi],
mixed with sticks and stones, etc.; sabbamattikā-
mayabhāvaṁ pana mocetvā ~aṁ katvā paribhuñjati,
anāpatti, Vjb 121,7.

" 346862344451657728,kaṭṭhapāta,en,"

kaṭṭha-pāta

, m., throwing a log; samāpattito
vuṭṭhitamattassa ~ena vā kaṭhalapātena vā chinna-
sevālo viya udakaṁ puna sarīraṁ vedanā ajjhottha-
rati, Sv 547,14 = Spk III 202,30.

" 346862354174054400,kaṭṭhaphālaka,en,"

kaṭṭha-phālaka

, m., a carpenter;— °-kes'-
ohārakâdi, m. [kesa + ohāraka + ādi], (dv.) a
carpenter and a barber, etc.; ~īhi pi ayam attho dī-
petabbo, Vism 413,23.

" 346862354308272128,kaṭṭhaphālanuddhanasampādanadi,en,"

kaṭṭha-phālan'-uddhana-sampādanâdi

,
m. [phālana + uddhana; sampadāna + ādi], (dv.)
chopping firewood and preparing ovens, etc.;
tasmiñ ca samaye Selo brāhmaṇo ... jaṭile ~inā
dānûpakaraṇaṁ sajjente disvā, Th-a III 45,25.

" 346862354320855040,kaṭṭhaphālanuddhanasampādanādi,en,"

kaṭṭha-phālan'-uddhana-sampādanâdi

" 346862354119528448,kaṭṭhapuñja,en,"

kaṭṭha-puñja

, m., a heap of firewood; seyyathā
pi ... aṅgārāni ādittāni sampajjalitāni sajotibhūtāni
sukkhe tiṇapuñje vā ~e vā nikkhittāni, A III 408,14;
409,11; IV 72,17,19 = 73,6,8; Ja II 327,19; — ifc. bahu-°
(Mil 323,27).

" 346862354765451264,kaṭṭharāsi,en,"

kaṭṭha-rāsi

, m., a pile of firewood; kaṭṭhâdisu
pana visuṁ visuṁ rāsikatesu, ~i vallirāsi tv eva
vuccati, Ps II 229,12; — °-ṭṭhāna, n., a place where
there is a pile of firewood; ~e santāpo, Vibh-a 70,12
(ad Vibh 83,37).

" 346862354799005696,kaṭṭharukkha,en,"

[

kaṭṭha-rukkha

, w.r. at Dhp 146,25 (Fausbølls
ed. 1855) for kaṭṭhaṅgarukkha, q.v.]

" 346862346871771136,kaṭṭharūpa,en,"

kaṭṭha-rūpa

, n. [cf. kaṭṭharūpaka, q.v. infra], a
wooden figure; dārudhītalikā nāma ~aṁ, Sp 278,6; na
kevalañ ca etāsaṁ sarīrûpagam eva anāmāsaṁ itthī-
saṇṭhānena kataṁ ~aṁ pi dantarūpam pi ayarūpam
pi loharūpam pi ... anāmāsam eva, 542,22 = Pālim
28,25; — °âdi-vasa, m.; ~ena (v.l. kaṭṭhaka-) katā
dhammasavanapaṅhapucchanādivasena āgacchantā
ca itthipurisā pi atthi, Ps W 150,28.

" 346862352559247360,kaṭṭharūpaka,en,"

kaṭṭha-rūpaka

, n., a wooden figure; ekaṁ
udumbararukkhaṁ chinditvā attano pamāṇena ~aṁ
(v.l. -rūpaṁ) katvā, Ja I 287,14; ~āni tasmiṁ dhātu-
gabbhe phaḷikavaṇṇakhagge gahetvā, Sv 613,5 =
Thūp 182,34; tato ... sattaratanavālikaṁ asihatthāni
ca ~āni samparivattantāni addasa, Sv 614,8 = Thūp
189,20; Sv 614,16.

" 346862355126161408,kaṭṭhasakuṇa,en,"

kaṭṭha-sakuṇa

, m., (a magical) wooden bird; cf.
kaṭṭhavāhana, q.v.; v. Saeculum 29 1978: 222; so tehi
~aṁ katvā tass' abbhantaraṁ pavisitvā yantaṁ
pūresi; ~o supaṇṇarājā viya ākāse laṅghitvā ... ante-
vāsīnaṁ purato oruhi, Pj II 575,16.

" 346862354262134784,kaṭṭhasammata,en,"

kaṭṭha-sammata

, mfn., considered a log; cha-
vâlātaṁ yathā kaṭṭhaṁ na kvaci kiccakārakaṁ n' eva
game araññe vā na hi taṁ ~aṁ, Ap 67,20.

" 346862355163910144,kaṭṭhasaññā,en,"

kaṭṭha-saññā

, f., the impression [that some-
thing is a] stick; yathā pana ~āya sappaṁ ghāten-
tassa pāṇâtipāto na hoti, Vmv I 112,12.

" 346862355272962048,kaṭṭhasannicayasantāpa,en,"

kaṭṭha-sannicaya-santāpa

, m., heat from a
pile of firewood; kaṭṭhaggi sakalikaggi tiṇaggi go-
mayaggi ... aggisantāpo suriyasantāpo ~o tiṇasan-
nicayasantāpo + , Vibh 83,37 (= kaṭṭharāsiṭṭhāne san-
tāpo, Vibh-a 70,12).

" 346862355201658880,kaṭṭhasata,en,"

kaṭṭha-sata

, n., one hundred logs; bhagavato
adhiṭṭhānena pañca ~āni na phāliyiṁsu, Vin I 34,7 =
Ap-a 557,24.

" 346862353477799936,kaṭṭhatāla,en,"

kaṭṭha-tāla

, m. [for tāla, cf. CDIAL 5801], a
wooden gong; so Mātaṅgo kālass' ev' uṭṭhāya paṭa-
pilotikaṁ nivāsetvā ~aṁ hatthe bandhitvā bhoja-
natthāya nagaraṁ pavisati, manusse disvā dūrato
eva ~aṁ ākoṭento, Pj II 185,13,15.[[side 47]]

" 346862353381330944,kaṭṭhatāla,en,"

kaṭṭha-tāla

, n. [for tāla, cf. DED 2598; CDIAL
5749; EWA-1 s.v. tālaḥ³], a wooden key; cf. Sprach-
entwicklung und Kulturgeschichte, AWL 1992, no. 6:
17; anujānāmi bhikkhave tālacchiddaṁ tīṇi tālāni
lohatālaṁ ~aṁ visāṇatālan ti, Vin II 148,20.

" 346862269004517376,katthati,en,"

katthati

, pr. 3 pl. [< ²katth(a), q.v.; cf. sa. katthate;
v. EWA-2 s.v. kathā], 1. to praise; only recorded in
gramm. lit.; 2. to boast (of something; with loc.; cf. Sn
782: sīlesu akatthamāno); — forms: pr. 3 sg. ~ati;
part. ~amāna (only recorded as the neg. part, akattha-
māna, q.v.); — 1. gramm. lit.: ~ati vikatthati ... tattha
~atī ti pasaṁsati, Sadd 366,30; — 2. so ~ati vikattha-
ti: aham asmi sīlasampanno +, Nidd I 71,18 (~atī
vuttanayena kathayati, Nidd-a I 201,5).

" 346862353645572096,kaṭṭhatthaṃ,en,"

kaṭṭh'-atthaṁ

, ²ind. [²kaṭṭha + atthaṁ], for the
sake of wood (adv. acc.); āvuso seyyathā pi nāma
chavālātaṁ ubhato padittaṁ majjhe gūthagataṁ n'
evâraññe ~aṁ pharati na game ~aṁ pharati, S III
93,18 (Tr. transcript reads -ṭṭhaṁ; Spk II 303,2) = A II
95,17 (Mp III 117,2,5) = It 90,5 (It-a II 114,24 = Spk II
303,2)= Ja I 482,20.

" 346862353683320832,katthatthara,en,"

katth'-atthara

, m. [²kaṭṭha + atthara], a flooring
of twigs (used by ascetics for their huts); tassā ... ~e
nisīdantiyā ... sarīraṁ appaṭicchannaṁ ahosi, Ja V
197,13; Bodhisatto ... ~e (v. l. -ke) nisinno ... assame
nisīdi, Cp-a 226,11; Buddhassa santharaṁ tiṇapaṇ-
ṇâdisantharaṁ ~aṁ (so read with Be; Ee -atta-) paṅ-
ñāpetvā ... pupphamayaṁ āsanaṁ ahaṁ adāsiṁ,
Ap-a 334,20; — °-mañcaka, n., a flooring of twigs
and a bed; — °âdi, mfn.; sace khettakuṭiyaṁ ~īnaṁ
atthāya upanetuṁ sakkā, Spk II 303,3 (ad S III 93,18) =
It-a II 114,25.

" 346862350663421952,katthattharaka,en,"

katth'-attharaka

, m. [²kaṭṭha + attharaka], a
flooring of twigs; = kaṭṭhatthara; aho sukhaṁ aho
sukhan ti ... paṇṇasālaṁ pavisitvā ~e nisinno, Ja VI
21,13; Dhp-a I 135,19.

" 346862353742041088,kaṭṭhattharaṇa,en,"

kaṭṭh'-attharaṇa

, n. [²kaṭṭha + attharaṇa], a
flooring of twigs; = kaṭṭhatthara, q.v.; thero antogā-
mato āgantvā paṇṇasālaṁ pavisitvā ~e (v.l. -aṁ) ni-
sīdi, Sv 631,14 = Cp-a 40,21; — °-paṇṇ'-attharaṇa-
āsanâdi, mfn. [paṇṇa + attharaṇa], a flooring of
twigs and leaves, seats, etc.; so ~īni paṅñāpetvā sab-
be pabbajitaparikkhāre māpesi, Ja IV 489,8.

" 346862353888841728,kaṭṭhattharikā,en,"

kaṭṭh'-attharikā

, f. [²kaṭṭha + attharikā], a
flooring of twigs; = kaṭṭhatthara; paṇṇasālam pavi-
sitvā bidalamañcakapasse ~āya nipanno ... attano
āgamanaṁ āvajjesi, Ja I 9,26'; paṇṇasālam pavisitvā
... ~āya nisinno, IV 329,3; tvaṁ imissā ~āya nipajjā
ti, V 280,28; VI 57,30'; sa paṇṇasālaṁ pavisitvā ~aṅ ca
sesaparikkhāre ca disvā cṁtesi, VI 158,20.

" 346862268958380032,katthaṭṭhita,en,"

kattha-ṭṭhita

, mfn., standing where; being based on
what; correl etthaṭṭhita, q.v.; akaṅkhiṁ paravediyesu
~o kimhi ca sikkhamāno pappoti macco amataṁ, D
II 241,10; ~o paralokaṁ na bhāye, Ja IV 110,8* (=
katarasmiṁ magge ṭhito, 110,13').

" 346862353511354368,kaṭṭhatumba,en,"

kaṭṭha-tumba

, m. and n. [for tumba, cf. CDIAL
5868], a wooden bottle in the shape of a calabash;
anujānāmi bhikkhave tīṇi tumbāni lohatumbaṁ
kaṭṭhatumbaṁ phalatumban ti, Vin I 205,17; bhaga-
vatā tayo tumbā anuññātā lohatumbo ~o phala-
tumboti, Sp 1104,20.

" 346862350311100416,kaṭṭhavāha,en,"

kaṭṭha-vāha

, m., a wooden cart; seyyathā pi
bhikkhave dasannaṁ vā ~ānaṁ vīsāya vā ~ānaṁ
tiṁsāya vā ~ānaṁ cattārīsāya vā ~ānaṁ mahā ag-
gikkhandho jāleyya, S II 84,31 (Spk II 82,31).

" 346862354983555072,kaṭṭhavāhana,en,"

Kaṭṭha-vāhana

, m.; Npr.; a king; v. PPN s.v. 1.
Kaṭṭhavāhana; so ... Kassapassa Bhagavato kale
~assa nāma rañño amacco hutvā, Th-a II 73,12; Ap-a
363,20; — °-rāja(n), m., the king called Kaṭṭhavā-
hana; aparabhāge vayappatto ~ānaṁ upaṭṭhahanto
amaccaṭṭhānaṁ labhi, Mp I 332,2; Pj II 577,23.

" 346862353926590464,kaṭṭhavāhana,en,"

Kaṭṭha-vāhana

, m.; Npr.; a king; v. PPN s.v. 2.
Kaṭṭhavāhana; — °-rāja(n), m., the king called Kaṭ-
ṭhavāhana; so pitu accayena ~ā nāma hutvā dham-
mena rajjaṁ kāretvā yathākammaṁ gato ... ~ā aham
eva ahosṁ ti, Ja I 136,3; Dhp-a I 349,11 ≠ Ja IV 148,7;

" 346862353020620800,kaṭṭhavāhana,en,"

⁴

Kaṭṭha-vāhana

, m.; Npr.; a king; v. PPN s.v. 3.
Kaṭṭhavāhana; — °-rāja(n), m., the king called Kaṭ-
ṭhavāhana; Himavante otaritvā ekaṁ nagaraṁ
māpetvā ~ā nāma jāto, Dhp-a III 135,24.

" 346862353783984128,kaṭṭhavāhana,en,"

kaṭṭha-vāhana

, n., (a magical) wooden car-
riage; tato saputtadārakā ~āni abhirūhitvā ... rañño
nivesane yeva paccuṭṭhaṁsu, Pj II 576,1; 575,20.

" 346862355025498112,kaṭṭhavāhananagara,en,"

Kaṭṭha-vāhana-nagara

, n., the city of ²Kaṭṭha-
vāhana; Npr.; v. PPN s.v.; — exeg.: so Kaṭṭhavāhano
rājā ti pākaṭo ahosi, taṁ hi nagaraṁ tena gahitattā
-an tv eva nāmaṁ labhi, Pj II 576,6.

" 346862352303394816,kaṭṭhavāhanaraṭṭha,en,"

Kaṭṭha-vāhana-raṭṭha

, n., the kingdom of
²Kaṭṭhavāhana; rājā ~ā āgatānaṁ vāṇijakānaṁ ajja-
tagge suṁkaṁ muñcāmī ti, Pj II 576,21; — °-abhi-
mukha, mfn., facing towards the kingdom of ²Kaṭ-
ṭhavāhana; bhāgineyyo paribhogadhātuṁ gahetvā
~o pakkāmi, Pj II 579,21.

" 346862269595914240,katthavāsa,en,"

[

kattha-vāsa

, w.r. at Sn 412, for kattha vās°]

" 346862269683994624,katthavāsika,en,"

kattha-vāsika

, mfn., living where; ayaṁ ~o kiṁnā-
mo kiṁgotto ti, Sv 663,31 (ad D II 240,11); ~âsi, Ja I
296,16; tumhe ~ā, II 128,7 = 273,17; ~o ""sī ti, 389,6 =
VI 159,18; Dhp-a II 265,3 - Thī-a 110,11 (Ee k° v°).

" 346862277598646272,katthavāsin,en,"

kattha-vāsi(n)

, mfn., - prec.; ~ino tumhe ti pucchi,
Ps V 34,1.kattha-vāsin

" 346862355063246848,kaṭṭhavipalāvita,en,"

[

kaṭṭha-vipalāvita

, reading at Ja I 326,8* (= IV
259,19*) for kaṭṭhaṁ vipalāvitaṁ, which read with IV
259,19*]

" 346862103673442304,katthī̆,en,"

Katthī̆,

title of A V 157,21–161,27, cf. katthi(n); ~ī, A V 176,14* (uddāna) (Be katthimāniko).

" 346862355491065856,kaṭṭhi/kaṭṭi,en,"

kaṭṭhi/kaṭṭi

, m. [cf. the words mentioned at
DED 962; if ~ is derived from Dravidian there is
reason to believe that the correct reading is kaṭṭi],
clod, ball, lump; opp. to phāla and māsaka re-
presenting smaller units); syn. khaṇḍa (v. Sv-pṭ II
18,26); — Puṇṇo uṭṭhāya ekaṁ ~iṁ gahetvā
naṅgalasīse pahari, Mp I 448,13; — ifc. rajata-°
(~-rajata-phāla-rajata-māsaka, Mp IV 184,1); loha-°
(Sp 1240,29); suvaṇṇa-° (Sv 423,30 [v.l. kaṭṭi; cf. v.l.
at Sv-pṭ II 18,26; ~-suvaṇṇa-phāla-suvaṇṇa-māsaka
[v.ll. -kaṭhī-, -taṭṭi-], Mp IV 184,11).kaṭṭhi

" 346862277539926016,katthika,en,"

katthika

, m., a boaster; reading of Be for CeEe katthi-
ta(r) (q.v.) at Sn 930 = Nidd I 389,12*.

" 346862277435068416,katthin,en,"

katthi(n)

, mfn., boasting (of something; with loc.);
idhâvuso bhikkhu ~ī hoti vikatthī adhigamesu, A V
157,26 (~ī hoti vikatthī ti kathanasīlo [v.l. katth°,
which perhaps read] vivaṭaṁ katvā katheti, Mp V
55,16); idh' ekacco ~ī hoti vikatthī, so katthati vi-
katthati, Nidd I 71,18 (~ī hotī ti aham asmi sīlasam-
panno ti attanaṁ ukkaṁsetva kathanasilo hoti,
Nidd-a I 201,4 qu. Sadd 366,32); 389,16.[[side 126]]

" 346862355553980416,kaṭṭhissa/kaṭṭissa,en,"

kaṭṭhissa/kaṭṭissa

, n., a kind of silken cover-
let brocaded with gold thread and embroidered with
gems; — lex. lit.: ~aṁ koseyyaṁ ratanapatisib-
bitam attharaṇaṁ kamā kosiyakaṭṭhissamayaṁ ko-
siyasuttena pakataṁ ca, Abh 315; — exeg.: -an ti ra-
tanapatisibbitaṁ koseyyakaṭṭhissamayaṁ pacattha-
raṇaṁ, Sv 87,9 (ad D I 7,9); koseyyakaṭṭhissamayan
[Be -kaṭṭi-] ti koseyyakasaṭamayaṁ, Sv-pṭ I 164,30;
koseyyakaṭṭissamayan ti kosiyasuttānaṁ antarā
suvaṇṇamayasuttāni pavesetvā vītaṁ; suvaṇṇa-
suttaṁ kira ~aṁ (-ṭṭ-), kasaṭan ti ca vuccati, Vmv II
184,16; Vin-vn 2660; — tena kho pana samayena
chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uccāsayanamahāsayanāni
dhārenti seyyathîdaṁ ... ~aṁ, koseyyaṁ +, Vin I
192,8 (Sp 1086,13); II 163,23; D I 7,9 = 65,35 ≠ A I 181,22
(Mp II 293,9 = Sv 87,9, q.v. supra); tūlikāvikatikāyo ~ā
cittikā bahū varapotthake kambale ca labhāmi vi-
vidhe ahaṁ, Ap 314,11; — ifc. koseyya-° (~-maya,
Sv 87,9 [v. supra]).kaṭṭhissa

" 346862355637866496,kaṭṭhissavikatikā,en,"

kaṭṭhissa-vikatikā

, f., a coverlet in the form
of a kaṭṭhissa (q.v. supra); tūlikāvikatikāhi ~āhi ...
pallaṅko me susanthato, Ap 526,3.

" 346862351259013120,kaṭṭhita,en,"

[

kaṭṭhita

, mfn. (pp. < ¹kaṭhati, q.v.; cf. the vari-
ants kaṭṭhita, kathita, kuthita, kudhita, qq.v.; sa.
kvathita; Amg. kaḍhia), v.l. at Spk III 174,33 for
kuthita, q.v.]

" 346862277485400064,katthitar,en,"

katthita(r)

, m., = prec.; na ca ~ā siyā bhikkhu, Sn
930 qu. Nidd I 389,12*,30* = 394,15*.katthitar

" 346862277158244352,katthogadha,en,"

katthôgadha

, mfn. [kattha + ogadha], grounded in
what; pañcannaṁ pātimokkhuddesānaṁ ~aṁ kat-
thapariyāpannan ti nidānogadhaṁ nidānapariyā-
pannaṁ, Vin V 2,7; 1,10.

" 346862355839193088,kaṭṭhupādāna,en,"

kaṭṭhûpādāna

, mfn. [²kaṭṭha + upādāna], (fire)
from firewood; kaṭṭhaṁ paṭicca pajjalito ~o aggi
kaṭṭhaggi nāma, Vibh-a 70,5 (ad Vibh 83,35).

" 346862355851776000,kaṭṭhūpādāna,en,"

kaṭṭhûpādāna

, mfn. [²kaṭṭha + upādāna], (fire)
from firewood; kaṭṭhaṁ paṭicca pajjalito ~o aggi
kaṭṭhaggi nāma, Vibh-a 70,5 (ad Vibh 83,35).

" 346862277254713344,katthupapatti,en,"

[

katthûpapatti

, f. [kattha + upa°], rebirth where;
imassa pana gahapati Nigaṇṭho Nātaputto ~iṁ
paññāpetī ti, M I 376,26; perhaps not a true cpd.; read
as two words ?]

" 346862277271490560,katthūpapatti,en,"

[

katthûpapatti

, f. [kattha + upa°], rebirth where;
imassa pana gahapati Nigaṇṭho Nātaputto ~iṁ
paññāpetī ti, M I 376,26; perhaps not a true cpd.; read
as two words ?]

" 346862277208576000,katthūrikā,en,"

katthūrikā

, f. [cf. sa. kastūrikā; CDIAL 2985],
musk; only recorded in lex. lit.: ~ā migamado, Abh
303; lata ~āyañ ca, Abh-ṭ 384,25*.

" 346862277342793728,katthusoṇā,en,"

[

katthu-soṇā

, pāṭha quoted at Ja VI 538,16' (ad
537,32*) for koṭṭhasuṇā, q.v.]

" 346862279414779904,kattika,en,"

Kattika

, m. [cf. sa. Kārttika], name of a month; the
eighth month of the year (=October-November; GEIGER:
Culture § 72: 78; cf. Mhv-ṭrsl. n. on 112) according to
the Caitrādi computation; Citto ... Assayujo ~o Mā-
gasiro, Sadd 583,18; Abh 75; Bhes 1:120 (= hilmāsa,
Bhes-sn); Mogg-v ad Mogg IV 13; the three seasons
start after the end of Kattika: caturo caturo māsā —
kāḷapakkhato kamā hemantagimhānavassānā utu-
yo, Abh 78; ~ and Assayuja constitute autumn (cf.
It-a I 90,7 foll. under °-māsa) according to the system of
six seasons; in the monastic calendar either month marks
the end of vassâvāsa (""rains-residence""), which may
last four (cātumāsī) or three months (temāsī; cf. Mp II
97,25 foll.), and may start the day after the full moon of
Āsāḷha, q.v. (purimikā) or one month later (pacchi-
mikā; cf. Härtel, Karmavācanā, 1956: § 87); Assayu-
ja and Kattika may be named paṭhama-° or pubba-°,
and pacchima-°, respectively (s.v. °-puṇṇamā); Katti-
kâssayujā māsā pacchimapubbakattikā, Abh 76 (see
ifc. pacchima-°, paṭhama-°, pubba-°; only in ct.s and
later texts); only the cpd.s °-cātum(m)āsinī, °-cātum-
(m)āsipuṇṇamā, °-temāsipuṇṇamā occur in the Vi-
naya); in the month of Kattika both the pavāraṇā and
kaṭhina (q.v) are performed; v. Vin.-Texts ad Nissag-
giya XXIV, XXVIII, XXIX: ~e yeva māsasmiṁ paṭha-
māya pavārito, Vin-vn 872; tato ca ~o puṇṇo, puṇ-
ṇamāsī (so read with Ce; Ee -i) upaṭṭhitā, navaṁ dus-
sa-yugaṁ gayha Ariṭṭhassôpanāmayiṁ (so read with
Ce; Ee -i), Nett 143,5*; dine pāṭipadakkhāte ~e puṇ-
ṇamāsiyā, ṭhapitan tu vikkapetvā vassasāṭikacīva-
raṁ (cf. Niss. XXIV) āpajjati hi hemante nivāseti ca
taṁ sace, puṇṇamādivasasmiṁ hi ~assa tu pacchi-
me, Utt-vn 493 foll.; — (thero Moggaliputto) pesesi
~e māse te te there tahiṁ tahiṁ, Mhv XII 2 (at the
end of the third council); — yaṁ sama puppharattena
~aṁ nânubhossati, Ja I 500,19* (= Kattikarattivāraṁ,
500,26'); —gramm. lit.: Kattikâdīhi niyutto māso ~o,
Kacc-v ad Kacc 354; — ifc. pacchima-° (Abh 76); pa-
ṭhama-° (Sp 103,19); pubba-° (Sp 96,6).

" 346862279775490048,kattika,en,"

Kattika

, f. [cf. sa. Kṛttikā; CDIAL 3427], name of
the third (of 27 or 28) lunar mansion(s); cf. PPN s.v.;
Abh 58 = Sadd 359,17 (list of 27 nakkhattas); = Bahu-
lā, Mogg VII 28 (v. Sadd s.v.); °âdīni aṭṭhavīsati nak-
khattāni, Nidd-a I 406,1 (ad Nidd I 382,5); °âdīhi ni-
yutto māso, Kattiko, Kacc-v ad Kacc 354; ajja ~ā ti
~-yutte cande ~āsaddo vattate, Mogg-v ad Mogg IV
12; candayogavasena ajja ~ā, ajja Rohiṇī, Pj II 456,24
= Ps III 407,4.

" 346862280874397696,kattika,en,"

kattika

, (m)f(n). [secdry < Kattika (cf. Bhikṣu-Prā-
timokṣa of the Sarvāstivādins: Kārttikī paurṇamā-
sī)], taking place in the month of Kattika (cf. Kattika,
Kattikapuṇṇamā, Kattikamāsa); kattikatemāsipuṇ-
ṇaman ti pavāraṇā ~ā vuccati, Vin III 261,26.[[side 121]]

" 346862279473500160,kattikacātummāsinī,en,"

Kattika-cātum(m)āsinī

, f. (cf. sa. caturmāsa, cātur-
māsya); (t.t.Vin.) the full moon of the fourth month (of
the rainy season, i.e., of) Kattika (proper; = pacchi-
makattika); opp. °-temāsikapuṇṇamā (q.v.); it marks
the end of the later vassāvāsa and the final limit for the
ṇavāxaṇā-ceremony (DBMT: 198-199); also called
komudī cātum(m)āsinī (cf. BD IV: 205 n. 3; Sv 139,27
foll. and Sv-pṭ; Ps IV 137,23); Kattikapuṇṇaman ti ~ī
vuccati, Vin III 263,29' (ad 263,19**), but cf. Vin-vn 870
foll.; ~iyā pavāraṇāya pana, sace paṭhamaṁ vassû-
pagatehi mahāpavāraṇāya pavāritehi pacchā
upagata adhikatara va samasama va honti, Sp
1076,26.Kattika-cātummāsinī

" 346862279523831808,kattikacātummāsipuṇṇamā,en,"

Kattika-cātum(m)āsi-puṇṇamā

, f., = prec.; sāmag-
gīpavāraṇaṁ karontehi ca paṭhamapavāraṇaṁ ṭha-
petvā paṭipadato paṭṭhāya yāva ~ā (Ce °cātumāsinī
puṇṇamā) etth' antare kātabbā, tato pacchā vā pure
vā na vaṭṭati, Sp 1077,10 (Vin I 168,13foll.).

" 346862279658049536,kattikachaṇa,en,"

Kattika-chaṇa

, m., the festival of (the full moon of)
Kattika; Kattikamāse ~o nāma hoti, Ja II 372,8; ~aṁ
ghosayiṁsu, V 212,27; ~e nakkhatte ghuṭṭhe, I 433,1;
— °-pūjā,f., worship made on the occasion of the Kat-
tika festival; mahābodhissa ~aṁ, Sp 96,16; Mhv XVII
17.

" 346862279569969152,kattikacoraka,en,"

kattika-coraka

, m., a Kattika thief, i.e., a thief who
steals in the month of Kattika (i.e., at the time when
bhikkhus have been presented with new robes); bhik-
khū vutthavassā āraññakesu senāsanesu viharanti,
~ā bhikkhū laddhalābhā ti paripātenti, Vin III
262,29 (~ā ti Kattikamāse corā, Sp 730,5).

" 346862279725158400,kattikajuṇhapakkha,en,"

Kattika-juṇha-pakkha

, m., the bright fortnight of
the month Kattika; (rājā) ... ~assa pāṭipadadivase
mahābodhiṁ ... ṭhapesi, Sp 96,10 (Vjb 28,21); 202,17;
cf. °-sukkapakkha, q.v.

" 346862280291389440,kattikamāsa,en,"

Kattika-māsa

, °-māsaka, m., the month of Kattika
(q.v. for details ) i.e., October-November; ~e, It-a I 90,7
(ad vassānaṁ pacchime māse, It 20,7); °-lakkhitassa
saṁvassarassa puṇṇatāya, Sv-pṭ I 273,7; Assayuja-
~-ā hi loke sarada-utū ti vuccanti, It-a I 90,8 (ad
saradasamaye, It 20,8); note ~e komudiyā cātumā-
siniyā, Ap-a 234,18,20 foll. [cf. Sv 139,27foll.] (= ram-
make māse, Ap 27,27 [but acc. to Sadd 583,19 quoting
the Ap verse, rammaka = Citta; similarly Ja V 64,2'
and Abh 77]); ~e corā, Sp 730,6 (ad kattikacoraka,
[q.v.]); vassûpanāyikāya purimabhāge Āsāḷhamāso
antovasse tayo māsā, ~o ti, ime pañca māsā pāṭihā-
riyapakkho ti vuccanti: Āsāḷhakattikaphagguṇamā-
sā tayo evā ti apare, Pj II 378,6; — in connection with
nikkhepana (rules for putting down robes), in case the
later (pacchimikā) vassāvāsa had to be resorted to; ta-
trâyaṁ aṅgasampatti ... sace pacchimikāya upagato
hoti chinnavasso vā nikkhipituṁ na labhati ~o yeva
hoti idaṁ dutiyaṁ aṅgaṁ, ~ato paraṁ na labhati,
Sp 731,24 foll.; Kkh 81,22; — time for giving robes to
bhikkhus who have not performed the kaṭhina-cere-
mony; v. ³kaṭhina; cf. atthatakaṭhinānaṁ pañca māsā
(i.e., from Kattika to Phagguṇa; DBMT: 92 s.v. cīvara-
dānasamaya; Härtel, Karmavācanā, 1956: § 113.4);
itaresaṁ ~o ti ayaṁ cīvaradānasamayo, Kkh 102,25
(cf. vassānassa pacchimo māso, Kkh 59,10 foll.; 80,34
foll); hence the period called akālacīvara is either of se-
ven months (satta māse ti ~aṁ hemantike ca cattāro
ti pañca māse ṭhapetvā, Sp 658,15) or of eleven months
(Sp 658,13; cf. BD II: 26 n. 3); sace pana ~e kaṭhinaṁ
attharīyati, Sp 722,4 ≠ Kkh 77,35; — in connection
with the pavāraṇā-ceremony, sometimes said to take
place in ~, in case it had to be postponed: ekasmiṁ ~e
bhinnassa saṅghassa sāmaggīdivaso, Sp 1397,26; pa-
vāraṇāya sañgāho vutto ~ake, Vin-vn 2649; cf. Kat-
tikapuṇṇamā, q.v.; — in connection with the vassika-
sāṭikā: gimhānaṁ pacchimamāsassa paṭhamadiva-
sato paṭṭhāya yāva ~assa pacchimadivaso tāva kālo
vassikasāṭikāyā ti (pariyesitabbaṁ), Kkh 77,16; gim-
hānaṁ pacchimaḍḍhamāsassa paṭhamadivasato
paṭṭhāya yāva ~assa pacchimadivaso (paridahitab-
baṁ), 77,24; — in connection with uposatha: ṭhapetvā
~aṁ avasesesu ekādasasu māsesu bhinnassa saṅ-
ghassa sāmaggīdivaso, Sp 1397,16 (ad Vin V 220,21);
— in connection with the Kattika festival: ~e Kattika-
chaṇo nāma hoti, Ja II 372,8; — °(a)bbhantare, ²ind.,
in the month of Kattika; adv. loc.; vassaṁ vutthānaṁ
pana ~e ayam eva sāmaggipavāraṇadivaso nāma
hoti, Kkh 3,34; — °-puṇṇamā, f., the full moon of Kat-
tika (v. also Kattikapuṇṇamā); Dhammasenāpatisā-
riputtatthero ~āyaṁ parinibbuto, Spk III 225,7; —
ifc. pacchima-° (Sp 658,14); paṭhama-° (Sv 867,37);
pubba-° (Kkh 3,24).

" 346862270438969344,kattikanakkhatta,en,"

Kattika-nakkhatta

, n., the constellation Kattika (see
also ¹Kattika) and the festival celebrated on the full
moon of Kattika; ~aṁ ghosetvā, Spk I 295,21 (ad S I
201,33: sabbarattivāro, so read; Ee °cāro); — °-kīlā, f.,
the celebration of the festival; Sp 202,16,18.

" 346862279934873600,kattikapabbata,en,"

Kattika-pabbata

, n.; Npr.; a village in Ceylon (PPN
s.v.); Mhv XLV 59.

" 346862280085868544,kattikapuṇṇamā,en,"

Kattika-puṇṇamā

, f., lit. full moon of Kattika, but
dvinnaṁ ~ānaṁ, Kkh 3,28 (i.e., full moon of Assayuja
[= pubbakattika] and of Kattika proper [= pacchima-
Kattika]), hence the two terms Kattikatemāsi(ka)puṇ-
ṇamā and Kattikacātu(m)māsinī (qq. v.); ~ marks the
end of the vassāvāsa (""rains-residence""); upavassaṁ
kho pana -am, Vin III 263,19** (""having spent the
rains up to the full moon of Kattika,"" BD II: 157); -an ti
Kattikacātumāsinī vuccati, 263,29 (but upavarṣarṇ
kho punaḥ tremāsaṁ kārtikī paurṇamāsī, Niss
XXIX of the Mahāsāṅghikas, ed. N. Tatīa 1975); ma-
hāmahindo vutthavasso pavāretvā ~āyaṁ uposa-
thadivase, Sp 83,6; Āsāḷhipuṇṇamāsiyā pacchima-
pāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya yāva ~ā ime cattāro mā-
sā, 720,19; — in connection with the pavāranā-ceremo-
ny, sometimes said to take place on that day, in case it
could not be held in the month of Assayuja and had to
be postponed (pavāranāsaṅgaha, DBMT: 149 foll.):
sace pana antovasse bhikkhūnaṁ samathavipas Sa-
na taruṇā honti mahāpavāraṇāya apavāretvā pavā-
raṇāsaṅgahaṁ datvā ~āya (v.l. ~āyaṁ) pavāretvā,
Sp 197,10 = Sv 241,31 = Ps II 150,27; (Bhagavā) taṁ
divasaṁ apavāretvā ~āyaṁ pavāressāmī ti bhik-
khūnaṁ pavāraṇāsaṅgahaṁ anujānāti, IV 138,15,26;
— rājā taṁ dhātuṁ ~āyaṁ cetiye patiṭṭhāpesi,
Mhv-ṭ 383,17; — ~āya (Ce ~āyaṁ) nagaraṁ sajja-
yiṁsu, Ja V 212,28; v. Kattika-chaṇa, Kattikarattiva-
ra; — ifc. pacchima-° (Sp 730,18; Kkh 3,25 foll.; Ps IV
137,23); paṭhama-° (Sp 730,23; Kkh 80,21); pubba-°
(Kkh 3,23; Vin-vn 870).[[side 120]]

" 346862279976816640,kattikapuṇṇamadivasa,en,"

Kattika-puṇṇama-divasa

, m. [cf. next], - foll., q.v.;
~e, Sp 96,15.

" 346862280241057792,kattikapuṇṇamāsī,en,"

Kattika-puṇṇamāsī

, f. = prec.; gen.: ~iyā pacchime
pāṭipadadivase, Sp 1325,32; ~iyā pana pacchimapā-
ṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya, 720,23; loc.: vutthavasso
pavāretvā ~iyaṁ, Mhv XVII 1.

" 346862280522076160,kattikarattivāra,en,"

Kattika-ratti-vāra

, m. [rattivāra < *rātrīvāra; cf.
CDIAL 10703], the day of the (full moon) night of Kat-
tika, an occasion for a joyful festival; ~aṁ carituṁ, Ja I
499,25; ~aṁ nânubhavissati, 500,26' (ad Kattikaṁ,
500,19*); ~ato parihīno, 500,17; ~e sampatte, 508,25;
— °-chaṇa, m. [cf. Kattikachaṇa, q.v.], the festival held
on the day of the (full moon) night of Kattika; ~o
ghuṭṭho, Ja I 433,7; 499,19.

" 346862280626933760,kattikasukkapakkha,en,"

Kattika-sukka-pakkha

, m., the bright fortnight of
the month K; ~assa dine pāṭipade ... mahābodhiṁ
... ṭhapāpetvāna, Mhv XVIII 64 ≠ Sp 96,10; cf. °-juṇ-
hapakkha, q.v.

" 346862279830016000,kattikatemāsikapuṇṇamā,en,"

Kattika-temāsi(ka)-puṇṇamā

, f., (t.t. Vin.) the full
moon of the third month (of the rainy season called) Kat-
tika (= pubbakattika = Assayuja), marking the end of
the earlier vassāvāsa (cf. Kattika, q.v.); dasâhânāga-
taṁ ~aṁ (acc. on which v. Sp 728,21 foll.; Kkh 80,21
foll.; Kasussyntax § 75: 89 n. 3: loc. used in Sanskrit
parallels) bhikkhuno pan' eva accekacīvaraṁ uppaj-
jeyya, Vin III 261,20** (""If an additional robe should ac-
crue to a monk ten days before the full moon of the (first)
Kattika, three months (of the rains having passed)""; cf.
BD II: 153 n. 2; cf. daśâhânāgataṁ kho puna tremā-
saṁ kārttikī paurṇamāsī utpadyeya bhikṣusya ātya-
yikaṁ cīvaram, Niss XXVIII of the Mahāsāṅghikas,
ed. N. Tatia 1975); — commentaries: -an ti pavāraṇā
Kattika vuccati, Vin III 261,26 (cf. daśâhânāgatāyāṁ
pravāraṇāyāṁ bhikṣor utpadyeta, Niss of the Sarvā-
stivādins; ed. L. FINOT et E. HUBER, JAs 1913: 501; —
explained as paṭhamakattikapuṇṇamaṁ at Kkh 80,21;
— ifc. paṭhama-° (Sp 728,20).Kattika-temāsika-puṇṇamā

" 346862280576602112,kattikavatta,en,"

[

kattika-vatta

, w.r. at Sp 1234,1 for katikavatta,
which read]

" 346862280756957184,kattikeyya,en,"

Kattikeyya

, m. [cf. sa. Kārttikeya; prakr. Kattikea],
Npr.; a Hindu god (Skanda, etc.) only recorded in
gramm. lit. to illustrate the use of the suffix -eyya; Kat-
tikāya apaccaṁ, putto: ~o, Kacc-v ad Kacc 348 ≠
Sadd 784,15; Mogg-v ad Mogg IV 4.

" 346862280941506560,kattikhettaṃ,en,"

[

kattikhettaṁ

, w.r. at Ja IV 276,18 for pañcakarīsa-
mattakan ti khettaṁ]

" 346862280182337536,kattiya,en,"

Kattiya

, m. [variant of Kattika, q.v.], = Kattika; yā-
va ~puṇṇamā, Sp 723,3 (Kattika Ce ); — v.l. at Pj II
378,6 (reading ~-māso).

" 346862268396343296,katto,en,"

katto

, [= prakr. katto equivalent to sa. kasmāt; cf. L.
ALSDORF, WZKS XXI 1977: 54 n. 70], how, why;
mantā ime attavadhāya ~o, Ja V 213,22* (""how could
these mantras lead to killing one self""; ct. interprets
wrongly: ~o = katā, 216,20').

" 346862280824066048,kattuabhidhāyaka,en,"

kattu-abhidhāyaka

, mfn. [cf. kattutthâbhidhāya-
ka, q.v.], denoting the agent (i.e. the active voice); in
gloss on aniyyānika, q.v.; anīyasaddo bahulā (read
bahulaṁ ?) ~o ti, As-mṭ 55,13 (cf. Pāṇ III 3 113: kṛt-
yalyuṭo bahulaṁ).

" 346862271793729536,kattuadhippāyanurūpa,en,"

kattu-adhippāyânurūpa

, mfn. [adhippāya + anu-
rūpa; cf. sa. kartrabhiprāya; Pāṇ I 3 72], (t.t.gr.) con-
forming to the interest of the agent (of the action); ~aṁ,
Spk-pṭ I 131,20.

" 346862271810506752,kattuadhippāyānurūpa,en,"

kattu-adhippāyânurūpa

, mfn. [adhippāya + anu-
rūpa; cf. sa. kartrabhiprāya; Pāṇ I 3 72], (t.t.gr.) con-
forming to the interest of the agent (of the action); ~aṁ,
Spk-pṭ I 131,20.

" 346862281277050880,kattuādi,en,"

kattu-ādi

, mfn., beginning with (the word) ²katta(r);
~ito gassa ca ettaṁ hoti vā: uṭṭhehi katte, Sadd
670,22 (""after katta[r] thephoneme e is optionally sub-
stituted for the a of the vocative"").

" 346862281037975552,kattuanta,en,"

kattu-anta

, mfn., (a cpd.) ending in (the term) ¹kat-
ta(r), q.v.; Kacc-v ad Kacc 339.

" 346862266714427392,kattubhāva,en,"

kattu-bhāva

, m. [cf. sa. kartṛbhāva], 1. (t.t.gr.) the
action of the agent; 2. being an agent; — 1. yasmā ca
~ena bhāvo nāma na tiṭṭhati, kattā va ~ena bhāvaṭ-
ṭhāne ṭhito tato, Sadd 9,19,20; — 2. pavattacittasantā-
nassa idha paramatthato ~ato, Sv-pṭ I 50,6.

" 346862266768953344,kattubhāvakaraṇasādhana,en,"

kattu-bhāva-karaṇa-sādhana

, n., (t.t.gr.) the means
of realisation (of an action viz.) the agent, the action, and
the instrument (kāraka); — °-vasa, m.; idaṁ bhāva-
saddassa ~en' atthakathanaṁ, Sadd 67,29.

" 346862266911559680,kattubhāvaparikappa,en,"

kattu-bhāva-parikappa

, m., the idea of the action of
the agent; Sadd 7,14.

" 346862266991251456,kattubhāvupacāra,en,"

kattu-bhāvûpacāra

, m., the transfer (of the notion) of
being an agent; ~en' eva vuttaṁ, Sv-pṭ II 180,4 (ad Sv
542,33).

" 346862267012222976,kattubhāvūpacāra,en,"

kattu-bhāvûpacāra

, m., the transfer (of the notion) of
being an agent; ~en' eva vuttaṁ, Sv-pṭ II 180,4 (ad Sv
542,33).

" 346862267100303360,kattubhūta,en,"

kattu-bhūta

, mfn. [kartṛbhūta], (t.t.gr.) having sta-
tus as the agent; — gramm. lit.: tathā h' ettha yo ga-
manakiriyāya kattā, so eva bhuñjanakiriyāya ~o
daṭṭhabbo, Sadd 311,31; — ~ena bhikkhubhāvenā ti
attho, Sp-ṭ II 65,30 (ad Sp 247,14).

" 346862267171606528,kattubhūtavedanā,en,"

kattu-bhūta-vedanā

, f. [cf. sa. kartṛvedanā],
(t.t.gr.) the experience of the one who has status as the
agent; kārakavedanā ti ~ā, Spk-pṭ II 45,20.

" 346862266148196352,kattudīpaka,en,"

kattu-dīpaka

, mfn., showing the agent; paccattava-
canaṁ pana kammaṁ dīpeyya karaṇavacanaṁ
~aṁ, Sadd 8,31*.

" 346862265649074176,kattuggahaṇanivattanatthaṃ,en,"

kattu-ggahaṇa-nivattan'atthaṁ

, ²ind., for the sake
of excluding the usage of the wovd ""agent""; used of the
def. of the denom. verbal suffix īya; cf. kattupamāna,
q.v.; puna upamānaggahaṇaṁ ~aṁ, Rūp-v (ad Rūp
536 = Kacc 438: īyupamānā ca).

" 346862281369325568,kattuka,en,"

kattu-ka

, mfn. [kattu + ka; cf. sa. kartṛka], = ifc.
form of ¹katta(r) (q.v.); — ifc.: eka-°; samāna-°
(Kacc-v ad Kacc 563; Sadd 311,29).

" 346862281780367360,kattukāma,en,"

kattu-kāma

, mfn., 1.a. wanting to do (something;
with acc.); b. (with avaṇṇaṁ and ayasaṁ): to defame;
2.a.(i) wanting to make, create (something; with acc.);
a.(ii) wanting to cause (something; with acc.); b.
wanting to prepare (something; with acc.); 3. wanting to
perform, to execute (something), to carry (something)
out (with acc.); 4. wanting to celebrate (something; with
acc); — gramm. lit: majjhalopo tāva: ~o, Kacc-v ad
Kacc 406; sandhiṁ ~o, Kacc-v ad Kacc 11; — 1.a.
yad eva tvaṁ Rāhula kāyena kammam ~o hosi tad
eva te kāyakammaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ, M I
415,25 foll.; ahaṁ mātāpitusu puññāni ~o, lokadado
hohi, Ja V 325,24'; kusalaṁ ~ena jantunā pāra-
gāminā n' atthi khettaṁ akhettaṁ vā paṭipatti va
sārikā, Ap 438,25; ~ena ... attano vassaṁ, Ras II
1:15; — 1.b. avaṇṇaṁ ~o ayasaṁ ~o ti imesaṁ pana
vasena upasampannan ti ādīsu upasampannassa ti
evaṁ vibhattivipariṇāmo kātabbo, Sp 771,11; —
2.a.(i) āyasmā Pilindavaccho ... leṇaṁ ~o, Vin I
206,35; aññataro bhikkhu ... nillekhaṁ jantāgharaṁ
~o hoti, II 123,11; mama sissāna' santike bhesajjaṁ
~o 'haṁ sisse āmantayiṁ tadā, Ap 329,12; sace
pabbatassa tatiyabhāgaṁ vā upaḍḍhabhāgaṁ vā
antosīmāya ~ā honti, Sp 1036,26 foll.; ~ā nibbattetu-
kāmā hothā ti attho, Ps II 267,24; — 2.a.(ii) yāya kā-
yaci maṅkuṁ ~o hutvā, Spk I 37,7; taṁ yogakkhe-
maṁ ~assa tanninnassa tappoṇassa tappabbhārassā
ti attho, It-a I 62,6; — ifc. maṅku-° (Sp 739,13 [ad Vin
IV 7,25: maṅkuṁ ~o]); — 2.b. koci saṅghabhattaṁ
~ena nimantanatthāya pesito, Sp 814,35; yāgupaca-
nâdīni ~ena aggiṁ vissāsena bhaṇḍukkhali-ādīsu
apakkhipitvā, Spk I 135,7; — 3. sace saṅgho upajjhā-
yassa kammaṁ ~o hoti, Vin I 49,28 = 145,17 foll. = II
226,29; te tassa ukkhepaniyakammaṁ ~ā sannipa-
tiṁsu, 298,20; Sp 981,14; saṅgho kammaṁ ~o hoti,
1069,10; adhikāraṁ ~o, Ap 226,18 (Ap-a 469,4); — 4.
soḷasaparikkhāraṁ mahāyaññaṁ ~o, D I 138,14qu.
Sadd 348,9.

" 346862103732162560,kattukāma,en,"

kattu-kāma,

mfn., 3. matakiccaṁ kātukāmo, Pv-a 274,17.

" 346862281830699008,kattukāmatā,en,"

kattu-kāma-tā

, f. [cf. kattukamya, q.v.], the wish to
do, to act; — exeg.: chando ti ~āy' etaṁ adhivaca-
naṁ, Vism 466,17; — idha paribāhire ~āya anujāni-
tvā, Sp 787,14; līḷāravindaṁ ~āya tava hatthena
bhañjasi, Vv-a 43,4; sabbesam pi ca etesaṁ ~ā
chando-ādinivaraṇâdivikkhambhanā majjhaṁ, As
194,34; — °-kusala-cchanda, m., an endeavour towards
(generating) good (states of mind), which is constituted
by the wish to act; chandatā ti ~o, Cp-a 283,16; —
°âdhippāya, m., intention consisting in the wish to act;
puna yathāporāṇaṁ iddhânubhāvena ~ato, Vjb
413,9; — °-lakkhaṇa, mfn. [cf. kattukamyatālak-
khaṇa, q.v.], characterised by the wish to act; chando
uppajjatī ti bhāvanāya ~o kusalacchando uppajjati,
Sp-ṭ II 190,18.

" 346862272901025792,kattukāmatāsabhāva,en,"

kattu-kāmatā-sabhāva

, mfn., having the nature of a
wish to act; ārammaṇe abhippasādalakkhanā sad-
dhā ~assa chandassa visesapaccayo hotī ti, Nett-a
Be 70,23.

" 346862280400441344,kattukamma,en,"

kattu-kamma

, n., 1. (t.t.gr) the agent (kāraka) and
the object (kāraka); 2. the object (kāraka) functioning as
an agent (kāraka); used in description of the causative
when constructed with two object kārakas; — 1. ~ā-
nam, Sadd 709,26; — in long cpd. at Sadd 68,30; —
°-kāraka, m., the object kāraka and the agent kāraka;
~esu, Chap 113,29; — ~ttha, m., the meaning of the
object (kāraka) and the agent (kāraka); saṅgahakā-
rehi: liṅgatthe ~e, Chap 126,5*; — °ṭṭha, mfn., con-
nected with the agent (kāraka) and the object (kāraka);
cf. °-samaveta, q.v. infra; kiriyā ~ā ādhariyati yena
so ādhāro, Pay Ce 1974 111,9; — ~-tta, n. [abstr.], the
fact of being connected with the agent (kāraka) and the
object (kāraka); ~ā, Sv-nṭ I 152,19; — °ṭṭhāna, n., the
location of the agent (kāraka) and the object (kāraka);
~aṁ, Pay Ce 1974 110,21; — °-vha, mfn., (dv.) called
the object (kāraka) and the agent (kāraka); kārake ~e,
Sadd 9,25; — °-samaveta, mfn., connected with the
object and the agent; ~ānaṁ, Sadd 709,19; — 2. ~aṁ
nāma kattā ca so kammañ ca, Sadd 692,31; Mogg-v
ad Mogg V 17.

" 346862281428045824,kattukammabhāvavihita,en,"

kattu-kamma-bhāva-vihita

, mfn., prescribed for the
active (voice), the passive (voice), and a state of action;
ete kyādayo tyādisu parabhūtesu ~esu kyatâdīnaṁ
vidhānato tesv eva viññāyantī ti, Mogg-v ad Mogg
V 17.

" 346862280136200192,kattukamyatā,en,"

kattu-kamya-tā

, f. [abstr.; cf. kattukāmatā, q.v.], the
desire to act; — exeg.; yo chando chandīkatā ~ā
kusalo dhammachando (BeEe so; read kusaladham-
ma° ? kusala qualifies dhamma, not chanda) ayaṁ
vuccati chando, Vibh 208,27 (= kattukāmatā, Vibh-a
290,14); — idaṁ vā akaraṇīyan ti akattabbassa aka-
raṇatthāya ~ā vā paccattapurisakāro vā na hoti, Mp
II 276,11; chando ti ~āy' etam adhivacanaṁ, As
132,36; Abhidh-av 20,35; — °-vasa, m.; tattha chanda-
jāto ti ~ena (v.l. °chandavasena) jātacchando ussā-
happatto, Dhp-a III 289,16; — °-kusala-cchanda, m.
[cf °kāmatā°], an endeavour towards (generating) good
(states of mind), which is constituted by the wish to act;
chandaṁ janetī ti ~aṁ (so read; Ee °ā k°) janeti, Ps III
243,8 (ad M II 11,3); so tasmiṁ ~ena (so read; Ee °ā
k°) Satthu cittaṁ ārādhentass' eva paṁsukūlâdīni
vissajjetvā, Spk II 170,24; chando jāyatī ti ~o (so read;
Ee °ā k°) jāyati, Ps III 193,10 (ad M I 480,7); imasmiṁ
câpi mahācitte ~o (so read with Be; Ee °ā °aṁ °o)
atthi, As 132,13; ~assa (so read; Ee °ā k°) vasena pana
chandajāto, Ud-a 429,32; — ~-patthanā, f., a wish
consisting in an endeavour towards (generating) good
(states of mind), which is constituted by the wish to act;
~ā, Ps I 41,14 = It-a I 62,4; — °-kusala-dhamma-
cchanda, m., an endeavour (made) towards (generating)
good states of mind, which consists in the wish to act;
~ena atthanipphattiyaṁ sati ahaṁ lokuttaradham-
maṁ nibbattessāmi, Vibh-a 305,14 = 306,4; —
°-chanda, m., an endeavour consisting in the wish to
act; sabbesam pi ca etesaṁ ~o ādi, Vism 320,1; ~aṁ
adhipatiṁ karitvā, 385,11 = Sv 641,23 (so read; Ee °ā
ch°); na chandaṁ janessatī ti ... ~aṁ na janessati, Ps
I 140,32 (ad M I 25,27) ≠ II 234,20; khemaṁ patthethā
ti ~ena arahattaṁ patthetha, 267,23 (ad M I 267,12);
chando ti ~o (so read; Ee °ā ch°), III 426,25 = Mp II
276,8; chandan ti ~aṁ (so read; Ee °ā ch°), Spk III
255,18; — °-dhamma-cchanda, m., an endeavour
(made) towards (generating good) states of mind, which
consists in the wish to act; tesu kusaladhammesu ~o ,
Nidd-a I 188,16; — °-lakkhaṇa, mfn., characterised by
the wish to act; ~o (so read; Ee °ā 1°) chando, Ps IV
88,1; so ~o chando ārammaṇapariyesanaraso, As
132,37; — °-saṅkhāta, mfn., denoted ""the desire to act;""
kattukamyatāchandan ti ~aṁ, Ps-pṭ I 246,12 (ad Ps I
140,32).[[side 122]]

" 346862265321918464,kattukāraka,en,"

kattu-kāraka

, m., (t.t.gr.) the agent kāraka; —
gramm. lit.: abhinipphādanalakkhaṇaṁ ~aṁ, Sadd
691,27; ~e kitpaccayo hoti: karotī ti... kārako ... kat-
tā +, 859,30; — idha pana ~e buddhasaddasiddhi
daṭṭhabbā, Bv-a 25,26; — °-tā,f. [abstv.], the fact of be-
ing the agent kāraka; asato saṁyogâdissa pi hot' eva
jananakriyāya ~ā ti, Rūp-v ad Rūp 295.

" 346862281474183168,kattukaraṇa,en,"

kattu-karaṇa

, n. [cf. sa. kartṛkaraṇa], (t.t.gr.) 1. the
agent (kāraka) and the instrument (kāraka); 2. the in-
strument (kāraka used) as the agent (kāraka); — 1.
~esu tatiyā, Mogg II 18; — 2. ""svākkhāto Bhagavatā
dhammo"" (= D II 93,31) idaṁ ~aṁ, Sadd 735,6; — in
long cpd. at Sadd 66,29.

" 346862281520320512,kattukaraṇadhikaraṇa,en,"

kattu-karaṇâdhikaraṇa

, n. [karaṇa + adhi°],
(t.t.gr.) agent, instrument, and locus; ~esu ca yuppaca-
yo hoti, Sadd 848,18 ≠ Kacc 550 and Kacc-v ad loc.,
q.v. s.v. kattukaraṇappadesa.

" 346862281541292032,kattukaraṇādhikaraṇa,en,"

kattu-karaṇâdhikaraṇa

, n. [karaṇa + adhi°],
(t.t.gr.) agent, instrument, and locus; ~esu ca yuppaca-
yo hoti, Sadd 848,18 ≠ Kacc 550 and Kacc-v ad loc.,
q.v. s.v. kattukaraṇappadesa.

" 346862280996032512,kattukaraṇappadesā,en,"

kattu-karaṇa-ppadesā

, m., (t.t.gr.) agent, instru-
ment, and locus; ~a ice etesv atthesu ca yuppaccayo
hoti, Kacc-v ad Kacc 550 ≠ Sadd 848,18.

" 346862281662926848,kattukaraṇavyāpārakattuniddesa,en,"

kattu-karaṇa-vyāpāra-kattu-niddesa

, m., the spe-
cification of the agent (kāraka) in terms of the function
of the instrument (kāraka used) as the agent (kāraka);
— °-vasa, m.; ~ena, Sv-pṭ I 50,29.

" 346862265393221632,kattukiriyā,en,"

kattu-kiriyā

, f., the action of the agent; ~aṁ nip-
phādetī ti, Chap 114,12.

" 346862265544216576,kattukriyabhigamma,en,"

kattu-kriyâbhigamma

, mfn., to be vealized thvough
the action of the agent; used of the kammakāraka, q.v.;
nibbattivikatippattibhedena tividhaṁ mataṁ ~aṁ
taṁ, Rūp-v* ad Rūp 285 (Rūp-ṭ 94,7).

" 346862265573576704,kattukriyābhigamma,en,"

kattu-kriyâbhigamma

, mfn., to be vealized thvough
the action of the agent; used of the kammakāraka, q.v.;
nibbattivikatippattibhedena tividhaṁ mataṁ ~aṁ
taṁ, Rūp-v* ad Rūp 285 (Rūp-ṭ 94,7).

" 346862267259686912,kattumatta,en,"

kattu-matta

, n., the mere agent, the agent alone; ~aṁ
apekkhate, Mogg-v ad Mogg V 17.

" 346862266005590016,kattuniddesa,en,"

kattu-niddesa

, m. [cf. kattāraniddesa, q.v.; sa.
kartṛnirdeśa; Mahā-bh I 349,7; 447,9,10], a statement
of the agent; used in exegesis of the canonical steveotype
evaṁ me sutaṁ; me ti ~o, sutan ti visayaniddeso,
Sv I 29,9 (Be so; Ee kattāra°) = Ps I 5,19 (Be so; Ee
kattāra°) = Spk I 7,1 = Mp I 7,26 = It-a I 24,26; loko ti
~o, Nett-a Be 5,29; — ifc. kattu-karaṇa-vyāpāra-°
(~-vasa, Sv-pṭ I 50,29); — °-tā, f. [abstr.], the fact of
being a statement of the agent; kiṁ vicinatī ti ettha
vicinatī ti etena vicayasaddassa ~aṁ dasseti,
Nett-a Be 61,15.[[side 123]]

" 346862268836745216,kattupacāra,en,"

kattûpacāra

, m. [kattu + upacāra; cf. kattubhāvû-
pacāra, q.v.], transfer of (the notion of) agent (to the
cause; with gen.); — °-vasa, m.; ~en' etaṁ vuttaṁ
yathā ariyabhāvakarāni saccāni ariyasaccānī ti,
Vibh-anuṭ 92,22.

" 346862268849328128,kattūpacāra,en,"

kattûpacāra

" 346862263979741184,kattupada,en,"

kattu-pada

, n., a transitive verb; yadi ~aṁ etaṁ,
vibhavatipadaṁ viya vinā yappaccayaṁ tiṭṭhe,
Sadd 9,1; hanantī ti padaṁ ~aṁ, 486,4.

" 346862266219499520,kattupakaraṇabhūta,en,"

kattu-pakaraṇa-bhūta

, mfn., having status as the
topic or focus of the agent; used of the kammakāraka,
q.v.; ~assa kammakārakassa, Chap 113,29.

" 346862268765442048,kattupakaraṇabhūta,en,"

kattûpakaraṇa-bhūta

, mfn., having status as a
means (i.e., the instrument for the realisation of the ac-
tion) of the agent; ~esu sādhanesu, Rūp-v (ad Rūp
292) ≠ Sadd 693,10 (ad sutta 552).

" 346862268786413568,kattūpakaraṇabhūta,en,"

kattûpakaraṇa-bhūta

, mfn., having status as a
means (i.e., the instrument for the realisation of the ac-
tion) of the agent; ~esu sādhanesu, Rūp-v (ad Rūp
292) ≠ Sadd 693,10 (ad sutta 552).

" 346862266349522944,kattupamāna,en,"

katt[ū/u]pamāna

, mfn., showing similarity of the agent
(with something); used of denom. verbal suffix āya; āya
nāmato ~ā-d-ācāre, Kacc 437 = Rūp 536 ≠ Sadd
822,23 (-ū-).kattūpamāna

" 346862266370494464,kattūpamāna,en,"

katt[ū/u]pamāna

, mfn., showing similarity of the agent
(with something); used of denom. verbal suffix āya; āya
nāmato ~ā-d-ācāre, Kacc 437 = Rūp 536 ≠ Sadd
822,23 (-ū-).kattūpamāna

" 346862252596400128,kattupaññatti,en,"

kattu-paññatti

, f., the designation ""agent""; kattuṭ-
ṭhāne pi bhāvassa ~i sijjhati, Sadd 9,24*.

" 346862266450186240,kattupavattiṭṭhānabhāva,en,"

kattu-pavatti-ṭṭhāna-bhāva

, m., the fact of being the
place of the activity of the agent; idha pana kiriyāya
~o icchito ti kammam eva ādhāravasena vuttaṁ,
Sv-nṭ I 152,20.

" 346862264822796288,kattupekkhatta,en,"

kattu-'pekkha-tta

, n. [abstr.; kattu + apekkhatta],
the fact of being dependent upon an agent; abhigīta-
padassa ~ā mayā ti, Sv-nṭ I 149,8.

" 346862266588598272,kattupucchā,en,"

kattu-pucchā

, f., a question about the agent; tattha
ko gacchatī ti ... katvā gamanakiriyāya ~ā, Sv-pṭ II
384,23 (ad Sv 766,27) ≠ Ps-pṭ I 352,5.

" 346862266513100800,kattupuggala,en,"

kattu-puggala

, m., the person who is the agent; so-
tabbo hi dhammo savanakiriyā ~assa savanakiriyā-
vasena pavattiṭṭhānaṁ hoti, It-a I 24,27 = Ud-a 13,34;
— ifc. savana-kiriyā-° (Sv-pṭ I 49,31).

" 346862266647318528,kattuputta,en,"

[

kattu-putta

, m.; reading of Be for kattaputta, q.v.]

" 346862267406487552,katturahita,en,"

kattu-rahita

, mfn., without an agent; ~o pāṇâtipā-
tappayogo, Sp-ṭ II 254,13 = Sv-pṭ I 145,30.

" 346862281147027456,katturattha,en,"

kattu(r)-attha

, m. [cf. sa. kartrartha], (t.t.gr.) the
meaning of the ""agent"" (kāraka); mayā ti ~e (-r-),
Sv-pṭ I 49,18 (ad Sv 29,2); ~e vā upayogavacanaṁ
daṭṭhabban ti āha tena vā bhikkhubhāvenā ti ādi,
tena kattubhūtena bhikkhubhāvenā ti attho, Sp-ṭ II
65,30 (ad Sp 247,14); ~e hi idaṁ sāmivacanaṁ, Vv-a
97,13; Ppk-anuṭ 16,7; — °-tā, f. [abstr.], the property of
having the meaning of ""agent""; assa ~aṁ paṭisedhe-
tuṁ, Ppk-anuṭ 16,8.kattur-attha

" 346862268702527488,kattusādhana,en,"

kattu-sādhana

, mfn. [cf. sa. kartṛsādhana], (t.t.gr.)
having an agent as a means of realization (i.e., tran-
sitive); cf. Renou, Terminologie: 122; imasmiṁ attha-
vikappe paricitā ti padaṁ ~aṁ, Paṭis-a 482,4;
dhutan ti ~aṁ, Nidd-a I 258,27; ~aṁ, Nett-a Be 61,21;
— °-tā, f., the fact of having an agent as a means of
realisation (i.e., transitivity); ~ā, Sv-pṭ III 87,22 (ad Sv
888,2).

" 346862268530561024,kattusamaveta,en,"

kattu-samaveta

, mfn., connected with the agent; ~a,
Sadd 710,19 foll.

" 346862268585086976,kattusambandhībhāvavibhāvana,en,"

kattu-sambandhī-bhāva-vibhāvana

, n., the clarifi-
cation of the fact that an agent is the correlative (of the
action ); — ifc. a-° (Sv-pṭ II 384,27).

" 346862267616202752,kattusāmivacana,en,"

kattu-sāmi-vacana

, n., genitive of the agent; ~aṁ
suṭṭhu yujjati, Mp-ṭ III 74,20.

" 346862268085964800,kattusañña,en,"

kattu-sañña

, mfn. [cf. sa. kartṛsamjña], (t.t.gr.) de-
noted by the technical term ""agent""; yo karoti so ~o
hoti; — ahinā daṭṭho naro [≠ Vin I 123,24], Kacc-v ad
Kacc 283; yo kattāraṁ kāreti so hetusañño hoti ~o
ca, Kacc-v (ad Kacc 284); Sadd 691,30.

" 346862268199211008,kattusannissita,en,"

kattu-sannissita

, mfn., located in the agent; -am pi
taṁ bhāvaṁ dīpeti, Sadd 9,17*.[[side 124]]

" 346862268140490752,kattusantāna,en,"

kattu-santāna

, m., the continuance of the agent;
~ena, Kacc-vaṇṇ 224,1 (ad Kacc 281).

" 346862266286608384,kattuseṭṭha,en,"

kattu-seṭṭha

, mfn. [< ²katta(r) (q.v.) + jeṭṭha], the
best among chamberlains; so lambamāno narake pa-
pāte ... asantasaṁ Kurunaṁ ~o ice abravī, Ja VI
306,22* (306,32') ≠ 309,8* ≠ 313,22* ≠ 319,21* = 323,7* ≠
323,23*,25* ≠ 325,2*.

" 346862265728765952,kattutā,en,"

kattu-tā

, f., the fact of being the agent; bhijjate kusū-
lo sayam evā ti ... sayam e vā t i savaṇato ~ā,
Mogg-v ad Mogg V 17; — °-vacan'-icchā, f., the op-
tional way of expvessing the fact of being the agent;
~āyan tu 'bhindati kusūlo attānan' ti bhavati,
Mogg-v ad Mogg V 17.

" 346862265892343808,kattutthabhidhāyaka,en,"

kattu-'tthâbhidhāyaka

, mfn. [attha + abhidhāya-
ka; cf. kattu-abhidhāyaka, q.v.], expvessing the mean-
ing of the agent (i.e. the active voice); anīyasaddo hi
bahulaṁ ~o, Sv-nṭ II 392,2.

" 346862265909121024,kattutthābhidhāyaka,en,"

kattu-'tthâbhidhāyaka

, mfn. [attha + abhidhāya-
ka; cf. kattu-abhidhāyaka, q.v.], expvessing the mean-
ing of the agent (i.e. the active voice); anīyasaddo hi
bahulaṁ ~o, Sv-nṭ II 392,2.

" 346862265472913408,kattuṭṭhāna,en,"

kattu-ṭṭhāna

, n., the place of the agent; ~e pi bhā-
vassa kattupaññatti sijjhati, Sadd 9,24*.

" 346862267469402112,kattuvācakapada,en,"

kattu-vācaka-pada

, n., (t.t.gr.) a term expressing the
agent; Sadd 7,35.

" 346862267960135680,kattuvihita,en,"

kattu-vihita

, mfn., prescribed for the active voice; —
°-mān'-anta-ty-ādi, mfn., the endings māna, anta, and
ti, etc., that are prescribed for the active voice; rudhā-
dito ~isu lo hoti, Mogg-v ad Mogg V 19; — °-mānâ-
di, mfn. [māna + ādi], the endings māna, etc., that are
prescribed for the agent; kriyatthato aparokkhesu ~isu
lo hoti, Mogg-v ad Mogg V 18.

" 346862267544899584,kattuvisaya,en,"

kattu-visaya

, m., the agent and his object (used in
exegesis of the terms me and sutaṁ of the canonical
stereotype evaṁ me sutaṁ); ettāvatā nānākārappa-
vattena cittasantānena taṁsamaṅgino ~e gahaṇa-
sanniṭṭhānaṁ kataṁ hoti, Sv 29,11 = Ps I 5,21 = Spk I
7,3 = Mp I 8,1 = Ud-a 14,3 = It-a I 24,29 (reading kat-
tuvisayaggahaṇe); — °-ggahaṇa, n., the act of appre-
hending the agent and its object; ~e, It-a I 24,29 (v. su-
pra); — °-tā, f. [abstr.]; ~āya, Sv-pṭ III 87,22 (ad Sv
888,2).

" 346862267804946432,kattuvisesadassanapara,en,"

kattu-visesa-dassana-para

, mfn., intended for show-
ing a specific agent; ~aṁ, Spk-pṭ II 2,20 ≠ Ps-pṭ I 49,13.

" 346862253330403328,kattuvisesadassanattham,en,"

kattu-visesa-dassan'-attham

, ²ind., for the sake of
showing a specific agent; adv. acc.; ~aṁ, Ps-pṭ I 49,13 ≠
Spk-pṭ II 2,20.

" 346862267880443904,kattuvisesana,en,"

kattu-visesana

, n., an adjective qualifying the agent;
salokapālo ti ~aṁ, Nett-a Be 5,30.

" 346862268023050240,kattuvohāra,en,"

kattu-vohāra

, m., the expression ""agent"" (of the ver-
bal action); gramm. lit.: yajj' evaṁ, ~o bhāvassa tu
kathaṁ siyā, Sadd 9,21*; — hetumhi câyaṁ ~o,
Kkh-ṭ 455,10; — °-siddhi, f., the substantiation of the
usage of the (term) ""agent""; anurūpaphaluppādana-
niyatesu kāraṇesu ~ito yathā padīpo pakāseti nisā-
karo candimā ti, Sv-pṭ I 146,1 = Ps-pṭ III 266,28 (Be
°ane niya°) = Sp-ṭ II 254,15 (Be °ane niya°).

" 346862267330990080,kattuyoga,en,"

kattu-yoga

, m., connection with an agent; bhoti-
saddo ~e kiriyāpadaṁ, kiriyāyoge nāmikapadaṁ:
kiriyāpadatthe tāva: eko bhoti (cf. D I 78,2 reading
eko hoti); nāmikapadatthe: mā bhoti paridevesi (=
Ja VI 523,28), Sadd 33,4.

" 346862287056801792,katu,en,"

katu

, m., [cf. sa. kratu], sacrifice; only recorded in
gramm. and lex. lit.: ~u = sayūpo yañño, Mogg VII
73; ~u, Abh 412.

" 346862361237262336,kaṭu,en,"

kaṭu

, mfn. and m. [ts.; Amg. kaḍu; only recorded
in late pa.], 1. (mfn.) austere, rough; 2. (mfn.) im-
proper; 3. (m.) pungent taste; 4. (f.) the plant Helle-
borus niger (= kaṭukā, q.v.) tekaṭula; only recorded
in cpd. and lex lit.: (ad 1.-4.) khare câkāriye tīsu ra-
samhi purise ~u, Abh 976; ~u (so read with Be; Ce
kaṭukā; Tr. transcript reads kaṭukaṁ) kaṭukarohiṇī,
Abh 582 (~u nārī; kaṭukarasā hutvā ruhatī ti
kaṭukarohiṇī... kaṭukarohiṇī ti samuditena nāmam
idaṁ; kaṭurohiṇī pi, Abh-ṭ 388,15); — in long cpd. at
Bhes 1:55.

" 346862361270816768,kaṭuka,en,"

kaṭuka

, mfn. [ts.; kaṭu + ka; Amg. kaḍuga,
kaḍuya], 1.a. (of taste and smell; ~ is only used of
smell in cpd.; v. infra) pungent; bitter; one of the six
tastes (rasa); mostly used of certain types of spices;
v. infra; opp. madhu; b. (of spices) hot; spicy (only
recorded in cpd.s, qq.v. infra); hence (fig.): 2.a. (of
pain) sharp, acute, burning (frequent; in this sense ~
occurs almost invariably in a formula together with
dukkha, tibba, and khara; cf. Epilegomena s.v.
wax.comp. p. 35*); b. (of speech) harsh; c. annoy-
ing, irritating; d.(i) severe, painful, distressing;
repulsive; (ii) harmful, injurious; (iii) cruel; (iv)
fatal;— lex. lit. (ad 1.a.): kasāvo ... titto madhuro
lavaṇo ime ambilo ~o ceti cha rasa, Abh 148; —
exeg.: tikhiṇaṭṭhena ~ā ... veditabbā, Mp III 397,4; —
1.a. ~aṁ pi vijānāti madhukaṁ pi vijānāti, S III
87,19 (= pipphalimaricâdinānappakāraṁ, Spk II
293,4); ambilaṁ madhuraṁ tittakaṁ ~aṁ loṇikaṁ
khārikaṁ lapilaṁ kasāvo sādu asādu, Dhs 629 (=
siṅgiveramaricâdi, As 320,19); Nidd I 240,4 = 368,10 ≠
Kv 377,34; Nidd I 240,12; kissa pana mahārāja rukkhā
na sabbe samakā, aññe ambilā ... aṅṅe ~ā aṅṅe ka-
sāvā aṅñe madhurā ti, Mil 65,18; 289,1 = 244,25; idaṁ
loṇikaṁ ... tittakaṁ khārikaṁ ~aṁ + ti sūparasaṁ
na jānāti, Dhp-a II 31,20; Bhes 2: 46; — 1.b. (only re-
corded in cpd.s, qq.v. infra); — 2.a. uppannānaṁ ...
vedanānaṁ ... ~ānaṁ ... adhivāsakajātiko hoti, Vin
I 303,7 = M I 10,29 = III 97,26 = A II 143,31 ≠ Vin IV
321,28; I 78,24 = IV 130,9 (= pharusānaṁ, Sp 867,11) =
Nidd I 487,5; ekantadukkhā tippā ~ā vedanā, M I
74,11,28 (= kharā, Ps II 37,20); opakkamikā dukkhā
tippā ~ā vedanā vediyanti, 92,29 = 241,10 = 246,22 ≠
307,3; sārīrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā ~ā asātā
amanāpā, S I 27,17 = 28,2= 110,18; ~o pharuso
antarāyiko anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya,
II 226,2,10 (~o ti tikhiṇo, Spk II 206,9); so tattha
dukkhā tibbā kharā ~ā vedanā vediyati, A I 141,6;
sārīrikānaṁ vedanānaṁ dukkhānaṁ tibbānaṁ
kharānaṁ ~ānaṁ ... adhivāsanāya ātappaṁ
karaṇīyaṁ, 153,11 (= tikhiṇānaṁ, Mp II 253,9); II
116,13; V 132,11 = II 118,2 = 153,19 = III 163,33 = 389,11;
Ud 14,11; sa dukkhāhi tibbāhi kharāhi ~āhi vedanāhi
phuṭṭhā tīhi vitakkehi adhivāseti, 15,9 (ativiya
aniṭṭhabhāvena dāruṇāhi, Ud-a 118,24); ~aṁ, 21,5 (~an
ti asātaṁ, Ud-a 166,2); Ja V 71,19* (73,26'; VI 115,30* =
116,3*; Nidd I 404,7,25 = Kv 597,16 ≠ 598,7; — 2.b.
paresaṁ ~ā, Ps II 331,14 (ad M I 286,37: vācā ... pa-
rakaṭukā); — 2.c. ~aṁ hi sambādham sukiccha
patto, Ja IV 451,23* (452,10'); — 2.d.(i) taṁ imāya
~āya dukkarakārikāya nijjaretha, M II 218,5; vīciṁ
upapajja paccati mahâbhitāpaṁ ~aṁ bhayānakaṁ, Ja
V 144,6* (tikhiṇavedanaṁ, 145,28'); vedhabbaṁ ~aṁ
loke, VI 508,6* (= asādhukaṁ, 509,2'); ekantaṁ ~aṁ
ghoraṁ nirayaṁ papatiss' ahaṁ, Pv 69 = 239 = 691;
— 2.d.(ii) Th 737 (Th-a III 23,6); dukkhā hi kāmā ~ā
mahabbhayā, 1122 (Th-a III 156,30); kāmā ~ā
āsīvisûpamā, Thī 451 (Thī-a 281,30); — 2.d.(iii)
taṁ lobhā pakataṁ kammaṁ ~aṁ kāmahetukaṁ, Ja
III 519,1* (= tikhiṇavipākaṁ, 519,5'); — 2.d.(iv)
pacchâssa ~aṁ hoti, Th 146 (Th-a II 23,34) ≠ Ja I 380,12*
(etaṁ visaṁ tikhiṇaṁ bhavissatī ti attho, 380,15') =
D II 349,7; madhū ti maññamānā ye taṁ visaṁ sa-
māsāsisuṁ tesaṁ taṁ ~aṁ āsi, Ja III 201,7* (=
tikhiṇaṁ, 201,19'); — ifc. a-° (Nidd I 240,12 = 368,15);
kakkhaḷa-khara-° (~-vedana, Mil 222,9);
kakkhaḷa-tikhiṇa-khāra-° (Mil 112,5); ghorâ-
sayha-° (~-pphala, Ud-a 365,22); ti-° (~âdi, Sp 724,2
[so read with v.l.]; ~-ajamoja-hiṅgu-jīraka-lasuṇa,
Vv-a 186,24); pañca-° (Thī 503; ~-cuṇṇa, Mp I 245,1);
para-° (M I 286,37; III 48,11; Dhs 1343); madhu-
ra-titta-° (~âdirasa, Ps III 391,22); sappi-dadhi-°
(~-bhaṇḍâdi, Ja III 84,24); — in long cpd.s uṇha-sīta--
loṇa-tittaka-~âhār'-ajjhoharaṇa-kāla (Sv 436,15); pup-
pha-vaṭaṁsaka-takkolaka-~-phalâdi (Sp 892,33); mā-
lā-gandha-vilepana-kappūra-~-pphalâdi (Ja II 416,3 =
Dhp-a III 475,9); — °âdi, mfn., bitter, etc.; anekāni
ca madhuphāṇitasindhavaloṇāni ~īni bhesajjāni
pakkhipitvā, Sp 479,5 (ad Vin III 86,20).[[side 43]]

" 346862105015619584,kaṭuka,en,"

kaṭuka,

mfn., — ifc. ati-° (Vism 54,23).

" 346862349107335168,kaṭukā,en,"

kaṭukā

, f., the plant Helleborus niger (used as a
drug); ~ā kaṭukarohiṇī, Abh 582; — ifc. bhū-
nimba-nimba-° (Bhes 2: 44).

" 346862361665081344,kaṭukabhaṇḍa,en,"

kaṭuka-bhaṇḍa

, n., a hot spice; na kevalaṁ
sāli-odanaṁ ... hiṅgu-jīraka-siṅgiveraka-marica-
pipphali-ppabhedaṁ ~am pi mayhaṁ bahuṁ atthi,
Ja III 86,2'; seṭṭhibhariyâpi pana tassā ekaṁ sappi-
karoṭikaṅ ... ca ~añ ca ... dāpesi, Dhp-a II 131,14; yā-
guṁ pacitvā taṁ tikaṭuka-ajamoja-hiṅgu-jīraka-
lasuṇâdīhi ~ehi abhisaṅkharitvā, Vv-a 186,24 (ad Vv
718); vidhātabbāni bhojanayoggāni ~āni, Pv-a 135,6
(ad Pv 309); — °-saṁkhāta, mfn., denoted (by the
generic term) ""hot spice""; ahitan ti yaṁ etaṁ tava
~aṁ pipphaliṁ etaṁ mayhaṁ ahitaṁ asappāyan ti,
Ja III 86,7'; — °-sambhāra, mfn., (bhvr.) with hot
spices as condiment; ~aṁ sugandhaṁ bhojanaṁ,
Spk II 239,19.

" 346862361753161728,kaṭukabhāva,en,"

kaṭuka-bhāva

, m. [abstr. = kaṭukatā, kaṭukatta,
qq.v.], being harsh, harshness; (used in explanation
of kaṭukaṅcukatā) yācake disvā ~ena cittaṁ aṅcati
saṅkocatī ti kaṭukaṅcuko, As 376,7.

" 346862361564418048,kaṭukabhedana,en,"

[

kaṭuka-bhedana

, reading of Be for kaṭukappa-
bhedana, q.v.]

" 346862361405034496,kaṭukagga,en,"

kaṭuk'-agga

, mfn. [kaṭuka + agga], very
pungent or bitter; ambilaggehi pi tittakaggehi pi
~ehi pi ... loṇikehi pi aloṇikehi pi, S V 149,28;
tittakaggaṁ vā me ajja ~aṁ vā me ajja, 151,5.

" 346862361304371200,kaṭukakabala,en,"

kaṭuka-kabala

, n., a spicy mouthful; kabalan ti
bhojanakāle paṭhamam eva dinnaṁ ~aṁ, Ja I 190,8'
(ad 190,3*).

" 346862349212192768,kaṭukakāragati,en,"

kaṭukâkāra-gati

, f. [kaṭuka + ākāra], a manner
having a repulsive form; repulsive behavior; cf. sa.
gati: manner; (used in explanation of kaṭukañcukatā
(q.v.); ~i kaṭukañcukatā, As-mṭ 121,22.

" 346862349228969984,kaṭukākāragati,en,"

kaṭukâkāra-gati

, f. [kaṭuka + ākāra], a manner
having a repulsive form; repulsive behavior; cf. sa.
gati: manner; (used in explanation of kaṭukañcukatā
(q.v.); ~i kaṭukañcukatā, As-mṭ 121,22.

" 346862514811703296,kātukāma,en,"

kātu-kāma

, mfn., cf. kattukāma, kar(a) 7. b.(ii).

" 346862361434394624,kaṭukañcuka,en,"

kaṭukañcuka

, mfn. [cf. kaṭukaṅcukatā (q.v.)
from which ~ is probably extracted], niggardly;
(only found in explanation of kaṭukañcukatā, q.v.);
yācake disvā kaṭukabhāvena cittaṁ añcati saṅkocatī
ti ~o, tassa bhāvo kaṭukaṅcukatā, As 376,8.

" 346862361472143360,kaṭukañcukatā,en,"

kaṭukañcukatā

, f. [abstr. from kaṭukaṅcuka; de-
rivation uncertain; cf. the variant kaṭakaṅcukatā, q.v.
(an old mistake for ~ ?); cf. BHSD s.v. kuṭukuṅcaka
and JAOS 86 1966: 70], niggardliness; used as a syno-
nym of selfishness and lack of generosity; ct.s con-
nect ~ with kaṭu (v. infra), q.v.; —gramm. lit.: aṅcu
gatipūjanāsu. maggaṁ añcati, buddhaṁ aṅcati ...
~ā, Sadd 335,17; — exeg.: yācake disvā kaṭukabhā-
vena cittaṁ aṅcati saṅkocatī ti kaṭukaṅcuko, tassa
bhāvo ~ā ... aparo nayo: ~ā vuccati kaṭacchugāho,
As 376,8; maccheraṁ ~ā (v.l. kucchukatā) ti vuttaṁ,
As 376,14 (kaṭukâkāragati ~ā, As-mṭ 121,22); — yaṁ
evarūpaṁ maccheraṁ maccharāyanā ... ~ā
aggahitattaṁ cittassa, idaṁ vuccati macchariyaṁ,
Vibh 357,29 = 371,30 = Pp 19,14 = 23,12 = Nidd I 37,11 =
(v.l. kaṭukaṅju-) 128,22 = (v.ll. kuṭukaṅju-; kaṭukaṅ-
cutā), 134,32 = 227,27 (so read; v.ll. -kaṅcu-, kaṭikaṅ-
cakatā) = (so read; v.l. -kaṅcu-), 256,29; —
°-paccupaṭṭhāna, mfn., manifesting itself as
niggardliness; saṅkocanapaccupaṭṭhānaṁ ~aṁ vā
attasampattipadaṭṭhānaṁ cetaso virūpabhāvo ti,
Vism 470,28 = As 258,1 (v.l. kaṭa-).

" 346862361522475008,kaṭukappabhedana,en,"

kaṭuka-ppabhedana

, mfn., exuding a pungent
(oily) substance; used of the oily substance exuded
by rutting elephants; dhanapālako nāma kuṅjaro ~o
(Be -bhedano), Dhp 324 (~o ti tikhiṇamado, Dhp-a
IV 13,13).

" 346862358267695104,kaṭukapphala,en,"

kaṭuka-pphala

, mfn. (bhvr.) 1. having a pun-
gent, bitter fruit; 2. having a painful, bitter result;
— 1. vaṇṇagandharasûpeto amb' āyaṁ ahuvā pure
... ken' ambo ~o ti, Ja II 106,2*; ambo ~o ti, 106,7* (=
asātaphalo tittakaphalo ti, 106,11'); jātiphalaṁ ~aṁ
elāḷa-takkolan ti evaṁ nāmavasena na sakkā pa-
riyantaṁ dassetuṁ, Sp 837,5; — 2. caranti bālā ...
karontā pāpakaṁ kammaṁ, yaṁ hoti ~aṁ, Dhp 66
(= tikhiṇaphalaṁ dukkhaphalaṁ, Dhp-a II 37,2) = S I
57,14 = Ja III 291,30* (na taṁ kammaṁ kataṁ sādhu
yaṁ hoti ~aṁ, 291,32); āyatim pi ~ā, Th-a III 156,30;
~āni, Pv 82 (Pv-a 60,12); Sp 314,2.

" 346862361774133248,kaṭukarasa,en,"

kaṭuka-rasa

, m. and mfn. [cf. Amg, kaḍuyarasa]
1. (m.) pungent (i.e., hot) taste; only recorded in
cpd., q.v. infra; 2. (bhvr.) having a pungent, bitter
taste; — 2. kaṭu nārī; ~ā hutvā ruhatī ti kaṭukarohi-
ṇī ... kaṭukarohiṇī ti samuditena nāmam idaṁ;
kaṭurohiṇī pi, Abh-ṭ 388,15 (ad Abh 582); —
°-sadisa, mfn., similar to pungent (i.e., hot) taste;
kaṭukānan ti pharusānaṁ, amanāpatāya vā ~ānaṁ,
Sp 867,12 (ad Vin IV 130,9).

" 346862361807687680,kaṭukarohiṇī,en,"

kaṭuka-rohiṇī

, f. [ts.; CDIAL 2642], the plant
Helleborus niger (used as a drug); — lex. lit.:
ambaṭṭhā ca tathā pāṭhā kaṭu ~ī, Abh 582 (kaṭu nārī;
kaṭukarasā hutvā ruhatī ti ~ī ... ~ī ti samuditena
nāmam idaṁ; kaṭurohiṇī pi, Abh-ṭ 388,15); — anujā-
nāmi bhikkhave mūlāni bhesajjāni: haliddaṁ siṅgi-
veraṁ ... ~iṁ usīraṁ bhaddamuttakaṁ, Vin I 201,2
(Sp 833,6) ≠ Sv 81,17.

" 346862358531936256,kaṭukasambādha,en,"

kaṭuka-sambādha

, m., severe trouble; deva
~aṁ sukicchaṁ maraṇabhayaṁ patto 'mhi, Ja IV
452,10' (ad 451,23*).

" 346862355738529792,kaṭukasannissita,en,"

kaṭuka-sannissita

, mfn., seasoned with hot
spices; khajjabhojjaṁ siniddhaṁ ~añ ca, Sv 454,31 =
Ps III 214,16.

" 346862356694831104,kaṭukasāsana,en,"

kaṭuka-sāsana

, n., a harsh command; Phussatī
pi kho devī puttassa me ~aṁ gataṁ, Ja VI 498,12.

" 346862361497309184,kaṭukatā,en,"

kaṭukatā

, f. [abstr.; cf. kaṭukatta], sharpness,
harshness (used of words); — ifc. kaṇṇa-° (Sp-ṭ III
3,9).

" 346862359144304640,kaṭukatara,en,"

kaṭuka-tara

, mfn. [kaṭuka + tara = compar. of
kaṭuka], more bitter; sabbā hi kāmaratiyo ~ā paṅca-
kaṭukena, Thī 503 (Thī-a 291,33-292,1).

" 346862361635721216,kaṭukatta,en,"

kaṭukatta

, mfn. [abstr.; cf. kaṭukatā], pungency,
sharpness; sabban taṁ tittakattāya ~āya asātattāya
saṁvattati, A I 32,15 = V 213,2; ambilattaṁ vā
lavaṇattaṁ... vā ~aṁ +, Mil 56,11 = 63,24 = 64,2.

" 346862360784277504,kaṭukattaya,en,"

kaṭuka-ttaya

, n., the aggregate of the three pun-
gent (i.e., hot) spices (i.e., the three spices ginger,
black pepper, and long pepper); ~aṁ, Bhes 10: 137.

" 346862361832853504,kaṭukavipāka,en,"

kaṭuka-vipāka

, mfn. [cf. Amg. kaḍuvivāga],
(bhvr.) having a bitter result; bhikkhave ime sattā
attanā (v.l. -o) attano ~aṁ kammaṁ (v.l. and Be
-ka-kammaṁ) karontā vicarantī ti, Dhp-a II 36,10;
~aṁ pāpan ti khaṇaṁ na passi, Mil 206,24;
pasaṁsiyanindā tāva sampannaguṇaparidhaṁsana-
vasena pavattiyā sāvajjatāya ~ā, Mp-ṭ III 348,16 ≠
Spk-ṭ I 246,20; — °-tara, mfn. [comparative of
prec], having an even more bitter result; yo c'
evâyaṁ ācariyûpaddavo yo ca antevāsûpaddavo
ayan tehi brahmacārûpaddavo dukkhavipākataro c'
eva ~o ca api ca vinipātāya saṁvattati, M III 117,15
(Ps IV 165,12; Ps-pṭ EI 329,10); ~ā, S II 128,20.[[side 44]]

" 346862358506770432,kaṭukavipākakamma,en,"

[

kaṭuka-vipāka-kamma

, reading of Be and
v.l. at Dhp-a II 36,10 for kaṭukavipākaṁ kammaṁ,
q.v.]

" 346862357269450752,kaṭukavipākasabhāva,en,"

kaṭuka-vipāka-sabhāva

, mfn., (bhvr.) produ-
cing by nature a bitter substance (i.e., bile); opp.
madhuravipāka; dadhi ambilarasaṁ pittabrūhanaṁ
-an ti, Vibh-anuṭ 110,14.

" 346862357193953280,kaṭukavipākatā,en,"

kaṭuka-vipākatā

, f. [abstr. < kaṭukavipāka,
q.v.], the property of having a bitter result; ~āya ca
dukkhaṁ, Vibh-anuṭ 107,2.

" 346862349317050368,kaṭukīṭaka,en,"

kaṭukīṭaka

, m. [cf. takkoṭaka, q.v.], a particular
kind of worm; — °âdi, mfn.; ~ayo (v.l. takkoṭakâ-
dayo) dvattiṁsakulappabhedā kimiyo naṁ upanis-
sāya jīvantī ti, Mp-ṭ II 341,19.

" 346862344728481792,kaṭukodaka,en,"

kaṭukôdaka

, mfn. [kaṭuka + udaka], pungent
water; pāyetvā sudukkhaṁ ~aṁ, Saddh 159.

" 346862349371576320,katukudraya,en,"

katuk'-udraya

, mfn. [kaṭuka + udraya], causing
a painful (feeling); asappurisasaṁsaggo dukkhanto
~o ti, Ja V 241,14* (241,18' = 242,5.

" 346862347702243328,kaṭula,en,"

kaṭula

, mfn. [cf. sa. kaṭola (only recorded in lex.
lit.); v. Ai.Gr II.2. p. 514 § 356], pungent (only record-
ed ifc.); — te-° (Vin I 210,28,31; III 66,13; Sp 391,10).

" 346862514505519104,kātuṃ,en,"

kātuṁ

, v. kar(a) 7. b.(ii).

" 346862349589680128,kaṭumika,en,"

kaṭumik[ā/a]

, f. and mfn. [cf. BHS kṛtrimaka; BHS
kartṛma ?; v. BHSD s.vv.; only recorded in Mil], 1.
(f.) acquisition (of knowledge from a teacher) ?; I. B.
Horner, Mil-Trsl.: I 107 suggests translating ~ as
""artificial aid"" (v. loc. cit. no. 2); the context would
indicate, however, that ~ denotes the acquisition of
a craft or the like from a teacher (v. infra), hence
roughly = apprenticeship; 2. (mfn.) acquired (from a
teacher); I. B. HORNER, Mil-Trsl.: 1107 translates as if
~ were a noun, which clearly is impossible; — 1.
(f.) abhijānato pi mahārāja sati uppajjati, ~āya pi sati
uppajjati, Mil 78,14; kathaṁ ~āya sati uppajjati: yo
pakatiyā muṭṭhassatiko pare ca taṁ sarāpanatthaṁ
nibandhanti, Mil 79,2; — 2. bhante Nāgasena, sabbā
sati abhijānantā uppajjati udāhu ~ā vā satī ti... yadi
n' atthi mahārāja ~ā sati n' atthi kiñci sippikānaṁ
kammāyatanehi vā sippāyatanehi vā vijjaṭṭhānehi vā
karaṇīyaṁ, niratthakā ācariyā, Mil 78,1.kaṭumikā

" 346862349610651648,kaṭumikā,en,"

kaṭumik[ā/a]

" 346862510416072704,kātūna,en,"

kātūna

, v. kar(a) 7. a (IV).

" 346862349455462400,kaṭunnarū,en,"

Kaṭunnarū

, f.; Npr.; a tank repaired by Vijaya-
bāhu I and Parakkamabāhu I; Sūkaraggāmavāpiṁ ca
... Ambālaṁ ca ~uṁ ... bandhāpesi, Mhv LXVIII 46;
— °-Paṇḍavāpī, f., (the tanks) Kaṭunnaru and
Paṇḍavāpī; ~ī, Mhv LX 48.

" 346862286788366336,katupacāra,en,"

kat'-upacāra

, mfn. [kata + upa°], approved (at a cer-
emony after the termination of apprenticeship); for upa-
cāra, v. s.v. 3.; vijjaṁ parivattetvā ti gandhāravijjâdi-
kaṁ attano vijjaṁ ~aṁ parijappitvā mantapaṭha-
nakkamena paṭhitvā, Sp-ṭ II 257,4 (ad Sp 440,7).

" 346862286721257472,katupacita,en,"

kat'-upacita

or katûpacita, mfn. [kata + upa°],
(av.) (kamma) that has been created and accumulated;
appâyukasaṁvattanikena upacchedakena pāpa-
kammena ~ena (-u-) codiyamāno, Ud-a 289,6; tena
~ānaṁ (-ū-) puññānaṁ avassambhāviphalaṁ su-
tvā, It-a I 75,15; pubbe ~assa (-ū-) petūpapattinibba-
navasena katôkāsassa tassa kammassa nimittabhū-
taṁ, Sp-ṭ II 294,14 (ad Sp 508,24); dhammena ti ~ena
(-u-) attano puññadhammena, Sv-pṭ I 383,29 (ad Sv
250,32); — °-kamma, n., kamma that has been created
and accumulated; °-vasena (-ū-) abhisampareti etthā
ti abhisamparāyo, Ps-pṭ III 44,2; — ~-phala-bhā-
gi(n), mfn., enjoying the fruit of the kamma that has
been created and accumulated (by somebody; with
instr.); attanā ~ī (-ū-) ti attho, Ps-pṭ III 372,19; —
~-bhāvûpagamana, n. [bhāva + upa°], taking (kam-
ma) to be kamma that has been created and accumulat-
ed; idhaloke patiṭṭhitaṁ nāma idha -to (-ū-), Sv-pṭ
III 89,19 (ad Sv 888,25); — °-kusala-kamma-tta, n.
[abstr.], the fact that good kamma has been created and
accumulated; yathā tattakaṁ kālaṁ sugatito sugatū-
papattiyo ahosi, tathā ~ā (-ū-), Sv-pṭ II 263,1 (ad Sv
638,29); — °-puñña-tā, f. [abstv.], meritoriousness of
(kamma) that has been created and accumulated; lābha-
sakkāro uppajji sucirakālaṁ ~āya, Ps-pṭ II 278,17; —
°-balava-kusala-kamma, n., powerful good kamma
that has been created and accumulated; ~ena (-ū), Sp-ṭ
II 102,13.[[side 113]]kat'-upacita

" 346862286549291008,katupaddavanivāraṇa,en,"

katûpaddava-nivāraṇa

, mfn. [kata + upa°], (bhvr.)
for whom misfortune has been warded off: free of
misfortune; akatûpaddavanivāraṇo va ~o 'smī ti
mantvā tuṭṭho, Pj II 33,12; — ifc. a-° (Pj II 33,10); —
°-tā, f., the fact of being free of misfortune; tussanto
ekādasaggipariḷāhâbhāvato ~āy' eva tuṭṭho, Pj II
33,14.

" 346862286566068224,katūpaddavanivāraṇa,en,"

katûpaddava-nivāraṇa

" 346862345407959040,kaṭupaga,en,"

kaṭûpaga

, mfn. [kaṭi + upaga], meant for the
waist; kaṭaṁ nāma sīsûpagaṁ gīvûpagaṁ hatthûpa-
gaṁ pādûpagaṁ ~aṁ, Vin III 239,33; saṅghāṇi nāma
yā kāci ~ā, IV 340,9; itthâlaṁkāro nāma sīsûpago
gīvûpago ... ~o, 340,30; saṅghāṇin ti kaṭiyaṁ anu-
bhavitabbaṁ ābharaṇaṁ, tenâha yaṁ kiñci ~an ti,
Kkh-ṭ 484,3 (ad Kkh 204,12: kaṭûpika).

" 346862345420541952,kaṭūpaga,en,"

kaṭûpaga

" 346862286855475200,katupakara,en,"

kat'-upakara

or katûpakāra, mfn. [kata + upa°], 1.
having been helpful; 2.a.(i) having been given help (by
someone; with instr.); a.(ii) worthy of being helped; b.
being assisted (by something; with instr.); — 3. assis-
tance that has been given; only in cpd., q.v. infra; — 1.
yo ca te balī hutvā adhikārakato va pubbe ~o (-u-)
hoti, Ja VI 252,9' (ad 251,26*); — 2.a.(i) yo koci puriso
paṭhamataraṁ aññena katakalyāṇo ~o katattho nip-
phāditakicco, Ja I 378,27' (ad I 378,24*); yo pubbeka-
takalyāṇo (so read; Ee two words) ti yo puggalo kena-
ci sādhunā katabhaddako ~o (-ū-) pacchā pāpena
hiṁsatī ti, Pv-a 116,18 (ad Pv 265); — 2.a.(ii) deyye-
sū ti ~esu, Ja III 12,11' (ad 12,1*); — 2.b. (cakkhuṁ)
sandhāraṇabandhanaparipācanasamudīraṇakiccāhi
catūhi dhātūhi ~aṁ (-ū-), Vism 445,32 ≠ Abhidh-av
66,12; Vism 446,6 (-ū-); ekadivasam pi bhattadānâdi-
nā ~assa (-ū-) rajjam pi dātuṁ samatthattā, Ap-a
540,14; — 3. °-jānana, n., acknowledging the assistance
that has been given (to one); katajānanan ti ~aṁ (-ū-),
Spk-pṭ II 193,7 (ad Spk II 232,2).kat'-upakara

" 346862286473793536,katupasampada,en,"

katûpasampada

, mfn. [kata + upa°], having receiv-
ed (a valid) ordination; ~aṁ suddhaṁ vā asuddhaṁ
vā puggalaṁ yena pārājikena codeti, Kkh 43,35 (=
yassa upasampadā ruhati, Kkh-pṭ 54,23).

" 346862286490570752,katūpasampada,en,"

katûpasampada

, mfn. [kata + upa°], having receiv-
ed (a valid) ordination; ~aṁ suddhaṁ vā asuddhaṁ
vā puggalaṁ yena pārājikena codeti, Kkh 43,35 (=
yassa upasampadā ruhati, Kkh-pṭ 54,23).

" 346862286662537216,katupāsana,en,"

kat'-upāsana

or katûpāsana, mfn. [kata + ²upāsa-
na], skilled in archery; daḷhadhammo dhanuggaho
sikkhito katahattho ~o (-ū-), M I 82,35 = S I 62,2 (~o
[-ū-] ti, katasarakkhepo, dassitasippo, Spk I 117,3) =
A II 48,14 (reading -u-; ~o [-ū-; v.l. -u-] ti katasarak-
khepo dassitasippo, Mp III 87,20) = IV 429,19 (~o
[-ū-; v.l. -u-] ti rājakulâdisu dassitasippo, Mp IV
201,7); atha āgaccheyya khattiyakumāro sikkhito
katahattho katayoggo ~o (-u-), S I 99,10; cattāro
daḷhadhammā dhanuggahā sikkhitā katahatthā ~ā
(-u-), II 266,1 foll. (Spk II 225,13 = Mp IV 201,7) = Ja
IV 211,26 (-ū-); vijjāsu katasikkho ~o (-u-) katahat-
tho āture upasaṅkamati tikicchāya, Mil 353,14; etesu
kīlamānesu sikkhite ~e rattindivaṁ na jānāmi Indo
va Tidasaṅgaṇe, Ap 358,11; Licchaviyo katahatthā
~ā (-ū-; v.l. -u-), Sp 513,3; mayaṁ sikkhitā kata-
hatthā (v.l. sikkhitahatthā) ~ā (-ū-) mahissāsā,
Dhp-a I 358,4.

" 346862349522571264,kaṭupika,en,"

[

kaṭupika

, reading at Kkh 204,12 (Be kaṭûpaga)
for kaṭûpika, which read with v.l.]

" 346862350122356736,kaṭupika,en,"

kaṭûpika

, mfn. [kaṭi + upika (< upaka, q.v.), a
variant of upaga; cf. kaṭûpaga, q.v.], meant for the
waist; tatiye saṅghāṇin ti yaṁ kiñci ~aṁ (so read
with v.l.; Ee -upik-; Be -ûpag-) Kkh 204,12.

" 346862350139133952,kaṭūpika,en,"

kaṭûpika

" 346862350214631424,kaṭupiya,en,"

kaṭûpiya

, mfn. [kaṭi + upiya < upika (a variant
of upaka < upaga, q.v.); cf. kaṭûpika, q.v. supra],
meant for the waist; yā ca dhāreyya sañghāṇiṁ yaṁ
kiṅci pi ~aṁ tassa pacittiyapatti hoti ti pariyaputa,
Vin-vn 2410 (~an ti kaṭippadesûpagaṁ, Vin-vn-t II
118,17.[[side 45]]

" 346862350248185856,kaṭūpiya,en,"

kaṭûpiya

" 346862349686149120,kaṭurohiṇī,en,"

kaṭu-rohiṇī

, f. [ts.; cf. kaṭukarohiṇī, q.v.], the
plant Helleborus niger (used as a drug); ~ī pi, Abh-ṭ
388,15 (ad Abh 582).

" 346862350021693440,kaṭusneha,en,"

kaṭu-sneha

, m. [ts.], name of the plant Sinapsis
dichotoma; sāsapo tu sarisapo, ~o ca tantubho ti
tikaṇḍaseso, Abh-ṭ 308,15.

" 346862286612205568,katussaha,en,"

kat'-ussaha

, mfn. [kata + uss°; cf. sa. kṛtôtsāha], 1.
having made an effort, energetic; 2. committed (to
something; with loc.); — 1. viditvā pettivisaye
dukkhaṁ ... ~o hi paññāva, Saddh 127; — 2. paya-
tapāṇī ti vā ussāhitahattho. (so punctuate) āmisa-
dānaṁ dātūṁ ussāhitahattho viya dhammadāne
~o ti, It-a II 143,9 (ad It 101,15).

" 346862286993887232,katuttarāsaṅga,en,"

kat'-uttarāsaṅga

, mfn. [kata + utt°], having put on
the upper garment; nivatthanivāsano ~o senāsanaṁ
saṁsāmetvā, Spk I 283,11.

" 346862349749063680,kaṭuvandu,en,"

Kaṭuvandu

, m. ?; Npr.; a locality near Anurā-
dhapura; te ~u iti ssutaṁ ṭhānaṁ ... upāgamuṁ,
Mhv LXXII 188.

" 346862346179710976,kaṭuviya,en,"

kaṭuviya

, n. and mfn., 1. (n.) defilement, corrup-
tion; 2. (mfn.) defiled, corrupted; with √kṛ: to defile
oneself (with acc.); — 1. kin nu kho bhante ~aṁ ...
abhijjhā kho bhikkhu ~aṁ, A I 280,26,28; — 2. bhik-
khu bhikkhu mā kho tvaṁ attānaṁ -am akāsi, A I
280,5,19 (~an ti ucchiṭṭhaṁ [so read; cf. CPD s.v.], Mp
II 378,11); — °-kata, mfn., defiled; taṁ vata bhik-
khu ~aṁ attānaṁ āmagandhe avassutaṁ makkhikā
nânupatissanti nânvassavissantī ti n' etaṁ thānaṁ
vijjatī ti, A I 280,6,20; ~o bhikkhu āmagandhe avas-
suto ārakā hoti nibbānā, 281,3* (~o ti ucchiṭṭhakato
[so read], Mp II 378,19).

" 346862349858115584,kaṭuviyasutta,en,"

Kaṭuviya-sutta

, n.; Npr.; title of A I 279,30-281,8;
v. PPN s.v.

" 346862509094866944,kātuyye,en,"

kātuyye

, v. kar(a) 7. b.(iii).

" 346862350839582720,kaṭyate,en,"

kaṭyate

, pr. 3 sg. pass. [< kaṭati, q.v.], to be pro-
tected; used in lex. lit. in ""etymology"" of kaṭi (q.v.):
kaṭa vassâvaraṇesu; ~ate āvarīyate vatthâdīhi = kaṭi,
Abh-ṭ 194,12 (ad Abh 272).

" 346862291741839360,kava,en,"

kav(a)

, the verbal root kav (cf. kavati, q.v); ~a vaṇ-
ṇe, Sadd 440,17.
kava

" 346862100611600384,kavaca,en,"

kavaca,

on D II 107,5* cf. Mittelindisch § 193.

" 346862291611815936,kavaca,en,"

kavaca

, mn. [ts.; EWA-2 s.v. kávaca-; cf. koja, q.v.;
CDIAL 2957; Amg. kavaya], suit of armour, cf. Kau-
ṭalya, Arthaśāstra 2.18.16 with trsl. R. P. KANGLE
1963: 152; — lex. lit.: sannāho kaṅkaṭo vammaṁ ~o
vā urucchado, Abh 377; — exeg.: kojo ti ~aṁ, Ja IV
296,27' (ad 296,9*); guṇī vuccati ~aṁ, VI 449,27' (ad
449,1*, ct. probably wrong, cf. s.v. guṇin); maṇivam-
man ti indanīlamaṇimayaṁ ~aṁ, Spk-pṭ I 112,18
(ad Spk I 75,21, so read, cf. Ud-a 412,4); — abhida
-am iv' attasambhavaṁ, D II 107,5* (Sv 557,23-
558,6) = S V 263,4* (Spk III 254,21; 255,2,5) = A IV
312,3* (Mp IV 154,14) - Ud 64,30* (Ud-a 330,2 qu. Mp
IV 154,14) qu. Nett 60,33*, Peṭ 68,13*; sīlaṁ -am abb-
hutaṁ, Th 614 (Th-a II 260,10); tam (scil. buddhava-
canaṁ) eva ~aṁ dehe, Ras I 5:6; yattha rājā ... -am
abhihessati asambhīto, Ja IV 92,10*; cammāni ~āni
ca, VI 580,3*; ~āni nivāsetvā, Ap 355,5; paṁsukūlañ
... ~aṁ viya dhārayaṁ, Vism 73,29; — ifc avajja-°;
catukka-pañcaka-jhāna-° (Bv-a 269,26); jhāna-°
(~-vammita, Bv XXV 46); sannaddha-° (Vism I
64,21*).

" 346862291536318464,kavacajālikā,en,"

kavaca-jālikā

, f, chain-mail; — ifc. abhejja-°.

" 346862291393712128,kavacapaṭimuñcanadi,en,"

kavaca-paṭimuñcanâdi

, mfn., the putting on a suit
of armour, etc.; aññaṁ kiccaṁ pahāya ~inā yuddhā-
ya sannayhati, Th-a II 230,1 (ad Th 543).

" 346862291418877952,kavacapaṭimuñcanādi,en,"

kavaca-paṭimuñcanâdi

, mfn., the putting on a suit
of armour, etc.; aññaṁ kiccaṁ pahāya ~inā yuddhā-
ya sannayhati, Th-a II 230,1 (ad Th 543).

" 346862291225939968,kavacasadisa,en,"

kavaca-sadisa

, mfn., like a suit of armour; ~āni sā-
ṇāni, Vjb 22,1.

" 346862291154636800,kavacasaṅkhāta,en,"

kavaca-saṅkhāta

, mfn., in other words kavaca;
~āni vā kāyūrāni, Ja VI 449,28' (ad 449,1*, ct. proba-
bly wrong, cf. s.v. guṇin).

" 346862291469209600,kavacatomara,en,"

kavaca-tomara

, mn., (dv.) mail and lance; tisūla-
kontimantehi ~ehi koṭṭentānaṁ, Ap 355,3.

" 346862291297243136,kavacavammikajālikāsīsakaṇerikadi,en,"

kavaca-vammika-jālikā-sīsa-kaṇerikâdi

, n. [°ika
+ ā°], armour, mail, chain-mail, helmet, etc.; lohavijjā ti
lohasippāni, sattaratanapaṭimaṇḍitānaṁ ~īnaṁ
etaṁ nāmaṁ, Ja VI 397,17' (ad 396,29*).[[side 339]]

" 346862291322408960,kavacavammikajālikāsīsakaṇerikādi,en,"

kavaca-vammika-jālikā-sīsa-kaṇerikâdi

, n. [°ika
+ ā°], armour, mail, chain-mail, helmet, etc.; lohavijjā ti
lohasippāni, sattaratanapaṭimaṇḍitānaṁ ~īnaṁ
etaṁ nāmaṁ, Ja VI 397,17' (ad 396,29*).[[side 339]]

" 346862242316161024,kavacavudha,en,"

kavacâvudha

, n., (dv.) armour and arms; — ifc.
nikkhitta-° (Ap 148,17).

" 346862242332938240,kavacāvudha,en,"

kavacâvudha

, n., (dv.) armour and arms; — ifc.
nikkhitta-° (Ap 148,17).

" 346862242270023680,kavacika,en,"

kavacika

, mfn., wearing an armour; — ifc. suvaṇ-
ṇa-rajatâdi-vamma-° (Ja IV 353,29).

" 346862291674730496,kavagga,en,"

ka-vagga

, m. [sa. kavarga], (t.t.gr) the gutturals (cf.
Sadd index 1.1.3; kaṇṭhaja, q.v); abbhāse vattamā-
nassa ~assa cavaggo hoti, Kacc-v 464 ≠ Sadd 826,14;
paṭhamo kavaggo, Sadd 606,11; Sadd 826,14; —
°-hāna, n., disappearence from the group of gutturals;
dvitte pubbesaṁ ~aṁ cavaggajā honti yathāk-
kamaṁ, Mogg-v V 79.

" 346862242014171136,kavandha,en,"

kavandha

, (m.)n. [ts., EWA-2, s.v. kávandha-;
CDIAL 2758; Amg. kabaṁdha; Be kabandha, cf. sa.
kab°], a headless trunk; addasaṁ asīsakaṁ ~aṁ ve-
hāsaṁ gacchanto, Vin III 107,18 (so read) = S II
260,19 (petaloke nibbatento asīsakaṁ ~aṁ hutvā
nibbatti, Spk II 222,10); asīsakaṁ ~aṁ dhāvati, Sp
478,17; chinnasīsāni ~āni dassetuṁ ... ārabhiṁsu,
Dhp-a I 314,16; — ~e pīṭhasappimhī ti, Ja V 424,18 =
Kuṇāla-ja 22,7 ""a cripple (looking like) a trunk"" (tassa
kira gīvā onamitvā uraṁ allīnā tasmā chinnasīso
viya khāyati, Ja V 427,19' = Kuṇāla-ja 27,15); —
sīsa-° (Mil 292,8 so read for °kalanda, cf. Be and north-
ern Thai Ms. A.D. 1495, for which, see JPTS XI 1987:
111 foll).

" 346862241963839488,kavandharūpa,en,"

kavandha-rūpa

, n., the shape of a headless trunk (?
cf. E. NOLOT Mil-trsl. 1995: 231 n. 314); ekasmiṁ ki-
ra sīsakavandhe paripuṇṇe (Be coni. paripāte) ekaṁ
~aṁ uṭṭhahati, Mil 292,6 foll. (ekasmiṁ kira sīsa-
kavandho paripuṇṇo ekaṁ ~aṁ uṭṭhahi, reading of
northern Thai Ms., cf. prec.); — Rem.: sīsakavandhe
is perhaps a madhyalopa cpd. - sīsacchinnakavan-
dhe.

" 346862241917702144,kavāṭa,en,"

kavāṭa

, mn. [ts., EWA-2 (Vol. III) s.v.; Amg. kavā-
ḍa], 1. leaf of a door, cf. O. v. Hinüber, Sprachentwick-
lung und Kulturgeschichte, AWL 1992 Nr. 6:17, 25, 33
(The word ~ occurs in canonical Pāli in Vin only); 2.
casement, cf. Geiger, Culture § 89.5 (not entirely cor-
rect); — gramm. lit.: ku saddetismā āṭo. o avâdeso,
yathāyogaṁ kavati ravatī ti ~aṁ, dvārapidhanaṁ,
Mogg VII 54; dve ~ā aranti gacchanti ... dvāran ti,
Sadd 425,20; — exeg.: aggaḷan ti ~aṁ, Sv 252,24 = Ps
III 351,3 = Mp IV 29,14; aggaḷaphalakan ti ~aṁ, IV
145,23, cf. s.v. aggaḷa, q.v.; — 1. anujānāmi
bhikkhave ~aṁ, Vin II 148,10 ≠ 120,16 (description:
148,10-23); aggisālāya ~aṁ, 154,7; koṭṭhakassa ~aṁ,
121,8; jantāgarassa ~aṁ, 120,15; vaccakuṭiyā ~aṁ,
141,30; — vihāraṁ pavissāmī ti ~aṁ paṇāmento, I
87,16; pattahatthā ~aṁ paṇāmenti, II 114,31 (Sp
1204,13, cf. 281,11); Vin-vn 763; Khuddas V 8; ~aṁ
ākoṭetvā muhuttaṁ āgametvā ghaṭikaṁ ugghāṭetvā
~aṁ paṇāmetvā, Vin II 208,28 (cf. aggaḷaṁ ākoṭehi,
D I 89,31); ekaṁ hatthaṁ ~e laggetvā ekena
aggaḷaṁ uppīḷetvā, Ja V 293,20; dvāraṁ ~ena
pidahitvā, Sp 748,10; thokaṁ ~aṁ pidhāya dvāre
nisīditvā, Dhp-a III 353,4; aggaḷasūciṁ upari gha-
ṭikaṁ ca ādahitvā suṭṭhu ~aṁ thaketvā, Ud-a 298,8
(so read with Be and Ud 52 n. 9); vātapānaṁ ~aṁ vā
vivareyya thakeyya ca, Khuddas XVII 4 ≠ Mūla-s V
38; — Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṁ ~aṁ nāma diyaḍ-
ḍhahattham pi hoti dvihattham pi aḍḍhateyya-
hattham pi vuttaṁ, Sp 783,22-24; rukkhapadarave-
ṇupadarakilañjapaṇṇâdīnaṁ yena kenaci ~aṁ ka-
tvā, 281,2; suvaṇṇarajatâdivicitrāni ~āni, 1236,27; e-
kaṁ ~ aṁ anto, ekaṁ ~aṁ bahi dvinnaṁ ~ānaṁ
antare, 748,15 foll.; ~aṁ hi lahuparivaṭṭakaṁ vivara-
ṇakāle bhittiṁ āhanati, 783,30 qu. Kkh 95,19; gan-
dham gahetvā ~e pañcaṅgulikaṁ dātuṁ, Vin II
123,26; sace ekasmiṁ dvāre ~aṁ vā n' atthi, Sp-ṭ II
109,18 (ad Sp 282,11); ~aṁ ...theyyacitto avahari, Vin
III 65,36 (cf. Sp 388,26); nagaradvāre ... saddhiṁ
dvārabāhāhi ~aṁ bhinditvā palighaṁ ukkhipitvā,
Mp III 264,22; pharasūhi ~āni koṭṭetvā anto pavisi-
tvā, Ja I 399,7; purimapade ukkhipitvā ~e ṭhapetvā,
IV 182,16; — paṭicchannaṁ nāma āsanaṁ kuḍḍena
vā ~ena vā kilañjena vā +, Vin III 188,36 (qu. Sp
749,3, cf. Ps III 388,19); kuḍḍā ~ā bhittī ca rukkhā
nagasil' uccayā na tass' āvaraṇaṁ, Bv XI 28; kuḍḍā
~ā selā ca na hont' āvaraṇā tadā, II 105 qu. As 32,28
[not printed in full in Ee] - Ja I 19,5 = Ap-a 21,20*; n'
atthi so kuḍḍ° (so read) vā ~aṁ vā pakāro vā +
āvaraṇaṁ rūpānaṁ dassanāya, Nidd I 335,18 =
Nidd II 134,25 (~o) - Be 174,1 (~aṁ) (dvāravāta-
pānâdikavāṭam, Nidd-a I 377,32, cf. tarukuḍḍaka-
vāṭaselâdayo anāvaraṇabhūtā, It-a I 133,33 foll. =
Ud-a 150,2 foll. so read!); vatthena sarīraṁ chādeti
~aṁ vā bhittiṁ vā allīyati, Ja V 436,24'; — upapatti-
paccayāni ... ~aṁ viya nagaradvāraṁ cittaṁ pida-
hitvā, Ps II 116,5 qu. Nidd-a I 85,33 foll.; cakkhun-
driyasaññitaṁ satikavāṭaṁ cakkhudvāre gharad-
vāre ~aṁ viya saṁvari thakesi pidahi, Ps I 76,30 ≠
Mp III 395,12 (cf. As 400,16); — ifc. a-° (Vin-vn 2265);
apihita-° (Sp 632,12); avijjā-° (Abhidh-av-pṭ I
156,19); ugghāṭita-maṇi-° (~-sadisa, Pj I 150,25);
jāla-° (Mhv LXXVIII 40; ~-sadisa, Sp-ṭ I 179,12);
dvāra-° (Ja I 63,3; ~-vātapāna, II 334,16'); nagara-°
(Ps III 117,1 = Mp III 265,5); nagara-dvāra-° (Pv-a
280,8); nīvaraṇa-° (Ps I 46,12= Mp I 105,22; Mp III
264,8); patta-hattha-° (Mūla-s VI 11); parivatta-°
(Mūla-s V 22); pidahana-° (Cp-a 298,8); pihita-° (Sp
632,10 = Kkh 52,5; Th-a II 165,17); mahā-° (Nidd-a I
85,33); vātapāna-° (Sp 287,26; Mūla-s V 38); sa-° (Sp
783,27); saṁvara-° (Mil 371,21); sati-° (Ps I 76,29; As
400,16); suṭṭhu-phassita-° (Mp II 168,8); su-pihita-°
(Ps II 39,12); — 2. kakkaṭayantakaṁ āruyha chinda-
yitvāna ~aṁ tena pāvisi, Mhv IX 17; dvārassa ca vā-
tapānānaṅ ca ~aṁ, Vjb 271,23 (ad Sp 718,15); — ifc.
dvāra-vātapāna-° (Sp 718,15; ~-âdi, Nidd-a I 377,32).[[side 340]]

" 346862241317916672,kavātabaddha,en,"

kavāta-baddha

, mfn., what can be closed by a door;
upassayo nāma ~o vuccati, Vin IV 292,28 (~aṁ
attano puggalikaṁ vihāraṁ datvā, Kkh 185,9); ā-
vasatho nāma ~o vuccati, 304,23; kuṭī ~ā, Sp 745,3;
rukkhamūlaveḷugumbā channā ~ā senâsanaṁ, Vjb
527,13 ≠ Sp-ṭ III 402,8 (ad Sp 1229,22: rukkhamūla);
— ifc. a-° (Kkh 185,16).

" 346862241699598336,kavāṭachidda,en,"

kavāṭa-chidda

, n., hole in a door leaf; — ifc. bhitti-
chidda-° (~-âdi, Vibh-a 72,24).

" 346862241754124288,kavāṭaggaḷacittita,en,"

kavāṭ'-aggaḷa-cittita

, mfn., brilliant with, door
leaves and bolts; Ap 2,16 (Ap-a 106,21).

" 346862100561268736,kavāṭaka,en,"

kavāṭaka,

ifc. vātapāna-°.

" 346862241863176192,kavāṭaka,en,"

kavāṭaka

, mn., = prec. — ifc. a-°; nīvarana-° (Sv
62,4); sa-° (Kkh 95,19).

" 346862241804455936,kavāṭakona,en,"

kavāṭa-kona

, mn., corner behind a door; ~e nikkhit-
taṁ ucchuṁ viya sappaṁ addasaṁ, Vism 28,24 qu.
Vibh-a 484,19.

" 346862241636683776,kavāṭantarikā,en,"

kavāṭ'-antarikā

, f., cleft, space between the leaves of a
door; ~aṁ pi paviṭṭhena ca rasminā, Ap 360,15.

" 346862241393414144,kavāṭaphalaka,en,"

kavāṭa-phalaka

, n., leaf of a door; pāragamanatthā-
ya lahuke dārudaṇḍe gahetvā ~e viya aṅñamaṅña-
sambandhe kātuṁ, Sv-pṭ II 179,16 qu. Sp-ṭ III 319,26
foll. (ad Sp 1096,8: uḷumpa).

" 346862241586352128,kavāṭapiṭṭha,en,"

kavāṭa-piṭṭha

, n., door-post (?), cf. O. v. Hinuber,
Sprachentwicklung und Kulturgeschichte, AWL 1992
Nr. 6: 21; aparighaṁsantena ~aṁ, Vin I 47,37 (ka-
vāṭañ ca piṭṭhasaṁghāṭañ ca acchuppantena, Sp
980,20); II 225,3.

" 346862241443745792,kavāṭappamāṇa,en,"

kavāṭa-ppamāṇa

, n., extent of the door leaf; Kurun-
diyam pana dvārassa ubhosu passesu ~an ti, Sp
783,22 (explaining dvārakoso, Sp 783,18).

" 346862241494077440,kavāṭappaṇāmaṇa,en,"

kavāṭa-ppaṇāmaṇa

, n., the opening a door; patthat-
thakassa ~e, Sp 281,11 qu. Pālim 2,18 (cf. Vṁ II 114,31).

" 346862241263390720,kavāṭavātapāna,en,"

kavāṭa-vātapāna

, n., window with casements; ~ā-
naṁ niccapihitataṁ akathetvā, Mp II 168,10.

" 346862241217253376,kavāṭavitthārappamāṇa,en,"

kavāṭa-vitthāra-ppamāṇa

, mfn., width of the door
leaf; dvārakoso nāma piṭṭhasaṁghāṭakassa samantā
~o okāso, Sp 783,19 (hatthapāsassâdhippetattā sa-
mantā ~upacārassa gahitattā aparipūraupacārā pi
hoti, Vjb 303,3; vivariyamānaṁ kavāṭaṁ yaṁ bhit-
tiṁ āhanati, sa samantā ~ā upacārarahitā pi hoti,
Vmv II 18,4); ~o okāso, Kkh 95,29.

" 346862242093862912,kavati,en,"

kavati

, cf. kav(a), q.v.

" 346862242219692032,kavati,en,"

kavati

, [< √ku; cf. koti, q.v.], to sound; — forms:
Sadd 321,8 foll.; in etymology of kānana (q.v.), kabba,
kāviya, jātaka, Sadd, 321,12-17.

" 346862292362596352,kavi,en,"

kavi

, m. [ts., EWA-2 s.v.; Amg. kavi], poet; —
gramm. lit.: ku sadde ossa avādeso, kabyaṁ kathetī
ti ~i, kabyakāro, Mogg VII 7; — ~i gāthānaṁ āsayo,
S I 38,23* (cf. P. Horsch, Gāthā- und Śloka-Literatur,
1966: 246) (~ito hi gāthā pavattanti, Spk I 95,3; ~ito
vicittakathīādito, Spk-pṭ I 131,24); ~inā, S I 38,27*
(uddāna, referring to S I 38,19*-23*); ~inā, A II 230,1*
(uddāna, referring to A II 230,11-13); — cattāro ~ī ...
cintākavi, sutakavi, atthakavi, paṭibhānakavi, A II
230,11 foll. (Mp III 211,9-13) qu. Sv 95,24 foll. (Sv-pṭ I
168,5-12) = Ud-a 205,20 foll. cf. HPL § 81; ~īhi
Veḷuvanuyyānassa vaṇṇe bandhāpetvā, Mp I 343,5;
keṭubhan ti ... ~īnaṁ upakārāya satthaṁ, Pj II
447,15; ~īnaṁ santike naṭā sikkhirvā, Ja VI 410,26;
sadesabhāsāya ~īhi Sīhale katam pi vaṁsaṁ ...
niruttiyā Māgadhikāya ... karomi, Dāṭh I 10; — ifc.
attha-°; cintā-° (A II 230,12); paṭibhāna-° (A II
230,12); porāṇa-° (~-racanā, Sadd 241,22); mahā-° (As
430,15); suta-° (A II 230,12).

" 346862293268566016,kavibhāsita,en,"

kavi-bhāsita

, mfn., spoken by poets; imā gāthā n' e-
va sāvakabhāsitā na isibhāsitā na ~ā na devabhāsi-
tā, Cp-a 253,17 qu. from Ja V 484,11 (for Ee kavikata,
q.v., read with Cp-a: ~tā devabhāsitā, cf. the corrupt
na kenaci bhāsitā in Be and Ms. B^d).

" 346862293662830592,kavicāgamakovādo,en,"

[

kavi-cāgamakovādo

, uncertain reading at Ja VI
594,33 (verses of the copyist in ms. B^d, not printed in
other edd.): read kaviyāgamakovido ""learned in poetry
and in the Āgamas"" (?)]

" 346862292282904576,kavikata,en,"

[

kavi-kata

, mfn., composed by poets; suttantā ~ā
kāveyyā + , S II 267,11 = A I 72,30 = III 107,19 (kavīhi
katā, Spk II 229,9 = Mp II 147,1 ≠ 272,14); ~ā w.r. at Ja
V 484,11 for kavibhāsitā, q.v.; — Rem.: in canonical
Pāli this word is most likely w.r. for kavita preferred in
Be, cf. O. v. HINÜBER, Untersuchungen zur
Mündlichkeit AWL 1994, Nr. 5: 35 foll. but cf. also G.
v. SIMSON, OLZ XCII 1997: 393]

" 346862293121765376,kavisamaya,en,"

kavi-samaya

, m., poetical usage; ~e, Sadd 639,8; 754,1.

" 346862292886884352,kaviseṭṭha,en,"

kavi-seṭṭha

, m., best of poets; ~o pan' esa (i.e., the
Buddha), Spk II 124,24 (vicittanayāya dhammakathā-
ya kathanato, Spk-pṭ II 124,3 foll).

" 346862293050462208,kavisīsa,en,"

[

Kavi-sīsa

, reading for Kapisīsa (q.v.) at Mhv-ṭ
474,21 ad Mhv XXV 12]

" 346862292974964736,kavisutta,en,"

[

kavi-sutta

, n., title of S I 38,19-23 and A II 230,11-13;
— °-vaṇṇanā, f., commentary on the Kavisutta, title of
Spk I 94,21-95,3 and Mp III 211,9-13]

" 346862293469892608,kavita,en,"

kavita

, mfn. [BHS kavita], fanciful; Burmese and
probably old reading for kavikata, q.v.

" 346862293369229312,kavitā,en,"

kavi-tā

, f., the state of being a poet, cf. kavikata, q.v.;
— ifc. uttama-° (Spk II 124,25).

" 346862293612498944,kaviṭṭha,en,"

kaviṭṭha

, m. [Amg. kaviṭṭha; cf. EWA-2 (Vol. III)
s.v. kapittha], wood-apple tree; — lex. lit.: kapiṭṭho ca
~o ca, Abh 551; — °-vana, m., reading at Ja V 38,3 for
kapiṭṭha°, q.v.

" 346862293193068544,kavivarasabha,en,"

kavi-vara-'sabha

, m., the bull among the best of po-
ets; ~ena... Buddhadattena, Vin-vn 230,6 (nigamana).

" 346862292819775488,kavya,en,"

kavya

, cf. kabba, q.v.; for etym., cf. kavati.

" 346862292593283072,kavyacitta,en,"

kavya-citta

, mfn., poetically minded; ~o ti maṁ
ujjhāyati, Ap 498,8,11.

" 346862292748472320,kavyakārabrāhmaṇa,en,"

kavya-kāra-brāhmaṇa

, m., a brahmin, who compos-
es poetry; ~ānaṁ, Ja VI 216,24'.

" 346862292484231168,kavyapathanupanna,en,"

kavya-pathânupanna

, mfn., following the ways of
poetry; dummocayā ~ā, Ja VI 213,24* (216,24'), cf. L.
ALSDORF, WZKS XXI 1977: 46, 54 = Kleine Schriften
II 1998: 806, 814; Ee w.r. kavyā°.

" 346862292501008384,kavyapathānupanna,en,"

kavya-pathânupanna

, mfn., following the ways of
poetry; dummocayā ~ā, Ja VI 213,24* (216,24'), cf. L.
ALSDORF, WZKS XXI 1977: 46, 54 = Kleine Schriften
II 1998: 806, 814; Ee w.r. kavyā°.

" 346862331227017216,kāy´aggi,en,"

kāy´-aggi,

m., t. t. med., bodily, digestive fire, cf. G. J. Meulenbeld, History of Indian Medical Literature I A 1999: 286; sakalasarīrânugatena ~inā, Vism 346,22 (gahaṇitejânugatena kāyusmānā, Vism-mhṭ I 423,4 [Be, Se, Ne °usmānā]; gahaṇitejasaṁbhūtena kāyusmănā, Vism-ṭ Se II 75,10 [v.l. °usasamānā]); ‑°santāpakuthito, Vism 345,15 (āhāro ~inā paripakko, Vism-mhṭ I 421,24); — ifc. tatta‑°.

" 346862339351384064,kāy´aṅga,en,"

kāy´-aṅga,

n., the part that is body, bodily limb; — exeg.: kāyam eva aṅgan ti vadanti kāyassa vā aṅgaṁ sīsâdi, Sp-ṭ I 425,12; kāyaviññattihetuko sarīrâvayavo ~aṁ, Vmv I 88,3; (on Sp 173,31); — tuṇhībhāvenâti … ~aṁ vācaṅgaṁ vā acopetvā abbhantare yeva khantiṁ cārento , Sp 173,31 (Be dhārento) = Sv 277,10 (Ee w.r. avopetvā) ≠ Ps II 282,31; It-a II 24,33; ~aṁ vācaṅgaṁ acopetvā manasā cintentassa manokammaṁ, Sv 999,18; ~aṁ … acopetvā vācāya sammasantassa vacīkammaṁ, As 79,21; cetasā ~aṁ copento hatthagahâdīni karoti, 93,22; āriyā … n’eva ~aṁ vācaṅgaṁ vā kopenti, Ja III 354,26´; ~aṁ acopayamānā … pārājikena … kāretabbā, Sp 902,5 (citten’eva adhivāsentī āpajjati, Vjb 354,25); — °‑copana, n., moving the ~; kuto ~aṁ vācaṅgacopanaṁ, As 92,31; teh’eva cittehi vācaṅgacopanam atthi ~aṁ +, 240,34 qu. Paṭis-a 279,30; akiriyasikkhāpadesu na ~aṁ na vācaṅgacopanaṁ, Vjb 141,8; — °‑vāc´-aṅga, n., part that is body, and part that is speech; tuṇhībhāvenâti ~āni acopetvā abbhantare khantiṁ cāretvā citten’eva adhivāsesi, Mp II 299,5 (Be dhāretvā) ≠ Ps II 282,31 ≠ Sv 277,10; adhivāsesîti ~aṁ acopento citten’eva adhivāsesi sādiyi, Ud-a 242,19; ~āni acopetvā manasā va sammasanaṁ paṭṭhapentassa manokammaṁ, As 78,9; 79,23; Vibh-a 496,5; Moh 26,2; cakkhudvāre … iṭṭhârammaṇe āpāthagate ~āni acaletvā, Ud-a 146,7 (Be acopetvā).25 (Be = Ee).

" 346862330513985536,kāy´aññatara,en,"

kāy´-aññatara,

n., something different from the body; kāyesu ~âhaṁ … vadāmi, M III 83,31 (paṭhavīkāyâdīsu catūsu kāyesu aññataraṁ, Ps IV 140,1) = S V 323,28 (Spk III 270,36 = Ps IV 140,1).

" 346862302860939264,kāy´anvaya,en,"

kāy´-anvaya,

mfn., dependent on the body; ~aṁ cittaṁ, M I 237,30 (v.l. kāyavasaṁ, M I 550,10; ct. kāyânugataṁ … kāyavasavatti, Ps II 284,36); — °‑tā, f., abstr. of prec.; kāyasmiṁ kāyacchando kāyasneho ~ā sā pahīyati, M I 500,8 (kāyânugamanabhāvo kāyaṁ anugacchanakileso ti attho, Ps III 207,21).

" 346862558600237056,kāy´assāda,en,"

kāy´-assāda,

m., bodily enjoyment; ~aṁ cittassādaṁ na labhati, Ja I 303,6.

" 346862491113885696,kāy´indriya,en,"

kāy´-indriya,

n. [cf. SWTF s.v. kāyendriya, q.v.], the sense-organ that is the body, the body as the seat of feeling; — exeg.: sotaghānajivhākāyadvāre indaṭṭhaṁ kāretîti ~aṁ, Vibh-a 125,7 cf. kāreti 2.j.(vi) Rem., q.v. kāyo eva phusanalakkhaṇe indaṭṭhaṁ kāretîti ~aṁ, Paṭis-a 85,5; ekindriyan ti ~aṁ sandhāya vadanti, Sp 575,8; ~aṁ hi phoṭṭhabbagahaṇasabhāvattā tadassādavasappavattānaṁ … pāpadhammānaṁ visesakāraṇaṁ, Abhidh-s-mṭ 64,6; — pañc’indriyāni … + ~aṁ, D III 239,11 ≠ M I 295,14 ≠ S V 218,7; pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ avakkanti … + ~assa, S III 46,24 (Spk II 269,24 foll.); cha-y-imāni indriyāni … + ~aṁ manindriyaṁ, S V 205,10; navavidhena rūpakkhandho … + ~aṁ +, Vibh 14,25; kāmadhātuyā uppattikkhaṇe … cuddasindriyāni pātubhavanti … + ~aṁ +, Vibh 414,40; bāvīsatindriyāni … + ~aṁ +, Vism 491,6 = Vibh 122,4 (Vibh-a 124,3 foll.); Vibh 402,17; Yam II 61,7; Pp 2,6; ~aṁ manindriyaṁ na-ppajānanti, S V 206,23; ~aṁ abhiññeyyaṁ, Paṭis I 7,24; ~aṁ …‘etaṁ mama’, Paṭis I 137,29; ~aṁ p’etaṁ loko p’esa +, Dhs 613 foll. = Vibh 71,9 (text abbreviated in Ee); kāyo ~aṁ, Yam II 62,1; + … ~aṁ + catūhi khandhehi + … asaṅgahītaṁ, Dhātuk 10,36; Dhs 592; ~aṁ cakkhupasādena na saṅkaraṁ, Abhidh-av 728; ~añ ca upalabbhati saccikaṭṭhaparamatthena, Kv 13,5 (text abbreviated in Ee); ~aṁ saṁvutassa … viharato, S IV 79,5 (text abbreviated in Ee); ~e … udayavyayânupassī … nibbindati, S IV 140,29 (text abbreviated in Ee); varaṁ … tiṇhāya sattiyā … ~aṁ sampalimaṭṭhaṁ, S IV 169,20; indriyānaṁ aññathattaṁ … + ~assa, S V 216,24 (in old age); hadayavatthumatte patiṭṭhitesu °‑manindriyajīvitindriyesu, Vism 554,9 (at the time of death approaching); — ifc. upahata‑° (Ps III 218,4); — °‑padaṭṭhāna, n., basis that is the sense-organ which is the body; sukhaṁ … dukkhaṁ … ~aṁ, Vism 461,17–19; — °‑vatthuka, mfn., based on the sense-organ which is the body ; ~ā vā cattāro khandhā, Vism-mhṭ II 88,22; — °‑saṁvara, m., restraint of the sense-organ which is the body; ~o kāyakamman ti?, Kv 463,14 (pasādakāyam pi viññattikāyam pi ~an tv’eva icchati, Kv-a 135,16); — ~‑saṁvuta, mfn., guarded by restraint of the sense-organ which is the body; paṭisaṅkhā … + ~o viharati +, M I 9,32.

" 346862497434701824,kāy´iñjana,en,"

kāy´-iñjana,

n., movement of the body, cf. kāyakampa, q.v.

" 346862488848961536,kāy´ujjukatā,en,"

kāy´-uj(j)ukatā,

f. [Amg. kāujjuyayā], rectitude, straightness of the body, cf. s.v. kāya 2. (iii), q.v.; — exeg.: kāyassa ujukabhāvo ~ā, Vism 466,12 = As 131,8; kāyacittānaṁ ajjavalakkhaṇā ~ā cittujjukatā ca, Moh 15,37; — katamā … ~ā? … + saṅkhārakkhandhassa ujutā +, Dhs 50; 330; katamo … saṅkhārakkhandho … + ~ā cittujukatā +, Dhs 114.

" 346862484868567040,kāy´upāsana,en,"

kāy´-upāsana,

n., bodily exercise; ~aṁ na riñcanto arahattam adhigacchati, Mil 419,14*.

" 346862480133197824,kāy´usmā,en,"

kāy´-usmā,

n., explaining kāyaggi, q.v.

" 346862386633773056,kaya,en,"

kaya

, m. and n. [Amg. kaya; sa. kraya], buying; opp.
vikkaya; — gramm. lit.: kī dabbavinimaye ... ~o,
Rūp 232,11 ≠ Sadd 495,13; — exeg.: -an ti parabhaṇ-
ḍassa gahaṇaṁ. vikkayan ti attano bhaṇḍassa dā-
naṁ, Sp-ṭ II 425,26; — agghena agghaṁ ~aṁ hāpa-
yanti, Ja VI 113,10* (= taṁ hāpentā kayikānaṁ ~aṁ
sate dātabbe paṇṇāsaṁ dāpenti, 113,21'); sappissa
~ena sappi haṭaṁ, telassa ~aṁ āhara, Vin IV 248,27
(= mūlena, Sp 917,9); n' eva ~ena na vikkayena, A
III 226,3 (= n' eva attanā ~aṁ katvā gaṇhati, na pa-
rena vikkayaṁ kāretvā, Mp III 309,13) = 227,15 ≠
228,11 = 229,8.

" 346862352798322688,kāya,en,"

kāya,

m. [ts., cf. EWA-2 cay², BHSD, SWTF, q.v.], accumulation (etymol. meaning, hence): 1.a. (inanimate) mass, multitude; 1.b. (animate) group, assembly; 2. (living) body as accumulation of elements etc., opposite: sarīra (mostly dead) body, cf. J. Silk, Body Language. Indic śarīra and Chinese shèlì 2006: 49; in late canonical texts syn. of sarīra, cf. 2(XIV) and sarīraṁ veṭhetvā, D II 142,2 ≠ kāyaṁ veḍhitvā, Gāndhārī-MPS, Manuscripts in the Schøyen Collection I Buddhist Mansucripts I 2000: 247, 259; — Ñtl, BW s.v.; EncBu s.v.; Hôb II 1930: 174–185 (busshin = buddhakāya); E. Lamotte, Vikn 132 foll. = Vikn (2006) 17 foll. § 8 foll.; N. Dutt, The Doctrine of Kāya in Hīnayāna and Mahāyāna, IHQ V 1929: 518–546; S. Collins, The Body in Theravāda Buddhist Monasticism, in: S. Coakley, Religion and the Body 1997: 185–204; J. Bronkhorst, Die buddhist. Lehre, in: H. Bechert u. a., Der Buddhismus I 2000: 102, 163; H. Durt, Du lambeau de chair au démembrement: Le renoncement au corps dans le bouddhisme ancien, BEFEO LXXXVII 2000: 7–22; M. Radich, Embodiments of the Buddha in Sarvâstivāda Doctrine, ARIRIAB XIII 2010: 121–183; J. Powers, A Bull of a Man 2009: 112–140; 3. title of S IV 359,8–23; — lex. lit.: sarīraṁ vapu gattaṁ câttabhāvo bondi viggaho dehaṁ vā purise ~o thiyaṁ tanu kaḷevaraṁ, Abh 151; Sadd 385,27* foll.; 506,8; ~o khandho samudayo ghaṭā samiti +, Abh 630; cf. samūhassa nāmāni … ~o nikāyo +, Sadd 536,14*; ~o tu deharāsisu, Abh 1084; — exeg.: (i) etym.: ~e ti rūpakāye … kesâdīnañ ca dhammānaṁ samūhaṭṭhena hatthikāyarathakāyâdayo viya ~o ti adhippeto. yathā ca samūhaṭṭhena evaṁ kucchitānaṁ āyaṭṭhena. kucchitānaṁ hi paramajegucchānaṁ so āyo ti pi ~o. āyo ti uppattideso. tatrâyaṁ vacanattho: āyanti tato ti āyo. ke āyanti? kucchitā kesādayo iti kucchitānaṁ āyo ti pi ~o, Ps I 241,18–24 = Vibh-a 217,13–19 (ad Vibh 193,5) qu. Nidd-a I 45,30 foll. ≠ It-a II 63,26 foll. ad It 69,6; Bv-a 74,3 foll.; — (ii) definitions: katamo ~o? nāmakāyo rūpakāyo … katamo rūpakāyo? kesā lomā + … nāmakāyo nāma vedanā saññā + …, Nett 77,24–78,4; yo rūpakkhandho so ~o attabhāvavatthu, Peṭ 120,21; saññākhandho saṁkhārakkhandho viññāṇakkhandho ayaṁ vuccati ~o, Vibh 259,30; ~o lujjanapalujjanaṭṭhena loko, Vibh-a 262,34 (ad sv’ eva ~o loko, Vibh 195,10) ≠ Sv 758,31 = Ps I 244,1 = Spk III 180,23; upadhīsûti khandhasaṅkhātesu ~esu. ~aṁ upadhîti āha, na puttagavâdikaṁ na pariggahaṁ, Nett-ṭ 146,28 ad Nett 34,32, cf. Pj II 44,23 foll.; dvādasâyatāni cakkhu + … ~o +, Nidd I 133,7; S IV 15,15; añño ~o añño puggalo, Kv 26,27; — (iii) groups of bodies: dve ~ā: nāmakāyo ca rūpakāyo ca, Paṭis I 183,15; imasmiṁ sutte tayo ~ā kathitā: … karajakāyo … pañcadvārikakāyo … copanakāyo, Spk II 396,33 foll.; catubbhidho ~o: upādiṇṇako āhārasamuṭṭhāno utusamuṭṭhāno cittasamuṭṭhāno, As 82,11; paṭhavīkāyâdisu catusu ~esu … rūpâyatanaṁ … pe … kabaḷiṅkāro āhāro ti (Dhs 585, 816) pañcavīsati rūpakoṭṭhāsā rūpakāyo, Ps IV 140,1–4; cha ~ā … rūpakāyo vedanā° + …, Peṭ 202,7 foll.; satthu … vuttaṁ “navavidho … ~o nāma” ti yathā sattānaṁ ~o paṭisandhimūlako, Spk-pṭ II 246,14 (quotation not traced); Mahāsatipaṭṭhāne assāsapassāsâdiko catuddasavidho ~o vutto, Moh 154,11; Ānâpānapabba-° + … imasmiṁ aṭṭhārasavidhe ~e, Mp II 42,1–5; ajjhattakesâdiko dvattiṁsâkāro ~o, Ud-a 190,5; ~o pana copanakāyo, karajakāyo samūhakāyo pasādakāyo ti-ādinā bahuvidho, It-a 100,29 foll.; — ~aṁ dhātuso paccavekkhati: yaṁ imasmiṁ sarīre vīsatikoṭṭhāsesu kakkhaḷaṁ … sā paṭhavīdhātu + …, Pj II 54,23; — (iv) constituents and basis of the body: atthi imasmiṁ ~e paṭhavīdhātu + …, M III 91,8; ~o catunnaṁ mahābhūtānaṁ upādāya pasādo + …, Vibh 122,16; ~o saṁyojaniyo dhammo … ~o upādāniyo dhammo, S IV 89,1–17 (text in Ee abbreviated); khandhapañcakasaṅkhātaṁ ~aṁ, Th-a III 151,23; ~aṁ dhammasamūhaṁ, Th-a II 47,18; ~o phassâdidhammasamūho, Sv-pṭ III 276,25; catusantatirūpasamūhabhūtaṁ ~aṁ, Ps-pṭ II 211,6 (ad Ps II 286,8); kesalomâdiko bhūtupādāyasamūhasaṅkhāto ~o, Mp-ṭ III 57,10; ~o upādārūpaṁ tassa paccayā catasso dhātuyo cattāri bhūtāni, Mp III 146,6; pacchājātā cittacetasikā dhammā purejātassa imassa ~assa pacchājātavasena paccayo, Tikap 5,9 qu. Vism 538,1 = Moh 327,23 ≠ Abhidh-s 41,32 (Abhidh-s-mhṭ 189,23); kabaḷiṅkāro āhāro imassa ~assa āhārapaccayena paccayo, Tikap 18,25 qu. Vism 616,12 ≠ Abhidh-s 42,30; Nāmar-p 842; avijjâdayo tayo imassa ~assa mātā viya upanissayā … kammaṁ pitā viya puttassa janakaṁ āhāro dhāti viya dārakassa sandhārako, Vism 599,3; hatthâdibhedaṁ ~aṁ, Sp 534,7; — (v) syn.: ~o ti vā sarīran ti vā sarīran ti vā ~o ti vā, Kv 26,31; Sadd 385,27; ~aṁ sarīraṁ, Thī-a 38,23; idaṁ ~o ti vuttasarīraṁ, Spk-pṭ II 81,5; tava ~o deho, Pv-a 10,13; pacchimaṁ dehaṁ kāyaṁ dhāreti, It-a I 150,18; bondin ti ~aṁ, Pv-a 254,11; ~esu, Vv 206 (devanikāyesu, Vv-a 111,23); — 1.a. mahato ~assa padāletā, A I 284,16 (ekato baddhaṁ phalakasatam pi +, Mp II 380,3); mahante ~e padāleti: camma° dāru° loha° ayo° vāluka° udaka° phalakakāyo ti ime satta kāyā, Ja II 91,13–15´; na passāmi thullaṁ (v.l. tullaṁ) ~ena te dumaṁ, IV 155,12* (ct. pamāṇena); sīhassa … n’atthi ~asmi tulyatā, II 146,3* (ct. sarīre pamāṇaṁ) = S II 279,29* (akāraṇaṁ kāyappamāṇaṁ, Spk II 238,23; gāthāsukhatthaṁ niranunāsikaṁ, Spk-pṭ II 196,21) qu. Sadd 196,15* “there is nothing like the mass of the body of a lion”; — ime satta ~ā (sc. paṭhavīkāyo +) akaṭā +… sattannaṁ ~ānam antarena satthaṁ vivaraṁ anupatati, D I 56,26 foll. (Ee w.r. satthavivaraṁ) (Sv 167,21 = Ps III 229,15) = M I 517,19 foll., cf. sattannaṁ ~ānaṁ vivarabhūte antare chinde satthaṁ pavisati, Pv-a 253,16 ad Pv 683; satt’ ime sassatā ~ā achejjā avikopino: tejo paṭhavī +, Ja VI 226,10* (ct. samūhā), heretical view, cf. C. Vogel, The Teachings of the Six Heretics, AKM XXXIX, 4 1970: 15, 28; — ifc. aṭṭhi-(miñja)‑°; ayo‑°; assa‑°; āpo‑°; udaka‑°; kesa‑°; camma‑°; cātu-mahā-bhūtika‑°; chavi‑°; tejo‑°; dāru‑°; nahāru‑°; paṭhavī‑°; phalaka‑°; maṁsa‑°; ratha‑°; ruhira‑°; loma‑°; loha‑°; vāyo‑°; vālika‑°; vāluka-°; hatthi‑°; — 1.b. das’ ete dasadhā ~ā … iddhimanto … abhikkamuṁ … samitiṁ, D II 259,18* (dasa devakāyā, Sv 690,23) “ten tenfold groups”; dibbā ~ā paripūrenti, hāyanti asurakāyā, D II 208,10 ≠ A I 143,17 (navanavānaṁ devaputtānaṁ apātubhāvena devakāyā parihāyissanti, Mp II 234,12), cf. Mvu I 330,9, Lal 401,6; gandhabbakāyaṁ paripūrenti, D II 212,14; yakkhānaṁ ~e, Dīp I 58; — na h’ete sulabhā ~ā … ye ~e (acc. pl.) upapajjanti … tapassino, Ja VI 98,21* foll. (ct. ~âti brahmaghaṭā, cf. Sv 680,18) qu. Ps III 314,16*; saggamhi ~amhi ciraṁ pamodati, Vin I 294,19*; sakadāgāmī satto Tusitaṁ ~aṁ upapanno, D III 348,3; M III 262,1; bhagavato mātā Tusitaṁ ~aṁ upapajjati, Ud 48,7 (Tusitaṁ devanikāyaṁ, Ud-a 276,7); bodhisatto … Tusite ~e aṭṭhāsi, M III 119,27; Tusite ~e, Bv I 66 (Tusitasaṅkhāte devanikāye, Bv-a 53,13); dibbesu ~esu uppannānaṁ, Pj I 227,29; cutâhaṁ diviyā ~ā, D II 286,3*; atthi … Ābhassarā nāma ~o yato tvaṁ cuto idhûpapanno, M I 329,3; bodhisatto Tusitā ~ā cavitvā, D II 12,7 = M III 119,36 = A II 130,22; Bv I 68; Ap 79,26 = 95,3; bhagavā Tusitā ~ā cavitvāna, Nidd I 446,29; kasmā nu ~ā anadhivaraṁ upāgami, Vv 138 (kuto … devakāyato anuttaraṁ, Vv-a 79,23); — na-y-ime aññesu ~esu rukkhā santi, Vv 206 (devanikāyesu, Vv-a 111,22); samūhaṭṭhena hatthikāyarathakāyâdayo viya ~o, Ps I 241,20; — ifc. ananta-bala‑°; asura‑°; gandhabba‑°; jana‑°; ñāta‑°; Tāvatiṁsa‑°; Tusita‑°; deva‑°; patti‑°; bala‑°; brahma‑°; mahā-jana‑°; sagga‑°; satta‑°; senā‑° (Mhv XXV 18); — 2. aṭṭha vimokkhā ~ena sacchikaraṇīyā, D III 230,9 (sahajātanāmakāyena, Sv 1023,26) = A II 183,5 (nāmakāyena, Mp III 167,15); ye te santā vimokhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā te ~ena phassitvā vihareyyan, M I 33,35 (nāmakāyena phusitvā pāpuṇitvā adhigantvā, Ps I 162,9) = 477,27 (sahajātanāmakāyena phusitvā, Ps III 191,12) = A V 11,24; II 87,14 (nāmakāyena phusitvā, Mp III 114,6); Pp 11,4; pahitatto samāno ~ena c’eva paramaṁ saccaṁ sacchikaroti, M I 480,9 qu. Th-a II 20,1; A II 115,25; ~assa pariññātattā amataṁ sacchikataṁ, S II 182,12; (ariyasāvikā) sārâdāyinī ca hoti varâdāyinī ca ~assa, S IV 250,23; A III 80,7; ~ena c’eva kāmehi avūpakaṭṭhā, M I 241,3; ~asmiṁ chandarāgapahānaṁ, Sv 1004,27; tividhaṁ ~ena adhammacariyāvisamacariyā hoti: … pāṇâtipātī … adinnâdāyī … kāmesu micchācārī, M I 286,13 foll.; duccaritaṁ caritvā tassa paṭicchādanahetu … mā maṁ jaññâti ~ena parakkamati, Vibh 357,33 foll. qu. Nidd I 422,8 = Pp 19,29; — ~ena ~aṁ āmasati … ~ena vāyamati, Vin III 124,33–35; ~ena kāyapaṭibaddhaṁ āmasati, III 124,2; hāsâdhippāyo ~ena ~aṁ āmasati, IV 111,9; III 121,28 (hatthâdibhedakaṁ ~aṁ, Sp 535,7, cf. hatthaṁ vā ~aṁ vā, 535,11); taṁ (sc. buḍḍhaṁ) … ~ena na ca ghaṭṭaye, Vin-vn 2947 (v.l. ghaṁsaye); (hatthināgassa) hatthiniyo ~aṁ upanighaṁsantiyo, Vin I 352,38 = A IV 435,15; — saṁghassa veyyāvaccakaraṇe ~aṁ yojetukāmo, Mp I 275,7 (Mp-ṭ II 242,6) qu. Th-a I 44,4; kammaṁ … karontassa ~o kilanto, D III 255,16 = A IV 332,11; kicchati ~o kilamati, Th 1073; taramānassa bhāsato ~o pi kilamati, M III 234,22 ≠ Vibh 385,22; Mil 26,29; — hemantike kāle … ~aṁ otāpento, Vin IV 39,15; udakaphusitāni ~e patitāni, 119,24; ~aṁ ovassāpetha, I 290,36; — yathābhūtasmiṁ ~e pāṇisamphassā pi … satthasamphassā pi kamanti +, M I 186,8; (asī, sattiyo) ~e nipatanti, Vin III 106,13–18; sattisatāni … pateyyuṁ ~amhi, Thī 473 (~asmiṁ, Thī-a 259,30); saro … ~aṁ nibbijjha nikkhami, Mhv VI 30; VII 36; leḍḍu (daṇḍo, sakkharā) … ~e nipatati, M II 104,5–8; pulliṅgāni patanti ~e, Ja V 143,23*; ~e āsiviso patito, S IV 40,15, cf. Waldschmidt, Von Ceylon bis Turfan 1967: 339; Ap 89,22; Kv 544,18; tassa aggisikhā ~ā niccharanti, Ja V 268,1* (of a being in hell); — dadeyyaṁ ~aṁ, VI 486,22* qu. Cp 79, cf. sarīraṁ dajjam attano, Cp 27; ~añ ca jīvitañ ca paricajjetvā, Mil 315,22; sattānam upakārāya attano ~aṁ jīvitañ ca ossajitabbaṁ, Sv-pṭ I 177,5 (read ~o?); — imam eva ~aṁ paṭicca saḷāyatanikaṁ jīvitapaccayā, M III 108,26 (upādisesadarathadassanatthaṁ, Ps IV 154,9); ~ena ca jīvitena ca aṭṭiyamānā, M III 269,11 ≠ S V 320,22; sayaṁ hanati ~ena, Vin III 74,34; — Vessantarassa ~o bahusādhāraṇo, Mil 280,16; sāmaṇerassa ~e adhimuttā yakkhiṇī, Spk I 307,20 “is possessed by a yakkhiṇī”; — cattāri vipallāsavatthūni: ~o vedanā cittaṁ dhammā … vatthubhedena †kāyo †sā dvādasavipallāsā bhavanti: tayo ~e, tayo vedanāya, tayo citte + …, Peṭ 120,10–23 (Be kāyesu, Ñm emends [ungrammatically] tayo sā; read kāyâdisu?? “classified by objects in respect to body [which is one of the vatthu, Peṭ 120,9] etc. there is [a group of] 12 perversions”); — (i) description of the body, cf. P. Maas, WZKS LI 2007–2008: 125–162; atthi imasmiṁ ~e kesā lomā + … , D II 293,13 = Khp III cf. s.v. aṭṭhi, q.v., cf. kayi keśa loma ṇaga +, A. Glass, Four Gāndhārī Saṃyuktāgama Sūtras 2007: 138; chaviyā ~o paṭicchanno, Sn 194 (Pj II 247,8); taconaddhe … + ~e, Th 1151; ~aṁ navacchiddaṁ, Bv II 24; — ~o suñño attena vā attaniyena vā, S IV 54,11 qu. Nidd I 439,27 = Paṭis II 181,7 = Kv 67,1; ~o āyusahagato ca hoti usmāsahagato ca viññāṇasahagato ca, D II 338,16; saviññāṇake ~e, M III 19,8 = A IV 53,8; avijjāya nivuto ~o oghasaṁsīdano ~o … + … ~o kammayantena yantito, Th 572–575 (Th-a II 245,5–38), cf. ~o kāmoghassa vatthu, Sv-pṭ II 365,16; api hi me … madhurakajāto viya ~o, D II 99,32 (sañjātagarubhāvo sañjātathaddhabhāvo sūle uttāsitasadiso, Sv 547,28; Sv-pṭ II 187,13) = S III 106,9 (sañjātagarubhāvo, Spk II 309,2; ~e vibhāraṁ, Spk-pṭ II 244,19) = V 153,11 (Spk III 203,11 = Sv) = A III 69,27 (Mp III 259,13 = Spk II), cf. M I 334,23 (ālasiyajāto, Ps II 418,10) meaning uncertain, cf., D-trsl. (R. O. Franke): 202 n. 7; yena ~o madhurakajāto hoti, taṁ kira kuṭṭhaṁ chaviṁ vināseti, cammaṁ chiddajātaṁ viya hoti, Ps-pṭ II 106,4; — (ii) comparisons, cf. Vikn 17 § 9: kumbhûpamaṁ ~aṁ, Dhp 40 (Dhp-a I 317,1) qu. Peṭ 14,2*, cf. Uv XVIII 17–20; Dhp 46; vaṇûpamo ~o, Mil 74,12; vaṇakāyan ti vaṇabhūtaṁ ~aṁ, Ps-pṭ II 142,5 (ad Ps III 302,1); ~o tiṇakaṭṭhasamûpamo, Pj I 75,9*; jātavedasamo ~o, Nidd I 405,23*; ~o mahācorasamo, Bv II 26 qu. As 32 (text not in Ee); ~o ratananibho, Bv VI 28 (of the Buddha Revata, ct. suvaṇṇavaṇṇo, tañ ca ~aṁ ratananibhan ti pi pāṭho liṅgavipallāsena vuttaṁ, Bv-a 166,12 foll.); ~aṁ sālayaṭṭhiṁ viya suvaṇṇatoraṇaṁ viya, Sv 800,22; cakkavāḷasamaṁ ~aṁ, Ap 585,17 (so read); vammīkasadisaṁ ~aṁ, 475,14; — vammīko ti imass’ etaṁ cātummahābhūtikassa ~assa adhivacanaṁ, M I 144,2 (sarīrassa nāmaṁ, Ps I 128,26, cf. II 129,16 foll., 131,18; Spk III 13,18 foll.) qu. Nidd-a 93,7 ≠ S IV 83,26 (gaṇḍo) ≠ 194,27 (nagaraṁ) ≠ 292,7 (ratho); guhā vuccati ~o + … , Nidd I 23,8 foll.; Pj II 515,30; citakā viya me ~o, Ja VI 576,27* (ct. ~o aṁgāracitakāya āropito viya); — ~o hoti seyyathāpi manussassa … sīsaṁ seyyathāpi macchassa, M I 337,15 foll. (s.c. beings in hell); seyyathāpi nāma mahatī ekarukkhikā nāvā evam assa ~o, S I 106,18 (sc. Māra as nāgarāja); — (iii) postures and motion of the body; (bhagavā) … nisīdi pallaṅkaṁ ābhu(ñ)jitvā ujuṁ ~aṁ paṇidhāya, Vin I 24,34 = D I 71,19 (uparimaṁ sarīraṁ ujukaṁ ṭhapetvā, Sv 210,21) = M I 425,8 = A III 100,10 ≠ S I 179,30; Vibh 252,9 (Vibh-a 368,23 qu. Vism 271,9), cf. s.v. uju, a. and kāyuj(j)ukatā, q.v.; ujuṁ ~aṁ paṇidhāya: ujuko hoti ~o ṭhito supaṇihito, Paṭis I 176,27; atthi ~assa āvaṭṭanā ābhogo +, Kv 574,30 cf. 384,29; ~o … ābhujati nibbhujati samparivattati, Mil 254,12; ~aṁ thambhentassa, Vin III 118,11 (Sp 531,8); ~assa thambhanā, Dhs 636 (sarīrassa, As 324,14); ~assa jambhanā +, Vibh 352,11; caraṁ … nisinno … esā ~assa iñjanā, Sn 195; ~ena saṁvaṇṇeti nāma ~ena vikāraṁ karoti, Vin III 76,4; saddo (i.e. snoring) ~e namite virameyya, Mil 85,24; ~aṁ mañcake apanāmesi, Sp 12,8 = Sv 10,13; uṇhaṁ hoti … †paveliyamānena maññe ~ena gacchanti, S IV 289,22 (†pavilīyamānenâti †apaṭilīyamānena, Spk III 92,20) “with their bodies swaying (pavel[l]°)” or “shrinking (pavilī°)” (??); — (iv) clothing: cīvarāni ~e lagganti, Vin I 202,14; ~ato apanetvā ~e cīvaraparivattanaṁ akāsi, Sv 602,2 (so Be; Ee, Ce [SHB] om. apanetvā ~e); ~ena ~aṁ cīvaraparivattanaṁ, Spk II 200,32; ~o pāruto, Sv 198,22 (Be pārupito) = Ps I 265,30 = Spk III 195,10 (Be pārupito); saṅghāṭi pārutā ~e, Utt-vn 738; yugamattaṁ (so read?) dhāraṇīyaṁ bhagavato ~aṁ upanāmesi, D II 133,28 (Sv 570,21); pattaṁ hatthehi cīvaraṁ ~ena ādiyitvā, Ps I 151,22; andhakāre ~am pi cīvaram pi akkamanti, Vin I 118,24; na … Gotamassa ~e cīvaraṁ accukkaṭṭhaṁ … na ca ~asmiṁ allīnaṁ na ca ~asmiṁ (Be ~asmā) apakaṭṭhaṁ na ca … ~amhā vāto cīvaraṁ apavahati … na ca … ~e rajollaṁ lippati, M II 139,21–25, cf. W. B. Bollée, ZDMG CXXI 1971: 87; D III 143,28; aṭṭha parikkhārā ~e paṭimukkā, Mp I 354,10; — (v) cosmetics and hygiene: upakkiliṭṭhassa ~assa upakkamena pariyodapanā, A I 208,3; na nahāyamānena … rukkhe (thambhe, kuḍḍe) ~o ugghaṁsetabbo, Vin II 105,19–25; mattikâdīhi ~aṁ ubbaṭṭetvā cuṇṇâdīhi ghaṁsitvā, Sp 517,20; sappitelena ~aṁ abbhañjetvā, M I 342,32 = A II 207,18 qu. Pp 56,14; siniddho … ~o, Vin I 279,10; ~am assa sambāhitvā telena makkhetvā nahāpetvā, Ja II 315,24; vibhūsetvā imaṁ ~aṁ, Thī 73; ~aṁ … upasaṁhareyya, Vin IV 221,2** “would adorn”, cf. s.v. upasaṁharati 5., q.v.; gandho … ~ā cuto gacchati mālutena, S I 226,27* = Ja V 138,25* qu. Sadd 332,3*; ~ato candanagandho vāyati, D II 175,30 = M III 175,7; candanass’ eva me ~ā … gandho pavāyati, Ap 268,22 (so Be; Ee reading vasso for ~ā); — (vi) nourishment, force and weakness: āhārasaṁbhūto … ayaṁ ~o … taṇhāsaṁbhūto … ~o +, A II 145,12–146,23; ~o taṇhāsaṁbhavo, Sadd 281,22; āhārasamudayā ~assa samudayo āhāranirodhā ~assa nirodho, S V 194,19; ayaṁ ~o āhāraṭṭhiko āhāraṁ paṭicca tiṭṭhati, 64,13 qu. Ps I 209,12 = As 153,27; mattaṭṭhakassa ~assa taṇhupādiṇṇassa, M I 185,33 (parittaṭṭhikassa … ~assa … ṭhitiparittatāya ca sarasaparittatāya ca, Ps II 224,28 foll.); tathāgatassa sukkhayavapulake bhuñjamānassa … ~o upacito, Mil 232,3; ekataṇḍulâdīhi … ~assa yāpanaṁ, Sv 449,32; ojaṭṭhāyi ’ssa … ~o, A III 321,17; — ayam pi ~o pīṇetabbo, M II 186,27; alaṁ vo so (sc. piṇḍapāto) yāvad eva ~assa ṭhitiyā +, D III 130,10; M I 273,25 = A IV 167,20 qu. Nidd I 240,28 (catummahābhūtikassa karajakāyassa ṭhapanatthāya, Nidd-a 344,17); Dhs 1348 qu. Pp 25,7; Vism 32,20; imassa ~assa ācayâpacayo, M I 238,35 (imassa ~assa kālena vaḍḍhi kālena parihāni, Ps II 285,30); — bhojanāni … imehi ~aṁ balaṁ gāhenti nāma +, M I 239,33; pabbatarājaṁ nissāya nāgā ~aṁ vaḍḍhenti balaṁ gāhenti, S V 47,6; balaṁ ~e samūhataṁ, Ja IV 345,3*; na ca me āsi ~e balamattā, D I 72,11 = M I 275,22; natthi ca me ~asmiṁ … balamattā, S III 120,24; adhimattakasimānaṁ patto ~o, M I 245,26; pūtimūlāni lomāni ~asmā papatanti … appâhāratāya, 80,33; — thīnaṁ … cittassa akalyatā … middhaṁ … ~assa akalyatā … onāho +, Dhs 1156 foll.; ~assa onāho … dubbalyaṁ … akammaññatā ~assa ayaṁ middhassa ādi, Mil 300,21 foll.; thīnaṁ … cittassa … akammaniyatā, middhaṁ … ~assa līnattaṁ, Nett 86,19; Peṭ 137,9; 158,13; thīnaṁ cittassa akalyatā … middhaṁ ~assa akalyatā, Th-a I 176,3; ~assa kalyatā, Nidd I 423,9 (khandhattayasaṅkhātassa nāmakāyassa gilānabhāvo, Nidd-a 432,21); — (vii) body as organ of feeling: ~o phassâyatanaṁ, A I 176,10 (so read with Ce 1915, Be); cakkhunā pi rūpaṁ passati + ~ena pi phoṭṭhabbaṁ phusati manasā pi dhammaṁ vijānāti, D II 338,21; Pp 20,32; Kv 210,24; cha-y-imāni ajjhattikabāhirāni āyatanāni … + ~o c’eva phoṭṭhabbā ca, mano c’eva dhammā ca, D III 102,27; M III 32,7; chaphassâyatanī ~o, Th 755; so yeva ~o hoti te phoṭṭhabbā tañ câyatanaṁ nappaṭisaṁvedeti, D II 337,2; yena ~ena anidassanena + … phoṭṭhabbaṁ … phusi vā phusissati vā phuse vā ~o p’eso kāyâyatanaṁ p’etaṁ +, Dhs 613; katamaṁ taṁ rūpaṁ kāyâyatanaṁ … yamhi ~amhi … phoṭṭhabbo… sappaṭigho … paṭihaññati … ~o p’eso … 614; 650; ~o phusanaṭṭho, As 283,34; ~e ugghaṭite … suṭṭhutaraṁ … phoṭṭhabbo phusitabbo, Mil 55,32; ~e uppāṭite suṭṭhutaraṁ … phoṭṭhabbaṁ phuseyya, 86,29; — saṁvijjati arahato ~o, phussati arahā ~ena phoṭṭhabbaṁ, Nidd I 243,8; ~asmiṁ sati phoṭṭhabbe sati phassapaññattiṁ paññāpessatîti, M I 112,23; — ~añ ca paṭicca phoṭṭhabbe ca uppajjati kāyaviññāṇaṁ, III 281,12; S II 72,12; Nidd I 276,17 foll.; ~asmiṁ … phoṭṭhabbe kāyaviññāṇe … chando + …, M III 32,22; cha somanassûpavicārā (domanass°, upekkh°) … ~ena phoṭṭhabbaṁ phusitvā … , D III 244,25–245,9 = M I 355,13 = S IV 104,14 = A I 113,27; Vibh 381,13–31; Kv 574,15 foll.; ~o āditto, phoṭṭhabbā ādittā, Vin I 36,25 qu. Kv 209,27; Vin III 107,25; na ~o phoṭṭhabbānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ, na phoṭṭhabbā ~assa saṁyojanaṁ … tadubhayaṁ paṭicca … chandarāgo … saṁyojanaṁ, S IV 283,14 (text not in Ee); ~o … phoṭṭhabbârāmo, M I 503,28; ~ena phoṭṭhabbaṁ phusitvā rajanīye phoṭṭhabbe na sārajjati, A III 161,19; labhati … manāpike ~ena phoṭṭhabbe phusituṁ, Ud 30,26; asappāyaṁ ~ena phoṭṭhabbaṁ anuyuñjeyya, M II 256,19; mam’eva … ~o mama phoṭṭhabbo, S I 115,18 (said by Māra); amutaṁ nāma … na ~ena phuṭṭhaṁ, Vin IV 2,23; dhammā … ~ena ca phusitvā viharāmi, S V 227,1; vāyokasiṇaṁ uggaṇhanto … ~asmiṁ vā phuṭṭhaṁ upalakkheti, Vism 172,13 (qu. from old Aṭṭhakathā); dhammaṁ ~ena phassayaṁ, Ja V 251,32* (ct. phassayan ti [v.l. Mss. Bds phus°, Mss. Cks passanto, cf. Rem.] ~ena phassito); — Rem.: old mistake for p[h]as[s]ati or rather p[h]assaye (?) in dhammaṁ ~ena passati, Dhp 259 (parijānanto … passati, Dhp-a III 386,15 foll.), cf. KDhp p. 211, on KDhp 114, Dhp-trsl. (Norman) 2000 on Dhp 259 and Ja V 251,32* above); — (viii) body and speech: bhagavato hi vācāya ~o anulometi, ~assa pi vācā, Sv 67,2 = Ps I 51,2 = Mp I 110,17 qu. Ud-a 131,20; na ~ena pāpakammaṁ karoti na pāpikaṁ vācaṁ bhāsati, na pāpakaṁ saṁkappaṁ, Nidd I 89,7; ~ena yo nâvahare vācāya na musā bhaṇe, Ja III 87,24*; aññaṁ bhaṇati vācāya aññaṁ ~ena kubbati, 269,10*; nâbhijānāmi … gahapatiṁ manasā pi aticaritā kuto pana ~ena, A II 61,32, cf. O. H. Pind, ZDMG CLV 2005: 499; M III 175,12; nâhaṁ taṁ aticarāmi ~ena uda cetasā, Pv 361, cf. akusalaṁ āpanno kañcid eva desaṁ ~ena, A I 54,11 (karajakāyena, Mp II 102,7); atthi … dhammā ~ena pahātabbā no vācāya +, A V 39,2; ~ena saññato āsiṁ vācāyâsim asaññato, Pv 5; tato ~ena vācāya vadhaṁ katvāna kodhano, A IV 96,16*; ~ena vācāya kalahaṁ karonti, Nidd I 255,25; Vin II 189,8; devatā bhagavantaṁ ~ena vācāya … ghaṭṭayiṁsu, Spk I 65,28 “offended”; — ~o pi anuvādâdhikaraṇassa mūlaṁ vācâpi …, Vin II 90,7; vinayassa dve mūlānîti (Vin V 210,12) ~o c’eva vācā ca, Sp 1381,17; ~ena viññāpeti vācāya …, Vin I 45,36; ~ena saṁvaṇṇeti vācāya … lekhāya, III 74,28 foll.; — (ix) body and mind: nānā hi no … ~ā ekañ ca pana maññe cittaṁ, M I 206,28 (~añ hi piṭṭhaṁ viya mattikā viya ca omadditvā ekato kātuṁ na sakkā, Ps II 240,9) = Vin I 351,33 (Sp-ṭ III 357,19 qu. Ps II 240,9), cf. Salomon, Anav-g p. XV n. 1; kāyânvayaṁ cittaṁ hoti, ~assa vasena vattati, M I 237,31; cittanvayo ~o cittassa vasena vattati … abhāvitattā ~assa, 238,8; cittânugatikaṁ ~aṁ, Ud-a 93,26; cittaṁ sabbathā ~ena samānagatikaṁ na hoti, Ps-pṭ I 187,22; samādhissa bhāvitattā … n’eva ~assa iñjitataṁ … na cittassa iñjitataṁ, S V 316,4; ~e bhāviyamāne … bhāvanaṁ gacchanti sammākammanto sammāvāyāmo ca, Nett 91,13; ~ena dissati cittaṁ, Vv 664; ~e calamāne cittaṁ na calati, Mil 254,16; ṭhitena ~ena ṭhitena cetasā, Ud 61,21* (Ud-a 320,20–28); rūpaṁ disvā manāpaṁ … nâbhihaṁsati … tassa ṭhito ca ~o hoti ṭhitaṁ cittaṁ, S V 74,7 (nāmakāyo ca cittañ ca gocarajjhatte ṭhitaṁ, Spk III 145,29) qu. Nidd I 241,29; ~e kilante cittaṁ ūhaññeyya, M I 116,13; ~añ ca cittañ ca ātāpetvā, Mil 315,19; pīḷeti yato cittaṁ ~assa ca pīḷanaṁ samāvahati, Vism 504,9 qu. Vibh-a 105,31; vūpakaṭṭho ti ~ena gaṇato cittena kilesehi … dūrībhūto, Mp IV 66,22 (ad A IV 143,21); (gaṇamhā vūpakaṭṭhattā, only in Be) rahogatassa ~ena patisallīnassa cittena, Pj II 346,23; ~aṁ pi citte samādahati, cittaṁ pi ~e … sukhasaññañ ca lahusaññañ ca ~e okkamitvā … ~o lahutaro c’eva hoti +, S V 283,8 foll. (~aṁ gahetvā citte āropeti, Spk III 261,1) qu. Paṭis I 111,13 (reading samodahati; ct. citte samodahati paveseti āropeti … samādahatîti pi pāṭho, patiṭṭhāpetîti attho, Paṭis-a 345,14–23) = Nett 165,22 (samo°, Nett-a 252,2); adissamānena ~ena Brahmalokaṁ gantukāmo … cittavasena ~aṁ pariṇāmetvā cittavasena ~aṁ adhiṭṭhahitvā, Paṭis II 209,23 foll. (Paṭis-a 662,29); As 413,21; iddhimā … cetovasipatto ~aṁ citte samāropetvā … vehāsaṁ gacchati, Mil 85,8; — jiṇṇassa me … ~o na paleti … saṁkappayatāya vajāmi … mano hi me … tena yutto, Sn 1144; gāme me vasati ~o araññaṁ me gato mano, Th 14, cf. ~ena ca vivitto viharati so eko gacchati, Nidd I 26,29; ~o te rathasaññato manosārathiko, Ja VI 252,17*; (x) body, speech and mind: — formula ~ena vācāya manasā (m.c. also cetasā; particularly in Vin cittena), on Amg cf. C. Caillat, IT VIII/IX 1980–81: 81 and in Indological and Buddhist Studies in Honour of J. W. de Jong 1982: 76; saṁcetanikaṁ … kammaṁ katvā ~ena vācāya manasā, M III 207,25; Kv 393,6; kammante payojeti ~ena vācāya manasā, M I 144,7; samavisamaṁ carāma ~ena vācāya manasā, III 291,31; ~ena dvayakārino ahumha vācāya … manasā, S III 241,20; tisso … vandanā: ~ena vācāya manasā, A I 294,13; Nidd I 400,25; tividhaṁ … ~ena asoceyyaṁ hoti catubbidhaṁ vācāya … tividhaṁ manasā, A V 264,7 foll.; 302,12; Nidd I 433,3; — ~ena saṁvuto siyā … ~ena sucaritaṁ care … vācāya … manasā, Dhp 231–233; S I 104,31*; pabbajito … ~ena saṁvuto vihareyya vācāya … manasā, D I 60,21 (~ena pihito hutvā akusalassa pavesanadvāraṁ thaketvā, Sv 169,8) = III 97,7 (khattiyo); ~ena saṁvuto vācāya … manasā, S IV 351,22 = A II 196,23 (kāyadvārassa saṁvutattā pihitattā, Mp III 174,26); ~ena saṁvaro sādhu … vācāya … manasā, S I 73,22* foll.; puññaṁ pasavanti … ~ena vācāya manasā, A I 151,32 foll. (Mp II 251,23 foll.); kalyāṇaṁ karomi ~ena vācāya manasā, A I 138,32; ~ena kusalaṁ katvā vācāya … manasā, It 78,7* = Ap 195,1; pāpaṁ na kayirā vacasā manasā ~ena, S I 12,19*; vācaṁ manañ ca paṇidhāya sammā ~ena pāpāni akubbamāno, 42,25* = Ja IV 110,17*; na lobhajaṁ (mohajaṁ) kammaṁ karissasi ~ena vācāya manasā, A II 193,18–21; rāge (mohe) pahīne n’eva ~ena duccaritaṁ carati na vācāya … na manasā, I 158,3–20; Nidd I 414,27; Pv 30; Dhp 281; ~ena vācāya manasā ca na hiṁsati, S I 165,5*; jīvitamado yena madena mattā ~ena duccaritaṁ caranti vācāya … manasā, A III 72,33; (manaṁ … vācaṁ …) micchākammāni katvāna ~ena, It 59,15*; — ~ena saṁvutā āsiṁ vācāya uda cetasā, Thī 15; Ja V 17,11*; dhammacārī ~ena vācāya uda cetasā, S I 102,28*; ujjubhūtā ~ena vācāya uda cetasā, A I 63,13* ≠ 155,28*; Ja IV 319,28*; — arakkhiten’eva ~ena arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā asaṁvutehi indriyehi, A III 95,11 (qu. Nidd I 387,14) = S II 231,16 (Spk II 209,4; 395,22; chabbīsatiyā sāruppānaṁ pariccajanato, Spk-pṭ II 175,6) ≠ M I 461,25; arakkhitena ~ena, Ud 38,6* qu. Nett 85,10*; — atth’ āpatti ~ato ca vācato ca cittato ca samuṭṭhāti, Vin II 90,35; V 3,35, cf. O. v. Hinüber, JPTS XVI 1992: 56; ~ena āpajjanto kuṭikārasahaseyyâdīni vācāya … sañcarittapadasodhammâdīni … cittena … rūpiyapaṭiggahaṇaṁ, Mp II 348,24 (i.e. Saṁghādisesa VI, Pācittiya V/VI, Saṁghādisesa V, Pācittiya IV, Nissaggiya XVIII); paṭhamantimavatthuñ ca kāyasaṁsaggajam pi ca … pārājikāni ~amhā … jāyare, Utt-vn 896 (i.e. Pārājika I; Pārājika V [nuns], cf. Sp 1382,24), cf. kāyamana, q.v.; — (xi) reflection on the body, cf. s.v. kāyânupassin, q.v.: ~aṁ upasaṁharati: ayaṁ … ~o evaṁdhammo, D II 295,9 (Sv 771,31) = M I 58,12 (Ps I 273,9) “concentrates, reflects on”; upadhismiṁ ~aṁ upasaṁharissati, M II 260,24 (alliyāpessati, Ps IV 56,6); yathā yathā vā pan’assa ~o paṇihito tathā tathā naṁ pajānāti, D II 292,15 = M I 57,3 foll.; imam eva ~aṁ yathāṭhitaṁ yathāpaṇihitaṁ dhātuso paccavekkhati: atthi imasmiṁ ~e paṭhavīdhātu + …, M I 57,35; paccavekkhiṁ imaṁ ~aṁ … ajjhattañ ca bahiddhā ca tuccho ~o adissatha, Th 172 (Th-a II 47,18 foll.); imam eva ~aṁ uddhaṁ pādatalā adho kesamatthakā … paccavekkhati, D II 293,10 = M I 57,14 = A III 323,20; Thī 33; ~assa yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇāya, S V 144,22; yathābhūtaṁ ~o diṭṭho, Thī 85; ~o pariññeyyo, Paṭis I 23,4; — (xii) joy and suffering: seyyathāpi … vividhā vātā vāyanti … evam eva … imasmiṁ ~asmiṁ vividhā vedanā uppajjanti, S IV 218,6–12; nipatanti … imasmiṁ ~e iṭṭhâniṭṭhā subhâsubhā vedanā, Mil 136,27; ~e … sati kāyasañcetanāhetu uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ, S II 39,34 = A II 157,33 qu. Kv 393,13; — ko ~assa assādo … yaṁ ~aṁ paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṁ, S IV 7,3 (text in Ee abbreviated); nâssa kiñci sabbāvato ~assa vivekajena pītisukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti, D I 74,8 (sabbakoṭṭhāsavato ~assa, Sv 217,23 foll.) = M I 226,22 = A I 26,9 qu. Vism 147,9; D I 76,8 (parisuddhena cetasā); ~aṁ vivekajena pītisukhena abhisandati … nâssa … ~assa vivekajena pītisukhena apphuṭaṁ hoti, D I 73,26 foll. = 207,21 foll. = M I 276,20 foll. (karajakāyaṁ, Ps II 321,26); so pītiyā ~aṁ sabbaṁ pharati attano, Vv 1149; Ja V 150,14*; lahuko … ~o phuṭṭho ca pītisukhena, Th 104 (read phuṭo, m.c., cf. W. B. Bollée, IIJ XIII 1972: 299; Th-trsl. [Norman], on Th 104); Thī 174 (nāmakāyaṁ tadanusārena rūpakāyañ ca, Thī-a 157,28); Mil 85,6; sukhasaññañ ca lahusaññañ ca ~e okkamitvā … ~o lahutaro c’eva hoti +, S V 283,17 foll. qu. Paṭis I 111,19 foll.; tassa me ~o lahuko kammañño, D III 257,29; tassa me ~o garuko akammañño, A IV 333,11; — sukhañ ca ~ena paṭisamvedesiṁ, Vin III 4,12 ≠ D I 37,24 = A III 11,18 qu. Nidd I 348,11; Dhs 163; Vibh 105,34; pītimanassa ~o passambhati, D I 73,22 (puggalassa nāmakāyo, Sv 217,10) = M I 37,33 = S V 332,13 = Paṭis I 86,2 = Vibh 227,19 qu. Mil 84,6; M I 283,24 (nāmakāyo, Ps II 326,8); A I 243,25 (nāmakāyo pi rūpakāyo pi vigatadaratho, Mp II 357,19, cf. III 337,17) qu. Nett 144,13; Vin I 294,6; ~o pi passambhati cittam pi, A I 43,28 (nāmakāyo pi karajakāyo pi, Mp II 79,30); passaddho ~o asāraddho, Vin III 4,5 (kāyacittapassaddhivasena … tasmā nāmakāyo rūpakāyo ti avisesetvā va passaddho, Sp 141,14–17) = M I 117,5 = It 119,23; asāraddhamhi ~amhi, Sp 412,25* = Vism 275,11*; — (xiii) impermanence: cf. s.v. kāyânupassin, q.v.: samudayânupassī … vayadhammânupassī ~asmiṁ viharati ~o, S V 183,17; iti ajjhattaṁ vā ~e kāyânupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā ~e … ajjhattabahiddhā vā ~e … samudayadhammânupassī vā ~asmiṁ viharati vayadhammânupassī + … , D II 292,1 foll. (cf. L. Schmithausen, ZfM LX 1976: 256 n. 33; Mittelindisch § 308) ≠ Vibh 193,4 (ajjhattaṁ ~an ti attano ~aṁ, Vibh-a 223,2); aniccaṁ … paṭiccasamuppannaṁ ~aṁ paṭicca uppannā sukhā vedanā kuto niccā, S IV 211,26; ayaṁ … ~o rūpī cātummahābhūtiko + … aniccato dukkhato … + … gaṇḍato … suññato anattato samanupassitabbo … ~asmiṁ kāyacchando + … pahīyati, M I 500,1–8; D I 76,16–20 = M II 17,17–21; + rasā anattā ~o anattā + …, A V 109,15; … + ~o ti pi ayaṁ attā anicco … vipariṇāmadhammo, D I 21,19; ~o anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī, S III 225,6; Vibh 70,13; ~o anicco … na m’eso attā … dukkho … anattā … , S IV 1,21–5,5; M III 271,30; n’eso ’haṁ na m’eso attâti samanupassāmi sotasmiṁ + … ~asmiṁ +, S IV 59,2; ~aṁ … ~asmiṁ … ~ato … ~o me ti na maññeyya, S IV 65,25 (text in Ee abbreviated); nâyaṁ … ~o tumhākaṁ na pi aññesaṁ, S II 64,34 qu. Nidd I 437,19; kathaṁ … ~aṁ anupassati: aniccato + … , Paṭis I 178,1; — (xiv) ugliness, filth and loathing: sattānaṁ bhiyyosomattāya kharattañ c’eva ~asmiṁ okkami, D III 87,13; ~e dubbaṇṇiyaṁ okkameyya, A III 54,24 ≠ It 76,16 (It-a II 76,20); ~e vevaṇṇiyaṁ okkamati, As 33,3; — ~o vā duggandho, Vin I 202,25 (tassâpi … gandhacuṇṇāni vā sabbāni vaṭṭanti, Sp 1090,14); Th 279; ~ā … gūthaṁ … nimmajjatha, D II 324,10; pūtibhūtaṁ ~aṁ ñatvā, Sv 64,29 (Ee w.r. kālaṁ); ~o n’eva padumagabbhe … sañjāyati, āmâsayapakkâsayānaṁ pana antare … duggandhappavanavicarite, Spk III 67,27 foll. (Ee jāyati); ~e rajo na lippetha, Ja VI 483,2* (Ee w.r. rāgo, cf. v.l. and Sadd 515,27), cf. sarīre … na lippati rajojallaṁ, Ap 458,4, Ps II 167,31, cf. 2. (xviii); rajollaṁ ~e sannicitaṁ, M I 78,27; Ap 521,25; pittaṁ … vamati ~amhā sedajallikā, Sn 198 (sabbasmā pi ~ā asucivacanaṁ, Pj II 249,2) qu. Ja I 146,23*; ~aṁ nānākuṇapapūritaṁ, Bv II 22 qu. Ja I 5,30* = Bv-a 6,23; — asubhânupassī ~e viharati, A III 83,9 ≠ It 80,11 (~asmiṁ); ~e ādīnavânupassī viharati, A V 110,12; Thī 17; + ~asmiṁ pi nibbindati +, Vin I 35,2 = S IV 107,18; imasmiṁ cātummahābhūtikasmiṁ ~asmiṁ nibbindeyya +, S II 94,6; nibbind’ ahaṁ ~e, Thī 86; ukkaṇṭhito ’mhi ~ena, Cp 271; na … piyo pabbajitānaṁ ~o, Mil 73,25; nindito cakkhubhūtehi ~o, Vism 196,21*; ajjhattañ ca bahiddhā ca ~e chandaṁ virājaye, Sn 203 qu. Ap 549,6; imaṁ ~aṁ pariharāmi chiddavicchiddaṁ (so read; Ee, Ce 1915 chiddaṁ vi°; Be chiddâvacch°) uggharantaṁ, A IV 377,9 (chiddâvacchiddaṁ, Mp IV 173,1, so Ce 1922, Ee), cf. Bv II 24, Dhp-a II 179,16; ~e ca jīvite ca anapekkhānaṁ, Paṭis I 42,29 (Paṭis-a 206,21) ≠ Th-a II 59,17 (nirapekkho); asūro ~e ca jīvite ca sâpekkho, Nidd-a I 233,30; na ~aṁ upādiyissāmi, M III 259,19; ~ena yo maññe uṇṇametave, Sn 206 “who[ever] would think to exalt [himself] because of such a body” (Sn-trsl. [Norman]); na … ~o vivaritvā bhikkhunīnaṁ dassitabbo, Vin II 262,16; IV 186,11 (jānum pi uram pi, Sp 890,22), cf. 2. (xviii): M I 233,35; — (xv) desease, old age and death, cf. (xvi) rebirth, q.v.: ayaṁ ~o rogabhūto + …, M I 510,13; Th 1093; Ap 467,13; rogā na honti ~asmiṁ, Ap 458,8; imasmiṁ ~e vividhā ābādhā, A V 110,1; āturo … ~o, S III 1,19; ~o upassaṭṭho, S IV 29,26; sāsapamattīhi piḷakāhi sabbo ~o phuṭo, S I 150,25 (so read with S I(2) 327,1 and Spk I 218,1; sakalasarīraṁ, Spk I 218,2); Ap 270,8; kuṭṭhī puriso …~aṁ paritāpeyya, M I 507,3; adhimatto ~asmiṁ ḍāho hoti, M I 244,27; ussannadhātukaṁ ~aṁ sammassāsetuṁ, Sv 7,26; niggelaññatāya … ~assa lahuṭṭhānaṁ sarīrabalañ ca puccha, Ud-a 126,7; ajjhattiko … ~o aparibhinno hoti, M I 191,9 qu. Kv 621,5 “healthy, intact”; — ~aṁ jarā phussati, A III 103,9; andhabhūto ~o (jātiyā jarāya +), S IV 21,15; ayaṁ ~o jīrati … balaparikkhayaṁ … pāpuṇāti, Ps II 227,34; purato pabbhāro ca ~o, S V 216,22 (mahallakakāle … ~o purato vaṅko, Spk III 244,31); jiṇṇakāle hi sattānaṁ kaṭiyaṁ ~o obhaggo, Spk-pṭ I 83,18; veghamissakena maññe tathāgatassa ~o yāpeti, D II 100,15 (Be veṭha°-) = S V 153,30 (reading vedha-; meaning unclear, cf. dvaidhāniśrayeṇa yāpyate, MPS 1950/1: 18 no. 31,6 foll., D-trsl. [R. O. Franke]: 203, EV I ad Th 143 [cf. also Ud-a 330 n. 4; 370,22], R. Gombrich, JPTS XI 1987: 1–3); — rogâtaṅkena phuṭṭhassa evaṁ hoti: piyo vata maṁ ~o jahissati piyaṁ vâhaṁ ~aṁ jahissāmi, A II 174,12, cf. ūnā va hutvāna jahanti dehaṁ, M II 73,3* (so read); yadā kho … imaṁ ~aṁ tayo dhammā jahanti: āyu usmā ca viññāṇaṁ, athâyaṁ ~o ujjhito avakkhitto seti yathā kaṭṭhaṁ acetanaṁ, M I 296,9* = S III 143,4*; taṁ (sc. ~aṁ) idh’eva kākā vā khādanti gijjhā vā +, S V 370,13; ~o parabhojanan ti, Ja IV 112,5* (ct. kākâdīnaṁ); kāmaṁ khādatu maṁ vyaggho bhakkho ~o acetano, Ps I 234,13* (so Ee, Ce [SBH]; Be amittānaṁ for acetano); — purâyaṁ ~o idh’eva vikirati seyyathāpi bhūsamuṭṭhi, S IV 40,18, cf. mā ihaiva viśariṣyati tadyathā busamuṣṭiḥ, E. Waldschmidt, Von Ceylon bis Turfan 1967: 339; Mil 158,14; — kāmaṁ bhijjatu ’yam ~o maṁsapesī visīyaruṁ, Th 312 ≠ Vv 162; Th 718; Thī 95; abhedi ~o nirodhi saññā, Ud 93,12*; bhijjatu ayaṁ ~o bhedanadhammo, Mil 126,14; maraṇaṁ … bhedo ~assa jīvitindriyassa upacchedo, Peṭ 117,9; ~e bhinne, Sv 765,26; jīvitañ ca … bhinne ~e na vijjati, Vjb 402,19*; ~o bhedanadhammo nikkhepanadhammo, S I 71,18; V 400,5; nikkhipissaṁ imaṁ ~aṁ, Th 1002; bhiduro ~o … nikkhipissām’ imaṁ dehaṁ, Thī 35; ~añ ca bhindantaṁ ñatvā, It 69,10*(v.l. in ct.: bhidurāyan ti bhiduro … bhindarāyan ti pi pāṭho, It-a II 63,25–64,5 [so Be; Ee w.r. bhidurāyan ti]); ~aṁ chaḍḍayitvā, Th-a II 245,2; ~aṁ chaḍḍayitvāna gamissaṁ vaccaṁ katvā yathā, Bv II 22 qu. Ja I 5,32* = Ap-a 6,27*; nibbuyhati susānaṁ … ~o apetaviññāṇo, Thī 468; aciraṁ … ~o paṭhaviṁ adhisesati … niratthaṁ va kaliṅgaraṁ, Dhp 41; — passeyya sarīraṁ … ekâhamataṁ … imam eva ~aṁ upasaṁharati: ayam pi kho ~o, M I 58,10–12; A III 324,8; — (xvi) rebirth, cf. (xv) death, q.v.: imañ ca ~aṁ nikkhipati aññaṁ ca ~aṁ upādiyati, M III 266,29; imañ ca ~aṁ nikkhipati … aññataraṁ ~aṁ anupapanno (so read) hoti, S IV 400,5 (cuticittena nikkhipati, Spk III 114,24); tamhā ~ā cavitvā itthattaṁ āgacchati, D I 18,25; jīvo aññaṁ ~aṁ pavisati, Pv 686 foll. (aparaṁ sarīraṁ pavisati … bondin ti ~aṁ, Pv-a 254,9 foll.), cf. aññaṁ jīvaṁ aññaṁ sarīraṁ, D I 157,16 foll.; imamhā ~ā aññaṁ ~aṁ saṅkamati, Mil 72,2; itthiyā vā purisassa vā nâyaṁ ~o ādāya gamanīyo, A V 300,9 (imaṁ ~aṁ gahetvā paralokaṁ gantuṁ … na sakkā, Mp V 77,23) qu. Th-a II 245,3, cf. atthi koci iminā sarīradehena … gaccheyya brahmalokaṁ, Mil 84,26; attano ~aṁ … pahāya gamanīyo, Ja IV 172,27 (thus Be; Ee, Ce [SHB], Se sarīraṁ); das’ ime … kāyânugatā dhammā bhave bhave ~aṁ anudhāvanti … sītaṁ uṇhaṁ +, Mil 253,10; — ~assa bhedā, “after (or: because of) the dissolution of the body”, (Kasussyntax § 195 n. 3), cf. sarīrassa bhedanaṁ, in canonical Pāli only at Dhp 138 = Ja IV 240,1* = Bv II 6 and patanti mānavā … sarīrabhedā, M II 74,10*; ~assa bhedā uddhaṁ jīvitapariyādānā, idh’ eva sabbavedayitāni … sītibhavissanti. sarīrāni avasissantîti pajānāti, S II 83,4 (~assa bhedena … dhātusarīrāni, Spk II 80,23–27; attabhāvassa vināsato … aṭṭhikaṅkalasaṅkhātadhātusarīrāni, sarīrekadese hi sarīrasamaññā, Spk-pṭ II 94,15) = III 126,17; D I 46,11; yāv’ assa ~o ṭhassati tāva naṁ (sc. tathāgataṁ) dakkhinti … ~assa bhedā uddhaṁ jīvitapariyādānā na dakkhinti, D I 46,10 foll. ≠ A IV 77,7; tathāgato ~assa bhedā hoti pi +… ucchijjati +, Paṭis I 154,5–17; bhedā ~assa ayaṁ anupādisesā nibbānadhātu, Nett 38,6; puggalo ~assa bhedā sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī (asaṅkhāra°)

" 346862285546852352,kāyabaddha,en,"

kāya-baddha

, mfn. [m. c. for kāyapaṭibaddha, cf. ct. and Vin IV 147,19], attached to the body; kāyaṁ vā ~aṁ uccāreyya, Vin-vn 1741 (ct. kāyapaṭibaddhaṁ); 1736.

" 346862283080601600,kāyabahusādhāraṇa,en,"

kāya-bahu-sādhāraṇa,

n., sharing the body with many; + ~ato + … maraṇaṁ anussaritabbaṁ, Vism 230,24 (sarīrassa bahūnaṁ sādhāraṇabhāvato, Vism-mhṭ I 289,2); ~ato … asītiyā tāva kimikulānaṁ sādhāraṇo, Vism 235,1; 194,10.

" 346862283671998464,kāyabala,en,"

kāya-bala,

n., bodily strength; gacchato … Gotamassa adharakāyo va iñjati na ca ~ena gacchati, M II 137,21 (bāhā khipanto khipanto sarīrato sedehi muccantehi na ~ena gacchati, Ps III 388,8; gamanapayogasaṅkhātena kāyagatena visesabalena, javagamanahetubhūtena vā ~ena, Ps-pṭ II 177,22); balenâti ~ena, Ja III 176,11´; bāhābalan ti ~aṁ, V 121,21´; III 73,25´; sarīram eva anugataṁ ~aṁ, Cp-a 112,13; kāyaṁ pariharanto ~aṁ janetvā, Ps III 293,22 (Ee w.r. kāyena b°) = Sp 206,8 (~assa uppādanam eva, Sp-ṭ II 5,24); puññabhāvanibbattena ~ena, Cp-a 40,12; balan ti ~aṁ ñāṇabalañ ca, It-a II 111,4; Ja IV 498,26´; paṭibalâti … ~ena c’eva ñāṇabalena ca samannāgatā, Mp II 37,24; ~ena pi paññābalena pi mahabbalo, Ja II 91,9´; Mhv LXXXVIII 8; ~ato ñāṇabalassa mahantarabhāvaṁ, Ja III 176,4; duvidhaṁ tathāgatabalaṁ ~añ ca ñāṇabalañ ca, tesu ~aṁ hatthikulânusārena veditabbaṁ, Ps II 25,32 = Mp V 10,7 = Vibh-a 397,14 qu. Bv-a 42,22 ≠ Spk II 43,20 ≠ Paṭis-a 625,1; ~ena pasayhacārī tejasā abhibhuyyacārī, Pj II 127,22 qu. Ap-a 200,12; ~aṁ nissāya … paṭipajjanto, Vism 32,28; ~aṁ nissāya ariyabhūmiṁ okkamituṁ sakkoti, Sv 736,14 (Ee w.r. kāye b°); dhanabalena pi ~ena pi posituṁ samattho, Ja IV 179,14; sarīravaṇṇena ca ~ena ca upagato, VI 307,14´; nāgajuti ~añ ca cetasikaviriyañ ca, 315,30´; ambho vyaggha ajja ~aṁ natthi, II 407,10´; — ifc. pā̆kati‑°; mahā‑°; laddha‑°.

" 346862284913512448,kāyabandha,en,"

kāya-bandha,

m., waistband; ~e jine datvā, Ap 310,20 (Ee w.r. sugate).

" 346862284313726976,kāyabandhana,en,"

kāya-bandhana,

n. [ts., cf. SWTF, BHSD, s.v.], waistband, cf. Geiger, Culture: 196 (§188); anujānāmi … dve ~āni paṭṭikaṁ sūkarantakaṁ, Vin II 136,12; Kkh(2) 211,9; yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa… ~aṁ apanidheyya, Vin IV 123,13** (dve ~āni paṭṭikaṁ sūkarantakaṁ, Vin IV 123,23); Vin-vn 3055; Ja V 254,14´; parimaṇḍalaṁ nivāsetvā ~aṁ bandhitvā saguṇaṁ katvā, Vin I 46,17 = II 213,15; Thūp 150,2; ~aṁ bandhitvā cīvaraṁ pārupitvā, Sp 634,6 = Sv 45,11; Ja I 232,7; ~aṁ bandhitvā pattacīvaram ādāya, Spk I 160,28 ≠ Mp I 64,9; Pj II 134,1; ekarajjumayaṁ vuttaṁ muninā ~aṁ, Vi-vn 3058; uccāvacāni ~āni, Vin II 136,9; pahūtaṁ … ~aṁ, 301,35; ~assa anto jīrati, 136,12 qu. Sv 103,8 = Ps I 87,9; ~assa sobhanatthaṁ tahiṁ tahiṁ diguṇaṁ suttaṁ koṭṭeti, Sp 291,20; Viv-vn 3051; na … bhikkhuniyā dīghaṁ ~aṁ dhāretabbaṁ, Vin II 266,5; Vin-vn 2954; obhoge ~aṁ kātabbaṁ, Vin I 46,31 (~aṁ saṁgharitvā cīvarabhoge pakkhipitvā ṭhapetabbaṁ, Sp 979,18); vaṇacolakaṁ bandhantena viya ~aṁ bandhitvā, Vism 342,35; gihidārikāyo viya ghanapaṭṭakena ~ena phāsukā namanatthāya bandhanti, Sp 1293,10 (Ee w.r. thana°, °baddhena) “they bind their rips to bend them with a strong piece of cloth, i. e. they tried to form a slim waist”; — bhagavā rattadupaṭṭaṁ nivāsetvā ~aṁ bandhitvā, Ps II 284,4; bhagavā … vijjulatāsadisaṁ ~aṁ bandhitvā, 167,10; III 20,8 = Spk III 46,18 ≠ Dhp-a I 249,11 ≠ Ud-a 411,10 ≠ Ja I 119,21; Pāṭaliputtanagare karakaṁ ~aṁ, Bv XXVIII 9 (relics of the Buddha); ~aṁ adāsiṁ, Vv 529 (Vv-a 142,13) qu. Ps II 17,30; — ~aṁ mocetvā cīvarapiṭṭhe yeva ṭhapetabbaṁ, Spk I 39,21 (Ee w.r. cīvaraṁ pi°); ~ena pi udakaṁ vāhanti, Vin II 122,13; ākāse ~aṁ pasāretvā tattha cīvaraṁ laggetvā, Sp-ṭ I 139,27 (on Sp 55,11); upānahā dātabbā ~aṁ dātabbaṁ aṁsavaddhako dātabbo, Vin II 177,5; upāhanāyo ~ena bandhitvā, Vin II 118,5; upāhanaṁ dhāreti ~aṁ dhāreti, Nidd I 226,16 qu. Vism 25,27; Vibh-a 481,8; anāpatti āyoge ~e aṁsabandhake, Vin IV 170,9; aṁsavaṭṭakaṁ ~aṁ dhammakarakaṁ, Sv 528,18 qu. It-a II 67,33; ~aṁ pi ādittaṁ sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ, Vin III 107,24 = S II 261,23; — ~aṁ bandhitvā vicaraṇakāle kāyaparihārikaṁ, ucchuādīni bandhitvā gahaṇakāle kucchiparihāriyaṁ, Sv 206,26 = Ps II 212,20 = Mp III 196,3 qu. Nidd-a I 460,11; — ifc. a‑°; akappiya‑°; abandhita‑°; kata‑°; koṭṭita‑°; dvipaṭala‑°; muddika‑°; rajjuka‑°; — Rem.: Ee, Be ~am, Mp-ṭ II 13,7 read °phandanam, q.v.; — °(´)‑atthika, mfn., needing a waistband; ~assa kāyabandhanaṁ, Sp 1273,19; — °‑dhātu, f., the waistband (of the Buddha) as a relic; ~uṁ … datvā, Mhv XV 122; — °‑baddha, mfn., with the waistband attached; ~aṁ … chāyārūpakamattaṁ dassesi, Sv 276,4 = Ps III 369,21 (Ee w.r. °naṁ baddhaṁ) qu. Pj II 452,18 cf. Mil 169,1 foll.; — °‑vīṭ(h)a, mn. [cf. CDIAL 12045 vīṭā, q.v.], knot or ring for the waistband (to prevent the ends from fraying); ~e aṭṭhamaṅgalâdikaṁ … na vaṭṭati, Sp 292,6 (Be w.r. °vidhe; kāyabandhanassa pāsante dasāmūle tassa thirabhāvatthaṁ kattabbe dantavisāṇâdimaye ~e, Sp-ṭ II 121,11 (Be w.r. vidhe; Se 1968 w.r. vithe). — Rem.: Ee vidhan ti, Vin II 136,16 etc. read with Ce 1933, Ce (SHB) vīṭhan ti. The overall evidence points to vīṭha rather than vīṭa, although the latter prevails in ni.

" 346862282405318656,kāyabhāva,en,"

kāya-bhāva,

m., body and gender; — °‑dasaka, n., the (two) groups with “body” and “gender” as the tenth part, cf. kāyadasaka, q.v. and Vibh-a 22,5–14; ~āni, Moh 73,5; °‑vasena, Vism 624,11; — °(´)‑indriya, n., sense-faculty that is the body and sex; ~āni paramatthato na sabbattha na ca sabbattha natthîti vivecituṁ asakkuṇeyyatāya, Moh 63,32.

" 346862281730035712,kāyabhāvanā,en,"

kāya-bhāvanā,

f., development, cultivation of the body, cf. bhāvitakāya; tisso bhāvanā ~ā citta‑° paññā‑°, D III 219,15 (bhāvanāsu khīṇâsavassa pañcadvārikakāyo, Sv 1003,18; kāyo ca so bhāvitabhāvena bhāvanā ca, Sv-pṭ III 276,27); Th-a I 15,7; catubbidhā bhāvanā … sīla‑° ~ā citta‑° paññā‑°, Peṭ 191,15; Th-a I 8,14; dvātiṁsâkārena ca ~ā pakāsitā, Pj I 76,7; ~aṁ … na aññāsi kuto … cittabhāvanaṁ jānissasi, M I 239,6 (oḷārikaṁ dubbalaṁ ~aṁ, Ps II 286,1); ~an ti pañcâtapatappanâdi attakilamathânuyogaṁ, Ps II 285,10 (heretical view); ~āya ca cittabhāvanāya ca na …… atimaññissati, Peṭ 200,25; domanassavinayena ~āya anabhiratiyā, Sv 759,12 (kāyânupassanā bhāvanāya, Sv-pṭ II 373,31) = Ps I 244,16 = Vibh-a 220,22 qu. Paṭis-a 177,11; kāyânupassanāsaṅkhātāya ~āya bhāvitakāyo, Mp II 361,10; ~āyañ ca diṭṭhipahānaṁ, Peṭ 195,6; ~āya sukhindriyapahānaṁ, 195,13; — °‑rahita, mfn., without ~; ~o vaṭṭagāmī puthujjano, Mp II 361,3; — °ânuyogânuyutta, mfn., engaged in ~; ~am anuyuttā viharanti no cittabhāvanaṁ, M I 237,24 (vipassanā, Ps II 285,1).

" 346862281092501504,kāyabheda,en,"

kāya-bheda,

m., disintegration of the body; ~ato uddhaṁ, Sv-pṭ I 223,23; ~ā gato paraṁ, Mhv LXIII 18; samāpanassa atthi ~o, Kv 195,31 (Kv-a 57,6–9).

" 346862541101600768,kāyabhihāra,en,"

kāyâbhihāra,

m., offer (made by means) of the body; ~o vācâbhihāro ti duvidho abhihāro, Sp 668,27; ~aṁ, Sp-ṭ III 61,3.

" 346862541114183680,kāyābhihāra,en,"

kāyâbhihāra,

m., offer (made by means) of the body; ~o vācâbhihāro ti duvidho abhihāro, Sp 668,27; ~aṁ, Sp-ṭ III 61,3.

" 346862552010985472,kāyabhimukha,en,"

kāyâbhimukha,

mfn., directed towards the body; attano kāyato parassa ~aṁ ñāṇaṁ pesesi, Sv 645,16 (Sv-pṭ II 274,4 foll.).

" 346862552023568384,kāyābhimukha,en,"

kāyâbhimukha,

mfn., directed towards the body; attano kāyato parassa ~aṁ ñāṇaṁ pesesi, Sv 645,16 (Sv-pṭ II 274,4 foll.).

" 346862280459161600,kāyabhoga,en,"

kāya-bhoga,

m. [m. c. for kāyaparibhoga, q.v.], use for, application to the body (of medicine, cf. Kkh(2) 132,27); aññassa … bhikkhuno ~e ca vaṭṭati, Vin-vn 822 (so read).

" 346862272380932096,kāyabhūmi,en,"

kāya-bhūmi,

f., bodily stage, realm, cf. Ñm, Peṭ-trsl. 255 n. 757/3; nibbādhikaṁ ~iṁ kammassa, Peṭ 187,22 (so read?).

" 346862226075815936,kāyacalana,en,"

kāya-calana,

n., movement of the body; ~assa anuppattito, Vmv I 259,27 (on cittuppādamatte, Sp 540,22); Dhp-a IV 90,15.

" 346862338801930240,kāyacālana,en,"

kāya-cālana,

n., staggering, unsteadiness of the body; surāpānaṁ patvā °-samatthaṁ bahuṁ pivitvā, Vibh-a 383,29 ≠ It-a II 53,32.

" 346862337493307392,kāyacchanda,en,"

kāya-cchanda,

m. [cf. SWTF s.v.], bodily desire; kāyasmiṁ ~o kāyasneho kāyanvayatā, M I 500,8 (formula 4+4+5) (kayasmiṁ taṇhā, Ps III 207,19).

" 346862336742526976,kāyacchavi,en,"

kāya-cchavi,

f., bodily complexion; atidassanīyā uppalavaṇṇā ~i, Sp 272,25 (so read; sāmacchavi, Vjb 112,23).

" 346862336037883904,kāyacchedana,en,"

kāya-cchedana,

n., dismemberment; aññatitthiyā dukkhaṁ nirodhetukāmā ~am anuyuñjanti, na kilesanirodhanaṁ, Vism-mhṭ II 205,2 (on Vism 507,7).

" 346862338185367552,kāyacitta,en,"

kāya-citta,

n., body and mind; pīti … tuṭṭhilakkhaṇā vā ~ānaṁ pīṇanarasā, tesaṁ yeva odagyapaccupaṭṭhānā, Ps I 84,2 (~ānam ukkhipanaṁ, Ps-pṭ I 175,8) = Mp II 53,24; Ud-a 320,15; pītimā … puggalo ~ānaṁ uggatattā … udaggo, As 143,25 = Nidd-a I 21,28; yogakkhemo ti ~assa sukhaṁ, Ja II 357,12´ (MSS. Bid, Be °cittasu°); sukhayati ~aṁ, Abhidh-s-mhṭ 64,20; ~āni passaddhāni, Vism 636,2; Abhidh-av 1285; ~ānaṁ oḷārikatte, Vism 274,25 = Sp 412,4 = Paṭis-a 492,22; Vism 465,22 foll. = As 130,12 foll. = Abhidh-av 20,2 foll.; ~ānaṁ kallatāya samāhito, Th-a I 83,15; Vv-a 244,11; ~ānaṁ daratho, Nidd-a II 106,18; ~ānaṁ gelaññavyūpasamanalakkhaṇā, Abhidh-s-mhṭ 85,23; ghātā (Thī 475) ti ~ānaṁ upaghātā vadhā, Thī-a 260,10; ~ehi parahitârambho viriyapāramitā, Cp-a 280,28 = Sv-pṭ I 91,18; yaṁ cittaṅgaṁ labhati yevā (Sp 270,28) ti ~aṁ vācācittan ti, Vjb 108,22; — as t. t. Vin. one of the samuṭṭhānas, cf. s.v. kāya-kamma, q.v.: yā (sc. āpatti) ~ato samuṭṭhāti ayaṁ paṭhamapārājikasamuṭṭhānā nāma, Kkh(2) 37,2, cf. s.v. āpatti 1.d(β), q.v.; idaṁ sikkhāpadaṁ tisamuṭṭhānaṁ ~ato vācācittato kāyavācācittato, Sp 463,24; ~ato (Sp 541,22) ti hatthamuddāya obhāsantassa, Sp-ṭ II 323,7; ~ā na vācikā, Vin V 87,38*; satta sikkhāpadā ete vācā na ~ato, 89,2*; ~ā samuṭṭhāti, Vin-vn 1183; Pj I 33,16; — ifc. akilanta‑° (Pv-a 3,16); anapakaṭṭha‑° (Spk II 168,26); anuggahita‑° (Paṭis-a 590,4); apakaṭṭha‑° (Spk II 168,29); abbhunnata‑° (Sp 206,6); unnata‑° (Sp 606,23); kilanta‑°; dukkhita‑°; nirāmaya‑°; passaddha‑°; rakkhita‑°; sa‑°; santa‑°; sammā-passaddha‑°; — °‑upadhi-viveka, m., separation from bodily and mental attachment, cf . upadhi-viveka, q.v.; ~e … bhaji, Vism 212,7 = Sp 125,1; ~ehi vivittassa, Sv 1061,27 = Mp IV 119,15; ~e sukhaṁ, Nidd-a II 135,1 (so Be; Ee °vivekasukh°); ~ānaṁ rasaṁ, Ja III 197,9´; Pj II 299,18; — °‑kilamatha, m., exhaustion of body and mind; ~o, Ps IV 31,7, cf. Spk I 196,25 foll.; assāsamūlakassa ~assa, Paṭis-a 470,28; — °‑daratha, m., = prec.; ~ā paṭippassambhanti, Vism 212,26 (Vism-mhṭ I 265,20); cakkavattino itthiratanaṁ ~aṁ paṭippassambheti, Spk III 154,35; Ap-a 291,24; Sp 1366,15; gacchantassa ~ā honti, Mp V 3,17; — ifc. vigata‑°; — °‑pada-ṭṭhāna, mfn., being based on body and mind; ~ā, Vism 465,23 foll. = As 130,13 foll.; Abhidh-av 20,21; — °‑passaddhi, f., bodily and mental tranquillity; ~i, Spk II 372,22; ~iyo, Vism 465,21 = As 130,11; Mp II 53,25; dvīhi ~īhi passaddho, Mp III 82,4; Ps I 124,11; °-vasena cittaṁ lahuṁ +, Ud-a 321,7; Sp 141,14; — °‑pīṇana-rasa, mfn., refreshing body and mind; pīti … ~ā pharaṇarasā vā, Vism 143,15 = Sp 145,7 = As 115,28 = Abhidh-av 18,25; — °‑viveka, m., seclusion of body and mind; ~e ṭhitā … pañhaṁ sammasitvā, Ja VI 352,11´; ~ena ca vivitto, Pj II 277,24; °‑vasena ekattaṁ monaṁ, Pj II 499,15; — °‑santāpa, m., torment of body and mind; °âbhāvena, Cp-a 318,20; — °‑samuṭṭhāna, n., origin in body and mind, cf. s. v. kāya-kamma, b., q.v.; kāyamānasikā katā (Vin V 87,4) ti ~ā katā, Sp 1306,34; ~aṁ, Vin-vn 1740; — °‑sukha, n., happiness of body and mind; yogakkhemo … ti ~aṁ, Ja II 357,18´; — °âbādha, m., affliction of body and mind; sukhaṁ suṭṭhu vā khādati khaṇati ca ~aṁ, Vism 145,2 = Sp 145,9 qu. Nidd-a I 129,22 (so read) ≠ Nidd-a II 72,6; Abhidh-s-mhṭ 64,20; kiccakāle ~ena vyādheti, Ja IV 166,17´; °‑kāle, Ja IV 166,20´ (so Be; Ee paccuppannakāle); — °(´)‑upaddava, m., distress of body and mind; kāmacchandâdīnaṁ ~ānaṁ, Pj II 88,14 = Nidd-a II 117,21.

" 346862322662248448,kāyadaḍḍhibahula,en,"

kāya-daḍḍhi-bahula,

mfn. [*kāya-dārhya-bahula, cf. Sadd index s.v. daḍḍhi, q.v.], devoted to strengthening the body; bhikkhū tiracchānakathikā ~ā, Vin II 76,1 (reading °daḷhī°, but cf. 313,6 foll.; Ce 1939 °ḍḍh°) = III 159,18 (cf. 275,19; Ce 1924 °ḍḍh°; ~âti kāyassa daḷhabhāvakaraṇabahulā kāyaposanabahulā, Sp 579,3); ~o pana tiracchānakathiko asappāyo, Vism 127,29 (nāmamattam pi ajānantānaṁ ~ānaṁ yāvadatthaṁ bhuñjitvā … tiracchānakathikānaṁ … pariccajanā, Vism-mhṭ I 157,10 ≠ Sv-pṭ II 418,10 [both °daḷhī°]); Ud-a 268,15 (Se 1924 viriyadaḷha°, cf. MS. A in Ee); tiracchānakathikehi ~ehi puggalehi sannisajja, Th-a I 191,1; ~ā vādappasutā hutvā, Thī-a 87,9 (Ce °ḍḍhi°); ime paccaye paribhuñjitvā ~o sukhaṁ viharissati, Sv 790,8 (Ee = Se 1920 °daḷhī°; Ce [SHB] °ḍḍhi°, cf. Rem.; ~o … kāyassa daḷhīkammapasuto, Sv-pṭ II 417,12) = Ps I 293,27 (Se 1922 °daḷhi°) = Spk III 159,10 (Ee = Ce [SHB] = Se 1920 °daḷhī°!, cf. Rem.) = Vibh-a 279,16 (Ee = Ce [SHB] °daḷhī̆°!, cf. Rem.); piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjanto ~o vicarati, Pj II 141,20 (Se 1922 °daḷhi°); kāyaposanapasuto ~o, Th-a I 239,13; vipassanākammaṁ pahāya ~assa viharanto, Mp I 31,12 (Se 1924 °daḷhi°) = Vibh-a 298,1 (Ee = Ce [SHB] °daḷhī°!, cf. Rem.); akārako ~o vissaṭṭhakammaṭṭhāno, Ps II 387,8 (Ee =Se 1922 °daḷhi°; Ce [SHB] °ḍḍhi°); yoge yogaṁ akatvā ~ā hutvā … kīḷikaṁ kīḷantā cariṁsu, Ja III 310,23 (Se °daḷhi°); ~aṁ puggalaṁ āgacchantaṁ disvā, Ja IV 219,18 (Se °ḍaḷha°; kāyamedaposakaṁ, Ja-pṭ, cf. Sadd index s.v. daḍḍhi, q.v.);— °‑tā, f., abstr.; + viparītâbhiniveso ~tā asaṁvegasīlatā pañca nīvaraṇāni, Sv-pṭ I 116,1 = Cp-a 316,6 (Ee = Ce [SHB] = Se 1982 °daḷhi°!, cf. Rem.). — Rem.: The Pāli tradition is split between sgh. °daḍḍhi° and Burmese °daḷhī̆°, which prevails in Be, while PTS editions are inconsistent. — Sv, Ud-a and Vibh-a (cf. Cp-a?) were among the texts re-introduced to Ceylon from Siam in the 18^th century, while Spk was not: JPTS XII 1988: 177 foll. nos. 1, 44, 64, 30, cf. 60.

" 346862327707996160,kāyaḍāha,en,"

kāya-ḍāha,

m., a kind of desease, cf. G. J. Meulenbeld, History of Indian Medical Literature II A 2000: 50; yassa ~o vā pittakopo va hoti, Sp 1210,6 qu. Pālim 445,12; — °âbādha, m., the desease ~; ~o, Vin I 215,13.

" 346862319596212224,kāyadaḷhībahula,en,"

kāya-daḷhī-bahula,

Burmese reading for kāya-daḍḍhi-bahula, q.v.

" 346862321886302208,kāyadaṇḍa,en,"

kāya-daṇḍa,

m. [ts., SWTF s.v.], (t. t. Jaina, cf. Amg-D and Abhidh-rāj s.v.) binding the soul by kamma by engaging it in sinful deeds (corresponding to, but also opposed to Buddhist kāyakamma, q.v.), cf. kammapuggala, q.v.; tīṇi … Nigaṇṭho Nātaputto daṇḍāni paññāpeti … ~aṁ vacīdaṇḍaṁ manodaṇḍaṁ, M I 372,17 (Ps III 52,19 foll.; 57,8 foll.); M I 374,11 (Ps III 55,17); pasusamārambhasaṁkhāto ‑âdīnaṁ tiṇṇaṁ daṇḍānaṁ aññataradaṇḍabhūto, Pj II 324,7; Nidd I 402,6 (kāyaduccaritaṁ, Nidd-a I 423,13); tividhaṁ kāyaduccaritaṁ ~o kāyadaṇḍo, Nidd II 164,8 = Be 229,16; adaṇḍesū (Dhp 137) ti °âdirahitesu khīṇâsavesu, Dhp-a III 70,13. — Rem.: The commentators always seem to follow the Upālisuttanta, M I 372,8–373,28 even where this interpretation does not really fit, e.g. in Dhp 137, thus providing the verse with an almost Jain interpretation.

" 346862321152299008,kāyadaratha,en,"

kāya-daratha,

m., bodily exhaustion, cf. °-kilamatha, q.v.; — gr. lit.: darasaddo ca ~e cittadarathe kilesadarathe ca vattati, Sadd 426,18; — ~o kāyaduṭṭhullaṁ kāyâlasiyaṁ, Ps IV 208,12; daran ti ~aṁ, Ja VI 295,26´; ~o … upādiṇṇake pi … upādiṇṇakakāyassa daratho, Ps II 293,9–13; khīṇâsavassâpi ~o, Spk I 289,2; ~e vūpasante kāyo pi cittam pi lahukaṁ, Vism 282,34 = Sp 424,13 qu. Paṭis-a 497,32 (Ee reading kāyassa dar°); paṭhamaṁ tāva chātabhāvaṁ hanti … catutthaṁ ~aṁ +, Ja V 397,14´; kāyakilamatho ti ~o … nisinnassa ~o paṭipassambhi, Spk III 175,15–18; °-bhāvena me āgamanaṁ moghaṁ, Mp II 249,14.

" 346862320326021120,kāyadasaka,en,"

kāya-dasaka,

n., the group with “body” as the tenth part, cf. kāyabhāvadasaka, q.v.; — exeg.: ~an ti kāyo dasamo etthâti ~aṁ, asādhāraṇena vā kāyena lakkhitaṁ dasakaṁ, Abhidh-av-nṭ II 175,25; — kāyapasādo tassa nissayāni cattāri mahābhūtāni taṁnissitā vaṇṇagandharasojājīvitan ti idaṁ ~aṁ, Vibh-a 22,10 foll.; catasso dhātuyo vaṇṇo gandho raso ojā jīvitaṁ kāyapasādo ti … °‑vasena dasa rūpāni, Vism 588,12; jīvitanavakaṁ kāyapasāden’ ekato siyā ~aṁ, Abhidh-av 750; Abhidh-s-mhṭ 164,28; vatthudasakaṁ ~aṁ bhavadasakaṁ, Mp II 282,2; Paṭis-a 571,34; As 316,13; sotadasakaṁ + … ~aṁ + … ime nava kammasamuṭṭhānakalāpā, Abhidh-s 31,32.

" 346862312361037824,kāyadhātu,en,"

kāya-dhātu,

f. [cf. BHSD s.v. dhātu, 3, q.v.], element (of the mental process [feeling] which is the) body, cf. Ñtl, BW s.v. dhātu (II); — exeg.: katamā ~u? yo kāyo catunnaṁ mahābhūtānaṁ upādāya pasādo … ayaṁ vuccati ~u, Vibh 88,15; — aṭṭhārasa … dhātuyo: cakkhudhātu rūpadhātu cakkhuviññāṇadhātu … + jivhādhātu rasadhātu jivhāviññaṇadhātu, ~u phoṭṭhabbadhātu kāyaviññāṇadhātu +, M III 62,14 (cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā … vatthu cakkhudhātu, ārammaṇaṁ rūpadhātu … esa nayo sabbattha, Ps IV 104,27 foll.) = S II 140,14 (kāyappasādo ~u, phoṭṭhabbârammaṇaṁ phoṭṭhabbadhātu, kāyappasādavatthukaṁ cittaṁ kāyaviññāṇadhātu, Spk II 131,15 foll.) = Dhs 1333 = Vibh 87,12 = Yam I 165,8 qu. Vism 484,31 = Nett 53,20 ≠ Pp 1,21, cf. Abhidh-k I 17; ~uṁ paṭicca uppajjati kāyasamphasso, S II 140,19; vatthubhūtā ~u ārammaṇabhūtā phoṭṭhabbadhātu, Vibh-a 73,31; atthi rūpaṁ ~u atthi rūpaṁ na ~u, Dhs 585 (126,22); katamaṁ rūpaṁ kāyâyatanaṁ? yo kāyo …. ~u p’esā, 613; sattarasahi dhātūhi saṅgahitā … ~u, Dhātuk 7,6; ~uyaṁ … avasesāni tecattālīsa rūpāni, Vism 589,23; ~u abhiññeyyā phoṭṭhabbadhātu abhiññeyyā kāyaviññāṇadhātu abhiññeyyā, Paṭis 7,19, cf. Abhidh-k I 47; ~uṁ ṭhapetvā avaseso kāyo na ~u, Yam I 168,23; aññā ~u añño puggalo, Kv 12,23; — ifc. sa-pariḷāha‑°.

" 346862315716481024,kāyadosa,en,"

kāya-dosa,

m., mistake committed by the body, misbehaviour, cf. kāyavaṅka, q.v.; — °‑bahulatā, f., being committed to misbehaviour; ~āya, Mil 404,26.

" 346862316953800704,kāyadubbalabhāva,en,"

kāya-dubbala-bhāva,

m., weakness of the body; bhattasammadapaccayā nipajjitukāmatājanako ~o, Sv 855,25.

" 346862316337238016,kāyadubbalya,en,"

kāya-dubbalya,

n., = prec.; bhagavato … na jigacchā na pipāsā na ~aṁ ahosi, Sp 960,18; deviyā … ~am ahosi, Ps IV 183,1.

" 346862318224674816,kāyaduccarita,en,"

kāya-duccarita,

n. [cf. SWTF s.v. kāyaduścarita, q.v.], misbehaviour, misdeeds by means of the body; — exeg.: ~ena … duṭṭhu caritaṁ duṭṭhaṁ vā kilesapūtikattā duccaritaṁ kāyena vā duccaritaṁ kāyato vā uppannaṁ duccaritaṁ, Vism 425,5 foll. = Sp 165,5 foll. (on Vin III 3,4; kāyaviññattivasena pavattaṁ akusalaṁ kāyakammaṁ ~aṁ, Sp-ṭ I 403,7); Nidd-a I 206,10; ~ehîti kāyato pavattehi kāyena vā nipphāditehi pāṇâtipātâdīhi duccaritehi, As 219,31 foll.; kāyadvāre bahullavuttito kāyato pavattaṁ duccaritan ti ~aṁ, Sp-ṭ I 342,5; kāyavisamaṁ vacīvisamaṁ manovisaman (Vibh 368,17) ti evamāgatā °âdayo ca tividhavisamāni, Sp-ṭ I 305,19; Ja IV 107,24´; chasu dvāresu kāyavītikkamo ~aṁ, Spk III 146,20; °âdi avindiyaṁ … aladdhabbaṁ, Vism 526,14 qu. Vibh-a 134,15 = It-a I 57,15; Ud-a 41,17 qu. Abhidh-s-mhṭ 180,12; duccaritasaṁkileso … tīhi duccaritehi ~ena + … tassa vitthāro dasa akusalakammapathā, Nett 96,4; °âdayo kammapathavasena … veditabbā, Nidd-a I 417,33; tividhaṁ ~aṁ kāyadaṇḍo, Nidd II 164,8 = Be 229,16; ~añ hi daṇḍayatîti daṇḍo, Pj II 63,26, cf. kāyadaṇḍa, q.v.; — katamāni tīṇi duccaritāni? ~aṁ vacī‑° mano‑° … katamaṁ ~aṁ pāṇâtipāto, adinnâdānaṁ kāmesu micchācāro, Vibh 363,35 foll.; Paṭis-a 301,11; tīṇi duccaritāni ~aṁ vacī‑°, mano‑°, D III 214,23 (kāyato … pavattaṁ … duccaritaṁ … paṇâtipātâdayo … tisso cetanā kāyadvāre pi vacīdvāre pi uppannā ~aṁ, Sv 985,20–31; Sv-pṭ III 239,21) qu. Nett 180,12; M I 402,18; A III 446,8; It 54,23; sabbapāpaṁ … tīṇi duccaritāni ~aṁ +, Nett 43,14 (ct. on Dhp 183); Vin V 123,35 (kāyena karaṇabhūtena kataṁ duccaritaṁ, Sp 1328,29); tayo dhammā … attavyābādhāya … saṁvattanti … ~aṁ vacī‑°, mano‑°, A I 114,25; tīṇi … akaraṇīyāni … ~aṁ +, Nett 186,2; ~assa vacī‑° mano‑° … akiriyaṁ vadāmi, Vin III 2,30 (Sp 134,11) = A IV 174,13 (Mp IV 80,8); tividhaṁ ~aṁ kāyasatthaṁ, Nidd I 151,14; tividhaṁ ~aṁ kāyakammaṁ catubbidhaṁ vacī‑°, Ps III 53,25; As 105,3; catubbidhaṁ … vacīduccaritaṁ tividhañ ca ~aṁ pahāya, Sv 315,24; tividhānaṁ ~ānaṁ pahānaṁ kāyamoneyyaṁ, Nidd I 87,12 qu. Cp-a 333,5; paññāya ~aṁ dhutañ ca +, Nidd I 136,25 (yogī tividhaṁ ~aṁ samucchedavasena dhunāti, Nidd-a I 258,21); tiṇṇaṁ ~ānaṁ vūpasamena, Th-a I 33,16; tīhi ~ehi ārati +, M III 74,35 = Dhs 300 = Vibh 106,37 qu. Spk III 118,8; bhikkhu ~aṁ pahāya kāyasucaritaṁ bhāveti, M II 26,8 = S V 76,5 (tividhaṁ ~aṁ … tassa paṭipakkhavasena kāyasucaritâdīni, Spk III 147,6 foll.) = A I 49,1 (pāṇâtipātâdi tividhaṁ akusalaṁ kāyakammaṁ, Mp II 91,4) = V 39,13 (Mp V 19,9); III 446,12; catūhi … ṭhānehi … appamādo karaṇīyo … ~aṁ … pajahatha, kāyasucaritaṁ bhāvetha, II 119,31 foll.; katamo pamādo? ~e +… cittassa vossaggo, Vibh 350,22 qu. Mp I 74,4 = It-a I 80,6; Nidd I 423,19; ~aṁ hitvā kāyena sucaritaṁ care, Dhp 231 (Dhp-a III 331,1) qu. Peṭ 57,17 = 69,20; natthi tathāgatassa ~aṁ, D III 214,10 = A IV 82,19 (Mp V 19) qu. Ps II 381,32 = Pj II 37,27; assa (sc. bhagavato) … viññūpaṭikuṭṭhaṁ ~aṁ vā + … na uppannapubbaṁ, Pj II 37,12; ~aṁ me katan ti tappati akataṁ me kāyasucaritaṁ, A I 49,30 ≠ Nidd I 218,27 ≠ 332,12; A I 57,3; It 25,7* (It-a I 102,22); so tassa ~assa paṭicchādanahetu pāpikaṁ icchaṁ paṇidahati ‘mā maṁ jaññûti’ icchati, A III 352,31; iti ~aṁ iti ~assa vipāko, II 112,25; aṭṭhānaṁ … yaṁ ~assa iṭṭho + … vipāko, M III 66,10 (Ps IV 123,18) = A I 28,24 (Mp II 16,9 = Ps IV 123,18) = Vibh 337,6 (Vibh-a 438,6 = Ps IV 123,18); ~assa kho pāpako vipāko abhisamparāyaṁ, A I 48,24 qu. Ps I 24,36; pañc’ ime … ādīnavā ~e +, A III 267,24; katame dhammā tapanīyā ~aṁ +, Dhs 1304 (°âdīni hi katattā tapanti, As 390,1); tapanīyâhaṁ … pāpake akusale dhamme vadāmi ~aṁ +, Vin III 3,16 (pāṇâtipātaadinnâdānamicchācāracetanā, Sp 134,11) = A IV 175,16; kāmûpādānavasena °âdīni karoti, Vism 574,2 qu. Vibh-a 186,14; kāme nissāya °âdīni karonti, Ja IV 313,3´; °âdīnaṁ saṁvaraṇato saṁvaro, As 351,30 = Paṭis-a 15,18; tumhehi … ~ena aṭṭiyitabbaṁ +, A I 115,11; hirimā hoti hirīyati ~ena +, M I 356,6 (upayogatthe karaṇavacanaṁ hiriyitabbāni °âdīni, Ps III 29,21) = A III 2,10 (Mp III 222,10 = Ps III 29,21); Vism 464,31 = As 124, 30 qu. Ja I 129,24´ = Bv-a 156,11; jigucchāmi ~ena +, A IV 174,29 (upayogatthe karaṇavacanaṁ, Mp IV 81,5); sattā ~ena samannāgatā +, D I 82,30 = M I 22,33 = S II 123,32 = It 58,13 (~ena samaṅgībhūtā, It-a II 39,6) qu. Pp 60,22 = Kv 256,23; ~ena rittassa +, Nidd I 159,1 (Nidd-a I 281,21); Ja III 148,25´; tīhi … dhammehi samannāgato bālo … ~ena +, A I 102,5; oḷārikā upakkilesā ~aṁ vacī‑° mano‑° A I 254,14 ≠ Nidd I 386,24 (°âdikehi vā upatāpehi, Nidd-a I 415,31); ~aṁ mārasenā, Nidd I 95,26 (Nidd-a I 62,5 foll.); apuññâbhisaṅkhāro pi °‑vasena pavattiyaṁ siyā kāyasaṅkhāro, Vibh-a 145,20; ~ena cittaṁ āvilaṁ +, Nidd I 488,27; °âdayo upaddavā, Nidd-a I 65,10; — ifc. tividha‑°; pahīna-sabba‑°; — °‑cetanā, f., intention towards ~; ~āya padacchedaṁ kurumāno, As 220,3; — [°‑pahāna, n., eliminating ~; tividhaṁ ~aṁ kāyamoneyyaṁ nāma, Mp II 371,28 (read with Be tividhakāya°);] — °‑virati, f., abstinence from ~; kāyaduccaritato virati ~i, Vism 467,9 = As 133,26 = Abhidh-av 21,31 (vatthuvītikkamasaṅkhātaduccaritato, Abhidh-av-nṭ I 311,16) qu. Moh 17,20, cf. As 132,11 = Moh 8,30; tividhāya ~iyā balavabhāvaṁ, Pj II 203,14; sammākammanto ~i, Abhidh-s-mhṭ 86,3; vacīduccaritavirati ~iyā upakārikā, Mp-ṭ III 122,2; — ifc. tividha‑°; — °‑samaṅgin, mfn., taking part in ~; ~ī taṁnidānā … nirayaṁ upapajjeyya, M III 66,31 (pañcavidhā samaṅgitā, Ps IV 124,7) = A I 29,11 (Ee w.r. uppa°; Mp II 16,21 = Ps IV 124,7) = Vibh 337,26 (Vibh-a 438,17 = Ps IV 124,7); — °âdi-vatthu, n., object, base of ~ etc.; etā tisso (sc. kāya‑°, vacī‑°, manoduccaritavirati) ~ūnaṁ avītikkamalakkhaṇā +, Vism 467,11 qu. As 133,28; Abhidh-av 21,33 (parapāṇaparadhanaparaitthiādīnaṁ kāyaduccaritâdīnam ālambaṇabhūtānam eva vatthūnaṁ, Abhdh-av-nṭ I 311,17) qu. Moh 17,21.

" 346862318920929280,kāyadukkha,en,"

kāya-dukkha,

n., bodily distress; so (sc. sammūḷho) ~am pi cetodukkham pi paṭisaṁvedeti, M III 288,3; indriyesu asaṁvuto ~aṁ cetodukkhaṁ … adhigacchati, It 23,15* (duggatipariyāpannaṁ ~aṁ rāgâdikilesasantāpavasena, It-a I 101,17 foll., so read); bhagavato … mahantaṁ ~aṁ ahosi, Sv 974,17 = Ps III 28,9 = Spk III 52,10; jiṇṇassa … nisīdituṁ vā vāyamantassa balavaṁ ~aṁ, Vibh-a 100,8; — ifc. balava-°; — °‑vūpasamûpāya, m., means to ease bodily pain; ~aṁ … attano sannihitaṁ, Pj II 29,3.

" 346862317549391872,kāyaduṭṭhulla,en,"

kāya-duṭṭhulla,

n. [cf. SWTF s.v. kāyadauṣṭhulya, cf. BHSD s.v. dauṣṭhulya, q.v.], grossness, sluggishness of the body; katamo bhattasammado? … bhuttāvissa … + bhattapariḷāho ~aṁ … vuccati bhattasammado, Vibh 352,16 (bhuttabhattaṁ nissāya kāyassa akammaññatā, Vibh-a 479,12) qu. Spk III 140,17 = Mp I 34,10 (Mp-ṭ II 13,13 = Vibh-a 479,12); sabbaso ~ānaṁ paṭippassaddhiyā, M I 435,29 (kāyâlasiyapaṭippassaddhi, Ps III 145,17); M III 151,15 (kāyâlasiyabhāvo, Ps IV 202,19); kāyappassaddhivasena ~aṁ na suppaṭippassaddhaṁ, Vism 151,28 (Ee suṭṭhu paṭi-; kāyadarathaṁ sāraddhakāyataṁ, Vism-mhṭ I 177,2) qu. Paṭis-a 231,21; viriyaṁ sithilaṁ … tato kāyadaratho ~aṁ kāyâlasiyaṁ, Ps IV 208,12; viriyaṁ sithilaṁ karontassa hi ~aṁ +, Vjb 52,15 = Sp-ṭ I 399,8; vijambhikā vijambhanasaṅkhātassa ~assa kāraṇabhūtā saṁkilesappavatti, Vism-mh-ṭ II 150,26; — °-garu, mfn., heavy with grossness of the body (EV I); ~uno … sarīrasukhagiddhassa, Th 114 (duṭṭhullaṁ asubhayogyatā … kāyaduṭṭhullaṁ garu sambhavitaṁ yassa so ~u, Th-a I 239,10 foll.); — °âbhibhūta, mfn., overcome by sluggishness of the body; ~o pacchimayāme pi sayati, Pj II 53,10 qu. Ap-a 144,8; — Rem.: PED “unchastity” is wrong, entry not (yet ?) in NPED.

" 346862313837432832,kāyadvāra,en,"

kāya-dvāra,

n. [ts., cf. SWTF s.v.], body-door, body as a door, i.e. the body as (a.) means and origin of action and (b.) passage of feeling; concepts found in commentarial literature only, cf. kammadvāra, kāyakammadvāra, q.v.; — gr./lex. lit.: gehadvāram pi ~am pi upāyo dvāran ti, Sadd 425,21; — exeg.: ~ena kataṁ kammaṁ kāyakamman ti dvārena nāmaṁ labhati, As 85,10; hatthamuddāya samuṭṭhitesu musāvādâdisu dvāraṁ ~aṁ kammam pi dvāravasena kāyakammaṁ, 95,15; kammaṁ manokammaṁ hoti dvāraṁ pana ~aṁ, 93,27; ~aṁ vacī‑° mano‑° … tādinā kammadvārattayaṁ vuttaṁ, Nāmar-p 380; dvārasaṅgahe dvārāni + … jivhādvāraṁ ~aṁ + … chabbidhāni, Abhidh-s 14,13; kāyato ti ~ato, Sv-pṭ III 239,3 (on kāyato pavattaṁ kāyaduccaritaṁ, Sv 985,21); kāyenā (M I 286,10) ti ~ena … visamacariyā, Ps II 329,13; sarīraṁ vâti ~aṁ vā, Ja IV 14,4´; ~e sayaṁkatamūlakā vīsati cetanā, āṇattimūlakā vīsati sampajānamūlakā vīsati asampajānamūlakā vīsatîti asīti cetanā, Mp III 145,23 foll. 144,10; Spk II 58,1; — a. cakkhudvāre + … ~e cittaṁ … patilīnentā + … gopentā caranti, Nidd I 130,26 (cakkhuviññāṇadvāre, sotadvārâdīsu pi es’eva nayo, Nidd-a I 255,26); — ~en’eva samuṭṭhānato kāyakammaṁ, Sp 271,27 (Vmv I 153,13); Kkh(2) 38,11; akusalaṁ vacīkammaṁ ~e samuṭṭhāti, As 92,17; saṁghabhedo hatthamuddāya bhedaṁ karontassa ~ato samuṭṭhahitvā pi vacīdvāram eva pūreti, Ps IV 112,27 = Mp II 8,8 (Mp-ṭ III 10,4) = Vibh-a 428,15; kāyaviññattiṁ samuṭṭhāpetvā ~ato pavattā aṭṭha kāmâvacarakusalacetanā, Vism 530,32 qu. Vibh-a 144,31 = Paṭis-a 634,4; ~e pana cha upekkhāsahagatāni cittāni uppajjanti, Ps IV 236,11; kāyakammam pana ~amhi yeva bahulaṁ pavattati, As 85,35; kāyakammañ hi ~e bahulaṁ pavattati appaṁ vacīdvāre, Abhidh-s-mṭ 133,6; pāṇâtipāto + … kāyaviññattisaṅkhāte ~e bāhulavuttito kāyakammaṁ, Abhidh-s 25,6 (~e hi pavattaṁ kāyakammaṁ, Abhidh-s-mhṭ 132,37); ~e pavattarūpaṁ manodvāraṁ appatvā etth’ eva nirujjhati, Vism 624,18 (pasādakāyadvāre, Vism-mhṭ II 410,26); Moh 22,8; — ~e copanavasena pavattānaṁ … kāyasañcetanānaṁ, Ps I 222,31 = Spk II 17,24; ~e gahaṇâdivasena copanappattā dvādasa akusalacetanā, Ps III 103,29; vatthaṁ paridahati ettāvatā ~e copanaṁ pattaṁ, As 90,5; pāṇâtipātâdayo … tisso cetanā ~e pi vacīdvāre pi uppannā, Sv 985,25 qu. It-a II 34,6; ~e ca vacīdvāre ca āpattiṁ āpajjati, Sp 691,5; paññattiyaṁ pana akovidattā … evarūpā ~e āpattiyo āpajjati, Sv 993,8; ~e paññattasikkhāpadassa vītikkamo, Sv 985,24 (kāyasamuṭṭhānā āpatti, Sv-pṭ III 239,5) qu. It-a II 34,2; paṇṇattivasena kathentena ~e paññattasikkhāpadavītikkamavasena kathetabbo, Sv 733,14; ~e pana vītikkamo ājīvahetuko pi atthi, As 220,18; — ~e abhisamācārikavattaṁ karonto, 294,22; kāyena saṁvuto ti ~assa saṁvutattā pihitattā, Mp III 174,26; kāyena saṁvaro (Dhp 361) ti … pasādakāyo pi copanakāyo pi labbhati, ubhayam pan’etaṁ ~am eva, Dhp-a IV 85,20; kāyena saṁvuto (Dhp 231) ti ~ena duccaritapavesaṁ nivāretvā saṁvuto pihitadvāro, Dhp-a III 330,21; ~aṁ + … tīṇi dvārāni rakkha, Ja I 278,27; 288,26´; arakkhitena ~ena, Mp III 269,24; tass’eva … vaḍḍhiṁ paṇḍito °âdīhi tīhi pi dvārehi careyya, Ja VI 426,16´; sace … Gotamassa °âdisu kiñcid eva ananucchavikaṁ passāmi, Spk I 185,9 qu. Dhp-a III 416,2; °âdisu aṇumattam pi avakkhalitaṁ na addasa, Ps III 372,24; atthi nu kho me °âdīhi ajja kiñci pāpaṁ kataṁ, Ja IV 114,6; °âdīni rakkhituṁ asakkontaṁ, V 78,14´; kāyasandosan ti ~assa dussanakāraṇaṁ, Mp III 380,9 (on A III 358,13; Be dussanâkāraṁ); — b. phoṭṭhabbârammaṇaṁ ~e āpātham āgacchati, Sv 915,8 = Mp III 32,9 ≠ As 73,30 qu. It-a II 188,35 = Paṭis-a 432,28; dvāravasena pi iṭṭhâniṭṭhatā … sukhasamphassañ hi gūthakalalaṁ … ~e iṭṭhaṁ, Vibh-a 11,26; aniṭṭhârammaṇaṁ hi patvā dvīsu dvāresu kilamati sotadvāre ca ~e ca, Ps II 226,24; ~e phoṭṭhabbârammaṇassa vatthubhūtaṁ vatthatūlikāpāvārâdiṁ, Spk III 146,16; (phoṭṭhabbānaṁ paṭhavīnissitaṁ) ~asmiṁ hi bahiddhā mahābhūtârammaṇaṁ ajjhattikaṁ kāyapasādaṁ ghaṭṭetvā, As 283,14; — ifc. ghāna-jivhā‑°; pasāda‑°; suddha‑°; sota-ghāna-jivhā‑°; — °‑cetanā, f., volition (proceeding from) the body-door, cf. kāyasañcetanā, q.v.; kāyasaṅkhāran ti ~aṁ, Mp III 212,12; — °‑ppavatta, mfn., proceeding from the body-door; asaddhammâdhippāyena ~ā °‑vītikkamacetanā, Sv 1048,27 = Ps I 199,13 = Spk II 145,21 = Paṭis-a 220,29 = As 98,15 qu. Pj I 26,12 = It-a II 52,10 = Vv-a 73,8; ~añ hi kammaṁ kāyakammaṁ, As 344,21; ~ā hi cetanā va idha kāyo ti adhippetā, Mp III 146,23; madavasena ~ā pamādacetanā, It-a II 53,24; — °‑vītikkama, m., offending by means of the body-door; aññen’ eva cittena ~ā viramati, aññena vacīdvāravītikkamā, As 221,8 = Vibh-a 119,22 (ājīvahetukato pāṇâtipātâdito visuṁ visuṁ viramaṇaṁ, Vibh-mṭ 73,14) = Paṭis-a 167,29; — °‑vīthi, f., (cognition) process (beginning at) the body-door; cha vīthiyo … + cakkhudvāravīthi + … ~i, Abhidh-s 17,16 (cakkhudvāre pavattā vīthicittaparamparā, Abhidh-s-mhṭ 106,15, cf. As 269,22 foll.); — °‑sambhava, mfn., originating in the body-door; dve ~ā āpattiyo, Sp 1387,11; — °‑suddhi, f., purity of the body-door; sace pāṇaṁ na hiṁsati …etehi ~i, Ps I 179,11; — °âvajjana, n., turning towards the body-door; piṁsiyamānāya pana makkhikāya paṭhamaṁ ~aṁ bhavaṅgaṁ nâvaṭṭeti, Vibh-a 156,18 (~am anāvaṭṭetvā manodvārâvajjanam eva kammâdi-ālambaṇaṁ paṭhamaṁ bhavaṅgaṁ āvaṭṭeti, Vibh-mṭ 104,19).

" 346862313082458112,kāyadvārika,en,"

kāya-dvārika,

mfn., referring to the body door; sikkhāpadaṁ … yaṁ ~aṁ taṁ kāyakammaṁ, Sp 271,4; kāyena āpajjatîti ~aṁ kāyena āpajjati, 1323,33; Utt-vn 521 (kāyadvārena āpajjitabbaṁ pahāradānâdi-āpattiṁ, Utt-vn-ṭ II 478,11); ṭhitena kāyenâti ~assa asaṁvarassa pahānena akaraṇena sammāṭhapitena copanakāyena, Ud-a 320,21 (Ee w.r. dhopitakāyena!); ~ena saṁvarena saṁvuto, Pv-a 10,28 (Ee w.r. kāyañ cārikena); — °‑kamma, n., action (by means of) the body door; sapakkhalanaṭṭhena visamena ~ena, Mp II 254,21; — °‑cetanā-samuṭṭhita, mfn., originating from volition (proceeding from) the body door; ~ena … payogena jīvitaṁ voropeti, Pj II 178,20.

" 346862314806317056,kāyadvaya,en,"

kāya-dvaya,

n., a pair of bodies; ~ato vimutto, Sv-pṭ II 155,2 (i.e. rūpakāyato, nāmakāyato, Sv-pṭ II 154,29); — ifc. sesa‑°.

" 346862340240576512,kāyagamana,en,"

kāya-gamana,

n., movement of the body; — exeg.: gamanaṁ duvidhaṁ ~aṁ ñāṇagamañ ca, tesu ~aṁ iriyāpathagamanaṁ, Sadd 315,8 foll.; Sv-pṭ I 7,1; — ~aṁ hi dandhaṁ, Vism 404,20 (dandhamahābhūtapaccayattā +, Vism-mhṭ II 32,1) qu. Paṭis-a 66,12.

" 346862340928442368,kāyagandha,en,"

kāya-gandha,

m., odour of the body, cf. M. Hara, Bertil Tikkanen Fel. Vol. 2010: 81; assâdīnaṁ viya ~o, Sp 1090,14; ~o … sīlavantassa bhikkhuno, Vism 58,7* (Vism-mhṭ I 87,2).

" 346862341830217728,kāyagantha,en,"

kāya-gantha,

m. [cf. SWTF s.v. kāyagrantha, q.v.], ties, knots, entanglement of the body, cf. Ñtl, BW s.v. gantha; — exeg.: kāyena kāyaṁ ganthentā … ~âti taṇhāvyāpādadiṭṭhiyo, Nāmar 131; nāmakāyena rūpakāyaṁ paccuppannakāyena vā anāgatakāyaṁ gantheti duppamuñcaṁ veṭhetîti ~ā, Abhidh-s-mhṭ 168,10; — cattāro ganthā abhijjhā ~o +, Dhs 1137 foll. (cutipaṭisandhivasena vaṭṭasmiṁ ghaṭetîti ~o, As 377,3) = Vibh 374,20 foll.; Dukap 245,5 (cf. n. 1 and Be III 253,6); cattāro ganthā: abhijjhā ~o vyāpādo ~o sīlabbataparāmāso ~o idaṁsaccâbhiniveso ~o, D III 230,18 foll. (vaṭṭasmiṁ nāmakāyañ c’eva rūpakāyañ ca ganthati bandhati palibuddhati, Sv 1024,1) = S V 60,24 foll. (nāmakāyassa gantho ganthanaghaṭanakileso, Spk III 137,7) qu. Nidd I 98,17–25 (Nidd-a I 234,24 foll.); Vism 683,24; Paṭis-a 415,25 foll.; (abhijjhā, vyāpāda) ~o … taṇhācaritassa … (parāmāsa‑°, idaṁsacca‑°) ~o diṭṭhicaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā, Nett 115,8–11 (Ee w.r. gandha); Peṭ 245,8–246,22; yesaṁ piyaṁ n’atthi tesaṁ abhijjhā ~o pahīyati yesaṁ appiyaṁ n’atthi tesaṁ vyāpādo ~o, Dhp-a III 276,2 (so Be; Ce 1898, Ee °jjhākāya°, °pādakāya°); — ifc. abhijjhā‑°; idaṁ-saccâbhinivesa‑° (Vism 480,14); parāmāsa‑°; vyāpāda‑°.

" 346862343642157056,kāyagata,en,"

kāya-gata,

mfn. [ts., cf. SWTF s.v.], directed on the body, concerning the body; — exeg.: ~āya satiyâti rūpakāye gataṁ kesâdikaṁ aniccâdito vipassitvā pavattāya vipassanāñāṇasampayuttāya satiyā3, Nett-ṭ 95,12; bhāvanāpaññatti ~āya satiyā, ṭhitipaññatti cittekaggatāya, Nett 61,6 (ct. on S V 263,3*, cf. Spk III 254,19); — daḷhe khīle vā thambhe vā (S IV 200,10) ti … ~āya satiyā etaṁ adhivacanaṁ, S IV 200,27, cf. Vism 269,15*; samatittiko telapatto ti … ~āya satiyā etaṁ adhivacanaṁ, S V 170,18 ≠ Ja I 395,1, cf. telapattassa tāva kāyagatāsatiyā opammasaṁsandanaṁ, Ja I 394,33´; telabhāritaṁ pattaṁ viya attano cittaṁ ~āya satiyā … rakkheyya, Nidd-a I 444,20 qu. = Ja I 400,9 (reading °āsatiyā); satī ~ā tyatthu, S I 188,22* (Spk I 272,1) = Sn 340 (Pj II 343,11) qu. Ap 549,4; ~ā no sati bhāvitā bhavissati bahulīkatā +, S IV 200,29 ≠ A I 30,15 (Mp II 22,10); ~āya satiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya cakkhu nâviñchati, Nett 13,26; ~āya … satiyā āsevitāya + … das’ānisaṁsā pāṭikaṅkhā, M III 97,15; ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya ~āya satiyā ajjhattaṁ supatiṭṭhitāya, Ud 28,3 (kāyânupassanāvasena kāye gatāya kāyârammaṇāya satiyā, Ud-a 189,26–191,3) = 77,24 (Ud-a 375,2); 28,7* qu. Peṭ 18,8*; buddhagataṁ dhammagataṁ saṅghagataṁ ~añ ca satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, Sp 464,18 qu. Pālim 428,27; ~āya satiyā saddhiṁ dasa asubhā paṭhamajjhānikā, Vism 111,14; Paṭis-a I 80,20; rattiṁ ~āya satiyā vītināmetvā, Vin II 286,11 qu. Sp 11,22 = Sv 9,33 = Pj I 95,25; abhiṇhaṁ ~āya satiyā viharanto, Th-a II 196,28 qu. Ap-a 519,36; sati ~am’āhu, Peṭ 21,21* (uddāna); — kāyabalenâti … ~ena visesabalena, Ps-pṭ II 178,21; sace … bhikkhunī … dhovati, bhikkhussa ~ān’eva nissaggiyāni, Sp 1392,34; ~o, M III 103 (uddāna referring to no. 119 Kāyagatāsatisutta, not in Ee).

" 346862343109480448,kāyagatā,en,"

kāya-gatā

-sati, f., mindfulness directed to, concerning the body, cf. Ñtl, BW s.v.; — exeg.: kesâdibhedaṁ rūpakāyaṁ gatā kāye vā gatā kāyagatā, kāyagatā ca sā sati câti kāyagatăsatîti vattabbe rassam akatvā ~i, Vism 197,23 (cf. EV I § 46 [f]) = Mp 22,10 (on A I 30,15) = Paṭis-a 311,27 (on Paṭis I 95,14); etaṁ vaṇṇasaṇṭhānâdīsu satibalena ijjhanato ~îti vuccati, Vism 266,8; kucchitānaṁ … ākarattā kāyo ti saṅkhaṁ gate sarīre gatā pavattā tādisaṁ vā kāyaṁ gatā sati ~i, Nidd-a I 36,10 = Paṭis-a 311,27; — katamo ekadhammo? ~i, A I 43,25 qu. Vism 239,23 = Pj I 38,9; katamo eko dhammo bhāvetabbo? ~i, D III 272,18 (~îti ānāpānaṁ + … cattāri rūpajjhānānîti ettha uppannasatiyā etaṁ adhivacanaṁ, Sv 1056,15–18) ≠ A I 30,15; kathaṁ ekaṁ dhammaṁ bhāvento ramati? ~iṁ sātasahagataṁ, Sv 1018,6; sātasahagatā ca me ~i na vijahissati, S II 220,29 (paṭhamajjhānavasena sukhasampayuttā ~i, Spk II 198,31) qu. Sp 241,23; Mp III 58,19; Paṭis I 28,3; bhagavatā … ~i bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā vuttā mahānisaṁsā, M III 88,22 qu. Pj I 38; S IV 199,14; anekânisaṁsaṁ ~iṁ, Vism 266,19*; evam pi … bhikkhu ~iṁ bhāveti, M III 89,24 foll. (kāyapariggāhikam pi kāyârammaṇam pi ~iṁ, Ps IV 144,17 [Ee w.r. sati]); manodvāre ~i bhāvetabbā, Mil 402,16; ~iyā bhāvanânuyogaṁ anuyutto, Peṭ 197,3; ~iṁ bhāvetukāmena … appamattena ~i bhāvetabbā, Ja I 395,1´ foll.; yassa … kāye ~i anupaṭṭhitā, A IV 374,22 qu. Peṭ 195,2; Dhp-a II 179,9; anupaṭṭhitāya satiyâti ~iṁ anupaṭṭhāpetvā, Ps III 177,1 (on M I 416,26; Ee w.r. °taṁ satiṁ) = Spk II 209,8; — amataṁ te … na paribhuñjanti ye ~iṁ na paribhuñjanti A I 45,25 (~aṁ hi satiṁ bhāvento amatam adhigacchati, Mp II 86,28) qu. Kv 157,31 = Mil 336,6 = Vism 239,31 (Vism-mhṭ I 298,1 foll.) = Pj I 38,11 = Ud-a 188,25; Ap 315,25; yesaṁ ~i aparibhuttā, Rūp III 35 (317) qu. A I 45,28; — gaṇhe ’haṁ … niccaṁ ~iṁ, Th 468 (Be °taṁ satiṁ; Th-a II 197,32–36); Dhp 293 (so read; kāyânupassanābhāvanā, Dhp-a III 452,20 = Th-a II 269,25, cf. Peṭ 90,19 = Nett 30,29) qu. Peṭ 90,18* = Nett 30,27*; Dhp 299 (so read; dvattiṁsâkāravasena … ajjhattanīlakasiṇâdirūpajjhānavasena vûppajjamānā sati, Dhp-a III 459,12 foll., cf. Vism 240,26), n’atthi etādisaṁ mittaṁ yathā ~ i, Th 1035 (Th-a III 120,4); rakkhaṁ ~iṁ dhitimā, 6 (kāyârammaṇaṁ satiṁ kāyagatāsatikammaṭṭhānaṁ paribrūhaṇavasena avissajjento, Th-a I 49,5); katamo … asaṅkhatagāmī maggo ~i, S IV 359,13; katamo … parāyanagāmī maggo ~i, 373,8; buddhânussati + … maraṇânussati ~i ānâpānassati cêti imā dasa anussatiyo, Vism 110,33 qu. Abhidh-s 45,24 (Abhidh-s-mhṭ 198,23); Paṭis I 95,9; ~iyā sato, Nidd I 11,8; ārammaṇavibhattiyo … maraṇânussati ~i, Mil 332,24; Kv 155,17; nibbānaṁ lokuttaraṁ ~i lokiyā, Mp II 86,25; Mil 336,4; asubhā ca das’ev’ettha tathā ~i, Abhidh-av 806; 824; bhāvanāsu … dasa asubhā ~i ca paṭhamajjhānikā, Abhidh-s 46,23; Vin-vn 3132; As 201,21; Moh 32,26; ~îti Kāyagatāsatisuttante vuttā … sati, Paṭis-a 124,2; — ifc. anupaṭṭhita‑° (Peṭ 22,2*); abhāvita‑° (Ps IV 145,19); upaṭṭhita‑° (Peṭ 18,17); bhāvita‑°. — Rem.: According to the cts. ~ is always to be understood as a single word. — °‑kathā, f., discourse on mindfulness directed towards the body, title of Vism 239,24–266,20; ~āyaṁ, Vism 447,29; — °‑kammaṭṭhāna, n., meditation subject for mindfulness directed towards the body; catuddasannaṁ pabbānaṁ vasena ~aṁ niddiṭṭhaṁ, Vism 240,10 (Kāyagatāsatisutte, Vism-mhṭ I 298,1, i.e. M III 88,16–99,12); ~e, Sv 769,19 = Ps I 270,33; Mp III 358,7 (refering to Vism 239,24 foll.); kāyasmiṁ virāgûpasaṁhitaṁ ~aṁ, Th-a II 256,25 (so Be; Ee °ānamaggaṁ); paṭhamaṁ °‑vasena jhānaṁ nibbattetvā, Ud-a 375,27; ~aṁ gahetvā, Th-a I 47,17; ~aṁ bhāvetvā, II 197,25; ~e niyojito, I 200,23; ~e kammaṁ ārabhitvā, Ja I 401,2´ qu. Nidd-a I 445,11; — ~‑niddesa, m., instruction on the meditation subject for mindfulness directed towards the body; Vism 353,8; — °‑thambha, m., the post that consists in mindfulness directed towards the body; taṇhārajjukānaṁ āyatanapāṇakānaṁ ~e baddhānaṁ, Spk III 71,27; — °‑bhāvaka, mfn., developing mindfulness directed towards the body; telapattahatthapuriso viya ~o vipassanakayogavâcaro, Ja I 394,38´; — °‑bhāvanā, f., development of ~; kāyagatāsatîti ~ā; Th-a III 120,4; ~ā pi pāripūriṁ gacchati, Vism 347,15; As 200,17; °‑vasena, It-a I 43,19; — °-bhojana, n., food consisting of mindfulness directed towards the body; yogâvacaro amatarasaṁ ~aṁ pattheti, Vism 665,35 (Vism-mhṭ II 472,14); Mil 248,6; 393,11; Ps III 135,7 (read °satibhoj°); — °‑sutta, n., title of M III 88,16–99,12, no. 119 of M, no. 19 of the Uparipaṇṇāsaka, and no. 9 of the Anupadavagga; ~aṁ, M III 99,13; ~e pi samathavipassanā kathitā, Ps III 14,26; IV 144,12; ~e … dhātuvasena kathitaṁ vipassanākammaṭṭhānaṁ, Vism 243,25 qu. Vibh-a 226,16 foll.; ~e, Vism-mhṭ I 298,1; — ~‑vaṇṇanā, f., commentary on ~, title of Ps IV 144,12–146,11; ~ā, Ps IV 146,12 (thus Be; Ee w.r. °suttaṁ); — °‑suttanta, n., = °-sutta; ~e, Paṭis-a I 124,2.

" 346862342476140544,kāyagati,en,"

kāya-gati,

f., moving by means of the body (opposite: cittagati); bhagavā … ~iyā gaccheyya, Ps I 99,32 = Spk II 66,4; ~iyā pesesi… karajakāyagatigamanaṁ dandhaṁ, III 261,5; °‑anulomen’eva … santānavasena pavattamānaṁ cittaṁ ~iyā paṇāmitaṁ, Vism-mhṭ II 33,3; lokassa °‑vasena antagamanassa pucchitattā, Vmv I 51,17 (on Sp 118,1).

" 346862332812464128,kāyagelañña,en,"

kāya-gelañña,

n., disease of the body; na rogautubhojanâdīhi ~aṁ tandī, Vibh-mṭ 219,4; Mp-ṭ II 12,7 (Be, Ee w.r. °‑utujâdīhi); niddā … ~ato, Abhidh-s-mhṭ 84,20*; akammaññatâti °‑saṅkhāto va akammaññâkāro, Nidd-a I 432,33; — ifc. rūpa‑°.

" 346862339816951808,kāyaggahana,en,"

kāya-(g)gahana,

n., the thicket that is the body; mahābhūtānam pi kāyasusiraṁ ~aṁ kāyasaṅkār’-aṭṭhānaṁ āsayo, Spk III 13,22 (so read with Be); — Rem.: Sadd 848,25 prescribes a dental -n- for gahana “thicket”.

" 346862232417603584,kāyaggahaṇa,en,"

kāya-(g)gahaṇa,

n., reference to “body”; dutiyaṁ ~aṁ, Sv 756,19 (so read) = Ps I 241,27 = Vibh-a 217,21 qu. Nidd-a I 46,5; sayaṁ °ânusārena viññāyati, As 323,25; 379,5.

" 346862335404544000,kāyagutta,en,"

kāya-gutta,

mfn., guarded in body; ~o, S I 172,33* (tividhena kāyasucaritena, Spk I 253,13 qu. Pj II 147,27) = Sn 78.

" 346862334695706624,kāyagutti,en,"

kāya-gutti,

f., protection of the body; ~iyā … nisīdanaṁ, Vin I 295,24 qu. Sp 884,11; — °‑kusala, mfn., skilful in ~; ~o, Ja II 162,8, cf. sarīraguttikusalatā, Ja II 161,4.

" 346862548575850496,kāyahara,en,"

[kāyahara,

w. r. in Ee at Vv-a 304,20, read kāyasāra, q.v.].

" 346862333865234432,kāyaja,en,"

kāya-ja,

mfn., originating from the body; khedaṁ pi ~aṁ asayhaṁ, Mhv XXVIII 44.

" 346862387208392704,kayajana,en,"

kaya-jana

, m., trader; kayajanassa ussāhaṁ janen-
to, Pj I 224,12.

" 346862329100505088,kāyajīvita,en,"

kāya-jīvita,

n., body and life; attano ~aṁ pariccajitvā, Cp-a 285,2; ~esu nirapekkho, Cp-a 131,9; Sv-pṭ I 97,18; — °‑nirapekkha, mfn., disregarding ~; ~o, Ud-a 134,25 = It-a I 122,32; Cp-a 27,29; — °‑nirapekkhā, f., disregard for ~; ~ā, Cp-a 271,15.

" 346862332040712192,kāyajuti,en,"

kāya-juti,

f., splendour of the body;~iyā ñāṇajutiyā ca samannāgatattā, Cp-a 218,15.

" 346862386939957248,kayaka,en,"

kayaka

, m(fn). [sa. krayaka, cf. kāyaka, kayika,
qq.v.], a buyer; dhaññavikkayakānaṁ santikaṁ ka-
yakesu (v. l. kayi°) gatesu, Sp 175,12; — v. l. Dhp-a IV
217,25 for kāyaka, q.v.

" 346862351984627712,kāyaka,en,"

kāyaka,

reading at Dhp-a IV 217,25 for ²kāyika, q.v.

" 346862346527838208,kāyakalaha,en,"

kāya-kalaha

, m., violent dispute; kalaho (D II 59,2) ti ~o pi vācākalaho pi, Sv 500,9 = Mp IV 190,18 = Vibh-a 513,11.

" 346862344690733056,kāyakali,en,"

kāya-kali,

m. [ts., cf. SWTF s.v.], worst of bodies; ~inā asārena, Thī 458; ~ino, 501 (kāyasaṅkhātassa kalino, Thī-a 264,17), cf. EV II on Thī 458.

" 346862347878404096,kāyakamma,en,"

kāya-kamma,

n. [Buddh. sa. kāyakarman, cf. SWTF, q.v.], a. bodily action (in contrast to vacī‑°, mano-kamma), cf. kāyavacīkamma, q.v.; b. t. t. Vin in the classification of the samuṭṭhānas, cf. O. v. Hinüber, JPTS XVI 1992: 55–69 and āpatti 1.d.(β), q.v.; — a. exeg.: kāyena ce kataṁ kammaṁ ~an ti vuccati kāyo ca ~añ ca aññamaññaṁ vavatthitā, As 85,21* foll. (qu. Aṭṭhakathācariyā); tīṇi kusalamūlāni … viññāṇakkhandho taṁsamuṭṭhānaṁ ~aṁ vacīkammaṁ manokammaṁ, Dhs 981 = 1017 = 1294 ≠ Vibh 208 qu. As 346,14; ~aṁ cittasamuṭṭhānaṁ cittena sahajātaṁ, Kv 416,31; na yathā cittassa ~aṁ, 416,7 foll. (vinā pi cittena ~aṁ pavattati, Moh 271,32); kusalaṁ ~aṁ manodvāre samuṭṭhāti, As 94,24; kāyadvārapavattañ hi kammaṁ ~aṁ, 344,21; Moh 22,8; kāyato pavatte kāyena vā pavatte ~e, Nidd-a I 115,6; dānasīlâdikāyakammānaṁ kāyadvāre pavattiyaṁ kammaṁ ~am eva … vacīdvāre pavattiyaṁ kammaṁ ~am eva +, Moh 24,34; yā pana tasmiṁ dvāre (sc. kāyakammadvāre) siddhā cetanā yāya pāṇaṁ hanti … idaṁ ~aṁ, As 84,27; sahatthena pūjentassa pavattati tadā ~aṁ … āṇāpetvā pūjāpentassa tadā vacīkammaṁ … vaṇṇadānaṁ dassāmîti cinteti tadā manokammaṁ, 77,22 foll.; Abhidh-s-mhṭ 133,1; suttaṁ … bhāsati idaṁ vacīkammaṁ, yaṁ añjaliṁ paṇāmeti idaṁ ~aṁ, so manopasādo idaṁ manokammaṁ Peṭ 168,20; ~aṁ cakkhuviññeyyaṁ ~unā pana saha pavattaṁ oṭṭhaparipphandanaṁ bhākuṭikaraṇaṁ +, Ps-pṭ I 252,5; ~an ti sakalaliṅgadhāraṇapaṭipadânuyogâbhivādanapaccupaṭṭhānâñjalikammâdikāyakammaṁ, Paṭis-a 442,13; kāyaviññattisaṅkhāte kāyadvāre bāhullavuttito ~aṁ, Abhidh-s 25,6 (Abhidh-s-mhṭ 132,26 foll.); ~aṁ sanidassanaṁ, Kv 334,8 (Kv-a 93,12 foll.); — samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā ~aṁ parisodhesuṁ +, M I 420,2; yaṁ … ahaṁ idaṁ kāyena kammaṁ kattukāmo, idaṁ me ~aṁ attabyābādhāya pi saṁvatteyya +, 415,27 (cf. appiyaṁ ~aṁ, Ps III 129,13); byāpādo manoduccaritaṁ ~aṁ upaṭṭhapeti, Peṭ 39,17; ~assa uppajjanaṭṭhānan (As 85,4) ti taṁsahajātā viññatti yeva vuccati, As-mṭ 74,24; — pañc’ime … phāsuvihārā … mettaṁ ~aṁ paccuppaṭṭhitaṁ +, A III 132,11 (mettacittena pavattitaṁ ~aṁ, Mp III 279,6); cha sārāṇīyā dhammā … bhikkhuno mettaṁ ~aṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti sabrahmacārīsu … vacī‑°, mano‑°, D III 245,10 foll. ≠ A III 288,22 (mettena cittena kātabbaṁ ~aṁ, Mp III 338,7); Vin I 351,26 = M I 206,22 (mettacittavasena pavattaṁ ~aṁ, Ps II 239,18) = III 156,15; Vin V 92,28 (mettacittena kataṁ ~aṁ … sammukhā mettaṁ ~aṁ … parammukhā mettaṁ ~aṁ, Sp 1316,9 foll.; bhikkhūnañ hi mettacittena ācariyupajjhāyavattâdiābhisamācārikadhammapūraṇaṁ mettaṁ ~aṁ, Sp-ṭ III 459,2); bhikkhū mettaṁ ~aṁ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu, D II 80,9 (mettacittena kattabbaṁ ~aṁ, Sv 531,24; mettaṁ cittaṁ, taṁsamuṭṭhānaṁ ~aṁ, Sv-pṭ II 169,4) = M I 322,8 (mettacittena kātabbaṁ kammaṁ, Ps II 395,2); dīgharattaṁ kho te … tathāgato paccuppaṭṭhito ~ena mettena hitena +, D II 144,16 (mettacittavasena pavattitena mukhadhovanâdidānena ~ena, Sv 584,27); Th 1044; samaṇabrāhmaṇā paccuppaṭṭhitabbā mettena ~ena +, D III 191,15 (katāni ~âdīni … vihāragamanaṁ … piṭṭhiparikammapādaparikammâdikaraṇañ ca mettaṁ ~aṁ, Sv 957,9 foll.); — natthi tathāgatassa kāyaduccaritaṁ (D III 217,9) … sabbaṁ ~aṁ buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇânuparivatti … vacī‑°, mano‑°, Sv 994,7 foll. (bhagavato sabbaṁ ~aṁ ñāṇapubbaṅgamaṁ ñāṇânuparivatti, Sv-pṭ III 257,12); Nidd I 178,21 = Paṭis II 195,4 = Nett 17,25 qu. Th-a III 10,34; kāyaviññattivasena pavattaṁ akusalaṁ ~aṁ kāyaduccaritaṁ, Sp-ṭ I 403,9; kāyaduccaritan ti pāṇâtipātâdi tividhaṁ akusalaṁ ~aṁ, Mp II 91,4 foll.; ~aṁ vacīkammaṁ ājīvo parisuddho, M III 289,7 qu. Kv 601,11 (cf. Ps V 104,4) = Vism 11,33 = Vibh-a 123,12; Sv 181,2 (qu. M II 27,3); kāyindriyasaṁvaro ~an ti, Kv 463,10; dhammikaṁ rakkhâvaraṇaguttiṁ saṁvidahati ~asmiṁ, A I 110,13; citte rakkhite taṁ rakkhitaṁ bhavati ~aṁ, Nett 109,2; citte arakkhite ~am pi arakkhitaṁ, A I 262,3 qu. As 68,28; — ariyasāvako anavajjena ~ena samannāgato +, A II 69,30; santaṁ yeva kāyakammaṁ vacī‑°, mano‑°, I 65,27; °âdīnaṁ santatāya santo, Ja I 131,27´; padakkhiṇaṁ ~aṁ, A I 294,26* (vaḍḍhikāyakammaṁ, Mp II 383,8); saṇho (Sn 853) ti saṇhena ~ena samannāgato, Nidd I 234,6 (apharusena mudunā ~ena, Nidd-a I 340,2); puggalo sāvajjena ~ena samannāgato, A II 135,26 qu. Pp 41,2 (Pp-a 222,13); hīnā narâti (Sn 776) hīnena ~ena samannāgatā, Nidd I 48,4; pāpabhikkhu visamena ~ena samannāgato, A I 154,20 (sapakkhalanaṭṭhena visamena kāyadvārikakammena, Mp II 254,20); visamaṁ ~aṁ visaman ti jāneyya, Nidd I 41,2 (on Sn 775); visame niviṭṭhâti visame ~e, 37,27 (on Sn 774; Nidd-a I 115,6); Pj II 287,1 (on Sn 243); visamaṁ ~aṁ abhiruhati, Nidd I 145,29 (kāyaduccaritasaṅkhātaṁ visamaṁ ~aṁ, Nidd-a I 272,9); Ja IV 67,11´; pāṇâtipātī … tassa jimhaṁ ~aṁ … pāṇâtipātaṁ pahāya … ujuṁ ~aṁ, A V 289,4–290,18; (sīvathikûpamo) puggalo asucinā ~ena samannāgato, III 269,1; ~aṁ suci nesaṁ … tena me samaṇā piyā, Thī 277 ≠ Dhp-a III 467,22*; sucīhi ca °âdīhi samannāgatassa, Ps I 179,10; kāmôdhinā rahitaṁ … ~aṁ +, Ja IV 174,17´; °âdīsu aparādharahitaṁ, VI 477,17´ (so read with Be, Ce [SHB]; Ee kāyikak°); — bhikkhū bhattagge … vivādâpannā aññamaññaṁ ananulomikaṁ ~aṁ vacīkammaṁ upadaṁsenti, Vin I 341,3 (kāyena paharantā, Sp 1150,3); tassa (sc. amittassa) ~am pi vacīkammam pi na roceti, Ja II 132,4´; isayo … na pharusavacanehi ~ena vā ghaṭṭento upagaccheyya, V 272,31´ (Be °vacanena); ty (sc. te sabrahmacārino) assa bahulaṁ manāpen’eva ~ena samudācaranti appaṁ amanāpena, A III 33,20; — katame ca, thapati, akusalasīlā? akusalaṁ ~aṁ +, M II 26,10 qu. Sv 182,2 ≠ It-a I 104,2 (reading gahapati for thapati); kāyaduccaritaṁ … akusalakāyasañcetanā akusalaṁ ~aṁ, Vibh 364,8; tividhā … kāyasañcetanā akusalaṁ ~aṁ dukhudrayaṁ, Kv 393,24 qu. As 88,24 (Ee w.r. dukkhindriyaṁ; on °udraya cf. O. v. Hinüber, Selected Papers ²2005: 154); — tīṇi kammāni … paññāpemi … pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā seyyathīdaṁ ~aṁ vacī‑° mano‑°, M I 373,10, (vīsaticetanā ~aṁ, Ps III 53,20); cf. Rem.; na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya: moghaṁ ~aṁ moghaṁ vacī‑° mano‑° eva saccaṁ, III 207,15; micchādiṭṭhikassa … purisapuggalassa yañ c’eva ~aṁ yathādiṭṭhisamattaṁ, A I 32,6 (yathādiṭṭhiyaṁ ṭhitakāyakammaṁ diṭṭhisahajātakāyakammaṁ diṭṭhânulomikakāyakamman ti tividhaṁ, Mp II 24,23 foll.; Mp-ṭ III 36,6 foll.) qu. Paṭis I 140,22 = Kv 506,25 ≠ A V 212,24; micchādiṭṭhîti (S V 1,15) … ~aṁ micchâjīvo nāma, Spk III 116,30; micchākammāni (It 59,24*) … pāṇâtipātavasena ~āni, It-a II 40,3; ñātako … bahujanâhitāya … ananulomike ~e samādapeti +, A I 106,6 (pāṇâtipātâdimhi kāyaduccarite, Mp II 172,9); yoginā yogâvacarena ~aṁ + … divase divase paccavekkhitabbaṁ, Mil 391,28; atthi … °âdīsu koci doso ti paccavekkhanto, Dhp-a I 251,17; — b. exeg.: kāyadvārena samuṭṭhānato ~aṁ Sp 271,28; kāyadvāre āpajjitabbā (sc. āpattiyo) ~an ti vuccati, Kkh(2) 38,11; kāyena āpajjatîti (qu. Vin V 118,6; ct. kāyadvārikaṁ kāyena āpajjati, Sp 1323,33) kāyena saviññattikena akattabbaṁ katvā ekaccaṁ āpajjati, aviññattikena kattabbaṁ akatvā āpajjati, tadubhayam pi ~aṁ, Vjb 559,4 foll. = 107,16 foll. (on pakiṇṇakaṁ, Sp 270,16 foll.), cf. Sv 993,6 foll.; atthi sikkhāpadaṁ ~aṁ atthi vacīkammaṁ. tattha yaṁ kāyadvārikaṁ taṁ ~aṁ Sp 271,3 (Vmv I 150,6); sabbā câpattiyo kammavasena tividhā siyuṁ ~aṁ vacīkammaṁ tathā tadubhayam pi ca, Utt-vn 866; pāṇâtipātâdayo ~aṁ … jātarūparajatappaṭiggahanaṁ pana ~aṁ vā siyā vacīkammaṁ vā, Pj I 35,22; — sacittakaṁ lokavajjaṁ ~aṁ vacīkammaṁ akusalacittaṁ, Sp 463,25 = Kkh(2) 40,17; acittakaṁ paṇṇattivajjaṁ ~aṁ vacīkammaṁ ticittaṁ tivedanaṁ, Sp 574,22; akiriyaṁ … lokavajjaṁ ~aṁ vacīkammaṁ, 611,8; Vin-vn 434; sacittakaṁ lokavajjaṁ ~aṁ vacīkammaṁ, Sp 740,8 (kāyavikāramattena pi omasanasambhavato … ~an ti, Vmv II 3,11); nosaññāvimokkhaṁ acittakaṁ paṇṇattivajjaṁ ~aṁ vacīkammaṁ ticittaṁ tivedanaṁ, Sp 864,8 (paribhogo ettha ~aṁ, apaccuddhāraṇaṁ vacīkammaṁ, Vjb 330,9; Sp-ṭ III 82,12); sahakammavācāyâti (Sv 979,15) … āpattivuṭṭhānaṁ … paññattilakkhaṇaṁ ~aṁ vacīkammaṁ vā, Sv-pṭ III 230,24; — vācā ~assa upakārikā, Sv 315,22 (Ee w.r. sammāvācā) = Vibh-a 116,7 qu. Paṭis-a 163,33; sāhatthikâṇattike vacīkammaṁ … ~assa upanissayaṁ jātaṁ, cittaṁ viya tattha aṅgam eva jātaṁ, Vjb 140,26 (on Sp 373,22, cf. 304,12); — ifc. kusala‑°; ṭhita‑°; diṭṭhânulomika‑°; diṭṭhi-sahajāta‑°; pavatta‑°; metta‑°; vaḍḍhi‑°; vutta‑°; — °‑ññatā, f., adaptability, wieldiness (Ñm) of the body; ~ā hoti cittakammaññatā, Dhs 1 = 147; katamā … ~ā? … vedanākhandhassa saññākhandhassa saṅkhārakkhandhassa kammaññatā +, Dhs 46 = 326 (kāyassa kammaññabhāvo, As 130,28) qu. Abhidh-s 6,18 (Abhidh-s-mhṭ 85,20); kāyacittānaṁ akammaññabhāvavupasamalakkhaṇā ~ā cittakammaññatā ca, Moh 15,27; kāyakammaññabhāvo ~ā, Vism 465,35; — °‑dvāra, n., door of bodily action, cf. kāyadvāra, q.v.; kāyakammassa uppajjanaṭṭhānaṁ ~an ti, As 85,4 tīṇi kammadvārāni … ~aṁ, vacī‑°, mano‑° … ~an ti … cittasamuṭṭhānesu pana aṭṭhasu rūpesu ekā viññatti, 82,3–22; kāyakammaṁ pana ~amhi bahulaṁ pavattati, 85,35; — ~‑kathā, f., title of As 82,11–86,3; ~ā, As 86,4; ~‑kathā-vaṇṇanā, f., title of As-mṭ 72,1–75,7; As-mṭ 75,8;— °(´)‑anta, m. [Buddh. sa. kāya-karmānta, cf. SWTF q. v.], bodily action; ~ena, Ps I 113,28; A V 292,23 (Mp V 77,2); — ifc. aparisuddha‑°; avassuta‑°; sāvajja‑°; — ~‑vāra-kathā, f., title of Ps I 113,8–114,23; ~ā, Ps I 114,23; — ~vāra‑kathā-vaṇṇanā, f., title of Ps-pṭ I 210,1–212,15; Ps-pṭ I 212,16; — ~‑sadisa, mfn., as in the paragraph on bodily action, i.e. Ps I 114,3 foll.; ti ~aṁ vitthāretabbaṁ, Ps I 116,26; — ~‑sandosa-vyāpatti, f. [Buddh. sa. kāyakarma-vipatti, cf. SWTF q. v.], ruinous conduct by defilement of bodily action; tividhā ~i, A V 292,12 (kāyakammasaṁkhātā vipatti, Mp V 77,2), i.e. indulging in pāṇâtipāta, adinnâdāna, kāmesu micchācāra; — ~‑sampatti, f., accomplishment in bodily action; tividhā ~i, A V 295,2, i.e. abandoning pāṇâtipāta, adinnâdāna, kāmesu micchācāra, cf. Peṭ 70,17 foll.; — °‑paccaya, m., bodily action as condition; ~ena, Mp III 175,10; — °‑pārisuddhi, f., purity of bodily action; tisso … pārisuddhiyo ~i +, Peṭ 10,15, cf. A V 295,3; — °‑bhāva, m., the being bodily action; ~o, As 86,1; Abhidh-s-mhṭ 133,11; — °‑vacī-kamma, n. [Buddh. sa. kāyakarma-vākkarman, cf. SWTF q. v.], bodily and verbal action, cf. kāya-vacīkamma, q.v.; ~ena samannāgato kusalena, D I 63,16 (ācāragocara-gahaṇen’eva kusale ~e gahite pi, Sv 181,25; Sv-pṭ I 312,28) = 171,28 ≠ Nett 185,5 (Nett-a 263,14 foll.); ~āni nāma paresaṁ pākaṭāni … manokammaṁ pana apākaṭaṁ, Sp 952,17 = Ps II 173,10 = Mp III 23,8 qu. Ud-a 26,6; kittake pana ṭhāne ~āni … sodhetabbāni, Ps III 129,8; ~āni kamman ti laddhi, Spk II 342,18 (on S III 211,22); — t. t. Vin.: one of the samuṭṭhānas, cf. s. v. kāyakamma b., q.v., Ee often w. r. °kammaṁ vacī°: ubhayattha (sc. kāyadvāre, vacīdvāre) āpajjitabbā (sc. āpatti) ~añ ca, Kkh(2) 38,13 (so read, qu. Sp-ṭ II 97,25); Vmv I 150,11; ~aṁ Sp 668,16; 732,14; — ~‑manokamma, n., bodily, verbal and mental action; ~assa nirodhā vimutti, S IV 132,24; ~āni duccaritavasena vibhattāni, Nidd-a I 115,8; — ~‑vipphandita-vinayana, mfn., dispelling the misconduct by bodily and verbal action; ~aṁ Vinayapiṭakaṁ pakāsesi, Sp 103,22 (kāyadvāresu ajjhācāravasena pavattassa kilesavipphanditassa vinayanakaraṁ, Sp-ṭ I 188,3); — °âdhiṭṭhāna, n., expression in terms of bodily action (Ñm); katamaṁ suttâdhiṭṭhānaṁ (so read, Peṭ-trsl 77, n. 194/1)? … + ~aṁ + …, Peṭ 60,3–5; 69,18; khīṇâsavassa kathaṁ kāyo na hoti: na tassa ~an ti, Spk-pṭ II 70,18 (on Spk II 58,28). — Rem.: The Buddhist term kāyakamma corresponds and is opposed to the Jain term kāyadaṇḍa, q.v., as discussed in the Upālisuttanta, M I 372,8–373,28.

" 346862544155054080,kāyakammaniyatā,en,"

kāyâkammaniya-tā,

f. [cf. SWTF s.v. kāyākarmaṇyatā, q.v.], unwieldiness of the body; yā ca cittasallīyanā yā ca ~ā ayaṁ pakkhopakileso, Peṭ 158,15 (so Be; Ee w. r. kāyak°, cf. also Peṭ-trsl. 217 n. 650/2).

" 346862544171831296,kāyākammaniyatā,en,"

kāyâkammaniya-tā,

" 346862351074463744,kāyakampa,en,"

kāya-kampa,

m., trembling of the body; chambhitattan ti … kāyiñjanaṁ ~o hadayamaṁsacalanaṁ, Sp 211,18.

" 346862356019548160,kāyakasāva,en,"

kāya-kasāva,

m., impurity of the body, cf. kasāva 4., q.v.; tayo kasāvā … ~o vacī‑° mano‑°, Vibh 368,25 qu. Pj II 108,12; see kāyavaṅka.

" 346862394292572160,kayākaya,en,"

kayākaya

, v. kaya-kkaya.

" 346862344195805184,kāyakheda,en,"

kāya-kheda,

mn., fatigue, weakness of the body; aññatitthiyā … ~am anuyujjanti na kilesanirodhanaṁ, Sp-ṭ III 178,6; cf. s.v. kāya-ja, q.v.

" 346862345181466624,kāyakhiḍḍā,en,"

kāya-khiḍḍā,

f., = kāya-kīḷā, q.v.; hasitalapitakīḷitānîti … °âdi-kīḷitāni, Nidd-a I 109,4, cf. 320,30.

" 346862350009110528,kāyakīḷā,en,"

kāya-kīḷā,

f., = prec.; kāyiko davo nāma ~ā vuccati, Sp 1157,27 (so Be, Ce; Ee w.r. kāyikakīḷā) on kāyikena davena, Vin II 13,26; kā °‑vasena khiḍḍā, Ja V 397,22´; °âdikīḷitañ câti hasitalapitakīḷitāni, Nidd-a I 320,30, cf. 109,4; — °‑paṭikkhepa-sikkhāpada, n., the rule forbidding playing with the body, referring to Pācittiya LIII (cf. Sp 861,10 foll.); omasantassa pana … dubbhāsitâpattiyā anāpatti … ~ena dukkaṭam eva, Vmv II 3,19; — °‑bhāvâbhāva, m., existence or non-existence of playing with the body; kāyavikāren’eva omasantassa … dubbhāsitabhāve pi ~to dukkaṭam eva, Vmv II 276,13.

" 346862353876258816,kāyakilamatha,en,"

kāya-kilamatha,

m., exhaustion of the body, cf. °-daratha, q.v.; pabbataṁ ārohantassa ~o cittakilamatho, S V 128,19 (kāyadaratho, Spk III 175,15); kilamatho ti … ~o c’eva kāyavihesā c’assa , Sv 465,7 (Sv-pṭ II 77,9) = Ps II 175,23 = Spk I 196,25; Sv 544,14 = Spk III 282,16; °‑vasena pavattaṁ … kāyikaṁ dukkhaṁ, Th-a II 279,34; ~ena dukkhito, III 141,1; āturassā ti ~ena dukkhâturassa, Ud-a 351,4; lūkhan ti nirojaṁ pañcatapâdikaṁ ~aṁ, Ja V 402,2´; paridāho ~o akammaniyatā middhaṁ, Peṭ 159,6; vitakkavicārapaccaye pi ~e cittûpaghāte ca, Vism 166,13 qu. Sp 154,2 = Spk III 243,3 = As 176,31; ~aṁ anudhāvanti … kāyasukhaṁ anudhāvanti, Sv 897,5; jhānasukhalābhino ~assa sambhavo eva n’atthi, Vism-mhṭ I 20,18; — °‑tapa, n., self torment by exhaustion of the body; tapojigucchāyâti ~ena pāpajigucchanena, Spk I 126,26; — °‑paṭipassambhanā, f., dispelling the exhaustion of the body; ~āya …. supantaṁ, Th-a I 82,12; — °‑vinodana, n., = prec.; °(n´)-atthaṁ na nipātessāmi, Th-a II 87,7.

" 346862353368748032,kāyakīḷana,en,"

kāya-kīḷana,

n., bodily game, playing (misbehaviour of monks); daharehi ~aṁ karoti, Pj I 242,25 = Pj II 193,20 (kumārakassa sīsaṁ parāmasati, Nidd I 229,28); °‑kaṁ, Spk II 167,21.

" 346862183897894912,kāyakilesa,en,"

kāya-kilesa,

m., defilement of the body; īdisaṁ ~aṁ na vaṇṇeti, Pj II 175,22 (Ee om. īdisaṁ, cf. n. 6); — ifc. pavatta‑°; — °‑middha, n., drowsiness by defilement of the body; atthi pana arahato ~aṁ okkamati, Peṭ 161,8; — °‑vatthu, n. basis of defilement of the body; ~uṁ … pajānāti, Pet 196,4, cf. Peṭ-trsl 265 n. 800/1.

" 346862354962583552,kāyakiriyā,en,"

kāya-kiriyā,

f., bodily movement; vacīsaṁpayuttaṁ ~aṁ katvā, Sp 1327,7 (kāyena nipaccakāraṁ katvā, Vjb 557,23 qu. Sp-ṭ III 472,2); sandhīyatîti ṭhānagamanâdīsu °âdīsu kāyena samodhānaṁ gacchati, Pp-a 215,29.

" 346862369873334272,kayakkaya,en,"

kaya-kkaya

, n. [cf. sa. krayākraya], trading; n' at-
thi hiraññena ~aṁ, Khp VII 6 (= hiraññena kaya-
vikkayam, Pj I 212,17) = Pv 19 (v.l. kayāk°, kayākk°)
(Pv-a 29,3: kayākk°) qu. Kv 348,10 (v.l. kayākk°).

" 346862345680588800,kāyakkhama,en,"

kāya-kkhama,

mfn., enduring with the body; dukkhakkhamo ti … ~ena c’eva cittakkhamena c’eva samannāgato, Ja V 5,4´.

" 346862349077975040,kāyakoṭika,en,"

kāya-koṭika,

mfn., limited by the body; kāyapariyantakan ti ~aṁ, Ps V 58,18 (kāyassa koṭi paramo anto etassa, Ps-pṭ II 401,19), cf. kāyantikaṁ kāyaparicchinnaṁ, Spk II 78,31 = Mp III 176,9.

" 346862347123429376,kāyakoṭṭhāsa,en,"

kāya-koṭṭhāsa,

m., part of the body; kesâdikesu ~esu, Nidd-a I 36,11 = Paṭis-a 311,29, cf. Mp II 22,12 = Vism 197,25; Abhidh-s-mhṭ 198,17.

" 346862260372639744,kāyalahutā,en,"

kāya-lahutā,

f., lightness of the body; ~ā, Dhs 1 (9,18) (kāyassa lahubhāvo, As 130,16 = Vism 465,25); Dhs 337 qu. It-a I 101,2 = Abhidh-s 6,17 (Abhidh-s-mhṭ 85,14); yā … + saṅkhārakkhandhassa lahutā + … ayaṁ ~ā, Dhs 42; — ifc. citta‑°.

" 346862507362619392,kāyalasiya,en,"

kāyâlasiya,

n., bodily laziness; kāyaduṭṭhullaṁ kāyadaratho ~aṁ, Ps IV 208,12; tandi nāma ~aṁ, It-a II 180,13; ~assa middhassa, I 106,18; anasanan ti … ~aṁ, Sv 855,23; pacalāyikañ ca ~añ ca cittâlasiyañ ca, Pj II 567,21 ≠ Nidd-a I 432,28; — °‑tā, f., abstr.; tandī nāma ~ā, Sv 780,4 = Ps I 283,24 = Vibh-a 272,13; ālassânuyogo ti ~āya yuttappayuttā, Sv 945,7 (Sv-pṭ III 169,1); — ~‑paṭipassaddhi, f., subsidence from bodily laziness; ~i, Ps III 145,13; — °‑bhāva, m., abstr.; kāyaduṭṭhullan ti ~o, Ps IV 202,19; — °‑lakkhaṇa, mfn., characterized by bodily laziness; ~aṁ middhaṁ, Th-a III 30,31; — °‑vimocana, n., doing away with bodily laziness; bhuttapātarāse °(´)‑atthāya abbhokāse caṅkamante, Dhp-a II 214,14 = Ud-a 86,8; — °‑virahita, mfn., free from bodily laziness; atandito nittandī ~o, Sv 893,6 (kāyâlasivigamanena, Sv-pṭ III 97,10).

" 346862507375202304,kāyālasiya,en,"

kāyâlasiya,

" 346862279888736256,kāyamaccheragaru,en,"

kāya-macchera-garu,

mfn., heavy with selfishness of the body (EV I); ~uno … kuto samaṇaphāsutā, Th 1033 (kāyadaḍḍhibahulassa … kāyena kattabbaṁ kiñci akatvā, Th-a III 119,21).

" 346862279247007744,kāyamana,en,"

kāya-mana,

n., (t. t. Vin) body and mind; vācato na ~ā, Vin V 87,37* “(arising) from speech, not from body and mind”, cf. s.v. kāya 2. (ix), q.v.

" 346862278643027968,kāyamāna,en,"

kāya-māna,

n. [ts., cf. CDIAL 3050 kāya-², q.v.], hut, retreat (Bhes-trsl. [Liyanaratne]); ~e dumākule, Bhes I 110 (krīḍāvanayehi hõ, nohot mauḍuyehi hõ, Bhes-sn).

" 346862277388931072,kāyamānasika,en,"

kāya-mānasika,

mfn., arising from body and mind, cf. kāyamana; ~ā katā, Vin V 87,4 (kāyacittasamuṭṭhānā katā, Sp 1306,34).

" 346862276826894336,kāyamissībhāva,en,"

kāya-missī-bhāva,

m., bodily contact; kāyasaṁsaggaṁ … ~aṁ, Sp 533,16 = Kkh(2) 59,12; hatthena hatthaṁ gahetvā ~aṁ upagatā, Ja V 86,5´.

" 346862274570358784,kāyamoneyya,en,"

kāya-moneyya,

n. [cf. SWTF s.v. kāyamauneya, q.v.], bodily perfection; tīṇi moneyyāni ~aṁ, vacī‑° mano‑°, D III 220,1 (tividhakāyaduccaritassa pahānaṁ +, Sv 1004,23–29); katamañ ca ~aṁ … pāṇâtipātā paṭivirato hoti +, A I 273,22 foll. (Mp II 371,27 = Sv 1004,23); It 56,6 (It-a II 35,18 foll. qu. Sv 1004,23); tividhaṁ kāyaduccaritānaṁ pahānaṁ ~aṁ, Nidd I 57,12 (viññattikāyarūpakāyavasena paññāpetabbaṁ ~aṁ, Nidd-a I 176,22) qu. Pj II 160,4; monan ti laddhanāmena maggañāṇena °âdīhi ca samannāgatattā, Ud-a 98,24; It-a I 150,10; monaṁ vuccati ñāṇaṁ °âdīsu vā aññataraṁ tena samannāgatattā puggalo munîti, Ja I 109,24´ qu. Sadd 498,20; °âdīhi samannāgatato … Sakyamuni, Vv-a 231,11 (so read).

" 346862263577088000,kāyamudutā,en,"

kāya-mudutā

, f., softness of the body; ~ā, Dhs 1 (9,18) (kāyassa mudubhāvo, As 130,22 = Vism 465,29); 338 qu. Abhidh-s 6,17 (Abhidh-s-mhṭ 85,16); yā … + saṅkhārakhandhassa mudutā + … ayaṁ … ~ā, Dhs 44.

" 346862276315189248,kāyamuni,en,"

kāya-muni,

m., one who has reached bodily perfection; ~iṁ vācā‑° ceto‑° anāsavaṁ, A I 273,36* (kāyadvāre muniṁ uttamaṁ parisuddhaṁ kāyena vā muniṁ, Mp II 372,12) = It 56,9* qu. Nidd I 58,3* (kāyaduccaritapahānavasena ~i, Nidd-a I 177,7).

" 346862311618646016,kāyana,en,"

kāyana,

n., recitation; sabbassa ca atthassa ~ato kathanato, Sv-pṭ II 166,13 (so read with Be; Ee w.r. kāsati), cf. kāyati, q.v.

" 346862310838505472,kāyanibbattana,en,"

kāya-nibbattana,

n., rebirth of the body; bālapaṇḍitānaṁ °âdimhi, Spk II 399,6 (saviññāṇakassa kāyassa nibbattanaṁ … kāyo vā nibbattati etenâti ~aṁ, Spk-pṭ II 46,18).

" 346862387497799680,kayanibbindajātaka,en,"

Kayanibbinda-jātaka

, v.l. of Kāyavicchinda-jāta-
ka, q.v.

" 346862310150639616,kāyanibbindajātaka,en,"

Kāya-nibbinda-jātaka,

n., title of Jātaka no. 293 = Ja II 436,16–438,12; ~aṁ, Ja II 438,12 (Be, Se so; Ee, °‑vicchinda-jātaka, Ce [SHB] °‑vicchanda‑°, possibly by mistake, cf. O. v. Hinüber, Jātaka-Sammlung 1998: 8).

" 346862309399859200,kāyanimitta,en,"

kāya-nimitta,

n., semblance of a body (as sense organ of feeling); ~aṁ, Kv 378,12 (brahmakāyikānaṁ ghānâdinimittāni pi āyatān’evâti kappetvā … saṇṭhānamattass’ eva sādhakaṁ na āyatanassa, Kv-a 109,9–110,2).

" 346862308678438912,kāyanissita,en,"

kāya-nissita,

mfn., based in the body; na kāyaṁ upādiyissāmi na ca me ~aṁ viññāṇaṁ bhavissati, M III 259,19; kāyapaṭibaddhâti ~ā, Ps II 365,8 = Spk III 94,17; — °‑tta, n., abstr. of prec.; apaññāyamānadukkhañ hi ~ā, Ud-a 247,5 (so read with Be = Se 1922; Ee = Ce [SHB] w.r. ‑°dukkhaṁ tāya); ~ā kāyikaṁ, Paṭis-a 155,25.

" 346862299706822656,kāyantika,en,"

kāyantika,

mfn., limited by the body; cf. kāyapariyantika, q.v.

" 346862523464552448,kāyanugamanabhāva,en,"

kāyânugamana-bhāva,

m., synon. of kāyanvayatā, q.v.

" 346862523485523968,kāyānugamanabhāva,en,"

kāyânugamana-bhāva,

m., synon. of kāyanvayatā, q.v.

" 346862536567558144,kāyanugata,en,"

kāyânugata,

mfn., following the body; kāyanvayaṁ … ~aṁ … kāyavasavatti, Ps II 284,36; dasa-y-ime … ~ā dhammā bhave bhave kāyaṁ anudhāvanti, Mil 253,9.

" 346862536588529664,kāyānugata,en,"

kāyânugata,

mfn., following the body; kāyanvayaṁ … ~aṁ … kāyavasavatti, Ps II 284,36; dasa-y-ime … ~ā dhammā bhave bhave kāyaṁ anudhāvanti, Mil 253,9.

" 346862530011860992,kāyanugatika,en,"

kāyânugatika,

mfn., = prec.; cittaṁ pariṇāmeti … ~aṁ karoti, Vism 404,19 ≠ Paṭis-a 345,20; — °‑tā, f., abstr.; bhikkhuno ~ā vaṭṭati, Sp 773,8 (kāye yattha tattha gatattā, Vjb 300,12; tatth’eva sannihitabhāvaṁ, Sp-ṭ III 26,16; bhikkhuno tatth’eva nisīdanabhāvaṁ dīpeti, Vmv II 14,16).

" 346862530024443904,kāyānugatika,en,"

kāyânugatika,

" 346862515457626112,kāyanupassanā̆,en,"

kāyânupassanā̆,

fn. [cf. SWTF s.v. kāyānupaśyanā, q.v.], contemplation on the body, divided into fourteen parts (s. below) as one of the four satipaṭṭhānas; — exeg.: ~âti kāyassa anupassanā kāyaṁ vā anupassanā, Nidd-a I 46,4 (so Be; Ee om. kāyaṁ …); ādito hi kāyaṁ pariggaṇhitvā … vipassanāsampayuttā sati ~ā, Vibh-a 286,18 foll. qu. Nidd-a I 50,28 foll.; kāye ~âti bahuvidhe kāye tassa tassa kāyassa anupassanā atha vā kāye anupassanā na aññadhammânupassanā, Paṭis-a 510,17 foll. (Ee w. r. kāye tassa k°); cattāro satipaṭṭhānâti ~aṁ +, Paṭis-a 125,23; — ayaṁ kāye ~âti me … pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi … sā … kāye ~ā bhāvetabbā, S V 178,27 foll. qu. Paṭis II 152,23 foll.; kāye ~ā satipaṭṭhānabhāvanā, Paṭis I 177,35 qu. Sp 410,21 (karajakāye ca kāyass’eva anupassanā anudakabhūtāya marīciyā udakânupassanā viya, Sp-ṭ II 191,27 foll.); chasu dvāresu ~āya abhāvitāya, Ud-a 191,5; °‑mukhena āgacchantā cuddasavidhena ~aṁ bhāvetvā, Sv 755,10 = Ps I 240,16 = Vibh-a 216,10: [1] assāsapassāsavasena ~aṁ vibhajitvā … , Sv 766,19 = Ps I 250,27, [2] iriyāpathavasena, Sv 768,35 = Ps I 253,1, ([3] catusampajaññavasena), Sv 769,15 = Ps I 270,29, ([4] paṭikkūlamanasikāravasena), Sv 770,4 = Ps I 271,14, ([5] dhātumanasikāravasena, [6–14] navasīvathikāpabba), Sv 771,11 = Ps I 272,25 foll.; cuddasapabbā ~ā niṭṭhitā, Sv 773,10 = Ps I 274,24; IV 144,22; ānâpānasati cc’eva kāyasaṅkhāranissitā ~ā nāma catuddhā, Nāmar-p 1276; ~ā dukkham ariyasaccaṁ bhajati, Peṭ 94,28; vipassanāsaṁpayuttā sati ~ā … maggasaṁpayuttā sati, Nidd-a I 50,28 foll. = Paṭis-a 178,29 foll.; kāye ~ā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāraṁ, Peṭ 195,23; ~āya mudubhūtaṁ °‑sukhavihārapadaṭṭhānaṁ, Sv 763,13 = Ps I 248,1; ~āya suddharūpapariggaho … rūpakkhandhapariggaho, Sv 777,14 foll. = Ps I 280,33 foll. ≠ Vibh-a 269,23; ātāpī … satiyā vā °‑vasena paṭiladdhasamatho, Sv 759,21 = Ps I 244,30 = Vibh-a 220,36 qu. Paṭis-a 177,16; kāye ca ~āya ca cittena ca cittânupassanāya ca, Peṭ 196,3; tarati uttarati ~ena, patarati vedanânupassanena, Nidd-a I 54,6; eko bhikkhu ~aṁ pucchati añño vedanânupassanaṁ, Ps II 52,26; — °‑catukka, n., the group of four concerning the contemplation on the body; (1) dīghaṁ (2) rassaṁ (3) sabbakāyapaṭisamvedī (4) passambhayaṁ kāyasaṅkhāran ti ~aṁ, Paṭis-a 467,20, cf. e.g. Sp 409,22–412,1; — °‑niddesa, m., title of Vibh-a 222,12–263,16; ~o, Vibh-a 263,16; — °‑paṭipadā, f., path, method of contemplation on the body; kāye ~aṁ paṭipanno, Sv 758,1 = Ps I 243,4 = Vibh-a 219,2; — °‑pariggāhika, mfn., comprising the contemplation on the body; satimâti aṭṭhārasavidhena ~āya satiyā samannāgato, Mp II 42,13; — °‑bhāvanā, f., development of the contemplation on the body; kāyagatāsatîti ~ā, Dhp-a III 452,21 = Th-a II 269,26; — °‑sati-paṭṭhāna, mn. [cf. SWTF s.v. kāyānupaśyanasmṛtyupasthāna, q.v.], establishment of mindfulness which is the contemplation on the body; kāye ~e upaṭṭhānâdhipateyyaṭṭhena satindriyaṁ, Paṭis II 15,30; I 177,35 qu. Sp 410,21; kāye ~aṁ bhāvento sato, Nidd I 9,24 = 483,6; °‑mukhena vipassanaṁ paṭṭhapetvā, Ud-a 375,28; °‑vasena paṭiladdhaṁ uḷāraṁ jhānaṁ, 375,5; ~assa lābhī ’mhi, Sp 494,15; ~ena vipassanaṁ ogāhetvā, Ud-a 190,20; taṇhācaritassa oḷārikaṁ ~aṁ visuddhimaggo, Sv 754,9 = Ps I 239,15 = Vibh-a 215; cuddasavidhena kāyaṁ pariggaṇhanto ca ~aṁ, Vism 679,32 (~āni, Vism-mhṭ I 326,28); cuddasavidhena ~aṁ, Sv 773,16 = Ps I 274,28; Sv 883,37; kāye ~e paṇṇarasa dhammā, Paṭis II 153,36; aṭṭhārasavasena ~assa pariggahikapaññāya sammāpajānanto, Mp II 42,11; — Rem.: Edd. frequently split the cpd. by mistake: °ânupassanā sati°; — ~‑kammaṭṭhāna, n., meditation subject for the establishment of mindfulness that is the contemplation on the body; ~aṁ, Ps I 243,24 = Vibh-a 219,34 qu. Paṭis-a 176,4; — ~‑bhāvaka, mfn., developing the establishment of mindfulness that is contemplation on the body; ~assa bhikkhuno, Mp II 42,7; — ~‑bhāvanā, f., development of the establishment of mindfulness that is contemplation on the body; ~ā sampajjati, Vism 272,23 = Sp 409,20 qu. Paṭis-a 492,19; kāye ~ā, Paṭis I 177,35 (Paṭis-a 510,16) qu. Vism 273,10 = Sp 410,21; — ~(´)-uddesa, m., exposition of establishment of mindfulness that is the contemplation on the body; ~assa atthavaṇṇanā, Sv 760,20 = Ps I 245,25 = Vibh-a 221,2.

" 346862515470209024,kāyānupassanā̆,en,"

kāyânupassanā̆,

" 346862566422614016,kāyanupassin,en,"

kāyânupassin,

mfn. [cf. SWTF s.v. kāyānupaśyin, q.v.], contemplating the body, cf. kāyânupassanā, q.v.; — exeg.: kāyânupassanā … tāya satiyā samannāgato puggalo ~ī, Vibh-a 286,23 qu. Nidd-a I 50,29 foll. = Paṭis-a 178,30; ~îti kāye anupassanasīlo kāyaṁ vā anupassamāno, Sv 756,17 = Ps I 241,25 (Ee kāyaṁ for kāye, w.r.) = Spk III 179,22 = Vibh-a 217,20; Ps I 244,25; — bhikkhu kāye ~ī viharati ātāpī +, D II 94,32 = S V 141,24 (imaṁ kāyaṁ … aniccato anupassati +, Spk III 179,23 foll.); kathañ ca bhikkhu sato … kāye ~ī viharati ātāpī +, S IV 211,4; kathaṁ kāye ~ī viharati … paṭhavīkāyaṁ aniccato anupassati +, Paṭis II 232,11; kathañ ca bhikkhu sammāsati …. kāye ~ī, S V 9,29; sammāsati … kāye ~ī viharati ātāpī + … vedanāsu vedanânupassī +, M III 252,6 foll. = Vibh 105,22 qu. Paṭis I 41,29 = Pj I 76,24; ajjhattaṁ vā kāye ~ī viharati bahiddhā … ~ī, D II 297,4 (Sv 765,12) = S V 143,14 = Vibh 193,4 (ettha anupassanāya kammaṭṭhānaṁ vuttaṁ, Vibh-a 220,31; 222,21 foll.); kālena vā attano, kālena vā parassa kāye ~ī viharati, Sv 769,5 = Ps I 270,18; cattāro satipaṭṭhānā … kāye ~ī viharati ātāpī + … vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ, M I 56,4 (Ps I 241,30, cf. below) = S V 141,24 = A IV 457,13 = Vibh 193,5 qu. Nidd I 475,14 = Mp III 59,8; Peṭ 114,24; D III 276,10; kāye ~ino viharato cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvanāpāripūriṁ gacchanti … asubhe subhan ti vipallāsaṁ pajahati, Nett 83,4–19; 31,5 foll.; kāye ~ī viharāma ātāpino, M I 340,15 (Be ~ino); kāye ~ino viharanti, Peṭ 200,20; evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ kāye ~ī viharissāmi, A IV 300,24 qu. Vism 323,31; paṇḍito viyatto kusalo bhikkhu ~ī viharati, S V 152,27 qu. Vism 151,14; kāye ~ī viharatha ātāpino … kāyassa yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇāya, S V 144,20 foll.; kāye ~ī viharato kāyârammaṇo vā uppajjati … cetaso vā līnattaṁ, S V 156,1; suññataṁ kāye ~ī, Vibh 204,10; etasmiṁ kāye ~ī yeva na aññadhammânupassī, Sv 757,11 = Ps I 242,16 = Vibh-a 218,11 qu. Paṭis-a 174,35; kathaṁ kāye ~ī viharati … araññagato vā +, M I 55,11; kāmâsavo … kāye ~issa pahīyati Peṭ 94,27; ~ī yevâti kāyasaṅkhāte vatthusmiṁ kāyânupassanâkārass’eva dassanena asammissato vavaṭṭhānaṁ, Sv 756,21 = Ps I 241,30 = Paṭis-a 174,12 = Vibh-a 217,24 ≠ Nidd-a I 47,8 (explaining °‑anupassanā); añño kāyo añño ~ī viharati, Kv 63,37 (cf. Kv-a 24,9 foll.).

" 346862566435196928,kāyānupassin,en,"

kāyânupassin,

" 346862511494008832,kāyanupassitā,en,"

kāyânupassitā,

f., abstr. of the foll. entry; kāye ~ā satipaṭṭhānañ ca +, Nett 123,7.

" 346862511514980352,kāyānupassitā,en,"

kāyânupassitā,

f., abstr. of the foll. entry; kāye ~ā satipaṭṭhānañ ca +, Nett 123,7.

" 346862562790346752,kāyanurakkhin,en,"

kāyânurakkhin,

mfn., controlling the body; ~ī ca sadā, Peṭ 73,11*.

" 346862562802929664,kāyānurakkhin,en,"

kāyânurakkhin,

mfn., controlling the body; ~ī ca sadā, Peṭ 73,11*.

" 346862555215433728,kāyanurūpa,en,"

kāyânurūpa,

mfn., appropriate to, in conformity with the body (i.e. action); ~añ ca pavattavācā, It-a II 37,10.

" 346862555232210944,kāyānurūpa,en,"

kāyânurūpa,

mfn., appropriate to, in conformity with the body (i.e. action); ~añ ca pavattavācā, It-a II 37,10.

" 346862306581286912,kāyapaccaya,en,"

kāya-paccaya,

mfn., based on the body; ~ā uppajjeyya āsavā, Peṭ 201,22, cf. A II 197,29 foll.

" 346862288373813248,kāyapāguññatā,en,"

kāya-pāguñña-tā

, f. [double abstr.], proficieny of the (mental) body (Ñm, Vism-trsl.); — gr. lit.: ~ā, Mogg-v on Mogg IV 59; — ~ā hoti cittapāguṇatā hoti, Dhs 1 (9,20) (kāyassa pāguṇabhāvo, As 131,3 = Vism 466,7); Dhs 338; Abhidh-s-mhṭ 85,21.

" 346862300977696768,kāyapamāṇa,en,"

kāya-pamāṇa,

n., seize of the body; akāraṇaṁ ~an ti, Spk II 238,23 (sarīrappamāṇaṁ … appamāṇaṁ sīlâdiguṇā va pamāṇan ti, Spk-pṭ II 196,22); — ifc. upaḍḍha‑° (Sp 1217,23).

" 346862304098258944,kāyapaṇidhāna,en,"

kāya-paṇidhāna,

n., determination to become a Buddha (as expressed) by deeds; abhinīhāro ti ~aṁ, Mp-ṭ III 22,7 (on Mp II 15,11).

" 346862303456530432,kāyapaṇidhi,en,"

kāya-paṇidhi,

m., = prec.; vacīpaṇidhito yāva ~i, Cp-a 321,7 = Sv-pṭ I 120,23.

" 346862297894883328,kāyaparicchinna,en,"

kāya-paricchinna,

mfn., limited by the body; cf. kāyapariyantika, q.v.

" 346862299115425792,kāyapariggaha,en,"

kāya-pariggaha,

m., seizing of the body; catudhātuvavatthānavasena ~o, Ps II 131,29; paṭhamanayena hi attano kāye ~o, Vibh-a 219,14.

" 346862298545000448,kāyapariggāhaka,en,"

kāya-pariggāhaka,

mf(-ikā)n., seizing, comprising the body; ~ikā sati, Vibh-a 287,25 = Nidd-a I 51,10 = Paṭis-a 179,6; satimâti ~ikāya satiyā samannāgato, Sv 758,24 = Ps I 243,20 = Vibh-a 219,25 = Paṭis-a 175,33; ~akassa bhikkhuno tasmiṁ kāye sati, Ps IV 143,8 = Spk III 274,13; ~akena … ñāṇena, Vibh-a 219,23 = Paṭis-a 175,32.

" 346862295881617408,kāyapariharaṇa,en,"

kāya-pariharaṇa,

n., sustenance, guarding of the body; kammaṭṭhānikassa ~aṁ, Sv 759,23 (yāvad eva kammaṭṭhānaṁ pariharaṇatthaṁ, Sv-pṭ II 374,19) = Ps I 244,27 = Vibh-a 220,33 qu. Paṭis-a 177,13; medaka-thālikā viya attano ~añ ca pakāsesi, Dhp-a II 179,16 (so Be; Ee kāyassa pa°), cf. A IV 377,6.

" 346862294312947712,kāyaparihārika,en,"

kāya-parihārika,

mfn., sustaining, taking care of the body; bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti ~ena cīvarena, D I 71,8 (tīṇi cīvarāni, patto + … te sabbe kāyaparihāriyā pi honti … kāyaṁ pariharanti posentîti ~aṁ hoti, Sv 206,13; kāyaṁ pariharanti posenti … kāyaparihāro payojanaṁ etenâti ~aṁ … kāyapariharaṇamattakenâti, Sv-pṭ I 331,3–16) = M I 180,20 (Ps II 212,8 = Sv 206,13) = A II 209,34 (Mp III 195,14 = Sv 206,13) qu. Pp 58,19; Pj II 45,32; bahuke pi diyyamāne ~aṁ cīvaraṁ paṭiggaṇhāti, Nidd I 496,8 (kāyaṁ pariharati posetîti kāyaparihāriyaṁ, Nidd-a I 460,22); thero hi ~ena cīvarena … attānam eva posento, Ud-a 62,30; tecīvariko bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti ~ena cīvarena, Vism 65,27 (vātâtapâdiparissayato kāyassa pariharaṇamattena, Vism-mṭ I 93,13); sāṭakadvayam eva attano ~aṁ katvā, Sv-pṭ II 109,10.

" 346862293537001472,kāyaparihāriya,en,"

kāya-parihāriya,

mfn., = prec., form used in the cts. and partly understood as ger.; sabbe ~ā pi honti kucchiparihāriyā pi, Sv 206,13 etc., s. prec.; ~āni katvā, Sp 1018,20 (sc. cīvarāni; kāyena pariharitabbāni, Sp-ṭ III 258,15); ~aṁ cīvaraṁ, Th-a III 99,30.

" 346862292677169152,kāyapariḷāha,en,"

kāya-pariḷāha,

m., bodily pain, distress, cf. kāyikapariḷāha, q.v.; °âdinaṁ uppattiṁ vāretvā, Spk III 207,21; 206,11; kilesasantāpena c’eva kilesapariḷāhena ca ~ena ca, It-a I 96,15.

" 346862296640786432,kāyapariṇāmana,en,"

kāya-pariṇāmana,

n., change of the position of the body; cittavasena ~e , Vibh-a 374,15 (Be °‑mana-kāle)

" 346862297240571904,kāyapariññā,en,"

kāya-pariññā,

f., comprehensive understanding of the body; ~ā kāyamoneyyaṁ, Nidd I 57,15 (kāyaṁ ñātatīraṇapahānapariññāhi jānanavasena pavattaṁ ñāṇaṁ, Nidd-a I 176,29) qu. Sv 1004,26 = Mp II 372,1 = It-a II 35,21.

" 346862102490648576,kāyaparissama,en,"

kāya-parissama,

m., toil, exertion of the body; rodanā … etena ~aṁ dasseti, Pj I 214,6; niratthakaṁ ~aṁ dukkhaṁ, Th-a I 87,3; kāyakilamatho … desanāya ~o pi satthu aparissamo, Sv-pṭ II 77,12.

" 346862101744062464,kāyapariyantika,en,"

kāya-pariyantika,

mfn. [cf. SWTF s.v. kāyaparyantika, q.v.], limited by the body, cf. kāyantika, q.v.; ~aṁ vedanaṁ vedayāmi, M III 244,34 (kāyakoṭikaṁ, Ps V 58,18) = S II 83,1 (kāyantikaṁ kāyaparicchinnaṁ, Spk II 78,31) = S V 319,25 = A II 198,35 (Mp III 176,9 = Spk II 78,31).

" 346862305360744448,kāyapaṭijaggana,en,"

kāya-paṭijaggana,

n., taking care of the body; na hi buddhā sabbaso ~aṁ na karonti, Pj II 401,28 (Be ~aṁ karonti).

" 346862306002472960,kāyapaṭipīḷana,en,"

kāya-paṭipīḷana,

n., oppression of the body; — °‑dukkha, n., suffering, which oppresses the body; dukkhehîti ~ehi, Mp II 96,2; — °‑lakkhaṇa, mfn., marked by oppression of the body; ~aṁ dukkhaṁ, Vibh-a 506,28.

" 346862291813142528,kāyapavatta,en,"

kāya-pavatta,

mfn., proceeding from the body; cakkhupavattaṁ + … ~aṁ (pariyādiyati, aññañ ca n’uppajjati), Paṭis I 101,6 (cakkhupavatti cakkhusamudācāro … esa nayo sesesu, Paṭis-a 323,30); yāva ~ā (sc. vedanā) uppajjitvā tato aparaṁ anuppajjanavedanaṁ, Ps V 58,18.

" 346862291041390592,kāyapavatti,en,"

kāya-pavatti,

f., activity of the body; bhagavato °‑y‑ādīnaṁ katthaci paṭighātâbhāvato, Ud-a 152,22 = It-a I 136,18.

" 346862286926778368,kāyapaviveka,en,"

kāya-paviveka,

m., = kāyaviveka, q.v.; ~o, Ps II 143,13.

" 346862275249836032,kāyaphandana,en,"

kāya-phandana,

n., agitation of the body; jambhanâti + … imehi padehi kilesavasena ~am eva, Vibh-a 479,6 qu. Mp-ṭ II 13,7 (Ee, Be w.r. °bandhanam); phanditamattâti … °‑mattaṁ, Ps III 268,2 (Ee, Ce [SHB] °phandamattaṁ, w.r.?).

" 346862275853815808,kāyaphandita,en,"

kāya-phandita,

n., bustle, excited activity of the body; sukhaseyyāpucchanavasena vācāphanditāni sammajjanâdikāraṇena ~āni, Ja III 25,5´.

" 346862286175997952,kāyaphassayatanaṃ,en,"

[kāyaphassâyatanaṁ,

w.r. at A I 176,10; read with Ce 1915, Be kāyo phass‑°, cf. s.v. kāya, 2 (vii)]

" 346862286201163776,kāyaphassāyatanaṃ,en,"

[kāyaphassâyatanaṁ,

w.r. at A I 176,10; read with Ce 1915, Be kāyo phass‑°, cf. s.v. kāya, 2 (vii)]

" 346862287958577152,kāyapīḷana,en,"

kāya-pīḷana,

n., oppression, suffering of the body, cf. kāyasaṁpīḷana, q.v.; ekasmiṁ iriyāpathe ciraviniyogena ~aṁ, Pj II 246,11; aniṭṭhaphoṭṭhabbapaṭihatakāyassa ~aṁ dukkhaṁ, It-a II 113,26 (Ee, Ce [SHB] ‑pīḷā); kāyikaṁ dukkhaṁ taṁ °‑lakkhaṇaṁ, Vism 503,24 = Sv 121,27; tapojigucchavādâti °âditapena, Nidd-a I 367,18.

" 346862287513980928,kāyaposana,en,"

kāya-posana

, n., nourishing the body; see kāya-daḍḍhi-bahula.

" 346862301615230976,kāyappabhā,en,"

kāya-p(p)abhā,

f., radiance of the body; bhagavato … ~ā, Ud-a 354,14.

" 346862295059533824,kāyappacālakaṃ,en,"

kāya-p(p)acālakaṁ

, abs. [cf. BHSD s.v. kāyapracālaka; Mittelindisch § 500], swaying the body; — gr. lit.: ~aṁ gacchati, Mogg-v on Mogg V 63; — na ~am antaraghare gamissāmi, Vin IV 188,4 (kāyaṁ cāletvā cāletvā, Kkh(2) 258,10) ≠ Vin II 213,22; anādariyaṁ paṭicca ~am antaraghare gacchantassa dukkaṭaṁ, Vin V 29,22; ~aṁ katvā bāhusīsappacālakaṁ gacchato, Vin-vn 1888 (read gatvā for katvā, cf. s.v. kāmana, q.v.).

" 346862307248181248,kāyappacālana,en,"

kāya-p(p)acālana,

n., swaying of the body; °‑samatthaṁ bahum pivitvā, It-a II 53,32 (Be °‑sañcalana°) ≠ Vibh-a 383,29.

" 346862302286319616,kāyappadesa,en,"

kāya-p(p)adesa,

m., part of the body; vāto ~aṁ paharati, Vism 172,19; adhakkhake ubhajānumaṇḍale ~e, Sp 902,17; yaṁ kiñci ~aṁ sādayamānā, Kkh(2) 280,4; tilabījamattena ~ena abhāsaṁ muñcanto, Mp II 343,17; Nett 74,28.

" 346862271592402944,kāyappāgabbhiya,en,"

kāya-p(p)āgabbhiya,

n., bodily impudence; uposathâgāravitakkamāḷakâdīsu ~aṁ, Sp 1315,16 (~aṁ kāyaduccaritaṁ, Vjb 546,10; °‑vasena pavattaṁ kāyaduccaritaṁ, Sp-ṭ III 458,3; ~an ti unnativasena pavattanakāyânācāraṁ, Vmv II 275,14); ~ena … virahitā … aṭṭhaṭṭhānaṁ ~aṁ … kāyena appaṭirūpakaraṇaṁ, Spk II 167,3 qu. Pj I 242,9; Pj II 165,7; °âdīnañ ca akaraṇena sabbaso anācāraṁ vajjetvā, Ud-a 225,16 = It-a II 129,12; pagabbho ti ~âdīhi samannāgato, Mp III 413,6 ≠ Dhp III 354,9; Ja V 449,30´; ~ena vācāpāgabbhena manopāgabbhenâti tividhena pāgabbhiyena, Ja I 288,24´ (so read with Be, Ce; Ee w.r.).

" 346862307969601536,kāyappakopa,en,"

kāya-p(p)akopa,

m., bodily agitation, cf. M. Hara, Indische Kultur im Kontext. Festschr. K. Mylius 2006: 229 foll.; ~aṁ rakkheyya, Dhp 231 (tividhaṁ kāyaduccaritaṁ, Dhp-a III 330,20).

" 346862290328358912,kāyappasāda,en,"

kāya-p(p)asāda,

m. [cf. BHSD s.v. prasāda (2), q.v.], tranquillity that results in sensitivity of the body (in cts. only); — exeg.: ~o kāyadhātu, Spk II 131,15; ~o kāyaviññāṇâdīnaṁ … vatthudvārabhāvaṁ, Nidd-a I 168,5 = Paṭis-a 79,16; — yasmiṁ yasmiṁ pana ṭhāne ~o ussanno … tattha tattha kāyaviññāṇaṁ uppajjati, As 334,14; ajjhattikabāhirā paṭhavī etassa ~assa phoṭṭhabbajānane paccayo, 315,29; (phoṭṭhabbānaṁ paṭhavīnissitaṁ) kāyadvārasmiṁ hi bahiddhā mahābhūtârammaṇaṁ ajjhattikaṁ ~aṁ ghaṭṭetvā, 283,15; mahābhūtāni … ~aṁ ghaṭṭenti, 333,24; ~o tassa nissayāni cattāri mahābhūtāni, Vibh-a 22,10; + ~o cakkhuppasādo ti cuddasa sambhārā, As 306,27 qu. It-a I 100,7; + cakkhuppasādo ~o saṅkhepato terasa sambhārā, Spk II 354,24 qu. Bv-a 34,1; ~o viya sakalasarīraṁ vyāpakam eva, Vism 447,11; jīvitanavakaṁ ~en’ ekato siyā taṁ kāyadasakaṁ, Abhidh-av 750; — tikhiṇāya sattiyā ~aṁ uppāṭetvā, Spk III 5,13; — Rem.: w. r. at Cp-a 14,9 for kāyasāra, q.v.; — ifc. ajjhattika‑°; anaṭṭha‑°; upahata‑°; cakkhu‑°; dūsita‑°; naṭṭha‑°; — °‑paccaya, mfn., originating from the sensitivity of the body; ~aṁ paṭhavīsannissayaṁ laddhā va uppajjati, As 283,13; — °‑vatthuka, mfn., grounded in the sensitivity of the body; kāyikan ti ~aṁ, Sv 799,19 = Spk III 241,7; ~aṁ cittaṁ kāyaviññāṇadhātu, II 131,16; dukkhan ti ~aṁ dukkhaṁ, Mp III 302,16; Spk III 241,15; ~āni sukhadukkhāni, Vibh-a 73,12; sukhindriyadukkhindriyāni ~āni kāmâvacarān’ eva, Vibh-a 36,12.

" 346862288856158208,kāyappasambhanā̆,en,"

kāya-p(p)asambhanā̆

, fn., = prec.; ~aṁ kāyapassaddhi, Vism 465,18; ~ā yeva pasādo cittasito, Peṭ 170,3 (so read, cf. Peṭ-trsl. § 685 n. 4).

" 346862289808265216,kāyappasāraṇa,en,"

kāya-p(p)asāraṇa,

n., stretching the body; ~aṁ dassetuṁ … nipajjatîti-ādi vuttaṁ, Sp 745,12.

" 346862289330114560,kāyappassaddhi,en,"

kāya-p(p)assaddhi,

f., calmness of the body; — exeg.: kāyapassambhanaṁ ~i, Vism 465,18; yaṁ kāyikaṁ sukhaṁ ayaṁ ~i, Nett 66,16 (Ee kāyikā pa°, w.r.?); — ko … āhāro … passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya … ~i, S V 104,30 (tiṇṇaṁ khandhānaṁ darathapassaddhi, Spk III 170,19) qu. Vism 133,33 = Sv 793,24 = Ps I 297,8; + ottappaṁ ~i cittappassaddhi kāyalahutā +, Dhs 1 (kāyassa passambhanaṁ, As 130,8); Dhs 338; Vibh-a 282,27; vedanākhandhassa + … passaddhi … , Dhs 40 qu. It-a I 101,2; katamo atthi passaddhibojjhaṅgo … ~i … cittappassaddhi, Vibh 228,27 (Vibh-a 314,17 = Spk III 170,19); pharaṇāpītiyā … sā … duvidhaṁ passaddhiṁ paripūreti ~iñ ca cittappassaddhiñ ca, Vism 144,27 = As 117,5 ≠ Nidd-a I 129,12 = Paṭis-a 183,4; °‑vasena kāyaduṭṭhullaṁ na suppaṭippassaddhaṁ katvā, Vism 151,27 qu. Paṭis-a 231,21; °âdayo pi dhammā rūpam eva, As 379,7.

" 346862304731598848,kāyappaṭibaddha,en,"

kāya-p(p)aṭibaddha,

mfn., attached to the body, cf. kāyasaṁbaddha, q.v.; — exeg.: kāyikā ete dhammā ~ā kāyasaṅkhārā, M I 301,22 (kāyanissitā kāye sati honti, asati na honti, Ps II 365,7) = S IV 293,24 (Spk III 94,16 = Ps II 365,7) = Paṭis I 184,28 (kāyaṁ paṭibaddhā kāyaṁ nissitā, Paṭis-a 516,12) qu. Vism 276,5 = Paṭis-a 316,12; — ~an (Vin III 123,34) ti vatthaṁ vā pupphaṁ vā ābharaṇaṁ vā, Sp 549,14; ticīvaraṁ ~aṁ katvā, Sv 207,12 = Ps II 213,5; pattañ ca cīvarañ ca ādiyitvā ~aṁ katvā, Sv 542,2 (cīvaraṁ pārupitvā, Sv-pṭ II 178,27); aṭṭha parikkhāre ~e katvā, Ja V 254,14´; ~ato atirekassa … parikkhārassa abhāvā, 254,19´; iddhimayapattacīvaraṁ ~aṁ ahosi, Sp-ṭ III 228,18; — itthiyā kāyena ~aṁ āmasati, Vin III 123,34; ekena … hatthena ~aṁ gahetvā itarena tattha tattha kāyaṁ parāmasato, Sp-ṭ II 317,15 (on Sp 535,11); sambahulā … itthiyo ~ehi rajjuvatthâdīhi parikkhipitvā gaṇhanto, Sp 536,27; ~aṁ gahaṇaṁ sādiyati, Vin V 72,4; kāyaṁ vā ~aṁ vā antamaso uppalapattamattam pi uccāreti, Vin IV 147,19; nissaggiyena ~aṁ āmasati, Vin IV 214,35 (attano kāyena purisassa ~aṁ, Sp 901,28); itthiyā ~aṁ ādissa vaṇṇaṁ bhaṇati, Vin III 130,10; itthiyā … ~o vaṇṇo, Mp I 22,2 qu. Th-a III 23,17; — hanati kāyena vā ~ena vā nissaggiyena vā, Vin III 74,35 (~ato amocitena asiādinā paharaṇena. nissaggiyenâti kāyato ca ~ato ca mocitena ususattiādinā, Sp 443,30); Kkh(2) 224,8; sāhatthiko … kāyena vā ~ena vā paharaṇaṁ, 49,7; payogo sāhatthiko, so kāyena vā ~ena vā vācāya vā paravisaṁvādanakiriyâkārena daṭṭhabbo, Sv 72,33 = Spk II 146,17 qu. Nidd-a I 117,14; — adinnan (Vin IV 90,12) ti kāyena vā ~ena vā gaṇhantassa, Sp 842,32; kāyena vā ~ena vā nissaggiyena vā dente, Vin IV 90,13 (kaṭacchuādīsu dinnaṁ … sarīrapaṭibaddhena [so read?] sattathālakâdinā gahitaṁ ~ena gahitaṁ eva, Sp 843,19–23); — °‑tta, n., abstr. of prec.; ~ā kāyena saṅkharīyati, Ps II 364,20 = Spk III 93,28; — °‑paṭibaddha, mfn., attached to something attached to the body; keci evaṁ ādhārakena paṭiggahaṇaṁ ~ena paṭiggahaṇaṁ … taṁ vacanamattam eva, atthato … sabbaṁ … kāyapaṭibaddhaṁ, Sp 846,28 (kecîti Abhayagirivāsino. tehi kāyasaṁsagge kāyapaṭibaddhenâpi tappaṭibaddhenâpi thullaccayâpatti dassitā, Vjb 323,12 foll.; Sp-ṭ III 71,16); yasmā pāḷiyaṁ ~ena āmasanaṁ … natthi tasmā sabbam pi ~aṁ kāyapaṭibaddhen’eva saṅgahetvā Mahāaṭṭhakathāyañ ca Kurundiyañ ca vuttaṁ, Sp 536,31 foll.; — °‑parikkhāra, mfn., (using) equipment attached to the body; yo … sakuṇavattaṁ pūreti ~o va hoti, Ja V 254,5´; — °‑vāra, n., paragraph on “attached to the body”; ~e, Sp 539,24; — °‑saññā, f., perception, (that something is) attached to the body; kāyapaṭibaddhe ~ā uppāditā, Sp 538,17.

" 346862300310802432,kāyappayoga,en,"

kāya-p(p)ayoga,

m., bodily effort; ayaṁ āpatti ~ā, Sp 1372,28 (so read); ~ena paññāsam pi manussā ekaṁ Nāḷandaṁ … kātuṁ na sakkonti, Ps III 60,3; porisañ ca ~ena itarapayogena ca upagantvā Vv-a 264,19 (Ee w.r. porisā); ~aṁ vinā uppannaviriyaṁ, Spk III 170,18 = Vibh-a 314,25; hatthamuddâdinidassanaṁ vā ~aṁ karontassa, Kkh(2) 33,12; musâti vacīpayogo ~o vā, Sv 72,16 = As 98,33 qu. Pj I 26,15 = Vv-a 72,19; iriyāpathavihāro … ~o kāyikakiriyā, Mp-ṭ II 75,28.

" 346862519337357312,kāyaraha,en,"

[kāyâraha,

w. r. at Vv-a 304,20 and at Cp-a 14,9 (Be) for kāyasāra, q. v.]

" 346862519354134528,kāyāraha,en,"

[kāyâraha,

w. r. at Vv-a 304,20 and at Cp-a 14,9 (Be) for kāyasāra, q. v.]

" 346862273052020736,kāyarakkhaṇasamatta,en,"

kāya-rakkhaṇa-samatta,

mfn., being able to protect the body; tisso ~ā samāpattiyo, Ud-a 245,9.

" 346862526887104512,kāyarammaṇa,en,"

kāyârammaṇa, a.

n., basis, object that is the body; — b. mfn., having the body as basis, object; a. ~e ñāṇaṁ kāyamoneyyaṁ, Nidd I 57,14 (kāyaṁ ārammaṇaṁ katvā aniccâdivasena pavattaṁ ~e ñāṇaṁ, Nidd-a I 176,27 foll.) qu. Sv 1004,25 (kāyasaṅkhātassa ārammaṇassa jānanaṁ, Sv-pṭ III 279,24) = It-a II 35,20; — b. kāye kāyânupassino viharato ~o vā uppajjati kāyasmiṁ pariḷāho, S V 156,1 (yaṁ kāyaṁ anupassati tam eva ārammaṇaṁ katvā uppajjati kilesapariḷāho, Spk III 205,18); ~aṁ ñāṇaṁ kāyamoneyyaṁ, Mp II 372,1 (so Ee, Be, Ce [1922], read ~e, cf. Nidd I 57,14 above ? cf. s.v. kāyasaṅkhāranirodha, q.v.); kāyagatāsatin ti … ~am pi satiṁ, Ps IV 144,17 ≠ Th-a I 49,6; ~āya satiyā, Ud-a 189,27; duvidhā kāye gatā ~ā (sc. sati), 375,24 (so read); — °‑tta, n., abstr.; pāṭihāriyakaraṇe ~ā, Vibh-a 372,24.

" 346862526899687424,kāyārammaṇa,en,"

kāyârammaṇa, a.

" 346862270891954176,kāyaratha,en,"

kāya-ratha,

m., the body as a chariot; ācārasampannacittaṁ tava ~assa sindhavakiccaṁ sādhetu, Ja VI 254,16´, cf. kāyo te rathasaññāto, 252,17*.

" 346862269218426880,kāyaroga,en,"

kāya-roga,

m., bodily disease; + jivhārogo ~o sīsarogo +, A V 110,3 qu. Nidd I 153,2; 269,13; kāyo mūlaṁ ~ānaṁ, Nidd II 232,20 foll. = Be 48,17.

" 346862270187311104,kāyaruci,en,"

kāya-ruci,

f., splendour of the body; accarucī (so read, aor. 3. sg., cf. s.v. atirocati, q.v.) ti attano ~iyā ñāṇaruciyā … ruci, Th-a III 10,1, cf. accarucîti sabbasatte atikkamitvā pavattarucitāya (so read) … accaruci, Mp III 371,14.

" 346862526840967168,kāyarūḷha,en,"

kāyârūḷha,

mfn., worn on the body; ~am eva ābharaṇabhaṇḍaṁ omuñcitvā, Cp-a 84,35 = Ja VI 511,18; ~āni ābharaṇāni, Dhp-a IV 207,4 qu. Paṭis-a 677,9; — °‑pasādhana, n., ornament worn on the body; ṭhapetvā anagghaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ ~aṁ, Ja VI 488,29; ~aṁ bhaṇḍikaṁ karohi, Thī-a 98,16.

" 346862526853550080,kāyārūḷha,en,"

kāyârūḷha,

" 346862172757823488,kāyasabhāva,en,"

kāya-sabhāva,

m., nature of the body; ~aṁ pakāsentā, Vv-a 92,18 (thus Be; Ee kāyassa sa°); — °‑dassana, n., seeing the ~; ~aṁ, Vism 77,20.

" 346862186930376704,kāyasadda,en,"

kāya-sadda,

m., the word “body”; samūhanivāsavācako … ~o, It-a II 75,35; samūhatthena ~ena, Paṭis-a 419,25.

" 346862224121270272,kāyasaguṇagaṇṭhikā,en,"

kāya-saguṇa-gaṇṭhikā,

f., uddāna, referring to kāyabandhana, saguṇa, gaṇṭhikā (Vin II 213,15 foll.); ~ā, Vin II 232,18*.

" 346862225153069056,kāyasakkhin,en,"

kāya-sakkhi(n),

m. [cf. BHSD, SWTF s.v. kāyasākṣin, q.v.], 1. a person, who has realized the jhānas physically (or: through the body), one of the seven ariyapuggala, q.v., cf. Ñtl, BW s.v.; 2. witness who is present in bodily form (only post-canonical); — 1. exeg.: phuṭṭhattā sacchikarotîti ~ī, Paṭis II 61,14; yattakaṁ kāyena sacchikātabbaṁ sabbassa katattā …~ī, Mp IV 206,21; — satta puggalā dakkhiṇeyyā … paññāvimutto ~ī diṭṭhipatto +, D III 254,1 (phuṭṭhattā sacchikaroti … kāye jhānaphassaṁ paṭhamaṁ phussati pacchā nirodhaṁ nibbāṇaṁ sacchikaroti so … chabbidho, Sv 889,34 foll. = Mp IV 3,14, cf. Rem.) ≠ M I 439,30 ≠ Kv 58,12; Vism 659,14; sotâpattiphalâdīsu chasu ṭhānesu ~ī, Mp II 148,28; katamo … puggalo ~ī … ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā te kāyena phusitvā viharanti, M I 478,4 foll. (Ps III 189,1 = Sv 889,34) qu. Pp 14,29 foll.; tayo … puggalā santo … ~ī diṭṭhipatto saddhāvimutto, A I 118,15; Pp 4,26; satt’ ime … puggalā ubhatobhāgavimutto paññāvimutto ~ī +, D III 105,28; Pp 10,19; dasa-y-ime … puggalā … + ~ī +, A V 23,6; kittāvatā … ~ī … paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja … āyatanaṁ … kāyena phassitvā … ~ī vutto +, IV 451,25–452,28 (Mp IV 206,17); asuko bhikkhu … ~ī, I 74,12 (kāyena jhānaphassaṁ phusitvā pacchā nirodhaṁ nibbānaṁ sacchikatvā, Mp II 147,28); samādhindriyassa adhimattattā ~ī, Paṭis II 62,4 (aṭṭhasu pi ṭhānesu ~ī, Paṭis-a 563,8, i.e. sotâpattimagga etc.); ~ī … sakadāgāmī vā anāgāmī vā, A I 120,8; bhāvanābhāgiyaṁ suttaṁ dvādasahi puggalehi niddisitabbaṁ … + diṭṭhapattena ~inā, Nett 190,4; — 2. āyasmantaṁ Nandaṁ ~iṁ katvā, Sv 193,24 (kāyena sacchikatavantaṁ paccakkhakārinaṁ, Sv-pṭ I 323,17 [so read]) = Ps I 261,21; Koṇḍaññattheraṁ ~iṁ katvā Dhammacakkappavattanasuttaṁ kathesi, Ps II 192,10 ≠ Mp I 122,25; mātaraṁ ~iṁ katvā Abhidhammapiṭakaṁ kathento, Ps V 7,19; As 15,18; mātaraṁ ~iṁ katvā, Mp I 126,3 (nāmakāyena desanāya sampaṭicchanavasena sakkhibhūtaṁ katvā, Mp-ṭ II 152,6); maṁ ~iṁ katvā, Sv 602,4 (Ee maṁ ñeva sakkhiṁ, w.r.; taṁ paṭipadaṁ kāyena sacchikatavantaṁ, Sv-pṭ II 242,12); tvaṁ … me imasmiṁ dānamukhe jeṭṭhakabhāvassa ~ī hohi, Mp I 244,24 (so read) qu. Th-a I 145,30; atītabhāve diṭṭhakāraṇaṁ Puṇṇamukhaṁ ~iṁ katvā, Ja V 424,12, cf. W. B. Bollée: Kuṇāla-ja 1970: 95; mahādhammasamāgamo … mayaṁ tasmiṁ samāgame ~ino bhavissāma, Mp II 301,16; bhagavā attānaṁ ~iṁ katvā, It-a I 78,20; bhikkhuṁ ~iṁ katvā, Vism 98,4; tā devatā ~iṁ katvā, Vv 3,20; — Rem.: phuṭṭhantaṁ, Sv 889,34 = Mp IV 3,14 is an old w.r. for phuṭṭhattā, Paṭis II 61,14 “he has realized [nibbāna] by touching (contacting), thus he is a Body Witness” Paṭis-trsl. (Ñm), in spite of phuṭṭhānaṁ anto phuṭṭhanto, Sv-pṭ III 92,21; — °‑dassana, n., pointing out a witness in bodily form; °‑atthaṁ Vism 387,28 (ayam etass’ atthassa attano kāyena sacchikatattā kāyasakkhîti, Vism-mhṭ II 21,17); Paṭis-a 663,24; — °‑niddesa, m., explanation of “witness in bodily form”; ~e, Pp-a 191,27, cf. Pp 3,5.

" 346862165136773120,kāyasama,en,"

kāya-sama,

n., correct bodily conduct; cf. kāyavisama, q.v.

" 346862170476122112,kāyasamācāra,en,"

kāya-samācāra,

m., bodily behaviour; kathaṁpaṭipanno … bhikkhu pātimokkhasaṁvarāya paṭipanno? ~am p’ahaṁ … duvidhaṁ vadāmi sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pi, D II 279,30–280,2 (Sv 733,9 foll.) ≠ M III 46,12 foll. (Ps IV 100,8) qu. Nett 186,30 foll.; katamo ~o kusalo +, M II 115,19 qu. As 38,13 = Paṭis-a 129,22 = Bv-a 49,14; evam assâyaṁ ~o tikoṭiparisuddho, S V 354,5 (so read); so bhagavā tathārūpaṁ ~aṁ samācareyya yvâssa ~o opārambho samaṇehi +, M II 113,31; parisuddho no ~o bhavissati uttāno vivaṭo na ca chiddavā, I 272,1 (Ps II 314,35); parisuddhena ~ena samannāgato, A V 79,18 = Vin II 248,24; Ps II 381,11; °âdīni pūrento careyya, Ja IV 173,23´; ~o va upasanto, Vism 299,21; °âdayo aparisuddhā, Sv 993,4; ~o upacikâdīhi khāyitatālapaṇṇaṁ viya chiddo, Mp V 35,22 ≠ Sp 1289,16; tassa ~aṁ disvā, Dhp-a IV 114,4; satthu ~añ ca ājīvañ ca manosamācārañ ca pucchi, Mp I 240,1; — ifc. aparisuddha‑°; asevitabba‑°; parisuddha‑°; sevitabba‑°; — °‑suddhi, f., purity of bodily behaviour; sabbabhūtesu tāditāya ~i, Pj II 202,28.

" 346862168114728960,kāyasamācārika,en,"

kāya-samācārika,

mfn., referring to bodily behaviour; samācāriyāyâti ~assa sucaritassa caraṇena, Vv-a 148,12.

" 346862109784543232,kāyasāmaggi,en,"

kāya-sāmaggi,

f., physical presence; ~iṁ datvā, Kkh(2) 15,22 (kāyena samaggabhāvaṁ hatthapāsûpagamanaṁ, Kkh-ṭ 153,26); bhikkū cātudassiyaṁ pavāretvā pannarasiyaṁ ~iṁ idāni pi denti, Vjb 474,9; samaggehîti °‑vasena samaggehi, Kkh(2) 277,13 (on Vin IV 207,18); uposathakammassa ko ādi … sannipatitānaṁ ~ī, Sp 1346,11; kenaci vā kāraṇena ~iṁ adentassa upajjhāyassa chandaṁ gahetvā kammavācaṁ sāveti, Vjb 434,13 (on Sp 1025,8); jīvitantarāyâdiāpadāsu aruciyā ~iṁ dentassa anāpatti, Vmv II 128,27 on Sp 1031,20 “there is no offence, if he is physically present (at an unlawful saṅghakamma) against his will in emergencies such as danger for his life etc.”; chandaṁ vā ~iṁ adentassa dukkaṭaṁ, Vin-vn 2600; °‑bodhiyaṅganâdīsu bhikkhūnaṁ ~iṁ deti, Spk III 33,19; ariyapuggalānaṁ ~iyaṁ ariyasaṅghabhāvaṁ dasseti, Sv-pṭ I 15,9; — °‑dāna, n., granting physical presence; virahito … samānasīmāyaṁ ṭhito ~ato sarīrena aviyutto, Sp 607,30 (vimutto. ~aṁ tesu tesu saṅghakammesu hatthapāsûpagamanavasena veditabbo, Vmv II 361,6) ≠ Kkh(2) 76,2 (kāyena kāyassa vā sāmaggiyā sahitabhāvassa dānato. tesu tesu saṅghakammesu hatthapāsûpagamano, Kkh-ṭ 250,11 foll.); avivādavasena °‑vasena ca samagge, Th-a II 149,22.

" 346862160829222912,kāyasamārambha,en,"

kāya-samārambha,

m., bodily endeavour; ye °‑paccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, ~ā paṭiviratassa evaṁ ’sa te vighātapariḷāhā na honti, A II 197,30 ( kāyakammapaccayena, Mp III 175,10).

" 346862127773913088,kāyasambaddha,en,"

kāya-sambaddha,

mfn., = kāyapaṭibaddha, q.v., used m.c.; ~aṁ, Vin-vn 340.

" 346862123319562240,kāyasambhogasāmaggidāna,en,"

kāya-sambhoga-sāmaggi-dāna,

n., granting bodily communion and presence (with a sāmaṇera regretting his offence); yathā pure ~aṁ ruccati saṁghassa, Sp 1403,11 (so read; sahaseyyapaṭiggahaṇâdi, Sp-ṭ III 493,7; Vjb 579,22) qu. Pālim 401,7.

" 346862118898765824,kāyasammata,en,"

kāya-sammata,

mfn., considered as body; ~o aṭṭhisaṅghāṭo abhikkamati, Sv 192,25 = Ps I 260,29 = Spk III 190,2 = Vibh 354,33 qu. Pj II 55,12; ~aṁ aṭṭhikasaṅghāṭaṁ vippharati, Pj II 55,10.

" 346862114561855488,kāyasammuṭṭhāsatitāya,en,"

[kāyasammuṭṭhāsatitāya,

w.r. at Peṭ 172,10 for tāya samuṭṭhassatitāya, cf. Peṭ-trsl. 234 n. 694/5]

" 346862147411644416,kāyasampadā,en,"

kāya-sampadā,

f., accomplishment of the body; cha bhavasatāni cakkhusampadā + … ~ā manosampadā, Nidd I 30,20 (Nidd-a I 106,5 foll.); ~āya … mānaṁ janeti, 80,8 (cakkhâdisampattivasena, Nidd-a I 208,11).

" 346862151874383872,kāyasampatti,en,"

kāya-sampatti,

f., perfection of the body, cf. kāyavipatti, q.v.; atikkantā mānusavaṇṇan ti iminā ~i vuttā, Sv 626,32 ≠ Ps IV 227,32; soḷasavassakāle ~iṁ disvā, Ja IV 476,13 (so Be; Ee sarīra°); — °‑mūlaka, mfn., based on perfection of the body; abhijjhāvinayena ~assa anurodhassa, Sv 759,9 = Ps I 244,13 = Vibh-a 220,19 qu. Paṭis-a 176,31; Moh 155,2.

" 346862137114628096,kāyasamphassa,en,"

kāya-samphassa,

m. [cf. SWFT s.v. kāyasaṁsparśa, q.v.], a. bodily contact; b. contact of the body as the organ of feeling, cf. kāya 2.(vii), one of the six contacts (samphassa); cf. post-canonical sarīrasamphassa; — a. itthiratanassa evarūpo ~o, D II 175,26 (Sv 626,34) = M III 175,3 (Ps IV 228,2); — b. ~assa vatthu … ~assa ārammaṇaṁ, Dhs 586 (125,35–126,12); phoṭṭhabbaṁ ārabbha kāyaṁ nissāya ~o uppajji +, Dhs 651; cha phassakāyā … + ~o +, D III 243,34 = M I 52,14 ≠ S II 3,28 (Spk II 16,22); Vism 565,16; phasso … nâbhavissa sabbena sabbaṁ + … cakkhusampasso + … ~o +, D II 62,6; + ~o ti rūpe vibhūte na phusanti phassā, Nidd I 278,17; evaṁ … sikkhitabbaṁ … + na ~aṁ viññāṇaṁ upādiyissāmi +, M III 260,5; ~o loke piyarūpaṁ … etth’esā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, D II 309,1; °‑paccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ, S IV 171,10 (text not in Ee); + °‑paccayā … + … vedanākhandho, Vibh 27,27; yo ~asmiṁ chandarāgo + … cittass’eso upakkileso, S III 233,7; + ~e + … aniccânupassī +, A IV 146,5; + ~o abhiññeyyo +, Paṭis I 6,2; vivekadassī phassesûti … + ~aṁ vivittaṁ passati +, Nidd I 223,2; anicco vipariṇāmī + … ~o +, S III 226,22; kāyaviññāṇaṁ aniccaṁ ~o anicco, S IV 171,1; ~asmim pi … nibbindati, S II 246,22; + ~aṁ etaṁ mama … + abhinivesaparāmāso diṭṭhi, Paṭis I 136,7; 141,26; phasso … ~aṁ ṭhapetvā sampayuttakā dhammā nāmasmiṁ, Nidd I 276,19; — °‑ja, mfn., originating from contact of the body; cha vedanākāyā … + ~ā vedanā, D III 244,2 ≠ M I 51,32 (Ps I 220,25 foll.) = S II 3,24; Vibh 15,15; Vism 566,36; ~ā pi sukhā dukkhâti duvidhā bhinnā, Vibh-a 36,27 (on Vibh 26,14, text not in Ee); ~aṁ dukkhaṁ, D II 306,10 (kāyasamphassato jātaṁ, Sv 799,20) = S V 209,13 (Spk III 241,10 = Sv 799,20) qu. Paṭis I 38,22 (kāyasamphasse jātaṁ, Paṭis-a I 155,29; kāyasamphassajātaṁ, 519,34); ~aṁ sātaṁ sukhaṁ vedayitaṁ … ~ā sātā sukhā, Dhs 445 = Vibh 85,16 qu. It-a II 11,34; Vibh 260,22; phoṭṭhabbaṁ ārabbha kāyaṁ nissāya … ~ā vedanā uppajji +, Dhs 651; + ~ā vedanā +, D II 58,25; ~āya vedanāya, A IV 147,9; ~aṁ sātaṁ sukhaṁ idaṁ kāyikaṁ sukhaṁ, Paṭis I 188,4; evaṁ … sikkhitabbaṁ … + ~aṁ vedanaṁ upādiyissāmi, M III 260,15; ~ā vedanā abhiññeyyā, Paṭis I 6,6; chabbidhena saññākhandho … ~ā saññā, Vibh 28,21; saññā atītā … + ~ā saññā +, Vibh 5,24 (text not in Ee); ~aṁ saññaṁ … attato samanupassati, Paṭis I 146,35 (text not in Ee); ~aṁ cetanaṁ … attato samanupassati, Paṭis I 147,26 (text not in Ee); — °‑viññāṇâyatana, n., sphere of the consciousness (gained by) the contact of the body; kāyo … phoṭṭhabbā … ~aṁ, S I 116,3; — °âyatana, n., sphere of the contact of the body; chaphassâyatano … puriso … + ~aṁ +, M III 239,25.

" 346862132123406336,kāyasamphusana,en,"

kāya-samphusana,

n., = prec. b.; anattharato ~e lomagaṇanāya āpajjitabbâpattiṁ … āpajjati, Sp 1329,15 (so read) “he commits the offence(s) to be committed when the body touches (a bed belonging to the saṁgha), because it is uncovered, (and, if hairs of the body touch the bed, the number of offences) is counted by (the number of) hairs” (cf. Sp 1249,22 foll. on Vin II 175,23), cf. sarīrasamphusana, Vin-vn-ṭ I 270,11 on Vin-vn 553.

" 346862142764355584,kāyasaṃpīḷana,en,"

kāya-saṁpīḷana,

n., = kāyapīḷana, q.v.; ~aṁ dukkhaṁ, Nett 29,6 ≠ Peṭ 118,5; — °‑lakkhaṇa, mfn., characterized by oppression, suffering of the body; ~aṁ dukkhaṁ, Peṭ 6,4; 118,5.

" 346862226776264704,kāyasaṃsagga,en,"

kāya-saṁsagga,

m. [cf. BHSD, SWTF s.v. kāyasaṁsarga, q.v.], bodily contact; savanasaṁsaggo + … ~o ti pañcavidho saṁsaggo, Ps II 143,27 qu. Ud-a 231,28 = Nidd-a I 332,6 ≠ Spk I 123,6 ≠ Ja II 357,11´; hatthagāhâdivasena uppanno rāgo … ~o nāma, Ps II 145,29 = Nidd-a I 332,27 ≠ Ud-a 232,18; aṅgamaṅgaparāmasanena uppannarāgo ~o, Pj II 70,29 qu. Ap-a 157,13; mātugāmena saddhiṁ ~aṁ āpajjeyya, Vin III 120,34** (~aṁ … ajjhācāro, Vin III 121,8; hatthagāhaṇâdisampayogaṁ kāyamissībhāvaṁ, Sp 533,16 = Kkh(2) 59,12; ubhinnaṁ kāyānaṁ sampayogaṁ, Vjb 180,22); dārudhītalikāya ~aṁ samāpajji, Vin III 126,31; hatthaṁ pasāretvā ~aṁ patvā … gihī jāto, Sv 197,7 (Ee w.r. kāyaṁ saṁ°) = Ps I 264,18 = Spk III 193,29 = Vibh-a 358,30; paṭibalo ~aṁ samāpajjituṁ, Vin IV 214,12 (Kkh(2) 279,17); ~aṁ anāpannapubbo, Ja VI 566,21 = Cp-a 93,30; ~aṁ samāpajjanapaccayā pañca āpattiyo āpajjati, Vin V 51,24; Sp 1381,4; garudhamman ti ~aṁ, Mp IV 137,15; ~o ti vatthu c’eva gottañ ca saṁghādiseso ti nāmañ c’eva āpatti ca, Vin V 224,31 qu. Sp 1178,3; avassutā avassutassa … ~aṁ sādiyissati, Vin IV 212,38; bhikkhunī … ~aṁ sādiyati, Vin V 71,33; ~ena gabbhagahaṇaṁ hoti, Sp 214,5 (Sp-ṭ II 13,5 foll. qu. Gaṇṭhipada); anandho ~aṁ passati … kāyacittato ~o, Vjb 211,5 (qu. Gaṇṭhipada); ~ke sati, Utt-vn 568; — ifc. kata‑°; — °‑kathā, f., title of Vin-vn 333–352; ~ā, Vin-vn 26,27; — °‑ja, mfn., originating from bodily contact; ~aṁ, Utt-vn 896 (i.e. pārājikaṁ); — °‑paccaya, mfn., based on bodily contact; imā ~ā pañc’ āpattiyo, Sp 1381,4 (on Vin V 210,5); — °‑pārājika, n., the offence entailing expulsion from the order (called) “bodily contact,” title of Pārājika VI (nuns); bhikkhunīnaṁ ~aṁ, Sp 1382,24; — °‑phassana-jānanā, f., cognizance of touching by bodily contact; ~ā, Sp 538,9 (so read); — °‑rāga, m., passion because of bodily contact; ~en’eva … paṭibaddhacitto, Sp 533,3; sāratto ti ~ena suṭṭhu sāratto, 533,1; rāgo ti ~o, 538,8; ~ena vā methunarāgena vā … nimittaṁ chupati, 265,20; ~ena avassutā, 904,18; ~ato manussitthîti saññāya, Vin-vn 333; sati hi ~e saṅghādiseso va siyā bījāni pi nimittasaṅkhyaṁ na gacchanti, Sp-ṭ II 84,30 ≠ Vmv I 139,16; ~e sati, Vin-vn 1977; idañ ca kuṭṭhaṁ nāma ~ena anugacchati, Sv 272,11; — °‑vibhaṅga, m., explanation of (the offence called) “bodily contact”; ~e, Vjb 185,29 (i.e. Vin III 121,27 foll.); — °‑saṁghādisesa, m., the Saṁghādisesa offence (called) “bodily contact” i.e. Saṁghādisesa II (Vin III 120,33–36**); ~aṁ … āpajjati, Sp 528,10; — °‑sādiyana, n., enjoyment of bodily contact; ~e sati, Sp 902,17; — °‑sikkhāpada, f., title of Saṁghādisesa II (Vin III 120,33–36**); ~aṁ, Sp 532,1; ~e, Vjb 184,7; ~ena saṅghādiseso, Sp-ṭ II 92,12; — °‑sikkhā, f., = prec.; ~āya vibhaṅge viya, Vjb 245,25* = Kkh-pṭ Be 78,20* (qu. from Porāṇagaṇṭhipada?); — °âdi-ttaya, n., the triad (Saṁghādisesa II) “bodily contact” etc. (i.e. Saṁghādisesas III duṭṭhullavācā and IV attakāmaparicāriyā, cf. Vin V 167,23); ~aṁ, Sp 1368,15; — °âpatti, f., offence by bodily contact; ~iṁ vā āpajjati, Sv 185,3 = Ps I 254,2 = Vibh-a 348,15; — °âpekkhā, f., longing for bodily contact; ~āya apekkhavā, Sp 533,2.

" 346862156332929024,kāyasamudaya,en,"

kāya-samudaya,

m., thriving of the body; āhārasamudayā ~o (on kāyassa samudayo, S V 184,20 qu. as ~o in Ps I 238,4 = Nidd-a I 47,34) ti āhārasamudayena ~o, Spk III 229,25 (Ee w.r. ~âti).

" 346862227661262848,kāyasaṃvara,en,"

kāya-saṁvara,

m. [ts., cf. BHSD, SWTF, q.v.], = prec.; dasa-y-ime … dhammā sarīraṭṭhā … + ~o vacīsaṁvaro ājīvasaṁvaro +, A V 88,25; chasu dvāresu ~o kāyasucaritaṁ +, Spk III 147,1.

" 346862228537872384,kāyasaṃyama,en,"

kāya-saṁyama,

m., bodily restraint; °âdīsu, Vv-a 162,17; °âdīhi saññatassa jantuno, Dhp-a II 229,7; III 356,21.

" 346862208682037248,kāyasañcalana,en,"

kāya-sañcalana,

reading of Be at It-a II 53,27 for °‑ppacālana., q.v.

" 346862204869414912,kāyasañcetanā,en,"

kāya-sañcetanā,

f., physical, bodily volition, cf. kāyadvāracetanā, q.v.; — exeg.: ~ā nāma kāyadvāre cetanā pakappanā, Mp III 144,10 (so read); — ~ā kāyasaṅkhāro … vacīcetanā vacīsaṅkhāro + … avijjāppaccayā saṅkhārā, Vibh 135,26 (kāyaviññattiṁ samuṭṭhāpetvā kāyadvārato pavattā aṭṭha kāmâvacarakusalacetanā dvādasa akusala-cetanâti samavīsati cetanā, Vibh-a 144,30 foll.; Ps I 223,1 = Spk II 17,26); Vism 530,28; akusalā ~ā akusalaṁ kāyakammaṁ, Vibh 364,8; tividhā … ~ā akusalaṁ kāyakammaṁ dukkhudrayaṁ, Kv 393,23 qu. As 88,24 (Ee w.r. dukkhindriyaṁ in Kv and As); catasso arūpâvacarakusalacetanā … ~ā kāyasaṅkhāro +, Nidd-a I 223,11 = Paṭis-a 357,28; °âdivasena paripphandamāno, Th-a III 28,30; — °‑ppaccaya, mfn., resting on physical, bodily volition; ~aṁ ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ uppajjati, Spk II 59,25; — °‑hetu, ²ind., because of physical, bodily volition; kāye … sati ~ uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ, S II 40,34 (kāyadvāre uppannacetanā, Spk II 57,32) ≠ A II 158,32 (kāyasañcetanāpaccayā, Mp III 144,15) qu. Kv 393,14, As 88,20.

" 346862177572884480,kāyasandhāraṇa,en,"

kāya-sandhāraṇa,

n., keeping the body alive; °‑mattena santuṭṭho, Pj II 118,11 qu. Ap-a 192,30.

" 346862180672475136,kāyasandosa,en,"

kāya-sandosa,

m., bodily defilement; ajjhattaṁ ~aṁ, A III 358,13 (kāyadvārassa dussanakāraṇaṁ, Mp III 380,9; Be °nâkāraṁ).

" 346862211139899392,kāyasaṅgaha,en,"

kāya-saṅgaha,

mfn., comprised of the body, Ñm, Nett-trsl. (differently NPED); yo ~o so kāye bhāvite bhāvanaṁ gacchati, Nett 91,22 (sammākammantasammāvāyāmo ~o, Nett-ṭ 237,10).

" 346862213488709632,kāyasaṅgaṇika,en,"

[kāya-saṅgaṇika,

~aṁ vinodetvā, Sv 530,10 (thus Ee, Be, Ce [SHB]) read with v.l. in Ee, Ce [SHB] gaṇa-saṅgaṇika, cf. Sv 1061,28 s.v. kāyaviveka, q.v.]

" 346862220958765056,kāyasaṅkāraṭṭhāna,en,"

kāya-saṅkāra-ṭṭhāna,

n., the dust heap that is the body; ~aṁ, Spk III 13,22, cf. s.v. kāyagahana.

" 346862215845908480,kāyasaṅkhāra,en,"

kāya-saṅkhāra,

m. [cf. SWTF s.v. kāyasaṁskāra, q.v.], activity, functioning, of the body, cf. T. Vetter, Khandha Passages 2000: 48 foll.; — exeg.: kāyassa saṅkhāro ~o assāsapassāsā … kāraṇabhūtassa karajakāyassa phalabhūto esa saṅkhāro … aparo nayo: saṅkharīyatîti saṅkhāro, kena … kāyena … vāto viya bhastāya karajakāyena saṅkharīyati, Moh 296,30–34; assāsapassāsā kāyena saṅkharīyantîti ~ā, Nidd-a I 222,21 = Paṭis-a 62,11; kāyadvāre pavattā aṭṭha kāmâvacarakusalacetanā ~o, Ps III 105,1; ~o ti kāyato pavattasaṅkhāro, kāyadvāre copanavasena pavattānaṁ … kāyasañcetanānam etaṁ adhivacanaṁ, Ps I 222,30 foll.; kāyasañcetanā ~o, Paṭis-a 357,28; saṅkhāro … °âdyabhisaṅkharaṇesu, Abh 832; — avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā … ~o, Vibh 135,16 (kāyena pavattito kāyato vā pavatto kāyassa vā saṅkhāro, Vibh-a 142,12); tayo ’me … saṅkhārā ~o vacīsaṅkhāro cittasaṅkhāro … assāsapassāsā … kāyikā ete dhammā kāyapaṭibaddhā tasmā assāsapassāsā ~o, M I 301,16–26 (kāyapaṭibaddhattā kāyena saṅkharīyati nibbattīyati, Ps II 364,20); = S IV 293,9–24 (Spk III 93,28 = Ps II 364,20) qu. Paṭis II 178,21 (kāyato vā pavatto kāyassa vā saṅkhāro, Paṭis-a 634,2); Yam I 229,3 (Yam-a 80,1); dīghaṁ assāsā kāyikā ete dhammā kāyapaṭibaddhā ~ā, Paṭis I 184,29 qu. Vism 288,8 = Sp 413,24; passambhayaṁ ~aṁ assasissāmîti sikkhati, Vin III 71,1 (oḷārikaṁ ~aṁ passambhento, Sp 411,31) = D II 291,12 = M I 56,20 = III 82 = S V 311,21 = A V 111,22 qu. Vism 274,19 ≠ Paṭis I 96,22 (Paṭis-a 312,4); ~ehi yā kāyassa ānamanā vinamanā … + passambhayaṁ ~aṁ assasissāmîti sikkhati, Paṭis I 184,34 qu. Vism 276,10 = Sp 413,30; catutthaṁ jhānaṁ samāpannassa assāsappassāsā ~ā paṭippassaddhā, Paṭis 99,10; ~ānaṁ vūpasamena catutthaṁ jhānaṁ, Peṭ 145,20; 147,21; ekaccassa oḷārikā ~ā appaṭippassaddhā + … oḷārikānaṁ ~ānaṁ paṭippassaddhiyā + … uppajjati sukhaṁ, D II 214,24–215,8 (Sv 643,32 foll.); bhāvanā visuddhiyā ~e passambhamāne pi oḷārikaṁ ~aṁ passambhemîti, Paṭis-a 518,11; Vism 275,6; pariggahitakāle ~o sukhumo, 275,8 = Sp 412,22 = Paṭis-a 493,5; gelaññaṁ passambhetvā … ~e vippatisārī viharāmi, S III 125,23 (Be gelaññe, om. vippatisārī); avijjāpaccayā … ~aṁ abhisaṅkharoti yaṁpaccayâssa … ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ, II 40,5 (Spk II 58,6 foll.); ~o pi yasmā … attano vipākaṁ janeti tasmā esa … tath’eva paccayo apaṭisandhiyaṁ pavatte ca, Vibh-a 168,17–22; savyāpajjham pi avyāpajjham pi ~aṁ abhisaṅkharoti, M I 390,20 qu. Kv 522,16 ≠ A I 122,31 (kāyadvāre cetanārāsiṁ, Mp II 192,28); nirodhaṁ samāpajjantassa paṭhamaṁ nirujjhati vacīsaṅkhāro tato ~o tato cittasaṅkhāro, Kv 327,33; mato kālakato tassa ~ā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, M I 296,14 (assāsapassāsā, Ps II 351,13 qu. Paṭis-a 316,10) = S IV 294,14 qu. Vism 709,3; n’eso jīvo assāsapassāsā nām’ete ~ā, Mil 31,9; ~o vacīsaṅkhārena ca cittasaṅkhārena ca suñño, Paṭis II 178,22; ye ca vuccanti ~ā ayaṁ rūpakāyo, Paṭis 183,21 (Paṭis-a 515,26); — °‑nirodha, m., cessation of bodily activity; ~o catutthajjhānasamāpatti kāyamoneyyaṁ, Nidd I 57,17 (assāsapassāsānaṁ nirodho āvaraṇo, Nidd-a I 177,1) qu. Sv 1004,28 (Ee, Ce [SHB] °‑nirodhā, so read?, cf. kāyasaṅkhāraṁ nirodhetvā pattabbasamāpatti, Sv-pṭ III 279,27 qu. Mp-ṭ Be II 208,5, cf. s.v. kāyārammaṇa b., q.v.) = Mp II 372,3 = It-a II 35,24 (Ee °-nirodhā).

" 346862393839587328,kayasaṅkhāta,en,"

kaya-saṅkhāta

, mfn., otherwise called purchase; ~aṁ
mūlaṁ ettakaṁ bhavissati, Mp II 188,21 (ad A I
116,28).

" 346862218161164288,kāyasaṅkhāta,en,"

kāya-saṅkhāta,

mfn., called “body, mass”; samūhavasena ~assa vatthuno dassanena, Sv 756,32 = Ps I 242,6; tasmiṁ yeva ~e loke, Mp II 42,15; ~ānaṁ catunnaṁ dhātūnaṁ, Ud-a 190,30; ~assa khandhapañcakassa bhedā, Th-a II 206,12; ~assa kalino, Thī-a 264,17.

" 346862201899847680,kāyasaññama,en,"

kāya-saññama,

see kāyasaṁyama.

" 346862196979929088,kāyasaññin,en,"

kāya-saññin,

mfn., perceiving as “body”; kāyapaṭibaddhañ ca hoti ~ī ca, Sp 539,7.

" 346862175110828032,kāyasannissita,en,"

kāya-sannissita,

mfn. [cf. SWTF s.v. kāyasaṁniḥśrita, q.v.], based on, dependent on the body; cittaṁ … ~aṁ karoti, Vism 430,7 = Spk III 261,5; dukkhito ti ~aṁ dukkhaṁ sañjātaṁ assa, Ud-a 60,18 (so read with Be? Ee °sannissayaṁ); atitaruṇatāya ~aṁ balaṁ natthi, Cp-a 233,18.

" 346862199282601984,kāyasaññita,en,"

kāya-saññita,

mfn. [cf. SWTF s.v. kāyasaṁjñita, q.v.], called “body”; imasmiṁ ~e asucikaḷevare, Thī-a 237,12 (so read).

" 346862105237917696,kāyasāra,en,"

kāya-sāra,

m., the essence that is the body, i. e. acting primarily by the body; dātabbayuttakaṁ alabhanto … handâhaṁ ~aṁ puññaṁ karissāmi, Th-a I 203,19 (Ee w.r. °ssāraṁ) “failing to find something appropiate as a gift ‘well, I shall perform (something) which is primarily bodily action as merit’”; ~aṁ puññaṁ pasavanto, Vv-a 304,20 (Ee w.r. kāyaharaṁ); ~aṁ puññaṁ gaṇhissāmi, Cp-a 14,9 (so read with v. l. “sī” in Ce [SHB]; Ee, Ce [SHB] w. r. °-ppasādaṁ, Be w. r. kāyârahaṁ); evaṁ kate ~o gahito na bhavissati, Ud-a 100,26 qu. Sp-ṭ III 149,6 “had I done that (i. e. built a palace, said by Mucalinda), (my) bodily activity would not be understood in full”; — °‑dāna-dassana, n., demonstrating a gift (which is performed) primarily by bodily action ; ~aṁ, Vv-a 25,14.

" 346862592112726016,kāyasārāga,en,"

kāya-sārāga,

m., bodily passion; mahācorasamo viyâti °‑vasena duccaritânesanehi kusalabhaṇḍacchedanā, As-mṭ 25,5 on As 32 (text not in Ee, cf. Bv II 26).

" 346862194555621376,kāyasati,en,"

kāya-sati,

f., concentration on the body; kāye sati ~i, Ps II 311,7; — ifc. an‑upaṭṭhita‑°; upaṭṭhita‑° (M I 270,25).

" 346862189446959104,kāyasattha,en,"

kāya-sattha,

n., the sword that is the body, i.e. sinful activity; tīṇi satthāni … ~ṁ vacīsatthaṁ manosatthaṁ, A IV 42,18; ~aṁ ussāpeti, 43,24; tividhaṁ kāyaduccaritaṁ ~aṁ catubbidhaṁ vacīsatthaṁ +, Nidd I 151,9 (kāyaduccaritaṁ, Nidd-a I 275,5).

" 346862192005484544,kāyasatti,en,"

Kāya-satti,

m., Npr. of a mahāthera at the time of Parakkamabāhu IV (1302–1332); Mhv XC 91.

" 346862569480261632,kāyasneha,en,"

kāya-sneha,

m. [ts., cf. SWTF s.v.], bodily desire, only in formula, cf. s.v. kāyacchanda, q.v.; ~o, M I 500,8 (taṇhāsneho, Ps III 207,20).

" 346862572500160512,kāyasoceyya,en,"

kāya-soceyya,

n. [cf. SWTF s.v. kāyaśauca, q.v.], purity of the body; tīṇi soceyyāni ~aṁ vacī‑° mano‑° katamañ ca … ~aṁ … ekacco pāṇâtipātā paṭivirato hoti +, A I 271,24 foll. (kāyadvāre sucibhāvo, Mp II 371,9); D III 220,23 = It 55,22 (kāyasucaritaṁ, It-a II 35,3) qu. Nett 126,23; Sv 1004,19; ta-y-idaṁ sīlaṁ ~aṁ, Vism 99,1 (reading taṁ h’idaṁ) qu. Paṭis-a 17,24.

" 346862585900961792,kāyasucarita,en,"

kāya-sucarita,

n. [ts., cf. SWTF s.v.], good behaviour, good deeds by the body; — exeg.: kāyena sucaritaṁ kāyato vā pavattaṁ sucaritaṁ ~aṁ, It-a II 34,18; pāṇâtipātâdīhi viramantassa uppannā tisso cetanā pi viratiyo pi ~aṁ, Sv 985,34; chasu dvāresu kāyasaṁvaro ~aṁ, Spk III 147,1; — tīṇi sucaritāni ~aṁ vacī‑° mano‑°, D III 215,1 ≠ It 55,8 qu. Vin V 123,35 = Nett 180,16; ~aṁ + … tayo kusale dhamme, M I 402,16; tividhaṁ ~aṁ kusalaṁ kāyakammam eva, As 105,14; tayo ’me dhammā n’eva attabyābādhāya saṁvattanti … ~aṁ +, A I 114,32; kāyenâti padena tīṇi ~āni, Spk I 99,20 (so read); tividhaṁ ~aṁ kāyamoneyyaṁ, Nidd I 57,13 (kāyato pavattaṁ suṭṭhu caritaṁ, Nidd-a I 176,27) qu. Sv 1004,25; tīṇi sucaritāni ~aṁ + idaṁ padaṭṭhānaṁ, Nett 81,13; tīṇi karaṇīyāni … ~aṁ +, Peṭ 57,5 = Nett 185,22; catūhi … dhammehi … nikkhitto evaṁ sagge … ~ena vacī‑° mano‑° sammādiṭṭhiyā, A II 226,15; pañc’ ime … ānisaṁsā ~e +, III 267,24 (text abbreviated in Ee); — ahaṁ hi … kiriyaṁ vadāmi … ~assa +, IV 183,11 = Vin I 235,7; katame dhammā atapanīyā ~aṁ +, Dhs 1305; akataṁ me ~an ti tapati, A I 49,30 (tividhaṁ kusalakammaṁ, Mp II 91,5); Nidd I 54,16; akataṁ me ~an ti uppajjati kukkuccaṁ, 218,28; As 390,1; imassa (i. e. puggalo apparajakkho) ~aṁ adhikaṁ, Ud-a 141,21 = It-a I 129,12; kāmûpādānavasena °âdīni karoti, Vism 574,12 = Vibh-a 186,20; kāyaduccaritassa pahānāya ~aṁ bhāvetabbaṁ, A III 446,12; kāyaduccaritaṁ pahāya ~aṁ bhāveti, M II 26,19 = S V 75,5 = A I 49,2 = II 123,9; 119,31; kāyaduccaritaṁ hitvā ~aṁ caranto, Dhp-a III 331,1; bahuñ ca puññaṁ pasavati … ~ena, A I 105,15; °âdinā suciṇṇena, Ja V 124,17´; °âdi kusalakammaṁ, Sp 1339,15; °âdīnañ ca visuddhipaccayaṁ, Sv 160,26; °âdīni madhuraṁ vipākam eva nibbattenti, Ps IV 124,1 = Mp II 16,15; saṇhasmiṁ iti ~aṁ iti ~assa vipāko, A II 112,21; sattā ~ena samannāgatā … saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā, Vin III 5,8 = D III 52,10 = S II 123,5 qu. Paṭis I 115,14 = Kv 256,23 = Pp 60,26 = Nett 102,23; anavakāso yaṁ ~assa … amanāpo vipāko nibbatteyya, M III 66,24 = A I 28,34 = Vibh 337,13; kāyaduccaritaṁ kataṁ hoti akataṁ hoti ~aṁ, A I 57,4; vindiyaṁ °âdi na vindatîti avijjā, Ud-a 41,18; viparītato °âdi vindiyaṁ, Vism 526,26 qu. It-a I 57,16 = Vibh-a 134,16 = Nidd-a I 175,5 = Sadd 577,27 (Ee w. r. °duccar°); tathāgato … avatthitasamādāno ~e, D III 145,25; — °‑samaṅgin, mfn., participating in good deeds; anavakāso yaṁ ~ī … nirayaṁ upapajjeyya, M III 67,17 = A I 29,22 qu. Vibh 337,39 (Ee w. r. uppajjeyya).

" 346862582532935680,kāyasuci,en,"

kāya-suci,

n., purity of the body (as organ of feeling); ~iṁ vācāsuciṁ cetosucim, A I 273,15* (kāyadvāre suciṁ kāyena vā suciṁ, Mp II 371,17) = It 55,25* (It-a II 35,7).

" 346862589117992960,kāyasukha,en,"

kāya-sukha,

n., bodily happiness; ~aṁ pi cetosukhaṁ pi paṭisaṁvedeti, M III 289,1 (~an ti pañcadvārikasukhaṁ cetosukhan ti manodvārikasukhaṁ, Ps V 103,17); ~aṁ cetosukhaṁ … adhigacchati, It 24,14*; Ap 310,14; samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ apītikaṁ ~aṁ satipārisuddhijaṁ upekkhāsukhaṁ, Sv-pṭ III 43,24; It-a I 14,30; °‑hetuṁ, Pj II 29,5.

" 346862575725580288,kāyasusira,en,"

kāya-susira,

n., the hole that is the body; ~aṁ, Spk III 13,21, cf. s.v. kāyagahana.

" 346862579311710208,kāyasuttavaṇṇanā,en,"

Kāya-sutta-vaṇṇanā,

f., commentary on S V 64,10–65,19; ~ā niṭṭhitā, Spk-pṭ II 419,8; — Rem.: The title Kāyasutta is introduced by modern editors for various texts, cf. PPN s.v.

" 346862327045296128,kāyatanībhūtaṃ,en,"

[kāyatanībhūtaṁ,

w.r. at Ap 476,4, read guṇ´-ekâyatanī-bhūtaṁ]

" 346862326365818880,kāyatapana,en,"

kāya-tapana,

n., torment of the body; °‑saṅkhāto tapo etesaṁ atthîti tapassino, Pv-a 98,5.

" 346862323421417472,kāyathāma,en,"

kāya-thāma,

m., vigour of the body; ~añ ca ñāṇabalañ ca, Ja III 114,22´; ~ena ñāṇabalena ca upapanno, Nidd-a II 146,14.

" 346862244149071872,kāyati,en,"

kāyati,

pr. 3. sg., to recite, to chant (only in etymol. explications); — gr. lit.: kā gā sadde, Dhātup 392 foll. = Dhātum 626 foll.; ku sadde ke ca … ~ati, Sadd 321,8; pass. kīyati kathīyati, Sadd 321,21; — Sāmavedo taṁ sarena ~antîti Chandokā Sāmavedino, Chandogîti pi paṭhanti, Sv-pṭ I 520,13; Vede padaso ~atîti padako, Sv-pṭ I 380,4 (Ee kāsati, but ~atîti katheti yathā jātakan ti, Sv-nṭ II 224,20) = Ps-pṭ III 167,3, cf. ~atîti … paññāyati, Sadd 327,21 (so Be; Ee khāyati); vibhūtiṁ ~ati, Pj II 204,8; cf. kāyituṁ, kāyana, q.v.

" 346862324935561216,kāyatikicchā,en,"

kāya-tikicchā,

f. [sa. kāyacikitsā, Amg. kāyatigicchā], = prec.; pañca tikicchā …~aṁ, Nidd I 382,25 (so Be; Ee °cchiyaṁ; mūlabhesajjâdīni yojetvā °-vejjakammaṁ, Nidd-a I 416,25).

" 346862325640204288,kāyatikicchana,en,"

kāya-tikicchana,

n., medical treatment of the body, general or natural medicine; mūlabhesajjānaṁ … ~aṁ, Sv 98,22 (Be °anaṁ).

" 346862324138643456,kāyatthambhana,en,"

kāya-tthambhana,

n., stiffness of the body; — °‑lomahaṁsanâkāra, mfn., showing stiffness of the body and bristling of the hair; ~ena chambhena, Ps I 116,28; — °‑vatthu, n., title of Vin III 118,10–13; ~usmiṁ, Sp 531,8.

" 346862329729650688,kāyaṭṭhānaṃ,en,"

[kāya-ṭṭhānaṁ,

w.r. at Dhp-a IV 110,6, read with v.l. kammaṭṭhānaṁ avijahitvā, cf. kammaṭṭhāna, CPD p. 233a, q.v.]

" 346862328353918976,kāyaṭṭhapana,en,"

kāya-ṭṭhapana,

n., support of the body; kabaḷiṅkārâhāro ~ena sattānaṁ ṭhitiyā hoti, Ps I 210,6 = Spk II 26,12.

" 346862249282899968,kāyavācā,en,"

kāya-vācā,

f., body and speech; ~āya jāyate na tu … cittato, Vin V 89,29*; ~ato ca samuṭṭhāti, Sp 650,25; vinayanato c’eva ~ānaṁ, Sp 18,21* = Sv 17,18* = As 19,12* qu. Sadd 396,23; °‑vasena … duvidhā pi codanā, Sp 588,19; — ~āhi pariyesanā, Sv 733,24; ~āhi avītikkamo, It-a II 127,4; ~āhi saṁyatānaṁ, Mp III 97,3; ~āhi saṁvutā, Vv-a 72,9; ~āhi eva anācāraṁ ācarati, Vibh-a 333,21; ~āhi parisuddhakammassa, Dhp-a I 238,11; ~āhi vikāraṁ akaronto, It-a II 77,5; — ifc. pihita‑°; — °‑kiriyā, f., bodily and verbal action; ~āhi aññathā dassanato vañcanā, Vibh-a 493,19 qu. Nidd-a I 207,8; ~ānañ ca, Mp-ṭ II 133,13; — °‑kilamatha-saññin, mfn., being conscious of the exhaustion of body and speech; uttamaṁ dhammaṁ ~ī hutvā na bhāsiṁ, Sv 471,13 = Ps II 181,26 = Spk I 203,9 ≠ Sp 963,21; — °‑kīḷā, f., = kāya-vacī-khiḍḍā, q.v.; °‑vasena pavattakīḷitāni, Ja V 191,23´; — °‑citta, n., body, speech and thought; kāyo vācā kāyavācā kāyacittaṁ vācācittaṁ ~aṁ … cha āpattisamuṭṭhānāni, Sp-ṭ II 95,2, cf. s.v. kāya 2.(ix) q.v.; samuṭṭhānato … ~ato, Pj I 31,24; Sp 463,24; 738,1; — khīṇāsavamuni ~ehi niccaṁ yato, Pj II 276,27; ~ehi saṁyamanto suvisuddhasīlo, Ud-a 407,3 ≠ It-a II 16,18; ~ehi saṁvutā, Vv-a 72,8; bhikkhunā ~ehi saññatena, Ja II 366,22; — ifc. susaṁvuta‑°; — °‑p(p)aṭikkhepa, m., refusal by body and speech; ~o, Vin-vn 1241 (ct. abhihaṭe bhojane paṭiggāhakassa hatthavikārâdiko kāyiko vā alan ti ādiko vācasiko vā, cf. Kkh(2) 183,7); — °‑p(p)avatti, f., bodily and verbal activity; gatan ti va ~i, Th-a III 76,36; — °‑vītikkama, m., transgression of body and speech; kalaho āpattigāmiko ~o, Sp 740,16.

" 346862249874296832,kāyavācasika,en,"

kāya-vācasika,

mfn., referring to body and speech; ~ā, Vin II 251,2* (uddāna, referring to Vin II 248,22.29); ~āni, Vin V 211,28* (Sp 1382,2).

" 346862268505395200,kāyavacīāhāragutti,en,"

kāya-vacī-āhāra-gutti,

f., guarding body (i.e. action), speech and food; ~iyā gopetvā, Spk I 256,17 ≠ Pj II 151,2; — °‑maya, mfn., consisting of ~; ~aṁ tividhaṁ parikkhepaṁ, Spk I 253,26 ≠ Pj II 148,9.

" 346862264340451328,kāyavacīcitta,en,"

kāya-vacī-citta,

n., body, speech and mind; terasahi dhutaguṇehi ~aṁ damitvā, Mil 362,14; ~ehi pāpakaṁ na karaṇīyaṁ, 384,1; ~ānaṁ pavattiyo ti duggatiyo, It-a I 154,26; mudûti ~ehi apharuso, Ja VI 287,22´; — °‑(p)pavatti, f., activity of ~; yathāruci tathāgataṁ … ~i etassâti tathāgato, Ud-a 152,23 = It-a I 136,19 ≠ Sv-pṭ I 141,12; — °‑vaṅkatā, f., crookedness in ~; kuṭilatā … ~ā, Vibh-a 494,21.

" 346862262645952512,kāyavacīduccarita,en,"

kāya-vacī-duccarita,

n., misbehaviour by body and speech, cf. kāyaduccarita, q.v.; micchāājīvan ti khādanīyabhojanīyâdīnaṁ atthāya pavattitaṁ ~aṁ, Sv 803,7 = Spk III 125,20; ājīvahetukaṁ ~aṁ, Sv-pṭ II 437,16; kāyavācānaṁ … asāruppaṁ ~aṁ cittassa appasādikaṁ … anupagamma, Sp 222,20; °âdīnaṁ saṁvaraṇato, Pj II 8,21; ~āni vinento, 10,3.

" 346862261945503744,kāyavacīdvāra,en,"

kāya-vacī-dvāra,

n., body and speech door, body and speech as means and origin of action; ~e copanaṁ akatvā raho cintentassa, Ps I 233,4 (Ee °dvāracopa°); ~esu copanaṁ appatvā, II 364,32 = Spk III 94,8 ≠ As 89,34; ~ānaṁ aññataradvārappavattā vadhakacetanā, Sv 69,23 (so read; Sv-pṭ I 144,5 ) = Ps I 98,12 = As 97,17 qu. Pj I 26,4 = Vv-a 72,15 = Paṭis-a 220,5; āthabbaṇiddhi … ~āni muñcitvā kātuṁ na sakkā, As 92,12; — tathāgatssa ~e anārādhaniyaṁ … na addasa, Ps II 381,12; ~esu hi doso pākaṭo hoti na manodvāre, Spk I 277,4; ~esu āpattiṁ āpajjitvā, Sp 769,16; ~su pi vītikkamo ājīvahetuko … akusalaṁ kāyakammaṁ, As 220,32; Paṭis-a 280,9; ājīvo nāma bhijjamāno ~esu yeva bhijjati, As 220,15; ājīvo nāma kuppamāno ~esu yeva aññatarasmiṁ kuppati, Spk III 116,27; ājīvaparisuddhisīlaṁ … ~esu yeva … uppajjati, Sv 181,27; javanacittaṁ vinā ~ehi suddhaṁ manodvāram eva hutvā uppajjati, As 96,27; ~ehi asaññato bhinnâjīvo cittakeḷiṁ kīḷanto, Sp 512,5 ≠ Spk II 222,16; — ifc. pihita‑°; — °‑bheda, m., breach [of a rule] by means of body and speech as means and origin of action; sace bhagavā ~aṁ vinâpi cittuppādamattena āpattiṁ paññāpeyya, Sp 374,4 (kāyacopanaṁ vacībhedañ ca vinā, Sp-ṭ II 160,13); — °‑vītikkama, m., offence in (originating in) body and speech as means and origin of action; anekappakāraṁ ~aṁ karoti, Sp 611,31; ~ā viramati, As 221,8; — °‑saṁvara, m., restraint in body and speech as means and origin of action; sakalā pi vinayapaññatti ~atthāya, Sp 1366,10; — °‑samuṭṭhita, mfn., originating in body and speech as means and origin of action; kāyavācasiko … ~aṁ ājīvaṭṭhamakasīlaṁ (Ee °dvāre sam°), As 396,10, cf. Sv 733,25.

" 346862261131808768,kāyavacīdvārika,en,"

kāya-vacī-dvārika,

mfn., referring to body and speech as means and origin of action; ~aṁ āpattiṁ ubho pi āpajjanti, Sp 1331,4.

" 346862266894782464,kāyavacīkamma,en,"

kāya-vacī-kamma,

n. [cf. SWTF s.v. kāyavākkarman, q.v.], bodily and verbal action, cf. kāyakamma, q.v.; sattavidhaṁ ~aṁ … tividhaṁ manokammaṁ, Ps III 432,17 qu. Pj II 464,19; nimittan ti yaṁ kiñci paresaṁ paccayadānasaññājanakaṁ ~aṁ, Vism 28,5 qu. Vibh-a 483,28; Nidd-a I 397,19; ājīvahetukehi sattahi pi ~ehi, Paṭis-a 279,3; tiṇapaṇṇehi viya gūthaṁ ~ehi pāpaṁ chādeti, Vibh-a 493,25 qu. Nidd-a I 207,18; asucīhi ~ehi samannāgato, Sp 1193,12; tattha sammukhā ~āni sahavāse labbhanti, Ps II 239,21; yāva mayhaṁ ~ānaṁ anussaraṇasamatthatā viññutappatti eva, Cp-a 238,17; manasā viramanakāle ca tesaṁ ~ānaṁ tīsu dvāresu pavatti, Moh 23,7; — ifc. akusala‑°.

" 346862266127224832,kāyavacīkammanta,en,"

kāya-vacī-kammanta,

m., = prec.; — ifc. upasanta‑° (Vv-a 265,17).

" 346862265217060864,kāyavacīkhiḍḍā,en,"

kāya-vacī-khiḍḍā,

f., bodily and verbal amusement; tāsu itthīsu ~ā, Ja V 368,23´, cf. kāyavācākīḷā, q.v.

" 346862259105959936,kāyavacīmanokamma,en,"

kāya-vacī-mano-kamma,

n., bodily, verbal and mental work, act; kusalāni ~āni, As 94,8; sīlamayaṁ °‑vasena tividhaṁ, As 78,3; sammāsambuddhassa sakalam pi ~aṁ … sāsanaṁ, Ud-a 28,23 = It-a I 34,12; ~āni …. satthari mettāpubbaṅgamāni, Th-a III 120,25; visame niviṭṭhâti visame ~e patiṭṭhitā, Spk I 60,8; anariyena ~ena samannāgatā, Pj II 131,3; atītânagatapaccuppanaṁ sabbaṁ ~aṁ, Dhp-a I 435,23.

" 346862259709939712,kāyavacīppayoga,en,"

kāya-vacī-p(p)ayoga,

m., bodily and verbal effort; iriyāyâti kiriyāya ~enâti, It-a I 147,17; iddhânubhāvasiddhena ~ena parasantakassa ākaḍḍhanaṁ, It-a II 52,6 (Ee w.r. ākappanaṁ); musâti visaṁvādanapurekkhārassa atthabhañjanako ~o, It-a II 52,28; — °‑samuṭṭhāpika, mfn., originating from bodily and verbal effort; ~ā cetanā pisuṇā vācā, Sv 74,9 = Ps I 200,3 = As 99,36 qu. Nidd-a I 116,33; anatthaviññāpakā ~ā akusalacetanā samphappalāpo, As 99,34 qu. Nidd-a I 118,15.

" 346862256014757888,kāyavacīsamācāra,en,"

kāya-vacī-samācāra,

m., behaviour by means of body and speech; parisuddhā tathāgatassa ~ā, Ps II 381,11; saṅkiliṭṭhacittassa hi ~ā pi saṅkiliṭṭhā, 380,30; asevitabbaṁ ~añ ca … pahāya, Sv 735,17; ~ā avūpasantā, Vism 300,5; — ifc. ārakkhita‑°; parisuddha‑°.

" 346862256627126272,kāyavacīsaṃvara,en,"

kāya-vacī-saṁvara,

m., restraint in body and speech; ~o sīlapāramī, Cp-a 185,31.

" 346862255414972416,kāyavacīsucarita,en,"

kāya-vacī-sucarita,

n., good conduct in body and speech; ~assa … pāripūriyā, Sp 222,22; sīlasampattisiddhito ~aṁ vatvā, Cp-a 279,29.

" 346862258497785856,kāyavacīvaṅkappahāna,en,"

kāya-vacī-vaṅka-p(p)ahāna,

n., abandoning crookedness in body and mind; ~ena uju, Pj I 239,22 = Pj II 193 (text not in Ee).

" 346862257797337088,kāyavacīvikāra,en,"

kāya-vacī-vikāra,

m., disturbance of body and mind; ~ena pakāsenti Pj II 423,21 (i.e. kopa, dosa); vyārosanā … ~ena, Pj I 247,22 = Pj II 193 (text not in Ee).

" 346862257172385792,kāyavacīviññatti,en,"

kāya-vacī-viññatti,

f., intimation by body and speech; kāyavipphandanañ c’eva vacīghosañ ca gahetvā ~iyo pi viññāyanti, Vism 448,17; adhippāyaviññāpanato ca ~iyo ti vuccanti, Moh 65,1; cittāni ~iyo samuṭṭhāpenti, Spk III 116,29; purisakuttapurisâkārâdivasena pavattā ~iyo paṭippassambhanti, Sp 1330,19; °‑vasena … calitappavattānaṁ kāyavācānaṁ, Sp 1196,25.

" 346862254748078080,kāyavaḍḍhana,en,"

kāya-vaḍḍhana,

n., growth of the body; nāgā … tesaṁ Himavantaṁ nissāya ~âdi, Spk III 138,7.

" 346862251094839296,kāyavammika,en,"

kāya-vammika,

m., body as anthill, cf. kāya 2.(ii); āsivisānaṁ hi vammiko āsayo … mahābhūtānam pi ~o āsayo, Spk III 13,19.

" 346862254102155264,kāyavaṇapaṭibaddha,en,"

kāya-vaṇa-paṭibaddha,

mfn., accompanying, characterizing a bodily wound; vipubbakaṁ ~assa duggandhabhāvassa, Vism 193,33 [so read with Vism [HOS], Ne, Be; Ee, Ce [SHB] °vaṇṇa°, w.r.] kāyo eva kāyavaṇo, Vism-mhṭ I 215,19 [Ce, Se °vaṇṇa°]) qu. As 199,8 (Ee, Ne °vaṇṇa°, w.r.); — Rem.: Ce, Se °vaṇṇa° for Be °vaṇa° is perhaps an old corruption (cf. Vism-mhṭ!); °vaṇṇa°, Vism-sn.

" 346862104898179072,kāyavaṅka,en,"

kāya-vaṅka,

m., crookedness in or of the body; ahaṁ … sammāsambuddho kusalo ~ānaṁ … kāyadosānaṁ kāyakasāvānaṁ, A I 112,31.35 (formula 4+4+5); ~aṁ diṭṭhiyā padaṭṭhānaṁ kāyikadoso dosassa padaṭṭhānaṁ kāyikakasāvo (so read) lobhassa padaṭṭhānaṁ, Peṭ 90,1; ~aṁ pajahissāma kāyadosaṁ kāyakasāvaṁ, A I 113,8 (~âti ādīni kāyaduccaritâdīnaṁ nāmāni, Mp II 181,16); °âdīni pahāya samaṁ carati, Sv 893,1; °âdīni ca sabbavaṅkāni samucchinditvā … ujugatā, Ps I 197,1; °âdīni karaṇakāle yeva lābho uppajjati ayaṁ adhammikalābhupanisā, Dhp-a II 102,14; °âdīnaṁ abhāvā ujjugato, Pj II 411,1 ≠ Ja VI 102,6´; ujuko ti °âdīnaṁ abhāvato aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo ujuko, Spk I 87,19; maggaṁ … °âdīnañ ca pahānena akuṭilaṁ, Vv-a 84,5; °âdīnaṁ … pahānaṁ … pāṇâtipāto + … pahīyanti, Mp II 181,25 foll.; — ifc. appahīna‑°; pahīna‑°; — °âdi-kara, mfn., producing crookedness in or of the body etc.; ~ānaṁ … rāgadosānaṁ, Pj II 292,19; — °âdi-pahāna, n., destruction of the crookedness in or of the body etc.; ~ato ujuṁ, Th-a I 105,9; — °âdi‑rahita, mfn., free from crookedness in or of the body etc.; bhikkhu uju sīlavā ~o, Sp 1365,17; Pv-a 230,19; — ~‑tta, n., abstr. of prec.; ~ā ujukam eva gatesu khīṇâsavesu, Mp III 96,16; — °âdi-virahita, mfn., = °‑rahita; ~o ujusabhāvo, Sv 842,17; Ja I 334,16´.

" 346862253489786880,kāyavaṇṇapaṭibaddha,en,"

[kāya-vaṇṇa-paṭibaddha,

w.r., see prec].

" 346862250541191168,kāyavasa,en,"

kāya-vasa,

~ṁ, v.l. for kāyanvaya, q.v.; — °‑vattin, mfn., dominated by the body; ~i, Ps II 284,36 (Be kāyassa vasavatti), cf. kāyānugata, q.v.

" 346862251673653248,kāyavatthubhāvadasaka,en,"

kāya-vatthu-bhāva-dasaka,

n., the decades concerning body, basis, sex; itthipurisānaṁ °-vasena samatiṁsarūpāni, Sp 437,23, cf. Vibh-a 22,5–14; aṇḍajajalābujānam pi … paṭisandhicittena saha ~ān’ eva uppajjanti, Moh 71,18.

" 346862252227301376,kāyavatthudasaka,en,"

kāya-vatthu-dasaka,

n., see next; °‑vasena vīsati, Sp 437,24.

" 346862252869029888,kāyavatthuka,en,"

kāya-vatthuka,

mfn., based on the body; pañca dhammā pañca atthā ~ā satipaṭṭhānavatthukā, Paṭis II 163,33; dukkhan ti ~uṁ, Mp IV 192,18; Dhp-a I² 19,17; ~aṁ pi itaravatthukam pi avatthukaṁ pîti kāyikacetasikaṁ vipākasukhaṁ, Dhp-a I² 30,11; Abhidh-av 747.

" 346862231717154816,kāyavedanā,en,"

kāya-vedanā,

f., body and feeling; ~ānaṁ chandadosâgativatthutā, Sv-pṭ II 366,13; — °‑citta, n., body, feeling and thought; ~āni ṭhapetvā, Nidd-a I 50,26 = Paṭis-a 177,24; tehi ~ehi avasese tebhūmakadhamme, Paṭis-a 697,11; — ‑~dhamma, m., body, feeling, thought and (mental) objects; ~esu kañci dhammaṁ anāmasitvā, Sv III 747,2 = Ps I 232,30; ~esu pan’ assā asubhadukkhâniccânattâkāraggahaṇavasena, Vism 678,32 qu. Paṭis-a 96,36 ≠ Ud-a 304,22; ~esu suṭṭhu upaṭṭhitasatiyā, Ud-a 166,12; — ‑~vimutta, mfn., without body, feeling and thought; ~assa tebhūmakadhammassa, Sv-pṭ II 361,27.

" 346862230983151616,kāyaveyyāvacca,en,"

kāya-veyyāvacca,

n., menial duties; upajjhāyassa ~aṁ katan ti cintentassa, Mp I 45,15; (Mucalindo) dasabalassa ~aṁ karissāmi, Ps II 185,21 qu. Ud-a 100,27; (Sumedha) ajja mayā ~aṁ kātuṁ vaṭṭati, Ja I 12,17 = Cp-a 14,9 = Bv-a 86,17 qu. Ap-a 14,19 = Thūp 149,33; — °‑kara, mfn., doing menial duties; ahaṁ tadā tava ~o Sakko devānamindo ahosiṁ, Ja II 334,26´.

" 346862229250904064,kāyaveyyāvaṭika,en,"

kāya-veyyāvaṭika,

n., = prec.; yena me ~aṁ kareyyātha, M II 146 (text not in Ee; kāyaveyyāvaccaṁ, Ps III 400,17) = Sn 104,20 (kāyena veyyāvaccaṁ, Pj II 447,10); mam’ ekaṁ ~aṁ karohi, Ja VI 418,30´; buddhaṁ upasaṁkamitvā ~aṁ vā kātuṁ … nâlatthaṁ, Dhp-a I 27,20 = I² 22, 23 (reading °-vatikaṁ); upaṭṭhānaṁ kattā hoti gilānānaṁ ~aṁ, Cp-a 311,27; tāya ~aṁ yācitāya, Paṭis-a 672,19; iminā ~ena yattha yattha nibbattāmi vāhanasampanno homi, Sp 1117,25; — °‑kamma, n., menial work; ~aṁ karissāmi, As 160,5; veyyāvaccan (317,14*) ti ~aṁ, Ja V 317,28´; Mp III 250,12; — °‑kāla, m., time for menial duties; ~e veyyāvaccasahagataṁ, As 158,18.

" 346862248028803072,kāyavicchandajanana,en,"

kāya-vicchanda-janana,

mfn., creating desinterest, aversion for the body; satta gāthā … upāsikāya °(´)atthaṁ bhāsitā, Th-a III 116,15.

" 346862240948817920,kāyavicchandajātaka,en,"

Kāya-vicchanda-jātaka

, n., reading in Ce (SHB) for Kāyavicchindajātaka, q.v.

" 346862247399657472,kāyavicchandanakara,en,"

kāya-vicchandana-kara,

mfn., = kāyavichandakara, q.v. ~aṁ buddhavacanaṁ, Pj II 250,32.

" 346862246682431488,kāyavicchandanikasutta,en,"

Kāya-vicchandanika-sutta,

n., alternative title of Sn 193–206; Vijayasuttaṁ ~an ti pi vuccati, Pj II 241,2.

" 346862246070063104,kāyavicchandanī̆yakathā,en,"

kāya-vicchandanī̆ya-kathā,

f., discourse on aversion for the body, referring to Sn 193–206 (?); asubhâkāradassanappavattaṁ ~aṁ katheti, Sp 393,22 (chandarāgappahānakaraṁ vicchindanakaraṁ dhammakathaṁ, Vjb 145,4; Sp-ṭ II 172,20 qu. Spk-pṭ II 519,12; karajakāye virāguppādanakathaṁ, Vmv I 206,22) = Spk III 265,22 (attano parassa ca karajakāye vicchandanuppādanakathaṁ, Spk-pṭ II 519,12); Ps II 90,27.

" 346862245369614336,kāyavicchindajātaka,en,"

Kāya-vicchinda-jātaka,

n., title of Jātaka no. 293 in Ee, ~aṁ, Ja II 438,12 for Kāya-nibbinda-jātaka, q.v.

" 346862233793335296,kāyavihesā,en,"

kāya-vihesā,

f., = kāyakilamatho, q.v.

" 346862244807577600,kāyavijambhanā,en,"

kāya-vijambhanā,

f., moving, stretching the body; vijambhitâti ~ā, Spk I 35,27 (so read; kāyassa vinamanā, Spk-pṭ I 79,25); — °‑(a)-rahita, mfn., without ~; ~o, Dhp-a IV 113,10.

" 346862243427651584,kāyavijambhitā,en,"

kāya-vijambhitā,

f., = prec.; pādacalanaṁ vā ~ā vā natthi, Dhp-a IV 114,7 (so read).

" 346862248649560064,kāyavikāra,en,"

kāya-vikāra,

m., movement of the body; ~aṁ dassetvā nimittaṁ karonto hi kāyaṅgaṁ kopeti, Ja III 354,26´; na ~ena vā vacīkārena vā pākaṭam akāsi, Sv 933,35; dūre rukkhaṁ chindantānam pi … dūrato va ~o paññāyati, As 313,30; tassa ~en’eva … samaṇadevaputto ayan ti ñatvā, Spk I 86,14; viddho pi ~aṁ akatvā, Cp-a 263,16; — paṭinissajjāmîti ~aṁ vā vacībhedaṁ vā akarontass’eva, Sp 611,6; cittena ābhogaṁ katvā ~aṁ karontena kāyena vā adhiṭṭhātabbo (sc. patto), 705,23; Vin-vn 746; sīsukkhipanâdinā ~ena sāsanaṁ gahetvā, Sp 560,8; Kkh(2) 65,13; Vin-vn 377 (ct. sīsakamapanâdinā).

" 346862387862704128,kayavikkaya,en,"

kaya-vikkaya

, m. [Amg. kaya vikkaya; sa. kraya vi-
kraya], 1. buying and selling, i.e., trading; 2. bartering;
— 1. ~ā paṭivirato Samano Gotamo, D I 5,20 (= kayā
ca vikkaya ca, Sv 78,33); D I 64,29 = M I 180,16 (= ka-
yā ca vikkaya ca, Ps II 210,8) = 268,28 - A II 209,29 =
Pp 58,15 (= kayā ca vikkaya ca, Pp-a 240,2); appakā
te sattā ye ~ā paṭiviratā. atha kho ete va bahutarā
sattā ye ~ā (v.l. kāya°) appaṭivaratā, S V 473,6 foll.
(Spk III 305,8); so ... bhājanāni pacitvā ~aṁ na ka-
roti, Ps III 285,1; — 2. gramm. lit.: dabbavinimayo
°-vasena bhaṇḍassa parivattanaṁ, Sadd 495,10; —
exeg.: ~aṁ samāpajjeyyā ti imina imaṁ dehi imina
imaṁ āhara +, Vin III 241,33 foll. (Sp 699,31,32); —
~e na tiṭṭheyya, Sn 929 (= ye ~ā vinaye paṭikkhittā,
Nidd I 386,1 foll); ye yuttā ~e, Ja V 243,9* (244,22');
— yo ... bhikkhu nānappakārakaṁ ~aṁ samāpaj-
jeyya nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyan ti, 241,27**; V 11,19;
36,16; ~e pi anāpatti kappiyakārakassa ācikkhitattā,
Sp 681,16; na ... dānagahaṇato añño ~o nāma atthi,
Sp 697,18; idaṁ gahetvā idaṁ dethā ti ~aṁ karon-
tassā pi anāpatti, Sp 699,14 foll.; Kkh 73,22; Khuddas
114,27; Vin-vn 731; ayaṁ ... ~o ṭhapetvā paṅca sa-
hadhammike avasesehi gihipabbajitehi antamaso
mātāpitūhi pi saddhiṁ na vaṭṭati, Sp 700,7 foll. qu.
Pālim 52,4 foll.

" 346862101504987136,kayavikkaya,en,"

²Kaya-vikkaya,

n., title of S V 473,7–9; ~añ ca, S V 477,23* (uddāna) (Be kāyaṁ).

" 346862333819097088,kayavikkayakāla,en,"

kaya-vikkaya-kāla

, m., the time of trading; ~e (so
read) viya agghavaḍḍhanahāpanaṁ na hotī ti, Ps
III 194,5.

" 346862388215025664,kayavikkayakathā,en,"

Kaya-vikkaya-kathā

, f.; title of Vin-vn 724-736.

" 346862388898697216,kayavikkayalakkhaṇa,en,"

kaya-vikkaya-lakkhaṇa

, mfn., characterised by bar-
tering; ~o, Ps-pṭ III 21,18 (ad Ps III 39,8).

" 346862392409329664,kayavikkayapajjana,en,"

kaya-vikkayâpajjana

, n. [vikkaya + āp°], = kaya-
vikkaya-samāpajjana; ~añ, Kkh 73,24.

" 346862392421912576,kayavikkayāpajjana,en,"

kaya-vikkayâpajjana

, n. [vikkaya + āp°], = kaya-
vikkaya-samāpajjana; ~añ, Kkh 73,24.

" 346862392874897408,kayavikkayapatti,en,"

kaya-vikkayâpatti

, f. [vikkaya + āp°], the act of
committing (the offence of) bartering; kappiyavohāre-
na ti ~ito mocanatthaṁ vuttaṁ, Sp-ṭ II 403,8 (ad Sp
667,25).[[side 275]]

" 346862392887480320,kayavikkayāpatti,en,"

kaya-vikkayâpatti

, f. [vikkaya + āp°], the act of
committing (the offence of) bartering; kappiyavohāre-
na ti ~ito mocanatthaṁ vuttaṁ, Sp-ṭ II 403,8 (ad Sp
667,25).[[side 275]]

" 346862389896941568,kayavikkayasamāpajjana,en,"

kaya-vikkaya-samāpajjana

, n. [cf. next], starting
to barter; kayavikkayasamāpattī ti ~aṁ, Pālim 52,2.

" 346862390186348544,kayavikkayasamāpatti,en,"

kaya-vikkaya-samāpatti

, f., = prec.; ~ī ti kayavik-
kayasamāpajjanaṁ, Pālim 52,2.

" 346862390698053632,kayavikkayasamāpattivinicchayakathā,en,"

Kaya-vikkaya-samāpatti-vinicchaya-kathā

, f; title
of Pālim 52,1-55,8.

" 346862389586563072,kayavikkayasaṅgaha,en,"

kaya-vikkaya-saṅgaha

, m., inclusion in bartering;
akappiyabhaṇḍaparivattanaṁ ... ~aṁ na gacchati,
Sp 699,30; niddiṭṭhaṁ ~aṁ, Vin-vn 725.

" 346862270065676288,kayavikkayasannin,en,"

kaya-vikkaya-sanni(n)

, mfn., being conscious (of
something being) bartering; kayavikkaye ~ī, nissaggi-
yaṁ pācittiyaṁ +, Vin III 242,5 foll. (Sp 701,17-19). kaya-vikkaya-sannin

" 346862391251701760,kayavikkayasikkhāpada,en,"

kaya-vikkaya-sikkhāpada

, n. the rule about barter-
ing; Nissaggiya XX, Vin III 240-242; ~añ ... kappiya-
vatthuparivattanam eva sandhāya vuttaṁ, Sp 697,20
foll.; 699,19; ~e, Vjb 264,15; Sp-ṭ II 425,23; kappiyena
... kappiyaṁ parivattentassa ~ena nissaggiyaṁ vut-
taṁ, Pālim 53,29.

" 346862391738241024,kayavikkayasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā,en,"

Kaya-vikkaya-sikkhāpada-vaṇṇanā

, f; title of Sp-ṭ
II 425,23-426,26.

" 346862388542181376,kayavikkayaṭṭhāna,en,"

kaya-vikkaya-ṭṭhāna

, n., trading station; ~aṁ nā-
ma vāṇijānaṁ vasanaṭṭhānaṁ ... atthi, Sv 541,2 (ad
D II 87,33) qu. Ud-a 422,11 ≠ Sp 1096,2 (ad Vin I 229,9).

" 346862389280378880,kayavikkayavatthu,en,"

kaya-vikkaya-vatthu

, n., the rule concerning bar-
tering (Vin III 240,28-241,26, Nissaggiya XX); Sāvat-
thiyaṁ Upanandaṁ ārabbha ~usmiṁ paññattaṁ,
Kkh 73,16.

" 346862393374019584,kayavikkayika,en,"

kaya-vikkayika

, m(fn). [sa. krayavikrayika, cf. Pan
IV 4 13], trader; — lex. lit.: ~o satthavāhâpaṇikavāṇi-
jā, Abh 469; — gramm. lit.: bhatiko ... ~o ti iko,
Mogg IV 30.

" 346862240307089408,kāyavināmanā,en,"

kāya-vināmanā,

f., bending the body; vijambhitā nāma ~ā Sv 780,5 (karajakāyassa viruppanâkārena nāmanā, Sv-pṭ II 401,13) = Ps I 283,25 = Vibh-a 272,14 = It-a II 180,14; vijambhitâti kilesavasena ~ā, Spk III 140,10. — Rem.: MSS. and ed. occasionally °vinamanā.

" 346862242169360384,kāyaviññāṇa,en,"

kāya-viññāṇa,

m. [cf. SWTF s.v. kāyavijñāna, q.v.], a. consciousness, knowledge, perception attained by the body (as the organ of feeling); b. the knowledge of the body; a. cha … viññāṇakāyā … + jivhāviññāṇaṁ ~aṁ manoviññāṇaṁ, D III 243,21 = M I 53,31 = S II 4,6; + ~an ti pañca viññāṇāni, As 95,24; kāyañ ca … paṭicca phoṭṭhabbe ca uppajjati ~aṁ, M I 112,7 = III 281,13 qu. Nidd I 276,17; Dhs 616; Vism 489,5; kāyaṁ paṭicca phoṭṭhabbe ca uppajjati viññāṇaṁ ~an t’eva saṅkhaṁ gacchati, M I 260,4; jivhāviññāṇassa uppannasamanantarā ~aṁ na uppajjati, Vibh 320,36 ≠ Kv 496,25; manasikārahetukaṁ catūhi paccayehi uppajjati ~aṁ, As 283,12; paccayehi … catūhi pi jāyate ~aṁ, Abhidh-av 507; ~aṁ paṭhamaṁ uppajjati pacchā manoviññāṇaṁ, Mil 59,28; iṭṭhe ārammaṇe sukhasahagataṁ ~aṁ uppajjati aniṭṭhe dukkhasahagataṁ, As 263,18; 292,32; vatthârammaṇaghaṭṭanāya balavabhāvato ~aṁ aniṭṭhe dukkhasahagataṁ iṭṭhe sukhasahagataṁ, Abhidh-s-mhṭ 65,13; ~aṁ uppannaṁ … sukhasahagataṁ phoṭṭhabbâramaṇaṁ, Dhs 443 = Vibh 298,11; Dhs 556; Vism 455,26; kusalavipākena ~ena sampayuttaṁ sukhaṁ, Vism 461,3; ~aṁ kusalavipākam eva … ārammaṇassa iṭṭhatā, Vibh-a 11,22; + ~e dukkhânupassī viharati +, A IV 147,2; dukkhasahagataṁ ~aṁ uppajjati, Mil 26,30 = Spk III 242,1; Vism 456,11; yo ca kāyo ye ca phoṭṭhabbā yañ ca ~aṁ … sabbaṁ … abhijānaṁ … bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya, S IV 19,3 foll.; + phoṭṭhabbe ~e + … chando +, M III 32,23; + jivhāviññāṇaṁ loke ~aṁ loke piyarūpaṁ … etth’ esā taṇhā … uppajjati, D II 309,24; — ~aṁ … aniccaṁ, M III 273,3; S IV 171,1; na ~aṁ upādayissāmi, M III 259,32; ~asmim pi nibbindati, S II 246,22; ~asmiṁ … upakkileso, III 232,27; + ~aṁ abhiññeyyaṁ manoviññāṇaṁ abhiññeyyaṁ, Paṭis I 5,35; phoṭṭhabbesu phussanattho ~aṁ viññāṇacariyā, 79,25; + cakkhuviññāṇassa gocaravisayaṁ ~aṁ na paccanubhoti +, Vibh 320,3; + ~aṁ … viññāṇaṁ atītaṁ, 10,4; Kv 127,7; kāyâyatanaṁ paccayā ~aṁ, Tikap Be I 72,2 (text not in Ee); kāyâyatanaṁ ~ena sahajātaṁ, Kv 621,2; ~assa vatthu … ~assa ārammaṇaṁ, Dhs 585; Vibh 319,34; kāyo … ~assa ādhārabhāvapaccupaṭṭhāno, Vism 444,26 qu. As 312,23; pasādakāyo … °âdīnaṁ … vatthudvārabhāvena pavattati, It-a I 101,7 ≠ Nidd-a I 168,5 ≠ Vism 446,20 qu. As 311,10; ~aṁ mano dhātu, Yam I 166,15; ekādasānaṁ vipākacittānaṁ ~ena ekato hutvā, As 275,22; — b. mātugāmassa kāyapaṭibaddhen’eva … phuṭṭho ~aṁ uppādentena, Vjb 181,30; — °‑dvaya, n., the group of two concerning consciousness of the body; ~ena, Abhidh-s 87,29; sukhadukkhindriyayutaṁ ~akaṁ, Pm-vn 540; — °‑dvāra, n., door, passage to knowledge attained by the body (as the organ of feeling); + ~an ti imāni pañca viññāṇadvārāni, As 95,26; — °‑dhātu, f., element (which is) the consciousness, knowledge attained by the body (as the organ of feeling); — exeg.: kāyañ ca paṭicca phoṭṭhabbe ca uppajjati cittaṁ + … viññāṇakkhandho tajjā ~u ayaṁ vuccati ~u, Vibh 88,23 foll.; Dhs 448; — aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo … + phoṭṭhabbadhātu ~u manodhātu +, M III 52,14 qu. Vibh 87,13 = Vism 484,31; Dhātuk 34,12; Pp 1,21; + ~u abhiññeyyā +, Paṭis I 7,20; phoṭṭhabbâyatanaṁ ~uyā taṁsampayuttakānañ ca dhammānaṁ ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo, Tikap 2,2; 6,1 qu. Vism 539,4; — °‑viññātabba, mfn., to be recognized, perceived by the perception attained by the body; ~ā dhammā, S IV 19,4; 39,6 (text abbreviated in Ee); — °‑vīthi, f., track, path of the knowledge attained by the body; cha vīthiyo … + ~i manovīthi cêti dvāravasena vā dvārapavattā cittapavattiyo yojetabbā, Abhidh-s 17,18 “body-consciousness process”, Abhidh-s-trsl. (Wijeratne/Gethin): 119, cf. cha dvārā cittavīthiyā, Pm-vn 86; phoṭṭhabbaṁ phusitvā ~iyā parato pavattena manoviññāṇena pi jānitabbattā, As-anuṭ 163,3; — °‑samaṅgin, mfn., endowed with consciousness attained by the body; samādhi … ~ī, Kv 459,31; cakkhuviññāṇapurecārikaṁ ~iṁ pāpeti, Ap-a 399,8 (so read with Be).

" 346862242853031936,kāyaviññatti,en,"

kāya-viññatti,

f. [cf. SWTF s.v. kāyavijñapti, q.v.], intimation by the body; — exeg.: kāyavipphandanasaṅkhātena kāyena viññeyyattā ~i, Vism 448,6; — + jīvitindriyaṁ ~i vacīviññatti +, Dhs 596 qu. Ps II 261,23 = Mp V 92,15 (~i vacīviññattîti idaṁ dvayaṁ cittavasenâti ettakaṁ rūpaṁ ekasamuṭṭhānaṁ, Mp-ṭ III 365,18) ≠ Paṭis-a 247,7; katamaṁ taṁ rūpaṁ ~i?, Dhs 636 (kāyena attano bhāvaṁ viññāpento … kāyagahaṇânusārena viññāyati … copanasaṅkhāto kāyo ca viññatti ~i, As 322,21–22 ≠ Abhidh-av 21–27); copanakāyo ~îti attho, Spk II 396,3; + jīvitindriyaṁ hadayavatthu ~i vacīviññatti +, Vism 444,4; Dhs 718 foll.; katame dhammā cittasamuṭṭhānā … ~i, Dhs 1518; ~i atthi rūpaṁ na ~i atthi rūpaṁ, Dhs 585 (126,29); dve ’mā … viññattiyo ~i vacīviññatti … atthi ~i sāvajjā … anavajjā, Mil 229,17; ~i vacīviññatti viññattirūpaṁ, Abhidh-s 29,21 (calamānakāyena adhippāyaṁ viññāpeti sayañ ca tena viññāyati, Abhidh-s-mhṭ 153,24); pakkosantassa saddaṁ sutvā viññattiṁ manodvārikacittena cintetvā … ti jānāti ~i viya ca, As 87,13; anussaritā (M I 356,19) ti tasmiṁ kāyena cirakate kāyo nāma ~i cirabhāsite vācā nāma vacīviññatti, Ps III 30,18; ~iṁ samuṭṭhāpetvā hi kāyadvārato pavattā aṭṭha kāmâvacarakusalacetanā, Vism 530,31 = Vibh-a 144,30 ≠ Paṭis-a 634,4; kāyakammam eva ~iyaṁ … pavattati, As 85,30; kāye ti kāyadvāre ~iyā satîti attho, Mp III 144,8; diṭṭhisampayuttacittaṁ ~iṁ samuṭṭhāpentaṁ, Spk III 116,21; ~i kāyakammaṁ … gahitattā viññatti sīlan ti … laddhi, Kv-a 127,3; — ifc. pavatta‑°; — °‑kāla, m., time of intimation by the body; ~e hatthapādâdirūpañ ca disvā, Kv-a 93,14; — °‑copana, n., movement to intimate by the body; pavattanā pi hi ~ato viññāpanā, Sp 213,27; — °‑navaka, n., group with intimation of the body as ninth (constituent); suddhaṭṭhakaṁ tad eva kāyaviññattiyā saha ~aṁ, Abhidh-s 32,1 = Moh 71,33; — °‑niddesa, m., title of Dhs 636 with As 323,21–324,21, and of Abhidh-av 69,21–70,4; ~e, As 323,21; — °‑payoga, m., effort to intimate by the body; evaṁvuttāya °‑saṅkhātāya bhikkhācariyāya, Pv-a 146,18 (so read).

" 346862241540214784,kāyaviññeyya,en,"

kāya-viññeyya,

mfn. [cf. SWTF s.v. kāyavijñeya, q.v.], to be experienced by the body (as the organ of feeling); + jivhāviññeyyaṁ rūpaṁ ~aṁ rūpaṁ manoviññeyyaṁ rūpaṁ, Dhs 589; + na jivhāviññeyyaṁ na ~aṁ, Mil 270,26; ye vā te dhammā cakkhuviññeyyā na te dhammā ~ā, Dhs 1095; chabbidhena (sattavidhena, aṭṭhavidhena) rūpakkhandho cakkhuviññeyyaṁ rūpaṁ + … ~aṁ rūpaṁ manoviññeyyaṁ rūpaṁ, Vibh 14,11–23; ~aṁ nāma phoṭṭhabbâyatanaṁ, Abhidh-av 77,2; — ~aṁ phoṭṭhabbâhaṁ … duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbaṁ asevitabbaṁ, D II 281,18 = M III 55,24; ~ā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā + … pañca kāmaguṇā, D I 245,20 = M I 85,26 = S V 22,16 = A IV 430,26 qu. Kv 210,8; Nidd I 25,1 = Nett 155,29; pañcahi kāmaguṇehi … samappito … paricāreti … ~ehi phoṭṭhabbehi, A V 203,26; ~ehi phoṭṭhabbehi paricāritapubbo … phoṭṭhabbānaṁ … atthaṅgamañ ca … viditvā, M I 504,10 foll.; ~ā phoṭṭhabbā … manassa āpāthaṁ āgacchanti, Vin I 184,24 = A III 378,2; na tv’eva ~esu phoṭṭhabbesu anuvyañjanaso nimittaggāho, S IV 169,21; bhikkhū pi … ~e phoṭṭhabbe phusanti, Sp 869,26 = Ps II 102,36; santi … kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā … tañ ce bhikkhu abhinandati +, S IV 36,17 (text not in Ee) qu. Nidd I 25,1; natthi … tathārūpā ~ā phoṭṭhabbā ye phusitvā phusitvā abhirameyyuṁ, M III 293,13; S IV 72,30; ~aṁ phoṭṭhabbaṁ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, D II 282,4 = M III 57,26; ~esu phoṭṭhabbesu … vītarāgā +, M III 292,22.

" 346862103623110656,kāyavipatti,en,"

kāya-vipatti,

f., deficiency of the body, cf. kāyasampatti, q.v.; ~iyā abhāvo, Sv 626,31 (on nâtidīghā +, D II 175,25) = Ps IV 227,25; — °‑mūlaka, mfn., based on deficiency of the body; domanassavinayena ~assa virodhassa, Sv 759,10 (~o virodho, Sv-pṭ II 373,30, i.e. of kayasampatti, q.v.) = Ps I 244,14 = Vibh-a 220,20 qu. Paṭis-a 176,32.

" 346862239732469760,kāyavipphandana,en,"

kāya-vipphandana,

n., shaking, movement of the body; ~ena adhippāyaviññāpanahetuttā … kāyaviññatti, Vism 448,4 (~ena karaṇabhūtena adhippāyassa viññāpanahetubhāvato, Vism-mhṭ II 100,4) = As 323,27 qu. Abhidh-av 69,26 (cf. s.v. kāyaviññatti, q.v.).

" 346862239149461504,kāyaviratigāthā,en,"

Kāya-virati-gāthā,

f. pl., title of a collection of 274 verses, cf. Epilegomena 4.5.3; W. A. de Silva, Catalogue of Palm Leaf Manuscripts in the Library of the Colombo Museum Vol. I, 1938: 170, no. 1075; K. D. Somadasa, Catalogue of the Hugh Nevill Collection of Sinhalese Manuscripts, Vol. I, 1987: 367, no. Or 6601(83)II; P. Skilling, Pāli Literature Transmitted in Central Siam 2002: 54, no. 2.31.

" 346862236251197440,kāyavisādana,en,"

kāya-visādana,

n., bodily dejection; dukkho … cittaparidahanato ~ato, Vism 504,16 qu. Paṭis-a 148,13.

" 346862237035532288,kāyavisama,en,"

kāya-visama,

n., bodily misconduct; aparāni tīṇi visamāni ~aṁ vacīvisamaṁ manovisamaṁ, Vibh 368,17; °âdimhi visame niviṭṭhā, Pj II 516,30; °âdikassa visamassa vantattā, It-a I 150,6; samacariyan ti °âdīni vajjetvā kāyasamâdicariyaṁ, It-a 78,35; Th-a II 186,9; °âdi visamaṁ kāyasamâdi samañ ca, Pj II 266,12.

" 346862235408142336,kāyavisaya,en,"

kāya-visaya,

m., area of the body; pītiyā pharaṇaṁ ~an ti, As-anuṭ 95,8; — ifc. uparima‑°; karaja‑°.

" 346862234636390400,kāyavisesana,en,"

kāya-visesana,

n., attribute of the body; ~āni, Spk I 265,7.

" 346862230307868672,kāyavītikkama,en,"

kāya-vītikkama,

m., transgression by the body, cf. s.v. kāyaduccarita, exeg., q.v.

" 346862238507732992,kāyavivaraṇa,en,"

kāya-vivaraṇa,

n., exposing the body; °âdīsu, Sp 1293,5 (cf. Vin II 262,35 foll.).

" 346862237773729792,kāyaviveka,en,"

kāya-viveka

, m., aloofness, detachment of the body, loneliness, cf. kāyapaviveka, q.v.; — exeg.: katamo ~o … ~ena ca vivitto viharati, so eko gacchati eko tiṭṭhati, Nidd I 26,25–33 (~o ti kāyena vivitti vinā apasakkanaṁ, Nidd-a I 97,6) qu. Ud-a 231,15 foll.; sabb’ iriyāpathesu sabbakiccesu gaṇasaṅgaṇikaṁ pahāya vivittavāso ~o, Ud-a 231,19; eko ~ena, vūpakaṭṭho cittavivekena, Ps I 179,35 = Pj II 157,21; ~o ti kāyassa ekībhāvo, cittaviveko ti aṭṭha samāpattiyo, upadhiviveko ti nibbānaṁ, Dhp-a II 103,6; paṭisallānan ti ~aṁ, Spk II 386,2; paṭisallānaṁ ekavihāro ekamantasevitā ~o ti attho, It-a I 168,3 (Ee w.r. ~ā) ≠ Pj II 123,2 ≠ Ap-a 196,20; ~o … gaṇato kāyaṁ kilesehi cittaṁ vivecetvā, Ja I 289,5–8´; Mp IV 119,16 foll.; — ~o cittaviveko vikkhambhanaviveko ti tayo eva idha daṭṭhabbā, Vism 140,8 qu. Sp 142,30 (Ee w.r. daṭṭhabbo) = As 165,34; ~o cittaviveko upadhiviveko ti tayo vivekā, Ud-a 231,14; ~ena gaṇasaṅgaṇikaṁ cittavivekena kilesasaṅgaṇikaṁ upadhivivekena sabbâkusalaṁ vijjhati, Spk III 122,15 (Ee w.r. sabbaku°); ~o ca vūpakaṭṭhakāyānaṁ nekkhammâbhiratānaṁ cittaviveko ca … upadhiviveko ca, Nidd I 27,30 etc. (v.l. vivekaṭṭh°) qu. Sv 169,13 foll. (Ee vavakaṭṭh°; v.l., Be, Se vivekaṭṭha°) = 1002,22 foll. (Ee vavakaṭṭh°; Be, Ce [SHB] vivekaṭṭh°, Se vūpakaṭṭh°) = Ps II 143,20 (Ee vavakaṭṭh°; v.l. vūpakaṭṭh°, vivekaṭṭh°; reading °-paviveka, w.r.) = Spk I 122,33 foll. (Ee vivekaṭṭh° = Be, Ce [SHB]; Se aṅkaṭṭh° [?!]) = Ud-a 231,21 (Ee vavakaṭṭh°, cf. v.l.) = Dhp-a II 103,12 foll. (Ee vavakaṭṭh°; v.l., Be vivekaṭṭh°), cf. vyapakṛṣṭakāyo, Mvu II 123,11 and read vūpa°/vava°, cf. kāyavūpakāsa, q.v.; kilesasaṁsaggañ ca pahāya ~aṁ cittavivekañ ca paribrūhayanto, Th-a III 98,33; ~aṁ cittavivekañ ca anubrūhayanto gaṇasaṅgaṇikaṁ hi pahāya ~aṁ anubrūhantass’eva, Th-a I 90,25 foll.; ~o nāma gaṇasaṅgaṇikaṁ vinodetvā aṭṭhârambhavatthuvasena ekībhāvo, Sv 1061,28; eko ti adutiyo etena ~aṁ dasseti, Th-a I 48,29; gaṇe dosaṁ disvā gaṇamhā †~ssa† ekako va araññe vāsaṁ kappesi, Ja I 320,3 (Be ~āya; Ce coni. ~ssa ca ānisaṁsaṁ; Se ~aṁ gantvā); dukkaraṁ pavivekan ti ~aṁ dukkaraṁ … ~e kate pi tattha cittaṁ abhiramāpetuṁ dukkaraṁ, Ps I 112,31 foll. = Mp V 67,8 foll.; paṭisallānakallānaṁ cittekaggatañ ca ~añ ca labhantānaṁ, Spk III 1,18; araññavāsaladdhena ~ena jāgariyaṁ anuyuñjanto, Th-a I 143,22; kammaṭṭhānaṁ kathāpetvā ito ito ca āhiṇḍati ~aṁ nânuyuñjati, Spk III 199,34; ~aṁ nânusikkhanti … cittavivekaṁ … upadhivivekaṁ, Ps I 101,15–18; kehici anākiṇṇabhāvaladdhaṁ ~aṁ jānitvā, Ud-a 251,15; bodhisatto tesu gatesu addhamāsaṁ ~aṁ labhitvā, Ps II 291,29; nisīdituṁ vā phāsukasenâsane ~aṁ laddhuṁ vā na sakkā, Ps II 152,32; arahanto gāmante ~aṁ na labhanti cittavivekaṁ pana labhant’eva, Dhp-a II 195,18 = Th-a III 101,15; ~aṁ bhikkhū ~ena parihāyante disvā, Spk II 262,7; therā … ~am pi na paripūrenti … ninditabbā, Ps I 102,19; evaṁ bahukehi kilesehi channo … so ~ā pi dūre, Nidd I 28,3; ~aṁ sampādento adutiyo nivattitvā, Pj II 374,19; catūsu iriyāpathesu ~aṁ dīpeti, Ud-a 309,20; — ifc. laddha‑°; — °(´)‑atthin, mfn., needing loneliness; ayaṁ (sc. bhikkhunī) ~inī yena taṁ vanaṁ ten’upasaṅkami, Spk I 189,14; — [°‑cariyāya, w.r. in Be at Nidd I 158,15 for tāya vi°]; — °‑vikala, mfn., deprived of loneliness; ~ānaṁ kāyavivekapaṭilābhatthāya vuttaṁ, Spk III 293,21.

" 346862233088692224,kāyavūpakāsa,en,"

kāya-vūpakāsa,

m. [cf. SWTF s.v. kāyavyapakarṣa, q.v.], bodily aloofness; āraññakā hothā … ti ~e sampādetabbā, A III 138,29 (Ee = Ce 1915 °vūpakaṭṭhe); dvayena vūpakāsena sampādeti ~ena ca cittavūpakāsena ca, D III 285,14 = A IV 152,13 ≠ S V 67,26; sa ~o me hetubhūto mamâgami, manaso vūpakāsassa, Ap 390,24 (so read or °vūpakasso: D. A.; Ee w.r.; Be: sakkāyavūpakāso me hetubhūto mamâbhavī, manaso vūpakāsassa).

" 346862273786023936,kāyayanta,en,"

kāya-yanta,

n., the body as a marionette; yantasuttavasen’eva … payuttaṁ ~am pi yāti, Sv 768,3* = Ps I 252,4*; yantasuttena yantaṁ va ~aṁ pavattati, Nāmar-p 1574.

" 346862533107257344,kāyayatana,en,"

kāyâyatana,

n. [ts., cf. SWTF s.v.], the sphere of the body (as organ of feeling); katamaṁ ~aṁ? yo kāyo catunnaṁ mahābhūtānaṁ upādāya pasādo + …, Vibh 71,9; yāvatā …. imasmiṁ kāye upādiṇṇakarūpaṁ … atthi sabbattha ~aṁ, As 311,7; cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni cakkhâyatanaṁ + … ~aṁ manâyatanaṁ, D III 243,15 qu. Paṭis-a 110,21 ≠ M I 52,31; saḷāyatanaṁ … cakkhâyatanaṁ + … ~aṁ +, S II 3,31 ≠ Dhs 593; Vibh 136,17; dasâyatanāni cakkhâyatanaṁ + … ~aṁ phoṭṭhabbâyatanaṁ, D III 290,22 ≠ Paṭis I 7,11; Vism 481,7; Vibh 413,1; ekādasavidhena rūpakkhandho … + ~aṁ +, Vibh 14,30; dvādasâyatanāni … + ~aṁ +, 70,4; Pp 1,14; Yam I 52,5; katamaṁ rūpaṁ …. + ~assa upacayo +, Vibh 147,6; ~aṁ idaṁ taṁ rūpaṁ kāyasamphassassa vatthu, Dhs 683 foll.; Kv 393,1; ~aṁ kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā … nissayapaccayena paccayo, Tikap 4,6 qu. Vism 535,29; katīhi asaṅgahītā … cakkhâyatanañ ca ~añ ca, Dhātuk 6,3; + kāyo p’eso ~aṁ p’etaṁ +, Dhs 613; ~aṁ vipāko ~ṁ sukhavedanīyaṁ, Kv 468,33; atthi tattha ~aṁ, 375,21.

" 346862533124034560,kāyāyatana,en,"

kāyâyatana,

" 346862394737168384,kayika,en,"

kayika

, m(fn.) [sa. krayika, cf. Pāṇ IV 4 13; pa. ka-
yaka, q.v.], trader; — gramm. lit.: bhatiko, ~o, ... iko,
Mogg IV 30; — lex. lit.: ~o tu ca kāyiko, Abh 470; —
yāva ~ā na āgacchanti, anuppatte ... ~e mūlaṁ
gahetvā, Mil 334,8; ~assa hatthato mūlaṁ gahetvā,
Ja VI 110,17' (ad 110,4*); kayan ti taṁ hāpentā ~ā-
naṁ kayaṁ sate dātabbe paṇṇāsaṁ dāpenti, 113,21'
(ad 113,10*); — v.l. at Dhp-a IV 217,25 for kāyaka, q.v.

" 346862504036536320,kāyika,en,"

¹kāyika,

mfn. [ts., cf. SWTF s.v.], 1. relating to the body; a. in non-technical language; b. in Suttanta and Abhidhamma contexts; c. in the description of offences in the Vinaya; 2. belonging to a group, ifc. only; — 1. gramm. lit: kāyena kataṁ kammaṁ, ~aṁ kāyena kataṁ kammaṁ vā, Kacc-v 353; kāyena kataṁ ~aṁ, Mogg-p IV 29; — exeg.: kāye bhavaṁ ~aṁ, Nidd-a I 337,7; Paṭis-a 516,11; kāyanissitattā ~aṁ, 155,25; pasādakāyaṁ vinā anuppattito kāye niyuttan ti ~aṁ, 519,27; — 1a. dve ’me rogā … ~o ca rogo cetasiko ca rogo, A II 143,1; bhagavato ~ā ābādhā uppannā, Mil 137,14; Ud-a 43,18; tīṇi pāgabbhiyāni ~aṁ pāgabbhiyaṁ vācasikaṁ … cetasikaṁ, Nidd I 421,28; 228,4; ~ā ca khiḍḍā vācasikā ca … kāyikā … hatthīhi kīḷanti +, 379,3 foll. (kāyena pavattā kīḷā, Nidd-a I 410,23; 406,21), cf. Pj II 86,4 qu. Nidd-a II 116,27; tassā phassena jīvāmi natthi me ~aṁ balaṁ, Cp 313 = IX 2 (kāyanissitaṁ balaṁ, Cp-a 233,12); — 1b. katamañ ca dukkhaṁ … ~aṁ dukkhaṁ ~aṁ asātaṁ, D II 306,10 (kāyapasādavatthukaṁ, Sv 799,19) ≠ M III 250,3 ≠ Paṭis I 38,21 = Vibh 100,15; Dhs 559; niraye … mā ~aṁ sātaṁ alattha, Ja IV 463,13*; katamaṁ ~aṁ sukhaṁ? yaṁ ~aṁ sātaṁ +, Paṭis I 188,3; Dhs 449; katamañ ca … sukhindriyaṁ ~aṁ sukhaṁ ~aṁ sātaṁ +, S V 209,9 ≠ Vibh 123,15 ≠ Dhs 450; ~añ hi sātaṁ sukhindriyaṁ, It-a II 12,18; katamañ ca upekkhindriyaṁ? ~aṁ vā cetasikaṁ vā n’eva sātaṁ nâsātaṁ, S V 209,25 (cakkhâdayo cattāro pasādakāye vatthuṁ katvā uppattivasena ~āṁ, Spk III 241,13); katamā sukhadhātu? yaṁ ~aṁ sātaṁ +, Vibh 85,15; — dve imāni sukhāni … ~añ ca … cetasikañ ca, A I 81,17 (kāyaviññāṇasahajātaṁ … manodvārikasukhaṁ, Mp II 153,10); dve vedanā ~ā ca cetasikā ca, S IV 231,35; yaṁ … ~aṁ vā cetasikaṁ vā sukhaṁ sātaṁ vedayitaṁ, ayaṁ sukhā vedanā, M I 302,32; sukhaṁ vedanan ti ~aṁ vā cetasikaṁ vā sukhaṁ vedanaṁ, Sv 773,19 = Ps I 274,31; atthi sukhā vedanā atthi ~aṁ sukhaṁ, Kv 208,33; tassa (sc. dukkhassa) dve nissayā kāyo ca cittañ ca tena … ~aṁ dukkhaṁ cetasikaṁ ca, Peṭ 20,1; uppanne … ~e vā cetasike vā dukkhe, Ps II 287,29; yaṁ ~aṁ idaṁ dukkhaṁ yaṁ cetasikaṁ idaṁ domanassaṁ, Nett 12,14; sukhan ti ~aṁ … somanassaṁ cetasikaṁ, It-a I 113,17; cetasikaṁ sukhaṁ pīti, kāyikaṁ sukhaṁ ~o yeva, Peṭ 143,7 (w.r., read ~ikā vedanā for ~o yeva with Peṭ-trsl. 191 n. 584/2?); ~aṁ dukkhaṁ cetasikaṁ dukkhaṁ dukkhañ c’eva dukkhasaccañ ca, Yam I 170,28; — ekaṁ vedanaṁ vedayati ~aṁ na cetasikaṁ, S IV 209,15; puthujjano … dve vedanā vediyati ~añ ca cetasikañ ca, 208,9; Vism 529,24; abhāvitattā … cittassa puthujjano ~am pi cetasikam pi vedanaṁ vediyati, Mil 253,25; arahā ~aṁ sukhaṁ upanissāya … kiriyasamāpattiṁ uppādeti, Tikap 170,7; kāye paritatte ~aṁ dukkhaṁ vedanaṁ vediyati, Mil 313,30, cf. sārīrikānaṁ vedanānaṁ dukkhānaṁ, A I 153,18 (Mp II 253,5); kaṁ vedeti? ~aṁ … vedanaṁ vedeti cetasikaṁ na vedeti, Mil 44,21; 253,1; dukkhaṁ … ~aṁ mānasaṁ, Nidd-a I 73,5* ≠ Vism 502,15* ≠ Paṭis-a 146,2* ≠ Vibh-a 100,16*; ~aṁ dukkhaṁ taṁ kāyapīḷanalakkhaṇaṁ, Vism 503,24 ≠ Nidd-a I 74,22; rāgajā pariḷāhā ~ā vā cetasikā vā, A I 137,18 (pañcadvārakāyaṁ khobhayamānā, Mp II 226,12); ~ā pi darathā pavaḍḍhanti cetasikā … ~ā pi santāpā … +, M III 287,34 foll.; Vism 212,27; sabbā pi (sc. vedanā) ~ā kāmâvacarā, Vibh-a 13,34; — yaṁ ~añ ca vācasikañ ca sucaritaṁ ayaṁ sīlakkhandho, Nett 81,16; saṁvaro ti ~o avītikkamo, Sp 787,26 (Ee w.r. kāyito); ~ena ca vācasikena ca mānasikena ca sīlûpasamena, Sv 153,7; katamā sīlavipatti ~o vītikkamo, Sv 983,11.17; soraccaṁ ~o avītikkamo, Dhs 1342 (tividhaṁ kāyasucaritaṁ, As 396,8 = Vibh-a 332,20); ~ena saññamena saññato, Pv-a 10,27; — iṅgha … ~aṁ sikkhassu, A V 79,20 = Vin II 248,26; na ca me kiñci garahatha ~aṁ vā vācasikaṁ vā, S I 190,30 (iminā kāyavacīdvārān’ eva pavāreti, Spk I 277,2) qu. Ps II 381,2; Mil 257,12; sikkhitabbaṁ ~aṁ vā vācasikaṁ vā, Ps I 155,28 ≠ Spk III 230,25 ≠ Mp II 133,30; yaṁ me ~aṁ vā vācasikaṁ vā na rocetha khamatha taṁ āvuso, Sv 553 ≠ Spk III 215,21; ~aṁ vācasikaṁ surakkhitaṁ, Mil 352,5; apāṇâtipātaṁ dinnâdānaṁ ~aṁ sīlaṁ amusā apisunaṁ vācasikaṁ, Ps III 42,13 (Ee °-sīlaṁ); Peṭ 172,16; — yad api … ~aṁ viriyaṁ tad api viriyabojjhaṅgo, S V 111,8 (caṅkamaṁ adhiṭṭhahantassa uppannaviriyaṁ, Spk III 170,15, cf. Ps IV143,10) qu. Vibh 228,15 (Vibh-a 314,23 = Spk III 170,15) = Nidd-a I 408,10; As 145,19; passaddhakāyo sukhaṁ vedeti taṁ … ~aṁ … bojjhaṅgā ca cetasikaṁ sukhaṁ, Peṭ 168,2; yaṁ ~aṁ sukhaṁ ayaṁ ~ā passaddhi, Nett 66,16; ~ā vācasikā ārambho cetasikattā kammantaraṁ … pajānāti, Peṭ 36,1 (read kāyikavācasikârambhacetasikattā? cf. Peṭ-trsl. 45 n. 119/2,3); — assāsapassāsā … ~ā ete dhammā kāyapaṭibaddhā, M I 301,25 ≠ S IV 293,23; dīghaṁ assāsā ~ā, Paṭis I 184,28 qu. Vism 276,5; Sp 413,23; — 1c. exeg.: ~ānîti kāyena āpajjitabbāni, Vjb 322,23 (on Sp 841,31* qu. Vin V 218,29*); — ~ena davena samannāgato …anācārena … upaghātikena … micchājīvena, Vin II 13,16 foll. qu. Vin V 122,19 (~o anācāro nāma kāyadvāre paññattasikkhāpadavītikkamo, Sp 1157,27 foll. ≠ Sp 1327,32 foll.); samuṭṭhānā ~ā … āpattiyo … pañca, Vin V 97,21 foll.; cha āpattiyo ~ā, Vin V 210,4 (kāyadvāre samuṭṭhitattā hi etā, Sp 1380,29); ~aṁ, Vin-vn 2342 (refers to Bhikkhunī-Pācittiya LVIII, cf. kāyakammaṁ, Sp 938,28); na ~aṁ payoge ācare, Vin V 216,27 (Sp 1391,25) qu. Utt-vn 718; na ~aṁ vācasikañ ca kiñci … na kareyya pāpaṁ, Vin V 216,30* (Sp 1391,27 refers to abhabbapuggala, cf. Sp 505,8 foll.) ≠ Utt-vn 720; āpajjeyya vācasikaṁ na ~aṁ, Vin V 217,1* qu. Sp 1035,6* = As 93,19* (verse not recognized in Ee, cf. As-trsl. [Nyanaponika] 182); (pācittiyāni) ~āni na vācasikāni sabbāni nānāvatthukāni, Vin V 218,29* qu. Sp 841,31* (Ee w.r. sabbāni nava; Sp 1393,26); nissaṭṭhaṁ … na ~ena paribhogena paribhuñjitabbaṁ, Vin III 252,3; Sp 718,11; — 2. ifc. añña‑°; aḍḍha‑°; addha‑°; arūpa‑°; gandhabba‑°; Tāvatiṁsa‑°; Brahma‑°; manāpa‑°; Māra‑°; mettākaruṇā‑°; Valāhaka‑°; sabba‑°; Suddhâvāsa‑°; — [°‑kamma, n., reading at Ja VI 477,17´ for kāyak°, q.v.]; — °‑karaṇa, n., performance by the body; kiṁ viññāpetîti? ekaṁ ~aṁ … pādaṁ vā ukkhipati, As 84,28 (kāyadvārapavattaṁ cittakiriyaṁ adhippāyaṁ, As-mṭ 72,25); — °‑khiḍḍā, f., bodily play; °âdīhi tividhā khiḍḍā, Spk I 91,4 (Ee w. r. dvidhakhiḍḍā: ~ā, vācasika° cetasika°, Spk-pṭ I 126,17); — °‑cetasika, mfn., relating to body and mind; ~ā dukkhā vedanā … dukkhadukkhaṁ, Vism 499,12; ~ā dukkhavedanā, Vibh-a 93,26 (so read); ~ā sukhadukkhavedanā, It-a II 12,22; etasmiṁ mate mama ~aṁ mahantaṁ dukkhaṁ bhavissati, Ja III 297,4´; ~ena dukkhena phuṭṭho, Ja V 360,18´; ~aṁ vipākadukkhaṁ anugacchati, Dhp-a I 24,4 = I² 19,18; sukhan ti ~aṁ sātaṁ, Spk I 327,26; ~aṁ viriyaṁ … payogâbhisaṅkhāro ti, Vism 527,11; viriyârambhe ti ~assa pūraṇe, Sv 1040,15; ~aṁ kīḷaṁ, Ja VI 258,21´ (MSS. Cks °-vācasikaṁ); ~o ābādho ohito, Dhp-a III 119,1; — ~‑upahāra, m., an offering (made by means) of the body and mind; ~aṁ upaharanti, Mp III 114,21; — ~‑daratha, m., bodily and mental distress; ~aṁ apanento, Ja III 444,4´; Spk III 274,9; — ~‑dukkha, n., suffering of body and mind; anekapaccayaṁ ~aṁ uppajjati, Vism 502,9; — ~‑dukkha-saṁkhubhita, mfn., shaken by suffering of body and mind; ~aṁ … mahājanaṁ, Ja III 444,4´; — ~‑dukkhâpanayana, n., removing suffering of body and mind; ~e paṭibalabhāvo, It-a I 13,12; — ~‑paṭipatti, f., bodily and mental accomplishment; ~iyā pakāsanatthaṁ, Ud-a 29,10; — ~‑viriya, n., bodily and mental effort; ~aṁ, Ps IV 143,10 (so read) = Spk III 274,15; ~aṁ karontassa taṁ ijjhat’ eva, Ja VI 36,28´; — ~‑sukha, n., bodily and mental happiness; ~aṁ, Spk I 271,10; — ~‑sukh´-uppatti, f., production of bodily and mental happiness; utusukhatthāya ~iyā pubbanimittaṁ, Ps IV 188,17; — ~(´)‑assāda, m., bodily and mental enjoyment; sukhan ti ~aṁ, Ja II 80,25´, cf. Vism 461,16; — °‑dukkha, n., bodily suffering; ~assa cetasikadomanassassa … atthaṅgamāya, Sv 747,5 = Ps I 232,33; kāyikasukhassa ca ~assa ca pahānā, Vism 165,16 = Sp 153,4 = As 175,33; ~ena sadukkhaṁ, Nidd-a I 304,27; — ~‑âvahana, n., attainment of bodily suffering; dukkhaṁ… ~ato, Vism 504,3 qu. Paṭis-a 147,33; — °‑dosa, m., bodily fault; ~o dosassa padaṭṭhānaṁ, Peṭ 90,2; — °‑paribhoga, m., use for, application to the body, cf. kāyabhoga, q.v.; aññassa bhikkhuno ~aṁ vaṭṭati, Kkh(2) 132,27; — °‑pariḷāha, m., = kāyapariḷāha, q.v.; sītuṇhâdivasena uppajjanako ~o; Dhp-a II 166,13; — °‑mānasika, mfn., relating to body and mind; ~aṁ sukhaṁ uppajjati, Pj II 319,9; — °‑vācasika, mfn., relating to body and speech; ~ena anācārena samannāgato, Vin II 13,30; pāpo ~o ācāro, Kkh(2) 295,26; Sp 1327,24; ananulomikena ~ena saṁsaṭṭhā, Vin IV 239,30 (~ena missībhūtā, Kkh(2) 295,25; Sp 915,5); ~o avītikkamo idaṁ vuccati soraccaṁ, Dhs 1342 qu. Sv 981,11; saṁvaro ti ~o avītikkamo … ācāro, Vibh 246,10 qu. Sp 787,27; sīlan ti ~o avītikkamo, Pj I 221,2; Pp 25,32; ~o vītikkamo … sīlavipatti, 21,29; saṁvaro ~assa avītikkamass’ etaṁ nāmaṁ, Vism 16,27; ~o ti iminā kāyavacīdvāre samuṭṭhitaṁ °‑sīlaṁ, As 396,10; ~aṁ pavārento, Spk I 277,35; pūjitā … ti manāpena … ~ena … paccuppaṭṭhitā, It-a II 157,18; — ~‑khiḍḍā, f., bodily and verbal play; khiḍdan ti … ~añ ca, Pj II 564,22; Ja V 435,33; — ~‑kīḷā, f., = prec.; °‑sukhañ ca anuyuttā, Sv 113,9, cf. Ja VI 258,21 (MSS. Cks); — ~‑saṁsagga, m., bodily and verbal contact; ananulomikaṁ ~aṁ pajahatha, Kkh(2) 297,9; — °‑viriya, n., bodily effort; ~aṁ āraddhaṁ, Sv 530,12; maggaṁ pavattaṁ ~aṁ, Spk III 170,26 (so read with Ce [SHB]); rattindivassa … vāyamantassa ~aṁ, Mp I 49,13; — °‑vedanā, f., bodily pain; ~aṁ adhivāsento nipajjati, Spk III 81,15; — °‑saṁvara, m., bodily restraint; °âdisu kassaci pi saṁvarassa abhāvena, Ud-a 263,1; Vv-a 37,11; — °‑sāta, m., bodily pleasure; paṭikkhipati asātapadena ~aṁ, Paṭis-a 155,27; — ~‑lakkhaṇa, n., what is defined as bodily pleasure; ~e indattaṁ kāretîti indriyaṁ … sukhindriyaṁ, Paṭis-a 86,23 (v. l., Be indaṭṭhaṁ, q.v.); — °‑sīla, n., (good) bodily behaviour; anupavādena vācasikaṁ sīlaṁ … anupaghāṭe ~aṁ, Dhp-a III 238,8; ~am pi … vācasikasīlam pi, Ps III 42,16; — ~-saṁvara, m., restraint by (good) bodily behaviour; ~ena pahānatthāya … paṭipanno, Ps III 40,4 (attano kāyadvāriko sīlasaṁvaro, Ps-pṭ III 22,4); — °‑sukha, n., bodily happiness, well-being; ~assa kāyikadukkhassa ca pahānā, Vism 165,14 = Sp 153,3 = As 175,33 qu. Nidd-a I 141,15 = Paṭis-a 190,24; tena ~am ānītaṁ, Peṭ 187,1; bhogehi ~aṁ, It-a II 62,1 (so read); ~añ c’eva cetasikasomanassañ ca, Spk III 22,18; Ja VI 455,2; cetasikapadena ~aṁ paṭikkhipati, As 139,34 (so read); — °âbādha, m., bodily affliction; — ~‑paccupaṭṭhāna, n., the arising of bodily affliction; kāyapīḷanalakkhaṇaṁ … ~aṁ, Vism 503,25 qu. Ud-a 43,18; — ~‑lakkhaṇa, mfn., characterized by bodily affliction; dukkhavedanā … ~ā, Abhidh-av 27,19; — °âsava, m., (evil) influence on the (sense organ) body; ~o lobhassa padaṭṭhānaṁ, Peṭ 90,2.

" 346862500744007680,kāyika,en,"

²kāyika,

m. [cf. kayika; BHS krāyaka, krā̆yika, q.v.], a buyer; — lex. lit.: kayiko tu ca ~o, Abh 470; — kayan ti taṁ hāpentā ~ānaṁ ayaṁ hāpenti, Ja VI 113,21´ (so read with MSS. Cks and Ce [SHB]; Se ~ānaṁ tamhā agghā kayaṁ; Be w. r. ~ānaṁ kayaṁ; Ee w. r. kayikānaṁ kayaṁ); kambalaṁ vikkiṇitānaṁ ~o natthi, Dhp-a IV 217,25 (Ee kāyako; Be kayiko).

" 346862395626360832,kayin,en,"

kayi(n)

, m(fn.) [sa. krāyin], trader; ye suddha-
dhaññaṁ palāpena missaṁ asuddhakammā ~ino
dadanti, Ja VI 110,4* (110,17') kayin

" 346862395995459584,kayiraṃ,en,"

kayiraṁ

, = kayirā at S I 49,10* = Dhp 313, v.
kar(a) 1.a.(iv).

" 346862396419084288,kayiraṃ,en,"

kayiraṁ

, [artificial form < kayiramānaṁ (in uddā-
na)]; ~aṁ tassa nassati, Vin I 266,21*, referring to Vin
I 255,34.

" 346862396909817856,kayirati,en,"

kayirati

, pr. 3. sg. pass. [< karoti, q.v.; cf. kariyyati,
karīyati, kirīyati, kayyati, °te; kar(a) 2.c], 1.a. to be
done; b. to be performed; 2.a.(i) to be made; produced;
(ii) to be prepared; b. to be constructed, built; 3. to be
caused; — forms: pr. 3 sg. ~ati, ~ate (only gramm. lit.),
3 pl. ~anti; part. ~amāna; imp. 2 sg. ~ataṁ (only
gramm. lit.), ~atu; — gramm. lit.: ikārâgame kvaci ...
rayakārāṇaṁ vipariyāyo, Rūp 211,11 (cf. Sadd 840,3
foll.); kammani ~amāno, 264,25; kamme: ... ~ataṁ
~atu, 211,15; Mogg V 178; ~atī ti ... kattari kamme
ca, Sadd 509,15, cf. Kacc-v 453, 514; Mogg V 178; v.
kar(a) 1. Rem.; — 1.a. ke nu kammantā ~anti (i.e.,
keranti, cf. Mittelindisch § 147; Be unmetr. karīyanti)
S I 180,3*; akiccaṁ pana ~ati, Dhp 292 = Th 635 (cf.
EV I ad loc.); ye keci balakaraṇīyā kammantā ~anti,
S V 246,4 foll.; sabbalokena ~amānaṁ, Vism 220,25;
puññakammaṁ nāma anāgatabhavatthāya ~ati, Sv
713,18; yaṁ kiñci loke vicittaṁ sippajātaṁ sabban
taṁ citten' eva ~ati, As 64,23; sajjhāye ~amāne,
314,21; — 1.b. uḷārāya pūjāya ~amānāya (v.l.
karīya°; kariya°), Sp 86,1; sīmamālake kamme
~amāne, 1045,31; ajj' uposatho cātuddaso ti pubba-
kicce ~amane, 1065,19; mattikakiccaṁ ~atu (v.l.
kariya°), Ps II 122,26 foll.; III 339,9; — 2.a.(i) oḷārike
nimitte ~amāne oḷārike obhāse ~amāne na Bhaga-
vantaṁ yāci, Vin II 289,16-18 ≠ S V 259,26; D II
103,10,31 = 115,27; therena nimitte ~amāne (v.l.
kariya°), Sp 352,31; mahācetiye ... sudhākamme
~amāne (v.l. kariya°), Ps II 403,9; puretaram ...
ghosanā ~ati (v.l. kariyati), II 194,29; tehi ~amānaṁ
keliṁ sahituṁ asakkonto, Mp I 264,1; saṅgahe
~amāne (v.ll. kariya°, karīya°), Sp 473,20; yattakena
~amānaṁ adhiṭṭhānacīvaraṁ pahoti, 658,23; niyame
~amāne idam paññāyati, As 164,13; sallāpe āveṭha-
nam pi ~ati +, Mil 28,34; tasmiṁ vege ~amāne, Ja I
181,27'; kaṁsapāti ... ~amānā, Ps I 141,16; — 2.a.(ii)
makkhikāmadhunā pi ~atī ti, Sp 859,29; manussehi
saṅghass' atthāya ~amāne (v.l. kariyamāne) yāgu-
pāne, 935,18; phāṇitapiṇḍe ~amāne, As 336,2; — 2.b.
kuṭī kira me ~ati, Vin III 153,36 qu. Sadd 509,20; vi-
hāro ~ati, Sp 1098,14; cetiye ~amāne, Mp I 169,17;
Andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṁ ""thambhehi ~amāne ..."" ti
vuttaṁ, Sp 1099,5; mahāthūpe ~amāne, Mhv XXX
42; — 3. bhikkhubhāvena aṭṭo ~amāno (v.l. kariya°),
Sp 247,15.

" 346862395164987392,kayita,en,"

kayita

, n. [for °ita/°ika, cf. O. v. HINÜBER, Selected
Papers, 1994: 142 foll.], bartering; yato ~aṅ ca hoti
vikkayitaṅ ca attano bhaṇḍaṁ parahatthagataṁ pa-
rabhaṇḍaṁ attano hatthagataṁ, Vin III 241,35 (yadā
~añ ca hoti parabhaṇḍaṁ attano hatthagataṁ ka-
rontena vikkītañ ca attano bhaṇḍaṁ parahatthaga-
taṁ karontena, Sp 700,2; Sp-ṭ II 425,27 foll).

" 346862492950990848,kāyito,en,"

[kāyito

w. r. at Sp 787,26 for kāyiko, cf. ¹kāyika 1b., q.v.]

" 346862494792290304,kāyituṃ,en,"

kāyituṁ,

inf. of kāyati, q.v.; Sadd 321,11.

" 346862445475663872,kāyovassāpana,en,"

kāyôvassāpana,

n., exposing the body to rain; ~e anāpatti, Sp 723,5, cf. Vin I 291,1 foll.

" 346862475875979264,kāyupaga,en,"

kāyûpaga,

mfn., a. going to a (new) body (in the next rebirth); b. attached to the body; — a. bālo kāyassa bhedā ~o … ~o samāno na parimuccati, S II 24,26 (aññaṁ paṭisandhikāyaṁ upagantā, Spk II 40,4) qu. Ud-a 39,23; — ifc. a‑°; brahma‑°; hīna‑°; — b. manussānañ ca ~āni ābharaṇāni, Sv 46,3 = Spk I 244,21 = Mp I 64,25 = Pj II 132,17.

" 346862475888562176,kāyūpaga,en,"

kāyûpaga,

" 346862471971082240,kāyupagata,en,"

kāyûpagata,

mfn., a. gone to a (new) body (in the next rebirth), ifc. only; — ifc. gandhabba‑°; visiṭṭha‑°; — b. come against the body (said of an attacking enemy); ~aṁ churikāya chindissāmi, Mil 339,19.

" 346862471992053760,kāyūpagata,en,"

kāyûpagata,

" 346862467927773184,kāyupaghāta,en,"

kāyûpaghāta,

m., impediment of the body; cittûpaghātena c’eva ~ena ca savighātaṁ, It-a I 96,10.

" 346862467940356096,kāyūpaghāta,en,"

kāyûpaghāta,

m., impediment of the body; cittûpaghātena c’eva ~ena ca savighātaṁ, It-a I 96,10.

" 346862463897047040,kāyupapanna,en,"

kāyûpapanna,

mfn., having a large, fully grown body; hatthim eva … brahantaṁ ~aṁ … disvā, A III 345,20 (sarīrasampattiyā upapanno paripuṇṇaṅgapaccaṅgo, Mp III 369,13); ~assa timirapiṅgalassa mahāsamuddo uttāno … ~assa supaṇṇarañño ākāso paritto, Sv 487,16–28 (mahatā kāyena upetassa mahākāyassa, Sv-pṭ II 108,23) = Spk II 88,23–89,4; ~o suvaṇṇakakkaṭako, Mp I 24,5 (sampannakāyo thirakaṭhinamahākāyo, Mp-ṭ I 98,1); vayappatto ~o araññe vasati, Ja III 84,14 (MSS. Bdi, Be kāyabalena sampanno); — ifc. dhamma‑°; mahā‑°; suvaṇṇa-vaṇṇa‑°, hīna‑°.

" 346862463913824256,kāyūpapanna,en,"

kāyûpapanna,

" 346862455164506112,kāyupasama,en,"

kāyûpasama,

m., tranquillity of the body; uttamadamathasamathan ti … ~añ ca cittûpasamañ ca, Sp 1087,22.

" 346862455181283328,kāyūpasama,en,"

kāyûpasama,

m., tranquillity of the body; uttamadamathasamathan ti … ~añ ca cittûpasamañ ca, Sp 1087,22.

" 346862459723714560,kāyupasaṃhitaṃ,en,"

[kāyûpasaṁhitaṁ,

w. r. (?) in Ee at M III 136,21 for kāmûpa°, q.v.]

" 346862459740491776,kāyūpasaṃhitaṃ,en,"

[kāyûpasaṁhitaṁ,

w. r. (?) in Ee at M III 136,21 for kāmûpa°, q.v.]

" 346862451909726208,kāyūra,en,"

kāyūra,

n. [cf. sa. keyūra, EWA-2, CDIAL 3466, q.v.], a. bracelet worn on the upper arm, according to ct. also necklace; b. a suit of armour (? fanciful meaning invented by ct.?, cf. kāyūradhārin, q.v.); — a. na ~aṁ dhāretabbaṁ, Vin II 106,35 (°âdīni pākaṭān’eva, Sp 1200,20 thus Be; Ee, Ce 1916 key°, cf. ~an ti pāḷipāṭho, keyūrâdīnîti ācariyen’ uddhaṭaṁ, Vjb 522,5, i.e. by Ānanda of Kalasapura); ~an ti gīvāya pilandhanapasādhanaṁ na keyūraṁ, Ja III 437,14´; ~aṁ Ja VI 590,7* (ct. suvaṇṇamayaṁ … gīvapasādhanaṁ); ~an ti bhujâlaṅkāraviseso, Vv-a 167,7; — b. guṇikāyūradhārinaṁ … guṇī vuccati kavacaṁ, kavacāni c’eva kāyūrâbharaṇāni ca dhārentānaṁ kavacasaṅkhātāni vā ~āni dhārentānaṁ, Ja VI 449,1*-29´; — ifc. guṇi°‑; sa‑° (sapañcarājakakudhabhaṇḍaṁ, Ja V 289,23´); suvaṇṇa‑°; — °‑dhārin, mfn., wearing a bracelet; guṇino ~ino, Ja VI 153,1* (ct. kayūrapasādhanadhārā); — ifc. kambu‑°; suvaṇṇa‑°; — °âbharaṇa, n., a bracelet as ornament; ~āni, Ja VI 449,28´ (Ee w.r. °rabha°, see kāyūra b.).

" 346862448583643136,kāyūrin,en,"

kāyūrin,

mfn., wearing a bracelet; mālī tirīṭī ~ī, Ja V 9,25* (ct. dibbâbharaṇapaṭimaṇḍito) qu. Pv 498 (reading kirīṭī, cf. Sadd index s.v. tirīṭa, CDIAL 3176 kirīṭa; ~îti keyūrī bāhâlaṅkārapaṭimaṇḍito, Pv-a 210,8).

" 346862397459271680,kayya,en,"

kayya

, mfn. [ger. < karoti; cf. kattabba, kātabba,
qq.v.], to be made; only gramm. lit.: ~aṁ bhavatā
vatthaṁ, Kacc-v 638 qu. Sadd 862,25.

" 346862398025502720,kayyate,en,"

kayyate

, °ti, pr. 3 sg. pass. [< karoti, q.v.; cf. kayirati
and kar(a) 2.c], to be done; to be made; — only gramm.
lit.: Kacc 444, 455; Sadd 509,16; 824,6-9.

" 346862146862190592,kipapajja,en,"

kipa-pajja

, abs. of upapajjati; see upapajja-
vedanīya.

" 346862101484015616,kara,en,"

kar(a), 1.

" 346862104935927808,kaṭāha,en,"

kaṭāha, 1.

anto bījāni ~aṁ muñcitvā, Sp 768,8: bījāni is w.r. for miñjaṁ, cf. kapiṭṭha-phala, q.v.; — ifc. bhuñjana-° (Ja VI 488,30).

" 346862103937683456,katara,en,"

katara, 1.

~aṁ … piṭakaṁ, Sv 14,6 “which of the two piṭakas?”.

" 346862104281616384,kaṇṇikā,en,"

kaṇṇikā, 1.

cf. A. Senaviratne, Singhalese Monastic Architecture in Sri Lanka 1992: plate 7; C. Berkson, The caves at Aurangabad 1986: 48.

" 346862102184464384,kamana,en,"

kamana, 1.

kamanā … harantī ñeva, Ja V 155,21* (ct. haranti, 156,16´), cf. Th. Oberlies, HS CVIII 1995: 129, where harantī (m.c.) is (erroneously?) taken as pr. part.

" 346862103606333440,kathaṁ,en,"

kathaṁ, 1.a.(i)

" 346862102238990336,kappeti,en,"

kappeti, 1.a.(xvii)

jīvikaṁ ~enti, Ja VI 111,3´ ad karonti jīvikaṁ, 110,28*, cf. karoti 10.b (xvii), q.v.

" 346862103346286592,katheti,en,"

katheti, 1.(b).(i)

" 346862103656665088,kathana,en,"

kathana, 1.b.(iii)

the meaning “recitation” does not exist, all references are to be shifted to 2.b.

" 346862104239673344,kaṇṇikā,en,"

kaṇṇikā, 1b.

kūṭāgārâti kaṇṇikaṁ āropetvā katagehato, Paṭis-a I 197,27.

" 346862102998159360,Kapijātaka,en,"

Kapi-jātaka, 2.

" 346862101844725760,kammaniya,en,"

kammaniya, 2.

cf. ¹kalla 2.

" 346862104499720192,kaṇṭha,en,"

kaṇṭha, 2.

~e kiṇakiṇāyati, Ja III 315,9*, cf. JIBS XXXVIII 1 (75) 1989: 462 <7>.

" 346862104336142336,kaṇṇa,en,"

kaṇṇa, 2.a.(i)

~esu, reading of Ce for koṇesu ad Kkh(2) 41,16.

" 346862103556001792,kathā,en,"

¹kathā, 2.a.(iii)

ananusandhikā ~ā uppaṭipāṭikā, As 135,15; — ifc. karuṇā‑°; purāṇa‑° (Sv 72,28, w.r.; read pūraṇa-°, cf. Sv-pṭ I 152,13); su-°.

" 346862105003036672,kaṭṭha,en,"

²kaṭṭha, 2.b.

, title of A III 250,17–30; ~aṁ, A III 251,27* (uddāna).

" 346862102457094144,kappiya,en,"

^2,3kappiya,

ifc. a-° (cf. akappiya 2., q.v.).

" 346862104596189184,kaṇṭaka,en,"

¹kaṇṭaka, 3c.

ifc. a-°; — 4. the meaning given does not exist, references should appear under 3.b.; Kv 202,28 refers to A V 135,1.

" 346862101446266880,kammasutta,en,"

Kamma-sutta, 4.

A II 22,12–23 (= D II 77,28–78,27).

" 346862101190414336,karoti,en,"

karoti, 4.

" 346862104432611328,kaṇḍa,en,"

kaṇḍa, 4.

~aṁ, adv., a portion of time, PED s.v. is w.r. for kandaṁ (²kandati), cf. LSV 237 n.

" 346862100942950400,kalāpa,en,"

¹kalāpa, 4.

ifc. dhanu-hattha-° (Ja II 77,23*, cf. Th. Oberlies, BEI VII/VIII 1989/1990: 160 n. 7).

" 346862102683586560,kappana,en,"

kappana, 6.

, sīsâlaṁkārasaṁkhātena ~ena, Ja VI 51,31´, cf. Th. Oberlies, HS CVIII 1995: 129.

" 346862361727995904,kāmiyyati,en,"

kāmiyyati, ~īyati,

[pass. < kāmayati, q.v.], only in explanation of kāma, for ref. cf. kāmeti, q.v.

" 346862102436122624,kappiya,en,"

^2,3kappiya,

ifc. a-° (cf. akappiya 2., q.v.).

" 346862363082756096,kāmitabba,en,"